gtkada-gpl-2015-src/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067542013565 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/docs/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067131014507 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/docs/gtkada-config.10000644000076700001450000000326512533067131017275 0ustar gnatmailgnat.TH GTKADA-CONFIG 1 "29 March 1999" "GNU Debian/Linux" "GtkAda programming manual" .SH NAME gtkada-config - script to get information about the installed version of GTKADA .SH SYNOPSIS .B gtkada-config [\-\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-version] [\-\-libs] [\-\-cflags] [\-\-static] .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fIgtkada-config\fP is a tool that is used to configure to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use \fIGTKADA\fP. . .SH OPTIONS \fIgtkada-config\fP accepts the following options: .TP 8 .B \-\-version Print the currently installed version of \fIGTKADA\fP on the standard output. .TP 8 .B \-\-libs Print the linker flags that are necessary to link a \fIGTKADA\fP program. .TP 8 .B \-\-cflags Print the compiler flags that are necessary to compile a \fIGTKADA\fP program. .TP 8 .B \-\-static Print the flags that are necessary to statically build a \fIGTKADA\fP program. .TP 8 .B \-\-prefix=PREFIX If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation prefix that \fIGTKADA\fP was built with when computing the output for the \-\-cflags and \-\-libs options. This option must be specified before any \-\-libs or \-\-cflags options. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR glade (1) .SH "COPYRIGHT FOR THIS MAN PAGE" This man page has been written by Samuel Tardieu for the Debian GNU/Linux distribution, from informations given by the GtkAda authors Emmanuel Briot, Joel Brobecker and Arnaud Charlet. Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. gtkada-gpl-2015-src/INSTALL0000644000076700001450000000455512533067131014621 0ustar gnatmailgnatInstalling and compiling your programs ====================================== If you have a previous version of GtkAda on your system, we recommend that you move/remove it using e.g. the following command: $ mv /include/gtkada is the prefix you used to configure GtkAda the first time. The default prefix is /usr/local. If you don't have the rights to move these files, then you should at least make sure that your ADA_INCLUDE_PATH and your ADA_OBJECTS_PATH don't include this directory before building GtkAda. To install GtkAda, you first need to install GNU make, glib, pango, atk and gtk+, then do the following: If you are under Windows, you need to use GCC 4.7 (or later) to build the C files, and a unix-like environment (e.g. cygwin or msys) where the paths correspond to real Windows path (for instance by installing cygwin under the root directory). You can use an older GCC version for the Ada files (gnatmake). Under sh: $ (cd src; patch -p0 < ../contrib/gtkada-2.10-win32.diff) $ CC='gcc-4.7 -mms-bitfields' ./configure --prefix= \ --build=i386-pc-mingw32 $ make $ make install On OSX, we need to use the system's gcc to compile some of the files. So the build procedure is: $ CC=/usr/bin/gcc ./configure --prefix= $ make $ make install On others platforms: $ ./configure --prefix= $ make $ make install This will create (and install) the GtkAda library and then compile the testgtk example. Note that you might have to be root to install GtkAda on your system. You should also modify your PATH variable to include the installation directory, or copy the gtkada-config script somewhere in your path $ setenv PATH :$PATH or $ export PATH=:$PATH Finally, update your LD_LIBRARY_PATH variable to include the /lib directory, so that the linker can find the libraries. The other alternative under GNU/Linux if you have root priviledges is to add this 'prefix/lib' directory added in /etc/ld.conf and then run ldconfig. Then, when you want to compile your application, simply use the gtkada-config script: $ gnatmake `gtkada-config` This will automatically submit the correct paths to gnatmake so that the gtk and gtkada libraries are found. gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132015220 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/contrib.gpr0000644000076700001450000000030612533067520017372 0ustar gnatmailgnatproject Contrib is for Source_Dirs use ("."); for Languages use ("Python", "Xml", "Gir"); package Naming is for Implementation_Suffix ("Gir") use ".gir"; end Naming; end Contrib; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/binding_gtkada.py0000644000076700001450000005656412533067131020536 0ustar gnatmailgnat""" See annotations documentation at: https://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations Parses the file binding.xml, which is used to override some aspects of the automatically generated code. The syntax of that file is as follows: obsolescent="..." bindtype="..." into="..." ada="..." parent="..." > group="..." testgtk="..." see="..." > package-level documentation name="..." subtype="True" /> type="..." ctype="..." direction="..." /> id='...' bind=True /> id="..." ada="..." bind="true" obsolescent=".." transfer-ownership='none' return_as_param="..." return="..." classwide="False" > ... name="..." ada="..." type="..." ctype="..." default="..." direction=".." allow-none="0" /> ... /> prefix="..." /> prefix="GTK_" asbitfield="false" ignore="value1 value2..." /> private="False" > ctype="..."/> section="..." ctype="..."/> ... ... ... ctype="..." ada="..." > code """ from xml.etree.cElementTree import parse, QName, tostring, SubElement from adaformat import AdaType, GObject, CType, Proxy, List, naming,\ Enum, package_name, Record class GtkAda(object): def __init__(self, filename): self._tree = parse(filename) self.root = self._tree.getroot() self.packages = dict() for node in self.root: if node.tag == "package": self.packages[node.get("id")] = GtkAdaPackage(node) def get_pkg(self, pkg): """Return the GtkAdaPackage for a given package""" return self.packages.get(pkg, GtkAdaPackage(None)) class GtkAdaPackage(object): """A node in the binding.xml file""" def __init__(self, node): self.node = node self.doc = [] if node: self.bindtype = node.get("bindtype", "t").lower() != "false" else: self.bindtype = True def register_types(self, adapkg): """If we are going to generate some enumerations in the package, we need to register them now, so that all places where the enumeration is referenced have the proper full name. adapkg is the name of the Ada package. """ if self.node: for enum in self.node.findall("enum"): Enum.register_ada_decl(pkg=adapkg, ctype=enum.get("ctype"), ada=enum.get("ada", None)) for rec in self.node.findall("record"): Record.register_ada_record( pkg=adapkg, ctype=rec.get("ctype"), ada=rec.get("ada", None)) for rec in self.node.findall("list"): List.register_ada_list( pkg=adapkg, ctype=rec.get("ctype"), ada=rec.get("ada", None)) for rec in self.node.findall("slist"): List.register_ada_list( pkg=adapkg, ctype=rec.get("ctype"), ada=rec.get("ada", None), single=True) def parent_type(self): """Override the parent type for the main widget type in this package""" if self.node: return self.node.get("parent", None) return None def enumerations(self): """List of all enumeration types that need to be declared in the package. The result is a list of tuples. """ result = [] if self.node: for enum in self.node.findall("enum"): result.append((enum.get("ctype"), naming.type(name="", cname=enum.get("ctype")), enum.get("prefix", "GTK_"), enum.get( "asbitfield", "false").lower() == "true", enum.get("ignore", "") )) return result def constants(self): """Return the list of constants that should be bound as part of this package. """ if self.node is not None: return [(c.get("prefix_regexp", ""), c.get("prefix", "")) for c in self.node.findall("constant")] return [] def lists(self): """Return the list of list instantiations we need to add to the package. Returns a list of tuples: [(adaname, CType for element, true for a single-linked list, section), ...] """ result = [] if self.node: for l in self.node.findall("list"): result.append((l.get("ada"), naming.type(name="", cname=l.get("ctype")), False, l.get("section", ""))) for l in self.node.findall("slist"): result.append((l.get("ada"), naming.type(name="", cname=l.get("ctype")), True, l.get("section", ""))) return result def add_record_type(self, ctype): """Add explicit record to bind, unless it is already mentioned explictly in the nodes. """ if self.node: for rec in self.node.findall("record"): if rec.get("ctype") == ctype: return SubElement(self.node, "record", {"ctype": ctype}) def records(self): """Returns the list of record types, as a list of tuples: [ (ctype name, corresponding CType, ada name, [fields], [union], [private=False]) ...] Where fields is a dict for each field whose type is overridden: { name: CType, ... } and union is a list of tuples (value, field) associating a field of a with the corresponding value of the discriminant. The returned list includes records added via add_record_type """ result = [] if self.node: for rec in self.node.findall("record"): override_fields = {} for field in rec.findall("field"): override_fields[field.get("name")] = \ naming.type(name="", cname=field.get("ctype")) unions = [] for field in rec.findall("union"): unions.append((field.get("value"), field.get("field"))) result.append((rec.get("ctype"), naming.type(name="", cname=rec.get("ctype")), rec.get("ada"), override_fields, unions, rec.get("private", "false").lower() == "true")) return result def get_doc(self): """Return the overridden doc for for the package, as a list of string. Each string is a paragraph """ if self.node is None: return [] docnode = self.node.find("doc") if docnode is None: return [] doc = [] txt = docnode.text or "" if txt: doc = ["", txt, ""] n = docnode.get("screenshot") if n is not None: doc.append("%s" % n) n = docnode.get("group") if n is not None: doc.append("%s" % n) n = docnode.get("testgtk") if n is not None: doc.append("%s" % n) n = docnode.get("see") if n is not None: doc.append("%s" % n) return doc def get_method(self, cname): if self.node is not None: for f in self.node.findall("method"): if f.get("id") == cname: return GtkAdaMethod(f, self) for f in self.node.findall("virtual-method"): if f.get("id") == cname: return GtkAdaMethod(f, self) return GtkAdaMethod(None, self) def get_type(self, name): if self.node is not None: name = name.lower() for f in self.node.findall("type"): if f.get("name").lower() == name: return GtkAdaType(f) return GtkAdaType(None) def into(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("into", None) return None def ada_name(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("ada", None) return None def is_obsolete(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("obsolescent", "False").lower() == "true" return False def extra(self): if self.node is not None: extra = self.node.find("extra") if extra is not None: return extra.getchildren() return None def get_default_param_node(self, name): if name and self.node is not None: name = name.lower() for p in self.node.findall("parameter"): if p.get("name") == name: return p return None def get_global_functions(self): """Return the list of global functions that should be bound as part of this package. """ if self.node is not None: return [GtkAdaMethod(c, self) for c in self.node.findall("function") if c.get("bind", "true").lower() != "false"] return [] def bind_virtual_method(self, name, default): """ Whether to bind the given virtual method """ if not hasattr(self, 'virtual_methods'): self.virtual_methods = {'*': default} if self.node is not None: for c in self.node.findall("virtual-method"): self.virtual_methods[c.get('id')] = ( c.get("bind", "true").lower() == "true") v = self.virtual_methods.get(name, None) if v is None: v = self.virtual_methods['*'] return v class GtkAdaMethod(object): def __init__(self, node, pkg): self.node = node self.pkg = pkg def cname(self): """Return the name of the C function""" return self.node.get("id") def get_param(self, name): default = self.pkg.get_default_param_node(name) if self.node is not None: name = name.lower() for p in self.node.findall("parameter"): if p.get("name").lower() == name: return GtkAdaParameter(p, default=default) return GtkAdaParameter(None, default=default) def is_class_wide(self): return self.node is not None \ and self.node.get("classwide", "False").lower() != "false" def bind(self, default="true"): """Whether to bind""" if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("bind", default).lower() != "false" return default != "false" def ada_name(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("ada", None) return None def returned_c_type(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("return", None) return None def is_obsolete(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("obsolescent", "False").lower() == "true" return False def convention(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("convention", None) return None def return_as_param(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("return_as_param", None) return None def transfer_ownership(self, return_girnode): """Whether the value returned by this method needs to be free by the caller. return_girnode is the XML node from the gir file for the return value of the method. """ default = return_girnode.get('transfer-ownership', 'none') if self.node is not None: return self.node.get('transfer-ownership', default) != 'none' else: return default != 'none' def get_body(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.findtext("body") return None def get_doc(self, default): """Return the doc, as a list of lines""" if self.node is not None: d = self.node.find("doc") if d is not None: txt = d.text doc = [] for paragraph in txt.split("\n\n"): for p in paragraph.split("\\n\n"): doc.append(p) doc.append("") if d.get("extend", "false").lower() == "true": return [default, ""] + doc return doc return [default] class GtkAdaParameter(object): def __init__(self, node, default): self.node = node self.default = default def get_default(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("default", None) return None def get_direction(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("direction", None) if self.default is not None: return self.default.get("direction", None) return None def ada_name(self): name = None if self.node is not None: name = self.node.get("ada", None) if name is None and self.default is not None: name = self.default.get("ada", None) return name def get_type(self, pkg): """pkg is used to set the with statements. This returned the locally overridden type, or the one from the default node for this parameter, or None if the type isn't overridden. """ if self.node is not None: t = self.node.get("type", None) if t: if t == "Glib.Object.GObject": return GObject(t, userecord=False) return AdaType(t, pkg=pkg) # An instance of CType t = self.node.get("ctype", None) if t: return t # An XML node if self.default is not None: t = self.default.get("type", None) if t: return AdaType(t, pkg=pkg) return None def allow_none(self, girnode): default = girnode.get('allow-none', '0') if self.node is not None: return self.node.get('allow-none', default) == '1' else: return default == '1' class GtkAdaType(object): def __init__(self, node): self.node = node def is_subtype(self): if self.node is not None: return self.node.get("subtype", "false").lower() == "true" return False gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/Gtk-3.0.gir0000644000076700001450002710500612533067132016761 0ustar gnatmailgnat A <structname>GtkAllocation</structname> of a widget represents region which has been allocated to the widget by its parent. It is a subregion of its parents allocation. See <xref linkend="geometry-management"/> for more information. The GtkAboutDialog offers a simple way to display information about a program like its logo, name, copyright, website and license. It is also possible to give credits to the authors, documenters, translators and artists who have worked on the program. An about dialog is typically opened when the user selects the <literal>About</literal> option from the <literal>Help</literal> menu. All parts of the dialog are optional. About dialog often contain links and email addresses. GtkAboutDialog displays these as clickable links. By default, it calls gtk_show_uri() when a user clicks one. The behaviour can be overridden with the #GtkAboutDialog::activate-link signal. To make constructing a GtkAboutDialog as convenient as possible, you can use the function gtk_show_about_dialog() which constructs and shows a dialog and keeps it around so that it can be shown again. Note that GTK+ sets a default title of <literal>_("About &percnt;s")</literal> on the dialog window (where &percnt;s is replaced by the name of the application, but in order to ensure proper translation of the title, applications should set the title property explicitly when constructing a GtkAboutDialog, as shown in the following example: <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_show_about_dialog (NULL, "program-name", "ExampleCode", "logo", example_logo, "title" _("About ExampleCode"), NULL); </programlisting></informalexample> It is also possible to show a #GtkAboutDialog like any other #GtkDialog, e.g. using gtk_dialog_run(). In this case, you might need to know that the 'Close' button returns the #GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL response id. Creates a new #GtkAboutDialog. a newly created #GtkAboutDialog Creates a new section in the Credits page. A #GtkAboutDialog The name of the section The people who belong to that section Returns the string which are displayed in the artists tab of the secondary credits dialog. A %NULL-terminated string array containing the artists. The array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the string which are displayed in the authors tab of the secondary credits dialog. A %NULL-terminated string array containing the authors. The array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the comments string. The comments. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the copyright string. The copyright string. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the string which are displayed in the documenters tab of the secondary credits dialog. A %NULL-terminated string array containing the documenters. The array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the license information. The license information. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type() a #GtkLicense value a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the pixbuf displayed as logo in the about dialog. the pixbuf displayed as logo. The pixbuf is owned by the about dialog. If you want to keep a reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog. the icon name displayed as logo. The string is owned by the dialog. If you want to keep a reference to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog. The program name. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the translator credits string which is displayed in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog. The translator credits string. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the version string. The version string. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the website URL. The website URL. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns the label used for the website link. The label used for the website link. The string is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. a #GtkAboutDialog Returns whether the license text in @about is automatically wrapped. %TRUE if the license text is wrapped a #GtkAboutDialog Sets the strings which are displayed in the artists tab of the secondary credits dialog. a #GtkAboutDialog a %NULL-terminated array of strings Sets the strings which are displayed in the authors tab of the secondary credits dialog. a #GtkAboutDialog a %NULL-terminated array of strings Sets the comments string to display in the about dialog. This should be a short string of one or two lines. a #GtkAboutDialog a comments string Sets the copyright string to display in the about dialog. This should be a short string of one or two lines. a #GtkAboutDialog the copyright string Sets the strings which are displayed in the documenters tab of the secondary credits dialog. a #GtkAboutDialog a %NULL-terminated array of strings Sets the license information to be displayed in the secondary license dialog. If @license is %NULL, the license button is hidden. a #GtkAboutDialog the license information or %NULL Sets the license of the application showing the @about dialog from a list of known licenses. This function overrides the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license(). a #GtkAboutDialog the type of license Sets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used. a #GtkAboutDialog a #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL Sets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used. a #GtkAboutDialog an icon name, or %NULL Sets the name to display in the about dialog. If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name(). a #GtkAboutDialog the program name Sets the translator credits string which is displayed in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog. The intended use for this string is to display the translator of the language which is currently used in the user interface. Using gettext(), a simple way to achieve that is to mark the string for translation: |[ gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (about, _("translator-credits")); ]| It is a good idea to use the customary msgid "translator-credits" for this purpose, since translators will already know the purpose of that msgid, and since #GtkAboutDialog will detect if "translator-credits" is untranslated and hide the tab. a #GtkAboutDialog the translator credits Sets the version string to display in the about dialog. a #GtkAboutDialog the version string Sets the URL to use for the website link. a #GtkAboutDialog a URL string starting with "http://" Sets the label to be used for the website link. a #GtkAboutDialog the label used for the website link Sets whether the license text in @about is automatically wrapped. a #GtkAboutDialog whether to wrap the license The people who contributed artwork to the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details. The authors of the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details. Comments about the program. This string is displayed in a label in the main dialog, thus it should be a short explanation of the main purpose of the program, not a detailed list of features. Copyright information for the program. The people documenting the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details. The license of the program. This string is displayed in a text view in a secondary dialog, therefore it is fine to use a long multi-paragraph text. Note that the text is only wrapped in the text view if the "wrap-license" property is set to %TRUE; otherwise the text itself must contain the intended linebreaks. When setting this property to a non-%NULL value, the #GtkAboutDialog:license-type property is set to %GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM as a side effect. The license of the program, as a value of the %GtkLicense enumeration. The #GtkAboutDialog will automatically fill out a standard disclaimer and link the user to the appropriate online resource for the license text. If %GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN is used, the link used will be the same specified in the #GtkAboutDialog:website property. If %GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM is used, the current contents of the #GtkAboutDialog:license property are used. For any other #GtkLicense value, the contents of the #GtkAboutDialog:license property are also set by this property as a side effect. A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to gtk_window_get_default_icon_list(). A named icon to use as the logo for the about box. This property overrides the #GtkAboutDialog:logo property. The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name(). Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable. The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details. The version of the program. The URL for the link to the website of the program. This should be a string starting with "http://. The label for the link to the website of the program. Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog. The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI. Applications may connect to it to override the default behaviour, which is to call gtk_show_uri(). %TRUE if the link has been activated the URI that is activated A #GtkAccelGroup represents a group of keyboard accelerators, typically attached to a toplevel #GtkWindow (with gtk_window_add_accel_group()). Usually you won't need to create a #GtkAccelGroup directly; instead, when using #GtkUIManager, GTK+ automatically sets up the accelerators for your menus in the ui manager's #GtkAccelGroup. Note that <firstterm>accelerators</firstterm> are different from <firstterm>mnemonics</firstterm>. Accelerators are shortcuts for activating a menu item; they appear alongside the menu item they're a shortcut for. For example "Ctrl+Q" might appear alongside the "Quit" menu item. Mnemonics are shortcuts for GUI elements such as text entries or buttons; they appear as underlined characters. See gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(). Menu items can have both accelerators and mnemonics, of course. Creates a new #GtkAccelGroup. a new #GtkAccelGroup object Finds the #GtkAccelGroup to which @closure is connected; see gtk_accel_group_connect(). the #GtkAccelGroup to which @closure is connected, or %NULL a #GClosure Finds the first accelerator in @accel_group that matches @accel_key and @accel_mods, and activates it. %TRUE if an accelerator was activated and handled this keypress a #GtkAccelGroup the quark for the accelerator name the #GObject, usually a #GtkWindow, on which to activate the accelerator accelerator keyval from a key event keyboard state mask from a key event Installs an accelerator in this group. When @accel_group is being activated in response to a call to gtk_accel_groups_activate(), @closure will be invoked if the @accel_key and @accel_mods from gtk_accel_groups_activate() match those of this connection. The signature used for the @closure is that of #GtkAccelGroupActivate. Note that, due to implementation details, a single closure can only be connected to one accelerator group. the accelerator group to install an accelerator in key value of the accelerator modifier combination of the accelerator a flag mask to configure this accelerator closure to be executed upon accelerator activation Installs an accelerator in this group, using an accelerator path to look up the appropriate key and modifiers (see gtk_accel_map_add_entry()). When @accel_group is being activated in response to a call to gtk_accel_groups_activate(), @closure will be invoked if the @accel_key and @accel_mods from gtk_accel_groups_activate() match the key and modifiers for the path. The signature used for the @closure is that of #GtkAccelGroupActivate. Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). the accelerator group to install an accelerator in path used for determining key and modifiers closure to be executed upon accelerator activation Removes an accelerator previously installed through gtk_accel_group_connect(). Since 2.20 @closure can be %NULL. %TRUE if the closure was found and got disconnected the accelerator group to remove an accelerator from the closure to remove from this accelerator group, or %NULL to remove all closures Removes an accelerator previously installed through gtk_accel_group_connect(). %TRUE if there was an accelerator which could be removed, %FALSE otherwise the accelerator group to install an accelerator in key value of the accelerator modifier combination of the accelerator Finds the first entry in an accelerator group for which @find_func returns %TRUE and returns its #GtkAccelKey. the key of the first entry passing @find_func. The key is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed. a #GtkAccelGroup a function to filter the entries of @accel_group with data to pass to @find_func Locks are added and removed using gtk_accel_group_lock() and gtk_accel_group_unlock(). %TRUE if there are 1 or more locks on the @accel_group, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkAccelGroup Gets a #GdkModifierType representing the mask for this @accel_group. For example, #GDK_CONTROL_MASK, #GDK_SHIFT_MASK, etc. the modifier mask for this accel group. a #GtkAccelGroup Locks the given accelerator group. Locking an acelerator group prevents the accelerators contained within it to be changed during runtime. Refer to gtk_accel_map_change_entry() about runtime accelerator changes. If called more than once, @accel_group remains locked until gtk_accel_group_unlock() has been called an equivalent number of times. a #GtkAccelGroup Queries an accelerator group for all entries matching @accel_key and @accel_mods. an array of @n_entries #GtkAccelGroupEntry elements, or %NULL. The array is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed. the accelerator group to query key value of the accelerator modifier combination of the accelerator location to return the number of entries found, or %NULL Undoes the last call to gtk_accel_group_lock() on this @accel_group. a #GtkAccelGroup The accel-activate signal is an implementation detail of #GtkAccelGroup and not meant to be used by applications. %TRUE if the accelerator was activated the object on which the accelerator was activated the accelerator keyval the modifier combination of the accelerator The accel-changed signal is emitted when an entry is added to or removed from the accel group. Widgets like #GtkAccelLabel which display an associated accelerator should connect to this signal, and rebuild their visual representation if the @accel_closure is theirs. the accelerator keyval the modifier combination of the accelerator the #GClosure of the accelerator The #GtkAccelLabel widget is a subclass of #GtkLabel that also displays an accelerator key on the right of the label text, e.g. 'Ctl+S'. It is commonly used in menus to show the keyboard short-cuts for commands. The accelerator key to display is not set explicitly. Instead, the #GtkAccelLabel displays the accelerators which have been added to a particular widget. This widget is set by calling gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget(). For example, a #GtkMenuItem widget may have an accelerator added to emit the "activate" signal when the 'Ctl+S' key combination is pressed. A #GtkAccelLabel is created and added to the #GtkMenuItem, and gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget() is called with the #GtkMenuItem as the second argument. The #GtkAccelLabel will now display 'Ctl+S' after its label. Note that creating a #GtkMenuItem with gtk_menu_item_new_with_label() (or one of the similar functions for #GtkCheckMenuItem and #GtkRadioMenuItem) automatically adds a #GtkAccelLabel to the #GtkMenuItem and calls gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget() to set it up for you. A #GtkAccelLabel will only display accelerators which have %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE set (see #GtkAccelFlags). A #GtkAccelLabel can display multiple accelerators and even signal names, though it is almost always used to display just one accelerator key. <example> <title>Creating a simple menu item with an accelerator key.</title> <programlisting> GtkWidget *save_item; GtkAccelGroup *accel_group; /<!---->* Create a GtkAccelGroup and add it to the window. *<!---->/ accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new (<!-- -->); gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (window), accel_group); /<!---->* Create the menu item using the convenience function. *<!---->/ save_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Save"); gtk_widget_show (save_item); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), save_item); /<!---->* Now add the accelerator to the GtkMenuItem. Note that since we called gtk_menu_item_new_with_label(<!-- -->) to create the GtkMenuItem the GtkAccelLabel is automatically set up to display the GtkMenuItem accelerators. We just need to make sure we use GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE here. *<!---->/ gtk_widget_add_accelerator (save_item, "activate", accel_group, GDK_KEY_s, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); </programlisting> </example> Creates a new #GtkAccelLabel. a new #GtkAccelLabel. the label string. Must be non-%NULL. Fetches the widget monitored by this accelerator label. See gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget(). the object monitored by the accelerator label, or %NULL. a #GtkAccelLabel Returns the width needed to display the accelerator key(s). This is used by menus to align all of the #GtkMenuItem widgets, and shouldn't be needed by applications. the width needed to display the accelerator key(s). a #GtkAccelLabel. Recreates the string representing the accelerator keys. This should not be needed since the string is automatically updated whenever accelerators are added or removed from the associated widget. always returns %FALSE. a #GtkAccelLabel. Manually sets a keyval and modifier mask as the accelerator rendered by @accel_label. If a keyval and modifier are explicitly set then these values are used regardless of any associated accel closure or widget. Providing an @accelerator_key of 0 removes the manual setting. a #GtkAccelLabel a keyval, or 0 the modifier mask for the accel Sets the closure to be monitored by this accelerator label. The closure must be connected to an accelerator group; see gtk_accel_group_connect(). a #GtkAccelLabel the closure to monitor for accelerator changes. Sets the widget to be monitored by this accelerator label. a #GtkAccelLabel the widget to be monitored. Accelerator maps are used to define runtime configurable accelerators. Functions for manipulating them are are usually used by higher level convenience mechanisms like #GtkUIManager and are thus considered "low-level". You'll want to use them if you're manually creating menus that should have user-configurable accelerators. Accelerator is uniquely defined by: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para>accelerator path</para></listitem> <listitem><para>accelerator key</para></listitem> <listitem><para>accelerator modifiers</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> The accelerator path must consist of "&lt;WINDOWTYPE&gt;/Category1/Category2/.../Action", where WINDOWTYPE should be a unique application-specific identifier that corresponds to the kind of window the accelerator is being used in, e.g. "Gimp-Image", "Abiword-Document" or "Gnumeric-Settings". The "Category1/.../Action" portion is most appropriately chosen by the action the accelerator triggers, i.e. for accelerators on menu items, choose the item's menu path, e.g. "File/Save As", "Image/View/Zoom" or "Edit/Select All". So a full valid accelerator path may look like: "&lt;Gimp-Toolbox&gt;/File/Dialogs/Tool Options...". All accelerators are stored inside one global #GtkAccelMap that can be obtained using gtk_accel_map_get(). See <link linkend="monitoring-changes">Monitoring changes</link> for additional details. <refsect2 id="manipulating-accelerators"> <title>Manipulating accelerators</title> <para> New accelerators can be added using gtk_accel_map_add_entry(). To search for specific accelerator, use gtk_accel_map_lookup_entry(). Modifications of existing accelerators should be done using gtk_accel_map_change_entry(). In order to avoid having some accelerators changed, they can be locked using gtk_accel_map_lock_path(). Unlocking is done using gtk_accel_map_unlock_path(). </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="saving-and-loading"> <title>Saving and loading accelerator maps</title> <para> Accelerator maps can be saved to and loaded from some external resource. For simple saving and loading from file, gtk_accel_map_save() and gtk_accel_map_load() are provided. Saving and loading can also be done by providing file descriptor to gtk_accel_map_save_fd() and gtk_accel_map_load_fd(). </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="monitoring-changes"> <title>Monitoring changes</title> <para> #GtkAccelMap object is only useful for monitoring changes of accelerators. By connecting to #GtkAccelMap::changed signal, one can monitor changes of all accelerators. It is also possible to monitor only single accelerator path by using it as a detail of the #GtkAccelMap::changed signal. </para> </refsect2> Registers a new accelerator with the global accelerator map. This function should only be called once per @accel_path with the canonical @accel_key and @accel_mods for this path. To change the accelerator during runtime programatically, use gtk_accel_map_change_entry(). Set @accel_key and @accel_mods to 0 to request a removal of the accelerator. Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). valid accelerator path the accelerator key the accelerator modifiers Adds a filter to the global list of accel path filters. Accel map entries whose accel path matches one of the filters are skipped by gtk_accel_map_foreach(). This function is intended for GTK+ modules that create their own menus, but don't want them to be saved into the applications accelerator map dump. a pattern (see #GPatternSpec) Changes the @accel_key and @accel_mods currently associated with @accel_path. Due to conflicts with other accelerators, a change may not always be possible, @replace indicates whether other accelerators may be deleted to resolve such conflicts. A change will only occur if all conflicts could be resolved (which might not be the case if conflicting accelerators are locked). Successful changes are indicated by a %TRUE return value. Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). %TRUE if the accelerator could be changed, %FALSE otherwise a valid accelerator path the new accelerator key the new accelerator modifiers %TRUE if other accelerators may be deleted upon conflicts Loops over the entries in the accelerator map whose accel path doesn't match any of the filters added with gtk_accel_map_add_filter(), and execute @foreach_func on each. The signature of @foreach_func is that of #GtkAccelMapForeach, the @changed parameter indicates whether this accelerator was changed during runtime (thus, would need saving during an accelerator map dump). data to be passed into @foreach_func function to be executed for each accel map entry which is not filtered out Loops over all entries in the accelerator map, and execute @foreach_func on each. The signature of @foreach_func is that of #GtkAccelMapForeach, the @changed parameter indicates whether this accelerator was changed during runtime (thus, would need saving during an accelerator map dump). data to be passed into @foreach_func function to be executed for each accel map entry Gets the singleton global #GtkAccelMap object. This object is useful only for notification of changes to the accelerator map via the ::changed signal; it isn't a parameter to the other accelerator map functions. the global #GtkAccelMap object Parses a file previously saved with gtk_accel_map_save() for accelerator specifications, and propagates them accordingly. a file containing accelerator specifications, in the GLib file name encoding Filedescriptor variant of gtk_accel_map_load(). Note that the file descriptor will not be closed by this function. a valid readable file descriptor #GScanner variant of gtk_accel_map_load(). a #GScanner which has already been provided with an input file Locks the given accelerator path. If the accelerator map doesn't yet contain an entry for @accel_path, a new one is created. Locking an accelerator path prevents its accelerator from being changed during runtime. A locked accelerator path can be unlocked by gtk_accel_map_unlock_path(). Refer to gtk_accel_map_change_entry() for information about runtime accelerator changes. If called more than once, @accel_path remains locked until gtk_accel_map_unlock_path() has been called an equivalent number of times. Note that locking of individual accelerator paths is independent from locking the #GtkAccelGroup containing them. For runtime accelerator changes to be possible, both the accelerator path and its #GtkAccelGroup have to be unlocked. a valid accelerator path Looks up the accelerator entry for @accel_path and fills in @key. %TRUE if @accel_path is known, %FALSE otherwise a valid accelerator path the accelerator key to be filled in (optional) Saves current accelerator specifications (accelerator path, key and modifiers) to @file_name. The file is written in a format suitable to be read back in by gtk_accel_map_load(). the name of the file to contain accelerator specifications, in the GLib file name encoding Filedescriptor variant of gtk_accel_map_save(). Note that the file descriptor will not be closed by this function. a valid writable file descriptor Undoes the last call to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() on this @accel_path. Refer to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() for information about accelerator path locking. a valid accelerator path Notifies of a change in the global accelerator map. The path is also used as the detail for the signal, so it is possible to connect to changed::<replaceable>accel_path</replaceable>. the path of the accelerator that changed the key value for the new accelerator the modifier mask for the new accelerator User data passed to gtk_accel_map_foreach() or gtk_accel_map_foreach_unfiltered() Accel path of the current accelerator Key of the current accelerator Modifiers of the current accelerator Changed flag of the accelerator (if %TRUE, accelerator has changed during runtime and would need to be saved during an accelerator dump) The #GtkAccessible class is the base class for accessible implementations for #GtkWidget subclasses. It is a thin wrapper around #AtkObject, which adds facilities for associating a widget with its accessible object. An accessible implementation for a third-party widget should derive from #GtkAccessible and implement the suitable interfaces from ATK, such as #AtkText or #AtkSelection. To establish the connection between the widget class and its corresponding acccessible implementation, override the get_accessible vfunc in #GtkWidgetClass. This function specifies the callback function to be called when the widget corresponding to a GtkAccessible is destroyed. This function specifies the callback function to be called when the widget corresponding to a GtkAccessible is destroyed. a #GtkAccessible Gets the #GtkWidget corresponding to the #GtkAccessible. The returned widget does not have a reference added, so you do not need to unref it. pointer to the #GtkWidget corresponding to the #GtkAccessible, or %NULL. a #GtkAccessible Sets the #GtkWidget corresponding to the #GtkAccessible. <note><para>@accessible will not hold a reference to @widget. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that when @widget is destroyed, the widget is unset by calling this function again with @widget set to %NULL.</para></note> a #GtkAccessible a #GtkWidget or %NULL to unset Actions represent operations that the user can be perform, along with some information how it should be presented in the interface. Each action provides methods to create icons, menu items and toolbar items representing itself. As well as the callback that is called when the action gets activated, the following also gets associated with the action: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para>a name (not translated, for path lookup)</para></listitem> <listitem><para>a label (translated, for display)</para></listitem> <listitem><para>an accelerator</para></listitem> <listitem><para>whether label indicates a stock id</para></listitem> <listitem><para>a tooltip (optional, translated)</para></listitem> <listitem><para>a toolbar label (optional, shorter than label)</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> The action will also have some state information: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para>visible (shown/hidden)</para></listitem> <listitem><para>sensitive (enabled/disabled)</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Apart from regular actions, there are <link linkend="GtkToggleAction">toggle actions</link>, which can be toggled between two states and <link linkend="GtkRadioAction">radio actions</link>, of which only one in a group can be in the "active" state. Other actions can be implemented as #GtkAction subclasses. Each action can have one or more proxy widgets. To act as an action proxy, widget needs to implement #GtkActivatable interface. Proxies mirror the state of the action and should change when the action's state changes. Properties that are always mirrored by proxies are #GtkAction:sensitive and #GtkAction:visible. #GtkAction:gicon, #GtkAction:icon-name, #GtkAction:label, #GtkAction:short-label and #GtkAction:stock-id properties are only mirorred if proxy widget has #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance property set to %TRUE. When the proxy is activated, it should activate its action. Creates a new #GtkAction object. To add the action to a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action, call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel(). See <xref linkend="XML-UI"/> for information on allowed action names. a new #GtkAction A unique name for the action the label displayed in menu items and on buttons, or %NULL a tooltip for the action, or %NULL the stock icon to display in widgets representing the action, or %NULL Emits the "activate" signal on the specified action, if it isn't insensitive. This gets called by the proxy widgets when they get activated. It can also be used to manually activate an action. If @action provides a #GtkMenu widget as a submenu for the menu item or the toolbar item it creates, this function returns an instance of that menu. the menu item provided by the action, or %NULL. Creates a menu item widget that proxies for the given action. a menu item connected to the action. Creates a toolbar item widget that proxies for the given action. a toolbar item connected to the action. Emits the "activate" signal on the specified action, if it isn't insensitive. This gets called by the proxy widgets when they get activated. It can also be used to manually activate an action. the action object Disable activation signals from the action This is needed when updating the state of your proxy #GtkActivatable widget could result in calling gtk_action_activate(), this is a convenience function to avoid recursing in those cases (updating toggle state for instance). a #GtkAction Installs the accelerator for @action if @action has an accel path and group. See gtk_action_set_accel_path() and gtk_action_set_accel_group() Since multiple proxies may independently trigger the installation of the accelerator, the @action counts the number of times this function has been called and doesn't remove the accelerator until gtk_action_disconnect_accelerator() has been called as many times. a #GtkAction This function is intended for use by action implementations to create icons displayed in the proxy widgets. a widget that displays the icon for this action. the action object the size of the icon that should be created. If @action provides a #GtkMenu widget as a submenu for the menu item or the toolbar item it creates, this function returns an instance of that menu. the menu item provided by the action, or %NULL. a #GtkAction Creates a menu item widget that proxies for the given action. a menu item connected to the action. the action object Creates a toolbar item widget that proxies for the given action. a toolbar item connected to the action. the action object Undoes the effect of one call to gtk_action_connect_accelerator(). a #GtkAction Returns the accel closure for this action. the accel closure for this action. The returned closure is owned by GTK+ and must not be unreffed or modified. the action object Returns the accel path for this action. the accel path for this action, or %NULL if none is set. The returned string is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed or modified. the action object Returns whether @action<!-- -->'s menu item proxies will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-menu-images setting and always show their image, if available. %TRUE if the menu item proxies will always show their image a #GtkAction Gets the gicon of @action. The action's #GIcon if one is set. a #GtkAction Gets the icon name of @action. the icon name a #GtkAction Checks whether @action is important or not whether @action is important a #GtkAction Gets the label text of @action. the label text a #GtkAction Returns the name of the action. the name of the action. The string belongs to GTK+ and should not be freed. the action object Returns the proxy widgets for an action. See also gtk_activatable_get_related_action(). a #GSList of proxy widgets. The list is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified. the action object Returns whether the action itself is sensitive. Note that this doesn't necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See gtk_action_is_sensitive() for that. %TRUE if the action itself is sensitive. the action object Gets the short label text of @action. the short label text. a #GtkAction Gets the stock id of @action. the stock id a #GtkAction Gets the tooltip text of @action. the tooltip text a #GtkAction Returns whether the action itself is visible. Note that this doesn't necessarily mean effective visibility. See gtk_action_is_sensitive() for that. %TRUE if the action itself is visible. the action object Checks whether @action is visible when horizontal whether @action is visible when horizontal a #GtkAction Checks whether @action is visible when horizontal whether @action is visible when horizontal a #GtkAction Returns whether the action is effectively sensitive. %TRUE if the action and its associated action group are both sensitive. the action object Returns whether the action is effectively visible. %TRUE if the action and its associated action group are both visible. the action object Sets the #GtkAccelGroup in which the accelerator for this action will be installed. the action object a #GtkAccelGroup or %NULL Sets the accel path for this action. All proxy widgets associated with the action will have this accel path, so that their accelerators are consistent. Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). the action object the accelerator path Sets whether @action<!-- -->'s menu item proxies will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-menu-images setting and always show their image, if available. Use this if the menu item would be useless or hard to use without their image. a #GtkAction %TRUE if menuitem proxies should always show their image Sets the icon of @action. a #GtkAction the #GIcon to set Sets the icon name on @action a #GtkAction the icon name to set Sets whether the action is important, this attribute is used primarily by toolbar items to decide whether to show a label or not. the action object %TRUE to make the action important Sets the label of @action. a #GtkAction the label text to set Sets the ::sensitive property of the action to @sensitive. Note that this doesn't necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See gtk_action_is_sensitive() for that. the action object %TRUE to make the action sensitive Sets a shorter label text on @action. a #GtkAction the label text to set Sets the stock id on @action a #GtkAction the stock id Sets the tooltip text on @action a #GtkAction the tooltip text Sets the ::visible property of the action to @visible. Note that this doesn't necessarily mean effective visibility. See gtk_action_is_visible() for that. the action object %TRUE to make the action visible Sets whether @action is visible when horizontal a #GtkAction whether the action is visible horizontally Sets whether @action is visible when vertical a #GtkAction whether the action is visible vertically Reenable activation signals from the action a #GtkAction If %TRUE, the action's menu item proxies will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-menu-images setting and always show their image, if available. Use this property if the menu item would be useless or hard to use without their image. The #GIcon displayed in the #GtkAction. Note that the stock icon is preferred, if the #GtkAction:stock-id property holds the id of an existing stock icon. This is an appearance property and thus only applies if #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance is %TRUE. The name of the icon from the icon theme. Note that the stock icon is preferred, if the #GtkAction:stock-id property holds the id of an existing stock icon, and the #GIcon is preferred if the #GtkAction:gicon property is set. This is an appearance property and thus only applies if #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance is %TRUE. The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action. If the label is %NULL, GTK+ uses the stock label specified via the stock-id property. This is an appearance property and thus only applies if #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance is %TRUE. A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons. This is an appearance property and thus only applies if #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance is %TRUE. The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action. This is an appearance property and thus only applies if #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance is %TRUE. When %TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar overflow menu. The "activate" signal is emitted when the action is activated. a menu item connected to the action. a toolbar item connected to the action. the menu item provided by the action, or %NULL. #GtkActionEntry structs are used with gtk_action_group_add_actions() to construct actions. Actions are organised into groups. An action group is essentially a map from names to #GtkAction objects. All actions that would make sense to use in a particular context should be in a single group. Multiple action groups may be used for a particular user interface. In fact, it is expected that most nontrivial applications will make use of multiple groups. For example, in an application that can edit multiple documents, one group holding global actions (e.g. quit, about, new), and one group per document holding actions that act on that document (eg. save, cut/copy/paste, etc). Each window's menus would be constructed from a combination of two action groups. </para> <para id="Action-Accel"> Accelerators are handled by the GTK+ accelerator map. All actions are assigned an accelerator path (which normally has the form <literal>&lt;Actions&gt;/group-name/action-name</literal>) and a shortcut is associated with this accelerator path. All menuitems and toolitems take on this accelerator path. The GTK+ accelerator map code makes sure that the correct shortcut is displayed next to the menu item. <refsect2 id="GtkActionGroup-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkActionGroup as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The #GtkActionGroup implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface accepts #GtkAction objects as &lt;child&gt; elements in UI definitions. Note that it is probably more common to define actions and action groups in the code, since they are directly related to what the code can do. The GtkActionGroup implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a custom &lt;accelerator&gt; element, which has attributes named key and modifiers and allows to specify accelerators. This is similar to the &lt;accelerator&gt; element of #GtkWidget, the main difference is that it doesn't allow you to specify a signal. </para> <example> <title>A #GtkDialog UI definition fragment.</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkActionGroup" id="actiongroup"> <child> <object class="GtkAction" id="About"> <property name="name">About</property> <property name="stock_id">gtk-about</property> <signal handler="about_activate" name="activate"/> </object> <accelerator key="F1" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK | GDK_SHIFT_MASK"/> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkActionGroup object. The name of the action group is used when associating <link linkend="Action-Accel">keybindings</link> with the actions. the new #GtkActionGroup the name of the action group. Looks up an action in the action group by name. the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists the name of the action Adds an action object to the action group. Note that this function does not set up the accel path of the action, which can lead to problems if a user tries to modify the accelerator of a menuitem associated with the action. Therefore you must either set the accel path yourself with gtk_action_set_accel_path(), or use <literal>gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel (..., NULL)</literal>. the action group an action Adds an action object to the action group and sets up the accelerator. If @accelerator is %NULL, attempts to use the accelerator associated with the stock_id of the action. Accel paths are set to <literal>&lt;Actions&gt;/<replaceable>group-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>action-name</replaceable></literal>. the action group the action to add the accelerator for the action, in the format understood by gtk_accelerator_parse(), or "" for no accelerator, or %NULL to use the stock accelerator This is a convenience function to create a number of actions and add them to the action group. The "activate" signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks and their accel paths are set to <literal>&lt;Actions&gt;/<replaceable>group-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>action-name</replaceable></literal>. the action group an array of action descriptions the number of entries data to pass to the action callbacks This variant of gtk_action_group_add_actions() adds a #GDestroyNotify callback for @user_data. the action group an array of action descriptions the number of entries data to pass to the action callbacks destroy notification callback for @user_data This is a convenience routine to create a group of radio actions and add them to the action group. The "changed" signal of the first radio action is connected to the @on_change callback and the accel paths of the actions are set to <literal>&lt;Actions&gt;/<replaceable>group-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>action-name</replaceable></literal>. the action group an array of radio action descriptions the number of entries the value of the action to activate initially, or -1 if no action should be activated the callback to connect to the changed signal data to pass to the action callbacks This variant of gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions() adds a #GDestroyNotify callback for @user_data. the action group an array of radio action descriptions the number of entries the value of the action to activate initially, or -1 if no action should be activated the callback to connect to the changed signal data to pass to the action callbacks destroy notification callback for @user_data This is a convenience function to create a number of toggle actions and add them to the action group. The "activate" signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks and their accel paths are set to <literal>&lt;Actions&gt;/<replaceable>group-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>action-name</replaceable></literal>. the action group an array of toggle action descriptions the number of entries data to pass to the action callbacks This variant of gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions() adds a #GDestroyNotify callback for @user_data. the action group an array of toggle action descriptions the number of entries data to pass to the action callbacks destroy notification callback for @user_data Gets the accelerator group. the accelerator group associated with this action group or %NULL if there is none. a #GtkActionGroup Looks up an action in the action group by name. the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists the action group the name of the action Gets the name of the action group. the name of the action group. the action group Returns %TRUE if the group is sensitive. The constituent actions can only be logically sensitive (see gtk_action_is_sensitive()) if they are sensitive (see gtk_action_get_sensitive()) and their group is sensitive. %TRUE if the group is sensitive. the action group Returns %TRUE if the group is visible. The constituent actions can only be logically visible (see gtk_action_is_visible()) if they are visible (see gtk_action_get_visible()) and their group is visible. %TRUE if the group is visible. the action group Lists the actions in the action group. an allocated list of the action objects in the action group the action group Removes an action object from the action group. the action group an action Sets the accelerator group to be used by every action in this group. a #GtkActionGroup a #GtkAccelGroup to set or %NULL Changes the sensitivity of @action_group the action group new sensitivity Sets a function to be used for translating the @label and @tooltip of #GtkActionEntry<!-- -->s added by gtk_action_group_add_actions(). If you're using gettext(), it is enough to set the translation domain with gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(). a #GtkActionGroup a #GtkTranslateFunc data to be passed to @func and @notify a #GDestroyNotify function to be called when @action_group is destroyed and when the translation function is changed again Sets the translation domain and uses g_dgettext() for translating the @label and @tooltip of #GtkActionEntry<!-- -->s added by gtk_action_group_add_actions(). If you're not using gettext() for localization, see gtk_action_group_set_translate_func(). a #GtkActionGroup the translation domain to use for g_dgettext() calls, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() Changes the visible of @action_group. the action group new visiblity Translates a string using the function set with gtk_action_group_set_translate_func(). This is mainly intended for language bindings. the translation of @string a #GtkActionGroup a string The ::connect-proxy signal is emitted after connecting a proxy to an action in the group. Note that the proxy may have been connected to a different action before. This is intended for simple customizations for which a custom action class would be too clumsy, e.g. showing tooltips for menuitems in the statusbar. #GtkUIManager proxies the signal and provides global notification just before any action is connected to a proxy, which is probably more convenient to use. the action the proxy The ::disconnect-proxy signal is emitted after disconnecting a proxy from an action in the group. #GtkUIManager proxies the signal and provides global notification just before any action is connected to a proxy, which is probably more convenient to use. the action the proxy The ::post-activate signal is emitted just after the @action in the @action_group is activated This is intended for #GtkUIManager to proxy the signal and provide global notification just after any action is activated. the action The ::pre-activate signal is emitted just before the @action in the @action_group is activated This is intended for #GtkUIManager to proxy the signal and provide global notification just before any action is activated. the action the action, or %NULL if no action by that name exists the name of the action This interface provides a convenient way of associating widgets with actions on a #GtkApplicationWindow or #GtkApplication. It primarily consists of two properties: #GtkActionable:action-name and #GtkActionable:action-target. There are also some convenience APIs for setting these properties. This interface is presently only meaningful if used on a widget that is (or will be) located inside of a #GtkApplicationWindow and can only be used to associate the widget with actions on that window, or its associated #GtkApplication. Gets the action name for @actionable. See gtk_actionable_set_action_name() for more information. the action name, or %NULL if none is set Gets the current target value of @actionabe. See gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value() for more information. the current target value Specifies the name of the action with which this widget should be associated. If @action_name is %NULL then the widget will be unassociated from any previous action. Usually this function is used when the widget is located (or will be located) within the hierarchy of a #GtkApplicationWindow. Names are of the form "win.save" or "app.quit" for actions on the containing #GtkApplicationWindow or its associated #GtkApplication, respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the #GMenu associated with the window. an action name, or %NULL Sets the target value of an actionable widget. If @target_value is %NULL then the target value is unset. The target value has two purposes. First, it is used as the parameter to activation of the action associated with the #GtkActionable widget. Second, it is used to determine if the widget should be rendered as "active" - the widget is active if the state is equal to the given target. Consider the example of associating a set of buttons with a #GAction with string state in a typical "radio button" situation. Each button will be associated with the same action, but with a different target value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause the action's state to change to that value. Since the action's state is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets, rendered inactive). a #GVariant to set as the target value, or %NULL Gets the action name for @actionable. See gtk_actionable_set_action_name() for more information. the action name, or %NULL if none is set a #GtkActionable widget Gets the current target value of @actionabe. See gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value() for more information. the current target value a #GtkActionable widget Specifies the name of the action with which this widget should be associated. If @action_name is %NULL then the widget will be unassociated from any previous action. Usually this function is used when the widget is located (or will be located) within the hierarchy of a #GtkApplicationWindow. Names are of the form "win.save" or "app.quit" for actions on the containing #GtkApplicationWindow or its associated #GtkApplication, respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the #GMenu associated with the window. a #GtkActionable widget an action name, or %NULL Sets the target of an actionable widget. This is a convenience function that calls g_variant_new() for @format_string and uses the result to call gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value(). If you are setting a string-valued target and want to set the action name at the same time, you can use gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name (). a #GtkActionable widget a GVariant format string Sets the target value of an actionable widget. If @target_value is %NULL then the target value is unset. The target value has two purposes. First, it is used as the parameter to activation of the action associated with the #GtkActionable widget. Second, it is used to determine if the widget should be rendered as "active" - the widget is active if the state is equal to the given target. Consider the example of associating a set of buttons with a #GAction with string state in a typical "radio button" situation. Each button will be associated with the same action, but with a different target value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause the action's state to change to that value. Since the action's state is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets, rendered inactive). a #GtkActionable widget a #GVariant to set as the target value, or %NULL Sets the action-name and associated string target value of an actionable widget. This allows for the effect of both gtk_actionable_set_action_name() and gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value() in the common case that the target is string-valued. @detailed_action_name is a string of the form <literal>"action::target"</literal> where <literal>action</literal> is the action name and <literal>target</literal> is the string to use as the target. a #GtkActionable widget the detailed action name The interface vtable for #GtkActionable. the action name, or %NULL if none is set an action name, or %NULL the current target value a #GVariant to set as the target value, or %NULL Activatable widgets can be connected to a #GtkAction and reflects the state of its action. A #GtkActivatable can also provide feedback through its action, as they are responsible for activating their related actions. <refsect2> <title>Implementing GtkActivatable</title> <para> When extending a class that is already #GtkActivatable; it is only necessary to implement the #GtkActivatable->sync_action_properties() and #GtkActivatable->update() methods and chain up to the parent implementation, however when introducing a new #GtkActivatable class; the #GtkActivatable:related-action and #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance properties need to be handled by the implementor. Handling these properties is mostly a matter of installing the action pointer and boolean flag on your instance, and calling gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action() and gtk_activatable_sync_action_properties() at the appropriate times. </para> <example> <title>A class fragment implementing #GtkActivatable</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ enum { ... PROP_ACTIVATABLE_RELATED_ACTION, PROP_ACTIVATABLE_USE_ACTION_APPEARANCE } struct _FooBarPrivate { ... GtkAction *action; gboolean use_action_appearance; }; ... static void foo_bar_activatable_interface_init (GtkActivatableIface *iface); static void foo_bar_activatable_update (GtkActivatable *activatable, GtkAction *action, const gchar *property_name); static void foo_bar_activatable_sync_action_properties (GtkActivatable *activatable, GtkAction *action); ... static void foo_bar_class_init (FooBarClass *klass) { ... g_object_class_override_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACTIVATABLE_RELATED_ACTION, "related-action"); g_object_class_override_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACTIVATABLE_USE_ACTION_APPEARANCE, "use-action-appearance"); ... } static void foo_bar_activatable_interface_init (GtkActivatableIface *iface) { iface->update = foo_bar_activatable_update; iface->sync_action_properties = foo_bar_activatable_sync_action_properties; } ... Break the reference using gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action()... static void foo_bar_dispose (GObject *object) { FooBar *bar = FOO_BAR (object); FooBarPrivate *priv = FOO_BAR_GET_PRIVATE (bar); ... if (priv->action) { gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action (GTK_ACTIVATABLE (bar), NULL); priv->action = NULL; } G_OBJECT_CLASS (foo_bar_parent_class)->dispose (object); } ... Handle the "related-action" and "use-action-appearance" properties ... static void foo_bar_set_property (GObject *object, guint prop_id, const GValue *value, GParamSpec *pspec) { FooBar *bar = FOO_BAR (object); FooBarPrivate *priv = FOO_BAR_GET_PRIVATE (bar); switch (prop_id) { ... case PROP_ACTIVATABLE_RELATED_ACTION: foo_bar_set_related_action (bar, g_value_get_object (value)); break; case PROP_ACTIVATABLE_USE_ACTION_APPEARANCE: foo_bar_set_use_action_appearance (bar, g_value_get_boolean (value)); break; default: G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec); break; } } static void foo_bar_get_property (GObject *object, guint prop_id, GValue *value, GParamSpec *pspec) { FooBar *bar = FOO_BAR (object); FooBarPrivate *priv = FOO_BAR_GET_PRIVATE (bar); switch (prop_id) { ... case PROP_ACTIVATABLE_RELATED_ACTION: g_value_set_object (value, priv->action); break; case PROP_ACTIVATABLE_USE_ACTION_APPEARANCE: g_value_set_boolean (value, priv->use_action_appearance); break; default: G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec); break; } } static void foo_bar_set_use_action_appearance (FooBar *bar, gboolean use_appearance) { FooBarPrivate *priv = FOO_BAR_GET_PRIVATE (bar); if (priv->use_action_appearance != use_appearance) { priv->use_action_appearance = use_appearance; gtk_activatable_sync_action_properties (GTK_ACTIVATABLE (bar), priv->action); } } ... call gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action() and then assign the action pointer, no need to reference the action here since gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action() already holds a reference here for you... static void foo_bar_set_related_action (FooBar *bar, GtkAction *action) { FooBarPrivate *priv = FOO_BAR_GET_PRIVATE (bar); if (priv->action == action) return; gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action (GTK_ACTIVATABLE (bar), action); priv->action = action; } ... Selectively reset and update activatable depending on the use-action-appearance property ... static void gtk_button_activatable_sync_action_properties (GtkActivatable *activatable, GtkAction *action) { GtkButtonPrivate *priv = GTK_BUTTON_GET_PRIVATE (activatable); if (!action) return; if (gtk_action_is_visible (action)) gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (activatable)); else gtk_widget_hide (GTK_WIDGET (activatable)); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (activatable), gtk_action_is_sensitive (action)); ... if (priv->use_action_appearance) { if (gtk_action_get_stock_id (action)) foo_bar_set_stock (button, gtk_action_get_stock_id (action)); else if (gtk_action_get_label (action)) foo_bar_set_label (button, gtk_action_get_label (action)); ... } } static void foo_bar_activatable_update (GtkActivatable *activatable, GtkAction *action, const gchar *property_name) { FooBarPrivate *priv = FOO_BAR_GET_PRIVATE (activatable); if (strcmp (property_name, "visible") == 0) { if (gtk_action_is_visible (action)) gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (activatable)); else gtk_widget_hide (GTK_WIDGET (activatable)); } else if (strcmp (property_name, "sensitive") == 0) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (activatable), gtk_action_is_sensitive (action)); ... if (!priv->use_action_appearance) return; if (strcmp (property_name, "stock-id") == 0) foo_bar_set_stock (button, gtk_action_get_stock_id (action)); else if (strcmp (property_name, "label") == 0) foo_bar_set_label (button, gtk_action_get_label (action)); ... }]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> This is called to update the activatable completely, this is called internally when the #GtkActivatable:related-action property is set or unset and by the implementing class when #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance changes. the related #GtkAction or %NULL This is a utility function for #GtkActivatable implementors. When implementing #GtkActivatable you must call this when handling changes of the #GtkActivatable:related-action, and you must also use this to break references in #GObject->dispose(). This function adds a reference to the currently set related action for you, it also makes sure the #GtkActivatable->update() method is called when the related #GtkAction properties change and registers to the action's proxy list. <note><para>Be careful to call this before setting the local copy of the #GtkAction property, since this function uses gtk_activatable_get_related_action() to retrieve the previous action</para></note> a #GtkActivatable the #GtkAction to set Gets the related #GtkAction for @activatable. the related #GtkAction if one is set. a #GtkActivatable Gets whether this activatable should reset its layout and appearance when setting the related action or when the action changes appearance. whether @activatable uses its actions appearance. a #GtkActivatable Sets the related action on the @activatable object. <note><para>#GtkActivatable implementors need to handle the #GtkActivatable:related-action property and call gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action() when it changes.</para></note> a #GtkActivatable the #GtkAction to set Sets whether this activatable should reset its layout and appearance when setting the related action or when the action changes appearance <note><para>#GtkActivatable implementors need to handle the #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance property and call gtk_activatable_sync_action_properties() to update @activatable if needed.</para></note> a #GtkActivatable whether to use the actions appearance This is called to update the activatable completely, this is called internally when the #GtkActivatable:related-action property is set or unset and by the implementing class when #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance changes. a #GtkActivatable the related #GtkAction or %NULL The action that this activatable will activate and receive updates from for various states and possibly appearance. <note><para>#GtkActivatable implementors need to handle the this property and call gtk_activatable_do_set_related_action() when it changes.</para></note> Whether this activatable should reset its layout and appearance when setting the related action or when the action changes appearance. See the #GtkAction documentation directly to find which properties should be ignored by the #GtkActivatable when this property is %FALSE. <note><para>#GtkActivatable implementors need to handle this property and call gtk_activatable_sync_action_properties() on the activatable widget when it changes.</para></note> the related #GtkAction or %NULL The #GtkAdjustment object represents a value which has an associated lower and upper bound, together with step and page increments, and a page size. It is used within several GTK+ widgets, including #GtkSpinButton, #GtkViewport, and #GtkRange (which is a base class for #GtkHScrollbar, #GtkVScrollbar, #GtkHScale, and #GtkVScale). The #GtkAdjustment object does not update the value itself. Instead it is left up to the owner of the #GtkAdjustment to control the value. The owner of the #GtkAdjustment typically calls the gtk_adjustment_value_changed() and gtk_adjustment_changed() functions after changing the value and its bounds. This results in the emission of the #GtkAdjustment::value_changed or #GtkAdjustment::changed signal respectively. Creates a new #GtkAdjustment. a new #GtkAdjustment. the initial value. the minimum value. the maximum value. the step increment. the page increment. the page size. Emits a #GtkAdjustment::changed signal from the #GtkAdjustment. This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has changed any of the #GtkAdjustment properties other than the value. Emits a #GtkAdjustment::value_changed signal from the #GtkAdjustment. This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has changed the #GtkAdjustment:value property. Emits a #GtkAdjustment::changed signal from the #GtkAdjustment. This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has changed any of the #GtkAdjustment properties other than the value. a #GtkAdjustment Updates the #GtkAdjustment:value property to ensure that the range between @lower and @upper is in the current page (i.e. between #GtkAdjustment:value and #GtkAdjustment:value + #GtkAdjustment:page_size). If the range is larger than the page size, then only the start of it will be in the current page. A #GtkAdjustment::changed signal will be emitted if the value is changed. a #GtkAdjustment. the lower value. the upper value. Sets all properties of the adjustment at once. Use this function to avoid multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of #GtkAdjustment::changed into one. a #GtkAdjustment the new value the new minimum value the new maximum value the new step increment the new page increment the new page size Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment. The current minimum value of the adjustment. a #GtkAdjustment Gets the smaller of step increment and page increment. the minimum increment of @adjustment a #GtkAdjustment Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment. The current page increment of the adjustment. a #GtkAdjustment Retrieves the page size of the adjustment. The current page size of the adjustment. a #GtkAdjustment Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment. The current step increment of the adjustment. a #GtkAdjustment Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment. The current maximum value of the adjustment. a #GtkAdjustment Gets the current value of the adjustment. See gtk_adjustment_set_value (). The current value of the adjustment. a #GtkAdjustment Sets the minimum value of the adjustment. When setting multiple adjustment properties via their individual setters, multiple #GtkAdjustment::changed signals will be emitted. However, since the emission of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal is tied to the emission of the #GObject::notify signals of the changed properties, it's possible to compress the #GtkAdjustment::changed signals into one by calling g_object_freeze_notify() and g_object_thaw_notify() around the calls to the individual setters. Alternatively, using a single g_object_set() for all the properties to change, or using gtk_adjustment_configure() has the same effect of compressing #GtkAdjustment::changed emissions. a #GtkAdjustment the new minimum value Sets the page increment of the adjustment. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. a #GtkAdjustment the new page increment Sets the page size of the adjustment. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. a #GtkAdjustment the new page size Sets the step increment of the adjustment. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. a #GtkAdjustment the new step increment Sets the maximum value of the adjustment. Note that values will be restricted by <literal>upper - page-size</literal> if the page-size property is nonzero. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. a #GtkAdjustment the new maximum value Sets the #GtkAdjustment value. The value is clamped to lie between #GtkAdjustment:lower and #GtkAdjustment:upper. Note that for adjustments which are used in a #GtkScrollbar, the effective range of allowed values goes from #GtkAdjustment:lower to #GtkAdjustment:upper - #GtkAdjustment:page_size. a #GtkAdjustment. the new value. Emits a #GtkAdjustment::value_changed signal from the #GtkAdjustment. This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has changed the #GtkAdjustment:value property. a #GtkAdjustment The minimum value of the adjustment. The page increment of the adjustment. The page size of the adjustment. Note that the page-size is irrelevant and should be set to zero if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a #GtkSpinButton. The step increment of the adjustment. The maximum value of the adjustment. Note that values will be restricted by <literal>upper - page-size</literal> if the page-size property is nonzero. The value of the adjustment. Emitted when one or more of the #GtkAdjustment properties have been changed, other than the #GtkAdjustment:value property. Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment:value property has been changed. Controls how a widget deals with extra space in a single (x or y) dimension. Alignment only matters if the widget receives a "too large" allocation, for example if you packed the widget with the #GtkWidget:expand flag inside a #GtkBox, then the widget might get extra space. If you have for example a 16x16 icon inside a 32x32 space, the icon could be scaled and stretched, it could be centered, or it could be positioned to one side of the space. Note that in horizontal context @GTK_ALIGN_START and @GTK_ALIGN_END are interpreted relative to text direction. stretch to fill all space if possible, center if no meaningful way to stretch snap to left or top side, leaving space on right or bottom snap to right or bottom side, leaving space on left or top center natural width of widget inside the allocation The #GtkAlignment widget controls the alignment and size of its child widget. It has four settings: xscale, yscale, xalign, and yalign. The scale settings are used to specify how much the child widget should expand to fill the space allocated to the #GtkAlignment. The values can range from 0 (meaning the child doesn't expand at all) to 1 (meaning the child expands to fill all of the available space). The align settings are used to place the child widget within the available area. The values range from 0 (top or left) to 1 (bottom or right). Of course, if the scale settings are both set to 1, the alignment settings have no effect. <note> <para> Note that the desired effect can in most cases be achieved by using the #GtkWidget:halign, #GtkWidget:valign and #GtkWidget:margin properties on the child widget, so #GtkAlignment should not be used in new code. </para> </note> Creates a new #GtkAlignment. the new #GtkAlignment. the horizontal alignment of the child widget, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). the vertical alignment of the child widget, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom). the amount that the child widget expands horizontally to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. A value of 0 indicates that the child widget should never expand. A value of 1 indicates that the child widget will expand to fill all of the space allocated for the #GtkAlignment. the amount that the child widget expands vertically to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to @xscale. Gets the padding on the different sides of the widget. See gtk_alignment_set_padding (). a #GtkAlignment location to store the padding for the top of the widget, or %NULL location to store the padding for the bottom of the widget, or %NULL location to store the padding for the left of the widget, or %NULL location to store the padding for the right of the widget, or %NULL Sets the #GtkAlignment values. a #GtkAlignment. the horizontal alignment of the child widget, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). the vertical alignment of the child widget, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom). the amount that the child widget expands horizontally to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. A value of 0 indicates that the child widget should never expand. A value of 1 indicates that the child widget will expand to fill all of the space allocated for the #GtkAlignment. the amount that the child widget expands vertically to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to @xscale. Sets the padding on the different sides of the widget. The padding adds blank space to the sides of the widget. For instance, this can be used to indent the child widget towards the right by adding padding on the left. a #GtkAlignment the padding at the top of the widget the padding at the bottom of the widget the padding at the left of the widget the padding at the right of the widget. The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget. The padding to insert at the left of the widget. The padding to insert at the right of the widget. The padding to insert at the top of the widget. #GtkAppChooser is an interface that can be implemented by widgets which allow the user to choose an application (typically for the purpose of opening a file). The main objects that implement this interface are #GtkAppChooserWidget, #GtkAppChooserDialog and #GtkAppChooserButton. Applications are represented by GIO #GAppInfo objects here. GIO has a concept of recommended and fallback applications for a given content type. Recommended applications are those that claim to handle the content type itself, while fallback also includes applications that handle a more generic content type. GIO also knows the default and last-used application for a given content type. The #GtkAppChooserWidget provides detailed control over whether the shown list of applications should include default, recommended or fallback applications. To obtain the application that has been selected in a #GtkAppChooser, use gtk_app_chooser_get_app_info(). Returns the currently selected application. a #GAppInfo for the currently selected application, or %NULL if none is selected. Free with g_object_unref() a #GtkAppChooser Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooser:content-type property. the content type of @self. Free with g_free() a #GtkAppChooser Reloads the list of applications. a #GtkAppChooser The content type of the #GtkAppChooser object. See <link linkend="gio-GContentType"><type>GContentType</type></link> for more information about content types. The #GtkAppChooserButton is a widget that lets the user select an application. It implements the #GtkAppChooser interface. Initially, a #GtkAppChooserButton selects the first application in its list, which will either be the most-recently used application or, if #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item is %TRUE, the default application. The list of applications shown in a #GtkAppChooserButton includes the recommended applications for the given content type. When #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item is set, the default application is also included. To let the user chooser other applications, you can set the #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item property, which allows to open a full #GtkAppChooserDialog. It is possible to add custom items to the list, using gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item(). These items cause the #GtkAppChooserButton::custom-item-activated signal to be emitted when they are selected. To track changes in the selected application, use the #GtkComboBox::changed signal. Creates a new #GtkAppChooserButton for applications that can handle content of the given type. a newly created #GtkAppChooserButton the content type to show applications for Appends a custom item to the list of applications that is shown in the popup; the item name must be unique per-widget. Clients can use the provided name as a detail for the #GtkAppChooserButton::custom-item-activated signal, to add a callback for the activation of a particular custom item in the list. See also gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator(). a #GtkAppChooserButton the name of the custom item the label for the custom item the icon for the custom item Appends a separator to the list of applications that is shown in the popup. a #GtkAppChooserButton Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog. the text to display at the top of the dialog, or %NULL, in which case a default text is displayed a #GtkAppChooserButton Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item property. the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item a #GtkAppChooserButton Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item property. the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item a #GtkAppChooserButton Selects a custom item previously added with gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item(). Use gtk_app_chooser_refresh() to bring the selection to its initial state. a #GtkAppChooserButton the name of the custom item Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text. a #GtkAppChooserButton a string containing Pango markup Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show the default application for the given content type at top. a #GtkAppChooserButton the new value for #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show an entry to trigger a #GtkAppChooserDialog. a #GtkAppChooserButton the new value for #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item The text to show at the top of the dialog that can be opened from the button. The string may contain Pango markup. The #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item property determines whether the dropdown menu should show the default application on top for the provided content type. The #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item property determines whether the dropdown menu should show an item that triggers a #GtkAppChooserDialog when clicked. Emitted when a custom item, previously added with gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item(), is activated from the dropdown menu. the name of the activated item #GtkAppChooserDialog shows a #GtkAppChooserWidget inside a #GtkDialog. Note that #GtkAppChooserDialog does not have any interesting methods of its own. Instead, you should get the embedded #GtkAppChooserWidget using gtk_app_chooser_dialog_get_widget() and call its methods if the generic #GtkAppChooser interface is not sufficient for your needs. To set the heading that is shown above the #GtkAppChooserWidget, use gtk_app_chooser_dialog_set_heading(). Creates a new #GtkAppChooserDialog for the provided #GFile, to allow the user to select an application for it. a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog a #GtkWindow, or %NULL flags for this dialog a #GFile Creates a new #GtkAppChooserDialog for the provided content type, to allow the user to select an application for it. a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog a #GtkWindow, or %NULL flags for this dialog a content type string Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog. the text to display at the top of the dialog, or %NULL, in which case a default text is displayed a #GtkAppChooserDialog Returns the #GtkAppChooserWidget of this dialog. the #GtkAppChooserWidget of @self a #GtkAppChooserDialog Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text. a #GtkAppChooserDialog a string containing Pango markup The GFile used by the #GtkAppChooserDialog. The dialog's #GtkAppChooserWidget content type will be guessed from the file, if present. The text to show at the top of the dialog. The string may contain Pango markup. #GtkAppChooserWidget is a widget for selecting applications. It is the main building block for #GtkAppChooserDialog. Most applications only need to use the latter; but you can use this widget as part of a larger widget if you have special needs. #GtkAppChooserWidget offers detailed control over what applications are shown, using the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default, #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended, #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback, #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other and #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all properties. See the #GtkAppChooser documentation for more information about these groups of applications. To keep track of the selected application, use the #GtkAppChooserWidget::application-selected and #GtkAppChooserWidget::application-activated signals. Creates a new #GtkAppChooserWidget for applications that can handle content of the given type. a newly created #GtkAppChooserWidget the content type to show applications for Returns the text that is shown if there are not applications that can handle the content type. the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:default-text a #GtkAppChooserWidget Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all property. the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all a #GtkAppChooserWidget Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default property. the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default a #GtkAppChooserWidget Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback property. the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback a #GtkAppChooserWidget Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other property. the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other a #GtkAppChooserWidget Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended property. the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended a #GtkAppChooserWidget Sets the text that is shown if there are not applications that can handle the content type. a #GtkAppChooserWidget the new value for #GtkAppChooserWidget:default-text Sets whether the app chooser should show all applications in a flat list. a #GtkAppChooserWidget the new value for #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all Sets whether the app chooser should show the default handler for the content type in a separate section. a #GtkAppChooserWidget the new value for #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default Sets whether the app chooser should show related applications for the content type in a separate section. a #GtkAppChooserWidget the new value for #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback Sets whether the app chooser should show applications which are unrelated to the content type. a #GtkAppChooserWidget the new value for #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other Sets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications for the content type in a separate section. a #GtkAppChooserWidget the new value for #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended The #GtkAppChooserWidget:default-text property determines the text that appears in the widget when there are no applications for the given content type. See also gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_default_text(). If the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all property is %TRUE, the app chooser presents all applications in a single list, without subsections for default, recommended or related applications. The ::show-default property determines whether the app chooser should show the default handler for the content type in a separate section. If %FALSE, the default handler is listed among the recommended applications. The #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback property determines whether the app chooser should show a section for fallback applications. If %FALSE, the fallback applications are listed among the other applications. The #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other property determines whether the app chooser should show a section for other applications. The #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended property determines whether the app chooser should show a section for recommended applications. If %FALSE, the recommended applications are listed among the other applications. Emitted when an application item is activated from the widget's list. This usually happens when the user double clicks an item, or an item is selected and the user presses one of the keys Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter. the activated #GAppInfo Emitted when an application item is selected from the widget's list. the selected #GAppInfo Emitted when a context menu is about to popup over an application item. Clients can insert menu items into the provided #GtkMenu object in the callback of this signal; the context menu will be shown over the item if at least one item has been added to the menu. the #GtkMenu to populate the current #GAppInfo #GtkApplication is a class that handles many important aspects of a GTK+ application in a convenient fashion, without enforcing a one-size-fits-all application model. Currently, GtkApplication handles GTK+ initialization, application uniqueness, session management, provides some basic scriptability and desktop shell integration by exporting actions and menus and manages a list of toplevel windows whose life-cycle is automatically tied to the life-cycle of your application. While GtkApplication works fine with plain #GtkWindows, it is recommended to use it together with #GtkApplicationWindow. When GDK threads are enabled, GtkApplication will acquire the GDK lock when invoking actions that arrive from other processes. The GDK lock is not touched for local action invocations. In order to have actions invoked in a predictable context it is therefore recommended that the GDK lock be held while invoking actions locally with g_action_group_activate_action(). The same applies to actions associated with #GtkApplicationWindow and to the 'activate' and 'open' #GApplication methods. To set an application menu for a GtkApplication, use gtk_application_set_app_menu(). The #GMenuModel that this function expects is usually constructed using #GtkBuilder, as seen in the following example. To specify a menubar that will be shown by #GtkApplicationWindows, use gtk_application_set_menubar(). Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user selecting these menu items. GTK+ displays these menus as expected, depending on the platform the application is running on. <figure label="Menu integration in OS X"> <graphic fileref="bloatpad-osx.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> <figure label="Menu integration in GNOME"> <graphic fileref="bloatpad-gnome.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> <figure label="Menu integration in Xfce"> <graphic fileref="bloatpad-xfce.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> <example id="gtkapplication"><title>A simple application</title> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../examples/bloatpad.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> GtkApplication optionally registers with a session manager of the users session (if you set the #GtkApplication:register-session property) and offers various functionality related to the session life-cycle. An application can block various ways to end the session with the gtk_application_inhibit() function. Typical use cases for this kind of inhibiting are long-running, uninterruptible operations, such as burning a CD or performing a disk backup. The session manager may not honor the inhibitor, but it can be expected to inform the user about the negative consequences of ending the session while inhibitors are present. Creates a new #GtkApplication instance. When using #GtkApplication, it is not necessary to call gtk_init() manually. It is called as soon as the application gets registered as the primary instance. Concretely, gtk_init() is called in the default handler for the #GApplication::startup signal. Therefore, #GtkApplication subclasses should chain up in their #GApplication:startup handler before using any GTK+ API. Note that commandline arguments are not passed to gtk_init(). All GTK+ functionality that is available via commandline arguments can also be achieved by setting suitable environment variables such as <envar>G_DEBUG</envar>, so this should not be a big problem. If you absolutely must support GTK+ commandline arguments, you can explicitly call gtk_init() before creating the application instance. If non-%NULL, the application ID must be valid. See g_application_id_is_valid(). If no application ID is given then some features (most notably application uniqueness) will be disabled. A null application ID is only allowed with GTK+ 3.6 or later. a new #GtkApplication instance The application ID. the application flags Installs an accelerator that will cause the named action to be activated when the key combination specificed by @accelerator is pressed. @accelerator must be a string that can be parsed by gtk_accelerator_parse(), e.g. "&lt;Primary&gt;q" or "&lt;Control&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;p". @action_name must be the name of an action as it would be used in the app menu, i.e. actions that have been added to the application are referred to with an "app." prefix, and window-specific actions with a "win." prefix. GtkApplication also extracts accelerators out of 'accel' attributes in the #GMenuModels passed to gtk_application_set_app_menu() and gtk_application_set_menubar(), which is usually more convenient than calling this function for each accelerator. a #GtkApplication accelerator string the name of the action to activate parameter to pass when activating the action, or %NULL if the action does not accept an activation parameter Adds a window to @application. This call is equivalent to setting the #GtkWindow:application property of @window to @application. Normally, the connection between the application and the window will remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly remove it with gtk_application_remove_window(). GTK+ will keep the application running as long as it has any windows. a #GtkApplication a #GtkWindow Gets the "active" window for the application. The active window is the one that was most recently focused (within the application). This window may not have the focus at the moment if another application has it -- this is just the most recently-focused window within this application. the active window a #GtkApplication Returns the menu model that has been set with gtk_application_set_app_menu(). the application menu of @application a #GtkApplication Returns the menu model that has been set with gtk_application_set_menubar(). the menubar for windows of @application a #GtkApplication Returns the #GtkApplicationWindow with the given ID. the window with ID @id, or %NULL if there is no window with this ID a #GtkApplication an identifier number Gets a list of the #GtkWindows associated with @application. The list is sorted by most recently focused window, such that the first element is the currently focused window. (Useful for choosing a parent for a transient window.) The list that is returned should not be modified in any way. It will only remain valid until the next focus change or window creation or deletion. a #GList of #GtkWindow a #GtkApplication Inform the session manager that certain types of actions should be inhibited. This is not guaranteed to work on all platforms and for all types of actions. Applications should invoke this method when they begin an operation that should not be interrupted, such as creating a CD or DVD. The types of actions that may be blocked are specified by the @flags parameter. When the application completes the operation it should call gtk_application_uninhibit() to remove the inhibitor. Note that an application can have multiple inhibitors, and all of the must be individually removed. Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits. Applications should not expect that they will always be able to block the action. In most cases, users will be given the option to force the action to take place. Reasons should be short and to the point. If @window is given, the session manager may point the user to this window to find out more about why the action is inhibited. A non-zero cookie that is used to uniquely identify this request. It should be used as an argument to gtk_application_uninhibit() in order to remove the request. If the platform does not support inhibiting or the request failed for some reason, 0 is returned. the #GApplication a #GtkWindow, or %NULL what types of actions should be inhibited a short, human-readable string that explains why these operations are inhibited Determines if any of the actions specified in @flags are currently inhibited (possibly by another application). %TRUE if any of the actions specified in @flags are inhibited the #GApplication what types of actions should be queried Removes an accelerator that has been previously added with gtk_application_add_accelerator(). a #GtkApplication the name of the action to activate parameter to pass when activating the action, or %NULL if the action does not accept an activation parameter Remove a window from @application. If @window belongs to @application then this call is equivalent to setting the #GtkWindow:application property of @window to %NULL. The application may stop running as a result of a call to this function. a #GtkApplication a #GtkWindow Sets or unsets the application menu for @application. This can only be done in the primary instance of the application, after it has been registered. #GApplication:startup is a good place to call this. The application menu is a single menu containing items that typically impact the application as a whole, rather than acting on a specific window or document. For example, you would expect to see "Preferences" or "Quit" in an application menu, but not "Save" or "Print". If supported, the application menu will be rendered by the desktop environment. Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user selecting these menu items. a #GtkApplication a #GMenuModel, or %NULL Sets or unsets the menubar for windows of @application. This is a menubar in the traditional sense. This can only be done in the primary instance of the application, after it has been registered. #GApplication:startup is a good place to call this. Depending on the desktop environment, this may appear at the top of each window, or at the top of the screen. In some environments, if both the application menu and the menubar are set, the application menu will be presented as if it were the first item of the menubar. Other environments treat the two as completely separate -- for example, the application menu may be rendered by the desktop shell while the menubar (if set) remains in each individual window. Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user selecting these menu items. a #GtkApplication a #GMenuModel, or %NULL Removes an inhibitor that has been established with gtk_application_inhibit(). Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits. the #GApplication a cookie that was returned by gtk_application_inhibit() Set this property to %TRUE to register with the session manager. Emitted when a #GtkWindow is added to @application through gtk_application_add_window(). the newly-added #GtkWindow Emitted when a #GtkWindow is removed from @application, either as a side-effect of being destroyed or explicitly through gtk_application_remove_window(). the #GtkWindow that is being removed Types of user actions that may be blocked by gtk_application_inhibit(). Inhibit ending the user session by logging out or by shutting down the computer Inhibit user switching Inhibit suspending the session or computer Inhibit the session being marked as idle (and possibly locked) GtkApplicationWindow is a #GtkWindow subclass that offers some extra functionality for better integration with #GtkApplication features. Notably, it can handle both the application menu as well as the menubar. See gtk_application_set_app_menu() and gtk_application_set_menubar(). This class implements the #GActionGroup and #GActionMap interfaces, to let you add window-specific actions that will be exported by the associated #GtkApplication, together with its application-wide actions. Window-specific actions are prefixed with the "win." prefix and application-wide actions are prefixed with the "app." prefix. Actions must be addressed with the prefixed name when referring to them from a #GMenuModel. Note that widgets that are placed inside a GtkApplicationWindow can also activate these actions, if they implement the GtkActionable interface. As with #GtkApplication, the GDK lock will be acquired when processing actions arriving from other processes and should therefore be held when activating actions locally (if GDK threads are enabled). The settings #GtkSettings:gtk-shell-shows-app-menu and #GtkSettings:gtk-shell-shows-menubar tell GTK+ whether the desktop environment is showing the application menu and menubar models outside the application as part of the desktop shell. For instance, on OS X, both menus will be displayed remotely; on Windows neither will be. gnome-shell (starting with version 3.4) will display the application menu, but not the menubar. If the desktop environment does not display the menubar, then #GtkApplicationWindow will automatically show a #GtkMenuBar for it. (see the #GtkApplication docs for some screenshots of how this looks on different platforms). This behaviour can be overridden with the #GtkApplicationWindow:show-menubar property. If the desktop environment does not display the application menu, then it will automatically be included in the menubar. <example><title>A GtkApplicationWindow with a menubar</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ app = gtk_application_new (); builder = gtk_builder_new (); gtk_builder_add_from_string (builder, "<interface>" " <menu id='menubar'>" " <submenu label='_Edit'>" " <item label='_Copy' action='win.copy'/>" " <item label='_Paste' action='win.paste'/>" " </submenu>" " </menu>" "</interface>"); gtk_application_set_menubar (G_APPLICATION (app), G_MENU_MODEL (gtk_builder_get_object (builder, "menubar"))); g_object_unref (builder); ... window = gtk_application_window_new (app); ]]> </programlisting> </example> <example><title>Handling fallback yourself</title> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../examples/sunny.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> The XML format understood by #GtkBuilder for #GMenuModel consists of a toplevel <tag class="starttag">menu</tag> element, which contains one or more <tag class="starttag">item</tag> elements. Each <tag class="starttag">item</tag> element contains <tag class="starttag">attribute</tag> and <tag class="starttag">link</tag> elements with a mandatory name attribute. <tag class="starttag">link</tag> elements have the same content model as <tag class="starttag">menu</tag>. Attribute values can be translated using gettext, like other #GtkBuilder content. <tag class="starttag">attribute</tag> elements can be marked for translation with a <literal>translatable="yes"</literal> attribute. It is also possible to specify message context and translator comments, using the context and comments attributes. To make use of this, the #GtkBuilder must have been given the gettext domain to use. Creates a new #GtkApplicationWindow. a newly created #GtkApplicationWindow a #GtkApplication Returns the unique ID of the window. If the window has not yet been added to a #GtkApplication, returns <literal>0</literal>. the unique ID for @window, or <literal>0</literal> if the window has not yet been added to a #GtkApplication a #GtkApplicationWindow Returns whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and menubar as needed. %TRUE if @window will display a menubar when needed a #GtkApplicationWindow Sets whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and menubar as needed. a #GtkApplicationWindow whether to show a menubar when needed If this property is %TRUE, the window will display a menubar that includes the app menu and menubar, unless these are shown by the desktop shell. See gtk_application_set_app_menu() and gtk_application_set_menubar(). If %FALSE, the window will not display a menubar, regardless of whether the desktop shell is showing the menus or not. GtkArrow should be used to draw simple arrows that need to point in one of the four cardinal directions (up, down, left, or right). The style of the arrow can be one of shadow in, shadow out, etched in, or etched out. Note that these directions and style types may be ammended in versions of GTK+ to come. GtkArrow will fill any space alloted to it, but since it is inherited from #GtkMisc, it can be padded and/or aligned, to fill exactly the space the programmer desires. Arrows are created with a call to gtk_arrow_new(). The direction or style of an arrow can be changed after creation by using gtk_arrow_set(). Creates a new #GtkArrow widget. the new #GtkArrow widget. a valid #GtkArrowType. a valid #GtkShadowType. Sets the direction and style of the #GtkArrow, @arrow. a widget of type #GtkArrow. a valid #GtkArrowType. a valid #GtkShadowType. Used to specify the placement of scroll arrows in scrolling menus. Place one arrow on each end of the menu. Place both arrows at the top of the menu. Place both arrows at the bottom of the menu. Used to indicate the direction in which a #GtkArrow should point. Represents an upward pointing arrow. Represents a downward pointing arrow. Represents a left pointing arrow. Represents a right pointing arrow. No arrow. Since 2.10. The #GtkAspectFrame is useful when you want pack a widget so that it can resize but always retains the same aspect ratio. For instance, one might be drawing a small preview of a larger image. #GtkAspectFrame derives from #GtkFrame, so it can draw a label and a frame around the child. The frame will be "shrink-wrapped" to the size of the child. Create a new #GtkAspectFrame. the new #GtkAspectFrame. Label text. Horizontal alignment of the child within the allocation of the #GtkAspectFrame. This ranges from 0.0 (left aligned) to 1.0 (right aligned) Vertical alignment of the child within the allocation of the #GtkAspectFrame. This ranges from 0.0 (top aligned) to 1.0 (bottom aligned) The desired aspect ratio. If %TRUE, @ratio is ignored, and the aspect ratio is taken from the requistion of the child. Set parameters for an existing #GtkAspectFrame. a #GtkAspectFrame Horizontal alignment of the child within the allocation of the #GtkAspectFrame. This ranges from 0.0 (left aligned) to 1.0 (right aligned) Vertical alignment of the child within the allocation of the #GtkAspectFrame. This ranges from 0.0 (top aligned) to 1.0 (bottom aligned) The desired aspect ratio. If %TRUE, @ratio is ignored, and the aspect ratio is taken from the requistion of the child. A #GtkAssistant is a widget used to represent a generally complex operation splitted in several steps, guiding the user through its pages and controlling the page flow to collect the necessary data. The design of GtkAssistant is that it controls what buttons to show and to make sensitive, based on what it knows about the page sequence and the <link linkend="GtkAssistantPageType">type</link> of each page, in addition to state information like the page <link linkend="gtk-assistant-set-page-complete">completion</link> and <link linkend="gtk-assistant-commit">committed</link> status. If you have a case that doesn't quite fit in #GtkAssistants way of handling buttons, you can use the #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM page type and handle buttons yourself. <refsect2 id="GtkAssistant-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkAssistant as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkAssistant implementation of the GtkBuildable interface exposes the @action_area as internal children with the name "action_area". To add pages to an assistant in GtkBuilder, simply add it as a &lt;child&gt; to the GtkAssistant object, and set its child properties as necessary. </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkAssistant. a newly created #GtkAssistant Adds a widget to the action area of a #GtkAssistant. a #GtkAssistant a #GtkWidget Appends a page to the @assistant. the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page a #GtkAssistant a #GtkWidget Erases the visited page history so the back button is not shown on the current page, and removes the cancel button from subsequent pages. Use this when the information provided up to the current page is hereafter deemed permanent and cannot be modified or undone. For example, showing a progress page to track a long-running, unreversible operation after the user has clicked apply on a confirmation page. a #GtkAssistant Returns the page number of the current page. The index (starting from 0) of the current page in the @assistant, or -1 if the @assistant has no pages, or no current page. a #GtkAssistant Returns the number of pages in the @assistant the number of pages in the @assistant a #GtkAssistant Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num. the child widget, or %NULL if @page_num is out of bounds a #GtkAssistant the index of a page in the @assistant, or -1 to get the last page Gets whether @page is complete. %TRUE if @page is complete. a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant Gets the header image for @page. the header image for @page, or %NULL if there's no header image for the page a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant Gets the side image for @page. the side image for @page, or %NULL if there's no side image for the page a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant Gets the title for @page. the title for @page a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant Gets the page type of @page. the page type of @page a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position. the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page a #GtkAssistant a #GtkWidget the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page, or -1 to append the page to the @assistant Navigate to the next page. It is a programming error to call this function when there is no next page. This function is for use when creating pages of the #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type. a #GtkAssistant Prepends a page to the @assistant. the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page a #GtkAssistant a #GtkWidget Navigate to the previous visited page. It is a programming error to call this function when no previous page is available. This function is for use when creating pages of the #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type. a #GtkAssistant Removes a widget from the action area of a #GtkAssistant. a #GtkAssistant a #GtkWidget Removes the @page_num's page from @assistant. a #GtkAssistant the index of a page in the @assistant, or -1 to remove the last page Switches the page to @page_num. Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons, as the @assistant flow can be set with gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func(). a #GtkAssistant index of the page to switch to, starting from 0. If negative, the last page will be used. If greater than the number of pages in the @assistant, nothing will be done. Sets the page forwarding function to be @page_func. This function will be used to determine what will be the next page when the user presses the forward button. Setting @page_func to %NULL will make the assistant to use the default forward function, which just goes to the next visible page. a #GtkAssistant the #GtkAssistantPageFunc, or %NULL to use the default one user data for @page_func destroy notifier for @data Sets whether @page contents are complete. This will make @assistant update the buttons state to be able to continue the task. a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant the completeness status of the page Sets a header image for @page. a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant the new header image @page Sets a side image for @page. This image used to be displayed in the side area of the assistant when @page is the current page. a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant the new side image @page Sets a title for @page. The title is displayed in the header area of the assistant when @page is the current page. a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant the new title for @page Sets the page type for @page. The page type determines the page behavior in the @assistant. a #GtkAssistant a page of @assistant the new type for @page Forces @assistant to recompute the buttons state. GTK+ automatically takes care of this in most situations, e.g. when the user goes to a different page, or when the visibility or completeness of a page changes. One situation where it can be necessary to call this function is when changing a value on the current page affects the future page flow of the assistant. a #GtkAssistant The ::apply signal is emitted when the apply button is clicked. The default behavior of the #GtkAssistant is to switch to the page after the current page, unless the current page is the last one. A handler for the ::apply signal should carry out the actions for which the wizard has collected data. If the action takes a long time to complete, you might consider putting a page of type %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS after the confirmation page and handle this operation within the #GtkAssistant::prepare signal of the progress page. The ::cancel signal is emitted when then the cancel button is clicked. The ::close signal is emitted either when the close button of a summary page is clicked, or when the apply button in the last page in the flow (of type %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM) is clicked. The ::prepare signal is emitted when a new page is set as the assistant's current page, before making the new page visible. A handler for this signal can do any preparations which are necessary before showing @page. the current page A function used by gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func() to know which is the next page given a current one. It's called both for computing the next page when the user presses the "forward" button and for handling the behavior of the "last" button. The next page number. The page number used to calculate the next page. user data. An enum for determining the page role inside the #GtkAssistant. It's used to handle buttons sensitivity and visibility. Note that an assistant needs to end its page flow with a page of type %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM, %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_SUMMARY or %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS to be correct. The Cancel button will only be shown if the page isn't "committed". See gtk_assistant_commit() for details. The page has regular contents. Both the Back and forward buttons will be shown. The page contains an introduction to the assistant task. Only the Forward button will be shown if there is a next page. The page lets the user confirm or deny the changes. The Back and Apply buttons will be shown. The page informs the user of the changes done. Only the Close button will be shown. Used for tasks that take a long time to complete, blocks the assistant until the page is marked as complete. Only the back button will be shown. Used for when other page types are not appropriate. No buttons will be shown, and the application must add its own buttons through gtk_assistant_add_action_widget(). Denotes the expansion properties that a widget will have when it (or its parent) is resized. the widget should expand to take up any extra space in its container that has been allocated. the widget should shrink as and when possible. the widget should fill the space allocated to it. Like gtk_get_binary_age(), but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. The #GtkBin widget is a container with just one child. It is not very useful itself, but it is useful for deriving subclasses, since it provides common code needed for handling a single child widget. Many GTK+ widgets are subclasses of #GtkBin, including #GtkWindow, #GtkButton, #GtkFrame, #GtkHandleBox or #GtkScrolledWindow. Gets the child of the #GtkBin, or %NULL if the bin contains no child widget. The returned widget does not have a reference added, so you do not need to unref it. pointer to child of the #GtkBin a #GtkBin A #GtkBindingArg holds the data associated with an argument for a key binding signal emission as stored in #GtkBindingSignal. Each key binding element of a binding sets binding list is represented by a GtkBindingEntry. Override or install a new key binding for @keyval with @modifiers on @binding_set. When the binding is activated, @signal_name will be emitted on the target widget, with @n_args @Varargs used as arguments. a #GtkBindingSet to install an entry for key value of binding to install key modifier of binding to install signal to execute upon activation number of arguments to @signal_name Parses a signal description from @signal_desc and incorporates it into @binding_set. Signal descriptions may either bind a key combination to one or more signals: <informalexample><programlisting> bind "key" { "signalname" (param, ...) ... } </programlisting></informalexample> Or they may also unbind a key combination: <informalexample><programlisting> unbind "key" </programlisting></informalexample> Key combinations must be in a format that can be parsed by gtk_accelerator_parse(). %G_TOKEN_NONE if the signal was successfully parsed and added, the expected token otherwise a #GtkBindingSet a signal description Override or install a new key binding for @keyval with @modifiers on @binding_set. a #GtkBindingSet to add a signal to key value key modifier signal name to be bound list of #GtkBindingArg signal arguments Remove a binding previously installed via gtk_binding_entry_add_signal() on @binding_set. a #GtkBindingSet to remove an entry of key value of binding to remove key modifier of binding to remove Install a binding on @binding_set which causes key lookups to be aborted, to prevent bindings from lower priority sets to be activated. a #GtkBindingSet to skip an entry of key value of binding to skip key modifier of binding to skip A binding set maintains a list of activatable key bindings. A single binding set can match multiple types of widgets. Similar to style contexts, can be matched by any information contained in a widgets #GtkWidgetPath. When a binding within a set is matched upon activation, an action signal is emitted on the target widget to carry out the actual activation. Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers within @binding_set and activate the binding on @object. %TRUE if a binding was found and activated a #GtkBindingSet set to activate key value of the binding key modifier of the binding object to activate when binding found This function was used internally by the GtkRC parsing mechanism to assign match patterns to #GtkBindingSet structures. In GTK+ 3, these match patterns are unused. a #GtkBindingSet to add a path to path type the pattern applies to the actual match pattern binding priority This function returns the binding set named after the type name of the passed in class structure. New binding sets are created on demand by this function. the binding set corresponding to @object_class a valid #GObject class Find a binding set by its globally unique name. The @set_name can either be a name used for gtk_binding_set_new() or the type name of a class used in gtk_binding_set_by_class(). %NULL or the specified binding set unique binding set name GTK+ maintains a global list of binding sets. Each binding set has a unique name which needs to be specified upon creation. new binding set unique name of this binding set <anchor id="keybinding-signals"/> A GtkBindingSignal stores the necessary information to activate a widget in response to a key press via a signal emission. A struct that specifies a border around a rectangular area that can be of different width on each side. Allocates a new #GtkBorder structure and initializes its elements to zero. a newly allocated #GtkBorder. Free with gtk_border_free() Copies a #GtkBorder structure. a copy of @border_. a #GtkBorder Frees a #GtkBorder structure. a #GtkBorder Describes how the border of a UI element should be rendered. No visible border A single line segment Looks as if the content is sunken into the canvas Looks as if the content is coming out of the canvas Same as @GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE A series of round dots A series of square-ended dashes Two parallel lines with some space between them Looks as if it were carved in the canvas Looks as if it were coming out of the canvas The GtkBox widget organizes child widgets into a rectangular area. The rectangular area of a GtkBox is organized into either a single row or a single column of child widgets depending upon the orientation. Thus, all children of a GtkBox are allocated one dimension in common, which is the height of a row, or the width of a column. GtkBox uses a notion of <emphasis>packing</emphasis>. Packing refers to adding widgets with reference to a particular position in a #GtkContainer. For a GtkBox, there are two reference positions: the <emphasis>start</emphasis> and the <emphasis>end</emphasis> of the box. For a vertical #GtkBox, the start is defined as the top of the box and the end is defined as the bottom. For a horizontal #GtkBox the start is defined as the left side and the end is defined as the right side. Use repeated calls to gtk_box_pack_start() to pack widgets into a GtkBox from start to end. Use gtk_box_pack_end() to add widgets from end to start. You may intersperse these calls and add widgets from both ends of the same GtkBox. Because GtkBox is a #GtkContainer, you may also use gtk_container_add() to insert widgets into the box, and they will be packed with the default values for #GtkBox:expand and #GtkBox:fill. Use gtk_container_remove() to remove widgets from the GtkBox. Use gtk_box_set_homogeneous() to specify whether or not all children of the GtkBox are forced to get the same amount of space. Use gtk_box_set_spacing() to determine how much space will be minimally placed between all children in the GtkBox. Note that spacing is added <emphasis>between</emphasis> the children, while padding added by gtk_box_pack_start() or gtk_box_pack_end() is added <emphasis>on either side</emphasis> of the widget it belongs to. Use gtk_box_reorder_child() to move a GtkBox child to a different place in the box. Use gtk_box_set_child_packing() to reset the #GtkBox:expand, #GtkBox:fill and #GtkBox:padding child properties. Use gtk_box_query_child_packing() to query these fields. <note><para> Note that a single-row or single-column #GtkGrid provides exactly the same functionality as #GtkBox. </para></note> Creates a new #GtkBox. a new #GtkBox. the box's orientation. the number of pixels to place by default between children. Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous(). %TRUE if the box is homogeneous. a #GtkBox Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing(). spacing between children a #GtkBox Adds @child to @box, packed with reference to the end of @box. The @child is packed after (away from end of) any other child packed with reference to the end of @box. a #GtkBox the #GtkWidget to be added to @box %TRUE if the new child is to be given extra space allocated to @box. The extra space will be divided evenly between all children of @box that use this option %TRUE if space given to @child by the @expand option is actually allocated to @child, rather than just padding it. This parameter has no effect if @expand is set to %FALSE. A child is always allocated the full height of a horizontal #GtkBox and the full width of a vertical #GtkBox. This option affects the other dimension extra space in pixels to put between this child and its neighbors, over and above the global amount specified by #GtkBox:spacing property. If @child is a widget at one of the reference ends of @box, then @padding pixels are also put between @child and the reference edge of @box Adds @child to @box, packed with reference to the start of @box. The @child is packed after any other child packed with reference to the start of @box. a #GtkBox the #GtkWidget to be added to @box %TRUE if the new child is to be given extra space allocated to @box. The extra space will be divided evenly between all children that use this option %TRUE if space given to @child by the @expand option is actually allocated to @child, rather than just padding it. This parameter has no effect if @expand is set to %FALSE. A child is always allocated the full height of a horizontal #GtkBox and the full width of a vertical #GtkBox. This option affects the other dimension extra space in pixels to put between this child and its neighbors, over and above the global amount specified by #GtkBox:spacing property. If @child is a widget at one of the reference ends of @box, then @padding pixels are also put between @child and the reference edge of @box Obtains information about how @child is packed into @box. a #GtkBox the #GtkWidget of the child to query pointer to return location for #GtkBox:expand child property pointer to return location for #GtkBox:fill child property pointer to return location for #GtkBox:padding child property pointer to return location for #GtkBox:pack-type child property Moves @child to a new @position in the list of @box children. The list is the <structfield>children</structfield> field of #GtkBox-struct, and contains both widgets packed #GTK_PACK_START as well as widgets packed #GTK_PACK_END, in the order that these widgets were added to @box. A widget's position in the @box children list determines where the widget is packed into @box. A child widget at some position in the list will be packed just after all other widgets of the same packing type that appear earlier in the list. a #GtkBox the #GtkWidget to move the new position for @child in the list of children of @box, starting from 0. If negative, indicates the end of the list Sets the way @child is packed into @box. a #GtkBox the #GtkWidget of the child to set the new value of the #GtkBox:expand child property the new value of the #GtkBox:fill child property the new value of the #GtkBox:padding child property the new value of the #GtkBox:pack-type child property Sets the #GtkBox:homogeneous property of @box, controlling whether or not all children of @box are given equal space in the box. a #GtkBox a boolean value, %TRUE to create equal allotments, %FALSE for variable allotments Sets the #GtkBox:spacing property of @box, which is the number of pixels to place between children of @box. a #GtkBox the number of pixels to put between children GtkBuildable allows objects to extend and customize their deserialization from <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI descriptions</link>. The interface includes methods for setting names and properties of objects, parsing custom tags and constructing child objects. The GtkBuildable interface is implemented by all widgets and many of the non-widget objects that are provided by GTK+. The main user of this interface is #GtkBuilder. There should be very little need for applications to call any <function>gtk_buildable_...</function> functions. <note><para>An object only needs to implement this interface if it needs to extend the #GtkBuilder format or run any extra routines at deserialization time</para></note> Adds a child to @buildable. @type is an optional string describing how the child should be added. a #GtkBuilder child to add kind of child or %NULL Constructs a child of @buildable with the name @name. #GtkBuilder calls this function if a "constructor" has been specified in the UI definition. the constructed child #GtkBuilder used to construct this object name of child to construct This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is called once for each custom tag handled by the @buildable. a #GtkBuilder child object or %NULL for non-child tags the name of the tag user data created in custom_tag_start This is called at the end of each custom element handled by the buildable. #GtkBuilder used to construct this object child object or %NULL for non-child tags name of tag user data that will be passed in to parser functions This is called for each unknown element under &lt;child&gt;. %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE if it doesn't. a #GtkBuilder used to construct this object child object or %NULL for non-child tags name of tag a #GMarkupParser structure to fill in return location for user data that will be passed in to parser functions Get the internal child called @childname of the @buildable object. the internal child of the buildable object a #GtkBuilder name of child Gets the name of the @buildable object. #GtkBuilder sets the name based on the <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> used to construct the @buildable. the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name() Called when the builder finishes the parsing of a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link>. Note that this will be called once for each time gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string() is called on a builder. a #GtkBuilder Sets the property name @name to @value on the @buildable object. a #GtkBuilder name of property value of property Sets the name of the @buildable object. name to set Adds a child to @buildable. @type is an optional string describing how the child should be added. a #GtkBuildable a #GtkBuilder child to add kind of child or %NULL Constructs a child of @buildable with the name @name. #GtkBuilder calls this function if a "constructor" has been specified in the UI definition. the constructed child A #GtkBuildable #GtkBuilder used to construct this object name of child to construct This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is called once for each custom tag handled by the @buildable. a #GtkBuildable a #GtkBuilder child object or %NULL for non-child tags the name of the tag user data created in custom_tag_start This is called at the end of each custom element handled by the buildable. A #GtkBuildable #GtkBuilder used to construct this object child object or %NULL for non-child tags name of tag user data that will be passed in to parser functions This is called for each unknown element under &lt;child&gt;. %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE if it doesn't. a #GtkBuildable a #GtkBuilder used to construct this object child object or %NULL for non-child tags name of tag a #GMarkupParser structure to fill in return location for user data that will be passed in to parser functions Get the internal child called @childname of the @buildable object. the internal child of the buildable object a #GtkBuildable a #GtkBuilder name of child Gets the name of the @buildable object. #GtkBuilder sets the name based on the <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> used to construct the @buildable. the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name() a #GtkBuildable Called when the builder finishes the parsing of a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link>. Note that this will be called once for each time gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string() is called on a builder. a #GtkBuildable a #GtkBuilder Sets the property name @name to @value on the @buildable object. a #GtkBuildable a #GtkBuilder name of property value of property Sets the name of the @buildable object. a #GtkBuildable name to set The GtkBuildableIface interface contains method that are necessary to allow #GtkBuilder to construct an object from a GtkBuilder UI definition. name to set the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name() a #GtkBuilder child to add kind of child or %NULL a #GtkBuilder name of property value of property the constructed child #GtkBuilder used to construct this object name of child to construct %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE if it doesn't. a #GtkBuilder used to construct this object child object or %NULL for non-child tags name of tag a #GMarkupParser structure to fill in return location for user data that will be passed in to parser functions #GtkBuilder used to construct this object child object or %NULL for non-child tags name of tag user data that will be passed in to parser functions a #GtkBuilder child object or %NULL for non-child tags the name of the tag user data created in custom_tag_start a #GtkBuilder the internal child of the buildable object a #GtkBuilder name of child A GtkBuilder is an auxiliary object that reads textual descriptions of a user interface and instantiates the described objects. To pass a description to a GtkBuilder, call gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string(). These functions can be called multiple times; the builder merges the content of all descriptions. A GtkBuilder holds a reference to all objects that it has constructed and drops these references when it is finalized. This finalization can cause the destruction of non-widget objects or widgets which are not contained in a toplevel window. For toplevel windows constructed by a builder, it is the responsibility of the user to call gtk_widget_destroy() to get rid of them and all the widgets they contain. The functions gtk_builder_get_object() and gtk_builder_get_objects() can be used to access the widgets in the interface by the names assigned to them inside the UI description. Toplevel windows returned by these functions will stay around until the user explicitly destroys them with gtk_widget_destroy(). Other widgets will either be part of a larger hierarchy constructed by the builder (in which case you should not have to worry about their lifecycle), or without a parent, in which case they have to be added to some container to make use of them. Non-widget objects need to be reffed with g_object_ref() to keep them beyond the lifespan of the builder. The function gtk_builder_connect_signals() and variants thereof can be used to connect handlers to the named signals in the description. <refsect2 id="BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkBuilder UI Definitions</title> <para> GtkBuilder parses textual descriptions of user interfaces which are specified in an XML format which can be roughly described by the RELAX NG schema below. We refer to these descriptions as <firstterm>GtkBuilder UI definitions</firstterm> or just <firstterm>UI definitions</firstterm> if the context is clear. Do not confuse GtkBuilder UI Definitions with <link linkend="XML-UI">GtkUIManager UI Definitions</link>, which are more limited in scope. It is common to use <filename>.ui</filename> as the filename extension for files containing GtkBuilder UI definitions. </para> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gtk/gtkbuilder.rnc"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> <para> The toplevel element is &lt;interface&gt;. It optionally takes a "domain" attribute, which will make the builder look for translated strings using dgettext() in the domain specified. This can also be done by calling gtk_builder_set_translation_domain() on the builder. Objects are described by &lt;object&gt; elements, which can contain &lt;property&gt; elements to set properties, &lt;signal&gt; elements which connect signals to handlers, and &lt;child&gt; elements, which describe child objects (most often widgets inside a container, but also e.g. actions in an action group, or columns in a tree model). A &lt;child&gt; element contains an &lt;object&gt; element which describes the child object. The target toolkit version(s) are described by &lt;requires&gt; elements, the "lib" attribute specifies the widget library in question (currently the only supported value is "gtk+") and the "version" attribute specifies the target version in the form "&lt;major&gt;.&lt;minor&gt;". The builder will error out if the version requirements are not met. Typically, the specific kind of object represented by an &lt;object&gt; element is specified by the "class" attribute. If the type has not been loaded yet, GTK+ tries to find the <function>_get_type()</function> from the class name by applying heuristics. This works in most cases, but if necessary, it is possible to specify the name of the <function>_get_type()</function> explictly with the "type-func" attribute. As a special case, GtkBuilder allows to use an object that has been constructed by a #GtkUIManager in another part of the UI definition by specifying the id of the #GtkUIManager in the "constructor" attribute and the name of the object in the "id" attribute. Objects must be given a name with the "id" attribute, which allows the application to retrieve them from the builder with gtk_builder_get_object(). An id is also necessary to use the object as property value in other parts of the UI definition. </para> <note><para> Prior to 2.20, GtkBuilder was setting the "name" property of constructed widgets to the "id" attribute. In GTK+ 2.20 or newer, you have to use gtk_buildable_get_name() instead of gtk_widget_get_name() to obtain the "id", or set the "name" property in your UI definition. </para></note> <para> Setting properties of objects is pretty straightforward with the &lt;property&gt; element: the "name" attribute specifies the name of the property, and the content of the element specifies the value. If the "translatable" attribute is set to a true value, GTK+ uses gettext() (or dgettext() if the builder has a translation domain set) to find a translation for the value. This happens before the value is parsed, so it can be used for properties of any type, but it is probably most useful for string properties. It is also possible to specify a context to disambiguate short strings, and comments which may help the translators. GtkBuilder can parse textual representations for the most common property types: characters, strings, integers, floating-point numbers, booleans (strings like "TRUE", "t", "yes", "y", "1" are interpreted as %TRUE, strings like "FALSE, "f", "no", "n", "0" are interpreted as %FALSE), enumerations (can be specified by their name, nick or integer value), flags (can be specified by their name, nick, integer value, optionally combined with "|", e.g. "GTK_VISIBLE|GTK_REALIZED") and colors (in a format understood by gdk_color_parse()). Pixbufs can be specified as a filename of an image file to load. Objects can be referred to by their name and by default refer to objects declared in the local xml fragment and objects exposed via gtk_builder_expose_object(). In general, GtkBuilder allows forward references to objects &mdash declared in the local xml; an object doesn't have to be constructed before it can be referred to. The exception to this rule is that an object has to be constructed before it can be used as the value of a construct-only property. Signal handlers are set up with the &lt;signal&gt; element. The "name" attribute specifies the name of the signal, and the "handler" attribute specifies the function to connect to the signal. By default, GTK+ tries to find the handler using g_module_symbol(), but this can be changed by passing a custom #GtkBuilderConnectFunc to gtk_builder_connect_signals_full(). The remaining attributes, "after", "swapped" and "object", have the same meaning as the corresponding parameters of the g_signal_connect_object() or g_signal_connect_data() functions. A "last_modification_time" attribute is also allowed, but it does not have a meaning to the builder. Sometimes it is necessary to refer to widgets which have implicitly been constructed by GTK+ as part of a composite widget, to set properties on them or to add further children (e.g. the @vbox of a #GtkDialog). This can be achieved by setting the "internal-child" propery of the &lt;child&gt; element to a true value. Note that GtkBuilder still requires an &lt;object&gt; element for the internal child, even if it has already been constructed. A number of widgets have different places where a child can be added (e.g. tabs vs. page content in notebooks). This can be reflected in a UI definition by specifying the "type" attribute on a &lt;child&gt;. The possible values for the "type" attribute are described in the sections describing the widget-specific portions of UI definitions. </para> <example> <title>A GtkBuilder UI Definition</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <interface> <object class="GtkDialog" id="dialog1"> <child internal-child="vbox"> <object class="GtkVBox" id="vbox1"> <property name="border-width">10</property> <child internal-child="action_area"> <object class="GtkHButtonBox" id="hbuttonbox1"> <property name="border-width">20</property> <child> <object class="GtkButton" id="ok_button"> <property name="label">gtk-ok</property> <property name="use-stock">TRUE</property> <signal name="clicked" handler="ok_button_clicked"/> </object> </child> </object> </child> </object> </child> </object> </interface> ]]></programlisting> </example> <para> Beyond this general structure, several object classes define their own XML DTD fragments for filling in the ANY placeholders in the DTD above. Note that a custom element in a &lt;child&gt; element gets parsed by the custom tag handler of the parent object, while a custom element in an &lt;object&gt; element gets parsed by the custom tag handler of the object. These XML fragments are explained in the documentation of the respective objects, see <link linkend="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">GtkWidget</link>, <link linkend="GtkLabel-BUILDER-UI">GtkLabel</link>, <link linkend="GtkWindow-BUILDER-UI">GtkWindow</link>, <link linkend="GtkContainer-BUILDER-UI">GtkContainer</link>, <link linkend="GtkDialog-BUILDER-UI">GtkDialog</link>, <link linkend="GtkCellLayout-BUILDER-UI">GtkCellLayout</link>, <link linkend="GtkColorSelectionDialog-BUILDER-UI">GtkColorSelectionDialog</link>, <link linkend="GtkFontSelectionDialog-BUILDER-UI">GtkFontSelectionDialog</link>, <link linkend="GtkExpander-BUILDER-UI">GtkExpander</link>, <link linkend="GtkFrame-BUILDER-UI">GtkFrame</link>, <link linkend="GtkListStore-BUILDER-UI">GtkListStore</link>, <link linkend="GtkTreeStore-BUILDER-UI">GtkTreeStore</link>, <link linkend="GtkNotebook-BUILDER-UI">GtkNotebook</link>, <link linkend="GtkSizeGroup-BUILDER-UI">GtkSizeGroup</link>, <link linkend="GtkTreeView-BUILDER-UI">GtkTreeView</link>, <link linkend="GtkUIManager-BUILDER-UI">GtkUIManager</link>, <link linkend="GtkActionGroup-BUILDER-UI">GtkActionGroup</link>. <link linkend="GtkMenuItem-BUILDER-UI">GtkMenuItem</link>, <link linkend="GtkMenuToolButton-BUILDER-UI">GtkMenuToolButton</link>, <link linkend="GtkAssistant-BUILDER-UI">GtkAssistant</link>, <link linkend="GtkScale-BUILDER-UI">GtkScale</link>, <link linkend="GtkComboBoxText-BUILDER-UI">GtkComboBoxText</link>, <link linkend="GtkRecentFilter-BUILDER-UI">GtkRecentFilter</link>, <link linkend="GtkFileFilter-BUILDER-UI">GtkFileFilter</link>, <link linkend="GtkTextTagTable-BUILDER-UI">GtkTextTagTable</link>. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Embedding other XML</title> <para> Apart from the language for UI descriptions that has been explained in the previous section, GtkBuilder can also parse XML fragments of <link linkend="gio-GMenu-Markup">GMenu markup</link>. The resulting #GMenu object and its named submenus are available via gtk_builder_get_object() like other constructed objects. </para> </refsect2> Creates a new builder object. a new #GtkBuilder object Looks up a type by name, using the virtual function that #GtkBuilder has for that purpose. This is mainly used when implementing the #GtkBuildable interface on a type. the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID if no type was found type name to lookup Parses a file containing a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> and merges it with the current contents of @builder. Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_FILE_ERROR domain. A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred a #GtkBuilder the name of the file to parse Parses a resource file containing a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> and merges it with the current contents of @builder. Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_RESOURCE_ERROR domain. A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred a #GtkBuilder the path of the resource file to parse Parses a string containing a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> and merges it with the current contents of @builder. Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR or #G_MARKUP_ERROR domain. A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred a #GtkBuilder the string to parse the length of @buffer (may be -1 if @buffer is nul-terminated) Parses a file containing a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> building only the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of @builder. Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_FILE_ERROR domain. <note><para> If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitely list all of them in @object_ids. </para></note> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred a #GtkBuilder the name of the file to parse nul-terminated array of objects to build Parses a resource file containing a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> building only the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of @builder. Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR, #G_MARKUP_ERROR or #G_RESOURCE_ERROR domain. <note><para> If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitely list all of them in @object_ids. </para></note> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred a #GtkBuilder the path of the resource file to parse nul-terminated array of objects to build Parses a string containing a <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI definition</link> building only the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of @builder. Upon errors 0 will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR or #G_MARKUP_ERROR domain. <note><para> If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitely list all of them in @object_ids. </para></note> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred a #GtkBuilder the string to parse the length of @buffer (may be -1 if @buffer is nul-terminated) nul-terminated array of objects to build This method is a simpler variation of gtk_builder_connect_signals_full(). It uses #GModule's introspective features (by opening the module %NULL) to look at the application's symbol table. From here it tries to match the signal handler names given in the interface description with symbols in the application and connects the signals. Note that this function can only be called once, subsequent calls will do nothing. Note that this function will not work correctly if #GModule is not supported on the platform. When compiling applications for Windows, you must declare signal callbacks with #G_MODULE_EXPORT, or they will not be put in the symbol table. On Linux and Unices, this is not necessary; applications should instead be compiled with the -Wl,--export-dynamic CFLAGS, and linked against gmodule-export-2.0. a #GtkBuilder a pointer to a structure sent in as user data to all signals This function can be thought of the interpreted language binding version of gtk_builder_connect_signals(), except that it does not require GModule to function correctly. a #GtkBuilder the function used to connect the signals arbitrary data that will be passed to the connection function Add @object to the @builder object pool so it can be referenced just like any other object built by builder. a #GtkBuilder the name of the object exposed to the builder the object to expose Gets the object named @name. Note that this function does not increment the reference count of the returned object. the object named @name or %NULL if it could not be found in the object tree. a #GtkBuilder name of object to get Gets all objects that have been constructed by @builder. Note that this function does not increment the reference counts of the returned objects. a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the objects constructed by the #GtkBuilder instance. It should be freed by g_slist_free() a #GtkBuilder Gets the translation domain of @builder. the translation domain. This string is owned by the builder object and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkBuilder Looks up a type by name, using the virtual function that #GtkBuilder has for that purpose. This is mainly used when implementing the #GtkBuildable interface on a type. the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID if no type was found a #GtkBuilder type name to lookup Sets the translation domain of @builder. See #GtkBuilder:translation-domain. a #GtkBuilder the translation domain or %NULL This function demarshals a value from a string. This function calls g_value_init() on the @value argument, so it need not be initialised beforehand. This function can handle char, uchar, boolean, int, uint, long, ulong, enum, flags, float, double, string, #GdkColor, #GdkRGBA and #GtkAdjustment type values. Support for #GtkWidget type values is still to come. Upon errors %FALSE will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain. %TRUE on success a #GtkBuilder the #GParamSpec for the property the string representation of the value the #GValue to store the result in Like gtk_builder_value_from_string(), this function demarshals a value from a string, but takes a #GType instead of #GParamSpec. This function calls g_value_init() on the @value argument, so it need not be initialised beforehand. Upon errors %FALSE will be returned and @error will be assigned a #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain. %TRUE on success a #GtkBuilder the #GType of the value the string representation of the value the #GValue to store the result in The translation domain used when translating property values that have been marked as translatable in interface descriptions. If the translation domain is %NULL, #GtkBuilder uses gettext(), otherwise g_dgettext(). the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID if no type was found type name to lookup This is the signature of a function used to connect signals. It is used by the gtk_builder_connect_signals() and gtk_builder_connect_signals_full() methods. It is mainly intended for interpreted language bindings, but could be useful where the programmer wants more control over the signal connection process. Note that this function can only be called once, subsequent calls will do nothing. a #GtkBuilder object to connect a signal to name of the signal name of the handler a #GObject, if non-%NULL, use g_signal_connect_object() #GConnectFlags to use user data Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using #GtkBuilder. A type-func attribute didn't name a function that returns a #GType. The input contained a tag that #GtkBuilder can't handle. An attribute that is required by #GtkBuilder was missing. #GtkBuilder found an attribute that it doesn't understand. #GtkBuilder found a tag that it doesn't understand. A required property value was missing. #GtkBuilder couldn't parse some attribute value. The input file requires a newer version of GTK+. An object id occurred twice. The #GtkButton widget is generally used to trigger a callback function that is called when the button is pressed. The various signals and how to use them are outlined below. The #GtkButton widget can hold any valid child widget. That is, it can hold almost any other standard #GtkWidget. The most commonly used child is the #GtkLabel. Creates a new #GtkButton widget. To add a child widget to the button, use gtk_container_add(). The newly created #GtkButton widget. Creates a new #GtkButton containing the image and text from a stock item. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like #GTK_STOCK_OK and #GTK_STOCK_APPLY. If @stock_id is unknown, then it will be treated as a mnemonic label (as for gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic()). a new #GtkButton the name of the stock item Creates a #GtkButton widget with a #GtkLabel child containing the given text. The newly created #GtkButton widget. The text you want the #GtkLabel to hold. Creates a new #GtkButton containing a label. If characters in @label are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use '__' (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. a new #GtkButton The text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Emits a #GtkButton::clicked signal to the given #GtkButton. Emits a #GtkButton::enter signal to the given #GtkButton. Emits a #GtkButton::leave signal to the given #GtkButton. Emits a #GtkButton::pressed signal to the given #GtkButton. Emits a #GtkButton::released signal to the given #GtkButton. Emits a #GtkButton::clicked signal to the given #GtkButton. The #GtkButton you want to send the signal to. Emits a #GtkButton::enter signal to the given #GtkButton. The #GtkButton you want to send the signal to. Gets the alignment of the child in the button. a #GtkButton return location for horizontal alignment return location for vertical alignment Returns whether the button will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-button-images setting and always show the image, if available. %TRUE if the button will always show the image a #GtkButton Returns the button's event window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise. This function should be rarely needed. @button's event window. a #GtkButton Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. See gtk_button_set_focus_on_click(). %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. a #GtkButton Gets the widget that is currenty set as the image of @button. This may have been explicitly set by gtk_button_set_image() or constructed by gtk_button_new_from_stock(). a #GtkWidget or %NULL in case there is no image a #GtkButton Gets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button. the position a #GtkButton Fetches the text from the label of the button, as set by gtk_button_set_label(). If the label text has not been set the return value will be %NULL. This will be the case if you create an empty button with gtk_button_new() to use as a container. The text of the label widget. This string is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkButton Returns the current relief style of the given #GtkButton. The current #GtkReliefStyle The #GtkButton you want the #GtkReliefStyle from. Returns whether the button label is a stock item. %TRUE if the button label is used to select a stock item instead of being used directly as the label text. a #GtkButton Returns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_button_set_use_underline (). %TRUE if an embedded underline in the button label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys. a #GtkButton Emits a #GtkButton::leave signal to the given #GtkButton. The #GtkButton you want to send the signal to. Emits a #GtkButton::pressed signal to the given #GtkButton. The #GtkButton you want to send the signal to. Emits a #GtkButton::released signal to the given #GtkButton. The #GtkButton you want to send the signal to. Sets the alignment of the child. This property has no effect unless the child is a #GtkMisc or a #GtkAlignment. a #GtkButton the horizontal position of the child, 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is right aligned the vertical position of the child, 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is bottom aligned If %TRUE, the button will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-button-images setting and always show the image, if available. Use this property if the button would be useless or hard to use without the image. a #GtkButton %TRUE if the menuitem should always show the image Sets whether the button will grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where you don't want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the application. a #GtkButton whether the button grabs focus when clicked with the mouse Set the image of @button to the given widget. Note that it depends on the #GtkSettings:gtk-button-images setting whether the image will be displayed or not, you don't have to call gtk_widget_show() on @image yourself. a #GtkButton a widget to set as the image for the button Sets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button. a #GtkButton the position Sets the text of the label of the button to @str. This text is also used to select the stock item if gtk_button_set_use_stock() is used. This will also clear any previously set labels. a #GtkButton a string Sets the relief style of the edges of the given #GtkButton widget. Three styles exist, GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL, GTK_RELIEF_HALF, GTK_RELIEF_NONE. The default style is, as one can guess, GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL. <!-- FIXME: put pictures of each style --> The #GtkButton you want to set relief styles of. The GtkReliefStyle as described above. If %TRUE, the label set on the button is used as a stock id to select the stock item for the button. a #GtkButton %TRUE if the button should use a stock item If true, an underline in the text of the button label indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. a #GtkButton %TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics If %TRUE, the button will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-button-images setting and always show the image, if available. Use this property if the button would be useless or hard to use without the image. The child widget to appear next to the button text. The position of the image relative to the text inside the button. If the child of the button is a #GtkMisc or #GtkAlignment, this property can be used to control its horizontal alignment. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is right aligned. If the child of the button is a #GtkMisc or #GtkAlignment, this property can be used to control its vertical alignment. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is bottom aligned. The ::activate signal on GtkButton is an action signal and emitting it causes the button to animate press then release. Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the #GtkButton::clicked signal. Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released). Emitted when the pointer enters the button. Emitted when the pointer leaves the button. Emitted when the button is pressed. Emitted when the button is released. Creates a new #GtkButtonBox. a new #GtkButtonBox. the box' orientation. Returns whether the child is exempted from homogenous sizing. %TRUE if the child is not subject to homogenous sizing a #GtkButtonBox a child of @widget Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children. whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children. a #GtkButtonBox a child of @widget Retrieves the method being used to arrange the buttons in a button box. the method used to lay out buttons in @widget. a #GtkButtonBox Sets whether the child is exempted from homogeous sizing. a #GtkButtonBox a child of @widget the new value Sets whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children. A typical use of a secondary child is the help button in a dialog. This group appears after the other children if the style is %GTK_BUTTONBOX_START, %GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD or %GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE, and before the other children if the style is %GTK_BUTTONBOX_END. For horizontal button boxes, the definition of before/after depends on direction of the widget (see gtk_widget_set_direction()). If the style is %GTK_BUTTONBOX_START or %GTK_BUTTONBOX_END, then the secondary children are aligned at the other end of the button box from the main children. For the other styles, they appear immediately next to the main children. a #GtkButtonBox a child of @widget if %TRUE, the @child appears in a secondary group of the button box. Changes the way buttons are arranged in their container. a #GtkButtonBox the new layout style Used to dictate the style that a #GtkButtonBox uses to layout the buttons it contains. (See also: #GtkVButtonBox and #GtkHButtonBox). Buttons are evenly spread across the box. Buttons are placed at the edges of the box. Buttons are grouped towards the start of the box, (on the left for a HBox, or the top for a VBox). Buttons are grouped towards the end of the box, (on the right for a HBox, or the bottom for a VBox). Buttons are centered in the box. Since 2.12. Prebuilt sets of buttons for the dialog. If none of these choices are appropriate, simply use %GTK_BUTTONS_NONE then call gtk_dialog_add_buttons(). <note> Please note that %GTK_BUTTONS_OK, %GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO and %GTK_BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL are discouraged by the <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/">GNOME HIG</ulink>. </note> no buttons at all an OK button a Close button a Cancel button Yes and No buttons OK and Cancel buttons #GtkCalendar is a widget that displays a Gregorian calendar, one month at a time. It can be created with gtk_calendar_new(). The month and year currently displayed can be altered with gtk_calendar_select_month(). The exact day can be selected from the displayed month using gtk_calendar_select_day(). To place a visual marker on a particular day, use gtk_calendar_mark_day() and to remove the marker, gtk_calendar_unmark_day(). Alternative, all marks can be cleared with gtk_calendar_clear_marks(). The way in which the calendar itself is displayed can be altered using gtk_calendar_set_display_options(). The selected date can be retrieved from a #GtkCalendar using gtk_calendar_get_date(). Users should be aware that, although the Gregorian calendar is the legal calendar in most countries, it was adopted progressively between 1582 and 1929. Display before these dates is likely to be historically incorrect. Creates a new calendar, with the current date being selected. a newly #GtkCalendar widget Remove all visual markers. a #GtkCalendar Obtains the selected date from a #GtkCalendar. a #GtkCalendar location to store the year as a decimal number (e.g. 2011), or %NULL location to store the month number (between 0 and 11), or %NULL location to store the day number (between 1 and 31), or %NULL Returns if the @day of the @calendar is already marked. whether the day is marked. a #GtkCalendar the day number between 1 and 31. Queries the height of detail cells, in rows. See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars. The height of detail cells, in rows. a #GtkCalendar. Queries the width of detail cells, in characters. See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars. The width of detail cells, in characters. a #GtkCalendar. Returns the current display options of @calendar. the display options. a #GtkCalendar Places a visual marker on a particular day. a #GtkCalendar the day number to mark between 1 and 31. Selects a day from the current month. a #GtkCalendar. the day number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the currently selected day. Shifts the calendar to a different month. a #GtkCalendar a month number between 0 and 11. the year the month is in. Installs a function which provides Pango markup with detail information for each day. Examples for such details are holidays or appointments. That information is shown below each day when #GtkCalendar:show-details is set. A tooltip containing with full detail information is provided, if the entire text should not fit into the details area, or if #GtkCalendar:show-details is not set. The size of the details area can be restricted by setting the #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars and #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows properties. a #GtkCalendar. a function providing details for each day. data to pass to @func invokations. a function for releasing @data. Updates the height of detail cells. See #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows. a #GtkCalendar. detail height in rows. Updates the width of detail cells. See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars. a #GtkCalendar. detail width in characters. Sets display options (whether to display the heading and the month headings). a #GtkCalendar the display options to set Removes the visual marker from a particular day. a #GtkCalendar. the day number to unmark between 1 and 31. The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the currently selected day). This property gets initially set to the current day. Height of a detail cell, in rows. A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). Width of a detail cell, in characters. A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11). This property gets initially set to the current month. Determines whether the selected month can be changed. Determines whether day names are displayed. Determines whether details are shown directly in the widget, or if they are available only as tooltip. When this property is set days with details are marked. Determines whether a heading is displayed. Determines whether week numbers are displayed. The selected year. This property gets initially set to the current year. Emitted when the user selects a day. Emitted when the user double-clicks a day. Emitted when the user clicks a button to change the selected month on a calendar. Emitted when the user switched to the next month. Emitted when user switched to the next year. Emitted when the user switched to the previous month. Emitted when user switched to the previous year. This kind of functions provide Pango markup with detail information for the specified day. Examples for such details are holidays or appointments. The function returns %NULL when no information is available. Newly allocated string with Pango markup with details for the specified day, or %NULL. a #GtkCalendar. the year for which details are needed. the month for which details are needed. the day of @month for which details are needed. the data passed with gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). These options can be used to influence the display and behaviour of a #GtkCalendar. Specifies that the month and year should be displayed. Specifies that three letter day descriptions should be present. Prevents the user from switching months with the calendar. Displays each week numbers of the current year, down the left side of the calendar. Just show an indicator, not the full details text when details are provided. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). The type of the callback functions used for e.g. iterating over the children of a container, see gtk_container_foreach(). the widget to operate on user-supplied data The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). %TRUE to stop iterating over cells. the cell renderer to operate on the area allocated to @renderer inside the rectangle provided to gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). the background area for @renderer inside the background area provided to gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc(). user-supplied data The #GtkCellArea is an abstract class for #GtkCellLayout widgets (also referred to as "layouting widgets") to interface with an arbitrary number of #GtkCellRenderers and interact with the user for a given #GtkTreeModel row. The cell area handles events, focus navigation, drawing and size requests and allocations for a given row of data. Usually users dont have to interact with the #GtkCellArea directly unless they are implementing a cell-layouting widget themselves. <refsect2 id="cell-area-geometry-management"> <title>Requesting area sizes</title> <para> As outlined in <link linkend="geometry-management">GtkWidget's geometry management section</link>, GTK+ uses a height-for-width geometry management system to compute the sizes of widgets and user interfaces. #GtkCellArea uses the same semantics to calculate the size of an area for an arbitrary number of #GtkTreeModel rows. When requesting the size of a cell area one needs to calculate the size for a handful of rows, and this will be done differently by different layouting widgets. For instance a #GtkTreeViewColumn always lines up the areas from top to bottom while a #GtkIconView on the other hand might enforce that all areas received the same width and wrap the areas around, requesting height for more cell areas when allocated less width. It's also important for areas to maintain some cell alignments with areas rendered for adjacent rows (cells can appear "columnized" inside an area even when the size of cells are different in each row). For this reason the #GtkCellArea uses a #GtkCellAreaContext object to store the alignments and sizes along the way (as well as the overall largest minimum and natural size for all the rows which have been calculated with the said context). The #GtkCellAreaContext is an opaque object specific to the #GtkCellArea which created it (see gtk_cell_area_create_context()). The owning cell-layouting widget can create as many contexts as it wishes to calculate sizes of rows which should receive the same size in at least one orientation (horizontally or vertically), However, it's important that the same #GtkCellAreaContext which was used to request the sizes for a given #GtkTreeModel row be used when rendering or processing events for that row. In order to request the width of all the rows at the root level of a #GtkTreeModel one would do the following: <example> <title>Requesting the width of a handful of GtkTreeModel rows</title> <programlisting> GtkTreeIter iter; gint minimum_width; gint natural_width; valid = gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (model, &iter); while (valid) { gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (area, model, &iter, FALSE, FALSE); gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width (area, context, widget, NULL, NULL); valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_next (model, &iter); } gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (context, &minimum_width, &natural_width); </programlisting> </example> Note that in this example it's not important to observe the returned minimum and natural width of the area for each row unless the cell-layouting object is actually interested in the widths of individual rows. The overall width is however stored in the accompanying #GtkCellAreaContext object and can be consulted at any time. This can be useful since #GtkCellLayout widgets usually have to support requesting and rendering rows in treemodels with an exceedingly large amount of rows. The #GtkCellLayout widget in that case would calculate the required width of the rows in an idle or timeout source (see g_timeout_add()) and when the widget is requested its actual width in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width() it can simply consult the width accumulated so far in the #GtkCellAreaContext object. A simple example where rows are rendered from top to bottom and take up the full width of the layouting widget would look like: <example> <title>A typical get_preferred_width() implementation</title> <programlisting> static void foo_get_preferred_width (GtkWidget *widget, gint *minimum_size, gint *natural_size) { Foo *foo = FOO (widget); FooPrivate *priv = foo->priv; foo_ensure_at_least_one_handfull_of_rows_have_been_requested (foo); gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (priv->context, minimum_size, natural_size); } </programlisting> </example> In the above example the Foo widget has to make sure that some row sizes have been calculated (the amount of rows that Foo judged was appropriate to request space for in a single timeout iteration) before simply returning the amount of space required by the area via the #GtkCellAreaContext. Requesting the height for width (or width for height) of an area is a similar task except in this case the #GtkCellAreaContext does not store the data (actually, it does not know how much space the layouting widget plans to allocate it for every row. It's up to the layouting widget to render each row of data with the appropriate height and width which was requested by the #GtkCellArea). In order to request the height for width of all the rows at the root level of a #GtkTreeModel one would do the following: <example> <title>Requesting the height for width of a handful of GtkTreeModel rows</title> <programlisting> GtkTreeIter iter; gint minimum_height; gint natural_height; gint full_minimum_height = 0; gint full_natural_height = 0; valid = gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (model, &iter); while (valid) { gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (area, model, &iter, FALSE, FALSE); gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width (area, context, widget, width, &minimum_height, &natural_height); if (width_is_for_allocation) cache_row_height (&iter, minimum_height, natural_height); full_minimum_height += minimum_height; full_natural_height += natural_height; valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_next (model, &iter); } </programlisting> </example> Note that in the above example we would need to cache the heights returned for each row so that we would know what sizes to render the areas for each row. However we would only want to really cache the heights if the request is intended for the layouting widgets real allocation. In some cases the layouting widget is requested the height for an arbitrary for_width, this is a special case for layouting widgets who need to request size for tens of thousands of rows. For this case it's only important that the layouting widget calculate one reasonably sized chunk of rows and return that height synchronously. The reasoning here is that any layouting widget is at least capable of synchronously calculating enough height to fill the screen height (or scrolled window height) in response to a single call to #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width(). Returning a perfect height for width that is larger than the screen area is inconsequential since after the layouting receives an allocation from a scrolled window it simply continues to drive the scrollbar values while more and more height is required for the row heights that are calculated in the background. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="cell-area-rendering"> <title>Rendering Areas</title> <para> Once area sizes have been aquired at least for the rows in the visible area of the layouting widget they can be rendered at #GtkWidgetClass.draw() time. A crude example of how to render all the rows at the root level runs as follows: <example> <title>Requesting the width of a handful of GtkTreeModel rows</title> <programlisting> GtkAllocation allocation; GdkRectangle cell_area = { 0, }; GtkTreeIter iter; gint minimum_width; gint natural_width; gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &allocation); cell_area.width = allocation.width; valid = gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (model, &iter); while (valid) { cell_area.height = get_cached_height_for_row (&iter); gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (area, model, &iter, FALSE, FALSE); gtk_cell_area_render (area, context, widget, cr, &cell_area, &cell_area, state_flags, FALSE); cell_area.y += cell_area.height; valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_next (model, &iter); } </programlisting> </example> Note that the cached height in this example really depends on how the layouting widget works. The layouting widget might decide to give every row its minimum or natural height or, if the model content is expected to fit inside the layouting widget without scrolling, it would make sense to calculate the allocation for each row at #GtkWidget::size-allocate time using gtk_distribute_natural_allocation(). </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="cell-area-events-and-focus"> <title>Handling Events and Driving Keyboard Focus</title> <para> Passing events to the area is as simple as handling events on any normal widget and then passing them to the gtk_cell_area_event() API as they come in. Usually #GtkCellArea is only interested in button events, however some customized derived areas can be implemented who are interested in handling other events. Handling an event can trigger the #GtkCellArea::focus-changed signal to fire; as well as #GtkCellArea::add-editable in the case that an editable cell was clicked and needs to start editing. You can call gtk_cell_area_stop_editing() at any time to cancel any cell editing that is currently in progress. The #GtkCellArea drives keyboard focus from cell to cell in a way similar to #GtkWidget. For layouting widgets that support giving focus to cells it's important to remember to pass %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_FOCUSED to the area functions for the row that has focus and to tell the area to paint the focus at render time. Layouting widgets that accept focus on cells should implement the #GtkWidgetClass.focus() virtual method. The layouting widget is always responsible for knowing where #GtkTreeModel rows are rendered inside the widget, so at #GtkWidgetClass.focus() time the layouting widget should use the #GtkCellArea methods to navigate focus inside the area and then observe the GtkDirectionType to pass the focus to adjacent rows and areas. A basic example of how the #GtkWidgetClass.focus() virtual method should be implemented: <example> <title>Implementing keyboard focus navigation</title> <programlisting> static gboolean foo_focus (GtkWidget *widget, GtkDirectionType direction) { Foo *foo = FOO (widget); FooPrivate *priv = foo->priv; gint focus_row; gboolean have_focus = FALSE; focus_row = priv->focus_row; if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget)) gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget); valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (priv->model, &iter, NULL, priv->focus_row); while (valid) { gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (priv->area, priv->model, &iter, FALSE, FALSE); if (gtk_cell_area_focus (priv->area, direction)) { priv->focus_row = focus_row; have_focus = TRUE; break; } else { if (direction == GTK_DIR_RIGHT || direction == GTK_DIR_LEFT) break; else if (direction == GTK_DIR_UP || direction == GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD) { if (focus_row == 0) break; else { focus_row--; valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (priv->model, &iter, NULL, focus_row); } } else { if (focus_row == last_row) break; else { focus_row++; valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_next (priv->model, &iter); } } } } return have_focus; } </programlisting> </example> Note that the layouting widget is responsible for matching the GtkDirectionType values to the way it lays out its cells. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="cell-properties"> <title>Cell Properties</title> <para> The #GtkCellArea introduces <emphasis>cell properties</emphasis> for #GtkCellRenderers in very much the same way that #GtkContainer introduces <link linkend="child-properties">child properties</link> for #GtkWidgets. This provides some general interfaces for defining the relationship cell areas have with their cells. For instance in a #GtkCellAreaBox a cell might "expand" and receive extra space when the area is allocated more than its full natural request, or a cell might be configured to "align" with adjacent rows which were requested and rendered with the same #GtkCellAreaContext. Use gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property() to install cell properties for a cell area class and gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property() or gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties() to get information about existing cell properties. To set the value of a cell property, use gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property(), gtk_cell_area_cell_set() or gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist(). To obtain the value of a cell property, use gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property(), gtk_cell_area_cell_get() or gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist(). </para> </refsect2> Activates @area, usually by activating the currently focused cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus. Whether @area was successfully activated. the #GtkCellAreaContext in context with the current row data the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on the size and location of @area relative to @widget's allocation the #GtkCellRendererState flags for @area for this row of data. if %TRUE then only cell renderers that are %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE will be activated. Adds @renderer to @area with the default child cell properties. the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @area Applies any connected attributes to the renderers in @area by pulling the values from @tree_model. the #GtkTreeModel to pull values from the #GtkTreeIter in @tree_model to apply values for whether @iter has children whether @iter is expanded in the view and children are visible This is sometimes needed for cases where rows need to share alignments in one orientation but may be separately grouped in the opposing orientation. For instance, #GtkIconView creates all icons (rows) to have the same width and the cells theirin to have the same horizontal alignments. However each row of icons may have a separate collective height. #GtkIconView uses this to request the heights of each row based on a context which was already used to request all the row widths that are to be displayed. a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context. the #GtkCellAreaContext to copy Creates a #GtkCellAreaContext to be used with @area for all purposes. #GtkCellAreaContext stores geometry information for rows for which it was operated on, it is important to use the same context for the same row of data at all times (i.e. one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext which was used to request the size of those rows of data). a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area. Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea. %TRUE if the event was handled by @area. the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the #GdkEvent to handle the @widget relative coordinates for @area the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. This should be called by the @area's owning layout widget when focus is to be passed to @area, or moved within @area for a given @direction and row data. Implementing #GtkCellArea classes should implement this method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular to how it lays out cells. %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call. the #GtkDirectionType Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area. the #GtkCellCallback to call user provided data pointer Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area with the allocated rectangle inside @cell_area. the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the @widget relative coordinates and size for @area the @widget relative coordinates of the background area the #GtkCellAllocCallback to call user provided data pointer Retrieves a cell area's initial minimum and natural height. @area will store some geometrical information in @context along the way; when requesting sizes over an arbitrary number of rows, it's not important to check the @minimum_height and @natural_height of this call but rather to consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height() after a series of requests. the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves a cell area's minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified @width. @area stores some geometrical information in @context along the way while calling gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). It's important to perform a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests with @context first and then call gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width() on each cell area individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row. If at some point, the width of a single row changes, it should be requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() again and then the full width of the requested rows checked again with gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width(). the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths. the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering the width for which to check the height of this area location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves a cell area's initial minimum and natural width. @area will store some geometrical information in @context along the way; when requesting sizes over an arbitrary number of rows, it's not important to check the @minimum_width and @natural_width of this call but rather to consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width() after a series of requests. the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Retrieves a cell area's minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified @height. @area stores some geometrical information in @context along the way while calling gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height(). It's important to perform a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests with @context first and then call gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height() on each cell area individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row. If at some point, the height of a single row changes, it should be requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() again and then the full height of the requested rows checked again with gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height(). the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths. the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering the height for which to check the width of this area location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area. Returns whether the area can do anything when activated, after applying new attributes to @area. whether @area can do anything when activated. Removes @renderer from @area. the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @area Renders @area's cells according to @area's layout onto @widget at the given coordinates. the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the #cairo_t to render with the @widget relative coordinates for @area's background the @widget relative coordinates for @area the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. whether @area should paint focus on focused cells for focused rows or not. Activates @area, usually by activating the currently focused cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus. Whether @area was successfully activated. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext in context with the current row data the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on the size and location of @area relative to @widget's allocation the #GtkCellRendererState flags for @area for this row of data. if %TRUE then only cell renderers that are %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE will be activated. This is used by #GtkCellArea subclasses when handling events to activate cells, the base #GtkCellArea class activates cells for keyboard events for free in its own GtkCellArea->activate() implementation. whether cell activation was successful a #GtkCellArea the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering onto the #GtkCellRenderer in @area to activate the #GdkEvent for which cell activation should occur the #GdkRectangle in @widget relative coordinates of @renderer for the current row. the #GtkCellRendererState for @renderer Adds @renderer to @area with the default child cell properties. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @area Adds @sibling to @renderer's focusable area, focus will be drawn around @renderer and all of its siblings if @renderer can focus for a given row. Events handled by focus siblings can also activate the given focusable @renderer. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @renderer's focus area Adds @renderer to @area, setting cell properties at the same time. See gtk_cell_area_add() and gtk_cell_area_cell_set() for more details. a #GtkCellArea a #GtkCellRenderer to be placed inside @area the name of the first cell property to set Applies any connected attributes to the renderers in @area by pulling the values from @tree_model. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkTreeModel to pull values from the #GtkTreeIter in @tree_model to apply values for whether @iter has children whether @iter is expanded in the view and children are visible Connects an @attribute to apply values from @column for the #GtkTreeModel in use. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer to connect an attribute for the attribute name the #GtkTreeModel column to fetch attribute values from Disconnects @attribute for the @renderer in @area so that attribute will no longer be updated with values from the model. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer to disconnect an attribute for the attribute name Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area. a #GtkCellArea a #GtkCellRenderer which is inside @area the name of the first cell property to get Gets the value of a cell property for @renderer in @area. a #GtkCellArea a #GtkCellRenderer inside @area the name of the property to get a location to return the value Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area. a #GtkCellArea a #GtkCellRenderer inside @area the name of the first property to get return location for the first property, followed optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Sets one or more cell properties for @cell in @area. a #GtkCellArea a #GtkCellRenderer which is a cell inside @area the name of the first cell property to set Sets a cell property for @renderer in @area. a #GtkCellArea a #GtkCellRenderer inside @area the name of the cell property to set the value to set the cell property to Sets one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area. a #GtkCellArea a #GtkCellRenderer which inside @area the name of the first cell property to set a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting with @first_prop_name This is sometimes needed for cases where rows need to share alignments in one orientation but may be separately grouped in the opposing orientation. For instance, #GtkIconView creates all icons (rows) to have the same width and the cells theirin to have the same horizontal alignments. However each row of icons may have a separate collective height. #GtkIconView uses this to request the heights of each row based on a context which was already used to request all the row widths that are to be displayed. a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext to copy Creates a #GtkCellAreaContext to be used with @area for all purposes. #GtkCellAreaContext stores geometry information for rows for which it was operated on, it is important to use the same context for the same row of data at all times (i.e. one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext which was used to request the size of those rows of data). a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area. a #GtkCellArea Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea. %TRUE if the event was handled by @area. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the #GdkEvent to handle the @widget relative coordinates for @area the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. This should be called by the @area's owning layout widget when focus is to be passed to @area, or moved within @area for a given @direction and row data. Implementing #GtkCellArea classes should implement this method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular to how it lays out cells. %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkDirectionType Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellCallback to call user provided data pointer Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area with the allocated rectangle inside @cell_area. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the @widget relative coordinates and size for @area the @widget relative coordinates of the background area the #GtkCellAllocCallback to call user provided data pointer Derives the allocation of @renderer inside @area if @area were to be renderered in @cell_area. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext used to hold sizes for @area. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on the #GtkCellRenderer to get the allocation for the whole allocated area for @area in @widget for this row where to store the allocation for @renderer Gets the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area. the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext used to hold sizes for @area. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on the whole allocated area for @area in @widget for this row the x position the y position where to store the inner allocated area of the returned cell renderer, or %NULL. Gets the current #GtkTreePath string for the currently applied #GtkTreeIter, this is implicitly updated when gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes() is called and can be used to interact with renderers from #GtkCellArea subclasses. The current #GtkTreePath string for the current attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and should not be freed. a #GtkCellArea Gets the #GtkCellEditable widget currently used to edit the currently edited cell. The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget a #GtkCellArea Gets the #GtkCellRenderer in @area that is currently being edited. The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer a #GtkCellArea Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area the currently focused cell in @area. a #GtkCellArea Gets the #GtkCellRenderer which is expected to be focusable for which @renderer is, or may be a sibling. This is handy for #GtkCellArea subclasses when handling events, after determining the renderer at the event location it can then chose to activate the focus cell for which the event cell may have been a sibling. the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer is a sibling, or %NULL. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for @renderer. A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers. The returned list is internal and should not be freed. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus Retrieves a cell area's initial minimum and natural height. @area will store some geometrical information in @context along the way; when requesting sizes over an arbitrary number of rows, it's not important to check the @minimum_height and @natural_height of this call but rather to consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height() after a series of requests. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves a cell area's minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified @width. @area stores some geometrical information in @context along the way while calling gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). It's important to perform a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests with @context first and then call gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width() on each cell area individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row. If at some point, the width of a single row changes, it should be requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() again and then the full width of the requested rows checked again with gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width(). a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths. the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering the width for which to check the height of this area location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves a cell area's initial minimum and natural width. @area will store some geometrical information in @context along the way; when requesting sizes over an arbitrary number of rows, it's not important to check the @minimum_width and @natural_width of this call but rather to consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width() after a series of requests. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Retrieves a cell area's minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified @height. @area stores some geometrical information in @context along the way while calling gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height(). It's important to perform a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests with @context first and then call gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height() on each cell area individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row. If at some point, the height of a single row changes, it should be requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() again and then the full height of the requested rows checked again with gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height(). a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths. the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering the height for which to check the width of this area location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area. a #GtkCellArea Checks if @area contains @renderer. %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer to check This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations to get the inner area where a given #GtkCellRenderer will be rendered. It removes any padding previously added by gtk_cell_area_request_renderer(). a #GtkCellArea the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering onto the @widget relative coordinates where one of @area's cells is to be placed the return location for the inner cell area Returns whether the area can do anything when activated, after applying new attributes to @area. whether @area can do anything when activated. a #GtkCellArea Returns whether @sibling is one of @renderer's focus siblings (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()). %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus the #GtkCellRenderer to check against @renderer's sibling list Removes @renderer from @area. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @area Removes @sibling from @renderer's focus sibling list (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()). a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer expected to have focus the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @renderer's focus area Renders @area's cells according to @area's layout onto @widget at the given coordinates. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the #cairo_t to render with the @widget relative coordinates for @area's background the @widget relative coordinates for @area the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. whether @area should paint focus on focused cells for focused rows or not. This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations to request size for cell renderers. It's important to use this function to request size and then use gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area() at render and event time since this function will add padding around the cell for focus painting. a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer to request size for the #GtkOrientation in which to request size the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering onto the allocation contextual size to request for, or -1 if the base request for the orientation is to be returned. location to store the minimum size, or %NULL location to store the natural size, or %NULL Explicitly sets the currently focused cell to @renderer. This is generally called by implementations of #GtkCellAreaClass.focus() or #GtkCellAreaClass.event(), however it can also be used to implement functions such as gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell(). a #GtkCellArea the #GtkCellRenderer to give focus to Explicitly stops the editing of the currently edited cell. If @canceled is %TRUE, the currently edited cell renderer will emit the ::editing-canceled signal, otherwise the the ::editing-done signal will be emitted on the current edit widget. See gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell() and gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget(). a #GtkCellArea whether editing was canceled. The widget currently editing the edited cell This property is read-only and only changes as a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell(). The cell in the area that is currently edited This property is read-only and only changes as a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell(). The cell in the area that currently has focus Indicates that editing has started on @renderer and that @editable should be added to the owning cell-layouting widget at @cell_area. the #GtkCellRenderer that started the edited the #GtkCellEditable widget to add the #GtkWidget relative #GdkRectangle coordinates where @editable should be added the #GtkTreePath string this edit was initiated for This signal is emitted whenever applying attributes to @area from @model the #GtkTreeModel to apply the attributes from the #GtkTreeIter indicating which row to apply the attributes of whether the view shows children for this row whether the view is currently showing the children of this row Indicates that focus changed on this @area. This signal is emitted either as a result of focus handling or event handling. It's possible that the signal is emitted even if the currently focused renderer did not change, this is because focus may change to the same renderer in the same cell area for a different row of data. the #GtkCellRenderer that has focus the current #GtkTreePath string set for @area Indicates that editing finished on @renderer and that @editable should be removed from the owning cell-layouting widget. the #GtkCellRenderer that finished editeding the #GtkCellEditable widget to remove The #GtkCellAreaBox renders cell renderers into a row or a column depending on its #GtkOrientation. GtkCellAreaBox uses a notion of <emphasis>packing</emphasis>. Packing refers to adding cell renderers with reference to a particular position in a #GtkCellAreaBox. There are two reference positions: the <emphasis>start</emphasis> and the <emphasis>end</emphasis> of the box. When the #GtkCellAreaBox is oriented in the %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL orientation, the start is defined as the top of the box and the end is defined as the bottom. In the %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL orientation start is defined as the left side and the end is defined as the right side. Alignments of #GtkCellRenderers rendered in adjacent rows can be configured by configuring the #GtkCellAreaBox:align child cell property with gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property() or by specifying the "align" argument to gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start() and gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end(). Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox. a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox Gets the spacing added between cell renderers. the space added between cell renderers in @box. a #GtkCellAreaBox Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the end of @box. The @renderer is packed after (away from end of) any other #GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the end of @box. a #GtkCellAreaBox the #GtkCellRenderer to add whether @renderer should receive extra space when the area receives more than its natural size whether @renderer should be aligned in adjacent rows whether @renderer should have the same size in all rows Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the start of @box. The @renderer is packed after any other #GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the start of @box. a #GtkCellAreaBox the #GtkCellRenderer to add whether @renderer should receive extra space when the area receives more than its natural size whether @renderer should be aligned in adjacent rows whether @renderer should have the same size in all rows Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box. a #GtkCellAreaBox the space to add between #GtkCellRenderers The amount of space to reserve between cells. the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @area the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @area the #GtkCellCallback to call user provided data pointer the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the @widget relative coordinates and size for @area the @widget relative coordinates of the background area the #GtkCellAllocCallback to call user provided data pointer %TRUE if the event was handled by @area. the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the #GdkEvent to handle the @widget relative coordinates for @area the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. the #GtkCellAreaContext for this row of data. the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering to the #cairo_t to render with the @widget relative coordinates for @area's background the @widget relative coordinates for @area the #GtkCellRendererState for @area in this row. whether @area should paint focus on focused cells for focused rows or not. the #GtkTreeModel to pull values from the #GtkTreeIter in @tree_model to apply values for whether @iter has children whether @iter is expanded in the view and children are visible a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area. a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context. the #GtkCellAreaContext to copy The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area. the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths. the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering the width for which to check the height of this area location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL the #GtkCellAreaContext to perform this request with the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL the #GtkCellAreaContext which has already been requested for widths. the #GtkWidget where @area will be rendering the height for which to check the width of this area location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call. the #GtkDirectionType whether @area can do anything when activated. Whether @area was successfully activated. the #GtkCellAreaContext in context with the current row data the #GtkWidget that @area is rendering on the size and location of @area relative to @widget's allocation the #GtkCellRendererState flags for @area for this row of data. if %TRUE then only cell renderers that are %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE will be activated. Finds a cell property of a cell area class by name. the #GParamSpec of the child property or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name. a #GtkCellAreaClass the name of the child property to find Installs a cell property on a cell area class. a #GtkCellAreaClass the id for the property the #GParamSpec for the property Returns all cell properties of a cell area class. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be freed with g_free(). a #GtkCellAreaClass location to return the number of cell properties found The #GtkCellAreaContext object is created by a given #GtkCellArea implementation via its #GtkCellAreaClass.create_context() virtual method and is used to store cell sizes and alignments for a series of #GtkTreeModel rows that are requested and rendered in the same context. #GtkCellLayout widgets can create any number of contexts in which to request and render groups of data rows. However, it's important that the same context which was used to request sizes for a given #GtkTreeModel row also be used for the same row when calling other #GtkCellArea APIs such as gtk_cell_area_render() and gtk_cell_area_event(). Allocates a width and/or a height for all rows which are to be rendered with @context. Usually allocation is performed only horizontally or sometimes vertically since a group of rows are usually rendered side by side vertically or horizontally and share either the same width or the same height. Sometimes they are allocated in both horizontal and vertical orientations producing a homogeneous effect of the rows. This is generally the case for #GtkTreeView when #GtkTreeView:fixed-height-mode is enabled. Since 3.0 the allocated width for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered with @context, or -1. the allocated height for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered with @context, or -1. Gets the accumulative preferred height for @width for all rows which have been requested for the same said @width with this context. After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1. a proposed width for allocation location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Gets the accumulative preferred width for @height for all rows which have been requested for the same said @height with this context. After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1. a proposed height for allocation location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Resets any previously cached request and allocation data. When underlying #GtkTreeModel data changes its important to reset the context if the content size is allowed to shrink. If the content size is only allowed to grow (this is usually an option for views rendering large data stores as a measure of optimization), then only the row that changed or was inserted needs to be (re)requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). When the new overall size of the context requires that the allocated size changes (or whenever this allocation changes at all), the variable row sizes need to be re-requested for every row. For instance, if the rows are displayed all with the same width from top to bottom then a change in the allocated width necessitates a recalculation of all the displayed row heights using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width(). Since 3.0 Allocates a width and/or a height for all rows which are to be rendered with @context. Usually allocation is performed only horizontally or sometimes vertically since a group of rows are usually rendered side by side vertically or horizontally and share either the same width or the same height. Sometimes they are allocated in both horizontal and vertical orientations producing a homogeneous effect of the rows. This is generally the case for #GtkTreeView when #GtkTreeView:fixed-height-mode is enabled. Since 3.0 a #GtkCellAreaContext the allocated width for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered with @context, or -1. the allocated height for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered with @context, or -1. Fetches the current allocation size for @context. If the context was not allocated in width or height, or if the context was recently reset with gtk_cell_area_context_reset(), the returned value will be -1. a #GtkCellAreaContext location to store the allocated width, or %NULL location to store the allocated height, or %NULL Fetches the #GtkCellArea this @context was created by. This is generally unneeded by layouting widgets; however, it is important for the context implementation itself to fetch information about the area it is being used for. For instance at #GtkCellAreaContextClass.allocate() time it's important to know details about any cell spacing that the #GtkCellArea is configured with in order to compute a proper allocation. the #GtkCellArea this context was created by. a #GtkCellAreaContext Gets the accumulative preferred height for all rows which have been requested with this context. After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0. a #GtkCellAreaContext location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Gets the accumulative preferred height for @width for all rows which have been requested for the same said @width with this context. After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1. a #GtkCellAreaContext a proposed width for allocation location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Gets the accumulative preferred width for all rows which have been requested with this context. After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0. a #GtkCellAreaContext location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Gets the accumulative preferred width for @height for all rows which have been requested for the same said @height with this context. After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1. a #GtkCellAreaContext a proposed height for allocation location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Causes the minimum and/or natural height to grow if the new proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural height. This is used by #GtkCellAreaContext implementations during the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to progressively push the requested height over a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests. a #GtkCellAreaContext the proposed new minimum height for @context the proposed new natural height for @context Causes the minimum and/or natural width to grow if the new proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural width. This is used by #GtkCellAreaContext implementations during the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to progressively push the requested width over a series of gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests. a #GtkCellAreaContext the proposed new minimum width for @context the proposed new natural width for @context Resets any previously cached request and allocation data. When underlying #GtkTreeModel data changes its important to reset the context if the content size is allowed to shrink. If the content size is only allowed to grow (this is usually an option for views rendering large data stores as a measure of optimization), then only the row that changed or was inserted needs to be (re)requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). When the new overall size of the context requires that the allocated size changes (or whenever this allocation changes at all), the variable row sizes need to be re-requested for every row. For instance, if the rows are displayed all with the same width from top to bottom then a change in the allocated width necessitates a recalculation of all the displayed row heights using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width(). Since 3.0 a #GtkCellAreaContext The #GtkCellArea this context was created by The minimum height for the #GtkCellArea in this context for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height(). The minimum width for the #GtkCellArea in this context for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). The natural height for the #GtkCellArea in this context for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height(). The natural width for the #GtkCellArea in this context for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). the allocated width for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered with @context, or -1. the allocated height for all #GtkTreeModel rows rendered with @context, or -1. a proposed width for allocation location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL a proposed height for allocation location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the cell renderers of a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach(). %TRUE to stop iterating over cells. the cell renderer to operate on user-supplied data The #GtkCellEditable interface must be implemented for widgets to be usable when editing the contents of a #GtkTreeView cell. Emits the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal. Emits the #GtkCellEditable::remove-widget signal. Begins editing on a @cell_editable. @event is the #GdkEvent that began the editing process. It may be %NULL, in the instance that editing was initiated through programatic means. A #GdkEvent, or %NULL Emits the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal. A #GtkCellEditable Emits the #GtkCellEditable::remove-widget signal. A #GtkCellEditable Begins editing on a @cell_editable. @event is the #GdkEvent that began the editing process. It may be %NULL, in the instance that editing was initiated through programatic means. A #GtkCellEditable A #GdkEvent, or %NULL Indicates whether editing on the cell has been canceled. This signal is a sign for the cell renderer to update its value from the @cell_editable. Implementations of #GtkCellEditable are responsible for emitting this signal when they are done editing, e.g. #GtkEntry is emitting it when the user presses Enter. gtk_cell_editable_editing_done() is a convenience method for emitting #GtkCellEditable::editing-done. This signal is meant to indicate that the cell is finished editing, and the widget may now be destroyed. Implementations of #GtkCellEditable are responsible for emitting this signal when they are done editing. It must be emitted after the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal, to give the cell renderer a chance to update the cell's value before the widget is removed. gtk_cell_editable_remove_widget() is a convenience method for emitting #GtkCellEditable::remove-widget. A #GdkEvent, or %NULL #GtkCellLayout is an interface to be implemented by all objects which want to provide a #GtkTreeViewColumn<!-- -->-like API for packing cells, setting attributes and data funcs. One of the notable features provided by implementations of GtkCellLayout are <emphasis>attributes</emphasis>. Attributes let you set the properties in flexible ways. They can just be set to constant values like regular properties. But they can also be mapped to a column of the underlying tree model with gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes(), which means that the value of the attribute can change from cell to cell as they are rendered by the cell renderer. Finally, it is possible to specify a function with gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func() that is called to determine the value of the attribute for each cell that is rendered. <refsect2 id="GtkCellLayout-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkCellLayouts as GtkBuildable</title> <para> Implementations of GtkCellLayout which also implement the GtkBuildable interface (#GtkCellView, #GtkIconView, #GtkComboBox, #GtkEntryCompletion, #GtkTreeViewColumn) accept GtkCellRenderer objects as &lt;child&gt; elements in UI definitions. They support a custom &lt;attributes&gt; element for their children, which can contain multiple &lt;attribute&gt; elements. Each &lt;attribute&gt; element has a name attribute which specifies a property of the cell renderer; the content of the element is the attribute value. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying attributes</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkCellView"> <child> <object class="GtkCellRendererText"/> <attributes> <attribute name="text">0</attribute> </attributes> </child>" </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> Furthermore for implementations of GtkCellLayout that use a #GtkCellArea to lay out cells (all GtkCellLayouts in GTK+ use a GtkCellArea) <link linkend="cell-properties">cell properties</link> can also be defined in the format by specifying the custom &lt;cell-packing&gt; attribute which can contain multiple &lt;property&gt; elements defined in the normal way. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying cell properties</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkTreeViewColumn"> <child> <object class="GtkCellRendererText"/> <cell-packing> <property name="align">True</property> <property name="expand">False</property> </cell-packing> </child>" </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Subclassing GtkCellLayout implementations</title> <para> When subclassing a widget that implements #GtkCellLayout like #GtkIconView or #GtkComboBox, there are some considerations related to the fact that these widgets internally use a #GtkCellArea. The cell area is exposed as a construct-only property by these widgets. This means that it is possible to e.g. do <informalexample><programlisting> combo = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_COMBO_BOX, "cell-area", my_cell_area, NULL); </programlisting></informalexample> to use a custom cell area with a combo box. But construct properties are only initialized <emphasis>after</emphasis> instance init() functions have run, which means that using functions which rely on the existence of the cell area in your subclass' init() function will cause the default cell area to be instantiated. In this case, a provided construct property value will be ignored (with a warning, to alert you to the problem). <informalexample><programlisting> static void my_combo_box_init (MyComboBox *b) { GtkCellRenderer *cell; cell = gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new (); /&ast; The following call causes the default cell area for combo boxes, &ast; a GtkCellAreaBox, to be instantiated &ast;/ gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GTK_CELL_LAYOUT (b), cell, FALSE); ... } GtkWidget * my_combo_box_new (GtkCellArea *area) { /&ast; This call is going to cause a warning &ast; about area being ignored &ast;/ return g_object_new (MY_TYPE_COMBO_BOX, "cell-area", area, NULL); } </programlisting></informalexample> If supporting alternative cell areas with your derived widget is not important, then this does not have to concern you. If you want to support alternative cell areas, you can do so by moving the problematic calls out of init() and into a constructor() for your class. </para> </refsect2> Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @cell_layout. The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the @attribute is the parameter on @cell to be set from the value. So for example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the "text" attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2. a #GtkCellRenderer an attribute on the renderer the column position on the model to get the attribute from Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and removes all renderers from @cell_layout. Clears all existing attributes previously set with gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes(). a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea is used by @cell_layout. the cell area used by @cell_layout. Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout. a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free() when no longer needed. Adds the @cell to the end of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. a #GtkCellRenderer %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout Packs the @cell into the beginning of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. a #GtkCellRenderer %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout Re-inserts @cell at @position. Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout for this to function properly. a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder new position to insert @cell at Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for @cell_layout. This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping for setting the column value, and should set the value of @cell_layout's cell renderer(s) as appropriate. @func may be %NULL to remove a previously set function. a #GtkCellRenderer the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL user data for @func destroy notify for @func_data Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @cell_layout. The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the @attribute is the parameter on @cell to be set from the value. So for example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the "text" attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2. a #GtkCellLayout a #GtkCellRenderer an attribute on the renderer the column position on the model to get the attribute from Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and removes all renderers from @cell_layout. a #GtkCellLayout Clears all existing attributes previously set with gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes(). a #GtkCellLayout a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea is used by @cell_layout. the cell area used by @cell_layout. a #GtkCellLayout Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout. a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free() when no longer needed. a #GtkCellLayout Adds the @cell to the end of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. a #GtkCellLayout a #GtkCellRenderer %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout Packs the @cell into the beginning of @cell_layout. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. a #GtkCellLayout a #GtkCellRenderer %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout Re-inserts @cell at @position. Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout for this to function properly. a #GtkCellLayout a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder new position to insert @cell at Sets the attributes in list as the attributes of @cell_layout. The attributes should be in attribute/column order, as in gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute(). All existing attributes are removed, and replaced with the new attributes. a #GtkCellLayout a #GtkCellRenderer Sets the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use for @cell_layout. This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping for setting the column value, and should set the value of @cell_layout's cell renderer(s) as appropriate. @func may be %NULL to remove a previously set function. a #GtkCellLayout a #GtkCellRenderer the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL user data for @func destroy notify for @func_data A function which should set the value of @cell_layout's cell renderer(s) as appropriate. a #GtkCellLayout the cell renderer whose value is to be set the model a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to set the value for user data passed to gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func() a #GtkCellRenderer %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout a #GtkCellRenderer %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @cell_layout a #GtkCellRenderer an attribute on the renderer the column position on the model to get the attribute from a #GtkCellRenderer the #GtkCellLayoutDataFunc to use, or %NULL user data for @func destroy notify for @func_data a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on a #GtkCellRenderer to reorder new position to insert @cell at a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free() when no longer needed. the cell area used by @cell_layout. The #GtkCellRenderer is a base class of a set of objects used for rendering a cell to a #cairo_t. These objects are used primarily by the #GtkTreeView widget, though they aren't tied to them in any specific way. It is worth noting that #GtkCellRenderer is not a #GtkWidget and cannot be treated as such. The primary use of a #GtkCellRenderer is for drawing a certain graphical elements on a #cairo_t. Typically, one cell renderer is used to draw many cells on the screen. To this extent, it isn't expected that a CellRenderer keep any permanent state around. Instead, any state is set just prior to use using #GObjects property system. Then, the cell is measured using gtk_cell_renderer_get_size(). Finally, the cell is rendered in the correct location using gtk_cell_renderer_render(). There are a number of rules that must be followed when writing a new #GtkCellRenderer. First and foremost, it's important that a certain set of properties will always yield a cell renderer of the same size, barring a #GtkStyle change. The #GtkCellRenderer also has a number of generic properties that are expected to be honored by all children. Beyond merely rendering a cell, cell renderers can optionally provide active user interface elements. A cell renderer can be <firstterm>activatable</firstterm> like #GtkCellRendererToggle, which toggles when it gets activated by a mouse click, or it can be <firstterm>editable</firstterm> like #GtkCellRendererText, which allows the user to edit the text using a #GtkEntry. To make a cell renderer activatable or editable, you have to implement the #GtkCellRendererClass.activate or #GtkCellRendererClass.start_editing virtual functions, respectively. Many properties of #GtkCellRenderer and its subclasses have a corresponding "set" property, e.g. "cell-background-set" corresponds to "cell-background". These "set" properties reflect whether a property has been set or not. You should not set them independently. Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing. Some cell renderers may use events; for example, #GtkCellRendererToggle toggles when it gets a mouse click. %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled a #GdkEvent widget that received the event widget-dependent string representation of the event location; e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() render flags Gets the aligned area used by @cell inside @cell_area. Used for finding the appropriate edit and focus rectangle. the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to render flags cell area which would be passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() the return location for the space inside @cell_area that would acually be used to render. Retreives a renderer's natural size when rendered to @widget. the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to location to store the minimum size, or %NULL location to store the natural size, or %NULL Retreives a cell renderers's minimum and natural height if it were rendered to @widget with the specified @width. the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to the size which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the preferred size, or %NULL Retreives a renderer's natural size when rendered to @widget. the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to location to store the minimum size, or %NULL location to store the natural size, or %NULL Retreives a cell renderers's minimum and natural width if it were rendered to @widget with the specified @height. the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to the size which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the preferred size, or %NULL Gets whether the cell renderer prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer. Obtains the width and height needed to render the cell. Used by view widgets to determine the appropriate size for the cell_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render(). If @cell_area is not %NULL, fills in the x and y offsets (if set) of the cell relative to this location. Please note that the values set in @width and @height, as well as those in @x_offset and @y_offset are inclusive of the xpad and ypad properties. the widget the renderer is rendering to The area a cell will be allocated, or %NULL location to return x offset of cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return y offset of cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return width needed to render a cell, or %NULL location to return height needed to render a cell, or %NULL Invokes the virtual render function of the #GtkCellRenderer. The three passed-in rectangles are areas in @cr. Most renderers will draw within @cell_area; the xalign, yalign, xpad, and ypad fields of the #GtkCellRenderer should be honored with respect to @cell_area. @background_area includes the blank space around the cell, and also the area containing the tree expander; so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire @window. a cairo context to draw to the widget owning @window entire cell area (including tree expanders and maybe padding on the sides) area normally rendered by a cell renderer flags that affect rendering Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing. A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL a #GdkEvent widget that received the event widget-dependent string representation of the event location; e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() render flags Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing. Some cell renderers may use events; for example, #GtkCellRendererToggle toggles when it gets a mouse click. %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled a #GtkCellRenderer a #GdkEvent widget that received the event widget-dependent string representation of the event location; e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() render flags Gets the aligned area used by @cell inside @cell_area. Used for finding the appropriate edit and focus rectangle. a #GtkCellRenderer instance the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to render flags cell area which would be passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() the return location for the space inside @cell_area that would acually be used to render. Fills in @xalign and @yalign with the appropriate values of @cell. A #GtkCellRenderer location to fill in with the x alignment of the cell, or %NULL location to fill in with the y alignment of the cell, or %NULL Fills in @width and @height with the appropriate size of @cell. A #GtkCellRenderer location to fill in with the fixed width of the cell, or %NULL location to fill in with the fixed height of the cell, or %NULL Fills in @xpad and @ypad with the appropriate values of @cell. A #GtkCellRenderer location to fill in with the x padding of the cell, or %NULL location to fill in with the y padding of the cell, or %NULL Retreives a renderer's natural size when rendered to @widget. a #GtkCellRenderer instance the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to location to store the minimum size, or %NULL location to store the natural size, or %NULL Retreives a cell renderers's minimum and natural height if it were rendered to @widget with the specified @width. a #GtkCellRenderer instance the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to the size which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the preferred size, or %NULL Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a cell taking into account the widget's preference for height-for-width management. a #GtkCellRenderer instance the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the natural size, or %NULL Retreives a renderer's natural size when rendered to @widget. a #GtkCellRenderer instance the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to location to store the minimum size, or %NULL location to store the natural size, or %NULL Retreives a cell renderers's minimum and natural width if it were rendered to @widget with the specified @height. a #GtkCellRenderer instance the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to the size which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the preferred size, or %NULL Gets whether the cell renderer prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer. a #GtkCellRenderer instance Returns the cell renderer's sensitivity. %TRUE if the cell renderer is sensitive A #GtkCellRenderer Obtains the width and height needed to render the cell. Used by view widgets to determine the appropriate size for the cell_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render(). If @cell_area is not %NULL, fills in the x and y offsets (if set) of the cell relative to this location. Please note that the values set in @width and @height, as well as those in @x_offset and @y_offset are inclusive of the xpad and ypad properties. a #GtkCellRenderer the widget the renderer is rendering to The area a cell will be allocated, or %NULL location to return x offset of cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return y offset of cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return width needed to render a cell, or %NULL location to return height needed to render a cell, or %NULL Translates the cell renderer state to #GtkStateFlags, based on the cell renderer and widget sensitivity, and the given #GtkCellRendererState. the widget state flags applying to @cell a #GtkCellRenderer, or %NULL a #GtkWidget, or %NULL cell renderer state Returns the cell renderer's visibility. %TRUE if the cell renderer is visible A #GtkCellRenderer Checks whether the cell renderer can do something when activated. %TRUE if the cell renderer can do anything when activated A #GtkCellRenderer Invokes the virtual render function of the #GtkCellRenderer. The three passed-in rectangles are areas in @cr. Most renderers will draw within @cell_area; the xalign, yalign, xpad, and ypad fields of the #GtkCellRenderer should be honored with respect to @cell_area. @background_area includes the blank space around the cell, and also the area containing the tree expander; so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire @window. a #GtkCellRenderer a cairo context to draw to the widget owning @window entire cell area (including tree expanders and maybe padding on the sides) area normally rendered by a cell renderer flags that affect rendering Sets the renderer's alignment within its available space. A #GtkCellRenderer the x alignment of the cell renderer the y alignment of the cell renderer Sets the renderer size to be explicit, independent of the properties set. A #GtkCellRenderer the width of the cell renderer, or -1 the height of the cell renderer, or -1 Sets the renderer's padding. A #GtkCellRenderer the x padding of the cell renderer the y padding of the cell renderer Sets the cell renderer's sensitivity. A #GtkCellRenderer the sensitivity of the cell Sets the cell renderer's visibility. A #GtkCellRenderer the visibility of the cell Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing. A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL a #GtkCellRenderer a #GdkEvent widget that received the event widget-dependent string representation of the event location; e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() render flags Informs the cell renderer that the editing is stopped. If @canceled is %TRUE, the cell renderer will emit the #GtkCellRenderer::editing-canceled signal. This function should be called by cell renderer implementations in response to the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal of #GtkCellEditable. A #GtkCellRenderer %TRUE if the editing has been canceled Cell background as a #GdkColor Cell background as a #GdkRGBA This signal gets emitted when the user cancels the process of editing a cell. For example, an editable cell renderer could be written to cancel editing when the user presses Escape. See also: gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing(). This signal gets emitted when a cell starts to be edited. The intended use of this signal is to do special setup on @editable, e.g. adding a #GtkEntryCompletion or setting up additional columns in a #GtkComboBox. Note that GTK+ doesn't guarantee that cell renderers will continue to use the same kind of widget for editing in future releases, therefore you should check the type of @editable before doing any specific setup, as in the following example: |[ static void text_editing_started (GtkCellRenderer *cell, GtkCellEditable *editable, const gchar *path, gpointer data) { if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (editable)) { GtkEntry *entry = GTK_ENTRY (editable); /&ast; ... create a GtkEntryCompletion &ast;/ gtk_entry_set_completion (entry, completion); } } ]| the #GtkCellEditable the path identifying the edited cell #GtkCellRendererAccel displays a keyboard accelerator (i.e. a key combination like <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>a</keycap></keycombo>. If the cell renderer is editable, the accelerator can be changed by simply typing the new combination. The #GtkCellRendererAccel cell renderer was added in GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkCellRendererAccel. the new cell renderer The keyval of the accelerator. Determines if the edited accelerators are GTK+ accelerators. If they are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators accepted by GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered in the same way as they are in menus. The modifier mask of the accelerator. The hardware keycode of the accelerator. Note that the hardware keycode is only relevant if the key does not have a keyval. Normally, the keyboard configuration should assign keyvals to all keys. Gets emitted when the user has removed the accelerator. the path identifying the row of the edited cell Gets emitted when the user has selected a new accelerator. the path identifying the row of the edited cell the new accelerator keyval the new acclerator modifier mask the keycode of the new accelerator The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer. the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to location to store the minimum size, or %NULL location to store the natural size, or %NULL the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to the size which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the preferred size, or %NULL the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to location to store the minimum size, or %NULL location to store the natural size, or %NULL the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to the size which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the preferred size, or %NULL the #GtkWidget this cell will be rendering to render flags cell area which would be passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() the return location for the space inside @cell_area that would acually be used to render. the widget the renderer is rendering to The area a cell will be allocated, or %NULL location to return x offset of cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return y offset of cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return width needed to render a cell, or %NULL location to return height needed to render a cell, or %NULL a cairo context to draw to the widget owning @window entire cell area (including tree expanders and maybe padding on the sides) area normally rendered by a cell renderer flags that affect rendering %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled a #GdkEvent widget that received the event widget-dependent string representation of the event location; e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() render flags A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL a #GdkEvent widget that received the event widget-dependent string representation of the event location; e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath background area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() cell area as passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render() render flags Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for cells rendered by cell renderers of @renderer_class. Note that multiple accessibles will be created. This function should only be called from class init functions of cell renderers. class to set the accessible type for The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class. The type must be a subtype of #GtkRendererCellAccessible #GtkCellRendererCombo renders text in a cell like #GtkCellRendererText from which it is derived. But while #GtkCellRendererText offers a simple entry to edit the text, #GtkCellRendererCombo offers a #GtkComboBox widget to edit the text. The values to display in the combo box are taken from the tree model specified in the #GtkCellRendererCombo:model property. The combo cell renderer takes care of adding a text cell renderer to the combo box and sets it to display the column specified by its #GtkCellRendererCombo:text-column property. Further properties of the combo box can be set in a handler for the #GtkCellRenderer::editing-started signal. The #GtkCellRendererCombo cell renderer was added in GTK+ 2.6. Creates a new #GtkCellRendererCombo. Adjust how text is drawn using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the "text" property on the cell renderer to a string value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView. the new cell renderer If %TRUE, the cell renderer will include an entry and allow to enter values other than the ones in the popup list. Holds a tree model containing the possible values for the combo box. Use the text_column property to specify the column holding the values. Specifies the model column which holds the possible values for the combo box. Note that this refers to the model specified in the model property, <emphasis>not</emphasis> the model backing the tree view to which this cell renderer is attached. #GtkCellRendererCombo automatically adds a text cell renderer for this column to its combo box. This signal is emitted each time after the user selected an item in the combo box, either by using the mouse or the arrow keys. Contrary to GtkComboBox, GtkCellRendererCombo::changed is not emitted for changes made to a selected item in the entry. The argument @new_iter corresponds to the newly selected item in the combo box and it is relative to the GtkTreeModel set via the model property on GtkCellRendererCombo. Note that as soon as you change the model displayed in the tree view, the tree view will immediately cease the editing operating. This means that you most probably want to refrain from changing the model until the combo cell renderer emits the edited or editing_canceled signal. a string of the path identifying the edited cell (relative to the tree view model) the new iter selected in the combo box (relative to the combo box model) Identifies how the user can interact with a particular cell. The cell is just for display and cannot be interacted with. Note that this doesn't mean that eg. the row being drawn can't be selected -- just that a particular element of it cannot be individually modified. The cell can be clicked. The cell can be edited or otherwise modified. A #GtkCellRendererPixbuf can be used to render an image in a cell. It allows to render either a given #GdkPixbuf (set via the #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf property) or a stock icon (set via the #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:stock-id property). To support the tree view, #GtkCellRendererPixbuf also supports rendering two alternative pixbufs, when the #GtkCellRenderer:is-expander property is %TRUE. If the #GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded property is %TRUE and the #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf-expander-open property is set to a pixbuf, it renders that pixbuf, if the #GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded property is %FALSE and the #GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf-expander-closed property is set to a pixbuf, it renders that one. Creates a new #GtkCellRendererPixbuf. Adjust rendering parameters using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the "pixbuf" property on the cell renderer to a pixbuf value in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the #GtkTreeView. the new cell renderer Specifies whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the #GtkCellRendererState. The GIcon representing the icon to display. If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically. The name of the themed icon to display. This property only has an effect if not overridden by "stock_id" or "pixbuf" properties. #GtkCellRendererProgress renders a numeric value as a progress par in a cell. Additionally, it can display a text on top of the progress bar. The #GtkCellRendererProgress cell renderer was added in GTK+ 2.6. Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress. the new cell renderer Setting this to a non-negative value causes the cell renderer to enter "activity mode", where a block bounces back and forth to indicate that some progress is made, without specifying exactly how much. Each increment of the property causes the block to move by a little bit. To indicate that the activity has not started yet, set the property to zero. To indicate completion, set the property to %G_MAXINT. The "text" property determines the label which will be drawn over the progress bar. Setting this property to %NULL causes the default label to be displayed. Setting this property to an empty string causes no label to be displayed. The "text-xalign" property controls the horizontal alignment of the text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reserved for RTL layouts. The "text-yalign" property controls the vertical alignment of the text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom). The "value" property determines the percentage to which the progress bar will be "filled in". #GtkCellRendererSpin renders text in a cell like #GtkCellRendererText from which it is derived. But while #GtkCellRendererText offers a simple entry to edit the text, #GtkCellRendererSpin offers a #GtkSpinButton widget. Of course, that means that the text has to be parseable as a floating point number. The range of the spinbutton is taken from the adjustment property of the cell renderer, which can be set explicitly or mapped to a column in the tree model, like all properties of cell renders. #GtkCellRendererSpin also has properties for the #GtkCellRendererSpin:climb-rate and the number of #GtkCellRendererSpin:digits to display. Other #GtkSpinButton properties can be set in a handler for the #GtkCellRenderer::editing-started signal. The #GtkCellRendererSpin cell renderer was added in GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkCellRendererSpin. a new #GtkCellRendererSpin The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton. This must be non-%NULL for the cell renderer to be editable. The acceleration rate when you hold down a button. The number of decimal places to display. GtkCellRendererSpinner renders a spinning animation in a cell, very similar to #GtkSpinner. It can often be used as an alternative to a #GtkCellRendererProgress for displaying indefinite activity, instead of actual progress. To start the animation in a cell, set the #GtkCellRendererSpinner:active property to %TRUE and increment the #GtkCellRendererSpinner:pulse property at regular intervals. The usual way to set the cell renderer properties for each cell is to bind them to columns in your tree model using e.g. gtk_tree_view_column_add_attribute(). Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate activity. a new #GtkCellRenderer Pulse of the spinner. Increment this value to draw the next frame of the spinner animation. Usually, you would update this value in a timeout. By default, the #GtkSpinner widget draws one full cycle of the animation, consisting of 12 frames, in 750 milliseconds. The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner. Tells how a cell is to be rendered. The cell is currently selected, and probably has a selection colored background to render to. The mouse is hovering over the cell. The cell is drawn in an insensitive manner The cell is in a sorted row The cell is in the focus row. The cell is in a row that can be expanded. Since 3.4 The cell is in a row that is expanded. Since 3.4 A #GtkCellRendererText renders a given text in its cell, using the font, color and style information provided by its properties. The text will be ellipsized if it is too long and the #GtkCellRendererText:ellipsize property allows it. If the #GtkCellRenderer:mode is %GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE, the #GtkCellRendererText allows to edit its text using an entry. Creates a new #GtkCellRendererText. Adjust how text is drawn using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the "text" property on the cell renderer to a string value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView the new cell renderer Sets the height of a renderer to explicitly be determined by the "font" and "y_pad" property set on it. Further changes in these properties do not affect the height, so they must be accompanied by a subsequent call to this function. Using this function is unflexible, and should really only be used if calculating the size of a cell is too slow (ie, a massive number of cells displayed). If @number_of_rows is -1, then the fixed height is unset, and the height is determined by the properties again. A #GtkCellRendererText Number of rows of text each cell renderer is allocated, or -1 Specifies how to align the lines of text with respect to each other. Note that this property describes how to align the lines of text in case there are several of them. The "xalign" property of #GtkCellRenderer, on the other hand, sets the horizontal alignment of the whole text. Background color as a #GdkColor Background color as a #GdkRGBA Specifies the preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string. Setting it to %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE turns off ellipsizing. See the wrap-width property for another way of making the text fit into a given width. Foreground color as a #GdkColor Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA The desired maximum width of the cell, in characters. If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically. For cell renderers that ellipsize or wrap text; this property controls the maximum reported width of the cell. The cell should not receive any greater allocation unless it is set to expand in its #GtkCellLayout and all of the cell's siblings have received their natural width. The text that will be displayed in the #GtkCellRenderer if #GtkCellRendererText:editable is %TRUE and the cell is empty. Since 3.6 The desired width of the cell, in characters. If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically, otherwise the cell will request either 3 characters or the property value, whichever is greater. Specifies how to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string. This property has no effect unless the wrap-width property is set. Specifies the minimum width at which the text is wrapped. The wrap-mode property can be used to influence at what character positions the line breaks can be placed. Setting wrap-width to -1 turns wrapping off. This signal is emitted after @renderer has been edited. It is the responsibility of the application to update the model and store @new_text at the position indicated by @path. the path identifying the edited cell the new text #GtkCellRendererToggle renders a toggle button in a cell. The button is drawn as a radio or a checkbutton, depending on the #GtkCellRendererToggle:radio property. When activated, it emits the #GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled signal. Creates a new #GtkCellRendererToggle. Adjust rendering parameters using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with g_object_set()). Also, with #GtkTreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a value in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the "active" property on the cell renderer to a boolean value in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect the state of the model. the new cell renderer Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable(). %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable. a #GtkCellRendererToggle Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active(). %TRUE if the cell renderer is active. a #GtkCellRendererToggle Returns whether we're rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes. %TRUE if we're rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes a #GtkCellRendererToggle Makes the cell renderer activatable. a #GtkCellRendererToggle. the value to set. Activates or deactivates a cell renderer. a #GtkCellRendererToggle. the value to set. If @radio is %TRUE, the cell renderer renders a radio toggle (i.e. a toggle in a group of mutually-exclusive toggles). If %FALSE, it renders a check toggle (a standalone boolean option). This can be set globally for the cell renderer, or changed just before rendering each cell in the model (for #GtkTreeView, you set up a per-row setting using #GtkTreeViewColumn to associate model columns with cell renderer properties). a #GtkCellRendererToggle %TRUE to make the toggle look like a radio button The ::toggled signal is emitted when the cell is toggled. string representation of #GtkTreePath describing the event location A #GtkCellView displays a single row of a #GtkTreeModel using a #GtkCellArea and #GtkCellAreaContext. A #GtkCellAreaContext can be provided to the #GtkCellView at construction time in order to keep the cellview in context of a group of cell views, this ensures that the renderers displayed will be properly aligned with eachother (like the aligned cells in the menus of #GtkComboBox). #GtkCellView is #GtkOrientable in order to decide in which orientation the underlying #GtkCellAreaContext should be allocated. Taking the #GtkComboBox menu as an example, cellviews should be oriented horizontally if the menus are listed top-to-bottom and thus all share the same width but may have separate individual heights (left-to-right menus should be allocated vertically since they all share the same height but may have variable widths). Creates a new #GtkCellView widget. A newly created #GtkCellView widget. Creates a new #GtkCellView widget with a specific #GtkCellArea to layout cells and a specific #GtkCellAreaContext. Specifying the same context for a handfull of cells lets the underlying area synchronize the geometry for those cells, in this way alignments with cellviews for other rows are possible. A newly created #GtkCellView widget. the #GtkCellArea to layout cells the #GtkCellAreaContext in which to calculate cell geometry Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText to it, and makes it show @markup. The text can be marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. A newly created #GtkCellView widget. the text to display in the cell view Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf to it, and makes it show @pixbuf. A newly created #GtkCellView widget. the image to display in the cell view Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText to it, and makes it show @text. A newly created #GtkCellView widget. the text to display in the cell view Returns a #GtkTreePath referring to the currently displayed row. If no row is currently displayed, %NULL is returned. the currently displayed row or %NULL a #GtkCellView Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its cells in a sensitive state. whether @cell_view draws all of its cells in a sensitive state a #GtkCellView Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel. whether @cell_view requests space to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel. a #GtkCellView Returns the model for @cell_view. If no model is used %NULL is returned. a #GtkTreeModel used or %NULL a #GtkCellView Sets @requisition to the size needed by @cell_view to display the model row pointed to by @path. %TRUE a #GtkCellView a #GtkTreePath return location for the size Sets the background color of @view. a #GtkCellView the new background color Sets the background color of @cell_view. a #GtkCellView the new background color Sets the row of the model that is currently displayed by the #GtkCellView. If the path is unset, then the contents of the cellview "stick" at their last value; this is not normally a desired result, but may be a needed intermediate state if say, the model for the #GtkCellView becomes temporarily empty. a #GtkCellView a #GtkTreePath or %NULL to unset. Sets whether @cell_view should draw all of its cells in a sensitive state, this is used by #GtkComboBox menus to ensure that rows with insensitive cells that contain children appear sensitive in the parent menu item. a #GtkCellView whether to draw all cells in a sensitive state. Sets whether @cell_view should request space to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel. This is used by #GtkComboBox to ensure that the cell view displayed on the combo box's button always gets enough space and does not resize when selection changes. a #GtkCellView whether @cell_view should request space for the whole model. Sets the model for @cell_view. If @cell_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model. a #GtkCellView a #GtkTreeModel The background color as a #GdkColor The background color as a #GdkRGBA The #GtkCellArea rendering cells If no area is specified when creating the cell view with gtk_cell_view_new_with_context() a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. since 3.0 The #GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view. A group of cell views can be assigned the same context in order to ensure the sizes and cell alignments match across all the views with the same context. #GtkComboBox menus uses this to assign the same context to all cell views in the menu items for a single menu (each submenu creates its own context since the size of each submenu does not depend on parent or sibling menus). since 3.0 Whether all cells should be draw as sensitive for this view regardless of the actual cell properties (used to make menus with submenus appear sensitive when the items in submenus might be insensitive). since 3.0 Whether the view should request enough space to always fit the size of every row in the model (used by the combo box to ensure the combo box size doesnt change when different items are selected). since 3.0 The model for cell view since 2.10 A #GtkCheckButton places a discrete #GtkToggleButton next to a widget, (usually a #GtkLabel). See the section on #GtkToggleButton widgets for more information about toggle/check buttons. The important signal ( #GtkToggleButton::toggled ) is also inherited from #GtkToggleButton. Creates a new #GtkCheckButton. a #GtkWidget. Creates a new #GtkCheckButton with a #GtkLabel to the right of it. a #GtkWidget. the text for the check button. Creates a new #GtkCheckButton containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the check button. a new #GtkCheckButton The text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character A #GtkCheckMenuItem is a menu item that maintains the state of a boolean value in addition to a #GtkMenuItem usual role in activating application code. A check box indicating the state of the boolean value is displayed at the left side of the #GtkMenuItem. Activating the #GtkMenuItem toggles the value. Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem. a new #GtkCheckMenuItem. Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem with a label. a new #GtkCheckMenuItem. the string to use for the label. Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item. a new #GtkCheckMenuItem The text of the button, with an underscore in front of the character Emits the #GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled signal. Returns whether the check menu item is active. See gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (). %TRUE if the menu item is checked. a #GtkCheckMenuItem Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem a #GtkCheckMenuItem Retrieves the value set by gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent(). %TRUE if inconsistent a #GtkCheckMenuItem Sets the active state of the menu item's check box. a #GtkCheckMenuItem. boolean value indicating whether the check box is active. Sets whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem a #GtkCheckMenuItem whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a boolean setting, and the current values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display the check in an "in between" state. This function turns on "in between" display. Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state again if the user explicitly selects a setting. This has to be done manually, gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent() only affects visual appearance, it doesn't affect the semantics of the widget. a #GtkCheckMenuItem %TRUE to display an "inconsistent" third state check Emits the #GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled signal. a #GtkCheckMenuItem. This signal is emitted when the state of the check box is changed. A signal handler can use gtk_check_menu_item_get_active() to discover the new state. A function that will be called when the contents of the clipboard are changed or cleared. Once this has called, the @user_data_or_owner argument will not be used again. the #GtkClipboard the @user_data argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_data(), or the @owner argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner() A function that will be called to provide the contents of the selection. If multiple types of data were advertised, the requested type can be determined from the @info parameter or by checking the target field of @selection_data. If the data could successfully be converted into then it should be stored into the @selection_data object by calling gtk_selection_data_set() (or related functions such as gtk_selection_data_set_text()). If no data is set, the requestor will be informed that the attempt to get the data failed. the #GtkClipboard a #GtkSelectionData argument in which the requested data should be stored. the info field corresponding to the requested target from the #GtkTargetEntry array passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_data() or gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner(). the @user_data argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_data(), or the @owner argument passed to gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner() A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_image() are received, or when the request fails. the #GtkClipboard the received image the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_image(). A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_contents() are received, or when the request fails. the #GtkClipboard a #GtkSelectionData containing the data was received. If retrieving the data failed, then then length field of @selection_data will be negative. the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_contents(). A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_targets() are received, or when the request fails. the #GtkClipboard the supported targets, as array of #GdkAtom, or %NULL if retrieving the data failed. the length of the @atoms array. the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_targets(). A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_text() are received, or when the request fails. the #GtkClipboard the text received, as a UTF-8 encoded string, or %NULL if retrieving the data failed. the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_text(). The #GtkColorButton is a button which displays the currently selected color an allows to open a color selection dialog to change the color. It is suitable widget for selecting a color in a preference dialog. Creates a new color button. This returns a widget in the form of a small button containing a swatch representing the current selected color. When the button is clicked, a color-selection dialog will open, allowing the user to select a color. The swatch will be updated to reflect the new color when the user finishes. a new color button Creates a new color button. a new color button A #GdkColor to set the current color with Creates a new color button. a new color button A #GdkRGBA to set the current color with Returns the current alpha value. an integer between 0 and 65535 a #GtkColorButton Sets @color to be the current color in the #GtkColorButton widget. a #GtkColorButton a #GdkColor to fill in with the current color Sets @rgba to be the current color in the #GtkColorButton widget. a #GtkColorButton a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color Gets the title of the color selection dialog. An internal string, do not free the return value a #GtkColorButton Does the color selection dialog use the alpha channel ? %TRUE if the color sample uses alpha channel, %FALSE if not a #GtkColorButton Sets the current opacity to be @alpha. a #GtkColorButton an integer between 0 and 65535 Sets the current color to be @color. a #GtkColorButton A #GdkColor to set the current color with Sets the current color to be @rgba. a #GtkColorButton a #GdkRGBA to set the current color with Sets the title for the color selection dialog. a #GtkColorButton String containing new window title Sets whether or not the color button should use the alpha channel. a #GtkColorButton %TRUE if color button should use alpha channel, %FALSE if not The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque). The selected color. The RGBA color. The title of the color selection dialog If this property is set to %TRUE, the color swatch on the button is rendered against a checkerboard background to show its opacity and the opacity slider is displayed in the color selection dialog. The ::color-set signal is emitted when the user selects a color. When handling this signal, use gtk_color_button_get_rgba() to find out which color was just selected. Note that this signal is only emitted when the <emphasis>user</emphasis> changes the color. If you need to react to programmatic color changes as well, use the notify::color signal. #GtkColorChooser is an interface that is implemented by widgets for choosing colors. Depending on the situation, colors may be allowed to have alpha (translucency). In GTK+, the main widgets that implement this interface are #GtkColorChooserWidget, #GtkColorChooserDialog and #GtkColorButton. Adds a palette to the color chooser. If @orientation is horizontal, the colors are grouped in rows, with @colors_per_line colors in each row. If @horizontal is %FALSE, the colors are grouped in columns instead. The default color palette of #GtkColorChooserWidget has 27 colors, organized in columns of 3 colors. The default gray palette has 9 grays in a single row. The layout of the color chooser widget works best when the palettes have 9-10 columns. Calling this function for the first time has the side effect of removing the default color and gray palettes from the color chooser. If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL if the palette should be displayed in rows, %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL for columns the number of colors to show in each row/column the total number of elements in @colors the colors of the palette, or %NULL Gets the currently-selected color. a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color Sets the color. the new color Adds a palette to the color chooser. If @orientation is horizontal, the colors are grouped in rows, with @colors_per_line colors in each row. If @horizontal is %FALSE, the colors are grouped in columns instead. The default color palette of #GtkColorChooserWidget has 27 colors, organized in columns of 3 colors. The default gray palette has 9 grays in a single row. The layout of the color chooser widget works best when the palettes have 9-10 columns. Calling this function for the first time has the side effect of removing the default color and gray palettes from the color chooser. If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. a #GtkColorChooser %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL if the palette should be displayed in rows, %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL for columns the number of colors to show in each row/column the total number of elements in @colors the colors of the palette, or %NULL Gets the currently-selected color. a #GtkColorChooser a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color Returns whether the color chooser shows the alpha channel. %TRUE if the color chooser uses the alpha channel, %FALSE if not a #GtkColorChooser Sets the color. a #GtkColorChooser the new color Sets whether or not the color chooser should use the alpha channel. a #GtkColorChooser %TRUE if color chooser should use alpha channel, %FALSE if not The ::rgba property contains the currently selected color, as a #GdkRGBA struct. The property can be set to change the current selection programmatically. When ::use-alpha is %TRUE, colors may have alpha (translucency) information. When it is %FALSE, the #GdkRGBA struct obtained via the #GtkColorChooser:rgba property will be forced to have alpha == 1. Implementations are expected to show alpha by rendering the color over a non-uniform background (like a checkerboard pattern). Emitted when a color is activated from the color chooser. This usually happens when the user clicks a color swatch, or a color is selected and the user presses one of the keys Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter. the color The #GtkColorChooserDialog widget is a dialog for choosing a color. It implements the #GtkColorChooser interface. Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog. a new #GtkColorChooserDialog Title of the dialog, or %NULL Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color the new color %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL if the palette should be displayed in rows, %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL for columns the number of colors to show in each row/column the total number of elements in @colors the colors of the palette, or %NULL The #GtkColorChooserWidget widget lets the user select a color. By default, the chooser presents a prefined palette of colors, plus a small number of settable custom colors. It is also possible to select a different color with the single-color editor. To enter the single-color editing mode, use the context menu of any color of the palette, or use the '+' button to add a new custom color. The chooser automatically remembers the last selection, as well as custom colors. To change the initially selected color, use gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba(). To get the selected font use gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba(). The #GtkColorChooserWidget is used in the #GtkColorChooserDialog to provide a dialog for selecting colors. Creates a new #GtkColorChooserWidget. a new #GtkColorChooserWidget The ::show-editor property is %TRUE when the color chooser is showing the single-color editor. It can be set to switch the color chooser into single-color editing mode. Creates a new GtkColorSelection. a new #GtkColorSelection Parses a color palette string; the string is a colon-separated list of color names readable by gdk_color_parse(). %TRUE if a palette was successfully parsed a string encoding a color palette return location for allocated array of #GdkColor return location for length of array Encodes a palette as a string, useful for persistent storage. allocated string encoding the palette an array of colors length of the array Installs a global function to be called whenever the user tries to modify the palette in a color selection. This function should save the new palette contents, and update the #GtkSettings:gtk-color-palette GtkSettings property so all GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified. the previous change palette hook (that was replaced) a function to call when the custom palette needs saving Returns the current alpha value. an integer between 0 and 65535 a #GtkColorSelection Sets @color to be the current color in the GtkColorSelection widget. a #GtkColorSelection a #GdkColor to fill in with the current color Sets @rgba to be the current color in the GtkColorSelection widget. a #GtkColorSelection a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color Determines whether the colorsel has an opacity control. %TRUE if the @colorsel has an opacity control, %FALSE if it does't a #GtkColorSelection Determines whether the color selector has a color palette. %TRUE if the selector has a palette, %FALSE if it hasn't a #GtkColorSelection Returns the previous alpha value. an integer between 0 and 65535 a #GtkColorSelection Fills @color in with the original color value. a #GtkColorSelection a #GdkColor to fill in with the original color value Fills @rgba in with the original color value. a #GtkColorSelection a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the original color value Gets the current state of the @colorsel. %TRUE if the user is currently dragging a color around, and %FALSE if the selection has stopped a #GtkColorSelection Sets the current opacity to be @alpha. The first time this is called, it will also set the original opacity to be @alpha too. a #GtkColorSelection an integer between 0 and 65535 Sets the current color to be @color. The first time this is called, it will also set the original color to be @color too. a #GtkColorSelection a #GdkColor to set the current color with Sets the current color to be @rgba. The first time this is called, it will also set the original color to be @rgba too. a #GtkColorSelection A #GdkRGBA to set the current color with Sets the @colorsel to use or not use opacity. a #GtkColorSelection %TRUE if @colorsel can set the opacity, %FALSE otherwise Shows and hides the palette based upon the value of @has_palette. a #GtkColorSelection %TRUE if palette is to be visible, %FALSE otherwise Sets the 'previous' alpha to be @alpha. This function should be called with some hesitations, as it might seem confusing to have that alpha change. a #GtkColorSelection an integer between 0 and 65535 Sets the 'previous' color to be @color. This function should be called with some hesitations, as it might seem confusing to have that color change. Calling gtk_color_selection_set_current_color() will also set this color the first time it is called. a #GtkColorSelection a #GdkColor to set the previous color with Sets the 'previous' color to be @rgba. This function should be called with some hesitations, as it might seem confusing to have that color change. Calling gtk_color_selection_set_current_rgba() will also set this color the first time it is called. a #GtkColorSelection a #GdkRGBA to set the previous color with The current GdkColor color. The current RGBA color. This signal is emitted when the color changes in the #GtkColorSelection according to its update policy. Creates a new #GtkColorSelectionDialog. a #GtkColorSelectionDialog. a string containing the title text for the dialog. Retrieves the #GtkColorSelection widget embedded in the dialog. the embedded #GtkColorSelection a #GtkColorSelectionDialog A GtkComboBox is a widget that allows the user to choose from a list of valid choices. The GtkComboBox displays the selected choice. When activated, the GtkComboBox displays a popup which allows the user to make a new choice. The style in which the selected value is displayed, and the style of the popup is determined by the current theme. It may be similar to a Windows-style combo box. The GtkComboBox uses the model-view pattern; the list of valid choices is specified in the form of a tree model, and the display of the choices can be adapted to the data in the model by using cell renderers, as you would in a tree view. This is possible since GtkComboBox implements the #GtkCellLayout interface. The tree model holding the valid choices is not restricted to a flat list, it can be a real tree, and the popup will reflect the tree structure. To allow the user to enter values not in the model, the 'has-entry' property allows the GtkComboBox to contain a #GtkEntry. This entry can be accessed by calling gtk_bin_get_child() on the combo box. For a simple list of textual choices, the model-view API of GtkComboBox can be a bit overwhelming. In this case, #GtkComboBoxText offers a simple alternative. Both GtkComboBox and #GtkComboBoxText can contain an entry. Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox. A new #GtkComboBox. Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox using @area to layout cells. A new #GtkComboBox. the #GtkCellArea to use to layout cell renderers Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry. The new combo box will use @area to layout cells. A new #GtkComboBox. the #GtkCellArea to use to layout cell renderers Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry. A new #GtkComboBox. Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model. A new #GtkComboBox. A #GtkTreeModel. Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry and with the model initialized to @model. A new #GtkComboBox A #GtkTreeModel Returns the index of the currently active item, or -1 if there's no active item. If the model is a non-flat treemodel, and the active item is not an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function returns <literal>gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]</literal>, where <literal>path</literal> is the #GtkTreePath of the active item. An integer which is the index of the currently active item, or -1 if there's no active item. A #GtkComboBox Returns the ID of the active row of @combo_box. This value is taken from the active row and the column specified by the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box (see gtk_combo_box_set_id_column()). The returned value is an interned string which means that you can compare the pointer by value to other interned strings and that you must not free it. If the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box is not set, or if no row is active, or if the active row has a %NULL ID value, then %NULL is returned. the ID of the active row, or %NULL a #GtkComboBox Sets @iter to point to the current active item, if it exists. %TRUE, if @iter was set A #GtkComboBox The uninitialized #GtkTreeIter Gets the current value of the :add-tearoffs property. the current value of the :add-tearoffs property. a #GtkComboBox Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button sensitive or not when there are no items in the model. %GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON if the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty, %GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF if the button is always insensitive or %GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO if it is only sensitive as long as the model has one item to be selected. a #GtkComboBox Returns the column with column span information for @combo_box. the column span column. A #GtkComboBox Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings from to display in the internal entry. A column in the data source model of @combo_box. A #GtkComboBox. Returns whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. See gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click(). %TRUE if the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. a #GtkComboBox Returns whether the combo box has an entry. whether there is an entry in @combo_box. a #GtkComboBox Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs for values from. A column in the data source model of @combo_box. A #GtkComboBox Returns the #GtkTreeModel which is acting as data source for @combo_box. A #GtkTreeModel which was passed during construction. A #GtkComboBox Gets the accessible object corresponding to the combo box's popup. This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; applications should have little use for it. the accessible object corresponding to the combo box's popup. a #GtkComboBox Gets whether the popup uses a fixed width matching the allocated width of the combo box. %TRUE if the popup uses a fixed width a #GtkComboBox Returns the current row separator function. the current row separator function. a #GtkComboBox Returns the column with row span information for @combo_box. the row span column. A #GtkComboBox Gets the current title of the menu in tearoff mode. See gtk_combo_box_set_add_tearoffs(). the menu's title in tearoff mode. This is an internal copy of the string which must not be freed. a #GtkComboBox Returns the wrap width which is used to determine the number of columns for the popup menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, the combo box is in table mode. the wrap width. A #GtkComboBox Hides the menu or dropdown list of @combo_box. This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; applications should have little use for it. a #GtkComboBox Pops up the menu or dropdown list of @combo_box. This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; applications should have little use for it. a #GtkComboBox Pops up the menu or dropdown list of @combo_box, the popup window will be grabbed so only @device and its associated pointer/keyboard are the only #GdkDevice<!-- -->s able to send events to it. a #GtkComboBox a #GdkDevice Sets the active item of @combo_box to be the item at @index. A #GtkComboBox An index in the model passed during construction, or -1 to have no active item Changes the active row of @combo_box to the one that has an ID equal to @active_id, or unsets the active row if @active_id is %NULL. Rows having a %NULL ID string cannot be made active by this function. If the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box is unset or if no row has the given ID then the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. %TRUE if a row with a matching ID was found. If a %NULL @active_id was given to unset the active row, the function always returns %TRUE. a #GtkComboBox the ID of the row to select, or %NULL Sets the current active item to be the one referenced by @iter, or unsets the active item if @iter is %NULL. A #GtkComboBox The #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Sets whether the popup menu should have a tearoff menu item. a #GtkComboBox %TRUE to add tearoff menu items Sets whether the dropdown button of the combo box should be always sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON), never sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF) or only if there is at least one item to display (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO). a #GtkComboBox specify the sensitivity of the dropdown button Sets the column with column span information for @combo_box to be @column_span. The column span column contains integers which indicate how many columns an item should span. A #GtkComboBox A column in the model passed during construction Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get strings from to be @text_column. The column @text_column in the model of @combo_box must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING. This is only relevant if @combo_box has been created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry as %TRUE. A #GtkComboBox A column in @model to get the strings from for the internal entry Sets whether the combo box will grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where you don't want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the application. a #GtkComboBox whether the combo box grabs focus when clicked with the mouse Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get string IDs for values from. The column @id_column in the model of @combo_box must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING. A #GtkComboBox A column in @model to get string IDs for values from Sets the model used by @combo_box to be @model. Will unset a previously set model (if applicable). If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model. Note that this function does not clear the cell renderers, you have to call gtk_cell_layout_clear() yourself if you need to set up different cell renderers for the new model. A #GtkComboBox A #GtkTreeModel Specifies whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated width of the combo box. a #GtkComboBox whether to use a fixed popup width Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value. a #GtkComboBox a #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc user data to pass to @func, or %NULL destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL Sets the column with row span information for @combo_box to be @row_span. The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows an item should span. A #GtkComboBox. A column in the model passed during construction. Sets the menu's title in tearoff mode. a #GtkComboBox a title for the menu in tearoff mode Sets the wrap width of @combo_box to be @width. The wrap width is basically the preferred number of columns when you want the popup to be layed out in a table. A #GtkComboBox Preferred number of columns The item which is currently active. If the model is a non-flat treemodel, and the active item is not an immediate child of the root of the tree, this property has the value <literal>gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]</literal>, where <literal>path</literal> is the #GtkTreePath of the active item. The value of the ID column of the active row. The add-tearoffs property controls whether generated menus have tearoff menu items. Note that this only affects menu style combo boxes. Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty. The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers for this combo box. If no area is specified when creating the combo box with gtk_combo_box_new_with_area() a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. If this is set to a non-negative value, it must be the index of a column of type %G_TYPE_INT in the model. The values of that column are used to determine how many columns a value in the list will span. The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE. Whether the combo box has an entry. The has-frame property controls whether a frame is drawn around the entry. The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the values in the model, if != -1. The model from which the combo box takes the values shown in the list. Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated width of the combo box. Whether the combo boxes dropdown is popped up. Note that this property is mainly useful, because it allows you to connect to notify::popup-shown. If this is set to a non-negative value, it must be the index of a column of type %G_TYPE_INT in the model. The values of that column are used to determine how many rows a value in the list will span. Therefore, the values in the model column pointed to by this property must be greater than zero and not larger than wrap-width. A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-off. If wrap-width is set to a positive value, the list will be displayed in multiple columns, the number of columns is determined by wrap-width. The changed signal is emitted when the active item is changed. The can be due to the user selecting a different item from the list, or due to a call to gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter(). It will also be emitted while typing into the entry of a combo box with an entry. For combo boxes that are created with an entry (See GtkComboBox:has-entry). A signal which allows you to change how the text displayed in a combo box's entry is displayed. Connect a signal handler which returns an allocated string representing @path. That string will then be used to set the text in the combo box's entry. The default signal handler uses the text from the GtkComboBox::entry-text-column model column. Here's an example signal handler which fetches data from the model and displays it in the entry. |[ static gchar* format_entry_text_callback (GtkComboBox *combo, const gchar *path, gpointer user_data) { GtkTreeIter iter; GtkTreeModel model; gdouble value; model = gtk_combo_box_get_model (combo); gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (model, &iter, path); gtk_tree_model_get (model, &iter, THE_DOUBLE_VALUE_COLUMN, &value, -1); return g_strdup_printf ("&percnt;g", value); } ]| a newly allocated string representing @path for the current GtkComboBox model. the GtkTreePath string from the combo box's current model to format text for The ::move-active signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to move the active selection. a #GtkScrollType The ::popdown signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to popdown the combo box list. The default bindings for this signal are Alt+Up and Escape. The ::popup signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to popup the combo box list. The default binding for this signal is Alt+Down. A GtkComboBoxText is a simple variant of #GtkComboBox that hides the model-view complexity for simple text-only use cases. To create a GtkComboBoxText, use gtk_combo_box_text_new() or gtk_combo_box_text_new_with_entry(). You can add items to a GtkComboBoxText with gtk_combo_box_text_append_text(), gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() or gtk_combo_box_text_prepend_text() and remove options with gtk_combo_box_text_remove(). If the GtkComboBoxText contains an entry (via the 'has-entry' property), its contents can be retrieved using gtk_combo_box_text_get_active_text(). The entry itself can be accessed by calling gtk_bin_get_child() on the combo box. You should not call gtk_combo_box_set_model() or attempt to pack more cells into this combo box via its GtkCellLayout interface. <refsect2 id="GtkComboBoxText-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkComboBoxText as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkComboBoxText implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports adding items directly using the &lt;items&gt; element and specifying &lt;item&gt; elements for each item. Each &lt;item&gt; element supports the regular translation attributes "translatable", "context" and "comments". <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying GtkComboBoxText items</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkComboBoxText"> <items> <item translatable="yes">Factory</item> <item translatable="yes">Home</item> <item translatable="yes">Subway</item> </items> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying strings. A new #GtkComboBoxText Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry. a new #GtkComboBoxText Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box. If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row. This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a position of -1. A #GtkComboBoxText a string ID for this value, or %NULL A string Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box. This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a position of -1. A #GtkComboBoxText A string Returns the currently active string in @combo_box, or %NULL if none is selected. If @combo_box contains an entry, this function will return its contents (which will not necessarily be an item from the list). a newly allocated string containing the currently active text. Must be freed with g_free(). A #GtkComboBoxText Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box. If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row. See #GtkComboBox:id-column. If @position is negative then @text is appended. A #GtkComboBoxText An index to insert @text a string ID for this value, or %NULL A string to display Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box. If @position is negative then @text is appended. This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a %NULL ID string. A #GtkComboBoxText An index to insert @text A string Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box. If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row. This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a position of 0. A #GtkComboBox a string ID for this value, or %NULL a string Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box. This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a position of 0. A #GtkComboBox A string Removes the string at @position from @combo_box. A #GtkComboBox Index of the item to remove Removes all the text entries from the combo box. A #GtkComboBoxText A GTK+ user interface is constructed by nesting widgets inside widgets. Container widgets are the inner nodes in the resulting tree of widgets: they contain other widgets. So, for example, you might have a #GtkWindow containing a #GtkFrame containing a #GtkLabel. If you wanted an image instead of a textual label inside the frame, you might replace the #GtkLabel widget with a #GtkImage widget. There are two major kinds of container widgets in GTK+. Both are subclasses of the abstract GtkContainer base class. The first type of container widget has a single child widget and derives from #GtkBin. These containers are <emphasis>decorators</emphasis>, which add some kind of functionality to the child. For example, a #GtkButton makes its child into a clickable button; a #GtkFrame draws a frame around its child and a #GtkWindow places its child widget inside a top-level window. The second type of container can have more than one child; its purpose is to manage <emphasis>layout</emphasis>. This means that these containers assign sizes and positions to their children. For example, a #GtkHBox arranges its children in a horizontal row, and a #GtkGrid arranges the widgets it contains in a two-dimensional grid. <refsect2 id="container-geometry-management"> <title>Height for width geometry management</title> <para> GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). There are some things to keep in mind when implementing container widgets that make use of GTK+'s height for width geometry management system. First, it's important to note that a container must prioritize one of its dimensions, that is to say that a widget or container can only have a #GtkSizeRequestMode that is %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH or %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT. However, every widget and container must be able to respond to the APIs for both dimensions, i.e. even if a widget has a request mode that is height-for-width, it is possible that its parent will request its sizes using the width-for-height APIs. To ensure that everything works properly, here are some guidelines to follow when implementing height-for-width (or width-for-height) containers. Each request mode involves 2 virtual methods. Height-for-width apis run through gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() and then through gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(). When handling requests in the opposite #GtkSizeRequestMode it is important that every widget request at least enough space to display all of its content at all times. When gtk_widget_get_preferred_height() is called on a container that is height-for-width, the container must return the height for its minimum width. This is easily achieved by simply calling the reverse apis implemented for itself as follows: <programlisting><![CDATA[ static void foo_container_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height) { if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode) { gint min_width; GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL); GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width, min_height, nat_height); } else { ... many containers support both request modes, execute the real width-for-height request here by returning the collective heights of all widgets that are stacked vertically (or whatever is appropriate for this container) ... } } ]]></programlisting> Similarly, when gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height() is called for a container or widget that is height-for-width, it then only needs to return the base minimum width like so: <programlisting><![CDATA[ static void foo_container_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height, gint *min_width, gint *nat_width) { if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode) { GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width); } else { ... execute the real width-for-height request here based on the required width of the children collectively if the container were to be allocated the said height ... } } ]]></programlisting> Height for width requests are generally implemented in terms of a virtual allocation of widgets in the input orientation. Assuming an height-for-width request mode, a container would implement the <function>get_preferred_height_for_width()</function> virtual function by first calling gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() for each of its children. For each potential group of children that are lined up horizontally, the values returned by gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() should be collected in an array of #GtkRequestedSize structures. Any child spacing should be removed from the input @for_width and then the collective size should be allocated using the gtk_distribute_natural_allocation() convenience function. The container will then move on to request the preferred height for each child by using gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width() and using the sizes stored in the #GtkRequestedSize array. To allocate a height-for-width container, it's again important to consider that a container must prioritize one dimension over the other. So if a container is a height-for-width container it must first allocate all widgets horizontally using a #GtkRequestedSize array and gtk_distribute_natural_allocation() and then add any extra space (if and where appropriate) for the widget to expand. After adding all the expand space, the container assumes it was allocated sufficient height to fit all of its content. At this time, the container must use the total horizontal sizes of each widget to request the height-for-width of each of its children and store the requests in a #GtkRequestedSize array for any widgets that stack vertically (for tabular containers this can be generalized into the heights and widths of rows and columns). The vertical space must then again be distributed using gtk_distribute_natural_allocation() while this time considering the allocated height of the widget minus any vertical spacing that the container adds. Then vertical expand space should be added where appropriate and available and the container should go on to actually allocating the child widgets. See <link linkend="geometry-management">GtkWidget's geometry management section</link> to learn more about implementing height-for-width geometry management for widgets. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="child-properties"> <title>Child properties</title> <para> GtkContainer introduces <emphasis>child properties</emphasis>. These are object properties that are not specific to either the container or the contained widget, but rather to their relation. Typical examples of child properties are the position or pack-type of a widget which is contained in a #GtkBox. Use gtk_container_class_install_child_property() to install child properties for a container class and gtk_container_class_find_child_property() or gtk_container_class_list_child_properties() to get information about existing child properties. To set the value of a child property, use gtk_container_child_set_property(), gtk_container_child_set() or gtk_container_child_set_valist(). To obtain the value of a child property, use gtk_container_child_get_property(), gtk_container_child_get() or gtk_container_child_get_valist(). To emit notification about child property changes, use gtk_widget_child_notify(). </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="GtkContainer-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkContainer as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkContainer implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a &lt;packing&gt; element for children, which can contain multiple &lt;property&gt; elements that specify child properties for the child. <example> <title>Child properties in UI definitions</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkVBox"> <child> <object class="GtkLabel"/> <packing> <property name="pack-type">start</property> </packing> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> Since 2.16, child properties can also be marked as translatable using the same "translatable", "comments" and "context" attributes that are used for regular properties. </para> </refsect2> Adds @widget to @container. Typically used for simple containers such as #GtkWindow, #GtkFrame, or #GtkButton; for more complicated layout containers such as #GtkBox or #GtkGrid, this function will pick default packing parameters that may not be correct. So consider functions such as gtk_box_pack_start() and gtk_grid_attach() as an alternative to gtk_container_add() in those cases. A widget may be added to only one container at a time; you can't place the same widget inside two different containers. a widget to be placed inside @container Returns the type of the children supported by the container. Note that this may return %G_TYPE_NONE to indicate that no more children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two children. a #GType. Invokes @callback on each child of @container, including children that are considered "internal" (implementation details of the container). "Internal" children generally weren't added by the user of the container, but were added by the container implementation itself. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall(). a callback callback user data Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy from the toplevel down to and including @child. A newly created #GtkWidgetPath a child of @container Removes @widget from @container. @widget must be inside @container. Note that @container will own a reference to @widget, and that this may be the last reference held; so removing a widget from its container can destroy that widget. If you want to use @widget again, you need to add a reference to it while it's not inside a container, using g_object_ref(). If you don't want to use @widget again it's usually more efficient to simply destroy it directly using gtk_widget_destroy() since this will remove it from the container and help break any circular reference count cycles. a current child of @container Sets, or unsets if @child is %NULL, the focused child of @container. This function emits the GtkContainer::set_focus_child signal of @container. Implementations of #GtkContainer can override the default behaviour by overriding the class closure of this signal. This is function is mostly meant to be used by widgets. Applications can use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manualy set the focus to a specific widget. a #GtkWidget, or %NULL Adds @widget to @container. Typically used for simple containers such as #GtkWindow, #GtkFrame, or #GtkButton; for more complicated layout containers such as #GtkBox or #GtkGrid, this function will pick default packing parameters that may not be correct. So consider functions such as gtk_box_pack_start() and gtk_grid_attach() as an alternative to gtk_container_add() in those cases. A widget may be added to only one container at a time; you can't place the same widget inside two different containers. a #GtkContainer a widget to be placed inside @container Adds @widget to @container, setting child properties at the same time. See gtk_container_add() and gtk_container_child_set() for more details. a #GtkContainer a widget to be placed inside @container the name of the first child property to set Gets the values of one or more child properties for @child and @container. a #GtkContainer a widget which is a child of @container the name of the first property to get Gets the value of a child property for @child and @container. a #GtkContainer a widget which is a child of @container the name of the property to get a location to return the value Gets the values of one or more child properties for @child and @container. a #GtkContainer a widget which is a child of @container the name of the first property to get return location for the first property, followed optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property on widget. This is an analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties. Also see gtk_widget_child_notify(). the #GtkContainer the child widget the name of a child property installed on the class of @container Sets one or more child properties for @child and @container. a #GtkContainer a widget which is a child of @container the name of the first property to set Sets a child property for @child and @container. a #GtkContainer a widget which is a child of @container the name of the property to set the value to set the property to Sets one or more child properties for @child and @container. a #GtkContainer a widget which is a child of @container the name of the first property to set a %NULL-terminated list of property names and values, starting with @first_prop_name Returns the type of the children supported by the container. Note that this may return %G_TYPE_NONE to indicate that no more children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two children. a #GType. a #GtkContainer Invokes @callback on each child of @container, including children that are considered "internal" (implementation details of the container). "Internal" children generally weren't added by the user of the container, but were added by the container implementation itself. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall(). a #GtkContainer a callback callback user data Invokes @callback on each non-internal child of @container. See gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall(). a #GtkContainer a callback callback user data Retrieves the border width of the container. See gtk_container_set_border_width(). the current border width a #GtkContainer Returns the container's non-internal children. See gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child. a newly-allocated list of the container's non-internal children. a #GtkContainer Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been set explicitly. If no focus chain has been explicitly set, GTK+ computes the focus chain based on the positions of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores %NULL in @focusable_widgets and returns %FALSE. %TRUE if the focus chain of the container has been set explicitly. a #GtkContainer location to store the focus chain of the container, or %NULL. You should free this list using g_list_free() when you are done with it, however no additional reference count is added to the individual widgets in the focus chain. Returns the current focus child widget inside @container. This is not the currently focused widget. That can be obtained by calling gtk_window_get_focus(). The child widget which will receive the focus inside @container when the @conatiner is focussed, or %NULL if none is set. a #GtkContainer Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment (). the horizontal focus adjustment, or %NULL if none has been set. a #GtkContainer Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment(). the vertical focus adjustment, or %NULL if none has been set. a #GtkContainer Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy from the toplevel down to and including @child. A newly created #GtkWidgetPath a #GtkContainer a child of @container Returns the resize mode for the container. See gtk_container_set_resize_mode (). the current resize mode a #GtkContainer When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send synthetic #GtkWidget::draw calls to all children that don't have their own #GdkWindows. This function provides a convenient way of doing this. A container, when it receives a call to its #GtkWidget::draw function, calls gtk_container_propagate_draw() once for each child, passing in the @cr the container received. gtk_container_propagate_draw() takes care of translating the origin of @cr, and deciding whether the draw needs to be sent to the child. It is a convenient and optimized way of getting the same effect as calling gtk_widget_draw() on the child directly. In most cases, a container can simply either inherit the #GtkWidget::draw implementation from #GtkContainer, or do some drawing and then chain to the ::draw implementation from #GtkContainer. a #GtkContainer a child of @container Cairo context as passed to the container. If you want to use @cr in container's draw function, consider using cairo_save() and cairo_restore() before calling this function. Removes @widget from @container. @widget must be inside @container. Note that @container will own a reference to @widget, and that this may be the last reference held; so removing a widget from its container can destroy that widget. If you want to use @widget again, you need to add a reference to it while it's not inside a container, using g_object_ref(). If you don't want to use @widget again it's usually more efficient to simply destroy it directly using gtk_widget_destroy() since this will remove it from the container and help break any circular reference count cycles. a #GtkContainer a current child of @container Sets the border width of the container. The border width of a container is the amount of space to leave around the outside of the container. The only exception to this is #GtkWindow; because toplevel windows can't leave space outside, they leave the space inside. The border is added on all sides of the container. To add space to only one side, one approach is to create a #GtkAlignment widget, call gtk_widget_set_size_request() to give it a size, and place it on the side of the container as a spacer. a #GtkContainer amount of blank space to leave <emphasis>outside</emphasis> the container. Valid values are in the range 0-65535 pixels. Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+. In principle each widget in the chain should be a descendant of the container, but this is not enforced by this method, since it's allowed to set the focus chain before you pack the widgets, or have a widget in the chain that isn't always packed. The necessary checks are done when the focus chain is actually traversed. a #GtkContainer the new focus chain Sets, or unsets if @child is %NULL, the focused child of @container. This function emits the GtkContainer::set_focus_child signal of @container. Implementations of #GtkContainer can override the default behaviour by overriding the class closure of this signal. This is function is mostly meant to be used by widgets. Applications can use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manualy set the focus to a specific widget. a #GtkContainer a #GtkWidget, or %NULL Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. This function sets the horizontal alignment. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment() for setting the vertical adjustment. The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the container. a #GtkContainer an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is moved among the descendents of @container Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. This function sets the vertical alignment. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment() for setting the horizontal adjustment. The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the container. a #GtkContainer an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is moved among the descendents of @container Sets the @reallocate_redraws flag of the container to the given value. Containers requesting reallocation redraws get automatically redrawn if any of their children changed allocation. a #GtkContainer the new value for the container's @reallocate_redraws flag Sets the resize mode for the container. The resize mode of a container determines whether a resize request will be passed to the container's parent, queued for later execution or executed immediately. a #GtkContainer the new resize mode Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain(). a #GtkContainer a widget to be placed inside @container a current child of @container a callback callback user data a #GtkWidget, or %NULL a #GType. A newly created #GtkWidgetPath a child of @container Finds a child property of a container class by name. the #GParamSpec of the child property or %NULL if @class has no child property with that name. a #GtkContainerClass the name of the child property to find Modifies a subclass of #GtkContainerClass to automatically add and remove the border-width setting on GtkContainer. This allows the subclass to ignore the border width in its size request and allocate methods. The intent is for a subclass to invoke this in its class_init function. gtk_container_class_handle_border_width() is necessary because it would break API too badly to make this behavior the default. So subclasses must "opt in" to the parent class handling border_width for them. the class struct of a #GtkContainer subclass Installs a child property on a container class. a #GtkContainerClass the id for the property the #GParamSpec for the property Returns all child properties of a container class. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be freed with g_free(). a #GtkContainerClass location to return the number of child properties found Specifies which corner a child widget should be placed in when packed into a #GtkScrolledWindow. This is effectively the opposite of where the scroll bars are placed. Place the scrollbars on the right and bottom of the widget (default behaviour). Place the scrollbars on the top and right of the widget. Place the scrollbars on the left and bottom of the widget. Place the scrollbars on the top and left of the widget. GtkCssProvider is an object implementing the #GtkStyleProvider interface. It is able to parse <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2">CSS</ulink>-like input in order to style widgets. <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-files"> <title>Default files</title> <para> An application can cause GTK+ to parse a specific CSS style sheet by calling gtk_css_provider_load_from_file() and adding the provider with gtk_style_context_add_provider() or gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen(). In addition, certain files will be read when GTK+ is initialized. First, the file <filename><envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar>/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</filename> is loaded if it exists. Then, GTK+ tries to load <filename><envar>$HOME</envar>/.themes/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</filename>, falling back to <filename><replaceable>datadir</replaceable>/share/themes/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</filename>, where <replaceable>theme-name</replaceable> is the name of the current theme (see the #GtkSettings:gtk-theme-name setting) and <replaceable>datadir</replaceable> is the prefix configured when GTK+ was compiled, unless overridden by the <envar>GTK_DATA_PREFIX</envar> environment variable. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-stylesheets"> <title>Style sheets</title> <para> The basic structure of the style sheets understood by this provider is a series of statements, which are either rule sets or '@-rules', separated by whitespace. </para> <para> A rule set consists of a selector and a declaration block, which is a series of declarations enclosed in curly braces ({ and }). The declarations are separated by semicolons (;). Multiple selectors can share the same declaration block, by putting all the separators in front of the block, separated by commas. </para> <example><title>A rule set with two selectors</title> <programlisting language="text"> GtkButton, GtkEntry { color: &num;ff00ea; font: Comic Sans 12 } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-selectors"> <title>Selectors</title> <para> Selectors work very similar to the way they do in CSS, with widget class names taking the role of element names, and widget names taking the role of IDs. When used in a selector, widget names must be prefixed with a '&num;' character. The '*' character represents the so-called universal selector, which matches any widget. </para> <para> To express more complicated situations, selectors can be combined in various ways: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para>To require that a widget satisfies several conditions, combine several selectors into one by concatenating them. E.g. <literal>GtkButton&num;button1</literal> matches a GtkButton widget with the name button1.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>To only match a widget when it occurs inside some other widget, write the two selectors after each other, separated by whitespace. E.g. <literal>GtkToolBar GtkButton</literal> matches GtkButton widgets that occur inside a GtkToolBar.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>In the previous example, the GtkButton is matched even if it occurs deeply nested inside the toolbar. To restrict the match to direct children of the parent widget, insert a '>' character between the two selectors. E.g. <literal>GtkNotebook > GtkLabel</literal> matches GtkLabel widgets that are direct children of a GtkNotebook.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </para> <example> <title>Widget classes and names in selectors</title> <programlisting language="text"> /&ast; Theme labels that are descendants of a window &ast;/ GtkWindow GtkLabel { background-color: &num;898989 } /&ast; Theme notebooks, and anything that's within these &ast;/ GtkNotebook { background-color: &num;a939f0 } /&ast; Theme combo boxes, and entries that are direct children of a notebook &ast;/ GtkComboBox, GtkNotebook > GtkEntry { color: @fg_color; background-color: &num;1209a2 } /&ast; Theme any widget within a GtkBin &ast;/ GtkBin * { font: Sans 20 } /&ast; Theme a label named title-label &ast;/ GtkLabel&num;title-label { font: Sans 15 } /&ast; Theme any widget named main-entry &ast;/ &num;main-entry { background-color: &num;f0a810 } </programlisting> </example> <para> Widgets may also define style classes, which can be used for matching. When used in a selector, style classes must be prefixed with a '.' character. </para> <para> Refer to the documentation of individual widgets to learn which style classes they define and see <xref linkend="gtkstylecontext-classes"/> for a list of all style classes used by GTK+ widgets. </para> <para> Note that there is some ambiguity in the selector syntax when it comes to differentiation widget class names from regions. GTK+ currently treats a string as a widget class name if it contains any uppercase characters (which should work for more widgets with names like GtkLabel). </para> <example> <title>Style classes in selectors</title> <programlisting language="text"> /&ast; Theme all widgets defining the class entry &ast;/ .entry { color: &num;39f1f9; } /&ast; Theme spinbuttons' entry &ast;/ GtkSpinButton.entry { color: &num;900185 } </programlisting> </example> <para> In complicated widgets like e.g. a GtkNotebook, it may be desirable to style different parts of the widget differently. To make this possible, container widgets may define regions, whose names may be used for matching in selectors. </para> <para> Some containers allow to further differentiate between regions by applying so-called pseudo-classes to the region. For example, the tab region in GtkNotebook allows to single out the first or last tab by using the :first-child or :last-child pseudo-class. When used in selectors, pseudo-classes must be prefixed with a ':' character. </para> <para> Refer to the documentation of individual widgets to learn which regions and pseudo-classes they define and see <xref linkend="gtkstylecontext-classes"/> for a list of all regions used by GTK+ widgets. </para> <example> <title>Regions in selectors</title> <programlisting language="text"> /&ast; Theme any label within a notebook &ast;/ GtkNotebook GtkLabel { color: &num;f90192; } /&ast; Theme labels within notebook tabs &ast;/ GtkNotebook tab GtkLabel { color: &num;703910; } /&ast; Theme labels in the any first notebook tab, both selectors are equivalent &ast;/ GtkNotebook tab:nth-child(first) GtkLabel, GtkNotebook tab:first-child GtkLabel { color: &num;89d012; } </programlisting> </example> <para> Another use of pseudo-classes is to match widgets depending on their state. This is conceptually similar to the :hover, :active or :focus pseudo-classes in CSS. The available pseudo-classes for widget states are :active, :prelight (or :hover), :insensitive, :selected, :focused and :inconsistent. </para> <example> <title>Styling specific widget states</title> <programlisting language="text"> /&ast; Theme active (pressed) buttons &ast;/ GtkButton:active { background-color: &num;0274d9; } /&ast; Theme buttons with the mouse pointer on it, both are equivalent &ast;/ GtkButton:hover, GtkButton:prelight { background-color: &num;3085a9; } /&ast; Theme insensitive widgets, both are equivalent &ast;/ :insensitive, *:insensitive { background-color: &num;320a91; } /&ast; Theme selection colors in entries &ast;/ GtkEntry:selected { background-color: &num;56f9a0; } /&ast; Theme focused labels &ast;/ GtkLabel:focused { background-color: &num;b4940f; } /&ast; Theme inconsistent checkbuttons &ast;/ GtkCheckButton:inconsistent { background-color: &num;20395a; } </programlisting> </example> <para> Widget state pseudoclasses may only apply to the last element in a selector. </para> <para> To determine the effective style for a widget, all the matching rule sets are merged. As in CSS, rules apply by specificity, so the rules whose selectors more closely match a widget path will take precedence over the others. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-rules"> <title>&commat; Rules</title> <para> GTK+'s CSS supports the &commat;import rule, in order to load another CSS style sheet in addition to the currently parsed one. </para> <example> <title>Using the &commat;import rule</title> <programlisting language="text"> &commat;import url ("path/to/common.css"); </programlisting> </example> <para id="css-binding-set"> In order to extend key bindings affecting different widgets, GTK+ supports the &commat;binding-set rule to parse a set of bind/unbind directives, see #GtkBindingSet for the supported syntax. Note that the binding sets defined in this way must be associated with rule sets by setting the gtk-key-bindings style property. </para> <para> Customized key bindings are typically defined in a separate <filename>gtk-keys.css</filename> CSS file and GTK+ loads this file according to the current key theme, which is defined by the #GtkSettings:gtk-key-theme-name setting. </para> <example> <title>Using the &commat;binding rule</title> <programlisting language="text"> &commat;binding-set binding-set1 { bind "&lt;alt&gt;Left" { "move-cursor" (visual-positions, -3, 0) }; unbind "End"; }; &commat;binding-set binding-set2 { bind "&lt;alt&gt;Right" { "move-cursor" (visual-positions, 3, 0) }; bind "&lt;alt&gt;KP_space" { "delete-from-cursor" (whitespace, 1) "insert-at-cursor" (" ") }; }; GtkEntry { gtk-key-bindings: binding-set1, binding-set2; } </programlisting> </example> <para> GTK+ also supports an additional &commat;define-color rule, in order to define a color name which may be used instead of color numeric representations. Also see the #GtkSettings:gtk-color-scheme setting for a way to override the values of these named colors. </para> <example> <title>Defining colors</title> <programlisting language="text"> &commat;define-color bg_color &num;f9a039; &ast; { background-color: &commat;bg_color; } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-symbolic-colors"> <title>Symbolic colors</title> <para> Besides being able to define color names, the CSS parser is also able to read different color expressions, which can also be nested, providing a rich language to define colors which are derived from a set of base colors. </para> <example> <title>Using symbolic colors</title> <programlisting language="text"> &commat;define-color entry-color shade (&commat;bg_color, 0.7); GtkEntry { background-color: @entry-color; } GtkEntry:focused { background-color: mix (&commat;entry-color, shade (&num;fff, 0.5), 0.8); } </programlisting> </example> <para> The various ways to express colors in GTK+ CSS are: </para> <informaltable> <tgroup cols="3"> <thead> <row> <entry>Syntax</entry> <entry>Explanation</entry> <entry>Examples</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>rgb(@r, @g, @b)</entry> <entry>An opaque color; @r, @g, @b can be either integers between 0 and 255 or percentages</entry> <entry><literallayout>rgb(128, 10, 54) rgb(20%, 30%, 0%)</literallayout></entry> </row> <row> <entry>rgba(@r, @g, @b, @a)</entry> <entry>A translucent color; @r, @g, @b are as in the previous row, @a is a floating point number between 0 and 1</entry> <entry><literallayout>rgba(255, 255, 0, 0.5)</literallayout></entry> </row> <row> <entry>&num;@xxyyzz</entry> <entry>An opaque color; @xx, @yy, @zz are hexadecimal numbers specifying @r, @g, @b variants with between 1 and 4 hexadecimal digits per component are allowed</entry> <entry><literallayout>&num;ff12ab &num;f0c</literallayout></entry> </row> <row> <entry>&commat;name</entry> <entry>Reference to a color that has been defined with &commat;define-color </entry> <entry>&commat;bg_color</entry> </row> <row> <entry>mix(@color1, @color2, @f)</entry> <entry>A linear combination of @color1 and @color2. @f is a floating point number between 0 and 1.</entry> <entry><literallayout>mix(&num;ff1e0a, &commat;bg_color, 0.8)</literallayout></entry> </row> <row> <entry>shade(@color, @f)</entry> <entry>A lighter or darker variant of @color. @f is a floating point number. </entry> <entry>shade(&commat;fg_color, 0.5)</entry> </row> <row> <entry>lighter(@color)</entry> <entry>A lighter variant of @color</entry> </row> <row> <entry>darker(@color)</entry> <entry>A darker variant of @color</entry> </row> <row> <entry>alpha(@color, @f)</entry> <entry>Modifies passed color's alpha by a factor @f. @f is a floating point number. @f < 1.0 results in a more transparent color while @f > 1.0 results in a more opaque color. </entry> <entry>alhpa(blue, 0.5)</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-gradients"> <title>Gradients</title> <para> Linear or radial Gradients can be used as background images. </para> <para> A linear gradient along the line from (@start_x, @start_y) to (@end_x, @end_y) is specified using the syntax <literallayout>-gtk-gradient (linear, @start_x @start_y, @end_x @end_y, color-stop (@position, @color), ...)</literallayout> where @start_x and @end_x can be either a floating point number between 0 and 1 or one of the special values 'left', 'right' or 'center', @start_y and @end_y can be either a floating point number between 0 and 1 or one of the special values 'top', 'bottom' or 'center', @position is a floating point number between 0 and 1 and @color is a color expression (see above). The color-stop can be repeated multiple times to add more than one color stop. 'from (@color)' and 'to (@color)' can be used as abbreviations for color stops with position 0 and 1, respectively. </para> <example> <title>A linear gradient</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="gradient1.png" format="PNG"/> <para>This gradient was specified with <literallayout>-gtk-gradient (linear, left top, right bottom, from(&commat;yellow), to(&commat;blue))</literallayout></para> </example> <example> <title>Another linear gradient</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="gradient2.png" format="PNG"/> <para>This gradient was specified with <literallayout>-gtk-gradient (linear, 0 0, 0 1, color-stop(0, &commat;yellow), color-stop(0.2, &commat;blue), color-stop(1, &num;0f0))</literallayout></para> </example> <para> A radial gradient along the two circles defined by (@start_x, @start_y, @start_radius) and (@end_x, @end_y, @end_radius) is specified using the syntax <literallayout>-gtk-gradient (radial, @start_x @start_y, @start_radius, @end_x @end_y, @end_radius, color-stop (@position, @color), ...)</literallayout> where @start_radius and @end_radius are floating point numbers and the other parameters are as before. </para> <example> <title>A radial gradient</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="gradient3.png" format="PNG"/> <para>This gradient was specified with <literallayout>-gtk-gradient (radial, center center, 0, center center, 1, from(&commat;yellow), to(&commat;green))</literallayout></para> </example> <example> <title>Another radial gradient</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="gradient4.png" format="PNG"/> <para>This gradient was specified with <literallayout>-gtk-gradient (radial, 0.4 0.4, 0.1, 0.6 0.6, 0.7, color-stop (0, &num;f00), color-stop (0.1, &num;a0f), color-stop (0.2, &commat;yellow), color-stop (1, &commat;green))</literallayout></para> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-shadows"> <title>Text shadow</title> <para> A shadow list can be applied to text or symbolic icons, using the CSS3 text-shadow syntax, as defined in <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-text/#text-shadow">the CSS3 specification</ulink>. </para> <para> A text shadow is specified using the syntax <literallayout>text-shadow: @horizontal_offset @vertical_offset [ @blur_radius ] @color</literallayout> The offset of the shadow is specified with the @horizontal_offset and @vertical_offset parameters. The optional blur radius is parsed, but it is currently not rendered by the GTK+ theming engine. </para> <para> To set multiple shadows on an element, you can specify a comma-separated list of shadow elements in the text-shadow property. Shadows are always rendered front-back, i.e. the first shadow specified is on top of the others. Shadows can thus overlay each other, but they can never overlay the text itself, which is always rendered on top of the shadow layer. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Box shadow</title> <para> Themes can apply shadows on framed elements using the CSS3 box-shadow syntax, as defined in <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#the-box-shadow">the CSS3 specification</ulink>. </para> <para> A box shadow is specified using the syntax <literallayout>box-shadow: [ @inset ] @horizontal_offset @vertical_offset [ @blur_radius ] [ @spread ] @color</literallayout> A positive offset will draw a shadow that is offset to the right (down) of the box, a negative offset to the left (top). The optional spread parameter defines an additional distance to expand the shadow shape in all directions, by the specified radius. The optional blur radius parameter is parsed, but it is currently not rendered by the GTK+ theming engine. The inset parameter defines whether the drop shadow should be rendered inside or outside the box canvas. Only inset box-shadows are currently supported by the GTK+ theming engine, non-inset elements are currently ignored. </para> <para> To set multiple box-shadows on an element, you can specify a comma-separated list of shadow elements in the box-shadow property. Shadows are always rendered front-back, i.e. the first shadow specified is on top of the others, so they may overlap other boxes or other shadows. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-border-image"> <title>Border images</title> <para> Images and gradients can also be used in slices for the purpose of creating scalable borders. For more information, see the CSS3 documentation for the border-image property, which can be found <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#border-images">here</ulink>. </para> <inlinegraphic fileref="slices.png" format="PNG"/> <para> The parameters of the slicing process are controlled by four separate properties. Note that you can use the <literallayout>border-image</literallayout> shorthand property to set values for the three properties at the same time. </para> <para> <literallayout>border-image-source: url(@path) (or border-image-source: -gtk-gradient(...))</literallayout>: Specifies the source of the border image, and it can either be an URL or a gradient (see above). </para> <para> <literallayout>border-image-slice: @top @right @bottom @left</literallayout> The sizes specified by the @top, @right, @bottom and @left parameters are the offsets, in pixels, from the relevant edge where the image should be "cut off" to build the slices used for the rendering of the border. </para> <para> <literallayout>border-image-width: @top @right @bottom @left</literallayout> The sizes specified by the @top, @right, @bottom and @left parameters are inward distances from the border box edge, used to specify the rendered size of each slice determined by border-image-slice. If this property is not specified, the values of border-width will be used as a fallback. </para> <para> <literallayout>border-image-repeat: [stretch|repeat|round|space] ? [stretch|repeat|round|space]</literallayout> Specifies how the image slices should be rendered in the area outlined by border-width. The default (stretch) is to resize the slice to fill in the whole allocated area. If the value of this property is 'repeat', the image slice will be tiled to fill the area. If the value of this property is 'round', the image slice will be tiled to fill the area, and scaled to fit it exactly a whole number of times. If the value of this property is 'space', the image slice will be tiled to fill the area, and if it doesn't fit it exactly a whole number of times, the extra space is distributed as padding around the slices. If two options are specified, the first one affects the horizontal behaviour and the second one the vertical behaviour. If only one option is specified, it affects both. </para> <example> <title>A border image</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="border1.png" format="PNG"/> <para>This border image was specified with <literallayout>url("gradient1.png") 10 10 10 10</literallayout> </para> </example> <example> <title>A repeating border image</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="border2.png" format="PNG"/> <para>This border image was specified with <literallayout>url("gradient1.png") 10 10 10 10 repeat</literallayout> </para> </example> <example> <title>A stretched border image</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="border3.png" format="PNG"/> <para>This border image was specified with <literallayout>url("gradient1.png") 10 10 10 10 stretch</literallayout> </para> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-transitions"> <para>Styles can specify transitions that will be used to create a gradual change in the appearance when a widget state changes. The following syntax is used to specify transitions: <literallayout>@duration [s|ms] [linear|ease|ease-in|ease-out|ease-in-out] [loop]?</literallayout> The @duration is the amount of time that the animation will take for a complete cycle from start to end. If the loop option is given, the animation will be repated until the state changes again. The option after the duration determines the transition function from a small set of predefined functions. <figure><title>Linear transition</title> <graphic fileref="linear.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> <figure><title>Ease transition</title> <graphic fileref="ease.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> <figure><title>Ease-in-out transition</title> <graphic fileref="ease-in-out.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> <figure><title>Ease-in transition</title> <graphic fileref="ease-in.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> <figure><title>Ease-out transition</title> <graphic fileref="ease-out.png" format="PNG"/> </figure> </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkcssprovider-properties"> <title>Supported properties</title> <para> Properties are the part that differ the most to common CSS, not all properties are supported (some are planned to be supported eventually, some others are meaningless or don't map intuitively in a widget based environment). </para> <para> The currently supported properties are: </para> <informaltable> <tgroup cols="4"> <thead> <row> <entry>Property name</entry> <entry>Syntax</entry> <entry>Maps to</entry> <entry>Examples</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>engine</entry> <entry>engine-name</entry> <entry>#GtkThemingEngine</entry> <entry>engine: clearlooks; engine: none; /&ast; use the default (i.e. builtin) engine) &ast;/ </entry> </row> <row> <entry>background-color</entry> <entry morerows="2">color (see above)</entry> <entry morerows="7">#GdkRGBA</entry> <entry morerows="7"><literallayout>background-color: &num;fff; color: &amp;color1; background-color: shade (&amp;color1, 0.5); color: mix (&amp;color1, &num;f0f, 0.8);</literallayout> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>color</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-top-color</entry> <entry morerows="4">transparent|color (see above)</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-right-color</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-bottom-color</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-left-color</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-color</entry> <entry>[transparent|color]{1,4}</entry> </row> <row> <entry>font-family</entry> <entry>@family [, @family]*</entry> <entry>#gchararray</entry> <entry>font-family: Sans, Arial;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>font-style</entry> <entry>[normal|oblique|italic]</entry> <entry>#PANGO_TYPE_STYLE</entry> <entry>font-style: italic;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>font-variant</entry> <entry>[normal|small-caps]</entry> <entry>#PANGO_TYPE_VARIANT</entry> <entry>font-variant: normal;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>font-weight</entry> <entry>[normal|bold|bolder|lighter|100|200|300|400|500|600|700|800|900]</entry> <entry>#PANGO_TYPE_WEIGHT</entry> <entry>font-weight: bold;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>font-size</entry> <entry>Font size in point</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>font-size: 13;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>font</entry> <entry>@family [@style] [@size]</entry> <entry>#PangoFontDescription</entry> <entry>font: Sans 15;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>margin-top</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>margin-top: 0;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>margin-left</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>margin-left: 1;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>margin-bottom</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>margin-bottom: 2;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>margin-right</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>margin-right: 4;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>margin</entry> <entry morerows="1"><literallayout>@width @vertical_width @horizontal_width @top_width @horizontal_width @bottom_width @top_width @right_width @bottom_width @left_width</literallayout> </entry> <entry morerows="1">#GtkBorder</entry> <entry morerows="1"><literallayout>margin: 5; margin: 5 10; margin: 5 10 3; margin: 5 10 3 5;</literallayout> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>padding-top</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>padding-top: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>padding-left</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>padding-left: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>padding-bottom</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>padding-bottom: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>padding-right</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>padding-right: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>padding</entry> </row> <row> <entry>background-image</entry> <entry><literallayout>gradient (see above) or url(@path)</literallayout></entry> <entry>#cairo_pattern_t</entry> <entry><literallayout>-gtk-gradient (linear, left top, right top, from (&num;fff), to (&num;000)); -gtk-gradient (linear, 0.0 0.5, 0.5 1.0, from (&num;fff), color-stop (0.5, &num;f00), to (&num;000)); -gtk-gradient (radial, center center, 0.2, center center, 0.8, color-stop (0.0, &num;fff), color-stop (1.0, &num;000)); url ('background.png');</literallayout> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>background-repeat</entry> <entry>[repeat|no-repeat]</entry> <entry>internal</entry> <entry><literallayout>background-repeat: no-repeat;</literallayout> If not specified, the style doesn't respect the CSS3 specification, since the background will be stretched to fill the area. </entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-top-width</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>border-top-width: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-left-width</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>border-left-width: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-bottom-width</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>border-bottom-width: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-right-width</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>border-right-width: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-width</entry> <entry morerows="1">#GtkBorder</entry> <entry morerows="1"><literallayout>border-width: 1; border-width: 1 2; border-width: 1 2 3; border-width: 1 2 3 5;</literallayout> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-radius</entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>#gint</entry> <entry>border-radius: 5;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-style</entry> <entry>[none|solid|inset|outset]</entry> <entry>#GtkBorderStyle</entry> <entry>border-style: solid;</entry> </row> <row> <entry>border-image</entry> <entry><literallayout>border image (see above)</literallayout></entry> <entry>internal use only</entry> <entry><literallayout>border-image: url("/path/to/image.png") 3 4 3 4 stretch; border-image: url("/path/to/image.png") 3 4 4 3 repeat stretch;</literallayout> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>text-shadow</entry> <entry>shadow list (see above)</entry> <entry>internal use only</entry> <entry><literallayout>text-shadow: 1 1 0 blue, -4 -4 red;</literallayout></entry> </row> <row> <entry>transition</entry> <entry>transition (see above)</entry> <entry>internal use only</entry> <entry><literallayout>transition: 150ms ease-in-out; transition: 1s linear loop;</literallayout> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>gtk-key-bindings</entry> <entry>binding set name list</entry> <entry>internal use only</entry> <entry><literallayout>gtk-bindings: binding1, binding2, ...;</literallayout> </entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> <para> GtkThemingEngines can register their own, engine-specific style properties with the function gtk_theming_engine_register_property(). These properties can be set in CSS like other properties, using a name of the form <literallayout>-<replaceable>namespace</replaceable>-<replaceable>name</replaceable></literallayout>, where <replaceable>namespace</replaceable> is typically the name of the theming engine, and <replaceable>name</replaceable> is the name of the property. Style properties that have been registered by widgets using gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() can also be set in this way, using the widget class name for <replaceable>namespace</replaceable>. </para> <example> <title>Using engine-specific style properties</title> <programlisting> * { engine: clearlooks; border-radius: 4; -GtkPaned-handle-size: 6; -clearlooks-colorize-scrollbar: false; } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Returns a newly created #GtkCssProvider. A new #GtkCssProvider Returns the provider containing the style settings used as a fallback for all widgets. The provider used for fallback styling. This memory is owned by GTK+, and you must not free it. Loads a theme from the usual theme paths a #GtkCssProvider with the theme loaded. This memory is owned by GTK+, and you must not free it. A theme name variant to load, for example, "dark", or %NULL for the default Loads @data into @css_provider, making it clear any previously loaded information. %TRUE. The return value is deprecated and %FALSE will only be returned for backwards compatibility reasons if an @error is not %NULL and a loading error occured. To track errors while loading CSS, connect to the GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal. a #GtkCssProvider CSS data loaded in memory the length of @data in bytes, or -1 for NUL terminated strings. If @length is not -1, the code will assume it is not NUL terminated and will potentially do a copy. Loads the data contained in @file into @css_provider, making it clear any previously loaded information. %TRUE. The return value is deprecated and %FALSE will only be returned for backwards compatibility reasons if an @error is not %NULL and a loading error occured. To track errors while loading CSS, connect to the GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal. a #GtkCssProvider #GFile pointing to a file to load Loads the data contained in @path into @css_provider, making it clear any previously loaded information. %TRUE. The return value is deprecated and %FALSE will only be returned for backwards compatibility reasons if an @error is not %NULL and a loading error occured. To track errors while loading CSS, connect to the GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal. a #GtkCssProvider the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding Convertes the @provider into a string representation in CSS format. Using gtk_css_provider_load_from_data() with the return value from this function on a new provider created with gtk_css_provider_new() will basicallu create a duplicate of this @provider. a new string representing the @provider. the provider to write to a string Signals that a parsing error occured. the @path, @line and @position describe the actual location of the error as accurately as possible. Parsing errors are never fatal, so the parsing will resume after the error. Errors may however cause parts of the given data or even all of it to not be parsed at all. So it is a useful idea to check that the parsing succeeds by connecting to this signal. Note that this signal may be emitted at any time as the css provider may opt to defer parsing parts or all of the input to a later time than when a loading function was called. section the error happened in The parsing error Defines a part of a CSS document. Because sections are nested into one another, you can use gtk_css_section_get_parent() to get the containing region. Returns the line in the CSS document where this section end. The line number is 0-indexed, so the first line of the document will return 0. This value may change in future invocations of this function if @section is not yet parsed completely. This will for example happen in the GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal. The end position and line may be identical to the start position and line for sections which failed to parse anything successfully. the line number the section Returns the offset in bytes from the start of the current line returned via gtk_css_section_get_end_line(). This value may change in future invocations of this function if @section is not yet parsed completely. This will for example happen in the GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal. The end position and line may be identical to the start position and line for sections which failed to parse anything successfully. the offset in bytes from the start of the line. the section Gets the file that @section was parsed from. If no such file exists, for example because the CSS was loaded via @gtk_css_provider_load_from_data(), then %NULL is returned. the #GFile that @section was parsed from or %NULL if @section was parsed from other data the section Gets the parent section for the given @section. The parent section is the section that contains this @section. A special case are sections of type #GTK_CSS_SECTION_DOCUMENT. Their parent will either be %NULL if they are the original CSS document that was loaded by gtk_css_provider_load_from_file() or a section of type #GTK_CSS_SECTION_IMPORT if it was loaded with an import rule from a different file. the parent section or %NULL if none the section Gets the type of information that @section describes. the type of @section the section Returns the line in the CSS document where this section starts. The line number is 0-indexed, so the first line of the document will return 0. the line number the section Returns the offset in bytes from the start of the current line returned via gtk_css_section_get_start_line(). the offset in bytes from the start of the line. the section Increments the reference count on @section. @section itself. a #GtkCssSection Decrements the reference count on @section, freeing the structure if the reference count reaches 0. a #GtkCssSection The different types of sections indicate parts of a CSS document as parsed by GTK's CSS parser. They are oriented towards the CSS grammar <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/grammar.html">CSS grammer</ulink>, but may contain extensions. More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates more features. The section describes a complete document. This section time is the only one where gtk_css_section_get_parent() might return %NULL. The section defines an import rule. The section defines a color. This is a GTK extension to CSS. The section defines a binding set. This is a GTK extension to CSS. The section defines a CSS ruleset. The section defines a CSS selector. The section defines the declaration of a CSS variable. The section defines the value of a CSS declaration. The section defines keyframes. See <ulink url="http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-animations/#keyframes">CSS animations</ulink> for details. Since 3.6 The #GtkDestDefaults enumeration specifies the various types of action that will be taken on behalf of the user for a drag destination site. If set for a widget, GTK+, during a drag over this widget will check if the drag matches this widget's list of possible targets and actions. GTK+ will then call gdk_drag_status() as appropriate. If set for a widget, GTK+ will draw a highlight on this widget as long as a drag is over this widget and the widget drag format and action are acceptable. If set for a widget, when a drop occurs, GTK+ will will check if the drag matches this widget's list of possible targets and actions. If so, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_get_data() on behalf of the widget. Whether or not the drop is successful, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_finish(). If the action was a move, then if the drag was successful, then %TRUE will be passed for the @delete parameter to gtk_drag_finish(). If set, specifies that all default actions should be taken. Dialog boxes are a convenient way to prompt the user for a small amount of input, e.g. to display a message, ask a question, or anything else that does not require extensive effort on the user's part. GTK+ treats a dialog as a window split vertically. The top section is a #GtkVBox, and is where widgets such as a #GtkLabel or a #GtkEntry should be packed. The bottom area is known as the <structfield>action_area</structfield>. This is generally used for packing buttons into the dialog which may perform functions such as cancel, ok, or apply. #GtkDialog boxes are created with a call to gtk_dialog_new() or gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() is recommended; it allows you to set the dialog title, some convenient flags, and add simple buttons. If 'dialog' is a newly created dialog, the two primary areas of the window can be accessed through gtk_dialog_get_content_area() and gtk_dialog_get_action_area(), as can be seen from the example below. A 'modal' dialog (that is, one which freezes the rest of the application from user input), can be created by calling gtk_window_set_modal() on the dialog. Use the GTK_WINDOW() macro to cast the widget returned from gtk_dialog_new() into a #GtkWindow. When using gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() you can also pass the #GTK_DIALOG_MODAL flag to make a dialog modal. If you add buttons to #GtkDialog using gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(), gtk_dialog_add_button(), gtk_dialog_add_buttons(), or gtk_dialog_add_action_widget(), clicking the button will emit a signal called #GtkDialog::response with a response ID that you specified. GTK+ will never assign a meaning to positive response IDs; these are entirely user-defined. But for convenience, you can use the response IDs in the #GtkResponseType enumeration (these all have values less than zero). If a dialog receives a delete event, the #GtkDialog::response signal will be emitted with a response ID of #GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT. If you want to block waiting for a dialog to return before returning control flow to your code, you can call gtk_dialog_run(). This function enters a recursive main loop and waits for the user to respond to the dialog, returning the response ID corresponding to the button the user clicked. For the simple dialog in the following example, in reality you'd probably use #GtkMessageDialog to save yourself some effort. But you'd need to create the dialog contents manually if you had more than a simple message in the dialog. <example> <title>Simple GtkDialog usage</title> <programlisting> /&ast; Function to open a dialog box displaying the message provided. &ast;/ void quick_message (gchar *message) { GtkWidget *dialog, *label, *content_area; /&ast; Create the widgets &ast;/ dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons ("Message", main_application_window, GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_NONE, NULL); content_area = gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); label = gtk_label_new (message); /&ast; Ensure that the dialog box is destroyed when the user responds &ast;/ g_signal_connect_swapped (dialog, "response", G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), dialog); /&ast; Add the label, and show everything we've added to the dialog &ast;/ gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (content_area), label); gtk_widget_show_all (dialog); } </programlisting> </example> <refsect2 id="GtkDialog-BUILDER-UI"><title>GtkDialog as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkDialog implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface exposes the @vbox and @action_area as internal children with the names "vbox" and "action_area". </para> <para> GtkDialog supports a custom &lt;action-widgets&gt; element, which can contain multiple &lt;action-widget&gt; elements. The "response" attribute specifies a numeric response, and the content of the element is the id of widget (which should be a child of the dialogs @action_area). </para> <example> <title>A <structname>GtkDialog</structname> UI definition fragment.</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkDialog" id="dialog1"> <child internal-child="vbox">" <object class="GtkVBox" id="vbox"> <child internal-child="action_area"> <object class="GtkHButtonBox" id="button_box"> <child> <object class="GtkButton" id="button_cancel"/> </child> <child> <object class="GtkButton" id="button_ok"/> </child> </object> </child> </object> </child> <action-widgets> <action-widget response="3">button_ok</action-widget> <action-widget response="-5">button_cancel</action-widget> </action-widgets> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new dialog box. Widgets should not be packed into this #GtkWindow directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above. the new dialog as a #GtkWidget Creates a new #GtkDialog with title @title (or %NULL for the default title; see gtk_window_set_title()) and transient parent @parent (or %NULL for none; see gtk_window_set_transient_for()). The @flags argument can be used to make the dialog modal (#GTK_DIALOG_MODAL) and/or to have it destroyed along with its transient parent (#GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT). After @flags, button text/response ID pairs should be listed, with a %NULL pointer ending the list. Button text can be either a stock ID such as #GTK_STOCK_OK, or some arbitrary text. A response ID can be any positive number, or one of the values in the #GtkResponseType enumeration. If the user clicks one of these dialog buttons, #GtkDialog will emit the #GtkDialog::response signal with the corresponding response ID. If a #GtkDialog receives the #GtkWidget::delete-event signal, it will emit ::response with a response ID of #GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT. However, destroying a dialog does not emit the ::response signal; so be careful relying on ::response when using the #GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT flag. Buttons are from left to right, so the first button in the list will be the leftmost button in the dialog. Here's a simple example: |[ GtkWidget *dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons ("My dialog", main_app_window, GTK_DIALOG_MODAL | GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_REJECT, NULL); ]| a new #GtkDialog Title of the dialog, or %NULL Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL from #GtkDialogFlags stock ID or text to go in first button, or %NULL Emits the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given response ID. Used to indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way; typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the ::response signal and take appropriate action. response ID Adds an activatable widget to the action area of a #GtkDialog, connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkDialog::response signal on the dialog when the widget is activated. The widget is appended to the end of the dialog's action area. If you want to add a non-activatable widget, simply pack it into the @action_area field of the #GtkDialog struct. a #GtkDialog an activatable widget response ID for @child Adds a button with the given text (or a stock button, if @button_text is a stock ID) and sets things up so that clicking the button will emit the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given @response_id. The button is appended to the end of the dialog's action area. The button widget is returned, but usually you don't need it. the #GtkButton widget that was added a #GtkDialog text of button, or stock ID response ID for the button Adds more buttons, same as calling gtk_dialog_add_button() repeatedly. The variable argument list should be %NULL-terminated as with gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). Each button must have both text and response ID. a #GtkDialog button text or stock ID Returns the action area of @dialog. the action area. a #GtkDialog Returns the content area of @dialog. the content area #GtkBox. a #GtkDialog Gets the response id of a widget in the action area of a dialog. the response id of @widget, or %GTK_RESPONSE_NONE if @widget doesn't have a response id set. a #GtkDialog a widget in the action area of @dialog Gets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action area of a dialog. the @widget button that uses the given @response_id, or %NULL. a #GtkDialog the response ID used by the @dialog widget Emits the #GtkDialog::response signal with the given response ID. Used to indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way; typically either you or gtk_dialog_run() will be monitoring the ::response signal and take appropriate action. a #GtkDialog response ID Blocks in a recursive main loop until the @dialog either emits the #GtkDialog::response signal, or is destroyed. If the dialog is destroyed during the call to gtk_dialog_run(), gtk_dialog_run() returns #GTK_RESPONSE_NONE. Otherwise, it returns the response ID from the ::response signal emission. Before entering the recursive main loop, gtk_dialog_run() calls gtk_widget_show() on the dialog for you. Note that you still need to show any children of the dialog yourself. During gtk_dialog_run(), the default behavior of #GtkWidget::delete-event is disabled; if the dialog receives ::delete_event, it will not be destroyed as windows usually are, and gtk_dialog_run() will return #GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT. Also, during gtk_dialog_run() the dialog will be modal. You can force gtk_dialog_run() to return at any time by calling gtk_dialog_response() to emit the ::response signal. Destroying the dialog during gtk_dialog_run() is a very bad idea, because your post-run code won't know whether the dialog was destroyed or not. After gtk_dialog_run() returns, you are responsible for hiding or destroying the dialog if you wish to do so. Typical usage of this function might be: |[ gint result = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); switch (result) { case GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT: do_application_specific_something (); break; default: do_nothing_since_dialog_was_cancelled (); break; } gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); ]| Note that even though the recursive main loop gives the effect of a modal dialog (it prevents the user from interacting with other windows in the same window group while the dialog is run), callbacks such as timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, <emphasis>will</emphasis> be triggered during a gtk_dialog_run() call. response ID a #GtkDialog Sets an alternative button order. If the #GtkSettings:gtk-alternative-button-order setting is set to %TRUE, the dialog buttons are reordered according to the order of the response ids passed to this function. By default, GTK+ dialogs use the button order advocated by the Gnome <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/">Human Interface Guidelines</ulink> with the affirmative button at the far right, and the cancel button left of it. But the builtin GTK+ dialogs and #GtkMessageDialog<!-- -->s do provide an alternative button order, which is more suitable on some platforms, e.g. Windows. Use this function after adding all the buttons to your dialog, as the following example shows: |[ cancel_button = gtk_dialog_add_button (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL); ok_button = gtk_dialog_add_button (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK); gtk_widget_grab_default (ok_button); help_button = gtk_dialog_add_button (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_STOCK_HELP, GTK_RESPONSE_HELP); gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order (GTK_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_HELP, -1); ]| a #GtkDialog a response id used by one @dialog's buttons Sets an alternative button order. If the #GtkSettings:gtk-alternative-button-order setting is set to %TRUE, the dialog buttons are reordered according to the order of the response ids in @new_order. See gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order() for more information. This function is for use by language bindings. a #GtkDialog the number of response ids in @new_order an array of response ids of @dialog's buttons Sets the last widget in the dialog's action area with the given @response_id as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing "Enter" normally activates the default widget. a #GtkDialog a response ID Calls <literal>gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, @setting)</literal> for each widget in the dialog's action area with the given @response_id. A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons. a #GtkDialog a response ID %TRUE for sensitive The ::close signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to close the dialog. The default binding for this signal is the Escape key. Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete event, or the application programmer calls gtk_dialog_response(). On a delete event, the response ID is #GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT. Otherwise, it depends on which action widget was clicked. the response ID response ID Flags used to influence dialog construction. Make the constructed dialog modal, see gtk_window_set_modal() Destroy the dialog when its parent is destroyed, see gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent() Gives an indication why a drag operation failed. The value can by obtained by connecting to the #GtkWidget::drag-failed signal. The drag operation was successful. No suitable drag target. The user cancelled the drag operation. The drag operation timed out. The pointer or keyboard grab used for the drag operation was broken. The drag operation failed due to some unspecified error. The #GtkDrawingArea widget is used for creating custom user interface elements. It's essentially a blank widget; you can draw on it. After creating a drawing area, the application may want to connect to: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Mouse and button press signals to respond to input from the user. (Use gtk_widget_add_events() to enable events you wish to receive.) </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> The #GtkWidget::realize signal to take any necessary actions when the widget is instantiated on a particular display. (Create GDK resources in response to this signal.) </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> The #GtkWidget::configure-event signal to take any necessary actions when the widget changes size. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> The #GtkWidget::draw signal to handle redrawing the contents of the widget. </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The following code portion demonstrates using a drawing area to display a circle in the normal widget foreground color. Note that GDK automatically clears the exposed area to the background color before sending the expose event, and that drawing is implicitly clipped to the exposed area. <example> <title>Simple GtkDrawingArea usage</title> <programlisting> gboolean draw_callback (GtkWidget *widget, cairo_t *cr, gpointer data) { guint width, height; GdkRGBA color; width = gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (widget); height = gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (widget); cairo_arc (cr, width / 2.0, height / 2.0, MIN (width, height) / 2.0, 0, 2 * G_PI); gtk_style_context_get_color (gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), 0, &amp;color); gdk_cairo_set_source_rgba (cr, &amp;color); cairo_fill (cr); return FALSE; } [...] GtkWidget &ast;drawing_area = gtk_drawing_area_new (<!-- -->); gtk_widget_set_size_request (drawing_area, 100, 100); g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (drawing_area), "draw", G_CALLBACK (draw_callback), NULL); </programlisting> </example> Draw signals are normally delivered when a drawing area first comes onscreen, or when it's covered by another window and then uncovered. You can also force an expose event by adding to the "damage region" of the drawing area's window; gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() and gdk_window_invalidate_rect() are equally good ways to do this. You'll then get a draw signal for the invalid region. The available routines for drawing are documented on the <link linkend="gdk3-Cairo-Interaction">GDK Drawing Primitives</link> page and the cairo documentation. To receive mouse events on a drawing area, you will need to enable them with gtk_widget_add_events(). To receive keyboard events, you will need to set the "can-focus" property on the drawing area, and you should probably draw some user-visible indication that the drawing area is focused. Use gtk_widget_has_focus() in your expose event handler to decide whether to draw the focus indicator. See gtk_render_focus() for one way to draw focus. Creates a new drawing area. a new #GtkDrawingArea The #GtkEditable interface is an interface which should be implemented by text editing widgets, such as #GtkEntry and #GtkSpinButton. It contains functions for generically manipulating an editable widget, a large number of action signals used for key bindings, and several signals that an application can connect to to modify the behavior of a widget. As an example of the latter usage, by connecting the following handler to #GtkEditable::insert-text, an application can convert all entry into a widget into uppercase. <example> <title>Forcing entry to uppercase.</title> <programlisting> #include &lt;ctype.h&gt; void insert_text_handler (GtkEditable &ast;editable, const gchar &ast;text, gint length, gint &ast;position, gpointer data) { gchar &ast;result = g_utf8_strup (text, length); g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (editable, (gpointer) insert_text_handler, data); gtk_editable_insert_text (editable, result, length, position); g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func (editable, (gpointer) insert_text_handler, data); g_signal_stop_emission_by_name (editable, "insert_text"); g_free (result); } </programlisting> </example> Deletes a sequence of characters. The characters that are deleted are those characters at positions from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative, then the characters deleted are those from @start_pos to the end of the text. Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. start position end position Deletes a sequence of characters. The characters that are deleted are those characters at positions from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative, then the characters deleted are those from @start_pos to the end of the text. Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. start position end position Inserts @new_text_length bytes of @new_text into the contents of the widget, at position @position. Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. The function updates @position to point after the newly inserted text. the text to append the length of the text in bytes, or -1 location of the position text will be inserted at Retrieves a sequence of characters. The characters that are retrieved are those characters at positions from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative, then the characters retrieved are those characters from @start_pos to the end of the text. Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. a pointer to the contents of the widget as a string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable implementation and should be freed by the caller. start of text end of text Retrieves the current position of the cursor relative to the start of the content of the editable. Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. the cursor position Retrieves the selection bound of the editable. start_pos will be filled with the start of the selection and @end_pos with end. If no text was selected both will be identical and %FALSE will be returned. Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise location to store the starting position, or %NULL location to store the end position, or %NULL Inserts @new_text_length bytes of @new_text into the contents of the widget, at position @position. Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. The function updates @position to point after the newly inserted text. the text to append the length of the text in bytes, or -1 location of the position text will be inserted at Sets the cursor position in the editable to the given value. The cursor is displayed before the character with the given (base 0) index in the contents of the editable. The value must be less than or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 indicates that the position should be set after the last character of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. the position of the cursor Selects a region of text. The characters that are selected are those characters at positions from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative, then the characters selected are those characters from @start_pos to the end of the text. Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. start of region end of region Copies the contents of the currently selected content in the editable and puts it on the clipboard. a #GtkEditable Removes the contents of the currently selected content in the editable and puts it on the clipboard. a #GtkEditable Deletes the currently selected text of the editable. This call doesn't do anything if there is no selected text. a #GtkEditable Deletes a sequence of characters. The characters that are deleted are those characters at positions from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative, then the characters deleted are those from @start_pos to the end of the text. Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. a #GtkEditable start position end position Retrieves a sequence of characters. The characters that are retrieved are those characters at positions from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative, then the characters retrieved are those characters from @start_pos to the end of the text. Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. a pointer to the contents of the widget as a string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable implementation and should be freed by the caller. a #GtkEditable start of text end of text Retrieves whether @editable is editable. See gtk_editable_set_editable(). %TRUE if @editable is editable. a #GtkEditable Retrieves the current position of the cursor relative to the start of the content of the editable. Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. the cursor position a #GtkEditable Retrieves the selection bound of the editable. start_pos will be filled with the start of the selection and @end_pos with end. If no text was selected both will be identical and %FALSE will be returned. Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkEditable location to store the starting position, or %NULL location to store the end position, or %NULL Inserts @new_text_length bytes of @new_text into the contents of the widget, at position @position. Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. The function updates @position to point after the newly inserted text. a #GtkEditable the text to append the length of the text in bytes, or -1 location of the position text will be inserted at Pastes the content of the clipboard to the current position of the cursor in the editable. a #GtkEditable Selects a region of text. The characters that are selected are those characters at positions from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative, then the characters selected are those characters from @start_pos to the end of the text. Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. a #GtkEditable start of region end of region Determines if the user can edit the text in the editable widget or not. a #GtkEditable %TRUE if the user is allowed to edit the text in the widget Sets the cursor position in the editable to the given value. The cursor is displayed before the character with the given (base 0) index in the contents of the editable. The value must be less than or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 indicates that the position should be set after the last character of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. a #GtkEditable the position of the cursor The ::changed signal is emitted at the end of a single user-visible operation on the contents of the #GtkEditable. E.g., a paste operation that replaces the contents of the selection will cause only one signal emission (even though it is implemented by first deleting the selection, then inserting the new content, and may cause multiple ::notify::text signals to be emitted). This signal is emitted when text is deleted from the widget by the user. The default handler for this signal will normally be responsible for deleting the text, so by connecting to this signal and then stopping the signal with g_signal_stop_emission(), it is possible to modify the range of deleted text, or prevent it from being deleted entirely. The @start_pos and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for gtk_editable_delete_text(). the starting position the end position This signal is emitted when text is inserted into the widget by the user. The default handler for this signal will normally be responsible for inserting the text, so by connecting to this signal and then stopping the signal with g_signal_stop_emission(), it is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent it from being inserted entirely. the new text to insert the length of the new text, in bytes, or -1 if new_text is nul-terminated the position, in characters, at which to insert the new text. this is an in-out parameter. After the signal emission is finished, it should point after the newly inserted text. the text to append the length of the text in bytes, or -1 location of the position text will be inserted at start position end position the text to append the length of the text in bytes, or -1 location of the position text will be inserted at start position end position a pointer to the contents of the widget as a string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable implementation and should be freed by the caller. start of text end of text start of region end of region %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise location to store the starting position, or %NULL location to store the end position, or %NULL the position of the cursor the cursor position The #GtkEntry widget is a single line text entry widget. A fairly large set of key bindings are supported by default. If the entered text is longer than the allocation of the widget, the widget will scroll so that the cursor position is visible. When using an entry for passwords and other sensitive information, it can be put into "password mode" using gtk_entry_set_visibility(). In this mode, entered text is displayed using a 'invisible' character. By default, GTK+ picks the best invisible character that is available in the current font, but it can be changed with gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). Since 2.16, GTK+ displays a warning when Caps Lock or input methods might interfere with entering text in a password entry. The warning can be turned off with the #GtkEntry:caps-lock-warning property. Since 2.16, GtkEntry has the ability to display progress or activity information behind the text. To make an entry display such information, use gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction() or gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step(). Additionally, GtkEntry can show icons at either side of the entry. These icons can be activatable by clicking, can be set up as drag source and can have tooltips. To add an icon, use gtk_entry_set_icon_from_gicon() or one of the various other functions that set an icon from a stock id, an icon name or a pixbuf. To trigger an action when the user clicks an icon, connect to the #GtkEntry::icon-press signal. To allow DND operations from an icon, use gtk_entry_set_icon_drag_source(). To set a tooltip on an icon, use gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text() or the corresponding function for markup. Note that functionality or information that is only available by clicking on an icon in an entry may not be accessible at all to users which are not able to use a mouse or other pointing device. It is therefore recommended that any such functionality should also be available by other means, e.g. via the context menu of the entry. Creates a new entry. a new #GtkEntry. Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer. a new #GtkEntry The buffer to use for the new #GtkEntry. Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default(). %TRUE if the entry will activate the default widget a #GtkEntry Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment(). the alignment a #GtkEntry Gets the attribute list that was set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_attributes(), if any. the attribute list, or %NULL if none was set. a #GtkEntry Get the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for this widget. A #GtkEntryBuffer object. a #GtkEntry Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry. The auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry. A #GtkEntry Returns the index of the icon which is the source of the current DND operation, or -1. This function is meant to be used in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-get callback. index of the icon which is the source of the current DND operation, or -1. a #GtkIconEntry Retrieves the horizontal cursor adjustment for the entry. See gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment(). the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL if none has been set. a #GtkEntry Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame(). whether the entry has a beveled frame a #GtkEntry Returns whether the icon is activatable. %TRUE if the icon is activatable. a #GtkEntry Icon position Gets the area where entry's icon at @icon_pos is drawn. This function is useful when drawing something to the entry in a draw callback. If the entry is not realized or has no icon at the given position, @icon_area is filled with zeros. See also gtk_entry_get_text_area() A #GtkEntry Icon position Return location for the icon's area Finds the icon at the given position and return its index. The position's coordinates are relative to the @entry's top left corner. If @x, @y doesn't lie inside an icon, -1 is returned. This function is intended for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler. the index of the icon at the given position, or -1 a #GtkEntry the x coordinate of the position to find the y coordinate of the position to find Retrieves the #GIcon used for the icon, or %NULL if there is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by stock, pixbuf, or icon name). A #GIcon, or %NULL if no icon is set or if the icon is not a #GIcon A #GtkEntry Icon position Retrieves the icon name used for the icon, or %NULL if there is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by pixbuf, stock or gicon). An icon name, or %NULL if no icon is set or if the icon wasn't set from an icon name A #GtkEntry Icon position Retrieves the image used for the icon. Unlike the other methods of setting and getting icon data, this method will work regardless of whether the icon was set using a #GdkPixbuf, a #GIcon, a stock item, or an icon name. A #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL if no icon is set for this position. A #GtkEntry Icon position Returns whether the icon appears sensitive or insensitive. %TRUE if the icon is sensitive. a #GtkEntry Icon position Retrieves the stock id used for the icon, or %NULL if there is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by pixbuf, icon name or gicon). A stock id, or %NULL if no icon is set or if the icon wasn't set from a stock id A #GtkEntry Icon position Gets the type of representation being used by the icon to store image data. If the icon has no image data, the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY. image representation being used a #GtkEntry Icon position Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified position in @entry. the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned string with g_free() when done. a #GtkEntry the icon position Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified position in @entry. the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned string with g_free() when done. a #GtkEntry the icon position This function returns the entry's #GtkEntry:inner-border property. See gtk_entry_set_inner_border() for more information. the entry's #GtkBorder, or %NULL if none was set. a #GtkEntry Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-hints property. a #GtkEntry Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property. a #GtkEntry Retrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters for entries with visibility set to false. See gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). the current invisible char, or 0, if the entry does not show invisible text at all. a #GtkEntry Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the entry. The layout is useful to e.g. convert text positions to pixel positions, in combination with gtk_entry_get_layout_offsets(). The returned layout is owned by the entry and must not be modified or freed by the caller. Keep in mind that the layout text may contain a preedit string, so gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index() and gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index() are needed to convert byte indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents. the #PangoLayout for this entry a #GtkEntry Obtains the position of the #PangoLayout used to render text in the entry, in widget coordinates. Useful if you want to line up the text in an entry with some other text, e.g. when using the entry to implement editable cells in a sheet widget. Also useful to convert mouse events into coordinates inside the #PangoLayout, e.g. to take some action if some part of the entry text is clicked. Note that as the user scrolls around in the entry the offsets will change; you'll need to connect to the "notify::scroll-offset" signal to track this. Remember when using the #PangoLayout functions you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE. Keep in mind that the layout text may contain a preedit string, so gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index() and gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index() are needed to convert byte indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents. a #GtkEntry location to store X offset of layout, or %NULL location to store Y offset of layout, or %NULL Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @entry. See gtk_entry_set_max_length(). This is equivalent to: <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry)); </programlisting></informalexample> the maximum allowed number of characters in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there is no maximum. a #GtkEntry Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode(). whether the text is overwritten when typing. a #GtkEntry Retrieves the text that will be displayed when @entry is empty and unfocused a pointer to the placeholder text as a string. This string points to internally allocated storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or stored. a #GtkEntry Returns the current fraction of the task that's been completed. See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction(). a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 a #GtkEntry Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step(). a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 a #GtkEntry Retrieves the contents of the entry widget. See also gtk_editable_get_chars(). This is equivalent to: <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry)); </programlisting></informalexample> a pointer to the contents of the widget as a string. This string points to internally allocated storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or stored. a #GtkEntry Gets the area where the entry's text is drawn. This function is useful when drawing something to the entry in a draw callback. If the entry is not realized, @text_area is filled with zeros. See also gtk_entry_get_icon_area(). a #GtkEntry Return location for the text area. Retrieves the current length of the text in @entry. This is equivalent to: <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry)); </programlisting></informalexample> the current number of characters in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there are none. a #GtkEntry Retrieves whether the text in @entry is visible. See gtk_entry_set_visibility(). %TRUE if the text is currently visible a #GtkEntry Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_width_chars(). number of chars to request space for, or negative if unset a #GtkEntry Allow the #GtkEntry input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing should be done for this key event. See gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(). Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler when overriding key event handling. This is needed in the case when you need to insert your own key handling between the input method and the default key event handling of the #GtkEntry. See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use. %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. a #GtkEntry the key event Converts from a position in the entry contents (returned by gtk_entry_get_text()) to a position in the entry's #PangoLayout (returned by gtk_entry_get_layout(), with text retrieved via pango_layout_get_text()). byte index into the entry contents a #GtkEntry byte index into the entry layout text Indicates that some progress is made, but you don't know how much. Causes the entry's progress indicator to enter "activity mode," where a block bounces back and forth. Each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse() causes the block to move by a little bit (the amount of movement per pulse is determined by gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step()). a #GtkEntry Reset the input method context of the entry if needed. This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would confuse on-going input method behavior. a #GtkEntry If @setting is %TRUE, pressing Enter in the @entry will activate the default widget for the window containing the entry. This usually means that the dialog box containing the entry will be closed, since the default widget is usually one of the dialog buttons. (For experts: if @setting is %TRUE, the entry calls gtk_window_activate_default() on the window containing the entry, in the default handler for the #GtkEntry::activate signal.) a #GtkEntry %TRUE to activate window's default widget on Enter keypress Sets the alignment for the contents of the entry. This controls the horizontal positioning of the contents when the displayed text is shorter than the width of the entry. a #GtkEntry The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL layouts Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the entry text. a #GtkEntry a #PangoAttrList Set the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for this widget. a #GtkEntry a #GtkEntryBuffer Sets @completion to be the auxiliary completion object to use with @entry. All further configuration of the completion mechanism is done on @completion using the #GtkEntryCompletion API. Completion is disabled if @completion is set to %NULL. A #GtkEntry The #GtkEntryCompletion or %NULL Hooks up an adjustment to the cursor position in an entry, so that when the cursor is moved, the adjustment is scrolled to show that position. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment. The adjustment has to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the entry. a #GtkEntry an adjustment which should be adjusted when the cursor is moved, or %NULL Sets whether the entry has a beveled frame around it. a #GtkEntry new value Sets whether the icon is activatable. A #GtkEntry Icon position %TRUE if the icon should be activatable Sets up the icon at the given position so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user clicks and drags the icon. To handle the drag operation, you need to connect to the usual #GtkWidget::drag-data-get (or possibly #GtkWidget::drag-data-delete) signal, and use gtk_entry_get_current_icon_drag_source() in your signal handler to find out if the drag was started from an icon. By default, GTK+ uses the icon as the drag icon. You can use the #GtkWidget::drag-begin signal to set a different icon. Note that you have to use g_signal_connect_after() to ensure that your signal handler gets executed after the default handler. a #GtkEntry icon position the targets (data formats) in which the data can be provided a bitmask of the allowed drag actions Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from the current icon theme. If the icon isn't known, a "broken image" icon will be displayed instead. If @icon is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position. A #GtkEntry The position at which to set the icon The icon to set, or %NULL Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from the current icon theme. If the icon name isn't known, a "broken image" icon will be displayed instead. If @icon_name is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position. A #GtkEntry The position at which to set the icon An icon name, or %NULL Sets the icon shown in the specified position using a pixbuf. If @pixbuf is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position. a #GtkEntry Icon position A #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from a stock image. If @stock_id is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position. A #GtkEntry Icon position The name of the stock item, or %NULL Sets the sensitivity for the specified icon. A #GtkEntry Icon position Specifies whether the icon should appear sensitive or insensitive Sets @tooltip as the contents of the tooltip for the icon at the specified position. @tooltip is assumed to be marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. Use %NULL for @tooltip to remove an existing tooltip. See also gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup() and gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text(). a #GtkEntry the icon position the contents of the tooltip for the icon, or %NULL Sets @tooltip as the contents of the tooltip for the icon at the specified position. Use %NULL for @tooltip to remove an existing tooltip. See also gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text() and gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup(). a #GtkEntry the icon position the contents of the tooltip for the icon, or %NULL Sets %entry's inner-border property to %border, or clears it if %NULL is passed. The inner-border is the area around the entry's text, but inside its frame. If set, this property overrides the inner-border style property. Overriding the style-provided border is useful when you want to do in-place editing of some text in a canvas or list widget, where pixel-exact positioning of the entry is important. a #GtkEntry a #GtkBorder, or %NULL Sets the #GtkEntry:input-hints property, which allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. a #GtkEntry the hints Sets the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property which can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their behaviour. a #GtkEntry the purpose Sets the character to use in place of the actual text when gtk_entry_set_visibility() has been called to set text visibility to %FALSE. i.e. this is the character used in "password mode" to show the user how many characters have been typed. By default, GTK+ picks the best invisible char available in the current font. If you set the invisible char to 0, then the user will get no feedback at all; there will be no text on the screen as they type. a #GtkEntry a Unicode character Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. If the current contents are longer than the given length, then they will be truncated to fit. This is equivalent to: <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (gtk_entry_get_buffer (entry), max); </programlisting></informalexample> a #GtkEntry the maximum length of the entry, or 0 for no maximum. (other than the maximum length of entries.) The value passed in will be clamped to the range 0-65536. Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry. a #GtkEntry new value Sets text to be displayed in @entry when it is empty and unfocused. This can be used to give a visual hint of the expected contents of the #GtkEntry. Note that since the placeholder text gets removed when the entry received focus, using this feature is a bit problematic if the entry is given the initial focus in a window. Sometimes this can be worked around by delaying the initial focus setting until the first key event arrives. a #GtkEntry a string to be displayed when @entry is empty an unfocused, or %NULL Causes the entry's progress indicator to "fill in" the given fraction of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive. a #GtkEntry fraction of the task that's been completed Sets the fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse(). a #GtkEntry fraction between 0.0 and 1.0 Sets the text in the widget to the given value, replacing the current contents. See gtk_entry_buffer_set_text(). a #GtkEntry the new text Sets whether the contents of the entry are visible or not. When visibility is set to %FALSE, characters are displayed as the invisible char, and will also appear that way when the text in the entry widget is copied elsewhere. By default, GTK+ picks the best invisible character available in the current font, but it can be changed with gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). Note that you probably want to set #GtkEntry:input-purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN to inform input methods about the purpose of this entry, in addition to setting visibility to %FALSE. a #GtkEntry %TRUE if the contents of the entry are displayed as plaintext Changes the size request of the entry to be about the right size for @n_chars characters. Note that it changes the size <emphasis>request</emphasis>, the size can still be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default entry size. a #GtkEntry width in chars Converts from a position in the entry's #PangoLayout (returned by gtk_entry_get_layout()) to a position in the entry contents (returned by gtk_entry_get_text()). byte index into the entry layout text a #GtkEntry byte index into the entry contents Unsets the invisible char previously set with gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). So that the default invisible char is used again. a #GtkEntry A list of Pango attributes to apply to the text of the entry. This is mainly useful to change the size or weight of the text. Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on. Note that the warning is shown using a secondary icon, and thus does not work if you are using the secondary icon position for some other purpose. The auxiliary completion object to use with the entry. Which IM (input method) module should be used for this entry. See #GtkIMContext. Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings #GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property. Sets the text area's border between the text and the frame. Additional hints (beyond #GtkEntry:input-purpose) that allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. The purpose of this text field. This property can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their behaviour. Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN is independent from setting #GtkEntry:visibility. The invisible character is used when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"). When it is not explicitly set with the #GtkEntry:invisible-char property, GTK+ determines the character to use from a list of possible candidates, depending on availability in the current font. This style property allows the theme to prepend a character to the list of candidates. Whether the invisible char has been set for the #GtkEntry. If text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry. The text that will be displayed in the #GtkEntry when it is empty and unfocused. Whether the primary icon is activatable. GTK+ emits the #GtkEntry::icon-press and #GtkEntry::icon-release signals only on sensitive, activatable icons. Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely informational purposes. The #GIcon to use for the primary icon for the entry. The icon name to use for the primary icon for the entry. A pixbuf to use as the primary icon for the entry. Whether the primary icon is sensitive. An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK+ does not emit the #GtkEntry::icon-press and #GtkEntry::icon-release signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons. An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger when clicked is currently not available. The stock id to use for the primary icon for the entry. The representation which is used for the primary icon of the entry. The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup(). The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon. Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text(). The current fraction of the task that's been completed. The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse(). Whether the secondary icon is activatable. GTK+ emits the #GtkEntry::icon-press and #GtkEntry::icon-release signals only on sensitive, activatable icons. Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely informational purposes. The #GIcon to use for the secondary icon for the entry. The icon name to use for the secondary icon for the entry. An pixbuf to use as the secondary icon for the entry. Whether the secondary icon is sensitive. An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK+ does not emit the #GtkEntry::icon-press and #GtkEntry::icon-release signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons. An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger when clicked is currently not available. The stock id to use for the secondary icon for the entry. The representation which is used for the secondary icon of the entry. The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup(). The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon. Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text(). Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when #GtkEntry:has-frame is set to %TRUE. The length of the text in the #GtkEntry. When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line. The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL layouts. The ::activate signal is emitted when the user hits the Enter key. While this signal is used as a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link>, it is also commonly used by applications to intercept activation of entries. The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key. The ::backspace signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user asks for it. The default bindings for this signal are Backspace and Shift-Backspace. The ::copy-clipboard signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard. The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-c and Ctrl-Insert. The ::cut-clipboard signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to cut the selection to the clipboard. The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-x and Shift-Delete. The ::delete-from-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates a text deletion. If the @type is %GTK_DELETE_CHARS, GTK+ deletes the selection if there is one, otherwise it deletes the requested number of characters. The default bindings for this signal are Delete for deleting a character and Ctrl-Delete for deleting a word. the granularity of the deletion, as a #GtkDeleteType the number of @type units to delete The ::icon-press signal is emitted when an activatable icon is clicked. The position of the clicked icon the button press event The ::icon-release signal is emitted on the button release from a mouse click over an activatable icon. The position of the clicked icon the button release event The ::insert-at-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates the insertion of a fixed string at the cursor. This signal has no default bindings. the string to insert The ::move-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates a cursor movement. If the cursor is not visible in @entry, this signal causes the viewport to be moved instead. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control the cursor programmatically. The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant with the Shift modifier extends the selection, the variant without the Shift modifer does not. There are too many key combinations to list them all here. <itemizedlist> <listitem>Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines</listitem> <listitem>Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/paragraphs</listitem> <listitem>Home/End keys move to the ends of the buffer</listitem> </itemizedlist> the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep the number of @step units to move %TRUE if the move should extend the selection The ::paste-clipboard signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to paste the contents of the clipboard into the text view. The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-v and Shift-Insert. The ::populate-popup signal gets emitted before showing the context menu of the entry. If you need to add items to the context menu, connect to this signal and append your items to the @widget, which will be a #GtkMenu in this case. If #GtkEntry::populate-all is %TRUE, this signal will also be emitted to populate touch popups. In this case, @widget will be a different container, e.g. a #GtkToolbar. The signal handler should not make assumptions about the type of @widget. the container that is being populated If an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately be committed to the buffer. So if you are interested in the text, connect to this signal. the current preedit string The ::toggle-overwrite signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to toggle the overwrite mode of the entry. The default bindings for this signal is Insert. The #GtkEntryBuffer class contains the actual text displayed in a #GtkEntry widget. A single #GtkEntryBuffer object can be shared by multiple #GtkEntry widgets which will then share the same text content, but not the cursor position, visibility attributes, icon etc. #GtkEntryBuffer may be derived from. Such a derived class might allow text to be stored in an alternate location, such as non-pageable memory, useful in the case of important passwords. Or a derived class could integrate with an application's concept of undo/redo. Create a new GtkEntryBuffer object. Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer. A new GtkEntryBuffer object. initial buffer text, or %NULL number of characters in @initial_chars, or -1 Deletes a sequence of characters from the buffer. @n_chars characters are deleted starting at @position. If @n_chars is negative, then all characters until the end of the text are deleted. If @position or @n_chars are out of bounds, then they are coerced to sane values. Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. The number of characters deleted. position at which to delete text number of characters to delete Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer. The number of characters in the buffer. Inserts @n_chars characters of @chars into the contents of the buffer, at position @position. If @n_chars is negative, then characters from chars will be inserted until a null-terminator is found. If @position or @n_chars are out of bounds, or the maximum buffer text length is exceeded, then they are coerced to sane values. Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes. The number of characters actually inserted. the position at which to insert text. the text to insert into the buffer. the length of the text in characters, or -1 Deletes a sequence of characters from the buffer. @n_chars characters are deleted starting at @position. If @n_chars is negative, then all characters until the end of the text are deleted. If @position or @n_chars are out of bounds, then they are coerced to sane values. Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. The number of characters deleted. a #GtkEntryBuffer position at which to delete text number of characters to delete Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer a #GtkEntryBuffer position at which text was deleted number of characters deleted Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer a #GtkEntryBuffer position at which text was inserted text that was inserted number of characters inserted Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length(). The byte length of the buffer. a #GtkEntryBuffer Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer. The number of characters in the buffer. a #GtkEntryBuffer Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length(). the maximum allowed number of characters in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum. a #GtkEntryBuffer Retrieves the contents of the buffer. The memory pointer returned by this call will not change unless this object emits a signal, or is finalized. a pointer to the contents of the widget as a string. This string points to internally allocated storage in the buffer and must not be freed, modified or stored. a #GtkEntryBuffer Inserts @n_chars characters of @chars into the contents of the buffer, at position @position. If @n_chars is negative, then characters from chars will be inserted until a null-terminator is found. If @position or @n_chars are out of bounds, or the maximum buffer text length is exceeded, then they are coerced to sane values. Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes. The number of characters actually inserted. a #GtkEntryBuffer the position at which to insert text. the text to insert into the buffer. the length of the text in characters, or -1 Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. If the current contents are longer than the given length, then they will be truncated to fit. a #GtkEntryBuffer the maximum length of the entry buffer, or 0 for no maximum. (other than the maximum length of entries.) The value passed in will be clamped to the range 0-65536. Sets the text in the buffer. This is roughly equivalent to calling gtk_entry_buffer_delete_text() and gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text(). Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes. a #GtkEntryBuffer the new text the number of characters in @text, or -1 The length (in characters) of the text in buffer. The maximum length (in characters) of the text in the buffer. The contents of the buffer. This signal is emitted after text is deleted from the buffer. the position the text was deleted at. The number of characters that were deleted. This signal is emitted after text is inserted into the buffer. the position the text was inserted at. The text that was inserted. The number of characters that were inserted. The number of characters in the buffer. The number of characters actually inserted. the position at which to insert text. the text to insert into the buffer. the length of the text in characters, or -1 The number of characters deleted. position at which to delete text number of characters to delete #GtkEntryCompletion is an auxiliary object to be used in conjunction with #GtkEntry to provide the completion functionality. It implements the #GtkCellLayout interface, to allow the user to add extra cells to the #GtkTreeView with completion matches. "Completion functionality" means that when the user modifies the text in the entry, #GtkEntryCompletion checks which rows in the model match the current content of the entry, and displays a list of matches. By default, the matching is done by comparing the entry text case-insensitively against the text column of the model (see gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column()), but this can be overridden with a custom match function (see gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func()). When the user selects a completion, the content of the entry is updated. By default, the content of the entry is replaced by the text column of the model, but this can be overridden by connecting to the #GtkEntryCompletion::match-selected signal and updating the entry in the signal handler. Note that you should return %TRUE from the signal handler to suppress the default behaviour. To add completion functionality to an entry, use gtk_entry_set_completion(). In addition to regular completion matches, which will be inserted into the entry when they are selected, #GtkEntryCompletion also allows to display "actions" in the popup window. Their appearance is similar to menuitems, to differentiate them clearly from completion strings. When an action is selected, the #GtkEntryCompletion::action-activated signal is emitted. GtkEntryCompletion uses a #GtkTreeModelFilter model to represent the subset of the entire model that is currently matching. While the GtkEntryCompletion signals #GtkEntryCompletion::match-selected and #GtkEntryCompletion::cursor-on-match take the original model and an iter pointing to that model as arguments, other callbacks and signals (such as #GtkCellLayoutDataFuncs or #GtkCellArea::apply-attributes) will generally take the filter model as argument. As long as you are only calling gtk_tree_model_get(), this will make no difference to you. If for some reason, you need the original model, use gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model(). Don't forget to use gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_iter_to_child_iter() to obtain a matching iter. Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object. A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object using the specified @area to layout cells in the underlying #GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu. A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object the #GtkCellArea used to layout cells Requests a completion operation, or in other words a refiltering of the current list with completions, using the current key. The completion list view will be updated accordingly. a #GtkEntryCompletion Computes the common prefix that is shared by all rows in @completion that start with @key. If no row matches @key, %NULL will be returned. Note that a text column must have been set for this function to work, see gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column() for details. The common prefix all rows starting with @key or %NULL if no row matches @key. the entry completion The text to complete for Deletes the action at @index_ from @completion's action list. a #GtkEntryCompletion the index of the item to delete Get the original text entered by the user that triggered the completion or %NULL if there's no completion ongoing. the prefix for the current completion a #GtkEntryCompletion Gets the entry @completion has been attached to. The entry @completion has been attached to a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be automatically inserted in the entry. %TRUE if inline completion is turned on a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns %TRUE if inline-selection mode is turned on. %TRUE if inline-selection mode is on a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion. The currently used minimum key length a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns the model the #GtkEntryCompletion is using as data source. Returns %NULL if the model is unset. A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is currently being used a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. %TRUE if popup completion is turned on a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the width of the entry. %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of the entry a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is only a single match. %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the number of matches a #GtkEntryCompletion Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from. the column containing the strings a #GtkEntryCompletion Inserts an action in @completion's action item list at position @index_ with markup @markup. a #GtkEntryCompletion the index of the item to insert markup of the item to insert Inserts an action in @completion's action item list at position @index_ with text @text. If you want the action item to have markup, use gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup(). a #GtkEntryCompletion the index of the item to insert text of the item to insert Requests a prefix insertion. a #GtkEntryCompletion Sets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be automatically inserted in the entry. a #GtkEntryCompletion %TRUE to do inline completion Sets whether it is possible to cycle through the possible completions inside the entry. a #GtkEntryCompletion %TRUE to do inline selection Sets the match function for @completion to be @func. The match function is used to determine if a row should or should not be in the completion list. a #GtkEntryCompletion the #GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc to use user data for @func destroy notify for @func_data. Requires the length of the search key for @completion to be at least @length. This is useful for long lists, where completing using a small key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway (ie, a too large dataset). a #GtkEntryCompletion the minimum length of the key in order to start completing Sets the model for a #GtkEntryCompletion. If @completion already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model. a #GtkEntryCompletion the #GtkTreeModel Sets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. a #GtkEntryCompletion %TRUE to do popup completion Sets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the same width as the entry. a #GtkEntryCompletion %TRUE to make the width of the popup the same as the entry Sets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is only a single match. You may want to set this to %FALSE if you are using <link linkend="GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion">inline completion</link>. a #GtkEntryCompletion %TRUE if the popup should appear even for a single match Convenience function for setting up the most used case of this code: a completion list with just strings. This function will set up @completion to have a list displaying all (and just) strings in the completion list, and to get those strings from @column in the model of @completion. This functions creates and adds a #GtkCellRendererText for the selected column. If you need to set the text column, but don't want the cell renderer, use g_object_set() to set the #GtkEntryCompletion:text-column property directly. a #GtkEntryCompletion the column in the model of @completion to get strings from The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers in the treeview column. If no area is specified when creating the entry completion with gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area() a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. Determines whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be inserted automatically in the entry. Note that this requires text-column to be set, even if you are using a custom match function. Determines whether the possible completions on the popup will appear in the entry as you navigate through them. Determines whether the possible completions should be shown in a popup window. Determines whether the completions popup window will be resized to the width of the entry. Determines whether the completions popup window will shown for a single possible completion. You probably want to set this to %FALSE if you are using <link linkend="GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion">inline completion</link>. The column of the model containing the strings. Note that the strings must be UTF-8. Gets emitted when an action is activated. the index of the activated action Gets emitted when a match from the cursor is on a match of the list. The default behaviour is to replace the contents of the entry with the contents of the text column in the row pointed to by @iter. Note that @model is the model that was passed to gtk_entry_completion_set_model(). %TRUE if the signal has been handled the #GtkTreeModel containing the matches a #GtkTreeIter positioned at the selected match Gets emitted when the inline autocompletion is triggered. The default behaviour is to make the entry display the whole prefix and select the newly inserted part. Applications may connect to this signal in order to insert only a smaller part of the @prefix into the entry - e.g. the entry used in the #GtkFileChooser inserts only the part of the prefix up to the next '/'. %TRUE if the signal has been handled the common prefix of all possible completions Gets emitted when a match from the list is selected. The default behaviour is to replace the contents of the entry with the contents of the text column in the row pointed to by @iter. Note that @model is the model that was passed to gtk_entry_completion_set_model(). %TRUE if the signal has been handled the #GtkTreeModel containing the matches a #GtkTreeIter positioned at the selected match A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter matches a given @key, and should be displayed as a possible completion for @key. Note that @key is normalized and case-folded (see g_utf8_normalize() and g_utf8_casefold()). If this is not appropriate, match functions have access to the unmodified key via <literal>gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (gtk_entry_completion_get_entry (<!-- -->)))</literal>. %TRUE if @iter should be displayed as a possible completion for @key the #GtkEntryCompletion the string to match, normalized and case-folded a #GtkTreeIter indicating the row to match user data given to gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func() Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed. At the beginning of the entry (depending on the text direction). At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction). The #GtkEventBox widget is a subclass of #GtkBin which also has its own window. It is useful since it allows you to catch events for widgets which do not have their own window. Creates a new #GtkEventBox. a new #GtkEventBox Returns whether the event box window is above or below the windows of its child. See gtk_event_box_set_above_child() for details. %TRUE if the event box window is above the window of its child a #GtkEventBox Returns whether the event box has a visible window. See gtk_event_box_set_visible_window() for details. %TRUE if the event box window is visible a #GtkEventBox Set whether the event box window is positioned above the windows of its child, as opposed to below it. If the window is above, all events inside the event box will go to the event box. If the window is below, events in windows of child widgets will first got to that widget, and then to its parents. The default is to keep the window below the child. a #GtkEventBox %TRUE if the event box window is above its child Set whether the event box uses a visible or invisible child window. The default is to use visible windows. In an invisible window event box, the window that the event box creates is a %GDK_INPUT_ONLY window, which means that it is invisible and only serves to receive events. A visible window event box creates a visible (%GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT) window that acts as the parent window for all the widgets contained in the event box. You should generally make your event box invisible if you just want to trap events. Creating a visible window may cause artifacts that are visible to the user, especially if the user is using a theme with gradients or pixmaps. The main reason to create a non input-only event box is if you want to set the background to a different color or draw on it. <note><para> There is one unexpected issue for an invisible event box that has its window below the child. (See gtk_event_box_set_above_child().) Since the input-only window is not an ancestor window of any windows that descendent widgets of the event box create, events on these windows aren't propagated up by the windowing system, but only by GTK+. The practical effect of this is if an event isn't in the event mask for the descendant window (see gtk_widget_add_events()), it won't be received by the event box. </para><para> This problem doesn't occur for visible event boxes, because in that case, the event box window is actually the ancestor of the descendant windows, not just at the same place on the screen. </para></note> a #GtkEventBox %TRUE to make the event box have a visible window A #GtkExpander allows the user to hide or show its child by clicking on an expander triangle similar to the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView. Normally you use an expander as you would use any other descendant of #GtkBin; you create the child widget and use gtk_container_add() to add it to the expander. When the expander is toggled, it will take care of showing and hiding the child automatically. <refsect2 id="expander-special-usage"> <title>Special Usage</title> <para> There are situations in which you may prefer to show and hide the expanded widget yourself, such as when you want to actually create the widget at expansion time. In this case, create a #GtkExpander but do not add a child to it. The expander widget has an #GtkExpander:expanded property which can be used to monitor its expansion state. You should watch this property with a signal connection as follows: </para> <informalexample> <programlisting id="expander-callback-example"> expander = gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic ("_More Options"); g_signal_connect (expander, "notify::expanded", G_CALLBACK (expander_callback), NULL); ... static void expander_callback (GObject *object, GParamSpec *param_spec, gpointer user_data) { GtkExpander *expander; expander = GTK_EXPANDER (object); if (gtk_expander_get_expanded (expander)) { /&ast; Show or create widgets &ast;/ } else { /&ast; Hide or destroy widgets &ast;/ } } </programlisting> </informalexample> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="GtkExpander-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkExpander as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkExpander implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports placing a child in the label position by specifying "label" as the "type" attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element. A normal content child can be specified without specifying a &lt;child&gt; type attribute. </para> <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with GtkExpander</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkExpander"> <child type="label"> <object class="GtkLabel" id="expander-label"/> </child> <child> <object class="GtkEntry" id="expander-content"/> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label. a new #GtkExpander widget. the text of the label Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label. If characters in @label are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use '__' (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. a new #GtkExpander widget. the text of the label with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Queries a #GtkExpander and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE if the child widget is revealed. See gtk_expander_set_expanded(). the current state of the expander a #GtkExpander Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup, as set by gtk_expander_set_label(). If the label text has not been set the return value will be %NULL. This will be the case if you create an empty button with gtk_button_new() to use as a container. Note that this function behaved differently in versions prior to 2.14 and used to return the label text stripped of embedded underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. This problem can be avoided by fetching the label text directly from the label widget. The text of the label widget. This string is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkExpander Returns whether the label widget will fill all available horizontal space allocated to @expander. %TRUE if the label widget will fill all available horizontal space a #GtkExpander Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See gtk_expander_set_label_widget(). the label widget, or %NULL if there is none a #GtkExpander Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. the "resize toplevel" setting. a #GtkExpander Gets the value set by gtk_expander_set_spacing(). spacing between the expander and child a #GtkExpander Returns whether the label's text is interpreted as marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. See gtk_expander_set_use_markup(). %TRUE if the label's text will be parsed for markup a #GtkExpander Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline(). %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys a #GtkExpander Sets the state of the expander. Set to %TRUE, if you want the child widget to be revealed, and %FALSE if you want the child widget to be hidden. a #GtkExpander whether the child widget is revealed Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label. This will also clear any previously set labels. a #GtkExpander a string Sets whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space allocated to @expander. a #GtkExpander %TRUE if the label should should fill all available horizontal space Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow. a #GtkExpander the new label widget Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. a #GtkExpander whether to resize the toplevel Sets the spacing field of @expander, which is the number of pixels to place between expander and the child. a #GtkExpander distance between the expander and child in pixels Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango's text markup language</link>. See gtk_label_set_markup(). a #GtkExpander %TRUE if the label's text should be parsed for markup If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. a #GtkExpander %TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics When this property is %TRUE, the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon expanding and collapsing. Used to specify the style of the expanders drawn by a #GtkTreeView. The style used for a collapsed subtree. Intermediate style used during animation. Intermediate style used during animation. The style used for an expanded subtree. #GtkFileChooser is an interface that can be implemented by file selection widgets. In GTK+, the main objects that implement this interface are #GtkFileChooserWidget, #GtkFileChooserDialog, and #GtkFileChooserButton. You do not need to write an object that implements the #GtkFileChooser interface unless you are trying to adapt an existing file selector to expose a standard programming interface. #GtkFileChooser allows for shortcuts to various places in the filesystem. In the default implementation these are displayed in the left pane. It may be a bit confusing at first that these shortcuts come from various sources and in various flavours, so lets explain the terminology here: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>Bookmarks</term> <listitem> are created by the user, by dragging folders from the right pane to the left pane, or by using the "Add". Bookmarks can be renamed and deleted by the user. </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>Shortcuts</term> <listitem> can be provided by the application or by the underlying filesystem abstraction (e.g. both the gnome-vfs and the Windows filesystems provide "Desktop" shortcuts). Shortcuts cannot be modified by the user. </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>Volumes</term> <listitem> are provided by the underlying filesystem abstraction. They are the "roots" of the filesystem. </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> <refsect2 id="gtkfilechooser-encodings"> <title>File Names and Encodings</title> When the user is finished selecting files in a #GtkFileChooser, your program can get the selected names either as filenames or as URIs. For URIs, the normal escaping rules are applied if the URI contains non-ASCII characters. However, filenames are <emphasis>always</emphasis> returned in the character set specified by the <envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> environment variable. Please see the GLib documentation for more details about this variable. <note> This means that while you can pass the result of gtk_file_chooser_get_filename() to <function>open(2)</function> or <function>fopen(3)</function>, you may not be able to directly set it as the text of a #GtkLabel widget unless you convert it first to UTF-8, which all GTK+ widgets expect. You should use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert filenames into strings that can be passed to GTK+ widgets. </note> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkfilechooser-preview"> <title>Adding a Preview Widget</title> <para> You can add a custom preview widget to a file chooser and then get notification about when the preview needs to be updated. To install a preview widget, use gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(). Then, connect to the #GtkFileChooser::update-preview signal to get notified when you need to update the contents of the preview. </para> <para> Your callback should use gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename() to see what needs previewing. Once you have generated the preview for the corresponding file, you must call gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active() with a boolean flag that indicates whether your callback could successfully generate a preview. </para> <example id="example-gtkfilechooser-preview"> <title>Sample Usage</title> <programlisting> { GtkImage *preview; ... preview = gtk_image_new (<!-- -->); gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget (my_file_chooser, preview); g_signal_connect (my_file_chooser, "update-preview", G_CALLBACK (update_preview_cb), preview); } static void update_preview_cb (GtkFileChooser *file_chooser, gpointer data) { GtkWidget *preview; char *filename; GdkPixbuf *pixbuf; gboolean have_preview; preview = GTK_WIDGET (data); filename = gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename (file_chooser); pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size (filename, 128, 128, NULL); have_preview = (pixbuf != NULL); g_free (filename); gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GTK_IMAGE (preview), pixbuf); if (pixbuf) g_object_unref (pixbuf); gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active (file_chooser, have_preview); } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkfilechooser-extra"> <title>Adding Extra Widgets</title> <para> You can add extra widgets to a file chooser to provide options that are not present in the default design. For example, you can add a toggle button to give the user the option to open a file in read-only mode. You can use gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget() to insert additional widgets in a file chooser. </para> <example id="example-gtkfilechooser-extra"> <title>Sample Usage</title> <programlisting> GtkWidget *toggle; ... toggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Open file read-only"); gtk_widget_show (toggle); gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (my_file_chooser, toggle); } </programlisting> </example> <note> If you want to set more than one extra widget in the file chooser, you can a container such as a #GtkBox or a #GtkGrid and include your widgets in it. Then, set the container as the whole extra widget. </note> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkfilechooser-key-bindings"> <title>Key Bindings</title> <para> Internally, GTK+ implements a file chooser's graphical user interface with the private <classname>GtkFileChooserDefaultClass</classname>. This widget has several <link linkend="gtk-Bindings">key bindings</link> and their associated signals. This section describes the available key binding signals. </para> <example id="gtkfilechooser-key-binding-example"> <title>GtkFileChooser key binding example</title> <para> The default keys that activate the key-binding signals in <classname>GtkFileChooserDefaultClass</classname> are as follows: </para> <informaltable> <tgroup cols="2"> <tbody> <row> <entry>Signal name</entry> <entry>Default key combinations</entry> </row> <row> <entry>location-popup</entry> <entry> <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> (empty path); <keycap>/</keycap> (path of "/") <footnote> Both the individual <keycap>/</keycap> key and the numeric keypad's "divide" key are supported. </footnote>; <keycap>~</keycap> (path of "~") </entry> </row> <row> <entry>up-folder</entry> <entry> <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo>; <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo> <footnote> Both the individual Up key and the numeric keypad's Up key are supported. </footnote>; <keycap>Backspace</keycap> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>down-folder</entry> <entry> <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo>; <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo> <footnote> Both the individual Down key and the numeric keypad's Down key are supported. </footnote> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>home-folder</entry> <entry><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></entry> </row> <row> <entry>desktop-folder</entry> <entry><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></entry> </row> <row> <entry>quick-bookmark</entry> <entry><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>1</keycap></keycombo> through <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo></entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> <para> You can change these defaults to something else. For example, to add a <keycap>Shift</keycap> modifier to a few of the default bindings, you can include the following fragment in your <filename>.config/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</filename> file: </para> <programlisting> @binding-set MyOwnFilechooserBindings { bind "&lt;Alt&gt;&lt;Shift&gt;Up" { "up-folder" () } bind "&lt;Alt&gt;&lt;Shift&gt;Down" { "down-folder" () } bind "&lt;Alt&gt;&lt;Shift&gt;Home" { "home-folder" () } } GtkFileChooserDefault { gtk-key-bindings: MyOwnFilechooserBindings } </programlisting> </example> <refsect3 id="GtkFileChooserDefault-location-popup"> <title>The &quot;GtkFileChooserDefault::location-popup&quot; signal</title> <programlisting> void user_function (GtkFileChooserDefault *chooser, const char *path, <link linkend="gpointer">gpointer</link> user_data); </programlisting> <para> This is used to make the file chooser show a "Location" dialog which the user can use to manually type the name of the file he wishes to select. The <parameter>path</parameter> argument is a string that gets put in the text entry for the file name. By default this is bound to <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> with a <parameter>path</parameter> string of "" (the empty string). It is also bound to <keycap>/</keycap> with a <parameter>path</parameter> string of "<literal>/</literal>" (a slash): this lets you type <keycap>/</keycap> and immediately type a path name. On Unix systems, this is bound to <keycap>~</keycap> (tilde) with a <parameter>path</parameter> string of "~" itself for access to home directories. </para> <variablelist role="params"> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>chooser</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> the object which received the signal. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>path</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> default contents for the text entry for the file name </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>user_data</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> user data set when the signal handler was connected. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> <note> You can create your own bindings for the #GtkFileChooserDefault::location-popup signal with custom <parameter>path</parameter> strings, and have a crude form of easily-to-type bookmarks. For example, say you access the path <filename>/home/username/misc</filename> very frequently. You could then create an <keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>M</keycap> </keycombo> shortcut by including the following in your <filename>.config/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</filename>: <programlisting> @binding-set MiscShortcut { bind "&lt;Alt&gt;M" { "location-popup" ("/home/username/misc") } } GtkFileChooserDefault { gtk-key-bindings: MiscShortcut } </programlisting> </note> </refsect3> <refsect3 id="GtkFileChooserDefault-up-folder"> <title>The &quot;GtkFileChooserDefault::up-folder&quot; signal</title> <programlisting> void user_function (GtkFileChooserDefault *chooser, <link linkend="gpointer">gpointer</link> user_data); </programlisting> <para> This is used to make the file chooser go to the parent of the current folder in the file hierarchy. By default this is bound to <keycap>Backspace</keycap> and <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo> (the Up key in the numeric keypad also works). </para> <variablelist role="params"> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>chooser</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> the object which received the signal. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>user_data</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> user data set when the signal handler was connected. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect3> <refsect3 id="GtkFileChooserDefault-down-folder"> <title>The &quot;GtkFileChooserDefault::down-folder&quot; signal</title> <programlisting> void user_function (GtkFileChooserDefault *chooser, <link linkend="gpointer">gpointer</link> user_data); </programlisting> <para> This is used to make the file chooser go to a child of the current folder in the file hierarchy. The subfolder that will be used is displayed in the path bar widget of the file chooser. For example, if the path bar is showing "/foo/<emphasis>bar/</emphasis>baz", then this will cause the file chooser to switch to the "baz" subfolder. By default this is bound to <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo> (the Down key in the numeric keypad also works). </para> <variablelist role="params"> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>chooser</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> the object which received the signal. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>user_data</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> user data set when the signal handler was connected. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect3> <refsect3 id="GtkFileChooserDefault-home-folder"> <title>The &quot;GtkFileChooserDefault::home-folder&quot; signal</title> <programlisting> void user_function (GtkFileChooserDefault *chooser, <link linkend="gpointer">gpointer</link> user_data); </programlisting> <para> This is used to make the file chooser show the user's home folder in the file list. By default this is bound to <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo> (the Home key in the numeric keypad also works). </para> <variablelist role="params"> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>chooser</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> the object which received the signal. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>user_data</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> user data set when the signal handler was connected. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect3> <refsect3 id="GtkFileChooserDefault-desktop-folder"> <title>The &quot;GtkFileChooserDefault::desktop-folder&quot; signal</title> <programlisting> void user_function (GtkFileChooserDefault *chooser, <link linkend="gpointer">gpointer</link> user_data); </programlisting> <para> This is used to make the file chooser show the user's Desktop folder in the file list. By default this is bound to <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>. </para> <variablelist role="params"> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>chooser</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> the object which received the signal. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>user_data</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> user data set when the signal handler was connected. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect3> <refsect3 id="GtkFileChooserDefault-quick-bookmark"> <title>The &quot;GtkFileChooserDefault::quick-bookmark&quot; signal</title> <programlisting> void user_function (GtkFileChooserDefault *chooser, gint bookmark_index, <link linkend="gpointer">gpointer</link> user_data); </programlisting> <para> This is used to make the file chooser switch to the bookmark specified in the <parameter>bookmark_index</parameter> parameter. For example, if you have three bookmarks, you can pass 0, 1, 2 to this signal to switch to each of them, respectively. By default this is bound to <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>1</keycap></keycombo>, <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>2</keycap></keycombo>, etc. until <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo>. Note that in the default binding, that <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>1</keycap></keycombo> is actually defined to switch to the bookmark at index 0, and so on successively; <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo> is defined to switch to the bookmark at index 10. </para> <variablelist role="params"> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>chooser</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> the object which received the signal. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>bookmark_indes</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> index of the bookmark to switch to; the indices start at 0. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>user_data</parameter>&nbsp;:</term> <listitem> <simpara> user data set when the signal handler was connected. </simpara> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect3> </refsect2> Adds @filter to the list of filters that the user can select between. When a filter is selected, only files that are passed by that filter are displayed. Note that the @chooser takes ownership of the filter, so you have to ref and sink it if you want to keep a reference. a #GtkFileChooser a #GtkFileFilter Adds a folder to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file chooser. Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are provided by the application. For example, you can use this to add a "/usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart" folder to the volume list. %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. a #GtkFileChooser filename of the folder to add Adds a folder URI to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file chooser. Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are provided by the application. For example, you can use this to add a "file:///usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart" folder to the volume list. %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. a #GtkFileChooser URI of the folder to add Gets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing; see gtk_file_chooser_set_action(). the action that the file selector is performing a #GtkFileChooser Gets whether file choser will offer to create new folders. See gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders(). %TRUE if the New Folder button should be displayed. a #GtkFileChooser Gets the current folder of @chooser as a local filename. See gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder(). Note that this is the folder that the file chooser is currently displaying (e.g. "/home/username/Documents"), which is <emphasis>not the same</emphasis> as the currently-selected folder if the chooser is in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER mode (e.g. "/home/username/Documents/selected-folder/". To get the currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the usual way to get the selection. the full path of the current folder, or %NULL if the current path cannot be represented as a local filename. Free with g_free(). This function will also return %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder() on a nonexistent folder. a #GtkFileChooser Gets the current folder of @chooser as #GFile. See gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri(). the #GFile for the current folder. a #GtkFileChooser Gets the current folder of @chooser as an URI. See gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri(). Note that this is the folder that the file chooser is currently displaying (e.g. "file:///home/username/Documents"), which is <emphasis>not the same</emphasis> as the currently-selected folder if the chooser is in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER mode (e.g. "file:///home/username/Documents/selected-folder/". To get the currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the usual way to get the selection. the URI for the current folder. Free with g_free(). This function will also return %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri() on a nonexistent folder. a #GtkFileChooser Queries whether a file chooser is set to confirm for overwriting when the user types a file name that already exists. %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog; %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkFileChooser Gets the current preview widget; see gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget(). the current extra widget, or %NULL a #GtkFileChooser Gets the #GFile for the currently selected file in the file selector. If multiple files are selected, one of the files will be returned at random. If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected folder. a selected #GFile. You own the returned file; use g_object_unref() to release it. a #GtkFileChooser Gets the filename for the currently selected file in the file selector. The filename is returned as an absolute path. If multiple files are selected, one of the filenames will be returned at random. If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected folder. The currently selected filename, or %NULL if no file is selected, or the selected file can't be represented with a local filename. Free with g_free(). a #GtkFileChooser Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of @chooser. The returned names are full absolute paths. If files in the current folder cannot be represented as local filenames they will be ignored. (See gtk_file_chooser_get_uris()) a #GSList containing the filenames of all selected files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free(). a #GtkFileChooser Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of @chooser as #GFile. An internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_uris(). a #GSList containing a #GFile for each selected file and subfolder in the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the files with g_object_unref(). a #GtkFileChooser Gets the current filter; see gtk_file_chooser_set_filter(). the current filter, or %NULL a #GtkFileChooser Gets whether only local files can be selected in the file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() %TRUE if only local files can be selected. a #GtkFileChooser Gets the #GFile that should be previewed in a custom preview Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri(). the #GFile for the file to preview, or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref(). a #GtkFileChooser Gets the filename that should be previewed in a custom preview widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(). the filename to preview, or %NULL if no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot be represented as a local filename. Free with g_free() a #GtkFileChooser Gets the URI that should be previewed in a custom preview widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(). the URI for the file to preview, or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_free(). a #GtkFileChooser Gets the current preview widget; see gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(). the current preview widget, or %NULL a #GtkFileChooser Gets whether the preview widget set by gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() should be shown for the current filename. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active(). %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename. a #GtkFileChooser Gets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple(). %TRUE if multiple files can be selected. a #GtkFileChooser Gets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden(). %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed. a #GtkFileChooser Gets the URI for the currently selected file in the file selector. If multiple files are selected, one of the filenames will be returned at random. If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected folder. The currently selected URI, or %NULL if no file is selected. If gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() is set to %TRUE (the default) a local URI will be returned for any FUSE locations. Free with g_free() a #GtkFileChooser Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of @chooser. The returned names are full absolute URIs. a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free(). a #GtkFileChooser Gets whether a stock label should be drawn with the name of the previewed file. See gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label(). %TRUE if the file chooser is set to display a label with the name of the previewed file, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkFileChooser Lists the current set of user-selectable filters; see gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(), gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter(). a #GSList containing the current set of user selectable filters. The contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it. a #GtkFileChooser Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri(). A list of folder URIs, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free(). a #GtkFileChooser Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder(). A list of folder filenames, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free(). a #GtkFileChooser Removes @filter from the list of filters that the user can select between. a #GtkFileChooser a #GtkFileFilter Removes a folder from a file chooser's list of shortcut folders. %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder() a #GtkFileChooser filename of the folder to remove Removes a folder URI from a file chooser's list of shortcut folders. %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri() a #GtkFileChooser URI of the folder to remove Selects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser. a #GtkFileChooser Selects the file referred to by @file. An internal function. See _gtk_file_chooser_select_uri(). Not useful. a #GtkFileChooser the file to select Selects a filename. If the file name isn't in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename. Not useful. See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_filename() a #GtkFileChooser the filename to select Selects the file to by @uri. If the URI doesn't refer to a file in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename. Not useful. a #GtkFileChooser the URI to select Sets the type of operation that the chooser is performing; the user interface is adapted to suit the selected action. For example, an option to create a new folder might be shown if the action is %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE but not if the action is %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN. a #GtkFileChooser the action that the file selector is performing Sets whether file choser will offer to create new folders. This is only relevant if the action is not set to be %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN. a #GtkFileChooser %TRUE if the New Folder button should be displayed Sets the current folder for @chooser from a local filename. The user will be shown the full contents of the current folder, plus user interface elements for navigating to other folders. In general, you should not use this function. See the <link linkend="gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up">section on setting up a file chooser dialog</link> for the rationale behind this. Not useful. a #GtkFileChooser the full path of the new current folder Sets the current folder for @chooser from a #GFile. Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri(). %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkFileChooser the #GFile for the new folder Sets the current folder for @chooser from an URI. The user will be shown the full contents of the current folder, plus user interface elements for navigating to other folders. In general, you should not use this function. See the <link linkend="gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up">section on setting up a file chooser dialog</link> for the rationale behind this. %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkFileChooser the URI for the new current folder Sets the current name in the file selector, as if entered by the user. Note that the name passed in here is a UTF-8 string rather than a filename. This function is meant for such uses as a suggested name in a "Save As..." dialog. You can pass "Untitled.doc" or a similarly suitable suggestion for the @name. If you want to preselect a particular existing file, you should use gtk_file_chooser_set_filename() or gtk_file_chooser_set_uri() instead. Please see the documentation for those functions for an example of using gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name() as well. a #GtkFileChooser the filename to use, as a UTF-8 string Sets whether a file chooser in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode will present a confirmation dialog if the user types a file name that already exists. This is %FALSE by default. Regardless of this setting, the @chooser will emit the #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal when appropriate. If all you need is the stock confirmation dialog, set this property to %TRUE. You can override the way confirmation is done by actually handling the #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal; please refer to its documentation for the details. a #GtkFileChooser whether to confirm overwriting in save mode Sets an application-supplied widget to provide extra options to the user. a #GtkFileChooser widget for extra options Sets @file as the current filename for the file chooser, by changing to the file's parent folder and actually selecting the file in list. If the @chooser is in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode, the file's base name will also appear in the dialog's file name entry. If the file name isn't in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename. This is equivalent to a sequence of gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all() followed by gtk_file_chooser_select_filename(). Note that the file must exist, or nothing will be done except for the directory change. If you are implementing a <guimenuitem>File/Save As...</guimenuitem> dialog, you should use this function if you already have a file name to which the user may save; for example, when the user opens an existing file and then does <guimenuitem>File/Save As...</guimenuitem> on it. If you don't have a file name already &mdash; for example, if the user just created a new file and is saving it for the first time, do not call this function. Instead, use something similar to this: |[ if (document_is_new) { /&ast; the user just created a new document &ast;/ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (chooser, default_file_for_saving); gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (chooser, "Untitled document"); } else { /&ast; the user edited an existing document &ast;/ gtk_file_chooser_set_file (chooser, existing_file); } ]| Not useful. a #GtkFileChooser the #GFile to set as current Sets @filename as the current filename for the file chooser, by changing to the file's parent folder and actually selecting the file in list; all other files will be unselected. If the @chooser is in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode, the file's base name will also appear in the dialog's file name entry. Note that the file must exist, or nothing will be done except for the directory change. You should use this function only when implementing a <guimenuitem>File/Save As...</guimenuitem> dialog for which you already have a file name to which the user may save. For example, when the user opens an existing file and then does <guimenuitem>File/Save As...</guimenuitem> on it to save a copy or a modified version. If you don't have a file name already &mdash; for example, if the user just created a new file and is saving it for the first time, do not call this function. Instead, use something similar to this: |[ if (document_is_new) { /&ast; the user just created a new document &ast;/ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (chooser, "Untitled document"); } else { /&ast; the user edited an existing document &ast;/ gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (chooser, existing_filename); } ]| In the first case, the file chooser will present the user with useful suggestions as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file's existing location is already known, so the file chooser will use it. Not useful. a #GtkFileChooser the filename to set as current Sets the current filter; only the files that pass the filter will be displayed. If the user-selectable list of filters is non-empty, then the filter should be one of the filters in that list. Setting the current filter when the list of filters is empty is useful if you want to restrict the displayed set of files without letting the user change it. a #GtkFileChooser a #GtkFileFilter Sets whether only local files can be selected in the file selector. If @local_only is %TRUE (the default), then the selected file are files are guaranteed to be accessible through the operating systems native file file system and therefore the application only needs to worry about the filename functions in #GtkFileChooser, like gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(), rather than the URI functions like gtk_file_chooser_get_uri(), On some systems non-native files may still be available using the native filesystem via a userspace filesystem (FUSE). a #GtkFileChooser %TRUE if only local files can be selected Sets an application-supplied widget to use to display a custom preview of the currently selected file. To implement a preview, after setting the preview widget, you connect to the #GtkFileChooser::update-preview signal, and call gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename() or gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri() on each change. If you can display a preview of the new file, update your widget and set the preview active using gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active(). Otherwise, set the preview inactive. When there is no application-supplied preview widget, or the application-supplied preview widget is not active, the file chooser may display an internally generated preview of the current file or it may display no preview at all. a #GtkFileChooser widget for displaying preview. Sets whether the preview widget set by gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() should be shown for the current filename. When @active is set to false, the file chooser may display an internally generated preview of the current file or it may display no preview at all. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() for more details. a #GtkFileChooser whether to display the user-specified preview widget Sets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. This is only relevant if the action is set to be %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN or %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER. a #GtkFileChooser %TRUE if multiple files can be selected. Sets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector. a #GtkFileChooser %TRUE if hidden files and folders should be displayed. Sets the file referred to by @uri as the current file for the file chooser, by changing to the URI's parent folder and actually selecting the URI in the list. If the @chooser is %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode, the URI's base name will also appear in the dialog's file name entry. Note that the URI must exist, or nothing will be done except for the directory change. You should use this function only when implementing a <guimenuitem>File/Save As...</guimenuitem> dialog for which you already have a file name to which the user may save. For example, whenthe user opens an existing file and then does <guimenuitem>File/Save As...</guimenuitem> on it to save a copy or a modified version. If you don't have a file name already &mdash; for example, if the user just created a new file and is saving it for the first time, do not call this function. Instead, use something similar to this: |[ if (document_is_new) { /&ast; the user just created a new document &ast;/ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (chooser, "Untitled document"); } else { /&ast; the user edited an existing document &ast;/ gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (chooser, existing_uri); } ]| In the first case, the file chooser will present the user with useful suggestions as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file's existing location is already known, so the file chooser will use it. Not useful. a #GtkFileChooser the URI to set as current Sets whether the file chooser should display a stock label with the name of the file that is being previewed; the default is %TRUE. Applications that want to draw the whole preview area themselves should set this to %FALSE and display the name themselves in their preview widget. See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() a #GtkFileChooser whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file Unselects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser. a #GtkFileChooser Unselects the file referred to by @file. If the file is not in the current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing. a #GtkFileChooser a #GFile Unselects a currently selected filename. If the filename is not in the current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing. a #GtkFileChooser the filename to unselect Unselects the file referred to by @uri. If the file is not in the current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing. a #GtkFileChooser the URI to unselect Whether a file chooser not in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN mode will offer the user to create new folders. Whether a file chooser in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode will present an overwrite confirmation dialog if the user selects a file name that already exists. This signal gets emitted whenever it is appropriate to present a confirmation dialog when the user has selected a file name that already exists. The signal only gets emitted when the file chooser is in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode. Most applications just need to turn on the #GtkFileChooser:do-overwrite-confirmation property (or call the gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation() function), and they will automatically get a stock confirmation dialog. Applications which need to customize this behavior should do that, and also connect to the #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal. A signal handler for this signal must return a #GtkFileChooserConfirmation value, which indicates the action to take. If the handler determines that the user wants to select a different filename, it should return %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_SELECT_AGAIN. If it determines that the user is satisfied with his choice of file name, it should return %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_ACCEPT_FILENAME. On the other hand, if it determines that the stock confirmation dialog should be used, it should return %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_CONFIRM. The following example illustrates this. <example id="gtkfilechooser-confirmation"> <title>Custom confirmation</title> <programlisting> static GtkFileChooserConfirmation confirm_overwrite_callback (GtkFileChooser *chooser, gpointer data) { char *uri; uri = gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (chooser); if (is_uri_read_only (uri)) { if (user_wants_to_replace_read_only_file (uri)) return GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_ACCEPT_FILENAME; else return GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_SELECT_AGAIN; } else return GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_CONFIRM; // fall back to the default dialog } ... chooser = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (...); gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog), TRUE); g_signal_connect (chooser, "confirm-overwrite", G_CALLBACK (confirm_overwrite_callback), NULL); if (gtk_dialog_run (chooser) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) save_to_file (gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (chooser)); gtk_widget_destroy (chooser); </programlisting> </example> a #GtkFileChooserConfirmation value that indicates which action to take after emitting the signal. This signal is emitted when the current folder in a #GtkFileChooser changes. This can happen due to the user performing some action that changes folders, such as selecting a bookmark or visiting a folder on the file list. It can also happen as a result of calling a function to explicitly change the current folder in a file chooser. Normally you do not need to connect to this signal, unless you need to keep track of which folder a file chooser is showing. See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder(), gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder(), gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri(), gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri(). This signal is emitted when the user "activates" a file in the file chooser. This can happen by double-clicking on a file in the file list, or by pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Normally you do not need to connect to this signal. It is used internally by #GtkFileChooserDialog to know when to activate the default button in the dialog. See also: gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(), gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames(), gtk_file_chooser_get_uri(), gtk_file_chooser_get_uris(). This signal is emitted when there is a change in the set of selected files in a #GtkFileChooser. This can happen when the user modifies the selection with the mouse or the keyboard, or when explicitly calling functions to change the selection. Normally you do not need to connect to this signal, as it is easier to wait for the file chooser to finish running, and then to get the list of selected files using the functions mentioned below. See also: gtk_file_chooser_select_filename(), gtk_file_chooser_unselect_filename(), gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(), gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames(), gtk_file_chooser_select_uri(), gtk_file_chooser_unselect_uri(), gtk_file_chooser_get_uri(), gtk_file_chooser_get_uris(). This signal is emitted when the preview in a file chooser should be regenerated. For example, this can happen when the currently selected file changes. You should use this signal if you want your file chooser to have a preview widget. Once you have installed a preview widget with gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(), you should update it when this signal is emitted. You can use the functions gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename() or gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri() to get the name of the file to preview. Your widget may not be able to preview all kinds of files; your callback must call gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active() to inform the file chooser about whether the preview was generated successfully or not. Please see the example code in <xref linkend="gtkfilechooser-preview"/>. See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(), gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active(), gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label(), gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename(), gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri(). Describes whether a #GtkFileChooser is being used to open existing files or to save to a possibly new file. Indicates open mode. The file chooser will only let the user pick an existing file. Indicates save mode. The file chooser will let the user pick an existing file, or type in a new filename. Indicates an Open mode for selecting folders. The file chooser will let the user pick an existing folder. Indicates a mode for creating a new folder. The file chooser will let the user name an existing or new folder. The #GtkFileChooserButton is a widget that lets the user select a file. It implements the #GtkFileChooser interface. Visually, it is a file name with a button to bring up a #GtkFileChooserDialog. The user can then use that dialog to change the file associated with that button. This widget does not support setting the #GtkFileChooser:select-multiple property to %TRUE. <example> <title>Create a button to let the user select a file in /etc</title> <programlisting> { GtkWidget *button; button = gtk_file_chooser_button_new (_("Select a file"), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN); gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (button), "/etc"); } </programlisting> </example> The #GtkFileChooserButton supports the #GtkFileChooserAction<!-- -->s %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN and %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER. <important> The #GtkFileChooserButton will ellipsize the label, and thus will thus request little horizontal space. To give the button more space, you should call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size(), gtk_file_chooser_button_set_width_chars(), or pack the button in such a way that other interface elements give space to the widget. </important> Creates a new file-selecting button widget. a new button widget. the title of the browse dialog. the open mode for the widget. Creates a #GtkFileChooserButton widget which uses @dialog as its file-picking window. Note that @dialog must be a #GtkDialog (or subclass) which implements the #GtkFileChooser interface and must not have %GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT set. Also note that the dialog needs to have its confirmative button added with response %GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT or %GTK_RESPONSE_OK in order for the button to take over the file selected in the dialog. a new button widget. the widget to use as dialog Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. See gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click(). %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. a #GtkFileChooserButton Retrieves the title of the browse dialog used by @button. The returned value should not be modified or freed. a pointer to the browse dialog's title. the button widget to examine. Retrieves the width in characters of the @button widget's entry and/or label. an integer width (in characters) that the button will use to size itself. the button widget to examine. Sets whether the button will grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where you don't want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the application. a #GtkFileChooserButton whether the button grabs focus when clicked with the mouse Modifies the @title of the browse dialog used by @button. the button widget to modify. the new browse dialog title. Sets the width (in characters) that @button will use to @n_chars. the button widget to examine. the new width, in characters. Instance of the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button. Whether the #GtkFileChooserButton button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Title to put on the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button. The width of the entry and label inside the button, in characters. The ::file-set signal is emitted when the user selects a file. Note that this signal is only emitted when the <emphasis>user</emphasis> changes the file. Used as a return value of handlers for the #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal of a #GtkFileChooser. This value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock confirmation dialog, accept the user's choice of a filename, or let the user choose another filename. The file chooser will present its stock dialog to confirm about overwriting an existing file. The file chooser will terminate and accept the user's choice of a file name. The file chooser will continue running, so as to let the user select another file name. #GtkFileChooserDialog is a dialog box suitable for use with "File/Open" or "File/Save as" commands. This widget works by putting a #GtkFileChooserWidget inside a #GtkDialog. It exposes the #GtkFileChooser interface, so you can use all of the #GtkFileChooser functions on the file chooser dialog as well as those for #GtkDialog. Note that #GtkFileChooserDialog does not have any methods of its own. Instead, you should use the functions that work on a #GtkFileChooser. <example id="gtkfilechooser-typical-usage"> <title>Typical usage</title> In the simplest of cases, you can the following code to use #GtkFileChooserDialog to select a file for opening: <para> <informalexample><programlisting> GtkWidget *dialog; dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Open File", parent_window, GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, NULL); if (gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) { char *filename; filename = gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog)); open_file (filename); g_free (filename); } gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); </programlisting></informalexample> </para> To use a dialog for saving, you can use this: <para> <informalexample><programlisting> GtkWidget *dialog; dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Save File", parent_window, GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, NULL); gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog), TRUE); if (user_edited_a_new_document) gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog), "Untitled document"); else gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog), filename_for_existing_document); if (gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) { char *filename; filename = gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog)); save_to_file (filename); g_free (filename); } gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); </programlisting></informalexample> </para> </example> <section id="gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up"> <title>Setting up a file chooser dialog</title> There are various cases in which you may need to use a #GtkFileChooserDialog: <itemizedlist><listitem>To select a file for opening, as for a <guimenuitem>File/Open</guimenuitem> command. Use #GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN. </listitem> <listitem>To save a file for the first time, as for a <guimenuitem>File/Save</guimenuitem> command. Use #GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, and suggest a name such as "Untitled" with gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name(). </listitem> <listitem>To save a file under a different name, as for a <guimenuitem>File/Save As</guimenuitem> command. Use #GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, and set the existing filename with gtk_file_chooser_set_filename(). </listitem> <listitem>To choose a folder instead of a file. Use #GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER. </listitem></itemizedlist> <note> <para> Old versions of the file chooser's documentation suggested using gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder() in various situations, with the intention of letting the application suggest a reasonable default folder. This is no longer considered to be a good policy, as now the file chooser is able to make good suggestions on its own. In general, you should only cause the file chooser to show a specific folder when it is appropriate to use gtk_file_chooser_set_filename(), i.e. when you are doing a <guimenuitem>File/Save As</guimenuitem> command <emphasis>and</emphasis> you already have a file saved somewhere. </para> </note> </section> <section id="gtkfilechooserdialog-response-codes"> <title>Response Codes</title> #GtkFileChooserDialog inherits from #GtkDialog, so buttons that go in its action area have response codes such as #GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT and #GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL. For example, you could call gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new() as follows: <para> <informalexample><programlisting> GtkWidget *dialog; dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Open File", parent_window, GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, NULL); </programlisting></informalexample> </para> This will create buttons for "Cancel" and "Open" that use stock response identifiers from #GtkResponseType. For most dialog boxes you can use your own custom response codes rather than the ones in #GtkResponseType, but #GtkFileChooserDialog assumes that its "accept"-type action, e.g. an "Open" or "Save" button, <emphasis>will</emphasis> have one of the following response codes: <para> <simplelist id="gtkfilechooserdialog-responses"> <member>#GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT</member> <member>#GTK_RESPONSE_OK</member> <member>#GTK_RESPONSE_YES</member> <member>#GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY</member> </simplelist> </para> This is because #GtkFileChooserDialog must intercept responses and switch to folders if appropriate, rather than letting the dialog terminate &mdash; the implementation uses these known response codes to know which responses can be blocked if appropriate. <para> <note> To summarize, make sure you use a <link linkend="gtkfilechooserdialog-responses">stock response code</link> when you use #GtkFileChooserDialog to ensure proper operation. </note> </para> </section> Creates a new #GtkFileChooserDialog. This function is analogous to gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). a new #GtkFileChooserDialog Title of the dialog, or %NULL Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL Open or save mode for the dialog stock ID or text to go in the first button, or %NULL These identify the various errors that can occur while calling #GtkFileChooser functions. Indicates that a file does not exist. Indicates a malformed filename. Indicates a duplicate path (e.g. when adding a bookmark). Indicates an incomplete hostname (e.g. "http://foo" without a slash after that). Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary. The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors. #GtkFileChooserWidget is a widget suitable for selecting files. It is the main building block of a #GtkFileChooserDialog. Most applications will only need to use the latter; you can use #GtkFileChooserWidget as part of a larger window if you have special needs. Note that #GtkFileChooserWidget does not have any methods of its own. Instead, you should use the functions that work on a #GtkFileChooser. Creates a new #GtkFileChooserWidget. This is a file chooser widget that can be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that is used by #GtkFileChooserDialog. a new #GtkFileChooserWidget Open or save mode for the widget A GtkFileFilter can be used to restrict the files being shown in a #GtkFileChooser. Files can be filtered based on their name (with gtk_file_filter_add_pattern()), on their mime type (with gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type()), or by a custom filter function (with gtk_file_filter_add_custom()). Filtering by mime types handles aliasing and subclassing of mime types; e.g. a filter for text/plain also matches a file with mime type application/rtf, since application/rtf is a subclass of text/plain. Note that #GtkFileFilter allows wildcards for the subtype of a mime type, so you can e.g. filter for image/&ast;. Normally, filters are used by adding them to a #GtkFileChooser, see gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(), but it is also possible to manually use a filter on a file with gtk_file_filter_filter(). <refsect2 id="GtkFileFilter-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkFileFilter as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkFileFilter implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports adding rules using the &lt;mime-types&gt;, &lt;patterns&gt; and &lt;applications&gt; elements and listing the rules within. Specifying a &lt;mime-type&gt; or &lt;pattern&gt; is the same as calling gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type() or gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern() <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying GtkFileFilter rules</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkFileFilter"> <mime-types> <mime-type>text/plain</mime-type> <mime-type>image/&ast;</mime-type> </mime-types> <patterns> <pattern>*.txt</pattern> <pattern>*.png</pattern> </patterns> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkFileFilter with no rules added to it. Such a filter doesn't accept any files, so is not particularly useful until you add rules with gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type(), gtk_file_filter_add_pattern(), or gtk_file_filter_add_custom(). To create a filter that accepts any file, use: |[ GtkFileFilter *filter = gtk_file_filter_new (); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*"); ]| a new #GtkFileFilter Adds rule to a filter that allows files based on a custom callback function. The bitfield @needed which is passed in provides information about what sorts of information that the filter function needs; this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when it isn't needed by the filter. a #GtkFileFilter bitfield of flags indicating the information that the custom filter function needs. callback function; if the function returns %TRUE, then the file will be displayed. data to pass to @func function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed. Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to @filter. A #GtkFileFilter name of a MIME type Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter. a #GtkFileFilter a shell style glob Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by GdkPixbuf. a #GtkFileFilter Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter. The #GtkFileFilterInfo structure @filter_info should include the fields returned from gtk_file_filter_get_needed(). This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkFileChooser. %TRUE if the file should be displayed a #GtkFileFilter a #GtkFileFilterInfo structure containing information about a file. Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name(). The human-readable name of the filter, or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkFileFilter Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the structure passed to gtk_file_filter_filter() This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkFileChooser. bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when calling gtk_file_filter_filter() a #GtkFileFilter Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that will be displayed in the file selector user interface if there is a selectable list of filters. a #GtkFileFilter the human-readable-name for the filter, or %NULL to remove any existing name. These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkFileFilterInfo struct are filled or need to be filled. the filename of the file being tested the URI for the file being tested the string that will be used to display the file in the file chooser the mime type of the file The type of function that is used with custom filters, see gtk_file_filter_add_custom(). %TRUE if the file should be displayed a #GtkFileFilterInfo that is filled according to the @needed flags passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom() user data passed to gtk_file_filter_add_custom() A #GtkFileFilterInfo struct is used to pass information about the tested file to gtk_file_filter_filter(). The #GtkFixed widget is a container which can place child widgets at fixed positions and with fixed sizes, given in pixels. #GtkFixed performs no automatic layout management. For most applications, you should not use this container! It keeps you from having to learn about the other GTK+ containers, but it results in broken applications. With #GtkFixed, the following things will result in truncated text, overlapping widgets, and other display bugs: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Themes, which may change widget sizes. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Fonts other than the one you used to write the app will of course change the size of widgets containing text; keep in mind that users may use a larger font because of difficulty reading the default, or they may be using Windows or the framebuffer port of GTK+, where different fonts are available. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Translation of text into other languages changes its size. Also, display of non-English text will use a different font in many cases. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> In addition, the fixed widget can't properly be mirrored in right-to-left languages such as Hebrew and Arabic. i.e. normally GTK+ will flip the interface to put labels to the right of the thing they label, but it can't do that with #GtkFixed. So your application will not be usable in right-to-left languages. Finally, fixed positioning makes it kind of annoying to add/remove GUI elements, since you have to reposition all the other elements. This is a long-term maintenance problem for your application. If you know none of these things are an issue for your application, and prefer the simplicity of #GtkFixed, by all means use the widget. But you should be aware of the tradeoffs. Creates a new #GtkFixed. a new #GtkFixed. Moves a child of a #GtkFixed container to the given position. a #GtkFixed. the child widget. the horizontal position to move the widget to. the vertical position to move the widget to. Adds a widget to a #GtkFixed container at the given position. a #GtkFixed. the widget to add. the horizontal position to place the widget at. the vertical position to place the widget at. The #GtkFontButton is a button which displays the currently selected font an allows to open a font chooser dialog to change the font. It is suitable widget for selecting a font in a preference dialog. Creates a new font picker widget. a new font picker widget. Creates a new font picker widget. a new font picker widget. Name of font to display in font chooser dialog Retrieves the name of the currently selected font. This name includes style and size information as well. If you want to render something with the font, use this string with pango_font_description_from_string() . If you're interested in peeking certain values (family name, style, size, weight) just query these properties from the #PangoFontDescription object. an internal copy of the font name which must not be freed. a #GtkFontButton Returns whether the font size will be shown in the label. whether the font size will be shown in the label. a #GtkFontButton Returns whether the name of the font style will be shown in the label. whether the font style will be shown in the label. a #GtkFontButton Retrieves the title of the font chooser dialog. an internal copy of the title string which must not be freed. a #GtkFontButton Returns whether the selected font is used in the label. whether the selected font is used in the label. a #GtkFontButton Returns whether the selected size is used in the label. whether the selected size is used in the label. a #GtkFontButton Sets or updates the currently-displayed font in font picker dialog. %TRUE a #GtkFontButton Name of font to display in font chooser dialog If @show_size is %TRUE, the font size will be displayed along with the name of the selected font. a #GtkFontButton %TRUE if font size should be displayed in dialog. If @show_style is %TRUE, the font style will be displayed along with name of the selected font. a #GtkFontButton %TRUE if font style should be displayed in label. Sets the title for the font chooser dialog. a #GtkFontButton a string containing the font chooser dialog title If @use_font is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected font. a #GtkFontButton If %TRUE, font name will be written using font chosen. If @use_size is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected size. a #GtkFontButton If %TRUE, font name will be written using the selected size. The name of the currently selected font. If this property is set to %TRUE, the selected font size will be shown in the label. For a more WYSIWYG way to show the selected size, see the ::use-size property. If this property is set to %TRUE, the name of the selected font style will be shown in the label. For a more WYSIWYG way to show the selected style, see the ::use-font property. The title of the font chooser dialog. If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn in the selected font. If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn with the selected font size. The ::font-set signal is emitted when the user selects a font. When handling this signal, use gtk_font_button_get_font_name() to find out which font was just selected. Note that this signal is only emitted when the <emphasis>user</emphasis> changes the font. If you need to react to programmatic font changes as well, use the notify::font-name signal. #GtkFontChooser is an interface that can be implemented by widgets displaying the list of fonts. In GTK+, the main objects that implement this interface are #GtkFontChooserWidget, #GtkFontChooserDialog and #GtkFontButton. Gets the #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group details (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc). If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL. A #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. Gets the #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family. Font families are a collection of font faces. If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL. A #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. The selected font size. A n integer representing the selected font size, or -1 if no font size is selected. Adds a filter function that decides which fonts to display in the font chooser. a #GtkFontFilterFunc, or %NULL data to pass to @filter function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed Gets the currently-selected font name. Note that this can be a different string than what you set with gtk_font_chooser_set_font(), as the font chooser widget may normalize font names and thus return a string with a different structure. For example, "Helvetica Italic Bold 12" could be normalized to "Helvetica Bold Italic 12". Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two font descriptions. A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must free this string with g_free(). a #GtkFontChooser Gets the currently-selected font. Note that this can be a different string than what you set with gtk_font_chooser_set_font(), as the font chooser widget may normalize font names and thus return a string with a different structure. For example, "Helvetica Italic Bold 12" could be normalized to "Helvetica Bold Italic 12". Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two font descriptions. A #PangoFontDescription for the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. a #GtkFontChooser Gets the #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group details (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc). If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL. A #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkFontChooser Gets the #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family. Font families are a collection of font faces. If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL. A #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkFontChooser The selected font size. A n integer representing the selected font size, or -1 if no font size is selected. a #GtkFontChooser Gets the text displayed in the preview area. the text displayed in the preview area a #GtkFontChooser Returns whether the preview entry is shown or not. %TRUE if the preview entry is shown or %FALSE if it is hidden. a #GtkFontChooser Adds a filter function that decides which fonts to display in the font chooser. a #GtkFontChooser a #GtkFontFilterFunc, or %NULL data to pass to @filter function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed Sets the currently-selected font. a #GtkFontChooser a font name like "Helvetica 12" or "Times Bold 18" Sets the currently-selected font from @font_desc. a #GtkFontChooser a #PangoFontDescription Sets the text displayed in the preview area. The @text is used to show how the selected font looks. a #GtkFontChooser the text to display in the preview area Shows or hides the editable preview entry. a #GtkFontChooser whether to show the editable preview entry or not The font description as a string, e.g. "Sans Italic 12". The font description as a #PangoFontDescription. The string with which to preview the font. Whether to show an entry to change the preview text. Emitted when a font is activated. This usually happens when the user double clicks an item, or an item is selected and the user presses one of the keys Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter. the font name The #GtkFontChooserDialog widget is a dialog for selecting a font. It implements the #GtkFontChooser interface. <refsect2 id="GtkFontChooserDialog-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkFontChooserDialog as GtkBuildable</title> The GtkFontChooserDialog implementation of the GtkBuildable interface exposes the buttons with the names "select_button" and "cancel_button. </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog. a new #GtkFontChooserDialog Title of the dialog, or %NULL Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL A #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. A #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. A n integer representing the selected font size, or -1 if no font size is selected. a #GtkFontFilterFunc, or %NULL data to pass to @filter function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed The #GtkFontChooserWidget widget lists the available fonts, styles and sizes, allowing the user to select a font. It is used in the #GtkFontChooserDialog widget to provide a dialog box for selecting fonts. To set the font which is initially selected, use gtk_font_chooser_set_font() or gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc(). To get the selected font use gtk_font_chooser_get_font() or gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc(). To change the text which is shown in the preview area, use gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text(). Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget. a new #GtkFontChooserWidget The type of function that is used for deciding what fonts get shown in a #GtkFontChooser. See gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func(). %TRUE if the font should be displayed a #PangoFontFamily a #PangoFontFace belonging to @family user data passed to gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func() Creates a new #GtkFontSelection. a new #GtkFontSelection Gets the #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group details (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc). A #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group details. The returned object is owned by @fontsel and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkFontSelection This returns the #GtkTreeView which lists all styles available for the selected font. For example, 'Regular', 'Bold', etc. A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel a #GtkFontSelection Gets the #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family. A #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family. Font families are a collection of font faces. The returned object is owned by @fontsel and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkFontSelection This returns the #GtkTreeView that lists font families, for example, 'Sans', 'Serif', etc. A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel a #GtkFontSelection Gets the currently-selected font name. Note that this can be a different string than what you set with gtk_font_selection_set_font_name(), as the font selection widget may normalize font names and thus return a string with a different structure. For example, "Helvetica Italic Bold 12" could be normalized to "Helvetica Bold Italic 12". Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two font descriptions. A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must free this string with g_free(). a #GtkFontSelection This returns the #GtkEntry used to display the font as a preview. A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel a #GtkFontSelection Gets the text displayed in the preview area. the text displayed in the preview area. This string is owned by the widget and should not be modified or freed a #GtkFontSelection The selected font size. A n integer representing the selected font size, or -1 if no font size is selected. a #GtkFontSelection This returns the #GtkEntry used to allow the user to edit the font number manually instead of selecting it from the list of font sizes. A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel a #GtkFontSelection This returns the #GtkTreeView used to list font sizes. A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel a #GtkFontSelection Sets the currently-selected font. Note that the @fontsel needs to know the screen in which it will appear for this to work; this can be guaranteed by simply making sure that the @fontsel is inserted in a toplevel window before you call this function. %TRUE if the font could be set successfully; %FALSE if no such font exists or if the @fontsel doesn't belong to a particular screen yet. a #GtkFontSelection a font name like "Helvetica 12" or "Times Bold 18" Sets the text displayed in the preview area. The @text is used to show how the selected font looks. a #GtkFontSelection the text to display in the preview area Creates a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog. a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog the title of the dialog window Gets the 'Cancel' button. the #GtkWidget used in the dialog for the 'Cancel' button. a #GtkFontSelectionDialog Gets the currently-selected font name. Note that this can be a different string than what you set with gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name(), as the font selection widget may normalize font names and thus return a string with a different structure. For example, "Helvetica Italic Bold 12" could be normalized to "Helvetica Bold Italic 12". Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two font descriptions. A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must free this string with g_free(). a #GtkFontSelectionDialog Retrieves the #GtkFontSelection widget embedded in the dialog. the embedded #GtkFontSelection a #GtkFontSelectionDialog Gets the 'OK' button. the #GtkWidget used in the dialog for the 'OK' button. a #GtkFontSelectionDialog Gets the text displayed in the preview area. the text displayed in the preview area. This string is owned by the widget and should not be modified or freed a #GtkFontSelectionDialog Sets the currently selected font. %TRUE if the font selected in @fsd is now the @fontname specified, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkFontSelectionDialog a font name like "Helvetica 12" or "Times Bold 18" Sets the text displayed in the preview area. a #GtkFontSelectionDialog the text to display in the preview area The frame widget is a Bin that surrounds its child with a decorative frame and an optional label. If present, the label is drawn in a gap in the top side of the frame. The position of the label can be controlled with gtk_frame_set_label_align(). <refsect2 id="GtkFrame-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkFrame as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkFrame implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports placing a child in the label position by specifying "label" as the "type" attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element. A normal content child can be specified without specifying a &lt;child&gt; type attribute. </para> <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with GtkFrame</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkFrame"> <child type="label"> <object class="GtkLabel" id="frame-label"/> </child> <child> <object class="GtkEntry" id="frame-content"/> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkFrame, with optional label @label. If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted. a new #GtkFrame widget the text to use as the label of the frame If the frame's label widget is a #GtkLabel, returns the text in the label widget. (The frame will have a #GtkLabel for the label widget if a non-%NULL argument was passed to gtk_frame_new().) the text in the label, or %NULL if there was no label widget or the lable widget was not a #GtkLabel. This string is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkFrame Retrieves the X and Y alignment of the frame's label. See gtk_frame_set_label_align(). a #GtkFrame location to store X alignment of frame's label, or %NULL location to store X alignment of frame's label, or %NULL Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See gtk_frame_set_label_widget(). the label widget, or %NULL if there is none. a #GtkFrame Retrieves the shadow type of the frame. See gtk_frame_set_shadow_type(). the current shadow type of the frame. a #GtkFrame Sets the text of the label. If @label is %NULL, the current label is removed. a #GtkFrame the text to use as the label of the frame Sets the alignment of the frame widget's label. The default values for a newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5. a #GtkFrame The position of the label along the top edge of the widget. A value of 0.0 represents left alignment; 1.0 represents right alignment. The y alignment of the label. A value of 0.0 aligns under the frame; 1.0 aligns above the frame. If the values are exactly 0.0 or 1.0 the gap in the frame won't be painted because the label will be completely above or below the frame. Sets the label widget for the frame. This is the widget that will appear embedded in the top edge of the frame as a title. a #GtkFrame the new label widget Sets the shadow type for @frame. a #GtkFrame the new #GtkShadowType GtkGradient is a boxed type that represents a gradient. It is the result of parsing a <link linkend="gtkcssprovider-gradients">gradient expression</link>. To obtain the gradient represented by a GtkGradient, it has to be resolved with gtk_gradient_resolve(), which replaces all symbolic color references by the colors they refer to (in a given context) and constructs a #cairo_pattern_t value. It is not normally necessary to deal directly with #GtkGradients, since they are mostly used behind the scenes by #GtkStyleContext and #GtkCssProvider. #GtkGradient is deprecated. It was used internally by GTK's CSS engine to represent gradients. As its handling is not conforming to modern web standards, it is not used anymore. If you want to use gradients in your own code, please use Cairo directly. Creates a new linear gradient along the line defined by (x0, y0) and (x1, y1). Before using the gradient a number of stop colors must be added through gtk_gradient_add_color_stop(). A newly created #GtkGradient X coordinate of the starting point Y coordinate of the starting point X coordinate of the end point Y coordinate of the end point Creates a new radial gradient along the two circles defined by (x0, y0, radius0) and (x1, y1, radius1). Before using the gradient a number of stop colors must be added through gtk_gradient_add_color_stop(). A newly created #GtkGradient X coordinate of the start circle Y coordinate of the start circle radius of the start circle X coordinate of the end circle Y coordinate of the end circle radius of the end circle Adds a stop color to @gradient. a #GtkGradient offset for the color stop color to use Increases the reference count of @gradient. The same @gradient a #GtkGradient If @gradient is resolvable, @resolved_gradient will be filled in with the resolved gradient as a cairo_pattern_t, and %TRUE will be returned. Generally, if @gradient can't be resolved, it is due to it being defined on top of a named color that doesn't exist in @props. %TRUE if the gradient has been resolved a #GtkGradient #GtkStyleProperties to use when resolving named colors return location for the resolved pattern Creates a string representation for @gradient that is suitable for using in GTK CSS files. A string representation for @gradient the gradient to print Decreases the reference count of @gradient, freeing its memory if the reference count reaches 0. a #GtkGradient GtkGrid is a container which arranges its child widgets in rows and columns. It is a very similar to #GtkTable and #GtkBox, but it consistently uses #GtkWidget's #GtkWidget:margin and #GtkWidget:expand properties instead of custom child properties, and it fully supports <link linkend="geometry-management">height-for-width geometry management</link>. Children are added using gtk_grid_attach(). They can span multiple rows or columns. It is also possible to add a child next to an existing child, using gtk_grid_attach_next_to(). The behaviour of GtkGrid when several children occupy the same grid cell is undefined. GtkGrid can be used like a #GtkBox by just using gtk_container_add(), which will place children next to each other in the direction determined by the #GtkOrientable:orientation property. Creates a new grid widget. the new #GtkGrid Adds a widget to the grid. The position of @child is determined by @left and @top. The number of 'cells' that @child will occupy is determined by @width and @height. a #GtkGrid the widget to add the column number to attach the left side of @child to the row number to attach the top side of @child to the number of columns that @child will span the number of rows that @child will span Adds a widget to the grid. The widget is placed next to @sibling, on the side determined by @side. When @sibling is %NULL, the widget is placed in row (for left or right placement) or column 0 (for top or bottom placement), at the end indicated by @side. Attaching widgets labeled [1], [2], [3] with @sibling == %NULL and @side == %GTK_POS_LEFT yields a layout of [3][2][1]. a #GtkGrid the widget to add the child of @grid that @child will be placed next to, or %NULL to place @child at the beginning or end the side of @sibling that @child is positioned next to the number of columns that @child will span the number of rows that @child will span Gets the child of @grid whose area covers the grid cell whose upper left corner is at @left, @top. the child at the given position, or %NULL a #GtkGrid the left edge of the cell the top edge of the cell Returns whether all columns of @grid have the same width. whether all columns of @grid have the same width. a #GtkGrid Returns the amount of space between the columns of @grid. the column spacing of @grid a #GtkGrid Returns whether all rows of @grid have the same height. whether all rows of @grid have the same height. a #GtkGrid Returns the amount of space between the rows of @grid. the row spacing of @grid a #GtkGrid Inserts a column at the specified position. Children which are attached at or to the right of this position are moved one column to the right. Children which span across this position are grown to span the new column. a #GtkGrid the position to insert the column at Inserts a row or column at the specified position. The new row or column is placed next to @sibling, on the side determined by @side. If @side is %GTK_POS_TOP or %GTK_POS_BOTTOM, a row is inserted. If @side is %GTK_POS_LEFT of %GTK_POS_RIGHT, a column is inserted. a #GtkGrid the child of @grid that the new row or column will be placed next to the side of @sibling that @child is positioned next to Inserts a row at the specified position. Children which are attached at or below this position are moved one row down. Children which span across this position are grown to span the new row. a #GtkGrid the position to insert the row at Sets whether all columns of @grid will have the same width. a #GtkGrid %TRUE to make columns homogeneous Sets the amount of space between columns of @grid. a #GtkGrid the amount of space to insert between columns Sets whether all rows of @grid will have the same height. a #GtkGrid %TRUE to make rows homogeneous Sets the amount of space between rows of @grid. a #GtkGrid the amount of space to insert between rows #GtkHBox is a container that organizes child widgets into a single row. Use the #GtkBox packing interface to determine the arrangement, spacing, width, and alignment of #GtkHBox children. All children are allocated the same height. GtkHBox has been deprecated. You can use #GtkBox instead, which is a very quick and easy change. If you have derived your own classes from GtkHBox, you can simply change the inheritance to derive directly from #GtkBox. No further changes are needed, since the default value of the #GtkOrientable:orientation property is %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL. If you want your code to be future-proof, the recommendation is to switch to #GtkGrid, since #GtkBox is going to be deprecated in favor of the more flexible grid widget eventually. For more information about migrating to #GtkGrid, see <xref linkend="gtk-migrating-GtkGrid"/> Creates a new #GtkHBox. a new #GtkHBox. %TRUE if all children are to be given equal space allotments. the number of pixels to place by default between children. Creates a new horizontal button box. a new button box #GtkWidget. The HPaned widget is a container widget with two children arranged horizontally. The division between the two panes is adjustable by the user by dragging a handle. See #GtkPaned for details. GtkHPaned has been deprecated, use #GtkPaned instead. Create a new #GtkHPaned the new #GtkHPaned #GtkHSV is the 'color wheel' part of a complete color selector widget. It allows to select a color by determining its HSV components in an intuitive way. Moving the selection around the outer ring changes the hue, and moving the selection point inside the inner triangle changes value and saturation. #GtkHSV has been deprecated together with #GtkColorSelection, where it was used. Creates a new HSV color selector. A newly-created HSV color selector. Converts a color from HSV space to RGB. Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; output values will be in the same range. Hue Saturation Value Return value for the red component Return value for the green component Return value for the blue component Queries the current color in an HSV color selector. Returned values will be in the [0.0, 1.0] range. An HSV color selector Return value for the hue Return value for the saturation Return value for the value Queries the size and ring width of an HSV color selector. An HSV color selector Return value for the diameter of the hue ring Return value for the width of the hue ring An HSV color selector can be said to be adjusting if multiple rapid changes are being made to its value, for example, when the user is adjusting the value with the mouse. This function queries whether the HSV color selector is being adjusted or not. %TRUE if clients can ignore changes to the color value, since they may be transitory, or %FALSE if they should consider the color value status to be final. A #GtkHSV Sets the current color in an HSV color selector. Color component values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range. An HSV color selector Hue Saturation Value Sets the size and ring width of an HSV color selector. An HSV color selector Diameter for the hue ring Width of the hue ring The #GtkHScale widget is used to allow the user to select a value using a horizontal slider. To create one, use gtk_hscale_new_with_range(). The position to show the current value, and the number of decimal places shown can be set using the parent #GtkScale class's functions. GtkHScale has been deprecated, use #GtkScale instead. Creates a new #GtkHScale. a new #GtkHScale. the #GtkAdjustment which sets the range of the scale. Creates a new horizontal scale widget that lets the user input a number between @min and @max (including @min and @max) with the increment @step. @step must be nonzero; it's the distance the slider moves when using the arrow keys to adjust the scale value. Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if @step is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it. a new #GtkHScale minimum value maximum value step increment (tick size) used with keyboard shortcuts The #GtkHScrollbar widget is a widget arranged horizontally creating a scrollbar. See #GtkScrollbar for details on scrollbars. #GtkAdjustment pointers may be added to handle the adjustment of the scrollbar or it may be left %NULL in which case one will be created for you. See #GtkScrollbar for a description of what the fields in an adjustment represent for a scrollbar. GtkHScrollbar has been deprecated, use #GtkScrollbar instead. Creates a new horizontal scrollbar. the new #GtkHScrollbar the #GtkAdjustment to use, or %NULL to create a new adjustment The #GtkHSeparator widget is a horizontal separator, used to group the widgets within a window. It displays a horizontal line with a shadow to make it appear sunken into the interface. <note> The #GtkHSeparator widget is not used as a separator within menus. To create a separator in a menu create an empty #GtkSeparatorMenuItem widget using gtk_separator_menu_item_new() and add it to the menu with gtk_menu_shell_append(). </note> GtkHSeparator has been deprecated, use #GtkSeparator instead. Creates a new #GtkHSeparator. a new #GtkHSeparator. The #GtkHandleBox widget allows a portion of a window to be "torn off". It is a bin widget which displays its child and a handle that the user can drag to tear off a separate window (the <firstterm>float window</firstterm>) containing the child widget. A thin <firstterm>ghost</firstterm> is drawn in the original location of the handlebox. By dragging the separate window back to its original location, it can be reattached. When reattaching, the ghost and float window, must be aligned along one of the edges, the <firstterm>snap edge</firstterm>. This either can be specified by the application programmer explicitely, or GTK+ will pick a reasonable default based on the handle position. To make detaching and reattaching the handlebox as minimally confusing as possible to the user, it is important to set the snap edge so that the snap edge does not move when the handlebox is deattached. For instance, if the handlebox is packed at the bottom of a VBox, then when the handlebox is detached, the bottom edge of the handlebox's allocation will remain fixed as the height of the handlebox shrinks, so the snap edge should be set to %GTK_POS_BOTTOM. <note> #GtkHandleBox has been deprecated. It is very specialized, lacks features to make it useful and most importantly does not fit well into modern application design. Do not use it. There is no replacement. </note> Create a new handle box. a new #GtkHandleBox. Whether the handlebox's child is currently detached. %TRUE if the child is currently detached, otherwise %FALSE a #GtkHandleBox Gets the handle position of the handle box. See gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position(). the current handle position. a #GtkHandleBox Gets the type of shadow drawn around the handle box. See gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type(). the type of shadow currently drawn around the handle box. a #GtkHandleBox Gets the edge used for determining reattachment of the handle box. See gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge(). the edge used for determining reattachment, or (GtkPositionType)-1 if this is determined (as per default) from the handle position. a #GtkHandleBox Sets the side of the handlebox where the handle is drawn. a #GtkHandleBox the side of the handlebox where the handle should be drawn. Sets the type of shadow to be drawn around the border of the handle box. a #GtkHandleBox the shadow type. Sets the snap edge of a handlebox. The snap edge is the edge of the detached child that must be aligned with the corresponding edge of the "ghost" left behind when the child was detached to reattach the torn-off window. Usually, the snap edge should be chosen so that it stays in the same place on the screen when the handlebox is torn off. If the snap edge is not set, then an appropriate value will be guessed from the handle position. If the handle position is %GTK_POS_RIGHT or %GTK_POS_LEFT, then the snap edge will be %GTK_POS_TOP, otherwise it will be %GTK_POS_LEFT. a #GtkHandleBox the snap edge, or -1 to unset the value; in which case GTK+ will try to guess an appropriate value in the future. This signal is emitted when the contents of the handlebox are reattached to the main window. the child widget of the handlebox. (this argument provides no extra information and is here only for backwards-compatibility) This signal is emitted when the contents of the handlebox are detached from the main window. the child widget of the handlebox. (this argument provides no extra information and is here only for backwards-compatibility) #GtkIMContext defines the interface for GTK+ input methods. An input method is used by GTK+ text input widgets like #GtkEntry to map from key events to Unicode character strings. The user may change the current input method via a context menu, unless the #GtkSettings:gtk-show-input-method-menu GtkSettings property is set to FALSE. The default input method can be set programmatically via the #GtkSettings:gtk-im-module GtkSettings property. Alternatively, you may set the GTK_IM_MODULE environment variable as documented in #gtk-running. The #GtkEntry #GtkEntry:im-module and #GtkTextView #GtkTextView:im-module properties may also be used to set input methods for specific widget instances. For instance, a certain entry widget might be expected to contain certain characters which would be easier to input with a certain input method. An input method may consume multiple key events in sequence and finally output the composed result. This is called preediting, and an input method may provide feedback about this process by displaying the intermediate composition states as preedit text. For instance, the default GTK+ input method implements the input of arbitrary Unicode code points by holding down the Control and Shift keys and then typing "U" followed by the hexadecimal digits of the code point. When releasing the Control and Shift keys, preediting ends and the character is inserted as text. Ctrl+Shift+u20AC for example results in the euro symbol. Additional input methods can be made available for use by GTK+ widgets as loadable modules. An input method module is a small shared library which implements a subclass of #GtkIMContext or #GtkIMContextSimple and exports these four functions: <informalexample><programlisting> void im_module_init(#GTypeModule *module); </programlisting></informalexample> This function should register the #GType of the #GtkIMContext subclass which implements the input method by means of g_type_module_register_type(). Note that g_type_register_static() cannot be used as the type needs to be registered dynamically. <informalexample><programlisting> void im_module_exit(void); </programlisting></informalexample> Here goes any cleanup code your input method might require on module unload. <informalexample><programlisting> void im_module_list(const #GtkIMContextInfo ***contexts, int *n_contexts) { *contexts = info_list; *n_contexts = G_N_ELEMENTS (info_list); } </programlisting></informalexample> This function returns the list of input methods provided by the module. The example implementation above shows a common solution and simply returns a pointer to statically defined array of #GtkIMContextInfo items for each provided input method. <informalexample><programlisting> #GtkIMContext * im_module_create(const #gchar *context_id); </programlisting></informalexample> This function should return a pointer to a newly created instance of the #GtkIMContext subclass identified by @context_id. The context ID is the same as specified in the #GtkIMContextInfo array returned by im_module_list(). After a new loadable input method module has been installed on the system, the configuration file <filename>gtk.immodules</filename> needs to be regenerated by <link linkend="gtk-query-immodules-3.0">gtk-query-immodules-3.0</link>, in order for the new input method to become available to GTK+ applications. Asks the widget that the input context is attached to to delete characters around the cursor position by emitting the GtkIMContext::delete_surrounding signal. Note that @offset and @n_chars are in characters not in bytes which differs from the usage other places in #GtkIMContext. In order to use this function, you should first call gtk_im_context_get_surrounding() to get the current context, and call this function immediately afterwards to make sure that you know what you are deleting. You should also account for the fact that even if the signal was handled, the input context might not have deleted all the characters that were requested to be deleted. This function is used by an input method that wants to make subsitutions in the existing text in response to new input. It is not useful for applications. %TRUE if the signal was handled. offset from cursor position in chars; a negative value means start before the cursor. number of characters to delete. Allow an input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing should be done for this key event. %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. the key event Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context corresponds has gained focus. The input method may, for example, change the displayed feedback to reflect this change. Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context corresponds has lost focus. The input method may, for example, change the displayed feedback or reset the contexts state to reflect this change. Retrieve the current preedit string for the input context, and a list of attributes to apply to the string. This string should be displayed inserted at the insertion point. location to store the retrieved string. The string retrieved must be freed with g_free(). location to store the retrieved attribute list. When you are done with this list, you must unreference it with pango_attr_list_unref(). location to store position of cursor (in characters) within the preedit string. Retrieves context around the insertion point. Input methods typically want context in order to constrain input text based on existing text; this is important for languages such as Thai where only some sequences of characters are allowed. This function is implemented by emitting the GtkIMContext::retrieve_surrounding signal on the input method; in response to this signal, a widget should provide as much context as is available, up to an entire paragraph, by calling gtk_im_context_set_surrounding(). Note that there is no obligation for a widget to respond to the ::retrieve_surrounding signal, so input methods must be prepared to function without context. %TRUE if surrounding text was provided; in this case you must free the result stored in *text. location to store a UTF-8 encoded string of text holding context around the insertion point. If the function returns %TRUE, then you must free the result stored in this location with g_free(). location to store byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. Notify the input method that a change such as a change in cursor position has been made. This will typically cause the input method to clear the preedit state. Set the client window for the input context; this is the #GdkWindow in which the input appears. This window is used in order to correctly position status windows, and may also be used for purposes internal to the input method. the client window. This may be %NULL to indicate that the previous client window no longer exists. Notify the input method that a change in cursor position has been made. The location is relative to the client window. new location Sets surrounding context around the insertion point and preedit string. This function is expected to be called in response to the GtkIMContext::retrieve_surrounding signal, and will likely have no effect if called at other times. text surrounding the insertion point, as UTF-8. the preedit string should not be included within @text. the length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated the byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. Sets whether the IM context should use the preedit string to display feedback. If @use_preedit is FALSE (default is TRUE), then the IM context may use some other method to display feedback, such as displaying it in a child of the root window. whether the IM context should use the preedit string. Asks the widget that the input context is attached to to delete characters around the cursor position by emitting the GtkIMContext::delete_surrounding signal. Note that @offset and @n_chars are in characters not in bytes which differs from the usage other places in #GtkIMContext. In order to use this function, you should first call gtk_im_context_get_surrounding() to get the current context, and call this function immediately afterwards to make sure that you know what you are deleting. You should also account for the fact that even if the signal was handled, the input context might not have deleted all the characters that were requested to be deleted. This function is used by an input method that wants to make subsitutions in the existing text in response to new input. It is not useful for applications. %TRUE if the signal was handled. a #GtkIMContext offset from cursor position in chars; a negative value means start before the cursor. number of characters to delete. Allow an input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing should be done for this key event. %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. a #GtkIMContext the key event Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context corresponds has gained focus. The input method may, for example, change the displayed feedback to reflect this change. a #GtkIMContext Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context corresponds has lost focus. The input method may, for example, change the displayed feedback or reset the contexts state to reflect this change. a #GtkIMContext Retrieve the current preedit string for the input context, and a list of attributes to apply to the string. This string should be displayed inserted at the insertion point. a #GtkIMContext location to store the retrieved string. The string retrieved must be freed with g_free(). location to store the retrieved attribute list. When you are done with this list, you must unreference it with pango_attr_list_unref(). location to store position of cursor (in characters) within the preedit string. Retrieves context around the insertion point. Input methods typically want context in order to constrain input text based on existing text; this is important for languages such as Thai where only some sequences of characters are allowed. This function is implemented by emitting the GtkIMContext::retrieve_surrounding signal on the input method; in response to this signal, a widget should provide as much context as is available, up to an entire paragraph, by calling gtk_im_context_set_surrounding(). Note that there is no obligation for a widget to respond to the ::retrieve_surrounding signal, so input methods must be prepared to function without context. %TRUE if surrounding text was provided; in this case you must free the result stored in *text. a #GtkIMContext location to store a UTF-8 encoded string of text holding context around the insertion point. If the function returns %TRUE, then you must free the result stored in this location with g_free(). location to store byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. Notify the input method that a change such as a change in cursor position has been made. This will typically cause the input method to clear the preedit state. a #GtkIMContext Set the client window for the input context; this is the #GdkWindow in which the input appears. This window is used in order to correctly position status windows, and may also be used for purposes internal to the input method. a #GtkIMContext the client window. This may be %NULL to indicate that the previous client window no longer exists. Notify the input method that a change in cursor position has been made. The location is relative to the client window. a #GtkIMContext new location Sets surrounding context around the insertion point and preedit string. This function is expected to be called in response to the GtkIMContext::retrieve_surrounding signal, and will likely have no effect if called at other times. a #GtkIMContext text surrounding the insertion point, as UTF-8. the preedit string should not be included within @text. the length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated the byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. Sets whether the IM context should use the preedit string to display feedback. If @use_preedit is FALSE (default is TRUE), then the IM context may use some other method to display feedback, such as displaying it in a child of the root window. a #GtkIMContext whether the IM context should use the preedit string. The ::commit signal is emitted when a complete input sequence has been entered by the user. This can be a single character immediately after a key press or the final result of preediting. the completed character(s) entered by the user The ::delete-surrounding signal is emitted when the input method needs to delete all or part of the context surrounding the cursor. %TRUE if the signal was handled. the character offset from the cursor position of the text to be deleted. A negative value indicates a position before the cursor. the number of characters to be deleted The ::preedit-changed signal is emitted whenever the preedit sequence currently being entered has changed. It is also emitted at the end of a preedit sequence, in which case gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string() returns the empty string. The ::preedit-end signal is emitted when a preediting sequence has been completed or canceled. The ::preedit-start signal is emitted when a new preediting sequence starts. The ::retrieve-surrounding signal is emitted when the input method requires the context surrounding the cursor. The callback should set the input method surrounding context by calling the gtk_im_context_set_surrounding() method. %TRUE if the signal was handled. %TRUE if the signal was handled. offset from cursor position in chars; a negative value means start before the cursor. number of characters to delete. the client window. This may be %NULL to indicate that the previous client window no longer exists. location to store the retrieved string. The string retrieved must be freed with g_free(). location to store the retrieved attribute list. When you are done with this list, you must unreference it with pango_attr_list_unref(). location to store position of cursor (in characters) within the preedit string. %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. the key event new location whether the IM context should use the preedit string. text surrounding the insertion point, as UTF-8. the preedit string should not be included within @text. the length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated the byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. %TRUE if surrounding text was provided; in this case you must free the result stored in *text. location to store a UTF-8 encoded string of text holding context around the insertion point. If the function returns %TRUE, then you must free the result stored in this location with g_free(). location to store byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. Bookkeeping information about a loadable input method. Creates a new #GtkIMContextSimple. a new #GtkIMContextSimple. Adds an additional table to search to the input context. Each row of the table consists of @max_seq_len key symbols followed by two #guint16 interpreted as the high and low words of a #gunicode value. Tables are searched starting from the last added. The table must be sorted in dictionary order on the numeric value of the key symbol fields. (Values beyond the length of the sequence should be zero.) A #GtkIMContextSimple the table Maximum length of a sequence in the table (cannot be greater than #GTK_MAX_COMPOSE_LEN) number of sequences in the table Creates a new #GtkIMMulticontext. a new #GtkIMMulticontext. Add menuitems for various available input methods to a menu; the menuitems, when selected, will switch the input method for the context and the global default input method. a #GtkIMMulticontext a #GtkMenuShell Gets the id of the currently active slave of the @context. the id of the currently active slave a #GtkIMMulticontext Sets the context id for @context. This causes the currently active slave of @context to be replaced by the slave corresponding to the new context id. a #GtkIMMulticontext the id to use Constant to return from a signal handler for the #GtkSpinButton::input signal in case of conversion failure. Like gtk_get_interface_age(), but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. Browse the available stock icons in the list of stock IDs found <link linkend="gtk-Stock-Items">here</link>. You can also use the <application>gtk-demo</application> application for this purpose. An icon factory manages a collection of #GtkIconSet; a #GtkIconSet manages a set of variants of a particular icon (i.e. a #GtkIconSet contains variants for different sizes and widget states). Icons in an icon factory are named by a stock ID, which is a simple string identifying the icon. Each #GtkStyle has a list of #GtkIconFactory derived from the current theme; those icon factories are consulted first when searching for an icon. If the theme doesn't set a particular icon, GTK+ looks for the icon in a list of default icon factories, maintained by gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and gtk_icon_factory_remove_default(). Applications with icons should add a default icon factory with their icons, which will allow themes to override the icons for the application. To display an icon, always use gtk_style_lookup_icon_set() on the widget that will display the icon, or the convenience function gtk_widget_render_icon(). These functions take the theme into account when looking up the icon to use for a given stock ID. <refsect2 id="GtkIconFactory-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkIconFactory as GtkBuildable</title> <para> GtkIconFactory supports a custom &lt;sources&gt; element, which can contain multiple &lt;source&gt; elements. The following attributes are allowed: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>stock-id</term> <listitem><para> The stock id of the source, a string. This attribute is mandatory </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>filename</term> <listitem><para> The filename of the source, a string. This attribute is optional </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>icon-name</term> <listitem><para> The icon name for the source, a string. This attribute is optional. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>size</term> <listitem><para> Size of the icon, a #GtkIconSize enum value. This attribute is optional. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>direction</term> <listitem><para> Direction of the source, a #GtkTextDirection enum value. This attribute is optional. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>state</term> <listitem><para> State of the source, a #GtkStateType enum value. This attribute is optional. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> <example> <title>A #GtkIconFactory UI definition fragment.</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkIconFactory" id="iconfactory1"> <sources> <source stock-id="apple-red" filename="apple-red.png"/> </sources> </object> <object class="GtkWindow" id="window1"> <child> <object class="GtkButton" id="apple_button"> <property name="label">apple-red</property> <property name="use-stock">True</property> </object> </child> </object> ]]> </programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkIconFactory. An icon factory manages a collection of #GtkIconSet<!-- -->s; a #GtkIconSet manages a set of variants of a particular icon (i.e. a #GtkIconSet contains variants for different sizes and widget states). Icons in an icon factory are named by a stock ID, which is a simple string identifying the icon. Each #GtkStyle has a list of #GtkIconFactory<!-- -->s derived from the current theme; those icon factories are consulted first when searching for an icon. If the theme doesn't set a particular icon, GTK+ looks for the icon in a list of default icon factories, maintained by gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and gtk_icon_factory_remove_default(). Applications with icons should add a default icon factory with their icons, which will allow themes to override the icons for the application. a new #GtkIconFactory Looks for an icon in the list of default icon factories. For display to the user, you should use gtk_style_lookup_icon_set() on the #GtkStyle for the widget that will display the icon, instead of using this function directly, so that themes are taken into account. a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL an icon name Adds the given @icon_set to the icon factory, under the name @stock_id. @stock_id should be namespaced for your application, e.g. "myapp-whatever-icon". Normally applications create a #GtkIconFactory, then add it to the list of default factories with gtk_icon_factory_add_default(). Then they pass the @stock_id to widgets such as #GtkImage to display the icon. Themes can provide an icon with the same name (such as "myapp-whatever-icon") to override your application's default icons. If an icon already existed in @factory for @stock_id, it is unreferenced and replaced with the new @icon_set. a #GtkIconFactory icon name icon set Adds an icon factory to the list of icon factories searched by gtk_style_lookup_icon_set(). This means that, for example, gtk_image_new_from_stock() will be able to find icons in @factory. There will normally be an icon factory added for each library or application that comes with icons. The default icon factories can be overridden by themes. a #GtkIconFactory Looks up @stock_id in the icon factory, returning an icon set if found, otherwise %NULL. For display to the user, you should use gtk_style_lookup_icon_set() on the #GtkStyle for the widget that will display the icon, instead of using this function directly, so that themes are taken into account. icon set of @stock_id. a #GtkIconFactory an icon name Removes an icon factory from the list of default icon factories. Not normally used; you might use it for a library that can be unloaded or shut down. a #GtkIconFactory previously added with gtk_icon_factory_add_default() Contains information found when looking up an icon in an icon theme. Creates a #GtkIconInfo for a #GdkPixbuf. a #GtkIconInfo a #GtkIconTheme the pixbuf to wrap in a #GtkIconInfo Make a copy of a #GtkIconInfo. the new GtkIconInfo a #GtkIconInfo Free a #GtkIconInfo and associated information a #GtkIconInfo Fetches the set of attach points for an icon. An attach point is a location in the icon that can be used as anchor points for attaching emblems or overlays to the icon. %TRUE if there are any attach points for the icon. a #GtkIconInfo location to store pointer to an array of points, or %NULL free the array of points with g_free(). location to store the number of points in @points, or %NULL Gets the base size for the icon. The base size is a size for the icon that was specified by the icon theme creator. This may be different than the actual size of image; an example of this is small emblem icons that can be attached to a larger icon. These icons will be given the same base size as the larger icons to which they are attached. the base size, or 0, if no base size is known for the icon. a #GtkIconInfo Gets the built-in image for this icon, if any. To allow GTK+ to use built in icon images, you must pass the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_USE_BUILTIN to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). the built-in image pixbuf, or %NULL. No extra reference is added to the returned pixbuf, so if you want to keep it around, you must use g_object_ref(). The returned image must not be modified. a #GtkIconInfo structure Gets the display name for an icon. A display name is a string to be used in place of the icon name in a user visible context like a list of icons. the display name for the icon or %NULL, if the icon doesn't have a specified display name. This value is owned @icon_info and must not be modified or free. a #GtkIconInfo Gets the coordinates of a rectangle within the icon that can be used for display of information such as a preview of the contents of a text file. See gtk_icon_info_set_raw_coordinates() for further information about the coordinate system. %TRUE if the icon has an embedded rectangle a #GtkIconInfo #GdkRectangle in which to store embedded rectangle coordinates; coordinates are only stored when this function returns %TRUE. Gets the filename for the icon. If the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_USE_BUILTIN flag was passed to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(), there may be no filename if a builtin icon is returned; in this case, you should use gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf(). the filename for the icon, or %NULL if gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf() should be used instead. The return value is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed. a #GtkIconInfo Renders an icon previously looked up in an icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(); the size will be based on the size passed to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). Note that the resulting pixbuf may not be exactly this size; an icon theme may have icons that differ slightly from their nominal sizes, and in addition GTK+ will avoid scaling icons that it considers sufficiently close to the requested size or for which the source image would have to be scaled up too far. (This maintains sharpness.). This behaviour can be changed by passing the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE flag when obtaining the #GtkIconInfo. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf returned by this function will be scaled to the exact size. the rendered icon; this may be a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference to the icon. a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() Asynchronously load, render and scale an icon previously looked up from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon() which is the synchronous version of this call. a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async(). the rendered icon; this may be a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference to the icon. a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() a #GAsyncResult Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colours for the foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme. Unless you are implementing a widget, you will want to use g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks() to load the icon. As implementation details, the icon loaded needs to be of SVG type, contain the "symbolic" term as the last component of the icon name, and use the 'fg', 'success', 'warning' and 'error' CSS styles in the SVG file itself. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/SymbolicIcons">Symbolic Icons spec</ulink> for more information about symbolic icons. a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon a #GtkIconInfo a #GdkRGBA representing the foreground color of the icon a #GdkRGBA representing the warning color of the icon or %NULL to use the default color a #GdkRGBA representing the warning color of the icon or %NULL to use the default color a #GdkRGBA representing the error color of the icon or %NULL to use the default color (allow-none) a #gboolean, returns whether the loaded icon was a symbolic one and whether the @fg color was applied to it. Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously looked up from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() which is the synchronous version of this call. a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() a #GdkRGBA representing the foreground color of the icon a #GdkRGBA representing the warning color of the icon or %NULL to use the default color a #GdkRGBA representing the warning color of the icon or %NULL to use the default color a #GdkRGBA representing the error color of the icon or %NULL to use the default color (allow-none) optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async(). the rendered icon; this may be a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference to the icon. a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() a #GAsyncResult a #gboolean, returns whether the loaded icon was a symbolic one and whether the @fg color was applied to it. Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colors for the foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). This function uses the regular foreground color and the symbolic colors with the names "success_color", "warning_color" and "error_color" from the context. This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme. See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details. a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon a #GtkIconInfo a #GtkStyleContext a #gboolean, returns whether the loaded icon was a symbolic one and whether the @fg color was applied to it. Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously looked up from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context() which is the synchronous version of this call. a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() a #GtkStyleContext optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async(). the rendered icon; this may be a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference to the icon. a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() a #GAsyncResult a #gboolean, returns whether the loaded icon was a symbolic one and whether the @fg color was applied to it. Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colours for the foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme. See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details. a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon a #GtkIconInfo a #GtkStyle to take the colors from the widget state to use for colors a #gboolean, returns whether the loaded icon was a symbolic one and whether the @fg color was applied to it. Sets whether the coordinates returned by gtk_icon_info_get_embedded_rect() and gtk_icon_info_get_attach_points() should be returned in their original form as specified in the icon theme, instead of scaled appropriately for the pixbuf returned by gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). Raw coordinates are somewhat strange; they are specified to be with respect to the unscaled pixmap for PNG and XPM icons, but for SVG icons, they are in a 1000x1000 coordinate space that is scaled to the final size of the icon. You can determine if the icon is an SVG icon by using gtk_icon_info_get_filename(), and seeing if it is non-%NULL and ends in '.svg'. This function is provided primarily to allow compatibility wrappers for older API's, and is not expected to be useful for applications. a #GtkIconInfo whether the coordinates of embedded rectangles and attached points should be returned in their original (unscaled) form. Used to specify options for gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() Never return SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf supports them. Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SVG. Return SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf doesn't support them. Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_NO_SVG. When passed to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() includes builtin icons as well as files. For a builtin icon, gtk_icon_info_get_filename() returns %NULL and you need to call gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf(). Try to shorten icon name at '-' characters before looking at inherited themes. For more general fallback, see gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon(). Since 2.12. Always return the icon scaled to the requested size. Since 2.14. Creates a new #GtkIconSet. A #GtkIconSet represents a single icon in various sizes and widget states. It can provide a #GdkPixbuf for a given size and state on request, and automatically caches some of the rendered #GdkPixbuf objects. Normally you would use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead of using #GtkIconSet directly. The one case where you'd use #GtkIconSet is to create application-specific icon sets to place in a #GtkIconFactory. a new #GtkIconSet Creates a new #GtkIconSet with @pixbuf as the default/fallback source image. If you don't add any additional #GtkIconSource to the icon set, all variants of the icon will be created from @pixbuf, using scaling, pixelation, etc. as required to adjust the icon size or make the icon look insensitive/prelighted. a new #GtkIconSet a #GdkPixbuf Icon sets have a list of #GtkIconSource, which they use as base icons for rendering icons in different states and sizes. Icons are scaled, made to look insensitive, etc. in gtk_icon_set_render_icon(), but #GtkIconSet needs base images to work with. The base images and when to use them are described by a #GtkIconSource. This function copies @source, so you can reuse the same source immediately without affecting the icon set. An example of when you'd use this function: a web browser's "Back to Previous Page" icon might point in a different direction in Hebrew and in English; it might look different when insensitive; and it might change size depending on toolbar mode (small/large icons). So a single icon set would contain all those variants of the icon, and you might add a separate source for each one. You should nearly always add a "default" icon source with all fields wildcarded, which will be used as a fallback if no more specific source matches. #GtkIconSet always prefers more specific icon sources to more generic icon sources. The order in which you add the sources to the icon set does not matter. gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf() creates a new icon set with a default icon source based on the given pixbuf. a #GtkIconSet a #GtkIconSource Copies @icon_set by value. a new #GtkIconSet identical to the first. a #GtkIconSet Obtains a list of icon sizes this icon set can render. The returned array must be freed with g_free(). a #GtkIconSet return location for array of sizes location to store number of elements in returned array Increments the reference count on @icon_set. @icon_set. a #GtkIconSet. Renders an icon using gtk_style_render_icon(). In most cases, gtk_widget_render_icon() is better, since it automatically provides most of the arguments from the current widget settings. This function never returns %NULL; if the icon can't be rendered (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing image" icon will be returned instead. a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed a #GtkIconSet a #GtkStyle associated with @widget, or %NULL text direction widget state icon size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale. widget that will display the icon, or %NULL. The only use that is typically made of this is to determine the appropriate #GdkScreen. detail to pass to the theme engine, or %NULL. Note that passing a detail of anything but %NULL will disable caching. Renders an icon using gtk_render_icon_pixbuf(). In most cases, gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() is better, since it automatically provides most of the arguments from the current widget settings. This function never returns %NULL; if the icon can't be rendered (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing image" icon will be returned instead. a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed a #GtkIconSet a #GtkStyleContext icon size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale. Decrements the reference count on @icon_set, and frees memory if the reference count reaches 0. a #GtkIconSet Looks up the icon size associated with @name. the icon size the name to look up. Gets the canonical name of the given icon size. The returned string is statically allocated and should not be freed. the name of the given icon size. a #GtkIconSize. Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size, possibly modified by user preferences for the default #GtkSettings. (See gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings().) Normally @size would be #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function isn't normally needed, gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() is the usual way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing the usual size. %TRUE if @size was a valid size an icon size location to store icon width location to store icon height Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size, possibly modified by user preferences for a particular #GtkSettings. Normally @size would be #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function isn't normally needed, gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() is the usual way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing the usual size. %TRUE if @size was a valid size a #GtkSettings object, used to determine which set of user preferences to used. an icon size location to store icon width location to store icon height Registers a new icon size, along the same lines as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, etc. Returns the integer value for the size. integer value representing the size name of the icon size the icon width the icon height Registers @alias as another name for @target. So calling gtk_icon_size_from_name() with @alias as argument will return @target. an alias for @target an existing icon size Creates a new #GtkIconSource. A #GtkIconSource contains a #GdkPixbuf (or image filename) that serves as the base image for one or more of the icons in a #GtkIconSet, along with a specification for which icons in the icon set will be based on that pixbuf or image file. An icon set contains a set of icons that represent "the same" logical concept in different states, different global text directions, and different sizes. So for example a web browser's "Back to Previous Page" icon might point in a different direction in Hebrew and in English; it might look different when insensitive; and it might change size depending on toolbar mode (small/large icons). So a single icon set would contain all those variants of the icon. #GtkIconSet contains a list of #GtkIconSource from which it can derive specific icon variants in the set. In the simplest case, #GtkIconSet contains one source pixbuf from which it derives all variants. The convenience function gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf() handles this case; if you only have one source pixbuf, just use that function. If you want to use a different base pixbuf for different icon variants, you create multiple icon sources, mark which variants they'll be used to create, and add them to the icon set with gtk_icon_set_add_source(). By default, the icon source has all parameters wildcarded. That is, the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text direction, widget state, or icon size. a new #GtkIconSource Creates a copy of @source; mostly useful for language bindings. a new #GtkIconSource a #GtkIconSource Frees a dynamically-allocated icon source, along with its filename, size, and pixbuf fields if those are not %NULL. a #GtkIconSource Obtains the text direction this icon source applies to. The return value is only useful/meaningful if the text direction is <emphasis>not</emphasis> wildcarded. text direction this source matches a #GtkIconSource Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded(). %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any text direction variant a #GtkIconSource Retrieves the source filename, or %NULL if none is set. The filename is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source. image filename. This string must not be modified or freed. a #GtkIconSource Retrieves the source icon name, or %NULL if none is set. The icon_name is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source. icon name. This string must not be modified or freed. a #GtkIconSource Retrieves the source pixbuf, or %NULL if none is set. In addition, if a filename source is in use, this function in some cases will return the pixbuf from loaded from the filename. This is, for example, true for the GtkIconSource passed to the GtkStyle::render_icon() virtual function. The reference count on the pixbuf is not incremented. source pixbuf a #GtkIconSource Obtains the icon size this source applies to. The return value is only useful/meaningful if the icon size is <emphasis>not</emphasis> wildcarded. icon size this source matches. a #GtkIconSource Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded(). %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any icon size variant a #GtkIconSource Obtains the widget state this icon source applies to. The return value is only useful/meaningful if the widget state is <emphasis>not</emphasis> wildcarded. widget state this source matches a #GtkIconSource Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded(). %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any widget state variant a #GtkIconSource Sets the text direction this icon source is intended to be used with. Setting the text direction on an icon source makes no difference if the text direction is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually call gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it in addition to calling this function. a #GtkIconSource text direction this source applies to If the text direction is wildcarded, this source can be used as the base image for an icon in any #GtkTextDirection. If the text direction is not wildcarded, then the text direction the icon source applies to should be set with gtk_icon_source_set_direction(), and the icon source will only be used with that text direction. #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible. a #GtkIconSource %TRUE to wildcard the text direction Sets the name of an image file to use as a base image when creating icon variants for #GtkIconSet. The filename must be absolute. a #GtkIconSource image file to use Sets the name of an icon to look up in the current icon theme to use as a base image when creating icon variants for #GtkIconSet. a #GtkIconSource name of icon to use Sets a pixbuf to use as a base image when creating icon variants for #GtkIconSet. a #GtkIconSource pixbuf to use as a source Sets the icon size this icon source is intended to be used with. Setting the icon size on an icon source makes no difference if the size is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually call gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it in addition to calling this function. a #GtkIconSource icon size this source applies to If the icon size is wildcarded, this source can be used as the base image for an icon of any size. If the size is not wildcarded, then the size the source applies to should be set with gtk_icon_source_set_size() and the icon source will only be used with that specific size. #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible. #GtkIconSet will normally scale wildcarded source images to produce an appropriate icon at a given size, but will not change the size of source images that match exactly. a #GtkIconSource %TRUE to wildcard the widget state Sets the widget state this icon source is intended to be used with. Setting the widget state on an icon source makes no difference if the state is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually call gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it in addition to calling this function. a #GtkIconSource widget state this source applies to If the widget state is wildcarded, this source can be used as the base image for an icon in any #GtkStateType. If the widget state is not wildcarded, then the state the source applies to should be set with gtk_icon_source_set_state() and the icon source will only be used with that specific state. #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible. #GtkIconSet will normally transform wildcarded source images to produce an appropriate icon for a given state, for example lightening an image on prelight, but will not modify source images that match exactly. a #GtkIconSource %TRUE to wildcard the widget state #GtkIconTheme provides a facility for looking up icons by name and size. The main reason for using a name rather than simply providing a filename is to allow different icons to be used depending on what <firstterm>icon theme</firstterm> is selected by the user. The operation of icon themes on Linux and Unix follows the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec">Icon Theme Specification</ulink>. There is a default icon theme, named <literal>hicolor</literal> where applications should install their icons, but more additional application themes can be installed as operating system vendors and users choose. Named icons are similar to the <xref linkend="gtk3-Themeable-Stock-Images"/> facility, and the distinction between the two may be a bit confusing. A few things to keep in mind: <itemizedlist> <listitem> Stock images usually are used in conjunction with <xref linkend="gtk3-Stock-Items"/>, such as %GTK_STOCK_OK or %GTK_STOCK_OPEN. Named icons are easier to set up and therefore are more useful for new icons that an application wants to add, such as application icons or window icons. </listitem> <listitem> Stock images can only be loaded at the symbolic sizes defined by the #GtkIconSize enumeration, or by custom sizes defined by gtk_icon_size_register(), while named icons are more flexible and any pixel size can be specified. </listitem> <listitem> Because stock images are closely tied to stock items, and thus to actions in the user interface, stock images may come in multiple variants for different widget states or writing directions. </listitem> </itemizedlist> A good rule of thumb is that if there is a stock image for what you want to use, use it, otherwise use a named icon. It turns out that internally stock images are generally defined in terms of one or more named icons. (An example of the more than one case is icons that depend on writing direction; %GTK_STOCK_GO_FORWARD uses the two themed icons "gtk-stock-go-forward-ltr" and "gtk-stock-go-forward-rtl".) In many cases, named themes are used indirectly, via #GtkImage or stock items, rather than directly, but looking up icons directly is also simple. The #GtkIconTheme object acts as a database of all the icons in the current theme. You can create new #GtkIconTheme objects, but it's much more efficient to use the standard icon theme for the #GdkScreen so that the icon information is shared with other people looking up icons. In the case where the default screen is being used, looking up an icon can be as simple as: <informalexample> <programlisting> GError *error = NULL; GtkIconTheme *icon_theme; GdkPixbuf *pixbuf; icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_default (); pixbuf = gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (icon_theme, "my-icon-name", // icon name 48, // size 0, // flags &error); if (!pixbuf) { g_warning ("Couldn't load icon: &percnt;s", error->message); g_error_free (error); } else { // Use the pixbuf g_object_unref (pixbuf); } </programlisting> </informalexample> Creates a new icon theme object. Icon theme objects are used to lookup up an icon by name in a particular icon theme. Usually, you'll want to use gtk_icon_theme_get_default() or gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen() rather than creating a new icon theme object for scratch. the newly created #GtkIconTheme object. Registers a built-in icon for icon theme lookups. The idea of built-in icons is to allow an application or library that uses themed icons to function requiring files to be present in the file system. For instance, the default images for all of GTK+'s stock icons are registered as built-icons. In general, if you use gtk_icon_theme_add_builtin_icon() you should also install the icon in the icon theme, so that the icon is generally available. This function will generally be used with pixbufs loaded via gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline(). the name of the icon to register the size at which to register the icon (different images can be registered for the same icon name at different sizes.) #GdkPixbuf that contains the image to use for @icon_name. Gets the icon theme for the default screen. See gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen(). A unique #GtkIconTheme associated with the default screen. This icon theme is associated with the screen and can be used as long as the screen is open. Do not ref or unref it. Gets the icon theme object associated with @screen; if this function has not previously been called for the given screen, a new icon theme object will be created and associated with the screen. Icon theme objects are fairly expensive to create, so using this function is usually a better choice than calling than gtk_icon_theme_new() and setting the screen yourself; by using this function a single icon theme object will be shared between users. A unique #GtkIconTheme associated with the given screen. This icon theme is associated with the screen and can be used as long as the screen is open. Do not ref or unref it. a #GdkScreen Appends a directory to the search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path(). a #GtkIconTheme directory name to append to the icon path Looks up a named icon and returns a structure containing information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). (gtk_icon_theme_load_icon() combines these two steps if all you need is the pixbuf.) If @icon_names contains more than one name, this function tries them all in the given order before falling back to inherited icon themes. a #GtkIconInfo object containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn't found. a #GtkIconTheme %NULL-terminated array of icon names to lookup desired icon size flags modifying the behavior of the icon lookup Gets the name of an icon that is representative of the current theme (for instance, to use when presenting a list of themes to the user.) the name of an example icon or %NULL. Free with g_free(). a #GtkIconTheme Returns an array of integers describing the sizes at which the icon is available without scaling. A size of -1 means that the icon is available in a scalable format. The array is zero-terminated. An newly allocated array describing the sizes at which the icon is available. The array should be freed with g_free() when it is no longer needed. a #GtkIconTheme the name of an icon Gets the current search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path(). a #GtkIconTheme location to store a list of icon theme path directories or %NULL. The stored value should be freed with g_strfreev(). location to store number of elements in @path, or %NULL Checks whether an icon theme includes an icon for a particular name. %TRUE if @icon_theme includes an icon for @icon_name. a #GtkIconTheme the name of an icon Gets the list of contexts available within the current hierarchy of icon themes a #GList list holding the names of all the contexts in the theme. You must first free each element in the list with g_free(), then free the list itself with g_list_free(). a #GtkIconTheme Lists the icons in the current icon theme. Only a subset of the icons can be listed by providing a context string. The set of values for the context string is system dependent, but will typically include such values as "Applications" and "MimeTypes". a #GList list holding the names of all the icons in the theme. You must first free each element in the list with g_free(), then free the list itself with g_list_free(). a #GtkIconTheme a string identifying a particular type of icon, or %NULL to list all icons. Looks up an icon in an icon theme, scales it to the given size and renders it into a pixbuf. This is a convenience function; if more details about the icon are needed, use gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() followed by gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the GtkWidget::style-set signal. If for some reason you do not want to update the icon when the icon theme changes, you should consider using gdk_pixbuf_copy() to make a private copy of the pixbuf returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory. the rendered icon; this may be a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn't found. a #GtkIconTheme the name of the icon to lookup the desired icon size. The resulting icon may not be exactly this size; see gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). flags modifying the behavior of the icon lookup Looks up an icon and returns a structure containing information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). a #GtkIconInfo structure containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn't found. Unref with g_object_unref() a #GtkIconTheme the #GIcon to look up desired icon size flags modifying the behavior of the icon lookup Looks up a named icon and returns a structure containing information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). (gtk_icon_theme_load_icon() combines these two steps if all you need is the pixbuf.) a #GtkIconInfo object containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn't found. a #GtkIconTheme the name of the icon to lookup desired icon size flags modifying the behavior of the icon lookup Prepends a directory to the search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path(). a #GtkIconTheme directory name to prepend to the icon path Checks to see if the icon theme has changed; if it has, any currently cached information is discarded and will be reloaded next time @icon_theme is accessed. %TRUE if the icon theme has changed and needed to be reloaded. a #GtkIconTheme Sets the name of the icon theme that the #GtkIconTheme object uses overriding system configuration. This function cannot be called on the icon theme objects returned from gtk_icon_theme_get_default() and gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen(). a #GtkIconTheme name of icon theme to use instead of configured theme, or %NULL to unset a previously set custom theme Sets the screen for an icon theme; the screen is used to track the user's currently configured icon theme, which might be different for different screens. a #GtkIconTheme a #GdkScreen Sets the search path for the icon theme object. When looking for an icon theme, GTK+ will search for a subdirectory of one or more of the directories in @path with the same name as the icon theme. (Themes from multiple of the path elements are combined to allow themes to be extended by adding icons in the user's home directory.) In addition if an icon found isn't found either in the current icon theme or the default icon theme, and an image file with the right name is found directly in one of the elements of @path, then that image will be used for the icon name. (This is legacy feature, and new icons should be put into the default icon theme, which is called DEFAULT_THEME_NAME, rather than directly on the icon path.) a #GtkIconTheme array of directories that are searched for icon themes number of elements in @path. Emitted when the current icon theme is switched or GTK+ detects that a change has occurred in the contents of the current icon theme. Error codes for GtkIconTheme operations. The icon specified does not exist in the theme An unspecified error occurred. #GtkIconView provides an alternative view on a #GtkTreeModel. It displays the model as a grid of icons with labels. Like #GtkTreeView, it allows to select one or multiple items (depending on the selection mode, see gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode()). In addition to selection with the arrow keys, #GtkIconView supports rubberband selection, which is controlled by dragging the pointer. Note that if the tree model is backed by an actual tree store (as opposed to a flat list where the mapping to icons is obvious), #GtkIconView will only display the first level of the tree and ignore the tree's branches. Creates a new #GtkIconView widget A newly created #GtkIconView widget Creates a new #GtkIconView widget using the specified @area to layout cells inside the icons. A newly created #GtkIconView widget the #GtkCellArea to use to layout cells Creates a new #GtkIconView widget with the model @model. A newly created #GtkIconView widget. The model. Activates the item determined by @path. The #GtkTreePath to be activated Selects all the icons. @icon_view must has its selection mode set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE. Unselects all the icons. Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window, as expected by e.g. gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos(). a #GtkIconView X coordinate relative to the widget Y coordinate relative to the widget return location for bin_window X coordinate return location for bin_window Y coordinate Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the item at @path. This image is used for a drag icon. a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon. a #GtkIconView a #GtkTreePath in @icon_view Turns @icon_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkIconView the table of targets that the drag will support the number of items in @targets the bitmask of possible actions for a drag to this widget Turns @icon_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkIconView Mask of allowed buttons to start drag the table of targets that the drag will support the number of items in @targets the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click(). %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click a #GtkIconView Fills the bounding rectangle in widget coordinates for the cell specified by @path and @cell. If @cell is %NULL the main cell area is used. This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized. %FALSE if there is no such item, %TRUE otherwise a #GtkIconView a #GtkTreePath a #GtkCellRenderer or %NULL rectangle to fill with cell rect Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property. the space between columns a #GtkIconView Returns the value of the ::columns property. the number of columns, or -1 a #GtkIconView Fills in @path and @cell with the current cursor path and cell. If the cursor isn't currently set, then *@path will be %NULL. If no cell currently has focus, then *@cell will be %NULL. The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). %TRUE if the cursor is set. A #GtkIconView Return location for the current cursor path, or %NULL Return location the current focus cell, or %NULL Determines the destination item for a given position. whether there is an item at the given position. a #GtkIconView the position to determine the destination item for the position to determine the destination item for Return location for the path of the item, or %NULL. Return location for the drop position, or %NULL Gets information about the item that is highlighted for feedback. a #GtkIconView Return location for the path of the highlighted item, or %NULL. Return location for the drop position, or %NULL Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates. In contrast to gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos(), this function also obtains the cell at the specified position. The returned path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). See gtk_icon_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords() for converting widget coordinates to bin_window coordinates. %TRUE if an item exists at the specified position A #GtkIconView. The x position to be identified The y position to be identified Return location for the path, or %NULL Return location for the renderer responsible for the cell at (@x, @y), or %NULL Gets the column in which the item @path is currently displayed. Column numbers start at 0. The column in which the item is displayed a #GtkIconView the #GtkTreePath of the item Returns the value of the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below. the relative position of texts and icons a #GtkIconView Returns the value of the ::item-padding property. the padding around items a #GtkIconView Gets the row in which the item @path is currently displayed. Row numbers start at 0. The row in which the item is displayed a #GtkIconView the #GtkTreePath of the item Returns the value of the ::item-width property. the width of a single item, or -1 a #GtkIconView Returns the value of the ::margin property. the space at the borders a #GtkIconView Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view. the markup column, or -1 if it's unset. A #GtkIconView. Returns the model the #GtkIconView is based on. Returns %NULL if the model is unset. A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is currently being used. a #GtkIconView Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates. See gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos(), if you are also interested in the cell at the specified position. See gtk_icon_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords() for converting widget coordinates to bin_window coordinates. The #GtkTreePath corresponding to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position. A #GtkIconView. The x position to be identified The y position to be identified Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view. the pixbuf column, or -1 if it's unset. A #GtkIconView. Retrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop. See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable(). %TRUE if the list can be reordered. a #GtkIconView Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property. the space between rows a #GtkIconView Creates a list of paths of all selected items. Additionally, if you are planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may want to convert the returned list into a list of #GtkTreeRowReference<!-- -->s. To do this, you can use gtk_tree_row_reference_new(). To free the return value, use: |[ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); ]| A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected row. A #GtkIconView. Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view. the current selection mode A #GtkIconView. Returns the value of the ::spacing property. the space between cells a #GtkIconView Returns the column with text for @icon_view. the text column, or -1 if it's unset. A #GtkIconView. Returns the column of @icon_view's model which is being used for displaying tooltips on @icon_view's rows. the index of the tooltip column that is currently being used, or -1 if this is disabled. a #GtkIconView This function is supposed to be used in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler for #GtkIconView. The @x, @y and @keyboard_tip values which are received in the signal handler, should be passed to this function without modification. The return value indicates whether there is an icon view item at the given coordinates (%TRUE) or not (%FALSE) for mouse tooltips. For keyboard tooltips the item returned will be the cursor item. When %TRUE, then any of @model, @path and @iter which have been provided will be set to point to that row and the corresponding model. @x and @y will always be converted to be relative to @icon_view's bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE. whether or not the given tooltip context points to a item an #GtkIconView the x coordinate (relative to widget coordinates) the y coordinate (relative to widget coordinates) whether this is a keyboard tooltip or not a pointer to receive a #GtkTreeModel or %NULL a pointer to receive a #GtkTreePath or %NULL a pointer to receive a #GtkTreeIter or %NULL Sets @start_path and @end_path to be the first and last visible path. Note that there may be invisible paths in between. Both paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use. %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path A #GtkIconView Return location for start of region, or %NULL Return location for end of region, or %NULL Activates the item determined by @path. A #GtkIconView The #GtkTreePath to be activated Returns %TRUE if the icon pointed to by @path is currently selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned. %TRUE if @path is selected. A #GtkIconView. A #GtkTreePath to check selection on. Moves the alignments of @icon_view to the position specified by @path. @row_align determines where the row is placed, and @col_align determines where @column is placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0 means left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means center. If @use_align is %FALSE, then the alignment arguments are ignored, and the tree does the minimum amount of work to scroll the item onto the screen. This means that the item will be scrolled to the edge closest to its current position. If the item is currently visible on the screen, nothing is done. This function only works if the model is set, and @path is a valid row on the model. If the model changes before the @icon_view is realized, the centered path will be modified to reflect this change. A #GtkIconView. The path of the item to move to. whether to use alignment arguments, or %FALSE. The vertical alignment of the item specified by @path. The horizontal alignment of the item specified by @path. Selects all the icons. @icon_view must has its selection mode set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE. A #GtkIconView. Selects the row at @path. A #GtkIconView. The #GtkTreePath to be selected. Calls a function for each selected icon. Note that the model or selection cannot be modified from within this function. A #GtkIconView. The function to call for each selected icon. User data to pass to the function. Causes the #GtkIconView::item-activated signal to be emitted on a single click instead of a double click. a #GtkIconView %TRUE to emit item-activated on a single click Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the columns of the icon view. a #GtkIconView the column spacing Sets the ::columns property which determines in how many columns the icons are arranged. If @columns is -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically to fill the available area. a #GtkIconView the number of columns Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user's attention on a particular item. If @cell is not %NULL, then focus is given to the cell specified by it. Additionally, if @start_editing is %TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by <literal>gtk_widget_grab_focus (icon_view)</literal> in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized. A #GtkIconView A #GtkTreePath One of the cell renderers of @icon_view, or %NULL %TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited. Sets the item that is highlighted for feedback. a #GtkIconView The path of the item to highlight, or %NULL. Specifies where to drop, relative to the item Sets the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below. a #GtkIconView the relative position of texts and icons Sets the #GtkIconView:item-padding property which specifies the padding around each of the icon view's items. a #GtkIconView the item padding Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a suitable item size. a #GtkIconView the width for each item Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space which is inserted at the top, bottom, left and right of the icon view. a #GtkIconView the margin Sets the column with markup information for @icon_view to be @column. The markup column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If the markup column is set to something, it overrides the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column(). A #GtkIconView. A column in the currently used model, or -1 to display no text Sets the model for a #GtkIconView. If the @icon_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model. A #GtkIconView. The model. Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF A #GtkIconView. A column in the currently used model, or -1 to disable This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the #GtkTreeDragSourceIface and the #GtkTreeDragDestIface. Both #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore support these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model's row_inserted and row_deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by setting up the icon view as a drag source and destination. Therefore, drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any other purpose. This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably handle drag and drop manually. A #GtkIconView. %TRUE, if the list of items can be reordered. Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. a #GtkIconView the row spacing Sets the selection mode of the @icon_view. A #GtkIconView. The selection mode Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item. a #GtkIconView the spacing Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING. A #GtkIconView. A column in the currently used model, or -1 to display no text Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area which @cell occupies in the item pointed to by @path. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. a #GtkIconView a #GtkTooltip a #GtkTreePath a #GtkCellRenderer or %NULL If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full items, you can use this function to have #GtkIconView handle these automatically for you. @column should be set to the column in @icon_view's model containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature. When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and @icon_view will connect a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler. Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), so &amp;, &lt;, etc have to be escaped in the text. a #GtkIconView an integer, which is a valid column number for @icon_view's model Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the item at @path. See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). a #GtkIconView a #GtkTooltip a #GtkTreePath Unselects all the icons. A #GtkIconView. Unselects the row at @path. A #GtkIconView. The #GtkTreePath to be unselected. Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkIconView Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkIconView The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "item-activated" signal will be emitted after a single click. The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers for this view. If no area is specified when creating the icon view with gtk_icon_view_new_with_area() a #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. The column-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between the columns of the icon view. The columns property contains the number of the columns in which the items should be displayed. If it is -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically to fill the available area. The item-orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of the item are positioned relative to each other. The item-padding property specifies the padding around each of the icon view's item. The item-width property specifies the width to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a suitable item size. The margin property specifies the space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view. The ::markup-column property contains the number of the model column containing markup information to be displayed. The markup column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :text-column property are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text column. If both are set to -1, no texts are displayed. The ::pixbuf-column property contains the number of the model column containing the pixbufs which are displayed. The pixbuf column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF. Setting this property to -1 turns off the display of pixbufs. The reorderable property specifies if the items can be reordered by DND. The row-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. The ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of icon view. If the mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubberband selection is enabled, for the other modes, only keyboard selection is possible. The spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item. The ::text-column property contains the number of the model column containing the texts which are displayed. The text column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :markup-column property are both set to -1, no texts are displayed. A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user activates the currently focused item. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control activation programmatically. The default bindings for this signal are Space, Return and Enter. The ::item-activated signal is emitted when the method gtk_icon_view_item_activated() is called, when the user double clicks an item with the "activate-on-single-click" property set to %FALSE, or when the user single clicks an item when the "activate-on-single-click" property set to %TRUE. It is also emitted when a non-editable item is selected and one of the keys: Space, Return or Enter is pressed. the #GtkTreePath for the activated item The ::move-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates a cursor movement. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control the cursor programmatically. The default bindings for this signal include <itemizedlist> <listitem>Arrow keys which move by individual steps</listitem> <listitem>Home/End keys which move to the first/last item</listitem> <listitem>PageUp/PageDown which move by "pages"</listitem> </itemizedlist> All of these will extend the selection when combined with the Shift modifier. the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep the number of @step units to move A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user selects all items. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control selection programmatically. The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-a. A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user selects the item that is currently focused. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control selection programmatically. There is no default binding for this signal. The ::selection-changed signal is emitted when the selection (i.e. the set of selected items) changes. A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user toggles whether the currently focused item is selected or not. The exact effect of this depend on the selection mode. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control selection programmatically. There is no default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Space. A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user unselects all items. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control selection programmatically. The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a. The #GtkTreePath to be activated An enum for determining where a dropped item goes. no drop possible dropped item replaces the item droppped item is inserted to the left dropped item is inserted to the right dropped item is inserted above dropped item is inserted below A function used by gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach() to map all selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view. a #GtkIconView The #GtkTreePath of a selected row user data The #GtkImage widget displays an image. Various kinds of object can be displayed as an image; most typically, you would load a #GdkPixbuf ("pixel buffer") from a file, and then display that. There's a convenience function to do this, gtk_image_new_from_file(), used as follows: <informalexample><programlisting> GtkWidget *image; image = gtk_image_new_from_file ("myfile.png"); </programlisting></informalexample> If the file isn't loaded successfully, the image will contain a "broken image" icon similar to that used in many web browsers. If you want to handle errors in loading the file yourself, for example by displaying an error message, then load the image with gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(), then create the #GtkImage with gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf(). The image file may contain an animation, if so the #GtkImage will display an animation (#GdkPixbufAnimation) instead of a static image. #GtkImage is a subclass of #GtkMisc, which implies that you can align it (center, left, right) and add padding to it, using #GtkMisc methods. #GtkImage is a "no window" widget (has no #GdkWindow of its own), so by default does not receive events. If you want to receive events on the image, such as button clicks, place the image inside a #GtkEventBox, then connect to the event signals on the event box. <example> <title>Handling button press events on a <structname>GtkImage</structname>.</title> <programlisting> static gboolean button_press_callback (GtkWidget *event_box, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data) { g_print ("Event box clicked at coordinates &percnt;f,&percnt;f\n", event->x, event->y); /<!---->* Returning TRUE means we handled the event, so the signal * emission should be stopped (don't call any further * callbacks that may be connected). Return FALSE * to continue invoking callbacks. *<!---->/ return TRUE; } static GtkWidget* create_image (void) { GtkWidget *image; GtkWidget *event_box; image = gtk_image_new_from_file ("myfile.png"); event_box = gtk_event_box_new (<!-- -->); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (event_box), image); g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (event_box), "button_press_event", G_CALLBACK (button_press_callback), image); return image; } </programlisting> </example> When handling events on the event box, keep in mind that coordinates in the image may be different from event box coordinates due to the alignment and padding settings on the image (see #GtkMisc). The simplest way to solve this is to set the alignment to 0.0 (left/top), and set the padding to zero. Then the origin of the image will be the same as the origin of the event box. Sometimes an application will want to avoid depending on external data files, such as image files. GTK+ comes with a program to avoid this, called <application>gdk-pixbuf-csource</application>. This library allows you to convert an image into a C variable declaration, which can then be loaded into a #GdkPixbuf using gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline(). Creates a new empty #GtkImage widget. a newly created #GtkImage widget. Creates a #GtkImage displaying the given animation. The #GtkImage does not assume a reference to the animation; you still need to unref it if you own references. #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours. Note that the animation frames are shown using a timeout with #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. When using animations to indicate busyness, keep in mind that the animation will only be shown if the main loop is not busy with something that has a higher priority. a new #GtkImage widget an animation Creates a new #GtkImage displaying the file @filename. If the file isn't found or can't be loaded, the resulting #GtkImage will display a "broken image" icon. This function never returns %NULL, it always returns a valid #GtkImage widget. If the file contains an animation, the image will contain an animation. If you need to detect failures to load the file, use gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file() to load the file yourself, then create the #GtkImage from the pixbuf. (Or for animations, use gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file()). The storage type (gtk_image_get_storage_type()) of the returned image is not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for displaying the file. a new #GtkImage a filename Creates a #GtkImage displaying an icon from the current icon theme. If the icon name isn't known, a "broken image" icon will be displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately. a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon an icon a stock icon size Creates a #GtkImage displaying an icon from the current icon theme. If the icon name isn't known, a "broken image" icon will be displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately. a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon an icon name a stock icon size Creates a #GtkImage displaying an icon set. Sample stock sizes are #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR. Instead of using this function, usually it's better to create a #GtkIconFactory, put your icon sets in the icon factory, add the icon factory to the list of default factories with gtk_icon_factory_add_default(), and then use gtk_image_new_from_stock(). This will allow themes to override the icon you ship with your application. The #GtkImage does not assume a reference to the icon set; you still need to unref it if you own references. #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours. a new #GtkImage a #GtkIconSet a stock icon size Creates a new #GtkImage displaying @pixbuf. The #GtkImage does not assume a reference to the pixbuf; you still need to unref it if you own references. #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours. Note that this function just creates an #GtkImage from the pixbuf. The #GtkImage created will not react to state changes. Should you want that, you should use gtk_image_new_from_icon_set(). a new #GtkImage a #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL Creates a new #GtkImage displaying the resource file @resource_path. If the file isn't found or can't be loaded, the resulting #GtkImage will display a "broken image" icon. This function never returns %NULL, it always returns a valid #GtkImage widget. If the file contains an animation, the image will contain an animation. If you need to detect failures to load the file, use gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file() to load the file yourself, then create the #GtkImage from the pixbuf. (Or for animations, use gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file()). The storage type (gtk_image_get_storage_type()) of the returned image is not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for displaying the file. a new #GtkImage a resource path Creates a #GtkImage displaying a stock icon. Sample stock icon names are #GTK_STOCK_OPEN, #GTK_STOCK_QUIT. Sample stock sizes are #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR. If the stock icon name isn't known, the image will be empty. You can register your own stock icon names, see gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and gtk_icon_factory_add(). a new #GtkImage displaying the stock icon a stock icon name a stock icon size Resets the image to be empty. a #GtkImage Gets the #GdkPixbufAnimation being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_ANIMATION (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned animation. the displayed animation, or %NULL if the image is empty a #GtkImage Gets the #GIcon and size being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_GICON (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned #GIcon. a #GtkImage place to store a #GIcon, or %NULL place to store an icon size, or %NULL Gets the icon name and size being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The returned string is owned by the #GtkImage and should not be freed. a #GtkImage place to store an icon name, or %NULL place to store an icon size, or %NULL Gets the icon set and size being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). a #GtkImage location to store a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL location to store a stock icon size, or %NULL Gets the #GdkPixbuf being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned pixbuf. the displayed pixbuf, or %NULL if the image is empty a #GtkImage Gets the pixel size used for named icons. the pixel size used for named icons. a #GtkImage Gets the stock icon name and size being displayed by the #GtkImage. The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_STOCK (see gtk_image_get_storage_type()). The returned string is owned by the #GtkImage and should not be freed. a #GtkImage place to store a stock icon name, or %NULL place to store a stock icon size, or %NULL Gets the type of representation being used by the #GtkImage to store image data. If the #GtkImage has no image data, the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY. image representation being used a #GtkImage Causes the #GtkImage to display the given animation (or display nothing, if you set the animation to %NULL). a #GtkImage the #GdkPixbufAnimation See gtk_image_new_from_file() for details. a #GtkImage a filename or %NULL See gtk_image_new_from_gicon() for details. a #GtkImage an icon an icon size See gtk_image_new_from_icon_name() for details. a #GtkImage an icon name an icon size See gtk_image_new_from_icon_set() for details. a #GtkImage a #GtkIconSet a stock icon size See gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf() for details. a #GtkImage a #GdkPixbuf or %NULL See gtk_image_new_from_resource() for details. a #GtkImage a resource path or %NULL See gtk_image_new_from_stock() for details. a #GtkImage a stock icon name a stock icon size Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. If the pixel size is set to a value != -1, it is used instead of the icon size set by gtk_image_set_from_icon_name(). a #GtkImage the new pixel size The GIcon displayed in the GtkImage. For themed icons, If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically. The name of the icon in the icon theme. If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically. The "pixel-size" property can be used to specify a fixed size overriding the #GtkImage:icon-size property for images of type %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME. A path to a resource file to display. Whether the icon displayed in the GtkImage will use standard icon names fallback. The value of this property is only relevant for images of type %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON. A GtkImageMenuItem is a menu item which has an icon next to the text label. Note that the user can disable display of menu icons, so make sure to still fill in the text label. Creates a new #GtkImageMenuItem with an empty label. a new #GtkImageMenuItem Creates a new #GtkImageMenuItem containing the image and text from a stock item. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like #GTK_STOCK_OK and #GTK_STOCK_APPLY. If you want this menu item to have changeable accelerators, then pass in %NULL for accel_group. Next call gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() with an appropriate path for the menu item, use gtk_stock_lookup() to look up the standard accelerator for the stock item, and if one is found, call gtk_accel_map_add_entry() to register it. a new #GtkImageMenuItem. the name of the stock item. the #GtkAccelGroup to add the menu items accelerator to, or %NULL. Creates a new #GtkImageMenuItem containing a label. a new #GtkImageMenuItem. the text of the menu item. Creates a new #GtkImageMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item. a new #GtkImageMenuItem the text of the menu item, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Returns whether the menu item will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-menu-images setting and always show the image, if available. %TRUE if the menu item will always show the image a #GtkImageMenuItem Gets the widget that is currently set as the image of @image_menu_item. See gtk_image_menu_item_set_image(). the widget set as image of @image_menu_item a #GtkImageMenuItem Checks whether the label set in the menuitem is used as a stock id to select the stock item for the item. %TRUE if the label set in the menuitem is used as a stock id to select the stock item for the item a #GtkImageMenuItem Specifies an @accel_group to add the menu items accelerator to (this only applies to stock items so a stock item must already be set, make sure to call gtk_image_menu_item_set_use_stock() and gtk_menu_item_set_label() with a valid stock item first). If you want this menu item to have changeable accelerators then you shouldnt need this (see gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock()). a #GtkImageMenuItem the #GtkAccelGroup If %TRUE, the menu item will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-menu-images setting and always show the image, if available. Use this property if the menuitem would be useless or hard to use without the image. a #GtkImageMenuItem %TRUE if the menuitem should always show the image Sets the image of @image_menu_item to the given widget. Note that it depends on the show-menu-images setting whether the image will be displayed or not. a #GtkImageMenuItem. a widget to set as the image for the menu item. If %TRUE, the label set in the menuitem is used as a stock id to select the stock item for the item. a #GtkImageMenuItem %TRUE if the menuitem should use a stock item The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys If %TRUE, the menu item will ignore the #GtkSettings:gtk-menu-images setting and always show the image, if available. Use this property if the menuitem would be useless or hard to use without the image. If %TRUE, the label set in the menuitem is used as a stock id to select the stock item for the item. Describes the image data representation used by a #GtkImage. If you want to get the image from the widget, you can only get the currently-stored representation. e.g. if the gtk_image_get_storage_type() returns #GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF, then you can call gtk_image_get_pixbuf() but not gtk_image_get_stock(). For empty images, you can request any storage type (call any of the "get" functions), but they will all return %NULL values. there is no image displayed by the widget the widget contains a #GdkPixbuf the widget contains a stock icon name (see <xref linkend="gtk3-Stock-Items"/>) the widget contains a #GtkIconSet the widget contains a #GdkPixbufAnimation the widget contains a named icon. This image type was added in GTK+ 2.6 the widget contains a #GIcon. This image type was added in GTK+ 2.14 #GtkInfoBar is a widget that can be used to show messages to the user without showing a dialog. It is often temporarily shown at the top or bottom of a document. In contrast to #GtkDialog, which has a horizontal action area at the bottom, #GtkInfoBar has a vertical action area at the side. The API of #GtkInfoBar is very similar to #GtkDialog, allowing you to add buttons to the action area with gtk_info_bar_add_button() or gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons(). The sensitivity of action widgets can be controlled with gtk_info_bar_set_response_sensitive(). To add widgets to the main content area of a #GtkInfoBar, use gtk_info_bar_get_content_area() and add your widgets to the container. Similar to #GtkMessageDialog, the contents of a #GtkInfoBar can by classified as error message, warning, informational message, etc, by using gtk_info_bar_set_message_type(). GTK+ uses the message type to determine the background color of the message area. <example> <title>Simple GtkInfoBar usage.</title> <programlisting> /&ast; set up info bar &ast;/ info_bar = gtk_info_bar_new (); gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (info_bar, TRUE); message_label = gtk_label_new (""); gtk_widget_show (message_label); content_area = gtk_info_bar_get_content_area (GTK_INFO_BAR (info_bar)); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (content_area), message_label); gtk_info_bar_add_button (GTK_INFO_BAR (info_bar), GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK); g_signal_connect (info_bar, "response", G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_hide), NULL); gtk_grid_attach (GTK_GRID (grid), info_bar, 0, 2, 1, 1); /&ast; ... &ast;/ /&ast; show an error message &ast;/ gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (message_label), error_message); gtk_info_bar_set_message_type (GTK_INFO_BAR (info_bar), GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR); gtk_widget_show (info_bar); </programlisting> </example> <refsect2 id="GtkInfoBar-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkInfoBar as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkInfoBar implementation of the GtkBuildable interface exposes the content area and action area as internal children with the names "content_area" and "action_area". </para> <para> GtkInfoBar supports a custom &lt;action-widgets&gt; element, which can contain multiple &lt;action-widget&gt; elements. The "response" attribute specifies a numeric response, and the content of the element is the id of widget (which should be a child of the dialogs @action_area). </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkInfoBar object. a new #GtkInfoBar object Creates a new #GtkInfoBar with buttons. Button text/response ID pairs should be listed, with a %NULL pointer ending the list. Button text can be either a stock ID such as %GTK_STOCK_OK, or some arbitrary text. A response ID can be any positive number, or one of the values in the #GtkResponseType enumeration. If the user clicks one of these dialog buttons, GtkInfoBar will emit the "response" signal with the corresponding response ID. a new #GtkInfoBar stock ID or text to go in first button, or %NULL Emits the 'response' signal with the given @response_id. a response ID Add an activatable widget to the action area of a #GtkInfoBar, connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkInfoBar::response signal on the message area when the widget is activated. The widget is appended to the end of the message areas action area. a #GtkInfoBar an activatable widget response ID for @child Adds a button with the given text (or a stock button, if button_text is a stock ID) and sets things up so that clicking the button will emit the "response" signal with the given response_id. The button is appended to the end of the info bars's action area. The button widget is returned, but usually you don't need it. the #GtkButton widget that was added a #GtkInfoBar text of button, or stock ID response ID for the button Adds more buttons, same as calling gtk_info_bar_add_button() repeatedly. The variable argument list should be %NULL-terminated as with gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons(). Each button must have both text and response ID. a #GtkInfoBar button text or stock ID Returns the action area of @info_bar. the action area a #GtkInfoBar Returns the content area of @info_bar. the content area a #GtkInfoBar Returns the message type of the message area. the message type of the message area. a #GtkInfoBar Emits the 'response' signal with the given @response_id. a #GtkInfoBar a response ID Sets the last widget in the info bar's action area with the given response_id as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing "Enter" normally activates the default widget. Note that this function currently requires @info_bar to be added to a widget hierarchy. a #GtkInfoBar a response ID Sets the message type of the message area. GTK+ uses this type to determine what color to use when drawing the message area. a #GtkInfoBar a #GtkMessageType Calls gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, setting) for each widget in the info bars's action area with the given response_id. A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons. a #GtkInfoBar a response ID TRUE for sensitive The type of the message. The type is used to determine the colors to use in the info bar. The following symbolic color names can by used to customize these colors: "info_fg_color", "info_bg_color", "warning_fg_color", "warning_bg_color", "question_fg_color", "question_bg_color", "error_fg_color", "error_bg_color". "other_fg_color", "other_bg_color". If the type is #GTK_MESSAGE_OTHER, no info bar is painted but the colors are still set. The ::close signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to dismiss the info bar. The default binding for this signal is the Escape key. Emitted when an action widget is clicked or the application programmer calls gtk_dialog_response(). The @response_id depends on which action widget was clicked. the response ID a response ID Describes hints that might be taken into account by input methods or applications. Note that input methods may already tailor their behaviour according to the #GtkInputPurpose of the entry. Some common sense is expected when using these flags - mixing @GTK_INPUT_HINT_LOWERCASE with any of the uppercase hints makes no sense. This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should ignore unknown values. No special behaviour suggested Suggest checking for typos Suggest not checking for typos Suggest word completion Suggest to convert all text to lowercase Suggest to capitalize all text Suggest to capitalize the first character of each word Suggest to capitalize the first word of each sentence Suggest to not show an onscreen keyboard (e.g for a calculator that already has all the keys). Describes primary purpose of the input widget. This information is useful for on-screen keyboards and similar input methods to decide which keys should be presented to the user. Note that the purpose is not meant to impose a totally strict rule about allowed characters, and does not replace input validation. It is fine for an on-screen keyboard to let the user override the character set restriction that is expressed by the purpose. The application is expected to validate the entry contents, even if it specified a purpose. The difference between @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS and @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NUMBER is that the former accepts only digits while the latter also some punctuation (like commas or points, plus, minus) and 'e' or 'E' as in 3.14E+000. This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should interpret unknown values as 'free form'. Allow any character Allow only alphabetic characters Allow only digits Edited field expects numbers Edited field expects phone number Edited field expects URL Edited field expects email address Edited field expects the name of a person Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM, but characters are hidden Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS, but characters are hidden The #GtkInvisible widget is used internally in GTK+, and is probably not very useful for application developers. It is used for reliable pointer grabs and selection handling in the code for drag-and-drop. Creates a new #GtkInvisible. a new #GtkInvisible. Creates a new #GtkInvisible object for a specified screen a newly created #GtkInvisible object a #GdkScreen which identifies on which the new #GtkInvisible will be created. Returns the #GdkScreen object associated with @invisible the associated #GdkScreen. a #GtkInvisible. Sets the #GdkScreen where the #GtkInvisible object will be displayed. a #GtkInvisible. a #GdkScreen. Describes how a rendered element connects to adjacent elements. No junctions. Element connects on the top-left corner. Element connects on the top-right corner. Element connects on the bottom-left corner. Element connects on the bottom-right corner. Element connects on the top side. Element connects on the bottom side. Element connects on the left side. Element connects on the right side. Used for justifying the text inside a #GtkLabel widget. (See also #GtkAlignment). The text is placed at the left edge of the label. The text is placed at the right edge of the label. The text is placed in the center of the label. The text is placed is distributed across the label. Key snooper functions are called before normal event delivery. They can be used to implement custom key event handling. %TRUE to stop further processing of @event, %FALSE to continue. the widget to which the event will be delivered the key event data supplied to gtk_key_snooper_install() The name used for the stock high offset included by #GtkLevelBar. The name used for the stock low offset included by #GtkLevelBar. The #GtkLabel widget displays a small amount of text. As the name implies, most labels are used to label another widget such as a #GtkButton, a #GtkMenuItem, or a #GtkComboBox. <refsect2 id="GtkLabel-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkLabel as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkLabel implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a custom &lt;attributes&gt; element, which supports any number of &lt;attribute&gt; elements. the &lt;attribute&gt; element has attributes named name, value, start and end and allows you to specify #PangoAttribute values for this label. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying Pango attributes</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkLabel"> <attributes> <attribute name="weight" value="PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"/> <attribute name="background" value="red" start="5" end="10"/>" </attributes> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> The start and end attributes specify the range of characters to which the Pango attribute applies. If start and end are not specified, the attribute is applied to the whole text. Note that specifying ranges does not make much sense with translatable attributes. Use markup embedded in the translatable content instead. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Mnemonics</title> <para> Labels may contain <firstterm>mnemonics</firstterm>. Mnemonics are underlined characters in the label, used for keyboard navigation. Mnemonics are created by providing a string with an underscore before the mnemonic character, such as <literal>"_File"</literal>, to the functions gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic() or gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic(). Mnemonics automatically activate any activatable widget the label is inside, such as a #GtkButton; if the label is not inside the mnemonic's target widget, you have to tell the label about the target using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(). Here's a simple example where the label is inside a button: <informalexample> <programlisting> // Pressing Alt+H will activate this button button = gtk_button_new (<!-- -->); label = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello"); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), label); </programlisting> </informalexample> There's a convenience function to create buttons with a mnemonic label already inside: <informalexample> <programlisting> // Pressing Alt+H will activate this button button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello"); </programlisting> </informalexample> To create a mnemonic for a widget alongside the label, such as a #GtkEntry, you have to point the label at the entry with gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(): <informalexample> <programlisting> // Pressing Alt+H will focus the entry entry = gtk_entry_new (<!-- -->); label = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello"); gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget (GTK_LABEL (label), entry); </programlisting> </informalexample> </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Markup (styled text)</title> <para> To make it easy to format text in a label (changing colors, fonts, etc.), label text can be provided in a simple <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">markup format</link>. Here's how to create a label with a small font: <informalexample> <programlisting> label = gtk_label_new (NULL); gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), "<small>Small text</small>"); </programlisting> </informalexample> (See <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">complete documentation</link> of available tags in the Pango manual.) The markup passed to gtk_label_set_markup() must be valid; for example, literal &lt;, &gt; and &amp; characters must be escaped as \&lt;, \gt;, and \&amp;. If you pass text obtained from the user, file, or a network to gtk_label_set_markup(), you'll want to escape it with g_markup_escape_text() or g_markup_printf_escaped(). Markup strings are just a convenient way to set the #PangoAttrList on a label; gtk_label_set_attributes() may be a simpler way to set attributes in some cases. Be careful though; #PangoAttrList tends to cause internationalization problems, unless you're applying attributes to the entire string (i.e. unless you set the range of each attribute to [0, %G_MAXINT)). The reason is that specifying the start_index and end_index for a #PangoAttribute requires knowledge of the exact string being displayed, so translations will cause problems. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Selectable labels</title> Labels can be made selectable with gtk_label_set_selectable(). Selectable labels allow the user to copy the label contents to the clipboard. Only labels that contain useful-to-copy information &mdash; such as error messages &mdash; should be made selectable. </refsect2> <refsect2 id="label-text-layout"> <title>Text layout</title> <para> A label can contain any number of paragraphs, but will have performance problems if it contains more than a small number. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separators understood by Pango. Labels can automatically wrap text if you call gtk_label_set_line_wrap(). gtk_label_set_justify() sets how the lines in a label align with one another. If you want to set how the label as a whole aligns in its available space, see gtk_misc_set_alignment(). The #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars properties can be used to control the size allocation of ellipsized or wrapped labels. For ellipsizing labels, if either is specified (and less than the actual text size), it is used as the minimum width, and the actual text size is used as the natural width of the label. For wrapping labels, width-chars is used as the minimum width, if specified, and max-width-chars is used as the natural width. Even if max-width-chars specified, wrapping labels will be rewrapped to use all of the available width. <note><para> Note that the interpretation of #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars has changed a bit with the introduction of <link linkend="geometry-management">width-for-height geometry management.</link> </para></note> </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Links</title> <para> Since 2.18, GTK+ supports markup for clickable hyperlinks in addition to regular Pango markup. The markup for links is borrowed from HTML, using the <tag>a</tag> with href and title attributes. GTK+ renders links similar to the way they appear in web browsers, with colored, underlined text. The title attribute is displayed as a tooltip on the link. An example looks like this: <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_label_set_markup (label, "Go to the <a href="http://www.gtk.org" title="&lt;i&gt;Our&lt;/i&gt; website">GTK+ website</a> for more..."); </programlisting></informalexample> It is possible to implement custom handling for links and their tooltips with the #GtkLabel::activate-link signal and the gtk_label_get_current_uri() function. </para> </refsect2> Creates a new label with the given text inside it. You can pass %NULL to get an empty label widget. the new #GtkLabel The text of the label Creates a new #GtkLabel, containing the text in @str. If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use '__' (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(). If gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget() is not called, then the first activatable ancestor of the #GtkLabel will be chosen as the mnemonic widget. For instance, if the label is inside a button or menu item, the button or menu item will automatically become the mnemonic widget and be activated by the mnemonic. the new #GtkLabel The text of the label, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Gets the angle of rotation for the label. See gtk_label_set_angle(). the angle of rotation for the label a #GtkLabel Gets the attribute list that was set on the label using gtk_label_set_attributes(), if any. This function does not reflect attributes that come from the labels markup (see gtk_label_set_markup()). If you want to get the effective attributes for the label, use pango_layout_get_attribute (gtk_label_get_layout (label)). the attribute list, or %NULL if none was set. a #GtkLabel Returns the URI for the currently active link in the label. The active link is the one under the mouse pointer or, in a selectable label, the link in which the text cursor is currently positioned. This function is intended for use in a #GtkLabel::activate-link handler or for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip handler. the currently active URI. The string is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed or modified. a #GtkLabel Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize(). #PangoEllipsizeMode a #GtkLabel Returns the justification of the label. See gtk_label_set_justify(). #GtkJustification a #GtkLabel Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. (See gtk_label_get_text()). the text of the label widget. This string is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkLabel Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the label. The layout is useful to e.g. convert text positions to pixel positions, in combination with gtk_label_get_layout_offsets(). The returned layout is owned by the @label so need not be freed by the caller. The @label is free to recreate its layout at any time, so it should be considered read-only. the #PangoLayout for this label a #GtkLabel Obtains the coordinates where the label will draw the #PangoLayout representing the text in the label; useful to convert mouse events into coordinates inside the #PangoLayout, e.g. to take some action if some part of the label is clicked. Of course you will need to create a #GtkEventBox to receive the events, and pack the label inside it, since labels are a #GTK_NO_WINDOW widget. Remember when using the #PangoLayout functions you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE. a #GtkLabel location to store X offset of layout, or %NULL location to store Y offset of layout, or %NULL Returns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap(). %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped. a #GtkLabel Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode(). %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped. a #GtkLabel Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. See gtk_label_set_width_chars(). the maximum width of the label in characters. a #GtkLabel If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key this function returns the keyval used for the mnemonic accelerator. If there is no mnemonic set up it returns #GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol. GDK keyval usable for accelerators, or #GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol a #GtkLabel Retrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this label. See gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(). the target of the label's mnemonic, or %NULL if none has been set and the default algorithm will be used. a #GtkLabel Gets the value set by gtk_label_set_selectable(). %TRUE if the user can copy text from the label a #GtkLabel Gets the selected range of characters in the label, returning %TRUE if there's a selection. %TRUE if selection is non-empty a #GtkLabel return location for start of selection, as a character offset return location for end of selection, as a character offset Returns whether the label is in single line mode. %TRUE when the label is in single line mode. a #GtkLabel Fetches the text from a label widget, as displayed on the screen. This does not include any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics or Pango markup. (See gtk_label_get_label()) the text in the label widget. This is the internal string used by the label, and must not be modified. a #GtkLabel Returns whether the label is currently keeping track of clicked links. %TRUE if clicked links are remembered a #GtkLabel Returns whether the label's text is interpreted as marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. See gtk_label_set_use_markup (). %TRUE if the label's text will be parsed for markup. a #GtkLabel Returns whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_label_set_use_underline(). %TRUE whether an embedded underline in the label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys. a #GtkLabel Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. See gtk_label_set_width_chars(). the width of the label in characters. a #GtkLabel Selects a range of characters in the label, if the label is selectable. See gtk_label_set_selectable(). If the label is not selectable, this function has no effect. If @start_offset or @end_offset are -1, then the end of the label will be substituted. a #GtkLabel start offset (in characters not bytes) end offset (in characters not bytes) Sets the angle of rotation for the label. An angle of 90 reads from from bottom to top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. The angle setting for the label is ignored if the label is selectable, wrapped, or ellipsized. a #GtkLabel the angle that the baseline of the label makes with the horizontal, in degrees, measured counterclockwise Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the label text. <note><para>The attributes set with this function will be applied and merged with any other attributes previously effected by way of the #GtkLabel:use-underline or #GtkLabel:use-markup properties. While it is not recommended to mix markup strings with manually set attributes, if you must; know that the attributes will be applied to the label after the markup string is parsed.</para></note> a #GtkLabel a #PangoAttrList Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text if there is not enough space to render the entire string. a #GtkLabel a #PangoEllipsizeMode Sets the alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. %GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT is the default value when the widget is first created with gtk_label_new(). If you instead want to set the alignment of the label as a whole, use gtk_misc_set_alignment() instead. gtk_label_set_justify() has no effect on labels containing only a single line. a #GtkLabel a #GtkJustification Sets the text of the label. The label is interpreted as including embedded underlines and/or Pango markup depending on the values of the #GtkLabel:use-underline" and #GtkLabel:use-markup properties. a #GtkLabel the new text to set for the label Toggles line wrapping within the #GtkLabel widget. %TRUE makes it break lines if text exceeds the widget's size. %FALSE lets the text get cut off by the edge of the widget if it exceeds the widget size. Note that setting line wrapping to %TRUE does not make the label wrap at its parent container's width, because GTK+ widgets conceptually can't make their requisition depend on the parent container's size. For a label that wraps at a specific position, set the label's width using gtk_widget_set_size_request(). a #GtkLabel the setting If line wrapping is on (see gtk_label_set_line_wrap()) this controls how the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD which means wrap on word boundaries. a #GtkLabel the line wrapping mode Parses @str which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>, setting the label's text and attribute list based on the parse results. If the @str is external data, you may need to escape it with g_markup_escape_text() or g_markup_printf_escaped()<!-- -->: |[ char *markup; markup = g_markup_printf_escaped ("&lt;span style=\"italic\"&gt;&percnt;s&lt;/span&gt;", str); gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), markup); g_free (markup); ]| a #GtkLabel a markup string (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango markup format</link>) Parses @str which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>, setting the label's text and attribute list based on the parse results. If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(). a #GtkLabel a markup string (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango markup format</link>) Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars. a #GtkLabel the new desired maximum width, in characters. If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key (using i.e. gtk_label_set_markup_with_mnemonic(), gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic(), gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic() or the "use_underline" property) the label can be associated with a widget that is the target of the mnemonic. When the label is inside a widget (like a #GtkButton or a #GtkNotebook tab) it is automatically associated with the correct widget, but sometimes (i.e. when the target is a #GtkEntry next to the label) you need to set it explicitly using this function. The target widget will be accelerated by emitting the GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal on it. The default handler for this signal will activate the widget if there are no mnemonic collisions and toggle focus between the colliding widgets otherwise. a #GtkLabel the target #GtkWidget The pattern of underlines you want under the existing text within the #GtkLabel widget. For example if the current text of the label says "FooBarBaz" passing a pattern of "___ ___" will underline "Foo" and "Baz" but not "Bar". The #GtkLabel you want to set the pattern to. The pattern as described above. Selectable labels allow the user to select text from the label, for copy-and-paste. a #GtkLabel %TRUE to allow selecting text in the label Sets whether the label is in single line mode. a #GtkLabel %TRUE if the label should be in single line mode Sets the text within the #GtkLabel widget. It overwrites any text that was there before. This will also clear any previously set mnemonic accelerators. a #GtkLabel The text you want to set Sets the label's text from the string @str. If characters in @str are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(). a #GtkLabel a string Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked links (and use a different color for them). a #GtkLabel %TRUE to track visited links Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango's text markup language</link>. See gtk_label_set_markup(). a #GtkLabel %TRUE if the label's text should be parsed for markup. If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. a #GtkLabel %TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars. a #GtkLabel the new desired width, in characters. The angle that the baseline of the label makes with the horizontal, in degrees, measured counterclockwise. An angle of 90 reads from from bottom to top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. Ignored if the label is selectable, wrapped, or ellipsized. The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have enough room to display the entire string, specified as a #PangoEllipsizeMode. Note that setting this property to a value other than %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE has the side-effect that the label requests only enough space to display the ellipsis "...". In particular, this means that ellipsizing labels do not work well in notebook tabs, unless the tab's #GtkNotebook:tab-expand property is set to %TRUE. Other ways to set a label's width are gtk_widget_set_size_request() and gtk_label_set_width_chars(). The desired maximum width of the label, in characters. If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically. See the section on <link linkend="label-text-layout">text layout</link> for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels. Whether the label is in single line mode. In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar. Set this property to %TRUE to make the label track which links have been clicked. It will then apply the ::visited-link-color color, instead of ::link-color. The desired width of the label, in characters. If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically. See the section on <link linkend="label-text-layout">text layout</link> for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels. If line wrapping is on (see the #GtkLabel:wrap property) this controls how the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD, which means wrap on word boundaries. A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user activates a link in the label. Applications may also emit the signal with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control activation of URIs programmatically. The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key. The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI. Applications may connect to it to override the default behaviour, which is to call gtk_show_uri(). %TRUE if the link has been activated the URI that is activated The ::copy-clipboard signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard. The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-c. The ::move-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates a cursor movement. If the cursor is not visible in @entry, this signal causes the viewport to be moved instead. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control the cursor programmatically. The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant with the Shift modifier extends the selection, the variant without the Shift modifer does not. There are too many key combinations to list them all here. <itemizedlist> <listitem>Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines</listitem> <listitem>Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/paragraphs</listitem> <listitem>Home/End keys move to the ends of the buffer</listitem> </itemizedlist> the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep the number of @step units to move %TRUE if the move should extend the selection The ::populate-popup signal gets emitted before showing the context menu of the label. Note that only selectable labels have context menus. If you need to add items to the context menu, connect to this signal and append your menuitems to the @menu. the menu that is being populated #GtkLayout is similar to #GtkDrawingArea in that it's a "blank slate" and doesn't do anything but paint a blank background by default. It's different in that it supports scrolling natively (you can add it to a #GtkScrolledWindow), and it can contain child widgets, since it's a #GtkContainer. However if you're just going to draw, a #GtkDrawingArea is a better choice since it has lower overhead. When handling expose events on a #GtkLayout, you must draw to GTK_LAYOUT (layout)->bin_window, rather than to GTK_WIDGET (layout)->window, as you would for a drawing area. Creates a new #GtkLayout. Unless you have a specific adjustment you'd like the layout to use for scrolling, pass %NULL for @hadjustment and @vadjustment. a new #GtkLayout horizontal scroll adjustment, or %NULL vertical scroll adjustment, or %NULL Retrieve the bin window of the layout used for drawing operations. a #GdkWindow a #GtkLayout This function should only be called after the layout has been placed in a #GtkScrolledWindow or otherwise configured for scrolling. It returns the #GtkAdjustment used for communication between the horizontal scrollbar and @layout. See #GtkScrolledWindow, #GtkScrollbar, #GtkAdjustment for details. horizontal scroll adjustment a #GtkLayout Gets the size that has been set on the layout, and that determines the total extents of the layout's scrollbar area. See gtk_layout_set_size (). a #GtkLayout location to store the width set on @layout, or %NULL location to store the height set on @layout, or %NULL This function should only be called after the layout has been placed in a #GtkScrolledWindow or otherwise configured for scrolling. It returns the #GtkAdjustment used for communication between the vertical scrollbar and @layout. See #GtkScrolledWindow, #GtkScrollbar, #GtkAdjustment for details. vertical scroll adjustment a #GtkLayout Moves a current child of @layout to a new position. a #GtkLayout a current child of @layout X position to move to Y position to move to Adds @child_widget to @layout, at position (@x,@y). @layout becomes the new parent container of @child_widget. a #GtkLayout child widget X position of child widget Y position of child widget Sets the horizontal scroll adjustment for the layout. See #GtkScrolledWindow, #GtkScrollbar, #GtkAdjustment for details. a #GtkLayout new scroll adjustment Sets the size of the scrollable area of the layout. a #GtkLayout width of entire scrollable area height of entire scrollable area Sets the vertical scroll adjustment for the layout. See #GtkScrolledWindow, #GtkScrollbar, #GtkAdjustment for details. a #GtkLayout new scroll adjustment The #GtkLevelBar is a bar widget that can be used as a level indicator. Typical use cases are displaying the strength of a password, or showing the charge level of a battery. Use gtk_level_bar_set_value() to set the current value, and gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value() to set the value offsets at which the bar will be considered in a different state. GTK will add two offsets by default on the level bar: #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW and #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH, with values 0.25 and 0.75 respectively. <example> <title>Adding a custom offset on the bar</title> <programlisting> static GtkWidget * create_level_bar (void) { GtkWidget *level_bar; level_bar = gtk_level_bar_new (); /<!---->* This changes the value of the default low offset *<!---->/ gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GTK_LEVEL_BAR (level_bar), GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW, 0.10); /<!---->* This adds a new offset to the bar; the application will * be able to change its color by using the following selector, * either by adding it to its CSS file or using * gtk_css_provider_load_from_data() and gtk_style_context_add_provider() * * .level-bar.fill-block.level-my-offset { * background-color: green; * border-style: solid; * border-color: black; * border-style: 1px; * } *<!---->/ gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GTK_LEVEL_BAR (level_bar), "my-offset", 0.60); return level_bar; } </programlisting> </example> The default interval of values is between zero and one, but it's possible to modify the interval using gtk_level_bar_set_min_value() and gtk_level_bar_set_max_value(). The value will be always drawn in proportion to the admissible interval, i.e. a value of 15 with a specified interval between 10 and 20 is equivalent to a value of 0.5 with an interval between 0 and 1. When #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE is used, the bar level is rendered as a finite and number of separated blocks instead of a single one. The number of blocks that will be rendered is equal to the number of units specified by the admissible interval. For instance, to build a bar rendered with five blocks, it's sufficient to set the minimum value to 0 and the maximum value to 5 after changing the indicator mode to discrete. Creates a new #GtkLevelBar. a #GtkLevelBar. Utility constructor that creates a new #GtkLevelBar for the specified interval. a #GtkLevelBar a positive value a positive value Adds a new offset marker on @self at the position specified by @value. When the bar value is in the interval topped by @value (or between @value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value in case the offset is the last one on the bar) a style class named <literal>level-</literal>@name will be applied when rendering the level bar fill. If another offset marker named @name exists, its value will be replaced by @value. a #GtkLevelBar the name of the new offset the value for the new offset Return the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property. %TRUE if the level bar is inverted a #GtkLevelBar Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property. a positive value a #GtkLevelBar Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property. a positive value a #GtkLevelBar Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property. a #GtkLevelBarMode a #GtkLevelBar Fetches the value specified for the offset marker @name in @self, returning %TRUE in case an offset named @name was found. %TRUE if the specified offset is found a #GtkLevelBar the name of an offset in the bar location where to store the value Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property. a value in the interval between #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value a #GtkLevelBar Removes an offset marker previously added with gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value(). a #GtkLevelBar the name of an offset in the bar Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property. a #GtkLevelBar %TRUE to invert the level bar Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property. a #GtkLevelBar a positive value Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property. a #GtkLevelBar a positive value Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property. a #GtkLevelBar a #GtkLevelBarMode Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property. a #GtkLevelBar a value in the interval between #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right. Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction. The #GtkLevelBar:max-value property determaxes the maximum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar. The #GtkLevelBar:min-value property determines the minimum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar. The #GtkLevelBar:bar-mode property determines the way #GtkLevelBar interprets the value properties to draw the level fill area. Specifically, when the value is #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS, #GtkLevelBar will draw a single block representing the current value in that area; when the value is #GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE, the widget will draw a succession of separate blocks filling the draw area, with the number of blocks being equal to the units separating the integral roundings of #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value. The #GtkLevelBar:value property determines the currently filled value of the level bar. Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value as an effect to gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value() being called. The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when the value of offset "x" changes. the name of the offset that changed value Describes how #GtkLevelBar contents should be rendered. Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes in the future. the bar has a continuous mode the bar has a discrete mode The type of license for an application. This enumeration can be expanded at later date. No license specified A license text is going to be specified by the developer The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 The BSD standard license The MIT/X11 standard license The Artistic License, version 2.0 A GtkLinkButton is a #GtkButton with a hyperlink, similar to the one used by web browsers, which triggers an action when clicked. It is useful to show quick links to resources. A link button is created by calling either gtk_link_button_new() or gtk_link_button_new_with_label(). If using the former, the URI you pass to the constructor is used as a label for the widget. The URI bound to a GtkLinkButton can be set specifically using gtk_link_button_set_uri(), and retrieved using gtk_link_button_get_uri(). By default, GtkLinkButton calls gtk_show_uri() when the button is clicked. This behaviour can be overridden by connecting to the #GtkLinkButton::activate-link signal and returning %TRUE from the signal handler. Creates a new #GtkLinkButton with the URI as its text. a new link button widget. a valid URI Creates a new #GtkLinkButton containing a label. a new link button widget. a valid URI the text of the button Retrieves the URI set using gtk_link_button_set_uri(). a valid URI. The returned string is owned by the link button and should not be modified or freed. a #GtkLinkButton Retrieves the 'visited' state of the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. The button becomes visited when it is clicked. If the URI is changed on the button, the 'visited' state is unset again. The state may also be changed using gtk_link_button_set_visited(). %TRUE if the link has been visited, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkLinkButton Sets @uri as the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. As a side-effect this unsets the 'visited' state of the button. a #GtkLinkButton a valid URI Sets the 'visited' state of the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. See gtk_link_button_get_visited() for more details. a #GtkLinkButton the new 'visited' state The URI bound to this button. The 'visited' state of this button. A visited link is drawn in a different color. The ::activate-link signal is emitted each time the #GtkLinkButton has been clicked. The default handler will call gtk_show_uri() with the URI stored inside the #GtkLinkButton:uri property. To override the default behavior, you can connect to the ::activate-link signal and stop the propagation of the signal by returning %TRUE from your handler. The <structname>GtkLinkButtonClass</structname> structure contains only private data. The #GtkListStore object is a list model for use with a #GtkTreeView widget. It implements the #GtkTreeModel interface, and consequentialy, can use all of the methods available there. It also implements the #GtkTreeSortable interface so it can be sorted by the view. Finally, it also implements the tree <link linkend="gtktreednd">drag and drop</link> interfaces. The #GtkListStore can accept most GObject types as a column type, though it can't accept all custom types. Internally, it will keep a copy of data passed in (such as a string or a boxed pointer). Columns that accept #GObject<!-- -->s are handled a little differently. The #GtkListStore will keep a reference to the object instead of copying the value. As a result, if the object is modified, it is up to the application writer to call gtk_tree_model_row_changed() to emit the #GtkTreeModel::row_changed signal. This most commonly affects lists with #GdkPixbuf<!-- -->s stored. <example> <title>Creating a simple list store.</title> <programlisting> enum { COLUMN_STRING, COLUMN_INT, COLUMN_BOOLEAN, N_COLUMNS }; { GtkListStore *list_store; GtkTreePath *path; GtkTreeIter iter; gint i; list_store = gtk_list_store_new (N_COLUMNS, G_TYPE_STRING, G_TYPE_INT, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN); for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) { gchar *some_data; some_data = get_some_data (i); // Add a new row to the model gtk_list_store_append (list_store, &iter); gtk_list_store_set (list_store, &iter, COLUMN_STRING, some_data, COLUMN_INT, i, COLUMN_BOOLEAN, FALSE, -1); /<!---->* As the store will keep a copy of the string internally, we * free some_data. *<!---->/ g_free (some_data); } // Modify a particular row path = gtk_tree_path_new_from_string ("4"); gtk_tree_model_get_iter (GTK_TREE_MODEL (list_store), &iter, path); gtk_tree_path_free (path); gtk_list_store_set (list_store, &iter, COLUMN_BOOLEAN, TRUE, -1); } </programlisting> </example> <refsect2> <title>Performance Considerations</title> Internally, the #GtkListStore was implemented with a linked list with a tail pointer prior to GTK+ 2.6. As a result, it was fast at data insertion and deletion, and not fast at random data access. The #GtkListStore sets the #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST flag, which means that #GtkTreeIter<!-- -->s can be cached while the row exists. Thus, if access to a particular row is needed often and your code is expected to run on older versions of GTK+, it is worth keeping the iter around. </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Atomic Operations</title> It is important to note that only the methods gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() and gtk_list_store_insert_with_valuesv() are atomic, in the sense that the row is being appended to the store and the values filled in in a single operation with regard to #GtkTreeModel signaling. In contrast, using e.g. gtk_list_store_append() and then gtk_list_store_set() will first create a row, which triggers the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal on #GtkListStore. The row, however, is still empty, and any signal handler connecting to #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted on this particular store should be prepared for the situation that the row might be empty. This is especially important if you are wrapping the #GtkListStore inside a #GtkTreeModelFilter and are using a #GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc. Using any of the non-atomic operations to append rows to the #GtkListStore will cause the #GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc to be visited with an empty row first; the function must be prepared for that. </refsect2> <refsect2 id="GtkListStore-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkListStore as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkListStore implementation of the GtkBuildable interface allows to specify the model columns with a &lt;columns&gt; element that may contain multiple &lt;column&gt; elements, each specifying one model column. The "type" attribute specifies the data type for the column. Additionally, it is possible to specify content for the list store in the UI definition, with the &lt;data&gt; element. It can contain multiple &lt;row&gt; elements, each specifying to content for one row of the list model. Inside a &lt;row&gt;, the &lt;col&gt; elements specify the content for individual cells. Note that it is probably more common to define your models in the code, and one might consider it a layering violation to specify the content of a list store in a UI definition, <emphasis>data</emphasis>, not <emphasis>presentation</emphasis>, and common wisdom is to separate the two, as far as possible. <!-- FIXME a bit inconclusive --> <example> <title>A UI Definition fragment for a list store</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkListStore"> <columns> <column type="gchararray"/> <column type="gchararray"/> <column type="gint"/> </columns> <data> <row> <col id="0">John</col> <col id="1">Doe</col> <col id="2">25</col> </row> <row> <col id="0">Johan</col> <col id="1">Dahlin</col> <col id="2">50</col> </row> </data> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new list store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed in. Note that only types derived from standard GObject fundamental types are supported. As an example, <literal>gtk_list_store_new (3, G_TYPE_INT, G_TYPE_STRING, GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF);</literal> will create a new #GtkListStore with three columns, of type int, string and #GdkPixbuf respectively. a new #GtkListStore number of columns in the list store Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings. a new #GtkListStore number of columns in the list store an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last Appends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value(). A #GtkListStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row Removes all rows from the list store. a #GtkListStore. Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. If @position is -1 or is larger than the number of rows on the list, then the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value(). A #GtkListStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row position to insert the new row, or -1 for last Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be prepended to the beginning of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value(). A #GtkListStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be appended to the end of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value(). A #GtkListStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. If @position is -1, or larger than the number of rows in the list, then the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be filled with the values given to this function. Calling <literal>gtk_list_store_insert_with_values (list_store, iter, position...)</literal> has the same effect as calling |[ gtk_list_store_insert (list_store, iter, position); gtk_list_store_set (list_store, iter, ...); ]| with the difference that the former will only emit a row_inserted signal, while the latter will emit row_inserted, row_changed and, if the list store is sorted, rows_reordered. Since emitting the rows_reordered signal repeatedly can affect the performance of the program, gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when inserting rows in a sorted list store. A #GtkListStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row, or %NULL position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing rows A variant of gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language-bindings. A #GtkListStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row, or %NULL. position to insert the new row, or -1 for last an array of column numbers an array of GValues the length of the @columns and @values arrays <warning>This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing purposes.</warning> Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore. %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid. A #GtkListStore. A #GtkTreeIter. Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the start of the list. A #GtkListStore. A #GtkTreeIter. A #GtkTreeIter or %NULL. Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the end of the list. A #GtkListStore. A #GtkTreeIter. A #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL. Prepends a new row to @list_store. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value(). A #GtkListStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepend row Removes the given row from the list store. After being removed, @iter is set to be the next valid row, or invalidated if it pointed to the last row in @list_store. %TRUE if @iter is valid, %FALSE if not. A #GtkListStore A valid #GtkTreeIter Reorders @store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. A #GtkListStore. an array of integers mapping the new position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering, i.e. @new_order<literal>[newpos] = oldpos</literal>. It must have exactly as many items as the list store's length. Sets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter. The variable argument list should contain integer column numbers, each column number followed by the value to be set. The list is terminated by a -1. For example, to set column 0 with type %G_TYPE_STRING to "Foo", you would write <literal>gtk_list_store_set (store, iter, 0, "Foo", -1)</literal>. The value will be referenced by the store if it is a %G_TYPE_OBJECT, and it will be copied if it is a %G_TYPE_STRING or %G_TYPE_BOXED. a #GtkListStore row iterator This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from #GtkListStore, and should only be used when constructing a new #GtkListStore. It will not function after a row has been added, or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called. A #GtkListStore Number of columns for the list store An array length n of #GTypes See gtk_list_store_set(); this version takes a va_list for use by language bindings. A #GtkListStore A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified va_list of column/value pairs Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column. The type of @value must be convertible to the type of the column. A #GtkListStore A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified column number to modify new value for the cell A variant of gtk_list_store_set_valist() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language-bindings and in case the number of columns to change is not known until run-time. A #GtkListStore A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified an array of column numbers an array of GValues the length of the @columns and @values arrays Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. A #GtkListStore. A #GtkTreeIter. Another #GtkTreeIter. GtkLockButton is a widget that can be used in control panels or preference dialogs to allow users to obtain and revoke authorizations needed to operate the controls. The required authorization is represented by a #GPermission object. Concrete implementations of #GPermission may use PolicyKit or some other authorization framework. To obtain a PolicyKit-based #GPermission, use polkit_permission_new(). If the user is not currently allowed to perform the action, but can obtain the permission, the widget looks like this <informalexample><inlinegraphic fileref="lockbutton-locked.png"></inlinegraphic></informalexample> and the user can click the button to request the permission. Depending on the platform, this may pop up an authentication dialog or ask the user to authenticate in some other way. Once the user has obtained the permission, the widget changes to this <informalexample><inlinegraphic fileref="lockbutton-unlocked.png"></inlinegraphic></informalexample> and the permission can be dropped again by clicking the button. If the user is not able to obtain the permission at all, the widget looks like this <informalexample><inlinegraphic fileref="lockbutton-sorry.png"></inlinegraphic></informalexample> If the user has the permission and cannot drop it, the button is hidden. The text (and tooltips) that are shown in the various cases can be adjusted with the #GtkLockButton:text-lock, #GtkLockButton:text-unlock, #GtkLockButton:tooltip-lock, #GtkLockButton:tooltip-unlock and #GtkLockButton:tooltip-not-authorized properties. Creates a new lock button which reflects the @permission. a new #GtkLockButton a #GPermission Obtains the #GPermission object that controls @button. the #GPermission of @button a #GtkLockButton Sets the #GPermission object that controls @button. a #GtkLockButton a #GPermission object, or %NULL Like gtk_get_major_version(), but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. The maximum length of sequences in compose tables. Like gtk_get_micro_version(), but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. Like gtk_get_minor_version(), but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. A #GtkMenu is a #GtkMenuShell that implements a drop down menu consisting of a list of #GtkMenuItem objects which can be navigated and activated by the user to perform application functions. A #GtkMenu is most commonly dropped down by activating a #GtkMenuItem in a #GtkMenuBar or popped up by activating a #GtkMenuItem in another #GtkMenu. A #GtkMenu can also be popped up by activating a #GtkComboBox. Other composite widgets such as the #GtkNotebook can pop up a #GtkMenu as well. Applications can display a #GtkMenu as a popup menu by calling the gtk_menu_popup() function. The example below shows how an application can pop up a menu when the 3rd mouse button is pressed. <example> <title>Connecting the popup signal handler.</title> <programlisting> /<!---->* connect our handler which will popup the menu *<!---->/ g_signal_connect_swapped (window, "button_press_event", G_CALLBACK (my_popup_handler), menu); </programlisting> </example> <example> <title>Signal handler which displays a popup menu.</title> <programlisting> static gint my_popup_handler (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event) { GtkMenu *menu; GdkEventButton *event_button; g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE); g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_MENU (widget), FALSE); g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE); /<!---->* The "widget" is the menu that was supplied when * g_signal_connect_swapped() was called. *<!---->/ menu = GTK_MENU (widget); if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) { event_button = (GdkEventButton *) event; if (event_button->button == GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY) { gtk_menu_popup (menu, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, event_button->button, event_button->time); return TRUE; } } return FALSE; } </programlisting> </example> Creates a new #GtkMenu a new #GtkMenu Creates a #GtkMenu and populates it with menu items and submenus according to @model. The created menu items are connected to actions found in the #GtkApplicationWindow to which the menu belongs - typically by means of being attached to a widget (see gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()) that is contained within the #GtkApplicationWindows widget hierarchy. a new #GtkMenu a #GMenuModel Returns a list of the menus which are attached to this widget. This list is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified. the list of menus attached to his widget. a #GtkWidget Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to a (table) menu. The number of 'cells' that an item will occupy is specified by @left_attach, @right_attach, @top_attach and @bottom_attach. These each represent the leftmost, rightmost, uppermost and lower column and row numbers of the table. (Columns and rows are indexed from zero). Note that this function is not related to gtk_menu_detach(). a #GtkMenu a #GtkMenuItem The column number to attach the left side of the item to The column number to attach the right side of the item to The row number to attach the top of the item to The row number to attach the bottom of the item to Attaches the menu to the widget and provides a callback function that will be invoked when the menu calls gtk_menu_detach() during its destruction. a #GtkMenu the #GtkWidget that the menu will be attached to the user supplied callback function that will be called when the menu calls gtk_menu_detach() Detaches the menu from the widget to which it had been attached. This function will call the callback function, @detacher, provided when the gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() function was called. a #GtkMenu Gets the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group(). the #GtkAccelGroup associated with the menu a #GtkMenu Retrieves the accelerator path set on the menu. the accelerator path set on the menu. a valid #GtkMenu Returns the selected menu item from the menu. This is used by the #GtkComboBox. the #GtkMenuItem that was last selected in the menu. If a selection has not yet been made, the first menu item is selected. a #GtkMenu Returns the #GtkWidget that the menu is attached to. the #GtkWidget that the menu is attached to a #GtkMenu Retrieves the number of the monitor on which to show the menu. the number of the monitor on which the menu should be popped up or -1, if no monitor has been set a #GtkMenu Returns whether the menu reserves space for toggles and icons, regardless of their actual presence. Whether the menu reserves toggle space a #GtkMenu Returns whether the menu is torn off. See gtk_menu_set_tearoff_state(). %TRUE if the menu is currently torn off. a #GtkMenu Returns the title of the menu. See gtk_menu_set_title(). the title of the menu, or %NULL if the menu has no title set on it. This string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed. a #GtkMenu Removes the menu from the screen. a #GtkMenu Displays a menu and makes it available for selection. Applications can use this function to display context-sensitive menus, and will typically supply %NULL for the @parent_menu_shell, @parent_menu_item, @func and @data parameters. The default menu positioning function will position the menu at the current mouse cursor position. The @button parameter should be the mouse button pressed to initiate the menu popup. If the menu popup was initiated by something other than a mouse button press, such as a mouse button release or a keypress, @button should be 0. The @activate_time parameter is used to conflict-resolve initiation of concurrent requests for mouse/keyboard grab requests. To function properly, this needs to be the timestamp of the user event (such as a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the popup. Only if no such event is available, gtk_get_current_event_time() can be used instead. a #GtkMenu the menu shell containing the triggering menu item, or %NULL the menu item whose activation triggered the popup, or %NULL a user supplied function used to position the menu, or %NULL user supplied data to be passed to @func. the mouse button which was pressed to initiate the event. the time at which the activation event occurred. Displays a menu and makes it available for selection. Applications can use this function to display context-sensitive menus, and will typically supply %NULL for the @parent_menu_shell, @parent_menu_item, @func, @data and @destroy parameters. The default menu positioning function will position the menu at the current position of @device (or its corresponding pointer). The @button parameter should be the mouse button pressed to initiate the menu popup. If the menu popup was initiated by something other than a mouse button press, such as a mouse button release or a keypress, @button should be 0. The @activate_time parameter is used to conflict-resolve initiation of concurrent requests for mouse/keyboard grab requests. To function properly, this needs to be the time stamp of the user event (such as a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the popup. Only if no such event is available, gtk_get_current_event_time() can be used instead. a #GtkMenu a #GdkDevice the menu shell containing the triggering menu item, or %NULL the menu item whose activation triggered the popup, or %NULL a user supplied function used to position the menu, or %NULL user supplied data to be passed to @func destroy notify for @data the mouse button which was pressed to initiate the event the time at which the activation event occurred Moves @child to a new @position in the list of @menu children. a #GtkMenu the #GtkMenuItem to move the new position to place @child. Positions are numbered from 0 to n - 1 Repositions the menu according to its position function. a #GtkMenu Set the #GtkAccelGroup which holds global accelerators for the menu. This accelerator group needs to also be added to all windows that this menu is being used in with gtk_window_add_accel_group(), in order for those windows to support all the accelerators contained in this group. a #GtkMenu the #GtkAccelGroup to be associated with the menu. Sets an accelerator path for this menu from which accelerator paths for its immediate children, its menu items, can be constructed. The main purpose of this function is to spare the programmer the inconvenience of having to call gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() on each menu item that should support runtime user changable accelerators. Instead, by just calling gtk_menu_set_accel_path() on their parent, each menu item of this menu, that contains a label describing its purpose, automatically gets an accel path assigned. For example, a menu containing menu items "New" and "Exit", will, after <literal>gtk_menu_set_accel_path (menu, "&lt;Gnumeric-Sheet&gt;/File");</literal> has been called, assign its items the accel paths: <literal>"&lt;Gnumeric-Sheet&gt;/File/New"</literal> and <literal>"&lt;Gnumeric-Sheet&gt;/File/Exit"</literal>. Assigning accel paths to menu items then enables the user to change their accelerators at runtime. More details about accelerator paths and their default setups can be found at gtk_accel_map_add_entry(). Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). a valid #GtkMenu a valid accelerator path Selects the specified menu item within the menu. This is used by the #GtkComboBox and should not be used by anyone else. a #GtkMenu the index of the menu item to select. Iindex values are from 0 to n-1 Informs GTK+ on which monitor a menu should be popped up. See gdk_screen_get_monitor_geometry(). This function should be called from a #GtkMenuPositionFunc if the menu should not appear on the same monitor as the pointer. This information can't be reliably inferred from the coordinates returned by a #GtkMenuPositionFunc, since, for very long menus, these coordinates may extend beyond the monitor boundaries or even the screen boundaries. a #GtkMenu the number of the monitor on which the menu should be popped up Sets whether the menu should reserve space for drawing toggles or icons, regardless of their actual presence. a #GtkMenu whether to reserve size for toggles Sets the #GdkScreen on which the menu will be displayed. a #GtkMenu a #GdkScreen, or %NULL if the screen should be determined by the widget the menu is attached to Changes the tearoff state of the menu. A menu is normally displayed as drop down menu which persists as long as the menu is active. It can also be displayed as a tearoff menu which persists until it is closed or reattached. a #GtkMenu If %TRUE, menu is displayed as a tearoff menu. Sets the title string for the menu. The title is displayed when the menu is shown as a tearoff menu. If @title is %NULL, the menu will see if it is attached to a parent menu item, and if so it will try to use the same text as that menu item's label. a #GtkMenu a string containing the title for the menu The accel group holding accelerators for the menu. An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items. The index of the currently selected menu item, or -1 if no menu item is selected. The widget the menu is attached to. Setting this property attaches the menu without a #GtkMenuDetachFunc. If you need to use a detacher, use gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() directly. The monitor the menu will be popped up on. A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and icons, regardless of their actual presence. This property should only be changed from its default value for special-purposes such as tabular menus. Regular menus that are connected to a menu bar or context menus should reserve toggle space for consistency. A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off. a #GtkScrollType The #GtkMenuBar is a subclass of #GtkMenuShell which contains one or more #GtkMenuItems. The result is a standard menu bar which can hold many menu items. Creates a new #GtkMenuBar the new menu bar, as a #GtkWidget Creates a new #GtkMenuBar and populates it with menu items and submenus according to @model. The created menu items are connected to actions found in the #GtkApplicationWindow to which the menu bar belongs - typically by means of being contained within the #GtkApplicationWindows widget hierarchy. a new #GtkMenuBar a #GMenuModel Retrieves the current child pack direction of the menubar. See gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction(). the child pack direction a #GtkMenuBar Retrieves the current pack direction of the menubar. See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction(). the pack direction a #GtkMenuBar Sets how widgets should be packed inside the children of a menubar. a #GtkMenuBar a new #GtkPackDirection Sets how items should be packed inside a menubar. a #GtkMenuBar a new #GtkPackDirection The child pack direction of the menubar. It determines how the widgets contained in child menuitems are arranged. The pack direction of the menubar. It determines how menuitems are arranged in the menubar. The #GtkMenuButton widget is used to display a menu when clicked on. This menu can be provided either as a #GtkMenu, or an abstract #GMenuModel. The #GtkMenuButton widget can hold any valid child widget. That is, it can hold almost any other standard #GtkWidget. The most commonly used child is the provided #GtkArrow. The positioning of the menu is determined by the #GtkMenuButton:direction property of the menu button and the #GtkWidget:halign or #GtkWidget:valign properties of the menu. For example, when the direction is %GTK_ARROW_DOWN and the horizontal alignment is %GTK_ALIGN_START, the menu will be positioned below the button, with the starting edge (depending on the text direction) of the menu aligned with the starting edge of the button. If there is not enough space below the button, the menu is popped up above the button instead. If the alignment would move part of the menu offscreen, it is 'pushed in'. <informaltable> <tgroup cols="4"> <tbody> <row> <entry></entry> <entry>halign = start</entry> <entry>halign = center</entry> <entry>halign = end</entry> </row> <row> <entry>direction = down</entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="down-start.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="down-center.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="down-end.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>direction = up</entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="up-start.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="up-center.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="up-end.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> <informaltable> <tgroup cols="3"> <tbody> <row> <entry></entry> <entry>direction = left</entry> <entry>direction = right</entry> </row> <row> <entry>valign = start</entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="left-start.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="right-start.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>valign = center</entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="left-center.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="right-center.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> </row> <row> <entry>valign = end</entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="left-end.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> <entry> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject><imagedata fileref="right-end.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> </entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> Creates a new #GtkMenuButton widget with downwards-pointing arrow as the only child. You can replace the child widget with another #GtkWidget should you wish to. The newly created #GtkMenuButton widget. Returns the parent #GtkWidget to use to line up with menu. a #GtkWidget value or %NULL. a #GtkMenuButton Returns the direction the menu will be pointing at when popped up. a #GtkArrowType value. a #GtkMenuButton Returns the #GMenuModel used to generate the menu. a #GMenuModel or %NULL. a #GtkMenuButton Returns the #GtkMenu that pops out of the button. a #GtkMenu or %NULL. a #GtkMenuButton Sets the #GtkWidget to use to line the menu with when popped up. Note that the @align_widget must contain the #GtkMenuButton itself. Setting it to %NULL means that the popup menu will be aligned with the button itself. a #GtkMenuButton a #GtkWidget Sets the direction in which the menu will be popped up, as well as changing the arrow's direction. The child will not be changed to an arrow if it was customized. If the menu when popped out would have collided with screen edges, we will do our best to keep it inside the screen and fully visible. If you pass %GTK_ARROW_NONE for a @direction, the menu will behave as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won't see any arrows). a #GtkMenuButton a #GtkArrowType Sets the #GMenuModel from which the #GtkMenuButton:popup property will be filled in, or %NULL to disable the button. The #GtkMenu will be created with gtk_menu_new_from_model(), so actions will be connected as documented there. If #GtkMenuButton:popup is already set, then its content will be lost and replaced by our newly created #GtkMenu. a #GtkMenuButton a #GMenuModel Sets the #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked, or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model is set, it will be set to %NULL. a #GtkMenuButton a #GtkMenu The #GtkWidget to use to align the popup menu with. The #GtkArrowType representing the direction in which the menu will be popped out. The #GMenuModel from which the menu to pop up will be created. See gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() for the interaction with the #GtkMenuButton:popup property. The #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked. A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() which will be called when the menu is later detached from the widget. the #GtkWidget that the menu is being detached from. the #GtkMenu being detached. An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu. To the parent menu shell To the submenu, if any, associated with the item To the next menu item To the previous menu item The #GtkMenuItem widget and the derived widgets are the only valid childs for menus. Their function is to correctly handle highlighting, alignment, events and submenus. As it derives from #GtkBin it can hold any valid child widget, altough only a few are really useful. <refsect2 id="GtkMenuItem-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkMenuItem as GtkBuildable</title> The GtkMenuItem implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports adding a submenu by specifying "submenu" as the "type" attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with submenus</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkMenuItem"> <child type="submenu"> <object class="GtkMenu"/> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkMenuItem. the newly created #GtkMenuItem Creates a new #GtkMenuItem whose child is a #GtkLabel. the newly created #GtkMenuItem the text for the label Creates a new #GtkMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item. a new #GtkMenuItem The text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Emits the #GtkMenuItem::activate signal on the given item Emits the #GtkMenuItem::deselect signal on the given item. Behaves exactly like #gtk_item_deselect. Sets @text on the @menu_item label The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal string used by the label, and must not be modified. Emits the #GtkMenuItem::select signal on the given item. Behaves exactly like #gtk_item_select. Sets @text on the @menu_item label the text you want to set Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate signal on the given item. the allocation to use as signal data. Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request signal on the given item. the requisition to use as signal data. Emits the #GtkMenuItem::activate signal on the given item the menu item Emits the #GtkMenuItem::deselect signal on the given item. Behaves exactly like #gtk_item_deselect. the menu item Retrieve the accelerator path that was previously set on @menu_item. See gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() for details. the accelerator path corresponding to this menu item's functionality, or %NULL if not set a valid #GtkMenuItem Sets @text on the @menu_item label The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal string used by the label, and must not be modified. a #GtkMenuItem Returns whether the @menu_item reserves space for the submenu indicator, regardless if it has a submenu or not. %TRUE if @menu_item always reserves space for the submenu indicator a #GtkMenuItem Gets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of the menu bar. %TRUE if the menu item will appear at the far right if added to a menu bar. a #GtkMenuItem Gets the submenu underneath this menu item, if any. See gtk_menu_item_set_submenu(). submenu for this menu item, or %NULL if none a #GtkMenuItem Checks if an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. %TRUE if an embedded underline in the label indicates the mnemonic accelerator key. a #GtkMenuItem Emits the #GtkMenuItem::select signal on the given item. Behaves exactly like #gtk_item_select. the menu item Set the accelerator path on @menu_item, through which runtime changes of the menu item's accelerator caused by the user can be identified and saved to persistent storage (see gtk_accel_map_save() on this). To set up a default accelerator for this menu item, call gtk_accel_map_add_entry() with the same @accel_path. See also gtk_accel_map_add_entry() on the specifics of accelerator paths, and gtk_menu_set_accel_path() for a more convenient variant of this function. This function is basically a convenience wrapper that handles calling gtk_widget_set_accel_path() with the appropriate accelerator group for the menu item. Note that you do need to set an accelerator on the parent menu with gtk_menu_set_accel_group() for this to work. Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). a valid #GtkMenuItem accelerator path, corresponding to this menu item's functionality, or %NULL to unset the current path. Sets @text on the @menu_item label a #GtkMenuItem the text you want to set Sets whether the @menu_item should reserve space for the submenu indicator, regardless if it actually has a submenu or not. There should be little need for applications to call this functions. a #GtkMenuItem the new value Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar. This was traditionally done for "Help" menu items, but is now considered a bad idea. (If the widget layout is reversed for a right-to-left language like Hebrew or Arabic, right-justified-menu-items appear at the left.) a #GtkMenuItem. if %TRUE the menu item will appear at the far right if added to a menu bar Sets or replaces the menu item's submenu, or removes it when a %NULL submenu is passed. a #GtkMenuItem the submenu, or %NULL If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. a #GtkMenuItem %TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate signal on the given item. the menu item. the allocation to use as signal data. Emits the #GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request signal on the given item. the menu item the requisition to use as signal data. Sets the accelerator path of the menu item, through which runtime changes of the menu item's accelerator caused by the user can be identified and saved to persistant storage. The text for the child label. Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar. The submenu attached to the menu item, or %NULL if it has none. %TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics. Emitted when the item is activated. Emitted when the item is activated, but also if the menu item has a submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is #GtkMenuItem::activate. the requisition to use as signal data. the allocation to use as signal data. the text you want to set The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal string used by the label, and must not be modified. A user function supplied when calling gtk_menu_popup() which controls the positioning of the menu when it is displayed. The function sets the @x and @y parameters to the coordinates where the menu is to be drawn. To make the menu appear on a different monitor than the mouse pointer, gtk_menu_set_monitor() must be called. a #GtkMenu. address of the #gint representing the horizontal position where the menu shall be drawn. address of the #gint representing the vertical position where the menu shall be drawn. This is an output parameter. This parameter controls how menus placed outside the monitor are handled. If this is set to %TRUE and part of the menu is outside the monitor then GTK+ pushes the window into the visible area, effectively modifying the popup position. Note that moving and possibly resizing the menu around will alter the scroll position to keep the menu items "in place", i.e. at the same monitor position they would have been without resizing. In practice, this behavior is only useful for combobox popups or option menus and cannot be used to simply confine a menu to monitor boundaries. In that case, changing the scroll offset is not desirable. the data supplied by the user in the gtk_menu_popup() @data parameter. A #GtkMenuShell is the abstract base class used to derive the #GtkMenu and #GtkMenuBar subclasses. A #GtkMenuShell is a container of #GtkMenuItem objects arranged in a list which can be navigated, selected, and activated by the user to perform application functions. A #GtkMenuItem can have a submenu associated with it, allowing for nested hierarchical menus. Cancels the selection within the menu shell. Deactivates the menu shell. Typically this results in the menu shell being erased from the screen. Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the menu shell's item list at the position indicated by @position. The #GtkMenuItem to add The position in the item list where @child is added. Positions are numbered from 0 to n-1 Selects the menu item from the menu shell. The #GtkMenuItem to select Activates the menu item within the menu shell. a #GtkMenuShell the #GtkMenuItem to activate if %TRUE, force the deactivation of the menu shell after the menu item is activated Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the end of the menu shell's item list. a #GtkMenuShell The #GtkMenuItem to add Establishes a binding between a #GtkMenuShell and a #GMenuModel. The contents of @shell are removed and then refilled with menu items according to @model. When @model changes, @shell is updated. Calling this function twice on @shell with different @model will cause the first binding to be replaced with a binding to the new model. If @model is %NULL then any previous binding is undone and all children are removed. @with_separators determines if toplevel items (eg: sections) have separators inserted between them. This is typically desired for menus but doesn't make sense for menubars. If @action_namespace is non-%NULL then the effect is as if all actions mentioned in the @model have their names prefixed with the namespace, plus a dot. For example, if the action "quit" is mentioned and @action_namespace is "app" then the effective action name is "app.quit". For most cases you are probably better off using gtk_menu_new_from_model() or gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model() or just directly passing the #GMenuModel to gtk_application_set_app_menu() or gtk_application_set_menu_bar(). a #GtkMenuShell the #GMenuModel to bind to or %NULL to remove binding the namespace for actions in @model %TRUE if toplevel items in @shell should have separators between them Cancels the selection within the menu shell. a #GtkMenuShell Deactivates the menu shell. Typically this results in the menu shell being erased from the screen. a #GtkMenuShell Deselects the currently selected item from the menu shell, if any. a #GtkMenuShell Gets the parent menu shell. The parent menu shell of a submenu is the #GtkMenu or #GtkMenuBar from which it was opened up. the parent #GtkMenuShell a #GtkMenuShell Gets the currently selected item. the currently selected item a #GtkMenuShell Returns %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup. %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup. a #GtkMenuShell Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the menu shell's item list at the position indicated by @position. a #GtkMenuShell The #GtkMenuItem to add The position in the item list where @child is added. Positions are numbered from 0 to n-1 Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the beginning of the menu shell's item list. a #GtkMenuShell The #GtkMenuItem to add Select the first visible or selectable child of the menu shell; don't select tearoff items unless the only item is a tearoff item. a #GtkMenuShell if %TRUE, search for the first selectable menu item, otherwise select nothing if the first item isn't sensitive. This should be %FALSE if the menu is being popped up initially. Selects the menu item from the menu shell. a #GtkMenuShell The #GtkMenuItem to select If @take_focus is %TRUE (the default) the menu shell will take the keyboard focus so that it will receive all keyboard events which is needed to enable keyboard navigation in menus. Setting @take_focus to %FALSE is useful only for special applications like virtual keyboard implementations which should not take keyboard focus. The @take_focus state of a menu or menu bar is automatically propagated to submenus whenever a submenu is popped up, so you don't have to worry about recursively setting it for your entire menu hierarchy. Only when programmatically picking a submenu and popping it up manually, the @take_focus property of the submenu needs to be set explicitely. Note that setting it to %FALSE has side-effects: If the focus is in some other app, it keeps the focus and keynav in the menu doesn't work. Consequently, keynav on the menu will only work if the focus is on some toplevel owned by the onscreen keyboard. To avoid confusing the user, menus with @take_focus set to %FALSE should not display mnemonics or accelerators, since it cannot be guaranteed that they will work. See also gdk_keyboard_grab() a #GtkMenuShell %TRUE if the menu shell should take the keyboard focus on popup A boolean that determines whether the menu and its submenus grab the keyboard focus. See gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus() and gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus(). An action signal that activates the current menu item within the menu shell. if %TRUE, hide the menu after activating the menu item An action signal which cancels the selection within the menu shell. Causes the #GtkMenuShell::selection-done signal to be emitted. A keybinding signal which moves the focus in the given @direction. the direction to cycle in This signal is emitted when a menu shell is deactivated. The ::insert signal is emitted when a new #GtkMenuItem is added to a #GtkMenuShell. A separate signal is used instead of GtkContainer::add because of the need for an additional position parameter. The inverse of this signal is the GtkContainer::removed signal. the #GtkMenuItem that is being inserted the position at which the insert occurs An keybinding signal which moves the current menu item in the direction specified by @direction. the direction to move The ::move-selected signal is emitted to move the selection to another item. %TRUE to stop the signal emission, %FALSE to continue +1 to move to the next item, -1 to move to the previous This signal is emitted when a selection has been completed within a menu shell. The #GtkMenuItem to select The #GtkMenuItem to add The position in the item list where @child is added. Positions are numbered from 0 to n-1 A #GtkMenuToolButton is a #GtkToolItem that contains a button and a small additional button with an arrow. When clicked, the arrow button pops up a dropdown menu. Use gtk_menu_tool_button_new() to create a new #GtkMenuToolButton. Use gtk_menu_tool_button_new_from_stock() to create a new #GtkMenuToolButton containing a stock item. <refsect2 id="GtkMenuToolButton-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkMenuToolButton as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkMenuToolButton implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports adding a menu by specifying "menu" as the "type" attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with menus</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkMenuToolButton"> <child type="menu"> <object class="GtkMenu"/> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton using @icon_widget as icon and @label as label. the new #GtkMenuToolButton a widget that will be used as icon widget, or %NULL a string that will be used as label, or %NULL Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton. The new #GtkMenuToolButton will contain an icon and label from the stock item indicated by @stock_id. the new #GtkMenuToolButton the name of a stock item Gets the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton. the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton a #GtkMenuToolButton Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton. a #GtkMenuToolButton markup text to be used as tooltip text for button's arrow button Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton. a #GtkMenuToolButton text to be used as tooltip text for button's arrow button Sets the #GtkMenu that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow. If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive. a #GtkMenuToolButton the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton The ::show-menu signal is emitted before the menu is shown. It can be used to populate the menu on demand, using gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu(). Note that even if you populate the menu dynamically in this way, you must set an empty menu on the #GtkMenuToolButton beforehand, since the arrow is made insensitive if the menu is not set. #GtkMessageDialog presents a dialog with an image representing the type of message (Error, Question, etc.) alongside some message text. It's simply a convenience widget; you could construct the equivalent of #GtkMessageDialog from #GtkDialog without too much effort, but #GtkMessageDialog saves typing. One difference from #GtkDialog is that #GtkMessageDialog sets the #GtkWindow:skip-taskbar-hint property to %TRUE, so that the dialog is hidden from the taskbar by default. The easiest way to do a modal message dialog is to use gtk_dialog_run(), though you can also pass in the %GTK_DIALOG_MODAL flag, gtk_dialog_run() automatically makes the dialog modal and waits for the user to respond to it. gtk_dialog_run() returns when any dialog button is clicked. <example> <title>A modal dialog.</title> <programlisting> dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (main_application_window, GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR, GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE, "Error loading file '&percnt;s': &percnt;s", filename, g_strerror (errno)); gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); </programlisting> </example> You might do a non-modal #GtkMessageDialog as follows: <example> <title>A non-modal dialog.</title> <programlisting> dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (main_application_window, GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR, GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE, "Error loading file '&percnt;s': &percnt;s", filename, g_strerror (errno)); /&ast; Destroy the dialog when the user responds to it (e.g. clicks a button) &ast;/ g_signal_connect_swapped (dialog, "response", G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), dialog); </programlisting> </example> <refsect2 id="GtkMessageDialog-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkMessageDialog as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkMessageDialog implementation of the GtkBuildable interface exposes the message area as an internal child with the name "message_area". </para> </refsect2> Creates a new message dialog, which is a simple dialog with an icon indicating the dialog type (error, warning, etc.) and some text the user may want to see. When the user clicks a button a "response" signal is emitted with response IDs from #GtkResponseType. See #GtkDialog for more details. a new #GtkMessageDialog transient parent, or %NULL for none flags type of message set of buttons to use printf()-style format string, or %NULL Creates a new message dialog, which is a simple dialog with an icon indicating the dialog type (error, warning, etc.) and some text which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. When the user clicks a button a "response" signal is emitted with response IDs from #GtkResponseType. See #GtkDialog for more details. Special XML characters in the printf() arguments passed to this function will automatically be escaped as necessary. (See g_markup_printf_escaped() for how this is implemented.) Usually this is what you want, but if you have an existing Pango markup string that you want to use literally as the label, then you need to use gtk_message_dialog_set_markup() instead, since you can't pass the markup string either as the format (it might contain '%' characters) or as a string argument. |[ GtkWidget *dialog; dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (main_application_window, GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR, GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE, NULL); gtk_message_dialog_set_markup (GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG (dialog), markup); ]| a new #GtkMessageDialog transient parent, or %NULL for none flags type of message set of buttons to use printf()-style format string, or %NULL Sets the secondary text of the message dialog to be @message_format (with printf()-style), which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. Due to an oversight, this function does not escape special XML characters like gtk_message_dialog_new_with_markup() does. Thus, if the arguments may contain special XML characters, you should use g_markup_printf_escaped() to escape it. <informalexample><programlisting> gchar *msg; msg = g_markup_printf_escaped (message_format, ...); gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_markup (message_dialog, "&percnt;s", msg); g_free (msg); </programlisting></informalexample> a #GtkMessageDialog printf()-style markup string (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango markup format</link>), or %NULL Sets the secondary text of the message dialog to be @message_format (with printf()-style). a #GtkMessageDialog printf()-style format string, or %NULL Gets the dialog's image. the dialog's image a #GtkMessageDialog Returns the message area of the dialog. This is the box where the dialog's primary and secondary labels are packed. You can add your own extra content to that box and it will appear below those labels, on the right side of the dialog's image (or on the left for right-to-left languages). See gtk_dialog_get_content_area() for the corresponding function in the parent #GtkDialog. A #GtkVBox corresponding to the "message area" in the @message_dialog. a #GtkMessageDialog Sets the dialog's image to @image. a #GtkMessageDialog the image Sets the text of the message dialog to be @str, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. a #GtkMessageDialog markup string (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango markup format</link>) The image for this dialog. The #GtkVBox that corresponds to the message area of this dialog. See gtk_message_dialog_get_message_area() for a detailed description of this area. The type of the message. The type is used to determine the image that is shown in the dialog, unless the image is explicitly set by the ::image property. The secondary text of the message dialog. %TRUE if the secondary text of the dialog includes Pango markup. See pango_parse_markup(). The primary text of the message dialog. If the dialog has a secondary text, this will appear as the title. %TRUE if the primary text of the dialog includes Pango markup. See pango_parse_markup(). The type of message being displayed in the dialog. Informational message Non-fatal warning message Question requiring a choice Fatal error message None of the above, doesn't get an icon The #GtkMisc widget is an abstract widget which is not useful itself, but is used to derive subclasses which have alignment and padding attributes. The horizontal and vertical padding attributes allows extra space to be added around the widget. The horizontal and vertical alignment attributes enable the widget to be positioned within its allocated area. Note that if the widget is added to a container in such a way that it expands automatically to fill its allocated area, the alignment settings will not alter the widgets position. <note> Note that the desired effect can in most cases be achieved by using the #GtkWidget:halign, #GtkWidget:valign and #GtkWidget:margin properties on the child widget, so GtkMisc should not be used in new code. </note> Gets the X and Y alignment of the widget within its allocation. See gtk_misc_set_alignment(). a #GtkMisc location to store X alignment of @misc, or %NULL location to store Y alignment of @misc, or %NULL Gets the padding in the X and Y directions of the widget. See gtk_misc_set_padding(). a #GtkMisc location to store padding in the X direction, or %NULL location to store padding in the Y direction, or %NULL Sets the alignment of the widget. a #GtkMisc. the horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). the vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom). Sets the amount of space to add around the widget. a #GtkMisc. the amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels. the amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels. A multihead-aware GTK+ module may have a gtk_module_display_init() function with this prototype. GTK+ calls this function for each opened display. an open #GdkDisplay Each GTK+ module must have a function gtk_module_init() with this prototype. This function is called after loading the module. GTK+ always passes %NULL for this argument GTK+ always passes %NULL for this argument This should not be accessed directly. Use the accessor functions below. Creates a new #GtkMountOperation a new #GtkMountOperation transient parent of the window, or %NULL Gets the transient parent used by the #GtkMountOperation the transient parent for windows shown by @op a #GtkMountOperation Gets the screen on which windows of the #GtkMountOperation will be shown. the screen on which windows of @op are shown a #GtkMountOperation Returns whether the #GtkMountOperation is currently displaying a window. %TRUE if @op is currently displaying a window a #GtkMountOperation Sets the transient parent for windows shown by the #GtkMountOperation. a #GtkMountOperation transient parent of the window, or %NULL Sets the screen to show windows of the #GtkMountOperation on. a #GtkMountOperation a #GdkScreen Move forward or back by graphemes Move left or right by graphemes Move forward or back by words Move up or down lines (wrapped lines) Move to either end of a line Move up or down paragraphs (newline-ended lines) Move to either end of a paragraph Move by pages Move to ends of the buffer Move horizontally by pages The #GtkNotebook widget is a #GtkContainer whose children are pages that can be switched between using tab labels along one edge. There are many configuration options for GtkNotebook. Among other things, you can choose on which edge the tabs appear (see gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos()), whether, if there are too many tabs to fit the notebook should be made bigger or scrolling arrows added (see gtk_notebook_set_scrollable()), and whether there will be a popup menu allowing the users to switch pages. (see gtk_notebook_popup_enable(), gtk_notebook_popup_disable()) <refsect2 id="GtkNotebook-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkNotebook as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkNotebook implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface supports placing children into tabs by specifying "tab" as the "type" attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element. Note that the content of the tab must be created before the tab can be filled. A tab child can be specified without specifying a &lt;child&gt; type attribute. To add a child widget in the notebooks action area, specify "action-start" or "action-end" as the "type" attribute of the &lt;child&gt; element. </para> <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with GtkNotebook</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkNotebook"> <child> <object class="GtkLabel" id="notebook-content"> <property name="label">Content</property> </object> </child> <child type="tab"> <object class="GtkLabel" id="notebook-tab"> <property name="label">Tab</property> </object> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkNotebook widget with no pages. the newly created #GtkNotebook Appends a page to @notebook. the index (starting from 0) of the appended page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails a #GtkNotebook the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page the #GtkWidget to be used as the label for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, 'page N' Appends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the label in the popup menu. the index (starting from 0) of the appended page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails a #GtkNotebook the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page the #GtkWidget to be used as the label for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, 'page N' the widget to use as a label for the page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label is not a #GtkLabel, @menu_label must be specified if the page-switch menu is to be used. Gets one of the action widgets. See gtk_notebook_set_action_widget(). The action widget with the given @pack_type or %NULL when this action widget has not been set a #GtkNotebook pack type of the action widget to receive Returns the page number of the current page. the index (starting from 0) of the current page in the notebook. If the notebook has no pages, then -1 will be returned. a #GtkNotebook Gets the current group name for @notebook. the group name, or %NULL if none is set. a #GtkNotebook Retrieves the menu label widget of the page containing @child. the menu label, or %NULL if the notebook page does not have a menu label other than the default (the tab label). a #GtkNotebook a widget contained in a page of @notebook Retrieves the text of the menu label for the page containing @child. the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the widget does not have a menu label other than the default menu label, or the menu label widget is not a #GtkLabel. The string is owned by the widget and must not be freed. a #GtkNotebook the child widget of a page of the notebook. Gets the number of pages in a notebook. the number of pages in the notebook a #GtkNotebook Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num. the child widget, or %NULL if @page_num is out of bounds a #GtkNotebook the index of a page in the notebook, or -1 to get the last page Returns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling. See gtk_notebook_set_scrollable(). %TRUE if arrows for scrolling are present a #GtkNotebook Returns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. See gtk_notebook_set_show_border(). %TRUE if the bevel is drawn a #GtkNotebook Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown. See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(). %TRUE if the tabs are shown a #GtkNotebook Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook. %TRUE if the tab is detachable. a #GtkNotebook a child #GtkWidget Returns the horizontal width of a tab border. horizontal width of a tab border a #GtkNotebook Returns the tab label widget for the page @child. %NULL is returned if @child is not in @notebook or if no tab label has specifically been set for @child. the tab label a #GtkNotebook the page Retrieves the text of the tab label for the page containing @child. the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the tab label widget is not a #GtkLabel. The string is owned by the widget and must not be freed. a #GtkNotebook a widget contained in a page of @notebook Gets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook are drawn. the edge at which the tabs are drawn a #GtkNotebook Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not. %TRUE if the tab is reorderable. a #GtkNotebook a child #GtkWidget Returns the vertical width of a tab border. vertical width of a tab border a #GtkNotebook Insert a page into @notebook at the given position. the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails a #GtkNotebook the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page the #GtkWidget to be used as the label for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, 'page N' the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page, or -1 to append the page after all other pages Insert a page into @notebook at the given position, specifying the widget to use as the label in the popup menu. the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page in the notebook a #GtkNotebook the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page the #GtkWidget to be used as the label for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, 'page N' the widget to use as a label for the page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label is not a #GtkLabel, @menu_label must be specified if the page-switch menu is to be used. the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the page, or -1 to append the page after all other pages. Switches to the next page. Nothing happens if the current page is the last page. a #GtkNotebook Finds the index of the page which contains the given child widget. the index of the page containing @child, or -1 if @child is not in the notebook a #GtkNotebook a #GtkWidget Disables the popup menu. a #GtkNotebook Enables the popup menu: if the user clicks with the right mouse button on the tab labels, a menu with all the pages will be popped up. a #GtkNotebook Prepends a page to @notebook. the index (starting from 0) of the prepended page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails a #GtkNotebook the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page the #GtkWidget to be used as the label for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, 'page N' Prepends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the label in the popup menu. the index (starting from 0) of the prepended page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails a #GtkNotebook the #GtkWidget to use as the contents of the page the #GtkWidget to be used as the label for the page, or %NULL to use the default label, 'page N' the widget to use as a label for the page-switch menu, if that is enabled. If %NULL, and @tab_label is a #GtkLabel or %NULL, then the menu label will be a newly created label with the same text as @tab_label; if @tab_label is not a #GtkLabel, @menu_label must be specified if the page-switch menu is to be used. Switches to the previous page. Nothing happens if the current page is the first page. a #GtkNotebook Removes a page from the notebook given its index in the notebook. a #GtkNotebook the index of a notebook page, starting from 0. If -1, the last page will be removed. Reorders the page containing @child, so that it appears in position @position. If @position is greater than or equal to the number of children in the list or negative, @child will be moved to the end of the list. a #GtkNotebook the child to move the new position, or -1 to move to the end Sets @widget as one of the action widgets. Depending on the pack type the widget will be placed before or after the tabs. You can use a #GtkBox if you need to pack more than one widget on the same side. Note that action widgets are "internal" children of the notebook and thus not included in the list returned from gtk_container_foreach(). a #GtkNotebook a #GtkWidget pack type of the action widget Switches to the page number @page_num. Note that due to historical reasons, GtkNotebook refuses to switch to a page unless the child widget is visible. Therefore, it is recommended to show child widgets before adding them to a notebook. a #GtkNotebook index of the page to switch to, starting from 0. If negative, the last page will be used. If greater than the number of pages in the notebook, nothing will be done. Sets a group name for @notebook. Notebooks with the same name will be able to exchange tabs via drag and drop. A notebook with a %NULL group name will not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook. a #GtkNotebook the name of the notebook group, or %NULL to unset it Changes the menu label for the page containing @child. a #GtkNotebook the child widget the menu label, or %NULL for default Creates a new label and sets it as the menu label of @child. a #GtkNotebook the child widget the label text Sets whether the tab label area will have arrows for scrolling if there are too many tabs to fit in the area. a #GtkNotebook %TRUE if scroll arrows should be added Sets whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. This only has a visual effect when the tabs are not shown. See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(). a #GtkNotebook %TRUE if a bevel should be drawn around the notebook Sets whether to show the tabs for the notebook or not. a #GtkNotebook %TRUE if the tabs should be shown Sets whether the tab can be detached from @notebook to another notebook or widget. Note that 2 notebooks must share a common group identificator (see gtk_notebook_set_group_name()) to allow automatic tabs interchange between them. If you want a widget to interact with a notebook through DnD (i.e.: accept dragged tabs from it) it must be set as a drop destination and accept the target "GTK_NOTEBOOK_TAB". The notebook will fill the selection with a GtkWidget** pointing to the child widget that corresponds to the dropped tab. |[ static void on_drop_zone_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget, GdkDragContext *context, gint x, gint y, GtkSelectionData *selection_data, guint info, guint time, gpointer user_data) { GtkWidget *notebook; GtkWidget **child; notebook = gtk_drag_get_source_widget (context); child = (void*) gtk_selection_data_get_data (selection_data); process_widget (*child); gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (notebook), *child); } ]| If you want a notebook to accept drags from other widgets, you will have to set your own DnD code to do it. a #GtkNotebook a child #GtkWidget whether the tab is detachable or not Changes the tab label for @child. If %NULL is specified for @tab_label, then the page will have the label 'page N'. a #GtkNotebook the page the tab label widget to use, or %NULL for default tab label Creates a new label and sets it as the tab label for the page containing @child. a #GtkNotebook the page the label text Sets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook are drawn. a #GtkNotebook. the edge to draw the tabs at Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not. a #GtkNotebook a child #GtkWidget whether the tab is reorderable or not Group name for tab drag and drop. The ::create-window signal is emitted when a detachable tab is dropped on the root window. A handler for this signal can create a window containing a notebook where the tab will be attached. It is also responsible for moving/resizing the window and adding the necessary properties to the notebook (e.g. the #GtkNotebook:group-name ). a #GtkNotebook that @page should be added to, or %NULL. the tab of @notebook that is being detached the X coordinate where the drop happens the Y coordinate where the drop happens the ::page-added signal is emitted in the notebook right after a page is added to the notebook. the child #GtkWidget affected the new page number for @child the ::page-removed signal is emitted in the notebook right after a page is removed from the notebook. the child #GtkWidget affected the @child page number the ::page-reordered signal is emitted in the notebook right after a page has been reordered. the child #GtkWidget affected the new page number for @child Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page. the new current page the index of the page Used to determine the layout of pages on a sheet when printing multiple pages per sheet. <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-lrtb.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-lrbt.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-rltb.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-rlbt.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-tblr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-tbrl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-btlr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-btrl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> GtkNumerableIcon is a subclass of #GEmblemedIcon that can show a number or short string as an emblem. The number can be overlayed on top of another emblem, if desired. It supports theming by taking font and color information from a provided #GtkStyleContext; see gtk_numerable_icon_set_style_context(). <example> <title>Typical numerable icons</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="numerableicon.png" format="PNG"/> <inlinegraphic fileref="numerableicon2.png" format="PNG"/> </example> Creates a new unthemed #GtkNumerableIcon. a new #GIcon a #GIcon to overlay on Creates a new #GtkNumerableIcon which will themed according to the passed #GtkStyleContext. This is a convenience constructor that calls gtk_numerable_icon_set_style_context() internally. a new #GIcon a #GIcon to overlay on a #GtkStyleContext Returns the #GIcon that was set as the base background image, or %NULL if there's none. The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned #GIcon. a #GIcon, or %NULL a #GtkNumerableIcon Returns the icon name used as the base background image, or %NULL if there's none. an icon name, or %NULL a #GtkNumerableIcon Returns the value currently displayed by @self. the currently displayed value a #GtkNumerableIcon Returns the currently displayed label of the icon, or %NULL. the currently displayed label a #GtkNumerableIcon Returns the #GtkStyleContext used by the icon for theming, or %NULL if there's none. a #GtkStyleContext, or %NULL. This object is internal to GTK+ and should not be unreffed. Use g_object_ref() if you want to keep it around a #GtkNumerableIcon Updates the icon to use @icon as the base background image. If @icon is %NULL, @self will go back using style information or default theming for its background image. If this method is called and an icon name was already set as background for the icon, @icon will be used, i.e. the last method called between gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_gicon() and gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_icon_name() has always priority. a #GtkNumerableIcon a #GIcon, or %NULL Updates the icon to use the icon named @icon_name from the current icon theme as the base background image. If @icon_name is %NULL, @self will go back using style information or default theming for its background image. If this method is called and a #GIcon was already set as background for the icon, @icon_name will be used, i.e. the last method called between gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_icon_name() and gtk_numerable_icon_set_background_gicon() has always priority. a #GtkNumerableIcon an icon name, or %NULL Sets the currently displayed value of @self to @count. The numeric value is always clamped to make it two digits, i.e. between -99 and 99. Setting a count of zero removes the emblem. If this method is called, and a label was already set on the icon, it will automatically be reset to %NULL before rendering the number, i.e. the last method called between gtk_numerable_icon_set_count() and gtk_numerable_icon_set_label() has always priority. a #GtkNumerableIcon a number between -99 and 99 Sets the currently displayed value of @self to the string in @label. Setting an empty label removes the emblem. Note that this is meant for displaying short labels, such as roman numbers, or single letters. For roman numbers, consider using the Unicode characters U+2160 - U+217F. Strings longer than two characters will likely not be rendered very well. If this method is called, and a number was already set on the icon, it will automatically be reset to zero before rendering the label, i.e. the last method called between gtk_numerable_icon_set_label() and gtk_numerable_icon_set_count() has always priority. a #GtkNumerableIcon a short label, or %NULL Updates the icon to fetch theme information from the given #GtkStyleContext. a #GtkNumerableIcon a #GtkStyleContext GtkOffscreenWindow is strictly intended to be used for obtaining snapshots of widgets that are not part of a normal widget hierarchy. Since #GtkOffscreenWindow is a toplevel widget you cannot obtain snapshots of a full window with it since you cannot pack a toplevel widget in another toplevel. The idea is to take a widget and manually set the state of it, add it to a GtkOffscreenWindow and then retrieve the snapshot as a #cairo_surface_t or #GdkPixbuf. GtkOffscreenWindow derives from #GtkWindow only as an implementation detail. Applications should not use any API specific to #GtkWindow to operate on this object. It should be treated as a #GtkBin that has no parent widget. When contained offscreen widgets are redrawn, GtkOffscreenWindow will emit a #GtkWidget::damage-event signal. Creates a toplevel container widget that is used to retrieve snapshots of widgets without showing them on the screen. A pointer to a #GtkWidget Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a #GdkPixbuf. This is a new pixbuf with a reference count of 1, and the application should unreference it once it is no longer needed. A #GdkPixbuf pointer, or %NULL. the #GtkOffscreenWindow contained widget. Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a #cairo_surface_t. If you need to keep this around over window resizes then you should add a reference to it. A #cairo_surface_t pointer to the offscreen surface, or %NULL. the #GtkOffscreenWindow contained widget. The #GtkOrientable interface is implemented by all widgets that can be oriented horizontally or vertically. Historically, such widgets have been realized as subclasses of a common base class (e.g #GtkBox/#GtkHBox/#GtkVBox or #GtkScale/#GtkHScale/#GtkVScale). #GtkOrientable is more flexible in that it allows the orientation to be changed at runtime, allowing the widgets to 'flip'. #GtkOrientable was introduced in GTK+ 2.16. Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable. the orientation of the @orientable. a #GtkOrientable Sets the orientation of the @orientable. a #GtkOrientable the orientable's new orientation. The orientation of the orientable. Represents the orientation of widgets which can be switched between horizontal and vertical orientation on the fly, like #GtkToolbar. The widget is in horizontal orientation. The widget is in vertical orientation. GtkOverlay is a container which contains a single main child, on top of which it can place <firstterm>overlay</firstterm> widgets. The position of each overlay widget is determined by its #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties. E.g. a widget with both alignments set to %GTK_ALIGN_START will be placed at the top left corner of the main widget, whereas an overlay with halign set to %GTK_ALIGN_CENTER and valign set to %GTK_ALIGN_END will be placed a the bottom edge of the main widget, horizontally centered. The position can be adjusted by setting the margin properties of the child to non-zero values. More complicated placement of overlays is possible by connecting to the #GtkOverlay::get-child-position signal. <refsect2 id="GtkOverlay-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkOverlay as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkOverlay implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports placing a child as an overlay by specifying "overlay" as the "type" attribute of a <tag class="starttag">child</tag> element. </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkOverlay. a new #GtkOverlay object. Adds @widget to @overlay. The widget will be stacked on top of the main widget added with gtk_container_add(). The position at which @widget is placed is determined from its #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties. a #GtkOverlay a #GtkWidget to be added to the container The ::get-child-position signal is emitted to determine the position and size of any overlay child widgets. A handler for this signal should fill @allocation with the desired position and size for @widget, relative to the 'main' child of @overlay. The default handler for this signal uses the @widget's halign and valign properties to determine the position and gives the widget its natural size (except that an alignment of %GTK_ALIGN_FILL will cause the overlay to be full-width/height). If the main child is a #GtkScrolledWindow, the overlays are placed relative to its contents. Return: %TRUE if the @allocation has been filled the child widget to position return location for the allocation Name for the A4 paper size. Name for the A4 paper size. Name for the A5 paper size. Name for the B5 paper size. Name for the Executive paper size. Name for the Legal paper size. Name for the Letter paper size. The key used by the "Print to file" printer to store the format of the output. The supported values are "PS" and "PDF". The key used by the "Print to file" printer to store the URI to which the output should be written. GTK+ itself supports only "file://" URIs. Use this priority for functionality related to size allocation. It is used internally by GTK+ to compute the sizes of widgets. This priority is higher than %GDK_PRIORITY_REDRAW to avoid resizing a widget which was just redrawn. Determines how widgets should be packed inside menubars and menuitems contained in menubars. Widgets are packed left-to-right Widgets are packed right-to-left Widgets are packed top-to-bottom Widgets are packed bottom-to-top Represents the packing location #GtkBox children. (See: #GtkVBox, #GtkHBox, and #GtkButtonBox). The child is packed into the start of the box The child is packed into the end of the box A GtkPageSetup object stores the page size, orientation and margins. The idea is that you can get one of these from the page setup dialog and then pass it to the #GtkPrintOperation when printing. The benefit of splitting this out of the #GtkPrintSettings is that these affect the actual layout of the page, and thus need to be set long before user prints. <para id="print-margins"> The margins specified in this object are the "print margins", i.e. the parts of the page that the printer cannot print on. These are different from the layout margins that a word processor uses; they are typically used to determine the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> size for the layout margins. </para> To obtain a #GtkPageSetup use gtk_page_setup_new() to get the defaults, or use gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog() to show the page setup dialog and receive the resulting page setup. <example> <title>A page setup dialog</title> <programlisting> static GtkPrintSettings *settings = NULL; static GtkPageSetup *page_setup = NULL; static void do_page_setup (void) { GtkPageSetup *new_page_setup; if (settings == NULL) settings = gtk_print_settings_new (<!-- -->); new_page_setup = gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GTK_WINDOW (main_window), page_setup, settings); if (page_setup) g_object_unref (page_setup); page_setup = new_page_setup; } </programlisting> </example> Printing support was added in GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkPageSetup. a new #GtkPageSetup. Reads the page setup from the file @file_name. Returns a new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred. See gtk_page_setup_to_file(). the restored #GtkPageSetup the filename to read the page setup from Reads the page setup from the group @group_name in the key file @key_file. Returns a new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred. the restored #GtkPageSetup the #GKeyFile to retrieve the page_setup from the name of the group in the key_file to read, or %NULL to use the default name "Page Setup" Copies a #GtkPageSetup. a copy of @other the #GtkPageSetup to copy Gets the bottom margin in units of @unit. the bottom margin a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Gets the left margin in units of @unit. the left margin a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Gets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup. the page orientation a #GtkPageSetup Returns the page height in units of @unit. Note that this function takes orientation and margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height(). the page height. a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Returns the page width in units of @unit. Note that this function takes orientation and margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width(). the page width. a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Returns the paper height in units of @unit. Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_page_height(). the paper height. a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Gets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup. the paper size a #GtkPageSetup Returns the paper width in units of @unit. Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into consideration. See gtk_page_setup_get_page_width(). the paper width. a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Gets the right margin in units of @unit. the right margin a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Gets the top margin in units of @unit. the top margin a #GtkPageSetup the unit for the return value Reads the page setup from the file @file_name. See gtk_page_setup_to_file(). %TRUE on success a #GtkPageSetup the filename to read the page setup from Reads the page setup from the group @group_name in the key file @key_file. %TRUE on success a #GtkPageSetup the #GKeyFile to retrieve the page_setup from the name of the group in the key_file to read, or %NULL to use the default name "Page Setup" Sets the bottom margin of the #GtkPageSetup. a #GtkPageSetup the new bottom margin in units of @unit the units for @margin Sets the left margin of the #GtkPageSetup. a #GtkPageSetup the new left margin in units of @unit the units for @margin Sets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup. a #GtkPageSetup a #GtkPageOrientation value Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup without changing the margins. See gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins(). a #GtkPageSetup a #GtkPaperSize Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup and modifies the margins according to the new paper size. a #GtkPageSetup a #GtkPaperSize Sets the right margin of the #GtkPageSetup. a #GtkPageSetup the new right margin in units of @unit the units for @margin Sets the top margin of the #GtkPageSetup. a #GtkPageSetup the new top margin in units of @unit the units for @margin This function saves the information from @setup to @file_name. %TRUE on success a #GtkPageSetup the file to save to This function adds the page setup from @setup to @key_file. a #GtkPageSetup the #GKeyFile to save the page setup to the group to add the settings to in @key_file, or %NULL to use the default name "Page Setup" The type of function that is passed to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async(). This function will be called when the page setup dialog is dismissed, and also serves as destroy notify for @data. the #GtkPageSetup that has been user data that has been passed to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() #GtkPaned has two panes, arranged either horizontally or vertically. The division between the two panes is adjustable by the user by dragging a handle. Child widgets are added to the panes of the widget with gtk_paned_pack1() and gtk_paned_pack2(). The division between the two children is set by default from the size requests of the children, but it can be adjusted by the user. A paned widget draws a separator between the two child widgets and a small handle that the user can drag to adjust the division. It does not draw any relief around the children or around the separator. (The space in which the separator is called the gutter.) Often, it is useful to put each child inside a #GtkFrame with the shadow type set to %GTK_SHADOW_IN so that the gutter appears as a ridge. No separator is drawn if one of the children is missing. Each child has two options that can be set, @resize and @shrink. If @resize is true, then when the #GtkPaned is resized, that child will expand or shrink along with the paned widget. If @shrink is true, then that child can be made smaller than its requisition by the user. Setting @shrink to %FALSE allows the application to set a minimum size. If @resize is false for both children, then this is treated as if @resize is true for both children. The application can set the position of the slider as if it were set by the user, by calling gtk_paned_set_position(). <example> <title>Creating a paned widget with minimum sizes.</title> <programlisting> GtkWidget *hpaned = gtk_paned_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); GtkWidget *frame1 = gtk_frame_new (NULL); GtkWidget *frame2 = gtk_frame_new (NULL); gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (frame1), GTK_SHADOW_IN); gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME (frame2), GTK_SHADOW_IN); gtk_widget_set_size_request (hpaned, 200, -1); gtk_paned_pack1 (GTK_PANED (hpaned), frame1, TRUE, FALSE); gtk_widget_set_size_request (frame1, 50, -1); gtk_paned_pack2 (GTK_PANED (hpaned), frame2, FALSE, FALSE); gtk_widget_set_size_request (frame2, 50, -1); </programlisting> </example> Creates a new #GtkPaned widget. a new #GtkPaned. the paned's orientation. Adds a child to the top or left pane with default parameters. This is equivalent to <literal>gtk_paned_pack1 (paned, child, FALSE, TRUE)</literal>. a paned widget the child to add Adds a child to the bottom or right pane with default parameters. This is equivalent to <literal>gtk_paned_pack2 (paned, child, TRUE, TRUE)</literal>. a paned widget the child to add Obtains the first child of the paned widget. first child, or %NULL if it is not set. a #GtkPaned widget Obtains the second child of the paned widget. second child, or %NULL if it is not set. a #GtkPaned widget Returns the #GdkWindow of the handle. This function is useful when handling button or motion events because it enables the callback to distinguish between the window of the paned, a child and the handle. the paned's handle window. a #GtkPaned Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes. position of the divider a #GtkPaned widget Adds a child to the top or left pane. a paned widget the child to add should this child expand when the paned widget is resized. can this child be made smaller than its requisition. Adds a child to the bottom or right pane. a paned widget the child to add should this child expand when the paned widget is resized. can this child be made smaller than its requisition. Sets the position of the divider between the two panes. a #GtkPaned widget pixel position of divider, a negative value means that the position is unset. The largest possible value for the position property. This property is derived from the size and shrinkability of the widget's children. The smallest possible value for the position property. This property is derived from the size and shrinkability of the widget's children. The ::accept-position signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to accept the current position of the handle when moving it using key bindings. The default binding for this signal is Return or Space. The ::cancel-position signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to cancel moving the position of the handle using key bindings. The position of the handle will be reset to the value prior to moving it. The default binding for this signal is Escape. The ::cycle-child-focus signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to cycle the focus between the children of the paned. The default binding is f6. whether cycling backward or forward The ::cycle-handle-focus signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to cycle whether the paned should grab focus to allow the user to change position of the handle by using key bindings. The default binding for this signal is f8. whether cycling backward or forward The ::move-handle signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to move the handle when the user is using key bindings to move it. a #GtkScrollType The ::toggle-handle-focus is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to accept the current position of the handle and then move focus to the next widget in the focus chain. The default binding is Tab. GtkPaperSize handles paper sizes. It uses the standard called <ulink url="http://www.pwg.org/standards.html">"PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG: Standard for Media Standardized Names"</ulink> to name the paper sizes (and to get the data for the page sizes). In addition to standard paper sizes, GtkPaperSize allows to construct custom paper sizes with arbitrary dimensions. The #GtkPaperSize object stores not only the dimensions (width and height) of a paper size and its name, it also provides default <link linkend="print-margins">print margins</link>. Printing support has been added in GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkPaperSize object by parsing a <ulink url="ftp://ftp.pwg.org/pub/pwg/candidates/cs-pwgmsn10-20020226-5101.1.pdf">PWG 5101.1-2002</ulink> paper name. If @name is %NULL, the default paper size is returned, see gtk_paper_size_get_default(). a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free() to free it a paper size name, or %NULL Creates a new #GtkPaperSize object with the given parameters. a new #GtkPaperSize object, use gtk_paper_size_free() to free it the paper name the human-readable name the paper width, in units of @unit the paper height, in units of @unit the unit for @width and @height. not %GTK_UNIT_NONE. Reads a paper size from the group @group_name in the key file @key_file. a new #GtkPaperSize object with the restored paper size, or %NULL if an error occurred the #GKeyFile to retrieve the papersize from the name ofthe group in the key file to read, or %NULL to read the first group Creates a new #GtkPaperSize object by using PPD information. If @ppd_name is not a recognized PPD paper name, @ppd_display_name, @width and @height are used to construct a custom #GtkPaperSize object. a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free() to free it a PPD paper name the corresponding human-readable name the paper width, in points the paper height in points Copies an existing #GtkPaperSize. a copy of @other a #GtkPaperSize Free the given #GtkPaperSize object. a #GtkPaperSize Gets the default bottom margin for the #GtkPaperSize. the default bottom margin a #GtkPaperSize object the unit for the return value, not %GTK_UNIT_NONE Gets the default left margin for the #GtkPaperSize. the default left margin a #GtkPaperSize object the unit for the return value, not %GTK_UNIT_NONE Gets the default right margin for the #GtkPaperSize. the default right margin a #GtkPaperSize object the unit for the return value, not %GTK_UNIT_NONE Gets the default top margin for the #GtkPaperSize. the default top margin a #GtkPaperSize object the unit for the return value, not %GTK_UNIT_NONE Gets the human-readable name of the #GtkPaperSize. the human-readable name of @size a #GtkPaperSize object Gets the paper height of the #GtkPaperSize, in units of @unit. the paper height a #GtkPaperSize object the unit for the return value, not %GTK_UNIT_NONE Gets the name of the #GtkPaperSize. the name of @size a #GtkPaperSize object Gets the PPD name of the #GtkPaperSize, which may be %NULL. the PPD name of @size a #GtkPaperSize object Gets the paper width of the #GtkPaperSize, in units of @unit. the paper width a #GtkPaperSize object the unit for the return value, not %GTK_UNIT_NONE Returns %TRUE if @size is not a standard paper size. whether @size is a custom paper size. a #GtkPaperSize object Compares two #GtkPaperSize objects. %TRUE, if @size1 and @size2 represent the same paper size a #GtkPaperSize object another #GtkPaperSize object Changes the dimensions of a @size to @width x @height. a custom #GtkPaperSize object the new width in units of @unit the new height in units of @unit the unit for @width and @height This function adds the paper size from @size to @key_file. a #GtkPaperSize the #GKeyFile to save the paper size to the group to add the settings to in @key_file Returns the name of the default paper size, which depends on the current locale. the name of the default paper size. The string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. Creates a list of known paper sizes. a newly allocated list of newly allocated #GtkPaperSize objects whether to include custom paper sizes as defined in the page setup dialog Determines when a scroll bar will be visible. The scrollbar is always visible. The scrollbar will appear and disappear as necessary. For example, when all of a #GtkCList can not be seen. The scrollbar will never appear. Describes which edge of a widget a certain feature is positioned at, e.g. the tabs of a #GtkNotebook, the handle of a #GtkHandleBox or the label of a #GtkScale. The feature is at the left edge. The feature is at the right edge. The feature is at the top edge. The feature is at the bottom edge. A GtkPrintContext encapsulates context information that is required when drawing pages for printing, such as the cairo context and important parameters like page size and resolution. It also lets you easily create #PangoLayout and #PangoContext objects that match the font metrics of the cairo surface. GtkPrintContext objects gets passed to the #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print, #GtkPrintOperation::end-print, #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup and #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals on the #GtkPrintOperation. <example> <title>Using GtkPrintContext in a #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page callback</title> <programlisting> static void draw_page (GtkPrintOperation *operation, GtkPrintContext *context, int page_nr) { cairo_t *cr; PangoLayout *layout; PangoFontDescription *desc; cr = gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (context); // Draw a red rectangle, as wide as the paper (inside the margins) cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 1.0, 0, 0); cairo_rectangle (cr, 0, 0, gtk_print_context_get_width (context), 50); cairo_fill (cr); // Draw some lines cairo_move_to (cr, 20, 10); cairo_line_to (cr, 40, 20); cairo_arc (cr, 60, 60, 20, 0, M_PI); cairo_line_to (cr, 80, 20); cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 0, 0, 0); cairo_set_line_width (cr, 5); cairo_set_line_cap (cr, CAIRO_LINE_CAP_ROUND); cairo_set_line_join (cr, CAIRO_LINE_JOIN_ROUND); cairo_stroke (cr); // Draw some text layout = gtk_print_context_create_layout (context); pango_layout_set_text (layout, "Hello World! Printing is easy", -1); desc = pango_font_description_from_string ("sans 28"); pango_layout_set_font_description (layout, desc); pango_font_description_free (desc); cairo_move_to (cr, 30, 20); pango_cairo_layout_path (cr, layout); // Font Outline cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 0.93, 1.0, 0.47); cairo_set_line_width (cr, 0.5); cairo_stroke_preserve (cr); // Font Fill cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 0, 0.0, 1.0); cairo_fill (cr); g_object_unref (layout); } </programlisting> </example> Printing support was added in GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #PangoContext that can be used with the #GtkPrintContext. a new Pango context for @context a #GtkPrintContext Creates a new #PangoLayout that is suitable for use with the #GtkPrintContext. a new Pango layout for @context a #GtkPrintContext Obtains the cairo context that is associated with the #GtkPrintContext. the cairo context of @context a #GtkPrintContext Obtains the horizontal resolution of the #GtkPrintContext, in dots per inch. the horizontal resolution of @context a #GtkPrintContext Obtains the vertical resolution of the #GtkPrintContext, in dots per inch. the vertical resolution of @context a #GtkPrintContext Obtains the hardware printer margins of the #GtkPrintContext, in units. %TRUE if the hard margins were retrieved a #GtkPrintContext top hardware printer margin bottom hardware printer margin left hardware printer margin right hardware printer margin Obtains the height of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels. the height of @context a #GtkPrintContext Obtains the #GtkPageSetup that determines the page dimensions of the #GtkPrintContext. the page setup of @context a #GtkPrintContext Returns a #PangoFontMap that is suitable for use with the #GtkPrintContext. the font map of @context a #GtkPrintContext Obtains the width of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels. the width of @context a #GtkPrintContext Sets a new cairo context on a print context. This function is intended to be used when implementing an internal print preview, it is not needed for printing, since GTK+ itself creates a suitable cairo context in that case. a #GtkPrintContext the cairo context the horizontal resolution to use with @cr the vertical resolution to use with @cr Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using the GTK+ printing support. An unspecified error occurred. An internal error occurred. A memory allocation failed. An error occurred while loading a page setup or paper size from a key file. Registers an error quark for #GtkPrintOperation if necessary. The error quark used for #GtkPrintOperation errors. GtkPrintOperation is the high-level, portable printing API. It looks a bit different than other GTK+ dialogs such as the #GtkFileChooser, since some platforms don't expose enough infrastructure to implement a good print dialog. On such platforms, GtkPrintOperation uses the native print dialog. On platforms which do not provide a native print dialog, GTK+ uses its own, see #GtkPrintUnixDialog. The typical way to use the high-level printing API is to create a GtkPrintOperation object with gtk_print_operation_new() when the user selects to print. Then you set some properties on it, e.g. the page size, any #GtkPrintSettings from previous print operations, the number of pages, the current page, etc. Then you start the print operation by calling gtk_print_operation_run(). It will then show a dialog, let the user select a printer and options. When the user finished the dialog various signals will be emitted on the #GtkPrintOperation, the main one being #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page, which you are supposed to catch and render the page on the provided #GtkPrintContext using Cairo. <example> <title>The high-level printing API</title> <programlisting> static GtkPrintSettings *settings = NULL; static void do_print (void) { GtkPrintOperation *print; GtkPrintOperationResult res; print = gtk_print_operation_new (); if (settings != NULL) gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (print, settings); g_signal_connect (print, "begin_print", G_CALLBACK (begin_print), NULL); g_signal_connect (print, "draw_page", G_CALLBACK (draw_page), NULL); res = gtk_print_operation_run (print, GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT_DIALOG, GTK_WINDOW (main_window), NULL); if (res == GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY) { if (settings != NULL) g_object_unref (settings); settings = g_object_ref (gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (print)); } g_object_unref (print); } </programlisting> </example> By default GtkPrintOperation uses an external application to do print preview. To implement a custom print preview, an application must connect to the preview signal. The functions gtk_print_operation_preview_render_page(), gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview() and gtk_print_operation_preview_is_selected() are useful when implementing a print preview. Creates a new #GtkPrintOperation. a new #GtkPrintOperation Cancels a running print operation. This function may be called from a #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print, #GtkPrintOperation::paginate or #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signal handler to stop the currently running print operation. a #GtkPrintOperation Signalize that drawing of particular page is complete. It is called after completion of page drawing (e.g. drawing in another thread). If gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing() was called before, then this function has to be called by application. In another case it is called by the library itself. a #GtkPrintOperation Returns the default page setup, see gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup(). the default page setup a #GtkPrintOperation Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:embed-page-setup property. whether page setup selection combos are embedded a #GtkPrintOperation Call this when the result of a print operation is %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR, either as returned by gtk_print_operation_run(), or in the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal handler. The returned #GError will contain more details on what went wrong. a #GtkPrintOperation Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:has-selection property. whether there is a selection a #GtkPrintOperation Returns the number of pages that will be printed. Note that this value is set during print preparation phase (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PREPARING), so this function should never be called before the data generation phase (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA). You can connect to the #GtkPrintOperation::status-changed signal and call gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print() when print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA. This is typically used to track the progress of print operation. the number of pages that will be printed a #GtkPrintOperation Returns the current print settings. Note that the return value is %NULL until either gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings() or gtk_print_operation_run() have been called. the current print settings of @op. a #GtkPrintOperation Returns the status of the print operation. Also see gtk_print_operation_get_status_string(). the status of the print operation a #GtkPrintOperation Returns a string representation of the status of the print operation. The string is translated and suitable for displaying the print status e.g. in a #GtkStatusbar. Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to obtain a status value that is suitable for programmatic use. a string representation of the status of the print operation a #GtkPrintOperation Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:support-selection property. whether the application supports print of selection a #GtkPrintOperation A convenience function to find out if the print operation is finished, either successfully (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED) or unsuccessfully (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED_ABORTED). Note: when you enable print status tracking the print operation can be in a non-finished state even after done has been called, as the operation status then tracks the print job status on the printer. %TRUE, if the print operation is finished. a #GtkPrintOperation Runs the print operation, by first letting the user modify print settings in the print dialog, and then print the document. Normally that this function does not return until the rendering of all pages is complete. You can connect to the #GtkPrintOperation::status-changed signal on @op to obtain some information about the progress of the print operation. Furthermore, it may use a recursive mainloop to show the print dialog. If you call gtk_print_operation_set_allow_async() or set the #GtkPrintOperation:allow-async property the operation will run asynchronously if this is supported on the platform. The #GtkPrintOperation::done signal will be emitted with the result of the operation when the it is done (i.e. when the dialog is canceled, or when the print succeeds or fails). |[ if (settings != NULL) gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (print, settings); if (page_setup != NULL) gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup (print, page_setup); g_signal_connect (print, "begin-print", G_CALLBACK (begin_print), &data); g_signal_connect (print, "draw-page", G_CALLBACK (draw_page), &data); res = gtk_print_operation_run (print, GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT_DIALOG, parent, &error); if (res == GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR) { error_dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (GTK_WINDOW (parent), GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR, GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE, "Error printing file:\n%s", error->message); g_signal_connect (error_dialog, "response", G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL); gtk_widget_show (error_dialog); g_error_free (error); } else if (res == GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY) { if (settings != NULL) g_object_unref (settings); settings = g_object_ref (gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (print)); } ]| Note that gtk_print_operation_run() can only be called once on a given #GtkPrintOperation. the result of the print operation. A return value of %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY indicates that the printing was completed successfully. In this case, it is a good idea to obtain the used print settings with gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings() and store them for reuse with the next print operation. A value of %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS means the operation is running asynchronously, and will emit the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal when done. a #GtkPrintOperation the action to start Transient parent of the dialog Sets whether the gtk_print_operation_run() may return before the print operation is completed. Note that some platforms may not allow asynchronous operation. a #GtkPrintOperation %TRUE to allow asynchronous operation Sets the current page. If this is called before gtk_print_operation_run(), the user will be able to select to print only the current page. Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. a #GtkPrintOperation the current page, 0-based Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets. a #GtkPrintOperation the label to use, or %NULL to use the default label Makes @default_page_setup the default page setup for @op. This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(), but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal. a #GtkPrintOperation a #GtkPageSetup, or %NULL Sets up the #GtkPrintOperation to wait for calling of gtk_print_operation_draw_page_finish() from application. It can be used for drawing page in another thread. This function must be called in the callback of "draw-page" signal. a #GtkPrintOperation Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page. Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in #GtkPrintOperation. a #GtkPrintOperation %TRUE to embed page setup selection in the #GtkPrintUnixDialog Sets up the #GtkPrintOperation to generate a file instead of showing the print dialog. The indended use of this function is for implementing "Export to PDF" actions. Currently, PDF is the only supported format. "Print to PDF" support is independent of this and is done by letting the user pick the "Print to PDF" item from the list of printers in the print dialog. a #GtkPrintOperation the filename for the exported file Sets whether there is a selection to print. Application has to set number of pages to which the selection will draw by gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages() in a callback of #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print. a #GtkPrintOperation %TRUE indicates that a selection exists Sets the name of the print job. The name is used to identify the job (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups). If you don't set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by numbering successive print jobs. a #GtkPrintOperation a string that identifies the print job Sets the number of pages in the document. This <emphasis>must</emphasis> be set to a positive number before the rendering starts. It may be set in a #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print signal hander. Note that the page numbers passed to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup and #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal will be for page @n_pages - 1. a #GtkPrintOperation the number of pages Sets the print settings for @op. This is typically used to re-establish print settings from a previous print operation, see gtk_print_operation_run(). a #GtkPrintOperation #GtkPrintSettings If @show_progress is %TRUE, the print operation will show a progress dialog during the print operation. a #GtkPrintOperation %TRUE to show a progress dialog Sets whether selection is supported by #GtkPrintOperation. a #GtkPrintOperation %TRUE to support selection If track_status is %TRUE, the print operation will try to continue report on the status of the print job in the printer queues and printer. This can allow your application to show things like "out of paper" issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer. This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should not be enabled unless needed. a #GtkPrintOperation %TRUE to track status after printing Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from #GtkPrintContext in such a way that distances are measured in units of @unit. a #GtkPrintOperation the unit to use If @full_page is %TRUE, the transformation for the cairo context obtained from #GtkPrintContext puts the origin at the top left corner of the page (which may not be the top left corner of the sheet, depending on page orientation and the number of pages per sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the imageable area (i.e. inside the margins). a #GtkPrintOperation %TRUE to set up the #GtkPrintContext for the full page Determines whether the print operation may run asynchronously or not. Some systems don't support asynchronous printing, but those that do will return %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS as the status, and emit the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal when the operation is actually done. The Windows port does not support asynchronous operation at all (this is unlikely to change). On other platforms, all actions except for %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT support asynchronous operation. The current page in the document. If this is set before gtk_print_operation_run(), the user will be able to select to print only the current page. Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. Used as the label of the tab containing custom widgets. Note that this property may be ignored on some platforms. If this is %NULL, GTK+ uses a default label. The #GtkPageSetup used by default. This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(), but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal. If %TRUE, page size combo box and orientation combo box are embedded into page setup page. The name of a file to generate instead of showing the print dialog. Currently, PDF is the only supported format. The intended use of this property is for implementing "Export to PDF" actions. "Print to PDF" support is independent of this and is done by letting the user pick the "Print to PDF" item from the list of printers in the print dialog. Determines whether there is a selection in your application. This can allow your application to print the selection. This is typically used to make a "Selection" button sensitive. A string used to identify the job (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups). If you don't set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by numbering successive print jobs. The number of pages in the document. This <emphasis>must</emphasis> be set to a positive number before the rendering starts. It may be set in a #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print signal hander. Note that the page numbers passed to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup and #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal will be for page @n_pages - 1. The number of pages that will be printed. Note that this value is set during print preparation phase (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PREPARING), so this value should never be get before the data generation phase (%GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA). You can connect to the #GtkPrintOperation::status-changed signal and call gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print() when print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA. This is typically used to track the progress of print operation. The #GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog. Setting this property is typically used to re-establish print settings from a previous print operation, see gtk_print_operation_run(). Determines whether to show a progress dialog during the print operation. The status of the print operation. A string representation of the status of the print operation. The string is translated and suitable for displaying the print status e.g. in a #GtkStatusbar. See the #GtkPrintOperation:status property for a status value that is suitable for programmatic use. If %TRUE, the print operation will support print of selection. This allows the print dialog to show a "Selection" button. If %TRUE, the print operation will try to continue report on the status of the print job in the printer queues and printer. This can allow your application to show things like "out of paper" issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer. However, this is often implemented using polling, and should not be enabled unless needed. The transformation for the cairo context obtained from #GtkPrintContext is set up in such a way that distances are measured in units of @unit. If %TRUE, the transformation for the cairo context obtained from #GtkPrintContext puts the origin at the top left corner of the page (which may not be the top left corner of the sheet, depending on page orientation and the number of pages per sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the imageable area (i.e. inside the margins). Emitted after the user has finished changing print settings in the dialog, before the actual rendering starts. A typical use for ::begin-print is to use the parameters from the #GtkPrintContext and paginate the document accordingly, and then set the number of pages with gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages(). the #GtkPrintContext for the current operation Emitted when displaying the print dialog. If you return a widget in a handler for this signal it will be added to a custom tab in the print dialog. You typically return a container widget with multiple widgets in it. The print dialog owns the returned widget, and its lifetime is not controlled by the application. However, the widget is guaranteed to stay around until the #GtkPrintOperation::custom-widget-apply signal is emitted on the operation. Then you can read out any information you need from the widgets. A custom widget that gets embedded in the print dialog, or %NULL Emitted right before #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print if you added a custom widget in the #GtkPrintOperation::create-custom-widget handler. When you get this signal you should read the information from the custom widgets, as the widgets are not guaraneed to be around at a later time. the custom widget added in create-custom-widget Emitted when the print operation run has finished doing everything required for printing. @result gives you information about what happened during the run. If @result is %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR then you can call gtk_print_operation_get_error() for more information. If you enabled print status tracking then gtk_print_operation_is_finished() may still return %FALSE after #GtkPrintOperation::done was emitted. the result of the print operation Emitted for every page that is printed. The signal handler must render the @page_nr's page onto the cairo context obtained from @context using gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context(). |[ static void draw_page (GtkPrintOperation *operation, GtkPrintContext *context, gint page_nr, gpointer user_data) { cairo_t *cr; PangoLayout *layout; gdouble width, text_height; gint layout_height; PangoFontDescription *desc; cr = gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (context); width = gtk_print_context_get_width (context); cairo_rectangle (cr, 0, 0, width, HEADER_HEIGHT); cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8); cairo_fill (cr); layout = gtk_print_context_create_pango_layout (context); desc = pango_font_description_from_string ("sans 14"); pango_layout_set_font_description (layout, desc); pango_font_description_free (desc); pango_layout_set_text (layout, "some text", -1); pango_layout_set_width (layout, width * PANGO_SCALE); pango_layout_set_alignment (layout, PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER); pango_layout_get_size (layout, NULL, &layout_height); text_height = (gdouble)layout_height / PANGO_SCALE; cairo_move_to (cr, width / 2, (HEADER_HEIGHT - text_height) / 2); pango_cairo_show_layout (cr, layout); g_object_unref (layout); } ]| Use gtk_print_operation_set_use_full_page() and gtk_print_operation_set_unit() before starting the print operation to set up the transformation of the cairo context according to your needs. the #GtkPrintContext for the current operation the number of the currently printed page (0-based) Emitted after all pages have been rendered. A handler for this signal can clean up any resources that have been allocated in the #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print handler. the #GtkPrintContext for the current operation Emitted after the #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print signal, but before the actual rendering starts. It keeps getting emitted until a connected signal handler returns %TRUE. The ::paginate signal is intended to be used for paginating a document in small chunks, to avoid blocking the user interface for a long time. The signal handler should update the number of pages using gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages(), and return %TRUE if the document has been completely paginated. If you don't need to do pagination in chunks, you can simply do it all in the ::begin-print handler, and set the number of pages from there. %TRUE if pagination is complete the #GtkPrintContext for the current operation Gets emitted when a preview is requested from the native dialog. The default handler for this signal uses an external viewer application to preview. To implement a custom print preview, an application must return %TRUE from its handler for this signal. In order to use the provided @context for the preview implementation, it must be given a suitable cairo context with gtk_print_context_set_cairo_context(). The custom preview implementation can use gtk_print_operation_preview_is_selected() and gtk_print_operation_preview_render_page() to find pages which are selected for print and render them. The preview must be finished by calling gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview() (typically in response to the user clicking a close button). %TRUE if the listener wants to take over control of the preview the #GtkPrintOperationPreview for the current operation the #GtkPrintContext that will be used the #GtkWindow to use as window parent, or %NULL Emitted once for every page that is printed, to give the application a chance to modify the page setup. Any changes done to @setup will be in force only for printing this page. the #GtkPrintContext for the current operation the number of the currently printed page (0-based) the #GtkPageSetup Emitted at between the various phases of the print operation. See #GtkPrintStatus for the phases that are being discriminated. Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to find out the current status. Emitted after change of selected printer. The actual page setup and print settings are passed to the custom widget, which can actualize itself according to this change. the custom widget added in create-custom-widget actual page setup actual print settings The @action parameter to gtk_print_operation_run() determines what action the print operation should perform. Show the print dialog. Start to print without showing the print dialog, based on the current print settings. Show the print preview. Export to a file. This requires the export-filename property to be set. Ends a preview. This function must be called to finish a custom print preview. Returns whether the given page is included in the set of pages that have been selected for printing. %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing a page number Renders a page to the preview, using the print context that was passed to the #GtkPrintOperation::preview handler together with @preview. A custom iprint preview should use this function in its ::expose handler to render the currently selected page. Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to be associated with the print context. the page to render Ends a preview. This function must be called to finish a custom print preview. a #GtkPrintOperationPreview Returns whether the given page is included in the set of pages that have been selected for printing. %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing a #GtkPrintOperationPreview a page number Renders a page to the preview, using the print context that was passed to the #GtkPrintOperation::preview handler together with @preview. A custom iprint preview should use this function in its ::expose handler to render the currently selected page. Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to be associated with the print context. a #GtkPrintOperationPreview the page to render The ::got-page-size signal is emitted once for each page that gets rendered to the preview. A handler for this signal should update the @context according to @page_setup and set up a suitable cairo context, using gtk_print_context_set_cairo_context(). the current #GtkPrintContext the #GtkPageSetup for the current page The ::ready signal gets emitted once per preview operation, before the first page is rendered. A handler for this signal can be used for setup tasks. the current #GtkPrintContext the page to render %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing a page number A value of this type is returned by gtk_print_operation_run(). An error has occured. The print settings should be stored. The print operation has been canceled, the print settings should not be stored. The print operation is not complete yet. This value will only be returned when running asynchronously. A GtkPrintSettings object represents the settings of a print dialog in a system-independent way. The main use for this object is that once you've printed you can get a settings object that represents the settings the user chose, and the next time you print you can pass that object in so that the user doesn't have to re-set all his settings. Its also possible to enumerate the settings so that you can easily save the settings for the next time your app runs, or even store them in a document. The predefined keys try to use shared values as much as possible so that moving such a document between systems still works. <!-- TODO example of getting, storing and setting settings --> Printing support was added in GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkPrintSettings object. a new #GtkPrintSettings object Reads the print settings from @file_name. Returns a new #GtkPrintSettings object with the restored settings, or %NULL if an error occurred. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file(). the restored #GtkPrintSettings the filename to read the settings from Reads the print settings from the group @group_name in @key_file. Returns a new #GtkPrintSettings object with the restored settings, or %NULL if an error occurred. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. the restored #GtkPrintSettings the #GKeyFile to retrieve the settings from the name of the group to use, or %NULL to use the default "Print Settings" Copies a #GtkPrintSettings object. a newly allocated copy of @other a #GtkPrintSettings Calls @func for each key-value pair of @settings. a #GtkPrintSettings the function to call user data for @func Looks up the string value associated with @key. the string value for @key a #GtkPrintSettings a key Returns the boolean represented by the value that is associated with @key. The string "true" represents %TRUE, any other string %FALSE. %TRUE, if @key maps to a true value. a #GtkPrintSettings a key Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE. whether to collate the printed pages a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE. the default source a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER. the dithering that is used a #GtkPrintSettings Returns the double value associated with @key, or 0. the double value of @key a #GtkPrintSettings a key Returns the floating point number represented by the value that is associated with @key, or @default_val if the value does not represent a floating point number. Floating point numbers are parsed with g_ascii_strtod(). the floating point number associated with @key a #GtkPrintSettings a key the default value Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX. whether to print the output in duplex. a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS. the finishings a #GtkPrintSettings Returns the integer value of @key, or 0. the integer value of @key a #GtkPrintSettings a key Returns the value of @key, interpreted as an integer, or the default value. the integer value of @key a #GtkPrintSettings a key the default value Returns the value associated with @key, interpreted as a length. The returned value is converted to @units. the length value of @key, converted to @unit a #GtkPrintSettings a key the unit of the return value Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE. The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG. <!-- FIXME link here --> the media type a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES. the number of copies to print a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP. the number of pages per sheet a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT. layout of page in number-up mode a #GtkPrintSettings Get the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION, converted to a #GtkPageOrientation. the orientation a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN. the output bin a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES. an array of #GtkPageRange<!-- -->s. Use g_free() to free the array when it is no longer needed. a #GtkPrintSettings return location for the length of the returned array Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET. the set of pages to print a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT, converted to @unit. the paper height, in units of @unit a #GtkPrintSettings the unit for the return value Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT, converted to a #GtkPaperSize. the paper size a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH, converted to @unit. the paper width, in units of @unit a #GtkPrintSettings the unit for the return value Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES. which pages to print a #GtkPrintSettings Convenience function to obtain the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER. the printer name a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI. the resolution in lpi (lines per inch) a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY. the print quality a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION. the resolution in dpi a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X. the horizontal resolution in dpi a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. the vertical resolution in dpi a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE. whether to reverse the order of the printed pages a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE. the scale in percent a #GtkPrintSettings Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR. whether to use color a #GtkPrintSettings Returns %TRUE, if a value is associated with @key. %TRUE, if @key has a value a #GtkPrintSettings a key Reads the print settings from @file_name. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file(). %TRUE on success a #GtkPrintSettings the filename to read the settings from Reads the print settings from the group @group_name in @key_file. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. %TRUE on success a #GtkPrintSettings the #GKeyFile to retrieve the settings from the name of the group to use, or %NULL to use the default "Print Settings" Associates @value with @key. a #GtkPrintSettings a key a string value, or %NULL Sets @key to a boolean value. a #GtkPrintSettings a key a boolean Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE. a #GtkPrintSettings whether to collate the output Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE. a #GtkPrintSettings the default source Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER. a #GtkPrintSettings the dithering that is used Sets @key to a double value. a #GtkPrintSettings a key a double value Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX. a #GtkPrintSettings a #GtkPrintDuplex value Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS. a #GtkPrintSettings the finishings Sets @key to an integer value. a #GtkPrintSettings a key an integer Associates a length in units of @unit with @key. a #GtkPrintSettings a key a length the unit of @length Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE. The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG. <!-- FIXME link here --> a #GtkPrintSettings the media type Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES. a #GtkPrintSettings the number of copies Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP. a #GtkPrintSettings the number of pages per sheet Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT. a #GtkPrintSettings a #GtkNumberUpLayout value Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION. a #GtkPrintSettings a page orientation Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN. a #GtkPrintSettings the output bin Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES. a #GtkPrintSettings an array of #GtkPageRange<!-- -->s the length of @page_ranges Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET. a #GtkPrintSettings a #GtkPageSet value Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT. a #GtkPrintSettings the paper height the units of @height Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT, %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH and %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT. a #GtkPrintSettings a paper size Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH. a #GtkPrintSettings the paper width the units of @width Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES. a #GtkPrintSettings a #GtkPrintPages value Convenience function to set %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER to @printer. a #GtkPrintSettings the printer name Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI. a #GtkPrintSettings the resolution in lpi (lines per inch) Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY. a #GtkPrintSettings a #GtkPrintQuality value Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. a #GtkPrintSettings the resolution in dpi Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. a #GtkPrintSettings the horizontal resolution in dpi the vertical resolution in dpi Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE. a #GtkPrintSettings whether to reverse the output Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE. a #GtkPrintSettings the scale in percent Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR. a #GtkPrintSettings whether to use color This function saves the print settings from @settings to @file_name. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. %TRUE on success a #GtkPrintSettings the file to save to This function adds the print settings from @settings to @key_file. a #GtkPrintSettings the #GKeyFile to save the print settings to the group to add the settings to in @key_file, or %NULL to use the default "Print Settings" Removes any value associated with @key. This has the same effect as setting the value to %NULL. a #GtkPrintSettings a key The status gives a rough indication of the completion of a running print operation. The printing has not started yet; this status is set initially, and while the print dialog is shown. This status is set while the begin-print signal is emitted and during pagination. This status is set while the pages are being rendered. The print job is being sent off to the printer. The print job has been sent to the printer, but is not printed for some reason, e.g. the printer may be stopped. Some problem has occurred during printing, e.g. a paper jam. The printer is processing the print job. The printing has been completed successfully. The printing has been aborted. The #GtkProgressBar is typically used to display the progress of a long running operation. It provides a visual clue that processing is underway. The #GtkProgressBar can be used in two different modes: percentage mode and activity mode. When an application can determine how much work needs to take place (e.g. read a fixed number of bytes from a file) and can monitor its progress, it can use the #GtkProgressBar in percentage mode and the user sees a growing bar indicating the percentage of the work that has been completed. In this mode, the application is required to call gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction() periodically to update the progress bar. When an application has no accurate way of knowing the amount of work to do, it can use the #GtkProgressBar in activity mode, which shows activity by a block moving back and forth within the progress area. In this mode, the application is required to call gtk_progress_bar_pulse() periodically to update the progress bar. There is quite a bit of flexibility provided to control the appearance of the #GtkProgressBar. Functions are provided to control the orientation of the bar, optional text can be displayed along with the bar, and the step size used in activity mode can be set. Creates a new #GtkProgressBar. a #GtkProgressBar. Returns the ellipsizing position of the progress bar. See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize(). #PangoEllipsizeMode a #GtkProgressBar Returns the current fraction of the task that's been completed. a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 a #GtkProgressBar Gets the value set by gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted(). %TRUE if the progress bar is inverted a #GtkProgressBar Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step(). a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 a #GtkProgressBar Gets the value of the #GtkProgressBar:show-text property. See gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text(). %TRUE if text is shown in the progress bar a #GtkProgressBar Retrieves the text displayed superimposed on the progress bar, if any, otherwise %NULL. The return value is a reference to the text, not a copy of it, so will become invalid if you change the text in the progress bar. text, or %NULL; this string is owned by the widget and should not be modified or freed. a #GtkProgressBar Indicates that some progress has been made, but you don't know how much. Causes the progress bar to enter "activity mode," where a block bounces back and forth. Each call to gtk_progress_bar_pulse() causes the block to move by a little bit (the amount of movement per pulse is determined by gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step()). a #GtkProgressBar Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") the text if there is not enough space to render the entire string. a #GtkProgressBar a #PangoEllipsizeMode Causes the progress bar to "fill in" the given fraction of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive. a #GtkProgressBar fraction of the task that's been completed Progress bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right. Inverted progress bars grow in the opposite direction. a #GtkProgressBar %TRUE to invert the progress bar Sets the fraction of total progress bar length to move the bouncing block for each call to gtk_progress_bar_pulse(). a #GtkProgressBar fraction between 0.0 and 1.0 Sets whether the progress bar will show text superimposed over the bar. The shown text is either the value of the #GtkProgressBar:text property or, if that is %NULL, the #GtkProgressBar:fraction value, as a percentage. To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for containing text (even if the actual text is blank), set #GtkProgressBar:show-text to %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text to the empty string (not %NULL). a #GtkProgressBar whether to show superimposed text Causes the given @text to appear superimposed on the progress bar. If @text is %NULL and #GtkProgressBar:show-text is %TRUE, the current value of #GtkProgressBar:fraction will be displayed as a percentage. If @text is non-%NULL and #GtkProgressBar:show-text is %TRUE, the text will be displayed. In this case, it will not display the progress percentage. If @text is the empty string, the progress bar will still be styled and sized suitably for containing text, as long as #GtkProgressBar:show-text is %TRUE. a #GtkProgressBar a UTF-8 string, or %NULL The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not have enough room to display the entire string, specified as a #PangoEllipsizeMode. Note that setting this property to a value other than %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE has the side-effect that the progress bar requests only enough space to display the ellipsis ("..."). Another means to set a progress bar's width is gtk_widget_set_size_request(). Sets whether the progress bar will show text superimposed over the bar. The shown text is either the value of the #GtkProgressBar:text property or, if that is %NULL, the #GtkProgressBar:fraction value, as a percentage. To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for containing text (even if the actual text is blank), set #GtkProgressBar:show-text to %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text to the empty string (not %NULL). A #GtkRadioAction is similar to #GtkRadioMenuItem. A number of radio actions can be linked together so that only one may be active at any one time. Creates a new #GtkRadioAction object. To add the action to a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action, call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel(). a new #GtkRadioAction A unique name for the action The label displayed in menu items and on buttons, or %NULL A tooltip for this action, or %NULL The stock icon to display in widgets representing this action, or %NULL The value which gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() should return if this action is selected. Obtains the value property of the currently active member of the group to which @action belongs. The value of the currently active group member a #GtkRadioAction Returns the list representing the radio group for this object. Note that the returned list is only valid until the next change to the group. A common way to set up a group of radio group is the following: |[ GSList *group = NULL; GtkRadioAction *action; while (/&ast; more actions to add &ast;/) { action = gtk_radio_action_new (...); gtk_radio_action_set_group (action, group); group = gtk_radio_action_get_group (action); } ]| the list representing the radio group for this object the action object Joins a radio action object to the group of another radio action object. Use this in language bindings instead of the gtk_radio_action_get_group() and gtk_radio_action_set_group() methods A common way to set up a group of radio actions is the following: |[ GtkRadioAction *action; GtkRadioAction *last_action; while (/&ast; more actions to add &ast;/) { action = gtk_radio_action_new (...); gtk_radio_action_join_group (action, last_action); last_action = action; } ]| the action object a radio action object whos group we are joining, or %NULL to remove the radio action from its group Sets the currently active group member to the member with value property @current_value. a #GtkRadioAction the new value Sets the radio group for the radio action object. the action object a list representing a radio group The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this action belongs. Sets a new group for a radio action. The value is an arbitrary integer which can be used as a convenient way to determine which action in the group is currently active in an ::activate or ::changed signal handler. See gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() and #GtkRadioActionEntry for convenient ways to get and set this property. The ::changed signal is emitted on every member of a radio group when the active member is changed. The signal gets emitted after the ::activate signals for the previous and current active members. the member of @action<!-- -->s group which has just been activated #GtkRadioActionEntry structs are used with gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions() to construct groups of radio actions. A single radio button performs the same basic function as a #GtkCheckButton, as its position in the object hierarchy reflects. It is only when multiple radio buttons are grouped together that they become a different user interface component in their own right. Every radio button is a member of some group of radio buttons. When one is selected, all other radio buttons in the same group are deselected. A #GtkRadioButton is one way of giving the user a choice from many options. Radio button widgets are created with gtk_radio_button_new(), passing %NULL as the argument if this is the first radio button in a group. In subsequent calls, the group you wish to add this button to should be passed as an argument. Optionally, gtk_radio_button_new_with_label() can be used if you want a text label on the radio button. Alternatively, when adding widgets to an existing group of radio buttons, use gtk_radio_button_new_from_widget() with a #GtkRadioButton that already has a group assigned to it. The convenience function gtk_radio_button_new_with_label_from_widget() is also provided. To retrieve the group a #GtkRadioButton is assigned to, use gtk_radio_button_get_group(). To remove a #GtkRadioButton from one group and make it part of a new one, use gtk_radio_button_set_group(). The group list does not need to be freed, as each #GtkRadioButton will remove itself and its list item when it is destroyed. <example> <title>How to create a group of two radio buttons.</title> <programlisting> void create_radio_buttons (void) { GtkWidget *window, *radio1, *radio2, *box, *entry; window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); box = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 2); gtk_box_set_homogeneous (GTK_BOX (box), TRUE); /&ast; Create a radio button with a GtkEntry widget &ast;/ radio1 = gtk_radio_button_new (NULL); entry = gtk_entry_new (<!-- -->); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (radio1), entry); /&ast; Create a radio button with a label &ast;/ radio2 = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label_from_widget (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (radio1), "I'm the second radio button."); /&ast; Pack them into a box, then show all the widgets &ast;/ gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), radio1, TRUE, TRUE, 2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), radio2, TRUE, TRUE, 2); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), box); gtk_widget_show_all (window); return; } </programlisting> </example> When an unselected button in the group is clicked the clicked button receives the #GtkToggleButton::toggled signal, as does the previously selected button. Inside the #GtkToggleButton::toggled handler, gtk_toggle_button_get_active() can be used to determine if the button has been selected or deselected. Creates a new #GtkRadioButton. To be of any practical value, a widget should then be packed into the radio button. a new radio button an existing radio button group, or %NULL if you are creating a new group. Creates a new #GtkRadioButton, adding it to the same group as @radio_group_member. As with gtk_radio_button_new(), a widget should be packed into the radio button. a new radio button. an existing #GtkRadioButton. Creates a new #GtkRadioButton with a text label. a new radio button. an existing radio button group, or %NULL if you are creating a new group. the text label to display next to the radio button. Creates a new #GtkRadioButton with a text label, adding it to the same group as @radio_group_member. a new radio button. widget to get radio group from or %NULL a text string to display next to the radio button. Creates a new #GtkRadioButton containing a label, adding it to the same group as @group. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the button. a new #GtkRadioButton the radio button group the text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Creates a new #GtkRadioButton containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the button. a new #GtkRadioButton widget to get radio group from or %NULL the text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Retrieves the group assigned to a radio button. a linked list containing all the radio buttons in the same group as @radio_button. The returned list is owned by the radio button and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkRadioButton. Joins a #GtkRadioButton object to the group of another #GtkRadioButton object Use this in language bindings instead of the gtk_radio_button_get_group() and gtk_radio_button_set_group() methods A common way to set up a group of radio buttons is the following: |[ GtkRadioButton *radio_button; GtkRadioButton *last_button; while (/&ast; more buttons to add &ast;/) { radio_button = gtk_radio_button_new (...); gtk_radio_button_join_group (radio_button, last_button); last_button = radio_button; } ]| the #GtkRadioButton object a radio button object whos group we are joining, or %NULL to remove the radio button from its group Sets a #GtkRadioButton's group. It should be noted that this does not change the layout of your interface in any way, so if you are changing the group, it is likely you will need to re-arrange the user interface to reflect these changes. a #GtkRadioButton. an existing radio button group, such as one returned from gtk_radio_button_get_group(). Sets a new group for a radio button. Emitted when the group of radio buttons that a radio button belongs to changes. This is emitted when a radio button switches from being alone to being part of a group of 2 or more buttons, or vice-versa, and when a button is moved from one group of 2 or more buttons to a different one, but not when the composition of the group that a button belongs to changes. A radio menu item is a check menu item that belongs to a group. At each instant exactly one of the radio menu items from a group is selected. The group list does not need to be freed, as each #GtkRadioMenuItem will remove itself and its list item when it is destroyed. The correct way to create a group of radio menu items is approximatively this: <example> <title>How to create a group of radio menu items.</title> <programlisting> GSList *group = NULL; GtkWidget *item; gint i; for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) { item = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (group, "This is an example"); group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (item)); if (i == 1) gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (item), TRUE); } </programlisting> </example> Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem. a new #GtkRadioMenuItem the group to which the radio menu item is to be attached Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem adding it to the same group as @group. The new #GtkRadioMenuItem An existing #GtkRadioMenuItem Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem whose child is a simple #GtkLabel. A new #GtkRadioMenuItem the text for the label Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem whose child is a simple GtkLabel. The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group. The new #GtkRadioMenuItem an existing #GtkRadioMenuItem the text for the label Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item. a new #GtkRadioMenuItem group the radio menu item is inside the text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in label indicate the mnemonic for the menu item. The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group. The new #GtkRadioMenuItem An existing #GtkRadioMenuItem the text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Returns the group to which the radio menu item belongs, as a #GList of #GtkRadioMenuItem. The list belongs to GTK+ and should not be freed. the group of @radio_menu_item a #GtkRadioMenuItem Sets the group of a radio menu item, or changes it. a #GtkRadioMenuItem. the new group. The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to. A #GtkRadioToolButton is a #GtkToolItem that contains a radio button, that is, a button that is part of a group of toggle buttons where only one button can be active at a time. Use gtk_radio_tool_button_new() to create a new #GtkRadioToolButton. Use gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_widget() to create a new #GtkRadioToolButton that is part of the same group as an existing #GtkRadioToolButton. Use gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_stock() or gtk_radio_tool_button_new_with_stock_from_widget() create a new #GtkRadioToolButton containing a stock item. Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton, adding it to @group. The new #GtkRadioToolButton An existing radio button group, or %NULL if you are creating a new group Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton, adding it to @group. The new #GtkRadioToolButton will contain an icon and label from the stock item indicated by @stock_id. The new #GtkRadioToolButton an existing radio button group, or %NULL if you are creating a new group the name of a stock item Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton adding it to the same group as @gruup The new #GtkRadioToolButton An existing #GtkRadioToolButton, or %NULL Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton adding it to the same group as @group. The new #GtkRadioToolButton will contain an icon and label from the stock item indicated by @stock_id. A new #GtkRadioToolButton An existing #GtkRadioToolButton. the name of a stock item Returns the radio button group @button belongs to. The group @button belongs to. a #GtkRadioToolButton Adds @button to @group, removing it from the group it belonged to before. a #GtkRadioToolButton an existing radio button group Sets a new group for a radio tool button. #GtkRange is the common base class for widgets which visualize an adjustment, e.g #GtkScale or #GtkScrollbar. Apart from signals for monitoring the parameters of the adjustment, #GtkRange provides properties and methods for influencing the sensitivity of the "steppers". It also provides properties and methods for setting a "fill level" on range widgets. See gtk_range_set_fill_level(). Get the #GtkAdjustment which is the "model" object for #GtkRange. See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details. The return value does not have a reference added, so should not be unreferenced. a #GtkAdjustment a #GtkRange Gets the current position of the fill level indicator. The current fill level A #GtkRange Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_flippable(). %TRUE if the range is flippable a #GtkRange Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_inverted(). %TRUE if the range is inverted a #GtkRange Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower' end of the GtkRange's adjustment. The lower stepper's sensitivity policy. a #GtkRange This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. See gtk_range_set_min_slider_size(). The minimum size of the range's slider. a #GtkRange This function returns the area that contains the range's trough and its steppers, in widget->window coordinates. This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. a #GtkRange return location for the range rectangle Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level. %TRUE if @range is restricted to the fill level. A #GtkRange Gets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value. the number of digits to round to a #GtkRange Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically. %TRUE if @range shows the fill level. A #GtkRange This function returns sliders range along the long dimension, in widget->window coordinates. This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. a #GtkRange return location for the slider's start, or %NULL return location for the slider's end, or %NULL This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed(). whether the range's slider has a fixed size. a #GtkRange Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper' end of the GtkRange's adjustment. The upper stepper's sensitivity policy. a #GtkRange Gets the current value of the range. current value of the range. a #GtkRange Sets the adjustment to be used as the "model" object for this range widget. The adjustment indicates the current range value, the minimum and maximum range values, the step/page increments used for keybindings and scrolling, and the page size. The page size is normally 0 for #GtkScale and nonzero for #GtkScrollbar, and indicates the size of the visible area of the widget being scrolled. The page size affects the size of the scrollbar slider. a #GtkRange a #GtkAdjustment Set the new position of the fill level indicator. The "fill level" is probably best described by its most prominent use case, which is an indicator for the amount of pre-buffering in a streaming media player. In that use case, the value of the range would indicate the current play position, and the fill level would be the position up to which the file/stream has been downloaded. This amount of prebuffering can be displayed on the range's trough and is themeable separately from the trough. To enable fill level display, use gtk_range_set_show_fill_level(). The range defaults to not showing the fill level. Additionally, it's possible to restrict the range's slider position to values which are smaller than the fill level. This is controller by gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level() and is by default enabled. a #GtkRange the new position of the fill level indicator If a range is flippable, it will switch its direction if it is horizontal and its direction is %GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL. See gtk_widget_get_direction(). a #GtkRange %TRUE to make the range flippable Sets the step and page sizes for the range. The step size is used when the user clicks the #GtkScrollbar arrows or moves #GtkScale via arrow keys. The page size is used for example when moving via Page Up or Page Down keys. a #GtkRange step size page size Ranges normally move from lower to higher values as the slider moves from top to bottom or left to right. Inverted ranges have higher values at the top or on the right rather than on the bottom or left. a #GtkRange %TRUE to invert the range Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower' end of the GtkRange's adjustment. a #GtkRange the lower stepper's sensitivity policy. Sets the minimum size of the range's slider. This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. a #GtkRange The slider's minimum size Sets the allowable values in the #GtkRange, and clamps the range value to be between @min and @max. (If the range has a non-zero page size, it is clamped between @min and @max - page-size.) a #GtkRange minimum range value maximum range value Sets whether the slider is restricted to the fill level. See gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill level concept. A #GtkRange Whether the fill level restricts slider movement. Sets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value. a #GtkRange the precision in digits, or -1 Sets whether a graphical fill level is show on the trough. See gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill level concept. A #GtkRange Whether a fill level indicator graphics is shown. Sets whether the range's slider has a fixed size, or a size that depends on its adjustment's page size. This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. a #GtkRange %TRUE to make the slider size constant Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper' end of the GtkRange's adjustment. a #GtkRange the upper stepper's sensitivity policy. Sets the current value of the range; if the value is outside the minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit inside them. The range emits the #GtkRange::value-changed signal if the value changes. a #GtkRange new value of the range The fill level (e.g. prebuffering of a network stream). See gtk_range_set_fill_level(). The restrict-to-fill-level property controls whether slider movement is restricted to an upper boundary set by the fill level. See gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level(). The number of digits to round the value to when it changes, or -1. See #GtkRange::change-value. The show-fill-level property controls whether fill level indicator graphics are displayed on the trough. See gtk_range_set_show_fill_level(). Emitted before clamping a value, to give the application a chance to adjust the bounds. the value before we clamp The #GtkRange::change-value signal is emitted when a scroll action is performed on a range. It allows an application to determine the type of scroll event that occurred and the resultant new value. The application can handle the event itself and return %TRUE to prevent further processing. Or, by returning %FALSE, it can pass the event to other handlers until the default GTK+ handler is reached. The value parameter is unrounded. An application that overrides the GtkRange::change-value signal is responsible for clamping the value to the desired number of decimal digits; the default GTK+ handler clamps the value based on #GtkRange:round-digits. It is not possible to use delayed update policies in an overridden #GtkRange::change-value handler. %TRUE to prevent other handlers from being invoked for the signal, %FALSE to propagate the signal further the type of scroll action that was performed the new value resulting from the scroll action Virtual function that moves the slider. Used for keybindings. how to move the slider Emitted when the range value changes. The #GtkRcStyle structure is used to represent a set of information about the appearance of a widget. This can later be composited together with other #GtkRcStyle structures to form a #GtkStyle. Creates a new #GtkRcStyle with no fields set and a reference count of 1. the newly-created #GtkRcStyle Makes a copy of the specified #GtkRcStyle. This function will correctly copy an RC style that is a member of a class derived from #GtkRcStyle. the resulting #GtkRcStyle the style to copy The #GtkRcTokenType enumeration represents the tokens in the RC file. It is exposed so that theme engines can reuse these tokens when parsing the theme-engine specific portions of a RC file. A #GtkRecentAction represents a list of recently used files, which can be shown by widgets such as #GtkRecentChooserDialog or #GtkRecentChooserMenu. To construct a submenu showing recently used files, use a #GtkRecentAction as the action for a &lt;menuitem&gt;. To construct a menu toolbutton showing the recently used files in the popup menu, use a #GtkRecentAction as the action for a &lt;toolitem&gt; element. Creates a new #GtkRecentAction object. To add the action to a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action, call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel(). the newly created #GtkRecentAction. a unique name for the action the label displayed in menu items and on buttons, or %NULL a tooltip for the action, or %NULL the stock icon to display in widgets representing the action, or %NULL Creates a new #GtkRecentAction object. To add the action to a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action, call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel(). the newly created #GtkRecentAction a unique name for the action the label displayed in menu items and on buttons, or %NULL a tooltip for the action, or %NULL the stock icon to display in widgets representing the action, or %NULL a #GtkRecentManager, or %NULL for using the default #GtkRecentManager Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers(). %TRUE if numbers should be shown. a #GtkRecentAction Sets whether a number should be added to the items shown by the widgets representing @action. The numbers are shown to provide a unique character for a mnemonic to be used inside the menu item's label. Only the first ten items get a number to avoid clashes. a #GtkRecentAction %TRUE if the shown items should be numbered #GtkRecentChooser is an interface that can be implemented by widgets displaying the list of recently used files. In GTK+, the main objects that implement this interface are #GtkRecentChooserWidget, #GtkRecentChooserDialog and #GtkRecentChooserMenu. Recently used files are supported since GTK+ 2.10. Adds @filter to the list of #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser. If no previous filter objects were defined, this function will call gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter(). a #GtkRecentFilter Gets the URI currently selected by @chooser. a newly allocated string holding a URI. Gets the list of recently used resources in form of #GtkRecentInfo objects. The return value of this function is affected by the "sort-type" and "limit" properties of @chooser. A newly allocated list of #GtkRecentInfo objects. You should use gtk_recent_info_unref() on every item of the list, and then free the list itself using g_list_free(). Gets the #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser. A singly linked list of #GtkRecentFilter objects. You should just free the returned list using g_slist_free(). Removes @filter from the list of #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser. a #GtkRecentFilter Selects all the items inside @chooser, if the @chooser supports multiple selection. Selects @uri inside @chooser. %TRUE if @uri was found. a URI Sets @uri as the current URI for @chooser. %TRUE if the URI was found. a URI Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If the @chooser has the sort type set to #GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM then the chooser will sort using this function. To the comparison function will be passed two #GtkRecentInfo structs and @sort_data; @sort_func should return a positive integer if the first item comes before the second, zero if the two items are equal and a negative integer if the first item comes after the second. the comparison function user data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL destroy notifier for @sort_data, or %NULL Unselects all the items inside @chooser. Unselects @uri inside @chooser. a URI Adds @filter to the list of #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser. If no previous filter objects were defined, this function will call gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter(). a #GtkRecentChooser a #GtkRecentFilter Gets the #GtkRecentInfo currently selected by @chooser. a #GtkRecentInfo. Use gtk_recent_info_unref() when when you have finished using it. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets the URI currently selected by @chooser. a newly allocated string holding a URI. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets the #GtkRecentFilter object currently used by @chooser to affect the display of the recently used resources. a #GtkRecentFilter object. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets the list of recently used resources in form of #GtkRecentInfo objects. The return value of this function is affected by the "sort-type" and "limit" properties of @chooser. A newly allocated list of #GtkRecentInfo objects. You should use gtk_recent_info_unref() on every item of the list, and then free the list itself using g_list_free(). a #GtkRecentChooser Gets the number of items returned by gtk_recent_chooser_get_items() and gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris(). A positive integer, or -1 meaning that all items are returned. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets whether only local resources should be shown in the recently used resources selector. See gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only() %TRUE if only local resources should be shown. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets whether @chooser can select multiple items. %TRUE if @chooser can select more than one item. a #GtkRecentChooser Retrieves whether @chooser should show an icon near the resource. %TRUE if the icons should be displayed, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentChooser Retrieves whether @chooser should show the recently used resources that were not found. %TRUE if the resources not found should be displayed, and %FALSE otheriwse. a #GtkRecentChooser Returns whether @chooser should display recently used resources registered as private. %TRUE if the recent chooser should show private items, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets whether @chooser should display tooltips containing the full path of a recently user resource. %TRUE if the recent chooser should show tooltips, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type(). the sorting order of the @chooser. a #GtkRecentChooser Gets the URI of the recently used resources. The return value of this function is affected by the "sort-type" and "limit" properties of @chooser. Since the returned array is %NULL terminated, @length may be %NULL. A newly allocated, %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GtkRecentChooser return location for a the length of the URI list, or %NULL Gets the #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser. A singly linked list of #GtkRecentFilter objects. You should just free the returned list using g_slist_free(). a #GtkRecentChooser Removes @filter from the list of #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser. a #GtkRecentChooser a #GtkRecentFilter Selects all the items inside @chooser, if the @chooser supports multiple selection. a #GtkRecentChooser Selects @uri inside @chooser. %TRUE if @uri was found. a #GtkRecentChooser a URI Sets @uri as the current URI for @chooser. %TRUE if the URI was found. a #GtkRecentChooser a URI Sets @filter as the current #GtkRecentFilter object used by @chooser to affect the displayed recently used resources. a #GtkRecentChooser a #GtkRecentFilter Sets the number of items that should be returned by gtk_recent_chooser_get_items() and gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris(). a #GtkRecentChooser a positive integer, or -1 for all items Sets whether only local resources, that is resources using the file:// URI scheme, should be shown in the recently used resources selector. If @local_only is %TRUE (the default) then the shown resources are guaranteed to be accessible through the operating system native file system. a #GtkRecentChooser %TRUE if only local files can be shown Sets whether @chooser can select multiple items. a #GtkRecentChooser %TRUE if @chooser can select more than one item Sets whether @chooser should show an icon near the resource when displaying it. a #GtkRecentChooser whether to show an icon near the resource Sets whether @chooser should display the recently used resources that it didn't find. This only applies to local resources. a #GtkRecentChooser whether to show the local items we didn't find Whether to show recently used resources marked registered as private. a #GtkRecentChooser %TRUE to show private items, %FALSE otherwise Sets whether to show a tooltips containing the full path of each recently used resource in a #GtkRecentChooser widget. a #GtkRecentChooser %TRUE if tooltips should be shown Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If the @chooser has the sort type set to #GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM then the chooser will sort using this function. To the comparison function will be passed two #GtkRecentInfo structs and @sort_data; @sort_func should return a positive integer if the first item comes before the second, zero if the two items are equal and a negative integer if the first item comes after the second. a #GtkRecentChooser the comparison function user data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL destroy notifier for @sort_data, or %NULL Changes the sorting order of the recently used resources list displayed by @chooser. a #GtkRecentChooser sort order that the chooser should use Unselects all the items inside @chooser. a #GtkRecentChooser Unselects @uri inside @chooser. a #GtkRecentChooser a URI The #GtkRecentFilter object to be used when displaying the recently used resources. The maximum number of recently used resources to be displayed, or -1 to display all items. By default, the GtkSetting:gtk-recent-files-limit setting is respected: you can override that limit on a particular instance of #GtkRecentChooser by setting this property. Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display only local (file:) resources. The #GtkRecentManager instance used by the #GtkRecentChooser to display the list of recently used resources. Allow the user to select multiple resources. Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display an icon near the item. Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display the recently used resources even if not present anymore. Setting this to %FALSE will perform a potentially expensive check on every local resource (every remote resource will always be displayed). Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display a tooltip containing the full path of the recently used resources. Sorting order to be used when displaying the recently used resources. This signal is emitted when the user "activates" a recent item in the recent chooser. This can happen by double-clicking on an item in the recently used resources list, or by pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>. This signal is emitted when there is a change in the set of selected recently used resources. This can happen when a user modifies the selection with the mouse or the keyboard, or when explicitely calling functions to change the selection. #GtkRecentChooserDialog is a dialog box suitable for displaying the recently used documents. This widgets works by putting a #GtkRecentChooserWidget inside a #GtkDialog. It exposes the #GtkRecentChooserIface interface, so you can use all the #GtkRecentChooser functions on the recent chooser dialog as well as those for #GtkDialog. Note that #GtkRecentChooserDialog does not have any methods of its own. Instead, you should use the functions that work on a #GtkRecentChooser. <example id="gtkrecentchooser-typical-usage"> <title>Typical usage</title> In the simplest of cases, you can use the following code to use a #GtkRecentChooserDialog to select a recently used file: <programlisting> GtkWidget *dialog; dialog = gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new ("Recent Documents", parent_window, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, NULL); if (gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) { GtkRecentInfo *info; info = gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_item (GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER (dialog)); open_file (gtk_recent_info_get_uri (info)); gtk_recent_info_unref (info); } gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); </programlisting> </example> Recently used files are supported since GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog. This function is analogous to gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog Title of the dialog, or %NULL Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL, stock ID or text to go in the first button, or %NULL Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog with a specified recent manager. This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object. a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog Title of the dialog, or %NULL Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL, a #GtkRecentManager stock ID or text to go in the first button, or %NULL These identify the various errors that can occur while calling #GtkRecentChooser functions. Indicates that a file does not exist Indicates a malformed URI %TRUE if the URI was found. a URI a newly allocated string holding a URI. %TRUE if @uri was found. a URI a URI A newly allocated list of #GtkRecentInfo objects. You should use gtk_recent_info_unref() on every item of the list, and then free the list itself using g_list_free(). a #GtkRecentFilter a #GtkRecentFilter A singly linked list of #GtkRecentFilter objects. You should just free the returned list using g_slist_free(). the comparison function user data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL destroy notifier for @sort_data, or %NULL #GtkRecentChooserMenu is a widget suitable for displaying recently used files inside a menu. It can be used to set a sub-menu of a #GtkMenuItem using gtk_menu_item_set_submenu(), or as the menu of a #GtkMenuToolButton. Note that #GtkRecentChooserMenu does not have any methods of its own. Instead, you should use the functions that work on a #GtkRecentChooser. Note also that #GtkRecentChooserMenu does not support multiple filters, as it has no way to let the user choose between them as the #GtkRecentChooserWidget and #GtkRecentChooserDialog widgets do. Thus using gtk_recent_chooser_add_filter() on a #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget will yield the same effects as using gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter(), replacing any currently set filter with the supplied filter; gtk_recent_chooser_remove_filter() will remove any currently set #GtkRecentFilter object and will unset the current filter; gtk_recent_chooser_list_filters() will return a list containing a single #GtkRecentFilter object. Recently used files are supported since GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget. This kind of widget shows the list of recently used resources as a menu, each item as a menu item. Each item inside the menu might have an icon, representing its MIME type, and a number, for mnemonic access. This widget implements the #GtkRecentChooser interface. This widget creates its own #GtkRecentManager object. See the gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager() function to know how to create a #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget bound to another #GtkRecentManager object. a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget using @manager as the underlying recently used resources manager. This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object or if you wish to share a common #GtkRecentManager object among multiple #GtkRecentChooser widgets. a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu, bound to @manager. a #GtkRecentManager Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers(). %TRUE if numbers should be shown. a #GtkRecentChooserMenu Sets whether a number should be added to the items of @menu. The numbers are shown to provide a unique character for a mnemonic to be used inside ten menu item's label. Only the first the items get a number to avoid clashes. a #GtkRecentChooserMenu whether to show numbers Whether the first ten items in the menu should be prepended by a number acting as a unique mnemonic. #GtkRecentChooserWidget is a widget suitable for selecting recently used files. It is the main building block of a #GtkRecentChooserDialog. Most applications will only need to use the latter; you can use #GtkRecentChooserWidget as part of a larger window if you have special needs. Note that #GtkRecentChooserWidget does not have any methods of its own. Instead, you should use the functions that work on a #GtkRecentChooser. Recently used files are supported since GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget object. This is an embeddable widget used to access the recently used resources list. a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget with a specified recent manager. This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object. a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget a #GtkRecentManager Meta-data to be passed to gtk_recent_manager_add_full() when registering a recently used resource. A #GtkRecentFilter can be used to restrict the files being shown in a #GtkRecentChooser. Files can be filtered based on their name (with gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern()), on their mime type (with gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type()), on the application that has registered them (with gtk_recent_filter_add_application()), or by a custom filter function (with gtk_recent_filter_add_custom()). Filtering by mime type handles aliasing and subclassing of mime types; e.g. a filter for text/plain also matches a file with mime type application/rtf, since application/rtf is a subclass of text/plain. Note that #GtkRecentFilter allows wildcards for the subtype of a mime type, so you can e.g. filter for image/<!-- -->*. Normally, filters are used by adding them to a #GtkRecentChooser, see gtk_recent_chooser_add_filter(), but it is also possible to manually use a filter on a file with gtk_recent_filter_filter(). Recently used files are supported since GTK+ 2.10. <refsect2 id="GtkRecentFilter-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkRecentFilter as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkRecentFilter implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports adding rules using the &lt;mime-types&gt;, &lt;patterns&gt; and &lt;applications&gt; elements and listing the rules within. Specifying a &lt;mime-type&gt;, &lt;pattern&gt; or &lt;application&gt; is the same as calling gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type(), gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern() or gtk_recent_filter_add_application(). <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying GtkRecentFilter rules</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkRecentFilter"> <mime-types> <mime-type>text/plain</mime-type> <mime-type>image/png</mime-type> </mime-types> <patterns> <pattern>*.txt</pattern> <pattern>*.png</pattern> </patterns> <applications> <application>gimp</application> <application>gedit</application> <application>glade</application> </applications> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkRecentFilter with no rules added to it. Such filter does not accept any recently used resources, so is not particularly useful until you add rules with gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern(), gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type(), gtk_recent_filter_add_application(), gtk_recent_filter_add_age(). To create a filter that accepts any recently used resource, use: |[ GtkRecentFilter *filter = gtk_recent_filter_new (); gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*"); ]| a new #GtkRecentFilter Adds a rule that allows resources based on their age - that is, the number of days elapsed since they were last modified. a #GtkRecentFilter number of days Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the application that has registered them. a #GtkRecentFilter an application name Adds a rule to a filter that allows resources based on a custom callback function. The bitfield @needed which is passed in provides information about what sorts of information that the filter function needs; this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when it isn't needed by the filter. a #GtkRecentFilter bitfield of flags indicating the information that the custom filter function needs. callback function; if the function returns %TRUE, then the file will be displayed. data to pass to @func function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed. Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the group to which they belong a #GtkRecentFilter a group name Adds a rule that allows resources based on their registered MIME type. a #GtkRecentFilter a MIME type Adds a rule that allows resources based on a pattern matching their display name. a #GtkRecentFilter a file pattern Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by GdkPixbuf. a #GtkRecentFilter Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter. The #GtkRecentFilterInfo structure @filter_info should include the fields returned from gtk_recent_filter_get_needed(). This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkRecentChooser. %TRUE if the file should be displayed a #GtkRecentFilter a #GtkRecentFilterInfo structure containing information about a recently used resource Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_recent_filter_set_name(). the name of the filter, or %NULL. The returned string is owned by the filter object and should not be freed. a #GtkRecentFilter Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the structure passed to gtk_recent_filter_filter() This function will not typically be used by applications; it is intended principally for use in the implementation of #GtkRecentChooser. bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when calling gtk_recent_filter_filter() a #GtkRecentFilter Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that will be displayed in the recently used resources selector user interface if there is a selectable list of filters. a #GtkRecentFilter then human readable name of @filter These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkRecentFilterInfo struct are filled or need to be filled. the URI of the file being tested the string that will be used to display the file in the recent chooser the mime type of the file the list of applications that have registered the file the groups to which the file belongs to the number of days elapsed since the file has been registered The type of function that is used with custom filters, see gtk_recent_filter_add_custom(). %TRUE if the file should be displayed a #GtkRecentFilterInfo that is filled according to the @needed flags passed to gtk_recent_filter_add_custom() user data passed to gtk_recent_filter_add_custom() A GtkRecentFilterInfo struct is used to pass information about the tested file to gtk_recent_filter_filter(). #GtkRecentInfo is an opaque data structure whose members can only be accessed using the provided API. #GtkRecentInfo constains all the meta-data associated with an entry in the recently used files list. Creates a #GAppInfo for the specified #GtkRecentInfo the newly created #GAppInfo, or %NULL. In case of error, @error will be set either with a %GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR or a %G_IO_ERROR a #GtkRecentInfo the name of the application that should be mapped to a #GAppInfo; if %NULL is used then the default application for the MIME type is used Checks whether the resource pointed by @info still exists. At the moment this check is done only on resources pointing to local files. %TRUE if the resource exists a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the timestamp (seconds from system's Epoch) when the resource was added to the recently used resources list. the number of seconds elapsed from system's Epoch when the resource was added to the list, or -1 on failure. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the number of days elapsed since the last update of the resource pointed by @info. a positive integer containing the number of days elapsed since the time this resource was last modified. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the data regarding the application that has registered the resource pointed by @info. If the command line contains any escape characters defined inside the storage specification, they will be expanded. %TRUE if an application with @app_name has registered this resource inside the recently used list, or %FALSE otherwise. The @app_exec string is owned by the #GtkRecentInfo and should not be modified or freed a #GtkRecentInfo the name of the application that has registered this item return location for the string containing the command line return location for the number of times this item was registered return location for the timestamp this item was last registered for this application Retrieves the list of applications that have registered this resource. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GtkRecentInfo return location for the length of the returned list Gets the (short) description of the resource. the description of the resource. The returned string is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the name of the resource. If none has been defined, the basename of the resource is obtained. the display name of the resource. The returned string is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. a #GtkRecentInfo Retrieves the icon associated to the resource MIME type. a #GIcon containing the icon, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() when finished using the icon a #GtkRecentInfo Returns all groups registered for the recently used item @info. The array of returned group names will be %NULL terminated, so length might optionally be %NULL. a newly allocated %NULL terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GtkRecentInfo return location for the number of groups returned Retrieves the icon of size @size associated to the resource MIME type. a #GdkPixbuf containing the icon, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() when finished using the icon. a #GtkRecentInfo the size of the icon in pixels Gets the MIME type of the resource. the MIME type of the resource. The returned string is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the timestamp (seconds from system's Epoch) when the resource was last modified. the number of seconds elapsed from system's Epoch when the resource was last modified, or -1 on failure. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the value of the "private" flag. Resources in the recently used list that have this flag set to %TRUE should only be displayed by the applications that have registered them. %TRUE if the private flag was found, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentInfo Computes a valid UTF-8 string that can be used as the name of the item in a menu or list. For example, calling this function on an item that refers to "file:///foo/bar.txt" will yield "bar.txt". A newly-allocated string in UTF-8 encoding; free it with g_free(). an #GtkRecentInfo Gets the URI of the resource. the URI of the resource. The returned string is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets a displayable version of the resource's URI. If the resource is local, it returns a local path; if the resource is not local, it returns the UTF-8 encoded content of gtk_recent_info_get_uri(). a newly allocated UTF-8 string containing the resource's URI or %NULL. Use g_free() when done using it. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the timestamp (seconds from system's Epoch) when the resource was last visited. the number of seconds elapsed from system's Epoch when the resource was last visited, or -1 on failure. a #GtkRecentInfo Checks whether an application registered this resource using @app_name. %TRUE if an application with name @app_name was found, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentInfo a string containing an application name Checks whether @group_name appears inside the groups registered for the recently used item @info. %TRUE if the group was found. a #GtkRecentInfo name of a group Checks whether the resource is local or not by looking at the scheme of its URI. %TRUE if the resource is local. a #GtkRecentInfo Gets the name of the last application that have registered the recently used resource represented by @info. an application name. Use g_free() to free it. a #GtkRecentInfo Checks whether two #GtkRecentInfo structures point to the same resource. %TRUE if both #GtkRecentInfo structures point to se same resource, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentInfo a #GtkRecentInfo Increases the reference count of @recent_info by one. the recent info object with its reference count increased by one. a #GtkRecentInfo Decreases the reference count of @info by one. If the reference count reaches zero, @info is deallocated, and the memory freed. a #GtkRecentInfo #GtkRecentManager provides a facility for adding, removing and looking up recently used files. Each recently used file is identified by its URI, and has meta-data associated to it, like the names and command lines of the applications that have registered it, the number of time each application has registered the same file, the mime type of the file and whether the file should be displayed only by the applications that have registered it. <note><para>The recently used files list is per user.</para></note> The #GtkRecentManager acts like a database of all the recently used files. You can create new #GtkRecentManager objects, but it is more efficient to use the default manager created by GTK+. Adding a new recently used file is as simple as: |[ GtkRecentManager *manager; manager = gtk_recent_manager_get_default (); gtk_recent_manager_add_item (manager, file_uri); ]| The #GtkRecentManager will try to gather all the needed information from the file itself through GIO. Looking up the meta-data associated with a recently used file given its URI requires calling gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item(): |[ GtkRecentManager *manager; GtkRecentInfo *info; GError *error = NULL; manager = gtk_recent_manager_get_default (); info = gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (manager, file_uri, &amp;error); if (error) { g_warning ("Could not find the file: &percnt;s", error-&gt;message); g_error_free (error); } else { /&ast; Use the info object &ast;/ gtk_recent_info_unref (info); } ]| In order to retrieve the list of recently used files, you can use gtk_recent_manager_get_items(), which returns a list of #GtkRecentInfo structures. A #GtkRecentManager is the model used to populate the contents of one, or more #GtkRecentChooser implementations. <note><para>The maximum age of the recently used files list is controllable through the #GtkSettings:gtk-recent-files-max-age property.</para></note> Recently used files are supported since GTK+ 2.10. Creates a new recent manager object. Recent manager objects are used to handle the list of recently used resources. A #GtkRecentManager object monitors the recently used resources list, and emits the "changed" signal each time something inside the list changes. #GtkRecentManager objects are expensive: be sure to create them only when needed. You should use gtk_recent_manager_get_default() instead. A newly created #GtkRecentManager object. Gets a unique instance of #GtkRecentManager, that you can share in your application without caring about memory management. A unique #GtkRecentManager. Do not ref or unref it. Adds a new resource, pointed by @uri, into the recently used resources list, using the metadata specified inside the #GtkRecentData structure passed in @recent_data. The passed URI will be used to identify this resource inside the list. In order to register the new recently used resource, metadata about the resource must be passed as well as the URI; the metadata is stored in a #GtkRecentData structure, which must contain the MIME type of the resource pointed by the URI; the name of the application that is registering the item, and a command line to be used when launching the item. Optionally, a #GtkRecentData structure might contain a UTF-8 string to be used when viewing the item instead of the last component of the URI; a short description of the item; whether the item should be considered private - that is, should be displayed only by the applications that have registered it. %TRUE if the new item was successfully added to the recently used resources list, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentManager a valid URI metadata of the resource Adds a new resource, pointed by @uri, into the recently used resources list. This function automatically retrieves some of the needed metadata and setting other metadata to common default values; it then feeds the data to gtk_recent_manager_add_full(). See gtk_recent_manager_add_full() if you want to explicitly define the metadata for the resource pointed by @uri. %TRUE if the new item was successfully added to the recently used resources list a #GtkRecentManager a valid URI Gets the list of recently used resources. a list of newly allocated #GtkRecentInfo objects. Use gtk_recent_info_unref() on each item inside the list, and then free the list itself using g_list_free(). a #GtkRecentManager Checks whether there is a recently used resource registered with @uri inside the recent manager. %TRUE if the resource was found, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentManager a URI Searches for a URI inside the recently used resources list, and returns a structure containing informations about the resource like its MIME type, or its display name. a #GtkRecentInfo structure containing information about the resource pointed by @uri, or %NULL if the URI was not registered in the recently used resources list. Free with gtk_recent_info_unref(). a #GtkRecentManager a URI Changes the location of a recently used resource from @uri to @new_uri. Please note that this function will not affect the resource pointed by the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list. %TRUE on success. a #GtkRecentManager the URI of a recently used resource the new URI of the recently used resource, or %NULL to remove the item pointed by @uri in the list Purges every item from the recently used resources list. the number of items that have been removed from the recently used resources list. a #GtkRecentManager Removes a resource pointed by @uri from the recently used resources list handled by a recent manager. %TRUE if the item pointed by @uri has been successfully removed by the recently used resources list, and %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkRecentManager the URI of the item you wish to remove The full path to the file to be used to store and read the recently used resources list The size of the recently used resources list. Emitted when the current recently used resources manager changes its contents, either by calling gtk_recent_manager_add_item() or by another application. #GtkRecentManagerClass contains only private data. Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations the URI specified does not exists in the recently used resources list. the URI specified is not valid. the supplied string is not UTF-8 encoded. no application has registered the specified item. failure while reading the recently used resources file. failure while writing the recently used resources file. unspecified error. Used to specify the sorting method to be applyed to the recently used resource list. Do not sort the returned list of recently used resources. Sort the returned list with the most recently used items first. Sort the returned list with the least recently used items first. Sort the returned list using a custom sorting function passed using gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func(). Describes a region within a widget. Region has an even number within a set. Region has an odd number within a set. Region is the first one within a set. Region is the last one within a set. Region is the only one within a set. Region is part of a sorted area. Indicated the relief to be drawn around a #GtkButton. Draw a normal relief. A half relief. No relief. Represents a request of a screen object in a given orientation. These are primarily used in container implementations when allocating a natural size for children calling. See gtk_distribute_natural_allocation(). A <structname>GtkRequisition</structname> represents the desired size of a widget. See <xref linkend="geometry-management"/> for more information. Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero. a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should be freed with gtk_requisition_free(). Copies a #GtkRequisition. a copy of @requisition a #GtkRequisition Frees a #GtkRequisition. a #GtkRequisition Pass resize request to the parent Queue resizes on this widget Resize immediately. Deprecated. Predefined values for use as response ids in gtk_dialog_add_button(). All predefined values are negative, GTK+ leaves positive values for application-defined response ids. Returned if an action widget has no response id, or if the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs Returned if the dialog is deleted Returned by OK buttons in GTK+ dialogs Returned by Cancel buttons in GTK+ dialogs Returned by Close buttons in GTK+ dialogs Returned by Yes buttons in GTK+ dialogs Returned by No buttons in GTK+ dialogs Returned by Apply buttons in GTK+ dialogs Returned by Help buttons in GTK+ dialogs The "About" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="help-about.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Add" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="list-add.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Apply" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-apply.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Bold" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-text-bold.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Cancel" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-cancel.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Caps Lock Warning" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-caps-lock-warning.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "CD-Rom" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-optical.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Clear" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-clear.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Close" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="window-close.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Color Picker" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-color-picker.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Connect" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-connect.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Convert" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-convert.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Copy" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-copy.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Cut" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-cut.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Delete" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-delete.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Authentication" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="dialog-password.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Error" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="dialog-error.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Information" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="dialog-information.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Question" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="dialog-question.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Warning" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="dialog-warning.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Directory" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="folder.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Discard" item. The "Disconnect" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-disconnect.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Drag-And-Drop" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-dnd.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Drag-And-Drop multiple" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-dnd-multiple.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Edit" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-edit.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Execute" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="system-run.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "File" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="text-x-generic.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> Since 3.0, this item has a label, before it only had an icon. The "Find" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-find.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Find and Replace" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-find-replace.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Floppy" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-floppy.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Fullscreen" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="view-fullscreen.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Bottom" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-bottom.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "First" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-first-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="go-first-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Last" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-last-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="go-last-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Top" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-top.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Back" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-previous-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="go-previous-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Down" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-down.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Forward" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-next-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="go-next-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Up" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-up.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Harddisk" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="drive-harddisk.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Help" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="help-contents.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Home" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-home.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Indent" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-indent-more-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="format-indent-more-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Index" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-index.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Info" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="dialog-information.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Italic" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-text-italic.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Jump to" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="go-jump-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL-variant <inlinegraphic fileref="go-jump-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Center" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-justify-center.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Fill" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-justify-fill.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Left" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-justify-left.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Right" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-justify-right.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Leave Fullscreen" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="view-restore.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Forward" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-seek-forward-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="media-seek-forward-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Next" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-skip-forward-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="media-skip-forward-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Pause" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-playback-pause.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Play" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-playback-start-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="media-playback-start-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Previous" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-skip-backward-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="media-skip-backward-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Record" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-record.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Rewind" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-seek-backward-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="media-seek-backward-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Media Stop" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="media-playback-stop.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Missing image" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="image-missing.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Network" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="network-idle.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "New" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-new.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "No" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-no.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "OK" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-ok.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Open" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-open.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Landscape Orientation" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-orientation-landscape.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Portrait Orientation" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-orientation-portrait.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Reverse Landscape Orientation" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-orientation-reverse-landscape.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Reverse Portrait Orientation" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-orientation-reverse-portrait.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Page Setup" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-page-setup.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Paste" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-paste.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Preferences" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-preferences.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Print" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-print.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Print Error" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="printer-error.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Print Paused" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="printer-paused.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Print Preview" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-print-preview.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Print Report" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="printer-info.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Print Warning" icon. <inlinegraphic fileref="printer-warning.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Properties" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-properties.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Quit" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="application-exit.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Redo" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-redo-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-redo-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Refresh" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="view-refresh.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Remove" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="list-remove.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Revert" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-revert-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="document-revert-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Save" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-save.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Save As" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="document-save-as.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Select All" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-select-all.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Color" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-select-color.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Font" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-font.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Ascending" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="view-sort-ascending.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Descending" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="view-sort-descending.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Spell Check" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="tools-check-spelling.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Stop" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="process-stop.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Strikethrough" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-text-strikethrough.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Undelete" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-undelete-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-undelete-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Underline" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-text-underline.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Undo" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-undo-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-undo-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Unindent" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="format-indent-less-ltr.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> RTL variant <inlinegraphic fileref="format-indent-less-rtl.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Yes" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-yes.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Zoom 100%" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-original.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Zoom to Fit" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-fit-best.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Zoom In" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-in.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> The "Zoom Out" item. <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-out.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> A CSS class to match an accelerator. This is used for the accelerator in #GtkAccelLabel. A CSS class used when rendering an arrow element. Note that #gtk_render_arrow automatically adds this style class to the style context when rendering an arrow element. A CSS class to match the window background. A CSS class to indicate an area at the bottom of a widget. This is used by widgets that can render an area in different positions, such as tabs in a #GtkNotebook. A CSS class to match buttons. This is used by #GtkButton and its subclasses, as well as various other widget pieces that appear like buttons, e.g. the arrows in a #GtkCalendar. A CSS class to match calendars. This is not used by GTK+ itself, currently. A CSS class to match content rendered in cell views. This is used by cell renderers, e.g. in #GtkIconView and #GtkTreeView. A CSS class to match check boxes. This is used in #GtkCheckButton, #GtkCheckMenuItem and #GtkCellRendererToggle. A CSS class to match combobox entries. This is used by #GtkComboBox. A CSS class used when rendering a drag handle for text selection. A CSS class to match the default widget. This is used by #GtkButton. A CSS class to match dimmed labels. This should be used for toning down right aligned labels as compared to the entry value. A CSS class for a drag-and-drop indicator. This is used when drawing an outline around a potential drop target during DND. A CSS class defining a dock area. This is used by #GtkHandleBox. A CSS class to match text entries. This is used by #GtkEntry. A CSS class for an area displaying an error message, such as those in infobars. This is used by #GtkInfoBar. A CSS class defining an expander, such as those in treeviews. Used for drawing expanders in #GtkTreeView, GtkExpander and #GtkToolItemGroup. A CSS class defining a frame delimiting content, such as #GtkFrame or the scrolled window frame around the scrollable area. This is used in #GtkFrame and #GtkScrollbar. A CSS class defining a resize grip. This is used for the resize grip in #GtkWindow. A CSS class to match a header element. This is used for the header in #GtkCalendar. A CSS class defining a highlighted area, such as headings in assistants and calendars. This is used in #GtkAssistant and #GtkCalendar. A CSS class for horizontally layered widgets. This is used by widgets implementing #GtkOrientable. A CSS class defining an image, such as the icon in an entry. This is used when rendering icons in #GtkEntry. A CSS class for an area displaying an informational message, such as those in infobars. This is used by #GtkInfoBar. A CSS class to match inline toolbars. This should be used for toolbars that are used to hold actions below lists, as seen e.g. in the left pane of the file chooser. A CSS class used when rendering a drag handle for the insertion cursor position. A CSS class to indicate an area at the left of a widget. This is used by widgets that can render an area in different positions, such as tabs in a #GtkNotebook. A CSS class used when rendering a level indicator, such as a battery charge level, or a password strength. This is used by #GtkLevelBar. A CSS class to match a linked area, such as a box containing buttons belonging to the same control. A CSS class defining marks in a widget, such as in scales. Used in #GtkScale. A CSS class to match popup menus. This is used in #GtkMenu. A CSS class to menubars. This is used in #GtkMenuBar. A CSS class to match menu items. This is used in #GtkMenuItem and its subclasses. A CSS class defining a notebook. Used in #GtkNotebook. A CSS class used when rendering an OSD (On Screen Display) element, on top of another container. A CSS class for a pane separator, such as those in #GtkPaned. Used in #GtkPaned. A CSS class to match primary toolbars. This should be used for the 'main' toolbar of an application, right below its menubar. A CSS class to use when rendering activity as a progressbar. This is used in #GtkProgressBar and when drawing progress inside a #GtkEntry or in #GtkCellRendererProgress. A CSS class to use when rendering a pulse in an indeterminate progress bar. This is used by #GtkProgressBar and #GtkEntry. A CSS class for an area displaying a question to the user, such as those in infobars. This is used by #GtkInfoBar. A CSS class to match radio buttons. This is used in #GtkRadioButton, #GtkRadioMenuItem and #GtkCellRendererToggle. A CSS class to match a raised control, such as a raised button on a toolbar. This should be used in conjunction with #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PRIMARY_TOOLBAR. A CSS class to indicate an area at the right of a widget. This is used by widgets that can render an area in different positions, such as tabs in a #GtkNotebook. A CSS class to match the rubberband selection rectangle. This is used in #GtkIconView and #GtkTreeView. A CSS class to match scale widgets. This is used in #GtkScale. A CSS class to match scale widgets with marks attached, all the marks are above for horizontal #GtkScale. left for vertical #GtkScale. A CSS class to match scale widgets with marks attached, all the marks are below for horizontal #GtkScale, right for vertical #GtkScale. A CSS class to match scrollbars. A CSS class to match the junction area between an horizontal and vertical scrollbar, when they're both shown. This is used in #GtkScrolledWindow. A CSS class for a separator. This is used in #GtkSeparator, #GtkSeparatorMenuItem, #GtkSeparatorToolItem, and when drawing separators in #GtkTreeView. A CSS class defining a sidebar, such as the left side in a file chooser. This is used in #GtkFileChooser and in #GtkAssistant. A CSS class to match sliders. This is used by #GtkSwitch and #GtkRange and its subclasses. A CSS class defining an spinbutton. This is used in #GtkSpinButton. A CSS class to use when rendering activity as a 'spinner'. This is used by #GtkSpinner and #GtkCellRendererSpinner. A CSS class to match toolbars. This is used in #GtkToolbar. A CSS class to match tooltip windows. A CSS class to indicate an area at the top of a widget. This is used by widgets that can render an area in different positions, such as tabs in a #GtkNotebook. A CSS class to match troughs, as in scrollbars and progressbars. This is used in #GtkRange and its subclasses, #GtkProgressBar and #GtkSwitch. A CSS class for vertically layered widgets. This is used by widgets implementing #GtkOrientable. A CSS class defining a view, such as iconviews or treeviews. This is used in #GtkTreeView, #GtkIconView, #GtkTextView, as well as #GtkCalendar. A CSS class for an area displaying a warning message, such as those in infobars. This is used by #GtkInfoBar. A property holding the background color of rendered elements as a #GdkRGBA. A property holding the element's background as a #cairo_pattern_t. A property holding the element's border color as a #GdkRGBA. A property holding the rendered element's border radius in pixels as a #gint. A property holding the element's border style as a #GtkBorderStyle. A property holding the rendered element's border width in pixels as a #GtkBorder. The border is the intermediary spacing property of the padding/border/margin series. gtk_render_frame() uses this property to find out the frame line width, so #GtkWidget<!-- -->s rendering frames may need to add up this padding when requesting size A property holding the foreground color of rendered elements as a #GdkRGBA. A property holding the font properties used when rendering text as a #PangoFontDescription. A property holding the rendered element's margin as a #GtkBorder. The margin is defined as the spacing between the border of the element and its surrounding elements. It is external to #GtkWidget<!-- -->s's size allocations, and the most external spacing property of the padding/border/margin series. A property holding the rendered element's padding as a #GtkBorder. The padding is defined as the spacing between the inner part of the element border and its child. It's the innermost spacing property of the padding/border/margin series. A priority that can be used when adding a #GtkStyleProvider for application-specific style information. The priority used for default style information that is used in the absence of themes. The priority used for style information provided via #GtkSettings. This priority is higher than #GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME to let settings override themes. The priority used for style information provided by themes. The priority used for the style information from <filename>~/.gtk-3.0.css</filename>. You should not use priorities higher than this, to give the user the last word. A widget region name to define a treeview column. A widget region name to define a treeview column header. A widget region name to define a treeview row. A widget region name to define a notebook tab. A GtkScale is a slider control used to select a numeric value. To use it, you'll probably want to investigate the methods on its base class, #GtkRange, in addition to the methods for GtkScale itself. To set the value of a scale, you would normally use gtk_range_set_value(). To detect changes to the value, you would normally use the #GtkRange::value-changed signal. Note that using the same upper and lower bounds for the #GtkScale (through the #GtkRange methods) will hide the slider itself. This is useful for applications that want to show an undeterminate value on the scale, without changing the layout of the application (such as movie or music players). <refsect2 id="GtkScale-BUILDER-UI"><title>GtkScale as GtkBuildable</title> GtkScale supports a custom &lt;marks&gt; element, which can contain multiple &lt;mark&gt; elements. The "value" and "position" attributes have the same meaning as gtk_scale_add_mark() parameters of the same name. If the element is not empty, its content is taken as the markup to show at the mark. It can be translated with the usual "translatable and "context" attributes. </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkScale. a new #GtkScale the scale's orientation. the #GtkAdjustment which sets the range of the scale, or %NULL to create a new adjustment. Creates a new scale widget with the given orientation that lets the user input a number between @min and @max (including @min and @max) with the increment @step. @step must be nonzero; it's the distance the slider moves when using the arrow keys to adjust the scale value. Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if @step is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it. a new #GtkScale the scale's orientation. minimum value maximum value step increment (tick size) used with keyboard shortcuts Obtains the coordinates where the scale will draw the #PangoLayout representing the text in the scale. Remember when using the #PangoLayout function you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE. If the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE, the return values are undefined. location to store X offset of layout, or %NULL location to store Y offset of layout, or %NULL Adds a mark at @value. A mark is indicated visually by drawing a tick mark next to the scale, and GTK+ makes it easy for the user to position the scale exactly at the marks value. If @markup is not %NULL, text is shown next to the tick mark. To remove marks from a scale, use gtk_scale_clear_marks(). a #GtkScale the value at which the mark is placed, must be between the lower and upper limits of the scales' adjustment where to draw the mark. For a horizontal scale, #GTK_POS_TOP and %GTK_POS_LEFT are drawn above the scale, anything else below. For a vertical scale, #GTK_POS_LEFT and %GTK_POS_TOP are drawn to the left of the scale, anything else to the right. Text to be shown at the mark, using <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango markup</link>, or %NULL Removes any marks that have been added with gtk_scale_add_mark(). a #GtkScale Gets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. the number of decimal places that are displayed a #GtkScale Returns whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider. whether the current value is displayed as a string a #GtkScale Returns whether the scale has an origin. %TRUE if the scale has an origin. a #GtkScale Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the scale. The returned object is owned by the scale so does not need to be freed by the caller. the #PangoLayout for this scale, or %NULL if the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE. A #GtkScale Obtains the coordinates where the scale will draw the #PangoLayout representing the text in the scale. Remember when using the #PangoLayout function you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE. If the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE, the return values are undefined. a #GtkScale location to store X offset of layout, or %NULL location to store Y offset of layout, or %NULL Gets the position in which the current value is displayed. the position in which the current value is displayed a #GtkScale Sets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. Also causes the value of the adjustment to be rounded off to this number of digits, so the retrieved value matches the value the user saw. a #GtkScale the number of decimal places to display, e.g. use 1 to display 1.0, 2 to display 1.00, etc Specifies whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider. a #GtkScale %TRUE to draw the value If @has_origin is set to %TRUE (the default), the scale will highlight the part of the scale between the origin (bottom or left side) of the scale and the current value. a #GtkScale %TRUE if the scale has an origin Sets the position in which the current value is displayed. a #GtkScale the position in which the current value is displayed Signal which allows you to change how the scale value is displayed. Connect a signal handler which returns an allocated string representing @value. That string will then be used to display the scale's value. Here's an example signal handler which displays a value 1.0 as with "--&gt;1.0&lt;--". |[ static gchar* format_value_callback (GtkScale *scale, gdouble value) { return g_strdup_printf ("--&gt;&percnt;0.*g&lt;--", gtk_scale_get_digits (scale), value); } ]| allocated string representing @value the value to format #GtkScaleButton provides a button which pops up a scale widget. This kind of widget is commonly used for volume controls in multimedia applications, and GTK+ provides a #GtkVolumeButton subclass that is tailored for this use case. Creates a #GtkScaleButton, with a range between @min and @max, with a stepping of @step. a new #GtkScaleButton a stock icon size the minimum value of the scale (usually 0) the maximum value of the scale (usually 100) the stepping of value when a scroll-wheel event, or up/down arrow event occurs (usually 2) a %NULL-terminated array of icon names, or %NULL if you want to set the list later with gtk_scale_button_set_icons() Gets the #GtkAdjustment associated with the #GtkScaleButton's scale. See gtk_range_get_adjustment() for details. the adjustment associated with the scale a #GtkScaleButton Retrieves the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton. the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton a #GtkScaleButton Retrieves the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton. the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton a #GtkScaleButton Retrieves the popup of the #GtkScaleButton. the popup of the #GtkScaleButton a #GtkScaleButton Gets the current value of the scale button. current value of the scale button a #GtkScaleButton Sets the #GtkAdjustment to be used as a model for the #GtkScaleButton's scale. See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details. a #GtkScaleButton a #GtkAdjustment Sets the icons to be used by the scale button. For details, see the #GtkScaleButton:icons property. a #GtkScaleButton a %NULL-terminated array of icon names Sets the current value of the scale; if the value is outside the minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit inside them. The scale button emits the #GtkScaleButton::value-changed signal if the value changes. a #GtkScaleButton new value of the scale button The names of the icons to be used by the scale button. The first item in the array will be used in the button when the current value is the lowest value, the second item for the highest value. All the subsequent icons will be used for all the other values, spread evenly over the range of values. If there's only one icon name in the @icons array, it will be used for all the values. If only two icon names are in the @icons array, the first one will be used for the bottom 50% of the scale, and the second one for the top 50%. It is recommended to use at least 3 icons so that the #GtkScaleButton reflects the current value of the scale better for the users. The ::popdown signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to popdown the scale widget. The default binding for this signal is Escape. The ::popup signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to popup the scale widget. The default bindings for this signal are Space, Enter and Return. The ::value-changed signal is emitted when the value field has changed. the new value location to store X offset of layout, or %NULL location to store Y offset of layout, or %NULL #GtkScrollable is an interface that is implemented by widgets with native scrolling ability. To implement this interface you should override the #GtkScrollable:hadjustment and #GtkScrollable:vadjustment properties. <refsect2> <title>Creating a scrollable widget</title> <para> All scrollable widgets should do the following. <orderedlist> <listitem> <para> When a parent widget sets the scrollable child widget's adjustments, the widget should populate the adjustments' #GtkAdjustment:lower, #GtkAdjustment:upper, #GtkAdjustment:step-increment, #GtkAdjustment:page-increment and #GtkAdjustment:page-size properties and connect to the #GtkAdjustment::value-changed signal. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> Because its preferred size is the size for a fully expanded widget, the scrollable widget must be able to cope with underallocations. This means that it must accept any value passed to its #GtkWidgetClass.size_allocate() function. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> When the parent allocates space to the scrollable child widget, the widget should update the adjustments' properties with new values. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> When any of the adjustments emits the #GtkAdjustment::value-changed signal, the scrollable widget should scroll its contents. </para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </para> </refsect2> Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for horizontal scrolling. horizontal #GtkAdjustment. a #GtkScrollable Gets the horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy. The horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy. a #GtkScrollable Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for vertical scrolling. vertical #GtkAdjustment. a #GtkScrollable Gets the vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy. The vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy. a #GtkScrollable Sets the horizontal adjustment of the #GtkScrollable. a #GtkScrollable a #GtkAdjustment Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether horizontal scrolling should start below the minimum width or below the natural width. a #GtkScrollable the horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy Sets the vertical adjustment of the #GtkScrollable. a #GtkScrollable a #GtkAdjustment Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether vertical scrolling should start below the minimum height or below the natural height. a #GtkScrollable the vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy Horizontal #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent. Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width. Verical #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent. Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable widget is allocated less than its minimum height or less than its natural height. Defines the policy to be used in a scrollable widget when updating the scrolled window adjustments in a given orientation. Scrollable adjustments are based on the minimum size Scrollable adjustments are based on the natural size The #GtkScrollbar widget is a horizontal or vertical scrollbar, depending on the value of the #GtkOrientable:orientation property. The position of the thumb in a scrollbar is controlled by the scroll adjustments. See #GtkAdjustment for the fields in an adjustment - for #GtkScrollbar, the #GtkAdjustment:value field represents the position of the scrollbar, which must be between the #GtkAdjustment:lower field and #GtkAdjustment:upper - #GtkAdjustment:page-size. The #GtkAdjustment:page-size field represents the size of the visible scrollable area. The #GtkAdjustment:step-increment and #GtkAdjustment:page-increment fields are properties when the user asks to step down (using the small stepper arrows) or page down (using for example the <keycap>PageDown</keycap> key). Creates a new scrollbar with the given orientation. the new #GtkScrollbar. the scrollbar's orientation. the #GtkAdjustment to use, or %NULL to create a new adjustment. #GtkScrolledWindow is a #GtkBin subclass: it's a container the accepts a single child widget. #GtkScrolledWindow adds scrollbars to the child widget and optionally draws a beveled frame around the child widget. The scrolled window can work in two ways. Some widgets have native scrolling support; these widgets implement the #GtkScrollable interface. Widgets with native scroll support include #GtkTreeView, #GtkTextView, and #GtkLayout. For widgets that lack native scrolling support, the #GtkViewport widget acts as an adaptor class, implementing scrollability for child widgets that lack their own scrolling capabilities. Use #GtkViewport to scroll child widgets such as #GtkGrid, #GtkBox, and so on. If a widget has native scrolling abilities, it can be added to the #GtkScrolledWindow with gtk_container_add(). If a widget does not, you must first add the widget to a #GtkViewport, then add the #GtkViewport to the scrolled window. gtk_container_add() will do this for you for widgets that don't implement #GtkScrollable natively, so you can ignore the presence of the viewport. The position of the scrollbars is controlled by the scroll adjustments. See #GtkAdjustment for the fields in an adjustment - for #GtkScrollbar, used by #GtkScrolledWindow, the "value" field represents the position of the scrollbar, which must be between the "lower" field and "upper - page_size." The "page_size" field represents the size of the visible scrollable area. The "step_increment" and "page_increment" fields are used when the user asks to step down (using the small stepper arrows) or page down (using for example the PageDown key). If a #GtkScrolledWindow doesn't behave quite as you would like, or doesn't have exactly the right layout, it's very possible to set up your own scrolling with #GtkScrollbar and for example a #GtkGrid. Creates a new scrolled window. The two arguments are the scrolled window's adjustments; these will be shared with the scrollbars and the child widget to keep the bars in sync with the child. Usually you want to pass %NULL for the adjustments, which will cause the scrolled window to create them for you. a new scrolled window horizontal adjustment vertical adjustment Used to add children without native scrolling capabilities. This is simply a convenience function; it is equivalent to adding the unscrollable child to a viewport, then adding the viewport to the scrolled window. If a child has native scrolling, use gtk_container_add() instead of this function. The viewport scrolls the child by moving its #GdkWindow, and takes the size of the child to be the size of its toplevel #GdkWindow. This will be very wrong for most widgets that support native scrolling; for example, if you add a widget such as #GtkTreeView with a viewport, the whole widget will scroll, including the column headings. Thus, widgets with native scrolling support should not be used with the #GtkViewport proxy. A widget supports scrolling natively if it implements the #GtkScrollable interface. a #GtkScrolledWindow the widget you want to scroll Return whether button presses are captured during kinetic scrolling. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press(). %TRUE if button presses are captured during kinetic scrolling a #GtkScrolledWindow Returns the horizontal scrollbar's adjustment, used to connect the horizontal scrollbar to the child widget's horizontal scroll functionality. the horizontal #GtkAdjustment a #GtkScrolledWindow Returns the horizontal scrollbar of @scrolled_window. the horizontal scrollbar of the scrolled window, or %NULL if it does not have one. a #GtkScrolledWindow Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior. the scrolling behavior flags. a #GtkScrolledWindow Gets the minimal content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. the minimal content height a #GtkScrolledWindow Gets the minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. the minimum content width a #GtkScrolledWindow Gets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for the scrolled window. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement(). the current placement value. See also gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement() and gtk_scrolled_window_unset_placement(). a #GtkScrolledWindow Retrieves the current policy values for the horizontal and vertical scrollbars. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy(). a #GtkScrolledWindow location to store the policy for the horizontal scrollbar, or %NULL. location to store the policy for the vertical scrollbar, or %NULL. Gets the shadow type of the scrolled window. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type(). the current shadow type a #GtkScrolledWindow Returns the vertical scrollbar's adjustment, used to connect the vertical scrollbar to the child widget's vertical scroll functionality. the vertical #GtkAdjustment a #GtkScrolledWindow Returns the vertical scrollbar of @scrolled_window. the vertical scrollbar of the scrolled window, or %NULL if it does not have one. a #GtkScrolledWindow Changes the behaviour of @scrolled_window wrt. to the initial event that possibly starts kinetic scrolling. When @capture_button_press is set to %TRUE, the event is captured by the scrolled window, and then later replayed if it is meant to go to the child widget. This should be enabled if any child widgets perform non-reversible actions on #GtkWidget::button-press-event. If they don't, and handle additionally handle #GtkWidget::grab-broken-event, it might be better to set @capture_button_press to %FALSE. This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled. a #GtkScrolledWindow %TRUE to capture button presses Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the horizontal scrollbar. a #GtkScrolledWindow horizontal scroll adjustment Turns kinetic scrolling on or off. Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN. a #GtkScrolledWindow %TRUE to enable kinetic scrolling Sets the minimum height that @scrolled_window should keep visible. Note that this can and (usually will) be smaller than the minimum size of the content. a #GtkScrolledWindow the minimal content height Sets the minimum width that @scrolled_window should keep visible. Note that this can and (usually will) be smaller than the minimum size of the content. a #GtkScrolledWindow the minimal content width Sets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for the scrolled window. The default is %GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT, meaning the child is in the top left, with the scrollbars underneath and to the right. Other values in #GtkCornerType are %GTK_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT, %GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT, and %GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT. See also gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement() and gtk_scrolled_window_unset_placement(). a #GtkScrolledWindow position of the child window Sets the scrollbar policy for the horizontal and vertical scrollbars. The policy determines when the scrollbar should appear; it is a value from the #GtkPolicyType enumeration. If %GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS, the scrollbar is always present; if %GTK_POLICY_NEVER, the scrollbar is never present; if %GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, the scrollbar is present only if needed (that is, if the slider part of the bar would be smaller than the trough - the display is larger than the page size). a #GtkScrolledWindow policy for horizontal bar policy for vertical bar Changes the type of shadow drawn around the contents of @scrolled_window. a #GtkScrolledWindow kind of shadow to draw around scrolled window contents Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the vertical scrollbar. a #GtkScrolledWindow vertical scroll adjustment Unsets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for the scrolled window. If no window placement is set for a scrolled window, it obeys the "gtk-scrolled-window-placement" XSETTING. See also gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement() and gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement(). a #GtkScrolledWindow The kinetic scrolling behavior flags. Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN The minimum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. The minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. Whether "window-placement" should be used to determine the location of the contents with respect to the scrollbars. Otherwise, the "gtk-scrolled-window-placement" setting is used. The ::move-focus-out signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when focus is moved away from the scrolled window by a keybinding. The #GtkWidget::move-focus signal is emitted with @direction_type on this scrolled windows toplevel parent in the container hierarchy. The default bindings for this signal are <keycombo><keycap>Tab</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap></keycombo> and <keycombo><keycap>Tab</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. either %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD or %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD The ::scroll-child signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when a keybinding that scrolls is pressed. The horizontal or vertical adjustment is updated which triggers a signal that the scrolled windows child may listen to and scroll itself. a #GtkScrollType describing how much to scroll whether the keybinding scrolls the child horizontally or not #GtkSearchEntry is a subclass of #GtkEntry that has been tailored for use as a search entry. It will show an inactive symbolic "find" icon when the search entry is empty, and a symbolic "clear" icon when there is text. Clicking on the "clear" icon will empty the search entry. Note that the search/clear icon is shown using a secondary icon, and thus does not work if you are using the secondary icon position for some other purpose. Creates a #GtkSearchEntry, with a find icon when the search field is empty, and a clear icon when it isn't. a new #GtkSearchEntry Makes a copy of a #GtkSelectionData structure and its data. a pointer to a copy of @data. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Frees a #GtkSelectionData structure returned from gtk_selection_data_copy(). a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Retrieves the raw data of the selection. the raw data of the selection. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Retrieves the data type of the selection. the data type of the selection. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Retrieves the raw data of the selection along with its length. the raw data of the selection a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure return location for length of the data segment Retrieves the display of the selection. the display of the selection. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Retrieves the format of the selection. the format of the selection. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Retrieves the length of the raw data of the selection. the length of the data of the selection. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Gets the contents of the selection data as a #GdkPixbuf. if the selection data contained a recognized image type and it could be converted to a #GdkPixbuf, a newly allocated pixbuf is returned, otherwise %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with g_object_unref(). a #GtkSelectionData Retrieves the selection #GdkAtom of the selection data. the selection #GdkAtom of the selection data. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Retrieves the target of the selection. the target of the selection. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. Gets the contents of @selection_data as an array of targets. This can be used to interpret the results of getting the standard TARGETS target that is always supplied for any selection. %TRUE if @selection_data contains a valid array of targets, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData object location to store an array of targets. The result stored here must be freed with g_free(). location to store number of items in @targets. Gets the contents of the selection data as a UTF-8 string. if the selection data contained a recognized text type and it could be converted to UTF-8, a newly allocated string containing the converted text, otherwise %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with g_free(). a #GtkSelectionData Gets the contents of the selection data as array of URIs. if the selection data contains a list of URIs, a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array containing the URIs, otherwise %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with g_strfreev(). a #GtkSelectionData Stores new data into a #GtkSelectionData object. Should <emphasis>only</emphasis> be called from a selection handler callback. Zero-terminates the stored data. a pointer to a #GtkSelectionData structure. the type of selection data format (number of bits in a unit) pointer to the data (will be copied) length of the data Sets the contents of the selection from a #GdkPixbuf The pixbuf is converted to the form determined by @selection_data->target. %TRUE if the selection was successfully set, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData a #GdkPixbuf Sets the contents of the selection from a UTF-8 encoded string. The string is converted to the form determined by @selection_data->target. %TRUE if the selection was successfully set, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData a UTF-8 string the length of @str, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Sets the contents of the selection from a list of URIs. The string is converted to the form determined by @selection_data->target. %TRUE if the selection was successfully set, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData a %NULL-terminated array of strings holding URIs Given a #GtkSelectionData object holding a list of targets, determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide a #GdkPixbuf. %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets, and a suitable target for images is included, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData object whether to accept only targets for which GTK+ knows how to convert a pixbuf into the format Given a #GtkSelectionData object holding a list of targets, determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide rich text. %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets, and a suitable target for rich text is included, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData object a #GtkTextBuffer Given a #GtkSelectionData object holding a list of targets, determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide text. %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets, and a suitable target for text is included, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData object Given a #GtkSelectionData object holding a list of targets, determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide a list or URIs. %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets, and a suitable target for URI lists is included, otherwise %FALSE. a #GtkSelectionData object Used to control what selections users are allowed to make. No selection is possible. Zero or one element may be selected. Exactly one element is selected. In some circumstances, such as initially or during a search operation, it's possible for no element to be selected with %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. What is really enforced is that the user can't deselect a currently selected element except by selecting another element. Any number of elements may be selected. The Ctrl key may be used to enlarge the selection, and Shift key to select between the focus and the child pointed to. Some widgets may also allow Click-drag to select a range of elements. Determines how GTK+ handles the sensitivity of stepper arrows at the end of range widgets. The arrow is made insensitive if the thumb is at the end The arrow is always sensitive The arrow is always insensitive GtkSeparator is a horizontal or vertical separator widget, depending on the value of the #GtkOrientable:orientation property, used to group the widgets within a window. It displays a line with a shadow to make it appear sunken into the interface. Creates a new #GtkSeparator with the given orientation. a new #GtkSeparator. the separator's orientation. The #GtkSeparatorMenuItem is a separator used to group items within a menu. It displays a horizontal line with a shadow to make it appear sunken into the interface. Creates a new #GtkSeparatorMenuItem. a new #GtkSeparatorMenuItem. A #GtkSeparatorToolItem is a #GtkToolItem that separates groups of other #GtkToolItems. Depending on the theme, a #GtkSeparatorToolItem will often look like a vertical line on horizontally docked toolbars. If the #GtkToolbar child property "expand" is %TRUE and the property #GtkSeparatorToolItem:draw is %FALSE, a #GtkSeparatorToolItem will act as a "spring" that forces other items to the ends of the toolbar. Use gtk_separator_tool_item_new() to create a new #GtkSeparatorToolItem. Create a new #GtkSeparatorToolItem the new #GtkSeparatorToolItem Returns whether @item is drawn as a line, or just blank. See gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw(). %TRUE if @item is drawn as a line, or just blank. a #GtkSeparatorToolItem Whether @item is drawn as a vertical line, or just blank. Setting this to %FALSE along with gtk_tool_item_set_expand() is useful to create an item that forces following items to the end of the toolbar. a #GtkSeparatorToolItem whether @item is drawn as a vertical line GtkSettings provide a mechanism to share global settings between applications. On the X window system, this sharing is realized by an <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xsettings-spec">XSettings</ulink> manager that is usually part of the desktop environment, along with utilities that let the user change these settings. In the absence of an Xsettings manager, GTK+ reads default values for settings from <filename>settings.ini</filename> files in <filename>/etc/gtk-3.0</filename>, <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/gtk-3.0</filename> and <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-3.0</filename>. These files must be valid key files (see #GKeyFile), and have a section called Settings. Themes can also provide default values for settings by installing a <filename>settings.ini</filename> file next to their <filename>gtk.css</filename> file. Applications can override system-wide settings with gtk_settings_set_string_property(), gtk_settings_set_long_property(), etc. This should be restricted to special cases though; GtkSettings are not meant as an application configuration facility. When doing so, you need to be aware that settings that are specific to individual widgets may not be available before the widget type has been realized at least once. The following example demonstrates a way to do this: <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_init (&argc, &argv); /&ast; make sure the type is realized &ast;/ g_type_class_unref (g_type_class_ref (GTK_TYPE_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM)); g_object_set (gtk_settings_get_default (), "gtk-menu-images", FALSE, NULL); </programlisting></informalexample> There is one GtkSettings instance per screen. It can be obtained with gtk_settings_get_for_screen(), but in many cases, it is more convenient to use gtk_widget_get_settings(). gtk_settings_get_default() returns the GtkSettings instance for the default screen. Gets the #GtkSettings object for the default GDK screen, creating it if necessary. See gtk_settings_get_for_screen(). a #GtkSettings object. If there is no default screen, then returns %NULL. Gets the #GtkSettings object for @screen, creating it if necessary. a #GtkSettings object. a #GdkScreen. Holds a hash table representation of the #GtkSettings:gtk-color-scheme setting, mapping color names to #GdkColor<!-- -->s. Controls the direction of the sort indicators in sorted list and tree views. By default an arrow pointing down means the column is sorted in ascending order. When set to %TRUE, this order will be inverted. Whether the application prefers to use a dark theme. If a GTK+ theme includes a dark variant, it will be used instead of the configured theme. Some applications benefit from minimizing the amount of light pollution that interferes with the content. Good candidates for dark themes are photo and video editors that make the actual content get all the attention and minimize the distraction of the chrome. Dark themes should not be used for documents, where large spaces are white/light and the dark chrome creates too much contrast (web browser, text editor...). Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user presses the mnemonic activator. A palette of named colors for use in themes. The format of the string is <programlisting> name1: color1 name2: color2 ... </programlisting> Color names must be acceptable as identifiers in the <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">gtkrc</link> syntax, and color specifications must be in the format accepted by gdk_color_parse(). Note that due to the way the color tables from different sources are merged, color specifications will be converted to hexadecimal form when getting this property. Starting with GTK+ 2.12, the entries can alternatively be separated by ';' instead of newlines: <programlisting> name1: color1; name2: color2; ... </programlisting> Whether the cursor should blink. Also see the #GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink-timeout setting, which allows more flexible control over cursor blinking. Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds. The timer is reset after each user interaction. Setting this to zero has the same effect as setting #GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink to %FALSE. Whether menu items should have visible accelerators which can be activated. Whether to play any event sounds at all. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/sound-theme-spec">Sound Theme spec</ulink> for more information on event sounds and sound themes. GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable module like the one that comes with libcanberra. Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/sound-theme-spec">Sound Theme spec</ulink> for more information on event sounds and sound themes. GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable module like the one that comes with libcanberra. Whether labels and menu items should have visible mnemonics which can be activated. Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the 'PRIMARY' clipboard content at the cursor location. Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets. How long to show the last input character in hidden entries. This value is in milliseconds. 0 disables showing the last char. 600 is a good value for enabling it. When %TRUE, keyboard navigation and other input-related errors will cause a beep. Since the error bell is implemented using gdk_window_beep(), the windowing system may offer ways to configure the error bell in many ways, such as flashing the window or similar visual effects. A list of icon sizes. The list is separated by colons, and item has the form: <replaceable>size-name</replaceable> = <replaceable>width</replaceable> , <replaceable>height</replaceable> E.g. "gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20:gtk-dialog=48,48". GTK+ itself use the following named icon sizes: gtk-menu, gtk-button, gtk-small-toolbar, gtk-large-toolbar, gtk-dnd, gtk-dialog. Applications can register their own named icon sizes with gtk_icon_size_register(). Which IM (input method) module should be used by default. This is the input method that will be used if the user has not explicitly chosen another input method from the IM context menu. This also can be a colon-separated list of input methods, which GTK+ will try in turn until it finds one available on the system. See #GtkIMContext and see the #GtkSettings:gtk-show-input-method-menu property. When %TRUE, keyboard navigation should be able to reach all widgets by using the cursor keys only. Tab, Shift etc. keys can't be expected to be present on the used input device. When %TRUE, some widgets will wrap around when doing keyboard navigation, such as menus, menubars and notebooks. Whether a click in a #GtkRange trough should scroll to the click position or scroll by a single page in the respective direction. A comma-separated list of print backends to use in the print dialog. Available print backends depend on the GTK+ installation, and may include "file", "cups", "lpr" or "papi". A command to run for displaying the print preview. The command should contain a %f placeholder, which will get replaced by the path to the pdf file. The command may also contain a %s placeholder, which will get replaced by the path to a file containing the print settings in the format produced by gtk_print_settings_to_file(). The preview application is responsible for removing the pdf file and the print settings file when it is done. Whether GTK+ should keep track of items inside the recently used resources list. If set to %FALSE, the list will always be empty. The number of recently used files that should be displayed by default by #GtkRecentChooser implementations and by the #GtkFileChooser. A value of -1 means every recently used file stored. The maximum age, in days, of the items inside the recently used resources list. Items older than this setting will be excised from the list. If set to 0, the list will always be empty; if set to -1, no item will be removed. Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement. The XDG sound theme to use for event sounds. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/sound-theme-spec">Sound Theme spec</ulink> for more information on event sounds and sound themes. GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable module like the one that comes with libcanberra. The size of icons in default toolbars. The size of icons in default toolbars. Amount of time, in milliseconds, after which the browse mode will be disabled. See #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-browse-timeout for more information about browse mode. Controls the time after which tooltips will appear when browse mode is enabled, in milliseconds. Browse mode is enabled when the mouse pointer moves off an object where a tooltip was currently being displayed. If the mouse pointer hits another object before the browse mode timeout expires (see #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-browse-mode-timeout), it will take the amount of milliseconds specified by this setting to popup the tooltip for the new object. Time, in milliseconds, after which a tooltip could appear if the cursor is hovering on top of a widget. When %TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen, and widgets can't use the pointer hovering them for any essential functionality. Whether 'focus rectangles' should be always visible, never visible, or hidden until the user starts to use the keyboard. Used to change the appearance of an outline typically provided by a #GtkFrame. No outline. The outline is bevelled inwards. The outline is bevelled outwards like a button. The outline has a sunken 3d appearance. The outline has a raised 3d appearance. #GtkSizeGroup provides a mechanism for grouping a number of widgets together so they all request the same amount of space. This is typically useful when you want a column of widgets to have the same size, but you can't use a #GtkGrid widget. In detail, the size requested for each widget in a #GtkSizeGroup is the maximum of the sizes that would have been requested for each widget in the size group if they were not in the size group. The mode of the size group (see gtk_size_group_set_mode()) determines whether this applies to the horizontal size, the vertical size, or both sizes. Note that size groups only affect the amount of space requested, not the size that the widgets finally receive. If you want the widgets in a #GtkSizeGroup to actually be the same size, you need to pack them in such a way that they get the size they request and not more. For example, if you are packing your widgets into a table, you would not include the %GTK_FILL flag. #GtkSizeGroup objects are referenced by each widget in the size group, so once you have added all widgets to a #GtkSizeGroup, you can drop the initial reference to the size group with g_object_unref(). If the widgets in the size group are subsequently destroyed, then they will be removed from the size group and drop their references on the size group; when all widgets have been removed, the size group will be freed. Widgets can be part of multiple size groups; GTK+ will compute the horizontal size of a widget from the horizontal requisition of all widgets that can be reached from the widget by a chain of size groups of type %GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL or %GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH, and the vertical size from the vertical requisition of all widgets that can be reached from the widget by a chain of size groups of type %GTK_SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL or %GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH. Note that only non-contextual sizes of every widget are ever consulted by size groups (since size groups have no knowledge of what size a widget will be allocated in one dimension, it cannot derive how much height a widget will receive for a given width). When grouping widgets that trade height for width in mode %GTK_SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL or %GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH: the height for the minimum width will be the requested height for all widgets in the group. The same is of course true when horizontally grouping width for height widgets. Widgets that trade height-for-width should set a reasonably large minimum width by way of #GtkLabel:width-chars for instance. Widgets with static sizes as well as widgets that grow (such as ellipsizing text) need no such considerations. <refsect2 id="GtkSizeGroup-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkSizeGroup as GtkBuildable</title> <para> Size groups can be specified in a UI definition by placing an &lt;object&gt; element with <literal>class="GtkSizeGroup"</literal> somewhere in the UI definition. The widgets that belong to the size group are specified by a &lt;widgets&gt; element that may contain multiple &lt;widget&gt; elements, one for each member of the size group. The name attribute gives the id of the widget. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with GtkSizeGroup</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkSizeGroup"> <property name="mode">GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL</property> <widgets> <widget name="radio1"/> <widget name="radio2"/> </widgets> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Create a new #GtkSizeGroup. a newly created #GtkSizeGroup the mode for the new size group. Adds a widget to a #GtkSizeGroup. In the future, the requisition of the widget will be determined as the maximum of its requisition and the requisition of the other widgets in the size group. Whether this applies horizontally, vertically, or in both directions depends on the mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode(). When the widget is destroyed or no longer referenced elsewhere, it will be removed from the size group. a #GtkSizeGroup the #GtkWidget to add Returns if invisible widgets are ignored when calculating the size. %TRUE if invisible widgets are ignored. a #GtkSizeGroup Gets the current mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode(). the current mode of the size group. a #GtkSizeGroup Returns the list of widgets associated with @size_group. a #GSList of widgets. The list is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. a #GtkSizeGroup Removes a widget from a #GtkSizeGroup. a #GtkSizeGroup the #GtkWidget to remove Sets whether unmapped widgets should be ignored when calculating the size. a #GtkSizeGroup whether unmapped widgets should be ignored when calculating the size Sets the #GtkSizeGroupMode of the size group. The mode of the size group determines whether the widgets in the size group should all have the same horizontal requisition (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL) all have the same vertical requisition (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL), or should all have the same requisition in both directions (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH). a #GtkSizeGroup the mode to set for the size group. If %TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group. The mode of the size group determines the directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its component widgets. group has no effect group affects horizontal requisition group affects vertical requisition group affects both horizontal and vertical requisition Specifies a preference for height-for-width or width-for-height geometry management. Prefer height-for-width geometry management Prefer width-for-height geometry management Don't trade height-for-width or width-for-height Determines the direction of a sort. Sorting is in ascending order. Sorting is in descending order. A #GtkSpinButton is an ideal way to allow the user to set the value of some attribute. Rather than having to directly type a number into a #GtkEntry, GtkSpinButton allows the user to click on one of two arrows to increment or decrement the displayed value. A value can still be typed in, with the bonus that it can be checked to ensure it is in a given range. The main properties of a GtkSpinButton are through an adjustment. See the #GtkAdjustment section for more details about an adjustment's properties. <example> <title>Using a GtkSpinButton to get an integer</title> <programlisting> /&ast; Provides a function to retrieve an integer value from a &ast; GtkSpinButton and creates a spin button to model percentage &ast; values. &ast;/ gint grab_int_value (GtkSpinButton *button, gpointer user_data) { return gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (button); } void create_integer_spin_button (void) { GtkWidget *window, *button; GtkAdjustment *adjustment; adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (50.0, 0.0, 100.0, 1.0, 5.0, 0.0); window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 5); /&ast; creates the spinbutton, with no decimal places &ast;/ button = gtk_spin_button_new (adjustment, 1.0, 0); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button); gtk_widget_show_all (window); } </programlisting> </example> <example> <title>Using a GtkSpinButton to get a floating point value</title> <programlisting> /&ast; Provides a function to retrieve a floating point value from a &ast; GtkSpinButton, and creates a high precision spin button. &ast;/ gfloat grab_float_value (GtkSpinButton *button, gpointer user_data) { return gtk_spin_button_get_value (button); } void create_floating_spin_button (void) { GtkWidget *window, *button; GtkAdjustment *adjustment; adjustment = gtk_adjustment_new (2.500, 0.0, 5.0, 0.001, 0.1, 0.0); window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 5); /&ast; creates the spinbutton, with three decimal places &ast;/ button = gtk_spin_button_new (adjustment, 0.001, 3); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button); gtk_widget_show_all (window); } </programlisting> </example> Creates a new #GtkSpinButton. The new spin button as a #GtkWidget the #GtkAdjustment object that this spin button should use, or %NULL specifies how much the spin button changes when an arrow is clicked on the number of decimal places to display This is a convenience constructor that allows creation of a numeric #GtkSpinButton without manually creating an adjustment. The value is initially set to the minimum value and a page increment of 10 * @step is the default. The precision of the spin button is equivalent to the precision of @step. Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if @step is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your needs, use gtk_spin_button_set_digits() to correct it. The new spin button as a #GtkWidget Minimum allowable value Maximum allowable value Increment added or subtracted by spinning the widget Changes the properties of an existing spin button. The adjustment, climb rate, and number of decimal places are all changed accordingly, after this function call. a #GtkSpinButton a #GtkAdjustment the new climb rate the number of decimal places to display in the spin button Get the adjustment associated with a #GtkSpinButton the #GtkAdjustment of @spin_button a #GtkSpinButton Fetches the precision of @spin_button. See gtk_spin_button_set_digits(). the current precision a #GtkSpinButton Gets the current step and page the increments used by @spin_button. See gtk_spin_button_set_increments(). a #GtkSpinButton location to store step increment, or %NULL location to store page increment, or %NULL Returns whether non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button. See gtk_spin_button_set_numeric(). %TRUE if only numeric text can be entered a #GtkSpinButton Gets the range allowed for @spin_button. See gtk_spin_button_set_range(). a #GtkSpinButton location to store minimum allowed value, or %NULL location to store maximum allowed value, or %NULL Returns whether the values are corrected to the nearest step. See gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks(). %TRUE if values are snapped to the nearest step a #GtkSpinButton Gets the update behavior of a spin button. See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy(). the current update policy a #GtkSpinButton Get the value in the @spin_button. the value of @spin_button a #GtkSpinButton Get the value @spin_button represented as an integer. the value of @spin_button a #GtkSpinButton Returns whether the spin button's value wraps around to the opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is exceeded. See gtk_spin_button_set_wrap(). %TRUE if the spin button wraps around a #GtkSpinButton Replaces the #GtkAdjustment associated with @spin_button. a #GtkSpinButton a #GtkAdjustment to replace the existing adjustment Set the precision to be displayed by @spin_button. Up to 20 digit precision is allowed. a #GtkSpinButton the number of digits after the decimal point to be displayed for the spin button's value Sets the step and page increments for spin_button. This affects how quickly the value changes when the spin button's arrows are activated. a #GtkSpinButton increment applied for a button 1 press. increment applied for a button 2 press. Sets the flag that determines if non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button. a #GtkSpinButton flag indicating if only numeric entry is allowed Sets the minimum and maximum allowable values for @spin_button. If the current value is outside this range, it will be adjusted to fit within the range, otherwise it will remain unchanged. a #GtkSpinButton minimum allowable value maximum allowable value Sets the policy as to whether values are corrected to the nearest step increment when a spin button is activated after providing an invalid value. a #GtkSpinButton a flag indicating if invalid values should be corrected Sets the update behavior of a spin button. This determines whether the spin button is always updated or only when a valid value is set. a #GtkSpinButton a #GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy value Sets the value of @spin_button. a #GtkSpinButton the new value Sets the flag that determines if a spin button value wraps around to the opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is exceeded. a #GtkSpinButton a flag indicating if wrapping behavior is performed Increment or decrement a spin button's value in a specified direction by a specified amount. a #GtkSpinButton a #GtkSpinType indicating the direction to spin step increment to apply in the specified direction Manually force an update of the spin button. a #GtkSpinButton The ::input signal can be used to influence the conversion of the users input into a double value. The signal handler is expected to use gtk_entry_get_text() to retrieve the text of the entry and set @new_value to the new value. The default conversion uses g_strtod(). %TRUE for a successful conversion, %FALSE if the input was not handled, and %GTK_INPUT_ERROR if the conversion failed. return location for the new value The ::output signal can be used to change to formatting of the value that is displayed in the spin buttons entry. |[ /&ast; show leading zeros &ast;/ static gboolean on_output (GtkSpinButton *spin, gpointer data) { GtkAdjustment *adjustment; gchar *text; int value; adjustment = gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment (spin); value = (int)gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment); text = g_strdup_printf ("%02d", value); gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (spin), text); g_free (text); return TRUE; } ]| %TRUE if the value has been displayed The wrapped signal is emitted right after the spinbutton wraps from its maximum to minimum value or vice-versa. The spin button update policy determines whether the spin button displays values even if they are outside the bounds of its adjustment. See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy(). When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is always displayed When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is only displayed if it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's adjustment The values of the GtkSpinType enumeration are used to specify the change to make in gtk_spin_button_spin(). Increment by the adjustments step increment. Decrement by the adjustments step increment. Increment by the adjustments page increment. Decrement by the adjustments page increment. Go to the adjustments lower bound. Go to the adjustments upper bound. Change by a specified amount. A GtkSpinner widget displays an icon-size spinning animation. It is often used as an alternative to a #GtkProgressBar for displaying indefinite activity, instead of actual progress. To start the animation, use gtk_spinner_start(), to stop it use gtk_spinner_stop(). Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started. a new #GtkSpinner Starts the animation of the spinner. a #GtkSpinner Stops the animation of the spinner. a #GtkSpinner Describes a widget state. Widget states are used to match the widget against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS classes and sometimes uses different names. State during normal operation. Widget is active. Widget has a mouse pointer over it. Widget is selected. Widget is insensitive. Widget is inconsistent. Widget has the keyboard focus. Widget is in a background toplevel window. Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8 Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8 This type indicates the current state of a widget; the state determines how the widget is drawn. The #GtkStateType enumeration is also used to identify different colors in a #GtkStyle for drawing, so states can be used for subparts of a widget as well as entire widgets. State during normal operation. State of a currently active widget, such as a depressed button. State indicating that the mouse pointer is over the widget and the widget will respond to mouse clicks. State of a selected item, such the selected row in a list. State indicating that the widget is unresponsive to user actions. The widget is inconsistent, such as checkbuttons or radiobuttons that aren't either set to %TRUE nor %FALSE, or buttons requiring the user attention. The widget has the keyboard focus. The "system tray" or notification area is normally used for transient icons that indicate some special state. For example, a system tray icon might appear to tell the user that they have new mail, or have an incoming instant message, or something along those lines. The basic idea is that creating an icon in the notification area is less annoying than popping up a dialog. A #GtkStatusIcon object can be used to display an icon in a "system tray". The icon can have a tooltip, and the user can interact with it by activating it or popping up a context menu. Critical information should not solely be displayed in a #GtkStatusIcon, since it may not be visible (e.g. when the user doesn't have a notification area on his panel). This can be checked with gtk_status_icon_is_embedded(). On X11, the implementation follows the freedesktop.org "System Tray" <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/systemtray-spec">specification</ulink>. Implementations of the "tray" side of this specification can be found e.g. in the GNOME 2 and KDE panel applications. Note that a GtkStatusIcon is <emphasis>not</emphasis> a widget, but just a #GObject. Making it a widget would be impractical, since the system tray on Win32 doesn't allow to embed arbitrary widgets. Creates an empty status icon object. a new #GtkStatusIcon Creates a status icon displaying the file @filename. The image will be scaled down to fit in the available space in the notification area, if necessary. a new #GtkStatusIcon a filename Creates a status icon displaying a #GIcon. If the icon is a themed icon, it will be updated when the theme changes. a new #GtkStatusIcon a #GIcon Creates a status icon displaying an icon from the current icon theme. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately. a new #GtkStatusIcon an icon name Creates a status icon displaying @pixbuf. The image will be scaled down to fit in the available space in the notification area, if necessary. a new #GtkStatusIcon a #GdkPixbuf Creates a status icon displaying a stock icon. Sample stock icon names are #GTK_STOCK_OPEN, #GTK_STOCK_QUIT. You can register your own stock icon names, see gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and gtk_icon_factory_add(). a new #GtkStatusIcon a stock icon id Menu positioning function to use with gtk_menu_popup() to position @menu aligned to the status icon @user_data. the #GtkMenu return location for the x position return location for the y position whether the first menu item should be offset (pushed in) to be aligned with the menu popup position (only useful for GtkOptionMenu). the status icon to position the menu on Obtains information about the location of the status icon on screen. This information can be used to e.g. position popups like notification bubbles. See gtk_status_icon_position_menu() for a more convenient alternative for positioning menus. Note that some platforms do not allow GTK+ to provide this information, and even on platforms that do allow it, the information is not reliable unless the status icon is embedded in a notification area, see gtk_status_icon_is_embedded(). %TRUE if the location information has been filled in a #GtkStatusIcon return location for the screen, or %NULL if the information is not needed return location for the area occupied by the status icon, or %NULL return location for the orientation of the panel in which the status icon is embedded, or %NULL. A panel at the top or bottom of the screen is horizontal, a panel at the left or right is vertical. Retrieves the #GIcon being displayed by the #GtkStatusIcon. The storage type of the status icon must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_GICON (see gtk_status_icon_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned #GIcon. If this function fails, @icon is left unchanged; the displayed icon, or %NULL if the image is empty a #GtkStatusIcon Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip for more information. current value of has-tooltip on @status_icon. a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the name of the icon being displayed by the #GtkStatusIcon. The storage type of the status icon must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME (see gtk_status_icon_get_storage_type()). The returned string is owned by the #GtkStatusIcon and should not be freed or modified. name of the displayed icon, or %NULL if the image is empty. a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the #GdkPixbuf being displayed by the #GtkStatusIcon. The storage type of the status icon must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF (see gtk_status_icon_get_storage_type()). The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned pixbuf. the displayed pixbuf, or %NULL if the image is empty. a #GtkStatusIcon Returns the #GdkScreen associated with @status_icon. a #GdkScreen. a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the size in pixels that is available for the image. Stock icons and named icons adapt their size automatically if the size of the notification area changes. For other storage types, the size-changed signal can be used to react to size changes. Note that the returned size is only meaningful while the status icon is embedded (see gtk_status_icon_is_embedded()). the size that is available for the image a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the id of the stock icon being displayed by the #GtkStatusIcon. The storage type of the status icon must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or %GTK_IMAGE_STOCK (see gtk_status_icon_get_storage_type()). The returned string is owned by the #GtkStatusIcon and should not be freed or modified. stock id of the displayed stock icon, or %NULL if the image is empty. a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the type of representation being used by the #GtkStatusIcon to store image data. If the #GtkStatusIcon has no image data, the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY. the image representation being used a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the title of this tray icon. See gtk_status_icon_set_title(). the title of the status icon a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the contents of the tooltip for @status_icon. the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the returned string with g_free() when done. a #GtkStatusIcon Gets the contents of the tooltip for @status_icon. the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the returned string with g_free() when done. a #GtkStatusIcon Returns whether the status icon is visible or not. Note that being visible does not guarantee that the user can actually see the icon, see also gtk_status_icon_is_embedded(). %TRUE if the status icon is visible a #GtkStatusIcon This function is only useful on the X11/freedesktop.org platform. It returns a window ID for the widget in the underlying status icon implementation. This is useful for the Galago notification service, which can send a window ID in the protocol in order for the server to position notification windows pointing to a status icon reliably. This function is not intended for other use cases which are more likely to be met by one of the non-X11 specific methods, such as gtk_status_icon_position_menu(). An 32 bit unsigned integer identifier for the underlying X11 Window a #GtkStatusIcon Returns whether the status icon is embedded in a notification area. %TRUE if the status icon is embedded in a notification area. a #GtkStatusIcon Makes @status_icon display the file @filename. See gtk_status_icon_new_from_file() for details. a #GtkStatusIcon a filename Makes @status_icon display the #GIcon. See gtk_status_icon_new_from_gicon() for details. a #GtkStatusIcon a GIcon Makes @status_icon display the icon named @icon_name from the current icon theme. See gtk_status_icon_new_from_icon_name() for details. a #GtkStatusIcon an icon name Makes @status_icon display @pixbuf. See gtk_status_icon_new_from_pixbuf() for details. a #GtkStatusIcon a #GdkPixbuf or %NULL Makes @status_icon display the stock icon with the id @stock_id. See gtk_status_icon_new_from_stock() for details. a #GtkStatusIcon a stock icon id Sets the has-tooltip property on @status_icon to @has_tooltip. See #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip for more information. a #GtkStatusIcon whether or not @status_icon has a tooltip Sets the name of this tray icon. This should be a string identifying this icon. It is may be used for sorting the icons in the tray and will not be shown to the user. a #GtkStatusIcon the name Sets the #GdkScreen where @status_icon is displayed; if the icon is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and then remapped on the new screen. a #GtkStatusIcon a #GdkScreen Sets the title of this tray icon. This should be a short, human-readable, localized string describing the tray icon. It may be used by tools like screen readers to render the tray icon. a #GtkStatusIcon the title Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. This function will take care of setting #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default handler for the #GtkStatusIcon::query-tooltip signal. See also the #GtkStatusIcon:tooltip-markup property and gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). a #GtkStatusIcon the contents of the tooltip for @status_icon, or %NULL Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take care of setting #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default handler for the #GtkStatusIcon::query-tooltip signal. See also the #GtkStatusIcon:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text(). a #GtkStatusIcon the contents of the tooltip for @status_icon Shows or hides a status icon. a #GtkStatusIcon %TRUE to show the status icon, %FALSE to hide it %TRUE if the statusicon is embedded in a notification area. The #GIcon displayed in the #GtkStatusIcon. For themed icons, the image will be updated automatically if the theme changes. Enables or disables the emission of #GtkStatusIcon::query-tooltip on @status_icon. A value of %TRUE indicates that @status_icon can have a tooltip, in this case the status icon will be queried using #GtkStatusIcon::query-tooltip to determine whether it will provide a tooltip or not. Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change the event masks of the windows of this status icon to include leave-notify and motion-notify events. This will not be undone when the property is set to %FALSE again. Whether this property is respected is platform dependent. For plain text tooltips, use #GtkStatusIcon:tooltip-text in preference. The orientation of the tray in which the statusicon is embedded. The title of this tray icon. This should be a short, human-readable, localized string describing the tray icon. It may be used by tools like screen readers to render the tray icon. Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL. #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip will automatically be set to %TRUE and the default handler for the #GtkStatusIcon::query-tooltip signal will take care of displaying the tooltip. On some platforms, embedded markup will be ignored. Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string. Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text(). This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL. #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip will automatically be set to %TRUE and the default handler for the #GtkStatusIcon::query-tooltip signal will take care of displaying the tooltip. Note that some platforms have limitations on the length of tooltips that they allow on status icons, e.g. Windows only shows the first 64 characters. Gets emitted when the user activates the status icon. If and how status icons can activated is platform-dependent. Unlike most G_SIGNAL_ACTION signals, this signal is meant to be used by applications and should be wrapped by language bindings. The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is pressed. Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent. Use the ::activate and ::popup-menu signals in preference. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is released. Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent. Use the ::activate and ::popup-menu signals in preference. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal Gets emitted when the user brings up the context menu of the status icon. Whether status icons can have context menus and how these are activated is platform-dependent. The @button and @activate_time parameters should be passed as the last to arguments to gtk_menu_popup(). Unlike most G_SIGNAL_ACTION signals, this signal is meant to be used by applications and should be wrapped by language bindings. the button that was pressed, or 0 if the signal is not emitted in response to a button press event the timestamp of the event that triggered the signal emission Emitted when the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout has expired with the cursor hovering above @status_icon; or emitted when @status_icon got focus in keyboard mode. Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine whether a tooltip should be shown for @status_icon. If this is the case %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and should not be used. The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore destined function calls. Whether this signal is emitted is platform-dependent. For plain text tooltips, use #GtkStatusIcon:tooltip-text in preference. %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise. the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has been emitted, relative to @status_icon the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has been emitted, relative to @status_icon %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard a #GtkTooltip The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7 range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned. Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventScroll which triggered this signal Gets emitted when the size available for the image changes, e.g. because the notification area got resized. %TRUE if the icon was updated for the new size. Otherwise, GTK+ will scale the icon as necessary. the new size A #GtkStatusbar is usually placed along the bottom of an application's main #GtkWindow. It may provide a regular commentary of the application's status (as is usually the case in a web browser, for example), or may be used to simply output a message when the status changes, (when an upload is complete in an FTP client, for example). Status bars in GTK+ maintain a stack of messages. The message at the top of the each bar's stack is the one that will currently be displayed. Any messages added to a statusbar's stack must specify a <emphasis>context id</emphasis> that is used to uniquely identify the source of a message. This context id can be generated by gtk_statusbar_get_context_id(), given a message and the statusbar that it will be added to. Note that messages are stored in a stack, and when choosing which message to display, the stack structure is adhered to, regardless of the context identifier of a message. One could say that a statusbar maintains one stack of messages for display purposes, but allows multiple message producers to maintain sub-stacks of the messages they produced (via context ids). Status bars are created using gtk_statusbar_new(). Messages are added to the bar's stack with gtk_statusbar_push(). The message at the top of the stack can be removed using gtk_statusbar_pop(). A message can be removed from anywhere in the stack if its message id was recorded at the time it was added. This is done using gtk_statusbar_remove(). Creates a new #GtkStatusbar ready for messages. the new #GtkStatusbar Returns a new context identifier, given a description of the actual context. Note that the description is <emphasis>not</emphasis> shown in the UI. an integer id a #GtkStatusbar textual description of what context the new message is being used in Retrieves the box containing the label widget. a #GtkBox a #GtkStatusbar Removes the first message in the #GtkStatusbar's stack with the given context id. Note that this may not change the displayed message, if the message at the top of the stack has a different context id. a #GtkStatusbar a context identifier Pushes a new message onto a statusbar's stack. a message id that can be used with gtk_statusbar_remove(). a #GtkStatusbar the message's context id, as returned by gtk_statusbar_get_context_id() the message to add to the statusbar Forces the removal of a message from a statusbar's stack. The exact @context_id and @message_id must be specified. a #GtkStatusbar a context identifier a message identifier, as returned by gtk_statusbar_push() Forces the removal of all messages from a statusbar's stack with the exact @context_id. a #GtkStatusbar a context identifier Is emitted whenever a new message is popped off a statusbar's stack. the context id of the relevant message/statusbar the message that was just popped Is emitted whenever a new message gets pushed onto a statusbar's stack. the context id of the relevant message/statusbar the message that was pushed Copies a stock item, mostly useful for language bindings and not in applications. a new #GtkStockItem a #GtkStockItem Frees a stock item allocated on the heap, such as one returned by gtk_stock_item_copy(). Also frees the fields inside the stock item, if they are not %NULL. a #GtkStockItem A #GtkStyle object encapsulates the information that provides the look and feel for a widget. <warning> In GTK+ 3.0, GtkStyle has been deprecated and replaced by #GtkStyleContext. </warning> Each #GtkWidget has an associated #GtkStyle object that is used when rendering that widget. Also, a #GtkStyle holds information for the five possible widget states though not every widget supports all five states; see #GtkStateType. Usually the #GtkStyle for a widget is the same as the default style that is set by GTK+ and modified the theme engine. Usually applications should not need to use or modify the #GtkStyle of their widgets. Creates a new #GtkStyle. a new #GtkStyle. Renders the icon specified by @source at the given @size according to the given parameters and returns the result in a pixbuf. a newly-created #GdkPixbuf containing the rendered icon the #GtkIconSource specifying the icon to render a text direction a state the size to render the icon at. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale. the widget a style detail Sets the background of @window to the background color or pixmap specified by @style for the given state. a #GdkWindow a state Attaches a style to a window; this process allocates the colors and creates the GC's for the style - it specializes it to a particular visual. The process may involve the creation of a new style if the style has already been attached to a window with a different style and visual. Since this function may return a new object, you have to use it in the following way: <literal>style = gtk_style_attach (style, window)</literal> Either @style, or a newly-created #GtkStyle. If the style is newly created, the style parameter will be unref'ed, and the new style will have a reference count belonging to the caller. a #GtkStyle. a #GdkWindow. Creates a copy of the passed in #GtkStyle object. a copy of @style a #GtkStyle Detaches a style from a window. If the style is not attached to any windows anymore, it is unrealized. See gtk_style_attach(). a #GtkStyle Gets the values of a multiple style properties for @widget_type from @style. a #GtkStyle the #GType of a descendant of #GtkWidget the name of the first style property to get Queries the value of a style property corresponding to a widget class is in the given style. a #GtkStyle the #GType of a descendant of #GtkWidget the name of the style property to get a #GValue where the value of the property being queried will be stored Non-vararg variant of gtk_style_get(). Used primarily by language bindings. a #GtkStyle the #GType of a descendant of #GtkWidget the name of the first style property to get a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and locations to return the property values, starting with the location for @first_property_name. Returns whether @style has an associated #GtkStyleContext. %TRUE if @style has a #GtkStyleContext a #GtkStyle Looks up @color_name in the style's logical color mappings, filling in @color and returning %TRUE if found, otherwise returning %FALSE. Do not cache the found mapping, because it depends on the #GtkStyle and might change when a theme switch occurs. %TRUE if the mapping was found. a #GtkStyle the name of the logical color to look up the #GdkColor to fill in Looks up @stock_id in the icon factories associated with @style and the default icon factory, returning an icon set if found, otherwise %NULL. icon set of @stock_id a #GtkStyle an icon name Renders the icon specified by @source at the given @size according to the given parameters and returns the result in a pixbuf. a newly-created #GdkPixbuf containing the rendered icon a #GtkStyle the #GtkIconSource specifying the icon to render a text direction a state the size to render the icon at. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale. the widget a style detail Sets the background of @window to the background color or pixmap specified by @style for the given state. a #GtkStyle a #GdkWindow a state Emitted when the style has been initialized for a particular visual. Connecting to this signal is probably seldom useful since most of the time applications and widgets only deal with styles that have been already realized. Emitted when the aspects of the style specific to a particular visual is being cleaned up. A connection to this signal can be useful if a widget wants to cache objects as object data on #GtkStyle. This signal provides a convenient place to free such cached objects. a #GdkWindow a state a newly-created #GdkPixbuf containing the rendered icon the #GtkIconSource specifying the icon to render a text direction a state the size to render the icon at. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale. the widget a style detail #GtkStyleContext is an object that stores styling information affecting a widget defined by #GtkWidgetPath. In order to construct the final style information, #GtkStyleContext queries information from all attached #GtkStyleProviders. Style providers can be either attached explicitly to the context through gtk_style_context_add_provider(), or to the screen through gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen(). The resulting style is a combination of all providers' information in priority order. For GTK+ widgets, any #GtkStyleContext returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context() will already have a #GtkWidgetPath, a #GdkScreen and RTL/LTR information set. The style context will be also updated automatically if any of these settings change on the widget. If you are using the theming layer standalone, you will need to set a widget path and a screen yourself to the created style context through gtk_style_context_set_path() and gtk_style_context_set_screen(), as well as updating the context yourself using gtk_style_context_invalidate() whenever any of the conditions change, such as a change in the #GtkSettings:gtk-theme-name setting or a hierarchy change in the rendered widget. <refsect2 id="gtkstylecontext-animations"> <title>Transition animations</title> <para> #GtkStyleContext has built-in support for state change transitions. Note that these animations respect the #GtkSettings:gtk-enable-animations setting. </para> <para> For simple widgets where state changes affect the whole widget area, calling gtk_style_context_notify_state_change() with a %NULL region is sufficient to trigger the transition animation. And GTK+ already does that when gtk_widget_set_state() or gtk_widget_set_state_flags() are called. </para> <para> If a widget needs to declare several animatable regions (i.e. not affecting the whole widget area), its #GtkWidget::draw signal handler needs to wrap the render operations for the different regions with calls to gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region() and gtk_style_context_pop_animatable_region(). These functions take an identifier for the region which must be unique within the style context. For simple widgets with a fixed set of animatable regions, using an enumeration works well: </para> <example> <title>Using an enumeration to identify animatable regions</title> <programlisting> enum { REGION_ENTRY, REGION_BUTTON_UP, REGION_BUTTON_DOWN }; ... gboolean spin_button_draw (GtkWidget *widget, cairo_t *cr) { GtkStyleContext *context; context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget); gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region (context, GUINT_TO_POINTER (REGION_ENTRY)); gtk_render_background (cr, 0, 0, 100, 30); gtk_render_frame (cr, 0, 0, 100, 30); gtk_style_context_pop_animatable_region (context); ... } </programlisting> </example> <para> For complex widgets with an arbitrary number of animatable regions, it is up to the implementation to come up with a way to uniquely identify each animatable region. Using pointers to internal structs is one way to achieve this: </para> <example> <title>Using struct pointers to identify animatable regions</title> <programlisting> void notebook_draw_tab (GtkWidget *widget, NotebookPage *page, cairo_t *cr) { gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region (context, page); gtk_render_extension (cr, page->x, page->y, page->width, page->height); gtk_style_context_pop_animatable_region (context); } </programlisting> </example> <para> The widget also needs to notify the style context about a state change for a given animatable region so the animation is triggered. </para> <example> <title>Triggering a state change animation on a region</title> <programlisting> gboolean notebook_motion_notify (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventMotion *event) { GtkStyleContext *context; NotebookPage *page; context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget); page = find_page_under_pointer (widget, event); gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (context, gtk_widget_get_window (widget), page, GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT, TRUE); ... } </programlisting> </example> <para> gtk_style_context_notify_state_change() accepts %NULL region IDs as a special value, in this case, the whole widget area will be updated by the animation. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkstylecontext-classes"> <title>Style classes and regions</title> <para> Widgets can add style classes to their context, which can be used to associate different styles by class (see <xref linkend="gtkcssprovider-selectors"/>). Theme engines can also use style classes to vary their rendering. GTK+ has a number of predefined style classes: #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CELL, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ENTRY, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_BUTTON, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_COMBOBOX_ENTRY, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CALENDAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SLIDER, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_BACKGROUND, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_RUBBERBAND, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOOLTIP, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MENU, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MENUBAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MENUITEM, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOOLBAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PRIMARY_TOOLBAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_INLINE_TOOLBAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_RADIO, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CHECK, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TROUGH, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCROLLBAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCALE, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_ABOVE, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_BELOW, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HEADER, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ACCELERATOR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_GRIP, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DOCK, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PROGRESSBAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SPINNER, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_EXPANDER, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SPINBUTTON, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_NOTEBOOK, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VIEW, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SIDEBAR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_IMAGE, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HIGHLIGHT, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_FRAME, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DND, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PANE_SEPARATOR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SEPARATOR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_INFO, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_WARNING, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_QUESTION, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_ERROR, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_HORIZONTAL, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_VERTICAL, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOP, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_BOTTOM, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LEFT, #GTK_STYLE_CLASS_RIGHT, </para> <para> Widgets can also add regions with flags to their context. The regions used by GTK+ widgets are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols="4"> <thead> <row> <entry>Region</entry> <entry>Flags</entry> <entry>Macro</entry> <entry>Used by</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>row</entry> <entry>even, odd</entry> <entry>GTK_STYLE_REGION_ROW</entry> <entry>#GtkTreeView</entry> </row> <row> <entry>column</entry> <entry>first, last, sorted</entry> <entry>GTK_STYLE_REGION_COLUMN</entry> <entry>#GtkTreeView</entry> </row> <row> <entry>column-header</entry> <entry></entry> <entry>GTK_STYLE_REGION_COLUMN_HEADER</entry> <entry></entry> </row> <row> <entry>tab</entry> <entry>even, odd, first, last</entry> <entry>GTK_STYLE_REGION_TAB</entry> <entry>#GtkNotebook</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="gtkstylecontext-custom-styling"> <title>Custom styling in UI libraries and applications</title> <para> If you are developing a library with custom #GtkWidget<!-- -->s that render differently than standard components, you may need to add a #GtkStyleProvider yourself with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority, either a #GtkCssProvider or a custom object implementing the #GtkStyleProvider interface. This way theming engines may still attempt to style your UI elements in a different way if needed so. </para> <para> If you are using custom styling on an applications, you probably want then to make your style information prevail to the theme's, so you must use a #GtkStyleProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION priority, keep in mind that the user settings in <filename><replaceable>XDG_CONFIG_HOME</replaceable>/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</filename> will still take precedence over your changes, as it uses the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER priority. </para> <para> If a custom theming engine is needed, you probably want to implement a #GtkStyleProvider yourself so it points to your #GtkThemingEngine implementation, as #GtkCssProvider uses gtk_theming_engine_load() which loads the theming engine module from the standard paths. </para> </refsect2> Creates a standalone #GtkStyleContext, this style context won't be attached to any widget, so you may want to call gtk_style_context_set_path() yourself. <note> This function is only useful when using the theming layer separated from GTK+, if you are using #GtkStyleContext to theme #GtkWidget<!-- -->s, use gtk_widget_get_style_context() in order to get a style context ready to theme the widget. </note> A newly created #GtkStyleContext. Adds a global style provider to @screen, which will be used in style construction for all #GtkStyleContexts under @screen. GTK+ uses this to make styling information from #GtkSettings available. <note><para>If both priorities are the same, A #GtkStyleProvider added through gtk_style_context_add_provider() takes precedence over another added through this function.</para></note> a #GdkScreen a #GtkStyleProvider the priority of the style provider. The lower it is, the earlier it will be used in the style construction. Typically this will be in the range between %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK and %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER Removes @provider from the global style providers list in @screen. a #GdkScreen a #GtkStyleProvider This function recomputes the styles for all widgets under a particular #GdkScreen. This is useful when some global parameter has changed that affects the appearance of all widgets, because when a widget gets a new style, it will both redraw and recompute any cached information about its appearance. As an example, it is used when the color scheme changes in the related #GtkSettings object. a #GdkScreen Adds a style class to @context, so posterior calls to gtk_style_context_get() or any of the gtk_render_*() functions will make use of this new class for styling. In the CSS file format, a #GtkEntry defining an "entry" class, would be matched by: <programlisting> GtkEntry.entry { ... } </programlisting> While any widget defining an "entry" class would be matched by: <programlisting> .entry { ... } </programlisting> a #GtkStyleContext class name to use in styling Adds a style provider to @context, to be used in style construction. Note that a style provider added by this function only affects the style of the widget to which @context belongs. If you want to affect the style of all widgets, use gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen(). <note><para>If both priorities are the same, A #GtkStyleProvider added through this function takes precedence over another added through gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen().</para></note> a #GtkStyleContext a #GtkStyleProvider the priority of the style provider. The lower it is, the earlier it will be used in the style construction. Typically this will be in the range between %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK and %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER Adds a region to @context, so posterior calls to gtk_style_context_get() or any of the gtk_render_*() functions will make use of this new region for styling. In the CSS file format, a #GtkTreeView defining a "row" region, would be matched by: <programlisting> GtkTreeView row { ... } </programlisting> Pseudo-classes are used for matching @flags, so the two following rules: <programlisting> GtkTreeView row:nth-child(even) { ... } GtkTreeView row:nth-child(odd) { ... } </programlisting> would apply to even and odd rows, respectively. <note><para>Region names must only contain lowercase letters and '-', starting always with a lowercase letter.</para></note> a #GtkStyleContext region name to use in styling flags that apply to the region Stops all running animations for @region_id and all animatable regions underneath. A %NULL @region_id will stop all ongoing animations in @context, when dealing with a #GtkStyleContext obtained through gtk_widget_get_style_context(), this is normally done for you in all circumstances you would expect all widget to be stopped, so this should be only used in complex widgets with different animatable regions. a #GtkStyleContext animatable region to stop, or %NULL. See gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region() Retrieves several style property values from @context for a given state. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the property values for Gets the background color for a given state. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the color for return value for the background color Gets the border for a given state as a #GtkBorder. See %GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the border for return value for the border settings Gets the border color for a given state. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the color for return value for the border color Gets the foreground color for a given state. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the color for return value for the foreground color Returns the widget direction used for rendering. the widget direction a #GtkStyleContext Returns the font description for a given state. The returned object is const and will remain valid until the #GtkStyleContext::changed signal happens. the #PangoFontDescription for the given state. This object is owned by GTK+ and should not be freed. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the font for Returns the #GdkFrameClock to which @context is attached. a #GdkFrameClock, or %NULL if @context does not have an attached frame clock. a #GtkStyleContext Returns the sides where rendered elements connect visually with others. the junction sides a #GtkStyleContext Gets the margin for a given state as a #GtkBorder. See %GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the border for return value for the margin settings Gets the padding for a given state as a #GtkBorder. See %GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the padding for return value for the padding settings Gets the parent context set via gtk_style_context_set_parent(). See that function for details. the parent context or %NULL a #GtkStyleContext Returns the widget path used for style matching. A #GtkWidgetPath a #GtkStyleContext Gets a style property from @context for the given state. When @value is no longer needed, g_value_unset() must be called to free any allocated memory. a #GtkStyleContext style property name state to retrieve the property value for return location for the style property value Returns the #GdkScreen to which @context is attached. a #GdkScreen. a #GtkStyleContext Queries the location in the CSS where @property was defined for the current @context. Note that the state to be queried is taken from gtk_style_context_get_state(). If the location is not available, %NULL will be returned. The location might not be available for various reasons, such as the property being overridden, @property not naming a supported CSS property or tracking of definitions being disabled for performance reasons. Shorthand CSS properties cannot be queried for a location and will always return %NULL. %NULL or the section where value was defined a #GtkStyleContext style property name Returns the state used when rendering. the state flags a #GtkStyleContext Retrieves several widget style properties from @context according to the current style. a #GtkStyleContext Gets the value for a widget style property. When @value is no longer needed, g_value_unset() must be called to free any allocated memory. a #GtkStyleContext the name of the widget style property Return location for the property value Retrieves several widget style properties from @context according to the current style. a #GtkStyleContext va_list of property name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Retrieves several style property values from @context for a given state. a #GtkStyleContext state to retrieve the property values for va_list of property name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Returns %TRUE if @context currently has defined the given class name %TRUE if @context has @class_name defined a #GtkStyleContext a class name Returns %TRUE if @context has the region defined. If @flags_return is not %NULL, it is set to the flags affecting the region. %TRUE if region is defined a #GtkStyleContext a region name return location for region flags Invalidates @context style information, so it will be reconstructed again. If you're using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself. a #GtkStyleContext. Returns the list of classes currently defined in @context. a #GList of strings with the currently defined classes. The contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list itself with g_list_free() when you are done with it. a #GtkStyleContext Returns the list of regions currently defined in @context. a #GList of strings with the currently defined regions. The contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list itself with g_list_free() when you are done with it. a #GtkStyleContext Looks up and resolves a color name in the @context color map. %TRUE if @color_name was found and resolved, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkStyleContext color name to lookup Return location for the looked up color Looks up @stock_id in the icon factories associated to @context and the default icon factory, returning an icon set if found, otherwise %NULL. The looked up %GtkIconSet, or %NULL a #GtkStyleContext an icon name Notifies a state change on @context, so if the current style makes use of transition animations, one will be started so all rendered elements under @region_id are animated for state @state being set to value @state_value. The @window parameter is used in order to invalidate the rendered area as the animation runs, so make sure it is the same window that is being rendered on by the gtk_render_*() functions. If @region_id is %NULL, all rendered elements using @context will be affected by this state transition. As a practical example, a #GtkButton notifying a state transition on the prelight state: <programlisting> gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (context, gtk_widget_get_window (widget), NULL, GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT, button->in_button); </programlisting> Can be handled in the CSS file like this: <programlisting> GtkButton { background-color: &num;f00 } GtkButton:hover { background-color: &num;fff; transition: 200ms linear } </programlisting> This combination will animate the button background from red to white if a pointer enters the button, and back to red if the pointer leaves the button. Note that @state is used when finding the transition parameters, which is why the style places the transition under the :hover pseudo-class. a #GtkStyleContext a #GdkWindow animatable region to notify on, or %NULL. See gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region() state to trigger transition for %TRUE if @state is the state we are changing to, %FALSE if we are changing away from it Pops an animatable region from @context. See gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region(). a #GtkStyleContext Pushes an animatable region, so all further gtk_render_*() calls between this call and the following gtk_style_context_pop_animatable_region() will potentially show transition animations for this region if gtk_style_context_notify_state_change() is called for a given state, and the current theme/style defines transition animations for state changes. The @region_id used must be unique in @context so the theming engine can uniquely identify rendered elements subject to a state transition. a #GtkStyleContext unique identifier for the animatable region Removes @class_name from @context. a #GtkStyleContext class name to remove Removes @provider from the style providers list in @context. a #GtkStyleContext a #GtkStyleProvider Removes a region from @context. a #GtkStyleContext region name to unset Restores @context state to a previous stage. See gtk_style_context_save(). a #GtkStyleContext Saves the @context state, so all modifications done through gtk_style_context_add_class(), gtk_style_context_remove_class(), gtk_style_context_add_region(), gtk_style_context_remove_region() or gtk_style_context_set_junction_sides() can be reverted in one go through gtk_style_context_restore(). a #GtkStyleContext This function is analogous to gdk_window_scroll(), and should be called together with it so the invalidation areas for any ongoing animation are scrolled together with it. a #GtkStyleContext a #GdkWindow used previously in gtk_style_context_notify_state_change() Amount to scroll in the X axis Amount to scroll in the Y axis Sets the background of @window to the background pattern or color specified in @context for its current state. a #GtkStyleContext a #GdkWindow Sets the reading direction for rendering purposes. If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself. a #GtkStyleContext the new direction. Attaches @context to the given frame clock. The frame clock is used for the timing of animations. If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself. a #GdkFrameClock a #GdkFrameClock Sets the sides where rendered elements (mostly through gtk_render_frame()) will visually connect with other visual elements. This is merely a hint that may or may not be honored by theming engines. Container widgets are expected to set junction hints as appropriate for their children, so it should not normally be necessary to call this function manually. a #GtkStyleContext sides where rendered elements are visually connected to other elements Sets the parent style context for @context. The parent style context is used to implement <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-cascade/#inheritance">inheritance</ulink> of properties. If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), the parent will be set for you. a #GtkStyleContext the new parent or %NULL Sets the #GtkWidgetPath used for style matching. As a consequence, the style will be regenerated to match the new given path. If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself. a #GtkStyleContext a #GtkWidgetPath Attaches @context to the given screen. The screen is used to add style information from 'global' style providers, such as the screens #GtkSettings instance. If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call this yourself. a #GtkStyleContext a #GdkScreen Sets the state to be used when rendering with any of the gtk_render_*() functions. a #GtkStyleContext state to represent Returns %TRUE if there is a transition animation running for the current region (see gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region()). If @progress is not %NULL, the animation progress will be returned there, 0.0 means the state is closest to being unset, while 1.0 means it's closest to being set. This means transition animation will run from 0 to 1 when @state is being set and from 1 to 0 when it's being unset. %TRUE if there is a running transition animation for @state. a #GtkStyleContext a widget state return location for the transition progress Sets or gets the style context's parent. See gtk_style_context_set_parent() for details. GtkStyleProperties provides the storage for style information that is used by #GtkStyleContext and other #GtkStyleProvider implementations. Before style properties can be stored in GtkStyleProperties, they must be registered with gtk_style_properties_register_property(). Unless you are writing a #GtkStyleProvider implementation, you are unlikely to use this API directly, as gtk_style_context_get() and its variants are the preferred way to access styling information from widget implementations and theming engine implementations should use the APIs provided by #GtkThemingEngine instead. Returns a newly created #GtkStyleProperties a new #GtkStyleProperties Returns %TRUE if a property has been registered, if @pspec or @parse_func are not %NULL, the #GParamSpec and parsing function will be respectively returned. %TRUE if the property is registered, %FALSE otherwise property name to look up return location for the parse function return location for the #GParamSpec Registers a property so it can be used in the CSS file format. This function is the low-level equivalent of gtk_theming_engine_register_property(), if you are implementing a theming engine, you want to use that function instead. parsing function to use, or %NULL the #GParamSpec for the new property Clears all style information from @props. a #GtkStyleProperties Retrieves several style property values from @props for a given state. a #GtkStyleProperties state to retrieve the property values for Gets a style property from @props for the given state. When done with @value, g_value_unset() needs to be called to free any allocated memory. %TRUE if the property exists in @props, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkStyleProperties style property name state to retrieve the property value for return location for the style property value. Retrieves several style property values from @props for a given state. a #GtkStyleProperties state to retrieve the property values for va_list of property name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Returns the symbolic color that is mapped to @name. The mapped color a #GtkStyleProperties color name to lookup Maps @color so it can be referenced by @name. See gtk_style_properties_lookup_color() a #GtkStyleProperties color name #GtkSymbolicColor to map @name to Merges into @props all the style information contained in @props_to_merge. If @replace is %TRUE, the values will be overwritten, if it is %FALSE, the older values will prevail. a #GtkStyleProperties a second #GtkStyleProperties whether to replace values or not Sets several style properties on @props. a #GtkStyleProperties state to set the values for Sets a styling property in @props. a #GtkStyleProperties styling property to set state to set the value for new value for the property Sets several style properties on @props. a #GtkStyleProperties state to set the values for va_list of property name/value pairs, followed by %NULL Unsets a style property in @props. a #GtkStyleProperties property to unset state to unset GtkStyleProvider is an interface used to provide style information to a #GtkStyleContext. See gtk_style_context_add_provider() and gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_screen(). Returns the #GtkIconFactory defined to be in use for @path, or %NULL if none is defined. The icon factory to use for @path, or %NULL #GtkWidgetPath to query Returns the style settings affecting a widget defined by @path, or %NULL if @provider doesn't contemplate styling @path. a #GtkStyleProperties containing the style settings affecting @path #GtkWidgetPath to query Looks up a widget style property as defined by @provider for the widget represented by @path. %TRUE if the property was found and has a value, %FALSE otherwise #GtkWidgetPath to query state to query the style property for The #GParamSpec to query return location for the property value Returns the #GtkIconFactory defined to be in use for @path, or %NULL if none is defined. The icon factory to use for @path, or %NULL a #GtkStyleProvider #GtkWidgetPath to query Returns the style settings affecting a widget defined by @path, or %NULL if @provider doesn't contemplate styling @path. a #GtkStyleProperties containing the style settings affecting @path a #GtkStyleProvider #GtkWidgetPath to query Looks up a widget style property as defined by @provider for the widget represented by @path. %TRUE if the property was found and has a value, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkStyleProvider #GtkWidgetPath to query state to query the style property for The #GParamSpec to query return location for the property value a #GtkStyleProperties containing the style settings affecting @path #GtkWidgetPath to query %TRUE if the property was found and has a value, %FALSE otherwise #GtkWidgetPath to query state to query the style property for The #GParamSpec to query return location for the property value The icon factory to use for @path, or %NULL #GtkWidgetPath to query #GtkSwitch is a widget that has two states: on or off. The user can control which state should be active by clicking the empty area, or by dragging the handle. Creates a new #GtkSwitch widget. the newly created #GtkSwitch instance Gets whether the #GtkSwitch is in its "on" or "off" state. %TRUE if the #GtkSwitch is active, and %FALSE otherwise a #GtkSwitch Changes the state of @sw to the desired one. a #GtkSwitch %TRUE if @sw should be active, and %FALSE otherwise Whether the #GtkSwitch widget is in its on or off state. The ::activate signal on GtkSwitch is an action signal and emitting it causes the switch to animate. Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the notify::active signal. The <structname>GtkSwitchClass</structname> structure contains only private data. GtkSymbolicColor is a boxed type that represents a symbolic color. It is the result of parsing a <link linkend="gtkcssprovider-symbolic-colors">color expression</link>. To obtain the color represented by a GtkSymbolicColor, it has to be resolved with gtk_symbolic_color_resolve(), which replaces all symbolic color references by the colors they refer to (in a given context) and evaluates mix, shade and other expressions, resulting in a #GdkRGBA value. It is not normally necessary to deal directly with #GtkSymbolicColors, since they are mostly used behind the scenes by #GtkStyleContext and #GtkCssProvider. #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated. Symbolic colors are considered an implementation detail of GTK+. Creates a symbolic color by modifying the relative alpha value of @color. A factor < 1.0 would resolve to a more transparent color, while > 1.0 would resolve to a more opaque color. A newly created #GtkSymbolicColor another #GtkSymbolicColor factor to apply to @color alpha Creates a symbolic color pointing to a literal color. a newly created #GtkSymbolicColor a #GdkRGBA Creates a symbolic color defined as a mix of another two colors. a mix factor of 0 would resolve to @color1, while a factor of 1 would resolve to @color2. A newly created #GtkSymbolicColor color to mix another color to mix mix factor Creates a symbolic color pointing to an unresolved named color. See gtk_style_context_lookup_color() and gtk_style_properties_lookup_color(). a newly created #GtkSymbolicColor color name Creates a symbolic color defined as a shade of another color. A factor > 1.0 would resolve to a brighter color, while < 1.0 would resolve to a darker color. A newly created #GtkSymbolicColor another #GtkSymbolicColor shading factor to apply to @color Creates a symbolic color based on the current win32 theme. Note that while this call is available on all platforms the actual value returned is not reliable on non-win32 platforms. A newly created #GtkSymbolicColor The theme class to pull color from The color id Increases the reference count of @color the same @color a #GtkSymbolicColor If @color is resolvable, @resolved_color will be filled in with the resolved color, and %TRUE will be returned. Generally, if @color can't be resolved, it is due to it being defined on top of a named color that doesn't exist in @props. When @props is %NULL, resolving of named colors will fail, so if your @color is or references such a color, this function will return %FALSE. %TRUE if the color has been resolved a #GtkSymbolicColor #GtkStyleProperties to use when resolving named colors, or %NULL return location for the resolved color Converts the given @color to a string representation. This is useful both for debugging and for serialization of strings. The format of the string may change between different versions of GTK, but it is guaranteed that the GTK css parser is able to read the string and create the same symbolic color from it. a new string representing @color color to convert to a string Decreases the reference count of @color, freeing its memory if the reference count reaches 0. a #GtkSymbolicColor The priority at which the text view validates onscreen lines in an idle job in the background. The #GtkTable functions allow the programmer to arrange widgets in rows and columns, making it easy to align many widgets next to each other, horizontally and vertically. Tables are created with a call to gtk_table_new(), the size of which can later be changed with gtk_table_resize(). Widgets can be added to a table using gtk_table_attach() or the more convenient (but slightly less flexible) gtk_table_attach_defaults(). To alter the space next to a specific row, use gtk_table_set_row_spacing(), and for a column, gtk_table_set_col_spacing(). The gaps between <emphasis>all</emphasis> rows or columns can be changed by calling gtk_table_set_row_spacings() or gtk_table_set_col_spacings() respectively. Note that spacing is added <emphasis>between</emphasis> the children, while padding added by gtk_table_attach() is added <emphasis>on either side</emphasis> of the widget it belongs to. gtk_table_set_homogeneous(), can be used to set whether all cells in the table will resize themselves to the size of the largest widget in the table. <note> #GtkTable has been deprecated. Use #GtkGrid instead. It provides the same capabilities as GtkTable for arranging widgets in a rectangular grid, but does support height-for-width geometry management. </note> Used to create a new table widget. An initial size must be given by specifying how many rows and columns the table should have, although this can be changed later with gtk_table_resize(). @rows and @columns must both be in the range 1 .. 65535. For historical reasons, 0 is accepted as well and is silently interpreted as 1. A pointer to the newly created table widget. The number of rows the new table should have. The number of columns the new table should have. If set to %TRUE, all table cells are resized to the size of the cell containing the largest widget. Adds a widget to a table. The number of 'cells' that a widget will occupy is specified by @left_attach, @right_attach, @top_attach and @bottom_attach. These each represent the leftmost, rightmost, uppermost and lowest column and row numbers of the table. (Columns and rows are indexed from zero). To make a button occupy the lower right cell of a 2x2 table, use <informalexample><programlisting> gtk_table_attach (table, button, 1, 2, // left, right attach 1, 2, // top, bottom attach xoptions, yoptions, xpadding, ypadding); </programlisting></informalexample> If you want to make the button span the entire bottom row, use @left_attach == 0 and @right_attach = 2 instead. The #GtkTable to add a new widget to. The widget to add. the column number to attach the left side of a child widget to. the column number to attach the right side of a child widget to. the row number to attach the top of a child widget to. the row number to attach the bottom of a child widget to. Used to specify the properties of the child widget when the table is resized. The same as xoptions, except this field determines behaviour of vertical resizing. An integer value specifying the padding on the left and right of the widget being added to the table. The amount of padding above and below the child widget. As there are many options associated with gtk_table_attach(), this convenience function provides the programmer with a means to add children to a table with identical padding and expansion options. The values used for the #GtkAttachOptions are <literal>GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL</literal>, and the padding is set to 0. The table to add a new child widget to. The child widget to add. The column number to attach the left side of the child widget to. The column number to attach the right side of the child widget to. The row number to attach the top of the child widget to. The row number to attach the bottom of the child widget to. Gets the amount of space between column @col, and column @col + 1. See gtk_table_set_col_spacing(). the column spacing a #GtkTable a column in the table, 0 indicates the first column Gets the default column spacing for the table. This is the spacing that will be used for newly added columns. (See gtk_table_set_col_spacings()) the default column spacing a #GtkTable Gets the default row spacing for the table. This is the spacing that will be used for newly added rows. (See gtk_table_set_row_spacings()) the default row spacing a #GtkTable Returns whether the table cells are all constrained to the same width and height. (See gtk_table_set_homogenous ()) %TRUE if the cells are all constrained to the same size a #GtkTable Gets the amount of space between row @row, and row @row + 1. See gtk_table_set_row_spacing(). the row spacing a #GtkTable a row in the table, 0 indicates the first row Gets the number of rows and columns in the table. a #GtkTable return location for the number of rows, or %NULL return location for the number of columns, or %NULL If you need to change a table's size <emphasis>after</emphasis> it has been created, this function allows you to do so. The #GtkTable you wish to change the size of. The new number of rows. The new number of columns. Alters the amount of space between a given table column and the following column. a #GtkTable. the column whose spacing should be changed. number of pixels that the spacing should take up. Sets the space between every column in @table equal to @spacing. a #GtkTable. the number of pixels of space to place between every column in the table. Changes the homogenous property of table cells, ie. whether all cells are an equal size or not. The #GtkTable you wish to set the homogeneous properties of. Set to %TRUE to ensure all table cells are the same size. Set to %FALSE if this is not your desired behaviour. Changes the space between a given table row and the subsequent row. a #GtkTable containing the row whose properties you wish to change. row number whose spacing will be changed. number of pixels that the spacing should take up. Sets the space between every row in @table equal to @spacing. a #GtkTable. the number of pixels of space to place between every row in the table. A #GtkTargetEntry structure represents a single type of data than can be supplied for by a widget for a selection or for supplied or received during drag-and-drop. Makes a new #GtkTargetEntry structure. a pointer to a new GtkTargetEntry structure. Free with gtk_target_entry_free() String identifier for target Set of flags, see #GtkTargetFlags an ID that will be passed back to the application Makes a copy of a #GtkTargetEntry structure and its data. a pointer to a copy of @data. Free with gtk_target_entry_free() a pointer to a #GtkTargetEntry structure. Frees a #GtkTargetEntry structure returned from gtk_target_entry_new() or gtk_target_entry_copy(). a pointer to a #GtkTargetEntry structure. The #GtkTargetFlags enumeration is used to specify constraints on an entry in a #GtkTargetTable. If this is set, the target will only be selected for drags within a single application. If this is set, the target will only be selected for drags within a single widget. If this is set, the target will not be selected for drags within a single application. If this is set, the target will not be selected for drags withing a single widget. A #GtkTargetList structure is a reference counted list of #GtkTargetPair. It is used to represent the same information as a table of #GtkTargetEntry, but in an efficient form. This structure should be treated as opaque. Creates a new #GtkTargetList from an array of #GtkTargetEntry. the new #GtkTargetList. Pointer to an array of #GtkTargetEntry number of entries in @targets. Appends another target to a #GtkTargetList. a #GtkTargetList the interned atom representing the target the flags for this target an ID that will be passed back to the application Appends the image targets supported by #GtkSelection to the target list. All targets are added with the same @info. a #GtkTargetList an ID that will be passed back to the application whether to add only targets for which GTK+ knows how to convert a pixbuf into the format Appends the rich text targets registered with gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() to the target list. All targets are added with the same @info. a #GtkTargetList an ID that will be passed back to the application if %TRUE, then deserializable rich text formats will be added, serializable formats otherwise. a #GtkTextBuffer. Prepends a table of #GtkTargetEntry to a target list. a #GtkTargetList the table of #GtkTargetEntry number of targets in the table Appends the text targets supported by #GtkSelection to the target list. All targets are added with the same @info. a #GtkTargetList an ID that will be passed back to the application Appends the URI targets supported by #GtkSelection to the target list. All targets are added with the same @info. a #GtkTargetList an ID that will be passed back to the application Looks up a given target in a #GtkTargetList. %TRUE if the target was found, otherwise %FALSE a #GtkTargetList an interned atom representing the target to search for a pointer to the location to store application info for target, or %NULL Increases the reference count of a #GtkTargetList by one. the passed in #GtkTargetList. a #GtkTargetList Removes a target from a target list. a #GtkTargetList the interned atom representing the target Decreases the reference count of a #GtkTargetList by one. If the resulting reference count is zero, frees the list. a #GtkTargetList A #GtkTearoffMenuItem is a special #GtkMenuItem which is used to tear off and reattach its menu. When its menu is shown normally, the #GtkTearoffMenuItem is drawn as a dotted line indicating that the menu can be torn off. Activating it causes its menu to be torn off and displayed in its own window as a tearoff menu. When its menu is shown as a tearoff menu, the #GtkTearoffMenuItem is drawn as a dotted line which has a left pointing arrow graphic indicating that the tearoff menu can be reattached. Activating it will erase the tearoff menu window. <note>#GtkTearoffMenuItem is deprecated and should not be used in newly written code. Menus are not meant to be torn around.</note> Creates a new #GtkTearoffMenuItem. a new #GtkTearoffMenuItem. Using #GtkTextAttributes directly should rarely be necessary. It's primarily useful with gtk_text_iter_get_attributes(). As with most GTK+ structs, the fields in this struct should only be read, never modified directly. Creates a #GtkTextAttributes, which describes a set of properties on some text. a new #GtkTextAttributes, free with gtk_text_attributes_unref(). Copies @src and returns a new #GtkTextAttributes. a copy of @src, free with gtk_text_attributes_unref() a #GtkTextAttributes to be copied Copies the values from @src to @dest so that @dest has the same values as @src. Frees existing values in @dest. a #GtkTextAttributes another #GtkTextAttributes Increments the reference count on @values. the #GtkTextAttributes that were passed in a #GtkTextAttributes Decrements the reference count on @values, freeing the structure if the reference count reaches 0. a #GtkTextAttributes You may wish to begin by reading the <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget conceptual overview</link> which gives an overview of all the objects and data types related to the text widget and how they work together. Creates a new text buffer. a new text buffer a tag table, or %NULL to create a new one Emits the "apply-tag" signal on @buffer. The default handler for the signal applies @tag to the given range. @start and @end do not have to be in order. a #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be tagged other bound of range to be tagged Called to indicate that the buffer operations between here and a call to gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action() are part of a single user-visible operation. The operations between gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action() and gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action() can then be grouped when creating an undo stack. #GtkTextBuffer maintains a count of calls to gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action() that have not been closed with a call to gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action(), and emits the "begin-user-action" and "end-user-action" signals only for the outermost pair of calls. This allows you to build user actions from other user actions. The "interactive" buffer mutation functions, such as gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive(), automatically call begin/end user action around the buffer operations they perform, so there's no need to add extra calls if you user action consists solely of a single call to one of those functions. Should be paired with a call to gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action(). See that function for a full explanation. Inserts a child widget anchor into the text buffer at @iter. The anchor will be counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode "object replacement character" 0xFFFC. Note that the "slice" variants for obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for child anchors, but the "text" variants do not. E.g. see gtk_text_buffer_get_slice() and gtk_text_buffer_get_text(). Consider gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor() as a more convenient alternative to this function. The buffer will add a reference to the anchor, so you can unref it after insertion. location to insert the anchor a #GtkTextChildAnchor Inserts an image into the text buffer at @iter. The image will be counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode "object replacement character" 0xFFFC. Note that the "slice" variants for obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for pixbufs, but the "text" variants do not. e.g. see gtk_text_buffer_get_slice() and gtk_text_buffer_get_text(). location to insert the pixbuf a #GdkPixbuf Emits the "remove-tag" signal. The default handler for the signal removes all occurrences of @tag from the given range. @start and @end don't have to be in order. a #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be untagged other bound of range to be untagged Adds the mark at position @where. The mark must not be added to another buffer, and if its name is not %NULL then there must not be another mark in the buffer with the same name. Emits the "mark-set" signal as notification of the mark's initial placement. a #GtkTextBuffer the mark to add location to place mark Adds @clipboard to the list of clipboards in which the selection contents of @buffer are available. In most cases, @clipboard will be the #GtkClipboard of type %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY for a view of @buffer. a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkClipboard Emits the "apply-tag" signal on @buffer. The default handler for the signal applies @tag to the given range. @start and @end do not have to be in order. a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be tagged other bound of range to be tagged Calls gtk_text_tag_table_lookup() on the buffer's tag table to get a #GtkTextTag, then calls gtk_text_buffer_apply_tag(). a #GtkTextBuffer name of a named #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be tagged other bound of range to be tagged Performs the appropriate action as if the user hit the delete key with the cursor at the position specified by @iter. In the normal case a single character will be deleted, but when combining accents are involved, more than one character can be deleted, and when precomposed character and accent combinations are involved, less than one character will be deleted. Because the buffer is modified, all outstanding iterators become invalid after calling this function; however, the @iter will be re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted. %TRUE if the buffer was modified a #GtkTextBuffer a position in @buffer whether the deletion is caused by user interaction whether the buffer is editable by default Called to indicate that the buffer operations between here and a call to gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action() are part of a single user-visible operation. The operations between gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action() and gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action() can then be grouped when creating an undo stack. #GtkTextBuffer maintains a count of calls to gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action() that have not been closed with a call to gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action(), and emits the "begin-user-action" and "end-user-action" signals only for the outermost pair of calls. This allows you to build user actions from other user actions. The "interactive" buffer mutation functions, such as gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive(), automatically call begin/end user action around the buffer operations they perform, so there's no need to add extra calls if you user action consists solely of a single call to one of those functions. a #GtkTextBuffer Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard. a #GtkTextBuffer the #GtkClipboard object to copy to This is a convenience function which simply creates a child anchor with gtk_text_child_anchor_new() and inserts it into the buffer with gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchor(). The new anchor is owned by the buffer; no reference count is returned to the caller of gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor(). the created child anchor a #GtkTextBuffer location in the buffer Creates a mark at position @where. If @mark_name is %NULL, the mark is anonymous; otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by name using gtk_text_buffer_get_mark(). If a mark has left gravity, and text is inserted at the mark's current location, the mark will be moved to the left of the newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity (@left_gravity = %FALSE), the mark will end up on the right of newly-inserted text. The standard left-to-right cursor is a mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the right side of the text you're typing). The caller of this function does <emphasis>not</emphasis> own a reference to the returned #GtkTextMark, so you can ignore the return value if you like. Marks are owned by the buffer and go away when the buffer does. Emits the "mark-set" signal as notification of the mark's initial placement. the new #GtkTextMark object a #GtkTextBuffer name for mark, or %NULL location to place mark whether the mark has left gravity Creates a tag and adds it to the tag table for @buffer. Equivalent to calling gtk_text_tag_new() and then adding the tag to the buffer's tag table. The returned tag is owned by the buffer's tag table, so the ref count will be equal to one. If @tag_name is %NULL, the tag is anonymous. If @tag_name is non-%NULL, a tag called @tag_name must not already exist in the tag table for this buffer. The @first_property_name argument and subsequent arguments are a list of properties to set on the tag, as with g_object_set(). a new tag a #GtkTextBuffer name of the new tag, or %NULL name of first property to set, or %NULL Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard, then deletes said text if it's editable. a #GtkTextBuffer the #GtkClipboard object to cut to default editability of the buffer Deletes text between @start and @end. The order of @start and @end is not actually relevant; gtk_text_buffer_delete() will reorder them. This function actually emits the "delete-range" signal, and the default handler of that signal deletes the text. Because the buffer is modified, all outstanding iterators become invalid after calling this function; however, the @start and @end will be re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted. a #GtkTextBuffer a position in @buffer another position in @buffer Deletes all <emphasis>editable</emphasis> text in the given range. Calls gtk_text_buffer_delete() for each editable sub-range of [@start,@end). @start and @end are revalidated to point to the location of the last deleted range, or left untouched if no text was deleted. whether some text was actually deleted a #GtkTextBuffer start of range to delete end of range whether the buffer is editable by default Deletes @mark, so that it's no longer located anywhere in the buffer. Removes the reference the buffer holds to the mark, so if you haven't called g_object_ref() on the mark, it will be freed. Even if the mark isn't freed, most operations on @mark become invalid, until it gets added to a buffer again with gtk_text_buffer_add_mark(). Use gtk_text_mark_get_deleted() to find out if a mark has been removed from its buffer. The "mark-deleted" signal will be emitted as notification after the mark is deleted. a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkTextMark in @buffer Deletes the mark named @name; the mark must exist. See gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark() for details. a #GtkTextBuffer name of a mark in @buffer Deletes the range between the "insert" and "selection_bound" marks, that is, the currently-selected text. If @interactive is %TRUE, the editability of the selection will be considered (users can't delete uneditable text). whether there was a non-empty selection to delete a #GtkTextBuffer whether the deletion is caused by user interaction whether the buffer is editable by default This function deserializes rich text in format @format and inserts it at @iter. @format<!-- -->s to be used must be registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset() beforehand. %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. the #GtkTextBuffer @format is registered with the #GtkTextBuffer to deserialize into the rich text format to use for deserializing insertion point for the deserialized text data to deserialize length of @data This functions returns the value set with gtk_text_buffer_deserialize_set_can_create_tags() whether deserializing this format may create tags a #GtkTextBuffer a #GdkAtom representing a registered rich text format Use this function to allow a rich text deserialization function to create new tags in the receiving buffer. Note that using this function is almost always a bad idea, because the rich text functions you register should know how to map the rich text format they handler to your text buffers set of tags. The ability of creating new (arbitrary!) tags in the receiving buffer is meant for special rich text formats like the internal one that is registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset(), because that format is essentially a dump of the internal structure of the source buffer, including its tag names. You should allow creation of tags only if you know what you are doing, e.g. if you defined a tagset name for your application suite's text buffers and you know that it's fine to receive new tags from these buffers, because you know that your application can handle the newly created tags. a #GtkTextBuffer a #GdkAtom representing a registered rich text format whether deserializing this format may create tags Should be paired with a call to gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action(). See that function for a full explanation. a #GtkTextBuffer Retrieves the first and last iterators in the buffer, i.e. the entire buffer lies within the range [@start,@end). a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize with first position in the buffer iterator to initialize with the end iterator Gets the number of characters in the buffer; note that characters and bytes are not the same, you can't e.g. expect the contents of the buffer in string form to be this many bytes long. The character count is cached, so this function is very fast. number of characters in the buffer a #GtkTextBuffer This function returns the list of targets this text buffer can provide for copying and as DND source. The targets in the list are added with %info values from the #GtkTextBufferTargetInfo enum, using gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targets() and gtk_target_list_add_text_targets(). the #GtkTargetList a #GtkTextBuffer This function returns the rich text deserialize formats registered with @buffer using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset() an array of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s representing the registered formats. a #GtkTextBuffer return location for the number of formats Initializes @iter with the "end iterator," one past the last valid character in the text buffer. If dereferenced with gtk_text_iter_get_char(), the end iterator has a character value of 0. The entire buffer lies in the range from the first position in the buffer (call gtk_text_buffer_get_start_iter() to get character position 0) to the end iterator. a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected. %TRUE if the there is text selected a #GtkTextBuffer Returns the mark that represents the cursor (insertion point). Equivalent to calling gtk_text_buffer_get_mark() to get the mark named "insert", but very slightly more efficient, and involves less typing. insertion point mark a #GtkTextBuffer Obtains the location of @anchor within @buffer. a #GtkTextBuffer an iterator to be initialized a child anchor that appears in @buffer Initializes @iter to the start of the given line. a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize line number counting from 0 Obtains an iterator pointing to @byte_index within the given line. @byte_index must be the start of a UTF-8 character, and must not be beyond the end of the line. Note <emphasis>bytes</emphasis>, not characters; UTF-8 may encode one character as multiple bytes. a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize line number counting from 0 byte index from start of line Obtains an iterator pointing to @char_offset within the given line. The @char_offset must exist, offsets off the end of the line are not allowed. Note <emphasis>characters</emphasis>, not bytes; UTF-8 may encode one character as multiple bytes. a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize line number counting from 0 char offset from start of line Initializes @iter with the current position of @mark. a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize a #GtkTextMark in @buffer Initializes @iter to a position @char_offset chars from the start of the entire buffer. If @char_offset is -1 or greater than the number of characters in the buffer, @iter is initialized to the end iterator, the iterator one past the last valid character in the buffer. a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize char offset from start of buffer, counting from 0, or -1 Obtains the number of lines in the buffer. This value is cached, so the function is very fast. number of lines in the buffer a #GtkTextBuffer Returns the mark named @name in buffer @buffer, or %NULL if no such mark exists in the buffer. a #GtkTextMark, or %NULL a #GtkTextBuffer a mark name Indicates whether the buffer has been modified since the last call to gtk_text_buffer_set_modified() set the modification flag to %FALSE. Used for example to enable a "save" function in a text editor. %TRUE if the buffer has been modified a #GtkTextBuffer This function returns the list of targets this text buffer supports for pasting and as DND destination. The targets in the list are added with %info values from the #GtkTextBufferTargetInfo enum, using gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targets() and gtk_target_list_add_text_targets(). the #GtkTargetList a #GtkTextBuffer Returns the mark that represents the selection bound. Equivalent to calling gtk_text_buffer_get_mark() to get the mark named "selection_bound", but very slightly more efficient, and involves less typing. The currently-selected text in @buffer is the region between the "selection_bound" and "insert" marks. If "selection_bound" and "insert" are in the same place, then there is no current selection. gtk_text_buffer_get_selection_bounds() is another convenient function for handling the selection, if you just want to know whether there's a selection and what its bounds are. selection bound mark a #GtkTextBuffer Returns %TRUE if some text is selected; places the bounds of the selection in @start and @end (if the selection has length 0, then @start and @end are filled in with the same value). @start and @end will be in ascending order. If @start and @end are NULL, then they are not filled in, but the return value still indicates whether text is selected. whether the selection has nonzero length a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize with selection start iterator to initialize with selection end This function returns the rich text serialize formats registered with @buffer using gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() an array of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s representing the registered formats. a #GtkTextBuffer return location for the number of formats Returns the text in the range [@start,@end). Excludes undisplayed text (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if @include_hidden_chars is %FALSE. The returned string includes a 0xFFFC character whenever the buffer contains embedded images, so byte and character indexes into the returned string <emphasis>do</emphasis> correspond to byte and character indexes into the buffer. Contrast with gtk_text_buffer_get_text(). Note that 0xFFFC can occur in normal text as well, so it is not a reliable indicator that a pixbuf or widget is in the buffer. an allocated UTF-8 string a #GtkTextBuffer start of a range end of a range whether to include invisible text Initialized @iter with the first position in the text buffer. This is the same as using gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_offset() to get the iter at character offset 0. a #GtkTextBuffer iterator to initialize Get the #GtkTextTagTable associated with this buffer. the buffer's tag table a #GtkTextBuffer Returns the text in the range [@start,@end). Excludes undisplayed text (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if @include_hidden_chars is %FALSE. Does not include characters representing embedded images, so byte and character indexes into the returned string do <emphasis>not</emphasis> correspond to byte and character indexes into the buffer. Contrast with gtk_text_buffer_get_slice(). an allocated UTF-8 string a #GtkTextBuffer start of a range end of a range whether to include invisible text Inserts @len bytes of @text at position @iter. If @len is -1, @text must be nul-terminated and will be inserted in its entirety. Emits the "insert-text" signal; insertion actually occurs in the default handler for the signal. @iter is invalidated when insertion occurs (because the buffer contents change), but the default signal handler revalidates it to point to the end of the inserted text. a #GtkTextBuffer a position in the buffer text in UTF-8 format length of text in bytes, or -1 Simply calls gtk_text_buffer_insert(), using the current cursor position as the insertion point. a #GtkTextBuffer text in UTF-8 format length of text, in bytes Inserts a child widget anchor into the text buffer at @iter. The anchor will be counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode "object replacement character" 0xFFFC. Note that the "slice" variants for obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for child anchors, but the "text" variants do not. E.g. see gtk_text_buffer_get_slice() and gtk_text_buffer_get_text(). Consider gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor() as a more convenient alternative to this function. The buffer will add a reference to the anchor, so you can unref it after insertion. a #GtkTextBuffer location to insert the anchor a #GtkTextChildAnchor Like gtk_text_buffer_insert(), but the insertion will not occur if @iter is at a non-editable location in the buffer. Usually you want to prevent insertions at ineditable locations if the insertion results from a user action (is interactive). @default_editable indicates the editability of text that doesn't have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here. whether text was actually inserted a #GtkTextBuffer a position in @buffer some UTF-8 text length of text in bytes, or -1 default editability of buffer Calls gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive() at the cursor position. @default_editable indicates the editability of text that doesn't have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here. whether text was actually inserted a #GtkTextBuffer text in UTF-8 format length of text in bytes, or -1 default editability of buffer Inserts an image into the text buffer at @iter. The image will be counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode "object replacement character" 0xFFFC. Note that the "slice" variants for obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for pixbufs, but the "text" variants do not. e.g. see gtk_text_buffer_get_slice() and gtk_text_buffer_get_text(). a #GtkTextBuffer location to insert the pixbuf a #GdkPixbuf Copies text, tags, and pixbufs between @start and @end (the order of @start and @end doesn't matter) and inserts the copy at @iter. Used instead of simply getting/inserting text because it preserves images and tags. If @start and @end are in a different buffer from @buffer, the two buffers must share the same tag table. Implemented via emissions of the insert_text and apply_tag signals, so expect those. a #GtkTextBuffer a position in @buffer a position in a #GtkTextBuffer another position in the same buffer as @start Same as gtk_text_buffer_insert_range(), but does nothing if the insertion point isn't editable. The @default_editable parameter indicates whether the text is editable at @iter if no tags enclosing @iter affect editability. Typically the result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here. whether an insertion was possible at @iter a #GtkTextBuffer a position in @buffer a position in a #GtkTextBuffer another position in the same buffer as @start default editability of the buffer Inserts @text into @buffer at @iter, applying the list of tags to the newly-inserted text. The last tag specified must be %NULL to terminate the list. Equivalent to calling gtk_text_buffer_insert(), then gtk_text_buffer_apply_tag() on the inserted text; gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags() is just a convenience function. a #GtkTextBuffer an iterator in @buffer UTF-8 text length of @text, or -1 first tag to apply to @text Same as gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags(), but allows you to pass in tag names instead of tag objects. a #GtkTextBuffer position in @buffer UTF-8 text length of @text, or -1 name of a tag to apply to @text Moves @mark to the new location @where. Emits the "mark-set" signal as notification of the move. a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkTextMark new location for @mark in @buffer Moves the mark named @name (which must exist) to location @where. See gtk_text_buffer_move_mark() for details. a #GtkTextBuffer name of a mark new location for mark Pastes the contents of a clipboard at the insertion point, or at @override_location. (Note: pasting is asynchronous, that is, we'll ask for the paste data and return, and at some point later after the main loop runs, the paste data will be inserted.) a #GtkTextBuffer the #GtkClipboard to paste from location to insert pasted text, or %NULL for at the cursor whether the buffer is editable by default This function moves the "insert" and "selection_bound" marks simultaneously. If you move them to the same place in two steps with gtk_text_buffer_move_mark(), you will temporarily select a region in between their old and new locations, which can be pretty inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can be optimized. a #GtkTextBuffer where to put the cursor This function registers a rich text deserialization @function along with its @mime_type with the passed @buffer. the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the newly registered format's mime-type. a #GtkTextBuffer the format's mime-type the deserialize function to register @function's user_data a function to call when @user_data is no longer needed This function registers GTK+'s internal rich text serialization format with the passed @buffer. See gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() for details. the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the newly registered format's mime-type. a #GtkTextBuffer an optional tagset name, on %NULL This function registers a rich text serialization @function along with its @mime_type with the passed @buffer. the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the newly registered format's mime-type. a #GtkTextBuffer the format's mime-type the serialize function to register %function's user_data a function to call when @user_data is no longer needed This function registers GTK+'s internal rich text serialization format with the passed @buffer. The internal format does not comply to any standard rich text format and only works between #GtkTextBuffer instances. It is capable of serializing all of a text buffer's tags and embedded pixbufs. This function is just a wrapper around gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format(). The mime type used for registering is "application/x-gtk-text-buffer-rich-text", or "application/x-gtk-text-buffer-rich-text;format=@tagset_name" if a @tagset_name was passed. The @tagset_name can be used to restrict the transfer of rich text to buffers with compatible sets of tags, in order to avoid unknown tags from being pasted. It is probably the common case to pass an identifier != %NULL here, since the %NULL tagset requires the receiving buffer to deal with with pasting of arbitrary tags. the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the newly registered format's mime-type. a #GtkTextBuffer an optional tagset name, on %NULL Removes all tags in the range between @start and @end. Be careful with this function; it could remove tags added in code unrelated to the code you're currently writing. That is, using this function is probably a bad idea if you have two or more unrelated code sections that add tags. a #GtkTextBuffer one bound of range to be untagged other bound of range to be untagged Removes a #GtkClipboard added with gtk_text_buffer_add_selection_clipboard(). a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkClipboard added to @buffer by gtk_text_buffer_add_selection_clipboard() Emits the "remove-tag" signal. The default handler for the signal removes all occurrences of @tag from the given range. @start and @end don't have to be in order. a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be untagged other bound of range to be untagged Calls gtk_text_tag_table_lookup() on the buffer's tag table to get a #GtkTextTag, then calls gtk_text_buffer_remove_tag(). a #GtkTextBuffer name of a #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be untagged other bound of range to be untagged This function moves the "insert" and "selection_bound" marks simultaneously. If you move them in two steps with gtk_text_buffer_move_mark(), you will temporarily select a region in between their old and new locations, which can be pretty inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can be optimized. a #GtkTextBuffer where to put the "insert" mark where to put the "selection_bound" mark This function serializes the portion of text between @start and @end in the rich text format represented by @format. @format<!-- -->s to be used must be registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() beforehand. the serialized data, encoded as @format the #GtkTextBuffer @format is registered with the #GtkTextBuffer to serialize the rich text format to use for serializing start of block of text to serialize end of block of test to serialize return location for the length of the serialized data Used to keep track of whether the buffer has been modified since the last time it was saved. Whenever the buffer is saved to disk, call gtk_text_buffer_set_modified (@buffer, FALSE). When the buffer is modified, it will automatically toggled on the modified bit again. When the modified bit flips, the buffer emits a "modified-changed" signal. a #GtkTextBuffer modification flag setting Deletes current contents of @buffer, and inserts @text instead. If @len is -1, @text must be nul-terminated. @text must be valid UTF-8. a #GtkTextBuffer UTF-8 text to insert length of @text in bytes This function unregisters a rich text format that was previously registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset(). a #GtkTextBuffer a #GdkAtom representing a registered rich text format. This function unregisters a rich text format that was previously registered using gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() a #GtkTextBuffer a #GdkAtom representing a registered rich text format. The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and as DND source. The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer). It is useful for getting notified when the cursor moves. Whether the buffer has some text currently selected. The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and as DND destination. The text content of the buffer. Without child widgets and images, see gtk_text_buffer_get_text() for more information. The ::apply-tag signal is emitted to apply a tag to a range of text in a #GtkTextBuffer. Applying actually occurs in the default handler. Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not invalidate the @start and @end iters (or has to revalidate them). See also: gtk_text_buffer_apply_tag(), gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags(), gtk_text_buffer_insert_range(). the applied tag the start of the range the tag is applied to the end of the range the tag is applied to The ::begin-user-action signal is emitted at the beginning of a single user-visible operation on a #GtkTextBuffer. See also: gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action(), gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive(), gtk_text_buffer_insert_range_interactive(), gtk_text_buffer_delete_interactive(), gtk_text_buffer_backspace(), gtk_text_buffer_delete_selection(). The ::changed signal is emitted when the content of a #GtkTextBuffer has changed. The ::delete-range signal is emitted to delete a range from a #GtkTextBuffer. Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not invalidate the @start and @end iters (or has to revalidate them). The default signal handler revalidates the @start and @end iters to both point point to the location where text was deleted. Handlers which run after the default handler (see g_signal_connect_after()) do not have access to the deleted text. See also: gtk_text_buffer_delete(). the start of the range to be deleted the end of the range to be deleted The ::end-user-action signal is emitted at the end of a single user-visible operation on the #GtkTextBuffer. See also: gtk_text_buffer_end_user_action(), gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive(), gtk_text_buffer_insert_range_interactive(), gtk_text_buffer_delete_interactive(), gtk_text_buffer_backspace(), gtk_text_buffer_delete_selection(), gtk_text_buffer_backspace(). The ::insert-child-anchor signal is emitted to insert a #GtkTextChildAnchor in a #GtkTextBuffer. Insertion actually occurs in the default handler. Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not invalidate the @location iter (or has to revalidate it). The default signal handler revalidates it to be placed after the inserted @anchor. See also: gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchor(). position to insert @anchor in @textbuffer the #GtkTextChildAnchor to be inserted The ::insert-pixbuf signal is emitted to insert a #GdkPixbuf in a #GtkTextBuffer. Insertion actually occurs in the default handler. Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not invalidate the @location iter (or has to revalidate it). The default signal handler revalidates it to be placed after the inserted @pixbuf. See also: gtk_text_buffer_insert_pixbuf(). position to insert @pixbuf in @textbuffer the #GdkPixbuf to be inserted The ::insert-text signal is emitted to insert text in a #GtkTextBuffer. Insertion actually occurs in the default handler. Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not invalidate the @location iter (or has to revalidate it). The default signal handler revalidates it to point to the end of the inserted text. See also: gtk_text_buffer_insert(), gtk_text_buffer_insert_range(). position to insert @text in @textbuffer the UTF-8 text to be inserted length of the inserted text in bytes The ::mark-deleted signal is emitted as notification after a #GtkTextMark is deleted. See also: gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark(). The mark that was deleted The ::mark-set signal is emitted as notification after a #GtkTextMark is set. See also: gtk_text_buffer_create_mark(), gtk_text_buffer_move_mark(). The location of @mark in @textbuffer The mark that is set The ::modified-changed signal is emitted when the modified bit of a #GtkTextBuffer flips. See also: gtk_text_buffer_set_modified(). The paste-done signal is emitted after paste operation has been completed. This is useful to properly scroll the view to the end of the pasted text. See gtk_text_buffer_paste_clipboard() for more details. The ::remove-tag signal is emitted to remove all occurrences of @tag from a range of text in a #GtkTextBuffer. Removal actually occurs in the default handler. Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not invalidate the @start and @end iters (or has to revalidate them). See also: gtk_text_buffer_remove_tag(). the tag to be removed the start of the range the tag is removed from the end of the range the tag is removed from location to insert the pixbuf a #GdkPixbuf location to insert the anchor a #GtkTextChildAnchor a #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be tagged other bound of range to be tagged a #GtkTextTag one bound of range to be untagged other bound of range to be untagged A function that is called to deserialize rich text that has been serialized with gtk_text_buffer_serialize(), and insert it at @iter. %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise the #GtkTextBuffer the format is registered with the #GtkTextBuffer to deserialize into insertion point for the deserialized text data to deserialize length of %data %TRUE if deserializing may create tags user data that was specified when registering the format A function that is called to serialize the content of a text buffer. It must return the serialized form of the content. a newly-allocated array of guint8 which contains the serialized data, or %NULL if an error occurred the #GtkTextBuffer for which the format is registered the #GtkTextBuffer to serialize start of the block of text to serialize end of the block of text to serialize Return location for the length of the serialized data user data that was specified when registering the format A #GtkTextChildAnchor is a spot in the buffer where child widgets can be "anchored" (inserted inline, as if they were characters). The anchor can have multiple widgets anchored, to allow for multiple views. Creates a new #GtkTextChildAnchor. Usually you would then insert it into a #GtkTextBuffer with gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchor(). To perform the creation and insertion in one step, use the convenience function gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor(). a new #GtkTextChildAnchor Determines whether a child anchor has been deleted from the buffer. Keep in mind that the child anchor will be unreferenced when removed from the buffer, so you need to hold your own reference (with g_object_ref()) if you plan to use this function &mdash; otherwise all deleted child anchors will also be finalized. %TRUE if the child anchor has been deleted from its buffer a #GtkTextChildAnchor Gets a list of all widgets anchored at this child anchor. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(). list of widgets anchored at @anchor a #GtkTextChildAnchor You may wish to begin by reading the <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget conceptual overview</link> which gives an overview of all the objects and data types related to the text widget and how they work together. Assigns the value of @other to @iter. This function is not useful in applications, because iterators can be assigned with <literal>GtkTextIter i = j;</literal>. The function is used by language bindings. a #GtkTextIter another #GtkTextIter Moves backward by one character offset. Returns %TRUE if movement was possible; if @iter was the first in the buffer (character offset 0), gtk_text_iter_backward_char () returns %FALSE for convenience when writing loops. whether movement was possible an iterator Moves @count characters backward, if possible (if @count would move past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the iterator didn't move, or moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0, the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable an iterator number of characters to move Like gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position(), but moves backward. %TRUE if we moved a #GtkTextIter Moves up to @count cursor positions. See gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details. %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of positions to move Same as gtk_text_iter_forward_find_char(), but goes backward from @iter. whether a match was found a #GtkTextIter function to be called on each character user data for @pred search limit, or %NULL for none Moves @iter to the start of the previous line. Returns %TRUE if @iter could be moved; i.e. if @iter was at character offset 0, this function returns %FALSE. Therefore if @iter was already on line 0, but not at the start of the line, @iter is snapped to the start of the line and the function returns %TRUE. (Note that this implies that in a loop calling this function, the line number may not change on every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.) whether @iter moved an iterator Moves @count lines backward, if possible (if @count would move past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the iterator didn't move, or moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0, the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative, moves forward by 0 - @count lines. whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of lines to move backward Same as gtk_text_iter_forward_search(), but moves backward. whether a match was found a #GtkTextIter where the search begins search string bitmask of flags affecting the search return location for start of match, or %NULL return location for end of match, or %NULL location of last possible @match_start, or %NULL for start of buffer Moves backward to the previous sentence start; if @iter is already at the start of a sentence, moves backward to the next one. Sentence boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary algorithms). %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_sentence_start() up to @count times, or until it returns %FALSE. If @count is negative, moves forward instead of backward. %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter number of sentences to move Moves backward to the next toggle (on or off) of the #GtkTextTag @tag, or to the next toggle of any tag if @tag is %NULL. If no matching tag toggles are found, returns %FALSE, otherwise %TRUE. Does not return toggles located at @iter, only toggles before @iter. Sets @iter to the location of the toggle, or the start of the buffer if no toggle is found. whether we found a tag toggle before @iter a #GtkTextIter a #GtkTextTag, or %NULL Moves @iter forward to the previous visible cursor position. See gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details. %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter Moves up to @count visible cursor positions. See gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details. %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of positions to move Moves @iter to the start of the previous visible line. Returns %TRUE if @iter could be moved; i.e. if @iter was at character offset 0, this function returns %FALSE. Therefore if @iter was already on line 0, but not at the start of the line, @iter is snapped to the start of the line and the function returns %TRUE. (Note that this implies that in a loop calling this function, the line number may not change on every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.) whether @iter moved an iterator Moves @count visible lines backward, if possible (if @count would move past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the iterator didn't move, or moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0, the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative, moves forward by 0 - @count lines. whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of lines to move backward Moves backward to the previous visible word start. (If @iter is currently on a word start, moves backward to the next one after that.) Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start() up to @count times. %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter number of times to move Moves backward to the previous word start. (If @iter is currently on a word start, moves backward to the next one after that.) Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_word_start() up to @count times. %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter number of times to move Returns %TRUE if @tag is toggled on at exactly this point. If @tag is %NULL, returns %TRUE if any tag is toggled on at this point. Note that the gtk_text_iter_begins_tag () returns %TRUE if @iter is the <emphasis>start</emphasis> of the tagged range; gtk_text_iter_has_tag () tells you whether an iterator is <emphasis>within</emphasis> a tagged range. whether @iter is the start of a range tagged with @tag an iterator a #GtkTextTag, or %NULL Considering the default editability of the buffer, and tags that affect editability, determines whether text inserted at @iter would be editable. If text inserted at @iter would be editable then the user should be allowed to insert text at @iter. gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive() uses this function to decide whether insertions are allowed at a given position. whether text inserted at @iter would be editable an iterator %TRUE if text is editable by default A qsort()-style function that returns negative if @lhs is less than @rhs, positive if @lhs is greater than @rhs, and 0 if they're equal. Ordering is in character offset order, i.e. the first character in the buffer is less than the second character in the buffer. -1 if @lhs is less than @rhs, 1 if @lhs is greater, 0 if they are equal a #GtkTextIter another #GtkTextIter Creates a dynamically-allocated copy of an iterator. This function is not useful in applications, because iterators can be copied with a simple assignment (<literal>GtkTextIter i = j;</literal>). The function is used by language bindings. a copy of the @iter, free with gtk_text_iter_free () an iterator Returns whether the character at @iter is within an editable region of text. Non-editable text is "locked" and can't be changed by the user via #GtkTextView. This function is simply a convenience wrapper around gtk_text_iter_get_attributes (). If no tags applied to this text affect editability, @default_setting will be returned. You don't want to use this function to decide whether text can be inserted at @iter, because for insertion you don't want to know whether the char at @iter is inside an editable range, you want to know whether a new character inserted at @iter would be inside an editable range. Use gtk_text_iter_can_insert() to handle this case. whether @iter is inside an editable range an iterator %TRUE if text is editable by default Returns %TRUE if @iter points to the start of the paragraph delimiter characters for a line (delimiters will be either a newline, a carriage return, a carriage return followed by a newline, or a Unicode paragraph separator character). Note that an iterator pointing to the \n of a \r\n pair will not be counted as the end of a line, the line ends before the \r. The end iterator is considered to be at the end of a line, even though there are no paragraph delimiter chars there. whether @iter is at the end of a line an iterator Determines whether @iter ends a sentence. Sentence boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary algorithms). %TRUE if @iter is at the end of a sentence. a #GtkTextIter Returns %TRUE if @tag is toggled off at exactly this point. If @tag is %NULL, returns %TRUE if any tag is toggled off at this point. Note that the gtk_text_iter_ends_tag () returns %TRUE if @iter is the <emphasis>end</emphasis> of the tagged range; gtk_text_iter_has_tag () tells you whether an iterator is <emphasis>within</emphasis> a tagged range. whether @iter is the end of a range tagged with @tag an iterator a #GtkTextTag, or %NULL Determines whether @iter ends a natural-language word. Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). %TRUE if @iter is at the end of a word a #GtkTextIter Tests whether two iterators are equal, using the fastest possible mechanism. This function is very fast; you can expect it to perform better than e.g. getting the character offset for each iterator and comparing the offsets yourself. Also, it's a bit faster than gtk_text_iter_compare(). %TRUE if the iterators point to the same place in the buffer a #GtkTextIter another #GtkTextIter Moves @iter forward by one character offset. Note that images embedded in the buffer occupy 1 character slot, so gtk_text_iter_forward_char () may actually move onto an image instead of a character, if you have images in your buffer. If @iter is the end iterator or one character before it, @iter will now point at the end iterator, and gtk_text_iter_forward_char () returns %FALSE for convenience when writing loops. whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable an iterator Moves @count characters if possible (if @count would move past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates whether the new position of @iter is different from its original position, and dereferenceable (the last iterator in the buffer is not dereferenceable). If @count is 0, the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable an iterator number of characters to move, may be negative Moves @iter forward by a single cursor position. Cursor positions are (unsurprisingly) positions where the cursor can appear. Perhaps surprisingly, there may not be a cursor position between all characters. The most common example for European languages would be a carriage return/newline sequence. For some Unicode characters, the equivalent of say the letter "a" with an accent mark will be represented as two characters, first the letter then a "combining mark" that causes the accent to be rendered; so the cursor can't go between those two characters. See also the #PangoLogAttr structure and pango_break() function. %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter Moves up to @count cursor positions. See gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details. %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of positions to move Advances @iter, calling @pred on each character. If @pred returns %TRUE, returns %TRUE and stops scanning. If @pred never returns %TRUE, @iter is set to @limit if @limit is non-%NULL, otherwise to the end iterator. whether a match was found a #GtkTextIter a function to be called on each character user data for @pred search limit, or %NULL for none Moves @iter to the start of the next line. If the iter is already on the last line of the buffer, moves the iter to the end of the current line. If after the operation, the iter is at the end of the buffer and not dereferencable, returns %FALSE. Otherwise, returns %TRUE. whether @iter can be dereferenced an iterator Moves @count lines forward, if possible (if @count would move past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the iterator didn't move, or moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0, the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative, moves backward by 0 - @count lines. whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of lines to move forward Searches forward for @str. Any match is returned by setting @match_start to the first character of the match and @match_end to the first character after the match. The search will not continue past @limit. Note that a search is a linear or O(n) operation, so you may wish to use @limit to avoid locking up your UI on large buffers. If the #GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_VISIBLE_ONLY flag is present, the match may have invisible text interspersed in @str. i.e. @str will be a possibly-noncontiguous subsequence of the matched range. similarly, if you specify #GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_TEXT_ONLY, the match may have pixbufs or child widgets mixed inside the matched range. If these flags are not given, the match must be exact; the special 0xFFFC character in @str will match embedded pixbufs or child widgets. If you specify the #GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_CASE_INSENSITIVE flag, the text will be matched regardless of what case it is in. whether a match was found start of search a search string flags affecting how the search is done return location for start of match, or %NULL return location for end of match, or %NULL bound for the search, or %NULL for the end of the buffer Moves forward to the next sentence end. (If @iter is at the end of a sentence, moves to the next end of sentence.) Sentence boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary algorithms). %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_end() @count times (or until gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_end() returns %FALSE). If @count is negative, moves backward instead of forward. %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter number of sentences to move Moves @iter forward to the "end iterator," which points one past the last valid character in the buffer. gtk_text_iter_get_char() called on the end iterator returns 0, which is convenient for writing loops. a #GtkTextIter Moves the iterator to point to the paragraph delimiter characters, which will be either a newline, a carriage return, a carriage return/newline in sequence, or the Unicode paragraph separator character. If the iterator is already at the paragraph delimiter characters, moves to the paragraph delimiter characters for the next line. If @iter is on the last line in the buffer, which does not end in paragraph delimiters, moves to the end iterator (end of the last line), and returns %FALSE. %TRUE if we moved and the new location is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter Moves forward to the next toggle (on or off) of the #GtkTextTag @tag, or to the next toggle of any tag if @tag is %NULL. If no matching tag toggles are found, returns %FALSE, otherwise %TRUE. Does not return toggles located at @iter, only toggles after @iter. Sets @iter to the location of the toggle, or to the end of the buffer if no toggle is found. whether we found a tag toggle after @iter a #GtkTextIter a #GtkTextTag, or %NULL Moves @iter forward to the next visible cursor position. See gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details. %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter Moves up to @count visible cursor positions. See gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details. %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of positions to move Moves @iter to the start of the next visible line. Returns %TRUE if there was a next line to move to, and %FALSE if @iter was simply moved to the end of the buffer and is now not dereferenceable, or if @iter was already at the end of the buffer. whether @iter can be dereferenced an iterator Moves @count visible lines forward, if possible (if @count would move past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the iterator didn't move, or moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0, the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative, moves backward by 0 - @count lines. whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable a #GtkTextIter number of lines to move forward Moves forward to the next visible word end. (If @iter is currently on a word end, moves forward to the next one after that.) Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end() up to @count times. %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter number of times to move Moves forward to the next word end. (If @iter is currently on a word end, moves forward to the next one after that.) Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_word_end() up to @count times. %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator a #GtkTextIter number of times to move Free an iterator allocated on the heap. This function is intended for use in language bindings, and is not especially useful for applications, because iterators can simply be allocated on the stack. a dynamically-allocated iterator Computes the effect of any tags applied to this spot in the text. The @values parameter should be initialized to the default settings you wish to use if no tags are in effect. You'd typically obtain the defaults from gtk_text_view_get_default_attributes(). gtk_text_iter_get_attributes () will modify @values, applying the effects of any tags present at @iter. If any tags affected @values, the function returns %TRUE. %TRUE if @values was modified an iterator a #GtkTextAttributes to be filled in Returns the #GtkTextBuffer this iterator is associated with. the buffer an iterator Returns the number of bytes in the line containing @iter, including the paragraph delimiters. number of bytes in the line an iterator Returns the Unicode character at this iterator. (Equivalent to operator* on a C++ iterator.) If the element at this iterator is a non-character element, such as an image embedded in the buffer, the Unicode "unknown" character 0xFFFC is returned. If invoked on the end iterator, zero is returned; zero is not a valid Unicode character. So you can write a loop which ends when gtk_text_iter_get_char () returns 0. a Unicode character, or 0 if @iter is not dereferenceable an iterator Returns the number of characters in the line containing @iter, including the paragraph delimiters. number of characters in the line an iterator If the location at @iter contains a child anchor, the anchor is returned (with no new reference count added). Otherwise, %NULL is returned. the anchor at @iter an iterator A convenience wrapper around gtk_text_iter_get_attributes (), which returns the language in effect at @iter. If no tags affecting language apply to @iter, the return value is identical to that of gtk_get_default_language (). language in effect at @iter an iterator Returns the line number containing the iterator. Lines in a #GtkTextBuffer are numbered beginning with 0 for the first line in the buffer. a line number an iterator Returns the byte index of the iterator, counting from the start of a newline-terminated line. Remember that #GtkTextBuffer encodes text in UTF-8, and that characters can require a variable number of bytes to represent. distance from start of line, in bytes an iterator Returns the character offset of the iterator, counting from the start of a newline-terminated line. The first character on the line has offset 0. offset from start of line an iterator Returns a list of all #GtkTextMark at this location. Because marks are not iterable (they don't take up any "space" in the buffer, they are just marks in between iterable locations), multiple marks can exist in the same place. The returned list is not in any meaningful order. list of #GtkTextMark an iterator Returns the character offset of an iterator. Each character in a #GtkTextBuffer has an offset, starting with 0 for the first character in the buffer. Use gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_offset () to convert an offset back into an iterator. a character offset an iterator If the element at @iter is a pixbuf, the pixbuf is returned (with no new reference count added). Otherwise, %NULL is returned. the pixbuf at @iter an iterator Returns the text in the given range. A "slice" is an array of characters encoded in UTF-8 format, including the Unicode "unknown" character 0xFFFC for iterable non-character elements in the buffer, such as images. Because images are encoded in the slice, byte and character offsets in the returned array will correspond to byte offsets in the text buffer. Note that 0xFFFC can occur in normal text as well, so it is not a reliable indicator that a pixbuf or widget is in the buffer. slice of text from the buffer iterator at start of a range iterator at end of a range Returns a list of tags that apply to @iter, in ascending order of priority (highest-priority tags are last). The #GtkTextTag in the list don't have a reference added, but you have to free the list itself. list of #GtkTextTag a #GtkTextIter Returns <emphasis>text</emphasis> in the given range. If the range contains non-text elements such as images, the character and byte offsets in the returned string will not correspond to character and byte offsets in the buffer. If you want offsets to correspond, see gtk_text_iter_get_slice (). array of characters from the buffer iterator at start of a range iterator at end of a range Returns a list of #GtkTextTag that are toggled on or off at this point. (If @toggled_on is %TRUE, the list contains tags that are toggled on.) If a tag is toggled on at @iter, then some non-empty range of characters following @iter has that tag applied to it. If a tag is toggled off, then some non-empty range following @iter does <emphasis>not</emphasis> have the tag applied to it. tags toggled at this point an iterator %TRUE to get toggled-on tags Returns the number of bytes from the start of the line to the given @iter, not counting bytes that are invisible due to tags with the "invisible" flag toggled on. byte index of @iter with respect to the start of the line a #GtkTextIter Returns the offset in characters from the start of the line to the given @iter, not counting characters that are invisible due to tags with the "invisible" flag toggled on. offset in visible characters from the start of the line a #GtkTextIter Like gtk_text_iter_get_slice (), but invisible text is not included. Invisible text is usually invisible because a #GtkTextTag with the "invisible" attribute turned on has been applied to it. slice of text from the buffer iterator at start of range iterator at end of range Like gtk_text_iter_get_text (), but invisible text is not included. Invisible text is usually invisible because a #GtkTextTag with the "invisible" attribute turned on has been applied to it. string containing visible text in the range iterator at start of range iterator at end of range Returns %TRUE if @iter is within a range tagged with @tag. whether @iter is tagged with @tag an iterator a #GtkTextTag Checks whether @iter falls in the range [@start, @end). @start and @end must be in ascending order. %TRUE if @iter is in the range a #GtkTextIter start of range end of range Determines whether @iter is inside a sentence (as opposed to in between two sentences, e.g. after a period and before the first letter of the next sentence). Sentence boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary algorithms). %TRUE if @iter is inside a sentence. a #GtkTextIter Determines whether @iter is inside a natural-language word (as opposed to say inside some whitespace). Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). %TRUE if @iter is inside a word a #GtkTextIter See gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() or #PangoLogAttr or pango_break() for details on what a cursor position is. %TRUE if the cursor can be placed at @iter a #GtkTextIter Returns %TRUE if @iter is the end iterator, i.e. one past the last dereferenceable iterator in the buffer. gtk_text_iter_is_end () is the most efficient way to check whether an iterator is the end iterator. whether @iter is the end iterator an iterator Returns %TRUE if @iter is the first iterator in the buffer, that is if @iter has a character offset of 0. whether @iter is the first in the buffer an iterator Swaps the value of @first and @second if @second comes before @first in the buffer. That is, ensures that @first and @second are in sequence. Most text buffer functions that take a range call this automatically on your behalf, so there's no real reason to call it yourself in those cases. There are some exceptions, such as gtk_text_iter_in_range(), that expect a pre-sorted range. a #GtkTextIter another #GtkTextIter Moves iterator @iter to the start of the line @line_number. If @line_number is negative or larger than the number of lines in the buffer, moves @iter to the start of the last line in the buffer. a #GtkTextIter line number (counted from 0) Same as gtk_text_iter_set_line_offset(), but works with a <emphasis>byte</emphasis> index. The given byte index must be at the start of a character, it can't be in the middle of a UTF-8 encoded character. a #GtkTextIter a byte index relative to the start of @iter's current line Moves @iter within a line, to a new <emphasis>character</emphasis> (not byte) offset. The given character offset must be less than or equal to the number of characters in the line; if equal, @iter moves to the start of the next line. See gtk_text_iter_set_line_index() if you have a byte index rather than a character offset. a #GtkTextIter a character offset relative to the start of @iter's current line Sets @iter to point to @char_offset. @char_offset counts from the start of the entire text buffer, starting with 0. a #GtkTextIter a character number Like gtk_text_iter_set_line_index(), but the index is in visible bytes, i.e. text with a tag making it invisible is not counted in the index. a #GtkTextIter a byte index Like gtk_text_iter_set_line_offset(), but the offset is in visible characters, i.e. text with a tag making it invisible is not counted in the offset. a #GtkTextIter a character offset Returns %TRUE if @iter begins a paragraph, i.e. if gtk_text_iter_get_line_offset () would return 0. However this function is potentially more efficient than gtk_text_iter_get_line_offset () because it doesn't have to compute the offset, it just has to see whether it's 0. whether @iter begins a line an iterator Determines whether @iter begins a sentence. Sentence boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary algorithms). %TRUE if @iter is at the start of a sentence. a #GtkTextIter Determines whether @iter begins a natural-language word. Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). %TRUE if @iter is at the start of a word a #GtkTextIter This is equivalent to (gtk_text_iter_begins_tag () || gtk_text_iter_ends_tag ()), i.e. it tells you whether a range with @tag applied to it begins <emphasis>or</emphasis> ends at @iter. whether @tag is toggled on or off at @iter an iterator a #GtkTextTag, or %NULL You may wish to begin by reading the <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget conceptual overview</link> which gives an overview of all the objects and data types related to the text widget and how they work together. A #GtkTextMark is like a bookmark in a text buffer; it preserves a position in the text. You can convert the mark to an iterator using gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_mark(). Unlike iterators, marks remain valid across buffer mutations, because their behavior is defined when text is inserted or deleted. When text containing a mark is deleted, the mark remains in the position originally occupied by the deleted text. When text is inserted at a mark, a mark with <firstterm>left gravity</firstterm> will be moved to the beginning of the newly-inserted text, and a mark with <firstterm>right gravity</firstterm> will be moved to the end. <footnote> "left" and "right" here refer to logical direction (left is the toward the start of the buffer); in some languages such as Hebrew the logically-leftmost text is not actually on the left when displayed. </footnote> Marks are reference counted, but the reference count only controls the validity of the memory; marks can be deleted from the buffer at any time with gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark(). Once deleted from the buffer, a mark is essentially useless. Marks optionally have names; these can be convenient to avoid passing the #GtkTextMark object around. Marks are typically created using the gtk_text_buffer_create_mark() function. Creates a text mark. Add it to a buffer using gtk_text_buffer_add_mark(). If @name is %NULL, the mark is anonymous; otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by name using gtk_text_buffer_get_mark(). If a mark has left gravity, and text is inserted at the mark's current location, the mark will be moved to the left of the newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity (@left_gravity = %FALSE), the mark will end up on the right of newly-inserted text. The standard left-to-right cursor is a mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the right side of the text you're typing). new #GtkTextMark mark name or %NULL whether the mark should have left gravity Gets the buffer this mark is located inside, or %NULL if the mark is deleted. the mark's #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkTextMark Returns %TRUE if the mark has been removed from its buffer with gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark(). See gtk_text_buffer_add_mark() for a way to add it to a buffer again. whether the mark is deleted a #GtkTextMark Determines whether the mark has left gravity. %TRUE if the mark has left gravity, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkTextMark Returns the mark name; returns NULL for anonymous marks. mark name a #GtkTextMark Returns %TRUE if the mark is visible (i.e. a cursor is displayed for it). %TRUE if visible a #GtkTextMark Sets the visibility of @mark; the insertion point is normally visible, i.e. you can see it as a vertical bar. Also, the text widget uses a visible mark to indicate where a drop will occur when dragging-and-dropping text. Most other marks are not visible. Marks are not visible by default. a #GtkTextMark visibility of mark You may wish to begin by reading the <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget conceptual overview</link> which gives an overview of all the objects and data types related to the text widget and how they work together. Tags should be in the #GtkTextTagTable for a given #GtkTextBuffer before using them with that buffer. gtk_text_buffer_create_tag() is the best way to create tags. See <application>gtk3-demo</application> for numerous examples. For each property of #GtkTextTag, there is a "set" property, e.g. "font-set" corresponds to "font". These "set" properties reflect whether a property has been set or not. They are maintained by GTK+ and you should not set them independently. Creates a #GtkTextTag. Configure the tag using object arguments, i.e. using g_object_set(). a new #GtkTextTag tag name, or %NULL Emits the "event" signal on the #GtkTextTag. result of signal emission (whether the event was handled) object that received the event, such as a widget the event location where the event was received Emits the "event" signal on the #GtkTextTag. result of signal emission (whether the event was handled) a #GtkTextTag object that received the event, such as a widget the event location where the event was received Get the tag priority. The tag's priority. a #GtkTextTag Sets the priority of a #GtkTextTag. Valid priorities are start at 0 and go to one less than gtk_text_tag_table_get_size(). Each tag in a table has a unique priority; setting the priority of one tag shifts the priorities of all the other tags in the table to maintain a unique priority for each tag. Higher priority tags "win" if two tags both set the same text attribute. When adding a tag to a tag table, it will be assigned the highest priority in the table by default; so normally the precedence of a set of tags is the order in which they were added to the table, or created with gtk_text_buffer_create_tag(), which adds the tag to the buffer's table automatically. a #GtkTextTag the new priority Whether the margins accumulate or override each other. When set to %TRUE the margins of this tag are added to the margins of any other non-accumulative margins present. When set to %FALSE the margins override one another (the default). Background color as a #GdkColor. Background color as a #GdkRGBA. Font description as string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\". Note that the initial value of this property depends on the internals of #PangoFontDescription. Foreground color as a #GdkColor. Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA. Whether this text is hidden. Note that there may still be problems with the support for invisible text, in particular when navigating programmatically inside a buffer containing invisible segments. The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used. Note that the initial value of this property depends on the current locale, see also gtk_get_default_language(). The paragraph background color as a string. The paragraph background color as a as a #GdkColor. The paragraph background color as a as a #GdkRGBA. The ::event signal is emitted when an event occurs on a region of the buffer marked with this tag. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the object the event was fired from (typically a #GtkTextView) the event which triggered the signal a #GtkTextIter pointing at the location the event occured result of signal emission (whether the event was handled) object that received the event, such as a widget the event location where the event was received You may wish to begin by reading the <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget conceptual overview</link> which gives an overview of all the objects and data types related to the text widget and how they work together. <refsect2 id="GtkTextTagTable-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkTextTagTables as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkTextTagTable implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports adding tags by specifying "tag" as the "type" attribute of a &lt;child&gt; element. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying tags</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkTextTagTable"> <child type="tag"> <object class="GtkTextTag"/> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkTextTagTable. The table contains no tags by default. a new #GtkTextTagTable Add a tag to the table. The tag is assigned the highest priority in the table. @tag must not be in a tag table already, and may not have the same name as an already-added tag. a #GtkTextTagTable a #GtkTextTag Calls @func on each tag in @table, with user data @data. Note that the table may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove tags). a #GtkTextTagTable a function to call on each tag user data Returns the size of the table (number of tags) number of tags in @table a #GtkTextTagTable Look up a named tag. The tag, or %NULL if none by that name is in the table. a #GtkTextTagTable name of a tag Remove a tag from the table. This will remove the table's reference to the tag, so be careful - the tag will end up destroyed if you don't have a reference to it. a #GtkTextTagTable a #GtkTextTag the added tag. the changed tag. whether the size has been changed. the removed tag. You may wish to begin by reading the <link linkend="TextWidget">text widget conceptual overview</link> which gives an overview of all the objects and data types related to the text widget and how they work together. Creates a new #GtkTextView. If you don't call gtk_text_view_set_buffer() before using the text view, an empty default buffer will be created for you. Get the buffer with gtk_text_view_get_buffer(). If you want to specify your own buffer, consider gtk_text_view_new_with_buffer(). a new #GtkTextView Creates a new #GtkTextView widget displaying the buffer @buffer. One buffer can be shared among many widgets. @buffer may be %NULL to create a default buffer, in which case this function is equivalent to gtk_text_view_new(). The text view adds its own reference count to the buffer; it does not take over an existing reference. a new #GtkTextView. a #GtkTextBuffer Adds a child widget in the text buffer, at the given @anchor. a #GtkTextView a #GtkWidget a #GtkTextChildAnchor in the #GtkTextBuffer for @text_view Adds a child at fixed coordinates in one of the text widget's windows. The window must have nonzero size (see gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size()). Note that the child coordinates are given relative to the #GdkWindow in question, and that these coordinates have no sane relationship to scrolling. When placing a child in #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET, scrolling is irrelevant, the child floats above all scrollable areas. But when placing a child in one of the scrollable windows (border windows or text window), you'll need to compute the child's correct position in buffer coordinates any time scrolling occurs or buffer changes occur, and then call gtk_text_view_move_child() to update the child's position. a #GtkTextView a #GtkWidget which window the child should appear in X position of child in window coordinates Y position of child in window coordinates Moves the given @iter backward by one display (wrapped) line. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view's width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer. %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter Moves the given @iter backward to the next display line start. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view's width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer. %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter Converts coordinate (@buffer_x, @buffer_y) to coordinates for the window @win, and stores the result in (@window_x, @window_y). Note that you can't convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size()). a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextWindowType except #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_PRIVATE buffer x coordinate buffer y coordinate window x coordinate return location or %NULL window y coordinate return location or %NULL Moves the given @iter forward by one display (wrapped) line. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view's width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer. %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter Moves the given @iter forward to the next display line end. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view's width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer. %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter Returns whether pressing the Tab key inserts a tab characters. gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab(). %TRUE if pressing the Tab key inserts a tab character, %FALSE if pressing the Tab key moves the keyboard focus. A #GtkTextView Gets the width of the specified border window. See gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size(). width of window a #GtkTextView window to return size from Returns the #GtkTextBuffer being displayed by this text view. The reference count on the buffer is not incremented; the caller of this function won't own a new reference. a #GtkTextBuffer a #GtkTextView Given an @iter within a text layout, determine the positions of the strong and weak cursors if the insertion point is at that iterator. The position of each cursor is stored as a zero-width rectangle. The strong cursor location is the location where characters of the directionality equal to the base direction of the paragraph are inserted. The weak cursor location is the location where characters of the directionality opposite to the base direction of the paragraph are inserted. If @iter is %NULL, the actual cursor position is used. Note that if @iter happens to be the actual cursor position, and there is currently an IM preedit sequence being entered, the returned locations will be adjusted to account for the preedit cursor's offset within the preedit sequence. The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords() to convert these coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view. a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter location to store the strong cursor position (may be %NULL) location to store the weak cursor position (may be %NULL) Find out whether the cursor is being displayed. whether the insertion mark is visible a #GtkTextView Obtains a copy of the default text attributes. These are the attributes used for text unless a tag overrides them. You'd typically pass the default attributes in to gtk_text_iter_get_attributes() in order to get the attributes in effect at a given text position. The return value is a copy owned by the caller of this function, and should be freed. a new #GtkTextAttributes a #GtkTextView Returns the default editability of the #GtkTextView. Tags in the buffer may override this setting for some ranges of text. whether text is editable by default a #GtkTextView Gets the horizontal-scrolling #GtkAdjustment. pointer to the horizontal #GtkAdjustment a #GtkTextView Gets the default indentation of paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the view's buffer may override the default. The indentation may be negative. number of pixels of indentation a #GtkTextView Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-hints property. a #GtkTextView Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property. a #GtkTextView Retrieves the iterator at buffer coordinates @x and @y. Buffer coordinates are coordinates for the entire buffer, not just the currently-displayed portion. If you have coordinates from an event, you have to convert those to buffer coordinates with gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords(). a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter x position, in buffer coordinates y position, in buffer coordinates Retrieves the iterator pointing to the character at buffer coordinates @x and @y. Buffer coordinates are coordinates for the entire buffer, not just the currently-displayed portion. If you have coordinates from an event, you have to convert those to buffer coordinates with gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords(). Note that this is different from gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_location(), which returns cursor locations, i.e. positions <emphasis>between</emphasis> characters. a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter if non-%NULL, location to store an integer indicating where in the grapheme the user clicked. It will either be zero, or the number of characters in the grapheme. 0 represents the trailing edge of the grapheme. x position, in buffer coordinates y position, in buffer coordinates Gets a rectangle which roughly contains the character at @iter. The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords() to convert these coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view. a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter bounds of the character at @iter Gets the default justification of paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default. default justification a #GtkTextView Gets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default. left margin in pixels a #GtkTextView Gets the #GtkTextIter at the start of the line containing the coordinate @y. @y is in buffer coordinates, convert from window coordinates with gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords(). If non-%NULL, @line_top will be filled with the coordinate of the top edge of the line. a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter a y coordinate return location for top coordinate of the line Gets the y coordinate of the top of the line containing @iter, and the height of the line. The coordinate is a buffer coordinate; convert to window coordinates with gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords(). a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter return location for a y coordinate return location for a height Returns whether the #GtkTextView is in overwrite mode or not. whether @text_view is in overwrite mode or not. a #GtkTextView Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs. default number of pixels above paragraphs a #GtkTextView Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines(). default number of blank pixels below paragraphs a #GtkTextView Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap(). default number of pixels of blank space between wrapped lines a #GtkTextView Gets the default right margin for text in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default. right margin in pixels a #GtkTextView Gets the default tabs for @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the defaults. The returned array will be %NULL if "standard" (8-space) tabs are used. Free the return value with pango_tab_array_free(). copy of default tab array, or %NULL if "standard" tabs are used; must be freed with pango_tab_array_free(). a #GtkTextView Gets the vertical-scrolling #GtkAdjustment. pointer to the vertical #GtkAdjustment a #GtkTextView Fills @visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the buffer, in buffer coordinates. Convert to window coordinates with gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords(). a #GtkTextView rectangle to fill Retrieves the #GdkWindow corresponding to an area of the text view; possible windows include the overall widget window, child windows on the left, right, top, bottom, and the window that displays the text buffer. Windows are %NULL and nonexistent if their width or height is 0, and are nonexistent before the widget has been realized. a #GdkWindow, or %NULL a #GtkTextView window to get Usually used to find out which window an event corresponds to. If you connect to an event signal on @text_view, this function should be called on <literal>event-&gt;window</literal> to see which window it was. the window type. a #GtkTextView a window type Gets the line wrapping for the view. the line wrap setting a #GtkTextView Allow the #GtkTextView input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing should be done for this key event. See gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(). Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler when overriding key event handling. This is needed in the case when you need to insert your own key handling between the input method and the default key event handling of the #GtkTextView. |[ static gboolean gtk_foo_bar_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *event) { if ((key->keyval == GDK_KEY_Return || key->keyval == GDK_KEY_KP_Enter)) { if (gtk_text_view_im_context_filter_keypress (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (view), event)) return TRUE; } /&ast; Do some stuff &ast;/ return GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (gtk_foo_bar_parent_class)->key_press_event (widget, event); } ]| %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. a #GtkTextView the key event Updates the position of a child, as for gtk_text_view_add_child_in_window(). a #GtkTextView child widget already added to the text view new X position in window coordinates new Y position in window coordinates Moves a mark within the buffer so that it's located within the currently-visible text area. %TRUE if the mark moved (wasn't already onscreen) a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextMark Move the iterator a given number of characters visually, treating it as the strong cursor position. If @count is positive, then the new strong cursor position will be @count positions to the right of the old cursor position. If @count is negative then the new strong cursor position will be @count positions to the left of the old cursor position. In the presence of bi-directional text, the correspondence between logical and visual order will depend on the direction of the current run, and there may be jumps when the cursor is moved off of the end of a run. %TRUE if @iter moved and is not on the end iterator a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter number of characters to move (negative moves left, positive moves right) Moves the cursor to the currently visible region of the buffer, it it isn't there already. %TRUE if the cursor had to be moved. a #GtkTextView Reset the input method context of the text view if needed. This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would confuse on-going input method behavior. a #GtkTextView Scrolls @text_view the minimum distance such that @mark is contained within the visible area of the widget. a #GtkTextView a mark in the buffer for @text_view Scrolls @text_view so that @iter is on the screen in the position indicated by @xalign and @yalign. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or top, 1.0 indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If @use_align is %FALSE, the text scrolls the minimal distance to get the mark onscreen, possibly not scrolling at all. The effective screen for purposes of this function is reduced by a margin of size @within_margin. Note that this function uses the currently-computed height of the lines in the text buffer. Line heights are computed in an idle handler; so this function may not have the desired effect if it's called before the height computations. To avoid oddness, consider using gtk_text_view_scroll_to_mark() which saves a point to be scrolled to after line validation. %TRUE if scrolling occurred a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter margin as a [0.0,0.5) fraction of screen size whether to use alignment arguments (if %FALSE, just get the mark onscreen) horizontal alignment of mark within visible area vertical alignment of mark within visible area Scrolls @text_view so that @mark is on the screen in the position indicated by @xalign and @yalign. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or top, 1.0 indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If @use_align is %FALSE, the text scrolls the minimal distance to get the mark onscreen, possibly not scrolling at all. The effective screen for purposes of this function is reduced by a margin of size @within_margin. a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextMark margin as a [0.0,0.5) fraction of screen size whether to use alignment arguments (if %FALSE, just get the mark onscreen) horizontal alignment of mark within visible area vertical alignment of mark within visible area Sets the behavior of the text widget when the Tab key is pressed. If @accepts_tab is %TRUE, a tab character is inserted. If @accepts_tab is %FALSE the keyboard focus is moved to the next widget in the focus chain. A #GtkTextView %TRUE if pressing the Tab key should insert a tab character, %FALSE, if pressing the Tab key should move the keyboard focus. Sets the width of %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_LEFT or %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_RIGHT, or the height of %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TOP or %GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_BOTTOM. Automatically destroys the corresponding window if the size is set to 0, and creates the window if the size is set to non-zero. This function can only be used for the "border windows," it doesn't work with #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET, #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_TEXT, or #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_PRIVATE. a #GtkTextView window to affect width or height of the window Sets @buffer as the buffer being displayed by @text_view. The previous buffer displayed by the text view is unreferenced, and a reference is added to @buffer. If you owned a reference to @buffer before passing it to this function, you must remove that reference yourself; #GtkTextView will not "adopt" it. a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextBuffer Toggles whether the insertion point is displayed. A buffer with no editable text probably shouldn't have a visible cursor, so you may want to turn the cursor off. a #GtkTextView whether to show the insertion cursor Sets the default editability of the #GtkTextView. You can override this default setting with tags in the buffer, using the "editable" attribute of tags. a #GtkTextView whether it's editable Sets the default indentation for paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default. a #GtkTextView indentation in pixels Sets the #GtkTextView:input-hints property, which allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. a #GtkTextView the hints Sets the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property which can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their behaviour. a #GtkTextView the purpose Sets the default justification of text in @text_view. Tags in the view's buffer may override the default. a #GtkTextView justification Sets the default left margin for text in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default. a #GtkTextView left margin in pixels Changes the #GtkTextView overwrite mode. a #GtkTextView %TRUE to turn on overwrite mode, %FALSE to turn it off Sets the default number of blank pixels above paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer for @text_view may override the defaults. a #GtkTextView pixels above paragraphs Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to put below paragraphs in @text_view. May be overridden by tags applied to @text_view's buffer. a #GtkTextView pixels below paragraphs Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to leave between display/wrapped lines within a paragraph. May be overridden by tags in @text_view's buffer. a #GtkTextView default number of pixels between wrapped lines Sets the default right margin for text in the text view. Tags in the buffer may override the default. a #GtkTextView right margin in pixels Sets the default tab stops for paragraphs in @text_view. Tags in the buffer may override the default. a #GtkTextView tabs as a #PangoTabArray Sets the line wrapping for the view. a #GtkTextView a #GtkWrapMode Determines whether @iter is at the start of a display line. See gtk_text_view_forward_display_line() for an explanation of display lines vs. paragraphs. %TRUE if @iter begins a wrapped line a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextIter Converts coordinates on the window identified by @win to buffer coordinates, storing the result in (@buffer_x,@buffer_y). Note that you can't convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size()). a #GtkTextView a #GtkTextWindowType except #GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_PRIVATE window x coordinate window y coordinate buffer x coordinate return location or %NULL buffer y coordinate return location or %NULL Which IM (input method) module should be used for this text_view. See #GtkIMContext. Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings #GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property. Additional hints (beyond #GtkTextView:input-purpose) that allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. The purpose of this text field. This property can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their behaviour. The ::backspace signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user asks for it. The default bindings for this signal are Backspace and Shift-Backspace. The ::copy-clipboard signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard. The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-c and Ctrl-Insert. The ::cut-clipboard signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to cut the selection to the clipboard. The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-x and Shift-Delete. The ::delete-from-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates a text deletion. If the @type is %GTK_DELETE_CHARS, GTK+ deletes the selection if there is one, otherwise it deletes the requested number of characters. The default bindings for this signal are Delete for deleting a character, Ctrl-Delete for deleting a word and Ctrl-Backspace for deleting a word backwords. the granularity of the deletion, as a #GtkDeleteType the number of @type units to delete The ::insert-at-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates the insertion of a fixed string at the cursor. This signal has no default bindings. the string to insert The ::move-cursor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates a cursor movement. If the cursor is not visible in @text_view, this signal causes the viewport to be moved instead. Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with g_signal_emit_by_name() if they need to control the cursor programmatically. The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant with the Shift modifier extends the selection, the variant without the Shift modifer does not. There are too many key combinations to list them all here. <itemizedlist> <listitem>Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines</listitem> <listitem>Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/paragraphs</listitem> <listitem>Home/End keys move to the ends of the buffer</listitem> <listitem>PageUp/PageDown keys move vertically by pages</listitem> <listitem>Ctrl-PageUp/PageDown keys move horizontally by pages</listitem> </itemizedlist> the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep the number of @step units to move %TRUE if the move should extend the selection The ::move-viewport signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which can be bound to key combinations to allow the user to move the viewport, i.e. change what part of the text view is visible in a containing scrolled window. There are no default bindings for this signal. the granularity of the move, as a #GtkMovementStep the number of @step units to move The ::paste-clipboard signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to paste the contents of the clipboard into the text view. The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-v and Shift-Insert. The ::populate-popup signal gets emitted before showing the context menu of the text view. If you need to add items to the context menu, connect to this signal and append your items to the @popup, which will be a #GtkMenu in this case. If #GtkEntry::populate-toolbar is %TRUE, this signal will also be emitted to populate touch popups. In this case, @popup will be a different container, e.g. a #GtkToolbar. The signal handler should not make assumptions about the type of @widget, but check whether @popup is a #GtkMenu or #GtkToolbar or another kind of container. the container that is being populated If an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately be committed to the buffer. So if you are interested in the text, connect to this signal. This signal is only emitted if the text at the given position is actually editable. the current preedit string The ::select-all signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to select or unselect the complete contents of the text view. The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-a and Ctrl-/ for selecting and Shift-Ctrl-a and Ctrl-\ for unselecting. %TRUE to select, %FALSE to unselect The ::set-anchor signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user initiates setting the "anchor" mark. The "anchor" mark gets placed at the same position as the "insert" mark. This signal has no default bindings. The ::toggle-cursor-visible signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to toggle the visibility of the cursor. The default binding for this signal is F7. The ::toggle-overwrite signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted to toggle the overwrite mode of the text view. The default bindings for this signal is Insert. #GtkThemingEngine is the object used for rendering themed content in GTK+ widgets. Even though GTK+ has a default implementation, it can be overridden in CSS files by enforcing a #GtkThemingEngine object to be loaded as a module. In order to implement a theming engine, a #GtkThemingEngine subclass must be created, alongside the CSS file that will reference it, the theming engine would be created as an .so library, and installed in $(gtk-modules-dir)/theming-engines/. #GtkThemingEngine<!-- -->s have limited access to the object they are rendering, the #GtkThemingEngine API has read-only accessors to the style information contained in the rendered object's #GtkStyleContext. Loads and initializes a theming engine module from the standard directories. A theming engine, or %NULL if the engine @name doesn't exist. Theme engine name to load Registers a property so it can be used in the CSS file format, on the CSS file the property will look like "-${@name_space}-${property_name}". being ${property_name} the given to @pspec. @name_space will usually be the theme engine name. For any type a @parse_func may be provided, being this function used for turning any property value (between ':' and ';') in CSS to the #GValue needed. For basic types there is already builtin parsing support, so %NULL may be provided for these cases. <note> Engines must ensure property registration happens exactly once, usually GTK+ deals with theming engines as singletons, so this should be guaranteed to happen once, but bear this in mind when creating #GtkThemeEngine<!-- -->s yourself. </note> <note> In order to make use of the custom registered properties in the CSS file, make sure the engine is loaded first by specifying the engine property, either in a previous rule or within the same one. <programlisting> &ast; { engine: someengine; -SomeEngine-custom-property: 2; } </programlisting> </note> namespace for the property name parsing function to use, or %NULL the #GParamSpec for the new property Retrieves several style property values that apply to the currently rendered element. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve values for Gets the background color for a given state. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve the color for return value for the background color Gets the border for a given state as a #GtkBorder. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve the border for return value for the border settings Gets the border color for a given state. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve the color for return value for the border color Gets the foreground color for a given state. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve the color for return value for the foreground color Returns the widget direction used for rendering. the widget direction a #GtkThemingEngine Returns the font description for a given state. the #PangoFontDescription for the given state. This object is owned by GTK+ and should not be freed. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve the font for Returns the widget direction used for rendering. the widget direction a #GtkThemingEngine Gets the margin for a given state as a #GtkBorder. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve the border for return value for the margin settings Gets the padding for a given state as a #GtkBorder. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve the padding for return value for the padding settings Returns the widget path used for style matching. A #GtkWidgetPath a #GtkThemingEngine Gets a property value as retrieved from the style settings that apply to the currently rendered element. a #GtkThemingEngine the property name state to retrieve the value for return location for the property value, you must free this memory using g_value_unset() once you are done with it. Returns the #GdkScreen to which @engine currently rendering to. a #GdkScreen, or %NULL. a #GtkThemingEngine returns the state used when rendering. the state flags a #GtkThemingEngine Retrieves several widget style properties from @engine according to the currently rendered content's style. a #GtkThemingEngine Gets the value for a widget style property. a #GtkThemingEngine the name of the widget style property Return location for the property value, free with g_value_unset() after use. Retrieves several widget style properties from @engine according to the currently rendered content's style. a #GtkThemingEngine va_list of property name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Retrieves several style property values that apply to the currently rendered element. a #GtkThemingEngine state to retrieve values for va_list of property name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Returns %TRUE if the currently rendered contents have defined the given class name. %TRUE if @engine has @class_name defined a #GtkThemingEngine class name to look up Returns %TRUE if the currently rendered contents have the region defined. If @flags_return is not %NULL, it is set to the flags affecting the region. %TRUE if region is defined a #GtkThemingEngine a region name return location for region flags Looks up and resolves a color name in the current style's color map. %TRUE if @color_name was found and resolved, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkThemingEngine color name to lookup Return location for the looked up color Returns %TRUE if there is a transition animation running for the current region (see gtk_style_context_push_animatable_region()). If @progress is not %NULL, the animation progress will be returned there, 0.0 means the state is closest to being %FALSE, while 1.0 means it's closest to being %TRUE. This means transition animations will run from 0 to 1 when @state is being set to %TRUE and from 1 to 0 when it's being set to %FALSE. %TRUE if there is a running transition animation for @state. a #GtkThemingEngine a widget state return location for the transition progress The theming engine name, this name will be used when registering custom properties, for a theming engine named "Clearlooks" registering a "glossy" custom property, it could be referenced in the CSS file as <programlisting> -Clearlooks-glossy: true; </programlisting> Base class for theming engines. Callback type for adding a function to update animations. See gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE if the tick callback should continue to be called, %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the tick callback should be removed. the widget the frame clock for the widget (same as calling gtk_widget_get_frame_clock()) user data passed to gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). A #GtkToggleAction corresponds roughly to a #GtkCheckMenuItem. It has an "active" state specifying whether the action has been checked or not. Creates a new #GtkToggleAction object. To add the action to a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action, call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel(). a new #GtkToggleAction A unique name for the action The label displayed in menu items and on buttons, or %NULL A tooltip for the action, or %NULL The stock icon to display in widgets representing the action, or %NULL Emits the "toggled" signal on the toggle action. Returns the checked state of the toggle action. the checked state of the toggle action the action object Returns whether the action should have proxies like a radio action. whether the action should have proxies like a radio action. the action object Sets the checked state on the toggle action. the action object whether the action should be checked or not Sets whether the action should have proxies like a radio action. the action object whether the action should have proxies like a radio action Emits the "toggled" signal on the toggle action. the action object Whether the toggle action should be active. Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies. This is an appearance property and thus only applies if #GtkActivatable:use-action-appearance is %TRUE. Should be connected if you wish to perform an action whenever the #GtkToggleAction state is changed. #GtkToggleActionEntry structs are used with gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions() to construct toggle actions. A #GtkToggleButton is a #GtkButton which will remain 'pressed-in' when clicked. Clicking again will cause the toggle button to return to its normal state. A toggle button is created by calling either gtk_toggle_button_new() or gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label(). If using the former, it is advisable to pack a widget, (such as a #GtkLabel and/or a #GtkImage), into the toggle button's container. (See #GtkButton for more information). The state of a #GtkToggleButton can be set specifically using gtk_toggle_button_set_active(), and retrieved using gtk_toggle_button_get_active(). To simply switch the state of a toggle button, use gtk_toggle_button_toggled(). <example> <title>Creating two #GtkToggleButton widgets.</title> <programlisting> void make_toggles (void) { GtkWidget *dialog, *toggle1, *toggle2; dialog = gtk_dialog_new (<!-- -->); toggle1 = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label ("Hi, i'm a toggle button."); // Makes this toggle button invisible gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (toggle1), TRUE); g_signal_connect (toggle1, "toggled", G_CALLBACK (output_state), NULL); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->action_area), toggle1, FALSE, FALSE, 2); toggle2 = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label ("Hi, i'm another toggle button."); gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (toggle2), FALSE); g_signal_connect (toggle2, "toggled", G_CALLBACK (output_state), NULL); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)->action_area), toggle2, FALSE, FALSE, 2); gtk_widget_show_all (dialog); } </programlisting> </example> Creates a new toggle button. A widget should be packed into the button, as in gtk_button_new(). a new toggle button. Creates a new toggle button with a text label. a new toggle button. a string containing the message to be placed in the toggle button. Creates a new #GtkToggleButton containing a label. The label will be created using gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(), so underscores in @label indicate the mnemonic for the button. a new #GtkToggleButton the text of the button, with an underscore in front of the mnemonic character Emits the #GtkToggleButton::toggled signal on the #GtkToggleButton. There is no good reason for an application ever to call this function. Queries a #GtkToggleButton and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised. a #gboolean value. a #GtkToggleButton. Gets the value set by gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent(). %TRUE if the button is displayed as inconsistent, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkToggleButton Retrieves whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and label. See gtk_toggle_button_set_mode(). %TRUE if the togglebutton is drawn as a separate indicator and label. a #GtkToggleButton Sets the status of the toggle button. Set to %TRUE if you want the GtkToggleButton to be 'pressed in', and %FALSE to raise it. This action causes the #GtkToggleButton::toggled signal and the #GtkButton::clicked signal to be emitted. a #GtkToggleButton. %TRUE or %FALSE. If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a toggle button, and the current values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display the toggle in an "in between" state. This function turns on "in between" display. Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state again if the user toggles the toggle button. This has to be done manually, gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent() only affects visual appearance, it doesn't affect the semantics of the button. a #GtkToggleButton %TRUE if state is inconsistent Sets whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and label. You can call this function on a checkbutton or a radiobutton with @draw_indicator = %FALSE to make the button look like a normal button This function only affects instances of classes like #GtkCheckButton and #GtkRadioButton that derive from #GtkToggleButton, not instances of #GtkToggleButton itself. a #GtkToggleButton if %TRUE, draw the button as a separate indicator and label; if %FALSE, draw the button like a normal button Emits the #GtkToggleButton::toggled signal on the #GtkToggleButton. There is no good reason for an application ever to call this function. a #GtkToggleButton. Should be connected if you wish to perform an action whenever the #GtkToggleButton's state is changed. A #GtkToggleToolButton is a #GtkToolItem that contains a toggle button. Use gtk_toggle_tool_button_new() to create a new #GtkToggleToolButton. Use gtk_toggle_tool_button_new_from_stock() to create a new #GtkToggleToolButton containing a stock item. Returns a new #GtkToggleToolButton a newly created #GtkToggleToolButton Creates a new #GtkToggleToolButton containing the image and text from a stock item. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like #GTK_STOCK_OK and #GTK_STOCK_APPLY. It is an error if @stock_id is not a name of a stock item. A new #GtkToggleToolButton the name of the stock item Queries a #GtkToggleToolButton and returns its current state. Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised. %TRUE if the toggle tool button is pressed in, %FALSE if not a #GtkToggleToolButton Sets the status of the toggle tool button. Set to %TRUE if you want the GtkToggleButton to be 'pressed in', and %FALSE to raise it. This action causes the toggled signal to be emitted. a #GtkToggleToolButton whether @button should be active If the toggle tool button should be pressed in. Emitted whenever the toggle tool button changes state. #GtkToolButton<!-- -->s are #GtkToolItems containing buttons. Use gtk_tool_button_new() to create a new #GtkToolButton. Use gtk_tool_button_new_from_stock() to create a #GtkToolButton containing a stock item. The label of a #GtkToolButton is determined by the properties #GtkToolButton:label-widget, #GtkToolButton:label, and #GtkToolButton:stock-id. If #GtkToolButton:label-widget is non-%NULL, then that widget is used as the label. Otherwise, if #GtkToolButton:label is non-%NULL, that string is used as the label. Otherwise, if #GtkToolButton:stock-id is non-%NULL, the label is determined by the stock item. Otherwise, the button does not have a label. The icon of a #GtkToolButton is determined by the properties #GtkToolButton:icon-widget and #GtkToolButton:stock-id. If #GtkToolButton:icon-widget is non-%NULL, then that widget is used as the icon. Otherwise, if #GtkToolButton:stock-id is non-%NULL, the icon is determined by the stock item. Otherwise, the button does not have a icon. Creates a new %GtkToolButton using @icon_widget as contents and @label as label. A new #GtkToolButton a widget that will be used as the button contents, or %NULL a string that will be used as label, or %NULL Creates a new #GtkToolButton containing the image and text from a stock item. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like #GTK_STOCK_OK and #GTK_STOCK_APPLY. It is an error if @stock_id is not a name of a stock item. A new #GtkToolButton the name of the stock item Returns the name of the themed icon for the tool button, see gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name(). the icon name or %NULL if the tool button has no themed icon a #GtkToolButton Return the widget used as icon widget on @button. See gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget(). The widget used as icon on @button, or %NULL. a #GtkToolButton Returns the label used by the tool button, or %NULL if the tool button doesn't have a label. or uses a the label from a stock item. The returned string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified or freed. The label, or %NULL a #GtkToolButton Returns the widget used as label on @button. See gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget(). The widget used as label on @button, or %NULL. a #GtkToolButton Returns the name of the stock item. See gtk_tool_button_set_stock_id(). The returned string is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed or modifed. the name of the stock item for @button. a #GtkToolButton Returns whether underscores in the label property are used as mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu. See gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline(). %TRUE if underscores in the label property are used as mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu. a #GtkToolButton Sets the icon for the tool button from a named themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. The "icon_name" property only has an effect if not overridden by non-%NULL "label", "icon_widget" and "stock_id" properties. a #GtkToolButton the name of the themed icon Sets @icon as the widget used as icon on @button. If @icon_widget is %NULL the icon is determined by the "stock_id" property. If the "stock_id" property is also %NULL, @button will not have an icon. a #GtkToolButton the widget used as icon, or %NULL Sets @label as the label used for the tool button. The "label" property only has an effect if not overridden by a non-%NULL "label_widget" property. If both the "label_widget" and "label" properties are %NULL, the label is determined by the "stock_id" property. If the "stock_id" property is also %NULL, @button will not have a label. a #GtkToolButton a string that will be used as label, or %NULL. Sets @label_widget as the widget that will be used as the label for @button. If @label_widget is %NULL the "label" property is used as label. If "label" is also %NULL, the label in the stock item determined by the "stock_id" property is used as label. If "stock_id" is also %NULL, @button does not have a label. a #GtkToolButton the widget used as label, or %NULL Sets the name of the stock item. See gtk_tool_button_new_from_stock(). The stock_id property only has an effect if not overridden by non-%NULL "label" and "icon_widget" properties. a #GtkToolButton a name of a stock item, or %NULL If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu. For example, if the label property is "_Open" and @use_underline is %TRUE, the label on the tool button will be "Open" and the item on the overflow menu will have an underlined 'O'. Labels shown on tool buttons never have mnemonics on them; this property only affects the menu item on the overflow menu. a #GtkToolButton whether the button label has the form "_Open" The name of the themed icon displayed on the item. This property only has an effect if not overridden by "label", "icon_widget" or "stock_id" properties. This signal is emitted when the tool button is clicked with the mouse or activated with the keyboard. #GtkToolItem<!-- -->s are widgets that can appear on a toolbar. To create a toolbar item that contain something else than a button, use gtk_tool_item_new(). Use gtk_container_add() to add a child widget to the tool item. For toolbar items that contain buttons, see the #GtkToolButton, #GtkToggleToolButton and #GtkRadioToolButton classes. See the #GtkToolbar class for a description of the toolbar widget, and #GtkToolShell for a description of the tool shell interface. Creates a new #GtkToolItem the new #GtkToolItem Emits the signal #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured on @tool_item. #GtkToolbar and other #GtkToolShell implementations use this function to notify children, when some aspect of their configuration changes. Returns the ellipsize mode used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should be ellipsized. a #PangoEllipsizeMode indicating how text in @tool_item should be ellipsized. a #GtkToolItem Returns whether @tool_item is allocated extra space. See gtk_tool_item_set_expand(). %TRUE if @tool_item is allocated extra space. a #GtkToolItem Returns whether @tool_item is the same size as other homogeneous items. See gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous(). %TRUE if the item is the same size as other homogeneous items. a #GtkToolItem Returns the icon size used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out what size icons they should use. a #GtkIconSize indicating the icon size used for @tool_item a #GtkToolItem Returns whether @tool_item is considered important. See gtk_tool_item_set_is_important() %TRUE if @tool_item is considered important. a #GtkToolItem Returns the orientation used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out what size icons they should use. a #GtkOrientation indicating the orientation used for @tool_item a #GtkToolItem If @menu_item_id matches the string passed to gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item() return the corresponding #GtkMenuItem. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should use this function to update their menu item when the #GtkToolItem changes. That the @menu_item_id<!-- -->s must match ensures that a #GtkToolItem will not inadvertently change a menu item that they did not create. The #GtkMenuItem passed to gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), if the @menu_item_id<!-- -->s match. a #GtkToolItem a string used to identify the menu item Returns the relief style of @tool_item. See gtk_button_set_relief(). Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function in the handler of the #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured signal to find out the relief style of buttons. a #GtkReliefStyle indicating the relief style used for @tool_item. a #GtkToolItem Returns the text alignment used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should be aligned. a #gfloat indicating the horizontal text alignment used for @tool_item a #GtkToolItem: Returns the text orientation used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should be orientated. a #GtkOrientation indicating the text orientation used for @tool_item a #GtkToolItem Returns the size group used for labels in @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function and use the size group for labels. a #GtkSizeGroup a #GtkToolItem Returns the toolbar style used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function in the handler of the GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured signal to find out in what style the toolbar is displayed and change themselves accordingly Possibilities are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH, meaning the tool item should show both an icon and a label, stacked vertically </listitem> <listitem> GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS, meaning the toolbar shows only icons </listitem> <listitem> GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT, meaning the tool item should only show text</listitem> <listitem> GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ, meaning the tool item should show both an icon and a label, arranged horizontally</listitem> </itemizedlist> A #GtkToolbarStyle indicating the toolbar style used for @tool_item. a #GtkToolItem Returns whether @tool_item has a drag window. See gtk_tool_item_set_use_drag_window(). %TRUE if @tool_item uses a drag window. a #GtkToolItem Returns whether the @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are docked horizontally. %TRUE if @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are docked horizontally. a #GtkToolItem Returns whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically. See gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical(). Whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically a #GtkToolItem Calling this function signals to the toolbar that the overflow menu item for @tool_item has changed. If the overflow menu is visible when this function it called, the menu will be rebuilt. The function must be called when the tool item changes what it will do in response to the #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy signal. a #GtkToolItem Returns the #GtkMenuItem that was last set by gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), ie. the #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the overflow menu. The #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the overflow menu for @tool_item. a #GtkToolItem Sets whether @tool_item is allocated extra space when there is more room on the toolbar then needed for the items. The effect is that the item gets bigger when the toolbar gets bigger and smaller when the toolbar gets smaller. a #GtkToolItem Whether @tool_item is allocated extra space Sets whether @tool_item is to be allocated the same size as other homogeneous items. The effect is that all homogeneous items will have the same width as the widest of the items. a #GtkToolItem whether @tool_item is the same size as other homogeneous items Sets whether @tool_item should be considered important. The #GtkToolButton class uses this property to determine whether to show or hide its label when the toolbar style is %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ. The result is that only tool buttons with the "is_important" property set have labels, an effect known as "priority text" a #GtkToolItem whether the tool item should be considered important Sets the #GtkMenuItem used in the toolbar overflow menu. The @menu_item_id is used to identify the caller of this function and should also be used with gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item(). a #GtkToolItem a string used to identify @menu_item a #GtkMenuItem to be used in the overflow menu Sets the markup text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup(). a #GtkToolItem markup text to be used as tooltip for @tool_item Sets the text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text(). a #GtkToolItem text to be used as tooltip for @tool_item Sets whether @tool_item has a drag window. When %TRUE the toolitem can be used as a drag source through gtk_drag_source_set(). When @tool_item has a drag window it will intercept all events, even those that would otherwise be sent to a child of @tool_item. a #GtkToolItem Whether @tool_item has a drag window. Sets whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked horizontally. a #GtkToolItem Whether @tool_item is visible when in horizontal mode Sets whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically. Some tool items, such as text entries, are too wide to be useful on a vertically docked toolbar. If @visible_vertical is %FALSE @tool_item will not appear on toolbars that are docked vertically. a #GtkToolItem whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is in vertical mode Emits the signal #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured on @tool_item. #GtkToolbar and other #GtkToolShell implementations use this function to notify children, when some aspect of their configuration changes. a #GtkToolItem This signal is emitted when the toolbar needs information from @tool_item about whether the item should appear in the toolbar overflow menu. In response the tool item should either <itemizedlist> <listitem>call gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item() with a %NULL pointer and return %TRUE to indicate that the item should not appear in the overflow menu </listitem> <listitem> call gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item() with a new menu item and return %TRUE, or </listitem> <listitem> return %FALSE to indicate that the signal was not handled by the item. This means that the item will not appear in the overflow menu unless a later handler installs a menu item. </listitem> </itemizedlist> The toolbar may cache the result of this signal. When the tool item changes how it will respond to this signal it must call gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu() to invalidate the cache and ensure that the toolbar rebuilds its overflow menu. %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not This signal is emitted when some property of the toolbar that the item is a child of changes. For custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem, the default handler of this signal use the functions <itemizedlist> <listitem>gtk_tool_shell_get_orientation()</listitem> <listitem>gtk_tool_shell_get_style()</listitem> <listitem>gtk_tool_shell_get_icon_size()</listitem> <listitem>gtk_tool_shell_get_relief_style()</listitem> </itemizedlist> to find out what the toolbar should look like and change themselves accordingly. A #GtkToolItemGroup is used together with #GtkToolPalette to add #GtkToolItem<!-- -->s to a palette like container with different categories and drag and drop support. Creates a new tool item group with label @label. a new #GtkToolItemGroup. the label of the new group Gets whether @group is collapsed or expanded. %TRUE if @group is collapsed, %FALSE if it is expanded a GtkToolItemGroup Gets the tool item at position (x, y). the #GtkToolItem at position (x, y) a #GtkToolItemGroup the x position the y position Gets the ellipsization mode of @group. the #PangoEllipsizeMode of @group a #GtkToolItemGroup Gets the relief mode of the header button of @group. the #GtkReliefStyle a #GtkToolItemGroup Gets the position of @item in @group as index. the index of @item in @group or -1 if @item is no child of @group a #GtkToolItemGroup a #GtkToolItem Gets the label of @group. the label of @group. The label is an internal string of @group and must not be modified. Note that %NULL is returned if a custom label has been set with gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget() a #GtkToolItemGroup Gets the label widget of @group. See gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget(). the label widget of @group a #GtkToolItemGroup Gets the number of tool items in @group. the number of tool items in @group a #GtkToolItemGroup Gets the tool item at @index in group. the #GtkToolItem at index a #GtkToolItemGroup the index Inserts @item at @position in the list of children of @group. a #GtkToolItemGroup the #GtkToolItem to insert into @group the position of @item in @group, starting with 0. The position -1 means end of list. Sets whether the @group should be collapsed or expanded. a #GtkToolItemGroup whether the @group should be collapsed or expanded Sets the ellipsization mode which should be used by labels in @group. a #GtkToolItemGroup the #PangoEllipsizeMode labels in @group should use Set the button relief of the group header. See gtk_button_set_relief() for details. a #GtkToolItemGroup the #GtkReliefStyle Sets the position of @item in the list of children of @group. a #GtkToolItemGroup the #GtkToolItem to move to a new position, should be a child of @group. the new position of @item in @group, starting with 0. The position -1 means end of list. Sets the label of the tool item group. The label is displayed in the header of the group. a #GtkToolItemGroup the new human-readable label of of the group Sets the label of the tool item group. The label widget is displayed in the header of the group, in place of the usual label. a #GtkToolItemGroup the widget to be displayed in place of the usual label A #GtkToolPalette allows you to add #GtkToolItem<!-- -->s to a palette-like container with different categories and drag and drop support. A #GtkToolPalette is created with a call to gtk_tool_palette_new(). #GtkToolItem<!-- -->s cannot be added directly to a #GtkToolPalette - instead they are added to a #GtkToolItemGroup which can than be added to a #GtkToolPalette. To add a #GtkToolItemGroup to a #GtkToolPalette, use gtk_container_add(). |[ GtkWidget *palette, *group; GtkToolItem *item; palette = gtk_tool_palette_new (); group = gtk_tool_item_group_new (_("Test Category")); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (palette), group); item = gtk_tool_button_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_OK); gtk_tool_item_group_insert (GTK_TOOL_ITEM_GROUP (group), item, -1); ]| The easiest way to use drag and drop with #GtkToolPalette is to call gtk_tool_palette_add_drag_dest() with the desired drag source @palette and the desired drag target @widget. Then gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_item() can be used to get the dragged item in the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received signal handler of the drag target. |[ static void passive_canvas_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget, GdkDragContext *context, gint x, gint y, GtkSelectionData *selection, guint info, guint time, gpointer data) { GtkWidget *palette; GtkWidget *item; /<!-- -->* Get the dragged item *<!-- -->/ palette = gtk_widget_get_ancestor (gtk_drag_get_source_widget (context), GTK_TYPE_TOOL_PALETTE); if (palette != NULL) item = gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_item (GTK_TOOL_PALETTE (palette), selection); /<!-- -->* Do something with item *<!-- -->/ } GtkWidget *target, palette; palette = gtk_tool_palette_new (); target = gtk_drawing_area_new (); g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (target), "drag-data-received", G_CALLBACK (passive_canvas_drag_data_received), NULL); gtk_tool_palette_add_drag_dest (GTK_TOOL_PALETTE (palette), target, GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL, GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS, GDK_ACTION_COPY); ]| Creates a new tool palette. a new #GtkToolPalette Get the target entry for a dragged #GtkToolItemGroup. the #GtkTargetEntry for a dragged group Gets the target entry for a dragged #GtkToolItem. the #GtkTargetEntry for a dragged item. Sets @palette as drag source (see gtk_tool_palette_set_drag_source()) and sets @widget as a drag destination for drags from @palette. See gtk_drag_dest_set(). a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkWidget which should be a drag destination for @palette the flags that specify what actions GTK+ should take for drops on that widget the #GtkToolPaletteDragTargets which the widget should support the #GdkDragAction<!-- -->s which the widget should suppport Get the dragged item from the selection. This could be a #GtkToolItem or a #GtkToolItemGroup. the dragged item in selection a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkSelectionData Gets the group at position (x, y). the #GtkToolItemGroup at position or %NULL if there is no such group a #GtkToolPalette the x position the y position Gets the item at position (x, y). See gtk_tool_palette_get_drop_group(). the #GtkToolItem at position or %NULL if there is no such item a #GtkToolPalette the x position the y position Gets whether @group is exclusive or not. See gtk_tool_palette_set_exclusive(). %TRUE if @group is exclusive a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette Gets whether group should be given extra space. See gtk_tool_palette_set_expand(). %TRUE if group should be given extra space, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette Gets the position of @group in @palette as index. See gtk_tool_palette_set_group_position(). the index of group or -1 if @group is not a child of @palette a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkToolItemGroup Gets the horizontal adjustment of the tool palette. the horizontal adjustment of @palette a #GtkToolPalette Gets the size of icons in the tool palette. See gtk_tool_palette_set_icon_size(). the #GtkIconSize of icons in the tool palette a #GtkToolPalette Gets the style (icons, text or both) of items in the tool palette. the #GtkToolbarStyle of items in the tool palette. a #GtkToolPalette Gets the vertical adjustment of the tool palette. the vertical adjustment of @palette a #GtkToolPalette Sets the tool palette as a drag source. Enables all groups and items in the tool palette as drag sources on button 1 and button 3 press with copy and move actions. See gtk_drag_source_set(). a #GtkToolPalette the #GtkToolPaletteDragTargets which the widget should support Sets whether the group should be exclusive or not. If an exclusive group is expanded all other groups are collapsed. a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette whether the group should be exclusive or not Sets whether the group should be given extra space. a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette whether the group should be given extra space Sets the position of the group as an index of the tool palette. If position is 0 the group will become the first child, if position is -1 it will become the last child. a #GtkToolPalette a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette a new index for group Sets the size of icons in the tool palette. a #GtkToolPalette the #GtkIconSize that icons in the tool palette shall have Sets the style (text, icons or both) of items in the tool palette. a #GtkToolPalette the #GtkToolbarStyle that items in the tool palette shall have Unsets the tool palette icon size set with gtk_tool_palette_set_icon_size(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the icon size. a #GtkToolPalette Unsets a toolbar style set with gtk_tool_palette_set_style(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style. a #GtkToolPalette The size of the icons in a tool palette is normally determined by the #GtkSettings:gtk-toolbar-icon-size setting. When this property is set, it overrides the setting. This should only be used for special-purpose tool palettes, normal application tool palettes should respect the user preferences for the size of icons. Is %TRUE if the #GtkToolPalette:icon-size property has been set. The style of items in the tool palette. Flags used to specify the supported drag targets. Support drag of items. Support drag of groups. The #GtkToolShell interface allows container widgets to provide additional information when embedding #GtkToolItem widgets. Retrieves the current ellipsize mode for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode() instead. the current ellipsize mode of @shell Retrieves the current orientation for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_orientation() instead. the current orientation of @shell Returns the relief style of buttons on @shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_relief_style() instead. The relief style of buttons on @shell. Retrieves whether the tool shell has text, icons, or both. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style() instead. the current style of @shell Retrieves the current text alignment for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment() instead. the current text alignment of @shell Retrieves the current text orientation for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation() instead. the current text orientation of @shell Retrieves the current text size group for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group() instead. the current text size group of @shell Calling this function signals the tool shell that the overflow menu item for tool items have changed. If there is an overflow menu and if it is visible when this function it called, the menu will be rebuilt. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu() instead. Retrieves the current ellipsize mode for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode() instead. the current ellipsize mode of @shell a #GtkToolShell Retrieves the icon size for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_icon_size() instead. the current size for icons of @shell a #GtkToolShell Retrieves the current orientation for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_orientation() instead. the current orientation of @shell a #GtkToolShell Returns the relief style of buttons on @shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_relief_style() instead. The relief style of buttons on @shell. a #GtkToolShell Retrieves whether the tool shell has text, icons, or both. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style() instead. the current style of @shell a #GtkToolShell Retrieves the current text alignment for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment() instead. the current text alignment of @shell a #GtkToolShell Retrieves the current text orientation for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation() instead. the current text orientation of @shell a #GtkToolShell Retrieves the current text size group for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group() instead. the current text size group of @shell a #GtkToolShell Calling this function signals the tool shell that the overflow menu item for tool items have changed. If there is an overflow menu and if it is visible when this function it called, the menu will be rebuilt. Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu() instead. a #GtkToolShell Virtual function table for the #GtkToolShell interface. the current orientation of @shell the current style of @shell The relief style of buttons on @shell. the current text orientation of @shell the current text alignment of @shell the current ellipsize mode of @shell the current text size group of @shell A toolbar is created with a call to gtk_toolbar_new(). A toolbar can contain instances of a subclass of #GtkToolItem. To add a #GtkToolItem to the a toolbar, use gtk_toolbar_insert(). To remove an item from the toolbar use gtk_container_remove(). To add a button to the toolbar, add an instance of #GtkToolButton. Toolbar items can be visually grouped by adding instances of #GtkSeparatorToolItem to the toolbar. If the GtkToolbar child property "expand" is #TRUE and the property #GtkSeparatorToolItem:draw is set to #FALSE, the effect is to force all following items to the end of the toolbar. Creating a context menu for the toolbar can be done by connecting to the #GtkToolbar::popup-context-menu signal. Creates a new toolbar. the newly-created toolbar. Returns the position corresponding to the indicated point on @toolbar. This is useful when dragging items to the toolbar: this function returns the position a new item should be inserted. @x and @y are in @toolbar coordinates. The position corresponding to the point (@x, @y) on the toolbar. a #GtkToolbar x coordinate of a point on the toolbar y coordinate of a point on the toolbar Retrieves the icon size for the toolbar. See gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size(). the current icon size for the icons on the toolbar. a #GtkToolbar Returns the position of @item on the toolbar, starting from 0. It is an error if @item is not a child of the toolbar. the position of item on the toolbar. a #GtkToolbar a #GtkToolItem that is a child of @toolbar Returns the number of items on the toolbar. the number of items on the toolbar a #GtkToolbar Returns the @n<!-- -->'th item on @toolbar, or %NULL if the toolbar does not contain an @n<!-- -->'th item. The @n<!-- -->'th #GtkToolItem on @toolbar, or %NULL if there isn't an @n<!-- -->'th item. a #GtkToolbar A position on the toolbar Returns the relief style of buttons on @toolbar. See gtk_button_set_relief(). The relief style of buttons on @toolbar. a #GtkToolbar Returns whether the toolbar has an overflow menu. See gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow(). %TRUE if the toolbar has an overflow menu. a #GtkToolbar Retrieves whether the toolbar has text, icons, or both . See gtk_toolbar_set_style(). the current style of @toolbar a #GtkToolbar Insert a #GtkToolItem into the toolbar at position @pos. If @pos is 0 the item is prepended to the start of the toolbar. If @pos is negative, the item is appended to the end of the toolbar. a #GtkToolbar a #GtkToolItem the position of the new item Highlights @toolbar to give an idea of what it would look like if @item was added to @toolbar at the position indicated by @index_. If @item is %NULL, highlighting is turned off. In that case @index_ is ignored. The @tool_item passed to this function must not be part of any widget hierarchy. When an item is set as drop highlight item it can not added to any widget hierarchy or used as highlight item for another toolbar. a #GtkToolbar a #GtkToolItem, or %NULL to turn of highlighting a position on @toolbar This function sets the size of stock icons in the toolbar. You can call it both before you add the icons and after they've been added. The size you set will override user preferences for the default icon size. This should only be used for special-purpose toolbars, normal application toolbars should respect the user preferences for the size of icons. A #GtkToolbar The #GtkIconSize that stock icons in the toolbar shall have. Sets whether to show an overflow menu when @toolbar doesn't have room for all items on it. If %TRUE, items that there are not room are available through an overflow menu. a #GtkToolbar Whether to show an overflow menu Alters the view of @toolbar to display either icons only, text only, or both. a #GtkToolbar. the new style for @toolbar. Unsets toolbar icon size set with gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the icon size. a #GtkToolbar Unsets a toolbar style set with gtk_toolbar_set_style(), so that user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style. a #GtkToolbar The size of the icons in a toolbar is normally determined by the toolbar-icon-size setting. When this property is set, it overrides the setting. This should only be used for special-purpose toolbars, normal application toolbars should respect the user preferences for the size of icons. Is %TRUE if the icon-size property has been set. A keybinding signal used internally by GTK+. This signal can't be used in application code %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not %TRUE if the first item should be focused Emitted when the orientation of the toolbar changes. the new #GtkOrientation of the toolbar Emitted when the user right-clicks the toolbar or uses the keybinding to display a popup menu. Application developers should handle this signal if they want to display a context menu on the toolbar. The context-menu should appear at the coordinates given by @x and @y. The mouse button number is given by the @button parameter. If the menu was popped up using the keybaord, @button is -1. return %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not the x coordinate of the point where the menu should appear the y coordinate of the point where the menu should appear the mouse button the user pressed, or -1 Emitted when the style of the toolbar changes. the new #GtkToolbarStyle of the toolbar Used to customize the appearance of a #GtkToolbar. Note that setting the toolbar style overrides the user's preferences for the default toolbar style. Note that if the button has only a label set and GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS is used, the label will be visible, and vice versa. Buttons display only icons in the toolbar. Buttons display only text labels in the toolbar. Buttons display text and icons in the toolbar. Buttons display icons and text alongside each other, rather than vertically stacked Basic tooltips can be realized simply by using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text() or gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup() without any explicit tooltip object. When you need a tooltip with a little more fancy contents, like adding an image, or you want the tooltip to have different contents per #GtkTreeView row or cell, you will have to do a little more work: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Set the #GtkWidget:has-tooltip property to %TRUE, this will make GTK+ monitor the widget for motion and related events which are needed to determine when and where to show a tooltip. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> Connect to the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal. This signal will be emitted when a tooltip is supposed to be shown. One of the arguments passed to the signal handler is a GtkTooltip object. This is the object that we are about to display as a tooltip, and can be manipulated in your callback using functions like gtk_tooltip_set_icon(). There are functions for setting the tooltip's markup, setting an image from a stock icon, or even putting in a custom widget. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> Return %TRUE from your query-tooltip handler. This causes the tooltip to be show. If you return %FALSE, it will not be shown. </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> In the probably rare case where you want to have even more control over the tooltip that is about to be shown, you can set your own #GtkWindow which will be used as tooltip window. This works as follows: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Set #GtkWidget:has-tooltip and connect to #GtkWidget::query-tooltip as before. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> Use gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window() to set a #GtkWindow created by you as tooltip window. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> In the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip callback you can access your window using gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window() and manipulate as you wish. The semantics of the return value are exactly as before, return %TRUE to show the window, %FALSE to not show it. </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> Triggers a new tooltip query on @display, in order to update the current visible tooltip, or to show/hide the current tooltip. This function is useful to call when, for example, the state of the widget changed by a key press. a #GdkDisplay Replaces the widget packed into the tooltip with @custom_widget. @custom_widget does not get destroyed when the tooltip goes away. By default a box with a #GtkImage and #GtkLabel is embedded in the tooltip, which can be configured using gtk_tooltip_set_markup() and gtk_tooltip_set_icon(). a #GtkTooltip a #GtkWidget, or %NULL to unset the old custom widget. Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be @pixbuf. If @pixbuf is %NULL, the image will be hidden. a #GtkTooltip a #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the icon indicated by @gicon with the size indicated by @size. If @gicon is %NULL, the image will be hidden. a #GtkTooltip a #GIcon representing the icon, or %NULL a stock icon size Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the icon indicated by @icon_name with the size indicated by @size. If @icon_name is %NULL, the image will be hidden. a #GtkTooltip an icon name, or %NULL a stock icon size Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the stock item indicated by @stock_id with the size indicated by @size. If @stock_id is %NULL, the image will be hidden. a #GtkTooltip a stock id, or %NULL a stock icon size Sets the text of the tooltip to be @markup, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. If @markup is %NULL, the label will be hidden. a #GtkTooltip a markup string (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango markup format</link>) or %NULL Sets the text of the tooltip to be @text. If @text is %NULL, the label will be hidden. See also gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). a #GtkTooltip a text string or %NULL Sets the area of the widget, where the contents of this tooltip apply, to be @rect (in widget coordinates). This is especially useful for properly setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView rows and cells, #GtkIconViews, etc. For setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView, please refer to the convenience functions for this: gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row() and gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell(). a #GtkTooltip a #GdkRectangle A function to set the properties of a cell instead of just using the straight mapping between the cell and the model. This is useful for customizing the cell renderer. For example, a function might get an integer from the @tree_model, and render it to the "text" attribute of "cell" by converting it to its written equivilent. This is set by calling gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func() A #GtkTreeViewColumn The #GtkCellRenderer that is being rendered by @tree_column The #GtkTreeModel being rendered A #GtkTreeIter of the current row rendered user data Asks the #GtkTreeDragDest to insert a row before the path @dest, deriving the contents of the row from @selection_data. If @dest is outside the tree so that inserting before it is impossible, %FALSE will be returned. Also, %FALSE may be returned if the new row is not created for some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle a @dest no longer found in the model! whether a new row was created before position @dest row to drop in front of data to drop Determines whether a drop is possible before the given @dest_path, at the same depth as @dest_path. i.e., can we drop the data in @selection_data at that location. @dest_path does not have to exist; the return value will almost certainly be %FALSE if the parent of @dest_path doesn't exist, though. %TRUE if a drop is possible before @dest_path destination row the data being dragged Asks the #GtkTreeDragDest to insert a row before the path @dest, deriving the contents of the row from @selection_data. If @dest is outside the tree so that inserting before it is impossible, %FALSE will be returned. Also, %FALSE may be returned if the new row is not created for some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle a @dest no longer found in the model! whether a new row was created before position @dest a #GtkTreeDragDest row to drop in front of data to drop Determines whether a drop is possible before the given @dest_path, at the same depth as @dest_path. i.e., can we drop the data in @selection_data at that location. @dest_path does not have to exist; the return value will almost certainly be %FALSE if the parent of @dest_path doesn't exist, though. %TRUE if a drop is possible before @dest_path a #GtkTreeDragDest destination row the data being dragged whether a new row was created before position @dest row to drop in front of data to drop %TRUE if a drop is possible before @dest_path destination row the data being dragged Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to delete the row at @path, because it was moved somewhere else via drag-and-drop. Returns %FALSE if the deletion fails because @path no longer exists, or for some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle a @path no longer found in the model! %TRUE if the row was successfully deleted row that was being dragged Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to fill in @selection_data with a representation of the row at @path. @selection_data->target gives the required type of the data. Should robustly handle a @path no longer found in the model! %TRUE if data of the required type was provided row that was dragged a #GtkSelectionData to fill with data from the dragged row Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource whether a particular row can be used as the source of a DND operation. If the source doesn't implement this interface, the row is assumed draggable. %TRUE if the row can be dragged row on which user is initiating a drag Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to delete the row at @path, because it was moved somewhere else via drag-and-drop. Returns %FALSE if the deletion fails because @path no longer exists, or for some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle a @path no longer found in the model! %TRUE if the row was successfully deleted a #GtkTreeDragSource row that was being dragged Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource to fill in @selection_data with a representation of the row at @path. @selection_data->target gives the required type of the data. Should robustly handle a @path no longer found in the model! %TRUE if data of the required type was provided a #GtkTreeDragSource row that was dragged a #GtkSelectionData to fill with data from the dragged row Asks the #GtkTreeDragSource whether a particular row can be used as the source of a DND operation. If the source doesn't implement this interface, the row is assumed draggable. %TRUE if the row can be dragged a #GtkTreeDragSource row on which user is initiating a drag %TRUE if the row can be dragged row on which user is initiating a drag %TRUE if data of the required type was provided row that was dragged a #GtkSelectionData to fill with data from the dragged row %TRUE if the row was successfully deleted row that was being dragged The <structname>GtkTreeIter</structname> is the primary structure for accessing a #GtkTreeModel. Models are expected to put a unique integer in the <structfield>stamp</structfield> member, and put model-specific data in the three <structfield>user_data</structfield> members. Creates a dynamically allocated tree iterator as a copy of @iter. This function is not intended for use in applications, because you can just copy the structs by value (<literal>GtkTreeIter new_iter = iter;</literal>). You must free this iter with gtk_tree_iter_free(). a newly-allocated copy of @iter a #GtkTreeIter Frees an iterator that has been allocated by gtk_tree_iter_copy(). This function is mainly used for language bindings. a dynamically allocated tree iterator A GtkTreeIterCompareFunc should return a negative integer, zero, or a positive integer if @a sorts before @b, @a sorts with @b, or @a sorts after @b respectively. If two iters compare as equal, their order in the sorted model is undefined. In order to ensure that the #GtkTreeSortable behaves as expected, the GtkTreeIterCompareFunc must define a partial order on the model, i.e. it must be reflexive, antisymmetric and transitive. For example, if @model is a product catalogue, then a compare function for the "price" column could be one which returns <literal>price_of(@a) - price_of(@b)</literal>. a negative integer, zero or a positive integer depending on whether @a sorts before, with or after @b The #GtkTreeModel the comparison is within A #GtkTreeIter in @model Another #GtkTreeIter in @model Data passed when the compare func is assigned e.g. by gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_func() The #GtkTreeModel interface defines a generic tree interface for use by the #GtkTreeView widget. It is an abstract interface, and is designed to be usable with any appropriate data structure. The programmer just has to implement this interface on their own data type for it to be viewable by a #GtkTreeView widget. The model is represented as a hierarchical tree of strongly-typed, columned data. In other words, the model can be seen as a tree where every node has different values depending on which column is being queried. The type of data found in a column is determined by using the GType system (ie. #G_TYPE_INT, #GTK_TYPE_BUTTON, #G_TYPE_POINTER, etc). The types are homogeneous per column across all nodes. It is important to note that this interface only provides a way of examining a model and observing changes. The implementation of each individual model decides how and if changes are made. In order to make life simpler for programmers who do not need to write their own specialized model, two generic models are provided &mdash; the #GtkTreeStore and the #GtkListStore. To use these, the developer simply pushes data into these models as necessary. These models provide the data structure as well as all appropriate tree interfaces. As a result, implementing drag and drop, sorting, and storing data is trivial. For the vast majority of trees and lists, these two models are sufficient. Models are accessed on a node/column level of granularity. One can query for the value of a model at a certain node and a certain column on that node. There are two structures used to reference a particular node in a model. They are the #GtkTreePath and the #GtkTreeIter<footnote><para>Here, <abbrev>iter</abbrev> is short for <quote>iterator</quote></para></footnote>. Most of the interface consists of operations on a #GtkTreeIter. A path is essentially a potential node. It is a location on a model that may or may not actually correspond to a node on a specific model. The #GtkTreePath struct can be converted into either an array of unsigned integers or a string. The string form is a list of numbers separated by a colon. Each number refers to the offset at that level. Thus, the path <quote>0</quote> refers to the root node and the path <quote>2:4</quote> refers to the fifth child of the third node. By contrast, a #GtkTreeIter is a reference to a specific node on a specific model. It is a generic struct with an integer and three generic pointers. These are filled in by the model in a model-specific way. One can convert a path to an iterator by calling gtk_tree_model_get_iter(). These iterators are the primary way of accessing a model and are similar to the iterators used by #GtkTextBuffer. They are generally statically allocated on the stack and only used for a short time. The model interface defines a set of operations using them for navigating the model. It is expected that models fill in the iterator with private data. For example, the #GtkListStore model, which is internally a simple linked list, stores a list node in one of the pointers. The #GtkTreeModelSort stores an array and an offset in two of the pointers. Additionally, there is an integer field. This field is generally filled with a unique stamp per model. This stamp is for catching errors resulting from using invalid iterators with a model. The lifecycle of an iterator can be a little confusing at first. Iterators are expected to always be valid for as long as the model is unchanged (and doesn't emit a signal). The model is considered to own all outstanding iterators and nothing needs to be done to free them from the user's point of view. Additionally, some models guarantee that an iterator is valid for as long as the node it refers to is valid (most notably the #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore). Although generally uninteresting, as one always has to allow for the case where iterators do not persist beyond a signal, some very important performance enhancements were made in the sort model. As a result, the #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST flag was added to indicate this behavior. To help show some common operation of a model, some examples are provided. The first example shows three ways of getting the iter at the location <quote>3:2:5</quote>. While the first method shown is easier, the second is much more common, as you often get paths from callbacks. <example> <title>Acquiring a <structname>GtkTreeIter</structname></title> <programlisting> /&ast; Three ways of getting the iter pointing to the location &ast;/ GtkTreePath *path; GtkTreeIter iter; GtkTreeIter parent_iter; /&ast; get the iterator from a string &ast;/ gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (model, &amp;iter, "3:2:5"); /&ast; get the iterator from a path &ast;/ path = gtk_tree_path_new_from_string ("3:2:5"); gtk_tree_model_get_iter (model, &amp;iter, path); gtk_tree_path_free (path); /&ast; walk the tree to find the iterator &ast;/ gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &amp;iter, NULL, 3); parent_iter = iter; gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &amp;iter, &amp;parent_iter, 2); parent_iter = iter; gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &amp;iter, &amp;parent_iter, 5); </programlisting> </example> This second example shows a quick way of iterating through a list and getting a string and an integer from each row. The <function>populate_model</function> function used below is not shown, as it is specific to the #GtkListStore. For information on how to write such a function, see the #GtkListStore documentation. <example> <title>Reading data from a <structname>GtkTreeModel</structname></title> <programlisting> enum { STRING_COLUMN, INT_COLUMN, N_COLUMNS }; ... GtkTreeModel *list_store; GtkTreeIter iter; gboolean valid; gint row_count = 0; /&ast; make a new list_store &ast;/ list_store = gtk_list_store_new (N_COLUMNS, G_TYPE_STRING, G_TYPE_INT); /&ast; Fill the list store with data &ast;/ populate_model (list_store); /&ast; Get the first iter in the list, check it is valid and walk &ast; through the list, reading each row. &ast;/ for (valid = gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (list_store, &amp;iter); valid; valid = gtk_tree_model_iter_next (list_store, &amp;iter)) { gchar *str_data; gint int_data; /&ast; Make sure you terminate calls to gtk_tree_model_get() &ast; with a '-1' value &ast;/ gtk_tree_model_get (list_store, &amp;iter, STRING_COLUMN, &amp;str_data, INT_COLUMN, &amp;int_data, -1); /&ast; Do something with the data &ast;/ g_print ("Row &percnt;d: (&percnt;s,&percnt;d)\n", row_count, str_data, int_data); g_free (str_data); row_count++; } </programlisting> </example> The #GtkTreeModel interface contains two methods for reference counting: gtk_tree_model_ref_node() and gtk_tree_model_unref_node(). These two methods are optional to implement. The reference counting is meant as a way for views to let models know when nodes are being displayed. #GtkTreeView will take a reference on a node when it is visible, which means the node is either in the toplevel or expanded. Being displayed does not mean that the node is currently directly visible to the user in the viewport. Based on this reference counting scheme a caching model, for example, can decide whether or not to cache a node based on the reference count. A file-system based model would not want to keep the entire file hierarchy in memory, but just the folders that are currently expanded in every current view. When working with reference counting, the following rules must be taken into account: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para>Never take a reference on a node without owning a reference on its parent. This means that all parent nodes of a referenced node must be referenced as well.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Outstanding references on a deleted node are not released. This is not possible because the node has already been deleted by the time the row-deleted signal is received. </para></listitem> <listitem><para>Models are not obligated to emit a signal on rows of which none of its siblings are referenced. To phrase this differently, signals are only required for levels in which nodes are referenced. For the root level however, signals must be emitted at all times (however the root level is always referenced when any view is attached). </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Returns the type of the column. the type of the column the column index Returns a set of flags supported by this interface. The flags are a bitwise combination of #GtkTreeModelFlags. The flags supported should not change during the lifetime of the @tree_model. the flags supported by this interface Sets @iter to a valid iterator pointing to @path. If @path does not exist, @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned. %TRUE, if @iter was set the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter the #GtkTreePath Returns the number of columns supported by @tree_model. the number of columns Returns a newly-created #GtkTreePath referenced by @iter. This path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). a newly-created #GtkTreePath the #GtkTreeIter Initializes and sets @value to that at @column. When done with @value, g_value_unset() needs to be called to free any allocated memory. the #GtkTreeIter the column to lookup the value at an empty #GValue to set Sets @iter to point to the first child of @parent. If @parent has no children, %FALSE is returned and @iter is set to be invalid. @parent will remain a valid node after this function has been called. If @parent is %NULL returns the first node, equivalent to <literal>gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (tree_model, iter);</literal> %TRUE, if @child has been set to the first child the new #GtkTreeIter to be set to the child the #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Returns %TRUE if @iter has children, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if @iter has children the #GtkTreeIter to test for children Returns the number of children that @iter has. As a special case, if @iter is %NULL, then the number of toplevel nodes is returned. the number of children of @iter the #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Sets @iter to point to the node following it at the current level. If there is no next @iter, %FALSE is returned and @iter is set to be invalid. %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the next node the #GtkTreeIter Sets @iter to be the child of @parent, using the given index. The first index is 0. If @n is too big, or @parent has no children, @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned. @parent will remain a valid node after this function has been called. As a special case, if @parent is %NULL, then the @n<!-- -->th root node is set. %TRUE, if @parent has an @n<!-- -->th child the #GtkTreeIter to set to the nth child the #GtkTreeIter to get the child from, or %NULL. the index of the desired child Sets @iter to be the parent of @child. If @child is at the toplevel, and doesn't have a parent, then @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned. @child will remain a valid node after this function has been called. %TRUE, if @iter is set to the parent of @child the new #GtkTreeIter to set to the parent the #GtkTreeIter Sets @iter to point to the previous node at the current level. If there is no previous @iter, %FALSE is returned and @iter is set to be invalid. %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node the #GtkTreeIter Lets the tree ref the node. This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for performance reasons. This function is primarily meant as a way for views to let caching models know when nodes are being displayed (and hence, whether or not to cache that node). Being displayed means a node is in an expanded branch, regardless of whether the node is currently visible in the viewport. For example, a file-system based model would not want to keep the entire file-hierarchy in memory, just the sections that are currently being displayed by every current view. A model should be expected to be able to get an iter independent of its reffed state. the #GtkTreeIter Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-changed signal on @tree_model. a #GtkTreePath pointing to the changed row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the changed row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signal on @tree_model. This should be called by models after a row has been removed. The location pointed to by @path should be the location that the row previously was at. It may not be a valid location anymore. Nodes that are deleted are not unreffed, this means that any outstanding references on the deleted node should not be released. a #GtkTreePath pointing to the previous location of the deleted row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-has-child-toggled signal on @tree_model. This should be called by models after the child state of a node changes. a #GtkTreePath pointing to the changed row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the changed row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal on @tree_model. a #GtkTreePath pointing to the inserted row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the inserted row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal on @tree_model. This should be called by models when their rows have been reordered. a #GtkTreePath pointing to the tree node whose children have been reordered a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the node whose children have been reordered, or %NULL if the depth of @path is 0 an array of integers mapping the current position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering, i.e. @new_order<literal>[newpos] = oldpos</literal> Lets the tree unref the node. This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for performance reasons. For more information on what this means, see gtk_tree_model_ref_node(). Please note that nodes that are deleted are not unreffed. the #GtkTreeIter Calls func on each node in model in a depth-first fashion. If @func returns %TRUE, then the tree ceases to be walked, and gtk_tree_model_foreach() returns. a #GtkTreeModel a function to be called on each row user data to passed to @func Gets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter. The variable argument list should contain integer column numbers, each column number followed by a place to store the value being retrieved. The list is terminated by a -1. For example, to get a value from column 0 with type %G_TYPE_STRING, you would write: <literal>gtk_tree_model_get (model, iter, 0, &amp;place_string_here, -1)</literal>, where <literal>place_string_here</literal> is a <type>gchar*</type> to be filled with the string. Returned values with type %G_TYPE_OBJECT have to be unreferenced, values with type %G_TYPE_STRING or %G_TYPE_BOXED have to be freed. Other values are passed by value. a #GtkTreeModel a row in @tree_model Returns the type of the column. the type of the column a #GtkTreeModel the column index Returns a set of flags supported by this interface. The flags are a bitwise combination of #GtkTreeModelFlags. The flags supported should not change during the lifetime of the @tree_model. the flags supported by this interface a #GtkTreeModel Sets @iter to a valid iterator pointing to @path. If @path does not exist, @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned. %TRUE, if @iter was set a #GtkTreeModel the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter the #GtkTreePath Initializes @iter with the first iterator in the tree (the one at the path "0") and returns %TRUE. Returns %FALSE if the tree is empty. %TRUE, if @iter was set a #GtkTreeModel the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter Sets @iter to a valid iterator pointing to @path_string, if it exists. Otherwise, @iter is left invalid and %FALSE is returned. %TRUE, if @iter was set a #GtkTreeModel an uninitialized #GtkTreeIter a string representation of a #GtkTreePath Returns the number of columns supported by @tree_model. the number of columns a #GtkTreeModel Returns a newly-created #GtkTreePath referenced by @iter. This path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). a newly-created #GtkTreePath a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter Generates a string representation of the iter. This string is a ':' separated list of numbers. For example, "4:10:0:3" would be an acceptable return value for this string. a newly-allocated string. Must be freed with g_free(). a #GtkTreeModel a #GtkTreeIter See gtk_tree_model_get(), this version takes a <type>va_list</type> for language bindings to use. a #GtkTreeModel a row in @tree_model <type>va_list</type> of column/return location pairs Initializes and sets @value to that at @column. When done with @value, g_value_unset() needs to be called to free any allocated memory. a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter the column to lookup the value at an empty #GValue to set Sets @iter to point to the first child of @parent. If @parent has no children, %FALSE is returned and @iter is set to be invalid. @parent will remain a valid node after this function has been called. If @parent is %NULL returns the first node, equivalent to <literal>gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (tree_model, iter);</literal> %TRUE, if @child has been set to the first child a #GtkTreeModel the new #GtkTreeIter to be set to the child the #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Returns %TRUE if @iter has children, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if @iter has children a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter to test for children Returns the number of children that @iter has. As a special case, if @iter is %NULL, then the number of toplevel nodes is returned. the number of children of @iter a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Sets @iter to point to the node following it at the current level. If there is no next @iter, %FALSE is returned and @iter is set to be invalid. %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the next node a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter Sets @iter to be the child of @parent, using the given index. The first index is 0. If @n is too big, or @parent has no children, @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned. @parent will remain a valid node after this function has been called. As a special case, if @parent is %NULL, then the @n<!-- -->th root node is set. %TRUE, if @parent has an @n<!-- -->th child a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter to set to the nth child the #GtkTreeIter to get the child from, or %NULL. the index of the desired child Sets @iter to be the parent of @child. If @child is at the toplevel, and doesn't have a parent, then @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned. @child will remain a valid node after this function has been called. %TRUE, if @iter is set to the parent of @child a #GtkTreeModel the new #GtkTreeIter to set to the parent the #GtkTreeIter Sets @iter to point to the previous node at the current level. If there is no previous @iter, %FALSE is returned and @iter is set to be invalid. %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter Lets the tree ref the node. This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for performance reasons. This function is primarily meant as a way for views to let caching models know when nodes are being displayed (and hence, whether or not to cache that node). Being displayed means a node is in an expanded branch, regardless of whether the node is currently visible in the viewport. For example, a file-system based model would not want to keep the entire file-hierarchy in memory, just the sections that are currently being displayed by every current view. A model should be expected to be able to get an iter independent of its reffed state. a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-changed signal on @tree_model. a #GtkTreeModel a #GtkTreePath pointing to the changed row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the changed row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signal on @tree_model. This should be called by models after a row has been removed. The location pointed to by @path should be the location that the row previously was at. It may not be a valid location anymore. Nodes that are deleted are not unreffed, this means that any outstanding references on the deleted node should not be released. a #GtkTreeModel a #GtkTreePath pointing to the previous location of the deleted row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-has-child-toggled signal on @tree_model. This should be called by models after the child state of a node changes. a #GtkTreeModel a #GtkTreePath pointing to the changed row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the changed row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal on @tree_model. a #GtkTreeModel a #GtkTreePath pointing to the inserted row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the inserted row Emits the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal on @tree_model. This should be called by models when their rows have been reordered. a #GtkTreeModel a #GtkTreePath pointing to the tree node whose children have been reordered a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the node whose children have been reordered, or %NULL if the depth of @path is 0 an array of integers mapping the current position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering, i.e. @new_order<literal>[newpos] = oldpos</literal> Lets the tree unref the node. This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for performance reasons. For more information on what this means, see gtk_tree_model_ref_node(). Please note that nodes that are deleted are not unreffed. a #GtkTreeModel the #GtkTreeIter This signal is emitted when a row in the model has changed. a #GtkTreePath identifying the changed row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the changed row This signal is emitted when a row has been deleted. Note that no iterator is passed to the signal handler, since the row is already deleted. This should be called by models after a row has been removed. The location pointed to by @path should be the location that the row previously was at. It may not be a valid location anymore. a #GtkTreePath identifying the row This signal is emitted when a row has gotten the first child row or lost its last child row. a #GtkTreePath identifying the row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row This signal is emitted when a new row has been inserted in the model. Note that the row may still be empty at this point, since it is a common pattern to first insert an empty row, and then fill it with the desired values. a #GtkTreePath identifying the new row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the new row This signal is emitted when the children of a node in the #GtkTreeModel have been reordered. Note that this signal is <emphasis>not</emphasis> emitted when rows are reordered by DND, since this is implemented by removing and then reinserting the row. a #GtkTreePath identifying the tree node whose children have been reordered a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the node whose an array of integers mapping the current position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering, i.e. @new_order<literal>[newpos] = oldpos</literal> A #GtkTreeModelFilter is a tree model which wraps another tree model, and can do the following things: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Filter specific rows, based on data from a "visible column", a column storing booleans indicating whether the row should be filtered or not, or based on the return value of a "visible function", which gets a model, iter and user_data and returns a boolean indicating whether the row should be filtered or not. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Modify the "appearance" of the model, using a modify function. This is extremely powerful and allows for just changing some values and also for creating a completely different model based on the given child model. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Set a different root node, also known as a "virtual root". You can pass in a #GtkTreePath indicating the root node for the filter at construction time. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> The basic API is similar to #GtkTreeModelSort. For an example on its usage, see the section on #GtkTreeModelSort. When using #GtkTreeModelFilter, it is important to realize that #GtkTreeModelFilter maintains an internal cache of all nodes which are visible in its clients. The cache is likely to be a subtree of the tree exposed by the child model. #GtkTreeModelFilter will not cache the entire child model when unnecessary to not compromise the caching mechanism that is exposed by the reference counting scheme. If the child model implements reference counting, unnecessary signals may not be emitted because of reference counting rule 3, see the #GtkTreeModel documentation. (Note that e.g. #GtkTreeStore does not implement reference counting and will always emit all signals, even when the receiving node is not visible). Because of this, limitations for possible visible functions do apply. In general, visible functions should only use data or properties from the node for which the visibility state must be determined, its siblings or its parents. Usually, having a dependency on the state of any child node is not possible, unless references are taken on these explicitly. When no such reference exists, no signals may be received for these child nodes (see reference couting rule number 3 in the #GtkTreeModel section). Determining the visibility state of a given node based on the state of its child nodes is a frequently occurring use case. Therefore, #GtkTreeModelFilter explicitly supports this. For example, when a node does not have any children, you might not want the node to be visible. As soon as the first row is added to the node's child level (or the last row removed), the node's visibility should be updated. This introduces a dependency from the node on its child nodes. In order to accommodate this, #GtkTreeModelFilter must make sure the necesary signals are received from the child model. This is achieved by building, for all nodes which are exposed as visible nodes to #GtkTreeModelFilter's clients, the child level (if any) and take a reference on the first node in this level. Furthermore, for every row-inserted, row-changed or row-deleted signal (also these which were not handled because the node was not cached), #GtkTreeModelFilter will check if the visibility state of any parent node has changed. Beware, however, that this explicit support is limited to these two cases. For example, if you want a node to be visible only if two nodes in a child's child level (2 levels deeper) are visible, you are on your own. In this case, either rely on #GtkTreeStore to emit all signals because it does not implement reference counting, or for models that do implement reference counting, obtain references on these child levels yourself. Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child_model and @root as the virtual root. A new #GtkTreeModel. A #GtkTreeModel. A #GtkTreePath or %NULL. This function should almost never be called. It clears the @filter of any cached iterators that haven't been reffed with gtk_tree_model_ref_node(). This might be useful if the child model being filtered is static (and doesn't change often) and there has been a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this function, all unreffed iters will be invalid. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. Sets @filter_iter to point to the row in @filter that corresponds to the row pointed at by @child_iter. If @filter_iter was not set, %FALSE is returned. %TRUE, if @filter_iter was set, i.e. if @child_iter is a valid iterator pointing to a visible row in child model. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter. A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on the child model. Converts @child_path to a path relative to @filter. That is, @child_path points to a path in the child model. The rerturned path will point to the same row in the filtered model. If @child_path isn't a valid path on the child model or points to a row which is not visible in @filter, then %NULL is returned. A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. A #GtkTreePath to convert. Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @filter_iter. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter. A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on @filter. Converts @filter_path to a path on the child model of @filter. That is, @filter_path points to a location in @filter. The returned path will point to the same location in the model not being filtered. If @filter_path does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned. A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. A #GtkTreePath to convert. Returns a pointer to the child model of @filter. A pointer to a #GtkTreeModel. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. Emits ::row_changed for each row in the child model, which causes the filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. With the @n_columns and @types parameters, you give an array of column types for this model (which will be exposed to the parent model/view). The @func, @data and @destroy parameters are for specifying the modify function. The modify function will get called for <emphasis>each</emphasis> data access, the goal of the modify function is to return the data which should be displayed at the location specified using the parameters of the modify function. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. The number of columns in the filter model. The #GType<!-- -->s of the columns. A #GtkTreeModelFilterModifyFunc User data to pass to the modify function, or %NULL. Destroy notifier of @data, or %NULL. Sets @column of the child_model to be the column where @filter should look for visibility information. @columns should be a column of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, where %TRUE means that a row is visible, and %FALSE if not. A #GtkTreeModelFilter. A #gint which is the column containing the visible information. Sets the visible function used when filtering the @filter to be @func. The function should return %TRUE if the given row should be visible and %FALSE otherwise. If the condition calculated by the function changes over time (e.g. because it depends on some global parameters), you must call gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter() to keep the visibility information of the model uptodate. Note that @func is called whenever a row is inserted, when it may still be empty. The visible function should therefore take special care of empty rows, like in the example below. <informalexample><programlisting> static gboolean visible_func (GtkTreeModel *model, GtkTreeIter *iter, gpointer data) { /&ast; Visible if row is non-empty and first column is "HI" &ast;/ gchar *str; gboolean visible = FALSE; gtk_tree_model_get (model, iter, 0, &str, -1); if (str && strcmp (str, "HI") == 0) visible = TRUE; g_free (str); return visible; } </programlisting></informalexample> A #GtkTreeModelFilter. A #GtkTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc, the visible function. User data to pass to the visible function, or %NULL. Destroy notifier of @data, or %NULL. A function which calculates display values from raw values in the model. It must fill @value with the display value for the column @column in the row indicated by @iter. Since this function is called for each data access, it's not a particularly efficient operation. the #GtkTreeModelFilter a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row whose display values are determined A #GValue which is already initialized for with the correct type for the column @column. the column whose display value is determined user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func() A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter is visible. Whether the row indicated by @iter is visible. the child model of the #GtkTreeModelFilter a #GtkTreeIter pointing to the row in @model whose visibility is determined user data given to gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() These flags indicate various properties of a #GtkTreeModel. They are returned by gtk_tree_model_get_flags(), and must be static for the lifetime of the object. A more complete description of #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of this section. iterators survive all signals emitted by the tree the model is a list only, and never has children Type of the callback passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() to iterate over the rows in a tree model. %TRUE to stop iterating, %FALSE to continue the #GtkTreeModel being iterated the current #GtkTreePath the current #GtkTreeIter The user data passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() a #GtkTreePath pointing to the changed row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the changed row a #GtkTreePath pointing to the inserted row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the inserted row a #GtkTreePath pointing to the changed row a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the changed row a #GtkTreePath pointing to the previous location of the deleted row a #GtkTreePath pointing to the tree node whose children have been reordered a valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to the node whose children have been reordered, or %NULL if the depth of @path is 0 an array of integers mapping the current position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering, i.e. @new_order<literal>[newpos] = oldpos</literal> the flags supported by this interface the number of columns the type of the column the column index %TRUE, if @iter was set the uninitialized #GtkTreeIter the #GtkTreePath a newly-created #GtkTreePath the #GtkTreeIter the #GtkTreeIter the column to lookup the value at an empty #GValue to set %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the next node the #GtkTreeIter %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node the #GtkTreeIter %TRUE, if @child has been set to the first child the new #GtkTreeIter to be set to the child the #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL %TRUE if @iter has children the #GtkTreeIter to test for children the number of children of @iter the #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL %TRUE, if @parent has an @n<!-- -->th child the #GtkTreeIter to set to the nth child the #GtkTreeIter to get the child from, or %NULL. the index of the desired child %TRUE, if @iter is set to the parent of @child the new #GtkTreeIter to set to the parent the #GtkTreeIter the #GtkTreeIter the #GtkTreeIter The #GtkTreeModelSort is a model which implements the #GtkTreeSortable interface. It does not hold any data itself, but rather is created with a child model and proxies its data. It has identical column types to this child model, and the changes in the child are propagated. The primary purpose of this model is to provide a way to sort a different model without modifying it. Note that the sort function used by #GtkTreeModelSort is not guaranteed to be stable. The use of this is best demonstrated through an example. In the following sample code we create two #GtkTreeView widgets each with a view of the same data. As the model is wrapped here by a #GtkTreeModelSort, the two #GtkTreeView<!-- -->s can each sort their view of the data without affecting the other. By contrast, if we simply put the same model in each widget, then sorting the first would sort the second. <example> <title>Using a <structname>GtkTreeModelSort</structname></title> <programlisting> { GtkTreeView *tree_view1; GtkTreeView *tree_view2; GtkTreeModel *sort_model1; GtkTreeModel *sort_model2; GtkTreeModel *child_model; // get the child model child_model = get_my_model (); // Create the first tree sort_model1 = gtk_tree_model_sort_new_with_model (child_model); tree_view1 = gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (sort_model1); // Create the second tree sort_model2 = gtk_tree_model_sort_new_with_model (child_model); tree_view2 = gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (sort_model2); // Now we can sort the two models independently gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id (GTK_TREE_SORTABLE (sort_model1), COLUMN_1, GTK_SORT_ASCENDING); gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id (GTK_TREE_SORTABLE (sort_model2), COLUMN_1, GTK_SORT_DESCENDING); } </programlisting> </example> To demonstrate how to access the underlying child model from the sort model, the next example will be a callback for the #GtkTreeSelection #GtkTreeSelection::changed signal. In this callback, we get a string from COLUMN_1 of the model. We then modify the string, find the same selected row on the child model, and change the row there. <example> <title>Accessing the child model of in a selection changed callback</title> <programlisting> void selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection, gpointer data) { GtkTreeModel *sort_model = NULL; GtkTreeModel *child_model; GtkTreeIter sort_iter; GtkTreeIter child_iter; char *some_data = NULL; char *modified_data; // Get the current selected row and the model. if (! gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (selection, &sort_model, &sort_iter)) return; /<!---->* Look up the current value on the selected row and get a new value * to change it to. *<!---->/ gtk_tree_model_get (GTK_TREE_MODEL (sort_model), &sort_iter, COLUMN_1, &some_data, -1); modified_data = change_the_data (some_data); g_free (some_data); // Get an iterator on the child model, instead of the sort model. gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_iter_to_child_iter (GTK_TREE_MODEL_SORT (sort_model), &child_iter, &sort_iter); /<!---->* Get the child model and change the value of the row. In this * example, the child model is a GtkListStore. It could be any other * type of model, though. *<!---->/ child_model = gtk_tree_model_sort_get_model (GTK_TREE_MODEL_SORT (sort_model)); gtk_list_store_set (GTK_LIST_STORE (child_model), &child_iter, COLUMN_1, &modified_data, -1); g_free (modified_data); } </programlisting> </example> Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child model. A new #GtkTreeModel. A #GtkTreeModel This function should almost never be called. It clears the @tree_model_sort of any cached iterators that haven't been reffed with gtk_tree_model_ref_node(). This might be useful if the child model being sorted is static (and doesn't change often) and there has been a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this function, all unreffed iters will be invalid. A #GtkTreeModelSort Sets @sort_iter to point to the row in @tree_model_sort that corresponds to the row pointed at by @child_iter. If @sort_iter was not set, %FALSE is returned. Note: a boolean is only returned since 2.14. %TRUE, if @sort_iter was set, i.e. if @sort_iter is a valid iterator pointer to a visible row in the child model. A #GtkTreeModelSort An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter. A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on the child model Converts @child_path to a path relative to @tree_model_sort. That is, @child_path points to a path in the child model. The returned path will point to the same row in the sorted model. If @child_path isn't a valid path on the child model, then %NULL is returned. A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL A #GtkTreeModelSort A #GtkTreePath to convert Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @sorted_iter. A #GtkTreeModelSort An uninitialized #GtkTreeIter A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on @tree_model_sort. Converts @sorted_path to a path on the child model of @tree_model_sort. That is, @sorted_path points to a location in @tree_model_sort. The returned path will point to the same location in the model not being sorted. If @sorted_path does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned. A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL A #GtkTreeModelSort A #GtkTreePath to convert Returns the model the #GtkTreeModelSort is sorting. the "child model" being sorted a #GtkTreeModelSort <warning><para> This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing purposes. </para></warning> Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeModelSort. %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid. A #GtkTreeModelSort. A #GtkTreeIter. This resets the default sort function to be in the 'unsorted' state. That is, it is in the same order as the child model. It will re-sort the model to be in the same order as the child model only if the #GtkTreeModelSort is in 'unsorted' state. A #GtkTreeModelSort Creates a new #GtkTreePath. This structure refers to a row. A newly created #GtkTreePath. Creates a new #GtkTreePath. The string representation of this path is "0". A new #GtkTreePath Creates a new path with @first_index and @varargs as indices. A newly created #GtkTreePath first integer Creates a new #GtkTreePath initialized to @path. @path is expected to be a colon separated list of numbers. For example, the string "10:4:0" would create a path of depth 3 pointing to the 11th child of the root node, the 5th child of that 11th child, and the 1st child of that 5th child. If an invalid path string is passed in, %NULL is returned. A newly-created #GtkTreePath, or %NULL The string representation of a path Appends a new index to a path. As a result, the depth of the path is increased. a #GtkTreePath the index Compares two paths. If @a appears before @b in a tree, then -1 is returned. If @b appears before @a, then 1 is returned. If the two nodes are equal, then 0 is returned. the relative positions of @a and @b a #GtkTreePath a #GtkTreePath to compare with Creates a new #GtkTreePath as a copy of @path. a new #GtkTreePath a #GtkTreePath Moves @path to point to the first child of the current path. a #GtkTreePath Frees @path. If @path is %NULL, it simply returns. a #GtkTreePath Returns the current depth of @path. The depth of @path a #GtkTreePath Returns the current indices of @path. This is an array of integers, each representing a node in a tree. This value should not be freed. The length of the array can be obtained with gtk_tree_path_get_depth(). The current indices, or %NULL a #GtkTreePath Returns the current indices of @path. This is an array of integers, each representing a node in a tree. It also returns the number of elements in the array. The array should not be freed. The current indices, or %NULL a #GtkTreePath return location for number of elements returned in the integer array, or %NULL Returns %TRUE if @descendant is a descendant of @path. %TRUE if @descendant is contained inside @path a #GtkTreePath another #GtkTreePath Returns %TRUE if @path is a descendant of @ancestor. %TRUE if @ancestor contains @path somewhere below it a #GtkTreePath another #GtkTreePath Moves the @path to point to the next node at the current depth. a #GtkTreePath Prepends a new index to a path. As a result, the depth of the path is increased. a #GtkTreePath the index Moves the @path to point to the previous node at the current depth, if it exists. %TRUE if @path has a previous node, and the move was made a #GtkTreePath Generates a string representation of the path. This string is a ':' separated list of numbers. For example, "4:10:0:3" would be an acceptable return value for this string. A newly-allocated string. Must be freed with g_free(). A #GtkTreePath Moves the @path to point to its parent node, if it has a parent. %TRUE if @path has a parent, and the move was made a #GtkTreePath A GtkTreeRowReference tracks model changes so that it always refers to the same row (a #GtkTreePath refers to a position, not a fixed row). Create a new GtkTreeRowReference with gtk_tree_row_reference_new(). Creates a row reference based on @path. This reference will keep pointing to the node pointed to by @path, so long as it exists. Any changes that occur on @model are propagated, and the path is updated appropriately. If @path isn't a valid path in @model, then %NULL is returned. a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL a #GtkTreeModel a valid #GtkTreePath to monitor You do not need to use this function. Creates a row reference based on @path. This reference will keep pointing to the node pointed to by @path, so long as it exists. If @path isn't a valid path in @model, then %NULL is returned. However, unlike references created with gtk_tree_row_reference_new(), it does not listen to the model for changes. The creator of the row reference must do this explicitly using gtk_tree_row_reference_inserted(), gtk_tree_row_reference_deleted(), gtk_tree_row_reference_reordered(). These functions must be called exactly once per proxy when the corresponding signal on the model is emitted. This single call updates all row references for that proxy. Since built-in GTK+ objects like #GtkTreeView already use this mechanism internally, using them as the proxy object will produce unpredictable results. Further more, passing the same object as @model and @proxy doesn't work for reasons of internal implementation. This type of row reference is primarily meant by structures that need to carefully monitor exactly when a row reference updates itself, and is not generally needed by most applications. a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL a proxy #GObject a #GtkTreeModel a valid #GtkTreePath to monitor Copies a #GtkTreeRowReference. a copy of @reference a #GtkTreeRowReference Free's @reference. @reference may be %NULL a #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL Returns the model that the row reference is monitoring. the model a #GtkTreeRowReference Returns a path that the row reference currently points to, or %NULL if the path pointed to is no longer valid. a current path, or %NULL a #GtkTreeRowReference Returns %TRUE if the @reference is non-%NULL and refers to a current valid path. %TRUE if @reference points to a valid path a #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signal. a #GObject the path position that was deleted Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal. a #GObject the row position that was inserted Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal. a #GObject the parent path of the reordered signal the iter pointing to the parent of the reordered the new order of rows The #GtkTreeSelection object is a helper object to manage the selection for a #GtkTreeView widget. The #GtkTreeSelection object is automatically created when a new #GtkTreeView widget is created, and cannot exist independentally of this widget. The primary reason the #GtkTreeSelection objects exists is for cleanliness of code and API. That is, there is no conceptual reason all these functions could not be methods on the #GtkTreeView widget instead of a separate function. The #GtkTreeSelection object is gotten from a #GtkTreeView by calling gtk_tree_view_get_selection(). It can be manipulated to check the selection status of the tree, as well as select and deselect individual rows. Selection is done completely view side. As a result, multiple views of the same model can have completely different selections. Additionally, you cannot change the selection of a row on the model that is not currently displayed by the view without expanding its parents first. One of the important things to remember when monitoring the selection of a view is that the #GtkTreeSelection::changed signal is mostly a hint. That is, it may only emit one signal when a range of rows is selected. Additionally, it may on occasion emit a #GtkTreeSelection::changed signal when nothing has happened (mostly as a result of programmers calling select_row on an already selected row). Returns the number of rows that have been selected in @tree. The number of rows selected. A #GtkTreeSelection. Gets the selection mode for @selection. See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode(). the current selection mode a #GtkTreeSelection Returns the current selection function. The function. A #GtkTreeSelection. Sets @iter to the currently selected node if @selection is set to #GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE or #GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. @iter may be NULL if you just want to test if @selection has any selected nodes. @model is filled with the current model as a convenience. This function will not work if you use @selection is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE. TRUE, if there is a selected node. A #GtkTreeSelection. A pointer to set to the #GtkTreeModel, or NULL. The #GtkTreeIter, or NULL. Creates a list of path of all selected rows. Additionally, if you are planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may want to convert the returned list into a list of #GtkTreeRowReference<!-- -->s. To do this, you can use gtk_tree_row_reference_new(). To free the return value, use: |[ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); ]| A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected row. A #GtkTreeSelection. A pointer to set to the #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL. Returns the tree view associated with @selection. A #GtkTreeView A #GtkTreeSelection Returns the user data for the selection function. The user data. A #GtkTreeSelection. Returns %TRUE if the row at @iter is currently selected. %TRUE, if @iter is selected A #GtkTreeSelection A valid #GtkTreeIter Returns %TRUE if the row pointed to by @path is currently selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned %TRUE if @path is selected. A #GtkTreeSelection. A #GtkTreePath to check selection on. Selects all the nodes. @selection must be set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE mode. A #GtkTreeSelection. Selects the specified iterator. A #GtkTreeSelection. The #GtkTreeIter to be selected. Select the row at @path. A #GtkTreeSelection. The #GtkTreePath to be selected. Selects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path inclusive. @selection must be set to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE mode. A #GtkTreeSelection. The initial node of the range. The final node of the range. Calls a function for each selected node. Note that you cannot modify the tree or selection from within this function. As a result, gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows() might be more useful. A #GtkTreeSelection. The function to call for each selected node. user data to pass to the function. Sets the selection mode of the @selection. If the previous type was #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, then the anchor is kept selected, if it was previously selected. A #GtkTreeSelection. The selection mode Sets the selection function. If set, this function is called before any node is selected or unselected, giving some control over which nodes are selected. The select function should return %TRUE if the state of the node may be toggled, and %FALSE if the state of the node should be left unchanged. A #GtkTreeSelection. The selection function. May be %NULL The selection function's data. May be %NULL The destroy function for user data. May be %NULL Unselects all the nodes. A #GtkTreeSelection. Unselects the specified iterator. A #GtkTreeSelection. The #GtkTreeIter to be unselected. Unselects the row at @path. A #GtkTreeSelection. The #GtkTreePath to be unselected. Unselects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path inclusive. A #GtkTreeSelection. The initial node of the range. The initial node of the range. Selection mode. See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode() for more information on this property. Emitted whenever the selection has (possibly) changed. Please note that this signal is mostly a hint. It may only be emitted once when a range of rows are selected, and it may occasionally be emitted when nothing has happened. A function used by gtk_tree_selection_selected_foreach() to map all selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view. The #GtkTreeModel being viewed The #GtkTreePath of a selected row A #GtkTreeIter pointing to a selected row user data A function used by gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function() to filter whether or not a row may be selected. It is called whenever a row's state might change. A return value of %TRUE indicates to @selection that it is okay to change the selection. %TRUE, if the selection state of the row can be toggled A #GtkTreeSelection A #GtkTreeModel being viewed The #GtkTreePath of the row in question %TRUE, if the path is currently selected user data #GtkTreeSortable is an interface to be implemented by tree models which support sorting. The #GtkTreeView uses the methods provided by this interface to sort the model. Fills in @sort_column_id and @order with the current sort column and the order. It returns %TRUE unless the @sort_column_id is %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID or %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID. %TRUE if the sort column is not one of the special sort column ids. The sort column id to be filled in The #GtkSortType to be filled in Returns %TRUE if the model has a default sort function. This is used primarily by GtkTreeViewColumns in order to determine if a model can go back to the default state, or not. %TRUE, if the model has a default sort function Sets the default comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If the current sort column id of @sortable is %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID, then the model will sort using this function. If @sort_func is %NULL, then there will be no default comparison function. This means that once the model has been sorted, it can't go back to the default state. In this case, when the current sort column id of @sortable is %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID, the model will be unsorted. The comparison function User data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL Destroy notifier of @user_data, or %NULL Sets the current sort column to be @sort_column_id. The @sortable will resort itself to reflect this change, after emitting a #GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed signal. @sort_column_id may either be a regular column id, or one of the following special values: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>%GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID</term> <listitem>the default sort function will be used, if it is set</listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID</term> <listitem>no sorting will occur</listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> the sort column id to set The sort order of the column Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If the current sort column id of @sortable is the same as @sort_column_id, then the model will sort using this function. the sort column id to set the function for The comparison function User data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL Destroy notifier of @user_data, or %NULL Emits a #GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed signal on @sortable. Fills in @sort_column_id and @order with the current sort column and the order. It returns %TRUE unless the @sort_column_id is %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID or %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID. %TRUE if the sort column is not one of the special sort column ids. A #GtkTreeSortable The sort column id to be filled in The #GtkSortType to be filled in Returns %TRUE if the model has a default sort function. This is used primarily by GtkTreeViewColumns in order to determine if a model can go back to the default state, or not. %TRUE, if the model has a default sort function A #GtkTreeSortable Sets the default comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If the current sort column id of @sortable is %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID, then the model will sort using this function. If @sort_func is %NULL, then there will be no default comparison function. This means that once the model has been sorted, it can't go back to the default state. In this case, when the current sort column id of @sortable is %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID, the model will be unsorted. A #GtkTreeSortable The comparison function User data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL Destroy notifier of @user_data, or %NULL Sets the current sort column to be @sort_column_id. The @sortable will resort itself to reflect this change, after emitting a #GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed signal. @sort_column_id may either be a regular column id, or one of the following special values: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>%GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID</term> <listitem>the default sort function will be used, if it is set</listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID</term> <listitem>no sorting will occur</listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> A #GtkTreeSortable the sort column id to set The sort order of the column Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If the current sort column id of @sortable is the same as @sort_column_id, then the model will sort using this function. A #GtkTreeSortable the sort column id to set the function for The comparison function User data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL Destroy notifier of @user_data, or %NULL Emits a #GtkTreeSortable::sort-column-changed signal on @sortable. A #GtkTreeSortable The ::sort-column-changed signal is emitted when the sort column or sort order of @sortable is changed. The signal is emitted before the contents of @sortable are resorted. %TRUE if the sort column is not one of the special sort column ids. The sort column id to be filled in The #GtkSortType to be filled in the sort column id to set The sort order of the column the sort column id to set the function for The comparison function User data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL Destroy notifier of @user_data, or %NULL The comparison function User data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL Destroy notifier of @user_data, or %NULL %TRUE, if the model has a default sort function The #GtkTreeStore object is a list model for use with a #GtkTreeView widget. It implements the #GtkTreeModel interface, and consequentialy, can use all of the methods available there. It also implements the #GtkTreeSortable interface so it can be sorted by the view. Finally, it also implements the tree <link linkend="gtktreednd">drag and drop</link> interfaces. <refsect2 id="GtkTreeStore-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkTreeStore as GtkBuildable</title> The GtkTreeStore implementation of the #GtkBuildable interface allows to specify the model columns with a &lt;columns&gt; element that may contain multiple &lt;column&gt; elements, each specifying one model column. The "type" attribute specifies the data type for the column. <example> <title>A UI Definition fragment for a tree store</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkTreeStore"> <columns> <column type="gchararray"/> <column type="gchararray"/> <column type="gint"/> </columns> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new tree store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed in. Note that only types derived from standard GObject fundamental types are supported. As an example, <literal>gtk_tree_store_new (3, G_TYPE_INT, G_TYPE_STRING, GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF);</literal> will create a new #GtkTreeStore with three columns, of type <type>int</type>, <type>string</type> and #GdkPixbuf respectively. a new #GtkTreeStore number of columns in the tree store Non vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings. a new #GtkTreeStore number of columns in the tree store an array of #GType types for the columns, from first to last Appends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will append the new row after the last child of @parent, otherwise it will append a row to the top level. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value(). A #GtkTreeStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the appended row A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Removes all rows from @tree_store a #GtkTreeStore Creates a new row at @position. If parent is non-%NULL, then the row will be made a child of @parent. Otherwise, the row will be created at the toplevel. If @position is -1 or is larger than the number of rows at that level, then the new row will be inserted to the end of the list. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value(). A #GtkTreeStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL position to insert the new row, or -1 for last Inserts a new row after @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be prepended to @parent 's children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then the row will be prepended to the toplevel. If both @sibling and @parent are set, then @parent must be the parent of @sibling. When @sibling is set, @parent is optional. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value(). A #GtkTreeStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Inserts a new row before @sibling. If @sibling is %NULL, then the row will be appended to @parent 's children. If @parent and @sibling are %NULL, then the row will be appended to the toplevel. If both @sibling and @parent are set, then @parent must be the parent of @sibling. When @sibling is set, @parent is optional. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value(). A #GtkTreeStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the new row A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. If @position is -1, or larger than the number of rows on the list, then the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be filled with the values given to this function. Calling <literal>gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values (tree_store, iter, position, ...)</literal> has the same effect as calling |[ gtk_tree_store_insert (tree_store, iter, position); gtk_tree_store_set (tree_store, iter, ...); ]| with the different that the former will only emit a row_inserted signal, while the latter will emit row_inserted, row_changed and if the tree store is sorted, rows_reordered. Since emitting the rows_reordered signal repeatedly can affect the performance of the program, gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when inserting rows in a sorted tree store. A #GtkTreeStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row, or %NULL. A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL position to insert the new row, or -1 to append after existing rows A variant of gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language bindings. A #GtkTreeStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set the new row, or %NULL. A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL position to insert the new row, or -1 for last an array of column numbers an array of GValues the length of the @columns and @values arrays Returns %TRUE if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant. That is, @iter is the parent (or grandparent or great-grandparent) of @descendant. %TRUE, if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant A #GtkTreeStore A valid #GtkTreeIter A valid #GtkTreeIter Returns the depth of @iter. This will be 0 for anything on the root level, 1 for anything down a level, etc. The depth of @iter A #GtkTreeStore A valid #GtkTreeIter WARNING: This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or testing purposes. Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore. %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid. A #GtkTreeStore. A #GtkTreeIter. Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position after @position. @iter and @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the start of the level. A #GtkTreeStore. A #GtkTreeIter. A #GtkTreeIter. Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position before @position. @iter and @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved to the end of the level. A #GtkTreeStore. A #GtkTreeIter. A #GtkTreeIter or %NULL. Prepends a new row to @tree_store. If @parent is non-%NULL, then it will prepend the new row before the first child of @parent, otherwise it will prepend a row to the top level. @iter will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call gtk_tree_store_set() or gtk_tree_store_set_value(). A #GtkTreeStore An unset #GtkTreeIter to set to the prepended row A valid #GtkTreeIter, or %NULL Removes @iter from @tree_store. After being removed, @iter is set to the next valid row at that level, or invalidated if it previously pointed to the last one. %TRUE if @iter is still valid, %FALSE if not. A #GtkTreeStore A valid #GtkTreeIter Reorders the children of @parent in @tree_store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. A #GtkTreeStore. A #GtkTreeIter. an array of integers mapping the new position of each child to its old position before the re-ordering, i.e. @new_order<literal>[newpos] = oldpos</literal>. Sets the value of one or more cells in the row referenced by @iter. The variable argument list should contain integer column numbers, each column number followed by the value to be set. The list is terminated by a -1. For example, to set column 0 with type %G_TYPE_STRING to "Foo", you would write <literal>gtk_tree_store_set (store, iter, 0, "Foo", -1)</literal>. The value will be referenced by the store if it is a %G_TYPE_OBJECT, and it will be copied if it is a %G_TYPE_STRING or %G_TYPE_BOXED. A #GtkTreeStore A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified This function is meant primarily for #GObjects that inherit from #GtkTreeStore, and should only be used when constructing a new #GtkTreeStore. It will not function after a row has been added, or a method on the #GtkTreeModel interface is called. A #GtkTreeStore Number of columns for the tree store An array of #GType types, one for each column See gtk_tree_store_set(); this version takes a <type>va_list</type> for use by language bindings. A #GtkTreeStore A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified <type>va_list</type> of column/value pairs Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column. The type of @value must be convertible to the type of the column. a #GtkTreeStore A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified column number to modify new value for the cell A variant of gtk_tree_store_set_valist() which takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This function is mainly intended for language bindings or in case the number of columns to change is not known until run-time. A #GtkTreeStore A valid #GtkTreeIter for the row being modified an array of column numbers an array of GValues the length of the @columns and @values arrays Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function only works with unsorted stores. A #GtkTreeStore. A #GtkTreeIter. Another #GtkTreeIter. Widget that displays any object that implements the #GtkTreeModel interface. Please refer to the <link linkend="TreeWidget">tree widget conceptual overview</link> for an overview of all the objects and data types related to the tree widget and how they work together. Several different coordinate systems are exposed in the GtkTreeView API. These are: <inlinegraphic fileref="tree-view-coordinates.png" format="PNG"></inlinegraphic> <variablelist><title>Coordinate systems in GtkTreeView API</title> <varlistentry><term>Widget coordinates</term> <listitem> <para> Coordinates relative to the widget (usually <literal>widget->window</literal>). </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term>Bin window coordinates</term> <listitem> <para> Coordinates relative to the window that GtkTreeView renders to. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term>Tree coordinates</term> <listitem> <para> Coordinates relative to the entire scrollable area of GtkTreeView. These coordinates start at (0, 0) for row 0 of the tree. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Several functions are available for converting between the different coordinate systems. The most common translations are between widget and bin window coordinates and between bin window and tree coordinates. For the former you can use gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords() (and vice versa), for the latter gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords() (and vice versa). <refsect2 id="GtkTreeView-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkTreeView as GtkBuildable</title> The GtkTreeView implementation of the GtkBuildable interface accepts #GtkTreeViewColumn objects as &lt;child&gt; elements and exposes the internal #GtkTreeSelection in UI definitions. <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with GtkTreeView</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkTreeView" id="treeview"> <property name="model">liststore1</property> <child> <object class="GtkTreeViewColumn" id="test-column"> <property name="title">Test</property> <child> <object class="GtkCellRendererText" id="test-renderer"/> <attributes> <attribute name="text">1</attribute> </attributes> </child> </object> </child> <child internal-child="selection"> <object class="GtkTreeSelection" id="selection"> <signal name="changed" handler="on_treeview_selection_changed"/> </object> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget. A newly created #GtkTreeView widget. Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget with the model initialized to @model. A newly created #GtkTreeView widget. the model. Activates the cell determined by @path and @column. The #GtkTreePath to be activated. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated. Appends @column to the list of columns. If @tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then @column must have its "sizing" property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. The number of columns in @tree_view after appending. A #GtkTreeView. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to add. Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in @tree_view. A #GtkTreeView. Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist). %TRUE if the row was collapsed. a #GtkTreeView path to a row in the @tree_view Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the treeview has been realized. A #GtkTreeView. Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). a #GtkTreeView X coordinate relative to bin_window Y coordinate relative to bin_window return location for tree X coordinate return location for tree Y coordinate Converts bin_window coordinates (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()) to widget relative coordinates. a #GtkTreeView bin_window X coordinate bin_window Y coordinate return location for widget X coordinate return location for widget Y coordinate Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to bin_window coordinates. a #GtkTreeView tree X coordinate tree Y coordinate return location for X coordinate relative to bin_window return location for Y coordinate relative to bin_window Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to widget coordinates. a #GtkTreeView X coordinate relative to the tree Y coordinate relative to the tree return location for widget X coordinate return location for widget Y coordinate Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()). a #GtkTreeView X coordinate relative to the widget Y coordinate relative to the widget return location for bin_window X coordinate return location for bin_window Y coordinate Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). a #GtkTreeView X coordinate relative to the widget Y coordinate relative to the widget return location for tree X coordinate return location for tree Y coordinate Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the row at @path. This image is used for a drag icon. a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon. a #GtkTreeView a #GtkTreePath in @tree_view Turns @tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkTreeView the table of targets that the drag will support the number of items in @targets the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget Turns @tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkTreeView Mask of allowed buttons to start drag the table of targets that the drag will support the number of items in @targets the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget Recursively expands all nodes in the @tree_view. A #GtkTreeView. Opens the row so its children are visible. %TRUE if the row existed and had children a #GtkTreeView path to a row whether to recursively expand, or just expand immediate children Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of @path as necessary. A #GtkTreeView. path to a row. Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click(). %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click a #GtkTreeView Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by @path and the column specified by @column. If @path is %NULL, or points to a node not found in the tree, the @y and @height fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If @column is %NULL, the @x and @width fields will be filled with 0. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the @background_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render(). These background areas tile to cover the entire bin window. Contrast with the @cell_area, returned by gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area(), which returns only the cell itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area. a #GtkTreeView a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical coordiantes rectangle to fill with cell background rect Returns the window that @tree_view renders to. This is used primarily to compare to <literal>event->window</literal> to confirm that the event on @tree_view is on the right window. A #GdkWindow, or %NULL when @tree_view hasn't been realized yet A #GtkTreeView Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by @path and the column specified by @column. If @path is %NULL, or points to a path not currently displayed, the @y and @height fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If @column is %NULL, the @x and @width fields will be filled with 0. The sum of all cell rects does not cover the entire tree; there are extra pixels in between rows, for example. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the @cell_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render(). This function is only valid if @tree_view is realized. a #GtkTreeView a #GtkTreePath for the row, or %NULL to get only horizontal coordinates a #GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or %NULL to get only vertical coordinates rectangle to fill with cell rect Gets the #GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the #tree_view. The #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL if the position is outside the range of columns. A #GtkTreeView. The position of the column, counting from 0. Returns a #GList of all the #GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in @tree_view. The returned list must be freed with g_list_free (). A list of #GtkTreeViewColumn s A #GtkTreeView Fills in @path and @focus_column with the current path and focus column. If the cursor isn't currently set, then *@path will be %NULL. If no column currently has focus, then *@focus_column will be %NULL. The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() when you are done with it. A #GtkTreeView A pointer to be filled with the current cursor path, or %NULL A pointer to be filled with the current focus column, or %NULL Determines the destination row for a given position. @drag_x and @drag_y are expected to be in widget coordinates. This function is only meaningful if @tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always return %FALSE if @tree_view is not realized or does not have a model. whether there is a row at the given position, %TRUE if this is indeed the case. a #GtkTreeView the position to determine the destination row for the position to determine the destination row for Return location for the path of the highlighted row, or %NULL. Return location for the drop position, or %NULL Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback. a #GtkTreeView Return location for the path of the highlighted row, or %NULL. Return location for the drop position, or %NULL Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching by typing in text. whether or not to let the user search interactively A #GtkTreeView Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view. %TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkTreeView. Returns the column that is the current expander column. This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it. The expander column. A #GtkTreeView Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view. %TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode a #GtkTreeView Returns which grid lines are enabled in @tree_view. a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines are enabled. a #GtkTreeView Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect. A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL if none is currently being used. A #GtkTreeView Returns whether all header columns are clickable. %TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE A #GtkTreeView. Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible. Whether the headers are visible or not. A #GtkTreeView. Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view. %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode a #GtkTreeView Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view. %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode a #GtkTreeView Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels in @tree_view. the amount of extra indentation for child levels in @tree_view. A return value of 0 means that this feature is disabled. a #GtkTreeView. Returns the model the #GtkTreeView is based on. Returns %NULL if the model is unset. A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is currently being used. a #GtkTreeView Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view. The number of columns in the @tree_view a #GtkTreeView Finds the path at the point (@x, @y), relative to bin_window coordinates (please see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()). That is, @x and @y are relative to an events coordinates. @x and @y must come from an event on the @tree_view only where <literal>event->window == gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window (<!-- -->)</literal>. It is primarily for things like popup menus. If @path is non-%NULL, then it will be filled with the #GtkTreePath at that point. This path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). If @column is non-%NULL, then it will be filled with the column at that point. @cell_x and @cell_y return the coordinates relative to the cell background (i.e. the @background_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()). This function is only meaningful if @tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always return %FALSE if @tree_view is not realized or does not have a model. For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords(). %TRUE if a row exists at that coordinate. A #GtkTreeView. The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window). The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window). A pointer to a #GtkTreePath pointer to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #GtkTreeViewColumn pointer to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer where the X coordinate relative to the cell can be placed, or %NULL A pointer where the Y coordinate relative to the cell can be placed, or %NULL Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable(). %TRUE if the tree can be reordered. a #GtkTreeView Returns the current row separator function. the current row separator function. a #GtkTreeView Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for @tree_view. If the selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. %TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled. a #GtkTreeView Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint(). %TRUE if rules are useful for the user of this tree a #GtkTreeView Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code. the column the interactive search code searches in. A #GtkTreeView Returns the #GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search entry for @tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, %NULL will be returned. the entry currently in use as search entry. A #GtkTreeView Returns the compare function currently in use. the currently used compare function for the search code. A #GtkTreeView Returns the positioning function currently in use. the currently used function for positioning the search dialog. A #GtkTreeView Gets the #GtkTreeSelection associated with @tree_view. A #GtkTreeSelection object. A #GtkTreeView. Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view. %TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkTreeView. Returns the column of @tree_view's model which is being used for displaying tooltips on @tree_view's rows. the index of the tooltip column that is currently being used, or -1 if this is disabled. a #GtkTreeView This function is supposed to be used in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler for #GtkTreeView. The @x, @y and @keyboard_tip values which are received in the signal handler, should be passed to this function without modification. The return value indicates whether there is a tree view row at the given coordinates (%TRUE) or not (%FALSE) for mouse tooltips. For keyboard tooltips the row returned will be the cursor row. When %TRUE, then any of @model, @path and @iter which have been provided will be set to point to that row and the corresponding model. @x and @y will always be converted to be relative to @tree_view's bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE. whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row. a #GtkTreeView the x coordinate (relative to widget coordinates) the y coordinate (relative to widget coordinates) whether this is a keyboard tooltip or not a pointer to receive a #GtkTreeModel or %NULL a pointer to receive a #GtkTreePath or %NULL a pointer to receive a #GtkTreeIter or %NULL Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect. A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL if none is currently being used. A #GtkTreeView Sets @start_path and @end_path to be the first and last visible path. Note that there may be invisible paths in between. The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use. %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path. A #GtkTreeView Return location for start of region, or %NULL. Return location for end of region, or %NULL. Fills @visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the buffer, in tree coordinates. Convert to bin_window coordinates with gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords(). Tree coordinates start at 0,0 for row 0 of the tree, and cover the entire scrollable area of the tree. a #GtkTreeView rectangle to fill This inserts the @column into the @tree_view at @position. If @position is -1, then the column is inserted at the end. If @tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then @column must have its "sizing" property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion. A #GtkTreeView. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be inserted. The position to insert @column in. Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn and inserts it into the @tree_view at @position. If @position is -1, then the newly created column is inserted at the end. The column is initialized with the attributes given. If @tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then the new column will have its sizing property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion. A #GtkTreeView The position to insert the new column in The title to set the header to The #GtkCellRenderer Convenience function that inserts a new column into the #GtkTreeView with the given cell renderer and a #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to set cell renderer attributes (normally using data from the model). See also gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func(), gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start(). If @tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then the new column will have its "sizing" property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. number of columns in the tree view post-insert a #GtkTreeView Position to insert, -1 for append column title cell renderer for column function to set attributes of cell renderer data for @func destroy notifier for @data Determine whether the point (@x, @y) in @tree_view is blank, that is no cell content nor an expander arrow is drawn at the location. If so, the location can be considered as the background. You might wish to take special action on clicks on the background, such as clearing a current selection, having a custom context menu or starting rubber banding. The @x and @y coordinate that are provided must be relative to bin_window coordinates. That is, @x and @y must come from an event on @tree_view where <literal>event->window == gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window (<!-- -->)</literal>. For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords(). The @path, @column, @cell_x and @cell_y arguments will be filled in likewise as for gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos(). Please see gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information. %TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank, %FALSE otherwise. A #GtkTreeView The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window) The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window) A pointer to a #GtkTreePath pointer to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #GtkTreeViewColumn pointer to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer where the X coordinate relative to the cell can be placed, or %NULL A pointer where the Y coordinate relative to the cell can be placed, or %NULL Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done in @tree_view. %TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being done in @tree_view. a #GtkTreeView Calls @func on all expanded rows. A #GtkTreeView A function to be called User data to be passed to the function. Moves @column to be after to @base_column. If @base_column is %NULL, then @column is placed in the first position. A #GtkTreeView The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved relative to, or %NULL. Removes @column from @tree_view. The number of columns in @tree_view after removing. A #GtkTreeView. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to remove. Activates the cell determined by @path and @column. A #GtkTreeView The #GtkTreePath to be activated. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated. Returns %TRUE if the node pointed to by @path is expanded in @tree_view. %TRUE if #path is expanded. A #GtkTreeView. A #GtkTreePath to test expansion state. Moves the alignments of @tree_view to the position specified by @column and @path. If @column is %NULL, then no horizontal scrolling occurs. Likewise, if @path is %NULL no vertical scrolling occurs. At a minimum, one of @column or @path need to be non-%NULL. @row_align determines where the row is placed, and @col_align determines where @column is placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0 means left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means center. If @use_align is %FALSE, then the alignment arguments are ignored, and the tree does the minimum amount of work to scroll the cell onto the screen. This means that the cell will be scrolled to the edge closest to its current position. If the cell is currently visible on the screen, nothing is done. This function only works if the model is set, and @path is a valid row on the model. If the model changes before the @tree_view is realized, the centered path will be modified to reflect this change. A #GtkTreeView. The path of the row to move to, or %NULL. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to move horizontally to, or %NULL. whether to use alignment arguments, or %FALSE. The vertical alignment of the row specified by @path. The horizontal alignment of the column specified by @column. Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible area is @tree_x, @tree_y, where @tree_x and @tree_y are specified in tree coordinates. The @tree_view must be realized before this function is called. If it isn't, you probably want to be using gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell(). If either @tree_x or @tree_y are -1, then that direction isn't scrolled. a #GtkTreeView X coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1 Y coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1 Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted on a single click instead of a double click. a #GtkTreeView %TRUE to emit row-activated on a single click Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at the beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take place. The arguments passed to @func are: the @tree_view, the #GtkTreeViewColumn being dragged, the two #GtkTreeViewColumn s determining the drop spot, and @user_data. If either of the #GtkTreeViewColumn arguments for the drop spot are %NULL, then they indicate an edge. If @func is set to be %NULL, then @tree_view reverts to the default behavior of allowing all columns to be dropped everywhere. A #GtkTreeView. A function to determine which columns are reorderable, or %NULL. User data to be passed to @func, or %NULL Destroy notifier for @user_data, or %NULL Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user's attention on a particular row. If @focus_column is not %NULL, then focus is given to the column specified by it. Additionally, if @focus_column is specified, and @start_editing is %TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by @gtk_widget_grab_focus (@tree_view) in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized. If @path is invalid for @model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return without failing. A #GtkTreeView A #GtkTreePath A #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL %TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited. Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user's attention on a particular row. If @focus_column is not %NULL, then focus is given to the column specified by it. If @focus_column and @focus_cell are not %NULL, and @focus_column contains 2 or more editable or activatable cells, then focus is given to the cell specified by @focus_cell. Additionally, if @focus_column is specified, and @start_editing is %TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by @gtk_widget_grab_focus (@tree_view) in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized. If @path is invalid for @model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return without failing. A #GtkTreeView A #GtkTreePath A #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL A #GtkCellRenderer, or %NULL %TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited. This function should almost never be used. It is meant for private use by ATK for determining the number of visible children that are removed when the user collapses a row, or a row is deleted. A #GtkTreeView Function to be called when a view row is destroyed, or %NULL User data to be passed to @func, or %NULL Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback. If @path is %NULL, an existing highlight is removed. a #GtkTreeView The path of the row to highlight, or %NULL Specifies whether to drop before, after or into the row If @enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find"). Note that even if this is %FALSE, the user can still initiate a search using the "start-interactive-search" key binding. A #GtkTreeView %TRUE, if the user can search interactively Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view. This does not have any visible effects for lists. a #GtkTreeView %TRUE to enable tree line drawing, %FALSE otherwise. Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in @tree_view. If @column is %NULL, then the expander arrow is always at the first visible column. If you do not want expander arrow to appear in your tree, set the expander column to a hidden column. A #GtkTreeView %NULL, or the column to draw the expander arrow at. Enables or disables the fixed height mode of @tree_view. Fixed height mode speeds up #GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height. Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. a #GtkTreeView %TRUE to enable fixed height mode Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view. a #GtkTreeView a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines to enable. Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the current horizontal aspect. A #GtkTreeView The #GtkAdjustment to set, or %NULL Allow the column title buttons to be clicked. A #GtkTreeView. %TRUE if the columns are clickable. Sets the visibility state of the headers. A #GtkTreeView. %TRUE if the headers are visible Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view. Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves over them. a #GtkTreeView %TRUE to enable hover selection mode Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view. Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes %GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. a #GtkTreeView %TRUE to enable hover selection mode Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in @tree_view in addition to the default indentation. The value should be specified in pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default indentation will be used. This does not have any visible effects for lists. a #GtkTreeView the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation in @tree_view. Sets the model for a #GtkTreeView. If the @tree_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model. A #GtkTreeView. The model. This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the #GtkTreeDragSourceIface and the #GtkTreeDragDestIface. Both #GtkTreeStore and #GtkListStore support these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model's row_inserted and row_deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by setting up the tree view as a drag source and destination. Therefore, drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any other purpose. This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably handle drag and drop manually. A #GtkTreeView. %TRUE, if the tree can be reordered. Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value. a #GtkTreeView a #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc user data to pass to @func, or %NULL destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. a #GtkTreeView %TRUE to enable rubber banding This function tells GTK+ that the user interface for your application requires users to read across tree rows and associate cells with one another. By default, GTK+ will then render the tree with alternating row colors. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> use it just because you prefer the appearance of the ruled tree; that's a question for the theme. Some themes will draw tree rows in alternating colors even when rules are turned off, and users who prefer that appearance all the time can choose those themes. You should call this function only as a <emphasis>semantic</emphasis> hint to the theme engine that your tree makes alternating colors useful from a functional standpoint (since it has lots of columns, generally). a #GtkTreeView %TRUE if the tree requires reading across rows Sets @column as the column where the interactive search code should search in for the current model. If the search column is set, users can use the "start-interactive-search" key binding to bring up search popup. The enable-search property controls whether simply typing text will also start an interactive search. Note that @column refers to a column of the current model. The search column is reset to -1 when the model is changed. A #GtkTreeView the column of the model to search in, or -1 to disable searching Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this @tree_view. This is useful when you want to provide a search entry in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing %NULL for @entry will make the interactive search code use the built-in popup entry again. A #GtkTreeView the entry the interactive search code of @tree_view should use or %NULL Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality #GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc returns %FALSE on matches. A #GtkTreeView the compare function to use during the search user data to pass to @search_equal_func, or %NULL Destroy notifier for @search_user_data, or %NULL Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog. A #GtkTreeView the function to use to position the search dialog, or %NULL to use the default search position function user data to pass to @func, or %NULL Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in @tree_view. When disabled there will be no expanders visible in trees and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default. Also note that hiding the expanders will disable the default indentation. You can set a custom indentation in this case using gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation(). This does not have any visible effects for lists. a #GtkTreeView %TRUE to enable expander drawing, %FALSE otherwise. Sets the tip area of @tooltip to the area @path, @column and @cell have in common. For example if @path is %NULL and @column is set, the tip area will be set to the full area covered by @column. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). Note that if @path is not specified and @cell is set and part of a column containing the expander, the tooltip might not show and hide at the correct position. In such cases @path must be set to the current node under the mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly. See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. a #GtkTreeView a #GtkTooltip a #GtkTreePath or %NULL a #GtkTreeViewColumn or %NULL a #GtkCellRenderer or %NULL If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you can use this function to have #GtkTreeView handle these automatically for you. @column should be set to the column in @tree_view's model containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature. When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and @tree_view will connect a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler. Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), so &amp;, &lt;, etc have to be escaped in the text. a #GtkTreeView an integer, which is a valid column number for @tree_view's model Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path. See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). a #GtkTreeView a #GtkTooltip a #GtkTreePath Sets the #GtkAdjustment for the current vertical aspect. A #GtkTreeView The #GtkAdjustment to set, or %NULL Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkTreeView Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets #GtkTreeView:reorderable to %FALSE. a #GtkTreeView The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "row-activated" signal will be emitted after a single click. Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to %TRUE speeds up #GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height. Only enable this option if all rows are the same height. Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more information on this option. Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view. Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves over them. This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion. Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view. Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes %GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion. Extra indentation for each level. %TRUE if the view has expanders. The number of columns of the treeview has changed. The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed. The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called, when the user double clicks a treeview row with the "activate-on-single-click" property set to %FALSE, or when the user single clicks a row when the "activate-on-single-click" property set to %TRUE. It is also emitted when a non-editable row is selected and one of the keys: Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter is pressed. For selection handling refer to the <link linkend="TreeWidget">tree widget conceptual overview</link> as well as #GtkTreeSelection. the #GtkTreePath for the activated row the #GtkTreeViewColumn in which the activation occurred The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden). the tree iter of the collapsed row a tree path that points to the row The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown). the tree iter of the expanded row a tree path that points to the row The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). Use this signal if you need to control the collapsibility of individual rows. %FALSE to allow collapsing, %TRUE to reject the tree iter of the row to collapse a tree path that points to the row The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). Use this signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows. %FALSE to allow expansion, %TRUE to reject the tree iter of the row to expand a tree path that points to the row The #GtkTreePath to be activated. The #GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated. The GtkTreeViewColumn object represents a visible column in a #GtkTreeView widget. It allows to set properties of the column header, and functions as a holding pen for the cell renderers which determine how the data in the column is displayed. Please refer to the <link linkend="TreeWidget">tree widget conceptual overview</link> for an overview of all the objects and data types related to the tree widget and how they work together. Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn. A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn. Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn using @area to render its cells. A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn. the #GtkCellArea that the newly created column should use to layout cells. Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn with a number of default values. This is equivalent to calling gtk_tree_view_column_set_title(), gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start(), and gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes() on the newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn. Here's a simple example: |[ enum { TEXT_COLUMN, COLOR_COLUMN, N_COLUMNS }; ... { GtkTreeViewColumn *column; GtkCellRenderer *renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); column = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Title", renderer, "text", TEXT_COLUMN, "foreground", COLOR_COLUMN, NULL); } ]| A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn. The title to set the header to The #GtkCellRenderer Emits the "clicked" signal on the column. This function will only work if @tree_column is clickable. Adds an attribute mapping to the list in @tree_column. The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the @attribute is the parameter on @cell_renderer to be set from the value. So for example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the "text" attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. the #GtkCellRenderer to set attributes on An attribute on the renderer The column position on the model to get the attribute from. Obtains the horizontal position and size of a cell in a column. If the cell is not found in the column, @start_pos and @width are not changed and %FALSE is returned. %TRUE if @cell belongs to @tree_column. a #GtkTreeViewColumn a #GtkCellRenderer return location for the horizontal position of @cell within @tree_column, may be %NULL return location for the width of @cell, may be %NULL Obtains the width and height needed to render the column. This is used primarily by the #GtkTreeView. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The area a cell in the column will be allocated, or %NULL location to return x offset of a cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return y offset of a cell relative to @cell_area, or %NULL location to return width needed to render a cell, or %NULL location to return height needed to render a cell, or %NULL Returns %TRUE if any of the cells packed into the @tree_column are visible. For this to be meaningful, you must first initialize the cells with gtk_tree_view_column_cell_set_cell_data() %TRUE, if any of the cells packed into the @tree_column are currently visible A #GtkTreeViewColumn Sets the cell renderer based on the @tree_model and @iter. That is, for every attribute mapping in @tree_column, it will get a value from the set column on the @iter, and use that value to set the attribute on the cell renderer. This is used primarily by the #GtkTreeView. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The #GtkTreeModel to to get the cell renderers attributes from. The #GtkTreeIter to to get the cell renderer's attributes from. %TRUE, if the row has children %TRUE, if the row has visible children Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on the @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn Clears all existing attributes previously set with gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes(). a #GtkTreeViewColumn a #GtkCellRenderer to clear the attribute mapping on. Emits the "clicked" signal on the column. This function will only work if @tree_column is clickable. a #GtkTreeViewColumn Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @cell, if the column contains 2 or more editable and activatable cells. A #GtkTreeViewColumn A #GtkCellRenderer Returns the current x alignment of @tree_column. This value can range between 0.0 and 1.0. The current alignent of @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the button used in the treeview column header The button for the column header. A #GtkTreeViewColumn Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column. %TRUE if user can click the column header. a #GtkTreeViewColumn Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space. %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual displayed width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width(). The fixed width of the column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the maximum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no maximum width is set. The maximum width of the @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the minimum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no minimum width is set. The minimum width of the @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user. %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user. A #GtkTreeViewColumn Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be resized by the end user. %TRUE, if the @tree_column can be resized. A #GtkTreeViewColumn Returns the current type of @tree_column. The type of @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Gets the logical @sort_column_id that the model sorts on when this column is selected for sorting. See gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id(). the current @sort_column_id for this column, or -1 if this column can't be used for sorting. a #GtkTreeViewColumn Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator(). whether the sort indicator arrow is displayed a #GtkTreeViewColumn Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order(). the sort order the sort indicator is indicating a #GtkTreeViewColumn Returns the spacing of @tree_column. the spacing of @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the title of the widget. the title of the column. This string should not be modified or freed. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the #GtkTreeView wherein @tree_column has been inserted. If @column is currently not inserted in any tree view, %NULL is returned. The tree view wherein @column has been inserted if any, %NULL otherwise. A #GtkTreeViewColumn Returns %TRUE if @tree_column is visible. whether the column is visible or not. If it is visible, then the tree will show the column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the #GtkWidget in the button on the column header. If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned. The #GtkWidget in the column header, or %NULL A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the current size of @tree_column in pixels. The current width of @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels. The current X offset of @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. Adds the @cell to end of the column. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The #GtkCellRenderer. %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @tree_column. Packs the @cell into the beginning of the column. If @expand is %FALSE, then the @cell is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The #GtkCellRenderer. %TRUE if @cell is to be given extra space allocated to @tree_column. Flags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have their sizes renegotiated. A #GtkTreeViewColumn Sets the alignment of the title or custom widget inside the column header. The alignment determines its location inside the button -- 0.0 for left, 0.5 for center, 1.0 for right. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The alignment, which is between [0.0 and 1.0] inclusive. Sets the attributes in the list as the attributes of @tree_column. The attributes should be in attribute/column order, as in gtk_tree_view_column_add_attribute(). All existing attributes are removed, and replaced with the new attributes. A #GtkTreeViewColumn the #GtkCellRenderer we're setting the attributes of Sets the #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to use for the column. This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping for setting the column value, and should set the value of @tree_column's cell renderer as appropriate. @func may be %NULL to remove an older one. A #GtkTreeViewColumn A #GtkCellRenderer The #GtkTreeCellDataFunc to use. The user data for @func. The destroy notification for @func_data Sets the header to be active if @clickable is %TRUE. When the header is active, then it can take keyboard focus, and can be clicked. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. %TRUE if the header is active. Sets the column to take available extra space. This space is shared equally amongst all columns that have the expand set to %TRUE. If no column has this option set, then the last column gets all extra space. By default, every column is created with this %FALSE. Along with "fixed-width", the "expand" property changes when the column is resized by the user. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. %TRUE if the column should expand to fill available space. If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @tree_column; otherwise unsets it. The effective value of @fixed_width is clamped between the minumum and maximum width of the column; however, the value stored in the "fixed-width" property is not clamped. If the column sizing is #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY or #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, setting a fixed width overrides the automatically calculated width. Note that @fixed_width is only a hint to GTK+; the width actually allocated to the column may be greater or less than requested. Along with "expand", the "fixed-width" property changes when the column is resized by the user. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The new fixed width, in pixels, or -1. Sets the maximum width of the @tree_column. If @max_width is -1, then the maximum width is unset. Note, the column can actually be wider than max width if it's the last column in a view. In this case, the column expands to fill any extra space. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The maximum width of the column in pixels, or -1. Sets the minimum width of the @tree_column. If @min_width is -1, then the minimum width is unset. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The minimum width of the column in pixels, or -1. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the column can be reordered by the end user dragging the header. A #GtkTreeViewColumn %TRUE, if the column can be reordered. If @resizable is %TRUE, then the user can explicitly resize the column by grabbing the outer edge of the column button. If resizable is %TRUE and sizing mode of the column is #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, then the sizing mode is changed to #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY. A #GtkTreeViewColumn %TRUE, if the column can be resized Sets the growth behavior of @tree_column to @type. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The #GtkTreeViewColumnSizing. Sets the logical @sort_column_id that this column sorts on when this column is selected for sorting. Doing so makes the column header clickable. a #GtkTreeViewColumn The @sort_column_id of the model to sort on. Call this function with a @setting of %TRUE to display an arrow in the header button indicating the column is sorted. Call gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order() to change the direction of the arrow. a #GtkTreeViewColumn %TRUE to display an indicator that the column is sorted Changes the appearance of the sort indicator. This <emphasis>does not</emphasis> actually sort the model. Use gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id() if you want automatic sorting support. This function is primarily for custom sorting behavior, and should be used in conjunction with gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id() to do that. For custom models, the mechanism will vary. The sort indicator changes direction to indicate normal sort or reverse sort. Note that you must have the sort indicator enabled to see anything when calling this function; see gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator(). a #GtkTreeViewColumn sort order that the sort indicator should indicate Sets the spacing field of @tree_column, which is the number of pixels to place between cell renderers packed into it. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. distance between cell renderers in pixels. Sets the title of the @tree_column. If a custom widget has been set, then this value is ignored. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. The title of the @tree_column. Sets the visibility of @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. %TRUE if the @tree_column is visible. Sets the widget in the header to be @widget. If widget is %NULL, then the header button is set with a #GtkLabel set to the title of @tree_column. A #GtkTreeViewColumn. A child #GtkWidget, or %NULL. The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers for this column. If no area is specified when creating the tree view column with gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area() a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting. Setting the sort column ID makes the column header clickable. Set to -1 to make the column unsortable. Function type for determining whether @column can be dropped in a particular spot (as determined by @prev_column and @next_column). In left to right locales, @prev_column is on the left of the potential drop spot, and @next_column is on the right. In right to left mode, this is reversed. This function should return %TRUE if the spot is a valid drop spot. Please note that returning %TRUE does not actually indicate that the column drop was made, but is meant only to indicate a possible drop spot to the user. %TRUE, if @column can be dropped in this spot A #GtkTreeView The #GtkTreeViewColumn being dragged A #GtkTreeViewColumn on one side of @column A #GtkTreeViewColumn on the other side of @column user data The sizing method the column uses to determine its width. Please note that @GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE are inefficient for large views, and can make columns appear choppy. Columns only get bigger in reaction to changes in the model Columns resize to be the optimal size everytime the model changes. Columns are a fixed numbers of pixels wide. An enum for determining where a dropped row goes. dropped row is inserted before dropped row is inserted after dropped row becomes a child or is inserted before dropped row becomes a child or is inserted after Used to indicate which grid lines to draw in a tree view. No grid lines. Horizontal grid lines. Vertical grid lines. Horizontal and vertical grid lines. Function used for gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows(). A #GtkTreeView The path that's expanded user data Function type for determining whether the row pointed to by @iter should be rendered as a separator. A common way to implement this is to have a boolean column in the model, whose values the #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc returns. %TRUE if the row is a separator the #GtkTreeModel a #GtkTreeIter pointing at a row in @model user data A function used for checking whether a row in @model matches a search key string entered by the user. Note the return value is reversed from what you would normally expect, though it has some similarity to strcmp() returning 0 for equal strings. %FALSE if the row matches, %TRUE otherwise. the #GtkTreeModel being searched the search column set by gtk_tree_view_set_search_column() the key string to compare with a #GtkTreeIter pointing the row of @model that should be compared with @key. user data from gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func() A #GtkUIManager constructs a user interface (menus and toolbars) from one or more UI definitions, which reference actions from one or more action groups. <refsect2 id="XML-UI"> <title>UI Definitions</title> <para> The UI definitions are specified in an XML format which can be roughly described by the following DTD. <note><para> Do not confuse the GtkUIManager UI Definitions described here with the similarly named <link linkend="BUILDER-UI">GtkBuilder UI Definitions</link>. </para></note> <programlisting> <![CDATA[ <!ELEMENT ui (menubar|toolbar|popup|accelerator)* > <!ELEMENT menubar (menuitem|separator|placeholder|menu)* > <!ELEMENT menu (menuitem|separator|placeholder|menu)* > <!ELEMENT popup (menuitem|separator|placeholder|menu)* > <!ELEMENT toolbar (toolitem|separator|placeholder)* > <!ELEMENT placeholder (menuitem|toolitem|separator|placeholder|menu)* > <!ELEMENT menuitem EMPTY > <!ELEMENT toolitem (menu?) > <!ELEMENT separator EMPTY > <!ELEMENT accelerator EMPTY > <!ATTLIST menubar name #IMPLIED action #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST toolbar name #IMPLIED action #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST popup name #IMPLIED action #IMPLIED accelerators (true|false) #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST placeholder name #IMPLIED action #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST separator name #IMPLIED action #IMPLIED expand (true|false) #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST menu name #IMPLIED action #REQUIRED position (top|bot) #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST menuitem name #IMPLIED action #REQUIRED position (top|bot) #IMPLIED always-show-image (true|false) #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST toolitem name #IMPLIED action #REQUIRED position (top|bot) #IMPLIED > <!ATTLIST accelerator name #IMPLIED action #REQUIRED > ]]> </programlisting> There are some additional restrictions beyond those specified in the DTD, e.g. every toolitem must have a toolbar in its anchestry and every menuitem must have a menubar or popup in its anchestry. Since a #GMarkup parser is used to parse the UI description, it must not only be valid XML, but valid #GMarkup. If a name is not specified, it defaults to the action. If an action is not specified either, the element name is used. The name and action attributes must not contain '/' characters after parsing (since that would mess up path lookup) and must be usable as XML attributes when enclosed in doublequotes, thus they must not '"' characters or references to the &quot; entity. <example> <title>A UI definition</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <ui> <menubar> <menu name="FileMenu" action="FileMenuAction"> <menuitem name="New" action="New2Action" /> <placeholder name="FileMenuAdditions" /> </menu> <menu name="JustifyMenu" action="JustifyMenuAction"> <menuitem name="Left" action="justify-left"/> <menuitem name="Centre" action="justify-center"/> <menuitem name="Right" action="justify-right"/> <menuitem name="Fill" action="justify-fill"/> </menu> </menubar> <toolbar action="toolbar1"> <placeholder name="JustifyToolItems"> <separator/> <toolitem name="Left" action="justify-left"/> <toolitem name="Centre" action="justify-center"/> <toolitem name="Right" action="justify-right"/> <toolitem name="Fill" action="justify-fill"/> <separator/> </placeholder> </toolbar> </ui> ]]></programlisting> </example> The constructed widget hierarchy is very similar to the element tree of the XML, with the exception that placeholders are merged into their parents. The correspondence of XML elements to widgets should be almost obvious: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>menubar</term> <listitem><para>a #GtkMenuBar</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>toolbar</term> <listitem><para>a #GtkToolbar</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>popup</term> <listitem><para>a toplevel #GtkMenu</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>menu</term> <listitem><para>a #GtkMenu attached to a menuitem</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>menuitem</term> <listitem><para>a #GtkMenuItem subclass, the exact type depends on the action</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>toolitem</term> <listitem><para>a #GtkToolItem subclass, the exact type depends on the action. Note that toolitem elements may contain a menu element, but only if their associated action specifies a #GtkMenuToolButton as proxy.</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>separator</term> <listitem><para>a #GtkSeparatorMenuItem or #GtkSeparatorToolItem</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>accelerator</term> <listitem><para>a keyboard accelerator</para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> The "position" attribute determines where a constructed widget is positioned wrt. to its siblings in the partially constructed tree. If it is "top", the widget is prepended, otherwise it is appended. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="UI-Merging"> <title>UI Merging</title> <para> The most remarkable feature of #GtkUIManager is that it can overlay a set of menuitems and toolitems over another one, and demerge them later. Merging is done based on the names of the XML elements. Each element is identified by a path which consists of the names of its anchestors, separated by slashes. For example, the menuitem named "Left" in the example above has the path <literal>/ui/menubar/JustifyMenu/Left</literal> and the toolitem with the same name has path <literal>/ui/toolbar1/JustifyToolItems/Left</literal>. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Accelerators</title> <para> Every action has an accelerator path. Accelerators are installed together with menuitem proxies, but they can also be explicitly added with &lt;accelerator&gt; elements in the UI definition. This makes it possible to have accelerators for actions even if they have no visible proxies. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="Smart-Separators"> <title>Smart Separators</title> <para> The separators created by #GtkUIManager are "smart", i.e. they do not show up in the UI unless they end up between two visible menu or tool items. Separators which are located at the very beginning or end of the menu or toolbar containing them, or multiple separators next to each other, are hidden. This is a useful feature, since the merging of UI elements from multiple sources can make it hard or impossible to determine in advance whether a separator will end up in such an unfortunate position. For separators in toolbars, you can set <literal>expand="true"</literal> to turn them from a small, visible separator to an expanding, invisible one. Toolitems following an expanding separator are effectively right-aligned. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Empty Menus</title> <para> Submenus pose similar problems to separators inconnection with merging. It is impossible to know in advance whether they will end up empty after merging. #GtkUIManager offers two ways to treat empty submenus: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>make them disappear by hiding the menu item they're attached to</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>add an insensitive "Empty" item</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The behaviour is chosen based on the "hide_if_empty" property of the action to which the submenu is associated. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="GtkUIManager-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkUIManager as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkUIManager implementation of the GtkBuildable interface accepts GtkActionGroup objects as &lt;child&gt; elements in UI definitions. A GtkUIManager UI definition as described above can be embedded in an GtkUIManager &lt;object&gt; element in a GtkBuilder UI definition. The widgets that are constructed by a GtkUIManager can be embedded in other parts of the constructed user interface with the help of the "constructor" attribute. See the example below. <example> <title>An embedded GtkUIManager UI definition</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkUIManager" id="uiman"> <child> <object class="GtkActionGroup" id="actiongroup"> <child> <object class="GtkAction" id="file"> <property name="label">_File</property> </object> </child> </object> </child> <ui> <menubar name="menubar1"> <menu action="file"> </menu> </menubar> </ui> </object> <object class="GtkWindow" id="main-window"> <child> <object class="GtkMenuBar" id="menubar1" constructor="uiman"/> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> Creates a new ui manager object. a new ui manager object. Looks up an action by following a path. See gtk_ui_manager_get_widget() for more information about paths. the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path, or %NULL if no widget was found. a path Looks up a widget by following a path. The path consists of the names specified in the XML description of the UI. separated by '/'. Elements which don't have a name or action attribute in the XML (e.g. &lt;popup&gt;) can be addressed by their XML element name (e.g. "popup"). The root element ("/ui") can be omitted in the path. Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a &lt;menu&gt; element is the menuitem to which the menu is attached, not the menu itmanager. Also note that the widgets constructed by a ui manager are not tied to the lifecycle of the ui manager. If you add the widgets returned by this function to some container or explicitly ref them, they will survive the destruction of the ui manager. the widget found by following the path, or %NULL if no widget was found. a path Adds a UI element to the current contents of @manager. If @type is %GTK_UI_MANAGER_AUTO, GTK+ inserts a menuitem, toolitem or separator if such an element can be inserted at the place determined by @path. Otherwise @type must indicate an element that can be inserted at the place determined by @path. If @path points to a menuitem or toolitem, the new element will be inserted before or after this item, depending on @top. a #GtkUIManager the merge id for the merged UI, see gtk_ui_manager_new_merge_id() a path the name for the added UI element the name of the action to be proxied, or %NULL to add a separator the type of UI element to add. if %TRUE, the UI element is added before its siblings, otherwise it is added after its siblings. Parses a file containing a <link linkend="XML-UI">UI definition</link> and merges it with the current contents of @manager. The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred, the return value is 0. a #GtkUIManager object the name of the file to parse Parses a resource file containing a <link linkend="XML-UI">UI definition</link> and merges it with the current contents of @manager. The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred, the return value is 0. a #GtkUIManager object the resource path of the file to parse Parses a string containing a <link linkend="XML-UI">UI definition</link> and merges it with the current contents of @manager. An enclosing &lt;ui&gt; element is added if it is missing. The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred, the return value is 0. a #GtkUIManager object the string to parse the length of @buffer (may be -1 if @buffer is nul-terminated) Makes sure that all pending updates to the UI have been completed. This may occasionally be necessary, since #GtkUIManager updates the UI in an idle function. A typical example where this function is useful is to enforce that the menubar and toolbar have been added to the main window before showing it: |[ gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox); g_signal_connect (merge, "add-widget", G_CALLBACK (add_widget), vbox); gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file (merge, "my-menus"); gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file (merge, "my-toolbars"); gtk_ui_manager_ensure_update (merge); gtk_widget_show (window); ]| a #GtkUIManager Returns the #GtkAccelGroup associated with @manager. the #GtkAccelGroup. a #GtkUIManager object Looks up an action by following a path. See gtk_ui_manager_get_widget() for more information about paths. the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path, or %NULL if no widget was found. a #GtkUIManager a path Returns the list of action groups associated with @manager. a #GList of action groups. The list is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. a #GtkUIManager object Returns whether menus generated by this #GtkUIManager will have tearoff menu items. whether tearoff menu items are added a #GtkUIManager Obtains a list of all toplevel widgets of the requested types. a newly-allocated #GSList of all toplevel widgets of the requested types. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(). a #GtkUIManager specifies the types of toplevel widgets to include. Allowed types are #GTK_UI_MANAGER_MENUBAR, #GTK_UI_MANAGER_TOOLBAR and #GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP. Creates a <link linkend="XML-UI">UI definition</link> of the merged UI. A newly allocated string containing an XML representation of the merged UI. a #GtkUIManager Looks up a widget by following a path. The path consists of the names specified in the XML description of the UI. separated by '/'. Elements which don't have a name or action attribute in the XML (e.g. &lt;popup&gt;) can be addressed by their XML element name (e.g. "popup"). The root element ("/ui") can be omitted in the path. Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a &lt;menu&gt; element is the menuitem to which the menu is attached, not the menu itmanager. Also note that the widgets constructed by a ui manager are not tied to the lifecycle of the ui manager. If you add the widgets returned by this function to some container or explicitly ref them, they will survive the destruction of the ui manager. the widget found by following the path, or %NULL if no widget was found. a #GtkUIManager a path Inserts an action group into the list of action groups associated with @manager. Actions in earlier groups hide actions with the same name in later groups. If @pos is larger than the number of action groups in @manager, or negative, @action_group will be inserted at the end of the internal list. a #GtkUIManager object the action group to be inserted the position at which the group will be inserted. Returns an unused merge id, suitable for use with gtk_ui_manager_add_ui(). an unused merge id. a #GtkUIManager Removes an action group from the list of action groups associated with @manager. a #GtkUIManager object the action group to be removed Unmerges the part of @manager<!-- -->s content identified by @merge_id. a #GtkUIManager object a merge id as returned by gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string() Sets the "add_tearoffs" property, which controls whether menus generated by this #GtkUIManager will have tearoff menu items. Note that this only affects regular menus. Generated popup menus never have tearoff menu items. a #GtkUIManager whether tearoff menu items are added The "add-tearoffs" property controls whether generated menus have tearoff menu items. Note that this only affects regular menus. Generated popup menus never have tearoff menu items. The ::actions-changed signal is emitted whenever the set of actions changes. The ::add-widget signal is emitted for each generated menubar and toolbar. It is not emitted for generated popup menus, which can be obtained by gtk_ui_manager_get_widget(). the added widget The ::connect-proxy signal is emitted after connecting a proxy to an action in the group. This is intended for simple customizations for which a custom action class would be too clumsy, e.g. showing tooltips for menuitems in the statusbar. the action the proxy The ::disconnect-proxy signal is emitted after disconnecting a proxy from an action in the group. the action the proxy The ::post-activate signal is emitted just after the @action is activated. This is intended for applications to get notification just after any action is activated. the action The ::pre-activate signal is emitted just before the @action is activated. This is intended for applications to get notification just before any action is activated. the action the widget found by following the path, or %NULL if no widget was found. a path the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path, or %NULL if no widget was found. a path These enumeration values are used by gtk_ui_manager_add_ui() to determine what UI element to create. Pick the type of the UI element according to context. Create a menubar. Create a menu. Create a toolbar. Insert a placeholder. Create a popup menu. Create a menuitem. Create a toolitem. Create a separator. Install an accelerator. Same as %GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP, but the actions' accelerators are shown. A #GtkVBox is a container that organizes child widgets into a single column. Use the #GtkBox packing interface to determine the arrangement, spacing, height, and alignment of #GtkVBox children. All children are allocated the same width. GtkVBox has been deprecated. You can use #GtkBox instead, which is a very quick and easy change. If you have derived your own classes from GtkVBox, you can simply change the inheritance to derive directly from #GtkBox, and set the #GtkOrientable:orientation property to %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL in your instance init function, with a call like: |[ gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GTK_ORIENTABLE (object), GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL); ]| If you want your code to be future-proof, the recommendation is to switch to #GtkGrid, since #GtkBox is going to be deprecated in favor of the more flexible grid widget eventually. For more information about migrating to #GtkGrid, see <xref linkend="gtk-migrating-GtkGrid"/>. Creates a new #GtkVBox. a new #GtkVBox. %TRUE if all children are to be given equal space allotments. the number of pixels to place by default between children. Creates a new vertical button box. a new button box #GtkWidget. The VPaned widget is a container widget with two children arranged vertically. The division between the two panes is adjustable by the user by dragging a handle. See #GtkPaned for details. GtkVPaned has been deprecated, use #GtkPaned instead. Create a new #GtkVPaned the new #GtkVPaned The #GtkVScale widget is used to allow the user to select a value using a vertical slider. To create one, use gtk_hscale_new_with_range(). The position to show the current value, and the number of decimal places shown can be set using the parent #GtkScale class's functions. GtkVScale has been deprecated, use #GtkScale instead. Creates a new #GtkVScale. a new #GtkVScale. the #GtkAdjustment which sets the range of the scale. Creates a new vertical scale widget that lets the user input a number between @min and @max (including @min and @max) with the increment @step. @step must be nonzero; it's the distance the slider moves when using the arrow keys to adjust the scale value. Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if @step is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it. a new #GtkVScale minimum value maximum value step increment (tick size) used with keyboard shortcuts The #GtkVScrollbar widget is a widget arranged vertically creating a scrollbar. See #GtkScrollbar for details on scrollbars. #GtkAdjustment pointers may be added to handle the adjustment of the scrollbar or it may be left %NULL in which case one will be created for you. See #GtkScrollbar for a description of what the fields in an adjustment represent for a scrollbar. GtkVScrollbar has been deprecated, use #GtkScrollbar instead. Creates a new vertical scrollbar. the new #GtkVScrollbar the #GtkAdjustment to use, or %NULL to create a new adjustment The #GtkVSeparator widget is a vertical separator, used to group the widgets within a window. It displays a vertical line with a shadow to make it appear sunken into the interface. GtkVSeparator has been deprecated, use #GtkSeparator instead. Creates a new #GtkVSeparator. a new #GtkVSeparator. The #GtkViewport widget acts as an adaptor class, implementing scrollability for child widgets that lack their own scrolling capabilities. Use #GtkViewport to scroll child widgets such as #GtkGrid, #GtkBox, and so on. If a widget has native scrolling abilities, such as #GtkTextView, #GtkTreeView or #GtkIconView, it can be added to a #GtkScrolledWindow with gtk_container_add(). If a widget does not, you must first add the widget to a #GtkViewport, then add the viewport to the scrolled window. gtk_container_add() does this automatically if a child that does not implement #GtkScrollable is added to a #GtkScrolledWindow, so you can ignore the presence of the viewport. The #GtkViewport will start scrolling content only if allocated less than the child widget's minimum size in a given orientation. Creates a new #GtkViewport with the given adjustments, or with default adjustments if none are given. a new #GtkViewport horizontal adjustment vertical adjustment Gets the bin window of the #GtkViewport. a #GdkWindow a #GtkViewport Returns the horizontal adjustment of the viewport. the horizontal adjustment of @viewport. a #GtkViewport. Gets the shadow type of the #GtkViewport. See gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type(). the shadow type a #GtkViewport Returns the vertical adjustment of the viewport. the vertical adjustment of @viewport. a #GtkViewport. Gets the view window of the #GtkViewport. a #GdkWindow a #GtkViewport Sets the horizontal adjustment of the viewport. a #GtkViewport. a #GtkAdjustment. Sets the shadow type of the viewport. a #GtkViewport. the new shadow type. Sets the vertical adjustment of the viewport. a #GtkViewport. a #GtkAdjustment. #GtkVolumeButton is a subclass of #GtkScaleButton that has been tailored for use as a volume control widget with suitable icons, tooltips and accessible labels. Creates a #GtkVolumeButton, with a range between 0.0 and 1.0, with a stepping of 0.02. Volume values can be obtained and modified using the functions from #GtkScaleButton. a new #GtkVolumeButton Whether to use symbolic icons as the icons. Note that if the symbolic icons are not available in your installed theme, then the normal (potentially colorful) icons will be used. GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the widget lifecycle, states and style. <refsect2 id="geometry-management"> <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title> <para> GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height. Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way of five virtual methods: <itemizedlist> <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem> <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem> <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem> <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem> <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem> </itemizedlist> There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing height-for-width and when using it in container implementations. The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel. For example, when queried in the normal %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode: First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width(). Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy, and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the minimum height contextual to that width using gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead). After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children. Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height, depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle. See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's geometry management section</link> to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed by container widgets. If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the allocated size then it must support the request in both #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only trades sizes in a single orientation. For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this case the label must return the height required for its own minimum possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated at least enough space to fit its own content. Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() it will do: <programlisting><![CDATA[ static void foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height) { if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode) { gint min_width; GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL); GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width, min_height, nat_height); } else { ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here. } } ]]></programlisting> And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return the minimum and natural width: <programlisting><![CDATA[ static void foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height, gint *min_width, gint *nat_width) { if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode) { GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width); } else { ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for height calculation here. } } ]]></programlisting> Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this: <example> <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title> <programlisting> GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)-&gt;get_preferred_width (widget), &min, &natural); </programlisting> </example> It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations, then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try to do it. Of course if you are getting the size request for <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs. Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins, #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="style-properties"> <title>Style Properties</title> <para> <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>. This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C. </para> <para> Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property. </para> </refsect2> <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a custom &lt;accelerator&gt; element, which has attributes named key, modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators. </para> <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkButton"> <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> <para> In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a custom &lt;accessible&gt; element, which supports actions and relations. Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>. </para> <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/> <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property> </object> <object class="GtkButton" id="button1"> <accessibility> <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action> <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/> </accessibility> <child internal-child="accessible"> <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1"> <property name="accessible-name">Clickable Button</property> </object> </child> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> <para> Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to be associated with widgets, using the custom &lt;style&gt; element: <example> <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an style class</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkButton" id="button1"> <style> <class name="my-special-button-class"/> <class name="dark-button"/> </style> </object> ]]></programlisting> </example> </para> </refsect2> This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting its properties in one go. For example you might write: <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign", 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to cast the object yourself. a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type type ID of the widget to create name of first property to set Obtains the current default reading direction. See gtk_widget_set_default_direction(). the current default direction. Returns the default style used by all widgets initially. the default style. This #GtkStyle object is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed. Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child(). Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call. A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI builders might want to treat them in a different way. Here is a simple example: |[ gtk_widget_push_composite_child (); scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment); gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar"); gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (); gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window)); g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar); ]| Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction(). the new default direction. This cannot be %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE. Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by @signal_id can currently be activated. This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all its ancestors mapped. %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated. the ID of a signal installed on @widget Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property on @widget. This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties. Also see gtk_container_child_notify(). the name of a child property installed on the class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent Destroys a widget. When a widget is destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects. If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references to the widget with g_object_ref(). In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will be destroyed as well. Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit the event signals on a widget (those signals should never be emitted without using this function to do so). If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function; instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the window. return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled) a #GdkEvent Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an assistive technology. If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined. The documentation of the <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink> library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses. the #AtkObject associated with @widget Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural height. <note><para>This call is specific to width-for-height requests.</para></note> The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified @width. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. the width which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum height, or %NULL location for storing the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural width. <note><para>This call is specific to height-for-width requests.</para></note> The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified @height. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. the height which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum width, or %NULL location for storing the natural width, or %NULL Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. <note><para>#GtkBin widgets generally propagate the preference of their child, container widgets need to request something either in context of their children or in context of their allocation capabilities.</para></note> The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget. Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry; something like #GtkFrame won't work. More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag. The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget will likely fail and cause critical warnings. Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be hidden (invisible to the user). This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of gtk_widget_child_focus(): When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the focus to. When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel. The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones which only have cursor keys but no tab key. Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard navigation. A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces that require entering license keys. %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard navigation attempt in its parent container(s). direction of focus movement This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be mapped if it isn't already. Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal. The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE. %TRUE if the signal has been handled %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be realized and mapped automatically. Realizing a widget requires all the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window when you realize it, bad things will happen. This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be called after the widget is realized automatically, such as #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the #GtkWidget::realize signal. Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the container, instead of individually showing the widgets. Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget, in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen. When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their toplevel container is realized and mapped. Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is a container). This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size and position to their child widgets. In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties. position and size to be allocated to @widget This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped. This function is only useful in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources associated with the widget, such as @widget->window). For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.) this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't activatable, the function returns %FALSE. %TRUE if the widget was activatable a #GtkWidget that's activatable Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated. The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION. Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead. widget to install an accelerator on widget signal to emit on accelerator activation accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel GDK keyval of the accelerator modifier key combination of the accelerator flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details. a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice an event mask, see #GdkEventMask Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details. a #GtkWidget an event mask, see #GdkEventMask Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier. a #GtkWidget a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget Queues a animation frame update and adds a callback to be called before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device or as quickly as the application an be repainted, whichever is slower). For this reason, is most suitable for handling graphics that change every frame or every few frames. The tick callback does not automatically imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a repaint or relayout, and aren't changing widget properties that would trigger that (for example, changing the text of a #GtkLabel), then you will have to call gtk_widget_queue_resize() or gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() yourself. gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() should generally be used for timing continuous animations and gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time() if you are trying to display isolated frames at particular times. This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the #GdkFrameClock::update signal of #GdkFrameClock, since you don't have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget. an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback() a #GtkWidget function to call for updating animations data to pass to @callback function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed. Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by @signal_id can currently be activated. This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all its ancestors mapped. %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated. a #GtkWidget the ID of a signal installed on @widget This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those functions instead. gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior. The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly; if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location. %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget a #GtkWidget direction of focus movement Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property on @widget. This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties. Also see gtk_container_child_notify(). a #GtkWidget the name of a child property installed on the class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type, never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name(). a #GtkWidget location to store the length of the class path, or %NULL location to store the class path as an allocated string, or %NULL location to store the reverse class path as an allocated string, or %NULL Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space when possible. Containers should check this, rather than looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand(). This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible widgets are not expanded. The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set, the widget may expand if some of its children do. whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded the widget expand direction Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context(). the new #PangoContext a #GtkWidget Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget. If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, you need to re-create it when the widget #PangoContext is replaced. This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget. the new #PangoLayout a #GtkWidget text to set on the layout (can be %NULL) Destroys a widget. When a widget is destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects. If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references to the widget with g_object_ref(). In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will be destroyed as well. a #GtkWidget This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer != %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed() as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies of the same dialog. a #GtkWidget address of a variable that contains @widget Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+ device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending events to @widget. This may be used in the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific devices. See gtk_device_grab_add(). %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device by another #GtkWidget than @widget. a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice the source widget. The targets (data formats) in which the source can provide the data. A bitmask of the allowed drag actions for this drag. The button the user clicked to start the drag. The event that triggered the start of the drag. a #GtkWidget X coordinate of start of drag Y coordinate of start of drag current X coordinate current Y coordinate a #GtkWidget that's a drag destination a #GtkWidget that's a drag destination a #GtkWidget that's a drag destination drag destination widget drag context list of droppable targets, or %NULL to use gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list (@widget). a #GtkWidget a #GtkWidget that's a drag destination a #GtkWidget which types of default drag behavior to use a pointer to an array of #GtkTargetEntry<!-- -->s indicating the drop types that this @widget will accept, or %NULL. Later you can access the list with gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list() and gtk_drag_dest_find_target(). the number of entries in @targets a bitmask of possible actions for a drop onto this @widget. a #GtkWidget the window to which to forward drag events the drag protocol which the @proxy_window accepts (You can use gdk_drag_get_protocol() to determine this) If %TRUE, send the same coordinates to the destination, because it is an embedded subwindow. a #GtkWidget that's a drag destination list of droppable targets, or %NULL for none a #GtkWidget that's a drag destination whether to accept all targets a #GtkWidget the widget that will receive the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received signal. the drag context the target (form of the data) to retrieve. a timestamp for retrieving the data. This will generally be the time received in a #GtkWidget::drag-motion" or #GtkWidget::drag-drop" signal. a widget to highlight a #GtkWidget that's is a drag source a #GtkWidget that's is a drag source a #GtkWidget a #GtkWidget the bitmask of buttons that can start the drag the table of targets that the drag will support, may be %NULL the number of items in @targets the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget a #GtkWidget the #GdkPixbuf for the drag icon a #GtkWidget that's a drag source list of draggable targets, or %NULL for none a #GtkWidget a widget to remove the highlight from. Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr. You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side effects. You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function. <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note> the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated. a cairo context to draw to Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style already. a #GtkWidget Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget. If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing. Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment or window manager that is used. a #GtkWidget Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit the event signals on a widget (those signals should never be emitted without using this function to do so). If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function; instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the window. return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled) a #GtkWidget a #GdkEvent Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called on @widget. This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties. a #GtkWidget Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an assistive technology. If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined. The documentation of the <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink> library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses. the #AtkObject associated with @widget a #GtkWidget Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget. This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers for the #GtkWidget::draw function. the height of the @widget the widget to query Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget. This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers for the #GtkWidget::draw function. the width of the @widget the widget to query Retrieves the widget's allocation. Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget. gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is guaranteed to be completely contained within the gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds, but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned. There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself. a #GtkWidget a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example, <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for gtk_widget_get_toplevel(). Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor() considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself. the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found a #GtkWidget ancestor type Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an #GtkWidget::draw handler. See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable() %TRUE if the widget is app paintable a #GtkWidget Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See gtk_widget_set_can_default(). %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See gtk_widget_set_can_focus(). %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()), in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's requisition. This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition, while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition, and only then returns @widget->requisition. Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container implementations have this information; applications should use gtk_widget_size_request(). a #GtkWidget a #GtkRequisition to be filled in Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible(). If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably needs reorganization. This function is only useful for container implementations and never should be called by an application. %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent. a #GtkWidget Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel window. the appropriate clipboard object. If no clipboard already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard object has been created, it is persistent for all time. a #GtkWidget a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the default clipboard. Another common value is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives the primary X selection. Obtains the composite name of a widget. the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no longer needed. a #GtkWidget Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled(). %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it. device event mask for @widget a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See gtk_widget_set_direction(). the reading direction for the widget. a #GtkWidget Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with this widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top. In general, you should only create display specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized. the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget. a #GtkWidget Determines whether the widget is double buffered. See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered() %TRUE if the widget is double buffered a #GtkWidget Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget will receive. event mask for @widget a #GtkWidget Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global "ticker" that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The most common reason to get the frame clock is to call gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), in order to get a time to use for animating. For example you might record the start of the animation with an initial value from gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), and then update the animation by calling gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() again during each repaint. gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will result in a new frame on the clock, but won't necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a widget, you have to use gtk_widget_queue_draw() which invalidates the widget (thus scheduling it to receive a draw on the next frame). gtk_widget_queue_draw() will also end up requesting a frame on the appropriate frame clock. A widget's frame clock will not change while the widget is mapped. Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can change the widget's frame clock. Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock. a #GdkFrameClock (or #NULL if widget is unrealized) a #GtkWidget Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property. the horizontal alignment of @widget a #GtkWidget Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information. current value of has-tooltip on @widget. a #GtkWidget Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See gtk_widget_set_has_window(). %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to expand. Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children, has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to expand, the parent may ask to expand also. This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget wants to expand. whether hexpand flag is set the widget Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends on whether any children of the widget would like to expand. There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here for completeness and consistency. whether hexpand has been explicitly set the widget Whether the widget is mapped. %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkWidget Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property. The bottom margin of @widget a #GtkWidget Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property. The left margin of @widget a #GtkWidget Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property. The right margin of @widget a #GtkWidget Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property. The top margin of @widget a #GtkWidget Returns the modifier mask the @widget's windowing system backend uses for a particular purpose. See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask(). the modifier mask used for @intent. a #GtkWidget the use case for the modifier mask Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect. Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style, thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive. the modifier style for the widget. This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using g_object_ref(). a #GtkWidget Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the significance of widget names. name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed a #GtkWidget Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget. the current value of the "no-show-all" property. a #GtkWidget Fetches the requested opacity for this widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity(). the requested opacity for this widget. a #GtkWidget Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to match any changes to the widget's attributes. This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget. the #PangoContext for the widget. a #GtkWidget Returns the parent container of @widget. the parent container of @widget, or %NULL a #GtkWidget Gets @widget's parent window. the parent window of @widget. a #GtkWidget. Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be created. The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget a #GtkWidget Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates. Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x, @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets. a #GtkWidget return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural height. <note><para>This call is specific to width-for-height requests.</para></note> The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. a #GtkWidget instance location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified @width. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. a #GtkWidget instance the width which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum height, or %NULL location for storing the natural height, or %NULL Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a widget, taking into account the widget's preference for height-for-width management. This is used to retrieve a suitable size by container widgets which do not impose any restrictions on the child placement. It can be used to deduce toplevel window and menu sizes as well as child widgets in free-form containers such as GtkLayout. <note><para>Handle with care. Note that the natural height of a height-for-width widget will generally be a smaller size than the minimum height, since the required height for the natural width is generally smaller than the required height for the minimum width.</para></note> a #GtkWidget instance location for storing the minimum size, or %NULL location for storing the natural size, or %NULL Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural width. <note><para>This call is specific to height-for-width requests.</para></note> The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. a #GtkWidget instance location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified @height. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. a #GtkWidget instance the height which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum width, or %NULL location for storing the natural width, or %NULL Determines whether @widget is realized. %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default. See gtk_widget_set_receives_default(). %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focussed, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. <note><para>#GtkBin widgets generally propagate the preference of their child, container widgets need to request something either in context of their children or in context of their allocation capabilities.</para></note> The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget. a #GtkWidget instance Retrieves the widget's requisition. This function should only be used by widget implementations in order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually changed after some internal state change (so that they can call gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()). Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used. a #GtkWidget a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top. The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only create display specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized. the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget. a #GtkWidget Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with this widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top. In general, you should only create screen specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized. the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget. a #GtkWidget Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()). The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive(). %TRUE if the widget is sensitive a #GtkWidget Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget. Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific to a particular #GdkScreen. the relevant #GtkSettings object a #GtkWidget Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of this function. a #GtkWidget return location for width, or %NULL return location for height, or %NULL Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state(). the state of @widget. a #GtkWidget Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if @widget itself is sensitive. The state flags for widget a #GtkWidget Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style. the widget's #GtkStyle a #GtkWidget Returns the style context associated to @widget. a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and must not be freed. a #GtkWidget Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information. %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware. a #GtkWidget Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget. the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the returned string with g_free() when done. a #GtkWidget Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget. the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the returned string with g_free() when done. a #GtkWidget Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window(). The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. a #GtkWidget This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor(); <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal> would return %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the window was inside a #GtkWindow<!-- -->-derived widget which was in turn inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded inside a #GtkSocket within the same application. To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags is set on the result. |[ GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel)) { /&ast; Perform action on toplevel. &ast;/ } ]| the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself if there's no ancestor. a #GtkWidget Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property. the vertical alignment of @widget a #GtkWidget Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail. whether vexpand flag is set the widget Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail. whether vexpand has been explicitly set the widget Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to take into account whether the widget's parent is also marked as visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead. This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way. See gtk_widget_set_visible(). %TRUE if the widget is visible a #GtkWidget Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget. the visual for @widget a #GtkWidget Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise @widget's window. a #GtkWidget Makes @widget the current grabbed widget. This means that interaction with other widgets in the same application is blocked and mouse as well as keyboard events are delivered to this widget. If @widget is not sensitive, it is not set as the current grabbed widget and this function does nothing. The widget that grabs keyboard and pointer events Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value. The default widget is activated when the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused. a #GtkWidget Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry; something like #GtkFrame won't work. More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag. The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget will likely fail and cause critical warnings. a #GtkWidget Removes the grab from the given widget. You have to pair calls to gtk_grab_add() and gtk_grab_remove(). If @widget does not have the grab, this function does nothing. The widget which gives up the grab Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default(). %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel. %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus. a #GtkWidget Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse). See also gtk_grab_add(). %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack a #GtkWidget Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism. %TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc mechanism, %FALSE otherwise. a #GtkWidget Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel window at the top. %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated with the widget. a #GtkWidget Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information about focus indication. To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use gtk_widget_has_focus(). %TRUE if the widget should display a 'focus rectangle' a #GtkWidget Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be hidden (invisible to the user). a #GtkWidget Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event is received. %TRUE a #GtkWidget Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed. This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing unnecessary work. %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed a #GtkWidget Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information. a #GtkWidget shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by setting their 'action-name' to @prefix.<replaceable>action-name</replaceable>. a #GtkWidget the prefix for actions in @group a #GActionGroup Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only interested in whether there was an intersection. %TRUE if there was an intersection a #GtkWidget a rectangle rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with intermediate containers. %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child, grandchild, great grandchild, etc. a #GtkWidget another #GtkWidget Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is running for @widget's screen. Please note that the semantics of this call will change in the future if used on a widget that has a composited window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()). %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha channel being drawn correctly. a #GtkWidget Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn to if it is mapped and visible. %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.) %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget. a #GtkWidget Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive a #GtkWidget Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget. Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent widget. %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as visible. This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way. See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible() %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible a #GtkWidget This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of gtk_widget_child_focus(): When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the focus to. When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel. The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones which only have cursor keys but no tab key. Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard navigation. A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces that require entering license keys. %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard navigation attempt in its parent container(s). a #GtkWidget direction of focus movement Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect(). The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget, by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure(). a newly allocated #GList of closures widget to list accelerator closures for Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example, gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()). The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the widgets afterwards. the list of mnemonic labels; free this list with g_list_free() when you are done with it. a #GtkWidget This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be mapped if it isn't already. a #GtkWidget Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal. The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE. %TRUE if the signal has been handled a #GtkWidget %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. The base color is the background color used along with the text color (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). <note><para> Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. </para><para> To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting the base color on that. </para></note> a #GtkWidget the state for which to set the base color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_base(). Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). <note><para> Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. </para><para> To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting the background color on that. </para></note> a #GtkWidget the state for which to set the background color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_bg(). Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color style properties. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). a #GtkWidget the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_cursor(). the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_cursor(). Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). a #GtkWidget the state for which to set the foreground color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_fg(). Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). a #GtkWidget the font description to use, or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font() Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file, however, they will be overridden if a style is explicitely set on the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is possible, using this function, to modify some style values and leave the others unchanged. Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(), make your modifications to the returned style, then call gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand, if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative effect with the initial modifications. a #GtkWidget the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). a #GtkWidget the state for which to set the text color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_text(). Sets the background color to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color(). a #GtkWidget the state for which to set the background color the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color() Sets the color to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. <note><para> This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class() and gtk_style_context_add_region(). </para><para> This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme. </para></note> <note><para> Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION priority. </para></note> a #GtkWidget the state for which to set the color the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color() Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color style properties. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type, so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored. a #GtkWidget the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor(). the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor(). Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color(). a #GtkWidget the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font() Sets a symbolic color for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground or background color. a #GtkWidget the name of the symbolic color to modify the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color() Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by periods. The name of a widget comes from gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order, i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name of @widget's outermost ancestor. a #GtkWidget location to store length of the path, or %NULL location to store allocated path string, or %NULL location to store allocated reverse path string, or %NULL Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call this function when setting legacy expand child properties on the child of a container. See gtk_widget_compute_expand(). a #GtkWidget Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the entire area of a widget. a #GtkWidget Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on the region created from the given coordinates. The region here is specified in widget coordinates. Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x, @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets. a #GtkWidget x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw width of region to draw height of region to draw Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have been invalidated. Normally you would only use this function in widget implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof. a #GtkWidget region to draw This function is only for use in widget implementations. Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request. For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text. <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note> a #GtkWidget This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(), except that the widget is not invalidated. a #GtkWidget Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be realized and mapped automatically. Realizing a widget requires all the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window when you realize it, bad things will happen. This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be called after the widget is realized automatically, such as #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the #GtkWidget::realize signal. a #GtkWidget Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to check. A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget and @region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window. a #GtkWidget a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window. Registers a #GdkWindow with the widget and sets it up so that the widget recieves events for it. Call gtk_widget_unregister_window() when destroying the window. Before 3.8 you needed to call gdk_window_set_user_data() directly to set this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_window() instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like transparency might not work perfectly. a #GtkWidget a #GdkWindow Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with gtk_widget_add_accelerator(). whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed widget to install an accelerator on accel group for this widget GDK keyval of the accelerator modifier key combination of the accelerator Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget must have previously been added to the list with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label(). a #GtkWidget a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label(). Removes a tick callback previously registered with gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). a #GtkWidget an id returned by gtk_widget_add_tick_callback() A convenience function that uses the theme settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code. The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed after use with g_object_unref(). a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known a #GtkWidget a stock ID a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes). render detail to pass to theme engine A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed after use with g_object_unref(). a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known a #GtkWidget a stock ID a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes). Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference count issues to avoid destroying the widget. a #GtkWidget a #GtkContainer to move the widget into Reset the styles of @widget and all descendents, so when they are looked up again, they get the correct values for the currently loaded RC file settings. This function is not useful for applications. a #GtkWidget. Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child(). a #GtkWidget Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_draw(). If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region(). To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call with a call to gdk_window_process_updates(). return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled) a #GtkWidget a expose #GdkEvent Sends the focus change @event to @widget This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView. An example of its usage is: |[ GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE); fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE; fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE; fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget); if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL) g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window); gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent); gdk_event_free (event); ]| the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise a #GtkWidget a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path, @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any accelerator group) installed by previous calls to gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().) This function is a low level function that would most likely be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done automatically. Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() provides a somewhat more convenient interface. Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). a #GtkWidget path used to look up the accelerator a #GtkAccelGroup. Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method. The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation(). The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted allocation. a #GtkWidget a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an #GtkWidget::draw handler. This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow, the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background. Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped. a #GtkWidget %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of "default". a #GtkWidget whether or not @widget can be a default widget. Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a widget. a #GtkWidget whether or not @widget can own the input focus. Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show(). The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget is removed from a container. Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container can queue a resize itself. This function is only useful for container implementations and never should be called by an application. a #GtkWidget if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent. Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child(). a #GtkWidget. the name to set Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget and all its children. It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy and enabling the same mask that is has for core events (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns). a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice whether to enable the device Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality, so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets; to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox and receive events on the event box. a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice event mask Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction controls the primary direction for widgets containing text, and also the direction in which the children of a container are packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will let the default reading direction present, except for containers where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification). If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used. a #GtkWidget the new direction Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called automatically around expose events sent to the widget. gdk_window_begin_paint_region() diverts all drawing to a widget's window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics primitives being rendered. In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker, so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing. Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in gdk_window_begin_paint_region()). a #GtkWidget %TRUE to double-buffer a widget Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality, so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets; to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox and receive events on the event box. a #GtkWidget event mask Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:halign property. a #GtkWidget the horizontal alignment Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information. a #GtkWidget whether or not @widget has a tooltip. Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE. This function should only be called by widget implementations, and they should call it in their init() function. a #GtkWidget whether or not @widget has a window. Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to expand. Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra room. By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A container can decide how the expandability of children affects the expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual method on #GtkWidget.). Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the automatic expand behavior. This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand, regardless of children. The override occurs because gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state. the widget whether to expand Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will be used. The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand flag. If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends on whether any children of the widget would like to expand. There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here for completeness and consistency. the widget value for hexpand-set property Marks the widget as being realized. This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's "map" or "unmap" implementation. a #GtkWidget %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped Sets the bottom margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property. a #GtkWidget the bottom margin Sets the left margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property. a #GtkWidget the left margin Sets the right margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property. a #GtkWidget the right margin Sets the top margin of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property. a #GtkWidget the top margin Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext). Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit and represent elements in a selector (period, &num;, &gt;, &ast;...), so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice. a #GtkWidget name for the widget Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget. This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager. a #GtkWidget the new value for the "no-show-all" property Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Opacity values are clamped to the [0,1] range.). This works on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there are some limitations: For toplevel widgets this depends on the capabilities of the windowing system. On X11 this has any effect only on X screens with a compositing manager running. See gtk_widget_is_composited(). On Windows it should work always, although setting a window's opacity after the window has been shown causes it to flicker once on Windows. For child widgets it doesn't work if any affected widget has a native window, or disables double buffering. a #GtkWidget desired opacity, between 0 and 1 This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of #GtkContainer. Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of some details such as updating the state and style of the child to reflect its new location. The opposite function is gtk_widget_unparent(). a #GtkWidget parent container Sets a non default parent window for @widget. For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other widgets. <note><para> For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the window is realized. </para></note> a #GtkWidget. the new parent window. Marks the widget as being realized. This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize" or "unrealize" implementation. a #GtkWidget %TRUE to mark the widget as realized Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default. See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of "default". a #GtkWidget whether or not @widget can be a default widget. Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this setting off will improve performance. Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window, you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating regions newly when the widget increases size. a #GtkWidget if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the new portion of the widget will be redrawn. Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits. a #GtkWidget %TRUE to make the widget sensitive Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be. In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size request. When dealing with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well. Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes, translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be correct. The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly. However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more space than it requested. If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead. The size request set here does not include any margin from the #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget. a #GtkWidget width @widget should request, or -1 to unset height @widget should request, or -1 to unset This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive(). a #GtkWidget new state for @widget This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.). It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE, will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these. a #GtkWidget State flags to turn on Whether to clear state before turning on @flags Used to set the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). Since GTK 3, this function does nothing, the passed in style is ignored. a #GtkWidget a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE, @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize, gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them. a #GtkWidget %TRUE to support input from multiple devices. Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal. See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). a #GtkWidget the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal. See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text(). a #GtkWidget the contents of the tooltip for @widget Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default tooltip window will be used. If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name(). a #GtkWidget a #GtkWindow, or %NULL Sets the vertical alignment of @widget. See the #GtkWidget:valign property. a #GtkWidget the vertical alignment Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail. the widget whether to expand Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will be used. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail. the widget value for vexpand-set property Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see gtk_widget_get_visible(). This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide() but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on some condition. a #GtkWidget whether the widget should be shown or not Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as returned by gtk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary. Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows, so you should call this function before @widget is realized. a #GtkWidget visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the window of its parent widget as returned by gtk_widget_get_parent_window(). Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the widget's init() function. <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note> a #GtkWidget a #GdkWindow Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region() for more information. a #GtkWidget shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the container, instead of individually showing the widgets. Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget, in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen. When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their toplevel container is realized and mapped. a #GtkWidget Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is a container). a #GtkWidget Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful; because the main loop is running, anything can happen during this function. a #GtkWidget This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size and position to their child widgets. In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties. a #GtkWidget position and size to be allocated to @widget This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate(). You can also call this function from an application, with some caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget to be associated with a screen, because font information may be needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind. Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size a widget will actually be allocated. a #GtkWidget a #GtkRequisition to be filled in This function attaches the widget's #GtkStyle to the widget's #GdkWindow. It is a replacement for <programlisting> widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window); </programlisting> and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize" implementation which does not chain up to its parent class' "realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes (finally #GtkWidget) would attach the style itself. a #GtkWidget Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget. a #GtkWidget the name of the first property to get Gets the value of a style property of @widget. a #GtkWidget the name of a style property location to return the property value Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language bindings. a #GtkWidget the name of the first property to get a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and locations to return the property values, starting with the location for @first_property_name. Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify(). This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be emitted. a #GtkWidget Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common toplevel. %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE. a #GtkWidget a #GtkWidget X position relative to @src_widget Y position relative to @src_widget location to store X position relative to @dest_widget location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more information. a #GtkWidget This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped. a #GtkWidget This function is only for use in widget implementations. Should be called by implementations of the remove method on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container. a #GtkWidget This function is only useful in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources associated with the widget, such as @widget->window). a #GtkWidget Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it. a #GtkWidget a #GdkWindow This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.). See gtk_widget_set_state_flags(). a #GtkWidget State flags to turn off Whether the widget is double buffered. Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget. A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine whether it will provide a tooltip or not. Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the property is set to %FALSE again. Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand(). Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set(). Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max margin on any side. Margin on bottom side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. Margin on left side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. Margin on right side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. Margin on top side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. The requested opacity of the widget. See gtk_widget_set_opacity() for more details about window opacity. Before 3.8 this was only availible in GtkWindow Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>. Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler. Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string. Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text(). This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler. How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand(). Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set(). The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise. The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is pressed. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal. The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is released. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal. Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by @signal_id can currently be activated. This signal is present to allow applications and derived widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling for determining whether an accelerator can be activated. %TRUE if the signal can be activated. the ID of a signal installed on @widget The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name. the #GParamSpec of the changed child property The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes. See gdk_screen_is_composited(). The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or stacking of the @widget's window has changed. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered this signal. Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into. The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected drawable was drawn into. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventExpose event The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that it can later be shown again without reconstructing it. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the event which triggered this signal Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget if all references are released. The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed. You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the window at destroy time. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the event which triggered this signal The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction of a widget changes. the previous text direction of @widget The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf(). Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to override what the default handler did. the drag context The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation. the drag context The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and gtk_selection_data_set_text(). the drag context the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data the info that has been registered with the target in the #GtkTargetList the timestamp at which the data was requested The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag. If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this signal is expected to process the received data and then call gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether the data was processed successfully. The handler may inspect the selected action with gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action() before calling gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the following example: |[ void drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget, GdkDragContext *context, gint x, gint y, GtkSelectionData *data, guint info, guint time) { if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8)) { GdkDragAction action; /&ast; handle data here &ast;/ action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context); if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK) { GtkWidget *dialog; gint response; dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL, GTK_DIALOG_MODAL | GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_MESSAGE_INFO, GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO, "Move the data ?\n"); response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES) action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE; else action = GDK_ACTION_COPY; } gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time); } else gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time); } ]| the drag context where the drop happened where the drop happened the received data the info that has been registered with the target in the #GtkTargetList the timestamp at which the data was received The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one or more of the supported targets. whether the cursor position is in a drop zone the drag context the x coordinate of the current cursor position the y coordinate of the current cursor position the timestamp of the motion event The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin. the drag context The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed" animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE. %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled. the drag context the result of the drag operation The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting with gtk_drag_unhighlight() the drag context the timestamp of the motion event The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status(). If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP, #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set() when using the drag-motion signal that way. Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight(). |[ static void drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget, GdkDragContext *context, gint x, gint y, guint time) { GdkAtom target; PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget); if (!private_data->drag_highlight) { private_data->drag_highlight = 1; gtk_drag_highlight (widget); } target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL); if (target == GDK_NONE) gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time); else { private_data->pending_status = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context); gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time); } return TRUE; } static void drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget, GdkDragContext *context, gint x, gint y, GtkSelectionData *selection_data, guint info, guint time) { PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget); if (private_data->suggested_action) { private_data->suggested_action = 0; /&ast; We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion, * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just * supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in * the data. &ast;/ str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data); if (!data_is_acceptable (str)) gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time); else gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time); } else { /&ast; accept the drop &ast;/ } } ]| whether the cursor position is in a drop zone the drag context the x coordinate of the current cursor position the y coordinate of the current cursor position the timestamp of the motion event This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself. The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and gtk_widget_get_allocated_height(). Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save() before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler. The signal handler will get a @cr with a clip region already set to the widget's dirty region, i.e. to the area that needs repainting. Complicated widgets that want to avoid redrawing themselves completely can get the full extents of the clip region with gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle(), or they can get a finer-grained representation of the dirty region with cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list(). %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. % %FALSE to propagate the event further. the cairo context to draw to The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters the @widget's window. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal. The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific, signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g. #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic #GtkWidget::event-after signal. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal. %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of the return value. the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally) the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values. the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus enters the @widget's window. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal. The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus leaves the @widget's window. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal. Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging to @widget gets broken. On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same application grabs the pointer or keyboard again. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventGrabBroken event The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab being removed. A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not its ancestor. %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE if it becomes unshadowed The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa. the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL if the widget was previously unanchored The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal. The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal. Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails. See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details. %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard navigation attempt in its parent container(s). the direction of movement The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves the @widget's window. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal. The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves over the widget's #GdkWindow. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventMotion which triggered this signal. The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent has been set on a widget. the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget just got its initial parent. This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism; by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/> for an example of how to use this signal. %TRUE if a menu was activated The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on the @widget's window has been changed or deleted. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventProperty which triggered this signal. To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal. To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal. Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got focus in keyboard mode. Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and should not be used. The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore destined function calls. %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise. the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has been emitted, relative to @widget's left side the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has been emitted, relative to @widget's top %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard a #GtkTooltip The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the screen of a widget has changed. the previous screen, or %NULL if the widget was not associated with a screen before The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7 range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_SCROLL_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventScroll which triggered this signal. The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when another client requests ownership of the selection owned by the @widget's window. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes. See gtk_widget_get_state(). the previous state The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags(). The previous state flags. The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted. Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal. the previous style, or %NULL if the widget just got its initial style The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted. The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen. To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window is obscured or unobscured. To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventVisibility which triggered this signal. The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the toplevel window associated to the @widget changes. To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further. the #GdkEventWindowState which triggered this signal. position and size to be allocated to @widget the name of a child property installed on the class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget. location to store the minimum height, or %NULL location to store the natural height, or %NULL the height which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum width, or %NULL location for storing the natural width, or %NULL location to store the minimum width, or %NULL location to store the natural width, or %NULL the width which is available for allocation location for storing the minimum height, or %NULL location for storing the natural height, or %NULL %TRUE if the signal has been handled %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard navigation attempt in its parent container(s). direction of focus movement return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled) a #GdkEvent the #AtkObject associated with @widget %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated. the ID of a signal installed on @widget Finds a style property of a widget class by name. the #GParamSpec of the style property or %NULL if @class has no style property with that name. a #GtkWidgetClass the name of the style property to find Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the style property is determined by the value type of @pspec. a #GtkWidgetClass the #GParamSpec for the property Installs a style property on a widget class. a #GtkWidgetClass the #GParamSpec for the style property the parser for the style property Returns all style properties of a widget class. a newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be freed with g_free(). a #GtkWidgetClass location to return the number of style properties found Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value. In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() instead. If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed and the accessible's default role will be used instead. This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets. class to set the accessible role for The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for accessibles of the parent class. This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets. class to set the accessible type for The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class GtkWidgetPath is a boxed type that represents a widget hierarchy from the topmost widget, typically a toplevel, to any child. This widget path abstraction is used in #GtkStyleContext on behalf of the real widget in order to query style information. If you are using GTK+ widgets, you probably will not need to use this API directly, as there is gtk_widget_get_path(), and the style context returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context() will be automatically updated on widget hierarchy changes. The widget path generation is generally simple: <example> <title>Defining a button within a window</title> <programlisting> { GtkWidgetPath *path; path = gtk_widget_path_new (); gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW); gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, GTK_TYPE_BUTTON); } </programlisting> </example> Although more complex information, such as widget names, or different classes (property that may be used by other widget types) and intermediate regions may be included: <example> <title>Defining the first tab widget in a notebook</title> <programlisting> { GtkWidgetPath *path; guint pos; path = gtk_widget_path_new (); pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, GTK_TYPE_NOTEBOOK); gtk_widget_path_iter_add_region (path, pos, "tab", GTK_REGION_EVEN | GTK_REGION_FIRST); pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, GTK_TYPE_LABEL); gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, "first tab label"); } </programlisting> </example> All this information will be used to match the style information that applies to the described widget. Returns an empty widget path. A newly created, empty, #GtkWidgetPath Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or adding the style classes from @widget. the position where the data was inserted a widget path the widget to append to the widget path Appends a widget type to the widget hierarchy represented by @path. the position where the element was inserted a #GtkWidgetPath widget type to append Appends a widget type with all its siblings to the widget hierarchy represented by @path. Using this function instead of gtk_widget_path_append_type() will allow the CSS theming to use sibling matches in selectors and apply :nth-child() pseudo classes. In turn, it requires a lot more care in widget implementations as widgets need to make sure to call gtk_widget_reset_style() on all involved widgets when the @siblings path changes. the position where the element was inserted. the widget path to append to a widget path describing a list of siblings. This path may not contain any siblings itself and it must not be modified afterwards. index into @siblings for where the added element is positioned. Returns a copy of @path a copy of @path a #GtkWidgetPath Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure if the reference count reaches 0. a #GtkWidgetPath Returns the topmost object type, that is, the object type this path is representing. The object type a #GtkWidget Returns %TRUE if any of the parents of the widget represented in @path is of type @type, or any subtype of it. %TRUE if any parent is of type @type a #GtkWidgetPath widget type to check in parents Returns %TRUE if the widget type represented by this path is @type, or a subtype of it. %TRUE if the widget represented by @path is of type @type a #GtkWidgetPath widget type to match Adds the class @name to the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. See gtk_style_context_add_class(). a #GtkWidget position to modify, -1 for the path head a class name Adds the region @name to the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. See gtk_style_context_add_region(). <note><para>Region names must only contain lowercase letters and '-', starting always with a lowercase letter.</para></note> a #GtkWidgetPath position to modify, -1 for the path head region name flags affecting the region Removes all classes from the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. a #GtkWidget position to modify, -1 for the path head Removes all regions from the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. a #GtkWidgetPath position to modify, -1 for the path head Returns the name corresponding to the widget found at the position @pos in the widget hierarchy defined by @path The widget name, or %NULL if none was set. a #GtkWidgetPath position to get the widget name for, -1 for the path head Returns the object #GType that is at position @pos in the widget hierarchy defined in @path. a widget type a #GtkWidgetPath position to get the object type for, -1 for the path head Returns the index into the list of siblings for the element at @pos as returned by gtk_widget_path_iter_get_siblings(). If that function would return %NULL because the element at @pos has no siblings, this function will return 0. 0 or the index into the list of siblings for the element at @pos. a #GtkWidgetPath position to get the sibling index for, -1 for the path head Returns the list of siblings for the element at @pos. If the element was not added with siblings, %NULL is returned. %NULL or the list of siblings for the element at @pos. a #GtkWidgetPath position to get the siblings for, -1 for the path head Returns %TRUE if the widget at position @pos has the class @name defined, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the class @name is defined for the widget at @pos a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head class name Returns %TRUE if the widget at position @pos has the name @name, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head a widget name See gtk_widget_path_iter_has_class(). This is a version that operates with GQuark<!-- -->s. %TRUE if the widget at @pos has the class defined. a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head class name as a #GQuark See gtk_widget_path_iter_has_name(). This is a version that operates on #GQuark<!-- -->s. %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head widget name as a #GQuark See gtk_widget_path_iter_has_region(). This is a version that operates with GQuark<!-- -->s. %TRUE if the widget at @pos has the region defined. a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head region name as a #GQuark return location for the region flags Returns %TRUE if the widget at position @pos has the class @name defined, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the class @name is defined for the widget at @pos a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head region name return location for the region flags Returns a list with all the class names defined for the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. The list of classes, This is a list of strings, the #GSList contents are owned by GTK+, but you should use g_slist_free() to free the list itself. a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head Returns a list with all the region names defined for the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. The list of regions, This is a list of strings, the #GSList contents are owned by GTK+, but you should use g_slist_free() to free the list itself. a #GtkWidgetPath position to query, -1 for the path head Removes the class @name from the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. a #GtkWidgetPath position to modify, -1 for the path head class name Removes the region @name from the widget at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path. a #GtkWidgetPath position to modify, -1 for the path head region name Sets the widget name for the widget found at position @pos in the widget hierarchy defined by @path. a #GtkWidgetPath position to modify, -1 for the path head widget name Sets the object type for a given position in the widget hierarchy defined by @path. a #GtkWidgetPath position to modify, -1 for the path head object type to set Returns the number of #GtkWidget #GTypes between the represented widget and its topmost container. the number of elements in the path a #GtkWidgetPath Prepends a widget type to the widget hierachy represented by @path. a #GtkWidgetPath widget type to prepend Increments the reference count on @path. @path itself. a #GtkWidgetPath Dumps the widget path into a string representation. It tries to match the CSS style as closely as possible (Note that there might be paths that cannot be represented in CSS). The main use of this code is for debugging purposes, so that you can g_print() the path or dump it in a gdb session. A new string describing @path. the path Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure if the reference count reaches 0. a #GtkWidgetPath A GtkWindow is a toplevel window which can contain other widgets. Windows normally have decorations that are under the control of the windowing system and allow the user to manipulate the window (resize it, move it, close it,...). GTK+ also allows windows to have a resize grip (a small area in the lower right or left corner) which can be clicked to reszie the window. To control whether a window has a resize grip, use gtk_window_set_has_resize_grip(). <refsect2 id="GtkWindow-BUILDER-UI"> <title>GtkWindow as GtkBuildable</title> <para> The GtkWindow implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a custom <tag class="starttag">accel-groups</tag> element, which supports any number of <tag class="starttag">group</tag> elements representing the #GtkAccelGroup objects you want to add to your window (synonymous with gtk_window_add_accel_group(). </para> <example> <title>A UI definition fragment with accel groups</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <object class="GtkWindow"> <accel-groups> <group name="accelgroup1"/> </accel-groups> </object> <!-- --> ... <!-- --> <object class="GtkAccelGroup" id="accelgroup1"/> ]]></programlisting> </example> </refsect2> Creates a new #GtkWindow, which is a toplevel window that can contain other widgets. Nearly always, the type of the window should be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL. If you're implementing something like a popup menu from scratch (which is a bad idea, just use #GtkMenu), you might use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP. #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP is not for dialogs, though in some other toolkits dialogs are called "popups". In GTK+, #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP means a pop-up menu or pop-up tooltip. On X11, popup windows are not controlled by the <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>. If you simply want an undecorated window (no window borders), use gtk_window_set_decorated(), don't use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP. a new #GtkWindow. type of window Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_default_icon_list(). The list is a copy and should be freed with g_list_free(), but the pixbufs in the list have not had their reference count incremented. copy of default icon list Returns the fallback icon name for windows that has been set with gtk_window_set_default_icon_name(). The returned string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. It is only valid until the next call to gtk_window_set_default_icon_name(). the fallback icon name for windows Returns a list of all existing toplevel windows. The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the widgets afterwards. list of toplevel widgets By default, after showing the first #GtkWindow, GTK+ calls gdk_notify_startup_complete(). Call this function to disable the automatic startup notification. You might do this if your first window is a splash screen, and you want to delay notification until after your real main window has been shown, for example. In that example, you would disable startup notification temporarily, show your splash screen, then re-enable it so that showing the main window would automatically result in notification. %TRUE to automatically do startup notification Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had gtk_window_set_icon() called on them from a pixbuf. the icon Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a file on disk. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL. %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded. location of icon file Sets an icon list to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them to set up a window-specific icon list. This function allows you to set up the icon for all windows in your app at once. See gtk_window_set_icon_list() for more details. a list of #GdkPixbuf Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a named themed icon, see gtk_window_set_icon_name(). the name of the themed icon If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets it as the focus widget for the window. If @focus is %NULL, unsets the focus widget for this window. To set the focus to a particular widget in the toplevel, it is usually more convenient to use gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function. widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset any focus widget for the toplevel window. Activates the default widget for the window, unless the current focused widget has been configured to receive the default action (see gtk_widget_set_receives_default()), in which case the focused widget is activated. %TRUE if a widget got activated. a #GtkWindow Activates the current focused widget within the window. %TRUE if a widget got activated. a #GtkWindow Activates mnemonics and accelerators for this #GtkWindow. This is normally called by the default ::key_press_event handler for toplevel windows, however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window. %TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated. a #GtkWindow a #GdkEventKey Associate @accel_group with @window, such that calling gtk_accel_groups_activate() on @window will activate accelerators in @accel_group. window to attach accelerator group to a #GtkAccelGroup Adds a mnemonic to this window. a #GtkWindow the mnemonic the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic Starts moving a window. This function is used if an application has window movement grips. When GDK can support it, the window movement will be done using the standard mechanism for the <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link> or windowing system. Otherwise, GDK will try to emulate window movement, potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system. a #GtkWindow mouse button that initiated the drag X position where the user clicked to initiate the drag, in root window coordinates Y position where the user clicked to initiate the drag timestamp from the click event that initiated the drag Starts resizing a window. This function is used if an application has window resizing controls. When GDK can support it, the resize will be done using the standard mechanism for the <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link> or windowing system. Otherwise, GDK will try to emulate window resizing, potentially not all that well, depending on the windowing system. a #GtkWindow position of the resize control mouse button that initiated the drag X position where the user clicked to initiate the drag, in root window coordinates Y position where the user clicked to initiate the drag timestamp from the click event that initiated the drag Asks to deiconify (i.e. unminimize) the specified @window. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely deiconified afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could iconify it again before your code which assumes deiconification gets to run. You can track iconification via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Asks to place @window in the fullscreen state. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely full screen afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could unfullscreen it again, and not all window managers honor requests to fullscreen windows. But normally the window will end up fullscreen. Just don't write code that crashes if not. You can track the fullscreen state via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus(). %TRUE if window should receive the input focus a #GtkWindow Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any). a #GtkApplication, or %NULL a #GtkWindow Fetches the attach widget for this window. See gtk_window_set_attached_to(). the widget where the window is attached, or %NULL if the window is not attached to any widget. a #GtkWindow Returns whether the window has been set to have decorations such as a title bar via gtk_window_set_decorated(). %TRUE if the window has been set to have decorations a #GtkWindow Gets the default size of the window. A value of -1 for the width or height indicates that a default size has not been explicitly set for that dimension, so the "natural" size of the window will be used. a #GtkWindow location to store the default width, or %NULL location to store the default height, or %NULL Returns the default widget for @window. See gtk_window_set_default() for more details. the default widget, or %NULL if there is none. a #GtkWindow Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button via gtk_window_set_deletable(). %TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button a #GtkWindow Returns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient parent. See gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (). %TRUE if the window will be destroyed with its transient parent. a #GtkWindow Retrieves the current focused widget within the window. Note that this is the widget that would have the focus if the toplevel window focused; if the toplevel window is not focused then <literal>gtk_widget_has_focus (widget)</literal> will not be %TRUE for the widget. the currently focused widget, or %NULL if there is none. a #GtkWindow Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_focus_on_map(). %TRUE if window should receive the input focus when mapped. a #GtkWindow Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property. %TRUE if 'focus rectangles' are supposed to be visible in this window. a #GtkWindow Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_gravity(). window gravity a #GtkWindow Returns the group for @window or the default group, if @window is %NULL or if @window does not have an explicit window group. the #GtkWindowGroup for a window or the default group a #GtkWindow, or %NULL Determines whether the window may have a resize grip. %TRUE if the window has a resize grip a #GtkWindow Returns whether the window has requested to have its titlebar hidden when maximized. See gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized (). %TRUE if the window has requested to have its titlebar hidden when maximized a #GtkWindow Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_icon() (or if you've called gtk_window_set_icon_list(), gets the first icon in the icon list). icon for window a #GtkWindow Retrieves the list of icons set by gtk_window_set_icon_list(). The list is copied, but the reference count on each member won't be incremented. copy of window's icon list a #GtkWindow Returns the name of the themed icon for the window, see gtk_window_set_icon_name(). the icon name or %NULL if the window has no themed icon a #GtkWindow Returns the mnemonic modifier for this window. See gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier(). the modifier mask used to activate mnemonics on this window. a #GtkWindow Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property. %TRUE if mnemonics are supposed to be visible in this window. a #GtkWindow Returns whether the window is modal. See gtk_window_set_modal(). %TRUE if the window is set to be modal and establishes a grab when shown a #GtkWindow Fetches the requested opacity for this window. See gtk_window_set_opacity(). the requested opacity for this window. a #GtkWindow This function returns the position you need to pass to gtk_window_move() to keep @window in its current position. This means that the meaning of the returned value varies with window gravity. See gtk_window_move() for more details. If you haven't changed the window gravity, its gravity will be #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST. This means that gtk_window_get_position() gets the position of the top-left corner of the window manager frame for the window. gtk_window_move() sets the position of this same top-left corner. gtk_window_get_position() is not 100% reliable because the X Window System does not specify a way to obtain the geometry of the decorations placed on a window by the window manager. Thus GTK+ is using a "best guess" that works with most window managers. Moreover, nearly all window managers are historically broken with respect to their handling of window gravity. So moving a window to its current position as returned by gtk_window_get_position() tends to result in moving the window slightly. Window managers are slowly getting better over time. If a window has gravity #GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC the window manager frame is not relevant, and thus gtk_window_get_position() will always produce accurate results. However you can't use static gravity to do things like place a window in a corner of the screen, because static gravity ignores the window manager decorations. If you are saving and restoring your application's window positions, you should know that it's impossible for applications to do this without getting it somewhat wrong because applications do not have sufficient knowledge of window manager state. The Correct Mechanism is to support the session management protocol (see the "GnomeClient" object in the GNOME libraries for example) and allow the window manager to save your window sizes and positions. a #GtkWindow return location for X coordinate of gravity-determined reference point, or %NULL return location for Y coordinate of gravity-determined reference point, or %NULL Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_resizable(). %TRUE if the user can resize the window a #GtkWindow If a window has a resize grip, this will retrieve the grip position, width and height into the specified #GdkRectangle. %TRUE if the resize grip's area was retrieved a #GtkWindow a pointer to a #GdkRectangle which we should store the resize grip area Returns the role of the window. See gtk_window_set_role() for further explanation. the role of the window if set, or %NULL. The returned is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkWindow Returns the #GdkScreen associated with @window. a #GdkScreen. a #GtkWindow. Obtains the current size of @window. If @window is not onscreen, it returns the size GTK+ will suggest to the <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link> for the initial window size (but this is not reliably the same as the size the window manager will actually select). The size obtained by gtk_window_get_size() is the last size received in a #GdkEventConfigure, that is, GTK+ uses its locally-stored size, rather than querying the X server for the size. As a result, if you call gtk_window_resize() then immediately call gtk_window_get_size(), the size won't have taken effect yet. After the window manager processes the resize request, GTK+ receives notification that the size has changed via a configure event, and the size of the window gets updated. Note 1: Nearly any use of this function creates a race condition, because the size of the window may change between the time that you get the size and the time that you perform some action assuming that size is the current size. To avoid race conditions, connect to "configure-event" on the window and adjust your size-dependent state to match the size delivered in the #GdkEventConfigure. Note 2: The returned size does <emphasis>not</emphasis> include the size of the window manager decorations (aka the window frame or border). Those are not drawn by GTK+ and GTK+ has no reliable method of determining their size. Note 3: If you are getting a window size in order to position the window onscreen, there may be a better way. The preferred way is to simply set the window's semantic type with gtk_window_set_type_hint(), which allows the window manager to e.g. center dialogs. Also, if you set the transient parent of dialogs with gtk_window_set_transient_for() window managers will often center the dialog over its parent window. It's much preferred to let the window manager handle these things rather than doing it yourself, because all apps will behave consistently and according to user prefs if the window manager handles it. Also, the window manager can take the size of the window decorations/border into account, while your application cannot. In any case, if you insist on application-specified window positioning, there's <emphasis>still</emphasis> a better way than doing it yourself - gtk_window_set_position() will frequently handle the details for you. a #GtkWindow return location for width, or %NULL return location for height, or %NULL Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint(). %TRUE if window shouldn't be in pager a #GtkWindow Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint() %TRUE if window shouldn't be in taskbar a #GtkWindow Retrieves the title of the window. See gtk_window_set_title(). the title of the window, or %NULL if none has been set explicitely. The returned string is owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed. a #GtkWindow Fetches the transient parent for this window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for(). the transient parent for this window, or %NULL if no transient parent has been set. a #GtkWindow Gets the type hint for this window. See gtk_window_set_type_hint(). the type hint for @window. a #GtkWindow Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint() %TRUE if window is urgent a #GtkWindow Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType. the type of the window a #GtkWindow Returns whether @window has an explicit window group. %TRUE if @window has an explicit window group. Since 2.22 a #GtkWindow Returns whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow. For real toplevel windows, this is identical to gtk_window_is_active(), but for embedded windows, like #GtkPlug, the results will differ. %TRUE if the input focus is within this GtkWindow a #GtkWindow Asks to iconify (i.e. minimize) the specified @window. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely iconified afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could deiconify it again, or there may not be a window manager in which case iconification isn't possible, etc. But normally the window will end up iconified. Just don't write code that crashes if not. It's permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be iconified before it ever appears onscreen. You can track iconification via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Returns whether the window is part of the current active toplevel. (That is, the toplevel window receiving keystrokes.) The return value is %TRUE if the window is active toplevel itself, but also if it is, say, a #GtkPlug embedded in the active toplevel. You might use this function if you wanted to draw a widget differently in an active window from a widget in an inactive window. See gtk_window_has_toplevel_focus() %TRUE if the window part of the current active window. a #GtkWindow Asks to maximize @window, so that it becomes full-screen. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely maximized afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could unmaximize it again, and not all window managers support maximization. But normally the window will end up maximized. Just don't write code that crashes if not. It's permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be maximized when it appears onscreen initially. You can track maximization via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Activates the targets associated with the mnemonic. %TRUE if the activation is done. a #GtkWindow the mnemonic the modifiers Asks the <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link> to move @window to the given position. Window managers are free to ignore this; most window managers ignore requests for initial window positions (instead using a user-defined placement algorithm) and honor requests after the window has already been shown. Note: the position is the position of the gravity-determined reference point for the window. The gravity determines two things: first, the location of the reference point in root window coordinates; and second, which point on the window is positioned at the reference point. By default the gravity is #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST, so the reference point is simply the @x, @y supplied to gtk_window_move(). The top-left corner of the window decorations (aka window frame or border) will be placed at @x, @y. Therefore, to position a window at the top left of the screen, you want to use the default gravity (which is #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST) and move the window to 0,0. To position a window at the bottom right corner of the screen, you would set #GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST, which means that the reference point is at @x + the window width and @y + the window height, and the bottom-right corner of the window border will be placed at that reference point. So, to place a window in the bottom right corner you would first set gravity to south east, then write: <literal>gtk_window_move (window, gdk_screen_width () - window_width, gdk_screen_height () - window_height)</literal> (note that this example does not take multi-head scenarios into account). The Extended Window Manager Hints specification at <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec"> http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec</ulink> has a nice table of gravities in the "implementation notes" section. The gtk_window_get_position() documentation may also be relevant. a #GtkWindow X coordinate to move window to Y coordinate to move window to Parses a standard X Window System geometry string - see the manual page for X (type 'man X') for details on this. gtk_window_parse_geometry() does work on all GTK+ ports including Win32 but is primarily intended for an X environment. If either a size or a position can be extracted from the geometry string, gtk_window_parse_geometry() returns %TRUE and calls gtk_window_set_default_size() and/or gtk_window_move() to resize/move the window. If gtk_window_parse_geometry() returns %TRUE, it will also set the #GDK_HINT_USER_POS and/or #GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE hints indicating to the window manager that the size/position of the window was user-specified. This causes most window managers to honor the geometry. Note that for gtk_window_parse_geometry() to work as expected, it has to be called when the window has its "final" size, i.e. after calling gtk_widget_show_all() on the contents and gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() on the window. |[ #include <gtk/gtk.h> static void fill_with_content (GtkWidget *vbox) { /&ast; fill with content... &ast;/ } int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { GtkWidget *window, *vbox; GdkGeometry size_hints = { 100, 50, 0, 0, 100, 50, 10, 10, 0.0, 0.0, GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST }; gtk_init (&argc, &argv); window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); vbox = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, FALSE, 0); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox); fill_with_content (vbox); gtk_widget_show_all (vbox); gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (window), window, &size_hints, GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE | GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE | GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC); if (argc &gt; 1) { if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (window), argv[1])) fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse '%s'\n", argv[1]); } gtk_widget_show_all (window); gtk_main (); return 0; } ]| %TRUE if string was parsed successfully a #GtkWindow geometry string Presents a window to the user. This may mean raising the window in the stacking order, deiconifying it, moving it to the current desktop, and/or giving it the keyboard focus, possibly dependent on the user's platform, window manager, and preferences. If @window is hidden, this function calls gtk_widget_show() as well. This function should be used when the user tries to open a window that's already open. Say for example the preferences dialog is currently open, and the user chooses Preferences from the menu a second time; use gtk_window_present() to move the already-open dialog where the user can see it. If you are calling this function in response to a user interaction, it is preferable to use gtk_window_present_with_time(). a #GtkWindow Presents a window to the user in response to a user interaction. If you need to present a window without a timestamp, use gtk_window_present(). See gtk_window_present() for details. a #GtkWindow the timestamp of the user interaction (typically a button or key press event) which triggered this call Propagate a key press or release event to the focus widget and up the focus container chain until a widget handles @event. This is normally called by the default ::key_press_event and ::key_release_event handlers for toplevel windows, however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window. %TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event. a #GtkWindow a #GdkEventKey Reverses the effects of gtk_window_add_accel_group(). a #GtkWindow a #GtkAccelGroup Removes a mnemonic from this window. a #GtkWindow the mnemonic the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic Hides @window, then reshows it, resetting the default size and position of the window. Used by GUI builders only. a #GtkWindow Resizes the window as if the user had done so, obeying geometry constraints. The default geometry constraint is that windows may not be smaller than their size request; to override this constraint, call gtk_widget_set_size_request() to set the window's request to a smaller value. If gtk_window_resize() is called before showing a window for the first time, it overrides any default size set with gtk_window_set_default_size(). Windows may not be resized smaller than 1 by 1 pixels. a #GtkWindow width in pixels to resize the window to height in pixels to resize the window to Determines whether a resize grip is visible for the specified window. %TRUE if a resize grip exists and is visible a #GtkWindow Like gtk_window_resize(), but @width and @height are interpreted in terms of the base size and increment set with gtk_window_set_geometry_hints. a #GtkWindow width in resize increments to resize the window to height in resize increments to resize the window to Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive the input focus. This function sets this hint. a #GtkWindow %TRUE to let this window receive input focus Sets or unsets the #GtkApplication associated with the window. The application will be kept alive for at least as long as the window is open. a #GtkWindow a #GtkApplication, or %NULL Marks @window as attached to @attach_widget. This creates a logical binding between the window and the widget it belongs to, which is used by GTK+ to propagate information such as styling or accessibility to @window as if it was a children of @attach_widget. Examples of places where specifying this relation is useful are for instance a #GtkMenu created by a #GtkComboBox, a completion popup window created by #GtkEntry or a typeahead search entry created by #GtkTreeView. Note that this function should not be confused with gtk_window_set_transient_for(), which specifies a window manager relation between two toplevels instead. Passing %NULL for @attach_widget detaches the window. a #GtkWindow a #GtkWidget, or %NULL By default, windows are decorated with a title bar, resize controls, etc. Some <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window managers</link> allow GTK+ to disable these decorations, creating a borderless window. If you set the decorated property to %FALSE using this function, GTK+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to decorate the window. Depending on the system, this function may not have any effect when called on a window that is already visible, so you should call it before calling gtk_widget_show(). On Windows, this function always works, since there's no window manager policy involved. a #GtkWindow %TRUE to decorate the window The default widget is the widget that's activated when the user presses Enter in a dialog (for example). This function sets or unsets the default widget for a #GtkWindow about. When setting (rather than unsetting) the default widget it's generally easier to call gtk_widget_grab_focus() on the widget. Before making a widget the default widget, you must call gtk_widget_set_can_default() on the widget you'd like to make the default. a #GtkWindow widget to be the default, or %NULL to unset the default widget for the toplevel. Like gtk_window_set_default_size(), but @width and @height are interpreted in terms of the base size and increment set with gtk_window_set_geometry_hints. a #GtkWindow width in resize increments, or -1 to unset the default width height in resize increments, or -1 to unset the default height Sets the default size of a window. If the window's "natural" size (its size request) is larger than the default, the default will be ignored. More generally, if the default size does not obey the geometry hints for the window (gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be used to set these explicitly), the default size will be clamped to the nearest permitted size. Unlike gtk_widget_set_size_request(), which sets a size request for a widget and thus would keep users from shrinking the window, this function only sets the initial size, just as if the user had resized the window themselves. Users can still shrink the window again as they normally would. Setting a default size of -1 means to use the "natural" default size (the size request of the window). For more control over a window's initial size and how resizing works, investigate gtk_window_set_geometry_hints(). For some uses, gtk_window_resize() is a more appropriate function. gtk_window_resize() changes the current size of the window, rather than the size to be used on initial display. gtk_window_resize() always affects the window itself, not the geometry widget. The default size of a window only affects the first time a window is shown; if a window is hidden and re-shown, it will remember the size it had prior to hiding, rather than using the default size. Windows can't actually be 0x0 in size, they must be at least 1x1, but passing 0 for @width and @height is OK, resulting in a 1x1 default size. a #GtkWindow width in pixels, or -1 to unset the default width height in pixels, or -1 to unset the default height By default, windows have a close button in the window frame. Some <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window managers</link> allow GTK+ to disable this button. If you set the deletable property to %FALSE using this function, GTK+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to show a close button. Depending on the system, this function may not have any effect when called on a window that is already visible, so you should call it before calling gtk_widget_show(). On Windows, this function always works, since there's no window manager policy involved. a #GtkWindow %TRUE to decorate the window as deletable If @setting is %TRUE, then destroying the transient parent of @window will also destroy @window itself. This is useful for dialogs that shouldn't persist beyond the lifetime of the main window they're associated with, for example. a #GtkWindow whether to destroy @window with its transient parent If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets it as the focus widget for the window. If @focus is %NULL, unsets the focus widget for this window. To set the focus to a particular widget in the toplevel, it is usually more convenient to use gtk_widget_grab_focus() instead of this function. a #GtkWindow widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset any focus widget for the toplevel window. Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive the input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this hint. a #GtkWindow %TRUE to let this window receive input focus on map Sets the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property. a #GtkWindow the new value This function sets up hints about how a window can be resized by the user. You can set a minimum and maximum size; allowed resize increments (e.g. for xterm, you can only resize by the size of a character); aspect ratios; and more. See the #GdkGeometry struct. a #GtkWindow widget the geometry hints will be applied to or %NULL struct containing geometry information or %NULL mask indicating which struct fields should be paid attention to Window gravity defines the meaning of coordinates passed to gtk_window_move(). See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for more details. The default window gravity is #GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST which will typically "do what you mean." a #GtkWindow window gravity Sets whether @window has a corner resize grip. Note that the resize grip is only shown if the window is actually resizable and not maximized. Use gtk_window_resize_grip_is_visible() to find out if the resize grip is currently shown. a #GtkWindow %TRUE to allow a resize grip Tells GTK+ whether to drop its extra reference to the window when gtk_widget_destroy() is called. This function is only exported for the benefit of language bindings which may need to keep the window alive until their wrapper object is garbage collected. There is no justification for ever calling this function in an application. a #GtkWindow the new value If @setting is %TRUE, then @window will request that it's titlebar should be hidden when maximized. This is useful for windows that don't convey any information other than the application name in the titlebar, to put the available screen space to better use. If the underlying window system does not support the request, the setting will not have any effect. a #GtkWindow whether to hide the titlebar when @window is maximized Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. This icon is used when the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window frame, or display it in other contexts. The icon should be provided in whatever size it was naturally drawn; that is, don't scale the image before passing it to GTK+. Scaling is postponed until the last minute, when the desired final size is known, to allow best quality. If you have your icon hand-drawn in multiple sizes, use gtk_window_set_icon_list(). Then the best size will be used. This function is equivalent to calling gtk_window_set_icon_list() with a 1-element list. See also gtk_window_set_default_icon_list() to set the icon for all windows in your application in one go. a #GtkWindow icon image, or %NULL Sets the icon for @window. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL. This function is equivalent to calling gtk_window_set_icon() with a pixbuf created by loading the image from @filename. %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded. a #GtkWindow location of icon file Sets up the icon representing a #GtkWindow. The icon is used when the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window frame, or display it in other contexts. gtk_window_set_icon_list() allows you to pass in the same icon in several hand-drawn sizes. The list should contain the natural sizes your icon is available in; that is, don't scale the image before passing it to GTK+. Scaling is postponed until the last minute, when the desired final size is known, to allow best quality. By passing several sizes, you may improve the final image quality of the icon, by reducing or eliminating automatic image scaling. Recommended sizes to provide: 16x16, 32x32, 48x48 at minimum, and larger images (64x64, 128x128) if you have them. See also gtk_window_set_default_icon_list() to set the icon for all windows in your application in one go. Note that transient windows (those who have been set transient for another window using gtk_window_set_transient_for()) will inherit their icon from their transient parent. So there's no need to explicitly set the icon on transient windows. a #GtkWindow list of #GdkPixbuf Sets the icon for the window from a named themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. Note that this has nothing to do with the WM_ICON_NAME property which is mentioned in the ICCCM. a #GtkWindow the name of the themed icon Asks to keep @window above, so that it stays on top. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely above afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could not keep it above, and not all window managers support keeping windows above. But normally the window will end kept above. Just don't write code that crashes if not. It's permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be kept above when it appears onscreen initially. You can track the above state via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. Note that, according to the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink> specification, the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their dialogs. a #GtkWindow whether to keep @window above other windows Asks to keep @window below, so that it stays in bottom. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely below afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could not keep it below, and not all window managers support putting windows below. But normally the window will be kept below. Just don't write code that crashes if not. It's permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which case the window will be kept below when it appears onscreen initially. You can track the below state via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. Note that, according to the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink> specification, the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their dialogs. a #GtkWindow whether to keep @window below other windows Sets the mnemonic modifier for this window. a #GtkWindow the modifier mask used to activate mnemonics on this window. Sets the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property. a #GtkWindow the new value Sets a window modal or non-modal. Modal windows prevent interaction with other windows in the same application. To keep modal dialogs on top of main application windows, use gtk_window_set_transient_for() to make the dialog transient for the parent; most <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window managers</link> will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent. a #GtkWindow whether the window is modal Request the windowing system to make @window partially transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Values of the opacity parameter are clamped to the [0,1] range.) On X11 this has any effect only on X screens with a compositing manager running. See gtk_widget_is_composited(). On Windows it should work always. Note that setting a window's opacity after the window has been shown causes it to flicker once on Windows. a #GtkWindow desired opacity, between 0 and 1 Sets a position constraint for this window. If the old or new constraint is %GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS, this will also cause the window to be repositioned to satisfy the new constraint. a #GtkWindow. a position constraint. Sets whether the user can resize a window. Windows are user resizable by default. a #GtkWindow %TRUE if the user can resize this window This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets. In combination with the window title, the window role allows a <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link> to identify "the same" window when an application is restarted. So for example you might set the "toolbox" role on your app's toolbox window, so that when the user restarts their session, the window manager can put the toolbox back in the same place. If a window already has a unique title, you don't need to set the role, since the WM can use the title to identify the window when restoring the session. a #GtkWindow unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session Sets the #GdkScreen where the @window is displayed; if the window is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and then remapped on the new screen. a #GtkWindow. a #GdkScreen. Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display the window in the pager. This function sets this hint. (A "pager" is any desktop navigation tool such as a workspace switcher that displays a thumbnail representation of the windows on the screen.) a #GtkWindow %TRUE to keep this window from appearing in the pager Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint. a #GtkWindow %TRUE to keep this window from appearing in the task bar Startup notification identifiers are used by desktop environment to track application startup, to provide user feedback and other features. This function changes the corresponding property on the underlying GdkWindow. Normally, startup identifier is managed automatically and you should only use this function in special cases like transferring focus from other processes. You should use this function before calling gtk_window_present() or any equivalent function generating a window map event. This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets. a #GtkWindow a string with startup-notification identifier Sets the title of the #GtkWindow. The title of a window will be displayed in its title bar; on the X Window System, the title bar is rendered by the <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>, so exactly how the title appears to users may vary according to a user's exact configuration. The title should help a user distinguish this window from other windows they may have open. A good title might include the application name and current document filename, for example. a #GtkWindow title of the window Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application window they were spawned from. This allows <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window managers</link> to e.g. keep the dialog on top of the main window, or center the dialog over the main window. gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() and other convenience functions in GTK+ will sometimes call gtk_window_set_transient_for() on your behalf. Passing %NULL for @parent unsets the current transient window. On Windows, this function puts the child window on top of the parent, much as the window manager would have done on X. a #GtkWindow parent window, or %NULL By setting the type hint for the window, you allow the window manager to decorate and handle the window in a way which is suitable to the function of the window in your application. This function should be called before the window becomes visible. gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons() and other convenience functions in GTK+ will sometimes call gtk_window_set_type_hint() on your behalf. a #GtkWindow the window type Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint. a #GtkWindow %TRUE to mark this window as urgent Don't use this function. It sets the X Window System "class" and "name" hints for a window. According to the ICCCM, you should always set these to the same value for all windows in an application, and GTK+ sets them to that value by default, so calling this function is sort of pointless. However, you may want to call gtk_window_set_role() on each window in your application, for the benefit of the session manager. Setting the role allows the window manager to restore window positions when loading a saved session. a #GtkWindow window name hint window class hint Asks to stick @window, which means that it will appear on all user desktops. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely stuck afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could unstick it again, and some window managers do not support sticking windows. But normally the window will end up stuck. Just don't write code that crashes if not. It's permitted to call this function before showing a window. You can track stickiness via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Asks to toggle off the fullscreen state for @window. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely not full screen afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could fullscreen it again, and not all window managers honor requests to unfullscreen windows. But normally the window will end up restored to its normal state. Just don't write code that crashes if not. You can track the fullscreen state via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Asks to unmaximize @window. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely unmaximized afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could maximize it again, and not all window managers honor requests to unmaximize. But normally the window will end up unmaximized. Just don't write code that crashes if not. You can track maximization via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Asks to unstick @window, which means that it will appear on only one of the user's desktops. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely unstuck afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or <link linkend="gtk-X11-arch">window manager</link>) could stick it again. But normally the window will end up stuck. Just don't write code that crashes if not. You can track stickiness via the "window-state-event" signal on #GtkWidget. a #GtkWindow Whether the window should receive the input focus. The #GtkApplication associated with the window. The application will be kept alive for at least as long as it has any windows associated with it (see g_application_hold() for a way to keep it alive without windows). Normally, the connection between the application and the window will remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly remove it by setting the ::application property to %NULL. The widget to which this window is attached. See gtk_window_set_attached_to(). Examples of places where specifying this relation is useful are for instance a #GtkMenu created by a #GtkComboBox, a completion popup window created by #GtkEntry or a typeahead search entry created by #GtkTreeView. Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager. Whether the window frame should have a close button. Whether the window should receive the input focus when mapped. Whether 'focus rectangles' are currently visible in this window. This property is maintained by GTK+ based on the #GtkSettings:gtk-visible-focus setting and user input and should not be set by applications. The window gravity of the window. See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for more details about window gravity. Whether the window has a corner resize grip. Note that the resize grip is only shown if the window is actually resizable and not maximized. Use #GtkWindow:resize-grip-visible to find out if the resize grip is currently shown. Whether the titlebar should be hidden during maximization. The :icon-name property specifies the name of the themed icon to use as the window icon. See #GtkIconTheme for more details. Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window. This property is maintained by GTK+ based on the #GtkSettings:gtk-auto-mnemonics setting and user input, and should not be set by applications. Whether a corner resize grip is currently shown. The :startup-id is a write-only property for setting window's startup notification identifier. See gtk_window_set_startup_id() for more details. The transient parent of the window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for() for more details about transient windows. The ::activate-default signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user activates the default widget of @window. The ::activate-focus signal is a <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link> which gets emitted when the user activates the currently focused widget of @window. The ::keys-changed signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators or mnemonics that are associated with @window changes. widget to be the new focus widget, or %NULL to unset any focus widget for the toplevel window. #GtkWindowGroup objects are referenced by each window in the group, so once you have added all windows to a #GtkWindowGroup, you can drop the initial reference to the window group with g_object_unref(). If the windows in the window group are subsequently destroyed, then they will be removed from the window group and drop their references on the window group; when all window have been removed, the window group will be freed. Creates a new #GtkWindowGroup object. Grabs added with gtk_grab_add() only affect windows within the same #GtkWindowGroup. a new #GtkWindowGroup. Adds a window to a #GtkWindowGroup. a #GtkWindowGroup the #GtkWindow to add Returns the current grab widget for @device, or %NULL if none. The grab widget, or %NULL a #GtkWindowGroup a #GdkDevice Gets the current grab widget of the given group, see gtk_grab_add(). the current grab widget of the group a #GtkWindowGroup Returns a list of the #GtkWindows that belong to @window_group. A newly-allocated list of windows inside the group. a #GtkWindowGroup Removes a window from a #GtkWindowGroup. a #GtkWindowGroup the #GtkWindow to remove Window placement can be influenced using this enumeration. Note that using #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS is almost always a bad idea. It won't necessarily work well with all window managers or on all windowing systems. No influence is made on placement. Windows should be placed in the center of the screen. Windows should be placed at the current mouse position. Keep window centered as it changes size, etc. Center the window on its transient parent (see gtk_window_set_transient_for()). A #GtkWindow can be one of these types. Most things you'd consider a "window" should have type #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL; windows with this type are managed by the window manager and have a frame by default (call gtk_window_set_decorated() to toggle the frame). Windows with type #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP are ignored by the window manager; window manager keybindings won't work on them, the window manager won't decorate the window with a frame, many GTK+ features that rely on the window manager will not work (e.g. resize grips and maximization/minimization). #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP is used to implement widgets such as #GtkMenu or tooltips that you normally don't think of as windows per se. Nearly all windows should be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL. In particular, do not use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP just to turn off the window borders; use gtk_window_set_decorated() for that. A regular window, such as a dialog. A special window such as a tooltip. Describes a type of line wrapping. do not wrap lines; just make the text area wider wrap text, breaking lines anywhere the cursor can appear (between characters, usually - if you want to be technical, between graphemes, see pango_get_log_attrs()) wrap text, breaking lines in between words wrap text, breaking lines in between words, or if that is not enough, also between graphemes Finds the first accelerator in any #GtkAccelGroup attached to @object that matches @accel_key and @accel_mods, and activates that accelerator. %TRUE if an accelerator was activated and handled this keypress the #GObject, usually a #GtkWindow, on which to activate the accelerator accelerator keyval from a key event keyboard state mask from a key event Gets a list of all accel groups which are attached to @object. a list of all accel groups which are attached to @object a #GObject, usually a #GtkWindow Gets the value set by gtk_accelerator_set_default_mod_mask(). the default accelerator modifier mask Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string which can be used to represent the accelerator to the user. a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator. accelerator keyval accelerator modifier mask Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a (possibly translated) string that can be displayed to a user, similarly to gtk_accelerator_get_label(), but handling keycodes. This is only useful for system-level components, applications should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead. a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator. a #GdkDisplay or %NULL to use the default display accelerator keyval accelerator keycode accelerator modifier mask Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string parseable by gtk_accelerator_parse(). For example, if you pass in #GDK_KEY_q and #GDK_CONTROL_MASK, this function returns "&lt;Control&gt;q". If you need to display accelerators in the user interface, see gtk_accelerator_get_label(). a newly-allocated accelerator name accelerator keyval accelerator modifier mask Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string parseable by gtk_accelerator_parse_full(), similarly to gtk_accelerator_name() but handling keycodes. This is only useful for system-level components, applications should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead. a newly allocated accelerator name. a #GdkDisplay or %NULL to use the default display accelerator keyval accelerator keycode accelerator modifier mask Parses a string representing an accelerator. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1" or "&lt;Release&gt;z" (the last one is for key release). The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". Key names are parsed using gdk_keyval_from_name(). For character keys the name is not the symbol, but the lowercase name, e.g. one would use "&lt;Ctrl&gt;minus" instead of "&lt;Ctrl&gt;-". If the parse fails, @accelerator_key and @accelerator_mods will be set to 0 (zero). string representing an accelerator return location for accelerator keyval, or %NULL return location for accelerator modifier mask, %NULL Parses a string representing an accelerator, similarly to gtk_accelerator_parse() but handles keycodes as well. This is only useful for system-level components, applications should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead. If a keycode is present in the accelerator and no @accelerator_codes is given, the parse will fail. If the parse fails, @accelerator_key, @accelerator_mods and @accelerator_codes will be set to 0 (zero). string representing an accelerator return location for accelerator keyval, or %NULL return location for accelerator keycodes, or %NULL return location for accelerator modifier mask, %NULL Sets the modifiers that will be considered significant for keyboard accelerators. The default mod mask is #GDK_CONTROL_MASK | #GDK_SHIFT_MASK | #GDK_MOD1_MASK | #GDK_SUPER_MASK | #GDK_HYPER_MASK | #GDK_META_MASK, that is, Control, Shift, Alt, Super, Hyper and Meta. Other modifiers will by default be ignored by #GtkAccelGroup. You must include at least the three modifiers Control, Shift and Alt in any value you pass to this function. The default mod mask should be changed on application startup, before using any accelerator groups. accelerator modifier mask Determines whether a given keyval and modifier mask constitute a valid keyboard accelerator. For example, the #GDK_KEY_a keyval plus #GDK_CONTROL_MASK is valid - this is a "Ctrl+a" accelerator. But, you can't, for instance, use the #GDK_KEY_Control_L keyval as an accelerator. %TRUE if the accelerator is valid a GDK keyval modifier mask Returns %TRUE if dialogs are expected to use an alternative button order on the screen @screen. See gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order() for more details about alternative button order. If you need to use this function, you should probably connect to the ::notify:gtk-alternative-button-order signal on the #GtkSettings object associated to @screen, in order to be notified if the button order setting changes. Whether the alternative button order should be used a #GdkScreen, or %NULL to use the default screen Parses a signal description from @signal_desc and incorporates it into @binding_set. Signal descriptions may either bind a key combination to one or more signals: <informalexample><programlisting> bind "key" { "signalname" (param, ...) ... } </programlisting></informalexample> Or they may also unbind a key combination: <informalexample><programlisting> unbind "key" </programlisting></informalexample> Key combinations must be in a format that can be parsed by gtk_accelerator_parse(). %G_TOKEN_NONE if the signal was successfully parsed and added, the expected token otherwise a #GtkBindingSet a signal description Override or install a new key binding for @keyval with @modifiers on @binding_set. a #GtkBindingSet to add a signal to key value key modifier signal name to be bound list of #GtkBindingArg signal arguments Remove a binding previously installed via gtk_binding_entry_add_signal() on @binding_set. a #GtkBindingSet to remove an entry of key value of binding to remove key modifier of binding to remove Install a binding on @binding_set which causes key lookups to be aborted, to prevent bindings from lower priority sets to be activated. a #GtkBindingSet to skip an entry of key value of binding to skip key modifier of binding to skip This function returns the binding set named after the type name of the passed in class structure. New binding sets are created on demand by this function. the binding set corresponding to @object_class a valid #GObject class Find a binding set by its globally unique name. The @set_name can either be a name used for gtk_binding_set_new() or the type name of a class used in gtk_binding_set_by_class(). %NULL or the specified binding set unique binding set name GTK+ maintains a global list of binding sets. Each binding set has a unique name which needs to be specified upon creation. new binding set unique name of this binding set Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers and activate the binding on @object. %TRUE if a binding was found and activated object to activate when binding found key value of the binding key modifier of the binding Looks up key bindings for @object to find one matching @event, and if one was found, activate it. %TRUE if a matching key binding was found a #GObject (generally must be a widget) a #GdkEventKey This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw implementations for widgets that support multiple windows. @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function. This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn. %TRUE if @window should be drawn a cairo context the window to check. @window may not be an input-only window. Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative coordinates to @window-relative coordinates. If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no modification will be applied. This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3. the cairo context to transform the widget the context is currently centered for the window to transform the context to Checks that the GTK+ library in use is compatible with the given version. Generally you would pass in the constants #GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, #GTK_MINOR_VERSION, #GTK_MICRO_VERSION as the three arguments to this function; that produces a check that the library in use is compatible with the version of GTK+ the application or module was compiled against. Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version of the running library is newer than the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro. Second the running library must be binary compatible with the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro (same major version.) This function is primarily for GTK+ modules; the module can call this function to check that it wasn't loaded into an incompatible version of GTK+. However, such a check isn't completely reliable, since the module may be linked against an old version of GTK+ and calling the old version of gtk_check_version(), but still get loaded into an application using a newer version of GTK+. %NULL if the GTK+ library is compatible with the given version, or a string describing the version mismatch. The returned string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed. the required major version the required minor version the required micro version Adds a GTK+ grab on @device, so all the events on @device and its associated pointer or keyboard (if any) are delivered to @widget. If the @block_others parameter is %TRUE, any other devices will be unable to interact with @widget during the grab. a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice to grab on. %TRUE to prevent other devices to interact with @widget. Removes a device grab from the given widget. You have to pair calls to gtk_device_grab_add() and gtk_device_grab_remove(). a #GtkWidget a #GdkDevice Prevents gtk_init(), gtk_init_check(), gtk_init_with_args() and gtk_parse_args() from automatically calling <literal>setlocale (LC_ALL, "")</literal>. You would want to use this function if you wanted to set the locale for your program to something other than the user's locale, or if you wanted to set different values for different locale categories. Most programs should not need to call this function. Distributes @extra_space to child @sizes by bringing smaller children up to natural size first. The remaining space will be added to the @minimum_size member of the GtkRequestedSize struct. If all sizes reach their natural size then the remaining space is returned. The remainder of @extra_space after redistributing space to @sizes. Extra space to redistribute among children after subtracting minimum sizes and any child padding from the overall allocation Number of requests to fit into the allocation An array of structs with a client pointer and a minimum/natural size in the orientation of the allocation. the drag context. a flag indicating whether the drop was successful a flag indicating whether the source should delete the original data. (This should be %TRUE for a move) the timestamp from the #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal. a (destination side) drag context Sets the icon for a particular drag to the default icon. the context for a drag. (This must be called with a context for the source side of a drag) Sets the icon for a given drag from a named themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. Note that the size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is loaded at the symbolic size #GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus @hot_x and @hot_y have to be used with care. the context for a drag. (This must be called with a context for the source side of a drag) name of icon to use the X offset of the hotspot within the icon the Y offset of the hotspot within the icon Sets @pixbuf as the icon for a given drag. the context for a drag. (This must be called with a context for the source side of a drag) the #GdkPixbuf to use as the drag icon. the X offset within @widget of the hotspot. the Y offset within @widget of the hotspot. Sets the icon for a given drag from a stock ID. the context for a drag. (This must be called with a context for the source side of a drag) the ID of the stock icon to use for the drag. the X offset within the icon of the hotspot. the Y offset within the icon of the hotspot. Sets @surface as the icon for a given drag. GTK+ retains references for the arguments, and will release them when they are no longer needed. To position the surface relative to the mouse, use cairo_surface_set_device_offset() on @surface. The mouse cursor will be positioned at the (0,0) coordinate of the surface. the context for a drag. (This must be called with a context for the source side of a drag) the surface to use as icon Changes the icon for a widget to a given widget. GTK+ will not destroy the icon, so if you don't want it to persist, you should connect to the "drag-end" signal and destroy it yourself. the context for a drag. (This must be called with a context for the source side of a drag) a toplevel window to use as an icon. the X offset within @widget of the hotspot. the Y offset within @widget of the hotspot. Add the text targets supported by #GtkSelection to the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and gtk_drag_source_set_target_list(). a #GtkWidget that's is a drag source Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. a #GtkWidget name of icon to use Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a stock icon. a #GtkWidget the ID of the stock icon to use Draws a text caret on @cr at @location. This is not a style function but merely a convenience function for drawing the standard cursor shape. a #GtkWidget cairo context to draw to location where to draw the cursor (@location->width is ignored) if the cursor should be the primary cursor color. whether the cursor is left-to-right or right-to-left. Should never be #GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE %TRUE to draw a directional arrow on the cursor. Should be %FALSE unless the cursor is split. Checks if any events are pending. This can be used to update the UI and invoke timeouts etc. while doing some time intensive computation. <example> <title>Updating the UI during a long computation</title> <programlisting> /&ast; computation going on... &ast;/ while (gtk_events_pending ()) gtk_main_iteration (); /&ast; ...computation continued &ast;/ </programlisting> </example> %TRUE if any events are pending, %FALSE otherwise Analogical to gtk_true(), this function does nothing but always returns %FALSE. %FALSE Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary. The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors. Returns the binary age as passed to <application>libtool</application> when building the GTK+ library the process is running against. If <application>libtool</application> means nothing to you, don't worry about it. the binary age of the GTK+ library Obtains a copy of the event currently being processed by GTK+. For example, if you are handling a #GtkButton::clicked signal, the current event will be the #GdkEventButton that triggered the ::clicked signal. a copy of the current event, or %NULL if there is no current event. The returned event must be freed with gdk_event_free(). If there is a current event and it has a device, return that device, otherwise return %NULL. a #GdkDevice, or %NULL If there is a current event and it has a state field, place that state field in @state and return %TRUE, otherwise return %FALSE. %TRUE if there was a current event and it had a state field a location to store the state of the current event If there is a current event and it has a timestamp, return that timestamp, otherwise return %GDK_CURRENT_TIME. the timestamp from the current event, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME. Returns the GTK+ debug flags. This function is intended for GTK+ modules that want to adjust their debug output based on GTK+ debug flags. the GTK+ debug flags. Returns the #PangoLanguage for the default language currently in effect. (Note that this can change over the life of an application.) The default language is derived from the current locale. It determines, for example, whether GTK+ uses the right-to-left or left-to-right text direction. This function is equivalent to pango_language_get_default(). See that function for details. the default language as a #PangoLanguage, must not be freed If @event is %NULL or the event was not associated with any widget, returns %NULL, otherwise returns the widget that received the event originally. the widget that originally received @event, or %NULL a #GdkEvent Returns the interface age as passed to <application>libtool</application> when building the GTK+ library the process is running against. If <application>libtool</application> means nothing to you, don't worry about it. the interface age of the GTK+ library Returns the major version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+ version 3.1.5 this is 3.) This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library your code is running against. Contrast with the #GTK_MAJOR_VERSION macro, which represents the major version of the GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code. the major version number of the GTK+ library Returns the micro version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+ version 3.1.5 this is 5.) This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library your code is are running against. Contrast with the #GTK_MICRO_VERSION macro, which represents the micro version of the GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code. the micro version number of the GTK+ library Returns the minor version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+ version 3.1.5 this is 1.) This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library your code is are running against. Contrast with the #GTK_MINOR_VERSION macro, which represents the minor version of the GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code. the minor version number of the GTK+ library Returns a #GOptionGroup for the commandline arguments recognized by GTK+ and GDK. You should add this group to your #GOptionContext with g_option_context_add_group(), if you are using g_option_context_parse() to parse your commandline arguments. a #GOptionGroup for the commandline arguments recognized by GTK+ whether to open the default display when parsing the commandline arguments Queries the current grab of the default window group. The widget which currently has the grab or %NULL if no grab is active Looks up the icon size associated with @name. the icon size the name to look up. Gets the canonical name of the given icon size. The returned string is statically allocated and should not be freed. the name of the given icon size. a #GtkIconSize. Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size, possibly modified by user preferences for the default #GtkSettings. (See gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings().) Normally @size would be #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function isn't normally needed, gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() is the usual way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing the usual size. %TRUE if @size was a valid size an icon size location to store icon width location to store icon height Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size, possibly modified by user preferences for a particular #GtkSettings. Normally @size would be #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function isn't normally needed, gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() is the usual way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing the usual size. %TRUE if @size was a valid size a #GtkSettings object, used to determine which set of user preferences to used. an icon size location to store icon width location to store icon height Registers a new icon size, along the same lines as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, etc. Returns the integer value for the size. integer value representing the size name of the icon size the icon width the icon height Registers @alias as another name for @target. So calling gtk_icon_size_from_name() with @alias as argument will return @target. an alias for @target an existing icon size Call this function before using any other GTK+ functions in your GUI applications. It will initialize everything needed to operate the toolkit and parses some standard command line options. Although you are expected to pass the @argc, @argv parameters from main() to this function, it is possible to pass %NULL if @argv is not available or commandline handling is not required. @argc and @argv are adjusted accordingly so your own code will never see those standard arguments. Note that there are some alternative ways to initialize GTK+: if you are calling gtk_parse_args(), gtk_init_check(), gtk_init_with_args() or g_option_context_parse() with the option group returned by gtk_get_option_group(), you <emphasis>don't</emphasis> have to call gtk_init(). <note><para> This function will terminate your program if it was unable to initialize the windowing system for some reason. If you want your program to fall back to a textual interface you want to call gtk_init_check() instead. </para></note> <note><para> Since 2.18, GTK+ calls <literal>signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN)</literal> during initialization, to ignore SIGPIPE signals, since these are almost never wanted in graphical applications. If you do need to handle SIGPIPE for some reason, reset the handler after gtk_init(), but notice that other libraries (e.g. libdbus or gvfs) might do similar things. </para></note> Address of the <parameter>argc</parameter> parameter of your main() function (or 0 if @argv is %NULL). This will be changed if any arguments were handled. Address of the <parameter>argv</parameter> parameter of main(), or %NULL. Any options understood by GTK+ are stripped before return. This function does the same work as gtk_init() with only a single change: It does not terminate the program if the windowing system can't be initialized. Instead it returns %FALSE on failure. This way the application can fall back to some other means of communication with the user - for example a curses or command line interface. %TRUE if the windowing system has been successfully initialized, %FALSE otherwise Address of the <parameter>argc</parameter> parameter of your main() function (or 0 if @argv is %NULL). This will be changed if any arguments were handled. Address of the <parameter>argv</parameter> parameter of main(), or %NULL. Any options understood by GTK+ are stripped before return. This function does the same work as gtk_init_check(). Additionally, it allows you to add your own commandline options, and it automatically generates nicely formatted <option>--help</option> output. Note that your program will be terminated after writing out the help output. %TRUE if the windowing system has been successfully initialized, %FALSE otherwise Address of the <parameter>argc</parameter> parameter of your main() function (or 0 if @argv is %NULL). This will be changed if any arguments were handled. Address of the <parameter>argv</parameter> parameter of main(), or %NULL. Any options understood by GTK+ are stripped before return. a string which is displayed in the first line of <option>--help</option> output, after <literal><replaceable>programname</replaceable> [OPTION...]</literal> a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntrys describing the options of your program a translation domain to use for translating the <option>--help</option> output for the options in @entries and the @parameter_string with gettext(), or %NULL Installs a key snooper function, which will get called on all key events before delivering them normally. a unique id for this key snooper for use with gtk_key_snooper_remove(). a #GtkKeySnoopFunc data to pass to @snooper Removes the key snooper function with the given id. Identifies the key snooper to remove Runs the main loop until gtk_main_quit() is called. You can nest calls to gtk_main(). In that case gtk_main_quit() will make the innermost invocation of the main loop return. Processes a single GDK event. This is public only to allow filtering of events between GDK and GTK+. You will not usually need to call this function directly. While you should not call this function directly, you might want to know how exactly events are handled. So here is what this function does with the event: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Compress enter/leave notify events. If the event passed build an enter/leave pair together with the next event (peeked from GDK), both events are thrown away. This is to avoid a backlog of (de-)highlighting widgets crossed by the pointer. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Find the widget which got the event. If the widget can't be determined the event is thrown away unless it belongs to a INCR transaction. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Then the event is pushed onto a stack so you can query the currently handled event with gtk_get_current_event(). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The event is sent to a widget. If a grab is active all events for widgets that are not in the contained in the grab widget are sent to the latter with a few exceptions: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Deletion and destruction events are still sent to the event widget for obvious reasons. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Events which directly relate to the visual representation of the event widget. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Leave events are delivered to the event widget if there was an enter event delivered to it before without the paired leave event. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Drag events are not redirected because it is unclear what the semantics of that would be. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Another point of interest might be that all key events are first passed through the key snooper functions if there are any. Read the description of gtk_key_snooper_install() if you need this feature. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> After finishing the delivery the event is popped from the event stack. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> An event to process (normally passed by GDK) Runs a single iteration of the mainloop. If no events are waiting to be processed GTK+ will block until the next event is noticed. If you don't want to block look at gtk_main_iteration_do() or check if any events are pending with gtk_events_pending() first. %TRUE if gtk_main_quit() has been called for the innermost mainloop Runs a single iteration of the mainloop. If no events are available either return or block depending on the value of @blocking. %TRUE if gtk_main_quit() has been called for the innermost mainloop %TRUE if you want GTK+ to block if no events are pending Asks for the current nesting level of the main loop. the nesting level of the current invocation of the main loop Makes the innermost invocation of the main loop return when it regains control. Draws an arrow in the given rectangle on @cr using the given parameters. @arrow_type determines the direction of the arrow. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail the type of arrow to draw %TRUE if the arrow tip should be filled x origin of the rectangle to draw the arrow in y origin of the rectangle to draw the arrow in width of the rectangle to draw the arrow in height of the rectangle to draw the arrow in Draws a box on @cr with the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the box y origin of the box the width of the box the height of the box Draws a box in @cr using the given style and state and shadow type, leaving a gap in one side. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the rectangle y origin of the rectangle width of the rectangle width of the rectangle side in which to leave the gap starting position of the gap width of the gap Draws a check button indicator in the given rectangle on @cr with the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the rectangle to draw the check in y origin of the rectangle to draw the check in the width of the rectangle to draw the check in the height of the rectangle to draw the check in Draws a diamond in the given rectangle on @window using the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the rectangle to draw the diamond in y origin of the rectangle to draw the diamond in width of the rectangle to draw the diamond in height of the rectangle to draw the diamond in Draws an expander as used in #GtkTreeView. @x and @y specify the center the expander. The size of the expander is determined by the "expander-size" style property of @widget. (If widget is not specified or doesn't have an "expander-size" property, an unspecified default size will be used, since the caller doesn't have sufficient information to position the expander, this is likely not useful.) The expander is expander_size pixels tall in the collapsed position and expander_size pixels wide in the expanded position. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the widget a style detail the x position to draw the expander at the y position to draw the expander at the style to draw the expander in; determines whether the expander is collapsed, expanded, or in an intermediate state. Draws an extension, i.e. a notebook tab. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the extension y origin of the extension width of the extension width of the extension the side on to which the extension is attached Draws a flat box on @cr with the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the box y origin of the box the width of the box the height of the box Draws a focus indicator around the given rectangle on @cr using the given style. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the widget a style detail the x origin of the rectangle around which to draw a focus indicator the y origin of the rectangle around which to draw a focus indicator the width of the rectangle around which to draw a focus indicator the height of the rectangle around which to draw a focus indicator Draws a handle as used in #GtkHandleBox and #GtkPaned. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the handle y origin of the handle with of the handle height of the handle the orientation of the handle Draws a horizontal line from (@x1, @y) to (@x2, @y) in @cr using the given style and state. a #GtkStyle a #caio_t a state the widget a style detail the starting x coordinate the ending x coordinate the y coordinate Draws a layout on @cr using the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state whether to use the text or foreground graphics context of @style the widget a style detail x origin y origin the layout to draw Draws a radio button indicator in the given rectangle on @cr with the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the rectangle to draw the option in y origin of the rectangle to draw the option in the width of the rectangle to draw the option in the height of the rectangle to draw the option in Draws a resize grip in the given rectangle on @cr using the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the widget a style detail the edge in which to draw the resize grip the x origin of the rectangle in which to draw the resize grip the y origin of the rectangle in which to draw the resize grip the width of the rectangle in which to draw the resize grip the height of the rectangle in which to draw the resize grip Draws a shadow around the given rectangle in @cr using the given style and state and shadow type. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the rectangle y origin of the rectangle width of the rectangle width of the rectangle Draws a shadow around the given rectangle in @cr using the given style and state and shadow type, leaving a gap in one side. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the rectangle y origin of the rectangle width of the rectangle width of the rectangle side in which to leave the gap starting position of the gap width of the gap Draws a slider in the given rectangle on @cr using the given style and orientation. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state a shadow the widget a style detail the x origin of the rectangle in which to draw a slider the y origin of the rectangle in which to draw a slider the width of the rectangle in which to draw a slider the height of the rectangle in which to draw a slider the orientation to be used Draws a spinner on @window using the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the widget (may be %NULL) a style detail (may be %NULL) the nth step, a value between 0 and #GtkSpinner:num-steps the x origin of the rectangle in which to draw the spinner the y origin of the rectangle in which to draw the spinner the width of the rectangle in which to draw the spinner the height of the rectangle in which to draw the spinner Draws an option menu tab (i.e. the up and down pointing arrows) in the given rectangle on @cr using the given parameters. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the type of shadow to draw the widget a style detail x origin of the rectangle to draw the tab in y origin of the rectangle to draw the tab in the width of the rectangle to draw the tab in the height of the rectangle to draw the tab in Draws a vertical line from (@x, @y1_) to (@x, @y2_) in @cr using the given style and state. a #GtkStyle a #cairo_t a state the widget a style detail the starting y coordinate the ending y coordinate the x coordinate Returns the name of the default paper size, which depends on the current locale. the name of the default paper size. The string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. Creates a list of known paper sizes. a newly allocated list of newly allocated #GtkPaperSize objects whether to include custom paper sizes as defined in the page setup dialog Parses command line arguments, and initializes global attributes of GTK+, but does not actually open a connection to a display. (See gdk_display_open(), gdk_get_display_arg_name()) Any arguments used by GTK+ or GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated accordingly. There is no need to call this function explicitely if you are using gtk_init(), or gtk_init_check(). %TRUE if initialization succeeded, otherwise %FALSE a pointer to the number of command line arguments a pointer to the array of command line arguments Registers an error quark for #GtkPrintOperation if necessary. The error quark used for #GtkPrintOperation errors. Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from @page_setup. If the user cancels the dialog, the returned #GtkPageSetup is identical to the passed in @page_setup, otherwise it contains the modifications done in the dialog. Note that this function may use a recursive mainloop to show the page setup dialog. See gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() if this is a problem. a new #GtkPageSetup transient parent an existing #GtkPageSetup a #GtkPrintSettings Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from @page_setup. In contrast to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog(), this function returns after showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this, and calls @done_cb from a signal handler for the ::response signal of the dialog. transient parent, or %NULL an existing #GtkPageSetup, or %NULL a #GtkPrintSettings a function to call when the user saves the modified page setup user data to pass to @done_cb Sends an event to a widget, propagating the event to parent widgets if the event remains unhandled. Events received by GTK+ from GDK normally begin in gtk_main_do_event(). Depending on the type of event, existence of modal dialogs, grabs, etc., the event may be propagated; if so, this function is used. gtk_propagate_event() calls gtk_widget_event() on each widget it decides to send the event to. So gtk_widget_event() is the lowest-level function; it simply emits the #GtkWidget::event and possibly an event-specific signal on a widget. gtk_propagate_event() is a bit higher-level, and gtk_main_do_event() is the highest level. All that said, you most likely don't want to use any of these functions; synthesizing events is rarely needed. There are almost certainly better ways to achieve your goals. For example, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead of making up expose events. a #GtkWidget an event Adds a file to the list of files to be parsed at the end of gtk_init(). the pathname to the file. If @filename is not absolute, it is searched in the current directory. Searches for a theme engine in the GTK+ search path. This function is not useful for applications and should not be used. The filename, if found (must be freed with g_free()), otherwise %NULL. name of a theme engine Looks up a file in pixmap path for the specified #GtkSettings. If the file is not found, it outputs a warning message using g_warning() and returns %NULL. the filename. a #GtkSettings Scanner used to get line number information for the warning message, or %NULL name of the pixmap file to locate. Retrieves the current list of RC files that will be parsed at the end of gtk_init(). A %NULL-terminated array of filenames. This memory is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed by the application. If you want to store this information, you should make a copy. Obtains the path to the IM modules file. See the documentation of the <link linkend="im-module-file"><envar>GTK_IM_MODULE_FILE</envar></link> environment variable for more details. a newly-allocated string containing the name of the file listing the IM modules available for loading Obtains the path in which to look for IM modules. See the documentation of the <link linkend="im-module-path"><envar>GTK_PATH</envar></link> environment variable for more details about looking up modules. This function is useful solely for utilities supplied with GTK+ and should not be used by applications under normal circumstances. a newly-allocated string containing the path in which to look for IM modules. Returns a directory in which GTK+ looks for theme engines. For full information about the search for theme engines, see the docs for <envar>GTK_PATH</envar> in <xref linkend="gtk-running"/>. the directory. (Must be freed with g_free()) Finds all matching RC styles for a given widget, composites them together, and then creates a #GtkStyle representing the composite appearance. (GTK+ actually keeps a cache of previously created styles, so a new style may not be created.) the resulting style. No refcount is added to the returned style, so if you want to save this style around, you should add a reference yourself. a #GtkWidget Creates up a #GtkStyle from styles defined in a RC file by providing the raw components used in matching. This function may be useful when creating pseudo-widgets that should be themed like widgets but don't actually have corresponding GTK+ widgets. An example of this would be items inside a GNOME canvas widget. The action of gtk_rc_get_style() is similar to: |[ gtk_widget_path (widget, NULL, &path, NULL); gtk_widget_class_path (widget, NULL, &class_path, NULL); gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget), path, class_path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)); ]| A style created by matching with the supplied paths, or %NULL if nothing matching was specified and the default style should be used. The returned value is owned by GTK+ as part of an internal cache, so you must call g_object_ref() on the returned value if you want to keep a reference to it. a #GtkSettings object the widget path to use when looking up the style, or %NULL if no matching against the widget path should be done the class path to use when looking up the style, or %NULL if no matching against the class path should be done. a type that will be used along with parent types of this type when matching against class styles, or #G_TYPE_NONE Returns the standard directory in which themes should be installed. (GTK+ does not actually use this directory itself.) The directory (must be freed with g_free()). Parses a given resource file. the filename of a file to parse. If @filename is not absolute, it is searched in the current directory. Parses a color in the <link linkend="color=format">format</link> expected in a RC file. Note that theme engines should use gtk_rc_parse_color_full() in order to support symbolic colors. %G_TOKEN_NONE if parsing succeeded, otherwise the token that was expected but not found a #GScanner a pointer to a #GdkColor structure in which to store the result Parses a color in the <link linkend="color=format">format</link> expected in a RC file. If @style is not %NULL, it will be consulted to resolve references to symbolic colors. %G_TOKEN_NONE if parsing succeeded, otherwise the token that was expected but not found a #GScanner a #GtkRcStyle, or %NULL a pointer to a #GdkColor structure in which to store the result Parses a #GtkPathPriorityType variable from the format expected in a RC file. %G_TOKEN_NONE if parsing succeeded, otherwise the token that was expected but not found. a #GtkScanner (must be initialized for parsing an RC file) A pointer to #GtkPathPriorityType variable in which to store the result. Parses a #GtkStateType variable from the format expected in a RC file. %G_TOKEN_NONE if parsing succeeded, otherwise the token that was expected but not found. a #GScanner (must be initialized for parsing an RC file) A pointer to a #GtkStateType variable in which to store the result. Parses resource information directly from a string. a string to parse. A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses borders in the form <literal>"{ left, right, top, bottom }"</literal> for integers %left, %right, %top and %bottom. %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value has been set to the resulting #GtkBorder. a #GParamSpec the #GString to be parsed a #GValue which must hold boxed values. A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses a color given either by its name or in the form <literal>{ red, green, blue }</literal> where %red, %green and %blue are integers between 0 and 65535 or floating-point numbers between 0 and 1. %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value has been set to the resulting #GdkColor. a #GParamSpec the #GString to be parsed a #GValue which must hold #GdkColor values. A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses a single enumeration value. The enumeration value can be specified by its name, its nickname or its numeric value. For consistency with flags parsing, the value may be surrounded by parentheses. %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value has been set to the resulting #GEnumValue. a #GParamSpec the #GString to be parsed a #GValue which must hold enum values. A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses flags. Flags can be specified by their name, their nickname or numerically. Multiple flags can be specified in the form <literal>"( flag1 | flag2 | ... )"</literal>. %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value has been set to the resulting flags value. a #GParamSpec the #GString to be parsed a #GValue which must hold flags values. A #GtkRcPropertyParser for use with gtk_settings_install_property_parser() or gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser() which parses a requisition in the form <literal>"{ width, height }"</literal> for integers %width and %height. %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value has been set to the resulting #GtkRequisition. a #GParamSpec the #GString to be parsed a #GValue which must hold boxed values. If the modification time on any previously read file for the default #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information and then reread all previously read RC files. %TRUE if the files were reread. If the modification time on any previously read file for the given #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information and then reread all previously read RC files. %TRUE if the files were reread. a #GtkSettings load whether or not anything changed This function recomputes the styles for all widgets that use a particular #GtkSettings object. (There is one #GtkSettings object per #GdkScreen, see gtk_settings_get_for_screen()); It is useful when some global parameter has changed that affects the appearance of all widgets, because when a widget gets a new style, it will both redraw and recompute any cached information about its appearance. As an example, it is used when the default font size set by the operating system changes. Note that this function doesn't affect widgets that have a style set explicitely on them with gtk_widget_set_style(). a #GtkSettings Sets the list of files that GTK+ will read at the end of gtk_init(). A %NULL-terminated list of filenames. Renders an activity area (Such as in #GtkSpinner or the fill line in #GtkRange), the state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE determines whether there is activity going on. a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders an arrow pointing to @angle. <example> <title>Typical arrow rendering at 0, 1&solidus;2 &pi;, &pi; and 3&solidus;2 &pi;</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="arrows.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t arrow angle from 0 to 2 * %G_PI, being 0 the arrow pointing to the north X origin of the render area Y origin of the render area square side for render area Renders the background of an element. <example> <title>Typical background rendering, showing the effect of <parameter>background-image</parameter>, <parameter>border-width</parameter> and <parameter>border-radius</parameter></title> <inlinegraphic fileref="background.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders a checkmark (as in a #GtkCheckButton). The %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE state determines whether the check is on or off, and %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT determines whether it should be marked as undefined. <example> <title>Typical checkmark rendering</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="checks.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders an expander (as used in #GtkTreeView and #GtkExpander) in the area defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE determines whether the expander is collapsed or expanded. <example> <title>Typical expander rendering</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="expanders.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders a extension (as in a #GtkNotebook tab) in the rectangle defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. The side where the extension connects to is defined by @gap_side. <example> <title>Typical extension rendering</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="extensions.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height side where the gap is Renders a focus indicator on the rectangle determined by @x, @y, @width, @height. <example> <title>Typical focus rendering</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="focus.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders a frame around the rectangle defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. <example> <title>Examples of frame rendering, showing the effect of <parameter>border-image</parameter>, <parameter>border-color</parameter>, <parameter>border-width</parameter>, <parameter>border-radius</parameter> and junctions</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="frames.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders a frame around the rectangle defined by (@x, @y, @width, @height), leaving a gap on one side. @xy0_gap and @xy1_gap will mean X coordinates for %GTK_POS_TOP and %GTK_POS_BOTTOM gap sides, and Y coordinates for %GTK_POS_LEFT and %GTK_POS_RIGHT. <example> <title>Typical rendering of a frame with a gap</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="frame-gap.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height side where the gap is initial coordinate (X or Y depending on @gap_side) for the gap end coordinate (X or Y depending on @gap_side) for the gap Renders a handle (as in #GtkHandleBox, #GtkPaned and #GtkWindow<!-- -->'s resize grip), in the rectangle determined by @x, @y, @width, @height. <example> <title>Handles rendered for the paned and grip classes</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="handles.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders the icon in @pixbuf at the specified @x and @y coordinates. a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t a #GdkPixbuf containing the icon to draw X position for the @pixbuf Y position for the @pixbuf Renders the icon specified by @source at the given @size, returning the result in a pixbuf. a newly-created #GdkPixbuf containing the rendered icon a #GtkStyleContext the #GtkIconSource specifying the icon to render the size to render the icon at. A size of (GtkIconSize) -1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale. Draws a text caret on @cr at the specified index of @layout. a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin Y origin the #PangoLayout of the text the index in the #PangoLayout the #PangoDirection of the text Renders @layout on the coordinates @x, @y a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin Y origin the #PangoLayout to render Renders a line from (x0, y0) to (x1, y1). a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X coordinate for the origin of the line Y coordinate for the origin of the line X coordinate for the end of the line Y coordinate for the end of the line Renders an option mark (as in a #GtkRadioButton), the %GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE state will determine whether the option is on or off, and %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT whether it should be marked as undefined. <example> <title>Typical option mark rendering</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="options.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height Renders a slider (as in #GtkScale) in the rectangle defined by @x, @y, @width, @height. @orientation defines whether the slider is vertical or horizontal. <example> <title>Typical slider rendering</title> <inlinegraphic fileref="sliders.png" format="PNG"/> </example> a #GtkStyleContext a #cairo_t X origin of the rectangle Y origin of the rectangle rectangle width rectangle height orientation of the slider Converts a color from RGB space to HSV. Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; output values will be in the same range. Red Green Blue Return value for the hue component Return value for the saturation component Return value for the value component Appends a specified target to the list of supported targets for a given widget and selection. a #GtkTarget the selection target to add. A unsigned integer which will be passed back to the application. Prepends a table of targets to the list of supported targets for a given widget and selection. a #GtkWidget the selection a table of targets to add number of entries in @targets Remove all targets registered for the given selection for the widget. a #GtkWidget an atom representing a selection Requests the contents of a selection. When received, a "selection-received" signal will be generated. %TRUE if requested succeeded. %FALSE if we could not process request. (e.g., there was already a request in process for this widget). The widget which acts as requestor Which selection to get Form of information desired (e.g., STRING) Time of request (usually of triggering event) In emergency, you could use #GDK_CURRENT_TIME Claims ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or, if @widget is %NULL, release ownership of the selection. %TRUE if the operation succeeded a #GtkWidget, or %NULL. an interned atom representing the selection to claim timestamp with which to claim the selection Claim ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or, if @widget is %NULL, release ownership of the selection. TRUE if the operation succeeded the #GdkDisplay where the selection is set new selection owner (a #GtkWidget), or %NULL. an interned atom representing the selection to claim. timestamp with which to claim the selection Removes all handlers and unsets ownership of all selections for a widget. Called when widget is being destroyed. This function will not generally be called by applications. a #GtkWidget Sets the GTK+ debug flags. This is a convenience function for showing an application's about box. The constructed dialog is associated with the parent window and reused for future invocations of this function. transient parent, or %NULL for none the name of the first property This is a convenience function for launching the default application to show the uri. The uri must be of a form understood by GIO (i.e. you need to install gvfs to get support for uri schemes such as http:// or ftp://, as only local files are handled by GIO itself). Typical examples are <simplelist> <member><filename>file:///home/gnome/pict.jpg</filename></member> <member><filename>http://www.gnome.org</filename></member> <member><filename>mailto:me&commat;gnome.org</filename></member> </simplelist> Ideally the timestamp is taken from the event triggering the gtk_show_uri() call. If timestamp is not known you can take %GDK_CURRENT_TIME. This function can be used as a replacement for gnome_vfs_url_show() and gnome_url_show(). %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error screen to show the uri on or %NULL for the default screen the uri to show a timestamp to prevent focus stealing Registers each of the stock items in @items. If an item already exists with the same stock ID as one of the @items, the old item gets replaced. The stock items are copied, so GTK+ does not hold any pointer into @items and @items can be freed. Use gtk_stock_add_static() if @items is persistent and GTK+ need not copy the array. a #GtkStockItem or array of items number of #GtkStockItem in @items Same as gtk_stock_add(), but doesn't copy @items, so @items must persist until application exit. a #GtkStockItem or array of #GtkStockItem number of items Retrieves a list of all known stock IDs added to a #GtkIconFactory or registered with gtk_stock_add(). The list must be freed with g_slist_free(), and each string in the list must be freed with g_free(). a list of known stock IDs Fills @item with the registered values for @stock_id, returning %TRUE if @stock_id was known. %TRUE if @item was initialized a stock item name stock item to initialize with values Sets a function to be used for translating the @label of a stock item. If no function is registered for a translation domain, g_dgettext() is used. The function is used for all stock items whose @translation_domain matches @domain. Note that it is possible to use strings different from the actual gettext translation domain of your application for this, as long as your #GtkTranslateFunc uses the correct domain when calling dgettext(). This can be useful, e.g. when dealing with message contexts: |[ GtkStockItem items[] = { { MY_ITEM1, NC_("odd items", "Item 1"), 0, 0, "odd-item-domain" }, { MY_ITEM2, NC_("even items", "Item 2"), 0, 0, "even-item-domain" }, }; gchar * my_translate_func (const gchar *msgid, gpointer data) { gchar *msgctxt = data; return (gchar*)g_dpgettext2 (GETTEXT_PACKAGE, msgctxt, msgid); } /&ast; ... &ast;/ gtk_stock_add (items, G_N_ELEMENTS (items)); gtk_stock_set_translate_func ("odd-item-domain", my_translate_func, "odd items"); gtk_stock_set_translate_func ("even-item-domain", my_translate_func, "even items"); ]| the translation domain for which @func shall be used a #GtkTranslateFunc data to pass to @func a #GDestroyNotify that is called when @data is no longer needed This function frees a target table as returned by gtk_target_table_new_from_list() a #GtkTargetEntry array the number of entries in the array This function creates an #GtkTargetEntry array that contains the same targets as the passed %list. The returned table is newly allocated and should be freed using gtk_target_table_free() when no longer needed. the new table. a #GtkTargetList return location for the number ot targets in the table Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide a #GdkPixbuf. %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for images, otherwise %FALSE. an array of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s the length of @targets whether to accept only targets for which GTK+ knows how to convert a pixbuf into the format Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide rich text. %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for rich text, otherwise %FALSE. an array of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s the length of @targets a #GtkTextBuffer Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide text. %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for text, otherwise %FALSE. an array of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s the length of @targets Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to provide an uri list. %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for uri lists, otherwise %FALSE. an array of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s the length of @targets Create a simple window with window title @window_title and text contents @dialog_text. The window will quit any running gtk_main()-loop when destroyed, and it will automatically be destroyed upon test function teardown. a widget pointer to the newly created GtkWindow. Title of the window to be displayed. Text inside the window to be displayed. This function wraps g_object_new() for widget types. It'll automatically show all created non window widgets, also g_object_ref_sink() them (to keep them alive across a running test) and set them up for destruction during the next test teardown phase. a newly created widget. a valid widget type. Name of first property to set or %NULL Create a window with window title @window_title, text contents @dialog_text, and a number of buttons, according to the paired argument list given as @... parameters. Each button is created with a @label and a ::clicked signal handler that incremrents the integer stored in @nump. The window will be automatically shown with gtk_widget_show_now() after creation, so when this function returns it has already been mapped, resized and positioned on screen. The window will quit any running gtk_main()-loop when destroyed, and it will automatically be destroyed upon test function teardown. a widget pointer to the newly created GtkWindow. Title of the window to be displayed. Text inside the window to be displayed. This function will search @widget and all its descendants for a GtkLabel widget with a text string matching @label_pattern. The @label_pattern may contain asterisks '*' and question marks '?' as placeholders, g_pattern_match() is used for the matching. Note that locales other than "C" tend to alter (translate" label strings, so this function is genrally only useful in test programs with predetermined locales, see gtk_test_init() for more details. a GtkLabel widget if any is found. Valid label or container widget. Shell-glob pattern to match a label string. This function will search siblings of @base_widget and siblings of its ancestors for all widgets matching @widget_type. Of the matching widgets, the one that is geometrically closest to @base_widget will be returned. The general purpose of this function is to find the most likely "action" widget, relative to another labeling widget. Such as finding a button or text entry widget, given its corresponding label widget. a widget of type @widget_type if any is found. Valid widget, part of a widget hierarchy Type of a aearched for sibling widget This function will search the descendants of @widget for a widget of type @widget_type that has a label matching @label_pattern next to it. This is most useful for automated GUI testing, e.g. to find the "OK" button in a dialog and synthesize clicks on it. However see gtk_test_find_label(), gtk_test_find_sibling() and gtk_test_widget_click() for possible caveats involving the search of such widgets and synthesizing widget events. a valid widget if any is found or %NULL. Container widget, usually a GtkWindow. Shell-glob pattern to match a label string. Type of a aearched for label sibling widget. This function is used to initialize a GTK+ test program. It will in turn call g_test_init() and gtk_init() to properly initialize the testing framework and graphical toolkit. It'll also set the program's locale to "C" and prevent loading of rc files and Gtk+ modules. This is done to make tets program environments as deterministic as possible. Like gtk_init() and g_test_init(), any known arguments will be processed and stripped from @argc and @argv. Address of the <parameter>argc</parameter> parameter of the main() function. Changed if any arguments were handled. Address of the <parameter>argv</parameter> parameter of main(). Any parameters understood by g_test_init() or gtk_init() are stripped before return. Return the type ids that have been registered after calling gtk_test_register_all_types(). 0-terminated array of type ids location to store number of types Force registration of all core Gtk+ and Gdk object types. This allowes to refer to any of those object types via g_type_from_name() after calling this function. Retrive the literal adjustment value for GtkRange based widgets and spin buttons. Note that the value returned by this function is anything between the lower and upper bounds of the adjustment belonging to @widget, and is not a percentage as passed in to gtk_test_slider_set_perc(). gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment) for an adjustment belonging to @widget. valid widget pointer. This function will adjust the slider position of all GtkRange based widgets, such as scrollbars or scales, it'll also adjust spin buttons. The adjustment value of these widgets is set to a value between the lower and upper limits, according to the @percentage argument. valid widget pointer. value between 0 and 100. This function will generate a @button click in the upwards or downwards spin button arrow areas, usually leading to an increase or decrease of spin button's value. whether all actions neccessary for the button click simulation were carried out successfully. valid GtkSpinButton widget. Number of the pointer button for the event, usually 1, 2 or 3. %TRUE for upwards arrow click, %FALSE for downwards arrow click. Retrive the text string of @widget if it is a GtkLabel, GtkEditable (entry and text widgets) or GtkTextView. new 0-terminated C string, needs to be released with g_free(). valid widget pointer. Set the text string of @widget to @string if it is a GtkLabel, GtkEditable (entry and text widgets) or GtkTextView. valid widget pointer. a 0-terminated C string This function will generate a @button click (button press and button release event) in the middle of the first GdkWindow found that belongs to @widget. For %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets like GtkButton, this will often be an input-only event window. For other widgets, this is usually widget->window. Certain caveats should be considered when using this function, in particular because the mouse pointer is warped to the button click location, see gdk_test_simulate_button() for details. whether all actions neccessary for the button click simulation were carried out successfully. Widget to generate a button click on. Number of the pointer button for the event, usually 1, 2 or 3. Keyboard modifiers the event is setup with. This function will generate keyboard press and release events in the middle of the first GdkWindow found that belongs to @widget. For %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets like GtkButton, this will often be an input-only event window. For other widgets, this is usually widget->window. Certain caveats should be considered when using this function, in particular because the mouse pointer is warped to the key press location, see gdk_test_simulate_key() for details. whether all actions neccessary for the key event simulation were carried out successfully. Widget to generate a key press and release on. A Gdk keyboard value. Keyboard modifiers the event is setup with. Obtains a @tree_model and @path from selection data of target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW. Normally called from a drag_data_received handler. This function can only be used if @selection_data originates from the same process that's calling this function, because a pointer to the tree model is being passed around. If you aren't in the same process, then you'll get memory corruption. In the #GtkTreeDragDest drag_data_received handler, you can assume that selection data of type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW is in from the current process. The returned path must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). %TRUE if @selection_data had target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW and is otherwise valid a #GtkSelectionData a #GtkTreeModel row in @tree_model Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-deleted signal. a #GObject the path position that was deleted Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::row-inserted signal. a #GObject the row position that was inserted Lets a set of row reference created by gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy() know that the model emitted the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal. a #GObject the parent path of the reordered signal the iter pointing to the parent of the reordered the new order of rows Sets selection data of target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW. Normally used in a drag_data_get handler. %TRUE if the #GtkSelectionData had the proper target type to allow us to set a tree row some #GtkSelectionData a #GtkTreeModel a row in @tree_model All this function does it to return %TRUE. This can be useful for example if you want to inhibit the deletion of a window. Of course you should not do this as the user expects a reaction from clicking the close icon of the window... <example> <title>A persistent window</title> <programlisting> #include &lt;gtk/gtk.h>&lt; int main (int argc, char **argv) { GtkWidget *win, *but; gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv); win = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); g_signal_connect (win, "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); g_signal_connect (win, "destroy", G_CALLBACK (gtk_main_quit), NULL); but = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Close yourself. I mean it!"); g_signal_connect_swapped (but, "clicked", G_CALLBACK (gtk_object_destroy), win); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (win), but); gtk_widget_show_all (win); gtk_main (); return 0; } </programlisting> </example> %TRUE gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/gir_files-3.8.diff0000644000076700001450000002741612533067132020335 0ustar gnatmailgnatdiff --git a/contrib/Gdk-3.0.gir b/contrib/Gdk-3.0.gir index bca08b5..e8d11e3 100644 --- a/contrib/Gdk-3.0.gir +++ b/contrib/Gdk-3.0.gir @@ -4535,7 +4535,7 @@ can also cause #GdkEventGrabBroken events. - + diff --git a/contrib/Gtk-3.0.gir b/contrib/Gtk-3.0.gir index e84240b..81d84cb 100644 --- a/contrib/Gtk-3.0.gir +++ b/contrib/Gtk-3.0.gir @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ changed::<replaceable>accel_path</replaceable>. the key value for the new accelerator - + the modifier mask for the new accelerator @@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ changed::<replaceable>accel_path</replaceable>. Key of the current accelerator - + Modifiers of the current accelerator @@ -10734,6 +10734,9 @@ domain. the name of the file to parse + + + name of the handler - + a #GObject, if non-%NULL, use g_signal_connect_object() @@ -20712,7 +20715,7 @@ Since 3.6 - + @@ -27980,7 +27983,7 @@ fallback for all widgets. - + @@ -28009,6 +28012,9 @@ information. the length of @data in bytes, or -1 for NUL terminated strings. If @length is not -1, the code will assume it is not NUL terminated and will potentially do a copy. + + + the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding + + + caller-allocates="0" transfer-ownership="full"> the position, in characters, at which to insert the new text. this is an in-out parameter. After the signal emission is finished, it should point after the newly inserted text. - + @@ -76870,7 +76879,7 @@ The default conversion uses g_strtod(). caller-allocates="0" transfer-ownership="full"> return location for the new value - + @@ -90411,7 +90420,7 @@ locale, see also gtk_get_default_language(). - + @@ -99663,26 +99672,6 @@ Please note that nodes that are deleted are not unreffed. - - Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child_model -and @root as the virtual root. - - A new #GtkTreeModel. - - - - - A #GtkTreeModel. - - - - A #GtkTreePath or %NULL. - - - - Calls func on each node in model in a depth-first fashion. @@ -100281,20 +100270,6 @@ reordered. - - Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child model. - - A new #GtkTreeModel. - - - - - A #GtkTreeModel - - - - Lets the tree unref the node. @@ -100533,6 +100508,26 @@ yourself. + + Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child_model +and @root as the virtual root. + + A new #GtkTreeModel. + + + + + A #GtkTreeModel. + + + + A #GtkTreePath or %NULL. + + + + @@ -101523,6 +101518,20 @@ selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection, gpointer data) + + Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child model. + + A new #GtkTreeModel. + + + + + A #GtkTreeModel + + + + This function should almost never be called. It clears the @tree_model_sort @@ -109230,6 +109239,9 @@ merges it with the current contents of @manager. the name of the file to parse + + + the resource path of the file to parse + + + the length of @buffer (may be -1 if @buffer is nul-terminated) + + + nodes (see GtkArrow for instance) # - Some comments contain xref like "#GtkMisc". Not sure what to do with # those. Likewise for names of subprograms in comments. # # Backward incompatibility: # - Missing documentation for some properties. # SOLVE: we could point to the corresponding Set_* and Get_* subprograms, # or simply ignore the missing doc from xml.etree.cElementTree import parse, Element, QName, tostring, fromstring from adaformat import * import copy from binding_gtkada import GtkAda from data import enums, interfaces, binding, user_data_params from data import destroy_data_params # Unfortunately, generating the slot marshallers in a separate package # does not work since we end up with circularities in a number of # cases. For now, we simply duplicate them as needed SHARED_SLOT_MARSHALLERS = False # For parsing command line options from optparse import OptionParser # Python interpreter version check: this script does not work with Python # version 2.6 or earlier! from sys import version_info version_string = '.'.join(map(str, version_info[0:3])) if version_info[0] < 2: print('Need at least Python 2.7, got version ' + version_string) quit(1) if version_info[0] == 2 and version_info[1] < 7: print('Need at least Python 2.7, got version ' + version_string) quit(1) uri = "http://www.gtk.org/introspection/core/1.0" glib_uri = "http://www.gtk.org/introspection/glib/1.0" c_uri = "http://www.gtk.org/introspection/c/1.0" cidentifier = QName(c_uri, "identifier").text cidentifier_prefix = QName(c_uri, "identifier-prefixes").text ctype_qname = QName(c_uri, "type").text ggettype = QName(glib_uri, "get-type").text gsignal = QName(glib_uri, "signal").text glib_type_struct = QName(glib_uri, "type-struct").text namespace = QName(uri, "namespace").text narray = QName(uri, "array").text nbitfield = QName(uri, "bitfield").text ncallback = QName(uri, "callback").text nclass = QName(uri, "class").text ndoc = QName(uri, "doc").text nenumeration = QName(uri, "enumeration").text nfield = QName(uri, "field").text nfunction = QName(uri, "function").text nimplements = QName(uri, "implements").text ninterface = QName(uri, "interface").text nmember = QName(uri, "member").text nmethod = QName(uri, "method").text nvirtualmethod = QName(uri, "virtual-method").text nparam = QName(uri, "parameter").text nparams = QName(uri, "parameters").text nrecord = QName(uri, "record").text nunion = QName(uri, "union").text nreturn = QName(uri, "return-value").text ntype = QName(uri, "type").text nvalue = QName(uri, "value").text nvarargs = QName(uri, "varargs").text nconstant = QName(uri, "constant").text class GIR(object): def __init__(self, files): """Parse filename and initializes SELF""" self.packages = dict() # Ada name (lower case) -> Package instance self.ccode = "" self.classes = dict() # Maps C name to a GIRClass instance self.interfaces = dict() # Maps GIR's "name" to an interface self.ctype_interfaces = dict() # Maps GIR's c:type to an interface self.callbacks = dict() # Ada name to GIR XML node self.enums = dict() # Maps C "name" to a GIR XML node self.globals = GlobalsBinder(self) # global vars self.records = dict() # Maps C "name" to a GIR XML node self.constants = dict() # Maps C "name" to a GIR XML node for constants self.bound = set() # C names for the entities that have an Ada binding # The marshallers that have been generated when we use a slot object. # These can be shared among all packages, since the profiles of the # handlers are the same. if SHARED_SLOT_MARSHALLERS: self.slot_marshallers = set() self.slot_marshaller_pkg = self.get_package( name="Gtkada.Marshallers", ctype=None, doc="Automatically generated, used internally by GtkAda") self.slot_marshaller_section = self.slot_marshaller_pkg.section("") for filename in files: _tree = parse(filename) root = _tree.getroot() identifier_prefix = root.find(namespace).get(cidentifier_prefix) k = "%s/%s" % (namespace, ncallback) for cl in root.findall(k): ct = cl.get(ctype_qname) type = Callback(naming.case(ct)) naming.add_type_exception(cname=ct, type=type) ct = naming.type(ct).ada self.callbacks[ct] = cl k = "%s/%s" % (namespace, ninterface) for cl in root.findall(k): self.ctype_interfaces[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = \ self.interfaces[cl.get("name")] = \ self._create_class( root, cl, is_interface=True, is_gobject=False, identifier_prefix=identifier_prefix) k = "%s/%s" % (namespace, nclass) for cl in root.findall(k): self.classes[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = self._create_class( root, cl, is_interface=False, identifier_prefix=identifier_prefix) k = "%s/%s" % (namespace, nconstant) for cl in root.findall(k): self.constants[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = cl # Some are defined with methods. They are bound the same # way in GtkAda, except that they do not derive from GObject k = "%s/%s" % (namespace, nrecord) for cl in root.findall(k): if cl.findall(nmethod): self.classes[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = self._create_class( root, cl, is_interface=False, is_gobject=False, identifier_prefix=identifier_prefix) self.records[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = cl k = "%s/%s" % (namespace, nunion) for cl in root.findall(k): if cl.findall(nmethod): self.classes[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = self._create_class( root, cl, is_interface=False, is_gobject=False, identifier_prefix=identifier_prefix) self.records[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = cl for enums in (nenumeration, nbitfield): k = "%s/%s" % (namespace, enums) for cl in root.findall(k): self.enums[cl.get(ctype_qname)] = cl self.globals.add(root) def show_unbound(self): """Display the list of entities known in the GIR files, but that have no Ada binding. """ print "Missing bindings:" count = 0 for name in sorted(gir.interfaces.iterkeys()): if name not in self.bound: sys.stdout.write("%-28s" % (name + "(intf)", )) count += 1 if (count % 4) == 0: print for name in sorted(gir.classes.iterkeys()): if name not in self.bound: sys.stdout.write("%-28s" % name) #print ' "--%s", # Not tested yet, from Gio' % name count += 1 if (count % 4) == 0: print print def _get_class_node(self, rootNode, girname): """Find the node in the same XML document as node that matches [girname]. """ k = "{%(uri)s}namespace/{%(uri)s}class" % {"uri":uri} for cl in rootNode.findall(k): if cl.get("name") == girname: return cl return None def _create_class(self, rootNode, node, is_interface, identifier_prefix, is_gobject=True, has_toplevel_type=True): return GIRClass(self, rootNode=rootNode, node=node, is_interface=is_interface, is_gobject=is_gobject, identifier_prefix=identifier_prefix, has_toplevel_type=has_toplevel_type) def debug(self, element): """A debug form of element""" return tostring(element) def get_package(self, name, ctype, doc=""): """Return a handle to an Ada package""" if not name.lower() in self.packages: pkg = self.packages[name.lower()] = Package( name=name, doc=gtkada.get_pkg(ctype).get_doc()) else: pkg = self.packages[name.lower()] if doc: pkg.doc = ["", doc, ""] + pkg.doc return pkg def generate(self, out, cout): """Generate Ada code for all packages""" for pkg in self.packages.itervalues(): out.write(pkg.spec()) out.write("\n") out.write(pkg.body()) out.write("\n") cout.write(self.ccode) class GlobalsBinder(object): def __init__(self, gir): self.gir = gir self.globals = dict() def add(self, node): k = "{%(uri)s}namespace/{%(uri)s}function" % {"uri":uri} all = node.findall(k) if all is not None: for c in all: id = c.get(cidentifier) self.globals[id] = c def get_function(self, id): """Return the XML node corresponding to a global function""" return self.globals[id] def _get_type(nodeOrType, allow_access=True, allow_none=False, transfer_ownership=False, userecord=True, pkg=None): """Return the type of the GIR XML node. nodeOrType can be one of: * a string, given the name of the C type * an instance of CType, which is returned as is. * An XML node from which the information is gathered. `allow_access' should be False if "access Type" parameters should not be allowed, and an explicit type is needed instead. `allow_none': see doc for CType. `pkg' is used to add with statements, if specified """ if isinstance(nodeOrType, CType): return nodeOrType elif isinstance(nodeOrType, str): return naming.type(name=nodeOrType, cname=nodeOrType, userecord=userecord, transfer_ownership=transfer_ownership, allow_access=allow_access, allow_none=allow_none, pkg=pkg) else: t = nodeOrType.find(ntype) if t is not None: if t.get("name") == "none": return None ctype_name = t.get(ctype_qname) if ctype_name: ctype_name = ctype_name.replace("const ", "") return naming.type(name=t.get("name"), cname=ctype_name, userecord=userecord, transfer_ownership=transfer_ownership, allow_access=allow_access, allow_none=allow_none, pkg=pkg) a = nodeOrType.find(narray) if a is not None: t = a.find(ntype) if a: type = t.get(ctype_qname) name = t.get("name") or type # Sometimes name is not set size = a.get("fixed-size", None) if type: type = "array_of_%s" % (type, ) return naming.type(name="array_of_%s" % name, cname=type, pkg=pkg, isArray=True, array_fixed_size=size, transfer_ownership=transfer_ownership, allow_none=allow_none, userecord=userecord, allow_access=allow_access) a = nodeOrType.find(nvarargs) if a is not None: # A function with multiple arguments cannot be bound # No need for an error message, we will already let the user know # that the function is not bound. return None print "Error: XML Node has unknown type\n", nodeOrType return None class SubprogramProfile(object): """A class that groups info on the parameters of a function and its return type. """ def __init__(self): self.node = None # the XML node for this profile self.gtkmethod = None self.params = None # list of parameters (None if we have varargs) self.returns = None # return value (None for a procedure) self.returns_doc = "" # documentation for returned value self.doc = "" # documentation for the subprogram # The following fields are used to handle callback parameters # and generate an Ada generic self.callback_param = [] # indexes of the callback parameter self.user_data_param = -1 # index of the "user data" parameter self.destroy_param = -1 # index of the parameter to destroy data def __repr__(self): return "" % self.node @staticmethod def parse(node, gtkmethod, pkg=None, ignore_return=False): """Parse the parameter info and return type info from the XML GIR node, overriding with binding.xml. gtkmethod is the GtkAdaMethod that contains the overriding for the various method attributes. If pkg is specified, with statements are added as necessary. If ignore_return is True, the return type is not parsed. This is used for constructors, so that we do not end up adding extra 'with' statements in the generated package. """ profile = SubprogramProfile() profile.node = node profile.gtkmethod = gtkmethod # make sure to init the 'returns' field before the parameters, to be # able to correctly set the parameters direction ('in out' or 'out' # case) if not ignore_return: profile.returns = profile._returns(node, gtkmethod, pkg=pkg) profile.params = profile._parameters(node, gtkmethod, pkg=pkg) profile.doc = profile._getdoc(gtkmethod, node) return profile @staticmethod def setter(node, pkg=None): """Create a new SubprogramProfile for a getter""" profile = SubprogramProfile() profile.node = node profile.params = [Parameter("Value", _get_type(node, pkg))] return profile def callback_param_info(self): """If there is one or more callback parameters in this profile, return them so that we can generate the appropriate function. Returns None if there are no such parameters. """ if not self.callback_param: return None return [self.params[p] for p in self.callback_param] def callback_destroy(self): if self.destroy_param < 0: return None return self.params[self.destroy_param] def callback_user_data(self): """Returns the name of the "user_data" parameter""" if self.user_data_param == -1: return None return self.params[self.user_data_param].name def has_varargs(self): return self.params is None def direct_c_map(self): """Wether all parameters and return value can be mapped directly from C to Ada. """ for p in self.params: # If a parameter is not mapped in Ada, we need an actual body if not p.direct_c_map() or not p.ada_binding: return False return self.returns is None or self.returns.direct_c_map() def c_params(self, localvars, code): """Returns the list of parameters for an Ada function that would be a direct pragma Import. local variables or additional code will be extended as needed to handle conversions. """ assert(isinstance(localvars, list)) assert(isinstance(code, list)) result = [] for p in self.params: n = p.name is_temporary = False if self.returns is not None and p.mode != "in" and p.ada_binding: n = "Acc_%s" % p.name var = Local_Var( name=n, aliased=True, default="" if p.mode != "in out" else p.name, type=p.type) var.type.userecord = False localvars.append(var) if p.mode == "access": if p.type.allow_none: code.append( "if %s /= null then %s.all := %s; end if;" % (p.name, p.name, var.name)) else: code.append("%s.all := %s;" % (p.name, var.name)) else: is_temporary = p.mode != "out" code.append("%s := %s;" % (p.name, var.name)) # If we do not bind the parameter in the Ada profile, we will need # to substitute its default value instead. But we don't want to # systematically put the default value, which is in Ada. We would # end up with Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr="" result.append(Parameter( name=n, mode=p.mode, type=p.type, for_function=self.returns is not None, default=p.default if not p.ada_binding else None, is_temporary_variable=is_temporary, ada_binding=p.ada_binding)) return result def set_class_wide(self): """This profile is not for a primitive operation, but for a class-wide operation. """ if isinstance(self.params[0].type, GObject): self.params[0].type.classwide = True def add_param(self, pos, param): """Add a new parameter in the list, at the given position""" self.params.insert(pos, param) if self.callback_param: self.callback_param = [p + 1 if p >= pos else p for p in self.callback_param] if self.user_data_param >= 0 and self.user_data_param >= pos: self.user_data_param += 1 if self.destroy_param >= 0 and self.destroy_param >= pos: self.destroy_param += 1 def replace_param(self, name_or_index, type): """Overrides the type of a parameter""" if name_or_index is None: return if isinstance(name_or_index, int): self.params[name_or_index].set_type(type) else: for idx, p in enumerate(self.params): if p.name.lower() == name_or_index.lower(): self.params[idx].set_type(type) return def remove_param(self, names): """Remove the parameter with the given names from the list""" assert(isinstance(names, list)) for n in names: if n is not None: n = n.lower() for p in self.params: if p.name.lower() == n: self.params.remove(p) break def find_param(self, names): """Return the first name for which there is a parameter""" for n in names: lo = n.lower() for p in self.params: if p.name.lower() == lo: return n return None def unset_default_values(self): """Remove the default values for the parameters""" for p in self.params: p.default = None def subprogram(self, name, showdoc=True, local_vars=[], code=[], convention=None, lang="ada"): """Return an instance of Subprogram with the corresponding profile. lang is one of "ada", "c->ada" or "ada->c". """ params = self.params if lang == "ada": params = [p for p in self.params if p.ada_binding] subp = Subprogram( name=name, plist=params, returns=self.returns, showdoc=showdoc, doc=self.doc, lang=lang, local_vars=local_vars, code=code) subp.convention = convention or self.gtkmethod.convention() if name != "": depr = self.node.get("deprecated") if depr is not None: subp.mark_deprecated( "\nDeprecated since %s, %s" % (self.node.get("deprecated-version"), depr)) elif self.gtkmethod and self.gtkmethod.is_obsolete(): subp.mark_deprecated("Deprecated") return subp def _getdoc(self, gtkmethod, node): doc = gtkmethod.get_doc(default=node.findtext(ndoc, "")) if node.get("version"): doc.append("Since: gtk+ %s" % node.get("version")) # doc.append(self.returns_doc) return doc def _parameters(self, c, gtkmethod, pkg): """Parse the child node of c""" if c is None: return [] params = c.find(nparams) if params is None: return [] # Check whether we'll bind to a procedure or to a function is_function = self.returns and not gtkmethod.return_as_param() result = [] for p_index, p in enumerate(params.findall(nparam)): name = p.get("name") or "varargs" gtkparam = gtkmethod.get_param(name=name) adan = gtkparam.ada_name() ada_binding = adan is None or adan != "" name = adan or name # override default computed name default = gtkparam.get_default() allow_access=not default allow_none = gtkparam.allow_none(girnode=p) or default == 'null' nodeOrType = gtkparam.get_type(pkg=pkg) or p type = _get_type( nodeOrType=nodeOrType, allow_none=allow_none, userecord=default != 'null', allow_access=allow_access, pkg=pkg) if type is None: if nodeOrType.find(nvarargs) is not None: type = gtkmethod.get_param("varargs").get_type(pkg=pkg) else: type = gtkmethod.get_param(name).get_type(pkg=pkg) if type is None: return None type = _get_type(type) if not default and allow_none and isinstance(type, UTF8): default = '""' if (p.get("scope", "") in ("notified", "call", "async") or p.get("closure", "") != ""): # "async" means a callback with no closure. As a special case, # we ignore it for destroy callbacks, since they are already # handled specially. if p.get("scope") != "async" \ or type.ada != "Glib.G_Destroy_Notify_Address": self.callback_param.append(p_index) self.user_data_param = int(p.get("closure", "-1")) self.destroy_param = int(p.get("destroy", "-1")) - 1 direction = gtkparam.get_direction() or p.get("direction", "in") assert direction in ("in", "out", "inout", "access"), \ "Invalid value for direction: '%s'" % direction if direction == "inout": mode = "in out" elif direction in ("out", "access"): mode = direction elif type.is_ptr: mode = "in out" else: mode = "in" if is_function and direction not in ("in", "access"): mode = "access" doc = p.findtext(ndoc, "") if doc: doc = '"%s": %s' % (name, doc) result.append( Parameter(name=naming.case(name), type=type, mode=mode, default=default, ada_binding=ada_binding, doc=doc)) return result def _returns(self, node, gtkmethod, pkg): """Parse the method's return type""" returns = gtkmethod.returned_c_type() if returns is None: ret = node.find(nreturn) if ret is None: # For a , the method's return value will be the type # of the field itself ret = node else: self.returns_doc = ret.findtext(ndoc, "") if self.returns_doc: self.returns_doc = "Returns %s" % self.returns_doc return _get_type( ret, allow_access=False, pkg=pkg, transfer_ownership=gtkmethod.transfer_ownership(ret)) else: return naming.type(name=None, cname=returns, pkg=pkg) class GIRClass(object): """Represents a gtk class""" def __init__(self, gir, rootNode, node, identifier_prefix, is_interface=False, is_gobject=True, has_toplevel_type=True): """If has_toplevel_type is False, no widget type is generated""" self.gir = gir self.node = node self.rootNode = rootNode self.ctype = self.node.get(ctype_qname) self._private = "" self._generated = False self.identifier_prefix = identifier_prefix self.implements = dict() # Implemented interfaces self.is_gobject = is_gobject self.is_interface = is_interface self.has_toplevel_type = has_toplevel_type self.callbacks = set() # The callback functions self.pkg = None # Instance of Package(), that we are generating self.conversions = dict() # List of Convert(...) functions that were implemented self.__marshallers = set() # The generated marshallers # Search for the GtkAda binding information self.gtkpkg = gtkada.get_pkg(self.ctype) if not self.gtkpkg.bindtype: self.has_toplevel_type = False self.is_gobject = False # Is this a binding for an opaque C record (not a GObject). In this # case, we bind it as an Ada tagged type so that we can use the # convenient dot notation for primitive operations. This is only doable # if there is no public field that should be user visible in the # record. Otherwise, we'll map to a standard Ada record # (self.is_record) self.is_proxy = False self.is_boxed = (self.node.tag == nrecord and (not self.node.findall(nfield) or self.node.get("introspectable", "1") == "0")) self.is_record = self.node.tag == nrecord and not self.is_boxed if (self.is_boxed and naming.type_exceptions.get(self.ctype) is not None and isinstance(naming.type_exceptions.get(self.ctype), Proxy)): self.is_proxy = True self.is_boxed = False # Register naming exceptions for this class n = naming.case(self.ctype) into = self.gtkpkg.into() ada = self.gtkpkg.ada_name() if ada: pkg = ada elif into: into = naming.case(into) pkg = naming.protect_keywords(into.replace("_", ".", 1)) else: pkg = naming.protect_keywords(n.replace("_", ".", 1)) pkg = "%s.%s" % (pkg, n) naming.add_girname(girname=n, ctype=self.ctype) if has_toplevel_type: ctype = node.get(ctype_qname) if is_interface: t = Interface(pkg) elif is_gobject: t = GObject(pkg) elif self.is_proxy: t = Proxy(pkg) elif self.is_boxed: t = Tagged(pkg) else: t = Record(pkg) naming.add_type_exception(cname=ctype, type=t) classtype = naming.type(name=self.ctype) typename = classtype.ada self.name = package_name(typename) if ada is not None: self.name = ada self.ada_package_name = self.name if not self.has_toplevel_type: # Compute the package name ignoring the type_exceptions. For # instance, we have defined that GdkWindow is mapped to # Gdk.Gdk_Window, but the operations should go into the package # Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window. self.ada_package_name = package_name(pkg) else: typename = "" self.name = package_name(pkg) self.ada_package_name = self.name self.gtkpkg.register_types(adapkg=self.ada_package_name) # Compute information that will be used for the binding self._subst = { # for substitution in string templates "name": self.name, "typename": base_name(typename), "cname": self.ctype or ""} def _handle_function(self, section, c, ismethod=False, gtkmethod=None, showdoc=True, isinherited=False): cname = c.get(cidentifier) if gtkmethod is None: gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname=cname) if gtkmethod.bind(): profile = SubprogramProfile.parse( node=c, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, pkg=self.pkg) self._handle_function_internal( section, node=c, cname=cname, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, profile=profile, showdoc=showdoc, ismethod=ismethod, isinherited=isinherited) else: naming.add_cmethod( cname, gtkmethod.ada_name() or cname) # Avoid warning later on def _func_is_direct_import(self, profile): """Whether a function with this profile should be implemented directly as a pragma Import, rather than require its own body. """ return not self.is_gobject \ and not self.is_boxed \ and profile.direct_c_map() def _add_self_param(self, adaname, gtkmethod, profile, is_import): """Add a Self parameter to the list of parameters in profile. The exact type of the parameter depends on several criteria. 'is_import' should be true if the function will be implemented as a pragma Import, with no body. """ t = naming.type(self._subst["cname"], cname=self._subst["cname"], useclass=gtkmethod.is_class_wide()) gtkparam = gtkmethod.get_param("self") pname = gtkparam.ada_name() or "Self" direction = gtkparam.get_direction() or "in" if direction in ("out", "access"): mode = direction elif direction == "inout": mode = "in out" else: mode = "in" profile.add_param(0, Parameter(name=pname, type=t, mode=mode)) def _handle_function_internal(self, section, node, cname, gtkmethod, profile=None, showdoc=True, adaname=None, ismethod=False, isinherited=False): """Generate a binding for a function., This returns None if no binding was made, an instance of Subprogram otherwise. `adaname' is the name of the generated Ada subprograms. By default, it is computed automatically from either binding.xml or the "name" attribute of `node'. `profile' is an instance of SubprogramProfile """ assert(profile is None or isinstance(profile, SubprogramProfile)) if profile.has_varargs() \ and gtkmethod.get_param("varargs").node is None: naming.add_cmethod(cname, cname) # Avoid warning later on. print "No binding for %s: varargs" % cname return None is_import = self._func_is_direct_import(profile) \ and not gtkmethod.get_body() \ and not gtkmethod.return_as_param() adaname = adaname or gtkmethod.ada_name() or node.get("name").title() adaname = naming.protect_keywords(adaname) if not isinherited: naming.add_cmethod(cname, "%s.%s" % (self.pkg.name, adaname)) if ismethod: self._add_self_param( adaname, gtkmethod, profile, is_import=is_import) if adaname.startswith("Gtk_New"): # Overrides the GIR file even if it reported a function or method self._handle_constructor( node, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, cname=cname, profile=profile) return local_vars = [] call = "" body = gtkmethod.get_body() if not is_import: # Prepare the Internal C function internal_call = [] internal = Subprogram( name="Internal", returns=profile.returns, lang="ada->c", plist=profile.c_params(local_vars, internal_call) ).import_c(cname) # Should we transform the return value into a parameter ? ret_as_param = gtkmethod.return_as_param() if ret_as_param is not None: profile.params.append( Parameter(name=ret_as_param, type=profile.returns, mode="out")) profile.returns = None # Is this a function that takes a callback parameter ? cb = profile.callback_param_info() if cb is not None: if ret_as_param: # ??? We would need to change _callback_support to # have additional code to set the return value. One # issue is that the profile has already been changed raise Exception("Cannot bind function with callback" + " and return value as parameter: %s" % cname) return self._callback_support(adaname, cname, profile, cb) execute = internal.call( in_pkg=self.pkg, extra_postcall="".join(internal_call)) if ret_as_param is not None: assert execute[1] is not None, \ "Must have a return value in %s => %s" % (cname, execute) call = "%s%s := %s;" % (execute[0], ret_as_param, execute[1]) else: if execute[1]: # A function, with a standard "return" call = "%sreturn %s;" % (execute[0], execute[1]) else: call = execute[0] local_vars += execute[2] subp = profile.subprogram(name=adaname, showdoc=showdoc, local_vars=local_vars, code=call) if is_import: subp.import_c(cname) else: subp.add_nested(internal) if body: subp.set_body(" " + body.strip() + "\n") section.add(subp) return subp def _callback_support(self, adaname, cname, profile, cb): """Add support for a function with a callback parameter and user data. We generate multiple bindings for such a function: * One version that doesn't take a user_data. This looks like: type My_Callback is access function (Self, other_params); procedure Gtk_Func (Self : ...; Cb : My_Callback); since My_Callback doesn't have exactly the same profile as required by gtk+, we in fact go through an intermediate function in the body, to which we pass, as user_data, a pointer to the user's callback: function Internal_Callback (same_profile_as_c, user_data) is User_Func : My_Callback := convert (user_data); begin return User_Func (...); end Internal_Callback; pragma Convention (C, Internal_Callback); * Ideally we want to generate a generic package to which users can pass their own user data type. We then need to generate the proper Destroy callback that C will call to free that user data. :profile: is an instance of SubprogramProfile. :cname: is the name of the gtk+ C function. :adaname: is the name of the corresponding Ada function. :cb: is a list of Parameter instances representing the callback parameters. """ if len(cb) > 1: print "No binding for %s: multiple callback parameters" % cname return cb = cb[0] def call_to_c(gtk_func, values): """Implement the call to the C function. If the user passes a null callback, we always want to pass null to C rather than passing our Internal_Callback'Address. :param values: a dictionary of the parameters to pass to call(). :return: the code for the Ada function's body """ values_if_null = copy.deepcopy(values) values_if_null[cb.name.lower()] = "System.Null_Address" if user_data is not None: values_if_null[user_data.lower()] = "System.Null_Address" exec1 = gtk_func.call( in_pkg=self.pkg, extra_postcall="".join(call), values=values_if_null) call1 = gtk_func.call_to_string(exec1, lang="ada->c") if not call1.endswith(";"): call1 += ";" exec2 = gtk_func.call( in_pkg=self.pkg, extra_postcall="".join(call), values=values) call2 = gtk_func.call_to_string(exec2, lang="ada->c") if not call2.endswith(";"): call2 += ";" return ("""if %s = null then %s else %s end if;""" % (cb.name, call1, call2), exec2[2]) cbname = cb.type.param # Compute the name of the Ada type representing the user callback cb_type_name = naming.type(name=cb.type.ada, cname=cbname).ada funcname = base_name(cb_type_name) destroy = profile.find_param(destroy_data_params) # Compute the profile of the callback (will all its arguments) gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname=cname) try: cb_gir_node = self.gir.callbacks[cb.type.ada] except: raise Exception("No GIR node for %s in callback %s" % (cb.type.ada, cname)) cb_profile = SubprogramProfile.parse( cb_gir_node, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, pkg=self.pkg) user_data = profile.callback_user_data() cb_user_data = cb_profile.find_param(user_data_params) if user_data is None and cb_user_data is not None: user_data = cb_user_data # Generate the access-to-subprogram type for the user callback, unless # we have already done so. This is the type that doesn't receive # user data. if cbname not in self.callbacks: self.callbacks.add(cbname) # Prevent multiple generations section = self.pkg.section("Callbacks") if cb_user_data is None: print "callback has no user data: %s" % cbname # If the C function has no user data, we do not know how to # generate a high-level binding, since we cannot go through an # intermediate C function that transforms the parameters into # their Ada equivalent. # # Instead, we just generate a low-level C callback passing # System.Address for widgets. nouser_cb_profile = copy.deepcopy(cb_profile) subp = nouser_cb_profile.subprogram(name="", lang="ada->c") section.add( "\ntype %s is %s" % (funcname, subp.spec(pkg=self.pkg))) section.add( "\npragma Convention (C, %s);" % funcname) else: # Generate a simpler version of the callback, without # user data, that the Ada applications can use nouser_cb_profile = copy.deepcopy(cb_profile) nouser_cb_profile.remove_param( destroy_data_params + [cb_user_data]) subp = nouser_cb_profile.subprogram(name="") section.add( "\ntype %s is %s" % (funcname, subp.spec(pkg=self.pkg))) # Generate a subprogram in the body to act as the C callback. # This subprogram is responsible for calling the user's # callback. In the call to the user's callback, we need to # convert the parameters from the C values to the # corresponding Ada values. self.pkg.add_with( "Ada.Unchecked_Conversion", do_use=False, specs=False) section.add( ("function To_%s is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion\n" + " (System.Address, %s);\n") % (funcname, funcname), in_spec=False) section.add( ("function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion\n" + " (%s, System.Address);\n") % (cb_type_name,), in_spec=False) ada_func = copy.deepcopy(subp) if ada_func.plist: ada_func.name = "Func" else: ada_func.name = "Func.all" ada_func_call = ada_func.call(in_pkg=self.pkg, lang="c->ada") body_cb = cb_profile.subprogram( name="Internal_%s" % funcname, local_vars=[Local_Var( "Func", "constant %s" % funcname, "To_%s (%s)" % (funcname, cb_user_data))] + ada_func_call[2], lang="c->ada", code=ada_func.call_to_string(ada_func_call, lang="c->ada")) body_cb.convention = "C" body_cb.doc = [] section.add(body_cb, in_spec=False) # The gtk C function, will all parameters. # This will be used to generate the "Internal" nested subprogram. local_vars = [] call = [] gtk_func_profile = copy.deepcopy(profile) if cb is not None: gtk_func_profile.replace_param(cb.name, "System.Address") if cb_user_data is not None: gtk_func_profile.replace_param(destroy, "System.Address") gtk_func = gtk_func_profile.subprogram( name=naming.case("C_%s" % cname), lang="ada->c").import_c(cname) # This function is shared both by the version without user_data and by # the generic package, so we need to put it directly in the package, # not a nested subprogram. self.pkg.section("").add(gtk_func, in_spec=False) # Create a version of the function without a user data. section = self.pkg.section("Methods") nouser_profile = copy.deepcopy(profile) if user_data is None: values = {destroy: "System.Null_Address", cb.name.lower(): "%s'Address" % cb.name} elif cb_user_data is None: values = {destroy: "System.Null_Address", cb.name.lower(): "Internal_%s'Address" % funcname, user_data.lower(): "%s'Address" % cb.name} else: nouser_profile.remove_param(destroy_data_params + [user_data]) values = {destroy: "System.Null_Address", cb.name.lower(): "Internal_%s'Address" % funcname, user_data.lower(): "To_Address (%s)" % cb.name} c_call = call_to_c(gtk_func, values) subp = nouser_profile.subprogram( name=adaname, local_vars=c_call[1], code=c_call[0]) section.add(subp) # Now create a generic package that will provide access to # user_data. The function can no longer be a primitive operation of the # object, since it is in a nested package. # It is possible that the function doesn't accept a user data in fact # (for instance when scope="async"). In this case, no need for a # generic package. user_data2 = cb_profile.find_param(user_data_params) if user_data2 is not None: self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Object", do_use=False, specs=False) pkg2 = Package(name="%s_User_Data" % adaname) section.add(pkg2) pkg2.formal_params = """type User_Data_Type (<>) is private; with procedure Destroy (Data : in out User_Data_Type) is null;""" sect2 = pkg2.section("") sect2.add("""package Users is new Glib.Object.User_Data_Closure (User_Data_Type, Destroy);""", in_spec=False) sect2.add( ("function To_%s is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion\n" + " (System.Address, %s);\n") % (funcname, funcname), in_spec=False) sect2.add( ("function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion\n" + " (%s, System.Address);\n") % (funcname,), in_spec=False) cb_profile2 = copy.deepcopy(cb_profile) cb_profile2.replace_param(user_data2, "User_Data_Type") cb2 = cb_profile2.subprogram(name="") sect2.add( "\ntype %s is %s" % (funcname, cb2.spec(pkg=pkg2))) values = {user_data2.lower(): "D.Data.all"} user_cb = cb_profile2.subprogram(name="To_%s (D.Func)" % funcname) user_cb_call = user_cb.call( in_pkg=self.pkg, lang="c->ada", extra_postcall="".join(call), values=values) internal_cb = cb_profile.subprogram( name="Internal_Cb", local_vars=[ Local_Var("D", "constant Users.Internal_Data_Access", "Users.Convert (%s)" % user_data2)] + user_cb_call[2], convention="C", lang="c->ada", code=user_cb.call_to_string(user_cb_call, lang="c->ada")) sect2.add(internal_cb, in_spec=False) values = {destroy: "Users.Free_Data'Address", cb.name.lower(): "%s'Address" % internal_cb.name, user_data.lower(): "Users.Build (To_Address (%s), %s)" % ( cb.name, user_data)} full_profile = copy.deepcopy(profile) full_profile.set_class_wide() full_profile.remove_param(destroy_data_params) full_profile.replace_param(cb.name, funcname) full_profile.replace_param(user_data, "User_Data_Type") c_call = call_to_c(gtk_func, values) subp2 = full_profile.subprogram( name=adaname, local_vars=c_call[1], code=c_call[0]) sect2.add(subp2) return subp def _constructors(self): n = QName(uri, "constructor").text for c in self.node.findall(n): cname = c.get(cidentifier) gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname=cname) if not gtkmethod.bind(): naming.add_cmethod( cname, gtkmethod.ada_name() or cname) # Avoid warning continue profile = SubprogramProfile.parse( node=c, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, pkg=self.pkg, ignore_return=True) if profile.has_varargs() \ and gtkmethod.get_param("varargs").node is None: naming.add_cmethod(cname, cname) # Avoid warning later on. print "No binding for %s: varargs" % cname continue self._handle_constructor( c, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, cname=cname, profile=profile) def _handle_constructor(self, c, cname, gtkmethod, profile=None): assert(profile is None or isinstance(profile, SubprogramProfile)) section = self.pkg.section("Constructors") name = c.get("name").title() assert profile.params is not None, "No profile defined for %s" % cname format_params = ", ".join(p.name for p in profile.params) if format_params: self._subst["internal_params"] = " (%s)" % format_params format_params = ", " + format_params self._subst["params"] = format_params else: self._subst["params"] = "" self._subst["internal_params"] = "" if self.is_gobject or self.is_boxed: profile.returns = AdaType( "System.Address", pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=False) else: profile.returns = AdaType( "%(typename)s" % self._subst, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=False) local_vars = [] code = [] internal = Subprogram( name="Internal", lang="ada->c", plist=profile.c_params(local_vars, code), returns=profile.returns).import_c(cname) call = internal.call(in_pkg=self.pkg) assert(call[1] is not None) # A function gtk_new_prefix = "Gtk_New" adaname = gtkmethod.ada_name() if not adaname: if cname.startswith("gdk_") or cname.startswith("pango_"): gtk_new_prefix = "Gdk_New" adaname = "Gdk_%s" % name # e.g. Gdk_New elif cname.startswith("g_"): gtk_new_prefix = "G_New" adaname = "G_%s" % name # e.g. G_New else: adaname = "Gtk_%s" % name # e.g. Gtk_New selfname = gtkmethod.get_param("self").ada_name() or "Self" if self.is_gobject: selftype = "%(typename)s_Record'Class" % self._subst else: selftype = "%(typename)s" % self._subst if self.is_gobject: filtered_params = [p for p in profile.params if p.ada_binding] initialize_params = [Parameter( name=selfname, type=AdaType(selftype, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True), mode="not null access")] + filtered_params initialize = Subprogram( name=adaname.replace( gtk_new_prefix, "%s.Initialize" % self.pkg.name), plist=initialize_params, local_vars=local_vars + call[2], doc=profile.doc, code="if not %s.Is_Created then %sSet_Object (%s, %s); end if" % ( selfname, call[0], selfname, call[1]), ).add_nested(internal) call = initialize.call(in_pkg=self.pkg) assert(call[1] is None) # This is a procedure naming.add_cmethod(cname, "%s.%s" % (self.pkg.name, adaname)) gtk_new = Subprogram( name=adaname, plist=[Parameter( name=selfname, type=AdaType("%(typename)s" % self._subst, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True), mode="out")] + filtered_params, local_vars=call[2], code=selfname + " := new %(typename)s_Record;" % self._subst + call[0], doc=profile.doc) section.add(gtk_new) section.add(initialize) # Gtk_New as a function gtk_new = Subprogram( name="%s_%s" % (self._subst["typename"], name), returns=AdaType("%(typename)s" % self._subst, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True), plist=filtered_params, local_vars=call[2] + [Local_Var(selfname, "constant %(typename)s" % self._subst, "new %(typename)s_Record" % self._subst)], code=call[0] + "return %s;" % selfname, doc=profile.doc) section.add(gtk_new) elif self.is_boxed: gtk_new = Subprogram( name=adaname, plist=[Parameter( name=selfname, type=AdaType("%(typename)s" % self._subst, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True), mode="out")] + profile.params, local_vars=local_vars + call[2], code="%s%s.Set_Object (%s)" % (call[0], selfname, call[1]), doc=profile.doc) gtk_new.add_nested(internal) section.add(gtk_new) # Now as a function gtk_new = Subprogram( name="%s_%s" % (self._subst["typename"], name), returns=AdaType("%(typename)s" % self._subst, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True), plist=profile.params, local_vars=local_vars + call[2] + [Local_Var(selfname, "%(typename)s" % self._subst)], code="%s%s.Set_Object (%s); return %s" % ( call[0], selfname, call[1], selfname), doc=profile.doc) gtk_new.add_nested(internal) section.add(gtk_new) else: # likely a Proxy gtk_new = Subprogram( name=adaname, plist=[Parameter( name=selfname, type=AdaType("%(typename)s" % self._subst, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True), mode="out")] + profile.params, local_vars=local_vars + call[2], code="%s%s := %s" % (call[0], selfname, call[1]), doc=profile.doc) gtk_new.add_nested(internal) section.add(gtk_new) # Now as a function gtk_new = Subprogram( name="%s_%s" % (self._subst["typename"], name), returns=AdaType("%(typename)s" % self._subst, pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True), plist=profile.params, local_vars=local_vars + call[2] + [Local_Var(selfname, "%(typename)s" % self._subst)], code="%s%s := %s; return %s;" % ( call[0], selfname, call[1], selfname), doc=profile.doc) gtk_new.add_nested(internal) section.add(gtk_new) def _methods(self): all = self.node.findall(nmethod) if all is not None: section = self.pkg.section("Methods") for c in all: self._handle_function(section, c, ismethod=True) def _functions(self): all = self.node.findall(nfunction) if all is not None: section = self.pkg.section("Functions") for c in all: self._handle_function(section, c) def _virtual_methods(self): all = self.node.findall(nvirtualmethod) has_iface = False if all is not None: ifacename = base_name(self.name) info = '' for c in all: if not self.gtkpkg.bind_virtual_method( c.get('name'), default=self.is_interface): continue gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname=c.get('name')) basename = gtkmethod.ada_name() or c.get('name').title() adaname = "Virtual_%s" % basename if not has_iface: has_iface = True section = self.pkg.section("Virtual Methods") info += 'procedure Set_%s\n' % basename if self.is_interface: info += ' (Self : %s_Interface_Descr;\n' % ifacename else: info += ' (Self : Glib.Object.GObject_Class;\n' info += ' Handler : %s);\n' % adaname info += 'pragma Import (C, Set_%s, "gtkada_%s_set_%s");\n' % ( basename, ifacename, basename.lower()) c_iface = '%s%s' % ( self.identifier_prefix, self.node.get(glib_type_struct)) self.gir.ccode += """ void gtkada_%s_set_%s(%s* iface, %s* handler) { iface->%s = handler; }""" % (ifacename, basename.lower(), c_iface, 'void', c.get('name')) profile = SubprogramProfile.parse( node=c, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, pkg=self.pkg) self._add_self_param( adaname=adaname, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, profile=profile, is_import=False) subp = profile.subprogram( name=adaname, lang="ada->c", convention="C", showdoc=True) section.add( '\ntype %s is %s' % ( adaname, subp.spec(pkg=self.pkg, as_type=True))) subp.add_withs_for_subprogram(pkg=self.pkg, in_specs=True) if has_iface: info = ('subtype %s_Interface_Descr is ' % ifacename + 'Glib.Object.Interface_Description;\n' + info + '-- See Glib.Object.Add_Interface\n') section.add(info) self.pkg.add_with('Glib.Object') def _globals(self): funcs = self.gtkpkg.get_global_functions() # List of binding.xml nodes if funcs: section = self.pkg.section("Functions") # Make sure section exists for f in funcs: c = self.gir.globals.get_function(f.cname()) # Node in gir file self._handle_function(section, c, gtkmethod=f) def _method_get_type(self): """Generate the Get_Type subprogram""" n = self.node.get(ggettype) if n is not None: section = self.pkg.section("Constructors") gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname=n) if not gtkmethod.bind(): return self.pkg.add_with("Glib") get_type_name = gtkmethod.ada_name() or "Get_Type" section.add( Subprogram( name=get_type_name, returns=AdaType("Glib.GType", pkg=self.pkg, in_spec=True)) .import_c(n)) if not self.gtktype.is_subtype() \ and not self.is_interface \ and self.is_gobject \ and self._subst["parent"] is not None: self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks", specs=False) self._subst["get_type"] = get_type_name section.add( ("package Type_Conversion_%(typename)s is new" + " Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks.Hook_Registrator\n" + " (%(get_type)s'Access, %(typename)s_Record);\n" + "pragma Unreferenced (Type_Conversion_%(typename)s);""") % self._subst, in_spec=False) def _get_c_type(self, node): t = node.find(ntype) if t is not None: return t.get(ctype_qname) return None def _fields(self): fields = self.node.findall(nfield) if fields: section = self.pkg.section("Fields") for f in fields: name = f.get("name") # Getter if f.get("readable", "1") != "0": cname = "gtkada_%(cname)s_get_%(name)s" % { "cname":self._subst["cname"], "name":name} gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname=cname) if gtkmethod.bind(default="false"): profile = SubprogramProfile.parse( node=f, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, pkg=self.pkg) func = self._handle_function_internal( section, node=f, cname=cname, adaname="Get_%s" % name, ismethod=True, profile=profile, gtkmethod=gtkmethod) if func is not None: ctype = self._get_c_type(f) if ctype is None: continue self.gir.ccode += """ %(ctype)s %(cname)s (%(self)s* self) { return self->%(name)s; } """ % {"ctype":ctype, "cname":cname, "self":self.ctype, "name":name} # Setter if f.get("writable", "1") != "0": cname = "gtkada_%(cname)s_set_%(name)s" % { "cname":self._subst["cname"], "name":name} gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname=cname) if gtkmethod.bind("false"): profile = SubprogramProfile.setter( node=f, pkg=self.pkg) func = self._handle_function_internal( section, node=f, cname=cname, adaname="Set_%s" % name, ismethod=True, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, profile=profile) if func is not None: ctype = self._get_c_type(f) if ctype is None: continue self.gir.ccode += """ void %(cname)s (%(self)s* self, %(ctype)s val) { self->%(name)s = val; } """ % {"ctype":ctype, "cname":cname, "self":self.ctype, "name":name} def _properties(self): n = QName(uri, "property") props = list(self.node.findall(n.text)) if props is not None: adaprops = [] for p in props: flags = [] if p.get("readable", "1") != "0": flags.append("read") if p.get("writable", "1") != "0": flags.append("write") # Do not provide a "pkg=self.pkg" parameter, since we do # not want to generate a with for the actual property type # (for instance a Gtk_Cell_Area), just for the actual type # (Property_Object). tp = _get_type(p) tp.userecord = False ptype = tp.as_property() if ptype: pkg = ptype[:ptype.rfind(".")] if pkg: self.pkg.add_with(pkg) else: section = self.pkg.section("Properties") section.add( (' %(name)s_Property : constant ' + 'Glib.Properties.Property_String :=\n' + ' Glib.Properties.Build ("%(cname)s");' + ' -- Unknown type: %(type)s') % { "name": naming.case(p.get("name")), "type": (p.find(ntype).get("name") if p.find(ntype) is not None else "unspecified"), "cname": p.get("name")}) self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Properties") continue adaprops.append({ "cname": p.get("name"), "name": naming.case(p.get("name")), "flags": "-".join(flags), "doc": p.findtext(ndoc, ""), "pkg": pkg, "ptype": ptype, "type": tp.as_ada_param(self.pkg)}) if adaprops: section = self.pkg.section("Properties") section.add_comment( """The following properties are defined for this widget. See Glib.Properties for more information on properties)""") adaprops.sort(lambda x, y: cmp(x["name"], y["name"])) for p in adaprops: prop_str = ' %(name)s_Property : constant %(ptype)s;' % p if not section.add(prop_str): continue # Only display the type if it isn't obvious from the actual # type of the property. if p["type"] not in ("Boolean", "UTF8_String", "Gfloat", "Gint", "Guint") \ and not p["type"].startswith("Gtk.Enums."): section.add( Code("Type: %(type)s" % p, iscomment=True)) if p["flags"] != "read-write": section.add( Code("Flags: %(flags)s" % p, iscomment=True)) if p["doc"]: section.add(Code("%s" % p["doc"], iscomment=True)) d = ' %(name)s_Property : constant %(ptype)s' % p self.pkg.add_private( d + ' :=\n %(pkg)s.Build ("%(cname)s");' % p) def _compute_marshaller_suffix(self, selftype, profile): """Computes the suffix for the connect and marshallers types based on the profile of the signal. """ return "_".join( [base_name(selftype.ada)] + [base_name(p.type.ada) for p in profile.params] + [(base_name(profile.returns.ada) if profile.returns else "Void")]) def _marshall_gvalue(self, profile): """Return the arguments to parse to an Ada callback, after extracting them from a GValue. Returns a list of local variables for the marshaller, and its body """ call_params = [] for index, p in enumerate(profile.params): if isinstance(p.type, Tagged): call_params.append( "%s.From_Object (Unchecked_To_Address (Params, %d))" % (package_name(p.type.ada), index + 1)) elif isinstance(p.type, Interface): call_params.append( "%s (Unchecked_To_Interface (Params, %d))" % (p.type.ada, index + 1)) elif isinstance(p.type, GObject): if p.type.ada != "Glib.Object.GObject": call_params.append( "%s (Unchecked_To_Object (Params, %d))" % ( p.type.ada, index + 1)) else: call_params.append( "Unchecked_To_Object (Params, %d)" % (index + 1, )) else: if p.mode != "in": call_params.append( "Unchecked_To_%s_Access (Params, %d)" % ( base_name (p.type.ada), index + 1)) else: call_params.append( "Unchecked_To_%s (Params, %d)" % ( base_name (p.type.ada), index + 1)) if call_params: call = "H (Obj, %s)" % ", ".join(call_params) else: call = "H (Obj)" if profile.returns: marsh_local = [ Local_Var("V", profile.returns, aliased=True, default=call)] marsh_body = "Set_Value (Return_Value, V'Address);" else: marsh_local = [] marsh_body = "%s;" % call marsh_body += "exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E);" return marsh_local, marsh_body def _generate_slot_marshaller(self, section, selftype, node, gtkmethod): """Generate connect+marshaller when connect takes a slot object. These procedure are independent of the specific widget, and can be shared. Returns the name for the hander type. """ if SHARED_SLOT_MARSHALLERS: pkg = gir.slot_marshaller_pkg section = gir.slot_marshaller_section existing_marshallers = gir.slot_marshallers else: pkg = self.pkg section = section existing_marshallers = self.__marshallers profile = SubprogramProfile.parse( node=node, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, pkg=pkg) callback_selftype = GObject( "Glib.Object.GObject", classwide=True, allow_none=True) name_suffix = self._compute_marshaller_suffix( callback_selftype, profile) slot_name = "Cb_%s" % name_suffix marshname = "Marsh_%s" % name_suffix callback = Subprogram( name="", plist=[Parameter(name="Self", type=callback_selftype)] + profile.params, code="null", allow_none=False, returns=profile.returns) if slot_name not in existing_marshallers: existing_marshallers.add(slot_name) slot_handler_type = "type %s is %s;" % ( slot_name, callback.profile( pkg=pkg, maxlen=69, indent=" ")) section.add(Code(slot_handler_type), in_spec=True) section.add(Code( """function Cb_To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (%s, System.Address); function Address_To_Cb is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, %s); """ % (slot_name, slot_name)), in_spec=False) if isinstance(selftype, Interface): obj_in_body = "Glib.Types.GType_Interface (Object)" else: obj_in_body = "Object" connect_slot_body = """ Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect (Object => %s, C_Name => C_Name, Marshaller => %s'Access, Handler => Cb_To_Address (Handler), -- Set in the closure Slot_Object => Slot, After => After)""" % (obj_in_body, marshname) marsh_local, marsh_body = self._marshall_gvalue(profile) connect_slot = Subprogram( name="Connect_Slot", plist=[Parameter("Object", selftype), Parameter("C_Name", "Glib.Signal_Name"), Parameter("Handler", slot_name), Parameter("After", "Boolean"), Parameter("Slot", GObject( "Glib.Object.GObject", allow_none=True, classwide=True), default="null") ], code=connect_slot_body) section.add(connect_slot, in_spec=False) addr_to_obj = "Glib.Object.Convert (Get_Data (Closure))" marsh = Subprogram( name=marshname, plist=[Parameter("Closure", "GClosure"), Parameter("Return_Value", "Glib.Values.GValue"), Parameter("N_Params", "Glib.Guint"), Parameter("Params", "Glib.Values.C_GValues"), Parameter("Invocation_Hint", "System.Address"), Parameter("User_Data", "System.Address")], local_vars=[ Local_Var("H", "constant %s" % slot_name, "Address_To_Cb (Get_Callback (Closure))"), Local_Var("Obj", "Glib.Object.GObject", constant=True, default=addr_to_obj) ] + marsh_local, convention="C", code=marsh_body) section.add(marsh, in_spec=False) return slot_name, callback def _generate_marshaller(self, section, selftype, node, gtkmethod): """Generate, if needed, a connect+marshaller for signals with this profile. Returns the name of the type that contains the subprogram profile """ profile = SubprogramProfile.parse( node=node, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, pkg=self.pkg if gtkmethod.bind() else None) name_suffix = self._compute_marshaller_suffix(selftype, profile) marshname = "Marsh_%s" % name_suffix name = "Cb_%s" % name_suffix callback = Subprogram( name="", plist=[Parameter(name="Self", type=selftype)] + profile.params, code="null", allow_none=False, returns=profile.returns) if gtkmethod.bind() and name not in self.__marshallers: self.__marshallers.add(name) handler_type = "type %s is %s;" % ( name, callback.profile( pkg=self.pkg, maxlen=69, indent=" ")) section.add(Code(handler_type), in_spec=True) section.add(Code( """function Cb_To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (%s, System.Address); function Address_To_Cb is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, %s); """ % (name, name)), in_spec=False) if isinstance(selftype, Interface): obj_in_body = "Glib.Types.GType_Interface (Object)" else: obj_in_body = "Object" connect_body = """ Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect (Object => %s, C_Name => C_Name, Marshaller => %s'Access, Handler => Cb_To_Address (Handler), -- Set in the closure After => After)""" % (obj_in_body, marshname) marsh_local, marsh_body = self._marshall_gvalue(profile) connect = Subprogram( name="Connect", plist=[Parameter("Object", selftype), Parameter("C_Name", "Glib.Signal_Name"), Parameter("Handler", name), Parameter("After", "Boolean"), ], code=connect_body) section.add(connect, in_spec=False) if isinstance(selftype, Interface): addr_to_obj = \ "%s (Unchecked_To_Interface (Params, 0))" % selftype.ada else: addr_to_obj = \ "%s (Unchecked_To_Object (Params, 0))" % selftype.ada marsh = Subprogram( name=marshname, plist=[Parameter("Closure", "GClosure"), Parameter("Return_Value", "Glib.Values.GValue"), Parameter("N_Params", "Glib.Guint"), Parameter("Params", "Glib.Values.C_GValues"), Parameter("Invocation_Hint", "System.Address"), Parameter("User_Data", "System.Address")], local_vars=[ Local_Var("H", "constant %s" % name, "Address_To_Cb (Get_Callback (Closure))"), Local_Var("Obj", selftype.ada, constant=True, default=addr_to_obj) ] + marsh_local, convention="C", code=marsh_body) section.add(marsh, in_spec=False) return name, callback, profile def _signals(self): signals = list(self.node.findall(gsignal)) if signals: adasignals = [] section = self.pkg.section("Signals") section.sort_objects = False # preserve insertion order # If at least one signal gets a On_* procedure for s in signals: if self.gtkpkg.get_method( cname="::%s" % s.get("name")).bind(): section.add(Code("use type System.Address;"), in_spec=False) self.pkg.add_with("Gtkada.Bindings", specs=False) self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Values", specs=False) self.pkg.add_with("Gtk.Arguments", specs=False) if SHARED_SLOT_MARSHALLERS: self.pkg.add_with("Gtkada.Marshallers") self.pkg.add_with( "Ada.Unchecked_Conversion", specs=False, do_use=False) break signals.sort(key=lambda x: x.get("name")) for s in signals: gtkmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method( cname="::%s" % (s.get("name"))) bind = gtkmethod.bind() name = s.get("name") if self.is_gobject: selftype = GObject("%(typename)s" % self._subst, allow_none=True, classwide=True) on_selftype = GObject("%(typename)s" % self._subst, allow_none=False, classwide=False) elif self.is_interface: on_selftype = selftype = Interface( "%(typename)s" % self._subst) else: on_selftype = selftype = Proxy( "%(typename)s" % self._subst) # We need to parse the profile twice, so that the with # statements are set both in self.pkg and in # gtkada.marshallers handler_type_name, sub, profile = \ self._generate_marshaller( section, selftype, node=s, gtkmethod=gtkmethod) if bind: slot_handler_type_name, obj_sub = \ self._generate_slot_marshaller( section, selftype, node=s, gtkmethod=gtkmethod) section.add( Code(' Signal_%s : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "%s";' % (naming.case(name), name)), add_newline=False) if bind: connect = Subprogram( name="On_%s" % naming.case(name), plist=[Parameter(name="Self", type=on_selftype), Parameter( name="Call", type=Proxy(handler_type_name)), Parameter( name="After", type="Boolean", default="False")], code='Connect (Self, "%s" & ASCII.NUL, Call, After);' % name) section.add(connect, add_newline=False) self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Object") obj_connect = Subprogram( name="On_%s" % naming.case(name), plist=[Parameter(name="Self", type=on_selftype), Parameter( name="Call", type=Proxy(slot_handler_type_name)), Parameter( name="Slot", type=GObject("Glib.Object.GObject", allow_none=False, classwide=True)), Parameter( name="After", type="Boolean", default="False")], code=('Connect_Slot (Self, "%s" & ASCII.NUL,' + ' Call, After, Slot);') % name) section.add(obj_connect) doc = s.findtext(ndoc, "") if doc: section.add(Code(" %s""" % doc, iscomment=True)) if not bind: sub.name = "Handler" section.add( Code( sub.profile(pkg=self.pkg, maxlen=69), fill=False, iscomment=True)) if profile.returns_doc or len(profile.params) > 1: doc = "\n Callback parameters:" + sub.formatted_doc() if profile.returns_doc: doc += "\n -- %s" % profile.returns_doc section.add(Code(doc, fill=False, iscomment=True)) def _implements(self): """Bind the interfaces that a class implements""" implements = list(self.node.findall(nimplements)) or [] for impl in implements: name = impl.get("name") # Special case, because the GIR file are inconsistent if name == "Gio.Icon": name = "Icon" # If the interface is purposefully not bound if "--%s" % name in interfaces: continue try: intf = self.gir.interfaces[name] except KeyError: intf = self.gir.interfaces[naming.girname_to_ctype[name]] type = naming.type(intf.ctype) if "." in type.ada: self.pkg.add_with(type.ada[:type.ada.rfind(".")]) self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Types") impl = dict( name=name, adatype=base_name(type.ada), impl=type.ada, interface=intf, body="", pkg="%(typename)s" % self._subst) impl["code"] = \ """package Implements_%(adatype)s is new Glib.Types.Implements (%(impl)s, %(pkg)s_Record, %(pkg)s); function "+" (Widget : access %(pkg)s_Record'Class) return %(impl)s renames Implements_%(adatype)s.To_Interface; function "-" (Interf : %(impl)s) return %(pkg)s renames Implements_%(adatype)s.To_Object; """ % impl self.implements[name] = impl # For an interface, we also define "+" to cast to itself. This is used # when writting custom bodies for the methods of the interface, so that # those bodies can be reused for the types that implement the # interface. See GtkTreeModel. if self.is_interface: self.implements[""] = { "name": self._subst["typename"], "interface": None, "code": """function "+" (W : %(typename)s) return %(typename)s; pragma Inline ("+"); """ % self._subst, "body": """function "+" (W : %(typename)s) return %(typename)s is begin return W; end "+";""" % self._subst, } if self.implements: # Duplicate the subprograms from the interfaces. This doesn't # quite work: for instance, Gtk.About_Dialog already has a # Get_Name, so we can't redefine the one inherited from Buildable. section = self.pkg.section("Inherited subprograms (from interfaces)") for impl in sorted(self.implements.iterkeys()): impl = self.implements[impl] if impl["name"] == "Buildable": # Do not repeat for buildable, that's rarely used section.add_comment( "Methods inherited from the Buildable interface are" + " not duplicated here since they are meant to be" + " used by tools, mostly. If you need to call them," + ' use an explicit cast through the "-" operator' + " below.") continue interf = impl["interface"] # Ignore interfaces that we haven't bound if interf is not None and not hasattr(interf, "gtkpkg"): print "%s: methods for interface %s were not bound" % ( self.name, impl["name"]) elif interf is not None: all = interf.node.findall(nmethod) for c in all: cname = c.get(cidentifier) gtkmethod = interf.gtkpkg.get_method(cname) interfmethod = self.gtkpkg.get_method(cname) if interfmethod.bind(): self._handle_function( section, c, showdoc=False, gtkmethod=gtkmethod, ismethod=True, isinherited=True) section = self.pkg.section("Interfaces") section.add_comment( "This class implements several interfaces. See Glib.Types") for impl in sorted(self.implements.iterkeys()): impl = self.implements[impl] section.add_comment("") section.add_comment('- "%(name)s"' % impl) section.add(impl["code"]) if impl["body"]: section.add(impl["body"], in_spec=False) def add_list_binding(self, section, adaname, ctype, singleList): """Generate a list instantiation""" conv = "%s->Address" % ctype.ada decl = "" body = "" if conv not in self.conversions: self.conversions[conv] = True base = "function Convert (R : %s) return System.Address" % ( ctype.ada) decl += base + ';\n' body += base + " is\nbegin\n" if self.is_gobject or self.is_boxed: body += "return Get_Object (R);" else: # a proxy body += "return Glib.To_Address (Glib.C_Proxy (R));" body += "\nend Convert;\n\n" conv = "Address->%s" % ctype.ada if conv not in self.conversions: self.conversions[conv] = True decl += "function Convert (R : System.Address) return %s;\n" % ( ctype.ada) body += "function Convert (R : System.Address) return %s is\n" % ( ctype.ada) if isinstance(ctype, Tagged) or self.is_boxed: # Not a GObject ? body += "begin\nreturn From_Object(R);" elif self.is_gobject: body += "Stub : %s_Record;" % ctype.ada body += "begin\n" body += "return %s (Glib.Object.Get_User_Data (R, Stub));" % ( ctype.ada) else: body += "begin\nreturn %s" % ctype.ada \ + "(Glib.C_Proxy'(Glib.To_Proxy (R)));" body += "\nend Convert;" if singleList: pkg = "GSlist" generic = "Generic_SList" else: pkg = "Glist" generic = "Generic_List" self.pkg.add_with("Glib.%s" % pkg) decl += "package %s is new %s (%s);\n" % (adaname, generic, ctype.ada) section.add(decl) section.add(body, in_spec=False) def record_binding( self, section, ctype, adaname, type, override_fields, unions, private): """Create the binding for a or type. override_fields has the same format as returned by GtkAdaPackage.records() """ base = adaname or base_name(type.ada) try: node = gir.records[ctype] except KeyError: # The package doesn't contain a type (for instance GtkMain) return gir.bound.add(ctype) is_union = node.tag == nunion first_field_ctype = None fields = [] # array of (name,type,default) tuples # Check if we have forced the mapping as a C proxy ? if (naming.type_exceptions.get(ctype, None) is None or not isinstance(naming.type_exceptions[ctype], Proxy)): for field in node.findall(nfield): name = field.get("name") ftype = None type = _get_type(field) cb = field.findall(ncallback) if type: ftype = override_fields.get(name, None) if ftype is None: if not first_field_ctype: t = field.findall(ntype) assert t, "No type info for %s.%s" % (ctype, name) ctype = t[0].get(ctype_qname) if not ctype: # has no c:type attribute, # so we try to map the name to a Girname ctype = naming.girname_to_ctype[ t[0].get("name")] first_field_ctype = ctype ftype = type elif cb: # ??? JL: Should properly bind the callback here. # For now, we just use a System.Address to maintain the # record integrity ftype = override_fields.get(name, None) if ftype is None: ftype = AdaType( "System.Address", pkg=self.pkg) else: print "WARNING: Field '%s.%s' has no type" % (name, base) print " generated record is most certainly incorrect" if ftype is not None: if ftype.ada in ("GSList", "GList") and private: ftype = "System.Address" default_value = "System.Null_Address" else: default_value = ftype.default_record_field_value ftype = ftype.record_field_type(pkg=self.pkg) self.pkg.add_with(package_name(ftype)) fields.append((naming.case(name), ftype, default_value)) if not fields: section.add( ("\ntype %(typename)s is new Glib.C_Proxy;\n" + "function From_Object_Free (B : access %(typename)s) " + "return %(typename)s;\npragma Inline (From_Object_Free);") % {"typename": base}) section.add(""" function From_Object_Free (B : access %(typename)s) return %(typename)s is Result : constant %(typename)s := B.all; begin Glib.g_free (B.all'Address); return Result; end From_Object_Free;""" % {"typename": base}, in_spec=False) else: if private: section.add( ("\ntype %(typename)s is private;\n" + "function From_Object_Free (B : access %(typename)s)" + " return %(typename)s;\n" + "pragma Inline (From_Object_Free);") % {"typename": base}) adder = self.pkg.add_private else: adder = section.add if is_union: enums = self.get_enumeration_values(first_field_ctype) enums_dict = {ctype: adatype for ctype, adatype in enums} text = "\ntype %s (%s : %s := %s) is record\n" % ( base, fields[0][0], fields[0][1], enums[0][1]) + \ " case %s is\n" % fields[0][0] for index, f in enumerate(fields): if index != 0: when_stmt = [] if unions: for v, key in unions: # applies to field if key.lower() == f[0].lower(): when_stmt.append(enums_dict[v]) else: when_stmt = [enums[index][1]] if not when_stmt: print("ERROR: no discrimant value for field %s" % f[0]) text += "\n when %s =>\n %s : %s;\n" % ( "\n | ".join(when_stmt), f[0], f[1]) text += " end case;\nend record;\n" text += "pragma Convention (C, %s);\n" % base text += "pragma Unchecked_Union(%s);\n" % base adder("\n" + Code(text).format()) else: c = [] for f in fields: if f[2]: c.append('%s : %s := %s;' % (f[0], f[1], f[2])) else: c.append('%s : %s;' % (f[0], f[1])) c = Code('\ntype %s is record\n' % base + '\n'.join(c) + '\nend record;\npragma Convention (C, %s);\n' % base) adder(c.format()) if not private: section.add( ("\nfunction From_Object_Free (B : access %(type)s)" + " return %(type)s;\n" + "pragma Inline (From_Object_Free);") % {"type": base}) section.add(""" function From_Object_Free (B : access %(typename)s) return %(typename)s is Result : constant %(typename)s := B.all; begin Glib.g_free (B.all'Address); return Result; end From_Object_Free;""" % {"typename": base}, in_spec=False) section.add(Code(node.findtext(ndoc, ""), iscomment=True)) def get_enumeration_values(sef, enum_ctype): """Return the list of enumeration values for the given enum, as a list of tuples (C identifier, ada identifier)""" node = gir.enums[enum_ctype] return [(m.get(cidentifier), naming.adamethod_name(m.get(cidentifier))) for m in node.findall(nmember)] def constants_binding(self, section, regexp, prefix): constants = [] r = re.compile(regexp) for name, node in gir.constants.iteritems(): if r.match(name): name = name.replace(prefix, "").title() gir.bound.add(node.get(ctype_qname)) type = node.findall(ntype) ctype = type[0].get(ctype_qname) ftype = naming.type(name="", cname=ctype) constants.append( '%s : constant %s := "%s";' % (name, ftype.ada, node.get("value"))) constants.sort() section.add("\n".join(constants)) def enumeration_binding(self, section, ctype, type, prefix, asbitfield=False, ignore=""): """Add to the section the Ada type definition for the ctype. type is the corresponding instance of CType(). This function also handles types. :param prefix: is removed from the values to get the default Ada name, which can be overridden in data.cname_to_adaname. :param ignore: space-separated list of values that should not be bound. """ base = base_name(type.ada) node = gir.enums[ctype] current = 0 is_default_representation = True gir.bound.add(ctype) members = [] ignore = set(ignore.split()) for member in node.findall(nmember): cname = member.get(cidentifier) if cname in ignore: continue m = naming.adamethod_name(cname, warning_if_not_found=False) if m is None: continue if cname == m: # No special case ? Attempt a simple rule (remove leading # Gtk prefix, and capitalize the value) m = cname.replace(prefix, "").title() else: m = base_name(m) # For proper substitution in docs naming.add_cmethod( cname=cname, adaname="%s.%s" % (self.name, m)) value = int(member.get("value")) if value != current: is_default_representation = False current += 1 members.append((m, value)) decl = "" if node.tag == nenumeration and not asbitfield: section.add( "type %s is " % base + "(\n" + ",\n".join(m[0] for m in sorted(members, key=lambda m:m[1])) + ");\n" + "pragma Convention (C, %s);\n" % base) section.add(Code(node.findtext(ndoc, ""), iscomment=True)) if not is_default_representation: repr = (" for %s use (\n" % base + ",\n".join(" %s => %s" % m for m in sorted(members, key=lambda m:m[1])) + ");\n") section.add(repr) elif node.tag == nbitfield or asbitfield: section.add( "\ntype %s is " % base + "mod 2 ** Integer'Size;\n" + "pragma Convention (C, %s);\n" % base) section.add(Code(node.findtext(ndoc, ""), iscomment=True)) for m, value in members: decl += "%s : constant %s := %s;\n" % (m, base, value) section.add(decl) section.pkg.section("Enumeration Properties").add( "package %s_Properties is\n" % base + " new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (%s);\n" % base + "type Property_%s is new %s_Properties.Property;\n\n" % ( base, base)) self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Generic_Properties") def generate(self, gir): if self._generated: return extra = self.gtkpkg.extra() if extra: self.node.extend(extra) # The parent is unfortunately specified as a GIR name. But that creates # ambiguities when loading both Gtk and Gdk, which for instance both # define "Window". So we first look in the same file as the current # Class. parent = gir._get_class_node( self.rootNode, girname=self.gtkpkg.parent_type() or self.node.get("parent")) parent = naming.type( name=self.gtkpkg.parent_type() or self.node.get("parent"), # GIRName cname=parent and parent.get(ctype_qname)).ada if parent and parent.rfind(".") != -1: self._subst["parent_pkg"] = package_name(parent) self._subst["parent"] = base_name(parent) else: self._subst["parent_pkg"] = None self._subst["parent"] = parent self._generated = True girdoc = self.node.findtext(ndoc) into = self.gtkpkg.into() if into: # Make sure we have already generated the other package, so that # its types go first. klass = gir.classes.get(into, None) or gir.ctype_interfaces[into] klass.generate(gir) into = klass.name # from now on, we want the Ada name # Do not integrate the documentation from the other package, it # is likely useless anyway girdoc = "" # Override the type exception. For instance, from now on we # want to use "Gtk.Box.Gtk_HBox" rather than "Gtk.HBox.Gtk_HBox" # which doesn't exist typename = "%s.%s" % (into, self._subst["typename"]) # retrieve the old type oldtype = naming.type(cname=self.ctype) newtype = None # and create the new one accordingly if isinstance(oldtype, Tagged): newtype = Tagged(typename) elif isinstance(oldtype, GObject): newtype = GObject(typename) elif isinstance(oldtype, Proxy): newtype = Proxy(typename) elif isinstance(oldtype, Record): newtype = Record(typename) else: raise Exception("Can't override %s for a package with 'into'" % oldtype) naming.add_type_exception( override=True, cname=self.ctype, type=newtype) self.pkg = gir.get_package(into or self.ada_package_name, ctype=self.ctype, doc=girdoc) if self._subst["parent_pkg"]: self.pkg.add_with("%(parent_pkg)s" % self._subst) self.gtktype = self.gtkpkg.get_type(self._subst["typename"]) section = self.pkg.section("") if self.gtkpkg.is_obsolete(): section.add("pragma Obsolescent;") if not self.has_toplevel_type: pass elif self.is_interface: self.pkg.add_with("Glib.Types") section.add( """type %(typename)s is new Glib.Types.GType_Interface; Null_%(typename)s : constant %(typename)s;""" % self._subst) self.pkg.add_private(""" Null_%(typename)s : constant %(typename)s := %(typename)s (Glib.Types.Null_Interface);""" % self._subst) elif self.gtktype.is_subtype(): section.add( """ subtype %(typename)s_Record is %(parent)s_Record; subtype %(typename)s is %(parent)s;""" % self._subst); elif self.is_proxy: section.add(""" type %(typename)s is new Glib.C_Proxy;""" % self._subst) elif self.is_boxed: # The type is not private so that we can directly instantiate # generic packages for lists of this type. section.add(""" type %(typename)s is new Glib.C_Boxed with null record; Null_%(typename)s : constant %(typename)s; function From_Object (Object : System.Address) return %(typename)s; function From_Object_Free (B : access %(typename)s'Class) return %(typename)s; pragma Inline (From_Object_Free, From_Object); """ % self._subst) # Insert constant declaration at the end of the package, to avoid # freezing issues self.pkg.add_private( ("\n Null_%(typename)s : constant %(typename)s :=" + " (Glib.C_Boxed with null record);\n") % self._subst, at_end=True) section.add(""" function From_Object_Free (B : access %(typename)s'Class) return %(typename)s is Result : constant %(typename)s := %(typename)s (B.all); begin Glib.g_free (B.all'Address); return Result; end From_Object_Free; function From_Object (Object : System.Address) return %(typename)s is S : %(typename)s; begin S.Set_Object (Object); return S; end From_Object; """ % self._subst, in_spec=False) elif self._subst["parent"] is None: # Likely a public record type (ie with visible fields). # Automatically add it to the list of records to bind. self.gtkpkg.add_record_type(self.ctype) else: section.add(""" type %(typename)s_Record is new %(parent)s_Record with null record; type %(typename)s is access all %(typename)s_Record'Class;""" % self._subst) for ctype, enum, prefix, asbitfield, ignore in \ self.gtkpkg.enumerations(): self.enumeration_binding( section, ctype, enum, prefix, asbitfield=asbitfield, ignore=ignore) for regexp, prefix in self.gtkpkg.constants(): self.constants_binding(section, regexp, prefix) for ctype, enum, adaname, fields, unions, private in \ self.gtkpkg.records(): self.record_binding( section, ctype, adaname, enum, fields, unions, private) for ada, ctype, single, sect_name in self.gtkpkg.lists(): sect = self.pkg.section(sect_name) self.add_list_binding(sect, ada, ctype, single) if extra: for p in extra: if p.tag == "with_spec": self.pkg.add_with( p.get("pkg", "Missing package name in "), do_use=p.get("use", "true").lower() == "true") elif p.tag == "with_body": self.pkg.add_with( p.get("pkg"), specs=False, do_use=p.get("use", "true").lower() == "true") elif p.tag == "type": naming.add_type_exception( cname=p.get("ctype"), type=Proxy(p.get("ada"), p.get("properties", None))) section.add(p.text) elif p.tag == "body": if p.get("before", "true").lower() == "true": # Go before the body of generated subprograms, so that # we can add type definition section.add(p.text, in_spec=False) self._constructors() self._method_get_type() self._methods() if extra: s = None for p in extra: if p.tag == "spec": if p.get("private", "False").lower() == "true": self.pkg.add_private(p.text, at_end=True) else: s = s or self.pkg.section("GtkAda additions") s.add(p.text) elif p.tag == "body" \ and p.get("before", "true").lower() != "true": s.add(p.text, in_spec=False) self._functions() self._globals() self._fields() self._virtual_methods() if not into and self.name != "Gtk.Widget": self._implements() self._properties() self._signals() # Set up and invoke our command line parser parser = OptionParser() parser.add_option ( "--gir-file", help="input GTK .gir file", action="append", dest="gir_file", metavar="FILE") parser.add_option ( "--xml-file", help="input GtkAda binding.xml file", dest="xml_file", metavar="FILE") parser.add_option ( "--ada-output", help="Ada language output file", dest="ada_outfile", metavar="FILE") parser.add_option ( "--c-output", help="C language output file", dest="c_outfile", metavar="FILE") (options, args) = parser.parse_args() # Command line argument sanity checking: make sure that all of our # inputs and outputs are specified. missing_files = [] if options.gir_file is None: missing_files.append("GIR file") if options.xml_file is None: missing_files.append("binding.xml file") if options.ada_outfile is None: missing_files.append("Ada output file") if options.c_outfile is None: missing_files.append("C output file") if missing_files: parser.error('Must specify files:\n\t' + ', '.join(missing_files)) gtkada = GtkAda(options.xml_file) gir = GIR(options.gir_file) Package.copyright_header = \ """------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- As a special exception under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted -- -- additional permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, -- -- version 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ """ gir.ccode = \ """/***************************************************************************** * GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome * * * * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet * * Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore * * * * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it * * under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free * * Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later * * version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- * * TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. * * * * As a special exception under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted * * additional permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, * * version 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and * * a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; * * see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see * * . * * ***************************************************************************** This file is automatically generated from the .gir files */ #include """ for the_ctype in enums: node = Element( nclass, {ctype_qname: the_ctype}) root = Element(nclass) cl = gir._create_class(rootNode=root, node=node, identifier_prefix='', is_interface=False, is_gobject=False, has_toplevel_type=False) cl.generate(gir) for name in interfaces: if name.startswith("--"): gir.bound.add(name[2:]) continue gir.interfaces[name].generate(gir) gir.bound.add(name) for the_ctype in binding: if the_ctype.startswith("--"): gir.bound.add(the_ctype[2:]) continue try: e = gir.classes[the_ctype] except KeyError: cl = gtkada.get_pkg(the_ctype) if not cl: raise node = Element(nclass, {ctype_qname: the_ctype}) e = gir.classes[the_ctype] = gir._create_class( rootNode=root, node=node, is_interface=False, identifier_prefix='') e.generate(gir) gir.bound.add(the_ctype) out = file(options.ada_outfile, "w") cout = file(options.c_outfile, "w") gir.generate(out, cout) gir.show_unbound() gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/Pango-1.0.gir0000644000076700001450000150475312533067132017302 0ustar gnatmailgnat Type of a function that can duplicate user data for an attribute. new copy of @user_data. user data to copy Type of a function filtering a list of attributes. %TRUE if the attribute should be kept, %FALSE if it should be filtered out. a Pango attribute user data passed to the function Create a new font description attribute. This attribute allows setting family, style, weight, variant, stretch, and size simultaneously. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the font description Copy a #PangoAttrIterator the newly allocated #PangoAttrIterator, which should be freed with pango_attr_iterator_destroy(). Destroy a #PangoAttrIterator and free all associated memory. Find the current attribute of a particular type at the iterator location. When multiple attributes of the same type overlap, the attribute whose range starts closest to the current location is used. the current attribute of the given type, or %NULL if no attribute of that type applies to the current location. the type of attribute to find. Gets a list of all attributes at the current position of the iterator. a list of all attributes for the current range. To free this value, call pango_attribute_destroy() on each value and g_slist_free() on the list. Get the font and other attributes at the current iterator position. a #PangoFontDescription to fill in with the current values. The family name in this structure will be set using pango_font_description_set_family_static() using values from an attribute in the #PangoAttrList associated with the iterator, so if you plan to keep it around, you must call: <literal>pango_font_description_set_family (desc, pango_font_description_get_family (desc))</literal>. if non-%NULL, location to store language tag for item, or %NULL if none is found. if non-%NULL, location in which to store a list of non-font attributes at the the current position; only the highest priority value of each attribute will be added to this list. In order to free this value, you must call pango_attribute_destroy() on each member. Advance the iterator until the next change of style. %FALSE if the iterator is at the end of the list, otherwise %TRUE Get the range of the current segment. Note that the stored return values are signed, not unsigned like the values in #PangoAttribute. To deal with this API oversight, stored return values that wouldn't fit into a signed integer are clamped to %G_MAXINT. location to store the start of the range location to store the end of the range Create a new language tag attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). language tag Create a new empty attribute list with a reference count of one. the newly allocated #PangoAttrList, which should be freed with pango_attr_list_unref(). Insert the given attribute into the #PangoAttrList. It will replace any attributes of the same type on that segment and be merged with any adjoining attributes that are identical. This function is slower than pango_attr_list_insert() for creating a attribute list in order (potentially much slower for large lists). However, pango_attr_list_insert() is not suitable for continually changing a set of attributes since it never removes or combines existing attributes. the attribute to insert. Ownership of this value is assumed by the list. Copy @list and return an identical new list. the newly allocated #PangoAttrList, with a reference count of one, which should be freed with pango_attr_list_unref(). Returns %NULL if @list was %NULL. Given a #PangoAttrList and callback function, removes any elements of @list for which @func returns %TRUE and inserts them into a new list. the new #PangoAttrList or %NULL if no attributes of the given types were found. callback function; returns %TRUE if an attribute should be filtered out. Data to be passed to @func Create a iterator initialized to the beginning of the list. @list must not be modified until this iterator is freed. the newly allocated #PangoAttrIterator, which should be freed with pango_attr_iterator_destroy(). Insert the given attribute into the #PangoAttrList. It will be inserted after all other attributes with a matching @start_index. the attribute to insert. Ownership of this value is assumed by the list. Insert the given attribute into the #PangoAttrList. It will be inserted before all other attributes with a matching @start_index. the attribute to insert. Ownership of this value is assumed by the list. Increase the reference count of the given attribute list by one. The attribute list passed in This function opens up a hole in @list, fills it in with attributes from the left, and then merges @other on top of the hole. This operation is equivalent to stretching every attribute that applies at position @pos in @list by an amount @len, and then calling pango_attr_list_change() with a copy of each attribute in @other in sequence (offset in position by @pos). This operation proves useful for, for instance, inserting a pre-edit string in the middle of an edit buffer. another #PangoAttrList the position in @list at which to insert @other the length of the spliced segment. (Note that this must be specified since the attributes in @other may only be present at some subsection of this range) Decrease the reference count of the given attribute list by one. If the result is zero, free the attribute list and the attributes it contains. Create a new shape attribute. A shape is used to impose a particular ink and logical rectangle on the result of shaping a particular glyph. This might be used, for instance, for embedding a picture or a widget inside a #PangoLayout. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). ink rectangle to assign to each character logical rectangle to assign to each character Like pango_attr_shape_new(), but a user data pointer is also provided; this pointer can be accessed when later rendering the glyph. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). ink rectangle to assign to each character logical rectangle to assign to each character user data pointer function to copy @data when the attribute is copied. If %NULL, @data is simply copied as a pointer. function to free @data when the attribute is freed, or %NULL Create a new font-size attribute in fractional points. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the font size, in %PANGO_SCALE<!-- -->ths of a point. Create a new font-size attribute in device units. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the font size, in %PANGO_SCALE<!-- -->ths of a device unit. Fetches the attribute type name passed in when registering the type using pango_attr_type_register(). The returned value is an interned string (see g_intern_string() for what that means) that should not be modified or freed. the type ID name (which may be %NULL), or %NULL if @type is a built-in Pango attribute type or invalid. an attribute type ID to fetch the name for Allocate a new attribute type ID. The attribute type name can be accessed later by using pango_attr_type_get_name(). the new type ID. an identifier for the type Make a copy of an attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). Destroy a #PangoAttribute and free all associated memory. Compare two attributes for equality. This compares only the actual value of the two attributes and not the ranges that the attributes apply to. %TRUE if the two attributes have the same value. another #PangoAttribute Initializes @attr's klass to @klass, it's start_index to %PANGO_ATTR_INDEX_FROM_TEXT_BEGINNING and end_index to %PANGO_ATTR_INDEX_TO_TEXT_END such that the attribute applies to the entire text by default. a #PangoAttributeClass The #PangoBidiType type represents the bidirectional character type of a Unicode character as specified by the <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/">Unicode bidirectional algorithm</ulink>. Determines the normative bidirectional character type of a character, as specified in the Unicode Character Database. A simplified version of this function is available as pango_unichar_get_direction(). the bidirectional character type, as used in the Unicode bidirectional algorithm. a Unicode character Creates a copy of @src, which should be freed with pango_color_free(). Primarily used by language bindings, not that useful otherwise (since colors can just be copied by assignment in C). the newly allocated #PangoColor, which should be freed with pango_color_free(), or %NULL if @src was %NULL. Frees a color allocated by pango_color_copy(). Fill in the fields of a color from a string specification. The string can either one of a large set of standard names. (Taken from the X11 <filename>rgb.txt</filename> file), or it can be a hex value in the form '&num;rgb' '&num;rrggbb' '&num;rrrgggbbb' or '&num;rrrrggggbbbb' where 'r', 'g' and 'b' are hex digits of the red, green, and blue components of the color, respectively. (White in the four forms is '&num;fff' '&num;ffffff' '&num;fffffffff' and '&num;ffffffffffff') %TRUE if parsing of the specifier succeeded, otherwise false. a string specifying the new color Returns a textual specification of @color in the hexadecimal form <literal>&num;rrrrggggbbbb</literal>, where <literal>r</literal>, <literal>g</literal> and <literal>b</literal> are hex digits representing the red, green, and blue components respectively. a newly-allocated text string that must be freed with g_free(). Creates a new #PangoContext initialized to default values. This function is not particularly useful as it should always be followed by a pango_context_set_font_map() call, and the function pango_font_map_create_context() does these two steps together and hence users are recommended to use that. If you are using Pango as part of a higher-level system, that system may have it's own way of create a #PangoContext. For instance, the GTK+ toolkit has, among others, gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen(), and gtk_widget_get_pango_context(). Use those instead. the newly allocated #PangoContext, which should be freed with g_object_unref(). Forces a change in the context, which will cause any #PangoLayout using this context to re-layout. This function is only useful when implementing a new backend for Pango, something applications won't do. Backends should call this function if they have attached extra data to the context and such data is changed. Retrieves the base direction for the context. See pango_context_set_base_dir(). the base direction for the context. Retrieves the base gravity for the context. See pango_context_set_base_gravity(). the base gravity for the context. Retrieve the default font description for the context. a pointer to the context's default font description. This value must not be modified or freed. Gets the #PangoFontmap used to look up fonts for this context. the font map for the #PangoContext. This value is owned by Pango and should not be unreferenced. Retrieves the gravity for the context. This is similar to pango_context_get_base_gravity(), except for when the base gravity is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO for which pango_gravity_get_for_matrix() is used to return the gravity from the current context matrix. the resolved gravity for the context. Retrieves the gravity hint for the context. See pango_context_set_gravity_hint() for details. the gravity hint for the context. Retrieves the global language tag for the context. the global language tag. Gets the transformation matrix that will be applied when rendering with this context. See pango_context_set_matrix(). the matrix, or %NULL if no matrix has been set (which is the same as the identity matrix). The returned matrix is owned by Pango and must not be modified or freed. Get overall metric information for a particular font description. Since the metrics may be substantially different for different scripts, a language tag can be provided to indicate that the metrics should be retrieved that correspond to the script(s) used by that language. The #PangoFontDescription is interpreted in the same way as by pango_itemize(), and the family name may be a comma separated list of figures. If characters from multiple of these families would be used to render the string, then the returned fonts would be a composite of the metrics for the fonts loaded for the individual families. a #PangoFontMetrics object. The caller must call pango_font_metrics_unref() when finished using the object. a #PangoFontDescription structure. %NULL means that the font description from the context will be used. language tag used to determine which script to get the metrics for. %NULL means that the language tag from the context will be used. If no language tag is set on the context, metrics for the default language (as determined by pango_language_get_default()) will be returned. Returns the current serial number of @context. The serial number is initialized to an small number larger than zero when a new context is created and is increased whenever the context is changed using any of the setter functions, or the #PangoFontMap it uses to find fonts has changed. The serial may wrap, but will never have the value 0. Since it can wrap, never compare it with "less than", always use "not equals". This can be used to automatically detect changes to a #PangoContext, and is only useful when implementing objects that need update when their #PangoContext changes, like #PangoLayout. The current serial number of @context. List all families for a context. location to store a pointer to an array of #PangoFontFamily *. This array should be freed with g_free(). location to store the number of elements in @descs Loads the font in one of the fontmaps in the context that is the closest match for @desc. the newly allocated #PangoFont that was loaded, or %NULL if no font matched. a #PangoFontDescription describing the font to load Load a set of fonts in the context that can be used to render a font matching @desc. the newly allocated #PangoFontset loaded, or %NULL if no font matched. a #PangoFontDescription describing the fonts to load a #PangoLanguage the fonts will be used for Sets the base direction for the context. The base direction is used in applying the Unicode bidirectional algorithm; if the @direction is %PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR or %PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL, then the value will be used as the paragraph direction in the Unicode bidirectional algorithm. A value of %PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_LTR or %PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_RTL is used only for paragraphs that do not contain any strong characters themselves. the new base direction Sets the base gravity for the context. The base gravity is used in laying vertical text out. the new base gravity Set the default font description for the context the new pango font description Sets the font map to be searched when fonts are looked-up in this context. This is only for internal use by Pango backends, a #PangoContext obtained via one of the recommended methods should already have a suitable font map. the #PangoFontMap to set. Sets the gravity hint for the context. The gravity hint is used in laying vertical text out, and is only relevant if gravity of the context as returned by pango_context_get_gravity() is set %PANGO_GRAVITY_EAST or %PANGO_GRAVITY_WEST. the new gravity hint Sets the global language tag for the context. The default language for the locale of the running process can be found using pango_language_get_default(). the new language tag. Sets the transformation matrix that will be applied when rendering with this context. Note that reported metrics are in the user space coordinates before the application of the matrix, not device-space coordinates after the application of the matrix. So, they don't scale with the matrix, though they may change slightly for different matrices, depending on how the text is fit to the pixel grid. a #PangoMatrix, or %NULL to unset any existing matrix. (No matrix set is the same as setting the identity matrix.) Copy an existing #PangoCoverage. (This function may now be unnecessary since we refcount the structure. File a bug if you use it.) the newly allocated #PangoCoverage, with a reference count of one, which should be freed with pango_coverage_unref(). Determine whether a particular index is covered by @coverage the coverage level of @coverage for character @index_. the index to check Set the coverage for each index in @coverage to be the max (better) value of the current coverage for the index and the coverage for the corresponding index in @other. another #PangoCoverage Increase the reference count on the #PangoCoverage by one @coverage Modify a particular index within @coverage the index to modify the new level for @index_ Convert a #PangoCoverage structure into a flat binary format location to store result (must be freed with g_free()) location to store size of result Decrease the reference count on the #PangoCoverage by one. If the result is zero, free the coverage and all associated memory. Convert data generated from pango_converage_to_bytes() back to a #PangoCoverage a newly allocated #PangoCoverage, or %NULL if the data was invalid. binary data representing a #PangoCoverage the size of @bytes in bytes Create a new #PangoCoverage the newly allocated #PangoCoverage, initialized to %PANGO_COVERAGE_NONE with a reference count of one, which should be freed with pango_coverage_unref(). The #PangoDirection type represents a direction in the Unicode bidirectional algorithm; not every value in this enumeration makes sense for every usage of #PangoDirection; for example, the return value of pango_unichar_direction() and pango_find_base_dir() cannot be %PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_LTR or %PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_RTL, since every character is either neutral or has a strong direction; on the other hand %PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL doesn't make sense to pass to pango_itemize_with_base_dir(). The %PANGO_DIRECTION_TTB_LTR, %PANGO_DIRECTION_TTB_RTL values come from an earlier interpretation of this enumeration as the writing direction of a block of text and are no longer used; See #PangoGravity for how vertical text is handled in Pango. The #PangoEllipsizeMode type describes what sort of (if any) ellipsization should be applied to a line of text. In the ellipsization process characters are removed from the text in order to make it fit to a given width and replaced with an ellipsis. Frees an array of font descriptions. a pointer to an array of #PangoFontDescription, may be %NULL number of font descriptions in @descs Returns a description of the font, with font size set in points. Use pango_font_describe_with_absolute_size() if you want the font size in device units. a newly-allocated #PangoFontDescription object. Returns a description of the font, with absolute font size set (in device units). Use pango_font_describe() if you want the font size in points. a newly-allocated #PangoFontDescription object. Finds the best matching shaper for a font for a particular language tag and character point. the best matching shaper. the language tag a Unicode character. Computes the coverage map for a given font and language tag. a newly-allocated #PangoCoverage object. the language tag Gets the font map for which the font was created. Note that the font maintains a <firstterm>weak</firstterm> reference to the font map, so if all references to font map are dropped, the font map will be finalized even if there are fonts created with the font map that are still alive. In that case this function will return %NULL. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the font map is kept alive. In most uses this is not an issue as a #PangoContext holds a reference to the font map. the #PangoFontMap for the font, or %NULL if @font is %NULL. Gets the logical and ink extents of a glyph within a font. The coordinate system for each rectangle has its origin at the base line and horizontal origin of the character with increasing coordinates extending to the right and down. The macros PANGO_ASCENT(), PANGO_DESCENT(), PANGO_LBEARING(), and PANGO_RBEARING() can be used to convert from the extents rectangle to more traditional font metrics. The units of the rectangles are in 1/PANGO_SCALE of a device unit. If @font is %NULL, this function gracefully sets some sane values in the output variables and returns. the glyph index rectangle used to store the extents of the glyph as drawn or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. rectangle used to store the logical extents of the glyph or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. Gets overall metric information for a font. Since the metrics may be substantially different for different scripts, a language tag can be provided to indicate that the metrics should be retrieved that correspond to the script(s) used by that language. If @font is %NULL, this function gracefully sets some sane values in the output variables and returns. a #PangoFontMetrics object. The caller must call pango_font_metrics_unref() when finished using the object. language tag used to determine which script to get the metrics for, or %NULL to indicate to get the metrics for the entire font. Creates a new font description structure with all fields unset. the newly allocated #PangoFontDescription, which should be freed using pango_font_description_free(). Determines if the style attributes of @new_match are a closer match for @desc than those of @old_match are, or if @old_match is %NULL, determines if @new_match is a match at all. Approximate matching is done for weight and style; other style attributes must match exactly. Style attributes are all attributes other than family and size-related attributes. Approximate matching for style considers PANGO_STYLE_OBLIQUE and PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC as matches, but not as good a match as when the styles are equal. Note that @old_match must match @desc. %TRUE if @new_match is a better match a #PangoFontDescription, or %NULL a #PangoFontDescription Make a copy of a #PangoFontDescription. the newly allocated #PangoFontDescription, which should be freed with pango_font_description_free(), or %NULL if @desc was %NULL. Like pango_font_description_copy(), but only a shallow copy is made of the family name and other allocated fields. The result can only be used until @desc is modified or freed. This is meant to be used when the copy is only needed temporarily. the newly allocated #PangoFontDescription, which should be freed with pango_font_description_free(), or %NULL if @desc was %NULL. Compares two font descriptions for equality. Two font descriptions are considered equal if the fonts they describe are provably identical. This means that their masks do not have to match, as long as other fields are all the same. (Two font descriptions may result in identical fonts being loaded, but still compare %FALSE.) %TRUE if the two font descriptions are identical, %FALSE otherwise. another #PangoFontDescription Frees a font description. Gets the family name field of a font description. See pango_font_description_set_family(). the family name field for the font description, or %NULL if not previously set. This has the same life-time as the font description itself and should not be freed. Gets the gravity field of a font description. See pango_font_description_set_gravity(). the gravity field for the font description. Use pango_font_description_get_set_fields() to find out if the field was explicitly set or not. Determines which fields in a font description have been set. a bitmask with bits set corresponding to the fields in @desc that have been set. Gets the size field of a font description. See pango_font_description_set_size(). the size field for the font description in points or device units. You must call pango_font_description_get_size_is_absolute() to find out which is the case. Returns 0 if the size field has not previously been set or it has been set to 0 explicitly. Use pango_font_description_get_set_fields() to find out if the field was explicitly set or not. Determines whether the size of the font is in points (not absolute) or device units (absolute). See pango_font_description_set_size() and pango_font_description_set_absolute_size(). whether the size for the font description is in points or device units. Use pango_font_description_get_set_fields() to find out if the size field of the font description was explicitly set or not. Gets the stretch field of a font description. See pango_font_description_set_stretch(). the stretch field for the font description. Use pango_font_description_get_set_fields() to find out if the field was explicitly set or not. Gets the style field of a #PangoFontDescription. See pango_font_description_set_style(). the style field for the font description. Use pango_font_description_get_set_fields() to find out if the field was explicitly set or not. Gets the variant field of a #PangoFontDescription. See pango_font_description_set_variant(). the variant field for the font description. Use pango_font_description_get_set_fields() to find out if the field was explicitly set or not. Gets the weight field of a font description. See pango_font_description_set_weight(). the weight field for the font description. Use pango_font_description_get_set_fields() to find out if the field was explicitly set or not. Computes a hash of a #PangoFontDescription structure suitable to be used, for example, as an argument to g_hash_table_new(). The hash value is independent of @desc->mask. the hash value. Merges the fields that are set in @desc_to_merge into the fields in @desc. If @replace_existing is %FALSE, only fields in @desc that are not already set are affected. If %TRUE, then fields that are already set will be replaced as well. If @desc_to_merge is %NULL, this function performs nothing. the #PangoFontDescription to merge from, or %NULL if %TRUE, replace fields in @desc with the corresponding values from @desc_to_merge, even if they are already exist. Like pango_font_description_merge(), but only a shallow copy is made of the family name and other allocated fields. @desc can only be used until @desc_to_merge is modified or freed. This is meant to be used when the merged font description is only needed temporarily. the #PangoFontDescription to merge from if %TRUE, replace fields in @desc with the corresponding values from @desc_to_merge, even if they are already exist. Sets the size field of a font description, in device units. This is mutually exclusive with pango_font_description_set_size() which sets the font size in points. the new size, in Pango units. There are %PANGO_SCALE Pango units in one device unit. For an output backend where a device unit is a pixel, a @size value of 10 * PANGO_SCALE gives a 10 pixel font. Sets the family name field of a font description. The family name represents a family of related font styles, and will resolve to a particular #PangoFontFamily. In some uses of #PangoFontDescription, it is also possible to use a comma separated list of family names for this field. a string representing the family name. Like pango_font_description_set_family(), except that no copy of @family is made. The caller must make sure that the string passed in stays around until @desc has been freed or the name is set again. This function can be used if @family is a static string such as a C string literal, or if @desc is only needed temporarily. a string representing the family name. Sets the gravity field of a font description. The gravity field specifies how the glyphs should be rotated. If @gravity is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, this actually unsets the gravity mask on the font description. This function is seldom useful to the user. Gravity should normally be set on a #PangoContext. the gravity for the font description. Sets the size field of a font description in fractional points. This is mutually exclusive with pango_font_description_set_absolute_size(). the size of the font in points, scaled by PANGO_SCALE. (That is, a @size value of 10 * PANGO_SCALE is a 10 point font. The conversion factor between points and device units depends on system configuration and the output device. For screen display, a logical DPI of 96 is common, in which case a 10 point font corresponds to a 10 * (96 / 72) = 13.3 pixel font. Use pango_font_description_set_absolute_size() if you need a particular size in device units. Sets the stretch field of a font description. The stretch field specifies how narrow or wide the font should be. the stretch for the font description Sets the style field of a #PangoFontDescription. The #PangoStyle enumeration describes whether the font is slanted and the manner in which it is slanted; it can be either #PANGO_STYLE_NORMAL, #PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC, or #PANGO_STYLE_OBLIQUE. Most fonts will either have a italic style or an oblique style, but not both, and font matching in Pango will match italic specifications with oblique fonts and vice-versa if an exact match is not found. the style for the font description Sets the variant field of a font description. The #PangoVariant can either be %PANGO_VARIANT_NORMAL or %PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS. the variant type for the font description. Sets the weight field of a font description. The weight field specifies how bold or light the font should be. In addition to the values of the #PangoWeight enumeration, other intermediate numeric values are possible. the weight for the font description. Creates a filename representation of a font description. The filename is identical to the result from calling pango_font_description_to_string(), but with underscores instead of characters that are untypical in filenames, and in lower case only. a new string that must be freed with g_free(). Creates a string representation of a font description. See pango_font_description_from_string() for a description of the format of the string representation. The family list in the string description will only have a terminating comma if the last word of the list is a valid style option. a new string that must be freed with g_free(). Unsets some of the fields in a #PangoFontDescription. The unset fields will get back to their default values. bitmask of fields in the @desc to unset. Creates a new font description from a string representation in the form "[FAMILY-LIST] [STYLE-OPTIONS] [SIZE]", where FAMILY-LIST is a comma separated list of families optionally terminated by a comma, STYLE_OPTIONS is a whitespace separated list of words where each WORD describes one of style, variant, weight, stretch, or gravity, and SIZE is a decimal number (size in points) or optionally followed by the unit modifier "px" for absolute size. Any one of the options may be absent. If FAMILY-LIST is absent, then the family_name field of the resulting font description will be initialized to %NULL. If STYLE-OPTIONS is missing, then all style options will be set to the default values. If SIZE is missing, the size in the resulting font description will be set to 0. a new #PangoFontDescription. string representation of a font description. Returns the family, style, variant, weight and stretch of a #PangoFontFace. The size field of the resulting font description will be unset. a newly-created #PangoFontDescription structure holding the description of the face. Use pango_font_description_free() to free the result. Gets a name representing the style of this face among the different faces in the #PangoFontFamily for the face. This name is unique among all faces in the family and is suitable for displaying to users. the face name for the face. This string is owned by the face object and must not be modified or freed. Returns whether a #PangoFontFace is synthesized by the underlying font rendering engine from another face, perhaps by shearing, emboldening, or lightening it. whether @face is synthesized. List the available sizes for a font. This is only applicable to bitmap fonts. For scalable fonts, stores %NULL at the location pointed to by @sizes and 0 at the location pointed to by @n_sizes. The sizes returned are in Pango units and are sorted in ascending order. location to store a pointer to an array of int. This array should be freed with g_free(). location to store the number of elements in @sizes Gets the name of the family. The name is unique among all fonts for the font backend and can be used in a #PangoFontDescription to specify that a face from this family is desired. the name of the family. This string is owned by the family object and must not be modified or freed. A monospace font is a font designed for text display where the the characters form a regular grid. For Western languages this would mean that the advance width of all characters are the same, but this categorization also includes Asian fonts which include double-width characters: characters that occupy two grid cells. g_unichar_iswide() returns a result that indicates whether a character is typically double-width in a monospace font. The best way to find out the grid-cell size is to call pango_font_metrics_get_approximate_digit_width(), since the results of pango_font_metrics_get_approximate_char_width() may be affected by double-width characters. %TRUE if the family is monospace. Lists the different font faces that make up @family. The faces in a family share a common design, but differ in slant, weight, width and other aspects. location to store an array of pointers to #PangoFontFace objects, or %NULL. This array should be freed with g_free() when it is no longer needed. location to store number of elements in @faces. Creates a #PangoContext connected to @fontmap. This is equivalent to pango_context_new() followed by pango_context_set_font_map(). If you are using Pango as part of a higher-level system, that system may have it's own way of create a #PangoContext. For instance, the GTK+ toolkit has, among others, gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen(), and gtk_widget_get_pango_context(). Use those instead. the newly allocated #PangoContext, which should be freed with g_object_unref(). Returns the current serial number of @fontmap. The serial number is initialized to an small number larger than zero when a new fontmap is created and is increased whenever the fontmap is changed. It may wrap, but will never have the value 0. Since it can wrap, never compare it with "less than", always use "not equals". The fontmap can only be changed using backend-specific API, like changing fontmap resolution. This can be used to automatically detect changes to a #PangoFontMap, like in #PangoContext. The current serial number of @fontmap. List all families for a fontmap. location to store a pointer to an array of #PangoFontFamily *. This array should be freed with g_free(). location to store the number of elements in @families Load the font in the fontmap that is the closest match for @desc. the newly allocated #PangoFont loaded, or %NULL if no font matched. the #PangoContext the font will be used with a #PangoFontDescription describing the font to load Load a set of fonts in the fontmap that can be used to render a font matching @desc. the newly allocated #PangoFontset loaded, or %NULL if no font matched. the #PangoContext the font will be used with a #PangoFontDescription describing the font to load a #PangoLanguage the fonts will be used for Gets the approximate character width for a font metrics structure. This is merely a representative value useful, for example, for determining the initial size for a window. Actual characters in text will be wider and narrower than this. the character width, in Pango units. Gets the approximate digit width for a font metrics structure. This is merely a representative value useful, for example, for determining the initial size for a window. Actual digits in text can be wider or narrower than this, though this value is generally somewhat more accurate than the result of pango_font_metrics_get_approximate_char_width() for digits. the digit width, in Pango units. Gets the ascent from a font metrics structure. The ascent is the distance from the baseline to the logical top of a line of text. (The logical top may be above or below the top of the actual drawn ink. It is necessary to lay out the text to figure where the ink will be.) the ascent, in Pango units. Gets the descent from a font metrics structure. The descent is the distance from the baseline to the logical bottom of a line of text. (The logical bottom may be above or below the bottom of the actual drawn ink. It is necessary to lay out the text to figure where the ink will be.) the descent, in Pango units. Gets the suggested position to draw the strikethrough. The value returned is the distance <emphasis>above</emphasis> the baseline of the top of the strikethrough. the suggested strikethrough position, in Pango units. Gets the suggested thickness to draw for the strikethrough. the suggested strikethrough thickness, in Pango units. Gets the suggested position to draw the underline. The value returned is the distance <emphasis>above</emphasis> the baseline of the top of the underline. Since most fonts have underline positions beneath the baseline, this value is typically negative. the suggested underline position, in Pango units. Gets the suggested thickness to draw for the underline. the suggested underline thickness, in Pango units. Increase the reference count of a font metrics structure by one. @metrics Decrease the reference count of a font metrics structure by one. If the result is zero, frees the structure and any associated memory. Iterates through all the fonts in a fontset, calling @func for each one. If @func returns %TRUE, that stops the iteration. Callback function data to pass to the callback function Returns the font in the fontset that contains the best glyph for the Unicode character @wc. a #PangoFont. The caller must call g_object_unref when finished with the font. a Unicode character Get overall metric information for the fonts in the fontset. a #PangoFontMetrics object. The caller must call pango_font_metrics_unref() when finished using the object. A callback function used by pango_fontset_foreach() when enumerating the fonts in a fontset. if %TRUE, stop iteration and return immediately. a #PangoFontset a font from @fontset callback data Splits a shaped item (PangoGlyphItem) into multiple items based on an attribute list. The idea is that if you have attributes that don't affect shaping, such as color or underline, to avoid affecting shaping, you filter them out (pango_attr_list_filter()), apply the shaping process and then reapply them to the result using this function. All attributes that start or end inside a cluster are applied to that cluster; for instance, if half of a cluster is underlined and the other-half strikethrough, then the cluster will end up with both underline and strikethrough attributes. In these cases, it may happen that item->extra_attrs for some of the result items can have multiple attributes of the same type. This function takes ownership of @glyph_item; it will be reused as one of the elements in the list. a list of glyph items resulting from splitting @glyph_item. Free the elements using pango_glyph_item_free(), the list using g_slist_free(). text that @list applies to a #PangoAttrList Make a deep copy of an existing #PangoGlyphItem structure. the newly allocated #PangoGlyphItem, which should be freed with pango_glyph_item_free(), or %NULL if @orig was %NULL. Frees a #PangoGlyphItem and resources to which it points. Given a #PangoGlyphItem and the corresponding text, determine the screen width corresponding to each character. When multiple characters compose a single cluster, the width of the entire cluster is divided equally among the characters. See also pango_glyph_string_get_logical_widths(). text that @glyph_item corresponds to (glyph_item->item->offset is an offset from the start of @text) an array whose length is the number of characters in glyph_item (equal to glyph_item->item->num_chars) to be filled in with the resulting character widths. Adds spacing between the graphemes of @glyph_item to give the effect of typographic letter spacing. text that @glyph_item corresponds to (glyph_item->item->offset is an offset from the start of @text) logical attributes for the item (the first logical attribute refers to the position before the first character in the item) amount of letter spacing to add in Pango units. May be negative, though too large negative values will give ugly results. Modifies @orig to cover only the text after @split_index, and returns a new item that covers the text before @split_index that used to be in @orig. You can think of @split_index as the length of the returned item. @split_index may not be 0, and it may not be greater than or equal to the length of @orig (that is, there must be at least one byte assigned to each item, you can't create a zero-length item). This function is similar in function to pango_item_split() (and uses it internally.) the newly allocated item representing text before @split_index, which should be freed with pango_glyph_item_free(). text to which positions in @orig apply byte index of position to split item, relative to the start of the item Make a shallow copy of an existing #PangoGlyphItemIter structure. the newly allocated #PangoGlyphItemIter, which should be freed with pango_glyph_item_iter_free(), or %NULL if @orig was %NULL. Frees a #PangoGlyphItemIter created by pango_glyph_item_iter_copy(). Initializes a #PangoGlyphItemIter structure to point to the last cluster in a glyph item. See #PangoGlyphItemIter for details of cluster orders. %FALSE if there are no clusters in the glyph item the glyph item to iterate over text corresponding to the glyph item Initializes a #PangoGlyphItemIter structure to point to the first cluster in a glyph item. See #PangoGlyphItemIter for details of cluster orders. %FALSE if there are no clusters in the glyph item the glyph item to iterate over text corresponding to the glyph item Advances the iterator to the next cluster in the glyph item. See #PangoGlyphItemIter for details of cluster orders. %TRUE if the iterator was advanced, %FALSE if we were already on the last cluster. Moves the iterator to the preceding cluster in the glyph item. See #PangoGlyphItemIter for details of cluster orders. %TRUE if the iterator was moved, %FALSE if we were already on the first cluster. Create a new #PangoGlyphString. the newly allocated #PangoGlyphString, which should be freed with pango_glyph_string_free(). Copy a glyph string and associated storage. the newly allocated #PangoGlyphString, which should be freed with pango_glyph_string_free(), or %NULL if @string was %NULL. Compute the logical and ink extents of a glyph string. See the documentation for pango_font_get_glyph_extents() for details about the interpretation of the rectangles. a #PangoFont rectangle used to store the extents of the glyph string as drawn or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. rectangle used to store the logical extents of the glyph string or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. Computes the extents of a sub-portion of a glyph string. The extents are relative to the start of the glyph string range (the origin of their coordinate system is at the start of the range, not at the start of the entire glyph string). start index end index (the range is the set of bytes with indices such that start <= index < end) a #PangoFont rectangle used to store the extents of the glyph string range as drawn or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. rectangle used to store the logical extents of the glyph string range or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. Free a glyph string and associated storage. Given a #PangoGlyphString resulting from pango_shape() and the corresponding text, determine the screen width corresponding to each character. When multiple characters compose a single cluster, the width of the entire cluster is divided equally among the characters. See also pango_glyph_item_get_logical_widths(). the text corresponding to the glyphs the length of @text, in bytes the embedding level of the string an array whose length is the number of characters in text (equal to g_utf8_strlen (text, length) unless text has NUL bytes) to be filled in with the resulting character widths. Computes the logical width of the glyph string as can also be computed using pango_glyph_string_extents(). However, since this only computes the width, it's much faster. This is in fact only a convenience function that computes the sum of geometry.width for each glyph in the @glyphs. the logical width of the glyph string. Converts from character position to x position. (X position is measured from the left edge of the run). Character positions are computed by dividing up each cluster into equal portions. the text for the run the number of bytes (not characters) in @text. the analysis information return from pango_itemize() the byte index within @text whether we should compute the result for the beginning (%FALSE) or end (%TRUE) of the character. location to store result Resize a glyph string to the given length. the new length of the string. Convert from x offset to character position. Character positions are computed by dividing up each cluster into equal portions. In scripts where positioning within a cluster is not allowed (such as Thai), the returned value may not be a valid cursor position; the caller must combine the result with the logical attributes for the text to compute the valid cursor position. the text for the run the number of bytes (not characters) in text. the analysis information return from pango_itemize() the x offset (in Pango units) location to store calculated byte index within @text location to store a boolean indicating whether the user clicked on the leading or trailing edge of the character. The #PangoGravity type represents the orientation of glyphs in a segment of text. This is useful when rendering vertical text layouts. In those situations, the layout is rotated using a non-identity PangoMatrix, and then glyph orientation is controlled using #PangoGravity. Not every value in this enumeration makes sense for every usage of #PangoGravity; for example, %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO only can be passed to pango_context_set_base_gravity() and can only be returned by pango_context_get_base_gravity(). See also: #PangoGravityHint Finds the gravity that best matches the rotation component in a #PangoMatrix. the gravity of @matrix, which will never be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, or %PANGO_GRAVITY_SOUTH if @matrix is %NULL a #PangoMatrix Based on the script, base gravity, and hint, returns actual gravity to use in laying out a single #PangoItem. If @base_gravity is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, it is first replaced with the preferred gravity of @script. To get the preferred gravity of a script, pass %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO and %PANGO_GRAVITY_HINT_STRONG in. resolved gravity suitable to use for a run of text with @script. #PangoScript to query base gravity of the paragraph orientation hint Based on the script, East Asian width, base gravity, and hint, returns actual gravity to use in laying out a single character or #PangoItem. This function is similar to pango_gravity_get_for_script() except that this function makes a distinction between narrow/half-width and wide/full-width characters also. Wide/full-width characters always stand <emph>upright</emph>, that is, they always take the base gravity, whereas narrow/full-width characters are always rotated in vertical context. If @base_gravity is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, it is first replaced with the preferred gravity of @script. resolved gravity suitable to use for a run of text with @script and @wide. #PangoScript to query %TRUE for wide characters as returned by g_unichar_iswide() base gravity of the paragraph orientation hint Converts a #PangoGravity value to its natural rotation in radians. @gravity should not be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO. Note that pango_matrix_rotate() takes angle in degrees, not radians. So, to call pango_matrix_rotate() with the output of this function you should multiply it by (180. / G_PI). the rotation value corresponding to @gravity. gravity to query The #PangoGravityHint defines how horizontal scripts should behave in a vertical context. That is, English excerpt in a vertical paragraph for example. See #PangoGravity. Creates a new #PangoItem structure initialized to default values. the newly allocated #PangoItem, which should be freed with pango_item_free(). Copy an existing #PangoItem structure. the newly allocated #PangoItem, which should be freed with pango_item_free(), or %NULL if @item was NULL. Free a #PangoItem and all associated memory. Modifies @orig to cover only the text after @split_index, and returns a new item that covers the text before @split_index that used to be in @orig. You can think of @split_index as the length of the returned item. @split_index may not be 0, and it may not be greater than or equal to the length of @orig (that is, there must be at least one byte assigned to each item, you can't create a zero-length item). @split_offset is the length of the first item in chars, and must be provided because the text used to generate the item isn't available, so pango_item_split() can't count the char length of the split items itself. new item representing text before @split_index, which should be freed with pango_item_free(). byte index of position to split item, relative to the start of the item number of chars between start of @orig and @split_index Get a string that is representative of the characters needed to render a particular language. The sample text may be a pangram, but is not necessarily. It is chosen to be demonstrative of normal text in the language, as well as exposing font feature requirements unique to the language. It is suitable for use as sample text in a font selection dialog. If @language is %NULL, the default language as found by pango_language_get_default() is used. If Pango does not have a sample string for @language, the classic "The quick brown fox..." is returned. This can be detected by comparing the returned pointer value to that returned for (non-existent) language code "xx". That is, compare to: <informalexample><programlisting> pango_language_get_sample_string (pango_language_from_string ("xx")) </programlisting></informalexample> the sample string. This value is owned by Pango and should not be freed. Determines the scripts used to to write @language. If nothing is known about the language tag @language, or if @language is %NULL, then %NULL is returned. The list of scripts returned starts with the script that the language uses most and continues to the one it uses least. The value @num_script points at will be set to the number of scripts in the returned array (or zero if %NULL is returned). Most languages use only one script for writing, but there are some that use two (Latin and Cyrillic for example), and a few use three (Japanese for example). Applications should not make any assumptions on the maximum number of scripts returned though, except that it is positive if the return value is not %NULL, and it is a small number. The pango_language_includes_script() function uses this function internally. An array of #PangoScript values, with the number of entries in the array stored in @num_scripts, or %NULL if Pango does not have any information about this particular language tag (also the case if @language is %NULL). The returned array is owned by Pango and should not be modified or freed. location to return number of scripts, or %NULL Determines if @script is one of the scripts used to write @language. The returned value is conservative; if nothing is known about the language tag @language, %TRUE will be returned, since, as far as Pango knows, @script might be used to write @language. This routine is used in Pango's itemization process when determining if a supplied language tag is relevant to a particular section of text. It probably is not useful for applications in most circumstances. This function uses pango_language_get_scripts() internally. %TRUE if @script is one of the scripts used to write @language or if nothing is known about @language (including the case that @language is %NULL), %FALSE otherwise. a #PangoScript Checks if a language tag matches one of the elements in a list of language ranges. A language tag is considered to match a range in the list if the range is '*', the range is exactly the tag, or the range is a prefix of the tag, and the character after it in the tag is '-'. %TRUE if a match was found. a list of language ranges, separated by ';', ':', ',', or space characters. Each element must either be '*', or a RFC 3066 language range canonicalized as by pango_language_from_string() Gets the RFC-3066 format string representing the given language tag. a string representing the language tag. This is owned by Pango and should not be freed. Take a RFC-3066 format language tag as a string and convert it to a #PangoLanguage pointer that can be efficiently copied (copy the pointer) and compared with other language tags (compare the pointer.) This function first canonicalizes the string by converting it to lowercase, mapping '_' to '-', and stripping all characters other than letters and '-'. Use pango_language_get_default() if you want to get the #PangoLanguage for the current locale of the process. an opaque pointer to a #PangoLanguage structure, or %NULL if @language was %NULL. The returned pointer will be valid forever after, and should not be freed. a string representing a language tag, or %NULL Returns the #PangoLanguage for the current locale of the process. Note that this can change over the life of an application. On Unix systems, this is the return value is derived from <literal>setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)</literal>, and the user can affect this through the environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or LANG (checked in that order). The locale string typically is in the form lang_COUNTRY, where lang is an ISO-639 language code, and COUNTRY is an ISO-3166 country code. For instance, sv_FI for Swedish as written in Finland or pt_BR for Portuguese as written in Brazil. On Windows, the C library does not use any such environment variables, and setting them won't affect the behavior of functions like ctime(). The user sets the locale through the Regional Options in the Control Panel. The C library (in the setlocale() function) does not use country and language codes, but country and language names spelled out in English. However, this function does check the above environment variables, and does return a Unix-style locale string based on either said environment variables or the thread's current locale. Your application should call <literal>setlocale(LC_ALL, "");</literal> for the user settings to take effect. Gtk+ does this in its initialization functions automatically (by calling gtk_set_locale()). See <literal>man setlocale</literal> for more details. the default language as a #PangoLanguage, must not be freed. Create a new #PangoLayout object with attributes initialized to default values for a particular #PangoContext. the newly allocated #PangoLayout, with a reference count of one, which should be freed with g_object_unref(). a #PangoContext Forces recomputation of any state in the #PangoLayout that might depend on the layout's context. This function should be called if you make changes to the context subsequent to creating the layout. Does a deep copy-by-value of the @src layout. The attribute list, tab array, and text from the original layout are all copied by value. the newly allocated #PangoLayout, with a reference count of one, which should be freed with g_object_unref(). Gets the alignment for the layout: how partial lines are positioned within the horizontal space available. the alignment. Gets the attribute list for the layout, if any. a #PangoAttrList. Gets whether to calculate the bidirectional base direction for the layout according to the contents of the layout. See pango_layout_set_auto_dir(). %TRUE if the bidirectional base direction is computed from the layout's contents, %FALSE otherwise. Gets the Y position of baseline of the first line in @layout. baseline of first line, from top of @layout. Returns the number of Unicode characters in the the text of @layout. the number of Unicode characters in the text of @layout Retrieves the #PangoContext used for this layout. the #PangoContext for the layout. This does not have an additional refcount added, so if you want to keep a copy of this around, you must reference it yourself. Given an index within a layout, determines the positions that of the strong and weak cursors if the insertion point is at that index. The position of each cursor is stored as a zero-width rectangle. The strong cursor location is the location where characters of the directionality equal to the base direction of the layout are inserted. The weak cursor location is the location where characters of the directionality opposite to the base direction of the layout are inserted. the byte index of the cursor location to store the strong cursor position (may be %NULL) location to store the weak cursor position (may be %NULL) Gets the type of ellipsization being performed for @layout. See pango_layout_set_ellipsize() the current ellipsization mode for @layout. Use pango_layout_is_ellipsized() to query whether any paragraphs were actually ellipsized. Computes the logical and ink extents of @layout. Logical extents are usually what you want for positioning things. Note that both extents may have non-zero x and y. You may want to use those to offset where you render the layout. Not doing that is a very typical bug that shows up as right-to-left layouts not being correctly positioned in a layout with a set width. The extents are given in layout coordinates and in Pango units; layout coordinates begin at the top left corner of the layout. rectangle used to store the extents of the layout as drawn or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. rectangle used to store the logical extents of the layout or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. Gets the font description for the layout, if any. a pointer to the layout's font description, or %NULL if the font description from the layout's context is inherited. This value is owned by the layout and must not be modified or freed. Gets the height of layout used for ellipsization. See pango_layout_set_height() for details. the height, in Pango units if positive, or number of lines if negative. Gets the paragraph indent width in Pango units. A negative value indicates a hanging indentation. the indent in Pango units. Returns an iterator to iterate over the visual extents of the layout. the new #PangoLayoutIter that should be freed using pango_layout_iter_free(). Gets whether each complete line should be stretched to fill the entire width of the layout. the justify. Retrieves a particular line from a #PangoLayout. Use the faster pango_layout_get_line_readonly() if you do not plan to modify the contents of the line (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). the requested #PangoLayoutLine, or %NULL if the index is out of range. This layout line can be ref'ed and retained, but will become invalid if changes are made to the #PangoLayout. the index of a line, which must be between 0 and <literal>pango_layout_get_line_count(layout) - 1</literal>, inclusive. Retrieves the count of lines for the @layout. the line count. Retrieves a particular line from a #PangoLayout. This is a faster alternative to pango_layout_get_line(), but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the line (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). the requested #PangoLayoutLine, or %NULL if the index is out of range. This layout line can be ref'ed and retained, but will become invalid if changes are made to the #PangoLayout. No changes should be made to the line. the index of a line, which must be between 0 and <literal>pango_layout_get_line_count(layout) - 1</literal>, inclusive. Returns the lines of the @layout as a list. Use the faster pango_layout_get_lines_readonly() if you do not plan to modify the contents of the lines (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). a #GSList containing the lines in the layout. This points to internal data of the #PangoLayout and must be used with care. It will become invalid on any change to the layout's text or properties. Returns the lines of the @layout as a list. This is a faster alternative to pango_layout_get_lines(), but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the lines (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). a #GSList containing the lines in the layout. This points to internal data of the #PangoLayout and must be used with care. It will become invalid on any change to the layout's text or properties. No changes should be made to the lines. Retrieves an array of logical attributes for each character in the @layout. location to store a pointer to an array of logical attributes This value must be freed with g_free(). location to store the number of the attributes in the array. (The stored value will be one more than the total number of characters in the layout, since there need to be attributes corresponding to both the position before the first character and the position after the last character.) Retrieves an array of logical attributes for each character in the @layout. This is a faster alternative to pango_layout_get_log_attrs(). The returned array is part of @layout and must not be modified. Modifying the layout will invalidate the returned array. The number of attributes returned in @n_attrs will be one more than the total number of characters in the layout, since there need to be attributes corresponding to both the position before the first character and the position after the last character. an array of logical attributes location to store the number of the attributes in the array Computes the logical and ink extents of @layout in device units. This function just calls pango_layout_get_extents() followed by two pango_extents_to_pixels() calls, rounding @ink_rect and @logical_rect such that the rounded rectangles fully contain the unrounded one (that is, passes them as first argument to pango_extents_to_pixels()). rectangle used to store the extents of the layout as drawn or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. rectangle used to store the logical extents of the layout or %NULL to indicate that the result is not needed. Determines the logical width and height of a #PangoLayout in device units. (pango_layout_get_size() returns the width and height scaled by %PANGO_SCALE.) This is simply a convenience function around pango_layout_get_pixel_extents(). location to store the logical width, or %NULL location to store the logical height, or %NULL Returns the current serial number of @layout. The serial number is initialized to an small number larger than zero when a new layout is created and is increased whenever the layout is changed using any of the setter functions, or the #PangoContext it uses has changed. The serial may wrap, but will never have the value 0. Since it can wrap, never compare it with "less than", always use "not equals". This can be used to automatically detect changes to a #PangoLayout, and is useful for example to decide whether a layout needs redrawing. To force the serial to be increased, use pango_layout_context_changed(). The current serial number of @layout. Obtains the value set by pango_layout_set_single_paragraph_mode(). %TRUE if the layout does not break paragraphs at paragraph separator characters, %FALSE otherwise. Determines the logical width and height of a #PangoLayout in Pango units (device units scaled by %PANGO_SCALE). This is simply a convenience function around pango_layout_get_extents(). location to store the logical width, or %NULL location to store the logical height, or %NULL Gets the amount of spacing between the lines of the layout. the spacing in Pango units. Gets the current #PangoTabArray used by this layout. If no #PangoTabArray has been set, then the default tabs are in use and %NULL is returned. Default tabs are every 8 spaces. The return value should be freed with pango_tab_array_free(). a copy of the tabs for this layout, or %NULL. Gets the text in the layout. The returned text should not be freed or modified. the text in the @layout. Counts the number unknown glyphs in @layout. That is, zero if glyphs for all characters in the layout text were found, or more than zero otherwise. This function can be used to determine if there are any fonts available to render all characters in a certain string, or when used in combination with %PANGO_ATTR_FALLBACK, to check if a certain font supports all the characters in the string. The number of unknown glyphs in @layout. Gets the width to which the lines of the #PangoLayout should wrap. the width in Pango units, or -1 if no width set. Gets the wrap mode for the layout. Use pango_layout_is_wrapped() to query whether any paragraphs were actually wrapped. active wrap mode. Converts from byte @index_ within the @layout to line and X position. (X position is measured from the left edge of the line) the byte index of a grapheme within the layout. an integer indicating the edge of the grapheme to retrieve the position of. If 0, the trailing edge of the grapheme, if > 0, the leading of the grapheme. location to store resulting line index. (which will between 0 and pango_layout_get_line_count(layout) - 1), or %NULL location to store resulting position within line (%PANGO_SCALE units per device unit), or %NULL Converts from an index within a #PangoLayout to the onscreen position corresponding to the grapheme at that index, which is represented as rectangle. Note that <literal>pos->x</literal> is always the leading edge of the grapheme and <literal>pos->x + pos->width</literal> the trailing edge of the grapheme. If the directionality of the grapheme is right-to-left, then <literal>pos->width</literal> will be negative. byte index within @layout rectangle in which to store the position of the grapheme Queries whether the layout had to ellipsize any paragraphs. This returns %TRUE if the ellipsization mode for @layout is not %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE, a positive width is set on @layout, and there are paragraphs exceeding that width that have to be ellipsized. %TRUE if any paragraphs had to be ellipsized, %FALSE otherwise. Queries whether the layout had to wrap any paragraphs. This returns %TRUE if a positive width is set on @layout, ellipsization mode of @layout is set to %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE, and there are paragraphs exceeding the layout width that have to be wrapped. %TRUE if any paragraphs had to be wrapped, %FALSE otherwise. Computes a new cursor position from an old position and a count of positions to move visually. If @direction is positive, then the new strong cursor position will be one position to the right of the old cursor position. If @direction is negative, then the new strong cursor position will be one position to the left of the old cursor position. In the presence of bidirectional text, the correspondence between logical and visual order will depend on the direction of the current run, and there may be jumps when the cursor is moved off of the end of a run. Motion here is in cursor positions, not in characters, so a single call to pango_layout_move_cursor_visually() may move the cursor over multiple characters when multiple characters combine to form a single grapheme. whether the moving cursor is the strong cursor or the weak cursor. The strong cursor is the cursor corresponding to text insertion in the base direction for the layout. the byte index of the grapheme for the old index if 0, the cursor was at the trailing edge of the grapheme indicated by @old_index, if > 0, the cursor was at the leading edge. direction to move cursor. A negative value indicates motion to the left. location to store the new cursor byte index. A value of -1 indicates that the cursor has been moved off the beginning of the layout. A value of %G_MAXINT indicates that the cursor has been moved off the end of the layout. number of characters to move forward from the location returned for @new_index to get the position where the cursor should be displayed. This allows distinguishing the position at the beginning of one line from the position at the end of the preceding line. @new_index is always on the line where the cursor should be displayed. Sets the alignment for the layout: how partial lines are positioned within the horizontal space available. the alignment Sets the text attributes for a layout object. References @attrs, so the caller can unref its reference. a #PangoAttrList, can be %NULL Sets whether to calculate the bidirectional base direction for the layout according to the contents of the layout; when this flag is on (the default), then paragraphs in @layout that begin with strong right-to-left characters (Arabic and Hebrew principally), will have right-to-left layout, paragraphs with letters from other scripts will have left-to-right layout. Paragraphs with only neutral characters get their direction from the surrounding paragraphs. When %FALSE, the choice between left-to-right and right-to-left layout is done according to the base direction of the layout's #PangoContext. (See pango_context_set_base_dir()). When the auto-computed direction of a paragraph differs from the base direction of the context, the interpretation of %PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT and %PANGO_ALIGN_RIGHT are swapped. if %TRUE, compute the bidirectional base direction from the layout's contents. Sets the type of ellipsization being performed for @layout. Depending on the ellipsization mode @ellipsize text is removed from the start, middle, or end of text so they fit within the width and height of layout set with pango_layout_set_width() and pango_layout_set_height(). If the layout contains characters such as newlines that force it to be layed out in multiple paragraphs, then whether each paragraph is ellipsized separately or the entire layout is ellipsized as a whole depends on the set height of the layout. See pango_layout_set_height() for details. the new ellipsization mode for @layout Sets the default font description for the layout. If no font description is set on the layout, the font description from the layout's context is used. the new #PangoFontDescription, or %NULL to unset the current font description Sets the height to which the #PangoLayout should be ellipsized at. There are two different behaviors, based on whether @height is positive or negative. If @height is positive, it will be the maximum height of the layout. Only lines would be shown that would fit, and if there is any text omitted, an ellipsis added. At least one line is included in each paragraph regardless of how small the height value is. A value of zero will render exactly one line for the entire layout. If @height is negative, it will be the (negative of) maximum number of lines per paragraph. That is, the total number of lines shown may well be more than this value if the layout contains multiple paragraphs of text. The default value of -1 means that first line of each paragraph is ellipsized. This behvaior may be changed in the future to act per layout instead of per paragraph. File a bug against pango at <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/</ulink> if your code relies on this behavior. Height setting only has effect if a positive width is set on @layout and ellipsization mode of @layout is not %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE. The behavior is undefined if a height other than -1 is set and ellipsization mode is set to %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE, and may change in the future. the desired height of the layout in Pango units if positive, or desired number of lines if negative. Sets the width in Pango units to indent each paragraph. A negative value of @indent will produce a hanging indentation. That is, the first line will have the full width, and subsequent lines will be indented by the absolute value of @indent. The indent setting is ignored if layout alignment is set to %PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER. the amount by which to indent. Sets whether each complete line should be stretched to fill the entire width of the layout. This stretching is typically done by adding whitespace, but for some scripts (such as Arabic), the justification may be done in more complex ways, like extending the characters. Note that this setting is not implemented and so is ignored in Pango older than 1.18. whether the lines in the layout should be justified. Same as pango_layout_set_markup_with_accel(), but the markup text isn't scanned for accelerators. marked-up text length of marked-up text in bytes, or -1 if @markup is null-terminated Sets the layout text and attribute list from marked-up text (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">markup format</link>). Replaces the current text and attribute list. If @accel_marker is nonzero, the given character will mark the character following it as an accelerator. For example, @accel_marker might be an ampersand or underscore. All characters marked as an accelerator will receive a %PANGO_UNDERLINE_LOW attribute, and the first character so marked will be returned in @accel_char. Two @accel_marker characters following each other produce a single literal @accel_marker character. marked-up text (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">markup format</link>) length of marked-up text in bytes, or -1 if @markup is null-terminated marker for accelerators in the text return location for first located accelerator, or %NULL If @setting is %TRUE, do not treat newlines and similar characters as paragraph separators; instead, keep all text in a single paragraph, and display a glyph for paragraph separator characters. Used when you want to allow editing of newlines on a single text line. new setting Sets the amount of spacing in Pango unit between the lines of the layout. the amount of spacing Sets the tabs to use for @layout, overriding the default tabs (by default, tabs are every 8 spaces). If @tabs is %NULL, the default tabs are reinstated. @tabs is copied into the layout; you must free your copy of @tabs yourself. a #PangoTabArray, or %NULL Sets the text of the layout. Note that if you have used pango_layout_set_markup() or pango_layout_set_markup_with_accel() on @layout before, you may want to call pango_layout_set_attributes() to clear the attributes set on the layout from the markup as this function does not clear attributes. a valid UTF-8 string maximum length of @text, in bytes. -1 indicates that the string is nul-terminated and the length should be calculated. The text will also be truncated on encountering a nul-termination even when @length is positive. Sets the width to which the lines of the #PangoLayout should wrap or ellipsized. The default value is -1: no width set. the desired width in Pango units, or -1 to indicate that no wrapping or ellipsization should be performed. Sets the wrap mode; the wrap mode only has effect if a width is set on the layout with pango_layout_set_width(). To turn off wrapping, set the width to -1. the wrap mode Converts from X and Y position within a layout to the byte index to the character at that logical position. If the Y position is not inside the layout, the closest position is chosen (the position will be clamped inside the layout). If the X position is not within the layout, then the start or the end of the line is chosen as described for pango_layout_x_to_index(). If either the X or Y positions were not inside the layout, then the function returns %FALSE; on an exact hit, it returns %TRUE. %TRUE if the coordinates were inside text, %FALSE otherwise. the X offset (in Pango units) from the left edge of the layout. the Y offset (in Pango units) from the top edge of the layout location to store calculated byte index location to store a integer indicating where in the grapheme the user clicked. It will either be zero, or the number of characters in the grapheme. 0 represents the trailing edge of the grapheme. Determines whether @iter is on the last line of the layout. %TRUE if @iter is on the last line. Copies a #PangoLayoutIter. the newly allocated #PangoLayoutIter, which should be freed with pango_layout_iter_free(), or %NULL if @iter was %NULL. Frees an iterator that's no longer in use. Gets the Y position of the current line's baseline, in layout coordinates (origin at top left of the entire layout). baseline of current line. Gets the extents of the current character, in layout coordinates (origin is the top left of the entire layout). Only logical extents can sensibly be obtained for characters; ink extents make sense only down to the level of clusters. rectangle to fill with logical extents Gets the extents of the current cluster, in layout coordinates (origin is the top left of the entire layout). rectangle to fill with ink extents, or %NULL rectangle to fill with logical extents, or %NULL Gets the current byte index. Note that iterating forward by char moves in visual order, not logical order, so indexes may not be sequential. Also, the index may be equal to the length of the text in the layout, if on the %NULL run (see pango_layout_iter_get_run()). current byte index. Gets the layout associated with a #PangoLayoutIter. the layout associated with @iter. Obtains the extents of the #PangoLayout being iterated over. @ink_rect or @logical_rect can be %NULL if you aren't interested in them. rectangle to fill with ink extents, or %NULL rectangle to fill with logical extents, or %NULL Gets the current line. Use the faster pango_layout_iter_get_line_readonly() if you do not plan to modify the contents of the line (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). the current line. Obtains the extents of the current line. @ink_rect or @logical_rect can be %NULL if you aren't interested in them. Extents are in layout coordinates (origin is the top-left corner of the entire #PangoLayout). Thus the extents returned by this function will be the same width/height but not at the same x/y as the extents returned from pango_layout_line_get_extents(). rectangle to fill with ink extents, or %NULL rectangle to fill with logical extents, or %NULL Gets the current line for read-only access. This is a faster alternative to pango_layout_iter_get_line(), but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the line (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). the current line, that should not be modified. Divides the vertical space in the #PangoLayout being iterated over between the lines in the layout, and returns the space belonging to the current line. A line's range includes the line's logical extents, plus half of the spacing above and below the line, if pango_layout_set_spacing() has been called to set layout spacing. The Y positions are in layout coordinates (origin at top left of the entire layout). start of line, or %NULL end of line, or %NULL Gets the current run. When iterating by run, at the end of each line, there's a position with a %NULL run, so this function can return %NULL. The %NULL run at the end of each line ensures that all lines have at least one run, even lines consisting of only a newline. Use the faster pango_layout_iter_get_run_readonly() if you do not plan to modify the contents of the run (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). the current run. Gets the extents of the current run in layout coordinates (origin is the top left of the entire layout). rectangle to fill with ink extents, or %NULL rectangle to fill with logical extents, or %NULL Gets the current run. When iterating by run, at the end of each line, there's a position with a %NULL run, so this function can return %NULL. The %NULL run at the end of each line ensures that all lines have at least one run, even lines consisting of only a newline. This is a faster alternative to pango_layout_iter_get_run(), but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the run (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.). the current run, that should not be modified. Moves @iter forward to the next character in visual order. If @iter was already at the end of the layout, returns %FALSE. whether motion was possible. Moves @iter forward to the next cluster in visual order. If @iter was already at the end of the layout, returns %FALSE. whether motion was possible. Moves @iter forward to the start of the next line. If @iter is already on the last line, returns %FALSE. whether motion was possible. Moves @iter forward to the next run in visual order. If @iter was already at the end of the layout, returns %FALSE. whether motion was possible. Computes the logical and ink extents of a layout line. See pango_font_get_glyph_extents() for details about the interpretation of the rectangles. rectangle used to store the extents of the glyph string as drawn, or %NULL rectangle used to store the logical extents of the glyph string, or %NULL Computes the logical and ink extents of @layout_line in device units. This function just calls pango_layout_line_get_extents() followed by two pango_extents_to_pixels() calls, rounding @ink_rect and @logical_rect such that the rounded rectangles fully contain the unrounded one (that is, passes them as first argument to pango_extents_to_pixels()). rectangle used to store the extents of the glyph string as drawn, or %NULL rectangle used to store the logical extents of the glyph string, or %NULL Gets a list of visual ranges corresponding to a given logical range. This list is not necessarily minimal - there may be consecutive ranges which are adjacent. The ranges will be sorted from left to right. The ranges are with respect to the left edge of the entire layout, not with respect to the line. Start byte index of the logical range. If this value is less than the start index for the line, then the first range will extend all the way to the leading edge of the layout. Otherwise it will start at the leading edge of the first character. Ending byte index of the logical range. If this value is greater than the end index for the line, then the last range will extend all the way to the trailing edge of the layout. Otherwise, it will end at the trailing edge of the last character. location to store a pointer to an array of ranges. The array will be of length <literal>2*n_ranges</literal>, with each range starting at <literal>(*ranges)[2*n]</literal> and of width <literal>(*ranges)[2*n + 1] - (*ranges)[2*n]</literal>. This array must be freed with g_free(). The coordinates are relative to the layout and are in Pango units. The number of ranges stored in @ranges. Converts an index within a line to a X position. byte offset of a grapheme within the layout an integer indicating the edge of the grapheme to retrieve the position of. If > 0, the trailing edge of the grapheme, if 0, the leading of the grapheme. location to store the x_offset (in Pango unit) Increase the reference count of a #PangoLayoutLine by one. the line passed in. Decrease the reference count of a #PangoLayoutLine by one. If the result is zero, the line and all associated memory will be freed. Converts from x offset to the byte index of the corresponding character within the text of the layout. If @x_pos is outside the line, @index_ and @trailing will point to the very first or very last position in the line. This determination is based on the resolved direction of the paragraph; for example, if the resolved direction is right-to-left, then an X position to the right of the line (after it) results in 0 being stored in @index_ and @trailing. An X position to the left of the line results in @index_ pointing to the (logical) last grapheme in the line and @trailing being set to the number of characters in that grapheme. The reverse is true for a left-to-right line. %FALSE if @x_pos was outside the line, %TRUE if inside the X offset (in Pango units) from the left edge of the line. location to store calculated byte index for the grapheme in which the user clicked. location to store an integer indicating where in the grapheme the user clicked. It will either be zero, or the number of characters in the grapheme. 0 represents the leading edge of the grapheme. A structure specifying a transformation between user-space coordinates and device coordinates. The transformation is given by <programlisting> x_device = x_user * matrix->xx + y_user * matrix->xy + matrix->x0; y_device = x_user * matrix->yx + y_user * matrix->yy + matrix->y0; </programlisting> Changes the transformation represented by @matrix to be the transformation given by first applying transformation given by @new_matrix then applying the original transformation. a #PangoMatrix Copies a #PangoMatrix. the newly allocated #PangoMatrix, which should be freed with pango_matrix_free(), or %NULL if @matrix was %NULL. Free a #PangoMatrix created with pango_matrix_copy(). Returns the scale factor of a matrix on the height of the font. That is, the scale factor in the direction perpendicular to the vector that the X coordinate is mapped to. the scale factor of @matrix on the height of the font, or 1.0 if @matrix is %NULL. Changes the transformation represented by @matrix to be the transformation given by first rotating by @degrees degrees counter-clockwise then applying the original transformation. degrees to rotate counter-clockwise Changes the transformation represented by @matrix to be the transformation given by first scaling by @sx in the X direction and @sy in the Y direction then applying the original transformation. amount to scale by in X direction amount to scale by in Y direction Transforms the distance vector (@dx,@dy) by @matrix. This is similar to pango_matrix_transform_point() except that the translation components of the transformation are ignored. The calculation of the returned vector is as follows: <programlisting> dx2 = dx1 * xx + dy1 * xy; dy2 = dx1 * yx + dy1 * yy; </programlisting> Affine transformations are position invariant, so the same vector always transforms to the same vector. If (@x1,@y1) transforms to (@x2,@y2) then (@x1+@dx1,@y1+@dy1) will transform to (@x1+@dx2,@y1+@dy2) for all values of @x1 and @x2. in/out X component of a distance vector in/out Y component of a distance vector First transforms the @rect using @matrix, then calculates the bounding box of the transformed rectangle. The rectangle should be in device units (pixels). This function is useful for example when you want to draw a rotated @PangoLayout to an image buffer, and want to know how large the image should be and how much you should shift the layout when rendering. For better accuracy, you should use pango_matrix_transform_rectangle() on original rectangle in Pango units and convert to pixels afterward using pango_extents_to_pixels()'s first argument. in/out bounding box in device units, or %NULL Transforms the point (@x, @y) by @matrix. in/out X position in/out Y position First transforms @rect using @matrix, then calculates the bounding box of the transformed rectangle. The rectangle should be in Pango units. This function is useful for example when you want to draw a rotated @PangoLayout to an image buffer, and want to know how large the image should be and how much you should shift the layout when rendering. If you have a rectangle in device units (pixels), use pango_matrix_transform_pixel_rectangle(). If you have the rectangle in Pango units and want to convert to transformed pixel bounding box, it is more accurate to transform it first (using this function) and pass the result to pango_extents_to_pixels(), first argument, for an inclusive rounded rectangle. However, there are valid reasons that you may want to convert to pixels first and then transform, for example when the transformed coordinates may overflow in Pango units (large matrix translation for example). in/out bounding box in Pango units, or %NULL Changes the transformation represented by @matrix to be the transformation given by first translating by (@tx, @ty) then applying the original transformation. amount to translate in the X direction amount to translate in the Y direction #PangoRenderPart defines different items to render for such purposes as setting colors. #PangoRenderer is a base class for objects that are used to render Pango objects such as #PangoGlyphString and #PangoLayout. Draw a squiggly line that approximately covers the given rectangle in the style of an underline used to indicate a spelling error. (The width of the underline is rounded to an integer number of up/down segments and the resulting rectangle is centered in the original rectangle) This should be called while @renderer is already active. Use pango_renderer_activate() to activate a renderer. X coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system Y coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system width of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system height of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system Draws a single glyph with coordinates in device space. a #PangoFont the glyph index of a single glyph X coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph Y coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph Draws the glyphs in @glyph_item with the specified #PangoRenderer, embedding the text associated with the glyphs in the output if the output format supports it (PDF for example). Note that @text is the start of the text for layout, which is then indexed by <literal>@glyph_item->item->offset</literal>. If @text is %NULL, this simply calls pango_renderer_draw_glyphs(). The default implementation of this method simply falls back to pango_renderer_draw_glyphs(). the UTF-8 text that @glyph_item refers to, or %NULL a #PangoGlyphItem X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Draws the glyphs in @glyphs with the specified #PangoRenderer. a #PangoFont a #PangoGlyphString X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Draws an axis-aligned rectangle in user space coordinates with the specified #PangoRenderer. This should be called while @renderer is already active. Use pango_renderer_activate() to activate a renderer. type of object this rectangle is part of X position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units Y position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units width of rectangle in Pango units in user space coordinates height of rectangle in Pango units in user space coordinates Draws a trapezoid with the parallel sides aligned with the X axis using the given #PangoRenderer; coordinates are in device space. type of object this trapezoid is part of Y coordinate of top of trapezoid X coordinate of left end of top of trapezoid X coordinate of right end of top of trapezoid Y coordinate of bottom of trapezoid X coordinate of left end of bottom of trapezoid X coordinate of right end of bottom of trapezoid Informs Pango that the way that the rendering is done for @part has changed in a way that would prevent multiple pieces being joined together into one drawing call. For instance, if a subclass of #PangoRenderer was to add a stipple option for drawing underlines, it needs to call <informalexample><programlisting> pango_renderer_part_changed (render, PANGO_RENDER_PART_UNDERLINE); </programlisting></informalexample> When the stipple changes or underlines with different stipples might be joined together. Pango automatically calls this for changes to colors. (See pango_renderer_set_color()) the part for which rendering has changed. Does initial setup before rendering operations on @renderer. pango_renderer_deactivate() should be called when done drawing. Calls such as pango_renderer_draw_layout() automatically activate the layout before drawing on it. Calls to pango_renderer_activate() and pango_renderer_deactivate() can be nested and the renderer will only be initialized and deinitialized once. Cleans up after rendering operations on @renderer. See docs for pango_renderer_activate(). Draw a squiggly line that approximately covers the given rectangle in the style of an underline used to indicate a spelling error. (The width of the underline is rounded to an integer number of up/down segments and the resulting rectangle is centered in the original rectangle) This should be called while @renderer is already active. Use pango_renderer_activate() to activate a renderer. X coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system Y coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system width of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system height of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system Draws a single glyph with coordinates in device space. a #PangoFont the glyph index of a single glyph X coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph Y coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph Draws the glyphs in @glyph_item with the specified #PangoRenderer, embedding the text associated with the glyphs in the output if the output format supports it (PDF for example). Note that @text is the start of the text for layout, which is then indexed by <literal>@glyph_item->item->offset</literal>. If @text is %NULL, this simply calls pango_renderer_draw_glyphs(). The default implementation of this method simply falls back to pango_renderer_draw_glyphs(). the UTF-8 text that @glyph_item refers to, or %NULL a #PangoGlyphItem X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Draws the glyphs in @glyphs with the specified #PangoRenderer. a #PangoFont a #PangoGlyphString X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Draws @layout with the specified #PangoRenderer. a #PangoLayout X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Draws @line with the specified #PangoRenderer. a #PangoLayoutLine X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Draws an axis-aligned rectangle in user space coordinates with the specified #PangoRenderer. This should be called while @renderer is already active. Use pango_renderer_activate() to activate a renderer. type of object this rectangle is part of X position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units Y position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units width of rectangle in Pango units in user space coordinates height of rectangle in Pango units in user space coordinates Draws a trapezoid with the parallel sides aligned with the X axis using the given #PangoRenderer; coordinates are in device space. type of object this trapezoid is part of Y coordinate of top of trapezoid X coordinate of left end of top of trapezoid X coordinate of right end of top of trapezoid Y coordinate of bottom of trapezoid X coordinate of left end of bottom of trapezoid X coordinate of right end of bottom of trapezoid Gets the current rendering color for the specified part. the color for the specified part, or %NULL if it hasn't been set and should be inherited from the environment. the part to get the color for Gets the layout currently being rendered using @renderer. Calling this function only makes sense from inside a subclass's methods, like in its draw_shape<!---->() for example. The returned layout should not be modified while still being rendered. the layout, or %NULL if no layout is being rendered using @renderer at this time. Gets the layout line currently being rendered using @renderer. Calling this function only makes sense from inside a subclass's methods, like in its draw_shape<!---->() for example. The returned layout line should not be modified while still being rendered. the layout line, or %NULL if no layout line is being rendered using @renderer at this time. Gets the transformation matrix that will be applied when rendering. See pango_renderer_set_matrix(). the matrix, or %NULL if no matrix has been set (which is the same as the identity matrix). The returned matrix is owned by Pango and must not be modified or freed. Informs Pango that the way that the rendering is done for @part has changed in a way that would prevent multiple pieces being joined together into one drawing call. For instance, if a subclass of #PangoRenderer was to add a stipple option for drawing underlines, it needs to call <informalexample><programlisting> pango_renderer_part_changed (render, PANGO_RENDER_PART_UNDERLINE); </programlisting></informalexample> When the stipple changes or underlines with different stipples might be joined together. Pango automatically calls this for changes to colors. (See pango_renderer_set_color()) the part for which rendering has changed. Sets the color for part of the rendering. the part to change the color of the new color or %NULL to unset the current color Sets the transformation matrix that will be applied when rendering. a #PangoMatrix, or %NULL to unset any existing matrix. (No matrix set is the same as setting the identity matrix.) Class structure for #PangoRenderer. a #PangoFont a #PangoGlyphString X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. type of object this rectangle is part of X position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units Y position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units width of rectangle in Pango units in user space coordinates height of rectangle in Pango units in user space coordinates X coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system Y coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system width of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system height of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system type of object this trapezoid is part of Y coordinate of top of trapezoid X coordinate of left end of top of trapezoid X coordinate of right end of top of trapezoid Y coordinate of bottom of trapezoid X coordinate of left end of bottom of trapezoid X coordinate of right end of bottom of trapezoid a #PangoFont the glyph index of a single glyph X coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph Y coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph the part for which rendering has changed. the UTF-8 text that @glyph_item refers to, or %NULL a #PangoGlyphItem X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units. Looks up the #PangoScript for a particular character (as defined by Unicode Standard Annex #24). No check is made for @ch being a valid Unicode character; if you pass in invalid character, the result is undefined. As of Pango 1.18, this function simply returns the return value of g_unichar_get_script(). the #PangoScript for the character. a Unicode character Given a script, finds a language tag that is reasonably representative of that script. This will usually be the most widely spoken or used language written in that script: for instance, the sample language for %PANGO_SCRIPT_CYRILLIC is <literal>ru</literal> (Russian), the sample language for %PANGO_SCRIPT_ARABIC is <literal>ar</literal>. For some scripts, no sample language will be returned because there is no language that is sufficiently representative. The best example of this is %PANGO_SCRIPT_HAN, where various different variants of written Chinese, Japanese, and Korean all use significantly different sets of Han characters and forms of shared characters. No sample language can be provided for many historical scripts as well. As of 1.18, this function checks the environment variables PANGO_LANGUAGE and LANGUAGE (checked in that order) first. If one of them is set, it is parsed as a list of language tags separated by colons or other separators. This function will return the first language in the parsed list that Pango believes may use @script for writing. This last predicate is tested using pango_language_includes_script(). This can be used to control Pango's font selection for non-primary languages. For example, a PANGO_LANGUAGE enviroment variable set to "en:fa" makes Pango choose fonts suitable for Persian (fa) instead of Arabic (ar) when a segment of Arabic text is found in an otherwise non-Arabic text. The same trick can be used to choose a default language for %PANGO_SCRIPT_HAN when setting context language is not feasible. a #PangoLanguage that is representative of the script, or %NULL if no such language exists. a #PangoScript A #PangoScriptIter is used to iterate through a string and identify ranges in different scripts. Frees a #PangoScriptIter created with pango_script_iter_new(). Gets information about the range to which @iter currently points. The range is the set of locations p where *start <= p < *end. (That is, it doesn't include the character stored at *end) location to store start position of the range, or %NULL location to store end position of the range, or %NULL location to store script for range, or %NULL Advances a #PangoScriptIter to the next range. If @iter is already at the end, it is left unchanged and %FALSE is returned. %TRUE if @iter was successfully advanced. Create a new #PangoScriptIter, used to break a string of Unicode into runs by text. No copy is made of @text, so the caller needs to make sure it remains valid until the iterator is freed with pango_script_iter_free(). the new script iterator, initialized to point at the first range in the text, which should be freed with pango_script_iter_free(). If the string is empty, it will point at an empty range. a UTF-8 string length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated. An enumeration specifying the various slant styles possible for a font. Creates an array of @initial_size tab stops. Tab stops are specified in pixel units if @positions_in_pixels is %TRUE, otherwise in Pango units. All stops are initially at position 0. the newly allocated #PangoTabArray, which should be freed with pango_tab_array_free(). Initial number of tab stops to allocate, can be 0 whether positions are in pixel units This is a convenience function that creates a #PangoTabArray and allows you to specify the alignment and position of each tab stop. You <emphasis>must</emphasis> provide an alignment and position for @size tab stops. the newly allocated #PangoTabArray, which should be freed with pango_tab_array_free(). number of tab stops in the array whether positions are in pixel units alignment of first tab stop position of first tab stop Copies a #PangoTabArray the newly allocated #PangoTabArray, which should be freed with pango_tab_array_free(). Frees a tab array and associated resources. Returns %TRUE if the tab positions are in pixels, %FALSE if they are in Pango units. whether positions are in pixels. Gets the number of tab stops in @tab_array. the number of tab stops in the array. Gets the alignment and position of a tab stop. tab stop index location to store alignment, or %NULL location to store tab position, or %NULL If non-%NULL, @alignments and @locations are filled with allocated arrays of length pango_tab_array_get_size(). You must free the returned array. location to store an array of tab stop alignments, or %NULL location to store an array of tab positions, or %NULL Resizes a tab array. You must subsequently initialize any tabs that were added as a result of growing the array. new size of the array Sets the alignment and location of a tab stop. @alignment must always be #PANGO_TAB_LEFT in the current implementation. the index of a tab stop tab alignment tab location in Pango units Create a new background color attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535) the green value the blue value Create a new font fallback attribute. If fallback is disabled, characters will only be used from the closest matching font on the system. No fallback will be done to other fonts on the system that might contain the characters in the text. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). %TRUE if we should fall back on other fonts for characters the active font is missing. Create a new font family attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the family or comma separated list of families Create a new foreground color attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535) the green value the blue value Create a new gravity hint attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the gravity hint value. Create a new gravity attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the gravity value; should not be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO. Create a new letter-spacing attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). amount of extra space to add between graphemes of the text, in Pango units. Create a new baseline displacement attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the amount that the text should be displaced vertically, in Pango units. Positive values displace the text upwards. Create a new font size scale attribute. The base font for the affected text will have its size multiplied by @scale_factor. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). factor to scale the font Create a new font stretch attribute the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the stretch Create a new strikethrough color attribute. This attribute modifies the color of strikethrough lines. If not set, strikethrough lines will use the foreground color. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535) the green value the blue value Create a new strike-through attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). %TRUE if the text should be struck-through. Create a new font slant style attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the slant style Fetches the attribute type name passed in when registering the type using pango_attr_type_register(). The returned value is an interned string (see g_intern_string() for what that means) that should not be modified or freed. the type ID name (which may be %NULL), or %NULL if @type is a built-in Pango attribute type or invalid. an attribute type ID to fetch the name for Allocate a new attribute type ID. The attribute type name can be accessed later by using pango_attr_type_get_name(). the new type ID. an identifier for the type Create a new underline color attribute. This attribute modifies the color of underlines. If not set, underlines will use the foreground color. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535) the green value the blue value Create a new underline-style attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the underline style. Create a new font variant attribute (normal or small caps) the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the variant Create a new font weight attribute. the newly allocated #PangoAttribute, which should be freed with pango_attribute_destroy(). the weight Determines the normative bidirectional character type of a character, as specified in the Unicode Character Database. A simplified version of this function is available as pango_unichar_get_direction(). the bidirectional character type, as used in the Unicode bidirectional algorithm. a Unicode character Determines possible line, word, and character breaks for a string of Unicode text with a single analysis. For most purposes you may want to use pango_get_log_attrs(). the text to process length of @text in bytes (may be -1 if @text is nul-terminated) #PangoAnalysis structure from pango_itemize() an array to store character information in size of the array passed as @attrs Converts extents from Pango units to device units, dividing by the %PANGO_SCALE factor and performing rounding. The @inclusive rectangle is converted by flooring the x/y coordinates and extending width/height, such that the final rectangle completely includes the original rectangle. The @nearest rectangle is converted by rounding the coordinates of the rectangle to the nearest device unit (pixel). The rule to which argument to use is: if you want the resulting device-space rectangle to completely contain the original rectangle, pass it in as @inclusive. If you want two touching-but-not-overlapping rectangles stay touching-but-not-overlapping after rounding to device units, pass them in as @nearest. rectangle to round to pixels inclusively, or %NULL. rectangle to round to nearest pixels, or %NULL. Searches a string the first character that has a strong direction, according to the Unicode bidirectional algorithm. The direction corresponding to the first strong character. If no such character is found, then %PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL is returned. the text to process length of @text in bytes (may be -1 if @text is nul-terminated) Locates a paragraph boundary in @text. A boundary is caused by delimiter characters, such as a newline, carriage return, carriage return-newline pair, or Unicode paragraph separator character. The index of the run of delimiters is returned in @paragraph_delimiter_index. The index of the start of the paragraph (index after all delimiters) is stored in @next_paragraph_start. If no delimiters are found, both @paragraph_delimiter_index and @next_paragraph_start are filled with the length of @text (an index one off the end). UTF-8 text length of @text in bytes, or -1 if nul-terminated return location for index of delimiter return location for start of next paragraph Creates a new font description from a string representation in the form "[FAMILY-LIST] [STYLE-OPTIONS] [SIZE]", where FAMILY-LIST is a comma separated list of families optionally terminated by a comma, STYLE_OPTIONS is a whitespace separated list of words where each WORD describes one of style, variant, weight, stretch, or gravity, and SIZE is a decimal number (size in points) or optionally followed by the unit modifier "px" for absolute size. Any one of the options may be absent. If FAMILY-LIST is absent, then the family_name field of the resulting font description will be initialized to %NULL. If STYLE-OPTIONS is missing, then all style options will be set to the default values. If SIZE is missing, the size in the resulting font description will be set to 0. a new #PangoFontDescription. string representation of a font description. Computes a #PangoLogAttr for each character in @text. The @log_attrs array must have one #PangoLogAttr for each position in @text; if @text contains N characters, it has N+1 positions, including the last position at the end of the text. @text should be an entire paragraph; logical attributes can't be computed without context (for example you need to see spaces on either side of a word to know the word is a word). text to process length in bytes of @text embedding level, or -1 if unknown language tag array with one #PangoLogAttr per character in @text, plus one extra, to be filled in length of @log_attrs array If @ch has the Unicode mirrored property and there is another Unicode character that typically has a glyph that is the mirror image of @ch's glyph, puts that character in the address pointed to by @mirrored_ch. Use g_unichar_get_mirror_char() instead; the docs for that function provide full details. %TRUE if @ch has a mirrored character and @mirrored_ch is filled in, %FALSE otherwise a Unicode character location to store the mirrored character Finds the gravity that best matches the rotation component in a #PangoMatrix. the gravity of @matrix, which will never be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, or %PANGO_GRAVITY_SOUTH if @matrix is %NULL a #PangoMatrix Based on the script, base gravity, and hint, returns actual gravity to use in laying out a single #PangoItem. If @base_gravity is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, it is first replaced with the preferred gravity of @script. To get the preferred gravity of a script, pass %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO and %PANGO_GRAVITY_HINT_STRONG in. resolved gravity suitable to use for a run of text with @script. #PangoScript to query base gravity of the paragraph orientation hint Based on the script, East Asian width, base gravity, and hint, returns actual gravity to use in laying out a single character or #PangoItem. This function is similar to pango_gravity_get_for_script() except that this function makes a distinction between narrow/half-width and wide/full-width characters also. Wide/full-width characters always stand <emph>upright</emph>, that is, they always take the base gravity, whereas narrow/full-width characters are always rotated in vertical context. If @base_gravity is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, it is first replaced with the preferred gravity of @script. resolved gravity suitable to use for a run of text with @script and @wide. #PangoScript to query %TRUE for wide characters as returned by g_unichar_iswide() base gravity of the paragraph orientation hint Converts a #PangoGravity value to its natural rotation in radians. @gravity should not be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO. Note that pango_matrix_rotate() takes angle in degrees, not radians. So, to call pango_matrix_rotate() with the output of this function you should multiply it by (180. / G_PI). the rotation value corresponding to @gravity. gravity to query Checks @ch to see if it is a character that should not be normally rendered on the screen. This includes all Unicode characters with "ZERO WIDTH" in their name, as well as <firstterm>bidi</firstterm> formatting characters, and a few other ones. This is totally different from g_unichar_iszerowidth() and is at best misnamed. %TRUE if @ch is a zero-width character, %FALSE otherwise a Unicode character Breaks a piece of text into segments with consistent directional level and shaping engine. Each byte of @text will be contained in exactly one of the items in the returned list; the generated list of items will be in logical order (the start offsets of the items are ascending). @cached_iter should be an iterator over @attrs currently positioned at a range before or containing @start_index; @cached_iter will be advanced to the range covering the position just after @start_index + @length. (i.e. if itemizing in a loop, just keep passing in the same @cached_iter). a #GList of #PangoItem structures. The items should be freed using pango_item_free() probably in combination with g_list_foreach(), and the list itself using g_list_free(). a structure holding information that affects the itemization process. the text to itemize. first byte in @text to process the number of bytes (not characters) to process after @start_index. This must be >= 0. the set of attributes that apply to @text. Cached attribute iterator, or %NULL Like pango_itemize(), but the base direction to use when computing bidirectional levels (see pango_context_set_base_dir ()), is specified explicitly rather than gotten from the #PangoContext. a #GList of #PangoItem structures. The items should be freed using pango_item_free() probably in combination with g_list_foreach(), and the list itself using g_list_free(). a structure holding information that affects the itemization process. base direction to use for bidirectional processing the text to itemize. first byte in @text to process the number of bytes (not characters) to process after @start_index. This must be >= 0. the set of attributes that apply to @text. Cached attribute iterator, or %NULL Take a RFC-3066 format language tag as a string and convert it to a #PangoLanguage pointer that can be efficiently copied (copy the pointer) and compared with other language tags (compare the pointer.) This function first canonicalizes the string by converting it to lowercase, mapping '_' to '-', and stripping all characters other than letters and '-'. Use pango_language_get_default() if you want to get the #PangoLanguage for the current locale of the process. an opaque pointer to a #PangoLanguage structure, or %NULL if @language was %NULL. The returned pointer will be valid forever after, and should not be freed. a string representing a language tag, or %NULL Returns the #PangoLanguage for the current locale of the process. Note that this can change over the life of an application. On Unix systems, this is the return value is derived from <literal>setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)</literal>, and the user can affect this through the environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or LANG (checked in that order). The locale string typically is in the form lang_COUNTRY, where lang is an ISO-639 language code, and COUNTRY is an ISO-3166 country code. For instance, sv_FI for Swedish as written in Finland or pt_BR for Portuguese as written in Brazil. On Windows, the C library does not use any such environment variables, and setting them won't affect the behavior of functions like ctime(). The user sets the locale through the Regional Options in the Control Panel. The C library (in the setlocale() function) does not use country and language codes, but country and language names spelled out in English. However, this function does check the above environment variables, and does return a Unix-style locale string based on either said environment variables or the thread's current locale. Your application should call <literal>setlocale(LC_ALL, "");</literal> for the user settings to take effect. Gtk+ does this in its initialization functions automatically (by calling gtk_set_locale()). See <literal>man setlocale</literal> for more details. the default language as a #PangoLanguage, must not be freed. This will return the bidirectional embedding levels of the input paragraph as defined by the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm available at: http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/ If the input base direction is a weak direction, the direction of the characters in the text will determine the final resolved direction. a newly allocated array of embedding levels, one item per character (not byte), that should be freed using g_free. the text to itemize. the number of bytes (not characters) to process, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated and the length should be calculated. input base direction, and output resolved direction. After feeding a pango markup parser some data with g_markup_parse_context_parse(), use this function to get the list of pango attributes and text out of the markup. This function will not free @context, use g_markup_parse_context_free() to do so. %FALSE if @error is set, otherwise %TRUE A valid parse context that was returned from pango_markup_parser_new() address of return location for a #PangoAttrList, or %NULL address of return location for text with tags stripped, or %NULL address of return location for accelerator char, or %NULL Parses marked-up text (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">markup format</link>) to create a plain-text string and an attribute list. If @accel_marker is nonzero, the given character will mark the character following it as an accelerator. For example, @accel_marker might be an ampersand or underscore. All characters marked as an accelerator will receive a %PANGO_UNDERLINE_LOW attribute, and the first character so marked will be returned in @accel_char, when calling finish(). Two @accel_marker characters following each other produce a single literal @accel_marker character. To feed markup to the parser, use g_markup_parse_context_parse() on the returned #GMarkupParseContext. When done with feeding markup to the parser, use pango_markup_parser_finish() to get the data out of it, and then use g_markup_parse_context_free() to free it. This function is designed for applications that read pango markup from streams. To simply parse a string containing pango markup, the simpler pango_parse_markup() API is recommended instead. a #GMarkupParseContext that should be destroyed with g_markup_parse_context_free(). character that precedes an accelerator, or 0 for none Parses an enum type and stores the result in @value. If @str does not match the nick name of any of the possible values for the enum and is not an integer, %FALSE is returned, a warning is issued if @warn is %TRUE, and a string representing the list of possible values is stored in @possible_values. The list is slash-separated, eg. "none/start/middle/end". If failed and @possible_values is not %NULL, returned string should be freed using g_free(). %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed. enum type to parse, eg. %PANGO_TYPE_ELLIPSIZE_MODE. string to parse. May be %NULL. integer to store the result in, or %NULL. if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input. place to store list of possible values on failure, or %NULL. Parses marked-up text (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">markup format</link>) to create a plain-text string and an attribute list. If @accel_marker is nonzero, the given character will mark the character following it as an accelerator. For example, @accel_marker might be an ampersand or underscore. All characters marked as an accelerator will receive a %PANGO_UNDERLINE_LOW attribute, and the first character so marked will be returned in @accel_char. Two @accel_marker characters following each other produce a single literal @accel_marker character. To parse a stream of pango markup incrementally, use pango_markup_parser_new(). If any error happens, none of the output arguments are touched except for @error. %FALSE if @error is set, otherwise %TRUE markup to parse (see <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">markup format</link>) length of @markup_text, or -1 if nul-terminated character that precedes an accelerator, or 0 for none address of return location for a #PangoAttrList, or %NULL address of return location for text with tags stripped, or %NULL address of return location for accelerator char, or %NULL Parses a font stretch. The allowed values are "ultra_condensed", "extra_condensed", "condensed", "semi_condensed", "normal", "semi_expanded", "expanded", "extra_expanded" and "ultra_expanded". Case variations are ignored and the '_' characters may be omitted. %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed. a string to parse. a #PangoStretch to store the result in. if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input. Parses a font style. The allowed values are "normal", "italic" and "oblique", case variations being ignored. %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed. a string to parse. a #PangoStyle to store the result in. if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input. Parses a font variant. The allowed values are "normal" and "smallcaps" or "small_caps", case variations being ignored. %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed. a string to parse. a #PangoVariant to store the result in. if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input. Parses a font weight. The allowed values are "heavy", "ultrabold", "bold", "normal", "light", "ultraleight" and integers. Case variations are ignored. %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed. a string to parse. a #PangoWeight to store the result in. if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input. Quantizes the thickness and position of a line, typically an underline or strikethrough, to whole device pixels, that is integer multiples of %PANGO_SCALE. The purpose of this function is to avoid such lines looking blurry. Care is taken to make sure @thickness is at least one pixel when this function returns, but returned @position may become zero as a result of rounding. pointer to the thickness of a line, in Pango units corresponding position Reads an entire line from a file into a buffer. Lines may be delimited with '\n', '\r', '\n\r', or '\r\n'. The delimiter is not written into the buffer. Text after a '#' character is treated as a comment and skipped. '\' can be used to escape a # character. '\' proceeding a line delimiter combines adjacent lines. A '\' proceeding any other character is ignored and written into the output buffer unmodified. 0 if the stream was already at an %EOF character, otherwise the number of lines read (this is useful for maintaining a line number counter which doesn't combine lines with '\') a stdio stream #GString buffer into which to write the result From a list of items in logical order and the associated directional levels, produce a list in visual order. The original list is unmodified. a #GList of #PangoItem structures in visual order. (Please open a bug if you use this function. It is not a particularly convenient interface, and the code is duplicated elsewhere in Pango for that reason.) a #GList of #PangoItem in logical order. Scans an integer. Leading white space is skipped. %FALSE if a parse error occurred. in/out string position an int into which to write the result Scans a string into a #GString buffer. The string may either be a sequence of non-white-space characters, or a quoted string with '"'. Instead a quoted string, '\"' represents a literal quote. Leading white space outside of quotes is skipped. %FALSE if a parse error occurred. in/out string position a #GString into which to write the result Scans a word into a #GString buffer. A word consists of [A-Za-z_] followed by zero or more [A-Za-z_0-9] Leading white space is skipped. %FALSE if a parse error occurred. in/out string position a #GString into which to write the result Looks up the #PangoScript for a particular character (as defined by Unicode Standard Annex #24). No check is made for @ch being a valid Unicode character; if you pass in invalid character, the result is undefined. As of Pango 1.18, this function simply returns the return value of g_unichar_get_script(). the #PangoScript for the character. a Unicode character Given a script, finds a language tag that is reasonably representative of that script. This will usually be the most widely spoken or used language written in that script: for instance, the sample language for %PANGO_SCRIPT_CYRILLIC is <literal>ru</literal> (Russian), the sample language for %PANGO_SCRIPT_ARABIC is <literal>ar</literal>. For some scripts, no sample language will be returned because there is no language that is sufficiently representative. The best example of this is %PANGO_SCRIPT_HAN, where various different variants of written Chinese, Japanese, and Korean all use significantly different sets of Han characters and forms of shared characters. No sample language can be provided for many historical scripts as well. As of 1.18, this function checks the environment variables PANGO_LANGUAGE and LANGUAGE (checked in that order) first. If one of them is set, it is parsed as a list of language tags separated by colons or other separators. This function will return the first language in the parsed list that Pango believes may use @script for writing. This last predicate is tested using pango_language_includes_script(). This can be used to control Pango's font selection for non-primary languages. For example, a PANGO_LANGUAGE enviroment variable set to "en:fa" makes Pango choose fonts suitable for Persian (fa) instead of Arabic (ar) when a segment of Arabic text is found in an otherwise non-Arabic text. The same trick can be used to choose a default language for %PANGO_SCRIPT_HAN when setting context language is not feasible. a #PangoLanguage that is representative of the script, or %NULL if no such language exists. a #PangoScript Given a segment of text and the corresponding #PangoAnalysis structure returned from pango_itemize(), convert the characters into glyphs. You may also pass in only a substring of the item from pango_itemize(). It is recommended that you use pango_shape_full() instead, since that API allows for shaping interaction happening across text item boundaries. the text to process the length (in bytes) of @text #PangoAnalysis structure from pango_itemize() glyph string in which to store results Given a segment of text and the corresponding #PangoAnalysis structure returned from pango_itemize(), convert the characters into glyphs. You may also pass in only a substring of the item from pango_itemize(). This is similar to pango_shape(), except it also can optionally take the full paragraph text as input, which will then be used to perform certain cross-item shaping interactions. If you have access to the broader text of which @item_text is part of, provide the broader text as @paragraph_text. If @paragraph_text is %NULL, item text is used instead. valid UTF-8 text to shape. the length (in bytes) of @item_text. -1 means nul-terminated text. text of the paragraph (see details). May be %NULL. the length (in bytes) of @paragraph_text. -1 means nul-terminated text. #PangoAnalysis structure from pango_itemize(). glyph string in which to store results. Skips 0 or more characters of white space. %FALSE if skipping the white space leaves the position at a '\0' character. in/out string position Splits a %G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR-separated list of files, stripping white space and substituting ~/ with $HOME/. a list of strings to be freed with g_strfreev() a %G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR separated list of filenames Trims leading and trailing whitespace from a string. A newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free() a string Determines the inherent direction of a character; either %PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR, %PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL, or %PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL. This function is useful to categorize characters into left-to-right letters, right-to-left letters, and everything else. If full Unicode bidirectional type of a character is needed, pango_bidi_type_for_gunichar() can be used instead. the direction of the character. a Unicode character Converts a floating-point number to Pango units: multiplies it by %PANGO_SCALE and rounds to nearest integer. the value in Pango units. double floating-point value Converts a number in Pango units to floating-point: divides it by %PANGO_SCALE. the double value. value in Pango units This is similar to the macro %PANGO_VERSION except that it returns the encoded version of Pango available at run-time, as opposed to the version available at compile-time. A version number can be encoded into an integer using PANGO_VERSION_ENCODE(). The encoded version of Pango library available at run time. Checks that the Pango library in use is compatible with the given version. Generally you would pass in the constants %PANGO_VERSION_MAJOR, %PANGO_VERSION_MINOR, %PANGO_VERSION_MICRO as the three arguments to this function; that produces a check that the library in use at run-time is compatible with the version of Pango the application or module was compiled against. Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version of the running library is newer than the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro. Second the running library must be binary compatible with the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro (same major version.) For compile-time version checking use PANGO_VERSION_CHECK(). %NULL if the Pango library is compatible with the given version, or a string describing the version mismatch. The returned string is owned by Pango and should not be modified or freed. the required major version. the required minor version. the required major version. This is similar to the macro %PANGO_VERSION_STRING except that it returns the version of Pango available at run-time, as opposed to the version available at compile-time. A string containing the version of Pango library available at run time. The returned string is owned by Pango and should not be modified or freed. gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/README0000644000076700001450000000010512533067131016073 0ustar gnatmailgnatThis directory contains various contributions or updates for GtkAda. gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/Gio-2.0.gir0000644000076700001450001572114412533067132016755 0ustar gnatmailgnat #GAction represents a single named action. The main interface to an action is that it can be activated with g_action_activate(). This results in the 'activate' signal being emitted. An activation has a #GVariant parameter (which may be %NULL). The correct type for the parameter is determined by a static parameter type (which is given at construction time). An action may optionally have a state, in which case the state may be set with g_action_change_state(). This call takes a #GVariant. The correct type for the state is determined by a static state type (which is given at construction time). The state may have a hint associated with it, specifying its valid range. #GAction is merely the interface to the concept of an action, as described above. Various implementations of actions exist, including #GSimpleAction and #GtkAction. In all cases, the implementing class is responsible for storing the name of the action, the parameter type, the enabled state, the optional state type and the state and emitting the appropriate signals when these change. The implementor responsible for filtering calls to g_action_activate() and g_action_change_state() for type safety and for the state being enabled. Probably the only useful thing to do with a #GAction is to put it inside of a #GSimpleActionGroup. Activates the action. @parameter must be the correct type of parameter for the action (ie: the parameter type given at construction time). If the parameter type was %NULL then @parameter must also be %NULL. the parameter to the activation Request for the state of @action to be changed to @value. The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. See g_action_get_state_type(). This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change its state or may change its state to something other than @value. See g_action_get_state_hint(). If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. the new state Checks if @action is currently enabled. An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to have its state changed from outside callers. whether the action is enabled Queries the name of @action. the name of the action Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating @action. When activating the action using g_action_activate(), the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned by this function. In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any #GVariant, but %NULL instead. the parameter type Queries the current state of @action. If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type given by g_action_get_state_type(). The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the current state of the action Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of @action. If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the state of the action. If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound of valid values for the state. In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value within the range may fail. The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the state range hint Queries the type of the state of @action. If the action is stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new_stateful()) then this function returns the #GVariantType of the state. This is the type of the initial value given as the state. All calls to g_action_change_state() must give a #GVariant of this type and g_action_get_state() will return a #GVariant of the same type. If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new()) then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_get_state() will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_change_state(). the state type, if the action is stateful Activates the action. @parameter must be the correct type of parameter for the action (ie: the parameter type given at construction time). If the parameter type was %NULL then @parameter must also be %NULL. a #GAction the parameter to the activation Request for the state of @action to be changed to @value. The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. See g_action_get_state_type(). This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change its state or may change its state to something other than @value. See g_action_get_state_hint(). If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. a #GAction the new state Checks if @action is currently enabled. An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to have its state changed from outside callers. whether the action is enabled a #GAction Queries the name of @action. the name of the action a #GAction Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating @action. When activating the action using g_action_activate(), the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned by this function. In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any #GVariant, but %NULL instead. the parameter type a #GAction Queries the current state of @action. If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type given by g_action_get_state_type(). The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the current state of the action a #GAction Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of @action. If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the state of the action. If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound of valid values for the state. In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value within the range may fail. The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the state range hint a #GAction Queries the type of the state of @action. If the action is stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new_stateful()) then this function returns the #GVariantType of the state. This is the type of the initial value given as the state. All calls to g_action_change_state() must give a #GVariant of this type and g_action_get_state() will return a #GVariant of the same type. If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new()) then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_get_state() will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_change_state(). the state type, if the action is stateful a #GAction If @action is currently enabled. If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and g_action_change_state() have no effect. The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying the action once it has been added to a #GActionGroup. The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the action. The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless. The #GVariantType of the state that the action has, or %NULL if the action is stateless. This struct defines a single action. It is for use with g_action_map_add_action_entries(). The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in the future. See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example. #GActionGroup represents a group of actions. Actions can be used to expose functionality in a structured way, either from one part of a program to another, or to the outside world. Action groups are often used together with a #GMenuModel that provides additional representation data for displaying the actions to the user, e.g. in a menu. The main way to interact with the actions in a GActionGroup is to activate them with g_action_group_activate_action(). Activating an action may require a #GVariant parameter. The required type of the parameter can be inquired with g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(). Actions may be disabled, see g_action_group_get_action_enabled(). Activating a disabled action has no effect. Actions may optionally have a state in the form of a #GVariant. The current state of an action can be inquired with g_action_group_get_action_state(). Activating a stateful action may change its state, but it is also possible to set the state by calling g_action_group_change_action_state(). As typical example, consider a text editing application which has an option to change the current font to 'bold'. A good way to represent this would be a stateful action, with a boolean state. Activating the action would toggle the state. Each action in the group has a unique name (which is a string). All method calls, except g_action_group_list_actions() take the name of an action as an argument. The #GActionGroup API is meant to be the 'public' API to the action group. The calls here are exactly the interaction that 'external forces' (eg: UI, incoming D-Bus messages, etc.) are supposed to have with actions. 'Internal' APIs (ie: ones meant only to be accessed by the action group implementation) are found on subclasses. This is why you will find - for example - g_action_group_get_action_enabled() but not an equivalent <function>set()</function> call. Signals are emitted on the action group in response to state changes on individual actions. Implementations of #GActionGroup should provide implementations for the virtual functions g_action_group_list_actions() and g_action_group_query_action(). The other virtual functions should not be implemented - their "wrappers" are actually implemented with calls to g_action_group_query_action(). Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. the name of an action in the group Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. the name of an action in the group whether or not the action is now enabled Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. the name of an action in the group Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. the name of an action in the group the new state of the named action Activate the named action within @action_group. If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(). the name of the action to activate parameters to the activation Request for the state of the named action within @action_group to be changed to @value. The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. See g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change its state or may change its state to something other than @value. See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint(). If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. the name of the action to request the change on the new state Checks if the named action within @action_group is currently enabled. An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to have its state changed from outside callers. whether or not the action is currently enabled the name of the action to query Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating the named action within @action_group. When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(), the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned by this function. In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any #GVariant, but %NULL instead. The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added with the same name but a different parameter type. the parameter type the name of the action to query Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group. If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the current state of the action the name of the action to query Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the named action within @action_group. If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the state of the action. If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound of valid values for the state. In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value within the range may fail. The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the state range hint the name of the action to query Queries the type of the state of the named action within @action_group. If the action is stateful then this function returns the #GVariantType of the state. All calls to g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant of the same type. If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state(). The state type of a particular action will never change but it is possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added with the same name but a different state type. the state type, if the action is stateful the name of the action to query Checks if the named action exists within @action_group. whether the named action exists the name of the action to check for Lists the actions contained within @action_group. The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when it is no longer required. a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the actions in the groupb Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group. This function acquires the information available from g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(), g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(), g_action_group_get_action_state_type(), g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call. This provides two main benefits. The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover different things about it. The second is that implementing #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual function. The interface provides a default implementation of this function that calls the individual functions, as required, to fetch the information. The interface also provides default implementations of those functions that call this function. All implementations, therefore, must override either this function or all of the others. If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the fields may or may not have been modified. %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE the name of an action in the group if the action is presently enabled the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed the state type, or %NULL if stateless the state hint, or %NULL if none the current state, or %NULL if stateless Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. a #GActionGroup the name of an action in the group Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. a #GActionGroup the name of an action in the group whether or not the action is now enabled Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. a #GActionGroup the name of an action in the group Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group. This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations. a #GActionGroup the name of an action in the group the new state of the named action Activate the named action within @action_group. If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(). a #GActionGroup the name of the action to activate parameters to the activation Request for the state of the named action within @action_group to be changed to @value. The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type. See g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change its state or may change its state to something other than @value. See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint(). If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed. a #GActionGroup the name of the action to request the change on the new state Checks if the named action within @action_group is currently enabled. An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to have its state changed from outside callers. whether or not the action is currently enabled a #GActionGroup the name of the action to query Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating the named action within @action_group. When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(), the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned by this function. In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any #GVariant, but %NULL instead. The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added with the same name but a different parameter type. the parameter type a #GActionGroup the name of the action to query Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group. If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type(). The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the current state of the action a #GActionGroup the name of the action to query Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the named action within @action_group. If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the state of the action. If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound of valid values for the state. In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value within the range may fail. The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required. the state range hint a #GActionGroup the name of the action to query Queries the type of the state of the named action within @action_group. If the action is stateful then this function returns the #GVariantType of the state. All calls to g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant of the same type. If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state(). The state type of a particular action will never change but it is possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added with the same name but a different state type. the state type, if the action is stateful a #GActionGroup the name of the action to query Checks if the named action exists within @action_group. whether the named action exists a #GActionGroup the name of the action to check for Lists the actions contained within @action_group. The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when it is no longer required. a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the actions in the groupb a #GActionGroup Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group. This function acquires the information available from g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(), g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(), g_action_group_get_action_state_type(), g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call. This provides two main benefits. The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover different things about it. The second is that implementing #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual function. The interface provides a default implementation of this function that calls the individual functions, as required, to fetch the information. The interface also provides default implementations of those functions that call this function. All implementations, therefore, must override either this function or all of the others. If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the fields may or may not have been modified. %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE a #GActionGroup the name of an action in the group if the action is presently enabled the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed the state type, or %NULL if stateless the state hint, or %NULL if none the current state, or %NULL if stateless Signals that a new action was just added to the group. This signal is emitted after the action has been added and is now visible. the name of the action in @action_group Signals that the enabled status of the named action has changed. the name of the action in @action_group whether the action is enabled or not Signals that an action is just about to be removed from the group. This signal is emitted before the action is removed, so the action is still visible and can be queried from the signal handler. the name of the action in @action_group Signals that the state of the named action has changed. the name of the action in @action_group the new value of the state The virtual function table for #GActionGroup. whether the named action exists the name of the action to check for a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the actions in the groupb whether or not the action is currently enabled the name of the action to query the parameter type the name of the action to query the state type, if the action is stateful the name of the action to query the state range hint the name of the action to query the current state of the action the name of the action to query the name of the action to request the change on the new state the name of the action to activate parameters to the activation the name of an action in the group the name of an action in the group the name of an action in the group whether or not the action is now enabled the name of an action in the group the new state of the named action %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE the name of an action in the group if the action is presently enabled the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed the state type, or %NULL if stateless the state hint, or %NULL if none the current state, or %NULL if stateless The virtual function table for #GAction. the name of the action the parameter type the state type, if the action is stateful the state range hint whether the action is enabled the current state of the action the new state the parameter to the activation The GActionMap interface is implemented by #GActionGroup implementations that operate by containing a number of named #GAction instances, such as #GSimpleActionGroup. One useful application of this interface is to map the names of actions from various action groups to unique, prefixed names (e.g. by prepending "app." or "win."). This is the motivation for the 'Map' part of the interface name. Adds an action to the @action_map. If the action map already contains an action with the same name as @action then the old action is dropped from the action map. The action map takes its own reference on @action. a #GAction Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map. If no such action exists, returns %NULL. a #GAction, or %NULL the name of an action Removes the named action from the action map. If no action of this name is in the map then nothing happens. the name of the action Adds an action to the @action_map. If the action map already contains an action with the same name as @action then the old action is dropped from the action map. The action map takes its own reference on @action. a #GActionMap a #GAction A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances and adding them to a #GActionMap. Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry. <example> <title>Using g_action_map_add_action_entries()</title> <programlisting> static void activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple, GVariant *parameter, gpointer user_data) { exit (0); } static void activate_print_string (GSimpleAction *simple, GVariant *parameter, gpointer user_data) { g_print ("%s\n", g_variant_get_string (parameter, NULL)); } static GActionGroup * create_action_group (void) { const GActionEntry entries[] = { { "quit", activate_quit }, { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" } }; GSimpleActionGroup *group; group = g_simple_action_group_new (); g_action_map_add_action_entries (G_ACTION_MAP (group), entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL); return G_ACTION_GROUP (group); } </programlisting> </example> a #GActionMap a pointer to the first item in an array of #GActionEntry structs the length of @entries, or -1 if @entries is %NULL-terminated the user data for signal connections Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map. If no such action exists, returns %NULL. a #GAction, or %NULL a #GActionMap the name of an action Removes the named action from the action map. If no action of this name is in the map then nothing happens. a #GActionMap the name of the action The virtual function table for #GActionMap. a #GAction, or %NULL the name of an action a #GAction the name of the action #GAppInfo and #GAppLaunchContext are used for describing and launching applications installed on the system. As of GLib 2.20, URIs will always be converted to POSIX paths (using g_file_get_path()) when using g_app_info_launch() even if the application requested an URI and not a POSIX path. For example for an desktop-file based application with Exec key <literal>totem &percnt;U</literal> and a single URI, <literal>sftp://foo/file.avi</literal>, then <literal>/home/user/.gvfs/sftp on foo/file.avi</literal> will be passed. This will only work if a set of suitable GIO extensions (such as gvfs 2.26 compiled with FUSE support), is available and operational; if this is not the case, the URI will be passed unmodified to the application. Some URIs, such as <literal>mailto:</literal>, of course cannot be mapped to a POSIX path (in gvfs there's no FUSE mount for it); such URIs will be passed unmodified to the application. Specifically for gvfs 2.26 and later, the POSIX URI will be mapped back to the GIO URI in the #GFile constructors (since gvfs implements the #GVfs extension point). As such, if the application needs to examine the URI, it needs to use g_file_get_uri() or similar on #GFile. In other words, an application cannot assume that the URI passed to e.g. g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() is equal to the result of g_file_get_uri(). The following snippet illustrates this: <programlisting> GFile *f; char *uri; file = g_file_new_for_commandline_arg (uri_from_commandline); uri = g_file_get_uri (file); strcmp (uri, uri_from_commandline) == 0; // FALSE g_free (uri); if (g_file_has_uri_scheme (file, "cdda")) { // do something special with uri } g_object_unref (file); </programlisting> This code will work when both <literal>cdda://sr0/Track 1.wav</literal> and <literal>/home/user/.gvfs/cdda on sr0/Track 1.wav</literal> is passed to the application. It should be noted that it's generally not safe for applications to rely on the format of a particular URIs. Different launcher applications (e.g. file managers) may have different ideas of what a given URI means. Creates a new #GAppInfo from the given information. Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the Exec key of the <ulink url="http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec">freedesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification</ulink> are applied. For example, if the @commandline contains percent-encoded URIs, the percent-character must be doubled in order to prevent it from being swallowed by Exec key unquoting. See the specification for exact quoting rules. new #GAppInfo for given command. the commandline to use the application name, or %NULL to use @commandline flags that can specify details of the created #GAppInfo Gets a list of all of the applications currently registered on this system. For desktop files, this includes applications that have <literal>NoDisplay=true</literal> set or are excluded from display by means of <literal>OnlyShowIn</literal> or <literal>NotShowIn</literal>. See g_app_info_should_show(). The returned list does not include applications which have the <literal>Hidden</literal> key set. a newly allocated #GList of references to #GAppInfo<!---->s. Gets a list of all #GAppInfos for a given content type, including the recommended and fallback #GAppInfos. See g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type() and g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type(). #GList of #GAppInfos for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for Gets the default #GAppInfo for a given content type. #GAppInfo for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for if %TRUE, the #GAppInfo is expected to support URIs Gets the default application for handling URIs with the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part of the URI, up to but not including the ':', e.g. "http", "ftp" or "sip". #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. a string containing a URI scheme. Gets a list of fallback #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. those applications which claim to support the given content type by MIME type subclassing and not directly. #GList of #GAppInfos for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for Gets a list of recommended #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. those applications which claim to support the given content type exactly, and not by MIME type subclassing. Note that the first application of the list is the last used one, i.e. the last one for which g_app_info_set_as_last_used_for_type() has been called. #GList of #GAppInfos for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for Utility function that launches the default application registered to handle the specified uri. Synchronous I/O is done on the uri to detect the type of the file if required. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. the uri to show an optional #GAppLaunchContext. Removes all changes to the type associations done by g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(), g_app_info_set_as_default_for_extension(), g_app_info_add_supports_type() or g_app_info_remove_supports_type(). a content type Adds a content type to the application information to indicate the application is capable of opening files with the given content type. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a string. Obtains the information whether the #GAppInfo can be deleted. See g_app_info_delete(). %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted Checks if a supported content type can be removed from an application. %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. Tries to delete a #GAppInfo. On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined #GAppInfo<!-- -->s which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot. See g_app_info_can_delete(). %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted Creates a duplicate of a #GAppInfo. a duplicate of @appinfo. Checks if two #GAppInfo<!-- -->s are equal. %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. the second #GAppInfo. Gets the commandline with which the application will be started. a string containing the @appinfo's commandline, or %NULL if this information is not available Gets a human-readable description of an installed application. a string containing a description of the application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. Gets the display name of the application. The display name is often more descriptive to the user than the name itself. the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if no display name is available. Gets the executable's name for the installed application. a string containing the @appinfo's application binaries name Gets the icon for the application. the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL if there is no default icon. Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that identifies the application. The exact format of the id is platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the desktop file id from the xdg menu specification. Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how the @appinfo has been constructed. a string containing the application's ID. Gets the installed name of the application. the name of the application for @appinfo. Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info claims to support. If this information is not provided by the environment, this function will return %NULL. This function does not take in consideration associations added with g_app_info_add_supports_type(), but only those exported directly by the application. a list of content types. Launches the application. Passes @files to the launched application as arguments, using the optional @launch_context to get information about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). On error, @error will be set accordingly. To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list. Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is no way to detect this. Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance unsupported URIs with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have a textual URI you want to pass in as argument, consider using g_app_info_launch_uris() instead. The launched application inherits the environment of the launching process, but it can be modified with g_app_launch_context_setenv() and g_app_launch_context_unsetenv(). On UNIX, this function sets the <envar>GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE</envar> environment variable with the path of the launched desktop file and <envar>GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE_PID</envar> to the process id of the launched process. This can be used to ignore <envar>GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE</envar>, should it be inherited by further processes. The <envar>DISPLAY</envar> and <envar>DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID</envar> environment variables are also set, based on information provided in @launch_context. %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. a #GList of #GFile objects a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL Launches the application. This passes the @uris to the launched application as arguments, using the optional @launch_context to get information about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). On error, @error will be set accordingly. To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @uris list. Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is no way to detect this. %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. a #GList containing URIs to launch. a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL Removes a supported type from an application, if possible. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a string. Sets the application as the default handler for the given file extension. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a string containing the file extension (without the dot). Sets the application as the default handler for a given type. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. the content type. Sets the application as the last used application for a given type. This will make the application appear as first in the list returned by g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type(), regardless of the default application for that content type. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. the content type. Checks if the application info should be shown in menus that list available applications. %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. Checks if the application accepts files as arguments. %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. Checks if the application supports reading files and directories from URIs. %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. Adds a content type to the application information to indicate the application is capable of opening files with the given content type. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GAppInfo. a string. Obtains the information whether the #GAppInfo can be deleted. See g_app_info_delete(). %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted a #GAppInfo Checks if a supported content type can be removed from an application. %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. a #GAppInfo. Tries to delete a #GAppInfo. On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined #GAppInfo<!-- -->s which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot. See g_app_info_can_delete(). %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted a #GAppInfo Creates a duplicate of a #GAppInfo. a duplicate of @appinfo. a #GAppInfo. Checks if two #GAppInfo<!-- -->s are equal. %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. the first #GAppInfo. the second #GAppInfo. Gets the commandline with which the application will be started. a string containing the @appinfo's commandline, or %NULL if this information is not available a #GAppInfo Gets a human-readable description of an installed application. a string containing a description of the application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. a #GAppInfo. Gets the display name of the application. The display name is often more descriptive to the user than the name itself. the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if no display name is available. a #GAppInfo. Gets the executable's name for the installed application. a string containing the @appinfo's application binaries name a #GAppInfo Gets the icon for the application. the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL if there is no default icon. a #GAppInfo. Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that identifies the application. The exact format of the id is platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the desktop file id from the xdg menu specification. Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how the @appinfo has been constructed. a string containing the application's ID. a #GAppInfo. Gets the installed name of the application. the name of the application for @appinfo. a #GAppInfo. Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info claims to support. If this information is not provided by the environment, this function will return %NULL. This function does not take in consideration associations added with g_app_info_add_supports_type(), but only those exported directly by the application. a list of content types. a #GAppInfo that can handle files Launches the application. Passes @files to the launched application as arguments, using the optional @launch_context to get information about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). On error, @error will be set accordingly. To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list. Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is no way to detect this. Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance unsupported URIs with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have a textual URI you want to pass in as argument, consider using g_app_info_launch_uris() instead. The launched application inherits the environment of the launching process, but it can be modified with g_app_launch_context_setenv() and g_app_launch_context_unsetenv(). On UNIX, this function sets the <envar>GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE</envar> environment variable with the path of the launched desktop file and <envar>GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE_PID</envar> to the process id of the launched process. This can be used to ignore <envar>GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE</envar>, should it be inherited by further processes. The <envar>DISPLAY</envar> and <envar>DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID</envar> environment variables are also set, based on information provided in @launch_context. %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAppInfo a #GList of #GFile objects a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL Launches the application. This passes the @uris to the launched application as arguments, using the optional @launch_context to get information about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on). On error, @error will be set accordingly. To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @uris list. Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is no way to detect this. %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAppInfo a #GList containing URIs to launch. a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL Removes a supported type from an application, if possible. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GAppInfo. a string. Sets the application as the default handler for the given file extension. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GAppInfo. a string containing the file extension (without the dot). Sets the application as the default handler for a given type. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GAppInfo. the content type. Sets the application as the last used application for a given type. This will make the application appear as first in the list returned by g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type(), regardless of the default application for that content type. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GAppInfo. the content type. Checks if the application info should be shown in menus that list available applications. %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAppInfo. Checks if the application accepts files as arguments. %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. a #GAppInfo. Checks if the application supports reading files and directories from URIs. %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. a #GAppInfo. Flags used when creating a #GAppInfo. No flags. Application opens in a terminal window. Application supports URI arguments. Application supports startup notification. Since 2.26 Application Information interface, for operating system portability. a duplicate of @appinfo. %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. the second #GAppInfo. a string containing the application's ID. the name of the application for @appinfo. a string containing a description of the application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. a string containing the @appinfo's application binaries name the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL if there is no default icon. %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. a #GList of #GFile objects a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. a #GList containing URIs to launch. a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. the content type. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a string containing the file extension (without the dot). %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a string. %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a string. %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted a string containing the @appinfo's commandline, or %NULL if this information is not available the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if no display name is available. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. the content type. a list of content types. Integrating the launch with the launching application. This is used to handle for instance startup notification and launching the new application on the same screen as the launching window. Creates a new application launch context. This is not normally used, instead you instantiate a subclass of this, such as #GdkAppLaunchContext. a #GAppLaunchContext. Gets the display string for the @context. This is used to ensure new applications are started on the same display as the launching application, by setting the <envar>DISPLAY</envar> environment variable. a display string for the display. a #GAppInfo a #GList of #GFile objects Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the <envar>DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID</envar> for the launched operation, if supported. Startup notification IDs are defined in the <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt"> FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard</ulink>. a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if not supported. a #GAppInfo a #GList of of #GFile objects Called when an application has failed to launch, so that it can cancel the application startup notification started in g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). the startup notification id that was returned by g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). Gets the display string for the @context. This is used to ensure new applications are started on the same display as the launching application, by setting the <envar>DISPLAY</envar> environment variable. a display string for the display. a #GAppLaunchContext a #GAppInfo a #GList of #GFile objects Gets the complete environment variable list to be passed to the child process when @context is used to launch an application. This is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string has the form <literal>KEY=VALUE</literal>. the child's environment a #GAppLaunchContext Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the <envar>DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID</envar> for the launched operation, if supported. Startup notification IDs are defined in the <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt"> FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard</ulink>. a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if not supported. a #GAppLaunchContext a #GAppInfo a #GList of of #GFile objects Called when an application has failed to launch, so that it can cancel the application startup notification started in g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). a #GAppLaunchContext. the startup notification id that was returned by g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). Arranges for @variable to be set to @value in the child's environment when @context is used to launch an application. a #GAppLaunchContext the environment variable to set the value for to set the variable to. Arranges for @variable to be unset in the child's environment when @context is used to launch an application. a #GAppLaunchContext the environment variable to remove a display string for the display. a #GAppInfo a #GList of #GFile objects a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if not supported. a #GAppInfo a #GList of of #GFile objects the startup notification id that was returned by g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(). A #GApplication is the foundation of an application. It wraps some low-level platform-specific services and is intended to act as the foundation for higher-level application classes such as #GtkApplication or #MxApplication. In general, you should not use this class outside of a higher level framework. GApplication provides convenient life cycle management by maintaining a <firstterm>use count</firstterm> for the primary application instance. The use count can be changed using g_application_hold() and g_application_release(). If it drops to zero, the application exits. Higher-level classes such as #GtkApplication employ the use count to ensure that the application stays alive as long as it has any opened windows. Another feature that GApplication (optionally) provides is process uniqueness. Applications can make use of this functionality by providing a unique application ID. If given, only one application with this ID can be running at a time per session. The session concept is platform-dependent, but corresponds roughly to a graphical desktop login. When your application is launched again, its arguments are passed through platform communication to the already running program. The already running instance of the program is called the <firstterm>primary instance</firstterm>; for non-unique applications this is the always the current instance. On Linux, the D-Bus session bus is used for communication. The use of #GApplication differs from some other commonly-used uniqueness libraries (such as libunique) in important ways. The application is not expected to manually register itself and check if it is the primary instance. Instead, the <code>main()</code> function of a #GApplication should do very little more than instantiating the application instance, possibly connecting signal handlers, then calling g_application_run(). All checks for uniqueness are done internally. If the application is the primary instance then the startup signal is emitted and the mainloop runs. If the application is not the primary instance then a signal is sent to the primary instance and g_application_run() promptly returns. See the code examples below. If used, the expected form of an application identifier is very close to that of of a <ulink url="http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#message-protocol-names-interface">DBus bus name</ulink>. Examples include: "com.example.MyApp", "org.example.internal-apps.Calculator". For details on valid application identifiers, see g_application_id_is_valid(). On Linux, the application identifier is claimed as a well-known bus name on the user's session bus. This means that the uniqueness of your application is scoped to the current session. It also means that your application may provide additional services (through registration of other object paths) at that bus name. The registration of these object paths should be done with the shared GDBus session bus. Note that due to the internal architecture of GDBus, method calls can be dispatched at any time (even if a main loop is not running). For this reason, you must ensure that any object paths that you wish to register are registered before #GApplication attempts to acquire the bus name of your application (which happens in g_application_register()). Unfortunately, this means that you cannot use g_application_get_is_remote() to decide if you want to register object paths. GApplication also implements the #GActionGroup and #GActionMap interfaces and lets you easily export actions by adding them with g_action_map_add_action(). When invoking an action by calling g_action_group_activate_action() on the application, it is always invoked in the primary instance. The actions are also exported on the session bus, and GIO provides the #GDBusActionGroup wrapper to conveniently access them remotely. GIO provides a #GDBusMenuModel wrapper for remote access to exported #GMenuModels. There is a number of different entry points into a GApplication: <itemizedlist> <listitem>via 'Activate' (i.e. just starting the application)</listitem> <listitem>via 'Open' (i.e. opening some files)</listitem> <listitem>by handling a command-line</listitem> <listitem>via activating an action</listitem> </itemizedlist> The #GApplication::startup signal lets you handle the application initialization for all of these in a single place. Regardless of which of these entry points is used to start the application, GApplication passes some <firstterm id="platform-data">platform data</firstterm> from the launching instance to the primary instance, in the form of a #GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants. To use platform data, override the @before_emit or @after_emit virtual functions in your #GApplication subclass. When dealing with #GApplicationCommandLine objects, the platform data is directly available via g_application_command_line_get_cwd(), g_application_command_line_get_environ() and g_application_command_line_get_platform_data(). As the name indicates, the platform data may vary depending on the operating system, but it always includes the current directory (key "cwd"), and optionally the environment (ie the set of environment variables and their values) of the calling process (key "environ"). The environment is only added to the platform data if the %G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT flag is set. #GApplication subclasses can add their own platform data by overriding the @add_platform_data virtual function. For instance, #GtkApplication adds startup notification data in this way. To parse commandline arguments you may handle the #GApplication::command-line signal or override the local_command_line() vfunc, to parse them in either the primary instance or the local instance, respectively. <example id="gapplication-example-open"><title>Opening files with a GApplication</title> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gapplication-example-open.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> <example id="gapplication-example-actions"><title>A GApplication with actions</title> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gapplication-example-actions.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> <example id="gapplication-example-menu"><title>A GApplication with menus</title> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gapplication-example-menu.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> <example id="gapplication-example-dbushooks"><title>Using extra D-Bus hooks with a GApplication</title> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gapplication-example-dbushooks.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> Creates a new #GApplication instance. If non-%NULL, the application id must be valid. See g_application_id_is_valid(). If no application ID is given then some features of #GApplication (most notably application uniqueness) will be disabled. a new #GApplication instance the application id the application flags Returns the default #GApplication instance for this process. Normally there is only one #GApplication per process and it becomes the default when it is created. You can exercise more control over this by using g_application_set_default(). If there is no default application then %NULL is returned. the default application for this process, or %NULL Checks if @application_id is a valid application identifier. A valid ID is required for calls to g_application_new() and g_application_set_application_id(). For convenience, the restrictions on application identifiers are reproduced here: <itemizedlist> <listitem>Application identifiers must contain only the ASCII characters "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_-." and must not begin with a digit.</listitem> <listitem>Application identifiers must contain at least one '.' (period) character (and thus at least three elements).</listitem> <listitem>Application identifiers must not begin or end with a '.' (period) character.</listitem> <listitem>Application identifiers must not contain consecutive '.' (period) characters.</listitem> <listitem>Application identifiers must not exceed 255 characters.</listitem> </itemizedlist> %TRUE if @application_id is valid a potential application identifier Activates the application. In essence, this results in the #GApplication::activate signal being emitted in the primary instance. The application must be registered before calling this function. This virtual function is always invoked in the local instance. It gets passed a pointer to a %NULL-terminated copy of @argv and is expected to remove arguments that it handled (shifting up remaining arguments). The last argument to local_command_line() is a pointer to the @status variable which can used to set the exit status that is returned from g_application_run(). See g_application_run() for more details on #GApplication startup. %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled array of command line arguments exit status to fill after processing the command line. Opens the given files. In essence, this results in the #GApplication::open signal being emitted in the primary instance. @n_files must be greater than zero. @hint is simply passed through to the ::open signal. It is intended to be used by applications that have multiple modes for opening files (eg: "view" vs "edit", etc). Unless you have a need for this functionality, you should use "". The application must be registered before calling this function and it must have the %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN flag set. an array of #GFiles to open the length of the @files array a hint (or ""), but never %NULL Activates the application. In essence, this results in the #GApplication::activate signal being emitted in the primary instance. The application must be registered before calling this function. a #GApplication Gets the unique identifier for @application. the identifier for @application, owned by @application a #GApplication Gets the #GDBusConnection being used by the application, or %NULL. If #GApplication is using its D-Bus backend then this function will return the #GDBusConnection being used for uniqueness and communication with the desktop environment and other instances of the application. If #GApplication is not using D-Bus then this function will return %NULL. This includes the situation where the D-Bus backend would normally be in use but we were unable to connect to the bus. This function must not be called before the application has been registered. See g_application_get_is_registered(). a #GDBusConnection, or %NULL a #GApplication Gets the D-Bus object path being used by the application, or %NULL. If #GApplication is using its D-Bus backend then this function will return the D-Bus object path that #GApplication is using. If the application is the primary instance then there is an object published at this path. If the application is not the primary instance then the result of this function is undefined. If #GApplication is not using D-Bus then this function will return %NULL. This includes the situation where the D-Bus backend would normally be in use but we were unable to connect to the bus. This function must not be called before the application has been registered. See g_application_get_is_registered(). the object path, or %NULL a #GApplication Gets the flags for @application. See #GApplicationFlags. the flags for @application a #GApplication Gets the current inactivity timeout for the application. This is the amount of time (in milliseconds) after the last call to g_application_release() before the application stops running. the timeout, in milliseconds a #GApplication Checks if @application is registered. An application is registered if g_application_register() has been successfully called. %TRUE if @application is registered a #GApplication Checks if @application is remote. If @application is remote then it means that another instance of application already exists (the 'primary' instance). Calls to perform actions on @application will result in the actions being performed by the primary instance. The value of this property cannot be accessed before g_application_register() has been called. See g_application_get_is_registered(). %TRUE if @application is remote a #GApplication Increases the use count of @application. Use this function to indicate that the application has a reason to continue to run. For example, g_application_hold() is called by GTK+ when a toplevel window is on the screen. To cancel the hold, call g_application_release(). a #GApplication Opens the given files. In essence, this results in the #GApplication::open signal being emitted in the primary instance. @n_files must be greater than zero. @hint is simply passed through to the ::open signal. It is intended to be used by applications that have multiple modes for opening files (eg: "view" vs "edit", etc). Unless you have a need for this functionality, you should use "". The application must be registered before calling this function and it must have the %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN flag set. a #GApplication an array of #GFiles to open the length of the @files array a hint (or ""), but never %NULL Immediately quits the application. Upon return to the mainloop, g_application_run() will return, calling only the 'shutdown' function before doing so. The hold count is ignored. The result of calling g_application_run() again after it returns is unspecified. a #GApplication Attempts registration of the application. This is the point at which the application discovers if it is the primary instance or merely acting as a remote for an already-existing primary instance. This is implemented by attempting to acquire the application identifier as a unique bus name on the session bus using GDBus. If there is no application ID or if %G_APPLICATION_NON_UNIQUE was given, then this process will always become the primary instance. Due to the internal architecture of GDBus, method calls can be dispatched at any time (even if a main loop is not running). For this reason, you must ensure that any object paths that you wish to register are registered before calling this function. If the application has already been registered then %TRUE is returned with no work performed. The #GApplication::startup signal is emitted if registration succeeds and @application is the primary instance (including the non-unique case). In the event of an error (such as @cancellable being cancelled, or a failure to connect to the session bus), %FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. Note: the return value of this function is not an indicator that this instance is or is not the primary instance of the application. See g_application_get_is_remote() for that. %TRUE if registration succeeded a #GApplication a #GCancellable, or %NULL Decrease the use count of @application. When the use count reaches zero, the application will stop running. Never call this function except to cancel the effect of a previous call to g_application_hold(). a #GApplication Runs the application. This function is intended to be run from main() and its return value is intended to be returned by main(). Although you are expected to pass the @argc, @argv parameters from main() to this function, it is possible to pass %NULL if @argv is not available or commandline handling is not required. First, the local_command_line() virtual function is invoked. This function always runs on the local instance. It gets passed a pointer to a %NULL-terminated copy of @argv and is expected to remove the arguments that it handled (shifting up remaining arguments). See <xref linkend="gapplication-example-cmdline2"/> for an example of parsing @argv manually. Alternatively, you may use the #GOptionContext API, after setting <literal>argc = g_strv_length (argv);</literal>. The last argument to local_command_line() is a pointer to the @status variable which can used to set the exit status that is returned from g_application_run(). If local_command_line() returns %TRUE, the command line is expected to be completely handled, including possibly registering as the primary instance, calling g_application_activate() or g_application_open(), etc. If local_command_line() returns %FALSE then the application is registered and the #GApplication::command-line signal is emitted in the primary instance (which may or may not be this instance). The signal handler gets passed a #GApplicationCommandLine object that (among other things) contains the remaining commandline arguments that have not been handled by local_command_line(). If the application has the %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE flag set then the default implementation of local_command_line() always returns %FALSE immediately, resulting in the commandline always being handled in the primary instance. Otherwise, the default implementation of local_command_line() tries to do a couple of things that are probably reasonable for most applications. First, g_application_register() is called to attempt to register the application. If that works, then the command line arguments are inspected. If no commandline arguments are given, then g_application_activate() is called. If commandline arguments are given and the %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN flag is set then they are assumed to be filenames and g_application_open() is called. If you need to handle commandline arguments that are not filenames, and you don't mind commandline handling to happen in the primary instance, you should set %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE and process the commandline arguments in your #GApplication::command-line signal handler, either manually or using the #GOptionContext API. If you are interested in doing more complicated local handling of the commandline then you should implement your own #GApplication subclass and override local_command_line(). In this case, you most likely want to return %TRUE from your local_command_line() implementation to suppress the default handling. See <xref linkend="gapplication-example-cmdline2"/> for an example. If, after the above is done, the use count of the application is zero then the exit status is returned immediately. If the use count is non-zero then the default main context is iterated until the use count falls to zero, at which point 0 is returned. If the %G_APPLICATION_IS_SERVICE flag is set, then the service will run for as much as 10 seconds with a use count of zero while waiting for the message that caused the activation to arrive. After that, if the use count falls to zero the application will exit immediately, except in the case that g_application_set_inactivity_timeout() is in use. the exit status a #GApplication the argc from main() (or 0 if @argv is %NULL) the argv from main(), or %NULL This used to be how actions were associated with a #GApplication. Now there is #GActionMap for that. a #GApplication a #GActionGroup, or %NULL Sets the unique identifier for @application. The application id can only be modified if @application has not yet been registered. If non-%NULL, the application id must be valid. See g_application_id_is_valid(). a #GApplication the identifier for @application Sets or unsets the default application for the process, as returned by g_application_get_default(). This function does not take its own reference on @application. If @application is destroyed then the default application will revert back to %NULL. the application to set as default, or %NULL Sets the flags for @application. The flags can only be modified if @application has not yet been registered. See #GApplicationFlags. a #GApplication the flags for @application Sets the current inactivity timeout for the application. This is the amount of time (in milliseconds) after the last call to g_application_release() before the application stops running. This call has no side effects of its own. The value set here is only used for next time g_application_release() drops the use count to zero. Any timeouts currently in progress are not impacted. a #GApplication the timeout, in milliseconds The ::activate signal is emitted on the primary instance when an activation occurs. See g_application_activate(). The ::command-line signal is emitted on the primary instance when a commandline is not handled locally. See g_application_run() and the #GApplicationCommandLine documentation for more information. An integer that is set as the exit status for the calling process. See g_application_command_line_set_exit_status(). a #GApplicationCommandLine representing the passed commandline The ::open signal is emitted on the primary instance when there are files to open. See g_application_open() for more information. an array of #GFiles the length of @files a hint provided by the calling instance The ::shutdown signal is emitted only on the registered primary instance immediately after the main loop terminates. The ::startup signal is emitted on the primary instance immediately after registration. See g_application_register(). Virtual function table for #GApplication. an array of #GFiles to open the length of the @files array a hint (or ""), but never %NULL %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled array of command line arguments exit status to fill after processing the command line. #GApplicationCommandLine represents a command-line invocation of an application. It is created by #GApplication and emitted in the #GApplication::command-line signal and virtual function. The class contains the list of arguments that the program was invoked with. It is also possible to query if the commandline invocation was local (ie: the current process is running in direct response to the invocation) or remote (ie: some other process forwarded the commandline to this process). The GApplicationCommandLine object can provide the @argc and @argv parameters for use with the #GOptionContext command-line parsing API, with the g_application_command_line_get_arguments() function. See <xref linkend="gapplication-example-cmdline3"/> for an example. The exit status of the originally-invoked process may be set and messages can be printed to stdout or stderr of that process. The lifecycle of the originally-invoked process is tied to the lifecycle of this object (ie: the process exits when the last reference is dropped). The main use for #GApplicationCommandLine (and the #GApplication::command-line signal) is 'Emacs server' like use cases: You can set the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable to have e.g. git use your favourite editor to edit commit messages, and if you already have an instance of the editor running, the editing will happen in the running instance, instead of opening a new one. An important aspect of this use case is that the process that gets started by git does not return until the editing is done. <example id="gapplication-example-cmdline"><title>Handling commandline arguments with GApplication</title> <para> A simple example where the commandline is completely handled in the #GApplication::command-line handler. The launching instance exits once the signal handler in the primary instance has returned, and the return value of the signal handler becomes the exit status of the launching instance. </para> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> <example id="gapplication-example-cmdline2"><title>Split commandline handling</title> <para> An example of split commandline handling. Options that start with <literal>--local-</literal> are handled locally, all other options are passed to the #GApplication::command-line handler which runs in the primary instance. </para> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline2.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> <example id="gapplication-example-cmdline3"><title>Deferred commandline handling</title> <para> An example of deferred commandline handling. Here, the commandline is not completely handled before the #GApplication::command-line handler returns. Instead, we keep a reference to the GApplicationCommandLine object and handle it later(in this example, in an idle). Note that it is necessary to hold the application until you are done with the commandline. </para> <para> This example also shows how to use #GOptionContext for parsing the commandline arguments. Note that it is necessary to disable the built-in help-handling of #GOptionContext, since it calls exit() after printing help, which is not what you want to happen in the primary instance. </para> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline3.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> Gets the stdin of the invoking process. The #GInputStream can be used to read data passed to the standard input of the invoking process. This doesn't work on all platforms. Presently, it is only available on UNIX when using a DBus daemon capable of passing file descriptors. If stdin is not available then %NULL will be returned. In the future, support may be expanded to other platforms. You must only call this function once per commandline invocation. a #GInputStream for stdin Creates a #GFile corresponding to a filename that was given as part of the invocation of @cmdline. This differs from g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() in that it resolves relative pathnames using the current working directory of the invoking process rather than the local process. a new #GFile a #GApplicationCommandLine an argument from @cmdline Gets the list of arguments that was passed on the command line. The strings in the array may contain non-utf8 data. The return value is %NULL-terminated and should be freed using g_strfreev(). the string array containing the arguments (the argv) a #GApplicationCommandLine the length of the arguments array, or %NULL Gets the working directory of the command line invocation. The string may contain non-utf8 data. It is possible that the remote application did not send a working directory, so this may be %NULL. The return value should not be modified or freed and is valid for as long as @cmdline exists. the current directory, or %NULL a #GApplicationCommandLine Gets the contents of the 'environ' variable of the command line invocation, as would be returned by g_get_environ(), ie as a %NULL-terminated list of strings in the form 'NAME=VALUE'. The strings may contain non-utf8 data. The remote application usually does not send an environment. Use %G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT to affect that. Even with this flag set it is possible that the environment is still not available (due to invocation messages from other applications). The return value should not be modified or freed and is valid for as long as @cmdline exists. See g_application_command_line_getenv() if you are only interested in the value of a single environment variable. the environment strings, or %NULL if they were not sent a #GApplicationCommandLine Gets the exit status of @cmdline. See g_application_command_line_set_exit_status() for more information. the exit status a #GApplicationCommandLine Determines if @cmdline represents a remote invocation. %TRUE if the invocation was remote a #GApplicationCommandLine Gets the platform data associated with the invocation of @cmdline. This is a #GVariant dictionary containing information about the context in which the invocation occurred. It typically contains information like the current working directory and the startup notification ID. For local invocation, it will be %NULL. the platform data, or %NULL #GApplicationCommandLine Gets the stdin of the invoking process. The #GInputStream can be used to read data passed to the standard input of the invoking process. This doesn't work on all platforms. Presently, it is only available on UNIX when using a DBus daemon capable of passing file descriptors. If stdin is not available then %NULL will be returned. In the future, support may be expanded to other platforms. You must only call this function once per commandline invocation. a #GInputStream for stdin a #GApplicationCommandLine Gets the value of a particular environment variable of the command line invocation, as would be returned by g_getenv(). The strings may contain non-utf8 data. The remote application usually does not send an environment. Use %G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT to affect that. Even with this flag set it is possible that the environment is still not available (due to invocation messages from other applications). The return value should not be modified or freed and is valid for as long as @cmdline exists. the value of the variable, or %NULL if unset or unsent a #GApplicationCommandLine the environment variable to get Formats a message and prints it using the stdout print handler in the invoking process. If @cmdline is a local invocation then this is exactly equivalent to g_print(). If @cmdline is remote then this is equivalent to calling g_print() in the invoking process. a #GApplicationCommandLine a printf-style format string Formats a message and prints it using the stderr print handler in the invoking process. If @cmdline is a local invocation then this is exactly equivalent to g_printerr(). If @cmdline is remote then this is equivalent to calling g_printerr() in the invoking process. a #GApplicationCommandLine a printf-style format string Sets the exit status that will be used when the invoking process exits. The return value of the #GApplication::command-line signal is passed to this function when the handler returns. This is the usual way of setting the exit status. In the event that you want the remote invocation to continue running and want to decide on the exit status in the future, you can use this call. For the case of a remote invocation, the remote process will typically exit when the last reference is dropped on @cmdline. The exit status of the remote process will be equal to the last value that was set with this function. In the case that the commandline invocation is local, the situation is slightly more complicated. If the commandline invocation results in the mainloop running (ie: because the use-count of the application increased to a non-zero value) then the application is considered to have been 'successful' in a certain sense, and the exit status is always zero. If the application use count is zero, though, the exit status of the local #GApplicationCommandLine is used. a #GApplicationCommandLine the exit status The <structname>GApplicationCommandLineClass</structname> structure contains private data only a #GInputStream for stdin Flags used to define the behaviour of a #GApplication. Default Run as a service. In this mode, registration fails if the service is already running, and the application will initially wait up to 10 seconds for an initial activation message to arrive. Don't try to become the primary instance. This application handles opening files (in the primary instance). Note that this flag only affects the default implementation of local_command_line(), and has no effect if %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is given. See g_application_run() for details. This application handles command line arguments (in the primary instance). Note that this flag only affect the default implementation of local_command_line(). See g_application_run() for details. Send the environment of the launching process to the primary instance. Set this flag if your application is expected to behave differently depending on certain environment variables. For instance, an editor might be expected to use the <envar>GIT_COMMITTER_NAME</envar> environment variable when editing a git commit message. The environment is available to the #GApplication::command-line signal handler, via g_application_command_line_getenv(). Make no attempts to do any of the typical single-instance application negotiation, even if the application ID is given. The application neither attempts to become the owner of the application ID nor does it check if an existing owner already exists. Everything occurs in the local process. Since: 2.30. #GAskPasswordFlags are used to request specific information from the user, or to notify the user of their choices in an authentication situation. operation requires a password. operation requires a username. operation requires a domain. operation supports saving settings. operation supports anonymous users. This is the asynchronous version of #GInitable; it behaves the same in all ways except that initialization is asynchronous. For more details see the descriptions on #GInitable. A class may implement both the #GInitable and #GAsyncInitable interfaces. Users of objects implementing this are not intended to use the interface method directly; instead it will be used automatically in various ways. For C applications you generally just call g_async_initable_new_async() directly, or indirectly via a foo_thing_new_async() wrapper. This will call g_async_initable_init_async() under the cover, calling back with %NULL and a set %GError on failure. A typical implementation might look something like this: |[ enum { NOT_INITIALIZED, INITIALIZING, INITIALIZED }; static void _foo_ready_cb (Foo *self) { GList *l; self->priv->state = INITIALIZED; for (l = self->priv->init_results; l != NULL; l = l->next) { GTask *task = l->data; if (self->priv->success) g_task_return_boolean (task, TRUE); else g_task_return_new_error (task, ...); g_object_unref (task); } g_list_free (self->priv->init_results); self->priv->init_results = NULL; } static void foo_init_async (GAsyncInitable *initable, int io_priority, GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data) { Foo *self = FOO (initable); GTask *task; task = g_task_new (initable, cancellable, callback, user_data); switch (self->priv->state) { case NOT_INITIALIZED: _foo_get_ready (self); self->priv->init_results = g_list_append (self->priv->init_results, task); self->priv->state = INITIALIZING; break; case INITIALIZING: self->priv->init_results = g_list_append (self->priv->init_results, task); break; case INITIALIZED: if (!self->priv->success) g_task_return_new_error (task, ...); else g_task_return_boolean (task, TRUE); g_object_unref (task); break; } } static gboolean foo_init_finish (GAsyncInitable *initable, GAsyncResult *result, GError **error) { g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, initable), FALSE); return g_task_propagate_boolean (G_TASK (result), error); } static void foo_async_initable_iface_init (gpointer g_iface, gpointer data) { GAsyncInitableIface *iface = g_iface; iface->init_async = foo_init_async; iface->init_finish = foo_init_finish; } ]| Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is similar to g_object_new() but also initializes the object asynchronously. When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check for any errors. a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is finished the data to pass to callback function the name of the first property, or %NULL if no properties Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is similar to g_object_new_valist() but also initializes the object asynchronously. When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check for any errors. a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. the name of the first property, followed by the value, and other property value pairs, and ended by %NULL. The var args list generated from @first_property_name. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is finished the data to pass to callback function Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object asynchronously. When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check for any errors. a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. the number of parameters in @parameters the parameters to use to construct the object the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is finished the data to pass to callback function Starts asynchronous initialization of the object implementing the interface. This must be done before any real use of the object after initial construction. If the object also implements #GInitable you can optionally call g_initable_init() instead. When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_async_initable_init_finish() to get the result of the initialization. Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, and the object doesn't support cancellable initialization, the error %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. As with #GInitable, if the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined behaviour. They will often fail with g_critical() or g_warning(), but this must not be relied on. Implementations of this method must be idempotent: i.e. multiple calls to this function with the same argument should return the same results. Only the first call initializes the object; further calls return the result of the first call. This is so that it's safe to implement the singleton pattern in the GObject constructor function. For classes that also support the #GInitable interface, the default implementation of this method will run the g_initable_init() function in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding any interface methods. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes asynchronous initialization and returns the result. See g_async_initable_init_async(). %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GAsyncResult. Starts asynchronous initialization of the object implementing the interface. This must be done before any real use of the object after initial construction. If the object also implements #GInitable you can optionally call g_initable_init() instead. When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_async_initable_init_finish() to get the result of the initialization. Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, and the object doesn't support cancellable initialization, the error %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. As with #GInitable, if the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined behaviour. They will often fail with g_critical() or g_warning(), but this must not be relied on. Implementations of this method must be idempotent: i.e. multiple calls to this function with the same argument should return the same results. Only the first call initializes the object; further calls return the result of the first call. This is so that it's safe to implement the singleton pattern in the GObject constructor function. For classes that also support the #GInitable interface, the default implementation of this method will run the g_initable_init() function in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding any interface methods. a #GAsyncInitable. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes asynchronous initialization and returns the result. See g_async_initable_init_async(). %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GAsyncInitable. a #GAsyncResult. Finishes the async construction for the various g_async_initable_new calls, returning the created object or %NULL on error. a newly created #GObject, or %NULL on error. Free with g_object_unref(). the #GAsyncInitable from the callback the #GAsyncResult from the callback Provides an interface for asynchronous initializing object such that initialization may fail. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GAsyncResult. Type definition for a function that will be called back when an asynchronous operation within GIO has been completed. the object the asynchronous operation was started with. a #GAsyncResult. user data passed to the callback. Provides a base class for implementing asynchronous function results. Asynchronous operations are broken up into two separate operations which are chained together by a #GAsyncReadyCallback. To begin an asynchronous operation, provide a #GAsyncReadyCallback to the asynchronous function. This callback will be triggered when the operation has completed, and will be passed a #GAsyncResult instance filled with the details of the operation's success or failure, the object the asynchronous function was started for and any error codes returned. The asynchronous callback function is then expected to call the corresponding "_finish()" function, passing the object the function was called for, the #GAsyncResult instance, and (optionally) an @error to grab any error conditions that may have occurred. The "_finish()" function for an operation takes the generic result (of type #GAsyncResult) and returns the specific result that the operation in question yields (e.g. a #GFileEnumerator for a "enumerate children" operation). If the result or error status of the operation is not needed, there is no need to call the "_finish()" function; GIO will take care of cleaning up the result and error information after the #GAsyncReadyCallback returns. You can pass %NULL for the #GAsyncReadyCallback if you don't need to take any action at all after the operation completes. Applications may also take a reference to the #GAsyncResult and call "_finish()" later; however, the "_finish()" function may be called at most once. Example of a typical asynchronous operation flow: |[ void _theoretical_frobnitz_async (Theoretical *t, GCancellable *c, GAsyncReadyCallback *cb, gpointer u); gboolean _theoretical_frobnitz_finish (Theoretical *t, GAsyncResult *res, GError **e); static void frobnitz_result_func (GObject *source_object, GAsyncResult *res, gpointer user_data) { gboolean success = FALSE; success = _theoretical_frobnitz_finish (source_object, res, NULL); if (success) g_printf ("Hurray!\n"); else g_printf ("Uh oh!\n"); /<!-- -->* ... *<!-- -->/ } int main (int argc, void *argv[]) { /<!-- -->* ... *<!-- -->/ _theoretical_frobnitz_async (theoretical_data, NULL, frobnitz_result_func, NULL); /<!-- -->* ... *<!-- -->/ } ]| The callback for an asynchronous operation is called only once, and is always called, even in the case of a cancelled operation. On cancellation the result is a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error. <para id="io-priority"><indexterm><primary>I/O priority</primary></indexterm> Many I/O-related asynchronous operations have a priority parameter, which is used in certain cases to determine the order in which operations are executed. They are <emphasis>not</emphasis> used to determine system-wide I/O scheduling. Priorities are integers, with lower numbers indicating higher priority. It is recommended to choose priorities between %G_PRIORITY_LOW and %G_PRIORITY_HIGH, with %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT as a default. </para> Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult. a new reference to the source object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult. the user data for @res. Checks if @res has the given @source_tag (generally a function pointer indicating the function @res was created by). %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if not. an application-defined tag Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult. a new reference to the source object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. a #GAsyncResult Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult. the user data for @res. a #GAsyncResult. Checks if @res has the given @source_tag (generally a function pointer indicating the function @res was created by). %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if not. a #GAsyncResult an application-defined tag If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns %FALSE. This can be used for legacy error handling in async <literal>_finish ()</literal> wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method. This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods, to enable subclasses to chain up correctly. %TRUE if @error is has been filled in with an error from @res, %FALSE if not. a #GAsyncResult Interface definition for #GAsyncResult. the user data for @res. a new reference to the source object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if not. an application-defined tag Buffered input stream implements #GFilterInputStream and provides for buffered reads. By default, #GBufferedInputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes. To create a buffered input stream, use g_buffered_input_stream_new(), or g_buffered_input_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size at construction. To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use g_buffered_input_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a buffered input stream's buffer, use g_buffered_input_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer. Creates a new #GInputStream from the given @base_stream, with a buffer set to the default size (4 kilobytes). a #GInputStream for the given @base_stream. a #GInputStream Creates a new #GBufferedInputStream from the given @base_stream, with a buffer set to @size. a #GInputStream. a #GInputStream a #gsize Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer. Will block during this read. If @count is zero, returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of bytes that are required to fill the buffer. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. For the asynchronous, non-blocking, version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill_async(). the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, or -1 on error. the number of bytes that will be read from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Reads data into @stream's buffer asynchronously, up to @count size. @io_priority can be used to prioritize reads. For the synchronous version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill(). If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of bytes that are required to fill the buffer. the number of bytes that will be read from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object a #GAsyncReadyCallback a #gpointer Finishes an asynchronous read. a #gssize of the read stream, or %-1 on an error. a #GAsyncResult Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer. Will block during this read. If @count is zero, returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of bytes that are required to fill the buffer. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. For the asynchronous, non-blocking, version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill_async(). the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, or -1 on error. a #GBufferedInputStream the number of bytes that will be read from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Reads data into @stream's buffer asynchronously, up to @count size. @io_priority can be used to prioritize reads. For the synchronous version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill(). If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of bytes that are required to fill the buffer. a #GBufferedInputStream the number of bytes that will be read from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object a #GAsyncReadyCallback a #gpointer Finishes an asynchronous read. a #gssize of the read stream, or %-1 on an error. a #GBufferedInputStream a #GAsyncResult Gets the size of the available data within the stream. size of the available stream. #GBufferedInputStream Gets the size of the input buffer. the current buffer size. a #GBufferedInputStream Peeks in the buffer, copying data of size @count into @buffer, offset @offset bytes. a #gsize of the number of bytes peeked, or -1 on error. a #GBufferedInputStream a pointer to an allocated chunk of memory a #gsize a #gsize Returns the buffer with the currently available bytes. The returned buffer must not be modified and will become invalid when reading from the stream or filling the buffer. read-only buffer a #GBufferedInputStream a #gsize to get the number of bytes available in the buffer Tries to read a single byte from the stream or the buffer. Will block during this read. On success, the byte read from the stream is returned. On end of stream -1 is returned but it's not an exceptional error and @error is not set. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. the byte read from the @stream, or -1 on end of stream or error. a #GBufferedInputStream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Sets the size of the internal buffer of @stream to @size, or to the size of the contents of the buffer. The buffer can never be resized smaller than its current contents. a #GBufferedInputStream a #gsize the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, or -1 on error. the number of bytes that will be read from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore the number of bytes that will be read from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object a #GAsyncReadyCallback a #gpointer a #gssize of the read stream, or %-1 on an error. a #GAsyncResult Buffered output stream implements #GFilterOutputStream and provides for buffered writes. By default, #GBufferedOutputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes. To create a buffered output stream, use g_buffered_output_stream_new(), or g_buffered_output_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size at construction. To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use g_buffered_output_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a buffered output stream's buffer, use g_buffered_output_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer. Creates a new buffered output stream for a base stream. a #GOutputStream for the given @base_stream. a #GOutputStream. Creates a new buffered output stream with a given buffer size. a #GOutputStream with an internal buffer set to @size. a #GOutputStream. a #gsize. Checks if the buffer automatically grows as data is added. %TRUE if the @stream's buffer automatically grows, %FALSE otherwise. a #GBufferedOutputStream. Gets the size of the buffer in the @stream. the current size of the buffer. a #GBufferedOutputStream. Sets whether or not the @stream's buffer should automatically grow. If @auto_grow is true, then each write will just make the buffer larger, and you must manually flush the buffer to actually write out the data to the underlying stream. a #GBufferedOutputStream. a #gboolean. Sets the size of the internal buffer to @size. a #GBufferedOutputStream. a #gsize. Invoked when a connection to a message bus has been obtained. The #GDBusConnection to a message bus. The name that is requested to be owned. User data passed to g_bus_own_name(). Invoked when the name is acquired. The #GDBusConnection on which to acquired the name. The name being owned. User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). Invoked when the name being watched is known to have to have a owner. The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on. The name being watched. Unique name of the owner of the name being watched. User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). Invoked when the name is lost or @connection has been closed. The #GDBusConnection on which to acquire the name or %NULL if the connection was disconnected. The name being owned. User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). Flags used in g_bus_own_name(). No flags set. Allow another message bus connection to claim the name. If another message bus connection owns the name and have specified #G_BUS_NAME_OWNER_FLAGS_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT, then take the name from the other connection. Invoked when the name being watched is known not to have to have a owner. This is also invoked when the #GDBusConection on which the watch was established has been closed. In that case, @connection will be %NULL. The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on, or %NULL. The name being watched. User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). Flags used in g_bus_watch_name(). No flags set. If no-one owns the name when beginning to watch the name, ask the bus to launch an owner for the name. An enumeration for well-known message buses. An alias for the message bus that activated the process, if any. Not a message bus. The system-wide message bus. The login session message bus. GCancellable is a thread-safe operation cancellation stack used throughout GIO to allow for cancellation of synchronous and asynchronous operations. Creates a new #GCancellable object. Applications that want to start one or more operations that should be cancellable should create a #GCancellable and pass it to the operations. One #GCancellable can be used in multiple consecutive operations or in multiple concurrent operations. a #GCancellable. Gets the top cancellable from the stack. a #GCancellable from the top of the stack, or %NULL if the stack is empty. Will set @cancellable to cancelled, and will emit the #GCancellable::cancelled signal. (However, see the warning about race conditions in the documentation for that signal if you are planning to connect to it.) This function is thread-safe. In other words, you can safely call it from a thread other than the one running the operation that was passed the @cancellable. The convention within gio is that cancelling an asynchronous operation causes it to complete asynchronously. That is, if you cancel the operation from the same thread in which it is running, then the operation's #GAsyncReadyCallback will not be invoked until the application returns to the main loop. a #GCancellable object. Convenience function to connect to the #GCancellable::cancelled signal. Also handles the race condition that may happen if the cancellable is cancelled right before connecting. @callback is called at most once, either directly at the time of the connect if @cancellable is already cancelled, or when @cancellable is cancelled in some thread. @data_destroy_func will be called when the handler is disconnected, or immediately if the cancellable is already cancelled. See #GCancellable::cancelled for details on how to use this. The id of the signal handler or 0 if @cancellable has already been cancelled. A #GCancellable. The #GCallback to connect. Data to pass to @callback. Free function for @data or %NULL. Disconnects a handler from a cancellable instance similar to g_signal_handler_disconnect(). Additionally, in the event that a signal handler is currently running, this call will block until the handler has finished. Calling this function from a #GCancellable::cancelled signal handler will therefore result in a deadlock. This avoids a race condition where a thread cancels at the same time as the cancellable operation is finished and the signal handler is removed. See #GCancellable::cancelled for details on how to use this. If @cancellable is %NULL or @handler_id is %0 this function does nothing. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Handler id of the handler to be disconnected, or %0. Gets the file descriptor for a cancellable job. This can be used to implement cancellable operations on Unix systems. The returned fd will turn readable when @cancellable is cancelled. You are not supposed to read from the fd yourself, just check for readable status. Reading to unset the readable status is done with g_cancellable_reset(). After a successful return from this function, you should use g_cancellable_release_fd() to free up resources allocated for the returned file descriptor. See also g_cancellable_make_pollfd(). A valid file descriptor. %-1 if the file descriptor is not supported, or on errors. a #GCancellable. Checks if a cancellable job has been cancelled. %TRUE if @cancellable is cancelled, FALSE if called with %NULL or if item is not cancelled. a #GCancellable or %NULL Creates a #GPollFD corresponding to @cancellable; this can be passed to g_poll() and used to poll for cancellation. This is useful both for unix systems without a native poll and for portability to windows. When this function returns %TRUE, you should use g_cancellable_release_fd() to free up resources allocated for the @pollfd. After a %FALSE return, do not call g_cancellable_release_fd(). If this function returns %FALSE, either no @cancellable was given or resource limits prevent this function from allocating the necessary structures for polling. (On Linux, you will likely have reached the maximum number of file descriptors.) The suggested way to handle these cases is to ignore the @cancellable. You are not supposed to read from the fd yourself, just check for readable status. Reading to unset the readable status is done with g_cancellable_reset(). %TRUE if @pollfd was successfully initialized, %FALSE on failure to prepare the cancellable. a #GCancellable or %NULL a pointer to a #GPollFD Pops @cancellable off the cancellable stack (verifying that @cancellable is on the top of the stack). a #GCancellable object Pushes @cancellable onto the cancellable stack. The current cancellable can then be received using g_cancellable_get_current(). This is useful when implementing cancellable operations in code that does not allow you to pass down the cancellable object. This is typically called automatically by e.g. #GFile operations, so you rarely have to call this yourself. a #GCancellable object Releases a resources previously allocated by g_cancellable_get_fd() or g_cancellable_make_pollfd(). For compatibility reasons with older releases, calling this function is not strictly required, the resources will be automatically freed when the @cancellable is finalized. However, the @cancellable will block scarce file descriptors until it is finalized if this function is not called. This can cause the application to run out of file descriptors when many #GCancellables are used at the same time. a #GCancellable Resets @cancellable to its uncancelled state. If cancellable is currently in use by any cancellable operation then the behavior of this function is undefined. a #GCancellable object. If the @cancellable is cancelled, sets the error to notify that the operation was cancelled. %TRUE if @cancellable was cancelled, %FALSE if it was not a #GCancellable or %NULL Creates a source that triggers if @cancellable is cancelled and calls its callback of type #GCancellableSourceFunc. This is primarily useful for attaching to another (non-cancellable) source with g_source_add_child_source() to add cancellability to it. For convenience, you can call this with a %NULL #GCancellable, in which case the source will never trigger. the new #GSource. a #GCancellable, or %NULL Emitted when the operation has been cancelled. Can be used by implementations of cancellable operations. If the operation is cancelled from another thread, the signal will be emitted in the thread that cancelled the operation, not the thread that is running the operation. Note that disconnecting from this signal (or any signal) in a multi-threaded program is prone to race conditions. For instance it is possible that a signal handler may be invoked even <emphasis>after</emphasis> a call to g_signal_handler_disconnect() for that handler has already returned. There is also a problem when cancellation happen right before connecting to the signal. If this happens the signal will unexpectedly not be emitted, and checking before connecting to the signal leaves a race condition where this is still happening. In order to make it safe and easy to connect handlers there are two helper functions: g_cancellable_connect() and g_cancellable_disconnect() which protect against problems like this. An example of how to us this: |[ /<!-- -->* Make sure we don't do any unnecessary work if already cancelled *<!-- -->/ if (g_cancellable_set_error_if_cancelled (cancellable)) return; /<!-- -->* Set up all the data needed to be able to * handle cancellation of the operation *<!-- -->/ my_data = my_data_new (...); id = 0; if (cancellable) id = g_cancellable_connect (cancellable, G_CALLBACK (cancelled_handler) data, NULL); /<!-- -->* cancellable operation here... *<!-- -->/ g_cancellable_disconnect (cancellable, id); /<!-- -->* cancelled_handler is never called after this, it * is now safe to free the data *<!-- -->/ my_data_free (my_data); ]| Note that the cancelled signal is emitted in the thread that the user cancelled from, which may be the main thread. So, the cancellable signal should not do something that can block. This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource returned by g_cancellable_source_new(). it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. the #GCancellable data passed in by the user. #GCharsetConverter is an implementation of #GConverter based on GIConv. Creates a new #GCharsetConverter. a new #GCharsetConverter or %NULL on error. destination charset source charset Gets the number of fallbacks that @converter has applied so far. the number of fallbacks that @converter has applied a #GCharsetConverter Gets the #GCharsetConverter:use-fallback property. %TRUE if fallbacks are used by @converter a #GCharsetConverter Sets the #GCharsetConverter:use-fallback property. a #GCharsetConverter %TRUE to use fallbacks #GConverter is implemented by objects that convert binary data in various ways. The conversion can be stateful and may fail at any place. Some example conversions are: character set conversion, compression, decompression and regular expression replace. This is the main operation used when converting data. It is to be called multiple times in a loop, and each time it will do some work, i.e. producing some output (in @outbuf) or consuming some input (from @inbuf) or both. If its not possible to do any work an error is returned. Note that a single call may not consume all input (or any input at all). Also a call may produce output even if given no input, due to state stored in the converter producing output. If any data was either produced or consumed, and then an error happens, then only the successful conversion is reported and the error is returned on the next call. A full conversion loop involves calling this method repeatedly, each time giving it new input and space output space. When there is no more input data after the data in @inbuf, the flag %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END must be set. The loop will be (unless some error happens) returning %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED each time until all data is consumed and all output is produced, then %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned instead. Note, that %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED may be returned even if %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is not set, for instance in a decompression converter where the end of data is detectable from the data (and there might even be other data after the end of the compressed data). When some data has successfully been converted @bytes_read and is set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf, and @bytes_written is set to indicate how many bytes was written to @outbuf. If there are more data to output or consume (i.e. unless the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is specified) then %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED is returned, and if no more data is to be output then %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned. On error %G_CONVERTER_ERROR is returned and @error is set accordingly. Some errors need special handling: %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE is returned if there is not enough space to write the resulting converted data, the application should call the function again with a larger @outbuf to continue. %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT is returned if there is not enough input to fully determine what the conversion should produce, and the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag is not set. This happens for example with an incomplete multibyte sequence when converting text, or when a regexp matches up to the end of the input (and may match further input). It may also happen when @inbuf_size is zero and there is no more data to produce. When this happens the application should read more input and then call the function again. If further input shows that there is no more data call the function again with the same data but with the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag set. This may cause the conversion to finish as e.g. in the regexp match case (or, to fail again with %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT in e.g. a charset conversion where the input is actually partial). After g_converter_convert() has returned %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED the converter object is in an invalid state where its not allowed to call g_converter_convert() anymore. At this time you can only free the object or call g_converter_reset() to reset it to the initial state. If the flag %G_CONVERTER_FLUSH is set then conversion is modified to try to write out all internal state to the output. The application has to call the function multiple times with the flag set, and when the available input has been consumed and all internal state has been produced then %G_CONVERTER_FLUSHED (or %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED if really at the end) is returned instead of %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED. This is somewhat similar to what happens at the end of the input stream, but done in the middle of the data. This has different meanings for different conversions. For instance in a compression converter it would mean that we flush all the compression state into output such that if you uncompress the compressed data you get back all the input data. Doing this may make the final file larger due to padding though. Another example is a regexp conversion, where if you at the end of the flushed data have a match, but there is also a potential longer match. In the non-flushed case we would ask for more input, but when flushing we treat this as the end of input and do the match. Flushing is not always possible (like if a charset converter flushes at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try to produce as much output as possible and then return an error (typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT). a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. the buffer containing the data to convert. the number of bytes in @inbuf a buffer to write converted data in. the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal state that would produce output then that output is lost. This is the main operation used when converting data. It is to be called multiple times in a loop, and each time it will do some work, i.e. producing some output (in @outbuf) or consuming some input (from @inbuf) or both. If its not possible to do any work an error is returned. Note that a single call may not consume all input (or any input at all). Also a call may produce output even if given no input, due to state stored in the converter producing output. If any data was either produced or consumed, and then an error happens, then only the successful conversion is reported and the error is returned on the next call. A full conversion loop involves calling this method repeatedly, each time giving it new input and space output space. When there is no more input data after the data in @inbuf, the flag %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END must be set. The loop will be (unless some error happens) returning %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED each time until all data is consumed and all output is produced, then %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned instead. Note, that %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED may be returned even if %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is not set, for instance in a decompression converter where the end of data is detectable from the data (and there might even be other data after the end of the compressed data). When some data has successfully been converted @bytes_read and is set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf, and @bytes_written is set to indicate how many bytes was written to @outbuf. If there are more data to output or consume (i.e. unless the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END is specified) then %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED is returned, and if no more data is to be output then %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED is returned. On error %G_CONVERTER_ERROR is returned and @error is set accordingly. Some errors need special handling: %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE is returned if there is not enough space to write the resulting converted data, the application should call the function again with a larger @outbuf to continue. %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT is returned if there is not enough input to fully determine what the conversion should produce, and the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag is not set. This happens for example with an incomplete multibyte sequence when converting text, or when a regexp matches up to the end of the input (and may match further input). It may also happen when @inbuf_size is zero and there is no more data to produce. When this happens the application should read more input and then call the function again. If further input shows that there is no more data call the function again with the same data but with the %G_CONVERTER_INPUT_AT_END flag set. This may cause the conversion to finish as e.g. in the regexp match case (or, to fail again with %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT in e.g. a charset conversion where the input is actually partial). After g_converter_convert() has returned %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED the converter object is in an invalid state where its not allowed to call g_converter_convert() anymore. At this time you can only free the object or call g_converter_reset() to reset it to the initial state. If the flag %G_CONVERTER_FLUSH is set then conversion is modified to try to write out all internal state to the output. The application has to call the function multiple times with the flag set, and when the available input has been consumed and all internal state has been produced then %G_CONVERTER_FLUSHED (or %G_CONVERTER_FINISHED if really at the end) is returned instead of %G_CONVERTER_CONVERTED. This is somewhat similar to what happens at the end of the input stream, but done in the middle of the data. This has different meanings for different conversions. For instance in a compression converter it would mean that we flush all the compression state into output such that if you uncompress the compressed data you get back all the input data. Doing this may make the final file larger due to padding though. Another example is a regexp conversion, where if you at the end of the flushed data have a match, but there is also a potential longer match. In the non-flushed case we would ask for more input, but when flushing we treat this as the end of input and do the match. Flushing is not always possible (like if a charset converter flushes at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try to produce as much output as possible and then return an error (typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT). a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. a #GConverter. the buffer containing the data to convert. the number of bytes in @inbuf a buffer to write converted data in. the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal state that would produce output then that output is lost. a #GConverter. Flags used when calling a g_converter_convert(). No flags. At end of input data Flush data Provides an interface for converting data from one type to another type. The conversion can be stateful and may fail at any place. a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. the buffer containing the data to convert. the number of bytes in @inbuf a buffer to write converted data in. the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success Converter input stream implements #GInputStream and allows conversion of data of various types during reading. As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterInputStream implements #GPollableInputStream. Creates a new converter input stream for the @base_stream. a new #GInputStream. a #GInputStream a #GConverter Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream. the converter of the converter input stream a #GConverterInputStream Converter output stream implements #GOutputStream and allows conversion of data of various types during reading. As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterOutputStream implements #GPollableOutputStream. Creates a new converter output stream for the @base_stream. a new #GOutputStream. a #GOutputStream a #GConverter Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream. the converter of the converter output stream a #GConverterOutputStream Results returned from g_converter_convert(). There was an error during conversion. Some data was consumed or produced The conversion is finished Flushing is finished The #GCredentials type is a reference-counted wrapper for native credentials. This information is typically used for identifying, authenticating and authorizing other processes. Some operating systems supports looking up the credentials of the remote peer of a communication endpoint - see e.g. g_socket_get_credentials(). Some operating systems supports securely sending and receiving credentials over a Unix Domain Socket, see #GUnixCredentialsMessage, g_unix_connection_send_credentials() and g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() for details. On Linux, the native credential type is a <type>struct ucred</type> - see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>unix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page for details. This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_LINUX_UCRED. On FreeBSD, the native credential type is a <type>struct cmsgcred</type>. This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_FREEBSD_CMSGCRED. On OpenBSD, the native credential type is a <type>struct sockpeercred</type>. This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED. Creates a new #GCredentials object with credentials matching the the current process. A #GCredentials. Free with g_object_unref(). Gets a pointer to native credentials of type @native_type from @credentials. It is a programming error (which will cause an warning to be logged) to use this method if there is no #GCredentials support for the OS or if @native_type isn't supported by the OS. The pointer to native credentials or %NULL if the operation there is no #GCredentials support for the OS or if @native_type isn't supported by the OS. Do not free the returned data, it is owned by @credentials. A #GCredentials. The type of native credentials to get. Tries to get the UNIX process identifier from @credentials. This method is only available on UNIX platforms. This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information about the UNIX process ID. The UNIX process ID, or -1 if @error is set. A #GCredentials Tries to get the UNIX user identifier from @credentials. This method is only available on UNIX platforms. This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information about the UNIX user. The UNIX user identifier or -1 if @error is set. A #GCredentials Checks if @credentials and @other_credentials is the same user. This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the the OS. %TRUE if @credentials and @other_credentials has the same user, %FALSE otherwise or if @error is set. A #GCredentials. A #GCredentials. Copies the native credentials of type @native_type from @native into @credentials. It is a programming error (which will cause an warning to be logged) to use this method if there is no #GCredentials support for the OS or if @native_type isn't supported by the OS. A #GCredentials. The type of native credentials to set. A pointer to native credentials. Tries to set the UNIX user identifier on @credentials. This method is only available on UNIX platforms. This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information about the UNIX user. %TRUE if @uid was set, %FALSE if error is set. A #GCredentials. The UNIX user identifier to set. Creates a human-readable textual representation of @credentials that can be used in logging and debug messages. The format of the returned string may change in future GLib release. A string that should be freed with g_free(). A #GCredentials object. Class structure for #GCredentials. Enumeration describing different kinds of native credential types. Indicates an invalid native credential type. The native credentials type is a <type>struct ucred</type>. The native credentials type is a <type>struct cmsgcred</type>. The native credentials type is a <type>struct sockpeercred</type>. Added in 2.30. #GDBusActionGroup is an implementation of the #GActionGroup interface that can be used as a proxy for an action group that is exported over D-Bus with g_dbus_connection_export_action_group(). Obtains a #GDBusActionGroup for the action group which is exported at the given @bus_name and @object_path. The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call. All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model (and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with the thread default main context unchanged. This call is non-blocking. The returned action group may or may not already be filled in. The correct thing to do is connect the signals for the action group to monitor for changes and then to call g_action_group_list_actions() to get the initial list. a #GDBusActionGroup A #GDBusConnection the bus name which exports the action group the object path at which the action group is exported Information about an annotation. If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases the reference count. The same @info. A #GDBusNodeInfo If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used is freed. A #GDBusAnnotationInfo. Looks up the value of an annotation. The cost of this function is O(n) in number of annotations. The value or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @annotations. A %NULL-terminated array of annotations or %NULL. The name of the annotation to look up. Information about an argument for a method or a signal. If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases the reference count. The same @info. A #GDBusArgInfo If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used is freed. A #GDBusArgInfo. The #GDBusAuthObserver type provides a mechanism for participating in how a #GDBusServer (or a #GDBusConnection) authenticates remote peers. Simply instantiate a #GDBusAuthObserver and connect to the signals you are interested in. Note that new signals may be added in the future For example, if you only want to allow D-Bus connections from processes owned by the same uid as the server, you would use a signal handler like the following: <example id="auth-observer"><title>Controlling Authentication</title><programlisting> static gboolean on_authorize_authenticated_peer (GDBusAuthObserver *observer, GIOStream *stream, GCredentials *credentials, gpointer user_data) { gboolean authorized; authorized = FALSE; if (credentials != NULL) { GCredentials *own_credentials; own_credentials = g_credentials_new (); if (g_credentials_is_same_user (credentials, own_credentials, NULL)) authorized = TRUE; g_object_unref (own_credentials); } return authorized; } </programlisting></example> Creates a new #GDBusAuthObserver object. A #GDBusAuthObserver. Free with g_object_unref(). Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::allow-mechanism signal on @observer. %TRUE if @mechanism can be used to authenticate the other peer, %FALSE if not. A #GDBusAuthObserver. The name of the mechanism, e.g. <literal>DBUS_COOKIE_SHA1</literal>. Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::authorize-authenticated-peer signal on @observer. %TRUE if the peer is authorized, %FALSE if not. A #GDBusAuthObserver. A #GIOStream for the #GDBusConnection. Credentials received from the peer or %NULL. Emitted to check if @mechanism is allowed to be used. %TRUE if @mechanism can be used to authenticate the other peer, %FALSE if not. The name of the mechanism, e.g. <literal>DBUS_COOKIE_SHA1</literal>. Emitted to check if a peer that is successfully authenticated is authorized. %TRUE if the peer is authorized, %FALSE if not. A #GIOStream for the #GDBusConnection. Credentials received from the peer or %NULL. Flags used in g_dbus_connection_call() and similar APIs. No flags set. The bus must not launch an owner for the destination name in response to this method invocation. Capabilities negotiated with the remote peer. No flags set. The connection supports exchanging UNIX file descriptors with the remote peer. The #GDBusConnection type is used for D-Bus connections to remote peers such as a message buses. It is a low-level API that offers a lot of flexibility. For instance, it lets you establish a connection over any transport that can by represented as an #GIOStream. This class is rarely used directly in D-Bus clients. If you are writing an D-Bus client, it is often easier to use the g_bus_own_name(), g_bus_watch_name() or g_dbus_proxy_new_for_bus() APIs. As an exception to the usual GLib rule that a particular object must not be used by two threads at the same time, #GDBusConnection's methods may be called from any thread<footnote> <para> This is so that g_bus_get() and g_bus_get_sync() can safely return the same #GDBusConnection when called from any thread. </para> </footnote>. Most of the ways to obtain a #GDBusConnection automatically initialize it (i.e. connect to D-Bus): for instance, g_dbus_connection_new() and g_bus_get(), and the synchronous versions of those methods, give you an initialized connection. Language bindings for GIO should use g_initable_new() or g_async_initable_new_async(), which also initialize the connection. If you construct an uninitialized #GDBusConnection, such as via g_object_new(), you must initialize it via g_initable_init() or g_async_initable_init_async() before using its methods or properties. Calling methods or accessing properties on a #GDBusConnection that has not completed initialization successfully is considered to be invalid, and leads to undefined behaviour. In particular, if initialization fails with a #GError, the only valid thing you can do with that #GDBusConnection is to free it with g_object_unref(). <example id="gdbus-server"><title>D-Bus server example</title><programlisting><xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gdbus-example-server.c"><xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback></xi:include></programlisting></example> <example id="gdbus-subtree-server"><title>D-Bus subtree example</title><programlisting><xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gdbus-example-subtree.c"><xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback></xi:include></programlisting></example> <example id="gdbus-unix-fd-client"><title>D-Bus UNIX File Descriptor example</title><programlisting><xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gdbus-example-unix-fd-client.c"><xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback></xi:include></programlisting></example> <example id="gdbus-export"><title>Exporting a GObject</title><programlisting><xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gdbus-example-export.c"><xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback></xi:include></programlisting></example> Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_new(). A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_new(). Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_new_for_address(). A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_new(). Synchronously connects and sets up a D-Bus client connection for exchanging D-Bus messages with an endpoint specified by @address which must be in the D-Bus address format. This constructor can only be used to initiate client-side connections - use g_dbus_connection_new_sync() if you need to act as the server. In particular, @flags cannot contain the %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER or %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS flags. This is a synchronous failable constructor. See g_dbus_connection_new_for_address() for the asynchronous version. If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the authentication process. A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A D-Bus address. Flags describing how to make the connection. A #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Synchronously sets up a D-Bus connection for exchanging D-Bus messages with the end represented by @stream. If @stream is a #GSocketConnection, then the corresponding #GSocket will be put into non-blocking mode. The D-Bus connection will interact with @stream from a worker thread. As a result, the caller should not interact with @stream after this method has been called, except by calling g_object_unref() on it. If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the authentication process. This is a synchronous failable constructor. See g_dbus_connection_new() for the asynchronous version. A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GIOStream. The GUID to use if a authenticating as a server or %NULL. Flags describing how to make the connection. A #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Asynchronously sets up a D-Bus connection for exchanging D-Bus messages with the end represented by @stream. If @stream is a #GSocketConnection, then the corresponding #GSocket will be put into non-blocking mode. The D-Bus connection will interact with @stream from a worker thread. As a result, the caller should not interact with @stream after this method has been called, except by calling g_object_unref() on it. If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the authentication process. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can then call g_dbus_connection_new_finish() to get the result of the operation. This is a asynchronous failable constructor. See g_dbus_connection_new_sync() for the synchronous version. A #GIOStream. The GUID to use if a authenticating as a server or %NULL. Flags describing how to make the connection. A #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. The data to pass to @callback. Asynchronously connects and sets up a D-Bus client connection for exchanging D-Bus messages with an endpoint specified by @address which must be in the D-Bus address format. This constructor can only be used to initiate client-side connections - use g_dbus_connection_new() if you need to act as the server. In particular, @flags cannot contain the %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER or %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS flags. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can then call g_dbus_connection_new_finish() to get the result of the operation. If @observer is not %NULL it may be used to control the authentication process. This is a asynchronous failable constructor. See g_dbus_connection_new_for_address_sync() for the synchronous version. A D-Bus address. Flags describing how to make the connection. A #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. The data to pass to @callback. Adds a message filter. Filters are handlers that are run on all incoming and outgoing messages, prior to standard dispatch. Filters are run in the order that they were added. The same handler can be added as a filter more than once, in which case it will be run more than once. Filters added during a filter callback won't be run on the message being processed. Filter functions are allowed to modify and even drop messages. Note that filters are run in a dedicated message handling thread so they can't block and, generally, can't do anything but signal a worker thread. Also note that filters are rarely needed - use API such as g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply(), g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe() or g_dbus_connection_call() instead. If a filter consumes an incoming message the message is not dispatched anywhere else - not even the standard dispatch machinery (that API such as g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe() and g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply() relies on) will see the message. Similary, if a filter consumes an outgoing message, the message will not be sent to the other peer. A filter identifier that can be used with g_dbus_connection_remove_filter(). A #GDBusConnection. A filter function. User data to pass to @filter_function. Function to free @user_data with when filter is removed or %NULL. Asynchronously invokes the @method_name method on the @interface_name D-Bus interface on the remote object at @object_path owned by @bus_name. If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters contains a value not compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. If @reply_type is non-%NULL then the reply will be checked for having this type and an error will be raised if it does not match. Said another way, if you give a @reply_type then any non-%NULL return value will be of this type. If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: |[ g_dbus_connection_call (connection, "org.freedesktop.StringThings", "/org/freedesktop/StringThings", "org.freedesktop.StringThings", "TwoStrings", g_variant_new ("(ss)", "Thing One", "Thing Two"), NULL, G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, -1, NULL, (GAsyncReadyCallback) two_strings_done, NULL); ]| This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call g_dbus_connection_call_finish() to get the result of the operation. See g_dbus_connection_call_sync() for the synchronous version of this function. If @callback is %NULL then the D-Bus method call message will be sent with the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_FLAGS_NO_REPLY_EXPECTED flag set. A #GDBusConnection. A unique or well-known bus name or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. Path of remote object. D-Bus interface to invoke method on. The name of the method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing parameters. The expected type of the reply, or %NULL. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result of the method invocation. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_call(). %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusConnection. A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_call(). Synchronously invokes the @method_name method on the @interface_name D-Bus interface on the remote object at @object_path owned by @bus_name. If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters contains a value not compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. If @reply_type is non-%NULL then the reply will be checked for having this type and an error will be raised if it does not match. Said another way, if you give a @reply_type then any non-%NULL return value will be of this type. If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: |[ g_dbus_connection_call_sync (connection, "org.freedesktop.StringThings", "/org/freedesktop/StringThings", "org.freedesktop.StringThings", "TwoStrings", g_variant_new ("(ss)", "Thing One", "Thing Two"), NULL, G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, -1, NULL, &amp;error); ]| The calling thread is blocked until a reply is received. See g_dbus_connection_call() for the asynchronous version of this method. %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusConnection. A unique or well-known bus name or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. Path of remote object. D-Bus interface to invoke method on. The name of the method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing parameters. The expected type of the reply, or %NULL. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Like g_dbus_connection_call() but also takes a #GUnixFDList object. This method is only available on UNIX. A #GDBusConnection. A unique or well-known bus name or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. Path of remote object. D-Bus interface to invoke method on. The name of the method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing parameters. The expected type of the reply, or %NULL. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout. A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't * care about the result of the method invocation. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list(). %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusConnection. Return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL. A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list(). Like g_dbus_connection_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects. This method is only available on UNIX. %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusConnection. A unique or well-known bus name or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. Path of remote object. D-Bus interface to invoke method on. The name of the method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing parameters. The expected type of the reply, or %NULL. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout. A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. Return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Closes @connection. Note that this never causes the process to exit (this might only happen if the other end of a shared message bus connection disconnects, see #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close). Once the connection is closed, operations such as sending a message will return with the error %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a connection will not automatically flush the connection so queued messages may be lost. Use g_dbus_connection_flush() if you need such guarantees. If @connection is already closed, this method fails with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. When @connection has been closed, the #GDBusConnection::closed signal is emitted in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread that @connection was constructed in. This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call g_dbus_connection_close_finish() to get the result of the operation. See g_dbus_connection_close_sync() for the synchronous version. A #GDBusConnection. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_close(). %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_close(). Synchronously closees @connection. The calling thread is blocked until this is done. See g_dbus_connection_close() for the asynchronous version of this method and more details about what it does. %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Emits a signal. If the parameters GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This can only fail if @parameters is not compatible with the D-Bus protocol. %TRUE unless @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name for the destination for the signal or %NULL to emit to all listeners. Path of remote object. D-Bus interface to emit a signal on. The name of the signal to emit. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal or %NULL if not passing parameters. Exports @action_group on @connection at @object_path. The implemented D-Bus API should be considered private. It is subject to change in the future. A given object path can only have one action group exported on it. If this constraint is violated, the export will fail and 0 will be returned (with @error set accordingly). You can unexport the action group using g_dbus_connection_unexport_action_group() with the return value of this function. The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call. All incoming action activations and state change requests are reported from this context. Any changes on the action group that cause it to emit signals must also come from this same context. Since incoming action activations and state change requests are rather likely to cause changes on the action group, this effectively limits a given action group to being exported from only one main context. the ID of the export (never zero), or 0 in case of failure a #GDBusConnection a D-Bus object path a #GActionGroup Exports @menu on @connection at @object_path. The implemented D-Bus API should be considered private. It is subject to change in the future. An object path can only have one menu model exported on it. If this constraint is violated, the export will fail and 0 will be returned (with @error set accordingly). You can unexport the menu model using g_dbus_connection_unexport_menu_model() with the return value of this function. the ID of the export (never zero), or 0 in case of failure a #GDBusConnection a D-Bus object path a #GMenuModel Asynchronously flushes @connection, that is, writes all queued outgoing message to the transport and then flushes the transport (using g_output_stream_flush_async()). This is useful in programs that wants to emit a D-Bus signal and then exit immediately. Without flushing the connection, there is no guarantee that the message has been sent to the networking buffers in the OS kernel. This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call g_dbus_connection_flush_finish() to get the result of the operation. See g_dbus_connection_flush_sync() for the synchronous version. A #GDBusConnection. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_flush(). %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_flush(). Synchronously flushes @connection. The calling thread is blocked until this is done. See g_dbus_connection_flush() for the asynchronous version of this method and more details about what it does. %TRUE if the operation succeeded, %FALSE if @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Gets the capabilities negotiated with the remote peer Zero or more flags from the #GDBusCapabilityFlags enumeration. A #GDBusConnection. Gets whether the process is terminated when @connection is closed by the remote peer. See #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close for more details. Whether the process is terminated when @connection is closed by the remote peer. A #GDBusConnection. The GUID of the peer performing the role of server when authenticating. See #GDBusConnection:guid for more details. The GUID. Do not free this string, it is owned by @connection. A #GDBusConnection. Retrieves the last serial number assigned to a #GDBusMessage on the current thread. This includes messages sent via both low-level API such as g_dbus_connection_send_message() as well as high-level API such as g_dbus_connection_emit_signal(), g_dbus_connection_call() or g_dbus_proxy_call(). the last used serial or zero when no message has been sent within the current thread. A #GDBusConnection. Gets the credentials of the authenticated peer. This will always return %NULL unless @connection acted as a server (e.g. %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER was passed) when set up and the client passed credentials as part of the authentication process. In a message bus setup, the message bus is always the server and each application is a client. So this method will always return %NULL for message bus clients. A #GCredentials or %NULL if not available. Do not free this object, it is owned by @connection. A #GDBusConnection. Gets the underlying stream used for IO. While the #GDBusConnection is active, it will interact with this stream from a worker thread, so it is not safe to interact with the stream directly. the stream used for IO a #GDBusConnection Gets the unique name of @connection as assigned by the message bus. This can also be used to figure out if @connection is a message bus connection. The unique name or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. Do not free this string, it is owned by @connection. A #GDBusConnection. Gets whether @connection is closed. %TRUE if the connection is closed, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusConnection. Registers callbacks for exported objects at @object_path with the D-Bus interface that is described in @interface_info. Calls to functions in @vtable (and @user_data_free_func) will happen in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. Note that all #GVariant values passed to functions in @vtable will match the signature given in @interface_info - if a remote caller passes incorrect values, the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.InvalidArgs</literal> is returned to the remote caller. Additionally, if the remote caller attempts to invoke methods or access properties not mentioned in @interface_info the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.UnknownMethod</literal> resp. <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.InvalidArgs</literal> errors are returned to the caller. It is considered a programming error if the #GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc function in @vtable returns a #GVariant of incorrect type. If an existing callback is already registered at @object_path and @interface_name, then @error is set to #G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS. GDBus automatically implements the standard D-Bus interfaces org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties, org.freedesktop.DBus.Introspectable and org.freedesktop.Peer, so you don't have to implement those for the objects you export. You <emphasis>can</emphasis> implement org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties yourself, e.g. to handle getting and setting of properties asynchronously. Note that the reference count on @interface_info will be incremented by 1 (unless allocated statically, e.g. if the reference count is -1, see g_dbus_interface_info_ref()) for as long as the object is exported. Also note that @vtable will be copied. See <xref linkend="gdbus-server"/> for an example of how to use this method. 0 if @error is set, otherwise a registration id (never 0) that can be used with g_dbus_connection_unregister_object() . A #GDBusConnection. The object path to register at. Introspection data for the interface. A #GDBusInterfaceVTable to call into or %NULL. Data to pass to functions in @vtable. Function to call when the object path is unregistered. Registers a whole subtree of <quote>dynamic</quote> objects. The @enumerate and @introspection functions in @vtable are used to convey, to remote callers, what nodes exist in the subtree rooted by @object_path. When handling remote calls into any node in the subtree, first the @enumerate function is used to check if the node exists. If the node exists or the #G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is set the @introspection function is used to check if the node supports the requested method. If so, the @dispatch function is used to determine where to dispatch the call. The collected #GDBusInterfaceVTable and #gpointer will be used to call into the interface vtable for processing the request. All calls into user-provided code will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. If an existing subtree is already registered at @object_path or then @error is set to #G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS. Note that it is valid to register regular objects (using g_dbus_connection_register_object()) in a subtree registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree() - if so, the subtree handler is tried as the last resort. One way to think about a subtree handler is to consider it a <quote>fallback handler</quote> for object paths not registered via g_dbus_connection_register_object() or other bindings. Note that @vtable will be copied so you cannot change it after registration. See <xref linkend="gdbus-subtree-server"/> for an example of how to use this method. 0 if @error is set, otherwise a subtree registration id (never 0) that can be used with g_dbus_connection_unregister_subtree() . A #GDBusConnection. The object path to register the subtree at. A #GDBusSubtreeVTable to enumerate, introspect and dispatch nodes in the subtree. Flags used to fine tune the behavior of the subtree. Data to pass to functions in @vtable. Function to call when the subtree is unregistered. Removes a filter. a #GDBusConnection an identifier obtained from g_dbus_connection_add_filter() Asynchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection. Unless @flags contain the %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag, the serial number will be assigned by @connection and set on @message via g_dbus_message_set_serial(). If @out_serial is not %NULL, then the serial number used will be written to this location prior to submitting the message to the underlying transport. If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @message is not well-formed, the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. See <xref linkend="gdbus-server"/> and <xref linkend="gdbus-unix-fd-client"/> for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive UNIX file descriptors. Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag. %TRUE if the message was well-formed and queued for transmission, %FALSE if @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. A #GDBusMessage Flags affecting how the message is sent. Return location for serial number assigned to @message when sending it or %NULL. Asynchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection. Unless @flags contain the %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag, the serial number will be assigned by @connection and set on @message via g_dbus_message_set_serial(). If @out_serial is not %NULL, then the serial number used will be written to this location prior to submitting the message to the underlying transport. If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @message is not well-formed, the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply_finish() to get the result of the operation. See g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply_sync() for the synchronous version. Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag. See <xref linkend="gdbus-server"/> and <xref linkend="gdbus-unix-fd-client"/> for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive UNIX file descriptors. A #GDBusConnection. A #GDBusMessage. Flags affecting how the message is sent. The timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout. Return location for serial number assigned to @message when sending it or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply(). Note that @error is only set if a local in-process error occurred. That is to say that the returned #GDBusMessage object may be of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR. Use g_dbus_message_to_gerror() to transcode this to a #GError. See <xref linkend="gdbus-server"/> and <xref linkend="gdbus-unix-fd-client"/> for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive UNIX file descriptors. A locked #GDBusMessage or %NULL if @error is set. a #GDBusConnection A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply(). Synchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection and blocks the calling thread until a reply is received or the timeout is reached. See g_dbus_connection_send_message_with_reply() for the asynchronous version of this method. Unless @flags contain the %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag, the serial number will be assigned by @connection and set on @message via g_dbus_message_set_serial(). If @out_serial is not %NULL, then the serial number used will be written to this location prior to submitting the message to the underlying transport. If @connection is closed then the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @message is not well-formed, the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. Note that @error is only set if a local in-process error occurred. That is to say that the returned #GDBusMessage object may be of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR. Use g_dbus_message_to_gerror() to transcode this to a #GError. See <xref linkend="gdbus-server"/> and <xref linkend="gdbus-unix-fd-client"/> for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive UNIX file descriptors. Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag. A locked #GDBusMessage that is the reply to @message or %NULL if @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. A #GDBusMessage. Flags affecting how the message is sent. The timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default timeout or %G_MAXINT for no timeout. Return location for serial number assigned to @message when sending it or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Sets whether the process should be terminated when @connection is closed by the remote peer. See #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close for more details. Note that this function should be used with care. Most modern UNIX desktops tie the notion of a user session the session bus, and expect all of a users applications to quit when their bus connection goes away. If you are setting @exit_on_close to %FALSE for the shared session bus connection, you should make sure that your application exits when the user session ends. A #GDBusConnection. Whether the process should be terminated when @connection is closed by the remote peer. Subscribes to signals on @connection and invokes @callback with a whenever the signal is received. Note that @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. If @connection is not a message bus connection, @sender must be %NULL. If @sender is a well-known name note that @callback is invoked with the unique name for the owner of @sender, not the well-known name as one would expect. This is because the message bus rewrites the name. As such, to avoid certain race conditions, users should be tracking the name owner of the well-known name and use that when processing the received signal. A subscription identifier that can be used with g_dbus_connection_signal_unsubscribe(). A #GDBusConnection. Sender name to match on (unique or well-known name) or %NULL to listen from all senders. D-Bus interface name to match on or %NULL to match on all interfaces. D-Bus signal name to match on or %NULL to match on all signals. Object path to match on or %NULL to match on all object paths. Contents of first string argument to match on or %NULL to match on all kinds of arguments. Flags describing how to subscribe to the signal (currently unused). Callback to invoke when there is a signal matching the requested data. User data to pass to @callback. Function to free @user_data with when subscription is removed or %NULL. Unsubscribes from signals. A #GDBusConnection. A subscription id obtained from g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). If @connection was created with %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_DELAY_MESSAGE_PROCESSING, this method starts processing messages. Does nothing on if @connection wasn't created with this flag or if the method has already been called. A #GDBusConnection. Reverses the effect of a previous call to g_dbus_connection_export_action_group(). It is an error to call this function with an ID that wasn't returned from g_dbus_connection_export_action_group() or to call it with the same ID more than once. a #GDBusConnection the ID from g_dbus_connection_export_action_group() Reverses the effect of a previous call to g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model(). It is an error to call this function with an ID that wasn't returned from g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model() or to call it with the same ID more than once. a #GDBusConnection the ID from g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model() Unregisters an object. %TRUE if the object was unregistered, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusConnection. A registration id obtained from g_dbus_connection_register_object(). Unregisters a subtree. %TRUE if the subtree was unregistered, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusConnection. A subtree registration id obtained from g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). A D-Bus address specifying potential endpoints that can be used when establishing the connection. A #GDBusAuthObserver object to assist in the authentication process or %NULL. Flags from the #GDBusCapabilityFlags enumeration representing connection features negotiated with the other peer. A boolean specifying whether the connection has been closed. A boolean specifying whether the process will be terminated (by calling <literal>raise(SIGTERM)</literal>) if the connection is closed by the remote peer. Note that #GDBusConnection objects returned by g_bus_get_finish() and g_bus_get_sync() will (usually) have this property set to %TRUE. Flags from the #GDBusConnectionFlags enumeration. The GUID of the peer performing the role of server when authenticating. If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER in the #GDBusConnection:flags property then you MUST also set this property to a valid guid. If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT in the #GDBusConnection:flags property you will be able to read the GUID of the other peer here after the connection has been successfully initialized. The underlying #GIOStream used for I/O. If this is passed on construction and is a #GSocketConnection, then the corresponding #GSocket will be put into non-blocking mode. While the #GDBusConnection is active, it will interact with this stream from a worker thread, so it is not safe to interact with the stream directly. The unique name as assigned by the message bus or %NULL if the connection is not open or not a message bus connection. Emitted when the connection is closed. The cause of this event can be <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> If g_dbus_connection_close() is called. In this case @remote_peer_vanished is set to %FALSE and @error is %NULL. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> If the remote peer closes the connection. In this case @remote_peer_vanished is set to %TRUE and @error is set. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> If the remote peer sends invalid or malformed data. In this case @remote_peer_vanished is set to %FALSE and @error is set. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Upon receiving this signal, you should give up your reference to @connection. You are guaranteed that this signal is emitted only once. %TRUE if @connection is closed because the remote peer closed its end of the connection. A #GError with more details about the event or %NULL. Flags used when creating a new #GDBusConnection. No flags set. Perform authentication against server. Perform authentication against client. When authenticating as a server, allow the anonymous authentication method. Pass this flag if connecting to a peer that is a message bus. This means that the Hello() method will be invoked as part of the connection setup. If set, processing of D-Bus messages is delayed until g_dbus_connection_start_message_processing() is called. Error codes for the %G_DBUS_ERROR error domain. A generic error; "something went wrong" - see the error message for more. There was not enough memory to complete an operation. The bus doesn't know how to launch a service to supply the bus name you wanted. The bus name you referenced doesn't exist (i.e. no application owns it). No reply to a message expecting one, usually means a timeout occurred. Something went wrong reading or writing to a socket, for example. A D-Bus bus address was malformed. Requested operation isn't supported (like ENOSYS on UNIX). Some limited resource is exhausted. Security restrictions don't allow doing what you're trying to do. Authentication didn't work. Unable to connect to server (probably caused by ECONNREFUSED on a socket). Certain timeout errors, possibly ETIMEDOUT on a socket. Note that %G_DBUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY is used for message reply timeouts. Warning: this is confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMED_OUT also exists. We can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be careful. No network access (probably ENETUNREACH on a socket). Can't bind a socket since its address is in use (i.e. EADDRINUSE). The connection is disconnected and you're trying to use it. Invalid arguments passed to a method call. Missing file. Existing file and the operation you're using does not silently overwrite. Method name you invoked isn't known by the object you invoked it on. Certain timeout errors, e.g. while starting a service. Warning: this is confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMEOUT also exists. We can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be careful. Tried to remove or modify a match rule that didn't exist. The match rule isn't syntactically valid. While starting a new process, the exec() call failed. While starting a new process, the fork() call failed. While starting a new process, the child exited with a status code. While starting a new process, the child exited on a signal. While starting a new process, something went wrong. We failed to setup the environment correctly. We failed to setup the config parser correctly. Bus name was not valid. Service file not found in system-services directory. Permissions are incorrect on the setuid helper. Service file invalid (Name, User or Exec missing). Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. A type signature is not valid. A file contains invalid syntax or is otherwise broken. Asked for SELinux security context and it wasn't available. Asked for ADT audit data and it wasn't available. There's already an object with the requested object path. Creates a D-Bus error name to use for @error. If @error matches a registered error (cf. g_dbus_error_register_error()), the corresponding D-Bus error name will be returned. Otherwise the a name of the form <literal>org.gtk.GDBus.UnmappedGError.Quark._ESCAPED_QUARK_NAME.Code_ERROR_CODE</literal> will be used. This allows other GDBus applications to map the error on the wire back to a #GError using g_dbus_error_new_for_dbus_error(). This function is typically only used in object mappings to put a #GError on the wire. Regular applications should not use it. A D-Bus error name (never %NULL). Free with g_free(). A #GError. Gets the D-Bus error name used for @error, if any. This function is guaranteed to return a D-Bus error name for all #GError<!-- -->s returned from functions handling remote method calls (e.g. g_dbus_connection_call_finish()) unless g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() has been used on @error. An allocated string or %NULL if the D-Bus error name could not be found. Free with g_free(). A #GError. Checks if @error represents an error received via D-Bus from a remote peer. If so, use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to get the name of the error. %TRUE if @error represents an error from a remote peer, %FALSE otherwise. A #GError. Creates a #GError based on the contents of @dbus_error_name and @dbus_error_message. Errors registered with g_dbus_error_register_error() will be looked up using @dbus_error_name and if a match is found, the error domain and code is used. Applications can use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to recover @dbus_error_name. If a match against a registered error is not found and the D-Bus error name is in a form as returned by g_dbus_error_encode_gerror() the error domain and code encoded in the name is used to create the #GError. Also, @dbus_error_name is added to the error message such that it can be recovered with g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). Otherwise, a #GError with the error code %G_IO_ERROR_DBUS_ERROR in the #G_IO_ERROR error domain is returned. Also, @dbus_error_name is added to the error message such that it can be recovered with g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). In all three cases, @dbus_error_name can always be recovered from the returned #GError using the g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() function (unless g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() hasn't been used on the returned error). This function is typically only used in object mappings to prepare #GError instances for applications. Regular applications should not use it. An allocated #GError. Free with g_error_free(). D-Bus error name. D-Bus error message. Creates an association to map between @dbus_error_name and #GError<!-- -->s specified by @error_domain and @error_code. This is typically done in the routine that returns the #GQuark for an error domain. %TRUE if the association was created, %FALSE if it already exists. A #GQuark for a error domain. An error code. A D-Bus error name. Helper function for associating a #GError error domain with D-Bus error names. The error domain name. A pointer where to store the #GQuark. A pointer to @num_entries #GDBusErrorEntry struct items. Number of items to register. Does nothing if @error is %NULL. Otherwise sets *@error to a new #GError created with g_dbus_error_new_for_dbus_error() with @dbus_error_message prepend with @format (unless %NULL). A pointer to a #GError or %NULL. D-Bus error name. D-Bus error message. printf()-style format to prepend to @dbus_error_message or %NULL. Like g_dbus_error_set_dbus_error() but intended for language bindings. A pointer to a #GError or %NULL. D-Bus error name. D-Bus error message. printf()-style format to prepend to @dbus_error_message or %NULL. Arguments for @format. Looks for extra information in the error message used to recover the D-Bus error name and strips it if found. If stripped, the message field in @error will correspond exactly to what was received on the wire. This is typically used when presenting errors to the end user. %TRUE if information was stripped, %FALSE otherwise. A #GError. Destroys an association previously set up with g_dbus_error_register_error(). %TRUE if the association was destroyed, %FALSE if it wasn't found. A #GQuark for a error domain. An error code. A D-Bus error name. Struct used in g_dbus_error_register_error_domain(). The #GDBusInterface type is the base type for D-Bus interfaces both on the service side (see #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton) and client side (see #GDBusProxy). Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface implemented by @interface_. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. <warning>It is not safe to use the returned object if @interface_ or the returned object is being used from other threads. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object() for a thread-safe alternative.</warning> A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. Sets the #GDBusObject for @interface_ to @object. Note that @interface_ will hold a weak reference to @object. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). An exported D-Bus interface. Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface implemented by @interface_. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. An exported D-Bus interface. Gets the #GDBusObject that @interface_ belongs to, if any. <warning>It is not safe to use the returned object if @interface_ or the returned object is being used from other threads. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object() for a thread-safe alternative.</warning> A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. An exported D-Bus interface. Sets the #GDBusObject for @interface_ to @object. Note that @interface_ will hold a weak reference to @object. An exported D-Bus interface. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The type of the @get_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. A #GVariant with the value for @property_name or %NULL if @error is set. If the returned #GVariant is floating, it is consumed - otherwise its reference count is decreased by one. A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name of the remote caller. The object path that the method was invoked on. The D-Bus interface name for the property. The name of the property to get the value of. Return location for error. The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). Base type for D-Bus interfaces. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). Information about a D-Bus interface. Builds a lookup-cache to speed up g_dbus_interface_info_lookup_method(), g_dbus_interface_info_lookup_signal() and g_dbus_interface_info_lookup_property(). If this has already been called with @info, the existing cache is used and its use count is increased. Note that @info cannot be modified until g_dbus_interface_info_cache_release() is called. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Decrements the usage count for the cache for @info built by g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() (if any) and frees the resources used by the cache if the usage count drops to zero. A GDBusInterfaceInfo Appends an XML representation of @info (and its children) to @string_builder. This function is typically used for generating introspection XML documents at run-time for handling the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Introspectable.Introspect</literal> method. A #GDBusNodeInfo Indentation level. A #GString to to append XML data to. Looks up information about a method. The cost of this function is O(n) in number of methods unless g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() has been used on @info. A #GDBusMethodInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. A D-Bus method name (typically in CamelCase) Looks up information about a property. The cost of this function is O(n) in number of properties unless g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() has been used on @info. A #GDBusPropertyInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. A D-Bus property name (typically in CamelCase). Looks up information about a signal. The cost of this function is O(n) in number of signals unless g_dbus_interface_info_cache_build() has been used on @info. A #GDBusSignalInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. A D-Bus signal name (typically in CamelCase) If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases the reference count. The same @info. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used is freed. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. The type of the @method_call function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name of the remote caller. The object path that the method was invoked on. The D-Bus interface name the method was invoked on. The name of the method that was invoked. A #GVariant tuple with parameters. A #GDBusMethodInvocation object that can be used to return a value or error. The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). The type of the @set_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. %TRUE if the property was set to @value, %FALSE if @error is set. A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name of the remote caller. The object path that the method was invoked on. The D-Bus interface name for the property. The name of the property to get the value of. The value to set the property to. Return location for error. The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). Abstract base class for D-Bus interfaces on the service side. If @interface_ has outstanding changes, request for these changes to be emitted immediately. For example, an exported D-Bus interface may queue up property changes and emit the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged</literal> signal later (e.g. in an idle handler). This technique is useful for collapsing multiple property changes into one. Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface implemented by @interface_. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. Gets all D-Bus properties for @interface_. A #GVariant of type <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS">'a{sv}'</link>. Free with g_variant_unref(). Gets the interface vtable for the D-Bus interface implemented by @interface_. The returned function pointers should expect @interface_ itself to be passed as @user_data. A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). Exports @interface_ at @object_path on @connection. This can be called multiple times to export the same @interface_ onto multiple connections however the @object_path provided must be the same for all connections. Use g_dbus_interface_skeleton_unexport() to unexport the object. %TRUE if the interface was exported on @connection, otherwise %FALSE with @error set. The D-Bus interface to export. A #GDBusConnection to export @interface_ on. The path to export the interface at. If @interface_ has outstanding changes, request for these changes to be emitted immediately. For example, an exported D-Bus interface may queue up property changes and emit the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged</literal> signal later (e.g. in an idle handler). This technique is useful for collapsing multiple property changes into one. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Gets the first connection that @interface_ is exported on, if any. A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @interface_ is not exported anywhere. Do not free, the object belongs to @interface_. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Gets a list of the connections that @interface_ is exported on. A list of all the connections that @interface_ is exported on. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free() after each element has been freed with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Gets the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags that describes what the behavior of @interface_ One or more flags from the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags enumeration. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Gets D-Bus introspection information for the D-Bus interface implemented by @interface_. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Gets the object path that @interface_ is exported on, if any. A string owned by @interface_ or %NULL if @interface_ is not exported anywhere. Do not free, the string belongs to @interface_. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Gets all D-Bus properties for @interface_. A #GVariant of type <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS">'a{sv}'</link>. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Gets the interface vtable for the D-Bus interface implemented by @interface_. The returned function pointers should expect @interface_ itself to be passed as @user_data. A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Checks if @interface_ is exported on @connection. %TRUE if @interface_ is exported on @connection, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. A #GDBusConnection. Sets flags describing what the behavior of @skeleton should be. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Flags from the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags enumeration. Stops exporting @interface_ on all connections it is exported on. To unexport @interface_ from only a single connection, use g_dbus_interface_skeleton_unexport_from_connection() A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Stops exporting @interface_ on @connection. To stop exporting on all connections the interface is exported on, use g_dbus_interface_skeleton_unexport(). A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. A #GDBusConnection. Flags from the #GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags enumeration. Emitted when a method is invoked by a remote caller and used to determine if the method call is authorized. Note that this signal is emitted in a thread dedicated to handling the method call so handlers are allowed to perform blocking IO. This means that it is appropriate to call e.g. <ulink url="http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/polkit/PolkitAuthority.html#polkit-authority-check-authorization-sync">polkit_authority_check_authorization_sync()</ulink> with the <ulink url="http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/polkit/PolkitAuthority.html#POLKIT-CHECK-AUTHORIZATION-FLAGS-ALLOW-USER-INTERACTION:CAPS">POLKIT_CHECK_AUTHORIZATION_FLAGS_ALLOW_USER_INTERACTION</ulink> flag set. If %FALSE is returned then no further handlers are run and the signal handler must take a reference to @invocation and finish handling the call (e.g. return an error via g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error()). Otherwise, if %TRUE is returned, signal emission continues. If no handlers return %FALSE, then the method is dispatched. If @interface has an enclosing #GDBusObjectSkeleton, then the #GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal handlers run before the handlers for this signal. The default class handler just returns %TRUE. Please note that the common case is optimized: if no signals handlers are connected and the default class handler isn't overridden (for both @interface and the enclosing #GDBusObjectSkeleton, if any) and #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton:g-flags does not have the %G_DBUS_INTERFACE_SKELETON_FLAGS_HANDLE_METHOD_INVOCATIONS_IN_THREAD flags set, no dedicated thread is ever used and the call will be handled in the same thread as the object that @interface belongs to was exported in. %TRUE if the call is authorized, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Class structure for #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). A #GVariant of type <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS">'a{sv}'</link>. Free with g_variant_unref(). Flags describing the behavior of a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton instance. No flags set. Each method invocation is handled in a thread dedicated to the invocation. This means that the method implementation can use blocking IO without blocking any other part of the process. It also means that the method implementation must use locking to access data structures used by other threads. Virtual table for handling properties and method calls for a D-Bus interface. If you want to handle getting/setting D-Bus properties asynchronously, simply register an object with the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties</literal> D-Bus interface using g_dbus_connection_register_object(). #GDBusMenuModel is an implementation of #GMenuModel that can be used as a proxy for a menu model that is exported over D-Bus with g_dbus_connection_export_menu_model(). Obtains a #GDBusMenuModel for the menu model which is exported at the given @bus_name and @object_path. The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call. All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model (and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with the thread default main context unchanged. a #GDBusMenuModel object. Free with g_object_unref(). a #GDBusConnection the bus name which exports the menu model the object path at which the menu model is exported A type for representing D-Bus messages that can be sent or received on a #GDBusConnection. Creates a new empty #GDBusMessage. A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). Creates a new #GDBusMessage from the data stored at @blob. The byte order that the message was in can be retrieved using g_dbus_message_get_byte_order(). A new #GDBusMessage or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A blob represent a binary D-Bus message. The length of @blob. A #GDBusCapabilityFlags describing what protocol features are supported. Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a method call. A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). A valid D-Bus name or %NULL. A valid object path. A valid D-Bus interface name or %NULL. A valid method name. Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a signal emission. A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). A valid object path. A valid D-Bus interface name. A valid signal name. Utility function to calculate how many bytes are needed to completely deserialize the D-Bus message stored at @blob. Number of bytes needed or -1 if @error is set (e.g. if @blob contains invalid data or not enough data is available to determine the size). A blob represent a binary D-Bus message. The length of @blob (must be at least 16). Copies @message. The copy is a deep copy and the returned #GDBusMessage is completely identical except that it is guaranteed to not be locked. This operation can fail if e.g. @message contains file descriptors and the per-process or system-wide open files limit is reached. A new #GDBusMessage or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusMessage. Convenience to get the first item in the body of @message. The string item or %NULL if the first item in the body of @message is not a string. A #GDBusMessage. Gets the body of a message. A #GVariant or %NULL if the body is empty. Do not free, it is owned by @message. A #GDBusMessage. Gets the byte order of @message. The byte order. A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Gets the flags for @message. Flags that are set (typically values from the #GDBusMessageFlags enumeration bitwise ORed together). A #GDBusMessage. Gets a header field on @message. A #GVariant with the value if the header was found, %NULL otherwise. Do not free, it is owned by @message. A #GDBusMessage. A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageHeaderField enumeration) Gets an array of all header fields on @message that are set. An array of header fields terminated by %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INVALID. Each element is a #guchar. Free with g_free(). A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Checks whether @message is locked. To monitor changes to this value, conncet to the #GObject::notify signal to listen for changes on the #GDBusMessage:locked property. %TRUE if @message is locked, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Gets the type of @message. A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageType enumeration). A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Gets the serial for @message. A #guint32. A #GDBusMessage. Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field. The value. A #GDBusMessage. Gets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message, if any. This method is only available on UNIX. A #GUnixFDList or %NULL if no file descriptors are associated. Do not free, this object is owned by @message. A #GDBusMessage. If @message is locked, does nothing. Otherwise locks the message. A #GDBusMessage. Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message. A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to create a reply message to. A valid D-Bus error name. The D-Bus error message in a printf() format. Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message. A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to create a reply message to. A valid D-Bus error name. The D-Bus error message. Like g_dbus_message_new_method_error() but intended for language bindings. A #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to create a reply message to. A valid D-Bus error name. The D-Bus error message in a printf() format. Arguments for @error_message_format. Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is a reply to @method_call_message. #GDBusMessage. Free with g_object_unref(). A message of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_CALL to create a reply message to. Produces a human-readable multi-line description of @message. The contents of the description has no ABI guarantees, the contents and formatting is subject to change at any time. Typical output looks something like this: <programlisting> Type&colon; method-call Flags&colon; none Version&colon; 0 Serial&colon; 4 Headers&colon; path -> objectpath '/org/gtk/GDBus/TestObject' interface -> 'org.gtk.GDBus.TestInterface' member -> 'GimmeStdout' destination -> ':1.146' Body&colon; () UNIX File Descriptors: (none) </programlisting> or <programlisting> Type&colon; method-return Flags&colon; no-reply-expected Version&colon; 0 Serial&colon; 477 Headers&colon; reply-serial -> uint32 4 destination -> ':1.159' sender -> ':1.146' num-unix-fds -> uint32 1 Body&colon; () UNIX File Descriptors&colon; fd 12: dev=0:10,mode=020620,ino=5,uid=500,gid=5,rdev=136:2,size=0,atime=1273085037,mtime=1273085851,ctime=1272982635 </programlisting> A string that should be freed with g_free(). A #GDBusMessage. Indentation level. Sets the body @message. As a side-effect the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field is set to the type string of @body (or cleared if @body is %NULL). If @body is floating, @message assumes ownership of @body. A #GDBusMessage. Either %NULL or a #GVariant that is a tuple. Sets the byte order of @message. A #GDBusMessage. The byte order. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Sets the flags to set on @message. A #GDBusMessage. Flags for @message that are set (typically values from the #GDBusMessageFlags enumeration bitwise ORed together). Sets a header field on @message. If @value is floating, @message assumes ownership of @value. A #GDBusMessage. A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageHeaderField enumeration) A #GVariant to set the header field or %NULL to clear the header field. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Sets @message to be of @type. A #GDBusMessage. A 8-bit unsigned integer (typically a value from the #GDBusMessageType enumeration). Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Sets the serial for @message. A #GDBusMessage. A #guint32. Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field. A #GDBusMessage. The value to set. Sets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message. As a side-effect the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field is set to the number of fds in @fd_list (or cleared if @fd_list is %NULL). This method is only available on UNIX. A #GDBusMessage. A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. Serializes @message to a blob. The byte order returned by g_dbus_message_get_byte_order() will be used. A pointer to a valid binary D-Bus message of @out_size bytes generated by @message or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_free(). A #GDBusMessage. Return location for size of generated blob. A #GDBusCapabilityFlags describing what protocol features are supported. If @message is not of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR does nothing and returns %FALSE. Otherwise this method encodes the error in @message as a #GError using g_dbus_error_set_dbus_error() using the information in the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field of @message as well as the first string item in @message's body. %TRUE if @error was set, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusMessage. Enumeration used to describe the byte order of a D-Bus message. The byte order is big endian. The byte order is little endian. Signature for function used in g_dbus_connection_add_filter(). A filter function is passed a #GDBusMessage and expected to return a #GDBusMessage too. Passive filter functions that don't modify the message can simply return the @message object: |[ static GDBusMessage * passive_filter (GDBusConnection *connection GDBusMessage *message, gboolean incoming, gpointer user_data) { /<!-- -->* inspect @message *<!-- -->/ return message; } ]| Filter functions that wants to drop a message can simply return %NULL: |[ static GDBusMessage * drop_filter (GDBusConnection *connection GDBusMessage *message, gboolean incoming, gpointer user_data) { if (should_drop_message) { g_object_unref (message); message = NULL; } return message; } ]| Finally, a filter function may modify a message by copying it: |[ static GDBusMessage * modifying_filter (GDBusConnection *connection GDBusMessage *message, gboolean incoming, gpointer user_data) { GDBusMessage *copy; GError *error; error = NULL; copy = g_dbus_message_copy (message, &error); /<!-- -->* handle @error being is set *<!-- -->/ g_object_unref (message); /<!-- -->* modify @copy *<!-- -->/ return copy; } ]| If the returned #GDBusMessage is different from @message and cannot be sent on @connection (it could use features, such as file descriptors, not compatible with @connection), then a warning is logged to <emphasis>standard error</emphasis>. Applications can check this ahead of time using g_dbus_message_to_blob() passing a #GDBusCapabilityFlags value obtained from @connection. A #GDBusMessage that will be freed with g_object_unref() or %NULL to drop the message. Passive filter functions can simply return the passed @message object. A #GDBusConnection. A locked #GDBusMessage that the filter function takes ownership of. %TRUE if it is a message received from the other peer, %FALSE if it is a message to be sent to the other peer. User data passed when adding the filter. Message flags used in #GDBusMessage. No flags set. A reply is not expected. The bus must not launch an owner for the destination name in response to this message. Header fields used in #GDBusMessage. Not a valid header field. The object path. The interface name. The method or signal name. The name of the error that occurred. The serial number the message is a reply to. The name the message is intended for. Unique name of the sender of the message (filled in by the bus). The signature of the message body. The number of UNIX file descriptors that accompany the message. Message types used in #GDBusMessage. Message is of invalid type. Method call. Method reply. Error reply. Signal emission. Information about a method on an D-Bus interface. If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases the reference count. The same @info. A #GDBusMethodInfo If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used is freed. A #GDBusMethodInfo. Instances of the #GDBusMethodInvocation class are used when handling D-Bus method calls. It provides a way to asynchronously return results and errors. The normal way to obtain a #GDBusMethodInvocation object is to receive it as an argument to the handle_method_call() function in a #GDBusInterfaceVTable that was passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). Gets the #GDBusConnection the method was invoked on. A #GDBusConnection. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets the name of the D-Bus interface the method was invoked on. A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets the #GDBusMessage for the method invocation. This is useful if you need to use low-level protocol features, such as UNIX file descriptor passing, that cannot be properly expressed in the #GVariant API. See <xref linkend="gdbus-server"/> and <xref linkend="gdbus-unix-fd-client"/> for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive UNIX file descriptors. #GDBusMessage. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets information about the method call, if any. A #GDBusMethodInfo or %NULL. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets the name of the method that was invoked. A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets the object path the method was invoked on. A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets the parameters of the method invocation. If there are no input parameters then this will return a GVariant with 0 children rather than NULL. A #GVariant tuple. Do not unref this because it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets the bus name that invoked the method. A string. Do not free, it is owned by @invocation. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Gets the @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). A #gpointer. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Finishes handling a D-Bus method call by returning an error. This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A valid D-Bus error name. A valid D-Bus error message. Finishes handling a D-Bus method call by returning an error. See g_dbus_error_encode_gerror() for details about what error name will be returned on the wire. In a nutshell, if the given error is registered using g_dbus_error_register_error() the name given during registration is used. Otherwise, a name of the form <literal>org.gtk.GDBus.UnmappedGError.Quark...</literal> is used. This provides transparent mapping of #GError between applications using GDBus. If you are writing an application intended to be portable, <emphasis>always</emphasis> register errors with g_dbus_error_register_error() or use g_dbus_method_invocation_return_dbus_error(). This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A #GQuark for the #GError error domain. The error code. printf()-style format. Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but without printf()-style formatting. This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A #GQuark for the #GError error domain. The error code. The error message. Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but intended for language bindings. This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A #GQuark for the #GError error domain. The error code. printf()-style format. #va_list of parameters for @format. Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but takes a #GError instead of the error domain, error code and message. This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A #GError. Finishes handling a D-Bus method call by returning @parameters. If the @parameters GVariant is floating, it is consumed. It is an error if @parameters is not of the right format. This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A #GVariant tuple with out parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing any parameters. Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_value() but also takes a #GUnixFDList. This method is only available on UNIX. This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A #GVariant tuple with out parameters for the method or %NULL if not passing any parameters. A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_gerror() but takes ownership of @error so the caller does not need to free it. This method will free @invocation, you cannot use it afterwards. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. A #GError. Information about nodes in a remote object hierarchy. Parses @xml_data and returns a #GDBusNodeInfo representing the data. The introspection XML must contain exactly one top-level <tag class="starttag">node</tag> element. Note that this routine is using a <link linkend="glib-Simple-XML-Subset-Parser.description">GMarkup</link>-based parser that only accepts a subset of valid XML documents. A #GDBusNodeInfo structure or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_dbus_node_info_unref(). Valid D-Bus introspection XML. Appends an XML representation of @info (and its children) to @string_builder. This function is typically used for generating introspection XML documents at run-time for handling the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Introspectable.Introspect</literal> method. A #GDBusNodeInfo. Indentation level. A #GString to to append XML data to. Looks up information about an interface. The cost of this function is O(n) in number of interfaces. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @info. A #GDBusNodeInfo. A D-Bus interface name. If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases the reference count. The same @info. A #GDBusNodeInfo If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used is freed. A #GDBusNodeInfo. The #GDBusObject type is the base type for D-Bus objects on both the service side (see #GDBusObjectSkeleton) and the client side (see #GDBusObjectProxy). It is essentially just a container of interfaces. Gets the D-Bus interface with name @interface_name associated with @object, if any. %NULL if not found, otherwise a #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). A D-Bus interface name. Gets the D-Bus interfaces associated with @object. A list of #GDBusInterface instances. The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed with g_object_unref(). Gets the object path for @object. A string owned by @object. Do not free. Gets the D-Bus interface with name @interface_name associated with @object, if any. %NULL if not found, otherwise a #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusObject. A D-Bus interface name. Gets the D-Bus interfaces associated with @object. A list of #GDBusInterface instances. The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusObject. Gets the object path for @object. A string owned by @object. Do not free. A #GDBusObject. Emitted when @interface is added to @object. The #GDBusInterface that was added. Emitted when @interface is removed from @object. The #GDBusInterface that was removed. Base object type for D-Bus objects. A string owned by @object. Do not free. A list of #GDBusInterface instances. The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed with g_object_unref(). %NULL if not found, otherwise a #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). A D-Bus interface name. The #GDBusObjectManager type is the base type for service- and client-side implementations of the standardized <ulink url="http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager">org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager</ulink> interface. See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side implementation and #GDBusObjectManagerServer for the service-side implementation. Gets the interface proxy for @interface_name at @object_path, if any. A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free with g_object_unref(). Object path to lookup. D-Bus interface name to lookup. Gets the #GDBusObjectProxy at @object_path, if any. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with g_object_unref(). Object path to lookup. Gets the object path that @manager is for. A string owned by @manager. Do not free. Gets all #GDBusObject objects known to @manager. A list of #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free() after each element has been freed with g_object_unref(). Gets the interface proxy for @interface_name at @object_path, if any. A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusObjectManager. Object path to lookup. D-Bus interface name to lookup. Gets the #GDBusObjectProxy at @object_path, if any. A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusObjectManager. Object path to lookup. Gets the object path that @manager is for. A string owned by @manager. Do not free. A #GDBusObjectManager. Gets all #GDBusObject objects known to @manager. A list of #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free() after each element has been freed with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusObjectManager. Emitted when @interface is added to @object. This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to connect signals to all objects managed by @manager. The #GDBusObject on which an interface was added. The #GDBusInterface that was added. Emitted when @interface has been removed from @object. This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to connect signals to all objects managed by @manager. The #GDBusObject on which an interface was removed. The #GDBusInterface that was removed. Emitted when @object is added to @manager. The #GDBusObject that was added. Emitted when @object is removed from @manager. The #GDBusObject that was removed. #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to create, monitor and delete object proxies for remote objects exported by a #GDBusObjectManagerServer (or any code implementing the <ulink url="http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager">org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager</ulink> interface). Once an instance of this type has been created, you can connect to the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added and #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals and inspect the #GDBusObjectProxy objects returned by g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects(). If the name for a #GDBusObjectManagerClient is not owned by anyone at object construction time, the default behavior is to request the message bus to launch an owner for the name. This behavior can be disabled using the %G_DBUS_OBJECT_MANAGER_CLIENT_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START flag. It's also worth noting that this only works if the name of interest is activatable in the first place. E.g. in some cases it is not possible to launch an owner for the requested name. In this case, #GDBusObjectManagerClient object construction still succeeds but there will be no object proxies (e.g. g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects() returns the empty list) and the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner property is %NULL. The owner of the requested name can come and go (for example consider a system service being restarted) – #GDBusObjectManagerClient handles this case too; simply connect to the #GObject::notify signal to watch for changes on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner property. When the name owner vanishes, the behavior is that #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is set to %NULL (this includes emission of the #GObject::notify signal) and then #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals are synthesized for all currently existing object proxies. Since #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is %NULL when this happens, you can use this information to disambiguate a synthesized signal from a genuine signal caused by object removal on the remote #GDBusObjectManager. Similarly, when a new name owner appears, #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signals are synthesized while #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is still %NULL. Only when all object proxies have been added, the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is set to the new name owner (this includes emission of the #GObject::notify signal). Furthermore, you are guaranteed that #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner will alternate between a name owner (e.g. <literal>:1.42</literal>) and %NULL even in the case where the name of interest is atomically replaced Ultimately, #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to obtain #GDBusProxy instances. All signals (including the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged</literal> signal) delivered to #GDBusProxy instances are guaranteed to originate from the name owner. This guarantee along with the behavior described above, means that certain race conditions including the <emphasis><quote>half the proxy is from the old owner and the other half is from the new owner</quote></emphasis> problem cannot happen. To avoid having the application connect to signals on the returned #GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects, the #GDBusObject::interface-added, #GDBusObject::interface-removed, #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed and #GDBusProxy::g-signal signals are also emitted on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient instance managing these objects. The signals emitted are #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added, #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed, #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed and #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal. Note that all callbacks and signals are emitted in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> that the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object was constructed in. Additionally, the #GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects originating from the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object will be created in the same context and, consequently, will deliver signals in the same main loop. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_object_manager_client_new(). A #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_object_manager_client_new(). Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus(). A #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus(). Like g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_sync() but takes a #GBusType instead of a #GDBusConnection. This is a synchronous failable constructor - the calling thread is blocked until a reply is received. See g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus() for the asynchronous version. A #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GBusType. Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name). The object path of the control object. A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL Creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerClient object. This is a synchronous failable constructor - the calling thread is blocked until a reply is received. See g_dbus_object_manager_client_new() for the asynchronous version. A #GDBusObjectManagerClient object or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusConnection. Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name), or %NULL when not using a message bus connection. The object path of the control object. A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL Asynchronously creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerClient object. This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is ready, @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_finish() to get the result. See g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_sync() for the synchronous version. A #GDBusConnection. Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name). The object path of the control object. A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. The data to pass to @callback. Like g_dbus_object_manager_client_new() but takes a #GBusType instead of a #GDBusConnection. This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is ready, @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_finish() to get the result. See g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_sync() for the synchronous version. A #GBusType. Zero or more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. The owner of the control object (unique or well-known name). The object path of the control object. A #GDBusProxyTypeFunc function or %NULL to always construct #GDBusProxy proxies. User data to pass to @get_proxy_type_func. Free function for @get_proxy_type_user_data or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. The data to pass to @callback. Gets the #GDBusConnection used by @manager. A #GDBusConnection object. Do not free, the object belongs to @manager. A #GDBusObjectManagerClient Gets the flags that @manager was constructed with. Zero of more flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. A #GDBusObjectManagerClient Gets the name that @manager is for, or %NULL if not a message bus connection. A unique or well-known name. Do not free, the string belongs to @manager. A #GDBusObjectManagerClient The unique name that owns the name that @manager is for or %NULL if no-one currently owns that name. You can connect to the #GObject::notify signal to track changes to the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner property. The name owner or %NULL if no name owner exists. Free with g_free(). A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. If this property is not %G_BUS_TYPE_NONE, then #GDBusObjectManagerClient:connection must be %NULL and will be set to the #GDBusConnection obtained by calling g_bus_get() with the value of this property. The #GDBusConnection to use. Flags from the #GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags enumeration. A #GDestroyNotify for the #gpointer user_data in #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-user-data. The #GDBusProxyTypeFunc to use when determining what #GType to use for interface proxies or %NULL. The #gpointer user_data to pass to #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-func. The well-known name or unique name that the manager is for. The unique name that owns #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name or %NULL if no-one is currently owning the name. Connect to the #GObject::notify signal to track changes to this property. The object path the manager is for. Emitted when one or more D-Bus properties on proxy changes. The local cache has already been updated when this signal fires. Note that both @changed_properties and @invalidated_properties are guaranteed to never be %NULL (either may be empty though). This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager. This signal is emitted in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> that @manager was constructed in. The #GDBusObjectProxy on which an interface has properties that are changing. The #GDBusProxy that has properties that are changing. A #GVariant containing the properties that changed. A %NULL terminated array of properties that was invalidated. Emitted when a D-Bus signal is received on @interface_proxy. This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager. This signal is emitted in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> that @manager was constructed in. The #GDBusObjectProxy on which an interface is emitting a D-Bus signal. The #GDBusProxy that is emitting a D-Bus signal. The sender of the signal or NULL if the connection is not a bus connection. The signal name. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerClient. Flags used when constructing a #GDBusObjectManagerClient. No flags set. If not set and the manager is for a well-known name, then request the bus to launch an owner for the name if no-one owns the name. This flag can only be used in managers for well-known names. Base type for D-Bus object managers. A string owned by @manager. Do not free. A list of #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free() after each element has been freed with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with g_object_unref(). Object path to lookup. A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free with g_object_unref(). Object path to lookup. D-Bus interface name to lookup. #GDBusObjectManagerServer is used to export #GDBusObject instances using the standardized <ulink url="http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager">org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager</ulink> interface. For example, remote D-Bus clients can get all objects and properties in a single call. Additionally, any change in the object hierarchy is broadcast using signals. This means that D-Bus clients can keep caches up to date by only listening to D-Bus signals. See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side code that is intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManagerServer or any D-Bus object implementing the org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager interface. Creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerServer object. The returned server isn't yet exported on any connection. To do so, use g_dbus_object_manager_server_set_connection(). Normally you want to export all of your objects before doing so to avoid <ulink url="http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager">InterfacesAdded</ulink> signals being emitted. A #GDBusObjectManagerServer object. Free with g_object_unref(). The object path to export the manager object at. Exports @object on @manager. If there is already a #GDBusObject exported at the object path, then the old object is removed. The object path for @object must be in the hierarchy rooted by the object path for @manager. Note that @manager will take a reference on @object for as long as it is exported. A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. Like g_dbus_object_manager_server_export() but appends a string of the form <literal>_N</literal> (with N being a natural number) to @object<!-- -->'s object path if an object with the given path already exists. As such, the #GDBusObjectProxy:g-object-path property of @object may be modified. A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. An object. Gets the #GDBusConnection used by @manager. A #GDBusConnection object or %NULL if @manager isn't exported on a connection. The returned object should be freed with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusObjectManagerServer Returns whether @object is currently exported on @manager. %TRUE if @object is exported A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. An object. Exports all objects managed by @manager on @connection. If @connection is %NULL, stops exporting objects. A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. A #GDBusConnection or %NULL. If @manager has an object at @path, removes the object. Otherwise does nothing. Note that @object_path must be in the hierarchy rooted by the object path for @manager. %TRUE if object at @object_path was removed, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusObjectManagerServer. An object path. The #GDBusConnection to export objects on. The object path to register the manager object at. Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerServer. A #GDBusObjectProxy is an object used to represent a remote object with one or more D-Bus interfaces. Normally, you don't instantiate a #GDBusObjectProxy yourself - typically #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to obtain it. Creates a new #GDBusObjectProxy for the given connection and object path. a new #GDBusObjectProxy a #GDBusConnection the object path Gets the connection that @proxy is for. A #GDBusConnection. Do not free, the object is owned by @proxy. a #GDBusObjectProxy The connection of the proxy. The object path of the proxy. Class structure for #GDBusObjectProxy. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton instance is essentially a group of D-Bus interfaces. The set of exported interfaces on the object may be dynamic and change at runtime. This type is intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManager. Creates a new #GDBusObjectSkeleton. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. Free with g_object_unref(). An object path. Adds @interface_ to @object. If @object already contains a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton with the same interface name, it is removed before @interface_ is added. Note that @object takes its own reference on @interface_ and holds it until removed. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. This method simply calls g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush() on all interfaces belonging to @object. See that method for when flushing is useful. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. Removes @interface_ from @object. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. Removes the #GDBusInterface with @interface_name from @object. If no D-Bus interface of the given interface exists, this function does nothing. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. A D-Bus interface name. Sets the object path for @object. A #GDBusObjectSkeleton. A valid D-Bus object path. The object path where the object is exported. Emitted when a method is invoked by a remote caller and used to determine if the method call is authorized. This signal is like #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton<!-- -->'s #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal, except that it is for the enclosing object. The default class handler just returns %TRUE. %TRUE if the call is authorized, %FALSE otherwise. The #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton that @invocation is for. A #GDBusMethodInvocation. Class structure for #GDBusObjectSkeleton. Information about a D-Bus property on a D-Bus interface. If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases the reference count. The same @info. A #GDBusPropertyInfo If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used is freed. A #GDBusPropertyInfo. Flags describing the access control of a D-Bus property. No flags set. Property is readable. Property is writable. #GDBusProxy is a base class used for proxies to access a D-Bus interface on a remote object. A #GDBusProxy can be constructed for both well-known and unique names. By default, #GDBusProxy will cache all properties (and listen to changes) of the remote object, and proxy all signals that gets emitted. This behaviour can be changed by passing suitable #GDBusProxyFlags when the proxy is created. If the proxy is for a well-known name, the property cache is flushed when the name owner vanishes and reloaded when a name owner appears. If a #GDBusProxy is used for a well-known name, the owner of the name is tracked and can be read from #GDBusProxy:g-name-owner. Connect to the #GObject::notify signal to get notified of changes. Additionally, only signals and property changes emitted from the current name owner are considered and calls are always sent to the current name owner. This avoids a number of race conditions when the name is lost by one owner and claimed by another. However, if no name owner currently exists, then calls will be sent to the well-known name which may result in the message bus launching an owner (unless %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START is set). The generic #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed and #GDBusProxy::g-signal signals are not very convenient to work with. Therefore, the recommended way of working with proxies is to subclass #GDBusProxy, and have more natural properties and signals in your derived class. See <xref linkend="gdbus-example-gdbus-codegen"/> for how this can easily be done using the <command><link linkend="gdbus-codegen">gdbus-codegen</link></command> tool. A #GDBusProxy instance can be used from multiple threads but note that all signals (e.g. #GDBusProxy::g-signal, #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed and #GObject::notify) are emitted in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread where the instance was constructed. <example id="gdbus-wellknown-proxy"><title>GDBusProxy for a well-known-name</title><programlisting><xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gdbus-example-watch-proxy.c"><xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback></xi:include></programlisting></example> Finishes creating a #GDBusProxy. A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback function passed to g_dbus_proxy_new(). Finishes creating a #GDBusProxy. A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback function passed to g_dbus_proxy_new_for_bus(). Like g_dbus_proxy_new_sync() but takes a #GBusType instead of a #GDBusConnection. See <xref linkend="gdbus-wellknown-proxy"/> for an example of how #GDBusProxy can be used. A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GBusType. Flags used when constructing the proxy. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. A bus name (well-known or unique). An object path. A D-Bus interface name. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Creates a proxy for accessing @interface_name on the remote object at @object_path owned by @name at @connection and synchronously loads D-Bus properties unless the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES flag is used. If the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS flag is not set, also sets up match rules for signals. Connect to the #GDBusProxy::g-signal signal to handle signals from the remote object. If @name is a well-known name and the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START flag isn't set and no name owner currently exists, the message bus will be requested to launch a name owner for the name. This is a synchronous failable constructor. See g_dbus_proxy_new() and g_dbus_proxy_new_finish() for the asynchronous version. See <xref linkend="gdbus-wellknown-proxy"/> for an example of how #GDBusProxy can be used. A #GDBusProxy or %NULL if error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GDBusConnection. Flags used when constructing the proxy. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. A bus name (well-known or unique) or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. An object path. A D-Bus interface name. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Creates a proxy for accessing @interface_name on the remote object at @object_path owned by @name at @connection and asynchronously loads D-Bus properties unless the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES flag is used. Connect to the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal to get notified about property changes. If the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS flag is not set, also sets up match rules for signals. Connect to the #GDBusProxy::g-signal signal to handle signals from the remote object. If @name is a well-known name and the %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START flag isn't set and no name owner currently exists, the message bus will be requested to launch a name owner for the name. This is a failable asynchronous constructor - when the proxy is ready, @callback will be invoked and you can use g_dbus_proxy_new_finish() to get the result. See g_dbus_proxy_new_sync() and for a synchronous version of this constructor. See <xref linkend="gdbus-wellknown-proxy"/> for an example of how #GDBusProxy can be used. A #GDBusConnection. Flags used when constructing the proxy. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. A bus name (well-known or unique) or %NULL if @connection is not a message bus connection. An object path. A D-Bus interface name. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Callback function to invoke when the proxy is ready. User data to pass to @callback. Like g_dbus_proxy_new() but takes a #GBusType instead of a #GDBusConnection. See <xref linkend="gdbus-wellknown-proxy"/> for an example of how #GDBusProxy can be used. A #GBusType. Flags used when constructing the proxy. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo specifying the minimal interface that @proxy conforms to or %NULL. A bus name (well-known or unique). An object path. A D-Bus interface name. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Callback function to invoke when the proxy is ready. User data to pass to @callback. Asynchronously invokes the @method_name method on @proxy. If @method_name contains any dots, then @name is split into interface and method name parts. This allows using @proxy for invoking methods on other interfaces. If the #GDBusConnection associated with @proxy is closed then the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters contains a value not compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: |[ g_dbus_proxy_call (proxy, "TwoStrings", g_variant_new ("(ss)", "Thing One", "Thing Two"), G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, -1, NULL, (GAsyncReadyCallback) two_strings_done, &amp;data); ]| If @proxy has an expected interface (see #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @method_name is referenced by it, then the return value is checked against the return type. This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call g_dbus_proxy_call_finish() to get the result of the operation. See g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() for the synchronous version of this method. If @callback is %NULL then the D-Bus method call message will be sent with the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_FLAGS_NO_REPLY_EXPECTED flag set. A #GDBusProxy. Name of method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal or %NULL if not passing parameters. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result of the method invocation. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_proxy_call(). %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusProxy. A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_proxy_call(). Synchronously invokes the @method_name method on @proxy. If @method_name contains any dots, then @name is split into interface and method name parts. This allows using @proxy for invoking methods on other interfaces. If the #GDBusConnection associated with @proxy is disconnected then the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. If @cancellable is canceled, the operation will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If @parameters contains a value not compatible with the D-Bus protocol, the operation fails with %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. If the @parameters #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g.: |[ g_dbus_proxy_call_sync (proxy, "TwoStrings", g_variant_new ("(ss)", "Thing One", "Thing Two"), G_DBUS_CALL_FLAGS_NONE, -1, NULL, &amp;error); ]| The calling thread is blocked until a reply is received. See g_dbus_proxy_call() for the asynchronous version of this method. If @proxy has an expected interface (see #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @method_name is referenced by it, then the return value is checked against the return type. %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusProxy. Name of method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal or %NULL if not passing parameters. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Like g_dbus_proxy_call() but also takes a #GUnixFDList object. This method is only available on UNIX. A #GDBusProxy. Name of method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal or %NULL if not passing parameters. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result of the method invocation. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_proxy_call_with_unix_fd_list(). %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusProxy. Return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL. A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_proxy_call_with_unix_fd_list(). Like g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects. This method is only available on UNIX. %NULL if @error is set. Otherwise a #GVariant tuple with return values. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusProxy. Name of method to invoke. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal or %NULL if not passing parameters. Flags from the #GDBusCallFlags enumeration. The timeout in milliseconds (with %G_MAXINT meaning "infinite") or -1 to use the proxy default timeout. A #GUnixFDList or %NULL. Return location for a #GUnixFDList or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Looks up the value for a property from the cache. This call does no blocking IO. If @proxy has an expected interface (see #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @property_name is referenced by it, then @value is checked against the type of the property. A reference to the #GVariant instance that holds the value for @property_name or %NULL if the value is not in the cache. The returned reference must be freed with g_variant_unref(). A #GDBusProxy. Property name. Gets the names of all cached properties on @proxy. A %NULL-terminated array of strings or %NULL if @proxy has no cached properties. Free the returned array with g_strfreev(). A #GDBusProxy. Gets the connection @proxy is for. A #GDBusConnection owned by @proxy. Do not free. A #GDBusProxy. Gets the timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is passed as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. See the #GDBusProxy:g-default-timeout property for more details. Timeout to use for @proxy. A #GDBusProxy. Gets the flags that @proxy was constructed with. Flags from the #GDBusProxyFlags enumeration. A #GDBusProxy. Returns the #GDBusInterfaceInfo, if any, specifying the interface that @proxy conforms to. See the #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info property for more details. A #GDBusInterfaceInfo or %NULL. Do not unref the returned object, it is owned by @proxy. A #GDBusProxy Gets the D-Bus interface name @proxy is for. A string owned by @proxy. Do not free. A #GDBusProxy. Gets the name that @proxy was constructed for. A string owned by @proxy. Do not free. A #GDBusProxy. The unique name that owns the name that @proxy is for or %NULL if no-one currently owns that name. You may connect to the #GObject::notify signal to track changes to the #GDBusProxy:g-name-owner property. The name owner or %NULL if no name owner exists. Free with g_free(). A #GDBusProxy. Gets the object path @proxy is for. A string owned by @proxy. Do not free. A #GDBusProxy. If @value is not %NULL, sets the cached value for the property with name @property_name to the value in @value. If @value is %NULL, then the cached value is removed from the property cache. If @proxy has an expected interface (see #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @property_name is referenced by it, then @value is checked against the type of the property. If the @value #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. This allows convenient 'inline' use of g_variant_new(), e.g. |[ g_dbus_proxy_set_cached_property (proxy, "SomeProperty", g_variant_new ("(si)", "A String", 42)); ]| Normally you will not need to use this method since @proxy is tracking changes using the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.PropertiesChanged</literal> D-Bus signal. However, for performance reasons an object may decide to not use this signal for some properties and instead use a proprietary out-of-band mechanism to transmit changes. As a concrete example, consider an object with a property <literal>ChatroomParticipants</literal> which is an array of strings. Instead of transmitting the same (long) array every time the property changes, it is more efficient to only transmit the delta using e.g. signals <literal>ChatroomParticipantJoined(String name)</literal> and <literal>ChatroomParticipantParted(String name)</literal>. A #GDBusProxy Property name. Value for the property or %NULL to remove it from the cache. Sets the timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is passed as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. See the #GDBusProxy:g-default-timeout property for more details. A #GDBusProxy. Timeout in milliseconds. Ensure that interactions with @proxy conform to the given interface. See the #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info property for more details. A #GDBusProxy Minimum interface this proxy conforms to or %NULL to unset. If this property is not %G_BUS_TYPE_NONE, then #GDBusProxy:g-connection must be %NULL and will be set to the #GDBusConnection obtained by calling g_bus_get() with the value of this property. The #GDBusConnection the proxy is for. The timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is passed as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. This allows applications to set a proxy-wide timeout for all remote method invocations on the proxy. If this property is -1, the default timeout (typically 25 seconds) is used. If set to %G_MAXINT, then no timeout is used. Flags from the #GDBusProxyFlags enumeration. Ensure that interactions with this proxy conform to the given interface. This is mainly to ensure that malformed data received from the other peer is ignored. The given #GDBusInterfaceInfo is said to be the <emphasis>expected interface</emphasis>. The checks performed are: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> When completing a method call, if the type signature of the reply message isn't what's expected, the reply is discarded and the #GError is set to %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Received signals that have a type signature mismatch are dropped and a warning is logged via g_warning(). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Properties received via the initial <literal>GetAll()</literal> call or via the <literal>::PropertiesChanged</literal> signal (on the <ulink url="http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties">org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties</ulink> interface) or set using g_dbus_proxy_set_cached_property() with a type signature mismatch are ignored and a warning is logged via g_warning(). </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Note that these checks are never done on methods, signals and properties that are not referenced in the given #GDBusInterfaceInfo, since extending a D-Bus interface on the service-side is not considered an ABI break. The D-Bus interface name the proxy is for. The well-known or unique name that the proxy is for. The unique name that owns #GDBusProxy:g-name or %NULL if no-one currently owns that name. You may connect to #GObject::notify signal to track changes to this property. The object path the proxy is for. Emitted when one or more D-Bus properties on @proxy changes. The local cache has already been updated when this signal fires. Note that both @changed_properties and @invalidated_properties are guaranteed to never be %NULL (either may be empty though). If the proxy has the flag %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_GET_INVALIDATED_PROPERTIES set, then @invalidated_properties will always be empty. This signal corresponds to the <literal>PropertiesChanged</literal> D-Bus signal on the <literal>org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties</literal> interface. A #GVariant containing the properties that changed A %NULL terminated array of properties that was invalidated Emitted when a signal from the remote object and interface that @proxy is for, has been received. The sender of the signal or %NULL if the connection is not a bus connection. The name of the signal. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. Class structure for #GDBusProxy. Flags used when constructing an instance of a #GDBusProxy derived class. No flags set. Don't load properties. Don't connect to signals on the remote object. If not set and the proxy if for a well-known name, then request the bus to launch an owner for the name if no-one owns the name. This flag can only be used in proxies for well-known names. If set, the property value for any <emphasis>invalidated property</emphasis> will be (asynchronously) retrieved upon receiving the <ulink url="http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties">PropertiesChanged</ulink> D-Bus signal and the property will not cause emission of the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal. When the value is received the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal is emitted for the property along with the retrieved value. Since 2.32. Function signature for a function used to determine the #GType to use for an interface proxy (if @interface_name is not %NULL) or object proxy (if @interface_name is %NULL). This function is called in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> that @manager was constructed in. A #GType to use for the remote object. The returned type must be a #GDBusProxy<!-- -->- or #GDBusObjectProxy<!-- -->-derived type. A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. The object path of the remote object. The interface name of the remote object or %NULL if a #GDBusObjectProxy #GType is requested. User data. Flags used when sending #GDBusMessage<!-- -->s on a #GDBusConnection. No flags set. Do not automatically assign a serial number from the #GDBusConnection object when sending a message. #GDBusServer is a helper for listening to and accepting D-Bus connections. This can be used to create a new D-Bus server, allowing two peers to use the D-Bus protocol for their own specialized communication. A server instance provided in this way will not perform message routing or implement the org.freedesktop.DBus interface. To just export an object on a well-known name on a message bus, such as the session or system bus, you should instead use g_bus_own_name(). <example id="gdbus-peer-to-peer"><title>D-Bus peer-to-peer example</title><programlisting><xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gdbus-example-peer.c"><xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback></xi:include></programlisting></example> Creates a new D-Bus server that listens on the first address in @address that works. Once constructed, you can use g_dbus_server_get_client_address() to get a D-Bus address string that clients can use to connect. Connect to the #GDBusServer::new-connection signal to handle incoming connections. The returned #GDBusServer isn't active - you have to start it with g_dbus_server_start(). See <xref linkend="gdbus-peer-to-peer"/> for how #GDBusServer can be used. This is a synchronous failable constructor. See g_dbus_server_new() for the asynchronous version. A #GDBusServer or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A D-Bus address. Flags from the #GDBusServerFlags enumeration. A D-Bus GUID. A #GDBusAuthObserver or %NULL. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Gets a D-Bus address string that can be used by clients to connect to @server. A D-Bus address string. Do not free, the string is owned by @server. A #GDBusServer. Gets the flags for @server. A set of flags from the #GDBusServerFlags enumeration. A #GDBusServer. Gets the GUID for @server. A D-Bus GUID. Do not free this string, it is owned by @server. A #GDBusServer. Gets whether @server is active. %TRUE if server is active, %FALSE otherwise. A #GDBusServer. Starts @server. A #GDBusServer. Stops @server. A #GDBusServer. Whether the server is currently active. The D-Bus address to listen on. A #GDBusAuthObserver object to assist in the authentication process or %NULL. The D-Bus address that clients can use. Flags from the #GDBusServerFlags enumeration. The guid of the server. Emitted when a new authenticated connection has been made. Use g_dbus_connection_get_peer_credentials() to figure out what identity (if any), was authenticated. If you want to accept the connection, take a reference to the @connection object and return %TRUE. When you are done with the connection call g_dbus_connection_close() and give up your reference. Note that the other peer may disconnect at any time - a typical thing to do when accepting a connection is to listen to the #GDBusConnection::closed signal. If #GDBusServer:flags contains %G_DBUS_SERVER_FLAGS_RUN_IN_THREAD then the signal is emitted in a new thread dedicated to the connection. Otherwise the signal is emitted in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread that @server was constructed in. You are guaranteed that signal handlers for this signal runs before incoming messages on @connection are processed. This means that it's suitable to call g_dbus_connection_register_object() or similar from the signal handler. %TRUE to claim @connection, %FALSE to let other handlers run. A #GDBusConnection for the new connection. Flags used when creating a #GDBusServer. No flags set. All #GDBusServer::new-connection signals will run in separated dedicated threads (see signal for details). Allow the anonymous authentication method. Signature for callback function used in g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name of the sender of the signal. The object path that the signal was emitted on. The name of the interface. The name of the signal. A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. User data passed when subscribing to the signal. Flags used when subscribing to signals via g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). No flags set. Don't actually send the AddMatch D-Bus call for this signal subscription. This gives you more control over which match rules you add (but you must add them manually). Information about a signal on a D-Bus interface. If @info is statically allocated does nothing. Otherwise increases the reference count. The same @info. A #GDBusSignalInfo If @info is statically allocated, does nothing. Otherwise decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used is freed. A #GDBusSignalInfo. The type of the @dispatch function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). A #GDBusInterfaceVTable or %NULL if you don't want to handle the methods. A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name of the remote caller. The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). The D-Bus interface name that the method call or property access is for. A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. Return location for user data to pass to functions in the returned #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). The type of the @enumerate function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. This function is called when generating introspection data and also when preparing to dispatch incoming messages in the event that the %G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is not specified (ie: to verify that the object path is valid). Hierarchies are not supported; the items that you return should not contain the '/' character. The return value will be freed with g_strfreev(). A newly allocated array of strings for node names that are children of @object_path. A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name of the remote caller. The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). Flags passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). No flags set. Method calls to objects not in the enumerated range will still be dispatched. This is useful if you want to dynamically spawn objects in the subtree. The type of the @introspect function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). This function should return %NULL to indicate that there is no object at this node. If this function returns non-%NULL, the return value is expected to be a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo structures describing the interfaces implemented by @node. This array will have g_dbus_interface_info_unref() called on each item before being freed with g_free(). The difference between returning %NULL and an array containing zero items is that the standard DBus interfaces will returned to the remote introspector in the empty array case, but not in the %NULL case. A %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo, or %NULL. A #GDBusConnection. The unique bus name of the remote caller. The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). Virtual table for handling subtrees registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). Extension point for default handler to URI association. See <link linkend="extending-gio">Extending GIO</link>. Data input stream implements #GInputStream and includes functions for reading structured data directly from a binary input stream. Creates a new data input stream for the @base_stream. a new #GDataInputStream. a #GInputStream. Gets the byte order for the data input stream. the @stream's current #GDataStreamByteOrder. a given #GDataInputStream. Gets the current newline type for the @stream. #GDataStreamNewlineType for the given @stream. a given #GDataInputStream. Reads an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value from @stream. an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value read from the @stream or %0 if an error occurred. a given #GDataInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads a 16-bit/2-byte value from @stream. In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). a signed 16-bit/2-byte value read from @stream or %0 if an error occurred. a given #GDataInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads a signed 32-bit/4-byte value from @stream. In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a signed 32-bit/4-byte value read from the @stream or %0 if an error occurred. a given #GDataInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads a 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream. In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a signed 64-bit/8-byte value read from @stream or %0 if an error occurred. a given #GDataInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads a line from the data input stream. Note that no encoding checks or conversion is performed; the input is not guaranteed to be UTF-8, and may in fact have embedded NUL characters. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a NUL terminated byte array with the line that was read in (without the newlines). Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the read line. On an error, it will return %NULL and @error will be set. If there's no content to read, it will still return %NULL, but @error won't be set. a given #GDataInputStream. a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_line(). It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_data_input_stream_read_line_finish() to get the result of the operation. a given #GDataInputStream. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied. the data to pass to callback function. Finish an asynchronous call started by g_data_input_stream_read_line_async(). Note the warning about string encoding in g_data_input_stream_read_line() applies here as well. a NUL-terminated byte array with the line that was read in (without the newlines). Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the read line. On an error, it will return %NULL and @error will be set. If there's no content to read, it will still return %NULL, but @error won't be set. a given #GDataInputStream. the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback. a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. Finish an asynchronous call started by g_data_input_stream_read_line_async(). a string with the line that was read in (without the newlines). Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the read line. On an error, it will return %NULL and @error will be set. For UTF-8 conversion errors, the set error domain is %G_CONVERT_ERROR. If there's no content to read, it will still return %NULL, but @error won't be set. a given #GDataInputStream. the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback. a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. Reads a UTF-8 encoded line from the data input stream. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a NUL terminated UTF-8 string with the line that was read in (without the newlines). Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the read line. On an error, it will return %NULL and @error will be set. For UTF-8 conversion errors, the set error domain is %G_CONVERT_ERROR. If there's no content to read, it will still return %NULL, but @error won't be set. a given #GDataInputStream. a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads an unsigned 16-bit/2-byte value from @stream. In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). an unsigned 16-bit/2-byte value read from the @stream or %0 if an error occurred. a given #GDataInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads an unsigned 32-bit/4-byte value from @stream. In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. an unsigned 32-bit/4-byte value read from the @stream or %0 if an error occurred. a given #GDataInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream. In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation, see g_data_input_stream_get_byte_order(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte read from @stream or %0 if an error occurred. a given #GDataInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Reads a string from the data input stream, up to the first occurrence of any of the stop characters. Note that, in contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until_async(), this function consumes the stop character that it finds. Don't use this function in new code. Its functionality is inconsistent with g_data_input_stream_read_until_async(). Both functions will be marked as deprecated in a future release. Use g_data_input_stream_read_upto() instead, but note that that function does not consume the stop character. a string with the data that was read before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will return %NULL on an error. a given #GDataInputStream. characters to terminate the read. a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_until(). It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. Note that, in contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until(), this function does not consume the stop character that it finds. You must read it for yourself. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_data_input_stream_read_until_finish() to get the result of the operation. Don't use this function in new code. Its functionality is inconsistent with g_data_input_stream_read_until(). Both functions will be marked as deprecated in a future release. Use g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async() instead. a given #GDataInputStream. characters to terminate the read. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied. the data to pass to callback function. Finish an asynchronous call started by g_data_input_stream_read_until_async(). a string with the data that was read before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will return %NULL on an error. a given #GDataInputStream. the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback. a #gsize to get the length of the data read in. Reads a string from the data input stream, up to the first occurrence of any of the stop characters. In contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until(), this function does <emphasis>not</emphasis> consume the stop character. You have to use g_data_input_stream_read_byte() to get it before calling g_data_input_stream_read_upto() again. Note that @stop_chars may contain '\0' if @stop_chars_len is specified. a string with the data that was read before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will return %NULL on an error a #GDataInputStream characters to terminate the read length of @stop_chars. May be -1 if @stop_chars is nul-terminated a #gsize to get the length of the data read in optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_upto(). It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. In contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until(), this function does <emphasis>not</emphasis> consume the stop character. You have to use g_data_input_stream_read_byte() to get it before calling g_data_input_stream_read_upto() again. Note that @stop_chars may contain '\0' if @stop_chars_len is specified. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_data_input_stream_read_upto_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GDataInputStream characters to terminate the read length of @stop_chars. May be -1 if @stop_chars is nul-terminated the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finish an asynchronous call started by g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async(). Note that this function does <emphasis>not</emphasis> consume the stop character. You have to use g_data_input_stream_read_byte() to get it before calling g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async() again. a string with the data that was read before encountering any of the stop characters. Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the string. This function will return %NULL on an error. a #GDataInputStream the #GAsyncResult that was provided to the callback a #gsize to get the length of the data read in This function sets the byte order for the given @stream. All subsequent reads from the @stream will be read in the given @order. a given #GDataInputStream. a #GDataStreamByteOrder to set. Sets the newline type for the @stream. Note that using G_DATA_STREAM_NEWLINE_TYPE_ANY is slightly unsafe. If a read chunk ends in "CR" we must read an additional byte to know if this is "CR" or "CR LF", and this might block if there is no more data available. a #GDataInputStream. the type of new line return as #GDataStreamNewlineType. Data output stream implements #GOutputStream and includes functions for writing data directly to an output stream. Creates a new data output stream for @base_stream. #GDataOutputStream. a #GOutputStream. Gets the byte order for the stream. the #GDataStreamByteOrder for the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. Puts a byte into the output stream. %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a #guchar. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Puts a signed 16-bit integer into the output stream. %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a #gint16. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Puts a signed 32-bit integer into the output stream. %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a #gint32. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Puts a signed 64-bit integer into the stream. %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a #gint64. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Puts a string into the output stream. %TRUE if @string was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Puts an unsigned 16-bit integer into the output stream. %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a #guint16. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Puts an unsigned 32-bit integer into the stream. %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a #guint32. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Puts an unsigned 64-bit integer into the stream. %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream. a #GDataOutputStream. a #guint64. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Sets the byte order of the data output stream to @order. a #GDataOutputStream. a %GDataStreamByteOrder. Determines the byte ordering that is used when writing multi-byte entities (such as integers) to the stream. #GDataStreamByteOrder is used to ensure proper endianness of streaming data sources across various machine architectures. Selects Big Endian byte order. Selects Little Endian byte order. Selects endianness based on host machine's architecture. #GDataStreamNewlineType is used when checking for or setting the line endings for a given file. Selects "LF" line endings, common on most modern UNIX platforms. Selects "CR" line endings. Selects "CR, LF" line ending, common on Microsoft Windows. Automatically try to handle any line ending type. #GDesktopAppInfo is an implementation of #GAppInfo based on desktop files. Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gdesktopappinfo.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo based on a desktop file id. A desktop file id is the basename of the desktop file, including the .desktop extension. GIO is looking for a desktop file with this name in the <filename>applications</filename> subdirectories of the XDG data directories (i.e. the directories specified in the <envar>XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> and <envar>XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> environment variables). GIO also supports the prefix-to-subdirectory mapping that is described in the <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/menu-spec/latest/">Menu Spec</ulink> (i.e. a desktop id of kde-foo.desktop will match <filename>/usr/share/applications/kde/foo.desktop</filename>). a new #GDesktopAppInfo, or %NULL if no desktop file with that id the desktop file id Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo. a new #GDesktopAppInfo or %NULL on error. the path of a desktop file, in the GLib filename encoding Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo. a new #GDesktopAppInfo or %NULL on error. an opened #GKeyFile Sets the name of the desktop that the application is running in. This is used by g_app_info_should_show() and g_desktop_app_info_get_show_in() to evaluate the <literal>OnlyShowIn</literal> and <literal>NotShowIn</literal> desktop entry fields. The <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/menu-spec/latest/">Desktop Menu specification</ulink> recognizes the following: <simplelist> <member>GNOME</member> <member>KDE</member> <member>ROX</member> <member>XFCE</member> <member>LXDE</member> <member>Unity</member> <member>Old</member> </simplelist> Should be called only once; subsequent calls are ignored. a string specifying what desktop this is Looks up a boolean value in the keyfile backing @info. The @key is looked up in the "Desktop Entry" group. the boolean value, or %FALSE if the key is not found a #GDesktopAppInfo the key to look up Gets the categories from the desktop file. The unparsed Categories key from the desktop file; i.e. no attempt is made to split it by ';' or validate it. a #GDesktopAppInfo When @info was created from a known filename, return it. In some situations such as the #GDesktopAppInfo returned from g_desktop_app_info_new_from_keyfile(), this function will return %NULL. The full path to the file for @info, or %NULL if not known. a #GDesktopAppInfo Gets the generic name from the destkop file. The value of the GenericName key a #GDesktopAppInfo A desktop file is hidden if the Hidden key in it is set to True. %TRUE if hidden, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDesktopAppInfo. Gets the keywords from the desktop file. The value of the Keywords key a #GDesktopAppInfo Gets the value of the NoDisplay key, which helps determine if the application info should be shown in menus. See #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_NO_DISPLAY and g_app_info_should_show(). The value of the NoDisplay key a #GDesktopAppInfo Checks if the application info should be shown in menus that list available applications for a specific name of the desktop, based on the <literal>OnlyShowIn</literal> and <literal>NotShowIn</literal> keys. If @desktop_env is %NULL, then the name of the desktop set with g_desktop_app_info_set_desktop_env() is used. Note that g_app_info_should_show() for @info will include this check (with %NULL for @desktop_env) as well as additional checks. %TRUE if the @info should be shown in @desktop_env according to the <literal>OnlyShowIn</literal> and <literal>NotShowIn</literal> keys, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDesktopAppInfo a string specifying a desktop name Retrieves the StartupWMClass field from @info. This represents the WM_CLASS property of the main window of the application, if launched through @info. the startup WM class, or %NULL if none is set in the desktop file. a #GDesktopAppInfo that supports startup notify Looks up a string value in the keyfile backing @info. The @key is looked up in the "Desktop Entry" group. a newly allocated string, or %NULL if the key is not found a #GDesktopAppInfo the key to look up Returns whether @key exists in the "Desktop Entry" group of the keyfile backing @info. %TRUE if the @key exists a #GDesktopAppInfo the key to look up This function performs the equivalent of g_app_info_launch_uris(), but is intended primarily for operating system components that launch applications. Ordinary applications should use g_app_info_launch_uris(). In contrast to g_app_info_launch_uris(), all processes created will always be run directly as children as if by the UNIX fork()/exec() calls. This guarantee allows additional control over the exact environment of the child processes, which is provided via a setup function @user_setup, as well as the process identifier of each child process via @pid_callback. See g_spawn_async() for more information about the semantics of the @user_setup function. %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDesktopAppInfo List of URIs a #GAppLaunchContext #GSpawnFlags, used for each process a #GSpawnChildSetupFunc, used once for each process. User data for @user_setup Callback for child processes User data for @callback The origin filename of this #GDesktopAppInfo Interface that is used by backends to associate default handlers with URI schemes. Gets the default application for launching applications using this URI scheme for a particular GDesktopAppInfoLookup implementation. The GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface and this function is used to implement g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme() backends in a GIO module. There is no reason for applications to use it directly. Applications should use g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme(). #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. a string containing a URI scheme. Gets the default application for launching applications using this URI scheme for a particular GDesktopAppInfoLookup implementation. The GDesktopAppInfoLookup interface and this function is used to implement g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme() backends in a GIO module. There is no reason for applications to use it directly. Applications should use g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme(). #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup a string containing a URI scheme. #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. a string containing a URI scheme. During invocation, g_desktop_app_info_launch_uris_as_manager() may create one or more child processes. This callback is invoked once for each, providing the process ID. a #GDesktopAppInfo Process identifier User data #GDrive - this represent a piece of hardware connected to the machine. It's generally only created for removable hardware or hardware with removable media. #GDrive is a container class for #GVolume objects that stem from the same piece of media. As such, #GDrive abstracts a drive with (or without) removable media and provides operations for querying whether media is available, determining whether media change is automatically detected and ejecting the media. If the #GDrive reports that media isn't automatically detected, one can poll for media; typically one should not do this periodically as a poll for media operation is potententially expensive and may spin up the drive creating noise. #GDrive supports starting and stopping drives with authentication support for the former. This can be used to support a diverse set of use cases including connecting/disconnecting iSCSI devices, powering down external disk enclosures and starting/stopping multi-disk devices such as RAID devices. Note that the actual semantics and side-effects of starting/stopping a #GDrive may vary according to implementation. To choose the correct verbs in e.g. a file manager, use g_drive_get_start_stop_type(). For porting from GnomeVFS note that there is no equivalent of #GDrive in that API. Checks if a drive can be ejected. %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. Checks if a drive can be polled for media changes. %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, %FALSE otherwise. Checks if a drive can be started. %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. Checks if a drive can be started degraded. %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. Checks if a drive can be stopped. %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. Asynchronously ejects a drive. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_eject_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes ejecting a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Ejects a drive. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @drive and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a drive. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the kinds of identifiers that @drive has. Use g_drive_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers themselves. a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. Gets the icon for @drive. #GIcon for the @drive. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). Gets the identifier of the given kind for @drive. a newly allocated string containing the requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive doesn't have this kind of identifier. the kind of identifier to return Gets the name of @drive. a string containing @drive's name. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. Gets the sort key for @drive, if any. Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. Gets a hint about how a drive can be started/stopped. A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. Gets the icon for @drive. symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). Get a list of mountable volumes for @drive. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. Checks if the @drive has media. Note that the OS may not be polling the drive for media changes; see g_drive_is_media_check_automatic() for more details. %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. Check if @drive has any mountable volumes. %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. Checks if @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes. %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes, %FALSE otherwise. Checks if the @drive supports removable media. %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. Asynchronously polls @drive to see if media has been inserted or removed. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_poll_for_media_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes an operation started with g_drive_poll_for_media() on a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Asynchronously starts a drive. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_start_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. flags affecting the start operation. a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes starting a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Asynchronously stops a drive. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_stop_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. flags affecting the unmount if required for stopping. a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes stopping a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Checks if a drive can be ejected. %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Checks if a drive can be polled for media changes. %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Checks if a drive can be started. %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Checks if a drive can be started degraded. %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Checks if a drive can be stopped. %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Asynchronously ejects a drive. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_eject_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. a #GDrive. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes ejecting a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. a #GAsyncResult. Ejects a drive. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @drive and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. a #GDrive. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a drive. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the kinds of identifiers that @drive has. Use g_drive_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers themselves. a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. a #GDrive Gets the icon for @drive. #GIcon for the @drive. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GDrive. Gets the identifier of the given kind for @drive. a newly allocated string containing the requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive doesn't have this kind of identifier. a #GDrive the kind of identifier to return Gets the name of @drive. a string containing @drive's name. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. a #GDrive. Gets the sort key for @drive, if any. Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. A #GDrive. Gets a hint about how a drive can be started/stopped. A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. a #GDrive. Gets the icon for @drive. symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GDrive. Get a list of mountable volumes for @drive. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. a #GDrive. Checks if the @drive has media. Note that the OS may not be polling the drive for media changes; see g_drive_is_media_check_automatic() for more details. %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Check if @drive has any mountable volumes. %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Checks if @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes. %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Checks if the @drive supports removable media. %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. Asynchronously polls @drive to see if media has been inserted or removed. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_poll_for_media_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. a #GDrive. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes an operation started with g_drive_poll_for_media() on a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. a #GAsyncResult. Asynchronously starts a drive. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_start_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. a #GDrive. flags affecting the start operation. a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes starting a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. a #GAsyncResult. Asynchronously stops a drive. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_drive_stop_finish() to obtain the result of the operation. a #GDrive. flags affecting the unmount if required for stopping. a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback Finishes stopping a drive. %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GDrive. a #GAsyncResult. Emitted when the drive's state has changed. This signal is emitted when the #GDrive have been disconnected. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized. Emitted when the physical eject button (if any) of a drive has been pressed. Emitted when the physical stop button (if any) of a drive has been pressed. Interface for creating #GDrive implementations. a string containing @drive's name. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. #GIcon for the @drive. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, %FALSE otherwise. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. a newly allocated string containing the requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive doesn't have this kind of identifier. the kind of identifier to return a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. flags affecting the start operation. a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. flags affecting the unmount if required for stopping. a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data to pass to @callback %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). Flags used when starting a drive. No flags set. Enumeration describing how a drive can be started/stopped. Unknown or drive doesn't support start/stop. The stop method will physically shut down the drive and e.g. power down the port the drive is attached to. The start/stop methods are used for connecting/disconnect to the drive over the network. The start/stop methods will assemble/disassemble a virtual drive from several physical drives. The start/stop methods will unlock/lock the disk (for example using the ATA <quote>SECURITY UNLOCK DEVICE</quote> command) #GEmblem is an implementation of #GIcon that supports having an emblem, which is an icon with additional properties. It can than be added to a #GEmblemedIcon. Currently, only metainformation about the emblem's origin is supported. More may be added in the future. Creates a new emblem for @icon. a new #GEmblem. a GIcon containing the icon. Creates a new emblem for @icon. a new #GEmblem. a GIcon containing the icon. a GEmblemOrigin enum defining the emblem's origin Gives back the icon from @emblem. a #GIcon. The returned object belongs to the emblem and should not be modified or freed. a #GEmblem from which the icon should be extracted. Gets the origin of the emblem. the origin of the emblem a #GEmblem GEmblemOrigin is used to add information about the origin of the emblem to #GEmblem. Emblem of unknown origin Emblem adds device-specific information Emblem depicts live metadata, such as "readonly" Emblem comes from a user-defined tag, e.g. set by nautilus (in the future) #GEmblemedIcon is an implementation of #GIcon that supports adding an emblem to an icon. Adding multiple emblems to an icon is ensured via g_emblemed_icon_add_emblem(). Note that #GEmblemedIcon allows no control over the position of the emblems. See also #GEmblem for more information. Creates a new emblemed icon for @icon with the emblem @emblem. a new #GIcon a #GIcon a #GEmblem, or %NULL Adds @emblem to the #GList of #GEmblem <!-- -->s. a #GEmblemedIcon a #GEmblem Removes all the emblems from @icon. a #GEmblemedIcon Gets the list of emblems for the @icon. a #GList of #GEmblem <!-- -->s that is owned by @emblemed a #GEmblemedIcon Gets the main icon for @emblemed. a #GIcon that is owned by @emblemed a #GEmblemedIcon A key in the "access" namespace for checking deletion privileges. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to delete the file. A key in the "access" namespace for getting execution privileges. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to execute the file. A key in the "access" namespace for getting read privileges. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to read the file. A key in the "access" namespace for checking renaming privileges. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to rename the file. A key in the "access" namespace for checking trashing privileges. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to move the file to the trash. A key in the "access" namespace for getting write privileges. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to write to the file. A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's archive flag is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the archive flag is set. This attribute is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's backup flag is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the backup flag is set. This attribute is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "etag" namespace for getting the value of the file's entity tag. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of free space left on the file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system is read only. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is read only. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the total size (in bytes) of the file system, used in g_file_query_filesystem_info(). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the file system's type. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of used on the file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. A key in the "filesystem" namespace for hinting a file manager application whether it should preview (e.g. thumbnail) files on the file system. The value for this key contain a #GFilesystemPreviewType. A key in the "gvfs" namespace that gets the name of the current GVFS backend in use. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "id" namespace for getting a file identifier. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. An example use would be during listing files, to avoid recursive directory scanning. A key in the "id" namespace for getting the file system identifier. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. An example use would be during drag and drop to see if the source and target are on the same filesystem (default to move) or not (default to copy). A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be ejected. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is mountable. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be polled. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started degraded. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be stopped. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is unmountable. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the HAL UDI for the mountable file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is automatically polled for media. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the #GDriveStartStopType. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the file owner's group. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the user name of the file's owner. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the real name of the user that owns the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "preview" namespace for getting a #GIcon that can be used to get preview of the file. For example, it may be a low resolution thumbnail without metadata. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. A key in the "selinux" namespace for getting the file's SELinux context. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. Note that this attribute is only available if GLib has been built with SELinux support. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the amount of disk space that is consumed by the file (in bytes). This will generally be larger than the file size (due to block size overhead) but can occasionally be smaller (for example, for sparse files). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the content type of the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. The value for this key should contain a valid content type. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the copy name of the file. The copy name is an optional version of the name. If available it's always in UTF8, and corresponds directly to the original filename (only transcoded to UTF8). This is useful if you want to copy the file to another filesystem that might have a different encoding. If the filename is not a valid string in the encoding selected for the filesystem it is in then the copy name will not be set. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the description of the file. The description is a utf8 string that describes the file, generally containing the filename, but can also contain furter information. Example descriptions could be "filename (on hostname)" for a remote file or "filename (in trash)" for a file in the trash. This is useful for instance as the window title when displaying a directory or for a bookmarks menu. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the display name of the file. A display name is guaranteed to be in UTF8 and can thus be displayed in the UI. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for edit name of the file. An edit name is similar to the display name, but it is meant to be used when you want to rename the file in the UI. The display name might contain information you don't want in the new filename (such as "(invalid unicode)" if the filename was in an invalid encoding). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the fast content type. The fast content type isn't as reliable as the regular one, as it only uses the filename to guess it, but it is faster to calculate than the regular content type. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the icon for the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is a backup file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is hidden. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if the file is a symlink. Typically the actual type is something else, if we followed the symlink to get the type. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is virtual. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the name of the file. The name is the on-disk filename which may not be in any known encoding, and can thus not be generally displayed as is. Use #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME if you need to display the name in a user interface. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the file's size (in bytes). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. A key in the "standard" namespace for setting the sort order of a file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32. An example use would be in file managers, which would use this key to set the order files are displayed. Files with smaller sort order should be sorted first, and files without sort order as if sort order was zero. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symbolic icon for the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symlink target, if the file is a symlink. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the target URI for the file, in the case of %G_FILE_TYPE_SHORTCUT or %G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE files. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "standard" namespace for storing file types. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. The value for this key should contain a #GFileType. A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking if thumbnailing failed. This attribute is %TRUE if thumbnailing failed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for getting the path to the thumbnail image. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last accessed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the UNIX time since the file was last accessed. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time the file was last accessed. This should be used in conjunction with #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the UNIX time since the file was last changed. This corresponds to the traditional UNIX ctime. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time the file was last changed. This should be used in conjunction with #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was created. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the UNIX time since the file was created. This corresponds to the NTFS ctime. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time the file was created. This should be used in conjunction with #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last modified. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the UNIX time since the file was modified. A key in the "time" namespace for getting the miliseconds of the time the file was last modified. This should be used in conjunction with #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against items in "trash:///", will return the date and time when the file was trashed. The format of the returned string is YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against "trash:///" returns the number of (toplevel) items in the trash folder. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against items in "trash:///", will return the original path to the file before it was trashed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of blocks allocated for the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the block size for the file system. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device id of the device the file is located on (see stat() documentation). This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the group ID for the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the inode of the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. A key in the "unix" namespace for checking if the file represents a UNIX mount point. This attribute is %TRUE if the file is a UNIX mount point. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the mode of the file (e.g. whether the file is a regular file, symlink, etc). See lstat() documentation. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of hard links for a file. See lstat() documentation. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device ID for the file (if it is a special file). See lstat() documentation. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the user ID for the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. #GFile is a high level abstraction for manipulating files on a virtual file system. #GFiles are lightweight, immutable objects that do no I/O upon creation. It is necessary to understand that #GFile objects do not represent files, merely an identifier for a file. All file content I/O is implemented as streaming operations (see #GInputStream and #GOutputStream). To construct a #GFile, you can use: <simplelist> <member>g_file_new_for_path() if you have a path.</member> <member>g_file_new_for_uri() if you have a URI.</member> <member>g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() for a command line argument.</member> <member>g_file_new_tmp() to create a temporary file from a template.</member> <member>g_file_parse_name() from a UTF-8 string gotten from g_file_get_parse_name().</member> </simplelist> One way to think of a #GFile is as an abstraction of a pathname. For normal files the system pathname is what is stored internally, but as #GFiles are extensible it could also be something else that corresponds to a pathname in a userspace implementation of a filesystem. #GFiles make up hierarchies of directories and files that correspond to the files on a filesystem. You can move through the file system with #GFile using g_file_get_parent() to get an identifier for the parent directory, g_file_get_child() to get a child within a directory, g_file_resolve_relative_path() to resolve a relative path between two #GFiles. There can be multiple hierarchies, so you may not end up at the same root if you repeatedly call g_file_get_parent() on two different files. All #GFiles have a basename (get with g_file_get_basename()). These names are byte strings that are used to identify the file on the filesystem (relative to its parent directory) and there is no guarantees that they have any particular charset encoding or even make any sense at all. If you want to use filenames in a user interface you should use the display name that you can get by requesting the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME attribute with g_file_query_info(). This is guaranteed to be in UTF-8 and can be used in a user interface. But always store the real basename or the #GFile to use to actually access the file, because there is no way to go from a display name to the actual name. Using #GFile as an identifier has the same weaknesses as using a path in that there may be multiple aliases for the same file. For instance, hard or soft links may cause two different #GFiles to refer to the same file. Other possible causes for aliases are: case insensitive filesystems, short and long names on FAT/NTFS, or bind mounts in Linux. If you want to check if two #GFiles point to the same file you can query for the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE attribute. Note that #GFile does some trivial canonicalization of pathnames passed in, so that trivial differences in the path string used at creation (duplicated slashes, slash at end of path, "." or ".." path segments, etc) does not create different #GFiles. Many #GFile operations have both synchronous and asynchronous versions to suit your application. Asynchronous versions of synchronous functions simply have _async() appended to their function names. The asynchronous I/O functions call a #GAsyncReadyCallback which is then used to finalize the operation, producing a GAsyncResult which is then passed to the function's matching _finish() operation. Some #GFile operations do not have synchronous analogs, as they may take a very long time to finish, and blocking may leave an application unusable. Notable cases include: <simplelist> <member>g_file_mount_mountable() to mount a mountable file.</member> <member>g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() to unmount a mountable file.</member> <member>g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation() to eject a mountable file.</member> </simplelist> <para id="gfile-etag"><indexterm><primary>entity tag</primary></indexterm> One notable feature of #GFiles are entity tags, or "etags" for short. Entity tags are somewhat like a more abstract version of the traditional mtime, and can be used to quickly determine if the file has been modified from the version on the file system. See the HTTP 1.1 <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html">specification</ulink> for HTTP Etag headers, which are a very similar concept. </para> Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. The value of @arg can be either a URI, an absolute path or a relative path resolved relative to the current working directory. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if @arg points to a malformed path. a new #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a command line string Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. This function is similar to g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() except that it allows for passing the current working directory as an argument instead of using the current working directory of the process. This is useful if the commandline argument was given in a context other than the invocation of the current process. See also g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg(). a new #GFile a command line string the current working directory of the commandline Constructs a #GFile for a given path. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if @path is malformed. a new #GFile for the given @path. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string containing a relative or absolute path. The string must be encoded in the glib filename encoding. Constructs a #GFile for a given URI. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if @uri is malformed or if the uri type is not supported. a new #GFile for the given @uri. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a UTF-8 string containing a URI Opens a file in the preferred directory for temporary files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()) and returns a #GFile and #GFileIOStream pointing to it. @tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing a sequence of six 'X' characters, and containing no directory components. If it is %NULL, a default template is used. Unlike the other #GFile constructors, this will return %NULL if a temporary file could not be created. a new #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). Template for the file name, as in g_file_open_tmp(), or %NULL for a default template on return, a #GFileIOStream for the created file Constructs a #GFile with the given @parse_name (i.e. something given by g_file_get_parse_name()). This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if the @parse_name cannot be parsed. a new #GFile. a file name or path to be parsed Gets an output stream for appending data to the file. If the file doesn't already exist it is created. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error. If the file is a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously opens @file for appending. For more details, see g_file_append_to() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_append_to_finish() to get the result of the operation. a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file append operation started with g_file_append_to_async(). a valid #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). #GAsyncResult Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination. Can not handle recursive copies of directories. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already existing @destination file is overwritten. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the @source symlink will be copied. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. @progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is guaranteed that this callback will be called after all data has been transferred with the total number of bytes copied during the operation. If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, then the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error is returned. If you are interested in copying the #GFile object itself (not the on-disk file), see g_file_dup(). %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. destination #GFile set of #GFileCopyFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore function to callback with progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed user data to pass to @progress_callback Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination asynchronously. For details of the behaviour, see g_file_copy(). If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then that function that will be called just like in g_file_copy(), however the callback will run in the main loop, not in the thread that is doing the I/O operation. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_copy_finish() to get the result of the operation. destination #GFile set of #GFileCopyFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore function to callback with progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed user data to pass to @progress_callback a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes copying the file started with g_file_copy_async(). a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GAsyncResult Creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it. The file must not already exist. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If a file or directory with this name already exists the %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is to long %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it. The file must not already exist. For more details, see g_file_create() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_create_finish() to get the result of the operation. a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with g_file_create_async(). a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and writing to it. The file must not already exist. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If a file or directory with this name already exists, the %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is too long, %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. a #GFileIOStream for the newly created file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and writing to it. The file must not already exist. For more details, see g_file_create_readwrite() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_create_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation. a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with g_file_create_readwrite_async(). a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Deletes a file. If the @file is a directory, it will only be deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as g_unlink(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously delete a file. If the @file is a directory, it will only be deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as g_unlink(). the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes deleting a file started with g_file_delete_async(). a #GAsyncResult Duplicates a #GFile handle. This operation does not duplicate the actual file or directory represented by the #GFile; see g_file_copy() if attempting to copy a file. This call does no blocking I/O. a new #GFile that is a duplicate of the given #GFile. Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with g_file_eject_mountable_finish(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by g_file_eject_mountable(). %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation(). %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Gets the requested information about the files in a directory. The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will give out #GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like "standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". The standard attributes are available as defines, like #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. If the file is not a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too. A #GFileEnumerator if successful, %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the requested information about the files in a directory. The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will give out #GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. For more details, see g_file_enumerate_children() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_enumerate_children_finish() to get the result of the operation. an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an async enumerate children operation. See g_file_enumerate_children_async(). a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL if an error occurred. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Checks equality of two given #GFiles. Note that two #GFiles that differ can still refer to the same file on the filesystem due to various forms of filename aliasing. This call does no blocking I/O. %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. %FALSE if either is not a #GFile. the second #GFile Gets a #GMount for the #GFile. If the #GFileIface for @file does not have a mount (e.g. possibly a remote share), @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND and %NULL will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GMount where the @file is located or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the mount for the file. For more details, see g_file_find_enclosing_mount() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish() to get the result of the operation. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous find mount request. See g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async(). #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Gets the base name (the last component of the path) for a given #GFile. If called for the top level of a system (such as the filesystem root or a uri like sftp://host/) it will return a single directory separator (and on Windows, possibly a drive letter). The base name is a byte string (not UTF-8). It has no defined encoding or rules other than it may not contain zero bytes. If you want to use filenames in a user interface you should use the display name that you can get by requesting the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME attribute with g_file_query_info(). This call does no blocking I/O. string containing the #GFile's base name, or %NULL if given #GFile is invalid. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Gets the child of @file for a given @display_name (i.e. a UTF-8 version of the name). If this function fails, it returns %NULL and @error will be set. This is very useful when constructing a #GFile for a new file and the user entered the filename in the user interface, for instance when you select a directory and type a filename in the file selector. This call does no blocking I/O. a #GFile to the specified child, or %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). string to a possible child Gets the parent directory for the @file. If the @file represents the root directory of the file system, then %NULL will be returned. This call does no blocking I/O. a #GFile structure to the parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). Gets the parse name of the @file. A parse name is a UTF-8 string that describes the file such that one can get the #GFile back using g_file_parse_name(). This is generally used to show the #GFile as a nice full-pathname kind of string in a user interface, like in a location entry. For local files with names that can safely be converted to UTF-8 the pathname is used, otherwise the IRI is used (a form of URI that allows UTF-8 characters unescaped). This call does no blocking I/O. a string containing the #GFile's parse name. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Gets the local pathname for #GFile, if one exists. This call does no blocking I/O. string containing the #GFile's path, or %NULL if no such path exists. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Gets the path for @descendant relative to @parent. This call does no blocking I/O. string with the relative path from @descendant to @parent, or %NULL if @descendant doesn't have @parent as prefix. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile Gets the URI for the @file. This call does no blocking I/O. a string containing the #GFile's URI. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Gets the URI scheme for a #GFile. RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as: <programlisting> URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] </programlisting> Common schemes include "file", "http", "ftp", etc. This call does no blocking I/O. a string containing the URI scheme for the given #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Checks to see if a #GFile has a given URI scheme. This call does no blocking I/O. %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, not supported, or #GFile is invalid. a string containing a URI scheme Creates a hash value for a #GFile. This call does no blocking I/O. 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. Checks to see if a file is native to the platform. A native file s one expressed in the platform-native filename format, e.g. "C:\Windows" or "/usr/bin/". This does not mean the file is local, as it might be on a locally mounted remote filesystem. On some systems non-native files may be available using the native filesystem via a userspace filesystem (FUSE), in these cases this call will return %FALSE, but g_file_get_path() will still return a native path. This call does no blocking I/O. %TRUE if @file is native Creates a directory. Note that this will only create a child directory of the immediate parent directory of the path or URI given by the #GFile. To recursively create directories, see g_file_make_directory_with_parents(). This function will fail if the parent directory does not exist, setting @error to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. If the file system doesn't support creating directories, this function will fail, setting @error to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. For a local #GFile the newly created directory will have the default (current) ownership and permissions of the current process. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Creates a symbolic link named @file which contains the string @symlink_value. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. a string with the path for the target of the new symlink optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Obtains a directory monitor for the given file. This may fail if directory monitoring is not supported. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. It does not make sense for @flags to contain %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS, since hard links can not be made to directories. It is not possible to monitor all the files in a directory for changes made via hard links; if you want to do this then you must register individual watches with g_file_monitor(). a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileMonitorFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Obtains a file monitor for the given file. If no file notification mechanism exists, then regular polling of the file is used. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @flags contains %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS then the monitor will also attempt to report changes made to the file via another filename (ie, a hard link). Without this flag, you can only rely on changes made through the filename contained in @file to be reported. Using this flag may result in an increase in resource usage, and may not have any effect depending on the #GFileMonitor backend and/or filesystem type. a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileMonitorFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Starts a @mount_operation, mounting the volume that contains the file @location. When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a mount operation started by g_file_mount_enclosing_volume(). %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GAsyncResult Mounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. Using @mount_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, passwords are needed during authentication. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a mount operation. See g_file_mount_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous mount operation that was started with g_file_mount_mountable(). a #GFile or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Tries to move the file or directory @source to the location specified by @destination. If native move operations are supported then this is used, otherwise a copy + delete fallback is used. The native implementation may support moving directories (for instance on moves inside the same filesystem), but the fallback code does not. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already existing @destination file is overwritten. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the @source symlink will be copied. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. @progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is guaranteed that this callback will be called after all data has been transferred with the total number of bytes copied during the operation. If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, then the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error may be returned (if the native move operation isn't available). %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. #GFile pointing to the destination location set of #GFileCopyFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore #GFileProgressCallback function for updates gpointer to user data for the callback function Opens an existing file for reading and writing. The result is a #GFileIOStream that can be used to read and write the contents of the file. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GCancellable Asynchronously opens @file for reading and writing. For more details, see g_file_open_readwrite() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_open_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with g_file_open_readwrite_async(). a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Polls a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a poll operation. See g_file_poll_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous poll operation that was polled with g_file_poll_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Checks whether @file has the prefix specified by @prefix. In other words, if the names of initial elements of @file's pathname match @prefix. Only full pathname elements are matched, so a path like /foo is not considered a prefix of /foobar, only of /foo/bar. This call does no I/O, as it works purely on names. As such it can sometimes return %FALSE even if @file is inside a @prefix (from a filesystem point of view), because the prefix of @file is an alias of @prefix. %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile Similar to g_file_query_info(), but obtains information about the filesystem the @file is on, rather than the file itself. For instance the amount of space available and the type of the filesystem. The @attributes value is a string that specifies the attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like "filesystem::*" means all attributes in the filesystem namespace. The standard namespace for filesystem attributes is "filesystem". Common attributes of interest are #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE (the total size of the filesystem in bytes), #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE (number of bytes available), and #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE (type of the filesystem). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an attribute query string optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the requested information about the filesystem that the specified @file is on. The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes (such as type or size for the file). For more details, see g_file_query_filesystem_info() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. an attribute query string the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous filesystem info query. See g_file_query_filesystem_info_async(). #GFileInfo for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Gets the requested information about specified @file. The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes (such as the type or size of the file). The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like "standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". The standard attributes are available as defines, like #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. For symlinks, normally the information about the target of the symlink is returned, rather than information about the symlink itself. However if you pass #G_FILE_QUERY_INFO_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS in @flags the information about the symlink itself will be returned. Also, for symlinks that point to non-existing files the information about the symlink itself will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the requested information about specified @file. The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes (such as type or size for the file). For more details, see g_file_query_info() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file info query. See g_file_query_info_async(). #GFileInfo for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Obtain the list of settable attributes for the file. Returns the type and full attribute name of all the attributes that can be set on this file. This doesn't mean setting it will always succeed though, you might get an access failure, or some specific file may not support a specific attribute. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Obtain the list of attribute namespaces where new attributes can be created by a user. An example of this is extended attributes (in the "xattr" namespace). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously opens @file for reading. For more details, see g_file_read() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_read_finish() to get the result of the operation. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with g_file_read_async(). a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Opens a file for reading. The result is a #GFileInputStream that can be used to read the contents of the file. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GCancellable Returns an output stream for overwriting the file, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't exist, it will be created. This will try to replace the file in the safest way possible so that any errors during the writing will not affect an already existing copy of the file. For instance, for local files it may write to a temporary file and then atomically rename over the destination when the stream is closed. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If you pass in a non-%NULL @etag value, then this value is compared to the current entity tag of the file, and if they differ an %G_IO_ERROR_WRONG_ETAG error is returned. This generally means that the file has been changed since you last read it. You can get the new etag from g_file_output_stream_get_etag() after you've finished writing and closed the #GFileOutputStream. When you load a new file you can use g_file_input_stream_query_info() to get the etag of the file. If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a backup of the current file before overwriting it. If this fails a %G_IO_ERROR_CANT_CREATE_BACKUP error will be returned. If you want to replace anyway, try again with @make_backup set to %FALSE. If the file is a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned, and if the file is some other form of non-regular file then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_REGULAR_FILE error will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is to long %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an optional <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously overwrites the file, replacing the contents, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. For more details, see g_file_replace() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_replace_finish() to get the result of the operation. an <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with g_file_replace_async(). a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Returns an output stream for overwriting the file in readwrite mode, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't exist, it will be created. For details about the behaviour, see g_file_replace() which does the same thing but returns an output stream only. Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an optional <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously overwrites the file in read-write mode, replacing the contents, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. For more details, see g_file_replace_readwrite() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_replace_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation. an <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with g_file_replace_readwrite_async(). a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Resolves a relative path for @file to an absolute path. This call does no blocking I/O. #GFile to the resolved path. %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a given relative path string Sets an attribute in the file with attribute name @attribute to @value. Some attributes can be unset by setting @attribute to %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID and @value_p to %NULL. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. a string containing the attribute's name The type of the attribute a pointer to the value (or the pointer itself if the type is a pointer type) a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously sets the attributes of @file with @info. For more details, see g_file_set_attributes_from_info(), which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_set_attributes_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GFileInfo a #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback a #gpointer Finishes setting an attribute started in g_file_set_attributes_async(). %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult a #GFileInfo Tries to set all attributes in the #GFileInfo on the target values, not stopping on the first error. If there is any error during this operation then @error will be set to the first error. Error on particular fields are flagged by setting the "status" field in the attribute value to %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_ERROR_SETTING, which means you can also detect further errors. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. a #GFileInfo #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Renames @file to the specified display name. The display name is converted from UTF-8 to the correct encoding for the target filesystem if possible and the @file is renamed to this. If you want to implement a rename operation in the user interface the edit name (#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME) should be used as the initial value in the rename widget, and then the result after editing should be passed to g_file_set_display_name(). On success the resulting converted filename is returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, or %NULL if there was an error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously sets the display name for a given #GFile. For more details, see g_file_set_display_name() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_set_display_name_finish() to get the result of the operation. a string the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes setting a display name started with g_file_set_display_name_async(). a #GFile or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult Starts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. Using @start_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, passwords are needed during authentication. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a start operation. See g_file_start_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous start operation that was started with g_file_start_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Stops a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_stop_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an stop operation, see g_file_stop_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous stop operation that was started with g_file_stop_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Sends @file to the "Trashcan", if possible. This is similar to deleting it, but the user can recover it before emptying the trashcan. Not all file systems support trashing, so this call can return the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started with g_file_unmount_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Unmounts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() for details. Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started with g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Gets an output stream for appending data to the file. If the file doesn't already exist it is created. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error. If the file is a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously opens @file for appending. For more details, see g_file_append_to() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_append_to_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file append operation started with g_file_append_to_async(). a valid #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile #GAsyncResult Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination. Can not handle recursive copies of directories. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already existing @destination file is overwritten. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the @source symlink will be copied. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. @progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is guaranteed that this callback will be called after all data has been transferred with the total number of bytes copied during the operation. If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, then the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error is returned. If you are interested in copying the #GFile object itself (not the on-disk file), see g_file_dup(). %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile destination #GFile set of #GFileCopyFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore function to callback with progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed user data to pass to @progress_callback Copies the file @source to the location specified by @destination asynchronously. For details of the behaviour, see g_file_copy(). If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then that function that will be called just like in g_file_copy(), however the callback will run in the main loop, not in the thread that is doing the I/O operation. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_copy_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile destination #GFile set of #GFileCopyFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore function to callback with progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed user data to pass to @progress_callback a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Copies the file attributes from @source to @destination. Normally only a subset of the file attributes are copied, those that are copies in a normal file copy operation (which for instance does not include e.g. owner). However if #G_FILE_COPY_ALL_METADATA is specified in @flags, then all the metadata that is possible to copy is copied. This is useful when implementing move by copy + delete source. %TRUE if the attributes were copied successfully, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFile with attributes a #GFile to copy attributes to a set of #GFileCopyFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Finishes copying the file started with g_file_copy_async(). a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it. The file must not already exist. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If a file or directory with this name already exists the %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is to long %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it. The file must not already exist. For more details, see g_file_create() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_create_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with g_file_create_async(). a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and writing to it. The file must not already exist. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If a file or directory with this name already exists, the %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is too long, %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. a #GFileIOStream for the newly created file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GFile a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and writing to it. The file must not already exist. For more details, see g_file_create_readwrite() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_create_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with g_file_create_readwrite_async(). a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Deletes a file. If the @file is a directory, it will only be deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as g_unlink(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously delete a file. If the @file is a directory, it will only be deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as g_unlink(). input #GFile the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes deleting a file started with g_file_delete_async(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Duplicates a #GFile handle. This operation does not duplicate the actual file or directory represented by the #GFile; see g_file_copy() if attempting to copy a file. This call does no blocking I/O. a new #GFile that is a duplicate of the given #GFile. input #GFile Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with g_file_eject_mountable_finish(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. input #GFile flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by g_file_eject_mountable(). %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable. When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. input #GFile flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation(). %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Gets the requested information about the files in a directory. The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will give out #GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like "standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". The standard attributes are available as defines, like #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. If the file is not a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too. A #GFileEnumerator if successful, %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the requested information about the files in a directory. The result is a #GFileEnumerator object that will give out #GFileInfo objects for all the files in the directory. For more details, see g_file_enumerate_children() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_enumerate_children_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an async enumerate children operation. See g_file_enumerate_children_async(). a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL if an error occurred. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Checks equality of two given #GFiles. Note that two #GFiles that differ can still refer to the same file on the filesystem due to various forms of filename aliasing. This call does no blocking I/O. %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. %FALSE if either is not a #GFile. the first #GFile the second #GFile Gets a #GMount for the #GFile. If the #GFileIface for @file does not have a mount (e.g. possibly a remote share), @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND and %NULL will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GMount where the @file is located or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the mount for the file. For more details, see g_file_find_enclosing_mount() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GFile the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous find mount request. See g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async(). #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GFile a #GAsyncResult Gets the base name (the last component of the path) for a given #GFile. If called for the top level of a system (such as the filesystem root or a uri like sftp://host/) it will return a single directory separator (and on Windows, possibly a drive letter). The base name is a byte string (not UTF-8). It has no defined encoding or rules other than it may not contain zero bytes. If you want to use filenames in a user interface you should use the display name that you can get by requesting the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME attribute with g_file_query_info(). This call does no blocking I/O. string containing the #GFile's base name, or %NULL if given #GFile is invalid. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile Gets a child of @file with basename equal to @name. Note that the file with that specific name might not exist, but you can still have a #GFile that points to it. You can use this for instance to create that file. This call does no blocking I/O. a #GFile to a child specified by @name. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile string containing the child's basename Gets the child of @file for a given @display_name (i.e. a UTF-8 version of the name). If this function fails, it returns %NULL and @error will be set. This is very useful when constructing a #GFile for a new file and the user entered the filename in the user interface, for instance when you select a directory and type a filename in the file selector. This call does no blocking I/O. a #GFile to the specified child, or %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile string to a possible child Gets the parent directory for the @file. If the @file represents the root directory of the file system, then %NULL will be returned. This call does no blocking I/O. a #GFile structure to the parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile Gets the parse name of the @file. A parse name is a UTF-8 string that describes the file such that one can get the #GFile back using g_file_parse_name(). This is generally used to show the #GFile as a nice full-pathname kind of string in a user interface, like in a location entry. For local files with names that can safely be converted to UTF-8 the pathname is used, otherwise the IRI is used (a form of URI that allows UTF-8 characters unescaped). This call does no blocking I/O. a string containing the #GFile's parse name. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile Gets the local pathname for #GFile, if one exists. This call does no blocking I/O. string containing the #GFile's path, or %NULL if no such path exists. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile Gets the path for @descendant relative to @parent. This call does no blocking I/O. string with the relative path from @descendant to @parent, or %NULL if @descendant doesn't have @parent as prefix. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile input #GFile Gets the URI for the @file. This call does no blocking I/O. a string containing the #GFile's URI. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile Gets the URI scheme for a #GFile. RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as: <programlisting> URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] </programlisting> Common schemes include "file", "http", "ftp", etc. This call does no blocking I/O. a string containing the URI scheme for the given #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile Checks if @file has a parent, and optionally, if it is @parent. If @parent is %NULL then this function returns %TRUE if @file has any parent at all. If @parent is non-%NULL then %TRUE is only returned if @file is a child of @parent. %TRUE if @file is a child of @parent (or any parent in the case that @parent is %NULL). input #GFile the parent to check for, or %NULL Checks whether @file has the prefix specified by @prefix. In other words, if the names of initial elements of @file's pathname match @prefix. Only full pathname elements are matched, so a path like /foo is not considered a prefix of /foobar, only of /foo/bar. This call does no I/O, as it works purely on names. As such it can sometimes return %FALSE even if @file is inside a @prefix (from a filesystem point of view), because the prefix of @file is an alias of @prefix. %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile input #GFile Checks to see if a #GFile has a given URI scheme. This call does no blocking I/O. %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, not supported, or #GFile is invalid. input #GFile a string containing a URI scheme Creates a hash value for a #GFile. This call does no blocking I/O. 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. #gconstpointer to a #GFile Checks to see if a file is native to the platform. A native file s one expressed in the platform-native filename format, e.g. "C:\Windows" or "/usr/bin/". This does not mean the file is local, as it might be on a locally mounted remote filesystem. On some systems non-native files may be available using the native filesystem via a userspace filesystem (FUSE), in these cases this call will return %FALSE, but g_file_get_path() will still return a native path. This call does no blocking I/O. %TRUE if @file is native input #GFile Loads the content of the file into memory. The data is always zero-terminated, but this is not included in the resultant @length. The returned @content should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the @file's contents were successfully loaded. %FALSE if there were errors. input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a location to place the contents of the file a location to place the length of the contents of the file, or %NULL if the length is not needed a location to place the current entity tag for the file, or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed Starts an asynchronous load of the @file's contents. For more details, see g_file_load_contents() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the load operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user data. To finish the operation, call g_file_load_contents_finish() with the #GAsyncResult returned by the @callback. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous load of the @file's contents. The contents are placed in @contents, and @length is set to the size of the @contents string. The @content should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. If @etag_out is present, it will be set to the new entity tag for the @file. %TRUE if the load was successful. If %FALSE and @error is present, it will be set appropriately. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult a location to place the contents of the file a location to place the length of the contents of the file, or %NULL if the length is not needed a location to place the current entity tag for the file, or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed Reads the partial contents of a file. A #GFileReadMoreCallback should be used to stop reading from the file when appropriate, else this function will behave exactly as g_file_load_contents_async(). This operation can be finished by g_file_load_partial_contents_finish(). Users of this function should be aware that @user_data is passed to both the @read_more_callback and the @callback. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GFileReadMoreCallback to receive partial data and to specify whether further data should be read a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to the callback functions Finishes an asynchronous partial load operation that was started with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(). The data is always zero-terminated, but this is not included in the resultant @length. The returned @content should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. %TRUE if the load was successful. If %FALSE and @error is present, it will be set appropriately. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult a location to place the contents of the file a location to place the length of the contents of the file, or %NULL if the length is not needed a location to place the current entity tag for the file, or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed Creates a directory. Note that this will only create a child directory of the immediate parent directory of the path or URI given by the #GFile. To recursively create directories, see g_file_make_directory_with_parents(). This function will fail if the parent directory does not exist, setting @error to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. If the file system doesn't support creating directories, this function will fail, setting @error to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. For a local #GFile the newly created directory will have the default (current) ownership and permissions of the current process. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Creates a directory and any parent directories that may not exist similar to 'mkdir -p'. If the file system does not support creating directories, this function will fail, setting @error to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. If the directory itself already exists, this function will fail setting @error to %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS, unlike the similar g_mkdir_with_parents(). For a local #GFile the newly created directories will have the default (current) ownership and permissions of the current process. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if all directories have been successfully created, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Creates a symbolic link named @file which contains the string @symlink_value. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create a string with the path for the target of the new symlink optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Obtains a file or directory monitor for the given file, depending on the type of the file. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a set of #GFileMonitorFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Obtains a directory monitor for the given file. This may fail if directory monitoring is not supported. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. It does not make sense for @flags to contain %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS, since hard links can not be made to directories. It is not possible to monitor all the files in a directory for changes made via hard links; if you want to do this then you must register individual watches with g_file_monitor(). a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a set of #GFileMonitorFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Obtains a file monitor for the given file. If no file notification mechanism exists, then regular polling of the file is used. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @flags contains %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_HARD_LINKS then the monitor will also attempt to report changes made to the file via another filename (ie, a hard link). Without this flag, you can only rely on changes made through the filename contained in @file to be reported. Using this flag may result in an increase in resource usage, and may not have any effect depending on the #GFileMonitor backend and/or filesystem type. a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a set of #GFileMonitorFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Starts a @mount_operation, mounting the volume that contains the file @location. When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. input #GFile flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a mount operation started by g_file_mount_enclosing_volume(). %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Mounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. Using @mount_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, passwords are needed during authentication. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a mount operation. See g_file_mount_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous mount operation that was started with g_file_mount_mountable(). a #GFile or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Tries to move the file or directory @source to the location specified by @destination. If native move operations are supported then this is used, otherwise a copy + delete fallback is used. The native implementation may support moving directories (for instance on moves inside the same filesystem), but the fallback code does not. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified an already existing @destination file is overwritten. If the flag #G_FILE_COPY_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS is specified then symlinks will be copied as symlinks, otherwise the target of the @source symlink will be copied. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @progress_callback is not %NULL, then the operation can be monitored by setting this to a #GFileProgressCallback function. @progress_callback_data will be passed to this function. It is guaranteed that this callback will be called after all data has been transferred with the total number of bytes copied during the operation. If the @source file does not exist, then the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error is returned, independent on the status of the @destination. If #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is not specified and the target exists, then the error %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS is returned. If trying to overwrite a file over a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error is returned. If trying to overwrite a directory with a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_MERGE error is returned. If the source is a directory and the target does not exist, or #G_FILE_COPY_OVERWRITE is specified and the target is a file, then the %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_RECURSE error may be returned (if the native move operation isn't available). %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. #GFile pointing to the source location #GFile pointing to the destination location set of #GFileCopyFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore #GFileProgressCallback function for updates gpointer to user data for the callback function Opens an existing file for reading and writing. The result is a #GFileIOStream that can be used to read and write the contents of the file. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). #GFile to open a #GCancellable Asynchronously opens @file for reading and writing. For more details, see g_file_open_readwrite() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_open_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with g_file_open_readwrite_async(). a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Polls a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a poll operation. See g_file_poll_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous poll operation that was polled with g_file_poll_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Returns the #GAppInfo that is registered as the default application to handle the file specified by @file. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GAppInfo if the handle was found, %NULL if there were errors. When you are done with it, release it with g_object_unref() a #GFile to open optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Utility function to check if a particular file exists. This is implemented using g_file_query_info() and as such does blocking I/O. Note that in many cases it is racy to first check for file existence and then execute something based on the outcome of that, because the file might have been created or removed in between the operations. The general approach to handling that is to not check, but just do the operation and handle the errors as they come. As an example of race-free checking, take the case of reading a file, and if it doesn't exist, creating it. There are two racy versions: read it, and on error create it; and: check if it exists, if not create it. These can both result in two processes creating the file (with perhaps a partially written file as the result). The correct approach is to always try to create the file with g_file_create() which will either atomically create the file or fail with a %G_IO_ERROR_EXISTS error. However, in many cases an existence check is useful in a user interface, for instance to make a menu item sensitive/insensitive, so that you don't have to fool users that something is possible and then just show an error dialog. If you do this, you should make sure to also handle the errors that can happen due to races when you execute the operation. %TRUE if the file exists (and can be detected without error), %FALSE otherwise (or if cancelled). input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Utility function to inspect the #GFileType of a file. This is implemented using g_file_query_info() and as such does blocking I/O. The primary use case of this method is to check if a file is a regular file, directory, or symlink. The #GFileType of the file and #G_FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN if the file does not exist input #GFile a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags passed to g_file_query_info() optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Similar to g_file_query_info(), but obtains information about the filesystem the @file is on, rather than the file itself. For instance the amount of space available and the type of the filesystem. The @attributes value is a string that specifies the attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like "filesystem::*" means all attributes in the filesystem namespace. The standard namespace for filesystem attributes is "filesystem". Common attributes of interest are #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE (the total size of the filesystem in bytes), #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE (number of bytes available), and #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE (type of the filesystem). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile an attribute query string optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the requested information about the filesystem that the specified @file is on. The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes (such as type or size for the file). For more details, see g_file_query_filesystem_info() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile an attribute query string the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous filesystem info query. See g_file_query_filesystem_info_async(). #GFileInfo for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Gets the requested information about specified @file. The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes (such as the type or size of the file). The @attributes value is a string that specifies the file attributes that should be gathered. It is not an error if it's not possible to read a particular requested attribute from a file - it just won't be set. @attributes should be a comma-separated list of attributes or attribute wildcards. The wildcard "*" means all attributes, and a wildcard like "standard::*" means all attributes in the standard namespace. An example attribute query be "standard::*,owner::user". The standard attributes are available as defines, like #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. For symlinks, normally the information about the target of the symlink is returned, rather than information about the symlink itself. However if you pass #G_FILE_QUERY_INFO_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS in @flags the information about the symlink itself will be returned. Also, for symlinks that point to non-existing files the information about the symlink itself will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously gets the requested information about specified @file. The result is a #GFileInfo object that contains key-value attributes (such as type or size for the file). For more details, see g_file_query_info() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file info query. See g_file_query_info_async(). #GFileInfo for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Obtain the list of settable attributes for the file. Returns the type and full attribute name of all the attributes that can be set on this file. This doesn't mean setting it will always succeed though, you might get an access failure, or some specific file may not support a specific attribute. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Obtain the list of attribute namespaces where new attributes can be created by a user. An example of this is extended attributes (in the "xattr" namespace). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() input #GFile optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Opens a file for reading. The result is a #GFileInputStream that can be used to read the contents of the file. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If the file does not exist, the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND error will be returned. If the file is a directory, the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). #GFile to read a #GCancellable Asynchronously opens @file for reading. For more details, see g_file_read() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_read_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with g_file_read_async(). a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Returns an output stream for overwriting the file, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't exist, it will be created. This will try to replace the file in the safest way possible so that any errors during the writing will not affect an already existing copy of the file. For instance, for local files it may write to a temporary file and then atomically rename over the destination when the stream is closed. By default files created are generally readable by everyone, but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that is supported on the target filesystem. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If you pass in a non-%NULL @etag value, then this value is compared to the current entity tag of the file, and if they differ an %G_IO_ERROR_WRONG_ETAG error is returned. This generally means that the file has been changed since you last read it. You can get the new etag from g_file_output_stream_get_etag() after you've finished writing and closed the #GFileOutputStream. When you load a new file you can use g_file_input_stream_query_info() to get the etag of the file. If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a backup of the current file before overwriting it. If this fails a %G_IO_ERROR_CANT_CREATE_BACKUP error will be returned. If you want to replace anyway, try again with @make_backup set to %FALSE. If the file is a directory the %G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned, and if the file is some other form of non-regular file then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_REGULAR_FILE error will be returned. Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may return an %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name is to long %G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned. Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of filesystem the file is on. a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile an optional <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously overwrites the file, replacing the contents, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. For more details, see g_file_replace() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_replace_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile an <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Replaces the contents of @file with @contents of @length bytes. If @etag is specified (not %NULL), any existing file must have that etag, or the error %G_IO_ERROR_WRONG_ETAG will be returned. If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a backup of @file. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. The returned @new_etag can be used to verify that the file hasn't changed the next time it is saved over. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. input #GFile a string containing the new contents for @file the length of @contents in bytes the old <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the document, or %NULL %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags a location to a new <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the document. This should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed, or %NULL optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Starts an asynchronous replacement of @file with the given @contents of @length bytes. @etag will replace the document's current entity tag. When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with @user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with g_file_replace_contents_finish(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a backup of @file. input #GFile string of contents to replace the file with the length of @contents in bytes a new <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the @file, or %NULL %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous replace of the given @file. See g_file_replace_contents_async(). Sets @new_etag to the new entity tag for the document, if present. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult a location of a new <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the document. This should be freed with g_free() when it is no longer needed, or %NULL Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with g_file_replace_async(). a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Returns an output stream for overwriting the file in readwrite mode, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't exist, it will be created. For details about the behaviour, see g_file_replace() which does the same thing but returns an output stream only. Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, rather than just opening for reading or writing. a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GFile an optional <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously overwrites the file in read-write mode, replacing the contents, possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. For more details, see g_file_replace_readwrite() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_replace_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile an <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with g_file_replace_readwrite_async(). a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Resolves a relative path for @file to an absolute path. This call does no blocking I/O. #GFile to the resolved path. %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a given relative path string Sets an attribute in the file with attribute name @attribute to @value. Some attributes can be unset by setting @attribute to %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID and @value_p to %NULL. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a string containing the attribute's name The type of the attribute a pointer to the value (or the pointer itself if the type is a pointer type) a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING to @value. If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail, returning %FALSE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a string containing the attribute's name a string containing the attribute's new value a #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32 to @value. If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a string containing the attribute's name a #gint32 containing the attribute's new value a #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT64 to @value. If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a string containing the attribute's name a #guint64 containing the attribute's new value a #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING to @value. If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a string containing the attribute's name a string containing the attribute's value #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32 to @value. If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a string containing the attribute's name a #guint32 containing the attribute's new value a #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64 to @value. If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value in the @file, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a string containing the attribute's name a #guint64 containing the attribute's new value a #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously sets the attributes of @file with @info. For more details, see g_file_set_attributes_from_info(), which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_set_attributes_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile a #GFileInfo a #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback a #gpointer Finishes setting an attribute started in g_file_set_attributes_async(). %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult a #GFileInfo Tries to set all attributes in the #GFileInfo on the target values, not stopping on the first error. If there is any error during this operation then @error will be set to the first error. Error on particular fields are flagged by setting the "status" field in the attribute value to %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_ERROR_SETTING, which means you can also detect further errors. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. input #GFile a #GFileInfo #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Renames @file to the specified display name. The display name is converted from UTF-8 to the correct encoding for the target filesystem if possible and the @file is renamed to this. If you want to implement a rename operation in the user interface the edit name (#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME) should be used as the initial value in the rename widget, and then the result after editing should be passed to g_file_set_display_name(). On success the resulting converted filename is returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, or %NULL if there was an error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a string optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Asynchronously sets the display name for a given #GFile. For more details, see g_file_set_display_name() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_set_display_name_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile a string the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes setting a display name started with g_file_set_display_name_async(). a #GFile or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Starts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. Using @start_operation, you can request callbacks when, for instance, passwords are needed during authentication. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_mount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes a start operation. See g_file_start_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous start operation that was started with g_file_start_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Stops a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_stop_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an stop operation, see g_file_stop_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous stop operation that was started with g_file_stop_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Checks if @file supports <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default-context">thread-default contexts</link>. If this returns %FALSE, you cannot perform asynchronous operations on @file in a thread that has a thread-default context. Whether or not @file supports thread-default contexts. a #GFile Sends @file to the "Trashcan", if possible. This is similar to deleting it, but the user can recover it before emptying the trashcan. Not all file systems support trashing, so this call can return the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. #GFile to send to trash optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable() for details. Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started with g_file_unmount_mountable(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Unmounts a file of type #G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation. input #GFile flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() for details. Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started with g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation(). %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile a #GAsyncResult Information about a specific attribute. Flags specifying the behaviour of an attribute. no flags set. copy the attribute values when the file is copied. copy the attribute values when the file is moved. Acts as a lightweight registry for possible valid file attributes. The registry stores Key-Value pair formats as #GFileAttributeInfo<!-- -->s. Creates a new file attribute info list. a #GFileAttributeInfoList. Adds a new attribute with @name to the @list, setting its @type and @flags. a #GFileAttributeInfoList. the name of the attribute to add. the #GFileAttributeType for the attribute. #GFileAttributeInfoFlags for the attribute. Makes a duplicate of a file attribute info list. a copy of the given @list. a #GFileAttributeInfoList to duplicate. Gets the file attribute with the name @name from @list. a #GFileAttributeInfo for the @name, or %NULL if an attribute isn't found. a #GFileAttributeInfoList. the name of the attribute to lookup. References a file attribute info list. #GFileAttributeInfoList or %NULL on error. a #GFileAttributeInfoList to reference. Removes a reference from the given @list. If the reference count falls to zero, the @list is deleted. The #GFileAttributeInfoList to unreference. Determines if a string matches a file attribute. Creates a new file attribute matcher, which matches attributes against a given string. #GFileAttributeMatcher<!-- -->s are reference counted structures, and are created with a reference count of 1. If the number of references falls to 0, the #GFileAttributeMatcher is automatically destroyed. The @attribute string should be formatted with specific keys separated from namespaces with a double colon. Several "namespace::key" strings may be concatenated with a single comma (e.g. "standard::type,standard::is-hidden"). The wildcard "*" may be used to match all keys and namespaces, or "namespace::*" will match all keys in a given namespace. Examples of strings to use: <table> <title>File Attribute Matcher strings and results</title> <tgroup cols='2' align='left'><thead> <row><entry> Matcher String </entry><entry> Matches </entry></row></thead> <tbody> <row><entry>"*"</entry><entry>matches all attributes.</entry></row> <row><entry>"standard::is-hidden"</entry><entry>matches only the key is-hidden in the standard namespace.</entry></row> <row><entry>"standard::type,unix::*"</entry><entry>matches the type key in the standard namespace and all keys in the unix namespace.</entry></row> </tbody></tgroup> </table> a #GFileAttributeMatcher. an attribute string to match. Checks if the matcher will match all of the keys in a given namespace. This will always return %TRUE if a wildcard character is in use (e.g. if matcher was created with "standard::*" and @ns is "standard", or if matcher was created using "*" and namespace is anything.) TODO: this is awkwardly worded. %TRUE if the matcher matches all of the entries in the given @ns, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. a string containing a file attribute namespace. Gets the next matched attribute from a #GFileAttributeMatcher. a string containing the next attribute or %NULL if no more attribute exist. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. Checks if an attribute will be matched by an attribute matcher. If the matcher was created with the "*" matching string, this function will always return %TRUE. %TRUE if @attribute matches @matcher. %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. a file attribute key. Checks if a attribute matcher only matches a given attribute. Always returns %FALSE if "*" was used when creating the matcher. %TRUE if the matcher only matches @attribute. %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. a file attribute key. References a file attribute matcher. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. Subtracts all attributes of @subtract from @matcher and returns a matcher that supports those attributes. Note that currently it is not possible to remove a single attribute when the @matcher matches the whole namespace - or remove a namespace or attribute when the matcher matches everything. This is a limitation of the current implementation, but may be fixed in the future. A file attribute matcher matching all attributes of @matcher that are not matched by @subtract Matcher to subtract from The matcher to subtract Prints what the matcher is matching against. The format will be equal to the format passed to g_file_attribute_matcher_new(). The output however, might not be identical, as the matcher may decide to use a different order or omit needless parts. a string describing the attributes the matcher matches against or %NULL if @matcher was %NULL. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. Unreferences @matcher. If the reference count falls below 1, the @matcher is automatically freed. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. Used by g_file_set_attributes_from_info() when setting file attributes. Attribute value is unset (empty). Attribute value is set. Indicates an error in setting the value. The data types for file attributes. indicates an invalid or uninitalized type. a null terminated UTF8 string. a zero terminated string of non-zero bytes. a boolean value. an unsigned 4-byte/32-bit integer. a signed 4-byte/32-bit integer. an unsigned 8-byte/64-bit integer. a signed 8-byte/64-bit integer. a #GObject. a %NULL terminated char **. Since 2.22 Flags used when copying or moving files. No flags set. Overwrite any existing files Make a backup of any existing files. Don't follow symlinks. Copy all file metadata instead of just default set used for copy (see #GFileInfo). Don't use copy and delete fallback if native move not supported. Leaves target file with default perms, instead of setting the source file perms. Flags used when an operation may create a file. No flags set. Create a file that can only be accessed by the current user. Replace the destination as if it didn't exist before. Don't try to keep any old permissions, replace instead of following links. This is generally useful if you're doing a "copy over" rather than a "save new version of" replace operation. You can think of it as "unlink destination" before writing to it, although the implementation may not be exactly like that. Since 2.20 #GFileDescriptorBased is implemented by streams (implementations of #GInputStream or #GOutputStream) that are based on file descriptors. Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gfiledescriptorbased.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Gets the underlying file descriptor. The file descriptor Gets the underlying file descriptor. The file descriptor a #GFileDescriptorBased. The file descriptor #GFileEnumerator allows you to operate on a set of #GFile<!-- -->s, returning a #GFileInfo structure for each file enumerated (e.g. g_file_enumerate_children() will return a #GFileEnumerator for each of the children within a directory). To get the next file's information from a #GFileEnumerator, use g_file_enumerator_next_file() or its asynchronous version, g_file_enumerator_next_files_async(). Note that the asynchronous version will return a list of #GFileInfo<!---->s, whereas the synchronous will only return the next file in the enumerator. To close a #GFileEnumerator, use g_file_enumerator_close(), or its asynchronous version, g_file_enumerator_close_async(). Once a #GFileEnumerator is closed, no further actions may be performed on it, and it should be freed with g_object_unref(). Asynchronously closes the file enumerator. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned in g_file_enumerator_close_finish(). the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes closing a file enumerator, started from g_file_enumerator_close_async(). If the file enumerator was already closed when g_file_enumerator_close_async() was called, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED in @error, and return %FALSE. If the file enumerator had pending operation when the close operation was started, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING, and return %FALSE. If @cancellable was not %NULL, then the operation may have been cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. a #GAsyncResult. Returns information for the next file in the enumerated object. Will block until the information is available. The #GFileInfo returned from this function will contain attributes that match the attribute string that was passed when the #GFileEnumerator was created. On error, returns %NULL and sets @error to the error. If the enumerator is at the end, %NULL will be returned and @error will be unset. A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Request information for a number of files from the enumerator asynchronously. When all i/o for the operation is finished the @callback will be called with the requested information. The callback can be called with less than @num_files files in case of error or at the end of the enumerator. In case of a partial error the callback will be called with any succeeding items and no error, and on the next request the error will be reported. If a request is cancelled the callback will be called with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. the number of file info objects to request the <link linkend="io-priority">io priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes the asynchronous operation started with g_file_enumerator_next_files_async(). a #GList of #GFileInfo<!---->s. You must free the list with g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're done with them. a #GAsyncResult. Releases all resources used by this enumerator, making the enumerator return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED on all calls. This will be automatically called when the last reference is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure resources are released as early as possible. #TRUE on success or #FALSE on error. a #GFileEnumerator. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Asynchronously closes the file enumerator. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned in g_file_enumerator_close_finish(). a #GFileEnumerator. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes closing a file enumerator, started from g_file_enumerator_close_async(). If the file enumerator was already closed when g_file_enumerator_close_async() was called, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED in @error, and return %FALSE. If the file enumerator had pending operation when the close operation was started, then this function will report %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING, and return %FALSE. If @cancellable was not %NULL, then the operation may have been cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. a #GFileEnumerator. a #GAsyncResult. Return a new #GFile which refers to the file named by @info in the source directory of @enumerator. This function is primarily intended to be used inside loops with g_file_enumerator_next_file(). This is a convenience method that's equivalent to: |[ gchar *name = g_file_info_get_name (info); GFile *child = g_file_get_child (g_file_enumerator_get_container (enumr), name); ]| a #GFile for the #GFileInfo passed it. a #GFileEnumerator a #GFileInfo gotten from g_file_enumerator_next_file() or the async equivalents. Get the #GFile container which is being enumerated. the #GFile which is being enumerated. a #GFileEnumerator Checks if the file enumerator has pending operations. %TRUE if the @enumerator has pending operations. a #GFileEnumerator. Checks if the file enumerator has been closed. %TRUE if the @enumerator is closed. a #GFileEnumerator. Returns information for the next file in the enumerated object. Will block until the information is available. The #GFileInfo returned from this function will contain attributes that match the attribute string that was passed when the #GFileEnumerator was created. On error, returns %NULL and sets @error to the error. If the enumerator is at the end, %NULL will be returned and @error will be unset. A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GFileEnumerator. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Request information for a number of files from the enumerator asynchronously. When all i/o for the operation is finished the @callback will be called with the requested information. The callback can be called with less than @num_files files in case of error or at the end of the enumerator. In case of a partial error the callback will be called with any succeeding items and no error, and on the next request the error will be reported. If a request is cancelled the callback will be called with %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. a #GFileEnumerator. the number of file info objects to request the <link linkend="io-priority">io priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes the asynchronous operation started with g_file_enumerator_next_files_async(). a #GList of #GFileInfo<!---->s. You must free the list with g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're done with them. a #GFileEnumerator. a #GAsyncResult. Sets the file enumerator as having pending operations. a #GFileEnumerator. a boolean value. A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. the number of file info objects to request the <link linkend="io-priority">io priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GList of #GFileInfo<!---->s. You must free the list with g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're done with them. a #GAsyncResult. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. a #GAsyncResult. GFileIOStream provides io streams that both read and write to the same file handle. GFileIOStream implements #GSeekable, which allows the io stream to jump to arbitrary positions in the file and to truncate the file, provided the filesystem of the file supports these operations. To find the position of a file io stream, use g_seekable_tell(). To find out if a file io stream supports seeking, use g_seekable_can_seek(). To position a file io stream, use g_seekable_seek(). To find out if a file io stream supports truncating, use g_seekable_can_truncate(). To truncate a file io stream, use g_seekable_truncate(). The default implementation of all the #GFileIOStream operations and the implementation of #GSeekable just call into the same operations on the output stream. Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. This must be called after the stream has been written and closed, as the etag can change while writing. the entity tag for the stream. Queries a file io stream for the given @attributes. This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous version of this function, see g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). I all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will be returned. a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, @callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to finish the operation with g_file_io_stream_query_info_finish(). For the synchronous version of this function, see g_file_io_stream_query_info(). a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="gio-GIOScheduler">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finalizes the asynchronous query started by g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). A #GFileInfo for the finished query. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. This must be called after the stream has been written and closed, as the etag can change while writing. the entity tag for the stream. a #GFileIOStream. Queries a file io stream for the given @attributes. This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous version of this function, see g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). I all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will be returned. a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. a #GFileIOStream. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, @callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to finish the operation with g_file_io_stream_query_info_finish(). For the synchronous version of this function, see g_file_io_stream_query_info(). a #GFileIOStream. a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="gio-GIOScheduler">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finalizes the asynchronous query started by g_file_io_stream_query_info_async(). A #GFileInfo for the finished query. a #GFileIOStream. a #GAsyncResult. a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="gio-GIOScheduler">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function A #GFileInfo for the finished query. a #GAsyncResult. the entity tag for the stream. #GFileIcon specifies an icon by pointing to an image file to be used as icon. Creates a new icon for a file. a #GIcon for the given @file, or %NULL on error. a #GFile. Gets the #GFile associated with the given @icon. a #GFile, or %NULL. a #GIcon. The file containing the icon. An interface for writing VFS file handles. a new #GFile that is a duplicate of the given #GFile. 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. %FALSE if either is not a #GFile. the second #GFile %TRUE if @file is native %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, not supported, or #GFile is invalid. a string containing a URI scheme a string containing the URI scheme for the given #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. string containing the #GFile's base name, or %NULL if given #GFile is invalid. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. string containing the #GFile's path, or %NULL if no such path exists. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a string containing the #GFile's URI. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a string containing the #GFile's parse name. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GFile structure to the parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, %FALSE otherwise. input #GFile string with the relative path from @descendant to @parent, or %NULL if @descendant doesn't have @parent as prefix. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. input #GFile #GFile to the resolved path. %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a given relative path string a #GFile to the specified child, or %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). string to a possible child A #GFileEnumerator if successful, %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL if an error occurred. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore an attribute query string a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function #GFileInfo for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an attribute query string optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore an attribute query string the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function #GFileInfo for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GMount where the @file is located or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, or %NULL if there was an error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a string the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFile or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. a string containing the attribute's name The type of the attribute a pointer to the value (or the pointer itself if the type is a pointer type) a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. a #GFileInfo #GFileQueryInfoFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GFileInfo a #GFileQueryInfoFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback a #gpointer %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult a #GFileInfo #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GCancellable the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a valid #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). #GAsyncResult a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an optional <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore an <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GAsyncResult %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. a string with the path for the target of the new symlink optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. destination #GFile set of #GFileCopyFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore function to callback with progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed user data to pass to @progress_callback destination #GFile set of #GFileCopyFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore function to callback with progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed user data to pass to @progress_callback a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GAsyncResult %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. #GFile pointing to the destination location set of #GFileCopyFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore #GFileProgressCallback function for updates gpointer to user data for the callback function flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function a #GFile or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GAsyncResult a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileMonitorFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileMonitorFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GCancellable the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFileIOStream for the newly created file, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). an optional <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore an <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the current #GFile, or NULL to ignore %TRUE if a backup should be created a set of #GFileCreateFlags the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Functionality for manipulating basic metadata for files. #GFileInfo implements methods for getting information that all files should contain, and allows for manipulation of extended attributes. See <link linkend="gio-GFileAttribute">GFileAttribute</link> for more information on how GIO handles file attributes. To obtain a #GFileInfo for a #GFile, use g_file_query_info() (or its async variant). To obtain a #GFileInfo for a file input or output stream, use g_file_input_stream_query_info() or g_file_output_stream_query_info() (or their async variants). To change the actual attributes of a file, you should then set the attribute in the #GFileInfo and call g_file_set_attributes_from_info() or g_file_set_attributes_async() on a GFile. However, not all attributes can be changed in the file. For instance, the actual size of a file cannot be changed via g_file_info_set_size(). You may call g_file_query_settable_attributes() and g_file_query_writable_namespaces() to discover the settable attributes of a particular file at runtime. #GFileAttributeMatcher allows for searching through a #GFileInfo for attributes. Creates a new file info structure. a #GFileInfo. Clears the status information from @info. a #GFileInfo. Copies all of the <link linkend="gio-GFileAttribute">GFileAttribute</link>s from @src_info to @dest_info. source to copy attributes from. destination to copy attributes to. Duplicates a file info structure. a duplicate #GFileInfo of @other. a #GFileInfo. Gets the value of a attribute, formated as a string. This escapes things as needed to make the string valid utf8. a UTF-8 string associated with the given @attribute. When you're done with the string it must be freed with g_free(). a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the value of a boolean attribute. If the attribute does not contain a boolean value, %FALSE will be returned. the boolean value contained within the attribute. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the value of a byte string attribute. If the attribute does not contain a byte string, %NULL will be returned. the contents of the @attribute value as a byte string, or %NULL otherwise. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the attribute type, value and status for an attribute key. %TRUE if @info has an attribute named @attribute, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileInfo a file attribute key return location for the attribute type, or %NULL return location for the attribute value, or %NULL return location for the attribute status, or %NULL Gets a signed 32-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the attribute does not contain a signed 32-bit integer, or is invalid, 0 will be returned. a signed 32-bit integer from the attribute. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets a signed 64-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the attribute does not contain an signed 64-bit integer, or is invalid, 0 will be returned. a signed 64-bit integer from the attribute. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the value of a #GObject attribute. If the attribute does not contain a #GObject, %NULL will be returned. a #GObject associated with the given @attribute, or %NULL otherwise. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the attribute status for an attribute key. a #GFileAttributeStatus for the given @attribute, or %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_UNSET if the key is invalid. a #GFileInfo a file attribute key Gets the value of a string attribute. If the attribute does not contain a string, %NULL will be returned. the contents of the @attribute value as a UTF-8 string, or %NULL otherwise. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the value of a stringv attribute. If the attribute does not contain a stringv, %NULL will be returned. the contents of the @attribute value as a stringv, or %NULL otherwise. Do not free. These returned strings are UTF-8. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the attribute type for an attribute key. a #GFileAttributeType for the given @attribute, or %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID if the key is not set. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets an unsigned 32-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the attribute does not contain an unsigned 32-bit integer, or is invalid, 0 will be returned. an unsigned 32-bit integer from the attribute. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets a unsigned 64-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the attribute does not contain an unsigned 64-bit integer, or is invalid, 0 will be returned. a unsigned 64-bit integer from the attribute. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Gets the file's content type. a string containing the file's content type. a #GFileInfo. Returns the #GDateTime representing the deletion date of the file, as available in G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE. If the G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE attribute is unset, %NULL is returned. a #GDateTime, or %NULL. a #GFileInfo. Gets a display name for a file. a string containing the display name. a #GFileInfo. Gets the edit name for a file. a string containing the edit name. a #GFileInfo. Gets the <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for a given #GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE. a string containing the value of the "etag:value" attribute. a #GFileInfo. Gets a file's type (whether it is a regular file, symlink, etc). This is different from the file's content type, see g_file_info_get_content_type(). a #GFileType for the given file. a #GFileInfo. Gets the icon for a file. #GIcon for the given @info. a #GFileInfo. Checks if a file is a backup file. %TRUE if file is a backup file, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileInfo. Checks if a file is hidden. %TRUE if the file is a hidden file, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileInfo. Checks if a file is a symlink. %TRUE if the given @info is a symlink. a #GFileInfo. Gets the modification time of the current @info and sets it in @result. a #GFileInfo. a #GTimeVal. Gets the name for a file. a string containing the file name. a #GFileInfo. Gets the file's size. a #goffset containing the file's size. a #GFileInfo. Gets the value of the sort_order attribute from the #GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER. a #gint32 containing the value of the "standard::sort_order" attribute. a #GFileInfo. Gets the symbolic icon for a file. #GIcon for the given @info. a #GFileInfo. Gets the symlink target for a given #GFileInfo. a string containing the symlink target. a #GFileInfo. Checks if a file info structure has an attribute named @attribute. %TRUE if @Ginfo has an attribute named @attribute, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Checks if a file info structure has an attribute in the specified @name_space. %TRUE if @Ginfo has an attribute in @name_space, %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute namespace. Lists the file info structure's attributes. a null-terminated array of strings of all of the possible attribute types for the given @name_space, or %NULL on error. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key's namespace. Removes all cases of @attribute from @info if it exists. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. Sets the @attribute to contain the given value, if possible. To unset the attribute, use %G_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INVALID for @type. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. a #GFileAttributeType pointer to the value Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. a boolean value. Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. a byte string. Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. a signed 32-bit integer Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. attribute name to set. int64 value to set attribute to. Sets @mask on @info to match specific attribute types. a #GFileInfo. a #GFileAttributeMatcher. Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. a #GObject. Sets the attribute status for an attribute key. This is only needed by external code that implement g_file_set_attributes_from_info() or similar functions. The attribute must exist in @info for this to work. Otherwise %FALSE is returned and @info is unchanged. %TRUE if the status was changed, %FALSE if the key was not set. a #GFileInfo a file attribute key a #GFileAttributeStatus Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. a UTF-8 string. Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. Sinze: 2.22 a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key a %NULL terminated array of UTF-8 strings. Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. an unsigned 32-bit integer. Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value, if possible. a #GFileInfo. a file attribute key. an unsigned 64-bit integer. Sets the content type attribute for a given #GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE. a #GFileInfo. a content type. See <link linkend="gio-GContentType">GContentType</link>. Sets the display name for the current #GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME. a #GFileInfo. a string containing a display name. Sets the edit name for the current file. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME. a #GFileInfo. a string containing an edit name. Sets the file type in a #GFileInfo to @type. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE. a #GFileInfo. a #GFileType. Sets the icon for a given #GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON. a #GFileInfo. a #GIcon. Sets the "is_hidden" attribute in a #GFileInfo according to @is_symlink. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN. a #GFileInfo. a #gboolean. Sets the "is_symlink" attribute in a #GFileInfo according to @is_symlink. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK. a #GFileInfo. a #gboolean. Sets the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED attribute in the file info to the given time value. a #GFileInfo. a #GTimeVal. Sets the name attribute for the current #GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME. a #GFileInfo. a string containing a name. Sets the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE attribute in the file info to the given size. a #GFileInfo. a #goffset containing the file's size. Sets the sort order attribute in the file info structure. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER. a #GFileInfo. a sort order integer. Sets the symbolic icon for a given #GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON. a #GFileInfo. a #GIcon. Sets the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET attribute in the file info to the given symlink target. a #GFileInfo. a static string containing a path to a symlink target. Unsets a mask set by g_file_info_set_attribute_mask(), if one is set. #GFileInfo. GFileInputStream provides input streams that take their content from a file. GFileInputStream implements #GSeekable, which allows the input stream to jump to arbitrary positions in the file, provided the filesystem of the file allows it. To find the position of a file input stream, use g_seekable_tell(). To find out if a file input stream supports seeking, use g_seekable_can_seek(). To position a file input stream, use g_seekable_seek(). Queries a file input stream the given @attributes. This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous (non-blocking) version of this function, see g_file_input_stream_query_info_async(). While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Queries the stream information asynchronously. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. For the synchronous version of this function, see g_file_input_stream_query_info(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous info query operation. #GFileInfo. a #GAsyncResult. Queries a file input stream the given @attributes. This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous (non-blocking) version of this function, see g_file_input_stream_query_info_async(). While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. a #GFileInputStream. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Queries the stream information asynchronously. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. For the synchronous version of this function, see g_file_input_stream_query_info(). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set a #GFileInputStream. a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous info query operation. #GFileInfo. a #GFileInputStream. a #GAsyncResult. a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function #GFileInfo. a #GAsyncResult. Monitors a file or directory for changes. To obtain a #GFileMonitor for a file or directory, use g_file_monitor(), g_file_monitor_file(), or g_file_monitor_directory(). To get informed about changes to the file or directory you are monitoring, connect to the #GFileMonitor::changed signal. The signal will be emitted in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main context</link> of the thread that the monitor was created in (though if the global default main context is blocked, this may cause notifications to be blocked even if the thread-default context is still running). Cancels a file monitor. %TRUE if monitor was cancelled. Cancels a file monitor. %TRUE if monitor was cancelled. a #GFileMonitor. Emits the #GFileMonitor::changed signal if a change has taken place. Should be called from file monitor implementations only. The signal will be emitted from an idle handler (in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main context</link>). a #GFileMonitor. a #GFile. a #GFile. a set of #GFileMonitorEvent flags. Returns whether the monitor is canceled. %TRUE if monitor is canceled. %FALSE otherwise. a #GFileMonitor Sets the rate limit to which the @monitor will report consecutive change events to the same file. a #GFileMonitor. a non-negative integer with the limit in milliseconds to poll for changes Emitted when @file has been changed. If using #G_FILE_MONITOR_SEND_MOVED flag and @event_type is #G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED, @file will be set to a #GFile containing the old path, and @other_file will be set to a #GFile containing the new path. In all the other cases, @other_file will be set to #NULL. a #GFile. a #GFile or #NULL. a #GFileMonitorEvent. %TRUE if monitor was cancelled. Specifies what type of event a monitor event is. a file changed. a hint that this was probably the last change in a set of changes. a file was deleted. a file was created. a file attribute was changed. the file location will soon be unmounted. the file location was unmounted. the file was moved. Flags used to set what a #GFileMonitor will watch for. No flags set. Watch for mount events. Pair DELETED and CREATED events caused by file renames (moves) and send a single G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED event instead (NB: not supported on all backends; the default behaviour -without specifying this flag- is to send single DELETED and CREATED events). Watch for changes to the file made via another hard link. Since 2.36. GFileOutputStream provides output streams that write their content to a file. GFileOutputStream implements #GSeekable, which allows the output stream to jump to arbitrary positions in the file and to truncate the file, provided the filesystem of the file supports these operations. To find the position of a file output stream, use g_seekable_tell(). To find out if a file output stream supports seeking, use g_seekable_can_seek().To position a file output stream, use g_seekable_seek(). To find out if a file output stream supports truncating, use g_seekable_can_truncate(). To truncate a file output stream, use g_seekable_truncate(). Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. This must be called after the stream has been written and closed, as the etag can change while writing. the entity tag for the stream. Queries a file output stream for the given @attributes. This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous version of this function, see g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). In all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will be returned. a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, @callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to finish the operation with g_file_output_stream_query_info_finish(). For the synchronous version of this function, see g_file_output_stream_query_info(). a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="gio-GIOScheduler">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finalizes the asynchronous query started by g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). A #GFileInfo for the finished query. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written. This must be called after the stream has been written and closed, as the etag can change while writing. the entity tag for the stream. a #GFileOutputStream. Queries a file output stream for the given @attributes. This function blocks while querying the stream. For the asynchronous version of this function, see g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). While the stream is blocked, the stream will set the pending flag internally, and any other operations on the stream will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING. Can fail if the stream was already closed (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED), the stream has pending operations (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING), or if querying info is not supported for the stream's interface (with @error being set to %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED). In all cases of failure, %NULL will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will be returned. a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. a #GFileOutputStream. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, @callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to finish the operation with g_file_output_stream_query_info_finish(). For the synchronous version of this function, see g_file_output_stream_query_info(). a #GFileOutputStream. a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="gio-GIOScheduler">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finalizes the asynchronous query started by g_file_output_stream_query_info_async(). A #GFileInfo for the finished query. a #GFileOutputStream. a #GAsyncResult. a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. a file attribute query string. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a file attribute query string. the <link linkend="gio-GIOScheduler">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function A #GFileInfo for the finished query. a #GAsyncResult. the entity tag for the stream. When doing file operations that may take a while, such as moving a file or copying a file, a progress callback is used to pass how far along that operation is to the application. the current number of bytes in the operation. the total number of bytes in the operation. user data passed to the callback. Flags used when querying a #GFileInfo. No flags set. Don't follow symlinks. When loading the partial contents of a file with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(), it may become necessary to determine if any more data from the file should be loaded. A #GFileReadMoreCallback function facilitates this by returning %TRUE if more data should be read, or %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if more data should be read back. %FALSE otherwise. the data as currently read. the size of the data currently read. data passed to the callback. Indicates the file's on-disk type. File's type is unknown. File handle represents a regular file. File handle represents a directory. File handle represents a symbolic link (Unix systems). File is a "special" file, such as a socket, fifo, block device, or character device. File is a shortcut (Windows systems). File is a mountable location. Completes partial file and directory names given a partial string by looking in the file system for clues. Can return a list of possible completion strings for widget implementations. Creates a new filename completer. a #GFilenameCompleter. Obtains a completion for @initial_text from @completer. a completed string, or %NULL if no completion exists. This string is not owned by GIO, so remember to g_free() it when finished. the filename completer. text to be completed. Gets an array of completion strings for a given initial text. array of strings with possible completions for @initial_text. This array must be freed by g_strfreev() when finished. the filename completer. text to be completed. If @dirs_only is %TRUE, @completer will only complete directory names, and not file names. the filename completer. a #gboolean. Emitted when the file name completion information comes available. Indicates a hint from the file system whether files should be previewed in a file manager. Returned as the value of the key #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW. Only preview files if user has explicitly requested it. Preview files if user has requested preview of "local" files. Never preview files. Base class for input stream implementations that perform some kind of filtering operation on a base stream. Typical examples of filtering operations are character set conversion, compression and byte order flipping. Gets the base stream for the filter stream. a #GInputStream. a #GFilterInputStream. Returns whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed. %TRUE if the base stream will be closed. a #GFilterInputStream. Sets whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed. a #GFilterInputStream. %TRUE to close the base stream. Base class for output stream implementations that perform some kind of filtering operation on a base stream. Typical examples of filtering operations are character set conversion, compression and byte order flipping. Gets the base stream for the filter stream. a #GOutputStream. a #GFilterOutputStream. Returns whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed. %TRUE if the base stream will be closed. a #GFilterOutputStream. Sets whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed. a #GFilterOutputStream. %TRUE to close the base stream. Error codes returned by GIO functions. Generic error condition for when any operation fails. File not found. File already exists. File is a directory. File is not a directory. File is a directory that isn't empty. File is not a regular file. File is not a symbolic link. File cannot be mounted. Filename is too many characters. Filename is invalid or contains invalid characters. File contains too many symbolic links. No space left on drive. Invalid argument. Permission denied. Operation not supported for the current backend. File isn't mounted. File is already mounted. File was closed. Operation was cancelled. See #GCancellable. Operations are still pending. File is read only. Backup couldn't be created. File's Entity Tag was incorrect. Operation timed out. Operation would be recursive. File is busy. Operation would block. Host couldn't be found (remote operations). Operation would merge files. Operation failed and a helper program has already interacted with the user. Do not display any error dialog. The current process has too many files open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward this limit. Since 2.20 The object has not been initialized. Since 2.22 The requested address is already in use. Since 2.22 Need more input to finish operation. Since 2.24 The input data was invalid. Since 2.24 A remote object generated an error that doesn't correspond to a locally registered #GError error domain. Use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to extract the D-Bus error name and g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() to fix up the message so it matches what was received on the wire. Since 2.26. Host unreachable. Since 2.26 Network unreachable. Since 2.26 Connection refused. Since 2.26 Connection to proxy server failed. Since 2.26 Proxy authentication failed. Since 2.26 Proxy server needs authentication. Since 2.26 Proxy connection is not allowed by ruleset. Since 2.26 Broken pipe. Since 2.36 Gets the name under which @extension was registered. Note that the same type may be registered as extension for multiple extension points, under different names. the name of @extension. a #GIOExtension Gets the priority with which @extension was registered. the priority of @extension a #GIOExtension Gets the type associated with @extension. the type of @extension a #GIOExtension Gets a reference to the class for the type that is associated with @extension. the #GTypeClass for the type of @extension a #GIOExtension Finds a #GIOExtension for an extension point by name. the #GIOExtension for @extension_point that has the given name, or %NULL if there is no extension with that name a #GIOExtensionPoint the name of the extension to get Gets a list of all extensions that implement this extension point. The list is sorted by priority, beginning with the highest priority. a #GList of #GIOExtension<!-- -->s. The list is owned by GIO and should not be modified. a #GIOExtensionPoint Gets the required type for @extension_point. the #GType that all implementations must have, or #G_TYPE_INVALID if the extension point has no required type a #GIOExtensionPoint Sets the required type for @extension_point to @type. All implementations must henceforth have this type. a #GIOExtensionPoint the #GType to require Registers @type as extension for the extension point with name @extension_point_name. If @type has already been registered as an extension for this extension point, the existing #GIOExtension object is returned. a #GIOExtension object for #GType the name of the extension point the #GType to register as extension the name for the extension the priority for the extension Looks up an existing extension point. the #GIOExtensionPoint, or %NULL if there is no registered extension point with the given name. the name of the extension point Registers an extension point. the new #GIOExtensionPoint. This object is owned by GIO and should not be freed. The name of the extension point Provides an interface and default functions for loading and unloading modules. This is used internally to make GIO extensible, but can also be used by others to implement module loading. Creates a new GIOModule that will load the specific shared library when in use. a #GIOModule from given @filename, or %NULL on error. filename of the shared library module. Optional API for GIO modules to implement. Should return a list of all the extension points that may be implemented in this module. This method will not be called in normal use, however it may be called when probing existing modules and recording which extension points that this model is used for. This means we won't have to load and initialze this module unless its needed. If this function is not implemented by the module the module will always be loaded, initialized and then unloaded on application startup so that it can register its extension points during init. Note that a module need not actually implement all the extension points that g_io_module_query returns, since the exact list of extension may depend on runtime issues. However all extension points actually implemented must be returned by g_io_module_query() (if defined). When installing a module that implements g_io_module_query you must run gio-querymodules in order to build the cache files required for lazy loading. A %NULL-terminated array of strings, listing the supported extension points of the module. The array must be suitable for freeing with g_strfreev(). Required API for GIO modules to implement. This function is ran after the module has been loaded into GIO, to initialize the module. a #GIOModule. Required API for GIO modules to implement. This function is ran when the module is being unloaded from GIO, to finalize the module. a #GIOModule. Represents a scope for loading IO modules. A scope can be used for blocking duplicate modules, or blocking a module you don't want to load. The scope can be used with g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory_with_scope() or g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory_with_scope(). Block modules with the given @basename from being loaded when this scope is used with g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory_with_scope() or g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory_with_scope(). a module loading scope the basename to block Free a module scope. a module loading scope Create a new scope for loading of IO modules. A scope can be used for blocking duplicate modules, or blocking a module you don't want to load. Specify the %G_IO_MODULE_SCOPE_BLOCK_DUPLICATES flag to block modules which have the same base name as a module that has already been seen in this scope. the new module scope flags for the new scope Flags for use with g_io_module_scope_new(). No module scan flags When using this scope to load or scan modules, automatically block a modules which has the same base basename as previously loaded module. Opaque class for defining and scheduling IO jobs. Used from an I/O job to send a callback to be run in the thread that the job was started from, waiting for the result (and thus blocking the I/O job). The return value of @func a #GIOSchedulerJob a #GSourceFunc callback that will be called in the original thread data to pass to @func a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL Used from an I/O job to send a callback to be run asynchronously in the thread that the job was started from. The callback will be run when the main loop is available, but at that time the I/O job might have finished. The return value from the callback is ignored. Note that if you are passing the @user_data from g_io_scheduler_push_job() on to this function you have to ensure that it is not freed before @func is called, either by passing %NULL as @notify to g_io_scheduler_push_job() or by using refcounting for @user_data. a #GIOSchedulerJob a #GSourceFunc callback that will be called in the original thread data to pass to @func a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL I/O Job function. Long-running jobs should periodically check the @cancellable to see if they have been cancelled. %TRUE if this function should be called again to complete the job, %FALSE if the job is complete (or cancelled) a #GIOSchedulerJob. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. the data to pass to callback function GIOStream represents an object that has both read and write streams. Generally the two streams acts as separate input and output streams, but they share some common resources and state. For instance, for seekable streams they may use the same position in both streams. Examples of #GIOStream objects are #GSocketConnection which represents a two-way network connection, and #GFileIOStream which represent a file handle opened in read-write mode. To do the actual reading and writing you need to get the substreams with g_io_stream_get_input_stream() and g_io_stream_get_output_stream(). The #GIOStream object owns the input and the output streams, not the other way around, so keeping the substreams alive will not keep the #GIOStream object alive. If the #GIOStream object is freed it will be closed, thus closing the substream, so even if the substreams stay alive they will always just return a %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. To close a stream use g_io_stream_close() which will close the common stream object and also the individual substreams. You can also close the substreams themselves. In most cases this only marks the substream as closed, so further I/O on it fails. However, some streams may support "half-closed" states where one direction of the stream is actually shut down. Finishes an asynchronous io stream splice operation. %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_io_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the operation. For behaviour details see g_io_stream_close(). The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. the io priority of the request optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Closes a stream. %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult Gets the input stream for this object. This is used for reading. a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free. Gets the output stream for this object. This is used for writing. a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free. Clears the pending flag on @stream. a #GIOStream Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it. This will also closes the individual input and output streams, if they are not already closed. Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error. Closing a stream will automatically flush any outstanding buffers in the stream. Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure resources are released as early as possible. Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor) open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual stream for details. On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it is important to check and report the error to the user, otherwise there might be a loss of data as all data might not be written. If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but some streams can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. The default implementation of this method just calls close on the individual input/output streams. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure a #GIOStream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_io_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the operation. For behaviour details see g_io_stream_close(). The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. a #GIOStream the io priority of the request optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Closes a stream. %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. a #GIOStream a #GAsyncResult Gets the input stream for this object. This is used for reading. a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free. a #GIOStream Gets the output stream for this object. This is used for writing. a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free. a #GIOStream Checks if a stream has pending actions. %TRUE if @stream has pending actions. a #GIOStream Checks if a stream is closed. %TRUE if the stream is closed. a #GIOStream Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is already set or @stream is closed, it will return %FALSE and set @error. %TRUE if pending was previously unset and is now set. a #GIOStream Asyncronously splice the output stream of @stream1 to the input stream of @stream2, and splice the output stream of @stream2 to the input stream of @stream1. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_io_stream_splice_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GIOStream. a #GIOStream. a set of #GIOStreamSpliceFlags. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free. a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free. the io priority of the request optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult GIOStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. Do not close either stream. Close the first stream after the splice. Close the second stream after the splice. Wait for both splice operations to finish before calling the callback. #GIcon is a very minimal interface for icons. It provides functions for checking the equality of two icons, hashing of icons and serializing an icon to and from strings. #GIcon does not provide the actual pixmap for the icon as this is out of GIO's scope, however implementations of #GIcon may contain the name of an icon (see #GThemedIcon), or the path to an icon (see #GLoadableIcon). To obtain a hash of a #GIcon, see g_icon_hash(). To check if two #GIcons are equal, see g_icon_equal(). For serializing a #GIcon, use g_icon_to_string() and g_icon_new_for_string(). If your application or library provides one or more #GIcon implementations you need to ensure that each #GType is registered with the type system prior to calling g_icon_new_for_string(). Gets a hash for an icon. a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. #gconstpointer to an icon object. Generate a #GIcon instance from @str. This function can fail if @str is not valid - see g_icon_to_string() for discussion. If your application or library provides one or more #GIcon implementations you need to ensure that each #GType is registered with the type system prior to calling g_icon_new_for_string(). An object implementing the #GIcon interface or %NULL if @error is set. A string obtained via g_icon_to_string(). Checks if two icons are equal. %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. pointer to the second #GIcon. Gets a hash for an icon. a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to get @icon back from the returned string. The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except in the following two cases <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path (such as <literal>/path/to/my icon.png</literal>) without escaping if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri() (such as <literal>sftp://path/to/my&percnt;20icon.png</literal>). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name, the encoding is simply the name (such as <literal>network-server</literal>). </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or %NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. Checks if two icons are equal. %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. pointer to the first #GIcon. pointer to the second #GIcon. Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to get @icon back from the returned string. The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except in the following two cases <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path (such as <literal>/path/to/my icon.png</literal>) without escaping if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri() (such as <literal>sftp://path/to/my&percnt;20icon.png</literal>). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name, the encoding is simply the name (such as <literal>network-server</literal>). </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or %NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. a #GIcon. GIconIface is used to implement GIcon types for various different systems. See #GThemedIcon and #GLoadableIcon for examples of how to implement this interface. a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. pointer to the second #GIcon. An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or %NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. #GInetAddress represents an IPv4 or IPv6 internet address. Use g_resolver_lookup_by_name() or g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async() to look up the #GInetAddress for a hostname. Use g_resolver_lookup_by_address() or g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async() to look up the hostname for a #GInetAddress. To actually connect to a remote host, you will need a #GInetSocketAddress (which includes a #GInetAddress as well as a port number). Creates a #GInetAddress for the "any" address (unassigned/"don't care") for @family. a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the "any" address for @family. the address family Creates a new #GInetAddress from the given @family and @bytes. @bytes should be 4 bytes for %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV4 and 16 bytes for %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV6. a new #GInetAddress corresponding to @family and @bytes. raw address data the address family of @bytes Parses @string as an IP address and creates a new #GInetAddress. a new #GInetAddress corresponding to @string, or %NULL if @string could not be parsed. a string representation of an IP address Creates a #GInetAddress for the loopback address for @family. a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the loopback address for @family. the address family Gets the raw binary address data from @address. a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). Converts @address to string form. a representation of @address as a string, which should be freed after use. Checks if two #GInetAddress instances are equal, e.g. the same address. %TRUE if @address and @other_address are equal, %FALSE otherwise. A #GInetAddress. Another #GInetAddress. Gets @address's family @address's family a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is the "any" address for its family. %TRUE if @address is the "any" address for its family. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is a link-local address (that is, if it identifies a host on a local network that is not connected to the Internet). %TRUE if @address is a link-local address. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is the loopback address for its family. %TRUE if @address is the loopback address for its family. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is a global multicast address. %TRUE if @address is a global multicast address. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is a link-local multicast address. %TRUE if @address is a link-local multicast address. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is a node-local multicast address. %TRUE if @address is a node-local multicast address. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is an organization-local multicast address. %TRUE if @address is an organization-local multicast address. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is a site-local multicast address. %TRUE if @address is a site-local multicast address. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is a multicast address. %TRUE if @address is a multicast address. a #GInetAddress Tests whether @address is a site-local address such as 10.0.0.1 (that is, the address identifies a host on a local network that can not be reached directly from the Internet, but which may have outgoing Internet connectivity via a NAT or firewall). %TRUE if @address is a site-local address. a #GInetAddress Gets the size of the native raw binary address for @address. This is the size of the data that you get from g_inet_address_to_bytes(). the number of bytes used for the native version of @address. a #GInetAddress Gets the raw binary address data from @address. a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). a #GInetAddress Converts @address to string form. a representation of @address as a string, which should be freed after use. a #GInetAddress Whether this is the "any" address for its family. See g_inet_address_get_is_any(). Whether this is a link-local address. See g_inet_address_get_is_link_local(). Whether this is the loopback address for its family. See g_inet_address_get_is_loopback(). Whether this is a global multicast address. See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_global(). Whether this is a link-local multicast address. See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_link_local(). Whether this is a node-local multicast address. See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_node_local(). Whether this is an organization-local multicast address. See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_org_local(). Whether this is a site-local multicast address. See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_site_local(). Whether this is a multicast address. See g_inet_address_get_is_multicast(). Whether this is a site-local address. See g_inet_address_get_is_loopback(). a representation of @address as a string, which should be freed after use. a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). #GInetAddressMask represents a range of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses described by a base address and a length indicating how many bits of the base address are relevant for matching purposes. These are often given in string form. Eg, "10.0.0.0/8", or "fe80::/10". Creates a new #GInetAddressMask representing all addresses whose first @length bits match @addr. a new #GInetAddressMask, or %NULL on error a #GInetAddress number of bits of @addr to use Parses @mask_string as an IP address and (optional) length, and creates a new #GInetAddressMask. The length, if present, is delimited by a "/". If it is not present, then the length is assumed to be the full length of the address. a new #GInetAddressMask corresponding to @string, or %NULL on error. an IP address or address/length string Tests if @mask and @mask2 are the same mask. whether @mask and @mask2 are the same mask a #GInetAddressMask another #GInetAddressMask Gets @mask's base address @mask's base address a #GInetAddressMask Gets the #GSocketFamily of @mask's address the #GSocketFamily of @mask's address a #GInetAddressMask Gets @mask's length @mask's length a #GInetAddressMask Tests if @address falls within the range described by @mask. whether @address falls within the range described by @mask. a #GInetAddressMask a #GInetAddress Converts @mask back to its corresponding string form. a string corresponding to @mask. a #GInetAddressMask An IPv4 or IPv6 socket address; that is, the combination of a #GInetAddress and a port number. Creates a new #GInetSocketAddress for @address and @port. a new #GInetSocketAddress a #GInetAddress a port number Gets @address's #GInetAddress. the #GInetAddress for @address, which must be g_object_ref()'d if it will be stored a #GInetSocketAddress Gets the <literal>sin6_flowinfo</literal> field from @address, which must be an IPv6 address. the flowinfo field a %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV6 #GInetSocketAddress Gets @address's port. the port for @address a #GInetSocketAddress Gets the <literal>sin6_scope_id</literal> field from @address, which must be an IPv6 address. the scope id field a %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV6 #GInetAddress The <literal>sin6_flowinfo</literal> field, for IPv6 addresses. #GInitable is implemented by objects that can fail during initialization. If an object implements this interface then it must be initialized as the first thing after construction, either via g_initable_init() or g_async_initable_init_async() (the latter is only available if it also implements #GAsyncInitable). If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined behaviour. They will often fail with g_critical() or g_warning(), but this must not be relied on. Users of objects implementing this are not intended to use the interface method directly, instead it will be used automatically in various ways. For C applications you generally just call g_initable_new() directly, or indirectly via a foo_thing_new() wrapper. This will call g_initable_init() under the cover, returning %NULL and setting a #GError on failure (at which point the instance is unreferenced). For bindings in languages where the native constructor supports exceptions the binding could check for objects implemention %GInitable during normal construction and automatically initialize them, throwing an exception on failure. Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is similar to g_object_new() but also initializes the object and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error a #GType supporting #GInitable. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GError location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore. the name of the first property, or %NULL if no properties Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is similar to g_object_new_valist() but also initializes the object and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error a #GType supporting #GInitable. the name of the first property, followed by the value, and other property value pairs, and ended by %NULL. The var args list generated from @first_property_name. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error a #GType supporting #GInitable. the number of parameters in @parameters the parameters to use to construct the object optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Initializes the object implementing the interface. The object must be initialized before any real use after initial construction, either with this function or g_async_initable_init_async(). Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL and the object doesn't support cancellable initialization the error %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined behaviour. See the <xref linkend="ginitable"/> section introduction for more details. Implementations of this method must be idempotent, i.e. multiple calls to this function with the same argument should return the same results. Only the first call initializes the object, further calls return the result of the first call. This is so that it's safe to implement the singleton pattern in the GObject constructor function. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Initializes the object implementing the interface. The object must be initialized before any real use after initial construction, either with this function or g_async_initable_init_async(). Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL and the object doesn't support cancellable initialization the error %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned. If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined behaviour. See the <xref linkend="ginitable"/> section introduction for more details. Implementations of this method must be idempotent, i.e. multiple calls to this function with the same argument should return the same results. Only the first call initializes the object, further calls return the result of the first call. This is so that it's safe to implement the singleton pattern in the GObject constructor function. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GInitable. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Provides an interface for initializing object such that initialization may fail. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. #GInputStream has functions to read from a stream (g_input_stream_read()), to close a stream (g_input_stream_close()) and to skip some content (g_input_stream_skip()). To copy the content of an input stream to an output stream without manually handling the reads and writes, use g_output_stream_splice(). All of these functions have async variants too. Requests an asynchronous closes of the stream, releasing resources related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_input_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the operation. For behaviour details see g_input_stream_close(). The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes closing a stream asynchronously, started from g_input_stream_close_async(). %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. a #GAsyncResult. Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at @buffer. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_input_stream_read_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed on @stream, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer will be passed to the callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to read as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. a buffer to read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). the number of bytes that will be read from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation. number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. a #GAsyncResult. Tries to skip @count bytes from the stream. Will block during the operation. This is identical to g_input_stream_read(), from a behaviour standpoint, but the bytes that are skipped are not returned to the user. Some streams have an implementation that is more efficient than reading the data. This function is optional for inherited classes, as the default implementation emulates it using read. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Request an asynchronous skip of @count bytes from the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_input_stream_skip_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes skipped will be passed to the callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to skip as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one, you must override all. the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes a stream skip operation. the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. a #GAsyncResult. Clears the pending flag on @stream. input stream Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it. Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error. Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure resources are released as early as possible. Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor) open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual stream for details. On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it is important to check and report the error to the user. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but some streams can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure A #GInputStream. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Requests an asynchronous closes of the stream, releasing resources related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_input_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the operation. For behaviour details see g_input_stream_close(). The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. A #GInputStream. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes closing a stream asynchronously, started from g_input_stream_close_async(). %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. a #GInputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Checks if an input stream has pending actions. %TRUE if @stream has pending actions. input stream. Checks if an input stream is closed. %TRUE if the stream is closed. input stream. Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at @buffer. Will block during this read. If count is zero returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes read, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. a #GInputStream. a buffer to read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). the number of bytes that will be read from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at @buffer. Will block during this read. This function is similar to g_input_stream_read(), except it tries to read as many bytes as requested, only stopping on an error or end of stream. On a successful read of @count bytes, or if we reached the end of the stream, %TRUE is returned, and @bytes_read is set to the number of bytes read into @buffer. If there is an error during the operation %FALSE is returned and @error is set to indicate the error status, @bytes_read is updated to contain the number of bytes read into @buffer before the error occurred. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error a #GInputStream. a buffer to read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). the number of bytes that will be read from the stream location to store the number of bytes that was read from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at @buffer. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_input_stream_read_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed on @stream, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer will be passed to the callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to read as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. A #GInputStream. a buffer to read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). the number of bytes that will be read from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Like g_input_stream_read(), this tries to read @count bytes from the stream in a blocking fashion. However, rather than reading into a user-supplied buffer, this will create a new #GBytes containing the data that was read. This may be easier to use from language bindings. If count is zero, returns a zero-length #GBytes and does nothing. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, a new #GBytes is returned. It is not an error if the size of this object is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file. A zero-length #GBytes is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error %NULL is returned and @error is set accordingly. a new #GBytes, or %NULL on error a #GInputStream. maximum number of bytes that will be read from the stream. Common values include 4096 and 8192. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into a new #GBytes. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_input_stream_read_bytes_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed on @stream, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the new #GBytes will be passed to the callback. It is not an error if this is smaller than the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to read as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. A #GInputStream. the number of bytes that will be read from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous stream read-into-#GBytes operation. the newly-allocated #GBytes, or %NULL on error a #GInputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation. number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. a #GInputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is already set or @stream is closed, it will return %FALSE and set @error. %TRUE if pending was previously unset and is now set. input stream Tries to skip @count bytes from the stream. Will block during the operation. This is identical to g_input_stream_read(), from a behaviour standpoint, but the bytes that are skipped are not returned to the user. Some streams have an implementation that is more efficient than reading the data. This function is optional for inherited classes, as the default implementation emulates it using read. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error a #GInputStream. the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Request an asynchronous skip of @count bytes from the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_input_stream_skip_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes skipped will be passed to the callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to skip as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file (or if @count is zero), but never otherwise. Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one, you must override all. A #GInputStream. the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes a stream skip operation. the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. a #GInputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a buffer to read data into (which should be at least count bytes long). the number of bytes that will be read from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. a #GAsyncResult. the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. a #GAsyncResult. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. a #GAsyncResult. Structure used for scatter/gather data input. You generally pass in an array of #GInputVector<!-- -->s and the operation will store the read data starting in the first buffer, switching to the next as needed. Extends the #GIcon interface and adds the ability to load icons from streams. Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). a #GInputStream to read the icon from. an integer. a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). an integer. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async(). a #GInputStream to read the icon from. a #GAsyncResult. a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore. Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). a #GInputStream to read the icon from. a #GLoadableIcon. an integer. a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). a #GLoadableIcon. an integer. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async(). a #GInputStream to read the icon from. a #GLoadableIcon. a #GAsyncResult. a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore. Interface for icons that can be loaded as a stream. a #GInputStream to read the icon from. an integer. a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. an integer. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GInputStream to read the icon from. a #GAsyncResult. a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore. The menu item attribute which holds the action name of the item. Action names are namespaced with an identifier for the action group in which the action resides. For example, "win." for window-specific actions and "app." for application-wide actions. See also g_menu_model_get_item_attribute() and g_menu_item_set_attribute(). The menu item attribute that holds the namespace for all action names in menus that are linked from this item. The menu item attribute which holds the label of the item. The menu item attribute which holds the target with which the item's action will be activated. See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() The name of the link that associates a menu item with a section. The linked menu will usually be shown in place of the menu item, using the item's label as a header. See also g_menu_item_set_link(). The name of the link that associates a menu item with a submenu. See also g_menu_item_set_link(). #GMemoryInputStream is a class for using arbitrary memory chunks as input for GIO streaming input operations. As of GLib 2.34, #GMemoryInputStream implements #GPollableInputStream. Creates a new empty #GMemoryInputStream. a new #GInputStream Creates a new #GMemoryInputStream with data from the given @bytes. new #GInputStream read from @bytes a #GBytes Creates a new #GMemoryInputStream with data in memory of a given size. new #GInputStream read from @data of @len bytes. input data length of the data, may be -1 if @data is a nul-terminated string function that is called to free @data, or %NULL Appends @bytes to data that can be read from the input stream. a #GMemoryInputStream input data Appends @data to data that can be read from the input stream a #GMemoryInputStream input data length of the data, may be -1 if @data is a nul-terminated string function that is called to free @data, or %NULL #GMemoryOutputStream is a class for using arbitrary memory chunks as output for GIO streaming output operations. As of GLib 2.34, #GMemoryOutputStream implements #GPollableOutputStream. Creates a new #GMemoryOutputStream. If @data is non-%NULL, the stream will use that for its internal storage. If @realloc_fn is non-%NULL, it will be used for resizing the internal storage when necessary. To construct a fixed-size output stream, pass %NULL as @realloc_fn. |[ /&ast; a stream that can grow &ast;/ stream = g_memory_output_stream_new (NULL, 0, realloc, free); /&ast; another stream that can grow &ast;/ stream2 = g_memory_output_stream_new (NULL, 0, g_realloc, g_free); /&ast; a fixed-size stream &ast;/ data = malloc (200); stream3 = g_memory_output_stream_new (data, 200, NULL, free); ]| A newly created #GMemoryOutputStream object. pointer to a chunk of memory to use, or %NULL the size of @data a function with realloc() semantics (like g_realloc()) to be called when @data needs to be grown, or %NULL a function to be called on @data when the stream is finalized, or %NULL Creates a new #GMemoryOutputStream, using g_realloc() and g_free() for memory allocation. Gets any loaded data from the @ostream. Note that the returned pointer may become invalid on the next write or truncate operation on the stream. pointer to the stream's data a #GMemoryOutputStream Returns the number of bytes from the start up to including the last byte written in the stream that has not been truncated away. the number of bytes written to the stream a #GMemoryOutputStream Gets the size of the currently allocated data area (available from g_memory_output_stream_get_data()). If the stream isn't growable (no realloc was passed to g_memory_output_stream_new()) then this is the maximum size of the stream and further writes will return %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE. Note that for growable streams the returned size may become invalid on the next write or truncate operation on the stream. If you want the number of bytes currently written to the stream, use g_memory_output_stream_get_data_size(). the number of bytes allocated for the data buffer a #GMemoryOutputStream Returns data from the @ostream as a #GBytes. @ostream must be closed before calling this function. the stream's data a #GMemoryOutputStream Gets any loaded data from the @ostream. Ownership of the data is transferred to the caller; when no longer needed it must be freed using the free function set in @ostream's #GMemoryOutputStream:destroy-function property. @ostream must be closed before calling this function. the stream's data a #GMemoryOutputStream Pointer to buffer where data will be written. Size of data written to the buffer. Function called with the buffer as argument when the stream is destroyed. Function with realloc semantics called to enlarge the buffer. Current size of the data buffer. #GMenu is a simple implementation of #GMenuModel. You populate a #GMenu by adding #GMenuItem instances to it. There are some convenience functions to allow you to directly add items (avoiding #GMenuItem) for the common cases. To add a regular item, use g_menu_insert(). To add a section, use g_menu_insert_section(). To add a submenu, use g_menu_insert_submenu(). Creates a new #GMenu. The new menu has no items. a new #GMenu Convenience function for appending a normal menu item to the end of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the section label, or %NULL the detailed action string, or %NULL Appends @item to the end of @menu. See g_menu_insert_item() for more information. a #GMenu a #GMenuItem to append Convenience function for appending a section menu item to the end of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_section() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the section Convenience function for appending a submenu menu item to the end of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_submenu() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu Marks @menu as frozen. After the menu is frozen, it is an error to attempt to make any changes to it. In effect this means that the #GMenu API must no longer be used. This function causes g_menu_model_is_mutable() to begin returning %FALSE, which has some positive performance implications. a #GMenu Convenience function for inserting a normal menu item into @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the position at which to insert the item the section label, or %NULL the detailed action string, or %NULL Inserts @item into @menu. The "insertion" is actually done by copying all of the attribute and link values of @item and using them to form a new item within @menu. As such, @item itself is not really inserted, but rather, a menu item that is exactly the same as the one presently described by @item. This means that @item is essentially useless after the insertion occurs. Any changes you make to it are ignored unless it is inserted again (at which point its updated values will be copied). You should probably just free @item once you're done. There are many convenience functions to take care of common cases. See g_menu_insert(), g_menu_insert_section() and g_menu_insert_submenu() as well as "prepend" and "append" variants of each of these functions. a #GMenu the position at which to insert the item the #GMenuItem to insert Convenience function for inserting a section menu item into @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_section() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the position at which to insert the item the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the section Convenience function for inserting a submenu menu item into @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_submenu() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the position at which to insert the item the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu Convenience function for prepending a normal menu item to the start of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the section label, or %NULL the detailed action string, or %NULL Prepends @item to the start of @menu. See g_menu_insert_item() for more information. a #GMenu a #GMenuItem to prepend Convenience function for prepending a section menu item to the start of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_section() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the section Convenience function for prepending a submenu menu item to the start of @menu. Combine g_menu_item_new_submenu() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible alternative. a #GMenu the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu Removes an item from the menu. @position gives the index of the item to remove. It is an error if position is not in range the range from 0 to one less than the number of items in the menu. It is not possible to remove items by identity since items are added to the menu simply by copying their links and attributes (ie: identity of the item itself is not preserved). a #GMenu the position of the item to remove #GMenuAttributeIter is an opaque structure type. You must access it using the functions below. This function combines g_menu_attribute_iter_next() with g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value(). First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) attribute. If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other effects. If successful, @name and @value are set to the name and value of the attribute that has just been advanced to. At this point, g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value() will return the same values again. The value returned in @name remains valid for as long as the iterator remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must be unreffed using g_variant_unref() when it is no longer in use. %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional attribute the type of the attribute the attribute value Gets the name of the attribute at the current iterator position, as a string. The iterator is not advanced. the name of the attribute a #GMenuAttributeIter This function combines g_menu_attribute_iter_next() with g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value(). First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) attribute. If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other effects. If successful, @name and @value are set to the name and value of the attribute that has just been advanced to. At this point, g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value() will return the same values again. The value returned in @name remains valid for as long as the iterator remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must be unreffed using g_variant_unref() when it is no longer in use. %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional attribute a #GMenuAttributeIter the type of the attribute the attribute value Gets the value of the attribute at the current iterator position. The iterator is not advanced. the value of the current attribute a #GMenuAttributeIter Attempts to advance the iterator to the next (possibly first) attribute. %TRUE is returned on success, or %FALSE if there are no more attributes. You must call this function when you first acquire the iterator to advance it to the first attribute (and determine if the first attribute exists at all). %TRUE on success, or %FALSE when there are no more attributes a #GMenuAttributeIter %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional attribute the type of the attribute the attribute value #GMenuItem is an opaque structure type. You must access it using the functions below. Creates a new #GMenuItem. If @label is non-%NULL it is used to set the "label" attribute of the new item. If @detailed_action is non-%NULL it is used to set the "action" and possibly the "target" attribute of the new item. See g_menu_item_set_detailed_action() for more information. a new #GMenuItem the section label, or %NULL the detailed action string, or %NULL Creates a #GMenuItem as an exact copy of an existing menu item in a #GMenuModel. @item_index must be valid (ie: be sure to call g_menu_model_get_n_items() first). a new #GMenuItem. a #GMenuModel the index of an item in @model Creates a new #GMenuItem representing a section. This is a convenience API around g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_item_set_section(). The effect of having one menu appear as a section of another is exactly as it sounds: the items from @section become a direct part of the menu that @menu_item is added to. Visual separation is typically displayed between two non-empty sections. If @label is non-%NULL then it will be encorporated into this visual indication. This allows for labeled subsections of a menu. As a simple example, consider a typical "Edit" menu from a simple program. It probably contains an "Undo" and "Redo" item, followed by a separator, followed by "Cut", "Copy" and "Paste". This would be accomplished by creating three #GMenu instances. The first would be populated with the "Undo" and "Redo" items, and the second with the "Cut", "Copy" and "Paste" items. The first and second menus would then be added as submenus of the third. In XML format, this would look something like the following: <informalexample><programlisting><![CDATA[ <menu id='edit-menu'> <section> <item label='Undo'/> <item label='Redo'/> </section> <section> <item label='Cut'/> <item label='Copy'/> <item label='Paste'/> </section> </menu> ]]></programlisting></informalexample> The following example is exactly equivalent. It is more illustrative of the exact relationship between the menus and items (keeping in mind that the 'link' element defines a new menu that is linked to the containing one). The style of the second example is more verbose and difficult to read (and therefore not recommended except for the purpose of understanding what is really going on). <informalexample><programlisting><![CDATA[ <menu id='edit-menu'> <item> <link name='section'> <item label='Undo'/> <item label='Redo'/> </link> </item> <item> <link name='section'> <item label='Cut'/> <item label='Copy'/> <item label='Paste'/> </link> </item> </menu> ]]></programlisting></informalexample> a new #GMenuItem the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the section Creates a new #GMenuItem representing a submenu. This is a convenience API around g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_item_set_submenu(). a new #GMenuItem the section label, or %NULL a #GMenuModel with the items of the submenu Queries the named @attribute on @menu_item. If the attribute exists and matches the #GVariantType corresponding to @format_string then @format_string is used to deconstruct the value into the positional parameters and %TRUE is returned. If the attribute does not exist, or it does exist but has the wrong type, then the positional parameters are ignored and %FALSE is returned. %TRUE if the named attribute was found with the expected type a #GMenuItem the attribute name to query a #GVariant format string Queries the named @attribute on @menu_item. If @expected_type is specified and the attribute does not have this type, %NULL is returned. %NULL is also returned if the attribute simply does not exist. the attribute value, or %NULL a #GMenuItem the attribute name to query the expected type of the attribute Queries the named @link on @menu_item. the link, or %NULL a #GMenuItem the link name to query Sets or unsets the "action" and "target" attributes of @menu_item. If @action is %NULL then both the "action" and "target" attributes are unset (and @format_string is ignored along with the positional parameters). If @action is non-%NULL then the "action" attribute is set. @format_string is then inspected. If it is non-%NULL then the proper position parameters are collected to create a #GVariant instance to use as the target value. If it is %NULL then the positional parameters are ignored and the "target" attribute is unset. See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for an equivalent call that directly accepts a #GVariant. See g_menu_item_set_detailed_action() for a more convenient version that works with string-typed targets. See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for a description of the semantics of the action and target attributes. a #GMenuItem the name of the action for this item a GVariant format string Sets or unsets the "action" and "target" attributes of @menu_item. If @action is %NULL then both the "action" and "target" attributes are unset (and @target_value is ignored). If @action is non-%NULL then the "action" attribute is set. The "target" attribute is then set to the value of @target_value if it is non-%NULL or unset otherwise. Normal menu items (ie: not submenu, section or other custom item types) are expected to have the "action" attribute set to identify the action that they are associated with. The state type of the action help to determine the disposition of the menu item. See #GAction and #GActionGroup for an overview of actions. In general, clicking on the menu item will result in activation of the named action with the "target" attribute given as the parameter to the action invocation. If the "target" attribute is not set then the action is invoked with no parameter. If the action has no state then the menu item is usually drawn as a plain menu item (ie: with no additional decoration). If the action has a boolean state then the menu item is usually drawn as a toggle menu item (ie: with a checkmark or equivalent indication). The item should be marked as 'toggled' or 'checked' when the boolean state is %TRUE. If the action has a string state then the menu item is usually drawn as a radio menu item (ie: with a radio bullet or equivalent indication). The item should be marked as 'selected' when the string state is equal to the value of the @target property. See g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() or g_menu_item_set_detailed_action() for two equivalent calls that are probably more convenient for most uses. a #GMenuItem the name of the action for this item a #GVariant to use as the action target Sets or unsets an attribute on @menu_item. The attribute to set or unset is specified by @attribute. This can be one of the standard attribute names %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET, or a custom attribute name. Attribute names are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers and '-'. Furthermore, the names must begin with a lowercase character, must not end with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. If @format_string is non-%NULL then the proper position parameters are collected to create a #GVariant instance to use as the attribute value. If it is %NULL then the positional parameterrs are ignored and the named attribute is unset. See also g_menu_item_set_attribute_value() for an equivalent call that directly accepts a #GVariant. a #GMenuItem the attribute to set a #GVariant format string, or %NULL Sets or unsets an attribute on @menu_item. The attribute to set or unset is specified by @attribute. This can be one of the standard attribute names %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET, or a custom attribute name. Attribute names are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers and '-'. Furthermore, the names must begin with a lowercase character, must not end with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. must consist only of lowercase ASCII characters, digits and '-'. If @value is non-%NULL then it is used as the new value for the attribute. If @value is %NULL then the attribute is unset. If the @value #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. See also g_menu_item_set_attribute() for a more convenient way to do the same. a #GMenuItem the attribute to set a #GVariant to use as the value, or %NULL Sets the "action" and possibly the "target" attribute of @menu_item. If @detailed_action contains a double colon ("::") then it is used as a separator between an action name and a target string. In this case, this call is equivalent to calling g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() with the part before the "::" and with a string-type #GVariant containing the part following the "::". If @detailed_action doesn't contain "::" then the action is set to the given string (verbatim) and the target value is unset. See g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() or g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for more flexible (but slightly less convenient) alternatives. See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target_value() for a description of the semantics of the action and target attributes. a #GMenuItem the "detailed" action string Sets or unsets the "label" attribute of @menu_item. If @label is non-%NULL it is used as the label for the menu item. If it is %NULL then the label attribute is unset. a #GMenuItem the label to set, or %NULL to unset Creates a link from @menu_item to @model if non-%NULL, or unsets it. Links are used to establish a relationship between a particular menu item and another menu. For example, %G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU is used to associate a submenu with a particular menu item, and %G_MENU_LINK_SECTION is used to create a section. Other types of link can be used, but there is no guarantee that clients will be able to make sense of them. Link types are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers and '-'. Furthermore, the names must begin with a lowercase character, must not end with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. a #GMenuItem type of link to establish or unset the #GMenuModel to link to (or %NULL to unset) Sets or unsets the "section" link of @menu_item to @section. The effect of having one menu appear as a section of another is exactly as it sounds: the items from @section become a direct part of the menu that @menu_item is added to. See g_menu_item_new_section() for more information about what it means for a menu item to be a section. a #GMenuItem a #GMenuModel, or %NULL Sets or unsets the "submenu" link of @menu_item to @submenu. If @submenu is non-%NULL, it is linked to. If it is %NULL then the link is unset. The effect of having one menu appear as a submenu of another is exactly as it sounds. a #GMenuItem a #GMenuModel, or %NULL #GMenuLinkIter is an opaque structure type. You must access it using the functions below. This function combines g_menu_link_iter_next() with g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value(). First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) link. If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other effects. If successful, @out_link and @value are set to the name and #GMenuModel of the link that has just been advanced to. At this point, g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value() will return the same values again. The value returned in @out_link remains valid for as long as the iterator remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must be unreffed using g_object_unref() when it is no longer in use. %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link the name of the link the linked #GMenuModel Gets the name of the link at the current iterator position. The iterator is not advanced. the type of the link a #GMenuLinkIter This function combines g_menu_link_iter_next() with g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value(). First the iterator is advanced to the next (possibly first) link. If that fails, then %FALSE is returned and there are no other effects. If successful, @out_link and @value are set to the name and #GMenuModel of the link that has just been advanced to. At this point, g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value() will return the same values again. The value returned in @out_link remains valid for as long as the iterator remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must be unreffed using g_object_unref() when it is no longer in use. %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link a #GMenuLinkIter the name of the link the linked #GMenuModel Gets the linked #GMenuModel at the current iterator position. The iterator is not advanced. the #GMenuModel that is linked to a #GMenuLinkIter Attempts to advance the iterator to the next (possibly first) link. %TRUE is returned on success, or %FALSE if there are no more links. You must call this function when you first acquire the iterator to advance it to the first link (and determine if the first link exists at all). %TRUE on success, or %FALSE when there are no more links a #GMenuLinkIter %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link the name of the link the linked #GMenuModel #GMenuModel represents the contents of a menu -- an ordered list of menu items. The items are associated with actions, which can be activated through them. Items can be grouped in sections, and may have submenus associated with them. Both items and sections usually have some representation data, such as labels or icons. The type of the associated action (ie whether it is stateful, and what kind of state it has) can influence the representation of the item. The conceptual model of menus in #GMenuModel is hierarchical: sections and submenus are again represented by #GMenuModels. Menus themselves do not define their own roles. Rather, the role of a particular #GMenuModel is defined by the item that references it (or, in the case of the 'root' menu, is defined by the context in which it is used). As an example, consider the visible portions of the menu in <xref linkend="menu-example"/>. <figure id="menu-example"> <title>An example menu</title> <graphic fileref="menu-example.png" format="PNG"></graphic> </figure> There are 8 "menus" visible in the screenshot: one menubar, two submenus and 5 sections: <itemizedlist> <listitem>the toplevel menubar (containing 4 items)</listitem> <listitem>the View submenu (containing 3 sections)</listitem> <listitem>the first section of the View submenu (containing 2 items)</listitem> <listitem>the second section of the View submenu (containing 1 item)</listitem> <listitem>the final section of the View submenu (containing 1 item)</listitem> <listitem>the Highlight Mode submenu (containing 2 sections)</listitem> <listitem>the Sources section (containing 2 items)</listitem> <listitem>the Markup section (containing 2 items)</listitem> </itemizedlist> <xref linkend="menu-model"/> illustrates the conceptual connection between these 8 menus. Each large block in the figure represents a menu and the smaller blocks within the large block represent items in that menu. Some items contain references to other menus. <figure id="menu-model"> <title>A menu model</title> <graphic fileref="menu-model.png" format="PNG"></graphic> </figure> Notice that the separators visible in <xref linkend="menu-example"/> appear nowhere in <xref linkend="menu-model"/>. This is because separators are not explicitly represented in the menu model. Instead, a separator is inserted between any two non-empty sections of a menu. Section items can have labels just like any other item. In that case, a display system may show a section header instead of a separator. The motivation for this abstract model of application controls is that modern user interfaces tend to make these controls available outside the application. Examples include global menus, jumplists, dash boards, etc. To support such uses, it is necessary to 'export' information about actions and their representation in menus, which is exactly what the <link linkend="gio-GActionGroup-exporter">GActionGroup exporter</link> and the <link linkend="gio-GMenuModel-exporter">GMenuModel exporter</link> do for #GActionGroup and #GMenuModel. The client-side counterparts to make use of the exported information are #GDBusActionGroup and #GDBusMenuModel. The API of #GMenuModel is very generic, with iterators for the attributes and links of an item, see g_menu_model_iterate_item_attributes() and g_menu_model_iterate_item_links(). The 'standard' attributes and link types have predefined names: %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION, %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET, %G_MENU_LINK_SECTION and %G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU. Items in a #GMenuModel represent active controls if they refer to an action that can get activated when the user interacts with the menu item. The reference to the action is encoded by the string id in the %G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION attribute. An action id uniquely identifies an action in an action group. Which action group(s) provide actions depends on the context in which the menu model is used. E.g. when the model is exported as the application menu of a #GtkApplication, actions can be application-wide or window-specific (and thus come from two different action groups). By convention, the application-wide actions have names that start with "app.", while the names of window-specific actions start with "win.". While a wide variety of stateful actions is possible, the following is the minimum that is expected to be supported by all users of exported menu information: <itemizedlist> <listitem>an action with no parameter type and no state</listitem> <listitem>an action with no parameter type and boolean state</listitem> <listitem>an action with string parameter type and string state</listitem> </itemizedlist> <formalpara><title>Stateless</title> <para> A stateless action typically corresponds to an ordinary menu item. </para> <para> Selecting such a menu item will activate the action (with no parameter). </para> </formalpara> <formalpara><title>Boolean State</title> <para> An action with a boolean state will most typically be used with a "toggle" or "switch" menu item. The state can be set directly, but activating the action (with no parameter) results in the state being toggled. </para> <para> Selecting a toggle menu item will activate the action. The menu item should be rendered as "checked" when the state is true. </para> </formalpara> <formalpara><title>String Parameter and State</title> <para> Actions with string parameters and state will most typically be used to represent an enumerated choice over the items available for a group of radio menu items. Activating the action with a string parameter is equivalent to setting that parameter as the state. </para> <para> Radio menu items, in addition to being associated with the action, will have a target value. Selecting that menu item will result in activation of the action with the target value as the parameter. The menu item should be rendered as "selected" when the state of the action is equal to the target value of the menu item. </para> </formalpara> Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute specified by @attribute. If @expected_type is non-%NULL then it specifies the expected type of the attribute. If it is %NULL then any type will be accepted. If the attribute exists and matches @expected_type (or if the expected type is unspecified) then the value is returned. If the attribute does not exist, or does not match the expected type then %NULL is returned. the value of the attribute the index of the item the attribute to query the expected type of the attribute, or %NULL Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the link specified by @link. If the link exists, the linked #GMenuModel is returned. If the link does not exist, %NULL is returned. the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL the index of the item the link to query Query the number of items in @model. the number of items Queries if @model is mutable. An immutable #GMenuModel will never emit the #GMenuModel::items-changed signal. Consumers of the model may make optimisations accordingly. %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be emitted). Creates a #GMenuAttributeIter to iterate over the attributes of the item at position @item_index in @model. You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. a new #GMenuAttributeIter the index of the item Creates a #GMenuLinkIter to iterate over the links of the item at position @item_index in @model. You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. a new #GMenuLinkIter the index of the item Queries item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute specified by @attribute. If the attribute exists and matches the #GVariantType corresponding to @format_string then @format_string is used to deconstruct the value into the positional parameters and %TRUE is returned. If the attribute does not exist, or it does exist but has the wrong type, then the positional parameters are ignored and %FALSE is returned. This function is a mix of g_menu_model_get_item_attribute_value() and g_variant_get(), followed by a g_variant_unref(). As such, @format_string must make a complete copy of the data (since the #GVariant may go away after the call to g_variant_unref()). In particular, no '&amp;' characters are allowed in @format_string. %TRUE if the named attribute was found with the expected type a #GMenuModel the index of the item the attribute to query a #GVariant format string Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute specified by @attribute. If @expected_type is non-%NULL then it specifies the expected type of the attribute. If it is %NULL then any type will be accepted. If the attribute exists and matches @expected_type (or if the expected type is unspecified) then the value is returned. If the attribute does not exist, or does not match the expected type then %NULL is returned. the value of the attribute a #GMenuModel the index of the item the attribute to query the expected type of the attribute, or %NULL Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the link specified by @link. If the link exists, the linked #GMenuModel is returned. If the link does not exist, %NULL is returned. the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL a #GMenuModel the index of the item the link to query Query the number of items in @model. the number of items a #GMenuModel Queries if @model is mutable. An immutable #GMenuModel will never emit the #GMenuModel::items-changed signal. Consumers of the model may make optimisations accordingly. %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be emitted). a #GMenuModel Requests emission of the #GMenuModel::items-changed signal on @model. This function should never be called except by #GMenuModel subclasses. Any other calls to this function will very likely lead to a violation of the interface of the model. The implementation should update its internal representation of the menu before emitting the signal. The implementation should further expect to receive queries about the new state of the menu (and particularly added menu items) while signal handlers are running. The implementation must dispatch this call directly from a mainloop entry and not in response to calls -- particularly those from the #GMenuModel API. Said another way: the menu must not change while user code is running without returning to the mainloop. a #GMenuModel the position of the change the number of items removed the number of items added Creates a #GMenuAttributeIter to iterate over the attributes of the item at position @item_index in @model. You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. a new #GMenuAttributeIter a #GMenuModel the index of the item Creates a #GMenuLinkIter to iterate over the links of the item at position @item_index in @model. You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. a new #GMenuLinkIter a #GMenuModel the index of the item Emitted when a change has occured to the menu. The only changes that can occur to a menu is that items are removed or added. Items may not change (except by being removed and added back in the same location). This signal is capable of describing both of those changes (at the same time). The signal means that starting at the index @position, @removed items were removed and @added items were added in their place. If @removed is zero then only items were added. If @added is zero then only items were removed. As an example, if the menu contains items a, b, c, d (in that order) and the signal (2, 1, 3) occurs then the new composition of the menu will be a, b, _, _, _, d (with each _ representing some new item). Signal handlers may query the model (particularly the added items) and expect to see the results of the modification that is being reported. The signal is emitted after the modification. the position of the change the number of items removed the number of items added %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be emitted). the number of items a new #GMenuAttributeIter the index of the item the value of the attribute the index of the item the attribute to query the expected type of the attribute, or %NULL a new #GMenuLinkIter the index of the item the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL the index of the item the link to query The #GMount interface represents user-visible mounts. Note, when porting from GnomeVFS, #GMount is the moral equivalent of #GnomeVFSVolume. #GMount is a "mounted" filesystem that you can access. Mounted is in quotes because it's not the same as a unix mount, it might be a gvfs mount, but you can still access the files on it if you use GIO. Might or might not be related to a volume object. Unmounting a #GMount instance is an asynchronous operation. For more information about asynchronous operations, see #GAsyncResult and #GTask. To unmount a #GMount instance, first call g_mount_unmount_with_operation() with (at least) the #GMount instance and a #GAsyncReadyCallback. The callback will be fired when the operation has resolved (either with success or failure), and a #GAsyncReady structure will be passed to the callback. That callback should then call g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() with the #GMount and the #GAsyncReady data to see if the operation was completed successfully. If an @error is present when g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() is called, then it will be filled with any error information. Checks if @mount can be eject. %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. Checks if @mount can be mounted. %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_eject_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the default location of @mount. The default location of the given @mount is a path that reflects the main entry point for the user (e.g. the home directory, or the root of the volume). a #GFile. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the drive for the @mount. This is a convenience method for getting the #GVolume and then using that object to get the #GDrive. a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the icon for @mount. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the name of @mount. the name for the given @mount. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Gets the root directory on @mount. a #GFile. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the sort key for @mount, if any. Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. Gets the symbolic icon for @mount. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the UUID for the @mount. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available. the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Gets the volume for the @mount. a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera memory cards. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec">shared-mime-info</ulink> specification for more on x-content types. This is an asynchronous operation (see g_mount_guess_content_type_sync() for the synchronous version), and is finished by calling g_mount_guess_content_type_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. Whether to force a rescan of the content. Otherwise a cached result will be used if available optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data passed to @callback Finishes guessing content types of @mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. In particular, you may get an %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED if the mount does not support content guessing. a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. a #GAsyncResult Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera memory cards. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec">shared-mime-info</ulink> specification for more on x-content types. This is an synchronous operation and as such may block doing IO; see g_mount_guess_content_type() for the asynchronous version. a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. Whether to force a rescan of the content. Otherwise a cached result will be used if available optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Remounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_remount_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResults data returned in the @callback. Remounting is useful when some setting affecting the operation of the volume has been changed, as these may need a remount to take affect. While this is semantically equivalent with unmounting and then remounting not all backends might need to actually be unmounted. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes remounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_unmount_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Checks if @mount can be eject. %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. a #GMount. Checks if @mount can be mounted. %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. a #GMount. Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_eject_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. a #GMount. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GMount. a #GAsyncResult. Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. a #GMount. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GMount. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the default location of @mount. The default location of the given @mount is a path that reflects the main entry point for the user (e.g. the home directory, or the root of the volume). a #GFile. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Gets the drive for the @mount. This is a convenience method for getting the #GVolume and then using that object to get the #GDrive. a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Gets the icon for @mount. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Gets the name of @mount. the name for the given @mount. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Gets the root directory on @mount. a #GFile. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Gets the sort key for @mount, if any. Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. A #GMount. Gets the symbolic icon for @mount. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Gets the UUID for the @mount. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available. the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Gets the volume for the @mount. a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GMount. Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera memory cards. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec">shared-mime-info</ulink> specification for more on x-content types. This is an asynchronous operation (see g_mount_guess_content_type_sync() for the synchronous version), and is finished by calling g_mount_guess_content_type_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. a #GMount Whether to force a rescan of the content. Otherwise a cached result will be used if available optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data passed to @callback Finishes guessing content types of @mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. In particular, you may get an %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED if the mount does not support content guessing. a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. a #GMount a #GAsyncResult Tries to guess the type of content stored on @mount. Returns one or more textual identifiers of well-known content types (typically prefixed with "x-content/"), e.g. x-content/image-dcf for camera memory cards. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec">shared-mime-info</ulink> specification for more on x-content types. This is an synchronous operation and as such may block doing IO; see g_mount_guess_content_type() for the asynchronous version. a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. a #GMount Whether to force a rescan of the content. Otherwise a cached result will be used if available optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Determines if @mount is shadowed. Applications or libraries should avoid displaying @mount in the user interface if it is shadowed. A mount is said to be shadowed if there exists one or more user visible objects (currently #GMount objects) with a root that is inside the root of @mount. One application of shadow mounts is when exposing a single file system that is used to address several logical volumes. In this situation, a #GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two #GVolume objects (for example, one for the camera functionality of the device and one for a SD card reader on the device) with activation URIs <literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store1/</literal> and <literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store2/</literal>. When the underlying mount (with root <literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/</literal>) is mounted, said #GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two #GMount objects (each with their root matching the corresponding volume activation root) that would shadow the original mount. The proxy monitor in GVfs 2.26 and later, automatically creates and manage shadow mounts (and shadows the underlying mount) if the activation root on a #GVolume is set. %TRUE if @mount is shadowed. A #GMount. Remounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_remount_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResults data returned in the @callback. Remounting is useful when some setting affecting the operation of the volume has been changed, as these may need a remount to take affect. While this is semantically equivalent with unmounting and then remounting not all backends might need to actually be unmounted. a #GMount. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes remounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GMount. a #GAsyncResult. Increments the shadow count on @mount. Usually used by #GVolumeMonitor implementations when creating a shadow mount for @mount, see g_mount_is_shadowed() for more information. The caller will need to emit the #GMount::changed signal on @mount manually. A #GMount. Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_unmount_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. a #GMount. flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GMount. a #GAsyncResult. Unmounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() with the @mount and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. a #GMount. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GMount. a #GAsyncResult. Decrements the shadow count on @mount. Usually used by #GVolumeMonitor implementations when destroying a shadow mount for @mount, see g_mount_is_shadowed() for more information. The caller will need to emit the #GMount::changed signal on @mount manually. A #GMount. Emitted when the mount has been changed. This signal is emitted when the #GMount is about to be unmounted. This signal is emitted when the #GMount have been unmounted. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized. Interface for implementing operations for mounts. a #GFile. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. the name for the given @mount. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. flags affecting the operation optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Whether to force a rescan of the content. Otherwise a cached result will be used if available optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data passed to @callback a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. a #GAsyncResult a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. Whether to force a rescan of the content. Otherwise a cached result will be used if available optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. a #GFile. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Flags used when mounting a mount. No flags set. #GMountOperation provides a mechanism for interacting with the user. It can be used for authenticating mountable operations, such as loop mounting files, hard drive partitions or server locations. It can also be used to ask the user questions or show a list of applications preventing unmount or eject operations from completing. Note that #GMountOperation is used for more than just #GMount objects – for example it is also used in g_drive_start() and g_drive_stop(). Users should instantiate a subclass of this that implements all the various callbacks to show the required dialogs, such as #GtkMountOperation. If no user interaction is desired (for example when automounting filesystems at login time), usually %NULL can be passed, see each method taking a #GMountOperation for details. Creates a new mount operation. a #GMountOperation. Emits the #GMountOperation::reply signal. a #GMountOperationResult Check to see whether the mount operation is being used for an anonymous user. %TRUE if mount operation is anonymous. a #GMountOperation. Gets a choice from the mount operation. an integer containing an index of the user's choice from the choice's list, or %0. a #GMountOperation. Gets the domain of the mount operation. a string set to the domain. a #GMountOperation. Gets a password from the mount operation. a string containing the password within @op. a #GMountOperation. Gets the state of saving passwords for the mount operation. a #GPasswordSave flag. a #GMountOperation. Get the user name from the mount operation. a string containing the user name. a #GMountOperation. Emits the #GMountOperation::reply signal. a #GMountOperation a #GMountOperationResult Sets the mount operation to use an anonymous user if @anonymous is %TRUE. a #GMountOperation. boolean value. Sets a default choice for the mount operation. a #GMountOperation. an integer. Sets the mount operation's domain. a #GMountOperation. the domain to set. Sets the mount operation's password to @password. a #GMountOperation. password to set. Sets the state of saving passwords for the mount operation. a #GMountOperation. a set of #GPasswordSave flags. Sets the user name within @op to @username. a #GMountOperation. input username. Whether to use an anonymous user when authenticating. The index of the user's choice when a question is asked during the mount operation. See the #GMountOperation::ask-question signal. The domain to use for the mount operation. The password that is used for authentication when carrying out the mount operation. Determines if and how the password information should be saved. The user name that is used for authentication when carrying out the mount operation. Emitted by the backend when e.g. a device becomes unavailable while a mount operation is in progress. Implementations of GMountOperation should handle this signal by dismissing open password dialogs. Emitted when a mount operation asks the user for a password. If the message contains a line break, the first line should be presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. string containing a message to display to the user. string containing the default user name. string containing the default domain. a set of #GAskPasswordFlags. Emitted when asking the user a question and gives a list of choices for the user to choose from. If the message contains a line break, the first line should be presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. string containing a message to display to the user. an array of strings for each possible choice. Emitted when the user has replied to the mount operation. a #GMountOperationResult indicating how the request was handled Emitted when one or more processes are blocking an operation e.g. unmounting/ejecting a #GMount or stopping a #GDrive. Note that this signal may be emitted several times to update the list of blocking processes as processes close files. The application should only respond with g_mount_operation_reply() to the latest signal (setting #GMountOperation:choice to the choice the user made). If the message contains a line break, the first line should be presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. string containing a message to display to the user. an array of #GPid for processes blocking the operation. an array of strings for each possible choice. Emitted when an unmount operation has been busy for more than some time (typically 1.5 seconds). When unmounting or ejecting a volume, the kernel might need to flush pending data in its buffers to the volume stable storage, and this operation can take a considerable amount of time. This signal may be emitted several times as long as the unmount operation is outstanding, and then one last time when the operation is completed, with @bytes_left set to zero. Implementations of GMountOperation should handle this signal by showing an UI notification, and then dismiss it, or show another notification of completion, when @bytes_left reaches zero. If the message contains a line break, the first line should be presented as a heading. For example, it may be used as the primary text in a #GtkMessageDialog. string containing a mesage to display to the user the estimated time left before the operation completes, in microseconds, or -1 the amount of bytes to be written before the operation completes (or -1 if such amount is not known), or zero if the operation is completed a #GMountOperationResult #GMountOperationResult is returned as a result when a request for information is send by the mounting operation. The request was fulfilled and the user specified data is now available The user requested the mount operation to be aborted The request was unhandled (i.e. not implemented) Flags used when an unmounting a mount. No flags set. Unmount even if there are outstanding file operations on the mount. Extension point for network status monitoring functionality. See <link linkend="extending-gio">Extending GIO</link>. #GNetworkAddress provides an easy way to resolve a hostname and then attempt to connect to that host, handling the possibility of multiple IP addresses and multiple address families. See #GSocketConnectable for and example of using the connectable interface. Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given @hostname and @port. the new #GNetworkAddress the hostname the port Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given @hostname and @port. May fail and return %NULL in case parsing @host_and_port fails. @host_and_port may be in any of a number of recognised formats; an IPv6 address, an IPv4 address, or a domain name (in which case a DNS lookup is performed). Quoting with [] is supported for all address types. A port override may be specified in the usual way with a colon. If no port is specified in @host_and_port then @default_port will be used as the port number to connect to. In general, @host_and_port is expected to be provided by the user (allowing them to give the hostname, and a port overide if necessary) and @default_port is expected to be provided by the application. (The port component of @host_and_port can also be specified as a service name rather than as a numeric port, but this functionality is deprecated, because it depends on the contents of /etc/services, which is generally quite sparse on platforms other than Linux.) the new #GNetworkAddress, or %NULL on error the hostname and optionally a port the default port if not in @host_and_port Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given @uri. May fail and return %NULL in case parsing @uri fails. Using this rather than g_network_address_new() or g_network_address_parse() allows #GSocketClient to determine when to use application-specific proxy protocols. the new #GNetworkAddress, or %NULL on error the hostname and optionally a port The default port if none is found in the URI Gets @addr's hostname. This might be either UTF-8 or ASCII-encoded, depending on what @addr was created with. @addr's hostname a #GNetworkAddress Gets @addr's port number @addr's port (which may be 0) a #GNetworkAddress Gets @addr's scheme @addr's scheme (%NULL if not built from URI) a #GNetworkAddress #GNetworkMonitor provides an easy-to-use cross-platform API for monitoring network connectivity. On Linux, the implementation is based on the kernel's netlink interface. Gets the default #GNetworkMonitor for the system. a #GNetworkMonitor Attempts to determine whether or not the host pointed to by @connectable can be reached, without actually trying to connect to it. This may return %TRUE even when #GNetworkMonitor:network-available is %FALSE, if, for example, @monitor can determine that @connectable refers to a host on a local network. If @monitor believes that an attempt to connect to @connectable will succeed, it will return %TRUE. Otherwise, it will return %FALSE and set @error to an appropriate error (such as %G_IO_ERROR_HOST_UNREACHABLE). Note that although this does not attempt to connect to @connectable, it may still block for a brief period of time (eg, trying to do multicast DNS on the local network), so if you do not want to block, you should use g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. a #GSocketConnectable a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously attempts to determine whether or not the host pointed to by @connectable can be reached, without actually trying to connect to it. For more details, see g_network_monitor_can_reach(). When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_network_monitor_can_reach_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GSocketConnectable a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an async network connectivity test. See g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. a #GAsyncResult Attempts to determine whether or not the host pointed to by @connectable can be reached, without actually trying to connect to it. This may return %TRUE even when #GNetworkMonitor:network-available is %FALSE, if, for example, @monitor can determine that @connectable refers to a host on a local network. If @monitor believes that an attempt to connect to @connectable will succeed, it will return %TRUE. Otherwise, it will return %FALSE and set @error to an appropriate error (such as %G_IO_ERROR_HOST_UNREACHABLE). Note that although this does not attempt to connect to @connectable, it may still block for a brief period of time (eg, trying to do multicast DNS on the local network), so if you do not want to block, you should use g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. a #GNetworkMonitor a #GSocketConnectable a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously attempts to determine whether or not the host pointed to by @connectable can be reached, without actually trying to connect to it. For more details, see g_network_monitor_can_reach(). When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_network_monitor_can_reach_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GNetworkMonitor a #GSocketConnectable a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an async network connectivity test. See g_network_monitor_can_reach_async(). %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. a #GNetworkMonitor a #GAsyncResult Checks if the network is available. "Available" here means that the system has a default route available for at least one of IPv4 or IPv6. It does not necessarily imply that the public Internet is reachable. See #GNetworkMonitor:network-available for more details. whether the network is available the #GNetworkMonitor Whether the network is considered available. That is, whether the system has a default route for at least one of IPv4 or IPv6. Real-world networks are of course much more complicated than this; the machine may be connected to a wifi hotspot that requires payment before allowing traffic through, or may be connected to a functioning router that has lost its own upstream connectivity. Some hosts might only be accessible when a VPN is active. Other hosts might only be accessible when the VPN is <emphasis>not</emphasis> active. Thus, it is best to use g_network_monitor_can_reach() or g_network_monitor_can_reach_async() to test for reachability on a host-by-host basis. (On the other hand, when the property is %FALSE, the application can reasonably expect that no remote hosts at all are reachable, and should indicate this to the user in its UI.) See also #GNetworkMonitor::network-changed. Emitted when the network configuration changes. If @available is %TRUE, then some hosts may be reachable that were not reachable before, while others that were reachable before may no longer be reachable. If @available is %FALSE, then no remote hosts are reachable. the current value of #GNetworkMonitor:network-available %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. a #GSocketConnectable a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GSocketConnectable a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. a #GAsyncResult Like #GNetworkAddress does with hostnames, #GNetworkService provides an easy way to resolve a SRV record, and then attempt to connect to one of the hosts that implements that service, handling service priority/weighting, multiple IP addresses, and multiple address families. See #GSrvTarget for more information about SRV records, and see #GSocketConnectable for and example of using the connectable interface. Creates a new #GNetworkService representing the given @service, @protocol, and @domain. This will initially be unresolved; use the #GSocketConnectable interface to resolve it. a new #GNetworkService the service type to look up (eg, "ldap") the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp") the DNS domain to look up the service in Gets the domain that @srv serves. This might be either UTF-8 or ASCII-encoded, depending on what @srv was created with. @srv's domain name a #GNetworkService Gets @srv's protocol name (eg, "tcp"). @srv's protocol name a #GNetworkService Get's the URI scheme used to resolve proxies. By default, the service name is used as scheme. @srv's scheme name a #GNetworkService Gets @srv's service name (eg, "ldap"). @srv's service name a #GNetworkService Set's the URI scheme used to resolve proxies. By default, the service name is used as scheme. a #GNetworkService a URI scheme #GOutputStream has functions to write to a stream (g_output_stream_write()), to close a stream (g_output_stream_close()) and to flush pending writes (g_output_stream_flush()). To copy the content of an input stream to an output stream without manually handling the reads and writes, use g_output_stream_splice(). All of these functions have async variants too. Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the operation. For behaviour details see g_output_stream_close(). The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. the io priority of the request. optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Closes an output stream. %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Forces a write of all user-space buffered data for the given @stream. Will block during the operation. Closing the stream will implicitly cause a flush. This function is optional for inherited classes. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error optional cancellable object Forces an asynchronous write of all user-space buffered data for the given @stream. For behaviour details see g_output_stream_flush(). When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_flush_finish() to get the result of the operation. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes flushing an output stream. %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. a GAsyncResult. Splices an input stream into an output stream. a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number of bytes spliced. a #GInputStream. a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Splices a stream asynchronously. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_splice_finish() to get the result of the operation. For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see g_output_stream_splice(). a #GInputStream. a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. Finishes an asynchronous stream splice operation. a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number of bytes spliced. a #GAsyncResult. Request an asynchronous write of @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_write_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes written will be passed to the @callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, but generally we try to write as many bytes as requested. You are guaranteed that this method will never fail with %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK - if @stream can't accept more data, the method will just wait until this changes. Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see g_output_stream_write(). the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes a stream write operation. a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. a #GAsyncResult. Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block during the operation. If count is 0, returns 0 and does nothing. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes written to the stream is returned. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, or if there is not enough storage in the stream. All writes block until at least one byte is written or an error occurs; 0 is never returned (unless @count is 0). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes written, or -1 on error the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write optional cancellable object Clears the pending flag on @stream. output stream Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it. Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error. Closing a stream will automatically flush any outstanding buffers in the stream. Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure resources are released as early as possible. Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor) open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual stream for details. On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it is important to check and report the error to the user, otherwise there might be a loss of data as all data might not be written. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but there some streams can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. On cancellation (as with any error) there is no guarantee that all written data will reach the target. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure A #GOutputStream. optional cancellable object Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_close_finish() to get the result of the operation. For behaviour details see g_output_stream_close(). The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. A #GOutputStream. the io priority of the request. optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Closes an output stream. %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. a #GOutputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Forces a write of all user-space buffered data for the given @stream. Will block during the operation. Closing the stream will implicitly cause a flush. This function is optional for inherited classes. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error a #GOutputStream. optional cancellable object Forces an asynchronous write of all user-space buffered data for the given @stream. For behaviour details see g_output_stream_flush(). When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_flush_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GOutputStream. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes flushing an output stream. %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. a #GOutputStream. a GAsyncResult. Checks if an ouput stream has pending actions. %TRUE if @stream has pending actions. a #GOutputStream. Checks if an output stream has already been closed. %TRUE if @stream is closed. %FALSE otherwise. a #GOutputStream. Checks if an output stream is being closed. This can be used inside e.g. a flush implementation to see if the flush (or other i/o operation) is called from within the closing operation. %TRUE if @stream is being closed. %FALSE otherwise. a #GOutputStream. Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is already set or @stream is closed, it will return %FALSE and set @error. %TRUE if pending was previously unset and is now set. a #GOutputStream. Splices an input stream into an output stream. a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number of bytes spliced. a #GOutputStream. a #GInputStream. a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Splices a stream asynchronously. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_splice_finish() to get the result of the operation. For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see g_output_stream_splice(). a #GOutputStream. a #GInputStream. a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. Finishes an asynchronous stream splice operation. a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number of bytes spliced. a #GOutputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block during the operation. If count is 0, returns 0 and does nothing. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes written to the stream is returned. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, or if there is not enough storage in the stream. All writes block until at least one byte is written or an error occurs; 0 is never returned (unless @count is 0). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes written, or -1 on error a #GOutputStream. the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write optional cancellable object Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block during the operation. This function is similar to g_output_stream_write(), except it tries to write as many bytes as requested, only stopping on an error. On a successful write of @count bytes, %TRUE is returned, and @bytes_written is set to @count. If there is an error during the operation %FALSE is returned and @error is set to indicate the error status, @bytes_written is updated to contain the number of bytes written into the stream before the error occurred. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error a #GOutputStream. the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write location to store the number of bytes that was written to the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Request an asynchronous write of @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_write_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes written will be passed to the @callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, but generally we try to write as many bytes as requested. You are guaranteed that this method will never fail with %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK - if @stream can't accept more data, the method will just wait until this changes. Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you override one you must override all. For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see g_output_stream_write(). A #GOutputStream. the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Tries to write the data from @bytes into the stream. Will block during the operation. If @bytes is 0-length, returns 0 and does nothing. A #GBytes larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes written to the stream is returned. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, or if there is not enough storage in the stream. All writes block until at least one byte is written or an error occurs; 0 is never returned (unless the size of @bytes is 0). If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes written, or -1 on error a #GOutputStream. the #GBytes to write optional cancellable object Request an asynchronous write of the data in @bytes to the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_output_stream_write_bytes_finish() to get the result of the operation. During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors. A #GBytes larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error. On success, the number of bytes written will be passed to the @callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it can happen e.g. on a partial I/O error, but generally we try to write as many bytes as requested. You are guaranteed that this method will never fail with %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK - if @stream can't accept more data, the method will just wait until this changes. Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see g_output_stream_write_bytes(). A #GOutputStream. The bytes to write the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes a stream write-from-#GBytes operation. a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. a #GOutputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Finishes a stream write operation. a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. a #GOutputStream. a #GAsyncResult. Number of bytes written, or -1 on error the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write optional cancellable object a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number of bytes spliced. a #GInputStream. a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error optional cancellable object the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. a #GAsyncResult. a #GInputStream. a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number of bytes spliced. a #GAsyncResult. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. a GAsyncResult. the io priority of the request. optional cancellable object callback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. GOutputStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. Do not close either stream. Close the source stream after the splice. Close the target stream after the splice. Structure used for scatter/gather data output. You generally pass in an array of #GOutputVector<!-- -->s and the operation will use all the buffers as if they were one buffer. Extension point for proxy functionality. See <link linkend="extending-gio">Extending GIO</link>. Extension point for proxy resolving functionality. See <link linkend="extending-gio">Extending GIO</link>. #GPasswordSave is used to indicate the lifespan of a saved password. #Gvfs stores passwords in the Gnome keyring when this flag allows it to, and later retrieves it again from there. never save a password. save a password for the session. save a password permanently. A #GPermission represents the status of the caller's permission to perform a certain action. You can query if the action is currently allowed and if it is possible to acquire the permission so that the action will be allowed in the future. There is also an API to actually acquire the permission and one to release it. As an example, a #GPermission might represent the ability for the user to write to a #GSettings object. This #GPermission object could then be used to decide if it is appropriate to show a "Click here to unlock" button in a dialog and to provide the mechanism to invoke when that button is clicked. Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission and the underlying authentication mechanism. A simple example is that a dialog may appear asking the user to enter their password. You should check with g_permission_get_can_acquire() before calling this function. If the permission is acquired then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that user interaction is required). See g_permission_acquire_async() for the non-blocking version. %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired a #GCancellable, or %NULL Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. This is the first half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_acquire(). a #GCancellable, or %NULL the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done the user data to pass to @callback Collects the result of attempting to acquire the permission represented by @permission. This is the second half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_acquire(). %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission and the underlying authentication mechanism. In most cases the permission will be dropped immediately without further action. You should check with g_permission_get_can_release() before calling this function. If the permission is released then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that user interaction is required). See g_permission_release_async() for the non-blocking version. %TRUE if the permission was successfully released a #GCancellable, or %NULL Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. This is the first half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_release(). a #GCancellable, or %NULL the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done the user data to pass to @callback Collects the result of attempting to release the permission represented by @permission. This is the second half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_release(). %TRUE if the permission was successfully released the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission and the underlying authentication mechanism. A simple example is that a dialog may appear asking the user to enter their password. You should check with g_permission_get_can_acquire() before calling this function. If the permission is acquired then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that user interaction is required). See g_permission_acquire_async() for the non-blocking version. %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired a #GPermission instance a #GCancellable, or %NULL Attempts to acquire the permission represented by @permission. This is the first half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_acquire(). a #GPermission instance a #GCancellable, or %NULL the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done the user data to pass to @callback Collects the result of attempting to acquire the permission represented by @permission. This is the second half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_acquire(). %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired a #GPermission instance the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback Gets the value of the 'allowed' property. This property is %TRUE if the caller currently has permission to perform the action that @permission represents the permission to perform. the value of the 'allowed' property a #GPermission instance Gets the value of the 'can-acquire' property. This property is %TRUE if it is generally possible to acquire the permission by calling g_permission_acquire(). the value of the 'can-acquire' property a #GPermission instance Gets the value of the 'can-release' property. This property is %TRUE if it is generally possible to release the permission by calling g_permission_release(). the value of the 'can-release' property a #GPermission instance This function is called by the #GPermission implementation to update the properties of the permission. You should never call this function except from a #GPermission implementation. GObject notify signals are generated, as appropriate. a #GPermission instance the new value for the 'allowed' property the new value for the 'can-acquire' property the new value for the 'can-release' property Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. The precise method by which this happens depends on the permission and the underlying authentication mechanism. In most cases the permission will be dropped immediately without further action. You should check with g_permission_get_can_release() before calling this function. If the permission is released then %TRUE is returned. Otherwise, %FALSE is returned and @error is set appropriately. This call is blocking, likely for a very long time (in the case that user interaction is required). See g_permission_release_async() for the non-blocking version. %TRUE if the permission was successfully released a #GPermission instance a #GCancellable, or %NULL Attempts to release the permission represented by @permission. This is the first half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_release(). a #GPermission instance a #GCancellable, or %NULL the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done the user data to pass to @callback Collects the result of attempting to release the permission represented by @permission. This is the second half of the asynchronous version of g_permission_release(). %TRUE if the permission was successfully released a #GPermission instance the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback %TRUE if the caller currently has permission to perform the action that @permission represents the permission to perform. %TRUE if it is generally possible to acquire the permission by calling g_permission_acquire(). %TRUE if it is generally possible to release the permission by calling g_permission_release(). %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GCancellable, or %NULL the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done the user data to pass to @callback %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback %TRUE if the permission was successfully released a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GCancellable, or %NULL the #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when done the user data to pass to @callback %TRUE if the permission was successfully released the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback #GPollableInputStream is implemented by #GInputStreams that can be polled for readiness to read. This can be used when interfacing with a non-GIO API that expects UNIX-file-descriptor-style asynchronous I/O rather than GIO-style. Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement #GPollableInputStream but have only certain instances of that class be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior of other #GPollableInputStream methods is undefined. For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be read, or @cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. As with g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), it is possible that the stream may not actually be readable even after the source triggers, so you should use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking() rather than g_input_stream_read() from the callback. a new #GSource a #GCancellable, or %NULL Checks if @stream can be read. Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_input_stream_read() after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee non-blocking behavior, you should always use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking(), which will return a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error has occurred on @stream, this will result in g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the next attempt to read will return the error. Attempts to read up to @count bytes from @stream into @buffer, as with g_input_stream_read(). If @stream is not currently readable, this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can use g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource that will be triggered when @stream is readable. Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due to having been cancelled. the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). the number of bytes you want to read Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement #GPollableInputStream but have only certain instances of that class be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior of other #GPollableInputStream methods is undefined. For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. a #GPollableInputStream. Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be read, or @cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. As with g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), it is possible that the stream may not actually be readable even after the source triggers, so you should use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking() rather than g_input_stream_read() from the callback. a new #GSource a #GPollableInputStream. a #GCancellable, or %NULL Checks if @stream can be read. Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_input_stream_read() after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee non-blocking behavior, you should always use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking(), which will return a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error has occurred on @stream, this will result in g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the next attempt to read will return the error. a #GPollableInputStream. Attempts to read up to @count bytes from @stream into @buffer, as with g_input_stream_read(). If @stream is not currently readable, this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can use g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource that will be triggered when @stream is readable. Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due to having been cancelled. the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). a #GPollableInputStream a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). the number of bytes you want to read a #GCancellable, or %NULL The interface for pollable input streams. The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. The default implementation of @read_nonblocking calls g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), and then calls g_input_stream_read() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only need to override it if it is possible that your @is_readable implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually readable. %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error has occurred on @stream, this will result in g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the next attempt to read will return the error. a new #GSource a #GCancellable, or %NULL the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). the number of bytes you want to read #GPollableOutputStream is implemented by #GOutputStreams that can be polled for readiness to write. This can be used when interfacing with a non-GIO API that expects UNIX-file-descriptor-style asynchronous I/O rather than GIO-style. Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement #GPollableOutputStream but have only certain instances of that class be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior of other #GPollableOutputStream methods is undefined. For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be written, or @cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. As with g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), it is possible that the stream may not actually be writable even after the source triggers, so you should use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() rather than g_output_stream_write() from the callback. a new #GSource a #GCancellable, or %NULL Checks if @stream can be written. Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_output_stream_write() after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee non-blocking behavior, you should always use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking(), which will return a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error has occurred on @stream, this will result in g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the next attempt to write will return the error. Attempts to write up to @count bytes from @buffer to @stream, as with g_output_stream_write(). If @stream is not currently writable, this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can use g_pollable_output_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource that will be triggered when @stream is writable. Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due to having been cancelled. the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). a buffer to write data from the number of bytes you want to write Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement #GPollableOutputStream but have only certain instances of that class be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior of other #GPollableOutputStream methods is undefined. For any given stream, the value returned by this method is constant; a stream cannot switch from pollable to non-pollable or vice versa. %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. a #GPollableOutputStream. Creates a #GSource that triggers when @stream can be written, or @cancellable is triggered or an error occurs. The callback on the source is of the #GPollableSourceFunc type. As with g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), it is possible that the stream may not actually be writable even after the source triggers, so you should use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() rather than g_output_stream_write() from the callback. a new #GSource a #GPollableOutputStream. a #GCancellable, or %NULL Checks if @stream can be written. Note that some stream types may not be able to implement this 100% reliably, and it is possible that a call to g_output_stream_write() after this returns %TRUE would still block. To guarantee non-blocking behavior, you should always use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking(), which will return a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking. %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error has occurred on @stream, this will result in g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the next attempt to write will return the error. a #GPollableOutputStream. Attempts to write up to @count bytes from @buffer to @stream, as with g_output_stream_write(). If @stream is not currently writable, this will immediately return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK, and you can use g_pollable_output_stream_create_source() to create a #GSource that will be triggered when @stream is writable. Note that since this method never blocks, you cannot actually use @cancellable to cancel it. However, it will return an error if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due to having been cancelled. the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). a #GPollableOutputStream a buffer to write data from the number of bytes you want to write a #GCancellable, or %NULL The interface for pollable output streams. The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. The default implementation of @write_nonblocking calls g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), and then calls g_output_stream_write() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only need to override it if it is possible that your @is_writable implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually writable. %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error has occurred on @stream, this will result in g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the next attempt to write will return the error. a new #GSource a #GCancellable, or %NULL the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). a buffer to write data from the number of bytes you want to write This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource returned by g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() and g_pollable_output_stream_create_source(). it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. the #GPollableInputStream or #GPollableOutputStream data passed in by the user. A #GProxy handles connecting to a remote host via a given type of proxy server. It is implemented by the 'gio-proxy' extension point. The extensions are named after their proxy protocol name. As an example, a SOCKS5 proxy implementation can be retrieved with the name 'socks5' using the function g_io_extension_point_get_extension_by_name(). Lookup "gio-proxy" extension point for a proxy implementation that supports specified protocol. return a #GProxy or NULL if protocol is not supported. the proxy protocol name (e.g. http, socks, etc) Given @connection to communicate with a proxy (eg, a #GSocketConnection that is connected to the proxy server), this does the necessary handshake to connect to @proxy_address, and if required, wraps the #GIOStream to handle proxy payload. a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might be the same as @connection, in which case a reference will be added. a #GIOStream a #GProxyAddress a #GCancellable Asynchronous version of g_proxy_connect(). a #GIOStream a #GProxyAddress a #GCancellable a #GAsyncReadyCallback callback data See g_proxy_connect(). a #GIOStream. a #GAsyncResult Some proxy protocols expect to be passed a hostname, which they will resolve to an IP address themselves. Others, like SOCKS4, do not allow this. This function will return %FALSE if @proxy is implementing such a protocol. When %FALSE is returned, the caller should resolve the destination hostname first, and then pass a #GProxyAddress containing the stringified IP address to g_proxy_connect() or g_proxy_connect_async(). %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. Given @connection to communicate with a proxy (eg, a #GSocketConnection that is connected to the proxy server), this does the necessary handshake to connect to @proxy_address, and if required, wraps the #GIOStream to handle proxy payload. a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might be the same as @connection, in which case a reference will be added. a #GProxy a #GIOStream a #GProxyAddress a #GCancellable Asynchronous version of g_proxy_connect(). a #GProxy a #GIOStream a #GProxyAddress a #GCancellable a #GAsyncReadyCallback callback data See g_proxy_connect(). a #GIOStream. a #GProxy a #GAsyncResult Some proxy protocols expect to be passed a hostname, which they will resolve to an IP address themselves. Others, like SOCKS4, do not allow this. This function will return %FALSE if @proxy is implementing such a protocol. When %FALSE is returned, the caller should resolve the destination hostname first, and then pass a #GProxyAddress containing the stringified IP address to g_proxy_connect() or g_proxy_connect_async(). %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. a #GProxy Support for proxied #GInetSocketAddress. Creates a new #GProxyAddress for @inetaddr with @protocol that should tunnel through @dest_hostname and @dest_port. (Note that this method doesn't set the #GProxyAddress:uri or #GProxyAddress:destination-protocol fields; use g_object_new() directly if you want to set those.) a new #GProxyAddress The proxy server #GInetAddress. The proxy server port. The proxy protocol to support, in lower case (e.g. socks, http). The destination hostname the proxy should tunnel to. The destination port to tunnel to. The username to authenticate to the proxy server (or %NULL). The password to authenticate to the proxy server (or %NULL). Gets @proxy's destination hostname; that is, the name of the host that will be connected to via the proxy, not the name of the proxy itself. the @proxy's destination hostname a #GProxyAddress Gets @proxy's destination port; that is, the port on the destination host that will be connected to via the proxy, not the port number of the proxy itself. the @proxy's destination port a #GProxyAddress Gets the protocol that is being spoken to the destination server; eg, "http" or "ftp". the @proxy's destination protocol a #GProxyAddress Gets @proxy's password. the @proxy's password a #GProxyAddress Gets @proxy's protocol. eg, "socks" or "http" the @proxy's protocol a #GProxyAddress Gets the proxy URI that @proxy was constructed from. the @proxy's URI, or %NULL if unknown a #GProxyAddress Gets @proxy's username. the @proxy's username a #GProxyAddress The protocol being spoke to the destination host, or %NULL if the #GProxyAddress doesn't know. The URI string that the proxy was constructed from (or %NULL if the creator didn't specify this). A subclass of #GSocketAddressEnumerator that takes another address enumerator and wraps its results in #GProxyAddress<!-- -->es as directed by the default #GProxyResolver. The proxy resolver to use. Provides an interface for handling proxy connection and payload. a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might be the same as @connection, in which case a reference will be added. a #GIOStream a #GProxyAddress a #GCancellable a #GIOStream a #GProxyAddress a #GCancellable a #GAsyncReadyCallback callback data a #GIOStream. a #GAsyncResult %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. #GProxyResolver provides synchronous and asynchronous network proxy resolution. #GProxyResolver is used within #GSocketClient through the method g_socket_connectable_proxy_enumerate(). Gets the default #GProxyResolver for the system. the default #GProxyResolver. Checks if @resolver can be used on this system. (This is used internally; g_proxy_resolver_get_default() will only return a proxy resolver that returns %TRUE for this method.) %TRUE if @resolver is supported. Looks into the system proxy configuration to determine what proxy, if any, to use to connect to @uri. The returned proxy URIs are of the form <literal>&lt;protocol&gt;://[user[:password]@]host:port</literal> or <literal>direct://</literal>, where &lt;protocol&gt; could be http, rtsp, socks or other proxying protocol. If you don't know what network protocol is being used on the socket, you should use <literal>none</literal> as the URI protocol. In this case, the resolver might still return a generic proxy type (such as SOCKS), but would not return protocol-specific proxy types (such as http). <literal>direct://</literal> is used when no proxy is needed. Direct connection should not be attempted unless it is part of the returned array of proxies. A NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed with g_strfreev(). a URI representing the destination to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronous lookup of proxy. See g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more details. a URI representing the destination to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Call this function to obtain the array of proxy URIs when g_proxy_resolver_lookup_async() is complete. See g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more details. A NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed with g_strfreev(). the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Checks if @resolver can be used on this system. (This is used internally; g_proxy_resolver_get_default() will only return a proxy resolver that returns %TRUE for this method.) %TRUE if @resolver is supported. a #GProxyResolver Looks into the system proxy configuration to determine what proxy, if any, to use to connect to @uri. The returned proxy URIs are of the form <literal>&lt;protocol&gt;://[user[:password]@]host:port</literal> or <literal>direct://</literal>, where &lt;protocol&gt; could be http, rtsp, socks or other proxying protocol. If you don't know what network protocol is being used on the socket, you should use <literal>none</literal> as the URI protocol. In this case, the resolver might still return a generic proxy type (such as SOCKS), but would not return protocol-specific proxy types (such as http). <literal>direct://</literal> is used when no proxy is needed. Direct connection should not be attempted unless it is part of the returned array of proxies. A NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed with g_strfreev(). a #GProxyResolver a URI representing the destination to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronous lookup of proxy. See g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more details. a #GProxyResolver a URI representing the destination to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Call this function to obtain the array of proxy URIs when g_proxy_resolver_lookup_async() is complete. See g_proxy_resolver_lookup() for more details. A NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed with g_strfreev(). a #GProxyResolver the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback %TRUE if @resolver is supported. A NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed with g_strfreev(). a URI representing the destination to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL a URI representing the destination to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback A NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed with g_strfreev(). the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Changes the size of the memory block pointed to by @data to @size bytes. The function should have the same semantics as realloc(). a pointer to the reallocated memory memory block to reallocate size to reallocate @data to The GRemoteActionGroup interface is implemented by #GActionGroup instances that either transmit action invocations to other processes or receive action invocations in the local process from other processes. The interface has <literal>_full</literal> variants of the two methods on #GActionGroup used to activate actions: g_action_group_activate_action() and g_action_group_change_action_state(). These variants allow a "platform data" #GVariant to be specified: a dictionary providing context for the action invocation (for example: timestamps, startup notification IDs, etc). #GDBusActionGroup implements #GRemoteActionGroup. This provides a mechanism to send platform data for action invocations over D-Bus. Additionally, g_dbus_connection_export_action_group() will check if the exported #GActionGroup implements #GRemoteActionGroup and use the <literal>_full</literal> variants of the calls if available. This provides a mechanism by which to receive platform data for action invocations that arrive by way of D-Bus. Activates the remote action. This is the same as g_action_group_activate_action() except that it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the activation request. This typically contains details such as the user interaction timestamp or startup notification information. @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. the name of the action to activate the optional parameter to the activation the platform data to send Changes the state of a remote action. This is the same as g_action_group_change_action_state() except that it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the state change request. This typically contains details such as the user interaction timestamp or startup notification information. @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. the name of the action to change the state of the new requested value for the state the platform data to send Activates the remote action. This is the same as g_action_group_activate_action() except that it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the activation request. This typically contains details such as the user interaction timestamp or startup notification information. @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. a #GDBusActionGroup the name of the action to activate the optional parameter to the activation the platform data to send Changes the state of a remote action. This is the same as g_action_group_change_action_state() except that it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the state change request. This typically contains details such as the user interaction timestamp or startup notification information. @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed. a #GRemoteActionGroup the name of the action to change the state of the new requested value for the state the platform data to send The virtual function table for #GRemoteActionGroup. the name of the action to activate the optional parameter to the activation the platform data to send the name of the action to change the state of the new requested value for the state the platform data to send #GResolver provides cancellable synchronous and asynchronous DNS resolution, for hostnames (g_resolver_lookup_by_address(), g_resolver_lookup_by_name() and their async variants) and SRV (service) records (g_resolver_lookup_service()). #GNetworkAddress and #GNetworkService provide wrappers around #GResolver functionality that also implement #GSocketConnectable, making it easy to connect to a remote host/service. Frees @addresses (which should be the return value from g_resolver_lookup_by_name() or g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish()). (This is a convenience method; you can also simply free the results by hand.) a #GList of #GInetAddress Frees @targets (which should be the return value from g_resolver_lookup_service() or g_resolver_lookup_service_finish()). (This is a convenience method; you can also simply free the results by hand.) a #GList of #GSrvTarget Gets the default #GResolver. You should unref it when you are done with it. #GResolver may use its reference count as a hint about how many threads it should allocate for concurrent DNS resolutions. the default #GResolver. Synchronously reverse-resolves @address to determine its associated hostname. If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded form), or %NULL on error. the address to reverse-resolve a #GCancellable, or %NULL Begins asynchronously reverse-resolving @address to determine its associated hostname, and eventually calls @callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_by_address_finish() to get the final result. the address to reverse-resolve a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Retrieves the result of a previous call to g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async(). If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded form), or %NULL on error. the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Synchronously resolves @hostname to determine its associated IP address(es). @hostname may be an ASCII-only or UTF-8 hostname, or the textual form of an IP address (in which case this just becomes a wrapper around g_inet_address_new_from_string()). On success, g_resolver_lookup_by_name() will return a #GList of #GInetAddress, sorted in order of preference and guaranteed to not contain duplicates. That is, if using the result to connect to @hostname, you should attempt to connect to the first address first, then the second if the first fails, etc. If you are using the result to listen on a socket, it is appropriate to add each result using e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address(). If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If you are planning to connect to a socket on the resolved IP address, it may be easier to create a #GNetworkAddress and use its #GSocketConnectable interface. a #GList of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) the hostname to look up a #GCancellable, or %NULL Begins asynchronously resolving @hostname to determine its associated IP address(es), and eventually calls @callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish() to get the result. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details. the hostname to look up the address of a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Retrieves the result of a call to g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async(). If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details. the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Synchronously performs a DNS record lookup for the given @rrname and returns a list of records as #GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for information on what the records contain for each @record_type. If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with g_variant_unref() to do this.) the DNS name to lookup the record for the type of DNS record to lookup a #GCancellable, or %NULL Begins asynchronously performing a DNS lookup for the given @rrname, and eventually calls @callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_records_finish() to get the final result. See g_resolver_lookup_records() for more details. the DNS name to lookup the record for the type of DNS record to lookup a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Retrieves the result of a previous call to g_resolver_lookup_records_async(). Returns a list of records as #GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for information on what the records contain. If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with g_variant_unref() to do this.) the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Retrieves the result of a previous call to g_resolver_lookup_service_async(). If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more details. the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Synchronously reverse-resolves @address to determine its associated hostname. If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded form), or %NULL on error. a #GResolver the address to reverse-resolve a #GCancellable, or %NULL Begins asynchronously reverse-resolving @address to determine its associated hostname, and eventually calls @callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_by_address_finish() to get the final result. a #GResolver the address to reverse-resolve a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Retrieves the result of a previous call to g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async(). If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded form), or %NULL on error. a #GResolver the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Synchronously resolves @hostname to determine its associated IP address(es). @hostname may be an ASCII-only or UTF-8 hostname, or the textual form of an IP address (in which case this just becomes a wrapper around g_inet_address_new_from_string()). On success, g_resolver_lookup_by_name() will return a #GList of #GInetAddress, sorted in order of preference and guaranteed to not contain duplicates. That is, if using the result to connect to @hostname, you should attempt to connect to the first address first, then the second if the first fails, etc. If you are using the result to listen on a socket, it is appropriate to add each result using e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address(). If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If you are planning to connect to a socket on the resolved IP address, it may be easier to create a #GNetworkAddress and use its #GSocketConnectable interface. a #GList of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) a #GResolver the hostname to look up a #GCancellable, or %NULL Begins asynchronously resolving @hostname to determine its associated IP address(es), and eventually calls @callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish() to get the result. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details. a #GResolver the hostname to look up the address of a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Retrieves the result of a call to g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async(). If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details. a #GResolver the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Synchronously performs a DNS record lookup for the given @rrname and returns a list of records as #GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for information on what the records contain for each @record_type. If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with g_variant_unref() to do this.) a #GResolver the DNS name to lookup the record for the type of DNS record to lookup a #GCancellable, or %NULL Begins asynchronously performing a DNS lookup for the given @rrname, and eventually calls @callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_records_finish() to get the final result. See g_resolver_lookup_records() for more details. a #GResolver the DNS name to lookup the record for the type of DNS record to lookup a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Retrieves the result of a previous call to g_resolver_lookup_records_async(). Returns a list of records as #GVariant tuples. See #GResolverRecordType for information on what the records contain. If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with g_variant_unref() to do this.) a #GResolver the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Synchronously performs a DNS SRV lookup for the given @service and @protocol in the given @domain and returns an array of #GSrvTarget. @domain may be an ASCII-only or UTF-8 hostname. Note also that the @service and @protocol arguments <emphasis>do not</emphasis> include the leading underscore that appears in the actual DNS entry. On success, g_resolver_lookup_service() will return a #GList of #GSrvTarget, sorted in order of preference. (That is, you should attempt to connect to the first target first, then the second if the first fails, etc.) If the DNS resolution fails, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. If you are planning to connect to the service, it is usually easier to create a #GNetworkService and use its #GSocketConnectable interface. a #GList of #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the targets and the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_targets() to do this.) a #GResolver the service type to look up (eg, "ldap") the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp") the DNS domain to look up the service in a #GCancellable, or %NULL Begins asynchronously performing a DNS SRV lookup for the given @service and @protocol in the given @domain, and eventually calls @callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_service_finish() to get the final result. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more details. a #GResolver the service type to look up (eg, "ldap") the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp") the DNS domain to look up the service in a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback Retrieves the result of a previous call to g_resolver_lookup_service_async(). If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled, @error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. a #GList of #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more details. a #GResolver the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback Sets @resolver to be the application's default resolver (reffing @resolver, and unreffing the previous default resolver, if any). Future calls to g_resolver_get_default() will return this resolver. This can be used if an application wants to perform any sort of DNS caching or "pinning"; it can implement its own #GResolver that calls the original default resolver for DNS operations, and implements its own cache policies on top of that, and then set itself as the default resolver for all later code to use. the new default #GResolver Emitted when the resolver notices that the system resolver configuration has changed. a #GList of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) the hostname to look up a #GCancellable, or %NULL the hostname to look up the address of a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback a #GList of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details. the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded form), or %NULL on error. the address to reverse-resolve a #GCancellable, or %NULL the address to reverse-resolve a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded form), or %NULL on error. the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback a #GList of #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more details. the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback a #GList of #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with g_variant_unref() to do this.) the DNS name to lookup the record for the type of DNS record to lookup a #GCancellable, or %NULL the DNS name to lookup the record for the type of DNS record to lookup a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call after resolution completes data for @callback a #GList of #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with g_variant_unref() to do this.) the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback An error code used with %G_RESOLVER_ERROR in a #GError returned from a #GResolver routine. the requested name/address/service was not found the requested information could not be looked up due to a network error or similar problem unknown error Gets the #GResolver Error Quark. a #GQuark. The type of record that g_resolver_lookup_records() or g_resolver_lookup_records_async() should retrieve. The records are returned as lists of #GVariant tuples. Each record type has different values in the variant tuples returned. %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SRV records are returned as variants with the signature '(qqqs)', containing a guint16 with the priority, a guint16 with the weight, a guint16 with the port, and a string of the hostname. %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_MX records are returned as variants with the signature '(qs)', representing a guint16 with the preference, and a string containing the mail exchanger hostname. %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_TXT records are returned as variants with the signature '(as)', representing an array of the strings in the text record. %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SOA records are returned as variants with the signature '(ssuuuuu)', representing a string containing the primary name server, a string containing the administrator, the serial as a guint32, the refresh interval as guint32, the retry interval as a guint32, the expire timeout as a guint32, and the ttl as a guint32. %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_NS records are returned as variants with the signature '(s)', representing a string of the hostname of the name server. lookup DNS SRV records for a domain lookup DNS MX records for a domain lookup DNS TXT records for a name lookup DNS SOA records for a zone lookup DNS NS records for a domain Applications and libraries often contain binary or textual data that is really part of the application, rather than user data. For instance #GtkBuilder .ui files, splashscreen images, GMenu markup xml, CSS files, icons, etc. These are often shipped as files in <filename>$datadir/appname</filename>, or manually included as literal strings in the code. The #GResource API and the <link linkend="glib-compile-resources">glib-compile-resources</link> program provide a convenient and efficient alternative to this which has some nice properties. You maintain the files as normal files, so its easy to edit them, but during the build the files are combined into a binary bundle that is linked into the executable. This means that loading the resource files are efficient (as they are already in memory, shared with other instances) and simple (no need to check for things like I/O errors or locate the files in the filesystem). It also makes it easier to create relocatable applications. Resource files can also be marked as compressed. Such files will be included in the resource bundle in a compressed form, but will be automatically uncompressed when the resource is used. This is very useful e.g. for larger text files that are parsed once (or rarely) and then thrown away. Resource files can also be marked to be preprocessed, by setting the value of the <literal>preprocess</literal> attribute to a comma-separated list of preprocessing options. The only options currently supported are: <literal>xml-stripblanks</literal> which will use <command>xmllint</command> to strip ignorable whitespace from the xml file. For this to work, the <envar>XMLLINT</envar> environment variable must be set to the full path to the xmllint executable, or xmllint must be in the PATH; otherwise the preprocessing step is skipped. <literal>to-pixdata</literal> which will use <command>gdk-pixbuf-pixdata</command> to convert images to the GdkPixdata format, which allows you to create pixbufs directly using the data inside the resource file, rather than an (uncompressed) copy if it. For this, the gdk-pixbuf-pixdata program must be in the PATH, or the <envar>GDK_PIXBUF_PIXDATA</envar> environment variable must be set to the full path to the gdk-pixbuf-pixdata executable; otherwise the resource compiler will abort. Resource bundles are created by the <link linkend="glib-compile-resources">glib-compile-resources</link> program which takes an xml file that describes the bundle, and a set of files that the xml references. These are combined into a binary resource bundle. <example id="resource-example"><title>Example resource description</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <gresources> <gresource prefix="/org/gtk/Example"> <file>data/splashscreen.png</file> <file compressed="true">dialog.ui</file> <file preprocess="xml-stripblanks">menumarkup.xml</file> </gresource> </gresources> ]]></programlisting></example> This will create a resource bundle with the following files: <programlisting><![CDATA[ /org/gtk/Example/data/splashscreen.png /org/gtk/Example/dialog.ui /org/gtk/Example/menumarkup.xml ]]></programlisting> Note that all resources in the process share the same namespace, so use java-style path prefixes (like in the above example) to avoid conflicts. You can then use <link linkend="glib-compile-resources">glib-compile-resources</link> to compile the xml to a binary bundle that you can load with g_resource_load(). However, its more common to use the --generate-source and --generate-header arguments to create a source file and header to link directly into your application. Once a #GResource has been created and registered all the data in it can be accessed globally in the process by using API calls like g_resources_open_stream() to stream the data or g_resources_lookup_data() to get a direct pointer to the data. You can also use uris like "resource:///org/gtk/Example/data/splashscreen.png" with #GFile to access the resource data. There are two forms of the generated source, the default version uses the compiler support for constructor and destructor functions (where available) to automatically create and register the #GResource on startup or library load time. If you pass --manual-register two functions to register/unregister the resource is instead created. This requires an explicit initialization call in your application/library, but it works on all platforms, even on the minor ones where this is not available. (Constructor support is available for at least Win32, MacOS and Linux.) Note that resource data can point directly into the data segment of e.g. a library, so if you are unloading libraries during runtime you need to be very careful with keeping around pointers to data from a resource, as this goes away when the library is unloaded. However, in practice this is not generally a problem, since most resource accesses is for your own resources, and resource data is often used once, during parsing, and then released. Creates a GResource from a reference to the binary resource bundle. This will keep a reference to @data while the resource lives, so the data should not be modified or freed. If you want to use this resource in the global resource namespace you need to register it with g_resources_register(). a new #GResource, or %NULL on error A #GBytes Registers the resource with the process-global set of resources. Once a resource is registered the files in it can be accessed with the global resource lookup functions like g_resources_lookup_data(). A #GResource Unregisters the resource from the process-global set of resources. A #GResource Returns all the names of children at the specified @path in the resource. The return result is a %NULL terminated list of strings which should be released with g_strfreev(). @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. an array of constant strings A #GResource A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags Looks for a file at the specified @path in the resource and if found returns information about it. @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. %TRUE if the file was found. %FALSE if there were errors A #GResource A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags a location to place the length of the contents of the file, or %NULL if the length is not needed a location to place the flags about the file, or %NULL if the length is not needed Looks for a file at the specified @path in the resource and returns a #GBytes that lets you directly access the data in memory. The data is always followed by a zero byte, so you can safely use the data as a C string. However, that byte is not included in the size of the GBytes. For uncompressed resource files this is a pointer directly into the resource bundle, which is typically in some readonly data section in the program binary. For compressed files we allocate memory on the heap and automatically uncompress the data. @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. #GBytes or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_bytes_unref() A #GResource A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags Looks for a file at the specified @path in the resource and returns a #GInputStream that lets you read the data. @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. #GInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref() A #GResource A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. The passed in #GResource A #GResource Atomically decrements the reference count of @resource by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. A #GResource Loads a binary resource bundle and creates a #GResource representation of it, allowing you to query it for data. If you want to use this resource in the global resource namespace you need to register it with g_resources_register(). a new #GResource, or %NULL on error the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding An error code used with %G_RESOURCE_ERROR in a #GError returned from a #GResource routine. no file was found at the requested path unknown error Gets the #GResource Error Quark. a #GQuark GResourceFlags give information about a particular file inside a resource bundle. No flags set. The file is compressed. GResourceLookupFlags determine how resource path lookups are handled. No flags set. #GSeekable is implemented by streams (implementations of #GInputStream or #GOutputStream) that support seeking. Tests if the stream supports the #GSeekableIface. %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. Tests if the stream can be truncated. %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. Seeks in the stream by the given @offset, modified by @type. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #goffset. a #GSeekType. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Tells the current position within the stream. the offset from the beginning of the buffer. Truncates a stream with a given #offset. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #goffset. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Tests if the stream supports the #GSeekableIface. %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. a #GSeekable. Tests if the stream can be truncated. %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. a #GSeekable. Seeks in the stream by the given @offset, modified by @type. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GSeekable. a #goffset. a #GSeekType. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Tells the current position within the stream. the offset from the beginning of the buffer. a #GSeekable. Truncates a stream with a given #offset. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the partial result will be returned, without an error. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #GSeekable. a #goffset. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Provides an interface for implementing seekable functionality on I/O Streams. the offset from the beginning of the buffer. %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #goffset. a #GSeekType. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. a #goffset. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. The #GSettings class provides a convenient API for storing and retrieving application settings. Reads and writes can be considered to be non-blocking. Reading settings with #GSettings is typically extremely fast: on approximately the same order of magnitude (but slower than) a #GHashTable lookup. Writing settings is also extremely fast in terms of time to return to your application, but can be extremely expensive for other threads and other processes. Many settings backends (including dconf) have lazy initialisation which means in the common case of the user using their computer without modifying any settings a lot of work can be avoided. For dconf, the D-Bus service doesn't even need to be started in this case. For this reason, you should only ever modify #GSettings keys in response to explicit user action. Particular care should be paid to ensure that modifications are not made during startup -- for example, when setting the initial value of preferences widgets. The built-in g_settings_bind() functionality is careful not to write settings in response to notify signals as a result of modifications that it makes to widgets. When creating a GSettings instance, you have to specify a schema that describes the keys in your settings and their types and default values, as well as some other information. Normally, a schema has as fixed path that determines where the settings are stored in the conceptual global tree of settings. However, schemas can also be 'relocatable', i.e. not equipped with a fixed path. This is useful e.g. when the schema describes an 'account', and you want to be able to store a arbitrary number of accounts. Paths must start with and end with a forward slash character ('/') and must not contain two sequential slash characters. Paths should be chosen based on a domain name associated with the program or library to which the settings belong. Examples of paths are "/org/gtk/settings/file-chooser/" and "/ca/desrt/dconf-editor/". Paths should not start with "/apps/", "/desktop/" or "/system/" as they often did in GConf. Unlike other configuration systems (like GConf), GSettings does not restrict keys to basic types like strings and numbers. GSettings stores values as #GVariant, and allows any #GVariantType for keys. Key names are restricted to lowercase characters, numbers and '-'. Furthermore, the names must begin with a lowercase character, must not end with a '-', and must not contain consecutive dashes. Similar to GConf, the default values in GSettings schemas can be localized, but the localized values are stored in gettext catalogs and looked up with the domain that is specified in the <tag class="attribute">gettext-domain</tag> attribute of the <tag class="starttag">schemalist</tag> or <tag class="starttag">schema</tag> elements and the category that is specified in the l10n attribute of the <tag class="starttag">key</tag> element. GSettings uses schemas in a compact binary form that is created by the <link linkend="glib-compile-schemas">glib-compile-schemas</link> utility. The input is a schema description in an XML format that can be described by the following DTD: |[<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/gschema.dtd"><xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback></xi:include>]| glib-compile-schemas expects schema files to have the extension <filename>.gschema.xml</filename> At runtime, schemas are identified by their id (as specified in the <tag class="attribute">id</tag> attribute of the <tag class="starttag">schema</tag> element). The convention for schema ids is to use a dotted name, similar in style to a D-Bus bus name, e.g. "org.gnome.SessionManager". In particular, if the settings are for a specific service that owns a D-Bus bus name, the D-Bus bus name and schema id should match. For schemas which deal with settings not associated with one named application, the id should not use StudlyCaps, e.g. "org.gnome.font-rendering". In addition to #GVariant types, keys can have types that have enumerated types. These can be described by a <tag class="starttag">choice</tag>, <tag class="starttag">enum</tag> or <tag class="starttag">flags</tag> element, see <xref linkend="schema-enumerated"/>. The underlying type of such a key is string, but you can use g_settings_get_enum(), g_settings_set_enum(), g_settings_get_flags(), g_settings_set_flags() access the numeric values corresponding to the string value of enum and flags keys. <example id="schema-default-values"><title>Default values</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <schemalist> <schema id="org.gtk.Test" path="/org/gtk/Test/" gettext-domain="test"> <key name="greeting" type="s"> <default l10n="messages">"Hello, earthlings"</default> <summary>A greeting</summary> <description> Greeting of the invading martians </description> </key> <key name="box" type="(ii)"> <default>(20,30)</default> </key> </schema> </schemalist> ]]></programlisting></example> <example id="schema-enumerated"><title>Ranges, choices and enumerated types</title> <programlisting><![CDATA[ <schemalist> <enum id="org.gtk.Test.myenum"> <value nick="first" value="1"/> <value nick="second" value="2"/> </enum> <flags id="org.gtk.Test.myflags"> <value nick="flag1" value="1"/> <value nick="flag2" value="2"/> <value nick="flag3" value="4"/> </flags> <schema id="org.gtk.Test"> <key name="key-with-range" type="i"> <range min="1" max="100"/> <default>10</default> </key> <key name="key-with-choices" type="s"> <choices> <choice value='Elisabeth'/> <choice value='Annabeth'/> <choice value='Joe'/> </choices> <aliases> <alias value='Anna' target='Annabeth'/> <alias value='Beth' target='Elisabeth'/> </aliases> <default>'Joe'</default> </key> <key name='enumerated-key' enum='org.gtk.Test.myenum'> <default>'first'</default> </key> <key name='flags-key' flags='org.gtk.Test.myflags'> <default>["flag1",flag2"]</default> </key> </schema> </schemalist> ]]></programlisting></example> <refsect2> <title>Vendor overrides</title> <para> Default values are defined in the schemas that get installed by an application. Sometimes, it is necessary for a vendor or distributor to adjust these defaults. Since patching the XML source for the schema is inconvenient and error-prone, <link linkend="glib-compile-schemas">glib-compile-schemas</link> reads so-called 'vendor override' files. These are keyfiles in the same directory as the XML schema sources which can override default values. The schema id serves as the group name in the key file, and the values are expected in serialized GVariant form, as in the following example: <informalexample><programlisting> [org.gtk.Example] key1='string' key2=1.5 </programlisting></informalexample> </para> <para> glib-compile-schemas expects schema files to have the extension <filename>.gschema.override</filename> </para> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Binding</title> <para> A very convenient feature of GSettings lets you bind #GObject properties directly to settings, using g_settings_bind(). Once a GObject property has been bound to a setting, changes on either side are automatically propagated to the other side. GSettings handles details like mapping between GObject and GVariant types, and preventing infinite cycles. </para> <para> This makes it very easy to hook up a preferences dialog to the underlying settings. To make this even more convenient, GSettings looks for a boolean property with the name "sensitivity" and automatically binds it to the writability of the bound setting. If this 'magic' gets in the way, it can be suppressed with the #G_SETTINGS_BIND_NO_SENSITIVITY flag. </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GSettings object with the schema specified by @schema_id. Signals on the newly created #GSettings object will be dispatched via the thread-default #GMainContext in effect at the time of the call to g_settings_new(). The new #GSettings will hold a reference on the context. See g_main_context_push_thread_default(). a new #GSettings object the id of the schema Creates a new #GSettings object with a given schema, backend and path. It should be extremely rare that you ever want to use this function. It is made available for advanced use-cases (such as plugin systems that want to provide access to schemas loaded from custom locations, etc). At the most basic level, a #GSettings object is a pure composition of 4 things: a #GSettingsSchema, a #GSettingsBackend, a path within that backend, and a #GMainContext to which signals are dispatched. This constructor therefore gives you full control over constructing #GSettings instances. The first 4 parameters are given directly as @schema, @backend and @path, and the main context is taken from the thread-default (as per g_settings_new()). If @backend is %NULL then the default backend is used. If @path is %NULL then the path from the schema is used. It is an error f @path is %NULL and the schema has no path of its own or if @path is non-%NULL and not equal to the path that the schema does have. a new #GSettings object a #GSettingsSchema a #GSettingsBackend the path to use Creates a new #GSettings object with the schema specified by @schema_id and a given #GSettingsBackend. Creating a #GSettings object with a different backend allows accessing settings from a database other than the usual one. For example, it may make sense to pass a backend corresponding to the "defaults" settings database on the system to get a settings object that modifies the system default settings instead of the settings for this user. a new #GSettings object the id of the schema the #GSettingsBackend to use Creates a new #GSettings object with the schema specified by @schema_id and a given #GSettingsBackend and path. This is a mix of g_settings_new_with_backend() and g_settings_new_with_path(). a new #GSettings object the id of the schema the #GSettingsBackend to use the path to use Creates a new #GSettings object with the relocatable schema specified by @schema_id and a given path. You only need to do this if you want to directly create a settings object with a schema that doesn't have a specified path of its own. That's quite rare. It is a programmer error to call this function for a schema that has an explicitly specified path. a new #GSettings object the id of the schema the path to use Gets a list of the relocatable #GSettings schemas installed on the system. These are schemas that do not provide their own path. It is usual to instantiate these schemas directly, but if you want to you can use g_settings_new_with_path() to specify the path. The output of this function, taken together with the output of g_settings_list_schemas() represents the complete list of all installed schemas. a list of relocatable #GSettings schemas that are available. The list must not be modified or freed. Gets a list of the #GSettings schemas installed on the system. The returned list is exactly the list of schemas for which you may call g_settings_new() without adverse effects. This function does not list the schemas that do not provide their own paths (ie: schemas for which you must use g_settings_new_with_path()). See g_settings_list_relocatable_schemas() for that. a list of #GSettings schemas that are available. The list must not be modified or freed. Ensures that all pending operations for the given are complete for the default backend. Writes made to a #GSettings are handled asynchronously. For this reason, it is very unlikely that the changes have it to disk by the time g_settings_set() returns. This call will block until all of the writes have made it to the backend. Since the mainloop is not running, no change notifications will be dispatched during this call (but some may be queued by the time the call is done). Removes an existing binding for @property on @object. Note that bindings are automatically removed when the object is finalized, so it is rarely necessary to call this function. the object the property whose binding is removed Applies any changes that have been made to the settings. This function does nothing unless @settings is in 'delay-apply' mode; see g_settings_delay(). In the normal case settings are always applied immediately. a #GSettings instance Create a binding between the @key in the @settings object and the property @property of @object. The binding uses the default GIO mapping functions to map between the settings and property values. These functions handle booleans, numeric types and string types in a straightforward way. Use g_settings_bind_with_mapping() if you need a custom mapping, or map between types that are not supported by the default mapping functions. Unless the @flags include %G_SETTINGS_BIND_NO_SENSITIVITY, this function also establishes a binding between the writability of @key and the "sensitive" property of @object (if @object has a boolean property by that name). See g_settings_bind_writable() for more details about writable bindings. Note that the lifecycle of the binding is tied to the object, and that you can have only one binding per object property. If you bind the same property twice on the same object, the second binding overrides the first one. a #GSettings object the key to bind a #GObject the name of the property to bind flags for the binding Create a binding between the @key in the @settings object and the property @property of @object. The binding uses the provided mapping functions to map between settings and property values. Note that the lifecycle of the binding is tied to the object, and that you can have only one binding per object property. If you bind the same property twice on the same object, the second binding overrides the first one. a #GSettings object the key to bind a #GObject the name of the property to bind flags for the binding a function that gets called to convert values from @settings to @object, or %NULL to use the default GIO mapping a function that gets called to convert values from @object to @settings, or %NULL to use the default GIO mapping data that gets passed to @get_mapping and @set_mapping #GDestroyNotify function for @user_data Create a binding between the writability of @key in the @settings object and the property @property of @object. The property must be boolean; "sensitive" or "visible" properties of widgets are the most likely candidates. Writable bindings are always uni-directional; changes of the writability of the setting will be propagated to the object property, not the other way. When the @inverted argument is %TRUE, the binding inverts the value as it passes from the setting to the object, i.e. @property will be set to %TRUE if the key is <emphasis>not</emphasis> writable. Note that the lifecycle of the binding is tied to the object, and that you can have only one binding per object property. If you bind the same property twice on the same object, the second binding overrides the first one. a #GSettings object the key to bind a #GObject the name of a boolean property to bind whether to 'invert' the value Creates a #GAction corresponding to a given #GSettings key. The action has the same name as the key. The value of the key becomes the state of the action and the action is enabled when the key is writable. Changing the state of the action results in the key being written to. Changes to the value or writability of the key cause appropriate change notifications to be emitted for the action. For boolean-valued keys, action activations take no parameter and result in the toggling of the value. For all other types, activations take the new value for the key (which must have the correct type). a new #GAction a #GSettings the name of a key in @settings Changes the #GSettings object into 'delay-apply' mode. In this mode, changes to @settings are not immediately propagated to the backend, but kept locally until g_settings_apply() is called. a #GSettings object Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. A convenience function that combines g_settings_get_value() with g_variant_get(). It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings or for the #GVariantType of @format to mismatch the type given in the schema. a #GSettings object the key to get the value for a #GVariant format string Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for booleans. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a boolean type in the schema for @settings. a boolean a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Creates a 'child' settings object which has a base path of <replaceable>base-path</replaceable>/@name, where <replaceable>base-path</replaceable> is the base path of @settings. The schema for the child settings object must have been declared in the schema of @settings using a <tag class="starttag">child</tag> element. a 'child' settings object a #GSettings object the name of the 'child' schema Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for doubles. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a 'double' type in the schema for @settings. a double a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Gets the value that is stored in @settings for @key and converts it to the enum value that it represents. In order to use this function the type of the value must be a string and it must be marked in the schema file as an enumerated type. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings or is not marked as an enumerated type. If the value stored in the configuration database is not a valid value for the enumerated type then this function will return the default value. the enum value a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Gets the value that is stored in @settings for @key and converts it to the flags value that it represents. In order to use this function the type of the value must be an array of strings and it must be marked in the schema file as an flags type. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings or is not marked as a flags type. If the value stored in the configuration database is not a valid value for the flags type then this function will return the default value. the flags value a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Returns whether the #GSettings object has any unapplied changes. This can only be the case if it is in 'delayed-apply' mode. %TRUE if @settings has unapplied changes a #GSettings object Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for 32-bit integers. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a int32 type in the schema for @settings. an integer a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings, subject to application-level validation/mapping. You should use this function when the application needs to perform some processing on the value of the key (for example, parsing). The @mapping function performs that processing. If the function indicates that the processing was unsuccessful (due to a parse error, for example) then the mapping is tried again with another value. This allows a robust 'fall back to defaults' behaviour to be implemented somewhat automatically. The first value that is tried is the user's setting for the key. If the mapping function fails to map this value, other values may be tried in an unspecified order (system or site defaults, translated schema default values, untranslated schema default values, etc). If the mapping function fails for all possible values, one additional attempt is made: the mapping function is called with a %NULL value. If the mapping function still indicates failure at this point then the application will be aborted. The result parameter for the @mapping function is pointed to a #gpointer which is initially set to %NULL. The same pointer is given to each invocation of @mapping. The final value of that #gpointer is what is returned by this function. %NULL is valid; it is returned just as any other value would be. the result, which may be %NULL a #GSettings object the key to get the value for the function to map the value in the settings database to the value used by the application user data for @mapping Queries the range of a key. This function will return a #GVariant that fully describes the range of values that are valid for @key. The type of #GVariant returned is <literal>(sv)</literal>. The string describes the type of range restriction in effect. The type and meaning of the value contained in the variant depends on the string. If the string is <literal>'type'</literal> then the variant contains an empty array. The element type of that empty array is the expected type of value and all values of that type are valid. If the string is <literal>'enum'</literal> then the variant contains an array enumerating the possible values. Each item in the array is a possible valid value and no other values are valid. If the string is <literal>'flags'</literal> then the variant contains an array. Each item in the array is a value that may appear zero or one times in an array to be used as the value for this key. For example, if the variant contained the array <literal>['x', 'y']</literal> then the valid values for the key would be <literal>[]</literal>, <literal>['x']</literal>, <literal>['y']</literal>, <literal>['x', 'y']</literal> and <literal>['y', 'x']</literal>. Finally, if the string is <literal>'range'</literal> then the variant contains a pair of like-typed values -- the minimum and maximum permissible values for this key. This information should not be used by normal programs. It is considered to be a hint for introspection purposes. Normal programs should already know what is permitted by their own schema. The format may change in any way in the future -- but particularly, new forms may be added to the possibilities described above. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings. You should free the returned value with g_variant_unref() when it is no longer needed. a #GVariant describing the range a #GSettings the key to query the range of Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for strings. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a string type in the schema for @settings. a newly-allocated string a #GSettings object the key to get the value for A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for string arrays. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having an array of strings type in the schema for @settings. a newly-allocated, %NULL-terminated array of strings, the value that is stored at @key in @settings. a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. A convenience variant of g_settings_get() for 32-bit unsigned integers. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a uint32 type in the schema for @settings. an unsigned integer a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Gets the value that is stored in @settings for @key. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings. a new #GVariant a #GSettings object the key to get the value for Finds out if a key can be written or not %TRUE if the key @name is writable a #GSettings object the name of a key Gets the list of children on @settings. The list is exactly the list of strings for which it is not an error to call g_settings_get_child(). For GSettings objects that are lists, this value can change at any time and you should connect to the "children-changed" signal to watch for those changes. Note that there is a race condition here: you may request a child after listing it only for it to have been destroyed in the meantime. For this reason, g_settings_get_child() may return %NULL even for a child that was listed by this function. For GSettings objects that are not lists, you should probably not be calling this function from "normal" code (since you should already know what children are in your schema). This function may still be useful there for introspection reasons, however. You should free the return value with g_strfreev() when you are done with it. a list of the children on @settings a #GSettings object Introspects the list of keys on @settings. You should probably not be calling this function from "normal" code (since you should already know what keys are in your schema). This function is intended for introspection reasons. You should free the return value with g_strfreev() when you are done with it. a list of the keys on @settings a #GSettings object Checks if the given @value is of the correct type and within the permitted range for @key. This API is not intended to be used by normal programs -- they should already know what is permitted by their own schemas. This API is meant to be used by programs such as editors or commandline tools. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings. %TRUE if @value is valid for @key a #GSettings the key to check the value to check Resets @key to its default value. This call resets the key, as much as possible, to its default value. That might the value specified in the schema or the one set by the administrator. a #GSettings object the name of a key Reverts all non-applied changes to the settings. This function does nothing unless @settings is in 'delay-apply' mode; see g_settings_delay(). In the normal case settings are always applied immediately. Change notifications will be emitted for affected keys. a #GSettings instance Sets @key in @settings to @value. A convenience function that combines g_settings_set_value() with g_variant_new(). It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings or for the #GVariantType of @format to mismatch the type given in the schema. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set a #GVariant format string Sets @key in @settings to @value. A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for booleans. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a boolean type in the schema for @settings. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set the value to set it to Sets @key in @settings to @value. A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for doubles. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a 'double' type in the schema for @settings. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set the value to set it to Looks up the enumerated type nick for @value and writes it to @key, within @settings. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings or is not marked as an enumerated type, or for @value not to be a valid value for the named type. After performing the write, accessing @key directly with g_settings_get_string() will return the 'nick' associated with @value. %TRUE, if the set succeeds a #GSettings object a key, within @settings an enumerated value Looks up the flags type nicks for the bits specified by @value, puts them in an array of strings and writes the array to @key, within @settings. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings or is not marked as a flags type, or for @value to contain any bits that are not value for the named type. After performing the write, accessing @key directly with g_settings_get_strv() will return an array of 'nicks'; one for each bit in @value. %TRUE, if the set succeeds a #GSettings object a key, within @settings a flags value Sets @key in @settings to @value. A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for 32-bit integers. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a int32 type in the schema for @settings. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set the value to set it to Sets @key in @settings to @value. A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for strings. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a string type in the schema for @settings. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set the value to set it to Sets @key in @settings to @value. A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for string arrays. If @value is %NULL, then @key is set to be the empty array. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having an array of strings type in the schema for @settings. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set the value to set it to, or %NULL Sets @key in @settings to @value. A convenience variant of g_settings_set() for 32-bit unsigned integers. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as having a uint32 type in the schema for @settings. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set the value to set it to Sets @key in @settings to @value. It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't contained in the schema for @settings or for @value to have the incorrect type, per the schema. If @value is floating then this function consumes the reference. %TRUE if setting the key succeeded, %FALSE if the key was not writable a #GSettings object the name of the key to set a #GVariant of the correct type Whether the #GSettings object is in 'delay-apply' mode. See g_settings_delay() for details. If this property is %TRUE, the #GSettings object has outstanding changes that will be applied when g_settings_apply() is called. The path within the backend where the settings are stored. The name of the schema that describes the types of keys for this #GSettings object. The type of this property is *not* #GSettingsSchema. #GSettingsSchema has only existed since version 2.32 and unfortunately this name was used in previous versions to refer to the schema ID rather than the schema itself. Take care to use the 'settings-schema' property if you wish to pass in a #GSettingsSchema. The name of the schema that describes the types of keys for this #GSettings object. The #GSettingsSchema describing the types of keys for this #GSettings object. Ideally, this property would be called 'schema'. #GSettingsSchema has only existed since version 2.32, however, and before then the 'schema' property was used to refer to the ID of the schema rather than the schema itself. Take care. The "change-event" signal is emitted once per change event that affects this settings object. You should connect to this signal only if you are interested in viewing groups of changes before they are split out into multiple emissions of the "changed" signal. For most use cases it is more appropriate to use the "changed" signal. In the event that the change event applies to one or more specified keys, @keys will be an array of #GQuark of length @n_keys. In the event that the change event applies to the #GSettings object as a whole (ie: potentially every key has been changed) then @keys will be %NULL and @n_keys will be 0. The default handler for this signal invokes the "changed" signal for each affected key. If any other connected handler returns %TRUE then this default functionality will be suppressed. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. FALSE to propagate the event further. an array of #GQuark<!-- -->s for the changed keys, or %NULL the length of the @keys array, or 0 The "changed" signal is emitted when a key has potentially changed. You should call one of the g_settings_get() calls to check the new value. This signal supports detailed connections. You can connect to the detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when key "x" changes. the name of the key that changed The "writable-change-event" signal is emitted once per writability change event that affects this settings object. You should connect to this signal if you are interested in viewing groups of changes before they are split out into multiple emissions of the "writable-changed" signal. For most use cases it is more appropriate to use the "writable-changed" signal. In the event that the writability change applies only to a single key, @key will be set to the #GQuark for that key. In the event that the writability change affects the entire settings object, @key will be 0. The default handler for this signal invokes the "writable-changed" and "changed" signals for each affected key. This is done because changes in writability might also imply changes in value (if for example, a new mandatory setting is introduced). If any other connected handler returns %TRUE then this default functionality will be suppressed. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. FALSE to propagate the event further. the quark of the key, or 0 The "writable-changed" signal is emitted when the writability of a key has potentially changed. You should call g_settings_is_writable() in order to determine the new status. This signal supports detailed connections. You can connect to the detailed signal "writable-changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when the writability of "x" changes. the key The #GSettingsBackend interface defines a generic interface for non-strictly-typed data that is stored in a hierarchy. To implement an alternative storage backend for #GSettings, you need to implement the #GSettingsBackend interface and then make it implement the extension point #G_SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME. The interface defines methods for reading and writing values, a method for determining if writing of certain values will fail (lockdown) and a change notification mechanism. The semantics of the interface are very precisely defined and implementations must carefully adhere to the expectations of callers that are documented on each of the interface methods. Some of the GSettingsBackend functions accept or return a #GTree. These trees always have strings as keys and #GVariant as values. g_settings_backend_create_tree() is a convenience function to create suitable trees. <note><para> The #GSettingsBackend API is exported to allow third-party implementations, but does not carry the same stability guarantees as the public GIO API. For this reason, you have to define the C preprocessor symbol #G_SETTINGS_ENABLE_BACKEND before including <filename>gio/gsettingsbackend.h</filename> </para></note> Flags used when creating a binding. These flags determine in which direction the binding works. The default is to synchronize in both directions. Equivalent to <literal>G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET|G_SETTINGS_BIND_SET</literal> Update the #GObject property when the setting changes. It is an error to use this flag if the property is not writable. Update the setting when the #GObject property changes. It is an error to use this flag if the property is not readable. Do not try to bind a "sensitivity" property to the writability of the setting When set in addition to #G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET, set the #GObject property value initially from the setting, but do not listen for changes of the setting When passed to g_settings_bind(), uses a pair of mapping functions that invert the boolean value when mapping between the setting and the property. The setting and property must both be booleans. You cannot pass this flag to g_settings_bind_with_mapping(). The type for the function that is used to convert from #GSettings to an object property. The @value is already initialized to hold values of the appropriate type. %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error return location for the property value the #GVariant user data that was specified when the binding was created The type for the function that is used to convert an object property value to a #GVariant for storing it in #GSettings. a new #GVariant holding the data from @value, or %NULL in case of an error a #GValue containing the property value to map the #GVariantType to create user data that was specified when the binding was created The type of the function that is used to convert from a value stored in a #GSettings to a value that is useful to the application. If the value is successfully mapped, the result should be stored at @result and %TRUE returned. If mapping fails (for example, if @value is not in the right format) then %FALSE should be returned. If @value is %NULL then it means that the mapping function is being given a "last chance" to successfully return a valid value. %TRUE must be returned in this case. %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error the #GVariant to map, or %NULL the result of the mapping the user data that was passed to g_settings_get_mapped() The #GSettingsSchemaSource and #GSettingsSchema APIs provide a mechanism for advanced control over the loading of schemas and a mechanism for introspecting their content. Plugin loading systems that wish to provide plugins a way to access settings face the problem of how to make the schemas for these settings visible to GSettings. Typically, a plugin will want to ship the schema along with itself and it won't be installed into the standard system directories for schemas. #GSettingsSchemaSource provides a mechanism for dealing with this by allowing the creation of a new 'schema source' from which schemas can be acquired. This schema source can then become part of the metadata associated with the plugin and queried whenever the plugin requires access to some settings. Consider the following example: |[ typedef struct { ... GSettingsSchemaSource *schema_source; ... } Plugin; Plugin * initialise_plugin (const gchar *dir) { Plugin *plugin; ... plugin->schema_source = g_settings_new_schema_source_from_directory (dir, g_settings_schema_source_get_default (), FALSE, NULL); ... return plugin; } ... GSettings * plugin_get_settings (Plugin *plugin, const gchar *schema_id) { GSettingsSchema *schema; if (schema_id == NULL) schema_id = plugin->identifier; schema = g_settings_schema_source_lookup (plugin->schema_source, schema_id, FALSE); if (schema == NULL) { ... disable the plugin or abort, etc ... } return g_settings_new_full (schema, NULL, NULL); } ]| The code above shows how hooks should be added to the code that initialises (or enables) the plugin to create the schema source and how an API can be added to the plugin system to provide a convenient way for the plugin to access its settings, using the schemas that it ships. From the standpoint of the plugin, it would need to ensure that it ships a gschemas.compiled file as part of itself, and then simply do the following: |[ { GSettings *settings; gint some_value; settings = plugin_get_settings (self, NULL); some_value = g_settings_get_int (settings, "some-value"); ... } ]| It's also possible that the plugin system expects the schema source files (ie: .gschema.xml files) instead of a gschemas.compiled file. In that case, the plugin loading system must compile the schemas for itself before attempting to create the settings source. Get the ID of @schema. the ID a #GSettingsSchema Gets the path associated with @schema, or %NULL. Schemas may be single-instance or relocatable. Single-instance schemas correspond to exactly one set of keys in the backend database: those located at the path returned by this function. Relocatable schemas can be referenced by other schemas and can threfore describe multiple sets of keys at different locations. For relocatable schemas, this function will return %NULL. the path of the schema, or %NULL a #GSettingsSchema Increase the reference count of @schema, returning a new reference. a new reference to @schema a #GSettingsSchema Decrease the reference count of @schema, possibly freeing it. a #GSettingsSchema This is an opaque structure type. You may not access it directly. Attempts to create a new schema source corresponding to the contents of the given directory. This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it may be useful to authors of plugin management systems. The directory should contain a file called <filename>gschemas.compiled</filename> as produced by <command>glib-compile-schemas</command>. If @trusted is %TRUE then <filename>gschemas.compiled</filename> is trusted not to be corrupted. This assumption has a performance advantage, but can result in crashes or inconsistent behaviour in the case of a corrupted file. Generally, you should set @trusted to %TRUE for files installed by the system and to %FALSE for files in the home directory. If @parent is non-%NULL then there are two effects. First, if g_settings_schema_source_lookup() is called with the @recursive flag set to %TRUE and the schema can not be found in the source, the lookup will recurse to the parent. Second, any references to other schemas specified within this source (ie: <literal>child</literal> or <literal>extends</literal>) references may be resolved from the @parent. For this second reason, except in very unusual situations, the @parent should probably be given as the default schema source, as returned by g_settings_schema_source_get_default(). the filename of a directory a #GSettingsSchemaSource, or %NULL %TRUE, if the directory is trusted Looks up a schema with the identifier @schema_id in @source. This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it may be useful to authors of plugin management systems or to those who want to introspect the content of schemas. If the schema isn't found directly in @source and @recursive is %TRUE then the parent sources will also be checked. If the schema isn't found, %NULL is returned. a new #GSettingsSchema a #GSettingsSchemaSource a schema ID %TRUE if the lookup should be recursive Increase the reference count of @source, returning a new reference. a new reference to @source a #GSettingsSchemaSource Decrease the reference count of @source, possibly freeing it. a #GSettingsSchemaSource Gets the default system schema source. This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it may be useful to authors of plugin management systems or to those who want to introspect the content of schemas. If no schemas are installed, %NULL will be returned. The returned source may actually consist of multiple schema sources from different directories, depending on which directories were given in <envar>XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> and <envar>GSETTINGS_SCHEMA_DIR</envar>. For this reason, all lookups performed against the default source should probably be done recursively. the default schema source A #GSimpleAction is the obvious simple implementation of the #GAction interface. This is the easiest way to create an action for purposes of adding it to a #GSimpleActionGroup. See also #GtkAction. Creates a new action. The created action is stateless. See g_simple_action_new_stateful(). a new #GSimpleAction the name of the action the type of parameter to the activate function Creates a new stateful action. @state is the initial state of the action. All future state values must have the same #GVariantType as the initial state. If the @state GVariant is floating, it is consumed. a new #GSimpleAction the name of the action the type of the parameter to the activate function the initial state of the action Sets the action as enabled or not. An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to have its state changed from outside callers. This should only be called by the implementor of the action. Users of the action should not attempt to modify its enabled flag. a #GSimpleAction whether the action is enabled Sets the state of the action. This directly updates the 'state' property to the given value. This should only be called by the implementor of the action. Users of the action should not attempt to directly modify the 'state' property. Instead, they should call g_action_change_state() to request the change. a #GSimpleAction the new #GVariant for the state If @action is currently enabled. If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and g_action_change_state() have no effect. The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying the action once it has been added to a #GSimpleActionGroup. The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the action. The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless. The #GVariantType of the state that the action has, or %NULL if the action is stateless. Indicates that the action was just activated. @parameter will always be of the expected type. In the event that an incorrect type was given, no signal will be emitted. the parameter to the activation Indicates that the action just received a request to change its state. @value will always be of the correct state type. In the event that an incorrect type was given, no signal will be emitted. If no handler is connected to this signal then the default behaviour is to call g_simple_action_set_state() to set the state to the requested value. If you connect a signal handler then no default action is taken. If the state should change then you must call g_simple_action_set_state() from the handler. <example> <title>Example 'change-state' handler</title> <programlisting> static void change_volume_state (GSimpleAction *action, GVariant *value, gpointer user_data) { gint requested; requested = g_variant_get_int32 (value); // Volume only goes from 0 to 10 if (0 <= requested && requested <= 10) g_simple_action_set_state (action, value); } </programlisting> </example> The handler need not set the state to the requested value. It could set it to any value at all, or take some other action. the requested value for the state #GSimpleActionGroup is a hash table filled with #GAction objects, implementing the #GActionGroup and #GActionMap interfaces. Creates a new, empty, #GSimpleActionGroup. a new #GSimpleActionGroup A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances and adding them to the action group. a #GSimpleActionGroup a pointer to the first item in an array of #GActionEntry structs the length of @entries, or -1 the user data for signal connections Adds an action to the action group. If the action group already contains an action with the same name as @action then the old action is dropped from the group. The action group takes its own reference on @action. a #GSimpleActionGroup a #GAction Looks up the action with the name @action_name in the group. If no such action exists, returns %NULL. a #GAction, or %NULL a #GSimpleActionGroup the name of an action Removes the named action from the action group. If no action of this name is in the group then nothing happens. a #GSimpleActionGroup the name of the action <note><para> As of GLib 2.36, #GSimpleAsyncResult is deprecated in favor of #GTask, which provides a simpler API. </para></note> #GSimpleAsyncResult implements #GAsyncResult. GSimpleAsyncResult handles #GAsyncReadyCallback<!-- -->s, error reporting, operation cancellation and the final state of an operation, completely transparent to the application. Results can be returned as a pointer e.g. for functions that return data that is collected asynchronously, a boolean value for checking the success or failure of an operation, or a #gssize for operations which return the number of bytes modified by the operation; all of the simple return cases are covered. Most of the time, an application will not need to know of the details of this API; it is handled transparently, and any necessary operations are handled by #GAsyncResult's interface. However, if implementing a new GIO module, for writing language bindings, or for complex applications that need better control of how asynchronous operations are completed, it is important to understand this functionality. GSimpleAsyncResults are tagged with the calling function to ensure that asynchronous functions and their finishing functions are used together correctly. To create a new #GSimpleAsyncResult, call g_simple_async_result_new(). If the result needs to be created for a #GError, use g_simple_async_result_new_from_error() or g_simple_async_result_new_take_error(). If a #GError is not available (e.g. the asynchronous operation's doesn't take a #GError argument), but the result still needs to be created for an error condition, use g_simple_async_result_new_error() (or g_simple_async_result_set_error_va() if your application or binding requires passing a variable argument list directly), and the error can then be propagated through the use of g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). An asynchronous operation can be made to ignore a cancellation event by calling g_simple_async_result_set_handle_cancellation() with a #GSimpleAsyncResult for the operation and %FALSE. This is useful for operations that are dangerous to cancel, such as close (which would cause a leak if cancelled before being run). GSimpleAsyncResult can integrate into GLib's event loop, #GMainLoop, or it can use #GThread<!-- -->s. g_simple_async_result_complete() will finish an I/O task directly from the point where it is called. g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle() will finish it from an idle handler in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main context</link>. g_simple_async_result_run_in_thread() will run the job in a separate thread and then deliver the result to the thread-default main context. To set the results of an asynchronous function, g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer(), g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gboolean(), and g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gssize() are provided, setting the operation's result to a gpointer, gboolean, or gssize, respectively. Likewise, to get the result of an asynchronous function, g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gpointer(), g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gboolean(), and g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gssize() are provided, getting the operation's result as a gpointer, gboolean, and gssize, respectively. For the details of the requirements implementations must respect, see #GAsyncResult. A typical implementation of an asynchronous operation using GSimpleAsyncResult looks something like this: |[ static void baked_cb (Cake *cake, gpointer user_data) { /&ast; In this example, this callback is not given a reference to the cake, so &ast; the GSimpleAsyncResult has to take a reference to it. &ast;/ GSimpleAsyncResult *result = user_data; if (cake == NULL) g_simple_async_result_set_error (result, BAKER_ERRORS, BAKER_ERROR_NO_FLOUR, "Go to the supermarket"); else g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer (result, g_object_ref (cake), g_object_unref); /&ast; In this example, we assume that baked_cb is called as a callback from &ast; the mainloop, so it's safe to complete the operation synchronously here. &ast; If, however, _baker_prepare_cake () might call its callback without &ast; first returning to the mainloop — inadvisable, but some APIs do so — &ast; we would need to use g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle(). &ast;/ g_simple_async_result_complete (result); g_object_unref (result); } void baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, guint radius, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data) { GSimpleAsyncResult *simple; Cake *cake; if (radius < 3) { g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle (G_OBJECT (self), callback, user_data, BAKER_ERRORS, BAKER_ERROR_TOO_SMALL, "%ucm radius cakes are silly", radius); return; } simple = g_simple_async_result_new (G_OBJECT (self), callback, user_data, baker_bake_cake_async); cake = _baker_get_cached_cake (self, radius); if (cake != NULL) { g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer (simple, g_object_ref (cake), g_object_unref); g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle (simple); g_object_unref (simple); /&ast; Drop the reference returned by _baker_get_cached_cake(); the &ast; GSimpleAsyncResult has taken its own reference. &ast;/ g_object_unref (cake); return; } _baker_prepare_cake (self, radius, baked_cb, simple); } Cake * baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, GAsyncResult *result, GError **error) { GSimpleAsyncResult *simple; Cake *cake; g_return_val_if_fail (g_simple_async_result_is_valid (result, G_OBJECT (self), baker_bake_cake_async), NULL); simple = (GSimpleAsyncResult *) result; if (g_simple_async_result_propagate_error (simple, error)) return NULL; cake = CAKE (g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gpointer (simple)); return g_object_ref (cake); } ]| Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult. The common convention is to create the #GSimpleAsyncResult in the function that starts the asynchronous operation and use that same function as the @source_tag. If your operation supports cancellation with #GCancellable (which it probably should) then you should provide the user's cancellable to g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable() immediately after this function returns. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GObject, or %NULL. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. the asynchronous function. Creates a new #GSimpleAsyncResult with a set error. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GObject, or %NULL. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. a #GQuark. an error code. a string with format characters. Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult from an error condition. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GObject, or %NULL. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. a #GError Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult from an error condition, and takes over the caller's ownership of @error, so the caller does not need to free it anymore. a #GSimpleAsyncResult a #GObject, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data passed to @callback a #GError Ensures that the data passed to the _finish function of an async operation is consistent. Three checks are performed. First, @result is checked to ensure that it is really a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Second, @source is checked to ensure that it matches the source object of @result. Third, @source_tag is checked to ensure that it is either %NULL (as it is when the result was created by g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle() or g_simple_async_report_gerror_in_idle()) or equal to the @source_tag argument given to g_simple_async_result_new() (which, by convention, is a pointer to the _async function corresponding to the _finish function from which this function is called). #TRUE if all checks passed or #FALSE if any failed. the #GAsyncResult passed to the _finish function. the #GObject passed to the _finish function. the asynchronous function. Completes an asynchronous I/O job immediately. Must be called in the thread where the asynchronous result was to be delivered, as it invokes the callback directly. If you are in a different thread use g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle(). Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as is needed to complete the call. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Completes an asynchronous function in an idle handler in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread that @simple was initially created in (and re-pushes that context around the invocation of the callback). Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as is needed to complete the call. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Gets the operation result boolean from within the asynchronous result. %TRUE if the operation's result was %TRUE, %FALSE if the operation's result was %FALSE. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Gets a pointer result as returned by the asynchronous function. a pointer from the result. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Gets a gssize from the asynchronous result. a gssize returned from the asynchronous function. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Gets the source tag for the #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #gpointer to the source object for the #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Propagates an error from within the simple asynchronous result to a given destination. If the #GCancellable given to a prior call to g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable() is cancelled then this function will return %TRUE with @dest set appropriately. %TRUE if the error was propagated to @dest. %FALSE otherwise. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. Runs the asynchronous job in a separate thread and then calls g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle() on @simple to return the result to the appropriate main loop. Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as is needed to run the job and report its completion. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GSimpleAsyncThreadFunc. the io priority of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Sets a #GCancellable to check before dispatching results. This function has one very specific purpose: the provided cancellable is checked at the time of g_simple_async_result_propagate_error() If it is cancelled, these functions will return an "Operation was cancelled" error (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED). Implementors of cancellable asynchronous functions should use this in order to provide a guarantee to their callers that cancelling an async operation will reliably result in an error being returned for that operation (even if a positive result for the operation has already been sent as an idle to the main context to be dispatched). The checking described above is done regardless of any call to the unrelated g_simple_async_result_set_handle_cancellation() function. a #GSimpleAsyncResult a #GCancellable to check, or %NULL to unset Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GQuark (usually #G_IO_ERROR). an error code. a formatted error reporting string. Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError. Unless writing a binding, see g_simple_async_result_set_error(). a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GQuark (usually #G_IO_ERROR). an error code. a formatted error reporting string. va_list of arguments. Sets the result from a #GError. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. #GError. Sets whether to handle cancellation within the asynchronous operation. This function has nothing to do with g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable(). It only refers to the #GCancellable passed to g_simple_async_result_run_in_thread(). a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #gboolean. Sets the operation result to a boolean within the asynchronous result. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #gboolean. Sets the operation result within the asynchronous result to a pointer. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a pointer result from an asynchronous function. a #GDestroyNotify function. Sets the operation result within the asynchronous result to the given @op_res. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #gssize. Sets the result from @error, and takes over the caller's ownership of @error, so the caller does not need to free it any more. a #GSimpleAsyncResult a #GError Simple thread function that runs an asynchronous operation and checks for cancellation. a #GSimpleAsyncResult. a #GObject. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. #GSimplePermission is a trivial implementation of #GPermission that represents a permission that is either always or never allowed. The value is given at construction and doesn't change. Calling request or release will result in errors. Creates a new #GPermission instance that represents an action that is either always or never allowed. the #GSimplePermission, as a #GPermission %TRUE if the action is allowed #GSimpleProxyResolver is a simple #GProxyResolver implementation that handles a single default proxy, multiple URI-scheme-specific proxies, and a list of hosts that proxies should not be used for. #GSimpleProxyResolver is never the default proxy resolver, but it can be used as the base class for another proxy resolver implementation, or it can be created and used manually, such as with g_socket_client_set_proxy_resolver(). Creates a new #GSimpleProxyResolver. See #GSimpleProxyResolver:default-proxy and #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts for more details on how the arguments are interpreted. a new #GSimpleProxyResolver the default proxy to use, eg "socks://192.168.1.1" an optional list of hosts/IP addresses to not use a proxy for. Sets the default proxy on @resolver, to be used for any URIs that don't match #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts or a proxy set via g_simple_proxy_resolver_set_uri_proxy(). If @default_proxy starts with "<literal>socks://</literal>", #GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it as referring to all three of the <literal>socks5</literal>, <literal>socks4a</literal>, and <literal>socks4</literal> proxy types. a #GSimpleProxyResolver the default proxy to use Adds a URI-scheme-specific proxy to @resolver; URIs whose scheme matches @uri_scheme (and which don't match #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts) will be proxied via @proxy. As with #GSimpleProxyResolver:default-proxy, if @proxy starts with "<literal>socks://</literal>", #GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it as referring to all three of the <literal>socks5</literal>, <literal>socks4a</literal>, and <literal>socks4</literal> proxy types. a #GSimpleProxyResolver the URI scheme to add a proxy for the proxy to use for @uri_scheme The default proxy URI that will be used for any URI that doesn't match #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts, and doesn't match any of the schemes set with g_simple_proxy_resolver_set_uri_proxy(). Note that as a special case, if this URI starts with "<literal>socks://</literal>", #GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it as referring to all three of the <literal>socks5</literal>, <literal>socks4a</literal>, and <literal>socks4</literal> proxy types. A list of hostnames and IP addresses that the resolver should allow direct connections to. Entries can be in one of 4 formats: <itemizedlist> <listitem> A hostname, such as "<literal>example.com</literal>", "<literal>.example.com</literal>", or "<literal>*.example.com</literal>", any of which match "<literal>example.com</literal>" or any subdomain of it. </listitem> <listitem> An IPv4 or IPv6 address, such as "<literal>192.168.1.1</literal>", which matches only that address. </listitem> <listitem> A hostname or IP address followed by a port, such as "<literal>example.com:80</literal>", which matches whatever the hostname or IP address would match, but only for URLs with the (explicitly) indicated port. In the case of an IPv6 address, the address part must appear in brackets: "<literal>[::1]:443</literal>" </listitem> <listitem> An IP address range, given by a base address and prefix length, such as "<literal>fe80::/10</literal>", which matches any address in that range. </listitem> </itemizedlist> Note that when dealing with Unicode hostnames, the matching is done against the ASCII form of the name. Also note that hostname exclusions apply only to connections made to hosts identified by name, and IP address exclusions apply only to connections made to hosts identified by address. That is, if <literal>example.com</literal> has an address of <literal>192.168.1.1</literal>, and the :ignore-hosts list contains only "<literal>192.168.1.1</literal>", then a connection to "<literal>example.com</literal>" (eg, via a #GNetworkAddress) will use the proxy, and a connection to "<literal>192.168.1.1</literal>" (eg, via a #GInetSocketAddress) will not. These rules match the "ignore-hosts"/"noproxy" rules most commonly used by other applications. A #GSocket is a low-level networking primitive. It is a more or less direct mapping of the BSD socket API in a portable GObject based API. It supports both the UNIX socket implementations and winsock2 on Windows. #GSocket is the platform independent base upon which the higher level network primitives are based. Applications are not typically meant to use it directly, but rather through classes like #GSocketClient, #GSocketService and #GSocketConnection. However there may be cases where direct use of #GSocket is useful. #GSocket implements the #GInitable interface, so if it is manually constructed by e.g. g_object_new() you must call g_initable_init() and check the results before using the object. This is done automatically in g_socket_new() and g_socket_new_from_fd(), so these functions can return %NULL. Sockets operate in two general modes, blocking or non-blocking. When in blocking mode all operations block until the requested operation is finished or there is an error. In non-blocking mode all calls that would block return immediately with a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error. To know when a call would successfully run you can call g_socket_condition_check(), or g_socket_condition_wait(). You can also use g_socket_create_source() and attach it to a #GMainContext to get callbacks when I/O is possible. Note that all sockets are always set to non blocking mode in the system, and blocking mode is emulated in GSocket. When working in non-blocking mode applications should always be able to handle getting a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error even when some other function said that I/O was possible. This can easily happen in case of a race condition in the application, but it can also happen for other reasons. For instance, on Windows a socket is always seen as writable until a write returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. #GSocket<!-- -->s can be either connection oriented or datagram based. For connection oriented types you must first establish a connection by either connecting to an address or accepting a connection from another address. For connectionless socket types the target/source address is specified or received in each I/O operation. All socket file descriptors are set to be close-on-exec. Note that creating a #GSocket causes the signal %SIGPIPE to be ignored for the remainder of the program. If you are writing a command-line utility that uses #GSocket, you may need to take into account the fact that your program will not automatically be killed if it tries to write to %stdout after it has been closed. Creates a new #GSocket with the defined family, type and protocol. If @protocol is 0 (%G_SOCKET_PROTOCOL_DEFAULT) the default protocol type for the family and type is used. The @protocol is a family and type specific int that specifies what kind of protocol to use. #GSocketProtocol lists several common ones. Many families only support one protocol, and use 0 for this, others support several and using 0 means to use the default protocol for the family and type. The protocol id is passed directly to the operating system, so you can use protocols not listed in #GSocketProtocol if you know the protocol number used for it. a #GSocket or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). the socket family to use, e.g. %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_IPV4. the socket type to use. the id of the protocol to use, or 0 for default. Creates a new #GSocket from a native file descriptor or winsock SOCKET handle. This reads all the settings from the file descriptor so that all properties should work. Note that the file descriptor will be set to non-blocking mode, independent on the blocking mode of the #GSocket. a #GSocket or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a native socket file descriptor. Accept incoming connections on a connection-based socket. This removes the first outstanding connection request from the listening socket and creates a #GSocket object for it. The @socket must be bound to a local address with g_socket_bind() and must be listening for incoming connections (g_socket_listen()). If there are no outstanding connections then the operation will block or return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if non-blocking I/O is enabled. To be notified of an incoming connection, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition. a new #GSocket, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GSocket. a %GCancellable or %NULL When a socket is created it is attached to an address family, but it doesn't have an address in this family. g_socket_bind() assigns the address (sometimes called name) of the socket. It is generally required to bind to a local address before you can receive connections. (See g_socket_listen() and g_socket_accept() ). In certain situations, you may also want to bind a socket that will be used to initiate connections, though this is not normally required. @allow_reuse should be %TRUE for server sockets (sockets that you will eventually call g_socket_accept() on), and %FALSE for client sockets. (Specifically, if it is %TRUE, then g_socket_bind() will set the %SO_REUSEADDR flag on the socket, allowing it to bind @address even if that address was previously used by another socket that has not yet been fully cleaned-up by the kernel. Failing to set this flag on a server socket may cause the bind call to return %G_IO_ERROR_ADDRESS_IN_USE if the server program is stopped and then immediately restarted.) %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GSocket. a #GSocketAddress specifying the local address. whether to allow reusing this address Checks and resets the pending connect error for the socket. This is used to check for errors when g_socket_connect() is used in non-blocking mode. %TRUE if no error, %FALSE otherwise, setting @error to the error a #GSocket Closes the socket, shutting down any active connection. Closing a socket does not wait for all outstanding I/O operations to finish, so the caller should not rely on them to be guaranteed to complete even if the close returns with no error. Once the socket is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED. Closing a socket multiple times will not return an error. Sockets will be automatically closed when the last reference is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure resources are released as early as possible. Beware that due to the way that TCP works, it is possible for recently-sent data to be lost if either you close a socket while the %G_IO_IN condition is set, or else if the remote connection tries to send something to you after you close the socket but before it has finished reading all of the data you sent. There is no easy generic way to avoid this problem; the easiest fix is to design the network protocol such that the client will never send data "out of turn". Another solution is for the server to half-close the connection by calling g_socket_shutdown() with only the @shutdown_write flag set, and then wait for the client to notice this and close its side of the connection, after which the server can safely call g_socket_close(). (This is what #GTcpConnection does if you call g_tcp_connection_set_graceful_disconnect(). But of course, this only works if the client will close its connection after the server does.) %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error a #GSocket Checks on the readiness of @socket to perform operations. The operations specified in @condition are checked for and masked against the currently-satisfied conditions on @socket. The result is returned. Note that on Windows, it is possible for an operation to return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK even immediately after g_socket_condition_check() has claimed that the socket is ready for writing. Rather than calling g_socket_condition_check() and then writing to the socket if it succeeds, it is generally better to simply try writing to the socket right away, and try again later if the initial attempt returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK. It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in condition; these conditions will always be set in the output if they are true. This call never blocks. the @GIOCondition mask of the current state a #GSocket a #GIOCondition mask to check Waits for up to @timeout microseconds for @condition to become true on @socket. If the condition is met, %TRUE is returned. If @cancellable is cancelled before the condition is met, or if @timeout (or the socket's #GSocket:timeout) is reached before the condition is met, then %FALSE is returned and @error, if non-%NULL, is set to the appropriate value (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED or %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT). If you don't want a timeout, use g_socket_condition_wait(). (Alternatively, you can pass -1 for @timeout.) Note that although @timeout is in microseconds for consistency with other GLib APIs, this function actually only has millisecond resolution, and the behavior is undefined if @timeout is not an exact number of milliseconds. %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise a #GSocket a #GIOCondition mask to wait for the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, or -1 a #GCancellable, or %NULL Waits for @condition to become true on @socket. When the condition is met, %TRUE is returned. If @cancellable is cancelled before the condition is met, or if the socket has a timeout set and it is reached before the condition is met, then %FALSE is returned and @error, if non-%NULL, is set to the appropriate value (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED or %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT). See also g_socket_condition_timed_wait(). %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise a #GSocket a #GIOCondition mask to wait for a #GCancellable, or %NULL Connect the socket to the specified remote address. For connection oriented socket this generally means we attempt to make a connection to the @address. For a connection-less socket it sets the default address for g_socket_send() and discards all incoming datagrams from other sources. Generally connection oriented sockets can only connect once, but connection-less sockets can connect multiple times to change the default address. If the connect call needs to do network I/O it will block, unless non-blocking I/O is enabled. Then %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING is returned and the user can be notified of the connection finishing by waiting for the G_IO_OUT condition. The result of the connection must then be checked with g_socket_check_connect_result(). %TRUE if connected, %FALSE on error. a #GSocket. a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address. a %GCancellable or %NULL Creates a #GSocketConnection subclass of the right type for @socket. a #GSocketConnection a #GSocket Creates a %GSource that can be attached to a %GMainContext to monitor for the availibility of the specified @condition on the socket. The callback on the source is of the #GSocketSourceFunc type. It is meaningless to specify %G_IO_ERR or %G_IO_HUP in @condition; these conditions will always be reported output if they are true. @cancellable if not %NULL can be used to cancel the source, which will cause the source to trigger, reporting the current condition (which is likely 0 unless cancellation happened at the same time as a condition change). You can check for this in the callback using g_cancellable_is_cancelled(). If @socket has a timeout set, and it is reached before @condition occurs, the source will then trigger anyway, reporting %G_IO_IN or %G_IO_OUT depending on @condition. However, @socket will have been marked as having had a timeout, and so the next #GSocket I/O method you call will then fail with a %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. a newly allocated %GSource, free with g_source_unref(). a #GSocket a #GIOCondition mask to monitor a %GCancellable or %NULL Get the amount of data pending in the OS input buffer. the number of bytes that can be read from the socket without blocking or -1 on error. a #GSocket Gets the blocking mode of the socket. For details on blocking I/O, see g_socket_set_blocking(). %TRUE if blocking I/O is used, %FALSE otherwise. a #GSocket. Gets the broadcast setting on @socket; if %TRUE, it is possible to send packets to broadcast addresses or receive from broadcast addresses. the broadcast setting on @socket a #GSocket. Returns the credentials of the foreign process connected to this socket, if any (e.g. it is only supported for %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_UNIX sockets). If this operation isn't supported on the OS, the method fails with the %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. On Linux this is implemented by reading the %SO_PEERCRED option on the underlying socket. Other ways to obtain credentials from a foreign peer includes the #GUnixCredentialsMessage type and g_unix_connection_send_credentials() / g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() functions. %NULL if @error is set, otherwise a #GCredentials object that must be freed with g_object_unref(). a #GSocket. Gets the socket family of the socket. a #GSocketFamily a #GSocket. Returns the underlying OS socket object. On unix this is a socket file descriptor, and on Windows this is a Winsock2 SOCKET handle. This may be useful for doing platform specific or otherwise unusual operations on the socket. the file descriptor of the socket. a #GSocket. Gets the keepalive mode of the socket. For details on this, see g_socket_set_keepalive(). %TRUE if keepalive is active, %FALSE otherwise. a #GSocket. Gets the listen backlog setting of the socket. For details on this, see g_socket_set_listen_backlog(). the maximum number of pending connections. a #GSocket. Try to get the local address of a bound socket. This is only useful if the socket has been bound to a local address, either explicitly or implicitly when connecting. a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GSocket. Gets the multicast loopback setting on @socket; if %TRUE (the default), outgoing multicast packets will be looped back to multicast listeners on the same host. the multicast loopback setting on @socket a #GSocket. Gets the multicast time-to-live setting on @socket; see g_socket_set_multicast_ttl() for more details. the multicast time-to-live setting on @socket a #GSocket. Gets the value of an integer-valued option on @socket, as with <literal>getsockopt ()</literal>. (If you need to fetch a non-integer-valued option, you will need to call <literal>getsockopt ()</literal> directly.) The <link linkend="gio-gnetworking.h"><literal>&lt;gio/gnetworking.h&gt;</literal></link> header pulls in system headers that will define most of the standard/portable socket options. For unusual socket protocols or platform-dependent options, you may need to include additional headers. Note that even for socket options that are a single byte in size, @value is still a pointer to a #gint variable, not a #guchar; g_socket_get_option() will handle the conversion internally. success or failure. On failure, @error will be set, and the system error value (<literal>errno</literal> or <literal>WSAGetLastError ()</literal>) will still be set to the result of the <literal>getsockopt ()</literal> call. a #GSocket the "API level" of the option (eg, <literal>SOL_SOCKET</literal>) the "name" of the option (eg, <literal>SO_BROADCAST</literal>) return location for the option value Gets the socket protocol id the socket was created with. In case the protocol is unknown, -1 is returned. a protocol id, or -1 if unknown a #GSocket. Try to get the remove address of a connected socket. This is only useful for connection oriented sockets that have been connected. a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GSocket. Gets the socket type of the socket. a #GSocketType a #GSocket. Gets the timeout setting of the socket. For details on this, see g_socket_set_timeout(). the timeout in seconds a #GSocket. Gets the unicast time-to-live setting on @socket; see g_socket_set_ttl() for more details. the time-to-live setting on @socket a #GSocket. Checks whether a socket is closed. %TRUE if socket is closed, %FALSE otherwise a #GSocket Check whether the socket is connected. This is only useful for connection-oriented sockets. %TRUE if socket is connected, %FALSE otherwise. a #GSocket. Registers @socket to receive multicast messages sent to @group. @socket must be a %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM socket, and must have been bound to an appropriate interface and port with g_socket_bind(). If @iface is %NULL, the system will automatically pick an interface to bind to based on @group. If @source_specific is %TRUE, source-specific multicast as defined in RFC 4604 is used. Note that on older platforms this may fail with a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GSocket. a #GInetAddress specifying the group address to join. %TRUE if source-specific multicast should be used Name of the interface to use, or %NULL Removes @socket from the multicast group defined by @group, @iface, and @source_specific (which must all have the same values they had when you joined the group). @socket remains bound to its address and port, and can still receive unicast messages after calling this. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GSocket. a #GInetAddress specifying the group address to leave. %TRUE if source-specific multicast was used Interface used Marks the socket as a server socket, i.e. a socket that is used to accept incoming requests using g_socket_accept(). Before calling this the socket must be bound to a local address using g_socket_bind(). To set the maximum amount of outstanding clients, use g_socket_set_listen_backlog(). %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GSocket. Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket. This is mainly used by connection-oriented sockets; it is identical to g_socket_receive_from() with @address set to %NULL. For %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM and %G_SOCKET_TYPE_SEQPACKET sockets, g_socket_receive() will always read either 0 or 1 complete messages from the socket. If the received message is too large to fit in @buffer, then the data beyond @size bytes will be discarded, without any explicit indication that this has occurred. For %G_SOCKET_TYPE_STREAM sockets, g_socket_receive() can return any number of bytes, up to @size. If more than @size bytes have been received, the additional data will be returned in future calls to g_socket_receive(). If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there is some data to receive, the connection is closed, or there is an error. If there is no data available and the socket is in non-blocking mode, a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error will be returned. To be notified when data is available, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by the peer, or -1 on error a #GSocket a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @size bytes long). the number of bytes you want to read from the socket a %GCancellable or %NULL Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket. If @address is non-%NULL then @address will be set equal to the source address of the received packet. @address is owned by the caller. See g_socket_receive() for additional information. Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by the peer, or -1 on error a #GSocket a pointer to a #GSocketAddress pointer, or %NULL a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @size bytes long). the number of bytes you want to read from the socket a %GCancellable or %NULL Receive data from a socket. This is the most complicated and fully-featured version of this call. For easier use, see g_socket_receive() and g_socket_receive_from(). If @address is non-%NULL then @address will be set equal to the source address of the received packet. @address is owned by the caller. @vector must point to an array of #GInputVector structs and @num_vectors must be the length of this array. These structs describe the buffers that received data will be scattered into. If @num_vectors is -1, then @vectors is assumed to be terminated by a #GInputVector with a %NULL buffer pointer. As a special case, if @num_vectors is 0 (in which case, @vectors may of course be %NULL), then a single byte is received and discarded. This is to facilitate the common practice of sending a single '\0' byte for the purposes of transferring ancillary data. @messages, if non-%NULL, will be set to point to a newly-allocated array of #GSocketControlMessage instances or %NULL if no such messages was received. These correspond to the control messages received from the kernel, one #GSocketControlMessage per message from the kernel. This array is %NULL-terminated and must be freed by the caller using g_free() after calling g_object_unref() on each element. If @messages is %NULL, any control messages received will be discarded. @num_messages, if non-%NULL, will be set to the number of control messages received. If both @messages and @num_messages are non-%NULL, then @num_messages gives the number of #GSocketControlMessage instances in @messages (ie: not including the %NULL terminator). @flags is an in/out parameter. The commonly available arguments for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the values there are the same as the system values, and the flags are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too (and g_socket_receive_message() may pass system-specific flags out). As with g_socket_receive(), data may be discarded if @socket is %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM or %G_SOCKET_TYPE_SEQPACKET and you do not provide enough buffer space to read a complete message. You can pass %G_SOCKET_MSG_PEEK in @flags to peek at the current message without removing it from the receive queue, but there is no portable way to find out the length of the message other than by reading it into a sufficiently-large buffer. If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there is some data to receive, the connection is closed, or there is an error. If there is no data available and the socket is in non-blocking mode, a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error will be returned. To be notified when data is available, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition. On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by the peer, or -1 on error a #GSocket a pointer to a #GSocketAddress pointer, or %NULL an array of #GInputVector structs the number of elements in @vectors, or -1 a pointer which may be filled with an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL a pointer which will be filled with the number of elements in @messages, or %NULL a pointer to an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags a %GCancellable or %NULL This behaves exactly the same as g_socket_receive(), except that the choice of blocking or non-blocking behavior is determined by the @blocking argument rather than by @socket's properties. Number of bytes read, or 0 if the connection was closed by the peer, or -1 on error a #GSocket a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @size bytes long). the number of bytes you want to read from the socket whether to do blocking or non-blocking I/O a %GCancellable or %NULL Tries to send @size bytes from @buffer on the socket. This is mainly used by connection-oriented sockets; it is identical to g_socket_send_to() with @address set to %NULL. If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there is space for the data in the socket queue. If there is no space available and the socket is in non-blocking mode a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error will be returned. To be notified when space is available, wait for the %G_IO_OUT condition. Note though that you may still receive %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from g_socket_send() even if you were previously notified of a %G_IO_OUT condition. (On Windows in particular, this is very common due to the way the underlying APIs work.) On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 on error a #GSocket the buffer containing the data to send. the number of bytes to send a %GCancellable or %NULL Send data to @address on @socket. This is the most complicated and fully-featured version of this call. For easier use, see g_socket_send() and g_socket_send_to(). If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver (set by g_socket_connect()). @vectors must point to an array of #GOutputVector structs and @num_vectors must be the length of this array. (If @num_vectors is -1, then @vectors is assumed to be terminated by a #GOutputVector with a %NULL buffer pointer.) The #GOutputVector structs describe the buffers that the sent data will be gathered from. Using multiple #GOutputVector<!-- -->s is more memory-efficient than manually copying data from multiple sources into a single buffer, and more network-efficient than making multiple calls to g_socket_send(). @messages, if non-%NULL, is taken to point to an array of @num_messages #GSocketControlMessage instances. These correspond to the control messages to be sent on the socket. If @num_messages is -1 then @messages is treated as a %NULL-terminated array. @flags modify how the message is sent. The commonly available arguments for this are available in the #GSocketMsgFlags enum, but the values there are the same as the system values, and the flags are passed in as-is, so you can pass in system-specific flags too. If the socket is in blocking mode the call will block until there is space for the data in the socket queue. If there is no space available and the socket is in non-blocking mode a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error will be returned. To be notified when space is available, wait for the %G_IO_OUT condition. Note though that you may still receive %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK from g_socket_send() even if you were previously notified of a %G_IO_OUT condition. (On Windows in particular, this is very common due to the way the underlying APIs work.) On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 on error a #GSocket a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL an array of #GOutputVector structs the number of elements in @vectors, or -1 a pointer to an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL. number of elements in @messages, or -1. an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags a %GCancellable or %NULL Tries to send @size bytes from @buffer to @address. If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver (set by g_socket_connect()). See g_socket_send() for additional information. Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 on error a #GSocket a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL the buffer containing the data to send. the number of bytes to send a %GCancellable or %NULL This behaves exactly the same as g_socket_send(), except that the choice of blocking or non-blocking behavior is determined by the @blocking argument rather than by @socket's properties. Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1 on error a #GSocket the buffer containing the data to send. the number of bytes to send whether to do blocking or non-blocking I/O a %GCancellable or %NULL Sets the blocking mode of the socket. In blocking mode all operations block until they succeed or there is an error. In non-blocking mode all functions return results immediately or with a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error. All sockets are created in blocking mode. However, note that the platform level socket is always non-blocking, and blocking mode is a GSocket level feature. a #GSocket. Whether to use blocking I/O or not. Sets whether @socket should allow sending to and receiving from broadcast addresses. This is %FALSE by default. a #GSocket. whether @socket should allow sending to and receiving from broadcast addresses Sets or unsets the %SO_KEEPALIVE flag on the underlying socket. When this flag is set on a socket, the system will attempt to verify that the remote socket endpoint is still present if a sufficiently long period of time passes with no data being exchanged. If the system is unable to verify the presence of the remote endpoint, it will automatically close the connection. This option is only functional on certain kinds of sockets. (Notably, %G_SOCKET_PROTOCOL_TCP sockets.) The exact time between pings is system- and protocol-dependent, but will normally be at least two hours. Most commonly, you would set this flag on a server socket if you want to allow clients to remain idle for long periods of time, but also want to ensure that connections are eventually garbage-collected if clients crash or become unreachable. a #GSocket. Value for the keepalive flag Sets the maximum number of outstanding connections allowed when listening on this socket. If more clients than this are connecting to the socket and the application is not handling them on time then the new connections will be refused. Note that this must be called before g_socket_listen() and has no effect if called after that. a #GSocket. the maximum number of pending connections. Sets whether outgoing multicast packets will be received by sockets listening on that multicast address on the same host. This is %TRUE by default. a #GSocket. whether @socket should receive messages sent to its multicast groups from the local host Sets the time-to-live for outgoing multicast datagrams on @socket. By default, this is 1, meaning that multicast packets will not leave the local network. a #GSocket. the time-to-live value for all multicast datagrams on @socket Sets the value of an integer-valued option on @socket, as with <literal>setsockopt ()</literal>. (If you need to set a non-integer-valued option, you will need to call <literal>setsockopt ()</literal> directly.) The <link linkend="gio-gnetworking.h"><literal>&lt;gio/gnetworking.h&gt;</literal></link> header pulls in system headers that will define most of the standard/portable socket options. For unusual socket protocols or platform-dependent options, you may need to include additional headers. success or failure. On failure, @error will be set, and the system error value (<literal>errno</literal> or <literal>WSAGetLastError ()</literal>) will still be set to the result of the <literal>setsockopt ()</literal> call. a #GSocket the "API level" of the option (eg, <literal>SOL_SOCKET</literal>) the "name" of the option (eg, <literal>SO_BROADCAST</literal>) the value to set the option to Sets the time in seconds after which I/O operations on @socket will time out if they have not yet completed. On a blocking socket, this means that any blocking #GSocket operation will time out after @timeout seconds of inactivity, returning %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. On a non-blocking socket, calls to g_socket_condition_wait() will also fail with %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT after the given time. Sources created with g_socket_create_source() will trigger after @timeout seconds of inactivity, with the requested condition set, at which point calling g_socket_receive(), g_socket_send(), g_socket_check_connect_result(), etc, will fail with %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. If @timeout is 0 (the default), operations will never time out on their own. Note that if an I/O operation is interrupted by a signal, this may cause the timeout to be reset. a #GSocket. the timeout for @socket, in seconds, or 0 for none Sets the time-to-live for outgoing unicast packets on @socket. By default the platform-specific default value is used. a #GSocket. the time-to-live value for all unicast packets on @socket Shut down part of a full-duplex connection. If @shutdown_read is %TRUE then the receiving side of the connection is shut down, and further reading is disallowed. If @shutdown_write is %TRUE then the sending side of the connection is shut down, and further writing is disallowed. It is allowed for both @shutdown_read and @shutdown_write to be %TRUE. One example where this is used is graceful disconnect for TCP connections where you close the sending side, then wait for the other side to close the connection, thus ensuring that the other side saw all sent data. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error a #GSocket whether to shut down the read side whether to shut down the write side Checks if a socket is capable of speaking IPv4. IPv4 sockets are capable of speaking IPv4. On some operating systems and under some combinations of circumstances IPv6 sockets are also capable of speaking IPv4. See RFC 3493 section 3.7 for more information. No other types of sockets are currently considered as being capable of speaking IPv4. %TRUE if this socket can be used with IPv4. a #GSocket Whether the socket should allow sending to and receiving from broadcast addresses. Whether outgoing multicast packets loop back to the local host. Time-to-live out outgoing multicast packets The timeout in seconds on socket I/O Time-to-live for outgoing unicast packets #GSocketAddress is the equivalent of <type>struct sockaddr</type> in the BSD sockets API. This is an abstract class; use #GInetSocketAddress for internet sockets, or #GUnixSocketAddress for UNIX domain sockets. Creates a #GSocketAddress subclass corresponding to the native <type>struct sockaddr</type> @native. a new #GSocketAddress if @native could successfully be converted, otherwise %NULL. a pointer to a <type>struct sockaddr</type> the size of the memory location pointed to by @native Gets the socket family type of @address. the socket family type of @address. Gets the size of @address's native <type>struct sockaddr</type>. You can use this to allocate memory to pass to g_socket_address_to_native(). the size of the native <type>struct sockaddr</type> that @address represents Converts a #GSocketAddress to a native <type>struct sockaddr</type>, which can be passed to low-level functions like connect() or bind(). If not enough space is available, a %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE error is returned. If the address type is not known on the system then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error is returned. %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native <type>struct sockaddr</type>. the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as g_socket_address_get_native_size(). Gets the socket family type of @address. the socket family type of @address. a #GSocketAddress Gets the size of @address's native <type>struct sockaddr</type>. You can use this to allocate memory to pass to g_socket_address_to_native(). the size of the native <type>struct sockaddr</type> that @address represents a #GSocketAddress Converts a #GSocketAddress to a native <type>struct sockaddr</type>, which can be passed to low-level functions like connect() or bind(). If not enough space is available, a %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE error is returned. If the address type is not known on the system then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error is returned. %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error a #GSocketAddress a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native <type>struct sockaddr</type>. the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as g_socket_address_get_native_size(). the socket family type of @address. the size of the native <type>struct sockaddr</type> that @address represents %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native <type>struct sockaddr</type>. the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as g_socket_address_get_native_size(). Enumerator type for objects that contain or generate #GSocketAddress<!-- -->es. Retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator. Note that this may block for some amount of time. (Eg, a #GNetworkAddress may need to do a DNS lookup before it can return an address.) Use g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async() if you need to avoid blocking. If @enumerator is expected to yield addresses, but for some reason is unable to (eg, because of a DNS error), then the first call to g_socket_address_enumerator_next() will return an appropriate error in *@error. However, if the first call to g_socket_address_enumerator_next() succeeds, then any further internal errors (other than @cancellable being triggered) will be ignored. a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no more addresses. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Asynchronously retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator and then calls @callback, which must call g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish() to get the result. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Retrieves the result of a completed call to g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async(). See g_socket_address_enumerator_next() for more information about error handling. a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no more addresses. a #GAsyncResult Retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator. Note that this may block for some amount of time. (Eg, a #GNetworkAddress may need to do a DNS lookup before it can return an address.) Use g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async() if you need to avoid blocking. If @enumerator is expected to yield addresses, but for some reason is unable to (eg, because of a DNS error), then the first call to g_socket_address_enumerator_next() will return an appropriate error in *@error. However, if the first call to g_socket_address_enumerator_next() succeeds, then any further internal errors (other than @cancellable being triggered) will be ignored. a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no more addresses. a #GSocketAddressEnumerator optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Asynchronously retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator and then calls @callback, which must call g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish() to get the result. a #GSocketAddressEnumerator optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Retrieves the result of a completed call to g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async(). See g_socket_address_enumerator_next() for more information about error handling. a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no more addresses. a #GSocketAddressEnumerator a #GAsyncResult a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no more addresses. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no more addresses. a #GAsyncResult #GSocketClient is a lightweight high-level utility class for connecting to a network host using a connection oriented socket type. You create a #GSocketClient object, set any options you want, and then call a sync or async connect operation, which returns a #GSocketConnection subclass on success. The type of the #GSocketConnection object returned depends on the type of the underlying socket that is in use. For instance, for a TCP/IP connection it will be a #GTcpConnection. As #GSocketClient is a lightweight object, you don't need to cache it. You can just create a new one any time you need one. Creates a new #GSocketClient with the default options. a #GSocketClient. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). Enable proxy protocols to be handled by the application. When the indicated proxy protocol is returned by the #GProxyResolver, #GSocketClient will consider this protocol as supported but will not try to find a #GProxy instance to handle handshaking. The application must check for this case by calling g_socket_connection_get_remote_address() on the returned #GSocketConnection, and seeing if it's a #GProxyAddress of the appropriate type, to determine whether or not it needs to handle the proxy handshaking itself. This should be used for proxy protocols that are dialects of another protocol such as HTTP proxy. It also allows cohabitation of proxy protocols that are reused between protocols. A good example is HTTP. It can be used to proxy HTTP, FTP and Gopher and can also be use as generic socket proxy through the HTTP CONNECT method. When the proxy is detected as being an application proxy, TLS handshake will be skipped. This is required to let the application do the proxy specific handshake. a #GSocketClient The proxy protocol Tries to resolve the @connectable and make a network connection to it. Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their reference to it when finished with it. The type of the #GSocketConnection object returned depends on the type of the underlying socket that is used. For instance, for a TCP/IP connection it will be a #GTcpConnection. The socket created will be the same family as the address that the @connectable resolves to, unless family is set with g_socket_client_set_family() or indirectly via g_socket_client_set_local_address(). The socket type defaults to %G_SOCKET_TYPE_STREAM but can be set with g_socket_client_set_socket_type(). If a local address is specified with g_socket_client_set_local_address() the socket will be bound to this address before connecting. a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketClient. a #GSocketConnectable specifying the remote address. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect(). When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GSocketClient a #GSocketConnectable specifying the remote address. a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data for the callback Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_async() a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketClient. a #GAsyncResult. This is a helper function for g_socket_client_connect(). Attempts to create a TCP connection to the named host. @host_and_port may be in any of a number of recognized formats; an IPv6 address, an IPv4 address, or a domain name (in which case a DNS lookup is performed). Quoting with [] is supported for all address types. A port override may be specified in the usual way with a colon. Ports may be given as decimal numbers or symbolic names (in which case an /etc/services lookup is performed). If no port override is given in @host_and_port then @default_port will be used as the port number to connect to. In general, @host_and_port is expected to be provided by the user (allowing them to give the hostname, and a port override if necessary) and @default_port is expected to be provided by the application. In the case that an IP address is given, a single connection attempt is made. In the case that a name is given, multiple connection attempts may be made, in turn and according to the number of address records in DNS, until a connection succeeds. Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their reference to it when finished with it. In the event of any failure (DNS error, service not found, no hosts connectable) %NULL is returned and @error (if non-%NULL) is set accordingly. a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketClient the name and optionally port of the host to connect to the default port to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect_to_host(). When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_to_host_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GSocketClient the name and optionally the port of the host to connect to the default port to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data for the callback Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_host_async() a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketClient. a #GAsyncResult. Attempts to create a TCP connection to a service. This call looks up the SRV record for @service at @domain for the "tcp" protocol. It then attempts to connect, in turn, to each of the hosts providing the service until either a connection succeeds or there are no hosts remaining. Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their reference to it when finished with it. In the event of any failure (DNS error, service not found, no hosts connectable) %NULL is returned and @error (if non-%NULL) is set accordingly. a #GSocketConnection if successful, or %NULL on error a #GSocketConnection a domain name the name of the service to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect_to_service(). a #GSocketClient a domain name the name of the service to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data for the callback Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_service_async() a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketClient. a #GAsyncResult. This is a helper function for g_socket_client_connect(). Attempts to create a TCP connection with a network URI. @uri may be any valid URI containing an "authority" (hostname/port) component. If a port is not specified in the URI, @default_port will be used. TLS will be negotiated if #GSocketClient:tls is %TRUE. (#GSocketClient does not know to automatically assume TLS for certain URI schemes.) Using this rather than g_socket_client_connect() or g_socket_client_connect_to_host() allows #GSocketClient to determine when to use application-specific proxy protocols. Upon a successful connection, a new #GSocketConnection is constructed and returned. The caller owns this new object and must drop their reference to it when finished with it. In the event of any failure (DNS error, service not found, no hosts connectable) %NULL is returned and @error (if non-%NULL) is set accordingly. a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketClient A network URI the default port to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect_to_uri(). When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_to_uri_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GSocketClient a network uri the default port to connect to a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data for the callback Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_uri_async() a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketClient. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the proxy enable state; see g_socket_client_set_enable_proxy() whether proxying is enabled a #GSocketClient. Gets the socket family of the socket client. See g_socket_client_set_family() for details. a #GSocketFamily a #GSocketClient. Gets the local address of the socket client. See g_socket_client_set_local_address() for details. a #GSocketAddress or %NULL. Do not free. a #GSocketClient. Gets the protocol name type of the socket client. See g_socket_client_set_protocol() for details. a #GSocketProtocol a #GSocketClient Gets the #GProxyResolver being used by @client. Normally, this will be the resolver returned by g_proxy_resolver_get_default(), but you can override it with g_socket_client_set_proxy_resolver(). The #GProxyResolver being used by @client. a #GSocketClient. Gets the socket type of the socket client. See g_socket_client_set_socket_type() for details. a #GSocketFamily a #GSocketClient. Gets the I/O timeout time for sockets created by @client. See g_socket_client_set_timeout() for details. the timeout in seconds a #GSocketClient Gets whether @client creates TLS connections. See g_socket_client_set_tls() for details. whether @client uses TLS a #GSocketClient. Gets the TLS validation flags used creating TLS connections via @client. the TLS validation flags a #GSocketClient. Sets whether or not @client attempts to make connections via a proxy server. When enabled (the default), #GSocketClient will use a #GProxyResolver to determine if a proxy protocol such as SOCKS is needed, and automatically do the necessary proxy negotiation. See also g_socket_client_set_proxy_resolver(). a #GSocketClient. whether to enable proxies Sets the socket family of the socket client. If this is set to something other than %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_INVALID then the sockets created by this object will be of the specified family. This might be useful for instance if you want to force the local connection to be an ipv4 socket, even though the address might be an ipv6 mapped to ipv4 address. a #GSocketClient. a #GSocketFamily Sets the local address of the socket client. The sockets created by this object will bound to the specified address (if not %NULL) before connecting. This is useful if you want to ensure that the local side of the connection is on a specific port, or on a specific interface. a #GSocketClient. a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL Sets the protocol of the socket client. The sockets created by this object will use of the specified protocol. If @protocol is %0 that means to use the default protocol for the socket family and type. a #GSocketClient. a #GSocketProtocol Overrides the #GProxyResolver used by @client. You can call this if you want to use specific proxies, rather than using the system default proxy settings. Note that whether or not the proxy resolver is actually used depends on the setting of #GSocketClient:enable-proxy, which is not changed by this function (but which is %TRUE by default) a #GSocketClient. a #GProxyResolver, or %NULL for the default. Sets the socket type of the socket client. The sockets created by this object will be of the specified type. It doesn't make sense to specify a type of %G_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM, as GSocketClient is used for connection oriented services. a #GSocketClient. a #GSocketType Sets the I/O timeout for sockets created by @client. @timeout is a time in seconds, or 0 for no timeout (the default). The timeout value affects the initial connection attempt as well, so setting this may cause calls to g_socket_client_connect(), etc, to fail with %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT. a #GSocketClient. the timeout Sets whether @client creates TLS (aka SSL) connections. If @tls is %TRUE, @client will wrap its connections in a #GTlsClientConnection and perform a TLS handshake when connecting. Note that since #GSocketClient must return a #GSocketConnection, but #GTlsClientConnection is not a #GSocketConnection, this actually wraps the resulting #GTlsClientConnection in a #GTcpWrapperConnection when returning it. You can use g_tcp_wrapper_connection_get_base_io_stream() on the return value to extract the #GTlsClientConnection. If you need to modify the behavior of the TLS handshake (eg, by setting a client-side certificate to use, or connecting to the #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate signal), you can connect to @client's #GSocketClient::event signal and wait for it to be emitted with %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_TLS_HANDSHAKING, which will give you a chance to see the #GTlsClientConnection before the handshake starts. a #GSocketClient. whether to use TLS Sets the TLS validation flags used when creating TLS connections via @client. The default value is %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL. a #GSocketClient. the validation flags The proxy resolver to use Emitted when @client's activity on @connectable changes state. Among other things, this can be used to provide progress information about a network connection in the UI. The meanings of the different @event values are as follows: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_RESOLVING:</term> <listitem><para> @client is about to look up @connectable in DNS. @connection will be %NULL. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_RESOLVED:</term> <listitem><para> @client has successfully resolved @connectable in DNS. @connection will be %NULL. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_CONNECTING:</term> <listitem><para> @client is about to make a connection to a remote host; either a proxy server or the destination server itself. @connection is the #GSocketConnection, which is not yet connected. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_CONNECTED:</term> <listitem><para> @client has successfully connected to a remote host. @connection is the connected #GSocketConnection. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_PROXY_NEGOTIATING:</term> <listitem><para> @client is about to negotiate with a proxy to get it to connect to @connectable. @connection is the #GSocketConnection to the proxy server. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_PROXY_NEGOTIATED:</term> <listitem><para> @client has negotiated a connection to @connectable through a proxy server. @connection is the stream returned from g_proxy_connect(), which may or may not be a #GSocketConnection. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_TLS_HANDSHAKING:</term> <listitem><para> @client is about to begin a TLS handshake. @connection is a #GTlsClientConnection. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_TLS_HANDSHAKED:</term> <listitem><para> @client has successfully completed the TLS handshake. @connection is a #GTlsClientConnection. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>%G_SOCKET_CLIENT_COMPLETE:</term> <listitem><para> @client has either successfully connected to @connectable (in which case @connection is the #GSocketConnection that it will be returning to the caller) or has failed (in which case @connection is %NULL and the client is about to return an error). </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Each event except %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_COMPLETE may be emitted multiple times (or not at all) for a given connectable (in particular, if @client ends up attempting to connect to more than one address). However, if @client emits the #GSocketClient::event signal at all for a given connectable, that it will always emit it with %G_SOCKET_CLIENT_COMPLETE when it is done. Note that there may be additional #GSocketClientEvent values in the future; unrecognized @event values should be ignored. the event that is occurring the #GSocketConnectable that @event is occurring on the current representation of the connection Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketClient. See the #GSocketClient::event signal for more details. Additional values may be added to this type in the future. The client is doing a DNS lookup. The client has completed a DNS lookup. The client is connecting to a remote host (either a proxy or the destination server). The client has connected to a remote host. The client is negotiating with a proxy to connect to the destination server. The client has negotiated with the proxy server. The client is performing a TLS handshake. The client has performed a TLS handshake. The client is done with a particular #GSocketConnectable. Objects that describe one or more potential socket endpoints implement #GSocketConnectable. Callers can then use g_socket_connectable_enumerate() to get a #GSocketAddressEnumerator to try out each socket address in turn until one succeeds, as shown in the sample code below. |[ MyConnectionType * connect_to_host (const char *hostname, guint16 port, GCancellable *cancellable, GError **error) { MyConnection *conn = NULL; GSocketConnectable *addr; GSocketAddressEnumerator *enumerator; GSocketAddress *sockaddr; GError *conn_error = NULL; addr = g_network_address_new ("www.gnome.org", 80); enumerator = g_socket_connectable_enumerate (addr); g_object_unref (addr); /<!-- -->* Try each sockaddr until we succeed. Record the first * connection error, but not any further ones (since they'll probably * be basically the same as the first). *<!-- -->/ while (!conn && (sockaddr = g_socket_address_enumerator_next (enumerator, cancellable, error)) { conn = connect_to_sockaddr (sockaddr, conn_error ? NULL : &conn_error); g_object_unref (sockaddr); } g_object_unref (enumerator); if (conn) { if (conn_error) { /<!-- -->* We couldn't connect to the first address, but we succeeded * in connecting to a later address. *<!-- -->/ g_error_free (conn_error); } return conn; } else if (error) { /<!-- -->* Either the initial lookup failed, or else the caller * cancelled us. *<!-- -->/ if (conn_error) g_error_free (conn_error); return NULL; } else { g_error_propagate (error, conn_error); return NULL; } } ]| Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable. a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable that will return #GProxyAddress<!-- -->es for addresses that you must connect to via a proxy. If @connectable does not implement g_socket_connectable_proxy_enumerate(), this will fall back to calling g_socket_connectable_enumerate(). a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable. a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. a #GSocketConnectable Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable that will return #GProxyAddress<!-- -->es for addresses that you must connect to via a proxy. If @connectable does not implement g_socket_connectable_proxy_enumerate(), this will fall back to calling g_socket_connectable_enumerate(). a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. a #GSocketConnectable Provides an interface for returning a #GSocketAddressEnumerator and #GProxyAddressEnumerator a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. #GSocketConnection is a #GIOStream for a connected socket. They can be created either by #GSocketClient when connecting to a host, or by #GSocketListener when accepting a new client. The type of the #GSocketConnection object returned from these calls depends on the type of the underlying socket that is in use. For instance, for a TCP/IP connection it will be a #GTcpConnection. Choosing what type of object to construct is done with the socket connection factory, and it is possible for 3rd parties to register custom socket connection types for specific combination of socket family/type/protocol using g_socket_connection_factory_register_type(). Looks up the #GType to be used when creating socket connections on sockets with the specified @family, @type and @protocol_id. If no type is registered, the #GSocketConnection base type is returned. a #GType a #GSocketFamily a #GSocketType a protocol id Looks up the #GType to be used when creating socket connections on sockets with the specified @family, @type and @protocol. If no type is registered, the #GSocketConnection base type is returned. a #GType, inheriting from %G_TYPE_SOCKET_CONNECTION a #GSocketFamily a #GSocketType a protocol id Connect @connection to the specified remote address. %TRUE if the connection succeeded, %FALSE on error a #GSocketConnection a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address. a %GCancellable or %NULL Asynchronously connect @connection to the specified remote address. This clears the #GSocket:blocking flag on @connection's underlying socket if it is currently set. Use g_socket_connection_connect_finish() to retrieve the result. a #GSocketConnection a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address. a %GCancellable or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data for the callback Gets the result of a g_socket_connection_connect_async() call. %TRUE if the connection succeeded, %FALSE on error a #GSocketConnection the #GAsyncResult Try to get the local address of a socket connection. a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GSocketConnection Try to get the remote address of a socket connection. a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GSocketConnection Gets the underlying #GSocket object of the connection. This can be useful if you want to do something unusual on it not supported by the #GSocketConnection APIs. a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error. a #GSocketConnection Checks if @connection is connected. This is equivalent to calling g_socket_is_connected() on @connection's underlying #GSocket. whether @connection is connected a #GSocketConnection A #GSocketControlMessage is a special-purpose utility message that can be sent to or received from a #GSocket. These types of messages are often called "ancillary data". The message can represent some sort of special instruction to or information from the socket or can represent a special kind of transfer to the peer (for example, sending a file description over a UNIX socket). These messages are sent with g_socket_send_message() and received with g_socket_receive_message(). To extend the set of control message that can be sent, subclass this class and override the get_size, get_level, get_type and serialize methods. To extend the set of control messages that can be received, subclass this class and implement the deserialize method. Also, make sure your class is registered with the GType typesystem before calling g_socket_receive_message() to read such a message. Tries to deserialize a socket control message of a given @level and @type. This will ask all known (to GType) subclasses of #GSocketControlMessage if they can understand this kind of message and if so deserialize it into a #GSocketControlMessage. If there is no implementation for this kind of control message, %NULL will be returned. the deserialized message or %NULL a socket level a socket control message type for the given @level the size of the data in bytes pointer to the message data Returns the "level" (i.e. the originating protocol) of the control message. This is often SOL_SOCKET. an integer describing the level Returns the space required for the control message, not including headers or alignment. The number of bytes required. Converts the data in the message to bytes placed in the message. @data is guaranteed to have enough space to fit the size returned by g_socket_control_message_get_size() on this object. A buffer to write data to Returns the "level" (i.e. the originating protocol) of the control message. This is often SOL_SOCKET. an integer describing the level a #GSocketControlMessage Returns the protocol specific type of the control message. For instance, for UNIX fd passing this would be SCM_RIGHTS. an integer describing the type of control message a #GSocketControlMessage Returns the space required for the control message, not including headers or alignment. The number of bytes required. a #GSocketControlMessage Converts the data in the message to bytes placed in the message. @data is guaranteed to have enough space to fit the size returned by g_socket_control_message_get_size() on this object. a #GSocketControlMessage A buffer to write data to The number of bytes required. an integer describing the level A buffer to write data to The protocol family of a #GSocketAddress. (These values are identical to the system defines %AF_INET, %AF_INET6 and %AF_UNIX, if available.) no address family the UNIX domain family the IPv4 family the IPv6 family A #GSocketListener is an object that keeps track of a set of server sockets and helps you accept sockets from any of the socket, either sync or async. If you want to implement a network server, also look at #GSocketService and #GThreadedSocketService which are subclass of #GSocketListener that makes this even easier. Creates a new #GSocketListener with no sockets to listen for. New listeners can be added with e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address() or g_socket_listener_add_inet_port(). a new #GSocketListener. Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added to the listener. Returns a #GSocketConnection for the socket that was accepted. If @source_object is not %NULL it will be filled out with the source object specified when the corresponding socket or address was added to the listener. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketListener location where #GObject pointer will be stored, or %NULL optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_listener_accept(). When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_socket_listener_accept_socket() to get the result of the operation. a #GSocketListener a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data for the callback Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_async() a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketListener a #GAsyncResult. Optional #GObject identifying this source Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added to the listener. Returns the #GSocket that was accepted. If you want to accept the high-level #GSocketConnection, not a #GSocket, which is often the case, then you should use g_socket_listener_accept() instead. If @source_object is not %NULL it will be filled out with the source object specified when the corresponding socket or address was added to the listener. If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. a #GSocket on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketListener location where #GObject pointer will be stored, or %NULL. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_listener_accept_socket(). When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You can then call g_socket_listener_accept_socket_finish() to get the result of the operation. a #GSocketListener a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback user data for the callback Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_socket_async() a #GSocket on success, %NULL on error. a #GSocketListener a #GAsyncResult. Optional #GObject identifying this source Creates a socket of type @type and protocol @protocol, binds it to @address and adds it to the set of sockets we're accepting sockets from. Note that adding an IPv6 address, depending on the platform, may or may not result in a listener that also accepts IPv4 connections. For more deterministic behavior, see g_socket_listener_add_inet_port(). @source_object will be passed out in the various calls to accept to identify this particular source, which is useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do different things depending on what address is connected to. If successful and @effective_address is non-%NULL then it will be set to the address that the binding actually occurred at. This is helpful for determining the port number that was used for when requesting a binding to port 0 (ie: "any port"). This address, if requested, belongs to the caller and must be freed. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GSocketListener a #GSocketAddress a #GSocketType a #GSocketProtocol Optional #GObject identifying this source location to store the address that was bound to, or %NULL. Listens for TCP connections on any available port number for both IPv6 and IPv4 (if each is available). This is useful if you need to have a socket for incoming connections but don't care about the specific port number. @source_object will be passed out in the various calls to accept to identify this particular source, which is useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do different things depending on what address is connected to. the port number, or 0 in case of failure. a #GSocketListener Optional #GObject identifying this source Helper function for g_socket_listener_add_address() that creates a TCP/IP socket listening on IPv4 and IPv6 (if supported) on the specified port on all interfaces. @source_object will be passed out in the various calls to accept to identify this particular source, which is useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do different things depending on what address is connected to. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GSocketListener an IP port number (non-zero) Optional #GObject identifying this source Adds @socket to the set of sockets that we try to accept new clients from. The socket must be bound to a local address and listened to. @source_object will be passed out in the various calls to accept to identify this particular source, which is useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do different things depending on what address is connected to. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. a #GSocketListener a listening #GSocket Optional #GObject identifying this source Closes all the sockets in the listener. a #GSocketListener Sets the listen backlog on the sockets in the listener. See g_socket_set_listen_backlog() for details a #GSocketListener an integer Flags used in g_socket_receive_message() and g_socket_send_message(). The flags listed in the enum are some commonly available flags, but the values used for them are the same as on the platform, and any other flags are passed in/out as is. So to use a platform specific flag, just include the right system header and pass in the flag. No flags. Request to send/receive out of band data. Read data from the socket without removing it from the queue. Don't use a gateway to send out the packet, only send to hosts on directly connected networks. A protocol identifier is specified when creating a #GSocket, which is a family/type specific identifier, where 0 means the default protocol for the particular family/type. This enum contains a set of commonly available and used protocols. You can also pass any other identifiers handled by the platform in order to use protocols not listed here. The protocol type is unknown The default protocol for the family/type TCP over IP UDP over IP SCTP over IP A #GSocketService is an object that represents a service that is provided to the network or over local sockets. When a new connection is made to the service the #GSocketService::incoming signal is emitted. A #GSocketService is a subclass of #GSocketListener and you need to add the addresses you want to accept connections on with the #GSocketListener APIs. There are two options for implementing a network service based on #GSocketService. The first is to create the service using g_socket_service_new() and to connect to the #GSocketService::incoming signal. The second is to subclass #GSocketService and override the default signal handler implementation. In either case, the handler must immediately return, or else it will block additional incoming connections from being serviced. If you are interested in writing connection handlers that contain blocking code then see #GThreadedSocketService. The socket service runs on the main loop of the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default-context">thread-default context</link> of the thread it is created in, and is not threadsafe in general. However, the calls to start and stop the service are thread-safe so these can be used from threads that handle incoming clients. Creates a new #GSocketService with no sockets to listen for. New listeners can be added with e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address() or g_socket_listener_add_inet_port(). a new #GSocketService. Check whether the service is active or not. An active service will accept new clients that connect, while a non-active service will let connecting clients queue up until the service is started. %TRUE if the service is active, %FALSE otherwise a #GSocketService Starts the service, i.e. start accepting connections from the added sockets when the mainloop runs. This call is thread-safe, so it may be called from a thread handling an incoming client request. a #GSocketService Stops the service, i.e. stops accepting connections from the added sockets when the mainloop runs. This call is thread-safe, so it may be called from a thread handling an incoming client request. a #GSocketService The ::incoming signal is emitted when a new incoming connection to @service needs to be handled. The handler must initiate the handling of @connection, but may not block; in essence, asynchronous operations must be used. @connection will be unreffed once the signal handler returns, so you need to ref it yourself if you are planning to use it. %TRUE to stop other handlers from being called a new #GSocketConnection object the source_object passed to g_socket_listener_add_address() This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource returned by g_socket_create_source(). it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. the #GSocket the current condition at the source fired. data passed in by the user. Flags used when creating a #GSocket. Some protocols may not implement all the socket types. Type unknown or wrong Reliable connection-based byte streams (e.g. TCP). Connectionless, unreliable datagram passing. (e.g. UDP) Reliable connection-based passing of datagrams of fixed maximum length (e.g. SCTP). SRV (service) records are used by some network protocols to provide service-specific aliasing and load-balancing. For example, XMPP (Jabber) uses SRV records to locate the XMPP server for a domain; rather than connecting directly to "example.com" or assuming a specific server hostname like "xmpp.example.com", an XMPP client would look up the "xmpp-client" SRV record for "example.com", and then connect to whatever host was pointed to by that record. You can use g_resolver_lookup_service() or g_resolver_lookup_service_async() to find the #GSrvTarget<!-- -->s for a given service. However, if you are simply planning to connect to the remote service, you can use #GNetworkService's #GSocketConnectable interface and not need to worry about #GSrvTarget at all. Creates a new #GSrvTarget with the given parameters. You should not need to use this; normally #GSrvTarget<!-- -->s are created by #GResolver. a new #GSrvTarget. the host that the service is running on the port that the service is running on the target's priority the target's weight Copies @target a copy of @target a #GSrvTarget Frees @target a #GSrvTarget Gets @target's hostname (in ASCII form; if you are going to present this to the user, you should use g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to check if it contains encoded Unicode segments, and use g_hostname_to_unicode() to convert it if it does.) @target's hostname a #GSrvTarget Gets @target's port @target's port a #GSrvTarget Gets @target's priority. You should not need to look at this; #GResolver already sorts the targets according to the algorithm in RFC 2782. @target's priority a #GSrvTarget Gets @target's weight. You should not need to look at this; #GResolver already sorts the targets according to the algorithm in RFC 2782. @target's weight a #GSrvTarget Sorts @targets in place according to the algorithm in RFC 2782. the head of the sorted list. a #GList of #GSrvTarget Finalized a GResource initialized by g_static_resource_init(). This is normally used by code generated by <link linkend="glib-compile-resources">glib-compile-resources</link> and is not typically used by other code. pointer to a static #GStaticResource Gets the GResource that was registered by a call to g_static_resource_init(). This is normally used by code generated by <link linkend="glib-compile-resources">glib-compile-resources</link> and is not typically used by other code. a #GResource pointer to a static #GStaticResource Initializes a GResource from static data using a GStaticResource. This is normally used by code generated by <link linkend="glib-compile-resources">glib-compile-resources</link> and is not typically used by other code. pointer to a static #GStaticResource Extension point for TLS functionality via #GTlsBackend. See <link linkend="extending-gio">Extending GIO</link>. The purpose used to verify the client certificate in a TLS connection. Used by TLS servers. The purpose used to verify the server certificate in a TLS connection. This is the most common purpose in use. Used by TLS clients. <para> A #GTask represents and manages a cancellable "task". </para> <refsect2> <title>Asynchronous operations</title> <para> The most common usage of #GTask is as a #GAsyncResult, to manage data during an asynchronous operation. You call g_task_new() in the "start" method, followed by g_task_set_task_data() and the like if you need to keep some additional data associated with the task, and then pass the task object around through your asynchronous operation. Eventually, you will call a method such as g_task_return_pointer() or g_task_return_error(), which will save the value you give it and then invoke the task's callback function (waiting until the next next iteration of the main loop first, if necessary). The caller will pass the #GTask back to the operation's finish function (as a #GAsyncResult), and you can use g_task_propagate_pointer() or the like to extract the return value. </para> <example id="gtask-async"><title>GTask as a GAsyncResult</title> <programlisting> typedef struct { CakeFrostingType frosting; char *message; } DecorationData; static void decoration_data_free (DecorationData *decoration) { g_free (decoration->message); g_slice_free (DecorationData, decoration); } static void baked_cb (Cake *cake, gpointer user_data) { GTask *task = user_data; DecorationData *decoration = g_task_get_task_data (task); GError *error = NULL; if (cake == NULL) { g_task_return_new_error (task, BAKER_ERROR, BAKER_ERROR_NO_FLOUR, "Go to the supermarket"); g_object_unref (task); return; } if (!cake_decorate (cake, decoration->frosting, decoration->message, &error)) { g_object_unref (cake); /&ast; g_task_return_error() takes ownership of error &ast;/ g_task_return_error (task, error); g_object_unref (task); return; } g_task_return_pointer (result, cake, g_object_unref); g_object_unref (task); } void baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, guint radius, CakeFlavor flavor, CakeFrostingType frosting, const char *message, GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data) { GTask *task; DecorationData *decoration; Cake *cake; task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); if (radius < 3) { g_task_return_new_error (task, BAKER_ERROR, BAKER_ERROR_TOO_SMALL, "%ucm radius cakes are silly", radius); g_object_unref (task); return; } cake = _baker_get_cached_cake (self, radius, flavor, frosting, message); if (cake != NULL) { /&ast; _baker_get_cached_cake() returns a reffed cake &ast;/ g_task_return_pointer (task, cake, g_object_unref); g_object_unref (task); return; } decoration = g_slice_new (DecorationData); decoration->frosting = frosting; decoration->message = g_strdup (message); g_task_set_task_data (task, decoration, (GDestroyNotify) decoration_data_free); _baker_begin_cake (self, radius, flavor, cancellable, baked_cb, task); } Cake * baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, GAsyncResult *result, GError **error) { g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, self), NULL); return g_task_propagate_pointer (G_TASK (result), error); } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Chained asynchronous operations</title> <para> #GTask also tries to simplify asynchronous operations that internally chain together several smaller asynchronous operations. g_task_get_cancellable(), g_task_get_context(), and g_task_get_priority() allow you to get back the task's #GCancellable, #GMainContext, and <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> when starting a new subtask, so you don't have to keep track of them yourself. g_task_attach_source() simplifies the case of waiting for a source to fire (automatically using the correct #GMainContext and priority). </para> <example id="gtask-chained"><title>Chained asynchronous operations</title> <programlisting> typedef struct { Cake *cake; CakeFrostingType frosting; char *message; } BakingData; static void decoration_data_free (BakingData *bd) { if (bd->cake) g_object_unref (bd->cake); g_free (bd->message); g_slice_free (BakingData, bd); } static void decorated_cb (Cake *cake, GAsyncResult *result, gpointer user_data) { GTask *task = user_data; GError *error = NULL; if (!cake_decorate_finish (cake, result, &error)) { g_object_unref (cake); g_task_return_error (task, error); g_object_unref (task); return; } /&ast; baking_data_free() will drop its ref on the cake, so &ast; we have to take another here to give to the caller. &ast;/ g_task_return_pointer (result, g_object_ref (cake), g_object_unref); g_object_unref (task); } static void decorator_ready (gpointer user_data) { GTask *task = user_data; BakingData *bd = g_task_get_task_data (task); cake_decorate_async (bd->cake, bd->frosting, bd->message, g_task_get_cancellable (task), decorated_cb, task); } static void baked_cb (Cake *cake, gpointer user_data) { GTask *task = user_data; BakingData *bd = g_task_get_task_data (task); GError *error = NULL; if (cake == NULL) { g_task_return_new_error (task, BAKER_ERROR, BAKER_ERROR_NO_FLOUR, "Go to the supermarket"); g_object_unref (task); return; } bd->cake = cake; /&ast; Bail out now if the user has already cancelled &ast;/ if (g_task_return_error_if_cancelled (g_task_get_cancellable (task))) { g_object_unref (task); return; } if (cake_decorator_available (cake)) decorator_ready (task); else { GSource *source; source = cake_decorator_wait_source_new (cake); /&ast; Attach @source to @task's GMainContext and have it call &ast; decorator_ready() when it is ready. &ast;/ g_task_attach_source (task, source, G_CALLBACK (decorator_ready)); g_source_unref (source); } } void baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, guint radius, CakeFlavor flavor, CakeFrostingType frosting, const char *message, gint priority, GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data) { GTask *task; BakingData *bd; task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); g_task_set_priority (task, priority); bd = g_slice_new0 (BakingData); bd->frosting = frosting; bd->message = g_strdup (message); g_task_set_task_data (task, bd, (GDestroyNotify) baking_data_free); _baker_begin_cake (self, radius, flavor, cancellable, baked_cb, task); } Cake * baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, GAsyncResult *result, GError **error) { g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, self), NULL); return g_task_propagate_pointer (G_TASK (result), error); } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Asynchronous operations from synchronous ones</title> <para> You can use g_task_run_in_thread() to turn a synchronous operation into an asynchronous one, by running it in a thread which will then dispatch the result back to the caller's #GMainContext when it completes. </para> <example id="gtask-run-in-thread"><title>g_task_run_in_thread()</title> <programlisting> typedef struct { guint radius; CakeFlavor flavor; CakeFrostingType frosting; char *message; } CakeData; static void cake_data_free (CakeData *cake_data) { g_free (cake_data->message); g_slice_free (CakeData, cake_data); } static void bake_cake_thread (GTask *task, gpointer source_object, gpointer task_data, GCancellable *cancellable) { Baker *self = source_object; CakeData *cake_data = task_data; Cake *cake; GError *error = NULL; cake = bake_cake (baker, cake_data->radius, cake_data->flavor, cake_data->frosting, cake_data->message, cancellable, &error); if (cake) g_task_return_pointer (task, cake, g_object_unref); else g_task_return_error (task, error); } void baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, guint radius, CakeFlavor flavor, CakeFrostingType frosting, const char *message, GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data) { CakeData *cake_data; GTask *task; cake_data = g_slice_new (CakeData); cake_data->radius = radius; cake_data->flavor = flavor; cake_data->frosting = frosting; cake_data->message = g_strdup (message); task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); g_task_set_task_data (task, cake_data, (GDestroyNotify) cake_data_free); g_task_run_in_thread (task, bake_cake_thread); } Cake * baker_bake_cake_finish (Baker *self, GAsyncResult *result, GError **error) { g_return_val_if_fail (g_task_is_valid (result, self), NULL); return g_task_propagate_pointer (G_TASK (result), error); } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Adding cancellability to uncancellable tasks</title> <para> Finally, g_task_run_in_thread() and g_task_run_in_thread_sync() can be used to turn an uncancellable operation into a cancellable one. If you call g_task_set_return_on_cancel(), passing %TRUE, then if the task's #GCancellable is cancelled, it will return control back to the caller immediately, while allowing the task thread to continue running in the background (and simply discarding its result when it finally does finish). Provided that the task thread is careful about how it uses locks and other externally-visible resources, this allows you to make "GLib-friendly" asynchronous and cancellable synchronous variants of blocking APIs. </para> <example id="gtask-cancellable"><title>g_task_set_return_on_cancel()</title> <programlisting> static void bake_cake_thread (GTask *task, gpointer source_object, gpointer task_data, GCancellable *cancellable) { Baker *self = source_object; CakeData *cake_data = task_data; Cake *cake; GError *error = NULL; cake = bake_cake (baker, cake_data->radius, cake_data->flavor, cake_data->frosting, cake_data->message, &error); if (error) { g_task_return_error (task, error); return; } /&ast; If the task has already been cancelled, then we don't &ast; want to add the cake to the cake cache. Likewise, we don't &ast; want to have the task get cancelled in the middle of &ast; updating the cache. g_task_set_return_on_cancel() will &ast; return %TRUE here if it managed to disable return-on-cancel, &ast; or %FALSE if the task was cancelled before it could. &ast;/ if (g_task_set_return_on_cancel (task, FALSE)) { /&ast; If the caller cancels at this point, their &ast; GAsyncReadyCallback won't be invoked until we return, &ast; so we don't have to worry that this code will run at &ast; the same time as that code does. But if there were &ast; other functions that might look at the cake cache, &ast; then we'd probably need a GMutex here as well. &ast;/ baker_add_cake_to_cache (baker, cake); g_task_return_pointer (task, cake, g_object_unref); } } void baker_bake_cake_async (Baker *self, guint radius, CakeFlavor flavor, CakeFrostingType frosting, const char *message, GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data) { CakeData *cake_data; GTask *task; cake_data = g_slice_new (CakeData); /&ast; ... &ast;/ task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, callback, user_data); g_task_set_task_data (task, cake_data, (GDestroyNotify) cake_data_free); g_task_set_return_on_cancel (task, TRUE); g_task_run_in_thread (task, bake_cake_thread); } Cake * baker_bake_cake_sync (Baker *self, guint radius, CakeFlavor flavor, CakeFrostingType frosting, const char *message, GCancellable *cancellable, GError **error) { CakeData *cake_data; GTask *task; Cake *cake; cake_data = g_slice_new (CakeData); /&ast; ... &ast;/ task = g_task_new (self, cancellable, NULL, NULL); g_task_set_task_data (task, cake_data, (GDestroyNotify) cake_data_free); g_task_set_return_on_cancel (task, TRUE); g_task_run_in_thread_sync (task, bake_cake_thread); cake = g_task_propagate_pointer (task, error); g_object_unref (task); return cake; } </programlisting> </example> </refsect2> <refsect2> <title>Porting from <literal>GSimpleAsyncResult</literal></title> <para> #GTask's API attempts to be simpler than #GSimpleAsyncResult's in several ways: </para> <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> You can save task-specific data with g_task_set_task_data(), and retrieve it later with g_task_get_task_data(). This replaces the abuse of g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gpointer() for the same purpose with #GSimpleAsyncResult. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> In addition to the task data, #GTask also keeps track of the <link linkend="io-priority">priority</link>, #GCancellable, and #GMainContext associated with the task, so tasks that consist of a chain of simpler asynchronous operations will have easy access to those values when starting each sub-task. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() provides simplified handling for cancellation. In addition, cancellation overrides any other #GTask return value by default, like #GSimpleAsyncResult does when g_simple_async_result_set_check_cancellable() is called. (You can use g_task_set_check_cancellable() to turn off that behavior.) On the other hand, g_task_run_in_thread() guarantees that it will always run your <literal>task_func</literal>, even if the task's #GCancellable is already cancelled before the task gets a chance to run; you can start your <literal>task_func</literal> with a g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() check if you need the old behavior. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The "return" methods (eg, g_task_return_pointer()) automatically cause the task to be "completed" as well, and there is no need to worry about the "complete" vs "complete in idle" distinction. (#GTask automatically figures out whether the task's callback can be invoked directly, or if it needs to be sent to another #GMainContext, or delayed until the next iteration of the current #GMainContext.) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The "finish" functions for #GTask-based operations are generally much simpler than #GSimpleAsyncResult ones, normally consisting of only a single call to g_task_propagate_pointer() or the like. Since g_task_propagate_pointer() "steals" the return value from the #GTask, it is not necessary to juggle pointers around to prevent it from being freed twice. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> With #GSimpleAsyncResult, it was common to call g_simple_async_result_propagate_error() from the <literal>_finish()</literal> wrapper function, and have virtual method implementations only deal with successful returns. This behavior is deprecated, because it makes it difficult for a subclass to chain to a parent class's async methods. Instead, the wrapper function should just be a simple wrapper, and the virtual method should call an appropriate <literal>g_task_propagate_</literal> function. Note that wrapper methods can now use g_async_result_legacy_propagate_error() to do old-style #GSimpleAsyncResult error-returning behavior, and g_async_result_is_tagged() to check if a result is tagged as having come from the <literal>_async()</literal> wrapper function (for "short-circuit" results, such as when passing 0 to g_input_stream_read_async()). </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </refsect2> Creates a #GTask acting on @source_object, which will eventually be used to invoke @callback in the current <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main context</link>. Call this in the "start" method of your asynchronous method, and pass the #GTask around throughout the asynchronous operation. You can use g_task_set_task_data() to attach task-specific data to the object, which you can retrieve later via g_task_get_task_data(). By default, if @cancellable is cancelled, then the return value of the task will always be %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED, even if the task had already completed before the cancellation. This allows for simplified handling in cases where cancellation may imply that other objects that the task depends on have been destroyed. If you do not want this behavior, you can use g_task_set_check_cancellable() to change it. a #GTask. the #GObject that owns this task, or %NULL. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. Checks that @result is a #GTask, and that @source_object is its source object (or that @source_object is %NULL and @result has no source object). This can be used in g_return_if_fail() checks. %TRUE if @result and @source_object are valid, %FALSE if not A #GAsyncResult the source object expected to be associated with the task Creates a #GTask and then immediately calls g_task_return_error() on it. Use this in the wrapper function of an asynchronous method when you want to avoid even calling the virtual method. You can then use g_async_result_is_tagged() in the finish method wrapper to check if the result there is tagged as having been created by the wrapper method, and deal with it appropriately if so. See also g_task_report_new_error(). the #GObject that owns this task, or %NULL. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. an opaque pointer indicating the source of this task error to report Creates a #GTask and then immediately calls g_task_return_new_error() on it. Use this in the wrapper function of an asynchronous method when you want to avoid even calling the virtual method. You can then use g_async_result_is_tagged() in the finish method wrapper to check if the result there is tagged as having been created by the wrapper method, and deal with it appropriately if so. See also g_task_report_error(). the #GObject that owns this task, or %NULL. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. an opaque pointer indicating the source of this task a #GQuark. an error code. a string with format characters. A utility function for dealing with async operations where you need to wait for a #GSource to trigger. Attaches @source to @task's #GMainContext with @task's <link linkend="io-priority">priority</link>, and sets @source's callback to @callback, with @task as the callback's <literal>user_data</literal>. This takes a reference on @task until @source is destroyed. a #GTask the source to attach the callback to invoke when @source triggers Gets @task's #GCancellable @task's #GCancellable a #GTask Gets @task's check-cancellable flag. See g_task_set_check_cancellable() for more details. the #GTask Gets the #GMainContext that @task will return its result in (that is, the context that was the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main context</link> at the point when @task was created). This will always return a non-%NULL value, even if the task's context is the default #GMainContext. @task's #GMainContext a #GTask Gets @task's priority @task's priority a #GTask Gets @task's return-on-cancel flag. See g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. the #GTask Gets the source object from @task. Like g_async_result_get_source_object(), but does not ref the object. @task's source object, or %NULL a #GTask Gets @task's source tag. See g_task_set_source_tag(). @task's source tag a #GTask Gets @task's <literal>task_data</literal>. @task's <literal>task_data</literal>. a #GTask Tests if @task resulted in an error. %TRUE if the task resulted in an error, %FALSE otherwise. a #GTask. Gets the result of @task as a #gboolean. If the task resulted in an error, or was cancelled, then this will instead return %FALSE and set @error. Since this method transfers ownership of the return value (or error) to the caller, you may only call it once. the task result, or %FALSE on error a #GTask. Gets the result of @task as an integer (#gssize). If the task resulted in an error, or was cancelled, then this will instead return -1 and set @error. Since this method transfers ownership of the return value (or error) to the caller, you may only call it once. the task result, or -1 on error a #GTask. Gets the result of @task as a pointer, and transfers ownership of that value to the caller. If the task resulted in an error, or was cancelled, then this will instead return %NULL and set @error. Since this method transfers ownership of the return value (or error) to the caller, you may only call it once. the task result, or %NULL on error a #GTask Sets @task's result to @result and completes the task (see g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this means). a #GTask. the #gboolean result of a task function. Sets @task's result to @error (which @task assumes ownership of) and completes the task (see g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this means). Note that since the task takes ownership of @error, and since the task may be completed before returning from g_task_return_error(), you cannot assume that @error is still valid after calling this. Call g_error_copy() on the error if you need to keep a local copy as well. See also g_task_return_new_error(). a #GTask. the #GError result of a task function. Checks if @task's #GCancellable has been cancelled, and if so, sets @task's error accordingly and completes the task (see g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this means). %TRUE if @task has been cancelled, %FALSE if not a #GTask Sets @task's result to @result and completes the task (see g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this means). a #GTask. the integer (#gssize) result of a task function. Sets @task's result to a new #GError created from @domain, @code, @format, and the remaining arguments, and completes the task (see g_task_return_pointer() for more discussion of exactly what this means). See also g_task_return_error(). a #GTask. a #GQuark. an error code. a string with format characters. Sets @task's result to @result and completes the task. If @result is not %NULL, then @result_destroy will be used to free @result if the caller does not take ownership of it with g_task_propagate_pointer(). "Completes the task" means that for an ordinary asynchronous task it will either invoke the task's callback, or else queue that callback to be invoked in the proper #GMainContext, or in the next iteration of the current #GMainContext. For a task run via g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(), calling this method will save @result to be returned to the caller later, but the task will not actually be completed until the #GTaskThreadFunc exits. Note that since the task may be completed before returning from g_task_return_pointer(), you cannot assume that @result is still valid after calling this, unless you are still holding another reference on it. a #GTask the pointer result of a task function a #GDestroyNotify function. Runs @task_func in another thread. When @task_func returns, @task's #GAsyncReadyCallback will be invoked in @task's #GMainContext. This takes a ref on @task until the task completes. See #GTaskThreadFunc for more details about how @task_func is handled. a #GTask a #GTaskThreadFunc Runs @task_func in another thread, and waits for it to return or be cancelled. You can use g_task_propagate_pointer(), etc, afterward to get the result of @task_func. See #GTaskThreadFunc for more details about how @task_func is handled. Normally this is used with tasks created with a %NULL <literal>callback</literal>, but note that even if the task does have a callback, it will not be invoked when @task_func returns. a #GTask a #GTaskThreadFunc Sets or clears @task's check-cancellable flag. If this is %TRUE (the default), then g_task_propagate_pointer(), etc, and g_task_had_error() will check the task's #GCancellable first, and if it has been cancelled, then they will consider the task to have returned an "Operation was cancelled" error (%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED), regardless of any other error or return value the task may have had. If @check_cancellable is %FALSE, then the #GTask will not check the cancellable itself, and it is up to @task's owner to do this (eg, via g_task_return_error_if_cancelled()). If you are using g_task_set_return_on_cancel() as well, then you must leave check-cancellable set %TRUE. the #GTask whether #GTask will check the state of its #GCancellable for you. Sets @task's priority. If you do not call this, it will default to %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. This will affect the priority of #GSources created with g_task_attach_source() and the scheduling of tasks run in threads, and can also be explicitly retrieved later via g_task_get_priority(). the #GTask the <link linkend="io-priority">priority</link> of the request. Sets or clears @task's return-on-cancel flag. This is only meaningful for tasks run via g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). If @return_on_cancel is %TRUE, then cancelling @task's #GCancellable will immediately cause it to return, as though the task's #GTaskThreadFunc had called g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() and then returned. This allows you to create a cancellable wrapper around an uninterruptable function. The #GTaskThreadFunc just needs to be careful that it does not modify any externally-visible state after it has been cancelled. To do that, the thread should call g_task_set_return_on_cancel() again to (atomically) set return-on-cancel %FALSE before making externally-visible changes; if the task gets cancelled before the return-on-cancel flag could be changed, g_task_set_return_on_cancel() will indicate this by returning %FALSE. You can disable and re-enable this flag multiple times if you wish. If the task's #GCancellable is cancelled while return-on-cancel is %FALSE, then calling g_task_set_return_on_cancel() to set it %TRUE again will cause the task to be cancelled at that point. If the task's #GCancellable is already cancelled before you call g_task_run_in_thread()/g_task_run_in_thread_sync(), then the #GTaskThreadFunc will still be run (for consistency), but the task will also be completed right away. %TRUE if @task's return-on-cancel flag was changed to match @return_on_cancel. %FALSE if @task has already been cancelled. the #GTask whether the task returns automatically when it is cancelled. Sets @task's source tag. You can use this to tag a task return value with a particular pointer (usually a pointer to the function doing the tagging) and then later check it using g_task_get_source_tag() (or g_async_result_is_tagged()) in the task's "finish" function, to figure out if the response came from a particular place. the #GTask an opaque pointer indicating the source of this task Sets @task's task data (freeing the existing task data, if any). the #GTask task-specific data #GDestroyNotify for @task_data The prototype for a task function to be run in a thread via g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). If the return-on-cancel flag is set on @task, and @cancellable gets cancelled, then the #GTask will be completed immediately (as though g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() had been called), without waiting for the task function to complete. However, the task function will continue running in its thread in the background. The function therefore needs to be careful about how it uses externally-visible state in this case. See g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. Other than in that case, @task will be completed when the #GTaskThreadFunc returns, <emphasis>not</emphasis> when it calls a <literal>g_task_return_</literal> function. the #GTask @task's source object @task's task data @task's #GCancellable, or %NULL This is the subclass of #GSocketConnection that is created for TCP/IP sockets. Checks if graceful disconnects are used. See g_tcp_connection_set_graceful_disconnect(). %TRUE if graceful disconnect is used on close, %FALSE otherwise a #GTcpConnection This enabled graceful disconnects on close. A graceful disconnect means that we signal the receiving end that the connection is terminated and wait for it to close the connection before closing the connection. A graceful disconnect means that we can be sure that we successfully sent all the outstanding data to the other end, or get an error reported. However, it also means we have to wait for all the data to reach the other side and for it to acknowledge this by closing the socket, which may take a while. For this reason it is disabled by default. a #GTcpConnection Whether to do graceful disconnects or not A #GTcpWrapperConnection can be used to wrap a #GIOStream that is based on a #GSocket, but which is not actually a #GSocketConnection. This is used by #GSocketClient so that it can always return a #GSocketConnection, even when the connection it has actually created is not directly a #GSocketConnection. Wraps @base_io_stream and @socket together as a #GSocketConnection. the new #GSocketConnection. the #GIOStream to wrap the #GSocket associated with @base_io_stream Get's @conn's base #GIOStream @conn's base #GIOStream a #GTcpWrapperConnection A helper class for testing code which uses D-Bus without touching the user's session bus. <refsect2 id="gio-D-Bus-Test-Scaffolding"> <title>Creating unit tests using GTestDBus</title> <para> Testing of D-Bus services can be tricky because normally we only ever run D-Bus services over an existing instance of the D-Bus daemon thus we usually don't activate D-Bus services that are not yet installed into the target system. The #GTestDBus object makes this easier for us by taking care of the lower level tasks such as running a private D-Bus daemon and looking up uninstalled services in customizable locations, typically in your source code tree. </para> <para> The first thing you will need is a separate service description file for the D-Bus daemon. Typically a 'services' subdirectory of your 'tests' directory is a good place to put this file. </para> <para> The service file should list your service along with an absolute path to the uninstalled service executable in your source tree. Using autotools we would achieve this by adding a file such as 'my-server.service.in' in the services directory and have it processed by configure. <informalexample><programlisting> [D-BUS Service] Name=org.gtk.GDBus.Examples.ObjectManager Exec=@abs_top_builddir@/gio/tests/gdbus-example-objectmanager-server </programlisting></informalexample> You will also need to indicate this service directory in your test fixtures, so you will need to pass the path while compiling your test cases. Typically this is done with autotools with an added preprocessor flag specified to compile your tests such as: <informalexample><programlisting> -DTEST_SERVICES=\""$(abs_top_builddir)/tests/services"\" </programlisting></informalexample> </para> <para> Once you have a service definition file which is local to your source tree, you can proceed to setup a GTest fixture using the GTestDBus scaffolding. <example id="gdbus-test-fixture"> <title>Test Fixture for D-Bus services</title> <programlisting> <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" parse="text" href="../../../../gio/tests/gdbus-test-fixture.c"> <xi:fallback>FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT</xi:fallback> </xi:include> </programlisting> </example> </para> <para> Note that these examples only deal with isolating the D-Bus aspect of your service. To successfully run isolated unit tests on your service you may need some additional modifications to your test case fixture. For example; if your service uses GSettings and installs a schema then it is important that your test service not load the schema in the ordinary installed location (chances are that your service and schema files are not yet installed, or worse; there is an older version of the schema file sitting in the install location). </para> <para> Most of the time we can work around these obstacles using the environment. Since the environment is inherited by the D-Bus daemon created by GTestDBus and then in turn inherited by any services the D-Bus daemon activates, using the setup routine for your fixture is a practical place to help sandbox your runtime environment. For the rather typical GSettings case we can work around this by setting GSETTINGS_SCHEMA_DIR to the in tree directory holding your schemas in the above fixture_setup() routine. </para> <para> The GSettings schemas need to be locally pre-compiled for this to work. This can be achieved by compiling the schemas locally as a step before running test cases, an autotools setup might do the following in the directory holding schemas: <informalexample><programlisting> all-am: $(GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS) . CLEANFILES += gschemas.compiled </programlisting></informalexample> </para> </refsect2> Create a new #GTestDBus object. a new #GTestDBus. a #GTestDBusFlags Unset DISPLAY and DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS env variables to ensure the test won't use user's session bus. This is useful for unit tests that want to verify behaviour when no session bus is running. It is not necessary to call this if unit test already calls g_test_dbus_up() before acquiring the session bus. Add a path where dbus-daemon will lookup for .services files. This can't be called after g_test_dbus_up(). a #GTestDBus path to a directory containing .service files Stop the session bus started by g_test_dbus_up(). This will wait for the singleton returned by g_bus_get() or g_bus_get_sync() is destroyed. This is done to ensure that the next unit test won't get a leaked singleton from this test. a #GTestDBus Get the address on which dbus-daemon is running. if g_test_dbus_up() has not been called yet, %NULL is returned. This can be used with g_dbus_connection_new_for_address() the address of the bus, or %NULL. a #GTestDBus Gets the flags of the #GTestDBus object. the value of #GTestDBus:flags property a #GTestDBus Stop the session bus started by g_test_dbus_up(). Unlike g_test_dbus_down(), this won't verify the #GDBusConnection singleton returned by g_bus_get() or g_bus_get_sync() is destroyed. Unit tests wanting to verify behaviour after the session bus has been stopped can use this function but should still call g_test_dbus_down() when done. a #GTestDBus Start a dbus-daemon instance and set DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS. After this call, it is safe for unit tests to start sending messages on the session bus. If this function is called from setup callback of g_test_add(), g_test_dbus_down() must be called in its teardown callback. If this function is called from unit test's main(), then g_test_dbus_down() must be called after g_test_run(). a #GTestDBus #GTestDBusFlags specifying the behaviour of the dbus session Flags to define future #GTestDBus behaviour. No flags. #GThemedIcon is an implementation of #GIcon that supports icon themes. #GThemedIcon contains a list of all of the icons present in an icon theme, so that icons can be looked up quickly. #GThemedIcon does not provide actual pixmaps for icons, just the icon names. Ideally something like gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon() should be used to resolve the list of names so that fallback icons work nicely with themes that inherit other themes. Creates a new themed icon for @iconname. a new #GThemedIcon. a string containing an icon name. Creates a new themed icon for @iconnames. a new #GThemedIcon an array of strings containing icon names. the length of the @iconnames array, or -1 if @iconnames is %NULL-terminated Creates a new themed icon for @iconname, and all the names that can be created by shortening @iconname at '-' characters. In the following example, @icon1 and @icon2 are equivalent: |[ const char *names[] = { "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", "gnome-dev-cdrom", "gnome-dev", "gnome" }; icon1 = g_themed_icon_new_from_names (names, 4); icon2 = g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks ("gnome-dev-cdrom-audio"); ]| a new #GThemedIcon. a string containing an icon name Append a name to the list of icons from within @icon. <note><para> Note that doing so invalidates the hash computed by prior calls to g_icon_hash(). </para></note> a #GThemedIcon name of icon to append to list of icons from within @icon. Gets the names of icons from within @icon. a list of icon names. a #GThemedIcon. Prepend a name to the list of icons from within @icon. <note><para> Note that doing so invalidates the hash computed by prior calls to g_icon_hash(). </para></note> a #GThemedIcon name of icon to prepend to list of icons from within @icon. The icon name. A %NULL-terminated array of icon names. Whether to use the default fallbacks found by shortening the icon name at '-' characters. If the "names" array has more than one element, ignores any past the first. For example, if the icon name was "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", the array would become |[ { "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", "gnome-dev-cdrom", "gnome-dev", "gnome", NULL }; ]| A #GThreadedSocketService is a simple subclass of #GSocketService that handles incoming connections by creating a worker thread and dispatching the connection to it by emitting the #GThreadedSocketService::run signal in the new thread. The signal handler may perform blocking IO and need not return until the connection is closed. The service is implemented using a thread pool, so there is a limited amount of threads available to serve incoming requests. The service automatically stops the #GSocketService from accepting new connections when all threads are busy. As with #GSocketService, you may connect to #GThreadedSocketService::run, or subclass and override the default handler. Creates a new #GThreadedSocketService with no listeners. Listeners must be added with one of the #GSocketListener "add" methods. a new #GSocketService. the maximal number of threads to execute concurrently handling incoming clients, -1 means no limit The ::run signal is emitted in a worker thread in response to an incoming connection. This thread is dedicated to handling @connection and may perform blocking IO. The signal handler need not return until the connection is closed. %TRUE to stop further signal handlers from being called a new #GSocketConnection object. the source_object passed to g_socket_listener_add_address(). The client authentication mode for a #GTlsServerConnection. client authentication not required client authentication is requested client authentication is required Gets the default #GTlsBackend for the system. a #GTlsBackend Gets the default #GTlsDatabase used to verify TLS connections. the default database, which should be unreffed when done. Checks if TLS is supported; if this returns %FALSE for the default #GTlsBackend, it means no "real" TLS backend is available. whether or not TLS is supported Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsCertificate implementation. the #GType of @backend's #GTlsCertificate implementation. the #GTlsBackend Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsClientConnection implementation. the #GType of @backend's #GTlsClientConnection implementation. the #GTlsBackend Gets the default #GTlsDatabase used to verify TLS connections. the default database, which should be unreffed when done. the #GTlsBackend Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsFileDatabase implementation. the #GType of backend's #GTlsFileDatabase implementation. the #GTlsBackend Gets the #GType of @backend's #GTlsServerConnection implementation. the #GType of @backend's #GTlsServerConnection implementation. the #GTlsBackend Checks if TLS is supported; if this returns %FALSE for the default #GTlsBackend, it means no "real" TLS backend is available. whether or not TLS is supported the #GTlsBackend Provides an interface for describing TLS-related types. whether or not TLS is supported the default database, which should be unreffed when done. A certificate used for TLS authentication and encryption. This can represent either a certificate only (eg, the certificate received by a client from a server), or the combination of a certificate and a private key (which is needed when acting as a #GTlsServerConnection). Creates a #GTlsCertificate from the PEM-encoded data in @file. If @file cannot be read or parsed, the function will return %NULL and set @error. Otherwise, this behaves like g_tls_certificate_new_from_pem(). the new certificate, or %NULL on error file containing a PEM-encoded certificate to import Creates a #GTlsCertificate from the PEM-encoded data in @cert_file and @key_file. If either file cannot be read or parsed, the function will return %NULL and set @error. Otherwise, this behaves like g_tls_certificate_new_from_pem(). the new certificate, or %NULL on error file containing a PEM-encoded certificate to import file containing a PEM-encoded private key to import Creates a new #GTlsCertificate from the PEM-encoded data in @data. If @data includes both a certificate and a private key, then the returned certificate will include the private key data as well. (See the #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem property for information about supported formats.) If @data includes multiple certificates, only the first one will be parsed. the new certificate, or %NULL if @data is invalid PEM-encoded certificate data the length of @data, or -1 if it's 0-terminated. Creates one or more #GTlsCertificate<!-- -->s from the PEM-encoded data in @file. If @file cannot be read or parsed, the function will return %NULL and set @error. If @file does not contain any PEM-encoded certificates, this will return an empty list and not set @error. a #GList containing #GTlsCertificate objects. You must free the list and its contents when you are done with it. file containing PEM-encoded certificates to import This verifies @cert and returns a set of #GTlsCertificateFlags indicating any problems found with it. This can be used to verify a certificate outside the context of making a connection, or to check a certificate against a CA that is not part of the system CA database. If @identity is not %NULL, @cert's name(s) will be compared against it, and %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY will be set in the return value if it does not match. If @identity is %NULL, that bit will never be set in the return value. If @trusted_ca is not %NULL, then @cert (or one of the certificates in its chain) must be signed by it, or else %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA will be set in the return value. If @trusted_ca is %NULL, that bit will never be set in the return value. (All other #GTlsCertificateFlags values will always be set or unset as appropriate.) the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags the expected peer identity the certificate of a trusted authority Gets the #GTlsCertificate representing @cert's issuer, if known The certificate of @cert's issuer, or %NULL if @cert is self-signed or signed with an unknown certificate. a #GTlsCertificate Check if two #GTlsCertificate objects represent the same certificate. The raw DER byte data of the two certificates are checked for equality. This has the effect that two certificates may compare equal even if their #GTlsCertificate:issuer, #GTlsCertificate:private-key, or #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem properties differ. whether the same or not first certificate to compare second certificate to compare This verifies @cert and returns a set of #GTlsCertificateFlags indicating any problems found with it. This can be used to verify a certificate outside the context of making a connection, or to check a certificate against a CA that is not part of the system CA database. If @identity is not %NULL, @cert's name(s) will be compared against it, and %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY will be set in the return value if it does not match. If @identity is %NULL, that bit will never be set in the return value. If @trusted_ca is not %NULL, then @cert (or one of the certificates in its chain) must be signed by it, or else %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA will be set in the return value. If @trusted_ca is %NULL, that bit will never be set in the return value. (All other #GTlsCertificateFlags values will always be set or unset as appropriate.) the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags a #GTlsCertificate the expected peer identity the certificate of a trusted authority The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate. This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate-pem property represent the same data, just in different forms. The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate. This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate property represent the same data, just in different forms. A #GTlsCertificate representing the entity that issued this certificate. If %NULL, this means that the certificate is either self-signed, or else the certificate of the issuer is not available. The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate's private key, in either PKCS#1 format or unencrypted PKCS#8 format. This property (or the #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem property) can be set when constructing a key (eg, from a file), but cannot be read. PKCS#8 format is supported since 2.32; earlier releases only support PKCS#1. You can use the <literal>openssl rsa</literal> tool to convert PKCS#8 keys to PKCS#1. The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate's private key in either PKCS#1 format ("<literal>BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY</literal>") or unencrypted PKCS#8 format ("<literal>BEGIN PRIVATE KEY</literal>"). This property (or the #GTlsCertificate:private-key property) can be set when constructing a key (eg, from a file), but cannot be read. PKCS#8 format is supported since 2.32; earlier releases only support PKCS#1. You can use the <literal>openssl rsa</literal> tool to convert PKCS#8 keys to PKCS#1. the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags the expected peer identity the certificate of a trusted authority A set of flags describing TLS certification validation. This can be used to set which validation steps to perform (eg, with g_tls_client_connection_set_validation_flags()), or to describe why a particular certificate was rejected (eg, in #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate). The signing certificate authority is not known. The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was retrieved from. The certificate's activation time is still in the future The certificate has expired The certificate has been revoked according to the #GTlsConnection's certificate revocation list. The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure. Some other error occurred validating the certificate the combination of all of the above flags #GTlsClientConnection is the client-side subclass of #GTlsConnection, representing a client-side TLS connection. Creates a new #GTlsClientConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which must have pollable input and output streams) which is assumed to communicate with the server identified by @server_identity. the new #GTlsClientConnection, or %NULL on error the #GIOStream to wrap the expected identity of the server Gets the list of distinguished names of the Certificate Authorities that the server will accept certificates from. This will be set during the TLS handshake if the server requests a certificate. Otherwise, it will be %NULL. Each item in the list is a #GByteArray which contains the complete subject DN of the certificate authority. the list of CA DNs. You should unref each element with g_byte_array_unref() and then the free the list with g_list_free(). the #GTlsClientConnection Gets @conn's expected server identity a #GSocketConnectable describing the expected server identity, or %NULL if the expected identity is not known. the #GTlsClientConnection Gets whether @conn will use SSL 3.0 rather than the highest-supported version of TLS; see g_tls_client_connection_set_use_ssl3(). whether @conn will use SSL 3.0 the #GTlsClientConnection Gets @conn's validation flags the validation flags the #GTlsClientConnection Sets @conn's expected server identity, which is used both to tell servers on virtual hosts which certificate to present, and also to let @conn know what name to look for in the certificate when performing %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY validation, if enabled. the #GTlsClientConnection a #GSocketConnectable describing the expected server identity If @use_ssl3 is %TRUE, this forces @conn to use SSL 3.0 rather than trying to properly negotiate the right version of TLS or SSL to use. This can be used when talking to servers that do not implement the fallbacks correctly and which will therefore fail to handshake with a "modern" TLS handshake attempt. the #GTlsClientConnection whether to use SSL 3.0 Sets @conn's validation flags, to override the default set of checks performed when validating a server certificate. By default, %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL is used. the #GTlsClientConnection the #GTlsCertificateFlags to use A list of the distinguished names of the Certificate Authorities that the server will accept client certificates signed by. If the server requests a client certificate during the handshake, then this property will be set after the handshake completes. Each item in the list is a #GByteArray which contains the complete subject DN of the certificate authority. A #GSocketConnectable describing the identity of the server that is expected on the other end of the connection. If the %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY flag is set in #GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags, this object will be used to determine the expected identify of the remote end of the connection; if #GTlsClientConnection:server-identity is not set, or does not match the identity presented by the server, then the %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_BAD_IDENTITY validation will fail. In addition to its use in verifying the server certificate, this is also used to give a hint to the server about what certificate we expect, which is useful for servers that serve virtual hosts. If %TRUE, tells the connection to use SSL 3.0 rather than trying to negotiate the best version of TLS or SSL to use. This can be used when talking to servers that don't implement version negotiation correctly and therefore refuse to handshake at all with a "modern" TLS handshake. What steps to perform when validating a certificate received from a server. Server certificates that fail to validate in all of the ways indicated here will be rejected unless the application overrides the default via #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate. #GTlsConnection is the base TLS connection class type, which wraps a #GIOStream and provides TLS encryption on top of it. Its subclasses, #GTlsClientConnection and #GTlsServerConnection, implement client-side and server-side TLS, respectively. Attempts a TLS handshake on @conn. On the client side, it is never necessary to call this method; although the connection needs to perform a handshake after connecting (or after sending a "STARTTLS"-type command) and may need to rehandshake later if the server requests it, #GTlsConnection will handle this for you automatically when you try to send or receive data on the connection. However, you can call g_tls_connection_handshake() manually if you want to know for sure whether the initial handshake succeeded or failed (as opposed to just immediately trying to write to @conn's output stream, in which case if it fails, it may not be possible to tell if it failed before or after completing the handshake). Likewise, on the server side, although a handshake is necessary at the beginning of the communication, you do not need to call this function explicitly unless you want clearer error reporting. However, you may call g_tls_connection_handshake() later on to renegotiate parameters (encryption methods, etc) with the client. #GTlsConnection::accept_certificate may be emitted during the handshake. success or failure a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the handshake is complete the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous TLS handshake operation. See g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which case @error will be set. a #GAsyncResult. Used by #GTlsConnection implementations to emit the #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate signal. %TRUE if one of the signal handlers has returned %TRUE to accept @peer_cert a #GTlsConnection the peer's #GTlsCertificate the problems with @peer_cert Gets @conn's certificate, as set by g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). @conn's certificate, or %NULL a #GTlsConnection Gets the certificate database that @conn uses to verify peer certificates. See g_tls_connection_set_database(). the certificate database that @conn uses or %NULL a #GTlsConnection Get the object that will be used to interact with the user. It will be used for things like prompting the user for passwords. If %NULL is returned, then no user interaction will occur for this connection. The interaction object. a connection Gets @conn's peer's certificate after the handshake has completed. (It is not set during the emission of #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate.) @conn's peer's certificate, or %NULL a #GTlsConnection Gets the errors associated with validating @conn's peer's certificate, after the handshake has completed. (It is not set during the emission of #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate.) @conn's peer's certificate errors a #GTlsConnection Gets @conn rehandshaking mode. See g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode() for details. @conn's rehandshaking mode a #GTlsConnection Tests whether or not @conn expects a proper TLS close notification when the connection is closed. See g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify() for details. %TRUE if @conn requires a proper TLS close notification. a #GTlsConnection Gets whether @conn uses the system certificate database to verify peer certificates. See g_tls_connection_set_use_system_certdb(). whether @conn uses the system certificate database a #GTlsConnection Attempts a TLS handshake on @conn. On the client side, it is never necessary to call this method; although the connection needs to perform a handshake after connecting (or after sending a "STARTTLS"-type command) and may need to rehandshake later if the server requests it, #GTlsConnection will handle this for you automatically when you try to send or receive data on the connection. However, you can call g_tls_connection_handshake() manually if you want to know for sure whether the initial handshake succeeded or failed (as opposed to just immediately trying to write to @conn's output stream, in which case if it fails, it may not be possible to tell if it failed before or after completing the handshake). Likewise, on the server side, although a handshake is necessary at the beginning of the communication, you do not need to call this function explicitly unless you want clearer error reporting. However, you may call g_tls_connection_handshake() later on to renegotiate parameters (encryption methods, etc) with the client. #GTlsConnection::accept_certificate may be emitted during the handshake. success or failure a #GTlsConnection a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. a #GTlsConnection the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the handshake is complete the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous TLS handshake operation. See g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which case @error will be set. a #GTlsConnection a #GAsyncResult. This sets the certificate that @conn will present to its peer during the TLS handshake. For a #GTlsServerConnection, it is mandatory to set this, and that will normally be done at construct time. For a #GTlsClientConnection, this is optional. If a handshake fails with %G_TLS_ERROR_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED, that means that the server requires a certificate, and if you try connecting again, you should call this method first. You can call g_tls_client_connection_get_accepted_cas() on the failed connection to get a list of Certificate Authorities that the server will accept certificates from. (It is also possible that a server will allow the connection with or without a certificate; in that case, if you don't provide a certificate, you can tell that the server requested one by the fact that g_tls_client_connection_get_accepted_cas() will return non-%NULL.) a #GTlsConnection the certificate to use for @conn Sets the certificate database that is used to verify peer certificates. This is set to the default database by default. See g_tls_backend_get_default_database(). If set to %NULL, then peer certificate validation will always set the %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA error (meaning #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate will always be emitted on client-side connections, unless that bit is not set in #GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags). a #GTlsConnection a #GTlsDatabase Set the object that will be used to interact with the user. It will be used for things like prompting the user for passwords. The @interaction argument will normally be a derived subclass of #GTlsInteraction. %NULL can also be provided if no user interaction should occur for this connection. a connection an interaction object, or %NULL Sets how @conn behaves with respect to rehandshaking requests. %G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_NEVER means that it will never agree to rehandshake after the initial handshake is complete. (For a client, this means it will refuse rehandshake requests from the server, and for a server, this means it will close the connection with an error if the client attempts to rehandshake.) %G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_SAFELY means that the connection will allow a rehandshake only if the other end of the connection supports the TLS <literal>renegotiation_info</literal> extension. This is the default behavior, but means that rehandshaking will not work against older implementations that do not support that extension. %G_TLS_REHANDSHAKE_UNSAFELY means that the connection will allow rehandshaking even without the <literal>renegotiation_info</literal> extension. On the server side in particular, this is not recommended, since it leaves the server open to certain attacks. However, this mode is necessary if you need to allow renegotiation with older client software. a #GTlsConnection the rehandshaking mode Sets whether or not @conn expects a proper TLS close notification before the connection is closed. If this is %TRUE (the default), then @conn will expect to receive a TLS close notification from its peer before the connection is closed, and will return a %G_TLS_ERROR_EOF error if the connection is closed without proper notification (since this may indicate a network error, or man-in-the-middle attack). In some protocols, the application will know whether or not the connection was closed cleanly based on application-level data (because the application-level data includes a length field, or is somehow self-delimiting); in this case, the close notify is redundant and sometimes omitted. (TLS 1.1 explicitly allows this; in TLS 1.0 it is technically an error, but often done anyway.) You can use g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify() to tell @conn to allow an "unannounced" connection close, in which case the close will show up as a 0-length read, as in a non-TLS #GSocketConnection, and it is up to the application to check that the data has been fully received. Note that this only affects the behavior when the peer closes the connection; when the application calls g_io_stream_close() itself on @conn, this will send a close notification regardless of the setting of this property. If you explicitly want to do an unclean close, you can close @conn's #GTlsConnection:base-io-stream rather than closing @conn itself. a #GTlsConnection whether or not to require close notification Sets whether @conn uses the system certificate database to verify peer certificates. This is %TRUE by default. If set to %FALSE, then peer certificate validation will always set the %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN_CA error (meaning #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate will always be emitted on client-side connections, unless that bit is not set in #GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags). a #GTlsConnection whether to use the system certificate database The #GIOStream that the connection wraps The connection's certificate; see g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). The certificate database to use when verifying this TLS connection. If no cerificate database is set, then the default database will be used. See g_tls_backend_get_default_database(). A #GTlsInteraction object to be used when the connection or certificate database need to interact with the user. This will be used to prompt the user for passwords where necessary. The connection's peer's certificate, after the TLS handshake has completed and the certificate has been accepted. Note in particular that this is not yet set during the emission of #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate. (You can watch for a #GObject::notify signal on this property to detect when a handshake has occurred.) The errors noticed-and-ignored while verifying #GTlsConnection:peer-certificate. Normally this should be 0, but it may not be if #GTlsClientConnection:validation-flags is not %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL, or if #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate overrode the default behavior. The rehandshaking mode. See g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). Whether or not proper TLS close notification is required. See g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). Whether or not the system certificate database will be used to verify peer certificates. See g_tls_connection_set_use_system_certdb(). Emitted during the TLS handshake after the peer certificate has been received. You can examine @peer_cert's certification path by calling g_tls_certificate_get_issuer() on it. For a client-side connection, @peer_cert is the server's certificate, and the signal will only be emitted if the certificate was not acceptable according to @conn's #GTlsClientConnection:validation_flags. If you would like the certificate to be accepted despite @errors, return %TRUE from the signal handler. Otherwise, if no handler accepts the certificate, the handshake will fail with %G_TLS_ERROR_BAD_CERTIFICATE. For a server-side connection, @peer_cert is the certificate presented by the client, if this was requested via the server's #GTlsServerConnection:authentication_mode. On the server side, the signal is always emitted when the client presents a certificate, and the certificate will only be accepted if a handler returns %TRUE. Note that if this signal is emitted as part of asynchronous I/O in the main thread, then you should not attempt to interact with the user before returning from the signal handler. If you want to let the user decide whether or not to accept the certificate, you would have to return %FALSE from the signal handler on the first attempt, and then after the connection attempt returns a %G_TLS_ERROR_HANDSHAKE, you can interact with the user, and if the user decides to accept the certificate, remember that fact, create a new connection, and return %TRUE from the signal handler the next time. If you are doing I/O in another thread, you do not need to worry about this, and can simply block in the signal handler until the UI thread returns an answer. %TRUE to accept @peer_cert (which will also immediately end the signal emission). %FALSE to allow the signal emission to continue, which will cause the handshake to fail if no one else overrides it. the peer's #GTlsCertificate the problems with @peer_cert. success or failure a #GCancellable, or %NULL the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the handshake is complete the data to pass to the callback function %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which case @error will be set. a #GAsyncResult. #GTlsDatabase is used to lookup certificates and other information from a certificate or key store. It is an abstract base class which TLS library specific subtypes override. Most common client applications will not directly interact with #GTlsDatabase. It is used internally by #GTlsConnection. Create a handle string for the certificate. The database will only be able to create a handle for certificates that originate from the database. In cases where the database cannot create a handle for a certificate, %NULL will be returned. This handle should be stable across various instances of the application, and between applications. If a certificate is modified in the database, then it is not guaranteed that this handle will continue to point to it. a newly allocated string containing the handle. certificate for which to create a handle. Lookup a certificate by its handle. The handle should have been created by calling g_tls_database_create_certificate_handle() on a #GTlsDatabase object of the same TLS backend. The handle is designed to remain valid across instantiations of the database. If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in this database, then %NULL will be returned. This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_async() to perform the lookup operation asynchronously. a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a certificate handle used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup. a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously lookup a certificate by its handle in the database. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle() for more information. a certificate handle used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous lookup of a certificate by its handle. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_handle() for more information. If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in this database, then %NULL will be returned. a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GAsyncResult. Lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. The %issuer property of @certificate is not modified, and the two certificates are not hooked into a chain. This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_async() to perform the lookup operation asynchronously. a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GTlsCertificate used to interact with the user if necessary flags which affect the lookup operation a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. a #GTlsCertificate used to interact with the user if necessary flags which affect the lookup operation a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous lookup issuer operation. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GAsyncResult. Lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_async() to perform the lookup operation asynchronously. a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup operation. a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. The database may choose to hold a reference to the issuer byte array for the duration of of this asynchronous operation. The byte array should not be modified during this time. a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup operation. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous lookup of certificates. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. a #GAsyncResult. Verify's a certificate chain after looking up and adding any missing certificates to the chain. @chain is a chain of #GTlsCertificate objects each pointing to the next certificate in the chain by its %issuer property. The chain may initially consist of one or more certificates. After the verification process is complete, @chain may be modified by adding missing certificates, or removing extra certificates. If a certificate anchor was found, then it is added to the @chain. @purpose describes the purpose (or usage) for which the certificate is being used. Typically @purpose will be set to #G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER which means that the certificate is being used to authenticate a server (and we are acting as the client). The @identity is used to check for pinned certificates (trust exceptions) in the database. These will override the normal verification process on a host by host basis. Currently there are no @flags, and %G_TLS_DATABASE_VERIFY_NONE should be used. This function can block, use g_tls_database_verify_chain_async() to perform the verification operation asynchronously. the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the result of verification. a #GTlsCertificate chain the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. the expected peer identity used to interact with the user if necessary additional verify flags a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously verify's a certificate chain after looking up and adding any missing certificates to the chain. See g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. a #GTlsCertificate chain the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. the expected peer identity used to interact with the user if necessary additional verify flags a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous verify chain operation. See g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. * the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the result of verification. a #GAsyncResult. Create a handle string for the certificate. The database will only be able to create a handle for certificates that originate from the database. In cases where the database cannot create a handle for a certificate, %NULL will be returned. This handle should be stable across various instances of the application, and between applications. If a certificate is modified in the database, then it is not guaranteed that this handle will continue to point to it. a newly allocated string containing the handle. a #GTlsDatabase certificate for which to create a handle. Lookup a certificate by its handle. The handle should have been created by calling g_tls_database_create_certificate_handle() on a #GTlsDatabase object of the same TLS backend. The handle is designed to remain valid across instantiations of the database. If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in this database, then %NULL will be returned. This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_async() to perform the lookup operation asynchronously. a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GTlsDatabase a certificate handle used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup. a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously lookup a certificate by its handle in the database. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle() for more information. a #GTlsDatabase a certificate handle used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous lookup of a certificate by its handle. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_handle() for more information. If the handle is no longer valid, or does not point to a certificate in this database, then %NULL will be returned. a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GTlsDatabase a #GAsyncResult. Lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. The %issuer property of @certificate is not modified, and the two certificates are not hooked into a chain. This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_async() to perform the lookup operation asynchronously. a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GTlsDatabase a #GTlsCertificate used to interact with the user if necessary flags which affect the lookup operation a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously lookup the issuer of @certificate in the database. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. a #GTlsDatabase a #GTlsCertificate used to interact with the user if necessary flags which affect the lookup operation a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous lookup issuer operation. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer() for more information. a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GTlsDatabase a #GAsyncResult. Lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. This function can block, use g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_async() to perform the lookup operation asynchronously. a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. a #GTlsDatabase a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup operation. a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously lookup certificates issued by this issuer in the database. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. The database may choose to hold a reference to the issuer byte array for the duration of of this asynchronous operation. The byte array should not be modified during this time. a #GTlsDatabase a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup operation. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous lookup of certificates. See g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by() for more information. a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. a #GTlsDatabase a #GAsyncResult. Verify's a certificate chain after looking up and adding any missing certificates to the chain. @chain is a chain of #GTlsCertificate objects each pointing to the next certificate in the chain by its %issuer property. The chain may initially consist of one or more certificates. After the verification process is complete, @chain may be modified by adding missing certificates, or removing extra certificates. If a certificate anchor was found, then it is added to the @chain. @purpose describes the purpose (or usage) for which the certificate is being used. Typically @purpose will be set to #G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER which means that the certificate is being used to authenticate a server (and we are acting as the client). The @identity is used to check for pinned certificates (trust exceptions) in the database. These will override the normal verification process on a host by host basis. Currently there are no @flags, and %G_TLS_DATABASE_VERIFY_NONE should be used. This function can block, use g_tls_database_verify_chain_async() to perform the verification operation asynchronously. the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the result of verification. a #GTlsDatabase a #GTlsCertificate chain the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. the expected peer identity used to interact with the user if necessary additional verify flags a #GCancellable, or %NULL Asynchronously verify's a certificate chain after looking up and adding any missing certificates to the chain. See g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. a #GTlsDatabase a #GTlsCertificate chain the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. the expected peer identity used to interact with the user if necessary additional verify flags a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function Finish an asynchronous verify chain operation. See g_tls_database_verify_chain() for more information. * the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the result of verification. a #GTlsDatabase a #GAsyncResult. the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the result of verification. a #GTlsCertificate chain the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. the expected peer identity used to interact with the user if necessary additional verify flags a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GTlsCertificate chain the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. the expected peer identity used to interact with the user if necessary additional verify flags a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the result of verification. a #GAsyncResult. a newly allocated string containing the handle. certificate for which to create a handle. a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a certificate handle used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup. a #GCancellable, or %NULL a certificate handle used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GAsyncResult. a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GTlsCertificate used to interact with the user if necessary flags which affect the lookup operation a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GTlsCertificate used to interact with the user if necessary flags which affect the lookup operation a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. a #GAsyncResult. a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup operation. a #GCancellable, or %NULL a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. used to interact with the user if necessary Flags which affect the lookup operation. a #GCancellable, or %NULL callback to call when the operation completes the data to pass to the callback function a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. a #GAsyncResult. Flags for g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_handle(), g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer(), and g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by(). No lookup flags Restrict lookup to certificates that have a private key. Flags for g_tls_database_verify_chain(). No verification flags An error code used with %G_TLS_ERROR in a #GError returned from a TLS-related routine. No TLS provider is available Miscellaneous TLS error A certificate could not be parsed The TLS handshake failed because the peer does not seem to be a TLS server. The TLS handshake failed because the peer's certificate was not acceptable. The TLS handshake failed because the server requested a client-side certificate, but none was provided. See g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). The TLS connection was closed without proper notice, which may indicate an attack. See g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). Gets the TLS error quark. a #GQuark. #GTlsFileDatabase is implemented by #GTlsDatabase objects which load their certificate information from a file. It is in interface which TLS library specific subtypes implement. Creates a new #GTlsFileDatabase which uses anchor certificate authorities in @anchors to verify certificate chains. The certificates in @anchors must be PEM encoded. the new #GTlsFileDatabase, or %NULL on error filename of anchor certificate authorities. The path to a file containing PEM encoded certificate authority root anchors. The certificates in this file will be treated as root authorities for the purpose of verifying other certificates via the g_tls_database_verify_chain() operation. Provides an interface for #GTlsFileDatabase implementations. #GTlsInteraction provides a mechanism for the TLS connection and database code to interact with the user. It can be used to ask the user for passwords. To use a #GTlsInteraction with a TLS connection use g_tls_connection_set_interaction(). Callers should instantiate a derived class that implements the various interaction methods to show the required dialogs. Callers should use the 'invoke' functions like g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() to run interaction methods. These functions make sure that the interaction is invoked in the main loop and not in the current thread, if the current thread is not running the main loop. Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class initialization function. Any interactions not implemented will return %G_TLS_INTERACTION_UNHANDLED. If a derived class implements an async method, it must also implement the corresponding finish method. Run synchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this function. Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. The status of the ask password interaction. a #GTlsPassword object an optional #GCancellable cancellation object Run asynchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this function. Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. a #GTlsPassword object an optional #GCancellable cancellation object will be called when the interaction completes data to pass to the @callback Complete an ask password user interaction request. This should be once the g_tls_interaction_ask_password_async() completion callback is called. If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsPassword passed to g_tls_interaction_ask_password() will have its password filled in. If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. The status of the ask password interaction. the result passed to the callback Run synchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this function. Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. The status of the ask password interaction. a #GTlsInteraction object a #GTlsPassword object an optional #GCancellable cancellation object Run asynchronous interaction to ask the user for a password. In general, g_tls_interaction_invoke_ask_password() should be used instead of this function. Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. a #GTlsInteraction object a #GTlsPassword object an optional #GCancellable cancellation object will be called when the interaction completes data to pass to the @callback Complete an ask password user interaction request. This should be once the g_tls_interaction_ask_password_async() completion callback is called. If %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED is returned, then the #GTlsPassword passed to g_tls_interaction_ask_password() will have its password filled in. If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. The status of the ask password interaction. a #GTlsInteraction object the result passed to the callback Invoke the interaction to ask the user for a password. It invokes this interaction in the main loop, specifically the #GMainContext returned by g_main_context_get_thread_default() when the interaction is created. This is called by called by #GTlsConnection or #GTlsDatabase to ask the user for a password. Derived subclasses usually implement a password prompt, although they may also choose to provide a password from elsewhere. The @password value will be filled in and then @callback will be called. Alternatively the user may abort this password request, which will usually abort the TLS connection. The implementation can either be a synchronous (eg: modal dialog) or an asynchronous one (eg: modeless dialog). This function will take care of calling which ever one correctly. If the interaction is cancelled by the cancellation object, or by the user then %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED will be returned with an error that contains a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error code. Certain implementations may not support immediate cancellation. The status of the ask password interaction. a #GTlsInteraction object a #GTlsPassword object an optional #GCancellable cancellation object The class for #GTlsInteraction. Derived classes implement the various virtual interaction methods to handle TLS interactions. Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class initialization function. If a derived class implements an async method, it must also implement the corresponding finish method. The synchronous interaction methods should implement to display modal dialogs, and the asynchronous methods to display modeless dialogs. If the user cancels an interaction, then the result should be %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED and the error should be set with a domain of %G_IO_ERROR and code of %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. The status of the ask password interaction. a #GTlsPassword object an optional #GCancellable cancellation object a #GTlsPassword object an optional #GCancellable cancellation object will be called when the interaction completes data to pass to the @callback The status of the ask password interaction. the result passed to the callback #GTlsInteractionResult is returned by various functions in #GTlsInteraction when finishing an interaction request. The interaction was unhandled (i.e. not implemented). The interaction completed, and resulting data is available. The interaction has failed, or was cancelled. and the operation should be aborted. Holds a password used in TLS. Create a new #GTlsPassword object. The newly allocated password object the password flags description of what the password is for Get the password value. If @length is not %NULL then it will be filled in with the length of the password value. (Note that the password value is not nul-terminated, so you can only pass %NULL for @length in contexts where you know the password will have a certain fixed length.) The password value (owned by the password object). location to place the length of the password. Provide the value for this password. The @value will be owned by the password object, and later freed using the @destroy function callback. Specify the @length, for a non-nul-terminated password. Pass -1 as @length if using a nul-terminated password, and @length will be calculated automatically. (Note that the terminating nul is not considered part of the password in this case.) the value for the password the length of the password, or -1 a function to use to free the password. Get a description string about what the password will be used for. The description of the password. a #GTlsPassword object Get flags about the password. The flags about the password. a #GTlsPassword object Get the password value. If @length is not %NULL then it will be filled in with the length of the password value. (Note that the password value is not nul-terminated, so you can only pass %NULL for @length in contexts where you know the password will have a certain fixed length.) The password value (owned by the password object). a #GTlsPassword object location to place the length of the password. Get a user readable translated warning. Usually this warning is a representation of the password flags returned from g_tls_password_get_flags(). The warning. a #GTlsPassword object Set a description string about what the password will be used for. a #GTlsPassword object The description of the password Set flags about the password. a #GTlsPassword object The flags about the password Set the value for this password. The @value will be copied by the password object. Specify the @length, for a non-nul-terminated password. Pass -1 as @length if using a nul-terminated password, and @length will be calculated automatically. (Note that the terminating nul is not considered part of the password in this case.) a #GTlsPassword object the new password value the length of the password, or -1 Provide the value for this password. The @value will be owned by the password object, and later freed using the @destroy function callback. Specify the @length, for a non-nul-terminated password. Pass -1 as @length if using a nul-terminated password, and @length will be calculated automatically. (Note that the terminating nul is not considered part of the password in this case.) a #GTlsPassword object the value for the password the length of the password, or -1 a function to use to free the password. Set a user readable translated warning. Usually this warning is a representation of the password flags returned from g_tls_password_get_flags(). a #GTlsPassword object The user readable warning The password value (owned by the password object). location to place the length of the password. the value for the password the length of the password, or -1 a function to use to free the password. Various flags for the password. No flags The password was wrong, and the user should retry. Hint to the user that the password has been wrong many times, and the user may not have many chances left. Hint to the user that this is the last try to get this password right. When to allow rehandshaking. See g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). Never allow rehandshaking Allow safe rehandshaking only Allow unsafe rehandshaking #GTlsServerConnection is the server-side subclass of #GTlsConnection, representing a server-side TLS connection. Creates a new #GTlsServerConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which must have pollable input and output streams). the new #GTlsServerConnection, or %NULL on error the #GIOStream to wrap the default server certificate, or %NULL The #GTlsAuthenticationMode for the server. This can be changed before calling g_tls_connection_handshake() if you want to rehandshake with a different mode from the initial handshake. This is the subclass of #GSocketConnection that is created for UNIX domain sockets. It contains functions to do some of the UNIX socket specific functionality like passing file descriptors. Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gunixconnection.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Receives credentials from the sending end of the connection. The sending end has to call g_unix_connection_send_credentials() (or similar) for this to work. As well as reading the credentials this also reads (and discards) a single byte from the stream, as this is required for credentials passing to work on some implementations. Other ways to exchange credentials with a foreign peer includes the #GUnixCredentialsMessage type and g_socket_get_credentials() function. Received credentials on success (free with g_object_unref()), %NULL if @error is set. A #GUnixConnection. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Asynchronously receive credentials. For more details, see g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_unix_connection_receive_credentials_finish() to get the result of the operation. A #GUnixConnection. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous receive credentials operation started with g_unix_connection_receive_credentials_async(). a #GCredentials, or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). A #GUnixConnection. a #GAsyncResult. Receives a file descriptor from the sending end of the connection. The sending end has to call g_unix_connection_send_fd() for this to work. As well as reading the fd this also reads a single byte from the stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some implementations. a file descriptor on success, -1 on error. a #GUnixConnection optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore Passes the credentials of the current user the receiving side of the connection. The receiving end has to call g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() (or similar) to accept the credentials. As well as sending the credentials this also writes a single NUL byte to the stream, as this is required for credentials passing to work on some implementations. Other ways to exchange credentials with a foreign peer includes the #GUnixCredentialsMessage type and g_socket_get_credentials() function. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if @error is set. A #GUnixConnection. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Asynchronously send credentials. For more details, see g_unix_connection_send_credentials() which is the synchronous version of this call. When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_unix_connection_send_credentials_finish() to get the result of the operation. A #GUnixConnection. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied the data to pass to callback function Finishes an asynchronous send credentials operation started with g_unix_connection_send_credentials_async(). %TRUE if the operation was successful, otherwise %FALSE. A #GUnixConnection. a #GAsyncResult. Passes a file descriptor to the receiving side of the connection. The receiving end has to call g_unix_connection_receive_fd() to accept the file descriptor. As well as sending the fd this also writes a single byte to the stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some implementations. a %TRUE on success, %NULL on error. a #GUnixConnection a file descriptor optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. This #GSocketControlMessage contains a #GCredentials instance. It may be sent using g_socket_send_message() and received using g_socket_receive_message() over UNIX sockets (ie: sockets in the %G_SOCKET_FAMILY_UNIX family). For an easier way to send and receive credentials over stream-oriented UNIX sockets, see g_unix_connection_send_credentials() and g_unix_connection_receive_credentials(). To receive credentials of a foreign process connected to a socket, use g_socket_get_credentials(). Creates a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage with credentials matching the current processes. a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage Creates a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage holding @credentials. a new #GUnixCredentialsMessage A #GCredentials object. Checks if passing #GCredentials on a #GSocket is supported on this platform. %TRUE if supported, %FALSE otherwise Gets the credentials stored in @message. A #GCredentials instance. Do not free, it is owned by @message. A #GUnixCredentialsMessage. The credentials stored in the message. Class structure for #GUnixCredentialsMessage. A #GUnixFDList contains a list of file descriptors. It owns the file descriptors that it contains, closing them when finalized. It may be wrapped in a #GUnixFDMessage and sent over a #GSocket in the %G_SOCKET_ADDRESS_UNIX family by using g_socket_send_message() and received using g_socket_receive_message(). Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gunixfdlist.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing no file descriptors. a new #GUnixFDList Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing the file descriptors given in @fds. The file descriptors become the property of the new list and may no longer be used by the caller. The array itself is owned by the caller. Each file descriptor in the array should be set to close-on-exec. If @n_fds is -1 then @fds must be terminated with -1. a new #GUnixFDList the initial list of file descriptors the length of #fds, or -1 Adds a file descriptor to @list. The file descriptor is duplicated using dup(). You keep your copy of the descriptor and the copy contained in @list will be closed when @list is finalized. A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or system-wide file descriptor limit. The index of the file descriptor in the list is returned. If you use this index with g_unix_fd_list_get() then you will receive back a duplicated copy of the same file descriptor. the index of the appended fd in case of success, else -1 (and @error is set) a #GUnixFDList a valid open file descriptor Gets a file descriptor out of @list. @index_ specifies the index of the file descriptor to get. It is a programmer error for @index_ to be out of range; see g_unix_fd_list_get_length(). The file descriptor is duplicated using dup() and set as close-on-exec before being returned. You must call close() on it when you are done. A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or system-wide file descriptor limit. the file descriptor, or -1 in case of error a #GUnixFDList the index into the list Gets the length of @list (ie: the number of file descriptors contained within). the length of @list a #GUnixFDList Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this object. After this call, the descriptors remain the property of @list. The caller must not close them and must not free the array. The array is valid only until @list is changed in any way. If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also terminated with -1. This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned. an array of file descriptors a #GUnixFDList pointer to the length of the returned array, or %NULL Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this object. After this call, the descriptors are no longer contained in @list. Further calls will return an empty list (unless more descriptors have been added). The return result of this function must be freed with g_free(). The caller is also responsible for closing all of the file descriptors. The file descriptors in the array are set to close-on-exec. If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also terminated with -1. This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned. an array of file descriptors a #GUnixFDList pointer to the length of the returned array, or %NULL This #GSocketControlMessage contains a #GUnixFDList. It may be sent using g_socket_send_message() and received using g_socket_receive_message() over UNIX sockets (ie: sockets in the %G_SOCKET_ADDRESS_UNIX family). The file descriptors are copied between processes by the kernel. For an easier way to send and receive file descriptors over stream-oriented UNIX sockets, see g_unix_connection_send_fd() and g_unix_connection_receive_fd(). Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gunixfdmessage.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing an empty file descriptor list. a new #GUnixFDMessage Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing @list. a new #GUnixFDMessage a #GUnixFDList Adds a file descriptor to @message. The file descriptor is duplicated using dup(). You keep your copy of the descriptor and the copy contained in @message will be closed when @message is finalized. A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or system-wide file descriptor limit. %TRUE in case of success, else %FALSE (and @error is set) a #GUnixFDMessage a valid open file descriptor Gets the #GUnixFDList contained in @message. This function does not return a reference to the caller, but the returned list is valid for the lifetime of @message. the #GUnixFDList from @message a #GUnixFDMessage Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this object. After this call, the descriptors are no longer contained in @message. Further calls will return an empty list (unless more descriptors have been added). The return result of this function must be freed with g_free(). The caller is also responsible for closing all of the file descriptors. If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also terminated with -1. This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file descriptors contained in @message, an empty array is returned. an array of file descriptors a #GUnixFDMessage pointer to the length of the returned array, or %NULL #GUnixInputStream implements #GInputStream for reading from a UNIX file descriptor, including asynchronous operations. (If the file descriptor refers to a socket or pipe, this will use poll() to do asynchronous I/O. If it refers to a regular file, it will fall back to doing asynchronous I/O in another thread.) Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gunixinputstream.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Creates a new #GUnixInputStream for the given @fd. If @close_fd is %TRUE, the file descriptor will be closed when the stream is closed. a new #GUnixInputStream a UNIX file descriptor %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done Returns whether the file descriptor of @stream will be closed when the stream is closed. %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done a #GUnixInputStream Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream reads from. The file descriptor of @stream a #GUnixInputStream Sets whether the file descriptor of @stream shall be closed when the stream is closed. a #GUnixInputStream %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done Whether to close the file descriptor when the stream is closed. The file descriptor that the stream reads from. Defines a Unix mount entry (e.g. <filename>/media/cdrom</filename>). This corresponds roughly to a mtab entry. Watches #GUnixMount<!-- -->s for changes. Gets a new #GUnixMountMonitor. The default rate limit for which the monitor will report consecutive changes for the mount and mount point entry files is the default for a #GFileMonitor. Use g_unix_mount_monitor_set_rate_limit() to change this. a #GUnixMountMonitor. Sets the rate limit to which the @mount_monitor will report consecutive change events to the mount and mount point entry files. a #GUnixMountMonitor a integer with the limit in milliseconds to poll for changes. Emitted when the unix mount points have changed. Emitted when the unix mounts have changed. Defines a Unix mount point (e.g. <filename>/dev</filename>). This corresponds roughly to a fstab entry. Compares two unix mount points. 1, 0 or -1 if @mount1 is greater than, equal to, or less than @mount2, respectively. a #GUnixMount. a #GUnixMount. Frees a unix mount point. unix mount point to free. Gets the device path for a unix mount point. a string containing the device path. a #GUnixMountPoint. Gets the file system type for the mount point. a string containing the file system type. a #GUnixMountPoint. Gets the mount path for a unix mount point. a string containing the mount path. a #GUnixMountPoint. Gets the options for the mount point. a string containing the options. a #GUnixMountPoint. Guesses whether a Unix mount point can be ejected. %TRUE if @mount_point is deemed to be ejectable. a #GUnixMountPoint Guesses the icon of a Unix mount point. a #GIcon a #GUnixMountPoint Guesses the name of a Unix mount point. The result is a translated string. A newly allocated string that must be freed with g_free() a #GUnixMountPoint Guesses the symbolic icon of a Unix mount point. a #GIcon a #GUnixMountPoint Checks if a unix mount point is a loopback device. %TRUE if the mount point is a loopback. %FALSE otherwise. a #GUnixMountPoint. Checks if a unix mount point is read only. %TRUE if a mount point is read only. a #GUnixMountPoint. Checks if a unix mount point is mountable by the user. %TRUE if the mount point is user mountable. a #GUnixMountPoint. #GUnixOutputStream implements #GOutputStream for writing to a UNIX file descriptor, including asynchronous operations. (If the file descriptor refers to a socket or pipe, this will use poll() to do asynchronous I/O. If it refers to a regular file, it will fall back to doing asynchronous I/O in another thread.) Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gunixoutputstream.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Creates a new #GUnixOutputStream for the given @fd. If @close_fd, is %TRUE, the file descriptor will be closed when the output stream is destroyed. a new #GOutputStream a UNIX file descriptor %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done Returns whether the file descriptor of @stream will be closed when the stream is closed. %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done a #GUnixOutputStream Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream writes to. The file descriptor of @stream a #GUnixOutputStream Sets whether the file descriptor of @stream shall be closed when the stream is closed. a #GUnixOutputStream %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done Whether to close the file descriptor when the stream is closed. The file descriptor that the stream writes to. Support for UNIX-domain (also known as local) sockets. UNIX domain sockets are generally visible in the filesystem. However, some systems support abstract socket names which are not visible in the filesystem and not affected by the filesystem permissions, visibility, etc. Currently this is only supported under Linux. If you attempt to use abstract sockets on other systems, function calls may return %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED errors. You can use g_unix_socket_address_abstract_names_supported() to see if abstract names are supported. Note that <filename>&lt;gio/gunixsocketaddress.h&gt;</filename> belongs to the UNIX-specific GIO interfaces, thus you have to use the <filename>gio-unix-2.0.pc</filename> pkg-config file when using it. Creates a new #GUnixSocketAddress for @path. To create abstract socket addresses, on systems that support that, use g_unix_socket_address_new_abstract(). a new #GUnixSocketAddress the socket path Creates a new %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED #GUnixSocketAddress for @path. a new #GUnixSocketAddress the abstract name the length of @path, or -1 Creates a new #GUnixSocketAddress of type @type with name @path. If @type is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH, this is equivalent to calling g_unix_socket_address_new(). If @path_type is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT, then @path_len bytes of @path will be copied to the socket's path, and only those bytes will be considered part of the name. (If @path_len is -1, then @path is assumed to be NUL-terminated.) For example, if @path was "test", then calling g_socket_address_get_native_size() on the returned socket would return 7 (2 bytes of overhead, 1 byte for the abstract-socket indicator byte, and 4 bytes for the name "test"). If @path_type is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED, then @path_len bytes of @path will be copied to the socket's path, the rest of the path will be padded with 0 bytes, and the entire zero-padded buffer will be considered the name. (As above, if @path_len is -1, then @path is assumed to be NUL-terminated.) In this case, g_socket_address_get_native_size() will always return the full size of a <literal>struct sockaddr_un</literal>, although g_unix_socket_address_get_path_len() will still return just the length of @path. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT is preferred over %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED for new programs. Of course, when connecting to a server created by another process, you must use the appropriate type corresponding to how that process created its listening socket. a new #GUnixSocketAddress the name the length of @path, or -1 a #GUnixSocketAddressType Checks if abstract UNIX domain socket names are supported. %TRUE if supported, %FALSE otherwise Gets @address's type. a #GUnixSocketAddressType a #GInetSocketAddress Tests if @address is abstract. %TRUE if the address is abstract, %FALSE otherwise a #GInetSocketAddress Gets @address's path, or for abstract sockets the "name". Guaranteed to be zero-terminated, but an abstract socket may contain embedded zeros, and thus you should use g_unix_socket_address_get_path_len() to get the true length of this string. the path for @address a #GInetSocketAddress Gets the length of @address's path. For details, see g_unix_socket_address_get_path(). the length of the path a #GInetSocketAddress Whether or not this is an abstract address The type of name used by a #GUnixSocketAddress. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH indicates a traditional unix domain socket bound to a filesystem path. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ANONYMOUS indicates a socket not bound to any name (eg, a client-side socket, or a socket created with socketpair()). For abstract sockets, there are two incompatible ways of naming them; the man pages suggest using the entire <literal>struct sockaddr_un</literal> as the name, padding the unused parts of the %sun_path field with zeroes; this corresponds to %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED. However, many programs instead just use a portion of %sun_path, and pass an appropriate smaller length to bind() or connect(). This is %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT. invalid anonymous a filesystem path an abstract name an abstract name, 0-padded to the full length of a unix socket name Extension point for #GVfs functionality. See <link linkend="extending-gio">Extending GIO</link>. The string used to obtain the volume <emphasis>class</emphasis> with g_volume_get_identifier(). Known volume classes include <literal>device</literal> and <literal>network</literal>. Other classes may be added in the future. This is intended to be used by applications to classify #GVolume instances into different sections - for example a file manager or file chooser can use this information to show <literal>network</literal> volumes under a "Network" heading and <literal>device</literal> volumes under a "Devices" heading. The string used to obtain a Hal UDI with g_volume_get_identifier(). The string used to obtain a filesystem label with g_volume_get_identifier(). The string used to obtain a NFS mount with g_volume_get_identifier(). The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_volume_get_identifier(). The string used to obtain a UUID with g_volume_get_identifier(). Extension point for volume monitor functionality. See <link linkend="extending-gio">Extending GIO</link>. Entry point for using GIO functionality. Gets the default #GVfs for the system. a #GVfs. Gets the local #GVfs for the system. a #GVfs. Gets a #GFile for @path. a #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string containing a VFS path. Gets a #GFile for @uri. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if the URI is malformed or if the URI scheme is not supported. a #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string containing a URI Gets a list of URI schemes supported by @vfs. a %NULL-terminated array of strings. The returned array belongs to GIO and must not be freed or modified. Checks if the VFS is active. %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful and it is now active. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operations if the @parse_name cannot be parsed by the #GVfs module. a #GFile for the given @parse_name. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string to be parsed by the VFS module. Gets a #GFile for @path. a #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GVfs. a string containing a VFS path. Gets a #GFile for @uri. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if the URI is malformed or if the URI scheme is not supported. a #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a#GVfs. a string containing a URI Gets a list of URI schemes supported by @vfs. a %NULL-terminated array of strings. The returned array belongs to GIO and must not be freed or modified. a #GVfs. Checks if the VFS is active. %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful and it is now active. a #GVfs. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operations if the @parse_name cannot be parsed by the #GVfs module. a #GFile for the given @parse_name. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GVfs. a string to be parsed by the VFS module. %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful and it is now active. a #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string containing a VFS path. a #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string containing a URI a %NULL-terminated array of strings. The returned array belongs to GIO and must not be freed or modified. a #GFile for the given @parse_name. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string to be parsed by the VFS module. The #GVolume interface represents user-visible objects that can be mounted. Note, when porting from GnomeVFS, #GVolume is the moral equivalent of #GnomeVFSDrive. Mounting a #GVolume instance is an asynchronous operation. For more information about asynchronous operations, see #GAsyncResult and #GTask. To mount a #GVolume, first call g_volume_mount() with (at least) the #GVolume instance, optionally a #GMountOperation object and a #GAsyncReadyCallback. Typically, one will only want to pass %NULL for the #GMountOperation if automounting all volumes when a desktop session starts since it's not desirable to put up a lot of dialogs asking for credentials. The callback will be fired when the operation has resolved (either with success or failure), and a #GAsyncReady structure will be passed to the callback. That callback should then call g_volume_mount_finish() with the #GVolume instance and the #GAsyncReady data to see if the operation was completed successfully. If an @error is present when g_volume_mount_finish() is called, then it will be filled with any error information. <para id="volume-identifier"> It is sometimes necessary to directly access the underlying operating system object behind a volume (e.g. for passing a volume to an application via the commandline). For this purpose, GIO allows to obtain an 'identifier' for the volume. There can be different kinds of identifiers, such as Hal UDIs, filesystem labels, traditional Unix devices (e.g. <filename>/dev/sda2</filename>), uuids. GIO uses predefind strings as names for the different kinds of identifiers: #G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI, #G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL, etc. Use g_volume_get_identifier() to obtain an identifier for a volume. </para> Note that #G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI will only be available when the gvfs hal volume monitor is in use. Other volume monitors will generally be able to provide the #G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE identifier, which can be used to obtain a hal device by means of libhal_manager_find_device_string_match(). Checks if a volume can be ejected. %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise. Checks if a volume can be mounted. %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise. Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_volume_eject_finish() with the @volume and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data that gets passed to @callback Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed. a #GAsyncResult. Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @volume and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the kinds of <link linkend="volume-identifier">identifiers</link> that @volume has. Use g_volume_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers themselves. a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. Gets the activation root for a #GVolume if it is known ahead of mount time. Returns %NULL otherwise. If not %NULL and if @volume is mounted, then the result of g_mount_get_root() on the #GMount object obtained from g_volume_get_mount() will always either be equal or a prefix of what this function returns. In other words, in code <programlisting> GMount *mount; GFile *mount_root GFile *volume_activation_root; mount = g_volume_get_mount (volume); /&ast; mounted, so never NULL &ast;/ mount_root = g_mount_get_root (mount); volume_activation_root = g_volume_get_activation_root(volume); /&ast; assume not NULL &ast;/ </programlisting> then the expression <programlisting> (g_file_has_prefix (volume_activation_root, mount_root) || g_file_equal (volume_activation_root, mount_root)) </programlisting> will always be %TRUE. Activation roots are typically used in #GVolumeMonitor implementations to find the underlying mount to shadow, see g_mount_is_shadowed() for more details. the activation root of @volume or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. Gets the drive for the @volume. a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the icon for @volume. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the identifier of the given kind for @volume. See the <link linkend="volume-identifier">introduction</link> for more information about volume identifiers. a newly allocated string containing the requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume doesn't have this kind of identifier the kind of identifier to return Gets the mount for the @volume. a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the name of @volume. the name for the given @volume. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Gets the sort key for @volume, if any. Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available. Gets the symbolic icon for @volume. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. Gets the UUID for the @volume. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the volume in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available. the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Finishes mounting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. If the mount operation succeeded, g_volume_get_mount() on @volume is guaranteed to return the mount right after calling this function; there's no need to listen for the 'mount-added' signal on #GVolumeMonitor. %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed. a #GAsyncResult Mounts a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_volume_mount_finish() with the @volume and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data that gets passed to @callback Returns whether the volume should be automatically mounted. %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted. Checks if a volume can be ejected. %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GVolume. Checks if a volume can be mounted. %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise. a #GVolume. Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_volume_eject_finish() with the @volume and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. a #GVolume. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data that gets passed to @callback Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed. pointer to a #GVolume. a #GAsyncResult. Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @volume and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback. a #GVolume. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GVolume. a #GAsyncResult. Gets the kinds of <link linkend="volume-identifier">identifiers</link> that @volume has. Use g_volume_get_identifier() to obtain the identifiers themselves. a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. a #GVolume Gets the activation root for a #GVolume if it is known ahead of mount time. Returns %NULL otherwise. If not %NULL and if @volume is mounted, then the result of g_mount_get_root() on the #GMount object obtained from g_volume_get_mount() will always either be equal or a prefix of what this function returns. In other words, in code <programlisting> GMount *mount; GFile *mount_root GFile *volume_activation_root; mount = g_volume_get_mount (volume); /&ast; mounted, so never NULL &ast;/ mount_root = g_mount_get_root (mount); volume_activation_root = g_volume_get_activation_root(volume); /&ast; assume not NULL &ast;/ </programlisting> then the expression <programlisting> (g_file_has_prefix (volume_activation_root, mount_root) || g_file_equal (volume_activation_root, mount_root)) </programlisting> will always be %TRUE. Activation roots are typically used in #GVolumeMonitor implementations to find the underlying mount to shadow, see g_mount_is_shadowed() for more details. the activation root of @volume or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. a #GVolume Gets the drive for the @volume. a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GVolume. Gets the icon for @volume. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GVolume. Gets the identifier of the given kind for @volume. See the <link linkend="volume-identifier">introduction</link> for more information about volume identifiers. a newly allocated string containing the requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume doesn't have this kind of identifier a #GVolume the kind of identifier to return Gets the mount for the @volume. a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GVolume. Gets the name of @volume. the name for the given @volume. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GVolume. Gets the sort key for @volume, if any. Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available. A #GVolume. Gets the symbolic icon for @volume. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GVolume. Gets the UUID for the @volume. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the volume in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available. the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GVolume. Mounts a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is finished by calling g_volume_mount_finish() with the @volume and #GAsyncResult returned in the @callback. a #GVolume. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data that gets passed to @callback Finishes mounting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned. If the mount operation succeeded, g_volume_get_mount() on @volume is guaranteed to return the mount right after calling this function; there's no need to listen for the 'mount-added' signal on #GVolumeMonitor. %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed. a #GVolume a #GAsyncResult Returns whether the volume should be automatically mounted. %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted. a #GVolume Emitted when the volume has been changed. This signal is emitted when the #GVolume have been removed. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized. Interface for implementing operations for mountable volumes. the name for the given @volume. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise. flags affecting the operation a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data that gets passed to @callback %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed. a #GAsyncResult flags affecting the unmount if required for eject optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data that gets passed to @callback %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed. a #GAsyncResult. a newly allocated string containing the requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume doesn't have this kind of identifier the kind of identifier to return a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted. the activation root of @volume or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. flags affecting the unmount if required for eject a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL. user data passed to @callback. %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. a #GAsyncResult. Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available. a #GIcon. The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. #GVolumeMonitor is for listing the user interesting devices and volumes on the computer. In other words, what a file selector or file manager would show in a sidebar. #GVolumeMonitor is not <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default-context aware</link>, and so should not be used other than from the main thread, with no thread-default-context active. This function should be called by any #GVolumeMonitor implementation when a new #GMount object is created that is not associated with a #GVolume object. It must be called just before emitting the @mount_added signal. If the return value is not %NULL, the caller must associate the returned #GVolume object with the #GMount. This involves returning it in its g_mount_get_volume() implementation. The caller must also listen for the "removed" signal on the returned object and give up its reference when handling that signal Similary, if implementing g_volume_monitor_adopt_orphan_mount(), the implementor must take a reference to @mount and return it in its g_volume_get_mount() implemented. Also, the implementor must listen for the "unmounted" signal on @mount and give up its reference upon handling that signal. There are two main use cases for this function. One is when implementing a user space file system driver that reads blocks of a block device that is already represented by the native volume monitor (for example a CD Audio file system driver). Such a driver will generate its own #GMount object that needs to be associated with the #GVolume object that represents the volume. The other is for implementing a #GVolumeMonitor whose sole purpose is to return #GVolume objects representing entries in the users "favorite servers" list or similar. the #GVolume object that is the parent for @mount or %NULL if no wants to adopt the #GMount. a #GMount object to find a parent for Gets the volume monitor used by gio. a reference to the #GVolumeMonitor used by gio. Call g_object_unref() when done with it. Gets a list of drives connected to the system. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. Finds a #GMount object by its UUID (see g_mount_get_uuid()) a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). the UUID to look for Gets a list of the mounts on the system. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). a #GList of #GMount objects. Finds a #GVolume object by its UUID (see g_volume_get_uuid()) a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). the UUID to look for Gets a list of the volumes on the system. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). a #GList of #GVolume objects. Gets a list of drives connected to the system. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. a #GVolumeMonitor. Finds a #GMount object by its UUID (see g_mount_get_uuid()) a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GVolumeMonitor. the UUID to look for Gets a list of the mounts on the system. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). a #GList of #GMount objects. a #GVolumeMonitor. Finds a #GVolume object by its UUID (see g_volume_get_uuid()) a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a #GVolumeMonitor. the UUID to look for Gets a list of the volumes on the system. The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref(). a #GList of #GVolume objects. a #GVolumeMonitor. Emitted when a drive changes. the drive that changed Emitted when a drive is connected to the system. a #GDrive that was connected. Emitted when a drive is disconnected from the system. a #GDrive that was disconnected. Emitted when the eject button is pressed on @drive. the drive where the eject button was pressed Emitted when the stop button is pressed on @drive. the drive where the stop button was pressed Emitted when a mount is added. a #GMount that was added. Emitted when a mount changes. a #GMount that changed. Emitted when a mount is about to be removed. a #GMount that is being unmounted. Emitted when a mount is removed. a #GMount that was removed. Emitted when a mountable volume is added to the system. a #GVolume that was added. Emitted when mountable volume is changed. a #GVolume that changed. Emitted when a mountable volume is removed from the system. a #GVolume that was removed. a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. a #GList of #GVolume objects. a #GList of #GMount objects. a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). the UUID to look for a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). the UUID to look for Zlib decompression Creates a new #GZlibCompressor. a new #GZlibCompressor The format to use for the compressed data compression level (0-9), -1 for default Returns the #GZlibCompressor:file-info property. a #GFileInfo, or %NULL a #GZlibCompressor Sets @file_info in @compressor. If non-%NULL, and @compressor's #GZlibCompressor:format property is %G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP, it will be used to set the file name and modification time in the GZIP header of the compressed data. Note: it is an error to call this function while a compression is in progress; it may only be called immediately after creation of @compressor, or after resetting it with g_converter_reset(). a #GZlibCompressor a #GFileInfo If set to a non-%NULL #GFileInfo object, and #GZlibCompressor:format is %G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP, the compressor will write the file name and modification time from the file info to the GZIP header. Used to select the type of data format to use for #GZlibDecompressor and #GZlibCompressor. deflate compression with zlib header gzip file format deflate compression with no header Zlib decompression Creates a new #GZlibDecompressor. a new #GZlibDecompressor The format to use for the compressed data Retrieves the #GFileInfo constructed from the GZIP header data of compressed data processed by @compressor, or %NULL if @decompressor's #GZlibDecompressor:format property is not %G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP, or the header data was not fully processed yet, or it not present in the data stream at all. a #GFileInfo, or %NULL a #GZlibDecompressor A #GFileInfo containing the information found in the GZIP header of the data stream processed, or %NULL if the header was not yet fully processed, is not present at all, or the compressor's #GZlibDecompressor:format property is not %G_ZLIB_COMPRESSOR_FORMAT_GZIP. Creates a new #GAppInfo from the given information. Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the Exec key of the <ulink url="http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec">freedesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification</ulink> are applied. For example, if the @commandline contains percent-encoded URIs, the percent-character must be doubled in order to prevent it from being swallowed by Exec key unquoting. See the specification for exact quoting rules. new #GAppInfo for given command. the commandline to use the application name, or %NULL to use @commandline flags that can specify details of the created #GAppInfo Gets a list of all of the applications currently registered on this system. For desktop files, this includes applications that have <literal>NoDisplay=true</literal> set or are excluded from display by means of <literal>OnlyShowIn</literal> or <literal>NotShowIn</literal>. See g_app_info_should_show(). The returned list does not include applications which have the <literal>Hidden</literal> key set. a newly allocated #GList of references to #GAppInfo<!---->s. Gets a list of all #GAppInfos for a given content type, including the recommended and fallback #GAppInfos. See g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type() and g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type(). #GList of #GAppInfos for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for Gets the default #GAppInfo for a given content type. #GAppInfo for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for if %TRUE, the #GAppInfo is expected to support URIs Gets the default application for handling URIs with the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part of the URI, up to but not including the ':', e.g. "http", "ftp" or "sip". #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. a string containing a URI scheme. Gets a list of fallback #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. those applications which claim to support the given content type by MIME type subclassing and not directly. #GList of #GAppInfos for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for Gets a list of recommended #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e. those applications which claim to support the given content type exactly, and not by MIME type subclassing. Note that the first application of the list is the last used one, i.e. the last one for which g_app_info_set_as_last_used_for_type() has been called. #GList of #GAppInfos for given @content_type or %NULL on error. the content type to find a #GAppInfo for Utility function that launches the default application registered to handle the specified uri. Synchronous I/O is done on the uri to detect the type of the file if required. %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. the uri to show an optional #GAppLaunchContext. Removes all changes to the type associations done by g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(), g_app_info_set_as_default_for_extension(), g_app_info_add_supports_type() or g_app_info_remove_supports_type(). a content type Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object asynchronously. When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check for any errors. a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable. the number of parameters in @parameters the parameters to use to construct the object the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the operation. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is finished the data to pass to callback function Asynchronously connects to the message bus specified by @bus_type. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can then call g_bus_get_finish() to get the result of the operation. This is a asynchronous failable function. See g_bus_get_sync() for the synchronous version. A #GBusType. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. The data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_bus_get(). The returned object is a singleton, that is, shared with other callers of g_bus_get() and g_bus_get_sync() for @bus_type. In the event that you need a private message bus connection, use g_dbus_address_get_for_bus_sync() and g_dbus_connection_new_for_address(). Note that the returned #GDBusConnection object will (usually) have the #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close property set to %TRUE. A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_bus_get(). Synchronously connects to the message bus specified by @bus_type. Note that the returned object may shared with other callers, e.g. if two separate parts of a process calls this function with the same @bus_type, they will share the same object. This is a synchronous failable function. See g_bus_get() and g_bus_get_finish() for the asynchronous version. The returned object is a singleton, that is, shared with other callers of g_bus_get() and g_bus_get_sync() for @bus_type. In the event that you need a private message bus connection, use g_dbus_address_get_for_bus_sync() and g_dbus_connection_new_for_address(). Note that the returned #GDBusConnection object will (usually) have the #GDBusConnection:exit-on-close property set to %TRUE. A #GDBusConnection or %NULL if @error is set. Free with g_object_unref(). A #GBusType. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Starts acquiring @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler when the name is acquired respectively lost. Callbacks will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this function from. You are guaranteed that one of the @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler callbacks will be invoked after calling this function - there are three possible cases: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> @name_lost_handler with a %NULL connection (if a connection to the bus can't be made). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> @bus_acquired_handler then @name_lost_handler (if the name can't be obtained) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> @bus_acquired_handler then @name_acquired_handler (if the name was obtained). </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> When you are done owning the name, just call g_bus_unown_name() with the owner id this function returns. If the name is acquired or lost (for example another application could acquire the name if you allow replacement or the application currently owning the name exits), the handlers are also invoked. If the #GDBusConnection that is used for attempting to own the name closes, then @name_lost_handler is invoked since it is no longer possible for other processes to access the process. You cannot use g_bus_own_name() several times for the same name (unless interleaved with calls to g_bus_unown_name()) - only the first call will work. Another guarantee is that invocations of @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler are guaranteed to alternate; that is, if @name_acquired_handler is invoked then you are guaranteed that the next time one of the handlers is invoked, it will be @name_lost_handler. The reverse is also true. If you plan on exporting objects (using e.g. g_dbus_connection_register_object()), note that it is generally too late to export the objects in @name_acquired_handler. Instead, you can do this in @bus_acquired_handler since you are guaranteed that this will run before @name is requested from the bus. This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that wants to own names and export objects, see <xref linkend="gdbus-owning-names"/>. Simply register objects to be exported in @bus_acquired_handler and unregister the objects (if any) in @name_lost_handler. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name. The type of bus to own a name on. The well-known name to own. A set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration. Handler to invoke when connected to the bus of type @bus_type or %NULL. Handler to invoke when @name is acquired or %NULL. Handler to invoke when @name is lost or %NULL. User data to pass to handlers. Function for freeing @user_data or %NULL. Like g_bus_own_name() but takes a #GDBusConnection instead of a #GBusType. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name. A #GDBusConnection. The well-known name to own. A set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration. Handler to invoke when @name is acquired or %NULL. Handler to invoke when @name is lost or %NULL. User data to pass to handlers. Function for freeing @user_data or %NULL. Version of g_bus_own_name_on_connection() using closures instead of callbacks for easier binding in other languages. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name. A #GDBusConnection. The well-known name to own. A set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration. #GClosure to invoke when @name is acquired or %NULL. #GClosure to invoke when @name is lost or %NULL. Version of g_bus_own_name() using closures instead of callbacks for easier binding in other languages. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unown_name() to stop owning the name. The type of bus to own a name on. The well-known name to own. A set of flags from the #GBusNameOwnerFlags enumeration. #GClosure to invoke when connected to the bus of type @bus_type or %NULL. #GClosure to invoke when @name is acquired or %NULL. #GClosure to invoke when @name is lost or %NULL. Stops owning a name. An identifier obtained from g_bus_own_name() Stops watching a name. An identifier obtained from g_bus_watch_name() Starts watching @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls @name_appeared_handler and @name_vanished_handler when the name is known to have a owner respectively known to lose its owner. Callbacks will be invoked in the <link linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main loop</link> of the thread you are calling this function from. You are guaranteed that one of the handlers will be invoked after calling this function. When you are done watching the name, just call g_bus_unwatch_name() with the watcher id this function returns. If the name vanishes or appears (for example the application owning the name could restart), the handlers are also invoked. If the #GDBusConnection that is used for watching the name disconnects, then @name_vanished_handler is invoked since it is no longer possible to access the name. Another guarantee is that invocations of @name_appeared_handler and @name_vanished_handler are guaranteed to alternate; that is, if @name_appeared_handler is invoked then you are guaranteed that the next time one of the handlers is invoked, it will be @name_vanished_handler. The reverse is also true. This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that wants to take action when a certain name exists, see <xref linkend="gdbus-watching-names"/>. Basically, the application should create object proxies in @name_appeared_handler and destroy them again (if any) in @name_vanished_handler. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. The type of bus to watch a name on. The name (well-known or unique) to watch. Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. Handler to invoke when @name is known to exist or %NULL. Handler to invoke when @name is known to not exist or %NULL. User data to pass to handlers. Function for freeing @user_data or %NULL. Like g_bus_watch_name() but takes a #GDBusConnection instead of a #GBusType. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. A #GDBusConnection. The name (well-known or unique) to watch. Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. Handler to invoke when @name is known to exist or %NULL. Handler to invoke when @name is known to not exist or %NULL. User data to pass to handlers. Function for freeing @user_data or %NULL. Version of g_bus_watch_name_on_connection() using closures instead of callbacks for easier binding in other languages. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. A #GDBusConnection. The name (well-known or unique) to watch. Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. #GClosure to invoke when @name is known to exist or %NULL. #GClosure to invoke when @name is known to not exist or %NULL. Version of g_bus_watch_name() using closures instead of callbacks for easier binding in other languages. An identifier (never 0) that an be used with g_bus_unwatch_name() to stop watching the name. The type of bus to watch a name on. The name (well-known or unique) to watch. Flags from the #GBusNameWatcherFlags enumeration. #GClosure to invoke when @name is known to exist or %NULL. #GClosure to invoke when @name is known to not exist or %NULL. Checks if a content type can be executable. Note that for instance things like text files can be executables (i.e. scripts and batch files). %TRUE if the file type corresponds to a type that can be executable, %FALSE otherwise. a content type string Compares two content types for equality. %TRUE if the two strings are identical or equivalent, %FALSE otherwise. a content type string a content type string Tries to find a content type based on the mime type name. Newly allocated string with content type or %NULL. Free with g_free() a mime type string Gets the human readable description of the content type. a short description of the content type @type. Free the returned string with g_free() a content type string Gets the generic icon name for a content type. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec">shared-mime-info</ulink> specification for more on the generic icon name. the registered generic icon name for the given @type, or %NULL if unknown. Free with g_free() a content type string Gets the icon for a content type. #GIcon corresponding to the content type. Free the returned object with g_object_unref() a content type string Gets the mime type for the content type, if one is registered. the registered mime type for the given @type, or %NULL if unknown. a content type string Gets the symbolic icon for a content type. symbolic #GIcon corresponding to the content type. Free the returned object with g_object_unref() a content type string Guesses the content type based on example data. If the function is uncertain, @result_uncertain will be set to %TRUE. Either @filename or @data may be %NULL, in which case the guess will be based solely on the other argument. a string indicating a guessed content type for the given data. Free with g_free() a string, or %NULL a stream of data, or %NULL the size of @data return location for the certainty of the result, or %NULL Tries to guess the type of the tree with root @root, by looking at the files it contains. The result is an array of content types, with the best guess coming first. The types returned all have the form x-content/foo, e.g. x-content/audio-cdda (for audio CDs) or x-content/image-dcf (for a camera memory card). See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec">shared-mime-info</ulink> specification for more on x-content types. This function is useful in the implementation of g_mount_guess_content_type(). an %NULL-terminated array of zero or more content types. Free with g_strfreev() the root of the tree to guess a type for Determines if @type is a subset of @supertype. %TRUE if @type is a kind of @supertype, %FALSE otherwise. a content type string a content type string Checks if the content type is the generic "unknown" type. On UNIX this is the "application/octet-stream" mimetype, while on win32 it is "*". %TRUE if the type is the unknown type. a content type string Gets a list of strings containing all the registered content types known to the system. The list and its data should be freed using <programlisting> g_list_free_full (list, g_free); </programlisting> #GList of the registered content types Escape @string so it can appear in a D-Bus address as the value part of a key-value pair. For instance, if @string is <code>/run/bus-for-:0</code>, this function would return <code>/run/bus-for-%3A0</code>, which could be used in a D-Bus address like <code>unix:nonce-tcp:host=127.0.0.1,port=42,noncefile=/run/bus-for-%3A0</code>. a copy of @string with all non-optionally-escaped bytes escaped an unescaped string to be included in a D-Bus address as the value in a key-value pair Synchronously looks up the D-Bus address for the well-known message bus instance specified by @bus_type. This may involve using various platform specific mechanisms. A valid D-Bus address string for @bus_type or %NULL if @error is set. A #GBusType. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Asynchronously connects to an endpoint specified by @address and sets up the connection so it is in a state to run the client-side of the D-Bus authentication conversation. When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked. You can then call g_dbus_address_get_stream_finish() to get the result of the operation. This is an asynchronous failable function. See g_dbus_address_get_stream_sync() for the synchronous version. A valid D-Bus address. A #GCancellable or %NULL. A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied. Data to pass to @callback. Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_address_get_stream(). A #GIOStream or %NULL if @error is set. A #GAsyncResult obtained from the GAsyncReadyCallback passed to g_dbus_address_get_stream(). %NULL or return location to store the GUID extracted from @address, if any. Synchronously connects to an endpoint specified by @address and sets up the connection so it is in a state to run the client-side of the D-Bus authentication conversation. This is a synchronous failable function. See g_dbus_address_get_stream() for the asynchronous version. A #GIOStream or %NULL if @error is set. A valid D-Bus address. %NULL or return location to store the GUID extracted from @address, if any. A #GCancellable or %NULL. Looks up the value of an annotation. The cost of this function is O(n) in number of annotations. The value or %NULL if not found. Do not free, it is owned by @annotations. A %NULL-terminated array of annotations or %NULL. The name of the annotation to look up. Creates a D-Bus error name to use for @error. If @error matches a registered error (cf. g_dbus_error_register_error()), the corresponding D-Bus error name will be returned. Otherwise the a name of the form <literal>org.gtk.GDBus.UnmappedGError.Quark._ESCAPED_QUARK_NAME.Code_ERROR_CODE</literal> will be used. This allows other GDBus applications to map the error on the wire back to a #GError using g_dbus_error_new_for_dbus_error(). This function is typically only used in object mappings to put a #GError on the wire. Regular applications should not use it. A D-Bus error name (never %NULL). Free with g_free(). A #GError. Gets the D-Bus error name used for @error, if any. This function is guaranteed to return a D-Bus error name for all #GError<!-- -->s returned from functions handling remote method calls (e.g. g_dbus_connection_call_finish()) unless g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() has been used on @error. An allocated string or %NULL if the D-Bus error name could not be found. Free with g_free(). A #GError. Checks if @error represents an error received via D-Bus from a remote peer. If so, use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to get the name of the error. %TRUE if @error represents an error from a remote peer, %FALSE otherwise. A #GError. Creates a #GError based on the contents of @dbus_error_name and @dbus_error_message. Errors registered with g_dbus_error_register_error() will be looked up using @dbus_error_name and if a match is found, the error domain and code is used. Applications can use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to recover @dbus_error_name. If a match against a registered error is not found and the D-Bus error name is in a form as returned by g_dbus_error_encode_gerror() the error domain and code encoded in the name is used to create the #GError. Also, @dbus_error_name is added to the error message such that it can be recovered with g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). Otherwise, a #GError with the error code %G_IO_ERROR_DBUS_ERROR in the #G_IO_ERROR error domain is returned. Also, @dbus_error_name is added to the error message such that it can be recovered with g_dbus_error_get_remote_error(). In all three cases, @dbus_error_name can always be recovered from the returned #GError using the g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() function (unless g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() hasn't been used on the returned error). This function is typically only used in object mappings to prepare #GError instances for applications. Regular applications should not use it. An allocated #GError. Free with g_error_free(). D-Bus error name. D-Bus error message. Creates an association to map between @dbus_error_name and #GError<!-- -->s specified by @error_domain and @error_code. This is typically done in the routine that returns the #GQuark for an error domain. %TRUE if the association was created, %FALSE if it already exists. A #GQuark for a error domain. An error code. A D-Bus error name. Helper function for associating a #GError error domain with D-Bus error names. The error domain name. A pointer where to store the #GQuark. A pointer to @num_entries #GDBusErrorEntry struct items. Number of items to register. Looks for extra information in the error message used to recover the D-Bus error name and strips it if found. If stripped, the message field in @error will correspond exactly to what was received on the wire. This is typically used when presenting errors to the end user. %TRUE if information was stripped, %FALSE otherwise. A #GError. Destroys an association previously set up with g_dbus_error_register_error(). %TRUE if the association was destroyed, %FALSE if it wasn't found. A #GQuark for a error domain. An error code. A D-Bus error name. Generate a D-Bus GUID that can be used with e.g. g_dbus_connection_new(). See the D-Bus specification regarding what strings are valid D-Bus GUID (for example, D-Bus GUIDs are not RFC-4122 compliant). A valid D-Bus GUID. Free with g_free(). Converts a #GValue to a #GVariant of the type indicated by the @type parameter. The conversion is using the following rules: <table frame='all'> <title>#GValue / #GVariant conversion rules</title> <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='1' rowsep='1'> <thead> <row> <entry>If the #GType for @gvalue is...</entry> <entry>... then @type must be</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_STRING</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-STRING:CAPS">'s'</link>, <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-OBJECT-PATH:CAPS">'o'</link>, <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-SIGNATURE:CAPS">'g'</link> or <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-BYTESTRING:CAPS">'ay'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_STRV</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-STRING-ARRAY:CAPS">'as'</link>, <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-OBJECT-PATH-ARRAY:CAPS">'ao'</link> or <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-BYTESTRING-ARRAY:CAPS">'aay'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_BOOLEAN</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-BOOLEAN:CAPS">'b'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_UCHAR</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-BYTE:CAPS">'y'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_INT</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-INT32:CAPS">'i'</link> or <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-INT16:CAPS">'n'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_UINT</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-UINT32:CAPS">'u'</link> or <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-UINT16:CAPS">'q'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_INT64</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-INT64:CAPS">'x'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_UINT64</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-UINT64:CAPS">'t'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_DOUBLE</entry> <entry><link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-DOUBLE:CAPS">'d'</link></entry> </row> <row> <entry>#G_TYPE_VARIANT</entry> <entry>Any #GVariantType</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> This can fail if e.g. @gvalue is of type #G_TYPE_STRING and @type is <link linkend="G-VARIANT-TYPE-INT32:CAPS">'i'</link>. It will also fail for any #GType (including e.g. #G_TYPE_OBJECT and #G_TYPE_BOXED derived-types) not in the table above. Note that if @gvalue is of type #G_TYPE_VARIANT and its value is %NULL, the <emphasis>empty</emphasis> #GVariant instance (never %NULL) for @type is returned (e.g. 0 for scalar types, the empty string for string types, <literal>'/'</literal> for object path types, the empty array for any array type and so on). See the g_dbus_gvariant_to_gvalue() function for how to convert a #GVariant to a #GValue. A #GVariant (never floating) of #GVariantType @type holding the data from @gvalue or %NULL in case of failure. Free with g_variant_unref(). A #GValue to convert to a #GVariant. A #GVariantType. Converts a #GVariant to a #GValue. If @value is floating, it is consumed. The rules specified in the g_dbus_gvalue_to_gvariant() function are used - this function is essentially its reverse form. The conversion never fails - a valid #GValue is always returned in @out_gvalue. A #GVariant. Return location pointing to a zero-filled (uninitialized) #GValue. Checks if @string is a D-Bus address. This doesn't check if @string is actually supported by #GDBusServer or #GDBusConnection - use g_dbus_is_supported_address() to do more checks. %TRUE if @string is a valid D-Bus address, %FALSE otherwise. A string. Checks if @string is a D-Bus GUID. See the D-Bus specification regarding what strings are valid D-Bus GUID (for example, D-Bus GUIDs are not RFC-4122 compliant). %TRUE if @string is a guid, %FALSE otherwise. The string to check. Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus interface name. %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. The string to check. Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus member (e.g. signal or method) name. %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. The string to check. Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus bus name (either unique or well-known). %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. The string to check. Like g_dbus_is_address() but also checks if the library suppors the transports in @string and that key/value pairs for each transport are valid. %TRUE if @string is a valid D-Bus address that is supported by this library, %FALSE if @error is set. A string. Checks if @string is a valid D-Bus unique bus name. %TRUE if valid, %FALSE otherwise. The string to check. Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. The value of @arg can be either a URI, an absolute path or a relative path resolved relative to the current working directory. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if @arg points to a malformed path. a new #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a command line string Creates a #GFile with the given argument from the command line. This function is similar to g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() except that it allows for passing the current working directory as an argument instead of using the current working directory of the process. This is useful if the commandline argument was given in a context other than the invocation of the current process. See also g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg(). a new #GFile a command line string the current working directory of the commandline Constructs a #GFile for a given path. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if @path is malformed. a new #GFile for the given @path. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a string containing a relative or absolute path. The string must be encoded in the glib filename encoding. Constructs a #GFile for a given URI. This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if @uri is malformed or if the uri type is not supported. a new #GFile for the given @uri. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). a UTF-8 string containing a URI Opens a file in the preferred directory for temporary files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()) and returns a #GFile and #GFileIOStream pointing to it. @tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing a sequence of six 'X' characters, and containing no directory components. If it is %NULL, a default template is used. Unlike the other #GFile constructors, this will return %NULL if a temporary file could not be created. a new #GFile. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). Template for the file name, as in g_file_open_tmp(), or %NULL for a default template on return, a #GFileIOStream for the created file Constructs a #GFile with the given @parse_name (i.e. something given by g_file_get_parse_name()). This operation never fails, but the returned object might not support any I/O operation if the @parse_name cannot be parsed. a new #GFile. a file name or path to be parsed Gets a hash for an icon. a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. #gconstpointer to an icon object. Generate a #GIcon instance from @str. This function can fail if @str is not valid - see g_icon_to_string() for discussion. If your application or library provides one or more #GIcon implementations you need to ensure that each #GType is registered with the type system prior to calling g_icon_new_for_string(). An object implementing the #GIcon interface or %NULL if @error is set. A string obtained via g_icon_to_string(). Helper function for constructing #GInitable object. This is similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure. a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error a #GType supporting #GInitable. the number of parameters in @parameters the parameters to use to construct the object optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Converts errno.h error codes into GIO error codes. #GIOErrorEnum value for the given errno.h error number. Error number as defined in errno.h. Gets the GIO Error Quark. a #GQuark. Registers @type as extension for the extension point with name @extension_point_name. If @type has already been registered as an extension for this extension point, the existing #GIOExtension object is returned. a #GIOExtension object for #GType the name of the extension point the #GType to register as extension the name for the extension the priority for the extension Looks up an existing extension point. the #GIOExtensionPoint, or %NULL if there is no registered extension point with the given name. the name of the extension point Registers an extension point. the new #GIOExtensionPoint. This object is owned by GIO and should not be freed. The name of the extension point Loads all the modules in the specified directory. If don't require all modules to be initialized (and thus registering all gtypes) then you can use g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory() which allows delayed/lazy loading of modules. a list of #GIOModules loaded from the directory, All the modules are loaded into memory, if you want to unload them (enabling on-demand loading) you must call g_type_module_unuse() on all the modules. Free the list with g_list_free(). pathname for a directory containing modules to load. Loads all the modules in the specified directory. If don't require all modules to be initialized (and thus registering all gtypes) then you can use g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory() which allows delayed/lazy loading of modules. a list of #GIOModules loaded from the directory, All the modules are loaded into memory, if you want to unload them (enabling on-demand loading) you must call g_type_module_unuse() on all the modules. Free the list with g_list_free(). pathname for a directory containing modules to load. a scope to use when scanning the modules. Scans all the modules in the specified directory, ensuring that any extension point implemented by a module is registered. This may not actually load and initialize all the types in each module, some modules may be lazily loaded and initialized when an extension point it implementes is used with e.g. g_io_extension_point_get_extensions() or g_io_extension_point_get_extension_by_name(). If you need to guarantee that all types are loaded in all the modules, use g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory(). pathname for a directory containing modules to scan. Scans all the modules in the specified directory, ensuring that any extension point implemented by a module is registered. This may not actually load and initialize all the types in each module, some modules may be lazily loaded and initialized when an extension point it implementes is used with e.g. g_io_extension_point_get_extensions() or g_io_extension_point_get_extension_by_name(). If you need to guarantee that all types are loaded in all the modules, use g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory(). pathname for a directory containing modules to scan. a scope to use when scanning the modules Cancels all cancellable I/O jobs. A job is cancellable if a #GCancellable was passed into g_io_scheduler_push_job(). Schedules the I/O job to run in another thread. @notify will be called on @user_data after @job_func has returned, regardless whether the job was cancelled or has run to completion. If @cancellable is not %NULL, it can be used to cancel the I/O job by calling g_cancellable_cancel() or by calling g_io_scheduler_cancel_all_jobs(). a #GIOSchedulerJobFunc. data to pass to @job_func a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link> of the request. optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Gets the default #GNetworkMonitor for the system. a #GNetworkMonitor Initializes the platform networking libraries (eg, on Windows, this calls WSAStartup()). GLib will call this itself if it is needed, so you only need to call it if you directly call system networking functions (without calling any GLib networking functions first). Utility method for #GPollableInputStream and #GPollableOutputStream implementations. Creates a new #GSource that expects a callback of type #GPollableSourceFunc. The new source does not actually do anything on its own; use g_source_add_child_source() to add other sources to it to cause it to trigger. the new #GSource. the stream associated with the new source Utility method for #GPollableInputStream and #GPollableOutputStream implementations. Creates a new #GSource, as with g_pollable_source_new(), but also attaching @child_source (with a dummy callback), and @cancellable, if they are non-%NULL. the new #GSource. the stream associated with the new source optional child source to attach optional #GCancellable to attach Tries to read from @stream, as with g_input_stream_read() (if @blocking is %TRUE) or g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking() (if @blocking is %FALSE). This can be used to more easily share code between blocking and non-blocking implementations of a method. If @blocking is %FALSE, then @stream must be a #GPollableInputStream for which g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %TRUE, or else the behavior is undefined. If @blocking is %TRUE, then @stream does not need to be a #GPollableInputStream. the number of bytes read, or -1 on error. a #GInputStream a buffer to read data into the number of bytes to read whether to do blocking I/O optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Tries to write to @stream, as with g_output_stream_write() (if @blocking is %TRUE) or g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking() (if @blocking is %FALSE). This can be used to more easily share code between blocking and non-blocking implementations of a method. If @blocking is %FALSE, then @stream must be a #GPollableOutputStream for which g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %TRUE or else the behavior is undefined. If @blocking is %TRUE, then @stream does not need to be a #GPollableOutputStream. the number of bytes written, or -1 on error. a #GOutputStream. the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write whether to do blocking I/O optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Tries to write @count bytes to @stream, as with g_output_stream_write_all(), but using g_pollable_stream_write() rather than g_output_stream_write(). On a successful write of @count bytes, %TRUE is returned, and @bytes_written is set to @count. If there is an error during the operation (including %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK in the non-blocking case), %FALSE is returned and @error is set to indicate the error status, @bytes_written is updated to contain the number of bytes written into the stream before the error occurred. As with g_pollable_stream_write(), if @blocking is %FALSE, then @stream must be a #GPollableOutputStream for which g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %TRUE or else the behavior is undefined. If @blocking is %TRUE, then @stream does not need to be a #GPollableOutputStream. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if there was an error a #GOutputStream. the buffer containing the data to write. the number of bytes to write whether to do blocking I/O location to store the number of bytes that was written to the stream optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. Lookup "gio-proxy" extension point for a proxy implementation that supports specified protocol. return a #GProxy or NULL if protocol is not supported. the proxy protocol name (e.g. http, socks, etc) Gets the default #GProxyResolver for the system. the default #GProxyResolver. Gets the #GResolver Error Quark. a #GQuark. Gets the #GResource Error Quark. a #GQuark Loads a binary resource bundle and creates a #GResource representation of it, allowing you to query it for data. If you want to use this resource in the global resource namespace you need to register it with g_resources_register(). a new #GResource, or %NULL on error the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding Returns all the names of children at the specified @path in the set of globally registered resources. The return result is a %NULL terminated list of strings which should be released with g_strfreev(). @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. an array of constant strings A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags Looks for a file at the specified @path in the set of globally registered resources and if found returns information about it. @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. %TRUE if the file was found. %FALSE if there were errors A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags a location to place the length of the contents of the file, or %NULL if the length is not needed a location to place the flags about the file, or %NULL if the length is not needed Looks for a file at the specified @path in the set of globally registered resources and returns a #GBytes that lets you directly access the data in memory. The data is always followed by a zero byte, so you can safely use the data as a C string. However, that byte is not included in the size of the GBytes. For uncompressed resource files this is a pointer directly into the resource bundle, which is typically in some readonly data section in the program binary. For compressed files we allocate memory on the heap and automatically uncompress the data. @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. #GBytes or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_bytes_unref() A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags Looks for a file at the specified @path in the set of globally registered resources and returns a #GInputStream that lets you read the data. @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup. #GInputStream or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref() A pathname inside the resource A #GResourceLookupFlags Gets the default system schema source. This function is not required for normal uses of #GSettings but it may be useful to authors of plugin management systems or to those who want to introspect the content of schemas. If no schemas are installed, %NULL will be returned. The returned source may actually consist of multiple schema sources from different directories, depending on which directories were given in <envar>XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> and <envar>GSETTINGS_SCHEMA_DIR</envar>. For this reason, all lookups performed against the default source should probably be done recursively. the default schema source Reports an error in an asynchronous function in an idle function by directly setting the contents of the #GAsyncResult with the given error information. a #GObject, or %NULL. a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. a #GQuark containing the error domain (usually #G_IO_ERROR). a specific error code. a formatted error reporting string. Reports an error in an idle function. Similar to g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle(), but takes a #GError rather than building a new one. a #GObject, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. the #GError to report Reports an error in an idle function. Similar to g_simple_async_report_gerror_in_idle(), but takes over the caller's ownership of @error, so the caller does not have to free it any more. a #GObject, or %NULL a #GAsyncReadyCallback. user data passed to @callback. the #GError to report Sorts @targets in place according to the algorithm in RFC 2782. the head of the sorted list. a #GList of #GSrvTarget Gets the default #GTlsBackend for the system. a #GTlsBackend Creates a new #GTlsClientConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which must have pollable input and output streams) which is assumed to communicate with the server identified by @server_identity. the new #GTlsClientConnection, or %NULL on error the #GIOStream to wrap the expected identity of the server Gets the TLS error quark. a #GQuark. Creates a new #GTlsFileDatabase which uses anchor certificate authorities in @anchors to verify certificate chains. The certificates in @anchors must be PEM encoded. the new #GTlsFileDatabase, or %NULL on error filename of anchor certificate authorities. Creates a new #GTlsServerConnection wrapping @base_io_stream (which must have pollable input and output streams). the new #GTlsServerConnection, or %NULL on error the #GIOStream to wrap the default server certificate, or %NULL Determines if @mount_path is considered an implementation of the OS. This is primarily used for hiding mountable and mounted volumes that only are used in the OS and has little to no relevance to the casual user. %TRUE if @mount_path is considered an implementation detail of the OS. a mount path, e.g. <filename>/media/disk</filename> or <filename>/usr</filename> Gets a #GUnixMountEntry for a given mount path. If @time_read is set, it will be filled with a unix timestamp for checking if the mounts have changed since with g_unix_mounts_changed_since(). a #GUnixMountEntry. path for a possible unix mount. guint64 to contain a timestamp. Compares two unix mounts. 1, 0 or -1 if @mount1 is greater than, equal to, or less than @mount2, respectively. first #GUnixMountEntry to compare. second #GUnixMountEntry to compare. Frees a unix mount. a #GUnixMountEntry. Gets the device path for a unix mount. a string containing the device path. a #GUnixMount. Gets the filesystem type for the unix mount. a string containing the file system type. a #GUnixMount. Gets the mount path for a unix mount. the mount path for @mount_entry. input #GUnixMountEntry to get the mount path for. Guesses whether a Unix mount can be ejected. %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be ejectable. a #GUnixMountEntry Guesses the icon of a Unix mount. a #GIcon a #GUnixMountEntry Guesses the name of a Unix mount. The result is a translated string. A newly allocated string that must be freed with g_free() a #GUnixMountEntry Guesses whether a Unix mount should be displayed in the UI. %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be displayable. a #GUnixMountEntry Guesses the symbolic icon of a Unix mount. a #GIcon a #GUnixMountEntry Checks if a unix mount is mounted read only. %TRUE if @mount_entry is read only. a #GUnixMount. Checks if a unix mount is a system path. %TRUE if the unix mount is for a system path. a #GUnixMount. Checks if the unix mount points have changed since a given unix time. %TRUE if the mount points have changed since @time. guint64 to contain a timestamp. Gets a #GList of #GUnixMountPoint containing the unix mount points. If @time_read is set, it will be filled with the mount timestamp, allowing for checking if the mounts have changed with g_unix_mount_points_changed_since(). a #GList of the UNIX mountpoints. guint64 to contain a timestamp. Checks if the unix mounts have changed since a given unix time. %TRUE if the mounts have changed since @time. guint64 to contain a timestamp. Gets a #GList of #GUnixMountEntry containing the unix mounts. If @time_read is set, it will be filled with the mount timestamp, allowing for checking if the mounts have changed with g_unix_mounts_changed_since(). a #GList of the UNIX mounts. guint64 to contain a timestamp, or %NULL gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/Gdk-3.0.gir0000644000076700001450000404717712533067132016752 0ustar gnatmailgnat Defines the position and size of a rectangle. It is identical to #cairo_rectangle_int_t. Used to represent native events (<type>XEvent</type>s for the X11 backend, <type>MSG</type>s for Win32). GdkAppLaunchContext is an implementation of #GAppLaunchContext that handles launching an application in a graphical context. It provides startup notification and allows to launch applications on a specific screen or workspace. <example> <title>Launching an application</title> <informalexample> <programlisting> GdkAppLaunchContext *context; context = gdk_display_get_app_launch_context (display); gdk_app_launch_context_set_screen (screen); gdk_app_launch_context_set_timestamp (event->time); if (!g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri ("http://www.gtk.org", context, &error)) g_warning ("Launching failed: %s\n", error->message); g_object_unref (context); </programlisting> </informalexample> </example> Creates a new #GdkAppLaunchContext. a new #GdkAppLaunchContext Sets the workspace on which applications will be launched when using this context when running under a window manager that supports multiple workspaces, as described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink>. When the workspace is not specified or @desktop is set to -1, it is up to the window manager to pick one, typically it will be the current workspace. a #GdkAppLaunchContext the number of a workspace, or -1 Sets the display on which applications will be launched when using this context. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_screen(). a #GdkAppLaunchContext a #GdkDisplay Sets the icon for applications that are launched with this context. Window Managers can use this information when displaying startup notification. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name(). a #GdkAppLaunchContext a #GIcon, or %NULL Sets the icon for applications that are launched with this context. The @icon_name will be interpreted in the same way as the Icon field in desktop files. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon(). If both @icon and @icon_name are set, the @icon_name takes priority. If neither @icon or @icon_name is set, the icon is taken from either the file that is passed to launched application or from the #GAppInfo for the launched application itself. a #GdkAppLaunchContext an icon name, or %NULL Sets the screen on which applications will be launched when using this context. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_display(). If both @screen and @display are set, the @screen takes priority. If neither @screen or @display are set, the default screen and display are used. a #GdkAppLaunchContext a #GdkScreen Sets the timestamp of @context. The timestamp should ideally be taken from the event that triggered the launch. Window managers can use this information to avoid moving the focus to the newly launched application when the user is busy typing in another window. This is also known as 'focus stealing prevention'. a #GdkAppLaunchContext a timestamp An opaque type representing a string as an index into a table of strings on the X server. Determines the string corresponding to an atom. a newly-allocated string containing the string corresponding to @atom. When you are done with the return value, you should free it using g_free(). a #GdkAtom. Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string. the atom corresponding to @atom_name. a string. if %TRUE, GDK is allowed to not create a new atom, but just return %GDK_NONE if the requested atom doesn't already exists. Currently, the flag is ignored, since checking the existance of an atom is as expensive as creating it. Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string. Note that this function is identical to gdk_atom_intern() except that if a new #GdkAtom is created the string itself is used rather than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string will <emphasis>always</emphasis> exist. It can be used with statically allocated strings in the main program, but not with statically allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you expect to ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this function in GTK+ theme engines). the atom corresponding to @atom_name a static string An enumeration describing the way in which a device axis (valuator) maps onto the predefined valuator types that GTK+ understands. the axis is ignored. the axis is used as the x axis. the axis is used as the y axis. the axis is used for pressure information. the axis is used for x tilt information. the axis is used for y tilt information. the axis is used for wheel information. a constant equal to the numerically highest axis value. The middle button. The primary button. This is typically the left mouse button, or the right button in a left-handed setup. The secondary button. This is typically the right mouse button, or the left button in a left-handed setup. A set of values describing the possible byte-orders for storing pixel values in memory. The values are stored with the least-significant byte first. For instance, the 32-bit value 0xffeecc would be stored in memory as 0xcc, 0xee, 0xff, 0x00. The values are stored with the most-significant byte first. For instance, the 32-bit value 0xffeecc would be stored in memory as 0x00, 0xff, 0xee, 0xcc. Represents the current time, and can be used anywhere a time is expected. The #GdkColor structure is used to describe a color, similar to the XColor struct used in the X11 drawing API. Makes a copy of a color structure. The result must be freed using gdk_color_free(). a copy of @color a #GdkColor Compares two colors. %TRUE if the two colors compare equal a #GdkColor another #GdkColor Frees a color structure created with gdk_color_copy(). a #GdkColor A hash function suitable for using for a hash table that stores #GdkColors. The hash function applied to @color a #GdkColor Returns a textual specification of @color in the hexadecimal form <literal>&num;rrrrggggbbbb</literal>, where <literal>r</literal>, <literal>g</literal> and <literal>b</literal> are hex digits representing the red, green and blue components respectively. The returned string can be parsed by gdk_color_parse(). a newly-allocated text string a #GdkColor Parses a textual specification of a color and fill in the <structfield>red</structfield>, <structfield>green</structfield>, and <structfield>blue</structfield> fields of a #GdkColor structure. The string can either one of a large set of standard names (taken from the X11 <filename>rgb.txt</filename> file), or it can be a hex value in the form '&num;rgb' '&num;rrggbb' '&num;rrrgggbbb' or '&num;rrrrggggbbbb' where 'r', 'g' and 'b' are hex digits of the red, green, and blue components of the color, respectively. (White in the four forms is '&num;fff', '&num;ffffff', '&num;fffffffff' and '&num;ffffffffffff'). %TRUE if the parsing succeeded the string specifying the color the #GdkColor to fill in Specifies the crossing mode for #GdkEventCrossing. crossing because of pointer motion. crossing because a grab is activated. crossing because a grab is deactivated. crossing because a GTK+ grab is activated. crossing because a GTK+ grab is deactivated. crossing because a GTK+ widget changed state (e.g. sensitivity). crossing because a touch sequence has begun, this event is synthetic as the pointer might have not left the window. crossing because a touch sequence has ended, this event is synthetic as the pointer might have not left the window. crossing because of a device switch (i.e. a mouse taking control of the pointer after a touch device), this event is synthetic as the pointer didn't leave the window. The #GdkCursor structure represents a cursor. Its contents are private. Creates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors for the default display. See gdk_cursor_new_for_display(). To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR. a new #GdkCursor cursor to create Creates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors. Some useful ones are: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_RIGHT_PTR (right-facing arrow) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="crosshair.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_CROSSHAIR (crosshair) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="xterm.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_XTERM (I-beam) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="watch.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_WATCH (busy) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="fleur.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_FLEUR (for moving objects) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand1.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_HAND1 (a right-pointing hand) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand2.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_HAND2 (a left-pointing hand) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="left_side.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_LEFT_SIDE (resize left side) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_side.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_RIGHT_SIDE (resize right side) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_TOP_LEFT_CORNER (resize northwest corner) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER (resize northeast corner) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER (resize southwest corner) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER (resize southeast corner) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_side.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_TOP_SIDE (resize top side) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_side.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_BOTTOM_SIDE (resize bottom side) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_h_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW (move vertical splitter) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_v_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW (move horizontal splitter) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> #GDK_BLANK_CURSOR (Blank cursor). Since 2.16 </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> a new #GdkCursor the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created cursor to create Creates a new cursor by looking up @name in the current cursor theme. a new #GdkCursor, or %NULL if there is no cursor with the given name the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created the name of the cursor Creates a new cursor from a pixbuf. Not all GDK backends support RGBA cursors. If they are not supported, a monochrome approximation will be displayed. The functions gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha() and gdk_display_supports_cursor_color() can be used to determine whether RGBA cursors are supported; gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size() and gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size() give information about cursor sizes. If @x or @y are <literal>-1</literal>, the pixbuf must have options named "x_hot" and "y_hot", resp., containing integer values between %0 and the width resp. height of the pixbuf. (Since: 3.0) On the X backend, support for RGBA cursors requires a sufficently new version of the X Render extension. a new #GdkCursor. the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created the #GdkPixbuf containing the cursor image the horizontal offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor. the vertical offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor. Returns the cursor type for this cursor. a #GdkCursorType a #GdkCursor Returns the display on which the #GdkCursor is defined. the #GdkDisplay associated to @cursor a #GdkCursor. Returns a #GdkPixbuf with the image used to display the cursor. Note that depending on the capabilities of the windowing system and on the cursor, GDK may not be able to obtain the image data. In this case, %NULL is returned. a #GdkPixbuf representing @cursor, or %NULL a #GdkCursor Adds a reference to @cursor. Same @cursor that was passed in a #GdkCursor Removes a reference from @cursor, deallocating the cursor if no references remain. a #GdkCursor The standard cursors available. <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="X_cursor.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="based_arrow_down.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="based_arrow_up.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="boat.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bogosity.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_side.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_tee.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="box_spiral.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="center_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="circle.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="clock.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="coffee_mug.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="cross.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="cross_reverse.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="crosshair.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="diamond_cross.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="dot.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="dotbox.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="draft_large.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="draft_small.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="draped_box.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="exchange.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="fleur.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="gobbler.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="gumby.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand1.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand2.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="heart.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="icon.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="iron_cross.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="left_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="left_side.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="left_tee.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="leftbutton.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="ll_angle.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="lr_angle.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="man.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="middlebutton.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="mouse.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="pencil.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="pirate.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="plus.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="question_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_side.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_tee.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="rightbutton.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="rtl_logo.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sailboat.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_down_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_h_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_left_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_right_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_up_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_v_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="shuttle.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sizing.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="spider.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="spraycan.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="star.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="target.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="tcross.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_left_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_side.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_tee.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="trek.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="ul_angle.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="umbrella.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="ur_angle.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="watch.png"></inlinegraphic> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="xterm.png"></inlinegraphic> last cursor type Blank cursor. Since 2.16 type of cursors constructed with gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf() The #GdkDevice object represents a single input device, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touchpad, etc. See the #GdkDeviceManager documentation for more information about the various kinds of master and slave devices, and their relationships. Frees an array of #GdkTimeCoord that was returned by gdk_device_get_history(). an array of #GdkTimeCoord. the length of the array. Determines information about the current keyboard grab. This is not public API and must not be used by applications. %TRUE if this application currently has the keyboard grabbed. the display for which to get the grab information device to get the grab information from location to store current grab window location to store boolean indicating whether the @owner_events flag to gdk_keyboard_grab() or gdk_pointer_grab() was %TRUE. Returns the associated device to @device, if @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER, it will return the paired pointer or keyboard. If @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE, it will return the master device to which @device is attached to. If @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_FLOATING, %NULL will be returned, as there is no associated device. The associated device, or %NULL a #GdkDevice Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device, and locates the value in the array for a given axis use. %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE a #GdkDevice pointer to an array of axes the use to look for location to store the found value. Returns the axis use for @index_. a #GdkAxisUse specifying how the axis is used. a pointer #GdkDevice. the index of the axis. Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device, and locates the value in the array for a given axis label, as returned by gdk_device_list_axes() %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE. a pointer #GdkDevice. pointer to an array of axes #GdkAtom with the axis label. location to store the found value. Returns the device type for @device. the #GdkDeviceType for @device. a #GdkDevice Returns the #GdkDisplay to which @device pertains. a #GdkDisplay. This memory is owned by GTK+, and must not be freed or unreffed. a #GdkDevice Determines whether the pointer follows device motion. %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion a #GdkDevice Obtains the motion history for a pointer device; given a starting and ending timestamp, return all events in the motion history for the device in the given range of time. Some windowing systems do not support motion history, in which case, %FALSE will be returned. (This is not distinguishable from the case where motion history is supported and no events were found.) %TRUE if the windowing system supports motion history and at least one event was found. a #GdkDevice the window with respect to which which the event coordinates will be reported starting timestamp for range of events to return ending timestamp for the range of events to return location to store a newly-allocated array of #GdkTimeCoord, or %NULL location to store the length of @events, or %NULL If @index_ has a valid keyval, this function will return %TRUE and fill in @keyval and @modifiers with the keyval settings. %TRUE if keyval is set for @index. a #GdkDevice. the index of the macro button to get. return value for the keyval. return value for modifiers. Determines the mode of the device. a #GdkInputSource a #GdkDevice Returns the number of axes the device currently has. the number of axes. a pointer #GdkDevice Returns the number of keys the device currently has. the number of keys. a #GdkDevice Determines the name of the device. a name a #GdkDevice Gets the current location of @device. As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE, unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab(). pointer device to query status about. location to store the #GdkScreen the @device is on, or %NULL. location to store root window X coordinate of @device, or %NULL. location to store root window Y coordinate of @device, or %NULL. Determines the type of the device. a #GdkInputSource a #GdkDevice Gets the current state of a pointer device relative to @window. As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE, unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab(). a #GdkDevice. a #GdkWindow. an array of doubles to store the values of the axes of @device in, or %NULL. location to store the modifiers, or %NULL. Obtains the window underneath @device, returning the location of the device in @win_x and @win_y. Returns %NULL if the window tree under @device is not known to GDK (for example, belongs to another application). As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE, unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab(). the #GdkWindow under the device position, or %NULL. pointer #GdkDevice to query info to. return location for the X coordinate of the device location, relative to the window origin, or %NULL. return location for the Y coordinate of the device location, relative to the window origin, or %NULL. Grabs the device so that all events coming from this device are passed to this application until the device is ungrabbed with gdk_device_ungrab(), or the window becomes unviewable. This overrides any previous grab on the device by this client. Device grabs are used for operations which need complete control over the given device events (either pointer or keyboard). For example in GTK+ this is used for Drag and Drop operations, popup menus and such. Note that if the event mask of an X window has selected both button press and button release events, then a button press event will cause an automatic pointer grab until the button is released. X does this automatically since most applications expect to receive button press and release events in pairs. It is equivalent to a pointer grab on the window with @owner_events set to %TRUE. If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily. %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful. a #GdkDevice. To get the device you can use gtk_get_current_event_device() or gdk_event_get_device() if the grab is in reaction to an event. Also, you can use gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer() but only in code that isn't triggered by a #GdkEvent and there aren't other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on. the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window) specifies the grab ownership. if %FALSE then all device events are reported with respect to @window and are only reported if selected by @event_mask. If %TRUE then pointer events for this application are reported as normal, but pointer events outside this application are reported with respect to @window and only if selected by @event_mask. In either mode, unreported events are discarded. specifies the event mask, which is used in accordance with @owner_events. the cursor to display while the grab is active if the device is a pointer. If this is %NULL then the normal cursors are used for @window and its descendants, and the cursor for @window is used elsewhere. the timestamp of the event which led to this pointer grab. This usually comes from the #GdkEvent struct, though %GDK_CURRENT_TIME can be used if the time isn't known. Returns a #GList of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s, containing the labels for the axes that @device currently has. A #GList of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s, free with g_list_free(). a pointer #GdkDevice If the device if of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER, it will return the list of slave devices attached to it, otherwise it will return %NULL the list of slave devices, or %NULL. The list must be freed with g_list_free(), the contents of the list are owned by GTK+ and should not be freed. a #GdkDevice Specifies how an axis of a device is used. a pointer #GdkDevice the index of the axis specifies how the axis is used Specifies the X key event to generate when a macro button of a device is pressed. a #GdkDevice the index of the macro button to set the keyval to generate the modifiers to set Sets a the mode of an input device. The mode controls if the device is active and whether the device's range is mapped to the entire screen or to a single window. %TRUE if the mode was successfully changed. a #GdkDevice. the input mode. Release any grab on @device. a #GdkDevice a timestap (e.g. %GDK_CURRENT_TIME). Warps @device in @display to the point @x,@y on the screen @screen, unless the device is confined to a window by a grab, in which case it will be moved as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer creates events as if the user had moved the mouse instantaneously to the destination. Note that the pointer should normally be under the control of the user. This function was added to cover some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog. the device to warp. the screen to warp @device to. the X coordinate of the destination. the Y coordinate of the destination. Associated pointer or keyboard with this device, if any. Devices of type #GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL associated device. The #GdkDeviceManager the #GdkDevice pertains to. The #GdkDisplay the #GdkDevice pertains to. Whether the device is represented by a cursor on the screen. Devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER will have %TRUE here. Input mode for the device. Source type for the device. Number of axes in the device. The device name. Device role in the device manager. The ::changed signal is emitted either when the #GdkDevice has changed the number of either axes or keys. For example In X this will normally happen when the slave device routing events through the master device changes (for example, user switches from the USB mouse to a tablet), in that case the master device will change to reflect the new slave device axes and keys. In addition to a single pointer and keyboard for user interface input, GDK contains support for a variety of input devices, including graphics tablets, touchscreens and multiple pointers/keyboards interacting simultaneously with the user interface. Such input devices often have additional features, such as sub-pixel positioning information and additional device-dependent information. In order to query the device hierarchy and be aware of changes in the device hierarchy (such as virtual devices being created or removed, or physical devices being plugged or unplugged), GDK provides #GdkDeviceManager. By default, and if the platform supports it, GDK is aware of multiple keyboard/pointer pairs and multitouch devices. This behavior can be changed by calling gdk_disable_multidevice() before gdk_display_open(). There should rarely be a need to do that though, since GDK defaults to a compatibility mode in which it will emit just one enter/leave event pair for all devices on a window. To enable per-device enter/leave events and other multi-pointer interaction features, gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() must be called on #GdkWindows (or gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() on widgets). window. See the gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() documentation for more information. On X11, multi-device support is implemented through XInput 2. Unless gdk_disable_multidevice() is called, the XInput 2 #GdkDeviceManager implementation will be used as the input source. Otherwise either the core or XInput 1 implementations will be used. For simple applications that don't have any special interest in input devices, the so-called <firstterm>client pointer</firstterm> provides a reasonable approximation to a simple setup with a single pointer and keyboard. The device that has been set as the client pointer can be accessed via gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer(). Conceptually, in multidevice mode there are 2 device types. Virtual devices (or master devices) are represented by the pointer cursors and keyboard foci that are seen on the screen. Physical devices (or slave devices) represent the hardware that is controlling the virtual devices, and thus have no visible cursor on the screen. Virtual devices are always paired, so there is a keyboard device for every pointer device. Associations between devices may be inspected through gdk_device_get_associated_device(). There may be several virtual devices, and several physical devices could be controlling each of these virtual devices. Physical devices may also be "floating", which means they are not attached to any virtual device. <example><title>Master and slave devices</title> <screen> carlos@sacarino:~$ xinput list Virtual core pointer id=2 [master pointer (3)] - Virtual core XTEST pointer id=4 [slave pointer (2)] - Wacom ISDv4 E6 Pen stylus id=10 [slave pointer (2)] - Wacom ISDv4 E6 Finger touch id=11 [slave pointer (2)] - SynPS/2 Synaptics TouchPad id=13 [slave pointer (2)] - TPPS/2 IBM TrackPoint id=14 [slave pointer (2)] - Wacom ISDv4 E6 Pen eraser id=16 [slave pointer (2)] Virtual core keyboard id=3 [master keyboard (2)] - Virtual core XTEST keyboard id=5 [slave keyboard (3)] - Power button id=6 [slave keyboard (3)] - Video bus id=7 [slave keyboard (3)] - Sleep button id=8 [slave keyboard (3)] - Integrated Camera id=9 [slave keyboard (3)] - AT Translated Set 2 keyboard id=12 [slave keyboard (3)] - Thinkpad Extra Buttons id=15 [slave keyboard (3)] </screen> </example> By default, GDK will automatically listen for events coming from all master devices, setting the #GdkDevice for all events coming from input devices. Events containing device information are #GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY, #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS, #GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS, #GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS, #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE, #GDK_SCROLL, #GDK_KEY_PRESS, #GDK_KEY_RELEASE, #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN, #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT, #GDK_DRAG_ENTER, #GDK_DRAG_LEAVE, #GDK_DRAG_MOTION, #GDK_DRAG_STATUS, #GDK_DROP_START, #GDK_DROP_FINISHED and #GDK_GRAB_BROKEN. When dealing with an event on a master device, it is possible to get the source (slave) device that the event originated from via gdk_event_get_source_device(). In order to listen for events coming from devices other than a virtual device, gdk_window_set_device_events() must be called. Generally, this function can be used to modify the event mask for any given device. Input devices may also provide additional information besides X/Y. For example, graphics tablets may also provide pressure and X/Y tilt information. This information is device-dependent, and may be queried through gdk_device_get_axis(). In multidevice mode, virtual devices will change axes in order to always represent the physical device that is routing events through it. Whenever the physical device changes, the #GdkDevice:n-axes property will be notified, and gdk_device_list_axes() will return the new device axes. Devices may also have associated <firstterm>keys</firstterm> or macro buttons. Such keys can be globally set to map into normal X keyboard events. The mapping is set using gdk_device_set_key(). Returns the client pointer, that is, the master pointer that acts as the core pointer for this application. In X11, window managers may change this depending on the interaction pattern under the presence of several pointers. You should use this function sheldomly, only in code that isn't triggered by a #GdkEvent and there aren't other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on. The client pointer. This memory is owned by GDK and must not be freed or unreferenced. a #GdkDeviceManager Gets the #GdkDisplay associated to @device_manager. the #GdkDisplay to which @device_manager is associated to, or #NULL. This memory is owned by GDK and must not be freed or unreferenced. a #GdkDeviceManager Returns the list of devices of type @type currently attached to @device_manager. a list of #GdkDevice<!-- -->s. The returned list must be freed with g_list_free (). The list elements are owned by GTK+ and must not be freed or unreffed. a #GdkDeviceManager device type to get. The ::device-added signal is emitted either when a new master pointer is created, or when a slave (Hardware) input device is plugged in. the newly added #GdkDevice. The ::device-changed signal is emitted whenever a device has changed in the hierarchy, either slave devices being disconnected from their master device or connected to another one, or master devices being added or removed a slave device. If a slave device is detached from all master devices (gdk_device_get_associated_device() returns %NULL), its #GdkDeviceType will change to %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_FLOATING, if it's attached, it will change to %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE. the #GdkDevice that changed. The ::device-removed signal is emitted either when a master pointer is removed, or when a slave (Hardware) input device is unplugged. the just removed #GdkDevice. Indicates the device type. See <link linkend="GdkDeviceManager.description">above</link> for more information about the meaning of these device types. Device is a master (or virtual) device. There will be an associated focus indicator on the screen. Device is a slave (or physical) device. Device is a physical device, currently not attached to any virtual device. #GdkDisplay objects purpose are two fold: <itemizedlist> <listitem> To manage and provide information about input devices (pointers and keyboards) </listitem> <listitem> To manage and provide information about the available #GdkScreens </listitem> </itemizedlist> GdkDisplay objects are the GDK representation of an X Display, which can be described as <emphasis>a workstation consisting of a keyboard, a pointing device (such as a mouse) and one or more screens</emphasis>. It is used to open and keep track of various GdkScreen objects currently instantiated by the application. It is also used to access the keyboard(s) and mouse pointer(s) of the display. Most of the input device handling has been factored out into the separate #GdkDeviceManager object. Every display has a device manager, which you can obtain using gdk_display_get_device_manager(). Gets the default #GdkDisplay. This is a convenience function for <literal>gdk_display_manager_get_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get ())</literal>. a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if there is no default display. Opens a display. a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if the display could not be opened the name of the display to open Opens the default display specified by command line arguments or environment variables, sets it as the default display, and returns it. gdk_parse_args must have been called first. If the default display has previously been set, simply returns that. An internal function that should not be used by applications. the default display, if it could be opened, otherwise %NULL. Emits a short beep on @display a #GdkDisplay Closes the connection to the windowing system for the given display, and cleans up associated resources. a #GdkDisplay Returns %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device for @display. %TRUE if there is a grab in effect for @device. a #GdkDisplay a #GdkDevice Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system; this happens automatically when the main loop blocks waiting for new events, but if your application is drawing without returning control to the main loop, you may need to call this function explicitely. A common case where this function needs to be called is when an application is executing drawing commands from a thread other than the thread where the main loop is running. This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are handled synchronously, this function will do nothing. a #GdkDisplay Returns a #GdkAppLaunchContext suitable for launching applications on the given display. a new #GdkAppLaunchContext for @display. Free with g_object_unref() when done a #GdkDisplay Returns the default size to use for cursors on @display. the default cursor size. a #GdkDisplay Returns the default group leader window for all toplevel windows on @display. This window is implicitly created by GDK. See gdk_window_set_group(). The default group leader window for @display a #GdkDisplay Get the default #GdkScreen for @display. the default #GdkScreen object for @display a #GdkDisplay Returns the #GdkDeviceManager associated to @display. A #GdkDeviceManager, or %NULL. This memory is owned by GDK and must not be freed or unreferenced. a #GdkDisplay. Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed for @display, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary. the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). a #GdkDisplay Gets the maximal size to use for cursors on @display. a #GdkDisplay the return location for the maximal cursor width the return location for the maximal cursor height Gets the number of screen managed by the @display. number of screens. a #GdkDisplay Gets the name of the display. a string representing the display name. This string is owned by GDK and should not be modified or freed. a #GdkDisplay Gets the current location of the pointer and the current modifier mask for a given display. a #GdkDisplay location to store the screen that the cursor is on, or %NULL. location to store root window X coordinate of pointer, or %NULL. location to store root window Y coordinate of pointer, or %NULL. location to store current modifier mask, or %NULL Returns a screen object for one of the screens of the display. the #GdkScreen object a #GdkDisplay the screen number Obtains the window underneath the mouse pointer, returning the location of the pointer in that window in @win_x, @win_y for @screen. Returns %NULL if the window under the mouse pointer is not known to GDK (for example, belongs to another application). the window under the mouse pointer, or %NULL a #GdkDisplay return location for x coordinate of the pointer location relative to the window origin, or %NULL return location for y coordinate of the pointer location relative & to the window origin, or %NULL Returns whether the display has events that are waiting to be processed. %TRUE if there are events ready to be processed. a #GdkDisplay Finds out if the display has been closed. %TRUE if the display is closed. a #GdkDisplay Release any keyboard grab a #GdkDisplay. a timestap (e.g #GDK_CURRENT_TIME). Returns the list of available input devices attached to @display. The list is statically allocated and should not be freed. a list of #GdkDevice a #GdkDisplay Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has finished loading, using a given identifier. GTK+ will call this function automatically for #GtkWindow with custom startup-notification identifier unless gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to disable that feature. a #GdkDisplay a startup-notification identifier, for which notification process should be completed Gets a copy of the first #GdkEvent in the @display's event queue, without removing the event from the queue. (Note that this function will not get more events from the windowing system. It only checks the events that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.) a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or %NULL if no events are in the queue. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). a #GdkDisplay Test if the pointer is grabbed. %TRUE if an active X pointer grab is in effect a #GdkDisplay Release any pointer grab. a #GdkDisplay. a timestap (e.g. %GDK_CURRENT_TIME). Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event queue for @display. a #GdkDisplay a #GdkEvent. Request #GdkEventOwnerChange events for ownership changes of the selection named by the given atom. whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be sent. a #GdkDisplay the #GdkAtom naming the selection for which ownership change notification is requested Sets the double click distance (two clicks within this distance count as a double click and result in a #GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS event). See also gdk_display_set_double_click_time(). Applications should <emphasis>not</emphasis> set this, it is a global user-configured setting. a #GdkDisplay distance in pixels Sets the double click time (two clicks within this time interval count as a double click and result in a #GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS event). Applications should <emphasis>not</emphasis> set this, it is a global user-configured setting. a #GdkDisplay double click time in milliseconds (thousandths of a second) Issues a request to the clipboard manager to store the clipboard data. On X11, this is a special program that works according to the freedesktop clipboard specification, available at <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec"> http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec</ulink>. a #GdkDisplay a #GdkWindow belonging to the clipboard owner a timestamp an array of targets that should be saved, or %NULL if all available targets should be saved. length of the @targets array Returns whether the speicifed display supports clipboard persistance; i.e. if it's possible to store the clipboard data after an application has quit. On X11 this checks if a clipboard daemon is running. %TRUE if the display supports clipboard persistance. a #GdkDisplay Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_set_composited() can be used to redirect drawing on the window using compositing. Currently this only works on X11 with XComposite and XDamage extensions available. %TRUE if windows may be composited. a #GdkDisplay Returns %TRUE if cursors can use an 8bit alpha channel on @display. Otherwise, cursors are restricted to bilevel alpha (i.e. a mask). whether cursors can have alpha channels. a #GdkDisplay Returns %TRUE if multicolored cursors are supported on @display. Otherwise, cursors have only a forground and a background color. whether cursors can have multiple colors. a #GdkDisplay Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() can be used to modify the input shape of windows on @display. %TRUE if windows with modified input shape are supported a #GdkDisplay Returns whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be sent when the owner of a selection changes. whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be sent. a #GdkDisplay Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_shape_combine_mask() can be used to create shaped windows on @display. %TRUE if shaped windows are supported a #GdkDisplay Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system and waits until all requests have been handled. This is often used for making sure that the display is synchronized with the current state of the program. Calling gdk_display_sync() before gdk_error_trap_pop() makes sure that any errors generated from earlier requests are handled before the error trap is removed. This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are handled synchronously, this function will do nothing. a #GdkDisplay Warps the pointer of @display to the point @x,@y on the screen @screen, unless the pointer is confined to a window by a grab, in which case it will be moved as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer creates events as if the user had moved the mouse instantaneously to the destination. Note that the pointer should normally be under the control of the user. This function was added to cover some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog. a #GdkDisplay the screen of @display to warp the pointer to the x coordinate of the destination the y coordinate of the destination The ::closed signal is emitted when the connection to the windowing system for @display is closed. %TRUE if the display was closed due to an error The ::opened signal is emitted when the connection to the windowing system for @display is opened. The purpose of the #GdkDisplayManager singleton object is to offer notification when displays appear or disappear or the default display changes. You can use gdk_display_manager_get() to obtain the GdkDisplayManager singleton, but that should be rarely necessary. Typically, initializing GTK+ opens a display that you can work with without ever accessing the GdkDisplayManager. The GDK library can be built with support for multiple backends. The GdkDisplayManager object determines which backend is used at runtime. When writing backend-specific code that is supposed to work with multiple GDK backends, you have to consider both compile time and runtime. At compile time, use the #GDK_WINDOWING_X11, #GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 macros, etc. to find out which backends are present in the GDK library you are building your application against. At runtime, use type-check macros like GDK_IS_X11_DISPLAY() to find out which backend is in use: <example id="backend-specific"> <title>Backend-specific code</title> <programlisting> #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 if (GDK_IS_X11_DISPLAY (display)) { /&ast; make X11-specific calls here &ast;/ } else #endif #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ if (GDK_IS_QUARTZ_DISPLAY (display)) { /&ast; make Quartz-specific calls here &ast;/ } else #endif g_error ("Unsupported GDK backend"); </programlisting> </example> Gets the singleton #GdkDisplayManager object. When called for the first time, this function consults the <envar>GDK_BACKEND</envar> environment variable to find out which of the supported GDK backends to use (in case GDK has been compiled with multiple backends). The global #GdkDisplayManager singleton; gdk_parse_args(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check() must have been called first. Gets the default #GdkDisplay. a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if there is no default display. a #GdkDisplayManager List all currently open displays. a newly allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free() when you are done with it. a #GdkDisplayManager Opens a display. a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if the display could not be opened a #GdkDisplayManager the name of the display to open Sets @display as the default display. a #GdkDisplayManager a #GdkDisplay The ::display-opened signal is emitted when a display is opened. the opened display Used in #GdkDragContext to indicate what the destination should do with the dropped data. Means nothing, and should not be used. Copy the data. Move the data, i.e. first copy it, then delete it from the source using the DELETE target of the X selection protocol. Add a link to the data. Note that this is only useful if source and destination agree on what it means. Special action which tells the source that the destination will do something that the source doesn't understand. Ask the user what to do with the data. Determines the bitmask of actions proposed by the source if gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns GDK_ACTION_ASK. the #GdkDragAction flags a #GdkDragContext Returns the destination windw for the DND operation. a #GdkWindow a #GdkDragContext Returns the #GdkDevice associated to the drag context. The #GdkDevice associated to @context. a #GdkDragContext Returns the drag protocol thats used by this context. the drag protocol a #GdkDragContext Determines the action chosen by the drag destination. a #GdkDragAction value a #GdkDragContext Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started. a #GdkWindow a #GdkDragContext Determines the suggested drag action of the context. a #GdkDragAction value a #GdkDragContext Retrieves the list of targets of the context. a #GList of targets a #GdkDragContext Associates a #GdkDevice to @context, so all Drag and Drop events for @context are emitted as if they came from this device. a #GdkDragContext a #GdkDevice Used in #GdkDragContext to indicate the protocol according to which DND is done. no protocol. The Motif DND protocol. The Xdnd protocol. An extension to the Xdnd protocol for unclaimed root window drops. The simple WM_DROPFILES protocol. The complex OLE2 DND protocol (not implemented). Intra-application DND. The #GdkEvent struct contains a union of all of the event structs, and allows access to the data fields in a number of ways. The event type is always the first field in all of the event structs, and can always be accessed with the following code, no matter what type of event it is: <informalexample> <programlisting> GdkEvent *event; GdkEventType type; type = event->type; </programlisting> </informalexample> To access other fields of the event structs, the pointer to the event can be cast to the appropriate event struct pointer, or the union member name can be used. For example if the event type is %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS then the x coordinate of the button press can be accessed with: <informalexample> <programlisting> GdkEvent *event; gdouble x; x = ((GdkEventButton*)event)->x; </programlisting> </informalexample> or: <informalexample> <programlisting> GdkEvent *event; gdouble x; x = event->button.x; </programlisting> </informalexample> Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0. a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). a #GdkEventType If both events contain X/Y information, this function will return %TRUE and return in @angle the relative angle from @event1 to @event2. The rotation direction for positive angles is from the positive X axis towards the positive Y axis. %TRUE if the angle could be calculated. first #GdkEvent second #GdkEvent return location for the relative angle between both events If both events contain X/Y information, the center of both coordinates will be returned in @x and @y. %TRUE if the center could be calculated. first #GdkEvent second #GdkEvent return location for the X coordinate of the center return location for the Y coordinate of the center If both events have X/Y information, the distance between both coordinates (as in a straight line going from @event1 to @event2) will be returned. %TRUE if the distance could be calculated. first #GdkEvent second #GdkEvent return location for the distance Copies a #GdkEvent, copying or incrementing the reference count of the resources associated with it (e.g. #GdkWindow's and strings). a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). a #GdkEvent Frees a #GdkEvent, freeing or decrementing any resources associated with it. Note that this function should only be called with events returned from functions such as gdk_event_peek(), gdk_event_get(), gdk_event_copy() and gdk_event_new(). a #GdkEvent. Extract the axis value for a particular axis use from an event structure. %TRUE if the specified axis was found, otherwise %FALSE a #GdkEvent the axis use to look for location to store the value found Extract the button number from an event. %TRUE if the event delivered a button number a #GdkEvent location to store mouse button number Extracts the click count from an event. %TRUE if the event delivered a click count a #GdkEvent location to store click count Extract the event window relative x/y coordinates from an event. %TRUE if the event delivered event window coordinates a #GdkEvent location to put event window x coordinate location to put event window y coordinate If the event contains a "device" field, this function will return it, else it will return %NULL. a #GdkDevice, or %NULL. a #GdkEvent. If @event if of type %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE, %GDK_TOUCH_END or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL, returns the #GdkEventSequence to which the event belongs. Otherwise, return %NULL. the event sequence that the event belongs to a #GdkEvent Extracts the hardware keycode from an event. %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode a #GdkEvent location to store the keycode Extracts the keyval from an event. %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol a #GdkEvent location to store the keyval Extract the root window relative x/y coordinates from an event. %TRUE if the event delivered root window coordinates a #GdkEvent location to put root window x coordinate location to put root window y coordinate Returns the screen for the event. The screen is typically the screen for <literal>event->any.window</literal>, but for events such as mouse events, it is the screen where the pointer was when the event occurs - that is, the screen which has the root window to which <literal>event->motion.x_root</literal> and <literal>event->motion.y_root</literal> are relative. the screen for the event a #GdkEvent Retrieves the scroll deltas from a #GdkEvent %TRUE if the event contains smooth scroll information a #GdkEvent return location for X delta return location for Y delta Extracts the scroll direction from an event. %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction a #GdkEvent location to store the scroll direction This function returns the hardware (slave) #GdkDevice that has triggered the event, falling back to the virtual (master) device (as in gdk_event_get_device()) if the event wasn't caused by interaction with a hardware device. This may happen for example in synthesized crossing events after a #GdkWindow updates its geometry or a grab is acquired/released. If the event does not contain a device field, this function will return %NULL. a #GdkDevice, or %NULL. a #GdkEvent If the event contains a "state" field, puts that field in @state. Otherwise stores an empty state (0). Returns %TRUE if there was a state field in the event. @event may be %NULL, in which case it's treated as if the event had no state field. %TRUE if there was a state field in the event a #GdkEvent or NULL return location for state Returns the time stamp from @event, if there is one; otherwise returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME. If @event is %NULL, returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME. time stamp field from @event a #GdkEvent Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event queue for event->any.window's display, or the default event queue if event->any.window is %NULL. See gdk_display_put_event(). a #GdkEvent. Sets the device for @event to @device. The event must have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by gdk_event_copy(). a #GdkEvent a #GdkDevice Sets the screen for @event to @screen. The event must have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by gdk_event_copy(). a #GdkEvent a #GdkScreen Sets the slave device for @event to @device. The event must have been allocated by GTK+, for instance by gdk_event_copy(). a #GdkEvent a #GdkDevice This function returns whether a #GdkEventButton should trigger a context menu, according to platform conventions. The right mouse button always triggers context menus. Additionally, if gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask() returns a non-0 mask for %GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_CONTEXT_MENU, then the left mouse button will also trigger a context menu if this modifier is pressed. This function should always be used instead of simply checking for event->button == %GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY. %TRUE if the event should trigger a context menu. a #GdkEvent, currently only button events are meaningful values Checks all open displays for a #GdkEvent to process,to be processed on, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary. See gdk_display_get_event(). the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). Sets the function to call to handle all events from GDK. Note that GTK+ uses this to install its own event handler, so it is usually not useful for GTK+ applications. (Although an application can call this function then call gtk_main_do_event() to pass events to GTK+.) the function to call to handle events from GDK. user data to pass to the function. the function to call when the handler function is removed, i.e. when gdk_event_handler_set() is called with another event handler. If there is an event waiting in the event queue of some open display, returns a copy of it. See gdk_display_peek_event(). a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no events are in any queues. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). Request more motion notifies if @event is a motion notify hint event. This function should be used instead of gdk_window_get_pointer() to request further motion notifies, because it also works for extension events where motion notifies are provided for devices other than the core pointer. Coordinate extraction, processing and requesting more motion events from a %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY event usually works like this: |[ { /&ast; motion_event handler &ast;/ x = motion_event->x; y = motion_event->y; /&ast; handle (x,y) motion &ast;/ gdk_event_request_motions (motion_event); /&ast; handles is_hint events &ast;/ } ]| a valid #GdkEvent Contains the fields which are common to all event structs. Any event pointer can safely be cast to a pointer to a #GdkEventAny to access these fields. Used for button press and button release events. The @type field will be one of %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS, %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS, %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS or %GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE, Double and triple-clicks result in a sequence of events being received. For double-clicks the order of events will be: <orderedlist> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem> </orderedlist> Note that the first click is received just like a normal button press, while the second click results in a %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS being received just after the %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS. Triple-clicks are very similar to double-clicks, except that %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS is inserted after the third click. The order of the events is: <orderedlist> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem> <listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem> </orderedlist> For a double click to occur, the second button press must occur within 1/4 of a second of the first. For a triple click to occur, the third button press must also occur within 1/2 second of the first button press. Generated when a window size or position has changed. Generated when the pointer enters or leaves a window. Generated during DND operations. Generated when all or part of a window becomes visible and needs to be redrawn. Describes a change of keyboard focus. Specifies the type of function passed to gdk_event_handler_set() to handle all GDK events. the #GdkEvent to process. user data set when the event handler was installed with gdk_event_handler_set(). Generated when a pointer or keyboard grab is broken. On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same application grabs the pointer or keyboard again. Note that implicit grabs (which are initiated by button presses) can also cause #GdkEventGrabBroken events. Describes a key press or key release event. A set of bit-flags to indicate which events a window is to receive. Most of these masks map onto one or more of the #GdkEventType event types above. %GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK is a special mask which is used to reduce the number of %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY events received. Normally a %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY event is received each time the mouse moves. However, if the application spends a lot of time processing the event (updating the display, for example), it can lag behind the position of the mouse. When using %GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK, fewer %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY events will be sent, some of which are marked as a hint (the is_hint member is %TRUE). To receive more motion events after a motion hint event, the application needs to asks for more, by calling gdk_event_request_motions(). If %GDK_TOUCH_MASK is enabled, the window will receive touch events from touch-enabled devices. Those will come as sequences of #GdkEventTouch with type %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE, enclosed by two events with type %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN and %GDK_TOUCH_END (or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL). gdk_event_get_event_sequence() returns the event sequence for these events, so different sequences may be distinguished. receive expose events receive all pointer motion events see the explanation above receive pointer motion events while any button is pressed receive pointer motion events while 1 button is pressed receive pointer motion events while 2 button is pressed receive pointer motion events while 3 button is pressed receive button press events receive button release events receive key press events receive key release events receive window enter events receive window leave events receive focus change events receive events about window configuration change receive property change events receive visibility change events receive proximity in events receive proximity out events receive events about window configuration changes of child windows receive scroll events receive touch events. Since 3.4 receive smooth scrolling events. Since 3.4 the combination of all the above event masks. Generated when the pointer moves. Generated when the owner of a selection changes. On X11, this information is only available if the X server supports the XFIXES extension. Describes a property change on a window. Proximity events are generated when using GDK's wrapper for the XInput extension. The XInput extension is an add-on for standard X that allows you to use nonstandard devices such as graphics tablets. A proximity event indicates that the stylus has moved in or out of contact with the tablet, or perhaps that the user's finger has moved in or out of contact with a touch screen. This event type will be used pretty rarely. It only is important for XInput aware programs that are drawing their own cursor. Generated from button presses for the buttons 4 to 7. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned. Some GDK backends can also generate 'smooth' scroll events, which can be recognized by the %GDK_SCROLL_SMOOTH scroll direction. For these, the scroll deltas can be obtained with gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas(). Generated when a selection is requested or ownership of a selection is taken over by another client application. Generated when a setting is modified. Used for touch events. @type field will be one of %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE, %GDK_TOUCH_END or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL. Touch events are grouped into sequences by means of the @sequence field, which can also be obtained with gdk_event_get_event_sequence(). Each sequence begins with a %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN event, followed by any number of %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE events, and ends with a %GDK_TOUCH_END (or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL) event. With multitouch devices, there may be several active sequences at the same time. Specifies the type of the event. Do not confuse these events with the signals that GTK+ widgets emit. Although many of these events result in corresponding signals being emitted, the events are often transformed or filtered along the way. In some language bindings, the values %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS and %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS would translate into something syntactically invalid (eg <literal>Gdk.EventType.2ButtonPress</literal>, where a symbol is not allowed to start with a number). In that case, the aliases %GDK_DOUBLE_BUTTON_PRESS and %GDK_TRIPLE_BUTTON_PRESS can be used instead. a special code to indicate a null event. the window manager has requested that the toplevel window be hidden or destroyed, usually when the user clicks on a special icon in the title bar. the window has been destroyed. all or part of the window has become visible and needs to be redrawn. the pointer (usually a mouse) has moved. a mouse button has been pressed. a mouse button has been double-clicked (clicked twice within a short period of time). Note that each click also generates a %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS event. alias for %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS, added in 3.6. a mouse button has been clicked 3 times in a short period of time. Note that each click also generates a %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS event. alias for %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS, added in 3.6. a mouse button has been released. a key has been pressed. a key has been released. the pointer has entered the window. the pointer has left the window. the keyboard focus has entered or left the window. the size, position or stacking order of the window has changed. Note that GTK+ discards these events for %GDK_WINDOW_CHILD windows. the window has been mapped. the window has been unmapped. a property on the window has been changed or deleted. the application has lost ownership of a selection. another application has requested a selection. a selection has been received. an input device has moved into contact with a sensing surface (e.g. a touchscreen or graphics tablet). an input device has moved out of contact with a sensing surface. the mouse has entered the window while a drag is in progress. the mouse has left the window while a drag is in progress. the mouse has moved in the window while a drag is in progress. the status of the drag operation initiated by the window has changed. a drop operation onto the window has started. the drop operation initiated by the window has completed. a message has been received from another application. the window visibility status has changed. the scroll wheel was turned the state of a window has changed. See #GdkWindowState for the possible window states a setting has been modified. the owner of a selection has changed. This event type was added in 2.6 a pointer or keyboard grab was broken. This event type was added in 2.8. the content of the window has been changed. This event type was added in 2.14. A new touch event sequence has just started. This event type was added in 3.4. A touch event sequence has been updated. This event type was added in 3.4. A touch event sequence has finished. This event type was added in 3.4. A touch event sequence has been canceled. This event type was added in 3.4. marks the end of the GdkEventType enumeration. Added in 2.18 Generated when the window visibility status has changed. Generated when the state of a toplevel window changes. Specifies the type of function used to filter native events before they are converted to GDK events. When a filter is called, @event is unpopulated, except for <literal>event->window</literal>. The filter may translate the native event to a GDK event and store the result in @event, or handle it without translation. If the filter translates the event and processing should continue, it should return %GDK_FILTER_TRANSLATE. a #GdkFilterReturn value. the native event to filter. the GDK event to which the X event will be translated. user data set when the filter was installed. Specifies the result of applying a #GdkFilterFunc to a native event. event not handled, continue processing. native event translated into a GDK event and stored in the <literal>event</literal> structure that was passed in. event handled, terminate processing. A #GdkFrameClock tells the application when to update and repaint a window. This may be synced to the vertical refresh rate of the monitor, for example. Even when the frame clock uses a simple timer rather than a hardware-based vertical sync, the frame clock helps because it ensures everything paints at the same time (reducing the total number of frames). The frame clock can also automatically stop painting when it knows the frames will not be visible, or scale back animation framerates. #GdkFrameClock is designed to be compatible with an OpenGL-based implementation or with mozRequestAnimationFrame in Firefox, for example. A frame clock is idle until someone requests a frame with gdk_frame_clock_request_phase(). At some later point that makes sense for the synchronization being implemented, the clock will process a frame and emit signals for each phase that has been requested. (See the signals of the #GdkFrameClock class for documentation of the phases. %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE and the #GdkFrameClock::update signal are most interesting for application writers, and are used to update the animations, using the frame time given by gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(). The frame time is reported in microseconds and generally in the same timescale as g_get_monotonic_time(), however, it is not the same as g_get_monotonic_time(). The frame time does not advance during the time a frame is being painted, and outside of a frame, an attempt is made so that all calls to gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() that are called at a "similar" time get the same value. This means that if different animations are timed by looking at the difference in time between an initial value from gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() and the value inside the #GdkFrameClock::update signal of the clock, they will stay exactly synchronized. Starts updates for an animation. Until a matching call to gdk_frame_clock_end_updating() is made, the frame clock will continually request a new frame with the %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE phase. This function may be called multiple times and frames will be requested until gdk_frame_clock_end_updating() is called the same number of times. a #GdkFrameClock Stops updates for an animation. See the documentation for gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating(). a #GdkFrameClock Gets the frame timings for the current frame. the #GdkFrameTimings for the frame currently being processed, or even no frame is being processed, for the previous frame. Before any frames have been procesed, returns %NULL. a #GdkFrameClock A #GdkFrameClock maintains a 64-bit counter that increments for each frame drawn. inside frame processing, the value of the frame counter for the current frame. Outside of frame processing, the frame counter for the last frame. a #GdkFrameClock Gets the time that should currently be used for animations. Inside the processing of a frame, it's the time used to compute the animation position of everything in a frame. Outside of a frame, it's the time of the conceptual "previous frame," which may be either the actual previous frame time, or if that's too old, an updated time. a timestamp in microseconds, in the timescale of of g_get_monotonic_time(). a #GdkFrameClock #GdkFrameClock internally keeps a history of #GdkFrameTiming objects for recent frames that can be retrieved with gdk_frame_clock_get_timings(). The set of stored frames is the set from the counter values given by gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start() and gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter(), inclusive. the frame counter value for the oldest frame that is available in the internal frame history of the #GdkFrameClock. a #GdkFrameClock Using the frame history stored in the frame clock, finds the last known presentation time and refresh interval, and assuming that presentation times are separated by the refresh interval, predicts a presentation time that is a multiple of the refresh interval after the last presentation time, and later than @base_time. a #GdkFrameClock base time for determining a presentaton time a location to store the determined refresh interval, or %NULL. A default refresh interval of 1/60th of a second will be stored if no history is present. a location to store the next candidate presentation time after the given base time. 0 will be will be stored if no history is present. Retrieves a #GdkFrameTimings object holding timing information for the current frame or a recent frame. The #GdkFrameTimings object may not yet be complete: see gdk_frame_timings_get_complete(). the #GdkFrameTimings object for the specified frame, or %NULL if it is not available. See gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start(). a #GdkFrameClock the frame counter value identifying the frame to be received. Asks the frame clock to run a particular phase. The signal corresponding the requested phase will be emitted the next time the frame clock processes. Multiple calls to gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will be combined together and only one frame processed. If you are displaying animated content and want to continually request the %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE phase for a period of time, you should use gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating() instead, since this allows GTK+ to adjust system parameters to get maximally smooth animations. a #GdkFrameClock the phase that is requested This signal ends processing of the frame. Applications should generally not handle this signal. This signal begins processing of the frame. Applications should generally not handle this signal. This signal is used to flush pending motion events that are being batched up and compressed together. Applications should not handle this signal. This signal is emitted as the second step of toolkit and application processing of the frame. Any work to update sizes and positions of application elements should be performed. GTK+ normally handles this internally. This signal is emitted as the third step of toolkit and application processing of the frame. The frame is repainted. GDK normally handles this internally and produces expose events, which are turned into GTK+ #GtkWidget::draw signals. This signal is emitted after processing of the frame is finished, and is handled internally by GTK+ to resume normal event processing. Applications should not handle this signal. This signal is emitted as the first step of toolkit and application processing of the frame. Animations should be updated using gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(). Applications can connect directly to this signal, or use gtk_widget_add_tick_callback() as a more convenient interface. #GdkFrameClockPhase is used to represent the different paint clock phases that can be requested. The elements of the enumeration correspond to the signals of #GdkPaintClock. no phase corresponds to GdkFrameClock::flush-events. Should not be handled by applications. corresponds to GdkFrameClock::before-paint. Should not be handled by applications. corresponds to GdkFrameClock::update. corresponds to GdkFrameClock::layout. corresponds to GdkFrameClock::paint. corresponds to GdkFrameClock::resume-events. Should not be handled by applications. corresponds to GdkFrameClock::after-paint. Should not be handled by applications. A #GdkFrameTimings object holds timing information for a single frame of the application's displays. To retrieve #GdkFrameTimings objects, use gdk_frame_clock_get_timings() or gdk_frame_clock_get_current_timings(). The information in #GdkFrameTimings is useful for precise synchronization of video with the event or audio streams, and for measuring quality metrics for the application's display, such as latency and jitter. The timing information in a #GdkFrameTimings is filled in incrementally as the frame as drawn and passed off to the window system for processing and display to the user. The accessor functions for #GdkFrameTimings can return 0 to indicate an unavailable value for two reasons: either because the information is not yet available, or because it isn't available at all. Once gdk_frame_timings_complete() returns %TRUE for a frame, you can be certain that no further values will become available and be stored in the #GdkFrameTimings. %TRUE if all information that will be available for the frame has been filled in. a #GdkFrameTimings Gets the frame counter value of the #GdkFrameClock when this this frame was drawn. the frame counter value for this frame a #GdkFrameTimings Returns the frame time for the frame. This is the time value that is typically used to time animations for the frame. See gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(). the frame time for the frame, in the timescale of g_get_monotonic_time() A #GdkFrameTimings Gets the predicted time at which this frame will be displayed. Although no predicted time may be available, if one is available, it will be available while the frame is being generated, in contrast to gdk_frame_timings_get_presentation_time(), which is only available after the frame has been presented. In general, if you are simply animating, you should use gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() rather than this function, but this function is useful for applications that want exact control over latency. For example, a movie player may want this information for Audio/Video synchronization. The predicted time at which the frame will be presented, in the timescale of g_get_monotonic_time(), or 0 if no predicted presentation time is available. a #GdkFrameTimings Reurns the presentation time. This is the time at which the frame became visible to the user. the time the frame was displayed to the user, in the timescale of g_get_monotonic_time(), or 0 if no presentation time is available. See gdk_frame_timings_get_complete() a #GdkFrameTimings Gets the natural interval between presentation times for the display that this frame was displayed on. Frame presentation usually happens during the "vertical blanking interval". the refresh interval of the display, in microseconds, or 0 if the refresh interval is not available. See gdk_frame_timings_get_complete(). a #GdkFrameTimings Increases the reference count of @timings. @timings a #GdkFrameTimings Decreases the reference count of @timings. If @timings is no longer referenced, it will be freed. a #GdkFrameTimings Indicates which monitor (in a multi-head setup) a window should span over when in fullscreen mode. Fullscreen on current monitor only. Span across all monitors when fullscreen. The #GdkGeometry struct gives the window manager information about a window's geometry constraints. Normally you would set these on the GTK+ level using gtk_window_set_geometry_hints(). #GtkWindow then sets the hints on the #GdkWindow it creates. gdk_window_set_geometry_hints() expects the hints to be fully valid already and simply passes them to the window manager; in contrast, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() performs some interpretation. For example, #GtkWindow will apply the hints to the geometry widget instead of the toplevel window, if you set a geometry widget. Also, the @min_width/@min_height/@max_width/@max_height fields may be set to -1, and #GtkWindow will substitute the size request of the window or geometry widget. If the minimum size hint is not provided, #GtkWindow will use its requisition as the minimum size. If the minimum size is provided and a geometry widget is set, #GtkWindow will take the minimum size as the minimum size of the geometry widget rather than the entire window. The base size is treated similarly. The canonical use-case for gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is to get a terminal widget to resize properly. Here, the terminal text area should be the geometry widget; #GtkWindow will then automatically set the base size to the size of other widgets in the terminal window, such as the menubar and scrollbar. Then, the @width_inc and @height_inc fields should be set to the size of one character in the terminal. Finally, the base size should be set to the size of one character. The net effect is that the minimum size of the terminal will have a 1x1 character terminal area, and only terminal sizes on the "character grid" will be allowed. Here's an example of how the terminal example would be implemented, assuming a terminal area widget called "terminal" and a toplevel window "toplevel": <informalexample><programlisting><![CDATA[ GdkGeometry hints; hints.base_width = terminal->char_width; hints.base_height = terminal->char_height; hints.min_width = terminal->char_width; hints.min_height = terminal->char_height; hints.width_inc = terminal->char_width; hints.height_inc = terminal->char_height; gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), GTK_WIDGET (terminal), &hints, GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE | GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE); ]]></programlisting></informalexample> The other useful fields are the @min_aspect and @max_aspect fields; these contain a width/height ratio as a floating point number. If a geometry widget is set, the aspect applies to the geometry widget rather than the entire window. The most common use of these hints is probably to set @min_aspect and @max_aspect to the same value, thus forcing the window to keep a constant aspect ratio. Defines how device grabs interact with other devices. All other devices' events are allowed. Other devices' events are blocked for the grab window. Other devices' events are blocked for the whole application. Returned by gdk_pointer_grab() and gdk_keyboard_grab() to indicate success or the reason for the failure of the grab attempt. the resource was successfully grabbed. the resource is actively grabbed by another client. the resource was grabbed more recently than the specified time. the grab window or the @confine_to window are not viewable. the resource is frozen by an active grab of another client. Defines the reference point of a window and the meaning of coordinates passed to gtk_window_move(). See gtk_window_move() and the "implementation notes" section of the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink> specification for more details. the reference point is at the top left corner. the reference point is in the middle of the top edge. the reference point is at the top right corner. the reference point is at the middle of the left edge. the reference point is at the center of the window. the reference point is at the middle of the right edge. the reference point is at the lower left corner. the reference point is at the middle of the lower edge. the reference point is at the lower right corner. the reference point is at the top left corner of the window itself, ignoring window manager decorations. An enumeration that describes the mode of an input device. the device is disabled and will not report any events. the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space maps to the entire screen. the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space is mapped to a single window. The manner in which this window is chosen is undefined, but it will typically be the same way in which the focus window for key events is determined. An enumeration describing the type of an input device in general terms. the device is a mouse. (This will be reported for the core pointer, even if it is something else, such as a trackball.) the device is a stylus of a graphics tablet or similar device. the device is an eraser. Typically, this would be the other end of a stylus on a graphics tablet. the device is a graphics tablet "puck" or similar device. the device is a keyboard. the device is a direct-input touch device, such as a touchscreen or tablet. This device type has been added in 3.4. the device is an indirect touch device, such as a touchpad. This device type has been added in 3.4. A #GdkKeymap defines the translation from keyboard state (including a hardware key, a modifier mask, and active keyboard group) to a keyval. This translation has two phases. The first phase is to determine the effective keyboard group and level for the keyboard state; the second phase is to look up the keycode/group/level triplet in the keymap and see what keyval it corresponds to. Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to the default display. the #GdkKeymap attached to the default display. Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display. the #GdkKeymap attached to @display. the #GdkDisplay. Maps the non-virtual modifiers (i.e Mod2, Mod3, ...) which are set in @state to the virtual modifiers (i.e. Super, Hyper and Meta) and set the corresponding bits in @state. GDK already does this before delivering key events, but for compatibility reasons, it only sets the first virtual modifier it finds, whereas this function sets all matching virtual modifiers. This function is useful when matching key events against accelerators. a #GdkKeymap pointer to the modifier mask to change Returns whether the Caps Lock modifer is locked. %TRUE if Caps Lock is on a #GdkKeymap Returns the direction of effective layout of the keymap. %PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR or %PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL if it can determine the direction. %PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL otherwise. a #GdkKeymap Returns the keyvals bound to @hardware_keycode. The Nth #GdkKeymapKey in @keys is bound to the Nth keyval in @keyvals. Free the returned arrays with g_free(). When a keycode is pressed by the user, the keyval from this list of entries is selected by considering the effective keyboard group and level. See gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state(). %TRUE if there were any entries a #GdkKeymap a keycode return location for array of #GdkKeymapKey, or %NULL return location for array of keyvals, or %NULL length of @keys and @keyvals Obtains a list of keycode/group/level combinations that will generate @keyval. Groups and levels are two kinds of keyboard mode; in general, the level determines whether the top or bottom symbol on a key is used, and the group determines whether the left or right symbol is used. On US keyboards, the shift key changes the keyboard level, and there are no groups. A group switch key might convert a keyboard between Hebrew to English modes, for example. #GdkEventKey contains a %group field that indicates the active keyboard group. The level is computed from the modifier mask. The returned array should be freed with g_free(). %TRUE if keys were found and returned a #GdkKeymap a keyval, such as %GDK_a, %GDK_Up, %GDK_Return, etc. return location for an array of #GdkKeymapKey return location for number of elements in returned array Returns the modifier mask the @keymap's windowing system backend uses for a particular purpose. Note that this function always returns real hardware modifiers, not virtual ones (e.g. it will return #GDK_MOD1_MASK rather than #GDK_META_MASK if the backend maps MOD1 to META), so there are use cases where the return value of this function has to be transformed by gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers() in order to contain the expected result. the modifier mask used for @intent. a #GdkKeymap the use case for the modifier mask Returns the current modifier state. the current modifier state. a #GdkKeymap Returns whether the Num Lock modifer is locked. %TRUE if Num Lock is on a #GdkKeymap Determines if keyboard layouts for both right-to-left and left-to-right languages are in use. %TRUE if there are layouts in both directions, %FALSE otherwise a #GdkKeymap Looks up the keyval mapped to a keycode/group/level triplet. If no keyval is bound to @key, returns 0. For normal user input, you want to use gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state() instead of this function, since the effective group/level may not be the same as the current keyboard state. a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to the given @key a #GdkKeymap a #GdkKeymapKey with keycode, group, and level initialized Maps the virtual modifiers (i.e. Super, Hyper and Meta) which are set in @state to their non-virtual counterparts (i.e. Mod2, Mod3,...) and set the corresponding bits in @state. This function is useful when matching key events against accelerators. %TRUE if no virtual modifiers were mapped to the same non-virtual modifier. Note that %FALSE is also returned if a virtual modifier is mapped to a non-virtual modifier that was already set in @state. a #GdkKeymap pointer to the modifier state to map Translates the contents of a #GdkEventKey into a keyval, effective group, and level. Modifiers that affected the translation and are thus unavailable for application use are returned in @consumed_modifiers. See <xref linkend="key-group-explanation"/> for an explanation of groups and levels. The @effective_group is the group that was actually used for the translation; some keys such as Enter are not affected by the active keyboard group. The @level is derived from @state. For convenience, #GdkEventKey already contains the translated keyval, so this function isn't as useful as you might think. <note><para> @consumed_modifiers gives modifiers that should be masked out from @state when comparing this key press to a hot key. For instance, on a US keyboard, the <literal>plus</literal> symbol is shifted, so when comparing a key press to a <literal>&lt;Control&gt;plus</literal> accelerator &lt;Shift&gt; should be masked out. </para> <informalexample><programlisting> &sol;* We want to ignore irrelevant modifiers like ScrollLock *&sol; &num;define ALL_ACCELS_MASK (GDK_CONTROL_MASK | GDK_SHIFT_MASK | GDK_MOD1_MASK) gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (keymap, event->hardware_keycode, event->state, event->group, &amp;keyval, NULL, NULL, &amp;consumed); if (keyval == GDK_PLUS && (event->state &amp; ~consumed &amp; ALL_ACCELS_MASK) == GDK_CONTROL_MASK) &sol;* Control was pressed *&sol; </programlisting></informalexample> <para> An older interpretation @consumed_modifiers was that it contained all modifiers that might affect the translation of the key; this allowed accelerators to be stored with irrelevant consumed modifiers, by doing:</para> <informalexample><programlisting> &sol;* XXX Don't do this XXX *&sol; if (keyval == accel_keyval && (event->state &amp; ~consumed &amp; ALL_ACCELS_MASK) == (accel_mods &amp; ~consumed)) &sol;* Accelerator was pressed *&sol; </programlisting></informalexample> <para> However, this did not work if multi-modifier combinations were used in the keymap, since, for instance, <literal>&lt;Control&gt;</literal> would be masked out even if only <literal>&lt;Control&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;</literal> was used in the keymap. To support this usage as well as well as possible, all <emphasis>single modifier</emphasis> combinations that could affect the key for any combination of modifiers will be returned in @consumed_modifiers; multi-modifier combinations are returned only when actually found in @state. When you store accelerators, you should always store them with consumed modifiers removed. Store <literal>&lt;Control&gt;plus</literal>, not <literal>&lt;Control&gt;&lt;Shift&gt;plus</literal>, </para></note> %TRUE if there was a keyval bound to the keycode/state/group a #GdkKeymap a keycode a modifier state active keyboard group return location for keyval, or %NULL return location for effective group, or %NULL return location for level, or %NULL return location for modifiers that were used to determine the group or level, or %NULL The ::direction-changed signal gets emitted when the direction of the keymap changes. The ::keys-changed signal is emitted when the mapping represented by @keymap changes. The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the state of the keyboard changes, e.g when Caps Lock is turned on or off. See gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state(). A #GdkKeymapKey is a hardware key that can be mapped to a keyval. This enum is used with gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask() and gdk_get_modifier_mask() in order to determine what modifiers the currently used windowing system backend uses for particular purposes. For example, on X11/Windows, the Control key is used for invoking menu shortcuts (accelerators), whereas on Apple computers it's the Command key (which correspond to %GDK_CONTROL_MASK and %GDK_MOD2_MASK, respectively). the primary modifier used to invoke menu accelerators. the modifier used to invoke context menus. Note that mouse button 3 always triggers context menus. When this modifier is not 0, it <strong>additionally</strong> triggers context menus when used with mouse button 1. the modifier used to extend selections using &lt;modifier&gt;-click or &lt;modifier&gt;-cursor-key the modifier used to modify selections, which in most cases means toggling the clicked item into or out of the selection. when any of these modifiers is pressed, the key event cannot produce a symbol directly. This is meant to be used for input methods, and for use cases like typeahead search. the modifier that switches between keyboard groups (AltGr on X11/Windows and Option/Alt on OS X). A set of bit-flags to indicate the state of modifier keys and mouse buttons in various event types. Typical modifier keys are Shift, Control, Meta, Super, Hyper, Alt, Compose, Apple, CapsLock or ShiftLock. Like the X Window System, GDK supports 8 modifier keys and 5 mouse buttons. Since 2.10, GDK recognizes which of the Meta, Super or Hyper keys are mapped to Mod2 - Mod5, and indicates this by setting %GDK_SUPER_MASK, %GDK_HYPER_MASK or %GDK_META_MASK in the state field of key events. Note that GDK may add internal values to events which include reserved values such as %GDK_MODIFIER_RESERVED_13_MASK. Your code should preserve and ignore them. You can use %GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to remove all reserved values. the Shift key. a Lock key (depending on the modifier mapping of the X server this may either be CapsLock or ShiftLock). the Control key. the fourth modifier key (it depends on the modifier mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier, but normally it is the Alt key). the fifth modifier key (it depends on the modifier mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier). the sixth modifier key (it depends on the modifier mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier). the seventh modifier key (it depends on the modifier mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier). the eighth modifier key (it depends on the modifier mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier). the first mouse button. the second mouse button. the third mouse button. the fourth mouse button. the fifth mouse button. A reserved bit flag; do not use in your own code the Super modifier. Since 2.10 the Hyper modifier. Since 2.10 the Meta modifier. Since 2.10 not used in GDK itself. GTK+ uses it to differentiate between (keyval, modifiers) pairs from key press and release events. a mask covering all modifier types. Specifies the kind of crossing for #GdkEventCrossing. See the X11 protocol specification of <type>LeaveNotify</type> for full details of crossing event generation. the window is entered from an ancestor or left towards an ancestor. the pointer moves between an ancestor and an inferior of the window. the window is entered from an inferior or left towards an inferior. the window is entered from or left towards a window which is neither an ancestor nor an inferior. the pointer moves between two windows which are not ancestors of each other and the window is part of the ancestor chain between one of these windows and their least common ancestor. an unknown type of enter/leave event occurred. Specifies why a selection ownership was changed. some other app claimed the ownership the window was destroyed the client was closed A special value, indicating that the background for a window should be inherited from the parent window. This is the priority that the idle handler processing window updates is given in the <link linkend="glib-The-Main-Event-Loop">GLib Main Loop</link>. Defines the x and y coordinates of a point. Describes how existing data is combined with new data when using gdk_property_change(). the new data replaces the existing data. the new data is prepended to the existing data. the new data is appended to the existing data. Specifies the type of a property change for a #GdkEventProperty. the property value was changed. the property was deleted. The GdkRGBA structure is used to represent a (possibly translucent) color, in a way that is compatible with cairos notion of color. Makes a copy of a #GdkRGBA structure. The result must be freed through gdk_rgba_free(). A newly allocated #GdkRGBA, with the same contents as @rgba a #GdkRGBA Compares two RGBA colors. %TRUE if the two colors compare equal a #GdkRGBA pointer another #GdkRGBA pointer Frees a #GdkRGBA struct created with gdk_rgba_copy() a #GdkRGBA A hash function suitable for using for a hash table that stores #GdkRGBAs. The hash value for @p a #GdkRGBA pointer Parses a textual representation of a color, filling in the <structfield>red</structfield>, <structfield>green</structfield>, <structfield>blue</structfield> and <structfield>alpha</structfield> fields of the @rgba struct. The string can be either one of: <itemizedlist> <listitem> A standard name (Taken from the X11 rgb.txt file). </listitem> <listitem> A hex value in the form '&num;rgb' '&num;rrggbb' '&num;rrrgggbbb' or '&num;rrrrggggbbbb' </listitem> <listitem> A RGB color in the form 'rgb(r,g,b)' (In this case the color will have full opacity) </listitem> <listitem> A RGBA color in the form 'rgba(r,g,b,a)' </listitem> </itemizedlist> Where 'r', 'g', 'b' and 'a' are respectively the red, green, blue and alpha color values. In the last two cases, r g and b are either integers in the range 0 to 255 or precentage values in the range 0% to 100%, and a is a floating point value in the range 0 to 1. %TRUE if the parsing succeeded the #GdkRGBA struct to fill in the string specifying the color Returns a textual specification of @rgba in the form <literal>rgb (r, g, b)</literal> or <literal>rgba (r, g, b, a)</literal>, where 'r', 'g', 'b' and 'a' represent the red, green, blue and alpha values respectively. r, g, and b are represented as integers in the range 0 to 255, and a is represented as floating point value in the range 0 to 1. These string forms are string forms those supported by the CSS3 colors module, and can be parsed by gdk_rgba_parse(). Note that this string representation may loose some precision, since r, g and b are represented as 8-bit integers. If this is a concern, you should use a different representation. A newly allocated text string a #GdkRGBA #GdkScreen objects are the GDK representation of the screen on which windows can be displayed and on which the pointer moves. X originally identified screens with physical screens, but nowadays it is more common to have a single #GdkScreen which combines several physical monitors (see gdk_screen_get_n_monitors()). GdkScreen is used throughout GDK and GTK+ to specify which screen the top level windows are to be displayed on. it is also used to query the screen specification and default settings such as the default visual (gdk_screen_get_system_visual()), the dimensions of the physical monitors (gdk_screen_get_monitor_geometry()), etc. Gets the default screen for the default display. (See gdk_display_get_default ()). a #GdkScreen, or %NULL if there is no default display. Returns the height of the default screen in pixels. the height of the default screen in pixels. Returns the height of the default screen in millimeters. Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct. the height of the default screen in millimeters, though it is not always correct. Returns the width of the default screen in pixels. the width of the default screen in pixels. Returns the width of the default screen in millimeters. Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct. the width of the default screen in millimeters, though it is not always correct. Returns the screen's currently active window. On X11, this is done by inspecting the _NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW property on the root window, as described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink>. If there is no currently currently active window, or the window manager does not support the _NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW hint, this function returns %NULL. On other platforms, this function may return %NULL, depending on whether it is implementable on that platform. The returned window should be unrefed using g_object_unref() when no longer needed. the currently active window, or %NULL. a #GdkScreen Gets the display to which the @screen belongs. the display to which @screen belongs a #GdkScreen Gets any options previously set with gdk_screen_set_font_options(). the current font options, or %NULL if no default font options have been set. a #GdkScreen Gets the height of @screen in pixels the height of @screen in pixels. a #GdkScreen Returns the height of @screen in millimeters. Note that on some X servers this value will not be correct. the heigth of @screen in millimeters. a #GdkScreen Returns the monitor number in which the point (@x,@y) is located. the monitor number in which the point (@x,@y) lies, or a monitor close to (@x,@y) if the point is not in any monitor. a #GdkScreen. the x coordinate in the virtual screen. the y coordinate in the virtual screen. Returns the number of the monitor in which the largest area of the bounding rectangle of @window resides. the monitor number in which most of @window is located, or if @window does not intersect any monitors, a monitor, close to @window. a #GdkScreen. a #GdkWindow Retrieves the #GdkRectangle representing the size and position of the individual monitor within the entire screen area. Monitor numbers start at 0. To obtain the number of monitors of @screen, use gdk_screen_get_n_monitors(). Note that the size of the entire screen area can be retrieved via gdk_screen_get_width() and gdk_screen_get_height(). a #GdkScreen the monitor number a #GdkRectangle to be filled with the monitor geometry Gets the height in millimeters of the specified monitor. the height of the monitor, or -1 if not available a #GdkScreen number of the monitor, between 0 and gdk_screen_get_n_monitors (screen) Returns the output name of the specified monitor. Usually something like VGA, DVI, or TV, not the actual product name of the display device. a newly-allocated string containing the name of the monitor, or %NULL if the name cannot be determined a #GdkScreen number of the monitor, between 0 and gdk_screen_get_n_monitors (screen) Gets the width in millimeters of the specified monitor, if available. the width of the monitor, or -1 if not available a #GdkScreen number of the monitor, between 0 and gdk_screen_get_n_monitors (screen) Retrieves the #GdkRectangle representing the size and position of the "work area" on a monitor within the entire screen area. The work area should be considered when positioning menus and similar popups, to avoid placing them below panels, docks or other desktop components. Monitor numbers start at 0. To obtain the number of monitors of @screen, use gdk_screen_get_n_monitors(). a #GdkScreen the monitor number a #GdkRectangle to be filled with the monitor workarea Returns the number of monitors which @screen consists of. number of monitors which @screen consists of a #GdkScreen Gets the index of @screen among the screens in the display to which it belongs. (See gdk_screen_get_display()) the index a #GdkScreen Gets the primary monitor for @screen. The primary monitor is considered the monitor where the 'main desktop' lives. While normal application windows typically allow the window manager to place the windows, specialized desktop applications such as panels should place themselves on the primary monitor. If no primary monitor is configured by the user, the return value will be 0, defaulting to the first monitor. An integer index for the primary monitor, or 0 if none is configured. a #GdkScreen. Gets the resolution for font handling on the screen; see gdk_screen_set_resolution() for full details. the current resolution, or -1 if no resolution has been set. a #GdkScreen Gets a visual to use for creating windows with an alpha channel. The windowing system on which GTK+ is running may not support this capability, in which case %NULL will be returned. Even if a non-%NULL value is returned, its possible that the window's alpha channel won't be honored when displaying the window on the screen: in particular, for X an appropriate windowing manager and compositing manager must be running to provide appropriate display. This functionality is not implemented in the Windows backend. For setting an overall opacity for a top-level window, see gdk_window_set_opacity(). a visual to use for windows with an alpha channel or %NULL if the capability is not available. a #GdkScreen Gets the root window of @screen. the root window a #GdkScreen Retrieves a desktop-wide setting such as double-click time for the #GdkScreen @screen. FIXME needs a list of valid settings here, or a link to more information. %TRUE if the setting existed and a value was stored in @value, %FALSE otherwise. the #GdkScreen where the setting is located the name of the setting location to store the value of the setting Get the system's default visual for @screen. This is the visual for the root window of the display. The return value should not be freed. the system visual a #GdkScreen. Obtains a list of all toplevel windows known to GDK on the screen @screen. A toplevel window is a child of the root window (see gdk_get_default_root_window()). The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), but its elements need not be freed. list of toplevel windows, free with g_list_free() The #GdkScreen where the toplevels are located. Gets the width of @screen in pixels the width of @screen in pixels. a #GdkScreen Gets the width of @screen in millimeters. Note that on some X servers this value will not be correct. the width of @screen in millimeters. a #GdkScreen Returns a #GList of #GdkWindow<!-- -->s representing the current window stack. On X11, this is done by inspecting the _NET_CLIENT_LIST_STACKING property on the root window, as described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink>. If the window manager does not support the _NET_CLIENT_LIST_STACKING hint, this function returns %NULL. On other platforms, this function may return %NULL, depending on whether it is implementable on that platform. The returned list is newly allocated and owns references to the windows it contains, so it should be freed using g_list_free() and its windows unrefed using g_object_unref() when no longer needed. a list of #GdkWindow<!-- -->s for the current window stack, or %NULL. a #GdkScreen Returns whether windows with an RGBA visual can reasonably be expected to have their alpha channel drawn correctly on the screen. On X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is compositing @screen. Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be expected to have their alpha channels drawn correctly on the screen. a #GdkScreen Lists the available visuals for the specified @screen. A visual describes a hardware image data format. For example, a visual might support 24-bit color, or 8-bit color, and might expect pixels to be in a certain format. Call g_list_free() on the return value when you're finished with it. a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents the relevant #GdkScreen. Determines the name to pass to gdk_display_open() to get a #GdkDisplay with this screen as the default screen. a newly allocated string, free with g_free() a #GdkScreen Sets the default font options for the screen. These options will be set on any #PangoContext's newly created with gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen(). Changing the default set of font options does not affect contexts that have already been created. a #GdkScreen a #cairo_font_options_t, or %NULL to unset any previously set default font options. Sets the resolution for font handling on the screen. This is a scale factor between points specified in a #PangoFontDescription and cairo units. The default value is 96, meaning that a 10 point font will be 13 units high. (10 * 96. / 72. = 13.3). a #GdkScreen the resolution in "dots per inch". (Physical inches aren't actually involved; the terminology is conventional.) The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited status of the screen changes The ::monitors-changed signal is emitted when the number, size or position of the monitors attached to the screen change. Only for X11 and OS X for now. A future implementation for Win32 may be a possibility. The ::size-changed signal is emitted when the pixel width or height of a screen changes. Specifies the direction for #GdkEventScroll. the window is scrolled up. the window is scrolled down. the window is scrolled to the left. the window is scrolled to the right. the scrolling is determined by the delta values in #GdkEventScroll. See gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas(). Since: 3.4 Specifies the kind of modification applied to a setting in a #GdkEventSetting. a setting was added. a setting was changed. a setting was deleted. The #GdkTimeCoord structure stores a single event in a motion history. Specifies the visiblity status of a window for a #GdkEventVisibility. the window is completely visible. the window is partially visible. the window is not visible at all. The #GdkVisual structure contains information about a particular visual. Get the visual with the most available colors for the default GDK screen. The return value should not be freed. best visual Get the best available depth for the default GDK screen. "Best" means "largest," i.e. 32 preferred over 24 preferred over 8 bits per pixel. best available depth Return the best available visual type for the default GDK screen. best visual type Combines gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth() and gdk_visual_get_best_with_type(). best visual with both @depth and @visual_type, or %NULL if none a bit depth a visual type Get the best visual with depth @depth for the default GDK screen. Color visuals and visuals with mutable colormaps are preferred over grayscale or fixed-colormap visuals. The return value should not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual supports @depth. best visual for the given depth a bit depth Get the best visual of the given @visual_type for the default GDK screen. Visuals with higher color depths are considered better. The return value should not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual has type @visual_type. best visual of the given type a visual type Get the system's default visual for the default GDK screen. This is the visual for the root window of the display. The return value should not be freed. system visual Returns the number of significant bits per red, green and blue value. The number of significant bits per color value for @visual. a #GdkVisual Obtains values that are needed to calculate blue pixel values in TrueColor and DirectColor. The "mask" is the significant bits within the pixel. The "shift" is the number of bits left we must shift a primary for it to be in position (according to the "mask"). Finally, "precision" refers to how much precision the pixel value contains for a particular primary. a #GdkVisual A pointer to a #guint32 to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #gint to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #gint to be filled in, or %NULL Returns the byte order of this visual. A #GdkByteOrder stating the byte order of @visual. A #GdkVisual. Returns the size of a colormap for this visual. The size of a colormap that is suitable for @visual. A #GdkVisual. Returns the bit depth of this visual. The bit depth of this visual. A #GdkVisual. Obtains values that are needed to calculate green pixel values in TrueColor and DirectColor. The "mask" is the significant bits within the pixel. The "shift" is the number of bits left we must shift a primary for it to be in position (according to the "mask"). Finally, "precision" refers to how much precision the pixel value contains for a particular primary. a #GdkVisual A pointer to a #guint32 to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #gint to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #gint to be filled in, or %NULL Obtains values that are needed to calculate red pixel values in TrueColor and DirectColor. The "mask" is the significant bits within the pixel. The "shift" is the number of bits left we must shift a primary for it to be in position (according to the "mask"). Finally, "precision" refers to how much precision the pixel value contains for a particular primary. A #GdkVisual A pointer to a #guint32 to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #gint to be filled in, or %NULL A pointer to a #gint to be filled in, or %NULL Gets the screen to which this visual belongs the screen to which this visual belongs. a #GdkVisual Returns the type of visual this is (PseudoColor, TrueColor, etc). A #GdkVisualType stating the type of @visual. A #GdkVisual. A set of values that describe the manner in which the pixel values for a visual are converted into RGB values for display. Each pixel value indexes a grayscale value directly. Each pixel is an index into a color map that maps pixel values into grayscale values. The color map can be changed by an application. Each pixel value is an index into a predefined, unmodifiable color map that maps pixel values into RGB values. Each pixel is an index into a color map that maps pixel values into rgb values. The color map can be changed by an application. Each pixel value directly contains red, green, and blue components. Use gdk_visual_get_red_pixel_details(), etc, to obtain information about how the components are assembled into a pixel value. Each pixel value contains red, green, and blue components as for %GDK_VISUAL_TRUE_COLOR, but the components are mapped via a color table into the final output table instead of being converted directly. These are hints originally defined by the Motif toolkit. The window manager can use them when determining how to decorate the window. The hint must be set before mapping the window. all decorations should be applied. a frame should be drawn around the window. the frame should have resize handles. a titlebar should be placed above the window. a button for opening a menu should be included. a minimize button should be included. a maximize button should be included. These are hints originally defined by the Motif toolkit. The window manager can use them when determining the functions to offer for the window. The hint must be set before mapping the window. all functions should be offered. the window should be resizable. the window should be movable. the window should be minimizable. the window should be maximizable. the window should be closable. Creates a new #GdkWindow using the attributes from @attributes. See #GdkWindowAttr and #GdkWindowAttributesType for more details. Note: to use this on displays other than the default display, @parent must be specified. the new #GdkWindow a #GdkWindow, or %NULL to create the window as a child of the default root window for the default display. attributes of the new window mask indicating which fields in @attributes are valid Obtains the window underneath the mouse pointer, returning the location of that window in @win_x, @win_y. Returns %NULL if the window under the mouse pointer is not known to GDK (if the window belongs to another application and a #GdkWindow hasn't been created for it with gdk_window_foreign_new()) NOTE: For multihead-aware widgets or applications use gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer() instead. window under the mouse pointer return location for origin of the window under the pointer return location for origin of the window under the pointer Constrains a desired width and height according to a set of geometry hints (such as minimum and maximum size). a #GdkGeometry structure a mask indicating what portions of @geometry are set desired width of window desired height of the window location to store resulting width location to store resulting height Calls gdk_window_process_updates() for all windows (see #GdkWindow) in the application. With update debugging enabled, calls to gdk_window_invalidate_region() clear the invalidated region of the screen to a noticeable color, and GDK pauses for a short time before sending exposes to windows during gdk_window_process_updates(). The net effect is that you can see the invalid region for each window and watch redraws as they occur. This allows you to diagnose inefficiencies in your application. In essence, because the GDK rendering model prevents all flicker, if you are redrawing the same region 400 times you may never notice, aside from noticing a speed problem. Enabling update debugging causes GTK to flicker slowly and noticeably, so you can see exactly what's being redrawn when, in what order. The --gtk-debug=updates command line option passed to GTK+ programs enables this debug option at application startup time. That's usually more useful than calling gdk_window_set_debug_updates() yourself, though you might want to use this function to enable updates sometime after application startup time. %TRUE to turn on update debugging Adds an event filter to @window, allowing you to intercept events before they reach GDK. This is a low-level operation and makes it easy to break GDK and/or GTK+, so you have to know what you're doing. Pass %NULL for @window to get all events for all windows, instead of events for a specific window. If you are interested in X GenericEvents, bear in mind that XGetEventData() has been already called on the event, and XFreeEventData() must not be called within @function. a #GdkWindow filter callback data to pass to filter callback Emits a short beep associated to @window in the appropriate display, if supported. Otherwise, emits a short beep on the display just as gdk_display_beep(). a toplevel #GdkWindow Begins a window move operation (for a toplevel window). This function assumes that the drag is controlled by the client pointer device, use gdk_window_begin_move_drag_for_device() to begin a drag with a different device. a toplevel #GdkWindow the button being used to drag root window X coordinate of mouse click that began the drag root window Y coordinate of mouse click that began the drag timestamp of mouse click that began the drag Begins a window move operation (for a toplevel window). You might use this function to implement a "window move grip," for example. The function works best with window managers that support the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink>, but has a fallback implementation for other window managers. a toplevel #GdkWindow the device used for the operation the button being used to drag root window X coordinate of mouse click that began the drag root window Y coordinate of mouse click that began the drag timestamp of mouse click that began the drag A convenience wrapper around gdk_window_begin_paint_region() which creates a rectangular region for you. See gdk_window_begin_paint_region() for details. a #GdkWindow rectangle you intend to draw to Indicates that you are beginning the process of redrawing @region. A backing store (offscreen buffer) large enough to contain @region will be created. The backing store will be initialized with the background color or background surface for @window. Then, all drawing operations performed on @window will be diverted to the backing store. When you call gdk_window_end_paint(), the backing store will be copied to @window, making it visible onscreen. Only the part of @window contained in @region will be modified; that is, drawing operations are clipped to @region. The net result of all this is to remove flicker, because the user sees the finished product appear all at once when you call gdk_window_end_paint(). If you draw to @window directly without calling gdk_window_begin_paint_region(), the user may see flicker as individual drawing operations are performed in sequence. The clipping and background-initializing features of gdk_window_begin_paint_region() are conveniences for the programmer, so you can avoid doing that work yourself. When using GTK+, the widget system automatically places calls to gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() around emissions of the expose_event signal. That is, if you're writing an expose event handler, you can assume that the exposed area in #GdkEventExpose has already been cleared to the window background, is already set as the clip region, and already has a backing store. Therefore in most cases, application code need not call gdk_window_begin_paint_region(). (You can disable the automatic calls around expose events on a widget-by-widget basis by calling gtk_widget_set_double_buffered().) If you call this function multiple times before calling the matching gdk_window_end_paint(), the backing stores are pushed onto a stack. gdk_window_end_paint() copies the topmost backing store onscreen, subtracts the topmost region from all other regions in the stack, and pops the stack. All drawing operations affect only the topmost backing store in the stack. One matching call to gdk_window_end_paint() is required for each call to gdk_window_begin_paint_region(). a #GdkWindow region you intend to draw to Begins a window resize operation (for a toplevel window). This function assumes that the drag is controlled by the client pointer device, use gdk_window_begin_resize_drag_for_device() to begin a drag with a different device. a toplevel #GdkWindow the edge or corner from which the drag is started the button being used to drag root window X coordinate of mouse click that began the drag root window Y coordinate of mouse click that began the drag timestamp of mouse click that began the drag (use gdk_event_get_time()) Begins a window resize operation (for a toplevel window). You might use this function to implement a "window resize grip," for example; in fact #GtkStatusbar uses it. The function works best with window managers that support the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink>, but has a fallback implementation for other window managers. a toplevel #GdkWindow the edge or corner from which the drag is started the device used for the operation the button being used to drag root window X coordinate of mouse click that began the drag root window Y coordinate of mouse click that began the drag timestamp of mouse click that began the drag (use gdk_event_get_time()) Does nothing, present only for compatiblity. a toplevel #GdkWindow Transforms window coordinates from a parent window to a child window, where the parent window is the normal parent as returned by gdk_window_get_parent() for normal windows, and the window's embedder as returned by gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder() for offscreen windows. For normal windows, calling this function is equivalent to subtracting the return values of gdk_window_get_position() from the parent coordinates. For offscreen windows however (which can be arbitrarily transformed), this function calls the GdkWindow::from-embedder: signal to translate the coordinates. You should always use this function when writing generic code that walks down a window hierarchy. See also: gdk_window_coords_to_parent() a child window X coordinate in parent's coordinate system Y coordinate in parent's coordinate system return location for X coordinate in child's coordinate system return location for Y coordinate in child's coordinate system Transforms window coordinates from a child window to its parent window, where the parent window is the normal parent as returned by gdk_window_get_parent() for normal windows, and the window's embedder as returned by gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder() for offscreen windows. For normal windows, calling this function is equivalent to adding the return values of gdk_window_get_position() to the child coordinates. For offscreen windows however (which can be arbitrarily transformed), this function calls the GdkWindow::to-embedder: signal to translate the coordinates. You should always use this function when writing generic code that walks up a window hierarchy. See also: gdk_window_coords_from_parent() a child window X coordinate in child's coordinate system Y coordinate in child's coordinate system return location for X coordinate in parent's coordinate system, or %NULL return location for Y coordinate in parent's coordinate system, or %NULL Create a new surface that is as compatible as possible with the given @window. For example the new surface will have the same fallback resolution and font options as @window. Generally, the new surface will also use the same backend as @window, unless that is not possible for some reason. The type of the returned surface may be examined with cairo_surface_get_type(). Initially the surface contents are all 0 (transparent if contents have transparency, black otherwise.) a pointer to the newly allocated surface. The caller owns the surface and should call cairo_surface_destroy() when done with it. This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a pointer to a "nil" surface if @other is already in an error state or any other error occurs. window to make new surface similar to the content for the new surface width of the new surface height of the new surface Attempt to deiconify (unminimize) @window. On X11 the window manager may choose to ignore the request to deiconify. When using GTK+, use gtk_window_deiconify() instead of the #GdkWindow variant. Or better yet, you probably want to use gtk_window_present(), which raises the window, focuses it, unminimizes it, and puts it on the current desktop. a toplevel #GdkWindow Destroys the window system resources associated with @window and decrements @window's reference count. The window system resources for all children of @window are also destroyed, but the children's reference counts are not decremented. Note that a window will not be destroyed automatically when its reference count reaches zero. You must call this function yourself before that happens. a #GdkWindow Does nothing, present only for compatiblity. a toplevel #GdkWindow Indicates that the backing store created by the most recent call to gdk_window_begin_paint_region() should be copied onscreen and deleted, leaving the next-most-recent backing store or no backing store at all as the active paint region. See gdk_window_begin_paint_region() for full details. It is an error to call this function without a matching gdk_window_begin_paint_region() first. a #GdkWindow Tries to ensure that there is a window-system native window for this GdkWindow. This may fail in some situations, returning %FALSE. Offscreen window and children of them can never have native windows. Some backends may not support native child windows. %TRUE if the window has a native window, %FALSE otherwise a #GdkWindow Flush all outstanding cached operations on a window, leaving the window in a state which reflects all that has been drawn before. Gdk uses multiple kinds of caching to get better performance and nicer drawing. For instance, during exposes all paints to a window using double buffered rendering are keep on a surface until the last window has been exposed. It also delays window moves/scrolls until as long as possible until next update to avoid tearing when moving windows. Normally this should be completely invisible to applications, as we automatically flush the windows when required, but this might be needed if you for instance mix direct native drawing with gdk drawing. For Gtk widgets that don't use double buffering this will be called automatically before sending the expose event. a #GdkWindow Sets keyboard focus to @window. In most cases, gtk_window_present() should be used on a #GtkWindow, rather than calling this function. a #GdkWindow timestamp of the event triggering the window focus Temporarily freezes a window and all its descendants such that it won't receive expose events. The window will begin receiving expose events again when gdk_window_thaw_toplevel_updates_libgtk_only() is called. If gdk_window_freeze_toplevel_updates_libgtk_only() has been called more than once, gdk_window_thaw_toplevel_updates_libgtk_only() must be called an equal number of times to begin processing exposes. This function is not part of the GDK public API and is only for use by GTK+. a #GdkWindow Temporarily freezes a window such that it won't receive expose events. The window will begin receiving expose events again when gdk_window_thaw_updates() is called. If gdk_window_freeze_updates() has been called more than once, gdk_window_thaw_updates() must be called an equal number of times to begin processing exposes. a #GdkWindow Moves the window into fullscreen mode. This means the window covers the entire screen and is above any panels or task bars. If the window was already fullscreen, then this function does nothing. On X11, asks the window manager to put @window in a fullscreen state, if the window manager supports this operation. Not all window managers support this, and some deliberately ignore it or don't have a concept of "fullscreen"; so you can't rely on the fullscreenification actually happening. But it will happen with most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen. a toplevel #GdkWindow This function informs GDK that the geometry of an embedded offscreen window has changed. This is necessary for GDK to keep track of which offscreen window the pointer is in. an embedded offscreen #GdkWindow Determines whether or not the desktop environment shuld be hinted that the window does not want to receive input focus. whether or not the window should receive input focus. a toplevel #GdkWindow. Gets the pattern used to clear the background on @window. If @window does not have its own background and reuses the parent's, %NULL is returned and you'll have to query it yourself. The pattern to use for the background or %NULL to use the parent's background. a window Gets the list of children of @window known to GDK. This function only returns children created via GDK, so for example it's useless when used with the root window; it only returns windows an application created itself. The returned list must be freed, but the elements in the list need not be. list of child windows inside @window a #GdkWindow Computes the region of a window that potentially can be written to by drawing primitives. This region may not take into account other factors such as if the window is obscured by other windows, but no area outside of this region will be affected by drawing primitives. a #cairo_region_t. This must be freed with cairo_region_destroy() when you are done. a #GdkWindow Determines whether @window is composited. See gdk_window_set_composited(). %TRUE if the window is composited. a #GdkWindow Retrieves a #GdkCursor pointer for the cursor currently set on the specified #GdkWindow, or %NULL. If the return value is %NULL then there is no custom cursor set on the specified window, and it is using the cursor for its parent window. a #GdkCursor, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be unreferenced directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the cursor of the window a #GdkWindow Returns the decorations set on the GdkWindow with gdk_window_set_decorations(). %TRUE if the window has decorations set, %FALSE otherwise. The toplevel #GdkWindow to get the decorations from The window decorations will be written here Retrieves a #GdkCursor pointer for the @device currently set on the specified #GdkWindow, or %NULL. If the return value is %NULL then there is no custom cursor set on the specified window, and it is using the cursor for its parent window. a #GdkCursor, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be unreferenced directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the cursor of the window a #GdkWindow. a master, pointer #GdkDevice. Returns the event mask for @window corresponding to an specific device. device event mask for @window a #GdkWindow. a #GdkDevice. Obtains the current device position and modifier state. The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left corner of @window. The window underneath @device (as with gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the window is not known to GDK. a #GdkWindow. pointer #GdkDevice to query to. return location for the X coordinate of @device, or %NULL. return location for the Y coordinate of @device, or %NULL. return location for the modifier mask, or %NULL. Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with a #GdkWindow. the #GdkDisplay associated with @window a #GdkWindow Finds out the DND protocol supported by a window. the supported DND protocol. the destination window location of the window where the drop should happen. This may be @window or a proxy window, or %NULL if @window does not support Drag and Drop. Obtains the parent of @window, as known to GDK. Works like gdk_window_get_parent() for normal windows, but returns the window's embedder for offscreen windows. See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder() effective parent of @window a #GdkWindow Gets the toplevel window that's an ancestor of @window. Works like gdk_window_get_toplevel(), but treats an offscreen window's embedder as its parent, using gdk_window_get_effective_parent(). See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder() the effective toplevel window containing @window a #GdkWindow Gets the event mask for @window for all master input devices. See gdk_window_set_events(). event mask for @window a #GdkWindow Determines whether or not the desktop environment should be hinted that the window does not want to receive input focus when it is mapped. whether or not the window wants to receive input focus when it is mapped. a toplevel #GdkWindow. Gets the frame clock for the window. The frame clock for a window never changes unless the window is reparented to a new toplevel window. the frame clock window to get frame clock for Obtains the bounding box of the window, including window manager titlebar/borders if any. The frame position is given in root window coordinates. To get the position of the window itself (rather than the frame) in root window coordinates, use gdk_window_get_origin(). a toplevel #GdkWindow rectangle to fill with bounding box of the window frame Obtains the #GdkFullscreenMode of the @window. The #GdkFullscreenMode applied to the window when fullscreen. a toplevel #GdkWindow Any of the return location arguments to this function may be %NULL, if you aren't interested in getting the value of that field. The X and Y coordinates returned are relative to the parent window of @window, which for toplevels usually means relative to the window decorations (titlebar, etc.) rather than relative to the root window (screen-size background window). On the X11 platform, the geometry is obtained from the X server, so reflects the latest position of @window; this may be out-of-sync with the position of @window delivered in the most-recently-processed #GdkEventConfigure. gdk_window_get_position() in contrast gets the position from the most recent configure event. <note> If @window is not a toplevel, it is <emphasis>much</emphasis> better to call gdk_window_get_position(), gdk_window_get_width() and gdk_window_get_height() instead, because it avoids the roundtrip to the X server and because these functions support the full 32-bit coordinate space, whereas gdk_window_get_geometry() is restricted to the 16-bit coordinates of X11. </note> a #GdkWindow return location for X coordinate of window (relative to its parent) return location for Y coordinate of window (relative to its parent) return location for width of window return location for height of window Returns the group leader window for @window. See gdk_window_set_group(). the group leader window for @window a toplevel #GdkWindow Returns the height of the given @window. On the X11 platform the returned size is the size reported in the most-recently-processed configure event, rather than the current size on the X server. The height of @window a #GdkWindow Determines whether or not the window manager is hinted that @window has modal behaviour. whether or not the window has the modal hint set. A toplevel #GdkWindow. Obtains the position of a window in root window coordinates. (Compare with gdk_window_get_position() and gdk_window_get_geometry() which return the position of a window relative to its parent window.) not meaningful, ignore a #GdkWindow return location for X coordinate return location for Y coordinate Obtains the parent of @window, as known to GDK. Does not query the X server; thus this returns the parent as passed to gdk_window_new(), not the actual parent. This should never matter unless you're using Xlib calls mixed with GDK calls on the X11 platform. It may also matter for toplevel windows, because the window manager may choose to reparent them. Note that you should use gdk_window_get_effective_parent() when writing generic code that walks up a window hierarchy, because gdk_window_get_parent() will most likely not do what you expect if there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy. parent of @window a #GdkWindow Obtains the current pointer position and modifier state. The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left corner of @window. the window containing the pointer (as with gdk_window_at_pointer()), or %NULL if the window containing the pointer isn't known to GDK a #GdkWindow return location for X coordinate of pointer or %NULL to not return the X coordinate return location for Y coordinate of pointer or %NULL to not return the Y coordinate return location for modifier mask or %NULL to not return the modifier mask Obtains the position of the window as reported in the most-recently-processed #GdkEventConfigure. Contrast with gdk_window_get_geometry() which queries the X server for the current window position, regardless of which events have been received or processed. The position coordinates are relative to the window's parent window. a #GdkWindow X coordinate of window Y coordinate of window Obtains the position of a window position in root window coordinates. This is similar to gdk_window_get_origin() but allows you go pass in any position in the window, not just the origin. a #GdkWindow X coordinate in window Y coordinate in window return location for X coordinate return location for Y coordinate Obtains the top-left corner of the window manager frame in root window coordinates. a toplevel #GdkWindow return location for X position of window frame return location for Y position of window frame Gets the #GdkScreen associated with a #GdkWindow. the #GdkScreen associated with @window a #GdkWindow Returns the event mask for @window corresponding to the device class specified by @source. source event mask for @window a #GdkWindow a #GdkInputSource to define the source class. Gets the bitwise OR of the currently active window state flags, from the #GdkWindowState enumeration. window state bitfield a #GdkWindow Returns %TRUE if the window is aware of the existence of multiple devices. %TRUE if the window handles multidevice features. a #GdkWindow. Gets the toplevel window that's an ancestor of @window. Any window type but %GDK_WINDOW_CHILD is considered a toplevel window, as is a %GDK_WINDOW_CHILD window that has a root window as parent. Note that you should use gdk_window_get_effective_toplevel() when you want to get to a window's toplevel as seen on screen, because gdk_window_get_toplevel() will most likely not do what you expect if there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy. the toplevel window containing @window a #GdkWindow This function returns the type hint set for a window. The type hint set for @window A toplevel #GdkWindow Transfers ownership of the update area from @window to the caller of the function. That is, after calling this function, @window will no longer have an invalid/dirty region; the update area is removed from @window and handed to you. If a window has no update area, gdk_window_get_update_area() returns %NULL. You are responsible for calling cairo_region_destroy() on the returned region if it's non-%NULL. the update area for @window a #GdkWindow Retrieves the user data for @window, which is normally the widget that @window belongs to. See gdk_window_set_user_data(). a #GdkWindow return location for user data Computes the region of the @window that is potentially visible. This does not necessarily take into account if the window is obscured by other windows, but no area outside of this region is visible. a #cairo_region_t. This must be freed with cairo_region_destroy() when you are done. a #GdkWindow Gets the #GdkVisual describing the pixel format of @window. a #GdkVisual a #GdkWindow Returns the width of the given @window. On the X11 platform the returned size is the size reported in the most-recently-processed configure event, rather than the current size on the X server. The width of @window a #GdkWindow Gets the type of the window. See #GdkWindowType. type of window a #GdkWindow Checks whether the window has a native window or not. Note that you can use gdk_window_ensure_native() if a native window is needed. %TRUE if the %window has a native window, %FALSE otherwise. a #GdkWindow For toplevel windows, withdraws them, so they will no longer be known to the window manager; for all windows, unmaps them, so they won't be displayed. Normally done automatically as part of gtk_widget_hide(). a #GdkWindow Asks to iconify (minimize) @window. The window manager may choose to ignore the request, but normally will honor it. Using gtk_window_iconify() is preferred, if you have a #GtkWindow widget. This function only makes sense when @window is a toplevel window. a toplevel #GdkWindow Like gdk_window_shape_combine_region(), but the shape applies only to event handling. Mouse events which happen while the pointer position corresponds to an unset bit in the mask will be passed on the window below @window. An input shape is typically used with RGBA windows. The alpha channel of the window defines which pixels are invisible and allows for nicely antialiased borders, and the input shape controls where the window is "clickable". On the X11 platform, this requires version 1.1 of the shape extension. On the Win32 platform, this functionality is not present and the function does nothing. a #GdkWindow region of window to be non-transparent X position of @shape_region in @window coordinates Y position of @shape_region in @window coordinates Adds @region to the update area for @window. The update area is the region that needs to be redrawn, or "dirty region." The call gdk_window_process_updates() sends one or more expose events to the window, which together cover the entire update area. An application would normally redraw the contents of @window in response to those expose events. GDK will call gdk_window_process_all_updates() on your behalf whenever your program returns to the main loop and becomes idle, so normally there's no need to do that manually, you just need to invalidate regions that you know should be redrawn. The @child_func parameter controls whether the region of each child window that intersects @region will also be invalidated. Only children for which @child_func returns TRUE will have the area invalidated. a #GdkWindow a #cairo_region_t function to use to decide if to recurse to a child, %NULL means never recurse. data passed to @child_func A convenience wrapper around gdk_window_invalidate_region() which invalidates a rectangular region. See gdk_window_invalidate_region() for details. a #GdkWindow rectangle to invalidate or %NULL to invalidate the whole window whether to also invalidate child windows Adds @region to the update area for @window. The update area is the region that needs to be redrawn, or "dirty region." The call gdk_window_process_updates() sends one or more expose events to the window, which together cover the entire update area. An application would normally redraw the contents of @window in response to those expose events. GDK will call gdk_window_process_all_updates() on your behalf whenever your program returns to the main loop and becomes idle, so normally there's no need to do that manually, you just need to invalidate regions that you know should be redrawn. The @invalidate_children parameter controls whether the region of each child window that intersects @region will also be invalidated. If %FALSE, then the update area for child windows will remain unaffected. See gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse if you need fine grained control over which children are invalidated. a #GdkWindow a #cairo_region_t %TRUE to also invalidate child windows Check to see if a window is destroyed.. %TRUE if the window is destroyed a #GdkWindow Determines whether or not the window is an input only window. %TRUE if @window is input only a toplevel #GdkWindow Determines whether or not the window is shaped. %TRUE if @window is shaped a toplevel #GdkWindow Check if the window and all ancestors of the window are mapped. (This is not necessarily "viewable" in the X sense, since we only check as far as we have GDK window parents, not to the root window.) %TRUE if the window is viewable a #GdkWindow Checks whether the window has been mapped (with gdk_window_show() or gdk_window_show_unraised()). %TRUE if the window is mapped a #GdkWindow Lowers @window to the bottom of the Z-order (stacking order), so that other windows with the same parent window appear above @window. This is true whether or not the other windows are visible. If @window is a toplevel, the window manager may choose to deny the request to move the window in the Z-order, gdk_window_lower() only requests the restack, does not guarantee it. Note that gdk_window_show() raises the window again, so don't call this function before gdk_window_show(). (Try gdk_window_show_unraised().) a #GdkWindow Maximizes the window. If the window was already maximized, then this function does nothing. On X11, asks the window manager to maximize @window, if the window manager supports this operation. Not all window managers support this, and some deliberately ignore it or don't have a concept of "maximized"; so you can't rely on the maximization actually happening. But it will happen with most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen. On Windows, reliably maximizes the window. a toplevel #GdkWindow Merges the input shape masks for any child windows into the input shape mask for @window. i.e. the union of all input masks for @window and its children will become the new input mask for @window. See gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region(). This function is distinct from gdk_window_set_child_input_shapes() because it includes @window's input shape mask in the set of shapes to be merged. a #GdkWindow Merges the shape masks for any child windows into the shape mask for @window. i.e. the union of all masks for @window and its children will become the new mask for @window. See gdk_window_shape_combine_region(). This function is distinct from gdk_window_set_child_shapes() because it includes @window's shape mask in the set of shapes to be merged. a #GdkWindow Repositions a window relative to its parent window. For toplevel windows, window managers may ignore or modify the move; you should probably use gtk_window_move() on a #GtkWindow widget anyway, instead of using GDK functions. For child windows, the move will reliably succeed. If you're also planning to resize the window, use gdk_window_move_resize() to both move and resize simultaneously, for a nicer visual effect. a #GdkWindow X coordinate relative to window's parent Y coordinate relative to window's parent Move the part of @window indicated by @region by @dy pixels in the Y direction and @dx pixels in the X direction. The portions of @region that not covered by the new position of @region are invalidated. Child windows are not moved. a #GdkWindow The #cairo_region_t to move Amount to move in the X direction Amount to move in the Y direction Equivalent to calling gdk_window_move() and gdk_window_resize(), except that both operations are performed at once, avoiding strange visual effects. (i.e. the user may be able to see the window first move, then resize, if you don't use gdk_window_move_resize().) a #GdkWindow new X position relative to window's parent new Y position relative to window's parent new width new height Like gdk_window_get_children(), but does not copy the list of children, so the list does not need to be freed. a reference to the list of child windows in @window a #GdkWindow Sends one or more expose events to @window. The areas in each expose event will cover the entire update area for the window (see gdk_window_invalidate_region() for details). Normally GDK calls gdk_window_process_all_updates() on your behalf, so there's no need to call this function unless you want to force expose events to be delivered immediately and synchronously (vs. the usual case, where GDK delivers them in an idle handler). Occasionally this is useful to produce nicer scrolling behavior, for example. a #GdkWindow whether to also process updates for child windows Raises @window to the top of the Z-order (stacking order), so that other windows with the same parent window appear below @window. This is true whether or not the windows are visible. If @window is a toplevel, the window manager may choose to deny the request to move the window in the Z-order, gdk_window_raise() only requests the restack, does not guarantee it. a #GdkWindow Registers a window as a potential drop destination. a #GdkWindow. Remove a filter previously added with gdk_window_add_filter(). a #GdkWindow previously-added filter function user data for previously-added filter function Reparents @window into the given @new_parent. The window being reparented will be unmapped as a side effect. a #GdkWindow new parent to move @window into X location inside the new parent Y location inside the new parent Resizes @window; for toplevel windows, asks the window manager to resize the window. The window manager may not allow the resize. When using GTK+, use gtk_window_resize() instead of this low-level GDK function. Windows may not be resized below 1x1. If you're also planning to move the window, use gdk_window_move_resize() to both move and resize simultaneously, for a nicer visual effect. a #GdkWindow new width of the window new height of the window Changes the position of @window in the Z-order (stacking order), so that it is above @sibling (if @above is %TRUE) or below @sibling (if @above is %FALSE). If @sibling is %NULL, then this either raises (if @above is %TRUE) or lowers the window. If @window is a toplevel, the window manager may choose to deny the request to move the window in the Z-order, gdk_window_restack() only requests the restack, does not guarantee it. a #GdkWindow a #GdkWindow that is a sibling of @window, or %NULL a boolean Scroll the contents of @window, both pixels and children, by the given amount. @window itself does not move. Portions of the window that the scroll operation brings in from offscreen areas are invalidated. The invalidated region may be bigger than what would strictly be necessary. For X11, a minimum area will be invalidated if the window has no subwindows, or if the edges of the window's parent do not extend beyond the edges of the window. In other cases, a multi-step process is used to scroll the window which may produce temporary visual artifacts and unnecessary invalidations. a #GdkWindow Amount to scroll in the X direction Amount to scroll in the Y direction Setting @accept_focus to %FALSE hints the desktop environment that the window doesn't want to receive input focus. On X, it is the responsibility of the window manager to interpret this hint. ICCCM-compliant window manager usually respect it. a toplevel #GdkWindow %TRUE if the window should receive input focus Sets the background color of @window. (However, when using GTK+, set the background of a widget with gtk_widget_modify_bg() - if you're an application - or gtk_style_set_background() - if you're implementing a custom widget.) See also gdk_window_set_background_pattern(). a #GdkWindow a #GdkColor Sets the background of @window. A background of %NULL means that the window will inherit its background form its parent window. The windowing system will normally fill a window with its background when the window is obscured then exposed. a #GdkWindow a pattern to use, or %NULL Sets the background color of @window. See also gdk_window_set_background_pattern(). a #GdkWindow a #GdkRGBA color Sets the input shape mask of @window to the union of input shape masks for all children of @window, ignoring the input shape mask of @window itself. Contrast with gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes() which includes the input shape mask of @window in the masks to be merged. a #GdkWindow Sets the shape mask of @window to the union of shape masks for all children of @window, ignoring the shape mask of @window itself. Contrast with gdk_window_merge_child_shapes() which includes the shape mask of @window in the masks to be merged. a #GdkWindow Sets a #GdkWindow as composited, or unsets it. Composited windows do not automatically have their contents drawn to the screen. Drawing is redirected to an offscreen buffer and an expose event is emitted on the parent of the composited window. It is the responsibility of the parent's expose handler to manually merge the off-screen content onto the screen in whatever way it sees fit. See <xref linkend="composited-window-example"/> for an example. It only makes sense for child windows to be composited; see gdk_window_set_opacity() if you need translucent toplevel windows. An additional effect of this call is that the area of this window is no longer clipped from regions marked for invalidation on its parent. Draws done on the parent window are also no longer clipped by the child. This call is only supported on some systems (currently, only X11 with new enough Xcomposite and Xdamage extensions). You must call gdk_display_supports_composite() to check if setting a window as composited is supported before attempting to do so. a #GdkWindow %TRUE to set the window as composited Sets the default mouse pointer for a #GdkWindow. Use gdk_cursor_new_for_display() or gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf() to create the cursor. To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR. Passing %NULL for the @cursor argument to gdk_window_set_cursor() means that @window will use the cursor of its parent window. Most windows should use this default. a #GdkWindow a cursor "Decorations" are the features the window manager adds to a toplevel #GdkWindow. This function sets the traditional Motif window manager hints that tell the window manager which decorations you would like your window to have. Usually you should use gtk_window_set_decorated() on a #GtkWindow instead of using the GDK function directly. The @decorations argument is the logical OR of the fields in the #GdkWMDecoration enumeration. If #GDK_DECOR_ALL is included in the mask, the other bits indicate which decorations should be turned off. If #GDK_DECOR_ALL is not included, then the other bits indicate which decorations should be turned on. Most window managers honor a decorations hint of 0 to disable all decorations, but very few honor all possible combinations of bits. a toplevel #GdkWindow decoration hint mask Sets a specific #GdkCursor for a given device when it gets inside @window. Use gdk_cursor_new_for_display() or gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf() to create the cursor. To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR. Passing %NULL for the @cursor argument to gdk_window_set_cursor() means that @window will use the cursor of its parent window. Most windows should use this default. a #Gdkwindow a master, pointer #GdkDevice a #GdkCursor Sets the event mask for a given device (Normally a floating device, not attached to any visible pointer) to @window. For example, an event mask including #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK means the window should report button press events. The event mask is the bitwise OR of values from the #GdkEventMask enumeration. a #GdkWindow #GdkDevice to enable events for. event mask for @window The event mask for a window determines which events will be reported for that window from all master input devices. For example, an event mask including #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK means the window should report button press events. The event mask is the bitwise OR of values from the #GdkEventMask enumeration. a #GdkWindow event mask for @window Setting @focus_on_map to %FALSE hints the desktop environment that the window doesn't want to receive input focus when it is mapped. focus_on_map should be turned off for windows that aren't triggered interactively (such as popups from network activity). On X, it is the responsibility of the window manager to interpret this hint. Window managers following the freedesktop.org window manager extension specification should respect it. a toplevel #GdkWindow %TRUE if the window should receive input focus when mapped Specifies whether the @window should span over all monitors (in a multi-head setup) or only the current monitor when in fullscreen mode. The @mode argument is from the #GdkFullscreenMode enumeration. If #GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_ALL_MONITORS is specified, the fullscreen @window will span over all monitors from the #GdkScreen. On X11, searches through the list of monitors from the #GdkScreen the ones which delimit the 4 edges of the entire #GdkScreen and will ask the window manager to span the @window over these monitors. If the XINERAMA extension is not available or not usable, this function has no effect. Not all window managers support this, so you can't rely on the fullscreen window to span over the multiple monitors when #GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_ALL_MONITORS is specified. a toplevel #GdkWindow fullscreen mode Sets hints about the window management functions to make available via buttons on the window frame. On the X backend, this function sets the traditional Motif window manager hint for this purpose. However, few window managers do anything reliable or interesting with this hint. Many ignore it entirely. The @functions argument is the logical OR of values from the #GdkWMFunction enumeration. If the bitmask includes #GDK_FUNC_ALL, then the other bits indicate which functions to disable; if it doesn't include #GDK_FUNC_ALL, it indicates which functions to enable. a toplevel #GdkWindow bitmask of operations to allow on @window Sets the geometry hints for @window. Hints flagged in @geom_mask are set, hints not flagged in @geom_mask are unset. To unset all hints, use a @geom_mask of 0 and a @geometry of %NULL. This function provides hints to the windowing system about acceptable sizes for a toplevel window. The purpose of this is to constrain user resizing, but the windowing system will typically (but is not required to) also constrain the current size of the window to the provided values and constrain programatic resizing via gdk_window_resize() or gdk_window_move_resize(). Note that on X11, this effect has no effect on windows of type %GDK_WINDOW_TEMP or windows where override redirect has been turned on via gdk_window_set_override_redirect() since these windows are not resizable by the user. Since you can't count on the windowing system doing the constraints for programmatic resizes, you should generally call gdk_window_constrain_size() yourself to determine appropriate sizes. a toplevel #GdkWindow geometry hints bitmask indicating fields of @geometry to pay attention to Sets the group leader window for @window. By default, GDK sets the group leader for all toplevel windows to a global window implicitly created by GDK. With this function you can override this default. The group leader window allows the window manager to distinguish all windows that belong to a single application. It may for example allow users to minimize/unminimize all windows belonging to an application at once. You should only set a non-default group window if your application pretends to be multiple applications. a toplevel #GdkWindow group leader window, or %NULL to restore the default group leader window Sets a list of icons for the window. One of these will be used to represent the window when it has been iconified. The icon is usually shown in an icon box or some sort of task bar. Which icon size is shown depends on the window manager. The window manager can scale the icon but setting several size icons can give better image quality since the window manager may only need to scale the icon by a small amount or not at all. The #GdkWindow toplevel window to set the icon of. A list of pixbufs, of different sizes. Windows may have a name used while minimized, distinct from the name they display in their titlebar. Most of the time this is a bad idea from a user interface standpoint. But you can set such a name with this function, if you like. After calling this with a non-%NULL @name, calls to gdk_window_set_title() will not update the icon title. Using %NULL for @name unsets the icon title; further calls to gdk_window_set_title() will again update the icon title as well. a toplevel #GdkWindow name of window while iconified (minimized) Set if @window must be kept above other windows. If the window was already above, then this function does nothing. On X11, asks the window manager to keep @window above, if the window manager supports this operation. Not all window managers support this, and some deliberately ignore it or don't have a concept of "keep above"; so you can't rely on the window being kept above. But it will happen with most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen. a toplevel #GdkWindow whether to keep @window above other windows Set if @window must be kept below other windows. If the window was already below, then this function does nothing. On X11, asks the window manager to keep @window below, if the window manager supports this operation. Not all window managers support this, and some deliberately ignore it or don't have a concept of "keep below"; so you can't rely on the window being kept below. But it will happen with most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen. a toplevel #GdkWindow whether to keep @window below other windows The application can use this hint to tell the window manager that a certain window has modal behaviour. The window manager can use this information to handle modal windows in a special way. You should only use this on windows for which you have previously called gdk_window_set_transient_for() A toplevel #GdkWindow %TRUE if the window is modal, %FALSE otherwise. Set @window to render as partially transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Values of the opacity parameter are clamped to the [0,1] range.) For toplevel windows this depends on support from the windowing system that may not always be there. For instance, On X11, this works only on X screens with a compositing manager running. For child windows this function only works for non-native windows. For setting up per-pixel alpha topelevels, see gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual(), and for non-toplevels, see gdk_window_set_composited(). Support for non-toplevel windows was added in 3.8. a top-level or non-native #GdkWindow opacity An override redirect window is not under the control of the window manager. This means it won't have a titlebar, won't be minimizable, etc. - it will be entirely under the control of the application. The window manager can't see the override redirect window at all. Override redirect should only be used for short-lived temporary windows, such as popup menus. #GtkMenu uses an override redirect window in its implementation, for example. a toplevel #GdkWindow %TRUE if window should be override redirect When using GTK+, typically you should use gtk_window_set_role() instead of this low-level function. The window manager and session manager use a window's role to distinguish it from other kinds of window in the same application. When an application is restarted after being saved in a previous session, all windows with the same title and role are treated as interchangeable. So if you have two windows with the same title that should be distinguished for session management purposes, you should set the role on those windows. It doesn't matter what string you use for the role, as long as you have a different role for each non-interchangeable kind of window. a toplevel #GdkWindow a string indicating its role Toggles whether a window should appear in a pager (workspace switcher, or other desktop utility program that displays a small thumbnail representation of the windows on the desktop). If a window's semantic type as specified with gdk_window_set_type_hint() already fully describes the window, this function should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be called in addition, instead you should allow the window to be treated according to standard policy for its semantic type. a toplevel #GdkWindow %TRUE to skip the pager Toggles whether a window should appear in a task list or window list. If a window's semantic type as specified with gdk_window_set_type_hint() already fully describes the window, this function should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be called in addition, instead you should allow the window to be treated according to standard policy for its semantic type. a toplevel #GdkWindow %TRUE to skip the taskbar Sets the event mask for any floating device (i.e. not attached to any visible pointer) that has the source defined as @source. This event mask will be applied both to currently existing, newly added devices after this call, and devices being attached/detached. a #GdkWindow a #GdkInputSource to define the source class. event mask for @window When using GTK+, typically you should use gtk_window_set_startup_id() instead of this low-level function. a toplevel #GdkWindow a string with startup-notification identifier Set the bit gravity of the given window to static, and flag it so all children get static subwindow gravity. This is used if you are implementing scary features that involve deep knowledge of the windowing system. Don't worry about it unless you have to. %TRUE if the server supports static gravity a #GdkWindow %TRUE to turn on static gravity This function will enable multidevice features in @window. Multidevice aware windows will need to handle properly multiple, per device enter/leave events, device grabs and grab ownerships. a #GdkWindow. %TRUE to enable multidevice support in @window. Sets the title of a toplevel window, to be displayed in the titlebar. If you haven't explicitly set the icon name for the window (using gdk_window_set_icon_name()), the icon name will be set to @title as well. @title must be in UTF-8 encoding (as with all user-readable strings in GDK/GTK+). @title may not be %NULL. a toplevel #GdkWindow title of @window Indicates to the window manager that @window is a transient dialog associated with the application window @parent. This allows the window manager to do things like center @window on @parent and keep @window above @parent. See gtk_window_set_transient_for() if you're using #GtkWindow or #GtkDialog. a toplevel #GdkWindow another toplevel #GdkWindow The application can use this call to provide a hint to the window manager about the functionality of a window. The window manager can use this information when determining the decoration and behaviour of the window. The hint must be set before the window is mapped. A toplevel #GdkWindow A hint of the function this window will have Toggles whether a window needs the user's urgent attention. a toplevel #GdkWindow %TRUE if the window is urgent For most purposes this function is deprecated in favor of g_object_set_data(). However, for historical reasons GTK+ stores the #GtkWidget that owns a #GdkWindow as user data on the #GdkWindow. So, custom widget implementations should use this function for that. If GTK+ receives an event for a #GdkWindow, and the user data for the window is non-%NULL, GTK+ will assume the user data is a #GtkWidget, and forward the event to that widget. a #GdkWindow user data Makes pixels in @window outside @shape_region be transparent, so that the window may be nonrectangular. If @shape_region is %NULL, the shape will be unset, so the whole window will be opaque again. @offset_x and @offset_y are ignored if @shape_region is %NULL. On the X11 platform, this uses an X server extension which is widely available on most common platforms, but not available on very old X servers, and occasionally the implementation will be buggy. On servers without the shape extension, this function will do nothing. This function works on both toplevel and child windows. a #GdkWindow region of window to be non-transparent X position of @shape_region in @window coordinates Y position of @shape_region in @window coordinates Like gdk_window_show_unraised(), but also raises the window to the top of the window stack (moves the window to the front of the Z-order). This function maps a window so it's visible onscreen. Its opposite is gdk_window_hide(). When implementing a #GtkWidget, you should call this function on the widget's #GdkWindow as part of the "map" method. a #GdkWindow Shows a #GdkWindow onscreen, but does not modify its stacking order. In contrast, gdk_window_show() will raise the window to the top of the window stack. On the X11 platform, in Xlib terms, this function calls XMapWindow() (it also updates some internal GDK state, which means that you can't really use XMapWindow() directly on a GDK window). a #GdkWindow "Pins" a window such that it's on all workspaces and does not scroll with viewports, for window managers that have scrollable viewports. (When using #GtkWindow, gtk_window_stick() may be more useful.) On the X11 platform, this function depends on window manager support, so may have no effect with many window managers. However, GDK will do the best it can to convince the window manager to stick the window. For window managers that don't support this operation, there's nothing you can do to force it to happen. a toplevel #GdkWindow Thaws a window frozen with gdk_window_freeze_toplevel_updates_libgtk_only(). This function is not part of the GDK public API and is only for use by GTK+. a #GdkWindow Thaws a window frozen with gdk_window_freeze_updates(). a #GdkWindow Moves the window out of fullscreen mode. If the window was not fullscreen, does nothing. On X11, asks the window manager to move @window out of the fullscreen state, if the window manager supports this operation. Not all window managers support this, and some deliberately ignore it or don't have a concept of "fullscreen"; so you can't rely on the unfullscreenification actually happening. But it will happen with most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen. a toplevel #GdkWindow Unmaximizes the window. If the window wasn't maximized, then this function does nothing. On X11, asks the window manager to unmaximize @window, if the window manager supports this operation. Not all window managers support this, and some deliberately ignore it or don't have a concept of "maximized"; so you can't rely on the unmaximization actually happening. But it will happen with most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen. On Windows, reliably unmaximizes the window. a toplevel #GdkWindow Reverse operation for gdk_window_stick(); see gdk_window_stick(), and gtk_window_unstick(). a toplevel #GdkWindow Withdraws a window (unmaps it and asks the window manager to forget about it). This function is not really useful as gdk_window_hide() automatically withdraws toplevel windows before hiding them. a toplevel #GdkWindow The mouse pointer for a #GdkWindow. See gdk_window_set_cursor() and gdk_window_get_cursor() for details. The ::create-surface signal is emitted when an offscreen window needs its surface (re)created, which happens either when the the window is first drawn to, or when the window is being resized. The first signal handler that returns a non-%NULL surface will stop any further signal emission, and its surface will be used. Note that it is not possible to access the window's previous surface from within any callback of this signal. Calling gdk_offscreen_window_get_surface() will lead to a crash. the newly created #cairo_surface_t for the offscreen window the width of the offscreen surface to create the height of the offscreen surface to create The ::from-embedder signal is emitted to translate coordinates in the embedder of an offscreen window to the offscreen window. See also #GtkWindow::to-embedder. x coordinate in the embedder window y coordinate in the embedder window return location for the x coordinate in the offscreen window return location for the y coordinate in the offscreen window The ::pick-embedded-child signal is emitted to find an embedded child at the given position. the #GdkWindow of the embedded child at @x, @y, or %NULL x coordinate in the window y coordinate in the window The ::to-embedder signal is emitted to translate coordinates in an offscreen window to its embedder. See also #GtkWindow::from-embedder. x coordinate in the offscreen window y coordinate in the offscreen window return location for the x coordinate in the embedder window return location for the y coordinate in the embedder window Attributes to use for a newly-created window. Used to indicate which fields in the #GdkWindowAttr struct should be honored. For example, if you filled in the "cursor" and "x" fields of #GdkWindowAttr, pass "@GDK_WA_X | @GDK_WA_CURSOR" to gdk_window_new(). Fields in #GdkWindowAttr not covered by a bit in this enum are required; for example, the @width/@height, @wclass, and @window_type fields are required, they have no corresponding flag in #GdkWindowAttributesType. Honor the title field Honor the X coordinate field Honor the Y coordinate field Honor the cursor field Honor the visual field Honor the wmclass_class and wmclass_name fields Honor the override_redirect field Honor the type_hint field A function of this type is passed to gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse(). It gets called for each child of the window to determine whether to recursively invalidate it or now. %TRUE to invalidate @window recursively a #GdkWindow user data Determines a window edge or corner. the top left corner. the top edge. the top right corner. the left edge. the right edge. the lower left corner. the lower edge. the lower right corner. Used to indicate which fields of a #GdkGeometry struct should be paid attention to. Also, the presence/absence of @GDK_HINT_POS, @GDK_HINT_USER_POS, and @GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE is significant, though they don't directly refer to #GdkGeometry fields. @GDK_HINT_USER_POS will be set automatically by #GtkWindow if you call gtk_window_move(). @GDK_HINT_USER_POS and @GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE should be set if the user specified a size/position using a --geometry command-line argument; gtk_window_parse_geometry() automatically sets these flags. indicates that the program has positioned the window min size fields are set max size fields are set base size fields are set aspect ratio fields are set resize increment fields are set window gravity field is set indicates that the window's position was explicitly set by the user indicates that the window's size was explicitly set by the user Specifies the state of a toplevel window. the window is not shown. the window is minimized. the window is maximized. the window is sticky. the window is maximized without decorations. the window is kept above other windows. the window is kept below other windows. the window is presented as focused (with active decorations). Describes the kind of window. root window; this window has no parent, covers the entire screen, and is created by the window system toplevel window (used to implement #GtkWindow) child window (used to implement e.g. #GtkEntry) override redirect temporary window (used to implement #GtkMenu) foreign window (see gdk_window_foreign_new()) offscreen window (see <xref linkend="OFFSCREEN-WINDOWS"/>). Since 2.18 These are hints for the window manager that indicate what type of function the window has. The window manager can use this when determining decoration and behaviour of the window. The hint must be set before mapping the window. See the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended Window Manager Hints</ulink> specification for more details about window types. Normal toplevel window. Dialog window. Window used to implement a menu; GTK+ uses this hint only for torn-off menus, see #GtkTearoffMenuItem. Window used to implement toolbars. Window used to display a splash screen during application startup. Utility windows which are not detached toolbars or dialogs. Used for creating dock or panel windows. Used for creating the desktop background window. A menu that belongs to a menubar. A menu that does not belong to a menubar, e.g. a context menu. A tooltip. A notification - typically a "bubble" that belongs to a status icon. A popup from a combo box. A window that is used to implement a DND cursor. @GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT windows are the standard kind of window you might expect. Such windows receive events and are also displayed on screen. @GDK_INPUT_ONLY windows are invisible; they are usually placed above other windows in order to trap or filter the events. You can't draw on @GDK_INPUT_ONLY windows. window for graphics and events window for events only Appends gdk option entries to the passed in option group. This is not public API and must not be used by applications. An option group. Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string. the atom corresponding to @atom_name. a string. if %TRUE, GDK is allowed to not create a new atom, but just return %GDK_NONE if the requested atom doesn't already exists. Currently, the flag is ignored, since checking the existance of an atom is as expensive as creating it. Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string. Note that this function is identical to gdk_atom_intern() except that if a new #GdkAtom is created the string itself is used rather than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string will <emphasis>always</emphasis> exist. It can be used with statically allocated strings in the main program, but not with statically allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you expect to ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this function in GTK+ theme engines). the atom corresponding to @atom_name a static string Emits a short beep on the default display. Creates a Cairo context for drawing to @window. <note><warning> Note that calling cairo_reset_clip() on the resulting #cairo_t will produce undefined results, so avoid it at all costs. </warning></note> A newly created Cairo context. Free with cairo_destroy() when you are done drawing. a #GdkWindow This is a convenience function around cairo_clip_extents(). It rounds the clip extents to integer coordinates and returns a boolean indicating if a clip area exists. %TRUE if a clip rectangle exists, %FALSE if all of @cr is clipped and all drawing can be skipped a cairo context return location for the clip, or %NULL Adds the given rectangle to the current path of @cr. a cairo context a #GdkRectangle Adds the given region to the current path of @cr. a cairo context a #cairo_region_t Creates region that describes covers the area where the given @surface is more than 50% opaque. This function takes into account device offsets that might be set with cairo_surface_set_device_offset(). A #cairo_region_t; must be freed with cairo_region_destroy() a cairo surface Sets the specified #GdkColor as the source color of @cr. a cairo context a #GdkColor Sets the given pixbuf as the source pattern for @cr. The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned so that the origin of @pixbuf is @pixbuf_x, @pixbuf_y. a cairo context a #GdkPixbuf X coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @pixbuf Y coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @pixbuf Sets the specified #GdkRGBA as the source color of @cr. a cairo context a #GdkRGBA Sets the given window as the source pattern for @cr. The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned so that the origin of @window is @x, @y. The window contains all its subwindows when rendering. Note that the contents of @window are undefined outside of the visible part of @window, so use this function with care. a cairo context a #GdkWindow X coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @window Y coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @window Parses a textual specification of a color and fill in the <structfield>red</structfield>, <structfield>green</structfield>, and <structfield>blue</structfield> fields of a #GdkColor structure. The string can either one of a large set of standard names (taken from the X11 <filename>rgb.txt</filename> file), or it can be a hex value in the form '&num;rgb' '&num;rrggbb' '&num;rrrgggbbb' or '&num;rrrrggggbbbb' where 'r', 'g' and 'b' are hex digits of the red, green, and blue components of the color, respectively. (White in the four forms is '&num;fff', '&num;ffffff', '&num;fffffffff' and '&num;ffffffffffff'). %TRUE if the parsing succeeded the string specifying the color the #GdkColor to fill in Disables multidevice support in GDK. This call must happen prior to gdk_display_open(), gtk_init(), gtk_init_with_args() or gtk_init_check() in order to take effect. Most common GTK+ applications won't ever need to call this. Only applications that do mixed GDK/Xlib calls could want to disable multidevice support if such Xlib code deals with input devices in any way and doesn't observe the presence of XInput 2. Aborts a drag without dropping. This function is called by the drag source. a #GdkDragContext the timestamp for this operation Starts a drag and creates a new drag context for it. This function assumes that the drag is controlled by the client pointer device, use gdk_drag_begin_for_device() to begin a drag with a different device. This function is called by the drag source. a newly created #GdkDragContext the source window for this drag. the offered targets, as list of #GdkAtoms Starts a drag and creates a new drag context for it. This function is called by the drag source. a newly created #GdkDragContext the source window for this drag the device that controls this drag the offered targets, as list of #GdkAtoms Drops on the current destination. This function is called by the drag source. a #GdkDragContext the timestamp for this operation Returns whether the dropped data has been successfully transferred. This function is intended to be used while handling a %GDK_DROP_FINISHED event, its return value is meaningless at other times. %TRUE if the drop was successful. a #GdkDragContext Finds the destination window and DND protocol to use at the given pointer position. This function is called by the drag source to obtain the @dest_window and @protocol parameters for gdk_drag_motion(). a #GdkDragContext a window which may be at the pointer position, but should be ignored, since it is put up by the drag source as an icon the screen where the destination window is sought the x position of the pointer in root coordinates the y position of the pointer in root coordinates location to store the destination window in location to store the DND protocol in Returns the selection atom for the current source window. the selection atom, or %GDK_NONE a #GdkDragContext. Updates the drag context when the pointer moves or the set of actions changes. This function is called by the drag source. a #GdkDragContext the new destination window, obtained by gdk_drag_find_window() the DND protocol in use, obtained by gdk_drag_find_window() the x position of the pointer in root coordinates the y position of the pointer in root coordinates the suggested action the possible actions the timestamp for this operation Selects one of the actions offered by the drag source. This function is called by the drag destination in response to gdk_drag_motion() called by the drag source. a #GdkDragContext the selected action which will be taken when a drop happens, or 0 to indicate that a drop will not be accepted the timestamp for this operation Ends the drag operation after a drop. This function is called by the drag destination. a #GtkDragContext %TRUE if the data was successfully received the timestamp for this operation Accepts or rejects a drop. This function is called by the drag destination in response to a drop initiated by the drag source. a #GdkDragContext %TRUE if the drop is accepted the timestamp for this operation Removes an error trap pushed with gdk_error_trap_push(). May block until an error has been definitively received or not received from the X server. gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored() is preferred if you don't need to know whether an error occurred, because it never has to block. If you don't need the return value of gdk_error_trap_pop(), use gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored(). Prior to GDK 3.0, this function would not automatically sync for you, so you had to gdk_flush() if your last call to Xlib was not a blocking round trip. X error code or 0 on success Removes an error trap pushed with gdk_error_trap_push(), but without bothering to wait and see whether an error occurred. If an error arrives later asynchronously that was triggered while the trap was pushed, that error will be ignored. This function allows X errors to be trapped instead of the normal behavior of exiting the application. It should only be used if it is not possible to avoid the X error in any other way. Errors are ignored on all #GdkDisplay currently known to the #GdkDisplayManager. If you don't care which error happens and just want to ignore everything, pop with gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored(). If you need the error code, use gdk_error_trap_pop() which may have to block and wait for the error to arrive from the X server. This API exists on all platforms but only does anything on X. You can use gdk_x11_display_error_trap_push() to ignore errors on only a single display. <example> <title>Trapping an X error</title> <programlisting> gdk_error_trap_push (<!-- -->); // ... Call the X function which may cause an error here ... if (gdk_error_trap_pop (<!-- -->)) { // ... Handle the error here ... } </programlisting> </example> Checks all open displays for a #GdkEvent to process,to be processed on, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary. See gdk_display_get_event(). the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). Sets the function to call to handle all events from GDK. Note that GTK+ uses this to install its own event handler, so it is usually not useful for GTK+ applications. (Although an application can call this function then call gtk_main_do_event() to pass events to GTK+.) the function to call to handle events from GDK. user data to pass to the function. the function to call when the handler function is removed, i.e. when gdk_event_handler_set() is called with another event handler. If there is an event waiting in the event queue of some open display, returns a copy of it. See gdk_display_peek_event(). a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no events are in any queues. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free(). Request more motion notifies if @event is a motion notify hint event. This function should be used instead of gdk_window_get_pointer() to request further motion notifies, because it also works for extension events where motion notifies are provided for devices other than the core pointer. Coordinate extraction, processing and requesting more motion events from a %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY event usually works like this: |[ { /&ast; motion_event handler &ast;/ x = motion_event->x; y = motion_event->y; /&ast; handle (x,y) motion &ast;/ gdk_event_request_motions (motion_event); /&ast; handles is_hint events &ast;/ } ]| a valid #GdkEvent Checks if any events are ready to be processed for any display. %TRUE if any events are pending. Flushes the output buffers of all display connections and waits until all requests have been processed. This is rarely needed by applications. Obtains the root window (parent all other windows are inside) for the default display and screen. the default root window Gets the name of the display, which usually comes from the <envar>DISPLAY</envar> environment variable or the <option>--display</option> command line option. the name of the display. Gets the display name specified in the command line arguments passed to gdk_init() or gdk_parse_args(), if any. the display name, if specified explicitely, otherwise %NULL this string is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified or freed. Gets the program class. Unless the program class has explicitly been set with gdk_set_program_class() or with the <option>--class</option> commandline option, the default value is the program name (determined with g_get_prgname()) with the first character converted to uppercase. the program class. Gets whether event debugging output is enabled. %TRUE if event debugging output is enabled. Initializes the GDK library and connects to the windowing system. If initialization fails, a warning message is output and the application terminates with a call to <literal>exit(1)</literal>. Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated accordingly. GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually needed by GTK+ applications. the number of command line arguments. the array of command line arguments. Initializes the GDK library and connects to the windowing system, returning %TRUE on success. Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated accordingly. GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually needed by GTK+ applications. %TRUE if initialization succeeded. the number of command line arguments. the array of command line arguments. Grabs the keyboard so that all events are passed to this application until the keyboard is ungrabbed with gdk_keyboard_ungrab(). This overrides any previous keyboard grab by this client. If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily. %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful. the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window). if %FALSE then all keyboard events are reported with respect to @window. If %TRUE then keyboard events for this application are reported as normal, but keyboard events outside this application are reported with respect to @window. Both key press and key release events are always reported, independant of the event mask set by the application. a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is available. Ungrabs the keyboard on the default display, if it is grabbed by this application. a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is available. Obtains the upper- and lower-case versions of the keyval @symbol. Examples of keyvals are #GDK_KEY_a, #GDK_KEY_Enter, #GDK_KEY_F1, etc. a keyval return location for lowercase version of @symbol return location for uppercase version of @symbol Converts a key name to a key value. The names are the same as those in the <filename>&lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt;</filename> header file but without the leading "GDK_KEY_". the corresponding key value, or %GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol if the key name is not a valid key a key name Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in lower case. %TRUE if @keyval is in lower case, or if @keyval is not subject to case conversion. a key value. Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in upper case. %TRUE if @keyval is in upper case, or if @keyval is not subject to case conversion. a key value. Converts a key value into a symbolic name. The names are the same as those in the <filename>&lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt;</filename> header file but without the leading "GDK_KEY_". a string containing the name of the key, or %NULL if @keyval is not a valid key. The string should not be modified. a key value Converts a key value to lower case, if applicable. the lower case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already in lower case or it is not subject to case conversion. a key value. Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding ISO10646 (Unicode) character. the corresponding unicode character, or 0 if there is no corresponding character. a GDK key symbol Converts a key value to upper case, if applicable. the upper case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already in upper case or it is not subject to case conversion. a key value. Lists the available visuals for the default screen. (See gdk_screen_list_visuals()) A visual describes a hardware image data format. For example, a visual might support 24-bit color, or 8-bit color, and might expect pixels to be in a certain format. Call g_list_free() on the return value when you're finished with it. a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has finished loading. If the applications opens windows, this function is normally called after opening the application's initial set of windows. GTK+ will call this function automatically after opening the first #GtkWindow unless gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to disable that feature. Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has finished loading, using a given identifier. GTK+ will call this function automatically for #GtkWindow with custom startup-notification identifier unless gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to disable that feature. a startup-notification identifier, for which notification process should be completed Gets the window that @window is embedded in. the embedding #GdkWindow, or %NULL if @window is not an mbedded offscreen window a #GdkWindow Gets the offscreen surface that an offscreen window renders into. If you need to keep this around over window resizes, you need to add a reference to it. The offscreen surface, or %NULL if not offscreen a #GdkWindow Sets @window to be embedded in @embedder. To fully embed an offscreen window, in addition to calling this function, it is also necessary to handle the #GdkWindow::pick-embedded-child signal on the @embedder and the #GdkWindow::to-embedder and #GdkWindow::from-embedder signals on @window. a #GdkWindow the #GdkWindow that @window gets embedded in Creates a #PangoContext for the default GDK screen. The context must be freed when you're finished with it. When using GTK+, normally you should use gtk_widget_get_pango_context() instead of this function, to get the appropriate context for the widget you intend to render text onto. The newly created context will have the default font options (see #cairo_font_options_t) for the default screen; if these options change it will not be updated. Using gtk_widget_get_pango_context() is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track changes to the screen's font rendering settings. a new #PangoContext for the default display Creates a #PangoContext for @screen. The context must be freed when you're finished with it. When using GTK+, normally you should use gtk_widget_get_pango_context() instead of this function, to get the appropriate context for the widget you intend to render text onto. The newly created context will have the default font options (see #cairo_font_options_t) for the screen; if these options change it will not be updated. Using gtk_widget_get_pango_context() is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track changes to the screen's font rendering settings. a new #PangoContext for @screen the #GdkScreen for which the context is to be created. Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given ranges of text would be drawn. @x_origin and @y_origin are the top left point to center the layout. @index_ranges should contain ranges of bytes in the layout's text. Note that the regions returned correspond to logical extents of the text ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn layout may in fact touch areas out of the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts of text, such as when text is selected. a clip region containing the given ranges a #PangoLayout X pixel where you intend to draw the layout with this clip Y pixel where you intend to draw the layout with this clip array of byte indexes into the layout, where even members of array are start indexes and odd elements are end indexes number of ranges in @index_ranges, i.e. half the size of @index_ranges Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given ranges of text would be drawn. @x_origin and @y_origin are the top left position of the layout. @index_ranges should contain ranges of bytes in the layout's text. The clip region will include space to the left or right of the line (to the layout bounding box) if you have indexes above or below the indexes contained inside the line. This is to draw the selection all the way to the side of the layout. However, the clip region is in line coordinates, not layout coordinates. Note that the regions returned correspond to logical extents of the text ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn line may in fact touch areas out of the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts of text, such as when text is selected. a clip region containing the given ranges a #PangoLayoutLine X pixel where you intend to draw the layout line with this clip baseline pixel where you intend to draw the layout line with this clip array of byte indexes into the layout, where even members of array are start indexes and odd elements are end indexes number of ranges in @index_ranges, i.e. half the size of @index_ranges Parse command line arguments, and store for future use by calls to gdk_display_open(). Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated accordingly. You shouldn't call this function explicitely if you are using gtk_init(), gtk_init_check(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check(). the number of command line arguments. the array of command line arguments. Transfers image data from a #cairo_surface_t and converts it to an RGB(A) representation inside a #GdkPixbuf. This allows you to efficiently read individual pixels from cairo surfaces. For #GdkWindows, use gdk_pixbuf_get_from_window() instead. This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel. The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @surface contains one. A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1, or %NULL on error surface to copy from Source X coordinate within @surface Source Y coordinate within @surface Width in pixels of region to get Height in pixels of region to get Transfers image data from a #GdkWindow and converts it to an RGB(A) representation inside a #GdkPixbuf. In other words, copies image data from a server-side drawable to a client-side RGB(A) buffer. This allows you to efficiently read individual pixels on the client side. This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel with the same size specified by the @width and @height arguments. The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @window contains one. If the window is off the screen, then there is no image data in the obscured/offscreen regions to be placed in the pixbuf. The contents of portions of the pixbuf corresponding to the offscreen region are undefined. If the window you're obtaining data from is partially obscured by other windows, then the contents of the pixbuf areas corresponding to the obscured regions are undefined. If the window is not mapped (typically because it's iconified/minimized or not on the current workspace), then %NULL will be returned. If memory can't be allocated for the return value, %NULL will be returned instead. (In short, there are several ways this function can fail, and if it fails it returns %NULL; so check the return value.) A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1, or %NULL on error Source window Source X coordinate within @window Source Y coordinate within @window Width in pixels of region to get Height in pixels of region to get Grabs the pointer (usually a mouse) so that all events are passed to this application until the pointer is ungrabbed with gdk_pointer_ungrab(), or the grab window becomes unviewable. This overrides any previous pointer grab by this client. Pointer grabs are used for operations which need complete control over mouse events, even if the mouse leaves the application. For example in GTK+ it is used for Drag and Drop, for dragging the handle in the #GtkHPaned and #GtkVPaned widgets. Note that if the event mask of an X window has selected both button press and button release events, then a button press event will cause an automatic pointer grab until the button is released. X does this automatically since most applications expect to receive button press and release events in pairs. It is equivalent to a pointer grab on the window with @owner_events set to %TRUE. If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily. %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful. the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window). if %FALSE then all pointer events are reported with respect to @window and are only reported if selected by @event_mask. If %TRUE then pointer events for this application are reported as normal, but pointer events outside this application are reported with respect to @window and only if selected by @event_mask. In either mode, unreported events are discarded. specifies the event mask, which is used in accordance with @owner_events. Note that only pointer events (i.e. button and motion events) may be selected. If non-%NULL, the pointer will be confined to this window during the grab. If the pointer is outside @confine_to, it will automatically be moved to the closest edge of @confine_to and enter and leave events will be generated as necessary. the cursor to display while the grab is active. If this is %NULL then the normal cursors are used for @window and its descendants, and the cursor for @window is used for all other windows. the timestamp of the event which led to this pointer grab. This usually comes from a #GdkEventButton struct, though %GDK_CURRENT_TIME can be used if the time isn't known. Returns %TRUE if the pointer on the default display is currently grabbed by this application. Note that this does not take the inmplicit pointer grab on button presses into account. %TRUE if the pointer is currently grabbed by this application. Ungrabs the pointer on the default display, if it is grabbed by this application. a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is available. Changes the contents of a property on a window. a #GdkWindow the property to change the new type for the property. If @mode is %GDK_PROP_MODE_PREPEND or %GDK_PROP_MODE_APPEND, then this must match the existing type or an error will occur. the new format for the property. If @mode is %GDK_PROP_MODE_PREPEND or %GDK_PROP_MODE_APPEND, then this must match the existing format or an error will occur. a value describing how the new data is to be combined with the current data. the data (a <literal>guchar *</literal> <literal>gushort *</literal>, or <literal>gulong *</literal>, depending on @format), cast to a <literal>guchar *</literal>. the number of elements of size determined by the format, contained in @data. Deletes a property from a window. a #GdkWindow the property to delete Retrieves a portion of the contents of a property. If the property does not exist, then the function returns %FALSE, and %GDK_NONE will be stored in @actual_property_type. <note> <para> The XGetWindowProperty() function that gdk_property_get() uses has a very confusing and complicated set of semantics. Unfortunately, gdk_property_get() makes the situation worse instead of better (the semantics should be considered undefined), and also prints warnings to stderr in cases where it should return a useful error to the program. You are advised to use XGetWindowProperty() directly until a replacement function for gdk_property_get() is provided. </para> </note> %TRUE if data was successfully received and stored in @data, otherwise %FALSE. a #GdkWindow the property to retrieve the desired property type, or %GDK_NONE, if any type of data is acceptable. If this does not match the actual type, then @actual_format and @actual_length will be filled in, a warning will be printed to stderr and no data will be returned. the offset into the property at which to begin retrieving data, in 4 byte units. the length of the data to retrieve in bytes. Data is considered to be retrieved in 4 byte chunks, so @length will be rounded up to the next highest 4 byte boundary (so be careful not to pass a value that might overflow when rounded up). if %TRUE, delete the property after retrieving the data. location to store the actual type of the property. location to store the actual return format of the data; either 8, 16 or 32 bits. location to store the length of the retrieved data, in bytes. Data returned in the 32 bit format is stored in a long variable, so the actual number of 32 bit elements should be be calculated via @actual_length / sizeof(glong) to ensure portability to 64 bit systems. location to store a pointer to the data. The retrieved data should be freed with g_free() when you are finished using it. This function returns the available bit depths for the default screen. It's equivalent to listing the visuals (gdk_list_visuals()) and then looking at the depth field in each visual, removing duplicates. The array returned by this function should not be freed. return location for available depths return location for number of available depths This function returns the available visual types for the default screen. It's equivalent to listing the visuals (gdk_list_visuals()) and then looking at the type field in each visual, removing duplicates. The array returned by this function should not be freed. return location for the available visual types return location for the number of available visual types Calculates the intersection of two rectangles. It is allowed for @dest to be the same as either @src1 or @src2. If the rectangles do not intersect, @dest's width and height is set to 0 and its x and y values are undefined. If you are only interested in whether the rectangles intersect, but not in the intersecting area itself, pass %NULL for @dest. %TRUE if the rectangles intersect. a #GdkRectangle a #GdkRectangle return location for the intersection of @src1 and @src2, or %NULL Calculates the union of two rectangles. The union of rectangles @src1 and @src2 is the smallest rectangle which includes both @src1 and @src2 within it. It is allowed for @dest to be the same as either @src1 or @src2. a #GdkRectangle a #GdkRectangle return location for the union of @src1 and @src2 Retrieves the contents of a selection in a given form. a #GdkWindow. an atom identifying the selection to get the contents of. the form in which to retrieve the selection. the timestamp to use when retrieving the selection. The selection owner may refuse the request if it did not own the selection at the time indicated by the timestamp. Determines the owner of the given selection. if there is a selection owner for this window, and it is a window known to the current process, the #GdkWindow that owns the selection, otherwise %NULL. Note that the return value may be owned by a different process if a foreign window was previously created for that window, but a new foreign window will never be created by this call. an atom indentifying a selection. Determine the owner of the given selection. Note that the return value may be owned by a different process if a foreign window was previously created for that window, but a new foreign window will never be created by this call. if there is a selection owner for this window, and it is a window known to the current process, the #GdkWindow that owns the selection, otherwise %NULL. a #GdkDisplay an atom indentifying a selection Sets the owner of the given selection. %TRUE if the selection owner was successfully changed to @owner, otherwise %FALSE. a #GdkWindow or %NULL to indicate that the the owner for the given should be unset. an atom identifying a selection. timestamp to use when setting the selection. If this is older than the timestamp given last time the owner was set for the given selection, the request will be ignored. if %TRUE, and the new owner is different from the current owner, the current owner will be sent a SelectionClear event. Sets the #GdkWindow @owner as the current owner of the selection @selection. %TRUE if the selection owner was successfully changed to owner, otherwise %FALSE. the #GdkDisplay a #GdkWindow or %NULL to indicate that the owner for the given should be unset an atom identifying a selection timestamp to use when setting the selection If this is older than the timestamp given last time the owner was set for the given selection, the request will be ignored if %TRUE, and the new owner is different from the current owner, the current owner will be sent a SelectionClear event Retrieves selection data that was stored by the selection data in response to a call to gdk_selection_convert(). This function will not be used by applications, who should use the #GtkClipboard API instead. the length of the retrieved data. the window on which the data is stored location to store a pointer to the retrieved data. If the retrieval failed, %NULL we be stored here, otherwise, it will be non-%NULL and the returned data should be freed with g_free() when you are finished using it. The length of the allocated memory is one more than the length of the returned data, and the final byte will always be zero, to ensure nul-termination of strings location to store the type of the property location to store the format of the property Sends a response to SelectionRequest event. window to which to deliver response. selection that was requested. target that was selected. property in which the selection owner stored the data, or %GDK_NONE to indicate that the request was rejected. timestamp. Send a response to SelectionRequest event. the #GdkDisplay where @requestor is realized window to which to deliver response selection that was requested target that was selected property in which the selection owner stored the data, or %GDK_NONE to indicate that the request was rejected timestamp Set the double click time for the default display. See gdk_display_set_double_click_time(). See also gdk_display_set_double_click_distance(). Applications should <emphasis>not</emphasis> set this, it is a global user-configured setting. double click time in milliseconds (thousandths of a second) Sets the program class. The X11 backend uses the program class to set the class name part of the <literal>WM_CLASS</literal> property on toplevel windows; see the ICCCM. a string. Sets whether a trace of received events is output. Note that GTK+ must be compiled with debugging (that is, configured using the <option>--enable-debug</option> option) to use this option. %TRUE to output event debugging information. Obtains a desktop-wide setting, such as the double-click time, for the default screen. See gdk_screen_get_setting(). %TRUE if the setting existed and a value was stored in @value, %FALSE otherwise. the name of the setting. location to store the value of the setting. Retrieves a pixel from @window to force the windowing system to carry out any pending rendering commands. This function is intended to be used to synchronize with rendering pipelines, to benchmark windowing system rendering operations. a mapped #GdkWindow This function is intended to be used in GTK+ test programs. It will warp the mouse pointer to the given (@x,@y) coordinates within @window and simulate a button press or release event. Because the mouse pointer needs to be warped to the target location, use of this function outside of test programs that run in their own virtual windowing system (e.g. Xvfb) is not recommended. Also, gdk_test_simulate_button() is a fairly low level function, for most testing purposes, gtk_test_widget_click() is the right function to call which will generate a button press event followed by its accompanying button release event. whether all actions necessary for a button event simulation were carried out successfully a #GdkWindow to simulate a button event for x coordinate within @window for the button event y coordinate within @window for the button event Number of the pointer button for the event, usually 1, 2 or 3 Keyboard modifiers the event is setup with either %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS or %GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE This function is intended to be used in GTK+ test programs. If (@x,@y) are > (-1,-1), it will warp the mouse pointer to the given (@x,@y) coordinates within @window and simulate a key press or release event. When the mouse pointer is warped to the target location, use of this function outside of test programs that run in their own virtual windowing system (e.g. Xvfb) is not recommended. If (@x,@y) are passed as (-1,-1), the mouse pointer will not be warped and @window origin will be used as mouse pointer location for the event. Also, gdk_test_simulate_key() is a fairly low level function, for most testing purposes, gtk_test_widget_send_key() is the right function to call which will generate a key press event followed by its accompanying key release event. whether all actions necessary for a key event simulation were carried out successfully a #GdkWindow to simulate a key event for x coordinate within @window for the key event y coordinate within @window for the key event A GDK keyboard value Keyboard modifiers the event is setup with either %GDK_KEY_PRESS or %GDK_KEY_RELEASE Converts a text property in the given encoding to a list of UTF-8 strings. the number of strings in the resulting list a #GdkDisplay an atom representing the encoding of the text the format of the property the text to convert the length of @text, in bytes location to store the list of strings or %NULL. The list should be freed with g_strfreev(). A wrapper for the common usage of gdk_threads_add_idle_full() assigning the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE. See gdk_threads_add_idle_full(). the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. function to call data to pass to @function Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority events pending. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again. This variant of g_idle_add_full() calls @function with the GDK lock held. It can be thought of a MT-safe version for GTK+ widgets for the following use case, where you have to worry about idle_callback() running in thread A and accessing @self after it has been finalized in thread B: |[ static gboolean idle_callback (gpointer data) { /&ast; gdk_threads_enter(); would be needed for g_idle_add() &ast;/ SomeWidget *self = data; /&ast; do stuff with self &ast;/ self->idle_id = 0; /&ast; gdk_threads_leave(); would be needed for g_idle_add() &ast;/ return FALSE; } static void some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self) { self->idle_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (idle_callback, self) /&ast; using g_idle_add() here would require thread protection in the callback &ast;/ } static void some_widget_finalize (GObject *object) { SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object); if (self->idle_id) g_source_remove (self->idle_id); G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object); } ]| the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE function to call data to pass to @function function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL A wrapper for the common usage of gdk_threads_add_timeout_full() assigning the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. See gdk_threads_add_timeout_full(). the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds (1/1000ths of a second) function to call data to pass to @function Sets a function to be called at regular intervals holding the GDK lock, with the given priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will not be called again. The @notify function is called when the timeout is destroyed. The first call to the function will be at the end of the first @interval. Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval (it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). This variant of g_timeout_add_full() can be thought of a MT-safe version for GTK+ widgets for the following use case: |[ static gboolean timeout_callback (gpointer data) { SomeWidget *self = data; /&ast; do stuff with self &ast;/ self->timeout_id = 0; return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; } static void some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self) { self->timeout_id = g_timeout_add (timeout_callback, self) } static void some_widget_finalize (GObject *object) { SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object); if (self->timeout_id) g_source_remove (self->timeout_id); G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object); } ]| the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds (1/1000ths of a second) function to call data to pass to @function function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL A wrapper for the common usage of gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full() assigning the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. For details, see gdk_threads_add_timeout_full(). the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the time between calls to the function, in seconds function to call data to pass to @function A variant of gdk_threads_add_timeout_full() with second-granularity. See g_timeout_add_seconds_full() for a discussion of why it is a good idea to use this function if you don't need finer granularity. Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. the time between calls to the function, in seconds function to call data to pass to @function function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL This function marks the beginning of a critical section in which GDK and GTK+ functions can be called safely and without causing race conditions. Only one thread at a time can be in such a critial section. Initializes GDK so that it can be used from multiple threads in conjunction with gdk_threads_enter() and gdk_threads_leave(). This call must be made before any use of the main loop from GTK+; to be safe, call it before gtk_init(). Leaves a critical region begun with gdk_threads_enter(). Allows the application to replace the standard method that GDK uses to protect its data structures. Normally, GDK creates a single #GMutex that is locked by gdk_threads_enter(), and released by gdk_threads_leave(); using this function an application provides, instead, a function @enter_fn that is called by gdk_threads_enter() and a function @leave_fn that is called by gdk_threads_leave(). The functions must provide at least same locking functionality as the default implementation, but can also do extra application specific processing. As an example, consider an application that has its own recursive lock that when held, holds the GTK+ lock as well. When GTK+ unlocks the GTK+ lock when entering a recursive main loop, the application must temporarily release its lock as well. Most threaded GTK+ apps won't need to use this method. This method must be called before gdk_threads_init(), and cannot be called multiple times. function called to guard GDK function called to release the guard Convert from a ISO10646 character to a key symbol. the corresponding GDK key symbol, if one exists. or, if there is no corresponding symbol, wc | 0x01000000 a ISO10646 encoded character Converts an UTF-8 string into the best possible representation as a STRING. The representation of characters not in STRING is not specified; it may be as pseudo-escape sequences \x{ABCD}, or it may be in some other form of approximation. the newly-allocated string, or %NULL if the conversion failed. (It should not fail for any properly formed UTF-8 string unless system limits like memory or file descriptors are exceeded.) a UTF-8 string gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/adaformat.py0000755000076700001450000023023012533067132017533 0ustar gnatmailgnat#!/usr/bin/env python """ Various formatting classes for Ada code """ import sys import re import copy from collections import namedtuple, defaultdict # A lot of subprograms below take a "lang" parameter, which indicates how # values should be converted: # # LANG should be one of: # "ada": the value of the parameter is read from an Ada # value (as subprogram whose code is Ada) and passed to a # similar subprogram. No conversion needed. # "ada->c": all Ada values will be converted to their C equivalent, # since the target subprogram's code is written in C. # "c->ada": case of C callbacks: the value is passed from C to # an Ada subprogram in the user application. # # As an example, here is what the types for a list of strings # would look like in all languages: # # "ada" -> String_List # "c->ada" -> chars_ptr_array_access (no bounds given by C) # "ada->c" -> chars_ptr_array (bounds will be ignored anyway, # and it is simpler to pass this type). class CType(object): """Describes the types in the various cases where they can be used. A type applies either to an Ada subprogram written in Ada, or to an Ada subprogram implemented via a pragma Import. The latter case is abbreviated to a "c" subprogram below. For returned values, various pieces of information are needed: (adatype, ctype, converter, tmpvars=[]) They are used as: function ... (...) return adatype is function ... (...) return ctype; pragma Import (C, ..., "..."); Tmp : ctype; tmpvars; begin ...; -- pre-call code Tmp := ... (...); ...; -- post-call code return end; In the example above, "Tmp" is only created if there is some post-call code, otherwise we avoid the temporary variable. The variable "Tmp" is automatically added, and does not need to be specified manually in tmpvars. if converted contains the string "%(tmp)s", then we always use a temporary variable of type adatype. This is used for instance when the variable is initialized through a procedure call rather than a function call. function ... (...) return adatype is function ... (...) return ctype; pragma Import (C, ..., "...") Tmp_Result : adatype; tmpvars; begin ... -- pre-call code convert % {"var":..., "tmp":"Tmp_Result"}; -- proc call ... -- post-call code return Tmp_Result; end; The variable "Tmp_Result" is automatically added, and does not need to be specified manually in tmpvars. Converter will contain a single %s which will be replaced by the name of the temporary variable that holds the result of the call to the function. """ def __init__(self, ada, property): self.ada = ada # Fully qualified Ada type self.property = property self.default_record_field_value = None self.is_ptr = False self.param = ada # type as parameter self.cparam = ada # type for Ada subprograms binding to C self.cleanup = None # If set, a tmp variable is created to hold the result of convert # during the call, and is then free by calling this cleanup. Use # "%s" as the name of the variable. self.isArray = False # In some cases, Ada provides a special value for a parameter that # indicates that NULL should be passed to C. Such a test is only done # when allow_none is True. val_or_null is then a function in charge # of converting the value to a System.Address unless it is equal to # a specific null value. self.allow_none = False self.val_or_null = None # If True, the value returned from C must be freed by the caller self.transfer_ownership = False def convert_from_c(self): """How to convert the value returned from C to Ada. This function returns a tuple: [0] = name of the Ada type [1] = name of the C type [2] = Conversion from C type to Ada type. The value is read from "%(var)s". It can also use "%(tmp)s" if a temporary variable is needed. [3] = List of needed temporary variables (except for the one corresponding to "%(tmp)s". [4] = Name of the C type, for "out" parameters. Often same as [1] [5] = Convert from [4] to the Ada type. Often same as [2] """ return (self.param, self.cparam, "%(var)s", [], self.cparam, "%(var)s") def convert_from_c_add_with(self, pkg, specs=False): """Add the "with" statements needed to do the conversion stated in convert_from_c(). """ pass def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): """How to convert from Ada parameter to C parameter. If it uses %(tmp)s, we assume the converter sets the value of the temporary variable itself. It can also use %(var)s which will be substituted by the name of the parameter. Otherwise, it is used as " Tmp := ". It might be necessary to also override add_with() to add the necessary with statements. """ if self.allow_none and self.val_or_null: self.cparam = "System.Address" return "%s (%%(var)s'Address)" % self.val_or_null else: return "%(var)s" def direct_c_map(self): """Whether the parameter can be passed as is to C""" return self.convert_to_c(pkg=None) == "%(var)s" def as_property(self): """The type to use for the property""" return self.property def as_return(self, pkg=None): """See CType documentation for a description of the returned tuple""" returns = self.convert_from_c() if returns and pkg: # Avoid full dotted notation when inside the package itself return (returns[0].replace("%s." % pkg.name, ""), returns[1].replace("%s." % pkg.name, ""), returns[2], returns[3], returns[4], returns[5]) else: return returns def record_field_type(self, pkg=None): """The type to use when self is used in a record. [pkg] should be the current package, to avoid fully qualified name that reference that package. """ return self.as_c_param(pkg=pkg) def as_ada_param(self, pkg): """Converts self to a description for an Ada parameter to a subprogram. `pkg` is the package in which we insert the name. It is used to avoid qualified name when in the same package """ # Do not fully qualify within the current package p = self.ada[:self.ada.rfind(".")] return self.param.replace("%s." % pkg.name, "") def as_c_param(self, pkg=None): """Returns the C type (as a parameter to a subprogram that imports a C function) """ if pkg: return self.cparam.replace("%s." % pkg.name, "") else: return self.cparam def as_call( self, name, pkg, wrapper="%s", lang="ada", mode="in", value=None, is_temporary_variable=True): """'name' represents a parameter of type 'self'. 'pkg' is the Package instance in which the call occurs. 'wrapper' is used in the call itself, and %s is replaced by the name of the variable (or the temporary variable). 'mode' is the mode for the Ada subprogram, and is automatically converted when generating a subprogram as a direct C import. :param is_temporary_variable: should be true if the corresponding variable is a variable local to the subprogram, as opposed to a parameter. In this case, we can sometimes avoid creating a second temporary variable, thus increasing efficiency. Returns an instance of VariableCall. See comments at the beginning of this package for valid LANG values """ assert lang in ("ada", "c->ada", "ada->c") assert mode in ("in", "out", "access", "not null access", "in out"), "Incorrect mode: %s" % mode if lang == "ada": return VariableCall( call=wrapper % name, precall='', postcall='', tmpvars=[]) elif lang == "ada->c": returns = self.convert_from_c() ret = returns and returns[2] additional_tmp_vars = [] if not returns else returns[3] # An "out" parameter for an enumeration requires a temporary # variable: Internal(Enum'Pos(Param)) is invalid # Unless we are already using a temporary variable. if (ret and ret != "%(var)s" and mode != "in" and not is_temporary_variable): tmp = "Tmp_%s" % name if mode in ("out", "access"): tmpvars = [Local_Var( name=tmp, type=returns[4], aliased=True)] else: tmpvars = [ Local_Var(name=tmp, type=returns[4], aliased=True, default=self.convert_to_c(pkg=pkg) % { "var": name})] if "%(tmp)s" in ret: tmp2 = "Tmp2_%s" % name tmpvars += [Local_Var(name=tmp2, type=returns[4])] postcall = "%s; %s := %s;" % ( returns[5] % {"var": tmp, "tmp": tmp2}, name, tmp2) else: postcall = "%s := %s;" % ( name, returns[5] % {"var": tmp}) call = VariableCall( call=wrapper % tmp, precall="", postcall=postcall, tmpvars=tmpvars + additional_tmp_vars) elif "%(tmp)" in self.convert_to_c(pkg=pkg): # The conversion sets the temporary variable itself tmp = "Tmp_%s" % name call = VariableCall( call=wrapper % tmp, precall=self.convert_to_c(pkg=pkg) % { "var": name, "tmp": tmp}, postcall=self.cleanup % tmp, tmpvars=[Local_Var(name=tmp, type=self.cparam)] + []) elif self.cleanup: tmp = "Tmp_%s" % name conv = self.convert_to_c(pkg=pkg) % {"var": name} # Initialize the temporary variable with a default value, in # case it is an unconstrained type (a chars_ptr_array for # instance) call = VariableCall( call=wrapper % tmp, precall='', postcall=self.cleanup % tmp, tmpvars=[Local_Var( name=tmp, type=AdaType(self.cparam), default=conv)]) else: conv = self.convert_to_c(pkg=pkg) % {"var": name} call = VariableCall( call=wrapper % conv, precall='', postcall="", tmpvars=[]) return call elif lang == "c->ada": ret = self.convert_from_c() self.convert_from_c_add_with(pkg=pkg) # Do we need a temporary variable ? # An "out" parameter for an enumeration requires a temporary # variable: Internal(Enum'Pos (Param)) is invalid ret_convert = ret and ret[2] if ret_convert and ret_convert != "%(var)s" and mode != "in": tmp = "Tmp_%s" % name tmpvars = [Local_Var(name=tmp, type=self.ada)] + ret[3] if "%(tmp)s" in ret_convert: tmp2 = "Tmp2_%s" % name tmpvars += [Local_Var(name=tmp2, type=self.cparam)] postcall = "%s; %s := %s;" % ( ret_convert % {"var": tmp, "tmp": tmp2}, name, tmp2) else: postcall = "%s := %s;" % ( name, self.convert_to_c(pkg=pkg) % {"var": tmp}) return VariableCall( call=wrapper % tmp, precall="", postcall=postcall, tmpvars=tmpvars) else: return VariableCall( call=wrapper % (ret[2] % {"var": name}), precall='', postcall='', tmpvars=ret[3]) def add_with(self, pkg=None, specs=False): """Add required withs for this type""" if pkg: pkg.add_with(package_name(self.ada)) if pkg and self.allow_none and self.val_or_null: base = self.val_or_null pkg.add_with(package_name(base), specs=specs) def copy(self): """Return a copy of self, possibly modifying some properties.""" return copy.deepcopy(self) class Enum(CType): def __init__(self, ada, property=None): base = ada[ada.rfind(".") + 1:] or ada if property is None: CType.__init__(self, ada, "Gtk.Enums.Property_%s" % base) else: CType.__init__(self, ada, property) if self.ada.lower() == "boolean": self.cparam = "Glib.Gboolean" else: # Do not convert enumerations to integers. We want to pass the # associated literal in case the enumeration in C does not start # at 0, or as holes in the series. self.cparam = self.ada def convert_from_c(self): if self.ada.lower() == "boolean": if self.ada == "Boolean": # Do not use Boolean'Val for more flexibility, in case C # returns another value than 0 and 1 (as is the case for # gtk_status_icon_position_menu on OSX for instance). conv = "%(var)s /= 0" else: conv = "%s'Val (%%(var)s)" % self.ada return (self.param, self.cparam, conv, [], # for out parameters self.cparam, conv) else: return super(Enum, self).convert_from_c() def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): if self.ada.lower() == "boolean": return "%s'Pos (%%(var)s)" % self.ada else: return super(Enum, self).convert_to_c(pkg=pkg) def record_field_type(self, pkg=None): if pkg: return self.ada.replace("%s." % pkg.name, "") else: return self.ada @staticmethod def register_ada_decl(pkg, ctype, ada=None): """Register an enumeration type. :param pkg: is the name of the current package in which the enumeration will be defined. """ # Compute the Ada name automatically if needed. if not ada: ada = naming.type(name="", cname=ctype).ada full_name = "%s.%s" % (pkg, ada) t = Enum(full_name, "%s.Property_%s" % (pkg, ada)) naming.add_type_exception(cname=ctype, type=t) # Add the special cases for properties that GIR file use t = ctype.replace("Pango", "Pango.").replace("Gdk", "Gdk.") naming.girname_to_ctype[t] = ctype class GObject(CType): def __init__(self, ada, userecord=True, allow_none=False, classwide=False): CType.__init__(self, ada, "Glib.Properties.Property_Object") self.cparam = "System.Address" self.is_ptr = False self.classwide = classwide # Parameter should include "'Class" self.userecord = userecord # Parameter should be "access .._Record" self.allow_none = allow_none def convert_from_c(self): stub = "Stub_%s" % (base_name(self.ada), ) if self.ada == "Glib.Object.GObject": conv = "Get_User_Data (%%(var)s, %s)" % stub else: conv = "%s (Get_User_Data (%%(var)s, %s))" % (self.ada, stub) return (self.param, self.cparam, conv, [Local_Var( stub, AdaType("%s_Record" % self.ada, in_spec=False))], # for out parameters self.cparam, conv) def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): if self.allow_none: return "Get_Object_Or_Null (GObject (%(var)s))" else: return "Get_Object (%(var)s)" def as_ada_param(self, pkg): if self.userecord: prefix = "" if self.allow_none else "not null " if self.classwide: self.param = "%saccess %s_Record'Class" % (prefix, self.ada) else: self.param = "%saccess %s_Record" % (prefix, self.ada) return super(GObject, self).as_ada_param(pkg) def copy(self): result = CType.copy(self) return result class Tagged(GObject): """Tagged types that map C objects, but do not derive from GObject""" def convert_from_c(self): return (self.param, self.cparam, "From_Object (%(var)s)", [], # for out parameters self.cparam, "From_Object (%(var)s)") def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): return "Get_Object (%(var)s)" def as_ada_param(self, pkg): # Make sure to bind as a CType here, not as a GOBject return CType.as_ada_param(self, pkg) class UTF8(CType): def __init__(self): CType.__init__(self, "UTF8_String", "Glib.Properties.Property_String") self.cparam = "Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr" self.cleanup = "Free (%s);" def convert_from_c(self): conv = "Gtkada.Bindings.Value_Allowing_Null (%(var)s)" if self.transfer_ownership: conv = "Gtkada.Bindings.Value_And_Free (%(var)s)" return (self.param, self.cparam, conv, [], # for out parameters self.cparam, conv) def convert_from_c_add_with(self, pkg, specs=False): if pkg: pkg.add_with("Gtkada.Bindings", specs=specs) def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): if self.allow_none: return 'if %(var)s = "" then %(tmp)s :=' \ + ' Interfaces.C.Strings.Null_Ptr; else'\ + ' %(tmp)s := New_String (%(var)s); end if;' else: return "New_String (%(var)s)" def add_with(self, pkg, specs=False): super(UTF8, self).add_with(pkg) if pkg: pkg.add_with("Interfaces.C.Strings", specs=specs, might_be_unused=True) class UTF8_List(CType): def __init__(self): CType.__init__(self, "GNAT.Strings.String_List", "") self.cparam = "Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array" self.cleanup = "GtkAda.Types.Free (%s);" def convert_from_c(self): # Use a temporary variable to store the result of To_String_List, # because in some cases the result will need to be freed. For instance, # when a callback from C receives a list of strings as # chars_ptr_array_access, we create a temporary String_List to call the # Ada callback, and then need to free the temporary String_List. conv = "To_String_List (%(var)s.all)" if self.transfer_ownership: conv = "To_String_List_And_Free (%(var)s)" return (self.param, "chars_ptr_array_access", conv, [], # for out parameters "chars_ptr_array_access", conv) def record_field_type(self, pkg=None): return "Interfaces.C.Strings.char_array_access" def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): if pkg: pkg.add_with("GtkAda.Types", specs=False) return "From_String_List (%(var)s)" def add_with(self, pkg=None, specs=False): super(UTF8_List, self).add_with(pkg=pkg) if pkg: pkg.add_with("GNAT.Strings", specs=True) pkg.add_with("Interfaces.C.Strings", specs=specs) pkg.add_with("Gtkada.Bindings", specs=specs, might_be_unused=True) class Record(CType): def __init__(self, ada, property=None, val_or_null=None): """ :param val_or_null: if specified, and the null constant is passed as a parameter, then System.Null_Address is passed to C. If unspecified, any value passed by the user is given as is to C. """ if property is None: CType.__init__(self, ada, "Glib.Properties.Property_Boxed") else: CType.__init__(self, ada, property) self.val_or_null = val_or_null # Do not change self.cparam: when passing a read-only parameter to # C, GNAT will automatically pass the address of the record self.cparam = ada def convert_from_c(self): conv = "%(var)s.all" # convert C -> Ada, if self.transfer_ownership: conv = "From_Object_Free (%(var)s)" return (self.ada, "access %s" % self.ada, conv, [], # for out parameters self.ada, "%(var)s") def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): if self.allow_none and self.val_or_null: self.cparam = "System.Address" return "%s (%%(var)s'Address)" % self.val_or_null else: return "%(var)s" @staticmethod def register_ada_record(pkg, ctype, ada=None): """Register a type. [pkg] is the name of the current package in which the enumeration will be defined. """ adaname = base_name(ada or naming.type(name="", cname=ctype).ada) full_name = "%s.%s" % (pkg, adaname) t = Record(full_name) naming.add_type_exception(cname="%s*" % ctype, type=t) naming.add_type_exception(cname=ctype, type=t) class Proxy(CType): def __init__(self, ada, property=None, val_or_null=None, from_gvalue=None, default_record_field=None): """:param val_or_null: is used when GIR indicates the parameter has allow-none=1, and is used to test whether we should pass NULL to C or a pointer to the Ada data. :param from_gvalue: is the function used to retrieve this type from a GValue, in particular when processing callbacks. The default is to retrieve a C_Proxy and Cast as appropriate. :param str default_record_field: the default value to set in record type declarations for fields of that type. No default value set if this is None. """ if property is None: CType.__init__(self, ada, "Glib.Properties.Property_Boxed") else: CType.__init__(self, ada, property) self.val_or_null = val_or_null self.default_record_field_value = default_record_field def record_field_type(self, pkg=None): if self.isArray and self.array_fixed_size is not None: return "%s (1 .. %s)" % ( self.as_c_param(pkg=pkg), self.array_fixed_size) elif self.is_ptr or self.isArray: return "access %s" % self.as_c_param(pkg=pkg) else: return self.as_c_param(pkg=pkg) class Callback(CType): def __init__(self, ada): CType.__init__(self, ada, "") self.cparam = "System.Address" def __repr__(self): return "" % self.ada def convert_from_c(self): # Never return such a callback to Ada (because in fact we are pointing # to a function in one of the bodies of GtkAda, not the actual user # callback. return None def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): return "%(var)s'Address" class Interface(CType): def __init__(self, ada): CType.__init__(self, ada, "Glib.Properties.Property_Interface") self.cparam = ada self.is_ptr = False class List(CType): def __init__(self, ada): CType.__init__(self, ada, "Glib.Properties.Property_Object") self.__adapkg = ada[:ada.rfind(".")] self.cparam = "System.Address" self.is_ptr = False def convert_from_c(self): conv = "%s.Set_Object (%%(tmp)s, %%(var)s)" % self.__adapkg return ( # Use %(tmp)s so forces the use of temporary var. self.param, self.cparam, conv, [], # for out parameters self.cparam, conv) @staticmethod def register_ada_list(pkg, ada, ctype, single=False): """Register a list of GObject instantiated in Ada""" if single: gtype = "GSlist" name = "SList" else: gtype = "Glist" name = "List" listCname = "%s%s" % (ctype, name) # Default list name ada = ada or naming.type(cname=listCname).ada t = List("%s.%s.%s" % (pkg, ada, gtype)) naming.add_type_exception(listCname, t) def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): return "%s.Get_Object (%%(var)s)" % self.__adapkg def add_with(self, pkg=None, specs=False): # A list comes from an instantiation (pkg.instance.glist), so we need # to skip backward two "." if pkg: p = self.ada.rfind(".") if p != -1: p = self.ada[:p].rfind(".") if p != -1: pkg.add_with(self.ada[:p], specs=True) class AdaType(CType): def __init__(self, adatype, pkg=None, in_spec=True, ctype="", convert="%(var)s"): """The 'adatype' type is represented as 'ctype' for subprograms that import C functions. The parameters of that type are converted from Ada to C by using 'convert'. 'convert' must use '%s' once to indicate where the name of the parameter should go """ CType.__init__(self, adatype, "") self.param = adatype self.cparam = ctype or adatype self.__convert = convert self.cleanup = None self.is_ptr = adatype.startswith("access ") # ??? Why do we need to call this explicitly ? if pkg: self.add_with(pkg) def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): return self.__convert class AdaTypeArray(CType): """An array of scalar types""" def __init__(self, adatype): CType.__init__(self, adatype, "") self.param = "%s_Array" % naming.case(adatype) self.cparam = "System.Address" self.isArray = True def convert_to_c(self, pkg=None): return "%(var)s (%(var)s'First)'Address" class AdaNaming(object): def __init__(self): self.cname_to_adaname = {} # c methods to Ada subprograms self.girname_to_ctype = {} # gir names to C types self.exceptions = {} # naming exceptions self.type_exceptions = {} # C types to CType instances def add_type_exception(self, cname, type, override=False): """Declares a new type exception, unless there already existed one for that cname. """ assert(isinstance(type, CType)) if override or cname not in self.type_exceptions: self.type_exceptions[cname] = type def add_cmethod(self, cname, adaname): """Register the mapping from c method's name to Ada subprogram. This is used to replace C function names in the documentation with their Ada equivalent""" self.cname_to_adaname[cname] = adaname def add_girname(self, girname, ctype): """Maps a GIR's "name" attribute to its matching C type. This is used to resolve such names in the documentation and in properties types. """ self.girname_to_ctype[girname] = ctype def ctype_from_girname(self, girname): """Return the C type corresponding to a GIR name""" if not girname: return "" elif girname.startswith("Gdk") or girname.startswith("Gtk"): default = girname else: default = "Gtk%s" % girname return self.girname_to_ctype.get(girname, default) def adamethod_name(self, cname, warning_if_not_found=True): """Return the ada name corresponding to the C method's name""" try: return self.cname_to_adaname[cname] except KeyError: if warning_if_not_found and cname.lower().startswith("gtk_"): print "Name quoted in doc has no Ada binding: %s" % cname self.cname_to_adaname[cname] = cname # Display warning once only return cname def case(self, name): """Return the proper casing to use for 'name', taking keywords into account. This is for packages. """ name = self.__camel_case_to_ada(name.replace("-", "_")).title() if name.endswith("_"): name = name[:-1] return self.protect_keywords(name) def protect_keywords(self, name): return ".".join(self.exceptions.get(n, n) for n in name.split(".")) def __camel_case_to_ada(self, name): """Converts a name with CamelCase to Camel_Case""" if not name: return name result = name[0] prev = result prev_is_underscore = False prev_is_upper = True for r in name[1:]: if prev != "_" \ and prev != "." \ and not prev.isupper() \ and r.isupper(): result += "_%s" % r else: result += r prev = r return result def __full_type_from_girname(self, girname): """Return the type description from a GIR name""" return self.type_exceptions.get( girname, # First try GIR name as is in the table (gint, ...) self.type_exceptions.get( self.ctype_from_girname(girname), # Else the C type # Else return the GIR name itself Proxy(self.__camel_case_to_ada(girname)))) def type(self, name="", cname=None, pkg=None, isArray=False, allow_access=True, allow_none=False, userecord=True, useclass=True, array_fixed_size=None, transfer_ownership=False): """Build an instance of CType for the corresponding cname. A type a described in a .gir file :param pkg: an instance of Package, to which extra with clauses will be added if needed. :param allow_none: if True, then an empty string maps to a NULL pointer in C, rather than an empty C string. For a GObject, the parameter is passed as "access" rather than "not null access". :param use_record: is only used for GObject types. :param isArray: should be true for an array of the simple type 'name'. :param allow_access: should be True if the parameter can be represented as 'access Type', rather than an explicit type, in the case of GObject descendants. :param array_fixed_size: if specified, this is the size of the array. The binding is different in this case, since we can't use a fat pointer. """ if cname is None: cname = self.girname_to_ctype.get(name, None) if (cname == "gchar**" or name == "array_of_utf8" or name == "array_of_filename"): t = UTF8_List() elif (cname in ("gint**", "int**") or name in ("array_of_gint", "array_of_guint", "array_of_gint8", "array_of_guint8")): t = AdaTypeArray("gint") isArray = True elif cname == "void": return None elif name == "utf8" or cname == "gchar*" or cname == "char*": t = UTF8() elif cname: # Check whether the C type, including trailing "*", maps # directly to an Ada type. # t = self.type_exceptions.get( # cname, # Proxy(self.__camel_case_to_ada(cname))) t = self.__full_type_from_girname(cname) is_ptr = False if t.ada[-1] == "*": # No, try without the trailing "*" t = self.__full_type_from_girname(cname[0:-1]) if t.ada[-1] != "*": is_ptr = True # Yes, so we had a pointer else: basename = cname[0:-1] # Remove all "*" if basename[-1] == "*": basename = basename[0:-1] t = self.__full_type_from_girname(basename) if not isinstance(t, GObject) \ and not isinstance(t, Interface): t.is_ptr = is_ptr else: t = self.__full_type_from_girname(name) t.is_ptr = cname and cname[-1] == '*' t = t.copy() t.isArray = isArray t.array_fixed_size = array_fixed_size t.classwide = useclass t.allow_none = allow_none t.userecord = userecord t.transfer_ownership = transfer_ownership # Needs to be called last, since the output might depend on all the # attributes set above t.add_with(pkg) return t naming = AdaNaming() def max_length(iter): """Return the length of the longuest element in iter""" longuest = 0 for f in iter: longuest = max(longuest, len(f)) return longuest def fill_text(text, prefix, length, firstLineLength=0): """Split TEXT on several lines (with a given max length and a prefix). """ line = "" result = [] maxLen = firstLineLength or length - len(prefix) text = text.replace("\n\n", "\n
") # Do we have a list item ? If yes, preserve the indentation if text.lstrip().startswith("* "): line += text[:text.find("*")] for w in text.split(): # for each word (this loses whitespaces) if w.startswith("
"): result.append(line) maxLen = length - len(prefix) line = w[4:] elif len(line) + len(w) + 1 > maxLen: result.append(line) maxLen = length - len(prefix) line = w elif w: line += " " + w if line != "": result.append(line) return ("\n" + prefix).join(result) def cleanup_doc(doc): """Replaces C features in the doc with appropriate Ada equivalents""" def replace_type(x): t = naming.type(x.group(1)) t.userecord = False return t.ada # get_package might have been called before we had the XML node # from the Gir file, and therefore no doc for the package. We can # now override it, unless it came from binding.xml subp = re.compile("([\S_]+)\(\)") doc = subp.sub(lambda x: naming.adamethod_name(x.group(1)), doc) types = re.compile("#([\w_]+)") doc = types.sub(replace_type, doc) params = re.compile("@([\w_]+)") doc = params.sub(lambda x: x.group(1).title(), doc) enums = re.compile("%([A-Z][\w_]+)") doc = enums.sub(lambda x: naming.adamethod_name(x.group(1)), doc) doc = doc.replace("", "*") \ .replace("", "*") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace(" ", " ") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "[") \ .replace("", "]") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "[") \ .replace("", "]") \ .replace("", "\n\n") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "\nNote: ") \ .replace("", "") doc = re.sub("]*>", "", doc) doc = re.sub("(.*?) :", r"\1:", doc) # Lists doc = re.sub("(\n?|\n?)?", "\n\n * ", doc) doc = doc.replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "\n\n") \ .replace("", "") # Definition of terms (variablelists) doc = doc.replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "'") \ .replace("", "'") doc = re.sub("]*>", "", doc) doc = re.sub("(.*?)", r"\n\n== \1 ==\n\n", doc) doc = re.sub("]*>", "", doc) doc = re.sub("", "", doc) doc = doc.replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "") \ .replace("", "").replace("", "") \ .replace("", "").replace("", "") \ .replace("%", "%") \ .replace("<", "<").replace(">", ">") \ .replace("*", "*") \ .replace("", "\n\n__PRE__") doc = re.sub("(.*?)", lambda m: re.sub( "\n\n+", "\n", indent_code(m.group(1), addnewlines=False)), doc, flags=re.DOTALL or re.MULTILINE) doc = re.sub("\n\n\n+", "\n\n", doc) return doc def format_doc(doc, indent, separate_paragraphs=True, fill=True): """Transform the doc from a list of strings to a single string""" result = "" prev = "" # Make sure the doc is a list of paragraphs if not isinstance(doc, list): doc = [doc] # Cleanup the XML tags in each paragraph. This could result in # new paragraphs being created cleaned = [] for d in doc: d = cleanup_doc(d) if fill: cleaned.extend(d.split("\n\n")) else: cleaned.append(d) prefix = "\n" + indent + "--" for d in cleaned: # Separate paragraphs with an empty line, unless it is a markup # or we are at the end if separate_paragraphs: if prev != "" and not prev.lstrip().startswith("<"): result += prefix if d: if d.lstrip().startswith("__PRE__"): d = d.lstrip()[7:] result += "".join(prefix + " " + p for p in d.splitlines()) elif fill: result += prefix + " " result += fill_text(d, indent + "-- ", 79) else: result += "".join(prefix + " " + p for p in d.splitlines()) prev = d if result and separate_paragraphs and result[0] == "\n": result = result[1:] return result def box(name, indent=" "): return indent + "-" * (len(name) + 6) + "\n" \ + indent + "-- " + name + " --\n" \ + indent + "-" * (len(name) + 6) def indent_code(code, indent=3, addnewlines=True): """Return code properly indented and split on several lines. These are heuristics only, not perfect. """ body = code.strip() if not body: return "" if addnewlines: # Add newlines where needed, but preserve existing blank lines body = re.sub(";(?!\s*\n)", ";\n", body) body = re.sub("(? old_parent: indent += (parent_count - old_parent) * 3 elif not old_parent: result += " " * indent if parent_count > old_parent: indent += (parent_count - old_parent) * 3 else: if parent_count > old_parent: indent += (parent_count - old_parent) * 3 result += " " * indent if old_parent > parent_count: indent -= (old_parent - parent_count) * 3 result += l + eol_comment + "\n" if (l.endswith("then") and not l.endswith("and then")) \ or l.endswith("loop") \ or(l.endswith("else") and not l.endswith("or else"))\ or l.endswith("begin") \ or l.endswith("{") \ or l.endswith("record") \ or l.endswith("is") \ or l.endswith("do") \ or l.endswith("declare"): indent += 3 # Case of generic instantiation: # package A is # new B (); if l.startswith("new"): indent -= 3 return result # The necessary setup to use a variable in a subprogram call. The returned # values map to the following Ada code: # declare # $(tmpvars) # A list of LocalVar # begin # $(precall) # Call ($(call), ...) # (postcall) # end; # and are used in case temporary variables are needed. If not, only 'call' # will have a non-null value VariableCall = namedtuple('VariableCall', ['call', 'precall', 'postcall', 'tmpvars']) class Local_Var(object): __slots__ = ["name", "type", "default", "aliased", "constant"] def __init__(self, name, type, default="", aliased=False, constant=False): self.set_type(type) self.name = name self.default = default self.aliased = aliased self.constant = constant def __repr__(self): return "" % (self.name, self.type) def set_type(self, type): if isinstance(type, str): self.type = AdaType(type) else: self.type = type def _type(self, lang, pkg): """`pkg` is the package in which we insert the variable, and is used to add necessary with statements, if any. """ if lang == "ada": return self.type.as_ada_param(pkg) elif lang == "ada->c": return self.type.as_c_param(pkg) elif lang == "c->ada": return self.type.convert_from_c()[1] def spec(self, pkg, length=0, lang="ada", show_default=True): """Format the declaration for the variable or parameter. 'length' is the minimum length that the name should occupy (for proper alignment when there are several variables. """ t = self._type(lang=lang, pkg=pkg) aliased = "" if self.aliased: aliased = "aliased " if self.default and show_default: return "%-*s : %s%s%s := %s" % ( length, self.name, "constant " if self.constant else "", aliased, t, self.default) else: return "%-*s : %s%s" % (length, self.name, aliased, t) def as_call(self, pkg, lang="ada", value=None): """Pass self (or the value) as a parameter to an Ada subprogram call, implemented in the given language. See comments at the beginning of this package for valid values of LANG. 'pkg' is the instance of Package in which the call occurs. :return: an instance of VariableCall """ n = value or self.name if isinstance(self.type, CType): return self.type.as_call( name=n, pkg=pkg, lang=lang, wrapper="%s", is_temporary_variable=True) else: return VariableCall(call=n, precall='', postcall='', tmpvars=[]) class Parameter(Local_Var): __slots__ = ["name", "type", "default", "aliased", "mode", "doc", "ada_binding", "for_function", "is_temporary_variable"] def __init__(self, name, type, default="", doc="", mode="in", for_function=False, ada_binding=True, is_temporary_variable=False): """ 'mode' is the mode for the Ada subprogram, and is automatically converted when generating a subprogram as a direct C import. :param for_function: whether the parameter belongs to a procedure or a function. :param ada_binding: if False, the parameter will not be displayed in the profile of Ada subprograms (although, of course, it will be passed to the C subprograms) :param is_temporary_variable: True if this parameter represents a local variable. In this case, we can sometimes avoid creating other such variables, a minor optimization. """ assert mode in ("in", "out", "in out", "not null access", "access"), "Incorrect mode: %s" % mode super(Parameter, self).__init__(name, type, default=default) self.mode = mode self.doc = doc self.ada_binding = ada_binding self.for_function = for_function self.is_temporary_variable = is_temporary_variable def _type(self, lang, pkg): mode = self.mode if lang == "ada->c" and mode != "in" and self.for_function: mode = "access" if mode in ("in out", "out") and hasattr(self.type, "userecord"): userec = self.type.userecord self.type.userecord = False t = super(Parameter, self)._type(lang=lang, pkg=pkg) self.type.userecord = userec else: t = super(Parameter, self)._type(lang=lang, pkg=pkg) if mode != "in": return "%s %s" % (mode, t) return t def as_call(self, pkg, lang="ada", value=None): """'pkg' is the package instance in which the call occurs.""" assert lang in ("ada", "c->ada", "ada->c") if not self.ada_binding: if self.default is not None: return VariableCall(call=self.default, precall='', postcall='', tmpvars=[]) else: return VariableCall(call="Parameter not bound in Ada", precall='', postcall='', tmpvars=[]) else: wrapper = "%s" n = value or self.name # We know that for a C function, an "in out" parameter is # implemented as an "access parameter", so we'll need to take a # 'Access. In the call to as_call() below, though, we still pass # the original mode ("in out") not "access", so that as_call() # knows whether we need to make a copy of the parameter or not. if lang == "ada->c" and self.mode != "in" and self.for_function: wrapper = "%s'Access" if isinstance(self.type, CType): return self.type.as_call( name=n, pkg=pkg, lang=lang, mode=self.mode, wrapper=wrapper, is_temporary_variable=self.is_temporary_variable) else: return VariableCall( call=n, precall='', postcall='', tmpvars=[]) def direct_c_map(self): """Whether the parameter can be passed as is to C""" return self.type.direct_c_map() def value(self): if not self.ada_binding: if self.default is not None: return self.default else: return "Parameter not bound in Ada" else: return self.ada_binding def base_name(qname): """Return the basename for a fully qualified name: Pkg.Name => Name """ if "." in qname: return qname[qname.rfind(".") + 1:] else: return qname def package_name(qname): """Return the package part of a fully qualified name: Pkg.Child.Name => Pkg.Child Name => "" """ if "." in qname: index = qname.rfind(".") if qname[index - 1] != '.': # ignore ".." in ranges return qname[:index] return "" max_profile_length = 79 - len(" is") class Subprogram(object): """An Ada subprogram that we are generating""" def __init__(self, name, code="", plist=[], local_vars=[], returns=None, doc=[], showdoc=True, convention=None, lang="ada", allow_none=True): """Create a new subprogram. 'plist' is a list of Parameter. 'local_vars' is a list of Local_Var. 'doc' is a string or a list of paragraphs. 'code' can be the empty string, in which case no body is output. 'lang' is the language for the types of parameters (see comment at the top of this file). 'allow_none': when this is an anonymous subprogram (and therefore used for a callback), this indicates whether the callback can be null or not). The code will be automatically pretty-printed, and the appropriate pragma Unreferenced are also added automatically. """ assert(returns is None or isinstance(returns, CType)) assert(lang in ("ada", "c->ada", "ada->c")) self.name = name self.plist = plist self.returns = returns self.local = local_vars self.showdoc = showdoc self.convention = convention # "lang" self.allow_none = allow_none self._import = None self._nested = [] # nested subprograms self._deprecated = (False, "") # True if deprecated self._manual_body = None # Written by user explicitly self.lang = lang # Language for the types of parameters if code and code[-1] != ";": self.code = code + ";" else: self.code = code if isinstance(doc, list): self.doc = doc else: self.doc = [doc] def import_c(self, cname): """Declares that 'self' is implemented as a pragma Import. This returns 'self' so that it can be chained: s = Subprogram(...).import_c('...') """ self._import = 'pragma Import (C, %s, "%s");' % (self.name, cname) return self def mark_deprecated(self, msg): """Mark the subprogram as deprecated""" self._deprecated = (True, msg) def add_nested(self, *args): """Add some nested subprograms""" for subp in args: self._nested.append(subp) return self def set_body(self, body): """Overrides the body of the subprogram (after "is")""" self._manual_body = body def profile(self, pkg, indent=" ", maxlen=max_profile_length, as_type=False, specs=False): """Compute the profile for the subprogram""" returns = self.returns and self.returns.as_return(pkg=pkg) if returns: prefix = "function" if self.lang == "ada->c": suffix = " return %s" % returns[1] elif self.lang == "c->ada": suffix = " return %s" % returns[1] else: suffix = " return %s" % returns[0] else: prefix = "procedure" suffix = "" if (not as_type) and self.name: prefix = indent + prefix + " " + base_name(self.name) elif self.allow_none: prefix = "access %s" % prefix else: prefix = "not null access %s" % prefix if self.plist: # First test: all parameters on same line plist = [p.spec(pkg=pkg, lang=self.lang) for p in self.plist] p = " (" + "; ".join(plist) + ")" # If too long, split on several lines if len(p) + len(prefix) + len(suffix) > maxlen: max = max_length([p.name for p in self.plist]) plist = [p.spec(pkg=pkg, length=max, lang=self.lang, show_default=self.lang == "ada") for p in self.plist] p = "\n " + indent + "(" \ + (";\n " + indent).join(plist) + ")" else: p = "" # Should the "return" go on a separate line ? if p and suffix and len(p.splitlines()[-1]) + len(suffix) > maxlen: return prefix + p + "\n " + indent + suffix else: return prefix + p + suffix def add_withs_for_subprogram(self, pkg, in_specs): """ Add required withs to the package (either in specs or body) """ if self.returns: r = self.returns.as_return(pkg=pkg) if self.lang == "ada->c": self.returns.add_with(pkg=pkg, specs=in_specs) elif self.lang == "c->ada": self.returns.add_with(pkg=pkg, specs=in_specs) else: pkg.add_with(package_name(r[0]), specs=in_specs) if self.plist: for p in self.plist: p.type.add_with(pkg=pkg, specs=in_specs) def formatted_doc(self, indent=" "): if self.showdoc: doc = [d for d in self.doc] if self._deprecated[0]: doc += [self._deprecated[1]] doc += [p.doc for p in self.plist] else: doc = [] return format_doc(doc, indent=indent, separate_paragraphs=False) def spec(self, pkg, indent=" ", show_doc=True, maxlen=max_profile_length, as_type=False): """Return the spec of the subprogram""" result = self.profile( pkg=pkg, indent=indent, maxlen=maxlen, as_type=as_type) + ";" if self._import: result += "\n" + indent + self._import if self._deprecated[0]: result += "\n" + indent + "pragma Obsolescent (%s);" % self.name if self.convention: result += "\n" + indent \ + "pragma Convention (%s, %s);" % (self.convention, self.name) if show_doc: doc = self.formatted_doc(indent=indent) else: doc = "" return result + doc def _find_unreferenced(self, local_vars="", indent=" "): """List the pragma Unreferenced statements that are needed for this subprogram. """ unreferenced = [] for p in self.plist: if not re.search( r'\b%s\b' % p.name, self.code + local_vars, re.IGNORECASE): unreferenced.append(p.name) if unreferenced: return indent + " pragma Unreferenced (%s);\n" % ( ", ".join(unreferenced)) else: return "" def _format_local_vars(self, pkg, indent=" "): """The list of local variable declarations""" if self.local: max = max_length([p.name for p in self.local]) result = [] seen = set() for v in self.local: if v.name not in seen: seen.add(v.name) result.append(v.spec(pkg=pkg, length=max)) return indent + " " + (";\n " + indent).join(result) + ";\n" else: return "" def body(self, pkg, indent=" "): if not self.code and not self._manual_body: return "" result = box(base_name(self.name), indent=indent) + "\n\n" profile = self.profile(pkg=pkg, indent=indent) result += profile if profile.find("\n") != -1: result += "\n" + indent + "is\n" else: result += " is\n" local = self._format_local_vars(pkg=pkg, indent=indent) auto = self._find_unreferenced(local_vars=local, indent=indent) for s in self._nested: auto += s.spec(pkg=pkg, indent=indent + " ") + "\n" auto += s.body(pkg=pkg, indent=indent + " ") auto += local auto += indent + "begin\n" auto += indent_code(self.code, indent=len(indent) + 3) if self._manual_body: result += indent + self._manual_body % {"auto": auto} else: result += auto return result + indent + "end %s;\n" % base_name(self.name) def call(self, in_pkg=None, extra_postcall="", values=dict(), lang=None): """A call to 'self'. The parameters that are passed to self are assumed to have the same name as in self's declaration. When 'self' is implemented as a pragma Import, proper conversions are done. 'in_pkg' is used to fully qualify the name of the subprogram, to avoid ambiguities. This is optional. This is an instance of Package. Returned value is a tuple: ("code", "variable_for_return", tmpvars=[]) where "code" is the code to execute for the call, including creation of temporary variables, and "variable_for_return" is either None, or the code to get the result of the subprogram. So a call is: declare tmp_vars; begin code; extra_postcall; return variable_for_return; -- Omitted for procedures end; See comments at the beginning of this package for valid LANG values. """ assert(in_pkg is not None) assert(isinstance(in_pkg, Package)) if lang: pass elif self._import: lang = "ada->c" else: lang = "ada" assert(lang in ("ada", "c->ada", "ada->c")) tmpvars = [] precall = "" params = [] postcall = extra_postcall for arg in self.plist: c = arg.as_call( pkg=in_pkg, lang=lang, # An instance of VariableCall value=values.get(arg.name.lower(), None)) params.append(c.call) tmpvars.extend(c.tmpvars) precall += c.precall postcall = c.postcall + postcall if params: call = "%s (%s)" % (self.name, ", ".join(params)) else: call = self.name returns = self.returns and self.returns.as_return(pkg=in_pkg) if returns is not None: if lang == "ada->c": self.returns.convert_from_c_add_with(pkg=in_pkg) tmpvars.extend(returns[3]) if "%(tmp)s" in returns[2]: # Result of Internal is used to create a temp. variable, # which is then returned. This variable has the same type # as the Ada type (not necessarily same as Internal) call = returns[2] % {"var": call, "tmp": "Tmp_Return"} tmpvars.append(Local_Var("Tmp_Return", returns[0])) result = ("%s%s;%s" % (precall, call, postcall), "Tmp_Return", tmpvars) elif postcall: tmpvars.append(Local_Var("Tmp_Return", returns[1])) call = "Tmp_Return := %s" % call result = ("%s%s;%s" % (precall, call, postcall), returns[2] % {"var": "Tmp_Return"}, tmpvars) else: # No need for a temporary variable result = (precall, returns[2] % {"var": call}, tmpvars) else: # "ada" or "c->ada" if postcall: # We need to use a temporary variable, since there are # cleanups to perform. This will not work if the function # returns an unconstrained array though. tmpvars.append(Local_Var("Tmp_Return", returns[0])) call = "Tmp_Return := %s" % call result = ("%s%s;%s" % (precall, call, postcall), "Tmp_Return", tmpvars) else: # No need for a temporary variable result = (precall, call, tmpvars) else: # A procedure result = ("%s%s;%s" % (precall, call, postcall), None, tmpvars) return result def call_to_string(self, call, pkg=None, lang="ada"): """CALL is the result of call() above. This function returns a string that contains the code for the subprogram. """ result = call[0] if call[1]: if lang == "c->ada": # The return value (Ada) needs to be converted back to C (this # is the returned value from a callback, for instance) result += "return %s" % ( self.returns.convert_to_c(pkg=pkg) % {"var": call[1]}, ) else: result += "return %s" % call[1] return result class Code(object): """ Some text to insert in a package. This can be either some code, or the comments for the code. In the latter case, the comment will be automatically formatted (and C names substituted as appropriate). """ def __init__(self, content, iscomment=False, fill=True): """:param:`fill` whether to reflow the text if this is a comment. :param:`add_newline` whether the block should have a leading newline """ self.content = content self.iscomment = iscomment self.fill = fill self.add_newline = True def format(self, indent=""): """Return the code that should be written into a package""" if self.iscomment: return format_doc(self.content, indent=indent, fill=self.fill) else: return indent_code( self.content, indent=len(indent), addnewlines=False) class Section(object): """A group of types and subprograms in an Ada package. There is a single section with a given name in the package """ group_getters_and_setters = False # If true, a getter will be displayed with its corresponding setter. # Only one doc will be displayed for the two, and no separation line # will be output. sort_alphabetically = False # If true, subprograms are all sorted alphabetically, otherwise the # order is alphabetical for getters, but setters appear just after the # getter. def __init__(self, pkg, name): self.pkg = pkg # The instance of Package in which the section is self.name = name self.__comment = "" self.__objects = [] # List of objects. These are tuples: # (Code or Subprogram or Package instance, # in_spec) # Whether we should sort the objects. If yes, code always comes before # subprograms. Otherwise, they are output in the order they were added self.sort_objects = ( not Section.sort_alphabetically or Section.group_getters_and_setters) def add_comment(self, comment, fill=True): """If 'fill' is true, the comment is automatically split on several lines if needed. Otherwise, the comment is assumed to be already formatted properly, minus the leading -- """ if comment == "": self.__comment += " --\n" else: self.__comment += "".join( format_doc(comment, indent=" ", fill=fill)) + \ "\n" def add(self, obj, in_spec=True, add_newline=True): """Add one or more objects to the section (subprogram, code,...). :param:`add_newline` indicates whether the object should be followed by a blank line. There is never a blank line between some code and the following comment. """ iscode = False if isinstance(obj, str): obj = Code(obj) iscode = True elif isinstance(obj, Package): obj.isnested = True obj.add_newline = add_newline if iscode: # Take care of duplicated entries. May happen in case of # subpackages in GIR files for o, s in self.__objects: if s == in_spec and isinstance(o, Code): if o.content == obj.content: return False self.__objects.append((obj, in_spec)) return True def _group_objects(self): """Returns a list of subprograms for the specs. In each nested list, the subprograms are grouped and a single documentation is output for the whole group. At the same time, this preserves the order of groups, so they appear in the order in which the first subprogram in the group appeared. """ if self.sort_objects: code = [] subprograms = [] tmp = dict() # group_name => [subprograms] gtk_new_index = 0 for obj, in_spec in self.__objects: if not in_spec: continue if isinstance(obj, Code): code.append([obj]) else: name = base_name(obj.name).replace("Get_", "") \ .replace("Query_", "") \ .replace("Gtk_New", "") \ .replace("Gdk_New", "") \ .replace("Initialize", "") \ .replace("Set_From_", "") \ .replace("Set_", "") if base_name(obj.name) in ("Gtk_New", "Gdk_New", "G_New"): # Always create a new group for Gtk_New, since they all # have different parameters. But we still want to group # Gtk_New and Initialize. t = tmp["Gtk_New%d" % gtk_new_index] = [obj] subprograms.append(t) elif base_name(obj.name) == "Initialize": tmp["Gtk_New%d" % gtk_new_index].append(obj) gtk_new_index += 1 elif name in tmp: tmp[name].append(obj) # Also modified in result else: tmp[name] = [obj] subprograms.append(tmp[name]) return code + subprograms else: return [[obj] for obj, in_spec in self.__objects if in_spec] def spec(self, pkg, indent): """Return the spec of the section""" result = "" add_newline = False for group in self._group_objects(): for obj in group: # If the previous object requested a trailing newline, and the # current object is not a comment, then add the newline now. if (add_newline and (not isinstance(obj, Code) or not obj.iscomment)): result += "\n" if isinstance(obj, Code): result += obj.format(indent=indent).strip("\n") + "\n" add_newline = obj.add_newline elif isinstance(obj, Subprogram): show_doc = ((not Section.group_getters_and_setters and not obj.name.startswith("Gtk_New")) or obj == group[-1]) result += obj.spec(pkg=pkg, show_doc=show_doc, indent=indent).strip("\n") + "\n" add_newline = (obj.add_newline and show_doc) else: result += obj.spec().strip("\n") + "\n" add_newline = obj.add_newline if add_newline: result += "\n" if result: if self.__comment: result = self.__comment + "\n" + result elif self.name: result = "\n" + result if self.name: result = box(self.name) + "\n" + result return result def body(self, pkg, indent): result = [] for obj, in_spec in self.__objects: if in_spec or not isinstance(obj, Code): continue result.append(obj.format(indent=indent)) # ignores obj.add_newline body_subprograms = [(obj, in_spec) for obj, in_spec in self.__objects if not isinstance(obj, Code)] body_subprograms.sort(key=lambda x: base_name(x[0].name)) # First output for the subprograms only defined in the body for obj, in_spec in body_subprograms: if not in_spec: if isinstance(obj, Subprogram): result.append(obj.spec(pkg=pkg, indent=indent)) else: result.append(obj.spec()) result.append("") # Then output all the bodiesx for obj, in_spec in body_subprograms: if isinstance(obj, Subprogram): b = obj.body(pkg=pkg, indent=indent) else: b = obj.body() + "\n" if b: result.append(b) return "\n".join(result) class Package(object): copyright_header = "" # Can be overridden by applications to change the copyright header def __init__(self, name, doc=[], isnested=False): """'doc' is a list of strings, where each string is a paragraph""" self.name = name self.doc = doc self.sections = [] # [Section] self.spec_withs = dict() # "pkg" -> use:Boolean self.body_withs = dict() # "pkg" -> use:Boolean self.private = [] # Private section self.language_version = "" # a pragma to be put just after the headers self.formal_params = "" # generic formal parameters self.isnested = isnested def __repr__(self): return "" % self.name def section(self, name): """Return an existing section (or create a new one) with the given name. """ for s in self.sections: if s.name == name: return s s = Section(self, name) self.sections.append(s) return s def add_with(self, pkg, specs=True, do_use=True, might_be_unused=False): """Add a with+use clause for pkg, where pkg can also be a list. Automatic casing is performed. If specs is True, the withs are added to the specs of the package, otherwise to the body. :param:`might_be_unused` True if the package might not be used and requires a pragma Warnings Off. """ if pkg in ("", "System"): return if type(pkg) == str: pkg = [pkg] for p in pkg: if p.lower() == self.name.lower(): continue # No dependence on self p_info = ( do_use or self.spec_withs.get(p, False), # do_use might_be_unused) if specs: self.spec_withs[p] = p_info self.body_withs.pop(p, None) # Remove same with in body elif p not in self.spec_withs: self.body_withs[p] = p_info def add_private(self, code, at_end=False): if at_end: self.private.append(code) else: self.private.insert(0, code) def _output_withs(self, withs): if withs: result = [] m = max_length(withs) had_warnings_off = False # sort so that all packages for which 'might_be_unused' is True # are last in the list for w in sorted(withs.keys(), key=lambda w: 'zz%s' % w if withs[w][1] else w): do_use, might_be_unused = withs[w] if might_be_unused and not had_warnings_off: result.append("pragma Warnings(Off); -- might be unused") had_warnings_off = True if do_use: result.append( "with %-*s use %s;" % (m + 1, w + ";", w)) else: result.append("with %s;" % w) if had_warnings_off: result.append("pragma Warnings(On);") return "\n".join(result) + "\n" return "" def section_order(self, name): """Return a numerical order for sections""" order = {"": 0, "Callbacks": 1, "Enumeration Properties": 2, # Primitive operations first "Constructors": 3, "Methods": 4, "GtkAda additions": 5, "Inherited subprograms (from interfaces)": 6, # Then non-primitive (so that we can freeze the type, for # instance by instantiating lists) "Functions": 8, "Lists": 9, # General data independent of the type "Properties": 10, "Signals": 11, # Instantiating new generic packages freezes the types, so # should be last "Interfaces": 12, } return order.get(name, 1000) def spec(self): """Returns the spec of the package, in the file `out`""" result = [] if not self.isnested: indent = "" if Package.copyright_header: result.append(Package.copyright_header) if self.language_version: result.append(self.language_version) if self.doc: result.append(format_doc(self.doc, indent="")) result.append("pragma Ada_2005;\n") result.append('pragma Warnings (Off, "*is already use-visible*");') result.append(self._output_withs(self.spec_withs)) else: indent = " " if self.formal_params: result.append(indent + "generic") result.append(indent + " %s" % self.formal_params) result.append(indent + "package %s is\n" % self.name) self.sections.sort(lambda x, y: cmp(self.section_order(x.name), self.section_order(y.name))) for s in self.sections: sec = s.spec(pkg=self, indent=indent + " ") if sec: result.append(sec.strip("\n") + "\n") if self.private: result.append(indent + "private") result.extend(self.private) result.append(indent + "end %s;" % self.name) return "\n".join(result) def body(self): """Returns the body of the package""" result = [] body = "" if self.isnested: indent = " " else: indent = "" for s in self.sections: b = s.body(pkg=self, indent=indent + " ") if b: body += "\n" + b if not body: return "" if not self.isnested: if Package.copyright_header: result.append(Package.copyright_header) if self.language_version: result.append(self.language_version) result.append("pragma Style_Checks (Off);") result.append('pragma Warnings (Off, "*is already use-visible*");') result.append(self._output_withs(self.body_withs)) result.append(indent + "package body %s is" % self.name) result.append(body) result.append(indent + "end %s;" % self.name) return "\n".join(result) gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/binding.xml0000644000076700001450000113437612533067132017373 0ustar gnatmailgnat procedure Get_Window_At_Position (Self : not null access Gdk_Device_Record; Win_X : out Gint; Win_Y : out Gint; Window : out Gdk.Gdk_Window); -- Obtains the window underneath Device, returning the location of the -- device in Win_X and Win_Y. Returns null if the window tree under Device -- is not known to GDK (for example, belongs to another application). -- As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This -- function may not be called on devices of type -- Gdk.Device.Gdk_Device_Type_Slave, unless there is an ongoing grab on -- them, see Gdk.Device.Grab. -- Since: gtk+ 3.0 -- "win_x": return location for the X coordinate of the device location, -- relative to the window origin, or null. -- "win_y": return location for the Y coordinate of the device location, -- relative to the window origin, or null. procedure Set_Device (Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Device : not null access Gdk_Device_Record); -- Sets the device for Event to Device. The event must -- have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by gdk_event_copy(). procedure Set_Source_Device (Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Device : not null access Gdk_Device_Record); -- Sets the slave device for Event to Device. -- The event must have been allocated by GTK+, -- for instance by gdk_event_copy(). procedure Set_Source_Device (Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Device : not null access Gdk_Device_Record) is procedure Internal (Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; D : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_event_set_source_device"); begin Internal (Event, Get_Object (Device)); end Set_Source_Device; procedure Set_Device (Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Device : not null access Gdk_Device_Record) is procedure Internal (Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; D : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_event_set_device"); begin Internal (Event, Get_Object (Device)); end Set_Device; procedure Get_Window_At_Position (Self : not null access Gdk_Device_Record; Win_X : out Gint; Win_Y : out Gint; Window : out Gdk.Gdk_Window) is function Internal (Self : System.Address; Acc_Win_X : access Gint; Acc_Win_Y : access Gint) return Gdk.Gdk_Window; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_device_get_window_at_position"); Acc_Win_X : aliased Gint; Acc_Win_Y : aliased Gint; begin Window := Internal (Get_Object (Self), Acc_Win_X'Access, Acc_Win_Y'Access); Win_X := Acc_Win_X; Win_Y := Acc_Win_Y; end Get_Window_At_Position; ------------- -- Display -- ------------- -- These subprograms should really be in gdk-display.ads to match what is -- done for gtk+ itself, but that would create dependency circularities. -- Ada 2005 has support for these, but we want GtkAda to build with Ada95 -- compilers. function Get_Screen (Display : access Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display_Record'Class; Screen_Num : Glib.Gint) return Gdk_Screen; -- Returns a screen object for one of the screens of the display. function Get_Default_Screen (Display : access Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display_Record'Class) return Gdk_Screen; -- Get the default Gdk_Screen for display. procedure Get_Pointer (Display : access Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display_Record'Class; Screen : out Gdk_Screen; X : out Glib.Gint; Y : out Glib.Gint; Mask : out Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type); -- Gets the current location of the pointer and the current modifier -- mask for a given display. -- (X, Y) are coordinates relative to the root window on the display procedure Warp_Pointer (Display : access Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display_Record'Class; Screen : access Gdk_Screen_Record; X : Glib.Gint; Y : Glib.Gint); -- Warps the pointer of display to the point x,y on the screen screen, -- unless the pointer is confined to a window by a grab, in which case it -- will be moved as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer creates -- events as if the user had moved the mouse instantaneously to the -- destination. -- -- Note that the pointer should normally be under the control of the user. -- This function was added to cover some rare use cases like keyboard -- navigation support for the color picker in the GtkColorSelectionDialog. function Get_Screen (Display : access Gdk_Display_Record'Class; Screen_Num : Gint) return Gdk_Screen is function Internal (Display : System.Address; Screen_Num : Gint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_get_screen"); -- External binding: gdk_display_get_screen Stub : Gdk_Screen_Record; begin return Gdk_Screen (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Display), Screen_Num), Stub)); end Get_Screen; function Get_Default_Screen (Display : access Gdk_Display_Record'Class) return Gdk_Screen is function Internal (Display : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_get_default_screen"); -- External binding: gdk_display_get_default_screen Stub : Gdk_Screen_Record; begin return Gdk_Screen (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Display)), Stub)); end Get_Default_Screen; procedure Get_Pointer (Display : access Gdk_Display_Record'Class; Screen : out Gdk_Screen; X : out Gint; Y : out Gint; Mask : out Gdk_Modifier_Type) is procedure Internal (Display : System.Address; Screen : out System.Address; X : out Gint; Y : out Gint; Mask : out Gdk_Modifier_Type); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_get_pointer"); -- External binding: gdk_display_get_pointer S : System.Address; Stub : Gdk_Screen_Record; begin Internal (Get_Object (Display), S, X, Y, Mask); Screen := Gdk_Screen (Get_User_Data (S, Stub)); end Get_Pointer; procedure Warp_Pointer (Display : access Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display_Record'Class; Screen : access Gdk_Screen_Record; X : Glib.Gint; Y : Glib.Gint) is procedure Internal (D, S : System.Address; X, Y : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_warp_pointer"); -- External binding: gdk_display_warp_pointer begin Internal (Get_Object (Display), Get_Object (Screen), X, Y); end Warp_Pointer; function Get_Area (Context : access Gtk_Cell_Area_Context_Record) return Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area; -- Fetches the Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area this Context was created by. -- This is generally unneeded by layouting widgets; however it is important -- for the context implementation itself to fetch information about the -- area it is being used for. -- For instance at GtkCellAreaContextClass.allocate time its important to -- know details about any cell spacing that the Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area -- is configured with in order to compute a proper allocation. -- Since: gtk+ 3.0 function Get_Area (Cell_Layout : Gtk_Cell_Layout) return Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area; -- Returns the underlying Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area which might be -- Cell_Layout if called on a Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area or might be null -- if no Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area is used by Cell_Layout. -- Since: gtk+ 3.0 procedure Get_Cell_At_Position (Self : access Gtk_Cell_Area_Record; Context : access Gtk.Cell_Area_Context.Gtk_Cell_Area_Context_Record'Class; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cell_Area : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; X : Gint; Y : Gint; Alloc_Area : out Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; Renderer : out Gtk.Cell_Renderer.Gtk_Cell_Renderer); -- Gets the Gtk.Cell_Renderer.Gtk_Cell_Renderer at X and Y coordinates -- inside Area and optionally returns the full cell allocation for it -- inside Cell_Area. -- Since: gtk+ 3.0 -- "context": the Gtk.Cell_Area_Context.Gtk_Cell_Area_Context used to hold -- sizes for Area. -- "widget": the Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget that Area is rendering on -- "cell_area": the whole allocated area for Area in Widget for this row -- "x": the x position -- "y": the y position -- "alloc_area": where to store the inner allocated area of the returned -- cell renderer, or null. -- "renderer": the rendered that was found. -------------- -- Get_Area -- -------------- function Get_Area (Context : access Gtk_Cell_Area_Context_Record) return Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area is function Internal (Context : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_cell_area_context_get_area"); Stub_Gtk_Cell_Area : Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area_Record; begin return Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Context)), Stub_Gtk_Cell_Area)); end Get_Area; -------------- -- Get_Area -- -------------- function Get_Area (Cell_Layout : Gtk_Cell_Layout) return Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area is function Internal (Cell_Layout : Gtk_Cell_Layout) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_cell_layout_get_area"); Stub_Gtk_Cell_Area : Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area_Record; begin return Gtk.Cell_Area.Gtk_Cell_Area (Get_User_Data (Internal (Cell_Layout), Stub_Gtk_Cell_Area)); end Get_Area; -------------------------- -- Get_Cell_At_Position -- -------------------------- procedure Get_Cell_At_Position (Self : access Gtk_Cell_Area_Record; Context : access Gtk.Cell_Area_Context.Gtk_Cell_Area_Context_Record'Class; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cell_Area : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; X : Gint; Y : Gint; Alloc_Area : out Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; Renderer : out Gtk.Cell_Renderer.Gtk_Cell_Renderer) is function Internal (Self : System.Address; Context : System.Address; Widget : System.Address; Cell_Area : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; X : Gint; Y : Gint; Acc_Alloc_Area : access Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position"); Acc_Alloc_Area : aliased Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; Stub_Gtk_Cell_Renderer : Gtk.Cell_Renderer.Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Record; Tmp_Return : System.Address; begin Tmp_Return := Internal (Get_Object (Self), Get_Object (Context), Get_Object (Widget), Cell_Area, X, Y, Acc_Alloc_Area'Access); Alloc_Area := Acc_Alloc_Area; Renderer := Gtk.Cell_Renderer.Gtk_Cell_Renderer (Get_User_Data (Tmp_Return, Stub_Gtk_Cell_Renderer)); end Get_Cell_At_Position; A Gtk_Color_Selection widget is a complex dialog that allows the user to select a color based either on its (Red, Green, Blue) or its (Hue, Saturation, Value). An additional field is provided to select the opacity of the color (this is usually called the alpha channel). See Gtk.Color_Selection_Dialog for a version of this widget that comes with its own dialog. See Gtk.Extra.Color_Combo for a different way to select colors. type Gtk_Color_Selection_Change_Palette_With_Screen_Func is access procedure (Screen : System.Address; -- Convert to Gdk_Screen with Get_User_Data Colors : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color_Unconstrained_Array; N_Colors : Gint); pragma Convention (C, Gtk_Color_Selection_Change_Palette_With_Screen_Func); -- This function should save the new palette contents, and update the -- Gtk_Settings property "gtk-color-palette" so all Gtk_Color_Selection -- widgets will be modified, including the current one. For instance, you -- would do: -- Set_String_Property -- (Get_Default, Gtk_Color_Palette, Palette_To_String (Colors), "Foo"); function Palette_From_String (Str : String) return Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color_Array; -- Parses a color palette string. This string is a colon-separated list of -- color names readable by Gdk.Color.Parse. -- An empty array is returned if Str couldn't be parsed function Palette_To_String (Colors : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color_Array) return String; -- Encodes a palette as a string, useful for persistent storage. package Color_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Natural, Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color_Array); function Palette_From_String (Str : String) return Gdk_Color_Array is use Color_Arrays; function Internal (Str : String; Colors : access Unbounded_Array_Access; N : access Gint) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_color_selection_palette_from_string"); N : aliased Gint; Output : aliased Unbounded_Array_Access; begin if Internal (Str & ASCII.NUL, Output'Access, N'Access) = 0 then Output := null; end if; declare Result : constant Gdk_Color_Array := To_Array (Output, Integer (N)); begin G_Free (Output); return Result; end; end Palette_From_String; function Palette_To_String (Colors : Gdk_Color_Array) return String is function Internal (Colors : System.Address; N_Colors : Gint) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_color_selection_palette_to_string"); Str : chars_ptr; begin if Colors'Length = 0 then return ""; else Str := Internal (Colors (Colors'First)'Address, Colors'Length); declare Result : constant String := Value (Str); begin Free (Str); return Result; end; end if; end Palette_To_String; The Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog provides a standard dialog which allows the user to select a color much like the Gtk_File_Selection provides a standard dialog for file selection. function Get_Active_Iter (Combo_Box : not null access Gtk_Combo_Box_Record) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Return the currently active iter function Get_Active_Text (Combo_Box : not null access Gtk_Combo_Box_Record) return UTF8_String; -- Return the text present in the entry if it has one, or the empty string function Get_Active_Iter (Combo_Box : not null access Gtk_Combo_Box_Record) return Gtk_Tree_Iter is function Internal (Combo_Box : System.Address; Iter : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter"); Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; Tmp : constant Gboolean := Internal (Get_Object (Combo_Box), Iter'Address); begin if Tmp /= 0 then return Iter; else return Null_Iter; end if; end Get_Active_Iter; function Get_Active_Text (Combo_Box : not null access Gtk_Combo_Box_Record) return UTF8_String is begin if not Combo_Box.Get_Has_Entry then return ""; end if; return Gtk_Entry (Combo_Box.Get_Child).Get_Text; end Get_Active_Text; Create a new box. The box's child can then be set using the Gtk.Container.Add function. This widget provides a nice way for the user of your application to select fonts. It first searches on your system for the list of fonts available, and displays a set of boxes to select them based on their name, their weight, their size, etc. This widget is provided in two forms, one widget that can be embedded in any container, a Gtk_Font_Selection, whereas the other one comes directly in its own separate window (to be popped up as a dialog). Some filters can be applied to the widget, when you want the user to select only a font only among a specific subset (like bitmap or true-type fonts for instance). There are two kinds of filters: a base filter, set in your application and that the user can not change; a user filter that can be modified interactively by the user. This widget provides a dialog for selecting a font. See also Gtk.Font_Selection. This is a very convenient widget to visually group related widgets (like groups of buttons for instance), possibly with a title to explain the purpose of this group. A Gtk_Frame has only one child, so you have to put a container like for instance a Gtk_Box inside if you want the frame to surround multiple widgets. Change the underlines pattern. Pattern is a simple string made of underscore and space characters, matching the ones in the string. GtkAda will underline every letter that matches an underscore. An empty string disables the underlines. example: If the text is FooBarBaz and the Pattern is "___ ___" then both "Foo" and "Baz" will be underlined, but not "Bar". procedure Append_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Append_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Tab_Label : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Prepend_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Tab_Label : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Convenience functions, same as above but discarding the return value. procedure Append_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Ignored : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Ignored); begin Ignored := Append_Page (Notebook, Child, null); end Append_Page; procedure Append_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Tab_Label : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Ignored : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Ignored); begin Ignored := Append_Page (Notebook, Child, Tab_Label); end Append_Page; procedure Prepend_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Tab_Label : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Ignored : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Ignored); begin Ignored := Append_Page (Notebook, Child, Tab_Label); end Prepend_Page; Add a child to the top or left pane. You can not change dynamically the attributes Resize and Shrink. Instead, you have to remove the child from the container, and put it back with the new value of the attributes. You should also first call Glib.Object.Ref on the child so as to be sure it is not destroyed when you remove it, and Glib.Object.Unref it at the end. See the example in testgtk/ in the GtkAda distribution. Add the first child of the container. The child will be displayed either in the top or in the left pane, depending on the orientation of the container. This is equivalent to using the Pack1 procedure with its default parameters. Add the second child of the container. It will be displayed in the bottom or right pane, depending on the container's orientation. This is equivalent to using Pack2 with its default parameters. The children will be displayed one on top of the other The children will be displayed next to each other See the testgtk example in the GtkAda distribution to see concrete examples on how all the parameters for the boxes work. Return the Num-th child of the box, or null if there is no such child function Wait_For_Targets (Clipboard : not null access Gtk_Clipboard_Record) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array; -- Returns a list of targets that are present on the clipboard, or an empty -- array if there aren't any targets available. -- This function waits for the data to be received using the main -- loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait. package Atom_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom, Gdk.Types.Gdk_None, Natural, Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array); ---------------------- -- Wait_For_Targets -- ---------------------- function Wait_For_Targets (Clipboard : not null access Gtk_Clipboard_Record) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array is use Atom_Arrays; function Internal (Clipboard : System.Address; Targets : access Unbounded_Array_Access; N_Targets : access Gint) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets"); Output : aliased Unbounded_Array_Access; N_Targets : aliased Gint; begin if Internal (Get_Object (Clipboard), Output'Unchecked_Access, N_Targets'Unchecked_Access) = 0 then G_Free (Output); Output := null; end if; declare Result : constant Gdk_Atom_Array := To_Array (Output, Integer (N_Targets)); begin if Output /= null then G_Free (Output); end if; return Result; end; end Wait_For_Targets; Whether the pixmap should be grayed out, as is done for insensitive widgets that do not accept user interaction function Create_Pixmap (Filename : String; Window : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class) return Gtk_Pixmap; -- Create a pixmap given a window and a filename function Create_Pixmap (Data : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array; Window : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class) return Gtk_Pixmap; -- Create a pixmap given a window and a buffer. Dummy_Pixmap : constant Gtkada.Types.chars_ptr_array := (New_String ("1 1 1 1"), New_String ("c None"), New_String (" ")); -- This is a dummy pixmap we use when a pixmap can't be found. function Create_Pixmap (Filename : String; Window : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class) return Gtk_Pixmap is Gdkpixmap : Gdk.Pixmap.Gdk_Pixmap; Mask : Gdk.Bitmap.Gdk_Bitmap; Pixmap : Gtk_Pixmap; use Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Window; begin if not Realized_Is_Set (Window) then Gtk.Window.Realize (Window); end if; if Filename = "" then Gdk.Pixmap.Create_From_Xpm_D (Gdkpixmap, Get_Window (Window), Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Dummy_Pixmap); else Gdk.Pixmap.Create_From_Xpm (Gdkpixmap, Get_Window (Window), Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Filename); end if; Gtk_New (Pixmap, Gdkpixmap, Mask); return Pixmap; end Create_Pixmap; function Create_Pixmap (Data : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array; Window : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class) return Gtk_Pixmap is Gdkpixmap : Gdk.Pixmap.Gdk_Pixmap; Mask : Gdk.Bitmap.Gdk_Bitmap; Pixmap : Gtk_Pixmap; use Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Window; begin if not Realized_Is_Set (Window) then Gtk.Window.Realize (Window); end if; Gdk.Pixmap.Create_From_Xpm_D (Gdkpixmap, Get_Window (Window), Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Data); Gtk_New (Pixmap, Gdkpixmap, Mask); return Pixmap; end Create_Pixmap; Modify the alignment for the widget. Xalign and Yalign are both values between 0.0 and 1.0 that specify the alignment: if Xalign is 0.0, the widget will be left aligned; if it is 0.5, the widget will be centered; if it is 1.0 the widget will be right aligned. Yalign is from top (0.0) to bottom (1.0). Both Xalign and Yalign will be constrained to the range 0.0 .. 1.0 Note that if the widget fills its allocated area, these two parameters won't have any effect. A Gtk_Layout is a widget that can have an almost infinite size, without occupying a lot of memory. Its children can be located anywhere within it, but will only appear on the screen if the visible area of the layout contains them. Just like a Gtk_Viewport, its visible area is indicated by two Gtk_Adjustment widgets, and thus a Gtk_Layout can be put as is in a Gtk_Scrolled_Window. As for Gtk_Fixed containers, the children can be located anywhere in the layout (no automatic organization is done). But, as opposed to Gtk_Fixed widgets, a Gtk_Layout does not try to resize itself to show all its children. Starting from GtkAda 2.0, you have to call Set_Size and specify the maximum size of the layout, otherwise children added with Put outside the size defined for the layout will never be visible. One way to do this is to systematically call Set_Size before calling Put, and make sure you specify a size big enough for the layout. The child will be displayed on the screen only if at least part of it intersects the visible area of the layout. The layout does not resize itself to automatically show the widget. You also need to call Set_Size, if the size you initially defined is smaller than (X, Y), or the child will never be visible even if the layout is scrolled. A Gtk_Button_Box is a special type of Gtk_Box specially tailored to contain buttons. This is only a base class for Gtk_Hbutton_Box and Gtk_Vbutton_Box which provide a way to arrange their children horizontally (resp. vertically). You can not instantiate a Gtk_Button_Box directly, and have to use one the above two instead. A Gtk_Hbutton_Box is a specific Gtk_Button_Box that organizes its children horizontally. The beginning of the box (when you add children with Gtk.Box.Pack_Start) is on the left of the box. Its end (for Gtk.Box.Pack_End) is on the right. A Gtk_Vbutton_Box is a specific Gtk_Button_Box that organizes its children vertically. The beginning of the box (when you add children with Gtk.Box.Pack_Start) is on the top of the box. Its end (for Gtk.Box.Pack_End) is on the bottom. A Gtk_Entry is a single line text editing widget. The text is automatically scrolled if it is longer than can be displayed on the screen, so that the cursor position is visible at all times. See Gtk_Text_View for a multiple-line text editing widget. subtype Gtk_GEntry is Gtk_Entry; procedure Insert_Text (Editable : access Gtk_Entry_Record; New_Text : UTF8_String; Position : in out Gint); -- Convenience subprogram, identical to Insert_Text above without -- the requirement to supply the New_Text_Length argument. procedure Insert_Text (Editable : access Gtk_Entry_Record; New_Text : UTF8_String; Position : in out Gint) is begin Insert_Text (Editable, New_Text & ASCII.NUL, New_Text'Length, Position); end Insert_Text; See Gtkada.Dialogs for a higher level dialog interface. Create a new dialog with a specific title, and specific attributes. Parent is the transient parent for the dialog (ie the one that is used for reference for the flag Destroy_With_Parent, or to compute the initial position of the dialog). procedure Set_Alternative_Button_Order_From_Array (Dialog : access Gtk_Dialog_Record; New_Order : Response_Type_Array); -- Sets an alternative button order. If the gtk-alternative-button-order -- setting is set to %TRUE, the dialog buttons are reordered according to -- the order of the response ids passed to this function. -- -- By default, GTK+ dialogs use the button order advocated by the Gnome -- Human Interface Guidelines with the affirmative button at the far right, -- and the cancel button left of it. But the builtin GTK+ dialogs and -- message dialogs' do provide an alternative button order, which is more -- suitable on some platforms, e.g. Windows. -- -- Use this function after adding all the buttons to your dialog. function Gtk_Alternative_Dialog_Button_Order (Screen : Gdk.Screen.Gdk_Screen := null) return Boolean; -- Returns True if dialogs are expected to use an alternative button order -- on the given screen (or current screen if null) . See -- Set_Alternative_Button_Order_From_Array for more details about -- alternative button order. -- -- If you need to use this function, you should probably connect to the -- ::notify:gtk-alternative-button-order signal on the Gtk_Settings object -- associated to Screen, in order to be notified if the button order -- setting changes. -- -- Returns: Whether the alternative button order should be used procedure Set_Alternative_Button_Order_From_Array (Dialog : access Gtk_Dialog_Record; New_Order : Response_Type_Array) is procedure Internal (Dialog : System.Address; N_Params : Gint; New_Order : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order_from_array"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Dialog), New_Order'Length, New_Order (New_Order'First)'Address); end Set_Alternative_Button_Order_From_Array; function Gtk_Alternative_Dialog_Button_Order (Screen : Gdk.Screen.Gdk_Screen := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Screen : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_alternative_dialog_button_order"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Get_Object (Screen))); end Gtk_Alternative_Dialog_Button_Order; type Gtk_Dialog_Flags is mod 8; for Gtk_Dialog_Flags'Size use Gint'Size; pragma Convention (C, Gtk_Dialog_Flags); Modal : constant Gtk_Dialog_Flags := 2 ** 0; Destroy_With_Parent : constant Gtk_Dialog_Flags := 2 ** 1; No_Separator : constant Gtk_Dialog_Flags := 2 ** 2; -- Various flags that can be set for the dialog, with the following -- implications: -- - Modal : the dialog is modal, see Gtk.Window.Set_Modal -- - Destroy_With_Parent: The dialog is destroyed if its parent is -- destroyed. See Gtk.Window.Set_Destroy_With_Parent -- - No_Separator: No separator bar above the buttons. type Gtk_Response_Type is new Gint; -- Type used for Response_Id's. -- Positive values are totally user-interpreted. -- GtkAda will sometimes return Gtk_Response_None if no Response_Id is -- available. -- -- Typical usage is: -- if Gtk.Dialog.Run (Dialog) = Gtk_Response_Accept then -- blah; -- end if; Gtk_Response_None : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -1; -- GtkAda returns this if a response widget has no Response_Id, -- or if the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed. Gtk_Response_Reject : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -2; Gtk_Response_Accept : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -3; -- GtkAda won't return these unless you pass them in -- as the response for an action widget. They are -- for your convenience. Gtk_Response_Delete_Event : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -4; -- If the dialog is deleted through the button in the titlebar Gtk_Response_OK : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -5; Gtk_Response_Cancel : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -6; Gtk_Response_Close : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -7; Gtk_Response_Yes : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -8; Gtk_Response_No : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -9; Gtk_Response_Apply : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -10; Gtk_Response_Help : constant Gtk_Response_Type := -11; -- These are returned from dialogs, and you can also use them -- yourself if you like. type Response_Type_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gtk_Response_Type; See also the Double_Buffer widget provided in the GtkAda examples for an advanced example that demonstrates how to use double buffering, to avoid flickering in your drawings. The meaning of the most important fields can be explained on the following figure (imagine this is a scrollbar): [-------|=================|-------------------] lower value value + page_size upper Create a new adjustment. Value is the initial value of the adjustment. It must be in the range (Lower .. Upper) and the adjustment's value will never be outside this range. Step_Increment is the value used to make minor adjustments, such as when the user clicks on the arrows of a scrollbar. Page_Increment is used to make major adjustments, such as when the user clicks in the through on a scrollbar. Page_Size is deprecated, use the default value. Update the Adjustment value to ensure that the range between Lower and Upper is in the current page (i.e. between value and value + page_size). If the range is larger than the page size, then only the start of it will be in the current page. A "value_changed" signal will be emitted if the value is changed. function Get (Image : access Gtk_Image_Record; Size : access Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Icon_Size) return String; -- Get the stock_id for the image displayed procedure Get_Icon_Name (Image : access Gtk_Image_Record; Name : out GNAT.Strings.String_Access; Size : out Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Icon_Size); procedure Get_Icon_Name (Image : access Gtk_Image_Record; Name : out GNAT.Strings.String_Access; Size : out Gtk_Icon_Size) is procedure Internal (Image : System.Address; Name : out Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Size : out Gtk_Icon_Size); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_image_get_icon_name"); Str : chars_ptr; begin Internal (Get_Object (Image), Str, Size); Name := new String'(Value (Str)); end Get_Icon_Name; function Get (Image : access Gtk_Image_Record; Size : access Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Icon_Size) return String is procedure Internal (Image : System.Address; Stock_Id : out Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Size : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_image_get_stock"); Stock : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Sze : Gint; begin Internal (Get_Object (Image), Stock, Sze); Size.all := Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Icon_Size'Val (Sze); return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Stock); end Get; type Context_Id is new Guint; type Message_Id is new Guint; Create a new table. The width allocated to the table is divided into Columns columns, which all have the same width if Homogeneous is True. If Homogeneous is False, the width will be calculated with the children contained in the table. Same behavior for the rows. Insert a new widget in the table. All the attachments are relative to the separations between columns and rows (for instance, to insert a widget spanning the first two columns in the table, you should put Left_Attach=0 and Right_Attach=2). Same behavior for the rows. Xoptions and Yoptions indicate the behavior of the child when the table is resized (whether the child can shrink or expand). See the description in Gtk.Box for more information on the possible values. Xpadding and Ypadding are the amount of space left around the child. Insert a new widget in the table, with default values. No padding is put around the child, and the options are set to Expand and Fill. This call is similar to Attach with default values and is only provided for compatibility. Set the spacing in pixels between Column and the next one. Indicate the homogeneous status of the table. If Homogeneous is True, the rows and columns of the table will all be allocated the same width or height. Create a check button. if Label is null, then no widget is associated with the button, and any widget can be added to the button (with Gtk.Container.Add). You should consider using a Gtk_Check_Button instead, since it looks nicer and provides more visual clues that the button can be toggled. Initialize a button. If Label is "", then no label is created inside the button and you will have to provide your own child through a call to Gtk.Container.Add. This is the recommended way to put a pixmap inside a toggle button. Change the state of the button. When Is_Active is True, the button is drawn as a pressed button Creates a new Gtk.Accel_Group.Gtk_Accel_Group. Remember to call Gtk.Window.Add_Accel_Group to active the group. type Gtk_Accel_Group_Activate is access function (Accel_Group : access Gtk_Accel_Group_Record'Class; Acceleratable : Glib.Object.GObject; Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; Modifier : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type) return Boolean; type C_Gtk_Accel_Group_Activate is access function (Accel_Group : System.Address; Acceleratable : System.Address; Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; Modifier : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type) return Boolean; pragma Convention (C, C_Gtk_Accel_Group_Activate); -- Same as Gtk_Accel_Group_Activate, but passing directly the C values. -- You must use Get_User_Data to convert to the Ada types. Creates or initializes a new radio button, belonging to Group. If Label is left as the empty string, then the button will not have any child and you are free to put any thing you want in it, including a pixmap. To initialize the group (when creating the first button), leave Group to the Null_List. You can later get the new group that is created with a call to the Get_Group subprogram below. To initialize a new group (when creating the first button), you should pass it null or a button that has not been created with Gtk_New, as in the example below. A common way to set up a group of radio group is the following: __PRE__ Group : GSlist := null; Action : Gtk_Radio_Action; while ... loop Gtk_New (Action, ...); Set_Group (Action, Group); Group := Get_Group (Action); end loop; This widget is generally put on the sides of a drawing area to help the user measure distances. It indicates the current position of the mouse cursor within the drawing area, and can be graduated in multiple units. Set or get the units used for a Gtk_Ruler. See Set_Metric Add Widget to a Fixed container at the given position. X indicates the horizontal position to place the widget at. Y is the vertical position to place the widget at. Move a child of a GtkFixed container to the given position. X indicates the horizontal position to place the widget at. Y is the vertical position to place the widget at. This package provides an interface implemented by Gtk.File_Chooser_Widget and Gtk.File_Chooser_Button, and by your own file selection widgets if you wish to expose a standard interface. Gtk_File_Chooser allows for shortcuts to various places in the filesystem. In the default implementation these are displayed in the left pane. It may be a bit confusing at first that these shortcuts come from various sources and in various flavours, so lets explain the terminology here: __PRE__ - Bookmarks are created by the user, by dragging folders from the right pane to the left pane, or by using the "Add". Bookmarks can be renamed and deleted by the user. - Shortcuts can be provided by the application or by the underlying filesystem abstraction (e.g. both the gnome-vfs and the Windows filesystems provide "Desktop" shortcuts). Shortcuts cannot be modified by the user. - Volumes are provided by the underlying filesystem abstraction. They are the "roots" of the filesystem. File Names and Encodings When the user is finished selecting files in a Gtk_File_Chooser, your program can get the selected names either as filenames or as URIs. For URIs, the normal escaping rules are applied if the URI contains non-ASCII characters. However, filenames are always returned in the character set specified by the G_FILENAME_ENCODING environment variable. Please see the Glib documentation for more details about this variable. Important: This means that while you can pass the result of Get_Filename to low-level file system primitives , you will need to convert it to UTF-8 before using it in a Gtk_Label for instance. Conversion is done through Glib.Convert.Filename_To_UTF8. You can add a custom preview widget to a file chooser and then get notification about when the preview needs to be updated. To install a preview widget, use gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(). Then, connect to the GtkFileChooser::update-preview signal to get notified when you need to update the contents of the preview. Preview widgets You can add a custom preview widget to a file chooser and then get notification about when the preview needs to be updated. To install a preview widget, use Set_Preview_Widget. Then, connect to the GtkFileChooser::update-preview signal to get notified when you need to update the contents of the preview. Your callback should use Get_Preview_Filename to see what needs previewing. Once you have generated the preview for the corresponding file, you must call Set_Preview_Widget_Active with a boolean flag that indicates whether your callback could successfully generate a preview. Adding Extra Widgets You can add extra widgets to a file chooser to provide options that are not present in the default design. For example, you can add a toggle button to give the user the option to open a file in read-only mode. You can use Set_Extra_Widget to insert additional widgets in a file chooser. If you want to set more than one extra widget in the file chooser, you can a container such as a GtkVBox or a GtkTable and include your widgets in it. Then, set the container as the whole extra widget. Key bindings The following default key bindings are provided, but you can use a gtkrc file to override them if you need (see gtk-rc.ads). __PRE__ Signal name | Key binding location-popup | Control-L (empty path) | / (path of "/") | ~ (home directory) up-folder | Alt-Up or backspace down-folder | Alt-Down home-folder | Alt-Home desktop-folder | Alt-D quick-bookmark | Alt-1 through Alt-0 procedure Insert_Text (Editable : Gtk_Editable; New_Text : UTF8_String; Position : in out Gint); -- Convenience subprogram, identical to Insert_Text above without -- the requirement to supply the New_Text_Length argument. procedure Insert_Text (Editable : Gtk_Editable; New_Text : UTF8_String; Position : in out Gint) is begin Insert_Text (Editable, New_Text & ASCII.NUL, New_Text'Length, Position); end Insert_Text; procedure Internal (Menu : System.Address; X : in out Gint; Y : in out Gint; Push_In : out Integer; Icon : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_status_icon_position_menu"); -- Custom body because we need to initialize to 0 here (on OSX). Tmp_Push_In : aliased Integer := 0; begin Internal (Get_Object (Menu), X, Y, Tmp_Push_In, Get_Object (Icon)); Push_In := Tmp_Push_In /= 0; procedure Gtk_New (Menu_Item : out Gtk_Menu_Item; Label : UTF8_String) renames Gtk_New_With_Label; procedure Initialize (Menu_Item : access Gtk_Menu_Item_Record'Class; Label : UTF8_String) renames Initialize_With_Label; -- For backwards compatibility. Creates a new #GtkFileChooserDialog. This function is analogous to gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). a new #GtkFileChooserDialog Title of the dialog, or %NULL Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL Open or save mode for the dialog In case the default screen is being used, adding a new recently used file is as simple as: __PRE__ declare Manager : constant Gtk_Recent_Manager := Get_Default; begin Add_Item (Manager, File_URI); end; While looking up a recently used file is as simple as using: __PRE__ declare Manager : constant Gtk_Recent_Manager := Get_Default; Info : Gtk_Recent_Info; Error : Glib.Error.GError; begin Lookup_Item (Info, Manager, File_URI, Error); if Error /= null then -- Use the info object Unref (Info); else Put_Line ("Could not find the file: " & Glib.Error.Get_Message (Error)); Glib.Error.Error_Free (Error); end if; end; function Add_Full (Manager : access Gtk_Recent_Manager_Record; Uri : UTF8_String; Display_Name : UTF8_String := ""; Description : UTF8_String := ""; Mime_Type : UTF8_String; App_Name : UTF8_String; App_Exec : UTF8_String; Groups : GNAT.Strings.String_List; Is_Private : Boolean) return Boolean; -- Manager : the Gtk_Recent_Manager on which to operate -- Uri : pointer to resource -- Display_Name : a UTF-8 encoded string, containing the name of the -- recently used resource to be displayed, or "". -- Description : a UTF-8 encoded string, containing a short description -- of the resource, or "". -- Mime_Type : the MIME type of the resource. -- App_Name : the name of the application that is registering this -- recently used resource. -- App_Exec : command line used to launch this resource; may contain -- the "%f" and "%u" escape characters which will be -- expanded to the resource file path and URI, respectively, -- when the command line is retrieved. -- Groups : a vector of strings containing groups names. -- Is_Private : whether this resource should be displayed only by the -- applications that have registered it or not. -- -- Adds a new resource, pointed by Uri, into the recently used -- resources list, using the metadata specified. -- -- The passed URI will be used to identify this resource inside the -- list. -- -- In order to register the new recently used resource, metadata about -- the resource must be passed as well as the URI. This metadata must -- contain the MIME type of the resource pointed by the URI; the name of -- the application that is registering the item, and a command line to be -- used when launching the item. -- -- Optionally, it is possible to specify a UTF-8 string to be used when -- viewing the item instead of the last component of the URI; a short -- description of the item; whether the item should be considered private - -- that is, should be displayed only by the applications that have -- registered it. -- -- Returns True if the new item was successfully added to the recently -- used resources list, False otherwise. function Add_Full (Manager : access Gtk_Recent_Manager_Record; Uri : UTF8_String; Display_Name : UTF8_String := ""; Description : UTF8_String := ""; Mime_Type : UTF8_String; App_Name : UTF8_String; App_Exec : UTF8_String; Groups : GNAT.Strings.String_List; Is_Private : Boolean) return Boolean is function Internal (Manager : System.Address; Uri : String; Recent_Data : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_recent_manager_add_full"); type Gtk_Recent_Data_Record is record display_name : chars_ptr; description : chars_ptr; mime_type : chars_ptr; app_name : chars_ptr; app_exec : chars_ptr; groups : System.Address; is_private : Gboolean; end record; pragma Convention (C, Gtk_Recent_Data_Record); -- Internal record that matches struct _GtkRecentData in -- gtkrecentmanager.h C_Groups : aliased chars_ptr_array := From_String_List (Groups); -- Temporary variable to aid translation GRD : aliased Gtk_Recent_Data_Record; -- Data to feed in to gtk_recent_manager_add_full() Result : Gboolean; begin -- Set up. GRD.display_name := String_Or_Null (Display_Name); GRD.description := String_Or_Null (Description); GRD.mime_type := New_String (Mime_Type); GRD.app_name := New_String (App_Name); GRD.app_exec := New_String (App_Exec); GRD.is_private := Boolean'Pos (Is_Private); if C_Groups'Length > 0 then GRD.groups := C_Groups (C_Groups'First)'Address; else GRD.groups := System.Null_Address; end if; -- Invoke function. Result := Internal (Get_Object (Manager), Uri & ASCII.NUL, GRD'Address); -- Clean up, making sure to avoid double-deallocations where such -- may be possible. if GRD.display_name /= Null_Ptr then Free (GRD.display_name); end if; if GRD.description /= Null_Ptr then Free (GRD.description); end if; Free (GRD.mime_type); Free (GRD.app_name); Free (GRD.app_exec); for I in C_Groups'Range loop if C_Groups (I) /= Null_Ptr then Free (C_Groups (I)); end if; end loop; -- Return result. return Boolean'Val (Result); end Add_Full; subtype time_t is Long_Integer; -- Type to interface with C's time_t type. To convert this to/from -- an Ada type, look at Ada.Calendar.Conversion_Operations and be -- sure to pay special attention to the ranges each type is capable -- of representing. procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_widget_destroy"); procedure Unref_Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Unref_Internal, "g_object_unref"); -- External binding: g_object_unref Ptr : constant System.Address := Get_Object (Widget); use type System.Address; begin -- Keep a reference on the object, so that the Ada structure is -- never automatically deleted when the C object is. -- We can't reset the content of Widget to System.Null_Address before -- calling the C function, because we want the user's destroy -- callbacks to be called with the appropriate object. Ref (Widget); Internal (Ptr); -- We then can make sure that the object won't be referenced any -- more, (The Ada structure won't be free before the ref count goes -- down to 0, and we don't want the user to use a deleted object...). Set_Object (Widget, System.Null_Address); -- Free the reference we had. In most cases, this results in the -- object being freed. We can't use directly Unref, since the Ptr -- field for Object is Null_Address. Unref_Internal (Ptr); subtype Gtk_Allocation is Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; ------------------------------------ -- Override default size handling -- ------------------------------------ type Gtk_Requisition_Access is access all Gtk_Requisition; type Gtk_Allocation_Access is access all Gtk_Allocation; pragma Convention (C, Gtk_Requisition_Access); pragma Convention (C, Gtk_Allocation_Access); function Get_Requisition (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Requisition_Access; function Get_Allocation (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Allocation_Access; -- Convert values received as callback parameters type Size_Allocate_Handler is access procedure (Widget : System.Address; Allocation : Gtk_Allocation); pragma Convention (C, Size_Allocate_Handler); -- Widget is the gtk+ C widget, that needs to be converted to Ada through -- a call to: -- declare -- Stub : Gtk_Widget_Record; -- or the exact type you expect -- begin -- My_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Glib.Object.Get_User_Data (Widget, Stub); -- end; procedure Set_Default_Size_Allocate_Handler (Klass : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Handler : Size_Allocate_Handler); pragma Import (C, Set_Default_Size_Allocate_Handler, "ada_WIDGET_CLASS_override_size_allocate"); -- Override the default size_allocate handler for this class. This handler -- is automatically called in several cases (when a widget is dynamically -- resized for instance), not through a signal. Thus, if you need to -- override the default behavior provided by one of the standard -- containers, you can not simply use Gtk.Handlers.Emit_Stop_By_Name, and -- you must override the default handler. Note also that this handler -- is automatically inherited by children of this class. -- -- This function is not needed unless you are writting your own -- widgets, and should be reserved for advanced customization of the -- standard widgets. type Preferred_Size_Handler is access procedure (Widget : System.Address; Minimum_Size : out Glib.Gint; Natural_Size : out Glib.Gint); pragma Convention (C, Preferred_Size_Handler); procedure Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Width_Handler (Klass : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Handler : Preferred_Size_Handler); procedure Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Height_Handler (Klass : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Handler : Preferred_Size_Handler); pragma Import (C, Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Width_Handler, "ada_WIDGET_CLASS_override_get_preferred_width"); pragma Import (C, Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Height_Handler, "ada_WIDGET_CLASS_override_get_preferred_height"); -- Override the computation of a widget's preferred sizes. -- You will only need to override this computation if you are writting -- your own container widgets. procedure Inherited_Get_Preferred_Width (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Glib.Gint); procedure Inherited_Get_Preferred_Height (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Glib.Gint); -- Call the default implementation procedure Inherited_Size_Allocate (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Allocation : Gtk_Allocation); -- Call the inherited size_allocate. This is useful if you have overloaded it in -- your own class, but still need to call the standard implementation. type Realize_Handler is access procedure (Widget : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Realize_Handler); procedure Set_Default_Realize_Handler (Klass : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Handler : Realize_Handler); pragma Import (C, Set_Default_Realize_Handler, "ada_WIDGET_CLASS_override_realize"); -- Override the handler for the "realize" signal. This handler should -- create the window for the widget procedure Inherited_Realize (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Call the inherited realize. --------------------------- -- Override Draw handler -- --------------------------- generic with function Draw (W : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Boolean; function Proxy_Draw (W : System.Address; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Proxy_Draw); type Draw_Handler is access function (W : System.Address; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Draw_Handler); -- A function responsible for drawing a widget. procedure Set_Default_Draw_Handler (Klass : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Handler : Draw_Handler); -- Override the default drawing function. This in general gives more -- control than connection to Signal_Draw, however a widget is responsible -- for drawing its children. -- Use the generic Proxy_Draw to create a suitable callback. function Inherited_Draw (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Boolean; -- Call the inherited draw. This is useful if you have overloaded draw in -- your own class, but still need to draw the child widgets that do not -- have their own window (the others will already get their own "draw" -- event. -- See http://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/3.0/chap-drawing-model.html -- for an explanation of the gtk+ drawing model. function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Draw_Handler, System.Address); function Proxy_Draw (W : System.Address; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Gboolean is Stub : Gtk_Widget_Record; W2 : constant Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Get_User_Data (W, Stub)); begin return Boolean'Pos (Draw (W2, Cr)); end Proxy_Draw; function Inherited_Draw (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Boolean is function Internal (Klass : Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : System.Address; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_draw"); begin return Internal (Klass, Widget.Get_Object, Cr) /= 0; end Inherited_Draw; procedure Inherited_Get_Preferred_Width (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Glib.Gint) is procedure Internal (Klass : Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : System.Address; Min, Nat : out Glib.Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_get_preferred_width"); begin Internal (Klass, Widget.Get_Object, Minimum_Size, Natural_Size); end Inherited_Get_Preferred_Width; procedure Inherited_Get_Preferred_Height (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Glib.Gint) is procedure Internal (Klass : Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : System.Address; Min, Nat : out Glib.Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_get_preferred_height"); begin Internal (Klass, Widget.Get_Object, Minimum_Size, Natural_Size); end Inherited_Get_Preferred_Height; procedure Inherited_Size_Allocate (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Allocation : Gtk_Allocation) is procedure Internal (Klass : Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : System.Address; Allocation : Gtk_Allocation); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_size_allocate"); begin Internal (Klass, Widget.Get_Object, Allocation); end Inherited_Size_Allocate; procedure Inherited_Realize (Klass : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Klass : Ada_GObject_Class; Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_realize"); begin Internal (Klass, Widget.Get_Object); end Inherited_Realize; procedure Set_Default_Draw_Handler (Klass : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Handler : Draw_Handler) is procedure Internal (K : GObject_Class; H : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_WIDGET_CLASS_override_draw"); begin Internal (Klass, Convert (Handler)); end Set_Default_Draw_Handler; function Get_Allocation (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Allocation_Access is pragma Warnings (Off); -- This UC is safe aliasing-wise, so kill warning function To_Allocation is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk_Allocation_Access); pragma Warnings (On); begin return To_Allocation (Glib.Values.Get_Address (Value)); end Get_Allocation; function Get_Requisition (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Requisition_Access is pragma Warnings (Off); -- This UC is safe aliasing-wise, so kill warning function To_Requisition is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk_Requisition_Access); pragma Warnings (On); begin return To_Requisition (Glib.Values.Get_Address (Value)); end Get_Requisition; Pango_Scale : constant := 1024; -- All internal units in Pango are expressed in terms of this unit. A -- typical pango size must be divided by Pango_Scale to get the equivalent -- in pixels. function To_Pixels (Pango_Units : Gint) return Gint; -- Convert a size in pango units to pixels. This is a rounding of -- Pango_Units divided by Pango_Scale -- Enum types are bound with the following algorithm: -- + the "Pango" prefix of the type name is stripped -- + Each word of the type name is separated by '_' -- + the full enum name is kept, but capitalized. -- All enums types should be sorted by alphabetical order... function To_Pixels (Pango_Units : Gint) return Gint is begin if Pango_Units > 0 then return (Pango_Units + Pango_Scale / 2) / Pango_Scale; else return (Pango_Units - Pango_Scale / 2) / Pango_Scale; end if; end To_Pixels; function Convert (S : String) return System.Address; function Convert (S : System.Address) return String; package String_List is new Glib.Glist.Generic_List (UTF8_String); package String_SList is new Glib.GSlist.Generic_SList (UTF8_String); -- Warning: when you create this list, new memory gets allocated for -- all the strings. You should use the function Free_String_List -- instead of Glib.Glist.Free to be sure to free this memory. procedure Free_String_List (List : in out String_List.Glist); procedure Free_String_List (List : in out String_SList.GSlist); -- Free the memory occupied by all the strings in the list, as well -- as the memory occupied by the list itself. function Convert (S : String) return System.Address is function Internal is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr, System.Address); begin return Internal (Interfaces.C.Strings.New_String (S)); end Convert; function Convert_Chars_Ptr is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr); function Convert (S : System.Address) return String is begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Convert_Chars_Ptr (S)); end Convert; procedure Free_String_List (List : in out String_List.Glist) is use type String_List.Glist; Tmp : String_List.Glist := List; Chars : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; begin while Tmp /= String_List.Null_List loop Chars := Convert_Chars_Ptr (String_List.Get_Data_Address (Tmp)); Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (Chars); Tmp := String_List.Next (Tmp); end loop; String_List.Free (List); List := String_List.Null_List; end Free_String_List; procedure Free_String_List (List : in out String_SList.GSlist) is use type String_SList.GSlist; Tmp : String_SList.GSlist := List; Chars : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; begin while Tmp /= String_SList.Null_List loop Chars := Convert_Chars_Ptr (String_SList.Get_Data_Address (Tmp)); Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (Chars); Tmp := String_SList.Next (Tmp); end loop; String_SList.Free (List); List := String_SList.Null_List; end Free_String_List; type array_of_Gdk_RGBA is array (Natural range <>) of Gdk_RGBA; Null_RGBA : constant Gdk_RGBA := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Black_RGBA : constant Gdk_RGBA := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); White_RGBA : constant Gdk_RGBA := (1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0); type Property_RGBA is new Glib.Property; procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RGBA; Value : Gdk_RGBA); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RGBA) return Gdk_RGBA; function Gdk_RGBA_Or_Null (Val : System.Address) return System.Address; -- Used for the GtkAda binding itself. -- Return either a Null_Address or a pointer to Val, depending on -- whether Val is the null value for the type. -- In all cases, Val is supposed to be an access to the type mentioned in -- the name of the subprogram. -- In Ada2012, these could be replaced with expression functions instead. procedure Set_Value (Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Val : Gdk_RGBA); function Get_Value (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gdk_RGBA; -- Conversion functions for storing a Gdk_RGBA as a GValue. function To_Address (Val : Gdk_RGBA; Addr : System.Address) return System.Address; package RGBA_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property (Gdk_RGBA, Gdk.RGBA.Get_Type, To_Address); procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RGBA; Value : Gdk_RGBA) is begin RGBA_Properties.Set_Property (Object, RGBA_Properties.Property (Name), Value); end Set_Property; function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RGBA) return Gdk_RGBA is begin return RGBA_Properties.Get_Property (Object, RGBA_Properties.Property (Name)); end Get_Property; function Gdk_RGBA_Or_Null (Val : System.Address) return System.Address is function Internal is new Gtkada.Bindings.Generic_To_Address_Or_Null (Gdk_RGBA, Null_RGBA); begin return Internal (Val); end Gdk_RGBA_Or_Null; function Get_Value (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gdk_RGBA renames RGBA_Properties.Get_Value; procedure Set_Value (Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Val : Gdk_RGBA) renames RGBA_Properties.Set_Value; function To_Address (Val : Gdk_RGBA; Addr : System.Address) return System.Address is begin if Val = Null_RGBA then return System.Null_Address; else return Addr; end if; end To_Address; -- Common names, from PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG: Standard for Media Standardized -- Names Gtk_Paper_Name_A3 : constant String := "iso_a3"; Gtk_Paper_Name_A4 : constant String := "iso_a4"; Gtk_Paper_Name_A5 : constant String := "iso_a5"; Gtk_Paper_Name_B5 : constant String := "iso_b5"; Gtk_Paper_Name_Letter : constant String := "na_letter"; Gtk_Paper_Name_Executive : constant String := "na_executive"; Gtk_Paper_Name_Legal : constant String := "na_legal"; subtype Priority is Glib.Guint; Priority_Fallback : constant Priority := 1; -- Used when no theme is defined Priority_Theme : constant Priority := 200; -- Used for style information provided by the theme Priority_Settings : constant Priority := 400; -- Used for information provided via Gtk_Settings Priority_Application : constant Priority := 600; -- For application-specific information Priority_User : constant Priority := 800; -- Used for the style information from ~/.gtk-3.0.css function Get_Style_Context (Widget : not null access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Gtk_Style_Context; -- Returns the style context associated to Widget. -- must not be freed. function Get_Style_Context (Widget : not null access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Gtk_Style_Context is function Internal (Widget : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_widget_get_style_context"); Stub_Gtk_Style_Context : Gtk_Style_Context_Record; begin return Gtk_Style_Context (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Widget)), Stub_Gtk_Style_Context)); end Get_Style_Context; procedure Internal (Buffer : System.Address; Iter : out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Line_Number : Gint; Char_Offset : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_line_offset"); Result : Boolean; begin -- Prevent critical crashes from gtk+ if Char_Offset is invalid Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Iter, Line_Number, 0); if not Ends_Line (Iter) then Forward_To_Line_End (Iter, Result); if Char_Offset <= Get_Line_Offset (Iter) then Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Iter, Line_Number, Char_Offset); end if; end if; procedure Insert (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr); -- More efficient version of Insert, which doesn't require a string copy. procedure Insert_At_Cursor (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; Len : Gint := -1); -- Call Buffer_Insert, using the current cursor position -- as the insertion point. -- Text: UTF-8 format C string to insert. function Get_Text (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Start : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; The_End : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Include_Hidden_Chars : Boolean := False) return Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; -- Same as Get_Text above, but return a pointer to a C string, for -- efficiency. -- The caller is responsible for freeing (using Gtkada.Types.g_free) the -- returned pointer. function Selection_Exists (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record) return Boolean; -- Return True if some text in the buffer is currently selected. procedure Insert_With_Tags (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : UTF8_String; Tag : Gtk_Text_Tag); procedure Insert_With_Tags (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; Tag : Gtk.Text_Tag.Gtk_Text_Tag); -- Same as Insert, but specifies the tag to apply to the range. function Get_Buffer (Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter) return Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer; -- Returns the Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer this iterator is associated -- with. function Get_Buffer (Mark : Gtk_Text_Mark) return Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer; -- Gets the buffer this mark is located inside, or null if the mark is -- deleted. function Create_Tag (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Tag_Name : String := "") return Gtk.Text_Tag.Gtk_Text_Tag; -- Creates a tag and adds it to the tag table for Buffer. Equivalent to -- calling gtk.text_tag.gtk_new and then adding the tag to the buffer's tag -- table. The returned tag is owned by the buffer's tag table, so the ref -- count will be equal to one. -- -- If Tag_Name is NULL, the tag is anonymous, otherwise a tag called -- Tag_Name must not already exist in the tag table for this buffer. ------------ -- Insert -- ------------ procedure Insert (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr) is procedure Internal (Buffer : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; Len : Gint := -1); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_buffer_insert"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Iter, Text); end Insert; procedure Insert_At_Cursor (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; Len : Gint := -1) is procedure Internal (Buffer : System.Address; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; Len : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Text, Len); end Insert_At_Cursor; procedure Insert_With_Tags (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : UTF8_String; Tag : Gtk_Text_Tag) is procedure Internal (Buffer : System.Address; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : UTF8_String; Len : Gint; Tag : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Iter, Text, Text'Length, Get_Object (Tag)); end Insert_With_Tags; procedure Insert_With_Tags (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; Tag : Gtk.Text_Tag.Gtk_Text_Tag) is procedure Internal (Buffer : System.Address; Iter : in out Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; Len : Gint := -1; Tag : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Iter, Text, Tag => Get_Object (Tag)); end Insert_With_Tags; -------------- -- Get_Text -- -------------- function Get_Text (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Start : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; The_End : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Include_Hidden_Chars : Boolean := False) return Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr is function Internal (Buffer : System.Address; Start : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; The_End : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; Include_Hidden_Chars : Gboolean) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_buffer_get_text"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Start, The_End, Boolean'Pos (Include_Hidden_Chars)); end Get_Text; function Selection_Exists (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record) return Boolean is Ignored_A, Ignored_B : Gtk_Text_Iter; Has_Selection : Boolean; begin Get_Selection_Bounds (Buffer, Ignored_A, Ignored_B, Has_Selection); return Has_Selection; end Selection_Exists; ---------------- -- Get_Buffer -- ---------------- function Get_Buffer (Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter) return Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer is function Internal (Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_iter_get_buffer"); Stub_Gtk_Text_Buffer : Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; begin return Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer (Get_User_Data (Internal (Iter), Stub_Gtk_Text_Buffer)); end Get_Buffer; ---------------- -- Get_Buffer -- ---------------- function Get_Buffer (Mark : Gtk_Text_Mark) return Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer is function Internal (Mark : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_mark_get_buffer"); Stub_Gtk_Text_Buffer : Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; begin return Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Mark)), Stub_Gtk_Text_Buffer)); end Get_Buffer; ---------------- -- Create_Tag -- ---------------- function Create_Tag (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record; Tag_Name : String := "") return Gtk_Text_Tag is function Internal (Buffer : System.Address; Tag_Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_text_buffer_create_tag"); Stub : Gtk_Text_Tag_Record; Str : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Tag_Name); Tag : Gtk_Text_Tag; begin Tag := Gtk_Text_Tag (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Buffer), Str), Stub)); Free (Str); return Tag; end Create_Tag; ------------------------------- -- Converting to/from GValue -- ------------------------------- procedure Set_Text_Mark (Val : in out Glib.Values.GValue; Mark : access Gtk_Text_Mark_Record); function Get_Text_Mark (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Text_Mark; -- Set the value of the given GValue to Mark. ------------------- -- Set_Text_Mark -- ------------------- procedure Set_Text_Mark (Val : in out Glib.Values.GValue; Mark : access Gtk_Text_Mark_Record) is begin Glib.Values.Set_Address (Val, Get_Object (Mark)); end Set_Text_Mark; ------------------- -- Get_Text_Mark -- ------------------- function Get_Text_Mark (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Text_Mark is Stub : Gtk_Text_Mark_Record; begin return Gtk_Text_Mark (Get_User_Data_Fast (Glib.Values.Get_Address (Val), Stub)); end Get_Text_Mark; Newly created tags must be added to the tags table for the buffer you intend to use them in, as in: "Gtk.Text_Tag_Table.Add (Get_Tag_Table (Buffer), Tag)". See also Gtk.Text_Buffer.Create_Tag which is a more convenient way of creating a tag. x procedure Init; -- Initialize GtkAda's internal structures. -- This subprogram should be called before any other one in GtkAda. -- If GtkAda could not be initialized (no access to the display, etc.), the -- application exits with an error function Init_Check return Boolean; -- Initialize GtkAda's internal structures. -- Return False if there was an error (no access to the display, etc.) gnat_argc : Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (C, gnat_argc); gnat_argv : System.Address; pragma Import (C, gnat_argv); procedure Init is procedure Internal (argc : System.Address; argv : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_init"); begin Internal (gnat_argc'Address, gnat_argv'Address); end Init; function Init_Check return Boolean is function Internal (argc : System.Address; argv : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_init_check"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (gnat_argc'Address, gnat_argv'Address)); end Init_Check; procedure Ref (Self : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor); pragma Import (C, Ref, "g_object_ref"); procedure Unref (Self : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor); pragma Import (C, Unref, "g_object_unref"); function Get_User_Data (Window : Gdk_Window) return Glib.Object.GObject; -- Return the widget to which events are reported when they happen on -- Window. This is the widget that was set through the call to -- Set_User_data. procedure Set_User_Data (Window : Gdk_Window; Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class); -- Sets a special field in the window. -- All the events reported by the Xserver (or the Windows server) for -- Window will be redirected to Widget through the standard signals -- "expose_event", "button_press_event", ... -- You almost always need to call this function after creating a new -- Gdk_Window yourself, or you won't be able to handle the events. procedure Ref (Window : Gdk_Window); procedure Unref (Window : Gdk_Window); pragma Import (C, Ref, "g_object_ref"); pragma Import (C, Unref, "g_object_unref"); function Get_User_Data (Window : Gdk_Window) return Glib.Object.GObject is procedure Internal (Window : Gdk_Window; Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_window_get_user_data"); Data : aliased System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record; begin Internal (Window, Data'Address); return Get_User_Data (Data, Stub); end Get_User_Data; procedure Set_User_Data (Window : Gdk_Window; Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Window : Gdk_Window; Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_window_set_user_data"); begin Internal (Window, Get_Object (Widget)); end Set_User_Data; procedure Enable_Model_Drag_Dest (Icon_View : access Gtk_Icon_View_Record; Targets : Gtk.Target_List.Target_Entry_Array; Actions : Gdk.Dnd.Drag_Action); -- Turns Icon_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. -- Targets is the list of targets that the drag will support. procedure Enable_Model_Drag_Source (Icon_View : access Gtk_Icon_View_Record; Start_Button_Mask : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Targets : Gtk.Target_List.Target_Entry_Array; Actions : Gdk.Dnd.Drag_Action); -- Turns Icon_view into a drag source for automatic DND. -- Start_Button_Mask is the allowed buttons to start drag. procedure Enable_Model_Drag_Dest (Icon_View : access Gtk_Icon_View_Record; Targets : Target_Entry_Array; Actions : Drag_Action) is procedure Internal (Icon_View : System.Address; Targets : System.Address; N_Targets : Gint; Actions : Drag_Action); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Icon_View), Targets (Targets'First)'Address, Targets'Length, Actions); end Enable_Model_Drag_Dest; procedure Enable_Model_Drag_Source (Icon_View : access Gtk_Icon_View_Record; Start_Button_Mask : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Targets : Target_Entry_Array; Actions : Drag_Action) is procedure Internal (Icon_View : System.Address; Start_Button_Mask : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Targets : System.Address; N_Targets : Gint; Actions : Drag_Action); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Icon_View), Start_Button_Mask, Targets (Targets'First)'Address, Targets'Length, Actions); end Enable_Model_Drag_Source; Extract the button number from an event State of the mouse buttons and keyboard keys just prior to the event Code of the key that was pressed (and that generated the event) Hardware key code of the key that was pressed The type of the event The window to which the event was sent type Gdk_Event is access all Gdk_Event_Record; pragma No_Strict_Aliasing (Gdk_Event); Double_Button_Press : constant Gdk_Event_Type := Gdk_2button_Press; Triple_Button_Press : constant Gdk_Event_Type := Gdk_3button_Press; Button_Primary : constant Gint := 1; Button_Secondary : constant Gint := 3; Button_Middle : constant Gint := 2; -- The primary button is typically the left mouse button, or the -- right button in a left-handed setup. The secondary button is the -- other one. function From_Address (C : System.Address) return Gdk_Event; -- Convert a C handler to the matching Event structure. function To_Address (C : Gdk_Event) return System.Address; -- Convert an event to the underlying C handler. function Get_Event (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gdk_Event; -- Convert a value into a Gdk_Event. function To_Event (Event : access Gdk_Event_Button) return Gdk_Event; function To_Event (Event : access Gdk_Event_Key) return Gdk_Event; -- Cast Event into a Gdk_Event, which can be used to call some of -- subprograms in the API. The return value is a pointer to Event, -- which should therefore remain valid as long as the pointer is in -- use. ------------------------------- -- Some constants used below -- ------------------------------- -- This constants have the '-1' since in some cases gtk itself uses -- the extrema to return some meaningful value (for instance, the result -- of Get_Area can have the values Guint16'Last to mean the whole area). Invalid_Gdouble_Value : constant Gdouble := Gdouble'Last - 1.0; Invalid_Gint_Value : constant Gint := Gint'Last - 1; Invalid_Guint_Value : constant Guint := Guint'Last - 1; Invalid_Guint32_Value : constant Guint32 := Guint32'Last - 1; Invalid_Gulong_Value : constant Gulong := Gulong'Last - 1; pragma Export (C, Invalid_Gdouble_Value, "ada_gdk_invalid_gdouble_value"); pragma Export (C, Invalid_Gint_Value, "ada_gdk_invalid_gint_value"); pragma Export (C, Invalid_Guint_Value, "ada_gdk_invalid_guint_value"); pragma Export (C, Invalid_Guint32_Value, "ada_gdk_invalid_guint32_value"); pragma Export (C, Invalid_Gulong_Value, "ada_gdk_invalid_gulong_value"); function From_Address (C : System.Address) return Gdk_Event is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Glib.C_Proxy, Gdk_Event); begin return Convert (Glib.C_Proxy'(Glib.To_Proxy (C))); end From_Address; function To_Address (C : Gdk_Event) return System.Address is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Gdk_Event, Glib.C_Proxy); begin return Glib.To_Address (Convert (C)); end To_Address; function Get_Event (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gdk_Event is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Glib.C_Proxy, Gdk_Event); begin return Convert (Glib.Values.Get_Proxy (Value)); end Get_Event; function To_Event (Event : access Gdk_Event_Button) return Gdk_Event is type Gdk_Event_Button_Access is access all Gdk_Event_Button; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Gdk_Event_Button_Access, Gdk_Event); begin return Convert (Gdk_Event_Button_Access (Event)); end To_Event; function To_Event (Event : access Gdk_Event_Key) return Gdk_Event is type Gdk_Event_Key_Access is access all Gdk_Event_Key; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Gdk_Event_Key_Access, Gdk_Event); begin return Convert (Gdk_Event_Key_Access (Event)); end To_Event; --------------- -- Selection -- --------------- function Make_Atom (Num : Gulong) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; pragma Import (C, Make_Atom, "ada_make_atom"); -- Auxiliary subprogram subtype Gdk_Selection is Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; -- These are predefined atom values for several common selections. -- You are of course free to create new ones, but most of the time you -- should simply use Selection_Primary unless you foresee the need for -- multiple simultaneous selections. -- To access the clipboard on windows machines, you might need to create -- a new selection with Gdk.Property.Atom_Intern ("CLIPBOARD"); Selection_Primary : constant Gdk_Selection := Make_Atom (1); Selection_Secondary : constant Gdk_Selection := Make_Atom (2); procedure Selection_Data_Set (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Data : System.Address; Length : Gint); -- General form of Selection_Data_Set. -- Any data can be transmitted. Length is the number of bytes in Data. procedure Selection_Data_Set (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Data : String); -- Set the data for a selection (special case for strings) -- This function is generally called when a drag-and-drop operation -- ask the source widget for the data to be transmitted. In that case, -- a Selection_Data was already transmitted and is given as a handler -- parameter for the signal "drag_data_get". The_Type can simply be -- extracted from the Selection_Data. function Get_Targets (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array; -- Gets the contents of Selection_Data as an array of targets. -- This can be used to interpret the results of getting -- the standard TARGETS target that is always supplied for -- any selection. -- This is different from Get_Target, which indicate the current format -- that the selection contains. Get_Targets only applies when Get_Target -- is "TARGETS". function Get_Data_As_String (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data) return String; -- Return the data as a string. -- This is only a convenience function, since it simply creates a string -- from the return of Get_Data. package Atom_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom, Gdk.Types.Gdk_None, Natural, Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array); ------------------------ -- Selection_Data_Set -- ------------------------ procedure Selection_Data_Set (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Data : System.Address; Length : Gint) is procedure Internal (Selection : System.Address; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Data : System.Address; Length : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_selection_data_set"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Selection), The_Type, Format, Data, Length); end Selection_Data_Set; procedure Selection_Data_Set (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Data : String) is begin Selection_Data_Set (Selection, The_Type, Format, Data'Address, Data'Length); end Selection_Data_Set; ----------------- -- Get_Targets -- ----------------- function Get_Targets (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array is use Atom_Arrays; function Internal (Selection : System.Address; Targets : access Unbounded_Array_Access; N_Atoms : access Gint) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_selection_data_get_targets"); Output : aliased Unbounded_Array_Access; N : aliased Gint; begin if Internal (Get_Object (Selection), Output'Unchecked_Access, N'Unchecked_Access) = 0 then Output := null; end if; declare Result : constant Gdk_Atom_Array := To_Array (Output, Integer (N)); begin G_Free (Output); return Result; end; end Get_Targets; ------------------------ -- Get_Data_As_String -- ------------------------ function Get_Data_As_String (Selection : Gtk_Selection_Data) return String is function Internal (Selection : System.Address) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_selection_data_get_data"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Get_Object (Selection))); end Get_Data_As_String; type Target_Entry_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gtk_Target_Entry; Any_Target_Entry : Target_Entry_Array (1 .. 0); -- To be used for drop sites that accept any kind of data. procedure Gtk_New (List : out Gtk_Target_List; Targets : Target_Entry_Array); -- Creates a new Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List from an array of -- Gtk.Target_Entry.Gtk_Target_Entry. procedure Add_Table (List : Gtk_Target_List; Targets : Target_Entry_Array); -- Prepends a table of Gtk.Target_Entry.Gtk_Target_Entry to a target list. ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (List : out Gtk_Target_List; Targets : Target_Entry_Array) is function Internal (Targets : System.Address; Ntargets : Guint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_target_list_new"); begin List.Set_Object (Internal (Targets'Address, Targets'Length)); end Gtk_New; --------------- -- Add_Table -- --------------- procedure Add_Table (List : Gtk_Target_List; Targets : Target_Entry_Array) is procedure Internal (List : System.Address; Targets : System.Address; Ntargets : Guint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_target_list_add_table"); begin Internal (Get_Object (List), Targets'Address, Targets'Length); end Add_Table; function Selected_Button (In_Group : Widget_SList.GSlist) return Natural; -- Return the button number of the selected button in the group. -- Note: This function is not part of Gtk+ itself, but is provided as a -- convenient function function Selected_Button (In_Group : Widget_SList.GSlist) return Natural is use Widget_SList; J : Natural := 0; Tmp : Widget_SList.GSlist := In_Group; begin while Tmp /= Widget_SList.Null_List loop exit when Get_Active (Gtk_Radio_Menu_Item (Get_Data (Tmp))); Tmp := Next (Tmp); J := J + 1; end loop; return J; end Selected_Button; an object containing a set of pango.Font objects type Pango_Script_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Pango_Script; type script_array_bounded is array (Natural) of Pango_Script; type script_array_access is access script_array_bounded; function Internal (Self : System.Address; Size : access Gint) return script_array_access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_language_get_scripts"); Scripts : script_array_access; Size : aliased Gint; begin Scripts := Internal (Self.Get_Object, Size'Access); declare Result : Pango_Script_Array (1 .. Integer (Size)); begin for R in 0 .. Integer (Size) - 1 loop Result (R + 1) := Scripts (R); end loop; return Result; end; An object that represents the set of fonts available for a particular rendering system type font_family_array_bounded is array (Natural) of System.Address; procedure Internal (Self : System.Address; Families : System.Address; Size : access Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_font_map_list_families"); procedure g_free (s : access font_family_array_bounded); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); Families : aliased access font_family_array_bounded; Size : aliased Gint; Tmplt : Pango_Font_Family_Record; begin Internal (Self.Get_Object, Families'Address, Size'Access); declare Result : Pango_Font_Family_Array (1 .. Integer (Size)); begin for R in 0 .. Integer (Size) - 1 loop Result (R + 1) := Pango_Font_Family (Get_User_Data (Families (R), Tmplt)); end loop; g_free (Families); return Result; end; type Pango_Font_Family_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Pango_Font_Family; type font_face_array_bounded is array (Natural) of System.Address; procedure Internal (Self : System.Address; Faces : System.Address; Acc_N_Faces : access Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_font_family_list_faces"); procedure g_free (s : access font_face_array_bounded); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); Faces : aliased access font_face_array_bounded; Size : aliased Gint; Tmplt : Pango_Font_Face_Record; begin Internal (Self.Get_Object, Faces'Address, Size'Access); declare Result : Pango_Font_Face_Array (1 .. Integer (Size)); begin for R in 0 .. Integer (Size) - 1 loop Result (R + 1) := Pango_Font_Face (Get_User_Data (Faces (R), Tmplt)); end loop; g_free (Faces); return Result; end; type Pango_Font_Face_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Pango_Font_Face; type gint_array_bounded is array (Natural) of Gint; procedure Internal (Self : System.Address; Sizes : System.Address; Acc_N_Sizes : access Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_font_face_list_sizes"); procedure g_free (s : access gint_array_bounded); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); Sizes : aliased access gint_array_bounded; Size : aliased Gint; begin Internal (Self.Get_Object, Sizes'Address, Size'Access); declare Result : Gint_Array (1 .. Integer (Size)); begin for R in 0 .. Integer (Size) - 1 loop Result (R + 1) := Sizes (R); end loop; g_free (Sizes); return Result; end; function Get_Text (Layout : access Pango_Layout_Record) return Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr; -- Same a Get_Text, but return directly the C string, which is more -- efficient. The returned value should not be freed or modified. function Get_Text (Layout : access Pango_Layout_Record) return Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr is function Internal (Layout : System.Address) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_layout_get_text"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Layout)); end Get_Text; type Action_Callback is access procedure (Action : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Action_Callback); -- Profile of callbacks when an action is activated. You must convert -- Action to a Gtk_Action through: -- Act : constant Gtk_Action := Convert (Action); type Action_Entry is record Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Stock_Id : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Label : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Accelerator : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Tooltip : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Callback : Action_Callback; end record; pragma Convention (C, Action_Entry); type Radio_Action_Entry is record Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Stock_Id : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Label : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Accelerator : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Tooltip : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Value : Glib.Gint; end record; pragma Convention (C, Radio_Action_Entry); type Toggle_Action_Entry is record Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Stock_Id : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Label : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Accelerator : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Tooltip : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Callback : Action_Callback; Is_Active : Glib.Gboolean; end record; pragma Convention (C, Toggle_Action_Entry); -- An opaque structure describing an action entry type Action_Entry_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Action_Entry; type Radio_Action_Entry_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Radio_Action_Entry; type Toggle_Action_Entry_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Toggle_Action_Entry; type Radio_Action_Callback is access procedure (Group : access Gtk.Action.Gtk_Action_Record'Class; Current : access Gtk.Action.Gtk_Action_Record'Class; User_Data : System.Address); -- Called when an element of the Gtk_Radio_Action group is selected function Create (Name : String; Label : String := ""; Stock_Id : String := ""; Accelerator : String := ""; Tooltip : String := ""; Callback : Action_Callback := null) return Action_Entry; -- Create a new Action_Entry. The returned value must be freed by the -- caller. function Create (Name : String; Label : String := ""; Stock_Id : String := ""; Accelerator : String := ""; Tooltip : String := ""; Callback : Action_Callback := null; Is_Active : Boolean := True) return Toggle_Action_Entry; -- Create a new Action_Entry. The returned value must be freed by the -- caller. Is_Active is the initial state of the button. function Create (Name : String; Label : String; Stock_Id : String := ""; Accelerator : String := ""; Tooltip : String := ""; Value : Glib.Gint) return Radio_Action_Entry; -- Create a new Radio_Action_Entry. Value is the value set on the radio -- action (see Gtk.Radio_Action.Get_Current_Value) procedure Free (Action : in out Action_Entry); procedure Free (Actions : in out Action_Entry_Array); procedure Free (Action : in out Radio_Action_Entry); procedure Free (Actions : in out Radio_Action_Entry_Array); procedure Free (Action : in out Toggle_Action_Entry); procedure Free (Actions : in out Toggle_Action_Entry_Array); -- Free Action and Actions procedure Add_Actions (Action_Group : access Gtk_Action_Group_Record; Entries : Action_Entry_Array; User_Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Destroy : Glib.G_Destroy_Notify_Address := null); -- This is a convenience function to create a number of actions and add -- them to the action group. -- Destroy is called when User_Data is no longer needed. -- -- The "activate" signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks in -- Entries, and their accel paths are set to -- <Actions>/group-name/action-name. procedure Add_Radio_Actions (Action_Group : access Gtk_Action_Group_Record; Entries : Radio_Action_Entry_Array; Value : Glib.Gint; On_Change : Radio_Action_Callback; User_Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Destroy : Glib.G_Destroy_Notify_Address := null); -- This is a convenience routine to create a group of radio actions and -- add them to the action group. -- -- The "changed" signal of the first radio action is connected to the -- On_Change callback and the accel paths of the actions are set to -- <Actions>/group-name/action-name -- -- Value is the value of the action to activate initially, or -1 if no -- action should be activated. -- Destroy is called when User_Data is no longer necessary. procedure Add_Toggle_Actions (Action_Group : access Gtk_Action_Group_Record; Entries : Toggle_Action_Entry_Array; User_Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Destroy : Glib.G_Destroy_Notify_Address := null); -- This is a convenience function to create a number of toggle actions and -- add them to the action group. -- The "activate" signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks and -- their accel paths are set to <Actions>/group-name/action-name. -- Destroy is called when User_Data is no longer necessary. procedure Local_Radio_Action_Callback (Group, Current, User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Local_Radio_Action_Callback); -- Local proxy for Radio_Action_Callback procedure Local_Radio_Action_Destroy (Data : in out System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Local_Radio_Action_Destroy); -- Local proxy for the Destroy notify for Radio_Action type Local_Radio_Action_User_Data is record Callback : Radio_Action_Callback; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : G_Destroy_Notify_Address; end record; type Local_Radio_Action_User_Data_Access is access Local_Radio_Action_User_Data; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Local_Radio_Action_User_Data_Access); function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Local_Radio_Action_User_Data_Access, System.Address); procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Local_Radio_Action_User_Data, Local_Radio_Action_User_Data_Access); procedure Local_Radio_Action_Callback (Group, Current, User_Data : System.Address) is Data : constant Local_Radio_Action_User_Data_Access := Convert (User_Data); Stub : Gtk_Action_Record; G : constant Gtk_Action := Gtk_Action (Get_User_Data (Group, Stub)); C : constant Gtk_Action := Gtk_Action (Get_User_Data (Current, Stub)); begin Data.Callback (G, C, Data.User_Data); end Local_Radio_Action_Callback; procedure Local_Radio_Action_Destroy (Data : in out System.Address) is D : Local_Radio_Action_User_Data_Access := Convert (Data); begin D.Destroy (D.User_Data); Unchecked_Free (D); end Local_Radio_Action_Destroy; function Create (Name : String; Label : String := ""; Stock_Id : String := ""; Accelerator : String := ""; Tooltip : String := ""; Callback : Action_Callback := null) return Action_Entry is begin return (Name => String_Or_Null (Name), Label => String_Or_Null (Label), Stock_Id => String_Or_Null (Stock_Id), Accelerator => String_Or_Null (Accelerator), Tooltip => String_Or_Null (Tooltip), Callback => Callback); end Create; function Create (Name : String; Label : String := ""; Stock_Id : String := ""; Accelerator : String := ""; Tooltip : String := ""; Callback : Action_Callback := null; Is_Active : Boolean := True) return Toggle_Action_Entry is begin return (Name => String_Or_Null (Name), Label => String_Or_Null (Label), Stock_Id => String_Or_Null (Stock_Id), Accelerator => String_Or_Null (Accelerator), Tooltip => String_Or_Null (Tooltip), Callback => Callback, Is_Active => Boolean'Pos (Is_Active)); end Create; function Create (Name : String; Label : String; Stock_Id : String := ""; Accelerator : String := ""; Tooltip : String := ""; Value : Glib.Gint) return Radio_Action_Entry is begin return (Name => String_Or_Null (Name), Label => String_Or_Null (Label), Stock_Id => String_Or_Null (Stock_Id), Accelerator => String_Or_Null (Accelerator), Tooltip => String_Or_Null (Tooltip), Value => Value); end Create; procedure Free (Action : in out Action_Entry) is begin Free (Action.Name); Free (Action.Label); Free (Action.Stock_Id); Free (Action.Accelerator); Free (Action.Tooltip); end Free; procedure Free (Actions : in out Action_Entry_Array) is begin for A in Actions'Range loop Free (Actions (A)); end loop; end Free; procedure Free (Action : in out Radio_Action_Entry) is begin Free (Action.Name); Free (Action.Label); Free (Action.Stock_Id); Free (Action.Accelerator); Free (Action.Tooltip); end Free; procedure Free (Actions : in out Radio_Action_Entry_Array) is begin for A in Actions'Range loop Free (Actions (A)); end loop; end Free; procedure Free (Action : in out Toggle_Action_Entry) is begin Free (Action.Name); Free (Action.Label); Free (Action.Stock_Id); Free (Action.Accelerator); Free (Action.Tooltip); end Free; procedure Free (Actions : in out Toggle_Action_Entry_Array) is begin for A in Actions'Range loop Free (Actions (A)); end loop; end Free; procedure Add_Actions (Action_Group : access Gtk_Action_Group_Record; Entries : Action_Entry_Array; User_Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Destroy : Glib.G_Destroy_Notify_Address := null) is procedure Internal (Action_Group : System.Address; Entries : System.Address; N_Entries : Guint; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : G_Destroy_Notify_Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_action_group_add_actions_full"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Action_Group), Entries (Entries'First)'Address, Entries'Length, User_Data, Destroy); end Add_Actions; procedure Add_Radio_Actions (Action_Group : access Gtk_Action_Group_Record; Entries : Radio_Action_Entry_Array; Value : Glib.Gint; On_Change : Radio_Action_Callback; User_Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Destroy : Glib.G_Destroy_Notify_Address := null) is procedure Internal (Action_Group : System.Address; Entries : System.Address; N_Entries : Guint; Value : Gint; On_Change : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full"); Data : constant Local_Radio_Action_User_Data_Access := new Local_Radio_Action_User_Data' (Callback => On_Change, User_Data => User_Data, Destroy => Destroy); begin Internal (Get_Object (Action_Group), Entries (Entries'First)'Address, Entries'Length, Value, Local_Radio_Action_Callback'Address, Convert (Data), Local_Radio_Action_Destroy'Address); end Add_Radio_Actions; procedure Add_Toggle_Actions (Action_Group : access Gtk_Action_Group_Record; Entries : Toggle_Action_Entry_Array; User_Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Destroy : G_Destroy_Notify_Address := null) is procedure Internal (Action_Group : System.Address; Entries : System.Address; N_Entries : Guint; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : G_Destroy_Notify_Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Action_Group), Entries (Entries'First)'Address, Entries'Length, User_Data, Destroy); end Add_Toggle_Actions; procedure Internal (Settings : System.Address; Page_Ranges : System.Address; Num_Ranges : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Self), Page_Ranges (Page_Ranges'First)'Address, Page_Ranges'Length); type Internal_Page_Range_Array is array (Natural) of Gtk_Page_Range_Record; pragma Convention (C, Internal_Page_Range_Array); type Internal_Page_Range_Array_Access is access Internal_Page_Range_Array; pragma Convention (C, Internal_Page_Range_Array_Access); procedure Free (Item : in out Internal_Page_Range_Array_Access); pragma Import (C, Free, "g_free"); function Internal (Settings : System.Address; Num_Ranges : access Gint) return Internal_Page_Range_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_print_settings_get_page_ranges"); Len : aliased Gint; Result : Internal_Page_Range_Array_Access; begin Result := Internal (Get_Object (Self), Len'Access); declare Ranges : constant Gtk_Page_Range_Array := Gtk_Page_Range_Array (Result (0 .. Natural (Len))); begin Free (Result); return Ranges; end; type Gtk_Page_Range_Record is record Range_Start : Gint; Range_End : Gint; end record; pragma Convention (C, Gtk_Page_Range_Record); type Gtk_Page_Range_Array is array (Integer range <>) of Gtk_Page_Range_Record; pragma Convention (C, Gtk_Page_Range_Array); -- Page range specification(s). An icon set represents a single icon in various sizes and widget states. It can provide a Gdk_Pixbuf for a given size and state on request, and automatically caches some of the rendered Gdk_Pixbuf objects. Normally you would use Gtk.Widget.Render_Icon instead of using icon sets directly. The one case where you'd use an icon set is to create application-specific icon sets to place in an icon factory. function Lookup_Icon_Set (Style : access Gtk.Style_Context.Gtk_Style_Context_Record'Class; Stock_Id : String) return Gtk_Icon_Set; -- Retrieve an icon set by its name. The icon might exist in various sizes, -- that can be manipulated through the result set function Lookup_Icon_Set (Style : access Gtk.Style_Context.Gtk_Style_Context_Record'Class; Stock_Id : String) return Gtk_Icon_Set is function Internal (Style : System.Address; Stock_Id : String) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set"); begin return From_Object (Internal (Get_Object (Style), Stock_Id & ASCII.NUL)); end Lookup_Icon_Set; type gint_array_bounded is array (Natural) of Gint; procedure Internal (Self : System.Address; Sizes : System.Address; Acc_N_Sizes : access Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_icon_set_get_sizes"); procedure g_free (s : access gint_array_bounded); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); Sizes : aliased access gint_array_bounded; Size : aliased Gint; begin Internal (Self.Get_Object, Sizes'Address, Size'Access); declare Result : Gint_Array (1 .. Integer (Size)); begin for R in 0 .. Integer (Size) - 1 loop Result (R + 1) := Sizes (R); end loop; g_free (Sizes); return Result; end; An icon source contains a Gdk_Pixbuf (or image filename) that serves as the base image for one or more of the icons in an icon set, along with a specification for which icons in the icon set will be based on that pixbuf or image file. An icon set contains a set of icons that represent "the same" logical concept in different states, different global text directions, and different sizes. So for example a web browser's "Back to Previous Page" icon might point in a different direction in Hebrew and in English; it might look different when insensitive; and it might change size depending on toolbar mode (small/large icons). So a single icon set would contain all those variants of the icon. An icon set contains a list of icon sources from which it can derive specific icon variants in the set. In the simplest case, an icon set contains one source pixbuf from which it derives all variants. If you want to use a different base pixbuf for different icon variants, you create multiple icon sources, mark which variants they'll be used to create, and add them to the icon set with Add_Source (see below). By default, the icon source has all parameters wildcarded. That is, the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text direction, widget state, or icon size. function Get_Icon_Factory (Self : Gtk.Style_Provider.Gtk_Style_Provider; Path : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Path) return Gtk_Icon_Factory; -- Returns the Gtk.Icon_Factory.Gtk_Icon_Factory defined to be in use for -- Path, or null if none is defined. -- Since: gtk+ 3.0 function Get_Icon_Factory (Self : Gtk_Style_Provider; Path : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Path) return Gtk.Icon_Factory.Gtk_Icon_Factory is function Internal (Self : Gtk_Style_Provider; Path : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Path) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_style_provider_get_icon_factory"); Stub_Gtk_Icon_Factory : Gtk.Icon_Factory.Gtk_Icon_Factory_Record; begin return Gtk.Icon_Factory.Gtk_Icon_Factory (Get_User_Data (Internal (Self, Path), Stub_Gtk_Icon_Factory)); end Get_Icon_Factory; procedure Internal (Icon_Theme : System.Address; Path : out chars_ptr_array_access; N_Elements : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_icon_theme_get_search_path"); P : chars_ptr_array_access; N : Gint; begin Internal (Get_Object (Icon_Theme), P, N); declare Result : constant GNAT.Strings.String_List := To_String_List (P.all, N); begin Free (P.all); return Result; end; use Gint_Arrays; function Internal (Icon_Theme : System.Address; Icon_Name : String) return Unbounded_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_icon_theme_get_icon_sizes"); Res : constant Unbounded_Array_Access := Internal (Get_Object (Icon_Theme), Icon_Name & ASCII.NUL); Result : constant Gint_Array := To_Gint_Array_Zero_Terminated (Res); begin G_Free (Res); return Result; use Points_Arrays; function Internal (Icon_Info : System.Address; Result : access Unbounded_Array_Access; N_Points : access Gint) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_icon_info_get_attach_points"); R : aliased Unbounded_Array_Access; N : aliased Gint; begin if Internal (Icon_Info.Get_Object, R'Unchecked_Access, N'Unchecked_Access) = 0 then R := null; end if; declare Result : constant Gdk_Points_Array := To_Array (R, Integer (N)); begin G_Free (R); return Result; end; package Points_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Gdk.Types.Gdk_Point, (0, 0), Positive, Gdk.Types.Gdk_Points_Array); procedure Set_Property_Value (Settings : not null access Gtk_Settings_Record; Name : String; Value : GValue; Origin : String); procedure Set_Property_Value (Settings : not null access Gtk_Settings_Record; Name : String; Value : GValue; Origin : String) is type Property_Value is record Origin : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Value : GValue; end record; pragma Convention (C, Property_Value); procedure Internal (Settings : System.Address; Name : String; Svalue : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_settings_set_property_value"); Val : aliased Property_Value := (Origin => New_String (Origin), Value => Value); begin Internal (Get_Object (Settings), Name & ASCII.NUL, Val'Address); Free (Val.Origin); end Set_Property_Value; type Gtk_Stock_Item_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gtk_Stock_Item; procedure Gtk_New (Item : out Gtk_Stock_Item; Stock_Id : String; Label : UTF8_String; Modifier : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; Translation_Domain : String); -- Create a new stock item. procedure Free (Item : in out Gtk_Stock_Item); -- Free memory allocated in Item. procedure Add (Item : Gtk_Stock_Item); -- Register Item. -- If an item already exists with the same stock ID as one of the items, -- the old item gets replaced. The stock item is copied, so GtkAda does -- not hold any pointer into item and item can be freed. Use -- Add_Static if item is persistent and GtkAda need not copy the array. procedure Gtk_New (Item : out Gtk_Stock_Item; Stock_Id : String; Label : UTF8_String; Modifier : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; Translation_Domain : String) is begin Item.Stock_Id := Interfaces.C.Strings.New_String (Stock_Id); Item.Label := Interfaces.C.Strings.New_String (Label); Item.Modifier := Modifier; Item.Keyval := Guint (Keyval); Item.Translation_Domain := Interfaces.C.Strings.New_String (Translation_Domain); end Gtk_New; procedure Free (Item : in out Gtk_Stock_Item) is begin Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (Item.Stock_Id); Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (Item.Label); Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (Item.Translation_Domain); end Free; --------- -- Add -- --------- procedure Add (Item : Gtk_Stock_Item) is procedure Internal (Item : Gtk_Stock_Item; N_Items : Guint := 1); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_stock_add"); begin Internal (Item); end Add; Null_Text_Iter : constant Gtk_Text_Iter; Null_Text_Iter : constant Gtk_Text_Iter := (System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address, 0, 0, 0, System.Null_Address); procedure Copy (Source : Gtk_Text_Iter; Dest : out Gtk_Text_Iter); pragma Inline (Copy); -- Create a copy of Source. function Get_Char (Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter) return Character; -- Return the character immediately following Iter. If Iter is at the -- end of the buffer, then return ASCII.NUL. -- Note that this function assumes that the text is encoded in ASCII -- format. If this is not the case, use the Get_Char function that -- returns a Gunichar instead. function Iter_Or_Null (Iter : System.Address) return System.Address; -- Internal function for GtkAda ------------------------------- -- Converting to/from GValue -- ------------------------------- procedure Set_Text_Iter (Val : in out Glib.Values.GValue; Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter); pragma Import (C, Set_Text_Iter, "g_value_set_pointer"); -- Set the value of the given GValue to Iter. -- Note that Iter is stored by reference, which means no copy of Iter -- is made. Iter should remain allocated as long as Val is being used. procedure Get_Text_Iter (Val : Glib.Values.GValue; Iter : out Gtk_Text_Iter); -- Extract the iterator from the given GValue. -- Note that the iterator returned is a copy of the iterator referenced -- by the give GValue. Modifying the iterator returned does not modify -- the iterator referenced by the GValue. function Get_Slice (Start : Gtk_Text_Iter; The_End : Gtk_Text_Iter) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; -- Same as Get_Slice above, but returns the raw C string. -- The caller is responsible for freeing the string returned. type Gtk_Text_Iter_Access is access Gtk_Text_Iter; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk_Text_Iter_Access); use type System.Address; ------------------ -- Iter_Or_Null -- ------------------ function Iter_Or_Null (Iter : System.Address) return System.Address is begin if Convert (Iter).all = Null_Text_Iter then-- null iter return System.Null_Address; else return Iter; end if; end Iter_Or_Null; ---------- -- Copy -- ---------- procedure Copy (Source : Gtk_Text_Iter; Dest : out Gtk_Text_Iter) is begin Dest := Source; end Copy; -------------- -- Get_Char -- -------------- function Get_Char (Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter) return Character is Result : constant Gunichar := Get_Char (Iter); Eight_LSB_Mask : constant := 2#1111_1111#; begin -- This function relies on the Get_Char function provided by gtk+, -- which returns a gunichar value. Only the 8 least significant bits -- are then kept to deduce the associated character. return Character'Val (Result and Eight_LSB_Mask); end Get_Char; ------------------- -- Get_Text_Iter -- ------------------- package Iter_Access_Address_Conversions is new System.Address_To_Access_Conversions (Gtk_Text_Iter); procedure Get_Text_Iter (Val : Glib.Values.GValue; Iter : out Gtk_Text_Iter) is begin Copy (Source => Iter_Access_Address_Conversions.To_Pointer (Glib.Values.Get_Address (Val)).all, Dest => Iter); end Get_Text_Iter; --------------- -- Get_Slice -- --------------- function Get_Slice (Start : Gtk_Text_Iter; The_End : Gtk_Text_Iter) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr is function Internal (Start : Gtk_Text_Iter; The_End : Gtk_Text_Iter) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_iter_get_slice"); begin return Internal (Start, The_End); end Get_Slice; type font_family_array_bounded is array (Natural) of System.Address; procedure Internal (Self : System.Address; Families : System.Address; Size : access Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_context_list_families"); procedure g_free (s : access font_family_array_bounded); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); Families : aliased access font_family_array_bounded; Size : aliased Gint; Tmplt : Pango_Font_Family_Record; begin Internal (Get_Object (Self), Families'Address, Size'Access); declare Result : Pango_Font_Family_Array (1 .. Integer (Size)); begin for R in 0 .. Integer (Size) - 1 loop Result (R + 1) := Pango_Font_Family (Get_User_Data (Families (R), Tmplt)); end loop; g_free (Families); return Result; end; function To_Font_Description (Family_Name : String := ""; Style : Pango.Enums.Style := Pango.Enums.Pango_Style_Normal; Variant : Pango.Enums.Variant := Pango.Enums.Pango_Variant_Normal; Weight : Pango.Enums.Weight := Pango.Enums.Pango_Weight_Normal; Stretch : Pango.Enums.Stretch := Pango.Enums.Pango_Stretch_Normal; Size : Gint := 0) return Pango_Font_Description; -- Create a new font decription from the given parameters. function To_Address (F : Pango_Font_Description; Add : System.Address) return System.Address; package Desc_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property (Pango_Font_Description, Get_Type, To_Address); type Property_Font_Description is new Desc_Properties.Property; procedure Free (Desc : in out Pango_Font_Description); -- Deallocate the given font description. subtype String7 is String (1 .. 7); Style_Map : constant array (Enums.Style) of String7 := (Enums.Pango_Style_Normal => " ", Enums.Pango_Style_Oblique => "Oblique", Enums.Pango_Style_Italic => "Italic "); subtype String10 is String (1 .. 10); Variant_Map : constant array (Enums.Variant) of String10 := (Enums.Pango_Variant_Normal => " ", Enums.Pango_Variant_Small_Caps => "Small-Caps"); subtype String15 is String (1 .. 15); Stretch_Map : constant array (Enums.Stretch) of String15 := (Enums.Pango_Stretch_Ultra_Condensed => "Ultra-Condensed", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Extra_Condensed => "Extra-Condensed", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Condensed => "Condensed ", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Semi_Condensed => "Semi-Condensed ", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Normal => " ", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Semi_Expanded => "Semi-Expanded ", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Expanded => "Expanded ", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Extra_Expanded => "Extra-Expanded ", Enums.Pango_Stretch_Ultra_Expanded => "Ultra-Expanded "); -- Some of the values are not directly supported by pango. -- ??? See fonts.c in pango Weight_Map : constant array (Enums.Weight) of String10 := (Enums.Pango_Weight_Ultralight => "Light ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Thin => "Thin ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Light => "Light ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Normal => " ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Book => "Book ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Medium => "Medium ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Semibold => "Semi-Bold ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Bold => "Bold ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Ultrabold => "Bold ", Enums.Pango_Weight_Ultraheavy => "Ultraheavy", Enums.Pango_Weight_Heavy => "Heavy "); function To_Font_Description (Family_Name : String := ""; Style : Enums.Style := Enums.Pango_Style_Normal; Variant : Enums.Variant := Enums.Pango_Variant_Normal; Weight : Enums.Weight := Enums.Pango_Weight_Normal; Stretch : Enums.Stretch := Enums.Pango_Stretch_Normal; Size : Gint := 0) return Pango_Font_Description is begin return From_String (Family_Name & " " & Style_Map (Style) & " " & Variant_Map (Variant) & Weight_Map (Weight) & " " & Stretch_Map (Stretch) & Gint'Image (Size)); end To_Font_Description; function To_Address (F : Pango_Font_Description; Add : System.Address) return System.Address is pragma Unreferenced (Add); begin return F.all'Address; end To_Address; ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (Desc : in out Pango_Font_Description) is procedure Internal (Desc : Pango_Font_Description); pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_font_description_free"); begin Internal (Desc); Desc := null; end Free; procedure Gtk_New (Tree_View : out Gtk_Tree_View; Model : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record'Class); -- A convenience function so that one can directly pass a model, without -- converting to a Gtk_Tree_Model via the "+" operator. procedure Gtk_New (Tree_View : out Gtk_Tree_View; Model : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record'Class) is begin Gtk_New (Tree_View, To_Interface (Model)); end Gtk_New; Default_Sort_Column_Id : constant Gint := -1; Unsorted_Sort_Column_Id : constant Gint := -2; -- Two special values for the sort column function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address; Path : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_get_iter"); Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, Iter'Address, Get_Object (Path)) /= 0 then return Iter; else return Null_Iter; end if; function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address; Str : String) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string"); Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, Iter'Address, Path_String & ASCII.NUL) /= 0 then return Iter; else return Null_Iter; end if; function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first"); Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, Iter'Address) /= 0 then return Iter; else return Null_Iter; end if; function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_iter_next"); Local_Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter := Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, Local_Iter'Address) = 0 then Iter := Null_Iter; else Iter := Local_Iter; end if; function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_iter_previous"); Local_Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter := Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, Local_Iter'Address) = 0 then Iter := Null_Iter; else Iter := Local_Iter; end if; function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address; Parent : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_iter_children"); It : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, It'Address, Iter_Or_Null (Parent'Address)) /= 0 then return It; else return Null_Iter; end if; function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children"); begin return Internal (+Tree_Model, Iter_Or_Null (Iter'Address)); function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter, Parent : System.Address; N : Gint) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child"); Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, Iter'Address, Iter_Or_Null (Parent'Address), N) /= 0 then return Iter; else return Null_Iter; end if; function Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : System.Address; Child : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_model_iter_parent"); Iter : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin if Internal (+Tree_Model, Iter'Address, Child) /= 0 then return Iter; else return Null_Iter; end if; type Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with null record; type Gtk_Root_Tree_Model is access all Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record'Class; -- A common base type for all objects that implement GtkTreeModel. This -- is used to conveniently provide a number of primitive operations. function Get_Int (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gint; function Get_Ulong (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gulong; function Get_Boolean (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Boolean; function Get_Object (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.Object.GObject; function Get_C_Proxy (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.C_Proxy; function Get_String (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return UTF8_String; function Get_Address (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return System.Address; -- Get the value of one cell of the model function Get_Int (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gint; function Get_Ulong (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gulong; function Get_Boolean (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Boolean; function Get_Object (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.Object.GObject; function Get_C_Proxy (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.C_Proxy; function Get_String (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return UTF8_String; function Get_Address (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return System.Address; package Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model is new Glib.Types.Implements (Gtk_Tree_Model, Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record, Gtk_Root_Tree_Model); function To_Interface (Widget : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record'Class) return Gtk_Tree_Model renames Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model.To_Interface; function "-" (Interf : Gtk_Tree_Model) return Gtk_Root_Tree_Model renames Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model.To_Object; -- Convert from the gtk+ interface to an actual object. The return type -- depends on the exact model, and will likely be an instance of -- Gtk_Tree_Store'Class or Gtk_List_Store'Class depending on how you -- created it. function Get_Int (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gint is begin return Get_Int (To_Interface (Tree_Model), Iter, Column); end Get_Int; function Get_Int (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gint is procedure Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_model_get"); A : Gint; begin if Iter = Null_Iter then raise Program_Error with "Get_Int with null_iter"; end if; Internal (Tree_Model, Iter, Column, A); return A; end Get_Int; function Get_Ulong (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gulong is begin return Get_Ulong (To_Interface (Tree_Model), Iter, Column); end Get_Ulong; function Get_Ulong (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Gulong is procedure Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : out Gulong); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_model_get"); A : Gulong; begin if Iter = Null_Iter then raise Program_Error with "Get_Ulong with null_iter"; end if; Internal (Tree_Model, Iter, Column, A); return A; end Get_Ulong; function Get_Boolean (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Boolean is begin return Get_Boolean (To_Interface (Tree_Model), Iter, Column); end Get_Boolean; function Get_Boolean (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Boolean is begin return Get_Int (Tree_Model, Iter, Column) /= 0; end Get_Boolean; function Get_Object (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.Object.GObject is begin return Get_Object (To_Interface (Tree_Model), Iter, Column); end Get_Object; function Get_Object (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.Object.GObject is Stub : Glib.Object.GObject_Record; begin return Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Tree_Model, Iter, Column), Stub); end Get_Object; function Get_C_Proxy (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.C_Proxy is begin return Get_C_Proxy (To_Interface (Tree_Model), Iter, Column); end Get_C_Proxy; function Get_C_Proxy (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Glib.C_Proxy is procedure Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : out Glib.C_Proxy); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_model_get"); A : Glib.C_Proxy; begin if Iter = Null_Iter then raise Program_Error with "Get_C_Proxy with null_iter"; end if; Internal (Tree_Model, Iter, Column, A); return A; end Get_C_Proxy; function Get_String (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return UTF8_String is begin return Get_String (To_Interface (Tree_Model), Iter, Column); end Get_String; function Get_String (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return UTF8_String is procedure Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : out Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_model_get"); A : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; begin if Iter = Null_Iter then raise Program_Error with "Get_String with null_iter"; end if; Internal (Tree_Model, Iter, Column, A); if A = Interfaces.C.Strings.Null_Ptr then return ""; else declare S : constant String := Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (A); begin Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (A); return S; end; end if; end Get_String; function Get_Address (Tree_Model : access Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return System.Address is begin return Get_Address (To_Interface (Tree_Model), Iter, Column); end Get_Address; function Get_Address (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return System.Address is procedure Internal (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : out System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_model_get"); A : System.Address; begin if Iter = Null_Iter then raise Program_Error with "Get_Address with null_iter"; end if; Internal (Tree_Model, Iter, Column, A); return A; end Get_Address; Null_Iter : constant Gtk_Tree_Iter; function "=" (Left : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Right : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean; procedure Set_Tree_Iter (Val : in out Glib.Values.GValue; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter); pragma Import (C, Set_Tree_Iter, "g_value_set_pointer"); -- Set the value of the given GValue to Iter. -- Note that Iter is stored by reference, which means no copy of Iter -- is made. Iter should remain allocated as long as Val is being used. procedure Get_Tree_Iter (Val : Glib.Values.GValue; Iter : out Gtk_Tree_Iter); -- Extract the iterator from the given GValue. -- Note that the iterator returned is a copy of the iterator referenced -- by the give GValue. Modifying the iterator returned does not modify -- the iterator referenced by the GValue. function Get_Tree_Iter (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Extract the iterator from the given GValue. function To_Address (Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address; pragma Convention (C, To_Address); -- Return address of the specified iterator. -- Note: To_Address needs a pass-by-reference semantic to work properly -- On some ABIs (e.g. IA64), Gtk_Tree_Iter is passed by copy, since it's -- a "small enough" record. function Iter_Or_Null (Iter : System.Address) return System.Address; -- Internal function for GtkAda Null_Iter : constant Gtk_Tree_Iter := (0, System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address); function "=" (Left : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Right : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean is use type System.Address; begin if Left.Stamp = Right.Stamp then if Left.Stamp = 0 then -- Stamp = 0 means the iterator is null iterator, we need not to -- compare other fields in this case. return True; else return Left.User_Data = Right.User_Data and then Left.User_Data2 = Right.User_Data2 and then Left.User_Data3 = Right.User_Data3; end if; else return False; end if; end "="; type Gtk_Tree_Iter_Access is access Gtk_Tree_Iter; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk_Tree_Iter_Access); use type System.Address; function Iter_Or_Null (Iter : System.Address) return System.Address is begin if Convert (Iter).Stamp = 0 then -- null iter return System.Null_Address; else return Iter; end if; end Iter_Or_Null; procedure Get_Tree_Iter (Val : Glib.Values.GValue; Iter : out Gtk_Tree_Iter) is begin Iter := Convert (Glib.Values.Get_Address (Val)).all; end Get_Tree_Iter; function Get_Tree_Iter (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Tree_Iter is Result : Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin Get_Tree_Iter (Val, Result); return Result; end Get_Tree_Iter; function To_Address (Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address is begin return Iter'Address; end To_Address; Depth : constant Integer := Integer (Get_Depth (Path)); subtype Result_Array is Gint_Array (0 .. Depth - 1); type Result_Array_Access is access all Result_Array; pragma Convention (C, Result_Array_Access); function Internal (Path : System.Address) return Result_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_path_get_indices"); -- Do not free the result of gtk_tree_path_get_indices since this is -- not a copy, but the currently used data. Result : constant Result_Array_Access := Internal (Get_Object (Path)); begin if Result = null then return (0 .. -1 => 0); else return Result.all; end if; function Get_Tree_Path (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Tree_Path; -- Extract the path from the given GValue. function Get_Tree_Path (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk_Tree_Path is begin return From_Object (Glib.Values.Get_Address (Val)); end Get_Tree_Path; function Internal (Selection : System.Address; Model : access Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_selection_get_selected"); M : aliased Gtk_Tree_Model := Null_Gtk_Tree_Model; It : aliased Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin if Internal (Get_Object (Selection), M'Access, It'Access) = 0 then Iter := Null_Iter; else Iter := It; end if; Model := M; procedure Get_Selected_Rows (Selection : access Gtk_Tree_Selection_Record; Model : out Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model; Path_List : out Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path_List.Glist); -- Creates a list of path of all selected rows. Additionally, if you are -- planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may -- want to convert the returned list into a list of Gtk_Tree_Row_Reference. -- -- You must free the resulting list by calling Path_Free on each item, and -- then freeing the list itself. procedure Get_Selected_Rows (Selection : access Gtk_Tree_Selection_Record; Model : out Gtk_Tree_Model; Path_List : out Gtk_Tree_Path_List.Glist) is use type System.Address; function Internal (Selection : System.Address; Model : access Gtk_Tree_Model) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows"); M : aliased Gtk_Tree_Model; Selected : System.Address; -- list of paths begin Selected := Internal (Get_Object (Selection), M'Access); Model := M; if Selected = System.Null_Address then Path_List := Gtk_Tree_Path_List.Null_List; else Gtk_Tree_Path_List.Set_Object (Path_List, Selected); end if; end Get_Selected_Rows; %(auto)s Iter := Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : UTF8_String); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Boolean); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gint); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : UTF8_String) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : UTF8_String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_list_store_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Value & ASCII.NUL); end Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gint) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_list_store_set_int"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Value); end Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_list_store_set_int"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Boolean'Pos (Value)); end Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_List_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_list_store_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Get_Object (Value)); end Set; %(auto)s Iter := Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter; generic type Data_Type is private; package Generic_Set is type Data_Type_Access is access all Data_Type; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Data_Type_Access); -- Generic procedure used to store access objects in the model. -- For GObject and all of its descendents (including all widgets), -- you should use the Set procedure below that takes a GObject as -- parameter. -- -- Please see the example at the end for more information on how to -- create your own Set procedures adapted to your model. Also consider -- using Set_Value for complex cases function Get (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Data_Type_Access; -- Generic procedure used to get access objects back from the model. -- For GObject and all of its descendents (including all widgets), -- you should use the Get_Object function defined in Gtk-Tree_Model -- that returns a GObject. end Generic_Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : UTF8_String); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Boolean); procedure Set_Ulong (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gulong); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gint); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Glib.C_Proxy); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Address : System.Address); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Glib.Object.GObject); function Freeze_Sort (Tree : access Gtk.Tree_Store.Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class) return Gint; -- Freeze the sorting in the tree view, and returns the current -- sort_column_id, which should be used when thawing. (See Thaw_Sort) procedure Thaw_Sort (Tree : access Gtk.Tree_Store.Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Column_Id : Gint); -- Thaw a frozen tree_view. Column_Id should be the value returned by -- the corresponding call to Freeze_Sort. function Freeze_Sort (Tree : access Gtk.Tree_Store.Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class) return Gint is function Internal (Tree : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_view_freeze_sort"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Tree)); end Freeze_Sort; procedure Thaw_Sort (Tree : access Gtk.Tree_Store.Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Column_Id : Gint) is procedure Internal (Tree : System.Address; Id : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_view_thaw_sort"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree), Column_Id); end Thaw_Sort; package body Generic_Set is pragma Warnings (Off); -- Disable warnings on strict aliasing, since there's no aliasing -- issue here. function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Data_Type_Access, System.Address); function To_Access is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Data_Type_Access); pragma Warnings (On); procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Data_Type_Access) is begin Set (Tree_Store, Iter, Column, To_Address (Value)); end Set; function Get (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint) return Data_Type_Access is begin return To_Access (Get_Address (+Tree_Store, Iter, Column)); end Get; end Generic_Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Address : System.Address) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_store_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Address); end Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : UTF8_String) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : UTF8_String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_store_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Value & ASCII.NUL); end Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gint) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_store_set_int"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Value); end Set; procedure Set_Ulong (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gulong) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gulong); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_store_set_ulong"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Value); end Set_Ulong; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_store_set_int"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Boolean'Pos (Value)); end Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Glib.C_Proxy) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Glib.C_Proxy); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_store_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Value); end Set; procedure Set (Tree_Store : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : Glib.Object.GObject) is procedure Internal (Tree_Store : System.Address; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Gint; Value : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_tree_store_set_ptr"); begin if Value = null then Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, System.Null_Address); else Internal (Get_Object (Tree_Store), Iter, Column, Get_Object (Value)); end if; end Set; Gvariant_Type_Boolean : constant Gvariant_Type; -- value is 0 or 1 Gvariant_Type_Byte : constant Gvariant_Type; -- from 0 to 255 Gvariant_Type_Int16 : constant Gvariant_Type; -- from -32768..32767 Gvariant_Type_Uint16 : constant Gvariant_Type; -- from 0 to 65535 Gvariant_Type_Int32 : constant Gvariant_Type; Gvariant_Type_Uint32 : constant Gvariant_Type; Gvariant_Type_Int64 : constant Gvariant_Type; Gvariant_Type_Uint64 : constant Gvariant_Type; Gvariant_Type_Double : constant Gvariant_Type; Gvariant_Type_String : constant Gvariant_Type; pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Boolean, "ada_gvariant_type_boolean"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Byte, "ada_gvariant_type_byte"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Int16, "ada_gvariant_type_int16"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Uint16, "ada_gvariant_type_uint16"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Int32, "ada_gvariant_type_int32"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Uint32, "ada_gvariant_type_uint32"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Int64, "ada_gvariant_type_int64"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Uint64, "ada_gvariant_type_uint64"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_Double, "ada_gvariant_type_double"); pragma Import (C, Gvariant_Type_String, "ada_gvariant_type_string"); function Run (Self : not null access Gapplication_Record) return Gint; -- Same as above, but automatically sets argc argv from actual values. gnat_argc : Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (C, gnat_argc); gnat_argv : System.Address; pragma Import (C, gnat_argv); function Run (Self : not null access Gapplication_Record) return Gint is function Internal (Self : System.Address; Argc : Gint; Argv : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_application_run"); begin return Internal (Self.Get_Object, Gint (gnat_argc), gnat_argv); end Run; type GOption_Entry_Array is array (Natural range <>) of GOption_Entry; Null_GOption_Entry : constant GOption_Entry; type Parse_Filter is access function (Param : String) return Boolean; -- Returns True if the parameter is to be passed from Command_Line to -- Goption_Context procedure Parse (Self : Goption_Context; Command_Line : not null access Glib.Application.Gapplication_Command_Line_Record'Class; Filter : Parse_Filter := null; Success : out Boolean; Error : out Glib.Error.GError); -- Parses the arguments given via Command_Line, removing from the arguments -- list all parsed switches. procedure Parse (Self : Goption_Context; Argv : access chars_ptr_array_access; -- Null-terminated Success : out Boolean; Error : out Glib.Error.GError); -- This version is suitable for use from Glib.Application.Local_Command_Line Null_GOption_Entry : constant GOption_Entry := (ICS.Null_Ptr, Gchar(ASCII.NUL), 0, G_Option_Arg_None, System.Null_Address, ICS.Null_Ptr, ICS.Null_Ptr); ----------- -- Parse -- ----------- procedure Parse (Self : Goption_Context; Command_Line : not null access Glib.Application.Gapplication_Command_Line_Record'Class; Filter : Parse_Filter := null; Success : out Boolean; Error : out Glib.Error.GError) is function Get_Args (Self : System.Address; Argc : access Glib.Gint) return chars_ptr_array_access; pragma Import (C, Get_Args, "g_application_command_line_get_arguments"); function Internal (Self : System.Address; Argc : access Glib.Gint; Argv : System.Address; Error : System.Address) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_option_context_parse"); function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, chars_ptr_array_access); Argc : aliased Glib.Gint; Argv : chars_ptr_array_access; Err : Glib.Error.GError; Ret : Glib.Gboolean; begin Argv := Get_Args (Command_Line.Get_Object, Argc'Access); if Filter = null then Ret := Internal (Get_Object (Self), Argc'Access, Argv'Address, Err'Address); else declare Args : aliased ICS.chars_ptr_array := To_Chars_Ptr (Argv); Idx : aliased Glib.Gint := 1; begin -- Copy command name argument Args (0) := Argv (0); Idx := 1; for J in 1 .. Argc - 1 loop if Filter (ICS.Value (Argv (Interfaces.C.size_t (J)))) then Args (Interfaces.C.size_t (Idx)) := Argv (Interfaces.C.size_t (J)); Idx := Idx + 1; end if; end loop; Argv := Convert (Args'Address); Ret := Internal (Get_Object (Self), Idx'Access, Argv'Address, Err'Address); end; end if; Error := Err; Success := Ret /= 0; end Parse; ----------- -- Parse -- ----------- procedure Parse (Self : Goption_Context; Argv : access chars_ptr_array_access; -- Null-terminated Success : out Boolean; Error : out Glib.Error.GError) is use Interfaces.C; function Internal (Self : System.Address; Argc : access Glib.Gint; Argv : access chars_ptr_array_access; Error : System.Address) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_option_context_parse"); Err : Glib.Error.GError; Ret : Glib.Gboolean; Argc : aliased Glib.Gint := 0; begin while Argv.all (size_t (Argc)) /= Null_Ptr loop Argc := Argc + 1; end loop; Ret := Internal (Get_Object (Self), Argc'Access, Argv, Err'Address); Argv.all (size_t (Argc)) := Null_Ptr; Error := Err; Success := Ret /= 0; end Parse; type GAction_Entry_Array is array (Natural range <>) of GAction_Entry; type Activate_Callback is access procedure (Action : access Glib.Simple_Action.Gsimple_Action; Parameter : Glib.Variant.Gvariant; Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Activate_Callback); type Change_State_Callback is access procedure (Action : access Glib.Simple_Action.Gsimple_Action; Parameter : Glib.Variant.Gvariant; Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Change_State_Callback); function Build (Name : String; Activate : Activate_Callback := null; Parameter_Type : String := ""; State : String := ""; Change_State : Change_State_Callback := null) return GAction_Entry; -- Return a newly allocation action entry. -- This will be freed by the the action_map when needed. -- -- Name is the name of the action. -- Activate is the callback to connect to the "activate" signal of -- the action. -- Parameter_Type is the type of the parameter that must be passed -- to the activate function for this action, given as a single -- Gvariant (or the empty string for no parameter). -- State is the initial state of this action, given in Gvariant -- text format. The state is parsed with no extra type information -- so type tags must be added to the string if they are necessary. -- Change_State is the callback for the "change-state" signal. function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Activate_Callback, System.Address); function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Change_State_Callback, System.Address); function Build (Name : String; Activate : Activate_Callback := null; Parameter_Type : String := ""; State : String := ""; Change_State : Change_State_Callback := null) return GAction_Entry is P, S : chars_ptr := null_ptr; begin if Parameter_Type /= "" then P := New_String (Parameter_Type); end if; if State /= "" then S := New_String (State); end if; return GAction_Entry' (Name => New_String (Name), Activate => Convert (Activate), Parameter_Type => P, State => S, Change_State => Convert (Change_State), Padding => <>); end Build; function Get_Device_Manager (Self : not null access Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display_Record'Class) return Gdk.Device_Manager.Gdk_Device_Manager; -- Returns the Gdk.Device_Manager.Gdk_Device_Manager associated to -- Display. -- Since: gtk+ 3.0 function Get_Device_Manager (Self : not null access Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display_Record'Class) return Gdk.Device_Manager.Gdk_Device_Manager is function Internal (Self : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_get_device_manager"); Stub_Gdk_Device_Manager : Gdk.Device_Manager.Gdk_Device_Manager_Record; begin return Gdk.Device_Manager.Gdk_Device_Manager (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Self)), Stub_Gdk_Device_Manager)); end Get_Device_Manager; procedure Store_Clipboard (Display : not null access Gdk_Display_Record; Clipboard_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Time : Guint32; Targets : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array); -- Issues a request to the clipboard manager to store the clipboard data. -- On X11, this is a special program that works according to the -- freedesktop clipboard specification, available at <ulink -- url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec"> -- http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec</ulink>>. -- Since: gtk+ 2.6 -- "clipboard_window": a Gdk.Gdk_Window belonging to the clipboard owner -- "time_": a timestamp -- "targets": an array of targets that should be saved, or null if all -- available targets should be saved. -- "n_targets": length of the Targets array procedure Get_Window_At_Pointer (Display : access Gdk_Display_Record; Win_X : out Glib.Gint; Win_Y : out Glib.Gint; Win : out Gdk.Gdk_Window); -- Obtains the window underneath the mouse pointer, returning the location -- of that window in Win_X, Win_Y. Returns nullif the window -- under the mouse pointer is not known to GDK (for example, belongs to -- another application). -- (Win_X, Win_Y) are relative to the origin of the window under the -- pointer. -- -- Obsolescent: use Gdk.Device.Get_Window_At_Position instead. procedure Store_Clipboard (Display : not null access Gdk_Display_Record; Clipboard_Window : Gdk_Window; Time : Guint32; Targets : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom_Array) is procedure Internal (Display : System.Address; Clipboard_Window : Gdk_Window; Time : Guint32; Targets : System.Address; N_Targets : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_store_clipboard"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Display), Clipboard_Window, Time, Targets (Targets'First)'Address, Targets'Length); end Store_Clipboard; procedure Get_Window_At_Pointer (Display : access Gdk_Display_Record; Win_X : out Gint; Win_Y : out Gint; Win : out Gdk_Window) is function Internal (Display : System.Address; Win_X : access Gint; Win_Y : access Gint) return Gdk_Window; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer"); X, Y : aliased Gint; begin Win := Internal (Get_Object (Display), X'Access, Y'Access); Win_X := X; Win_Y := Y; end Get_Window_At_Pointer; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/GObject-2.0.gir0000644000076700001450000224712412533067132017551 0ustar gnatmailgnat This is the signature of marshaller functions, required to marshall arrays of parameter values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations. It is merely an alias to #GClosureMarshal since the #GClosure mechanism takes over responsibility of actual function invocation for the signal system. This is the signature of va_list marshaller functions, an optional marshaller that can be used in some situations to avoid marshalling the signal argument into GValues. A numerical value which represents the unique identifier of a registered type. A callback function used by the type system to finalize those portions of a derived types class structure that were setup from the corresponding GBaseInitFunc() function. Class finalization basically works the inverse way in which class intialization is performed. See GClassInitFunc() for a discussion of the class intialization process. The #GTypeClass structure to finalize. A callback function used by the type system to do base initialization of the class structures of derived types. It is called as part of the initialization process of all derived classes and should reallocate or reset all dynamic class members copied over from the parent class. For example, class members (such as strings) that are not sufficiently handled by a plain memory copy of the parent class into the derived class have to be altered. See GClassInitFunc() for a discussion of the class intialization process. The #GTypeClass structure to initialize. #GBinding is the representation of a binding between a property on a #GObject instance (or source) and another property on another #GObject instance (or target). Whenever the source property changes, the same value is applied to the target property; for instance, the following binding: |[ g_object_bind_property (object1, "property-a", object2, "property-b", G_BINDING_DEFAULT); ]| will cause <emphasis>object2:property-b</emphasis> to be updated every time g_object_set() or the specific accessor changes the value of <emphasis>object1:property-a</emphasis>. It is possible to create a bidirectional binding between two properties of two #GObject instances, so that if either property changes, the other is updated as well, for instance: |[ g_object_bind_property (object1, "property-a", object2, "property-b", G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL); ]| will keep the two properties in sync. It is also possible to set a custom transformation function (in both directions, in case of a bidirectional binding) to apply a custom transformation from the source value to the target value before applying it; for instance, the following binding: |[ g_object_bind_property_full (adjustment1, "value", adjustment2, "value", G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL, celsius_to_fahrenheit, fahrenheit_to_celsius, NULL, NULL); ]| will keep the <emphasis>value</emphasis> property of the two adjustments in sync; the <function>celsius_to_fahrenheit</function> function will be called whenever the <emphasis>adjustment1:value</emphasis> property changes and will transform the current value of the property before applying it to the <emphasis>adjustment2:value</emphasis> property; vice versa, the <function>fahrenheit_to_celsius</function> function will be called whenever the <emphasis>adjustment2:value</emphasis> property changes, and will transform the current value of the property before applying it to the <emphasis>adjustment1:value</emphasis>. Note that #GBinding does not resolve cycles by itself; a cycle like |[ object1:propertyA -> object2:propertyB object2:propertyB -> object3:propertyC object3:propertyC -> object1:propertyA ]| might lead to an infinite loop. The loop, in this particular case, can be avoided if the objects emit the #GObject::notify signal only if the value has effectively been changed. A binding is implemented using the #GObject::notify signal, so it is susceptible to all the various ways of blocking a signal emission, like g_signal_stop_emission() or g_signal_handler_block(). A binding will be severed, and the resources it allocates freed, whenever either one of the #GObject instances it refers to are finalized, or when the #GBinding instance loses its last reference. #GBinding is available since GObject 2.26 Retrieves the flags passed when constructing the #GBinding the #GBindingFlags used by the #GBinding Retrieves the #GObject instance used as the source of the binding the source #GObject Retrieves the name of the property of #GBinding:source used as the source of the binding the name of the source property Retrieves the #GObject instance used as the target of the binding the target #GObject Retrieves the name of the property of #GBinding:target used as the target of the binding the name of the target property Flags to be used to control the #GBinding The #GObject that should be used as the source of the binding The name of the property of #GBinding:source that should be used as the source of the binding The #GObject that should be used as the target of the binding The name of the property of #GBinding:target that should be used as the target of the binding Flags to be passed to g_object_bind_property() or g_object_bind_property_full(). This enumeration can be extended at later date. A function to be called to transform the source property of @source from @source_value into the target property of @target using @target_value. otherwise %TRUE if the transformation was successful, and %FALSE a #GBinding the value of the source property the value of the target property data passed to the transform function This function is provided by the user and should produce a copy of the passed in boxed structure. The newly created copy of the boxed structure. The boxed structure to be copied. This function is provided by the user and should free the boxed structure passed. The boxed structure to be freed. A #GCClosure is a specialization of #GClosure for C function callbacks. A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>gboolean (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes a flags type. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs a #GValue which can store the returned #gboolean 2 a #GValue array holding instance and arg1 the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>gchar* (*callback) (gpointer instance, GObject *arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs a #GValue, which can store the returned string 3 a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2 the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gboolean arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gboolean parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GBoxed *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GBoxed* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gchar arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gdouble arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gdouble parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes an enumeration type.. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the enumeration parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes a flags type. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the flags parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gfloat arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gfloat parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gint parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, glong arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #glong parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GObject *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GObject* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GParamSpec *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GParamSpec* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gpointer parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, const gchar *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guchar arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guchar parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guint parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 3 a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2 the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gulong arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gulong parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GVariant *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GVariant* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 1 a #GValue array holding only the instance the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A generic marshaller function implemented via <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/libffi/">libffi</ulink>. A #GClosure. A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. The length of the @param_values array. An array of #GValue<!-- -->s holding the arguments on which to invoke the callback of closure. The invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke(). Additional data specified when registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and g_closure_set_meta_marshal() Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as the last parameter. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke user data to pass to @callback_func destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used A variant of g_cclosure_new() which uses @object as @user_data and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run after the object is is freed. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func A variant of g_cclosure_new_swap() which uses @object as @user_data and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run after the object is is freed. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as the first parameter. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke user data to pass to @callback_func destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used The type used for callback functions in structure definitions and function signatures. This doesn't mean that all callback functions must take no parameters and return void. The required signature of a callback function is determined by the context in which is used (e.g. the signal to which it is connected). Use G_CALLBACK() to cast the callback function to a #GCallback. A callback function used by the type system to finalize a class. This function is rarely needed, as dynamically allocated class resources should be handled by GBaseInitFunc() and GBaseFinalizeFunc(). Also, specification of a GClassFinalizeFunc() in the #GTypeInfo structure of a static type is invalid, because classes of static types will never be finalized (they are artificially kept alive when their reference count drops to zero). The #GTypeClass structure to finalize. The @class_data member supplied via the #GTypeInfo structure. A callback function used by the type system to initialize the class of a specific type. This function should initialize all static class members. The initialization process of a class involves: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> 1 - Copying common members from the parent class over to the derived class structure. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> 2 - Zero initialization of the remaining members not copied over from the parent class. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> 3 - Invocation of the GBaseInitFunc() initializers of all parent types and the class' type. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> 4 - Invocation of the class' GClassInitFunc() initializer. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Since derived classes are partially initialized through a memory copy of the parent class, the general rule is that GBaseInitFunc() and GBaseFinalizeFunc() should take care of necessary reinitialization and release of those class members that were introduced by the type that specified these GBaseInitFunc()/GBaseFinalizeFunc(). GClassInitFunc() should only care about initializing static class members, while dynamic class members (such as allocated strings or reference counted resources) are better handled by a GBaseInitFunc() for this type, so proper initialization of the dynamic class members is performed for class initialization of derived types as well. An example may help to correspond the intend of the different class initializers: |[ typedef struct { GObjectClass parent_class; gint static_integer; gchar *dynamic_string; } TypeAClass; static void type_a_base_class_init (TypeAClass *class) { class->dynamic_string = g_strdup ("some string"); } static void type_a_base_class_finalize (TypeAClass *class) { g_free (class->dynamic_string); } static void type_a_class_init (TypeAClass *class) { class->static_integer = 42; } typedef struct { TypeAClass parent_class; gfloat static_float; GString *dynamic_gstring; } TypeBClass; static void type_b_base_class_init (TypeBClass *class) { class->dynamic_gstring = g_string_new ("some other string"); } static void type_b_base_class_finalize (TypeBClass *class) { g_string_free (class->dynamic_gstring); } static void type_b_class_init (TypeBClass *class) { class->static_float = 3.14159265358979323846; } ]| Initialization of TypeBClass will first cause initialization of TypeAClass (derived classes reference their parent classes, see g_type_class_ref() on this). Initialization of TypeAClass roughly involves zero-initializing its fields, then calling its GBaseInitFunc() type_a_base_class_init() to allocate its dynamic members (dynamic_string), and finally calling its GClassInitFunc() type_a_class_init() to initialize its static members (static_integer). The first step in the initialization process of TypeBClass is then a plain memory copy of the contents of TypeAClass into TypeBClass and zero-initialization of the remaining fields in TypeBClass. The dynamic members of TypeAClass within TypeBClass now need reinitialization which is performed by calling type_a_base_class_init() with an argument of TypeBClass. After that, the GBaseInitFunc() of TypeBClass, type_b_base_class_init() is called to allocate the dynamic members of TypeBClass (dynamic_gstring), and finally the GClassInitFunc() of TypeBClass, type_b_class_init(), is called to complete the initialization process with the static members (static_float). Corresponding finalization counter parts to the GBaseInitFunc() functions have to be provided to release allocated resources at class finalization time. The #GTypeClass structure to initialize. The @class_data member supplied via the #GTypeInfo structure. A #GClosure represents a callback supplied by the programmer. It will generally comprise a function of some kind and a marshaller used to call it. It is the reponsibility of the marshaller to convert the arguments for the invocation from #GValue<!-- -->s into a suitable form, perform the callback on the converted arguments, and transform the return value back into a #GValue. In the case of C programs, a closure usually just holds a pointer to a function and maybe a data argument, and the marshaller converts between #GValue<!-- --> and native C types. The GObject library provides the #GCClosure type for this purpose. Bindings for other languages need marshallers which convert between #GValue<!-- -->s and suitable representations in the runtime of the language in order to use functions written in that languages as callbacks. Within GObject, closures play an important role in the implementation of signals. When a signal is registered, the @c_marshaller argument to g_signal_new() specifies the default C marshaller for any closure which is connected to this signal. GObject provides a number of C marshallers for this purpose, see the g_cclosure_marshal_*() functions. Additional C marshallers can be generated with the <link linkend="glib-genmarshal">glib-genmarshal</link> utility. Closures can be explicitly connected to signals with g_signal_connect_closure(), but it usually more convenient to let GObject create a closure automatically by using one of the g_signal_connect_*() functions which take a callback function/user data pair. Using closures has a number of important advantages over a simple callback function/data pointer combination: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Closures allow the callee to get the types of the callback parameters, which means that language bindings don't have to write individual glue for each callback type. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The reference counting of #GClosure makes it easy to handle reentrancy right; if a callback is removed while it is being invoked, the closure and its parameters won't be freed until the invocation finishes. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> g_closure_invalidate() and invalidation notifiers allow callbacks to be automatically removed when the objects they point to go away. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> A variant of g_closure_new_simple() which stores @object in the @data field of the closure and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created closure. This function is mainly useful when implementing new types of closures. a newly allocated #GClosure the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least <literal>sizeof (GClosure)</literal> a #GObject pointer to store in the @data field of the newly allocated #GClosure Allocates a struct of the given size and initializes the initial part as a #GClosure. This function is mainly useful when implementing new types of closures. |[ typedef struct _MyClosure MyClosure; struct _MyClosure { GClosure closure; // extra data goes here }; static void my_closure_finalize (gpointer notify_data, GClosure *closure) { MyClosure *my_closure = (MyClosure *)closure; // free extra data here } MyClosure *my_closure_new (gpointer data) { GClosure *closure; MyClosure *my_closure; closure = g_closure_new_simple (sizeof (MyClosure), data); my_closure = (MyClosure *) closure; // initialize extra data here g_closure_add_finalize_notifier (closure, notify_data, my_closure_finalize); return my_closure; } ]| a newly allocated #GClosure the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least <literal>sizeof (GClosure)</literal> data to store in the @data field of the newly allocated #GClosure Registers a finalization notifier which will be called when the reference count of @closure goes down to 0. Multiple finalization notifiers on a single closure are invoked in unspecified order. If a single call to g_closure_unref() results in the closure being both invalidated and finalized, then the invalidate notifiers will be run before the finalize notifiers. data to pass to @notify_func the callback function to register Registers an invalidation notifier which will be called when the @closure is invalidated with g_closure_invalidate(). Invalidation notifiers are invoked before finalization notifiers, in an unspecified order. data to pass to @notify_func the callback function to register Adds a pair of notifiers which get invoked before and after the closure callback, respectively. This is typically used to protect the extra arguments for the duration of the callback. See g_object_watch_closure() for an example of marshal guards. data to pass to @pre_marshal_notify a function to call before the closure callback data to pass to @post_marshal_notify a function to call after the closure callback Sets a flag on the closure to indicate that its calling environment has become invalid, and thus causes any future invocations of g_closure_invoke() on this @closure to be ignored. Also, invalidation notifiers installed on the closure will be called at this point. Note that unless you are holding a reference to the closure yourself, the invalidation notifiers may unref the closure and cause it to be destroyed, so if you need to access the closure after calling g_closure_invalidate(), make sure that you've previously called g_closure_ref(). Note that g_closure_invalidate() will also be called when the reference count of a closure drops to zero (unless it has already been invalidated before). Invokes the closure, i.e. executes the callback represented by the @closure. a #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a value. the length of the @param_values array an array of #GValue<!-- -->s holding the arguments on which to invoke the callback of @closure a context-dependent invocation hint Increments the reference count on a closure to force it staying alive while the caller holds a pointer to it. The @closure passed in, for convenience Removes a finalization notifier. Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run. data which was passed to g_closure_add_finalize_notifier() when registering @notify_func the callback function to remove Removes an invalidation notifier. Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run. data which was passed to g_closure_add_invalidate_notifier() when registering @notify_func the callback function to remove Sets the marshaller of @closure. The <literal>marshal_data</literal> of @marshal provides a way for a meta marshaller to provide additional information to the marshaller. (See g_closure_set_meta_marshal().) For GObject's C predefined marshallers (the g_cclosure_marshal_*() functions), what it provides is a callback function to use instead of @closure->callback. a #GClosureMarshal function Sets the meta marshaller of @closure. A meta marshaller wraps @closure->marshal and modifies the way it is called in some fashion. The most common use of this facility is for C callbacks. The same marshallers (generated by <link linkend="glib-genmarshal">glib-genmarshal</link>) are used everywhere, but the way that we get the callback function differs. In most cases we want to use @closure->callback, but in other cases we want to use some different technique to retrieve the callback function. For example, class closures for signals (see g_signal_type_cclosure_new()) retrieve the callback function from a fixed offset in the class structure. The meta marshaller retrieves the right callback and passes it to the marshaller as the @marshal_data argument. context-dependent data to pass to @meta_marshal a #GClosureMarshal function Takes over the initial ownership of a closure. Each closure is initially created in a <firstterm>floating</firstterm> state, which means that the initial reference count is not owned by any caller. g_closure_sink() checks to see if the object is still floating, and if so, unsets the floating state and decreases the reference count. If the closure is not floating, g_closure_sink() does nothing. The reason for the existence of the floating state is to prevent cumbersome code sequences like: |[ closure = g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data); g_source_set_closure (source, closure); g_closure_unref (closure); // XXX GObject doesn't really need this ]| Because g_source_set_closure() (and similar functions) take ownership of the initial reference count, if it is unowned, we instead can write: |[ g_source_set_closure (source, g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data)); ]| Generally, this function is used together with g_closure_ref(). Ane example of storing a closure for later notification looks like: |[ static GClosure *notify_closure = NULL; void foo_notify_set_closure (GClosure *closure) { if (notify_closure) g_closure_unref (notify_closure); notify_closure = closure; if (notify_closure) { g_closure_ref (notify_closure); g_closure_sink (notify_closure); } } ]| Because g_closure_sink() may decrement the reference count of a closure (if it hasn't been called on @closure yet) just like g_closure_unref(), g_closure_ref() should be called prior to this function. Decrements the reference count of a closure after it was previously incremented by the same caller. If no other callers are using the closure, then the closure will be destroyed and freed. The type used for marshaller functions. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs a #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL if the callback of @closure doesn't return a value. the length of the @param_values array an array of #GValue<!-- -->s holding the arguments on which to invoke the callback of @closure the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and g_closure_set_meta_marshal() The type used for the various notification callbacks which can be registered on closures. data specified when registering the notification callback the #GClosure on which the notification is emitted The connection flags are used to specify the behaviour of a signal's connection. The class of an enumeration type holds information about its possible values. A structure which contains a single enum value, its name, and its nickname. The class of a flags type holds information about its possible values. A structure which contains a single flags value, its name, and its nickname. All the fields in the <structname>GInitiallyUnowned</structname> structure are private to the #GInitiallyUnowned implementation and should never be accessed directly. The class structure for the <structname>GInitiallyUnowned</structname> type. A callback function used by the type system to initialize a new instance of a type. This function initializes all instance members and allocates any resources required by it. Initialization of a derived instance involves calling all its parent types instance initializers, so the class member of the instance is altered during its initialization to always point to the class that belongs to the type the current initializer was introduced for. The instance to initialize. The class of the type the instance is created for. A callback function used by the type system to finalize an interface. This function should destroy any internal data and release any resources allocated by the corresponding GInterfaceInitFunc() function. The interface structure to finalize. The @interface_data supplied via the #GInterfaceInfo structure. A structure that provides information to the type system which is used specifically for managing interface types. A callback function used by the type system to initialize a new interface. This function should initialize all internal data and allocate any resources required by the interface. The interface structure to initialize. The @interface_data supplied via the #GInterfaceInfo structure. All the fields in the <structname>GObject</structname> structure are private to the #GObject implementation and should never be accessed directly. Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties. Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY) which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values. a new instance of @object_type the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate the name of the first property the value of the first property, followed optionally by more name/value pairs, followed by %NULL Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties. Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY) which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values. @object_type a new instance of the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate the length of the @parameters array an array of #GParameter A convenience function to connect multiple signals at once. The signal specs expected by this function have the form "modifier::signal_name", where modifier can be one of the following: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>signal</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, 0)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>object_signal</term> <term>object-signal</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., 0)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>swapped_signal</term> <term>swapped-signal</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>swapped_object_signal</term> <term>swapped-object-signal</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>signal_after</term> <term>signal-after</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>object_signal_after</term> <term>object-signal-after</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>swapped_signal_after</term> <term>swapped-signal-after</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>swapped_object_signal_after</term> <term>swapped-object-signal-after</term> <listitem><para> equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> |[ menu->toplevel = g_object_connect (g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_WINDOW, "type", GTK_WINDOW_POPUP, "child", menu, NULL), "signal::event", gtk_menu_window_event, menu, "signal::size_request", gtk_menu_window_size_request, menu, "signal::destroy", gtk_widget_destroyed, &amp;menu-&gt;toplevel, NULL); ]| @object a #GObject the spec for the first signal A convenience function to disconnect multiple signals at once. The signal specs expected by this function have the form "any_signal", which means to disconnect any signal with matching callback and data, or "any_signal::signal_name", which only disconnects the signal named "signal_name". a #GObject the spec for the first signal Gets properties of an object. In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref(). <example> <title>Using g_object_get(<!-- -->)</title> An example of using g_object_get() to get the contents of three properties - one of type #G_TYPE_INT, one of type #G_TYPE_STRING, and one of type #G_TYPE_OBJECT: <programlisting> gint intval; gchar *strval; GObject *objval; g_object_get (my_object, "int-property", &intval, "str-property", &strval, "obj-property", &objval, NULL); // Do something with intval, strval, objval g_free (strval); g_object_unref (objval); </programlisting> </example> a #GObject name of the first property to get Find the #GParamSpec with the given name for an interface. Generally, the interface vtable passed in as @g_iface will be the default vtable from g_type_default_interface_ref(), or, if you know the interface has already been loaded, g_type_default_interface_peek(). interface with the name @property_name, or %NULL if no such property exists. the #GParamSpec for the property of the any interface vtable for the interface, or the default vtable for the interface name of a property to lookup. Add a property to an interface; this is only useful for interfaces that are added to GObject-derived types. Adding a property to an interface forces all objects classes with that interface to have a compatible property. The compatible property could be a newly created #GParamSpec, but normally g_object_class_override_property() will be used so that the object class only needs to provide an implementation and inherits the property description, default value, bounds, and so forth from the interface property. This function is meant to be called from the interface's default vtable initialization function (the @class_init member of #GTypeInfo.) It must not be called after after @class_init has been called for any object types implementing this interface. any interface vtable for the interface, or the default vtable for the interface. the #GParamSpec for the new property Lists the properties of an interface.Generally, the interface vtable passed in as @g_iface will be the default vtable from g_type_default_interface_ref(), or, if you know the interface has already been loaded, g_type_default_interface_peek(). pointer to an array of pointers to #GParamSpec structures. The paramspecs are owned by GLib, but the array should be freed with g_free() when you are done with it. a any interface vtable for the interface, or the default vtable for the interface location to store number of properties returned. Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties. Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY) which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values. a new instance of @object_type the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate the name of the first property Sets properties on an object. a #GObject name of the first property to set Emits a "notify" signal for the property @property_name on @object. When possible, eg. when signaling a property change from within the class that registered the property, you should use g_object_notify_by_pspec() instead. Increases the reference count of the object by one and sets a callback to be called when all other references to the object are dropped, or when this is already the last reference to the object and another reference is established. This functionality is intended for binding @object to a proxy object managed by another memory manager. This is done with two paired references: the strong reference added by g_object_add_toggle_ref() and a reverse reference to the proxy object which is either a strong reference or weak reference. The setup is that when there are no other references to @object, only a weak reference is held in the reverse direction from @object to the proxy object, but when there are other references held to @object, a strong reference is held. The @notify callback is called when the reference from @object to the proxy object should be <firstterm>toggled</firstterm> from strong to weak (@is_last_ref true) or weak to strong (@is_last_ref false). Since a (normal) reference must be held to the object before calling g_object_add_toggle_ref(), the initial state of the reverse link is always strong. Multiple toggle references may be added to the same gobject, however if there are multiple toggle references to an object, none of them will ever be notified until all but one are removed. For this reason, you should only ever use a toggle reference if there is important state in the proxy object. a function to call when this reference is the last reference to the object, or is no longer the last reference. data to pass to @notify Adds a weak reference from weak_pointer to @object to indicate that the pointer located at @weak_pointer_location is only valid during the lifetime of @object. When the @object is finalized, @weak_pointer will be set to %NULL. Note that as with g_object_weak_ref(), the weak references created by this method are not thread-safe: they cannot safely be used in one thread if the object's last g_object_unref() might happen in another thread. Use #GWeakRef if thread-safety is required. The memory address of a pointer. Creates a binding between @source_property on @source and @target_property on @target. Whenever the @source_property is changed the @target_property is updated using the same value. For instance: |[ g_object_bind_property (action, "active", widget, "sensitive", 0); ]| Will result in the "sensitive" property of the widget #GObject instance to be updated with the same value of the "active" property of the action #GObject instance. If @flags contains %G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL then the binding will be mutual: if @target_property on @target changes then the @source_property on @source will be updated as well. The binding will automatically be removed when either the @source or the @target instances are finalized. To remove the binding without affecting the @source and the @target you can just call g_object_unref() on the returned #GBinding instance. A #GObject can have multiple bindings. binding between the two #GObject instances. The binding is released whenever the #GBinding reference count reaches zero. the #GBinding instance representing the the property on @source to bind the target #GObject the property on @target to bind flags to pass to #GBinding Complete version of g_object_bind_property(). Creates a binding between @source_property on @source and @target_property on @target, allowing you to set the transformation functions to be used by the binding. If @flags contains %G_BINDING_BIDIRECTIONAL then the binding will be mutual: if @target_property on @target changes then the @source_property on @source will be updated as well. The @transform_from function is only used in case of bidirectional bindings, otherwise it will be ignored The binding will automatically be removed when either the @source or the @target instances are finalized. To remove the binding without affecting the @source and the @target you can just call g_object_unref() on the returned #GBinding instance. A #GObject can have multiple bindings. <note>The same @user_data parameter will be used for both @transform_to and @transform_from transformation functions; the @notify function will be called once, when the binding is removed. If you need different data for each transformation function, please use g_object_bind_property_with_closures() instead.</note> binding between the two #GObject instances. The binding is released whenever the #GBinding reference count reaches zero. the #GBinding instance representing the the property on @source to bind the target #GObject the property on @target to bind flags to pass to #GBinding the transformation function from the @source to the @target, or %NULL to use the default the transformation function from the @target to the @source, or %NULL to use the default custom data to be passed to the transformation functions, or %NULL function to be called when disposing the binding, to free the resources used by the transformation functions Creates a binding between @source_property on @source and @target_property on @target, allowing you to set the transformation functions to be used by the binding. This function is the language bindings friendly version of g_object_bind_property_full(), using #GClosure<!-- -->s instead of function pointers. binding between the two #GObject instances. The binding is released whenever the #GBinding reference count reaches zero. the #GBinding instance representing the the property on @source to bind the target #GObject the property on @target to bind flags to pass to #GBinding a #GClosure wrapping the transformation function from the @source to the @target, or %NULL to use the default a #GClosure wrapping the transformation function from the @target to the @source, or %NULL to use the default This function is intended for #GObject implementations to re-enforce a <link linkend="floating-ref">floating</link> object reference. Doing this is seldom required: all #GInitiallyUnowned<!-- -->s are created with a floating reference which usually just needs to be sunken by calling g_object_ref_sink(). Increases the freeze count on @object. If the freeze count is non-zero, the emission of "notify" signals on @object is stopped. The signals are queued until the freeze count is decreased to zero. This is necessary for accessors that modify multiple properties to prevent premature notification while the object is still being modified. Gets a named field from the objects table of associations (see g_object_set_data()). the data if found, or %NULL if no such data exists. name of the key for that association Gets a property of an object. @value must have been initialized to the expected type of the property (or a type to which the expected type can be transformed) using g_value_init(). In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller is responsible for freeing the memory by calling g_value_unset(). Note that g_object_get_property() is really intended for language bindings, g_object_get() is much more convenient for C programming. the name of the property to get return location for the property value This function gets back user data pointers stored via g_object_set_qdata(). The user data pointer set, or %NULL A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer Gets properties of an object. In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref(). See g_object_get(). name of the first property to get return location for the first property, followed optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL Checks whether @object has a <link linkend="floating-ref">floating</link> reference. %TRUE if @object has a floating reference Emits a "notify" signal for the property @property_name on @object. When possible, eg. when signaling a property change from within the class that registered the property, you should use g_object_notify_by_pspec() instead. the name of a property installed on the class of @object. Emits a "notify" signal for the property specified by @pspec on @object. This function omits the property name lookup, hence it is faster than g_object_notify(). One way to avoid using g_object_notify() from within the class that registered the properties, and using g_object_notify_by_pspec() instead, is to store the GParamSpec used with g_object_class_install_property() inside a static array, e.g.: |[ enum { PROP_0, PROP_FOO, PROP_LAST }; static GParamSpec *properties[PROP_LAST]; static void my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass) { properties[PROP_FOO] = g_param_spec_int ("foo", "Foo", "The foo", 0, 100, 50, G_PARAM_READWRITE); g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_FOO, properties[PROP_FOO]); } ]| and then notify a change on the "foo" property with: |[ g_object_notify_by_pspec (self, properties[PROP_FOO]); ]| the #GParamSpec of a property installed on the class of @object. Increases the reference count of @object. the same @object Increase the reference count of @object, and possibly remove the <link linkend="floating-ref">floating</link> reference, if @object has a floating reference. In other words, if the object is floating, then this call "assumes ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal reference by clearing the floating flag while leaving the reference count unchanged. If the object is not floating, then this call adds a new normal reference increasing the reference count by one. @object Removes a reference added with g_object_add_toggle_ref(). The reference count of the object is decreased by one. a function to call when this reference is the last reference to the object, or is no longer the last reference. data to pass to @notify Removes a weak reference from @object that was previously added using g_object_add_weak_pointer(). The @weak_pointer_location has to match the one used with g_object_add_weak_pointer(). The memory address of a pointer. Releases all references to other objects. This can be used to break reference cycles. This functions should only be called from object system implementations. Each object carries around a table of associations from strings to pointers. This function lets you set an association. If the object already had an association with that name, the old association will be destroyed. name of the key data to associate with that key Like g_object_set_data() except it adds notification for when the association is destroyed, either by setting it to a different value or when the object is destroyed. Note that the @destroy callback is not called if @data is %NULL. name of the key data to associate with that key function to call when the association is destroyed Sets a property on an object. the name of the property to set the value This sets an opaque, named pointer on an object. The name is specified through a #GQuark (retrived e.g. via g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer can be gotten back from the @object with g_object_get_qdata() until the @object is finalized. Setting a previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees) the old pointer set, using #NULL as pointer essentially removes the data stored. A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer An opaque user data pointer This function works like g_object_set_qdata(), but in addition, a void (*destroy) (gpointer) function may be specified which is called with @data as argument when the @object is finalized, or the data is being overwritten by a call to g_object_set_qdata() with the same @quark. A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer An opaque user data pointer Function to invoke with @data as argument, when @data needs to be freed Sets properties on an object. name of the first property to set value for the first property, followed optionally by more name/value pairs, followed by %NULL Remove a specified datum from the object's data associations, without invoking the association's destroy handler. the data if found, or %NULL if no such data exists. name of the key This function gets back user data pointers stored via g_object_set_qdata() and removes the @data from object without invoking its destroy() function (if any was set). Usually, calling this function is only required to update user data pointers with a destroy notifier, for example: |[ void object_add_to_user_list (GObject *object, const gchar *new_string) { // the quark, naming the object data GQuark quark_string_list = g_quark_from_static_string ("my-string-list"); // retrive the old string list GList *list = g_object_steal_qdata (object, quark_string_list); // prepend new string list = g_list_prepend (list, g_strdup (new_string)); // this changed 'list', so we need to set it again g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_string_list, list, free_string_list); } static void free_string_list (gpointer data) { GList *node, *list = data; for (node = list; node; node = node->next) g_free (node->data); g_list_free (list); } ]| Using g_object_get_qdata() in the above example, instead of g_object_steal_qdata() would have left the destroy function set, and thus the partial string list would have been freed upon g_object_set_qdata_full(). The user data pointer set, or %NULL A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer Reverts the effect of a previous call to g_object_freeze_notify(). The freeze count is decreased on @object and when it reaches zero, all queued "notify" signals are emitted. It is an error to call this function when the freeze count is zero. Decreases the reference count of @object. When its reference count drops to 0, the object is finalized (i.e. its memory is freed). This function essentially limits the life time of the @closure to the life time of the object. That is, when the object is finalized, the @closure is invalidated by calling g_closure_invalidate() on it, in order to prevent invocations of the closure with a finalized (nonexisting) object. Also, g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are added as marshal guards to the @closure, to ensure that an extra reference count is held on @object during invocation of the @closure. Usually, this function will be called on closures that use this @object as closure data. GClosure to watch Adds a weak reference callback to an object. Weak references are used for notification when an object is finalized. They are called "weak references" because they allow you to safely hold a pointer to an object without calling g_object_ref() (g_object_ref() adds a strong reference, that is, forces the object to stay alive). Note that the weak references created by this method are not thread-safe: they cannot safely be used in one thread if the object's last g_object_unref() might happen in another thread. Use #GWeakRef if thread-safety is required. callback to invoke before the object is freed extra data to pass to notify Removes a weak reference callback to an object. callback to search for data to search for The notify signal is emitted on an object when one of its properties has been changed. Note that getting this signal doesn't guarantee that the value of the property has actually changed, it may also be emitted when the setter for the property is called to reinstate the previous value. This signal is typically used to obtain change notification for a single property, by specifying the property name as a detail in the g_signal_connect() call, like this: |[ g_signal_connect (text_view->buffer, "notify::paste-target-list", G_CALLBACK (gtk_text_view_target_list_notify), text_view) ]| It is important to note that you must use <link linkend="canonical-parameter-name">canonical</link> parameter names as detail strings for the notify signal. the #GParamSpec of the property which changed. The class structure for the <structname>GObject</structname> type. <example> <title>Implementing singletons using a constructor</title> <programlisting> static MySingleton *the_singleton = NULL; static GObject* my_singleton_constructor (GType type, guint n_construct_params, GObjectConstructParam *construct_params) { GObject *object; if (!the_singleton) { object = G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->constructor (type, n_construct_params, construct_params); the_singleton = MY_SINGLETON (object); } else object = g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (the_singleton)); return object; } </programlisting></example> Looks up the #GParamSpec for a property of a class. %NULL if the class doesn't have a property of that name the #GParamSpec for the property, or the name of the property to look up Installs new properties from an array of #GParamSpec<!-- -->s. This is usually done in the class initializer. The property id of each property is the index of each #GParamSpec in the @pspecs array. The property id of 0 is treated specially by #GObject and it should not be used to store a #GParamSpec. This function should be used if you plan to use a static array of #GParamSpec<!-- -->s and g_object_notify_by_pspec(). For instance, this class initialization: |[ enum { PROP_0, PROP_FOO, PROP_BAR, N_PROPERTIES }; static GParamSpec *obj_properties[N_PROPERTIES] = { NULL, }; static void my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass) { GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass); obj_properties[PROP_FOO] = g_param_spec_int ("foo", "Foo", "Foo", -1, G_MAXINT, 0, G_PARAM_READWRITE); obj_properties[PROP_BAR] = g_param_spec_string ("bar", "Bar", "Bar", NULL, G_PARAM_READWRITE); gobject_class->set_property = my_object_set_property; gobject_class->get_property = my_object_get_property; g_object_class_install_properties (gobject_class, N_PROPERTIES, obj_properties); } ]| allows calling g_object_notify_by_pspec() to notify of property changes: |[ void my_object_set_foo (MyObject *self, gint foo) { if (self->foo != foo) { self->foo = foo; g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (self), obj_properties[PROP_FOO]); } } ]| the length of the #GParamSpec<!-- -->s array the #GParamSpec<!-- -->s array defining the new properties Installs a new property. This is usually done in the class initializer. Note that it is possible to redefine a property in a derived class, by installing a property with the same name. This can be useful at times, e.g. to change the range of allowed values or the default value. the id for the new property the #GParamSpec for the new property Get an array of #GParamSpec* for all properties of a class. #GParamSpec* which should be freed after use an array of return location for the length of the returned array Registers @property_id as referring to a property with the name @name in a parent class or in an interface implemented by @oclass. This allows this class to <firstterm>override</firstterm> a property implementation in a parent class or to provide the implementation of a property from an interface. <note> Internally, overriding is implemented by creating a property of type #GParamSpecOverride; generally operations that query the properties of the object class, such as g_object_class_find_property() or g_object_class_list_properties() will return the overridden property. However, in one case, the @construct_properties argument of the @constructor virtual function, the #GParamSpecOverride is passed instead, so that the @param_id field of the #GParamSpec will be correct. For virtually all uses, this makes no difference. If you need to get the overridden property, you can call g_param_spec_get_redirect_target(). </note> the new property ID the name of a property registered in a parent class or in an interface of this class. The <structname>GObjectConstructParam</structname> struct is an auxiliary structure used to hand #GParamSpec/#GValue pairs to the @constructor of a #GObjectClass. The type of the @finalize function of #GObjectClass. the #GObject being finalized The type of the @get_property function of #GObjectClass. a #GObject the numeric id under which the property was registered with g_object_class_install_property(). a #GValue to return the property value in the #GParamSpec describing the property The type of the @set_property function of #GObjectClass. a #GObject the numeric id under which the property was registered with g_object_class_install_property(). the new value for the property the #GParamSpec describing the property Through the #GParamFlags flag values, certain aspects of parameters can be configured. #GParamSpec is an object structure that encapsulates the metadata required to specify parameters, such as e.g. #GObject properties. <para id="canonical-parameter-name"> Parameter names need to start with a letter (a-z or A-Z). Subsequent characters can be letters, numbers or a '-'. All other characters are replaced by a '-' during construction. The result of this replacement is called the canonical name of the parameter. </para> Creates a new #GParamSpec instance. A property name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first character of a property name must be a letter. Names which violate these rules lead to undefined behaviour. When creating and looking up a #GParamSpec, either separator can be used, but they cannot be mixed. Using '-' is considerably more efficient and in fact required when using property names as detail strings for signals. Beyond the name, #GParamSpec<!-- -->s have two more descriptive strings associated with them, the @nick, which should be suitable for use as a label for the property in a property editor, and the @blurb, which should be a somewhat longer description, suitable for e.g. a tooltip. The @nick and @blurb should ideally be localized. a newly allocated #GParamSpec instance the #GType for the property; must be derived from #G_TYPE_PARAM the canonical name of the property the nickname of the property a short description of the property a combination of #GParamFlags Get the short description of a #GParamSpec. the short description of @pspec. Get the name of a #GParamSpec. The name is always an "interned" string (as per g_intern_string()). This allows for pointer-value comparisons. the name of @pspec. Get the nickname of a #GParamSpec. the nickname of @pspec. Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata(). the user data pointer set, or %NULL a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer If the paramspec redirects operations to another paramspec, returns that paramspec. Redirect is used typically for providing a new implementation of a property in a derived type while preserving all the properties from the parent type. Redirection is established by creating a property of type #GParamSpecOverride. See g_object_class_override_property() for an example of the use of this capability. paramspec should be redirected, or %NULL if none. paramspec to which requests on this Increments the reference count of @pspec. the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function Convenience function to ref and sink a #GParamSpec. the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function Sets an opaque, named pointer on a #GParamSpec. The name is specified through a #GQuark (retrieved e.g. via g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer can be gotten back from the @pspec with g_param_spec_get_qdata(). Setting a previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees) the old pointer set, using %NULL as pointer essentially removes the data stored. a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer an opaque user data pointer This function works like g_param_spec_set_qdata(), but in addition, a <literal>void (*destroy) (gpointer)</literal> function may be specified which is called with @data as argument when the @pspec is finalized, or the data is being overwritten by a call to g_param_spec_set_qdata() with the same @quark. a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer an opaque user data pointer function to invoke with @data as argument, when @data needs to be freed The initial reference count of a newly created #GParamSpec is 1, even though no one has explicitly called g_param_spec_ref() on it yet. So the initial reference count is flagged as "floating", until someone calls <literal>g_param_spec_ref (pspec); g_param_spec_sink (pspec);</literal> in sequence on it, taking over the initial reference count (thus ending up with a @pspec that has a reference count of 1 still, but is not flagged "floating" anymore). Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata() and removes the @data from @pspec without invoking its destroy() function (if any was set). Usually, calling this function is only required to update user data pointers with a destroy notifier. the user data pointer set, or %NULL a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer Decrements the reference count of a @pspec. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for boolean properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for boxed properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for character properties. The class structure for the <structname>GParamSpec</structname> type. Normally, <structname>GParamSpec</structname> classes are filled by g_param_type_register_static(). A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for double properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for enum properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for flags properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for float properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for #GType properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for integer properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for 64bit integer properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for long integer properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for object properties. This is a type of #GParamSpec type that simply redirects operations to another paramspec. All operations other than getting or setting the value are redirected, including accessing the nick and blurb, validating a value, and so forth. See g_param_spec_get_redirect_target() for retrieving the overidden property. #GParamSpecOverride is used in implementing g_object_class_override_property(), and will not be directly useful unless you are implementing a new base type similar to GObject. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for %G_TYPE_PARAM properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for pointer properties. A #GParamSpecPool maintains a collection of #GParamSpec<!-- -->s which can be quickly accessed by owner and name. The implementation of the #GObject property system uses such a pool to store the #GParamSpecs of the properties all object types. Inserts a #GParamSpec in the pool. the #GParamSpec to insert a #GType identifying the owner of @pspec Gets an array of all #GParamSpec<!-- -->s owned by @owner_type in the pool. allocated array containing pointers to all #GParamSpecs owned by @owner_type in the pool a newly the owner to look for return location for the length of the returned array Gets an #GList of all #GParamSpec<!-- -->s owned by @owner_type in the pool. #GList of all #GParamSpec<!-- -->s owned by @owner_type in the pool#GParamSpec<!-- -->s. a the owner to look for Looks up a #GParamSpec in the pool. matching #GParamSpec was found. The found #GParamSpec, or %NULL if no the name to look for the owner to look for If %TRUE, also try to find a #GParamSpec with @param_name owned by an ancestor of @owner_type. Removes a #GParamSpec from the pool. the #GParamSpec to remove Creates a new #GParamSpecPool. If @type_prefixing is %TRUE, lookups in the newly created pool will allow to specify the owner as a colon-separated prefix of the property name, like "GtkContainer:border-width". This feature is deprecated, so you should always set @type_prefixing to %FALSE. a newly allocated #GParamSpecPool. Whether the pool will support type-prefixed property names. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for string properties. This structure is used to provide the type system with the information required to initialize and destruct (finalize) a parameter's class and instances thereof. The initialized structure is passed to the g_param_type_register_static() The type system will perform a deep copy of this structure, so its memory does not need to be persistent across invocation of g_param_type_register_static(). A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned character properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned integer properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned 64bit integer properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unsigned long integer properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for unichar (unsigned integer) properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for #GValueArray properties. A #GParamSpec derived structure that contains the meta data for #GVariant properties. The <structname>GParameter</structname> struct is an auxiliary structure used to hand parameter name/value pairs to g_object_newv(). The signal accumulator is a special callback function that can be used to collect return values of the various callbacks that are called during a signal emission. The signal accumulator is specified at signal creation time, if it is left %NULL, no accumulation of callback return values is performed. The return value of signal emissions is then the value returned by the last callback. should be aborted. Returning %FALSE means to abort the current emission and %TRUE is returned for continuation. The accumulator function returns whether the signal emission Signal invocation hint, see #GSignalInvocationHint. Accumulator to collect callback return values in, this is the return value of the current signal emission. A #GValue holding the return value of the signal handler. Callback data that was specified when creating the signal. A simple function pointer to get invoked when the signal is emitted. This allows you to tie a hook to the signal type, so that it will trap all emissions of that signal, from any object. You may not attach these to signals created with the #G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS flag. hook is disconnected (and destroyed). whether it wants to stay connected. If it returns %FALSE, the signal Signal invocation hint, see #GSignalInvocationHint. the number of parameters to the function, including the instance on which the signal was emitted. the instance on which the signal was emitted, followed by the parameters of the emission. user data associated with the hook. The signal flags are used to specify a signal's behaviour, the overall signal description outlines how especially the RUN flags control the stages of a signal emission. The #GSignalInvocationHint structure is used to pass on additional information to callbacks during a signal emission. The match types specify what g_signal_handlers_block_matched(), g_signal_handlers_unblock_matched() and g_signal_handlers_disconnect_matched() match signals by. A structure holding in-depth information for a specific signal. It is filled in by the g_signal_query() function. A callback function used for notification when the state of a toggle reference changes. See g_object_add_toggle_ref(). Callback data passed to g_object_add_toggle_ref() The object on which g_object_add_toggle_ref() was called. %TRUE if the toggle reference is now the last reference to the object. %FALSE if the toggle reference was the last reference and there are now other references. A union holding one collected value. An opaque structure used as the base of all classes. This is a convenience function often needed in class initializers. It returns the class structure of the immediate parent type of the class passed in. Since derived classes hold a reference count on their parent classes as long as they are instantiated, the returned class will always exist. This function is essentially equivalent to: <programlisting> g_type_class_peek (g_type_parent (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class))); </programlisting> of @g_class. The parent class Decrements the reference count of the class structure being passed in. Once the last reference count of a class has been released, classes may be finalized by the type system, so further dereferencing of a class pointer after g_type_class_unref() are invalid. A variant of g_type_class_unref() for use in #GTypeClassCacheFunc implementations. It unreferences a class without consulting the chain of #GTypeClassCacheFunc<!-- -->s, avoiding the recursion which would occur otherwise. Registers a private structure for an instantiatable type. When an object is allocated, the private structures for the type and all of its parent types are allocated sequentially in the same memory block as the public structures. Note that the accumulated size of the private structures of a type and all its parent types cannot excced 64 KiB. This function should be called in the type's class_init() function. The private structure can be retrieved using the G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE() macro. The following example shows attaching a private structure <structname>MyObjectPrivate</structname> to an object <structname>MyObject</structname> defined in the standard GObject fashion. type's class_init() function. Note the use of a structure member "priv" to avoid the overhead of repeatedly calling MY_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE(). |[ typedef struct _MyObject MyObject; typedef struct _MyObjectPrivate MyObjectPrivate; struct _MyObject { GObject parent; MyObjectPrivate *priv; }; struct _MyObjectPrivate { int some_field; }; static void my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass) { g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (MyObjectPrivate)); } static void my_object_init (MyObject *my_object) { my_object->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (my_object, MY_TYPE_OBJECT, MyObjectPrivate); } static int my_object_get_some_field (MyObject *my_object) { MyObjectPrivate *priv; g_return_val_if_fail (MY_IS_OBJECT (my_object), 0); priv = my_object->priv; return priv->some_field; } ]| class structure for an instantiatable type size of private structure. This function is essentially the same as g_type_class_ref(), except that the classes reference count isn't incremented. As a consequence, this function may return %NULL if the class of the type passed in does not currently exist (hasn't been referenced before). structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not currently exist. The #GTypeClass Type ID of a classed type. A more efficient version of g_type_class_peek() which works only for static types. structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not currently exist or is dynamically loaded. The #GTypeClass Type ID of a classed type. Increments the reference count of the class structure belonging to @type. This function will demand-create the class if it doesn't exist already. structure for the given type ID. The #GTypeClass Type ID of a classed type. A callback function which is called when the reference count of a class drops to zero. It may use g_type_class_ref() to prevent the class from being freed. You should not call g_type_class_unref() from a #GTypeClassCacheFunc function to prevent infinite recursion, use g_type_class_unref_uncached() instead. The functions have to check the class id passed in to figure whether they actually want to cache the class of this type, since all classes are routed through the same #GTypeClassCacheFunc chain. called, %FALSE to continue. %TRUE to stop further #GTypeClassCacheFunc<!-- -->s from being data that was given to the g_type_add_class_cache_func() call The #GTypeClass structure which is unreferenced The <type>GTypeDebugFlags</type> enumeration values can be passed to g_type_init_with_debug_flags() to trigger debugging messages during runtime. Note that the messages can also be triggered by setting the <envar>GOBJECT_DEBUG</envar> environment variable to a ':'-separated list of "objects" and "signals". Bit masks used to check or determine characteristics of a type. Bit masks used to check or determine specific characteristics of a fundamental type. A structure that provides information to the type system which is used specifically for managing fundamental types. This structure is used to provide the type system with the information required to initialize and destruct (finalize) a type's class and its instances. The initialized structure is passed to the g_type_register_static() function (or is copied into the provided #GTypeInfo structure in the g_type_plugin_complete_type_info()). The type system will perform a deep copy of this structure, so its memory does not need to be persistent across invocation of g_type_register_static(). An opaque structure used as the base of all type instances. An opaque structure used as the base of all interface types. Returns the corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent type of the instance type to which @g_iface belongs. This is useful when deriving the implementation of an interface from the parent type and then possibly overriding some methods. corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent type of the instance type to which @g_iface belongs, or %NULL if the parent type doesn't conform to the interface. The Adds @prerequisite_type to the list of prerequisites of @interface_type. This means that any type implementing @interface_type must also implement @prerequisite_type. Prerequisites can be thought of as an alternative to interface derivation (which GType doesn't support). An interface can have at most one instantiatable prerequisite type. #GType value of an interface type. #GType value of an interface or instantiatable type. Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for the dynamic interface @interface_type which has been added to @instance_type, or %NULL if @interface_type has not been added to @instance_type or does not have a #GTypePlugin structure. See g_type_add_interface_dynamic(). interface @interface_type of @instance_type. the #GTypePlugin for the dynamic the #GType value of an instantiatable type. the #GType value of an interface type. Returns the #GTypeInterface structure of an interface to which the passed in class conforms. structure of iface_type if implemented by @instance_class, %NULL otherwise The GTypeInterface A #GTypeClass structure. An interface ID which this class conforms to. Returns the prerequisites of an interfaces type. newly-allocated zero-terminated array of #GType containing the prerequisites of @interface_type a an interface type location to return the number of prerequisites, or %NULL A callback called after an interface vtable is initialized. See g_type_add_interface_check(). data passed to g_type_add_interface_check(). the interface that has been initialized #GTypeModule provides a simple implementation of the #GTypePlugin interface. The model of #GTypeModule is a dynamically loaded module which implements some number of types and interface implementations. When the module is loaded, it registers its types and interfaces using g_type_module_register_type() and g_type_module_add_interface(). As long as any instances of these types and interface implementations are in use, the module is kept loaded. When the types and interfaces are gone, the module may be unloaded. If the types and interfaces become used again, the module will be reloaded. Note that the last unref cannot happen in module code, since that would lead to the caller's code being unloaded before g_object_unref() returns to it. Keeping track of whether the module should be loaded or not is done by using a use count - it starts at zero, and whenever it is greater than zero, the module is loaded. The use count is maintained internally by the type system, but also can be explicitly controlled by g_type_module_use() and g_type_module_unuse(). Typically, when loading a module for the first type, g_type_module_use() will be used to load it so that it can initialize its types. At some later point, when the module no longer needs to be loaded except for the type implementations it contains, g_type_module_unuse() is called. #GTypeModule does not actually provide any implementation of module loading and unloading. To create a particular module type you must derive from #GTypeModule and implement the load and unload functions in #GTypeModuleClass. Registers an additional interface for a type, whose interface lives in the given type plugin. If the interface was already registered for the type in this plugin, nothing will be done. As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will not be unloaded. type to which to add the interface. interface type to add type information structure Looks up or registers an enumeration that is implemented with a particular type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered, the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned. As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will not be unloaded. the new or existing type ID name for the type an array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0. Looks up or registers a flags type that is implemented with a particular type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered, the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned. As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will not be unloaded. the new or existing type ID name for the type an array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible flags values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0. Looks up or registers a type that is implemented with a particular type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered, the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned. When reregistering a type (typically because a module is unloaded then reloaded, and reinitialized), @module and @parent_type must be the same as they were previously. As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will not be unloaded. the new or existing type ID the type for the parent class name for the type type information structure flags field providing details about the type Sets the name for a #GTypeModule a human-readable name to use in error messages. Decreases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the result is zero, the module will be unloaded. (However, the #GTypeModule will not be freed, and types associated with the #GTypeModule are not unregistered. Once a #GTypeModule is initialized, it must exist forever.) Increases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the use count was zero before, the plugin will be loaded. If loading the plugin fails, the use count is reset to its prior value. loading the plugin failed. %FALSE if the plugin needed to be loaded and In order to implement dynamic loading of types based on #GTypeModule, the @load and @unload functions in #GTypeModuleClass must be implemented. The GObject type system supports dynamic loading of types. The #GTypePlugin interface is used to handle the lifecycle of dynamically loaded types. It goes as follows: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The type is initially introduced (usually upon loading the module the first time, or by your main application that knows what modules introduces what types), like this: |[ new_type_id = g_type_register_dynamic (parent_type_id, "TypeName", new_type_plugin, type_flags); ]| where <literal>new_type_plugin</literal> is an implementation of the #GTypePlugin interface. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The type's implementation is referenced, e.g. through g_type_class_ref() or through g_type_create_instance() (this is being called by g_object_new()) or through one of the above done on a type derived from <literal>new_type_id</literal>. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> This causes the type system to load the type's implementation by calling g_type_plugin_use() and g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() on <literal>new_type_plugin</literal>. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> At some point the type's implementation isn't required anymore, e.g. after g_type_class_unref() or g_type_free_instance() (called when the reference count of an instance drops to zero). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> This causes the type system to throw away the information retrieved from g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() and then it calls g_type_plugin_unuse() on <literal>new_type_plugin</literal>. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Things may repeat from the second step. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> So basically, you need to implement a #GTypePlugin type that carries a use_count, once use_count goes from zero to one, you need to load the implementation to successfully handle the upcoming g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() call. Later, maybe after succeeding use/unuse calls, once use_count drops to zero, you can unload the implementation again. The type system makes sure to call g_type_plugin_use() and g_type_plugin_complete_type_info() again when the type is needed again. #GTypeModule is an implementation of #GTypePlugin that already implements most of this except for the actual module loading and unloading. It even handles multiple registered types per module. Calls the @complete_interface_info function from the #GTypePluginClass of @plugin. There should be no need to use this function outside of the GObject type system itself. the #GType of an instantiable type to which the interface is added the #GType of the interface whose info is completed the #GInterfaceInfo to fill in Calls the @complete_type_info function from the #GTypePluginClass of @plugin. There should be no need to use this function outside of the GObject type system itself. the #GType whose info is completed the #GTypeInfo struct to fill in the #GTypeValueTable to fill in Calls the @unuse_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of @plugin. There should be no need to use this function outside of the GObject type system itself. Calls the @use_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of @plugin. There should be no need to use this function outside of the GObject type system itself. The #GTypePlugin interface is used by the type system in order to handle the lifecycle of dynamically loaded types. The type of the @complete_interface_info function of #GTypePluginClass. the #GTypePlugin the #GType of an instantiable type to which the interface is added the #GType of the interface whose info is completed the #GInterfaceInfo to fill in The type of the @complete_type_info function of #GTypePluginClass. the #GTypePlugin the #GType whose info is completed the #GTypeInfo struct to fill in the #GTypeValueTable to fill in The type of the @unuse_plugin function of #GTypePluginClass. the #GTypePlugin whose use count should be decreased The type of the @use_plugin function of #GTypePluginClass, which gets called to increase the use count of @plugin. the #GTypePlugin whose use count should be increased A structure holding information for a specific type. It is filled in by the g_type_query() function. The #GTypeValueTable provides the functions required by the #GValue implementation, to serve as a container for values of a type. Returns the location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type. <emphasis>Note that this function should only be used from source code that implements or has internal knowledge of the implementation of @type.</emphasis> %NULL if there is no #GTypeValueTable associated with @type. Location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type or A #GType value. An opaque structure used to hold different types of values. The data within the structure has protected scope: it is accessible only to functions within a #GTypeValueTable structure, or implementations of the g_value_*() API. That is, code portions which implement new fundamental types. #GValue users cannot make any assumptions about how data is stored within the 2 element @data union, and the @g_type member should only be accessed through the G_VALUE_TYPE() macro. Copies the value of @src_value into @dest_value. An initialized #GValue structure of the same type as @src_value. Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue. Upon getting, the boxed value is duplicated and needs to be later freed with g_boxed_free(), e.g. like: g_boxed_free (G_VALUE_TYPE (@value), return_value); boxed contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue, increasing its reference count. If the contents of the #GValue are %NULL, then %NULL will be returned. should be unreferenced when no longer needed. object content of @value, Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue, increasing its reference count. no longer needed. #GParamSpec content of @value, should be unreferenced when Get a copy the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue. a newly allocated copy of the string content of @value Get the contents of a variant #GValue, increasing its refcount. g_variant_unref() when no longer needed variant contents of @value, should be unrefed using Determines if @value will fit inside the size of a pointer value. This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. %TRUE if @value will fit inside a pointer value. Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue. boolean contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue. boxed contents of @value Do not use this function; it is broken on platforms where the %char type is unsigned, such as ARM and PowerPC. See g_value_get_schar(). Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue. character contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue. double contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue. enum contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue. flags contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue. float contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue. the #GType stored in @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue. integer contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue. 64bit integer contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue. long integer contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue. object contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue. #GParamSpec content of @value Get the contents of a pointer #GValue. pointer contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue. signed 8 bit integer contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue. string content of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue. unsigned character contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue. unsigned integer contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue. unsigned 64bit integer contents of @value Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue. unsigned long integer contents of @value Get the contents of a variant #GValue. variant contents of @value Initializes @value with the default value of @type. the #GValue structure that has been passed in Type the #GValue should hold values of. function asserts that g_value_fits_pointer() returned %TRUE for the passed in value. This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. the value contents as pointer. This Clears the current value in @value and resets it to the default value (as if the value had just been initialized). the #GValue structure that has been passed in Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue to @v_boolean. boolean value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed. boxed value to be set This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. duplicated unowned boxed value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue to @v_char. character value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue to @v_double. double value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue to @v_enum. enum value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue to @v_flags. flags value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue to @v_float. float value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue to @v_gtype. #GType to be set Sets @value from an instantiatable type via the value_table's collect_value() function. the instance Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue to @v_int. integer value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue to @v_int64. 64bit integer value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue to @v_long. long integer value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object. g_value_set_object() increases the reference count of @v_object (the #GValue holds a reference to @v_object). If you do not wish to increase the reference count of the object (i.e. you wish to pass your current reference to the #GValue because you no longer need it), use g_value_take_object() instead. It is important that your #GValue holds a reference to @v_object (either its own, or one it has taken) to ensure that the object won't be destroyed while the #GValue still exists). object value to be set This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. object value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param. the #GParamSpec to be set This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. the #GParamSpec to be set Set the contents of a pointer #GValue to @v_pointer. pointer value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue to @v_char. signed 8 bit integer to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed. The boxed value is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated when setting the #GValue. static boxed value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string. The string is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated when setting the #GValue. static string to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string. caller-owned string to be duplicated for the #GValue This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. duplicated unowned string to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue to @v_uchar. unsigned character value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue to @v_uint. unsigned integer value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue to @v_uint64. unsigned 64bit integer value to be set Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue to @v_ulong. unsigned long integer value to be set Set the contents of a variant #GValue to @variant. If the variant is floating, it is consumed. a #GVariant, or %NULL Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_boxed; the caller doesn't have to unref it any more. duplicated unowned boxed value to be set Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_object; the caller doesn't have to unref it any more (i.e. the reference count of the object is not increased). If you want the #GValue to hold its own reference to @v_object, use g_value_set_object() instead. object value to be set Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @param; the caller doesn't have to unref it any more. the #GParamSpec to be set Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string. string to take ownership of Set the contents of a variant #GValue to @variant, and takes over the ownership of the caller's reference to @variant; the caller doesn't have to unref it any more (i.e. the reference count of the variant is not increased). If @variant was floating then its floating reference is converted to a hard reference. If you want the #GValue to hold its own reference to @variant, use g_value_set_variant() instead. This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers. a #GVariant, or %NULL Tries to cast the contents of @src_value into a type appropriate to store in @dest_value, e.g. to transform a %G_TYPE_INT value into a %G_TYPE_FLOAT value. Performing transformations between value types might incur precision lossage. Especially transformations into strings might reveal seemingly arbitrary results and shouldn't be relied upon for production code (such as rcfile value or object property serialization). Upon failing transformations, @dest_value is left untouched. Whether a transformation rule was found and could be applied. Target value. Clears the current value in @value and "unsets" the type, this releases all resources associated with this GValue. An unset value is the same as an uninitialized (zero-filled) #GValue structure. Registers a value transformation function for use in g_value_transform(). A previously registered transformation function for @src_type and @dest_type will be replaced. Source type. Target type. a function which transforms values of type @src_type into value of type @dest_type Returns whether a #GValue of type @src_type can be copied into a #GValue of type @dest_type. %TRUE if g_value_copy() is possible with @src_type and @dest_type. source type to be copied. destination type for copying. Check whether g_value_transform() is able to transform values of type @src_type into values of type @dest_type. %TRUE if the transformation is possible, %FALSE otherwise. Source type. Target type. A #GValueArray contains an array of #GValue elements. Allocate and initialize a new #GValueArray, optionally preserve space for @n_prealloced elements. New arrays always contain 0 elements, regardless of the value of @n_prealloced. a newly allocated #GValueArray with 0 values number of values to preallocate space for Insert a copy of @value as last element of @value_array. If @value is %NULL, an uninitialized value is appended. the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array #GValue to copy into #GValueArray, or %NULL Construct an exact copy of a #GValueArray by duplicating all its contents. Newly allocated copy of #GValueArray Free a #GValueArray including its contents. Return a pointer to the value at @index_ containd in @value_array. pointer to a value at @index_ in @value_array index of the value of interest Insert a copy of @value at specified position into @value_array. If @value is %NULL, an uninitialized value is inserted. the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array insertion position, must be &lt;= value_array-&gt;n_values #GValue to copy into #GValueArray, or %NULL Insert a copy of @value as first element of @value_array. If @value is %NULL, an uninitialized value is prepended. the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array #GValue to copy into #GValueArray, or %NULL Remove the value at position @index_ from @value_array. the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array position of value to remove, which must be less than <code>value_array-><link linkend="GValueArray.n-values">n_values</link></code> Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements according to the semantics of #GCompareFunc. The current implementation uses Quick-Sort as sorting algorithm. the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array function to compare elements Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements according to the semantics of #GCompareDataFunc. The current implementation uses Quick-Sort as sorting algorithm. the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array function to compare elements extra data argument provided for @compare_func The type of value transformation functions which can be registered with g_value_register_transform_func(). Source value. Target value. A #GWeakNotify function can be added to an object as a callback that gets triggered when the object is finalized. Since the object is already being finalized when the #GWeakNotify is called, there's not much you could do with the object, apart from e.g. using its address as hash-index or the like. data that was provided when the weak reference was established the object being finalized A structure containing a weak reference to a #GObject. It can either be empty (i.e. point to %NULL), or point to an object for as long as at least one "strong" reference to that object exists. Before the object's #GObjectClass.dispose method is called, every #GWeakRef associated with becomes empty (i.e. points to %NULL). Like #GValue, #GWeakRef can be statically allocated, stack- or heap-allocated, or embedded in larger structures. Unlike g_object_weak_ref() and g_object_add_weak_pointer(), this weak reference is thread-safe: converting a weak pointer to a reference is atomic with respect to invalidation of weak pointers to destroyed objects. If the object's #GObjectClass.dispose method results in additional references to the object being held, any #GWeakRef<!-- -->s taken before it was disposed will continue to point to %NULL. If #GWeakRef<!-- -->s are taken after the object is disposed and re-referenced, they will continue to point to it until its refcount goes back to zero, at which point they too will be invalidated. Frees resources associated with a non-statically-allocated #GWeakRef. After this call, the #GWeakRef is left in an undefined state. You should only call this on a #GWeakRef that previously had g_weak_ref_init() called on it. If @weak_ref is not empty, atomically acquire a strong reference to the object it points to, and return that reference. This function is needed because of the potential race between taking the pointer value and g_object_ref() on it, if the object was losing its last reference at the same time in a different thread. The caller should release the resulting reference in the usual way, by using g_object_unref(). by @weak_ref, or %NULL if it was empty the object pointed to Initialise a non-statically-allocated #GWeakRef. This function also calls g_weak_ref_set() with @object on the freshly-initialised weak reference. This function should always be matched with a call to g_weak_ref_clear(). It is not necessary to use this function for a #GWeakRef in static storage because it will already be properly initialised. Just use g_weak_ref_set() directly. a #GObject or %NULL Change the object to which @weak_ref points, or set it to %NULL. You must own a strong reference on @object while calling this function. a #GObject or %NULL Provide a copy of a boxed structure @src_boxed which is of type @boxed_type. The newly created copy of the boxed structure. The type of @src_boxed. The boxed structure to be copied. Free the boxed structure @boxed which is of type @boxed_type. The type of @boxed. The boxed structure to be freed. This function creates a new %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for a new boxed type with name @name. Boxed type handling functions have to be provided to copy and free opaque boxed structures of this type. New %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for @name. Name of the new boxed type. Boxed structure copy function. Boxed structure free function. A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>gboolean (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes a flags type. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs a #GValue which can store the returned #gboolean 2 a #GValue array holding instance and arg1 the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>gchar* (*callback) (gpointer instance, GObject *arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs a #GValue, which can store the returned string 3 a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2 the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gboolean arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gboolean parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GBoxed *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GBoxed* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gchar arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gdouble arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gdouble parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes an enumeration type.. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the enumeration parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes a flags type. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the flags parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gfloat arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gfloat parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gint parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, glong arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #glong parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GObject *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GObject* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GParamSpec *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GParamSpec* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gpointer parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, const gchar *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guchar arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guchar parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guint parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 3 a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2 the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gulong arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gulong parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GVariant *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 2 a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GVariant* parameter the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type <literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer user_data)</literal>. the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs ignored 1 a #GValue array holding only the instance the invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke() additional data specified when registering the marshaller A generic marshaller function implemented via <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/libffi/">libffi</ulink>. A #GClosure. A #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL if the callback of closure doesn't return a value. The length of the @param_values array. An array of #GValue<!-- -->s holding the arguments on which to invoke the callback of closure. The invocation hint given as the last argument to g_closure_invoke(). Additional data specified when registering the marshaller, see g_closure_set_marshal() and g_closure_set_meta_marshal() Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as the last parameter. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke user data to pass to @callback_func destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used A variant of g_cclosure_new() which uses @object as @user_data and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run after the object is is freed. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func A variant of g_cclosure_new_swap() which uses @object as @user_data and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run after the object is is freed. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as the first parameter. a new #GCClosure the function to invoke user data to pass to @callback_func destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used Clears a reference to a #GObject. @object_ptr must not be %NULL. If the reference is %NULL then this function does nothing. Otherwise, the reference count of the object is decreased and the pointer is set to %NULL. This function is threadsafe and modifies the pointer atomically, using memory barriers where needed. A macro is also included that allows this function to be used without pointer casts. a pointer to a #GObject reference This function is meant to be called from the <literal>complete_type_info</literal> function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, as in the following example: |[ static void my_enum_complete_type_info (GTypePlugin *plugin, GType g_type, GTypeInfo *info, GTypeValueTable *value_table) { static const GEnumValue values[] = { { MY_ENUM_FOO, "MY_ENUM_FOO", "foo" }, { MY_ENUM_BAR, "MY_ENUM_BAR", "bar" }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; g_enum_complete_type_info (type, info, values); } ]| the type identifier of the type being completed the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0. Returns the #GEnumValue for a value. member of the enumeration the #GEnumValue for @value, or %NULL if @value is not a a #GEnumClass the value to look up Looks up a #GEnumValue by name. enumeration doesn't have a member with that name the #GEnumValue with name @name, or %NULL if the a #GEnumClass the name to look up Looks up a #GEnumValue by nickname. enumeration doesn't have a member with that nickname the #GEnumValue with nickname @nick, or %NULL if the a #GEnumClass the nickname to look up Registers a new static enumeration type with the name @name. It is normally more convenient to let <link linkend="glib-mkenums">glib-mkenums</link> generate a my_enum_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration definition than to write one yourself using g_enum_register_static(). The new type identifier. A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type. An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0. GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot be stack-allocated. This function is meant to be called from the complete_type_info() function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, see the example for g_enum_complete_type_info() above. the type identifier of the type being completed the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0. Returns the first #GFlagsValue which is set in @value. none is set the first #GFlagsValue which is set in @value, or %NULL if a #GFlagsClass the value Looks up a #GFlagsValue by name. flag with that name the #GFlagsValue with name @name, or %NULL if there is no a #GFlagsClass the name to look up Looks up a #GFlagsValue by nickname. no flag with that nickname the #GFlagsValue with nickname @nick, or %NULL if there is a #GFlagsClass the nickname to look up Registers a new static flags type with the name @name. It is normally more convenient to let <link linkend="glib-mkenums">glib-mkenums</link> generate a my_flags_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration definition than to write one yourself using g_flags_register_static(). The new type identifier. A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type. An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible flags values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0. GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot be stack-allocated. Creates a new #GParamSpecBoolean instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type of this property flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_CHAR property. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecDouble instance specifying a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecEnum instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ENUM property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecFlags instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLAGS property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecFloat instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLOAT property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecGType instance specifying a %G_TYPE_GTYPE property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified a #GType whose subtypes are allowed as values of the property (use %G_TYPE_NONE for any type) flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT64 property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecLong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_LONG property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type of this property flags for the property specified Creates a new property of type #GParamSpecOverride. This is used to direct operations to another paramspec, and will not be directly useful unless you are implementing a new base type similar to GObject. the newly created #GParamSpec the name of the property. The property that is being overridden Creates a new #GParamSpecParam instance specifying a %G_TYPE_PARAM property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecPointer instance specifying a pointer property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecPool. If @type_prefixing is %TRUE, lookups in the newly created pool will allow to specify the owner as a colon-separated prefix of the property name, like "GtkContainer:border-width". This feature is deprecated, so you should always set @type_prefixing to %FALSE. a newly allocated #GParamSpecPool. Whether the pool will support type-prefixed property names. Creates a new #GParamSpecString instance. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecUChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UCHAR property. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT64 property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecULong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ULONG property. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified minimum value for the property specified maximum value for the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecUnichar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT property. #GValue structures for this property can be accessed with g_value_set_uint() and g_value_get_uint(). See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified default value for the property specified flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecValueArray instance specifying a %G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY property. %G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY is a %G_TYPE_BOXED type, as such, #GValue structures for this property can be accessed with g_value_set_boxed() and g_value_get_boxed(). See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. a newly created parameter specification canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified a #GParamSpec describing the elements contained in arrays of this property, may be %NULL flags for the property specified Creates a new #GParamSpecVariant instance specifying a #GVariant property. If @default_value is floating, it is consumed. See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. the newly created #GParamSpec canonical name of the property specified nick name for the property specified description of the property specified a #GVariantType a #GVariant of type @type to use as the default value, or %NULL flags for the property specified Registers @name as the name of a new static type derived from #G_TYPE_PARAM. The type system uses the information contained in the #GParamSpecTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the #GParamSpec type and its instances. The new type identifier. 0-terminated string used as the name of the new #GParamSpec type. The #GParamSpecTypeInfo for this #GParamSpec type. Transforms @src_value into @dest_value if possible, and then validates @dest_value, in order for it to conform to @pspec. If @strict_validation is %TRUE this function will only succeed if the transformed @dest_value complied to @pspec without modifications. See also g_value_type_transformable(), g_value_transform() and g_param_value_validate(). %FALSE otherwise and @dest_value is left untouched. %TRUE if transformation and validation were successful, a valid #GParamSpec souce #GValue destination #GValue of correct type for @pspec %TRUE requires @dest_value to conform to @pspec without modifications Checks whether @value contains the default value as specified in @pspec. whether @value contains the canonical default for this @pspec a valid #GParamSpec a #GValue of correct type for @pspec Sets @value to its default value as specified in @pspec. a valid #GParamSpec a #GValue of correct type for @pspec Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the specifications set out by @pspec. For example, a #GParamSpecInt might require that integers stored in @value may not be smaller than -42 and not be greater than +42. If @value contains an integer outside of this range, it is modified accordingly, so the resulting value will fit into the range -42 .. +42. whether modifying @value was necessary to ensure validity a valid #GParamSpec a #GValue of correct type for @pspec Compares @value1 with @value2 according to @pspec, and return -1, 0 or +1, if @value1 is found to be less than, equal to or greater than @value2, respectively. -1, 0 or +1, for a less than, equal to or greater than result a valid #GParamSpec a #GValue of correct type for @pspec a #GValue of correct type for @pspec Creates a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for a new pointer type with name @name. a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for @name. the name of the new pointer type. A predefined #GSignalAccumulator for signals intended to be used as a hook for application code to provide a particular value. Usually only one such value is desired and multiple handlers for the same signal don't make much sense (except for the case of the default handler defined in the class structure, in which case you will usually want the signal connection to override the class handler). This accumulator will use the return value from the first signal handler that is run as the return value for the signal and not run any further handlers (ie: the first handler "wins"). standard #GSignalAccumulator result standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter A predefined #GSignalAccumulator for signals that return a boolean values. The behavior that this accumulator gives is that a return of %TRUE stops the signal emission: no further callbacks will be invoked, while a return of %FALSE allows the emission to continue. The idea here is that a %TRUE return indicates that the callback <emphasis>handled</emphasis> the signal, and no further handling is needed. standard #GSignalAccumulator result standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter Adds an emission hook for a signal, which will get called for any emission of that signal, independent of the instance. This is possible only for signals which don't have #G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS flag set. the hook id, for later use with g_signal_remove_emission_hook(). the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup(). the detail on which to call the hook. a #GSignalEmissionHook function. user data for @hook_func. a #GDestroyNotify for @hook_data. Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should only be called from an overridden class closure; see g_signal_override_class_closure() and g_signal_override_class_handler(). (array) the argument list of the signal emission. The first element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal is being emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the signal. Location for the return value. Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should only be called from an overridden class closure; see g_signal_override_class_closure() and g_signal_override_class_handler(). the instance the signal is being emitted on. Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object. the handler id the instance to connect to. a string of the form "signal-name::detail". the closure to connect. whether the handler should be called before or after the default handler of the signal. Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object. the handler id the instance to connect to. the id of the signal. the detail. the closure to connect. whether the handler should be called before or after the default handler of the signal. Connects a #GCallback function to a signal for a particular object. Similar to g_signal_connect(), but allows to provide a #GClosureNotify for the data which will be called when the signal handler is disconnected and no longer used. Specify @connect_flags if you need <literal>..._after()</literal> or <literal>..._swapped()</literal> variants of this function. the handler id the instance to connect to. a string of the form "signal-name::detail". the #GCallback to connect. data to pass to @c_handler calls. a #GClosureNotify for @data. a combination of #GConnectFlags. This is similar to g_signal_connect_data(), but uses a closure which ensures that the @gobject stays alive during the call to @c_handler by temporarily adding a reference count to @gobject. Note that there is a bug in GObject that makes this function much less useful than it might seem otherwise. Once @gobject is disposed, the callback will no longer be called, but, the signal handler is <emphasis>not</emphasis> currently disconnected. If the @instance is itself being freed at the same time than this doesn't matter, since the signal will automatically be removed, but if @instance persists, then the signal handler will leak. You should not remove the signal yourself because in a future versions of GObject, the handler <emphasis>will</emphasis> automatically be disconnected. It's possible to work around this problem in a way that will continue to work with future versions of GObject by checking that the signal handler is still connected before disconnected it: <informalexample><programlisting> if (g_signal_handler_is_connected (instance, id)) g_signal_handler_disconnect (instance, id); </programlisting></informalexample> the handler id. the instance to connect to. a string of the form "signal-name::detail". the #GCallback to connect. the object to pass as data to @c_handler. a combination of #GConnectFlags. Emits a signal. Note that g_signal_emit() resets the return value to the default if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv(). the instance the signal is being emitted on. the signal id the detail Emits a signal. Note that g_signal_emit_by_name() resets the return value to the default if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv(). the instance the signal is being emitted on. a string of the form "signal-name::detail". Emits a signal. Note that g_signal_emit_valist() resets the return value to the default if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv(). the instance the signal is being emitted on. the signal id the detail a list of parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a location for the return value. If the return type of the signal is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted. Emits a signal. Note that g_signal_emitv() doesn't change @return_value if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emit() and g_signal_emit_valist(). argument list for the signal emission. The first element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal is being emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the signal. the signal id the detail Location to store the return value of the signal emission. Returns the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission of instance. the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission. the instance to query Blocks a handler of an instance so it will not be called during any signal emissions unless it is unblocked again. Thus "blocking" a signal handler means to temporarily deactive it, a signal handler has to be unblocked exactly the same amount of times it has been blocked before to become active again. The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a signal of @instance. The instance to block the signal handler of. Handler id of the handler to be blocked. Disconnects a handler from an instance so it will not be called during any future or currently ongoing emissions of the signal it has been connected to. The @handler_id becomes invalid and may be reused. The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a signal of @instance. The instance to remove the signal handler from. Handler id of the handler to be disconnected. Finds the first signal handler that matches certain selection criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments. The match @mask has to be non-0 for successful matches. If no handler was found, 0 is returned. A valid non-0 signal handler id for a successful match. The instance owning the signal handler to be found. Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func and/or @data the handler has to match. Signal the handler has to be connected to. Signal detail the handler has to be connected to. The closure the handler will invoke. The C closure callback of the handler (useless for non-C closures). The closure data of the handler's closure. Returns whether @handler_id is the id of a handler connected to @instance. whether @handler_id identifies a handler connected to @instance. The instance where a signal handler is sought. the handler id. Undoes the effect of a previous g_signal_handler_block() call. A blocked handler is skipped during signal emissions and will not be invoked, unblocking it (for exactly the amount of times it has been blocked before) reverts its "blocked" state, so the handler will be recognized by the signal system and is called upon future or currently ongoing signal emissions (since the order in which handlers are called during signal emissions is deterministic, whether the unblocked handler in question is called as part of a currently ongoing emission depends on how far that emission has proceeded yet). The @handler_id has to be a valid id of a signal handler that is connected to a signal of @instance and is currently blocked. The instance to unblock the signal handler of. Handler id of the handler to be unblocked. Blocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments. Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches. If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of blocked handlers otherwise. The number of handlers that matched. The instance to block handlers from. Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func and/or @data the handlers have to match. Signal the handlers have to be connected to. Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to. The closure the handlers will invoke. The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures). The closure data of the handlers' closures. Disconnects all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments. Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches. If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of disconnected handlers otherwise. The number of handlers that matched. The instance to remove handlers from. Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func and/or @data the handlers have to match. Signal the handlers have to be connected to. Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to. The closure the handlers will invoke. The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures). The closure data of the handlers' closures. Unblocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments. Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches. If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of unblocked handlers otherwise. The match criteria should not apply to any handlers that are not currently blocked. The number of handlers that matched. The instance to unblock handlers from. Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func and/or @data the handlers have to match. Signal the handlers have to be connected to. Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to. The closure the handlers will invoke. The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures). The closure data of the handlers' closures. Returns whether there are any handlers connected to @instance for the given signal id and detail. One example of when you might use this is when the arguments to the signal are difficult to compute. A class implementor may opt to not emit the signal if no one is attached anyway, thus saving the cost of building the arguments. otherwise. %TRUE if a handler is connected to the signal, %FALSE the object whose signal handlers are sought. the signal id. the detail. whether blocked handlers should count as match. Lists the signals by id that a certain instance or interface type created. Further information about the signals can be acquired through g_signal_query(). Newly allocated array of signal IDs. Instance or interface type. Location to store the number of signal ids for @itype. Given the name of the signal and the type of object it connects to, gets the signal's identifying integer. Emitting the signal by number is somewhat faster than using the name each time. Also tries the ancestors of the given type. See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names. the signal's identifying number, or 0 if no signal was found. the signal's name. the type that the signal operates on. Given the signal's identifier, finds its name. Two different signals may have the same name, if they have differing types. the signal name, or %NULL if the signal number was invalid. the signal's identifying number. Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) A signal name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first character of a signal name must be a letter. Names which violate these rules lead to undefined behaviour of the GSignal system. When registering a signal and looking up a signal, either separator can be used, but they cannot be mixed. If 0 is used for @class_offset subclasses cannot override the class handler in their <code>class_init</code> method by doing <code>super_class->signal_handler = my_signal_handler</code>. Instead they will have to use g_signal_override_class_handler(). If c_marshaller is %NULL, g_cclosure_marshal_generic() will be used as the marshaller for this signal. the signal id the name for the signal the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to types which are derived from this type. a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST. The offset of the function pointer in the class structure for this type. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass 0 to not associate a class method slot with this signal. the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL. user data for the @accumulator. the function to translate arrays of parameter values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations or %NULL. the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal without a return value. the number of parameter types to follow. Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) This is a variant of g_signal_new() that takes a C callback instead off a class offset for the signal's class handler. This function doesn't need a function pointer exposed in the class structure of an object definition, instead the function pointer is passed directly and can be overriden by derived classes with g_signal_override_class_closure() or g_signal_override_class_handler()and chained to with g_signal_chain_from_overridden() or g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler(). See g_signal_new() for information about signal names. If c_marshaller is %NULL @g_cclosure_marshal_generic will be used as the marshaller for this signal. the signal id the name for the signal the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to types which are derived from this type. a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST. a #GCallback which acts as class implementation of this signal. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass %NULL to not associate a class method with this signal. the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL. user data for the @accumulator. the function to translate arrays of parameter values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations or %NULL. the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal without a return value. the number of parameter types to follow. Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names. If c_marshaller is %NULL, g_cclosure_marshal_generic() will be used as the marshaller for this signal. the signal id the name for the signal the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to types which are derived from this type. a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST. The closure to invoke on signal emission; may be %NULL. the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL. user data for the @accumulator. the function to translate arrays of parameter values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations or %NULL. the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal without a return value. the number of parameter types in @args. va_list of #GType, one for each parameter. Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.) See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names. If c_marshaller is %NULL @g_cclosure_marshal_generic will be used as the marshaller for this signal. the signal id the name for the signal the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to types which are derived from this type a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify %G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST The closure to invoke on signal emission; may be %NULL the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL user data for the @accumulator the function to translate arrays of parameter values to signal emissions into C language callback invocations or %NULL the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal without a return value the length of @param_types an array of types, one for each parameter Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the given signal for emissions on instances of @instance_type. @instance_type must be derived from the type to which the signal belongs. See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the parent class closure from inside the overridden one. the signal id the instance type on which to override the class closure for the signal. the closure. Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the given signal for emissions on instances of @instance_type with callabck @class_handler. @instance_type must be derived from the type to which the signal belongs. See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the parent class closure from inside the overridden one. the name for the signal the instance type on which to override the class handler for the signal. the handler. Internal function to parse a signal name into its @signal_id and @detail quark. Whether the signal name could successfully be parsed and @signal_id_p and @detail_p contain valid return values. a string of the form "signal-name::detail". The interface/instance type that introduced "signal-name". Location to store the signal id. Location to store the detail quark. %TRUE forces creation of a #GQuark for the detail. Queries the signal system for in-depth information about a specific signal. This function will fill in a user-provided structure to hold signal-specific information. If an invalid signal id is passed in, the @signal_id member of the #GSignalQuery is 0. All members filled into the #GSignalQuery structure should be considered constant and have to be left untouched. The signal id of the signal to query information for. A user provided structure that is filled in with constant values upon success. Deletes an emission hook. the id of the signal the id of the emission hook, as returned by g_signal_add_emission_hook() Stops a signal's current emission. This will prevent the default method from running, if the signal was %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST and you connected normally (i.e. without the "after" flag). Prints a warning if used on a signal which isn't being emitted. the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop. the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup(). the detail which the signal was emitted with. Stops a signal's current emission. This is just like g_signal_stop_emission() except it will look up the signal id for you. the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop. a string of the form "signal-name::detail". Creates a new closure which invokes the function found at the offset @struct_offset in the class structure of the interface or classed type identified by @itype. a new #GCClosure the #GType identifier of an interface or classed type the offset of the member function of @itype's class structure which is to be invoked by the new closure Set the callback for a source as a #GClosure. If the source is not one of the standard GLib types, the @closure_callback and @closure_marshal fields of the #GSourceFuncs structure must have been filled in with pointers to appropriate functions. the source a #GClosure Sets a dummy callback for @source. The callback will do nothing, and if the source expects a #gboolean return value, it will return %TRUE. (If the source expects any other type of return value, it will return a 0/%NULL value; whatever g_value_init() initializes a #GValue to for that type.) If the source is not one of the standard GLib types, the @closure_callback and @closure_marshal fields of the #GSourceFuncs structure must have been filled in with pointers to appropriate functions. the source Return a newly allocated string, which describes the contents of a #GValue. The main purpose of this function is to describe #GValue contents for debugging output, the way in which the contents are described may change between different GLib versions. Newly allocated string. #GValue which contents are to be described. Adds a #GTypeClassCacheFunc to be called before the reference count of a class goes from one to zero. This can be used to prevent premature class destruction. All installed #GTypeClassCacheFunc functions will be chained until one of them returns %TRUE. The functions have to check the class id passed in to figure whether they actually want to cache the class of this type, since all classes are routed through the same #GTypeClassCacheFunc chain. data to be passed to @cache_func a #GTypeClassCacheFunc Registers a private class structure for a classed type; when the class is allocated, the private structures for the class and all of its parent types are allocated sequentially in the same memory block as the public structures. This function should be called in the type's get_type() function after the type is registered. The private structure can be retrieved using the G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE() macro. GType of an classed type. size of private structure. Adds a function to be called after an interface vtable is initialized for any class (i.e. after the @interface_init member of #GInterfaceInfo has been called). This function is useful when you want to check an invariant that depends on the interfaces of a class. For instance, the implementation of #GObject uses this facility to check that an object implements all of the properties that are defined on its interfaces. data to pass to @check_func function to be called after each interface is initialized. Adds the dynamic @interface_type to @instantiable_type. The information contained in the #GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin is used to manage the relationship. the #GType value of an instantiable type. the #GType value of an interface type. the #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GInterfaceInfo from. Adds the static @interface_type to @instantiable_type. The information contained in the #GInterfaceInfo structure pointed to by @info is used to manage the relationship. #GType value of an instantiable type. #GType value of an interface type. The #GInterfaceInfo structure for this (@instance_type, @interface_type) combination. Private helper function to aid implementation of the G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE() macro. A valid #GTypeInstance structure. Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing the child types of @type. The return value has to be g_free()ed after use. and 0-terminated array of child types. Newly allocated The parent type. Optional #guint pointer to contain the number of child types. Registers a private structure for an instantiatable type. When an object is allocated, the private structures for the type and all of its parent types are allocated sequentially in the same memory block as the public structures. Note that the accumulated size of the private structures of a type and all its parent types cannot excced 64 KiB. This function should be called in the type's class_init() function. The private structure can be retrieved using the G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE() macro. The following example shows attaching a private structure <structname>MyObjectPrivate</structname> to an object <structname>MyObject</structname> defined in the standard GObject fashion. type's class_init() function. Note the use of a structure member "priv" to avoid the overhead of repeatedly calling MY_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE(). |[ typedef struct _MyObject MyObject; typedef struct _MyObjectPrivate MyObjectPrivate; struct _MyObject { GObject parent; MyObjectPrivate *priv; }; struct _MyObjectPrivate { int some_field; }; static void my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass) { g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (MyObjectPrivate)); } static void my_object_init (MyObject *my_object) { my_object->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (my_object, MY_TYPE_OBJECT, MyObjectPrivate); } static int my_object_get_some_field (MyObject *my_object) { MyObjectPrivate *priv; g_return_val_if_fail (MY_IS_OBJECT (my_object), 0); priv = my_object->priv; return priv->some_field; } ]| class structure for an instantiatable type size of private structure. This function is essentially the same as g_type_class_ref(), except that the classes reference count isn't incremented. As a consequence, this function may return %NULL if the class of the type passed in does not currently exist (hasn't been referenced before). structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not currently exist. The #GTypeClass Type ID of a classed type. A more efficient version of g_type_class_peek() which works only for static types. structure for the given type ID or %NULL if the class does not currently exist or is dynamically loaded. The #GTypeClass Type ID of a classed type. Increments the reference count of the class structure belonging to @type. This function will demand-create the class if it doesn't exist already. structure for the given type ID. The #GTypeClass Type ID of a classed type. Creates and initializes an instance of @type if @type is valid and can be instantiated. The type system only performs basic allocation and structure setups for instances: actual instance creation should happen through functions supplied by the type's fundamental type implementation. So use of g_type_create_instance() is reserved for implementators of fundamental types only. E.g. instances of the #GObject hierarchy should be created via g_object_new() and <emphasis>never</emphasis> directly through g_type_create_instance() which doesn't handle things like singleton objects or object construction. Note: Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> use this function, unless you're implementing a fundamental type. Also language bindings should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use this function but g_object_new() instead. treatment by the fundamental type implementation. An allocated and initialized instance, subject to further An instantiatable type to create an instance for. If the interface type @g_type is currently in use, returns its default interface vtable. vtable for the interface, or %NULL if the type is not currently in use. the default an interface type Increments the reference count for the interface type @g_type, and returns the default interface vtable for the type. If the type is not currently in use, then the default vtable for the type will be created and initalized by calling the base interface init and default vtable init functions for the type (the @<structfield>base_init</structfield> and <structfield>class_init</structfield> members of #GTypeInfo). Calling g_type_default_interface_ref() is useful when you want to make sure that signals and properties for an interface have been installed. vtable for the interface; call g_type_default_interface_unref() when you are done using the interface. the default an interface type Decrements the reference count for the type corresponding to the interface default vtable @g_iface. If the type is dynamic, then when no one is using the interface and all references have been released, the finalize function for the interface's default vtable (the <structfield>class_finalize</structfield> member of #GTypeInfo) will be called. the default vtable structure for a interface, as returned by g_type_default_interface_ref() Returns the length of the ancestry of the passed in type. This includes the type itself, so that e.g. a fundamental type has depth 1. The depth of @type. A #GType value. Frees an instance of a type, returning it to the instance pool for the type, if there is one. Like g_type_create_instance(), this function is reserved for implementors of fundamental types. an instance of a type. Lookup the type ID from a given type name, returning 0 if no type has been registered under this name (this is the preferred method to find out by name whether a specific type has been registered yet). Corresponding type ID or 0. Type name to lookup. Internal function, used to extract the fundamental type ID portion. use G_TYPE_FUNDAMENTAL() instead. fundamental type ID valid type ID Returns the next free fundamental type id which can be used to register a new fundamental type with g_type_register_fundamental(). The returned type ID represents the highest currently registered fundamental type identifier. or 0 if the type system ran out of fundamental type IDs. The nextmost fundamental type ID to be registered, Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for @type or %NULL if @type does not have a #GTypePlugin structure. dynamic type, %NULL otherwise. The corresponding plugin if @type is a The #GType to retrieve the plugin for. Obtains data which has previously been attached to @type with g_type_set_qdata(). Note that this does not take subtyping into account; data attached to one type with g_type_set_qdata() cannot be retrieved from a subtype using g_type_get_qdata(). the data, or %NULL if no data was found a #GType a #GQuark id to identify the data Prior to any use of the type system, g_type_init() has to be called to initialize the type system and assorted other code portions (such as the various fundamental type implementations or the signal system). This function is idempotent. Since version 2.24 this also initializes the thread system Similar to g_type_init(), but additionally sets debug flags. This function is idempotent. Bitwise combination of #GTypeDebugFlags values for debugging purposes. Adds @prerequisite_type to the list of prerequisites of @interface_type. This means that any type implementing @interface_type must also implement @prerequisite_type. Prerequisites can be thought of as an alternative to interface derivation (which GType doesn't support). An interface can have at most one instantiatable prerequisite type. #GType value of an interface type. #GType value of an interface or instantiatable type. Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for the dynamic interface @interface_type which has been added to @instance_type, or %NULL if @interface_type has not been added to @instance_type or does not have a #GTypePlugin structure. See g_type_add_interface_dynamic(). interface @interface_type of @instance_type. the #GTypePlugin for the dynamic the #GType value of an instantiatable type. the #GType value of an interface type. Returns the #GTypeInterface structure of an interface to which the passed in class conforms. structure of iface_type if implemented by @instance_class, %NULL otherwise The GTypeInterface A #GTypeClass structure. An interface ID which this class conforms to. Returns the prerequisites of an interfaces type. newly-allocated zero-terminated array of #GType containing the prerequisites of @interface_type a an interface type location to return the number of prerequisites, or %NULL Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing the interface types that @type conforms to. The return value has to be g_free()ed after use. allocated and 0-terminated array of interface types. Newly The type to list interface types for. Optional #guint pointer to contain the number of interface types. If @is_a_type is a derivable type, check whether @type is a descendant of @is_a_type. If @is_a_type is an interface, check whether @type conforms to it. %TRUE if @type is_a @is_a_type holds true. Type to check anchestry for. Possible anchestor of @type or interface @type could conform to. Get the unique name that is assigned to a type ID. Note that this function (like all other GType API) cannot cope with invalid type IDs. %G_TYPE_INVALID may be passed to this function, as may be any other validly registered type ID, but randomized type IDs should not be passed in and will most likely lead to a crash. Static type name or %NULL. Type to return name for. Given a @leaf_type and a @root_type which is contained in its anchestry, return the type that @root_type is the immediate parent of. In other words, this function determines the type that is derived directly from @root_type which is also a base class of @leaf_type. Given a root type and a leaf type, this function can be used to determine the types and order in which the leaf type is descended from the root type. Immediate child of @root_type and anchestor of @leaf_type. Descendant of @root_type and the type to be returned. Immediate parent of the returned type. Return the direct parent type of the passed in type. If the passed in type has no parent, i.e. is a fundamental type, 0 is returned. The parent type. The derived type. Get the corresponding quark of the type IDs name. The type names quark or 0. Type to return quark of type name for. Queries the type system for information about a specific type. This function will fill in a user-provided structure to hold type-specific information. If an invalid #GType is passed in, the @type member of the #GTypeQuery is 0. All members filled into the #GTypeQuery structure should be considered constant and have to be left untouched. the #GType value of a static, classed type. A user provided structure that is filled in with constant values upon success. Registers @type_name as the name of a new dynamic type derived from @parent_type. The type system uses the information contained in the #GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin to manage the type and its instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature (e.g. abstract or not) of the type. The new type identifier or #G_TYPE_INVALID if registration failed. Type from which this type will be derived. 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type. The #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GTypeInfo from. Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values. Registers @type_id as the predefined identifier and @type_name as the name of a fundamental type. If @type_id is already registered, or a type named @type_name is already registered, the behaviour is undefined. The type system uses the information contained in the #GTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info and the #GTypeFundamentalInfo structure pointed to by @finfo to manage the type and its instances. The value of @flags determines additional characteristics of the fundamental type. The predefined type identifier. A predefined type identifier. 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type. The #GTypeInfo structure for this type. The #GTypeFundamentalInfo structure for this type. Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values. Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from @parent_type. The type system uses the information contained in the #GTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the type and its instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature (e.g. abstract or not) of the type. The new type identifier. Type from which this type will be derived. 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type. The #GTypeInfo structure for this type. Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values. Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from @parent_type. The value of @flags determines the nature (e.g. abstract or not) of the type. It works by filling a #GTypeInfo struct and calling g_type_register_static(). The new type identifier. Type from which this type will be derived. 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type. Size of the class structure (see #GTypeInfo) Location of the class initialization function (see #GTypeInfo) Size of the instance structure (see #GTypeInfo) Location of the instance initialization function (see #GTypeInfo) Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values. Removes a previously installed #GTypeClassCacheFunc. The cache maintained by @cache_func has to be empty when calling g_type_remove_class_cache_func() to avoid leaks. data that was given when adding @cache_func a #GTypeClassCacheFunc Removes an interface check function added with g_type_add_interface_check(). callback data passed to g_type_add_interface_check() callback function passed to g_type_add_interface_check() Attaches arbitrary data to a type. a #GType a #GQuark id to identify the data the data Returns the location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type. <emphasis>Note that this function should only be used from source code that implements or has internal knowledge of the implementation of @type.</emphasis> %NULL if there is no #GTypeValueTable associated with @type. Location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type or A #GType value. Registers a value transformation function for use in g_value_transform(). A previously registered transformation function for @src_type and @dest_type will be replaced. Source type. Target type. a function which transforms values of type @src_type into value of type @dest_type Returns whether a #GValue of type @src_type can be copied into a #GValue of type @dest_type. %TRUE if g_value_copy() is possible with @src_type and @dest_type. source type to be copied. destination type for copying. Check whether g_value_transform() is able to transform values of type @src_type into values of type @dest_type. %TRUE if the transformation is possible, %FALSE otherwise. Source type. Target type. gtkada-gpl-2015-src/contrib/GLib-2.0.gir0000644000076700001450000776312412533067132017061 0ustar gnatmailgnat Integer representing a day of the month; between 1 and 31. #G_DATE_BAD_DAY represents an invalid day of the month. Integer representing a year; #G_DATE_BAD_YEAR is the invalid value. The year must be 1 or higher; negative (BC) years are not allowed. The year is represented with four digits. A type which is used to hold a process identification. On UNIX, processes are identified by a process id (an integer), while Windows uses process handles (which are pointers). GPid is used in GLib only for descendant processes spawned with the g_spawn functions. A GQuark is a non-zero integer which uniquely identifies a particular string. A GQuark value of zero is associated to %NULL. A C representable type name for #G_TYPE_STRV. Simply a replacement for <type>time_t</type>. It has been deprecated since it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> equivalent to <type>time_t</type> on 64-bit platforms with a 64-bit <type>time_t</type>. Unrelated to #GTimer. Note that <type>GTime</type> is defined to always be a 32bit integer, unlike <type>time_t</type> which may be 64bit on some systems. Therefore, <type>GTime</type> will overflow in the year 2038, and you cannot use the address of a <type>GTime</type> variable as argument to the UNIX time() function. Instead, do the following: |[ time_t ttime; GTime gtime; time (&amp;ttime); gtime = (GTime)ttime; ]| A value representing an interval of time, in microseconds. A good size for a buffer to be passed into g_ascii_dtostr(). It is guaranteed to be enough for all output of that function on systems with 64bit IEEE-compatible doubles. The typical usage would be something like: |[ char buf[G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE]; fprintf (out, "value=&percnt;s\n", g_ascii_dtostr (buf, sizeof (buf), value)); ]| Contains the public fields of an <link linkend="glib-Arrays">Array</link>. Adds @len elements onto the end of the array. the #GArray. a #GArray. a pointer to the elements to append to the end of the array. the number of elements to append. Frees the memory allocated for the #GArray. If @free_segment is %TRUE it frees the memory block holding the elements as well and also each element if @array has a @element_free_func set. Pass %FALSE if you want to free the #GArray wrapper but preserve the underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array is greater than one, the #GArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array will be set to zero. <note><para>If array elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed separately.</para></note> the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). a #GArray. if %TRUE the actual element data is freed as well. Gets the size of the elements in @array. Size of each element, in bytes. A #GArray. Inserts @len elements into a #GArray at the given index. the #GArray. a #GArray. the index to place the elements at. a pointer to the elements to insert. the number of elements to insert. Creates a new #GArray with a reference count of 1. the new #GArray. %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at the end which is set to 0. %TRUE if #GArray elements should be automatically cleared to 0 when they are allocated. the size of each element in bytes. Adds @len elements onto the start of the array. This operation is slower than g_array_append_vals() since the existing elements in the array have to be moved to make space for the new elements. the #GArray. a #GArray. a pointer to the elements to prepend to the start of the array. the number of elements to prepend. Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. The passed in #GArray. A #GArray. Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The following elements are moved down one place. the #GArray. a #GArray. the index of the element to remove. Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The last element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function does not preserve the order of the #GArray. But it is faster than g_array_remove_index(). the #GArray. a @GArray. the index of the element to remove. Removes the given number of elements starting at the given index from a #GArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap. the #GArray. a @GArray. the index of the first element to remove. the number of elements to remove. Sets a function to clear an element of @array. The @clear_func will be called when an element in the array data segment is removed and when the array is freed and data segment is deallocated as well. Note that in contrast with other uses of #GDestroyNotify functions, @clear_func is expected to clear the contents of the array element it is given, but not free the element itself. A #GArray a function to clear an element of @array Sets the size of the array, expanding it if necessary. If the array was created with @clear_ set to %TRUE, the new elements are set to 0. the #GArray. a #GArray. the new size of the #GArray. Creates a new #GArray with @reserved_size elements preallocated and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if you are going to add many elements to the array. Note however that the size of the array is still 0. the new #GArray. %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at the end with all bits cleared. %TRUE if all bits in the array should be cleared to 0 on allocation. size of each element in the array. number of elements preallocated. Sorts a #GArray using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less than second arg, zero for equal, greater zero if first arg is greater than second arg). This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. a #GArray. comparison function. Like g_array_sort(), but the comparison function receives an extra user data argument. This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. There used to be a comment here about making the sort stable by using the addresses of the elements in the comparison function. This did not actually work, so any such code should be removed. a #GArray. comparison function. data to pass to @compare_func. Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. A #GArray. The GAsyncQueue struct is an opaque data structure which represents an asynchronous queue. It should only be accessed through the <function>g_async_queue_*</function> functions. Returns the length of the queue. Actually this function returns the number of data items in the queue minus the number of waiting threads, so a negative value means waiting threads, and a positive value means available entries in the @queue. A return value of 0 could mean n entries in the queue and n threads waiting. This can happen due to locking of the queue or due to scheduling. the length of the @queue a #GAsyncQueue. Returns the length of the queue. Actually this function returns the number of data items in the queue minus the number of waiting threads, so a negative value means waiting threads, and a positive value means available entries in the @queue. A return value of 0 could mean n entries in the queue and n threads waiting. This can happen due to locking of the queue or due to scheduling. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. the length of the @queue. a #GAsyncQueue Acquires the @queue's lock. If another thread is already holding the lock, this call will block until the lock becomes available. Call g_async_queue_unlock() to drop the lock again. While holding the lock, you can only call the <function>g_async_queue_*_unlocked()</function> functions on @queue. Otherwise, deadlock may occur. a #GAsyncQueue Pops data from the @queue. If @queue is empty, this function blocks until data becomes available. data from the queue a #GAsyncQueue Pops data from the @queue. If @queue is empty, this function blocks until data becomes available. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. data from the queue. a #GAsyncQueue Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. a #GAsyncQueue @data to push into the @queue Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new position. This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on new elements, see g_async_queue_sort(). This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock it when it is finished. For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort(). a #GAsyncQueue the @data to push into the @queue the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue user data passed to @func. Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new position. The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second element. This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on new elements, see g_async_queue_sort(). This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort(). a #GAsyncQueue the @data to push into the @queue the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue user data passed to @func. Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. a #GAsyncQueue @data to push into the @queue Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. You do not need to hold the lock to call this function. the @queue that was passed in (since 2.6) a #GAsyncQueue Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. a #GAsyncQueue Sorts @queue using @func. The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second element. This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock it when it is finished. If you were sorting a list of priority numbers to make sure the lowest priority would be at the top of the queue, you could use: |[ gint32 id1; gint32 id2; id1 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element1); id2 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element2); return (id1 > id2 ? +1 : id1 == id2 ? 0 : -1); ]| a #GAsyncQueue the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue user data passed to @func Sorts @queue using @func. The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second element. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. a #GAsyncQueue the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue user data passed to @func Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks until @end_time or until data becomes available. If no data is received before @end_time, %NULL is returned. To easily calculate @end_time, a combination of g_get_current_time() and g_time_val_add() can be used. data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before @end_time. a #GAsyncQueue a #GTimeVal, determining the final time Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks until @end_time or until data becomes available. If no data is received before @end_time, %NULL is returned. To easily calculate @end_time, a combination of g_get_current_time() and g_time_val_add() can be used. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before @end_time. a #GAsyncQueue a #GTimeVal, determining the final time Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks for @timeout microseconds, or until data becomes available. If no data is received before the timeout, %NULL is returned. data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before the timeout. a #GAsyncQueue the number of microseconds to wait Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks for @timeout microseconds, or until data becomes available. If no data is received before the timeout, %NULL is returned. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before the timeout. a #GAsyncQueue the number of microseconds to wait Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, %NULL is returned. data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is available immediately. a #GAsyncQueue Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, %NULL is returned. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is available immediately. a #GAsyncQueue Releases the queue's lock. Calling this function when you have not acquired the with g_async_queue_lock() leads to undefined behaviour. a #GAsyncQueue Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. If the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be destroyed and the memory allocated will be freed. So you are not allowed to use the @queue afterwards, as it might have disappeared. You do not need to hold the lock to call this function. a #GAsyncQueue. Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1 and releases the lock. This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. If the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be destroyed and the memory allocated will be freed. a #GAsyncQueue Creates a new asynchronous queue. a new #GAsyncQueue. Free with g_async_queue_unref() Creates a new asynchronous queue and sets up a destroy notify function that is used to free any remaining queue items when the queue is destroyed after the final unref. a new #GAsyncQueue. Free with g_async_queue_unref() function to free queue elements Specifies one of the possible types of byte order. See #G_BYTE_ORDER. The <structname>GBookmarkFile</structname> struct contains only private data and should not be directly accessed. Adds the application with @name and @exec to the list of applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri into @bookmark. Every bookmark inside a #GBookmarkFile must have at least an application registered. Each application must provide a name, a command line useful for launching the bookmark, the number of times the bookmark has been registered by the application and the last time the application registered this bookmark. If @name is %NULL, the name of the application will be the same returned by g_get_application_name(); if @exec is %NULL, the command line will be a composition of the program name as returned by g_get_prgname() and the "\%u" modifier, which will be expanded to the bookmark's URI. This function will automatically take care of updating the registrations count and timestamping in case an application with the same @name had already registered a bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark. If no bookmark for @uri is found, one is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI the name of the application registering the bookmark or %NULL command line to be used to launch the bookmark or %NULL Adds @group to the list of groups to which the bookmark for @uri belongs to. If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI the group name to be added Frees a #GBookmarkFile. a #GBookmarkFile Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was added to @bookmark In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. a timestamp a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Gets the registration informations of @app_name for the bookmark for @uri. See g_bookmark_file_set_app_info() for more informations about the returned data. The string returned in @app_exec must be freed. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the event that no application with name @app_name has registered a bookmark for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. In the event that unquoting the command line fails, an error of the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain is set and %FALSE is returned. %TRUE on success. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI an application's name location for the command line of the application, or %NULL return location for the registration count, or %NULL return location for the last registration time, or %NULL Retrieves the names of the applications that have registered the bookmark for @uri. In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI return location of the length of the returned list, or %NULL Retrieves the description of the bookmark for @uri. In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified URI cannot be found. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Retrieves the list of group names of the bookmark for @uri. In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. The returned array is %NULL terminated, so @length may optionally be %NULL. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of group names. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL Gets the icon of the bookmark for @uri. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. %TRUE if the icon for the bookmark for the URI was found. You should free the returned strings. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI return location for the icon's location or %NULL return location for the icon's MIME type or %NULL Gets whether the private flag of the bookmark for @uri is set. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the event that the private flag cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. %TRUE if the private flag is set, %FALSE otherwise. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Retrieves the MIME type of the resource pointed by @uri. In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the event that the MIME type cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified URI cannot be found. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Gets the time when the bookmark for @uri was last modified. In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. a timestamp a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Gets the number of bookmarks inside @bookmark. the number of bookmarks a #GBookmarkFile Returns the title of the bookmark for @uri. If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is returned. In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified URI cannot be found. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI or %NULL Returns all URIs of the bookmarks in the bookmark file @bookmark. The array of returned URIs will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may optionally be %NULL. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GBookmarkFile return location for the number of returned URIs, or %NULL Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited. In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. a timestamp. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Checks whether the bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark has been registered by application @name. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. %TRUE if the application @name was found a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI the name of the application Checks whether @group appears in the list of groups to which the bookmark for @uri belongs to. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. %TRUE if @group was found. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI the group name to be searched Looks whether the desktop bookmark has an item with its URI set to @uri. %TRUE if @uri is inside @bookmark, %FALSE otherwise a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Loads a bookmark file from memory into an empty #GBookmarkFile structure. If the object cannot be created then @error is set to a #GBookmarkFileError. %TRUE if a desktop bookmark could be loaded. an empty #GBookmarkFile struct desktop bookmarks loaded in memory the length of @data in bytes This function looks for a desktop bookmark file named @file in the paths returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(), loads the file into @bookmark and returns the file's full path in @full_path. If the file could not be loaded then an %error is set to either a #GFileError or #GBookmarkFileError. %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise a #GBookmarkFile a relative path to a filename to open and parse return location for a string containing the full path of the file, or %NULL Loads a desktop bookmark file into an empty #GBookmarkFile structure. If the file could not be loaded then @error is set to either a #GFileError or #GBookmarkFileError. %TRUE if a desktop bookmark file could be loaded an empty #GBookmarkFile struct the path of a filename to load, in the GLib file name encoding Changes the URI of a bookmark item from @old_uri to @new_uri. Any existing bookmark for @new_uri will be overwritten. If @new_uri is %NULL, then the bookmark is removed. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. %TRUE if the URI was successfully changed a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI a valid URI, or %NULL Removes application registered with @name from the list of applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the event that no application with name @app_name has registered a bookmark for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. %TRUE if the application was successfully removed. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI the name of the application Removes @group from the list of groups to which the bookmark for @uri belongs to. In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the event no group was defined, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. %TRUE if @group was successfully removed. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI the group name to be removed Removes the bookmark for @uri from the bookmark file @bookmark. %TRUE if the bookmark was removed successfully. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was added into @bookmark. If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI a timestamp or -1 to use the current time Sets the meta-data of application @name inside the list of applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark. You should rarely use this function; use g_bookmark_file_add_application() and g_bookmark_file_remove_application() instead. @name can be any UTF-8 encoded string used to identify an application. @exec can have one of these two modifiers: "\%f", which will be expanded as the local file name retrieved from the bookmark's URI; "\%u", which will be expanded as the bookmark's URI. The expansion is done automatically when retrieving the stored command line using the g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() function. @count is the number of times the application has registered the bookmark; if is < 0, the current registration count will be increased by one, if is 0, the application with @name will be removed from the list of registered applications. @stamp is the Unix time of the last registration; if it is -1, the current time will be used. If you try to remove an application by setting its registration count to zero, and no bookmark for @uri is found, %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND; similarly, in the event that no application @name has registered a bookmark for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. Otherwise, if no bookmark for @uri is found, one is created. %TRUE if the application's meta-data was successfully changed. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI an application's name an application's command line the number of registrations done for this application the time of the last registration for this application Sets @description as the description of the bookmark for @uri. If @uri is %NULL, the description of @bookmark is set. If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI or %NULL a string Sets a list of group names for the item with URI @uri. Each previously set group name list is removed. If @uri cannot be found then an item for it is created. a #GBookmarkFile an item's URI an array of group names, or %NULL to remove all groups number of group name values in @groups Sets the icon for the bookmark for @uri. If @href is %NULL, unsets the currently set icon. @href can either be a full URL for the icon file or the icon name following the Icon Naming specification. If no bookmark for @uri is found one is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI the URI of the icon for the bookmark, or %NULL the MIME type of the icon for the bookmark Sets the private flag of the bookmark for @uri. If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI %TRUE if the bookmark should be marked as private Sets @mime_type as the MIME type of the bookmark for @uri. If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI a MIME type Sets the last time the bookmark for @uri was last modified. If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. The "modified" time should only be set when the bookmark's meta-data was actually changed. Every function of #GBookmarkFile that modifies a bookmark also changes the modification time, except for g_bookmark_file_set_visited(). a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI a timestamp or -1 to use the current time Sets @title as the title of the bookmark for @uri inside the bookmark file @bookmark. If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is set. If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI or %NULL a UTF-8 encoded string Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited. If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. The "visited" time should only be set if the bookmark was launched, either using the command line retrieved by g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() or by the default application for the bookmark's MIME type, retrieved using g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type(). Changing the "visited" time does not affect the "modified" time. a #GBookmarkFile a valid URI a timestamp or -1 to use the current time This function outputs @bookmark as a string. a newly allocated string holding the contents of the #GBookmarkFile a #GBookmarkFile return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL This function outputs @bookmark into a file. The write process is guaranteed to be atomic by using g_file_set_contents() internally. %TRUE if the file was successfully written. a #GBookmarkFile path of the output file Creates a new empty #GBookmarkFile object. Use g_bookmark_file_load_from_file(), g_bookmark_file_load_from_data() or g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs() to read an existing bookmark file. an empty #GBookmarkFile Error codes returned by bookmark file parsing. URI was ill-formed a requested field was not found a requested application did not register a bookmark a requested URI was not found document was ill formed the text being parsed was in an unknown encoding an error occurred while writing requested file was not found The <structname>GByteArray</structname> struct allows access to the public fields of a <structname>GByteArray</structname>. Adds the given bytes to the end of the #GByteArray. The array will grow in size automatically if necessary. the #GByteArray. a #GByteArray. the byte data to be added. the number of bytes to add. Frees the memory allocated by the #GByteArray. If @free_segment is %TRUE it frees the actual byte data. If the reference count of @array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array will be set to zero. the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). a #GByteArray. if %TRUE the actual byte data is freed as well. Transfers the data from the #GByteArray into a new immutable #GBytes. The #GByteArray is freed unless the reference count of @array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array will be set to zero. This is identical to using g_bytes_new_take() and g_byte_array_free() together. a new immutable #GBytes representing same byte data that was in the array a #GByteArray Creates a new #GByteArray with a reference count of 1. the new #GByteArray. Create byte array containing the data. The data will be owned by the array and will be freed with g_free(), i.e. it could be allocated using g_strdup(). a new #GByteArray byte data for the array length of @data Adds the given data to the start of the #GByteArray. The array will grow in size automatically if necessary. the #GByteArray. a #GByteArray. the byte data to be added. the number of bytes to add. Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. The passed in #GByteArray. A #GByteArray. Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. The following bytes are moved down one place. the #GByteArray. a #GByteArray. the index of the byte to remove. Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. The last element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function does not preserve the order of the #GByteArray. But it is faster than g_byte_array_remove_index(). the #GByteArray. a #GByteArray. the index of the byte to remove. Removes the given number of bytes starting at the given index from a #GByteArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap. the #GByteArray. a @GByteArray. the index of the first byte to remove. the number of bytes to remove. Sets the size of the #GByteArray, expanding it if necessary. the #GByteArray. a #GByteArray. the new size of the #GByteArray. Creates a new #GByteArray with @reserved_size bytes preallocated. This avoids frequent reallocation, if you are going to add many bytes to the array. Note however that the size of the array is still 0. the new #GByteArray. number of bytes preallocated. Sorts a byte array, using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if first arg is greater than second arg). If two array elements compare equal, their order in the sorted array is undefined. If you want equal elements to keep their order (i.e. you want a stable sort) you can write a comparison function that, if two elements would otherwise compare equal, compares them by their addresses. a #GByteArray. comparison function. Like g_byte_array_sort(), but the comparison function takes an extra user data argument. a #GByteArray. comparison function. data to pass to @compare_func. Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. A #GByteArray. A simple refcounted data type representing an immutable byte sequence from an unspecified origin. The purpose of a #GBytes is to keep the memory region that it holds alive for as long as anyone holds a reference to the bytes. When the last reference count is dropped, the memory is released. Multiple unrelated callers can use byte data in the #GBytes without coordinating their activities, resting assured that the byte data will not change or move while they hold a reference. A #GBytes can come from many different origins that may have different procedures for freeing the memory region. Examples are memory from g_malloc(), from memory slices, from a #GMappedFile or memory from other allocators. #GBytes work well as keys in #GHashTable. Use g_bytes_equal() and g_bytes_hash() as parameters to g_hash_table_new() or g_hash_table_new_full(). #GBytes can also be used as keys in a #GTree by passing the g_bytes_compare() function to g_tree_new(). The data pointed to by this bytes must not be modified. For a mutable array of bytes see #GByteArray. Use g_bytes_unref_to_array() to create a mutable array for a #GBytes sequence. To create an immutable #GBytes from a mutable #GByteArray, use the g_byte_array_free_to_bytes() function. Creates a new #GBytes from @data. @data is copied. a new #GBytes the data to be used for the bytes the size of @data Creates a new #GBytes from static data. @data must be static (ie: never modified or freed). a new #GBytes the data to be used for the bytes the size of @data Creates a new #GBytes from @data. After this call, @data belongs to the bytes and may no longer be modified by the caller. g_free() will be called on @data when the bytes is no longer in use. Because of this @data must have been created by a call to g_malloc(), g_malloc0() or g_realloc() or by one of the many functions that wrap these calls (such as g_new(), g_strdup(), etc). For creating #GBytes with memory from other allocators, see g_bytes_new_with_free_func(). a new #GBytes the data to be used for the bytes the size of @data Creates a #GBytes from @data. When the last reference is dropped, @free_func will be called with the @user_data argument. @data must not be modified after this call is made until @free_func has been called to indicate that the bytes is no longer in use. a new #GBytes the data to be used for the bytes the size of @data the function to call to release the data data to pass to @free_func Compares the two #GBytes values. This function can be used to sort GBytes instances in lexographical order. a negative value if bytes2 is lesser, a positive value if bytes2 is greater, and zero if bytes2 is equal to bytes1 a pointer to a #GBytes a pointer to a #GBytes to compare with @bytes1 Compares the two #GBytes values being pointed to and returns %TRUE if they are equal. This function can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL #GBytes pointers as keys in a #GHashTable. %TRUE if the two keys match. a pointer to a #GBytes a pointer to a #GBytes to compare with @bytes1 Get the byte data in the #GBytes. This data should not be modified. This function will always return the same pointer for a given #GBytes. a pointer to the byte data a #GBytes location to return size of byte data Get the size of the byte data in the #GBytes. This function will always return the same value for a given #GBytes. the size a #GBytes Creates an integer hash code for the byte data in the #GBytes. This function can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL #GBytes pointers as keys in a #GHashTable. a hash value corresponding to the key. a pointer to a #GBytes key Creates a #GBytes which is a subsection of another #GBytes. The @offset + @length may not be longer than the size of @bytes. A reference to @bytes will be held by the newly created #GBytes until the byte data is no longer needed. a new #GBytes a #GBytes offset which subsection starts at length of subsection Increase the reference count on @bytes. the #GBytes a #GBytes Releases a reference on @bytes. This may result in the bytes being freed. a #GBytes Unreferences the bytes, and returns a new mutable #GByteArray containing the same byte data. As an optimization, the byte data is transferred to the array without copying if this was the last reference to bytes and bytes was created with g_bytes_new(), g_bytes_new_take() or g_byte_array_free_to_bytes(). In all other cases the data is copied. a new mutable #GByteArray containing the same byte data a #GBytes Unreferences the bytes, and returns a pointer the same byte data contents. As an optimization, the byte data is returned without copying if this was the last reference to bytes and bytes was created with g_bytes_new(), g_bytes_new_take() or g_byte_array_free_to_bytes(). In all other cases the data is copied. a pointer to the same byte data, which should be freed with g_free() a #GBytes location to place the length of the returned data The set of uppercase ASCII alphabet characters. Used for specifying valid identifier characters in #GScannerConfig. The set of lowercase ASCII alphabet characters. Used for specifying valid identifier characters in #GScannerConfig. An opaque structure representing a checksumming operation. To create a new GChecksum, use g_checksum_new(). To free a GChecksum, use g_checksum_free(). Creates a new #GChecksum, using the checksum algorithm @checksum_type. If the @checksum_type is not known, %NULL is returned. A #GChecksum can be used to compute the checksum, or digest, of an arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms. A #GChecksum works by feeding a binary blob through g_checksum_update() until there is data to be checked; the digest can then be extracted using g_checksum_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a hexadecimal string; or g_checksum_get_digest(), which will return a vector of raw bytes. Once either g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest() have been called on a #GChecksum, the checksum will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_checksum_update() on it anymore. the newly created #GChecksum, or %NULL. Use g_checksum_free() to free the memory allocated by it. the desired type of checksum Copies a #GChecksum. If @checksum has been closed, by calling g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest(), the copied checksum will be closed as well. the copy of the passed #GChecksum. Use g_checksum_free() when finished using it. the #GChecksum to copy Frees the memory allocated for @checksum. a #GChecksum Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary vector and places it into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum. Once this function has been called, the #GChecksum is closed and can no longer be updated with g_checksum_update(). a #GChecksum output buffer an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the size of @buffer. After the call it contains the length of the digest. Gets the digest as an hexadecimal string. Once this function has been called the #GChecksum can no longer be updated with g_checksum_update(). The hexadecimal characters will be lower case. the hexadecimal representation of the checksum. The returned string is owned by the checksum and should not be modified or freed. a #GChecksum Resets the state of the @checksum back to its initial state. the #GChecksum to reset Feeds @data into an existing #GChecksum. The checksum must still be open, that is g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest() must not have been called on @checksum. a #GChecksum buffer used to compute the checksum size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a null-terminated string. Gets the length in bytes of digests of type @checksum_type the checksum length, or -1 if @checksum_type is not supported. a #GChecksumType The hashing algorithm to be used by #GChecksum when performing the digest of some data. Note that the #GChecksumType enumeration may be extended at a later date to include new hashing algorithm types. Use the MD5 hashing algorithm Use the SHA-1 hashing algorithm Use the SHA-256 hashing algorithm Use the SHA-512 hashing algorithm Prototype of a #GChildWatchSource callback, called when a child process has exited. To interpret @status, see the documentation for g_spawn_check_exit_status(). the process id of the child process Status information about the child process, encoded in a platform-specific manner user data passed to g_child_watch_add() Specifies the type of a comparison function used to compare two values. The function should return a negative integer if the first value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive integer if the first value comes after the second. negative value if @a &lt; @b; zero if @a = @b; positive value if @a > @b. a value. a value to compare with. user data to pass to comparison function. Specifies the type of a comparison function used to compare two values. The function should return a negative integer if the first value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive integer if the first value comes after the second. negative value if @a &lt; @b; zero if @a = @b; positive value if @a > @b. a value. a value to compare with. The #GCond struct is an opaque data structure that represents a condition. Threads can block on a #GCond if they find a certain condition to be false. If other threads change the state of this condition they signal the #GCond, and that causes the waiting threads to be woken up. Consider the following example of a shared variable. One or more threads can wait for data to be published to the variable and when another thread publishes the data, it can signal one of the waiting threads to wake up to collect the data. <example> <title> Using GCond to block a thread until a condition is satisfied </title> <programlisting> gpointer current_data = NULL; GMutex data_mutex; GCond data_cond; void push_data (gpointer data) { g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); current_data = data; g_cond_signal (&data_cond); g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); } gpointer pop_data (void) { gpointer data; g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); while (!current_data) g_cond_wait (&data_cond, &data_mutex); data = current_data; current_data = NULL; g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); return data; } </programlisting> </example> Whenever a thread calls pop_data() now, it will wait until current_data is non-%NULL, i.e. until some other thread has called push_data(). The example shows that use of a condition variable must always be paired with a mutex. Without the use of a mutex, there would be a race between the check of <varname>current_data</varname> by the while loop in <function>pop_data</function> and waiting. Specifically, another thread could set <varname>pop_data</varname> after the check, and signal the cond (with nobody waiting on it) before the first thread goes to sleep. #GCond is specifically useful for its ability to release the mutex and go to sleep atomically. It is also important to use the g_cond_wait() and g_cond_wait_until() functions only inside a loop which checks for the condition to be true. See g_cond_wait() for an explanation of why the condition may not be true even after it returns. If a #GCond is allocated in static storage then it can be used without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call g_cond_init() on it and g_cond_clear() when done. A #GCond should only be accessed via the <function>g_cond_</function> functions. If threads are waiting for @cond, all of them are unblocked. If no threads are waiting for @cond, this function has no effect. It is good practice to lock the same mutex as the waiting threads while calling this function, though not required. a #GCond Frees the resources allocated to a #GCond with g_cond_init(). This function should not be used with a #GCond that has been statically allocated. Calling g_cond_clear() for a #GCond on which threads are blocking leads to undefined behaviour. an initialised #GCond Initialises a #GCond so that it can be used. This function is useful to initialise a #GCond that has been allocated as part of a larger structure. It is not necessary to initialise a #GCond that has been statically allocated. To undo the effect of g_cond_init() when a #GCond is no longer needed, use g_cond_clear(). Calling g_cond_init() on an already-initialised #GCond leads to undefined behaviour. an uninitialized #GCond If threads are waiting for @cond, at least one of them is unblocked. If no threads are waiting for @cond, this function has no effect. It is good practice to hold the same lock as the waiting thread while calling this function, though not required. a #GCond Atomically releases @mutex and waits until @cond is signalled. When this function returns, @mutex is locked again and owned by the calling thread. When using condition variables, it is possible that a spurious wakeup may occur (ie: g_cond_wait() returns even though g_cond_signal() was not called). It's also possible that a stolen wakeup may occur. This is when g_cond_signal() is called, but another thread acquires @mutex before this thread and modifies the state of the program in such a way that when g_cond_wait() is able to return, the expected condition is no longer met. For this reason, g_cond_wait() must always be used in a loop. See the documentation for #GCond for a complete example. a #GCond a #GMutex that is currently locked Waits until either @cond is signalled or @end_time has passed. As with g_cond_wait() it is possible that a spurious or stolen wakeup could occur. For that reason, waiting on a condition variable should always be in a loop, based on an explicitly-checked predicate. %TRUE is returned if the condition variable was signalled (or in the case of a spurious wakeup). %FALSE is returned if @end_time has passed. The following code shows how to correctly perform a timed wait on a condition variable (extended the example presented in the documentation for #GCond): |[ gpointer pop_data_timed (void) { gint64 end_time; gpointer data; g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); end_time = g_get_monotonic_time () + 5 * G_TIME_SPAN_SECOND; while (!current_data) if (!g_cond_wait_until (&data_cond, &data_mutex, end_time)) { // timeout has passed. g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); return NULL; } // there is data for us data = current_data; current_data = NULL; g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); return data; } ]| Notice that the end time is calculated once, before entering the loop and reused. This is the motivation behind the use of absolute time on this API -- if a relative time of 5 seconds were passed directly to the call and a spurious wakeup occurred, the program would have to start over waiting again (which would lead to a total wait time of more than 5 seconds). %TRUE on a signal, %FALSE on a timeout a #GCond a #GMutex that is currently locked the monotonic time to wait until Error codes returned by character set conversion routines. Conversion between the requested character sets is not supported. Invalid byte sequence in conversion input. Conversion failed for some reason. Partial character sequence at end of input. URI is invalid. Pathname is not an absolute path. A function of this signature is used to copy the node data when doing a deep-copy of a tree. A pointer to the copy A pointer to the data which should be copied Additional data A bitmask that restricts the possible flags passed to g_datalist_set_flags(). Passing a flags value where flags & ~G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK != 0 is an error. Represents an invalid #GDateDay. Represents an invalid Julian day number. Represents an invalid year. The directory separator character. This is '/' on UNIX machines and '\' under Windows. The directory separator as a string. This is "/" on UNIX machines and "\" under Windows. The #GData struct is an opaque data structure to represent a <link linkend="glib-Keyed-Data-Lists">Keyed Data List</link>. It should only be accessed via the following functions. Specifies the type of function passed to g_dataset_foreach(). It is called with each #GQuark id and associated data element, together with the @user_data parameter supplied to g_dataset_foreach(). the #GQuark id to identifying the data element. the data element. user data passed to g_dataset_foreach(). Represents a day between January 1, Year 1 and a few thousand years in the future. None of its members should be accessed directly. If the <structname>GDate</structname> is obtained from g_date_new(), it will be safe to mutate but invalid and thus not safe for calendrical computations. If it's declared on the stack, it will contain garbage so must be initialized with g_date_clear(). g_date_clear() makes the date invalid but sane. An invalid date doesn't represent a day, it's "empty." A date becomes valid after you set it to a Julian day or you set a day, month, and year. Allocates a #GDate and initializes it to a sane state. The new date will be cleared (as if you'd called g_date_clear()) but invalid (it won't represent an existing day). Free the return value with g_date_free(). a newly-allocated #GDate Like g_date_new(), but also sets the value of the date. Assuming the day-month-year triplet you pass in represents an existing day, the returned date will be valid. a newly-allocated #GDate initialized with @day, @month, and @year day of the month month of the year year Like g_date_new(), but also sets the value of the date. Assuming the Julian day number you pass in is valid (greater than 0, less than an unreasonably large number), the returned date will be valid. a newly-allocated #GDate initialized with @julian_day days since January 1, Year 1 Increments a date some number of days. To move forward by weeks, add weeks*7 days. The date must be valid. a #GDate to increment number of days to move the date forward Increments a date by some number of months. If the day of the month is greater than 28, this routine may change the day of the month (because the destination month may not have the current day in it). The date must be valid. a #GDate to increment number of months to move forward Increments a date by some number of years. If the date is February 29, and the destination year is not a leap year, the date will be changed to February 28. The date must be valid. a #GDate to increment number of years to move forward If @date is prior to @min_date, sets @date equal to @min_date. If @date falls after @max_date, sets @date equal to @max_date. Otherwise, @date is unchanged. Either of @min_date and @max_date may be %NULL. All non-%NULL dates must be valid. a #GDate to clamp minimum accepted value for @date maximum accepted value for @date Initializes one or more #GDate structs to a sane but invalid state. The cleared dates will not represent an existing date, but will not contain garbage. Useful to init a date declared on the stack. Validity can be tested with g_date_valid(). pointer to one or more dates to clear number of dates to clear qsort()-style comparison function for dates. Both dates must be valid. 0 for equal, less than zero if @lhs is less than @rhs, greater than zero if @lhs is greater than @rhs first date to compare second date to compare Computes the number of days between two dates. If @date2 is prior to @date1, the returned value is negative. Both dates must be valid. the number of days between @date1 and @date2 the first date the second date Frees a #GDate returned from g_date_new(). a #GDate to free Returns the day of the month. The date must be valid. day of the month a #GDate to extract the day of the month from Returns the day of the year, where Jan 1 is the first day of the year. The date must be valid. day of the year a #GDate to extract day of year from Returns the week of the year, where weeks are interpreted according to ISO 8601. ISO 8601 week number of the year. a valid #GDate Returns the Julian day or "serial number" of the #GDate. The Julian day is simply the number of days since January 1, Year 1; i.e., January 1, Year 1 is Julian day 1; January 2, Year 1 is Julian day 2, etc. The date must be valid. Julian day a #GDate to extract the Julian day from Returns the week of the year, where weeks are understood to start on Monday. If the date is before the first Monday of the year, return 0. The date must be valid. week of the year a #GDate Returns the month of the year. The date must be valid. month of the year as a #GDateMonth a #GDate to get the month from Returns the week of the year during which this date falls, if weeks are understood to being on Sunday. The date must be valid. Can return 0 if the day is before the first Sunday of the year. week number a #GDate Returns the day of the week for a #GDate. The date must be valid. day of the week as a #GDateWeekday. a #GDate Returns the year of a #GDate. The date must be valid. year in which the date falls a #GDate Returns %TRUE if the date is on the first of a month. The date must be valid. %TRUE if the date is the first of the month a #GDate to check Returns %TRUE if the date is the last day of the month. The date must be valid. %TRUE if the date is the last day of the month a #GDate to check Checks if @date1 is less than or equal to @date2, and swap the values if this is not the case. the first date the second date Sets the day of the month for a #GDate. If the resulting day-month-year triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. a #GDate day to set Sets the value of a #GDate from a day, month, and year. The day-month-year triplet must be valid; if you aren't sure it is, call g_date_valid_dmy() to check before you set it. a #GDate day month year Sets the value of a #GDate from a Julian day number. a #GDate Julian day number (days since January 1, Year 1) Sets the month of the year for a #GDate. If the resulting day-month-year triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. a #GDate month to set Parses a user-inputted string @str, and try to figure out what date it represents, taking the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link> into account. If the string is successfully parsed, the date will be valid after the call. Otherwise, it will be invalid. You should check using g_date_valid() to see whether the parsing succeeded. This function is not appropriate for file formats and the like; it isn't very precise, and its exact behavior varies with the locale. It's intended to be a heuristic routine that guesses what the user means by a given string (and it does work pretty well in that capacity). a #GDate to fill in string to parse Sets the value of a date from a #GTime value. The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone. a #GDate. #GTime value to set. Sets the value of a date to the date corresponding to a time specified as a time_t. The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone. To set the value of a date to the current day, you could write: |[ g_date_set_time_t (date, time (NULL)); ]| a #GDate <type>time_t</type> value to set Sets the value of a date from a #GTimeVal value. Note that the @tv_usec member is ignored, because #GDate can't make use of the additional precision. The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone. a #GDate #GTimeVal value to set Sets the year for a #GDate. If the resulting day-month-year triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. a #GDate year to set Moves a date some number of days into the past. To move by weeks, just move by weeks*7 days. The date must be valid. a #GDate to decrement number of days to move Moves a date some number of months into the past. If the current day of the month doesn't exist in the destination month, the day of the month may change. The date must be valid. a #GDate to decrement number of months to move Moves a date some number of years into the past. If the current day doesn't exist in the destination year (i.e. it's February 29 and you move to a non-leap-year) then the day is changed to February 29. The date must be valid. a #GDate to decrement number of years to move Fills in the date-related bits of a <structname>struct tm</structname> using the @date value. Initializes the non-date parts with something sane but meaningless. a #GDate to set the <structname>struct tm</structname> from <structname>struct tm</structname> to fill Returns %TRUE if the #GDate represents an existing day. The date must not contain garbage; it should have been initialized with g_date_clear() if it wasn't allocated by one of the g_date_new() variants. Whether the date is valid a #GDate to check Returns the number of days in a month, taking leap years into account. number of days in @month during the @year month year Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks are taken to start on Monday. Will be 52 or 53. The date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap year. This function is basically telling you how many Mondays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Mondays if one of the extra days happens to be a Monday.) number of Mondays in the year a year Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks are taken to start on Sunday. Will be 52 or 53. The date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap year. This function is basically telling you how many Sundays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Sundays if one of the extra days happens to be a Sunday.) the number of weeks in @year year to count weeks in Returns %TRUE if the year is a leap year. <footnote><para>For the purposes of this function, leap year is every year divisible by 4 unless that year is divisible by 100. If it is divisible by 100 it would be a leap year only if that year is also divisible by 400.</para></footnote> %TRUE if the year is a leap year year to check Generates a printed representation of the date, in a <link linkend="setlocale">locale</link>-specific way. Works just like the platform's C library strftime() function, but only accepts date-related formats; time-related formats give undefined results. Date must be valid. Unlike strftime() (which uses the locale encoding), works on a UTF-8 format string and stores a UTF-8 result. This function does not provide any conversion specifiers in addition to those implemented by the platform's C library. For example, don't expect that using g_date_strftime() would make the \%F provided by the C99 strftime() work on Windows where the C library only complies to C89. number of characters written to the buffer, or 0 the buffer was too small destination buffer buffer size format string valid #GDate Returns %TRUE if the day of the month is valid (a day is valid if it's between 1 and 31 inclusive). %TRUE if the day is valid day to check Returns %TRUE if the day-month-year triplet forms a valid, existing day in the range of days #GDate understands (Year 1 or later, no more than a few thousand years in the future). %TRUE if the date is a valid one day month year Returns %TRUE if the Julian day is valid. Anything greater than zero is basically a valid Julian, though there is a 32-bit limit. %TRUE if the Julian day is valid Julian day to check Returns %TRUE if the month value is valid. The 12 #GDateMonth enumeration values are the only valid months. %TRUE if the month is valid month Returns %TRUE if the weekday is valid. The seven #GDateWeekday enumeration values are the only valid weekdays. %TRUE if the weekday is valid weekday Returns %TRUE if the year is valid. Any year greater than 0 is valid, though there is a 16-bit limit to what #GDate will understand. %TRUE if the year is valid year This enumeration isn't used in the API, but may be useful if you need to mark a number as a day, month, or year. a day a month a year Enumeration representing a month; values are #G_DATE_JANUARY, #G_DATE_FEBRUARY, etc. #G_DATE_BAD_MONTH is the invalid value. invalid value January February March April May June July August September October November December <structname>GDateTime</structname> is an opaque structure whose members cannot be accessed directly. Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in the time zone @tz. The @year must be between 1 and 9999, @month between 1 and 12 and @day between 1 and 28, 29, 30 or 31 depending on the month and the year. @hour must be between 0 and 23 and @minute must be between 0 and 59. @seconds must be at least 0.0 and must be strictly less than 60.0. It will be rounded down to the nearest microsecond. If the given time is not representable in the given time zone (for example, 02:30 on March 14th 2010 in Toronto, due to daylight savings time) then the time will be rounded up to the nearest existing time (in this case, 03:00). If this matters to you then you should verify the return value for containing the same as the numbers you gave. In the case that the given time is ambiguous in the given time zone (for example, 01:30 on November 7th 2010 in Toronto, due to daylight savings time) then the time falling within standard (ie: non-daylight) time is taken. It not considered a programmer error for the values to this function to be out of range, but in the case that they are, the function will return %NULL. You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() when you are done with it. a new #GDateTime, or %NULL a #GTimeZone the year component of the date the month component of the date the day component of the date the hour component of the date the minute component of the date the number of seconds past the minute Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given #GTimeVal @tv in the local time zone. The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the local time offset. This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @tv represents a time outside of the supported range of #GDateTime. You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() when you are done with it. a new #GDateTime, or %NULL a #GTimeVal Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given #GTimeVal @tv in UTC. The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC. This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @tv represents a time outside of the supported range of #GDateTime. You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() when you are done with it. a new #GDateTime, or %NULL a #GTimeVal Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given Unix time @t in the local time zone. Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the local time offset. This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @t represents a time outside of the supported range of #GDateTime. You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() when you are done with it. a new #GDateTime, or %NULL the Unix time Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given Unix time @t in UTC. Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC. This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @t represents a time outside of the supported range of #GDateTime. You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() when you are done with it. a new #GDateTime, or %NULL the Unix time Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in the local time zone. This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new() with the time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). a #GDateTime, or %NULL the year component of the date the month component of the date the day component of the date the hour component of the date the minute component of the date the number of seconds past the minute Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in the given time zone @tz. The time is as accurate as the system allows, to a maximum accuracy of 1 microsecond. This function will always succeed unless the system clock is set to truly insane values (or unless GLib is still being used after the year 9999). You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() when you are done with it. a new #GDateTime, or %NULL a #GTimeZone Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in the local time zone. This is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new_now() with the time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). a new #GDateTime, or %NULL Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in UTC. This is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new_now() with the time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). a new #GDateTime, or %NULL Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in UTC. This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new() with the time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). a #GDateTime, or %NULL the year component of the date the month component of the date the day component of the date the hour component of the date the minute component of the date the number of seconds past the minute Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified timespan to the copy. the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime a #GTimeSpan Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of days to the copy. the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of days Creates a new #GDateTime adding the specified values to the current date and time in @datetime. the newly created #GDateTime that should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of years to add the number of months to add the number of days to add the number of hours to add the number of minutes to add the number of seconds to add Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of hours the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of hours to add Creates a copy of @datetime adding the specified number of minutes. the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of minutes to add Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of months to the copy. the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of months Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of seconds. the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of seconds to add Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of weeks to the copy. the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of weeks Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of years to the copy. the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). a #GDateTime the number of years Calculates the difference in time between @end and @begin. The #GTimeSpan that is returned is effectively @end - @begin (ie: positive if the first parameter is larger). the difference between the two #GDateTime, as a time span expressed in microseconds. a #GDateTime a #GDateTime Creates a newly allocated string representing the requested @format. The format strings understood by this function are a subset of the strftime() format language as specified by C99. The \%D, \%U and \%W conversions are not supported, nor is the 'E' modifier. The GNU extensions \%k, \%l, \%s and \%P are supported, however, as are the '0', '_' and '-' modifiers. In contrast to strftime(), this function always produces a UTF-8 string, regardless of the current locale. Note that the rendering of many formats is locale-dependent and may not match the strftime() output exactly. The following format specifiers are supported: <variablelist> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%a</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the abbreviated weekday name according to the current locale </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%A</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the full weekday name according to the current locale </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%b</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the abbreviated month name according to the current locale </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%B</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the full month name according to the current locale </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%c</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the preferred date and time representation for the current locale </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%C</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> The century number (year/100) as a 2-digit integer (00-99) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%d</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the day of the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 31) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%e</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the day of the month as a decimal number (range 1 to 31) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%F</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> equivalent to <literal>\%Y-\%m-\%d</literal> (the ISO 8601 date format) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%g</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the last two digits of the ISO 8601 week-based year as a decimal number (00-99). This works well with \%V and \%u. </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%G</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the ISO 8601 week-based year as a decimal number. This works well with \%V and \%u. </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%h</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> equivalent to <literal>\%b</literal> </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%H</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock (range 00 to 23) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%I</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock (range 01 to 12) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%j</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the day of the year as a decimal number (range 001 to 366) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%k</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the hour (24-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 0 to 23); single digits are preceded by a blank </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%l</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 1 to 12); single digits are preceded by a blank </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%m</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 12) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%M</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the minute as a decimal number (range 00 to 59) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%p</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> either "AM" or "PM" according to the given time value, or the corresponding strings for the current locale. Noon is treated as "PM" and midnight as "AM". </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%P</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> like \%p but lowercase: "am" or "pm" or a corresponding string for the current locale </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%r</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the time in a.m. or p.m. notation </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%R</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the time in 24-hour notation (<literal>\%H:\%M</literal>) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%s</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the number of seconds since the Epoch, that is, since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%S</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the second as a decimal number (range 00 to 60) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%t</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> a tab character </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%T</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the time in 24-hour notation with seconds (<literal>\%H:\%M:\%S</literal>) </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%u</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the ISO 8601 standard day of the week as a decimal, range 1 to 7, Monday being 1. This works well with \%G and \%V. </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%V</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the ISO 8601 standard week number of the current year as a decimal number, range 01 to 53, where week 1 is the first week that has at least 4 days in the new year. See g_date_time_get_week_of_year(). This works well with \%G and \%u. </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%w</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the day of the week as a decimal, range 0 to 6, Sunday being 0. This is not the ISO 8601 standard format -- use \%u instead. </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%x</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the preferred date representation for the current locale without the time </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%X</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the preferred time representation for the current locale without the date </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%y</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the year as a decimal number without the century </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%Y</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the year as a decimal number including the century </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%z</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the time-zone as hour offset from UTC </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%Z</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> the time zone or name or abbreviation </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term> <literal>\%\%</literal>: </term><listitem><simpara> a literal <literal>\%</literal> character </simpara></listitem></varlistentry> </variablelist> Some conversion specifications can be modified by preceding the conversion specifier by one or more modifier characters. The following modifiers are supported for many of the numeric conversions: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>O</term> <listitem> Use alternative numeric symbols, if the current locale supports those. </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>_</term> <listitem> Pad a numeric result with spaces. This overrides the default padding for the specifier. </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>-</term> <listitem> Do not pad a numeric result. This overrides the default padding for the specifier. </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>0</term> <listitem> Pad a numeric result with zeros. This overrides the default padding for the specifier. </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> a newly allocated string formatted to the requested format or %NULL in the case that there was an error. The string should be freed with g_free(). A #GDateTime a valid UTF-8 string, containing the format for the #GDateTime Retrieves the day of the month represented by @datetime in the gregorian calendar. the day of the month a #GDateTime Retrieves the ISO 8601 day of the week on which @datetime falls (1 is Monday, 2 is Tuesday... 7 is Sunday). the day of the week a #GDateTime Retrieves the day of the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian calendar. the day of the year a #GDateTime Retrieves the hour of the day represented by @datetime the hour of the day a #GDateTime Retrieves the microsecond of the date represented by @datetime the microsecond of the second a #GDateTime Retrieves the minute of the hour represented by @datetime the minute of the hour a #GDateTime Retrieves the month of the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian calendar. the month represented by @datetime a #GDateTime Retrieves the second of the minute represented by @datetime the second represented by @datetime a #GDateTime Retrieves the number of seconds since the start of the last minute, including the fractional part. the number of seconds a #GDateTime Determines the time zone abbreviation to be used at the time and in the time zone of @datetime. For example, in Toronto this is currently "EST" during the winter months and "EDT" during the summer months when daylight savings time is in effect. the time zone abbreviation. The returned string is owned by the #GDateTime and it should not be modified or freed a #GDateTime Determines the offset to UTC in effect at the time and in the time zone of @datetime. The offset is the number of microseconds that you add to UTC time to arrive at local time for the time zone (ie: negative numbers for time zones west of GMT, positive numbers for east). If @datetime represents UTC time, then the offset is always zero. the number of microseconds that should be added to UTC to get the local time a #GDateTime Returns the ISO 8601 week-numbering year in which the week containing @datetime falls. This function, taken together with g_date_time_get_week_of_year() and g_date_time_get_day_of_week() can be used to determine the full ISO week date on which @datetime falls. This is usually equal to the normal Gregorian year (as returned by g_date_time_get_year()), except as detailed below: For Thursday, the week-numbering year is always equal to the usual calendar year. For other days, the number is such that every day within a complete week (Monday to Sunday) is contained within the same week-numbering year. For Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday occurring near the end of the year, this may mean that the week-numbering year is one greater than the calendar year (so that these days have the same week-numbering year as the Thursday occurring early in the next year). For Friday, Saturaday and Sunday occurring near the start of the year, this may mean that the week-numbering year is one less than the calendar year (so that these days have the same week-numbering year as the Thursday occurring late in the previous year). An equivalent description is that the week-numbering year is equal to the calendar year containing the majority of the days in the current week (Monday to Sunday). Note that January 1 0001 in the proleptic Gregorian calendar is a Monday, so this function never returns 0. the ISO 8601 week-numbering year for @datetime a #GDateTime Returns the ISO 8601 week number for the week containing @datetime. The ISO 8601 week number is the same for every day of the week (from Moday through Sunday). That can produce some unusual results (described below). The first week of the year is week 1. This is the week that contains the first Thursday of the year. Equivalently, this is the first week that has more than 4 of its days falling within the calendar year. The value 0 is never returned by this function. Days contained within a year but occurring before the first ISO 8601 week of that year are considered as being contained in the last week of the previous year. Similarly, the final days of a calendar year may be considered as being part of the first ISO 8601 week of the next year if 4 or more days of that week are contained within the new year. the ISO 8601 week number for @datetime. a #GDateTime Retrieves the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian calendar. the year represented by @datetime A #GDateTime Retrieves the Gregorian day, month, and year of a given #GDateTime. a #GDateTime. the return location for the gregorian year, or %NULL. the return location for the month of the year, or %NULL. the return location for the day of the month, or %NULL. Determines if daylight savings time is in effect at the time and in the time zone of @datetime. %TRUE if daylight savings time is in effect a #GDateTime Atomically increments the reference count of @datetime by one. the #GDateTime with the reference count increased a #GDateTime Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as @datetime, but in the local time zone. This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_to_timezone() with the time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). the newly created #GDateTime a #GDateTime Stores the instant in time that @datetime represents into @tv. The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the time zone associated with @datetime. On systems where 'long' is 32bit (ie: all 32bit systems and all Windows systems), a #GTimeVal is incapable of storing the entire range of values that #GDateTime is capable of expressing. On those systems, this function returns %FALSE to indicate that the time is out of range. On systems where 'long' is 64bit, this function never fails. %TRUE if successful, else %FALSE a #GDateTime a #GTimeVal to modify Create a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as @datetime, but in the time zone @tz. This call can fail in the case that the time goes out of bounds. For example, converting 0001-01-01 00:00:00 UTC to a time zone west of Greenwich will fail (due to the year 0 being out of range). You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() when you are done with it. a new #GDateTime, or %NULL a #GDateTime the new #GTimeZone Gives the Unix time corresponding to @datetime, rounding down to the nearest second. Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the time zone associated with @datetime. the Unix time corresponding to @datetime a #GDateTime Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as @datetime, but in UTC. This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_to_timezone() with the time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). the newly created #GDateTime a #GDateTime Atomically decrements the reference count of @datetime by one. When the reference count reaches zero, the resources allocated by @datetime are freed a #GDateTime A comparison function for #GDateTimes that is suitable as a #GCompareFunc. Both #GDateTimes must be non-%NULL. -1, 0 or 1 if @dt1 is less than, equal to or greater than @dt2. first #GDateTime to compare second #GDateTime to compare Checks to see if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal. Equal here means that they represent the same moment after converting them to the same time zone. %TRUE if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal a #GDateTime a #GDateTime Hashes @datetime into a #guint, suitable for use within #GHashTable. a #guint containing the hash a #GDateTime Enumeration representing a day of the week; #G_DATE_MONDAY, #G_DATE_TUESDAY, etc. #G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY is an invalid weekday. invalid value Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Associates a string with a bit flag. Used in g_parse_debug_string(). Specifies the type of function which is called when a data element is destroyed. It is passed the pointer to the data element and should free any memory and resources allocated for it. the data element. An opaque structure representing an opened directory. Closes the directory and deallocates all related resources. a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() Retrieves the name of another entry in the directory, or %NULL. The order of entries returned from this function is not defined, and may vary by file system or other operating-system dependent factors. %NULL may also be returned in case of errors. On Unix, you can check <literal>errno</literal> to find out if %NULL was returned because of an error. On Unix, the '.' and '..' entries are omitted, and the returned name is in the on-disk encoding. On Windows, as is true of all GLib functions which operate on filenames, the returned name is in UTF-8. The entry's name or %NULL if there are no more entries. The return value is owned by GLib and must not be modified or freed. a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() Resets the given directory. The next call to g_dir_read_name() will return the first entry again. a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() Creates a subdirectory in the preferred directory for temporary files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). @tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is %NULL, a default template is used. Note that in contrast to g_mkdtemp() (and mkdtemp()) @tmpl is not modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. The actual name used. This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer and is is in the GLib file name encoding. In case of errors, %NULL is returned and @error will be set. Template for directory name, as in g_mkdtemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template Opens a directory for reading. The names of the files in the directory can then be retrieved using g_dir_read_name(). Note that the ordering is not defined. a newly allocated #GDir on success, %NULL on failure. If non-%NULL, you must free the result with g_dir_close() when you are finished with it. the path to the directory you are interested in. On Unix in the on-disk encoding. On Windows in UTF-8 Currently must be set to 0. Reserved for future use. The #GFloatIEEE754 and #GDoubleIEEE754 unions are used to access the sign, mantissa and exponent of IEEE floats and doubles. These unions are defined as appropriate for a given platform. IEEE floats and doubles are supported (used for storage) by at least Intel, PPC and Sparc. The type of functions that are used to 'duplicate' an object. What this means depends on the context, it could just be incrementing the reference count, if @data is a ref-counted object. a duplicate of data the data to duplicate user data that was specified in g_datalist_id_dup_data() The base of natural logarithms. Specifies the type of a function used to test two values for equality. The function should return %TRUE if both values are equal and %FALSE otherwise. %TRUE if @a = @b; %FALSE otherwise a value a value to compare with The <structname>GError</structname> structure contains information about an error that has occurred. Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code, and a message formatted with @format. a new #GError error domain error code printf()-style format for error message Creates a new #GError; unlike g_error_new(), @message is not a printf()-style format string. Use this function if @message contains text you don't have control over, that could include printf() escape sequences. a new #GError error domain error code error message Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code, and a message formatted with @format. a new #GError error domain error code printf()-style format for error message #va_list of parameters for the message format Makes a copy of @error. a new #GError a #GError Frees a #GError and associated resources. a #GError Returns %TRUE if @error matches @domain and @code, %FALSE otherwise. In particular, when @error is %NULL, %FALSE will be returned. whether @error has @domain and @code a #GError or %NULL an error domain an error code The possible errors, used in the @v_error field of #GTokenValue, when the token is a %G_TOKEN_ERROR. unknown error unexpected end of file unterminated string constant unterminated comment non-digit character in a number digit beyond radix in a number non-decimal floating point number malformed floating point number Values corresponding to @errno codes returned from file operations on UNIX. Unlike @errno codes, GFileError values are available on all systems, even Windows. The exact meaning of each code depends on what sort of file operation you were performing; the UNIX documentation gives more details. The following error code descriptions come from the GNU C Library manual, and are under the copyright of that manual. It's not very portable to make detailed assumptions about exactly which errors will be returned from a given operation. Some errors don't occur on some systems, etc., sometimes there are subtle differences in when a system will report a given error, etc. Operation not permitted; only the owner of the file (or other resource) or processes with special privileges can perform the operation. File is a directory; you cannot open a directory for writing, or create or remove hard links to it. Permission denied; the file permissions do not allow the attempted operation. Filename too long. No such file or directory. This is a "file doesn't exist" error for ordinary files that are referenced in contexts where they are expected to already exist. A file that isn't a directory was specified when a directory is required. No such device or address. The system tried to use the device represented by a file you specified, and it couldn't find the device. This can mean that the device file was installed incorrectly, or that the physical device is missing or not correctly attached to the computer. The underlying file system of the specified file does not support memory mapping. The directory containing the new link can't be modified because it's on a read-only file system. Text file busy. You passed in a pointer to bad memory. (GLib won't reliably return this, don't pass in pointers to bad memory.) Too many levels of symbolic links were encountered in looking up a file name. This often indicates a cycle of symbolic links. No space left on device; write operation on a file failed because the disk is full. No memory available. The system cannot allocate more virtual memory because its capacity is full. The current process has too many files open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward this limit. There are too many distinct file openings in the entire system. Bad file descriptor; for example, I/O on a descriptor that has been closed or reading from a descriptor open only for writing (or vice versa). Invalid argument. This is used to indicate various kinds of problems with passing the wrong argument to a library function. Broken pipe; there is no process reading from the other end of a pipe. Every library function that returns this error code also generates a `SIGPIPE' signal; this signal terminates the program if not handled or blocked. Thus, your program will never actually see this code unless it has handled or blocked `SIGPIPE'. Resource temporarily unavailable; the call might work if you try again later. Interrupted function call; an asynchronous signal occurred and prevented completion of the call. When this happens, you should try the call again. Input/output error; usually used for physical read or write errors. i.e. the disk or other physical device hardware is returning errors. Operation not permitted; only the owner of the file (or other resource) or processes with special privileges can perform the operation. Function not implemented; this indicates that the system is missing some functionality. Does not correspond to a UNIX error code; this is the standard "failed for unspecified reason" error code present in all #GError error code enumerations. Returned if no specific code applies. A test to perform on a file using g_file_test(). %TRUE if the file is a regular file (not a directory). Note that this test will also return %TRUE if the tested file is a symlink to a regular file. %TRUE if the file is a symlink. %TRUE if the file is a directory. %TRUE if the file is executable. %TRUE if the file exists. It may or may not be a regular file. The #GFloatIEEE754 and #GDoubleIEEE754 unions are used to access the sign, mantissa and exponent of IEEE floats and doubles. These unions are defined as appropriate for a given platform. IEEE floats and doubles are supported (used for storage) by at least Intel, PPC and Sparc. Flags to modify the format of the string returned by g_format_size_full(). behave the same as g_format_size() include the exact number of bytes as part of the returned string. For example, "45.6 kB (45,612 bytes)". use IEC (base 1024) units with "KiB"-style suffixes. IEC units should only be used for reporting things with a strong "power of 2" basis, like RAM sizes or RAID stripe sizes. Network and storage sizes should be reported in the normal SI units. Declares a type of function which takes an arbitrary data pointer argument and has no return value. It is not currently used in GLib or GTK+. a data pointer Specifies the type of functions passed to g_list_foreach() and g_slist_foreach(). the element's data. user data passed to g_list_foreach() or g_slist_foreach(). This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #gint16. It is a string literal, but doesn't include the percent-sign, such that you can add precision and length modifiers between percent-sign and conversion specifier. |[ gint16 in; gint32 out; sscanf ("42", "%" G_GINT16_FORMAT, &amp;in) out = in * 1000; g_print ("%" G_GINT32_FORMAT, out); ]| The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers for scanning and printing values of type #gint16 or #guint16. It is a string literal, but doesn't include the percent-sign, such that you can add precision and length modifiers between percent-sign and conversion specifier and append a conversion specifier. The following example prints "0x7b"; |[ gint16 value = 123; g_print ("%#" G_GINT16_MODIFIER "x", value); ]| This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #gint32. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers for scanning and printing values of type #gint32 or #guint32. It is a string literal. See also #G_GINT16_MODIFIER. This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #gint64. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. <note><para> Some platforms do not support scanning and printing 64 bit integers, even though the types are supported. On such platforms #G_GINT64_FORMAT is not defined. Note that scanf() may not support 64 bit integers, even if #G_GINT64_FORMAT is defined. Due to its weak error handling, scanf() is not recommended for parsing anyway; consider using g_ascii_strtoull() instead. </para></note> The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers for scanning and printing values of type #gint64 or #guint64. It is a string literal. <note><para> Some platforms do not support printing 64 bit integers, even though the types are supported. On such platforms #G_GINT64_MODIFIER is not defined. </para></note> This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #gintptr. The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers for scanning and printing values of type #gintptr or #guintptr. It is a string literal. Expands to "" on all modern compilers, and to <literal>__FUNCTION__</literal> on <command>gcc</command> version 2.x. Don't use it. Expands to "" on all modern compilers, and to <literal>__PRETTY_FUNCTION__</literal> on <command>gcc</command> version 2.x. Don't use it. This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #gsize. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers for scanning and printing values of type #gsize or #gssize. It is a string literal. This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #gssize. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #guint16. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #guint32. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #guint64. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. <note><para> Some platforms do not support scanning and printing 64 bit integers, even though the types are supported. On such platforms #G_GUINT64_FORMAT is not defined. Note that scanf() may not support 64 bit integers, even if #G_GINT64_FORMAT is defined. Due to its weak error handling, scanf() is not recommended for parsing anyway; consider using g_ascii_strtoull() instead. </para></note> This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and printing values of type #guintptr. Specifies the type of the function passed to g_hash_table_foreach(). It is called with each key/value pair, together with the @user_data parameter which is passed to g_hash_table_foreach(). a key the value corresponding to the key user data passed to g_hash_table_foreach() The position of the first bit which is not reserved for internal use be the #GHook implementation, i.e. <literal>1 &lt;&lt; G_HOOK_FLAG_USER_SHIFT</literal> is the first bit which can be used for application-defined flags. Specifies the type of the function passed to g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). It is called with each key/value pair, together with the @user_data parameter passed to g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). It should return %TRUE if the key/value pair should be removed from the #GHashTable. %TRUE if the key/value pair should be removed from the #GHashTable a key the value associated with the key user data passed to g_hash_table_remove() Specifies the type of the hash function which is passed to g_hash_table_new() when a #GHashTable is created. The function is passed a key and should return a #guint hash value. The functions g_direct_hash(), g_int_hash() and g_str_hash() provide hash functions which can be used when the key is a #gpointer, #gint*, and #gchar* respectively. g_direct_hash() is also the appropriate hash function for keys of the form <literal>GINT_TO_POINTER (n)</literal> (or similar macros). <!-- FIXME: Need more here. --> A good hash functions should produce hash values that are evenly distributed over a fairly large range. The modulus is taken with the hash table size (a prime number) to find the 'bucket' to place each key into. The function should also be very fast, since it is called for each key lookup. Note that the hash functions provided by GLib have these qualities, but are not particularly robust against manufactured keys that cause hash collisions. Therefore, you should consider choosing a more secure hash function when using a GHashTable with keys that originate in untrusted data (such as HTTP requests). Using g_str_hash() in that situation might make your application vulerable to <ulink url="https://lwn.net/Articles/474912/">Algorithmic Complexity Attacks</ulink>. The key to choosing a good hash is unpredictability. Even cryptographic hashes are very easy to find collisions for when the remainder is taken modulo a somewhat predictable prime number. There must be an element of randomness that an attacker is unable to guess. the hash value corresponding to the key a key The #GHashTable struct is an opaque data structure to represent a <link linkend="glib-Hash-Tables">Hash Table</link>. It should only be accessed via the following functions. This is a convenience function for using a #GHashTable as a set. It is equivalent to calling g_hash_table_replace() with @key as both the key and the value. When a hash table only ever contains keys that have themselves as the corresponding value it is able to be stored more efficiently. See the discussion in the section description. a #GHashTable a key to insert Checks if @key is in @hash_table. a #GHashTable a key to check Destroys all keys and values in the #GHashTable and decrements its reference count by 1. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated, you should either free them first or create the #GHashTable with destroy notifiers using g_hash_table_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values during the destruction phase. a #GHashTable Calls the given function for key/value pairs in the #GHashTable until @predicate returns %TRUE. The function is passed the key and value of each pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove items). Note, that hash tables are really only optimized for forward lookups, i.e. g_hash_table_lookup(). So code that frequently issues g_hash_table_find() or g_hash_table_foreach() (e.g. in the order of once per every entry in a hash table) should probably be reworked to use additional or different data structures for reverse lookups (keep in mind that an O(n) find/foreach operation issued for all n values in a hash table ends up needing O(n*n) operations). The value of the first key/value pair is returned, for which @predicate evaluates to %TRUE. If no pair with the requested property is found, %NULL is returned. a #GHashTable function to test the key/value pairs for a certain property user data to pass to the function Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the #GHashTable. The function is passed the key and value of each pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove items). To remove all items matching a predicate, use g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). See g_hash_table_find() for performance caveats for linear order searches in contrast to g_hash_table_lookup(). a #GHashTable the function to call for each key/value pair user data to pass to the function Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the #GHashTable. If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value pair is removed from the #GHashTable. If you supplied key or value destroy functions when creating the #GHashTable, they are used to free the memory allocated for the removed keys and values. See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the key/value pairs in the hash table. the number of key/value pairs removed a #GHashTable the function to call for each key/value pair user data to pass to the function Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the #GHashTable. If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value pair is removed from the #GHashTable, but no key or value destroy functions are called. See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the key/value pairs in the hash table. the number of key/value pairs removed. a #GHashTable the function to call for each key/value pair user data to pass to the function Retrieves every key inside @hash_table. The returned data is valid until changes to the hash release those keys. a #GList containing all the keys inside the hash table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done using the list. a #GHashTable Retrieves every value inside @hash_table. The returned data is valid until @hash_table is modified. a #GList containing all the values inside the hash table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done using the list. a #GHashTable Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable. If the key already exists in the #GHashTable its current value is replaced with the new value. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the passed key is freed using that function. a #GHashTable a key to insert the value to associate with the key Looks up a key in a #GHashTable. Note that this function cannot distinguish between a key that is not present and one which is present and has the value %NULL. If you need this distinction, use g_hash_table_lookup_extended(). the associated value, or %NULL if the key is not found a #GHashTable the key to look up Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key, for example before calling g_hash_table_remove(). You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test whether the %NULL key exists, provided the hash and equal functions of @hash_table are %NULL-safe. %TRUE if the key was found in the #GHashTable a #GHashTable the key to look up return location for the original key, or %NULL return location for the value associated with the key, or %NULL Creates a new #GHashTable with a reference count of 1. Hash values returned by @hash_func are used to determine where keys are stored within the #GHashTable data structure. The g_direct_hash(), g_int_hash(), g_int64_hash(), g_double_hash() and g_str_hash() functions are provided for some common types of keys. If @hash_func is %NULL, g_direct_hash() is used. @key_equal_func is used when looking up keys in the #GHashTable. The g_direct_equal(), g_int_equal(), g_int64_equal(), g_double_equal() and g_str_equal() functions are provided for the most common types of keys. If @key_equal_func is %NULL, keys are compared directly in a similar fashion to g_direct_equal(), but without the overhead of a function call. a new #GHashTable a function to create a hash value from a key a function to check two keys for equality Creates a new #GHashTable like g_hash_table_new() with a reference count of 1 and allows to specify functions to free the memory allocated for the key and value that get called when removing the entry from the #GHashTable. a new #GHashTable a function to create a hash value from a key a function to check two keys for equality a function to free the memory allocated for the key used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable, or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. a function to free the memory allocated for the value used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable, or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. Atomically increments the reference count of @hash_table by one. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. the passed in #GHashTable a valid #GHashTable Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable. If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable a #GHashTable the key to remove Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable. If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the keys and values are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. a #GHashTable Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable similar to g_hash_table_insert(). The difference is that if the key already exists in the #GHashTable, it gets replaced by the new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old key is freed using that function. a #GHashTable a key to insert the value to associate with the key Returns the number of elements contained in the #GHashTable. the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable. a #GHashTable Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable without calling the key and value destroy functions. %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable a #GHashTable the key to remove Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable without calling the key and value destroy functions. a #GHashTable Atomically decrements the reference count of @hash_table by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. a valid #GHashTable A GHashTableIter structure represents an iterator that can be used to iterate over the elements of a #GHashTable. GHashTableIter structures are typically allocated on the stack and then initialized with g_hash_table_iter_init(). Returns the #GHashTable associated with @iter. the #GHashTable associated with @iter. an initialized #GHashTableIter Initializes a key/value pair iterator and associates it with @hash_table. Modifying the hash table after calling this function invalidates the returned iterator. |[ GHashTableIter iter; gpointer key, value; g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, hash_table); while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value)) { /&ast; do something with key and value &ast;/ } ]| an uninitialized #GHashTableIter a #GHashTable Advances @iter and retrieves the key and/or value that are now pointed to as a result of this advancement. If %FALSE is returned, @key and @value are not set, and the iterator becomes invalid. %FALSE if the end of the #GHashTable has been reached. an initialized #GHashTableIter a location to store the key, or %NULL a location to store the value, or %NULL Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called more than once for the same key/value pair. If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. an initialized #GHashTableIter Replaces the value currently pointed to by the iterator from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. an initialized #GHashTableIter the value to replace with Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator from its associated #GHashTable, without calling the key and value destroy functions. Can only be called after g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called more than once for the same key/value pair. an initialized #GHashTableIter An opaque structure representing a HMAC operation. To create a new GHmac, use g_hmac_new(). To free a GHmac, use g_hmac_unref(). Copies a #GHmac. If @hmac has been closed, by calling g_hmac_get_string() or g_hmac_get_digest(), the copied HMAC will be closed as well. the copy of the passed #GHmac. Use g_hmac_unref() when finished using it. the #GHmac to copy Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary array and places it into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum. Once this function has been called, the #GHmac is closed and can no longer be updated with g_checksum_update(). a #GHmac output buffer an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the size of @buffer. After the call it contains the length of the digest Gets the HMAC as an hexadecimal string. Once this function has been called the #GHmac can no longer be updated with g_hmac_update(). The hexadecimal characters will be lower case. the hexadecimal representation of the HMAC. The returned string is owned by the HMAC and should not be modified or freed. a #GHmac Atomically increments the reference count of @hmac by one. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. the passed in #GHmac. a valid #GHmac Atomically decrements the reference count of @hmac by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. Frees the memory allocated for @hmac. a #GHmac Feeds @data into an existing #GHmac. The HMAC must still be open, that is g_hmac_get_string() or g_hmac_get_digest() must not have been called on @hmac. a #GHmac buffer used to compute the checksum size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a nul-terminated string Creates a new #GHmac, using the digest algorithm @digest_type. If the @digest_type is not known, %NULL is returned. A #GHmac can be used to compute the HMAC of a key and an arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms. A #GHmac works by feeding a binary blob through g_hmac_update() until the data is complete; the digest can then be extracted using g_hmac_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a hexadecimal string; or g_hmac_get_digest(), which will return a array of raw bytes. Once either g_hmac_get_string() or g_hmac_get_digest() have been called on a #GHmac, the HMAC will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_hmac_update() on it anymore. the newly created #GHmac, or %NULL. Use g_hmac_unref() to free the memory allocated by it. the desired type of digest the key for the HMAC the length of the keys The <structname>GHook</structname> struct represents a single hook function in a #GHookList. Compares the ids of two #GHook elements, returning a negative value if the second id is greater than the first. a value &lt;= 0 if the id of @sibling is >= the id of @new_hook a #GHook a #GHook to compare with @new_hook Allocates space for a #GHook and initializes it. a new #GHook a #GHookList Destroys a #GHook, given its ID. %TRUE if the #GHook was found in the #GHookList and destroyed a #GHookList a hook ID Removes one #GHook from a #GHookList, marking it inactive and calling g_hook_unref() on it. a #GHookList the #GHook to remove Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList using the given function to test for a match. the found #GHook or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found a #GHookList %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped the function to call for each #GHook, which should return %TRUE when the #GHook has been found the data to pass to @func Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given data. the #GHook with the given @data or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found a #GHookList %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped the data to find Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given function. the #GHook with the given @func or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found a #GHookList %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped the function to find Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given function and data. the #GHook with the given @func and @data or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found a #GHookList %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped the function to find the data to find Returns the first #GHook in a #GHookList which has not been destroyed. The reference count for the #GHook is incremented, so you must call g_hook_unref() to restore it when no longer needed. (Or call g_hook_next_valid() if you are stepping through the #GHookList.) the first valid #GHook, or %NULL if none are valid a #GHookList %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped Calls the #GHookList @finalize_hook function if it exists, and frees the memory allocated for the #GHook. a #GHookList the #GHook to free Returns the #GHook with the given id, or %NULL if it is not found. the #GHook with the given id, or %NULL if it is not found a #GHookList a hook id Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, before a given #GHook. a #GHookList the #GHook to insert the new #GHook before the #GHook to insert Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, sorted by the given function. a #GHookList the #GHook to insert the comparison function used to sort the #GHook elements Returns the next #GHook in a #GHookList which has not been destroyed. The reference count for the #GHook is incremented, so you must call g_hook_unref() to restore it when no longer needed. (Or continue to call g_hook_next_valid() until %NULL is returned.) the next valid #GHook, or %NULL if none are valid a #GHookList the current #GHook %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped Prepends a #GHook on the start of a #GHookList. a #GHookList the #GHook to add to the start of @hook_list Increments the reference count for a #GHook. the @hook that was passed in (since 2.6) a #GHookList the #GHook to increment the reference count of Decrements the reference count of a #GHook. If the reference count falls to 0, the #GHook is removed from the #GHookList and g_hook_free() is called to free it. a #GHookList the #GHook to unref Defines the type of a hook function that can be invoked by g_hook_list_invoke_check(). %FALSE if the #GHook should be destroyed the data field of the #GHook is passed to the hook function here Defines the type of function used by g_hook_list_marshal_check(). %FALSE if @hook should be destroyed a #GHook user data Defines the type of function used to compare #GHook elements in g_hook_insert_sorted(). a value &lt;= 0 if @new_hook should be before @sibling the #GHook being inserted the #GHook to compare with @new_hook Defines the type of function to be called when a hook in a list of hooks gets finalized. a #GHookList the hook in @hook_list that gets finalized Defines the type of the function passed to g_hook_find(). %TRUE if the required #GHook has been found a #GHook user data passed to g_hook_find_func() Flags used internally in the #GHook implementation. set if the hook has not been destroyed set if the hook is currently being run A mask covering all bits reserved for hook flags; see %G_HOOK_FLAG_USER_SHIFT Defines the type of a hook function that can be invoked by g_hook_list_invoke(). the data field of the #GHook is passed to the hook function here The <structname>GHookList</structname> struct represents a list of hook functions. Removes all the #GHook elements from a #GHookList. a #GHookList Initializes a #GHookList. This must be called before the #GHookList is used. a #GHookList the size of each element in the #GHookList, typically <literal>sizeof (GHook)</literal> Calls all of the #GHook functions in a #GHookList. a #GHookList %TRUE if functions which are already running (e.g. in another thread) can be called. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped Calls all of the #GHook functions in a #GHookList. Any function which returns %FALSE is removed from the #GHookList. a #GHookList %TRUE if functions which are already running (e.g. in another thread) can be called. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped Calls a function on each valid #GHook. a #GHookList %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped the function to call for each #GHook data to pass to @marshaller Calls a function on each valid #GHook and destroys it if the function returns %FALSE. a #GHookList %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped the function to call for each #GHook data to pass to @marshaller Defines the type of function used by g_hook_list_marshal(). a #GHook user data Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv(), but may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack a native implementation. GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. count of non-reversible conversions, or -1 on error conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() bytes to convert inout parameter, bytes remaining to convert in @inbuf converted output bytes inout parameter, bytes available to fill in @outbuf Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_close(), but may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack a native implementation. Should be called to clean up the conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() when you are done converting things. GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. -1 on error, 0 on success a conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_open(), but may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack a native implementation. GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. a "conversion descriptor", or (GIConv)-1 if opening the converter failed. destination codeset source codeset The bias by which exponents in double-precision floats are offset. The bias by which exponents in single-precision floats are offset. A data structure representing an IO Channel. The fields should be considered private and should only be accessed with the following functions. Open a file @filename as a #GIOChannel using mode @mode. This channel will be closed when the last reference to it is dropped, so there is no need to call g_io_channel_close() (though doing so will not cause problems, as long as no attempt is made to access the channel after it is closed). A #GIOChannel on success, %NULL on failure. A string containing the name of a file One of "r", "w", "a", "r+", "w+", "a+". These have the same meaning as in fopen() Creates a new #GIOChannel given a file descriptor. On UNIX systems this works for plain files, pipes, and sockets. The returned #GIOChannel has a reference count of 1. The default encoding for #GIOChannel is UTF-8. If your application is reading output from a command using via pipe, you may need to set the encoding to the encoding of the current locale (see g_get_charset()) with the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function. If you want to read raw binary data without interpretation, then call the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function with %NULL for the encoding argument. This function is available in GLib on Windows, too, but you should avoid using it on Windows. The domain of file descriptors and sockets overlap. There is no way for GLib to know which one you mean in case the argument you pass to this function happens to be both a valid file descriptor and socket. If that happens a warning is issued, and GLib assumes that it is the file descriptor you mean. a new #GIOChannel. a file descriptor. Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be flushed, ignoring errors. The channel will not be freed until the last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref(). A #GIOChannel Flushes the write buffer for the GIOChannel. the status of the operation: One of #G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL, #G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN, or #G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. a #GIOChannel This function returns a #GIOCondition depending on whether there is data to be read/space to write data in the internal buffers in the #GIOChannel. Only the flags %G_IO_IN and %G_IO_OUT may be set. A #GIOCondition A #GIOChannel Gets the buffer size. the size of the buffer. a #GIOChannel Returns whether @channel is buffered. %TRUE if the @channel is buffered. a #GIOChannel Returns whether the file/socket/whatever associated with @channel will be closed when @channel receives its final unref and is destroyed. The default value of this is %TRUE for channels created by g_io_channel_new_file (), and %FALSE for all other channels. Whether the channel will be closed on the final unref of the GIOChannel data structure. a #GIOChannel. Gets the encoding for the input/output of the channel. The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The encoding %NULL makes the channel safe for binary data. A string containing the encoding, this string is owned by GLib and must not be freed. a #GIOChannel Gets the current flags for a #GIOChannel, including read-only flags such as %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE. The values of the flags %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE and %G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITABLE are cached for internal use by the channel when it is created. If they should change at some later point (e.g. partial shutdown of a socket with the UNIX shutdown() function), the user should immediately call g_io_channel_get_flags() to update the internal values of these flags. the flags which are set on the channel a #GIOChannel This returns the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine where in the file a line break occurs. A value of %NULL indicates autodetection. The line termination string. This value is owned by GLib and must not be freed. a #GIOChannel a location to return the length of the line terminator Initializes a #GIOChannel struct. This is called by each of the above functions when creating a #GIOChannel, and so is not often needed by the application programmer (unless you are creating a new type of #GIOChannel). a #GIOChannel Reads data from a #GIOChannel. %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. a #GIOChannel a buffer to read the data into (which should be at least count bytes long) the number of bytes to read from the #GIOChannel returns the number of bytes actually read Replacement for g_io_channel_read() with the new API. the status of the operation. a #GIOChannel a buffer to read data into the size of the buffer. Note that the buffer may not be complelely filled even if there is data in the buffer if the remaining data is not a complete character. The number of bytes read. This may be zero even on success if count < 6 and the channel's encoding is non-%NULL. This indicates that the next UTF-8 character is too wide for the buffer. Reads a line, including the terminating character(s), from a #GIOChannel into a newly-allocated string. @str_return will contain allocated memory if the return is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL. the status of the operation. a #GIOChannel The line read from the #GIOChannel, including the line terminator. This data should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. This is a nul-terminated string. If a @length of zero is returned, this will be %NULL instead. location to store length of the read data, or %NULL location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL Reads a line from a #GIOChannel, using a #GString as a buffer. the status of the operation. a #GIOChannel a #GString into which the line will be written. If @buffer already contains data, the old data will be overwritten. location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL Reads all the remaining data from the file. %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL on success. This function never returns %G_IO_STATUS_EOF. a #GIOChannel Location to store a pointer to a string holding the remaining data in the #GIOChannel. This data should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. This data is terminated by an extra nul character, but there may be other nuls in the intervening data. location to store length of the data Reads a Unicode character from @channel. This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding. a #GIOStatus a #GIOChannel a location to return a character Increments the reference count of a #GIOChannel. the @channel that was passed in (since 2.6) a #GIOChannel Sets the current position in the #GIOChannel, similar to the standard library function fseek(). %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. a #GIOChannel an offset, in bytes, which is added to the position specified by @type the position in the file, which can be %G_SEEK_CUR (the current position), %G_SEEK_SET (the start of the file), or %G_SEEK_END (the end of the file) Replacement for g_io_channel_seek() with the new API. the status of the operation. a #GIOChannel The offset in bytes from the position specified by @type a #GSeekType. The type %G_SEEK_CUR is only allowed in those cases where a call to g_io_channel_set_encoding () is allowed. See the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding () for details. Sets the buffer size. a #GIOChannel the size of the buffer, or 0 to let GLib pick a good size The buffering state can only be set if the channel's encoding is %NULL. For any other encoding, the channel must be buffered. A buffered channel can only be set unbuffered if the channel's internal buffers have been flushed. Newly created channels or channels which have returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF not require such a flush. For write-only channels, a call to g_io_channel_flush () is sufficient. For all other channels, the buffers may be flushed by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position (). This includes the possibility of seeking with seek type %G_SEEK_CUR and an offset of zero. Note that this means that socket-based channels cannot be set unbuffered once they have had data read from them. On unbuffered channels, it is safe to mix read and write calls from the new and old APIs, if this is necessary for maintaining old code. The default state of the channel is buffered. a #GIOChannel whether to set the channel buffered or unbuffered Setting this flag to %TRUE for a channel you have already closed can cause problems. a #GIOChannel Whether to close the channel on the final unref of the GIOChannel data structure. The default value of this is %TRUE for channels created by g_io_channel_new_file (), and %FALSE for all other channels. Sets the encoding for the input/output of the channel. The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The default encoding for the external file is UTF-8. The encoding %NULL is safe to use with binary data. The encoding can only be set if one of the following conditions is true: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> The channel was just created, and has not been written to or read from yet. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The channel is write-only. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The channel is a file, and the file pointer was just repositioned by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position(). (This flushes all the internal buffers.) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The current encoding is %NULL or UTF-8. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> One of the (new API) read functions has just returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF (or, in the case of g_io_channel_read_to_end(), %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> One of the functions g_io_channel_read_chars() or g_io_channel_read_unichar() has returned %G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN or %G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. This may be useful in the case of %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. Returning one of these statuses from g_io_channel_read_line(), g_io_channel_read_line_string(), or g_io_channel_read_to_end() does <emphasis>not</emphasis> guarantee that the encoding can be changed. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Channels which do not meet one of the above conditions cannot call g_io_channel_seek_position() with an offset of %G_SEEK_CUR, and, if they are "seekable", cannot call g_io_channel_write_chars() after calling one of the API "read" functions. %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL if the encoding was successfully set. a #GIOChannel the encoding type Sets the (writeable) flags in @channel to (@flags & %G_IO_FLAG_SET_MASK). the status of the operation. a #GIOChannel the flags to set on the IO channel This sets the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine where in the file a line break occurs. a #GIOChannel The line termination string. Use %NULL for autodetect. Autodetection breaks on "\n", "\r\n", "\r", "\0", and the Unicode paragraph separator. Autodetection should not be used for anything other than file-based channels. The length of the termination string. If -1 is passed, the string is assumed to be nul-terminated. This option allows termination strings with embedded nuls. Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be flushed if @flush is %TRUE. The channel will not be freed until the last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref(). the status of the operation. a #GIOChannel if %TRUE, flush pending Returns the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel. On Windows this function returns the file descriptor or socket of the #GIOChannel. the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel. a #GIOChannel, created with g_io_channel_unix_new(). Decrements the reference count of a #GIOChannel. a #GIOChannel Writes data to a #GIOChannel. %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. a #GIOChannel the buffer containing the data to write the number of bytes to write the number of bytes actually written Replacement for g_io_channel_write() with the new API. On seekable channels with encodings other than %NULL or UTF-8, generic mixing of reading and writing is not allowed. A call to g_io_channel_write_chars () may only be made on a channel from which data has been read in the cases described in the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding (). the status of the operation. a #GIOChannel a buffer to write data from the size of the buffer. If -1, the buffer is taken to be a nul-terminated string. The number of bytes written. This can be nonzero even if the return value is not %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL. If the return value is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL and the channel is blocking, this will always be equal to @count if @count >= 0. Writes a Unicode character to @channel. This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding. a #GIOStatus a #GIOChannel a character Converts an <literal>errno</literal> error number to a #GIOChannelError. a #GIOChannelError error number, e.g. %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL. an <literal>errno</literal> error number, e.g. <literal>EINVAL</literal> the quark used as %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR Error codes returned by #GIOChannel operations. File too large. Invalid argument. IO error. File is a directory. No space left on device. No such device or address. Value too large for defined datatype. Broken pipe. Some other error. A bitwise combination representing a condition to watch for on an event source. There is data to read. Data can be written (without blocking). There is urgent data to read. Error condition. Hung up (the connection has been broken, usually for pipes and sockets). Invalid request. The file descriptor is not open. #GIOError is only used by the deprecated functions g_io_channel_read(), g_io_channel_write(), and g_io_channel_seek(). no error an EAGAIN error occurred an EINVAL error occurred another error occurred Specifies properties of a #GIOChannel. Some of the flags can only be read with g_io_channel_get_flags(), but not changed with g_io_channel_set_flags(). turns on append mode, corresponds to <literal>O_APPEND</literal> (see the documentation of the UNIX open() syscall). turns on nonblocking mode, corresponds to <literal>O_NONBLOCK</literal>/<literal>O_NDELAY</literal> (see the documentation of the UNIX open() syscall). indicates that the io channel is readable. This flag cannot be changed. indicates that the io channel is writable. This flag cannot be changed. indicates that the io channel is seekable, i.e. that g_io_channel_seek_position() can be used on it. This flag cannot be changed. the mask that specifies all the valid flags. the mask of the flags that are returned from g_io_channel_get_flags(). the mask of the flags that the user can modify with g_io_channel_set_flags(). Specifies the type of function passed to g_io_add_watch() or g_io_add_watch_full(), which is called when the requested condition on a #GIOChannel is satisfied. the function should return %FALSE if the event source should be removed the #GIOChannel event source the condition which has been satisfied user data set in g_io_add_watch() or g_io_add_watch_full() A table of functions used to handle different types of #GIOChannel in a generic way. Stati returned by most of the #GIOFuncs functions. An error occurred. Success. End of file. Resource temporarily unavailable. The name of the main group of a desktop entry file, as defined in the <ulink url="http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec">Desktop Entry Specification</ulink>. Consult the specification for more details about the meanings of the keys below. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of strings giving the categories in which the desktop entry should be shown in a menu. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized string giving the tooltip for the desktop entry. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string giving the command line to execute. It is only valid for desktop entries with the <literal>Application</literal> type. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized string giving the generic name of the desktop entry. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean stating whether the desktop entry has been deleted by the user. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized string giving the name of the icon to be displayed for the desktop entry. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of strings giving the MIME types supported by this desktop entry. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized string giving the specific name of the desktop entry. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of strings identifying the environments that should not display the desktop entry. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean stating whether the desktop entry should be shown in menus. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of strings identifying the environments that should display the desktop entry. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string containing the working directory to run the program in. It is only valid for desktop entries with the <literal>Application</literal> type. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean stating whether the application supports the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/startup-notification-spec">Startup Notification Protocol Specification</ulink>. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is string identifying the WM class or name hint of a window that the application will create, which can be used to emulate Startup Notification with older applications. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean stating whether the program should be run in a terminal window. It is only valid for desktop entries with the <literal>Application</literal> type. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string giving the file name of a binary on disk used to determine if the program is actually installed. It is only valid for desktop entries with the <literal>Application</literal> type. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string giving the type of the desktop entry. Usually #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_APPLICATION, #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_LINK, or #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_DIRECTORY. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string giving the URL to access. It is only valid for desktop entries with the <literal>Link</literal> type. A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string giving the version of the Desktop Entry Specification used for the desktop entry file. The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop entries representing applications. The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop entries representing directories. The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop entries representing links to documents. The GKeyFile struct contains only private data and should not be accessed directly. Creates a new empty #GKeyFile object. Use g_key_file_load_from_file(), g_key_file_load_from_data(), g_key_file_load_from_dirs() or g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs() to read an existing key file. an empty #GKeyFile. Clears all keys and groups from @key_file, and decreases the reference count by 1. If the reference count reaches zero, frees the key file and all its allocated memory. a #GKeyFile Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a boolean. If @key cannot be found then %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated with @key cannot be interpreted as a boolean then %FALSE is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. the value associated with the key as a boolean, or %FALSE if the key was not found or could not be parsed. a #GKeyFile a group name a key Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as booleans. If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated with @key cannot be interpreted as booleans then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. the values associated with the key as a list of booleans, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of booleans should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GKeyFile a group name a key the number of booleans returned Retrieves a comment above @key from @group_name. If @key is %NULL then @comment will be read from above @group_name. If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will be read from above the first group in the file. a comment that should be freed with g_free() a #GKeyFile a group name, or %NULL a key Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a double. If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used. If @key cannot be found then 0.0 is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated with @key cannot be interpreted as a double then 0.0 is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. the value associated with the key as a double, or 0.0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. a #GKeyFile a group name a key Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as doubles. If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated with @key cannot be interpreted as doubles then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. the values associated with the key as a list of doubles, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of doubles should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GKeyFile a group name a key the number of doubles returned Returns all groups in the key file loaded with @key_file. The array of returned groups will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may optionally be %NULL. a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GKeyFile return location for the number of returned groups, or %NULL Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a signed 64-bit integer. This is similar to g_key_file_get_integer() but can return 64-bit results without truncation. the value associated with the key as a signed 64-bit integer, or 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. a non-%NULL #GKeyFile a non-%NULL group name a non-%NULL key Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as an integer. If @key cannot be found then 0 is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated with @key cannot be interpreted as an integer then 0 is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. the value associated with the key as an integer, or 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. a #GKeyFile a group name a key Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as integers. If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated with @key cannot be interpreted as integers then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. the values associated with the key as a list of integers, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of integers should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a #GKeyFile a group name a key the number of integers returned Returns all keys for the group name @group_name. The array of returned keys will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may optionally be %NULL. In the event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a #GKeyFile a group name return location for the number of keys returned, or %NULL Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is %NULL then the current locale is assumed. If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the value associated with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translation can be found then the untranslated value is returned. a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. a #GKeyFile a group name a key a locale identifier or %NULL Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is %NULL then the current locale is assumed. If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the values associated with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translations can be found then the untranslated values are returned. The returned array is %NULL-terminated, so @length may optionally be %NULL. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the key isn't found. The string array should be freed with g_strfreev(). a #GKeyFile a group name a key a locale identifier or %NULL return location for the number of returned strings or %NULL Returns the name of the start group of the file. The start group of the key file. a #GKeyFile Returns the string value associated with @key under @group_name. Unlike g_key_file_get_value(), this function handles escape sequences like \s. In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. a #GKeyFile a group name a key Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name. In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. a %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. The array should be freed with g_strfreev(). a #GKeyFile a group name a key return location for the number of returned strings, or %NULL Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as an unsigned 64-bit integer. This is similar to g_key_file_get_integer() but can return large positive results without truncation. the value associated with the key as an unsigned 64-bit integer, or 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. a non-%NULL #GKeyFile a non-%NULL group name a non-%NULL key Returns the raw value associated with @key under @group_name. Use g_key_file_get_string() to retrieve an unescaped UTF-8 string. In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. a #GKeyFile a group name a key Looks whether the key file has the group @group_name. %TRUE if @group_name is a part of @key_file, %FALSE otherwise. a #GKeyFile a group name Looks whether the key file has the key @key in the group @group_name. <note>This function does not follow the rules for #GError strictly; the return value both carries meaning and signals an error. To use this function, you must pass a #GError pointer in @error, and check whether it is not %NULL to see if an error occurred.</note> Language bindings should use g_key_file_get_value() to test whether or not a key exists. %TRUE if @key is a part of @group_name, %FALSE otherwise. a #GKeyFile a group name a key name Loads a key file from memory into an empty #GKeyFile structure. If the object cannot be created then %error is set to a #GKeyFileError. %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise an empty #GKeyFile struct key file loaded in memory the length of @data in bytes (or -1 if data is nul-terminated) flags from #GKeyFileFlags This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(), loads the file into @key_file and returns the file's full path in @full_path. If the file could not be loaded then an %error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE othewise an empty #GKeyFile struct a relative path to a filename to open and parse return location for a string containing the full path of the file, or %NULL flags from #GKeyFileFlags This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths specified in @search_dirs, loads the file into @key_file and returns the file's full path in @full_path. If the file could not be loaded then an %error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise an empty #GKeyFile struct a relative path to a filename to open and parse %NULL-terminated array of directories to search return location for a string containing the full path of the file, or %NULL flags from #GKeyFileFlags Loads a key file into an empty #GKeyFile structure. If the file could not be loaded then @error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise an empty #GKeyFile struct the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding flags from #GKeyFileFlags Increases the reference count of @key_file. the same @key_file. a #GKeyFile Removes a comment above @key from @group_name. If @key is %NULL then @comment will be removed above @group_name. If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will be removed above the first group in the file. %TRUE if the comment was removed, %FALSE otherwise a #GKeyFile a group name, or %NULL a key Removes the specified group, @group_name, from the key file. %TRUE if the group was removed, %FALSE otherwise a #GKeyFile a group name Removes @key in @group_name from the key file. %TRUE if the key was removed, %FALSE otherwise a #GKeyFile a group name a key name to remove Associates a new boolean value with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key %TRUE or %FALSE Associates a list of boolean values with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an array of boolean values length of @list Places a comment above @key from @group_name. If @key is %NULL then @comment will be written above @group_name. If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will be written above the first group in the file. %TRUE if the comment was written, %FALSE otherwise a #GKeyFile a group name, or %NULL a key a comment Associates a new double value with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an double value Associates a list of double values with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an array of double values number of double values in @list Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an integer value Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an integer value Associates a list of integer values with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an array of integer values number of integer values in @list Sets the character which is used to separate values in lists. Typically ';' or ',' are used as separators. The default list separator is ';'. a #GKeyFile the separator Associates a string value for @key and @locale under @group_name. If the translation for @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key a locale identifier a string Associates a list of string values for @key and @locale under @group_name. If the translation for @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key a locale identifier a %NULL-terminated array of locale string values the length of @list Associates a new string value with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. If @group_name cannot be found then it is created. Unlike g_key_file_set_value(), this function handles characters that need escaping, such as newlines. a #GKeyFile a group name a key a string Associates a list of string values for @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. If @group_name cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an array of string values number of string values in @list Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. a #GKeyFile a group name a key an integer value Associates a new value with @key under @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. If @group_name cannot be found then it is created. To set an UTF-8 string which may contain characters that need escaping (such as newlines or spaces), use g_key_file_set_string(). a #GKeyFile a group name a key a string This function outputs @key_file as a string. Note that this function never reports an error, so it is safe to pass %NULL as @error. a newly allocated string holding the contents of the #GKeyFile a #GKeyFile return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL Decreases the reference count of @key_file by 1. If the reference count reaches zero, frees the key file and all its allocated memory. a #GKeyFile Error codes returned by key file parsing. the text being parsed was in an unknown encoding document was ill-formed the file was not found a requested key was not found a requested group was not found a value could not be parsed Flags which influence the parsing. No flags, default behaviour Use this flag if you plan to write the (possibly modified) contents of the key file back to a file; otherwise all comments will be lost when the key file is written back. Use this flag if you plan to write the (possibly modified) contents of the key file back to a file; otherwise only the translations for the current language will be written back. Specifies one of the possible types of byte order. See #G_BYTE_ORDER. The natural logarithm of 10. The natural logarithm of 2. Multiplying the base 2 exponent by this number yields the base 10 exponent. Defines the log domain. For applications, this is typically left as the default %NULL (or "") domain. Libraries should define this so that any messages which they log can be differentiated from messages from other libraries and application code. But be careful not to define it in any public header files. For example, GTK+ uses this in its Makefile.am: |[ INCLUDES = -DG_LOG_DOMAIN=\"Gtk\" ]| GLib log levels that are considered fatal by default. The #GList struct is used for each element in a doubly-linked list. Allocates space for one #GList element. It is called by g_list_append(), g_list_prepend(), g_list_insert() and g_list_insert_sorted() and so is rarely used on its own. a pointer to the newly-allocated #GList element. Adds a new element on to the end of the list. <note><para> The return value is the new start of the list, which may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. </para></note> <note><para> Note that g_list_append() has to traverse the entire list to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added. </para></note> |[ /&ast; Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. &ast;/ GList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL; /&ast; This is a list of strings. &ast;/ list = g_list_append (list, "first"); list = g_list_append (list, "second"); /&ast; This is a list of integers. &ast;/ number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27)); number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14)); ]| the new start of the #GList a pointer to a #GList the data for the new element Adds the second #GList onto the end of the first #GList. Note that the elements of the second #GList are not copied. They are used directly. the start of the new #GList a #GList the #GList to add to the end of the first #GList Copies a #GList. <note><para> Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but the actual data is not. See g_list_copy_deep() if you need to copy the data as well. </para></note> a copy of @list a #GList Makes a full (deep) copy of a #GList. In contrast with g_list_copy(), this function uses @func to make a copy of each list element, in addition to copying the list container itself. @func, as a #GCopyFunc, takes two arguments, the data to be copied and a user pointer. It's safe to pass #NULL as user_data, if the copy function takes only one argument. For instance, if @list holds a list of GObjects, you can do: |[ another_list = g_list_copy_deep (list, (GCopyFunc) g_object_ref, NULL); ]| And, to entirely free the new list, you could do: |[ g_list_free_full (another_list, g_object_unref); ]| a full copy of @list, use #g_list_free_full to free it a #GList a copy function used to copy every element in the list user data passed to the copy function @func, or #NULL Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it. Compare this to g_list_remove_link() which removes the node without freeing it. the new head of @list a #GList node to delete from @list Finds the element in a #GList which contains the given data. the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found a #GList the element data to find Finds an element in a #GList, using a supplied function to find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling the given function which should return 0 when the desired element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments, the #GList element's data as the first argument and the given user data. the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found a #GList user data passed to the function the function to call for each element. It should return 0 when the desired element is found Gets the first element in a #GList. the first element in the #GList, or %NULL if the #GList has no elements a #GList Calls a function for each element of a #GList. a #GList the function to call with each element's data user data to pass to the function Frees all of the memory used by a #GList. The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator. <note><para> If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, you should either use g_list_free_full() or free them manually first. </para></note> a #GList Frees one #GList element. It is usually used after g_list_remove_link(). a #GList element Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GList, and calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. a pointer to a #GList the function to be called to free each element's data Gets the position of the element containing the given data (starting from 0). the index of the element containing the data, or -1 if the data is not found a #GList the data to find Inserts a new element into the list at the given position. the new start of the #GList a pointer to a #GList the data for the new element the position to insert the element. If this is negative, or is larger than the number of elements in the list, the new element is added on to the end of the list. Inserts a new element into the list before the given position. the new start of the #GList a pointer to a #GList the list element before which the new element is inserted or %NULL to insert at the end of the list the data for the new element Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison function to determine its position. the new start of the #GList a pointer to a #GList the data for the new element the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison function to determine its position. the new start of the #GList a pointer to a #GList the data for the new element the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. user data to pass to comparison function. Gets the last element in a #GList. the last element in the #GList, or %NULL if the #GList has no elements a #GList Gets the number of elements in a #GList. <note><para> This function iterates over the whole list to count its elements. </para></note> the number of elements in the #GList a #GList Gets the element at the given position in a #GList. the element, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GList a #GList the position of the element, counting from 0 Gets the data of the element at the given position. the element's data, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GList a #GList the position of the element Gets the element @n places before @list. the element, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GList a #GList the position of the element, counting from 0 Gets the position of the given element in the #GList (starting from 0). the position of the element in the #GList, or -1 if the element is not found a #GList an element in the #GList Adds a new element on to the start of the list. <note><para> The return value is the new start of the list, which may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. </para></note> |[ /&ast; Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. &ast;/ GList *list = NULL; list = g_list_prepend (list, "last"); list = g_list_prepend (list, "first"); ]| the new start of the #GList a pointer to a #GList the data for the new element Removes an element from a #GList. If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed. If none of the elements contain the data, the #GList is unchanged. the new start of the #GList a #GList the data of the element to remove Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data. Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with g_list_remove() which removes only the first node matching the given data. new head of @list a #GList data to remove Removes an element from a #GList, without freeing the element. The removed element's prev and next links are set to %NULL, so that it becomes a self-contained list with one element. the new start of the #GList, without the element a #GList an element in the #GList Reverses a #GList. It simply switches the next and prev pointers of each element. the start of the reversed #GList a #GList Sorts a #GList using the given comparison function. The algorithm used is a stable sort. the start of the sorted #GList a #GList the comparison function used to sort the #GList. This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GList and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element comes before the second, or a positive value if the first element comes after the second. Like g_list_sort(), but the comparison function accepts a user data argument. the new head of @list a #GList comparison function user data to pass to comparison function Specifies the prototype of log handler functions. the log domain of the message the log level of the message (including the fatal and recursion flags) the message to process user data, set in g_log_set_handler() Flags specifying the level of log messages. It is possible to change how GLib treats messages of the various levels using g_log_set_handler() and g_log_set_fatal_mask(). internal flag internal flag log level for errors, see g_error(). This level is also used for messages produced by g_assert(). log level for critical messages, see g_critical(). This level is also used for messages produced by g_return_if_fail() and g_return_val_if_fail(). log level for warnings, see g_warning() log level for messages, see g_message() log level for informational messages log level for debug messages, see g_debug() a mask including all log levels The major version number of the GLib library. Like #glib_major_version, but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. The maximum value which can be held in a #gint16. The maximum value which can be held in a #gint32. The maximum value which can be held in a #gint64. The maximum value which can be held in a #gint8. The maximum value which can be held in a #guint16. The maximum value which can be held in a #guint32. The maximum value which can be held in a #guint64. The maximum value which can be held in a #guint8. The micro version number of the GLib library. Like #gtk_micro_version, but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. The minimum value which can be held in a #gint16. The minimum value which can be held in a #gint32. The minimum value which can be held in a #gint64. The minimum value which can be held in a #gint8. The minor version number of the GLib library. Like #gtk_minor_version, but from the headers used at application compile time, rather than from the library linked against at application run time. The <structname>GMainContext</structname> struct is an opaque data type representing a set of sources to be handled in a main loop. Creates a new #GMainContext structure. the new #GMainContext Tries to become the owner of the specified context. If some other thread is the owner of the context, returns %FALSE immediately. Ownership is properly recursive: the owner can require ownership again and will release ownership when g_main_context_release() is called as many times as g_main_context_acquire(). You must be the owner of a context before you can call g_main_context_prepare(), g_main_context_query(), g_main_context_check(), g_main_context_dispatch(). %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and this thread is now the owner of @context. a #GMainContext Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for this context. This will very seldom be used directly. Instead a typical event source will use g_source_add_unix_fd() instead. a #GMainContext (or %NULL for the default context) a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file descriptor to watch. the priority for this file descriptor which should be the same as the priority used for g_source_attach() to ensure that the file descriptor is polled whenever the results may be needed. Passes the results of polling back to the main loop. %TRUE if some sources are ready to be dispatched. a #GMainContext the maximum numerical priority of sources to check array of #GPollFD's that was passed to the last call to g_main_context_query() return value of g_main_context_query() Dispatches all pending sources. a #GMainContext Finds a source with the given source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the same source function and user data, the first one found will be returned. the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used). the @source_funcs passed to g_source_new(). the user data from the callback. Finds a #GSource given a pair of context and ID. the #GSource if found, otherwise, %NULL a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) the source ID, as returned by g_source_get_id(). Finds a source with the given user data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user data, the first one found will be returned. the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL a #GMainContext the user_data for the callback. Gets the poll function set by g_main_context_set_poll_func(). the poll function a #GMainContext Invokes a function in such a way that @context is owned during the invocation of @function. If @context is %NULL then the global default main context — as returned by g_main_context_default() — is used. If @context is owned by the current thread, @function is called directly. Otherwise, if @context is the thread-default main context of the current thread and g_main_context_acquire() succeeds, then @function is called and g_main_context_release() is called afterwards. In any other case, an idle source is created to call @function and that source is attached to @context (presumably to be run in another thread). The idle source is attached with #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT priority. If you want a different priority, use g_main_context_invoke_full(). Note that, as with normal idle functions, @function should probably return %FALSE. If it returns %TRUE, it will be continuously run in a loop (and may prevent this call from returning). a #GMainContext, or %NULL function to call data to pass to @function Invokes a function in such a way that @context is owned during the invocation of @function. This function is the same as g_main_context_invoke() except that it lets you specify the priority incase @function ends up being scheduled as an idle and also lets you give a #GDestroyNotify for @data. @notify should not assume that it is called from any particular thread or with any particular context acquired. a #GMainContext, or %NULL the priority at which to run @function function to call data to pass to @function a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL. Determines whether this thread holds the (recursive) ownership of this #GMainContext. This is useful to know before waiting on another thread that may be blocking to get ownership of @context. %TRUE if current thread is owner of @context. a #GMainContext Runs a single iteration for the given main loop. This involves checking to see if any event sources are ready to be processed, then if no events sources are ready and @may_block is %TRUE, waiting for a source to become ready, then dispatching the highest priority events sources that are ready. Otherwise, if @may_block is %FALSE sources are not waited to become ready, only those highest priority events sources will be dispatched (if any), that are ready at this given moment without further waiting. Note that even when @may_block is %TRUE, it is still possible for g_main_context_iteration() to return %FALSE, since the wait may be interrupted for other reasons than an event source becoming ready. %TRUE if events were dispatched. a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) whether the call may block. Checks if any sources have pending events for the given context. %TRUE if events are pending. a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) Pops @context off the thread-default context stack (verifying that it was on the top of the stack). a #GMainContext object, or %NULL Prepares to poll sources within a main loop. The resulting information for polling is determined by calling g_main_context_query (). %TRUE if some source is ready to be dispatched prior to polling. a #GMainContext location to store priority of highest priority source already ready. Acquires @context and sets it as the thread-default context for the current thread. This will cause certain asynchronous operations (such as most <link linkend="gio">gio</link>-based I/O) which are started in this thread to run under @context and deliver their results to its main loop, rather than running under the global default context in the main thread. Note that calling this function changes the context returned by g_main_context_get_thread_default(), <emphasis>not</emphasis> the one returned by g_main_context_default(), so it does not affect the context used by functions like g_idle_add(). Normally you would call this function shortly after creating a new thread, passing it a #GMainContext which will be run by a #GMainLoop in that thread, to set a new default context for all async operations in that thread. (In this case, you don't need to ever call g_main_context_pop_thread_default().) In some cases however, you may want to schedule a single operation in a non-default context, or temporarily use a non-default context in the main thread. In that case, you can wrap the call to the asynchronous operation inside a g_main_context_push_thread_default() / g_main_context_pop_thread_default() pair, but it is up to you to ensure that no other asynchronous operations accidentally get started while the non-default context is active. Beware that libraries that predate this function may not correctly handle being used from a thread with a thread-default context. Eg, see g_file_supports_thread_contexts(). a #GMainContext, or %NULL for the global default context Determines information necessary to poll this main loop. the number of records actually stored in @fds, or, if more than @n_fds records need to be stored, the number of records that need to be stored. a #GMainContext maximum priority source to check location to store timeout to be used in polling location to store #GPollFD records that need to be polled. length of @fds. Increases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. the @context that was passed in (since 2.6) a #GMainContext Releases ownership of a context previously acquired by this thread with g_main_context_acquire(). If the context was acquired multiple times, the ownership will be released only when g_main_context_release() is called as many times as it was acquired. a #GMainContext Removes file descriptor from the set of file descriptors to be polled for a particular context. a #GMainContext a #GPollFD descriptor previously added with g_main_context_add_poll() Sets the function to use to handle polling of file descriptors. It will be used instead of the poll() system call (or GLib's replacement function, which is used where poll() isn't available). This function could possibly be used to integrate the GLib event loop with an external event loop. a #GMainContext the function to call to poll all file descriptors Decreases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. If the result is zero, free the context and free all associated memory. a #GMainContext Tries to become the owner of the specified context, as with g_main_context_acquire(). But if another thread is the owner, atomically drop @mutex and wait on @cond until that owner releases ownership or until @cond is signaled, then try again (once) to become the owner. %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and this thread is now the owner of @context. a #GMainContext a condition variable a mutex, currently held If @context is currently waiting in a poll(), interrupt the poll(), and continue the iteration process. a #GMainContext Returns the global default main context. This is the main context used for main loop functions when a main loop is not explicitly specified, and corresponds to the "main" main loop. See also g_main_context_get_thread_default(). the global default main context. Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread. Asynchronous operations that want to be able to be run in contexts other than the default one should call this method or g_main_context_ref_thread_default() to get a #GMainContext to add their #GSource<!-- -->s to. (Note that even in single-threaded programs applications may sometimes want to temporarily push a non-default context, so it is not safe to assume that this will always return %NULL if you are running in the default thread.) If you need to hold a reference on the context, use g_main_context_ref_thread_default() instead. the thread-default #GMainContext, or %NULL if the thread-default context is the global default context. Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread, as with g_main_context_get_thread_default(), but also adds a reference to it with g_main_context_ref(). In addition, unlike g_main_context_get_thread_default(), if the thread-default context is the global default context, this will return that #GMainContext (with a ref added to it) rather than returning %NULL. the thread-default #GMainContext. Unref with g_main_context_unref() when you are done with it. The <structname>GMainLoop</structname> struct is an opaque data type representing the main event loop of a GLib or GTK+ application. Creates a new #GMainLoop structure. a new #GMainLoop. a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used). set to %TRUE to indicate that the loop is running. This is not very important since calling g_main_loop_run() will set this to %TRUE anyway. Returns the #GMainContext of @loop. the #GMainContext of @loop a #GMainLoop. Checks to see if the main loop is currently being run via g_main_loop_run(). %TRUE if the mainloop is currently being run. a #GMainLoop. Stops a #GMainLoop from running. Any calls to g_main_loop_run() for the loop will return. Note that sources that have already been dispatched when g_main_loop_quit() is called will still be executed. a #GMainLoop Increases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. @loop a #GMainLoop Runs a main loop until g_main_loop_quit() is called on the loop. If this is called for the thread of the loop's #GMainContext, it will process events from the loop, otherwise it will simply wait. a #GMainLoop Decreases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. If the result is zero, free the loop and free all associated memory. a #GMainLoop The #GMappedFile represents a file mapping created with g_mapped_file_new(). It has only private members and should not be accessed directly. This call existed before #GMappedFile had refcounting and is currently exactly the same as g_mapped_file_unref(). a #GMappedFile Creates a new #GBytes which references the data mapped from @file. The mapped contents of the file must not be modified after creating this bytes object, because a #GBytes should be immutable. A newly allocated #GBytes referencing data from @file a #GMappedFile Returns the contents of a #GMappedFile. Note that the contents may not be zero-terminated, even if the #GMappedFile is backed by a text file. If the file is empty then %NULL is returned. the contents of @file, or %NULL. a #GMappedFile Returns the length of the contents of a #GMappedFile. the length of the contents of @file. a #GMappedFile Increments the reference count of @file by one. It is safe to call this function from any thread. the passed in #GMappedFile. a #GMappedFile Decrements the reference count of @file by one. If the reference count drops to 0, unmaps the buffer of @file and frees it. It is safe to call this function from any thread. Since 2.22 a #GMappedFile Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function. If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not written back to the file. Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()). If @filename is the name of an empty, regular file, the function will successfully return an empty #GMappedFile. In other cases of size 0 (e.g. device files such as /dev/null), @error will be set to the #GFileError value #G_FILE_ERROR_INVAL. a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be unref'd with g_mapped_file_unref(), or %NULL if the mapping failed. The path of the file to load, in the GLib filename encoding whether the mapping should be writable Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function. If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not written back to the file. Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()). a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be unref'd with g_mapped_file_unref(), or %NULL if the mapping failed. The file descriptor of the file to load whether the mapping should be writable A mixed enumerated type and flags field. You must specify one type (string, strdup, boolean, tristate). Additionally, you may optionally bitwise OR the type with the flag %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL. It is likely that this enum will be extended in the future to support other types. used to terminate the list of attributes to collect collect the string pointer directly from the attribute_values[] array. Expects a parameter of type (const char **). If %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is specified and the attribute isn't present then the pointer will be set to %NULL as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, but expects a parameter of type (char **) and g_strdup()s the returned pointer. The pointer must be freed with g_free() expects a parameter of type (gboolean *) and parses the attribute value as a boolean. Sets %FALSE if the attribute isn't present. Valid boolean values consist of (case-insensitive) "false", "f", "no", "n", "0" and "true", "t", "yes", "y", "1" as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN, but in the case of a missing attribute a value is set that compares equal to neither %FALSE nor %TRUE G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is implied can be bitwise ORed with the other fields. If present, allows the attribute not to appear. A default value is set depending on what value type is used Error codes returned by markup parsing. text being parsed was not valid UTF-8 document contained nothing, or only whitespace document was ill-formed error should be set by #GMarkupParser functions; element wasn't known error should be set by #GMarkupParser functions; attribute wasn't known error should be set by #GMarkupParser functions; content was invalid error should be set by #GMarkupParser functions; a required attribute was missing A parse context is used to parse a stream of bytes that you expect to contain marked-up text. See g_markup_parse_context_new(), #GMarkupParser, and so on for more details. Creates a new parse context. A parse context is used to parse marked-up documents. You can feed any number of documents into a context, as long as no errors occur; once an error occurs, the parse context can't continue to parse text (you have to free it and create a new parse context). a new #GMarkupParseContext a #GMarkupParser one or more #GMarkupParseFlags user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions user data destroy notifier called when the parse context is freed Signals to the #GMarkupParseContext that all data has been fed into the parse context with g_markup_parse_context_parse(). This function reports an error if the document isn't complete, for example if elements are still open. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set a #GMarkupParseContext Frees a #GMarkupParseContext. This function can't be called from inside one of the #GMarkupParser functions or while a subparser is pushed. a #GMarkupParseContext Retrieves the name of the currently open element. If called from the start_element or end_element handlers this will give the element_name as passed to those functions. For the parent elements, see g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack(). the name of the currently open element, or %NULL a #GMarkupParseContext Retrieves the element stack from the internal state of the parser. The returned #GSList is a list of strings where the first item is the currently open tag (as would be returned by g_markup_parse_context_get_element()) and the next item is its immediate parent. This function is intended to be used in the start_element and end_element handlers where g_markup_parse_context_get_element() would merely return the name of the element that is being processed. the element stack, which must not be modified a #GMarkupParseContext Retrieves the current line number and the number of the character on that line. Intended for use in error messages; there are no strict semantics for what constitutes the "current" line number other than "the best number we could come up with for error messages." a #GMarkupParseContext return location for a line number, or %NULL return location for a char-on-line number, or %NULL Returns the user_data associated with @context. This will either be the user_data that was provided to g_markup_parse_context_new() or to the most recent call of g_markup_parse_context_push(). the provided user_data. The returned data belongs to the markup context and will be freed when g_markup_parse_context_free() is called. a #GMarkupParseContext Feed some data to the #GMarkupParseContext. The data need not be valid UTF-8; an error will be signaled if it's invalid. The data need not be an entire document; you can feed a document into the parser incrementally, via multiple calls to this function. Typically, as you receive data from a network connection or file, you feed each received chunk of data into this function, aborting the process if an error occurs. Once an error is reported, no further data may be fed to the #GMarkupParseContext; all errors are fatal. %FALSE if an error occurred, %TRUE on success a #GMarkupParseContext chunk of text to parse length of @text in bytes Completes the process of a temporary sub-parser redirection. This function exists to collect the user_data allocated by a matching call to g_markup_parse_context_push(). It must be called in the end_element handler corresponding to the start_element handler during which g_markup_parse_context_push() was called. You must not call this function from the error callback -- the @user_data is provided directly to the callback in that case. This function is not intended to be directly called by users interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level interface. the user data passed to g_markup_parse_context_push() a #GMarkupParseContext Temporarily redirects markup data to a sub-parser. This function may only be called from the start_element handler of a #GMarkupParser. It must be matched with a corresponding call to g_markup_parse_context_pop() in the matching end_element handler (except in the case that the parser aborts due to an error). All tags, text and other data between the matching tags is redirected to the subparser given by @parser. @user_data is used as the user_data for that parser. @user_data is also passed to the error callback in the event that an error occurs. This includes errors that occur in subparsers of the subparser. The end tag matching the start tag for which this call was made is handled by the previous parser (which is given its own user_data) which is why g_markup_parse_context_pop() is provided to allow "one last access" to the @user_data provided to this function. In the case of error, the @user_data provided here is passed directly to the error callback of the subparser and g_markup_parse_context_pop() should not be called. In either case, if @user_data was allocated then it ought to be freed from both of these locations. This function is not intended to be directly called by users interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level interface. As an example, see the following implementation of a simple parser that counts the number of tags encountered. |[ typedef struct { gint tag_count; } CounterData; static void counter_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context, const gchar *element_name, const gchar **attribute_names, const gchar **attribute_values, gpointer user_data, GError **error) { CounterData *data = user_data; data->tag_count++; } static void counter_error (GMarkupParseContext *context, GError *error, gpointer user_data) { CounterData *data = user_data; g_slice_free (CounterData, data); } static GMarkupParser counter_subparser = { counter_start_element, NULL, NULL, NULL, counter_error }; ]| In order to allow this parser to be easily used as a subparser, the following interface is provided: |[ void start_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context) { CounterData *data = g_slice_new (CounterData); data->tag_count = 0; g_markup_parse_context_push (context, &counter_subparser, data); } gint end_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context) { CounterData *data = g_markup_parse_context_pop (context); int result; result = data->tag_count; g_slice_free (CounterData, data); return result; } ]| The subparser would then be used as follows: |[ static void start_element (context, element_name, ...) { if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0) start_counting (context); /&ast; else, handle other tags... &ast;/ } static void end_element (context, element_name, ...) { if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0) g_print ("Counted %d tags\n", end_counting (context)); /&ast; else, handle other tags... &ast;/ } ]| a #GMarkupParseContext a #GMarkupParser user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions Increases the reference count of @context. the same @context a #GMarkupParseContext Decreases the reference count of @context. When its reference count drops to 0, it is freed. a #GMarkupParseContext Flags that affect the behaviour of the parser. flag you should not use When this flag is set, CDATA marked sections are not passed literally to the @passthrough function of the parser. Instead, the content of the section (without the <literal>&lt;![CDATA[</literal> and <literal>]]&gt;</literal>) is passed to the @text function. This flag was added in GLib 2.12 Normally errors caught by GMarkup itself have line/column information prefixed to them to let the caller know the location of the error. When this flag is set the location information is also prefixed to errors generated by the #GMarkupParser implementation functions Any of the fields in #GMarkupParser can be %NULL, in which case they will be ignored. Except for the @error function, any of these callbacks can set an error; in particular the %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ELEMENT, %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE, and %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT errors are intended to be set from these callbacks. If you set an error from a callback, g_markup_parse_context_parse() will report that error back to its caller. Returns a new string containing the text in @string_to_expand with references and escape sequences expanded. References refer to the last match done with @string against @regex and have the same syntax used by g_regex_replace(). The @string_to_expand must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was passed to g_regex_new(). The backreferences are extracted from the string passed to the match function, so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. @match_info may be %NULL in which case @string_to_expand must not contain references. For instance "foo\n" does not refer to an actual pattern and '\n' merely will be replaced with \n character, while to expand "\0" (whole match) one needs the result of a match. Use g_regex_check_replacement() to find out whether @string_to_expand contains references. the expanded string, or %NULL if an error occurred a #GMatchInfo or %NULL the string to expand Retrieves the text matching the @match_num<!-- -->'th capturing parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first paren set, 2 the second, and so on. If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then an empty string is returned. If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved string is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so 0 is the longest match. The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function, so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred. You have to free the string yourself #GMatchInfo structure number of the sub expression Bundles up pointers to each of the matching substrings from a match and stores them in an array of gchar pointers. The first element in the returned array is the match number 0, i.e. the entire matched text. If a sub pattern didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then an empty string is inserted. If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved strings are not that matched by sets of parentheses but that of the matched substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so the first one is the longest match. The strings are fetched from the string passed to the match function, so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. a %NULL-terminated array of gchar * pointers. It must be freed using g_strfreev(). If the previous match failed %NULL is returned a #GMatchInfo structure Retrieves the text matching the capturing parentheses named @name. If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P&lt;X&gt;a)?b") then an empty string is returned. The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function, so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred. You have to free the string yourself #GMatchInfo structure name of the subexpression Retrieves the position in bytes of the capturing parentheses named @name. If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P&lt;X&gt;a)?b") then @start_pos and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned. %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left unchanged. #GMatchInfo structure name of the subexpression pointer to location where to store the start position, or %NULL pointer to location where to store the end position, or %NULL Retrieves the position in bytes of the @match_num<!-- -->'th capturing parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first paren set, 2 the second, and so on. If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then @start_pos and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned. If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved position is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so 0 is the longest match. %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left unchanged #GMatchInfo structure number of the sub expression pointer to location where to store the start position, or %NULL pointer to location where to store the end position, or %NULL If @match_info is not %NULL, calls g_match_info_unref(); otherwise does nothing. a #GMatchInfo, or %NULL Retrieves the number of matched substrings (including substring 0, that is the whole matched text), so 1 is returned if the pattern has no substrings in it and 0 is returned if the match failed. If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved count is not that of the number of capturing parentheses but that of the number of matched substrings. Number of matched substrings, or -1 if an error occurred a #GMatchInfo structure Returns #GRegex object used in @match_info. It belongs to Glib and must not be freed. Use g_regex_ref() if you need to keep it after you free @match_info object. #GRegex object used in @match_info a #GMatchInfo Returns the string searched with @match_info. This is the string passed to g_regex_match() or g_regex_replace() so you may not free it before calling this function. the string searched with @match_info a #GMatchInfo Usually if the string passed to g_regex_match*() matches as far as it goes, but is too short to match the entire pattern, %FALSE is returned. There are circumstances where it might be helpful to distinguish this case from other cases in which there is no match. Consider, for example, an application where a human is required to type in data for a field with specific formatting requirements. An example might be a date in the form ddmmmyy, defined by the pattern "^\d?\d(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)\d\d$". If the application sees the user’s keystrokes one by one, and can check that what has been typed so far is potentially valid, it is able to raise an error as soon as a mistake is made. GRegex supports the concept of partial matching by means of the #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT and #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD flags. When they are used, the return code for g_regex_match() or g_regex_match_full() is, as usual, %TRUE for a complete match, %FALSE otherwise. But, when these functions return %FALSE, you can check if the match was partial calling g_match_info_is_partial_match(). The difference between #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT and #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD is that when a partial match is encountered with #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT, matching continues to search for a possible complete match, while with #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD matching stops at the partial match. When both #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT and #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD are set, the latter takes precedence. See <ulink>man:pcrepartial</ulink> for more information on partial matching. Because of the way certain internal optimizations are implemented the partial matching algorithm cannot be used with all patterns. So repeated single characters such as "a{2,4}" and repeated single meta-sequences such as "\d+" are not permitted if the maximum number of occurrences is greater than one. Optional items such as "\d?" (where the maximum is one) are permitted. Quantifiers with any values are permitted after parentheses, so the invalid examples above can be coded thus "(a){2,4}" and "(\d)+". If #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL or #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_HARD is set for a pattern that does not conform to the restrictions, matching functions return an error. %TRUE if the match was partial, %FALSE otherwise a #GMatchInfo structure Returns whether the previous match operation succeeded. %TRUE if the previous match operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise a #GMatchInfo structure Scans for the next match using the same parameters of the previous call to g_regex_match_full() or g_regex_match() that returned @match_info. The match is done on the string passed to the match function, so you cannot free it before calling this function. %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise a #GMatchInfo structure Increases reference count of @match_info by 1. @match_info a #GMatchInfo Decreases reference count of @match_info by 1. When reference count drops to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the match_info structure. a #GMatchInfo A set of functions used to perform memory allocation. The same #GMemVTable must be used for all allocations in the same program; a call to g_mem_set_vtable(), if it exists, should be prior to any use of GLib. The #GMutex struct is an opaque data structure to represent a mutex (mutual exclusion). It can be used to protect data against shared access. Take for example the following function: <example> <title>A function which will not work in a threaded environment</title> <programlisting> int give_me_next_number (void) { static int current_number = 0; /<!-- -->* now do a very complicated calculation to calculate the new * number, this might for example be a random number generator *<!-- -->/ current_number = calc_next_number (current_number); return current_number; } </programlisting> </example> It is easy to see that this won't work in a multi-threaded application. There current_number must be protected against shared access. A #GMutex can be used as a solution to this problem: <example> <title>Using GMutex to protected a shared variable</title> <programlisting> int give_me_next_number (void) { static GMutex mutex; static int current_number = 0; int ret_val; g_mutex_lock (&amp;mutex); ret_val = current_number = calc_next_number (current_number); g_mutex_unlock (&amp;mutex); return ret_val; } </programlisting> </example> Notice that the #GMutex is not initialised to any particular value. Its placement in static storage ensures that it will be initialised to all-zeros, which is appropriate. If a #GMutex is placed in other contexts (eg: embedded in a struct) then it must be explicitly initialised using g_mutex_init(). A #GMutex should only be accessed via <function>g_mutex_</function> functions. Frees the resources allocated to a mutex with g_mutex_init(). This function should not be used with a #GMutex that has been statically allocated. Calling g_mutex_clear() on a locked mutex leads to undefined behaviour. Sine: 2.32 an initialized #GMutex Initializes a #GMutex so that it can be used. This function is useful to initialize a mutex that has been allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger structure. It is not necessary to initialize a mutex that has been statically allocated. |[ typedef struct { GMutex m; ... } Blob; Blob *b; b = g_new (Blob, 1); g_mutex_init (&b->m); ]| To undo the effect of g_mutex_init() when a mutex is no longer needed, use g_mutex_clear(). Calling g_mutex_init() on an already initialized #GMutex leads to undefined behaviour. an uninitialized #GMutex Locks @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, the current thread will block until @mutex is unlocked by the other thread. <note>#GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be non-recursive. As such, calling g_mutex_lock() on a #GMutex that has already been locked by the same thread results in undefined behaviour (including but not limited to deadlocks).</note> a #GMutex Tries to lock @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise it locks @mutex and returns %TRUE. <note>#GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be non-recursive. As such, calling g_mutex_lock() on a #GMutex that has already been locked by the same thread results in undefined behaviour (including but not limited to deadlocks or arbitrary return values). </note> %TRUE if @mutex could be locked a #GMutex Unlocks @mutex. If another thread is blocked in a g_mutex_lock() call for @mutex, it will become unblocked and can lock @mutex itself. Calling g_mutex_unlock() on a mutex that is not locked by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. a #GMutex The #GNode struct represents one node in a <link linkend="glib-N-ary-Trees">N-ary Tree</link>. fields Gets the position of the first child of a #GNode which contains the given data. the index of the child of @node which contains @data, or -1 if the data is not found a #GNode the data to find Gets the position of a #GNode with respect to its siblings. @child must be a child of @node. The first child is numbered 0, the second 1, and so on. the position of @child with respect to its siblings a #GNode a child of @node Calls a function for each of the children of a #GNode. Note that it doesn't descend beneath the child nodes. a #GNode which types of children are to be visited, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES the function to call for each visited node user data to pass to the function Recursively copies a #GNode (but does not deep-copy the data inside the nodes, see g_node_copy_deep() if you need that). a new #GNode containing the same data pointers a #GNode Recursively copies a #GNode and its data. a new #GNode containing copies of the data in @node. a #GNode the function which is called to copy the data inside each node, or %NULL to use the original data. data to pass to @copy_func Gets the depth of a #GNode. If @node is %NULL the depth is 0. The root node has a depth of 1. For the children of the root node the depth is 2. And so on. the depth of the #GNode a #GNode Removes @root and its children from the tree, freeing any memory allocated. the root of the tree/subtree to destroy Finds a #GNode in a tree. the found #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found the root #GNode of the tree to search the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER, %G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER which types of children are to be searched, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES the data to find Finds the first child of a #GNode with the given data. the found child #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found a #GNode which types of children are to be searched, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES the data to find Gets the first sibling of a #GNode. This could possibly be the node itself. the first sibling of @node a #GNode Gets the root of a tree. the root of the tree a #GNode Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent at the given position. the inserted #GNode the #GNode to place @node under the position to place @node at, with respect to its siblings If position is -1, @node is inserted as the last child of @parent the #GNode to insert Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent after the given sibling. the inserted #GNode the #GNode to place @node under the sibling #GNode to place @node after. If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the first child of @parent. the #GNode to insert Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent before the given sibling. the inserted #GNode the #GNode to place @node under the sibling #GNode to place @node before. If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the last child of @parent. the #GNode to insert Returns %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant. This is true if node is the parent of @descendant, or if node is the grandparent of @descendant etc. %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant a #GNode a #GNode Gets the last child of a #GNode. the last child of @node, or %NULL if @node has no children a #GNode (must not be %NULL) Gets the last sibling of a #GNode. This could possibly be the node itself. the last sibling of @node a #GNode Gets the maximum height of all branches beneath a #GNode. This is the maximum distance from the #GNode to all leaf nodes. If @root is %NULL, 0 is returned. If @root has no children, 1 is returned. If @root has children, 2 is returned. And so on. the maximum height of the tree beneath @root a #GNode Gets the number of children of a #GNode. the number of children of @node a #GNode Gets the number of nodes in a tree. the number of nodes in the tree a #GNode which types of children are to be counted, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES Gets a child of a #GNode, using the given index. The first child is at index 0. If the index is too big, %NULL is returned. the child of @node at index @n a #GNode the index of the desired child Inserts a #GNode as the first child of the given parent. the inserted #GNode the #GNode to place the new #GNode under the #GNode to insert Reverses the order of the children of a #GNode. (It doesn't change the order of the grandchildren.) a #GNode. Traverses a tree starting at the given root #GNode. It calls the given function for each node visited. The traversal can be halted at any point by returning %TRUE from @func. the root #GNode of the tree to traverse the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER, %G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER. which types of children are to be visited, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES the maximum depth of the traversal. Nodes below this depth will not be visited. If max_depth is -1 all nodes in the tree are visited. If depth is 1, only the root is visited. If depth is 2, the root and its children are visited. And so on. the function to call for each visited #GNode user data to pass to the function Unlinks a #GNode from a tree, resulting in two separate trees. the #GNode to unlink, which becomes the root of a new tree Creates a new #GNode containing the given data. Used to create the first node in a tree. a new #GNode the data of the new node Specifies the type of function passed to g_node_children_foreach(). The function is called with each child node, together with the user data passed to g_node_children_foreach(). a #GNode. user data passed to g_node_children_foreach(). Specifies the type of function passed to g_node_traverse(). The function is called with each of the nodes visited, together with the user data passed to g_node_traverse(). If the function returns %TRUE, then the traversal is stopped. %TRUE to stop the traversal. a #GNode. user data passed to g_node_traverse(). Defines how a Unicode string is transformed in a canonical form, standardizing such issues as whether a character with an accent is represented as a base character and combining accent or as a single precomposed character. Unicode strings should generally be normalized before comparing them. standardize differences that do not affect the text content, such as the above-mentioned accent representation another name for %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT like %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT, but with composed forms rather than a maximally decomposed form another name for %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT_COMPOSE beyond %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT also standardize the "compatibility" characters in Unicode, such as SUPERSCRIPT THREE to the standard forms (in this case DIGIT THREE). Formatting information may be lost but for most text operations such characters should be considered the same another name for %G_NORMALIZE_ALL like %G_NORMALIZE_ALL, but with composed forms rather than a maximally decomposed form another name for %G_NORMALIZE_ALL_COMPOSE If a long option in the main group has this name, it is not treated as a regular option. Instead it collects all non-option arguments which would otherwise be left in <literal>argv</literal>. The option must be of type %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK, %G_OPTION_ARG_STRING_ARRAY or %G_OPTION_ARG_FILENAME_ARRAY. Using #G_OPTION_REMAINING instead of simply scanning <literal>argv</literal> for leftover arguments has the advantage that GOption takes care of necessary encoding conversions for strings or filenames. A #GOnce struct controls a one-time initialization function. Any one-time initialization function must have its own unique #GOnce struct. Function to be called when starting a critical initialization section. The argument @location must point to a static 0-initialized variable that will be set to a value other than 0 at the end of the initialization section. In combination with g_once_init_leave() and the unique address @value_location, it can be ensured that an initialization section will be executed only once during a program's life time, and that concurrent threads are blocked until initialization completed. To be used in constructs like this: |[ static gsize initialization_value = 0; if (g_once_init_enter (&amp;initialization_value)) { gsize setup_value = 42; /&ast;* initialization code here *&ast;/ g_once_init_leave (&amp;initialization_value, setup_value); } /&ast;* use initialization_value here *&ast;/ ]| %TRUE if the initialization section should be entered, %FALSE and blocks otherwise location of a static initializable variable containing 0 Counterpart to g_once_init_enter(). Expects a location of a static 0-initialized initialization variable, and an initialization value other than 0. Sets the variable to the initialization value, and releases concurrent threads blocking in g_once_init_enter() on this initialization variable. location of a static initializable variable containing 0 new non-0 value for *@value_location The possible statuses of a one-time initialization function controlled by a #GOnce struct. the function has not been called yet. the function call is currently in progress. the function has been called. The #GOptionArg enum values determine which type of extra argument the options expect to find. If an option expects an extra argument, it can be specified in several ways; with a short option: <option>-x arg</option>, with a long option: <option>--name arg</option> or combined in a single argument: <option>--name=arg</option>. No extra argument. This is useful for simple flags. The option takes a string argument. The option takes an integer argument. The option provides a callback to parse the extra argument. The option takes a filename as argument. The option takes a string argument, multiple uses of the option are collected into an array of strings. The option takes a filename as argument, multiple uses of the option are collected into an array of strings. The option takes a double argument. The argument can be formatted either for the user's locale or for the "C" locale. Since 2.12 The option takes a 64-bit integer. Like %G_OPTION_ARG_INT but for larger numbers. The number can be in decimal base, or in hexadecimal (when prefixed with <literal>0x</literal>, for example, <literal>0xffffffff</literal>). Since 2.12 The type of function to be passed as callback for %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK options. %TRUE if the option was successfully parsed, %FALSE if an error occurred, in which case @error should be set with g_set_error() The name of the option being parsed. This will be either a single dash followed by a single letter (for a short name) or two dashes followed by a long option name. The value to be parsed. User data added to the #GOptionGroup containing the option when it was created with g_option_group_new() A <structname>GOptionContext</structname> struct defines which options are accepted by the commandline option parser. The struct has only private fields and should not be directly accessed. Adds a #GOptionGroup to the @context, so that parsing with @context will recognize the options in the group. Note that the group will be freed together with the context when g_option_context_free() is called, so you must not free the group yourself after adding it to a context. a #GOptionContext the group to add A convenience function which creates a main group if it doesn't exist, adds the @entries to it and sets the translation domain. a #GOptionContext a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntry<!-- -->s a translation domain to use for translating the <option>--help</option> output for the options in @entries with gettext(), or %NULL Frees context and all the groups which have been added to it. Please note that parsed arguments need to be freed separately (see #GOptionEntry). a #GOptionContext Returns the description. See g_option_context_set_description(). the description a #GOptionContext Returns a formatted, translated help text for the given context. To obtain the text produced by <option>--help</option>, call <literal>g_option_context_get_help (context, TRUE, NULL)</literal>. To obtain the text produced by <option>--help-all</option>, call <literal>g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, NULL)</literal>. To obtain the help text for an option group, call <literal>g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, group)</literal>. A newly allocated string containing the help text a #GOptionContext if %TRUE, only include the main group the #GOptionGroup to create help for, or %NULL Returns whether automatic <option>--help</option> generation is turned on for @context. See g_option_context_set_help_enabled(). %TRUE if automatic help generation is turned on. a #GOptionContext Returns whether unknown options are ignored or not. See g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options(). %TRUE if unknown options are ignored. a #GOptionContext Returns a pointer to the main group of @context. the main group of @context, or %NULL if @context doesn't have a main group. Note that group belongs to @context and should not be modified or freed. a #GOptionContext Returns the summary. See g_option_context_set_summary(). the summary a #GOptionContext Parses the command line arguments, recognizing options which have been added to @context. A side-effect of calling this function is that g_set_prgname() will be called. If the parsing is successful, any parsed arguments are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated accordingly. A '--' option is stripped from @argv unless there are unparsed options before and after it, or some of the options after it start with '-'. In case of an error, @argc and @argv are left unmodified. If automatic <option>--help</option> support is enabled (see g_option_context_set_help_enabled()), and the @argv array contains one of the recognized help options, this function will produce help output to stdout and call <literal>exit (0)</literal>. Note that function depends on the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link> for automatic character set conversion of string and filename arguments. %TRUE if the parsing was successful, %FALSE if an error occurred a #GOptionContext a pointer to the number of command line arguments a pointer to the array of command line arguments Adds a string to be displayed in <option>--help</option> output after the list of options. This text often includes a bug reporting address. Note that the summary is translated (see g_option_context_set_translate_func()). a #GOptionContext a string to be shown in <option>--help</option> output after the list of options, or %NULL Enables or disables automatic generation of <option>--help</option> output. By default, g_option_context_parse() recognizes <option>--help</option>, <option>-h</option>, <option>-?</option>, <option>--help-all</option> and <option>--help-</option><replaceable>groupname</replaceable> and creates suitable output to stdout. a #GOptionContext %TRUE to enable <option>--help</option>, %FALSE to disable it Sets whether to ignore unknown options or not. If an argument is ignored, it is left in the @argv array after parsing. By default, g_option_context_parse() treats unknown options as error. This setting does not affect non-option arguments (i.e. arguments which don't start with a dash). But note that GOption cannot reliably determine whether a non-option belongs to a preceding unknown option. a #GOptionContext %TRUE to ignore unknown options, %FALSE to produce an error when unknown options are met Sets a #GOptionGroup as main group of the @context. This has the same effect as calling g_option_context_add_group(), the only difference is that the options in the main group are treated differently when generating <option>--help</option> output. a #GOptionContext the group to set as main group Adds a string to be displayed in <option>--help</option> output before the list of options. This is typically a summary of the program functionality. Note that the summary is translated (see g_option_context_set_translate_func() and g_option_context_set_translation_domain()). a #GOptionContext a string to be shown in <option>--help</option> output before the list of options, or %NULL Sets the function which is used to translate the contexts user-visible strings, for <option>--help</option> output. If @func is %NULL, strings are not translated. Note that option groups have their own translation functions, this function only affects the @parameter_string (see g_option_context_new()), the summary (see g_option_context_set_summary()) and the description (see g_option_context_set_description()). If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation domain, see g_option_context_set_translation_domain(). a #GOptionContext the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL user data to pass to @func, or %NULL a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL A convenience function to use gettext() for translating user-visible strings. a #GOptionContext the domain to use Creates a new option context. The @parameter_string can serve multiple purposes. It can be used to add descriptions for "rest" arguments, which are not parsed by the #GOptionContext, typically something like "FILES" or "FILE1 FILE2...". If you are using #G_OPTION_REMAINING for collecting "rest" arguments, GLib handles this automatically by using the @arg_description of the corresponding #GOptionEntry in the usage summary. Another usage is to give a short summary of the program functionality, like " - frob the strings", which will be displayed in the same line as the usage. For a longer description of the program functionality that should be displayed as a paragraph below the usage line, use g_option_context_set_summary(). Note that the @parameter_string is translated using the function set with g_option_context_set_translate_func(), so it should normally be passed untranslated. a newly created #GOptionContext, which must be freed with g_option_context_free() after use. a string which is displayed in the first line of <option>--help</option> output, after the usage summary <literal><replaceable>programname</replaceable> [OPTION...]</literal> A <structname>GOptionEntry</structname> defines a single option. To have an effect, they must be added to a #GOptionGroup with g_option_context_add_main_entries() or g_option_group_add_entries(). Error codes returned by option parsing. An option was not known to the parser. This error will only be reported, if the parser hasn't been instructed to ignore unknown options, see g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options(). A value couldn't be parsed. A #GOptionArgFunc callback failed. The type of function to be used as callback when a parse error occurs. The active #GOptionContext The group to which the function belongs User data added to the #GOptionGroup containing the option when it was created with g_option_group_new() Flags which modify individual options. The option doesn't appear in <option>--help</option> output. The option appears in the main section of the <option>--help</option> output, even if it is defined in a group. For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_NONE kind, this flag indicates that the sense of the option is reversed. For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK kind, this flag indicates that the callback does not take any argument (like a %G_OPTION_ARG_NONE option). Since 2.8 For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK kind, this flag indicates that the argument should be passed to the callback in the GLib filename encoding rather than UTF-8. Since 2.8 For options of the %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK kind, this flag indicates that the argument supply is optional. If no argument is given then data of %GOptionParseFunc will be set to NULL. Since 2.8 This flag turns off the automatic conflict resolution which prefixes long option names with <literal>groupname-</literal> if there is a conflict. This option should only be used in situations where aliasing is necessary to model some legacy commandline interface. It is not safe to use this option, unless all option groups are under your direct control. Since 2.8. A <structname>GOptionGroup</structname> struct defines the options in a single group. The struct has only private fields and should not be directly accessed. All options in a group share the same translation function. Libraries which need to parse commandline options are expected to provide a function for getting a <structname>GOptionGroup</structname> holding their options, which the application can then add to its #GOptionContext. Adds the options specified in @entries to @group. a #GOptionGroup a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntry<!-- -->s Frees a #GOptionGroup. Note that you must <emphasis>not</emphasis> free groups which have been added to a #GOptionContext. a #GOptionGroup Associates a function with @group which will be called from g_option_context_parse() when an error occurs. Note that the user data to be passed to @error_func can be specified when constructing the group with g_option_group_new(). a #GOptionGroup a function to call when an error occurs Associates two functions with @group which will be called from g_option_context_parse() before the first option is parsed and after the last option has been parsed, respectively. Note that the user data to be passed to @pre_parse_func and @post_parse_func can be specified when constructing the group with g_option_group_new(). a #GOptionGroup a function to call before parsing, or %NULL a function to call after parsing, or %NULL Sets the function which is used to translate user-visible strings, for <option>--help</option> output. Different groups can use different #GTranslateFunc<!-- -->s. If @func is %NULL, strings are not translated. If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation domain, see g_option_group_set_translation_domain(). a #GOptionGroup the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL user data to pass to @func, or %NULL a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL A convenience function to use gettext() for translating user-visible strings. a #GOptionGroup the domain to use Creates a new #GOptionGroup. a newly created option group. It should be added to a #GOptionContext or freed with g_option_group_free(). the name for the option group, this is used to provide help for the options in this group with <option>--help-</option>@name a description for this group to be shown in <option>--help</option>. This string is translated using the translation domain or translation function of the group a description for the <option>--help-</option>@name option. This string is translated using the translation domain or translation function of the group user data that will be passed to the pre- and post-parse hooks, the error hook and to callbacks of %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK options, or %NULL a function that will be called to free @user_data, or %NULL The type of function that can be called before and after parsing. %TRUE if the function completed successfully, %FALSE if an error occurred, in which case @error should be set with g_set_error() The active #GOptionContext The group to which the function belongs User data added to the #GOptionGroup containing the option when it was created with g_option_group_new() Specifies one of the possible types of byte order (currently unused). See #G_BYTE_ORDER. The value of pi (ratio of circle's circumference to its diameter). Pi divided by 2. Pi divided by 4. Use this for default priority event sources. In GLib this priority is used when adding timeout functions with g_timeout_add(). In GDK this priority is used for events from the X server. Use this for default priority idle functions. In GLib this priority is used when adding idle functions with g_idle_add(). Use this for high priority event sources. It is not used within GLib or GTK+. Use this for high priority idle functions. GTK+ uses #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE + 10 for resizing operations, and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE + 20 for redrawing operations. (This is done to ensure that any pending resizes are processed before any pending redraws, so that widgets are not redrawn twice unnecessarily.) Use this for very low priority background tasks. It is not used within GLib or GTK+. A <structname>GPatternSpec</structname> is the 'compiled' form of a pattern. This structure is opaque and its fields cannot be accessed directly. Compares two compiled pattern specs and returns whether they will match the same set of strings. Whether the compiled patterns are equal a #GPatternSpec another #GPatternSpec Frees the memory allocated for the #GPatternSpec. a #GPatternSpec Compiles a pattern to a #GPatternSpec. a newly-allocated #GPatternSpec a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string Represents a file descriptor, which events to poll for, and which events occurred. Specifies the type of function passed to g_main_context_set_poll_func(). The semantics of the function should match those of the poll() system call. the number of #GPollFD elements which have events or errors reported, or -1 if an error occurred. an array of #GPollFD elements the number of elements in @ufds the maximum time to wait for an event of the file descriptors. A negative value indicates an infinite timeout. Specifies the type of the print handler functions. These are called with the complete formatted string to output. the message to output The #GPrivate struct is an opaque data structure to represent a thread-local data key. It is approximately equivalent to the pthread_setspecific()/pthread_getspecific() APIs on POSIX and to TlsSetValue()/TlsGetValue() on Windows. If you don't already know why you might want this functionality, then you probably don't need it. #GPrivate is a very limited resource (as far as 128 per program, shared between all libraries). It is also not possible to destroy a #GPrivate after it has been used. As such, it is only ever acceptable to use #GPrivate in static scope, and even then sparingly so. See G_PRIVATE_INIT() for a couple of examples. The #GPrivate structure should be considered opaque. It should only be accessed via the <function>g_private_</function> functions. Returns the current value of the thread local variable @key. If the value has not yet been set in this thread, %NULL is returned. Values are never copied between threads (when a new thread is created, for example). the thread-local value a #GPrivate Sets the thread local variable @key to have the value @value in the current thread. This function differs from g_private_set() in the following way: if the previous value was non-%NULL then the #GDestroyNotify handler for @key is run on it. a #GPrivate the new value Sets the thread local variable @key to have the value @value in the current thread. This function differs from g_private_replace() in the following way: the #GDestroyNotify for @key is not called on the old value. a #GPrivate the new value Contains the public fields of a pointer array. Adds a pointer to the end of the pointer array. The array will grow in size automatically if necessary. a #GPtrArray. the pointer to add. Calls a function for each element of a #GPtrArray. a #GPtrArray the function to call for each array element user data to pass to the function Frees the memory allocated for the #GPtrArray. If @free_seg is %TRUE it frees the memory block holding the elements as well. Pass %FALSE if you want to free the #GPtrArray wrapper but preserve the underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array is greater than one, the #GPtrArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array will be set to zero. <note><para>If array contents point to dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed separately if @free_seg is %TRUE and no #GDestroyNotify function has been set for @array.</para></note> the pointer array if @free_seg is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. The pointer array should be freed using g_free(). a #GPtrArray. if %TRUE the actual pointer array is freed as well. Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1. the new #GPtrArray. Creates a new #GPtrArray with @reserved_size pointers preallocated and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if you are going to add many pointers to the array. Note however that the size of the array is still 0. It also set @element_free_func for freeing each element when the array is destroyed either via g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with @free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements. A new #GPtrArray. number of pointers preallocated. A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL. Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1 and use @element_free_func for freeing each element when the array is destroyed either via g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with @free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements. A new #GPtrArray. A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL. Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This function is thread-safe and may be called from any thread. The passed in #GPtrArray a #GPtrArray Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer array. The following elements are moved down one place. If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the pointer was not found. %TRUE if the pointer is removed. %FALSE if the pointer is not found in the array. a #GPtrArray. the pointer to remove. Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer array. The last element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function does not preserve the order of the array. But it is faster than g_ptr_array_remove(). If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the pointer was not found. %TRUE if the pointer was found in the array. a #GPtrArray. the pointer to remove. Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. The following elements are moved down one place. If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. the pointer which was removed. a #GPtrArray. the index of the pointer to remove. Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. The last element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function does not preserve the order of the array. But it is faster than g_ptr_array_remove_index(). If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. the pointer which was removed. a #GPtrArray. the index of the pointer to remove. Removes the given number of pointers starting at the given index from a #GPtrArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap. If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed elements. a @GPtrArray. the index of the first pointer to remove. the number of pointers to remove. Sets a function for freeing each element when @array is destroyed either via g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with @free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements. A #GPtrArray. A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL. Sets the size of the array. When making the array larger, newly-added elements will be set to %NULL. When making it smaller, if @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function then it will be called for the removed elements. a #GPtrArray. the new length of the pointer array. Creates a new #GPtrArray with @reserved_size pointers preallocated and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if you are going to add many pointers to the array. Note however that the size of the array is still 0. the new #GPtrArray. number of pointers preallocated. Sorts the array, using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if irst arg is greater than second arg). <note><para>The comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort() doesn't take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes pointers to the pointers in the array.</para></note> This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. a #GPtrArray. comparison function. Like g_ptr_array_sort(), but the comparison function has an extra user data argument. <note><para>The comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort_with_data() doesn't take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes pointers to the pointers in the array.</para></note> This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. a #GPtrArray. comparison function. data to pass to @compare_func. Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the reference count drops to 0, the effect is the same as calling g_ptr_array_free() with @free_segment set to %TRUE. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. A #GPtrArray. Contains the public fields of a <link linkend="glib-Double-ended-Queues">Queue</link>. Removes all the elements in @queue. If queue elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first. a #GQueue Copies a @queue. Note that is a shallow copy. If the elements in the queue consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied, but the actual data is not. A copy of @queue a #GQueue Removes @link_ from @queue and frees it. @link_ must be part of @queue. a #GQueue a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue Finds the first link in @queue which contains @data. The first link in @queue which contains @data. a #GQueue data to find Finds an element in a #GQueue, using a supplied function to find the desired element. It iterates over the queue, calling the given function which should return 0 when the desired element is found. The function takes two gconstpointer arguments, the #GQueue element's data as the first argument and the given user data as the second argument. The found link, or %NULL if it wasn't found a #GQueue user data passed to @func a #GCompareFunc to call for each element. It should return 0 when the desired element is found Calls @func for each element in the queue passing @user_data to the function. a #GQueue the function to call for each element's data user data to pass to @func Frees the memory allocated for the #GQueue. Only call this function if @queue was created with g_queue_new(). If queue elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first. <note><para> If queue elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, you should either use g_queue_free_full() or free them manually first. </para></note> a #GQueue. Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GQueue, and calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. a pointer to a #GQueue the function to be called to free each element's data Returns the number of items in @queue. The number of items in @queue. a #GQueue Returns the position of the first element in @queue which contains @data. The position of the first element in @queue which contains @data, or -1 if no element in @queue contains @data. a #GQueue the data to find. A statically-allocated #GQueue must be initialized with this function before it can be used. Alternatively you can initialize it with #G_QUEUE_INIT. It is not necessary to initialize queues created with g_queue_new(). an uninitialized #GQueue Inserts @data into @queue after @sibling @sibling must be part of @queue a #GQueue a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue the data to insert Inserts @data into @queue before @sibling. @sibling must be part of @queue. a #GQueue a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue the data to insert Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new position. a #GQueue the data to insert the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare elements in the queue. It is called with two elements of the @queue and @user_data. It should return 0 if the elements are equal, a negative value if the first element comes before the second, and a positive value if the second element comes before the first. user data passed to @func. Returns %TRUE if the queue is empty. %TRUE if the queue is empty. a #GQueue. Returns the position of @link_ in @queue. The position of @link_, or -1 if the link is not part of @queue a #GQueue A #GList link Returns the first element of the queue. the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. a #GQueue. Returns the first link in @queue the first link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty a #GQueue Returns the @n'th element of @queue. The data for the @n'th element of @queue, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue. a #GQueue the position of the element. Returns the link at the given position The link at the @n'th position, or %NULL if @n is off the end of the list a #GQueue the position of the link Returns the last element of the queue. the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. a #GQueue. Returns the last link @queue. the last link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty a #GQueue Removes the first element of the queue. the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. a #GQueue. Removes the first element of the queue. the #GList element at the head of the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. a #GQueue. Removes the @n'th element of @queue. the element's data, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue. a #GQueue the position of the element. Removes and returns the link at the given position. The @n'th link, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue. a #GQueue the link's position Removes the last element of the queue. the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. a #GQueue. Removes the last element of the queue. the #GList element at the tail of the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. a #GQueue. Adds a new element at the head of the queue. a #GQueue. the data for the new element. Adds a new element at the head of the queue. a #GQueue. a single #GList element, <emphasis>not</emphasis> a list with more than one element. Inserts a new element into @queue at the given position a #GQueue the data for the new element the position to insert the new element. If @n is negative or larger than the number of elements in the @queue, the element is added to the end of the queue. Inserts @link into @queue at the given position. a #GQueue the position to insert the link. If this is negative or larger than the number of elements in @queue, the link is added to the end of @queue. the link to add to @queue Adds a new element at the tail of the queue. a #GQueue. the data for the new element. Adds a new element at the tail of the queue. a #GQueue. a single #GList element, <emphasis>not</emphasis> a list with more than one element. Removes the first element in @queue that contains @data. %TRUE if @data was found and removed from @queue a #GQueue data to remove. Remove all elements whose data equals @data from @queue. the number of elements removed from @queue a #GQueue data to remove Reverses the order of the items in @queue. a #GQueue Sorts @queue using @compare_func. a #GQueue the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort @queue. This function is passed two elements of the queue and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first comes before the second, and a positive value if the second comes before the first. user data passed to @compare_func Unlinks @link_ so that it will no longer be part of @queue. The link is not freed. @link_ must be part of @queue, a #GQueue a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue Creates a new #GQueue. a new #GQueue. The GRWLock struct is an opaque data structure to represent a reader-writer lock. It is similar to a #GMutex in that it allows multiple threads to coordinate access to a shared resource. The difference to a mutex is that a reader-writer lock discriminates between read-only ('reader') and full ('writer') access. While only one thread at a time is allowed write access (by holding the 'writer' lock via g_rw_lock_writer_lock()), multiple threads can gain simultaneous read-only access (by holding the 'reader' lock via g_rw_lock_reader_lock()). <example> <title>An array with access functions</title> <programlisting> GRWLock lock; GPtrArray *array; gpointer my_array_get (guint index) { gpointer retval = NULL; if (!array) return NULL; g_rw_lock_reader_lock (&amp;lock); if (index &lt; array->len) retval = g_ptr_array_index (array, index); g_rw_lock_reader_unlock (&amp;lock); return retval; } void my_array_set (guint index, gpointer data) { g_rw_lock_writer_lock (&amp;lock); if (!array) array = g_ptr_array_new (<!-- -->); if (index >= array->len) g_ptr_array_set_size (array, index+1); g_ptr_array_index (array, index) = data; g_rw_lock_writer_unlock (&amp;lock); } </programlisting> <para> This example shows an array which can be accessed by many readers (the <function>my_array_get()</function> function) simultaneously, whereas the writers (the <function>my_array_set()</function> function) will only be allowed once at a time and only if no readers currently access the array. This is because of the potentially dangerous resizing of the array. Using these functions is fully multi-thread safe now. </para> </example> If a #GRWLock is allocated in static storage then it can be used without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call g_rw_lock_init() on it and g_rw_lock_clear() when done. A GRWLock should only be accessed with the <function>g_rw_lock_</function> functions. Frees the resources allocated to a lock with g_rw_lock_init(). This function should not be used with a #GRWLock that has been statically allocated. Calling g_rw_lock_clear() when any thread holds the lock leads to undefined behaviour. Sine: 2.32 an initialized #GRWLock Initializes a #GRWLock so that it can be used. This function is useful to initialize a lock that has been allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger structure. It is not necessary to initialise a reader-writer lock that has been statically allocated. |[ typedef struct { GRWLock l; ... } Blob; Blob *b; b = g_new (Blob, 1); g_rw_lock_init (&b->l); ]| To undo the effect of g_rw_lock_init() when a lock is no longer needed, use g_rw_lock_clear(). Calling g_rw_lock_init() on an already initialized #GRWLock leads to undefined behaviour. an uninitialized #GRWLock Obtain a read lock on @rw_lock. If another thread currently holds the write lock on @rw_lock or blocks waiting for it, the current thread will block. Read locks can be taken recursively. It is implementation-defined how many threads are allowed to hold read locks on the same lock simultaneously. a #GRWLock Tries to obtain a read lock on @rw_lock and returns %TRUE if the read lock was successfully obtained. Otherwise it returns %FALSE. %TRUE if @rw_lock could be locked a #GRWLock Release a read lock on @rw_lock. Calling g_rw_lock_reader_unlock() on a lock that is not held by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. a #GRWLock Obtain a write lock on @rw_lock. If any thread already holds a read or write lock on @rw_lock, the current thread will block until all other threads have dropped their locks on @rw_lock. a #GRWLock Tries to obtain a write lock on @rw_lock. If any other thread holds a read or write lock on @rw_lock, it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise it locks @rw_lock and returns %TRUE. %TRUE if @rw_lock could be locked a #GRWLock Release a write lock on @rw_lock. Calling g_rw_lock_writer_unlock() on a lock that is not held by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. a #GRWLock The #GRand struct is an opaque data structure. It should only be accessed through the <function>g_rand_*</function> functions. Copies a #GRand into a new one with the same exact state as before. This way you can take a snapshot of the random number generator for replaying later. the new #GRand. a #GRand. Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over the range [0..1). A random number. a #GRand. Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over the range [@begin..@end). A random number. a #GRand. lower closed bound of the interval. upper open bound of the interval. Frees the memory allocated for the #GRand. a #GRand. Returns the next random #guint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over the range [0..2^32-1]. A random number. a #GRand. Returns the next random #gint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over the range [@begin..@end-1]. A random number. a #GRand. lower closed bound of the interval. upper open bound of the interval. Sets the seed for the random number generator #GRand to @seed. a #GRand. a value to reinitialize the random number generator. Initializes the random number generator by an array of longs. Array can be of arbitrary size, though only the first 624 values are taken. This function is useful if you have many low entropy seeds, or if you require more then 32bits of actual entropy for your application. a #GRand. array to initialize with length of array Creates a new random number generator initialized with a seed taken either from <filename>/dev/urandom</filename> (if existing) or from the current time (as a fallback). the new #GRand. Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed. the new #GRand. a value to initialize the random number generator. Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed. the new #GRand. an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator. an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator. The GRecMutex struct is an opaque data structure to represent a recursive mutex. It is similar to a #GMutex with the difference that it is possible to lock a GRecMutex multiple times in the same thread without deadlock. When doing so, care has to be taken to unlock the recursive mutex as often as it has been locked. If a #GRecMutex is allocated in static storage then it can be used without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call g_rec_mutex_init() on it and g_rec_mutex_clear() when done. A GRecMutex should only be accessed with the <function>g_rec_mutex_</function> functions. Frees the resources allocated to a recursive mutex with g_rec_mutex_init(). This function should not be used with a #GRecMutex that has been statically allocated. Calling g_rec_mutex_clear() on a locked recursive mutex leads to undefined behaviour. Sine: 2.32 an initialized #GRecMutex Initializes a #GRecMutex so that it can be used. This function is useful to initialize a recursive mutex that has been allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger structure. It is not necessary to initialise a recursive mutex that has been statically allocated. |[ typedef struct { GRecMutex m; ... } Blob; Blob *b; b = g_new (Blob, 1); g_rec_mutex_init (&b->m); ]| Calling g_rec_mutex_init() on an already initialized #GRecMutex leads to undefined behaviour. To undo the effect of g_rec_mutex_init() when a recursive mutex is no longer needed, use g_rec_mutex_clear(). an uninitialized #GRecMutex Locks @rec_mutex. If @rec_mutex is already locked by another thread, the current thread will block until @rec_mutex is unlocked by the other thread. If @rec_mutex is already locked by the current thread, the 'lock count' of @rec_mutex is increased. The mutex will only become available again when it is unlocked as many times as it has been locked. a #GRecMutex Tries to lock @rec_mutex. If @rec_mutex is already locked by another thread, it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise it locks @rec_mutex and returns %TRUE. %TRUE if @rec_mutex could be locked a #GRecMutex Unlocks @rec_mutex. If another thread is blocked in a g_rec_mutex_lock() call for @rec_mutex, it will become unblocked and can lock @rec_mutex itself. Calling g_rec_mutex_unlock() on a recursive mutex that is not locked by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. a #GRecMutex The <function>g_regex_*()</function> functions implement regular expression pattern matching using syntax and semantics similar to Perl regular expression. Some functions accept a @start_position argument, setting it differs from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion. For example, consider the pattern "\Biss\B" which finds occurrences of "iss" in the middle of words. ("\B" matches only if the current position in the subject is not a word boundary.) When applied to the string "Mississipi" from the fourth byte, namely "issipi", it does not match, because "\B" is always false at the start of the subject, which is deemed to be a word boundary. However, if the entire string is passed , but with @start_position set to 4, it finds the second occurrence of "iss" because it is able to look behind the starting point to discover that it is preceded by a letter. Note that, unless you set the #G_REGEX_RAW flag, all the strings passed to these functions must be encoded in UTF-8. The lengths and the positions inside the strings are in bytes and not in characters, so, for instance, "\xc3\xa0" (i.e. "&agrave;") is two bytes long but it is treated as a single character. If you set #G_REGEX_RAW the strings can be non-valid UTF-8 strings and a byte is treated as a character, so "\xc3\xa0" is two bytes and two characters long. When matching a pattern, "\n" matches only against a "\n" character in the string, and "\r" matches only a "\r" character. To match any newline sequence use "\R". This particular group matches either the two-character sequence CR + LF ("\r\n"), or one of the single characters LF (linefeed, U+000A, "\n"), VT vertical tab, U+000B, "\v"), FF (formfeed, U+000C, "\f"), CR (carriage return, U+000D, "\r"), NEL (next line, U+0085), LS (line separator, U+2028), or PS (paragraph separator, U+2029). The behaviour of the dot, circumflex, and dollar metacharacters are affected by newline characters, the default is to recognize any newline character (the same characters recognized by "\R"). This can be changed with #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_CR, #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_LF and #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_CRLF compile options, and with #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_ANY, #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_CR, #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_LF and #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_CRLF match options. These settings are also relevant when compiling a pattern if #G_REGEX_EXTENDED is set, and an unescaped "#" outside a character class is encountered. This indicates a comment that lasts until after the next newline. When setting the %G_REGEX_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT flag, pattern syntax and pattern matching is changed to be compatible with the way that regular expressions work in JavaScript. More precisely, a lonely ']' character in the pattern is a syntax error; the '\x' escape only allows 0 to 2 hexadecimal digits, and you must use the '\u' escape sequence with 4 hex digits to specify a unicode codepoint instead of '\x' or 'x{....}'. If '\x' or '\u' are not followed by the specified number of hex digits, they match 'x' and 'u' literally; also '\U' always matches 'U' instead of being an error in the pattern. Finally, pattern matching is modified so that back references to an unset subpattern group produces a match with the empty string instead of an error. See <ulink>man:pcreapi(3)</ulink> for more information. Creating and manipulating the same #GRegex structure from different threads is not a problem as #GRegex does not modify its internal state between creation and destruction, on the other hand #GMatchInfo is not threadsafe. The regular expressions low-level functionalities are obtained through the excellent <ulink url="http://www.pcre.org/">PCRE</ulink> library written by Philip Hazel. Compiles the regular expression to an internal form, and does the initial setup of the #GRegex structure. a #GRegex structure. Call g_regex_unref() when you are done with it the regular expression compile options for the regular expression, or 0 match options for the regular expression, or 0 Returns the number of capturing subpatterns in the pattern. the number of capturing subpatterns a #GRegex Returns the compile options that @regex was created with. flags from #GRegexCompileFlags a #GRegex Checks whether the pattern contains explicit CR or LF references. %TRUE if the pattern contains explicit CR or LF references a #GRegex structure Returns the match options that @regex was created with. flags from #GRegexMatchFlags a #GRegex Returns the number of the highest back reference in the pattern, or 0 if the pattern does not contain back references. the number of the highest back reference a #GRegex Gets the pattern string associated with @regex, i.e. a copy of the string passed to g_regex_new(). the pattern of @regex a #GRegex structure Retrieves the number of the subexpression named @name. The number of the subexpression or -1 if @name does not exists #GRegex structure name of the subexpression Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex. The @match_options are combined with the match options specified when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures. A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched. To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in string you can use g_match_info_next(). |[ static void print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string) { /&ast; Print all uppercase-only words. &ast;/ GRegex *regex; GMatchInfo *match_info; &nbsp; regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL); g_regex_match (regex, string, 0, &amp;match_info); while (g_match_info_matches (match_info)) { gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0); g_print ("Found: %s\n", word); g_free (word); g_match_info_next (match_info, NULL); } g_match_info_free (match_info); g_regex_unref (regex); } ]| @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() the string to scan for matches match options pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only the longest match in the string is retrieved. This function uses a different algorithm so it can retrieve all the possible matches. For more documentation see g_regex_match_all_full(). A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched. @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() the string to scan for matches match options pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only the longest match in the string is retrieved, it is not possible to obtain all the available matches. For instance matching "&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;" against the pattern "&lt;.*&gt;" you get "&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;". This function uses a different algorithm (called DFA, i.e. deterministic finite automaton), so it can retrieve all the possible matches, all starting at the same point in the string. For instance matching "&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;" against the pattern "&lt;.*&gt;" you would obtain three matches: "&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;", "&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt;" and "&lt;a&gt;". The number of matched strings is retrieved using g_match_info_get_match_count(). To obtain the matched strings and their position you can use, respectively, g_match_info_fetch() and g_match_info_fetch_pos(). Note that the strings are returned in reverse order of length; that is, the longest matching string is given first. Note that the DFA algorithm is slower than the standard one and it is not able to capture substrings, so backreferences do not work. Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched. @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() the string to scan for matches the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated starting index of the string to match match options pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex. The @match_options are combined with the match options specified when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures. Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched. @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in string you can use g_match_info_next(). |[ static void print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string) { /&ast; Print all uppercase-only words. &ast;/ GRegex *regex; GMatchInfo *match_info; GError *error = NULL; &nbsp; regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL); g_regex_match_full (regex, string, -1, 0, 0, &amp;match_info, &amp;error); while (g_match_info_matches (match_info)) { gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0); g_print ("Found: %s\n", word); g_free (word); g_match_info_next (match_info, &amp;error); } g_match_info_free (match_info); g_regex_unref (regex); if (error != NULL) { g_printerr ("Error while matching: %s\n", error->message); g_error_free (error); } } ]| %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() the string to scan for matches the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated starting index of the string to match match options pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it Increases reference count of @regex by 1. @regex a #GRegex Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the replacement text. Backreferences of the form '\number' or '\g&lt;number&gt;' in the replacement text are interpolated by the number-th captured subexpression of the match, '\g&lt;name&gt;' refers to the captured subexpression with the given name. '\0' refers to the complete match, but '\0' followed by a number is the octal representation of a character. To include a literal '\' in the replacement, write '\\'. There are also escapes that changes the case of the following text: <variablelist> <varlistentry><term>\l</term> <listitem> <para>Convert to lower case the next character</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term>\u</term> <listitem> <para>Convert to upper case the next character</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term>\L</term> <listitem> <para>Convert to lower case till \E</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term>\U</term> <listitem> <para>Convert to upper case till \E</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term>\E</term> <listitem> <para>End case modification</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> If you do not need to use backreferences use g_regex_replace_literal(). The @replacement string must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was passed to g_regex_new(). If you want to use not UTF-8 encoded stings you can use g_regex_replace_literal(). Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". a newly allocated string containing the replacements a #GRegex structure the string to perform matches against the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated starting index of the string to match text to replace each match with options for the match Replaces occurrences of the pattern in regex with the output of @eval for that occurrence. Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". The following example uses g_regex_replace_eval() to replace multiple strings at once: |[ static gboolean eval_cb (const GMatchInfo *info, GString *res, gpointer data) { gchar *match; gchar *r; match = g_match_info_fetch (info, 0); r = g_hash_table_lookup ((GHashTable *)data, match); g_string_append (res, r); g_free (match); return FALSE; } /&ast; ... &ast;/ GRegex *reg; GHashTable *h; gchar *res; h = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); g_hash_table_insert (h, "1", "ONE"); g_hash_table_insert (h, "2", "TWO"); g_hash_table_insert (h, "3", "THREE"); g_hash_table_insert (h, "4", "FOUR"); reg = g_regex_new ("1|2|3|4", 0, 0, NULL); res = g_regex_replace_eval (reg, text, -1, 0, 0, eval_cb, h, NULL); g_hash_table_destroy (h); /&ast; ... &ast;/ ]| a newly allocated string containing the replacements a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() string to perform matches against the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated starting index of the string to match options for the match a function to call for each match user data to pass to the function Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the replacement text. @replacement is replaced literally, to include backreferences use g_regex_replace(). Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". a newly allocated string containing the replacements a #GRegex structure the string to perform matches against the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated starting index of the string to match text to replace each match with options for the match Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first token. As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this function. A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c". a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev() a #GRegex structure the string to split with the pattern match time option flags Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first token. As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this function. A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c". Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev() a #GRegex structure the string to split with the pattern the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated starting index of the string to match match time option flags the maximum number of tokens to split @string into. If this is less than 1, the string is split completely Decreases reference count of @regex by 1. When reference count drops to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the regex structure. a #GRegex Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string (see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in it are valid. If @has_references is not %NULL then @replacement is checked for pattern references. For instance, replacement text 'foo\n' does not contain references and may be evaluated without information about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object. whether @replacement is a valid replacement string the replacement string location to store information about references in @replacement or %NULL Escapes the nul characters in @string to "\x00". It can be used to compile a regex with embedded nul characters. For completeness, @length can be -1 for a nul-terminated string. In this case the output string will be of course equal to @string. a newly-allocated escaped string the string to escape the length of @string Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This function is useful to dynamically generate regular expressions. @string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0", in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string in @length. a newly-allocated escaped string the string to escape the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated Scans for a match in @string for @pattern. This function is equivalent to g_regex_match() but it does not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some lines of code when you need just to do a match without extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on. If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_match(). %TRUE if the string matched, %FALSE otherwise the regular expression the string to scan for matches compile options for the regular expression, or 0 match options, or 0 Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first token. This function is equivalent to g_regex_split() but it does not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some lines of code when you need just to do a split without extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on. If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_split(). As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this function. A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c". a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Free it using g_strfreev() the regular expression the string to scan for matches compile options for the regular expression, or 0 match options, or 0 Flags specifying compile-time options. Letters in the pattern match both upper- and lowercase letters. This option can be changed within a pattern by a "(?i)" option setting. By default, GRegex treats the strings as consisting of a single line of characters (even if it actually contains newlines). The "start of line" metacharacter ("^") matches only at the start of the string, while the "end of line" metacharacter ("$") matches only at the end of the string, or before a terminating newline (unless #G_REGEX_DOLLAR_ENDONLY is set). When #G_REGEX_MULTILINE is set, the "start of line" and "end of line" constructs match immediately following or immediately before any newline in the string, respectively, as well as at the very start and end. This can be changed within a pattern by a "(?m)" option setting. A dot metacharater (".") in the pattern matches all characters, including newlines. Without it, newlines are excluded. This option can be changed within a pattern by a ("?s") option setting. Whitespace data characters in the pattern are totally ignored except when escaped or inside a character class. Whitespace does not include the VT character (code 11). In addition, characters between an unescaped "#" outside a character class and the next newline character, inclusive, are also ignored. This can be changed within a pattern by a "(?x)" option setting. The pattern is forced to be "anchored", that is, it is constrained to match only at the first matching point in the string that is being searched. This effect can also be achieved by appropriate constructs in the pattern itself such as the "^" metacharater. A dollar metacharacter ("$") in the pattern matches only at the end of the string. Without this option, a dollar also matches immediately before the final character if it is a newline (but not before any other newlines). This option is ignored if #G_REGEX_MULTILINE is set. Inverts the "greediness" of the quantifiers so that they are not greedy by default, but become greedy if followed by "?". It can also be set by a "(?U)" option setting within the pattern. Usually strings must be valid UTF-8 strings, using this flag they are considered as a raw sequence of bytes. Disables the use of numbered capturing parentheses in the pattern. Any opening parenthesis that is not followed by "?" behaves as if it were followed by "?:" but named parentheses can still be used for capturing (and they acquire numbers in the usual way). Optimize the regular expression. If the pattern will be used many times, then it may be worth the effort to optimize it to improve the speed of matches. Limits an unanchored pattern to match before (or at) the first newline. Since: 2.34 Names used to identify capturing subpatterns need not be unique. This can be helpful for certain types of pattern when it is known that only one instance of the named subpattern can ever be matched. Usually any newline character or character sequence is recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character is '\r'. Usually any newline character or character sequence is recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character is '\n'. Usually any newline character or character sequence is recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character sequence is '\r\n'. Usually any newline character or character sequence is recognized. If this option is set, the only recognized newline character sequences are '\r', '\n', and '\r\n'. Since: 2.34 Usually any newline character or character sequence is recognised. If this option is set, then "\R" only recognizes the newline characters '\r', '\n' and '\r\n'. Since: 2.34 Changes behaviour so that it is compatible with JavaScript rather than PCRE. Since: 2.34 Error codes returned by regular expressions functions. Compilation of the regular expression failed. Optimization of the regular expression failed. Replacement failed due to an ill-formed replacement string. The match process failed. Internal error of the regular expression engine. Since 2.16 "\\" at end of pattern. Since 2.16 "\\c" at end of pattern. Since 2.16 Unrecognized character follows "\\". Since 2.16 Numbers out of order in "{}" quantifier. Since 2.16 Number too big in "{}" quantifier. Since 2.16 Missing terminating "]" for character class. Since 2.16 Invalid escape sequence in character class. Since 2.16 Range out of order in character class. Since 2.16 Nothing to repeat. Since 2.16 Unrecognized character after "(?", "(?&lt;" or "(?P". Since 2.16 POSIX named classes are supported only within a class. Since 2.16 Missing terminating ")" or ")" without opening "(". Since 2.16 Reference to non-existent subpattern. Since 2.16 Missing terminating ")" after comment. Since 2.16 Regular expression too large. Since 2.16 Failed to get memory. Since 2.16 Lookbehind assertion is not fixed length. Since 2.16 Malformed number or name after "(?(". Since 2.16 Conditional group contains more than two branches. Since 2.16 Assertion expected after "(?(". Since 2.16 Unknown POSIX class name. Since 2.16 POSIX collating elements are not supported. Since 2.16 Character value in "\\x{...}" sequence is too large. Since 2.16 Invalid condition "(?(0)". Since 2.16 \\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion. Since 2.16 Recursive call could loop indefinitely. Since 2.16 Missing terminator in subpattern name. Since 2.16 Two named subpatterns have the same name. Since 2.16 Malformed "\\P" or "\\p" sequence. Since 2.16 Unknown property name after "\\P" or "\\p". Since 2.16 Subpattern name is too long (maximum 32 characters). Since 2.16 Too many named subpatterns (maximum 10,000). Since 2.16 Octal value is greater than "\\377". Since 2.16 "DEFINE" group contains more than one branch. Since 2.16 Repeating a "DEFINE" group is not allowed. This error is never raised. Since: 2.16 Deprecated: 2.34 Inconsistent newline options. Since 2.16 "\\g" is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name or number, or by a plain number. Since: 2.16 relative reference must not be zero. Since: 2.34 the backtracing control verb used does not allow an argument. Since: 2.34 unknown backtracing control verb. Since: 2.34 number is too big in escape sequence. Since: 2.34 Missing subpattern name. Since: 2.34 Missing digit. Since 2.34 In JavaScript compatibility mode, "[" is an invalid data character. Since: 2.34 different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed. Since: 2.34 the backtracing control verb requires an argument. Since: 2.34 "\\c" must be followed by an ASCII character. Since: 2.34 "\\k" is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name. Since: 2.34 "\\N" is not supported in a class. Since: 2.34 too many forward references. Since: 2.34 the name is too long in "(*MARK)", "(*PRUNE)", "(*SKIP)", or "(*THEN)". Since: 2.34 the character value in the \\u sequence is too large. Since: 2.34 Specifies the type of the function passed to g_regex_replace_eval(). It is called for each occurrence of the pattern in the string passed to g_regex_replace_eval(), and it should append the replacement to @result. %FALSE to continue the replacement process, %TRUE to stop it the #GMatchInfo generated by the match. Use g_match_info_get_regex() and g_match_info_get_string() if you need the #GRegex or the matched string. a #GString containing the new string user data passed to g_regex_replace_eval() Flags specifying match-time options. The pattern is forced to be "anchored", that is, it is constrained to match only at the first matching point in the string that is being searched. This effect can also be achieved by appropriate constructs in the pattern itself such as the "^" metacharater. Specifies that first character of the string is not the beginning of a line, so the circumflex metacharacter should not match before it. Setting this without #G_REGEX_MULTILINE (at compile time) causes circumflex never to match. This option affects only the behaviour of the circumflex metacharacter, it does not affect "\A". Specifies that the end of the subject string is not the end of a line, so the dollar metacharacter should not match it nor (except in multiline mode) a newline immediately before it. Setting this without #G_REGEX_MULTILINE (at compile time) causes dollar never to match. This option affects only the behaviour of the dollar metacharacter, it does not affect "\Z" or "\z". An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this option is set. If there are alternatives in the pattern, they are tried. If all the alternatives match the empty string, the entire match fails. For example, if the pattern "a?b?" is applied to a string not beginning with "a" or "b", it matches the empty string at the start of the string. With this flag set, this match is not valid, so GRegex searches further into the string for occurrences of "a" or "b". Turns on the partial matching feature, for more documentation on partial matching see g_match_info_is_partial_match(). Overrides the newline definition set when creating a new #GRegex, setting the '\r' character as line terminator. Overrides the newline definition set when creating a new #GRegex, setting the '\n' character as line terminator. Overrides the newline definition set when creating a new #GRegex, setting the '\r\n' characters sequence as line terminator. Overrides the newline definition set when creating a new #GRegex, any Unicode newline sequence is recognised as a newline. These are '\r', '\n' and '\rn', and the single characters U+000B LINE TABULATION, U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+0085 NEXT LINE (NEL), U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR and U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR. Overrides the newline definition set when creating a new #GRegex; any '\r', '\n', or '\r\n' character sequence is recognized as a newline. Since: 2.34 Overrides the newline definition for "\R" set when creating a new #GRegex; only '\r', '\n', or '\r\n' character sequences are recognized as a newline by "\R". Since: 2.34 Overrides the newline definition for "\R" set when creating a new #GRegex; any Unicode newline character or character sequence are recognized as a newline by "\R". These are '\r', '\n' and '\rn', and the single characters U+000B LINE TABULATION, U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+0085 NEXT LINE (NEL), U+2028 LINE SEPARATOR and U+2029 PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR. Since: 2.34 An alias for #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL. Since: 2.34 Turns on the partial matching feature. In contrast to to #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL_SOFT, this stops matching as soon as a partial match is found, without continuing to search for a possible complete match. See see g_match_info_is_partial_match() for more information. Since: 2.34 Like #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTEMPTY, but only applied to the start of the matched string. For anchored patterns this can only happen for pattern containing "\K". Since: 2.34 The search path separator character. This is ':' on UNIX machines and ';' under Windows. The search path separator as a string. This is ":" on UNIX machines and ";" under Windows. The #GSList struct is used for each element in the singly-linked list. Allocates space for one #GSList element. It is called by the g_slist_append(), g_slist_prepend(), g_slist_insert() and g_slist_insert_sorted() functions and so is rarely used on its own. a pointer to the newly-allocated #GSList element. Adds a new element on to the end of the list. <note><para> The return value is the new start of the list, which may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. </para></note> <note><para> Note that g_slist_append() has to traverse the entire list to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added. </para></note> |[ /&ast; Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. &ast;/ GSList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL; /&ast; This is a list of strings. &ast;/ list = g_slist_append (list, "first"); list = g_slist_append (list, "second"); /&ast; This is a list of integers. &ast;/ number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27)); number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14)); ]| the new start of the #GSList a #GSList the data for the new element Adds the second #GSList onto the end of the first #GSList. Note that the elements of the second #GSList are not copied. They are used directly. the start of the new #GSList a #GSList the #GSList to add to the end of the first #GSList Copies a #GSList. <note><para> Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but the actual data isn't. See g_slist_copy_deep() if you need to copy the data as well. </para></note> a copy of @list a #GSList Makes a full (deep) copy of a #GSList. In contrast with g_slist_copy(), this function uses @func to make a copy of each list element, in addition to copying the list container itself. @func, as a #GCopyFunc, takes two arguments, the data to be copied and a user pointer. It's safe to pass #NULL as user_data, if the copy function takes only one argument. For instance, if @list holds a list of GObjects, you can do: |[ another_list = g_slist_copy_deep (list, (GCopyFunc) g_object_ref, NULL); ]| And, to entirely free the new list, you could do: |[ g_slist_free_full (another_list, g_object_unref); ]| a full copy of @list, use #g_slist_free_full to free it a #GSList a copy function used to copy every element in the list user data passed to the copy function @func, or #NULL Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it. Compare this to g_slist_remove_link() which removes the node without freeing it. <note>Removing arbitrary nodes from a singly-linked list requires time that is proportional to the length of the list (ie. O(n)). If you find yourself using g_slist_delete_link() frequently, you should consider a different data structure, such as the doubly-linked #GList.</note> the new head of @list a #GSList node to delete Finds the element in a #GSList which contains the given data. the found #GSList element, or %NULL if it is not found a #GSList the element data to find Finds an element in a #GSList, using a supplied function to find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling the given function which should return 0 when the desired element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments, the #GSList element's data as the first argument and the given user data. the found #GSList element, or %NULL if it is not found a #GSList user data passed to the function the function to call for each element. It should return 0 when the desired element is found Calls a function for each element of a #GSList. a #GSList the function to call with each element's data user data to pass to the function Frees all of the memory used by a #GSList. The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator. <note><para> If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, you should either use g_slist_free_full() or free them manually first. </para></note> a #GSList Frees one #GSList element. It is usually used after g_slist_remove_link(). a #GSList element Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GSList, and calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. a pointer to a #GSList the function to be called to free each element's data Gets the position of the element containing the given data (starting from 0). the index of the element containing the data, or -1 if the data is not found a #GSList the data to find Inserts a new element into the list at the given position. the new start of the #GSList a #GSList the data for the new element the position to insert the element. If this is negative, or is larger than the number of elements in the list, the new element is added on to the end of the list. Inserts a node before @sibling containing @data. the new head of the list. a #GSList node to insert @data before data to put in the newly-inserted node Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison function to determine its position. the new start of the #GSList a #GSList the data for the new element the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison function to determine its position. the new start of the #GSList a #GSList the data for the new element the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. data to pass to comparison function Gets the last element in a #GSList. <note><para> This function iterates over the whole list. </para></note> the last element in the #GSList, or %NULL if the #GSList has no elements a #GSList Gets the number of elements in a #GSList. <note><para> This function iterates over the whole list to count its elements. </para></note> the number of elements in the #GSList a #GSList Gets the element at the given position in a #GSList. the element, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GSList a #GSList the position of the element, counting from 0 Gets the data of the element at the given position. the element's data, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GSList a #GSList the position of the element Gets the position of the given element in the #GSList (starting from 0). the position of the element in the #GSList, or -1 if the element is not found a #GSList an element in the #GSList Adds a new element on to the start of the list. <note><para> The return value is the new start of the list, which may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. </para></note> |[ /&ast; Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. &ast;/ GSList *list = NULL; list = g_slist_prepend (list, "last"); list = g_slist_prepend (list, "first"); ]| the new start of the #GSList a #GSList the data for the new element Removes an element from a #GSList. If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed. If none of the elements contain the data, the #GSList is unchanged. the new start of the #GSList a #GSList the data of the element to remove Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data. Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with g_slist_remove() which removes only the first node matching the given data. new head of @list a #GSList data to remove Removes an element from a #GSList, without freeing the element. The removed element's next link is set to %NULL, so that it becomes a self-contained list with one element. <note>Removing arbitrary nodes from a singly-linked list requires time that is proportional to the length of the list (ie. O(n)). If you find yourself using g_slist_remove_link() frequently, you should consider a different data structure, such as the doubly-linked #GList.</note> the new start of the #GSList, without the element a #GSList an element in the #GSList Reverses a #GSList. the start of the reversed #GSList a #GSList Sorts a #GSList using the given comparison function. the start of the sorted #GSList a #GSList the comparison function used to sort the #GSList. This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GSList and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element comes before the second, or a positive value if the first element comes after the second. Like g_slist_sort(), but the sort function accepts a user data argument. new head of the list a #GSList comparison function data to pass to comparison function The square root of two. The standard delimiters, used in g_strdelimit(). The data structure representing a lexical scanner. You should set @input_name after creating the scanner, since it is used by the default message handler when displaying warnings and errors. If you are scanning a file, the filename would be a good choice. The @user_data and @max_parse_errors fields are not used. If you need to associate extra data with the scanner you can place them here. If you want to use your own message handler you can set the @msg_handler field. The type of the message handler function is declared by #GScannerMsgFunc. Returns the current line in the input stream (counting from 1). This is the line of the last token parsed via g_scanner_get_next_token(). the current line a #GScanner Returns the current position in the current line (counting from 0). This is the position of the last token parsed via g_scanner_get_next_token(). the current position on the line a #GScanner Gets the current token type. This is simply the @token field in the #GScanner structure. the current token type a #GScanner Gets the current token value. This is simply the @value field in the #GScanner structure. the current token value a #GScanner Frees all memory used by the #GScanner. a #GScanner Returns %TRUE if the scanner has reached the end of the file or text buffer. %TRUE if the scanner has reached the end of the file or text buffer a #GScanner Outputs an error message, via the #GScanner message handler. a #GScanner the message format. See the printf() documentation Parses the next token just like g_scanner_peek_next_token() and also removes it from the input stream. The token data is placed in the @token, @value, @line, and @position fields of the #GScanner structure. the type of the token a #GScanner Prepares to scan a file. a #GScanner a file descriptor Prepares to scan a text buffer. a #GScanner the text buffer to scan the length of the text buffer Looks up a symbol in the current scope and return its value. If the symbol is not bound in the current scope, %NULL is returned. the value of @symbol in the current scope, or %NULL if @symbol is not bound in the current scope a #GScanner the symbol to look up Parses the next token, without removing it from the input stream. The token data is placed in the @next_token, @next_value, @next_line, and @next_position fields of the #GScanner structure. Note that, while the token is not removed from the input stream (i.e. the next call to g_scanner_get_next_token() will return the same token), it will not be reevaluated. This can lead to surprising results when changing scope or the scanner configuration after peeking the next token. Getting the next token after switching the scope or configuration will return whatever was peeked before, regardless of any symbols that may have been added or removed in the new scope. the type of the token a #GScanner Adds a symbol to the given scope. a #GScanner the scope id the symbol to add the value of the symbol Calls the given function for each of the symbol/value pairs in the given scope of the #GScanner. The function is passed the symbol and value of each pair, and the given @user_data parameter. a #GScanner the scope id the function to call for each symbol/value pair user data to pass to the function Looks up a symbol in a scope and return its value. If the symbol is not bound in the scope, %NULL is returned. the value of @symbol in the given scope, or %NULL if @symbol is not bound in the given scope. a #GScanner the scope id the symbol to look up Removes a symbol from a scope. a #GScanner the scope id the symbol to remove Sets the current scope. the old scope id a #GScanner the new scope id Rewinds the filedescriptor to the current buffer position and blows the file read ahead buffer. This is useful for third party uses of the scanners filedescriptor, which hooks onto the current scanning position. a #GScanner Outputs a message through the scanner's msg_handler, resulting from an unexpected token in the input stream. Note that you should not call g_scanner_peek_next_token() followed by g_scanner_unexp_token() without an intermediate call to g_scanner_get_next_token(), as g_scanner_unexp_token() evaluates the scanner's current token (not the peeked token) to construct part of the message. a #GScanner the expected token a string describing how the scanner's user refers to identifiers (%NULL defaults to "identifier"). This is used if @expected_token is %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER or %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER_NULL. a string describing how the scanner's user refers to symbols (%NULL defaults to "symbol"). This is used if @expected_token is %G_TOKEN_SYMBOL or any token value greater than %G_TOKEN_LAST. the name of the symbol, if the scanner's current token is a symbol. a message string to output at the end of the warning/error, or %NULL. if %TRUE it is output as an error. If %FALSE it is output as a warning. Outputs a warning message, via the #GScanner message handler. a #GScanner the message format. See the printf() documentation Creates a new #GScanner. The @config_templ structure specifies the initial settings of the scanner, which are copied into the #GScanner @config field. If you pass %NULL then the default settings are used. the new #GScanner the initial scanner settings Specifies the #GScanner parser configuration. Most settings can be changed during the parsing phase and will affect the lexical parsing of the next unpeeked token. Specifies the type of the message handler function. a #GScanner the message %TRUE if the message signals an error, %FALSE if it signals a warning. An enumeration specifying the base position for a g_io_channel_seek_position() operation. the current position in the file. the start of the file. the end of the file. The #GSequence struct is an opaque data type representing a <link linkend="glib-Sequences">Sequence</link> data type. Adds a new item to the end of @seq. an iterator pointing to the new item a #GSequence the data for the new item Calls @func for each item in the sequence passing @user_data to the function. a #GSequence the function to call for each item in @seq user data passed to @func Frees the memory allocated for @seq. If @seq has a data destroy function associated with it, that function is called on all items in @seq. a #GSequence Returns the begin iterator for @seq. the begin iterator for @seq. a #GSequence Returns the end iterator for @seg the end iterator for @seq a #GSequence Returns the iterator at position @pos. If @pos is negative or larger than the number of items in @seq, the end iterator is returned. The #GSequenceIter at position @pos a #GSequence a position in @seq, or -1 for the end. Returns the length of @seq the length of @seq a #GSequence Inserts @data into @sequence using @func to determine the new position. The sequence must already be sorted according to @cmp_func; otherwise the new position of @data is undefined. @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second item comes before the first. a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item. a #GSequence the data to insert the function used to compare items in the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func. Like g_sequence_insert_sorted(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item a #GSequence data for the new item the function used to compare iterators in the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func Returns an iterator pointing to the position of the first item found equal to @data according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. If more than one item is equal, it is not guaranteed that it is the first which is returned. In that case, you can use g_sequence_iter_next() and g_sequence_iter_prev() to get others. @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second item comes before the first. <note><para> This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after doing unsorted insertions. </para></note> an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position of the first item found equal to @data according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data, or %NULL if no such item exists. a #GSequence data to lookup the function used to compare items in the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func. Like g_sequence_lookup(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. <note><para> This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after doing unsorted insertions. </para></note> an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position of the first item found equal to @data according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data, or %NULL if no such item exists. a #GSequence data to lookup the function used to compare iterators in the sequence user data passed to @iter_cmp Adds a new item to the front of @seq an iterator pointing to the new item a #GSequence the data for the new item Returns an iterator pointing to the position where @data would be inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second item comes before the first. If you are simply searching for an existing element of the sequence, consider using g_sequence_lookup(). <note><para> This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after doing unsorted insertions. </para></note> an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position where @data would have been inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. a #GSequence data for the new item the function used to compare items in the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func. Like g_sequence_search(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. If you are simply searching for an existing element of the sequence, consider using g_sequence_lookup_iter(). <note><para> This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after doing unsorted insertions. </para></note> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position in @seq where @data would have been inserted according to @iter_cmp and @cmp_data. a #GSequence data for the new item the function used to compare iterators in the sequence user data passed to @iter_cmp Sorts @seq using @cmp_func. @cmp_func is passed two items of @seq and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first comes before the second, and a positive value if the second comes before the first. a #GSequence the function used to sort the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func Like g_sequence_sort(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a GCompareDataFunc as the compare function @cmp_func is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. a #GSequence the function used to compare iterators in the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func Calls @func for each item in the range (@begin, @end) passing @user_data to the function. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter a #GFunc user data passed to @func Returns the data that @iter points to. the data that @iter points to a #GSequenceIter Inserts a new item just before the item pointed to by @iter. an iterator pointing to the new item a #GSequenceIter the data for the new item Moves the item pointed to by @src to the position indicated by @dest. After calling this function @dest will point to the position immediately after @src. It is allowed for @src and @dest to point into different sequences. a #GSequenceIter pointing to the item to move a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position to which the item is moved. Inserts the (@begin, @end) range at the destination pointed to by ptr. The @begin and @end iters must point into the same sequence. It is allowed for @dest to point to a different sequence than the one pointed into by @begin and @end. If @dest is NULL, the range indicated by @begin and @end is removed from the sequence. If @dest iter points to a place within the (@begin, @end) range, the range does not move. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter Creates a new GSequence. The @data_destroy function, if non-%NULL will be called on all items when the sequence is destroyed and on items that are removed from the sequence. a new #GSequence a #GDestroyNotify function, or %NULL Finds an iterator somewhere in the range (@begin, @end). This iterator will be close to the middle of the range, but is not guaranteed to be <emphasis>exactly</emphasis> in the middle. The @begin and @end iterators must both point to the same sequence and @begin must come before or be equal to @end in the sequence. A #GSequenceIter pointing somewhere in the (@begin, @end) range. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter Removes the item pointed to by @iter. It is an error to pass the end iterator to this function. If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this function is called on the data for the removed item. a #GSequenceIter Removes all items in the (@begin, @end) range. If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this function is called on the data for the removed items. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter Changes the data for the item pointed to by @iter to be @data. If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, that function is called on the existing data that @iter pointed to. a #GSequenceIter new data for the item Moves the data pointed to a new position as indicated by @cmp_func. This function should be called for items in a sequence already sorted according to @cmp_func whenever some aspect of an item changes so that @cmp_func may return different values for that item. @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second item comes before the first. A #GSequenceIter the function used to compare items in the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func. Like g_sequence_sort_changed(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. a #GSequenceIter the function used to compare iterators in the sequence user data passed to @cmp_func Swaps the items pointed to by @a and @b. It is allowed for @a and @b to point into difference sequences. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter The #GSequenceIter struct is an opaque data type representing an iterator pointing into a #GSequence. Returns a negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are equal, and a positive number if @a comes after @b. The @a and @b iterators must point into the same sequence. A negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are equal, and a positive number if @a comes after @b. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter Returns the position of @iter the position of @iter a #GSequenceIter Returns the #GSequence that @iter points into. the #GSequence that @iter points into. a #GSequenceIter Returns whether @iter is the begin iterator whether @iter is the begin iterator a #GSequenceIter Returns whether @iter is the end iterator Whether @iter is the end iterator. a #GSequenceIter Returns the #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter. If @iter is closer than -@delta positions to the beginning of the sequence, the begin iterator is returned. If @iter is closer than @delta positions to the end of the sequence, the end iterator is returned. a #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter. a #GSequenceIter A positive or negative number indicating how many positions away from @iter the returned #GSequenceIter will be. Returns an iterator pointing to the next position after @iter. If @iter is the end iterator, the end iterator is returned. a #GSequenceIter pointing to the next position after @iter. a #GSequenceIter Returns an iterator pointing to the previous position before @iter. If @iter is the begin iterator, the begin iterator is returned. a #GSequenceIter pointing to the previous position before @iter. a #GSequenceIter A #GSequenceIterCompareFunc is a function used to compare iterators. It must return zero if the iterators compare equal, a negative value if @a comes before @b, and a positive value if @b comes before @a. zero if the iterators are equal, a negative value if @a comes before @b, and a positive value if @b comes before @a. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter user data Error codes returned by shell functions. Mismatched or otherwise mangled quoting. String to be parsed was empty. Some other error. The <structname>GSource</structname> struct is an opaque data type representing an event source. Creates a new #GSource structure. The size is specified to allow creating structures derived from #GSource that contain additional data. The size passed in must be at least <literal>sizeof (GSource)</literal>. The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be executed. the newly-created #GSource. structure containing functions that implement the sources behavior. size of the #GSource structure to create. Adds @child_source to @source as a "polled" source; when @source is added to a #GMainContext, @child_source will be automatically added with the same priority, when @child_source is triggered, it will cause @source to dispatch (in addition to calling its own callback), and when @source is destroyed, it will destroy @child_source as well. (@source will also still be dispatched if its own prepare/check functions indicate that it is ready.) If you don't need @child_source to do anything on its own when it triggers, you can call g_source_set_dummy_callback() on it to set a callback that does nothing (except return %TRUE if appropriate). @source will hold a reference on @child_source while @child_source is attached to it. a #GSource a second #GSource that @source should "poll" Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for this source. This is usually combined with g_source_new() to add an event source. The event source's check function will typically test the @revents field in the #GPollFD struct and return %TRUE if events need to be processed. Using this API forces the linear scanning of event sources on each main loop iteration. Newly-written event sources should try to use g_source_add_unix_fd() instead of this API. a #GSource a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file descriptor to watch. Monitors @fd for the IO events in @events. The tag returned by this function can be used to remove or modify the monitoring of the fd using g_source_remove_unix_fd() or g_source_modify_unix_fd(). It is not necessary to remove the fd before destroying the source; it will be cleaned up automatically. As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. an opaque tag a #GSource the fd to monitor an event mask Adds a #GSource to a @context so that it will be executed within that context. Remove it by calling g_source_destroy(). the ID (greater than 0) for the source within the #GMainContext. a #GSource a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) Removes a source from its #GMainContext, if any, and mark it as destroyed. The source cannot be subsequently added to another context. a #GSource Checks whether a source is allowed to be called recursively. see g_source_set_can_recurse(). whether recursion is allowed. a #GSource Gets the #GMainContext with which the source is associated. You can call this on a source that has been destroyed, provided that the #GMainContext it was attached to still exists (in which case it will return that #GMainContext). In particular, you can always call this function on the source returned from g_main_current_source(). But calling this function on a source whose #GMainContext has been destroyed is an error. the #GMainContext with which the source is associated, or %NULL if the context has not yet been added to a source. a #GSource This function ignores @source and is otherwise the same as g_get_current_time(). a #GSource #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time. Returns the numeric ID for a particular source. The ID of a source is a positive integer which is unique within a particular main loop context. The reverse mapping from ID to source is done by g_main_context_find_source_by_id(). the ID (greater than 0) for the source a #GSource Gets a name for the source, used in debugging and profiling. The name may be #NULL if it has never been set with g_source_set_name(). the name of the source a #GSource Gets the priority of a source. the priority of the source a #GSource Gets the "ready time" of @source, as set by g_source_set_ready_time(). Any time before the current monotonic time (including 0) is an indication that the source will fire immediately. the monotonic ready time, -1 for "never" a #GSource Gets the time to be used when checking this source. The advantage of calling this function over calling g_get_monotonic_time() directly is that when checking multiple sources, GLib can cache a single value instead of having to repeatedly get the system monotonic time. The time here is the system monotonic time, if available, or some other reasonable alternative otherwise. See g_get_monotonic_time(). the monotonic time in microseconds a #GSource Returns whether @source has been destroyed. This is important when you operate upon your objects from within idle handlers, but may have freed the object before the dispatch of your idle handler. |[ static gboolean idle_callback (gpointer data) { SomeWidget *self = data; GDK_THREADS_ENTER (<!-- -->); /<!-- -->* do stuff with self *<!-- -->/ self->idle_id = 0; GDK_THREADS_LEAVE (<!-- -->); return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; } static void some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self) { self->idle_id = g_idle_add (idle_callback, self); } static void some_widget_finalize (GObject *object) { SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object); if (self->idle_id) g_source_remove (self->idle_id); G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object); } ]| This will fail in a multi-threaded application if the widget is destroyed before the idle handler fires due to the use after free in the callback. A solution, to this particular problem, is to check to if the source has already been destroy within the callback. |[ static gboolean idle_callback (gpointer data) { SomeWidget *self = data; GDK_THREADS_ENTER (); if (!g_source_is_destroyed (g_main_current_source ())) { /<!-- -->* do stuff with self *<!-- -->/ } GDK_THREADS_LEAVE (); return FALSE; } ]| %TRUE if the source has been destroyed a #GSource Updates the event mask to watch for the fd identified by @tag. @tag is the tag returned from g_source_add_unix_fd(). If you want to remove a fd, don't set its event mask to zero. Instead, call g_source_remove_unix_fd(). As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. a #GSource the tag from g_source_add_unix_fd() the new event mask to watch Queries the events reported for the fd corresponding to @tag on @source during the last poll. The return value of this function is only defined when the function is called from the check or dispatch functions for @source. As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. the conditions reported on the fd a #GSource the tag from g_source_add_unix_fd() Increases the reference count on a source by one. @source a #GSource Detaches @child_source from @source and destroys it. a #GSource a #GSource previously passed to g_source_add_child_source(). Removes a file descriptor from the set of file descriptors polled for this source. a #GSource a #GPollFD structure previously passed to g_source_add_poll(). Reverses the effect of a previous call to g_source_add_unix_fd(). You only need to call this if you want to remove an fd from being watched while keeping the same source around. In the normal case you will just want to destroy the source. As the name suggests, this function is not available on Windows. a #GSource the tag from g_source_add_unix_fd() Sets the callback function for a source. The callback for a source is called from the source's dispatch function. The exact type of @func depends on the type of source; ie. you should not count on @func being called with @data as its first parameter. Typically, you won't use this function. Instead use functions specific to the type of source you are using. the source a callback function the data to pass to callback function a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL. Sets the callback function storing the data as a refcounted callback "object". This is used internally. Note that calling g_source_set_callback_indirect() assumes an initial reference count on @callback_data, and thus @callback_funcs->unref will eventually be called once more than @callback_funcs->ref. the source pointer to callback data "object" functions for reference counting @callback_data and getting the callback and data Sets whether a source can be called recursively. If @can_recurse is %TRUE, then while the source is being dispatched then this source will be processed normally. Otherwise, all processing of this source is blocked until the dispatch function returns. a #GSource whether recursion is allowed for this source Sets the source functions (can be used to override default implementations) of an unattached source. a #GSource the new #GSourceFuncs Sets a name for the source, used in debugging and profiling. The name defaults to #NULL. The source name should describe in a human-readable way what the source does. For example, "X11 event queue" or "GTK+ repaint idle handler" or whatever it is. It is permitted to call this function multiple times, but is not recommended due to the potential performance impact. For example, one could change the name in the "check" function of a #GSourceFuncs to include details like the event type in the source name. a #GSource debug name for the source Sets the priority of a source. While the main loop is being run, a source will be dispatched if it is ready to be dispatched and no sources at a higher (numerically smaller) priority are ready to be dispatched. a #GSource the new priority. Sets a #GSource to be dispatched when the given monotonic time is reached (or passed). If the monotonic time is in the past (as it always will be if @ready_time is 0) then the source will be dispatched immediately. If @ready_time is -1 then the source is never woken up on the basis of the passage of time. Dispatching the source does not reset the ready time. You should do so yourself, from the source dispatch function. Note that if you have a pair of sources where the ready time of one suggests that it will be delivered first but the priority for the other suggests that it would be delivered first, and the ready time for both sources is reached during the same main context iteration then the order of dispatch is undefined. a #GSource the monotonic time at which the source will be ready, 0 for "immediately", -1 for "never" Decreases the reference count of a source by one. If the resulting reference count is zero the source and associated memory will be destroyed. a #GSource Removes the source with the given id from the default main context. The id of a #GSource is given by g_source_get_id(), or will be returned by the functions g_source_attach(), g_idle_add(), g_idle_add_full(), g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), g_child_watch_add(), g_child_watch_add_full(), g_io_add_watch(), and g_io_add_watch_full(). See also g_source_destroy(). You must use g_source_destroy() for sources added to a non-default main context. %TRUE if the source was found and removed. the ID of the source to remove. Removes a source from the default main loop context given the source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the same source functions and user data, only one will be destroyed. %TRUE if a source was found and removed. The @source_funcs passed to g_source_new() the user data for the callback Removes a source from the default main loop context given the user data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user data, only one will be destroyed. %TRUE if a source was found and removed. the user_data for the callback. Sets the name of a source using its ID. This is a convenience utility to set source names from the return value of g_idle_add(), g_timeout_add(), etc. a #GSource ID debug name for the source The <structname>GSourceCallbackFuncs</structname> struct contains functions for managing callback objects. This is just a placeholder for #GClosureMarshal, which cannot be used here for dependency reasons. Specifies the type of function passed to g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), g_idle_add(), and g_idle_add_full(). %FALSE if the source should be removed data passed to the function, set when the source was created with one of the above functions The <structname>GSourceFuncs</structname> struct contains a table of functions used to handle event sources in a generic manner. For idle sources, the prepare and check functions always return %TRUE to indicate that the source is always ready to be processed. The prepare function also returns a timeout value of 0 to ensure that the poll() call doesn't block (since that would be time wasted which could have been spent running the idle function). For timeout sources, the prepare and check functions both return %TRUE if the timeout interval has expired. The prepare function also returns a timeout value to ensure that the poll() call doesn't block too long and miss the next timeout. For file descriptor sources, the prepare function typically returns %FALSE, since it must wait until poll() has been called before it knows whether any events need to be processed. It sets the returned timeout to -1 to indicate that it doesn't mind how long the poll() call blocks. In the check function, it tests the results of the poll() call to see if the required condition has been met, and returns %TRUE if so. Specifies the type of the setup function passed to g_spawn_async(), g_spawn_sync() and g_spawn_async_with_pipes(), which can, in very limited ways, be used to affect the child's execution. On POSIX platforms, the function is called in the child after GLib has performed all the setup it plans to perform, but before calling exec(). Actions taken in this function will only affect the child, not the parent. On Windows, the function is called in the parent. Its usefulness on Windows is thus questionable. In many cases executing the child setup function in the parent can have ill effects, and you should be very careful when porting software to Windows that uses child setup functions. However, even on POSIX, you are extremely limited in what you can safely do from a #GSpawnChildSetupFunc, because any mutexes that were held by other threads in the parent process at the time of the fork() will still be locked in the child process, and they will never be unlocked (since the threads that held them don't exist in the child). POSIX allows only async-signal-safe functions (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>signal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>) to be called in the child between fork() and exec(), which drastically limits the usefulness of child setup functions. In particular, it is not safe to call any function which may call malloc(), which includes POSIX functions such as setenv(). If you need to set up the child environment differently from the parent, you should use g_get_environ(), g_environ_setenv(), and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass the complete environment list to the <literal>g_spawn...</literal> function. user data to pass to the function. Error codes returned by spawning processes. Fork failed due to lack of memory. Read or select on pipes failed. Changing to working directory failed. execv() returned <literal>EACCES</literal> execv() returned <literal>EPERM</literal> execv() returned <literal>E2BIG</literal> deprecated alias for %G_SPAWN_ERROR_TOO_BIG execv() returned <literal>ENOEXEC</literal> execv() returned <literal>ENAMETOOLONG</literal> execv() returned <literal>ENOENT</literal> execv() returned <literal>ENOMEM</literal> execv() returned <literal>ENOTDIR</literal> execv() returned <literal>ELOOP</literal> execv() returned <literal>ETXTBUSY</literal> execv() returned <literal>EIO</literal> execv() returned <literal>ENFILE</literal> execv() returned <literal>EMFILE</literal> execv() returned <literal>EINVAL</literal> execv() returned <literal>EISDIR</literal> execv() returned <literal>ELIBBAD</literal> Some other fatal failure, <literal>error-&gt;message</literal> should explain. Flags passed to g_spawn_sync(), g_spawn_async() and g_spawn_async_with_pipes(). the parent's open file descriptors will be inherited by the child; otherwise all descriptors except stdin/stdout/stderr will be closed before calling exec() in the child. the child will not be automatically reaped; you must use g_child_watch_add() yourself (or call waitpid() or handle <literal>SIGCHLD</literal> yourself), or the child will become a zombie. <literal>argv[0]</literal> need not be an absolute path, it will be looked for in the user's <envar>PATH</envar>. the child's standard output will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's standard output. the child's standard error will be discarded. the child will inherit the parent's standard input (by default, the child's standard input is attached to <filename>/dev/null</filename>). the first element of <literal>argv</literal> is the file to execute, while the remaining elements are the actual argument vector to pass to the file. Normally g_spawn_async_with_pipes() uses <literal>argv[0]</literal> as the file to execute, and passes all of <literal>argv</literal> to the child. if <literal>argv[0]</literal> is not an abolute path, it will be looked for in the <envar>PATH</envar> from the passed child environment. Since: 2.34 A type corresponding to the appropriate struct type for the stat system call, depending on the platform and/or compiler being used. See g_stat() for more information. The GString struct contains the public fields of a GString. Adds a string onto the end of a #GString, expanding it if necessary. @string a #GString the string to append onto the end of @string Adds a byte onto the end of a #GString, expanding it if necessary. @string a #GString the byte to append onto the end of @string Appends @len bytes of @val to @string. Because @len is provided, @val may contain embedded nuls and need not be nul-terminated. Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at least @len addressable bytes. @string a #GString bytes to append number of bytes of @val to use Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString. This function is similar to g_string_printf() except that the text is appended to the #GString. a #GString the string format. See the printf() documentation Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and appends it to the string. @string a #GString a Unicode character Appends @unescaped to @string, escaped any characters that are reserved in URIs using URI-style escape sequences. @string a #GString a string a string of reserved characters allowed to be used, or %NULL set %TRUE if the escaped string may include UTF8 characters Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString. This function is similar to g_string_append_printf() except that the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list. a #GString the string format. See the printf() documentation the list of arguments to insert in the output Converts all uppercase ASCII letters to lowercase ASCII letters. passed-in @string pointer, with all the uppercase characters converted to lowercase in place, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). a GString Converts all lowercase ASCII letters to uppercase ASCII letters. passed-in @string pointer, with all the lowercase characters converted to uppercase in place, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). a GString Copies the bytes from a string into a #GString, destroying any previous contents. It is rather like the standard strcpy() function, except that you do not have to worry about having enough space to copy the string. @string the destination #GString. Its current contents are destroyed. the string to copy into @string Converts a #GString to lowercase. the #GString a #GString Compares two strings for equality, returning %TRUE if they are equal. For use with #GHashTable. %TRUE if they strings are the same length and contain the same bytes a #GString another #GString Removes @len bytes from a #GString, starting at position @pos. The rest of the #GString is shifted down to fill the gap. @string a #GString the position of the content to remove the number of bytes to remove, or -1 to remove all following bytes Frees the memory allocated for the #GString. If @free_segment is %TRUE it also frees the character data. If it's %FALSE, the caller gains ownership of the buffer and must free it after use with g_free(). the character data of @string (i.e. %NULL if @free_segment is %TRUE) a #GString if %TRUE, the actual character data is freed as well Transfers ownership of the contents of @string to a newly allocated #GBytes. The #GString structure itself is deallocated, and it is therefore invalid to use @string after invoking this function. Note that while #GString ensures that its buffer always has a trailing nul character (not reflected in its "len"), the returned #GBytes does not include this extra nul; i.e. it has length exactly equal to the "len" member. A newly allocated #GBytes containing contents of @string; @string itself is freed a #GString Creates a hash code for @str; for use with #GHashTable. hash code for @str a string to hash Inserts a copy of a string into a #GString, expanding it if necessary. @string a #GString the position to insert the copy of the string the string to insert Inserts a byte into a #GString, expanding it if necessary. @string a #GString the position to insert the byte the byte to insert Inserts @len bytes of @val into @string at @pos. Because @len is provided, @val may contain embedded nuls and need not be nul-terminated. If @pos is -1, bytes are inserted at the end of the string. Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at least @len addressable bytes. @string a #GString position in @string where insertion should happen, or -1 for at the end bytes to insert number of bytes of @val to insert Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and insert it into the string at the given position. @string a #GString the position at which to insert character, or -1 to append at the end of the string a Unicode character Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary. @string a #GString the position at which to start overwriting the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary. This function will work with embedded nuls. @string a #GString the position at which to start overwriting the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos the number of bytes to write from @val Adds a string on to the start of a #GString, expanding it if necessary. @string a #GString the string to prepend on the start of @string Adds a byte onto the start of a #GString, expanding it if necessary. @string a #GString the byte to prepend on the start of the #GString Prepends @len bytes of @val to @string. Because @len is provided, @val may contain embedded nuls and need not be nul-terminated. Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at least @len addressable bytes. @string a #GString bytes to prepend number of bytes in @val to prepend Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and prepends it to the string. @string a #GString a Unicode character Writes a formatted string into a #GString. This is similar to the standard sprintf() function, except that the #GString buffer automatically expands to contain the results. The previous contents of the #GString are destroyed. a #GString the string format. See the printf() documentation Sets the length of a #GString. If the length is less than the current length, the string will be truncated. If the length is greater than the current length, the contents of the newly added area are undefined. (However, as always, string->str[string->len] will be a nul byte.) @string a #GString the new length Cuts off the end of the GString, leaving the first @len bytes. @string a #GString the new size of @string Converts a #GString to uppercase. @string a #GString Writes a formatted string into a #GString. This function is similar to g_string_printf() except that the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list. a #GString the string format. See the printf() documentation the parameters to insert into the format string An opaque data structure representing String Chunks. It should only be accessed by using the following functions. Frees all strings contained within the #GStringChunk. After calling g_string_chunk_clear() it is not safe to access any of the strings which were contained within it. a #GStringChunk Frees all memory allocated by the #GStringChunk. After calling g_string_chunk_free() it is not safe to access any of the strings which were contained within it. a #GStringChunk Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk. It returns a pointer to the new copy of the string in the #GStringChunk. The characters in the string can be changed, if necessary, though you should not change anything after the end of the string. Unlike g_string_chunk_insert_const(), this function does not check for duplicates. Also strings added with g_string_chunk_insert() will not be searched by g_string_chunk_insert_const() when looking for duplicates. a pointer to the copy of @string within the #GStringChunk a #GStringChunk the string to add Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk, unless the same string has already been added to the #GStringChunk with g_string_chunk_insert_const(). This function is useful if you need to copy a large number of strings but do not want to waste space storing duplicates. But you must remember that there may be several pointers to the same string, and so any changes made to the strings should be done very carefully. Note that g_string_chunk_insert_const() will not return a pointer to a string added with g_string_chunk_insert(), even if they do match. a pointer to the new or existing copy of @string within the #GStringChunk a #GStringChunk the string to add Adds a copy of the first @len bytes of @string to the #GStringChunk. The copy is nul-terminated. Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that @string has at least @len addressable bytes. The characters in the returned string can be changed, if necessary, though you should not change anything after the end of the string. a pointer to the copy of @string within the #GStringChunk a #GStringChunk bytes to insert number of bytes of @string to insert, or -1 to insert a nul-terminated string Creates a new #GStringChunk. a new #GStringChunk the default size of the blocks of memory which are allocated to store the strings. If a particular string is larger than this default size, a larger block of memory will be allocated for it. Evaluates to a time span of one day. Evaluates to a time span of one hour. Evaluates to a time span of one millisecond. Evaluates to a time span of one minute. Evaluates to a time span of one second. An opaque structure representing a test case. The type used for test case functions that take an extra pointer argument. the data provided when registering the test The type used for functions that operate on test fixtures. This is used for the fixture setup and teardown functions as well as for the testcases themselves. @user_data is a pointer to the data that was given when registering the test case. @fixture will be a pointer to the area of memory allocated by the test framework, of the size requested. If the requested size was zero then @fixture will be equal to @user_data. the test fixture the data provided when registering the test The type used for test case functions. Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. Internal function for gtester to retrieve test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. Specifies the prototype of fatal log handler functions. %TRUE if the program should abort, %FALSE otherwise the log domain of the message the log level of the message (including the fatal and recursion flags) the message to process user data, set in g_test_log_set_fatal_handler() Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. An opaque structure representing a test suite. Adds @test_case to @suite. a #GTestSuite a #GTestCase Adds @nestedsuite to @suite. a #GTestSuite another #GTestSuite Test traps are guards around forked tests. These flags determine what traps to set. Redirect stdout of the test child to <filename>/dev/null</filename> so it cannot be observed on the console during test runs. The actual output is still captured though to allow later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stdout(). Redirect stderr of the test child to <filename>/dev/null</filename> so it cannot be observed on the console during test runs. The actual output is still captured though to allow later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stderr(). If this flag is given, stdin of the forked child process is shared with stdin of its parent process. It is redirected to <filename>/dev/null</filename> otherwise. The #GThread struct represents a running thread. This struct is returned by g_thread_new() or g_thread_try_new(). You can obtain the #GThread struct representing the current thead by calling g_thread_self(). GThread is refcounted, see g_thread_ref() and g_thread_unref(). The thread represented by it holds a reference while it is running, and g_thread_join() consumes the reference that it is given, so it is normally not necessary to manage GThread references explicitly. The structure is opaque -- none of its fields may be directly accessed. This function creates a new thread. The new thread starts by invoking @func with the argument data. The thread will run until @func returns or until g_thread_exit() is called from the new thread. The return value of @func becomes the return value of the thread, which can be obtained with g_thread_join(). The @name can be useful for discriminating threads in a debugger. Some systems restrict the length of @name to 16 bytes. If the thread can not be created the program aborts. See g_thread_try_new() if you want to attempt to deal with failures. To free the struct returned by this function, use g_thread_unref(). Note that g_thread_join() implicitly unrefs the #GThread as well. the new #GThread a name for the new thread a function to execute in the new thread an argument to supply to the new thread This function is the same as g_thread_new() except that it allows for the possibility of failure. If a thread can not be created (due to resource limits), @error is set and %NULL is returned. the new #GThread, or %NULL if an error occurred a name for the new thread a function to execute in the new thread an argument to supply to the new thread Waits until @thread finishes, i.e. the function @func, as given to g_thread_new(), returns or g_thread_exit() is called. If @thread has already terminated, then g_thread_join() returns immediately. Any thread can wait for any other thread by calling g_thread_join(), not just its 'creator'. Calling g_thread_join() from multiple threads for the same @thread leads to undefined behaviour. The value returned by @func or given to g_thread_exit() is returned by this function. g_thread_join() consumes the reference to the passed-in @thread. This will usually cause the #GThread struct and associated resources to be freed. Use g_thread_ref() to obtain an extra reference if you want to keep the GThread alive beyond the g_thread_join() call. the return value of the thread a #GThread Increase the reference count on @thread. a new reference to @thread a #GThread Decrease the reference count on @thread, possibly freeing all resources associated with it. Note that each thread holds a reference to its #GThread while it is running, so it is safe to drop your own reference to it if you don't need it anymore. a #GThread Terminates the current thread. If another thread is waiting for us using g_thread_join() then the waiting thread will be woken up and get @retval as the return value of g_thread_join(). Calling <literal>g_thread_exit (retval)</literal> is equivalent to returning @retval from the function @func, as given to g_thread_new(). <note><para> You must only call g_thread_exit() from a thread that you created yourself with g_thread_new() or related APIs. You must not call this function from a thread created with another threading library or or from within a #GThreadPool. </para></note> the return value of this thread This functions returns the #GThread corresponding to the current thread. Note that this function does not increase the reference count of the returned struct. This function will return a #GThread even for threads that were not created by GLib (i.e. those created by other threading APIs). This may be useful for thread identification purposes (i.e. comparisons) but you must not use GLib functions (such as g_thread_join()) on these threads. the #GThread representing the current thread Causes the calling thread to voluntarily relinquish the CPU, so that other threads can run. This function is often used as a method to make busy wait less evil. Possible errors of thread related functions. a thread couldn't be created due to resource shortage. Try again later. Specifies the type of the @func functions passed to g_thread_new() or g_thread_try_new(). the return value of the thread data passed to the thread The #GThreadPool struct represents a thread pool. It has three public read-only members, but the underlying struct is bigger, so you must not copy this struct. Frees all resources allocated for @pool. If @immediate is %TRUE, no new task is processed for @pool. Otherwise @pool is not freed before the last task is processed. Note however, that no thread of this pool is interrupted while processing a task. Instead at least all still running threads can finish their tasks before the @pool is freed. If @wait_ is %TRUE, the functions does not return before all tasks to be processed (dependent on @immediate, whether all or only the currently running) are ready. Otherwise the function returns immediately. After calling this function @pool must not be used anymore. a #GThreadPool should @pool shut down immediately? should the function wait for all tasks to be finished? Returns the maximal number of threads for @pool. the maximal number of threads a #GThreadPool Returns the number of threads currently running in @pool. the number of threads currently running a #GThreadPool Inserts @data into the list of tasks to be executed by @pool. When the number of currently running threads is lower than the maximal allowed number of threads, a new thread is started (or reused) with the properties given to g_thread_pool_new(). Otherwise, @data stays in the queue until a thread in this pool finishes its previous task and processes @data. @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be created. In that case @data is simply appended to the queue of work to do. Before version 2.32, this function did not return a success status. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred a #GThreadPool a new task for @pool Sets the maximal allowed number of threads for @pool. A value of -1 means that the maximal number of threads is unlimited. If @pool is an exclusive thread pool, setting the maximal number of threads to -1 is not allowed. Setting @max_threads to 0 means stopping all work for @pool. It is effectively frozen until @max_threads is set to a non-zero value again. A thread is never terminated while calling @func, as supplied by g_thread_pool_new(). Instead the maximal number of threads only has effect for the allocation of new threads in g_thread_pool_push(). A new thread is allocated, whenever the number of currently running threads in @pool is smaller than the maximal number. @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be created. Before version 2.32, this function did not return a success status. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred a #GThreadPool a new maximal number of threads for @pool, or -1 for unlimited Sets the function used to sort the list of tasks. This allows the tasks to be processed by a priority determined by @func, and not just in the order in which they were added to the pool. Note, if the maximum number of threads is more than 1, the order that threads are executed cannot be guaranteed 100%. Threads are scheduled by the operating system and are executed at random. It cannot be assumed that threads are executed in the order they are created. a #GThreadPool the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort the list of tasks. This function is passed two tasks. It should return 0 if the order in which they are handled does not matter, a negative value if the first task should be processed before the second or a positive value if the second task should be processed first. user data passed to @func Returns the number of tasks still unprocessed in @pool. the number of unprocessed tasks a #GThreadPool This function will return the maximum @interval that a thread will wait in the thread pool for new tasks before being stopped. If this function returns 0, threads waiting in the thread pool for new work are not stopped. the maximum @interval (milliseconds) to wait for new tasks in the thread pool before stopping the thread Returns the maximal allowed number of unused threads. the maximal number of unused threads Returns the number of currently unused threads. the number of currently unused threads This function creates a new thread pool. Whenever you call g_thread_pool_push(), either a new thread is created or an unused one is reused. At most @max_threads threads are running concurrently for this thread pool. @max_threads = -1 allows unlimited threads to be created for this thread pool. The newly created or reused thread now executes the function @func with the two arguments. The first one is the parameter to g_thread_pool_push() and the second one is @user_data. The parameter @exclusive determines whether the thread pool owns all threads exclusive or shares them with other thread pools. If @exclusive is %TRUE, @max_threads threads are started immediately and they will run exclusively for this thread pool until it is destroyed by g_thread_pool_free(). If @exclusive is %FALSE, threads are created when needed and shared between all non-exclusive thread pools. This implies that @max_threads may not be -1 for exclusive thread pools. @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors. An error can only occur when @exclusive is set to %TRUE and not all @max_threads threads could be created. the new #GThreadPool a function to execute in the threads of the new thread pool user data that is handed over to @func every time it is called the maximal number of threads to execute concurrently in the new thread pool, -1 means no limit should this thread pool be exclusive? This function will set the maximum @interval that a thread waiting in the pool for new tasks can be idle for before being stopped. This function is similar to calling g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads() on a regular timeout, except this is done on a per thread basis. By setting @interval to 0, idle threads will not be stopped. The default value is 15000 (15 seconds). the maximum @interval (in milliseconds) a thread can be idle Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. If @max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number of unused threads. The default value is 2. maximal number of unused threads Stops all currently unused threads. This does not change the maximal number of unused threads. This function can be used to regularly stop all unused threads e.g. from g_timeout_add(). Disambiguates a given time in two ways. First, specifies if the given time is in universal or local time. Second, if the time is in local time, specifies if it is local standard time or local daylight time. This is important for the case where the same local time occurs twice (during daylight savings time transitions, for example). the time is in local standard time the time is in local daylight time the time is in UTC Represents a precise time, with seconds and microseconds. Similar to the <structname>struct timeval</structname> returned by the gettimeofday() UNIX system call. GLib is attempting to unify around the use of 64bit integers to represent microsecond-precision time. As such, this type will be removed from a future version of GLib. Adds the given number of microseconds to @time_. @microseconds can also be negative to decrease the value of @time_. a #GTimeVal number of microseconds to add to @time Converts @time_ into an RFC 3339 encoded string, relative to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). This is one of the many formats allowed by ISO 8601. ISO 8601 allows a large number of date/time formats, with or without punctuation and optional elements. The format returned by this function is a complete date and time, with optional punctuation included, the UTC time zone represented as "Z", and the @tv_usec part included if and only if it is nonzero, i.e. either "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ" or "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.fffffZ". This corresponds to the Internet date/time format defined by <ulink url="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC 3339</ulink>, and to either of the two most-precise formats defined by <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime-19980827">the W3C Note "Date and Time Formats"</ulink>. Both of these documents are profiles of ISO 8601. Use g_date_time_format() or g_strdup_printf() if a different variation of ISO 8601 format is required. a newly allocated string containing an ISO 8601 date a #GTimeVal Converts a string containing an ISO 8601 encoded date and time to a #GTimeVal and puts it into @time_. @iso_date must include year, month, day, hours, minutes, and seconds. It can optionally include fractions of a second and a time zone indicator. (In the absence of any time zone indication, the timestamp is assumed to be in local time.) %TRUE if the conversion was successful. an ISO 8601 encoded date string a #GTimeVal #GDateTime is an opaque structure whose members cannot be accessed directly. Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to @identifier. @identifier can either be an RFC3339/ISO 8601 time offset or something that would pass as a valid value for the <varname>TZ</varname> environment variable (including %NULL). In Windows, @identifier can also be the unlocalized name of a time zone for standard time, for example "Pacific Standard Time". Valid RFC3339 time offsets are <literal>"Z"</literal> (for UTC) or <literal>"±hh:mm"</literal>. ISO 8601 additionally specifies <literal>"±hhmm"</literal> and <literal>"±hh"</literal>. Offsets are time values to be added to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) to get the local time. In Unix, the <varname>TZ</varname> environment variable typically corresponds to the name of a file in the zoneinfo database, or string in "std offset [dst [offset],start[/time],end[/time]]" (POSIX) format. There are no spaces in the specification. The name of standard and daylight savings time zone must be three or more alphabetic characters. Offsets are time values to be added to local time to get Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and should be <literal>"[±]hh[[:]mm[:ss]]"</literal>. Dates are either <literal>"Jn"</literal> (Julian day with n between 1 and 365, leap years not counted), <literal>"n"</literal> (zero-based Julian day with n between 0 and 365) or <literal>"Mm.w.d"</literal> (day d (0 <= d <= 6) of week w (1 <= w <= 5) of month m (1 <= m <= 12), day 0 is a Sunday). Times are in local wall clock time, the default is 02:00:00. In Windows, the "tzn[+|–]hh[:mm[:ss]][dzn]" format is used, but also accepts POSIX format. The Windows format uses US rules for all time zones; daylight savings time is 60 minutes behind the standard time with date and time of change taken from Pacific Standard Time. Offsets are time values to be added to the local time to get Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). g_time_zone_new_local() calls this function with the value of the <varname>TZ</varname> environment variable. This function itself is independent of the value of <varname>TZ</varname>, but if @identifier is %NULL then <filename>/etc/localtime</filename> will be consulted to discover the correct time zone on Unix and the registry will be consulted or GetTimeZoneInformation() will be used to get the local time zone on Windows. If intervals are not available, only time zone rules from <varname>TZ</varname> environment variable or other means, then they will be computed from year 1900 to 2037. If the maximum year for the rules is available and it is greater than 2037, then it will followed instead. See <ulink url='http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339#section-5.6'>RFC3339 §5.6</ulink> for a precise definition of valid RFC3339 time offsets (the <varname>time-offset</varname> expansion) and ISO 8601 for the full list of valid time offsets. See <ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/s/libc/manual/html_node/TZ-Variable.html'>The GNU C Library manual</ulink> for an explanation of the possible values of the <varname>TZ</varname> environment variable. See <ulink url='http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms912391%28v=winembedded.11%29.aspx'> Microsoft Time Zone Index Values</ulink> for the list of time zones on Windows. You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() when you are done with it. the requested timezone a timezone identifier Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to local time. The local time zone may change between invocations to this function; for example, if the system administrator changes it. This is equivalent to calling g_time_zone_new() with the value of the <varname>TZ</varname> environment variable (including the possibility of %NULL). You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() when you are done with it. the local timezone Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to UTC. This is equivalent to calling g_time_zone_new() with a value like "Z", "UTC", "+00", etc. You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() when you are done with it. the universal timezone Finds an interval within @tz that corresponds to the given @time_, possibly adjusting @time_ if required to fit into an interval. The meaning of @time_ depends on @type. This function is similar to g_time_zone_find_interval(), with the difference that it always succeeds (by making the adjustments described below). In any of the cases where g_time_zone_find_interval() succeeds then this function returns the same value, without modifying @time_. This function may, however, modify @time_ in order to deal with non-existent times. If the non-existent local @time_ of 02:30 were requested on March 14th 2010 in Toronto then this function would adjust @time_ to be 03:00 and return the interval containing the adjusted time. the interval containing @time_, never -1 a #GTimeZone the #GTimeType of @time_ a pointer to a number of seconds since January 1, 1970 Finds an the interval within @tz that corresponds to the given @time_. The meaning of @time_ depends on @type. If @type is %G_TIME_TYPE_UNIVERSAL then this function will always succeed (since universal time is monotonic and continuous). Otherwise @time_ is treated is local time. The distinction between %G_TIME_TYPE_STANDARD and %G_TIME_TYPE_DAYLIGHT is ignored except in the case that the given @time_ is ambiguous. In Toronto, for example, 01:30 on November 7th 2010 occurred twice (once inside of daylight savings time and the next, an hour later, outside of daylight savings time). In this case, the different value of @type would result in a different interval being returned. It is still possible for this function to fail. In Toronto, for example, 02:00 on March 14th 2010 does not exist (due to the leap forward to begin daylight savings time). -1 is returned in that case. the interval containing @time_, or -1 in case of failure a #GTimeZone the #GTimeType of @time_ a number of seconds since January 1, 1970 Determines the time zone abbreviation to be used during a particular @interval of time in the time zone @tz. For example, in Toronto this is currently "EST" during the winter months and "EDT" during the summer months when daylight savings time is in effect. the time zone abbreviation, which belongs to @tz a #GTimeZone an interval within the timezone Determines the offset to UTC in effect during a particular @interval of time in the time zone @tz. The offset is the number of seconds that you add to UTC time to arrive at local time for @tz (ie: negative numbers for time zones west of GMT, positive numbers for east). the number of seconds that should be added to UTC to get the local time in @tz a #GTimeZone an interval within the timezone Determines if daylight savings time is in effect during a particular @interval of time in the time zone @tz. %TRUE if daylight savings time is in effect a #GTimeZone an interval within the timezone Increases the reference count on @tz. a new reference to @tz. a #GTimeZone Decreases the reference count on @tz. a #GTimeZone Opaque datatype that records a start time. Resumes a timer that has previously been stopped with g_timer_stop(). g_timer_stop() must be called before using this function. a #GTimer. Destroys a timer, freeing associated resources. a #GTimer to destroy. If @timer has been started but not stopped, obtains the time since the timer was started. If @timer has been stopped, obtains the elapsed time between the time it was started and the time it was stopped. The return value is the number of seconds elapsed, including any fractional part. The @microseconds out parameter is essentially useless. seconds elapsed as a floating point value, including any fractional part. a #GTimer. return location for the fractional part of seconds elapsed, in microseconds (that is, the total number of microseconds elapsed, modulo 1000000), or %NULL This function is useless; it's fine to call g_timer_start() on an already-started timer to reset the start time, so g_timer_reset() serves no purpose. a #GTimer. Marks a start time, so that future calls to g_timer_elapsed() will report the time since g_timer_start() was called. g_timer_new() automatically marks the start time, so no need to call g_timer_start() immediately after creating the timer. a #GTimer. Marks an end time, so calls to g_timer_elapsed() will return the difference between this end time and the start time. a #GTimer. Creates a new timer, and starts timing (i.e. g_timer_start() is implicitly called for you). a new #GTimer. The possible types of token returned from each g_scanner_get_next_token() call. the end of the file a '(' character a ')' character a '{' character a '}' character a '[' character a ']' character a '=' character a ',' character not a token an error occurred a character a binary integer an octal integer an integer a hex integer a floating point number a string a symbol an identifier a null identifier one line comment multi line comment A union holding the value of the token. The type of functions which are used to translate user-visible strings, for <option>--help</option> output. a translation of the string for the current locale. The returned string is owned by GLib and must not be freed. the untranslated string user data specified when installing the function, e.g. in g_option_group_set_translate_func() Each piece of memory that is pushed onto the stack is cast to a <structname>GTrashStack*</structname>. Returns the height of a #GTrashStack. Note that execution of this function is of O(N) complexity where N denotes the number of items on the stack. the height of the stack a #GTrashStack Returns the element at the top of a #GTrashStack which may be %NULL. the element at the top of the stack a #GTrashStack Pops a piece of memory off a #GTrashStack. the element at the top of the stack a #GTrashStack Pushes a piece of memory onto a #GTrashStack. a #GTrashStack the piece of memory to push on the stack Specifies which nodes are visited during several of the tree functions, including g_node_traverse() and g_node_find(). only leaf nodes should be visited. This name has been introduced in 2.6, for older version use %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS. only non-leaf nodes should be visited. This name has been introduced in 2.6, for older version use %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAFS. all nodes should be visited. a mask of all traverse flags. identical to %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES. identical to %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES. Specifies the type of function passed to g_tree_traverse(). It is passed the key and value of each node, together with the @user_data parameter passed to g_tree_traverse(). If the function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. %TRUE to stop the traversal. a key of a #GTree node. the value corresponding to the key. user data passed to g_tree_traverse(). Specifies the type of traveral performed by g_tree_traverse(), g_node_traverse() and g_node_find(). vists a node's left child first, then the node itself, then its right child. This is the one to use if you want the output sorted according to the compare function. visits a node, then its children. visits the node's children, then the node itself. is not implemented for <link linkend="glib-Balanced-Binary-Trees">Balanced Binary Trees</link>. For <link linkend="glib-N-ary-Trees">N-ary Trees</link>, it vists the root node first, then its children, then its grandchildren, and so on. Note that this is less efficient than the other orders. The <structname>GTree</structname> struct is an opaque data structure representing a <link linkend="glib-Balanced-Binary-Trees">Balanced Binary Tree</link>. It should be accessed only by using the following functions. Removes all keys and values from the #GTree and decreases its reference count by one. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated, you should either free them first or create the #GTree using g_tree_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values before destroying the #GTree. a #GTree. Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the #GTree. The function is passed the key and value of each pair, and the given @data parameter. The tree is traversed in sorted order. The tree may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove items). To remove all items matching a predicate, you need to add each item to a list in your #GTraverseFunc as you walk over the tree, then walk the list and remove each item. a #GTree. the function to call for each node visited. If this function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. user data to pass to the function. Gets the height of a #GTree. If the #GTree contains no nodes, the height is 0. If the #GTree contains only one root node the height is 1. If the root node has children the height is 2, etc. the height of the #GTree. a #GTree. Inserts a key/value pair into a #GTree. If the given key already exists in the #GTree its corresponding value is set to the new value. If you supplied a value_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the passed key is freed using that function. The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added, so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible. a #GTree. the key to insert. the value corresponding to the key. Gets the value corresponding to the given key. Since a #GTree is automatically balanced as key/value pairs are added, key lookup is very fast. the value corresponding to the key, or %NULL if the key was not found. a #GTree. the key to look up. Looks up a key in the #GTree, returning the original key and the associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key, for example before calling g_tree_remove(). %TRUE if the key was found in the #GTree. a #GTree. the key to look up. returns the original key. returns the value associated with the key. Gets the number of nodes in a #GTree. the number of nodes in the #GTree. a #GTree. Increments the reference count of @tree by one. It is safe to call this function from any thread. the passed in #GTree. a #GTree. Removes a key/value pair from a #GTree. If the #GTree was created using g_tree_new_full(), the key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing. %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned nothing) a #GTree. the key to remove. Inserts a new key and value into a #GTree similar to g_tree_insert(). The difference is that if the key already exists in the #GTree, it gets replaced by the new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old key is freed using that function. The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added, so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible. a #GTree. the key to insert. the value corresponding to the key. Searches a #GTree using @search_func. The @search_func is called with a pointer to the key of a key/value pair in the tree, and the passed in @user_data. If @search_func returns 0 for a key/value pair, then the corresponding value is returned as the result of g_tree_search(). If @search_func returns -1, searching will proceed among the key/value pairs that have a smaller key; if @search_func returns 1, searching will proceed among the key/value pairs that have a larger key. the value corresponding to the found key, or %NULL if the key was not found. a #GTree a function used to search the #GTree the data passed as the second argument to @search_func Removes a key and its associated value from a #GTree without calling the key and value destroy functions. If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing. %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned nothing) a #GTree. the key to remove. Calls the given function for each node in the #GTree. a #GTree. the function to call for each node visited. If this function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. the order in which nodes are visited, one of %G_IN_ORDER, %G_PRE_ORDER and %G_POST_ORDER. user data to pass to the function. Decrements the reference count of @tree by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be destroyed (if destroy functions were specified) and all memory allocated by @tree will be released. It is safe to call this function from any thread. a #GTree. Creates a new #GTree. a new #GTree. the function used to order the nodes in the #GTree. It should return values similar to the standard strcmp() function - 0 if the two arguments are equal, a negative value if the first argument comes before the second, or a positive value if the first argument comes after the second. Creates a new #GTree like g_tree_new() and allows to specify functions to free the memory allocated for the key and value that get called when removing the entry from the #GTree. a new #GTree. qsort()-style comparison function. data to pass to comparison function. a function to free the memory allocated for the key used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. a function to free the memory allocated for the value used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. Creates a new #GTree with a comparison function that accepts user data. See g_tree_new() for more details. a new #GTree. qsort()-style comparison function. data to pass to comparison function. The maximum length (in codepoints) of a compatibility or canonical decomposition of a single Unicode character. This is as defined by Unicode 6.1. Generic delimiters characters as defined in RFC 3986. Includes ":/?#[]@". Subcomponent delimiter characters as defined in RFC 3986. Includes "!$&'()*+,;=". Number of microseconds in one second (1 million). This macro is provided for code readability. These are the possible line break classifications. Since new unicode versions may add new types here, applications should be ready to handle unknown values. They may be regarded as %G_UNICODE_BREAK_UNKNOWN. See <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr14/">http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr14/</ulink>. Mandatory Break (BK) Carriage Return (CR) Line Feed (LF) Attached Characters and Combining Marks (CM) Surrogates (SG) Zero Width Space (ZW) Inseparable (IN) Non-breaking ("Glue") (GL) Contingent Break Opportunity (CB) Space (SP) Break Opportunity After (BA) Break Opportunity Before (BB) Break Opportunity Before and After (B2) Hyphen (HY) Nonstarter (NS) Opening Punctuation (OP) Closing Punctuation (CL) Ambiguous Quotation (QU) Exclamation/Interrogation (EX) Ideographic (ID) Numeric (NU) Infix Separator (Numeric) (IS) Symbols Allowing Break After (SY) Ordinary Alphabetic and Symbol Characters (AL) Prefix (Numeric) (PR) Postfix (Numeric) (PO) Complex Content Dependent (South East Asian) (SA) Ambiguous (Alphabetic or Ideographic) (AI) Unknown (XX) Next Line (NL) Word Joiner (WJ) Hangul L Jamo (JL) Hangul V Jamo (JV) Hangul T Jamo (JT) Hangul LV Syllable (H2) Hangul LVT Syllable (H3) Closing Parenthesis (CP). Since 2.28 Conditional Japanese Starter (CJ). Since: 2.32 Hebrew Letter (HL). Since: 2.32 Regional Indicator (RI). Since: 2.36 The #GUnicodeScript enumeration identifies different writing systems. The values correspond to the names as defined in the Unicode standard. The enumeration has been added in GLib 2.14, and is interchangeable with #PangoScript. Note that new types may be added in the future. Applications should be ready to handle unknown values. See <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr24/">Unicode Standard Annex #24: Script names</ulink>. a value never returned from g_unichar_get_script() a character used by multiple different scripts a mark glyph that takes its script from the i base glyph to which it is attached Arabic Armenian Bengali Bopomofo Cherokee Coptic Cyrillic Deseret Devanagari Ethiopic Georgian Gothic Greek Gujarati Gurmukhi Han Hangul Hebrew Hiragana Kannada Katakana Khmer Lao Latin Malayalam Mongolian Myanmar Ogham Old Italic Oriya Runic Sinhala Syriac Tamil Telugu Thaana Thai Tibetan Canadian Aboriginal Yi Tagalog Hanunoo Buhid Tagbanwa Braille Cypriot Limbu Osmanya Shavian Linear B Tai Le Ugaritic New Tai Lue Buginese Glagolitic Tifinagh Syloti Nagri Old Persian Kharoshthi an unassigned code point Balinese Cuneiform Phoenician Phags-pa N'Ko Kayah Li. Since 2.16.3 Lepcha. Since 2.16.3 Rejang. Since 2.16.3 Sundanese. Since 2.16.3 Saurashtra. Since 2.16.3 Cham. Since 2.16.3 Ol Chiki. Since 2.16.3 Vai. Since 2.16.3 Carian. Since 2.16.3 Lycian. Since 2.16.3 Lydian. Since 2.16.3 Avestan. Since 2.26 Bamum. Since 2.26 Egyptian Hieroglpyhs. Since 2.26 Imperial Aramaic. Since 2.26 Inscriptional Pahlavi. Since 2.26 Inscriptional Parthian. Since 2.26 Javanese. Since 2.26 Kaithi. Since 2.26 Lisu. Since 2.26 Meetei Mayek. Since 2.26 Old South Arabian. Since 2.26 Old Turkic. Since 2.28 Samaritan. Since 2.26 Tai Tham. Since 2.26 Tai Viet. Since 2.26 Batak. Since 2.28 Brahmi. Since 2.28 Mandaic. Since 2.28 Chakma. Since: 2.32 Meroitic Cursive. Since: 2.32 Meroitic Hieroglyphs. Since: 2.32 Miao. Since: 2.32 Sharada. Since: 2.32 Sora Sompeng. Since: 2.32 Takri. Since: 2.32 These are the possible character classifications from the Unicode specification. See <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.html">http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.html</ulink>. General category "Other, Control" (Cc) General category "Other, Format" (Cf) General category "Other, Not Assigned" (Cn) General category "Other, Private Use" (Co) General category "Other, Surrogate" (Cs) General category "Letter, Lowercase" (Ll) General category "Letter, Modifier" (Lm) General category "Letter, Other" (Lo) General category "Letter, Titlecase" (Lt) General category "Letter, Uppercase" (Lu) General category "Mark, Spacing" (Mc) General category "Mark, Enclosing" (Me) General category "Mark, Nonspacing" (Mn) General category "Number, Decimal Digit" (Nd) General category "Number, Letter" (Nl) General category "Number, Other" (No) General category "Punctuation, Connector" (Pc) General category "Punctuation, Dash" (Pd) General category "Punctuation, Close" (Pe) General category "Punctuation, Final quote" (Pf) General category "Punctuation, Initial quote" (Pi) General category "Punctuation, Other" (Po) General category "Punctuation, Open" (Ps) General category "Symbol, Currency" (Sc) General category "Symbol, Modifier" (Sk) General category "Symbol, Math" (Sm) General category "Symbol, Other" (So) General category "Separator, Line" (Zl) General category "Separator, Paragraph" (Zp) General category "Separator, Space" (Zs) The type of functions to be called when a UNIX fd watch source triggers. %FALSE if the source should be removed the fd that triggered the event the IO conditions reported on @fd user data passed to g_unix_fd_add() These are logical ids for special directories which are defined depending on the platform used. You should use g_get_user_special_dir() to retrieve the full path associated to the logical id. The #GUserDirectory enumeration can be extended at later date. Not every platform has a directory for every logical id in this enumeration. the user's Desktop directory the user's Documents directory the user's Downloads directory the user's Music directory the user's Pictures directory the user's shared directory the user's Templates directory the user's Movies directory the number of enum values A macro that should be defined by the user prior to including the glib.h header. The definition should be one of the predefined GLib version macros: %GLIB_VERSION_2_26, %GLIB_VERSION_2_28,... This macro defines the earliest version of GLib that the package is required to be able to compile against. If the compiler is configured to warn about the use of deprecated functions, then using functions that were deprecated in version %GLIB_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED or earlier will cause warnings (but using functions deprecated in later releases will not). #GVariant is a variant datatype; it stores a value along with information about the type of that value. The range of possible values is determined by the type. The type system used by #GVariant is #GVariantType. #GVariant instances always have a type and a value (which are given at construction time). The type and value of a #GVariant instance can never change other than by the #GVariant itself being destroyed. A #GVariant cannot contain a pointer. #GVariant is reference counted using g_variant_ref() and g_variant_unref(). #GVariant also has floating reference counts -- see g_variant_ref_sink(). #GVariant is completely threadsafe. A #GVariant instance can be concurrently accessed in any way from any number of threads without problems. #GVariant is heavily optimised for dealing with data in serialised form. It works particularly well with data located in memory-mapped files. It can perform nearly all deserialisation operations in a small constant time, usually touching only a single memory page. Serialised #GVariant data can also be sent over the network. #GVariant is largely compatible with D-Bus. Almost all types of #GVariant instances can be sent over D-Bus. See #GVariantType for exceptions. (However, #GVariant's serialisation format is not the same as the serialisation format of a D-Bus message body: use #GDBusMessage, in the gio library, for those.) For space-efficiency, the #GVariant serialisation format does not automatically include the variant's type or endianness, which must either be implied from context (such as knowledge that a particular file format always contains a little-endian %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT) or supplied out-of-band (for instance, a type and/or endianness indicator could be placed at the beginning of a file, network message or network stream). A #GVariant's size is limited mainly by any lower level operating system constraints, such as the number of bits in #gsize. For example, it is reasonable to have a 2GB file mapped into memory with #GMappedFile, and call g_variant_new_from_data() on it. For convenience to C programmers, #GVariant features powerful varargs-based value construction and destruction. This feature is designed to be embedded in other libraries. There is a Python-inspired text language for describing #GVariant values. #GVariant includes a printer for this language and a parser with type inferencing. <refsect2> <title>Memory Use</title> <para> #GVariant tries to be quite efficient with respect to memory use. This section gives a rough idea of how much memory is used by the current implementation. The information here is subject to change in the future. </para> <para> The memory allocated by #GVariant can be grouped into 4 broad purposes: memory for serialised data, memory for the type information cache, buffer management memory and memory for the #GVariant structure itself. </para> <refsect3 id="gvariant-serialised-data-memory"> <title>Serialised Data Memory</title> <para> This is the memory that is used for storing GVariant data in serialised form. This is what would be sent over the network or what would end up on disk. </para> <para> The amount of memory required to store a boolean is 1 byte. 16, 32 and 64 bit integers and double precision floating point numbers use their "natural" size. Strings (including object path and signature strings) are stored with a nul terminator, and as such use the length of the string plus 1 byte. </para> <para> Maybe types use no space at all to represent the null value and use the same amount of space (sometimes plus one byte) as the equivalent non-maybe-typed value to represent the non-null case. </para> <para> Arrays use the amount of space required to store each of their members, concatenated. Additionally, if the items stored in an array are not of a fixed-size (ie: strings, other arrays, etc) then an additional framing offset is stored for each item. The size of this offset is either 1, 2 or 4 bytes depending on the overall size of the container. Additionally, extra padding bytes are added as required for alignment of child values. </para> <para> Tuples (including dictionary entries) use the amount of space required to store each of their members, concatenated, plus one framing offset (as per arrays) for each non-fixed-sized item in the tuple, except for the last one. Additionally, extra padding bytes are added as required for alignment of child values. </para> <para> Variants use the same amount of space as the item inside of the variant, plus 1 byte, plus the length of the type string for the item inside the variant. </para> <para> As an example, consider a dictionary mapping strings to variants. In the case that the dictionary is empty, 0 bytes are required for the serialisation. </para> <para> If we add an item "width" that maps to the int32 value of 500 then we will use 4 byte to store the int32 (so 6 for the variant containing it) and 6 bytes for the string. The variant must be aligned to 8 after the 6 bytes of the string, so that's 2 extra bytes. 6 (string) + 2 (padding) + 6 (variant) is 14 bytes used for the dictionary entry. An additional 1 byte is added to the array as a framing offset making a total of 15 bytes. </para> <para> If we add another entry, "title" that maps to a nullable string that happens to have a value of null, then we use 0 bytes for the null value (and 3 bytes for the variant to contain it along with its type string) plus 6 bytes for the string. Again, we need 2 padding bytes. That makes a total of 6 + 2 + 3 = 11 bytes. </para> <para> We now require extra padding between the two items in the array. After the 14 bytes of the first item, that's 2 bytes required. We now require 2 framing offsets for an extra two bytes. 14 + 2 + 11 + 2 = 29 bytes to encode the entire two-item dictionary. </para> </refsect3> <refsect3> <title>Type Information Cache</title> <para> For each GVariant type that currently exists in the program a type information structure is kept in the type information cache. The type information structure is required for rapid deserialisation. </para> <para> Continuing with the above example, if a #GVariant exists with the type "a{sv}" then a type information struct will exist for "a{sv}", "{sv}", "s", and "v". Multiple uses of the same type will share the same type information. Additionally, all single-digit types are stored in read-only static memory and do not contribute to the writable memory footprint of a program using #GVariant. </para> <para> Aside from the type information structures stored in read-only memory, there are two forms of type information. One is used for container types where there is a single element type: arrays and maybe types. The other is used for container types where there are multiple element types: tuples and dictionary entries. </para> <para> Array type info structures are 6 * sizeof (void *), plus the memory required to store the type string itself. This means that on 32bit systems, the cache entry for "a{sv}" would require 30 bytes of memory (plus malloc overhead). </para> <para> Tuple type info structures are 6 * sizeof (void *), plus 4 * sizeof (void *) for each item in the tuple, plus the memory required to store the type string itself. A 2-item tuple, for example, would have a type information structure that consumed writable memory in the size of 14 * sizeof (void *) (plus type string) This means that on 32bit systems, the cache entry for "{sv}" would require 61 bytes of memory (plus malloc overhead). </para> <para> This means that in total, for our "a{sv}" example, 91 bytes of type information would be allocated. </para> <para> The type information cache, additionally, uses a #GHashTable to store and lookup the cached items and stores a pointer to this hash table in static storage. The hash table is freed when there are zero items in the type cache. </para> <para> Although these sizes may seem large it is important to remember that a program will probably only have a very small number of different types of values in it and that only one type information structure is required for many different values of the same type. </para> </refsect3> <refsect3> <title>Buffer Management Memory</title> <para> #GVariant uses an internal buffer management structure to deal with the various different possible sources of serialised data that it uses. The buffer is responsible for ensuring that the correct call is made when the data is no longer in use by #GVariant. This may involve a g_free() or a g_slice_free() or even g_mapped_file_unref(). </para> <para> One buffer management structure is used for each chunk of serialised data. The size of the buffer management structure is 4 * (void *). On 32bit systems, that's 16 bytes. </para> </refsect3> <refsect3> <title>GVariant structure</title> <para> The size of a #GVariant structure is 6 * (void *). On 32 bit systems, that's 24 bytes. </para> <para> #GVariant structures only exist if they are explicitly created with API calls. For example, if a #GVariant is constructed out of serialised data for the example given above (with the dictionary) then although there are 9 individual values that comprise the entire dictionary (two keys, two values, two variants containing the values, two dictionary entries, plus the dictionary itself), only 1 #GVariant instance exists -- the one referring to the dictionary. </para> <para> If calls are made to start accessing the other values then #GVariant instances will exist for those values only for as long as they are in use (ie: until you call g_variant_unref()). The type information is shared. The serialised data and the buffer management structure for that serialised data is shared by the child. </para> </refsect3> <refsect3> <title>Summary</title> <para> To put the entire example together, for our dictionary mapping strings to variants (with two entries, as given above), we are using 91 bytes of memory for type information, 29 byes of memory for the serialised data, 16 bytes for buffer management and 24 bytes for the #GVariant instance, or a total of 160 bytes, plus malloc overhead. If we were to use g_variant_get_child_value() to access the two dictionary entries, we would use an additional 48 bytes. If we were to have other dictionaries of the same type, we would use more memory for the serialised data and buffer management for those dictionaries, but the type information would be shared. </para> </refsect3> </refsect2> Creates a new #GVariant instance. Think of this function as an analogue to g_strdup_printf(). The type of the created instance and the arguments that are expected by this function are determined by @format_string. See the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. Please note that the syntax of the format string is very likely to be extended in the future. The first character of the format string must not be '*' '?' '@' or 'r'; in essence, a new #GVariant must always be constructed by this function (and not merely passed through it unmodified). a new floating #GVariant instance a #GVariant format string Creates a new #GVariant array from @children. @child_type must be non-%NULL if @n_children is zero. Otherwise, the child type is determined by inspecting the first element of the @children array. If @child_type is non-%NULL then it must be a definite type. The items of the array are taken from the @children array. No entry in the @children array may be %NULL. All items in the array must have the same type, which must be the same as @child_type, if given. If the @children are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). a floating reference to a new #GVariant array the element type of the new array an array of #GVariant pointers, the children the length of @children Creates a new boolean #GVariant instance -- either %TRUE or %FALSE. a floating reference to a new boolean #GVariant instance a #gboolean value Creates a new byte #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new byte #GVariant instance a #guint8 value Creates an array-of-bytes #GVariant with the contents of @string. This function is just like g_variant_new_string() except that the string need not be valid utf8. The nul terminator character at the end of the string is stored in the array. a floating reference to a new bytestring #GVariant instance a normal nul-terminated string in no particular encoding Constructs an array of bytestring #GVariant from the given array of strings. If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. a new floating #GVariant instance an array of strings the length of @strv, or -1 Creates a new dictionary entry #GVariant. @key and @value must be non-%NULL. @key must be a value of a basic type (ie: not a container). If the @key or @value are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). a floating reference to a new dictionary entry #GVariant a basic #GVariant, the key a #GVariant, the value Creates a new double #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new double #GVariant instance a #gdouble floating point value Provides access to the serialised data for an array of fixed-sized items. @value must be an array with fixed-sized elements. Numeric types are fixed-size as are tuples containing only other fixed-sized types. @element_size must be the size of a single element in the array. For example, if calling this function for an array of 32 bit integers, you might say <code>sizeof (gint32)</code>. This value isn't used except for the purpose of a double-check that the form of the serialised data matches the caller's expectation. @n_elements, which must be non-%NULL is set equal to the number of items in the array. a floating reference to a new array #GVariant instance the #GVariantType of each element a pointer to the fixed array of contiguous elements the number of elements the size of each element Constructs a new serialised-mode #GVariant instance. This is the inner interface for creation of new serialised values that gets called from various functions in gvariant.c. A reference is taken on @bytes. a new #GVariant with a floating reference a #GVariantType a #GBytes if the contents of @bytes are trusted Creates a new #GVariant instance from serialised data. @type is the type of #GVariant instance that will be constructed. The interpretation of @data depends on knowing the type. @data is not modified by this function and must remain valid with an unchanging value until such a time as @notify is called with @user_data. If the contents of @data change before that time then the result is undefined. If @data is trusted to be serialised data in normal form then @trusted should be %TRUE. This applies to serialised data created within this process or read from a trusted location on the disk (such as a file installed in /usr/lib alongside your application). You should set trusted to %FALSE if @data is read from the network, a file in the user's home directory, etc. If @data was not stored in this machine's native endianness, any multi-byte numeric values in the returned variant will also be in non-native endianness. g_variant_byteswap() can be used to recover the original values. @notify will be called with @user_data when @data is no longer needed. The exact time of this call is unspecified and might even be before this function returns. a new floating #GVariant of type @type a definite #GVariantType the serialised data the size of @data %TRUE if @data is definitely in normal form function to call when @data is no longer needed data for @notify Creates a new handle #GVariant instance. By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. If you're not interacting with D-Bus, you probably don't need them. a floating reference to a new handle #GVariant instance a #gint32 value Creates a new int16 #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new int16 #GVariant instance a #gint16 value Creates a new int32 #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new int32 #GVariant instance a #gint32 value Creates a new int64 #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new int64 #GVariant instance a #gint64 value Depending on if @child is %NULL, either wraps @child inside of a maybe container or creates a Nothing instance for the given @type. At least one of @child_type and @child must be non-%NULL. If @child_type is non-%NULL then it must be a definite type. If they are both non-%NULL then @child_type must be the type of @child. If @child is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new instance takes ownership of @child. a floating reference to a new #GVariant maybe instance the #GVariantType of the child, or %NULL the child value, or %NULL Creates a D-Bus object path #GVariant with the contents of @string. @string must be a valid D-Bus object path. Use g_variant_is_object_path() if you're not sure. a floating reference to a new object path #GVariant instance a normal C nul-terminated string Constructs an array of object paths #GVariant from the given array of strings. Each string must be a valid #GVariant object path; see g_variant_is_object_path(). If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. a new floating #GVariant instance an array of strings the length of @strv, or -1 Parses @format and returns the result. @format must be a text format #GVariant with one extension: at any point that a value may appear in the text, a '%' character followed by a GVariant format string (as per g_variant_new()) may appear. In that case, the same arguments are collected from the argument list as g_variant_new() would have collected. Consider this simple example: <informalexample><programlisting> g_variant_new_parsed ("[('one', 1), ('two', %i), (%s, 3)]", 2, "three"); </programlisting></informalexample> In the example, the variable argument parameters are collected and filled in as if they were part of the original string to produce the result of <code>[('one', 1), ('two', 2), ('three', 3)]</code>. This function is intended only to be used with @format as a string literal. Any parse error is fatal to the calling process. If you want to parse data from untrusted sources, use g_variant_parse(). You may not use this function to return, unmodified, a single #GVariant pointer from the argument list. ie: @format may not solely be anything along the lines of "%*", "%?", "\%r", or anything starting with "%@". a new floating #GVariant instance a text format #GVariant Parses @format and returns the result. This is the version of g_variant_new_parsed() intended to be used from libraries. The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant instance. In the case that @format simply specified the collection of a #GVariant pointer (eg: @format was "%*") then the collected #GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified, without adding any additional references. In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer. At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container, or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call. a new, usually floating, #GVariant a text format #GVariant a pointer to a #va_list Creates a D-Bus type signature #GVariant with the contents of @string. @string must be a valid D-Bus type signature. Use g_variant_is_signature() if you're not sure. a floating reference to a new signature #GVariant instance a normal C nul-terminated string Creates a string #GVariant with the contents of @string. @string must be valid utf8. a floating reference to a new string #GVariant instance a normal utf8 nul-terminated string Constructs an array of strings #GVariant from the given array of strings. If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. a new floating #GVariant instance an array of strings the length of @strv, or -1 Creates a new tuple #GVariant out of the items in @children. The type is determined from the types of @children. No entry in the @children array may be %NULL. If @n_children is 0 then the unit tuple is constructed. If the @children are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). a floating reference to a new #GVariant tuple the items to make the tuple out of the length of @children Creates a new uint16 #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new uint16 #GVariant instance a #guint16 value Creates a new uint32 #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new uint32 #GVariant instance a #guint32 value Creates a new uint64 #GVariant instance. a floating reference to a new uint64 #GVariant instance a #guint64 value This function is intended to be used by libraries based on #GVariant that want to provide g_variant_new()-like functionality to their users. The API is more general than g_variant_new() to allow a wider range of possible uses. @format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only needs to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the end of the format string. @app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to @format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left pointing to the argument following the last. These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual varargs call by the user. The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant instance (for example, if the format string was "(ii)"). In the case that the format_string was '*', '?', 'r', or a format starting with '@' then the collected #GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified, without adding any additional references. In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer. At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container, or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call. a new, usually floating, #GVariant a string that is prefixed with a format string location to store the end pointer, or %NULL a pointer to a #va_list Boxes @value. The result is a #GVariant instance representing a variant containing the original value. If @child is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new instance takes ownership of @child. a floating reference to a new variant #GVariant instance a #GVariant instance Performs a byteswapping operation on the contents of @value. The result is that all multi-byte numeric data contained in @value is byteswapped. That includes 16, 32, and 64bit signed and unsigned integers as well as file handles and double precision floating point values. This function is an identity mapping on any value that does not contain multi-byte numeric data. That include strings, booleans, bytes and containers containing only these things (recursively). The returned value is always in normal form and is marked as trusted. the byteswapped form of @value a #GVariant Checks if calling g_variant_get() with @format_string on @value would be valid from a type-compatibility standpoint. @format_string is assumed to be a valid format string (from a syntactic standpoint). If @copy_only is %TRUE then this function additionally checks that it would be safe to call g_variant_unref() on @value immediately after the call to g_variant_get() without invalidating the result. This is only possible if deep copies are made (ie: there are no pointers to the data inside of the soon-to-be-freed #GVariant instance). If this check fails then a g_critical() is printed and %FALSE is returned. This function is meant to be used by functions that wish to provide varargs accessors to #GVariant values of uncertain values (eg: g_variant_lookup() or g_menu_model_get_item_attribute()). %TRUE if @format_string is safe to use a #GVariant a valid #GVariant format string %TRUE to ensure the format string makes deep copies Classifies @value according to its top-level type. the #GVariantClass of @value a #GVariant Compares @one and @two. The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of this function with #GTree, #GPtrArray, etc. They must each be a #GVariant. Comparison is only defined for basic types (ie: booleans, numbers, strings). For booleans, %FALSE is less than %TRUE. Numbers are ordered in the usual way. Strings are in ASCII lexographical order. It is a programmer error to attempt to compare container values or two values that have types that are not exactly equal. For example, you cannot compare a 32-bit signed integer with a 32-bit unsigned integer. Also note that this function is not particularly well-behaved when it comes to comparison of doubles; in particular, the handling of incomparable values (ie: NaN) is undefined. If you only require an equality comparison, g_variant_equal() is more general. negative value if a &lt; b; zero if a = b; positive value if a &gt; b. a basic-typed #GVariant instance a #GVariant instance of the same type Similar to g_variant_get_bytestring() except that instead of returning a constant string, the string is duplicated. The return value must be freed using g_free(). a newly allocated string an array-of-bytes #GVariant instance a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length (not including the nul terminator) Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with g_strfreev(). If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be %NULL-terminated. For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a %NULL pointer will be returned. an array of strings an array of array of bytes #GVariant ('aay') the length of the result, or %NULL Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with g_strfreev(). If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be %NULL-terminated. For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a %NULL pointer will be returned. an array of strings an array of object paths #GVariant the length of the result, or %NULL Similar to g_variant_get_string() except that instead of returning a constant string, the string is duplicated. The string will always be utf8 encoded. The return value must be freed using g_free(). a newly allocated string, utf8 encoded a string #GVariant instance a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with g_strfreev(). If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be %NULL-terminated. For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a %NULL pointer will be returned. an array of strings an array of strings #GVariant the length of the result, or %NULL Checks if @one and @two have the same type and value. The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of this function with #GHashTable. They must each be a #GVariant. %TRUE if @one and @two are equal a #GVariant instance a #GVariant instance Deconstructs a #GVariant instance. Think of this function as an analogue to scanf(). The arguments that are expected by this function are entirely determined by @format_string. @format_string also restricts the permissible types of @value. It is an error to give a value with an incompatible type. See the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. Please note that the syntax of the format string is very likely to be extended in the future. @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, see the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings-pointers'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. a #GVariant instance a #GVariant format string Returns the boolean value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN. %TRUE or %FALSE a boolean #GVariant instance Returns the byte value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE. a #guchar a byte #GVariant instance Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with an array-of-bytes type. The string has no particular encoding. If the array does not end with a nul terminator character, the empty string is returned. For this reason, you can always trust that a non-%NULL nul-terminated string will be returned by this function. If the array contains a nul terminator character somewhere other than the last byte then the returned string is the string, up to the first such nul character. It is an error to call this function with a @value that is not an array of bytes. The return value remains valid as long as @value exists. the constant string an array-of-bytes #GVariant instance Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be %NULL-terminated. For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a %NULL pointer will be returned. an array of constant strings an array of array of bytes #GVariant ('aay') the length of the result, or %NULL Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance and deconstructs it according to @format_string. This call is essentially a combination of g_variant_get_child_value() and g_variant_get(). @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, see the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings-pointers'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. a container #GVariant the index of the child to deconstruct a #GVariant format string Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance. This includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of #GVariant. It is an error if @index_ is greater than the number of child items in the container. See g_variant_n_children(). The returned value is never floating. You should free it with g_variant_unref() when you're done with it. This function is O(1). the child at the specified index a container #GVariant the index of the child to fetch Returns a pointer to the serialised form of a #GVariant instance. The returned data may not be in fully-normalised form if read from an untrusted source. The returned data must not be freed; it remains valid for as long as @value exists. If @value is a fixed-sized value that was deserialised from a corrupted serialised container then %NULL may be returned. In this case, the proper thing to do is typically to use the appropriate number of nul bytes in place of @value. If @value is not fixed-sized then %NULL is never returned. In the case that @value is already in serialised form, this function is O(1). If the value is not already in serialised form, serialisation occurs implicitly and is approximately O(n) in the size of the result. To deserialise the data returned by this function, in addition to the serialised data, you must know the type of the #GVariant, and (if the machine might be different) the endianness of the machine that stored it. As a result, file formats or network messages that incorporate serialised #GVariant<!---->s must include this information either implicitly (for instance "the file always contains a %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT and it is always in little-endian order") or explicitly (by storing the type and/or endianness in addition to the serialised data). the serialised form of @value, or %NULL a #GVariant instance Returns a pointer to the serialised form of a #GVariant instance. The semantics of this function are exactly the same as g_variant_get_data(), except that the returned #GBytes holds a reference to the variant data. A new #GBytes representing the variant data a #GVariant Returns the double precision floating point value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE. a #gdouble a double #GVariant instance Provides access to the serialised data for an array of fixed-sized items. @value must be an array with fixed-sized elements. Numeric types are fixed-size, as are tuples containing only other fixed-sized types. @element_size must be the size of a single element in the array, as given by the section on <link linkend='gvariant-serialised-data-memory'>Serialised Data Memory</link>. In particular, arrays of these fixed-sized types can be interpreted as an array of the given C type, with @element_size set to <code>sizeof</code> the appropriate type: <informaltable> <tgroup cols='2'> <thead><row><entry>element type</entry> <entry>C type</entry></row></thead> <tbody> <row><entry>%G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16 (etc.)</entry> <entry>#gint16 (etc.)</entry></row> <row><entry>%G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN</entry> <entry>#guchar (not #gboolean!)</entry></row> <row><entry>%G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE</entry> <entry>#guchar</entry></row> <row><entry>%G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE</entry> <entry>#guint32</entry></row> <row><entry>%G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE</entry> <entry>#gdouble</entry></row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> For example, if calling this function for an array of 32 bit integers, you might say <code>sizeof (gint32)</code>. This value isn't used except for the purpose of a double-check that the form of the serialised data matches the caller's expectation. @n_elements, which must be non-%NULL is set equal to the number of items in the array. a pointer to the fixed array a #GVariant array with fixed-sized elements a pointer to the location to store the number of items the size of each element Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE. By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. If you're not interacting with D-Bus, you probably don't need them. a #gint32 a handle #GVariant instance Returns the 16-bit signed integer value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16. a #gint16 a int16 #GVariant instance Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32. a #gint32 a int32 #GVariant instance Returns the 64-bit signed integer value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64. a #gint64 a int64 #GVariant instance Given a maybe-typed #GVariant instance, extract its value. If the value is Nothing, then this function returns %NULL. the contents of @value, or %NULL a maybe-typed value Gets a #GVariant instance that has the same value as @value and is trusted to be in normal form. If @value is already trusted to be in normal form then a new reference to @value is returned. If @value is not already trusted, then it is scanned to check if it is in normal form. If it is found to be in normal form then it is marked as trusted and a new reference to it is returned. If @value is found not to be in normal form then a new trusted #GVariant is created with the same value as @value. It makes sense to call this function if you've received #GVariant data from untrusted sources and you want to ensure your serialised output is definitely in normal form. a trusted #GVariant a #GVariant Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be %NULL-terminated. For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a %NULL pointer will be returned. an array of constant strings an array of object paths #GVariant the length of the result, or %NULL Determines the number of bytes that would be required to store @value with g_variant_store(). If @value has a fixed-sized type then this function always returned that fixed size. In the case that @value is already in serialised form or the size has already been calculated (ie: this function has been called before) then this function is O(1). Otherwise, the size is calculated, an operation which is approximately O(n) in the number of values involved. the serialised size of @value a #GVariant instance Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with a string type. This includes the types %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING, %G_VARIANT_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH and %G_VARIANT_TYPE_SIGNATURE. The string will always be utf8 encoded. If @length is non-%NULL then the length of the string (in bytes) is returned there. For trusted values, this information is already known. For untrusted values, a strlen() will be performed. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than those three. The return value remains valid as long as @value exists. the constant string, utf8 encoded a string #GVariant instance a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be %NULL-terminated. For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a %NULL pointer will be returned. an array of constant strings an array of strings #GVariant the length of the result, or %NULL Determines the type of @value. The return value is valid for the lifetime of @value and must not be freed. a #GVariantType a #GVariant Returns the type string of @value. Unlike the result of calling g_variant_type_peek_string(), this string is nul-terminated. This string belongs to #GVariant and must not be freed. the type string for the type of @value a #GVariant Returns the 16-bit unsigned integer value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16. a #guint16 a uint16 #GVariant instance Returns the 32-bit unsigned integer value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32. a #guint32 a uint32 #GVariant instance Returns the 64-bit unsigned integer value of @value. It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64. a #guint64 a uint64 #GVariant instance This function is intended to be used by libraries based on #GVariant that want to provide g_variant_get()-like functionality to their users. The API is more general than g_variant_get() to allow a wider range of possible uses. @format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only need to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the end of the format string. @app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to @format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left pointing to the argument following the last. These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual varargs call by the user. @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, see the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings-pointers'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. a #GVariant a string that is prefixed with a format string location to store the end pointer, or %NULL a pointer to a #va_list Unboxes @value. The result is the #GVariant instance that was contained in @value. the item contained in the variant a variant #GVariant instance Generates a hash value for a #GVariant instance. The output of this function is guaranteed to be the same for a given value only per-process. It may change between different processor architectures or even different versions of GLib. Do not use this function as a basis for building protocols or file formats. The type of @value is #gconstpointer only to allow use of this function with #GHashTable. @value must be a #GVariant. a hash value corresponding to @value a basic #GVariant value as a #gconstpointer Checks if @value is a container. %TRUE if @value is a container a #GVariant instance Checks whether @value has a floating reference count. This function should only ever be used to assert that a given variant is or is not floating, or for debug purposes. To acquire a reference to a variant that might be floating, always use g_variant_ref_sink() or g_variant_take_ref(). See g_variant_ref_sink() for more information about floating reference counts. whether @value is floating a #GVariant Checks if @value is in normal form. The main reason to do this is to detect if a given chunk of serialised data is in normal form: load the data into a #GVariant using g_variant_new_from_data() and then use this function to check. If @value is found to be in normal form then it will be marked as being trusted. If the value was already marked as being trusted then this function will immediately return %TRUE. %TRUE if @value is in normal form a #GVariant instance Checks if a value has a type matching the provided type. %TRUE if the type of @value matches @type a #GVariant instance a #GVariantType Creates a heap-allocated #GVariantIter for iterating over the items in @value. Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer need it. A reference is taken to @value and will be released only when g_variant_iter_free() is called. a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter a container #GVariant Looks up a value in a dictionary #GVariant. This function is a wrapper around g_variant_lookup_value() and g_variant_get(). In the case that %NULL would have been returned, this function returns %FALSE. Otherwise, it unpacks the returned value and returns %TRUE. @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, see the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings-pointers'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. %TRUE if a value was unpacked a dictionary #GVariant the key to lookup in the dictionary a GVariant format string Looks up a value in a dictionary #GVariant. This function works with dictionaries of the type <literal>a{s*}</literal> (and equally well with type <literal>a{o*}</literal>, but we only further discuss the string case for sake of clarity). In the event that @dictionary has the type <literal>a{sv}</literal>, the @expected_type string specifies what type of value is expected to be inside of the variant. If the value inside the variant has a different type then %NULL is returned. In the event that @dictionary has a value type other than <literal>v</literal> then @expected_type must directly match the key type and it is used to unpack the value directly or an error occurs. In either case, if @key is not found in @dictionary, %NULL is returned. If the key is found and the value has the correct type, it is returned. If @expected_type was specified then any non-%NULL return value will have this type. the value of the dictionary key, or %NULL a dictionary #GVariant the key to lookup in the dictionary a #GVariantType, or %NULL Determines the number of children in a container #GVariant instance. This includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of #GVariant. For variants, the return value is always 1. For values with maybe types, it is always zero or one. For arrays, it is the length of the array. For tuples it is the number of tuple items (which depends only on the type). For dictionary entries, it is always 2 This function is O(1). the number of children in the container a container #GVariant Pretty-prints @value in the format understood by g_variant_parse(). The format is described <link linkend='gvariant-text'>here</link>. If @type_annotate is %TRUE, then type information is included in the output. a newly-allocated string holding the result. a #GVariant %TRUE if type information should be included in the output Behaves as g_variant_print(), but operates on a #GString. If @string is non-%NULL then it is appended to and returned. Else, a new empty #GString is allocated and it is returned. a #GString containing the string a #GVariant a #GString, or %NULL %TRUE if type information should be included in the output Increases the reference count of @value. the same @value a #GVariant #GVariant uses a floating reference count system. All functions with names starting with <literal>g_variant_new_</literal> return floating references. Calling g_variant_ref_sink() on a #GVariant with a floating reference will convert the floating reference into a full reference. Calling g_variant_ref_sink() on a non-floating #GVariant results in an additional normal reference being added. In other words, if the @value is floating, then this call "assumes ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal reference. If the @value is not floating, then this call adds a new normal reference increasing the reference count by one. All calls that result in a #GVariant instance being inserted into a container will call g_variant_ref_sink() on the instance. This means that if the value was just created (and has only its floating reference) then the container will assume sole ownership of the value at that point and the caller will not need to unreference it. This makes certain common styles of programming much easier while still maintaining normal refcounting semantics in situations where values are not floating. the same @value a #GVariant Stores the serialised form of @value at @data. @data should be large enough. See g_variant_get_size(). The stored data is in machine native byte order but may not be in fully-normalised form if read from an untrusted source. See g_variant_get_normal_form() for a solution. As with g_variant_get_data(), to be able to deserialise the serialised variant successfully, its type and (if the destination machine might be different) its endianness must also be available. This function is approximately O(n) in the size of @data. the #GVariant to store the location to store the serialised data at If @value is floating, sink it. Otherwise, do nothing. Typically you want to use g_variant_ref_sink() in order to automatically do the correct thing with respect to floating or non-floating references, but there is one specific scenario where this function is helpful. The situation where this function is helpful is when creating an API that allows the user to provide a callback function that returns a #GVariant. We certainly want to allow the user the flexibility to return a non-floating reference from this callback (for the case where the value that is being returned already exists). At the same time, the style of the #GVariant API makes it likely that for newly-created #GVariant instances, the user can be saved some typing if they are allowed to return a #GVariant with a floating reference. Using this function on the return value of the user's callback allows the user to do whichever is more convenient for them. The caller will alway receives exactly one full reference to the value: either the one that was returned in the first place, or a floating reference that has been converted to a full reference. This function has an odd interaction when combined with g_variant_ref_sink() running at the same time in another thread on the same #GVariant instance. If g_variant_ref_sink() runs first then the result will be that the floating reference is converted to a hard reference. If g_variant_take_ref() runs first then the result will be that the floating reference is converted to a hard reference and an additional reference on top of that one is added. It is best to avoid this situation. the same @value a #GVariant Decreases the reference count of @value. When its reference count drops to 0, the memory used by the variant is freed. a #GVariant Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus object path. You should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus object path before passing it to g_variant_new_object_path(). A valid object path starts with '/' followed by zero or more sequences of characters separated by '/' characters. Each sequence must contain only the characters "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_". No sequence (including the one following the final '/' character) may be empty. %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus object path a normal C nul-terminated string Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus type signature. You should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus type signature before passing it to g_variant_new_signature(). D-Bus type signatures consist of zero or more definite #GVariantType strings in sequence. %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus type signature a normal C nul-terminated string Parses a #GVariant from a text representation. A single #GVariant is parsed from the content of @text. The format is described <link linkend='gvariant-text'>here</link>. The memory at @limit will never be accessed and the parser behaves as if the character at @limit is the nul terminator. This has the effect of bounding @text. If @endptr is non-%NULL then @text is permitted to contain data following the value that this function parses and @endptr will be updated to point to the first character past the end of the text parsed by this function. If @endptr is %NULL and there is extra data then an error is returned. If @type is non-%NULL then the value will be parsed to have that type. This may result in additional parse errors (in the case that the parsed value doesn't fit the type) but may also result in fewer errors (in the case that the type would have been ambiguous, such as with empty arrays). In the event that the parsing is successful, the resulting #GVariant is returned. In case of any error, %NULL will be returned. If @error is non-%NULL then it will be set to reflect the error that occurred. Officially, the language understood by the parser is "any string produced by g_variant_print()". a reference to a #GVariant, or %NULL a #GVariantType, or %NULL a string containing a GVariant in text form a pointer to the end of @text, or %NULL a location to store the end pointer, or %NULL A utility type for constructing container-type #GVariant instances. This is an opaque structure and may only be accessed using the following functions. #GVariantBuilder is not threadsafe in any way. Do not attempt to access it from more than one thread. Allocates and initialises a new #GVariantBuilder. You should call g_variant_builder_unref() on the return value when it is no longer needed. The memory will not be automatically freed by any other call. In most cases it is easier to place a #GVariantBuilder directly on the stack of the calling function and initialise it with g_variant_builder_init(). a #GVariantBuilder a container type Adds to a #GVariantBuilder. This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to calling g_variant_new() followed by g_variant_builder_add_value(). This function might be used as follows: <programlisting> GVariant * make_pointless_dictionary (void) { GVariantBuilder *builder; int i; builder = g_variant_builder_new (G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY); for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) { gchar buf[3]; sprintf (buf, "%d", i); g_variant_builder_add (builder, "{is}", i, buf); } return g_variant_builder_end (builder); } </programlisting> a #GVariantBuilder a #GVariant varargs format string Adds to a #GVariantBuilder. This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to calling g_variant_new_parsed() followed by g_variant_builder_add_value(). This function might be used as follows: <programlisting> GVariant * make_pointless_dictionary (void) { GVariantBuilder *builder; int i; builder = g_variant_builder_new (G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY); g_variant_builder_add_parsed (builder, "{'width', <%i>}", 600); g_variant_builder_add_parsed (builder, "{'title', <%s>}", "foo"); g_variant_builder_add_parsed (builder, "{'transparency', <0.5>}"); return g_variant_builder_end (builder); } </programlisting> a #GVariantBuilder a text format #GVariant Adds @value to @builder. It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an inconsistent value to be constructed. Some examples of this are putting different types of items into an array, putting the wrong types or number of items in a tuple, putting more than one value into a variant, etc. If @value is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the @builder instance takes ownership of @value. a #GVariantBuilder a #GVariant Releases all memory associated with a #GVariantBuilder without freeing the #GVariantBuilder structure itself. It typically only makes sense to do this on a stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder if you want to abort building the value part-way through. This function need not be called if you call g_variant_builder_end() and it also doesn't need to be called on builders allocated with g_variant_builder_new (see g_variant_builder_unref() for that). This function leaves the #GVariantBuilder structure set to all-zeros. It is valid to call this function on either an initialised #GVariantBuilder or one that is set to all-zeros but it is not valid to call this function on uninitialised memory. a #GVariantBuilder Closes the subcontainer inside the given @builder that was opened by the most recent call to g_variant_builder_open(). It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: too few values added to the subcontainer). a #GVariantBuilder Ends the builder process and returns the constructed value. It is not permissible to use @builder in any way after this call except for reference counting operations (in the case of a heap-allocated #GVariantBuilder) or by reinitialising it with g_variant_builder_init() (in the case of stack-allocated). It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: insufficient number of items added to a container with a specific number of children required). It is also an error to call this function if the builder was created with an indefinite array or maybe type and no children have been added; in this case it is impossible to infer the type of the empty array. a new, floating, #GVariant a #GVariantBuilder Initialises a #GVariantBuilder structure. @type must be non-%NULL. It specifies the type of container to construct. It can be an indefinite type such as %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY or a definite type such as "as" or "(ii)". Maybe, array, tuple, dictionary entry and variant-typed values may be constructed. After the builder is initialised, values are added using g_variant_builder_add_value() or g_variant_builder_add(). After all the child values are added, g_variant_builder_end() frees the memory associated with the builder and returns the #GVariant that was created. This function completely ignores the previous contents of @builder. On one hand this means that it is valid to pass in completely uninitialised memory. On the other hand, this means that if you are initialising over top of an existing #GVariantBuilder you need to first call g_variant_builder_clear() in order to avoid leaking memory. You must not call g_variant_builder_ref() or g_variant_builder_unref() on a #GVariantBuilder that was initialised with this function. If you ever pass a reference to a #GVariantBuilder outside of the control of your own code then you should assume that the person receiving that reference may try to use reference counting; you should use g_variant_builder_new() instead of this function. a #GVariantBuilder a container type Opens a subcontainer inside the given @builder. When done adding items to the subcontainer, g_variant_builder_close() must be called. It is an error to call this function in any way that would cause an inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: adding too many values or a value of an incorrect type). a #GVariantBuilder a #GVariantType Increases the reference count on @builder. Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad things will happen. a new reference to @builder a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new() Decreases the reference count on @builder. In the event that there are no more references, releases all memory associated with the #GVariantBuilder. Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad things will happen. a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new() The range of possible top-level types of #GVariant instances. The #GVariant is a boolean. The #GVariant is a byte. The #GVariant is a signed 16 bit integer. The #GVariant is an unsigned 16 bit integer. The #GVariant is a signed 32 bit integer. The #GVariant is an unsigned 32 bit integer. The #GVariant is a signed 64 bit integer. The #GVariant is an unsigned 64 bit integer. The #GVariant is a file handle index. The #GVariant is a double precision floating point value. The #GVariant is a normal string. The #GVariant is a D-Bus object path string. The #GVariant is a D-Bus signature string. The #GVariant is a variant. The #GVariant is a maybe-typed value. The #GVariant is an array. The #GVariant is a tuple. The #GVariant is a dictionary entry. #GVariantIter is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed using the following functions. Creates a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter to iterate over the container that was being iterated over by @iter. Iteration begins on the new iterator from the current position of the old iterator but the two copies are independent past that point. Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer need it. A reference is taken to the container that @iter is iterating over and will be releated only when g_variant_iter_free() is called. a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter a #GVariantIter Frees a heap-allocated #GVariantIter. Only call this function on iterators that were returned by g_variant_iter_new() or g_variant_iter_copy(). a heap-allocated #GVariantIter Initialises (without allocating) a #GVariantIter. @iter may be completely uninitialised prior to this call; its old value is ignored. The iterator remains valid for as long as @value exists, and need not be freed in any way. the number of items in @value a pointer to a #GVariantIter a container #GVariant Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE. If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned. On the first call to this function, the pointers appearing on the variable argument list are assumed to point at uninitialised memory. On the second and later calls, it is assumed that the same pointers will be given and that they will point to the memory as set by the previous call to this function. This allows the previous values to be freed, as appropriate. This function is intended to be used with a while loop as demonstrated in the following example. This function can only be used when iterating over an array. It is only valid to call this function with a string constant for the format string and the same string constant must be used each time. Mixing calls to this function and g_variant_iter_next() or g_variant_iter_next_value() on the same iterator causes undefined behavior. If you break out of a such a while loop using g_variant_iter_loop() then you must free or unreference all the unpacked values as you would with g_variant_get(). Failure to do so will cause a memory leak. See the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. <example> <title>Memory management with g_variant_iter_loop()</title> <programlisting> /<!-- -->* Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' *<!-- -->/ void iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary) { GVariantIter iter; GVariant *value; gchar *key; g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary); while (g_variant_iter_loop (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value)) { g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key, g_variant_get_type_string (value)); /<!-- -->* no need to free 'key' and 'value' here *<!-- -->/ /<!-- -->* unless breaking out of this loop *<!-- -->/ } } </programlisting> </example> For most cases you should use g_variant_iter_next(). This function is really only useful when unpacking into #GVariant or #GVariantIter in order to allow you to skip the call to g_variant_unref() or g_variant_iter_free(). For example, if you are only looping over simple integer and string types, g_variant_iter_next() is definitely preferred. For string types, use the '&' prefix to avoid allocating any memory at all (and thereby avoiding the need to free anything as well). @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, see the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings-pointers'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there was no value a #GVariantIter a GVariant format string Queries the number of child items in the container that we are iterating over. This is the total number of items -- not the number of items remaining. This function might be useful for preallocation of arrays. the number of children in the container a #GVariantIter Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE. If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned. All of the pointers given on the variable arguments list of this function are assumed to point at uninitialised memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to free all of the values returned by the unpacking process. See the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. <example> <title>Memory management with g_variant_iter_next()</title> <programlisting> /<!-- -->* Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' *<!-- -->/ void iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary) { GVariantIter iter; GVariant *value; gchar *key; g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary); while (g_variant_iter_next (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value)) { g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key, g_variant_get_type_string (value)); /<!-- -->* must free data for ourselves *<!-- -->/ g_variant_unref (value); g_free (key); } } </programlisting> </example> For a solution that is likely to be more convenient to C programmers when dealing with loops, see g_variant_iter_loop(). @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, see the section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings-pointers'>GVariant Format Strings</link>. %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there as no value a #GVariantIter a GVariant format string Gets the next item in the container. If no more items remain then %NULL is returned. Use g_variant_unref() to drop your reference on the return value when you no longer need it. <example> <title>Iterating with g_variant_iter_next_value()</title> <programlisting> /<!-- -->* recursively iterate a container *<!-- -->/ void iterate_container_recursive (GVariant *container) { GVariantIter iter; GVariant *child; g_variant_iter_init (&iter, container); while ((child = g_variant_iter_next_value (&iter))) { g_print ("type '%s'\n", g_variant_get_type_string (child)); if (g_variant_is_container (child)) iterate_container_recursive (child); g_variant_unref (child); } } </programlisting> </example> a #GVariant, or %NULL a #GVariantIter Error codes returned by parsing text-format GVariants. generic error (unused) a non-basic #GVariantType was given where a basic type was expected cannot infer the #GVariantType an indefinite #GVariantType was given where a definite type was expected extra data after parsing finished invalid character in number or unicode escape not a valid #GVariant format string not a valid object path not a valid type signature not a valid #GVariant type string could not find a common type for array entries the numerical value is out of range of the given type the numerical value is out of range for any type cannot parse as variant of the specified type an unexpected token was encountered an unknown keyword was encountered unterminated string constant no value given This section introduces the GVariant type system. It is based, in large part, on the D-Bus type system, with two major changes and some minor lifting of restrictions. The <ulink url='http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html'>DBus specification</ulink>, therefore, provides a significant amount of information that is useful when working with GVariant. The first major change with respect to the D-Bus type system is the introduction of maybe (or "nullable") types. Any type in GVariant can be converted to a maybe type, in which case, "nothing" (or "null") becomes a valid value. Maybe types have been added by introducing the character "<literal>m</literal>" to type strings. The second major change is that the GVariant type system supports the concept of "indefinite types" -- types that are less specific than the normal types found in D-Bus. For example, it is possible to speak of "an array of any type" in GVariant, where the D-Bus type system would require you to speak of "an array of integers" or "an array of strings". Indefinite types have been added by introducing the characters "<literal>*</literal>", "<literal>?</literal>" and "<literal>r</literal>" to type strings. Finally, all arbitrary restrictions relating to the complexity of types are lifted along with the restriction that dictionary entries may only appear nested inside of arrays. Just as in D-Bus, GVariant types are described with strings ("type strings"). Subject to the differences mentioned above, these strings are of the same form as those found in DBus. Note, however: D-Bus always works in terms of messages and therefore individual type strings appear nowhere in its interface. Instead, "signatures" are a concatenation of the strings of the type of each argument in a message. GVariant deals with single values directly so GVariant type strings always describe the type of exactly one value. This means that a D-Bus signature string is generally not a valid GVariant type string -- except in the case that it is the signature of a message containing exactly one argument. An indefinite type is similar in spirit to what may be called an abstract type in other type systems. No value can exist that has an indefinite type as its type, but values can exist that have types that are subtypes of indefinite types. That is to say, g_variant_get_type() will never return an indefinite type, but calling g_variant_is_of_type() with an indefinite type may return %TRUE. For example, you cannot have a value that represents "an array of no particular type", but you can have an "array of integers" which certainly matches the type of "an array of no particular type", since "array of integers" is a subtype of "array of no particular type". This is similar to how instances of abstract classes may not directly exist in other type systems, but instances of their non-abstract subtypes may. For example, in GTK, no object that has the type of #GtkBin can exist (since #GtkBin is an abstract class), but a #GtkWindow can certainly be instantiated, and you would say that the #GtkWindow is a #GtkBin (since #GtkWindow is a subclass of #GtkBin). A detailed description of GVariant type strings is given here: <refsect2 id='gvariant-typestrings'> <title>GVariant Type Strings</title> <para> A GVariant type string can be any of the following: </para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> any basic type string (listed below) </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> "<literal>v</literal>", "<literal>r</literal>" or "<literal>*</literal>" </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> one of the characters '<literal>a</literal>' or '<literal>m</literal>', followed by another type string </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> the character '<literal>(</literal>', followed by a concatenation of zero or more other type strings, followed by the character '<literal>)</literal>' </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> the character '<literal>{</literal>', followed by a basic type string (see below), followed by another type string, followed by the character '<literal>}</literal>' </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <para> A basic type string describes a basic type (as per g_variant_type_is_basic()) and is always a single character in length. The valid basic type strings are "<literal>b</literal>", "<literal>y</literal>", "<literal>n</literal>", "<literal>q</literal>", "<literal>i</literal>", "<literal>u</literal>", "<literal>x</literal>", "<literal>t</literal>", "<literal>h</literal>", "<literal>d</literal>", "<literal>s</literal>", "<literal>o</literal>", "<literal>g</literal>" and "<literal>?</literal>". </para> <para> The above definition is recursive to arbitrary depth. "<literal>aaaaai</literal>" and "<literal>(ui(nq((y)))s)</literal>" are both valid type strings, as is "<literal>a(aa(ui)(qna{ya(yd)}))</literal>". </para> <para> The meaning of each of the characters is as follows: </para> <informaltable> <tgroup cols='2'> <tbody> <row> <entry> <para> <emphasis role='strong'>Character</emphasis> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> <emphasis role='strong'>Meaning</emphasis> </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>b</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN; a boolean value. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>y</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE; a byte. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>n</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16; a signed 16 bit integer. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>q</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16; an unsigned 16 bit integer. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>i</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32; a signed 32 bit integer. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>u</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32; an unsigned 32 bit integer. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>x</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64; a signed 64 bit integer. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>t</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64; an unsigned 64 bit integer. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>h</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE; a signed 32 bit value that, by convention, is used as an index into an array of file descriptors that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>d</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE; a double precision floating point value. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>s</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING; a string. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>o</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH; a string in the form of a D-Bus object path. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>g</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING; a string in the form of a D-Bus type signature. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>?</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BASIC; an indefinite type that is a supertype of any of the basic types. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>v</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT; a container type that contain any other type of value. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>a</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> used as a prefix on another type string to mean an array of that type; the type string "<literal>ai</literal>", for example, is the type of an array of 32 bit signed integers. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>m</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> used as a prefix on another type string to mean a "maybe", or "nullable", version of that type; the type string "<literal>ms</literal>", for example, is the type of a value that maybe contains a string, or maybe contains nothing. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>()</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> used to enclose zero or more other concatenated type strings to create a tuple type; the type string "<literal>(is)</literal>", for example, is the type of a pair of an integer and a string. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>r</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE; an indefinite type that is a supertype of any tuple type, regardless of the number of items. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>{}</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> used to enclose a basic type string concatenated with another type string to create a dictionary entry type, which usually appears inside of an array to form a dictionary; the type string "<literal>a{sd}</literal>", for example, is the type of a dictionary that maps strings to double precision floating point values. </para> <para> The first type (the basic type) is the key type and the second type is the value type. The reason that the first type is restricted to being a basic type is so that it can easily be hashed. </para> </entry> </row> <row> <entry> <para> <literal>*</literal> </para> </entry> <entry> <para> the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ANY; the indefinite type that is a supertype of all types. Note that, as with all type strings, this character represents exactly one type. It cannot be used inside of tuples to mean "any number of items". </para> </entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> <para> Any type string of a container that contains an indefinite type is, itself, an indefinite type. For example, the type string "<literal>a*</literal>" (corresponding to %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY) is an indefinite type that is a supertype of every array type. "<literal>(*s)</literal>" is a supertype of all tuples that contain exactly two items where the second item is a string. </para> <para> "<literal>a{?*}</literal>" is an indefinite type that is a supertype of all arrays containing dictionary entries where the key is any basic type and the value is any type at all. This is, by definition, a dictionary, so this type string corresponds to %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DICTIONARY. Note that, due to the restriction that the key of a dictionary entry must be a basic type, "<literal>{**}</literal>" is not a valid type string. </para> </refsect2> Creates a new #GVariantType corresponding to the type string given by @type_string. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. It is a programmer error to call this function with an invalid type string. Use g_variant_type_string_is_valid() if you are unsure. a new #GVariantType a valid GVariant type string Constructs the type corresponding to an array of elements of the type @type. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. a new array #GVariantType Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Constructs the type corresponding to a dictionary entry with a key of type @key and a value of type @value. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. a new dictionary entry #GVariantType Since 2.24 a basic #GVariantType a #GVariantType Constructs the type corresponding to a maybe instance containing type @type or Nothing. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. a new maybe #GVariantType Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Constructs a new tuple type, from @items. @length is the number of items in @items, or -1 to indicate that @items is %NULL-terminated. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. a new tuple #GVariantType Since 2.24 an array of #GVariantTypes, one for each item the length of @items, or -1 Makes a copy of a #GVariantType. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. @type may not be %NULL. a new #GVariantType Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Returns a newly-allocated copy of the type string corresponding to @type. The returned string is nul-terminated. It is appropriate to call g_free() on the return value. the corresponding type string Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines the element type of an array or maybe type. This function may only be used with array or maybe types. the element type of @type Since 2.24 an array or maybe #GVariantType Compares @type1 and @type2 for equality. Only returns %TRUE if the types are exactly equal. Even if one type is an indefinite type and the other is a subtype of it, %FALSE will be returned if they are not exactly equal. If you want to check for subtypes, use g_variant_type_is_subtype_of(). The argument types of @type1 and @type2 are only #gconstpointer to allow use with #GHashTable without function pointer casting. For both arguments, a valid #GVariantType must be provided. %TRUE if @type1 and @type2 are exactly equal Since 2.24 a #GVariantType a #GVariantType Determines the first item type of a tuple or dictionary entry type. This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types, but must not be used with the generic tuple type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. In the case of a dictionary entry type, this returns the type of the key. %NULL is returned in case of @type being %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. This call, together with g_variant_type_next() provides an iterator interface over tuple and dictionary entry types. the first item type of @type, or %NULL Since 2.24 a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType Frees a #GVariantType that was allocated with g_variant_type_copy(), g_variant_type_new() or one of the container type constructor functions. In the case that @type is %NULL, this function does nothing. Since 2.24 a #GVariantType, or %NULL Returns the length of the type string corresponding to the given @type. This function must be used to determine the valid extent of the memory region returned by g_variant_type_peek_string(). the length of the corresponding type string Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Hashes @type. The argument type of @type is only #gconstpointer to allow use with #GHashTable without function pointer casting. A valid #GVariantType must be provided. the hash value Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is an array type. This is true if the type string for @type starts with an 'a'. This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every definite subtype is an array type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for example. %TRUE if @type is an array type Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is a basic type. Basic types are booleans, bytes, integers, doubles, strings, object paths and signatures. Only a basic type may be used as the key of a dictionary entry. This function returns %FALSE for all indefinite types except %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BASIC. %TRUE if @type is a basic type Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is a container type. Container types are any array, maybe, tuple, or dictionary entry types plus the variant type. This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every definite subtype is a container -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for example. %TRUE if @type is a container type Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is definite (ie: not indefinite). A type is definite if its type string does not contain any indefinite type characters ('*', '?', or 'r'). A #GVariant instance may not have an indefinite type, so calling this function on the result of g_variant_get_type() will always result in %TRUE being returned. Calling this function on an indefinite type like %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, however, will result in %FALSE being returned. %TRUE if @type is definite Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is a dictionary entry type. This is true if the type string for @type starts with a '{'. This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every definite subtype is a dictionary entry type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DICT_ENTRY, for example. %TRUE if @type is a dictionary entry type Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is a maybe type. This is true if the type string for @type starts with an 'm'. This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every definite subtype is a maybe type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_MAYBE, for example. %TRUE if @type is a maybe type Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Checks if @type is a subtype of @supertype. This function returns %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype. All types are considered to be subtypes of themselves. Aside from that, only indefinite types can have subtypes. %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype Since 2.24 a #GVariantType a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is a tuple type. This is true if the type string for @type starts with a '(' or if @type is %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every definite subtype is a tuple type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE, for example. %TRUE if @type is a tuple type Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines if the given @type is the variant type. %TRUE if @type is the variant type Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines the key type of a dictionary entry type. This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type. Other than the additional restriction, this call is equivalent to g_variant_type_first(). the key type of the dictionary entry Since 2.24 a dictionary entry #GVariantType Determines the number of items contained in a tuple or dictionary entry type. This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types, but must not be used with the generic tuple type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. In the case of a dictionary entry type, this function will always return 2. the number of items in @type Since 2.24 a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType Determines the next item type of a tuple or dictionary entry type. @type must be the result of a previous call to g_variant_type_first() or g_variant_type_next(). If called on the key type of a dictionary entry then this call returns the value type. If called on the value type of a dictionary entry then this call returns %NULL. For tuples, %NULL is returned when @type is the last item in a tuple. the next #GVariantType after @type, or %NULL Since 2.24 a #GVariantType from a previous call Returns the type string corresponding to the given @type. The result is not nul-terminated; in order to determine its length you must call g_variant_type_get_string_length(). To get a nul-terminated string, see g_variant_type_dup_string(). the corresponding type string (not nul-terminated) Since 2.24 a #GVariantType Determines the value type of a dictionary entry type. This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type. the value type of the dictionary entry Since 2.24 a dictionary entry #GVariantType Checks if @type_string is a valid GVariant type string. This call is equivalent to calling g_variant_type_string_scan() and confirming that the following character is a nul terminator. %TRUE if @type_string is exactly one valid type string Since 2.24 a pointer to any string Scan for a single complete and valid GVariant type string in @string. The memory pointed to by @limit (or bytes beyond it) is never accessed. If a valid type string is found, @endptr is updated to point to the first character past the end of the string that was found and %TRUE is returned. If there is no valid type string starting at @string, or if the type string does not end before @limit then %FALSE is returned. For the simple case of checking if a string is a valid type string, see g_variant_type_string_is_valid(). %TRUE if a valid type string was found a pointer to any string the end of @string, or %NULL location to store the end pointer, or %NULL Declares a type of function which takes no arguments and has no return value. It is used to specify the type function passed to g_atexit(). A wrapper for the POSIX access() function. This function is used to test a pathname for one or several of read, write or execute permissions, or just existence. On Windows, the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like, and the underlying function in the C library only checks the FAT-style READONLY attribute, and does not look at the ACL of a file at all. This function is this in practise almost useless on Windows. Software that needs to handle file permissions on Windows more exactly should use the Win32 API. See your C library manual for more details about access(). zero if the pathname refers to an existing file system object that has all the tested permissions, or -1 otherwise or on error. a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) as in access() Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal digit. Differs from g_unichar_digit_value() because it takes a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters are signed. If @c is a decimal digit (according to g_ascii_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. an ASCII character. Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as decimal point. This functions generates enough precision that converting the string back using g_ascii_strtod() gives the same machine-number (on machines with IEEE compatible 64bit doubles). It is guaranteed that the size of the resulting string will never be larger than @G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE bytes. The pointer to the buffer with the converted string. A buffer to place the resulting string in The length of the buffer. The #gdouble to convert Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as decimal point. To format the number you pass in a printf()-style format string. Allowed conversion specifiers are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'F', 'g' and 'G'. If you just want to want to serialize the value into a string, use g_ascii_dtostr(). The pointer to the buffer with the converted string. A buffer to place the resulting string in The length of the buffer. The printf()-style format to use for the code to use for converting. The #gdouble to convert Compare two strings, ignoring the case of ASCII characters. Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII bytes as if they are not letters. This function should be used only on strings that are known to be in encodings where the bytes corresponding to ASCII letters always represent themselves. This includes UTF-8 and the ISO-8859-* charsets, but not for instance double-byte encodings like the Windows Codepage 932, where the trailing bytes of double-byte characters include all ASCII letters. If you compare two CP932 strings using this function, you will get false matches. 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2, or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2. string to compare with @s2. string to compare with @s1. Converts all upper case ASCII letters to lower case ASCII letters. a newly-allocated string, with all the upper case characters in @str converted to lower case, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). (Note that this is unlike the old g_strdown(), which modified the string in place.) a string. length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Compare @s1 and @s2, ignoring the case of ASCII characters and any characters after the first @n in each string. Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII characters as if they are not letters. The same warning as in g_ascii_strcasecmp() applies: Use this function only on strings known to be in encodings where bytes corresponding to ASCII letters always represent themselves. 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2, or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2. string to compare with @s2. string to compare with @s1. number of characters to compare. Converts a string to a #gdouble value. This function behaves like the standard strtod() function does in the C locale. It does this without actually changing the current locale, since that would not be thread-safe. A limitation of the implementation is that this function will still accept localized versions of infinities and NANs. This function is typically used when reading configuration files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. To handle input from the user you should normally use the locale-sensitive system strtod() function. To convert from a #gdouble to a string in a locale-insensitive way, use g_ascii_dtostr(). If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus <literal>HUGE_VAL</literal> is returned (according to the sign of the value), and <literal>ERANGE</literal> is stored in <literal>errno</literal>. If the correct value would cause underflow, zero is returned and <literal>ERANGE</literal> is stored in <literal>errno</literal>. This function resets <literal>errno</literal> before calling strtod() so that you can reliably detect overflow and underflow. the #gdouble value. the string to convert to a numeric value. if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. Converts a string to a #gint64 value. This function behaves like the standard strtoll() function does in the C locale. It does this without actually changing the current locale, since that would not be thread-safe. This function is typically used when reading configuration files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. To handle input from the user you should normally use the locale-sensitive system strtoll() function. If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXINT64 or %G_MININT64 is returned, and <literal>ERANGE</literal> is stored in <literal>errno</literal>. If the base is outside the valid range, zero is returned, and <literal>EINVAL</literal> is stored in <literal>errno</literal>. If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns @nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL). the #gint64 value or zero on error. the string to convert to a numeric value. if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0 Converts a string to a #guint64 value. This function behaves like the standard strtoull() function does in the C locale. It does this without actually changing the current locale, since that would not be thread-safe. This function is typically used when reading configuration files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. To handle input from the user you should normally use the locale-sensitive system strtoull() function. If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXUINT64 is returned, and <literal>ERANGE</literal> is stored in <literal>errno</literal>. If the base is outside the valid range, zero is returned, and <literal>EINVAL</literal> is stored in <literal>errno</literal>. If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns @nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL). the #guint64 value or zero on error. the string to convert to a numeric value. if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0 Converts all lower case ASCII letters to upper case ASCII letters. a newly allocated string, with all the lower case characters in @str converted to upper case, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). (Note that this is unlike the old g_strup(), which modified the string in place.) a string. length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Convert a character to ASCII lower case. Unlike the standard C library tolower() function, this only recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are lower case letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so don't call it on <literal>EOF</literal> but no need to worry about casting to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. the result of converting @c to lower case. If @c is not an ASCII upper case letter, @c is returned unchanged. any character. Convert a character to ASCII upper case. Unlike the standard C library toupper() function, this only recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are upper case letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so don't call it on <literal>EOF</literal> but no need to worry about casting to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. the result of converting @c to upper case. If @c is not an ASCII lower case letter, @c is returned unchanged. any character. Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal digit. Differs from g_unichar_xdigit_value() because it takes a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters are signed. If @c is a hex digit (according to g_ascii_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. an ASCII character. Specifies a function to be called at normal program termination. Since GLib 2.8.2, on Windows g_atexit() actually is a preprocessor macro that maps to a call to the atexit() function in the C library. This means that in case the code that calls g_atexit(), i.e. atexit(), is in a DLL, the function will be called when the DLL is detached from the program. This typically makes more sense than that the function is called when the GLib DLL is detached, which happened earlier when g_atexit() was a function in the GLib DLL. The behaviour of atexit() in the context of dynamically loaded modules is not formally specified and varies wildly. On POSIX systems, calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) in a dynamically loaded module which is unloaded before the program terminates might well cause a crash at program exit. Some POSIX systems implement atexit() like Windows, and have each dynamically loaded module maintain an own atexit chain that is called when the module is unloaded. On other POSIX systems, before a dynamically loaded module is unloaded, the registered atexit functions (if any) residing in that module are called, regardless where the code that registered them resided. This is presumably the most robust approach. As can be seen from the above, for portability it's best to avoid calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) except in the main executable of a program. the function to call on normal program termination. Atomically adds @val to the value of @atomic. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic += @val; return tmp; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. Before version 2.30, this function did not return a value (but g_atomic_int_exchange_and_add() did, and had the same meaning). the value of @atomic before the add, signed a pointer to a #gint or #guint the value to add Performs an atomic bitwise 'and' of the value of @atomic and @val, storing the result back in @atomic. This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic &= @val; return tmp; }</literal> the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned a pointer to a #gint or #guint the value to 'and' Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval. If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs. This compare and exchange is done atomically. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ if (*@atomic == @oldval) { *@atomic = @newval; return TRUE; } else return FALSE; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. %TRUE if the exchange took place a pointer to a #gint or #guint the value to compare with the value to conditionally replace with Decrements the value of @atomic by 1. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ *@atomic -= 1; return (*@atomic == 0); }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. %TRUE if the resultant value is zero a pointer to a #gint or #guint This function existed before g_atomic_int_add() returned the prior value of the integer (which it now does). It is retained only for compatibility reasons. Don't use this function in new code. the value of @atomic before the add, signed a pointer to a #gint the value to add Gets the current value of @atomic. This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier (before the get). the value of the integer a pointer to a #gint or #guint Increments the value of @atomic by 1. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ *@atomic += 1; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. a pointer to a #gint or #guint Performs an atomic bitwise 'or' of the value of @atomic and @val, storing the result back in @atomic. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic |= @val; return tmp; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned a pointer to a #gint or #guint the value to 'or' Sets the value of @atomic to @newval. This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier (after the set). a pointer to a #gint or #guint a new value to store Performs an atomic bitwise 'xor' of the value of @atomic and @val, storing the result back in @atomic. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic ^= @val; return tmp; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned a pointer to a #gint or #guint the value to 'xor' Atomically adds @val to the value of @atomic. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic += @val; return tmp; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. the value of @atomic before the add, signed a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value the value to add Performs an atomic bitwise 'and' of the value of @atomic and @val, storing the result back in @atomic. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic &= @val; return tmp; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value the value to 'and' Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval. If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs. This compare and exchange is done atomically. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ if (*@atomic == @oldval) { *@atomic = @newval; return TRUE; } else return FALSE; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. %TRUE if the exchange took place a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value the value to compare with the value to conditionally replace with Gets the current value of @atomic. This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier (before the get). the value of the pointer a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value Performs an atomic bitwise 'or' of the value of @atomic and @val, storing the result back in @atomic. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic |= @val; return tmp; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value the value to 'or' Sets the value of @atomic to @newval. This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier (after the set). a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value a new value to store Performs an atomic bitwise 'xor' of the value of @atomic and @val, storing the result back in @atomic. Think of this operation as an atomic version of <literal>{ tmp = *atomic; *@atomic ^= @val; return tmp; }</literal> This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value the value to 'xor' Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data. Note that the returned binary data is not necessarily zero-terminated, so it should not be used as a character string. newly allocated buffer containing the binary data that @text represents. The returned buffer must be freed with g_free(). zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode The length of the decoded data is written here Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data by overwriting the input data. The binary data that @text responds. This pointer is the same as the input @text. zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode The length of the decoded data is written here Incrementally decode a sequence of binary data from its Base-64 stringified representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory. The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will be written to it. Since base64 encodes 3 bytes in 4 chars you need at least: (@len / 4) * 3 + 3 bytes (+ 3 may be needed in case of non-zero state). The number of bytes of output that was written binary input data max length of @in data to decode output buffer Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 Encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified representation. a newly allocated, zero-terminated Base-64 encoded string representing @data. The returned string must be freed with g_free(). the binary data to encode the length of @data Flush the status from a sequence of calls to g_base64_encode_step(). The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will be written to it. It will need up to 4 bytes, or up to 5 bytes if line-breaking is enabled. The number of bytes of output that was written whether to break long lines pointer to destination buffer Saved state from g_base64_encode_step() Saved state from g_base64_encode_step() Incrementally encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory. When all of the data has been converted you must call g_base64_encode_close() to flush the saved state. The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will be written to it. Due to the way base64 encodes you will need at least: (@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4 bytes (+ 4 may be needed in case of non-zero state). If you enable line-breaking you will need at least: ((@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4) / 72 + 1 bytes of extra space. @break_lines is typically used when putting base64-encoded data in emails. It breaks the lines at 72 columns instead of putting all of the text on the same line. This avoids problems with long lines in the email system. Note however that it breaks the lines with <literal>LF</literal> characters, not <literal>CR LF</literal> sequences, so the result cannot be passed directly to SMTP or certain other protocols. The number of bytes of output that was written the binary data to encode the length of @in whether to break long lines pointer to destination buffer Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 Gets the name of the file without any leading directory components. It returns a pointer into the given file name string. the name of the file without any leading directory components the name of the file Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If the bit is already set, this call will block until g_bit_unlock() unsets the corresponding bit. Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is not supported and will very probably cause deadlocks. The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined. This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to @address must be atomic in order for this function to work reliably. a pointer to an integer a bit value between 0 and 31 Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching from (but not including) @nth_bit upwards. Bits are numbered from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, usually). To start searching from the 0th bit, set @nth_bit to -1. the index of the first bit set which is higher than @nth_bit a #gulong containing flags the index of the bit to start the search from Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching from (but not including) @nth_bit downwards. Bits are numbered from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, usually). To start searching from the last bit, set @nth_bit to -1 or GLIB_SIZEOF_LONG * 8. the index of the first bit set which is lower than @nth_bit a #gulong containing flags the index of the bit to start the search from Gets the number of bits used to hold @number, e.g. if @number is 4, 3 bits are needed. the number of bits used to hold @number a #guint Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address, returning %TRUE if successful. If the bit is already set, returns %FALSE immediately. Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is not supported. The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined. This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to @address must be atomic in order for this function to work reliably. %TRUE if the lock was acquired a pointer to an integer a bit value between 0 and 31 Clears the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If another thread is currently blocked in g_bit_lock() on this same bit then it will be woken up. This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to @address must be atomic in order for this function to work reliably. a pointer to an integer a bit value between 0 and 31 Creates a filename from a series of elements using the correct separator for filenames. On Unix, this function behaves identically to <literal>g_build_path (G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S, first_element, ....)</literal>. On Windows, it takes into account that either the backslash (<literal>\</literal> or slash (<literal>/</literal>) can be used as separator in filenames, but otherwise behaves as on Unix. When file pathname separators need to be inserted, the one that last previously occurred in the parameters (reading from left to right) is used. No attempt is made to force the resulting filename to be an absolute path. If the first element is a relative path, the result will be a relative path. a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). the first element in the path Behaves exactly like g_build_filename(), but takes the path elements as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly meant for language bindings. a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the path elements. Creates a path from a series of elements using @separator as the separator between elements. At the boundary between two elements, any trailing occurrences of separator in the first element, or leading occurrences of separator in the second element are removed and exactly one copy of the separator is inserted. Empty elements are ignored. The number of leading copies of the separator on the result is the same as the number of leading copies of the separator on the first non-empty element. The number of trailing copies of the separator on the result is the same as the number of trailing copies of the separator on the last non-empty element. (Determination of the number of trailing copies is done without stripping leading copies, so if the separator is <literal>ABA</literal>, <literal>ABABA</literal> has 1 trailing copy.) However, if there is only a single non-empty element, and there are no characters in that element not part of the leading or trailing separators, then the result is exactly the original value of that element. Other than for determination of the number of leading and trailing copies of the separator, elements consisting only of copies of the separator are ignored. a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). a string used to separator the elements of the path. the first element in the path Behaves exactly like g_build_path(), but takes the path elements as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly meant for language bindings. a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). a string used to separator the elements of the path. %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the path elements. Frees the memory allocated by the #GByteArray. If @free_segment is %TRUE it frees the actual byte data. If the reference count of @array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array will be set to zero. the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). a #GByteArray. if %TRUE the actual byte data is freed as well. Transfers the data from the #GByteArray into a new immutable #GBytes. The #GByteArray is freed unless the reference count of @array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array will be set to zero. This is identical to using g_bytes_new_take() and g_byte_array_free() together. a new immutable #GBytes representing same byte data that was in the array a #GByteArray Creates a new #GByteArray with a reference count of 1. the new #GByteArray. Create byte array containing the data. The data will be owned by the array and will be freed with g_free(), i.e. it could be allocated using g_strdup(). a new #GByteArray byte data for the array length of @data Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. A #GByteArray. A wrapper for the POSIX chdir() function. The function changes the current directory of the process to @path. See your C library manual for more details about chdir(). 0 on success, -1 if an error occurred. a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) Checks that the GLib library in use is compatible with the given version. Generally you would pass in the constants #GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MICRO_VERSION as the three arguments to this function; that produces a check that the library in use is compatible with the version of GLib the application or module was compiled against. Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version of the running library is newer than the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro. Second the running library must be binary compatible with the version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro (same major version.) %NULL if the GLib library is compatible with the given version, or a string describing the version mismatch. The returned string is owned by GLib and must not be modified or freed. the required major version. the required minor version. the required micro version. Gets the length in bytes of digests of type @checksum_type the checksum length, or -1 if @checksum_type is not supported. a #GChecksumType Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid exits, at a default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes() you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to the spawn function for the child watching to work. Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed (see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the source is still active. Typically, you will want to call g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. GLib supports only a single callback per process id. This internally creates a main loop source using g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. process id to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). function to call data to pass to @function Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid exits, at the priority @priority. If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes() you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to the spawn function for the child watching to work. In many programs, you will want to call g_spawn_check_exit_status() in the callback to determine whether or not the child exited successfully. Also, note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed (see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the source is still active. Typically, you should invoke g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. GLib supports only a single callback per process id. This internally creates a main loop source using g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). function to call data to pass to @function function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL Creates a new child_watch source. The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be executed. Note that child watch sources can only be used in conjunction with <literal>g_spawn...</literal> when the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag is used. Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed (see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the source is still active. Typically, you will want to call g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. Note further that using g_child_watch_source_new() is not compatible with calling <literal>waitpid</literal> with a nonpositive first argument in the application. Calling waitpid() for individual pids will still work fine. the newly-created child watch source process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). If @err is %NULL, does nothing. If @err is non-%NULL, calls g_error_free() on *@err and sets *@err to %NULL. Clears a reference to a variable. @pp must not be %NULL. If the reference is %NULL then this function does nothing. Otherwise, the variable is destroyed using @destroy and the pointer is set to %NULL. This function is threadsafe and modifies the pointer atomically, using memory barriers where needed. A macro is also included that allows this function to be used without pointer casts. a pointer to a variable, struct member etc. holding a pointer a function to which a gpointer can be passed, to destroy *@pp This wraps the close() call; in case of error, %errno will be preserved, but the error will also be stored as a #GError in @error. Besides using #GError, there is another major reason to prefer this function over the call provided by the system; on Unix, it will attempt to correctly handle %EINTR, which has platform-specific semantics. A file descriptor Computes the checksum for a binary @data. This is a convenience wrapper for g_checksum_new(), g_checksum_get_string() and g_checksum_free(). The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. the digest of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. a #GChecksumType binary blob to compute the digest of Computes the checksum for a binary @data of @length. This is a convenience wrapper for g_checksum_new(), g_checksum_get_string() and g_checksum_free(). The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. the digest of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. a #GChecksumType binary blob to compute the digest of length of @data Computes the checksum of a string. The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. the checksum as a hexadecimal string. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. a #GChecksumType the string to compute the checksum of the length of the string, or -1 if the string is null-terminated. Computes the HMAC for a binary @data of @length. This is a convenience wrapper for g_hmac_new(), g_hmac_get_string() and g_hmac_unref(). The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. the HMAC of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. a #GChecksumType to use for the HMAC the key to use in the HMAC the length of the key binary blob to compute the HMAC of length of @data Computes the HMAC for a string. The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. the HMAC as a hexadecimal string. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. a #GChecksumType to use for the HMAC the key to use in the HMAC the length of the key the string to compute the HMAC for the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated Converts a string from one character set to another. Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming conversions<footnoteref linkend="streaming-state"/>. If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated nul-terminated string, which must be freed with g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. the string to convert the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated<footnote id="nul-unsafe"> <para> Note that some encodings may allow nul bytes to occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 for the @len parameter is unsafe. </para> </footnote>. name of character set into which to convert @str character set of @str. location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). Converts a string from one character set to another, possibly including fallback sequences for characters not representable in the output. Note that it is not guaranteed that the specification for the fallback sequences in @fallback will be honored. Some systems may do an approximate conversion from @from_codeset to @to_codeset in their iconv() functions, in which case GLib will simply return that approximate conversion. Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming conversions<footnoteref linkend="streaming-state"/>. If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated nul-terminated string, which must be freed with g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. the string to convert the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>. name of character set into which to convert @str character set of @str. UTF-8 string to use in place of character not present in the target encoding. (The string must be representable in the target encoding). If %NULL, characters not in the target encoding will be represented as Unicode escapes \uxxxx or \Uxxxxyyyy. location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). Converts a string from one character set to another. Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming conversions<footnote id="streaming-state"> <para> Despite the fact that @byes_read can return information about partial characters, the <literal>g_convert_...</literal> functions are not generally suitable for streaming. If the underlying converter being used maintains internal state, then this won't be preserved across successive calls to g_convert(), g_convert_with_iconv() or g_convert_with_fallback(). (An example of this is the GNU C converter for CP1255 which does not emit a base character until it knows that the next character is not a mark that could combine with the base character.) </para> </footnote>. If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated nul-terminated string, which must be freed with g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. the string to convert the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>. conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). Frees all the data elements of the datalist. The data elements' destroy functions are called if they have been set. a datalist. Calls the given function for each data element of the datalist. The function is called with each data element's #GQuark id and data, together with the given @user_data parameter. Note that this function is NOT thread-safe. So unless @datalist can be protected from any modifications during invocation of this function, it should not be called. a datalist. the function to call for each data element. user data to pass to the function. Gets a data element, using its string identifier. This is slower than g_datalist_id_get_data() because it compares strings. the data element, or %NULL if it is not found. a datalist. the string identifying a data element. Gets flags values packed in together with the datalist. See g_datalist_set_flags(). the flags of the datalist pointer to the location that holds a list This is a variant of g_datalist_id_get_data() which returns a 'duplicate' of the value. @dup_func defines the meaning of 'duplicate' in this context, it could e.g. take a reference on a ref-counted object. If the @key_id is not set in the datalist then @dup_func will be called with a %NULL argument. Note that @dup_func is called while the datalist is locked, so it is not allowed to read or modify the datalist. This function can be useful to avoid races when multiple threads are using the same datalist and the same key. the result of calling @dup_func on the value associated with @key_id in @datalist, or %NULL if not set. If @dup_func is %NULL, the value is returned unmodified. location of a datalist the #GQuark identifying a data element function to duplicate the old value passed as user_data to @dup_func Retrieves the data element corresponding to @key_id. the data element, or %NULL if it is not found. a datalist. the #GQuark identifying a data element. Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification function. the data previously stored at @key_id, or %NULL if none. a datalist. the #GQuark identifying a data element. Compares the member that is associated with @key_id in @datalist to @oldval, and if they are the same, replace @oldval with @newval. This is like a typical atomic compare-and-exchange operation, for a member of @datalist. If the previous value was replaced then ownership of the old value (@oldval) is passed to the caller, including the registred destroy notify for it (passed out in @old_destroy). Its up to the caller to free this as he wishes, which may or may not include using @old_destroy as sometimes replacement should not destroy the object in the normal way. Return: %TRUE if the existing value for @key_id was replaced by @newval, %FALSE otherwise. location of a datalist the #GQuark identifying a data element the old value to compare against the new value to replace it with destroy notify for the new value destroy notify for the existing value Sets the data corresponding to the given #GQuark id, and the function to be called when the element is removed from the datalist. Any previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function is called. a datalist. the #GQuark to identify the data element. the data element or %NULL to remove any previous element corresponding to @key_id. the function to call when the data element is removed. This function will be called with the data element and can be used to free any memory allocated for it. If @data is %NULL, then @destroy_func must also be %NULL. Resets the datalist to %NULL. It does not free any memory or call any destroy functions. a pointer to a pointer to a datalist. Turns on flag values for a data list. This function is used to keep a small number of boolean flags in an object with a data list without using any additional space. It is not generally useful except in circumstances where space is very tight. (It is used in the base #GObject type, for example.) pointer to the location that holds a list the flags to turn on. The values of the flags are restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently 3; giving two possible boolean flags). A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is an error. Turns off flag values for a data list. See g_datalist_unset_flags() pointer to the location that holds a list the flags to turn off. The values of the flags are restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently 3: giving two possible boolean flags). A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is an error. Destroys the dataset, freeing all memory allocated, and calling any destroy functions set for data elements. the location identifying the dataset. Calls the given function for each data element which is associated with the given location. Note that this function is NOT thread-safe. So unless @datalist can be protected from any modifications during invocation of this function, it should not be called. the location identifying the dataset. the function to call for each data element. user data to pass to the function. Gets the data element corresponding to a #GQuark. the data element corresponding to the #GQuark, or %NULL if it is not found. the location identifying the dataset. the #GQuark id to identify the data element. Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification function. the data previously stored at @key_id, or %NULL if none. the location identifying the dataset. the #GQuark ID identifying the data element. Sets the data element associated with the given #GQuark id, and also the function to call when the data element is destroyed. Any previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function is called. the location identifying the dataset. the #GQuark id to identify the data element. the data element. the function to call when the data element is removed. This function will be called with the data element and can be used to free any memory allocated for it. Returns the number of days in a month, taking leap years into account. number of days in @month during the @year month year Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks are taken to start on Monday. Will be 52 or 53. The date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap year. This function is basically telling you how many Mondays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Mondays if one of the extra days happens to be a Monday.) number of Mondays in the year a year Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks are taken to start on Sunday. Will be 52 or 53. The date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap year. This function is basically telling you how many Sundays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Sundays if one of the extra days happens to be a Sunday.) the number of weeks in @year year to count weeks in Returns %TRUE if the year is a leap year. <footnote><para>For the purposes of this function, leap year is every year divisible by 4 unless that year is divisible by 100. If it is divisible by 100 it would be a leap year only if that year is also divisible by 400.</para></footnote> %TRUE if the year is a leap year year to check Generates a printed representation of the date, in a <link linkend="setlocale">locale</link>-specific way. Works just like the platform's C library strftime() function, but only accepts date-related formats; time-related formats give undefined results. Date must be valid. Unlike strftime() (which uses the locale encoding), works on a UTF-8 format string and stores a UTF-8 result. This function does not provide any conversion specifiers in addition to those implemented by the platform's C library. For example, don't expect that using g_date_strftime() would make the \%F provided by the C99 strftime() work on Windows where the C library only complies to C89. number of characters written to the buffer, or 0 the buffer was too small destination buffer buffer size format string valid #GDate A comparison function for #GDateTimes that is suitable as a #GCompareFunc. Both #GDateTimes must be non-%NULL. -1, 0 or 1 if @dt1 is less than, equal to or greater than @dt2. first #GDateTime to compare second #GDateTime to compare Checks to see if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal. Equal here means that they represent the same moment after converting them to the same time zone. %TRUE if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal a #GDateTime a #GDateTime Hashes @datetime into a #guint, suitable for use within #GHashTable. a #guint containing the hash a #GDateTime Returns %TRUE if the day of the month is valid (a day is valid if it's between 1 and 31 inclusive). %TRUE if the day is valid day to check Returns %TRUE if the day-month-year triplet forms a valid, existing day in the range of days #GDate understands (Year 1 or later, no more than a few thousand years in the future). %TRUE if the date is a valid one day month year Returns %TRUE if the Julian day is valid. Anything greater than zero is basically a valid Julian, though there is a 32-bit limit. %TRUE if the Julian day is valid Julian day to check Returns %TRUE if the month value is valid. The 12 #GDateMonth enumeration values are the only valid months. %TRUE if the month is valid month Returns %TRUE if the weekday is valid. The seven #GDateWeekday enumeration values are the only valid weekdays. %TRUE if the weekday is valid weekday Returns %TRUE if the year is valid. Any year greater than 0 is valid, though there is a 16-bit limit to what #GDate will understand. %TRUE if the year is valid year This is a variant of g_dgettext() that allows specifying a locale category instead of always using <envar>LC_MESSAGES</envar>. See g_dgettext() for more information about how this functions differs from calling dcgettext() directly. the translated string for the given locale category the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() message to translate a locale category This function is a wrapper of dgettext() which does not translate the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no translations for the current locale. The advantage of using this function over dgettext() proper is that libraries using this function (like GTK+) will not use translations if the application using the library does not have translations for the current locale. This results in a consistent English-only interface instead of one having partial translations. For this feature to work, the call to textdomain() and setlocale() should precede any g_dgettext() invocations. For GTK+, it means calling textdomain() before gtk_init or its variants. This function disables translations if and only if upon its first call all the following conditions hold: <itemizedlist> <listitem>@domain is not %NULL</listitem> <listitem>textdomain() has been called to set a default text domain</listitem> <listitem>there is no translations available for the default text domain and the current locale</listitem> <listitem>current locale is not "C" or any English locales (those starting with "en_")</listitem> </itemizedlist> Note that this behavior may not be desired for example if an application has its untranslated messages in a language other than English. In those cases the application should call textdomain() after initializing GTK+. Applications should normally not use this function directly, but use the _() macro for translations. The translated string the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() message to translate Creates a subdirectory in the preferred directory for temporary files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). @tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is %NULL, a default template is used. Note that in contrast to g_mkdtemp() (and mkdtemp()) @tmpl is not modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. The actual name used. This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer and is is in the GLib file name encoding. In case of errors, %NULL is returned and @error will be set. Template for directory name, as in g_mkdtemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template Compares two #gpointer arguments and returns %TRUE if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func parameter, when using opaque pointers compared by pointer value as keys in a #GHashTable. This equality function is also appropriate for keys that are integers stored in pointers, such as <literal>GINT_TO_POINTER (n)</literal>. %TRUE if the two keys match. a key a key to compare with @v1 Converts a gpointer to a hash value. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, when using opaque pointers compared by pointer value as keys in a #GHashTable. This hash function is also appropriate for keys that are integers stored in pointers, such as <literal>GINT_TO_POINTER (n)</literal>. a hash value corresponding to the key. a #gpointer key This function is a wrapper of dngettext() which does not translate the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no translations for the current locale. See g_dgettext() for details of how this differs from dngettext() proper. The translated string the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() message to translate plural form of the message the quantity for which translation is needed Compares the two #gdouble values being pointed to and returns %TRUE if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to doubles as keys in a #GHashTable. %TRUE if the two keys match. a pointer to a #gdouble key a pointer to a #gdouble key to compare with @v1 Converts a pointer to a #gdouble to a hash value. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to doubles as keys in a #GHashTable. a hash value corresponding to the key. a pointer to a #gdouble key This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the '\004' character to separate the message context and message id in @msgctxtid. If 0 is passed as @msgidoffset, this function will fall back to trying to use the deprecated convention of using "|" as a separation character. This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences with dgettext() proper. Applications should normally not use this function directly, but use the C_() macro for translations with context. The translated string the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() a combined message context and message id, separated by a \004 character the offset of the message id in @msgctxid This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the '\004' character to separate the message context and message id in @msgctxtid. This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences with dgettext() proper. This function differs from C_() in that it is not a macro and thus you may use non-string-literals as context and msgid arguments. The translated string the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() the message context the message Returns the value of the environment variable @variable in the provided list @envp. The name and value are in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means the actual bytes which might or might not be in some consistent character set and encoding. On Windows, it is in UTF-8. On Windows, in case the environment variable's value contains references to other environment variables, they are expanded. the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if the environment variable is not set in @envp. The returned string is owned by @envp, and will be freed if @variable is set or unset again. an environment list (eg, as returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty environment list the environment variable to get, in the GLib file name encoding Sets the environment variable @variable in the provided list @envp to @value. Both the variable's name and value should be in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means that they can be arbitrary byte strings. On Windows, they should be in UTF-8. the updated environment list. Free it using g_strfreev(). an environment list that can be freed using g_strfreev() (e.g., as returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty environment list the environment variable to set, must not contain '=' the value for to set the variable to whether to change the variable if it already exists Removes the environment variable @variable from the provided environment @envp. the updated environment list. Free it using g_strfreev(). an environment list that can be freed using g_strfreev() (e.g., as returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty environment list the environment variable to remove, must not contain '=' Gets a #GFileError constant based on the passed-in @err_no. For example, if you pass in <literal>EEXIST</literal> this function returns #G_FILE_ERROR_EXIST. Unlike <literal>errno</literal> values, you can portably assume that all #GFileError values will exist. Normally a #GFileError value goes into a #GError returned from a function that manipulates files. So you would use g_file_error_from_errno() when constructing a #GError. #GFileError corresponding to the given @errno an "errno" value Reads an entire file into allocated memory, with good error checking. If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE and sets @contents to the file contents and @length to the length of the file contents in bytes. The string stored in @contents will be nul-terminated, so for text files you can pass %NULL for the @length argument. If the call was not successful, it returns %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. Possible error codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. In the error case, @contents is set to %NULL and @length is set to zero. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred name of a file to read contents from, in the GLib file name encoding location to store an allocated string, use g_free() to free the returned string location to store length in bytes of the contents, or %NULL Opens a file for writing in the preferred directory for temporary files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). @tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is %NULL, a default template is used. Note that in contrast to g_mkstemp() (and mkstemp()) @tmpl is not modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. Upon success, and if @name_used is non-%NULL, the actual name used is returned in @name_used. This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. The returned name is in the GLib file name encoding. A file handle (as from open()) to the file opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary mode on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned and @error will be set. Template for file name, as in g_mkstemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template location to store actual name used, or %NULL Reads the contents of the symbolic link @filename like the POSIX readlink() function. The returned string is in the encoding used for filenames. Use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert it to UTF-8. A newly-allocated string with the contents of the symbolic link, or %NULL if an error occurred. the symbolic link Writes all of @contents to a file named @filename, with good error checking. If a file called @filename already exists it will be overwritten. This write is atomic in the sense that it is first written to a temporary file which is then renamed to the final name. Notes: <itemizedlist> <listitem> On Unix, if @filename already exists hard links to @filename will break. Also since the file is recreated, existing permissions, access control lists, metadata etc. may be lost. If @filename is a symbolic link, the link itself will be replaced, not the linked file. </listitem> <listitem> On Windows renaming a file will not remove an existing file with the new name, so on Windows there is a race condition between the existing file being removed and the temporary file being renamed. </listitem> <listitem> On Windows there is no way to remove a file that is open to some process, or mapped into memory. Thus, this function will fail if @filename already exists and is open. </listitem> </itemizedlist> If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE. If the call was not successful, it returns %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. Possible error codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. Note that the name for the temporary file is constructed by appending up to 7 characters to @filename. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred name of a file to write @contents to, in the GLib file name encoding string to write to the file length of @contents, or -1 if @contents is a nul-terminated string Returns %TRUE if any of the tests in the bitfield @test are %TRUE. For example, <literal>(G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS | G_FILE_TEST_IS_DIR)</literal> will return %TRUE if the file exists; the check whether it's a directory doesn't matter since the existence test is %TRUE. With the current set of available tests, there's no point passing in more than one test at a time. Apart from %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK all tests follow symbolic links, so for a symbolic link to a regular file g_file_test() will return %TRUE for both %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %G_FILE_TEST_IS_REGULAR. Note, that for a dangling symbolic link g_file_test() will return %TRUE for %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %FALSE for all other flags. You should never use g_file_test() to test whether it is safe to perform an operation, because there is always the possibility of the condition changing before you actually perform the operation. For example, you might think you could use %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK to know whether it is safe to write to a file without being tricked into writing into a different location. It doesn't work! |[ /&ast; DON'T DO THIS &ast;/ if (!g_file_test (filename, G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK)) { fd = g_open (filename, O_WRONLY); /&ast; write to fd &ast;/ } ]| Another thing to note is that %G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS and %G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE are implemented using the access() system call. This usually doesn't matter, but if your program is setuid or setgid it means that these tests will give you the answer for the real user ID and group ID, rather than the effective user ID and group ID. On Windows, there are no symlinks, so testing for %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK will always return %FALSE. Testing for %G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE will just check that the file exists and its name indicates that it is executable, checking for well-known extensions and those listed in the <envar>PATHEXT</envar> environment variable. whether a test was %TRUE a filename to test in the GLib file name encoding bitfield of #GFileTest flags Returns the display basename for the particular filename, guaranteed to be valid UTF-8. The display name might not be identical to the filename, for instance there might be problems converting it to UTF-8, and some files can be translated in the display. If GLib cannot make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character. You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is "\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid encoding. You must pass the whole absolute pathname to this functions so that translation of well known locations can be done. This function is preferred over g_filename_display_name() if you know the whole path, as it allows translation. a newly allocated string containing a rendition of the basename of the filename in valid UTF-8 an absolute pathname in the GLib file name encoding Converts a filename into a valid UTF-8 string. The conversion is not necessarily reversible, so you should keep the original around and use the return value of this function only for display purposes. Unlike g_filename_to_utf8(), the result is guaranteed to be non-%NULL even if the filename actually isn't in the GLib file name encoding. If GLib cannot make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character. You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is "\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid encoding. If you know the whole pathname of the file you should use g_filename_display_basename(), since that allows location-based translation of filenames. a newly allocated string containing a rendition of the filename in valid UTF-8 a pathname hopefully in the GLib file name encoding Converts an escaped ASCII-encoded URI to a local filename in the encoding used for filenames. a newly-allocated string holding the resulting filename, or %NULL on an error. a uri describing a filename (escaped, encoded in ASCII). Location to store hostname for the URI, or %NULL. If there is no hostname in the URI, %NULL will be stored in this location. Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding GLib uses for filenames. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 for filenames; on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. The converted string, or %NULL on an error. a UTF-8 encoded string. the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated. location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). Converts an absolute filename to an escaped ASCII-encoded URI, with the path component following Section 3.3. of RFC 2396. a newly-allocated string holding the resulting URI, or %NULL on an error. an absolute filename specified in the GLib file name encoding, which is the on-disk file name bytes on Unix, and UTF-8 on Windows A UTF-8 encoded hostname, or %NULL for none. Converts a string which is in the encoding used by GLib for filenames into a UTF-8 string. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 for filenames; on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. The converted string, or %NULL on an error. a string in the encoding for filenames the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>. location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). Locates the first executable named @program in the user's path, in the same way that execvp() would locate it. Returns an allocated string with the absolute path name, or %NULL if the program is not found in the path. If @program is already an absolute path, returns a copy of @program if @program exists and is executable, and %NULL otherwise. On Windows, if @program does not have a file type suffix, tries with the suffixes .exe, .cmd, .bat and .com, and the suffixes in the <envar>PATHEXT</envar> environment variable. On Windows, it looks for the file in the same way as CreateProcess() would. This means first in the directory where the executing program was loaded from, then in the current directory, then in the Windows 32-bit system directory, then in the Windows directory, and finally in the directories in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable. If the program is found, the return value contains the full name including the type suffix. a newly-allocated string with the absolute path, or %NULL a program name in the GLib file name encoding Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human readable string. Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix (kB, MB, GB) and are displayed rounded to the nearest tenth. E.g. the file size 3292528 bytes will be converted into the string "3.2 MB". The prefix units base is 1000 (i.e. 1 kB is 1000 bytes). This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. See g_format_size_full() for more options about how the size might be formatted. a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable file size a size in bytes Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human readable string. Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix (KB, MB, GB) and are displayed rounded to the nearest tenth. E.g. the file size 3292528 bytes will be converted into the string "3.1 MB". The prefix units base is 1024 (i.e. 1 KB is 1024 bytes). This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable file size a size in bytes Formats a size. This function is similar to g_format_size() but allows for flags that modify the output. See #GFormatSizeFlags. a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable file size a size in bytes #GFormatSizeFlags to modify the output An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. the number of bytes printed. the stream to write to. a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. Frees the memory pointed to by @mem. If @mem is %NULL it simply returns. the memory to free Gets a human-readable name for the application, as set by g_set_application_name(). This name should be localized if possible, and is intended for display to the user. Contrast with g_get_prgname(), which gets a non-localized name. If g_set_application_name() has not been called, returns the result of g_get_prgname() (which may be %NULL if g_set_prgname() has also not been called). human-readable application name. may return %NULL Obtains the character set for the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>; you might use this character set as an argument to g_convert(), to convert from the current locale's encoding to some other encoding. (Frequently g_locale_to_utf8() and g_locale_from_utf8() are nice shortcuts, though.) On Windows the character set returned by this function is the so-called system default ANSI code-page. That is the character set used by the "narrow" versions of C library and Win32 functions that handle file names. It might be different from the character set used by the C library's current locale. The return value is %TRUE if the locale's encoding is UTF-8, in that case you can perhaps avoid calling g_convert(). The string returned in @charset is not allocated, and should not be freed. %TRUE if the returned charset is UTF-8 return location for character set name Gets the character set for the current locale. a newly allocated string containing the name of the character set. This string must be freed with g_free(). Gets the current directory. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. The encoding of the returned string is system defined. On Windows, it is always UTF-8. the current directory Equivalent to the UNIX gettimeofday() function, but portable. You may find g_get_real_time() to be more convenient. #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time. Gets the list of environment variables for the current process. The list is %NULL terminated and each item in the list is of the form 'NAME=VALUE'. This is equivalent to direct access to the 'environ' global variable, except portable. The return value is freshly allocated and it should be freed with g_strfreev() when it is no longer needed. the list of environment variables Determines the preferred character sets used for filenames. The first character set from the @charsets is the filename encoding, the subsequent character sets are used when trying to generate a displayable representation of a filename, see g_filename_display_name(). On Unix, the character sets are determined by consulting the environment variables <envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> and <envar>G_BROKEN_FILENAMES</envar>. On Windows, the character set used in the GLib API is always UTF-8 and said environment variables have no effect. <envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> may be set to a comma-separated list of character set names. The special token "&commat;locale" is taken to mean the character set for the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. If <envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> is not set, but <envar>G_BROKEN_FILENAMES</envar> is, the character set of the current locale is taken as the filename encoding. If neither environment variable is set, UTF-8 is taken as the filename encoding, but the character set of the current locale is also put in the list of encodings. The returned @charsets belong to GLib and must not be freed. Note that on Unix, regardless of the locale character set or <envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> value, the actual file names present on a system might be in any random encoding or just gibberish. %TRUE if the filename encoding is UTF-8. return location for the %NULL-terminated list of encoding names Gets the current user's home directory. As with most UNIX tools, this function will return the value of the <envar>HOME</envar> environment variable if it is set to an existing absolute path name, falling back to the <filename>passwd</filename> file in the case that it is unset. If the path given in <envar>HOME</envar> is non-absolute, does not exist, or is not a directory, the result is undefined. <note><para> Before version 2.36 this function would ignore the <envar>HOME</envar> environment variable, taking the value from the <filename>passwd</filename> database instead. This was changed to increase the compatibility of GLib with other programs (and the XDG basedir specification) and to increase testability of programs based on GLib (by making it easier to run them from test frameworks). </para><para> If your program has a strong requirement for either the new or the old behaviour (and if you don't wish to increase your GLib dependency to ensure that the new behaviour is in effect) then you should either directly check the <envar>HOME</envar> environment variable yourself or unset it before calling any functions in GLib. </para></note> the current user's home directory Return a name for the machine. The returned name is not necessarily a fully-qualified domain name, or even present in DNS or some other name service at all. It need not even be unique on your local network or site, but usually it is. Callers should not rely on the return value having any specific properties like uniqueness for security purposes. Even if the name of the machine is changed while an application is running, the return value from this function does not change. The returned string is owned by GLib and should not be modified or freed. If no name can be determined, a default fixed string "localhost" is returned. the host name of the machine. Computes a list of applicable locale names, which can be used to e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable and always contains the default locale "C". For example, if LANGUAGE=de:en_US, then the returned list is "de", "en_US", "en", "C". This function consults the environment variables <envar>LANGUAGE</envar>, <envar>LC_ALL</envar>, <envar>LC_MESSAGES</envar> and <envar>LANG</envar> to find the list of locales specified by the user. a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. Returns a list of derived variants of @locale, which can be used to e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable. This function handles territory, charset and extra locale modifiers. For example, if @locale is "fr_BE", then the returned list is "fr_BE", "fr". If you need the list of variants for the <emphasis>current locale</emphasis>, use g_get_language_names(). a newly allocated array of newly allocated strings with the locale variants. Free with g_strfreev(). a locale identifier Queries the system monotonic time, if available. On POSIX systems with clock_gettime() and <literal>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</literal> this call is a very shallow wrapper for that. Otherwise, we make a best effort that probably involves returning the wall clock time (with at least microsecond accuracy, subject to the limitations of the OS kernel). It's important to note that POSIX <literal>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</literal> does not count time spent while the machine is suspended. On Windows, "limitations of the OS kernel" is a rather substantial statement. Depending on the configuration of the system, the wall clock time is updated as infrequently as 64 times a second (which is approximately every 16ms). Also, on XP (but not on Vista or later) the monotonic clock is locally monotonic, but may differ in exact value between processes due to timer wrap handling. the monotonic time, in microseconds Determine the approximate number of threads that the system will schedule simultaneously for this process. This is intended to be used as a parameter to g_thread_pool_new() for CPU bound tasks and similar cases. Number of schedulable threads, always greater than 0 Gets the name of the program. This name should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be localized, contrast with g_get_application_name(). (If you are using GDK or GTK+ the program name is set in gdk_init(), which is called by gtk_init(). The program name is found by taking the last component of <literal>argv[0]</literal>.) the name of the program. The returned string belongs to GLib and must not be modified or freed. Gets the real name of the user. This usually comes from the user's entry in the <filename>passwd</filename> file. The encoding of the returned string is system-defined. (On Windows, it is, however, always UTF-8.) If the real user name cannot be determined, the string "Unknown" is returned. the user's real name. Queries the system wall-clock time. This call is functionally equivalent to g_get_current_time() except that the return value is often more convenient than dealing with a #GTimeVal. You should only use this call if you are actually interested in the real wall-clock time. g_get_monotonic_time() is probably more useful for measuring intervals. the number of microseconds since January 1, 1970 UTC. Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access system-wide configuration information. On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec"> XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>. In this case the list of directories retrieved will be XDG_CONFIG_DIRS. On Windows is the directory that contains application data for all users. A typical path is C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data. This folder is used for application data that is not user specific. For example, an application can store a spell-check dictionary, a database of clip art, or a log file in the CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA folder. This information will not roam and is available to anyone using the computer. a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access system-wide application data. On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec"> XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink> In this case the list of directories retrieved will be XDG_DATA_DIRS. On Windows the first elements in the list are the Application Data and Documents folders for All Users. (These can be determined only on Windows 2000 or later and are not present in the list on other Windows versions.) See documentation for CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA and CSIDL_COMMON_DOCUMENTS. Then follows the "share" subfolder in the installation folder for the package containing the DLL that calls this function, if it can be determined. Finally the list contains the "share" subfolder in the installation folder for GLib, and in the installation folder for the package the application's .exe file belongs to. The installation folders above are determined by looking up the folder where the module (DLL or EXE) in question is located. If the folder's name is "bin", its parent is used, otherwise the folder itself. Note that on Windows the returned list can vary depending on where this function is called. a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. Gets the directory to use for temporary files. This is found from inspecting the environment variables <envar>TMPDIR</envar>, <envar>TMP</envar>, and <envar>TEMP</envar> in that order. If none of those are defined "/tmp" is returned on UNIX and "C:\" on Windows. The encoding of the returned string is system-defined. On Windows, it is always UTF-8. The return value is never %NULL or the empty string. the directory to use for temporary files. Returns a base directory in which to store non-essential, cached data specific to particular user. On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec"> XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>. In this case the directory retrieved will be XDG_CACHE_HOME. On Windows is the directory that serves as a common repository for temporary Internet files. A typical path is C:\Documents and Settings\username\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files. See documentation for CSIDL_INTERNET_CACHE. a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. Returns a base directory in which to store user-specific application configuration information such as user preferences and settings. On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec"> XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>. In this case the directory retrieved will be XDG_CONFIG_HOME. On Windows this is the folder to use for local (as opposed to roaming) application data. See documentation for CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA. Note that on Windows it thus is the same as what g_get_user_data_dir() returns. a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. Returns a base directory in which to access application data such as icons that is customized for a particular user. On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec"> XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>. In this case the directory retrieved will be XDG_DATA_HOME. On Windows this is the folder to use for local (as opposed to roaming) application data. See documentation for CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA. Note that on Windows it thus is the same as what g_get_user_config_dir() returns. a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. Gets the user name of the current user. The encoding of the returned string is system-defined. On UNIX, it might be the preferred file name encoding, or something else, and there is no guarantee that it is even consistent on a machine. On Windows, it is always UTF-8. the user name of the current user. Returns a directory that is unique to the current user on the local system. On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec"> XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>. This is the directory specified in the <envar>XDG_RUNTIME_DIR</envar> environment variable. In the case that this variable is not set, GLib will issue a warning message to stderr and return the value of g_get_user_cache_dir(). On Windows this is the folder to use for local (as opposed to roaming) application data. See documentation for CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA. Note that on Windows it thus is the same as what g_get_user_config_dir() returns. a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. Returns the full path of a special directory using its logical id. On Unix this is done using the XDG special user directories. For compatibility with existing practise, %G_USER_DIRECTORY_DESKTOP falls back to <filename>$HOME/Desktop</filename> when XDG special user directories have not been set up. Depending on the platform, the user might be able to change the path of the special directory without requiring the session to restart; GLib will not reflect any change once the special directories are loaded. the path to the specified special directory, or %NULL if the logical id was not found. The returned string is owned by GLib and should not be modified or freed. the logical id of special directory Returns the value of an environment variable. The name and value are in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means the actual bytes which might or might not be in some consistent character set and encoding. On Windows, it is in UTF-8. On Windows, in case the environment variable's value contains references to other environment variables, they are expanded. the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if the environment variable is not found. The returned string may be overwritten by the next call to g_getenv(), g_setenv() or g_unsetenv(). the environment variable to get, in the GLib file name encoding This is a convenience function for using a #GHashTable as a set. It is equivalent to calling g_hash_table_replace() with @key as both the key and the value. When a hash table only ever contains keys that have themselves as the corresponding value it is able to be stored more efficiently. See the discussion in the section description. a #GHashTable a key to insert Checks if @key is in @hash_table. a #GHashTable a key to check Destroys all keys and values in the #GHashTable and decrements its reference count by 1. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated, you should either free them first or create the #GHashTable with destroy notifiers using g_hash_table_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values during the destruction phase. a #GHashTable Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable. If the key already exists in the #GHashTable its current value is replaced with the new value. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the passed key is freed using that function. a #GHashTable a key to insert the value to associate with the key Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key, for example before calling g_hash_table_remove(). You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test whether the %NULL key exists, provided the hash and equal functions of @hash_table are %NULL-safe. %TRUE if the key was found in the #GHashTable a #GHashTable the key to look up return location for the original key, or %NULL return location for the value associated with the key, or %NULL Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable. If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable a #GHashTable the key to remove Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable. If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the keys and values are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. a #GHashTable Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable similar to g_hash_table_insert(). The difference is that if the key already exists in the #GHashTable, it gets replaced by the new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old key is freed using that function. a #GHashTable a key to insert the value to associate with the key Returns the number of elements contained in the #GHashTable. the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable. a #GHashTable Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable without calling the key and value destroy functions. %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable a #GHashTable the key to remove Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable without calling the key and value destroy functions. a #GHashTable Atomically decrements the reference count of @hash_table by one. If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. a valid #GHashTable Destroys a #GHook, given its ID. %TRUE if the #GHook was found in the #GHookList and destroyed a #GHookList a hook ID Removes one #GHook from a #GHookList, marking it inactive and calling g_hook_unref() on it. a #GHookList the #GHook to remove Calls the #GHookList @finalize_hook function if it exists, and frees the memory allocated for the #GHook. a #GHookList the #GHook to free Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, before a given #GHook. a #GHookList the #GHook to insert the new #GHook before the #GHook to insert Prepends a #GHook on the start of a #GHookList. a #GHookList the #GHook to add to the start of @hook_list Decrements the reference count of a #GHook. If the reference count falls to 0, the #GHook is removed from the #GHookList and g_hook_free() is called to free it. a #GHookList the #GHook to unref Tests if @hostname contains segments with an ASCII-compatible encoding of an Internationalized Domain Name. If this returns %TRUE, you should decode the hostname with g_hostname_to_unicode() before displaying it to the user. Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name. %TRUE if @hostname contains any ASCII-encoded segments. a hostname Tests if @hostname is the string form of an IPv4 or IPv6 address. (Eg, "192.168.0.1".) %TRUE if @hostname is an IP address a hostname (or IP address in string form) Tests if @hostname contains Unicode characters. If this returns %TRUE, you need to encode the hostname with g_hostname_to_ascii() before using it in non-IDN-aware contexts. Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name. %TRUE if @hostname contains any non-ASCII characters a hostname Converts @hostname to its canonical ASCII form; an ASCII-only string containing no uppercase letters and not ending with a trailing dot. an ASCII hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if @hostname is in some way invalid. a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname Converts @hostname to its canonical presentation form; a UTF-8 string in Unicode normalization form C, containing no uppercase letters, no forbidden characters, and no ASCII-encoded segments, and not ending with a trailing dot. Of course if @hostname is not an internationalized hostname, then the canonical presentation form will be entirely ASCII. a UTF-8 hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if @hostname is in some way invalid. a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority events pending to the default main loop. The function is given the default idle priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again. This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. function to call data to pass to @function. Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority events pending. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again. This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. function to call data to pass to @function function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL Removes the idle function with the given data. %TRUE if an idle source was found and removed. the data for the idle source's callback. Creates a new idle source. The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be executed. Note that the default priority for idle sources is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE, as compared to other sources which have a default priority of %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. the newly-created idle source Compares the two #gint64 values being pointed to and returns %TRUE if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to 64-bit integers as keys in a #GHashTable. %TRUE if the two keys match. a pointer to a #gint64 key a pointer to a #gint64 key to compare with @v1 Converts a pointer to a #gint64 to a hash value. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to 64-bit integer values as keys in a #GHashTable. a hash value corresponding to the key. a pointer to a #gint64 key Compares the two #gint values being pointed to and returns %TRUE if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to integers as keys in a #GHashTable. Note that this function acts on pointers to #gint, not on #gint directly: if your hash table's keys are of the form <literal>GINT_TO_POINTER (n)</literal>, use g_direct_equal() instead. %TRUE if the two keys match. a pointer to a #gint key a pointer to a #gint key to compare with @v1 Converts a pointer to a #gint to a hash value. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to integer values as keys in a #GHashTable. Note that this function acts on pointers to #gint, not on #gint directly: if your hash table's keys are of the form <literal>GINT_TO_POINTER (n)</literal>, use g_direct_hash() instead. a hash value corresponding to the key. a pointer to a #gint key Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings can be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of using strcmp(). g_intern_static_string() does not copy the string, therefore @string must not be freed or modified. a canonical representation for the string a static string Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings can be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of using strcmp(). a canonical representation for the string a string Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context with the default priority. the event source id a #GIOChannel the condition to watch for the function to call when the condition is satisfied user data to pass to @func Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context with the given priority. This internally creates a main loop source using g_io_create_watch() and attaches it to the main loop context with g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. the event source id a #GIOChannel the priority of the #GIOChannel source the condition to watch for the function to call when the condition is satisfied user data to pass to @func the function to call when the source is removed Converts an <literal>errno</literal> error number to a #GIOChannelError. a #GIOChannelError error number, e.g. %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL. an <literal>errno</literal> error number, e.g. <literal>EINVAL</literal> the quark used as %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR Creates a #GSource that's dispatched when @condition is met for the given @channel. For example, if condition is #G_IO_IN, the source will be dispatched when there's data available for reading. g_io_add_watch() is a simpler interface to this same functionality, for the case where you want to add the source to the default main loop context at the default priority. On Windows, polling a #GSource created to watch a channel for a socket puts the socket in non-blocking mode. This is a side-effect of the implementation and unavoidable. a new #GSource a #GIOChannel to watch conditions to watch for Gets the names of all variables set in the environment. Programs that want to be portable to Windows should typically use this function and g_getenv() instead of using the environ array from the C library directly. On Windows, the strings in the environ array are in system codepage encoding, while in most of the typical use cases for environment variables in GLib-using programs you want the UTF-8 encoding that this function and g_getenv() provide. a %NULL-terminated list of strings which must be freed with g_strfreev(). Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for strings by the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating system) in the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. On Windows this means the system codepage. The converted string, or %NULL on an error. a UTF-8 encoded string the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>. location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). Converts a string which is in the encoding used for strings by the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating system) in the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link> into a UTF-8 string. The converted string, or %NULL on an error. a string in the encoding of the current locale. On Windows this means the system codepage. the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>. location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). Logs an error or debugging message. If the log level has been set as fatal, the abort() function is called to terminate the program. the log domain, usually #G_LOG_DOMAIN the log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags or a user-defined level the message format. See the printf() documentation The default log handler set up by GLib; g_log_set_default_handler() allows to install an alternate default log handler. This is used if no log handler has been set for the particular log domain and log level combination. It outputs the message to stderr or stdout and if the log level is fatal it calls abort(). The behavior of this log handler can be influenced by a number of environment variables: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term><envar>G_MESSAGES_PREFIXED</envar></term> <listitem> A :-separated list of log levels for which messages should be prefixed by the program name and PID of the aplication. </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><envar>G_MESSAGES_DEBUG</envar></term> <listitem> A space-separated list of log domains for which debug and informational messages are printed. By default these messages are not printed. </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> stderr is used for levels %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, %G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, %G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING and %G_LOG_LEVEL_MESSAGE. stdout is used for the rest. the log domain of the message the level of the message the message data passed from g_log() which is unused Removes the log handler. the log domain the id of the handler, which was returned in g_log_set_handler() Sets the message levels which are always fatal, in any log domain. When a message with any of these levels is logged the program terminates. You can only set the levels defined by GLib to be fatal. %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR is always fatal. You can also make some message levels fatal at runtime by setting the <envar>G_DEBUG</envar> environment variable (see <ulink url="glib-running.html">Running GLib Applications</ulink>). the old fatal mask the mask containing bits set for each level of error which is to be fatal Installs a default log handler which is used if no log handler has been set for the particular log domain and log level combination. By default, GLib uses g_log_default_handler() as default log handler. the previous default log handler the log handler function data passed to the log handler Sets the log levels which are fatal in the given domain. %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR is always fatal. the old fatal mask for the log domain the log domain the new fatal mask Sets the log handler for a domain and a set of log levels. To handle fatal and recursive messages the @log_levels parameter must be combined with the #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL and #G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION bit flags. Note that since the #G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR log level is always fatal, if you want to set a handler for this log level you must combine it with #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL. <example> <title>Adding a log handler for all warning messages in the default (application) domain</title> <programlisting> g_log_set_handler (NULL, G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); </programlisting> </example> <example> <title>Adding a log handler for all critical messages from GTK+</title> <programlisting> g_log_set_handler ("Gtk", G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); </programlisting> </example> <example> <title>Adding a log handler for <emphasis>all</emphasis> messages from GLib</title> <programlisting> g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_MASK | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); </programlisting> </example> the id of the new handler the log domain, or %NULL for the default "" application domain the log levels to apply the log handler for. To handle fatal and recursive messages as well, combine the log levels with the #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL and #G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION bit flags. the log handler function data passed to the log handler Logs an error or debugging message. If the log level has been set as fatal, the abort() function is called to terminate the program. the log domain the log level the message format. See the printf() documentation the parameters to insert into the format string Returns the global default main context. This is the main context used for main loop functions when a main loop is not explicitly specified, and corresponds to the "main" main loop. See also g_main_context_get_thread_default(). the global default main context. Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread. Asynchronous operations that want to be able to be run in contexts other than the default one should call this method or g_main_context_ref_thread_default() to get a #GMainContext to add their #GSource<!-- -->s to. (Note that even in single-threaded programs applications may sometimes want to temporarily push a non-default context, so it is not safe to assume that this will always return %NULL if you are running in the default thread.) If you need to hold a reference on the context, use g_main_context_ref_thread_default() instead. the thread-default #GMainContext, or %NULL if the thread-default context is the global default context. Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread, as with g_main_context_get_thread_default(), but also adds a reference to it with g_main_context_ref(). In addition, unlike g_main_context_get_thread_default(), if the thread-default context is the global default context, this will return that #GMainContext (with a ref added to it) rather than returning %NULL. the thread-default #GMainContext. Unref with g_main_context_unref() when you are done with it. Returns the currently firing source for this thread. The currently firing source or %NULL. Returns the depth of the stack of calls to g_main_context_dispatch() on any #GMainContext in the current thread. That is, when called from the toplevel, it gives 0. When called from within a callback from g_main_context_iteration() (or g_main_loop_run(), etc.) it returns 1. When called from within a callback to a recursive call to g_main_context_iteration(), it returns 2. And so forth. This function is useful in a situation like the following: Imagine an extremely simple "garbage collected" system. |[ static GList *free_list; gpointer allocate_memory (gsize size) { gpointer result = g_malloc (size); free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, result); return result; } void free_allocated_memory (void) { GList *l; for (l = free_list; l; l = l->next); g_free (l->data); g_list_free (free_list); free_list = NULL; } [...] while (TRUE); { g_main_context_iteration (NULL, TRUE); free_allocated_memory(); } ]| This works from an application, however, if you want to do the same thing from a library, it gets more difficult, since you no longer control the main loop. You might think you can simply use an idle function to make the call to free_allocated_memory(), but that doesn't work, since the idle function could be called from a recursive callback. This can be fixed by using g_main_depth() |[ gpointer allocate_memory (gsize size) { FreeListBlock *block = g_new (FreeListBlock, 1); block->mem = g_malloc (size); block->depth = g_main_depth (); free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, block); return block->mem; } void free_allocated_memory (void) { GList *l; int depth = g_main_depth (); for (l = free_list; l; ); { GList *next = l->next; FreeListBlock *block = l->data; if (block->depth > depth) { g_free (block->mem); g_free (block); free_list = g_list_delete_link (free_list, l); } l = next; } } ]| There is a temptation to use g_main_depth() to solve problems with reentrancy. For instance, while waiting for data to be received from the network in response to a menu item, the menu item might be selected again. It might seem that one could make the menu item's callback return immediately and do nothing if g_main_depth() returns a value greater than 1. However, this should be avoided since the user then sees selecting the menu item do nothing. Furthermore, you'll find yourself adding these checks all over your code, since there are doubtless many, many things that the user could do. Instead, you can use the following techniques: <orderedlist> <listitem> <para> Use gtk_widget_set_sensitive() or modal dialogs to prevent the user from interacting with elements while the main loop is recursing. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> Avoid main loop recursion in situations where you can't handle arbitrary callbacks. Instead, structure your code so that you simply return to the main loop and then get called again when there is more work to do. </para> </listitem> </orderedlist> The main loop recursion level in the current thread Allocates @n_bytes bytes of memory. If @n_bytes is 0 it returns %NULL. a pointer to the allocated memory the number of bytes to allocate Allocates @n_bytes bytes of memory, initialized to 0's. If @n_bytes is 0 it returns %NULL. a pointer to the allocated memory the number of bytes to allocate This function is similar to g_malloc0(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. a pointer to the allocated memory the number of blocks to allocate the size of each block in bytes This function is similar to g_malloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. a pointer to the allocated memory the number of blocks to allocate the size of each block in bytes Collects the attributes of the element from the data passed to the #GMarkupParser start_element function, dealing with common error conditions and supporting boolean values. This utility function is not required to write a parser but can save a lot of typing. The @element_name, @attribute_names, @attribute_values and @error parameters passed to the start_element callback should be passed unmodified to this function. Following these arguments is a list of "supported" attributes to collect. It is an error to specify multiple attributes with the same name. If any attribute not in the list appears in the @attribute_names array then an unknown attribute error will result. The #GMarkupCollectType field allows specifying the type of collection to perform and if a given attribute must appear or is optional. The attribute name is simply the name of the attribute to collect. The pointer should be of the appropriate type (see the descriptions under #GMarkupCollectType) and may be %NULL in case a particular attribute is to be allowed but ignored. This function deals with issuing errors for missing attributes (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE), unknown attributes (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE) and duplicate attributes (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT) as well as parse errors for boolean-valued attributes (again of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT). In all of these cases %FALSE will be returned and @error will be set as appropriate. %TRUE if successful the current tag name the attribute names the attribute values a pointer to a #GError or %NULL the #GMarkupCollectType of the first attribute the name of the first attribute Escapes text so that the markup parser will parse it verbatim. Less than, greater than, ampersand, etc. are replaced with the corresponding entities. This function would typically be used when writing out a file to be parsed with the markup parser. Note that this function doesn't protect whitespace and line endings from being processed according to the XML rules for normalization of line endings and attribute values. Note also that this function will produce character references in the range of &amp;#x1; ... &amp;#x1f; for all control sequences except for tabstop, newline and carriage return. The character references in this range are not valid XML 1.0, but they are valid XML 1.1 and will be accepted by the GMarkup parser. a newly allocated string with the escaped text some valid UTF-8 text length of @text in bytes, or -1 if the text is nul-terminated Formats arguments according to @format, escaping all string and character arguments in the fashion of g_markup_escape_text(). This is useful when you want to insert literal strings into XML-style markup output, without having to worry that the strings might themselves contain markup. |[ const char *store = "Fortnum &amp; Mason"; const char *item = "Tea"; char *output; &nbsp; output = g_markup_printf_escaped ("&lt;purchase&gt;" "&lt;store&gt;&percnt;s&lt;/store&gt;" "&lt;item&gt;&percnt;s&lt;/item&gt;" "&lt;/purchase&gt;", store, item); ]| newly allocated result from formatting operation. Free with g_free(). printf() style format string Formats the data in @args according to @format, escaping all string and character arguments in the fashion of g_markup_escape_text(). See g_markup_printf_escaped(). newly allocated result from formatting operation. Free with g_free(). printf() style format string variable argument list, similar to vprintf() Checks whether the allocator used by g_malloc() is the system's malloc implementation. If it returns %TRUE memory allocated with malloc() can be used interchangeable with memory allocated using g_malloc(). This function is useful for avoiding an extra copy of allocated memory returned by a non-GLib-based API. A different allocator can be set using g_mem_set_vtable(). if %TRUE, malloc() and g_malloc() can be mixed. Outputs a summary of memory usage. It outputs the frequency of allocations of different sizes, the total number of bytes which have been allocated, the total number of bytes which have been freed, and the difference between the previous two values, i.e. the number of bytes still in use. Note that this function will not output anything unless you have previously installed the #glib_mem_profiler_table with g_mem_set_vtable(). Sets the #GMemVTable to use for memory allocation. You can use this to provide custom memory allocation routines. <emphasis>This function must be called before using any other GLib functions.</emphasis> The @vtable only needs to provide malloc(), realloc(), and free() functions; GLib can provide default implementations of the others. The malloc() and realloc() implementations should return %NULL on failure, GLib will handle error-checking for you. @vtable is copied, so need not persist after this function has been called. table of memory allocation routines. Allocates @byte_size bytes of memory, and copies @byte_size bytes into it from @mem. If @mem is %NULL it returns %NULL. a pointer to the newly-allocated copy of the memory, or %NULL if @mem is %NULL. the memory to copy. the number of bytes to copy. Create a directory if it doesn't already exist. Create intermediate parent directories as needed, too. 0 if the directory already exists, or was successfully created. Returns -1 if an error occurred, with errno set. a pathname in the GLib file name encoding permissions to use for newly created directories Creates a temporary directory. See the mkdtemp() documentation on most UNIX-like systems. The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for mkdtemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". g_mkdtemp() is slightly more flexible than mkdtemp() in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template and you can pass a @mode and additional @flags. The X string will be modified to form the name of a directory that didn't exist. The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, on Windows it should be in UTF-8. A pointer to @tmpl, which has been modified to hold the directory name. In case of errors, %NULL is returned and %errno will be set. template directory name Creates a temporary directory. See the mkdtemp() documentation on most UNIX-like systems. The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for mkdtemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". g_mkdtemp() is slightly more flexible than mkdtemp() in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template and you can pass a @mode. The X string will be modified to form the name of a directory that didn't exist. The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, on Windows it should be in UTF-8. A pointer to @tmpl, which has been modified to hold the directory name. In case of errors, %NULL is returned, and %errno will be set. template directory name permissions to create the temporary directory with Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation on most UNIX-like systems. The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". g_mkstemp() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp() in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template. The X string will be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist. The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, on Windows it should be in UTF-8. A file handle (as from open()) to the file opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary mode on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned and %errno will be set. template filename Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation on most UNIX-like systems. The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". g_mkstemp_full() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp() in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template and you can pass a @mode and additional @flags. The X string will be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist. The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, on Windows it should be in UTF-8. A file handle (as from open()) to the file opened for reading and writing. The file handle should be closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned and %errno will be set. template filename flags to pass to an open() call in addition to O_EXCL and O_CREAT, which are passed automatically permissions to create the temporary file with Set the pointer at the specified location to %NULL. the memory address of the pointer. Prompts the user with <computeroutput>[E]xit, [H]alt, show [S]tack trace or [P]roceed</computeroutput>. This function is intended to be used for debugging use only. The following example shows how it can be used together with the g_log() functions. |[ &num;include &lt;glib.h&gt; static void log_handler (const gchar *log_domain, GLogLevelFlags log_level, const gchar *message, gpointer user_data) { g_log_default_handler (log_domain, log_level, message, user_data); g_on_error_query (MY_PROGRAM_NAME); } int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { g_log_set_handler (MY_LOG_DOMAIN, G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING | G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR | G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, log_handler, NULL); /&ast; ... &ast;/ ]| If [E]xit is selected, the application terminates with a call to <literal>_exit(0)</literal>. If [S]tack trace is selected, g_on_error_stack_trace() is called. This invokes <command>gdb</command>, which attaches to the current process and shows a stack trace. The prompt is then shown again. If [P]roceed is selected, the function returns. This function may cause different actions on non-UNIX platforms. the program name, needed by <command>gdb</command> for the [S]tack trace option. If @prg_name is %NULL, g_get_prgname() is called to get the program name (which will work correctly if gdk_init() or gtk_init() has been called) Invokes <command>gdb</command>, which attaches to the current process and shows a stack trace. Called by g_on_error_query() when the [S]tack trace option is selected. You can get the current process's "program name" with g_get_prgname(), assuming that you have called gtk_init() or gdk_init(). This function may cause different actions on non-UNIX platforms. the program name, needed by <command>gdb</command> for the [S]tack trace option. Function to be called when starting a critical initialization section. The argument @location must point to a static 0-initialized variable that will be set to a value other than 0 at the end of the initialization section. In combination with g_once_init_leave() and the unique address @value_location, it can be ensured that an initialization section will be executed only once during a program's life time, and that concurrent threads are blocked until initialization completed. To be used in constructs like this: |[ static gsize initialization_value = 0; if (g_once_init_enter (&amp;initialization_value)) { gsize setup_value = 42; /&ast;* initialization code here *&ast;/ g_once_init_leave (&amp;initialization_value, setup_value); } /&ast;* use initialization_value here *&ast;/ ]| %TRUE if the initialization section should be entered, %FALSE and blocks otherwise location of a static initializable variable containing 0 Counterpart to g_once_init_enter(). Expects a location of a static 0-initialized initialization variable, and an initialization value other than 0. Sets the variable to the initialization value, and releases concurrent threads blocking in g_once_init_enter() on this initialization variable. location of a static initializable variable containing 0 new non-0 value for *@value_location Parses a string containing debugging options into a %guint containing bit flags. This is used within GDK and GTK+ to parse the debug options passed on the command line or through environment variables. If @string is equal to <code>"all"</code>, all flags are set. Any flags specified along with <code>"all"</code> in @string are inverted; thus, <code>"all,foo,bar"</code> or <code>"foo,bar,all"</code> sets all flags except those corresponding to <code>"foo"</code> and <code>"bar"</code>. If @string is equal to <code>"help"</code>, all the available keys in @keys are printed out to standard error. the combined set of bit flags. a list of debug options separated by colons, spaces, or commas, or %NULL. pointer to an array of #GDebugKey which associate strings with bit flags. the number of #GDebugKey<!-- -->s in the array. Gets the last component of the filename. If @file_name ends with a directory separator it gets the component before the last slash. If @file_name consists only of directory separators (and on Windows, possibly a drive letter), a single separator is returned. If @file_name is empty, it gets ".". a newly allocated string containing the last component of the filename the name of the file Gets the directory components of a file name. If the file name has no directory components "." is returned. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. the directory components of the file the name of the file Returns %TRUE if the given @file_name is an absolute file name. Note that this is a somewhat vague concept on Windows. On POSIX systems, an absolute file name is well-defined. It always starts from the single root directory. For example "/usr/local". On Windows, the concepts of current drive and drive-specific current directory introduce vagueness. This function interprets as an absolute file name one that either begins with a directory separator such as "\Users\tml" or begins with the root on a drive, for example "C:\Windows". The first case also includes UNC paths such as "\\myserver\docs\foo". In all cases, either slashes or backslashes are accepted. Note that a file name relative to the current drive root does not truly specify a file uniquely over time and across processes, as the current drive is a per-process value and can be changed. File names relative the current directory on some specific drive, such as "D:foo/bar", are not interpreted as absolute by this function, but they obviously are not relative to the normal current directory as returned by getcwd() or g_get_current_dir() either. Such paths should be avoided, or need to be handled using Windows-specific code. %TRUE if @file_name is absolute a file name Returns a pointer into @file_name after the root component, i.e. after the "/" in UNIX or "C:\" under Windows. If @file_name is not an absolute path it returns %NULL. a pointer into @file_name after the root component a file name Matches a string against a compiled pattern. Passing the correct length of the string given is mandatory. The reversed string can be omitted by passing %NULL, this is more efficient if the reversed version of the string to be matched is not at hand, as g_pattern_match() will only construct it if the compiled pattern requires reverse matches. Note that, if the user code will (possibly) match a string against a multitude of patterns containing wildcards, chances are high that some patterns will require a reversed string. In this case, it's more efficient to provide the reversed string to avoid multiple constructions thereof in the various calls to g_pattern_match(). Note also that the reverse of a UTF-8 encoded string can in general <emphasis>not</emphasis> be obtained by g_strreverse(). This works only if the string doesn't contain any multibyte characters. GLib offers the g_utf8_strreverse() function to reverse UTF-8 encoded strings. %TRUE if @string matches @pspec a #GPatternSpec the length of @string (in bytes, i.e. strlen(), <emphasis>not</emphasis> g_utf8_strlen()) the UTF-8 encoded string to match the reverse of @string or %NULL Matches a string against a pattern given as a string. If this function is to be called in a loop, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with g_pattern_spec_new() and call g_pattern_match_string() repeatedly. %TRUE if @string matches @pspec the UTF-8 encoded pattern the UTF-8 encoded string to match Matches a string against a compiled pattern. If the string is to be matched against more than one pattern, consider using g_pattern_match() instead while supplying the reversed string. %TRUE if @string matches @pspec a #GPatternSpec the UTF-8 encoded string to match This is equivalent to g_bit_lock, but working on pointers (or other pointer-sized values). For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of the pointer. a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value a bit value between 0 and 31 This is equivalent to g_bit_trylock, but working on pointers (or other pointer-sized values). For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of the pointer. %TRUE if the lock was acquired a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value a bit value between 0 and 31 This is equivalent to g_bit_unlock, but working on pointers (or other pointer-sized values). For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of the pointer. a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value a bit value between 0 and 31 Polls @fds, as with the poll() system call, but portably. (On systems that don't have poll(), it is emulated using select().) This is used internally by #GMainContext, but it can be called directly if you need to block until a file descriptor is ready, but don't want to run the full main loop. Each element of @fds is a #GPollFD describing a single file descriptor to poll. The %fd field indicates the file descriptor, and the %events field indicates the events to poll for. On return, the %revents fields will be filled with the events that actually occurred. On POSIX systems, the file descriptors in @fds can be any sort of file descriptor, but the situation is much more complicated on Windows. If you need to use g_poll() in code that has to run on Windows, the easiest solution is to construct all of your #GPollFD<!-- -->s with g_io_channel_win32_make_pollfd(). the number of entries in @fds whose %revents fields were filled in, or 0 if the operation timed out, or -1 on error or if the call was interrupted. file descriptors to poll the number of file descriptors in @fds amount of time to wait, in milliseconds, or -1 to wait forever Formats a string according to @format and prefix it to an existing error message. If @err is %NULL (ie: no error variable) then do nothing. If *@err is %NULL (ie: an error variable is present but there is no error condition) then also do nothing. Whether or not it makes sense to take advantage of this feature is up to you. a return location for a #GError, or %NULL printf()-style format string Outputs a formatted message via the print handler. The default print handler simply outputs the message to stdout. g_print() should not be used from within libraries for debugging messages, since it may be redirected by applications to special purpose message windows or even files. Instead, libraries should use g_log(), or the convenience functions g_message(), g_warning() and g_error(). the message format. See the printf() documentation Outputs a formatted message via the error message handler. The default handler simply outputs the message to stderr. g_printerr() should not be used from within libraries. Instead g_log() should be used, or the convenience functions g_message(), g_warning() and g_error(). the message format. See the printf() documentation An implementation of the standard printf() function which supports positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. the number of bytes printed. a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. Calculates the maximum space needed to store the output of the sprintf() function. the maximum space needed to store the formatted string the format string. See the printf() documentation the parameters to be inserted into the format string If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, moves @src into *@dest. The error variable @dest points to must be %NULL. error return location error to move into the return location If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, moves @src into *@dest. *@dest must be %NULL. After the move, add a prefix as with g_prefix_error(). error return location error to move into the return location printf()-style format string This is just like the standard C qsort() function, but the comparison routine accepts a user data argument. This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. start of array to sort elements in the array size of each element function to compare elements data to pass to @compare_func Gets the #GQuark identifying the given (static) string. If the string does not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark is created, linked to the given string. Note that this function is identical to g_quark_from_string() except that if a new #GQuark is created the string itself is used rather than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string will <emphasis>always</emphasis> exist. It can be used with statically allocated strings in the main program, but not with statically allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you expect to ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this function in GTK+ theme engines). the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL. a string. Gets the #GQuark identifying the given string. If the string does not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark is created, using a copy of the string. the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL. a string. Gets the string associated with the given #GQuark. the string associated with the #GQuark a #GQuark. Gets the #GQuark associated with the given string, or 0 if string is %NULL or it has no associated #GQuark. If you want the GQuark to be created if it doesn't already exist, use g_quark_from_string() or g_quark_from_static_string(). the #GQuark associated with the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL or there is no #GQuark associated with it. a string. Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range [0..1). A random number. Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range [@begin..@end). A random number. lower closed bound of the interval. upper open bound of the interval. Return a random #guint32 equally distributed over the range [0..2^32-1]. A random number. Returns a random #gint32 equally distributed over the range [@begin..@end-1]. A random number. lower closed bound of the interval. upper open bound of the interval. Sets the seed for the global random number generator, which is used by the <function>g_random_*</function> functions, to @seed. a value to reinitialize the global random number generator. Reallocates the memory pointed to by @mem, so that it now has space for @n_bytes bytes of memory. It returns the new address of the memory, which may have been moved. @mem may be %NULL, in which case it's considered to have zero-length. @n_bytes may be 0, in which case %NULL will be returned and @mem will be freed unless it is %NULL. the new address of the allocated memory the memory to reallocate new size of the memory in bytes This function is similar to g_realloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. the new address of the allocated memory the memory to reallocate the number of blocks to allocate the size of each block in bytes Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string (see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in it are valid. If @has_references is not %NULL then @replacement is checked for pattern references. For instance, replacement text 'foo\n' does not contain references and may be evaluated without information about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object. whether @replacement is a valid replacement string the replacement string location to store information about references in @replacement or %NULL Escapes the nul characters in @string to "\x00". It can be used to compile a regex with embedded nul characters. For completeness, @length can be -1 for a nul-terminated string. In this case the output string will be of course equal to @string. a newly-allocated escaped string the string to escape the length of @string Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This function is useful to dynamically generate regular expressions. @string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0", in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string in @length. a newly-allocated escaped string the string to escape the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated Scans for a match in @string for @pattern. This function is equivalent to g_regex_match() but it does not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some lines of code when you need just to do a match without extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on. If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_match(). %TRUE if the string matched, %FALSE otherwise the regular expression the string to scan for matches compile options for the regular expression, or 0 match options, or 0 Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first token. This function is equivalent to g_regex_split() but it does not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some lines of code when you need just to do a split without extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on. If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_split(). As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this function. A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c". a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Free it using g_strfreev() the regular expression the string to scan for matches compile options for the regular expression, or 0 match options, or 0 Resets the cache used for g_get_user_special_dir(), so that the latest on-disk version is used. Call this only if you just changed the data on disk yourself. Due to threadsafety issues this may cause leaking of strings that were previously returned from g_get_user_special_dir() that can't be freed. We ensure to only leak the data for the directories that actually changed value though. A wrapper for the POSIX rmdir() function. The rmdir() function deletes a directory from the filesystem. See your C library manual for more details about how rmdir() works on your system. 0 if the directory was successfully removed, -1 if an error occurred a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) Moves the item pointed to by @src to the position indicated by @dest. After calling this function @dest will point to the position immediately after @src. It is allowed for @src and @dest to point into different sequences. a #GSequenceIter pointing to the item to move a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position to which the item is moved. Inserts the (@begin, @end) range at the destination pointed to by ptr. The @begin and @end iters must point into the same sequence. It is allowed for @dest to point to a different sequence than the one pointed into by @begin and @end. If @dest is NULL, the range indicated by @begin and @end is removed from the sequence. If @dest iter points to a place within the (@begin, @end) range, the range does not move. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter Removes the item pointed to by @iter. It is an error to pass the end iterator to this function. If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this function is called on the data for the removed item. a #GSequenceIter Removes all items in the (@begin, @end) range. If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this function is called on the data for the removed items. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter Changes the data for the item pointed to by @iter to be @data. If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, that function is called on the existing data that @iter pointed to. a #GSequenceIter new data for the item Swaps the items pointed to by @a and @b. It is allowed for @a and @b to point into difference sequences. a #GSequenceIter a #GSequenceIter Sets a human-readable name for the application. This name should be localized if possible, and is intended for display to the user. Contrast with g_set_prgname(), which sets a non-localized name. g_set_prgname() will be called automatically by gtk_init(), but g_set_application_name() will not. Note that for thread safety reasons, this function can only be called once. The application name will be used in contexts such as error messages, or when displaying an application's name in the task list. localized name of the application Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. a return location for a #GError, or %NULL error domain error code printf()-style format Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. Unlike g_set_error(), @message is not a printf()-style format string. Use this function if @message contains text you don't have control over, that could include printf() escape sequences. a return location for a #GError, or %NULL error domain error code error message Sets the name of the program. This name should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be localized, contrast with g_set_application_name(). Note that for thread-safety reasons this function can only be called once. the name of the program. Sets the print handler. Any messages passed to g_print() will be output via the new handler. The default handler simply outputs the message to stdout. By providing your own handler you can redirect the output, to a GTK+ widget or a log file for example. the old print handler the new print handler Sets the handler for printing error messages. Any messages passed to g_printerr() will be output via the new handler. The default handler simply outputs the message to stderr. By providing your own handler you can redirect the output, to a GTK+ widget or a log file for example. the old error message handler the new error message handler Sets an environment variable. Both the variable's name and value should be in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means that they can be arbitrary byte strings. On Windows, they should be in UTF-8. Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed. <warning><para> Environment variable handling in UNIX is not thread-safe, and your program may crash if one thread calls g_setenv() while another thread is calling getenv(). (And note that many functions, such as gettext(), call getenv() internally.) This function is only safe to use at the very start of your program, before creating any other threads (or creating objects that create worker threads of their own). </para><para> If you need to set up the environment for a child process, you can use g_get_environ() to get an environment array, modify that with g_environ_setenv() and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass that array directly to execvpe(), g_spawn_async(), or the like. </para></warning> %FALSE if the environment variable couldn't be set. the environment variable to set, must not contain '='. the value for to set the variable to. whether to change the variable if it already exists. Parses a command line into an argument vector, in much the same way the shell would, but without many of the expansions the shell would perform (variable expansion, globs, operators, filename expansion, etc. are not supported). The results are defined to be the same as those you would get from a UNIX98 /bin/sh, as long as the input contains none of the unsupported shell expansions. If the input does contain such expansions, they are passed through literally. Possible errors are those from the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain. Free the returned vector with g_strfreev(). %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error set command line to parse return location for number of args return location for array of args Quotes a string so that the shell (/bin/sh) will interpret the quoted string to mean @unquoted_string. If you pass a filename to the shell, for example, you should first quote it with this function. The return value must be freed with g_free(). The quoting style used is undefined (single or double quotes may be used). quoted string a literal string Unquotes a string as the shell (/bin/sh) would. Only handles quotes; if a string contains file globs, arithmetic operators, variables, backticks, redirections, or other special-to-the-shell features, the result will be different from the result a real shell would produce (the variables, backticks, etc. will be passed through literally instead of being expanded). This function is guaranteed to succeed if applied to the result of g_shell_quote(). If it fails, it returns %NULL and sets the error. The @quoted_string need not actually contain quoted or escaped text; g_shell_unquote() simply goes through the string and unquotes/unescapes anything that the shell would. Both single and double quotes are handled, as are escapes including escaped newlines. The return value must be freed with g_free(). Possible errors are in the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain. Shell quoting rules are a bit strange. Single quotes preserve the literal string exactly. escape sequences are not allowed; not even \' - if you want a ' in the quoted text, you have to do something like 'foo'\''bar'. Double quotes allow $, `, ", \, and newline to be escaped with backslash. Otherwise double quotes preserve things literally. an unquoted string shell-quoted string Allocates a block of memory from the slice allocator. The block adress handed out can be expected to be aligned to at least <literal>1 * sizeof (void*)</literal>, though in general slices are 2 * sizeof (void*) bytes aligned, if a malloc() fallback implementation is used instead, the alignment may be reduced in a libc dependent fashion. Note that the underlying slice allocation mechanism can be changed with the <link linkend="G_SLICE">G_SLICE=always-malloc</link> environment variable. a pointer to the allocated memory block the number of bytes to allocate Allocates a block of memory via g_slice_alloc() and initializes the returned memory to 0. Note that the underlying slice allocation mechanism can be changed with the <link linkend="G_SLICE">G_SLICE=always-malloc</link> environment variable. a pointer to the allocated block the number of bytes to allocate Allocates a block of memory from the slice allocator and copies @block_size bytes into it from @mem_block. a pointer to the allocated memory block the number of bytes to allocate the memory to copy Frees a block of memory. The memory must have been allocated via g_slice_alloc() or g_slice_alloc0() and the @block_size has to match the size specified upon allocation. Note that the exact release behaviour can be changed with the <link linkend="G_DEBUG">G_DEBUG=gc-friendly</link> environment variable, also see <link linkend="G_SLICE">G_SLICE</link> for related debugging options. the size of the block a pointer to the block to free Frees a linked list of memory blocks of structure type @type. The memory blocks must be equal-sized, allocated via g_slice_alloc() or g_slice_alloc0() and linked together by a @next pointer (similar to #GSList). The offset of the @next field in each block is passed as third argument. Note that the exact release behaviour can be changed with the <link linkend="G_DEBUG">G_DEBUG=gc-friendly</link> environment variable, also see <link linkend="G_SLICE">G_SLICE</link> for related debugging options. the size of the blocks a pointer to the first block of the chain the offset of the @next field in the blocks A safer form of the standard sprintf() function. The output is guaranteed to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur. See also g_strdup_printf(). In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated. In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output string. The return value of g_snprintf() conforms to the snprintf() function as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from traditional snprintf(), which returns the length of the output string. The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer was large enough. the buffer to hold the output. the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the terminating nul character). a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. Removes the source with the given id from the default main context. The id of a #GSource is given by g_source_get_id(), or will be returned by the functions g_source_attach(), g_idle_add(), g_idle_add_full(), g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), g_child_watch_add(), g_child_watch_add_full(), g_io_add_watch(), and g_io_add_watch_full(). See also g_source_destroy(). You must use g_source_destroy() for sources added to a non-default main context. %TRUE if the source was found and removed. the ID of the source to remove. Removes a source from the default main loop context given the source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the same source functions and user data, only one will be destroyed. %TRUE if a source was found and removed. The @source_funcs passed to g_source_new() the user data for the callback Removes a source from the default main loop context given the user data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user data, only one will be destroyed. %TRUE if a source was found and removed. the user_data for the callback. Sets the name of a source using its ID. This is a convenience utility to set source names from the return value of g_idle_add(), g_timeout_add(), etc. a #GSource ID debug name for the source Gets the smallest prime number from a built-in array of primes which is larger than @num. This is used within GLib to calculate the optimum size of a #GHashTable. The built-in array of primes ranges from 11 to 13845163 such that each prime is approximately 1.5-2 times the previous prime. the smallest prime number from a built-in array of primes which is larger than @num a #guint See g_spawn_async_with_pipes() for a full description; this function simply calls the g_spawn_async_with_pipes() without any pipes. You should call g_spawn_close_pid() on the returned child process reference when you don't need it any more. <note><para> If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you are spawning is a graphical application, too, then you may want to use gdk_spawn_on_screen() instead to ensure that the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen. </para></note> <note><para> Note that the returned @child_pid on Windows is a handle to the child process and not its identifier. Process handles and process identifiers are different concepts on Windows. </para></note> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's child's argument vector child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's flags from #GSpawnFlags function to run in the child just before exec() user data for @child_setup return location for child process reference, or %NULL Executes a child program asynchronously (your program will not block waiting for the child to exit). The child program is specified by the only argument that must be provided, @argv. @argv should be a %NULL-terminated array of strings, to be passed as the argument vector for the child. The first string in @argv is of course the name of the program to execute. By default, the name of the program must be a full path. If @flags contains the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag, the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable is used to search for the executable. If @flags contains the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP flag, the <envar>PATH</envar> variable from @envp is used to search for the executable. If both the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP flags are set, the <envar>PATH</envar> variable from @envp takes precedence over the environment variable. If the program name is not a full path and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is not used, then the program will be run from the current directory (or @working_directory, if specified); this might be unexpected or even dangerous in some cases when the current directory is world-writable. On Windows, note that all the string or string vector arguments to this function and the other g_spawn*() functions are in UTF-8, the GLib file name encoding. Unicode characters that are not part of the system codepage passed in these arguments will be correctly available in the spawned program only if it uses wide character API to retrieve its command line. For C programs built with Microsoft's tools it is enough to make the program have a wmain() instead of main(). wmain() has a wide character argument vector as parameter. At least currently, mingw doesn't support wmain(), so if you use mingw to develop the spawned program, it will have to call the undocumented function __wgetmainargs() to get the wide character argument vector and environment. See gspawn-win32-helper.c in the GLib sources or init.c in the mingw runtime sources for a prototype for that function. Alternatively, you can retrieve the Win32 system level wide character command line passed to the spawned program using the GetCommandLineW() function. On Windows the low-level child process creation API <function>CreateProcess()</function> doesn't use argument vectors, but a command line. The C runtime library's <function>spawn*()</function> family of functions (which g_spawn_async_with_pipes() eventually calls) paste the argument vector elements together into a command line, and the C runtime startup code does a corresponding reconstruction of an argument vector from the command line, to be passed to main(). Complications arise when you have argument vector elements that contain spaces of double quotes. The <function>spawn*()</function> functions don't do any quoting or escaping, but on the other hand the startup code does do unquoting and unescaping in order to enable receiving arguments with embedded spaces or double quotes. To work around this asymmetry, g_spawn_async_with_pipes() will do quoting and escaping on argument vector elements that need it before calling the C runtime spawn() function. The returned @child_pid on Windows is a handle to the child process, not its identifier. Process handles and process identifiers are different concepts on Windows. @envp is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string has the form <literal>KEY=VALUE</literal>. This will become the child's environment. If @envp is %NULL, the child inherits its parent's environment. @flags should be the bitwise OR of any flags you want to affect the function's behaviour. The %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD means that the child will not automatically be reaped; you must use a child watch to be notified about the death of the child process. Eventually you must call g_spawn_close_pid() on the @child_pid, in order to free resources which may be associated with the child process. (On Unix, using a child watch is equivalent to calling waitpid() or handling the <literal>SIGCHLD</literal> signal manually. On Windows, calling g_spawn_close_pid() is equivalent to calling CloseHandle() on the process handle returned in @child_pid). See g_child_watch_add(). %G_SPAWN_LEAVE_DESCRIPTORS_OPEN means that the parent's open file descriptors will be inherited by the child; otherwise all descriptors except stdin/stdout/stderr will be closed before calling exec() in the child. %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH means that <literal>argv[0]</literal> need not be an absolute path, it will be looked for in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable. %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP means need not be an absolute path, it will be looked for in the <envar>PATH</envar> variable from @envp. If both %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP are used, the value from @envp takes precedence over the environment. %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard output will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's standard output. If you use this flag, @standard_output must be %NULL. %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard error will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's standard error. If you use this flag, @standard_error must be %NULL. %G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN means that the child will inherit the parent's standard input (by default, the child's standard input is attached to /dev/null). If you use this flag, @standard_input must be %NULL. %G_SPAWN_FILE_AND_ARGV_ZERO means that the first element of @argv is the file to execute, while the remaining elements are the actual argument vector to pass to the file. Normally g_spawn_async_with_pipes() uses @argv[0] as the file to execute, and passes all of @argv to the child. @child_setup and @user_data are a function and user data. On POSIX platforms, the function is called in the child after GLib has performed all the setup it plans to perform (including creating pipes, closing file descriptors, etc.) but before calling exec(). That is, @child_setup is called just before calling exec() in the child. Obviously actions taken in this function will only affect the child, not the parent. On Windows, there is no separate fork() and exec() functionality. Child processes are created and run with a single API call, CreateProcess(). There is no sensible thing @child_setup could be used for on Windows so it is ignored and not called. If non-%NULL, @child_pid will on Unix be filled with the child's process ID. You can use the process ID to send signals to the child, or to use g_child_watch_add() (or waitpid()) if you specified the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. On Windows, @child_pid will be filled with a handle to the child process only if you specified the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. You can then access the child process using the Win32 API, for example wait for its termination with the <function>WaitFor*()</function> functions, or examine its exit code with GetExitCodeProcess(). You should close the handle with CloseHandle() or g_spawn_close_pid() when you no longer need it. If non-%NULL, the @standard_input, @standard_output, @standard_error locations will be filled with file descriptors for writing to the child's standard input or reading from its standard output or standard error. The caller of g_spawn_async_with_pipes() must close these file descriptors when they are no longer in use. If these parameters are %NULL, the corresponding pipe won't be created. If @standard_input is NULL, the child's standard input is attached to /dev/null unless %G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN is set. If @standard_error is NULL, the child's standard error goes to the same location as the parent's standard error unless %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL is set. If @standard_output is NULL, the child's standard output goes to the same location as the parent's standard output unless %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL is set. @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors. If an error is set, the function returns %FALSE. Errors are reported even if they occur in the child (for example if the executable in <literal>argv[0]</literal> is not found). Typically the <literal>message</literal> field of returned errors should be displayed to users. Possible errors are those from the #G_SPAWN_ERROR domain. If an error occurs, @child_pid, @standard_input, @standard_output, and @standard_error will not be filled with valid values. If @child_pid is not %NULL and an error does not occur then the returned process reference must be closed using g_spawn_close_pid(). <note><para> If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you are spawning is a graphical application, too, then you may want to use gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes() instead to ensure that the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen. </para></note> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding child's argument vector, in the GLib file name encoding child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding flags from #GSpawnFlags function to run in the child just before exec() user data for @child_setup return location for child process ID, or %NULL return location for file descriptor to write to child's stdin, or %NULL return location for file descriptor to read child's stdout, or %NULL return location for file descriptor to read child's stderr, or %NULL Set @error if @exit_status indicates the child exited abnormally (e.g. with a nonzero exit code, or via a fatal signal). The g_spawn_sync() and g_child_watch_add() family of APIs return an exit status for subprocesses encoded in a platform-specific way. On Unix, this is guaranteed to be in the same format <literal>waitpid(2)</literal> returns, and on Windows it is guaranteed to be the result of <literal>GetExitCodeProcess()</literal>. Prior to the introduction of this function in GLib 2.34, interpreting @exit_status required use of platform-specific APIs, which is problematic for software using GLib as a cross-platform layer. Additionally, many programs simply want to determine whether or not the child exited successfully, and either propagate a #GError or print a message to standard error. In that common case, this function can be used. Note that the error message in @error will contain human-readable information about the exit status. The <literal>domain</literal> and <literal>code</literal> of @error have special semantics in the case where the process has an "exit code", as opposed to being killed by a signal. On Unix, this happens if <literal>WIFEXITED</literal> would be true of @exit_status. On Windows, it is always the case. The special semantics are that the actual exit code will be the code set in @error, and the domain will be %G_SPAWN_EXIT_ERROR. This allows you to differentiate between different exit codes. If the process was terminated by some means other than an exit status, the domain will be %G_SPAWN_ERROR, and the code will be %G_SPAWN_ERROR_FAILED. This function just offers convenience; you can of course also check the available platform via a macro such as %G_OS_UNIX, and use <literal>WIFEXITED()</literal> and <literal>WEXITSTATUS()</literal> on @exit_status directly. Do not attempt to scan or parse the error message string; it may be translated and/or change in future versions of GLib. %TRUE if child exited successfully, %FALSE otherwise (and @error will be set) An exit code as returned from g_spawn_sync() On some platforms, notably Windows, the #GPid type represents a resource which must be closed to prevent resource leaking. g_spawn_close_pid() is provided for this purpose. It should be used on all platforms, even though it doesn't do anything under UNIX. The process reference to close A simple version of g_spawn_async() that parses a command line with g_shell_parse_argv() and passes it to g_spawn_async(). Runs a command line in the background. Unlike g_spawn_async(), the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is enabled, other flags are not. Note that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security implications, so consider using g_spawn_async() directly if appropriate. Possible errors are those from g_shell_parse_argv() and g_spawn_async(). The same concerns on Windows apply as for g_spawn_command_line_sync(). %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set. a command line A simple version of g_spawn_sync() with little-used parameters removed, taking a command line instead of an argument vector. See g_spawn_sync() for full details. @command_line will be parsed by g_shell_parse_argv(). Unlike g_spawn_sync(), the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is enabled. Note that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security implications, so consider using g_spawn_sync() directly if appropriate. Possible errors are those from g_spawn_sync() and those from g_shell_parse_argv(). If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the platform-specific exit status of the child is stored there; see the documentation of g_spawn_check_exit_status() for how to use and interpret this. On Windows, please note the implications of g_shell_parse_argv() parsing @command_line. Parsing is done according to Unix shell rules, not Windows command interpreter rules. Space is a separator, and backslashes are special. Thus you cannot simply pass a @command_line containing canonical Windows paths, like "c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe", as the backslashes will be eaten, and the space will act as a separator. You need to enclose such paths with single quotes, like "'c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe' 'e:\\folder\\argument.txt'". %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set a command line return location for child output return location for child errors return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid() Executes a child synchronously (waits for the child to exit before returning). All output from the child is stored in @standard_output and @standard_error, if those parameters are non-%NULL. Note that you must set the %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL and %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL flags when passing %NULL for @standard_output and @standard_error. If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the platform-specific exit status of the child is stored there; see the doucumentation of g_spawn_check_exit_status() for how to use and interpret this. Note that it is invalid to pass %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD in @flags. If an error occurs, no data is returned in @standard_output, @standard_error, or @exit_status. This function calls g_spawn_async_with_pipes() internally; see that function for full details on the other parameters and details on how these functions work on Windows. %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set. child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's child's argument vector child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's flags from #GSpawnFlags function to run in the child just before exec() user data for @child_setup return location for child output, or %NULL return location for child error messages, or %NULL return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid(), or %NULL An implementation of the standard sprintf() function which supports positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. Note that it is usually better to use g_snprintf(), to avoid the risk of buffer overflow. See also g_strdup_printf(). the number of bytes printed. A pointer to a memory buffer to contain the resulting string. It is up to the caller to ensure that the allocated buffer is large enough to hold the formatted result a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. Copies a nul-terminated string into the dest buffer, include the trailing nul, and return a pointer to the trailing nul byte. This is useful for concatenating multiple strings together without having to repeatedly scan for the end. a pointer to trailing nul byte. destination buffer. source string. Compares two strings for byte-by-byte equality and returns %TRUE if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL strings as keys in a #GHashTable. Note that this function is primarily meant as a hash table comparison function. For a general-purpose, %NULL-safe string comparison function, see g_strcmp0(). %TRUE if the two keys match a key a key to compare with @v1 Looks whether the string @str begins with @prefix. %TRUE if @str begins with @prefix, %FALSE otherwise. a nul-terminated string the nul-terminated prefix to look for Looks whether the string @str ends with @suffix. %TRUE if @str end with @suffix, %FALSE otherwise. a nul-terminated string the nul-terminated suffix to look for Converts a string to a hash value. This function implements the widely used "djb" hash apparently posted by Daniel Bernstein to comp.lang.c some time ago. The 32 bit unsigned hash value starts at 5381 and for each byte 'c' in the string, is updated: <literal>hash = hash * 33 + c</literal>. This function uses the signed value of each byte. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, when using non-%NULL strings as keys in a #GHashTable. a hash value corresponding to the key a string key For each character in @string, if the character is not in @valid_chars, replaces the character with @substitutor. Modifies @string in place, and return @string itself, not a copy. The return value is to allow nesting such as |[ g_ascii_strup (g_strcanon (str, "abc", '?')) ]| @string a nul-terminated array of bytes bytes permitted in @string replacement character for disallowed bytes A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard strcasecmp() function on platforms which support it. 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2, or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2. a string. a string to compare with @s1. Removes trailing whitespace from a string. This function doesn't allocate or reallocate any memory; it modifies @string in place. The pointer to @string is returned to allow the nesting of functions. Also see g_strchug() and g_strstrip(). @string. a string to remove the trailing whitespace from Removes leading whitespace from a string, by moving the rest of the characters forward. This function doesn't allocate or reallocate any memory; it modifies @string in place. The pointer to @string is returned to allow the nesting of functions. Also see g_strchomp() and g_strstrip(). @string a string to remove the leading whitespace from Compares @str1 and @str2 like strcmp(). Handles %NULL gracefully by sorting it before non-%NULL strings. Comparing two %NULL pointers returns 0. an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero, if @str1 is <, == or > than @str2. a C string or %NULL another C string or %NULL Replaces all escaped characters with their one byte equivalent. This function does the reverse conversion of g_strescape(). a newly-allocated copy of @source with all escaped character compressed a string to compress Concatenates all of the given strings into one long string. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. Note that this function is usually not the right function to use to assemble a translated message from pieces, since proper translation often requires the pieces to be reordered. <warning><para>The variable argument list <emphasis>must</emphasis> end with %NULL. If you forget the %NULL, g_strconcat() will start appending random memory junk to your string.</para></warning> a newly-allocated string containing all the string arguments the first string to add, which must not be %NULL Converts any delimiter characters in @string to @new_delimiter. Any characters in @string which are found in @delimiters are changed to the @new_delimiter character. Modifies @string in place, and returns @string itself, not a copy. The return value is to allow nesting such as |[ g_ascii_strup (g_strdelimit (str, "abc", '?')) ]| @string the string to convert a string containing the current delimiters, or %NULL to use the standard delimiters defined in #G_STR_DELIMITERS the new delimiter character Converts a string to lower case. the string the string to convert. Duplicates a string. If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a newly-allocated copy of @str the string to duplicate Similar to the standard C sprintf() function but safer, since it calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a newly-allocated string holding the result a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link> Similar to the standard C vsprintf() function but safer, since it calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. See also g_vasprintf(), which offers the same functionality, but additionally returns the length of the allocated string. a newly-allocated string holding the result a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link> the list of parameters to insert into the format string Copies %NULL-terminated array of strings. The copy is a deep copy; the new array should be freed by first freeing each string, then the array itself. g_strfreev() does this for you. If called on a %NULL value, g_strdupv() simply returns %NULL. a new %NULL-terminated array of strings. a %NULL-terminated array of strings Returns a string corresponding to the given error code, e.g. "no such process". You should use this function in preference to strerror(), because it returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since not all platforms support the strerror() function. a UTF-8 string describing the error code. If the error code is unknown, it returns "unknown error (&lt;code&gt;)". the system error number. See the standard C %errno documentation Escapes the special characters '\b', '\f', '\n', '\r', '\t', '\v', '\' and '&quot;' in the string @source by inserting a '\' before them. Additionally all characters in the range 0x01-0x1F (everything below SPACE) and in the range 0x7F-0xFF (all non-ASCII chars) are replaced with a '\' followed by their octal representation. Characters supplied in @exceptions are not escaped. g_strcompress() does the reverse conversion. a newly-allocated copy of @source with certain characters escaped. See above. a string to escape a string of characters not to escape in @source Frees a %NULL-terminated array of strings, and the array itself. If called on a %NULL value, g_strfreev() simply returns. a %NULL-terminated array of strings to free Creates a new #GString, initialized with the given string. the new #GString the initial text to copy into the string Creates a new #GString with @len bytes of the @init buffer. Because a length is provided, @init need not be nul-terminated, and can contain embedded nul bytes. Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that @init has at least @len addressable bytes. a new #GString initial contents of the string length of @init to use Creates a new #GString, with enough space for @dfl_size bytes. This is useful if you are going to add a lot of text to the string and don't want it to be reallocated too often. the new #GString the default size of the space allocated to hold the string An auxiliary function for gettext() support (see Q_()). @msgval, unless @msgval is identical to @msgid and contains a '|' character, in which case a pointer to the substring of msgid after the first '|' character is returned. a string another string Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string should be freed with g_free(). a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined together, with @separator between them a string to insert between each of the strings, or %NULL Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string should be freed with g_free(). a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined together, with @separator between them a string to insert between each of the strings, or %NULL a %NULL-terminated array of strings to join Portability wrapper that calls strlcat() on systems which have it, and emulates it otherwise. Appends nul-terminated @src string to @dest, guaranteeing nul-termination for @dest. The total size of @dest won't exceed @dest_size. At most dest_size - 1 characters will be copied. Unlike strncat, dest_size is the full size of dest, not the space left over. This function does NOT allocate memory. This always NUL terminates (unless siz == 0 or there were no NUL characters in the dest_size characters of dest to start with). <note><para>Caveat: this is supposedly a more secure alternative to strcat() or strncat(), but for real security g_strconcat() is harder to mess up.</para></note> size of attempted result, which is MIN (dest_size, strlen (original dest)) + strlen (src), so if retval >= dest_size, truncation occurred. destination buffer, already containing one nul-terminated string source buffer length of @dest buffer in bytes (not length of existing string inside @dest) Portability wrapper that calls strlcpy() on systems which have it, and emulates strlcpy() otherwise. Copies @src to @dest; @dest is guaranteed to be nul-terminated; @src must be nul-terminated; @dest_size is the buffer size, not the number of chars to copy. At most dest_size - 1 characters will be copied. Always nul-terminates (unless dest_size == 0). This function does <emphasis>not</emphasis> allocate memory. Unlike strncpy(), this function doesn't pad dest (so it's often faster). It returns the size of the attempted result, strlen (src), so if @retval >= @dest_size, truncation occurred. <note><para>Caveat: strlcpy() is supposedly more secure than strcpy() or strncpy(), but if you really want to avoid screwups, g_strdup() is an even better idea.</para></note> length of @src destination buffer source buffer length of @dest in bytes A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard strncasecmp() function on platforms which support it. It is similar to g_strcasecmp() except it only compares the first @n characters of the strings. 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2, or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2. a string. a string to compare with @s1. the maximum number of characters to compare. Duplicates the first @n bytes of a string, returning a newly-allocated buffer @n + 1 bytes long which will always be nul-terminated. If @str is less than @n bytes long the buffer is padded with nuls. If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL. The returned value should be freed when no longer needed. <note><para> To copy a number of characters from a UTF-8 encoded string, use g_utf8_strncpy() instead. </para></note> a newly-allocated buffer containing the first @n bytes of @str, nul-terminated the string to duplicate the maximum number of bytes to copy from @str Creates a new string @length bytes long filled with @fill_char. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. a newly-allocated string filled the @fill_char the length of the new string the byte to fill the string with Reverses all of the bytes in a string. For example, <literal>g_strreverse ("abcdef")</literal> will result in "fedcba". Note that g_strreverse() doesn't work on UTF-8 strings containing multibyte characters. For that purpose, use g_utf8_strreverse(). the same pointer passed in as @string the string to reverse Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence of the string @needle. a pointer to the found occurrence, or %NULL if not found. a nul-terminated string the nul-terminated string to search for Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search to @haystack_len. a pointer to the found occurrence, or %NULL if not found. a nul-terminated string the maximum length of @haystack the nul-terminated string to search for Returns a string describing the given signal, e.g. "Segmentation fault". You should use this function in preference to strsignal(), because it returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since not all platforms support the strsignal() function. a UTF-8 string describing the signal. If the signal is unknown, it returns "unknown signal (&lt;signum&gt;)". the signal number. See the <literal>signal</literal> documentation Splits a string into a maximum of @max_tokens pieces, using the given @delimiter. If @max_tokens is reached, the remainder of @string is appended to the last token. As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string before calling g_strsplit(). a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. a string to split a string which specifies the places at which to split the string. The delimiter is not included in any of the resulting strings, unless @max_tokens is reached. the maximum number of pieces to split @string into. If this is less than 1, the string is split completely. Splits @string into a number of tokens not containing any of the characters in @delimiter. A token is the (possibly empty) longest string that does not contain any of the characters in @delimiters. If @max_tokens is reached, the remainder is appended to the last token. For example the result of g_strsplit_set ("abc:def/ghi", ":/", -1) is a %NULL-terminated vector containing the three strings "abc", "def", and "ghi". The result if g_strsplit_set (":def/ghi:", ":/", -1) is a %NULL-terminated vector containing the four strings "", "def", "ghi", and "". As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string before calling g_strsplit_set(). Note that this function works on bytes not characters, so it can't be used to delimit UTF-8 strings for anything but ASCII characters. a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. The string to be tokenized A nul-terminated string containing bytes that are used to split the string. The maximum number of tokens to split @string into. If this is less than 1, the string is split completely Searches the string @haystack for the first occurrence of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search to @haystack_len. a pointer to the found occurrence, or %NULL if not found. a string the maximum length of @haystack. Note that -1 is a valid length, if @haystack is nul-terminated, meaning it will search through the whole string. the string to search for Converts a string to a #gdouble value. It calls the standard strtod() function to handle the conversion, but if the string is not completely converted it attempts the conversion again with g_ascii_strtod(), and returns the best match. This function should seldom be used. The normal situation when reading numbers not for human consumption is to use g_ascii_strtod(). Only when you know that you must expect both locale formatted and C formatted numbers should you use this. Make sure that you don't pass strings such as comma separated lists of values, since the commas may be interpreted as a decimal point in some locales, causing unexpected results. the #gdouble value. the string to convert to a numeric value. if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. Converts a string to upper case. the string the string to convert. Returns the length of the given %NULL-terminated string array @str_array. length of @str_array. a %NULL-terminated array of strings Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the slash-separated portions of @testpath. The @test_data argument will be passed as first argument to @test_func. /-separated test case path name for the test. Test data argument for the test function. The test function to invoke for this test. Create a new test case, as with g_test_add_data_func(), but freeing @test_data after the test run is complete. /-separated test case path name for the test. Test data argument for the test function. The test function to invoke for this test. #GDestroyNotify for @test_data. Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the slash-separated portions of @testpath. /-separated test case path name for the test. The test function to invoke for this test. This function adds a message to test reports that associates a bug URI with a test case. Bug URIs are constructed from a base URI set with g_test_bug_base() and @bug_uri_snippet. Bug specific bug tracker URI portion. Specify the base URI for bug reports. The base URI is used to construct bug report messages for g_test_message() when g_test_bug() is called. Calling this function outside of a test case sets the default base URI for all test cases. Calling it from within a test case changes the base URI for the scope of the test case only. Bug URIs are constructed by appending a bug specific URI portion to @uri_pattern, or by replacing the special string '\%s' within @uri_pattern if that is present. the base pattern for bug URIs Create a new #GTestCase, named @test_name, this API is fairly low level, calling g_test_add() or g_test_add_func() is preferable. When this test is executed, a fixture structure of size @data_size will be allocated and filled with 0s. Then @data_setup is called to initialize the fixture. After fixture setup, the actual test function @data_test is called. Once the test run completed, the fixture structure is torn down by calling @data_teardown and after that the memory is released. Splitting up a test run into fixture setup, test function and fixture teardown is most usful if the same fixture is used for multiple tests. In this cases, g_test_create_case() will be called with the same fixture, but varying @test_name and @data_test arguments. a newly allocated #GTestCase. the name for the test case the size of the fixture data structure test data argument for the test functions the function to set up the fixture data the actual test function the function to teardown the fixture data Create a new test suite with the name @suite_name. A newly allocated #GTestSuite instance. a name for the suite Indicates that a message with the given @log_domain and @log_level, with text matching @pattern, is expected to be logged. When this message is logged, it will not be printed, and the test case will not abort. Use g_test_assert_expected_messages() to assert that all previously-expected messages have been seen and suppressed. You can call this multiple times in a row, if multiple messages are expected as a result of a single call. (The messages must appear in the same order as the calls to g_test_expect_message().) For example: |[ /&ast; g_main_context_push_thread_default() should fail if the &ast; context is already owned by another thread. &ast;/ g_test_expect_message (G_LOG_DOMAIN, G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, "assertion*acquired_context*failed"); g_main_context_push_thread_default (bad_context); g_test_assert_expected_messages (); ]| Note that you cannot use this to test g_error() messages, since g_error() intentionally never returns even if the program doesn't abort; use g_test_trap_fork() in this case. the log domain of the message the log level of the message a glob-style <link linkend="glib-Glob-style-pattern-matching">pattern</link> Indicates that a test failed. This function can be called multiple times from the same test. You can use this function if your test failed in a recoverable way. Do not use this function if the failure of a test could cause other tests to malfunction. Calling this function will not stop the test from running, you need to return from the test function yourself. So you can produce additional diagnostic messages or even continue running the test. If not called from inside a test, this function does nothing. Get the toplevel test suite for the test path API. the toplevel #GTestSuite Initialize the GLib testing framework, e.g. by seeding the test random number generator, the name for g_get_prgname() and parsing test related command line args. So far, the following arguments are understood: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term><option>-l</option></term> <listitem><para> List test cases available in a test executable. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--seed=<replaceable>RANDOMSEED</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para> Provide a random seed to reproduce test runs using random numbers. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--verbose</option></term> <listitem><para>Run tests verbosely.</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option></term> <listitem><para>Run tests quietly.</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-p <replaceable>TESTPATH</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para> Execute all tests matching <replaceable>TESTPATH</replaceable>. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-m {perf|slow|thorough|quick|undefined|no-undefined}</option></term> <listitem><para> Execute tests according to these test modes: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>perf</term> <listitem><para> Performance tests, may take long and report results. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>slow, thorough</term> <listitem><para> Slow and thorough tests, may take quite long and maximize coverage. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>quick</term> <listitem><para> Quick tests, should run really quickly and give good coverage. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>undefined</term> <listitem><para> Tests for undefined behaviour, may provoke programming errors under g_test_trap_fork() to check that appropriate assertions or warnings are given </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>no-undefined</term> <listitem><para> Avoid tests for undefined behaviour </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--debug-log</option></term> <listitem><para>Debug test logging output.</para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Address of the @argc parameter of the main() function. Changed if any arguments were handled. Address of the @argv parameter of main(). Any parameters understood by g_test_init() stripped before return. Installs a non-error fatal log handler which can be used to decide whether log messages which are counted as fatal abort the program. The use case here is that you are running a test case that depends on particular libraries or circumstances and cannot prevent certain known critical or warning messages. So you install a handler that compares the domain and message to precisely not abort in such a case. Note that the handler is reset at the beginning of any test case, so you have to set it inside each test function which needs the special behavior. This handler has no effect on g_error messages. the log handler function. data passed to the log handler. Report the result of a performance or measurement test. The test should generally strive to maximize the reported quantities (larger values are better than smaller ones), this and @maximized_quantity can determine sorting order for test result reports. the reported value the format string of the report message Add a message to the test report. the format string Report the result of a performance or measurement test. The test should generally strive to minimize the reported quantities (smaller values are better than larger ones), this and @minimized_quantity can determine sorting order for test result reports. the reported value the format string of the report message This function enqueus a callback @destroy_func to be executed during the next test case teardown phase. This is most useful to auto destruct allocted test resources at the end of a test run. Resources are released in reverse queue order, that means enqueueing callback A before callback B will cause B() to be called before A() during teardown. Destroy callback for teardown phase. Destroy callback data. Enqueue a pointer to be released with g_free() during the next teardown phase. This is equivalent to calling g_test_queue_destroy() with a destroy callback of g_free(). the pointer to be stored. Get a reproducible random floating point number, see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. a random number from the seeded random number generator. Get a reproducible random floating pointer number out of a specified range, see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. a number with @range_start <= number < @range_end. the minimum value returned by this function the minimum value not returned by this function Get a reproducible random integer number. The random numbers generated by the g_test_rand_*() family of functions change with every new test program start, unless the --seed option is given when starting test programs. For individual test cases however, the random number generator is reseeded, to avoid dependencies between tests and to make --seed effective for all test cases. a random number from the seeded random number generator. Get a reproducible random integer number out of a specified range, see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. a number with @begin <= number < @end. the minimum value returned by this function the smallest value not to be returned by this function Runs all tests under the toplevel suite which can be retrieved with g_test_get_root(). Similar to g_test_run_suite(), the test cases to be run are filtered according to test path arguments (-p <replaceable>testpath</replaceable>) as parsed by g_test_init(). g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once in a program. 0 on success Execute the tests within @suite and all nested #GTestSuites. The test suites to be executed are filtered according to test path arguments (-p <replaceable>testpath</replaceable>) as parsed by g_test_init(). g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once in a program. 0 on success a #GTestSuite Get the time since the last start of the timer with g_test_timer_start(). the time since the last start of the timer, as a double Report the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(). the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(), as a double Start a timing test. Call g_test_timer_elapsed() when the task is supposed to be done. Call this function again to restart the timer. Fork the current test program to execute a test case that might not return or that might abort. The forked test case is aborted and considered failing if its run time exceeds @usec_timeout. The forking behavior can be configured with the #GTestTrapFlags flags. In the following example, the test code forks, the forked child process produces some sample output and exits successfully. The forking parent process then asserts successful child program termination and validates child program outputs. |[ static void test_fork_patterns (void) { if (g_test_trap_fork (0, G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDOUT | G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDERR)) { g_print ("some stdout text: somagic17\n"); g_printerr ("some stderr text: semagic43\n"); exit (0); /&ast; successful test run &ast;/ } g_test_trap_assert_passed(); g_test_trap_assert_stdout ("*somagic17*"); g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*semagic43*"); } ]| This function is implemented only on Unix platforms. %TRUE for the forked child and %FALSE for the executing parent process. Timeout for the forked test in micro seconds. Flags to modify forking behaviour. Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call. %TRUE if the last forked child terminated successfully. Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call. %TRUE if the last forked child got killed due to a fork timeout. Terminates the current thread. If another thread is waiting for us using g_thread_join() then the waiting thread will be woken up and get @retval as the return value of g_thread_join(). Calling <literal>g_thread_exit (retval)</literal> is equivalent to returning @retval from the function @func, as given to g_thread_new(). <note><para> You must only call g_thread_exit() from a thread that you created yourself with g_thread_new() or related APIs. You must not call this function from a thread created with another threading library or or from within a #GThreadPool. </para></note> the return value of this thread This function will return the maximum @interval that a thread will wait in the thread pool for new tasks before being stopped. If this function returns 0, threads waiting in the thread pool for new work are not stopped. the maximum @interval (milliseconds) to wait for new tasks in the thread pool before stopping the thread Returns the maximal allowed number of unused threads. the maximal number of unused threads Returns the number of currently unused threads. the number of currently unused threads This function will set the maximum @interval that a thread waiting in the pool for new tasks can be idle for before being stopped. This function is similar to calling g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads() on a regular timeout, except this is done on a per thread basis. By setting @interval to 0, idle threads will not be stopped. The default value is 15000 (15 seconds). the maximum @interval (in milliseconds) a thread can be idle Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. If @max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number of unused threads. The default value is 2. maximal number of unused threads Stops all currently unused threads. This does not change the maximal number of unused threads. This function can be used to regularly stop all unused threads e.g. from g_timeout_add(). This functions returns the #GThread corresponding to the current thread. Note that this function does not increase the reference count of the returned struct. This function will return a #GThread even for threads that were not created by GLib (i.e. those created by other threading APIs). This may be useful for thread identification purposes (i.e. comparisons) but you must not use GLib functions (such as g_thread_join()) on these threads. the #GThread representing the current thread Causes the calling thread to voluntarily relinquish the CPU, so that other threads can run. This function is often used as a method to make busy wait less evil. Converts a string containing an ISO 8601 encoded date and time to a #GTimeVal and puts it into @time_. @iso_date must include year, month, day, hours, minutes, and seconds. It can optionally include fractions of a second and a time zone indicator. (In the absence of any time zone indication, the timestamp is assumed to be in local time.) %TRUE if the conversion was successful. an ISO 8601 encoded date string a #GTimeVal Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will not be called again. The first call to the function will be at the end of the first @interval. Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval (it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). If you want to have a timer in the "seconds" range and do not care about the exact time of the first call of the timer, use the g_timeout_add_seconds() function; this function allows for more optimizations and more efficient system power usage. This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds (1/1000ths of a second) function to call data to pass to @function Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the given priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will not be called again. The @notify function is called when the timeout is destroyed. The first call to the function will be at the end of the first @interval. Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval (it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. The interval given in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds (1/1000ths of a second) function to call data to pass to @function function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL Sets a function to be called at regular intervals with the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will not be called again. This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. Also see g_timeout_add_seconds_full(). Note that the first call of the timer may not be precise for timeouts of one second. If you need finer precision and have such a timeout, you may want to use g_timeout_add() instead. The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the time between calls to the function, in seconds function to call data to pass to @function Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with @priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will not be called again. Unlike g_timeout_add(), this function operates at whole second granularity. The initial starting point of the timer is determined by the implementation and the implementation is expected to group multiple timers together so that they fire all at the same time. To allow this grouping, the @interval to the first timer is rounded and can deviate up to one second from the specified interval. Subsequent timer iterations will generally run at the specified interval. Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given @interval If you want timing more precise than whole seconds, use g_timeout_add() instead. The grouping of timers to fire at the same time results in a more power and CPU efficient behavior so if your timer is in multiples of seconds and you don't require the first timer exactly one second from now, the use of g_timeout_add_seconds() is preferred over g_timeout_add(). This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. the time between calls to the function, in seconds function to call data to pass to @function function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL Creates a new timeout source. The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be executed. The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). the newly-created timeout source the timeout interval in milliseconds. Creates a new timeout source. The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be executed. The scheduling granularity/accuracy of this timeout source will be in seconds. The interval given in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). the newly-created timeout source the timeout interval in seconds Returns the height of a #GTrashStack. Note that execution of this function is of O(N) complexity where N denotes the number of items on the stack. the height of the stack a #GTrashStack Pushes a piece of memory onto a #GTrashStack. a #GTrashStack the piece of memory to push on the stack Attempts to allocate @n_bytes, and returns %NULL on failure. Contrast with g_malloc(), which aborts the program on failure. the allocated memory, or %NULL. number of bytes to allocate. Attempts to allocate @n_bytes, initialized to 0's, and returns %NULL on failure. Contrast with g_malloc0(), which aborts the program on failure. the allocated memory, or %NULL number of bytes to allocate This function is similar to g_try_malloc0(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. the allocated memory, or %NULL the number of blocks to allocate the size of each block in bytes This function is similar to g_try_malloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. the allocated memory, or %NULL. the number of blocks to allocate the size of each block in bytes Attempts to realloc @mem to a new size, @n_bytes, and returns %NULL on failure. Contrast with g_realloc(), which aborts the program on failure. If @mem is %NULL, behaves the same as g_try_malloc(). the allocated memory, or %NULL. previously-allocated memory, or %NULL. number of bytes to allocate. This function is similar to g_try_realloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. the allocated memory, or %NULL. previously-allocated memory, or %NULL. the number of blocks to allocate the size of each block in bytes Convert a string from UCS-4 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be added to the result after the converted text. a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. a UCS-4 encoded string the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. location to store number of <type>gunichar2</type> written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0. Convert a string from a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4. to UTF-8. The result will be terminated with a 0 byte. a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. In that case, @items_read will be set to the position of the first invalid input character. a UCS-4 encoded string the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. location to store number of characters read, or %NULL. location to store number of bytes written or %NULL. The value here stored does not include the trailing 0 byte. Determines the break type of @c. @c should be a Unicode character (to derive a character from UTF-8 encoded text, use g_utf8_get_char()). The break type is used to find word and line breaks ("text boundaries"), Pango implements the Unicode boundary resolution algorithms and normally you would use a function such as pango_break() instead of caring about break types yourself. the break type of @c a Unicode character Determines the canonical combining class of a Unicode character. the combining class of the character a Unicode character Performs a single composition step of the Unicode canonical composition algorithm. This function includes algorithmic Hangul Jamo composition, but it is not exactly the inverse of g_unichar_decompose(). No composition can have either of @a or @b equal to zero. To be precise, this function composes if and only if there exists a Primary Composite P which is canonically equivalent to the sequence <@a,@b>. See the Unicode Standard for the definition of Primary Composite. If @a and @b do not compose a new character, @ch is set to zero. See <ulink url="http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/">UAX#15</ulink> for details. %TRUE if the characters could be composed a Unicode character a Unicode character return location for the composed character Performs a single decomposition step of the Unicode canonical decomposition algorithm. This function does not include compatibility decompositions. It does, however, include algorithmic Hangul Jamo decomposition, as well as 'singleton' decompositions which replace a character by a single other character. In the case of singletons *@b will be set to zero. If @ch is not decomposable, *@a is set to @ch and *@b is set to zero. Note that the way Unicode decomposition pairs are defined, it is guaranteed that @b would not decompose further, but @a may itself decompose. To get the full canonical decomposition for @ch, one would need to recursively call this function on @a. Or use g_unichar_fully_decompose(). See <ulink url="http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/">UAX#15</ulink> for details. %TRUE if the character could be decomposed a Unicode character return location for the first component of @ch return location for the second component of @ch Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal digit. If @c is a decimal digit (according to g_unichar_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. a Unicode character Computes the canonical or compatibility decomposition of a Unicode character. For compatibility decomposition, pass %TRUE for @compat; for canonical decomposition pass %FALSE for @compat. The decomposed sequence is placed in @result. Only up to @result_len characters are written into @result. The length of the full decomposition (irrespective of @result_len) is returned by the function. For canonical decomposition, currently all decompositions are of length at most 4, but this may change in the future (very unlikely though). At any rate, Unicode does guarantee that a buffer of length 18 is always enough for both compatibility and canonical decompositions, so that is the size recommended. This is provided as %G_UNICHAR_MAX_DECOMPOSITION_LENGTH. See <ulink url="http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/">UAX#15</ulink> for details. the length of the full decomposition. a Unicode character. whether perform canonical or compatibility decomposition location to store decomposed result, or %NULL length of @result In Unicode, some characters are <firstterm>mirrored</firstterm>. This means that their images are mirrored horizontally in text that is laid out from right to left. For instance, "(" would become its mirror image, ")", in right-to-left text. If @ch has the Unicode mirrored property and there is another unicode character that typically has a glyph that is the mirror image of @ch's glyph and @mirrored_ch is set, it puts that character in the address pointed to by @mirrored_ch. Otherwise the original character is put. %TRUE if @ch has a mirrored character, %FALSE otherwise a Unicode character location to store the mirrored character Looks up the #GUnicodeScript for a particular character (as defined by Unicode Standard Annex \#24). No check is made for @ch being a valid Unicode character; if you pass in invalid character, the result is undefined. This function is equivalent to pango_script_for_unichar() and the two are interchangeable. the #GUnicodeScript for the character. a Unicode character Determines whether a character is alphanumeric. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is an alphanumeric character a Unicode character Determines whether a character is alphabetic (i.e. a letter). Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is an alphabetic character a Unicode character Determines whether a character is a control character. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is a control character a Unicode character Determines if a given character is assigned in the Unicode standard. %TRUE if the character has an assigned value a Unicode character Determines whether a character is numeric (i.e. a digit). This covers ASCII 0-9 and also digits in other languages/scripts. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is a digit a Unicode character Determines whether a character is printable and not a space (returns %FALSE for control characters, format characters, and spaces). g_unichar_isprint() is similar, but returns %TRUE for spaces. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is printable unless it's a space a Unicode character Determines whether a character is a lowercase letter. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is a lowercase letter a Unicode character Determines whether a character is a mark (non-spacing mark, combining mark, or enclosing mark in Unicode speak). Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). Note: in most cases where isalpha characters are allowed, ismark characters should be allowed to as they are essential for writing most European languages as well as many non-Latin scripts. %TRUE if @c is a mark character a Unicode character Determines whether a character is printable. Unlike g_unichar_isgraph(), returns %TRUE for spaces. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is printable a Unicode character Determines whether a character is punctuation or a symbol. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). %TRUE if @c is a punctuation or symbol character a Unicode character Determines whether a character is a space, tab, or line separator (newline, carriage return, etc.). Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). (Note: don't use this to do word breaking; you have to use Pango or equivalent to get word breaking right, the algorithm is fairly complex.) %TRUE if @c is a space character a Unicode character Determines if a character is titlecase. Some characters in Unicode which are composites, such as the DZ digraph have three case variants instead of just two. The titlecase form is used at the beginning of a word where only the first letter is capitalized. The titlecase form of the DZ digraph is U+01F2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTTER D WITH SMALL LETTER Z. %TRUE if the character is titlecase a Unicode character Determines if a character is uppercase. %TRUE if @c is an uppercase character a Unicode character Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width cell. %TRUE if the character is wide a Unicode character Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width cell under legacy East Asian locales. If a character is wide according to g_unichar_iswide(), then it is also reported wide with this function, but the converse is not necessarily true. See the <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/">Unicode Standard Annex #11</ulink> for details. If a character passes the g_unichar_iswide() test then it will also pass this test, but not the other way around. Note that some characters may pas both this test and g_unichar_iszerowidth(). %TRUE if the character is wide in legacy East Asian locales a Unicode character Determines if a character is a hexidecimal digit. %TRUE if the character is a hexadecimal digit a Unicode character. Determines if a given character typically takes zero width when rendered. The return value is %TRUE for all non-spacing and enclosing marks (e.g., combining accents), format characters, zero-width space, but not U+00AD SOFT HYPHEN. A typical use of this function is with one of g_unichar_iswide() or g_unichar_iswide_cjk() to determine the number of cells a string occupies when displayed on a grid display (terminals). However, note that not all terminals support zero-width rendering of zero-width marks. %TRUE if the character has zero width a Unicode character Converts a single character to UTF-8. number of bytes written a Unicode character code output buffer, must have at least 6 bytes of space. If %NULL, the length will be computed and returned and nothing will be written to @outbuf. Converts a character to lower case. the result of converting @c to lower case. If @c is not an upperlower or titlecase character, or has no lowercase equivalent @c is returned unchanged. a Unicode character. Converts a character to the titlecase. the result of converting @c to titlecase. If @c is not an uppercase or lowercase character, @c is returned unchanged. a Unicode character Converts a character to uppercase. the result of converting @c to uppercase. If @c is not an lowercase or titlecase character, or has no upper case equivalent @c is returned unchanged. a Unicode character Classifies a Unicode character by type. the type of the character. a Unicode character Checks whether @ch is a valid Unicode character. Some possible integer values of @ch will not be valid. 0 is considered a valid character, though it's normally a string terminator. %TRUE if @ch is a valid Unicode character a Unicode character Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal digit. If @c is a hex digit (according to g_unichar_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. a Unicode character Computes the canonical decomposition of a Unicode character. a newly allocated string of Unicode characters. @result_len is set to the resulting length of the string. a Unicode character. location to store the length of the return value. Computes the canonical ordering of a string in-place. This rearranges decomposed characters in the string according to their combining classes. See the Unicode manual for more information. a UCS-4 encoded string. the maximum length of @string to use. Looks up the Unicode script for @iso15924. ISO 15924 assigns four-letter codes to scripts. For example, the code for Arabic is 'Arab'. This function accepts four letter codes encoded as a @guint32 in a big-endian fashion. That is, the code expected for Arabic is 0x41726162 (0x41 is ASCII code for 'A', 0x72 is ASCII code for 'r', etc). See <ulink url="http://unicode.org/iso15924/codelists.html">Codes for the representation of names of scripts</ulink> for details. the Unicode script for @iso15924, or of %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_INVALID_CODE if @iso15924 is zero and %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_UNKNOWN if @iso15924 is unknown. a Unicode script Looks up the ISO 15924 code for @script. ISO 15924 assigns four-letter codes to scripts. For example, the code for Arabic is 'Arab'. The four letter codes are encoded as a @guint32 by this function in a big-endian fashion. That is, the code returned for Arabic is 0x41726162 (0x41 is ASCII code for 'A', 0x72 is ASCII code for 'r', etc). See <ulink url="http://unicode.org/iso15924/codelists.html">Codes for the representation of names of scripts</ulink> for details. the ISO 15924 code for @script, encoded as an integer, of zero if @script is %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_INVALID_CODE or ISO 15924 code 'Zzzz' (script code for UNKNOWN) if @script is not understood. a Unicode script Sets a function to be called when the IO condition, as specified by @condition becomes true for @fd. @function will be called when the specified IO condition becomes %TRUE. The function is expected to clear whatever event caused the IO condition to become true and return %TRUE in order to be notified when it happens again. If @function returns %FALSE then the watch will be cancelled. The return value of this function can be passed to g_source_remove() to cancel the watch at any time that it exists. The source will never close the fd -- you must do it yourself. the ID (greater than 0) of the event source a file descriptor IO conditions to watch for on @fd a #GPollFDFunc data to pass to @function Sets a function to be called when the IO condition, as specified by @condition becomes true for @fd. This is the same as g_unix_fd_add(), except that it allows you to specify a non-default priority and a provide a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data. the ID (greater than 0) of the event source the priority of the source a file descriptor IO conditions to watch for on @fd a #GUnixFDSourceFunc data to pass to @function function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL Creates a #GSource to watch for a particular IO condition on a file descriptor. The source will never close the fd -- you must do it yourself. the newly created #GSource a file descriptor IO conditions to watch for on @fd Similar to the UNIX pipe() call, but on modern systems like Linux uses the pipe2() system call, which atomically creates a pipe with the configured flags. The only supported flag currently is <literal>FD_CLOEXEC</literal>. If for example you want to configure <literal>O_NONBLOCK</literal>, that must still be done separately with fcntl(). <note>This function does *not* take <literal>O_CLOEXEC</literal>, it takes <literal>FD_CLOEXEC</literal> as if for fcntl(); these are different on Linux/glibc.</note> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if not (and errno will be set). Array of two integers Bitfield of file descriptor flags, see "man 2 fcntl" Control the non-blocking state of the given file descriptor, according to @nonblock. On most systems this uses <literal>O_NONBLOCK</literal>, but on some older ones may use <literal>O_NDELAY</literal>. %TRUE if successful A file descriptor If %TRUE, set the descriptor to be non-blocking A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch using g_source_remove(). An ID (greater than 0) for the event source Signal number Callback Data for @handler A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch using g_source_remove(). An ID (greater than 0) for the event source the priority of the signal source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. Signal number Callback Data for @handler #GDestroyNotify for @handler Create a #GSource that will be dispatched upon delivery of the UNIX signal @signum. In GLib versions before 2.36, only <literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGINT</literal>, <literal>SIGTERM</literal> can be monitored. In GLib 2.36, <literal>SIGUSR1</literal> and <literal>SIGUSR2</literal> were added. Note that unlike the UNIX default, all sources which have created a watch will be dispatched, regardless of which underlying thread invoked g_unix_signal_source_new(). For example, an effective use of this function is to handle <literal>SIGTERM</literal> cleanly; flushing any outstanding files, and then calling g_main_loop_quit (). It is not safe to do any of this a regular UNIX signal handler; your handler may be invoked while malloc() or another library function is running, causing reentrancy if you attempt to use it from the handler. None of the GLib/GObject API is safe against this kind of reentrancy. The interaction of this source when combined with native UNIX functions like sigprocmask() is not defined. The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be executed. A newly created #GSource A signal number A wrapper for the POSIX unlink() function. The unlink() function deletes a name from the filesystem. If this was the last link to the file and no processes have it opened, the diskspace occupied by the file is freed. See your C library manual for more details about unlink(). Note that on Windows, it is in general not possible to delete files that are open to some process, or mapped into memory. 0 if the name was successfully deleted, -1 if an error occurred a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) Removes an environment variable from the environment. Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed. <warning><para> Environment variable handling in UNIX is not thread-safe, and your program may crash if one thread calls g_unsetenv() while another thread is calling getenv(). (And note that many functions, such as gettext(), call getenv() internally.) This function is only safe to use at the very start of your program, before creating any other threads (or creating objects that create worker threads of their own). </para><para> If you need to set up the environment for a child process, you can use g_get_environ() to get an environment array, modify that with g_environ_setenv() and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass that array directly to execvpe(), g_spawn_async(), or the like. </para></warning> the environment variable to remove, must not contain '=' Escapes a string for use in a URI. Normally all characters that are not "unreserved" (i.e. ASCII alphanumerical characters plus dash, dot, underscore and tilde) are escaped. But if you specify characters in @reserved_chars_allowed they are not escaped. This is useful for the "reserved" characters in the URI specification, since those are allowed unescaped in some portions of a URI. an escaped version of @unescaped. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. the unescaped input string. a string of reserved characters that are allowed to be used, or %NULL. %TRUE if the result can include UTF-8 characters. Splits an URI list conforming to the text/uri-list mime type defined in RFC 2483 into individual URIs, discarding any comments. The URIs are not validated. a newly allocated %NULL-terminated list of strings holding the individual URIs. The array should be freed with g_strfreev(). an URI list Gets the scheme portion of a URI string. RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as: <programlisting> URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] </programlisting> Common schemes include "file", "http", "svn+ssh", etc. The "Scheme" component of the URI, or %NULL on error. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. a valid URI. Unescapes a segment of an escaped string. If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname handling. an unescaped version of @escaped_string or %NULL on error. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. As a special case if %NULL is given for @escaped_string, this function will return %NULL. A string, may be %NULL Pointer to end of @escaped_string, may be %NULL An optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed, may be %NULL Unescapes a whole escaped string. If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname handling. an unescaped version of @escaped_string. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. an escaped string to be unescaped. an optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed. Pauses the current thread for the given number of microseconds. There are 1 million microseconds per second (represented by the #G_USEC_PER_SEC macro). g_usleep() may have limited precision, depending on hardware and operating system; don't rely on the exact length of the sleep. number of microseconds to pause Convert a string from UTF-16 to UCS-4. The result will be nul-terminated. a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. a UTF-16 encoded string the maximum length (number of <type>gunichar2</type>) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. location to store number of words read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. location to store number of characters written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0 character. Convert a string from UTF-16 to UTF-8. The result will be terminated with a 0 byte. Note that the input is expected to be already in native endianness, an initial byte-order-mark character is not handled specially. g_convert() can be used to convert a byte buffer of UTF-16 data of ambiguous endianess. Further note that this function does not validate the result string; it may e.g. include embedded NUL characters. The only validation done by this function is to ensure that the input can be correctly interpreted as UTF-16, i.e. it doesn't contain things unpaired surrogates. a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. a UTF-16 encoded string the maximum length (number of <type>gunichar2</type>) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. location to store number of words read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. location to store number of bytes written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0 byte. Converts a string into a form that is independent of case. The result will not correspond to any particular case, but can be compared for equality or ordered with the results of calling g_utf8_casefold() on other strings. Note that calling g_utf8_casefold() followed by g_utf8_collate() is only an approximation to the correct linguistic case insensitive ordering, though it is a fairly good one. Getting this exactly right would require a more sophisticated collation function that takes case sensitivity into account. GLib does not currently provide such a function. a newly allocated string, that is a case independent form of @str. a UTF-8 encoded string length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Compares two strings for ordering using the linguistically correct rules for the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. When sorting a large number of strings, it will be significantly faster to obtain collation keys with g_utf8_collate_key() and compare the keys with strcmp() when sorting instead of sorting the original strings. &lt; 0 if @str1 compares before @str2, 0 if they compare equal, &gt; 0 if @str1 compares after @str2. a UTF-8 encoded string a UTF-8 encoded string Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared with other collation keys produced by the same function using strcmp(). The results of comparing the collation keys of two strings with strcmp() will always be the same as comparing the two original keys with g_utf8_collate(). Note that this function depends on the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. a newly allocated string. This string should be freed with g_free() when you are done with it. a UTF-8 encoded string. length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared with other collation keys produced by the same function using strcmp(). In order to sort filenames correctly, this function treats the dot '.' as a special case. Most dictionary orderings seem to consider it insignificant, thus producing the ordering "event.c" "eventgenerator.c" "event.h" instead of "event.c" "event.h" "eventgenerator.c". Also, we would like to treat numbers intelligently so that "file1" "file10" "file5" is sorted as "file1" "file5" "file10". Note that this function depends on the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. a newly allocated string. This string should be freed with g_free() when you are done with it. a UTF-8 encoded string. length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Finds the start of the next UTF-8 character in the string after @p. @p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than it starts with an appropriate byte. a pointer to the found character or %NULL a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string a pointer to the byte following the end of the string, or %NULL to indicate that the string is nul-terminated. Given a position @p with a UTF-8 encoded string @str, find the start of the previous UTF-8 character starting before @p. Returns %NULL if no UTF-8 characters are present in @str before @p. @p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than it starts with an appropriate byte. a pointer to the found character or %NULL. pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 encoded string pointer to some position within @str Converts a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character. If @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded character, results are undefined. If you are not sure that the bytes are complete valid Unicode characters, you should use g_utf8_get_char_validated() instead. the resulting character a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8 Convert a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character. This function checks for incomplete characters, for invalid characters such as characters that are out of the range of Unicode, and for overlong encodings of valid characters. the resulting character. If @p points to a partial sequence at the end of a string that could begin a valid character (or if @max_len is zero), returns (gunichar)-2; otherwise, if @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded Unicode character, returns (gunichar)-1. a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8 the maximum number of bytes to read, or -1, for no maximum or if @p is nul-terminated Converts a string into canonical form, standardizing such issues as whether a character with an accent is represented as a base character and combining accent or as a single precomposed character. The string has to be valid UTF-8, otherwise %NULL is returned. You should generally call g_utf8_normalize() before comparing two Unicode strings. The normalization mode %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT only standardizes differences that do not affect the text content, such as the above-mentioned accent representation. %G_NORMALIZE_ALL also standardizes the "compatibility" characters in Unicode, such as SUPERSCRIPT THREE to the standard forms (in this case DIGIT THREE). Formatting information may be lost but for most text operations such characters should be considered the same. %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT_COMPOSE and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL_COMPOSE are like %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL, but returned a result with composed forms rather than a maximally decomposed form. This is often useful if you intend to convert the string to a legacy encoding or pass it to a system with less capable Unicode handling. a newly allocated string, that is the normalized form of @str, or %NULL if @str is not valid UTF-8. a UTF-8 encoded string. length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. the type of normalization to perform. Converts from an integer character offset to a pointer to a position within the string. Since 2.10, this function allows to pass a negative @offset to step backwards. It is usually worth stepping backwards from the end instead of forwards if @offset is in the last fourth of the string, since moving forward is about 3 times faster than moving backward. <note><para> This function doesn't abort when reaching the end of @str. Therefore you should be sure that @offset is within string boundaries before calling that function. Call g_utf8_strlen() when unsure. This limitation exists as this function is called frequently during text rendering and therefore has to be as fast as possible. </para></note> the resulting pointer a UTF-8 encoded string a character offset within @str Converts from a pointer to position within a string to a integer character offset. Since 2.10, this function allows @pos to be before @str, and returns a negative offset in this case. the resulting character offset a UTF-8 encoded string a pointer to a position within @str Finds the previous UTF-8 character in the string before @p. @p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than it starts with an appropriate byte. If @p might be the first character of the string, you must use g_utf8_find_prev_char() instead. a pointer to the found character. a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string Finds the leftmost occurrence of the given Unicode character in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes. If @len is -1, allow unbounded search. %NULL if the string does not contain the character, otherwise, a pointer to the start of the leftmost occurrence of the character in the string. a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string the maximum length of @p a Unicode character Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case to lowercase. The exact manner that this is done depends on the current locale, and may result in the number of characters in the string changing. a newly allocated string, with all characters converted to lowercase. a UTF-8 encoded string length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Computes the length of the string in characters, not including the terminating nul character. If the @max'th byte falls in the middle of a character, the last (partial) character is not counted. the length of the string in characters pointer to the start of a UTF-8 encoded string the maximum number of bytes to examine. If @max is less than 0, then the string is assumed to be nul-terminated. If @max is 0, @p will not be examined and may be %NULL. If @max is greater than 0, up to @max bytes are examined Like the standard C strncpy() function, but copies a given number of characters instead of a given number of bytes. The @src string must be valid UTF-8 encoded text. (Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8 utility functions with it.) @dest buffer to fill with characters from @src UTF-8 encoded string character count Find the rightmost occurrence of the given Unicode character in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes. If @len is -1, allow unbounded search. %NULL if the string does not contain the character, otherwise, a pointer to the start of the rightmost occurrence of the character in the string. a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string the maximum length of @p a Unicode character Reverses a UTF-8 string. @str must be valid UTF-8 encoded text. (Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8 utility functions with it.) This function is intended for programmatic uses of reversed strings. It pays no attention to decomposed characters, combining marks, byte order marks, directional indicators (LRM, LRO, etc) and similar characters which might need special handling when reversing a string for display purposes. Note that unlike g_strreverse(), this function returns newly-allocated memory, which should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. a newly-allocated string which is the reverse of @str. a UTF-8 encoded string the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case to uppercase. The exact manner that this is done depends on the current locale, and may result in the number of characters in the string increasing. (For instance, the German ess-zet will be changed to SS.) a newly allocated string, with all characters converted to uppercase. a UTF-8 encoded string length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. Copies a substring out of a UTF-8 encoded string. The substring will contain @end_pos - @start_pos characters. a newly allocated copy of the requested substring. Free with g_free() when no longer needed. a UTF-8 encoded string a character offset within @str another character offset within @str Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4. A trailing 0 character will be added to the string after the converted text. a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. a UTF-8 encoded string the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. location to store number of characters written or %NULL. The value here stored does not include the trailing 0 character. Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4, assuming valid UTF-8 input. This function is roughly twice as fast as g_utf8_to_ucs4() but does no error checking on the input. A trailing 0 character will be added to the string after the converted text. a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). a UTF-8 encoded string the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. location to store the number of characters in the result, or %NULL. Convert a string from UTF-8 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be added to the result after the converted text. a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. a UTF-8 encoded string the maximum length (number of bytes) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. location to store number of <type>gunichar2</type> written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0. Validates UTF-8 encoded text. @str is the text to validate; if @str is nul-terminated, then @max_len can be -1, otherwise @max_len should be the number of bytes to validate. If @end is non-%NULL, then the end of the valid range will be stored there (i.e. the start of the first invalid character if some bytes were invalid, or the end of the text being validated otherwise). Note that g_utf8_validate() returns %FALSE if @max_len is positive and any of the @max_len bytes are NUL. Returns %TRUE if all of @str was valid. Many GLib and GTK+ routines <emphasis>require</emphasis> valid UTF-8 as input; so data read from a file or the network should be checked with g_utf8_validate() before doing anything else with it. %TRUE if the text was valid UTF-8 a pointer to character data max bytes to validate, or -1 to go until NUL return location for end of valid data Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus object path. You should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus object path before passing it to g_variant_new_object_path(). A valid object path starts with '/' followed by zero or more sequences of characters separated by '/' characters. Each sequence must contain only the characters "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_". No sequence (including the one following the final '/' character) may be empty. %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus object path a normal C nul-terminated string Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus type signature. You should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus type signature before passing it to g_variant_new_signature(). D-Bus type signatures consist of zero or more definite #GVariantType strings in sequence. %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus type signature a normal C nul-terminated string Parses a #GVariant from a text representation. A single #GVariant is parsed from the content of @text. The format is described <link linkend='gvariant-text'>here</link>. The memory at @limit will never be accessed and the parser behaves as if the character at @limit is the nul terminator. This has the effect of bounding @text. If @endptr is non-%NULL then @text is permitted to contain data following the value that this function parses and @endptr will be updated to point to the first character past the end of the text parsed by this function. If @endptr is %NULL and there is extra data then an error is returned. If @type is non-%NULL then the value will be parsed to have that type. This may result in additional parse errors (in the case that the parsed value doesn't fit the type) but may also result in fewer errors (in the case that the type would have been ambiguous, such as with empty arrays). In the event that the parsing is successful, the resulting #GVariant is returned. In case of any error, %NULL will be returned. If @error is non-%NULL then it will be set to reflect the error that occurred. Officially, the language understood by the parser is "any string produced by g_variant_print()". a reference to a #GVariant, or %NULL a #GVariantType, or %NULL a string containing a GVariant in text form a pointer to the end of @text, or %NULL a location to store the end pointer, or %NULL Checks if @type_string is a valid GVariant type string. This call is equivalent to calling g_variant_type_string_scan() and confirming that the following character is a nul terminator. %TRUE if @type_string is exactly one valid type string Since 2.24 a pointer to any string Scan for a single complete and valid GVariant type string in @string. The memory pointed to by @limit (or bytes beyond it) is never accessed. If a valid type string is found, @endptr is updated to point to the first character past the end of the string that was found and %TRUE is returned. If there is no valid type string starting at @string, or if the type string does not end before @limit then %FALSE is returned. For the simple case of checking if a string is a valid type string, see g_variant_type_string_is_valid(). %TRUE if a valid type string was found a pointer to any string the end of @string, or %NULL location to store the end pointer, or %NULL An implementation of the GNU vasprintf() function which supports positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. This function is similar to g_vsprintf(), except that it allocates a string to hold the output, instead of putting the output in a buffer you allocate in advance. the number of bytes printed. the return location for the newly-allocated string. a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. the list of arguments to insert in the output. An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. the number of bytes printed. the stream to write to. a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. the list of arguments to insert in the output. An implementation of the standard vprintf() function which supports positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. the number of bytes printed. a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. the list of arguments to insert in the output. A safer form of the standard vsprintf() function. The output is guaranteed to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur. See also g_strdup_vprintf(). In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated. In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output string. The return value of g_vsnprintf() conforms to the vsnprintf() function as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from traditional vsnprintf(), which returns the length of the output string. The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer was large enough. the buffer to hold the output. the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the terminating nul character). a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. the list of arguments to insert in the output. An implementation of the standard vsprintf() function which supports positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. the number of bytes printed. the buffer to hold the output. a standard printf() format string, but notice <link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>. the list of arguments to insert in the output. gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132015245 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_layout.adb0000644000076700001450000001406312533067540020564 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Layout; use Gtk.Layout; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_Layout is package Event_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk_Layout_Record, Boolean); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Layout@B is a mixture between a @bGtk_Viewport@B and" & " a @bGtk_Fixed@B. Its children can be located anywhere, the layout" & " does not try to align them in any way. As opposed to a" & " @bGtk_Fixed@B, there is no limit to the size of a @bGtk_Layout@B" & " and it won't use as much memory as a @bGtk_Fixed@B." & ASCII.LF & "The area that is currently visible is indicated by two" & " @bGtk_Alignment@B widgets. It can thus be put directly into a" & " @bGtk_Scrolled_Window@B widget, as is the case in this demo." & ASCII.LF & "In this demo, the background is painted by a callback on the" & " draw event, and thus does not occupy any memory." & " The Layout has a size of 1600 by 128000."; end Help; ------------- -- On_Draw -- ------------- function On_Draw (Layout : access Gtk_Layout_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is Imin, Imax : Gdouble; Jmin, Jmax : Gdouble; Xmin, Xmax : Gint; Ymin, Ymax : Gint; X, Y : Gint; begin Gdk.Window.Get_Position (Layout.Get_Bin_Window, X, Y); Cairo.Translate (Cr, Gdouble (X), Gdouble (Y)); Clip_Extents (Cr, Imin, Jmin, Imax, Jmax); Xmin := Gint (Imin / 10.0); Xmax := Gint ((Imax + 9.0) / 10.0); Ymin := Gint (Jmin / 10.0); Ymax := Gint ((Jmax + 9.0) / 10.0); for I in Xmin .. Xmax - 1 loop for J in Ymin .. Ymax - 1 loop if (I + J) mod 2 /= 0 then Rectangle (Cr, X => Gdouble (10 * I), Y => Gdouble (10 * J), Width => Gdouble (1 + I mod 10), Height => Gdouble (1 + J mod 10)); end if; end loop; end loop; Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, Red => 0.0, Green => 0.0, Blue => 0.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); return True; end On_Draw; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Layout : Gtk_Layout; Button : Gtk_Button; Label : Gtk_Label; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Layout"); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Shadow_Type (Scrolled, Shadow_In); Add (Frame, Scrolled); Set_Placement (Scrolled, Corner_Top_Right); Gtk_New (Layout); Set_Events (Layout, Exposure_Mask); Add (Scrolled, Layout); Set_Step_Increment (Get_Hadjustment (Layout), 10.0); Set_Step_Increment (Get_Vadjustment (Layout), 10.0); Event_Cb.Connect (Layout, Signal_Draw, Event_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Draw'Access)); Set_Size (Layout, 1600, 128000); for I in 0 .. Gint'(15) loop for J in 0 .. Gint'(15) loop if (I + J) mod 2 /= 0 then Gtk_New (Button, "Button " & Gint'Image (I) & " " & Gint'Image (J)); Put (Layout, Button, J * 100, I * 100); else Gtk_New (Label, "Label " & Gint'Image (I) & " " & Gint'Image (J)); Put (Layout, Label, J * 100, I * 100); end if; end loop; end loop; for I in 16 .. Gint'(1279) loop if I mod 2 /= 0 then Gtk_New (Button, "Button " & Gint'Image (I) & " 0"); Put (Layout, Button, 0, I * 100); else Gtk_New (Label, "Label " & Gint'Image (I) & " 0"); Put (Layout, Label, 0, I * 100); end if; end loop; Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Layout; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_color_selection.adb0000644000076700001450000001427212533067540022434 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk; use Gdk; with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Properties; with Gtk.Color_Selection; use Gtk.Color_Selection; with Gtk.Color_Selection_Dialog; use Gtk.Color_Selection_Dialog; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Settings; use Gtk.Settings; with Common; use Common; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with System; package body Create_Color_Selection is type Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access is access all Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog; package Destroy_Dialog_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog_Record, Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access); Dialog : aliased Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog; package Color_Sel_Cb is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog_Record); procedure Destroy_Dialog (Win : access Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access); -- Called when the dialog is destroyed procedure On_Palette_Changed (Screen : System.Address; Colors : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color_Unconstrained_Array; N_Colors : Gint); pragma Convention (C, On_Palette_Changed); -- Called when the palette is changed ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This widget provides an easy way to select new colors." & " This is a very specific widget, and most applications won't" & " need it. There are two versions, one with a dialog, and one" & " without."; end Help; -------------------- -- Destroy_Dialog -- -------------------- procedure Destroy_Dialog (Win : access Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access) is pragma Warnings (Off, Win); begin Ptr.all := null; end Destroy_Dialog; ------------------ -- Close_Window -- ------------------ procedure Close_Window (Win : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Destroy (Win); end Close_Window; ------------------------ -- On_Palette_Changed -- ------------------------ procedure On_Palette_Changed (Screen : System.Address; Colors : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color_Unconstrained_Array; N_Colors : Gint) is pragma Unreferenced (Screen); Palette : constant Gdk_Color_Array := To_Array (Colors, N_Colors); Str : constant String := Palette_To_String (Palette); begin Put_Line ("Palette has changed, and became " & Str); Glib.Properties.Set_Property (Get_Default, Gtk_Color_Palette_Property, Str); end On_Palette_Changed; -------------- -- Color_Ok -- -------------- procedure Color_Ok (Dialog : access Gtk_Color_Selection_Dialog_Record'Class) is Color : Gdk_RGBA; begin Get_Current_Rgba (Get_Color_Selection (Dialog), Color); Put_Line ("Selected color is: "); Put ("Red=" & Color.Red'Img); Put (" Green=" & Color.Green'Img); Put (" Blue=" & Color.Blue'Img); Put_Line (" Alpha=" & Color.Alpha'Img); end Color_Ok; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Frame); begin if Dialog = null then Gtk_New (Dialog, Title => "Color Selection Dialog"); Set_Position (Dialog, Enums.Win_Pos_Mouse); Set_Has_Palette (Get_Color_Selection (Dialog), True); Set_Has_Opacity_Control (Get_Color_Selection (Dialog), True); Set_Change_Palette_With_Screen_Hook (On_Palette_Changed'Access); Destroy_Dialog_Cb.Connect (Dialog, "destroy", Destroy_Dialog_Cb.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Dialog'Access), Dialog'Access); Color_Sel_Cb.Object_Connect (Gtk_Button (Glib.Properties.Get_Property (Dialog, Ok_Button_Property)), "clicked", Color_Sel_Cb.To_Marshaller (Color_Ok'Access), Slot_Object => Dialog); Widget_Handler.Object_Connect (Gtk_Button (Glib.Properties.Get_Property (Dialog, Cancel_Button_Property)), "clicked", Close_Window'Access, Slot_Object => Dialog); Show (Dialog); else Destroy (Dialog); end if; end Run; end Create_Color_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/perspectives_indep.xml0000644000076700001450000000270712533067132021670 0ustar gnatmailgnat gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_toggle_buttons.adb0000644000076700001450000000677212533067540022316 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Toggle_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Button; package body Create_Toggle_Buttons is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Toggle_Button@B is a button with two possible states," & " on and off. Their state is modified each time the user pressed" & " the button. As opposed to @bGtk_Radio_Button@B, " & " @bGtk_Toggle_Button@B are not grouped, and multiple buttons can" & " be selected at the same time."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1, Box2 : Box.Gtk_Box; A_Toggle_Button : Toggle_Button.Gtk_Toggle_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Toggle Buttons"); Box.Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Container => Frame, Widget => Box1); Box.Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 10); Set_Border_Width (Container => Box2, Border_Width => 10); Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box1, Child => Box2, Expand => False, Fill => False); Toggle_Button.Gtk_New (A_Toggle_Button, "button1"); Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box2, Child => A_Toggle_Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Toggle_Button.Gtk_New (A_Toggle_Button, "button2"); Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box2, Child => A_Toggle_Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Toggle_Button.Gtk_New (A_Toggle_Button, "button3"); Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box2, Child => A_Toggle_Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Toggle_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/testgtk.adb0000644000076700001450000000463112533067540017411 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Style_Provider; use Gtk.Style_Provider; with Gtk.Main; with Global_Exception_Handler; with Main_Windows; procedure Testgtk is Win : Main_Windows.Main_Window; begin Gtk.Main.Init; -- For debug purposes only Gtkada.Bindings.Set_On_Exception (Global_Exception_Handler.On_Exception'Access); Load_Css_File ("testgtk.css", Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line'Access, Priority_Application); Main_Windows.Gtk_New (Win); Win.Set_Position (Win_Pos_Center); Main_Windows.Show_All (Win); Gtk.Main.Main; end Testgtk; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/central.xml0000644000076700001450000000073312533067132017422 0ustar gnatmailgnat gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/Modeller.xpm0000644000076700001450000000755712533067132017554 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char * InterfaceModeller_app_2_Tile_xpm[] = { "48 48 66 1", " c None", ". c #86174D344103", "X c #69A651445144", "o c #8617410330C2", "O c #69A6410338E3", "+ c #30C218611861", "@ c #AEBA6DB66185", "# c #71C638E328A2", "$ c #69A634D328A2", "% c #30C228A228A2", "& c #79E73CF330C2", "* c #BEFB9E799E79", "= c #8E3869A66185", "- c #514424921861", "; c #A699A289B6DA", ": c #A6999E79A699", "> c #71C65D756185", ", c #9E799A69A699", "< c #8E3882078E38", "1 c #861779E78617", "2 c #A6999A69AEBA", "3 c #8E388A289658", "4 c #71C675D679E7", "5 c #96588A289E79", "6 c #30C230C238E3", "7 c #C71BC71BC71B", "8 c #9E79A289AEBA", "9 c #AEBAAAAABEFB", "0 c #96589248A699", "q c #A699AAAAB6DA", "w c #AEBAAAAAB6DA", "e c #D75CD34CD75C", "r c #EFBEE79DEFBE", "t c #BEFBB6DABEFB", "y c #B6DABAEAC71B", "u c #AEBAAEBAB6DA", "i c #E79DDB6CDF7D", "p c #96588E389658", "a c #596559656185", "s c #AEBA8E388E38", "d c #CF3CCB2BCF3C", "f c #9E799A699E79", "g c #86177DF78E38", "h c #69A6659571C6", "j c #AEBAAEBABEFB", "k c #96589E799E79", "l c #B6DAA699A699", "z c #E79DC71BC71B", "x c #B6DAB6DAB6DA", "c c #861786179658", "v c #B6DAB2CABEFB", "b c #BEFBAAAAAEBA", "n c #C71BBEFBC71B", "m c #514441034103", "M c #41033CF34103", "N c #492428A228A2", "B c #AEBAA289B6DA", "V c #618530C22081", "C c #69A630C228A2", "Z c #69A630C22081", "A c #596528A22081", "S c #492428A22081", "D c #618528A22081", "F c #596520811861", "G c #69A628A22081", "H c #FFFF14514103", " .X ", " .oO+ ", " @.o#++ ", " @.o$%+ ", " @.&#++ ", " @.o#++ ", " @.o$++ ", " @.&#++ ", " .O#++ ", " *=-$++ ", " ;:>+++ ", " ;,<1% ", " 2,34 ", " 2;,51 ", " 2,,,,6 ", " 7777 28888,6 ", " 77777777 2829,,,06 ", " 9qwwe7rrrrr77rr 828,9tyt,6 ", " uuwriirrieiiieii77pa< 82,8,,,8,06 ", " s=1ttiieeeeded77eufgh>j,8,8,k,0,6 ", " =@lzieeeeee77eeex:fpcg4>9,,,,qjv6 ", " =O=blt7eeee7deenw:ffpmV##&&O$mX ", " =O&&o....zrrieieuxunx7txx:nnfwpMmVZ#$ZZZVVN ", " =O&oooo.*rrde77ewxnxxtnw:f4M%M%+NA#$Z$ZZVmN> ", " =Oo&ooo@iree7inxn7nnuuff4h%M>m%S-AZ$CCZDZmSX ", " =O&o.o.@rrn7eulun7xxuwp4mm6ahM%--AZCCZDDDANX ", " =Ooooo.*rixenuwwn7nxupph%M>>h6mAADVVZVVDDANX ", " =O&o.o.zrexwwnwuxxnughX%mahhmMN-AZCCVVDDAAN> ", " *XOoo.*iin7n777xxxtphaM+ama>MSNFVCZZVVDAAAS> ", " 1O..izewxux7nuuux4%++%hha>%N-DDCZZVDAAAASX ", " 1.=ituu:uButnxxuX%>hh>M%++NADZZZVDADAA--X ", " :e7f::lnn7*ppnx6ahm6++mNN-ADCZVDDAAAA-SX ", " 7nupp:wxxg%MMau6%++NmmmADADVVVVVDAA---NX ", " 7uBgh1wwxg6h>m%:MmmVNAVDZVZCVZZDAAAAF-S+X ", " nfgaM%pnwhX6%mXb6$DVVZC$C#C$ZZDVAAA---+NX ", " 27a%MaM47:mN.OoolmODGZ####$$ZZVDDA-----SSX ", " 2gmg paMa HX.@@@oZ$###$$CZVDDAAAA---SS+X ", " 43 p=&@@&&$##$CCCVVVAAA--+S+S+%X ", " k =o@.##$VVmmmNNNSSSSSS%XXXX ", " s>OSSNmN>>aaa177777 "}; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/css_accordion.css0000644000076700001450000000556412533067132020602 0ustar gnatmailgnat* { color: inherit; font-size: inherit; background-color: initial; font-family: inherit; font-style: inherit; font-variant: inherit; font-weight: inherit; text-shadow: inherit; icon-shadow: inherit; box-shadow: initial; margin-top: initial; margin-left: initial; margin-bottom: initial; margin-right: initial; padding-top: initial; padding-left: initial; padding-bottom: initial; padding-right: initial; border-top-style: initial; border-top-width: initial; border-left-style: initial; border-left-width: initial; border-bottom-style: initial; border-bottom-width: initial; border-right-style: initial; border-right-width: initial; border-top-left-radius: initial; border-top-right-radius: initial; border-bottom-right-radius: initial; border-bottom-left-radius: initial; outline-style: initial; outline-width: initial; outline-offset: initial; background-clip: initial; background-origin: initial; background-size: initial; background-position: initial; border-top-color: initial; border-right-color: initial; border-bottom-color: initial; border-left-color: initial; outline-color: initial; background-repeat: initial; background-image: initial; border-image-source: initial; border-image-repeat: initial; border-image-slice: initial; border-image-width: initial; transition-property: initial; transition-duration: initial; transition-timing-function: initial; transition-delay: initial; engine: initial; gtk-key-bindings: initial; -GtkWidget-focus-line-width: 0; -GtkWidget-focus-padding: 0; -GtkNotebook-initial-gap: 0; } * { transition-property: color, background-color, border-color, background-image, padding, border-width; transition-duration: 0.2s; font: Cantarell 20px; } GtkWindow { background: linear-gradient(153deg, #151515, #151515 5px, transparent 5px) 0 0, linear-gradient(333deg, #151515, #151515 5px, transparent 5px) 10px 5px, linear-gradient(153deg, #222, #222 5px, transparent 5px) 0 5px, linear-gradient(333deg, #222, #222 5px, transparent 5px) 10px 10px, linear-gradient(90deg, #1b1b1b, #1b1b1b 10px, transparent 10px), linear-gradient(#1d1d1d, #1d1d1d 25%, #1a1a1a 25%, #1a1a1a 50%, transparent 50%, transparent 75%, #242424 75%, #242424); background-color: #131313; background-size: 20px 20px; } .button { color: black; background-color: #bbb; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px 0 2px 2px; border-color: #333; padding: 12px 4px; } .button:first-child { border-radius: 5px 0 0 5px; } .button:last-child { border-radius: 0 5px 5px 0; border-width: 2px; } .button:hover { padding: 12px 48px; background-color: #4870bc; } .button *:hover { color: white; } .button:hover:active, .button:active { background-color: #993401; } gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnome-gimp.png0000644000076700001450000000652212533067132020017 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR00Wù‡gAMA† 1è–_ IDATxÚíYkŒ]ÕuþÖ>¯{ï9wÞ¶gllÏcÌ#¿ ŸÏǯô _Q¬Ü¹ŸuÔ7­êu„p,+çÒ ô÷ˆk,ðËô !Ä]›×?¶ûáíw ˆ ˆ@ôÑïÒu Ü´ryñ™¿ýÓý=>ÙÙ‘/$~IDhxùÀÐm›Æ~¿G‰È±Óþü=fR.êÛùwóÍ'{Ë¡C"_"ÿ#aŸ¢×Ûýð¶¯cv*­KDäv€ €Ü‚ÎõVK’6»žWztçÖïlÚ0úá[Þ;à Á.ô 9ñÿ<ckGn¿çÎß°l¾R;yêì介~¿ &€ð/ûÞxóÔ™ ±µÃÿøí§~w¯ç:¾Â$\"ò:ÖAnçÿ(©EðëFWŽ~ùñž#AcR)Ä­ä4Ÿˆ\‚¥OKs{&¥–Rÿ@*=tÓªåÏüÁWŸ|B$ÈBøDäàp-‹xgp 7züK÷~Ûô”RH©¦™ àÑ¢rW\OBy¤ÑñŸŸžÛóÈöÇ“4+þîå+ÝŸŸüè®ë‰÷~úßxëWQ,øÐZ`ïo·l¼ÅR„Zõ2Þø‰Çß-»Žv´ hÉÐJC ­µžƒg@ 0`Àæì¹éÎOÌ\!°8 3˜™Áv3ûX ëºëÃ0üzE_s]÷^fv™yÚó\ñoÿú£·„<øöÛïЦM›°zÍü „óçÎà¾ñç^¹Ú0´ÖðƒÖo¸–-[‰Ç~ c8—…ÔȤD–IdR!ËÒ,­”êáj­9ûÞÑic´Äêœ_[6#)fÑžçݼaÆïmÞ¼ù!!Dqbb‚§¦¦¾Çñ?=þȶKõF|çþýûñâ‹/b``{öìÁ·Þ5kÇJýûöáðáÃÇ–-[ µÆªÕëP*¡V™µR1ÐZ[ðJçz3ˆWp’d•ŸþÙû™T©M€d† ˜óldS*wx===¿¾mÛ¶GÆÇǽf³Io¾ù&Åq<†¥?öƒÀ­Õªxå•Wh~~ív›™iš ·^{m?â8¦àرcüꫯBJ‰V«Ï©¶“¡•‚R R*(£Á h®Ö’ƱŸ='¥’20I.gN;–ïH¨C ìyÞýQy…Bív»ãr'šœ©Ñ'ó³Ïþ=·Z víÚ…F£3'`õØF´Ûm<óÌ3˜™™Áž={ešÍ&’$A;IÐI¹J(­ò{»Ëf0$©’GŸ¹¤”V (mb 0V:Ÿð@”rhrr‡B£ÑÀìì,„þ_ÄÑ£GP,Å¡ÿ…‰s¿@«>‡áÕq߃aëÖ­\«ÕðÔSO¡Ñh Ýn£R¹Œf}ÚæuÕ™ÚÀ0ÀlÎ#óôÙ©T*­µ-ðuM0·8O*Ü…””²=== fF–ehµZ(•Jˆ¢ˆ¢(9çÏÂÌô9¸Žá€€‰3'0¶nž~úi(¥RJT« 8{ê}°Î ”^ô‚Ö Ã &òØàV’fX &  fg“se×’Ð3Ÿ­×ë|߇ïûâ(B…p ÑhÆPÚ‡çûðáoìÿÊ}+àex~€´ÝÂÔ…SH“Jk´Zm´³ ÆÆÛÔI¶Úš¯ÔUšÉ@BÓfœU€̈¯_éLk½ßqœßaæ¢çyÃða!mU'mhÙ€=Ž`6`f,Ì¥? V¥lÆÉ$æj ApY)å›rðÔ‡s1€„rÍ×í¬è€oÛ}©c}ÓÉž‹i4˲wÇùaE{{zz¢0 Q.GÃ¥bóÏCÉZIÈT¡PÈày>èÚ=µ­erðJkLL]„TŒþ¾¤I¼¸‰q¾3ñôÌ|–´³€fnqTòÉuþxðÊ+ÁŒ€ÖºZ©Tž £(ð…Ja I\C³¾Y”V AAƒ™lI§Hc뚶Ìp¹Ò‘‡ÁÁ2z˦š Íy5@Œ4“<5}©nÁב˦p•õ®Mëªà?q ‰ãx®^¯Š¢R{dyÿÝZ§…¹™IÌÎœG&SH©rk@+©²üÄ„ÔnNõF ³s—qnb–î¹}3ÆV£¸íÕZZk”RæÄÉóÕv;[P!`„iÓfÌ[µºÎü¿`fŠã¸9;;{xýèÐHàêÛÛIS¤iFJ*è¼â Ci©²T¡ÕJ0;WÁôÌ<.^Z@’dèé-“ç»(øBˆå½ú£¡/ÐSt‰zÍÈ@ ´n/ë5̘jgò<€9ëŽþ•ÿ‰Ó]ë` ÀÛ¼qôÑLéß |ï¾,ËHÏ6Œ¸Õ†ì”B T,¢T* ·7BO¡¿¿Ê=ŠÅ"šÍSg±r0äÑ}ÜßS®K0H3‰…z‚jSÖÏUÝÚÁƒÿ¬^¯ŸôuWuú™~NLWņ̃ñëóñ©Žÿ÷0iÿORÑIEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_tree_view.ads0000644000076700001450000000356412533067540021265 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Tree_View is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Tree_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_buttons.ads0000644000076700001450000000356012533067540020766 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Buttons is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_frame.adb0000644000076700001450000001024512533067540020337 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; package body Create_Frame is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows the different kinds of shadows that are" & " available for frames, as well as the positions that the label" & " of the frame can have." & ASCII.LF & "Note that the label must be displayed at the top of the frame" & " and can not be displayed elsewhere." & ASCII.LF & "If you want to constrained the child to a specific aspect ratio" & " even when the frame is resized, you should look at the" & " @bGtk_Aspect_Frame@B widget instead."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Table : Gtk_Grid; Label : Gtk_Label; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Frames"); Gtk_New (Table); Table.Set_Border_Width (Border_Width => 10); Frame.Add (Table); -- First frame Gtk_New (Frame2, ""); Frame2.Set_Shadow_Type (Gtk.Enums.Shadow_In); Table.Attach (Frame2, 0, 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_In"); Frame2.Add (Label); -- Second Frame Gtk_New (Frame2, ""); Frame2.Set_Shadow_Type (Gtk.Enums.Shadow_Out); Table.Attach (Frame2, 1, 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_Out"); Frame2.Add (Label); -- Third Frame Gtk_New (Frame2, ""); Frame2.Set_Shadow_Type (Gtk.Enums.Shadow_Etched_In); Table.Attach (Frame2, 0, 1); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_Etched_In"); Frame2.Add (Label); -- Fourth Frame Gtk_New (Frame2, ""); Frame2.Set_Shadow_Type (Gtk.Enums.Shadow_Etched_Out); Table.Attach (Frame2, 1, 1); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_Etched_Out"); Frame2.Add (Label); -- Fifth Frame Gtk_New (Frame2, "Title"); Frame2.Set_Label_Align (Xalign => 0.2, Yalign => 0.0); Table.Attach (Frame2, 0, 2); Gtk_New (Label, "Label_Align: Xalign = 0.2"); Frame2.Add (Label); -- Sixth Frame Gtk_New (Frame2, "Title"); Frame2.Set_Label_Align (Xalign => 0.8, Yalign => 0.0); Table.Attach (Frame2, 1, 2); Gtk_New (Label, "Label_Align: Xalign = 0.8"); Frame2.Add (Label); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Frame; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_progress.adb0000644000076700001450000002523312533067540021114 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Alignment; use Gtk.Alignment; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.GEntry; use Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; use Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; with Gtk.Progress_Bar; use Gtk.Progress_Bar; with Gtk.Spin_Button; use Gtk.Spin_Button; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Progress is package Time_Cb is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Gtk_Progress_Bar); type ProgressData is record Pbar : Gtk_Progress_Bar; Block_Spin : Gtk_Spin_Button; Label : Gtk_Label; Omenu1 : Gtk_Combo_Box_Text; Omenu1_Group : Widget_SList.GSlist; Omenu2 : Gtk_Combo_Box_Text; Omenu2_Group : Widget_SList.GSlist; Gentry : Gtk_Entry; Timer : G_Source_Id; Activity : Boolean := False; end record; Pdata : ProgressData; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Progress_Bar@B is a widget that you can use to display" & " the status of an operation. In this example, the progress bar is" & " associated with a @bTimeout@B, and thus updates itself" & " periodically."; end Help; ---------------------- -- Progress_Timeout -- ---------------------- function Progress_Timeout (Pbar : Gtk_Progress_Bar) return Boolean is pragma Warnings (Off, Pbar); New_Val : Gdouble; begin New_Val := Get_Fraction (Pdata.Pbar); New_Val := New_Val + 0.01; if New_Val > 1.0 then New_Val := 0.0; end if; if Pdata.Activity then Pdata.Pbar.Pulse; Pdata.Label.Set_Text ("???"); else Set_Fraction (Pdata.Pbar, New_Val); Pdata.Label.Set_Text (Integer'Image (Integer (New_Val * 100.0))); end if; return True; end Progress_Timeout; ---------------------- -- Destroy_Progress -- ---------------------- procedure Destroy_Progress (Window : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Window); begin Remove (Pdata.Timer); Pdata.Omenu1_Group := Widget_SList.Null_List; Pdata.Timer := 0; -- Note: we are in a callback for destroy, so the window will be -- destroyed elsewhere. No need to do that here. end Destroy_Progress; ---------------------- -- Toggle_Inversion -- ---------------------- procedure Toggle_Inversion (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Combo : constant Gtk_Combo_Box_Text := Gtk_Combo_Box_Text (Widget); Current : constant UTF8_String := Combo.Get_Active_Text; Is_Inverted : constant Boolean := Current = "Inverted"; begin Pdata.Pbar.Set_Inverted (Is_Inverted); end Toggle_Inversion; ------------------------ -- Toggle_Orientation -- ------------------------ procedure Toggle_Orientation (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Combo : constant Gtk_Combo_Box_Text := Gtk_Combo_Box_Text (Widget); Current : constant UTF8_String := Combo.Get_Active_Text; begin if Current = "Horizontal" then Set_Orientation (Pdata.Pbar, Orientation_Horizontal); else Set_Orientation (Pdata.Pbar, Orientation_Vertical); end if; end Toggle_Orientation; ---------------------- -- Toggle_Show_Text -- ---------------------- procedure Toggle_Show_Text (Widget : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class) is begin Set_Show_Text (Progress_Bar => Pdata.Pbar, Show_Text => Get_Active (Widget)); Set_Sensitive (Pdata.Gentry, Get_Active (Widget)); end Toggle_Show_Text; -------------------------- -- Toggle_Activity_Mode -- -------------------------- procedure Toggle_Activity_Mode (Widget : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class) is begin Pdata.Activity := Get_Active (Widget); end Toggle_Activity_Mode; ------------------- -- Entry_Changed -- ------------------- procedure Entry_Changed (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); begin -- ??? will text with control characters display as expected? Set_Text (Pdata.Pbar, Get_Text (Pdata.Gentry)); end Entry_Changed; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox : Gtk_Box; Vbox2 : Gtk_Box; Hbox : Gtk_Box; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; Align : Gtk_Alignment; Adj : Gtk_Adjustment; Label : Gtk_Label; Tab : Gtk_Grid; Check : Gtk_Check_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Progress Bar"); Pdata.Timer := 0; Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Vbox, 10); Add (Frame, Vbox); Widget_Handler.Connect (Vbox, "destroy", Destroy_Progress'Access); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Progress"); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, True, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox2, False, 5); Add (Frame2, Vbox2); Gtk_New (Align, Xalign => 0.5, Yalign => 0.5, Xscale => 0.0, Yscale => 0.0); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Align, False, False, 5); Gtk_New (Pdata.Pbar); -- ??? will text with control characters display as expected? Set_Text (Pdata.Pbar, ""); Add (Align, Pdata.Pbar); Pdata.Timer := Time_Cb.Timeout_Add (100, Progress_Timeout'Access, Pdata.Pbar); Gtk_New (Align, Xalign => 0.5, Yalign => 0.5, Xscale => 0.0, Yscale => 0.0); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Align, False, False, 5); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 5); Add (Align, Hbox); Gtk_New (Label, "Label updated by user :"); Pack_Start (Hbox, Label, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Pdata.Label, ""); Pack_Start (Hbox, Pdata.Label, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Options"); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, True, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox2, False, 5); Add (Frame2, Vbox2); Gtk_New (Tab); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Tab, False, True, 0); -- Orientation Gtk_New (Label, "Orientation :"); Tab.Attach (Label, 0, 0); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Gtk_New (Pdata.Omenu1); Pdata.Omenu1.Append_Text ("Horizontal"); Pdata.Omenu1.Append_Text ("Vertical"); Widget_Callback.Connect (Pdata.Omenu1, "changed", Toggle_Orientation'Access); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Tab.Attach (Hbox, 1, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Pdata.Omenu1, True, True, 0); -- Inversion Gtk_New (Label, "Inversion :"); Tab.Attach (Label, 0, 1); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Gtk_New (Pdata.Omenu2); Pdata.Omenu2.Append_Text ("Not Inverted"); Pdata.Omenu2.Append_Text ("Inverted"); Widget_Callback.Connect (Pdata.Omenu2, "changed", Toggle_Inversion'Access); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Tab.Attach (Hbox, 1, 1); Pack_Start (Hbox, Pdata.Omenu2, True, True, 0); -- Show Text Gtk_New (Check, "Show Text"); Check_Handler.Connect (Check, "clicked", Check_Handler.To_Marshaller (Toggle_Show_Text'Access)); Tab.Attach (Check, 0, 2); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Tab.Attach (Hbox, 1, 2); -- Format Gtk_New (Label, "Text (leave empty to display a percentage) : "); Pack_Start (Hbox, Label, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Pdata.Gentry); Widget_Handler.Object_Connect (Pdata.Gentry, "changed", Entry_Changed'Access, Slot_Object => Pdata.Gentry); Pack_Start (Hbox, Pdata.Gentry, True, True, 0); Set_Text (Pdata.Gentry, ""); Set_Size_Request (Pdata.Gentry, 100, -1); Set_Sensitive (Pdata.Gentry, False); -- Block Count Gtk_New (Label, "Block count :"); Tab.Attach (Label, 0, 4); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Tab.Attach (Hbox, 1, 4); Gtk_New (Adj, Value => 10.0, Lower => 2.0, Upper => 20.0, Step_Increment => 1.0, Page_Increment => 5.0, Page_Size => 0.0); Gtk_New (Pdata.Block_Spin, Adj, Climb_Rate => 0.0, The_Digits => 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Pdata.Block_Spin, False, True, 0); Set_Sensitive (Pdata.Block_Spin, False); -- Activity Mode Gtk_New (Check, "Activity mode"); Check_Handler.Connect (Check, "clicked", Toggle_Activity_Mode'Access); Tab.Attach (Check, 0, 5); Show_All (Vbox); end Run; end Create_Progress; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_button_box.adb0000644000076700001450000001370412533067540021433 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Button_Box; use Gtk.Button_Box; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Hbutton_Box; use Gtk.Hbutton_Box; with Gtk.Vbutton_Box; use Gtk.Vbutton_Box; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Button_Box is function Create_Bbox (Horizontal : Boolean; Title : String; Spacing : Gint; Layout : Gtk_Button_Box_Style) return Gtk_Frame; -- Create one of the sample button box ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo demonstrates the possible @bLayout@B that can be used" & " with a @bGtk_Button_Box@B widget." & ASCII.LF & "A @bGtk_Button_Box@B is a special kind of @bGtk_Box@B, homogeneous," & " which can organize its children according to a special layout." & ASCII.LF & "All the boxes here are created exactly the same way, and only the" & " layout differs."; end Help; ----------------- -- Create_Bbox -- ----------------- function Create_Bbox (Horizontal : Boolean; Title : String; Spacing : Gint; Layout : Gtk_Button_Box_Style) return Gtk_Frame is Bbox : Gtk_Button_Box; Button : Gtk_Button; Frame : Gtk_Frame; begin Gtk_New (Frame, Label => Title); if Horizontal then declare B : Gtk_Hbutton_Box; begin Gtk_New (B); Bbox := Gtk_Button_Box (B); end; else declare B : Gtk_Vbutton_Box; begin Gtk_New (B); Bbox := Gtk_Button_Box (B); end; end if; Set_Border_Width (Bbox, Border_Width => 5); Add (Frame, Bbox); Set_Layout (Bbox, Layout); Set_Spacing (Bbox, Spacing); Gtk_New (Button, Label => "OK"); Add (Bbox, Button); Gtk_New (Button, Label => "Cancel"); Add (Bbox, Button); Gtk_New (Button, Label => "Help"); Add (Bbox, Button); return Frame; end Create_Bbox; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox : Gtk_Box; Hbox : Gtk_Box; Main_Vbox : Gtk_Box; Frame_Horz : Gtk_Frame; Frame_Vert : Gtk_Frame; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Button Box"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Main_Vbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Main_Vbox); Gtk_New (Frame_Horz, "Horizontal Button Boxes"); Pack_Start (Main_Vbox, Child => Frame_Horz, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 10); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Set_Border_Width (Vbox, Border_Width => 10); Add (Frame_Horz, Vbox); Pack_Start (Vbox, Create_Bbox (True, "Spread", 20, Buttonbox_Spread), True, True, 0); Pack_Start (Vbox, Create_Bbox (True, "Edge", 20, Buttonbox_Edge), True, True, 5); Pack_Start (Vbox, Create_Bbox (True, "Start", 20, Buttonbox_Start), True, True, 5); Pack_Start (Vbox, Create_Bbox (True, "End", 20, Buttonbox_End), True, True, 5); Gtk_New (Frame_Vert, "Vertical Button Boxes"); Pack_Start (Main_Vbox, Frame_Vert, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 10); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Set_Border_Width (Hbox, Border_Width => 10); Add (Frame_Vert, Hbox); Pack_Start (Hbox, Create_Bbox (False, "Spread", 20, Buttonbox_Spread), True, True, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Create_Bbox (False, "Edge", 20, Buttonbox_Edge), True, True, 5); Pack_Start (Hbox, Create_Bbox (False, "Start", 20, Buttonbox_Start), True, True, 5); Pack_Start (Hbox, Create_Bbox (False, "End", 20, Buttonbox_End), True, True, 5); Show_All (Main_Vbox); end Run; end Create_Button_Box; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/lightning.png0000644000076700001450000004571112533067132017746 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR»mÎ)àjëPLTE ( , ,((P 0,$ D L0U ( @D Y,Pöâæ @H(U(P8Da,uU$u$L,P40@@Da(q$D8D$$$ 08 @ 8,Y$@D0iDY4$Y<$a$HU$m$0H 8 ], a4,y@$i0$DîÞâU,a8L 4Æ¡²‰D‰<(PeDqU(P<,i@,y@$•~%+³ˆÁϹby§×ïù׸VW¿Œ“üì1ž%]ã¸ñ$bÒä=vó7¾¹°¶QaLEß.ƒÁ£ñxê铸vë.sïn‹Ýñ> {_ÿ öEÆ°*mé5rç =½K—Œ–¡Íw‹½o²-‚ƒÚiãDžÔÉ^¥yö—øT8ZWÉŠc*,E'¹Y’&Áæßtª¸J¡–2Rc¤éƒµƒ ƒƒ­G¼S b…Št©¸ˆºJbÉ™|~¯~c¬85ú‹ß¸:³fCÇ:éq#óÍýai°Q¾ï>5 €Ó@áMìОí´«W ³æg2¦Ì7Ÿý öÑ £ˆb¾§÷w=¸ÑSèý­Í^ ªùnæ^Î,#((ab•D£aÆ[<$ŽÂÂR¹+©¥ô¥xxˆ³úæ*%9……YRo¡\.—^©\°\h]P*¥éÂÀÑc©RïSUÅ9Þ…Wò§Ùlzýå_> ùÍÇÍ;q´–< @§'Èn&K|ù˜8Ì·¯¹?þ1)ˆˆÆàuœ™jé ¶ÏnÝÕœˆgúXüæò/Ø)ëüQ†ŠµD¡Pô¡¿Ãß.k~µ;aGÝJØu{ŒˆÁÇ£ð'\üê|‹H”R!<Ç yg%%u99âºXì œ\±P&/ǤK«{óË•Êêô¼Ø‚6¹P˜#8-‘¦z.ÐÙe“õ_>”­Îãƃ‚ˆ7[‚ÆZˆ-ãÄv’lë!Àò@ÙkÔãAx Ô0a†ÇßÆOYh4Ôo„ìÖ<ýìkë¼â"Õßfñ!òOŸÜf¨ß‘Æ‚o_ ŽŸºM0»º?†žˆŸ}@jáÜéW;ró£Å§³$™]… ÖubnVØécu…©\.N—*³ª[«{Ž`-Ë1 ÓaP\XXT•ªÈR*›dô{ç¿ ­ч†4|M‹††1À%dÐ šoœ=-(‚Ix}jÑ8 m`æädb‚ž˜°"h¶ÖßD­mj¢xE‰3ÿZwühŸÁgÙŠ}×µ›H‰«ñxil,"ÞÀàjƉhB$¬¶Ñí5óÉ"g6UV]]•G²emŸÄZ.– O ÅaÞò±€{%]*UT[c{¬[[ˤŸ:V0ʧ¦ ÏÊSÅ tØïÝû0„{à׉3£µ´ôINÄx"†æÈËK-•Ã<<«“HIIÛ³mpµ··ž¬=\yø~óÖÊCÛhŸ7Ì€=½@‡®dñ/0X,þßvsÙ-|ó»©øŒxp©&‚âã'®M¬ö˜dÄgj‚Ô ÍX‰p@u.Ï»ª±on~¾ßÙÚ:5U\(—Ÿ:%–ç*¼Ó/–—_”JË«\lª–žpu÷VÃŒ˜ôAPw6û—¸Uû««qq˜þ’o`†7p"µ{ä…å¥Êaý‡iI4š4êÎr2Ó¼¶È ‡Ç¤‰ÛA >íÂ0!wA^ÝYë¦äæµlNÊÊ cb™Š‹ÒëòŽ&¥¬©©¶k­H¸›šŠÅa‚Ñغ+ƒùù¢¦¦;lg|¼³_Ò%IÀÔ¢´´ˆvIêª ³Â`ýjÉ=NÃcüð@â f[w=÷žØ4Ixo´²1O0߇G~-»~$ý ‚ºÏòkŠÌ›ys"‚ú`o6v›”‘@s20pÂm?Ø„ŸÈh)†¥ÉÏå:UW—Ò$’9Ê8•­\nž<õ´\¨¨SH[¹=ØÖÖ|åôBe~Ó hd•àXÛ耀ÑVZxJ*]¨¼Ÿ¿ cß'±e´è.O<)È)My&‹…ÂT!&u9ýŒÁЈèÎP©ÔÝ'¨TÊÊOÏ4vo˜' HøNÙ‘.ñJiTÜVÌb…ÄZXì¦Úݽ‹kÏØ&edÔø‘& H4žø€H˨è8 jœ&Œ‰Æ\¬LNJRËîsÀøŒVÅ´¶ZÖ6u4YNO/€ÁZ[Ûš®ÈÊɼPЦ*Hõ–¶Zr*ó*çîÌÓItš~¦=ˆ:“ÐRÓÒ\~VèÑ 0àïáñ$4XÔš['NXP™¬·µd óWªj{$2c+´­Ë¾3çÒX¬õ´b êÖ#a®îÁ#úã3РkkÚ͜Ф¤”Š\y*ø §¤g%ÎM÷çéjǹZ,öQŒP¬ºsqpA™ÏÍWXæìMJ€½áJúé)!ãØðè¨*5ÝÚR)Ë_X%'ߧÓé2"‘ÔÙND·ã‰ --ÉÍÍg…9Š:‰”¦¡“ ­³SST ëæ¶,Š-ÒjÙmr€ì`Œ¿ sy-à‡tù¼»mF@°’âÕ¤”$µš†Ï2ÀàƒâKJNgfV AJ¸Øûsó¤¹äÊÆÚVkëºÔQa]ÏX M µsœ&˜ªÊÚ†ê+R±ô”€1lꮾÆrAW÷¦Êd0^ÙöDi¼£#‚FóúfKsJ W(,a0~DPù »$âU'ôUüij³G)Ýomß3 F¯!¤jÒêÀ£PNÐuHÿÅ[>?ä¡ÍnóbA±mÂÄÏAWƒgLjí"µ:Y}8©ÿvFÿ8†TR#, 3ë*UßTË’Hsئä¦ÃØŠÓ©ò‰"!¿6_ÙX9wÿÎô4€>¨ä¿âí °ˆë” ƒ•MÊ&‡Î¦ÇùBã»ÚIDÏä––›%% ,HqP}<íDB›à§f©ÌÌîE7“—6õõà¨wNiôQÈà¨È×Ï¢b‹×ÖZì6ŽåL¼}ûj<èTöxZ’(%©¿=¡?©?Eã-< L@LLJEÓÜÜüܶVÄqî³Î¹ O½¬e­2_¤Éò9à Ô.4‰j[˯x_±.؇ÝÅÒ#ƒÎÊrnCò679ô3!â]žDƒµ¨AíQ–†1ˆ´aÐWÍpÀàg§~ümùäú'/Ô·”ðp=$ŽD¡ôô´ðëOÃõŸm®ÊD­ Zøó£}|‚|2âE>5íêæ~‘‡G¿#02Þ@¯…yUa‰µÈ1ùðaY²¨é¾Zd#œ.<%”Ü°T¸œ¦&δr¡|¡±Û(U\‹¦*¹wõ`ccOmÇM™šô!Îÿ3fìvFQÒQÑÒà—THú=`4̱„~@23˜¸ûŽùÅŒÅoï)ZÂì>ÊÚJv /Ú(¸ŒXüclˆ­íú­Ìæ!EE>{=vyxˆDý IꆎF   W!<¥È ‹9+ô¾ØxóþýùûÊÊf™z^݇Ug %Š¬ÂŽŠŠ›5#á(G@»‚Îmj½´&æ\ {Ail•·hÐà`·–NïœdºŠ2’èfÄ ø¤]Ž7[RšÕ " m應Çá1·c&Ðcx ÓbÅ–eCYÙb­} ò €¡ H_÷)ì?ÒøÙQ¿RÇÆhýæ¹Bxý¯–Ñ“’ú*rNwX[6õõ{È;DtN¯™¿¿|~~mckºwªXåî®JQ(j›ÊdMJKŽ¬†3ß¹Ú±E£Ñ'’ZRv%µchí¤$Œ9ÆdžÐÄŸ¸mÆœ¥‚ÔDeZl1f˜k×#Ñá×\t¤‰2ùIŠŸÂ)<~®í¾÷Ðýš±)ÏDŸ¢®Ó9%QKJŠ³Z}³±üJÝ©T6îüèšTuqn*ïÏ}S¥Ð''w°O*9Jé)pc‚ªSå=ùÓàa•Õ>n×2Iÿ²ŠˆCcúj[â¿K ùáƒ2p0*ÕìÇ©ˆ-&0æ–æ¶ÝÝê̦Û-ªÑ%ˆ]¢ì»ð;vTäÔ»H8<þä@q¶ÅæúúÞ«c·‰Wã <=wIrJ<<*•Þ11¼¼ª Œ¢ª0ëjàÎË­›úÕÍj‰.»oÝx ÌY¥L$ª¬¬”VÈF&ë'÷û÷N÷Nç÷pÊ¥1¥¦Ã*Õ±°rKËÿúÉ{“Ï]_¾ =DoŸÿòæJ•„6sÊÀáÐh<Œºkêöá;êì,a X+*ÓÜaÆœÉÔ€ê`|é’Û‹K¿c×¼úùLTŸ¬œŒöÙmnœp2#Âó–¦…‡£#Ö;F|o@ÀæÂöT[éIvlNnV;'ƒ!“Œµ®Èªó¶v–É’{jûågSæFü'/ûïïííYÈWIÏR ›2JååµlÿúË/ýíËóÉC‡\?´tuŒÛÛÇu¶Ð:ƒ2œœp¸„«$ØÔ·¶¦˜‚Fó`‹:sËíý s&2üºžt)Àhíõ?뎢¢ì 8ÌZ±(.>p"ø»„`Ÿ?üÁ3ïY"¬;ë‘Lc^± ”ÁðGç*A*ê˜knNNNáCv®ÒºC¡àbçØw’›ú2»<úØìÏë÷ûÎOãUž^¥ T1ÒTÃmuåù#eþÏý''{''º^^]¥×´`VÛo’’âñÛ˜mDƒ†ML3p=1kuuV³eõ„âvËíÅk¤¾¾ž>HþW Òó²ÒêðÏÖNgkýMcÇœŠ¯Éõw”xô•œ «äçŽÅ^¹ _“–c›µöôÍ9W:W6WVZÊš ÀøЛ›K s$É óõ:àíÓºùÔÚ‘6jʸ"wižÄrúÃß½|~~ÒïPÜAû硇&AbõÙ55…'8¡ Š‡mß9°½=ëB¶•Ý'Ê­÷áŸ^Dêï SÓÿ;J«iõß¾óáñ‚#½~¹»y"ÂÓ ]ÔÜpöð7!a|9£Hŧž×)®ô5`¹­­X¬¨À¥ßÇ¡oT46Ý¿CïçV4qtSI¿É™/ÓÓM=Õ1ü@Ó"FÁ°Š!,¯™ ½üü¹ë‡Éƒ~q_m| «¢Ç¦ˆhˆy84†'˜˜LÅDif_o¾†/k¯_×Û©4\ ×ÿ°ƒùä†T”‘ëãñ°—¿R™ýž7S$u¼0yU* º€Ÿ—'.•{<²îkîsÆv´ZAœW“hsXlõ£EEƒ¥Œ­¾ÙU[ÙÐÐ$ã”5±•Óì[0ˆ•ä ˜Æ»·¥ Ë•þõçý÷ôÛpÅÅù…<ˆ¢G㉠ƒ@ƒV5ÆÁ¶·Ûf&fdåbg‡Ô|Zv˜Þ²Þ×õûÞÆWÎÀQÀèîgž½²©}røu1æy¸¢®.Lx!7ïB‘*-OÌÈÅÖ}Xgçfç ¬|uW«eØ‹Ö/b5UÞ)cÓ“É 7éí5µµì&`)¦ó¥bU›ÊÔTň¹2íÿüeèþË¡¡¡³ß²?花÷k!i¸ÏŸ1ÝÂìdy›€&¸Á#¡Ÿ4O]Ü"õµ/\þ vÿÁ7à(äfvö ¢:hf©cø1¼ìpLNš ˜Ï8VZ˜WXÊ(Ϋã‚j;«›±€ëM¢äÊfçdGQuyuyãEçJNYûNI—O¿šÎîdsjdœòŽªŽÂŠÚž‹ÜØÒ6ÓaSU¡÷ô¨úþ—“¡‡\¿G¬"Žÿåøgz™ëù8{&NH Ìd‚€0!“ápè… üEx¤[ä$Rïß`×Gé#õ@«ê#ᯃƒ3 ø “Ju0A£ûÕ)’°BŠÁh„åÊKÂï•@]bg¬óýæÊdçJ‘ì°u¹TzQÒ¬ÃÎÙ]R£–uŽŒ°9lÎœeJIUaù‘r＂aÓa• .¿Ý¿ÿþ——]ímØc0Ç ~~qöàSv3ÌÐÐL kQ..áÈ÷P8`7öÿ^;|‡þùˆže0_,æ{ÄÎø†ð F‘ ít^¿PPhý¨¯™3G¿ŸÌ©¼ï Pøäûù•ØŠœ,n³³ìÎȽ¹ã´ò›Íñ÷/lWÖNWdU)¤ÞWäÀ˜æU+ý÷?ù|ò²+n£ñØð ½ë¡Ë èÇ82ÛƒxŒÛÁNžµƒ å§Ï\´Úg°¯Âòï°ÃÁõ€£v®™D:îB`jL÷›g¦1Tii An^UŽ@ l TY;w¬äJg×uŒO¶v¶¶î±.ϱîSÏutÔŠdwtØýÿ<â?rgº¶äQEyõ•¼c:ì¡4ÿÏþþ—_žà¿÷;çúÜuò²½ý„áãídž÷>†!öX¶g½ p­6Ü ùéwQü7Ø‘púv”“Ó劺iG¸ºeQ,У4?ïì)± +,åÆœ˜XÙ\¥óN›ªÕ÷Õê¾Öçl«u ·!ű¯¢DT¡ä°ïÜÑ9®‘‘i€½–Ûx¤ºüì¨;#§|PögÀÿI?{{{×ï¹^®ÝøÞ‡6´ÚÆ! ÷€Òà qòö¬¥§¿¬!!èß1æ:ê®úÊÔã øE·O³L •êËS¦ñGcÓ.0„agÅ¥á£ÁÚ9õ}eScOe2èGºL÷vŸ3WiY[Û#yÔPU•[RÒ—Òœ ìÁ€„âGS>ˆ¬Ò°ØááFHU7E]¦Ó™—¡®ö®¾ë!{WÀóÛd 18C4¶g!Y¡Þ½Ð‚’þØõ‘Hð#_9ƒÂÅŸpß:±²Æä±xÃÅŒ ÒÒ!‘#m²ìëkvîëilºC§ÑÕ$]`f³çj{¬/68;[b±Í¼Ü.‰D„mžkÊÏ¿o)ÓíÓ,”V§gµ ›0ÚT£]!æ²Þç@#]ý\<ˆpurB"À|ylf¶æäD&xyYÙA`êèÁ€ÿ{¸0Ÿvêþî:Òw[_[³eñÇŒbaÿ‚<5äB逰¸dµ³¨Ï²–MÎfÓÇeóe—ãÊnæ×Zêö¸ ʾ^ItaaU–¢ˆÛ€µtÖ9øÁAeuº<°`XVÌpó<æB³ØAâÐàÝ/+Ùð1ú¸“ Œ@°2Ö5^pH‹ú·%ÿw IŒ3F.3£X¼¶aŸ[˜¦ð®+.” ÏZcçæîÜÌgÏÓ9Η8]íãâ&;9••÷+ï[:×öôôÜliá6b››et7«ËU*eöö0v—1ó´¼°¤™øeÒõÐë†=aH”úh¸­AàìÕa„Ùm‚—™¬ÕÂ]þ¯±? 4>²ô6MUfÃâ‹ù!®B!,äÉ KÅ1 È«e2ˆyìθ¡8¿Õ¸!ð8@ûÞQ«çæ›Õ}w8ôärn>§ |·{ñJõEµË…£|þÀp[¬@èmmÉíR¯þâçg”üñΈLÊ|QÞÞÕ×bÂRJ«„ªÀÀR¹·´‰ÓÃ혿wÙuã §«ùqý1¬! ‡’Ðv°Y²AØ®=úÿ–ëÿŽ30ØŸ¬ŒlX6i¦*Ë×7QòP(Ì,–‡Ix…qnWW=ª>Oôsýâzè ÀNŒ£“€'vbèã¤yuËÍû€ý ù²¦üÁÖò‹ÞòBqié@iª4=«¤'AV vn°§¡ãú Àmõ ÄñÁã-RÞqåŠÔ»Í}8°PøHŠ­L%at“Õqü±!ÂØ2 :©VÒÔiP(-˜«„Di dÔÿˆ=Rw³Rïï×ÿöãš*ïËÛ÷~qá˺Ðv,K˜¦uÞlŠ‘ÈÅa‰Ïš ÌÐ!ûãqð§Tü@ F ˜’¡‡Vt¶Ôt$ÏU6 ZZ+YÜ‹Õ=ƒÊAK¬¢üJú©á@!¯¢±ÇÙù&Ý~ã— {@øÇð6Dº™‘A0¶‚½zÙ9hÞ¡ /­ƒ——ñÿŒ}g¯æ‡¿ëQŒÖXü¶aÖÛ¨·ïÍpÇqß°X¦ª¢S1dÄê<§œ+z<û£éŸÛooˆÐýåïA~Ð=„¸ã®“8¿ƒC«D™;Çr¡§ÚÛûÈ0™• ­M=åÒtျ©*-,——b‘hö¿ØoßÁ~È~•ØÒâqØsâ± ¤—wŸf¡'HÈ„LÑO__ÿÀþLç ®ÿIJa©eÿ‡[Ô 6X_K3 ¼çA}üûUu…Xœšû'_”0ŒöñãÇ¿ ³!8n¾Ð=Œ8¿!bGQ‡H‰&¦\Ú³° ÔÝ Y_z§º ”ŽŠÅ4 °öºÁjø‡X}`ÐÑÁK4¤·‚y=ùŠ]ùÊ‹AÿØÕ¾µ‰Š>fÚÅ:êâÆtÐD¬Ñá ¼šáC¼!b¼&“_˜·‹„/úÎ è2â+v™U9¿ýæµFðÉÆÛd`Zô €Ý/”}¿¼±ŽËm嶶ö(•@Ü/z§Ÿ’§ªÄÂÔÂôêGØìá]‰,ß®hPøƒ =ûÏV¥Yly=~Œ·‚A^:i‡päN±õu;p(lçÀìJ‹=ÃâE­PŒ‚‹²³¬Ûªb׌ܗ ¤Þ ²e­­ä3LUmü·[»ÙÙYÙ $ÜXIÕ©‰cÁEL3ôãÇÀPÜ66ÞÞ³ýùÌšÐË®“÷«¹9aå=­Ê#=XPòSyr ë¦ÃªQ¹P¡–ƒ7¬²V‰õðå bãk†~ÁatlôgyPŒ VV0$…txBéëþŽ££ §±»^ï ð§Q!ç¢y!E]ÅÑ+ë. KzÔ§|¤,RÖ×mXiÇ @Ð9ÆXùäå€zâ‚"h¶'¶f W£ct<2Þƒ6~Œ~ðxAÌÁƒ;›u‡V›.ž.Ìmí‚^®&FXZ0 ?&ï܈ήêϹ²ó{rºŠÊ{zŽ`[«xŸ0q=/O¨¸*¾0È@Ù$jö4çì^ÍêÔ[¿êéÈËTÔ%2 {Þ ½ Üº‰z¡yÁõÃ77Ožx`¶MŒ¯Ñl¾×Ý÷ø*¯lY¦£€%<¾i c´ ?<˜Æb…0ŠY‹‹áv/"‡alŒvÒ¢ {ʱãÆdãø®÷¿YYÆ&˜êij±qèo¡—÷×—ÝÇ*ºÎ ­[/zKÓÓÏǦåy_Á:;×6Šæòó+󕃰΢”~ψ²I×mÂöMç>s–ˆkí1e²æ²ÞvÝI »wvv·ÞÍd|w …íúîÝëgKÀ?d~ñ- ˆ`m ÌPÓaS÷‚awÓ@>(¾˜ŸëëEy§qxâ`=ñòúa– AŒ[bÕh3‚áÝÌ.Í6Ù° Z4aZï_¿ßŸÝÔÔš*V< ]Z.áèé³ÞWÊ•M– µM••ù–MMØ‹\ À¾+–Yýbh…X•5¤ô[HZox^EÂ~ðrÐÎë”1‚ž˜™¡ã v_O\‡?sùŠˆ$ÅÆf4ŸÇO VƒÂç‡äø!O³±Í>·wúäòÉÊ‹=V&Ú´&ÿ3ÁÐÐî»®_© Ûˆ=:}<~Ðõ—ç—Ï×ߣWVgVUåè”1=uØ}Tžž^­T.ÜQ  ×íÁJYu7ú=£‹{€û Ù™«h”Ü°Néë' `†?xyYy=y‰¼ukˬ¦£ý. ùõä†>¤…ž}匾Ñâ’oZ`ZÚ±aSÓ4_›µµ%›‡o—Xç¢OîÝ;skómZp·>õå€BY‘·È=‚y`µ°G?©©¹õ`a]gÆM²ËØ÷ØœJ%·®*§êTazÌ©Ü÷oW{š’ïÈ’•ù ù•ºÍ@ÉE©uJŠçÞØ® á/±2ù¼jÂͬ»Ø·ËÀ‚ˆ ryåeeE0ÉÛ;úê ‘³á_±tw/±tÐGù,–Í¥}ß^‚¹¼å•Fm>…Ãÿølo— å?ÿþõÄ åeefl¢}ŒA—õ®‚IhjoµÕu÷!úu™ŸNgÓËØwšÊUYYUYׄa|Õh) ÎÂ`~å}NÏÅžü|@™s2–+ésŒ0ÏU­­o!Æ&Cãêþ~ž¢®Q¤î‡a†àï9ïñsB8™aLì¨/ -ð\‘ï4³woQžÁu|YŠŠV’›šò}Y6×Ý6oio…¯-9±‰„ý'ì?ö¯\ÿ#ä`‡B‘ÉVÛÛ^V†Äään°¿CfvEÔ»²áW3`ðÞ=6[‡]Yž.Š«®¥Ç¤¶ TI«{n.,äsò/–ç/”75åWª“¹\lJ’¹oîhæoÌ„¡f¼ßúîQs_ ¬³%á6€v">öÒjµËvO OŸ´HH?®yB³ö/ö±ÖŠG † ølXK¾@QàÔ_?sæ3èõwH¥;;Zwf"2ò•LW²••‰ ZgÛ ·Mp†?k@ “}ºñýÜ=ö¶Œ]&RJAèÈ‘fIóî£ÂkéÕ–ƒùùùKà)A£ö).¶>rLnlmöÜÍ;–™¸5&èÌØþ ‰Ä1â0|‰d†'’öüëõ‰ìðrøýU !‘û{Qz××Y| + C£–X6FFü þÔ"äý̧wú»Þá{OæÎ< Ð×|çl©yv›l5kbÀ#p†ÛŸVñ]¿½²Fí¸.½mıGÊØtöH%À.­ª:«ðNS¹·…]K?¢\hªäÈ8ùùƒù÷++Ë[Ë+¹å}ý{3»wã`àˆÌûû±Í  `æý˜2v §Õ>>‘gQï>y¡ì `!¸‹Û,ÐlŠn¹»=é¾¾Ïå\ÉoYdRþ Qf ½gFFʼnàBÀ/!ß!!;Fkìeg¨³gŽ$8+Ü5¶ËÎŽ€0<~ÔÝÕ~°pDìriNêYï¼s*÷Séå\ö|ÎŽee¥HVÙb+åží:b·?êŽ â#ú=ú=´1Û¹R$rîiØ/*ñ|óĹ¾‰‰»·&p{šæéinîá!IR=©šW¯^Ø¡ÞA/´ï Àö'׉I¸ŠÆ›G±ÒÀ4*U³|Yï/Áv”¼{fq2Û-@òrùôÒ"w°/C(//L Æj‹@ÞÆ‚Œ‡Á<6ü­¤Ë üñãЫ«Ï‡ÊÊF8ƒÀƾ `X&U´‚Ø°ß‘ÉdÊr.—«àz{K«OúäÉ« ³ 奻"0:füß|³ÛsW 쬤$å°ÁU“YJãõÊKŠæ¥µ›UßqÙ"ßò ‰Vé&)Ã×ÆÆö£Û3èÙN4AÂaF|íïÉ¥ÔFú„tZ¥Õ¹:H¿^À¨’ɈÏÛ83³ŸIÑP5 wÜþà¡ÏËÊü9=ÕÖaòcü\Áh`[ž¢|!ß2L¦¦ûµ –MÊENwLXXˆ¼Pf—¹/«k—gÍÉž4á¹û°Æ«STô9bpÛ?¶ÉNc;//;« "þ×[ÈW(íÃ4]¬Æ<\ÛG¹ô»> ¾YäýžhQ è ð¢ñ–Ÿ_ª}òByýðÊjÛëÕÆhHkHE ??×<ÆõËóCel€ýbŽ°h@œ&tWJ¹XeS~ŠH$êhQÓÙG]RUÂ=ëR:PøÍaÏ]ýžâ.OOÚoàééÙë÷ȑƤ¨û'ü „ùgcc/3aâ•ò:¤}r”U æhx+Î][»ôW¸~À?êNÉŽÞÔþŽ]OO®\?$•¬E¡@Ù—É@/Á°¶Ó·Š@<ðÊèÚeb¸c”3ôPýÀ÷Êraê±Ñ@šá÷s’EUCmKGKMÍH§îÞ‡-êh§ò£¹<ë”9õ¸Õ܃›ÙÿÍ7cÌ]h<ÌÓSRWU’ÃÝE¥R ;‚ÓÕ«T»H~î5ë¶È凄ä£Ëò- Þ\v{ÿz|l†—˜ðäiÀÝ#nðô‘H Y óÁ¤Ð¼ƒ¬Œ÷CÈÄ®“` ìë¶Éšïd7q…m¦±EÇTîmrnGË<èSN½¿îÖ{zºI™ïlm-òÅy…uÎóChbÿnϪÞnOsêFÝåÁ;’êã±+‘ª™qø.¨ÿî»H}H«u³°)MX˜%ŸØûžA×wæŸ~óôŒGvÿ7ìZ¸PÄÞz-£\žDFj!ÈjÂØ õöL×­¯Aqhãùdc©ŽòcMÝi…µ5-xýå^€¾lš= Ìp>[—#ÆTÕ‰æÔ²$žæé±——)7·`F˜ `ST@¤ |a/ñý^&uïÖÖ¯pÚº»—ÅPåÊ0lmÞ¾}Ÿfî}u˜.Á%{3 Ígÿ»>|Yÿºn?©],R‹„Ã!;/; ÝÅE¿vö™6â\{''GØ=uò÷‚Q÷á@¾07FQ+뜞¾ä_ß{¾·æ<›ssz„ÍIÎË=¤ŠÂ””fQžöÙ)!Â3Â"ó€EÄ„! ƒÃ{~cÎ )¬æåe†@Ë^vÀ[i¨Ÿ–×YÅ¥ äü¶b֚ͷÿaÃKÛt[SUÉj­:¥¤ô÷ÓƉãtWîód&o7†qBx&~Ã+ ¦ò…<7-4 a•bË:Ɔ÷‚*meôK¾k£ß!]ÂÃ##ŸdÄCHx¶&2Rÿ«Ñÿú ˆL¥B‡ÃµŸ\àH2é@61¶;ÐżeµghˆÆ mzùËËú‘é+¼ÀQU`áÙôtlMKK‹¿»¿}ýôt}¯î„aïˆs–<·¯‡£hHIIH¢'¡è6Õ˜'C2+Ð04´ÛÜÜ7º8777/wîE&Ïjn¹¸|´ )*Öç3X6»Þg¿€?ÙüÍÂ<:ûHZ¯ƒgpÝa,´ƒLf­ž¾‹>xX¨{±€ûË þOt·'º2Qd1F˜`ì1Ï7.×OÞ±¼’ËP¹› €'èh¡×ŒÜk©m©éíõ÷¯—ýkï°ï=g§ˆsK,¹ Íj@w}ƒFß¾zw·ö. GGì6Oô I+.VUE¸ÄM3Óõvß•ÍZ«èXˆMwB‘ó»ðp·`óõM$üÅ  ŽßDêGêëvý€¨kÿ•û ïð…ŠD¾˜µbF—Ø‘M·18b•ÝÙ;~XY—Ûæî›#m½Y“ÐUÓRÓ9oÿ×åß l ›aS(—XZb[;:ÔýÍII˜4Øö,)ùFÛÅã™{„ä .äò}Í-îRí¶žì‹ZËfœ9°µ´ÄâóÁ#È>“ø1Ü%ü@¸Ë¦Ë3@û¿†? Ï~‡Œ„ô/¡téùßï÷莄èö|žAdÍoÙ]›Z² ¿m¶cFïl©ip|TWØfjêΗJÔAEÑ5çÏ×?×™o—{ýorDŽ»|Så’êVE%WÙØ!êëW‹h5ýÀ¨¹ÀGzô•xøú « Ó|øÅUa¾‰'f€c/åÛغQX¬µ øH¾€Çz¸øñd¶QvîzÏ×_?ƒ…ngluƒLè‚è´º pýÀú¨#N¿/ø  ù‘nÁ±Ñ3v„ǘ{½/]Ïû×XV ¸fI½[[Z:ÛÛ{{{ÿ‰þÏ}]>>>´äE¹uß¼zÔ¼¥ÃÚ±_M_†A#&Àv{z:öI1¹ÀiæVùæñ…i “ÊÅk6o£)F—ÒT|–ÍÇ·¶Q+ÙÁëOõŸ½_ÿ6\?àÛ½Á·º)”¿êpkÿªcôõ˜‡¾ÞÁþî<‰ÔïÞìúÎ̇á\Þx9Ù{¯lz°:L°—Ö]“‘©¯ÐuàýýgØ©Y8ÇuÈ«ÎÍt¶Z­>¼«¢£<ÅQ¤FgÇx˜[»ví†ódذܳ§òBB èÙ6k'fÜ¢½ºÀe_32zý¦øäÇ×áËÝ› ßÁ?®ü!8|ßâO”gZ7øSø_uvfª¾Þ­»Š GBŸÞÙu¡izMçùNÿÕqçG1y|†©»éh©¸¤Înù'güëïá}ºt²Ùž|SÑQé(»'K’Ñ’Ô гͿzc€™[ôs;:€] «æJxa‚¶@¿˜e5C}ò„Òm´ÄºpŽoóöã>#ÛbóàõîÍÅîŵn7í¾ëo‚©..#·KLˆþ,ü…V‹DA..ÈÀ뎆¢t'…t‡Ìt™@cgbu·+º%ȯÌϳï/”‹ ùÚÜGU™"v½ÿóvi€›é¤ øˆÀu ¯Î74µœ¿WF' ©=û$ Ü‹ÍswØã4Øá°ºœIÉ _aj¦¹o¦€‘¦R¥E-Ùl¾{þÈÌZZ,oÉæá%#Ÿs£}G~|øpñ!å5Խτö-RÜŒ6ÝŸ†»mB(0™À`nR÷HÿëáÖHÝvù.ŽVD[=ˆ£aìíãÆ9\qÕ)IŒPx hMi^kCËóÎË50YwœdWlâ8hÙ¸Ët·ö½~Ò~~uœ4NëïûF’SÞwxNF'Áê² «­ë„U§C<<|³‚<–/£ ÛvÅbsĽ·> ÆÚËèúšÏgùõOkF¿¥P\ž= xMÈxM±ýé[ÛîÍ}¯_¼Þt‰uXÈOºÛ̺3­¤”þ%¸ÖØØ ƒÇwÒpC®ö8{û¡ö–l_«Ba}Ä[¬68}ªÝÞ^ÓBoiŸô¯ßÿáòÅxèþÉÕÎÚéüåÉ{~™'a0h|DŠ„Û77N—õÁŠå©uÖù¢Šn¿gŸ‡/ÿ‚àèL`ÛyüÜ¥Q<¾ Hç"×WNGpxvé[·o_C?­]ï^é^ûnyóiTÔu£}3O—77ß#u“U»ù,<@? ¨>ˆS(Còö”&#Úóù8âàsïùó‘ä ·§¼Z*vŒéQ6´×ÜÛ_ÿ¥ê8KëÝ_êê'kÝd³és"Ù{ºù]¸Û22 E>Ñîܤ…ôµº[‡(]–²³³Šö3þòeaø—ÐЗ‡½üPTÌ­Í_TÄìr~®DögÿßõýrÙjKWß—ÉC“Ê:[Zj“925ûNrgò\Ÿ3VqÛ××#‡ ¹æŽ»j„T”ÜÈc0ä>Ž%ñ{ó-\áñùx6K6û˜Á‹o™ð§Fÿ±fôÔÈh…òº;jòðÍæZ÷Ó§3À(<}…k—Ý e8ê“öîÈÌ/™L6AÅE_E Ù»t=îúÜuÒuÒ?366¤"¡\hj:fl‡¬Ý¿xãýÏ÷OúwFûËjŠ‚·ºÆ•uÊZè¤ù!{\f<¹A‚íiîë»ØÈåÁxçJ!‡›E$ŸŽ Œâ* ·C¥Ø®]((~hã› Àû²m¢²ØD;샾]¤P Û‹¶‹F¶Q¶ûÖÖ677g6ß¿^t[vwsØÜtsCº}‚–?iµ^³NÙ˜_šø‡»Nh„ë!ðr¹÷²ëÆƽÌس}7n´zç «Î Yºg ‘œœ ¢]n/é:CS¬¦£¦;;i®®®Ÿ‡D Éεɇ#Jv›Ã,Ò*±×L$Õ’Ü´´ªõª½¡&|m©hàí°À `âm£ºF-e‡‡_Z422ú¸¸Ïˆ²~ôãÇ(æG eÅâõëg+nOgf^/?Yv¹…$“©º›Ov?¿úÁŠlE6™õô)JˆN&44tÿßÀì|ùá—{æ±±E1ÞÒô³©¦¦ªÓ1\iCGK;©ÏÏ_>_ݲ¿fµÄ'éùþËçÙl™ƒÃtÒWÇííé$Ì\rM’ãᆆÝT˜…yf×À€Üà Mk¶Nkc¤ñyóÏ~þ™Ê\/¨ÓÎ…°X‹×ŸnšwoîûxýÛKkG—/uo®]:ÿðéÃîͨ§nO—Ýf6ìϸ1_U¼P(/ ÙŠ@Õh²NuF'ÿæº?Ôuÿþ——ëÙe»}FUÇò®y‹ ÜU‚œôÚÚééÚÚŽ²ú¢Ý ÞúËÅí®Ï_Ýëm—±‡h˜!5èSöyŽŒ#ºÙ8¹¢ŸF‚í> \€*6 o†qìËl+M óˆˆûžüÃϳë³Uüº³–ÀzÃܼ¶ïÛ}”}nk—fÖ(”Ÿº2¢tÿDÙdîu{3óÞíéOG™ï7Ÿ@vv+}Ë,3fk3ŠH,ª£„^ö¶åƒ±½_BÉ™è¢ÑÑÌR_ÍeXÛ{ý'»¢“B÷û?ÿ0I¿SK¬&µÈdeeÀØÌ«EÍ5jí3ÌSähÎ0Šœhý<~ Cè» ñòVšÍ·gTÃXKY,ÊÃ`£½')‹L·ß®Á/Q>®Íü´ÖMYníè¦ùÌ{ÊÞuەͨ£38+A÷_KÀ s+˜ÔBšÀ×·?ôË/CC8Ú™®®3Ñ-‰mi!÷QÁ)i¹RwzŸSs¦ó²ïó—ûƒZÎ@»‚ 29yΡ¯®®–‰«´ÕU:¦îó©Q“p°¡yµGn©Šï±Û`<"1¤­ÁZ'ì!ÌÎŽQgºyEÃÑ‹omÖÖ¢–l³»Œ®}{éáuÛën—>­-u3Ñ9ú†²¾wsÍæáúŒsvËl–0A Þ%üxÀ§&0™ñ5$?DœŸ=}5!£ë<}žÝ;’".ŒU™ºW¥§ÉW655µ·süuáchèåÉ èè_õ^þp-»yGF¢Ó†üˆÏ˜qôxG ƒûL‚} Ëvå2bÍý60>+Ÿç±m,›à£o×(‹Ý€ôÀÙddôÓÇÀœ­¥¼ß\Ù|hc´ö†ª¡¨vL*õÇ1ªæêmð2Åü] z\Üù!ôDMWt;˜9þÓ#7sM‡UÂkÒ+ùÉŠ†;öïYµ>tÿóç—ýCý¢ÏÄ÷¾ü¸0ç&N§ÛÓìÚ£h ©¨Ÿ†Æ!°çè}!òs±<Ç/“ó‡OòÛÚø!SòÝ»„`ÊRvtPm|VH”í ´çOFnß~¤¸\7¢{ý©Q÷æÚÑ£k{ßÛ¨%‰fBêDÃ>LŽïòŒ |wÑIñæ'}ÒtÛÕ‰S³³WïZ¬ó¢Y—–(k££ü%ÞšÍOÝ”Ÿ~Zû‰ò×Knnûö-θuS^ï{½B¡ßÝm»õÞb]cb61ö#úösØçLIDATævš„øÛvÁšÛˆöÇN_B{3ŠÌI_\Ÿ‡êž7=½ M+ tL_ó.ï±T.èž*ä?Ý ªï?: üdI mžDljZ†p_ººnØ¡ý& 2Zˆ$‰[åˆ||Å¥ Þ"ÍÓ'#„%ŒeEí^\?úÆ‚y”wƇeD¡å1 ÚŠ£³7)O7)+G.í~s²hqffÆíVøë™(s[Ê›•î‡kQF7÷j¶®NLŒ]½Ò”?2ÍáÈ,•]¢–š„”9õÜ<=?‰NÂÙÇ}9ô}œSPtÁÏÄ"1Æóå ]!ž´I?b<©=>ÄGÀ·I+>6ÈgeóXQ,Û‡Ú¼¶â%—ë~$ôif%¤k;+ò–f68!øÝÊÊÚÚúÃ͵(VT”9“z"8#ƒ™˜áSrÀgkì®æêR{çPœ½½Á™bÿý4º,¿IÉU(®ð‡MU±B…ôTžX¥R %ÕØÊ;ÓeÓœü¦níÍþöNçÞùç~~8:]6>44¹ñ}ÜÐgb‘DúŒC£q50Vî9#7×W=~ÈŒ`ˆOøÆ7$3Ê6Š§ ,h+hSµ²Þ†¿å©øKþ²ž ê:üúÂô@´¶º "íÖlB0ÐfXkF+{7ƒƒƒgÍ÷š—œ)‰?¡¹;–ïç÷Ù0ô¥YIj_¯?]VÛÚºo-iŽÍ»¢¦§{ ‡‹©ÎWN³9÷˹ƒ•Ê¢¢öôŸ{ “nÜÚð³·Ç‹Ðø=@'Ñh¿vXHÈ(Cë+¡ùáœÌœL<ÿw Wÿ“Ƈ‰ÒXT Tu#.â`µà†X‹§Ä«ïv^­AŠÊ¥3¢Ã—J7¯ iS Ñ¹,µÓè´«U·i«KÌâ¬M§s³]êfW³øóŽÕÿàÉ7Ÿ<ßçùäy>NVŸ©·öôPK"±{¼¨‰ÉV°¹¢¤ý5xב{œÿíëäüׄ!ýŒ?.n7^–´ûÓ¿ìy }tŠ¡¹iNm† ˆN62ì©´æŒGW®,Ü®¯ÃûQÛ„­ Ç-xî7÷p£w¢ÅHº¿ô9×µFIµ}ôÂÀö9±N.’§É‘qúéÅ)B=\ˆ|9€€È*­±Àç¡°GËgE1\ÔG`ÑÇ/ËôézX¡ð«P«‚’’-#¾[&…ÉKY@ºó¤vC9£_…[²ä„"+ ëŸî=Ý;kÕ§'=3Ìb9O¢ ›Ñ¦†æ¸°\Ѓ²!qŒ¾ºÝ¼´:=Ý:6ÔÑá²\cMx8.ÅssIRªñz*]äÒZd„Ã]¿dŽ¨nJ»A§:(ßáï‹‚·˜ƒBb†@GŒƒZA‹ÄfBÃÃ!†¸Lƒ]Všÿ»ìTQê`µBªüþÍPá¦JÍÊ4) Xq_¿z·v ŽJVvFu>ß:ðëãsrÒÏï—ÎöÄb¹à,f?“×PUÛh®@D1I€!epmÅèe<]ÈÌÕ<Öy-nÉípE8nã–†LV]‹ìÈŽ¸ßÕXÝ`‡SSgææ.Q£ÌŸëåïs¤îãpE!}Œ6DÍ4‰Ï§EUÃ\‰Œ…œó²äƒà¨S¿…a9{zëƒÐ½šÐuûeŸDëQ[×…Å';£ ¨¨­­ÐÃ’íE‘VUYR©arʉ18n 4\1Ü\ÛÞPY[ƒ HŽ­M&8q©{aÔÕ•MAïo×ؼ7]˸ƒì^s[ð› íÏuGàdEÊ'·í}†òÖï¦ÝSÿÒœ“¾ÈfÚA6G½ »xÄŸEi™> üÑ0¸Øz"À°÷’do^E¾Hw^/ÙN IçáŠÉîµù¼’„À £“jbðúáº_&LP•¼üª¶&ýò\î ‡™¿H©AëÚoV]w²£Ÿjk22–ÌÙCî{8Ž_­ò\®2JIÎËîsX4^_ƒËB:Ë•Î@p]UÍRdýhâ}ž´—µÍ5—Ô‘ípÝI’džÆÓrÇBâ¼å;í•j´õBÛ¹iâ;;ãÇ èøŠ¶^>ÐÅг6ä0úwkÎA\BIEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_label.ads0000644000076700001450000000355112533067540020347 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Label is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Label; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_text_view.adb0000644000076700001450000002043412533067540021264 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Text_Tag_Table; use Gtk.Text_Tag_Table; with Gtk.Text_Tag; use Gtk.Text_Tag; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Text_Mark; use Gtk.Text_Mark; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; package body Create_Text_View is procedure Insert_With_Tag (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record'Class; Tag : String; Text : String); -- Insert some text with some special highlighting in the buffer. -- Note: in a real application, one would pass a Gtk_Tag instead of a tag -- name, to avoid a lookup in the tags table ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Text_View@B widget is a widget used to display any" & " text graphically. It provides support for changing fonts, colors," & " background colors, as well as inserting pixmaps in the text." & ASCII.LF & "It is based on the model-view paradigm: the text itself is stored" & " in a non-graphical object, a @bGtk_Text_Buffer@B, which has" & " support for traversing the text through @bGtk_Text_Iter@B objects;" & " This buffer is then associated with one or many @bGtk_Text_View@B" & " which automatically reflect any change in the buffer." & ASCII.LF & "The text is fully editable"; end Help; --------------------- -- Insert_With_Tag -- --------------------- procedure Insert_With_Tag (Buffer : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record'Class; Tag : String; Text : String) is T : Gtk_Text_Tag; Iter, Start_Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter; Table : Gtk_Text_Tag_Table; Result : Boolean; pragma Warnings (Off, Result); begin Get_End_Iter (Buffer, Iter); if Tag = "" then Insert (Buffer, Iter, Text & ASCII.LF); else Table := Get_Tag_Table (Buffer); T := Lookup (Table, Tag); Insert (Buffer, Iter, Text & ASCII.LF); Start_Iter := Iter; Backward_Chars (Start_Iter, Text'Length + 1, Result); Apply_Tag (Buffer, T, Start_Iter, Iter); end if; end Insert_With_Tag; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Buffer : Gtk_Text_Buffer; Tags : Gtk_Text_Tag_Table; Tag : Gtk_Text_Tag; Color : Gdk_RGBA; View : Gtk_Text_View; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Success : Boolean; begin Gtk_New (Tags); -- Create the tags that will be used to change the rendering of the -- text. Parse (Color, "red", Success); Gtk_New (Tag, "red_tag"); Add (Tags, Tag); Set_Property (Tag, Foreground_Rgba_Property, Color); Gtk_New (Tag, "courier_tag"); Add (Tags, Tag); Set_Property (Tag, Font_Desc_Property, From_String ("Courier bold")); Parse (Color, "green", Success); Gtk_New (Tag, "green_tag"); Add (Tags, Tag); Set_Property (Tag, Foreground_Rgba_Property, Color); -- Create the buffer and the views as appropriate Gtk_New (Buffer, Tags); Set_Label (Frame, "Text View"); Gtk_New (View, Buffer); -- Insert some random text for Lien in 1 .. 2 loop for Count in 1 .. 10 loop Insert_With_Tag (Buffer, "", "A normal line with no special highlight"); end loop; Insert_With_Tag (Buffer, "red_tag", "Some text in red, notice the use of tags"); Insert_With_Tag (Buffer, "courier_tag", "The font can also be changed"); end loop; -- Insert the view in the frame Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Add (Scrolled, View); Show_All (Scrolled); Add (Frame, Scrolled); declare Iter, Begin_Result, End_Result : Gtk_Text_Iter; Success : Boolean := False; Mark : Gtk_Text_Mark; begin -- Create a mark referencing the first line in courier Gtk_New (Mark, "My mark", True); Get_Iter_At_Line (Buffer, Iter, 12); Add_Mark (Buffer, Mark, Iter); -- Replace the five first occurrences of the word "placeholder" for J in 1 .. 5 loop Get_Iter_At_Offset (Buffer, Iter, Char_Offset => 0); -- Use forward search to find the next occurrence Forward_Search (Iter, "special", Case_Insensitive, Match_Start => Begin_Result, Match_End => End_Result, Result => Success); -- Replace "special" with "particular" if Success then Delete (Buffer, Begin_Result, End_Result); Insert (Buffer, Begin_Result, "particular"); end if; end loop; Forward_Line (Begin_Result, Success); -- Delete the next five lines for J in 1 .. 5 loop if Success then End_Result := Begin_Result; Forward_To_Line_End (End_Result, Success); Forward_Char (End_Result, Success); if Success then Delete (Buffer, Begin_Result, End_Result); end if; end if; end loop; -- See that the mark moved with the deletions -- By modifying and coloring the line where the mark was set at Get_Iter_At_Mark (Buffer, Iter, Mark); Forward_Search (Iter, "normal", Case_Insensitive, Match_Start => Begin_Result, Match_End => End_Result, Result => Success); Forward_To_Line_End (End_Result, Success); if Success then Delete (Buffer, Begin_Result, End_Result); Insert (Buffer, Begin_Result, "green line"); end if; -- Color the whole modified line in green Tag := Lookup (Tags, "green_tag"); Get_Iter_At_Mark (Buffer, Begin_Result, Mark); End_Result := Begin_Result; Forward_To_Line_End (End_Result, Success); Apply_Tag (Buffer, Tag, Begin_Result, End_Result); -- Remove the mark, we no longer need it Delete_Mark (Buffer, Mark); end; end Run; end Create_Text_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_status_icons.ads0000644000076700001450000000357012533067540022007 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Status_Icons is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Status_Icons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/search_and_menu.png0000644000076700001450000000623512533067132021074 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR„8< pHYs  šœ %iCCPPhotoshop ICC profilexÚ­–gPÓéÅÏÿŸ ¡% %ôŽ€t¤„Ž¨ôj#$tˆ1ÄÞX\Áµ "‚ tU@Áµ²DÛ¢Øû‚,"êºX°¡f?àê½wæ~¸3÷̼3gμsžyæùòX‰$‡TrÅ2iT°/!1‰Ç¸´  \Â< ?"bþ«ÞÞ×lIþ7©‰Ró„@,ÊæD?¡D*H*“92‰ -p¥ ‰I97}ÔGঌz®4&Ê %@š0‹ð „é2€¹ €½X”)˜×x 3"€Å`“›;K°|X¤üKOú¿u¦|ëÒ¿ùÑ]Üž«½»-Ÿç/ÈÉL‘ d©"ü¿•›“ÿÏ<€Rª86€]„ <¸Âî°<øC€d"R C*D€,µPþ³$s¥™é2_"ÉIµá…Š…v6Œa[8žðE &"1HÄ ‘\H1 °Å(ÅZlD%¶c'öb?¢Çp gqWp÷Ѓ~<ÃÞb„ Á&8„6a@˜Ö„#áFxÄ$"ŠH$’‰tBLä ˆåD)QFTÕD-ñ q”8Eœ'º‰;D/1H¼">’R‰ä’z¤9Žt#ùdCN'ÓÉÙä<²ˆ\MV5ä>²‰üA„yÄìˆ_#é‘‘U‘£¢DuFs¢gF×E¿ñ‹Ys/Ö"6?¶=N%nZ\mÜ»ø€ø²øž„q .&ê$f&¶$1’â’v' O œºqjÿ4çiÅÓnN7Ÿ^8ýü 93ŽÏT™)˜y(™–Ÿ\—üI.¨ §„¦lIú 7 Ÿ‰|EDƒ©^©e©i^ieiOÒ½Òקfød”g<ÏôϬÌ|™’µ=ë]vxöžlyN|Nc®BnrîQ±º8[Ü1KVá¬n‰µ¤XÒ3ÛcöÆÙCÒ0éî<"oz^‹Œ+“È.å[äÿß[à]PUð~NÜœC…j…âÂKs­æ®œ;0/hÞÏó©ó…óÛ.Xº w!aõ"bQÊ¢öÅÆ‹‹÷/ ^²w)siöÒß–Ù/+[öfyüòÖ"½¢%E}?ÿP_¬\,-¾µÂsÅö©?fþصrüÊÍ+¿”ˆJ.”Ú—–—~Z%\uá'‡Ÿ*~’¯N[ݵÆeͶµôµâµ7×ù¬Û[¦V6¯¬oýäõMxJ6¼Ù8sãùr§ò훘›ò7õTLªhÙl²yíæO••7ªüª·ènY¹åÝVÑÖ«Û|·5l×Û^ºýãŽÌ·«ƒ«›jÌjÊwÒwì|¼+nWçÏn?×îÖÙ]ºûóñžž½Q{;j]kkëtëÖÔ“õùõƒû¦í»²?`KƒmCu£fcéÈ?ðô—ä_n ;Ø~ÈíPÃaÓÃ[ŽpŽ”4Ms›†š3š{Z[ºN<ÚÞêÙzäW»_÷31üðmîÛ‘w%ïµßïýàö¡ócüÇ‘9ŸŸ*>[~nýöå¾0ÊŠ ºØacïìÝA­«þONûãNÁj,ÛRó cHRM‡Œ6|¿I<Ë9õ+1 ±òIDATxÚŒSKËqQ^g±Ï‰—HÉ-)ÈH&Rø+~‘!1t„ (uD.I:œýö—÷ýèõ}k²/ëyöºŸÏ/òœÏg`Y!”N§#‘X,–B¡`2™(†-•J Ëò`0x<‡V$IRµZåy>‘Hp§R©¼^/ÏóÉdÒjµ~×O—h4:NÆb±0›Í×ëu6›ŽãV«•Á` 9Æãq–eÿÒï™ón·k·Ûý~ÿv»€ÃáÀK’$B.—ûMEægÍ×ëõt:ɲŒÂ?f³Ùét´Zm.— ƒ/Á¿çN.ƘŠÿ´T*µÛí&“É|>÷ù|ï|æ¥çï¶Ýng³™×ëáýkü›ÿÙ¾˜TâÃ=ÖÔIEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/refresh.svg0000644000076700001450000000237012533067132017426 0ustar gnatmailgnat gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/common.adb0000644000076700001450000000501312533067540017207 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Strings.Fixed; package body Common is -------------------- -- Destroy_Window -- -------------------- procedure Destroy_Window (Win : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Window_Access) is pragma Unreferenced (Win); begin Ptr.all := null; end Destroy_Window; -------------------- -- Destroy_Dialog -- -------------------- procedure Destroy_Dialog (Win : access Gtk.Dialog.Gtk_Dialog_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Dialog_Access) is pragma Unreferenced (Win); begin Ptr.all := null; end Destroy_Dialog; -------------- -- Image_Of -- -------------- function Image_Of (I : Gint) return String is begin return Ada.Strings.Fixed.Trim (Gint'Image (I), Ada.Strings.Left); end Image_Of; end Common; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_items.adb0000644000076700001450000003707412533067540022764 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; use Ada.Numerics; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Cairo.Pattern; use Cairo, Cairo.Pattern; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with Pango.Enums; use Pango.Enums; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; package body Create_Canvas_View_Items is package Gdouble_Elementary_Functions is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Gdouble_Elementary_Functions; Left_Pointing_Double_Angle_Quotation_Mark : constant String := Character'Val (16#C2#) & Character'Val (16#AB#); -- unicode \u00ab Right_Pointing_Double_Angle_Quotation_Mark : constant String := Character'Val (16#C2#) & Character'Val (16#BB#); -- unicode \u00bb N_Ary_Summation : constant String := Character'Val (16#E2#) -- unicode \u2211 & Character'Val (16#88#) & Character'Val (16#91#); type Polygon_Item_Record is new Polyline_Item_Record with null record; type Polygon_Item is access all Polygon_Item_Record'Class; function Gtk_New_Polygon (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Sides : Positive; Radius : Gdouble) return Polygon_Item; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo uses the various types of predefined item types." & ASCII.LF & "It shows how they can be combined to create complex items." & ASCII.LF & "It also shows an example of using @bsloppy@B drawing. In this case" & " GtkAda does not draw straight lines, but displays them as if they" & " had been drawn manually."; end Help; --------------------- -- Gtk_New_Polygon -- --------------------- function Gtk_New_Polygon (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Sides : Positive; Radius : Gdouble) return Polygon_Item is R : constant Polygon_Item := new Polygon_Item_Record; Points : Point_Array (0 .. Sides - 1); begin for P in Points'Range loop Points (P) := (Radius + Radius * Cos (2.0 * Pi * Gdouble (P) / Gdouble (Sides)), Radius + Radius * Sin (2.0 * Pi * Gdouble (P) / Gdouble (Sides))); end loop; Initialize_Polyline (R, Style, Points, Close => True); return R; end Gtk_New_Polygon; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Canvas : Canvas_View; Model : List_Canvas_Model; procedure Add_Sum_Block (Sloppy : Boolean := False; X, Y : Model_Coordinate); procedure Add_UML_Block (Sloppy : Boolean := False; X, Y : Model_Coordinate); procedure Add_UML_Actor (Sloppy : Boolean := False; X, Y : Model_Coordinate); procedure Add_Alignment (X, Y : Model_Coordinate); -- Add various blocks function Font_Name (Sloppy : Boolean) return String; -- Return the font to use function Font_Name (Sloppy : Boolean) return String is begin if Sloppy then return "Comic Sans MS"; else return "Sans"; end if; end Font_Name; procedure Add_Sum_Block (Sloppy : Boolean := False; X, Y : Model_Coordinate) is Filled, Black_Filled : Drawing_Style; Small_Font, Large_Font : Drawing_Style; It : Polyline_Item; Rect : Rect_Item; Text : Text_Item; begin Filled := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.2))); Black_Filled := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern (Black_RGBA)); Small_Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Font => (Name => From_String (Font_Name (Sloppy) & " 8"), others => <>)); Large_Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Font => (Name => From_String (Font_Name (Sloppy) & " 25"), others => <>)); It := Gtk_New_Polyline (Filled, ((3.0, 0.0), (80.0, 40.0), (3.0, 80.0))); It.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (It); Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Black_Filled, 6.0, 6.0); Rect.Set_Position ((0.0, 17.0)); It.Add_Child (Rect); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Small_Font, "+"); Text.Set_Position ((9.0, 20.0), Anchor_X => 0.0, Anchor_Y => 0.5); It.Add_Child (Text, Float => True); Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Black_Filled, 6.0, 6.0); Rect.Set_Position ((0.0, 57.0)); It.Add_Child (Rect); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Small_Font, "-"); Text.Set_Position ((9.0, 60.0), Anchor_X => 0.0, Anchor_Y => 0.5); It.Add_Child (Text, Float => True); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Large_Font, N_Ary_Summation); Text.Set_Position ((15.0, 40.0), Anchor_X => 0.0, Anchor_Y => 0.5); It.Add_Child (Text, Float => True); end Add_Sum_Block; procedure Add_UML_Block (Sloppy : Boolean := False; X, Y : Model_Coordinate) is Title_Font, Font, Black, Filled : Drawing_Style; M : Margins; Rect : Rect_Item; Text : Text_Item; Hr : Hr_Item; Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; begin Pattern := Create_Linear (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (Pattern, 0.0, 1.0, 206.0 / 255.0, 154.0 / 255.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (Pattern, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 216.0 / 255.0); Filled := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Fill => Pattern); Black := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy); Title_Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Font => (Name => From_String (Font_Name (Sloppy) & " 16"), others => <>)); Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Font => (Name => From_String (Font_Name (Sloppy) & " 10"), others => <>)); M := (Left | Right => 5.0, Top => 0.0, Bottom => 2.0); Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Filled); Rect.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (Rect); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Title_Font, "MyClass"); Rect.Add_Child (Text, Margin => M); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, Left_Pointing_Double_Angle_Quotation_Mark & "custom" & Right_Pointing_Double_Angle_Quotation_Mark); Rect.Add_Child (Text, Margin => M); Hr := Gtk_New_Hr (Black, "attributes"); Rect.Add_Child (Hr); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "-id {readOnly}"); Rect.Add_Child (Text, Margin => M); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "-/name: string = 'foo'"); Rect.Add_Child (Text, Margin => M); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "overflowed_very_long_name"); Rect.Add_Child (Text, Overflow => Overflow_Hide, Margin => M); end Add_UML_Block; procedure Add_UML_Actor (Sloppy : Boolean := False; X, Y : Model_Coordinate) is Invisible, Filled, Black : Drawing_Style; Ellipse : Ellipse_Item; Rect : Rect_Item; It : Polyline_Item; begin Black := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy); Invisible := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy); Filled := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Sloppy => Sloppy, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.2))); Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Invisible); Rect.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (Rect); Ellipse := Gtk_New_Ellipse (Filled, 20.0, 20.0); Ellipse.Set_Position ((15.0, 1.0)); Rect.Add_Child (Ellipse); It := Gtk_New_Polyline (Black, ((0.0, 31.0), (50.0, 0.0)), Relative => True); It.Set_Position ((0.0, 1.0)); Rect.Add_Child (It); It := Gtk_New_Polyline (Black, ((25.0, 21.0), (25.0, 41.0))); It.Set_Position ((0.0, 1.0)); Rect.Add_Child (It); It := Gtk_New_Polyline (Black, ((25.0, 41.0), (-25.0, 20.0)), Relative => True); It.Set_Position ((0.0, 1.0)); Rect.Add_Child (It); It := Gtk_New_Polyline (Black, ((25.0, 41.0), (50.0, 61.0))); It.Set_Position ((0.0, 1.0)); Rect.Add_Child (It); end Add_UML_Actor; ------------------- -- Add_Alignment -- ------------------- procedure Add_Alignment (X, Y : Model_Coordinate) is Font, Black : Drawing_Style; Text : Text_Item; It : Rect_Item; begin Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 10"), others => <>)); Black := Gtk_New; Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Position of items can be the center of the item" & ASCII.LF & "The three boxes have the same position, but not the same" & " anchors"); Text.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (Text); It := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, Width => 40.0, Height => 40.0); It.Set_Position ((X + 50.0, Y + 40.0), Anchor_X => 0.0, Anchor_Y => 0.0); Model.Add (It); It := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, Width => 40.0, Height => 40.0); It.Set_Position ((X + 50.0, Y + 80.0), Anchor_X => 0.5, Anchor_Y => 0.0); Model.Add (It); It := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, Width => 40.0, Height => 40.0); It.Set_Position ((X + 50.0, Y + 120.0), Anchor_X => 1.0, Anchor_Y => 0.0); Model.Add (It); end Add_Alignment; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Filled, Font : Drawing_Style; Polygon : Polygon_Item; Ellipse : Ellipse_Item; Text : Text_Item; Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Image : Image_Item; Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Error : GError; Rect1, Rect2 : Rect_Item; begin Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 10"), Color => Black_RGBA, Underline => Pango_Underline_Double, others => <>)); Filled := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.2))); Gtk_New (Model); -- A drawing of a hexagone. Polygon := Gtk_New_Polygon (Filled, Sides => 6, Radius => 30.0); Polygon.Set_Position ((0.0, 0.0)); Model.Add (Polygon); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "hexa"); Text.Set_Position ((12.0, 15.0)); Polygon.Add_Child (Text); Polygon := Gtk_New_Polygon (Filled, Sides => 10, Radius => 50.0); Polygon.Set_Position ((100.0, 0.0)); Model.Add (Polygon); -- A simple ellipse Pattern := Create_Radial (Cx0 => 0.5, Cy0 => 0.5, Radius0 => 0.0, Cx1 => 0.5, Cy1 => 0.5, Radius1 => 1.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (Pattern, 0.0, 1.0, 206.0 / 255.0, 154.0 / 255.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (Pattern, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 216.0 / 255.0); Filled := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Fill => Pattern); Ellipse := Gtk_New_Ellipse (Filled, 60.0, 30.0); Ellipse.Set_Position ((200.0, 0.0)); Model.Add (Ellipse); -- Images Rect1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0))); Rect1.Set_Position ((300.0, 0.0)); Model.Add (Rect1); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0))); Rect2.Set_Position ((400.0, 0.0)); Model.Add (Rect2); Gdk_New_From_File (Pixbuf, "refresh.svg", Error); if Error /= null then Put_Line (Get_Message (Error)); Error_Free (Error); else Image := Gtk_New_Image (Style => Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Image => Pixbuf); Rect1.Add_Child (Image); Image := Gtk_New_Image (Style => Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Image => Pixbuf, Width => 50.0, Height => 50.0); Rect2.Add_Child (Image); end if; Gdk_New_From_File (Pixbuf, "search_and_menu.png", Error); if Error /= null then Put_Line (Get_Message (Error)); Error_Free (Error); else Image := Gtk_New_Image (Style => Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Image => Pixbuf); Rect1.Add_Child (Image); Image := Gtk_New_Image (Style => Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Image => Pixbuf, Width => 50.0, Height => 50.0); Rect2.Add_Child (Image); end if; Add_UML_Actor (False, 0.0, 100.0); Add_UML_Block (False, 100.0, 100.0); Add_Sum_Block (False, 280.0, 100.0); Add_UML_Actor (True, 0.0, 250.0); Add_UML_Block (True, 100.0, 250.0); Add_Sum_Block (True, 280.0, 250.0); Add_Alignment (0.0, 400.0); -- Create the view once the model is populated, to avoid a refresh -- every time a new item is added. Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Frame.Add (Scrolled); Gtk_New (Canvas, Model); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Move_Item'Access); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Canvas.Scale_To_Fit; Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Items; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_size_groups.adb0000644000076700001450000001336312533067540021622 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Size_Group; use Gtk.Size_Group; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; package body Create_Size_Groups is procedure Add_Row (Table : access Gtk_Grid_Record'Class; Row : Gint; Group : Gtk_Size_Group; Text : String); -- Add a new row in Table, with a label Text . -- The option menu in that row is added to the group Group. procedure Toggle_Grouping (Check_Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Group : Gtk_Size_Group); -- Toggle whether the size group is active. package Toggle_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Check_Button_Record, Gtk_Size_Group); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "@bGtk_Size_Group@B provides a mechanism for grouping a number of" & " widgets together so they all request the same amount of space." & " This is typically useful when you want a column of widgets to have" & " the same size, but you can't use a @bGtk_Table@B widget." & ASCII.LF & "Note that size groups only affect the amount of space requested," & " not the size that the widgets finally receive. If you want the" & " widgets in a @bGtk_Size_Group@B to actually be the same size," & " you need to pack them in such a way that they get the size they" & " request and not more. For example, if you are packing your" & " widgets into a table, you would not include the FILL flag."; end Help; ------------- -- Add_Row -- ------------- procedure Add_Row (Table : access Gtk_Grid_Record'Class; Row : Gint; Group : Gtk_Size_Group; Text : String) is Label : Gtk_Label; Button : Gtk_Button; begin Gtk_New (Label, Text); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 1.0); Table.Attach (Label, 0, Row); Gtk_New (Button, Text); Gtk.Size_Group.Add_Widget (Group, Button); Table.Attach (Button, 1, Row); end Add_Row; --------------------- -- Toggle_Grouping -- --------------------- procedure Toggle_Grouping (Check_Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Group : Gtk_Size_Group) is begin -- Note: we use both the properties and the directy function call only -- to demonstrate the two technics. No other technical reason. if Get_Active (Check_Button) then Set_Property (Group, Mode_Property, Horizontal); else Gtk.Size_Group.Set_Mode (Group, None); end if; end Toggle_Grouping; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox : Gtk_Box; Group : Gtk_Size_Group; Table : Gtk_Grid; F : Gtk_Frame; Toggle : Gtk_Check_Button; begin Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Vbox); Set_Label (Frame, "Size group"); Gtk_New (Group, Horizontal); Gtk_New (F, "Options1"); Pack_Start (Vbox, F, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Table); F.Add (Table); Table.Set_Border_Width (5); Add_Row (Table, 0, Group, "foofoofoofoofoofoofoofoofoo"); Add_Row (Table, 1, Group, "foofoofoo"); Gtk_New (F, "Options2"); Vbox.Pack_Start (F, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Table); F.Add (Table); Table.Set_Border_Width (5); Add_Row (Table, 0, Group, "foo"); Add_Row (Table, 1, Group, "foofoofoofoofoofoo"); Gtk_New (Toggle, "Enable grouping"); Vbox.Pack_Start (Toggle, Expand => False, Fill => False); Toggle.Set_Active (True); Toggle_Cb.Connect (Toggle, "toggled", Toggle_Grouping'Access, Group); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Size_Groups; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnome-applets.png0000644000076700001450000000602212533067132020526 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR00Wù‡gAMA± üabKGDÿÿÿ ½§“ pHYs``zxEtIMEÐ (–ªŠ IDATxÚíšYŒ×u†¿Ú«»§»g㢤9Ò–dk¡MÑ–I¦@Ó’F² 'P q^b=Fâ ûI6ò”<YÀÉk Iˆ Ã@LÙ¢hQ#ÒÒˆÔˆξw³»ºö5}‹(·‡Ãe˜<)à  =·«þÿžÿœ{î¹#qs—$L.ÜK…¿gK ÷·ü’v\&¬H aùý-'r#äpU˜V¸W csÀ1,'“þoÈg])€6„é˽‘Ï~ „@Ðc±°[â õ: (à&PÌOÝsp÷3_:z|dxèpÉ4È’4'±á:NàØöZ³eM¯®o¾}ú½÷ߘ]XYïóÅ3ãB|üy@.€Ï—Ÿ|ìsû¿ö•§¿yûÞ½_“$‰,ËH’˜(Š ‚ß÷ñ<ϱ±]ÛvX[ßøÉÙ>úÑGç/nÁÉN(×9ó&P*/ÿ»üüÄñíÞ=r¿a–0Œº®£ëŠª **²,!!‘IR–B–¡ªò§†û_쯹³ +baGRR¶/dS*ÿ·?ø«{ïýÄ·+}5Õ,•)•Ê¦‰n¨ª†ªj]ðR7² Ò4%Mb’$%NRUS¥/ì®Ì.¬¾ÙCâ–È¥£ç³ÿwóò÷ÆÆö}£Tî£T*S®”)•K覉a訪Š,É¿$’4!‰câ8!Šc’8¤‡ëåÅ•Í;%¡l3ûj>û?øþwÿäÀ»ÿ¼\©R*•)U*”ÊeÌRÃ4Q5EQd².ø$é‚•ð}Ÿ(Ž‰ã˜8ŽˆÂˆLÊ•Kzk}³}¦^o˜„| ÚÓÇž¿{ß_꺎¦i¦iš˜å åJõŠ™å ¦ib˜š¦Ñ¯‚”¡êŠ¬ )2²¬¢¨ ²,S)›ß®Ò°t+üNö9vôñoišnʲŠ¢¨hš†¦F Ã,Q*WɃYӻ໱Ð/Ë Š,Q®T”î½$uM–es°¿ï;B¦ê6x®›@±Lкdp°ÿÅî edYñ)Ë2ªªc–úPUýÊwH2ùxI’d Y’»™ª\'Nº*‘$©û2Yz±RÖïr½a/ÈÛ¥Ï'}x"K3²,#ËR²,ƒ,íf–4%ŽC|Ï&ŽÃ+ß!Æåã³4#ÍR$Ecy­I(Wøpz«ã`Ù®RíÓ¿*2Ý {AÞ¦XS«ÕÊ#išt2‰ºEDa@x¾‡çv| ðˆÂ€(êŽKÓ˜$‰IÓ„4MI’Çqyá…xüèqÖ7/Ó±]TM£R.?ôÝŒämô¯jŠüÉ8ê®°QÔøÝ•Öw\§sÅ|×Á÷}¿K" C¢(&ŽºÙÈj5Ñ4z—^z‰;Flj☡¡a\Ï¿è/xAÚ‰®H“dO…A@„¾‹ï{xŽƒëظ¶…ݱpm ×±ñß÷|·;>£( ˜››g}}3gÞ£^ïgâ¹ç¨Vð\›,Í€ r£IÝ®úŒ¢Ðô=ïÊ +Ë]¾išE!ªª‘×B¹¼ßÅs=<ÏízÊó‚ÇõHâÿxí ‡wqäÈþú‡/£ëŠ¢*À° X¢àK®g]Ø.`$ÏóƒÀï‚Y_ßä¿Nüš8ΰ;mÛ¢cµéXÝOǶÄ÷Žcã:.žçŠø高øžËüü¿9u’0 ˜xî9ÒTUM€A &d¤]o0÷z ¸äâÜRóàø¾Û$I¢i9œýà<©¤òÈáдnž¿V5êx>—–™_fßþýì“eNœøtŽ§Ž=Í/~þSJ†‰¨ uDµ*]Ë ÊUÖ(ùìCǧ/ÌÜÖ±]‚žxž³gÏ"e]ï¦iJŠ rñ|×qXZ\âÌÔ4—æ?È“?J…LNž& <×feeOßÿ‹ óÆek h 9b3tM]Í)Üq×þÿð…?:ôãþfæù³ïaee…ŸýçëŒÞ¹—O#IRV×6(—L.·ÚX–EÛ² ‚ñxæÙϳ²4χS°´¼€m;ŒŽÞN¬,^âÈçá×_KóŠW”í†À]kû©l³SSSkjæýÙ‰çYZ^å GŸâ¶½{ù‡ü'—ÛL›Æó|6M66[ôUk<ðÀƒ<úØcÿÒãÝSorñâǬo¬awl‚0$cöìÆ45ÖÖ79vü™ìäÉ“«À²ðBGr|-[y ßGËíÍÏOÿ¼Ùl›úxÅÅÆÇ0>>Îî]CܵŒGŽf×®aÂÀ'Í2,Ëbò·y·cÑhlà!žïá{>A!I…ƒÃÃ8V‹™ù¥ö=÷=X6Mó“¾ï¿½Å{Û8Ø*f9 xÿüÅWJ%ýI×q´Öåˬ­®ò¹‡?ÿþäÒ4¦ÝXãö=à I,ÌÏ’¥)aF1AAÅ1iS2M¢8¥¿V#ô¼ìÜôìlËþ÷êÄÄľW_}õN`¦ÐénvC“×C†ï‡Š¥¾ŠyŸë‡È²ÂÚê çΟ'=š–ÕÂî´ñ=? ñÿʪì!q#Ë2%䯯J¥ÆÐàozw}yus©Ùl^[[[«†aø« äëÙR–›­N§Z1ïlµÛ{² &'ß%ŠBÈRü Ä45â$&ŠÅ¬ûq% ’$¡© }• õZZµŠ¦›\º4c>{þ`˲fFFF5‹ÀA (lvnzSo}Í–mÉÄw¾szrÀ¶;¨ªBÿAà¡k*ª"“$ i’"+2Šª ©*¦aP¯Õì¯Ó_¯£éKË«ö/ßšœÎÁ–ã8‹Õju¤Õj'F!³›%{¡T;¶çÊ%IÒUU¦Z­aª*ÓW)£ë:•rÓ0é«”©×ê R«V©Öjhºž½õöéæ©É©1Ã9ÐnµZoO¿>.´^n(ˆ‹íÁHôpZÀ°FÉFûòm»‡²f£Q¾{l CM쯡j*º¦#ÉJwK©t72ïœy?üÍäÔ\ÇvÛ♶ ‘›'´ÿ ðmàõë©…¶# öÐVå,ˆ¦gç C3TEÙsï½uM×ÕáÁ!YQU)#ËÚm+_܈ææ—Üóæ?%! ¯@ ÓCÀ^>üðãkõ¤ëÈR†(u÷cÀ3À—óâ¥e‘·Õž¼]lðÊÀA¡í¬“ë_x¸)nˆ¢î/€o+Ûuï”›hîZÀQ`Q¼,ï<¸ùlúiŒO®ôŸ›U c‹g“7y³A|52ð”7]èB‡Ð9p¯ ™@xqª ›bç–ÇÆo?ÞÏÞÞÝÚ§Eý~ªp·Ò{ ¸ÂÖ‚tc Řð€5à.àaàÍ[A€‚¾ëÀ}À/ eÇÕäfç bà\„ŠæŠßGÀYàëÀÏÄDí˜@®Å6ð$ðÓ-<ÐE/´E,¼·Eäà=ñ¬<VDâ8q³Å//™¥¯.Ù‹!¾â¦<+d£M`·ÈPV˜³ø<}þðCÑv±wêbÉ}H¤¾ÙB&*za+9Bÿ{€zÀçõ4zó³µQàâ­$Pr8ÓC 7zeÔ^š)|çÀoÕ©ž à²{Ãê‹üü Èy Õ·XÔ~o£$š¹Qá·aáðïjmöÓ¢õÒØ "˜E‘êÜÂB¦b xvœõÄÂP‹ZÔsž|µEkSØŽ%”_‰XòóüÝ{.^å˜52* @ñNÁwBhŸÈJiOýÓ{È]´Xd¡ìZåò­8'ÞîZ† ®O º—¶YG2AdÇÝ;õ@ÔîÑzo—o«þøÿëÿÄõßÄÖAýkåIEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_reparent.adb0000644000076700001450000001321012533067540021060 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Ada.Text_IO; package body Create_Reparent is type My_Button_Record is new Gtk_Button_Record with record Label : Gtk_Label; end record; type My_Button is access all My_Button_Record'Class; package Box_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (My_Button_Record, Gtk_Box); package Int_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Label_Record, Gint); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo does not demonstrate a widget. Instead, it shows how" & " you can dynamically change the parent of a widget. The widget is" & " automatically redisplayed inside its new parent, and delete from" & " the old one." & ASCII.LF & "This demo also shows how to extend an existing @bGtk_Button@B to" & " include specific data to it."; end Help; ----------------------- -- Set_Parent_Signal -- ----------------------- procedure Set_Parent_Signal (Child : access Gtk_Label_Record'Class; Old_Parent : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Data : Gint) is begin Ada.Text_IO.Put ("Set_Parent for "); if Is_Created (Child.all) then Ada.Text_IO.Put (Type_Name (Get_Type (Child)) & " : new parent : "); if Get_Parent (Child) /= null then Ada.Text_IO.Put (Type_Name (Get_Type (Get_Parent (Child)))); else Ada.Text_IO.Put ("NULL"); end if; else Ada.Text_IO.Put ("NULL "); end if; Ada.Text_IO.Put (" old parent : "); if Is_Created (Old_Parent.all) then Ada.Text_IO.Put (Type_Name (Get_Type (Old_Parent))); else Ada.Text_IO.Put ("NULL"); end if; Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line (" data = " & Gint'Image (Data)); end Set_Parent_Signal; -------------------- -- Reparent_Label -- -------------------- procedure Reparent_Label (Widget : access My_Button_Record'Class; New_Parent : Gtk_Box) is begin Reparent (Widget.Label, New_Parent); end Reparent_Label; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Box2 : Gtk_Box; Box3 : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; Myb : My_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Reparent"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box2, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Label, "hello world"); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Frame 1"); Pack_Start (Box2, Frame2, True, True, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box3, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Box3, 5); Add (Frame2, Box3); Myb := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Myb, "switch"); Box_Cb.Connect (Myb, "clicked", Reparent_Label'Access, Box3); Myb.Label := Label; Pack_Start (Box3, Myb, False, True, 0); Pack_Start (Box3, Label, False, True, 0); Int_Cb.Connect (Label, "parent_set", Int_Cb.To_Marshaller (Set_Parent_Signal'Access), 42); Show (Label); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Frame 2"); Pack_Start (Box2, Frame2, True, True, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box3, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Box3, 5); Add (Frame2, Box3); Myb := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Myb, "switch"); Box_Cb.Connect (Myb, "clicked", Box_Cb.To_Marshaller (Reparent_Label'Access), Box3); Myb.Label := Label; Pack_Start (Box3, Myb, False, True, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Reparent; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_css_editor.ads0000644000076700001450000000360412533067540021425 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Css_Editor is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Css_Editor; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_combo_box.ads0000644000076700001450000000356412533067540021243 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Combo_Box is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Combo_Box; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_links.ads0000644000076700001450000000360412533067540022774 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Links is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Links; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_calendar.adb0000644000076700001450000000515012533067540021015 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Calendar; use Gtk.Calendar; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Calendar is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Calendar@B is a simple way to interactively select" & " a date. A callback can be set for every change to the date," & " for instance the date, the month,..."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Calendar : Gtk_Calendar; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Calendar"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Show (Box1); Gtk_New (Calendar); Pack_Start (Box1, Calendar, False, False, 0); Show (Calendar); end Run; end Create_Calendar; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkbuilder_custom_widget.xml0000644000076700001450000000207712533067132023066 0ustar gnatmailgnat True vertical True custom widget 0 link True True True none http://www.google.com 1 gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/alps.png0000644000076700001450000010231312533067132016712 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR+Õ8•&[PLTEŸ†‰„#;[ˆE:ÇD GÉcIX=Kj0(èteXNYI1;‡TR©uuh ÈeXçeN%'oNRØT17 ' 0Q¨TGü“e©S3¡$ 1?@UùtT¹dX\btˆ3-ö„uogu Ùs_û”y¸UCûƒS¡5%˜TN¸C63BÔE y Z>T¸:4FdG(:‰qw'6H /l>Oy0ú¤™VQfØeV3!?‘<ùudó•ÙdGÆM6¤<AHaû|XšB [DJ™c`8 =0ÚŒg·=&uDAnQ^¸kf 8Øyo¸I+Š, Üâܬ¦´ü¬üüùÇ„‰ì²´Ì–œü°æ]8žKO_üêìX —KG¸to *EGL/GÈxqY¸M>¹T3x ü^47X'.˜on58X à쪌g&!ˆZ^§\W—[^v(!˜H6HQo*2M0@ay¢, Š=4ùŒv¢<(XEVqEOú¬ŸÇ‹‡ì„edbo )I¸0 ê{Y©lhü›hüœz·\NÕM)n_hö›‘ÙkJĦœh49x40U5B˜gmŒ ”4䕌䌄L>JdOW|ixÄ<dPf¼žœü·¦ÉL(êkBªL-' &'3Ê\:‡LLé|hÈk^èlS +Ù\86(2ºkZ Ùzb&2Øl[ömPY(!¶{wdZb|W[H4E|NPLAT45Md]p”,|Q\5Uü¥ƒËkJl'‹ZT©ZKû‹Tš[SºKx' ölC&)DÈ\IüŒd(Bú|e7)@èkKbKGDˆH pHYs l lRIF5tIMEÓ Xp¯ IDATxœì¼}|Suž?šû+^$–ë(J(™Öf!‘Íi´DŒÒ¸J5m38–ãrLÉ¡Ê´¶ôÞûïÝL^¢Ň÷J;†Rb™…•‡zÆvèÝ MŒ2›Ì”*®QcÏîçûpÒÂìþ{_¯ýæä<|sšä¼Ïûóþ¼?ßsRæ¿Û·ÿnÿÝþÿÔÖ¾í?þãuÒö¼¾gឯÑMy{^ÇsÒòöäåÕîÉ[ˆfµ0«­­EKiA&Ü:kÕMÞêì„©³wuÖºáQK::;ýn{§?ä¶ÛQ§¿¶3Ôi·û;aá÷×B¿ßM¦šjaoõ–ú…N­v·ÃÛá7·wv–¢OÀߢwNúz9-o!šíÙSKæµ ÿUÆêõŸýìŸ&µ¯Ñ„ªMÒ3©åѧ<Ï#S™“µ·NÕn±¼ÿ'ùtw*”ALjŽÍ.Q( ¬RnTƨÝïwSLT»úéÂ/ãä—é™”}ò×¢{ëY­D°¼=Ä:×ÊXÕªü¸ ÒTœÜ”Ÿä]$Yt“”F ‘)Àtª¾¥¬-n9k)ÜP­È 0Hü”-~ZÒJPÕü9 ;z;úãN?yNŠ±_ýµn&h{°QÅŽl:4Tãæò*OínZ°¸óT “&7Îu˜^rþQ‹ZW$p:sDE}ÔvÂ?É{9¼"{ ªøé;傆Å]’¢ùñŽö\^!0í”ß7h¸¦ÕžCÅ+¥À»‰w˳¼¼ÜÜßIyå&`å2‹äo• p«¾q•$ÂùÝn8xÝOÑðçÏO^ê”öûIüI¶ÀN¸‰¡õ“ó€Q’‘SáE¿x­ªPÀªU°ê¤Ðü,O¢Ôd:˜Ü_8µ0™:)¡0©ˆ»TÅÊ-ÚCNm~;¿´åwÜL a’Af”Ô'½žûv4í%±¼Q²úå´›K±Z=É¿ÖNâ€ô3Ê8u뤜r»•¤×é&´ÂkøSˆ7tÊnINk…7S¨„›Aš]ÁOp’¶(ÒDÉæ§èPñak ï—Ï YïôÓŒšsæˆL’/UI1éVñJÊjVI©A >7±•n2"Ç›â“(Sé¦$Â8¤p!%3Âà6(äB  ƒÁà7 …$å~ˆ gˆFè(ƒè–¢.v”~¸À‰€ê˜{R©pmJ ªØÔIÇ™°n9ÆpØuª,”*¥PßçV áäxT9·"øå ‰TƒB‰TnÊ" IxvÂðŸa¤ÝîœÈšÁOÏBÍN¾b'a\§]±N·læɨ‡[Õ$—œ’,M²$I)¯SC᎒ç‘2ÐóÝÙIü‘|oƯZ ã‘áòÓТ[À(?&—Œ#FyF÷Ãïm0òh$îNÑrú(D~¹¸ GY‹TÁÊpg >!þ©“â„qsË¥ˆ”ÒÔrÔ9©C:±Ô+½†C&à'c˜10*ë¸ðJ§ŒêÁðá-„!]`¼ „}n)9$CO²&~J?ÖyÔìJ…%)1ÁNÁÊýu¥0&ª’²³³SŽAü4`迤p ,ªfuG¡Y˜,øè)å0w n EŠ6Ž¿0,´†9d ï†ý«ãEIm]úùvÊg—è%‘JeTXÉlRåº<%sR¡¢¼šÄáIxIhuÊé+@¢(ôMX¶R`ùÆ~Â-•Xš „z" )ü·Rx’·¡oh Ÿâ§OÙe¸U$ÞÕ¯BNò¿²v¹Õ1è&jî–j`:d U{nÊ,7 b öÉp) (Aˆù_úbšæ ãpróKÇFà£ñKpIBNZØ&FÜ’^'¸cˆ .~Ê2EÊ:i® ¨T‰3GÆTÆ]–Sóʯ\QR€BˆæI…ÿ¤xSAc˜u2,òŠŸ‡„âÁÃ/¡Hˆ@Õ‡ µJž°‚–/7D`Çf ›!GÊð'䤨uSñ÷’èd#å8!“¦\ma×D‡åRÉ£LnÉCMl¿Ì#Êò%ÔÞÚ@¹eðS‹„;qÔà…Ÿ ƒ#Ë`^Bhà Ó§RÆÀ«]`¨ð®8öÈ–_ `ªuŠ!ŽOêgÉ×óËÂFšý¤êF‡ÊåU§[v Jh©@R ¨šAÍ/˧[f’»J ƒŒ‡ŸšJ’RѨƒ'QFGÏO “à#ØP^‘€DoV¢ï¡òe4GdŽûIÎ%ωš qÆDMåÈ…K’…9Ã)î’JzgmÉå¡ÖÀƒ, ~úoò}‰÷K,3E&ñ&bHC˜‚ r"a8ÃÍ°œ Q¬¹¶„x TÊ.Ê`Â~™vŠlQ[/Ë—ŸF¤Ê_u*„’Lz§¤áªàËË Íý’'–›ä–T;§Ço ùŠ‹íB$¥ÁÁ¦Q‡;¤#L"@ƒY'C†_Çkî°ÄA<…©àQòÒ³å&ç¶Ó@ϼ”»;iŽDP)¼ Q_à–ÆV”TC4©ä%Á̸ܑ’ÄÈ—q+jMÃø'¿ŒNîŠÜH@‘DAæ‡ÃR¸a¼(r(ú$£†™Æ:6( õºÃ$³Á¢"f A-0uf~ '!5“ã'‹0="Ê$Ä|°ª×I#¨RêaÂQô$œ1Å(jÔÞKú%û )(‰aõËVÇM‡t`µ Vî\—š'ããV ÔÉ¡'åYÉ]¢N {q?>¡:ö K[iF;ñ¡ÐܦL2HO’lQÉD“ð#z&½.+œô6aš ~©˜”Êiä‚0,®g¿4èK×éL2ê#e "ànÂQšÿÝ4é|FΨ‚ŒúKȹÅ@…ÃÊJØ/§=9z„UDã ha¿‡âónªZaÕÒOõ^: a*_Äç“7!²¦ŸGËJ)&©VÆ@ TTaEê—ÚNµ8Q¿®ŒÕJãD±ÔP’4Ý}C½ž¢Ü4ªÈšê³"8äàhàQ¤Õ>yäp4ÐÝh‡ŸF±”h†ð’&7}žfÉfàƒSUdèà;Õ¼ê”$]iv}ò¥&µHù%kI¢”dGu˜¢4§°¼ ‡a«Q‘qñ«z ÒºŸBŒÐDÁ¡ï"ÿ¹Ç¯üA˜âåËJ¯¢­Ä÷°¢í%é á–«`ž;×”K«2©¤’…ŽHÕ®[59enÃä&ÃBôÙ`È!­° 5£ä.‚ÀƒŽÑ*ÜMùDð"dÊ%&Í´2PBy–jª°2ÖJÙ@DÇîWyQyĆ…/pc&ûrR¬HCÙJÉÜ‘óŒŸÊ9ë~ºW Š2`ÒLÊsSÅÉCaóÜtGiwù|Êh¹—¬û%ÿKÍÄÔ ZzU †_Þ)]çv«9A$Û¤±"•ë¦€¨°Ê/J îfnS"г‡'¿ )©÷¯!æ!ú%ÿµ_ù ¿lP¨ž ’Ÿ•FˤÈŸ›±çê”Ç¥U£bò¬2p";¤©¢$=¦\7HçV’$1*^©^VÇKF Ï=žÉ`y¦’L½í— QÎ$©¸©ˆQ«–TKmRXvu ªÆî:ÉÕ'¿,OÒ€RÏùåZ¯Q$‡Fµ¯tÌSÈéÜ&Á”×$$즼‹7g/ùuE©“‡•ä(Ù Rzhš"È)ÚŽÓž4>è—†ò Š?—ð2нœ‚•€¾½â ²Í‡©˜ M~¹AwDè1{”€ÌAУ¼œ õdÕ¶_¶!²Æ„óK ?-ã¦`å¦×ͤ!0™O’%pË… ©TŠØ$ƒA ©è•OäMyôW:voØ‹XBŸ^.9¬ÊÁ æ^Õ´©ÎÚVÐ0ôS£DªŠ¤µ¬¤”'Ý; ;&õ°,)li¹`Ë‹°|®&+³Ôeø«ì™Ô¼“0Š>ÈD—ʺ',œ—¢âõzH5A•ÃòÕ iÀ\t‘Fž$´$û¤d_?­Ze˧¶“*ˆ”¯Œ€W½—‚CXÅ$¹×ëñ* É\#¬ñxi7¬y»÷Ÿª^³ÆCç‘°„¹îf–L.iËO+ø°G*^…ýniP\ÂÎC+’"èöoÔýJ¯½\˜ ªmÀTH)€yÕA¦ç•òz•×<3o¸Üã© Nª|wX*×T9ù¯èy9<Âå´,7HÛ9Á%©’—ny¦tzÔâ.Ï`õþدŽG"BÄ1áàDqÄÑRÝ=¨šú<© [Ó$C(}Ñ‘ç Œ•N“2ø¥‘;ê9åà£CÚaIÜ r‚ “ü/¨¶—"e £sC¹¡\>ô©+ü€æA“…Ò'"ÚÅã÷¬«¾ðêsÏB,ËøôŽ9Îòܯ.T{±ÐKo'G®g²-“;ÉîHœåÆ 4”IÇí ²–Óp3мJ‡bUµBX©› æ•q*'s"<ÊU˜Ý Î0Pƒ¨y(jaÄ8¼\3XüÇ9x„⾤Cd9Žá5É–_V›Ðå¼µ*âz…ƒ2haù@¤±7…W^:¾¥¾&.i¹t-À¯d: Œj¢vc¤*GT&!H—4"%@½J¸ÐmÄ%P¢ý'î~ª¨Üëñ#^¡0ô ¯´Œp¢CäX •ÈêÙxJL‰œÈ§D£±¦å® ƒžr’pøî«-Ï=å8úUMò“OöVW¯ôŒ¯[³fÍþÁSÝû×\ù¸…‹€>±B„eâ)_}Ö9&•b8ðâ =÷ÉOªÇe„PO:‰7…LvaŠ^I—6éLR … Ò(µ4¾MUOlQÕÄ7‰r‡2É@{°Fá¾rBGÒg̪r^¢PaowõžÎXøDI½Õqü¹§Žÿ®ãÄÜåÏýîwŸì|ê©ãwÅ’œh‰4q†lŒóª-’âxŒ Ïñ¬õ\ÊøɉÁ°×«D b\äuóË ëA¿ŠW^e Y6ç8YÒá02¤(]'P½!R7hå¹ÈR^á<-j`å²ÂÚTýª±‚k‹À&†"fçˆ<çpˆuñššz´àÖf;bXþÈíN›Þ k ¼ÂÜDî««±ýRY7ù»JIñÑ)TžÁ-]ÿ‘ :½ÿI]Q ¿M<¸AÃMä›ø ÔM*W }Ø[.I¹¬ç¤yà î:Î:Y–)±kà°E‘çEÜ ¸Œñ8Š1P*A°Ac£›Íéä" $ðŒÎ"‹vùdÿšqš0ˆÁW­Ì+„T>ð6°LÅ+¿|-*è’K1re)Y%å¢Ê°’Φ Éj€ 9|D‚\¸œ2Ê+I”²>XÝÄŸMTEL•ž%dA8°N4Z⢘‚Xƒ>žOEm™LÆö]Ú1Vlí‰÷E£ã“Õû«· Ž{pj †_öt€5&žIö>+z[ºØ!C…ÃôÒ›ºàT#åÍ]+Ïí“@RM2äxå— ›J!$†.*)bygFp"PD°|<^âÅFàå ët2NE óL_ÑùgDž+>‹Aa‚¿³XH•ËÉȪ#S÷‰ ¿úñ_¯¾ h‘çžjºûÄ`cå zTXÑ+WX©‚䶿4Ô*œ ”Ê4zaï$È° *§;I'·òÉËr Uùøøøº+û"lt=¨Ïœ-ÑV²æ2¶Ûm BKdŒà7ÁïœDÙmx|wÆ'¶VB಩õñ¸‘KŹxʯOqb*Å <Ë¥ÀM°¢ù$ø´ÁÁêê/;šþò»ßýɼ|õê’CxÂ'8žZ}b'ˆä>hRaèI U¥þJ™—; ‰±Šf ’èرØã¨D½Â2HJÜÁúšú—ÈSÿòÔS# kåyH‚ùŒÓÙÛõl¦Žq"ê±9ÁkrÀ Å3‚MÀGlGŽ83•{ÍúCÉÊŒ`›¨ˆsF¨vĨÍVù“”‡£WÀµ«ÿ»ÊˆÙȧ˜vÒ˜\þÔy–p<Çy&eŒ½ëîwMž`N éP0B,]AJ(à Ê+u©jÜ·­ªQ䨔˜†€)Wá4¹­Ûùœ(ðQâŠ)Q$?+8oϲNmÆu:€j[pà àV(mÓ *&ô>}e†öúv8ú÷à4ØHR"J•ë¬9rDà}–õF=Ö}Mcͪ–_¬Âq«m¬õ¢RHRpåsû»»¬°ŒS-7€hÑ[q î êØÓÑ‘Y%uH‚žÃ+¯,RT­1*Düa‘Âå*u—[u„Xœg¯Åé·ñL†çYgÖ°‡€`@ –0›pº93h©[øŒµ™ÿ$ØÎÜ. ½g}­Wµ°°L 8qê³ I £ç‘7V´oÿ ª©/jhýêÌÙ•è#¼Ó'î:^ü—ÿWÅ+ì·Ð¤xsérè”(4xU”Êå•ü(§é0ò@5¹90·íŠ©û5h£M+›\`!ãÌðL– çY’EÓxÅI¸•É_-Xá­•‚Óv4ÖÇN´~›xèãàR,`x$ÃÊ “ϳ•xŠµ]L1úŠ²¿xê´ƒ¤y@ÐG¹ïÊÎ4ô•¼™|yÖö‚žÌÁŠ 1û—ðV×Aá)¢NY$9ì)1è¥n ì•Ï–«<äp›„t¤ëåã¯àµuÎÞv Y^+þ4¿"É‚©Рeµ»žE0dl@AÀ0EPñœo‚éO1 r‘_$ð)€hK½è´mN=rb¼põh&s( 'ÃMÕwBŸ%niÙúãùB%ÃÕk…JŸ^hú–x,¶ï[Ÿ>ñÜö« %Öõ ¥• 'zxe›`P8% µÂŠŒ$ßÄo*àPÃ>Y¤Ê)ÁÖ9â… >¿ÏZ³6ÖÉûzõ§«VPx˜žÃBò+òZÛQ'Mû¬3›å³Ú@(æ jôQàR|&écoö€Íx¦¦²ÞæÌ$œ¶ÀËÇ‘½Í P `uYùßG¦°.“AÊ´a8s»M`ª²üÛÌ~­Mdù!+Ä¡óøϪEåL(xÀès‚Ò±B¼ÆØÊ÷Úª`7=o†Þ<ÈÛÐC„ØÞÉ ŽãísËV™‹>øˆxÅôÊȬʉ‘ùçzN¤ŸžvàW9¼òçD„©w ƒ†:Ê®°z¨,,ÕÄ¥«FŸ(©Êår¥\Åk*_¥p®ÜûÇýŸ0Ù¢,S˜­ËäÛ†€LÏòCEAÐ"‘w:SGÀDA¶’Ù2Cùà??ÊV­Ð'†´ HšÎC»žø«c©ì3RP#âÄgFZ½Ú!AßÇëm€TÈh€>š4ÑøÁÜý-ɧÎq–a’ÆùW >áßt8JbÅ¿ùrÃ'¿Ìå)«ÉB¾ .—A¯Ì*i¬)öæ(µl½i9“CœIT*WKº¼:^ý<£ïê-tfùÂ(ØK›Ï[ A~Àšóø(‘ç"? F[X¨å»´¼5}ÄÉ?”,ŠrB€ ¤òµ¼óC½Å-k1>ŸX1”õ =?ݶíö¿G8ò›}6p¶7SÊöD|Ÿ¢3Ë0ÎÊ‚Ê8ÔD¼ÐP?$œ.ÉZo?2=;Ê£¬i‹g°ö=UÓ3–Ⱦ–Øé#úxœaãÏ8Þœ`¹ Þ1çé ;yýùÿ[ƪ<èÇÅ4¾´AæÒe/¹b–ŠÌœô§¦Sø& äö•+ë_„P¹’»‹˜ìGÙ¡’lþÙy ‚ ô&´ð ó`På‡ ÙDGÈFÑ£·®®Ž‰fyÁw<ŽŒD]ª)ä+ï9€˜á“5|¡þ|—“_[ÐsL*¤‚ o³!Z¡pF£±¦ #›©œ¥×ëœ^\åˆÿtˆßÒÇ%/Ìý—>–©PôªÜ/é¸*sï;Ñ¡«‘rÊ“<”œoÖÊs$m“Ý*§˜íoª*¹ý#­ðµ.j‹2¨ÚÈZÎL¯'{–MeÀà9£U]¡^mÉGuuÙl Î:Äg¹- §²L dˆVÍ­´!¯Áõ­Šk~Vô`B`+sçíª ¡lŒŒÉ²Oemüчޜ¸OÔ¿!ˆE}‡–ßó8û¢‡^ÍÅ*è—Õ êj$èÒ•Ý)~ó¿€Ô$ب¯¢fŠ€$‰{¹wð/‰*[@;Tåü( ÁÆàzÃÉk&k’P)ko!pü@fÅwz«“ÿöd…ÙLöY§mˆåJŽr ”Šç„‰“€.äΔ9©¯Ë²/x±&iNòì[]úÌ‘”J,S£7:ŒËw<‰m–/rè+:,õõo~SÉ'ã‡^™1·•­ˆ'ÿ¢`…Ƴ‚( ÑøL ËE‡8,YÍÕõ²2R®´°‚*–Kº$¥BŠy¥üÒÎB&ÀŸµsÿQ½ IDAT®ÈfmÙøTÉf¢€OPe rS aßÐÆL6{ºfÎÂìÛ|àö’ÊŸJñ HüôôA`â¾7ûÀØ1•4WœØ· úç¡®«ØpLܘ4OÛøó¶Ó§§¯2²½‚¨=4ñÄfßÈÖÆ“vz_ÅOTXa€Hø1£t:Œ¾®€ä¡f@ræádnL&•~«£ŽêuñåããøðL_]–Ê:3…ÞŠjAgFð½pPZ42°ð¶l¡à*ê²õœ™Gœ æœ_‘!0(M&·\^ÅÅÖxëчYvˆ‹–¤q"ÎÇû6~E¦JàŸ%^/V&o?dÓ³‰zÑ1=2‹jY1¶÷¸ÃÂÅÚ«ï9Ê÷M¯ˆu¨´8NŒ‚KGŠ€äQüTX-X¹º)T9 %DC²\‚m|Üëh…J>çŠ(ªY|bÄ GòUYm“Å%t€9RX˜jÁtf^vî]°é¦·{ßÖòÂégR,Š?° Ú %Ê=†/:-¼ îTo¬1š‹®ú,úó™‡oÏð·€·,¢(°½W!32à²RŽ‘# †w<Ú”´pÆ'Þýq_dbäZÙ¿«±")S*(…›N–n»PÁ$#¾ù°J\SØ%©¹D-ŒÕ:öôÆ#Ygö÷+Îl¯ ¯¬Ê¢0kͨ˜²ŸÎÂèÛÎ#…C¨R>}ÔÉçk«†¢ÙÞl¶0ÀGF¶°N&_+@ÑÍ8µ+*ÅLj¢•M±âèàâÆéÉøD¥Ïov=”: äÜçÕ‡ìÆk¾‚œ-{ÿ“£VÑø~õê±XYÙ%5V€SÐ òO]P‡+e1 Š6é¤Ð+«`Q×(*3 Dž,ëÒkRä¡å8ò Ðî~n˦½%Yyþ,Ã÷¦ŽæéϦÈî@*°–|†Iù΂ˆ;”^eWTé¡føŒ5Zuqk¤$:Ä2QÈ—?âõg›–OÅõ>‘á`bÜØW¡‡t×3|~â§Î"­ U„|œ­÷UÄ瓳ô#»F:Ïð¾}ûŽ‹¢˜<ùwõô˜ÍÅ«wϱ:ˆdÝ U!J~t8!ˆ NK¸‘@•Ë@)HIb®*úTÚ8~Vå>ag%^>”›t´•í*J ‚–;¡Ì0HÆRu¾[Ý#™,òM+ò#º2ÁfPjóLÁ¡CEE¶,r ‰£o @%!G#ëø(a2Æy^¯Ï<¼ÕÎQ„”ϱ<'B)e ¾+yÈñ°žo{ÿ849òÀ’âX,ÖóíóÕËT¼òzMXÌuTƒt*¡ž}*‹¤¢Ód W/‘>¡$° çØ…†¿/z‹ª Ôe´ÂÑ!+o-êÍ­Ðõ'P†¯cVœ=˲¨#‰£Ñ†·E !=:­>k4‘}$ËòVá«Ó€+Zôz‘Iq§7Æ“I=Â*Åå×G3®D¯Sß峇D³%.°N_ ì—ì›0ÞæÅÕ·€?wÌ/>ë©ø¢}ÉÖTû+¬åò8‚D¡pP)gÂá)H©*5:* —´[^ÀL"8ÑŃãåÕŸX«®æk£ çY!còi‡†† V†#‚âl›}„g~¿"ã¬ËdÁId€>‘G×c2Ù³`¸z†z…!4Ì¢ß{|ÈÉŠ¼/nã°dÀšd Š×ÓJ  °&>blȱE}>c29ÂÚ À¯î94’ô9zÞ­¨æž'|Që)þòÄá*¬t:iÌsòèwÒFùT $͒͸d4ÉkL$ÈvBJ "µ*¿«µ¨$jMY6­öl¾¾PsF3pøx±„¯+d˜Ïí2ñxMË!b±o3…€j/WÄf!äg}•«Š˜:@¢OO9DNáG JB]ÌŽC½ðN0òLœçÄg’>·Å9þ¨/™4ê{ôŽWÚÑUµdÏá²Ø‚U±ö»ß=ùêU ¢”j¾ žét7Q)¯ìÄËsÂë&a7©Ç  òŽ_9ZRÕ•`Ä¡.}/£å‡ºœÎDÀŠ´ß“õ ^œS&áæÌ°bM^„coÑ@ûÙ-[*ÁŽaõ ó§E£-l<ÉÅŸcœñZ²bÁ5#B dU¼BÈŸ®²^¬‰ìꧽ©Ô''ôF_ÅÉ÷ÍzgVµ?ý‡Èªke;¶®¾mþ µ^a›@õJNðâl¨k!ä ç¦<Ó00pðjã‰zÇ¥“U ÕƒåþqÛ±?^i/)é“Àó+x+Ôv½C·Wñ òÀ(AÈT ‚ˆFA§ÎjµN4’\‰£ë©³LD-Ÿåùzt9 v;?±üßú˜¬Àˆ¾‹˜MfótsÌÈèÑ­mtˆA÷l´RëEÎ1qèª*æ¤Jc…Ñü~q ÃsÜüöâå=æØêoßýCòUƒ *i°[@O®Ñ ñ ºoh©äÊE.í¼6åÔ`[pÐKSž Ù_·#¶sî]oægøÀÙ®†è3›bòC6k_å-ªCƒëðù:¨L¬P‚ ¨¯×³"Ãpù½Îlæm°ùbQ<Žn t¼ñJëPþ¢€Àág´âz½Ñl„ä˜È–н€nr`D£å™p2Ž@”sÀÄd²ÏœÜÚã¨kÌM¿ß[þÅáw[bü­+b?± êp&„àCéûª)r®Bª\Òp©Ƽ'£w8ßyi¶Ãè0~ãö`ÓqKýs‡Àf~d­*Ñógј’6ÜfÀÊ8rïº$Ï£»`24èÄEŒ5è~†”.eFÚ®x Ù#ù¿{ñ¥.aÃÇzœ±IUr"©õɆ‹@êË·Â{€ÏbDŠDãœ'º$¢Ñ›+’æ–¿¬¡¨®0.oŸ_ÑóÀ¯v¿x枧sô*,Q*ŒÉQÇI*Ÿ¬X ]9L^üDë0*X0dq©Q>Aî¬3}™7XœXÙðpBû,¯å™(d¶hô¬±³˜UáS8à,!ºÎ‹,ºãÀÂ#³Š°âÄYV|¯L6‘¼ódk«EŒÇ‹ô"FÊ1QsDÏFŒIŠiÞÊp<”A‡b Âpä8ÀFŒÃÎ5æäD˾c$Êõm2Ï?y×DEÏ7ËŸüSÓ‰¥“x4 b¼°º©ÆKѧS¥=w:É‚cÜƽ£8æ¨ÃôÒ'CD£Ž¶ƒå®ûËü^v¨!n´@zï Ôñu,ÓËæ3½ùŒaÐ;¾ƒã×³Ú +ÀTúl¨_LU V@ëm Xmc> Îâ/.ð b¼¾R_“¬¨¨0ÖL`3›ÓkР©>Z‡o´A7k‰q=â˜.t'×H_ Ê\ÑòÐx©ïMãüßÖïõÉi±âwB*^!+ŠÐA– X±¼¨çfã*Ì-D-/Ž5 x…âOåÈ)H2”üâ׫c—Þ8Çæ'â½ÆJdϦÞ­f²0ùÌY|›¼–‚¤ ÅžÖ"D+3 ÷è.4t3GJe8î·"oº¥ÖOŸÞÒÚZy4UÏÖWT€SÐëõ4à×~9ç#èæ@Ðv™ÔŠdYKÔ@bÊȲf³¹&éøâE¾ cϾù-àGß+[ò›a¯pyƒ¢D¢/ÃX«`L/{4Áv9Ú ¨¥#q†"n´œ4 !£Ì1¼^ 5ïøƒ>øàŽÛ6êµBÀRÉ¡­@ ¬U´øÂl†'ãÆè!²ë×£›°Œ ßB„Rkq°Lª äÞÊ– ñ|–ùàÎØÞJ^ô«B5 L‹>Î{øº,ÔÒ›²éœð19´Ç%k®%c×’}Fñƒ–ýÄH_òÍsßmž¿gù¹Bj¬pÑ ðu*J(Œ”ÜÊñk¨³CV> ëãC5ŽpSÊ<Ì$Ê'´<ˆv/Ú8¶ì¶YgγL~ ùrèv=-â#¢A½h]€´ÛPRlŠ'¾Õ%#ð)ˆsX!*­à¸`»º•ØÌ[Ÿ<Çãá*£Ñ· ²†cDs™l(†|ඎeç‹ØH$OÆ*âFùŠ˜yz,ÖÉ󖲊 $Жž¯Þlùêã[þñ¾‹¡Ï¬<ˆF8øm@!ˆÄ]G¡òJH¡Uˆ3j^ï(€D±J!¬<9Ó)¼:xßAŒZbÐ wVõùZ‹¢ùèŽ}\¯ Ñþ#6UÇÔ1¶z£¼-Cî÷\oË ³Þ4Ë8Á<fŒ«ð½Y+¾Ïãz…,“Š×¯žöþ$.ÖÀÑÖè6eGOY¬ݶÌøL¶P[_àà¹J„ 4 >=þ§X9i¬7ŠÜ¾æ8‡Ê"ŸÑ—Œm}âÂÊ•Ÿ»”qÄ ¸0jð,×ɤòxR$K„V£:ÀË;: …–å£(ŽŽ+LÂqwð Ôs¹$ý àø±uÿÞ“Hè_T”²0øæbB„M1ÂYPê€Ђb9QBŸój H ¤9ÝèQ—E7É0–xJ¬ƒZ!ÌAÉÌ¥Ö×ǦÝÈhqÔVæ°²DžioÁX±[&ÀZÙ®‰V-'ðn½q òŸt0¢8R0µ6º|þ7DÎKÖÄ㾆»Šoéè_¼´QÁ W…Œj×aèdV¢¥wT7Š 4Šh¥p ¢Eù(½Q%õ¤Éï VsÑAŒÞ1x<]3§õñÑèÆ.aˆM û¯¡:ƒ#æ Ax™T ×fѽ!Bž% º)†Ï8›µ°€Ü –ê²eCWP¨Ï”ìA¿Ê©OTÀ+Ž†õ´˜k€/œ£(E¸“}ù_ÎŒ>•J‰¼`LÖ°‘iÕGXRÇùe¸Ú¶û&Œæ?¾°´ÿ…ÏU¼ÂÐHá<ˆÚô ´€7€Ö(‚ CÌBb5^>::ŽpE¾Š2K2ãRè•#`Ÿƒ£Ñtìà±cÙ’}»ÑÄü¶íEÂŽ8çžÍ¦¬èˆxÝ‚‡àbmThãѵ.'“ŸMñL„«µA¬³²uQ|+î­Ypr9ËhÜÄ€ôŽÉžˆF¤ZÖx<…nz³fZ2hzr•ÑbŒ#!«È…#Àêþ0Z14.QѲïƒïžútéb5¯à!3iRóà9ÒñQoå:À H5>Š"ìEh"HPÖ?ˆò"l•#„¢~²7bÖø@ñ†![¨oàÙ-\ÝÌ¥€Zz>‘Í€ü 2™E÷8!Ë­Ðfñí{¼³ëÀ2‡Ð-}]B/ŸÏÀBøörq&Ñ3wnd¼I½ÕâxÆlFb7ÎOŽ<ãÏÁ‰–õÖ^„UÊQÄ|T6×L@³¸4·Ùà;4ˆ|<–¬¸yÈ¡eeÅ«cs׬{çQ°2y‹‚2ŠZXÒu¬÷ %!âi%=€q¡FY…È@Üd˜¨cðâ1€ðغcã—ŠÏ̲f­ (FòYò³ªa.Çže¬Ï ‹<‚Jpò6-[Å÷â;2ç·ë±Ý–8˧ÏçŸÍd‘å¬ú¸ÏÒ²õn€Ž©‹Žú óúÁ¥ÑaŽ TØ”ƒ« dÑý["±òÚ(¢‘E„bP`A ¡T„ÔÄ °§ òƒÆ‰Ø7;¾ý剱þÿšW“Τ£æ„e”R°‚‚`ǘÁFQÚ´t@@ c%Ár *•€"½|£|(­c‡ç<ñý:[Tg­z+*y'&•²Ô³B¾V‹®¤ƒÎWÄù4pÃFñPÏia¥²5ÂMT”-Å@¯Àð7íø¦½ìT÷Ø©%Ï«x¥#è˜nƒj4 ¢¨ƒ'@4J€Bˆæ`1ƒÅ(ÂoÂ|¯TãëÖí¼ÿœOËðC¢•‰¶ H¯Àa"‚-²OL–G·ä!&ñ>*Ø…t7ÚùY›ºlνÁ…miH ë*†c,±fî#<¯µ˜Á ˜[&)pl™N9™l~87(¶Ù”È|ÄG?ƒê‘ù| EA9o6¯*kŠ!^Õ˜—¯.û§SÝ3žžöïj^éLÐ`4aÀÐܺQ`Ô ð¯Œâ˜bÜ`±ht|Ð ¿ˆ`Xºu¦Q¤áHÉ Ï(ZÇÐ^°}ìËÏóuf®Öקú¢zý¸lµpŒ`+lº§–^îÍ`R7îýþ€3;ët~%o­_þÊIÂJ´Xjvž‰ • ;ZµÀ<]„ˆn@?™€(ö=”âæot’*€ëµf YîÀù€€5×;m¼ðPd¢'i^¾ Ì ˜ŒÅÚ‹Û{~²&=ãÇ_¼¢Â ãDheÒIü2áÇè€næ¦Q4N¼0XºÑu3÷/ò`z­ÃÏuK¶ŽêÖaN!|06h‰^‚DZE££‹–|µýÜ£×À-U¶Æ«´UÑ^“TÀŠnBô<&P„Ä™±ÙJºª€uÚ¿Ïw¾µ}c†i@?Ãq ‹øRˆ]‹¹ýèÐFj,##Fô‹¬¸CÏ:æO‹ŸcVÁ‘®š@Y>€Ò70¼q4D€V¼X³*3—µ@ü&“1ŒÕüêtú‰2á+ †‹Ìt&ü5™Ndi@ P¨é¶}ÙôjãI,Ž®]ôeñêE£Ûf."`a"‘¶pf­[wlYñª9»ÎlLdú*‹UHqF+¸Q–ãž©ã˜ÔúL]‘“÷’åj±h­l=Ä0MüH„0I±è6ž¯+|;[—Éöf »âîÝä¬Û8ØÔ ŸÈ!OÆóqmÍÝûžûŠ)±¾ òÕ£Š³}PþÓÖýí±±$„eIQŠ1XŒÐË q-ràĉçl“ûb±2 U¬'V_‘Œ••µ·Ï­|úÖÝ·šÍÓ¦`¥3-2 D‹$ž§ÈE¼XAÜéðrtt`àã%^©¾uÿ}KgÛ¶mÑಹ;“öÁ¦&¾ù’`´Å ¯.Z´hÙÖ7ÙŠ¾‚]Û³ÎÿQRYÔË´:‡Àn³}´ ¨ˆC?ƒK!¡G?7r2ÎlJH … ßËf3U}Û êo´& ˜N¿¬e°¹µƹ¡ÿÏÀê‹*Që¨O®òèGwÍ]6s÷«æw-0'+®¡TDÕñàÓy.àÊŠI®žcôÉ sY;”Ù±¨{ÌMs÷ïžñÔÈÉ“±÷Lÿ67MF ­-B¤ù@T@9ŠvX„¸500ð—žxºqñãc§­Û¶í';cI#Tlœ}óŹÇI )X.ºôjœéó}7]ë|¹õ¼¾¤J~DÜÿ>ke·— iã|è.>4‚‚î”Zñu0ë­ d³]{û²EoÌú.ÊW5¼¼^‹²Ï×ûVÝ}Ë|£6ʉ]•à ê¹3`£oÙyaÉ?\ºÐô«¦öX¬)fœÏEõxq=ÿåʼnš‰ýû~1™x1nqø*Ì=;’#íwÏ8u©ú'ÅííÅMˆ$úE+‡~ê“Jùã–¤Ã쫲žöX²%fž¨@7||¼¦»{Æâ;¾Øu¾âûŽ\^ `2©&a7@&¤]#B;˜ŽÞ×Ý?üyéåÇgÿ¼4 voÛ¶¤£¸Ì\a<ÍÙ„‚ž'g‚ý `-Z$SlÉ´/*vmìÚXäs:7dú„Uè(˜Ù*!ZЕˆjë´ë9¶A†«âTêGPöÖõö2Ñ*}—/*|ß%ðÏ +ëëÐ,.Z3Ñ2w_…Okáê+k*"’±¦»›Êb_|¹Û©Æ™Ïw̼2³£ãù⦦XìZ’©‡à³f!-¢%žô#-'ç‹œ> X-4kb=(Û;Ö¤K]c/ý8Ñ·kç?¨±05Â/04*$È`ƒ’ ­ŒŽ†L×û]³çg—?îJÓÝÝk-ù¶8ûp„í»vÿ+[a¿E‹– ,¡Cëè±lÉ7?Ý`c¿Kô%ô[‹Î÷ [Ø®‚® ”Ë<ÿÝà B”a{!DzÁ<¤Ö‹ëëR¼•áÑSçÛÎ.ßF6Ë¬_úXã í ƉU'N&¿ª·ÅG̱¤ûöwÿê›ÃÅk¶]ZöñÌÝëfBëxþpqÓ1sžc+£½è—d`-ÌFÆQ6­%•kzŠ{˜ë¹ @«©½ãðÝ'Òcÿðé‚sç¾(›«`ÕØhšÔM:+ ,Ó¢FP÷ÑÇgo¶§ðlÖ¸†]®a;ð*mJwÃ^‹.í.~µé›oNÞ³äéÆQ"jµEs÷õœ»vË_+¿ÂW°ÑWÔwþ![U×ÞYg ÂÉtUþx'ý"Ür)¡ ýŽ«7?k}8Ê­€‚nä4¸ïüY=_­Oetçc½¹âûO&ÎCqSÖÞÔÔTÜñåîwì¾Ô½fplÛàºÁÁAÓ HÄîÝ@®b(`ŒVð ò–T}²¦æ™¹ïWò¬±¦½½½‚‹Ç¡,k_}wÏŽßYºôñ•÷Ü¿ïþofª°d nÁl#EhFƒ‘i@׈å*xà ¦7›o^ܼy¶k6Ð*í° ™}Ùq¢øù¹'Þù3b µ ýí²EËP4~;çûsÛ÷^K´Ê߸ý\_ëô‚‡¹‡·Ïêú{6û,¹-?šÍ¢a;àxyô¯z6ª‹ue³6§8ÆÝ ÐÝ£o}µ] #œˆÅz"_õ­2C ×ÓÔÔÑqe÷ÇW®l›a:5¸h2¡_6¯[wåRG1¨DÌÜBð2lÊâ¨1.ßÝ^ÃF,«Ú—÷ŒÔGž1ÍËwtì(ûðÂÊŸ—¾¶òžžiË¿Ýš‹‰Â%­jä1@_:¦;¨iÓ,t•šL!×ÃW©kö°?”FQO µmñ©ŸñôâþÆ´hÛº–͘;mù¹ž?õ<°]ßÅ°ÛÏlØUðÝ™‰§¶¯k|ó³\áЯÙl]6 6TD®á,׳=ËÔi£Qk4“j0¼£a¯=RõÕ™Gá`Ñ`{M¬¢¬2bLVô˜¿=\üjGlj+»¯\¹´­»ß4céAˉzÛîÝß6JÑëÑ(÷“¿ÝºsúÕgÞŒ­^3rbM ·êewýôîS×aåßüÛ¯þYƒ2R®FL5Ä©F2¡ŠœåâÏÛšÛÖ^l[x9]n/mO·]Nÿàr¥íé ) ìè_B\mø\sq)V(˜-[´¸qlÆþ²§z&þtíþ ïm×–ø˜’9çœÛ¸}ûÆ>6úr’ñ€u}œ‰By5!#öB¹“ϣߵ uùÙÄï³6>Uµc‹Q`mÌ™ŠZ-äJÕ$Ë^L:’#;w¥wt,©>viÛ¥A$²uƒ£ ¾“©ÛãYç¹´ûùÕ@­ämF=xumüZòÍ}ÕËwn0;Ì«‹Ñ0½ÑÒs¬~²ç1×åÙŸþ%À*«F„dF1FIOH{5ÃmšÒ&¬ †L&Äœ+^8;]úC:²ƒi2y€—öRøv‡Ú>G(ÃZ^ì IDATtì¾þÙ¡S»çî››\Õ{ãµñ!aû†9Û7nÜ4gãy‹X?ë<ˆ”u½]A‡èœ@¬RÙ@gB†}[›-D·}&"ÈEVê[&Р&O–ÝÙòarAYqGÇ—ÏïÞ½mÙà`÷`ÚTºf°É°Êã‡:éÙê(î ùM6îø©ùƒ2óŽÅKŒ,¿{µ99ÁÅGF&̯œhÿâO×ÊsýæWÞ›vøùE2VºÆÆž¦6 -“ OÓܬ …‚å:×u»Çe÷”ÚÓÃÀŠËDBDCO©®tvhØ幨iÄ'bqéçšîÆÝï.¹ÿ›9lzï½!>`Ù°  ‚@œUÀð•C[¢ OŽ^•u©ÂƒËâÔE¨ÏÉÖ Œx–6!Ô9yN·¤ôÚ¸ÈÇã-Ü…|Ùê}åJ÷¶nS·©? ©fRu€ ?8{ƒžE݃ëf.û¸£©iÕ†Š-Óç/_þä“s?úŸîZ~wGq²þ™®~dÕ‚öWö­îIöüæµ×ÚÞyiÚûÓ– ÈX-ê'À„$jMm:MóÚæ¶Ò6`@xºKƒ®Ý屧g—º6‚ö xô‹1újž¥®±R2M#8†áÏCmš•»««›–Ï¿ù-òÙ—Ù ›ÎœÙ^rîÑMg) ûÖU].HÄ“ 0È5¤X+Rv† €_HA¢Œ­&@¥Ö%3¯…Ï×”=Ðôf,¶³©c÷êçw_º2|2¡¬Ü=Øý‚ f× ú×DPuŒ›]ÚÖÞÞ´óÚùó{wÞù˲[ï0Í<»g÷Ý1cD4ŠœqUlõ«'ßßY[yߺrë…?©\ó25ΠB0ŸÊ­êÆƹýÃk5 ‘A–––C¥!»©4˜† ìÐÊžzA=¥À*?œCP.{º_£i3uw›>ÿ,ÔýÚk®±•‹w”L|³é -ûÓ?m?sæ̦sÏôlŸõîŠ.ž_ÏÄ@„âÏrÖðÄ% úŸ#q i¨‚n½£pµ@7a®Ø1­=YÐT¶£ã•™»·6Ýžëpê`žž½f>ò <º=݈bÝËžó+kùÅÉ}Üs¢¿ñéÕ¿]²»£ÆQO‰Ï@é¼úžŽ“s›é H»Ëóyÿ0‚¡”6y`Aÿe) r–N—^wµÔ5/½œ¾×>[czéð'ï|ïÅHÁ¦9Û7œ™³qCÁÆ ›l‰Š†ÖkaÑuŠ@JüÈú6ƒËÜGð´U½°ªä„VŸ>"°EvËCcͪãówîlÚñmñÖwƒQýÁ4¥GÓ¦ñ¥é1äV&H…i41ÝÖ±»ãÛâö–ì\ùrëLJßï‰Í7ŽŒ˜Û{ÊÚÿvî–œs]|çŽ;þ|ëb«FjFÿ©7n@­æ{›Û4Íó`W×å½ô²‰VÐn²ƒdµ¹»@æ‘ZM‰i47•^¿^šFp=aSz Ü+HÞŶ·\˜3ÿ§v=tÿ`Õö3À­Û'J,)‘aW0bJO¼Ñ-°HܳdDö4ßËŠ+[鋘^¾!.rŒEß 4ehšÛƒùý™»g@âëšÆ »KgϾXêé—J ÍÇZƒÛ.A>„šúßMÝ3«²ûÂ…XKû‚4jÕT\¼äÛ­[_zÌ¥i¼ôΧw<Ýد`Õj1bÖ)íÔ ;S°ZØ<Ü|v] ík/‡‚H÷ÃõË¥A@+M,ƒÇ2ùÓÈθ.ßk*í¶ƒe…¨Õ´u»\Ímmm/½tø½²M{wݶ÷› ç@±æl?3gή¨h8ah‹%"2ܖįÙ@¾݈†.ÖežÝÞyKoy9Y‘Ð3¢1`áØTü¡‘x½q¢çÕï¶ÀñuT?eÒ&””Ç äj–êúg¯1!ƒ"×(¢r¦ƒëpͳäRcc÷šu3·^r¡©iGYÓrÀïðêÕϾtêÖÏÇfß·rñ?¬|g± «Å§NZŒ‹"ÚÆÐÚŒ~SãÅÒRÍÂ…k5ýmšµSiéÚÍ!ˆ:“ßnÞ”nÒ6ðî/$ñåÝ¥ÝéÙ]ý.ì%J‡¯ßûC÷ZÍÚ¶¶ÇîxéÎû#æYG{^¬í§Ï|ßê@A´æÇ9­h± ½Ìç³»,ãDòÖ”¤`9T$><ý6þ,màDˆø²£Þa\µüùýï65µîXöåÌm&Ê*ãc¦±Ðìfx´í::[ÝA„ ™Àòlƒ8\²{É¥mkºûÿ¸ø/K:¶¾Ú±µ½ø[ˆMh_þdÙ¥Ÿ_^©Y|ëÊ;4ýKUX= 0Tcc0ë_ütÿâÅO?vjl¬-í µ ÿUóC3ä¾ _cw Ï[¨q!r–8—›á»ØÓu`êg{Úc™<ˆv¥:×½i$²!Ýæôp¨ÍTÚ|ÀÖ¼4÷ßÊØÎütÆíßoŸ¶ýûï[Ï$ŽGêùü¡l¼å÷ ‡vYz1ThKäõ€‹¾¾7[¹-<¿‚K‰©g*ÌÉgÚÛ;þ|ë{ßþ¶ãÝeûMKg›tƒÝc/¤K½Ý®ëH8=A”qü ßä DðÚÙ»/}¼dÿÌSë¶í¾´ûÒþ+¾Ü}åËÅÛf\×|~Q³ô+€Fi€ÚÓcý÷ÁÚؘÉõófÿÂмyº=!¿¦T§±_önþpïg^(kDyBPÞ”–¦1nLÈ’Uê1ÙÛLiWpÞæt)ôwë4¤›?GŠÕÖ|ñ¥'þíÅM•oÌyx54kûœ]{Åã} ñj"ÁÕ[¸ülÑô¡³NäJË3NQïcÀȧ,è73­ñŠ]DFYU31½ååï¿rbîI IJ?vkÒÝcÇL Q‹M®Ñ1;T³KQ"Ë×-Õ:&º980¸Ì´¦,=ão?Þ½lÛÀÌÇ.AÁ½ÿÒ¥%»¯4θÔ=Ö¦YúG€ ùp «ÇP[Lfh±x¶fllìóÒááÍŸµÁ!®õ ?„‚Ÿé.‡ÚB®Ùº=}ÙÚž6ýªf"ì~4.ãØ\álаÒy‘¸›t^M›«m©+8²ÃEÍÓ'ž|rNÁ'ÛßÛ°}Î÷³æl<óý÷[ vŽÔ3C­>Ž³X,l”ï: 3|éÏêdÙ`?át ¬Â¹U¬ÃÊqÏýÔ¸ªgzìsÿüÊ-ïÞ½{÷õÒî¥cǺÇLatp—‹.TOH¹Ðô@D1bȨv§MöcÛ]Xó²Ë–m[¶¦qÙ²u3®÷”ÂÉmýôsM³+ j§Ðl ©t\“_3|¯w!T(êtÁyöZÆ¿¶´ÝJNÁå‚€D¥3F êBðí®´.­ÏžÖ@ šŽÍìÏ.–†F5Áᶶe·¾rç“{+ç¼1gø†9n߸](xË÷VühÝòâê9˯ ß‚V–gjÐOÛÐ8¦Q®mX~´AÏmÙñ¢¯µgUÙûïwÜrË{?©ž¹n†W£I§ÿøرc¯éìÈ·tg»LöÏ]HÄ 5£Ðóvu‡!À!/ÖNëAêt™ ÎßÖ E qAå ^©¹±4äÒ(÷_]xàùš^@X¹4£+u-¬­ý¬yxíÚy—k=`‚þ…°®¹¼pXôC=èGlúÁnG¶ „… ¼'­ñ@v…PxšJ5³]ºa ØìÚæyŸ/½õ¥{î|㮽ï=ŠŠç3gfíÝ°kÓ†í¾YbC¤àa1µžä&²‰*t-'…ÃWqÆÂsœQLÖƒL=ôÀ¾s­FÇŽ‡Z{ÊŠO¾ßñÊÖ;n­^7Эó¬Ñ߬6u)íŸm Í6=žö2Ýž ‚)HGÚ€\ øé~P[ý1Ý KM‹ú·u––‚E CA‰Ûš5kƒ¦P©¢W½ð›~ó›ß¼ð‚4Ý;o³fáZýÞfÍ08… Æåfùî –CWipž®´y)×uD(Ðv(äGˆ‘~¥›Ó®î…È–ðAPDÙM!“.œ7ܶva³få;¯¼¸aÁ7/Bñ žáÍÈöM›¾´¯èeqKeѪå=úzK@ä8ôφÖ3ô/–&¢ g4“f1n™õÁ“=‡zz.¼ÿÛksŠÛçn…zyÉ­ÛÆL!ûÒ¶ šÖcMqbÕ9ãô?Ýy§9fþæÄûûVo8ÜqbÙ’+W®<ö9|‡ëܶ®ßt}<èDZ`¹š…^ÐØ»!?R¦î`w8Ò |3„ܘ=†À'¯¶·¹Ð™†ÒÖï^”±Jƒ›5Ã¥{T¼¢ ½†'4»wÞšÍÁÏÖ~öYù¼ÍôƒX…jqSë×lm†Óá -\ .ë¢\Ò8Ä.…À&?øÕáëpŠBAÓeФeå`jš›/6úÄK·ûͼˮ…Þµþyþ†÷è@m³¦Íî·Cv\ˆAm[å¼…m!ô¹ˆµ€D!RsxÍ<ð £ º§ ñ ÖÖ6Ï»Ø p­¼ã‰÷N~¿iûœ s-83kû‚½›žzâŽÓ§¦±Mw=±Ô³[¸¸Yi˜µkWËô²ûÄšÊÚ¿ý¦ø‹%«‹¡¢yéù[ž¿°¬z÷²+ƒc­DĹoÒl T£¹ò‰ ¾ÓA¤ê¥v— d”¤J‡ƒ'J„(uKMºfÍBÍÂáËA??fûrú?4kk5Ãk•Ÿ˜h^û,§mþ RïžáÿÐìY«ùlmð²ýç~oií¼yk†.Ϲ.¯ ¹ü¡…])‚PK#ÞCh´2"À %"H£ v@ut(ˆ,* Çyšy€|b³æâÊ—ÞïÉ › æ|ÿýÞÖMßoú~õ´•+]éÇ?uÝw¡½lÁ¬$¿ÅçãÖ÷öò]þЇ=±åeÅeMß>_\|øÂ…oW?ÿü‰ç_Z²¬zÝþm`½Q]Sêšýÿµ÷-²déuj“"Ç Pƒ¹cy.‚Ù r¼FhÁ<˜g C SòShH]^j6&$ Z‹Ý1ŽŒ¨È]ÛÜjOECiѳ´ñ굘'ã IÒ4Ó5ƒlcÄ5AùœïFfU ÛhãòUeefeeDœ8ßùÎ÷}7óÁ•kä–·P}­ÆY˸£Z­nLý3ª)݈¿Yò6v‹É¦&À^¥8ý8ŽfÓW§t,¯Ó2/›üÑ_ˆ’áü3ŽÝm™ç‰Í;ÕwCeV.s6ÑãàòMŸŽ¯ mÃzg‰M"úNlh¥¼¢“o6‘‡/fq½ 1ÕšnÔÕr,¿úo¿ûÝ¿þÝ/ýî/þúþÇ_úÝo|÷ ¿×ï>{ãG_xó/ßÿ“?üñ¿üùÿú/~ï·ÿù?ú_ßøñßû_ýê¯ýÉW¾òŸÞÿƒ?xÿ­?øé›ïýô“oþÜ/¼ýsßþäÛßþðîá´¾‹N÷w+0çÔÔê‰Xë~-3«\º\©lÅü  ’ÖË况k#@IÑ¡Æ®Õn…ƒ¢ö–«4‚ÙNSësUíxÁ*!@ɱĹ¼o7U e¦QÜ©¯Y=dcÔ–QY›5ed€P€ÞœÒ2K‚HHÃQÄrz¼ ží÷j-WŽH!Ub©Ïÿæw¿ø¥ßÿëÿOþÕÏÿú7~ù~Uü!žòÆÛoÿé›o¾ùþŸîÇ?þ‡ÿåW~ñßýÚ¾÷½¯~ýë_yÿý÷pùÖç?ù+ä¾ßøäÝoøÖï|øCàt™z w?Ž§ÈÅ®_áŒdk‡òSG­åê¨R¯ýFŒJi³f%:è¦}éÊÅ øIÁmJ_¦10ìW¹/ûñ1NÉùÇàtgr=õe²+·ij*DÙõªG ›¾n¡X¥åÒôMžE)-;x-U!B¡‰F Œ ¡š™[í1H´ ‰µúÂ7?þû_ú]Ö÷~ð¿{8üˆÅõîðÑ^ÃNÿÖoÝÝ¿ý‡¿òÕßþ•?úú~ð>÷'ÿó/î½÷>ù¥¿zï­ÿ µÈ¿~ãwç­ÿT¬÷˛ׯû¶L!Õi©›:â6HFªŽpê$ýHe'ñ4L>aäD“-‡éY6cï´ 3âzDQ—67± g½ÿ1.ñû*‰Žpî.ýÆFiß8øVmISìÛŽ`OÚÔµyÞÖ=ã‘Y®]€x*³û±gÓÏ>Bñ%X³v– Ä!sîÙ>÷½ïýñÿ‹üÍàÙ‹ÖJ}Mî£Ã»›ì×½ÿ•ÿñ•?úã¯ý/¿õæ›?ý¥·8Eòá‡(IžÝø$íáп 8Ùædz·Ë>’ZÕ7ˬ:,±Íw³ƒjY6¡x•Z_”Órh×»•z…Ð)Ù$OG戵ÍÿX Cg€ËQõ°W®›Ì.íÐ9:9Q)‹Öd€¬IÕªi£*ãk6Ìr]²ÿÇ3›Šó倕`Íhá•vÚu€ëƒûûßúÎç¾ûÅÿöwßPî°RªÅáDó¶zÍÀ€}øÞû_ÿÊç¾óçßúøÍ÷Þú„÷ÃÞ­ßþáÝ?]ÿÆýúÀ:ïn½ª^Fˆ=ÄÎGYú°ÎZ‡jáÔgªn{qÀ8ßu}CóD Nô8©œ–qWR@b¥L“–@ ðùe”šÜÚã1É£æ)Va 1&…lÃ9ª¼-³Lkø¢Æ5”#×À64í¦í3d; ÁÉæ ¥4œ×˜eÍIâ‘®g} ®W´ ­‚ŠêC_úg‡?þη~ù7?~Qg<íêöÙ_ÔGˆ åÛë»rýá_½ÿßù;Ÿ|üîÛo}þÃ7¸ø釜=<Üþû^ð¥Óû‡Õ¡W7 'hhÂFV¨öy66K!N‚Z.ñÈOB&:i‰à»-a?Ü¢<н.M‡Þ”_õà'sü%C¡•ºÎÈÅÏSmFSU­‘ A›h•¯R†˜žÉM„M´éf ZE]¶‰NÙØ‹`!ÍQÅÌ,¼ …*\åª>Ô³w¿ðoÞýÑ Ð »ìµ¼ÿ3ìVzÌNë¶}ûí÷ÞûÓo~òîî¾ýö³õÝÜ:Gt>Üg'.9)_ú(ë·ÉÂíÒÃb#}úõŠVÁª5¼VËeS½ZW™Z—Ò¹å “¼bªÃî ·À.T3©•¸lùH£j“÷¶ÿ¬^ Zqœ¦*±Ö6e96u¥·UY£Z¤zƒ²¯Ð´pTQÙ Gdð úˆÓU˜*({vÓKB®ŸQÚJð‰€ª‡bõêÅïü³œgîL&jÿ¬7dåîí÷>yëÝ_zZöÑæÞÖ‡×éŠfòæŶN~ –ü 1·Jé±Ý&ËœÊ?hûƒ:Ôp KÔ15lÃæD D¯Òs’I-Ã’ Óð@)X•Jƒ<¨P>«WkQ¹®‰ë ¶Ó¢zÑ®ŠÓ:¯¡_J¯* ¢‚¬ØrõB5Ðx,‰àê Y®[õÁJ^×÷?;l`¬ùå>ÂÕËú/€ÕéŽMõë»ÕŠo(ó&>ÔØ …uræÆ^ƒJê'½”S TÀË1KÕº½€æø; DrLÛr|%`ñ«[›zì¡~ÒÕqöc>5~0*OlÛ# ‚ÎTØœGÌ ¬d`5¸ЄfD¥ýHŪ¬uàÚØÛš1øøB<ƒù™ŽBb Hi ÁæÛJa¨\T n¨ÀlyXêÕZ¥‘Z¥ëÓænݺú]«g?Ù¨—ë[‚w:1§EŒ¤Mº®N‡L>cC®¯ó–¾ú'XKAÕfù2‚ïcE×ܤ¢è… »øÂS³Š‘[F±5òX:Ñuìniu™8¾}>Ú*a¬Ò¯–GlyPM“oJº¾øP•½!U£:"ƯbòêDÿÕŠ`†Â½dåÐ6L¬ƒ ¬â9^!ü á­7« ÈE éôgêÕ‹‡áòáÅòõ¸Úžî³hCZáÑ:ƒ=ˆ,6°Ê°§UZ¡þŒü¡5¦²Å©PºEÁ¯Z —…ŒíÊAåM¹¤mH/—hþ)ay˺¦”_—¥µL†phõ¨í.Ž¡âŠX™Ý¾©¢ªlóˆ‹÷pÀÙmÞv9¶¯JSfÇÓˆp†5&*U?òô8Ä%dkÌ|TŽtõÒÌ: ³ b(š[º•‰o—„X+È}OÑj[Ô==ü Ýl6ÕÝÊÖâÎXÂ9¨9”pÍ‘°JïNÑ»ö²nN½zé'Ø*ÈTvZªzè—¦¹ÏF,¥ðï¶A”DiF €Ù”ÓúTÑ •¥õÄÊ.ϯ eq2Rb…àŠ>Ã+>—ç¹­iªše> T@DÈVϺÊåiä­/™%«BQ{]UˆË[Ó÷Gg2¦¾¨{ž-v”™| /ǯ*Èd‹¤b°èÞAQœioaaè\½l–ãÃiDÎ F©õiüYc½¹ã\è5—¥-Ší6Ú(ˆ3¯ÕsX ÔK¥T l}ßnXEà¨=6DãhÏ,‹¢=Á£Pk§®[û˜£µÒª‚C¿Rež7¡‡H­½«‡´ÔµIëqh3;FøTÂ$˜>¯’¬´Q `ò[T5‘÷>™s£ü RÐrh®õ¢æZe&ø,Ü^÷,u*…5‚Æ/}¶Îê‡ìu¨Ú`êtóà­”'ì’ßÿD¥ãipÑ¥Õ!ŽÆõkjdBÒ ódzÃæ>UK§áe† 5·§Ó-¸ L,bëoÓ½pÌZ6×8–š¡lŸòj¡÷6qò¼¨­5íU¾ÔYOU}tlŒê£Êâ|€‚ ‘1ðò¥A5^©qÙ‚¹£/Œ÷–ÁÒªHlì•@?!·Pú§ž/3·\AÝׇC{Ê^d7«o‹(„¬g}Äæ,ƒ0:½ÜÔ0ªý X”ªjµR)Rß&]JSåpËvyÛB’3×.µ‡EXî÷ÍsŠ-L*ØD>áß8Â2DAÀÀÛíí~oñ¤FA¹cPˆˆ²PqžOX5f¥p†Æ¥±78£om’F.îs•Ú’U3¢M‹>ë2WÚå>wpìMäïú¨Œ$0¶Î•-{FžÈIà•–|ìØ•tmó ᤠ{št­ô’ôiºÜ"ÝœfÝ"3ÞeH½ÙF•k©¡n=³›—xÁ› ‚[.U£^Ñü–êˆWÓyÜ”agXS;©Ý·,8WL IDATÔ#HÔ(Ü$G4ò¨@'\ö¶ÌlÚÏñXãh ƒàtâòz4ÈÊÙTyþ÷³ð‰¨ÛÓW*ñ9NM±YŒ²¦¶íÍhºQÙ#^¯ÌŠmÑ2½Áý2_¨…äy"¾ ☧*ðJ°?ßðË&]Ö¬vhU‰•ëx”EË“ÔK4¡éÝ6«€jÅÂÆzU¹ªjd<½tD ‚ÿíkº’š“ì M™NÙ.ËYÏÕ±7îÓ= ÷àØ(HáI{À­Î⬹`9n+–´C¢k•`–jëi+)«USR’¢8%iN“‹Ÿ#àòcl’qÒå±ìëÈ6[dBdC £¬ÿ“ÊR?ó |·+&K êÏ]×ó^4[QpG¬#ÙœÞÈÑ3±Fwã]­N±Z72»Qý+ÏTêPð·!½5R—b¯LÈ/&–c³ µ£n¤”Œ—Kg—„؆q¸ßÙP=êU=™‰2è óˆÂ6¯;«ÒHÚÊ€H##"KªJ80(|=v“‰mFØìº=\½÷]D×+Ô/I2.1eZl^IðÕ›H]|ƒ©É—ÞЫ( ZÝ渕t0×1)¢¸_G÷÷é B2ÍÙ¢ …V©Fd!R³”+9žÙ”€ÄÒØoaR%d¤sg˜Rr‹HñB €““[5¼‚-Xõ:ŸkŽ\#¯¹2ÊU&ÅÈ!÷Æ!é„{ÞßF<Ó¦i‡>צ¢Fa ¨‡2ßøØŒ&çÊ ÇŽ˜Ç>‰Ofž&F ây=Ç¡ªsÁL÷f‰@Ý´K)ë%9W…6f·Ì£¢ìôÕÎs%SX “šˆ+Y=¡Tw°¡ˆ¢ê—m¯QÈÆC¦iÓ›á¤gãüu¡YdÃŽh(Beºî ¯Ô”FÇççn‰J ”‘Pû°Rñ˜W° Ë-â‘ãÂ|ìÓ¸ò>¿Â‹õ”,¼ Š¢´ïLÖq"a~K²Péerˆø¬Ÿ×¹^ek21Ä9ª”ç ݲÜàA”UKÔˆNP ÁǦKze[˜ô×n5òø¡eƒèí9JüZQÉŒz‹3ïÕÙ2Ó í¶OOBïI§ñJP PtݧF=A·*{ÖXR£šºnº´ñRNÙ OT¥nJT0 ±M]v ójšÔ3–Ž)_¥–í> Œ\(˜„©! ‰m+#n( g§Ö©µëÓ àm>€dB,ÆV‹2-m9Âl`SY%×£‘fýÈ*t/zÏF\8Ce3ªÁüÜ}À–ɬ,»Ã–'ßûà"Ø„Ûr_nAÝ‘SÇ'1¸7ºÑTxÊÑ›…™·µ8l$/öú”¶Ó˾ØRwÐowˆå£GjÍ C÷´Ë|æ ôÆnöíVª,žòˆ›Éój•êP¬z8£ñ€9fRH¥ÃN½:¤cÞÀÐŒl6ð:°ÇêœLC´·¬,F¶ 5›-w`´ô VŒy¦1(|w¾Œ‚lª1IåõðÕ¶ûZ=åvw–H Öç½Û „ªau¬-Ó[êk³sk£áhÜq˜RÚ+$Hy¨2ÓY©áEP£–#Eú÷çþ@*‚(4hÎsH7+·j›Œj0¨-ã®ICìI¸q”=¤\gç¹r)ÍÆÓÕ­hŠX7/;(ÞNµ(!Lazñd½9þ:AË^(yaVûPx Ñ~ LÎqnWj(Ož ñÕFú–BEÍ!N>p@†ç­)t`ý4Á kØU«ÂJQ&BCºó<¿'#í+-oVéclE=U4^ªiˆÀçJ5½•ö¯AuȦbt åýd–Æ™v~l)b<øQö¹»²“Ü Îœ…æ«+C?/ø'QòN=D!µ*hyàS€ªˆ‰•´ ñÕÓ5E€ \ÓÇ HˆÔ‘6 ’G¨™æ™ÁÙîÄR‰ôÞw¥“©ÈsD+ò[í‘çVv*…ŸÝCÙ¾‡Äá˜;੤.Wíá?W1^‡¥mC•.ôÜåmÒ*e/¦³i£S¹…ƒ‰Æí+_ yäëÕÇ^†0û¶¼¾ŽP[r·¢@*"#ˆÙpk|bº ê¾«¸zk&†K[?ÎqèµÞóàpU¶Ý-"q¡¥ÊÁcý0 ˆÎí²&ïŽÇ0ßH óT6­Û¯Hð*¥ ŽA°Úë–º&½1.*€%š íb®›À£ G’*ŒJ±(æN¥k.áèë[éó$ØËÊîþÈE]j°-€Ú—í>Š(Ï0%ÄÓ0Þ:qÝÙ˜? ¾.Ÿç¥ë=¸Ê]¿ê8šÏ`eíîü[¦_g›B C²BÄÆùîØšÔ–° ù´¸Âk´n(üõ ¬«R3ž-rI7omËüG«œ‰7MŽPÊ6e´,9çrò-C…S ñ=7ºtÇYsBàü¢Š£¥Ó’oÚh{ƒÇƸ*‘»•îû[顤×t! Mç÷éxv›6ˆÍÔÕR§Iò;ßÅ’·8 8«õ^õ ¾87—ÿGTe¥»ö"0œêØ#ôl}4U7­Ž²§¯õÈxx^;nض¦§*I{¡–e=4_ $aödSOÏpî%£,ÌQ´K(ÐÓ[髱Kç.X6ôýˆßRª"¸—¥×Xn[˜+”êV†B ö!|mIaŒ0\ân¼ÄÜÕüã‘Rò@/æÈ垈{ïZ{½¸ü:‡%Že™Ÿ%o@̦4m4¶õ|9^3$¨skTaØ&†°§±‰|$^À‹UeÊ÷娮‘W¦ãF:Ám¦çÖ_+…Š¼'±‘‚P–'¥å C^…6&ŒI-6½™b×&¹iI"œ}´®Á,ËåTBóåsåb϶j¼€$bn¦ ?ŸÄ¢ÆRËè0vz¤Gu¡ÖèCöP]$G€¢<ªW@tS¨“ Ç™äW†äâÜG¦MÉð˜ÌЇÚ3ƒÕqý‰#£˜ó«ãu¢FÆé©Ç½eúª€þ†”Ù7L‰+””½OÓíØU ²í«²\Õk¦¡á^D×lšÙ=8u è÷HqÓ¥4c>;Nß]nC¦&òÉtE1Tý0;(sÄ V4ÊTWÖÇš–÷ÆÞ6eõ„¢Òku—Èc¹)÷]±ÛUm˜!ëݵAÉbàp„c÷äN+T"dpÙLŸ&Õ>-oeëÝ(’4ËóѨUIÍi!‹ R”]Qšsæ ŸìOÛ‘k˜nض<}®ní±µeŽ* ;1p¨¾3FpººÔÅ3Rs5ƒ+@9y¶¬†.ù´r±‹ƒ• ÌÊŸÐj.o*p5ïG±MóVÜf­ +3Ò®lìQs7ŽEž\3b¥¸ƒÍqRó‚H‰ªCÄøú§OŽBÁ8º/GþÕs¾µGÍêt¯œØì<ÕÇFHU¦« $»VÞÆŒRRx…´ãü„SI¼ t¡±_¶a Œ”³dHR{Évæ XÎôÎ×Ý4i`ä‹)Ž7T gتÖgëp¾d²»E“´ò»~Á"?§¦Ÿ]PMŸgD¢îÆÒEîó¹ežƒ¤4j8ªDj¿}ŒØYÝ»®œUËö{[7Š³rø$é6fq¯eÁ­ë}#ýæQDýq˜q 9¨¥¯V^¹NÔ¨¾)¿¬«Up [jíœMÒ®Ä6÷cw–¤'Hù™Qáßr U´ÚMCb˜¸[/X¬âNûØgt´-=N…„­uí<-’|ÓªZg8RSéd˜ W lcB°R£m•Àb û\¢ÀÕ>Ëæ@ b¸À,ë©d–9£§YàþÈ(:¦lâÖØ^Gí\u—çõ¡3^Ͻ´UFE­äæ×6Ì@YyÎÂØí¯ÙÿõÔ*ï?SÃY« TŽ„ˆc4’¨ì‘â.¥©¨jsDHM1”Á¤b= ùÒ\£‹j'f¦+‰O2›ÈÐ h¥FÎ8®Äðï÷f»ªÃ;¾Ò²cÞé%Š'ÚÇ5b„Ig:"ëu2 ¶ã¹Ÿ™Šå/eËx…ß_±¾3¸&Vtê») ÕÑì„KSói F!¬/TݧÀŽù^Ìíøl¦1ŒU¿]=áÕá…ØœrbGPÀZe2™#Öºsƒõ82¤¼!Gè’›ÜÅ«]˜v‘péѲ¦üÚw–é¶Ò1Ý~ÜM!.­F\àq-sX[Šb6U¹v"t2ÁªÑ¤u%3ªÏXÊq®PΉ=~ûÝ$25Š¦¼»ä>„e¸IÔTb ™põ¡–¸SáÌÉ<PUþ)¯áÍD½HNBåÀyD$ø¢p¢Ãª}cî‹dÐC®~Ô‡9syŒ£Bþ6£¤>AÊSÓ;ˆqÎU;zboK' Hf²‘ ìH)ñ =Ë«qß…‰^ëç9ábÎë˜ñðÍnAix%_dQÇÇE´¦ùkÔs³±¹ éí,BÏ• ƒóFÐÝ>àû3Ú>´ì"áÕÈDÄÆö 9.‹UA Þ]jHZ%új·£çεÌ"†,4a»ÚŒBB“tü]'+D‚wÂJŸ;4ÔfVR\£1RÍÙx‘Ã*6hi°—3Dãã¤X.;$v¸s¦³dùÀ,ù‡ú…Î4„ .£^ ¡.ã{8ÎE„Sx¸ï}Vtž01WO±âp¾¡›%§Àž´ªÜuqr¥óÎ$¶¼Nேx8¹¨Ùñˆ„VLzŽ\ÑŠ Ü2R&Á ž^Q¼H_ø¢œÅÏdºÎI/Yn0ŠT8|æÇ”ºO\†w¾™W~î¬0± ,ÔmAƒZ.7;Q¨]àÑ|¡TI|Ú*ËîE2ùÿuÍ…–Ô¦ð”¦JÉÕv[<ò €ðcoä*±3jHée^ª$qs#™,Ã0èâjw¥AÈ€s°VÅÝp…<^è„‹3¸¹ddÔJÖ†:±åz¶ðBòŸ'.B9b` ¦KŸðÊwsÓnŸ^—žŠÊ\2ÞNzQòX0è³FQ/ðÄ8Ê~Õ=ƒþD\‰yîyPE³'@á«x«ȩ•Ì¤Õ˜[c/x…ŒEG­vÍ‚*O[@h’dÁº Ì;W;8"—#Š;ºƒ’ µ÷¥¡×3b„dbðFEjÜ}jŪ³›&„êQÒeVDCÉ•wó$#¼Y­Bý"pí¤ý;‰qšfŒÄzNgˆÎ? ê~7VÏøQõ ñåùe@ ·èA耒\€ì£¶[“ë^Æk¥JÔJšsrÝÙX'–ÊAë¹Ø™’b‘,fI'äçÔþÌ+àÐK]ƒ#J…E†ôòÓl©”FšºwŸ²ì‘•@!†kd(øœÊÀƒÚÇ h¡ÌW~fÎ9Ù=-û¦ÏüNîv~è½Ê‚}ÏXg±Eu^œ4Ú‡‡3« þÄUþ+ÖÛ©t†âj÷ýi*¦EQøÙySòÍ¥—u>Ô1£Ïâ&rš®'ö)ÞKpÎ}Í@-$ö€K|ý¶ÂCcÇX3J¡8tÛaŒ•Ž]^Kû¶âœA7-µØ„†ÖV(µõ³b!yÕªÅî¢l*¤)+Ë$YEƒœ ›ïª|-†IP5,ô rÖ êzEa.yÐ{¥ÙxÙ&ÂÒL€\ÂE4¨´ï¦¢T»b Ä_‹£³!ÉÍÓrŸªq^BçX]Œ;ñ"VÛñZ°>ôBã8TÅxn¤ã r;Fõ¹ñE,ƒ™d.í\h’÷îgL¶ˆÀwÎnaÚ¸<êU®¤Aœ@šNâ|̧U °u°±»ÌÓaAb%ì²}žûʲ±Ø kHRÖ›€½8º]R”{é)´¤Ø4+xJ6žK—±C˜ÕҀÆÅÀàEƒRy©=Iõ0>Ìê¢ñ-e)Y0ãù9žÄMŒsî³A_a‘Ž|ßmæ€ ÿøÅXMO±Ò‰,°£ÁjqæNU¥È •¬ôîC)<õŒÕ°HâÝB­€Éh¡b¶ã›çà'°ƒ{•Ð¤aЋ¤·—œ Ó¾H`xÅsæC‡—ï¸σJ¼W¦ÖaÝNF*K©«)ü~œmnAÁXÝÃ#ôAÜ6ɱ…[.<â¿%¢Tì>Šo¢¥x©Cè˪zÅu›‚Óƒˆ…ت¢º`u™E+Ëý’|Nn•ér3›ñµ‡óõÍbH¦ÝÜ­ÓÊ—JWÝÄe€ãƒ@@Ýä)ñ£0íçy×-äÕb¾ ÷T9 w[±N[äF_°—}.gÙSCžØXGýò¢M~º* ‘dfÈ-ƒq|‡üГõ¢ø§cžt#ª-ZuáXÐø‡Ù5< Ù¾ÂY]$ØΕkû*;¼dÜ…*e¨ÏfK5ÛO¡ÍEöB„â«ü<®`*ƃ1;:mù܉9ìB[ü X*æ›É‹OáwÃpÍEEW6Ù%ÒÕ°ûY&ˆK)yDÝ´G¢¼Â1PØwóÜ_¨…݇¾¥-æóGbuæÓH]",}z õ‰jB-ÆËઅ´Ÿ\»ÂïªýŽru–œÚd¢e÷áááìŠ@-di‰?(X9|SÏϪq8((ÈÎ쮬¬|Psæ›S,9UM¸ÒH2v¦ãpdøš"Ñ;·à\´£•í‚²[v×R§‘Iów1×jZݹ\ ±Xm³®ã©£áZaÐ@¬ÄT!d?8ùS\óL«Ž°:Šjö¦Ý°/Êc·©ª¥D¹ïáa{¹Ìf!àRÑ >bUu³\qÁÊQ}˜œ ôïf “ÕRD1Äа´Í%pÎyDbâd!Ϲ›ÀâHú•8Ö½ÝÍ`MÅ.ôFB{7¬&8G Ü â RJ±ú…4„0 B¡$ÎHqò’,â8 l¬È¸¯:ŠÍPø›¡ê|x³b˜f¦'5ýÌ«‹Uf1ýMˆ¾E€¬*.XÕ2Âpµ¼ÅV!6ºÄÑ q¹Œ:|ÆXÍJΡÐ1òqøà!YÎÀ$1z†&´:«»a¾ÓAcQ îè¨H™sÎ]“À­ i…ÔyÙœÊÍÕñ*tГi&^ƒ‡÷@÷Dí¨â2š)À&<¡FÑÇS§ ?V'.‹õ\¡žŸ‰Uq®lŠ3­ä²d¼bd]‡˜b·ã;œ&)iBΖ¹ô|uNCµS±¬Qö8/þ4N÷ÓŽ+.M Ö”$vßÉáîöP{1 …YèR^Õ±Ä(òÔËNI¯RíÝbÊÇiŸìB«Å38Ä3„ª6=*ZOùä6^BB£Gò|×»›åDéžvêavéç Ï…ÍÄY‘Y‹ê‰^)¶7~~:.@¨#‚Êx®9ðg…•ÌÁ¾ü‹0QØîCœ„åÈÌ“DSÇûzZÞH]ƒØâp› œrË£ž¤Õ$ëü¥ÇD¾Ð±†âÄÏœY Y ð’˜Ã¶½8çL9`0aÀa1Å#/NÒI‘…ðÖŠvHðqŠõàý%øü¥hœ=ß#^ ;¾’'z… \Zìð:Çãîhá[’Ì1÷\7ÍÝ{ŽÍtøX•ÅñJ±bÀ!%I`ß±ÛíÔ•¡î±Ä;Ô(Ç+ÀtÅùŽˆO/ºse+DàŸ„ÓÃèVÇBk—øØŽ3ÓÍ;˜¦<}+e ~LTQ-ß_ ãWËÒe[tqxŸ+_°·[“ù§M›³œ §¶O œ½zƒŠí#¢/aoߨ0‘ ¤RÞ¸y窎;΋µ"¹*Clüg´58©ëpv“4ßé‰'˜½dÎi—tâÙ0(’±›ŠïŸ»¡6F¸ `¡éq1ç3P¯ž}´(ý¹ÔƒdÍA2ßùÙŸ‹——Û§Úîæw ¸ÇÅ·gŸîBApþw‡y­Íü†!å.FØÍŸ#¿¼üöI à^VêÌwÏûp˜-ÉòóÃç;—v.FŠcùš—!ò'®à4ð R—†‹â£—eQò̧)ír-O /8¿L¸+—'ø7Žåñ"Qwpî1ÿ÷§^žø·ºœ_ëòõ·ùÛƒˆT…óêÉóåÅe‡E5g ÿWÓŸ}Êá̾ºì!yq8¯ý»Ëß]þ?\þ7Ph?> {»IEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_box.adb0000644000076700001450000001552212533067540020040 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Separator; use Gtk.Separator; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Box is procedure Add_Buttons (Vbox : Gtk_Box; Message : String; Homogeneous : Boolean; Expand : Boolean := False; Fill : Boolean := False); -- Add the buttons within Vbox ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo show how you can efficiently use the @bGtk_Box@B " & "container." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "The upper half shows the different " & "combinations of the parameters @bHomogeneous@B, @bExpand@B and " & "@bFill@B. Note that for homogeneous boxes, @bExpand@B is irrelevant." & ASCII.LF & " - @bHomogeneous@B: If True all the widgets in the box will have the " & "same size as the largest child." & ASCII.LF & " - @bExpand@B: If True, the widget size will be bigger than the " & "minimum requested if more space is available. Its exact size " & "depends on the @bFill@B parameter" & ASCII.LF & " - @bFill@B: If False, the widget will be surrounded by empty space," & " but its real size will be the minimum it requested." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "The second part of the demo shows the difference between " & "@bPack_Start@B and @bPack_End@B. The two resulting groups are " & "separated by a space that expands when the box is resized. This " & "space of course exists only when the widgets do not expand. " & "The buttons are inserted in the order specified (first button, " & " second button, ...)"; end Help; ----------------- -- Add_Buttons -- ----------------- procedure Add_Buttons (Vbox : Gtk_Box; Message : String; Homogeneous : Boolean; Expand : Boolean := False; Fill : Boolean := False) is Button : Gtk_Button; Box : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; begin Gtk_New (Label, Message); Pack_Start (Vbox, Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box, Homogeneous => Homogeneous); Pack_Start (Vbox, Box, Expand => False, Fill => False); -- Use a function from one of the implemented interfaces. -- This call is not needed, and is just here to check the binding -- itself. Set_Orientation (Box, Gtk.Enums.Orientation_Horizontal); Gtk_New (Button, "Small"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => Expand, Fill => Fill); Gtk_New (Button, "A bit longer"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => Expand, Fill => Fill); Gtk_New (Button, "The longest button"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => Expand, Fill => Fill); end Add_Buttons; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox : Gtk_Box; Box : Gtk_Box; Button : Gtk_Button; Sep : Gtk_Separator; begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Boxes"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 25); Add (Frame, Vbox); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => True); Pack_Start (Vbox, Box, Expand => False, Fill => False); Add_Buttons (Box, "Homogeneous => False, Expand => False", Homogeneous => False, Expand => False, Fill => False); Add_Buttons (Box, "Homogeneous => False, Expand => True, Fill => False", Homogeneous => False, Expand => True, Fill => False); Add_Buttons (Box, "Homogeneous => False, Expand => True, Fill => True", Homogeneous => False, Expand => True, Fill => True); Add_Buttons (Box, "Homogeneous => True, Fill => False", Homogeneous => True, Fill => False); Add_Buttons (Box, "Homogeneous => True, Fill => True", Homogeneous => True, Fill => True); Gtk_New_Hseparator (Sep); Pack_Start (Vbox, Sep, Expand => False, Fill => True); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Pack_Start (Vbox, Box, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 10); Gtk_New (Button, "Pack_Start, First Button"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Button, "Pack_Start, Second Button"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Button, "Pack_Start, Third Button"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Button, "Pack_End, First Button"); Pack_End (Box, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Button, "Pack_End, Second Button"); Pack_End (Box, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Button, "Pack_End, Third Button"); Pack_End (Box, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Box; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_test_idle.adb0000644000076700001450000001461712533067540021230 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Gtk.Radio_Button; use Gtk.Radio_Button; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Test_Idle is package Label_Idle is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Gtk_Label); type My_Button_Record is new Gtk_Radio_Button_Record with record Value : Gtk_Resize_Mode; end record; type My_Button is access all My_Button_Record'Class; package My_Button_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (My_Button_Record, Gtk_Box); Idle : G_Source_Id; Count : Integer := 0; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "An idle function is a function that is run every time GtkAda is" & " not busy processing an event. No commitment is made as to when" & " this will next happen."; end Help; --------------- -- Idle_Test -- --------------- function Idle_Test (Label : in Gtk_Label) return Boolean is begin Count := Count + 1; Set_Text (Label, "count:" & Integer'Image (Count)); return True; end Idle_Test; --------------- -- Stop_Idle -- --------------- procedure Stop_Idle (Object : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Object); begin if Idle /= 0 then Remove (Idle); Idle := 0; end if; end Stop_Idle; ------------------ -- Destroy_Idle -- ------------------ procedure Destroy_Idle (Window : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Stop_Idle (Window); end Destroy_Idle; ---------------- -- Start_Idle -- ---------------- procedure Start_Idle (Label : access Gtk_Label_Record'Class) is begin if Idle = 0 then Idle := Label_Idle.Idle_Add (Idle_Test'Access, Gtk_Label (Label)); end if; end Start_Idle; ---------------------- -- Toggle_Container -- ---------------------- procedure Toggle_Container (Button : access My_Button_Record'Class; Contain : in Gtk_Box) is begin Set_Resize_Mode (Contain, Button.Value); end Toggle_Container; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Button : Gtk_Button; Box : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Container : Gtk_Box; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; Myb : My_Button; Gr : Widget_SList.GSlist; Vbox : Gtk_Box; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Test Idle"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Vbox); Widget_Handler.Connect (Vbox, "destroy", Destroy_Idle'Access); Gtk_New (Label, "count : " & Integer'Image (Count)); Set_Padding (Label, 10, 10); Gtk_New_Hbox (Container, False, 0); Pack_Start (Container, Label, False, False, 0); Pack_Start (Vbox, Container, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2); Set_Border_Width (Frame2, 5); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, False, 0); Add (Frame2, Box); Myb := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Myb, Widget_SList.Null_List, "Resize-Parent"); Myb.Value := Resize_Parent; My_Button_Cb.Connect (Myb, "clicked", My_Button_Cb.To_Marshaller (Toggle_Container'Access), Container); Pack_Start (Box, Myb, False, False, 0); Gr := Get_Group (Myb); Myb := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Myb, Gr, "Resize-Queue"); Myb.Value := Resize_Queue; My_Button_Cb.Connect (Myb, "clicked", My_Button_Cb.To_Marshaller (Toggle_Container'Access), Container); Pack_Start (Box, Myb, False, False, 0); Gr := Get_Group (Myb); Myb := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Myb, Gr, "Resize-Immediate"); Myb.Value := Resize_Immediate; My_Button_Cb.Connect (Myb, "clicked", My_Button_Cb.To_Marshaller (Toggle_Container'Access), Container); Pack_Start (Box, Myb, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "start"); Label_Handler.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Start_Idle'Access, Slot_Object => Label); Button.Set_Can_Default (True); Pack_Start (Vbox, Button, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "stop"); Widget_Handler.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Destroy_Idle'Access, Slot_Object => Vbox); Button.Set_Can_Default (True); Pack_Start (Vbox, Button, False, False, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Test_Idle; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_tooltips.adb0000644000076700001450000001357612533067540021134 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Stock; use Gtk.Stock; with Gtk.Tooltip; use Gtk.Tooltip; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Tooltips is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "@bGtk_Tooltips@B allow you to provide short help texts to the" & " user. " & ASCII.LF & " Through the @bwidget_entered@B and @bwidget_selected@B signals," & " you can decide to display some extensive help."; end Help; ---------------------- -- Query_Tooltip_Cb -- ---------------------- function Query_Tooltip_Cb (Check : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; X, Y : Gint; Keyboard_Tip : Boolean; Tooltip : not null access GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (X, Y, Keyboard_Tip); begin Gtk_Tooltip (Tooltip).Set_Markup ("The text of the widget is """ & Gtk_Check_Button (Check).Get_Label & """"); Gtk_Tooltip (Tooltip).Set_Icon_From_Stock (Stock_Delete, Icon_Size_Menu); return True; end Query_Tooltip_Cb; ----------------------------- -- Query_Tooltip_Custom_Cb -- ----------------------------- function Query_Tooltip_Custom_Cb (Check : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; X, Y : Gint; Keyboard_Tip : Boolean; Tooltip : not null access GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (X, Y, Keyboard_Tip, Tooltip); Window : constant Gtk_Window := Gtk_Window (Check.Get_Tooltip_Window); Color : constant Gdk_RGBA := (0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.5); begin Window.Override_Background_Color (Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, Color); return True; end Query_Tooltip_Custom_Cb; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Check : Gtk_Check_Button; Vbox : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Tooltip_Window : Gtk_Window; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Tooltips"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Vbox); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Pack_Start (Vbox, Box1, Expand => False, Fill => False); -- A check button using the tooltip-markup property Gtk_New (Check, "Using the tooltip-markup property"); Box1.Pack_Start (Check, False, False, 0); Check.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Hello, I am a static tooltip."); -- A check button using the query-tooltip signal Gtk_New (Check, "Using the query-tooltip signal"); Box1.Pack_Start (Check, False, False, 0); Check.Set_Has_Tooltip (True); Check.On_Query_Tooltip (Query_Tooltip_Cb'Access); -- A label Gtk_New (Label, "A simple label"); Box1.Pack_Start (Label, False, False, 0); Label.Set_Selectable (False); Label.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Label and tooltip"); -- A selectable label Gtk_New (Label, "A selectable label"); Box1.Pack_Start (Label, False, False, 0); Label.Set_Selectable (True); Label.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Another Label tooltip"); -- Another one, with a custom tooltip window Gtk_New (Tooltip_Window, Window_Popup); Gtk_New (Label, "in custom tooltip window"); Tooltip_Window.Add (Label); Label.Show; Gtk_New (Check, "Using a custom tooltip window"); Box1.Pack_Start (Check, False, False, 0); Check.Set_Tooltip_Window (Tooltip_Window); Check.Set_Has_Tooltip (True); Check.On_Query_Tooltip (Query_Tooltip_Custom_Cb'Access); -- An insensitive button Gtk_New (Check, "Insensitive button"); Box1.Pack_Start (Check, False, False, 0); Check.Set_Sensitive (False); Check.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Insensitive!"); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Tooltips; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_buttons.adb0000644000076700001450000000746212533067540020752 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_Buttons is procedure Button_Window (Widget : access GObject_Record'Class); -- Toggles the visibility of Widget ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "a @bGtk_Button@B is the basic widget to which you can associate" & " a callback. Whenever the user presses the mouse on the button," & " one or more functions specified by the user can be called."; end Help; ------------------- -- Button_Window -- ------------------- procedure Button_Window (Widget : access GObject_Record'Class) is W : constant Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Widget); begin if W.Get_Visible then W.Hide; else W.Show; end if; end Button_Window; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Table : Gtk_Grid; Button : array (0 .. 8) of Gtk_Button; Left_A : constant array (0 .. 8) of Gint := (0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 1, 1, 2, 0); Top_A : constant array (0 .. 8) of Gint := (0, 1, 2, 2, 0, 2, 0, 1, 1); begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Buttons"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Frame.Add (Box1); Gtk_New (Table); Table.Set_Border_Width (Border_Width => 10); Box1.Pack_Start (Table, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 0); for J in Button'Range loop Gtk_New (Button (J), Label => "Button" & Integer'Image (J)); end loop; for J in Button'Range loop Button (J).On_Clicked (Button_Window'Access, Button ((J + 1) mod Button'Length)); Table.Attach (Button (J), Left => Left_A (J), Top => Top_A (J)); end loop; Show_All (Box1); end Run; end Create_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_entry.adb0000644000076700001450000002037312533067540020411 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; use Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; with Gtk.GEntry; use Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Level_Bar; use Gtk.Level_Bar; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Search_Entry; use Gtk.Search_Entry; with Gtk.Separator; use Gtk.Separator; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Entry is package Entry_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Check_Button_Record, Gtk_Entry); package Time_Cb is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Gtk_Entry); Timer1, Timer2 : G_Source_Id; -- This is stored at the library level so that the On_Destroy callback -- can refer to the results from the calls to Time_Cb.Timeout_Add in the -- Run subprogram. ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo demonstrates several types of widgets. The first" & " couple of @bGtk_Entry@B widgets demonstrate different kinds of" & " progress bars that may be embedded. Then, there's a simple" & " @bGtk_Entry@B with user-selectable options. Finally, the last" & " widget is a @bGtk_Combo@B that adds a window to facilitate the" & " insertion of the text."; end Help; --------------------- -- Toggle_Editable -- --------------------- procedure Toggle_Editable (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; The_Entry : Gtk_Entry) is begin The_Entry.Set_Editable (Button.Get_Active); end Toggle_Editable; ---------------------- -- Toggle_Overwrite -- ---------------------- procedure Toggle_Overwrite (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; The_Entry : Gtk_Entry) is begin The_Entry.Set_Overwrite_Mode (Button.Get_Active); end Toggle_Overwrite; ---------------------- -- Toggle_Sensitive -- ---------------------- procedure Toggle_Sensitive (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; The_Entry : Gtk_Entry) is begin The_Entry.Set_Sensitive (Button.Get_Active); end Toggle_Sensitive; ----------------------- -- Toggle_Visibility -- ----------------------- procedure Toggle_Visibility (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; The_Entry : Gtk_Entry) is begin The_Entry.Set_Visibility (Button.Get_Active); end Toggle_Visibility; ------------------- -- Pulse_Timeout -- ------------------- function Pulse_Timeout (The_Entry : Gtk_Entry) return Boolean is begin The_Entry.Progress_Pulse; return True; end Pulse_Timeout; ------------------------ -- Fractional_Timeout -- ------------------------ function Fractional_Timeout (The_Entry : Gtk_Entry) return Boolean is Progress : Gdouble := Get_Progress_Fraction (The_Entry); begin Progress := Progress + 0.005; if Progress > 1.0 then Progress := 0.0; end if; The_Entry.Set_Progress_Fraction (Progress); return True; end Fractional_Timeout; ---------------- -- On_Destroy -- ---------------- procedure On_Destroy (Window : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Window); begin Remove (Timer1); Remove (Timer2); end On_Destroy; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is use String_List; Box1, Box2 : Gtk_Box; The_Entry : Gtk_Entry; Combo : Gtk_Combo_Box_Text; Check : Gtk_Check_Button; Hsep : Gtk_Hseparator; Search : Gtk_Search_Entry; Level : Gtk_Level_Bar; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Entry"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Widget_Handler.Connect (Box1, "destroy", On_Destroy'Access); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, False, 10); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (The_Entry); Set_Text (The_Entry, "Pulsed Progress"); Set_Sensitive (The_Entry, False); Set_Editable (The_Entry, False); Timer1 := Time_Cb.Timeout_Add (100, Pulse_Timeout'Access, The_Entry); Pack_Start (Box2, The_Entry, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (The_Entry); Set_Text (The_Entry, "Fractional Progress"); Set_Sensitive (The_Entry, False); Set_Editable (The_Entry, False); Timer2 := Time_Cb.Timeout_Add (20, Fractional_Timeout'Access, The_Entry); Pack_Start (Box2, The_Entry, True, True, 0); Gtk_New_Hseparator (Hsep); Pack_Start (Box2, Hsep); Gtk_New (The_Entry); Set_Text (The_Entry, "Hello world"); Pack_Start (Box2, The_Entry, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Check, "Editable"); Pack_Start (Box2, Check, False, True, 0); Entry_Cb.Connect (Check, "toggled", Toggle_Editable'Access, The_Entry); Set_Active (Check, True); Gtk_New (Check, "Overwrite"); Pack_Start (Box2, Check, False, True, 0); Entry_Cb.Connect (Check, "toggled", Toggle_Overwrite'Access, The_Entry); Set_Active (Check, False); Gtk_New (Check, "Visible"); Pack_Start (Box2, Check, False, True, 0); Entry_Cb.Connect (Check, "toggled", Toggle_Visibility'Access, The_Entry); Set_Active (Check, True); Gtk_New (Check, "Sensitive"); Pack_Start (Box2, Check, False, True, 0); Entry_Cb.Connect (Check, "toggled", Toggle_Sensitive'Access, The_Entry); Set_Active (Check, True); Gtk_New_Hseparator (Hsep); Pack_Start (Box2, Hsep); Gtk_New_With_Entry (Combo); Combo.Append_Text ("item0"); Combo.Append_Text ("item1 item1"); Combo.Append_Text ("item2 item2 item2"); Combo.Append_Text ("item3 item3 item3 item3"); Combo.Append_Text ("item4 item4 item4 item4 item4"); Combo.Append_Text ("item5 item5 item5 item5 item5 item5"); Combo.Append_Text ("item6 item6 item6 item6 item6"); Set_Text (Gtk_Entry (Combo.Get_Child), "hello world"); Pack_Start (Box2, Combo, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Search); Search.Set_Tooltip_Text ("A Gtk_Search_Entry"); Box2.Pack_Start (Search, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Level); Level.Set_Min_Value (0.0); Level.Set_Max_Value (10.0); Level.Set_Value (5.0); Box2.Pack_Start (Level, False, False, 0); Level.Set_Tooltip_Text ("A Gtk_Level_Bar"); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Entry; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_icon_view.adb0000644000076700001450000001677712533067540021247 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Dnd; use Gdk.Dnd; with Gdk.Drag_Contexts; use Gdk.Drag_Contexts; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Properties; use Glib.Properties; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Cell_Layout; use Gtk.Cell_Layout; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Pixbuf; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Pixbuf; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Toggle; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Toggle; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Icon_View; use Gtk.Icon_View; with Gtk.List_Store; use Gtk.List_Store; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with Gtk.Target_List; use Gtk.Target_List; package body Create_Icon_View is Item_Targets : constant Target_Entry_Array := (1 => (Target => New_String ("GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW"), Flags => Gtk_Target_Same_App, Info => 0)); procedure Fill_Model (List : Gtk_List_Store); -- Fill the contents of List procedure Toggled (Model : access GObject_Record'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Called when one of the toggle buttons is clicked on. This performs the -- actual toggling. ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Icon_View@B is a widget which displays a list of icons" & " in a grid. Its data is stored in a @bGtk_Tree_Model@B." & ASCII.LF & "In this demo, @bdrag-and-drop@B is activated so that icons can be" & " moved from one location to another." & ASCII.LF & "This example also shows how to make a toggle button editable within" & " an icon view."; end Help; ------------- -- Toggled -- ------------- procedure Toggled (Model : access GObject_Record'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues) is M : constant Gtk_List_Store := Gtk_List_Store (Model); Path_String : constant String := To_String (Params, 1); Path : Gtk_Tree_Path; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Value : Boolean; begin Gtk_New (Path, Path_String); Iter := Get_Iter (M, Path); Value := M.Get_Boolean (Iter, 2); Set (M, Iter, 2, not Value); Path_Free (Path); end Toggled; ---------------- -- Fill_Model -- ---------------- procedure Fill_Model (List : Gtk_List_Store) is Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Error : GError; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin Gdk_New_From_File (Pixbuf, Filename => "gnome-textfile.png", Error => Error); Prepend (List, Iter); Set (List, Iter, 0, Pixbuf); Set (List, Iter, 1, "Really Really" & ASCII.LF & " Really really looooooooong item name"); Set (List, Iter, 2, True); Set (List, Iter, 3, "This is the tooltip for the really long item."); for J in 0 .. 9 loop Prepend (List, Iter); Set (List, Iter, 0, Pixbuf); Set (List, Iter, 1, "Icon" & J'Img); Set (List, Iter, 2, True); Set (List, Iter, 3, "This is the tooltip for item" & J'Img & "."); end loop; end Fill_Model; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; View : Gtk_Icon_View; List : Gtk_List_Store; Text : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Text; Toggle : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Toggle; Pixbuf : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Pixbuf; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Icon View"); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Add (Frame, Scrolled); Gtk_New (View); Add (Scrolled, View); Set_Selection_Mode (View, Selection_Multiple); Gtk_New (List, (0 => Gdk.Pixbuf.Get_Type, -- Associated pixbuf 1 => GType_String, -- Text for the icon 2 => GType_Boolean, -- Toggle activated ? 3 => GType_String)); -- Tooltip Set_Model (View, +List); Fill_Model (List); -- Position 3 in our model is the column that we use for tooltips. Set_Tooltip_Column (View, 3); Gtk_New (Toggle); Pack_Start (+View, Toggle, Expand => False); Set_Property (Toggle, Activatable_Property, True); Add_Attribute (+View, Toggle, "active", 2); Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Toggle, "toggled", Toggled'Access, List); -- Connect "toggled" signal Gtk_New (Pixbuf); Pack_Start (+View, Pixbuf, Expand => False); Set_Property (Pixbuf, Follow_State_Property, True); Add_Attribute (+View, Pixbuf, "pixbuf", 0); Gtk_New (Text); Pack_Start (+View, Text, Expand => False); Set_Property (Text, Editable_Property, True); Set_Property (Text, Xalign_Property, 0.5); -- Set_Property (Text, Wrap_Mode_Property, Wrap_Word_Char); Set_Property (Text, Wrap_Width_Property, 100); Add_Attribute (+View, Text, "text", 1); -- Connect "edited" signal -- Allow drag-and-drop of icons Enable_Model_Drag_Source (View, Start_Button_Mask => Button1_Mask, Targets => Item_Targets, Actions => Action_Move); Enable_Model_Drag_Dest (View, Targets => Item_Targets, Actions => Action_Move); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Icon_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_entry.ads0000644000076700001450000000357112533067540020433 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Entry is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Entry; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_cursors.adb0000644000076700001450000001626312533067540020753 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Unchecked_Conversion; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Glib; use Glib; with Gdk; use Gdk; with Gdk.Cursor; use Gdk.Cursor; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Drawing_Area; use Gtk.Drawing_Area; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Spin_Button; use Gtk.Spin_Button; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; package body Create_Cursors is type My_Spin_Button_Record is new Gtk_Spin_Button_Record with record Label : Gtk_Label; end record; type My_Spin_Button is access all My_Spin_Button_Record; package Spin2_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (My_Spin_Button_Record, Gtk_Drawing_Area); package Spin3_Cb is new Handlers.User_Return_Callback (Gtk_Widget_Record, Gint, My_Spin_Button); package Da_Cb is new Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk_Drawing_Area_Record, Boolean); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "Multiple kind of cursors can be used in your application. Even" & " though you can define your own pixmaps for cursors, a number of" & " cursors are predefined." & ASCII.LF & "This demo also shows a basic example on how to draw into a" & " @bGtk_Drawing_Area@B."; end Help; ------------- -- On_Draw -- ------------- function On_Draw (Darea : access Gtk_Drawing_Area_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is W : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Get_Allocated_Width (Darea)); H : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Get_Allocated_Height (Darea)); begin Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, W, H / 2.0); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, H / 2.0, W, H / 2.0); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Rectangle (Cr, W / 3.0, H / 3.0, W / 3.0, H / 3.0); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, 0.5); Cairo.Fill (Cr); return False; end On_Draw; ---------------- -- Set_Cursor -- ---------------- procedure Set_Cursor (Spinner : access My_Spin_Button_Record'Class; Widget : Gtk_Drawing_Area) is pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Cursor is new Unchecked_Conversion (Gint, Gdk_Cursor_Type); pragma Warnings (On); C : Gint := Get_Value_As_Int (Spinner); Window : constant Gdk_Window := Get_Window (Widget); Cursor : Gdk_Cursor := null; begin C := C mod 154; Gdk_New (Cursor, To_Cursor (C)); Set_Cursor (Window, Cursor); Set_Text (Spinner.Label, Gdk_Cursor_Type'Image (To_Cursor (C))); -- Note: the cursor pixmap is copied to the server, which keeps it as -- long at it needs. On the client side, it is possible to delete the -- cursor right now. Unref (Cursor); end Set_Cursor; ------------------ -- Cursor_Event -- ------------------ function Cursor_Event (Darea : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event; Spinner : My_Spin_Button) return Gint is pragma Warnings (Off, Darea); begin if Get_Button (Event) = 1 then Spin (Spinner, Spin_Step_Forward, Get_Step_Increment (Get_Adjustment (Spinner))); elsif Get_Button (Event) = 3 then Spin (Spinner, Spin_Step_Backward, Get_Step_Increment (Get_Adjustment (Spinner))); else Put_Line ("Unknown button : " & Guint'Image (Get_Button (Event))); end if; return 0; end Cursor_Event; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox, Hbox : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Adj : Gtk_Adjustment; Spinner : My_Spin_Button; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; Darea : Gtk_Drawing_Area; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Cursors"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Vbox, 10); Add (Frame, Vbox); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Set_Border_Width (Hbox, 5); Pack_Start (Vbox, Hbox, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Cursor Value:"); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Pack_Start (Hbox, Label, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Adj, 0.0, 0.0, 152.0, 2.0, 10.0, 0.0); Spinner := new My_Spin_Button_Record; Initialize (Spinner, Adj, 0.0, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Spinner, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Cursor Area"); Set_Shadow_Type (Frame2, Shadow_Etched_In); Set_Label_Align (Frame2, 0.5, 0.0); Set_Border_Width (Frame2, 10); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2); Gtk_New (Darea); Set_Size_Request (Darea, 80, 80); Add (Frame2, Darea); Da_Cb.Connect (Darea, Signal_Draw, Da_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Draw'Access)); Unrealize (Darea); -- Required for the call to Set_Events Set_Events (Darea, Exposure_Mask or Button_Press_Mask); Spin3_Cb.Connect (Darea, "button_press_event", Spin3_Cb.To_Marshaller (Cursor_Event'Access), Spinner); Spin2_Cb.Connect (Spinner, "changed", Set_Cursor'Access, Darea); Gtk_New (Spinner.Label, "XXX"); Pack_Start (Vbox, Spinner.Label, False, False, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Cursors; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_dialog.ads0000644000076700001450000000357312533067540020533 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Dialog is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Dialog; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/dancing-penguin.gif0000644000076700001450000015323012533067132021006 0ustar gnatmailgnatGIF89aZL÷ÿÿÿÿÿÌÿÿ™ÿÿfÿÿ3ÿÿÿÌÿÿÌÌÿÌ™ÿÌfÿÌ3ÿÌÿ™ÿÿ™Ìÿ™™ÿ™fÿ™3ÿ™ÿfÿÿfÌÿf™ÿffÿf3ÿfÿ3ÿÿ3Ìÿ3™ÿ3fÿ33ÿ3ÿÿÿÌÿ™ÿfÿ3ÿÌÿÿÌÿÌÌÿ™ÌÿfÌÿ3ÌÿÌÌÿÌÌÌÌÌ™ÌÌfÌÌ3ÌÌÌ™ÿÌ™ÌÌ™™Ì™fÌ™3Ì™ÌfÿÌfÌÌf™ÌffÌf3ÌfÌ3ÿÌ3ÌÌ3™Ì3fÌ33Ì3ÌÿÌÌÌ™ÌfÌ3Ì™ÿÿ™ÿÌ™ÿ™™ÿf™ÿ3™ÿ™Ìÿ™Ì̙̙™Ìf™Ì3™Ì™™ÿ™™Ì™™™™™f™™3™™™fÿ™fÌ™f™™ff™f3™f™3ÿ™3Ì™3™™3f™33™3™ÿ™Ì™™™f™3™fÿÿfÿÌfÿ™fÿffÿ3fÿfÌÿfÌÌfÌ™fÌffÌ3fÌf™ÿf™Ìf™™f™ff™3f™ffÿffÌff™fffff3fff3ÿf3Ìf3™f3ff33f3fÿfÌf™fff3f3ÿÿ3ÿÌ3ÿ™3ÿf3ÿ33ÿ3Ìÿ3ÌÌ3Ì™3Ìf3Ì33Ì3™ÿ3™Ì3™™3™f3™33™3fÿ3fÌ3f™3ff3f33f33ÿ33Ì33™33f333333ÿ3Ì3™3f333ÿÿÿÌÿ™ÿfÿ3ÿÌÿÌÌÌ™ÌfÌ3Ì™ÿ™Ì™™™f™3™fÿfÌf™fff3f3ÿ3Ì3™3f333ÿÌ™f3îÝ»ªˆwUD"îÝ»ªˆwUD"îÝ»ªˆwUD"îîîÝÝÝ»»»ªªªˆˆˆwwwUUUDDD"""!ÿ NETSCAPE2.0!þGifBuilder 0.3.1 by Yves Piguet!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã„8ÄbE‘â¡C[bpé!Æ«~þüÉ’uè¡É“(Ö»whäÈVƒ"ÔHÔª•KY¬ºØKɳ'Ã{Ï‚Z›Ç Ÿ>~ûøñóGÏßNŸPSÚÓW‘ߪ«ÏVPÏJ @û’RÊÓþЪµ-Õ~ ýÝ(誠¥êéµÇwÅŠ{ø[ÉgE_Ò¥¬òûÜ¿ÄmÎU¸â™µ ÐVÞ,xp>}úº€=\‘Õ¼Éý£ÇŠmd”+†Î›’hÙÒ¸s—¦‡ú5O½ï Ç7£ø DƒŽ ª80àæÐñ JD=¹ ÁÍ­Dǧ½;÷Îû÷ìÕûk¥<¾{®°rEÐ4ÈW>„/‚ö²ò_{+xæY>ŸæU ðAA 5,ø…‚ù¬àTz]¨a[\ÌÒJYeùÓÏM²4Ž?õŽ,nèâA• ÕSô€ÓTS-¾¨#A¤\uU)€€5šRû˜FÏ>;FUU)¢¸OVweõ„Jõ8Ü`c)Å =Ü“=hí“^’*Ò?T +A¥O_ö<ñWÏ V˜hYRÄOAø õšd.´‚<ÏÌc+úžañ#+ZêvZ =áæYôdJcH!ÁÕÏGyz>”&„€¤ªjû¬ªj _$hùt±è­ éƒÜ®Éy±ƒ¬2Èàqƒ bk­·®ð߲ΪO :•*펈à 7ô`€10A=LÐÀ´‘q!ˇ‚ð‰Žøsâ7Ÿ†Ä"¹PÝÓ.Š‰t”8p­Ø½î3T"°Ö”)Z{¬a]–ùc[Y eš¦Ã‘ÙsW”ýÌ:d‘L5Œ±Tù(µqVø¹O~‡|i ý|U·ÔfV[ d¥Iå§å<~þ‹¤Ì4 ΞÛu×VzUi%ÜH=¤öY£c¤J»E²<–µ@•µy•²â)+çfåy&Z‘f}}OÐr‘¹”?ûd›Ð´‰Ï O7Ü=åVk €ø\QÜíÃØccN[ÙjÍèCñ3ÚašëVš?SÊœY™.Ü©ê´›%²ë áÓŠ»(ò³÷ øåû_EËN"¿ûå÷òÌûíWÓâeU Ð窪^—ˆàvrï=±ÔU~u‚ès…÷ NؘöPHaÌ°ª‚õÑo½ª4D¸Ï³_õï?ÿ³"¾Àªù KX;8·fE6fñ¥JK‰Ó¢6eµ¥J³ÙpÇÁzð5 ðÁEzsm}ð!1è¶pÀB1ˆ¡?`À Ä0†‹b ûð;¡AnÐ’±¢#’."Yp*$àø†,r¨Ãpá#ÂcÅ?H䮥(‰œk"Aº`DHQ¤1"™E¿Ü…–„‰Z¬õÕ/GÈâW‰ Ñ7VÄ 4j‘ ~)E‰j “šìN$oºãCìñ h4…:­ˆ]¦n'È…@Lbó˜QHÀD,6ò I[…l¼B1ò’éQ”ü±ádI]Mù( 1¬ s‡É<ìxG{ÔÅGÏÒWå3u¥…$lâJÈ¢´g»ÔR–¹”¡%˜¼Çm>%¬´+øŒé–™”´xóObê “òÅšbæŒ+ã!O>’r¦èüã›þàG§µ¤ÃÅ·l)2´—àt,J‘ðªÎyªh IÖò¹±'è%{é`Ò¦Íí©ûhÌ¥ ¹#iÂ-_Ëd›ª°§ù“‚Šº âìAÆ?ÕLûøèÐ1}>PYÊE?󬤰·óRZþуúæ2EH)nöŒ*È©o+ S€R¬5ÁhÐ8/3!+È[!Ÿá;æ'ƒÏâŸOMÅI•Ž»ŒeP–¨Q5™©3‹%’Ñp5I±‰\Þ*W *3¯ùú+6Vk@c£ƒ–aQW»|íw±$¡:ÄÒ®•lâ fC›Øû᫲º -eÆEÞHSpA-9?éÁz˜ISMY %]›)á¶)/mšp‡+=J ÷ ˆl…ýÂÜ×?÷ȇ jB“|øí<ØÝŽv·cáˆç7öŽ ŠCƒVÉD{‰ÄwºÃ^ó”g:É_z#t>ÊÙ÷¾åIÏJìÔ]£ 0¯y¯wÞDìCQîKðgÆ'_ä|á ¿‚•„œàF÷3] Q@àºjA5„„B㬧54ˆ¨ÎøhÀ1è Ú„hHÌ¿4Ü`B¬°bûÍG>ôƒ@¿¢¨ÐHîŸô*×€Ž"ø"¾ ¦ ‚ð Šã…þU¨'õHYh¼@f e¸Bþ]å´!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ãƒzô¸1áÆb鳧g‹„ bÆB$rŒ½‡(Sª`‘¬Y²d±r$kP„A‰b¾Ü)kÅÊŸ@>yöÌÚ¼g€ôíãÇ”8ô|ºR?VWW=[Åu |ùíÛwˆéR¦ýèý{úÏß=ªpõ±ê×ÏŸÛ+ˆnÝŠ¯žßzöì­Xq>+Vò5ÅJ/À{àÔýSë.ÜRýžÉ{Ö/ß½ÏV #NœOŸ¾@b™²Z=—B|þþýÃgùç¾y¸íú›Çº·ï߬û­ªMµÞç†e̘A#Ñ œ‰òžN½:>A‰²;t%Ÿêûߧ‡O°èï+ê=¬µ/h@P@ÂÔ¨óIe˜´ÿÒúä# >‚Ð0D@C 5ìà… ‚â=êgá…¢d,­ ‚•j0Á$‹?‘óO+¬xH†,"”×<8ÕE‰±ÑU‹8dVZYÍ>bí#HSWAE[ŽAÉÅš,ýQ<®r~ öÙaC^ÅÏ>=©QéQé×`W&¶?ô°â×>òÞåh>˜öóÏ>>@ŠVPX=n‰ܜ6³,õ@ÈÛÚ-nèOÏ û=¹æ3¥˜mÞÙ"ºTpÛžÆN[JÂòÈÓ ã!Ö7jc©ö[àAö½cêã<Ð@ùYX- å(ôT”ÒãϺ¢—饄O+v¡HÙ*3È`°bãdà´ÂœLï½÷qÇ ¦Þ_Xª§šªktÞFš¡Ž;§=­³¡€s&æ¸ø>_/CõЀê¨óµÏ~‚ "‚ßió£F °î“È ˆk¿hƒv ªÝ怂‘8•À€Å; „‹ å&sÅî‚ÌàO pƒX!РC”åƒC˜Ð%üø  L "TÈBÒDŒÄû"9 áƒ1¬†C<éS rD`J5WÙVL1‹qc5þøFᆨ£¹ôCK?Ô‰#þ¡©Ã¬Ç7ÄDEƒpAê ¦\²ƒ/èd-&Ç,Ѽ2Ä\àOZÁ œ\K'²H¡²Š~0`©ƒÛ 2h¬®a«³Ql0·H¬@+ИGfš² œUªk•È×83)ÝC#k˜Bi|À,“ü‘ÒÒJRqOz4Xñ9~Œ gs³åïÑ;V|ì¬ÒX":`¾Mˆ\ÁßV3M)Ë|T$£3º¡ h½© +öò²U $V:L ˆ”"VàüCkmÙ(¥$3ùãR¢ž|5mMI‹cÚ¶'« œfê×R r"å$yÓÙ¬P´Ü¬àæ?‰$ eM¬¢ÑÀ¶ŠôPhfæ1ŒãÖ:L Nkq„&‹V`Ooêlz¹ÇË–ÒÃF)¡óÝ~ê±ñ,Gúçñr·~äxmºGh|   Çœ2ãG<9j¡èg!€Pg:ƒ¼³æq© 'ì¼$®~ª¡Š”t¤ªRÇ*r’cì3‹¨Í3s‚Rœ<ôaW´fsQW\ˆ=vw.Ì@ÃGÖ`…iðƒ×¼"v¯¥+çpƒ›µu¾ñfQ†ÜûHju Æbh†Ir2ôÐ$ëRk£¥fp2‚-‰TÛÓúu¥R˜÷⎩¸¹Â¿ZâÁé¤K"®•ˆV\¡¬ø8Nv³[˜în÷»†iÓ_ò—{,ç@ý‹Àf%ˆºZON>µv¸‡ï B@î…o|GS!ãXïƒ •ÿ¢‡ªþí`­Pi 5 ë#;ЙU"¾à…k§Ub°¡úR{èì‚Fœ^¸_ëEÄiˆ…?bÁ ö‚©H¬ªì°A^XqõÄW=Cå'ãH>Qáþ͇>õU d¿•Ú?PŽ2|H•* ° „L‰ã ÀÄ© W¸”=£¡“ÕcXúxÏ{Ñ….xÇM¬DY@!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡ÃƒzܸãÆ!Y÷©`À`1bƈñã¡É“(vqÎ_¿—¿ÔHÔÏQ?—8»ÔKɳ§C|ÏæA{¶ŠU }ü’²òGÞ ŸPSâ Ī*¿UXWµr/_¾}HÃòÛ·ª=pÿüýcu/jT}Uoú÷S ©gxñ®²W¯o={+VÜ»‡_¾±I“Þ| п´ií¹u»B´ËDñ.\ØŠç|]ô:Š´ªim ÖÛ—–UÝÉ(÷Í›ç6=Ó¸së6m¶$l¨ƒ7ã›A|–DÈ‘çã̼9gAÉ‘ ºâÙ¹u|Všo®.Ùd½ûVòéÑèGçcl¯=v¯ðÅ«Ïg% D¨ÁŸ†—ÿ^ìC_¿hà&qñRbJ9â’,þ€ÓŠZÿ´’Ö!f¨=üxÑJ+M1uVSNihâ@ö`”?ÐìCRˆñÓ>'öT\üÄå+ùd•)õaĘãmö°j5¢¸ÔZ¾ÈPC=`ðDpy%ZbqñSÐ=j¡µÏkM´‚5Ö@Ó&¡éÓz`Á¸Ûi©%ô]š­àˆi5‰²òÒn/µÆ'B Dਣ è'é£úñ÷E+ãũϦúÚ¦$2ˆ¨‰|áûšªûýyÑEô­€¦@7rªOw‹æj¢7ˆqÈ!ùàjD©«O\Œˆ,ýðãȯb’ƒj©ÕJ?²`x¬O1ôŽUVÙ„Q?•[­¶ÛBeOû²O XÔð…¨F!=b¦[ Ö°T³9šuV¾úFµ^þàµÏ=u28pÁ)Ù#+YA3›‹.Ž%"¬ÐóOKtAÜ'˜†öC”€ ÃIíÃJRóüsÖ’y{#o ïTŠ^'3Ö–„Y#˜ô€Ÿ©ufšõPuÓ?û¨™—V«àÓÞÕ+0XgVèSZŽK-Ò2ÿC£‰¢1†=ÏTù +øöÄ šûm¨GåæÚí3"+úÞsÙàU{f¸WqŽ?ë]³A¬œë=Öe¹‹G%†ØwâƤÈòÏ<3ÕZç3Å7èªåsSKp?EXbøÄ€?€Ú+È=CpÀ¯Y`AÎÊS $ ¥:ºƒªô^ôáyÖEr£ªª½t‚P_}ôÑã*1|g7dÏ ^ì€_¤ì/¯ß¼˜§—y£™7Úª‘> £üÕ@ÃÜaÃÄgz^YÁÕ¢r5ÄÇjnig¸À•¿°î‚Ì T ÀÁ…tPƒ‘€‘o`¤ a@ |  „‰A|Ðp ûYÅH.²È² ÂfŒˆxV#ш?U2àÈÖRÄ~¼ŒA²0áÓ(d¡¡kŠ±‡#¾±#«8«_`³Ò2¡´ô…`X¥_P«rÔ‚ì-_ÝVX¡ÑËT9Ò“yÇ9–®.HJê(ŸÖ ËÈcàóÒxg§Ý€ã¯YäEØ6±i±éêü C{\f•ó8"ØúºÙ–û‚¤Q,7Û9rA–u+ˆY, K+²Ö4ƒz\ïÑ1™ jµ±ô-¡h£Ú?ÕÌ/ÈMn_Nô—ä:‰øPízÚ;¾üezˆøPt¯ ™îf3ÂaŽpPÊ;¦:¤/(Îþ–'¯ä";؉/×:ƒèdTÜóJJ¥g¸ýfG *د`‚€åQ*00v0¯ñ`4ˆ{0¬ôœû’j^ˆÎ¾@,\!>°Zšì¡´æü(¢¤ÚǾ/oÁÑ­D£×ñp º¥ªAóöÓ¿þÔ€^Ñz7ô˜²!7Rœ}¼ðÇ?ò ‚DzŠœûÉOq^ÈOö(ÐT Ä€aóð`5s’}λ@Í ³>|ϲI!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Cƒ 2d¸qCŒ¬‹ßdŘ0‡1cÆø8´â¡É“(æ“åï[?Ve}ù’HÖ!Œ1é•Lɳ§Ã*Ö =[U }ü²GÏÚNŸPMÚËÇUÕUX³>ÃgÏÞŠ|G‘"EÄÊ=ÿ˜î«Õg½@¬Xõóç/A{X‡4°^=¯+VàÃ()¿ÃUýñXÕ¿ÇàÖ¶m[ š‡–˜N/ú´BU¦ÑµO>Ceµ _fÅ>bMH]Žeød=ÄZû¸8Ð BéõÌ=^˜`ÞY¡R‡™·©ó˜5 V™P)Ö\‚ùè£hèá8án¨-ô––r ´Â‰ôü³¢¢LeÍK/ÚÏYvŠÐ þ t Á|: r­è“§ž¨¦º§>ûÒ!7ˆ5ìðêÿ  Xè\œá“*¡– ¢ T4ÀÀ€7;c ÒÏK‡"H7Ñå:Û^Ä…³QÅÀR+qUÅ,¡ËÚºzîd„rH øÐPÃq‰´ò †‹öö.ƒ€øÃÊ3ÖÌcUüXóÏ<ÿTúo[+,ÔÁ72¹O\”>ÌÓTüdUð<¨õi1b“¦ÅÊ='¤O¹qMk$V®%‰“ü ‚&+*>ækT¾ WËýDVÒ=ϹAvÏQ:fÖÐh©sÊ…æ3­ŠYDJÑE’bÏ_]¹Âfžåø'+< „Îÿ°Â–Æ€`FÔ3¥ûˆXgžq‘ga@¶ìð@ø ÅZÌïefôy¦¸~z’vˆRº-†P=û(šlû lÐTŒfß»áÖä)'t劉žiè¬ÓCzé ­ ȉþŒŽ[†Ï G!zâ?þ”j÷Ø÷oüñàöõkøª¦Ðƒzo"ˆèZßg‹+~ÅtÜ'‚œt‰Bœâä+¾<æÑ—ÏÛyUß‚ìgà62Z ]à¯ÿhùÛß>‰ Õ§žg+í`_„}Ô·@Ь€WPÛW¬ð@öõÄ}ê« ì6ÈÁ¾Æ 1=øÜ` Žˆ‰M>Ä€ 4àÌ"!Càƒúû¹‰M|0†Ťp— ¡~”è0ˆ¨–MXB iè"„¢AŠÈ²ªÈÂÙ†þ¡ŽŒ\N†õ@Ä7¤¶â )Ä;$D)¤]ÀÉE1ªVÈ"…1aJÜhÐ$_­PêTÄ >>d%ÚÜYè!‹±†T3äBVa¢AÃüx\U&EÔHR!¤¸dVl„£}¬"ahù"± ÙȆ”#;̤ ùɻܣ«xF?dc”°0é”;bÅí ɱÃhåQ«ØãöÄÐ%-u±à菉å+Hˆ=ÎK~ xš’4ÿŻܨèšYá•W˜f¶Ã¨ühil뙳êAÍÓÐ…+¤xÙ*>¶™Ñ¬™‰)$>ú™†ke/aI?† €­åR/üô Ù·Š›±B{@ ØÕ"K!T(Š¤@ˆæ¥/ùÅ/a#S}ÓL«¼äm÷ØZþEÝC.÷g=òÂ5@Ä'LwÌûjf.Þ<…rë2hˆV`;…p‰ktÞØ„êS™ 7Ö)b ¬2sƒ†>ì†7û4îb¹yÝ@bŠ·ý+˜a…e–ƒ·Ï ªb»Q+AöÁ·‚«2AÁL>cV>…%Mº TB(÷U‚ˆN—¼$?Ds¿Š!–uq‘">>æJV\t˜m™'eÈÔÚû¨è,¡Åì<ôÚÁ@ î,LQÑêR+—)ñ1fÙ‹Ú†6à ÒÖÐÖ"éÁ ^ô¸È'ƒ’+¶èä+»“ê ürûð|ÁÙŒv›ÃÝæ/yÊ5I@œçiª^øt¯Ã^+Tá e„«¾÷=u!qåËo}ØbòA! ÐÔC=éѤT¦Ê“~ÌJV©×UÞóÞ ¾PÑ€WH°Þ‚cAó$¸¦ ñÊf D€œÚÔ„›©êÅzâ“s_e^é°4ðùÔGXüé %÷©¬zðCäü4®Èør ±ƒM °€œ‰èÕ#÷™iÈJÖUxïòS•'Æ^³ º À|<°– !ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã‚$ô¸ãÆ!Yeõð!æÇCc.®xH²¤IöXù[é"Y;¾ šåHV¿~ûÍë7ò¤ÏŸ«ô{ölÕV¬ø±Zŵ(בU)UºT«?zÿÀÑówoªÔ{Xoúc…/ªÀ*E‰­2°^={+VܳB¶lÖ~ôzâó÷ïßʶn§®7tèª{˜3ã³b%Ÿg}ÄjÅJšíÁ{ŒÕ±ŠüÓè¼ygç’žM»v\zXK Àb†oß"PCf¢ãVðủ|s•æДh +V®@‡ž|³÷äûÉ7·÷°ž|¡NÏ^½•¿€=ËoŸ¾ z/ Ð ^£¿—ÿ‚’äéfà:ÄE+7•ÅÏK©#¡„iaY‚"„@"­tˆ˜Sj©ãÔS–H^¯íÔOhIñCVkhâIúÐvS \uÅ_}­ ÏXL-…Ø ‹ã˜i3 ¤Ï=TÊ*DAYŠ=€U©ÙfVâ iý¬R>ô Î>I*´‚5òXc 4¬èH>úÄ Z)-Žf+ó\xP=øô#c™2b˜ƒ®Õ›wÆun€2Ø 3`Aƒ 4Ì@ÃÇuØ ?Êéé§T'ê _|áE Ãí×_û4xÑEœöøEžÚÕè­30\pƒ­¬7àê–=c´b“,ˆ€ÄÑ6Éå:þ`Ä…±RÙƒÈ7ýØùR+.É"fZþ|# >Ø‹O ‡rÏ¥ƒÄÛÊ¢#þÃhº2Ô3°õSšSÿ ‹¯[gBÓ5ó@#V0ÒcÅÀ&…Å”ФØÏ>,Ébíó'Ä­ ÕȬܤ#WOôe•‹òÓÏ\û„Ù1¾"Çõ²?H”P®’A ¦å–ZÑãe=û4ÆTeÂ¥Ò?¬è)Ð yõœ_føäCt\^ô²½ÿä6°=«ìK>>q`Ìqçvû–Ö¤@H“Í4¶“YÓeÏ(Ǚܟ­Ç0mþ¤Œjÿðƒm=i«Yñ*úÐyx¢³! òA+ ʘ?Ga~g?o®PUüøŽ?+öôöÛ8ò3ÏZõúÓŠ €=šÙî¼c°Rí7ÜðÄG¦‰èÓÙ€žuæü€]ŒZu¢NÿÅ W0/ßòœص|À;tgôÕ§Þz准>{û$‚ªñÃÓPƒüýí“ Í˧?>±Håÿý“J=V°½{PÉtL Md€ð-!ºòÁ!‘DpÁ 0€®&@ ân4ˆz 1ŒA >ðAH@"Y°N.ŽxIB˜¨¤Aûˆ`…Gdሗ½LBª«i8{ˆ«e/™ÇKÀA!uÉ\C$¢@¸°’¬`å"^øB³ÄŽÕ™Ë_R\"X!÷•j­˜…,vÒE§D1Œ ¨7/B©…vŽƒãéd€ˆ›XCuN䥦Gƒ@‰(¯1ŒJÖ’ÇB:ɇ„Ë Ã±7êK‘‹¤³4Ò‘ö¸WvòV¤§NL9 ]¨À{Š=ó4|†ž¤f4k9K? 2{Ôˆdó WA= rd¤S‹‘üVÞª^›ÍͪÆRØj€¢)Ë>r¸–*|-Œ¶¬—’Í…]É )d4|üs)Ð`&ðá¥ñÒD+àéöÑ´åÅ+ì `¼vK›åiŒ1[’òiNìXõ Å!{F¬kCÛ’JºÆ4foªGÉÖÒ̃à#JQº‡_¨¤»¸åãE$Ë A'¦È•–H)ôR@°3¸ö¶w@*µÇXï©\AR_ Áhã/‹h¼>>CàNÓIð¨v€*úÑ Ù+àŸ:s`›’$>´¢ªXè#§óQõSú@Ätúø© U«ªÁ¼ÐáíÁI}{EHÖ—¾Û¸=‚¨A‰G¿U•ê é DRŸïiX}O5K>¢ ƒøÑû<ÕÂŽ4V@!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡C‚&ôèqc„1²d9ò±ŸGV‡É ô°¤É“ï!’å«•_b&z‰H$Kzôø¡Üɳä½~Ï‚úë·ŸQ~ýèùÓÙ³éI|\²â·ªªURöæÛW´¨Q—þþ…õçïžÓ¦úXy »oÁUAƒÂÍ:°ž½÷ =ºUËz÷ý£î+Àg–ê'è³R+ðåÅGÙŠå|úò Ô—ŸTµL ¦÷db”õøÍ[íoÞÒÏ°cÃNêöôÎ Dؽ[7ïÝ;¾$ž²ñãȯ´J4hsA^®\ÁgyõëÔ³[Éky;âûw­`ÞL¾V¸P­´ÒOkƒá„8J…fáˆÜ#ÏjóxT g\}…=¬ÈÓ žIµÖ>V=cÕÙƒO‹{#>ƒÕŸŒü´„ÏwÙ—\zØSÏ é­`eeVèÃW.õ#b=‚‰õ…2*ˆ5YcÍ>˜a¦>›qå•l]Šx>S•™?’æN~D§ÒS›ž%…'?‰%H"¼éæ›”V:sÍ}Aßo5DÐ)}:\Ñ…>R–š^–”2‰èªûe2p°Öf€@0`@= ˆa«N0††À""Ƈt4Y fd¯MqÑO+Ÿâˆ,_‚8…ùƒ­,¬ÊlbwYÉ Í —a¡…áôÏ¡ßÚ\«ÑÓO—¤áÄn»Mý„bŠ,zõ¢·ø¢´B>T=ƒ¢Šp¶8g’¤õ³dÀiYc—:ÂeÕ¡ö¿_%µYEîúm>6öó?VP)rUL¦@v­ q.©2+ƒ¶,‰õDE–?¨ @pÅµÊ õ$mWz÷äE0_œyVÖ@ø„%–?/·‹Ï3Žéx•V6mÜepNuTÝ#¦Íí.fÍ3és]wâûQgQ±y™Ð€ÿ°Íë ó¨©&++²¸ñTƒ~¦7Ä áÓg‘‰'>ÀŒ'™¶dõ´@VZ±ŠgŠ(8­àvØM§®zêV&mÛ ,xE¦õ)à[ 2-Ç^wùð.žxÌ ç\ð—ò…3ô®¼xËïj{ùYÒÀšEJœæa¿öÚ[_"‰tú›§ŸÖgß‚@Ï<BÛ–^zí›Ô9óTÆ_ùýøç  èÿP­ÀÁ°2"‹CÄ@¸| 1ôà;óBn0D¼ä \ ±¡Ÿùc+‰ ›tˆ =Ë@ˆpD?DÒ d5ÉÚ Ò…¹Dû)Ì ¡«qË~#´"†"k ¢ƒ¨‰,VÒŒ„E„3$È=ø±D z!&¹›…¶<ÔéE!°U$Añ‹™Ò=¬q¢-*EtJ¹R¢õÃ5Ašˆö1Ç…œ‰k«Ù˜¿üÇ>"¤ûš?â$²œñ‹w!…5R´VÜcÝ¢G[ÐX{àvôÈ*,Ó¯½ü‹-rdÜ ú‚8ÏX¬*ªÐCJät6£¸fmX«œ=Ò›¡ÈÅ*€ H=ôá•…uk,P 8$CVÑè3daÅ=ž £Š­"˜ué¤Æ8f”¤˜e…Ù#4Ì.upsC«J5¯)Ì)Eüfc¦ôŒ"‚“eKd2ŠÊ†ÔÁ ®ÀhA!…ÊT–4ÔÍÌ(›ñÌ?DÆŠl•FF?a‹RŠu>~ï[Á&c%j¬˜GÖ±¶ÃŒ/@\cŠvpm2ÔYÏ^>¹¸¬d†'‰J!¸ô£O@LÉö¦M¬¦R™?R©'žr-n•óÞÄȉ¡ŽàÌé·J&5ÉCnÊ[Ý ÷•ÙØÉ 8;«žì!85õƒªä¡¥UeƒTË} p¹ãRŒ¹^2µr« æÕWº.t†7 ‹R¸HØ‚øôß=\¢? ÆlúY^çÕÁBUJ mhG€Ô ¹A­@<*­@Ä×N6Ýà ]ÊP†q…¼L†È îqP‡4ž$`â‹€íÆÇ›ìÀ9‚° u¤ÛíäCxûT"òÓ…ÞÑí»tKÚm¥ë”pé:‚(luÛ 6µé½b«ðŠ7œ/ ×SäCÞÚD)Q­MúÐéBÂ3©JÙíÀpªT¤¨ú¨æ$—Sä3ß¼À½kÏ >ÈóÜÃá{Ø=‚¨Árw#áàÄ$?h&9 \½íåã¯ï‹qz0%ÍtÁ ñÁñfŠS\CV. !ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡ÃzøsÈŽ+6òÇ‘c¿C²d­xH²¤Iõº8 yè¢_b&šÕ¯U?ôrÒÃw²§O’÷ž=³6o+Aü’²êGï¿ŸPMÖ»·«¤«²j%U€½}`ùíKššº¦þþí õ犪K9)ÐÞªgZ³vEYÏÞŠ{úŠ ¨ª¿U(Yýkª–mÛ¨¥žÉ ÍÊ=|—ñi¶b%_>}úågÕª?ºëíûîÏÇ'ï-ŠóªUÒ¥sëÎ=ï)lŸ- D‚‚á„ßñ¥U"+š£CNýŠóDƒ° òÂy:uïûÐÃk¾<ýT{~;‡&̾} |+VtîœÏ½{}õ½((¡†˜^"È{Vس×o&¨àBöÜt•Xü Â’,ê¨ãO…þô# ?.è!B1¬€Q9µ–Nÿøȇ,4â<þh‚‘†“o-Ɔ[i7ñ“WV¤ @…AH–Uôp¸GÿÒa‹ý°2WB+L&^ø ‡Þ öÜ“g£‰†›?æ ´BZ)úóZŽ •bÍ›ÐÌøÙgëVãn¦•™Ð=þ°Â&Bõ°¢Nô€sb”xîFNzþùЖV†?‰DÈh˜fªi ‰túE"1!‡\Ô@ƒ©]èÓ]–ûè†éšŽÆʦHàƒ\àЕ ôà 8HpÃ!öÈÚ–5ùc?-ÉÒ’GYØÏJBÛS=‡dˆ³ýÄÔH¶¬Ó"‚âh-l`Ñi"­´»¡‹.Zì¹ Í38ùi(ú3/½m=Ílú¶RIqDO£?TÏ ùìs×<ýÈÈX£MÊ Š¬0Ü0Aúìˆ^[‘ò/Uc¦TZú¤…Ó>OʪZÀ ?®$Aãá!I•'ø¤…¬,ªÖO?ÿôƒO̤܅^Öcõ–™BhEÞ„Z )þ“â¿ôFvå3sÅ÷——Ò©'ˆ”B]>bû·†t¬+@#Þ÷æÓ]wžajðhº‘IeZàxüg oÂh”4&En¼âÇ ­¢Ó‰}VîyNÕ6À褾B ýÚôÓ^ÝÈ*üä»9ç­d©v|^æ®û=·Çü˜ˆ¶;ÈÙ­Ûi»~þwòºnñÏÇDà WÌç÷õ~—‰Ïõ6÷tëÝ'~{áV¾¤‚$'jrÿùwêÌuñ½õ\¢çûoZ’}R_œ]Ïåý˜  ø„V´b@@’0@X Vâˆô@ .q"Æ@‘4!öCMlŠ1ÜJ cèHGZ! j}p!+XÚÒÈÒV8ë&û²:ÆÕý½° ö@DçH!YŒ+[RGÓdŽ»ý 1ÈVçáˆDÀŽÉÒlx¢Ð=q õˆA 1F,ÄdÙiÓN´s}1!D»Z¡0x-'Š{#Bpf C-Ê…¢bôÈz˜Í!SpÒ=B&øšXà C±€„\Ål*ƃ‘…49q¢VŠÙrEBŠmź7†1VÉ‹PVˆ.¥2h¤I]¡T„Iz¹Î6Dü)ª€’ˆÕhL‹ Ìø–ÛðyQ…*AÓI)  ݘ´ÌsÕ#”óÈ=q­L“göˆ?öI£tüE1¬¡G7U™E©#N$Ë™•|±Kú@„ÊÊî5)òâ‚V`•›Ð£cs›å•ü F¿üû¨XB3àL ›(¤NÉ v‘è3Ñ—¾XtmøYRa'é©`Sf‹ ´HN /\º]îðÑ­ &nó¨ŸÐtI€•"Nϸ—eÖƶͨg=„³Ê<<¦šÅü£©Ö2äÞøæ«Ò‡kž¤ÜVµ¦ô£—Ú‡<ö&k¨ªžÉGª"G¹Ò$U!|jÒ¹žj h¼ih½˜Ê<·Ö…Äô\+ Ø&A8"z.7}b=ø#Buê\vÐdüêQ Í¡ò(À¢ÝÑhWÉ—GdH[É3fVËmnY$ Ê@ƒOµK¼û‹r壙°]‰ÈG ¨“êX7:»ãiOìq/Ð;_ðúˆã™âoáYà:•ö®K@]`zçË¿ù°¶$[Á‚7Çš°¢‚À~æ$`{êy  / DEƒé]Á3ÓYÁ^¾)àFn×D¥Sh4µaL¥*S4Í"°3ˆg¼ýéÏàçóÑÔ=ðíAêSûØøÆ8nOÒ·å˜øT5€_LzRa~$l—æ¯~öƒX ¼@e¨ B#!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡ÃÄBÄ Ñ1=nˆÓÊ?V¬øõ;$K–½‡(Sª˜ïKY¬j|™ù¥•MþèéçïäÊŸ@®x6¯è<~H‘²ÊI_Ч+ñ r•U«ªHÕ°bŸ×¤JYí¤ç/ÐV¨@ï‰dÕg ‡®zöÌ* ‚õì­¸§ß>¤úôúØTà ÿÀÑû§-Ú{Ï E®‹ïže|˜ñY±’/_`Á?‚\z!«ÿz:þiŨ¿¢cžM›6=+«ƒ¶ˆÀ›7z ÿ’¨¸•{™“+×\¼ø D‚¼ä³¢99õëÕ±#§ŽÏgP½ûÓ‰O^|¾œ9ç+Ï>`4D¨1¿†L/‚é›~6·ÿÿ2„C?ý„„ÔK²¤Î‚ þ#K?û(¡C÷@ÃTjô(F=pMèá@ø5O?Ј÷Uh¬ÌCO µ‚h£ádÍUX‘âW_%ÚŠõì“ZN¶8Ho%]tYeÏ’K®à$ršYñ×> ‰ÆOA÷ ¶X? yÐ ÖÌÍ<ÏôÓÙ~ŸHh0ÒæO—òÏ•^t†êDVµõ™"Y7ÖÙ= 'ž ¬$¢Ÿy¦ žåš8WÜLÂÇ õÑÐÅt›…ÊY`*è©ÀÀªû=øÀE  Á \p!Æ­·‚*Z\ôcS+¬ò"ˆøÓQGê€S’I»Buˆ?ýˆv"_ìðE#c L¬(æT³¹±Àʯ6i¸¡žt‚ë_)D½6"[*.ÆJê>µÂ˜Fõ³&›l‘g½ÙsO «„i4ží«£Xôèû/ÀÕ“U0ÎuUVýå3%X!átNÿ°¨®>l±Õ–?VÔóD]ÛHP^VøÖšK½ €¨ÃÓ·BîÓÖÎô`Ï\uÑUÊËMB•úxÅ 4éöˆb¬<4’tYáä“—EÙ &þã¿õðÎÔ¦Ö ¦5DA³J”¢ž9©ÂaûÅXBø fó®ü„é÷>&ÒݦŸ¤AœP= ëIጃ4§á ùä 3N:±â”À'ŽÓ<ÿè©Ž±÷lmºe¨£nz=A¯¶W~À6—ÈsÅý êf æ¾Y²÷î\µ3ÌpEz©7]iötÖÏ*­°xi¶½ôíEWƒ¦ÂqJ_ 4Ø÷…Ý1)þ’æEþSõàˆÖö´ùûðÇÿ¤j¬ L@?2Èß7èAôç—à ÓM?AY<ÌÁ"|ÕŠa .iN6ˆY8¢°‚ B¸PÁV$Å%Ä:²ü‘,uôCˆpŸ…& `%eû‡èÇÈð¬d%Æ%™× ŠÀdZd°ÖLúáñdqCLˆ^œ$âÔîW9ÑPNpÅ…\!?ùð‡bÌ:½=°‹Á‡<¬¡¦ˆQOABãáØ&œ e"ÙÐÝäx@Å]~á—NÒÅG‚â°Ù¿sÆ(Ú£EéGQX66å‘„_=¦«$iyHà‚"~ˆQ1þØ#üº£Ð(+Uˆ=š¶±¤|lƒÿ؇ Q5°ÚôƒF«ÈJrq¬MÙ‡ÇfåF+¬`±‹År yišÌbC˜+­ ¡;ó¼4Ë’¬H(E5­rMl®ü9â‡{c¡*3tÿ¢ÔB œ°B•8R’(ƒ´½ÜCJIÌšL™.|œílþ¡‡ô±Atd(E«KÊêó3}ñËz#Bf1ˆáâ„V°K°k ¥ÐË ºQÉS¼àÜG¸>óµÖ áž:å=V˜›{ΓÚñ5I|õXÁô!øÌÖ úŽxÇ[HA!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã1µšÈ ‘bÄê×J«¬9’µâ¡É“(Þ;„($¢/ƒbšèϽ›ÿüñKɳçÉó‚ú›ÇJ¿£¬nÒ+é³)J{ùø±’ºªjUU¤ìX±oŸ }Gù!â×8p9ï9uˆU¿~þÀ±R+ß³Uw«*XÏÞŠ{VÀ DØãR÷üýËùßÚµ+ž=³&yÕ½øîi¾‡Ÿ@Vôé# äÇ/îÇô1J@ô†Îó×/ìTÓ¸s<ìº'‚¼x/‰Z%²’¹³óæЭ(”(¦ AVò=ßν³fÏûÌë5µgÏs>ÂèÓ£Ï8; Ñêã_§œF„4j÷r}Ÿv­½¹fÀ€h`C\ÈÒ ?FñsÈ!²°2"þ´²Ø?­È"‹cvøP)ó˜=ÿàT€¦H>AµØO)út%˜T5q¨"O÷ìƒ\ý䵊*X¡€=ð3#RI᳂M9õC×¹ÅÏ“•"Ù•¥§¥_qæY‘üŒVÚT²˜b¬ˆeB+XÓ5p® ùЙŒ¥Ò’;¢–P=ûüãçšáC"86)E›nŒ²bS?„¦TO=+À'"˜""ˆ>ùˆÆi§œŠÖ© ‰TGÝ _ØWœªûöåG§t†jŬžê#d¤¸ªhHÀ>pô QK‡Œ!Ƈäú­p´  ÊÂR+51æOEˆ¨élSb8úуˆ7",q+² uë·2Q+ß$Š(‰"Úo€ûX3¢\o)õO ûöÖ¦5B±¢'ƒHÍó+û´Âò´HT§zîiÛ£øx±AøHuÛGVýˆ•·é‘£$ÖTÓ>;«HoÑÈ O”ü# BRŠÏ‘aâ(jfjû®‡õ°?úÄlÏ]•=³—x“öµÂ_ø€&aGùC°@õ°ÂØ?0GÙ•w)Ée—^f‡qÆ"“ÉW Šûùs4¡+È3Yü@³UNò©6 IŒbЩ6Íc2Ï`ÅõÄg§;elL¦ëŸö¡˜5:ë`nºk§@58¸ñ)7‚UHÒô/ÂZ •Ã\æÊÔÒ-iD± ]£È¢F/ûòãs%ºI?D YAyñ©ŠJ­Mjò–ÕB¶,±ÙËAªVŒÞ(H€pý§áÒ@Ž­¸Yïîq>ºåŸà˜H"°³™Í õ;hmÎï.s™‰6dX ÁHŸâ˜W¼Ô>ªÀ樵z¦Úž|¯£ë©Õ Û«Ô²‚½2Ð$”ÒÇunHà}ÐÉ= ©Óùb%ßê˜ ?ÿ£®PßFMÌ]¬¾$å­ÖêâyÏ{BLâö‰f1©ÁyÏ‹ŸbáÃñ›Ÿv¼»zà~ñAûóž<ÅÏÇ9F" U'?lÞ¾’Bõ¥òøä.på D¼@ ð:ù¨‚=|ʈ!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã7µšÈªÕ1b™ÕÊ+¦5’eï¡É“(ÚÓw(P _Éœ8ñ½›ÿèáKɳçI+ó‚ú›ÇÏ¿£ýnú+é³)J{ùöñcÅo•UUXIÕP/Ð>©ˆŒ"âž:ÿXÝsêT_?Výúùó‡o+€{ϬêT°ž½÷ðyå7–ŸWhêVÄ÷Ï=pþÖ²uº´g–U­|¯3>|V¬ä˧OŸK©SYÁå‡ðZ¬&÷äT(4£SS«ÞÍ»wRŲ}H0ƒF„ãȑ׈)3‘•ÏУ”OO>™ƒe÷"èÊóçû ?ƒÿÞJgòL{Ú­Ç´é@î]ÊÿžÏŠüûøå{¡Ayÿ_p‡È>õÙ[ è C8 ÒQFrˆ,ˆŒq8ਣd²È¢Ïƒ$š´Ê<7Ñã˜cêÜÄZ‰0t4µÍÓ|RáÆŠcÀÅØ“>¾É¥Vª’öàsjGñ#`,Î%™íCaT +Ït™W=`úõ`â‰ÖW©½(P=û4Ö+YRiÐ ÖX#4Öð£‡h¤•VŽGõ¶›š ñCO r"„OŠ-š¥¢ ò桉>”¤}Æ T Ri ú)ª Úa7ÈôwœªûÿÕ@à úô駬±ê³S¥¸ÊiÀLÀÜ°=dd!"ixd®=q1Q?™b¡#¬Œ!Ë\s¥3†ÌN6†„­°¢"_”‹ìþôã"×"Úíƒ÷"!‡Ž©h¯ŠË¾+[)C©˜®\Jé¤opöÐX4^I…Š”|’=÷”bpP¬–0?L²BOZu9œÐ ¨(—ª\U¤+ ‰a;²²Ï\rMùî ©½5×>Iæ5¤‘ùu>39=ûpHcf‚+r©£VA+xé%)må×fY±OX†yµã­¬Ð:nº;pÔ—a¶ >›µÍh|–ÖdÍ û‹íflúÍw®=^h£ÉzšG¼õÓpÕmÂ63žuZƒð{§ícT¤…nPœ¸Ú3ÏŠ*¾Eùç¬üc¶Ç …ìØ›l+úP¬o¾yŠþ´rO=n·ÝÙ=µ¯fÕ“ÙsÅ~‰ìЪªÉÑÀ\+õÕ'ÚòɇvEsÐg‡Ý¯ÎàÝh|ŽOIPnæÝ3Ú}¾ç^|盾|ˆ B|r´JC ;ÔïÅ=‰i=à¨ÿþMIRòF³þ‘î€Làd€ äW hÀ zЃ0  tˆ|pDxP >ðÁ &ØÕ˜â„ý°,z”Á„à "­€?4" GZûØÚMˆX؃pá-E) ²BTB¥#ª¡Òz¨"\MB"j@ð[Z!r«\ƒ8U+b"YÜN[4‰ hB{ådRi<É ^§¢œ¤ˆó°BMĹ;ÚË<Ü#BìÁ ×Á¦0»’ r¢ÚXëDH®è=.!¨M?ˆ2°8 _—4H#m4VD5cqÌ>ú×ßMe^â‡*ô¶„ mGsùÇ*{X{èæ(yQÅ3TAŠ* DkA›[èü%%ö2M»ÑÙ*ˆd̪%ìG)ÌPð±9uÄÌa)ëMºöQ2“©¢š*ÁÇW&92 ü àÈ dòE¥gª&.NÓc=H¡—iž³/›Af«±‚lÿÝÒî9—@¤gŸR¦ÌÀ„5|äcn.á=¦t´œ¤…•Áñå\Xѱ‚"¢Ï˜ÝîöWQÐí(ƒ¡ ¡ƒ–ÆÈŒD›Qˆ=`‰Ìèa“g—LE*«1Hâ ¶nU¦§y©gà7—èFdq›šš+@ðÍ2ÀÇT©:?¹d,•K>jjIfÑ O} óÊú§H6É7–[ÓËþqÓDÑ©qÖ¨˜¨ ‡¦‘ Êp ÄèpµkÔh¶¼+èxRUu¬›,å’ÒWª^**¥f}£È4ô®-w¬Ì੸¬hD ©¬ÿꀰ€ È-Xp+°Q¶iv lõA„ žs»Û‰õ3ž t›‹;Ù*$ÉéÏû’³™,÷;r-Ox®“éAO^è‚òäÊ^ö®*€ë¬IÚvô†ñT_ȪþÆj|Í‘^v¾ <î¾ê   \>€º‚²’†ž&ù‹hÒ÷)ø –ƒ Ds¾Pøõ§Ã þϼð© Ë Š|âŸü¸øÅ.y vªÇï?4¨ßˆ¿ Ø|$Š¥¡ùSŒóÁÃÿõÈ@ÅGöCƒ&{A¹¥±Âþ¬J*!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡ÃÆ´š8ј‹cõógª#?V²zH²¤ÉõVt ´‹AQôçžMVõNêÜY½yóÀÍ㇈Ñ~ôü±âÉt'>}ù­š:U)­ìÛGt•Q~þÀÑûçoߊ¦MW|dµQÝ>{ñ={¶Šî*RëÙ»Ç×¢EÙÒ; ÀÊ?pdýÝC‹v…¼gÐ ¯âK™¾Ëø¬ä˧O_ –¬Ö†FèßXœŒuò Ô_¿­QY…–=[öZуS£½7cÞ¾{”¨x"+øîa^Žo³óVÆ tÅ ræØ3cV®Üûö2çûL¾|y}—{öl¾½"D¨Qƒ}/^ Ú—Ï»îÿà.dO#­„ÆÏ>­¢‘c4¢Ž:þLè,²Và† ­PÓXaÙYøphâA÷@c kÐ|¶ ÅJMž¨>2®µUU‘ò@ö¬ Ï__ Æ—?‰)fcAÐÄ >9DJ]tÑeÏ•X®°Â=–e¦YŽ³ñCP=û¨sØ?#-©Ð=Ö@#O›ü8Çg¹›hx.tb%ªyO‡}Ž“´Åf[mÕ$¦Ÿ ¥´å ^`Aäôíð…L HgœvJ§>‚$BÜ ¤î@_ ò¡zj}ûXè³Y§°v–ÏŒÖz¢ôÐC LpÃ@¹:x+ˆ’Ñb¶6…"ý´Ò?û9(‹ƒ4ùÓ MýÈâÈ>É¢ÅÅ!ˆë #‚|qi±‡¸†ˆ,ýôÙm÷˜Ò8ƒÚ$=b¥ù.÷Ì#hµÿÖ¸oZý°6O?,ÝÉŠMú¬Ó €<ãkÖâlˆxÅìÄì°AP…+#«X%õäÕQ€Í0MÈî[>´±E>U|V(iyTûµ=‹îƒ8n¼ä=üô³‘? `O]T=ƒ×˜Aö•Y _­å»ž©Ž»û®Ù\tá£åÚ|uÙÜ«\×6ZAøû ‰ØRûÒ¦<µtwâѹÒV\ɽèAdþóÏá¶Ú P+BS'{wâ‰h¡ Õ£t­Úäy?‡^.:nQŒ8×õÒóä \×ô2ÀžÿÓÊ=Ž®íó=¶kiæ(óŽVÄ'ßðÂ?ߥÅåcš1Ÿó\àsEq£&ªq‰|ñÛ W0¯™u›qq\ö€¿YÌ%­ðêäŸÕÙ¾ÅsÚ…ü¯Ä^öÁŸª}ü×°Ã^`–°´¹ ðJ$‰^×,™îŒ c4 ‚ˆ¾òb :Ä=ƒ#Q¬1øà Р,Xá¶Â‡ð Cb€Š„¦Aû‡˜V#ªõ,S°¥1”¡BbЬ~˜F¦8D#¦¥‘kY"› b<‹­à¸¼ð…b!",ƒÂ"¦È.8(#$¬©ˆÓ Y8K5)"ŠLdP¦A=Ð7dž¬Às61 ’Dä±>&dóHʽ™ÕÒ!÷˜˜X”"£yEŽ,È*ü•kbAK”Mø˜I‚‚5ãGÂJ!´š ¦”c"ÅŠüe V¸¨0j%=09E{¨ŒS‘‡›Zt¥!½ˆ•2² …‘ÀÚ#dQá‘Uô0{°DÈ4 RC¯yr`+em¤Y2=œ¬÷à Œˆbšäü£Zƒú¦­hV›ôc.<"E $|ìge¡AJ‰štu¼²qô´ÔÎ’©bŸ¹Rî¡2¡ÉH)9±MÎ$E©E6ayÒɦdº@´š>»Œ>,:›=db“E3 ´ÐC´HІO(ñîJ[Ò &¥$fB’? ùŸ!Y!!õ(E•æˆ²­Kš¡SŽø! ÆIÍnd‘§ŸV|N†mmÃŒfô1¿•ÞæY(ëSß…7A¥H«ÛÞÆ) ®§#Ë?::VkðME«P+ø\ÅÖ‹ô­^ÍËÂÀ‘ӶɵœûÐBÙ°k²å»Vc°}û¸(BólldЃÊ‰ü%Ãt¨ÛÜæ³.%#?&i…Žµ«¥-R"+A2}H¦IŠRžõ[Ù8Íu¼œ)‡4—5¶i vÔ‡í²úÐɶ߈‰ C™ä(§/”áŽÖÌ»é6 P€| @ßü ¯^ˆÎu®£ÖîäÃ8ÄÁž~‘+h9ÖÁGô¬c…³„Ç{„íoLUƒøX˜xÇ+N+<'9YÁUkŽ¨°çTÍ'4ÀÂÔ³+ ¯RS‚=ö´'~ókk¬:Ué˜x¾'^Õ©¾°c}0¸Á•u>Ìcã;ùÉäD…é!ÓÇ\_D ò¡ ¦+½ ~ís•ÀôrÀ0Hœñ‚o&5œù5pw°4]@!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡C‚7µšØª"1>Ĉ#K«¬úÉr´â¡É“(ÚÓèP .^h$j•hæDpôÀJɳ'Ê@Öæ õ‡ˆŸQ~þüÑãç³iÏzø}\EuÕ3ªøìÙ[¡oßQ£¬”úû÷/P=§hWðë2éNö¬>›KÕÁz[ïáÛè(«µôJDÜ?vÑ:]!šã«øVè}¢w¯+ù¸ècÈ+H~ûò3üOŸâž„ªîç•ß_× ÿÊŽý±_àÓNëI®ŒOÆŒß^Õžo¯ñã{ó)·2|P¢A‚®\FNý¸|•§¯8›Ò>+ûœ‰(|ù+òaÎG¾=yAX@ˆFû5¾TÞ wÜ(`C\°Ò +ý…È!þr"ÿLDVE²à3à… ñ3=9)Å!=ÿЃ†$—?ó ÈZg­eÛ<‚•Ø“>!R[?UUEÊå¥ÏWÙ¶>‡Æ”Œw!+øü7 t]µÊöÔ€Vö°ÀÛz]ÁöÑ‘Õà Yc½…$B+X£&4Ö¬r™z\(·Ùx-~ù%[N„ÏX1žI>úƒˆþ°eç¡´}”Ôˆ~D}óA é¤óÑG߃L´Ùfšå³©>šé#ÜsÏ}q;|±}ûâçEŸzº)¬Ÿ&Öè­ Á 0Á1 Ä7páà!cˆq®¹QQ+E ÒÏ!|ãàX…ÔÊa‡0Û”=öÃÖ‚ˆ$RƒsŒqˆ¸ý8"‹iÞ (E­pˆ“‡Æà=)æ$b¡Òʾ¸Ù Š*îÓ"`ô˜IpwU<MŠIíâWžæO }>lÐJvò“#Uªð&W +šÔ?ýj²¾j$®?ûàC•”«”|×V|}åÚRY¤ÃH®R?,79P=¥DùL)‰…zOXÆžk°m<Ð=à€3Ö?ù’¨›Bõð3×ÙzhµÂV’·ž¬}ÅZA{û ¯·÷8¦7?Ô½)+g­Ñ6÷AbF´ŸeÏ”cå±x´yiÛ= uܨ=ƒhh¢³qþГ+"rÈJ øµhRà´¼¨¿f…ÞìèéE;zH]Ï@•Bj)}ù9W“z˜%¯Þrë‘ê¼ñà ò›tË+Ý@ø(·œ­á•x‚xáÅ .´0Cpãq¶iãì«¿O"_ /¿}øå·ƒ Xb™g€»o¥ÞÚÜKIzâ„™¬0tL }b„€¸Á ö·@„4 c@„¡‘4 7[$‹CÈÂr,H& D´¢A&tĺ„ VxMû]HaBêá¬VxD®9„»¨Õm‘Åu%ÔaB¸€CѺ IJÊTâ@òá –=Hù© …YÌ Z<É 2E¯zqhý `2š®(P!òÇÀæè|ôëCc¡GŠÊÂdž¬@qbyMX…ÆB*DC(‚cg€èš{eÑ‘ÐCPTÃ΀æ(*’#¡”"¡œîbGA„RÂVÈ'üˆ*K4ÈóI¿xí0JKa=î!¬á,g€øÆÀ²ìl—ôÖ.aã¥_ª"˜KÒÂTç| -)ý`¥·@&³BYå›ÀüÏÔîa…”‘Î,ûø‡÷!ÊÝüÃ5li+ü¥_Bsi<Ë^à\£Ç³à£†ñåõÎxþOrÚ*ô°3¶Y Ha¨˜¾vÐv⦠HÛGÇìq•³=#˜»ëßVªöÌükaÓ`ÈôVX4-zœAöq6«@ K´;Žr4Ó…D¥¸ÇʃB?­À£ACIê·9yF6@H ¾æ¢Í1¬p ?HÊ›’fÆ©ûLBö1p$³DirŒ5X± ·ùí«tKä"T¢2ëÖ`ÓZå7òÅKÌüÈ?¬*¡–DûŠP,æW”zÎKôh ‰0%*°£m§@~ˆ(D"Ú`?ƒ(ÁúºT‰õ ÌgK'qÅÆKÝägÃt«æ¥vèÁ½!ô˜46¶9Ì iâCät/Ç=NWïqí(&HÀoh©|z‰DI§sï”4{51Þ œ3^/èC=Û½ÎeÖ{䎽V8+Bµ>Ïi8_x”‡ƒ×ªú™×Äð]ÛKÂò˜Ç=éñŽE%¼JÑï>;HˆÑH MM=7>r‰Ïü9§ù€ LƒýlO¾˜ôS@!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã‚7Ä´bÕª"¢1bˆé1†•GVýüÉBÔå¡É“(ÖËwH+—ýjÔHÔŠ¦¬›²ÝKɳçI@ó¬Íó7ŸQ~¬ü£ȧSŸöò]E•ª?ü´OÐQ£ ÿù»¯ÞÓ³î!IÏ>³€V=«º*ÁzöìÝ»'Ÿ•@_ûÃ'0пôþñ3‹öi©gР={feï½2øöµb%Ÿ¾ÏJõèo…Áz‚ÿ#Ü8彡ób÷Û·ïëÇÛ·×’æ×ú©^¾~ñ —qåJ¢ãÇ­_Î\xgÎÈ÷’ïJp|2¬lvîW¹{û˜»ã[Áø¤=|ùé$ˆ4@p/H} |+ìÉÈ×9ýV­úü§•zñ)A2%ø…ìíÃ_y½E(á„pÈD±‚H?ýÂJ:ÿ¤£HßBá‰ñCÏŠô,%V[ôôƒâŒÙ#QWBmG%EÏN4ö+ºõ ]«¨¢Ç]+܃>_!Å”aà(UV5‚t>dãdr=ˆ=xåÞ^›õ Qý¨hšJ¬ˆ…˜X*TJ?ò@c5€pÆY>€`é–Õ³XoÖIÐ þ´˜X¤Wy´–¡º­åb£Ž„€ê¤"èMê}¦êªûª ’ˆtÒyQC©_¼ºC‚4xÑ…>üùÉ+«ŸåÃZ§ÄNh pld@=øàà Íë“c´ÒO+ìiÛáM‡p؉!uh­OV8R©G‡ŒÓˆ4rˆœý|s“=綶=4UÔÊ?KµÈ „ù¢ÅŽ-^U¥¤¼Œ–=Ï%µñÓÏŠ28ÜS=÷PñUYéH(›m5¥±B+ìC$RH&YÅ@è˜mUvÕ•«õ‡nÅE—’wÙ×Ì`…DfœcCg§+€t±[åá3˜ÏäÓ%õ”ž_€ê³2H §•t[øÒ¥Èdl—’x+4™Yw]û83iœ€Í«\ 4yæ™pÝýéÙ ëæ¢É TßÖî³çžò¤ š>¥èhnD²NØÕ³BµÅªÈb[–vÎyê¸]Uöɉâsp‹bñS1¥ _Ò<’‚ÓÊ[qߤeÂguÖÆGÀ§£XƒtÈ%¨Ÿ†÷×_tÑý ‚ÊŸ÷Ö#º’÷šTϬ¡F Àúì¯Oj­û€f_€ôÛmw";4_ªLïÉ´ÃX(S^PTœgzüyO8ÖŸé€L°‹ 'Èe)DY¤ C-1xЃ>(›$€ƒClh$íJ› ‚DP¤"ýÈÉ!LØ’VðCû!ù†Hö±B„¬À]6ô Edшº+DþÐ!‡JÔC„t+£9„#ú!ˆC4é8ƥÒ4ñ4]pHd(‹DD@:ýp„#Z! ‘ÈÂ._LH‚wVÔà ¡‰R¾Á”8>RþhÅ7ø¸ÑcX~\?†ÒÄD*`ôXZ"‚zÄulŠÙ&i§yôC(³DÅ|4rRmÏ JllG(A$e‹*L¤Ïb3VhedF‰"ý(³ªDÌ“êÙÑ ¿¢z°m= €T:ײRÜ#/+À`¼Ò£±\E1T&Rtƒ$Uâux¹‡—Kzè£râ¡ÆV0¶°üb.?Sà™Ä™8ücŠÀþ¡Nk±Ó#úÇ!V ‚–©B¢k×Fi±¥Z\±Ô2®±âM_òØ*JQž¬É99D¡°'}êÓdA¢èXö‘·µ±*dB4÷R8Ï*$ÒÇ>ÿ!ˆXöFW„)²¶± f‚›Üèv8ÀtN¢¹GÒþ1°‚í#2lciÜ.c™ì4pPŠcÖö1ªú4HûÈd Q4a‡©M-…-U/]³ªÖ*Eà"“¯úÉ{ò#nÀ‘7‚ì ›y•å¬Á«®5õ–õäœ[RÃKø˜Üžúa7‘147Y IWh~ûÐ’(ãÚÙ¥XÇ9~|®‰•´æŠü±:ÕÕV0ía ¦ÉFê7™âŒöqµ‚$ÏQÈ g“†×/nmuý1ÔÅ´ä¯D\/Øí‹eðA¸æg¹gEILg@Þ÷d/‚Ðõ8#å\¡ƒ€^ôØÓ…^­÷¾Èd ŸÄjæ•ê¿xrîó+Ï8ÖÀ€Uö¼°ƒDï 4ÀÂÈ' ÐÀ¿ÚåBD•>ë°°Xä|}ÿM|üç…UÝç9Ïy[x bA0¸òiûÄ mÅ~€°V‚l7Y}˜ þ_­!É å=þDºPõàG…y`R¡ˆ.`Á=îaP÷ÁS, !ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Cƒ7nˆAį«CcÆÜ3`€Á„‰²B:BÄå¡É“(Þ;äÈ_¿~‡XµŠ° Q«~ŽXùs)+PÊŸ@–²æo4hü’òc5ž?ŸA£µ—o骫«žAc(о}üÀ*åmç?øêI]+pÅÒ—àüÝ`ï곬wí ¬WÏÞŠ{2¬Ö§T'+µþ©û*[©+ i•¼ ß½¿ñiœ/Ÿ¾®^—²ÝO/A{þû[ñh©yFçùãúµ°èѸs“^ÝZê½Íše—ÑeРDÈ­à“¡¹¹óæVZ%2>ÝËÁËã³Â\¹w+ûöìÝ»‡ýžé“öðåë*H 5 (€A‡ ÐùVøåÜ´ÿî) @5hà^´·O>àõæàƒ6ÄE?­(u“?cÈÒ,‡ìÔŠ:oó k–HÐ þ8åO+;Ñ£"=Ž™(£@¥d›?_å¨T?)’8#P÷ìÊh/Ù…•*çõ5>Æ =¬ìØ?àìó£Aö°Âã?V„Ï3`âuO_áÙsÀ–fEgú|F$?¡ÎYþœwåA÷@#žÐ¬"l~æUmCêÆÛAõ< çñCÏYô¨£¢EºUš•ÿÄÈ(A Á§Ÿz ê§4|Ü>m¦ªj›ûž ‚ÜtÓ}QC¢zñê4t‘êvöºªr›k"7ÄÀ‘‹¬°kÝ€H+RH¡#,ÉÒˆEÒòŽ,>2‹Ò Ž´2dR;9"ˈ"‹:꺓,vzÔ=ê´2HжŒò>¸JŠ)ºèÔ‹šö;UVEÍ%XbµˆÁQ‘r×]ÖðãUhbUäTZ/„“Xݵ áÝãYh¶aªNj¨ñ=·õ+Vd…×UI–¼aãR¹Šê€£N?sëÖK.q, ‹l_|…÷Wwkz–ÔhôxOj©±råÖþï@L‡ù ɘyÏ¿-ÇŸ _‘¶è@‰ûq=ö¦+ìyTŸ¿1·ÙÛp;9Ú¡%×ÝW®`Í⋳¢g‚v¥ãÕ–êÔ-–ùÈk…lÓCiå kIÏÜ´B <>:?«<©âN°ÃN8´ßÀϸÿ<Þe?ÛÔÀ?Ò:êÇ—ƒq¶æó v«ò¯Âšˆ ]4ÏüöVt«^g=ì=³†*àùçƒZj"ÿý9€;Œú)XÃ÷ïðŒ†ç|>ø@ÜCü¦50¥K È@ö@`@zЃb„#7ðÄÀ…4p!É´6t1ô` b8…Vô.~¸ìƒá‚–Á›ÜûŽØPKnòÔ†á"ú1™©Ë,YQ» %¢¢± ,éáKÆ€ˆDÔ`ˆÉNdæoè㉠ÁÇ!šD¡YÕd„²Ç!!06dMY‘M¾á”8årnDˆ=Ê0I*5N`òš¢¤7©Û I@@6ÏèîvÈ2²‘`‚Í<ÂR›«5å0—$>löHIbl,)*©RŠ‰­â‘û\'—³°Â‰¤ -m†hÄrP“,Œ‹âÂ%K–N…Â+¯âÄzüÅ (KJ?þx–bvÌ-¹á‘‘°’¹ø¥oU)ÌNîa¸³X¡_0ÃÍNZÆ´›üŒ øæfò!–ÁYikŒù(ƒ•NÈ4_“@» 2ý¥mUËúA¢ñ£šàÀ匎6MVˆO u¹ÙÙžF&¿ôOl „»ˆ9Í©K3ÒÐbL´R y)SÉ–(A݆t`ûG¦fd@Hô4¯„)x.³;„V­M’»©A¤Ä²~E¦O”±Ì’¨vÔÀê§÷`èN½õÔ­ô‰;¼iª€I9uþT ûx”*g½m¥jàCª,ËzÕ„€m‘?Úc[çÑÖ_‚¦“¡3+ ÷‘0Cê6Í =ΙË>‚Ã)ŸKì¥FD° ,`[Œ¬¥êVàjÁ‚Úïú’;Aæ䋼3™g*÷’|-Oª€é›l³óÍŒg|aK_êq€ø–~^Hr¼ð§°~Ç;ù˜õ`• ìõê¹½râ @*A&dxÅ“¨èƒ<›Â3lïãX%áZo²ª©#ë<|+@`AL6^}\”! Õ€*ùÝïzª ÄX¬ä§|Æ‹ dªAà/W½bÐó°S¦–.$íÅ Ð)ôÍ' jŸˆÛ·ó7ô3Pv ?äíã¾òßš.Ö….ܧ+ùAHGe*S|tÁ 3ÐA ¼@ƒ Â3Õµn(!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡C„7zÜÀ!fÌ1b¸4À ÆŒ+ŠIR`=}²úõ“Å’e‰Zªôçï+{%sêdX Ú<ôúñÄ_?z@ñí\ÊÔ^>~«ž­šú ¾@öi%ZÔ(=pÿúÝcJ–à=~¬XõûÇoì ©ÏâV­'0@={+îÝÃg¥o¾}Eâ«·ïß?pô¬”}¸b]„oûÅí·ê^Þ'{ïYák%_>}W±ee”_A|þÀ²Z¼sÅûÚñÙ3 —3¾{8GÚëHPrð!(P+Ö|+ìáÍ×¹³ýÿöy!ÐPÃ5ìð…^ì#'á„:tÀBåMˆ´$ M¼ÕŽ,éUh"®Ñ£"8Õµ¢bP%ž(£@¤ÈÕÏ{Ú§ãn·ývÐ=`'BVøóÏŠ+öƒÛ£€ò––¢pjPÁ¦ lꩧ_Pˆ>ŸZ©¦"Âœrû^|A ŸnªÜu¦’ªÏ’yvfjvöDhé¯0°–ÞpH?­ ‹ˆQ²"F#Ïöó M4õ£±;‘RQŠÒÄÒ,Ž|ØZ5íƒmSú“¬ |1 •9vã¹;ÙãPH-ŠØQô(EoYoÅ5Ï<¬äÈÕQþ(öïN^µJ)´éø'+Hq¹°Bøt…V‘F®—UŽüÖ•oS‚ãO ¾.|–ý€³Rq H’x-YÜg"ó3O[`u;oœ+¤{r’¥D%)õ$}^åqæ™>";!>‡f¨•ø´ì>)dÑrY‘ߘMƒÇçžW6î@¦ÚÂ^ö#Ï3ýû”²×sÜùUjm"KjZA„ÆÏcÄâcÜu²âÚ]„Ö$W¼z”ÅÕ3*½¬üP‘ûݹn»õxqBõœ…ØWôL©"µ¾m˜åWS ¢ä˜d[6f„5Û•ô„$ €¦ŸÖ0ërü™Ù_ñ]aÝðÖ¹§žüï™1®çÙõƒ5d¬þ>ß|~úE"Žj>VŽ£)H ÀG@ ¾ZÃø×ùû£~N;÷óHtö™gâÙßèHÀ^Ââ &À€ ÜÀ1€!x@†ÜÀÇj•XáˆFtA‚ ¸ÁÂå¡T0!8àU¢¦Dƒjy×7qƒ\hû]Ñ`j\(®Ð­ÄG5$ÁÂÃŒH‰ø"a¡¨dZ]"B¸ÀAÊb_X€á™¬D”“bAôñp€cìD+u512dÖ(£ŠZ–/zìƒpnLH)∔ ¤aZÂc 2§8ΣòŠ?X!ÈA ä EòIÈCIVpΑùZ‘žÁ ¾åŒ@iã b¤˜Y!+í™È6 žÐ)º1’‘ôÚðãq!#WɶVÁ.ŒF-›ÊÌpÐP2—jËWÕì·° I (Á”J‰ôSžZjl-Ar“ èåLµÐe¥pXT€¸´òø¥Ih§—»é 4¶TÓßrš&¦ØºéÜ$Ó–žÞ-@ýØn„b@€HV)ä±TyB;yâSTY9G52 ÿ㡶Z'yXƒýÑSEýԷݨ…5H Ør®ÀF6‡3Õ ©Î±âyk9°×Ô7¹1ìmŽ’ØÑñãE/Z$ "eW5©I'ÜPÓ­9û:Š³B²$PªT»`Ki°m uZAÛ@\Ï3·I-Ëh[|”ç·ÅÉŒt ÓS{42'J[Á –K X§~8À_¸SœèòE‰vg%÷\á ›‰®tsÅ¥p¦3;%IЩLÅÊSÎMD+l»'>-îŸñBvŸ»œV!(T²ï}Mh~þTǽ”û<Õ©ÇŠ"Ìw•VxT@]Ž ¾«÷BØ@ô#ßó¤g¼0%X!ùpÏjà½ïy@^Dùf<㸯½›BÐv  åÐôDã9ç>¼pÇÙ¶²÷ÓCõc}`<ö bì….pzÅdœ!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡C… ÄÄ`ÐCŒEö`À CŠI_?Y³À©œ%KÖ—'g±šÙÏß·@$sêTXo•5hÖæùãG”•¿yôüeÜÉ´©½|üV­z6uÕ öí;Dt_QôþºÚ´,Á{üXõ«É |ϨÊÕ ^öVÜÛ‹ÏŠ•|¾ú»·ï¸ƒÍ>\ñß½„+žA“LõÞ ½|ñi¶¢'Ÿ>@´UË` êÀáT¼³ÔOy?¡ÒZtÚ™¸oã¦ÉŠuS½š5˘1ƒÆ—DÈ[] μypAÈ%tÅŠóëš÷Ú³[x_|û÷–>¬÷7´ A4hÔPÀ¾ÆŽÚò]µ—7ß_ûðáëóÂ>„øÅç bß òù¦à‚ :dÀ²´²VM¶ÄÒZüøS8ßÕà‡>!E=­´ò’à°Rχ,H\S=£Õ>4ÅOMôxØ"S+²[?“IE Õsh^yE”,ê„¥Rb;&ÈZþøãAûÀW)+З×e™õõ—>´yUSF+ø£Ò?úDéP)Ð@#œú0çW>‘Zû솛A¬r˜ŽnT+aH8Uöãç£~‚EÏ•…@D é¦œú·) ÈíC¦>žjj>ˆH7Ýtû/¸i H ©£®à—_¦ú…Ïv•öê&1àk¯ø F?­ð#ÈZ-5€7ˆáHK²ø#ËjÃêTÏ!²lX¥šßP«ám‚#^¶:íÃ,J‰Ô°À_œÔ’µ¬ŠnN+Ì8Šö˨½÷î´‚<”Aà J²"Ô¤;£TDZÁ'?f&õXÃáSTTUME+Llã`©Ô¥ƒ¬Xû¢eeÕóå=}•’jîãbÿì³b¶+д³ÏÙóðwɼÝ^4‹™g…>ÿðŒòŽ&UItAFÇå5>—Íæ˜z&le̬ðŒmÀpLp à5Ü}PûÏ8ÚL¥•´³j —2ç߫Эgm5ÞígŽáÃJÞèæ;P C*ù£¥Ì“ü.:bæI}빤`}Ó}—•núeõÈlz©ÿÌÚ¥ d*»§Ç!—ÈÓVpñ×îöõžªÀG‡Üy½óÎ{>® ´B_Oã~.B—ú—iìì±Áì5x‘HËù…F›~¡ ²^§–/  ¡å%}øàž>©kK^óOwÉ«åøç¯ÿþúSäìGá_S †Š8ˆp„#Ѳp¤"c8Ä!¸ ,"„€ˆXK©$ Gp‹[R‡.fA®¢7GMªD­–,ÎQUúG‡Jx.8âû"TÉ7f1 y9 7,X V d]‰X€Ñ­Ú„$¤¡Aa °ø£íZ@hÐ }ÜC‚á‘¢BðI%¥D­à×ÕĈT±ŒŒúVæÖÆƃôd2И4(Æ• ±,yune?/Á6$ø„vPTïÂ×Ëž DŸîy¸6°â”ù´ƒ¡/} ’Yû/<Í{ññ¥A”æ%ûYAW˜ÁÌK/ Â@ö¡OÙ«€!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã…nˆ‰1Á‡1>pÔ#hÀÀà C"<$KÖ7p(ýÍ’5(QIV0YD$²¦Í„+¬AÓiÍL~ýæù£çoÅÍ£HÚË·ª©S|õêÙ[¡oŸU~üX õhcÒ¯WÄì÷Õ=€œ:]!UêŠ÷îáÃg¥jÖ¬þö±÷œ?{`âó÷¯+Âò =S¼ê-Ü{,äÒÍG9_—@UõÂì·J`½}}ÿá |tÕÎý uÑw9ÐÕ¬1YÁž­•é›çâ“1£÷—A-[ Ò=×Jeâs%ZžhÐ+È‹K‡`QW‡nÝkÃzûÆuñ"ˆ†yèi„ÙÊu©öðå3n\æûh(€P#Bÿÿíð› ‚’ÏhJÙÀm 6è`Bõˆ!K+àôc¡…ß”Ô,¶"‹?à|ƒàƒ bMOô¤ØJ+_¸àTÞ‘øà ÏÔXãK½Æ?C(#R÷è••…¬¨µÊQÙ3•:bÕa~ý³OŒ?¤+ýøuA¤Ôè J*ùV\’YaeöíƒH?¬Ôs”¢UùP)Ð$V' Û™YÙjö¹¶m?´ˆEÉ©Ð ÿEO¢)²l²ý$i?)²² ¡! @œ.§€Ê©ÿ}‘È>úX¦Oªû«å“jªˆ4'ë _|±€Ð X\‘ª«ªÎ¬™f®`•˜&û£—*‹é =øÓŠO–t´ øpˆ#%Ɉ³HÙsÈ,(ùÅ£?ßdÈ¡l­ðè—àŠ´OIþÈ2K?­$Rà |Q’_~ïQ+ôcP)Òc®_û Lb‹-†ªUViEÔuEÊ*Ï4H’™aT„lûYJTn¹&²“à(,%Æ% ´"›ñH)F~œä˜øØõ2¥|ýC˜ÀñŠÓPSÚܱZùÀ7Ðtéé*άгB F½¥¡÷`ù®A+(fã*ø86¦dUïÉl…Ö³×?qûVyìB€$&Ïb°]晪²÷çlýØ6>]•q):Õ Í*V«zYšü`il¬ĵâïsð< û3¤wÅ)LšQ oÍáCaŠC)¼è¹>é¥D©•Ú¼¿UOïƲŒ¬Mh ÁñŒ¿-GÙ™ÐWfÜ˵ĜõË Ò…°ÜKŸÍJÉUeœ'”@É£§>zÉ“ºÃ©÷MÎ^Ÿ«âçE É·¿<€ü×  ôÓøn£$ùÐÇ:7ù]}*c¬²îŒ Yg ø`éÈ“bô$)‰#qÀHà„äb°Á…ØC[¬h¾,¤YˆáûcàÖ‡Ðõ¯µ° ƒ,*d®'m¨[K;×7ñÑ|¨\(ùF íÃÍ„¨|MÈ>Ž(Å•ÈB_ 0‰OdŽYt!‹aÜ(Üa–tÑC b›AÈ…mÑñ[\r3—áFå(ÇbAohÐ>þ`OÐ1]¦SQA´8Ì!ÐöˆÅÝîB'FñÑ}î1M‚ ÊûTzGUØ b|ðŸr˜C_æÔjæ¡Jáû«|.)¬ó1¬B ¿ý€j?ëõß á×U5x5â±OõZ4*ýõï?^€0Ÿ"êÀ ô~øƒÀúÔçŸìc~ó±Šï³bû¢?›Jž®ú·}¡@“aO‡ÞvB¥W˜ŸîJØ0…É ‚¸ n…õx€º›(3!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡C†zôÀÁÀ‡˜1¹<ÜȱcÃÏúÉê÷ œIY²Z ’5‹•KVà¾òH³&Â{Ö YëgÍš¿~¬üÑ›GoŸÍ£H ÚË·êYÓU¤Ô³·â>}üVñcEÏ«{IÃ\ñÒ¸¯9]KÊÞT{TïYÅg%ß>~xù ÷Ïß?VõÄnÔׯ+‹›Ðž%†¶ê^U¹réZ©[·K @ûîºôH*«àüÙŒ´”+ø¢_)Nýyôët±C·¹ ½èûÛ¡ß Üð{¾Ë^¼Ð Q‚5¼ºÈ yp©>g^÷üe @A5Ô@Ã;|ñ… î“>¹E(á„"˲€Óφúó J ö3‹_³¬@á„¥X3ÏÙMÖŸ®©‰Yf.ÑÆ ?¹ù–rÄ=Œ6ÚP¶EZ[£D&:P D à€.Àé§~ÑJ Í9×kùtQj>ûˆPG\" θÀ5œª¸²æªz’i鯿ì¯\øÐÃýà…?"É"F7ø0†#Ž ðHésÈ,&™ÕÏO ʲ·àt‰mM¥èd†­´ÛÊ ,°€ ²|SÒ7¸KÓ =õÃ"= 5 N>ú’¶Jbò8uO”™ùÛUœÛ¤“÷àcl YiÄ á³ÕVk55ÞTU±P…>wáÕÕ?E!Êñ ´}ë>N…ÙØ[eZe—VyµØ×?{ÏVßþc”@ …üÌ=dÆ5—žÍ¥ìW,Ãùë=¬ôš—­ðŽ«¬°U»9Þd̺æfŽ™°‰EÚÃ>.ûÈi ˈU&ŸÝ_s ŒÙ ³ H_¢qlÚ3x“Js_–^„Ûvô@õìóÜçÖ³ŠŠ*®Øf’–îÒÃ'd"ßì%À,N½aÖ±wEO¹üÀ%öî¼Àûïc×#|Ý@€›~Jë«Ï=Žöó©'ýôÅ1¨ªóûQfÄ°ÂãËq·Ð º÷Þùñ&_"°©égäôňí)O`Ö°Ã_°ðüA \貟±eaÎ ßظ—º:ð| $0aà‚ŒàQ¸ÐÜCˆ`ˆqA0à8஥A…ta bpD+8´¡YÈ‚Zû‡8D³üaC¶p öˆC£¡†K<$ 8èq˜Ä« ¹BcC¢ä%"Òˆyl%VœÅ,àUƒ‘l¨uàh¢ ˆÔ¬ˆ‡í‚•¼àD d]X#B±“ÙÎ$àˆQ+ð=.dÐà‰Šå6³øƒs†Dˆ=Xqš:ACMëŠ"™D*F1Ê23µ–qr,;âU¾7¥}…€9å—žòŒ¶ènaû˜?XÔâip)Y¡å*ì£;(Ýå.þ M |™:}TŽINYÁ[ó£”1ëv|¹ïáJ—|Ë:ZÒ3˜[ZcxÙGaüâB¥üfÞœšUB¶$¦ág•s±K^˜µD¿ô%€¿"‹KfQ@Q˜ä$5φÊ…¦ ùG¾~%·¬Mm™QËZj¹@s>íq(;ÖL"Q`åcC¡ Z=JN§è!?ŽY(Ô–s¼ð§6³4I­ùƒk]û¤ŽJ±;ÇDælÌa fh3°à#¢=Ñ$É‚€$a‰ o>Š6À²›A9> j´Ô¥+oÐxPžfÚµMNPJ"?þQÒˆ¥ 5òG} —&ÖÀ&—Ý„«; Ç—ª+ÏÈÉiXÑ]î­•‹T²ʈµQ'‰ôlþ$¨@™Ž+†M=|ò/¡ûüä³¥Ê`#¸‚}ì…QKÊìL÷­•íôà ŠÓ. …Y,c$=F§œ@¸«‚`ÁQ±ÃÜè8F¹Ê­Êuäâ›Ôc¿™Á¦6õê"<ÛÉ“d¬à…é‡A‚hžžÖËÞ~G9Ç4‚€LiÊ~å[^"PÅœT¥‰9‚¨^q^å*/|Á 3¸B¼œ±-Ì »²N„¥@ y €Àìk_NÕ »‚`ÚZã>[fÀ3ªÕ}i…?ýÅÇ}j³ \‚ù}軯|.£½O~ò«•€Ôâõ (A "Ø=•óÁL…É—QÕâ—Ð*Dw©2ò°@ ùÂ5Û+¤,õ!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡C†nÜð!±‘¬‹²q©7Ѐ={ŠIR`½UÏV±º8k–¿‹‰\Ô˜Õ«~àúÙ+ɳçA{ÐäA³6Ô_?£ôüÑÛ糩ӂöJ¡L¹ äÇ{,ðYáÇ•?ûv>kŸÍ~ýþâX*å³·Vê}´·bÅ=|xµâÚuÞ?ÿÔ†$ûPßÑ~,âƒöŒñ³@vïI¾«Uk¾Ëúôí ´Uß¼þÓIøé*¡òäY[¥/_æ@œ÷qµé¹6m›ô@¬7¸tB¹“Y°˜1B„/ƒ%”ßå|lòË—÷Šòë]škߎïÞŠÞûVhµBž|wð?ÄÞ 4 @ áEÐf}q¡~tþ¼ ÈW;À·Ã_|Áž Ô¡çÛƒF˜²¬À…#_¡…ÖWõ#ËKþÔ„®0”5ó|EÏ7­´ØJ"­¢‰4È[o•B×]œñ“Ô<øÔHØ ]ÕÏ[SÝ#×U’áµWýÐó—ˆB6dØQþÜSP[«LeÅ\uE†—–a¶—Wû¤õ—XU:TJPpRYyý½[WEÚ´Ê@øÆO› ­ð=R*•Ômˆ&z¡¬ZPÆE @’R:)¥”BPC _$ˆk­š™k® ’HrÊ ’ ûnZC›bÑŨ´f–>+Ø€ƒŽö*$td@°¾’ˆC#>ô0F?ˆÈÆ•?³42c°ô›ÅòdO—úŽQFa$ËMÞz{H¶=™¨ŠÐÎÒâ Ä«€…-º#­@»†j”–øö&cò²õ3=óÜpI+àøÖ=E–?i&ÈÃ#áÃJS²äŽc>é×Ws\V‘XæƒdJ¤Œ¼#ešñ%`_%ð=üÔ”Öˆòr—¹V,f^ä¹&›W€FZ¯÷lˆ˜AK¼J®ÞEFfîÓYM+àìÃêã?#T jQGÙ˜Ic¦l^ûßÖÏŸ6þ“ÙÅî§P€Äýœû¬‚gžg¥,Ð i¥®ºÖì;+^#®(¢Q*®²A‚àD(8ŸnTM7)¬âWˆÈæê»®îºë ñÖbj{¦œ*—»ïž4ïIwqêu©^ÇÞe¿üîø°¹ïÏáÃßÍðª¤Ê qÆå¾Y sÃ&þøã ‚i¤Ý»êê_LÀ~áƒO}OûõžO®M­ÐßeEoîÿÿ àÿ0 ÜÀð¸À…P[\ðEá(Ébø0n †F8¢3z A(t.¢¥ÛÐ,Ä% ´€úáAôˆCÈâ…ûh!× ëÕBoh2$ˆËVq‘¾Z²HÄEŒä­ ‘ U“G ;D“˜Ä«Ýz!žXóH‘‹^¤*ø|á>\¤ÚPÀ¸°¤Ð£g«Ëü¸h¢5¦È_nd¯Ò8µ}¥p–éüáD>¤-I‰Åö•}ìñ‰öØ3pµ#+,maz4$Aîa5|`føèÑQfH{ Œ/#Å'éb¼Âk7ËRíq¦®t Gø¨Ç'ëò6}Ìæ+àÑ#ÑÅ3Úe58º˜ì’+ôèYiŒü§#ýƒ,ÄTP]­Ix $_N„0[ÅÜ#Ã#ÉgPül™à$“| %¿|ë…ô•=z¶!Í‘B’ݬØ̶F'z²bJ€Ñ ®ôÇ…Ç18ò+#“•ñ Žnü˜Çf¦¤ÐíKùHÄ ZŠÕMiÐUl’%|4 ˆ4²ÇA ™7Œ1ú8)J'>g±tc÷øŠZª¤†¬­1A¡Îœ¸¦Ò;åén‹SSHÑ50Ôà‡©MMg,‡7Ô#kâX[þ¶”ÚJ3Γ¢ÌY{°âœÅ©Pˆ×TŽ«¶¡MÏ2À„1EwœÜåU¤†>°øH‹é:zäp°.d,+ê?]"`ÉiéXJ¨¤4eõå‹ZˆîÌd…X‘^š”]ò¦u©Í‹d@“z¬€8ű¦³ó©9¿•§©†§ötá å<ËS¸êòÉ£\ €\*S·‹÷rª:yW¨ºNxSõ/Ìà ûKïUSŠ—éÍQ ˆÔ¥æ{>íªSˆ˜ÛYÁ÷š³*'A›²/¦ÔW /̪5ýåïtEJVí@>ÚÛ¬êsŸ\ñ‡|vv·«¾M±¯>ù0È\põ”çA6]Xøî7ÌŸäã?ì£O}q…ìÐV“ø !ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã†7zH¼¨?~­üÉ dcbñ°¤É“I=[)¯_?YßdÍJ¤@Á‚‚úù÷ÍÊŸ@–êÍ4þæ!¥Ç4PЧP â{¶Šê³{öì­¸w>+Xù£Ç*ªÙ„aY±êGo€{V©–ÊJwk×V¾æÛwÑß¿~÷Õ;k²?ýð …m%4+vï­ðêÕŠå|ùô ÄW-«y+öý£çoá¨+ž1–g4Pf}š9ï[ÅOmmϵoó38øtÃzõ¸²`QSA„/‰%j•³¾|i=ªœ¨zõ.”³kÏε÷Àzûöº~ýjÙë=…ðeÞ,È 5jÀÇ"hßf+Þ‚׊9ŸÌÿuAƒqÀWÃ~¡  úçÛƒFX²¬°Â²dä+àh$ˇ/ÉâW?¦Iøà=а¦Ô²õR4R\C8Í*yUÆ…e\<‡æfáöY‰øüU•U²$Sc‘æ'+¹ÙÆ(–¤µI¨@ @¥\ª)˜fA ÈÁ&ꨤ*§\uÊ)¨àûî@C]*+l’Një­1 « Üàƒ>à®§á ‹#‡ˆq?|]ÄOLŠØ‡à¸ElP+²Ê* ’Ö¡L‚€¨Ó‹Ö^‹Ò Œe?­´ÛÊ7­$¢ W²>æb+kýX3`L‘Vb¾g’.cúüçãRþÔJðOÛ®´ Zmå•>W²èÔÃ&éS’U‘BWxeþw¢[rl>Ó®åÏlS…U]MRæcm,þÕOÊù® bø ¤’ÏX1rdÙYö_júÕ0±÷¸„Ï7z¹Ò\FVòehvö2+k:,¡aHMyÐPé®Ò¤xyáùZ×W>Zû„­r=¥° QrÑŸ¨›íÓ™nr§\Øf›K cDÍc5‚÷y›£ŽN.ÖÀ*ÄBFw0Ró´ì’Nc!>õd­zêc’ÙÕë2”?#z+Ÿ‰Ó-̤— ÃÑŽzåN\„¨"w~Ê/µQÔbQƒ,mœt©Gÿ¦šª…XñgN%´øò‘£SeÆóQÀ•‚3ÎR Jp8œfm)bÅ€GÔÀ5KrZÝ’•üÒB\­À({+ŠkˆØ4«ržÑ*æîÁŠråk*Œ1Ê‘ötWÂ5êQ†¨¹ìqD&…4N=¬d[¶,•€|_˜2šÐÙfr“#iÚêEàð˜–v„BÀá®i%*`£AT?øaŒ¸+/¯£L™²s€Óšv25Ï P[|Ì`Zrª“0ªNuªVðBra¼ä(¯NØÅÇÌTžáÄÿk^š($ÀSÉÝ¥àƒ×<Ç9ðÕÓ©¨[ê"OyïÍLà«_̘‡¡<ÈjÀ>ÝmïÀB"êZWÍŒªÁš©Îªâã©Lø}^ˆðÆ`×Àó!øD{âSœïYª^Dù´‚3™ïÅ"Öø d ÷©JAKxž’:õ@‡=*._>H«Zza;H2hbA\!aüS%Á!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã†8|ô˜ˆH ~ˆúù“5æ˜C²üm¼÷°¤É“W<[)Ïß¼~­fõäÂE.ùë'ËÊŸ@–²Ö¯Ÿµ£"éù£G/PЧP ª\¹òž={+V°À‡ÏŠ•}JýùŒJö`½@¬Xiô‡¯^)ªÏVYµ÷ë½{øðZéš/¿~ôþfU¯,Ê¿JI¼÷¬èª~¥¬ÞÌÕ«•|ùôé h¿´lñý÷ϩᨀú±"jfÍš;{fõ9­íÛýÆž>Y¯÷,$€¡† D‰Z]Îœù/袺"ŸÞ…keëØ÷Z·Z¸`½ûw-‹_¡_æ}û,z¡A£{‹œYéNðª=ó˜1{Õ§Cñ›îÑ°Ã_|aÑ!ù·Ûi°àƒ&qˆ>8ªõƒ¡,²8âˆLã‚>ÈQ«Í3=à°Hb‰0TŠcqá£_ü¸D>1.¨Ïm¬PµJ)öÙuWeùüµÔ?þìC_ ÝS›R,\ÏàC—}÷¬€—^|eÆ+K2i”¡¥XB+°V”>{‰·\f›q†^m¶ñ“’?ÿüó"š²TR-¥ˆÚÖÏŠ<JPD@\¤ÄMZi¤î}‘lšÑÉ©fÇ%2ˆ¨È R`5 ¸ û^\ñ©§Ÿjé謴4Á=à0Áux‰ :XkTöÈÒGcôs?ŸiÄ!OªùNOõB>VÄe ‡³l$Ë,‰D°@‚D "Õ5#kÖHÛÊ»ð¶"H£éB5”5«¦SýÐ[/YC±òX?«ì÷8óˆõoT¬´ÊXyYÙKí³ðIöèóY\T­`ŸÄ÷Ä©Ï¢‰]ŒP=?ª¥Ñ>¯dE‘Y})2³K‘ÖÏšÿ¢U”ˆŠ1Ö2‘WÕ5^Öy…ZJõéγŽ¬áÒM%ä u MYWF‹ÙhJ—æ¨=k1MP›E©ÈЕYöZ1›'øðù¿ÿû®Pkû¨lvîC[¢zÈ?ÿ‹Ï*á;Okmã™(¢;šŒ ­0ÉT¡L‰´“Z**’>½e••=õD<ô]¢Çœ—¢÷ödC$ @¤’RZ;©Ò ¶—õÎ;ïVt1Ýt£/ˆfr.g´ïØZ—ß^¤7t ’B ÀõØCpi _TˆÖœÕÉv|^Ю=íxÓ^¬ðú@¥_eÝ?]µ‚Ú¿ÿVVt §Çº‘œH@ 4˜€Äà诀iÀD|Ѐd¹­²8DƒЃŽŒáO,ˆ,4†V¤"4‡#8d¬§Y,„Á,,†ƒC¤¥lûkaaQBp€†\Å=ÑDpH$"âÐ ¼à$öpD0<ˆH¸vyë[‰pÁ°E,hŠ¢A®ô yÅñŠ—îöˆ@ˆMŒ˜‘QÚµ¢¼«"²‚ãBf´k$Œ)-2ÂÇ£´+s‚!Ì BÄÕ¨ìNÒ*Ù"…¤¢°BHB =œ4IqìDòÒV.“#¥üpã˜ìw¤®‘Ogêä=X&¤¹Øc2qJÒŠöqÊÖCJÌJ%â³V-GƒšOÑrà n˜ÅleW<¹ÅR€) Û[žù [‰hXó + µ…¡ì†Já‘J—UÔüåc^§Úü"’Ñx­^øP™$@Ëv-h·lå=¸`Íì0LúG?%¿õƒIþ²7¦¥ uéKX+èf<#7>)rV÷P “Äf·~P¥“Œ4õÏ|†Vx(“zù ‘ñ !%UYd†¶•Œ®m£n#“žÆùö(nåDÈpØ|`'£Ëá[ãÒò—À ª¨ =Moò„|­¦Éûißf“§~îÒzáÂì†/|­[{ ÄF]ú8µ\gQë¿Jñ˜U°F®ña–ãêjÖEE*rÉ<þV×D‰„¦  S³z¼äP„­¬^ÍâºÎz6F@€¦’³BÛ]ŽE—ÛI>2/í`”+à´Nôºìt%/ÜÉjAX0ƒXÊv5@N+ºà•Ûj§wXĨˆ'ˆV]!NÉ‹n^X:¨jI·˜í(u©I¥jSÌ oxõ‘P‘jxÃÄñÈKÞüˆ·½äµÂ\J€îjï|ø•ÔM4%¹Æ†SþÍt¾>Ú'}5ðB¾W\ûí°úh‹I΢õÐÀz׳ÞùXµðÅÏhñ q|ôQƒûFª=7aOªô…AÜõAò»ÌXû=È"$c­ªØÇ*‹\¸+@'ÿ!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã†b"úðh?~ˆøùë×H–#Dýúè¡É“(®zö¬´y­ZÍŠI3æ,Yˆô¥ÜÉ3áŠòúYƒ¶Ñ=£ûêõ\Ê´ ½UPWâ³goÅ |XñYÉ'ËŸ?{MÃ&¼ÇU?ÿÕ+õ,ê³'TíÁ½·â^V­Z±2Jœ¿{bSÚã'ò¯ÁAÛ¶½÷äž½{±ZÁ—ok>}úY,ëVôþõ˜éŠ–ò  Õ—ïræ@šË²šM»¶Ù¥yÖ« @‚ß"D”(Q«Ö—/÷›Ý¯o?~•‰OÔåîä»x'O¦KÕànªûV´O&0¼¾}ûºò†{^`ÒgE©Sðá+oµÒ…†á5(à b`>äåÖ”Üp7((áC8 rH=V|„HQþÈ"K+d!ËYþ€ó nN¸J?©Y3ÏŠIU—VVÒÜŒ6*¸‚l³Eµ qU™dVèÃÊ<}ý“TácR ÄTm!ùUOÔeWvȧZÿ€ÃŠ}T`OH€ùd ‹,®¢VpQæk±ÙÖŠø µf› BÏQGñEÏr¶5JÛYôÐHè@ 'Ü,œ¥œÒPÉÌÇÚ¨®¹¦ ÓI—È û¶úÅ;ЀE]$G*f¸b6›“öJ¨7ôàb´‚Q+bÀ²=DÄE‚¾òd"¬Üƒ=Ú¡#Ü.ÒH(F»Ó à•‹y(Ë,_,àî lø "¼Š‹Òi,õâ?2µ‚HÐÚËT)ù ã¡2â#pnˆ±ÔÒ*­i?q.Ì)mAUJU;ò¸ŒƒZŒÒy+ UãÃ…V{…O½"Ds¢e¼’öÔ—˜YM¦F¡¡5¥ÈõìcV?R*u—P‰²UøŒÉ£ž™ÁøOšCûZôYiÕ»eÆøÀÕ˜\W1™gÄ}Ò£O‰2\#>?V\Ð sûöó0dKŠ‡\|^Äœg"ãW1@7òØžžùðlèùí'àýO¸?µR¾Ö°‚ÞfŽ†iá­ˆŒ¨£WG{ëZ"é“3Ç+|gÞY¥ûíQcE—U9Ãœoÿq*ܦÁí@}á5¯_~üM'½ô‚Òüً맽eÈUµ=Y2t @ ,€þú›~šÈ>\6ßügöx ^Ôp|ùB ` žÚ¬à6‚PEg9[J\öc…ð!+è^>¸°õ) ¼5ðBõæÓß­¼Æ~òÍþ6E>:h‚fŠ¨B‹f†IÎ[b|\Á=5 {‘út'š !ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã†bIôqHÐ>~û5’Å‘•Ç~àdÙ{H²¤I€ž=ëm^«—0_ ÂWoÅŠ‘'sêDhO4ŸÐ¬YcÕÏ8zþpî\Êt =•PñÙ³gó>|V¬äc5oÞ½¦`ê#Úï_ )Wª|2•*Õ{p¯bͪŸ?zàÀýã6'¾¢ôö´ šJhûV<ËØjÖ¬ùôé è¢G|ïùûŽUߦøž•gMräÉ•-{\ÍúòŠÏ;ë€@Aj J”¨U¾È¿óñë×ZÖݼu‘ËëU+γÂ]Q¯ÞA{³M˜•ò>/û‚¼@ Qƒ /•)[Qê”êo­Á+c  Bîò5v|ù2H @ù¼SLÀÀ!ÒÈ!\ è CHTO ýpÄÑ,²8ÒJ ,PCEó€:øÄ3ÖeMWô´ÈŠu%ÆxÐ=Ϧ>qi¥?w%#l÷²4ý¬¢)mQµ˜UÏ wgþl÷£CûôR”¥U€nÝ£X\sauÚEô°bg>N)fX"´ÂO?ɳÊ\Ù'ÙdûäÉOkž „Ïf|©©P HzRÄñ©èeþ¤)¨@ Ø'i¸M:i 5|‘Èœv*™ É!—È ƒìgê;xqEûžJF—§VÜô謳ÖsCLP‘ÃùƒÈ \ô †…úÀHëN "Ë ŒqÈpEµâG Ê GÿøCâ±'Ùs>F>Ó•?1}‘i©­È"""Ü.µBòô#Ô<›‘+e»}½)OBz׋ø~F˜<¢ÕøÛdˆÜÕfÀLiùÌ>S­À$]ôÌ°IuY Õ*÷D,1Žtîó$Ä'tÏžDÕZÏHÕÖ3ùœUÞ¥× ßóÑ^=Õ3¥¸EÕ—2CÙdOnF>íÚC÷°ÏÏsÚó’9>vgžÑ$gÿô)è_àôÃô`ÖÀ ÇÍ ß©í³Z?ûJMOØÆÆX{=羫äp’QVFŠö#XA:oË­Ïq Mjˆ/Êg£%›,í?-&¢Ä…Î#^F»·M7UWUc^¢Ž:˜8zéeuy'@õÙW©¥ìÀ›>ZÕ d]ˆšÜñ‚tqEv Ü{Ï?ÝT @ô) ½Øïž)"ûˆšáä“¿ 5ð~y˜bª_µ/D½N;ÏåRØ™üM|gî» ¸Á b¿ÿå„èÁ|€ˆ—ô£Žh pp!|H |àƒÜüFì"‹â#yÑGb€ìƒ !+ö4­F Âû¬É‹ãVH± bhD#ŠÂ#Ž´‚ d¸–,Œ2"òäúxB?èe¡ }¡CrA"˜¸C'äD+“b“D¢#Qó"AŒ¤"ke0AÄÙÔÈeŠ £GÝèØžÆxD çæÈÇ…ø (€œÇçîFÈB"Äo5ªÑÚôA¦»,ΑüÐ3•©€˜,Õdפ|ô)ĤÔTb$@D,kù؇"åH{胕*éØ+'f@œÒ4)d]<ò³ µ¥*rŒÂÀL'®eE!+é–9:c!]¶RÉ0{@óybÙ3tydòR+ûÀK¶¶™¹±üœ{ ×3VÁ±ˆÙfŒIæÛXq7½”‚ZÁGèÑí¤%\Æ´É=Ï«pAG“1“^nÖE5éƒ8<"¤(mÔ2·À,fÏÓÁRCœ?Õ+SºhYh¹i†cŠ‰˜šwïÐi¬7cT%¼ä >ñÉÃXw΃NO3¤›@¬°™ìÔA"kfßâTŽ1§N§A R?b1{œé©ŸYTy’¢}­yo+\ÜPÆš=@3àèß±ü"=n”›á¢úAËÿÂ0üBŒVUc¹Ö”aWWèE¶v5<’kæê±ÎʲÌL”åãK"„v õ˜=@[ÙÑFS½afçZ”­£’ ùh L ;ØYEfÁ4ˆêfšLIÖ ·újÀßÐö1a2>@e<ÿ\ayhnó®2•½]SpR9,j£¾îægSú \xsPê¼ÇC§È;Þƒ.2²zHv‡›JíîRšBe:¸.9_ðBûÒgŸôµo4`•q’d½ÙCLV¯qbþzÁ<ÙÛžîjžý`*øøMùFœ¾ÜÝgÀùÑÏ¡ÂX+æ#_€Jâ`+â 4@Õ…½Àã÷Ø#ª¼X@!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã†\XÉâ"‘ A¬0ö;ä‘#V ûý‡ï¡É“(zö š5kþ¾µš9SŸ½”8s:\!´–Ö ñãמђ:“*%XeÕ3§«îÕ³goŽ{ø¬h]5Þ¾¥`Ö ÄªŸÈ}÷žB]EµmÕ«Wñeµ’/ß¾yþþýËû5lJ}"ûÝ+¸+–«Ý³7î\ºúòé h?à ¼—÷+¿JKùtiX²¾Ó•-_ r5ë²+@' ‚ "Ô”(Q+ºu#G^ÍOŸ\+½“w±"·¹sæYã»·"@½zëiÝ®u0BÈû‚ òB£|ò^ÂS¶‚`ÛtãK¦,ˆFî4jìØQ£†—Aã ’²)e€ÜpC#ˆÈÒ,‡Ä&7Äp@tÀ¬¬È<²È"‘ˆ²$²À‰ ( ˆ?àÌ¢O†0Fš5óàEÏ^HÁ¨£A+9õuXÇ=þ°ÀŽ²Ý³Z?¬@õ )SQµ‚UŽiµ?þÐÎ?ûÜ„¤C÷˜…¥wõ”¢K‹Ù󄚌ÁõXp“ñ3O øŒô=9~ €>c"TXP. Èp’™–še¯õ³ ayñ£§BCfy£¤þôs™k¬\úHYæù( D ê} ˆjê©ù}‘H û… wšp’ ’ܬ‰ òÅ­·ê·ƒXtÑêiuiõê«ùà㥞$ÛÞ§HàC Zt‘ DÉ2†#cR)8à¼ÈìRcȲB=c4ÒO+f³Ñ,Ù–Õ‹àôõ­NU™ùLþÐÔJo4ù¢,9oR̈×<ÿÌŽ„ËÆ4=½d£Qþx×°_…±„XV’E¤¼+EʙԳcÑÕU”?dž|’> 9Y U¼—VùbÔ?ý”ìrBöÅ –Š:¹¦[@bõ`ZîåÙ²!.Ëâä*3·µ&•JÏ\ þŠ´Õ&’Ï­ ±SPµæ‹U‰³pû¬Fϸûة٧ûœuÚ–OcÇá çdû Êš£Õ“÷Ó_V¥ÐŸ[S ¡¿R¶Ï*ûdê9kýxÚ8à WÑRÄ4²’¸çš¶æºkþøsB÷´‚p–YÞIé<ﾋW^XvkÉSN9<ñ\SgUñSŽÏòã^ÇP¸zêõ;ô¶Ü€Üã,ßµöÆ[øÉ è½|òÕÅýúê3w2C3Ð0jŠôÓo* _XDjü2Yÿ‚¨ÁõD•Ÿüô§?;øþ´¶ÐËÞËÇûtb28i…*³ËàÏ’Å€ˆa bàBË4¨“ô`C+¨•ˆ5"1˜€8b->$ûbC|°Aôp(ýhÐ7DtnùãB6\Hda…ÌP#è2 "q½‹E‡H¢B6$®z‚AzÐ!ñ…ä'1ÁRµˆ/îã «€^ˆˆDp7¾ù†IÇFƒ¬ÀGÐðÇÇ|bH5hÈêa6p#s’öù*5g;Áéœ?ò%½Ðó[ö(‹,þ±7ÆGϘÙÑÖD¸†ªqÃd…=á4pŒ0rDáéVpnjºÜ^Š9¤^¦˜öÈÝIõ´‚weÆ=É3ט îk•q¥“Š4r¬ØËS}yô¤X\}ë«4· ¹2n Wú‡9 4L¦ PAÙGÕg¨Ô`*$‡ˆ=,ó3@øP¬ ,j47Mû]v¬I4ÓŒ ±É¤æs°ÝTY2kCÑÐ_xyëb »~,r³7*åˆÄ;&µ.$e‘ÔMræ6·*U9™s%š“Ú¨Ê7•b‘tgŠAƒ9ˆÐ—°B8¥Åå¼ÖÉŽÉnè8Ö µI‘õ"›/ð¦ŠNC÷;/ˆ/9ééÂEà‹:Qrëv@]êÝg€¬ª€«VJVÿ%­!_Á*2Á q¡ê2Á†`T¥Ê|PªSé'ˆÖ°L3, ãª?òÕ ¸+_Ë‘Òv\›½fG<ä©AýV¬›ôìOÈVí-o©.x¾. ~¶|%+/´MGÛ[eÄÓZÊHºi >¬¿]¡GWÐÇJÑ M=!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã†\d±â2†• ~ûù“%ëP#‰¬Xù·ï¡É“(®€Mž5kóüµšÙJн”8s>\ñ Ú³gò ­ ´O$=%u*]:РUÏ ®Za¯êŠ{øðY±’/ÐΰYÁŽÍYvi¦$P  —AƒµÊ÷8/¾|ÈõY¡œ¨yó+Æ£g]®µúrÉõƬ`EåÊûíiÝ·Ï‹ 4"ðîMËæ@V¬Gõ8ò|\ߢB„5HC _|a^ øiw[NôбÒJZˆp!øÀ1,è¡AVÈÒ–5ýp$‘,³|±ÀŠ `‘–?þèóáŒì”5ÐÀ#=ô°Bã•UTSÙƒÕV]Á8|@’HgþHõÓ=õÔe$VÓmµ`\þ“T“ åÃJ?ÿô“XCþTŠ•+T–ßaF+ô¬PÏ>ÿ€Øg`ⳟí#j«àgr­¹†‘lŒú³ÂA8 &B+ôs”?Gñx”j´1[H-9iAügjþúŸû~‘‚¬éƒk³âp·þV` ;ðê]Ä:k¬ÄÒjç¤00Á(8*øàC\X$ÈEh!rˆ,ˆ "ÛHf>ËTDúØsȶ0¶â¶‰1†,ýÌ#Iâ’åVO1Ѥo"ƒÕÏ>€Ö›Ób9¾´#¦üüá*>¥#˜’¦pi<ýôS Zñõ$Œ>NÌ”=R®RE]prÅ=óì±CúȶŠ”€ÐE×U%ç³åQ¶2Bø€Z¦”qYiV5ë£Q`HéqÏ"CÈoEuÐmN¦×^™m‰±¥yv\o 9M;¶B›ö¸iue—µ†Z Ó˜žûƒ¹%IÎ D°zÆ dÞíí’¬ˆ.8£„SnøÎAüÒ<óÈÖéç•£.æ<«‹3¦¨ #Œü|ã?­”kÏÙ´Ÿ=×ì’å~Oí»¯P\V»ïžã!ÐߪȣúŸ«‰(‡$WÏã‡\pÔSÏos‚èsÅwÐKß÷à#·\|(4C þAA¼¥¿*¯‰ì£Ÿf‰Î¯™ ƒ(¯?€ö¿Ãÿ^P™A„Æ$”T%c\¡ŠRª¤ÖpU!'–, ùà\ç²A `€ ¢ä=˜À ¬u­BC=GJ¤A.Ä\'?®5C´˜H"ûœQ‹?êæB„Dd7"8£.p”HŽC?&$‹‘(­‡á‚#¨„G8^²h…#ZQƒÑ aûÆ¡H{è£ /ãœ?$4“ÐÀUƒh…¼¾!‹’±ŒPq˜¾ôU®™uðŽ qKPúÁ¹£€£^¤CHÑ’0 ÒF#0ŽTg-åR—‘å.KËt›H$†'À°â êÙHøá¬RøÄ'¬À‡MßT2¬emp¬˜G)ïÁµË Gƒé@ŒÊ7¡KÖD”f^³(W:3¦ÿØS“ì¡–D*5B¡N—µÍÐ&eééY?ô$mrµ‘Îû^¬ÆJÖÏáÕ,+³GO X Ö®ŸòåȈ¦žàˆDò#kè$ËYhu‚ö€çÔ¸ºÍû‚®¬;½#>ø¡I.Fª©Ü˜@µºa2dx¸Í­n„æµbŸéŒ&7ÅŠøàC3iN> Öè47+ö I«3Ç8$ØÍ©Rå[èl% ãŸø…+à˜g{áåžz¿ó˜D÷€Ý[Ž¢›Þ¤ÊT©º/šÇZõ—/ùø¯>q½à×9D ô!àCîÁÉß ÜÛä7yîÓ_ ¼0D,xÁ™!ˆ3ƒˆæ ¢@J©jÀ¿y!X¬Òì–I?ŒU VØÇг¾õðU 䧪¬?ö›ß>ô> ˆW¼*еb9£*m¥/¸Bº"?i3¤„$‹,ˆŒØJ ¤¨€Fýø#Ë>Æ@k.Å4VbôУšŒ<Õ\¤ÜÅ×WúôCÖ==¦UQmõÕTUý†—^ß‘‡Èß$öŒI.T¤‘ý(WPQÝcÏ Y=áÝ=,€÷WgFñ³ÑYöø£¥?%yÏ?f!ˆk.•}œy&m¬Ô&giÙ%B+Ì3SŽ”’åmŠæ–Q?’²ߣ@ýEÁ¥šªª©û5ìH Å*«¬ûwrÈ}1` ­òÊ+ ]t1ë°²" * Þç Æh=ôp"‚T+?²ÒH¶²°ÒJ?ßøÃE³MÙsÈ>±è–?‡ô3H%¶H8I‘Û @Í3O?6ÕtSM‚€¶Ï>ÆÚ»ÔŸý@¾“ÒÊÁ–"Ô3òX#é¤bmñ½SIõŒ{Yyn¼ÔrMõ„U+ iü丣É–Ñ“R­,%•[ye”¤ô|s$ÍÝÃ"ŸsɈUV­ŒW›í[óü£e 4ÍÊLûœµOÊ«,W^kB½Yg³Ñƒä>VÛ‰5¹EºMPKAû=S š÷¨‰Ù oz6[Fþ„'Ð=3%V0]ÌôvAOÚÌY·Y¡ŸÅ™(¦ÕÃa3Û[ÊdýÈÍ*}z(¢—§NÑVl1Ãþ@“)F¸Ý–h‹‹³~ B7ŒãaÀ'6mûÃOVh&¯|ògb¶Þx3×rV¿9q«fÁÓé³Ù÷H®¶"‡ÈtÇ ¢Ou_µ~}ðØ¡ò×u=5Azé©·ÿª;¨~HÀ. °ZèÙßÿüã«í`_(Ùýì1¹|øæ.~ùKV˜R{p~Y‘ îFØ,4ÀBc˜Ö!Æ0®à…"!JnЃŒÁZû×jGnÀÊb]²¡ ïwˆCø‡×Âȶ¸¥ÃV„QCLˆJ4µb_-b…#d!†-ºä‡ß‡Æ¢X"ZaZ[tQG±âbSá "ò„UÈÃ-üªÉx5 VŒè‡›£A¤ò’Üä_³™¸¸äu9òÇ7 ÈH‡Hì‘2¡8ÔVɇ\2a Û$YþˆNBd”©¢(•;SdLrYEWôÑ…Æ䨕®$¾¦b·¬ô 01L. —¤)RHš)ÊL<5LÔCb@úU\ö2#•eŒd¬G>h“´UÀÇ.-ëÙW‘I;±¢s2´ÙKº©3»ðüjÛŒ6Y–Eš¬êܤǢR )¹ó› ÄÖ"©¥®±np|K)æ’³«Ü¥zËL2óq%äÃ-†QŒÉò±;åeI+^ Ñç˜í/„™Ó>cN{v‰-ýØ’3¡|$šìˆPš=›ßx©°`ý@ Ì—¯@í¾rõŠȇ+Ax¡ WÐÌüE`ðŒ7>R‚çW"ýiOUýЫó& '–‚À§CßDxá N¬ˆ+LâÎ|°/wYH°SAU |qöx5~NÂUy8¬+^i¯­Â‚ø¨w—Œ?ÞséA¸à…ªëáOv€üd(% õ±6/<¹T¾¢ ¨«jY0Fu!Rüë,xËÈp‚«àƒ–XórP-aYá*ͤY@!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡C‡\ÄÄ«Vþ2::tˆ•¿~²dù÷mÅÓ(S°· šµyóF~k5ÓŠ=•8s>\ñ¬gÏUV¬èÛçÑ=|:“* ´UP¡®¨WÏž½{÷ðá³²ß*£`Õ[Jvà=D¬úÑë7•TT¨€ªZµ·bÖ¬A­äË7Tm]£ÿþÛ7¶lC{Eï\!Ú3yÏVÝͪ5ï^}˜íëʪ³GÅëí Üï¦á”€äY³æÒZ¿@+zžM»ó*«N+¥Z/‹ h ”(‘ ­È“'·‚ï ñ≮0W¾µ:óëÖñÝ3MðjÞïûëY¹òeG  _¯ † @¬(wE>½AïÃßï…†‚Ö àƒx!ˆ ÷ͧNÜÀÀˆ …ˆ#Œ1>ˆ1Æ\p·à‡¡…4¡?ŽÈÂÊ , À ŽtÖ?ßèâŒìó4ªÍC=àÐãÏ* ÒH#OoÝSÕ •å³ZàX!dYõè“V?àXó–dTÍe—v[Y?: ö?c‚ödx‚ô£– •²ŠO@ÑU—]XU–_ e‘?H H`àüÈ™õ˜”c.áÔ}—ñ¥|›YT[gózfJìHÏ?óŒ¹cFþLJ›šF9yéAüàªû¬¶Á‰ä‰Ù¬´ÎH"Äåjܼ XC¿ èEµ‹Ù}+ØSÕ¥LЀAžJ£>ø€ˆq± ÂJ#‡È²ÑG/’$£´dÙs"á†Ûm+yF*I–’› ÏôS+øâúE _\1THùx(¯N<±ö’Qš50ˆôÔ˜<óôS”ƒ.|š›oщ_ü¨å©+…1\Y^…——¬ôÈ >ц¬”i=U\%kTl1mJf?fº

öƒÖè¬ì;m«P9õé ‚ðŽ=&¼–Wühõ•à¸>çñÈÆufå¼]ÐS…Rêø߬ÖðÜ}yIÇ=~{á*¾®Ð×Å^àƒÏ¨úVL¥¬z PÖŸwÞø·Ê/"yö/ë~ðù|ñ…ú­*X¾ÚA vð….Äz`¼pR¨èã èKÖRèÒ½dµ w <•ž…!1˜P 80ˆVB”PkbˆEÑ Yðƒ û\ˆÁ º%‹oø¦káMˆˆlY¤-ò–,Ôd5pÈ"ˆB,HDЂ/Rõ£Nƒ‰@#p€c‚Q4ˆ¹ÎµD˜H­øÕ„f3D„‘!+X…5DÒŠ‹ bx\ÀBâC3Bñ!Ž¬£™ä«@± áˆ8°ŽGdã"‚hàÈ^:ê™Ê6I‡2nò°XèÑ©ÛuòoòÉS¾¤Iò”¹Gdf ¼4Lôp,â–™Y/Jâ‡Q€´KƒâJF¢ËÉšFb+ØÇ•hVA;ÁÆcB{e £ddòF™•aåHÆ”Í7ÂÌ^Óü¦2ÁvKVüÏGcêpÌ£hɬҺԔ”Áž|:Ý9…€c¾GÓÒ>-›PÙcd ”.&šzV.ŽWJV×è„—¥á‰ô>¢yJë+Õ@ܤµU”iɪ —–¦—|h¦"ÿÍ=¾ω^ªjl# A!·È´oNwAÎw2£q²FdJÛ™ôᱩÙ#nŽyÊòœGBNrž©”ßIJéƒL+È ¬q£§(ç;÷±U¤¼âz€Q4hR?„zÃA†5@ù~ôñU°òÍ6•³>Ƶ°{ N5ÐЇ^ŽÀÍxFv²Klýê’~XcŸ›+íFÛ™Ìû…±­™!#&:ÒzæuQØ¿²ºì(&Z0ë‘À-2£Üݧ|ª˜€Ê‘d¢GáP›æJoF ¾¡çU×HÍ].‚¯ãX—:àMŽ²œ{¥VWY;‘Á h@ƒ@  Ð^q!Ø Ðô:](ùq |H§¾þŽv‚D•{x¯¬¨R•«ô÷…V–°ŽÛ _&lS]íw|ÃñÂ0aôuøÁ:–}§òÁ´JU f0ÿU+ÏeFúå°ô í`Xß¹Ó>‡™?&ä ¿bÑ /ð/u™,— @AÔ ÅÁŠÀÈ+þ2öViN¼söz™½ D>´-ñÅ ý¡šq>›|ð™ä !ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã†7µê'È¿~ɒŪŸ¿V³dùûöMßÓ(SÜmÞ|Vø íG?œH‘ÚÓÇÕªU=ŸÚPÏž½÷òñ;$”•?z_Áù»—´,A}ý¼þ T OŸ‘šjµî½{ø€âËg%Ÿ¾@YQÝ÷¸cÍ:äç/ñÁRРõ“l/ÞÊV2çóû7šú;j_ãø«\a­Ÿµ×þæ…nºvSÚ·YÕfEo…ê¤õ‚¯`A\—AÈ[ ›·¹•æz÷&šžh ÌÑŸë}Ž};P+û¾ VÍL¾òÔƒö¬xñRƒðãC€°ãP @VÎ ¬»bsß¾›Ý—Ï}4¸A ÖðÅ^"_úT×o 1pC7ø0ƆbàP…7à`@„–H=ˆh„ÑF‡È2È^¨¨+߀Ó‰&–ˆd’Yó’a@¦–ã½×*öT…•€íÊX©Ø=´õ#Ö‘=%œUX]ƤPŒÑ³OXˆíÓ–”åãÑZá OÏ”R VÝÅ€œíóÙŒÝcØ?à†æBö@ÃJdÖ@£Ïf›-Ú™ž Eª[?¤ ª?`Ub?6–VZ3NªÛWþ„g©A(Áªû¬¶êj ^$ˆ>´:ÊY­Q7ÈtÈ-ˆ ˆ ]të±Ç–žU§6;¨>øÀJ+ŸYÔ#cÜ­ý„´â!g:‹‡|ãQcm$Ë!€ÚÑH%‰k>¬X# H‰Ô°À¾ƒÈÒº²D)oY+DÖÏ<_Ѩa‚La)£øÿ‡c~mvPå‹À|0ŸΧU:ø"îÃÀΪ©Ž'¸ªÑA;8ƒRÖÕAN5èX£63½²XårÓû^ðVh) ˜À \ÈBÅÜ`û>8+‘G4‚ T¡Á.G"r5È šT‚Š:Ÿ±‚pvül™\ù QÀr´g®p Q'THÁ³úŒ™ˆX…W ƒK¶ÔŸ“ò4°ÔNwú (Ú<éY4¤% ¡LÛÇ,DŠàP­jÎa’“žÄŠ{­hMØ=š‚‘£‘m=A[U¸$¸ï4ª)ôØY ƒK½‰KM=“Æ ò =¤¦Ì±©_<ã²Ì§S!‘œ$¶š ¤l=ËQ×v¥ÒJO©”=ˆWÁƒ >Šñí[~ï±ZŒ2K~֬͛íožÕÒ¦së6íµk ^íÝë{ÅŒ_ J”HPgÏСßļº+W¢{¶8:wÀûØ °"0÷{PÖÞˆF  âˇa‡ @¬ôl»ô`Áù–…ÁG_ Ö°Ã^x!È€éÙ3Xe¿=d@ 8 ¡vøˆÈrQ?ÿÄ%‹,‰ ‚È7þP„Q?àœäáŒáó fó˜ÕÔ?ôàä@HQZAe>c)ÅO?ô¤TõècZ?f •ÕV^·“_Ÿ¦¤møøN‰%î÷ä@÷,WxmAS—VÃí$'—Ÿ¨Oac•Ea[þé™gä4Öô#?Šv'~Iî¦[ >­Àd‰MõØ”ŽþTDѦY”ã?NBz D`ª©œšêªû(˜H ŠÞyg¬T§\"ƒ|1‚¦Ò” ^ÀªO¬³ú§h à ¶§¨ÌVC>Œñ–#ÁÅ@ Ü0F#8‚È€6ˈý"R\þÈâHºë‚Ó"\à€³¬¸,­€ˆ#TÎrâ,5(`Ó‰ýðóÑ,¬„K/Kö¬"OŽMÓŠ˜ôü3ïÁk 94šb„)›e‘Ïp•Ï>‚(Y=?v¼’=ùðS×PsÕC•X&cÈÄ*$%oÐ\¹ ^Ô³—_H*©”YcÆ»fμU‘?Ni—QödIÞ– †äE½p˜dî“ž¨/ºËf /‡\5_ö—uhx.ùTWûûð8¦ØOêC¥\­àfÏw çuŠÆ(nô5™­\Š<˜ÉÃJ>ŸÕ wa‡“¥[ÊÕƒ¬ã±A35¬àHXš;º[â9#´Õ–h‘ê´3‰së­ð0جìƒÏ_Fëd>K–W+:Í9¸Ûƒû%'_râ•%P$Pê©ØG°Cuþ hÝç³®ÌO~s‚xѽ±Þ  Ã'šèA Jßýø³ A ‚܇,æ…à¢î´æÔà~H‚܃ Ð`AþÃ\ ¶¡­Ç?b¨ â"«ˆEÑÉ‚EA×7nGD.8¢JÙ[ŒœØˆ7‘bFÈ¢",JŠ€iŠJ²âr¤ŒÄ(5XÀ¾0 5žˆ‡àØBŠ~Ì'àHÄñ r ñÛ3˜d©JB ’A››^“¸À&TĤ@ö&k: •("5­¬§3%·Ê‚Ú6œª1×++ Ð Ñ Aüò™Ïªø‡}”ǯM6”‘/Ð'4a ‚tõ+…þ¢KM6°ÇV+‹hž ü—Þ¤'ëÉG•ä…Wá§ÀÀÌY@!ù ,ZLGüH° Áƒ*\È°¡Ã„8ÄbE‘â¡C[npé!Æ+ eÉ:ô°¤É“ëÝ;$R+YƒÔHÔªÕK‘¬ºØCɳ'Ã{Ï‚Z›Ç Ÿ>~HùÍ£ço§Ï§(íé«Èo•Õg«¨g%о}üÀ BÊŠé?pÿèíƒÊ@¾~¬úÄ7°Ôª wÕ«g¯½OîÝÇÏJ>+úÀÆeUoë¡ÿüE¾×öçÂÖ‚BÃ:X0áÂV¬tÉ×%é±)ú£|ðždz+*ŸÄóìé_:ßáÈ&š>4ÌA ÖPÃê ˆùÄö[O{MháS\ôÓ?ñ’?-É"8þP$×7^¨"A+<#ÏR у–?ô0åÔŠ8 D ^«”ˆi_EH¥äÕT&–ÈUw=“"x+à3X>BòÓ=ö8£oFnÈGjá7P A• È_+¤Ø`„ Ø…>§™ÈOA®EÙ]Ôâ<ÐXÍ*¾YŠíV‘?OäÉS 5Ö˜ôDÆHÆ—†6J—¢! @ †*ê¨ &ˆ>‚¢ªêªûLG]r_(ˆ ¨²º*H© º‚~¼òz>ÀžŠ'§Äþ68Ü ¬ÄÀ=ô0AŲÅ+­$¥aˆ²8â8ý€#‹\ ¦X-J÷ˆè\¬ˆ+K+_ "Ҍۂ“Ϲ²íR" Öä¨?sâû AÙ6OR1…¥ÀmÙÃä3¬œš˜Ì0OöäSÕÃø}Iqã?û {1AHš8V,k•R=áY±J•V:zÖY«1\Ï—–þ£—ÃeÞHc{¡^›þ¡veluÊH2±+ÄE#?› ôD™xí ó~á±Ùi‰±âaÕ°™dkáX‡þ‚ÐÏlö >€û ç5 `ÃùqEr™ìšd9ŸÛ¢5¬ÈƒÕxæ£ØõíCqnópiÐÎúîç<ÖøÉW “e¨n°œÛÖ¸îçŸ[,ºB÷´òm‰TÍ XTß³Â>fþ +¶§ÙµÝÀ –æ^|ÏV$_|£záª>ý%.`âÇG«ØßêŸôÿuo…˜¡ÉêòË+À<¡Ö ˆƒ¦{ªÄ¦ÍoÚ _°~ÊZÃÖCÄ©vÕ«ö*Ø>þc…]±E?…9ŒÖVGÁ Zð) ðÁE$gf]Ð!1è²p€ˆA 72n †1\äc ßrƒCØ„Cû­è‡KZC‘$àø†,d8C.Œ‹B —H@$ ëRA4× bĉ­]î²I#Õ‘ˆ3삈BäY|!‰‘?¾0NQ i*HjÀ¿š¸Dúpã â0h0e:­(=V±Ç‡ì·QŒ^ÃÁBÄaw†mºB–+ý#`ŽLÈ!ï0ÁÐŽ²¨Ù2I‚]å› RÈÊâ)fÒ¦¼KVôö~TI.ÿ(Š˜¦x¤0)+ö¨ßWÄ’”ÛpÑ÷ù`/S#K–¥hŠsíÄF#À¡¥(LÙGÀ¬d…]ëÍh¤~œ%R’4D²zü¢™Ï(E…ŠNÐL³DpM¤®¹Ë<ÕcsÈ&ñRžÆðêh 1ÌTD–6| å¡iSÔ=L™ªµ¨›Ï¨Bñ¸æÂto¡fóM ÎöYôSEûÈ” R ¬õh[ó]G¿,Ålˆ ƒÌ?Fi¡‰Jf¥)…Ü‚B7™v4Š£%‡:d{˜2nSÑ ºØH8j&(üÞg> §R æP¬S.OÚ¥l&3ÖXEvB£PùyÅs‡rå@‚é3Á­ ­€_Rá”Î-U7­œ¡YW høcoªß[áš:¹ŠÎ¬C‘ä<6ô8ÔéæU=Ù ¦°Yösý˜‡cEÇÓû=êQëb×g§¶Ç@@ RiiÔkJ7Û×FõeÄË­n9•Û+²E ïtñ¢4IÄ„#%Ï8Ç9„av¬ ˜¢„/‚‘Aqôw /ØŠ;à ¯ ’s½é¼Ob«z׫^ü¨dzåqHòô7*RgʯFã}¸ÊzØÃ_¬v° é÷À~ë/É €Ô7ì‹0¨"\ƒA X|Í°Ä€ÕDT/Vž0­äÝé\x~ÁÂp†¡' *$=ŠÏ{àÃ<÷ÅO<ˆAqü짷@x¡=!–{ô…/´B€ú-Túb˜.b=-˜ô¡žØ1úPOƒp嘒ru!þDesign By Song, Young-mi... !þïThis GIF file was assembled with GIF Construction Set from: Alchemy Mindworks Inc. P.O. Box 500 Beeton, Ontario L0G 1A0 CANADA. This comment block will not appear in files created with a registered version of GIF Construction Set;gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/obj/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132016017 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_toolbar.adb0000644000076700001450000001576612533067540020724 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.GEntry; use Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtk.Separator_Tool_Item; use Gtk.Separator_Tool_Item; with Gtk.Tool_Button; use Gtk.Tool_Button; with Gtk.Tool_Item; use Gtk.Tool_Item; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Toolbar is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Toolbar@B is a set of buttons. Each button is can be" & " represented both as a text or an icon, or even both. A tooltip" & " is automatically created for each button." & ASCII.LF & "The following two signals are defined:" & ASCII.LF & " - ""orientation_changed"": the widget was re-oriented." & ASCII.LF & " - ""style_changed"": a new style was selected." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "It is worth noting that the toolbar can basically contain any type" & " of widget, not only buttons. In this demo, we have added a " & " @bGtk_Entry@B widget in the middle."; end Help; ---------------- -- New_Pixmap -- ---------------- function New_Pixmap (Filename : String) return Gtk_Widget is Image : Gtk_Image; Data : Gdk_Pixbuf; Error : GError; begin Gdk_New_From_File (Data, Filename, Error => Error); Gtk_New (Image, Data); return Gtk_Widget (Image); end New_Pixmap; -------------------- -- Set_Horizontal -- -------------------- procedure Set_Horizontal (Toolbar : access GObject_Record'Class) is begin Gtk_Toolbar (Toolbar).Set_Orientation (Orientation_Horizontal); end Set_Horizontal; ------------------ -- Set_Vertical -- ------------------ procedure Set_Vertical (Toolbar : access GObject_Record'Class) is begin Gtk_Toolbar (Toolbar).Set_Orientation (Orientation_Vertical); end Set_Vertical; --------------- -- Set_Icons -- --------------- procedure Set_Icons (Toolbar : access GObject_Record'Class) is begin Gtk_Toolbar (Toolbar).Set_Style (Toolbar_Icons); end Set_Icons; -------------- -- Set_Text -- -------------- procedure Set_Text (Toolbar : access GObject_Record'Class) is begin Gtk_Toolbar (Toolbar).Set_Style (Toolbar_Text); end Set_Text; -------------- -- Set_Both -- -------------- procedure Set_Both (Toolbar : access GObject_Record'Class) is begin Gtk_Toolbar (Toolbar).Set_Style (Toolbar_Both); end Set_Both; ------------------ -- Make_Toolbar -- ------------------ procedure Make_Toolbar (Toolbar : out Gtk_Toolbar; With_Entry : Boolean := False) is The_Entry : Gtk_Entry; Button : Gtk_Tool_Button; Separator : Gtk_Separator_Tool_Item; Item : Gtk_Tool_Item; begin Gtk_New (Toolbar); Set_Orientation (Toolbar, Orientation_Horizontal); Set_Style (Toolbar, Toolbar_Both); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Horizontal"); Button.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Horizontal toolbar layout"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Button.On_Clicked (Set_Horizontal'Access, Toolbar); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Vertical"); Button.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Vertical toolbar layout"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Button.On_Clicked (Set_Vertical'Access, Toolbar); Gtk_New (Separator); Insert (Toolbar, Separator); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Icons"); Button.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Only show toolbar icons"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Button.On_Clicked (Set_Icons'Access, Toolbar); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Text"); Button.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Only show toolbar text"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Button.On_Clicked (Set_Text'Access, Toolbar); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Both"); Button.Set_Tooltip_Text ("Show toolbar icons and text"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Button.On_Clicked (Set_Both'Access, Toolbar); Gtk_New (Separator); Insert (Toolbar, Separator); if With_Entry then Gtk_New (Item); Insert (Toolbar, Item); Gtk_New (The_Entry); Show (The_Entry); Add (Item, The_Entry); Gtk_New (Separator); Insert (Toolbar, Separator); end if; Gtk_New (Separator); Insert (Toolbar, Separator); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Dummy"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Dummy"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Gtk_New (Separator); Insert (Toolbar, Separator); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Dummy"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); Gtk_New (Button, New_Pixmap ("test.xpm"), "Dummy"); Insert (Toolbar, Button); end Make_Toolbar; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Toolbar : Gtk_Toolbar; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Toolbar"); Make_Toolbar (Toolbar, True); Set_Orientation (Toolbar, Orientation_Vertical); Add (Frame, Toolbar); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Toolbar; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnome-gsame.png0000644000076700001450000001024712533067132020156 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR00Wù‡gAMA† 1è–_^IDATxÚíšYŒdWyÇçœ[{UïÓÝÓ3Ó³Ú3Áa0¶Ù+f1FÆ !äHI”üÁÛã7x–,­ígë„~SüÝwžoïéߟkÄ0×ÜØ3×éÖ«6Yžš,ñb×MWrâ?ñ[÷?ð®;Þï—¸j¯ÁÉ1ñª´œS¬|ÛúÕüÙzþüð¯oY®|ì³·S;s%æÔË>sjÈ\3àÒ–Ï\+Aˆ ÃðáÝËø‹{?ù»+%y‰¨2ñ•‚ð P/=Sç .>ÓâÙ˜cƘ2­j;ñ_ùÆã 'VFÿò;ïkä wN;û–÷‹›÷ÏÒnjúY›o9¼£Ê-‡¦ÉdG-ÎʽÍÓ¿¹ï†w?úÓŸ=‰ÂB()¥°ÖÚÒ9  4€&0L“Å÷Ð.~¯•$%KL(KùÕ~âŒ|ð± _ýèѹÏ|þβÕh#B³4§xÛKÜx`©F¼i‘猆¾çíF¨©?òÜIkm«!…ÆqcŒQ%®7 B§Y`ªô¹£xÞ)ÞuJRcñ–Ò|ã'g8Òù½wìò¤Õë :Å{S@Ž‚é‰6Ïs:ë.ª&é­Rœ0 îûÄ=yò;ßýþÀzRJ„üßÜÿ¡[Þ²t_«¥îØ}&Ì[iØ‹.»Y÷ø™­•o<òâó/^ÜØ*¸œà[@è{¥wò«\Ú ?Ýjµ§Ž]`Ì*ósÓÌLÍ1Ñô6GU0!u¸¸òÎ['¸<_çk?vÙ=“·§gÚŸTJ=$„õ¿ùÓ{ï¼ëƒ·}yzjòˆª(´ª¢½@$iŒI‡éååewùÎ÷ÝòÞgÏv7øÖ#O?wn}½ Ð/$3QHm«Ð¯d æ*ÂæÂòȹŽ­M0Qó¹aÏIŒJ˜DpS[1í(”Ðí¾ù=<¶Î³ç3†n$&ñ¥Ôq!„ûÏõù/Ý~Çmïo´[(¥‘J|„SG™”Äi¡j +-êÀ»ë•ù—î¹ûÁÿøù™¯?ü̉B•¦Jv1V%Sr·ú*äéA£5q*éæ‚8™7d*#Ö†õÌ’:5™óÖ%Á·žöyòlVàFŠ(—ÓJ©å¯|é÷îÜ1³Ïë®Xì.ŒQµMp4ƒ`³hL`â˜<Œh©ŒÜ~膉jeòo¿ýÄ3…Ô ÂEAtTH(äUF¼të=éTj i-Ö¤˜<åèNGîh–K§ôÝ?Œøѳß}jDàG“’ÐZØÛv9s7.ÍîR¢"hÔ µºÂ©+œªÁiÍéhªõ:N»‰”!ëT¤Â˜+jìh;Mdµqêâ†[?¦3/¹Úȯ0ÿ¶~Ñ‘j›cóaÞy¨#öN’$`&Ø4ä›?ùÑ ®"òINfcnžÊ'2k@VDÍÇ‘(åÐìÔ©7« 2!T«jHcäèj$Ø0Æ’¢-쟞\Ûòâµ-7. ×±alà ]¥Bi>Kç°ÕU!Ejg;šÝÓ¶*ðsÍfœ¡ý„ó[)y’@‚ÍEØ ÇÈ^˜“ˆ‹G³Ù ÕL™^˜B6v@£$Ãæ9J@ª¦ÐYJ£¢@¾cŽÖp@hís×;í}òôj·P¥ `¦°ö8V\ÀI‚‡b+~ÛfÕªR9›™¦ïÖ˜®ç¤Æ0r#ž?chŠ„½­˜—ü°EòbÙ5USÁб2wd›Ð™BÌD¶—EœFá(´Õ -•4ƶæÉu†Œ Ýr™œìa·"nR­ÃÎÍœ>¿²Y1U¿ @É2€»Þqà{¡78æ‡aÒsC^,yœræ\Ä£'\ækWÜ!œWbJCäv¸¹Fœd„IJšj²D£SÎ2ÈB Çê¥#lž’‹µòÇè\ƒ­¢S‡8ÍÐIÂM‡–æJ‘¼VŠÔ@]eýðß³ß8ú®3£‘ÿñlu2mu¢°©6¡ŠÅZ‘YÿvWÏë…™‰št”h6jLL´Xœ›{wN±gy–¥=;˜ÛwæŽd»#lm'Yæ,ÕÅ}T [“„¾ Í6Ns‚D:b¤jø¹•Ç^ºt¡äûG…¶®)€“ÇŸž{ìàMoùó™‡îö³Ú{µ¬.[œF–xšt+‘ñ(MÝ ë†AE¡l–ØZE‰ºÕT³'12ÈnFÖ’Þ/"QlÈÒœ02ˆJ+%A³¹¢mÎ ¯D)C~l‰"“oK¥m! õªdn[yǹOõyñÔ£À%!Ä)å‚RjV)5©”jK)kRJØ8ÉL]"† Æi昭ŒnÔil M3"§ÊÒáÝ„±"OZVéöc6F.[ƒ«#7Œ·ÕãïúU¹P‰xSD»qà‹[kSkmbŒ©Œst!Dî@<ߪ´•„Åv¥©:;fª4§êÔêÕZ£G(9 ´åìÏΑ)‡ /Ã#ü$'ÔeZˆ¬bk®Ax>.v^ @^îÖÞ¶Ö¶¬µMkmÍZ+1Ba1™BºIÂT­ÓnÕ+ÌÖ$“:µvg²…jTˆ3p¦$õ(c˜'ähõ‹Ãê3MrÓ&&4à HP¡™iz—6û%ºt ¯Næ®Ä;¥jÈZkó‚èT‘!ª€Xí½…™Úp©55Ýafv†ÙɪVÁhCœE˜4ƒÍMbé"¥ÕŒé‡7N±:!«ÕèÅhk3¬\é JúŸ”r¡øµ$PF;*å µ6|kí˜1ÆL5!D0?9uY>´û…@§1ÃnR”ìIài²Ä’Š:½î6Ü/ʉ㔠Ɉ2Ö¶hQ8¼ôòê¥r®\ÐáÄg¯*h^£Í1b!D`­ÖÚE`Ñ3U” @=vìüÚáÍ÷Þ´øV»0M†Ø "•’¡Ÿ‘IÇ ƒ$ ¢”¨2ÉÔì.f[‚ `uu{¸ý­‹W[Bk­g¡^ ,Ààü’®ÅØhk­B$ÖÚØZ;²ÖŽ„¯$WÖÚà|íáŸ?Ô¬¿§º7æpGj†¹Àè”zôè}“““³½þ ûØ£ÿýàO<ù­,ËümFŸWuòÌ¥ÇO]{lÿ®Å#3íæ-ªR=И˜^Z˜ßéäIÊå+ë~`6tõ– Ôkurã>­Îd³Z«Ö’8ÉŠ3T©Ì¬\3*_;w.6ï¿ï¾ï¿ÿ¾?:p`ïÞf³9—çzïDgân©Ä®µKkß)Ô†€±ÎfBˆXJ©Ý ZÝzÏt‡îïx÷{nÞ¿wï¼5g1IšàT+dy&²,#I‚0À |ò$›[7 ƒn©[ðH^ÀÑ·ßú‡ºóÎ÷Nœ8ÍêÊ%ý>ZqðàÁÏî^Þsw‰ë~)Ñê !z…®v¡b(„pçæd:HÁÌìá(‡4I±yFµRE IµZ¥Q«’=û.T¶Zp¾ZÄ%^+•xå:ò–›¿!I‘f)I’àù>žï3ò\šÍöGŸÝh)cTÖZ)„§cG ýQÐëõÛõz@»Õ¦ÕêÐï­2rG¸¾Kžk¤kHuNž…IAp¥Ôn×Ë…^¹¤R7a@§Ý¡ßâ¹.Q¢uŽ”’ÎôÔ½À¿Ž];vuÝÒZ«„!T¯Û}j¥QûÐÒâN¤RT+U¦f¦°XüÐC›œ Î0&' B?LKÞRns­Ùu¬^\yJ yÇââív‹~¿ÏІ1qáFCà¦bðpq1à !B@K)m!)¥”W.|Ïòž;}?°QS«Ö¼€Í Ò4Ú°–,JÐVŒ†~© o·åk×w£NÅÑÓ33÷^€ëzb8’¤)qœ„±]Y¹x2‚aÑ%¨b Ÿí !¥TV©TRÇqr)eá±ÎÔÄg´ÑÓiš’§9#o$Ò4EaÓ,QØ<ׄQ¬\|ùœÖÆ+eƽ®z@¨®†ÍÉ$‰öGIòÖáÈÃÑßóLæÊú•“ëëë/cÆ&Já~TäNÉÜÜ\^­Vm¥R1Žãh!eê/4šÍO…Qä ]$‰q]_x^Dèh¢µ1'Ž{&ËóÜo f¯@à&Ëò‡ÜÑ`%‰“Ù4ËjÃáàôË.üèòúú)!D§äF“¹…÷ 4Ón·)½4ÍιýÞãJÚ»ã0nú^@–eB'q’Æaú§_|á9?ºRªš5Æ-ö„oL ÅëŒÀªJìökgÑ£©ÄËÀËÀ…â°4­`aaAôû}Õl6fçæÿx¢Ó¾£V«íÜóƒ­n¯ßï_LŽãLçy¾^ì8 œ+Îê½Þ)¥,"à°ì ÕÂ}€MàR±ù ]gÞU/ºmóCöCŽ™Ò€Ãºß/˜² \KÁylAˆ[åÅýø»_ˆ×/MƒÆÞË-u¡Ç½ŸvÉóÄ%õJ©y#òÒ„D‡v @¶tpP¨Ôë™ûŽK×Qq?6Ô6Ð*y¶¨Ä ¯|ÆtKÕRRUÝVe¥ˆœn·×òØÅ~ÍbÕŠ5.e³mmõqA£•I}y`=ëNéù¸«‘m+À_ϾNi Jg”3Þ¤´÷›òW± ¥ùî¯ô÷’´e)q+·|ÌÿÅ%Ķê;Éû^sÏÿÖ1ÐÁaæIEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_main_loop.adb0000644000076700001450000000747512533067540021235 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Main; use Gtk.Main; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Common; use Common; with Ada.Text_IO; package body Create_Main_Loop is ------------------ -- Loop_Destroy -- ------------------ procedure Loop_Destroy (Win : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Win); begin Main_Quit; end Loop_Destroy; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo creates a second event loop. All the events are now" & " processed in this second loop. You start this second loop by" & " calling again the @bGtk.Main.Main@B function. The interesting" & " side effect is that this procedure call is blocking until" & " the procedure @bMain_Quit@B is called. Thus, you can prevent" & " your program from exiting a given function until some condition" & " is met."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Label : Gtk_Label; Button : Gtk_Button; Box : Gtk_Box; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Test Main Loop"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New (Label, "In recursive main loop..."); Set_Padding (Label, 20, 20); Pack_Start (Box, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "Leave one instance of the main loop"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, False, False, 0); Widget_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Loop_Destroy'Access); Button.Set_Can_Default (True); Grab_Default (Button); Show_All (Frame); Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Create_Mainloop: start (and block in the current function)"); Gtk.Main.Main; Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Create_Mainloop: done (leave the initial function"); Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Clicking again on the button might leave testgtk itself."); end Run; end Create_Main_Loop; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_assistant.ads0000644000076700001450000000356412533067540021305 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Assistant is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Assistant; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_css_accordion.adb0000644000076700001450000000734012533067540022060 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Style_Provider; use Gtk.Style_Provider; with Gtk.Style_Context; use Gtk.Style_Context; with Gtk.Css_Provider; use Gtk.Css_Provider; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Glib.Error; with Glib; with Gtk.Container; use Gtk.Container; package body Create_Css_Accordion is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box : Gtk_Box; Provider : constant Gtk_Css_Provider := Gtk_Css_Provider_New; Error : aliased Glib.Error.GError; package FA is new Forall_User_Data (Gtk_Style_Provider); procedure Apply_Css (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Provider : Gtk_Style_Provider) is begin Get_Style_Context (Widget).Add_Provider (Provider, Glib.Guint'Last); if Widget.all in Gtk_Container_Record'Class then declare Container : constant Gtk_Container := Gtk_Container (Widget); begin FA.Forall (Container, Apply_Css'Unrestricted_Access, Provider); end; end if; end Apply_Css; begin Gtk_New_Hbox (Box, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Box, 10); Frame.Add (Box); Box.Add (Gtk_Button_New_With_Label ("This")); Box.Add (Gtk_Button_New_With_Label ("is")); Box.Add (Gtk_Button_New_With_Label ("a")); Box.Add (Gtk_Button_New_With_Label ("CSS")); Box.Add (Gtk_Button_New_With_Label ("Accordion")); Box.Add (Gtk_Button_New_With_Label (":-)")); if not Provider.Load_From_Path ("./css_accordion.css", Error'Access) then Put_Line ("Failed to load css_accordion.css !"); Put_Line (Glib.Error.Get_Message (Error)); return; end if; Apply_Css (Frame, +Provider); Show_All (Frame); end Run; function Help return String is begin return "This demo showcases the use of CSS for styling in GTK+ 3.x"; end Help; end Create_Css_Accordion; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_test_timeout.ads0000644000076700001450000000360712533067540022017 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Test_Timeout is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Test_Timeout; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_combo_box.adb0000644000076700001450000002625112533067540021220 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Pixbuf; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Pixbuf; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; with Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; use Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; with Gtk.Combo_Box; use Gtk.Combo_Box; with Gtk.Cell_Layout; use Gtk.Cell_Layout; with Gtk.List_Store; use Gtk.List_Store; with Gtk.Tooltip; use Gtk.Tooltip; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_Combo_Box is Column_0 : constant := 0; Column_1 : constant := 1; Column_2 : constant := 2; -- The columns in the model procedure Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model : Gtk_List_Store; Color : String); -- Append a new pixbuf with Color as its background procedure Fill_Pixbuf (Pix : Gdk_Pixbuf; Color : String); -- Fill the background of Pix. This is probably not some code you should -- copy in your own application, since not very clean. procedure Set_Color_Pixbuf (Model : Gtk_List_Store; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Color : String); -- Add a pixbuf to the second column of Model function On_Query_Tooltip (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; X, Y : Gint; Keyboard_Mode : Boolean; Tooltip : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Compute an item specific tooltip for the first combo box ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Combo_Box@B is a widget that allows the user to choose" & " from a list of valid choices."; end Help; ----------------- -- Fill_Pixbuf -- ----------------- procedure Fill_Pixbuf (Pix : Gdk_Pixbuf; Color : String) is GColor : Gdk_Color; Num : Guint; Pixels : Rgb_Buffer_Access; begin GColor := Parse (Color); -- This code is not clean. It would be better to use cairo, but GtkAda -- has no binding for it at the time of this writing. You could also -- load the images from XPM data instead. Num := Guint (Get_Width (Pix) * Get_Height (Pix)); Pixels := Get_Pixels (Pix); for N in 0 .. Num - 1 loop -- By default, each color occupies 8bits, thus is it easier to -- manipulate colors Pixels (N).Red := Guchar (Red (GColor) / 65535 * 255); Pixels (N).Green := Guchar (Green (GColor) / 65535 * 255); Pixels (N).Blue := Guchar (Blue (GColor) / 65535 * 255); end loop; end Fill_Pixbuf; ------------------------- -- Append_Color_Pixbuf -- ------------------------- procedure Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model : Gtk_List_Store; Color : String) is Pix : Gdk_Pixbuf; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin Pix := Gdk_New (Bits_Per_Sample => 8, Width => 16, Height => 16); Fill_Pixbuf (Pix, Color); Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, Pix); Unref (Pix); end Append_Color_Pixbuf; ---------------------- -- Set_Color_Pixbuf -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Color_Pixbuf (Model : Gtk_List_Store; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Color : String) is Pix : Gdk_Pixbuf; begin Pix := Gdk_New (Bits_Per_Sample => 8, Width => 16, Height => 16); Fill_Pixbuf (Pix, Color); Set (Model, Iter, Column_1, Pix); Unref (Pix); end Set_Color_Pixbuf; ---------------------- -- On_Query_Tooltip -- ---------------------- function On_Query_Tooltip (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; X, Y : Gint; Keyboard_Mode : Boolean; Tooltip : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (X, Y, Keyboard_Mode); Combo : constant Gtk_Combo_Box := Gtk_Combo_Box (Widget); Tip : constant Gtk_Tooltip := Gtk_Tooltip (Tooltip); begin Tip.Set_Text ("This is the tooltip for the active item " & Gint'Image (Combo.Get_Active)); return True; -- display the tooltip end On_Query_Tooltip; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box : Gtk_Box; Model : Gtk_List_Store; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Combo : Gtk_Combo_Box; TCombo : Gtk_Combo_Box_Text; Render : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Text; Pix : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Pixbuf; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Combo box"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); -- A simple text combo Gtk_New (TCombo); Pack_Start (Box, TCombo, Expand => False); Append_Text (TCombo, "Simple Text Combo 1"); Append_Text (TCombo, "Simple Text Combo 2"); Append_Text (TCombo, "Simple Text Combo 3"); Set_Active (TCombo, 0); -- Let's make the text of the combo box tooltip depend on which item -- is selected. Unfortunately, there doesn't seem to be a way to set -- a tooltip on the popup window itself, since we do not have access -- to that window. TCombo.Set_Tooltip_Text ("A general tooltip"); TCombo.On_Query_Tooltip (On_Query_Tooltip'Access); -- A combo box with an entry, and some additional columns in the -- popup Gtk_New (Model, (Column_0 => GType_String, -- text for the entry Column_1 => GType_String)); -- text for the popup for Choice in 1 .. 10 loop Model.Append (Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "Choice" & Integer'Image (Choice)); Set (Model, Iter, Column_1, "Some explanation on choice" & Integer'Image (Choice)); end loop; Gtk_New_With_Model_And_Entry (Combo, +Model); Box.Pack_Start (Combo, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Render); Pack_Start (+Combo, Render, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (+Combo, Render, "markup", Column_1); Combo.Set_Entry_Text_Column (Column_0); -- before Set_Active Combo.Set_Active (0); -- A slightly different combo box, where the items are on multiple -- lines. This doesn't quite replace a tooltip, but might be useful -- anyway Gtk_New (Model, (Column_0 => GType_String, -- text for the entry Column_1 => GType_String)); -- text for the popup for Choice in 1 .. 10 loop Model.Append (Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "Choice" & Integer'Image (Choice)); Set (Model, Iter, Column_1, "Choice" & Integer'Image (Choice) & ASCII.LF & "Some explanation on choice" & Integer'Image (Choice) & ""); end loop; Gtk_New_With_Model (Combo, +Model); Box.Pack_Start (Combo, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Render); Pack_Start (+Combo, Render, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (+Combo, Render, "markup", Column_1); Combo.Set_Active (0); -- Create a model. This is a set of rows, each with two columns in this -- specific case. Gtk_New (Model, (Column_0 => GType_String, Column_1 => Gdk.Pixbuf.Get_Type, Column_2 => GType_Boolean)); Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "Combo From Model 1"); Set_Color_Pixbuf (Model, Iter, "red"); Set (Model, Iter, Column_2, True); Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "Combo From Model 2"); Set_Color_Pixbuf (Model, Iter, "green"); Set (Model, Iter, Column_2, False); -- Row 2 will be insensitive Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "Combo From Model 3"); Set_Color_Pixbuf (Model, Iter, "blue"); Set (Model, Iter, Column_2, True); -- Create the combo. We use both columns of the model to display in the -- model, but we could display only one, or even have a display that -- doesn't come directly from a column (see create_cell_view for -- instance) Gtk_New_With_Model (Combo, +Model); Pack_Start (Box, Combo, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Pix); Pack_Start (+Combo, Pix, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (+Combo, Pix, "pixbuf", Column_1); Add_Attribute (+Combo, Pix, "sensitive", Column_2); Gtk_New (Render); Pack_Start (+Combo, Render, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (+Combo, Render, "text", Column_0); Add_Attribute (+Combo, Render, "sensitive", Column_2); Set_Active (Combo, 0); -- A matrix combo now Gtk_New (Model, (Column_0 => Gdk.Pixbuf.Get_Type)); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "red"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "green"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "blue"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "yellow"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "black"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "white"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "cyan"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "pink"); Append_Color_Pixbuf (Model, "magenta"); Gtk_New_With_Model (Combo, +Model); Pack_Start (Box, Combo, Expand => False); Set_Wrap_Width (Combo, 3); -- Make it a matrix Gtk_New (Pix); Pack_Start (+Combo, Pix, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (+Combo, Pix, "pixbuf", Column_0); Set_Active (Combo, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Combo_Box; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_gtkada_builder.ads0000644000076700001450000000357412533067540022236 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Gtkada_Builder is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Gtkada_Builder; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/tree_minus.xpm0000644000076700001450000000045312533067132020147 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char *tree_minus[] = { /* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */ " 9 9 2 1", /* colors */ ". c #000000", "# c #f8fcf8", /* pixels */ ".........", ".#######.", ".#######.", ".#######.", ".#.....#.", ".#######.", ".#######.", ".#######.", "........." }; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/check-y.xpm0000644000076700001450000000053312533067132017317 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char *openfile[] = { /* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */ " 10 9 5 1", /* colors */ ". c None", "# c #000000", "i c #ff0fff", "y c #ff1f00", "# c #9f9f9f", /* pixels */ "..........", "........yy", ".......yy.", "......yy..", ".yyy.yy...", "..yyyy....", "...yy.....", "..........", "..........", }; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_font_selection.adb0000644000076700001450000000456212533067540022265 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Font_Selection; use Gtk.Font_Selection; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Font_Selection is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A very specific widget to select a new font based on its" & " characteristics, like the family, weight, size, ..."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Font : Gtk_Font_Selection; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Font Selection"); Gtk_New (Font); Add (Frame, Font); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Font_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_pixbuf.adb0000644000076700001450000002374512533067540020553 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Cairo; use Cairo; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.Rectangle; use Gdk.Rectangle; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gtk.Drawing_Area; use Gtk.Drawing_Area; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; package body Create_Pixbuf is package Gdouble_Functions is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Gdouble_Functions; type String_Access is access String; type String_Array is array (Positive range <>) of String_Access; type Pixbuf_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Gdk_Pixbuf; Image_Names : constant String_Array := (1 => new String'("apple-red.png"), 2 => new String'("gnome-applets.png"), 3 => new String'("gnome-calendar.png"), 4 => new String'("gnome-foot.png"), 5 => new String'("gnome-gmush.png"), 6 => new String'("gnome-gimp.png"), 7 => new String'("gnome-gsame.png"), 8 => new String'("gnu-keys.png")); Background_Name : constant String := "background.jpg"; Gif_Image : constant String := "dancing-penguin.gif"; Frame_Delay : constant Guint := 40; Cycle_Len : constant := 40; Frame : Gdk_Pixbuf; Frame_Num : Gint; -- The current frame Background : Gdk_Pixbuf; Back_Width, Back_Height : Gint; -- The background image and its size Da : Gtk_Drawing_Area; Timeout_Id : G_Source_Id := 0; Images : Pixbuf_Array (Image_Names'Range); function Load_Pixbufs return Boolean; -- Load the images for the demo. -- Return False if one of the pixmaps could not be loaded function On_Draw (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean; -- Expose callback for the drawing area function Timeout_Handler return Boolean; -- Timeout handler to regenerate the frame procedure Destroy_Cb (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Callback when the widget is destroyed ------------------ -- Load_Pixbufs -- ------------------ function Load_Pixbufs return Boolean is Error : Glib.Error.GError; begin Gdk_New_From_File (Background, Background_Name, Error); if Background = null then return False; end if; Back_Width := Get_Width (Background); Back_Height := Get_Height (Background); for J in Images'Range loop Gdk_New_From_File (Images (J), Image_Names (J).all, Error); if Images (J) = null then return False; end if; end loop; return True; end Load_Pixbufs; ------------- -- On_Draw -- ------------- function On_Draw (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); begin Set_Source_Pixbuf (Cr, Pixbuf => Frame, Pixbuf_X => 0.0, Pixbuf_Y => 0.0); Cairo.Paint (Cr); return True; end On_Draw; --------------------- -- Timeout_Handler -- --------------------- function Timeout_Handler return Boolean is Pi : constant Gdouble := 3.1415926535; F, Xmid, Ymid, Radius : Gdouble; Ang, Iw, Ih, R, K, C, S : Gdouble; Xpos, Ypos : Gdouble; R1, R2, Dest : Gdk_Rectangle; Inter : Boolean; Alpha : Gint; begin -- Restore the background Copy_Area (Src_Pixbuf => Background, Src_X => 0, Src_Y => 0, Width => Back_Width, Height => Back_Height, Dest_Pixbuf => Frame, Dest_X => 0, Dest_Y => 0); R2 := (X => 0, Y => 0, Width => Back_Width, Height => Back_Height); F := Gdouble (Frame_Num mod Cycle_Len) / Gdouble (Cycle_Len); Xmid := Gdouble (Back_Width) * 0.5; Ymid := Gdouble (Back_Height) * 0.5; Radius := Gdouble'Min (Xmid, Ymid) * 0.5; S := Sin (F * 2.0 * Pi); C := Cos (F * 2.0 * Pi); R := Radius + Radius / 3.0 * S; -- Then draw each of the images for J in Images'Range loop Ang := 2.0 * Pi * (Gdouble (J) / Gdouble (Images'Length) - F); Iw := Gdouble (Get_Width (Images (J))); Ih := Gdouble (Get_Height (Images (J))); Xpos := Xmid + R * Cos (Ang) - Iw * 0.5 + 0.5; Ypos := Ymid + R * Sin (Ang) - Ih * 0.5 + 0.5; if J mod 2 = 1 then K := S; else K := C; end if; K := Gdouble'Max (0.25, 2.0 * K * K); R1 := (X => Gint (Xpos), Y => Gint (Ypos), Width => Gint (Iw * K), Height => Gint (Ih * K)); Intersect (R1, R2, Dest, Inter); if Inter then -- Play with the transparency, so that the animation is smoother if J mod 2 = 1 then Alpha := Gint'Max (50, abs (Gint (255.0 * S))); else Alpha := Gint'Max (50, abs (Gint (255.0 * C))); end if; Composite (Src => Images (J), Dest => Frame, Dest_X => Dest.X, Dest_Y => Dest.Y, Dest_Width => Dest.Width, Dest_Height => Dest.Height, Offset_X => Xpos, Offset_Y => Ypos, Scale_X => K, Scale_Y => K, Inter_Type => Interp_Nearest, Overall_Alpha => Alpha_Range (Alpha)); end if; end loop; Queue_Draw (Da); Frame_Num := Frame_Num + 1; return True; end Timeout_Handler; ---------------- -- Destroy_Cb -- ---------------- procedure Destroy_Cb (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); begin Remove (Timeout_Id); Timeout_Id := 0; end Destroy_Cb; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (F : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Label : Gtk_Label; begin if not Load_Pixbufs then Gtk_New (Label, "Images not found"); Add (F, Label); return; end if; Gtk_New (Da); Add (F, Da); Frame := Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_New (Colorspace => Colorspace_RGB, Has_Alpha => False, Bits_Per_Sample => 8, Width => Back_Width, Height => Back_Height); Widget_Callback.Connect (Da, "destroy", Destroy_Cb'Access); Return_Callback.Connect (Da, Signal_Draw, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Draw'Access)); Timeout_Id := Timeout_Add (Frame_Delay, Timeout_Handler'Access); Show_All (F); end Run; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows how one can animate several images on the" & " screen. All the images are loaded from the disk (and thus you" & " should start testgtk from the directory that contains the images." & ASCII.LF & "Note that nothing is precomputed in this demo, and all the drawing," & " scaling and transparency is done in real-time." & ASCII.LF & "This demo uses some timeout callback to do the animation. It is" & " on several @bGdk_Pixbuf@B images."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run_Gif (F : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Image : Gtk_Image; begin Gtk_New (Image, Filename => Gif_Image); Add (F, Image); Show_All (F); end Run_Gif; -------------- -- Help_Gif -- -------------- function Help_Gif return String is begin return "This file show how a @bGtk_Image@B can be used to display" & " an animated GIF image. The whole code for this demo is only" & " three lines in Ada!" & ASCII.LF & "This demo must be run from the testgtk directory itself so that" & " the image can be loaded from the disk."; end Help_Gif; end Create_Pixbuf; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_range.adb0000644000076700001450000001160712533067540020344 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Scale; use Gtk.Scale; with Gtk.Scale_Button; use Gtk.Scale_Button; with Gtk.Scrollbar; use Gtk.Scrollbar; with Gtk.Volume_Button; use Gtk.Volume_Button; package body Create_Range is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Range@B is a simple way to select a value in a" & " specific interval. Although less precise than a " & "@bGtk_Spin_Button@B, it is much faster to use." & ASCII.LF & "A @bGtk_Scrollbar@B (seen below the range) can also be used as a" & " @bGtk_Range@B, although it does not display its value and relies" & " on another widget to do so." & ASCII.LF & "Note that this demo does not require any explicit callback to be" & " set to connect the two widgets. In fact, they both use the same" & " @bGtk_Adjustment@B for their value. Thus, when you modify one of" & " the widget, it modifies its value in the adjustment, which is then" & " reflected in the other widget." & ASCII.LF & "As you can see, the @bGtk_Scrollbar@B update its value as soon as" & " it is moved, whereas the @bGtk_Range@B only update its value when" & " the user releases the mouse button."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Box2 : Gtk_Box; Adjustment : Gtk_Adjustment; Scale : Gtk_Scale; Scrollbar : Gtk_Scrollbar; Box3 : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Scale_Button : Gtk_Scale_Button; Vol_Button : Gtk_Volume_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Range"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, False, 10); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Adjustment, 0.0, 0.0, 101.0, 0.1, 1.0, 1.0); Gtk_New_Hscale (Scale, Adjustment); Scale.Set_Size_Request (150, 80); Set_Digits (Scale, 1); Set_Draw_Value (Scale, True); Set_Value_Pos (Scale, Pos_Bottom); Pack_Start (Box2, Scale, True, True, 0); for I in 0 .. 10 loop Add_Mark (Scale, Gdouble (I) * 10.0, Pos_Top, I'Img); end loop; Gtk_New_Hscrollbar (Scrollbar, Adjustment); Pack_Start (Box2, Scrollbar, True, True, 0); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box3, False, 10); Pack_Start (Box2, Box3, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Scale button:"); Pack_Start (Box3, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Scale_Button, Icon_Size_Button, 0.0, 100.0, 2.0, Icons => (1 .. 0 => null)); Pack_Start (Box3, Scale_Button, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Volume button:"); Pack_Start (Box3, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Vol_Button); Pack_Start (Box3, Vol_Button, False, False, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Range; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_edit.ads0000644000076700001450000000360212533067540022577 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Edit is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Edit; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132017076 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_sheet.ads0000644000076700001450000000355212533067540022232 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Sheet is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Sheet; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_plot.adb0000644000076700001450000006203212533067540022055 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gdk.GC; use Gdk.GC; with Gdk.Pixmap; use Gdk.Pixmap; with Gdk.Bitmap; use Gdk.Bitmap; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Toggle_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Extra.Plot; use Gtk.Extra.Plot; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Bar; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Bar; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Box; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Box; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Polar; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Polar; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Data; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Data; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Pixmap; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Pixmap; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Plot; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Plot; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Text; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Text; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Ps; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Ps; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Style; use Gtk.Style; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with System; with Gtkada.Types; use Gtkada.Types; with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Unchecked_Conversion; package body Create_Plot is Px1 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0); Py1 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.2, 0.4, 0.5, 0.35, 0.3, 0.4); Pdx1 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.2, 0.2, 0.2, 0.2, 0.2, 0.2); Pdy1 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); Pdz1 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.56, 0.12, 0.123, 0.5, 0.2, 0.21); Px2 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.0, -0.2, -0.4, -0.6, -0.8, -1.0); Py2 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.2, 0.56, 0.9, 0.74, 0.3, 0.4); Pdx2 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.2, 0.2, 0.2, 0.2, 0.2, 0.2); Pdy2 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); Px3 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8); Py3 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.012, 0.067, 0.24, 0.5, 0.65, 0.5, 0.24, 0.067); Pdx3 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); Pdy3 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Px4 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0); Py4 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.243, 0.045, 0.75, 0.213, 0.05, 0.124); Pz4 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.56, 0.12, 0.123, 0.5, 0.2, 0.21); Pdx4 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.1, 0.18, 0.17, 0.16, 0.082, 0.034); Pdy4 : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); R : aliased Gdouble_Array := (0.2, 0.34, 0.45, 0.6, 0.75, 0.81); Angle : aliased Gdouble_Array := (15.0, 20.0, 43.0, 67.0, 84.0, 106.0); Num_Layers : Integer := 0; Buttons : array (1 .. 10) of Gtk_Toggle_Button; Canvas : Gtk_Plot_Canvas; package Double_Numerics is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Double_Numerics; package Event_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record, Boolean); package Layout_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record); package Axis_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk_Plot_Axis_Record, Boolean); Plot_Icons2 : constant Chars_Ptr_Array := "48 48 5 1" + " c #FFFFFFFFFFFF" + ". c #000000000000" + "X c #00000000FFFF" + "o c #FFFF00000000" + "O c #0000FFFFFFFF" + " " + " .. " + " . ................................. " + " .. . .. . " + " . . ... . " + " .. ... . " + " . ... . " + " .. . .... ... . " + " .. ... ..X ..... . " + " . . . X .. XX . " + " . . . X. X ... X X o. " + " . . .. X. X . X oo . " + " . . X. O X .. X o X . " + " . .. . X . OO X . X o X. " + " . ..X . O X .. X o X. " + " . . X . OO X . oo X. " + " .X . OO X . . o . " + " .X . X . oX . " + " .. .X .. .. . o X . " + " .. X .... oo X . " + " . ... . . . .X. . . o . X . . . . . " + " . X o X . " + " . X oo X . " + " .. X o X . " + " . o . X . " + " .. . oo X . " + " . .. o X . X......... . " + " .. . o X X. . . " + " . oo X . X . X ... .. . " + " .. o X X . .. . " + " . o X. X . .. . " + " .. . oo XX . o ... .. . " + " . ..o . . .. . " + " . .o .......... . " + " . . ........ . " + " .. . " + " . . . . . . . . . " + " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " + " . . ................................. " + " . " + " . . .. .. .. . . . . " + " . . . .. .. . . .. . .. " + " . . . . . . ... . . " + " " + " . . " + " . " + " . . " + " "; function My_Function (Plot : access Gtk_Plot_Record'Class; Set : Gtk_Plot_Data; X : Gdouble; Error : access Boolean) return Gdouble; -- Computes the values to be plotted for a custom function function Gaussian (Plot : access Gtk_Plot_Record'Class; Set : Gtk_Plot_Data; X : Gdouble; Error : access Boolean) return Gdouble; -- Computes the values to be plotted for a gaussian function procedure Print (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class); -- Print the current graph to a postscript file on the disk function Select_Item (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) return Boolean; -- Callback when a new item is selected function My_Tick_Label (Axis : access Gtk_Plot_Axis_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) return Boolean; -- Return the labels to use for some of the axis procedure New_Layer (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class; Plot : access Gtk_Plot_Record'Class); -- Create a new plot in the canvas procedure Build_Example1; procedure Build_Example2; procedure Build_Example3; procedure Build_Example4; -- Build each of the plots to be shwon ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Plot@B widget can help when you want to display complex" & " data sets, that you dynamically generate through a function or" & " that you already have in an array." & ASCII.LF & "In this demo, the @bGtk_Plot@B is put in a @bGtk_Plot_Canvas@B" & " container, so as to provide drag-and-drop capabilities for its" & " legends, points, graphs,..." & ASCII.LF & "The ""Print"" button at the top-left corner generates a" & " postscript file, called plotdemo.ps, that contains the exact" & " same content that you can see in this demo." & ASCII.LF & "The two buttons 1 and 2 indicate which plot is considered the" & " active one, as returned by the subprogram Get_Active_Plot." & ASCII.LF & "It is possible to specify customer labels for the ticks on each" & " axis."; end Help; ----------------- -- My_Function -- ----------------- function My_Function (Plot : access Gtk_Plot_Record'Class; Set : Gtk_Plot_Data; X : Gdouble; Error : access Boolean) return Gdouble is pragma Warnings (Off, Plot); pragma Warnings (Off, Set); begin Error.all := False; return (-0.5 + 0.3 * Sin (3.0 * X) * Sin (50.0 * X)); end My_Function; function My_Func is new Generic_Plot_Function (My_Function); pragma Convention (C, My_Func); -------------- -- Gaussian -- -------------- function Gaussian (Plot : access Gtk_Plot_Record'Class; Set : Gtk_Plot_Data; X : Gdouble; Error : access Boolean) return Gdouble is pragma Warnings (Off, Plot); pragma Warnings (Off, Set); begin Error.all := False; return 0.65 * Exp (-0.5 * (X - 0.5) * (X - 0.5) / 0.02); end Gaussian; function Gauss is new Generic_Plot_Function (Gaussian); pragma Convention (C, Gauss); ----------- -- Print -- ----------- procedure Print (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin Plot_Canvas_Export_Ps (Canvas, "plotdemo.ps", Plot_Portrait, False, Plot_Letter); end Print; ----------------- -- Select_Item -- ----------------- function Select_Item (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) return Boolean is Item : constant Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Child := Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Child (To_Object (Args, 2)); pragma Unreferenced (Canvas); Pos : Plot_Canvas_Plot_Pos; N : Gint; X, Y : Points_Array; begin if Item.all in Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Text_Record'Class then Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Item selected: TEXT"); elsif Item.all in Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot_Record'Class then Pos := Get_Pos (Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot (Item)); case Pos is when Plot_Out => Put_Line ("In Plot: OUT"); when Plot_In_Plot => Put_Line ("In Plot: IN_PLOT"); when Plot_In_Legends => Put_Line ("In Plot: IN LEGENDS"); when Plot_In_Title => Put_Line ("In Plot: IN TITLE"); when Plot_In_Axis => Put_Line ("In Plot: IN AXIS"); when Plot_In_Gradient => Put_Line ("In Plot: IN GRADIENT"); when Plot_In_Marker => Put_Line ("In Plot: IN MARKER"); when Plot_In_Data => Put_Line ("In Plot: IN DATA"); N := Get_Datapoint (Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot (Item)); X := Get_X (Get_Data (Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot (Item))); Y := Get_Y (Get_Data (Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot (Item))); Put_Line (" active point:" & N'Img & " =>" & X.Points (Integer (N))'Img & Y.Points (Integer (N))'Img); end case; else Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Item selected: Unknown"); end if; return True; end Select_Item; --------------- -- New_Layer -- --------------- procedure New_Layer (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class; Plot : access Gtk_Plot_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Plot); begin -- Show that we can put standard widgets on the canvas Num_Layers := Num_Layers + 1; Gtk_New (Buttons (Num_Layers), Integer'Image (Num_Layers)); Set_USize (Buttons (Num_Layers), 20, 20); Put (Canvas, Buttons (Num_Layers), Gint (Num_Layers - 1) * 20, 0); Show (Buttons (Num_Layers)); end New_Layer; ------------------- -- My_Tick_Label -- ------------------- function My_Tick_Label (Axis : access Gtk_Plot_Axis_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) return Boolean is pragma Warnings (Off, Axis); use Interfaces.C.Strings; type Gdouble_Access is access Gdouble; function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr); function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gdouble_Access); Tick_Value : constant Gdouble_Access := Convert (To_Address (Args, 1)); Label : constant Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr := Convert (To_Address (Args, 2)); begin if Tick_Value.all = 0.0 then Update (Label, 0, String'("custom" & ASCII.NUL), False); return True; end if; return False; end My_Tick_Label; -------------------- -- Build_Example1 -- -------------------- procedure Build_Example1 is Red, Blue : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; Plot : Gtk_Plot; Data : Gtk_Plot_Data; Child : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot; Marker : Gtk_Plot_Marker; pragma Unreferenced (Marker); begin -- Create the plot itself, its axis and the legend box Gtk_New (Plot, Width => 0.4, Height => 0.3); New_Layer (Canvas, Plot); Set_Range (Plot, -1.0, 1.0, -1.0, 1.4); Legends_Move (Plot, 0.5, 0.05); Set_Legends_Border (Plot, Border_None, 0); Axis_Hide_Title (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top)); Axis_Show_Ticks (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top), Ticks_In, Ticks_In); Set_Ticks (Plot, Axis_X, 1.0, 1); Set_Ticks (Plot, Axis_Y, 1.0, 1); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top), True); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Right), True); X0_Set_Visible (Plot, True); Y0_Set_Visible (Plot, True); Axis_Set_Labels_Suffix (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Left), "%"); Gtk_New (Child, Plot); Set_Flags (Child, Flags_Select_Point + Flags_Dnd_Point); Put_Child (Canvas, Child, 0.15, 0.06, 0.44, 0.38); Show (Plot); -- Specify a custom tick label for the right axis Axis_Use_Custom_Tick_Labels (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Bottom), True); Axis_Cb.Connect (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Bottom), "tick_label", My_Tick_Label'Access); -- Common initialization Red := Parse ("red"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Red); Blue := Parse ("blue"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Blue); -- Create the first set of data Gtk_New (Data); Add_Data (Plot, Data); Show (Data); Set_Points (Data, Px1'Access, Py1'Access, Pdx1'Access, Pdy1'Access); Set_Symbol (Data, Symbol_Diamond, Symbol_Opaque, 10, 2.0, Red, Red); Set_Line_Attributes (Data, Line_Solid, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 1.0, Red); Set_Connector (Data, Connect_Spline); Show_Yerrbars (Data); Marker := Add_Marker (Data, 3); Set_Legend (Data, "Spline + EY"); -- Create the second set of data Gtk_New (Data); Add_Data (Plot, Data); Show (Data); Set_Points (Data, Px2'Access, Py2'Access, Pdx2'Access, Pdy2'Access); Set_Symbol (Data, Symbol_Square, Symbol_Opaque, 8, 2.0, Get_Black (Get_Style (Plot)), Get_Black (Get_Style (Plot))); Set_Line_Attributes (Data, Line_Solid, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 4.0, Red); Set_Connector (Data, Connect_Straight); Set_X_Attributes (Data, Line_Solid, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 0.0, Get_Black (Get_Style (Plot))); Set_Y_Attributes (Data, Line_Solid, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 0.0, Get_Black (Get_Style (Plot))); Set_Legend (Data, "Line + Symbol"); -- Create the third set of data Data := Add_Function (Plot, My_Func'Access); Show (Data); Set_Line_Attributes (Data, Line_Solid, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 0.0, Blue); Set_Legend (Data, "Function Plot"); end Build_Example1; -------------------- -- Build_Example3 -- -------------------- procedure Build_Example3 is Red, Yellow : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; Plot : Gtk_Plot; Data : Gtk_Plot_Box; Child : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot; begin -- Create the plot itself, its axis and the legend box Gtk_New (Plot, Width => 0.4, Height => 0.3); New_Layer (Canvas, Plot); Set_Range (Plot, -1.0, 1.0, -1.0, 1.4); Legends_Move (Plot, 0.5, 0.05); Set_Legends_Border (Plot, Border_None, 0); Axis_Hide_Title (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top)); Axis_Show_Ticks (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top), Ticks_In, Ticks_In); Set_Ticks (Plot, Axis_X, 1.0, 1); Set_Ticks (Plot, Axis_Y, 1.0, 1); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top), True); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Right), True); X0_Set_Visible (Plot, True); Y0_Set_Visible (Plot, True); Gtk_New (Child, Plot); Put_Child (Canvas, Child, 0.55, 0.09, 0.92, 0.44); Show (Plot); -- Common initializations Red := Parse ("red"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Red); Yellow := Parse ("yellow"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Yellow); -- Create the data Gtk_New (Data, Orientation_Vertical); Add_Data (Plot, Data); Show (Data); Set_Points (Data, Px4'Access, Py4'Access, Pdx4'Access, Pdy4'Access); Set_Z (Data, Pz4'Access); Set_Dz (Data, Pdz1'Access); Show_Zerrbars (Data); Set_Symbol (Data, Symbol_None, Symbol_Filled, 10, 2.0, Yellow, Red); Set_Line_Attributes (Data, Line_None, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 1.0, Red); Set_Legend (Data, "Boxes"); end Build_Example3; -------------------- -- Build_Example4 -- -------------------- -- Polar coordinates procedure Build_Example4 is Red : Gdk_Color; Plot : Gtk_Plot_Polar; Data : Gtk_Plot_Data; Child : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot; begin Gtk_New (Plot, Width => 0.3, Height => 0.3); New_Layer (Canvas, Plot); Gtk_New (Child, Plot); Put_Child (Canvas, Child, 0.57, 0.55, 0.92, 0.92); Show (Plot); Red := Parse ("red"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Red); Gtk_New (Data); Add_Data (Plot, Data); Show (Data); Set_Points (Data, R'Access, Angle'Access, null, null); Set_Symbol (Data, Symbol_Diamond, Symbol_Opaque, 10, 2.0, Red, Red); Set_Line_Attributes (Data, Line_Solid, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 1.0, Red); Set_Legend (Data, "Polar"); end Build_Example4; -------------------- -- Build_Example2 -- -------------------- procedure Build_Example2 is Blue, Yellow, Green : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; Plot : Gtk_Plot; Data : Gtk_Plot_Data; Data2 : Gtk_Plot_Bar; Child : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot; begin Yellow := Parse ("light yellow"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Yellow); Blue := Parse ("light blue"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Blue); Green := Parse ("dark green"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Green); Gtk_New (Plot, Width => 0.4, Height => 0.3); New_Layer (Canvas, Plot); Set_Background (Plot, Yellow); Legends_Set_Attributes (Plot, "", 0, Null_Color, Blue); Set_Range (Plot, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.85); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top), True); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Right), True); Grids_Set_Visible (Plot, True, True, True, True); Axis_Hide_Title (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Top)); Axis_Hide_Title (Get_Axis (Plot, Axis_Right)); Set_Legends_Border (Plot, Border_Shadow, 2); Legends_Move (Plot, 0.58, 0.05); Gtk_New (Child, Plot); Put_Child (Canvas, Child, 0.08, 0.54, 0.48, 0.93); Show (Plot); Data := Add_Function (Plot, Gauss'Access); Show (Data); Set_Line_Attributes (Data, Line_Dashed, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 2.0, Green); Set_Legend (Data, "Gaussian"); Blue := Parse ("blue"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Blue); Gtk_New (Data2, Orientation_Vertical); Show (Data2); Add_Data (Plot, Data2); Set_Points (Data2, Px3'Access, Py3'Access, Pdx3'Access, Pdy3'Access); Set_Symbol (Data2, Symbol_None, Symbol_Opaque, 10, 2.0, Blue, Blue); Set_Line_Attributes (Data2, Line_None, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 1.0, Blue); Set_Legend (Data2, "V Bar"); Set_Break (Plot, Axis_Y, 0.7, 0.72, 0.05, 4, Scale_Linear, 0.6); end Build_Example2; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox1 : Gtk_Box; Scrollw1 : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Button : Gtk_Button; PixChild : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Pixmap; Text : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Text; Pixmap : Gdk.Pixmap.Gdk_Pixmap; Bitmap : Gdk.Bitmap.Gdk_Bitmap; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Gtk.Extra.Plot demo"); Num_Layers := 0; Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Vbox1); -- Put the Plot in a scrolled window, in case it is too big for -- the screen Gtk_New (Scrollw1); Set_Border_Width (Scrollw1, 0); Set_Policy (Scrollw1, Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Pack_Start (Vbox1, Scrollw1, True, True, 0); -- Create the canvas in which the plot will be drawn -- Gtk_New (Canvas, Gint (Get_Allocation_Width (Frame) - 10), Gint (Get_Allocation_Height (Frame) - 10), 1.0); Plot_Canvas_Set_Flags (Canvas, Dnd_Flags); Add_With_Viewport (Scrollw1, Canvas); Build_Example1; Build_Example2; Build_Example3; Build_Example4; Event_Cb.Connect (Canvas, "select_item", Select_Item'Access); Show_All (Frame); Gtk_New (Text, Font => "Times-BoldItalic", Height => 16, Text => "Dnd titles, legends and plots"); Put_Child (Canvas, Text, 0.4, 0.02); Gtk_New (Button, "Print"); Put (Canvas, Button, 0, 40); Layout_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Layout_Cb.To_Marshaller (Print'Access), Slot_Object => Canvas); Gtk_New (Text, Font => "Times-Roman", Height => 16, Transparent => False, Text => "You can use \ssubscripts\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\N\Ssuperscripts"); Put_Child (Canvas, Text, 0.2, 0.45); Gtk_New (Text, Font => "Times-Roman", Height => 12, Text => "Format text mixing \Bbold \N\i, italics and \+different fonts"); Put_Child (Canvas, Text, 0.2, 0.49); -- Insert a custom item -- Create_From_Xpm_D (Pixmap, Get_Window (Canvas), Get_Default_Colormap, Bitmap, Null_Color, Plot_Icons2); Gtk_New (PixChild, Pixmap, Bitmap); Put_Child (Canvas, PixChild, 0.6, 0.2, 0.64, 0.24); Gdk.Pixmap.Unref (Pixmap); Gdk.Bitmap.Unref (Bitmap); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Plot; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_plot_3d.adb0000644000076700001450000001531512533067540022445 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Extra.Plot; use Gtk.Extra.Plot; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Data; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Data; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Plot; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Plot; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_3D; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_3D; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Surface; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Surface; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; with System; package body Create_Plot_3D is package Layout_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record); package Double_Numerics is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Double_Numerics; procedure Rotatex (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class); procedure Rotatey (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class); procedure Rotatez (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class); -- rotates the plot in one of the usual directions function My_Function (Plot : System.Address; Set : Gtk_Plot_Data; X, Y : Gdouble; Error : access Gboolean) return Gdouble; pragma Convention (C, My_Function); Active_Plot : Gtk_Plot_3D; ----------------- -- My_Function -- ----------------- function My_Function (Plot : System.Address; Set : Gtk_Plot_Data; X, Y : Gdouble; Error : access Gboolean) return Gdouble is pragma Warnings (Off, Plot); pragma Warnings (Off, Set); begin Error.all := 0; return Cos (((X - 0.5) * (X - 0.5) + (Y - 0.5) *(Y - 0.5)) * 24.0) / 4.0 + 0.5; end My_Function; ------------- -- Rotatex -- ------------- procedure Rotatex (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin Rotate_X (Active_Plot, 10.0); Paint (Canvas); Refresh (Canvas); end Rotatex; ------------- -- Rotatey -- ------------- procedure Rotatey (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin Rotate_Y (Active_Plot, 10.0); Paint (Canvas); Refresh (Canvas); end Rotatey; ------------- -- Rotatez -- ------------- procedure Rotatez (Canvas : access Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin Rotate_Z (Active_Plot, 10.0); Paint (Canvas); Refresh (Canvas); end Rotatez; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "See the @bPlot demo@B for more information"; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox1 : Gtk_Box; Scrollw1 : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Button : Gtk_Button; Plot : Gtk_Plot_3D; Canvas : Gtk_Plot_Canvas; Surface : Gtk_Plot_Surface; Plot_Child : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Gtk.Extra.Plot_3D demo"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Vbox1); -- Put the Plot in a scrolled window, in case it is too big for -- the screen Gtk_New (Scrollw1); Set_Border_Width (Scrollw1, 0); Set_Policy (Scrollw1, Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Pack_Start (Vbox1, Scrollw1, True, True, 0); -- Create the canvas in which the plot will be drawn Gtk_New (Canvas, Gint (Get_Allocation_Width (Frame) - 10), Gint (Get_Allocation_Height (Frame) - 10), 1.0); Plot_Canvas_Set_Flags (Canvas, Dnd_Flags); Add_With_Viewport (Scrollw1, Canvas); -- Create the plot Gtk_New (Plot, null, 0.7, 0.7); Gtk_New (Plot_Child, Plot); Put_Child (Canvas, Plot_Child, 0.1, 0.06, 0.9, 0.9); Show (Plot); Active_Plot := Plot; Set_Minor_Ticks (Plot, Axis_X, 1); Set_Minor_Ticks (Plot, Axis_Y, 1); Show_Ticks (Plot, Plot_Side_Xy, Ticks_Out, Ticks_Out); Show_Ticks (Plot, Plot_Side_Xz, Ticks_Out, Ticks_Out); Show_Ticks (Plot, Plot_Side_Yz, Ticks_Out, Ticks_Out); Corner_Set_Visible (Plot, True); -- Create the data set Gtk_New (Surface, My_Function'Access); Set_Xstep (Surface, 0.025); Set_Ystep (Surface, 0.025); Set_Legend (Surface, "cos ((r-r\s0\N)\S2\N)"); Add_Data (Plot, Surface); Show (Surface); -- Buttons Gtk_New (Button, "Rotate X"); Put (Canvas, Button, 80, 0); Layout_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Layout_Cb.To_Marshaller (Rotatex'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Rotate Y"); Put (Canvas, Button, 160, 0); Layout_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Layout_Cb.To_Marshaller (Rotatey'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Rotate Z"); Put (Canvas, Button, 240, 0); Layout_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Layout_Cb.To_Marshaller (Rotatez'Access), Canvas); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Plot_3D; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_plot_realtime.adb0000644000076700001450000002062512533067540023741 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gdk.GC; use Gdk.GC; with Gdk.Rectangle; use Gdk.Rectangle; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Extra.Plot; use Gtk.Extra.Plot; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Data; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Data; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Plot; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Plot; with Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Text; use Gtk.Extra.Plot_Canvas.Text; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Unchecked_Deallocation; with Ada.Numerics.Float_Random; use Ada.Numerics.Float_Random; package body Create_Plot_Realtime is Timer : G_Source_Id; Random_Generator : Ada.Numerics.Float_Random.Generator; type Timeout_Data is record Canvas : Gtk_Plot_Canvas; Plot : Gtk_Plot; Dataset : Gtk_Plot_Data; X : Gdouble_Array_Access; Y : Gdouble_Array_Access; end record; type Timeout_Data_Access is access Timeout_Data; package Plot_Timeout is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Timeout_Data_Access); use Plot_Timeout; procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Gdouble_Array, Gdouble_Array_Access); procedure Destroy (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the widget is destroyed, removes the timeout function Update (Data : Timeout_Data_Access) return Boolean; -- Update the contents of the widget periodically ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows how a plot can be updated periodically to" & " show new data."; end Help; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- procedure Destroy (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Widget); begin Remove (Timer); end Destroy; ------------ -- Update -- ------------ function Update (Data : Timeout_Data_Access) return Boolean is X, Y : Gdouble_Array_Access; Xmin, Xmax : Gdouble; Length : Natural := 1; begin if Data.X /= null then Length := Data.X'Length + 1; end if; X := new Gdouble_Array (1 .. Length); Y := new Gdouble_Array (1 .. Length); if Length /= 1 then X (1 .. Length - 1) := Data.X.all; Y (1 .. Length - 1) := Data.Y.all; X (Length) := X (Length - 1) + 1.0; else X (Length) := 1.0; end if; Y (Length) := Gdouble (Random (Random_Generator)); Free (Data.X); Free (Data.Y); Data.X := X; Data.Y := Y; Set_Numpoints (Data.Dataset, Gint (Length)); Set_X (Data.Dataset, X); Set_Y (Data.Dataset, Y); Get_Xrange (Data.Plot, Xmin, Xmax); if X (Length) > Xmax then Set_Xrange (Data.Plot, Xmin + 5.0, Xmax + 5.0); Paint (Data.Canvas); Queue_Draw (Data.Canvas); else -- Draw only the last point added Draw_Points (Data.Dataset, 1); Refresh (Data.Plot, Full_Area); end if; return True; end Update; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Scrollw1 : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Canvas : Gtk_Plot_Canvas; Color : Gdk_Color; Active_Plot : Gtk_Plot; Dataset : Gtk_Plot_Data; Plot_Child : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Plot; Text_Child : Gtk_Plot_Canvas_Text; begin Set_Label (Frame, "gtk_plot realtime"); -- Put the Plot in a scrolled window, in case it is too big for -- the screen Gtk_New (Scrollw1); Set_Border_Width (Scrollw1, 0); Set_Policy (Scrollw1, Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Add (Frame, Scrollw1); -- Create the canvas in which the plot will be drawn Gtk_New (Canvas, Gint (Get_Allocation_Width (Frame) - 10), Gint (Get_Allocation_Height (Frame) - 10), 1.0); Plot_Canvas_Unset_Flags (Canvas, Dnd_Flags); Add_With_Viewport (Scrollw1, Canvas); Widget_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "destroy", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Destroy'Access)); Color := Parse ("light blue"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Color); Set_Background (Canvas, Color); Show (Canvas); -- Create the plot, the axis and legends Gtk_New (Active_Plot, 0.65, 0.45); Color := Parse ("light yellow"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Color); Set_Background (Active_Plot, Color); Color := Parse ("white"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Color); Set_Legends_Border (Active_Plot, Border_Shadow, 3); Legends_Move (Active_Plot, 0.6, 0.1); Set_Range (Active_Plot, 0.0, 20.0, 0.0, 1.0); Set_Ticks (Active_Plot, Axis_X, 2.0, 1); Set_Ticks (Active_Plot, Axis_Y, 0.1, 1); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Active_Plot, Axis_Top), True); Axis_Set_Visible (Get_Axis (Active_Plot, Axis_Right), True); Grids_Set_Visible (Active_Plot, True, True, True, True); Axis_Hide_Title (Get_Axis (Active_Plot, Axis_Top)); Axis_Hide_Title (Get_Axis (Active_Plot, Axis_Right)); Axis_Set_Title (Get_Axis (Active_Plot, Axis_Left), "Intensity"); Axis_Set_Title (Get_Axis (Active_Plot, Axis_Bottom), "Time"); Grids_Set_Visible (Active_Plot, True, True, True, True); Gtk_New (Plot_Child, Active_Plot); Put_Child (Canvas, Plot_Child, 0.15, 0.15, 0.9, 0.9); Show (Active_Plot); Gtk_New (Text_Child, Font => "Times-BoldItalic", Height => 10, Text => "Real Time Demo"); Put_Child (Canvas, Text_Child, 0.45, 0.05, 0.85, 0.9); -- Create the data Gtk_New (Dataset); Add_Data (Active_Plot, Dataset); Show (Dataset); Color := Parse ("red"); Alloc (Get_Default_Colormap, Color); Set_Legend (Dataset, "Random Pulse"); Set_Symbol (Dataset, Symbol_Diamond, Symbol_Opaque, 10, 2.0, Color, Color); Set_Line_Attributes (Dataset, Line_Solid, Cap_Not_Last, Join_Miter, 1.0, Color); -- Paint everything Paint (Canvas); Refresh (Canvas); -- Register the periodic timer Timer := Plot_Timeout.Timeout_Add (300, Update'Access, new Timeout_Data'(Canvas => Canvas, Plot => Active_Plot, Dataset => Dataset, X => null, Y => null)); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Plot_Realtime; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_sheet.adb0000644000076700001450000014741712533067540022222 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with Common; use Common; with Gdk.Bitmap; use Gdk.Bitmap; with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gdk.Drawable; use Gdk.Drawable; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.GC; use Gdk.GC; with Gdk.Pixmap; use Gdk.Pixmap; with Gdk.Rectangle; use Gdk.Rectangle; with Gdk.Types.Keysyms; use Gdk.Types.Keysyms; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Combo; use Gtk.Combo; with Gtk.Curve; use Gtk.Curve; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Extra.Border_Combo; use Gtk.Extra.Border_Combo; with Gtk.Extra.Color_Combo; use Gtk.Extra.Color_Combo; with Gtk.Extra.Font_Combo; use Gtk.Extra.Font_Combo; with Gtk.Extra.Item_Entry; use Gtk.Extra.Item_Entry; with Gtk.Extra.Sheet; use Gtk.Extra.Sheet; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.GEntry; use Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Menu; use Gtk.Menu; with Gtk.Menu_Item; use Gtk.Menu_Item; with Gtk.Notebook; use Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Toggle_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Button; with Gtk.Toolbar; use Gtk.Toolbar; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with Gtk.Type_Conversion; pragma Warnings (Off, Gtk.Type_Conversion); -- Required because we get the entry from a sheet. with Unchecked_Conversion; with System; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; package body Create_Sheet is package Sheet_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk_Sheet_Record, Boolean); package Item_Handler is new Gtk.Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Menu_Item_Record, String); package ICS renames Interfaces.C.Strings; function Ns (S : String) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr renames Interfaces.C.Strings.New_String; function To_Range is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk_Sheet_Range); type Gint_Access is access Gint; function To_Gint_Access is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gint_Access); Sheets : array (0 .. Gint'(2)) of Gtk_Sheet; Scrolled_Windows : array (0 .. Gint'(2)) of Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook; Left_Button : Gtk_Toggle_Button; Center_Button : Gtk_Toggle_Button; Right_Button : Gtk_Toggle_Button; Curve : Gtk_Curve; Bg_Pixmap : Gtk_Image; Fg_Pixmap : Gtk_Image; GEntry : Gtk_Entry; Location : Gtk_Label; Popup : Gtk_Menu; Bullet_Xpm : constant ICS.chars_ptr_array := (Ns ("16 16 26 1"), Ns (" c #FFFFFFFFFFFF"), Ns (". c #000000000000"), Ns ("X c #0000E38D0000"), Ns ("o c #0000EBAD0000"), Ns ("O c #0000F7DE0000"), Ns ("+ c #0000FFFF0000"), Ns ("@ c #0000CF3C0000"), Ns ("# c #0000D75C0000"), Ns ("$ c #0000B6DA0000"), Ns ("% c #0000C30B0000"), Ns ("& c #0000A2890000"), Ns ("* c #00009A690000"), Ns ("= c #0000AEBA0000"), Ns ("- c #00008E380000"), Ns ("; c #000086170000"), Ns (": c #000079E70000"), Ns ("> c #000071C60000"), Ns (", c #000065950000"), Ns ("< c #000059650000"), Ns ("1 c #000051440000"), Ns ("2 c #000045140000"), Ns ("3 c #00003CF30000"), Ns ("4 c #000030C20000"), Ns ("5 c #000028A20000"), Ns ("6 c #00001C710000"), Ns ("7 c #000014510000"), Ns (" ...... "), Ns (" .XooO++. "), Ns (" ..@@@#XoO+.. "), Ns (" .$$$$$%@#XO++. "), Ns (" .&&*&&=$%@XO+. "), Ns (".*-;;;-*&=%@XO+."), Ns (".;:>>>:;-&=%#o+."), Ns (".>,<<<,>:-&$@XO."), Ns (".<12321<>;*=%#o."), Ns (".1345431,:-&$@o."), Ns (".2467642<>;&$@X."), Ns (" .57.753<>;*$@. "), Ns (" .467642<>;&$@. "), Ns (" ..5431,:-&.. "), Ns (" .21<>;*. "), Ns (" ...... ")); Center_Just : constant ICS.chars_ptr_array := (Ns ("26 26 2 1"), Ns (". c #None"), Ns ("X c #000000000000"), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" ")); Font : constant ICS.chars_ptr_array := (Ns ("26 26 3 1"), Ns (" c #None"), Ns (". c #000000000000"), Ns ("X c #000000000000"), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" . "), Ns (" ... "), Ns (" ... "), Ns (" ..... "), Ns (" ..... "), Ns (" .. .... "), Ns (" .. .... "), Ns (" .. .... "), Ns (" ......... "), Ns (" ........... "), Ns (" .. .... "), Ns (" .. .... "), Ns (" .. .... "), Ns (" ..... ....... "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" ")); Left_Just : constant ICS.chars_ptr_array := (Ns ("26 26 2 1"), Ns (". c #None"), Ns ("X c #000000000000"), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" ")); Paint : constant ICS.chars_ptr_array := (Ns ("26 26 6 1"), Ns (". c #None"), Ns ("a c #000000000000"), Ns ("e c #929292929292"), Ns ("g c #DBDBDBDBDBDB"), Ns ("h c #FFFFFFFFFFFF"), Ns ("X c #FFFFFFFFFFFF"), Ns (".........................."), Ns ("...........ee............."), Ns ("..........eeee............"), Ns (".........eeggee..........."), Ns (".........eegaee..........."), Ns (".........eeahee..........."), Ns (".........aahheeaa........."), Ns (".........ahhgeegaaa......."), Ns ("........ahhghaeggaaa......"), Ns (".......ahhghagaggeaaa....."), Ns ("......ahhghggaggeeaaae...."), Ns (".....ahhghgggggeeaaaae...."), Ns (".....ahghgggggeeaeaaae...."), Ns ("......ahgggggeeaeeaaae...."), Ns (".......ahgggeeaee.aaae...."), Ns ("........aggeeaee..aaee...."), Ns (".........aeeaee...aee....."), Ns ("..........aaee.....e......"), Ns ("...........ee............."), Ns (".........................."), Ns ("....XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX...."), Ns ("....XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX...."), Ns ("....XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX...."), Ns ("....XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX...."), Ns ("..........................")); Right_Just : constant ICS.chars_ptr_array := (Ns ("26 26 2 1"), Ns (". c #None"), Ns ("X c #000000000000"), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" XXXXXXXXXXXXX "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" "), Ns (" ")); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Sheet@B is an improved version of a @bGtk_Table@B." & " Like a table, it can contain children associated with its" & " cells, but provides a much more efficient way to store text" & " since you don't need to create a widget for every cell." & ASCII.LF & "In this example, the table has 1000 lines." & ASCII.LF & "You can highlight a specific range in the table by using the" & " Clip and Unclip subprograms, bound to Ctrl-C and Ctrl-X in this" & " demo." & ASCII.LF & "This demo also integrates the following widgets:" & " @bGtk_Border_Combo@B, @bGtk_Color_Combo@B, @bGtk_Font_Combo@B" & " @bGtk_IEntry@B" & ASCII.LF & "Note also that only the table itself is a @bGtk_Sheet@B. For" & " instance, the entry at the top of the screen is not part of the" & " sheet, and is managed through callbacks (see the code)."; end Help; ------------------------ -- Do_Hide_Row_Titles -- ------------------------ procedure Do_Hide_Row_Titles (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Cur_Page : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Hide_Row_Titles (Sheets (Cur_Page)); end Do_Hide_Row_Titles; --------------------------- -- Do_Hide_Column_Titles -- --------------------------- procedure Do_Hide_Column_Titles (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Cur_Page : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Hide_Column_Titles (Sheets (Cur_Page)); end Do_Hide_Column_Titles; ------------------------ -- Do_Show_Row_Titles -- ------------------------ procedure Do_Show_Row_Titles (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Cur_Page : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Show_Row_Titles (Sheets (Cur_Page)); end Do_Show_Row_Titles; --------------------------- -- Do_Show_Column_Titles -- --------------------------- procedure Do_Show_Column_Titles (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Cur_Page : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Show_Column_Titles (Sheets (Cur_Page)); end Do_Show_Column_Titles; ------------------ -- Justify_Left -- ------------------ procedure Justify_Left (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Cur_Page : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Set_Active (Left_Button, True); Set_Active (Right_Button, False); Set_Active (Center_Button, False); Range_Set_Justification (Sheets (Cur_Page), Get_Range (Sheets (Cur_Page)), Justify_Left); end Justify_Left; -------------------- -- Justify_Center -- -------------------- procedure Justify_Center (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Cur_Page : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Set_Active (Left_Button, False); Set_Active (Right_Button, False); Set_Active (Center_Button, True); Range_Set_Justification (Sheets (Cur_Page), Get_Range (Sheets (Cur_Page)), Justify_Center); end Justify_Center; ------------------- -- Justify_Right -- ------------------- procedure Justify_Right (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Cur_Page : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Set_Active (Left_Button, False); Set_Active (Right_Button, True); Set_Active (Center_Button, False); Range_Set_Justification (Sheets (Cur_Page), Get_Range (Sheets (Cur_Page)), Justify_Right); end Justify_Right; ---------------- -- Show_Entry -- ---------------- procedure Show_Entry (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Widget); Cur_Page : Gint; Sheet_Entry : Gtk_Entry; begin if not Flag_Is_Set (Widget, Has_Focus) then return; end if; Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Sheet_Entry := Gtk_Entry (Get_Entry (Sheets (Cur_Page))); Set_Text (GEntry, Get_Text (Sheet_Entry)); end Show_Entry; ------------------------- -- Activate_Sheet_Cell -- ------------------------- -- Called whenever a new cell has been selected (through the mouse -- or the keyboard). It updates the coordinates as well the entry -- that reflects the contents of the cell. function Activate_Sheet_Cell (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args) return Boolean is pragma Warnings (Off, Params); Row : constant Gint := To_Gint (Params, 1); Column : constant Gint := To_Gint (Params, 2); Arow : Gint; Acol : Gint; begin declare S : constant String := Get_Column_Title (Sheet, Column); begin if S = "" then Set_Text (Location, "Row:" & Gint'Image (Row) & " Column:" & Gint'Image (Column)); else Set_Text (Location, "Row:" & Gint'Image (Row) & " Column:" & S); end if; end; -- Set_Max_Length (GEntry, Get_Max_Length (Sheet_Entry)); Set_Text (GEntry, Cell_Get_Text (Sheet, Row, Column)); Get_Active_Cell (Sheet, Arow, Acol); -- Get_Attributes (Sheet, Row, Col, Attributes); -- Set_Editable (GEntry, Get_Is_Editable (Attributes)); -- case Get_Justification (Attributes) is -- when Justify_Left => Justify_Left (Sheet); -- when Justify_Center => Justify_Center (Sheet); -- when Justify_Right => Justify_Right (Sheet); -- when others => Justify_Left (Sheet); -- end case; return True; end Activate_Sheet_Cell; ----------------------- -- Clipboard_Handler -- ----------------------- function Clipboard_Handler (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class; Key : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is begin if (Get_State (Key) and Control_Mask) /= 0 then if Get_Key_Val (Key) = GDK_C or else Get_Key_Val (Key) = GDK_LC_c then Clip_Range (Sheet, Get_Range (Sheet)); elsif Get_Key_Val (Key) = GDK_X or else Get_Key_Val (Key) = GDK_LC_x then Unclip_Range (Sheet); end if; end if; return False; end Clipboard_Handler; -------------------- -- Resize_Handler -- -------------------- procedure Resize_Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args) is pragma Warnings (Off, Widget); Old_Range : constant Gtk_Sheet_Range := To_Range (To_Address (Params, 1)); New_Range : constant Gtk_Sheet_Range := To_Range (To_Address (Params, 2)); begin Put_Line ("Resize: Old selection: " & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Row0) & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Col0) & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Rowi) & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Coli)); Put_Line ("New selection: " & Gint'Image (New_Range.Row0) & Gint'Image (New_Range.Col0) & Gint'Image (New_Range.Rowi) & Gint'Image (New_Range.Coli)); end Resize_Handler; ------------------ -- Move_Handler -- ------------------ procedure Move_Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args) is pragma Warnings (Off, Widget); Old_Range : constant Gtk_Sheet_Range := To_Range (To_Address (Params, 1)); New_Range : constant Gtk_Sheet_Range := To_Range (To_Address (Params, 2)); begin Put_Line ("Move: Old selection: " & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Row0) & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Col0) & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Rowi) & Gint'Image (Old_Range.Coli)); Put_Line ("New selection: " & Gint'Image (New_Range.Row0) & Gint'Image (New_Range.Col0) & Gint'Image (New_Range.Rowi) & Gint'Image (New_Range.Coli)); end Move_Handler; -------------------- -- Alarm_Traverse -- -------------------- function Alarm_Traverse (Widget : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args) return Boolean is pragma Warnings (Off, Widget); Row : constant Gint := To_Gint (Params, 1); Col : constant Gint := To_Gint (Params, 2); New_Row : constant Gint_Access := To_Gint_Access (To_Address (Params, 3)); New_Col : constant Gint_Access := To_Gint_Access (To_Address (Params, 4)); begin Put_Line ("Traverse: from (" & Gint'Image (Row) & "," & Gint'Image (Col) & ") to (" & Gint'Image (New_Row.all) & "," & Gint'Image (New_Col.all) & ")"); return True; end Alarm_Traverse; ---------------- -- Show_Child -- ---------------- procedure Show_Child (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); begin if not Flag_Is_Set (Curve, Mapped) then Attach (Sheets (0), Curve, 0, 4); end if; end Show_Child; --------------------- -- Popup_Activated -- --------------------- -- Callback for all the items in the contextual menu of the second -- example. -- Data is the name of the item. -- We already know that the item is valid, since otherwise it would not -- have been activated in the contextual menu (see Build_Menu). procedure Popup_Activated (Item : access Gtk_Menu_Item_Record'Class; Data : String) is pragma Warnings (Off, Item); Cur_Page : constant Gint := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Sheet : constant Gtk_Sheet := Sheets (Cur_Page); begin if Data = "Add Column " then Add_Column (Sheet, 1); elsif Data = "Add Row " then Add_Row (Sheet, 1); elsif Data = "Insert Row " then Insert_Rows (Sheet, Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Row0), Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Rowi - Get_Range (Sheet).Row0 + 1)); elsif Data = "Insert Column" then Insert_Columns (Sheet, Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Col0), Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Coli - Get_Range (Sheet).Col0 + 1)); elsif Data = "Delete Row " then if Get_State (Sheet) = Sheet_Row_Selected then Delete_Rows (Sheet, Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Row0), Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Rowi - Get_Range (Sheet).Row0 + 1)); end if; elsif Data = "Delete Column" then if Get_State (Sheet) = Sheet_Column_Selected then Delete_Rows (Sheet, Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Col0), Guint (Get_Range (Sheet).Coli - Get_Range (Sheet).Col0 + 1)); end if; elsif Data = "Clear Cells " then if Get_State (Sheet) /= Sheet_Normal then Range_Clear (Sheet, Get_Range (Sheet)); end if; end if; Destroy (Popup); end Popup_Activated; ---------------- -- Build_Menu -- ---------------- -- Builds a contextual menu. -- Some items are not activated if no line or row is selected. function Build_Menu (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class) return Gtk_Menu is Menu : Gtk_Menu; Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; Items : constant array (0 .. 6) of String (1 .. 13) := ("Add Column ", "Add Row ", "Insert Row ", "Insert Column", "Delete Row ", "Delete Column", "Clear Cells "); begin Gtk_New (Menu); for I in 0 .. 6 loop Gtk_New (Item, Items (I)); Item_Handler.Connect (Item, "activate", Item_Handler.To_Marshaller (Popup_Activated'Access), Items (I)); Set_Flags (Item, Sensitive + Can_Focus); case I is when 2 | 4 => -- Can only insert or delete a row if there is a selected one if Get_State (Sheet) /= Sheet_Row_Selected then Unset_Flags (Item, Sensitive + Can_Focus); end if; when 3 | 5 => -- Can only insert or delete a col. if there is a selected one if Get_State (Sheet) /= Sheet_Column_Selected then Unset_Flags (Item, Sensitive + Can_Focus); end if; when others => null; end case; Show (Item); Append (Menu, Item); end loop; return Menu; end Build_Menu; -------------- -- Do_Popup -- -------------- -- Popup a contextual menu in the sheet. -- The menu is rebuild every time, depending on the context. -- This function is used for the second example. function Do_Popup (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is X, Y : Gint; Mods : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Win : Gdk_Window; begin Get_Pointer (Get_Window (Sheet), X, Y, Mods, Win); if (Mods and Button3_Mask) /= 0 then -- Destroy the previous popup if Popup /= null then Unref (Popup); end if; -- Build the new one. Popup := Build_Menu (Sheet); Gtk.Menu.Popup (Menu => Popup, Button => Get_Button (Event), Activate_Time => Get_Time (Event)); end if; return True; end Do_Popup; ----------------- -- Format_Text -- ----------------- -- Returns a modified version of Text. -- This is used to alter the contents of cells in the second demo. function Format_Text (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class; Text : String) return String is pragma Warnings (Off, Sheet); type Cell_Format is (Text_Format, Numeric_Format); Format : Cell_Format := Numeric_Format; begin if Text /= "" then for Ipos in Text'Range loop case Text (Ipos) is when '.' | ' ' | ',' | '-' | '+' | 'd' | 'D' | 'E' | 'e' | '1' | '2' | '3' | '4' | '5' | '6' | '7' | '8' | '9' | '0' => null; when others => Format := Text_Format; end case; end loop; if Format = Text_Format then return Text; else return "Floating: " & Text; end if; end if; return Text; end Format_Text; ------------------- -- Parse_Numbers -- ------------------- -- In the second demo, this callback is called every time the content of a -- cell is changed. -- This is used to automatically change the contents of the cell. procedure Parse_Numbers (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Sheet : constant Gtk_Sheet := Gtk_Sheet (Widget); begin declare Label : constant String := Format_Text (Sheet, Get_Text (Gtk_IEntry (Get_Entry (Sheet)))); Row, Col : Gint; begin Get_Active_Cell (Sheet, Row, Col); Set_Cell (Sheet, Row, Col, Justify_Left, Label); end; end Parse_Numbers; -------------------- -- Build_Example2 -- -------------------- procedure Build_Example2 (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class) is R : aliased Gtk_Sheet_Range_Record; R2 : constant Gtk_Sheet_Range := R'Unchecked_Access; Color : Gdk_Color; Tmp : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin Set_Autoscroll (Sheet, False); Set_Selection_Mode (Sheet, Selection_Single); R := (Row0 => 0, Rowi => 2, Col0 => 0, Coli => Gint (Get_Columns_Count (Sheet))); Range_Set_Editable (Sheet, R2, False); Color := Parse ("light gray"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Background (Sheet, R2, Color); Color := Parse ("blue"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Foreground (Sheet, R2, Color); R.Row0 := 1; Color := Parse ("red"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Foreground (Sheet, R2, Color); R.Row0 := 2; Color := Parse ("black"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Foreground (Sheet, R2, Color); -- The first three rows can not be edited Row_Set_Sensitivity (Sheet, 0, False); Row_Set_Sensitivity (Sheet, 1, False); Row_Set_Sensitivity (Sheet, 2, False); Set_Cell (Sheet, 0, 2, Justify_Center, "Click the right mouse button to display a popup"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 1, 2, Justify_Center, "You can connect a parser to the 'set cell' signal"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 2, 2, Justify_Center, "(Try typing numbers)"); Tmp := Set_Active_Cell (Sheet, 3, 0); Sheet_Cb.Connect (Sheet, "button_press_event", Sheet_Cb.To_Marshaller (Do_Popup'Access)); Widget_Handler.Connect (Sheet, "set_cell", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Parse_Numbers'Access)); end Build_Example2; -------------------- -- Build_Example3 -- -------------------- procedure Build_Example3 (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class) is R : aliased Gtk_Sheet_Range_Record; R2 : constant Gtk_Sheet_Range := R'Unchecked_Access; Color : Gdk_Color; begin R := (Row0 => 0, Rowi => 10, Col0 => 0, Coli => 6); Color := Parse ("orange"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Background (Sheet, R2, Color); Color := Parse ("Violet"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Foreground (Sheet, R2, Color); R.Row0 := 1; Color := Parse ("blue"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Background (Sheet, R2, Color); R.Coli := 0; Color := Parse ("dark green"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Background (Sheet, R2, Color); R.Row0 := 0; Color := Parse ("dark blue"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Border_Color (Sheet, R2, Color); Range_Set_Border (Sheet, R2, Right_Border, 4, Line_Double_Dash); R.Coli := 0; R.Col0 := 0; R.Rowi := 0; Color := Parse ("red"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Border (Sheet, R2, Right_Border + Bottom_Border, 4, Line_Solid); R.Rowi := 0; R.Col0 := 1; R.Coli := 6; Color := Parse ("dark blue"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Border_Color (Sheet, R2, Color); Range_Set_Border (Sheet, R2, Bottom_Border, 4, Line_Double_Dash); Set_Autoresize (Sheet, True); -- Change the type of entries Change_Entry (Sheet, Gtk.Combo.Get_Type); end Build_Example3; -------------------- -- Build_Example1 -- -------------------- procedure Build_Example1 (Sheet : access Gtk_Sheet_Record'Class) is Font_Name1 : constant String := "Arial 36"; Font_Name2 : constant String := "Arial 28"; Colormap : constant Gdk.Color.Gdk_Colormap := Get_Default_Colormap; R : aliased Gtk_Sheet_Range_Record; R2 : constant Gtk_Sheet_Range := R'Unchecked_Access; Color : Gdk_Color; Pixmap : Gdk_Pixmap; Bullet : array (0 .. 5) of Gtk_Image; Mask : Gdk_Bitmap; Show_Button : Gtk_Button; begin for I in 0 .. Gint (Get_Columns_Count (Sheet)) - 1 loop Column_Button_Add_Label (Sheet, I, "A" & Gint'Image (I)); Set_Column_Title (Sheet, I, "A" & Gint'Image (I)); end loop; Row_Button_Add_Label (Sheet, 0, "This is " & ASCII.LF & "a multiline" & ASCII.LF & "label"); Row_Button_Justify (Sheet, 0, Justify_Right); R := (Row0 => 1, Rowi => 2, Col0 => 1, Coli => 3); Clip_Range (Sheet, R2); Range_Set_Font (Sheet, R2, From_String (Font_Name2)); Color := Parse ("red"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Foreground (Sheet, R2, Color); Set_Cell (Sheet, 1, 2, Justify_Center, "Welcome to"); R.Row0 := 2; Range_Set_Font (Sheet, R2, From_String (Font_Name1)); Color := Parse ("blue"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Foreground (Sheet, R2, Color); Set_Cell (Sheet, 2, 2, Justify_Center, "GtkSheet"); R := (Row0 => 3, Rowi => 3, Col0 => 0, Coli => 4); Color := Parse ("dark gray"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Background (Sheet, R2, Color); Color := Parse ("green"); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Sheet), Color); Range_Set_Foreground (Sheet, R2, Color); Set_Cell (Sheet, 3, 2, Justify_Center, "a Matrix widget for GtkAda"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 4, 1, Justify_Left, "GtkSheet is a matrix where you can allocate cells of text."); Set_Cell (Sheet, 5, 1, Justify_Left, "Cell contents can be edited interactively with an specially" & " designed entry"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 6, 1, Justify_Left, "You can change colors, borders, and many other attributes"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 7, 1, Justify_Left, "Drag & drop or resize the selection clicking the corner " & "or border"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 8, 1, Justify_Left, "Clip the selection with Ctrl-C (unclip with Ctrl-X)"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 9, 1, Justify_Left, "(The selection handler has not been implemented yet)"); Set_Cell (Sheet, 10, 1, Justify_Left, "You can add buttons, charts, pixmaps, and other widgets"); Sheet_Cb.Connect (Sheet, "key_press_event", Sheet_Cb.To_Marshaller (Clipboard_Handler'Access)); Widget_Handler.Connect (Sheet, "resize_range", Resize_Handler'Access); Widget_Handler.Connect (Sheet, "move_range", Move_Handler'Access); Sheet_Cb.Connect (Sheet, "traverse", Alarm_Traverse'Access); Gtk_New (Curve); Set_Range (Curve, 0.0, 200.0, 0.0, 200.0); Show (Curve); Create_From_Xpm_D (Pixmap, Null_Window, Colormap, Mask, Null_Color, Bullet_Xpm); for I in 0 .. 4 loop Gtk_New (Bullet (I), Pixmap, Mask); Show (Bullet (I)); Attach (Sheet, Bullet (I), 4 + Gint (I), 0); end loop; Gtk_New (Bullet (5), Pixmap, Mask); Show (Bullet (5)); Attach (Sheet, Bullet (5), 10, 0); Gtk_New (Show_Button, "Show me a plot"); Show (Show_Button); Set_USize (Show_Button, 100, 60); Attach (Sheet, Show_Button, 12, 2); Button_Handler.Connect (Show_Button, "clicked", Button_Handler.To_Marshaller (Show_Child'Access)); end Build_Example1; --------------- -- Change_Bg -- --------------- procedure Change_Bg (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args) is Cur_Page : Gint; Current : Gtk_Sheet; Color : Gdk_Color; Color_Name : constant String := To_String (Params, 2); Tmp_Gc : Gdk_GC; Pix : Gdk_Pixmap; Mask : Gdk_Bitmap; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Current := Sheets (Cur_Page); -- Update the sheet Color := Parse (Color_Name); Alloc (Get_Colormap (Button), Color); Range_Set_Background (Current, Get_Range (Current), Color); -- Update the button of the combo box Gdk_New (Tmp_Gc, Get_Window (Button)); Set_Foreground (Tmp_Gc, Color); Get (Bg_Pixmap, Pix, Mask); Draw_Rectangle (Pix, Tmp_Gc, True, 4, 20, 18, 4); Draw (Bg_Pixmap, Full_Area); Unref (Tmp_Gc); end Change_Bg; --------------- -- Change_Fg -- --------------- procedure Change_Fg (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args) is type Gdk_Color_Access is access Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gdk_Color_Access); Cur_Page : Gint; Current : Gtk_Sheet; Color : Gdk_Color; Color_Access : constant System.Address := To_Address (Params, 2); Tmp_Gc : Gdk_GC; Pix : Gdk_Pixmap; Mask : Gdk_Bitmap; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Current := Sheets (Cur_Page); -- Update the sheet Color := Convert (Color_Access).all; Range_Set_Foreground (Current, Get_Range (Current), Color); -- Update the button of the combo box Gdk_New (Tmp_Gc, Get_Window (Button)); Set_Foreground (Tmp_Gc, Color); Get (Fg_Pixmap, Pix, Mask); Draw_Rectangle (Pix, Tmp_Gc, True, 5, 20, 16, 4); Draw (Fg_Pixmap, Full_Area); Unref (Tmp_Gc); end Change_Fg; -------------- -- New_Font -- -------------- procedure New_Font (Combo : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Cur_Page : Gint; Current : Gtk_Sheet; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Current := Sheets (Cur_Page); Range_Set_Font (Current, Get_Range (Current), Get_Font_Description (Gtk_Font_Combo (Combo))); end New_Font; ------------------- -- Change_Border -- ------------------- procedure Change_Border (Combo : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Border : Gint) is pragma Warnings (Off, Combo); Cur_Page : Gint; Current : Gtk_Sheet; Border_Mask : Gtk_Sheet_Border; R : Gtk_Sheet_Range; Width : constant Guint := 3; Auxcol : Gint; Auxrange : aliased Gtk_Sheet_Range_Record; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Current := Sheets (Cur_Page); R := Get_Range (Current); Range_Set_Border (Current, R, No_Border, 0, Line_Solid); case Border is when 1 => R.Rowi := R.Row0; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Top_Border, Width, Line_Solid); when 2 => R.Row0 := R.Rowi; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Bottom_Border, Width, Line_Solid); when 3 => R.Col0 := R.Coli; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Right_Border, Width, Line_Solid); when 4 => R.Coli := R.Col0; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Left_Border, Width, Line_Solid); when 5 => if R.Col0 = R.Coli then Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Left_Border + Right_Border, Width, Line_Solid); else Auxcol := R.Coli; R.Coli := R.Col0; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Left_Border, Width, Line_Solid); R.Col0 := Auxcol; R.Coli := Auxcol; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Right_Border, Width, Line_Solid); end if; when 6 => if R.Row0 = R.Rowi then Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Top_Border + Bottom_Border, Width, Line_Solid); else Auxcol := R.Rowi; R.Rowi := R.Row0; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Top_Border, Width, Line_Solid); R.Row0 := Auxcol; R.Rowi := Auxcol; Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Bottom_Border, Width, Line_Solid); end if; when 7 => Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Right_Border + Left_Border, Width, Line_Solid); when 8 => Range_Set_Border (Current, R, Top_Border + Bottom_Border, Width, Line_Solid); when 9 => Range_Set_Border (Current, R, All_Borders, Width, Line_Solid); for I in R.Row0 .. R.Rowi loop for J in R.Col0 .. R.Coli loop Border_Mask := All_Borders; Auxrange := (Row0 => I, Rowi => I, Col0 => J, Coli => J); if I = R.Rowi then Border_Mask := Border_Mask - Bottom_Border; end if; if I = R.Row0 then Border_Mask := Border_Mask - Top_Border; end if; if J = R.Coli then Border_Mask := Border_Mask - Right_Border; end if; if J = R.Col0 then Border_Mask := Border_Mask - Left_Border; end if; if Border_Mask /= All_Borders then Range_Set_Border (Current, Auxrange'Unchecked_Access, Border_Mask, Width, Line_Solid); end if; end loop; end loop; when 10 => for I in R.Row0 .. R.Rowi loop for J in R.Col0 .. R.Coli loop Border_Mask := No_Border; Auxrange := (Row0 => I, Rowi => I, Col0 => J, Coli => J); if I = R.Rowi then Border_Mask := Border_Mask + Bottom_Border; end if; if I = R.Row0 then Border_Mask := Border_Mask + Top_Border; end if; if J = R.Coli then Border_Mask := Border_Mask + Right_Border; end if; if J = R.Col0 then Border_Mask := Border_Mask + Left_Border; end if; if Border_Mask /= No_Border then Range_Set_Border (Current, Auxrange'Unchecked_Access, Border_Mask, Width, Line_Solid); end if; end loop; end loop; when 11 => Range_Set_Border (Current, R, All_Borders, Width, Line_Solid); when others => null; end case; end Change_Border; ---------------------- -- Show_Sheet_Entry -- ---------------------- -- Update the entry used in the cell itself with the content of the -- entry displayed at the top of the table. procedure Show_Sheet_Entry (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Cur_Page : Gint; Current : Gtk_Sheet; Sheet_Entry : Gtk_IEntry; begin -- To prevent an infinite loop with Show_Entry if not Flag_Is_Set (Widget, Has_Focus) then return; end if; Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Current := Sheets (Cur_Page); Sheet_Entry := Gtk_IEntry (Get_Entry (Current)); Set_Text (Sheet_Entry, Get_Text (GEntry)); end Show_Sheet_Entry; -------------------------- -- Activate_Sheet_Entry -- -------------------------- procedure Activate_Sheet_Entry (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Widget); Cur_Page : Gint; Current : Gtk_Sheet; Sheet_Entry : Gtk_IEntry; Row : Gint; Col : Gint; begin Cur_Page := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Current := Sheets (Cur_Page); Get_Active_Cell (Current, Row, Col); Sheet_Entry := Gtk_IEntry (Get_Entry (Current)); Set_Cell (Current, Row, Col, Justify_Left, Get_Text (Sheet_Entry)); end Activate_Sheet_Entry; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Main_Vbox : Gtk_Box; Show_Hide_Box : Gtk_Box; Status_Box : Gtk_Box; Hide_Row_Titles : Gtk_Button; Hide_Column_Titles : Gtk_Button; Show_Row_Titles : Gtk_Button; Show_Column_Titles : Gtk_Button; Toolbar : Gtk_Toolbar; Label : Gtk_Label; Pixmap : Gdk_Pixmap; Tpixmap : Gtk_Image; Colormap : constant Gdk_Colormap := Get_Default_Colormap; Mask : Gdk_Bitmap; Font_Combo : Gtk_Font_Combo; Border_Combo : Gtk_Border_Combo; Fg_Color_Combo : Gtk_Color_Combo; Bg_Color_Combo : Gtk_Color_Combo; begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Gtk_Sheet"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Main_Vbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 1); Set_Border_Width (Main_Vbox, 0); Add (Frame, Main_Vbox); ------- -- The buttons to hide or show the titles ------- Gtk_New_Hbox (Show_Hide_Box, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 1); Gtk_New (Hide_Row_Titles, "Hide Row Titles"); Gtk_New (Hide_Column_Titles, "Hide Column Titles"); Gtk_New (Show_Row_Titles, "Show Row Titles"); Gtk_New (Show_Column_Titles, "Show Column Titles"); Pack_Start (Show_Hide_Box, Hide_Row_Titles, True, True, 0); Pack_Start (Show_Hide_Box, Hide_Column_Titles, True, True, 0); Pack_Start (Show_Hide_Box, Show_Row_Titles, True, True, 0); Pack_Start (Show_Hide_Box, Show_Column_Titles, True, True, 0); Button_Handler.Connect (Hide_Row_Titles, "clicked", Button_Handler.To_Marshaller (Do_Hide_Row_Titles'Access)); Button_Handler.Connect (Hide_Column_Titles, "clicked", Button_Handler.To_Marshaller (Do_Hide_Column_Titles'Access)); Button_Handler.Connect (Show_Row_Titles, "clicked", Button_Handler.To_Marshaller (Do_Show_Row_Titles'Access)); Button_Handler.Connect (Show_Column_Titles, "clicked", Button_Handler.To_Marshaller (Do_Show_Column_Titles'Access)); Pack_Start (Main_Vbox, Show_Hide_Box, False, True, 0); ------- -- The Toolbars ------- Gtk_New (Toolbar); Set_Orientation (Toolbar, Orientation_Horizontal); Append_Space (Toolbar); Gtk_New (Font_Combo); Append_Widget (Toolbar, Font_Combo, "font", "font"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Font_Combo, "changed", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (New_Font'Access)); Append_Space (Toolbar); ------- -- The alignment buttons ------- Gtk_New (Left_Button); Append_Widget (Toolbar, Left_Button, "justify left", "left"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Left_Button, "released", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Justify_Left'Access)); Gtk_New (Center_Button); Append_Widget (Toolbar, Center_Button, "justify center", "center"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Center_Button, "released", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Justify_Center'Access)); Gtk_New (Right_Button); Append_Widget (Toolbar, Right_Button, "justify right", "right"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Right_Button, "released", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Justify_Right'Access)); Append_Space (Toolbar); Gtk_New (Border_Combo); Append_Widget (Toolbar, Border_Combo, "border", "border"); Set_USize (Get_Button (Border_Combo), 32, 32); Widget_Handler.Connect (Border_Combo, "changed", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Change_Border'Access)); Append_Space (Toolbar); Gtk_New (Fg_Color_Combo); Append_Widget (Toolbar, Fg_Color_Combo, "font color", "font color"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Fg_Color_Combo, "changed", Change_Fg'Access); Append_Space (Toolbar); Gtk_New (Bg_Color_Combo); Append_Widget (Toolbar, Bg_Color_Combo, "background color", "background color"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Bg_Color_Combo, "changed", Change_Bg'Access); Append_Space (Toolbar); Pack_Start (Main_Vbox, Toolbar, False, True, 0); ------- -- The status box (which cell is selected) ------- Gtk_New_Hbox (Status_Box, False, 1); Set_Border_Width (Status_Box, 0); Pack_Start (Main_Vbox, Status_Box, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Location, ""); Set_USize (Location, 160, 20); Pack_Start (Status_Box, Location, False, True, 0); ------- -- The entry used to edit the cell ------- Gtk_New (GEntry); Pack_Start (Status_Box, GEntry, True, True, 0); ------- -- The notebook ------- Gtk_New (Notebook); Set_Tab_Pos (Notebook, Pos_Bottom); Pack_Start (Main_Vbox, Notebook, True, True, 0); for I in 0 .. Gint'(2) loop Gtk_New (Sheets (I), 1000, 26, "Example " & Gint'Image (I)); Gtk_New (Scrolled_Windows (I)); Add (Scrolled_Windows (I), Sheets (I)); Show (Scrolled_Windows (I)); Gtk_New (Label, "Folder" & Gint'Image (I)); Append_Page (Notebook, Scrolled_Windows (I), Label); Widget_Handler.Connect (Get_Entry (Sheets (I)), "changed", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Show_Entry'Access)); Sheet_Cb.Connect (Sheets (I), "activate", Activate_Sheet_Cell'Access); end loop; Widget_Handler.Connect (GEntry, "changed", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Show_Sheet_Entry'Access)); Widget_Handler.Connect (GEntry, "activate", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Activate_Sheet_Entry'Access)); Build_Example1 (Sheets (0)); Build_Example2 (Sheets (1)); Build_Example3 (Sheets (2)); Widget_Handler.Connect (Get_Entry (Sheets (2)), "changed", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Show_Entry'Access)); ------- -- The pixmaps ------- Create_From_Xpm_D (Pixmap, Gdk.Window.Null_Window, Colormap, Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Left_Just); Gtk_New (Tpixmap, Pixmap, Mask); Add (Left_Button, Tpixmap); Create_From_Xpm_D (Pixmap, Gdk.Window.Null_Window, Colormap, Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Center_Just); Gtk_New (Tpixmap, Pixmap, Mask); Add (Center_Button, Tpixmap); Create_From_Xpm_D (Pixmap, Gdk.Window.Null_Window, Colormap, Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Right_Just); Gtk_New (Tpixmap, Pixmap, Mask); Add (Right_Button, Tpixmap); Create_From_Xpm_D (Pixmap, Gdk.Window.Null_Window, Colormap, Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Paint); Gtk_New (Bg_Pixmap, Pixmap, Mask); Add (Get_Button (Bg_Color_Combo), Bg_Pixmap); Create_From_Xpm_D (Pixmap, Gdk.Window.Null_Window, Colormap, Mask, Gdk.Color.Null_Color, Font); Gtk_New (Fg_Pixmap, Pixmap, Mask); Add (Get_Button (Fg_Color_Combo), Fg_Pixmap); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Sheet; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_plot_realtime.ads0000644000076700001450000000357212533067540023764 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Plot_Realtime is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Plot_Realtime; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_plot.ads0000644000076700001450000000355012533067540022076 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Plot is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Plot; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkextra/create_plot_3d.ads0000644000076700001450000000355612533067540022472 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Plot_3D is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Plot_3D; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_about.adb0000644000076700001450000001244512533067540020363 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with GNAT.Strings; use GNAT.Strings; with Gtk.About_Dialog; use Gtk.About_Dialog; with Gtk.Dialog; use Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_About is function On_Activate_Link (About : access Gtk_About_Dialog_Record'Class; URI : String) return Boolean; -- Called when a link is clicked ---------------------- -- On_Activate_Link -- ---------------------- function On_Activate_Link (About : access Gtk_About_Dialog_Record'Class; URI : String) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (About); begin Put_Line ("Url clicked: " & URI); return True; end On_Activate_Link; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "The @bGtk_About_Dialog@B is used to display information about" & " your application, like its name, version, developers, website"; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Dialog : Gtk_About_Dialog; begin Set_Label (Frame, "About dialog"); Gtk_New (Dialog); Set_Transient_For (Dialog, Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Frame))); Set_Destroy_With_Parent (Dialog, True); Set_Modal (Dialog, True); Dialog.On_Activate_Link (On_Activate_Link'Access); -- In real applications, you will need to free the allocate strings Set_Artists (Dialog, (1 => new String'("Artist1 "), 2 => new String'("Artist2 "))); Set_Authors (Dialog, (1 => new String'("Author1 "), 2 => new String'("Author2 "))); Set_Documenters (Dialog, (1 => new String'("Documenter1"), 2 => new String'("Documenter2 "))); Set_Comments (Dialog, "Comment about the application"); Set_Copyright (Dialog, "Copyright (c) 2006, AdaCore"); Set_License (Dialog, "This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or" & " modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public" & " License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either" & " version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version." & ASCII.LF & "This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful," & " but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of" & " MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU" & " General Public License for more details."); Set_Wrap_License (Dialog, True); Set_Program_Name (Dialog, "Testgtk"); Set_Version (Dialog, "2.8.17"); Set_Website (Dialog, "http://www.adacore.com"); Set_Website_Label (Dialog, "AdaCore"); -- Just checking that this works correctly declare Artists : String_List := Get_Artists (Dialog); begin for A in Artists'Range loop Put_Line ("Artist: " & Artists (A).all); Free (Artists (A)); end loop; end; -- In real application, you might not want to call Run here, just -- Present (Dialog) -- so that it doesn't block the rest of your application if Run (Dialog) /= Gtk_Response_Close then -- Dialog was destroyed by user, not closed through Close button null; end if; Destroy (Dialog); end Run; end Create_About; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_routes.adb0000644000076700001450000002234412533067540023156 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with GNAT.Strings; use GNAT.Strings; with Pango.Cairo; use Pango.Cairo; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; package body Create_Canvas_View_Routes is Width : constant Gdouble := 13.0; Height : constant Gdouble := 13.0; type Demo_Item_Record is new Canvas_Item_Record with record Style : Drawing_Style; Text : String_Access; end record; type Demo_Item is access all Demo_Item_Record'Class; overriding procedure Draw (Self : access Demo_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Demo_Item_Record) return Item_Rectangle; Layout : Pango_Layout; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows the various types of routing algorithms for" & " links in a @bGtkAda.Canvas@B." & ASCII.LF & "The links can be attached to any side of the source and target" & " objects, or left to automatically chose the side to get a shorter" & " link." & ASCII.LF & "Each group of 8 pairs shows a diffent combination of forcing" & " specific side attachments for the two boxes. The first letter" & " indicates the attachment on the first box (the one that contains" & " the text), the second letter indicates the attachment for the" & " second box. A=auto, R=right, L=left, T=top, B=bottom." & ASCII.LF & "The links can chose among several automatic routing algorithms," & " using either straight lines or Bezier curves, and connecting the" & " source and target in the most direct way or limiting to horizontal" & " and vertical links." & ASCII.LF & "Each pair includes multiple links, one for each of the routing" & " algorithms." & ASCII.LF & "Finally, links can use a variety of colors, dash pattern," & " widths,..."; end Help; ------------------ -- Bounding_Box -- ------------------ overriding function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Demo_Item_Record) return Item_Rectangle is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin return (0.0, 0.0, Width, Height); end Bounding_Box; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : access Demo_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin Self.Style.Draw_Rect (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Width, Height); if Self.Text /= null then Layout.Set_Text (Self.Text.all); Move_To (Context.Cr, 1.0, 1.0); Pango.Cairo.Show_Layout (Context.Cr, Layout); end if; end Draw; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is M : constant Gdouble := 22.0; -- margin between items W : constant Gdouble := Width + M; H : constant Gdouble := Height + M; PW : constant Gdouble := W * 2.0; -- space between groups of items Canvas : Canvas_View; Model : List_Canvas_Model; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Object_Style : Drawing_Style; Link_Styles : array (Route_Style) of Drawing_Style; Link : Canvas_Link; It : Integer; Y, X : Gdouble; Pos : constant Point_Array := ( -- Second item to the left and above (W, H), (0.0, 0.0), -- Second item exactly above (PW, H), (PW, 0.0), -- Second item to the right and above (PW + W, H), (PW + W * 2.0, 0.0), -- Second item to the left and same y (W, H * 2.0), (0.0, H * 2.0), -- Second item to the right and same y (PW + W, H * 2.0), (PW + W * 2.0, H * 2.0), -- Second item to the left and below (W, H * 3.0), (0.0, H * 3.0 + H), -- Second item exactly below (PW, H * 3.0), (PW, H * 3.0 + H), -- Second item to the right and below (PW + W, H * 3.0), (PW + W * 2.0, H * 3.0 + H), -- Middle item, self links (PW, H * 2.0) ); Items : array (Pos'Range) of Demo_Item; begin Layout := Frame.Create_Pango_Layout; Layout.Set_Font_Description (From_String ("sans 8px")); Gtk_New (Model); Object_Style := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.8))); Link_Styles (Orthogonal) := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA); Link_Styles (Straight) := Gtk_New (Stroke => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)); Link_Styles (Arc) := Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0)); Link_Styles (Curve) := Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0)); Y := 0.0; X := 0.0; for From_Side in Auto .. Left loop for To_Side in Auto .. Left loop for J in Items'Range loop Items (J) := new Demo_Item_Record; Items (J).Style := Object_Style; if J mod 2 = 0 then declare F : constant String := Side_Attachment'Image (From_Side); T : constant String := Side_Attachment'Image (To_Side); begin Items (J).Text := new String' (F (F'First) & T (T'First)); end; end if; Items (J).Set_Position ((X + Pos (J).X, Y + Pos (J).Y)); Model.Add (Items (J)); end loop; -- for Route in Straight .. Straight loop for Route in Route_Style loop It := Items'First; while It < Items'Last loop Link := Gtk_New (From => Items (It), To => Items (It + 1), Style => Link_Styles (Route), Routing => Route, Anchor_From => (0.5, 0.5, From_Side, others => <>), Anchor_To => (0.5, 0.5, To_Side, others => <>)); Model.Add (Link); It := It + 2; end loop; Link := Gtk_New (From => Items (Items'Last), To => Items (Items'Last), Style => Link_Styles (Route), Routing => Route, Anchor_From => (0.5, 0.5, From_Side, others => <>), Anchor_To => (0.5, 0.5, To_Side, others => <>)); Model.Add (Link); end loop; X := X + PW + W * 3.0 + 20.0; end loop; X := 0.0; Y := Y + H * 4.0 + 60.0; end loop; -- Create the view once the model is populated, to avoid a refresh -- every time a new item is added. Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Frame.Add (Scrolled); Gtk_New (Canvas, Model); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Routes; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/testgtk.css0000644000076700001450000000041512533067132017444 0ustar gnatmailgnat.notebook tab { background-image: -gtk-gradient (linear, left top, left bottom, from(#999), to(#fff)); } GtkNotebook .active { color: red; background-color: yellow; } GtkTreeView *:hover { color: #009900; } .notebook :active { background-image:none; } gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/background.jpg0000644000076700001450000005331312533067132020073 0ustar gnatmailgnatÿØÿàJFIFHHÿþCreated with The GIMPÿÛC    $.' ",#(7),01444'9=82<.342ÿÛC  2!!22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222ÿÀ"ÿÄÿÄ8!1AQ"a2q#B‘R¡3±ÁrÑáðb¢ñ‚C²ÿÄÿÄ1ÿÚ ?ùØT[C ŽGzFÈÜh ÊŽè¤^¶‚¨hÐð|Ó lŒ‹F¤T€{¢æ(Äv×4 ùTQúž|Q •Â¡KH§Âylém¸Uw$‰¨¦"G¿4©îd€vEL¹ C1ÔÿH¦€‹€2;‘ÞY $É=«¶â3Yø4Àçp€£»V”M•´'UDýkYR#‰¢ŠB@X±ã˜§®X"A™8¦$ërBÁ¨©“ K„ö¥Ð¸dŒˆÖ©Þ1`Nˆ¢ÙpË›ŽMTDL‹î~)‚©oÏŠ%²%ýFQ"™-¢Ã³³ß<šŠÐP Ä\ˆŽ(žÃ@E/¦z––g[}ãST´¨€ùËÀª€ª-¡ˆÉŒ–¥ïpª¸Dìš* ¨„‡$÷¢EÁ‘V¶$~ê7U ›`Ð {ÐU-yZàT껧ÔkŠ :ÔƒD!7@`5²{~(1`v¿ØÖ²0±™úݤ}«Næ[®åÍ°P‹b"7"¢Œ¾1—Ð ˆ²rfV ®ÀÁ$O€œîo~ÕP¨e½5'€HÝîq§ñTf÷ËÚ †õþ±’ÈXE–g˜ ¨U27è?½‚)÷7ö¦fôWõ]Û‰?ù¬«mos9ùŸÅ ‹hb$ÈïCÙYQÝ‹ÖÐG‰ –-3€]îÉ:ŠsRH;Õ½ìX¨f$€}ôY­Ú¶B[P£æ‘ºr$žGª NïÍ,ŸT4hx>iƒ…¶FE£R*@=Ñsb;kš|‹*(ýO>(„ÊáP¥€ˆ$S„ ‚a<¶t„6‚Ü*»’DÔS £ßšT÷²@;"¦\!˜ê¤S@EÀÈï@ˆG¬’džÕÛq¬ü`s¸@@ÑÝ«J&ÊÚƪ¢~µ¬ƒ)ÄÑE! ,XñÌS‚×, ̉Su¹!`ÔTÉ…%‡B{Rè\2FDkTï°'DQ ‰l¸eÍÇ&ª ¢&EŽw?ŒÁT·çÅÙþ£(L–ÑaÙÙ‚ïžME!G*@u&cŠe·mT,HÉæ€~(EÅ9#Q@ fëlŸµ=ËÊ! …Ȭ¶ò-î#(š2¨!Ió@¶Ý ÂV0 Áý­n` 9ÆÀÉÐ ™ºÑ¢ [—{KHâ¨ýBÎôOŠKŽ†â[µp+³Ì[`WEë-›ŽY- H’[ïÞªb¡‚ÌDI;&¤Q˜ÀEQäŠ(Äté’º“î9ôàqãɨ C*•WsÄÒª"c7™,DÁ Ì¶Üì@ù¦Æ@rÅLh ¦@] LQ‘X‚÷îdP’É,<ÿȱP ÐøB&æ Z õP& ˜<ÓûÜcÅ1#Sßâ¤?SÙ$ÀÞµTlf4cÍ'Ð…TnH rŦ8ì)D ÔsF%x"GsºðèqàÀì©Â— žcš¦Á5Í*¶³0#tåÄr?Šbà3*¸ÍJÒÿ˜k÷ ð©n€Ú'æŸÐ{BÒÝ%²Þ*œ}ê FGÀâœ6"ñ €Hó½Ö¡,@-ò8¨¦FÈãïN<šŠ2©UpX÷—Kê”&õïv^*¡¬†ôÝ=„F´­se‹{ˆûÒ]éìtß­îeµ-胯üWeç·ÓÚqÎMû@šæ¿~Ût—{‚ ŠÑÔu-«ÑÒ³µÍqmÛàAä×jõXÚÀ&O„5È@W Úy ÂÕÁp*ʾ;šhrI =èC!ÉýÇ9•æg(Çš ÒÞÐ3X:4™Ÿš6P ³cŠÒË h46ÕPº1:Á¦Hd{ ED†nÇÁ¢H˜ù¨¬å‚Ù:óX¸E‘; P®n-Ç “Oƒ‘îÖZxª…úB¨2Õ‘1·#°ÿµ>H’¨ÒÝÏ1HÓýŽê(3b]î0…H¤é:TêɽԶ(L­¿#É¥¼¢ëZéÆùÈÏaÍ{im-ZKP›m?¶«.uèºc­€ʯïRK¾‡T-[¶nÜpX3 éký-¶9\xñ ½C¿SnèDÁS³Ú£Nr—Q¦ê(ù~(`K ¸š·UuQv¯Ü)©aseTžIæƒ2)e§ø+éþaº{$•W>à§;U ••Âߎi€+ðPÊý꣰t=´ :{p8öƒULÚÖ²Z*kÕ$MÅyð Nç_qÕÒÊâ&^MF—¿y:Nšå¶½“±¦¼äŘ0P£ˆÇtUBuÎH=šY’wÏzˆÌˆ%‹)•PzÌpX×!\\'jt9æƒ WÀ\«*øîi¡É$€ ÷¡ ‡'÷ä W™œ Ohl/K{@Í`èÒd~h`Ù@2ÌyŽ)ÿK,- ÐÛUBèÄè˜} ‘ì)»‰ c梳–gdëÍbáDHì)B¹¸·‚@M>G»Yh âª-剃<ÖÂæ^ëe{ŒZgñMmË-ÇHUŸ'¼Pfh ÔPÐÄÚõ#Œ´9õg¶ª; Ù'G½H€’ÀÆØŠ¨Ïe]Š»–V½.’_¥¶%Dk…¹ŸT°ó¨ o€bÇúvh:úÛ`² º¯cûMs\`Ph99ù¤ ~á•°@=ØÇö A[%ÛǸ:ž*)½÷>cE© lFÜÉâ™ÉÍH2æ'À4æ§l—£<¹:+^%m9Æ·LätöU@÷üš”QI™ ŒJ)Ðù »Û ƒÁÚr?Š»=ÛÖú{.© ’Þ?[ ô–ÔÞpÀ˜9©-Æ7’ÏMmn:ÉbÜ]·.Û»ÕYÚ!‚wU㶠ÉËƒÍ <˜åÿÇÅ]ÑÜzçFÚ¤î*€2'B¢²«2cnÒö˜¬RÞ‹9b7£ýâ…²}Ïí÷HŸ™=ósxðsó@m*-ëW[;“æ½1 ú¬à~ªòðp¡Äò *ûΉòhã¼îX悳¸75,÷4‹$‰âx5FЊˆ¶¤“ÃËPg11ø4 ±ˆ1Þ‹LSöª€ˆ.ÀÉ:í ™> Pˤvu9"t4OdÛ|Ä‹iíÙí®õ†,èHçâŠ"˜Ù=Ϫ1K¶Ö2R{οŠXuö2OôäÄž>k)!8‚wÄTPd yb`Ï5°¹—ºÙ^ã™üS[rËqÒggÉïšÈ4[CkÔŽ2ÐçÔvžÚ¨ì+dLõ FKb*£=•v*îYXD ôºI~–Ú@•A®æ}RÃ΢¼V‹éÙ ëëm‚È‚èb½í5Íq€U@} äçæ5û†VÁ÷cÚl—lKàêx¨¦÷Üú@U¦@-±r7'Šg$h?5 ˘ŸÐSš²\zŒòäèx­x•´äsÝ3‘ÓÙUÜòhQDe&vf‚1(H§Cæ‚ïl6SiÈ@8þ("ì÷o[é캤‚KxüUnƒÒ[SyÃ`椷ÞK=5µ¸ë%‹pvÜh»nïUd h„B ÝTsŒZØ+'.40Lòc—ÿwGqëœj“¸¨È Š,énØ·°[©«—æ>ªŠŠ¹bÞuAžà¶¡@‰&;P"©ô˜1P@ˆð*‰"I<®¢—Ó,CL~ŸšGéÿÌuInããk¡ÜÕF·ƒ Ž-±ÁªS)wü §êzfé¬ÚµÓZv ?Wæ¤Èöî0¸XÜb¢š}ØhäI¥KVñ¬ÁГ³6> dOšƒlË@#šKu Ëh€?{öHDH #šÀŸE@*K 11A…»s¶ ÄêˆÀËæY  v, V‡m–ÁPó ÉÇäö®fêl(—Û]»*“?o£\[}:é PÌ;ë-€ª¶­°KK¨A Ô?á‡;—®eFŒIÖ€¯ImäRAPǽrÝ«CñI~àéÖÊçý5p«Y³eíàK‚}Ìg½@ v Ó•BÊ$åªwöª!| ¬¤eÇÔ r1ã½ óŽÜS¤¢›…1v³3ª(* ‰ #±=èåÁb'KSIrÎNɱ‚K¸yø T—nÞŒÖfU"u:¬~(¢ ½[HÒ/šRI2I3â²17)’ÚŠÀb§Oo­Œ`L±ç½{€(µi3¸tk J‡+ä;!Ò´áÑqžýÍ*!yÙ€LÕBÉ+…cÇÚŸ#&Êc*& РÀ±¸ÅGQ@ÚBÀ‚û'¸¬Qša¤0ˆ=«I6t&¶d‘ Æ䊨,énØ·°[©«—æ>ªŠŠ¹bÞuAžà¶¡@‰&;TR*ŸIƒ¨’$“Êê)}2Ä1dÇáyù¤~ŸüÇT–î>6±:ÍTkx0¸âÐ`¨õ2—|; ~§¦nšÍ«]5§`Óõp>jLnã …À&*)§ÝˆöŽDšTµošÌ 0+0#cêDù H6Ì´9 ·P̶ˆ÷¿aT„@D€ ’9¬ ôT x°Ó[·;bÜN¨Œ ¾e˜÷ñJbÊ`vÐlU2 œ~Ojæn¦Áb‰qµÛ²©3ñ1Fú5Å·Ó®• ðñ^²Ø «jÛ´º„ÍAÃþs¹zàFThÄh ô–ÞE$ {Ñ -Ú´?—î`®q?ÓQ§ µ›6^Þ¸'ÜÆ{Ôb ÐÙÝ9T, òNZ§qoj¢ÀªÊX»éÖ¹–Ý`·mæå­É×< v!m®+;ÔzŒmÙw$·üÔUX’˜È˜ÜR[{ª iµ¶.9“Z:‹ªnž‘aŒ‰p¦+§¡±q÷¹Ü#KûG‰ªŠdëxº^=EИTñ\îÖÞ×®¯qîð̇šõz{NÁ˜ÀÅxaÿÚ¼ÁuÖze6Ŷ’qÖ¦¢¥é ÇrO›À*Ûq͹“le5Å\ÙÇÕ(UQƒuÜë|QƒÞµÄK\r} óAƒ(8éî°½¾ô3,˜Êg[ª;„¶GÞ‘WäÓ‘Ž8º €=È=ªÖ:¯M$ “ÆÏGPÁî)vÜ(â›@sÜÍŸ¬ºW °SûGšæ$“=·C1ëÔ$÷Ûfi_—ñUŠM²àmŽ§ŠV¦DÿÓºgp-¬dDkÒ5Ì' Aíê(=чý±TqéY$Ö·mî÷ÕØ3ê å Ï ÄóU ‰ŠfvÀ"”qðS¯ÜÞ*`›ìBŽÝ?…‡»ÔOy­ZP=¨cŸ&‚ªg3ˆîh¹« æLE ¶ÅŽ­,•»s‘1âkYó æN¾(6*<˜¬ 7±X sOšÚÛ>É“É'“A-’œ ’EIv oæ+ DóLÌbkâ7S 3¦LA“QL°WÚitÏ„äØö¦! >aI˜ƒÚƒ*ÙéÊ›–=ÍT5¨[ ¡?÷ K’“ð(Œ[ÙÃf{ŠP™)9·ÜÏ?jŠ»éÖ¹–Ý`·mæå­É×< v!m®+;ÔzŒmÙw$·üÐU‰)Œ‰Å%°÷º –˜Û[`ã™5£¨º¦ééÈ— bºz_{‘Â4¿´xš¨¦N·‹¥ãÔ] €õOÎímízê÷ï Àhy¯W§´ìŒ W†ý«Ì]g¦Sl[i'jj*^ Üw$ðì)°|­°GÐk™0ÆPc\P…Íœ}Q€…Uðh0']ηÅØ=ë\@TµÇ GÒ42ƒŽžá; ÛïAÃ2ÉŒ¦uº£±HKaTxéqM9àP‹ È܃ڭcªôÒJ )íà¶A ÃÉmîƒ>¶™þõP f ú{Ñ(¸É^ò>ôÃPHÊ>)L´â<ø¨¥À9Õ²XžAYíÛE_VåÂIúTóT̘ÅŽbiQQ=Øï·z¨æ|,î¨ò2P¤Š*¨P\dR[ÊöûÑy$Nñ⢂(Y$“q»v•ˆE-?Þ¶6Ën\8šÆÒ}^³¦wºoômÉc“ ŒÑ´ŠÜ{y1<·ŠM;’¤°_Š¡KŽL¬5½P¯qÐâ`ö¥°5_Ô?¸™¤[=KtÉt2æäâ„D ¬¡Eç²H/ÉHïUIpI9æh,úsÚháí€ÐO$ Fd´Œå‚¨å›‘iBÁKez›½C„)l/´’'~)S©|¥Ó^aÌâ?ä×_Afå»n€¬î^'.õåæQqÚ%—\Tî„Ôÿ2nÜ{8ûWu¬¯2B†|Wut"ÊÛS÷w¨©1ITªD F§æ³bÙ'˜S†Ú c1.fƒx&w1@'´–O`)‹Æ‚’#°¢$dý¢ªijOon襋EŒ‚ùÙ¥´F;$’IŸÍ1_vY“<ÍE8d™ÀGoµ#31>Õ¸ãuŽ=þO4¶ðíÞ¡Ô¨{Jè81ç{®„'…Ùþk*CNF š¨ô‚‹¬Î¾Ûc‚Üš£„A$•FÔ÷5À½Uà°ªF‡Š•ë¯pÎXž7ÅHµÓÔõÃf׶ߟÝ\6Ðvã‚Kq>)íà¶A ÃÉmîƒ>¶™þõP f ú{Ñ(¸É^ò>ôÃPHÊ>)L´â<ø¨¥À9Õ²XžAYíÛE_VåÂIúTóT̘ÅŽbiQQ=Øï·z¨æ|,î¨ò2P¤Š*¨P\dR[ÊöûÑy$Nñ⢂(Y$“q»v•ˆE-?Þ¶6Ën\8šÆÒ}^³¦wºoômÉc“ ŒÑ´ŠÜ{y1<·ŠM;’¤°_Š¡KŽL¬5½P¯qÐâ`ö¥°5_Ô?¸™¤[=KtÉt2æäâ„D ¬¡Eç²H/ÉHïUP…Ü÷¥w-¨“P!QCƒºÊ¢²µÌf3Tÿ“@ÊŽë‘!WÿwH#d+]c¡@|Õ\¡ !Gj[èâ‡SÀïA’Ù©'#ãµDÙ~ÜP/€(¼ óÉ¥ôÜúŒH;ÐPÈAŽFÍ`Z vyjpél€ž|Ð’Nê)I¹væ6öcm:Z`B«±&Zy¬€¸t/µì?wæ‹Yic &cUq?¨µ< )mÛ‹¢ã6À «ªå1Qd%N4gL)À–c‘h¥u gžP¸:~³©2xdñF×A{¨Qwª|Wœ$Àÿ½5‹g¨ÿE3éôè ž í^ª#»F•&Y›ÅZGôVí'é]¸4:ì *õØnžÕ’×Ã7s&»’ý•Ì-ÀÄ+›§{Vo]{¿¨÷"cŠƒ z‡ÜtjFÚ¿UÒÛ>à\öÿEtõoníÑsÓE§Z©‚ìÏé®*?UGªÈálb¿õRºª.w :Ë÷W%¾²ôD&‡1Q{—z‹Ì ã÷MHµÑw¨wµn8^Z¹æè lóâ)ñ–$ûˆÔÏ5‚¢œˆ“þÔ âZ|S¯?ÿ4€!-+ÉíªV¤Ä( \Ãĉæ„1Y% wâi•-ú›A€‘³LU]¶ax XÒ-¡ãã½+–r}6UOêj£º äöR Viº¾a*¢JÂݲ×OrP%Å Yై‰5@팪b;H@2\" ö e(PHÏzWp"Ú‰1ÅÕt8; ,ª++\Æc5Où4 ¨î¹÷t‚6BµÖ:4ÍUÊrv¥·þŽ(qU<ô- ’r>;Q„M‘'íÅø‹Àß<š_IÝϨÁ‰½õ ”älÖ §g–§–Ì(‰çÍ $›—ncof6Ó¥¦„*»e§šÈ ‡BøÛ^Ã÷~h¹‘P:f5Qqú‰×ûSÀÁØ–ݸº.3l º®QBTásFtÂœ f9ŠWP–yàEkƒ§é :“'€&Omtº…z§ÅyÂLûÓX¶zñS>ŸN€™àžÕê¢;´iRe™¼U¤q/EnÒ~•Ûƒ@ƒ¡®ÀÒ¯Q†éíY-qL3q÷2k¹/Ù\ÂÜ A⹺wµfõ×»úqò&8¨9¤3,HÏâ²”ÁRäÑgÌ,4ÁUWP\÷ P@B2b`˜¬¨KF_oÿimŸP³/кüÕ†#góA°USX÷<ÐEs9'lR3’Ø) ?{xÈ€ªmƧE¨6#7XZ.ñÿV«Ç÷@ø€©`'#¿jn€£jiäÅ:&µÈ,Ü/Š’@~àшPÄ-»däO4°öžü4Éh#z—}ÍûAàRÜcé ÜÔVP™$±¬@Ä’GŽiÒÜ ˆXüŸµMšÐ0VGe‰ §Gí¼íŽî€gä+Òu bãÜ00öÍy–ДËÒkpu'cñE܈n³ ˆ=¦‚v‘ͼdmÏ'íM‚Ì–2<Ó\!-„š_NB+¹ ïâª&–’àä/e¬ä'`+’&5°Êf"¢” *TòÝé€[i‚‚;±=éCûHTãs©7qbX[>æË€<8fŲI“&g·j ¸¬GÚŽ0YV  ±üÐ U€´P{¨ª2a汶 2y ÿ5T[]?‚ÞL LÝì†3Åõ$Åæîrú¨ ã; j95PñÐPX2ìÁÖÿš¢ZœÜ3qÈÐ'ŠPÒ°ÛiÔR/¾{{@Ы@HЀ9¡l*— ³@©¢Tæ€ÈfX ŸÅ!e)‚¤É¢2ϘXþi‚ª® ¹ï@ €„*dÄÁ1YP–Œ0,¾ßþÒÛ>¡f_¡uùª$# FÏæƒ`ª¦ ±îy ŠærN>ؤg%°R~öð)‘U 2ÛN‹PlG n°´2,]ãþ­V!îð)RÀ.NG~Ô ÝG:ÕÓÉŠtLkY¸_$€ýÁ£*¡ˆ[vÉÈ$žh aí=ùi’ÐFõ.û›öƒÀ¥¸ÇÓ @'¹¨¬ 02IcX‰$Ó¥¸@ ±ù?j›5 `¬ŽËANÛyÛÝÏÈW¤êÅǸ`aíšó-¡)—¤ÖàêNÇ⋹!Ýf{Mí#›xÈÛžOÚ› ™,dy¦¸B[9?4¾œ„WrAÞ#ÅT#çýé™ñ´Ÿ[÷ð<ÑI,ØÉ ÌÖ²î&ãk]……@Úÿ¥oÇî56b`lÏzir‚AT¾«" Wm šŠ)eTÞ{ ¢î]·’àP. DöŠÓ ±ßµŒY`ix§ ŠˆkBh‚HHÝÚ¹ aìHù¤BC.91<)À" M*ã™n@ì)Š§Ò¤ªù¥:IàŠ×ÜÁvsð)•àP'F¡bÅΦí˾¢€†Dîº.8±Ô½›„¤hD½T)õŽÉOïHKA”“ÿƽ‰ýL|QÌ·=¢€*i¸0 ÚvMf†¸[‡‘ªÁ™î4ÈÑæƒÈ" óÅEb‘qT,À–,x™Àb!Œx§[aÜ<‘D2'Ý(#›%§3Ìê©eZÝ«aS'DÐÌ™÷4fú–}ǹ?ö %ýÝÉæuqö©ÙS\È‚ÿ4ÞÕö)‰÷j˜ S”ƒö©JäB‘äÓ$ð~ kL=b#@’HàÐ9";…$½m®”7ƒ±w+Ø"µÇ¨ÿ“Ú©aíÞéâÛ<¶ò{UC2~iY³.OÕíô­Ô/­m–݆~þ+”•õ• y˜ p…QqNñž)’Ù¶ÅÜU¿ú0S Wžäö£%Ü„É€Ñ'QXHùÿzGf|m'Öýü4RK62Bó5¬†E{…I¸Ú×aU[kþ•¿¸ÔÙˆe³=é¥Ê Pú¬ˆ%]´€@j(¥”ESxIì‚‹¹vÞJ@¸|Ú+L6Ç~Ô 1e¥âœ6( ­ ¢ " owh<懰I#æ‘ ¸äÄò@§ˆ,@ñ=è°Yh'™Š¨Ìù4¨ Že¹°¦*ŸJ’«æ”é$€j+_sÙÏÀ¦Tt{@…‹:›·.úŠQºè¸âÇRönn‘¡>õP§Ö;%?½!-ROÿvö'õ1ñG0ÜöŠ¨Y¦àÀ/iÙ5šànF«g¸Ó#Gš _ ˆ@'Ïå zk¡ñþôª2V·ù¬6ëò;Љ_“@×a”,kÄš/Ì·Qwö7¸&‹…Zá– FFPAÌÜÇÄÏÍbÁ-åŒjÍ4@æb;šê^¨fŒØ1Vœjjã©lŒ^^æ ~£ÅsõÝEGÓ´÷0òßÕRê:‡½qò:èWÆæ†äïñL¬…€¹2 íX7ëfAã·jı8Àv©ººbààn‚¦ŽÔ…”!ð5×3Œ»Ð¶ªí‘"ð<šRT´— èUmo6cŒìÚµ§Å7ošV`·¸|мdÇf"‰Ç†MÑJ9 ûUb9“³=¨-rÖ¡¼)¬`)0&55—‚<5‹É“@]ÔD˜=kp—äl?© -rZ‚ñD†¸RPpuUMÕ#£ú`ÌlÿÅs¢ÂÄkÅ mô‡²Í7¦ʆk’½¼ÔV@5½HΪ 1€<Ö£Ûž$P"Ú–LGv (¬Iv©Í,”<˜¢ 2+9lˆÚŠ>ÂpÇÇ÷ @WC)"ŽKh©›À¦wÁUÐàIk,¶¤1‘ÙÕs¼Ée[P; šÝK×ì±KŽ‰;dÑì 5„Ußó7¥ÑL[NAù¯^Ò.L)ˆâ­Gš©i•½ÿ2í$p/­Ë ¶ÙA¸ŠëêUÑEë(ªåÂñ :2.ÿ™kÎìÓvûR«•¬Ýf‡¸ª½ÀïL¨6µï&°’IçŠX8ÂÀ¨0$¹Ê‘W×¹EµÛ·üQvy[iõ¾ ½Q“Ó²-[>3?5Q4´—:ëvÙ&Ú&A|šôÂǦ‚Oí¯«5´y"°B×0[Ä즔Eâµ·gk‡Pª€‹é³a‰1Ë+{ÆÈü °dìÖÉs °×iÿŠŠÊp]ýGTÐyß>h[L¦ãižþ(›~øY'ãT qõ€Û588*ª˜4H>¦K—mq@æI¯3?PI¥º“i¶8Qd¾¢ÄyíDÎS"*+³¸N"`ÒÜÂÚ€$ì®ôÂYÄ’q$qYRì´‹käwª†°ˆnƒx ëNLDOsA*\‘î'‰â)ÔBv™QJ¤™}(åh”B/;$Ñ@Ø–h¶ªl@Ñ$·a@@UB˜<‘²híT@ŸÌÓ@ÜÐP(>Aø “–k-솟«’"¸cÀ(­arFºû¬×B¶ýÌ{&rV:ÜQHRˆnæ(ª2²N‚óÍ5±é£»!Mh@ì’qóA¤ÈÀ’DÍ1}ož` þõƒ¸ê£ˆ€4$RìÞ]N¨­¶d¸n>*_ó‘=ò¥´'“³@J;´gm7Ç53iñkÎÇ“ª¶ÔÂÆûòiDYLŒfO}TSçnÂB! NäÔкÛ÷!bL’;U’wpóK‰iÌPášÀ“¨ÝhŸ·j`c‘àhT´A ìrÑïA>™&Ic j¯‚}GCš@¯#µ¶Ð7sN•æ s²ŽÑ^òbmÛì#gtÀ1…âO4ÅËí‰ûT‹aÊ$UCúVä˜ànРð(9:Æ8ÙñQº.ÿ•oLÃs‘íö °!ÜAr#u€%d¿öÝV×øwOg¥7©’¬µÉÙ®{6îÜ›LîY¦()€.ZN¸ÿß4ºÊ&´À‰™>*a²¶² ‘À梪„ãäO4 +¶Õ@Y?šÎ]ä#Hƒµb˜&!'ûÕF°ˆnƒx ëNLDOsA*\‘î'‰â)ÔBv™QJ¤™}(åh”B/;$Ñ@Ø–h¶ªl@Ñ$·a@@UB˜<‘²híT@ŸÌÓ@ÜÐP(>Aø “–k-솟«’"¸cÀ(­arFºû¬×B¶ýÌ{&rV:ÜQHRˆnæ(ª2²N‚óÍ5±é£»!Mh@ì’qóA¤ÈÀ’DÍ1}ož` þõƒ¸ê£ˆ€4$RìÞ]N¨­¶d¸n>*_ó‘=ò¥´'“³@J;´gm7Ç53iñkÎÇ“ª¶ÔÂÆûòiDYLŒfO}TSçnÂB! NäÔкÛ÷!bL’;U’wpóK‰iÌPúÀPKr@£Š¸ Àñ:¬Êp¶Åf}Ü“MŠªª)àwóA;Œmâ¡ò-À#tm#(w{xp o\ºÒÞŸ´Õ™—fw'@ð*¡S6‚Š[„…ÖÉÐÞ™½úøæ™Y\‘­ÅE(¶UàÃTJ£2ûDòiƒŒ¤Œˆ46Ò ¾{UF ŽˆÌV ®Å‰“æf˜*:I“HM¶1ˆgGu×5l"“‘ïFB¨äî¦0Ŷ8Ñ&ÃGbüPJj&fh† ’vbŒp5Å!*ºÐ1¶êù\ƒÚ“CÑR}G$’tfi‚   d™Ù4„Ûc€ftwQMsVÂ)9ôd*ˆþNêc [c€M2l4v Å4¦¢ffH`É'f)ØÇ\R«©Ýn¯•È0= y4='ÔrI'CÅ+ÜcŽjqµ'zÕ'f6'ø¬>")[;öšËi[eN†¨ "-ëy1bF÷ÁŠÊT¡TŸ3DA&hýè°}¶×CB(µaR5õ–ëÁ™ãÅkŒVÑ`Ô§„~ $À$p?4PY˜ÌƒÇÛÿf˜ÈPƒTÌÇ!ˆäÆ©`" >hYsm4IÑOdžIïX’ ýõ?zP$   Í(ÆÕ²@˜˜?ì+*’Ç™žÔQ2Äi~4V.C\=»D*# @1£X¶™;k"’2mРF̬ï@S}‘–§SNÅ·1æ²Ê Pù"a@€;Áaˆ˜‰¦¸ø.õ޳΢•ÈM‚ *¡‰…bÍÞ?µZÕ¯FÑ%}íÍdìíãɬßTO ÌöšÌÊöÐH*ˆš, !Çj¨À¬¢¶'S·¨LÊâ>ÔÁ‚#Ç“Am»ì±EøïQZiîK*¬O>ß!mL ïDœl(ˆüÐSü:קҪ²êûÉ®ä·vâŸMr?ÿÍyëuìÿ¤åOž&ŠuC†7±aÀíA×zòtÀ-xŸ©¸Âì÷ådž¸Ñšåî±2-§÷4 MÉøˆ %3yk„VÆÑ}¦DZˆÔIf ƒ9KjGjqÄp¤ž8¦xJ)ÜLÎéAuv¢"~‚Ìyn(õ¼˜±#{àÅe*P„*O™¢ “4~ôX¾Ûk¡¡ „Z°©úËõ`ÌñâµÆ+h°jS‹B?P`8š ¨,ÌfAãíÿ³Ld(AªfcÄrcT°H‹4,¹¶š $Æ觲O$÷¬IþúŸ½(’Ðf”cjÙ ÌLö•IcÌÏj(™b4¿Hš«!®Ý€¢† Ѭ[L‰‡5‘I6„hP#fVw )¾ÈËS©§bÛˆ˜óYeP(|ˆ° @à°ÄLDÓ\|zïYçQJä&ÁPƒD±fïÚ­j×£h’¾öæ²HvvqäÖoª'ŠŠQm D‚9èa#q +*;¢‘zÚñ4Ŧp ½Â9'B椑!w«{رPÌIûè³[µl„¶¡GÍ"!täI<ŽT$ßšY>¨hÐð|Ó lŒ‹F¤T€{¢æ(Äv×4 ùTQúž|Q •Â¡KH§Âylém¸Uw$‰¨¦"G¿4©îd€vEL¹ C1ÔÿH¦€‹€2;‘ÞY $É=«¶â3Yø4Àçp€£»V”M•´'UDýkYR#‰¢ŠB@X±ã˜§®X"A™8¦$ërBÁ¨©“ K„ö¥Ð¸dŒˆÖ©Þ1`Nˆ¢ÙpË›ŽMTDL‹î~)‚©oÏŠ%²%ýFQ"™-¢Ã³³ß<šŠÐP Ä\ˆŽ(žÃ@E/¦z––g[}ãST´¨€ùËÀª€ª-¡ˆÉŒ–¥ïpª¸Dìš* ¨„‡$÷¢EÁ‘V¶$~ê7U ›`Ð {ÐU-yZàT껧ÔkŠ :ÔƒD!7@`5²{~(1`v¿ØÖ²0±™úݤ}«Næ[®åÍ°P‹b"7"¢Œ¾1—Ð ˆ²rfV ®ÀÁ$O€œîo~ÕP¨e½5'€HÝîq§ñTf÷ËÚ †õþ±’ÈXE–g˜ ¨U27è?½‚)÷7ö¦fôWõ]Û‰?ù¬«mos9ùŸÅ ‹hb$ÈïCÙYQÝ‹ÖÐG‰ –-3€]îÉ:ŠsRH;Õ½ìX¨f$€}ôY­Ú¶B[P£æ‘ºr$žGª NïÍ,ŸT4hx>iƒ…¶FE£R*@=Ñsb;kš|‹*(ýO>(„ÊáP¥€ˆ$S„ ‚a<¶t„6‚Ü*»’DÔS £ßšT÷²@;"¦\!˜ê¤S@EÀÈï@ˆG¬’džÕÛq¬ü`s¸@@ÑÝ«J&ÊÚƪ¢~µ¬ƒ)ÄÑE! ,XñÌS‚×, ̉Su¹!`ÔTÉ…%‡B{Rè\2FDkTï°'DQ ‰l¸eÍÇ&ª ¢&EŽw?ŒÁT·çÅÙþ£(L–ÑaÙÙ‚ïžME!G*@u&cŠe·mT,HÉæ€~(EÅ9#Q@ fëlŸµ=ËÊ! …Ȭ¶ò-î#(š2¨!Ió@¶Ý ÂV0 Áý­n` 9ÆÀÉÐ ™ºÑ¢ [—{KHâ¨ýBÎôOŠKŽ†â[µp+³Ì[`WEë-›ŽY- H’[ïÞªb¡‚ÌDI;&¤Q˜ÀEQäŠ(Äté’º“î9ôàqãɨ C*•WsÄÒª"c7™,DÁ Ì¶Üì@ù¦Æ@rÅLh ¦@] LQ‘X‚÷îdP’É,<ÿȱP ÐøB&æ Z õP& ˜<ÓûÜcÅ1#Sßâ¤?SÙ$ÀÞµTlf4cÍ'Ð…TnH rŦ8ì)D ÔsF%x"GsºðèqàÀì©Â— žcš¦Á5Í*¶³0#tåÄr?Šbà3*¸ÍJÒÿ˜k÷ ð©n€Ú'æŸÐ{BÒÝ%²Þ*œ}ê FGÀâœ6"ñ €Hó½Ö¡,@-ò8¨¦FÈãïN<šŠ2©UpX÷—Kê”&õïv^*¡¬†ôÝ=„F´­se‹{ˆûÒ]éìtß­îeµ-胯üWeç·ÓÚqÎMû@šæ¿~Ût—{‚ ŠÑÔu-«ÑÒ³µÍqmÛàAä×jõXÚÀ&O„5È@W Úy ÂÕÁp*ʾ;šhrI =èC!ÉýÇ9•æg(Çš ÒÞÐ3X:4™Ÿš6P ³cŠÒË h46ÕPº1:Á¦Hd{ ED†nÇÁ¢H˜ù¨¬å‚Ù:óX¸E‘; P®n-Ç “Oƒ‘îÖZxª…úB¨2Õ‘1·#°ÿµ>H’¨ÒÝÏ1HÓýŽê(3b]î0…H¤é:TêɽԶ(L­¿#É¥¼¢ëZéÆùÈÏaÍ{im-ZKP›m?¶«.uèºc­€ʯïRK¾‡T-[¶nÜpX3 éký-¶9\xñ ½C¿SnèDÁS³Ú£Nr—Q¦ê(ù~(`K ¸š·UuQv¯Ü)©aseTžIæƒ2)e§ø+éþaº{$•W>à§;U ••Âߎi€+ðPÊý꣰t=´ :{p8öƒULÚÖ²Z*kÕ$MÅyð Nç_qÕÒÊâ&^MF—¿y:Nšå¶½“±¦¼äŘ0P£ˆÇtUBuÎH=šY’wÏzˆÌˆ%‹)•PzÌpX×!\\'jt9æƒ WÀ\«*øîi¡É$€ ÷¡ ‡'÷ä W™œ Ohl/K{@Í`èÒd~h`Ù@2ÌyŽ)ÿK,- ÐÛUBèÄè˜} ‘ì)»‰ c梳–gdëÍbáDHì)B¹¸·‚@M>G»Yh âª-剃<ÖÂæ^ëe{ŒZgñMmË-ÇHUŸ'¼Pfh ÔPÐÄÚõ#Œ´9õg¶ª; Ù'G½H€’ÀÆØŠ¨Ïe]Š»–V½.’_¥¶%Dk…¹ŸT°ó¨ o€bÇúvh:úÛ`² º¯cûMs\`Ph99ù¤ ~á•°@=ØÇö A[%ÛǸ:ž*)½÷>cE© lFÜÉâ™ÉÍH2æ'À4æ§l—£<¹:+^%m9Æ·LätöU@÷üš”QI™ ŒJ)Ðù »Û ƒÁÚr?Š»=ÛÖú{.© ’Þ?[ ô–ÔÞpÀ˜9©-Æ7’ÏMmn:ÉbÜ]·.Û»ÕYÚ!‚wU㶠ÉËƒÍ <˜åÿÇÅ]ÑÜzçFÚ¤î*€2'B¢²«2cnÒö˜¬RÞ‹9b7£ýâ…²}Ïí÷HŸ™=ósxðsó@m*-ëW[;“æ½1 ú¬à~ªòðp¡Äò *ûΉòhã¼îX悳¸75,÷4‹$‰âx5FЊˆ¶¤“ÃËPg11ø4 ±ˆ1Þ‹LSöª€ˆ.ÀÉ:í ™> Pˤvu9"t4OdÛ|Ä‹iíÙí®õ†,èHçâŠ"˜Ù=Ϫ1K¶Ö2R{οŠXuö2OôäÄž>k)!8‚wÄTPd yb`Ï5°¹—ºÙ^ã™üS[rËqÒggÉïšÈ4[CkÔŽ2ÐçÔvžÚ¨ì+dLõ FKb*£=•v*îYXD ôºI~–Ú@•A®æ}RÃ΢¼V‹éÙ ëëm‚È‚èb½í5Íq€U@} äçæ5û†VÁ÷cÚl—lKàêx¨¦÷Üú@U¦@-±r7'Šg$h?5 ˘ŸÐSš²\zŒòäèx­x•´äsÝ3‘ÓÙUÜòhQDe&vf‚1(H§Cæ‚ïl6SiÈ@8þ("ì÷o[é캤‚KxüUnƒÒ[SyÃ`椷ÞK=5µ¸ë%‹pvÜh»nïUd h„B ÝTsŒZØ+'.40Lòc—ÿwGqëœj“¸¨È Š,énØ·°[©«—æ>ªŠŠ¹bÞuAžà¶¡@‰&;P"©ô˜1P@ˆð*‰"I<®¢—Ó,CL~ŸšGéÿÌuInããk¡ÜÕF·ƒ Ž-±ÁªS)wü §êzfé¬ÚµÓZv ?Wæ¤Èöî0¸XÜb¢š}ØhäI¥KVñ¬ÁГ³6> dOšƒlË@#šKu Ëh€?{öHDH #šÀŸE@*K 11A…»s¶ ÄêˆÀËæY  v, V‡m–ÁPó ÉÇäö®fêl(—Û]»*“?o£\[}:é PÌ;ë-€ª¶­°KK¨A Ô?á‡;—®eFŒIÖ€¯ImäRAPǽrÝ«CñI~àéÖÊçý5p«Y³eíàK‚}Ìg½@ v Ó•BÊ$åªwöª!| ¬¤eÇÔ r1ã½ óŽÜS¤¢›…1v³3ª(* ‰ #±=èåÁb'KSIrÎNɱ‚K¸yø T—nÞŒÖfU"u:¬~(¢ ½[HÒ/šRI2I3â²17)’ÚŠÀb§Oo­Œ`L±ç½{€(µi3¸tk J‡+ä;!Ò´áÑqžýÍ*!yÙ€LÕBÉ+…cÇÚŸ#&Êc*& РÀ±¸ÅGQ@ÚBÀ‚û'¸¬Qša¤0ˆ=«I6t&¶d‘ Æ䊨,énØ·°[©«—æ>ªŠŠ¹bÞuAžà¶¡@‰&;TR*ŸIƒ¨’$“Êê)}2Ä1dÇáyù¤~ŸüÇT–î>6±:ÍTkx0¸âÐ`¨õ2—|; ~§¦nšÍ«]5§`Óõp>jLnã …À&*)§ÝˆöŽDšTµošÌ 0+0#cêDù H6Ì´9 ·P̶ˆ÷¿aT„@D€ ’9¬ ôT x°Ó[·;bÜN¨Œ ¾e˜÷ñJbÊ`vÐlU2 œ~Ojæn¦Áb‰qµÛ²©3ñ1Fú5Å·Ó®• ðñ^²Ø «jÛ´º„ÍAÃþs¹zàFThÄh ô–ÞE$ {Ñ -Ú´?—î`®q?ÓQ§ µ›6^Þ¸'ÜÆ{Ôb ÐÙÝ9T, òNZ§qoj¢ÀªÊX»éÖ¹–Ý`·mæå­É×< v!m®+;ÔzŒmÙw$·üÔUX’˜È˜ÜR[{ª iµ¶.9“Z:‹ªnž‘aŒ‰p¦+§¡±q÷¹Ü#KûG‰ªŠdëxº^=EИTñ\îÖÞ×®¯qîð̇šõz{NÁ˜ÀÅxaÿÚ¼ÁuÖze6Ŷ’qÖ¦¢¥é ÇrO›À*Ûq͹“le5Å\ÙÇÕ(UQƒuÜë|QƒÞµÄK\r} óAƒ(8éî°½¾ô3,˜Êg[ª;„¶GÞ‘WäÓ‘Ž8º €=È=ªÖ:¯M$ “ÆÏGPÁî)vÜ(â›@sÜÍŸ¬ºW °SûGšæ$“=·C1ëÔ$÷Ûfi_—ñUŠM²àmŽ§ŠV¦DÿÓºgp-¬dDkÒ5Ì' Aíê(=чý±TqéY$Ö·mî÷ÕØ3ê å Ï ÄóU ‰ŠfvÀ"”qðS¯ÜÞ*`›ìBŽÝ?…‡»ÔOy­ZP=¨cŸ&‚ªg3ˆîh¹« æLE ¶ÅŽ­,•»s‘1âkYó æN¾(6*<˜¬ 7±X sOšÚÛ>É“É'“A-’œ ’EIv oæ+ DóLÌbkâ7S 3¦LA“QL°WÚitÏ„äØö¦! >aI˜ƒÚƒ*ÙéÊ›–=ÍT5¨[ ¡?÷ K’“ð(Œ[ÙÃf{ŠP™)9·ÜÏ?jŠ»éÖ¹–Ý`·mæå­É×< v!m®+;ÔzŒmÙw$·üÐU‰)Œ‰Å%°÷º –˜Û[`ã™5£¨º¦ééÈ— bºz_{‘Â4¿´xš¨¦N·‹¥ãÔ] €õOÎímízê÷ï Àhy¯W§´ìŒ W†ý«Ì]g¦Sl[i'jj*^ Üw$ðì)°|­°GÐk™0ÆPc\P…Íœ}Q€…Uðh0']ηÅØ=ë\@TµÇ GÒ42ƒŽžá; ÛïAÃ2ÉŒ¦uº£±HKaTxéqM9àP‹ È܃ڭcªôÒJ )íà¶A ÃÉmîƒ>¶™þõP f ú{Ñ(¸É^ò>ôÃPHÊ>)L´â<ø¨¥À9Õ²XžAYíÛE_VåÂIúTóT̘ÅŽbiQQ=Øï·z¨æ|,î¨ò2P¤Š*¨P\dR[ÊöûÑy$Nñ⢂(Y$“q»v•ˆE-?Þ¶6Ën\8šÆÒ}^³¦wºoômÉc“ ŒÑ´ŠÜ{y1<·ŠM;’¤°_Š¡KŽL¬5½P¯qÐâ`ö¥°5_Ô?¸™¤[=KtÉt2æäâ„D ¬¡Eç²H/ÉHïUIpI9æh,úsÚháí€ÐO$ Fd´Œå‚¨å›‘iBÁKez›½C„)l/´’'~)S©|¥Ó^aÌâ?ä×_Afå»n€¬î^'.õåæQqÚ%—\Tî„Ôÿ2nÜ{8ûWu¬¯2B†|Wut"ÊÛS÷w¨©1ITªD F§æ³bÙ'˜S†Ú c1.fƒx&w1@'´–O`)‹Æ‚’#°¢$dý¢ªijOon襋EŒ‚ùÙ¥´F;$’IŸÍ1_vY“<ÍE8d™ÀGoµ#31>Õ¸ãuŽ=þO4¶ðíÞ¡Ô¨{Jè81ç{®„'…Ùþk*CNF š¨ô‚‹¬Î¾Ûc‚Üš£„A$•FÔ÷5À½Uà°ªF‡Š•ë¯pÎXž7ÅHµÓÔõÃf׶ߟÝ\6Ðvã‚Kq>)íà¶A ÃÉmîƒ>¶™þõP f ú{Ñ(¸É^ò>ôÃPHÊ>)L´â<ø¨¥À9Õ²XžAYíÛE_VåÂIúTóT̘ÅŽbiQQ=Øï·z¨æ|,î¨ò2P¤Š*¨P\dR[ÊöûÑy$Nñ⢂(Y$“q»v•ˆE-?Þ¶6Ën\8šÆÒ}^³¦wºoômÉc“ ŒÑ´ŠÜ{y1<·ŠM;’¤°_Š¡KŽL¬5½P¯qÐâ`ö¥°5_Ô?¸™¤[=KtÉt2æäâ„D ¬¡Eç²H/ÉHïUP…Ü÷¥w-¨“P!QCƒºÊ¢²µÌf3Tÿ“@ÊŽë‘!WÿwH#d+]c¡@|Õ\¡ !Gj[èâ‡SÀïA’Ù©'#ãµDÙ~ÜP/€(¼ óÉ¥ôÜúŒH;ÐPÈAŽFÍ`Z vyjpél€ž|Ð’Nê)I¹væ6öcm:Z`B«±&Zy¬€¸t/µì?wæ‹Yic &cUq?¨µ< )mÛ‹¢ã6À «ªå1Qd%N4gL)À–c‘h¥u gžP¸:~³©2xdñF×A{¨Qwª|Wœ$Àÿ½5‹g¨ÿE3éôè ž í^ª#»F•&Y›ÅZGôVí'é]¸4:ì *õØnžÕ’×Ã7s&»’ý•Ì-ÀÄ+›§{Vo]{¿¨÷"cŠƒ z‡ÜtjFÚ¿UÒÛ>à\öÿEtõoníÑsÓE§Z©‚ìÏé®*?UGªÈálb¿õRºª.w :Ë÷W%¾²ôD&‡1Q{—z‹Ì ã÷MHµÑw¨wµn8^Z¹æè lóâ)ñ–$ûˆÔÏ5‚¢œˆ“þÔ âZ|S¯?ÿ4€!-+ÉíªV¤Ä( \Ãĉæ„1Y% wâi•-ú›A€‘³LU]¶ax XÒ-¡ãã½+–r}6UOêj£º äöR Viº¾a*¢JÂݲ×OrP%Å Yై‰5@팪b;H@2\" ö e(PHÏzWp"Ú‰1ÅÕt8; ,ª++\Æc5Où4 ¨î¹÷t‚6BµÖ:4ÍUÊrv¥·þŽ(qU<ô- ’r>;Q„M‘'íÅø‹Àß<š_IÝϨÁ‰½õ ”älÖ §g–§–Ì(‰çÍ $›—ncof6Ó¥¦„*»e§šÈ ‡BøÛ^Ã÷~h¹‘P:f5Qqú‰×ûSÀÁØ–ݸº.3l º®QBTásFtÂœ f9ŠWP–yàEkƒ§é :“'€&Omtº…z§ÅyÂLûÓX¶zñS>ŸN€™àžÕê¢;´iRe™¼U¤q/EnÒ~•Ûƒ@ƒ¡®ÀÒ¯Q†éíY-qL3q÷2k¹/Ù\ÂÜ A⹺wµfõ×»úqò&8¨9¤3,HÏâ²”ÁRäÑgÌ,4ÁUWP\÷ P@B2b`˜¬¨KF_oÿimŸP³/кüÕ†#góA°USX÷<ÐEs9'lR3’Ø) ?{xÈ€ªmƧE¨6#7XZ.ñÿV«Ç÷@ø€©`'#¿jn€£jiäÅ:&µÈ,Ü/Š’@~àшPÄ-»däO4°öžü4Éh#z—}ÍûAàRÜcé ÜÔVP™$±¬@Ä’GŽiÒÜ ˆXüŸµMšÐ0VGe‰ §Gí¼íŽî€gä+Òu bãÜ00öÍy–ДËÒkpu'cñE܈n³ ˆ=¦‚v‘ͼdmÏ'íM‚Ì–2<Ó\!-„š_NB+¹ ïâª&–’àä/e¬ä'`+’&5°Êf"¢” *TòÝé€[i‚‚;±=éCûHTãs©7qbX[>æË€<8fŲI“&g·j ¸¬GÚŽ0YV  ±üÐ U€´P{¨ª2a汶 2y ÿ5T[]?‚ÞL LÝì†3Åõ$Åæîrú¨ ã; j95PñÐPX2ìÁÖÿš¢ZœÜ3qÈÐ'ŠPÒ°ÛiÔR/¾{{@Ы@HЀ9¡l*— ³@©¢Tæ€ÈfX ŸÅ!e)‚¤É¢2ϘXþi‚ª® ¹ï@ €„*dÄÁ1YP–Œ0,¾ßþÒÛ>¡f_¡uùª$# FÏæƒ`ª¦ ±îy ŠærN>ؤg%°R~öð)‘U 2ÛN‹PlG n°´2,]ãþ­V!îð)RÀ.NG~Ô ÝG:ÕÓÉŠtLkY¸_$€ýÁ£*¡ˆ[vÉÈ$žh aí=ùi’ÐFõ.û›öƒÀ¥¸ÇÓ @'¹¨¬ 02IcX‰$Ó¥¸@ ±ù?j›5 `¬ŽËANÛyÛÝÏÈW¤êÅǸ`aíšó-¡)—¤ÖàêNÇ⋹!Ýf{Mí#›xÈÛžOÚ› ™,dy¦¸B[9?4¾œ„WrAÞ#ÅTÿÙgtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_ui_manager.adb0000644000076700001450000002570012533067540021356 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Action; use Gtk.Action; with Gtk.Action_Group; use Gtk.Action_Group; with Gtk.Stock; use Gtk.Stock; with Gtk.UI_Manager; use Gtk.UI_Manager; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with System; use System; package body Create_UI_Manager is procedure Activate_Action (Action, User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Activate_Action); -- Called when one of the actions has been selected procedure Activate_Radio_Action (Group, Current : access Gtk_Action_Record'Class; User_Data : System.Address); -- Called when a radio action is selected -- First define all the actions that our application can perform. This is -- unrelated to the layout of menus Entries : constant Action_Entry_Array := (1 => Create (Name => "FileMenu", Label => "_File"), 2 => Create (Name => "PreferencesMenu", Label => "_Preferences"), 3 => Create (Name => "ColorMenu", Label => "_Color"), 4 => Create (Name => "ShapeMenu", Label => "_Shape"), 5 => Create (Name => "HelpMenu", Label => "_Help"), 6 => Create (Name => "New", Stock_Id => Stock_New, Label => "_New", Accelerator => "N", Tooltip => "Create a new file", Callback => Activate_Action'Access), 7 => Create (Name => "Open", Stock_Id => Stock_Open, Label => "_Open", Accelerator => "O", Tooltip => "Open a file", Callback => Activate_Action'Access), 8 => Create (Name => "Save", Stock_Id => Stock_Save, Label => "_Save", Accelerator => "S", Tooltip => "Save current file", Callback => Activate_Action'Access), 9 => Create (Name => "SaveAs", Stock_Id => Stock_Save, Label => "Save _As...", Tooltip => "Save to a file", Callback => Activate_Action'Access), 10 => Create (Name => "Quit", Stock_Id => Stock_Quit, Label => "_Quit", Accelerator => "Q", Tooltip => "Quit", Callback => Activate_Action'Access), 11 => Create (Name => "About", Label => "_About", Accelerator => "A", Tooltip => "About", Callback => Activate_Action'Access), 12 => Create (Name => "Logo", Stock_Id => "demo-gtk-logo", Tooltip => "GTK+", Callback => Activate_Action'Access)); Toggle_Entries : constant Toggle_Action_Entry_Array := (1 => Create (Name => "Bold", Stock_Id => Stock_Bold, Label => "_Bold", Accelerator => "B", Tooltip => "Bold", Callback => Activate_Action'Access, Is_Active => True)); subtype Color is Gint; Color_Red : constant Color := 1; Color_Green : constant Color := 2; Color_Blue : constant Color := 3; Color_Entries : constant Radio_Action_Entry_Array := (1 => Create (Name => "Red", Label => "_Red", Accelerator => "R", Tooltip => "Blood", Value => Color_Red), 2 => Create (Name => "Green", Label => "_Green", Accelerator => "G", Tooltip => "Grass", Value => Color_Green), 3 => Create (Name => "Blue", Label => "_Blue", Accelerator => "B", Tooltip => "Sky", Value => Color_Blue)); subtype Shape is Gint; Shape_Square : constant Shape := 1; Shape_Oval : constant Shape := 2; Shape_Entries : constant Radio_Action_Entry_Array := (1 => Create (Name => "Square", Label => "_Square", Accelerator => "S", Tooltip => "Square", Value => Shape_Square), 2 => Create (Name => "Oval", Label => "_Oval", Accelerator => "O", Tooltip => "Egg", Value => Shape_Oval)); UI_Info : constant String := "" & " " & "

" & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & " " & ""; --------------------------- -- Activate_Radio_Action -- --------------------------- procedure Activate_Radio_Action (Group, Current : access Gtk_Action_Record'Class; User_Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (User_Data, Group); begin Put_Line ("Radio action " & Get_Name (Current) & " selected"); end Activate_Radio_Action; --------------------- -- Activate_Action -- --------------------- procedure Activate_Action (Action, User_Data : System.Address) is Stub : Gtk_Action_Record; Act : constant Gtk_Action := Gtk_Action (Get_User_Data (Action, Stub)); pragma Unreferenced (User_Data); begin Put_Line ("Action " & Get_Name (Act) & " was activated"); end Activate_Action; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "The @bGtk_UI_Manager@B widget is a convenient facility to" & " create menu bars, toolbars and other high level widgets through" & " a set of simple API calls, or through an XML description"; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is UI : Gtk_UI_Manager; Actions : Gtk_Action_Group; Box : Gtk_Box; Error : aliased GError := null; begin Set_Label (Frame, "UI Manager"); Gtk_New (Actions, "Actions"); Add_Actions (Actions, Entries); Add_Toggle_Actions (Actions, Toggle_Entries); Add_Radio_Actions (Actions, Color_Entries, Color_Red, Activate_Radio_Action'Access); Add_Radio_Actions (Actions, Shape_Entries, Shape_Oval, Activate_Radio_Action'Access); Gtk_New (UI); Insert_Action_Group (UI, Actions, 0); Add_Accel_Group (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Frame)), Get_Accel_Group (UI)); if Add_UI_From_String (UI, UI_Info, Error'Unchecked_Access) = 0 then Put_Line ("Building menus failed: " & Get_Message (Error)); Error_Free (Error); end if; Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Pack_Start (Box, Get_Widget (UI, "/MenuBar"), Expand => False); -- -- -- -- label = gtk_label_new ("Type\n\nto start"); -- gtk_widget_set_size_request (label, 200, 200); -- gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0.5, 0.5); -- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), label, TRUE, TRUE, 0); -- -- -- separator = gtk_hseparator_new (); -- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), separator, FALSE, TRUE, 0); -- -- -- box2 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 10); -- gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (box2), 10); -- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), box2, FALSE, TRUE, 0); -- -- button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("close"); -- g_signal_connect_swapped (button, "clicked", -- G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), window); -- gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box2), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0); -- GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); -- gtk_widget_grab_default (button); -- -- gtk_widget_show_all (window); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_UI_Manager; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_file_selection.ads0000644000076700001450000000361312533067540022253 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_File_Selection is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_File_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/main_windows.adb0000644000076700001450000010723512533067540020426 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Properties; use Glib.Properties; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gdk; use Gdk; with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Dialog; use Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtk.Hbutton_Box; use Gtk.Hbutton_Box; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Main; use Gtk.Main; with Gtk.Notebook; use Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Paned; use Gtk.Paned; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Text_Mark; use Gtk.Text_Mark; with Gtk.Text_Tag; use Gtk.Text_Tag; with Gtk.Text_Tag_Table; use Gtk.Text_Tag_Table; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Tree_Selection; use Gtk.Tree_Selection; with Gtk.Tree_Store; use Gtk.Tree_Store; with Gtk.Tree_View; use Gtk.Tree_View; with Gtk.Tree_View_Column; use Gtk.Tree_View_Column; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; with Ada.Strings.Fixed; with Create_About; with Create_Alignment; with Create_Application; with Create_Arrow; with Create_Assistant; with Create_Box; with Create_Builder; with Create_Gtkada_Builder; with Create_Button_Box; with Create_Buttons; with Create_Cairo; with Create_Calendar; with Create_Canvas; with Create_Canvas_View_Animate; with Create_Canvas_View_Composite; with Create_Canvas_View_Edit; with Create_Canvas_View_Events; with Create_Canvas_View_Items; with Create_Canvas_View_Links; with Create_Canvas_View_Minimap; with Create_Canvas_View_Routes; with Create_Canvas_View_Rtrees; with Create_Cell_View; with Create_Check_Buttons; with Create_Clipboard; with Create_Color_Chooser; with Create_Color_Selection; with Create_Combo_Box; with Create_Cursors; with Create_Dialog; with Create_Dnd; with Create_Entry; with Create_Frame; with Create_File_Chooser; with Create_File_Selection; with Create_Fixed; with Create_Font_Selection; with Create_Icon_View; with Create_Label; with Create_Layout; with Create_Link_Buttons; with Create_Main_Loop; with Create_Menu; with Create_MDI; with Create_Notebook; with Create_Opacity; with Create_Paned; with Create_Pixbuf; with Create_Print; with Create_Progress; with Create_Radio_Button; with Create_Range; with Create_Reparent; with Create_Scrolled; with Create_Selection; with Create_Size_Groups; with Create_Sources; with Create_Spin; with Create_Spinners; with Create_Splittable; with Create_Status; with Create_Status_Icons; with Create_Test_Idle; with Create_Test_Timeout; with Create_Text_View; with Create_Toggle_Buttons; with Create_Toolbar; with Create_Tooltips; with Create_Tree_Filter; with Create_Tree_View; with Create_UI_Manager; with Common; use Common; with View_Gl; use View_Gl; with Create_Css_Accordion; with Create_Css_Editor; with Libart_Demo; use Libart_Demo; package body Main_Windows is procedure Fill_Gtk_Tree (Tree : Gtk.Tree_Store.Gtk_Tree_Store; Gtkada_Demos : Boolean := False; Pixbuf_Demos : Boolean := False); -- Creates the tree that contains the list of gtk demos available procedure Display_Help (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Display an Help window for the current demo package Notebook_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Notebook_Record); Help_Dialog : aliased Gtk.Dialog.Gtk_Dialog; Help_Text : Gtk.Text_Buffer.Gtk_Text_Buffer; -- The dialog used to display the help window Gtk_Demo_Frames : array (1 .. 3) of Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame; -- Frames where the gtk demos should be displayed. type Demo_Function is access procedure (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); -- The type of function to call when an item in the tree is selected. -- The parameter is the frame in which the demo should be displayed Current_Help : Help_Function := null; -- Returns the help string to display, -- Symbols between @b and @B are displayed in bold -- New lines should be represented by ASCII.LF type String_Access is access String; function NS (S : String) return String_Access; procedure Tree_Select_Child (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Callbacks when a different item in the tree is selected. package Window_Cb is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Widget_Record); package Return_Window_Cb is new Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk_Widget_Record, Boolean); procedure Exit_Main (Object : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Callbacks when the main window is killed function Delete_Event (Object : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure Destroy_Help (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); function Opengl_Help return String; procedure Switch_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class); -- Called when a new notebook page is selected procedure Create_Demo_Frame (Win : access Main_Window_Record'Class; Page : Integer; Title : String; Gtkada_Demo, Pixbuf_Demo : Boolean); -- Create the main demo frame type Demo_Type is (Box, Base, Complex, Colors_And_Fonts, GdkD, Gtkada, Misc, CSS, Pixbuf, Cairo); -- The available types for demos. -- Each of them is a tree item, whose subitems are the matching demos. -- Box: Containers -- Base: Basic widgets, found in all GUI toolkits -- Complex: More interesting widgets -- Colors_And_Fonts: Widgets developped for gimp, that could be reused -- Misc: Demonstrates some features that are not widgets -- Misc: Demonstrates features about CSS styling -- Gtkada: Widgets specific to GtkAda -- Pixbuf: Demonstrate the use of images -- Cairo: Low-level manipulation of pixels. type Tree_Item_Information is record Label : String_Access; Typ : Demo_Type; Func : Demo_Function; Help : Help_Function; end record; function NS (S : String) return String_Access is begin return new String'(S); end NS; type Tree_Item_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Tree_Item_Information; -- The list of items to put in the tree for the gtk demos Gtk_Demos : constant Tree_Item_Array := ((NS ("about dialog"), Base, Create_About.Run'Access, Create_About.Help'Access), (NS ("alignment"), Box, Create_Alignment.Run'Access, Create_Alignment.Help'Access), (NS ("animation"), Pixbuf, Create_Pixbuf.Run'Access, Create_Pixbuf.Help'Access), (NS ("animated gif"), Pixbuf, Create_Pixbuf.Run_Gif'Access, Create_Pixbuf.Help_Gif'Access), (NS ("application"), Complex, Create_Application.Run'Access, Create_Application.Help'Access), (NS ("arrow"), Base, Create_Arrow.Run'Access, Create_Arrow.Help'Access), (NS ("assistant"), Complex, Create_Assistant.Run'Access, Create_Assistant.Help'Access), (NS ("box"), Box, Create_Box.Run'Access, Create_Box.Help'Access), (NS ("builder"), Complex, Create_Builder.Run'Access, Create_Builder.Help'Access), (NS ("gtkada builder"), Complex, Create_Gtkada_Builder.Run'Access, Create_Gtkada_Builder.Help'Access), (NS ("button box"), Box, Create_Button_Box.Run'Access, Create_Button_Box.Help'Access), (NS ("buttons"), Base, Create_Buttons.Run'Access, Create_Buttons.Help'Access), (NS ("calendar"), Base, Create_Calendar.Run'Access, Create_Calendar.Help'Access), (NS ("Simple rectangles"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Rectangles'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Transparency"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Transparency'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Compositing operators"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Operators'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Translating, rotation and scaling"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Matrix'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Direct transformations"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Transformations'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Paths"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Paths'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Patterns"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Patterns'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("The 'toy' text API"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Toy_Text'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Rendering text with pango"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Pango_Text'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Painting and clipping"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Clip_And_Paint'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Using surfaces and saving to PNG"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Surface_And_Png'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("Image as background"), Cairo, Create_Cairo.Run_Image'Access, Create_Cairo.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas.Run'Access, Create_Canvas.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (items)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Items.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Items.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (composite)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Composite.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Composite.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (links)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Links.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Links.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (routes)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Routes.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Routes.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (events)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Events.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Events.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (minimap)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Minimap.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Minimap.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (editing)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Edit.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Edit.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (large)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Rtrees.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Rtrees.Help'Access), (NS ("canvas view (animation)"), Gtkada, Create_Canvas_View_Animate.Run'Access, Create_Canvas_View_Animate.Help'Access), (NS ("cell view"), Complex, Create_Cell_View.Run'Access, Create_Cell_View.Help'Access), (NS ("check buttons"), Base, Create_Check_Buttons.Run'Access, Create_Check_Buttons.Help'Access), (NS ("clipboard"), Misc, Create_Clipboard.Run'Access, Create_Clipboard.Help'Access), (NS ("color selection"), Colors_And_Fonts, Create_Color_Selection.Run'Access, Create_Color_Selection.Help'Access), (NS ("color chooser"), Colors_And_Fonts, Create_Color_Chooser.Run'Access, Create_Color_Chooser.Help'Access), (NS ("combo boxes"), Complex, Create_Combo_Box.Run'Access, Create_Combo_Box.Help'Access), (NS ("cursors"), Misc, Create_Cursors.Run'Access, Create_Cursors.Help'Access), (NS ("CSS accordion"), CSS, Create_Css_Accordion.Run'Access, Create_Css_Accordion.Help'Access), (NS ("CSS editor"), CSS, Create_Css_Editor.Run'Access, Create_Css_Editor.Help'Access), (NS ("dialog"), Base, Create_Dialog.Run'Access, Create_Dialog.Help'Access), (NS ("drag-and-drop"), Complex, Create_Dnd.Run'Access, Create_Dnd.Help'Access), (NS ("entry"), Base, Create_Entry.Run'Access, Create_Entry.Help'Access), (NS ("event watcher"), Misc, null, null), (NS ("file chooser button"), Complex, Create_File_Chooser.Run_Button'Access, Create_File_Chooser.Help_Button'Access), (NS ("file selection"), Complex, Create_File_Selection.Run'Access, Create_File_Selection.Help'Access), (NS ("fixed"), Box, Create_Fixed.Run'Access, Create_Fixed.Help'Access), (NS ("font selection"), Colors_And_Fonts, Create_Font_Selection.Run'Access, Create_Font_Selection.Help'Access), (NS ("frame/aspect frame"), Box, Create_Frame.Run'Access, Create_Frame.Help'Access), (NS ("icon view"), Complex, Create_Icon_View.Run'Access, Create_Icon_View.Help'Access), (NS ("labels"), Base, Create_Label.Run'Access, Create_Label.Help'Access), (NS ("layout"), Box, Create_Layout.Run'Access, Create_Layout.Help'Access), (NS ("link buttons"), Base, Create_Link_Buttons.Run'Access, Create_Link_Buttons.Help'Access), (NS ("menus"), Base, Create_Menu.Run'Access, Create_Menu.Help'Access), (NS ("mdi"), Gtkada, Create_MDI.Run'Access, Create_MDI.Help'Access), (NS ("mdi (independent perspectives)"), Gtkada, Create_MDI.Run_Independent'Access, Create_MDI.Help'Access), (NS ("modal window"), Base, null, null), (NS ("multi paned"), Gtkada, Create_Splittable.Run'Access, Create_Splittable.Help'Access), (NS ("notebook"), Box, Create_Notebook.Run'Access, Create_Notebook.Help'Access), (NS ("opacity"), Misc, Create_Opacity.Run'Access, Create_Opacity.Help'Access), (NS ("panes"), Box, Create_Paned.Run'Access, Create_Paned.Help'Access), (NS ("properties"), Misc, null, null), (NS ("printing"), Base, Create_Print.Run'Access, Create_Print.Help'Access), (NS ("progress bar"), Complex, Create_Progress.Run'Access, Create_Progress.Help'Access), (NS ("progressive loading"), Pixbuf, null, null), (NS ("radio buttons"), Base, Create_Radio_Button.Run'Access, Create_Radio_Button.Help'Access), (NS ("range controls"), Base, Create_Range.Run'Access, Create_Range.Help'Access), (NS ("rc file"), Misc, null, null), (NS ("reparent"), Complex, Create_Reparent.Run'Access, Create_Reparent.Help'Access), (NS ("saved position"), Misc, null, null), (NS ("scaling/composing"), Pixbuf, Libart_Demo.Run'Access, Libart_Demo.Help'Access), (NS ("scrolled windows"), Base, Create_Scrolled.Run'Access, Create_Scrolled.Help'Access), (NS ("selection"), Complex, Create_Selection.Run'Access, Create_Selection.Help'Access), (NS ("shapes"), Misc, null, null), (NS ("size groups"), Box, Create_Size_Groups.Run'Access, Create_Size_Groups.Help'Access), (NS ("event sources"), Misc, Create_Sources.Run'Access, Create_Sources.Help'Access), (NS ("spinbutton"), Base, Create_Spin.Run'Access, Create_Spin.Help'Access), (NS ("spinner"), Base, Create_Spinners.Run'Access, Create_Spinners.Help'Access), (NS ("statusbar"), Base, Create_Status.Run'Access, Create_Status.Help'Access), (NS ("status icons"), Base, Create_Status_Icons.Run'Access, Create_Status_Icons.Help'Access), (NS ("stock icons"), Pixbuf, null, null), (NS ("test idle"), Misc, Create_Test_Idle.Run'Access, Create_Test_Idle.Help'Access), (NS ("test mainloop"), Misc, Create_Main_Loop.Run'Access, Create_Main_Loop.Help'Access), (NS ("test selection"), Misc, null, null), (NS ("test timeout"), Misc, Create_Test_Timeout.Run'Access, Create_Test_Timeout.Help'Access), (NS ("text view"), Complex, Create_Text_View.Run'Access, Create_Text_View.Help'Access), (NS ("toggle buttons"), Base, Create_Toggle_Buttons.Run'Access, Create_Toggle_Buttons.Help'Access), (NS ("toolbar"), Box, Create_Toolbar.Run'Access, Create_Toolbar.Help'Access), (NS ("tooltips"), Complex, Create_Tooltips.Run'Access, Create_Tooltips.Help'Access), (NS ("tree filter"), Complex, Create_Tree_Filter.Run'Access, Create_Tree_Filter.Help'Access), (NS ("tree view"), Complex, Create_Tree_View.Run'Access, Create_Tree_View.Help'Access), (NS ("UI manager"), Complex, Create_UI_Manager.Run'Access, Create_UI_Manager.Help'Access), (NS ("WM hints"), Misc, null, null) ); ------------------- -- Fill_Gtk_Tree -- ------------------- procedure Fill_Gtk_Tree (Tree : Gtk.Tree_Store.Gtk_Tree_Store; Gtkada_Demos : Boolean := False; Pixbuf_Demos : Boolean := False) is Sibling : Gtk_Tree_Iter := Null_Iter; Subtree : Gtk_Tree_Iter := Null_Iter; Frame_Num : Integer := 1; begin for Typ in Demo_Type'Range loop if ((not Gtkada_Demos) and then not Pixbuf_Demos and then Typ /= Gtkada and then Typ /= Pixbuf) or else (Gtkada_Demos and then Typ = Gtkada) or else (Pixbuf_Demos and then Typ = Pixbuf) then Append (Tree_Store => Tree, Iter => Sibling, Parent => Null_Iter); case Typ is when Box => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Containers"); when Base => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Base widgets"); when Complex => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Composite widgets"); when Colors_And_Fonts => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Colors and fonts"); when Misc => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Misc. demos"); when CSS => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "CSS demos"); when GdkD => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Gdk demos"); when Cairo => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Cairo"); when Gtkada => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "GtkAda widgets"); Frame_Num := 2; when Pixbuf => Set (Tree, Sibling, 0, "Images"); Frame_Num := 3; end case; Set (Tree, Sibling, 1, 0); Set (Tree, Sibling, 2, 0); for Item_Num in Gtk_Demos'Range loop if Gtk_Demos (Item_Num).Typ = Typ and then Gtk_Demos (Item_Num).Func /= null then Append (Tree_Store => Tree, Iter => Subtree, Parent => Sibling); Set (Tree, Subtree, 0, Gtk_Demos (Item_Num).Label.all); Set (Tree, Subtree, 1, Gint (Item_Num)); Set (Tree, Subtree, 2, Gint (Frame_Num)); end if; end loop; end if; end loop; end Fill_Gtk_Tree; ------------------ -- Destroy_Help -- ------------------ procedure Destroy_Help (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Button); begin Destroy (Help_Dialog); Help_Dialog := null; end Destroy_Help; ------------------ -- Display_Help -- ------------------ procedure Display_Help (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Close : Gtk.Button.Gtk_Button; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Label : Gtk.Label.Gtk_Label; View : Gtk_Text_View; Iter, Last : Gtk_Text_Iter; Blue_Tag, Tag : Gtk_Text_Tag; Mark : Gtk_Text_Mark; pragma Unreferenced (Button); procedure Show_Text_With_Tag (Iter : in out Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : String); -- Insert Text in the help dialog, using Tag to set the color procedure Show_Text_With_Tag (Iter : in out Gtk_Text_Iter; Text : String) is Last : Gtk_Text_Iter; begin if Mark /= null then Move_Mark (Help_Text, Mark, Iter); else Mark := Create_Mark (Help_Text, "", Iter); end if; Insert (Help_Text, Iter, Text); if Tag /= null then Get_Iter_At_Mark (Help_Text, Last, Mark); Apply_Tag (Help_Text, Tag, Last, Iter); end if; end Show_Text_With_Tag; begin if Help_Dialog = null then Gtk_New (Help_Dialog); Help_Dialog.Set_Resizable (True); Set_Title (Help_Dialog, "testgtk help"); Set_Default_Size (Help_Dialog, 640, 450); Destroy_Dialog_Handler.Connect (Help_Dialog, "destroy", Destroy_Dialog_Handler.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Dialog'Access), Help_Dialog'Access); Set_Spacing (Get_Content_Area (Help_Dialog), 3); Gtk_New (Label, "Information on this demo"); Pack_Start (Get_Content_Area (Help_Dialog), Label, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Pack_Start (Get_Content_Area (Help_Dialog), Scrolled, True, True, 0); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Gtk_New (Help_Text); Gtk_New (View, Help_Text); Add (Scrolled, View); Set_Editable (View, False); Set_Wrap_Mode (View, Wrap_Mode => Wrap_Word); Gtk_New (Close, "Close"); Pack_Start (Get_Action_Area (Help_Dialog), Close, False, False); Widget_Handler.Object_Connect (Close, "clicked", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Help'Access), Slot_Object => Help_Dialog); Close.Set_Can_Default (True); Grab_Default (Close); Blue_Tag := Create_Tag (Help_Text, "blue"); Set_Property (Blue_Tag, Gtk.Text_Tag.Foreground_Property, "blue"); else Get_Start_Iter (Help_Text, Iter); Get_End_Iter (Help_Text, Last); Delete (Help_Text, Iter, Last); Blue_Tag := Lookup (Get_Tag_Table (Help_Text), "blue"); end if; Get_Start_Iter (Help_Text, Iter); Tag := null; if Current_Help = null then Insert (Help_Text, Iter, "No help available"); else declare Help : constant String := Current_Help.all; Pos : Natural := Help'First; First : Natural; Blue : Gdk_Color; Newline : constant String := (1 => ASCII.LF); Line_End : Natural; -- Points to the first character of the next line begin -- In gtk3, the colors no longer need to be allocated. Set_Rgb (Blue, 16#0#, 16#0#, 16#FFFF#); loop -- The end of the line can be at most Max_Length character, -- finishing at the first previous white space. Stops at the -- first Newline encountered if any Line_End := Help'Last + 1; First := Ada.Strings.Fixed.Index (Help (Pos .. Line_End - 1), Newline); if First /= 0 then Line_End := First; end if; -- Scan and print the line while Pos < Line_End loop -- Any special sections to highlight ? First := Ada.Strings.Fixed.Index (Help (Pos .. Line_End - 1), "@"); if First = 0 or First = Line_End - 1 then Show_Text_With_Tag (Iter, Help (Pos .. Line_End - 1)); Pos := Line_End; else Show_Text_With_Tag (Iter, Help (Pos .. First - 1)); case Help (First + 1) is when 'b' => Tag := Blue_Tag; Pos := First + 2; when 'B' => Tag := null; Pos := First + 2; when others => Show_Text_With_Tag (Iter, "@"); Pos := First + 1; end case; end if; end loop; Pos := Pos + 1; exit when Pos > Help'Last; Insert (Help_Text, Iter, Newline); end loop; end; end if; Show_All (Help_Dialog); end Display_Help; ----------------- -- Exit_Main -- ----------------- procedure Exit_Main (Object : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Destroy (Object); Gtk.Main.Main_Quit; end Exit_Main; ------------------ -- Delete_Event -- ------------------ function Delete_Event (Object : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Object); begin -- We could return True to force the user to kill the window through the -- "Quit" button, as opposed to the icon in the title bar. return False; end Delete_Event; -------------- -- Set_Help -- -------------- procedure Set_Help (Func : Help_Function) is begin Current_Help := Func; if Help_Dialog /= null then declare W : aliased Gtk_Widget_Record; begin Display_Help (W'Access); end; end if; end Set_Help; ----------------------- -- Tree_Select_Child -- ----------------------- procedure Tree_Select_Child (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Demo_Num : Integer; Frame_Num : Integer; Child : Gtk_Widget; begin Get_Selected (Get_Selection (Gtk_Tree_View (View)), Model, Iter); if Iter = Null_Iter then return; end if; Demo_Num := Integer (Get_Int (Model, Iter, 1)); Frame_Num := Integer (Get_Int (Model, Iter, 2)); if Demo_Num /= 0 and then Gtk_Demos (Demo_Num).Func /= null then -- Remove the current demo from the frame Child := Get_Child (Gtk_Demo_Frames (Frame_Num)); if Child /= null then Remove (Gtk_Demo_Frames (Frame_Num), Child); end if; -- And then insert our own new demo Gtk_Demos (Demo_Num).Func (Gtk_Demo_Frames (Frame_Num)); Set_Help (Gtk_Demos (Demo_Num).Help); end if; end Tree_Select_Child; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Win : out Main_Window) is begin Win := new Main_Window_Record; Main_Windows.Initialize (Win); end Gtk_New; ----------------- -- OpenGL_Help -- ----------------- function Opengl_Help return String is begin return "This demo shows how you can use GtkAda to display an @bOpenGL@B" & " widget. GtkAda provides a special window in which you can display" & " any kind of OpenGL drawing." & ASCII.LF & "GtkAda comes with a very basic binding to OpenGL (@bMesa@B), but" & " you can use any binding you want, including win32 on Windows." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "To use this demo, try moving the demo with: " & ASCII.LF & " - Left mouse button: rotate the drawing." & ASCII.LF & " - Middle mouse button: zoom the drawing."; end Opengl_Help; ----------------- -- Switch_Page -- ----------------- procedure Switch_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class) is begin if Get_Current_Page (Notebook) = 3 then Set_Help (Opengl_Help'Access); else Set_Help (null); end if; end Switch_Page; ----------------------- -- Create_Demo_Frame -- ----------------------- procedure Create_Demo_Frame (Win : access Main_Window_Record'Class; Page : Integer; Title : String; Gtkada_Demo, Pixbuf_Demo : Boolean) is Frame : Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame; Label : Gtk.Label.Gtk_Label; Tree : Gtk_Tree_View; Model : Gtk_Tree_Store; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Paned : Gtk_Paned; Render : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Text; Col : Gtk_Tree_View_Column; C : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (C); begin Gtk_New (Frame); Gtk_New (Label, Title); Append_Page (Win.Notebook, Child => Frame, Tab_Label => Label); Gtk_New_Hpaned (Paned); Add (Frame, Paned); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Gtk.Enums.Policy_Automatic, Gtk.Enums.Policy_Always); Pack1 (Paned, Scrolled); Gtk_New (Model, (1 => GType_String, 2 => GType_Int, 3 => GType_Int)); Gtk_New (Tree, +Model); Set_Headers_Visible (Tree, False); Modify_Font (Tree, From_String ("Sans 8")); Gtk_New (Render); Gtk_New (Col); C := Append_Column (Tree, Col); Pack_Start (Col, Render, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (Col, Render, "text", 0); Set_Mode (Get_Selection (Tree), Gtk.Enums.Selection_Single); Scrolled.Add (Tree); Fill_Gtk_Tree (Model, Gtkada_Demo, Pixbuf_Demo); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Get_Selection (Tree), Gtk.Tree_Selection.Signal_Changed, Tree_Select_Child'Access, Slot_Object => Tree); Gtk_New (Gtk_Demo_Frames (Page)); Set_Shadow_Type (Gtk_Demo_Frames (Page), The_Type => Gtk.Enums.Shadow_None); Pack2 (Paned, Gtk_Demo_Frames (Page)); Set_Position (Paned, 170); end Create_Demo_Frame; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Win : access Main_Window_Record'Class) is Frame : Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame; Label : Gtk.Label.Gtk_Label; Vbox : Gtk.Box.Gtk_Box; Button : Gtk.Button.Gtk_Button; Bbox : Gtk.Hbutton_Box.Gtk_Hbutton_Box; begin Gtk.Window.Initialize (Win, Gtk.Enums.Window_Toplevel); Set_Default_Size (Win, 800, 600); Window_Cb.Connect (Win, "destroy", Window_Cb.To_Marshaller (Exit_Main'Access)); Return_Window_Cb.Connect (Win, "delete_event", Return_Window_Cb.To_Marshaller (Delete_Event'Access)); -- The global box Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Win, Vbox); -- Label Gtk_New (Label, "GtkAda, the portable Ada GUI"); Override_Font (Label, From_String ("Helvetica Bold 18")); Pack_Start (Vbox, Label, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 10); -- Notebook creation Gtk_New (Win.Notebook); Pack_Start (Vbox, Win.Notebook, Expand => True, Fill => True); Notebook_Cb.Connect (Win.Notebook, "switch_page", Switch_Page'Access, After => True); -- First page: Gtk demos Create_Demo_Frame (Win, 1, "Gtk demo", False, False); Create_Demo_Frame (Win, 2, "GtkAda demo", True, False); Create_Demo_Frame (Win, 3, "Image manipulation", False, True); -- Fourth page: OpenGL demos Gtk_New (Frame); Gtk_New (Label, "OpenGL demo"); Append_Page (Win.Notebook, Frame, Label); View_Gl.Run (Frame); -- Button box for the buttons at the bottom -- Gtk_New_Hbox (Bbox, Homogeneous => True, Spacing => 10); Gtk_New (Bbox); Set_Layout (Bbox, Buttonbox_Spread); Set_Spacing (Bbox, 40); Gtk_New (Button, "Help on current demo"); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => True, Fill => False); Widget_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Display_Help'Access)); Gtk_New (Button, "Quit"); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => True, Fill => False); Window_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Window_Cb.To_Marshaller (Exit_Main'Access), Win); Pack_End (Vbox, Bbox, Expand => False, Padding => 5); -- Display everything Show_All (Vbox); end Initialize; end Main_Windows; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_selection.adb0000644000076700001450000001004612533067540021231 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Clipboard; use Gtk.Clipboard; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; package body Create_Selection is type My_Button_Record is new Gtk_Button_Record with record Text : Gtk_Text_Buffer; Text_View : Gtk_Text_View; Label : Gtk_Label; end record; type My_Button is access all My_Button_Record'Class; package My_Button_Handler is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (My_Button_Record); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This package demonstrates how to interact with the clipboard to" & " retrieve text copied from other applications" & ASCII.LF & "Try selecting some other text outside of this demo, and press" & " once again the button at the top."; end Help; --------------------- -- On_Button_Click -- --------------------- procedure On_Button_Click (Button : access My_Button_Record'Class) is Text : constant String := Wait_For_Text (Gtk.Clipboard.Get); Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter; begin -- For the text buffer, we query directly the clipboard Get_End_Iter (Button.Text, Iter); Insert (Button.Text, Iter, Text); end On_Button_Click; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box : Gtk_Box; Button : My_Button; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Selection"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Button := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Button, "Paste the selection/clipboard"); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Fill => False, Expand => False); My_Button_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Button_Click'Access); -- The text Gtk_New (Scrolled); Pack_Start (Box, Scrolled, Fill => True, Expand => True); Gtk_New (Button.Text); Gtk_New (Button.Text_View, Button.Text); Add (Scrolled, Button.Text_View); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/test_rtree.adb0000644000076700001450000000543512533067540020107 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; procedure Test_Rtree is R : Rtree (Min_Children => 2, Max_Children => 2); Item : Rect_Item; Style : constant Drawing_Style := Gtk_New; Context : Draw_Context; begin Put_Line ("Empty Rtree"); Dump_Debug (R); Put_Line ("One child"); Item := Gtk_New_Rect (Style, Width => 20.0, Height => 20.0); Item.Set_Position ((10.0, 10.0)); Item.Size_Request (Context); R.Insert (Item); Dump_Debug (R); Put_Line ("Two children"); Item := Gtk_New_Rect (Style, Width => 20.0, Height => 20.0); Item.Set_Position ((20.0, 20.0)); Item.Size_Request (Context); R.Insert (Item); Dump_Debug (R); Put_Line ("Three children"); Item := Gtk_New_Rect (Style, Width => 20.0, Height => 20.0); Item.Set_Position ((20.0, 10.0)); Item.Size_Request (Context); R.Insert (Item); Dump_Debug (R); R.Clear; Dump_Debug (R); end Test_Rtree; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/testcairo_drawing.adb0000644000076700001450000005315112533067540021435 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ pragma Ada_2005; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Ada.Numerics; with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Drawing_Area; use Gtk.Drawing_Area; with Gtk.Print_Context; use Gtk.Print_Context; with Gtk.Print_Operation; use Gtk.Print_Operation; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Gtkada.Printing; use Gtkada.Printing; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Cairo.Matrix; use Cairo.Matrix; with Cairo.Pattern; use Cairo.Pattern; with Cairo.Image_Surface; use Cairo.Image_Surface; with Cairo.Font_Options; use Cairo.Font_Options; with Cairo.Png; use Cairo.Png; with Pango.Cairo; use Pango.Cairo; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; package body Testcairo_Drawing is Two_Pi : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (2.0 * Ada.Numerics.Pi); Background : Gdk_Pixbuf := null; package Gdouble_Numerics is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Gdouble_Numerics; type Cairo_Demo_Record is new Gtk_Box_Record with record Test : Test_Type; end record; type Cairo_Demo is access all Cairo_Demo_Record'Class; type Testcairo_Print_Operation_Record is new Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record with record Widget : Cairo_Demo; end record; type Testcairo_Print_Operation is access all Testcairo_Print_Operation_Record'Class; overriding procedure Draw_Page (Op : access Testcairo_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Number : Gint); -- Handler responsible for printing pages --------------- -- On_Redraw -- --------------- function On_Redraw (Demo : access GObject_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is Win : constant Cairo_Demo := Cairo_Demo (Demo); D, D2, D3 : Gdouble; M, M2, M3 : Cairo_Matrix_Access; P : Cairo_Pattern; Opt : Cairo_Font_Options; Image_Surface : Cairo_Surface; Status : Cairo_Status; Idx : Natural; Error : Glib.Error.GError; begin case Win.Test is when Image => if Background = null then Gdk_New_From_File (Background, "background.jpg", Error); end if; Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_Pixbuf (Cr, Background, 10.0, 10.0); Cairo.Paint (Cr); when Rectangles => for J in reverse 1 .. 10 loop D := Gdouble (J); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, D / 10.0, 0.5 - D / 20.0, 0.0); Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, D * 10.0, D * 10.0); Fill (Cr); end loop; when Transparency => for J in 1 .. 5 loop D := Gdouble (J); -- Create a transparent color Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0 - D / 5.0); -- Draw a disk Arc (Cr => Cr, Xc => 100.0 + D * 60.0, Yc => 100.0, Radius => 100.0, Angle1 => 0.0, Angle2 => Two_Pi); Fill (Cr); end loop; when Operators => declare Layout : Pango_Layout; Desc : Pango_Font_Description; begin Layout := Create_Pango_Layout (Win); Desc := Pango.Font.From_String ("Verdana 9"); Set_Font_Description (Layout, Desc); for Op in Cairo_Operator'Range loop Idx := Cairo_Operator'Pos (Op); Cairo.Save (Cr); Cairo.Translate (Cr, 170.0 * Gdouble (Idx mod 5), 120.0 * Gdouble (Idx / 5)); Cairo.Push_Group (Cr); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 120.0, 80.0); Cairo.Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, 0.7, 0.0, 0.0, 0.8); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Cairo.Set_Operator (Cr, Op); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 20.0, 10.0, 120.0, 80.0); Cairo.Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.9, 0.4); Cairo.Fill (Cr); P := Cairo.Pop_Group (Cr); Cairo.Set_Source (Cr, P); Cairo.Paint (Cr); Destroy (P); Set_Text (Layout, Cairo_Operator'Image (Op)); Cairo.Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, 0.0, 95.0); Pango.Cairo.Show_Layout (Cr, Layout); Cairo.Restore (Cr); end loop; Unref (Layout); Free (Desc); end; when Matrix => M := new Cairo_Matrix; M2 := new Cairo_Matrix; M3 := new Cairo_Matrix; for J in 1 .. 50 loop D := Gdouble (J - 1) / 50.0; -- Create a color Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, 0.0, 1.0 - D, D, 0.7); -- Create a rotation matrix Init_Rotate (M, Two_Pi * D); -- Create a translation matrix Init_Translate (M2, 400.0 * D + 50.0, 200.0 * D + 50.0); -- Create a scale matrix Init_Scale (M3, 1.0 - D, 1.0 - D); -- We want first to scale, then rotate... Multiply (M, M, M3); -- ...then translate. Multiply (M, M, M2); -- Reset the transformation matrix on CR... Identity_Matrix (Cr); -- ... then apply our scale + rotate + translate matrix Transform (Cr, M); -- Draw a rectangle Rectangle (Cr, -50.0, -50.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); end loop; Unchecked_Free (M); Unchecked_Free (M2); Unchecked_Free (M3); when Transformations => for J in 1 .. 50 loop D := Gdouble (J - 1) / 50.0; -- Create a color Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, 0.0, 1.0 - D, D, 0.7); -- Reset the transformation matrix on CR... Identity_Matrix (Cr); -- ... then apply our scale + rotate + translate matrix Translate (Cr, 400.0 * D + 50.0, 200.0 * D + 50.0); Rotate (Cr, Two_Pi * D); Scale (Cr, 1.0 - D, 1.0 - D); -- Draw a rectangle Rectangle (Cr, -50.0, -50.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); end loop; when Paths => New_Path (Cr); -- Draw a sinusoid Move_To (Cr, 2.0, 50.0); for J in 2 .. 40 loop D := Gdouble (J) / 20.0; Line_To (Cr, 300.0 * D, 50.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D * 2.0)); end loop; Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.2, 0.0, 0.5); Stroke (Cr); -- Draw a sinusoid using curves to go from one point to the next Move_To (Cr, 2.0, 100.0); for J in 2 .. 40 loop D := Gdouble (J - 1) / 20.0; D2 := (Gdouble (J) - 1.6) / 20.0; D3 := (Gdouble (J) - 1.3) / 20.0; Curve_To (Cr, 300.0 * D2, 100.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D2 * 2.0), 300.0 * D3, 100.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D3 * 2.0), 300.0 * D, 100.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D * 2.0)); end loop; Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.5, 0.0, 0.2); Stroke (Cr); -- Draw a sinusoid using a dashed line Move_To (Cr, 2.0, 150.0); for J in 2 .. 40 loop D := Gdouble (J - 1) / 20.0; Line_To (Cr, 300.0 * D, 150.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D * 2.0)); end loop; Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.5, 0.0, 0.5); Set_Dash (Cr, (1 => 15.0, 2 => 10.0, 3 => 2.0, 4 => 10.0), 0.1); Stroke (Cr); -- Draw a sinusoid using thick round-capped lines Move_To (Cr, 2.0, 200.0); for J in 1 .. 40 loop D := Gdouble (J - 1) / 20.0; Line_To (Cr, 300.0 * D, 200.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D * 2.0)); end loop; declare Dashes : Dash_Array_Access; Offset : Gdouble; begin Get_Dash (Cr, Dashes, Offset); Set_Dash (Cr, Dashes (1 .. 4), Offset); end; Set_Line_Width (Cr, 7.0); Set_Line_Cap (Cr, Cairo_Line_Cap_Round); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, 1.0); Stroke (Cr); -- Draw a sinusoid using a thin line and no dashes Move_To (Cr, 2.0, 250.0); for J in 2 .. 40 loop D := Gdouble (J - 1) / 20.0; Line_To (Cr, 300.0 * D, 250.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D * 2.0)); end loop; Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0); Set_Line_Cap (Cr, Cairo_Line_Cap_Butt); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Set_Dash (Cr, No_Dashes, 0.0); Stroke (Cr); -- Draw a sinusoid without antialiasing Move_To (Cr, 2.0, 300.0); for J in 2 .. 40 loop D := Gdouble (J - 1) / 20.0; Line_To (Cr, 300.0 * D, 300.0 + 50.0 * Sin (Two_Pi * D * 2.0)); end loop; Set_Antialias (Cr, Cairo_Antialias_None); Stroke (Cr); when Patterns => -- A solid-filled rectangle P := Create_Rgb (1.0, 1.0, 0.0); Set_Source (Cr, P); Rectangle (Cr, 10.0, 10.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); Destroy (P); -- A rectangle with a transparent solid fill P := Create_Rgba (0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.3); Set_Source (Cr, P); Rectangle (Cr, 5.0, 30.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); Destroy (P); -- A rectangle with a linear gradient P := Create_Linear (120.0, 10.0, 170.0, 60.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (P, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (P, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); Set_Source (Cr, P); Rectangle (Cr, 120.0, 10.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); Destroy (P); -- A rectangle with a linear transparent gradient P := Create_Rgb (1.0, 1.0, 0.0); Set_Source (Cr, P); Rectangle (Cr, 230.0, 10.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); Destroy (P); P := Create_Linear (275.0, 30.0, 225.0, 80.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgba (P, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgba (P, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0); Set_Source (Cr, P); Rectangle (Cr, 225.0, 30.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); Destroy (P); -- A rectangle with a radial transparent gradient Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.5, 0.0, 0.5); P := Create_Radial (365.0, 35.0, 10.0, 365.0, 35.0, 30.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgba (P, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); Add_Color_Stop_Rgba (P, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0); Set_Source (Cr, P); Rectangle (Cr, 340.0, 10.0, 100.0, 100.0); Fill (Cr); Destroy (P); when Toy_Text => -- "Hello world" using two calls to Show_Text, taking advantage -- of the fact that one call to Show_Text places the current point -- after the first string Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); Select_Font_Face (Cr, "courier", Cairo_Font_Slant_Normal, Cairo_Font_Weight_Normal); Set_Font_Size (Cr, 10.0); Move_To (Cr, 10.0, 10.0); Show_Text (Cr, "Hello"); Show_Text (Cr, " World!"); -- Bold and a bigger font Move_To (Cr, 20.0, 30.0); Select_Font_Face (Cr, "courier", Cairo_Font_Slant_Normal, Cairo_Font_Weight_Bold); Set_Font_Size (Cr, 20.0); Show_Text (Cr, "Bigger"); -- Modify font options to remove anti-aliasing Move_To (Cr, 10.0, 100.0); Opt := Create; Get_Font_Options (Cr, Opt); Set_Antialias (Opt, Cairo_Antialias_None); Set_Font_Options (Cr, Opt); Show_Text (Cr, "No antialias"); Set_Antialias (Opt, Cairo_Antialias_Default); Set_Font_Options (Cr, Opt); Destroy (Opt); Fill (Cr); -- Draw along the path of the text Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.3, 0.0, 0.1); Set_Font_Size (Cr, 80.0); Move_To (Cr, 150.0, 200.0); Set_Dash (Cr, (1 => 2.0, 2 => 2.0), 0.0); Text_Path (Cr, "Text path"); -- Print the stroke extents for this text declare X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : aliased Gdouble; begin Stroke_Extents (Cr, X1'Access, Y1'Access, X2'Access, Y2'Access); Put_Line ("Stroke extents:" & Integer (X1)'Img & "," & Integer (Y1)'Img & " - " & Integer (X2)'Img & "," & Integer (Y2)'Img); end; Stroke (Cr); -- Use matrix transforms on the text Move_To (Cr, 200.0, 100.0); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.5, 0.0, 1.0); M := new Cairo_Matrix; Init_Scale (M, 10.0, 40.0); Rotate (M, -0.1); Set_Font_Matrix (Cr, M); Show_Text (Cr, "text with matrix transforms"); Unchecked_Free (M); when Pango_Text => declare Layout : Pango_Layout; Desc : Pango_Font_Description; begin Desc := From_String ("Verdana Medium Italic 15"); Layout := Create_Pango_Layout (Win, "Verdana Medium Italic 15"); Set_Font_Description (Layout, Desc); Show_Layout (Cr, Layout); Unref (Layout); Free (Desc); Desc := From_String ("Helvetica 20"); Move_To (Cr, 20.0, 20.0); Layout := Create_Pango_Layout (Win); Layout.Set_Markup ("bold italic " & "orange"); Set_Font_Description (Layout, Desc); Show_Layout (Cr, Layout); Unref (Layout); Free (Desc); end; when Clip_And_Paint => -- Paint the background pink Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 1.0, 0.9, 0.9); Paint (Cr); -- Draw a green rectangle Rectangle (Cr, 50.0, 50.0, 150.0, 150.0); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0); Fill (Cr); -- Create a path Move_To (Cr, 10.0, 10.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 0.0, 100.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 100.0, 60.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 50.0, 0.0); Close_Path (Cr); -- Clip Clip (Cr); -- Paint the clipped region with a transparent blue. Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); Paint_With_Alpha (Cr, 0.6); when Surface_And_Png => Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0); Rectangle (Cr, 40.0, 40.0, 300.0, 200.0); Fill (Cr); declare Width : constant := 60; Height : constant := 60; Data : constant ARGB32_Array_Access := new ARGB32_Array (1 .. Width * Height); Data2 : constant RGB24_Array_Access := new RGB24_Array (1 .. Width * Height); Data3 : constant Byte_Array_Access := new Byte_Array (1 .. Width * Height); begin -- Initialize some data for Line in 1 .. Height loop for Col in 1 .. Width loop Data ((Line - 1) * Width + Col) := (Alpha => 200, Red => Byte (Line * 4), Green => Byte (Col * 4), Blue => 0); Data2 ((Line - 1) * Width + Col) := (Red => Byte (Line * 4), Green => Byte (Col * 4), Blue => 0); Data3 ((Line - 1) * Width + Col) := Byte (Line); end loop; end loop; -- Manual "video inverse" in the middle of the surface for L in 10 .. 30 loop for C in 30 .. 50 loop Data (L * Width + C).Red := 255 - Data (L * Width + C).Red; Data (L * Width + C).Green := 255 - Data (L * Width + C).Green; Data (L * Width + C).Blue := 255 - Data (L * Width + C).Blue; end loop; end loop; Image_Surface := Create_For_Data_ARGB32 (Data, Width, Height); Set_Source_Surface (Cr, Image_Surface, 10.0, 10.0); Paint (Cr); Image_Surface := Create_For_Data_RGB24 (Data2, Width, Height); Set_Source_Surface (Cr, Image_Surface, 75.0, 10.0); Paint (Cr); Image_Surface := Create_For_Data_A8 (Data3, Width, Height); Set_Source_Surface (Cr, Image_Surface, 140.0, 10.0); Paint (Cr); Put ("Writing to PNG ... "); Status := Write_To_Png (Image_Surface, "try.png"); Put_Line (Status'Img); end; end case; return False; end On_Redraw; --------------- -- Draw_Page -- --------------- procedure Draw_Page (Op : access Testcairo_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Number : Gint) is Cr : Cairo_Context; Tmp : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp, Page_Number); begin Cr := Get_Cairo_Context (Context); Tmp := On_Redraw (Op.Widget, Cr); end Draw_Page; ----------------- -- On_Print_Cb -- ----------------- procedure On_Print_Cb (Demo : access GObject_Record'Class) is D : constant Cairo_Demo := Cairo_Demo (Demo); Print_Op : Testcairo_Print_Operation; Result : Gtk_Print_Operation_Result; pragma Unreferenced (Result); begin Print_Op := new Testcairo_Print_Operation_Record; Print_Op.Widget := D; Gtkada.Printing.Initialize (Print_Op); Print_Op.Set_N_Pages (1); -- Call up the print operation dialog Result := Connect_And_Run (Print_Op, Action_Print_Dialog, Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (D))); end On_Print_Cb; -------------- -- Run_Test -- -------------- procedure Run_Test (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class; Test : Test_Type) is Box : Cairo_Demo; Area : Gtk_Drawing_Area; Button : Gtk_Button; begin Frame.Set_Label ("Cairo demo -- " & Test'Img); Box := new Cairo_Demo_Record; Box.Test := Test; Initialize_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Frame.Add (Box); Gtk_New (Area); Box.Pack_Start (Area, Expand => True, Fill => True); Area.On_Draw (On_Redraw'Access, Box); Gtk_New (Button, "Print"); Box.Pack_Start (Button, Expand => False); Button.On_Clicked (On_Print_Cb'Access, Box); Frame.Show_All; end Run_Test; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is begin Run_Test (Frame, Test); end Run; end Testcairo_Drawing; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_paned.adb0000644000076700001450000001116312533067540020334 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Paned; use Gtk.Paned; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Paned is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Paned@B splits a container in two parts, that can be" & " resized by the user." & ASCII.LF & "They have two children, one for each side." & ASCII.LF & "If @bShrink@B is set to True for one of the children, then the user" & " can resize it to any size. If it is set to False, then the" & " minimum size set for the child by a call to @bSet_Usize@B is" & " enforced, and the child can never be shrinked more than that." & ASCII.LF & "If @bResize@B is set to True for one of the children only, then" & " that child gets the exact size it requested, the other gets the" & " remaining space. In the example, the two buttons have requested" & " the same size, but since the second sets Resize to True, it gets" & " more space." & ASCII.LF & "If both children have the same value for resize, their allocated" & " size is a ratio between their respective sizes." & ASCII.LF & "Note that moving the handle to manually resize the widgets" & " cancels the effect of the resize buttons, so you should click on" & " them before playing with the handles..."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is VPaned : Gtk_Paned; HPaned : Gtk_Paned; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; Button : Gtk_Button; Vbox : Gtk_Box; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Panes"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, False, 0); Add (Frame, Vbox); Gtk_New_Vpaned (VPaned); Pack_Start (Vbox, VPaned, True, True, 0); Set_Border_Width (VPaned, 5); Gtk_New_Hpaned (HPaned); Pack1 (VPaned, HPaned, Resize => False, Shrink => True); Gtk_New (Frame2); Gtk_New (Button, "not Resize, not Shrink, minWidth=60"); Add (Frame2, Button); Set_Shadow_Type (Frame2, Shadow_In); Set_Size_Request (Frame2, 60, 60); Pack1 (HPaned, Frame2, False, False); Gtk_New (Frame2); Gtk_New (Button, "Resize, Shrink"); Add (Frame2, Button); Set_Shadow_Type (Frame2, Shadow_In); Set_Size_Request (Frame2, 80, 60); Pack2 (HPaned, Frame2, Resize => True, Shrink => True); Gtk_New (Frame2); Gtk_New (Button, "not Resize, not Shrink, minHeight=280"); Add (Frame2, Button); Set_Shadow_Type (Frame2, Shadow_In); Set_Size_Request (Frame2, 60, 280); Pack2 (VPaned, Frame2, Resize => False, Shrink => False); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Paned; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_animate.adb0000644000076700001450000001344312533067540023253 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; package body Create_Canvas_View_Animate is Width : constant Gdouble := 30.0; Height : constant Gdouble := 30.0; type My_View_Record is new Canvas_View_Record with record Item1 : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Item2 : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; end record; type My_View is access all My_View_Record'Class; function On_Item_Event (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Called when the canvas reports an event function On_Item_Event_Zoom is new On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic (Modifier => Mod1_Mask, Factor => 2.0, Duration => 0.4, Easing => Easing_Linear'Access); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "The @bCanvas_View@B widget provides an animation framework" & " which can be used when moving or resizing items, scaling the" & " view, changing styles,..." & ASCII.LF & "In this demo, click with left or right mouse button to move items" & " with animation, or alt-wheel to zoom the canvas with animation."; end Help; ------------------- -- On_Item_Event -- ------------------- function On_Item_Event (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant My_View := My_View (View); It : Abstract_Item; begin if Event.Event_Type = Button_Press then if Event.Button = 1 then It := Abstract_Item (Self.Item1); else It := Abstract_Item (Self.Item2); end if; Animate_Position (It, (Event.M_Point.X - Width / 2.0, Event.M_Point.Y - Height / 2.0), Duration => 1.6, Easing => Easing_Out_Elastic'Access).Start (Self); end if; return False; -- fallback to other handlers end On_Item_Event; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box : Gtk_Box; Canvas : constant My_View := new My_View_Record; Model : List_Canvas_Model; Link : Canvas_Link; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Label : Gtk_Label; begin Gtk_New (Model); Gtkada.Canvas_View.Initialize (Canvas); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Zoom'Access); Canvas.Item1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA), Width => Width, Height => Height); Canvas.Item1.Set_Position ((0.0, 0.0)); Model.Add (Canvas.Item1); Canvas.Item2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.4, 0.4, 0.4, 1.0)), Width => Width, Height => Height); Canvas.Item2.Set_Position ((300.0, 300.0)); Model.Add (Canvas.Item2); Link := Gtk_New (Canvas.Item1, Canvas.Item2, Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA)); Model.Add (Link); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Frame.Add (Box); Gtk_New (Label, "Click (left or right) in canvas to move the item, with animation"); Box.Pack_Start (Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Box.Pack_Start (Scrolled, Expand => True, Fill => True); Canvas.Set_Model (Model); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Animate; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas.ads0000644000076700001450000000355612533067540020550 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_size_groups.ads0000644000076700001450000000357012533067540021642 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Size_Groups is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Size_Groups; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_css_editor.adb0000644000076700001450000001241512533067540021404 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Style_Provider; use Gtk.Style_Provider; with Gtk.Style_Context; use Gtk.Style_Context; with Gtk.Css_Provider; use Gtk.Css_Provider; with Glib.Error; with Glib; with Gtk.Container; use Gtk.Container; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Ada.Strings.Unbounded; use Ada.Strings.Unbounded; package body Create_Css_Editor is CSS : constant String := "/* You can edit the text in this window to change the" & ASCII.LF & " * appearance of this Window." & ASCII.LF & " * Be careful, if you screw it up, nothing might be visible" & ASCII.LF & " * anymore. :)" & ASCII.LF & " */" & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "/* This CSS resets all properties to their defaults values" & ASCII.LF & " * and overrides all user settings and the theme in use */" & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "/* Set a very futuristic style by default */" & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "* {" & ASCII.LF & " color: green;" & ASCII.LF & " font-family: Monospace;" & ASCII.LF & " border: 1px solid;" & ASCII.LF & "}" & ASCII.LF & "/* Make sure selections are visible */" & ASCII.LF & ":selected {" & ASCII.LF & " background-color: darkGreen;" & ASCII.LF & " color: black;" & ASCII.LF & "}"; Last_Working_Css : Unbounded_String := To_Unbounded_String (CSS); Error : aliased Glib.Error.GError; Provider : constant Gtk_Css_Provider := Gtk_Css_Provider_New; procedure On_Text_Buffer_Changed (Self : access Gtk_Text_Buffer_Record'Class) is Start_Iter, End_Iter : Gtk_Text_Iter; begin Self.Get_Start_Iter (Start_Iter); Self.Get_End_Iter (End_Iter); declare Css : constant String := Self.Get_Text (Start_Iter, End_Iter); Dummy : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Dummy); begin if not Provider.Load_From_Data (Css, Error'Access) then Dummy := Provider.Load_From_Data (To_String (Last_Working_Css), Error'Access); else Last_Working_Css := To_Unbounded_String (Css); end if; end; end On_Text_Buffer_Changed; procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Container : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Text_Buffer : Gtk_Text_Buffer; Text_View : Gtk_Text_View; package FA is new Forall_User_Data (Gtk_Style_Provider); procedure Apply_Css (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Provider : Gtk_Style_Provider) is begin Get_Style_Context (Widget).Add_Provider (Provider, Glib.Guint'Last); if Widget.all in Gtk_Container_Record'Class then declare Container : constant Gtk_Container := Gtk_Container (Widget); begin FA.Forall (Container, Apply_Css'Unrestricted_Access, Provider); end; end if; end Apply_Css; begin Text_Buffer := Gtk_Text_Buffer_New (null); Container := Gtk_Scrolled_Window_New (null, null); Frame.Add (Container); Text_Buffer.On_Changed (On_Text_Buffer_Changed'Access); Text_Buffer.Set_Text (CSS); Text_View := Gtk_Text_View_New_With_Buffer (Text_Buffer); Container.Add (Text_View); Apply_Css (Frame, +Provider); Show_All (Frame); end Run; function Help return String is begin return "This demo showcases the use of CSS for styling in GTK+ 3.x"; end Help; end Create_Css_Editor; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_print.ads0000644000076700001450000000355212533067540020425 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Print is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Print; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_font_selection.ads0000644000076700001450000000361312533067540022302 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Font_Selection is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Font_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/testcairo_drawing.ads0000644000076700001450000000452412533067540021456 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package Testcairo_Drawing is type Test_Type is (Rectangles, Transparency, Operators, Matrix, Transformations, Paths, Patterns, Clip_And_Paint, Surface_And_Png, Toy_Text, Pango_Text, Image); -- The available tests procedure Run_Test (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class; Test : Test_Type); -- Create one of the cairo demos. -- Must be instantiated at library level. generic Test : Test_Type; procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); end Testcairo_Drawing; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_opacity.ads0000644000076700001450000000357512533067540020746 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Opacity is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Opacity; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_sources.adb0000644000076700001450000002444112533067540020733 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Calendar; use Ada.Calendar; with Glib.Main; use Glib, Glib.Main; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with System; with GNAT.OS_Lib; use GNAT.OS_Lib; with GNAT.Directory_Operations; use GNAT.Directory_Operations; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; package body Create_Sources is Buffer : Gtk_Text_Buffer; Id : G_Source_Id := 0; File_Monitor : G_Source_Type := Null_Source_Type; -- A particular kind of G_Source that monitors changes to a file. type String_Access is access String; type Source_User_Data is record File_Name : String_Access; Last_Check : Time; File_Timestamp : OS_Time := Invalid_Time; end record; type Source_User_Data_Access is access Source_User_Data; -- The user data stored in our monitor. -- We use it to avoid checking the file system too often function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Source_User_Data_Access); procedure On_Destroy (Box : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when this demo is closed. ------------- -- Monitor -- ------------- -- This defines a new source type that monitors file events. procedure Create_Monitor (File_Name : String); -- Create a new input source that monitors changes in a file. function Prepare (Source : G_Source; Timeout : access Gint) return Gboolean; function Check (Source : G_Source) return Gboolean; procedure Finalize (Source : G_Source); -- See the documentation in glib-main.ads for these primitive operations -- of G_Source pragma Convention (C, Prepare); pragma Convention (C, Check); pragma Convention (C, Finalize); -------------- -- G_Source -- -------------- -- This is the implementation of a specific source of the type Monitor, -- which refreshes the graphical buffer to show the new file contents package String_Sources is new Generic_Sources (String); function Refresh_File (Filename : String) return Boolean; -- Refresh the contents of the file that the source was monitoring ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "The main even loop of gtk+ is highly configurable. It monitors" & " various event sources, including the windowing system, pipes," & " running processes, timeouts... and will call user-defined" & " callbacks whenever some event happens." & ASCII.LF & "It is possible for you to define your own source of events, as" & " demonstrated here." & ASCII.LF & "This demo monitors a file on the disk (""sources"" in the testgtk/" & " directory. Open a text editor, create that file if necessary," & " add some data to it, and save. You will see immediately the new" & " contents of the file." & ASCII.LF & "While it certainly isn't the most efficient way to do that (having" & " a timeout that checks periodically might be more appropriate)," & " this demo shows how you can create your own event source. On" & " linux systems, the kernel is able to notify users whenever some" & " part of the file system changes. You could connect to dbus, on" & " which the kernel sends this info, and use this as an event source" & " in your application."; end Help; ------------------ -- Refresh_File -- ------------------ function Refresh_File (Filename : String) return Boolean is Start, Last : Gtk_Text_Iter; File : File_Type; Contents : String (1 .. 1024); L : Natural; begin Get_Start_Iter (Buffer, Start); Get_End_Iter (Buffer, Last); Delete (Buffer, Start, Last); Open (File, In_File, Get_Current_Dir & Filename); Insert_At_Cursor (Buffer, "File name is: " & Filename & ASCII.LF); loop Get_Line (File, Contents, L); exit when L = 0; Get_End_Iter (Buffer, Last); Insert (Buffer, Last, Contents (Contents'First .. L)); end loop; Close (File); return True; exception when End_Error => Close (File); return True; when Name_Error => return True; end Refresh_File; ------------- -- Prepare -- ------------- function Prepare (Source : G_Source; Timeout : access Gint) return Gboolean is Data : constant Source_User_Data_Access := Convert (Get_User_Data (Source)); T : OS_Time; begin -- Note: we always set the timeout to something suitable. If we don't, -- its default value of -1 will be used, which means that gtk+ will wait -- until one even is available somewhere (most likely a graphical -- event), and as a result Prepare will only be called after an event -- has been processed, which isn't what we want Timeout.all := 500; -- The timeout above ensures that we are not called less than every -- 500 ms. However, to spare system resources, which should ensure that -- we do not check the file system too often if Clock - Data.Last_Check > 0.4 then Data.Last_Check := Clock; -- Check whether the file has been modified T := File_Time_Stamp (Data.File_Name.all); if T /= Data.File_Timestamp then Data.File_Timestamp := T; return 1; else return 0; end if; else return 0; end if; end Prepare; ----------- -- Check -- ----------- function Check (Source : G_Source) return Gboolean is pragma Unreferenced (Source); begin return 0; end Check; -------------- -- Finalize -- -------------- procedure Finalize (Source : G_Source) is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Source_User_Data, Source_User_Data_Access); procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String, String_Access); Data : Source_User_Data_Access := Convert (Get_User_Data (Source)); begin Unchecked_Free (Data.File_Name); Unchecked_Free (Data); end Finalize; -------------------- -- Create_Monitor -- -------------------- procedure Create_Monitor (File_Name : String) is Source : G_Source; Data : Source_User_Data_Access; begin if File_Monitor = Null_Source_Type then File_Monitor := G_Source_Type_New (Prepare => Prepare'Access, Check => Check'Access, Finalize => Finalize'Access); end if; Data := new Source_User_Data' (Last_Check => Clock, File_Name => new String'(File_Name), File_Timestamp => Invalid_Time); Source := Source_New (File_Monitor, Data.all'Address); String_Sources.Set_Callback (Source, Refresh_File'Access, File_Name); -- Start executing Source Id := Attach (Source, null); end Create_Monitor; ---------------- -- On_Destroy -- ---------------- procedure On_Destroy (Box : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Box); begin if Id /= 0 then Remove (Id); Id := 0; Buffer := null; end if; end On_Destroy; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (F : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Label : Gtk_Label; View : Gtk_Text_View; Box : Gtk_Box; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; begin Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Set_Label (F, "New event source for main loop"); Add (F, Box); Gtk_New (Label, "Edit and save the file ""sources"" in the current directory"); Pack_Start (Box, Label, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Label, "and let this demo monitor its contents"); Pack_Start (Box, Label, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Pack_Start (Box, Scrolled, Expand => True, Fill => True); Gtk_New (Buffer); Gtk_New (View, Buffer); Add (Scrolled, View); Create_Monitor ("sources"); Widget_Callback.Connect (Box, "destroy", On_Destroy'Access); Show_All (Box); end Run; end Create_Sources; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_mdi.ads0000644000076700001450000000367612533067540020051 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_MDI is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); procedure Run_Independent (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_MDI; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_routes.ads0000644000076700001450000000360612533067540023177 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Routes is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Routes; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_calendar.ads0000644000076700001450000000356012533067540021041 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Calendar is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Calendar; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_toggle_buttons.ads0000644000076700001450000000361312533067540022326 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Toggle_Buttons is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Toggle_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_color_chooser.ads0000644000076700001450000000361112533067540022125 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Color_Chooser is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Color_Chooser; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_radio_button.ads0000644000076700001450000000360712533067540021763 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Radio_Button is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Radio_Button; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_splittable.adb0000644000076700001450000002104312533067540021406 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Multi_Paned; use Gtkada.Multi_Paned; with Gtk.Toolbar; use Gtk.Toolbar; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtk.Vbutton_Box; use Gtk.Vbutton_Box; with Gtk.Toggle_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Button; with Gtk.Tool_Button; use Gtk.Tool_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; package body Create_Splittable is function Create_Child (Bar : Gtk_Toolbar; Title : String) return Gtk_Widget; procedure On_Destroy (Button : access GObject_Record'Class); procedure On_Toggle (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure On_Resize (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure On_Split_V (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure On_Split_H (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure On_Fixed (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure On_Opaque (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); Pane : Gtkada_Multi_Paned; Item : Natural := 6; Opaque : Boolean := False; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A Gtkada-specific widget, where children can be resized" & " interactively by the user, as well as splitted." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "It is similar to a Gtk.Paned widget, but with a number of" & " differences: there are multiple children (only two for a" & " Gtk_Paned), which cannot be emulated by nested multiple" & " Gtk_Paned widgets. For instance, if you drag the right-most" & " vertical separator towards the left, it will eventually also" & " move the left-most separator. This would not happen if you" & " had two nested Gtk_Paned." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & "It provides non-opaque resizing, whereas a Gtk_Paned only" & " provides opaque resizing. The latter can be slow when the" & " application is running on a remote machine with a local" & " display."; end Help; --------------- -- On_Opaque -- --------------- procedure On_Opaque (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); begin Opaque := not Opaque; Set_Opaque_Resizing (Pane, Opaque); end On_Opaque; ---------------- -- On_Destroy -- ---------------- procedure On_Destroy (Button : access GObject_Record'Class) is begin Destroy (Gtk_Widget (Button)); end On_Destroy; --------------- -- On_Toggle -- --------------- procedure On_Toggle (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin if Button.Get_Visible then Hide (Button); else Show (Button); end if; end On_Toggle; --------------- -- On_Resize -- --------------- procedure On_Resize (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Set_Size (Pane, Button, 100, 100); end On_Resize; ---------------- -- On_Split_V -- ---------------- procedure On_Split_V (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Child : constant Gtk_Widget := Create_Child (null, Integer'Image (Item)); begin Item := Item + 1; Split (Pane, Button, Child, Orientation_Vertical); end On_Split_V; ---------------- -- On_Split_H -- ---------------- procedure On_Split_H (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Child : constant Gtk_Widget := Create_Child (null, Integer'Image (Item)); begin Item := Item + 1; Split (Pane, Button, Child, Orientation_Horizontal); end On_Split_H; -------------- -- On_Fixed -- -------------- procedure On_Fixed (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Set_Size (Pane, Button, Get_Allocated_Width (Button), Get_Allocated_Height (Button), Fixed_Size => True); end On_Fixed; ------------------ -- Create_Child -- ------------------ function Create_Child (Bar : Gtk_Toolbar; Title : String) return Gtk_Widget is Frame : Gtk_Frame; Box : Gtk_Vbutton_Box; Button : Gtk_Button; Item : Gtk_Tool_Button; begin Gtk_New (Frame); Gtk_New (Box); Add (Frame, Box); Set_Layout (Box, Buttonbox_Start); Gtk_New (Button, "Destroy_" & Title); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False); Button.On_Clicked (On_Destroy'Access, Slot => Frame); Gtk_New (Button, "Resize_" & Title); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Resize'Unrestricted_Access, Frame); Gtk_New (Button, "Split_V " & Title); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Split_V'Unrestricted_Access, Frame); Gtk_New (Button, "Split_H " & Title); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Split_H'Unrestricted_Access, Frame); Gtk_New (Button, "Fixed_Size " & Title); Pack_Start (Box, Button, Expand => False); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Fixed'Unrestricted_Access, Frame); if Bar /= null then Gtk_New (Item, Label => "Toggle_" & Title); Add (Bar, Item); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, "clicked", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Toggle'Unrestricted_Access), Frame); end if; Show_All (Frame); return Gtk_Widget (Frame); end Create_Child; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Button, Button1, Button2, Button3, Button4 : Gtk_Widget; Bar : Gtk_Toolbar; Box : Gtk_Box; Toggle : Gtk_Toggle_Button; begin Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New (Bar); Pack_Start (Box, Bar, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Toggle, "Opaque Resizing"); Pack_Start (Box, Toggle, Expand => False); Widget_Callback.Connect (Toggle, "toggled", On_Opaque'Access); Gtk_New (Pane); Pack_Start (Box, Pane, Expand => True, Fill => True); Button1 := Create_Child (Bar, "1"); Add_Child (Pane, Button1); Button2 := Create_Child (Bar, "2"); Add_Child (Pane, Button2); -- Should split horizontally Button3 := Create_Child (Bar, "3"); Add_Child (Pane, Button3); -- Should split horizontally Button4 := Create_Child (Bar, "4"); Split (Pane, Button2, Button4, Orientation_Vertical); Button := Create_Child (Bar, "5"); Split (Pane, Button4, Button, Orientation_Horizontal); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Splittable; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/menus.ui0000644000076700001450000001030712533067132016734 0ustar gnatmailgnat
_New app.new <Primary>n _Open app.open _Save app.save <Primary>s Save _As... app.save-as <Primary>s
_Quit app.quit <Primary>q
_Preferences
_Prefer Dark Theme app.dark _Hide Titlebar when maximized win.titlebar _Color
_Red app.color red <Primary>r _Green app.color green <Primary>g _Blue app.color blue <Primary>b
_Shape
_Square win.shape square <Primary>s _Rectangle win.shape rectangle <Primary>r _Oval win.shape oval <Primary>o
_Bold win.bold <Primary>b
_Help _About win.about <Primary>a gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_tooltips.ads0000644000076700001450000000357712533067540021155 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Tooltips is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Tooltips; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_tree_view.adb0000644000076700001450000003234012533067540021236 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Toggle; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Toggle; with Gtk.Tree_View; use Gtk.Tree_View; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Tree_Selection; use Gtk.Tree_Selection; with Gtk.Tree_Sortable; use Gtk.Tree_Sortable; with Gtk.Tree_Store; use Gtk.Tree_Store; with Gtk.Tree_View_Column; use Gtk.Tree_View_Column; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; package body Create_Tree_View is package Object_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (GObject_Record); Text_Column : constant := 0; Strike_Column : constant := 1; Editable_Column : constant := 2; Active_Column : constant := 3; Foreground_Column : constant := 4; function Add_Line (Model : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Text : String; Striken : Boolean := False; Editable : Boolean := False; Active : Boolean := False; Parent : Gtk_Tree_Iter := Null_Iter) return Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Insert a new line in the tree, as a child of Parent (or as a root node -- if Parent is Null_Iter. procedure Edited_Callback (Model : access GObject_Record'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Called when the user clicks on a toggle button. This is used to reflect -- (or not) the change in the model. procedure Text_Edited_Callback (Model : access GObject_Record'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Same when a text cell is edited function Custom_Sort (Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; A, B : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gint; -- Our own customer sort function for the tree ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Tree_View@B is a widget used to display a number of" & " lines, organized either as a simple list or into a tree" & " hierarchy." & ASCII.LF & "Each line can contain multiple resizable column, each of which" & " can contain pixmaps, texts, or both. The columns can be sorted" & " interactively by the user by clicking on the column header." & ASCII.LF & "Like the @bGtk_Text_View@B, this widget is based on the model-" & "view-controller paradigm: data is stored in a non graphical" & " object (a @bGtk_Tree_Model@B), which is then associated with" & " one or many view. The model provides subprograms for inserting" & " or removing lines, as well as for traversing an existing tree." & ASCII.LF & "Cells in the tree can be defined as editable, as shown in this" & " example: in this case, the user needs to double click on the" & " cell, and an entry widget is then displayed in which the text" & " can be modified" & ASCII.LF & "The first column is sortable in this example. By default, gtk+" & " would use an alphabetical order on a text column, but here we have" & " defined our own sorting algorithm (striken first, then others," & " and alphabetical within)"; end Help; ----------------- -- Custom_Sort -- ----------------- function Custom_Sort (Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; A, B : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gint is Text_A : constant String := Get_String (Model, A, Text_Column); Text_B : constant String := Get_String (Model, B, Text_Column); A_Not_Striken : constant Boolean := Text_A'Length > 11 and then Text_A (Text_A'Last - 10 .. Text_A'Last) = "not striken"; B_Not_Striken : constant Boolean := Text_B'Length > 11 and then Text_B (Text_B'Last - 10 .. Text_B'Last) = "not striken"; begin if not A_Not_Striken and then B_Not_Striken then return -1; -- A first, B second elsif A_Not_Striken and then not B_Not_Striken then return 1; -- B first, A second elsif Text_A < Text_B then return -1; -- A first elsif Text_A = Text_B then return 0; -- Same else return 1; -- B first end if; end Custom_Sort; -------------- -- Add_Line -- -------------- function Add_Line (Model : access Gtk_Tree_Store_Record'Class; Text : String; Striken : Boolean := False; Editable : Boolean := False; Active : Boolean := False; Parent : Gtk_Tree_Iter := Null_Iter) return Gtk_Tree_Iter is Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin -- The implementation here is not the most efficient: it is often easier -- to import yourself the function gtk_tree_store_set with the correct -- set of arguments, as shown in the example in gtk-tree_store.ads Append (Model, Iter, Parent); Set (Model, Iter, Text_Column, Text); Set (Model, Iter, Strike_Column, Striken); Set (Model, Iter, Active_Column, Active); Set (Model, Iter, Editable_Column, Editable); if Editable then Set (Model, Iter, Foreground_Column, "red"); else Set (Model, Iter, Foreground_Column, "black"); end if; return Iter; end Add_Line; --------------------- -- Edited_Callback -- --------------------- procedure Edited_Callback (Model : access GObject_Record'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues) is M : constant Gtk_Tree_Store := Gtk_Tree_Store (Model); Path_String : constant String := Get_String (Nth (Params, 1)); Iter : constant Gtk_Tree_Iter := Get_Iter_From_String (M, Path_String); Old_Value : Boolean; begin Old_Value := Get_Boolean (M, Iter, Active_Column); Set (M, Iter, Active_Column, not Old_Value); end Edited_Callback; -------------------------- -- Text_Edited_Callback -- -------------------------- procedure Text_Edited_Callback (Model : access GObject_Record'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues) is M : constant Gtk_Tree_Store := Gtk_Tree_Store (Model); Path_String : constant String := Get_String (Nth (Params, 1)); Text_Value : constant GValue := Nth (Params, 2); Iter : constant Gtk_Tree_Iter := Get_Iter_From_String (M, Path_String); begin Set_Value (M, Iter, Text_Column, Text_Value); end Text_Edited_Callback; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Model : Gtk_Tree_Store; Tree : Gtk_Tree_View; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Col : Gtk_Tree_View_Column; Num : Gint; Text_Render : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Text; Toggle_Render : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Toggle; Parent, Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; pragma Unreferenced (Num); pragma Warnings (Off, Iter); begin -- Create the model that contains the actual data. In this example, -- we create this as a tree, although it could also be a simple list. -- -- Each data is in fact a line in the graphical widget, and can contain -- multiple columns, not all of which are visible at any time. Some can -- be used as flags to indicate how the rendering should be done. Gtk_New (Model, (Text_Column => GType_String, Strike_Column => GType_Boolean, Editable_Column => GType_Boolean, Active_Column => GType_Boolean, Foreground_Column => GType_String)); -- Create the view: it shows two columns, the first contains some text, -- the second contains a toggle button. In each column, a renderer is -- used to display the data graphically. In the future, it will be -- possible to create your own renderers with GtkAda. For now, we simply -- use two of the predefined renderers. The list of possible attributes -- for these is defined in their respective packages. Gtk_New (Tree, +Model); Set_Grid_Lines (Tree, Grid_Lines_Vertical); Set_Enable_Tree_Lines (Tree, True); Set_Rubber_Banding (Tree, True); Set_Mode (Get_Selection (Tree), Selection_Multiple); Gtk_New (Text_Render); Gtk_New (Toggle_Render); Gtk_New (Col); Num := Append_Column (Tree, Col); Set_Sort_Column_Id (Col, Text_Column); Set_Title (Col, "First column"); Pack_Start (Col, Text_Render, True); Set_Sizing (Col, Tree_View_Column_Autosize); Add_Attribute (Col, Text_Render, "text", Text_Column); Add_Attribute (Col, Text_Render, "strikethrough", Strike_Column); Add_Attribute (Col, Text_Render, "editable", Editable_Column); Add_Attribute (Col, Text_Render, "foreground", Foreground_Column); Gtk_New (Col); Set_Sort_Column_Id (Col, -1); -- unsortable Num := Append_Column (Tree, Col); Set_Title (Col, "Second column"); Pack_Start (Col, Toggle_Render, False); Add_Attribute (Col, Toggle_Render, "active", Active_Column); Add_Attribute (Col, Toggle_Render, "activatable", Editable_Column); -- Make the tree sortable (see also calls to Set_Sort_Column_Id above). -- The default sort is alphabetical. For the fun of it, we implement -- our own sorting algorithm here. Set_Headers_Clickable (Tree, True); Set_Sort_Func (+Model, Text_Column, Custom_Sort'Access); -- By default, the toggle renderer doesn't react to clicks, ie the user -- cannot interactively change the value of the radio button. This needs -- a special callback for the "edited" signal. -- The same applies for text renderers. -- -- In both cases, the callback should be used for validation of the -- input. Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Toggle_Render, "toggled", Edited_Callback'Access, Slot_Object => Model); Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Text_Render, "edited", Text_Edited_Callback'Access, Slot_Object => Model); -- Insert some data in the tree Parent := Null_Iter; for Count in 1 .. 30 loop Iter := Add_Line (Model, "not-editable, not striken", Parent => Parent); Iter := Add_Line (Model, "editable, not striken", Editable => True, Parent => Parent); Iter := Add_Line (Model, "editable, striken", Editable => True, Striken => True, Parent => Parent); Iter := Add_Line (Model, "not-editable, striken", Striken => True, Parent => Parent); Iter := Add_Line (Model, "not-editable, not striken", Active => True, Parent => Parent); Iter := Add_Line (Model, "editable, not striken", Editable => True, Active => True, Parent => Parent); Iter := Add_Line (Model, "editable, striken", Editable => True, Striken => True, Active => True, Parent => Parent); Iter := Add_Line (Model, "not-editable, striken", Striken => True, Active => True, Parent => Parent); Parent := Iter; end loop; -- Insert the view in the frame Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Add (Scrolled, Tree); Show_All (Scrolled); Add (Frame, Scrolled); end Run; end Create_Tree_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_label.adb0000644000076700001450000001735612533067540020336 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Glib.Convert; use Glib.Convert; with Pango.Enums; use Pango.Enums; package body Create_Label is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Label@B is used to display any kind of text on the" & " screen, even on multiple line." & ASCII.LF & "This is a passive widget, in that it does not react to any event."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Vbox, Hbox : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Label"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, False, 5); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 5); Add (Frame, Hbox); Pack_Start (Hbox, Vbox, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Normal Label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is a Normal Label"); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Multi-line Label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is a Multi-line label." & ASCII.LF & "Second Line" & ASCII.LF & "Third line"); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Left Justified Label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is a Left-Justified" & ASCII.LF & "Multi-line label." & ASCII.LF & "Third line"); Set_Justify (Label, Justify_Left); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Right Justified Label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is a Right-Justified" & ASCII.LF & "Multi-line label." & ASCII.LF & "Fourth line"); Set_Justify (Label, Justify_Right); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Selectable Label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is a selectable label " & ASCII.LF & "you can select the text with the " & ASCII.LF & "mouse and paste it."); Set_Selectable (Label, True); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, False, 5); Pack_Start (Hbox, Vbox, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Line wrapped Label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is an example of a line-wrapped label. It should not " & "be taking up the entire " & "width allocated to it, but automatically wraps the words " & "to fit. The time has come, for all good men, to come to " & "the aid of their party. The sixth sheik's six sheep's sick." & ASCII.LF & " It supports multiple paragraphs correctly, and " & "correctly adds many extra spaces. "); Set_Line_Wrap (Label, True); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Character mode wrapped label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is an example of a line-wrapped label. Like the above " & "example, it will not be taking up the entire width " & "allocated to it, but instead of wrapping words to fit, it " & "wraps characters to fit. " & "The time has come, for all good men, to come to " & "the aid of their party. The sixth sheik's six sheep's sick." & ASCII.LF & " It supports multiple paragraphs correctly, and " & "correctly adds many extra spaces. "); Set_Line_Wrap (Label, True); Set_Line_Wrap_Mode (Label, Pango_Wrap_Char); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Filled, wrapped Label"); Gtk_New (Label, "This is an example of a line-wrapped label. It should " & "be taking up the entire " & "width allocated to it, but automatically wraps the words " & "to fit. The time has come, for all good men, to come to " & "the aid of their party. The sixth sheik's six sheep's sick." & ASCII.LF & " It supports multiple paragraphs correctly, and " & "correctly adds many extra spaces. "); Set_Line_Wrap (Label, True); Set_Justify (Label, Justify_Fill); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Underlined Label"); Gtk_New (Label, Locale_To_UTF8 ("This label is underlined!" & ASCII.LF & "This one is underlined in ÆüËܸì¤ÎÆþÍÑquite a funky fashion")); Set_Justify (Label, Justify_Left); Set_Pattern (Label, "_________________________ _ _________ _ _____ _ __" & " __ ___ ____ _____"); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Markup Label"); Gtk_New (Label); Set_Markup (Label, ("" & "This label has markup!" & ASCII.LF & "You can make text bold italic " & "underline striken big. " & ASCII.LF & "You can also use mono spaced font" & " and write H2O " & "and " & ASCII.LF & "" & "y=Σxi" & "2 " & "+ 3" & " besides other things...")); Add (Frame2, Label); Pack_Start (Vbox, Frame2, False, False, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Label; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_animate.ads0000644000076700001450000000361012533067540023267 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Animate is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Animate; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_gtkada_builder.adb0000644000076700001450000002222612533067540022210 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- with System; use System; -- with System.Address_Image; with Ada.Exceptions; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; -- with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.GEntry; use Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Widget; with Common; use Common; with Gtkada.Builder; use Gtkada.Builder; package body Create_Gtkada_Builder is Default_Filename : constant String := "gtkbuilder_example.xml"; -- This is the file from which we'll read our UI description. procedure On_Button_Clicked (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class); -- Callback for a button click procedure On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class); procedure On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class); function On_Window1_Delete_Event (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure On_Window1_Destroy (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class); procedure On_Print_To_Console (Object : access GObject_Record'Class); -- Callbacks referenced by our XML UI definition. These match the -- items in the Callback_Function_Name enumeration. procedure Add_Custom_Widget (Box : Gtk_Hbox); -- Add custom widgets from the file "gtkbuilder_custom_widget.xml" -- to the given hbox ----------------------- -- Add_Custom_Widget -- ----------------------- procedure Add_Custom_Widget (Box : Gtk_Hbox) is Builder : Gtkada_Builder; Error : aliased GError; begin -- Create a builder Gtk_New (Builder); -- Load the custom widget from the XML description if Builder.Add_From_File ("gtkbuilder_custom_widget.xml", Error'Access) = 0 then Put_Line ("Error [Create_Builder.Add_Custom_Widget]: " & Get_Message (Error)); Error_Free (Error); return; end if; -- Now get the widget... declare Custom_Widget : constant Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget := Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget (Get_Object (Builder, "custom")); begin -- ... And add it to our Box Pack_Start (Box, Custom_Widget); Gtk.Widget.Show_All (Custom_Widget); end; end Add_Custom_Widget; ------------------------- -- On_Print_To_Console -- ------------------------- procedure On_Print_To_Console (Object : access GObject_Record'Class) is Term1 : constant Gtk_Entry := Gtk_Entry (Object); begin Put_Line ("String 1 is: " & Get_Text (Term1)); end On_Print_To_Console; ----------------------- -- On_Button_Clicked -- ----------------------- procedure On_Button_Clicked (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); Builder : Gtkada_Builder; Error : aliased GError; begin -- Create a new Gtkada_Builder object Gtk_New (Builder); -- Read in our XML file if Builder.Add_From_File (Default_Filename, Error'Access) = 0 then Put_Line ("Error [Create_Builder.On_Button_Clicked]: " & Get_Message (Error)); Error_Free (Error); end if; -- Do the necessary connections Register_Handler (Builder => Builder, Handler_Name => "on_btn_concatenate_clicked", Handler => On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked'Access); Register_Handler (Builder => Builder, Handler_Name => "on_btn_console_greeting_clicked", Handler => On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked'Access); Register_Handler (Builder => Builder, Handler_Name => "on_window1_delete_event", Handler => On_Window1_Delete_Event'Access); Register_Handler (Builder => Builder, Handler_Name => "on_window1_destroy", Handler => On_Window1_Destroy'Access); Register_Handler (Builder => Builder, Handler_Name => "on_print_to_console", Handler => On_Print_To_Console'Access); Do_Connect (Builder); -- Add a custom widget 3 times to the placeholder hbox Add_Custom_Widget (Gtk_Hbox (Builder.Get_Object ("placeholder_hbox"))); Add_Custom_Widget (Gtk_Hbox (Builder.Get_Object ("placeholder_hbox"))); Add_Custom_Widget (Gtk_Hbox (Builder.Get_Object ("placeholder_hbox"))); -- Find our main window, then display it and all of its children. Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget (Builder.Get_Object ("window1")).Show_All; end On_Button_Clicked; -------------------------------- -- On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked -- -------------------------------- procedure On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) is Buffer : constant Gtk_Text_Buffer := Get_Buffer (Gtk.Text_View.Gtk_Text_View (Builder.Get_Object ("textField"))); begin Put_Line ("On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked"); Insert_At_Cursor (Buffer, "Concatenated: " & Get_Text (Gtk.GEntry.Gtk_Entry (Builder.Get_Object ("term1"))) & Get_Text (Gtk.GEntry.Gtk_Entry (Builder.Get_Object ("term2"))) & ASCII.LF); exception when Event : others => Put_Line ("Error: " & Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Information (Event)); end On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked; ------------------------------------- -- On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked -- ------------------------------------- procedure On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Builder); begin Put_Line ("On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked says: HELLO!!!"); end On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked; ----------------------------- -- On_Window1_Delete_Event -- ----------------------------- function On_Window1_Delete_Event (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Builder); begin Put_Line ("On_Window1_Delete_Event"); -- Stop unconditionally. return False; end On_Window1_Delete_Event; ------------------------ -- On_Window1_Destroy -- ------------------------ procedure On_Window1_Destroy (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) is begin -- We actually don't do much here, since within testgtk, we're not -- the main window. Put_Line ("On_Window1_Destroy"); -- Free memory associated to the builder Unref (Builder); end On_Window1_Destroy; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return ""; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Button1 : Gtk_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Builder"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New (Button1, "Invoke Builder with file " & Default_Filename); Button_Handler.Connect (Button1, "clicked", On_Button_Clicked'Access); Pack_Start (Box1, Button1, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 10); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Gtkada_Builder; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_assistant.adb0000644000076700001450000005572112533067540021266 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Alignment; use Gtk.Alignment; with Gtk.Assistant; use Gtk.Assistant; with Gtk.Bin; use Gtk.Bin; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Progress_Bar; use Gtk.Progress_Bar; with Gtk.Radio_Button; use Gtk.Radio_Button; with Gtk.Stock; use Gtk.Stock; with Gtk.Toggle_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Button; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Assistant is ----------------- -- Local Types -- ----------------- type Page_Data_Record is record Assistant : Gtk_Assistant; Page : Gtk_Vbox; end record; type Page_Data is access Page_Data_Record; -- User data for Check_Button_Page_Data_Cb callback package. type Assistant_Type is (Simple, Generous, Nonlinear, Looping, Full_Featured); All_Assistants : array (Assistant_Type) of Gtk_Assistant := (others => null); -- For every assistant type, we toggle assistants on and off on -- each main window button click. In order to do this we need -- to keep track of all assistants that we bring up. ------------------------------------- -- Callback Package Instantiations -- ------------------------------------- package Time_Cb is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Gtk_Assistant); package Assistant_Cb is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Assistant_Record); package Check_Button_Widget_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Check_Button_Record, Gtk_Widget); package Check_Button_Page_Data_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Check_Button_Record, Page_Data); package Radio_Button_Char_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Radio_Button_Record, Character); package Forward_Page_Functions is new Set_Forward_Page_Func_User_Data (Gtk_Assistant); use Forward_Page_Functions; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "a @bGtk_Assistant@B is a kind of @bGtk_Window@B that is used" & " to guide users through multi-step operations, and appears as a" & " dialog with multiple stages. An application might use this type" & " of functionality to create wizards."; end Help; ----------------------- -- Complete_Callback -- ----------------------- procedure Complete_Callback (Check : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Data : Page_Data) is Complete : Boolean; begin Complete := Get_Active (Check); Set_Page_Complete (Data.Assistant, Data.Page, Complete); end Complete_Callback; ------------------------------ -- Add_Completion_Test_Page -- ------------------------------ function Add_Completion_Test_Page (Assistant : Gtk_Assistant; Text : String; Visible : Boolean; Complete : Boolean) return Gtk_Vbox is Page : Gtk_Vbox; Check : Gtk_Check_Button; Label1 : Gtk_Label; Data : constant Page_Data := new Page_Data_Record; Tmp : Gint; pragma Warnings (Off, Tmp); begin Gtk_New_Vbox (Page); Gtk_New (Check, "Complete"); Gtk_New (Label1, Text); Add (Page, Label1); Add (Page, Check); Set_Active (Check, Complete); Data.Assistant := Assistant; Data.Page := Page; Check_Button_Page_Data_Cb.Connect (Check, "toggled", Complete_Callback'Access, Data); if Visible then Show_All (Page); end if; Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Page); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Page, Text); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Page, Complete); return Page; end Add_Completion_Test_Page; --------------------- -- Cancel_Callback -- --------------------- procedure Cancel_Callback (Assistant : access Gtk_Assistant_Record'Class) is begin Put_Line ("cancel"); Hide (Assistant); end Cancel_Callback; -------------------- -- Close_Callback -- -------------------- procedure Close_Callback (Assistant : access Gtk_Assistant_Record'Class) is begin Put_Line ("close"); Hide (Assistant); end Close_Callback; -------------------- -- Apply_Callback -- -------------------- procedure Apply_Callback (Assistant : access Gtk_Assistant_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Assistant); begin Put_Line ("apply"); end Apply_Callback; ---------------------- -- Progress_Timeout -- ---------------------- function Progress_Timeout (Assistant : Gtk_Assistant) return Boolean is Page_Num : constant Gint := Get_Current_Page (Assistant); Page : constant Gtk_Bin := Gtk_Bin (Get_Nth_Page (Assistant, Page_Num)); Progress : constant Gtk_Progress_Bar := Gtk_Progress_Bar (Get_Child (Page)); Value : Gdouble; begin Value := Get_Fraction (Progress); Value := Value + 0.1; Set_Fraction (Progress, Value); if Value >= 1.0 then Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Page, True); return False; end if; return True; end Progress_Timeout; ---------------------- -- Prepare_Callback -- ---------------------- procedure Prepare_Callback (Assistant : access Gtk_Assistant_Record'Class) is Page : constant Gtk_Widget := Get_Nth_Page (Assistant, Get_Current_Page (Assistant)); begin if Page.all in Gtk_Label_Record'Class then Put_Line ("prepare: " & Get_Text (Gtk_Label (Page))); elsif Get_Page_Type (Assistant, Page) = Gtk_Assistant_Page_Progress then declare Progress : constant Gtk_Progress_Bar := Gtk_Progress_Bar (Get_Child (Gtk_Alignment (Page))); Timer : G_Source_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Timer); begin Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Page, False); Set_Fraction (Progress, 0.0); Timer := Time_Cb.Timeout_Add (300, Progress_Timeout'Access, Gtk_Assistant (Assistant)); end; else Put_Line ("prepare: " & Gint'Image (Get_Current_Page (Assistant))); end if; end Prepare_Callback; ----------------------------- -- Create_Simple_Assistant -- ----------------------------- procedure Create_Simple_Assistant (Widget : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Widget); Assistant : Gtk_Assistant renames All_Assistants (Simple); Page : Gtk_Label; Page_Num : Gint; pragma Warnings (Off, Page_Num); begin if Assistant = null then Gtk_New (Assistant); Set_Default_Size (Assistant, 400, 300); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "cancel", Cancel_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "close", Close_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "apply", Apply_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "prepare", Prepare_Callback'Access); Gtk_New (Page, "Page 1"); Show (Page); Page_Num := Append_Page (Assistant, Page); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Page, "Page 1"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Page, True); Gtk_New (Page, "Page 2"); Show (Page); Page_Num := Append_Page (Assistant, Page); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Page, "Page 2"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Page, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Confirm); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Page, True); end if; if not Assistant.Get_Visible then Show (Assistant); else Destroy (Assistant); Assistant := null; end if; end Create_Simple_Assistant; ---------------------- -- Visible_Callback -- ---------------------- procedure Visible_Callback (Check : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Page : Gtk_Widget) is Visible : constant Boolean := Get_Active (Check); begin if Visible then Show (Page); else Hide (Page); end if; end Visible_Callback; ------------------------------- -- Create_Generous_Assistant -- ------------------------------- procedure Create_Generous_Assistant (Widget : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); Assistant : Gtk_Assistant renames All_Assistants (Generous); begin if Assistant = null then Gtk_New (Assistant); Set_Default_Size (Assistant, 400, 300); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "cancel", Cancel_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "close", Close_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "apply", Apply_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "prepare", Prepare_Callback'Access); declare Tmp : Gint; Label1 : Gtk_Label; Content_Page, More_Content_Page, Even_More_Content_Page : Gtk_Vbox; Check : Gtk_Check_Button; Alignment1 : Gtk_Alignment; Progress_Bar1 : Gtk_Progress_Bar; pragma Warnings (Off, Tmp); pragma Warnings (Off, Even_More_Content_Page); begin Gtk_New (Label1, "Introduction"); Show (Label1); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label1); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label1, "Introduction"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Label1, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Intro); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label1, True); Content_Page := Add_Completion_Test_Page (Assistant, "Content", True, False); More_Content_Page := Add_Completion_Test_Page (Assistant, "More Content", True, True); Gtk_New (Check, "Next page visible"); Set_Active (Check, True); Check_Button_Widget_Cb.Connect (Check, "toggled", Check_Button_Widget_Cb.To_Marshaller (Visible_Callback'Access), Gtk_Widget (More_Content_Page)); Show (Check); Add (Content_Page, Check); Even_More_Content_Page := Add_Completion_Test_Page (Assistant, "Even More Content", True, True); Gtk_New (Label1, "Confirmation"); Show (Label1); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label1); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label1, "Confirmation"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Label1, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Confirm); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label1, True); Gtk_New (Alignment1, 0.5, 0.5, 0.9, 0.0); Gtk_New (Progress_Bar1); Add (Alignment1, Progress_Bar1); Show_All (Alignment1); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Alignment1); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Alignment1, "Progress"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Alignment1, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Progress); Gtk_New (Label1, "Summary"); Show (Label1); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label1); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label1, "Summary"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Label1, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Summary); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label1, True); end; end if; if not Assistant.Get_Visible then Show (Assistant); else Destroy (Assistant); Assistant := null; end if; end Create_Generous_Assistant; ------------------- -- Select_Branch -- ------------------- Selected_Branch : Character := 'A'; procedure Select_Branch (Button : access Gtk_Radio_Button_Record'Class; Branch : Character) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); begin Selected_Branch := Branch; end Select_Branch; -------------------------------------- -- Nonlinear_Assistant_Forward_Page -- -------------------------------------- function Nonlinear_Assistant_Forward_Page (Current_Page : Gint) return Gint is begin case Current_Page is when 0 => case Selected_Branch is when 'A' => return 1; when 'B' => return 2; when others => return -1; end case; when 1 | 2 => return 3; when others => return -1; end case; end Nonlinear_Assistant_Forward_Page; -------------------------------- -- Create_Nonlinear_Assistant -- -------------------------------- procedure Create_Nonlinear_Assistant (Widget : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is Assistant : Gtk_Assistant renames All_Assistants (Nonlinear); Page : Gtk_Vbox; Label : Gtk_Label; Radio_Button : Gtk_Radio_Button; Tmp : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Widget); pragma Warnings (Off, Tmp); begin if Assistant = null then Gtk_New (Assistant); Set_Default_Size (Assistant, 400, 300); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "cancel", Cancel_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "close", Close_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "apply", Apply_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "prepare", Prepare_Callback'Access); Assistant.Set_Forward_Page_Func (Nonlinear_Assistant_Forward_Page'Access); Gtk_New_Vbox (Page, False, 6); Gtk_New (Radio_Button, Label => "branch A"); Pack_Start (Page, Radio_Button, False, False, 0); Radio_Button_Char_Cb.Connect (Radio_Button, "toggled", Select_Branch'Access, 'A'); Set_Active (Radio_Button, True); Gtk_New (Radio_Button, Radio_Button, "branch B"); Pack_Start (Page, Radio_Button, False, False, 0); Radio_Button_Char_Cb.Connect (Radio_Button, "toggled", Select_Branch'Access, 'B'); Show_All (Page); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Page); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Page, "Page 1"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Page, True); Gtk_New (Label, "Page 2A"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Page 2A"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); Gtk_New (Label, "Page 2B"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Page 2B"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); Gtk_New (Label, "Confirmation"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Confirmation"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Label, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Confirm); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); end if; if not Assistant.Get_Visible then Show (Assistant); else Destroy (Assistant); Assistant := null; end if; end Create_Nonlinear_Assistant; ------------------------------------ -- Looping_Assistant_Forward_Page -- ------------------------------------ function Looping_Assistant_Forward_Page (Current_Page : Gint; Assistant : Gtk_Assistant) return Gint is begin case Current_Page is when 0 .. 2 => return Current_Page + 1; when 3 => declare Loop_Toggle_Button : constant Gtk_Toggle_Button := Gtk_Toggle_Button (Get_Nth_Page (Assistant, Current_Page)); Should_Loop : constant Boolean := Get_Active (Loop_Toggle_Button); begin if Should_Loop then return 0; else return 4; end if; end; when others => return -1; end case; end Looping_Assistant_Forward_Page; ------------------------------ -- Create_Looping_Assistant -- ------------------------------ procedure Create_Looping_Assistant (Widget : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is Assistant : Gtk_Assistant renames All_Assistants (Looping); Label : Gtk_Label; Check_Button : Gtk_Check_Button; Tmp : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Widget); pragma Warnings (Off, Tmp); begin if Assistant = null then Gtk_New (Assistant); Set_Default_Size (Assistant, 400, 300); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "cancel", Cancel_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "close", Close_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "apply", Apply_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "prepare", Prepare_Callback'Access); Forward_Page_Functions.Set_Forward_Page_Func (Assistant, Looping_Assistant_Forward_Page'Access, Assistant); Gtk_New (Label, "Introduction"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Introduction"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Label, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Intro); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); Gtk_New (Label, "Content"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Content"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); Gtk_New (Label, "More content"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "More content"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); Gtk_New (Check_Button, "Loop?"); Show (Check_Button); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Check_Button); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Check_Button, "Loop?"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Check_Button, True); Gtk_New (Label, "Confirmation"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Confirmation"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Label, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Confirm); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); end if; if not Assistant.Get_Visible then Show (Assistant); else Destroy (Assistant); Assistant := null; end if; end Create_Looping_Assistant; ------------------------------------ -- Create_Full_Featured_Assistant -- ------------------------------------ procedure Create_Full_Featured_Assistant (Widget : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is Assistant : Gtk_Assistant renames All_Assistants (Full_Featured); Button : Gtk_Button; Label : Gtk_Label; Tmp : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Widget); pragma Warnings (Off, Tmp); begin if Assistant = null then Gtk_New (Assistant); Set_Default_Size (Assistant, 400, 300); Gtk_New_From_Stock (Button, Stock_Stop); Show (Button); Add_Action_Widget (Assistant, Button); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "cancel", Cancel_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "close", Close_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "apply", Apply_Callback'Access); Assistant_Cb.Connect (Assistant, "prepare", Prepare_Callback'Access); Gtk_New (Label, "Page 1"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Page 1"); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); Gtk_New (Label, "Invisible page"); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Gtk_New (Label, "Page 3"); Show (Label); Tmp := Append_Page (Assistant, Label); Set_Page_Title (Assistant, Label, "Page 3"); Set_Page_Type (Assistant, Label, Gtk_Assistant_Page_Confirm); Set_Page_Complete (Assistant, Label, True); end if; if not Assistant.Get_Visible then Show (Assistant); else Destroy (Assistant); Assistant := null; end if; end Create_Full_Featured_Assistant; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; --------- -- Add -- --------- procedure Add (Description : String; Callback : Button_Handler.Simple_Handler) is Button : Gtk_Button; begin Gtk_New (Button, Description); Button_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Callback); Pack_Start (Box1, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 10); end Add; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Assistant"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1); Add (Frame, Box1); Add ("Simple Assistant", Create_Simple_Assistant'Access); Add ("Generous Assistant", Create_Generous_Assistant'Access); Add ("Nonlinear Assistant", Create_Nonlinear_Assistant'Access); Add ("Looping Assistant", Create_Looping_Assistant'Access); Add ("Full Featured Assistant", Create_Full_Featured_Assistant'Access); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Assistant; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_spin.adb0000644000076700001450000002137012533067540020217 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Spin_Button; use Gtk.Spin_Button; with Gtk.Toggle_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Button; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Spin is type My_Button_Record is new Gtk_Button_Record with record Label : Gtk_Label; end record; type My_Button is access all My_Button_Record; -- This is basic Gtk_Button, except that is has an extra internal -- data. package Spin_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Toggle_Button_Record, Gtk_Spin_Button); package Button_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (My_Button_Record, Gint); Spinner1 : Gtk_Spin_Button; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Spin_Button@B is a widget that allows the user to" & " choose a value from a specific range. You can only associate" & " the spin button with numeric values." & ASCII.LF & "This demo also creates a child of @bGtk_Button@B for the two" & " buttons at the bottom. These are basic buttons, but they also" & " contain a pointer to the label where to display the value."; end Help; ------------------- -- Change_Digits -- ------------------- procedure Change_Digits (Spin : access GObject_Record'Class) is S : constant Gtk_Spin_Button := Gtk_Spin_Button (Spin); begin Set_Digits (Spinner1, Guint (S.Get_Value_As_Int)); end Change_Digits; ----------------- -- Toggle_Snap -- ----------------- procedure Toggle_Snap (Widget : access Gtk_Toggle_Button_Record'Class; Spin : Gtk_Spin_Button) is begin Set_Snap_To_Ticks (Spin, Get_Active (Widget)); end Toggle_Snap; -------------------- -- Toggle_Numeric -- -------------------- procedure Toggle_Numeric (Widget : access Gtk_Toggle_Button_Record'Class; Spin : Gtk_Spin_Button) is begin Set_Numeric (Spin, Get_Active (Widget)); end Toggle_Numeric; --------------- -- Get_Value -- --------------- procedure Get_Value (Widget : access My_Button_Record'Class; Data : Gint) is Spin : constant Gtk_Spin_Button := Spinner1; begin if Data = 1 then Set_Text (Widget.Label, Gint'Image (Get_Value_As_Int (Spin))); else Set_Text (Widget.Label, Gdouble'Image (Get_Value (Spin))); end if; end Get_Value; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Main_Box : Gtk_Box; VBox : Gtk_Box; Hbox : Gtk_Box; Vbox2 : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Adj : Gtk_Adjustment; Spinner : Gtk_Spin_Button; Spinner2 : Gtk_Spin_Button; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; Check : Gtk_Check_Button; Myb : My_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Spin Buttons"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Main_Box, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Main_Box, 10); Add (Frame, Main_Box); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Not accelerated"); Pack_Start (Main_Box, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (VBox, False, 0); Set_Border_Width (VBox, 5); Add (Frame2, VBox); -- Day, month, year spinners Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Pack_Start (VBox, Hbox, False, False, 5); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox2, False, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Vbox2, False, False, 5); Gtk_New (Label, "Day:"); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Adj, 1.0, 1.0, 31.0, 1.0, 5.0, 0.0); Gtk_New (Spinner, Adj, 0.0, 0); Set_Wrap (Spinner, True); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Spinner, False, False, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox2, False, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Vbox2, False, False, 5); Gtk_New (Label, "Month:"); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Adj, 1.0, 1.0, 12.0, 1.0, 5.0, 0.0); Gtk_New (Spinner, Adj, 0.0, 0); Set_Wrap (Spinner, True); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Spinner, False, False, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox2, False, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Vbox2, False, False, 5); Gtk_New (Label, "Year:"); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Adj, 1998.0, 0.0, 2100.0, 1.0, 100.0, 0.0); Gtk_New (Spinner, Adj, 0.0, 0); Set_Wrap (Spinner, True); Set_Size_Request (Spinner, 55, 0); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Spinner, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Accelerated"); Pack_Start (Main_Box, Frame2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (VBox, False, 0); Set_Border_Width (VBox, 5); Add (Frame2, VBox); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Pack_Start (VBox, Hbox, False, False, 5); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox2, False, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Vbox2, False, False, 5); Gtk_New (Label, "Value:"); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Adj, 0.0, -10000.0, 10000.0, 0.5, 100.0, 0.0); Gtk_New (Spinner1, Adj, 1.0, 2); Set_Wrap (Spinner1, True); Set_Size_Request (Spinner1, 100, 0); Set_Update_Policy (Spinner1, Update_Always); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Spinner1, False, False, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox2, False, 0); Pack_Start (Hbox, Vbox2, False, False, 5); Gtk_New (Label, "Digits:"); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Adj, 2.0, 1.0, 5.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0); Gtk_New (Spinner2, Adj, 0.0, 0); Set_Wrap (Spinner2, True); Adj.On_Value_Changed (Change_Digits'Access, Spinner2); Pack_Start (Vbox2, Spinner2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Pack_Start (VBox, Hbox, False, False, 5); Gtk_New (Check, "Snap to 0.5-ticks"); Spin_Cb.Connect (Check, "clicked", Toggle_Snap'Access, Spinner1); Pack_Start (VBox, Check, False, False, 0); Set_Active (Check, True); Gtk_New (Check, "Snap Numeric only input mode"); Spin_Cb.Connect (Check, "clicked", Toggle_Numeric'Access, Spinner1); Pack_Start (VBox, Check, False, False, 0); Set_Active (Check, True); Gtk_New (Label, ""); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, False, 0); Pack_Start (VBox, Hbox, False, False, 5); Myb := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Myb, "Value as Int"); Myb.Label := Label; Button_Cb.Connect (Myb, "clicked", Get_Value'Access, 1); Pack_Start (Hbox, Myb, False, False, 5); Myb := new My_Button_Record; Initialize (Myb, "Value as Float"); Myb.Label := Label; Button_Cb.Connect (Myb, "clicked", Get_Value'Access, 2); Pack_Start (Hbox, Myb, False, False, 5); Pack_Start (VBox, Label, False, False, 0); Set_Text (Label, "0"); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Spin; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_menu.ads0000644000076700001450000000356712533067540020243 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Menu is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Menu; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnu-keys.png0000644000076700001450000000741412533067132017523 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR00Wù‡gAMA± üaÃIDATxœí˜kt]e™Çﾞ[rré-MÒ&iÚ4Io´Å¦ ´ÒŽÈÀ¨C;D™gPQ†¼T•²Æê×Tg´ule€‚´¢Pš^Ò¦—¤-msk’æ~9IÎmŸ}y÷|ˆ¸)¢ÂÌ—þÖ:Ÿö~÷yþûyþû}Ÿ.q‰K\âê»ü¬2 àC^‰ÅFíd"弋ÏK´¿t᪵ËUËrL+éÍ·RéuÕóæä-©YVV^ºzÍÚU+W­ —”•(=ݽœoí `˜L-(`Fy9&NÀ•šªaYVü왳Év½°mÛ·íª:ÿ/LÖ/zßeŸ½fÍÕ¯ºúÊB01o2µjyñù_³è²Å8®ÃPÿçšÏ±î¶uÜpà H)B0Äãqm_µòý[úûû¿ È¿VÀ;ñ@V(\{Ãß^¿îº¿¹fr(6¤  IG{ÏîÜÅæÿøÉx‚3¯céKàÕ½¯¢( ª*H$â|ñžÏ)ñT¼4h×?å]È‚òî¹üëeýÇn»eŽ®†©‡š¢Y9œkj¢xú4J¦—bè¶þd+W^y%ÕÕÕ¬ÿ‡õhBÃÐ š›š¸ûîÏÐÔÖL  ’™[³|aåÛýéœù³ßIl2F~~þ‡®¿îƒ+÷¨Õ&OÊGÓ Œ@UÓ©®ªâø‘|àA<×ÃÇç _øŽã 8n†S§Oòõ¯n$I1½¤UÂfV^~î<`wn~®ˆ ÅtÓ4'8ŽÉÉÍž-„Z¦éêXYyñÙÞÞÎTÂ’€÷æßÖª¢ÖÜ{ß½Û¿ô¯_šŽq¸®ŽãÇŽR\RȬŠJŠ I§lÚ[Û8yú%e¥¬^½UQÑ5•M›cÏî_‘•“EVvÏ•xŽK"‘ ¯§ï•y‹«n ƒ•/ï®»ñæßø’ò’iK–,ö55ä4kØ÷ê>+cY­Ï=û\mOwÏ0ð ÐÎxçmÿ×O~ú“/œ¿P „¨Be``}û÷ràÀ!ÊÊŠ)-Á¬Ù 3bÃÃlýÑÙ[»—i%…hšF*™$•Lc†u¬T††c§ÁPðÀôâ’Š;>u{áäÂ)j0Àµ%yyB’Ê` èp㉸õ퇿]WWWwôBç…ÇQ`ô¢òróJnþðÍ'¿ñÐ7†j€B4EÃ4L¤ï³oß«4Ÿk¦§¿‹p$ÂâË/§¿w]»þ‡ÁÁ¦•MÅP5úb$“q¤ëÓÖ|žtÚbáå—±öúkœÒ²r=šeltŒ_=ÿ"GeÓæÇÈÍÍG7t¤¯MÓ0MÓ÷¤×ûäö'ýÃü°þøñãß½¨€ÂÂÂÍ;~¹ãîòòrt]G"ñéIÏAÓ4¡0º®‹ÅhhlàÈázFÆFÈÉ 3:Ã÷$ccc$IFãcœ8zšÊ9ÜzÛG ‡B„B&äMæرc<óô.ª««¸é¦›)/+ÇW|Õ¢|f9ápEQP… <ÿÂ.·¾þøÐÓ¿xºúb&ÎÎ8™ÒŠÙøîøîo¨R‘¸ž‹°inm&77JÕÜj–-_Ƽyó9sö4gÎ"•Š“JY8R"}Ÿá¡·ßùqÊʦaè&šj`A4Måà¾ÃlØ°kÖ\ƒ¦k  ³óéÔ¾ZËÆolDUUt]§¥¥‰_û}ƒ}RL7^L@éG>ú‘2EUPuðéïëãøñÔ××ãù.+®ZJñ´Bz{zùþ¿of$6JEE% Š;î.ß' ÐßÝ˪Õïg΂ùHÏC× ²"Y˜z€@0H__/C±AŽ=Æ¡C‡Ø¹s'K–,aÓc›ض͑#uüÛ}÷ct¦L%O²xɼåÍ@QQQov(»ª­£Gþ&]]]Ì]PÅe‹1µ¨€ìHªªSPXÀ+¯À0LÚšÛhhlॗv“HÅ©¨˜‰c»H–.»ÓÐiiiÆq,²ª*QUáÃí·‚×ΞáÕ½ûÈÍËå¡GbÖÌYƒAžx|;wî$;7‹p(„¦*˜ƒ–æ–ª‹y øÁŒòïËËÏxãÍdá¢ùÍ0 §xþ…Ý öö³ó™_bÛfù»/›ª¨H_ÒÙy_î|Š†'˜<©‡¾ù¹9¹¨BcÇŽ§8yº¬ìå3Ë™;g¡P×s ˜&¾ªÁpl˜Ç}Œ£G3½´„RKÌ Òv¶5öVý€>3½tZ͆O~¼ìƒ7^/fÌ(£«³—¯=¸‘žž>.\ÄàÀwÜùI à­­áÁa&Mš„/}TM#;+ÏÑ#Çøä§?EQQ¢*ÌŸ;ŸË—ãz’ÎŽN¶oŠd*Iii¾2~nìçË÷}™îÞ.**g‰d‹‘ÉØhšŠ¦+HOjo.¡ˆaè‹ïüÇ 7\±rY…¢¨"Ž²õ¿ŸàÜÙ&6>¼‘¥55<óì.<×¥­¥•-?Üž÷pÓÍ7QZVŠi˜ öóo=BÝá:’©=Ý=¬X¶Çu°,‹¤›K–ÔpõÊUܱAR{`?ßûîwÉÎÉE 'OP6£ן‚"#±QtM! 12Cúž”Ê›K¨âcëo}ðÖõÿwcñ˜¡)ùùˆ ŽR0u ùù‡#<ú­ïp¾½ƒ“'©YZÃ]ÿt††ùâçîå|{EÓ èëígé’+xtÓ&©8¾ëc;6®çŽÑ„@Ó5BÁ0éLšî®nNŸ:…í¤¸ÐÓAr,M"1F*™&™Jáú.©x ¡Hñ´û† L™2eõº[o½ÉJY†›ñ‘Š ŠŠ§¢é:ŠP‘,²³³ÙýÒnÂá0ªªâã³ûÅ_ñ£-[H¦’L)žŒišDó¢?QÏðÈ3€‡‡çz(BAø8¶Ã`jES˜R0™¡¡!z{»HéáI#`ɤQ…FBz(¾B$’Õý‡Ìše5wÏš5+0!wÃ#Ãlßþs×aÑâ…0ƒø Ÿ[Ö}”P8‚P¶m£h ;žÚÁÖ­?&šeJáD‚x"®©ô ÷ÒÚÒJUUŽ;~Ðó¸¾;nð%Ž'Ñ4 UÅ?‚ø>D"YÃyù¹ßÿêƒ_¹å?·ð³í? —Ï,kšf:Žƒ”oÌ„m[¸ž+¤ç¢k&±¡¹¿öàñöópm÷ØïTTT,›]=[(Šòûº”Þx3Ž¾¯SEŒ_Ï8R©Žë’É88®‡çI‚¦ª*šŽ"@Õâñ³+Ë_ŒF£¿êîêþâÕW\ýÜ=Ÿ½§©¹©ù|v4Û ƒ¨ªŠÀ²,\W MÓÑ ƒó-í郵ugóósîrm÷ù7d m¥½Ý½íšªùB<ÏÃr-¤/ñ<!žôpÜ7¦]Ótð\|O¢j vÆÁóÁ“>¾P@(hB;uáÂ…Ï5?=Èx'uÔ÷ýyjûS_ºöškO¬YµæpÝ¡:+>—š6¾MéËÞî>÷™»Úî«Û¾dù‚;O5ž;üæ’{}#»6//oÃ<°xÝmëòMÓŒ¦’)||×ÁõÜ?ªUUUéì¸Àkgèho#ã8Ø™ –e“N¥q‹3§ZÚ\/ó‰“ g_~K·‚ ÌÖTÏ©¾º²²ryAÁT[QeüÀþƒÁ¶ó­Ï&¶e,û7\dª÷ºÈ>“ÍYðäŽ''UTTT™3šL'ßÒlªªÒ××K}ýA¿³«CøRJ%A ’é”êÄk£Bãöžþg[šÛÿÔŒT²€èïâ˜4«Šhõ¤Ÿz»…o>JhÀBàÎÕkVÏÝúøÖjUSÙLÏóÞ DUUº»;©?vÐëììT¡aYvÆáÈ¡c=gN7==ö'ÿ«yóiT]ÀËm-mÝÛßV 3ÓK¦«ÑìháËqª¢Ò×ßCow·’L&0 ƒŽŽ Ní¾C½‰DüŸûzû·ò.LÞþ\¯“Τ’©Ã/íyÉÚûÛ½ÅݺÝeË—…r²sMÑÐ5ž¾.bÃÃ$ ¿áDcêx}ãk+V.þNg{ÏÏcC#4Ãy/x'³QÈV·¬]»¶êÊ«®œYZZêŒ Y{öìQ~û›WR‰ä¶ínaƒÿž¿ù×ùsÇë âw¿¨®ŽkwD"áß&Éöw?¼K\â—¸Ä{Ìÿê;Ô$Í誂IEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_links.adb0000644000076700001450000004555112533067540022762 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; package body Create_Canvas_View_Links is package Gdouble_Functions is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Gdouble_Functions; type Spring_Link_Record is new Canvas_Link_Record with null record; type Spring_Link is access all Spring_Link_Record'Class; -- A special type of link which draws itself as a spring function Gtk_New_Spring (From, To : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Style : Drawing_Style; Anchor_From : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Anchor_To : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment) return Spring_Link; overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Spring_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo illustrates various capabilities for links" & " in the canvas view widget." & ASCII.LF & "Links can be attached to any other items (boxes, but also other" & " links and texts)." & ASCII.LF & "Links can also have arrows and annotations, as illustrated by" & " the examples here." & ASCII.LF & "Custom links can be implemented relatively easily. This demo shows" & " for instance that displays a @bspring@B instead of a line." & ASCII.LF & "It is also possible to force specific @bwaypoints@B for links"; end Help; -------------------- -- Gtk_New_Spring -- -------------------- function Gtk_New_Spring (From, To : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Style : Drawing_Style; Anchor_From : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Anchor_To : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment) return Spring_Link is L : constant Spring_Link := new Spring_Link_Record; begin L.Initialize (From, To, Style, Straight, null, Anchor_From, null, Anchor_To, null); return L; end Gtk_New_Spring; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Spring_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is L : constant Gdouble := 12.0; -- length of single segment N : constant Integer := 20; -- number of segments Pad : constant Gdouble := 15.0; -- each ends of the link Style : constant Drawing_Style := Self.Get_Style; Fill : constant Cairo_Pattern := Style.Get_Fill; Points : constant Item_Point_Array_Access := Self.Get_Points; P1 : constant Item_Point := Points (Points'First); P2 : constant Item_Point := Points (Points'Last); Deltax : constant Item_Coordinate := P2.X - P1.X; Deltay : constant Item_Coordinate := P2.Y - P1.Y; Angle : Gdouble; Length : constant Gdouble := Sqrt (Deltax * Deltax + Deltay * Deltay); P : Item_Point_Array (1 .. N + 4); X_Inc : Gdouble; Y_Inc : Gdouble; DY : Gdouble; begin -- never fill a link Style.Set_Fill (Null_Pattern); if Length <= L * Gdouble (N) or else (Deltax = 0.0 and then Deltay = 0.0) then Angle := Arctan (Y => Deltay, X => Deltax); Translate (Context.Cr, Points (Points'First).X, Points (Points'First).Y); Rotate (Context.Cr, Angle); X_Inc := (Length - 2.0 * Pad) / Gdouble (N); Y_Inc := Sqrt (L * L - X_Inc * X_Inc); P (P'First) := (0.0, 0.0); P (P'First + 1) := (Pad, 0.0); P (P'First + 2) := (X_Inc / 2.0, Y_Inc / 2.0); DY := -Y_Inc; for J in 3 .. N + 1 loop P (P'First + J) := (X_Inc, DY); DY := -DY; end loop; P (P'Last - 1) := (X_Inc / 2.0, DY / 2.0); P (P'Last) := (Pad, 0.0); Style.Draw_Polyline (Context.Cr, P, Relative => True); else Style.Draw_Polyline (Context.Cr, Points.all); end if; Style.Set_Fill (Fill); end Draw; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Canvas : Canvas_View; Model : List_Canvas_Model; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Black, Font : Drawing_Style; procedure Do_Example (Routing : Route_Style; X, Y : Model_Coordinate); procedure Do_Example (Routing : Route_Style; X, Y : Model_Coordinate) is L1, L2 : Canvas_Link; It1, It2, It3 : Rect_Item; S : Drawing_Style; begin It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It1.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (It1); It2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It2.Set_Position ((X + 100.0, Y + 100.0)); Model.Add (It2); It3 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It3.Set_Position ((X + 100.0, Y + 0.0)); Model.Add (It3); L1 := Gtk_New (From => It1, To => It2, Style => Black, Routing => Routing, Anchor_From => (1.0, 0.5, Auto, Distance => 0.0), Anchor_To => (0.0, 0.5, Auto, Distance => 0.0)); Model.Add (L1); S := Gtk_New (Stroke => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Arrow_From => (Head => Circle, Length => 2.0, Fill => Black_RGBA, others => <>)); L2 := Gtk_New (From => L1, To => It3, Style => S, Routing => Routing, Anchor_From => (0.5, 0.5, No_Clipping, Distance => 0.0)); Model.Add (L2); end Do_Example; procedure Link_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style); procedure Link_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style) is It1, It2 : Rect_Item; L : Canvas_Link; begin It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It1.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (It1); It2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It2.Set_Position ((X + 200.0, Y)); Model.Add (It2); L := Gtk_New (From => It1, To => It2, Style => Style, Routing => Straight); Model.Add (L); end Link_Example; procedure Spring_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style); procedure Spring_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style) is It1, It2 : Rect_Item; L : Spring_Link; begin It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It1.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (It1); It2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It2.Set_Position ((X + 100.0, Y + 50.0)); Model.Add (It2); L := Gtk_New_Spring (From => It1, To => It2, Style => Style); Model.Add (L); It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It1.Set_Position ((X + 300.0, Y)); Model.Add (It1); L := Gtk_New_Spring (From => It2, To => It1, Style => Style); Model.Add (L); end Spring_Example; procedure Waypoints_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style; Waypoints : Item_Point_Array; Relative_Waypoints : Boolean); procedure Waypoints_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style; Waypoints : Item_Point_Array; Relative_Waypoints : Boolean) is It1, It2 : Rect_Item; L : Canvas_Link; begin It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It1.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (It1); It2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It2.Set_Position ((X + 200.0, Y + 50.0)); Model.Add (It2); L := Gtk_New (It1, It2, Style, Straight); L.Set_Waypoints (Waypoints, Relative_Waypoints); Model.Add (L); end Waypoints_Example; procedure Label_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow); procedure Label_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Style : Drawing_Style; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow) is It1, It2 : Rect_Item; L : Canvas_Link; begin It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It1.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (It1); It2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It2.Set_Position ((X + 200.0, Y + 50.0)); Model.Add (It2); L := Gtk_New (It1, It2, Black, Straight, Label => Gtk_New_Text (Style, "label", Directed), Label_From => Gtk_New_Text (Style, "labelFrom"), Label_To => Gtk_New_Text (Style, "labelTo")); Model.Add (L); end Label_Example; procedure Distance_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Distance : Model_Coordinate); procedure Distance_Example (X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Distance : Model_Coordinate) is It1, It2, It3 : Rect_Item; L : Canvas_Link; S : Drawing_Style; begin It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It1.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (It1); It2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It2.Set_Position ((X + 150.0, Y)); Model.Add (It2); It3 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 20.0, 20.0); It3.Set_Position ((X + 75.0, Y + 75.0)); Model.Add (It3); S := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Arrow_From => (Head => Open, others => <>), Arrow_To => (Head => Solid, others => <>)); L := Gtk_New (It1, It2, S, Straight, Anchor_From => (Distance => Distance, others => <>), Anchor_To => (Distance => Distance, others => <>)); Model.Add (L); L := Gtk_New (It2, It3, S, Straight, Anchor_From => (Distance => Distance, others => <>), Anchor_To => (Distance => Distance, others => <>)); Model.Add (L); L := Gtk_New (It3, It1, S, Straight, Anchor_From => (Distance => Distance, others => <>), Anchor_To => (Distance => Distance, others => <>)); Model.Add (L); end Distance_Example; Text : Text_Item; begin Gtk_New (Model); Black := Gtk_New; Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 8"), others => <>)); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Links attached to other links"); Text.Set_Position ((0.0, -20.0)); Model.Add (Text); Do_Example (Straight, 0.0, 0.0); Do_Example (Orthogonal, 150.0, 0.0); Do_Example (Arc, 300.0, 0.0); Do_Example (Curve, 450.0, 0.0); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Link arrows and symbols"); Text.Set_Position ((0.0, 160.0)); Model.Add (Text); Link_Example (0.0, 180.0, Gtk_New (Arrow_To => (Head => Open, Fill => Black_RGBA, others => <>), Arrow_From => (Head => Open, Length => 16.0, Angle => 0.8, Stroke => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), Fill => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), others => <>))); Link_Example (0.0, 220.0, Gtk_New (Arrow_To => (Head => Solid, Fill => Black_RGBA, others => <>), Arrow_From => (Head => Solid, Length => 16.0, Angle => 0.8, Stroke => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), Fill => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), others => <>))); Link_Example (0.0, 260.0, Gtk_New (Arrow_To => (Head => Diamond, Fill => Black_RGBA, others => <>), Arrow_From => (Head => Diamond, Length => 16.0, Angle => 0.5, Stroke => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), Fill => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), others => <>))); Link_Example (0.0, 300.0, Gtk_New (Arrow_To => (Head => Circle, Length => 1.0, Fill => Black_RGBA, others => <>), Arrow_From => (Head => Circle, Length => 2.0, Stroke => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), Fill => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), others => <>))); Link_Example (0.0, 360.0, Gtk_New (Line_Width => 2.0, Symbol_To => (Name => Cross, others => <>), Symbol_From => (Name => Strike, others => <>))); Link_Example (0.0, 400.0, Gtk_New (Line_Width => 2.0, Symbol_To => (Name => Double_Strike, others => <>))); Link_Example (300.0, 180.0, Gtk_New (Dashes => (2.0, 2.0))); Link_Example (300.0, 220.0, Gtk_New (Dashes => (2.0, 4.0, 4.0, 6.0))); Link_Example (300.0, 260.0, Gtk_New (Dashes => (2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 4.0))); Link_Example (300.0, 320.0, Gtk_New (Line_Width => 2.0)); Link_Example (300.0, 360.0, Gtk_New (Line_Width => 4.0)); Link_Example (300.0, 400.0, Gtk_New (Line_Width => 6.0)); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Custom drawing for links"); Text.Set_Position ((0.0, 450.0)); Model.Add (Text); Spring_Example (0.0, 470.0, Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA)); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Custom waypoints for links"); Text.Set_Position ((0.0, 580.0)); Model.Add (Text); Waypoints_Example (0.0, 600.0, Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA), Waypoints => ((80.0, 30.0), (0.0, 20.0)), Relative_Waypoints => True); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Labels on links"); Text.Set_Position ((0.0, 680.0)); Model.Add (Text); Label_Example (0.0, 700.0, Gtk_New (Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 7"), Color => Black_RGBA, others => <>), Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.2)))); Label_Example (300.0, 700.0, Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.7)), Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 8"), Color => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), others => <>))); Label_Example (0.0, 800.0, Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.7)), Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 8"), Color => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), others => <>)), Directed => Left_Text_Arrow); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Links can stop a distance from the items"); Text.Set_Position ((0.0, 880.0)); Model.Add (Text); Distance_Example (0.0, 900.0, Distance => 0.0); Distance_Example (190.0, 900.0, Distance => 10.0); Distance_Example (380.0, 900.0, Distance => 30.0); -- Create the view once the model is populated, to avoid a refresh -- every time a new item is added. Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Frame.Add (Scrolled); Gtk_New (Canvas, Model); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Move_Item'Access); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Links; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_edit.adb0000644000076700001450000001132012533067540022552 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; package body Create_Canvas_View_Edit is function On_Item_Event_Zoom is new On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic (Modifier => Mod1_Mask); function On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate is new On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate_Generic (Modifier => 0); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows how to implement in-place editing of items" & ASCII.LF & "Double-clicking on any text will display a popup window with a" & " text editor. Pressing ctrl-enter in that editor will change the" & " text of the item. Pressing escape (or clicking anywhere) will" & " simply close the popup"; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Canvas : Canvas_View; Model : List_Canvas_Model; Text : Editable_Text_Item; NText : Text_Item; Rect : Rect_Item; White, Font : Drawing_Style; begin Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 10"), Color => Black_RGBA, others => <>)); White := Gtk_New (Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0))); Gtk_New (Model); Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (White); Rect.Set_Position ((50.0, 50.0)); Model.Add (Rect); Text := Gtk_New_Editable_Text (Font, "Line 1"); Rect.Add_Child (Text); Text := Gtk_New_Editable_Text (Font, "Line 2"); Rect.Add_Child (Text); Text := Gtk_New_Editable_Text (Font, "Line 3"); Rect.Add_Child (Text); NText := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Non editable"); Rect.Add_Child (NText); Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (White, 50.0, 50.0); Rect.Set_Position ((550.0, 550.0)); Model.Add (Rect); Text := Gtk_New_Editable_Text (Font, "Legend"); Text.Set_Position ((200.0, 50.0)); Model.Add (Text); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Frame.Add (Scrolled); Gtk_New (Canvas, Model); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Select'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Move_Item'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Edit'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Zoom'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate'Access); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Edit; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/libart_demo.adb0000644000076700001450000001533712533067540020212 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Drawing_Area; use Gtk.Drawing_Area; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Libart_Demo is -------------------------- -- The type below is a special drawing area that displays the -- associated image in it automatically, and destroys the image -- when the widget is destroyed. --------------------------- type Image_Drawing_Record is new Gtk.Box.Gtk_Box_Record with record Area : Gtk.Drawing_Area.Gtk_Drawing_Area; Pix : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; end record; type Image_Drawing is access all Image_Drawing_Record'Class; -- A special type of drawing area that can be associated with -- an image. procedure Gtk_New (Draw : out Image_Drawing; Pixbuf : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; Title : String); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGdk_Pixbuf@B represents an image, normally in RGB or RGBA format." & " Pixbufs are normally used to load files from disk and perform" & " image scaling."; end Help; ------------------------ -- Callbacks packages -- ------------------------ package Expose_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Image_Drawing_Record, Boolean); package Destroy_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Image_Drawing_Record); ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- procedure Destroy (Draw : access Image_Drawing_Record'Class) is begin -- Destroy the associated image Unref (Draw.Pix); end Destroy; ------------- -- On_Draw -- ------------- function On_Draw (Draw : access Image_Drawing_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is begin Set_Source_Pixbuf (Cr, Draw.Pix, 0.0, 0.0); Cairo.Paint (Cr); return False; end On_Draw; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Draw : out Image_Drawing; Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Title : String) is Label : Gtk_Label; begin Draw := new Image_Drawing_Record; Initialize_Vbox (Draw, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk_New (Label, Title); Pack_Start (Draw, Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Draw.Pix := Pixbuf; Set_Size_Request (Draw, Get_Width (Draw.Pix), Get_Height (Draw.Pix) + Get_Allocated_Height (Label)); Gtk_New (Draw.Area); Pack_Start (Draw, Draw.Area); Expose_Cb.Object_Connect (Draw.Area, Signal_Draw, Expose_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Draw'Access), Slot_Object => Draw); Destroy_Cb.Connect (Draw, "destroy", Destroy_Cb.To_Marshaller (Destroy'Access)); end Gtk_New; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is VBox : Gtk_Box; Hbox : Gtk_Box; Pix, Pix2, Pix3 : Gdk_Pixbuf; Draw : Image_Drawing; Label : Gtk_Label; Error : Glib.Error.GError; begin Gtk_New_Vbox (VBox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Pack_Start (VBox, Hbox); -- Creating the images. Gdk_New_From_File (Pix, "alps.png", Error); if Pix = Null_Pixbuf then Gtk_New (Label, "Pixmaps not found. Please run testgtk from the" & " testgtk/ directory itself."); Add (Frame, Label); Show_All (Frame); return; end if; Pix2 := Scale_Simple (Pix, Gint (550) - Get_Width (Pix), Get_Height (Pix) / 2); Gdk_New_From_File (Pix3, "lightning.png", Error); if Pix3 = Null_Pixbuf then Gtk_New (Label, "Pixmaps not found. Please run testgtk from the" & " testgtk/ directory itself."); Add (Frame, Label); Show_All (Frame); return; end if; Composite (Src => Pix, Dest => Pix3, Dest_X => 0, Dest_Y => 0, Scale_X => 0.5, Scale_Y => 0.5, Dest_Width => Get_Width (Pix3), Dest_Height => Get_Height (Pix3), Overall_Alpha => 128); -- Creating the canvases Add (Frame, VBox); Gtk_New (Draw, Pix, "Initial Image"); Pack_Start (Hbox, Draw, Expand => False, Fill => True); Gtk_New (Draw, Pix2, "Scaled Image"); Pack_Start (Hbox, Draw, Expand => False, Fill => True); Gtk_New (Draw, Pix3, "Composite Image with Opacity" & ASCII.LF & "This image is the addition of two simpler images"); Pack_Start (VBox, Draw); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Libart_Demo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_dialog.adb0000644000076700001450000002245612533067540020513 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with GNAT.Strings; use GNAT.Strings; with Glib.Types; use Glib.Types; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Dialog; use Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Recent_Chooser; use Gtk.Recent_Chooser; with Gtk.Recent_Chooser_Dialog; use Gtk.Recent_Chooser_Dialog; with Gtk.Recent_Manager; use Gtk.Recent_Manager; with Gtk.Stock; use Gtk.Stock; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Dialog is type Gtk_Label_Access is access all Gtk_Label; package Label_Destroy is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Label_Record, Gtk_Label_Access); package Chooser_Interface_Implementation is new Glib.Types.Implements (Gtk_Recent_Chooser, Gtk_Recent_Chooser_Dialog_Record, Gtk_Recent_Chooser_Dialog); use Chooser_Interface_Implementation; procedure Destroyed (Lab : access Gtk_Label_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Label_Access); Dialog : aliased Gtk.Dialog.Gtk_Dialog; RDialog : aliased Gtk.Recent_Chooser_Dialog.Gtk_Recent_Chooser_Dialog; Global_Label : aliased Gtk_Label; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Dialog@B is a separate window, usually used to print" & " a message for the user, or signal an error." & ASCII.LF & "A @bGtk_Dialog@B is split into two boxes, its @bVbox@B that will" & " contain the message, and an @bAction_Area@B that contains a" & " series of button, like OK, Cancel or Help."; end Help; --------------- -- Destroyed -- --------------- procedure Destroyed (Lab : access Gtk_Label_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Label_Access) is pragma Unreferenced (Lab); begin Ptr.all := null; end Destroyed; ------------------ -- Label_Toggle -- ------------------ procedure Label_Toggle (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); begin if Global_Label = null then Gtk_New (Global_Label, "Dialog Test"); Label_Destroy.Connect (Global_Label, "destroy", Destroyed'Access, Global_Label'Access); Set_Padding (Global_Label, 10, 10); Pack_Start (Get_Content_Area (Dialog), Global_Label, True, True, 0); Show (Global_Label); else Destroy (Global_Label); end if; end Label_Toggle; ------------------ -- Basic_Dialog -- ------------------ procedure Basic_Dialog (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); Button : Gtk_Button; begin if Dialog = null then Gtk_New (Dialog); Destroy_Dialog_Handler.Connect (Dialog, "destroy", Destroy_Dialog_Handler.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Dialog'Access), Dialog'Access); Set_Title (Dialog, "Gtk_Dialog"); Set_Border_Width (Dialog, 0); Set_Size_Request (Dialog, 200, 110); Gtk_New (Button, "OK"); Button.Set_Can_Default (True); Pack_Start (Get_Action_Area (Dialog), Button, True, True, 0); Grab_Default (Button); Show (Button); Gtk_New (Button, "Toggle"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Label_Toggle'Access); Pack_Start (Get_Action_Area (Dialog), Button, True, True, 0); Show (Button); Show (Dialog); else Destroy (Dialog); end if; end Basic_Dialog; -------------------------- -- Cancel_Recent_Dialog -- -------------------------- procedure Cancel_Recent_Dialog (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); begin Put_Line ("Recent dialog cancelled."); Destroy (RDialog); -- Hack. For some reason, Destroy does not set this to null. RDialog := null; end Cancel_Recent_Dialog; --------------- -- Open_File -- --------------- procedure Open_File (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); RChooser : constant Gtk_Recent_Chooser := Gtk_Recent_Chooser (To_Interface (RDialog)); begin Put_Line ("URI: " & Get_Current_Uri (RChooser)); Destroy (RDialog); -- Hack. For some reason, Destroy does not set this to null. RDialog := null; end Open_File; ------------------- -- Recent_Dialog -- ------------------- procedure Recent_Dialog (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is RManager : constant Gtk_Recent_Manager := Gtk.Recent_Manager.Get_Default; Button : Gtk_Button; RChooser : Gtk_Recent_Chooser; Empty : constant GNAT.Strings.String_List (1 .. 0) := (others => null); -- Content to add to the recent list. URL : constant String := "http://www.adacore.com/"; begin -- Before we do anything, in case the system's recent list is empty, -- let's make sure we have something to show. if Has_Item (RManager, URL) then Put_Line ("No need to add " & URL & " to recent list."); else if Add_Full (RManager, Uri => URL, Display_Name => URL, Description => "AdaCore's web site", Mime_Type => "text/plain", App_Name => "testgtk", App_Exec => "testgtk", Groups => Empty, Is_Private => True) then Put_Line ("Successfuly added " & URL & " to recent list."); else Put_Line ("Problem adding " & URL & " to recent list."); end if; end if; if RDialog = null then Gtk_New (RDialog, "Recent Chooser Dialog", Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Widget))); RChooser := Gtk_Recent_Chooser (To_Interface (RDialog)); Button := Gtk_Button (Add_Button (RDialog, Stock_Cancel, Gtk_Response_Cancel)); Widget_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Cancel_Recent_Dialog'Access)); Button := Gtk_Button (Add_Button (RDialog, Stock_Open, Gtk_Response_Accept)); Widget_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Open_File'Access)); Set_Show_Private (RChooser, True); Set_Show_Tips (RChooser, True); Set_Show_Icons (RChooser, True); Set_Show_Not_Found (RChooser, True); Show (RDialog); else Destroy (RDialog); -- Hack. For some reason, Destroy does not set this to null. RDialog := null; end if; end Recent_Dialog; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Vbox; Button : Gtk_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Dialog"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 10); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New (Button, "Simple Dialog"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Basic_Dialog'Access); Pack_Start (Box1, Button, False, False, 10); Gtk_New (Button, "Recent Chooser Dialog"); Widget_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Recent_Dialog'Access); Pack_Start (Box1, Button, False, False, 10); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Dialog; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_rtrees.adb0000644000076700001450000001367512533067540023150 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; package body Create_Canvas_View_Rtrees is function On_Item_Event_Zoom is new On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic (Modifier => Mod1_Mask); package List_Rtrees is new Rtree_Models (List_Canvas_Model_Record); use List_Rtrees; -- Rtree models based on list models Items_Count : constant := 30_000; Per_Row : constant := 400; Rows : constant := Items_Count / Per_Row + 1; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "Multiple data models can be used to store the items that must" & " be displayed in a canvas." & ASCII.LF & "The simplest model is a @bList_Canvas_Model@B which provides a" & " very simple implementation, which is reasonably for small graphs" & " and can be extended easily without having to override all its" & " primitives." & ASCII.LF & "But if you needs to show thousands of items (this demo" & " displays@b" & Integer'Image (Items_Count) & "@B items and@b" & Integer'Image (2 * Items_Count - Per_Row - Rows) & "@B links)" & " you will need to wrap that simple model with a @bRtree_Model@B," & " which provides a much more efficient implementation for some of" & " the queries, like finding the list of items in a given region of" & " the screen."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Size : constant Gdouble := 20.0; Margin : constant Gdouble := 20.0; Items : array (0 .. Per_Row - 1, 0 .. Rows) of Rect_Item; X, Y : Integer; Canvas : Canvas_View; Model : List_Rtrees.Rtree_Model; -- Model : List_Canvas_Model; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Filled : Drawing_Style; Rect : Rect_Item; Link : Canvas_Link; Link_Style : Drawing_Style; begin Gtk_New (Model); Model.Set_Selection_Mode (Selection_Single); Canvas := new Canvas_View_Record; Gtkada.Canvas_View.Initialize (Canvas); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Select'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Move_Item'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Zoom'Access); Link_Style := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA); for Num in 0 .. Items_Count loop X := Num mod Per_Row; Y := Num / Per_Row; -- Creating one style per item is not very efficient, it is -- better to share styles whenever possible. Filled := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.0, 1.0 / Gdouble (Per_Row) * Gdouble (X), 1.0 / Gdouble (Rows) * Gdouble (Y), 0.8))); Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Filled, Size, Size); Rect.Set_Position (((Size + Margin) * Gdouble (X), (Size + Margin) * Gdouble (Y))); Model.Add (Rect); Items (X, Y) := Rect; if X > 0 then Link := Gtk_New (Items (X - 1, Y), Rect, Link_Style, Routing => Curve); Model.Add (Link); end if; if Y > 0 then Link := Gtk_New (Items (X, Y - 1), Rect, Link_Style, Routing => Curve); Model.Add (Link); end if; end loop; Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Frame.Add (Scrolled); Canvas.Set_Model (Model); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Rtrees; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_builder.adb0000644000076700001450000003213012533067540020670 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; use System; with System.Address_Image; with Ada.Exceptions; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Builder; use Gtk.Builder; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.GEntry; use Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Widget; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Builder is Default_Filename : constant String := "gtkbuilder_example.xml"; -- This is the file from which we'll read our UI description. procedure On_Button_Clicked (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class); -- Callback for a button click ------------------------------ -- XML UI Callback Handling -- ------------------------------ type Widget_Collection_Record is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with record Term1 : Gtk.GEntry.Gtk_Entry; Term2 : Gtk.GEntry.Gtk_Entry; Text_Field : Gtk.Text_View.Gtk_Text_View; end record; type Widget_Collection is access all Widget_Collection_Record'Class; -- Type to use as User_Data when connecting signals. package Widget_Collection_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Widget_Collection_Record); package Widget_Collection_Return_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Widget_Collection_Record, Boolean); type Callback_Function_Name is (On_Window1_Delete_Event, On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked, On_Window1_Destroy, On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked, On_Print_To_Console); -- An easy way to make sure that all callback functions are referenced -- from within the Connect_Signals procedure and that no one has been -- overlooked. The names of the callback functions must match the -- "handler"s defined on the controls in the UI XML file. procedure On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class); procedure On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class); procedure On_Print_To_Console_Clicked (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class); function On_Window1_Delete_Event (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure On_Window1_Destroy (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class); -- Callbacks referenced by our XML UI definition. These match the -- items in the Callback_Function_Name enumeration. package Connects is new Connect_Signals_Full_User_Data (User_Data_Type => Widget_Collection); procedure Connect_Signals (Builder : not null access Gtk_Builder_Record'Class; Object : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Signal_Name : UTF8_String; Handler_Name : UTF8_String; Connect_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Flags : Glib.G_Connect_Flags; Widgets : Widget_Collection); -- Subprogram to perform signal connections. --------------------- -- Connect_Signals -- --------------------- procedure Connect_Signals (Builder : not null access Gtk_Builder_Record'Class; Object : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Signal_Name : UTF8_String; Handler_Name : UTF8_String; Connect_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Flags : Glib.G_Connect_Flags; Widgets : Widget_Collection) is pragma Unreferenced (Builder); Widget : constant GObject := GObject (Object); After : constant Boolean := (Flags and G_Connect_After) /= 0; Function_Name : constant Callback_Function_Name := Callback_Function_Name'Value (Handler_Name); -- Local translations from our low-level arguments begin -- Tell the console what we are up to. Put_Line ("Connect_Signals callback invoked: "); Put_Line (" object " & System.Address_Image (Object.Get_Object) & " emitting " & Signal_Name); Put_Line (" to " & Handler_Name & ", with flags:" & Glib.G_Connect_Flags'Image (Flags)); if Connect_Object /= null then Put_Line (" Warning: Connect_Object parameter will be ignored" & "(replaced by Widget_Collection)"); end if; -- Normalize the name of the handler to our Callback_Function_Name -- enumeration. case Function_Name is when On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked => Widget_Collection_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget => Widget, Name => "clicked", Marsh => Widget_Collection_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked'Access), Slot_Object => Widgets, After => After); when On_Window1_Delete_Event => Widget_Collection_Return_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget => Widget, Name => "delete_event", Marsh => Widget_Collection_Return_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Window1_Delete_Event'Access), Slot_Object => Widgets, After => After); when On_Window1_Destroy => Widget_Collection_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget => Widget, Name => "destroy", Marsh => Widget_Collection_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Window1_Destroy'Access), Slot_Object => Widgets, After => After); when On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked => Widget_Collection_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget => Widget, Name => "clicked", Marsh => Widget_Collection_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked'Access), Slot_Object => Widgets, After => After); when On_Print_To_Console => Widget_Collection_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget => Widget, Name => "clicked", Marsh => Widget_Collection_Cb.To_Marshaller (On_Print_To_Console_Clicked'Access), Slot_Object => Widgets, After => After); end case; end Connect_Signals; ----------------------- -- On_Button_Clicked -- ----------------------- procedure On_Button_Clicked (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); Builder1 : Gtk_Builder; Error : aliased GError; Widgets : Widget_Collection; begin -- Create a new Gtk_Builder object Gtk_New (Builder1); -- Allocate memory for our Widgets_Collection Widgets := new Widget_Collection_Record; Glib.Object.Initialize (Widgets); -- Read in our XML file if Builder1.Add_From_File (Default_Filename, Error'Access) = 0 then Put_Line ("Error [Create_Builder.On_Button_Clicked]: " & Get_Message (Error)); Error_Free (Error); end if; -- Look up widgets for which we have callbacks, and store the -- information in Widget_Collection_Record structure. Widgets.Term1 := Gtk.GEntry.Gtk_Entry (Builder1.Get_Object ("term1")); Widgets.Term2 := Gtk.GEntry.Gtk_Entry (Builder1.Get_Object ("term2")); Widgets.Text_Field := Gtk.Text_View.Gtk_Text_View (Builder1.Get_Object ("textField")); -- Connect signal handlers Connects.Connect_Signals_Full (Builder1, Connect_Signals'Access, Widgets); -- Find our main window, then display it and all of its children. Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget (Builder1.Get_Object ("window1")).Show_All; end On_Button_Clicked; -------------------------------- -- On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked -- -------------------------------- procedure On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class) is Buffer : Gtk_Text_Buffer; begin Put_Line ("On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked"); Buffer := Get_Buffer (Object.Text_Field); Insert_At_Cursor (Buffer, "Concatenated: " & Get_Text (Object.Term1) & Get_Text (Object.Term2) & ASCII.LF); exception when Event : others => Put_Line ("Error: " & Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Information (Event)); end On_Btn_Concatenate_Clicked; ------------------------------------- -- On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked -- ------------------------------------- procedure On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Object); begin Put_Line ("On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked says: HELLO!!!"); end On_Btn_Console_Greeting_Clicked; --------------------------------- -- On_Print_To_Console_Clicked -- --------------------------------- procedure On_Print_To_Console_Clicked (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class) is Buffer : constant Gtk_Text_Buffer := Get_Buffer (Object.Text_Field); Iter_Start, Iter_End : Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter; begin Get_Bounds (Buffer, Iter_Start, Iter_End); Put_Line ("---[ Buffer Contents ]---"); Put_Line (Get_Text (Buffer, Iter_Start, Iter_End)); Put_Line ("---[ End Buffer ]---"); end On_Print_To_Console_Clicked; ----------------------------- -- On_Window1_Delete_Event -- ----------------------------- function On_Window1_Delete_Event (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Object); begin Put_Line ("On_Window1_Delete_Event"); -- Stop unconditionally. return False; end On_Window1_Delete_Event; ------------------------ -- On_Window1_Destroy -- ------------------------ procedure On_Window1_Destroy (Object : access Widget_Collection_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Object); begin -- We actually don't do much here, since within testgtk, we're not -- the main window. Put_Line ("On_Window1_Destroy"); end On_Window1_Destroy; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Builder@B is an auxiliary object that reads textual" & " descriptions of a user interface and instantiates the described" & " objects. To pass a description to a @bGtk_Builder@B, call" & " @bAdd_From_File@B or @bAdd_From_String@B. These functions can" & " be called multiple times; the builder merges the content of all" & " descriptions."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Button1 : Gtk_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Builder"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New (Button1, "Invoke Builder with file " & Default_Filename); Button_Handler.Connect (Button1, "clicked", On_Button_Clicked'Access); Pack_Start (Box1, Button1, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 10); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Builder; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_scrolled.adb0000644000076700001450000000717112533067540021060 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; with Gtk.Toggle_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Button; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Scrolled is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows how a @bGtk_Scrolled_Window@B can be used to" & " provide some scrolling in any other widget. In this example, the" & " @bGtk_Scrolled_Window@B contains a Gtk_Table, that is" & " automatically scrolled when the scrollbars are moved." & ASCII.LF & "No explicit signal is required in this demo, everything is done" & " through @bGtk_Adjustment@Bs, that contain the current value of the" & " @bGtK_Scrollbar@Bs and also specify the area to display in the" & " @bGtk_Table@B."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Table : Gtk_Grid; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Toggle : Gtk_Toggle_Button; begin Frame.Set_Label ("Scrolled Window"); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Border_Width (Border_Width => 10); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Hscrollbar_Policy => Policy_Automatic, Vscrollbar_Policy => Policy_Automatic); Add (Frame, Scrolled); Gtk_New (Table); Scrolled.Add (Table); Table.Set_Focus_Hadjustment (Get_Hadjustment (Scrolled)); Table.Set_Focus_Vadjustment (Get_Vadjustment (Scrolled)); for I in 0 .. 19 loop for J in 0 .. 19 loop Gtk_New (Toggle, "button (" & Integer'Image (I) & "," & Integer'Image (J) & ")"); Table.Attach (Toggle, Gint (I), Gint (J)); end loop; end loop; Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Scrolled; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/test.xpm0000644000076700001450000000376712533067132016767 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char *openfile[] = { /* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */ " 20 19 66 2", /* colors */ ".. c None", ".# c #000000", ".a c #dfdfdf", ".b c #7f7f7f", ".c c #006f6f", ".d c #00efef", ".e c #009f9f", ".f c #004040", ".g c #00bfbf", ".h c #ff0000", ".i c #ffffff", ".j c #7f0000", ".k c #007070", ".l c #00ffff", ".m c #00a0a0", ".n c #004f4f", ".o c #00cfcf", ".p c #8f8f8f", ".q c #6f6f6f", ".r c #a0a0a0", ".s c #7f7f00", ".t c #007f7f", ".u c #5f5f5f", ".v c #707070", ".w c #00f0f0", ".x c #009090", ".y c #ffff00", ".z c #0000ff", ".A c #00afaf", ".B c #00d0d0", ".C c #00dfdf", ".D c #005f5f", ".E c #00b0b0", ".F c #001010", ".G c #00c0c0", ".H c #000f0f", ".I c #00007f", ".J c #005050", ".K c #002f2f", ".L c #dfcfcf", ".M c #dfd0d0", ".N c #006060", ".O c #00e0e0", ".P c #00ff00", ".Q c #002020", ".R c #dfc0c0", ".S c #008080", ".T c #001f1f", ".U c #003f3f", ".V c #007f00", ".W c #00000f", ".X c #000010", ".Y c #00001f", ".Z c #000020", ".0 c #00002f", ".1 c #000030", ".2 c #00003f", ".3 c #000040", ".4 c #00004f", ".5 c #000050", ".6 c #00005f", ".7 c #000060", ".8 c #00006f", ".9 c #000070", "#. c #7f7f80", "## c #9f9f9f", /* pixels */ "........................................", "........................................", "........................................", ".......................#.#.#............", ".....................#.......#...#......", "...............................#.#......", ".......#.#.#.................#.#.#......", ".....#.y.i.y.#.#.#.#.#.#.#..............", ".....#.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.#..............", ".....#.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.#..............", ".....#.i.y.i.y.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#....", ".....#.y.i.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#......", ".....#.i.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#........", ".....#.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#..........", ".....#.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#............", ".....#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#..............", "........................................", "........................................", "........................................" }; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_frame.ads0000644000076700001450000000355212533067540020363 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Frame is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Frame; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/tree_plus.xpm0000644000076700001450000000045212533067132017776 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char *tree_plus[] = { /* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */ " 9 9 2 1", /* colors */ ". c #000000", "# c #f8fcf8", /* pixels */ ".........", ".#######.", ".###.###.", ".###.###.", ".#.....#.", ".###.###.", ".###.###.", ".#######.", "........." }; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/testgtk.gpr0000644000076700001450000000200512533067520017442 0ustar gnatmailgnatwith "../src/gtkada_src"; with "../shared"; with "opengl/testgtk_opengl"; project TestGtk is for Languages use ("Ada"); for Main use ("testgtk.adb", "test_rtree.adb"); for Source_Dirs use ("./"); for Object_Dir use "obj/"; for Exec_Dir use "."; package Builder is for Switches ("Ada") use Shared.Builder'Switches ("Ada"); case Shared.Build is when "Debug" => -- Can't use Shared.Builder'Global_Configuration_Pragmas, since -- testgtk does not compile with No_Implementation_Attributes for Global_Configuration_Pragmas use "gnat_debug.adc"; when "Production" => null; end case; end Builder; package Compiler is -- subprogram specs not required in testgtk for Switches ("Ada") use Shared.Compiler'Switches ("Ada") & ("-gnaty-s"); for Switches ("C") use Shared.Compiler'Switches ("C"); end Compiler; package Binder renames Shared.Binder; package IDE renames Shared.IDE; end TestGtk; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_items.ads0000644000076700001450000000360412533067540022775 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Items is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Items; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_test_timeout.adb0000644000076700001450000001041412533067540021770 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Test_Timeout is package Label_Timeout is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Gtk_Label); Timeout : G_Source_Id; Count : Integer := 0; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @btimeout@B function is a function that is run at specific" & " time intervals. This is different from a @bidle@B function, since" & " you know exactly when the next occurence will be."; end Help; ------------------ -- Timeout_Test -- ------------------ function Timeout_Test (Label : in Gtk_Label) return Boolean is begin Count := Count + 1; Set_Text (Label, "count:" & Integer'Image (Count)); return True; end Timeout_Test; ------------------ -- Stop_Timeout -- ------------------ procedure Stop_Timeout (Object : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Object); begin if Timeout /= 0 then Remove (Timeout); Timeout := 0; Count := 0; end if; end Stop_Timeout; ------------------- -- Start_Timeout -- ------------------- procedure Start_Timeout (Label : access Gtk_Label_Record'Class) is begin if Timeout = 0 then Timeout := Label_Timeout.Timeout_Add (100, Timeout_Test'Access, Gtk_Label (Label)); end if; end Start_Timeout; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Button : Gtk_Button; Label : Gtk_Label; Box : Gtk_Box; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Timeout Test"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New (Label, "count : 0"); Set_Padding (Label, 10, 10); Pack_Start (Box, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "start"); Label_Handler.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Start_Timeout'Access, Slot_Object => Label); Button.Set_Can_Default (True); Pack_Start (Box, Button, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "stop"); Widget_Handler.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Stop_Timeout'Access, Slot_Object => Frame); Pack_Start (Box, Button, False, False, 0); Widget_Handler.Connect (Box, "destroy", Stop_Timeout'Access); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Test_Timeout; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_link_buttons.ads0000644000076700001450000000357012533067540022004 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Link_Buttons is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Link_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132016531 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/testgtk_opengl.gpr0000644000076700001450000000067012533067520022300 0ustar gnatmailgnatwith "../../shared"; with "../../src/opengl/opengl"; project TestGTK_OpenGL is for Object_Dir use "../obj"; for Source_Dirs use ("."); case Shared.Build_Opengl is when "True" => for Languages use ("Ada", "C"); when "False" => for Source_Files use ("view_gl.adb", "view_gl.ads"); end case; package Compiler renames Shared.Compiler; package IDE renames Shared.IDE; end TestGTK_OpenGL; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/trackball.ads0000644000076700001450000000276312533067540021174 0ustar gnatmailgnat -- virtual trackball implementation package Trackball is type Quaternion is array (0 .. 3) of Float; type Matrix is array (0 .. 3, 0 .. 3) of aliased Float; type Vector is array (0 .. 2) of Float; procedure Trackball (Q : out Quaternion; P1x, P1y, P2x, P2y : Float); -- Pass the x and y coordinates of the last and current positions of -- the mouse, scaled so they are from (-1.0 ... 1.0). -- The resulting rotation is returned as a quaternion rotation in the -- first paramater. procedure Add_Quats (Q1, Q2 : Quaternion; Dest : out Quaternion); -- Given two quaternions, add them together to get a third quaternion. -- Adding quaternions to get a compound rotation is analagous to adding -- translations to get a compound translation. When incrementally adding -- rotations, the first argument here should be the new rotation, the -- second and third the total rotation (which will be over-written with -- the resulting new total rotation). procedure Build_Rotmatrix (M : out Matrix; Q : Quaternion); -- A useful function, builds a rotation matrix in Matrix based on given -- quaternion. procedure Axis_To_Quat (A : Vector; Phi : Float; Q : out Quaternion); -- This function computes a quaternion based on an axis (defined by the -- given vector) and an angle about which to rotate. The angle is -- expressed in radians. The result is put into the third argument. end Trackball; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/lwobjects.ads0000644000076700001450000000140212533067540021216 0ustar gnatmailgnat with System; package Lwobjects is type Lwobject is private; Null_Lwobject : constant Lwobject; function Lw_Is_Lwobject (File : String) return Boolean; function Lw_Object_Read (File : String) return Lwobject; procedure Lw_Object_Free (Object : in out Lwobject); procedure Lw_Object_Show (Object : Lwobject); function Lw_Object_Radius (Object : Lwobject) return Float; procedure Lw_Object_Scale (Object : Lwobject; Scale : Float); private type Lwobject is new System.Address; Null_Lwobject : constant Lwobject := Lwobject (System.Null_Address); pragma Import (C, Lw_Object_Show, "lw_object_show"); pragma Import (C, Lw_Object_Radius, "lw_object_radius"); pragma Import (C, Lw_Object_Scale, "lw_object_scale"); end Lwobjects; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/view_gl.ads0000644000076700001450000000021012533067540020652 0ustar gnatmailgnat with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package View_Gl is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); end View_Gl; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/view_gl.gpb0000644000076700001450000002520612533067520020665 0ustar gnatmailgnat#if HAVE_GL then with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with gl_h; use gl_h; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.GL; use Gdk.GL; with Gdk.Rectangle; use Gdk.Rectangle; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Glib; use Glib; with glu_h; use glu_h; with Gtk.GLArea; use Gtk.GLArea; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Lwobjects; use Lwobjects; with Trackball; use Trackball; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Cairo; with Gdk; with Gtk.Main; #else with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; #end if; package body View_Gl is #if HAVE_GL type Mesh_Info_Type is record Do_Init : Boolean := True; -- True if not yet initialized Zoom : Float; -- Field of view in degrees Quat : Quaternion; -- orientation of object Beginx : Float; -- Position of mouse Beginy : Float; Object : Lwobject; -- lightwave object mesh end record; type My_Glarea_Record is new Gtk_GLArea_Record with record Mesh_Info : Mesh_Info_Type; end record; type My_Glarea is access all My_Glarea_Record'Class; package Event_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (My_Glarea_Record, Boolean); package Void_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (My_Glarea_Record); VIEW_ASPECT : constant Float := 1.3; ------------- -- Init_GL -- ------------- procedure Init_GL is Light0_Pos : constant GLfloat_Vec_4 := (-50.0, 50.0, 0.0, 0.0); Light0_Color : constant GLfloat_Vec_4 := (0.6, 0.6, 0.6, 1.0); Light1_Pos : constant GLfloat_Vec_4 := (50.0, 50.0, 0.0, 0.0); Light1_Color : constant GLfloat_Vec_4 := (0.4, 0.4, 1.0, 1.0); begin -- Remove back faces glDisable (GL_CULL_FACE); glEnable (GL_DEPTH_TEST); -- Speedups glDisable (GL_DITHER); glShadeModel (GL_SMOOTH); glHint (GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT, GL_FASTEST); glHint (GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT, GL_FASTEST); -- Light glLightfv (GL_LIGHT0, GL_POSITION, Light0_Pos); glLightfv (GL_LIGHT0, GL_DIFFUSE, Light0_Color); glLightfv (GL_LIGHT1, GL_POSITION, Light1_Pos); glLightfv (GL_LIGHT1, GL_DIFFUSE, Light1_Color); glEnable (GL_LIGHT0); glEnable (GL_LIGHT1); glEnable (GL_LIGHTING); glColorMaterial (GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE); glEnable (GL_COLOR_MATERIAL); end Init_GL; ------------------- -- Glarea_Expose -- ------------------- function Glarea_Expose (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Boolean is Area : constant My_Glarea := My_Glarea (Self); -- Event is an Expose_Event, but no need to cast, this is tested -- automatically by GtkAda M : Trackball.Matrix; pragma Unreferenced (Cr); begin -- Draw only the last expose event -- if Get_Count (Event) > 0 then -- return True; -- end if; -- OpenGL calls can be done only if make_current returns true if Make_Current (Area) then -- Basic initialization if Area.Mesh_Info.Do_Init then Init_GL; Area.Mesh_Info.Do_Init := False; end if; -- View glMatrixMode (GL_PROJECTION); glLoadIdentity; gluPerspective (Long_Float (Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom), Long_Float (VIEW_ASPECT), 1.0, 100.0); glMatrixMode (GL_MODELVIEW); -- Draw Object glClearColor (0.3, 0.4, 0.6, 1.0); glClear (GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT + GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); glLoadIdentity; glTranslatef (0.0, 0.0, -30.0); Build_Rotmatrix (M, Area.Mesh_Info.Quat); glMultMatrixf (M (0, 0)'Access); Lw_Object_Show (Area.Mesh_Info.Object); -- Swap backbuffer to front Swap_Buffers (Area); end if; return True; end Glarea_Expose; --------------- -- Configure -- --------------- function Configure (Area : access My_Glarea_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is pragma Warnings (Off, Event); begin if Make_Current (Area) then #if WIN32 then glViewport (0, 0, GLsizei (Get_Allocated_Width (Area)), GLsizei (Get_Allocated_Height (Area))); #else glViewport (0, 0, Integer (Get_Allocated_Width (Area)), Integer (Get_Allocated_Height (Area))); #end if; end if; return True; end Configure; -------------------- -- GlArea_Destroy -- -------------------- procedure GlArea_Destroy (Area : access My_Glarea_Record'Class) is begin Lw_Object_Free (Area.Mesh_Info.Object); end GlArea_Destroy; ------------------ -- Button_Press -- ------------------ function Button_Press (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is Area : constant My_Glarea := My_Glarea (Self); begin if Event.Button = 1 then Area.Mesh_Info.Beginx := Float (Event.X); Area.Mesh_Info.Beginy := Float (Event.Y); return True; end if; return False; end Button_Press; ------------------- -- Motion_Notify -- ------------------- function Motion_Notify (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean is Area : constant My_Glarea := My_Glarea (Self); -- Event is an Gdk_Event_Motion, but no need to cast, this is tested -- automatically by GtkAda X, Y : Gint; Win : Gdk.Gdk_Window; State : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Rect : Gdk_Rectangle; begin if Event.Is_Hint /= 0 then Gdk.Window.Get_Device_Position (Event.Window, Gtk.Main.Get_Current_Event_Device, X, Y, State, Win); else X := Gint (Event.X); Y := Gint (Event.Y); State := Event.State; end if; Rect.X := 0; Rect.Y := 0; Rect.Width := Get_Allocated_Width (Area); Rect.Height := Get_Allocated_Height (Area); if (State and Button1_Mask) /= 0 then -- Drag in progress, simulate trackball declare Spin_Quat : Trackball.Quaternion; begin Trackball.Trackball (Spin_Quat, (2.0 * Area.Mesh_Info.Beginx - Float (Rect.Width)) / Float (Rect.Width), (Float (Rect.Height) - 2.0 * Area.Mesh_Info.Beginy) / Float (Rect.Height), (2.0 * Float (X) - Float (Rect.Width)) / Float (Rect.Width), (Float (Rect.Height) - 2.0 * Float (Y)) / Float (Rect.Height)); Add_Quats (Spin_Quat, Area.Mesh_Info.Quat, Dest => Area.Mesh_Info.Quat); -- orientation has changed, redraw mesh Queue_Draw_Area (Area, Rect.X, Rect.Y, Rect.Width, Rect.Height); end; end if; if (State and Button2_Mask) /= 0 then -- Zooming drag Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom := Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom + ((Float (Y) - Area.Mesh_Info.Beginy) / Float (Rect.Height)) * 40.0; if Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom < 5.0 then Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom := 5.0; end if; if Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom > 120.0 then Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom := 120.0; end if; -- Zoom has changed, redraw mesh Queue_Draw_Area (Area, Rect.X, Rect.Y, Rect.Width, Rect.Height); end if; Area.Mesh_Info.Beginx := Float (X); Area.Mesh_Info.Beginy := Float (Y); return True; end Motion_Notify; ------------------- -- Show_Lwobject -- ------------------- procedure Show_Lwobject (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class; Lwobject_Name : String) is Object : Lwobject; Area : My_Glarea; begin -- Read lightwave object if not Lw_Is_Lwobject (Lwobject_Name) then Put_Line (Lwobject_Name & " is not a lightwave 3D object"); return; end if; Object := Lw_Object_Read (Lwobject_Name); if Object = Null_Lwobject then Put_Line ("can't read lightwave 3D object " & Lwobject_Name); return; end if; Lw_Object_Scale (Object, 10.0 / Lw_Object_Radius (Object)); -- Create aspect frame -- Gtk_New (Frame, "", 0.5, 0.5, VIEW_ASPECT, False); -- Create new OpenGL widget Area := new My_Glarea_Record; Initialize (Area, (Gdk_GL_Rgba, Gdk_GL_Red_Size, GL_Configs (1), Gdk_GL_Green_Size, GL_Configs (1), Gdk_GL_Blue_Size, GL_Configs (1), Gdk_GL_Doublebuffer, Gdk_GL_Depth_Size, GL_Configs (1))); if Area = null then Put_Line ("Can't create Gtk_GLArea widget"); return; end if; Queue_Draw (Area); -- Setup events and signals Set_Events (Area, Exposure_Mask or Button_Press_Mask or Button_Release_Mask or Pointer_Motion_Mask or Pointer_Motion_Hint_Mask); Area.On_Draw (Glarea_Expose'Access); Area.On_Button_Press_Event (Button_Press'Access); Area.On_Motion_Notify_Event (Motion_Notify'Access); Event_Cb.Connect (Area, "configure_event", Event_Cb.To_Marshaller (Configure'Access)); Void_Cb.Connect (Area, "destroy", Void_Cb.To_Marshaller (GlArea_Destroy'Access)); Set_Size_Request (Area, 200, Gint (200.0 / VIEW_ASPECT)); -- Set up mesh info Area.Mesh_Info.Do_Init := True; Area.Mesh_Info.Object := Object; Area.Mesh_Info.Beginx := 0.0; Area.Mesh_Info.Beginy := 0.0; Area.Mesh_Info.Zoom := 45.0; Trackball.Trackball (Area.Mesh_Info.Quat, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); -- gtk_quit_add_destroy(1, GTK_OBJECT(window)); -- Put GlArea into Window and show it all Add (Frame, Area); Show_All (Frame); end Show_Lwobject; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is begin if not Gdk.GL.Query then Put_Line ("OpenGL not supported"); return; end if; Show_Lwobject (Frame, "penguin.lwo"); end Run; #else procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Label : Gtk_Label; begin Gtk_New (Label, "OpenGL has not been installed on this system"); Add (Frame, Label); Show_All (Frame); end Run; #end if; end View_Gl; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/trackball.adb0000644000076700001450000001617212533067540021152 0ustar gnatmailgnatpragma Warnings (Off); with Ada.Numerics.Aux; use Ada.Numerics.Aux; pragma Warnings (On); package body Trackball is package Ana renames Ada.Numerics.Aux; TRACKBALLSIZE : constant Float := 0.8; -- This size should really be based on the distance from the center of -- rotation to the point on the object underneath the mouse. That point -- would then track the mouse as closely as possible. This is a simple -- example, though, so that is left as an Exercise for the Programmer. procedure Vsub (Src1, Src2 : Vector; Dst : out Vector) is begin Dst := (Src1 (0) - Src2 (0), Src1 (1) - Src2 (1), Src1 (2) - Src2 (2)); end Vsub; procedure Vcross (V1, V2 : Vector; Cross : out Vector) is begin Cross := (V1 (1) * V2 (2) - V1 (2) * V2 (1), V1 (2) * V2 (0) - V1 (0) * V2 (2), V1 (0) * V2 (1) - V1 (1) * V2 (0)); end Vcross; function Vlength (V : Vector) return Float is begin return Float (Sqrt (Ana.Double (V (0) * V (0) + V (1) * V (1) + V (2) * V (2)))); end Vlength; procedure Vscale (V : in out Vector; Div : Float) is begin V := (V (0) * Div, V (1) * Div, V (2) * Div); end Vscale; procedure Vnormal (V : in out Vector) is begin Vscale (V, 1.0 / Vlength (V)); end Vnormal; function Vdot (V1, V2 : Vector) return Float is begin return V1 (0) * V2 (0) + V1 (1) * V2 (1) + V1 (2) * V2 (2); end Vdot; procedure Vadd (Src1, Src2 : Vector; Dst : out Vector) is begin Dst := (Src1 (0) + Src2 (0), Src1 (1) + Src2 (1), Src1 (2) + Src2 (2)); end Vadd; -- Quaternions always obey: a^2 + b^2 + c^2 + d^2 = 1.0 If they don't add -- up to 1.0, dividing by their magnitued will renormalize them. -- -- Note: See the following for more information on quaternions: -- -- Shoemake, K., Animating rotation with quaternion curves, Computer -- Graphics 19, No 3 (Proc. SIGGRAPH'85), 245-254, 1985. -- Pletinckx, D., Quaternion calculus as a basic tool in computer -- graphics, The Visual Computer 5, 2-13, 1989. procedure Normalize_Quat (Q : in out Quaternion) is Mag : Float; begin Mag := Q (0) * Q (0) + Q (1) * Q (1) + Q (2) * Q (2) + Q (3) * Q (3); Q (0) := Q (0) / Mag; Q (1) := Q (1) / Mag; Q (2) := Q (2) / Mag; Q (3) := Q (3) / Mag; end Normalize_Quat; ----------------------- -- Project_To_Sphere -- ----------------------- -- Project an x,y pair onto a sphere of radius r OR a hyperbolic sheet if -- we are away from the center of the sphere. function Project_To_Sphere (R, X, Y : Float) return Float is D, T : Float; begin D := Float (Sqrt (Ana.Double (X * X + Y * Y))); if D < R * 0.70710678118654752440 then -- inside sphere return Float (Sqrt (Ana.Double (R * R - D * D))); else -- on hyperbola T := R / 1.41421356237309504880; return T * T / D; end if; end Project_To_Sphere; --------------- -- Trackball -- --------------- -- Ok, simulate a track-ball. Project the points onto the virtual -- trackball, then figure out the axis of rotation, which is the cross -- product of P1 P2 and O P1 (O is the center of the ball, 0,0,0) Note: -- This is a deformed trackball-- is a trackball in the center, but is -- deformed into a hyperbolic sheet of rotation away from the center. -- This particular function was chosen after trying out several -- variations. -- It is assumed that the arguments to this routine are in the range (-1.0 -- ... 1.0) procedure Trackball (Q : out Quaternion; P1x, P1y, P2x, P2y : Float) is A : Vector; -- Axis of rotation Phi : Float; -- How much to rotate about axis P1, P2, D : Vector; T : Float; begin if P1x = P2x and then P1y = P2y then Q := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); return; end if; -- First, figure out z-coordinates for project of P1 and P2 to -- deformed sphere P1 := (P1x, P1y, Project_To_Sphere (TRACKBALLSIZE, P1x, P1y)); P2 := (P2x, P2y, Project_To_Sphere (TRACKBALLSIZE, P2x, P2y)); Vcross (P2, P1, Cross => A); -- Figure out how much to rotate around that axis Vsub (P1, P2, Dst => D); T := Vlength (D) / (2.0 * TRACKBALLSIZE); -- Avoid problem with out-of-control values if T > 1.0 then T := 1.0; elsif T < -1.0 then T := -1.0; end if; Phi := 2.0 * Float (Asin (Ana.Double (T))); Axis_To_Quat (A, Phi, Q); end Trackball; --------------- -- Add_Quats -- --------------- -- Given two rotations, e1 and e2, expressed as quaternion rotations, -- figure out the equivalent single rotation and stuff it into dest. -- This routine also normalizes the result every RENORMCOUNT times it is -- called, to keep error from creeping in. -- NOTE: This routine is written so that q1 or q2 may be the same as dest -- (or each other). Count : Integer := 0; RENORMCOUNT : constant Integer := 97; procedure Add_Quats (Q1, Q2 : Quaternion; Dest : out Quaternion) is Qv1 : constant Vector := Vector (Q1 (0 .. 2)); Qv2 : constant Vector := Vector (Q2 (0 .. 2)); T1, T2, T3, Tf : Vector; begin T1 := Qv1; Vscale (T1, Q2 (3)); T2 := Qv2; Vscale (T2, Q1 (3)); Vcross (Qv1, Qv2, Cross => T3); Vadd (T1, T2, Tf); Vadd (T3, Tf, Tf); Dest := (Tf (0), Tf (1), Tf (2), Q1 (3) * Q2 (3) - Vdot (Qv1, Qv2)); Count := Count + 1; if Count > RENORMCOUNT then Count := 0; Normalize_Quat (Dest); end if; end Add_Quats; --------------------- -- Build_Rotmatrix -- --------------------- -- Build a rotation matrix, given a quaternion rotation. procedure Build_Rotmatrix (M : out Matrix; Q : Quaternion) is begin M (0, 0) := 1.0 - 2.0 * (Q (1) * Q (1) + Q (2) * Q (2)); M (0, 1) := 2.0 * (Q (0) * Q (1) - Q (2) * Q (3)); M (0, 2) := 2.0 * (Q (2) * Q (0) + Q (1) * Q (3)); M (0, 3) := 0.0; M (1, 0) := 2.0 * (Q (0) * Q (1) + Q (2) * Q (3)); M (1, 1) := 1.0 - 2.0 * (Q (2) * Q (2) + Q (0) * Q (0)); M (1, 2) := 2.0 * (Q (1) * Q (2) - Q (0) * Q (3)); M (1, 3) := 0.0; M (2, 0) := 2.0 * (Q (2) * Q (0) - Q (1) * Q (3)); M (2, 1) := 2.0 * (Q (1) * Q (2) + Q (0) * Q (3)); M (2, 2) := 1.0 - 2.0 * (Q (1) * Q (1) + Q (0) * Q (0)); M (2, 3) := 0.0; M (3, 0) := 0.0; M (3, 1) := 0.0; M (3, 2) := 0.0; M (3, 3) := 1.0; end Build_Rotmatrix; ------------------ -- Axis_To_Quat -- ------------------ procedure Axis_To_Quat (A : Vector; Phi : Float; Q : out Quaternion) is V : Vector; begin V := A; Vnormal (V); Vscale (V, Float (Sin (Ana.Double (Phi / 2.0)))); Q := (V (0), V (1), V (2), Float (Cos (Ana.Double (Phi / 2.0)))); end Axis_To_Quat; end Trackball; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/opengl/lwobjects.adb0000644000076700001450000000143312533067540021201 0ustar gnatmailgnat package body Lwobjects is function Lw_Is_Lwobject (File : String) return Boolean is function Internal (File : String) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "lw_is_lwobject"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (File & ASCII.NUL)); end Lw_Is_Lwobject; function Lw_Object_Read (File : String) return Lwobject is function Internal (File : String) return Lwobject; pragma Import (C, Internal, "lw_object_read"); begin return Internal (File & ASCII.NUL); end Lw_Object_Read; procedure Lw_Object_Free (Object : in out Lwobject) is procedure Internal (Object : Lwobject); pragma Import (C, Internal, "lw_object_free"); begin Internal (Object); Object := Null_Lwobject; end Lw_Object_Free; end Lwobjects; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/common.ads0000644000076700001450000001777112533067540017246 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Dialog; use Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Interfaces.C.Strings; package Common is -- This package is created to avoid the instantiation of the -- generic packages for callbacks. This provides a much smaller -- executable -- It also contains services that are used in 2 or more examples -- of testgtk. package Widget_Handler is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Widget_Record); package User_Widget_Handler is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Widget_Record, Gtk_Widget); package Label_Handler is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Label_Record); package Adj_Handler is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Adjustment_Record); package Check_Handler is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Check_Button_Record); package Button_Handler is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Button_Record); type Gtk_Window_Access is access all Gtk_Window; package Destroy_Handler is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Window_Record, Gtk_Window_Access); procedure Destroy_Window (Win : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Window_Access); type Gtk_Dialog_Access is access all Gtk_Dialog; package Destroy_Dialog_Handler is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Dialog_Record, Gtk_Dialog_Access); procedure Destroy_Dialog (Win : access Gtk_Dialog_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Dialog_Access); function Image_Of (I : Gint) return String; -- Returns the image of the given Gint. The leading spaces are -- stripped. package ICS renames Interfaces.C.Strings; Book_Open_Xpm : ICS.chars_ptr_array := (ICS.New_String ("16 16 4 1"), ICS.New_String (" c None s None"), ICS.New_String (". c black"), ICS.New_String ("X c #808080"), ICS.New_String ("o c white"), ICS.New_String (" "), ICS.New_String (" .. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xo. ... "), ICS.New_String (" .Xoo. ..oo. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xooo.Xooo... "), ICS.New_String (" .Xooo.oooo.X. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xooo.Xooo.X. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xooo.oooo.X. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xooo.Xooo.X. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xooo.oooo.X. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xoo.Xoo..X. "), ICS.New_String (" .Xo.o..ooX. "), ICS.New_String (" .X..XXXXX. "), ICS.New_String (" ..X....... "), ICS.New_String (" .. "), ICS.New_String (" ")); Book_Closed_Xpm : ICS.chars_ptr_array := (ICS.New_String ("16 16 6 1"), ICS.New_String (" c None s None"), ICS.New_String (". c black"), ICS.New_String ("X c red"), ICS.New_String ("o c yellow"), ICS.New_String ("O c #808080"), ICS.New_String ("# c white"), ICS.New_String (" "), ICS.New_String (" .. "), ICS.New_String (" ..XX. "), ICS.New_String (" ..XXXXX. "), ICS.New_String (" ..XXXXXXXX. "), ICS.New_String (".ooXXXXXXXXX. "), ICS.New_String ("..ooXXXXXXXXX. "), ICS.New_String (".X.ooXXXXXXXXX. "), ICS.New_String (".XX.ooXXXXXX.. "), ICS.New_String (" .XX.ooXXX..#O "), ICS.New_String (" .XX.oo..##OO. "), ICS.New_String (" .XX..##OO.. "), ICS.New_String (" .X.#OO.. "), ICS.New_String (" ..O.. "), ICS.New_String (" .. "), ICS.New_String (" ")); Mini_Page_Xpm : ICS.chars_ptr_array := (ICS.New_String ("16 16 4 1"), ICS.New_String (" c None s None"), ICS.New_String (". c black"), ICS.New_String ("X c white"), ICS.New_String ("O c #808080"), ICS.New_String (" "), ICS.New_String (" ....... "), ICS.New_String (" .XXXXX.. "), ICS.New_String (" .XoooX.X. "), ICS.New_String (" .XXXXX.... "), ICS.New_String (" .XooooXoo.o "), ICS.New_String (" .XXXXXXXX.o "), ICS.New_String (" .XooooooX.o "), ICS.New_String (" .XXXXXXXX.o "), ICS.New_String (" .XooooooX.o "), ICS.New_String (" .XXXXXXXX.o "), ICS.New_String (" .XooooooX.o "), ICS.New_String (" .XXXXXXXX.o "), ICS.New_String (" ..........o "), ICS.New_String (" oooooooooo "), ICS.New_String (" ")); Gtk_Mini_Xpm : ICS.chars_ptr_array := (ICS.New_String ("15 20 17 1"), ICS.New_String (" c None"), ICS.New_String (". c #14121F"), ICS.New_String ("+ c #278828"), ICS.New_String ("@ c #9B3334"), ICS.New_String ("# c #284C72"), ICS.New_String ("$ c #24692A"), ICS.New_String ("% c #69282E"), ICS.New_String ("& c #37C539"), ICS.New_String ("* c #1D2F4D"), ICS.New_String ("= c #6D7076"), ICS.New_String ("- c #7D8482"), ICS.New_String ("; c #E24A49"), ICS.New_String ("> c #515357"), ICS.New_String (", c #9B9C9B"), ICS.New_String ("' c #2FA232"), ICS.New_String (") c #3CE23D"), ICS.New_String ("! c #3B6CCB"), ICS.New_String (" "), ICS.New_String (" ***> "), ICS.New_String (" >.*!!!* "), ICS.New_String (" ***....#*= "), ICS.New_String (" *!*.!!!**!!# "), ICS.New_String (" .!!#*!#*!!!!# "), ICS.New_String (" @%#!.##.*!!$& "), ICS.New_String (" @;%*!*.#!#')) "), ICS.New_String (" @;;@%!!*$&)'' "), ICS.New_String (" @%.%@%$'&)$+' "), ICS.New_String (" @;...@$'*'*)+ "), ICS.New_String (" @;%..@$+*.')$ "), ICS.New_String (" @;%%;;$+..$)# "), ICS.New_String (" @;%%;@$$$'.$# "), ICS.New_String (" %;@@;;$$+))&* "), ICS.New_String (" %;;;@+$&)&* "), ICS.New_String (" %;;@'))+> "), ICS.New_String (" %;@'&# "), ICS.New_String (" >%$$ "), ICS.New_String (" >= ")); end Common; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_pixbuf.ads0000644000076700001450000000372312533067540020566 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Pixbuf is procedure Run (F : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; procedure Run_Gif (F : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help_Gif return String; end Create_Pixbuf; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnome-calendar.png0000644000076700001450000000530312533067132020630 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR00Wù‡gAMA† 1è–_ zIDATxÚí™]lWÇwvvwÖñÆÞÆNvc7Ž“Ö¤¡}ˆB‘òÐ"TDA¨ VT­è‡¢Ò¨¼ òQ Ayªh¥‚à)•BB ŠRˆª>Ñ Tb'µó¹‰¿¿âÙ]Û;wwfîåaïìŽ7N²*ªD®u5³ã™;çÎÿœû¿wàN»Óî´;íNûnân“þ¤·0¨;ôÿ€èÀx½É}â†ë°?&ÃEÚÌx± …ôÍ@tàwßù¦RJ£µ"T!õ@QW …@ a „H Í_(®yJÀ6'C"™"aÛ$ì ËBûuüZ ß÷ ”BiM*ü ¤*=ܪD©;ÀÏweúBB­ E*öãˆÈes8ÝN£Û2H)A6žûÁË/éOïèãù×^Žã˜ÁZãJ)[?J%èíà•#/h´ÆÊl°34ç*Àê€ÒøaH†(­ÄÐω|>Ïêê*¡c76º $2äïÙ'\O6.8y}ìàB‘¹·ßÆ1€¾úÜaá…ŠÕÔ‘Êmãs‡u™'¬X¿ aH B|r÷ן£P(J¥(^)R¯Ô‘R¶¼´€ÔÕòúšD–J”NžDΗ^ä݈¢aîýòc_ÛûõkG-VVW6l ·í¶|êé#bhǶm†!nÅe~y¾e 9Fhfªòƒ¡ÛA^GÎÏ#‹ã”ÆÆ7Ð)rÀpðø¾$^<|˜þîñ]À ÙÞQøJ¡”"“Ìpyò2•• îªK­V£^­oð¸ $ŽíÄʈ†œà C÷;QØ{üI¤ÓÈ¥nÏc‹ë2}ü8ŸÙÚ­ôÎ;¿r€–k€ß ᇠLÙd´Gíàui²ëëÈ ãà8ƃ@ ñ"Z!§Š&7Ú—Ö½@^x¾Oÿì,kÕ*Ëóóœ)-l À]€o[¹€fMöƒ¥Cz8@oäܸ ¯K‰;7ÇÄ™ vïÛÝ(d6LJããxà½h-€œ©`µ¿¿Oèû¬•ËŒ—]í5êMØdU`ÎPHw@…„ª1’c; â9¦âD5#Mœ™@.}@îþ²7¾Övg«)â:Åç?€çyäóyF+CüëÜ ?ùí l÷ÖõSÏKôl ð=ŸÉË“¤R)¶/¢¶fY˜˜àZ©Ä)ßÇJgÈõäDeYZXbbGëFÐíç@oÐ84©ÓÛÛËÞ½¬­­á¤ÓX5ŸååeÖì!Jå:­ÉÌO“àêûïS)—¹¸¶N)‘ ¯¿‘‘òù<‰DËBˆÍ KsIjßb­£3­ukò±ÁénH‚Lƒ£-êÀ¶mÛ¨«:=çÏS­×¹zõ*ÊRìܽ“|`áž=Ët*Eya¹•ÎÙî,ÃCà  è!Z£ ‰˜×o™í‹pݘ´hoT£ã8­óxïvØ}ÏnºººH%möÝ¿ƒŸ=ÈÈÐõ‹çyøÕW©{K®ËDbmé&¿#ÏÀÀéTù]‹8¬X[7Ë뢠…Fk´c;¢¡ã$N·Ó(jAã7@.›kF)“Ì`Û6IÛfïÐ^r¹ 'þJßð0Çßxƒ]<ÂGî 3W®ÒßÛËž={ÈårXV˧ Ñô§h¡o6ëödÖZ£ôƆHŒI)7H Ä”W­5™L†ÕÙz³YæGG™>wŽ3cc¯ûd³Y†v 180Hº+Mm½Ö¢‚@ÄìQ›íNt¥µR|ï™'õÈCÜî^’øé_áéC‘ïïgzt”%×eTk–ì Z«25;…5¿‘ÑIX£ƒÂØ®h¡&û”B¯ûŠrÝçÄ»ÇtÛ[ˆjE“ºZj…c'¸«Ëak*Í®áa1yêK®ËTu]Tõ🰺Æ%o©ñ³€nl(r ñ ò~ض½rCÇ4 „¸Éd'„Æ„:o!:zûçGîc¥XdòÂ&«ëzÂI“ô} !Ò©¤¶–h+ß´Ö-úGº7 ÝI4À[ïÏ=À`зšÅµ $M©³ceΪ_Ü¿ûž'F¾ýÑ{ï1>7wù—ccïÛ€^óž²kž1.Z°\–ÌÒ10ãŨNVdÚÜëfÀº9v)c|tŒ¶=‘Ž<úè 3ccLÎÌ”Ž‹¿1ãE94yÚµ0nzÅ“æz=Duøœ•‡:°3<êQ$" ÖSÞWŸ›¾4;»òûññ×Öjfyš1*À¤Qš‘XócÝ3ï“4‹vËøÛ‰@Ôj1/E†Æ£`Ç€X_9\)—ùÛ•+¯—J3Æø.3æªÑø3ÀŠ3¢†£Mݼ7ê·M!Ñ$h§b/³ã}½R™›™ùÃ_&'OÛͺÖ2ž]®Æt¾jKÒvqúè–NëlË|Ã"ßôDL£Ø±ódlû/º¾Øe¶G2&Ÿ&MÖŒ1A[¹Œz‹NР“m½É¹Ž½È2ƒFjm«+–´«¦ÌÏWqí3m<²íçú¶·×Ûô‡Š½°ý£„µIÔt¬¢”Ly\0×T[ŽÅ›ÚdK]ý·_ht[^´ oð•ÆQaÅPHÝäÓÓÍŽû7²ö1­Xy L2ê[|ôÓ|šh[ÏÞêÃ^Çí? Äž®™ðÄöIEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_spinners.adb0000644000076700001450000001206512533067540021110 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Glib.Properties; use Glib.Properties; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Spinner; use Gtk.Spinner; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Spinners is -- Timer for pulsing activity of one of our spinners. package Time_Cb is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Gtk_Spinner); -- Function passed to Time_Cb.Timeout_Add, to be invoked periodically. function Spinner_Timeout (Spinner : Gtk_Spinner) return Boolean; -- A handle referencing our timeout Timer : G_Source_Id := No_Source_Id; procedure Stop_Timeout (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Callback invoked when our spinner widget is destroyed. ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A %bGtk_Spinner%B widget displays an icon-size spinning" & " animation. It is often used as an alternative to a" & " %bGtk_Progress%B for displaying indefinite activity, instead" & " of actual progress. To start the animation, use" & " %bGtk.Spinner.Start%B; to stop it use $bGtk.Spinner.Stop$B."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Active_Spinner, Transition_Spinner, Inactive_Spinner : Gtk_Spinner; Active_Label, Transition_Label, Inactive_Label : Gtk_Label; Table1 : Gtk_Grid; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Spinners"); Gtk_New (Table1); Frame.Add (Table1); Gtk_New (Active_Label, "Active spinner:"); Gtk_New (Active_Spinner); Table1.Attach (Active_Label, 0, 0); Table1.Attach (Active_Spinner, 1, 0); Gtk_New (Transition_Label, "On/Off spinner:"); Gtk_New (Transition_Spinner); Table1.Attach (Transition_Label, 0, 1); Table1.Attach (Transition_Spinner, 1, 1); Gtk_New (Inactive_Label, "Inactive spinner:"); Gtk_New (Inactive_Spinner); Table1.Attach (Inactive_Label, 0, 2); Table1.Attach (Inactive_Spinner, 1, 2); -- Start one spinner, set another pulsing, and don't touch the -- third (so that it stays off). Gtk.Spinner.Start (Active_Spinner); Timer := Time_Cb.Timeout_Add (1_000, Spinner_Timeout'Access, Transition_Spinner); -- Make sure to disengage the timer if the spinner is destroyed, -- otherwise when Spinner_Timeout is called we'll raise an -- exception. Widget_Handler.Connect (Transition_Spinner, "destroy", Widget_Handler.To_Marshaller (Stop_Timeout'Access)); Show_All (Frame); end Run; --------------------- -- Spinner_Timeout -- --------------------- function Spinner_Timeout (Spinner : Gtk_Spinner) return Boolean is begin case Get_Property (Spinner, Active_Property) is when True => Stop (Spinner); when False => Start (Spinner); end case; return True; end Spinner_Timeout; ------------------ -- Stop_Timeout -- ------------------ procedure Stop_Timeout (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); begin if Timer /= No_Source_Id then Remove (Timer); Timer := No_Source_Id; end if; end Stop_Timeout; end Create_Spinners; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/marble.xpm0000644000076700001450000111570712533067132017251 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char *granite07[] = { /* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */ " 384 384 16 1", /* colors */ ". c #000000", "# c #111111", "a c #222222", "b c #333333", "c c #444444", "d c #555555", "e c #666666", "f c #777777", "g c #888888", "h c #999999", "i c #aaaaaa", "j c #bbbbbb", "k c #cccccc", "l c #dddddd", "m c #eeeeee", "n c #ffffff", /* pixels */ "aacfedbbcbbaaaaaaaaabaabaaaaabcbcbbbabbchfdcccbbabbbaaabaabcbaa#aa#######a#aaaabcddeefhec##dgbabbaaadabbcfbaa##########aaabbaaa#a#####a#aa###a#aaabbbbcbbbccdedaaaaa#aaaaa#a#abaaabbabbbeddbbaaaaaca##a#aaaba########aaaadcababbabdehd.##.a######.cgdcb###b##.##.##aaaaa####abcba######a##aac#a##a####aa#aa##babbbcfccbbbcdccccecbbbcbbbcdccddcbcdfeecbhhjihhgffc.aaa####.#######aaaaaaaabbaaaaa", "aaacedccbbcbaaaaaa#bbaabbbaaaabcaabbbbbbafhfccbbbbbbabacbacbaaaaa##########a###abbcdeghhhcagb#ababaaccbacdfca#a####aa###aaaaabaaa#####aca#aabaababbcccccccbcdfdaaaa###aaaaaaaaaaabbbbbbccccccbbcbcaaa##aaaaabaaaa###abdaccceebaaaabehja####a######..#aeec#bb##########aa#####abba#########aaca########aa#aa###aaaabddbbbbbbbbbbccbbabbbbabbabbabcbcbcefhfeddccefhhijheecb#...a####aaaaaaaabaaaaa", "aaabccccccdbabcbaaa#aaaaaaaaaaabbabbbbbccabefdccabcbbabacccbaaabaa######a######aaabceiiiihije#bbabbaaeaabcedcaabaa########aaaabaa##a###ab#aabcababbccccccdeeeecc#a##a##aaaaaaaaaabbbbbbbcccbbbdcbbcdaa#a#aabbaaaaa###acbaa#bccaa#abcfig.#######.#######acddgefdda#######a########a#######aaaaaa#a######aaaa#####aaacdcbabbaaabbbcaaaaaaaaabbbaaabbaabbbcbcbabbabcdeefghjkjgc#..####aaaaaaaaaaaa#", "#aaaaaacbccbcabbbaaaaaabcaaaaabbbbbbabbbcbaabffccbccbccbbcbaaaabaaaa#aa#aa##a#aaaaabbikkjhijicabbbcc#faaacdebcbda#########aaaaaaaaa####aa##cacccabcccdccccdddfdcbaa##a##abbbabccbbcbbbccccaaa#abbaaba#a##abbbbbaaaaaaaaaaccaaca##aabcfic.###aa#######a####bddeeddb####.##.###aaa#########aaaa###aa####aaaa#######aabdbbbbcabbbaaaa#aaaaaaaaabaaabbbaabbbbdbbaaabccccccdcefhhkhda##aaaa#a#aaaaa##", "#aaabaabcecbaa##bcaaaaaaaababbabaaabbabbaabb#chhfdccccbcbecaaabaaaaaaaaaa####aaaaaaabdgjkkijijdabbdcabfaabcecbbec###########a#aaaabaa#######abbaaaadddedddeeefeccaa###a#aabcccdcbcbbbbccbbbbaaaaa#aabbaaaabbbbbbaaaaaaabbbbbaaa####acegha##a#aabbb####a##adccdedbcc#######.###a###a#######aaa#a#aa##..#aa#########abdbaabbabbbaa###aaaaaaaaaaaaacbaaababbdbabbabcbbcbcbccbbdegjkgb#aa#aa#aaaaaaa", "##aa#aabccccaaaaaaaa#aaaaaabbaabbbaaaaabbbcbbcfhhgfcccbbbbccbaabbaaaaaaabaa#aaaabaaaabbcehkljjdabacccbgbaaccdb#adea#########aa#abaaaaa#####ac#ba##accdedddefffeaba##a#aaaaacccccccbbbcccaabaaaaaaaaa#aaaaabcbbaaa#bbbbaaefccdbaaa#aaacdei##aa##aabbbaaa#a#cdcccccbcea.#########bbaaa######a###a#aaaa.#aaba####.###abcbaaabaabbbaa###aaaaaaaaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaababcbbcbbaabbbdddeghheba##ab#abaa##", "#####bbaaaaabaaaaa##aa#adccaabaaabbbbabbabbbabccbccfdbccbbbbbcaabcaabaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaabbbcglli#accbbbddgabcddbbaacea#a##########aaa#aaa##aaaa####aabcddeeefffgdbbaaaa###baabbbbbbcdabdcbcaaabaaaaaaa#aaaaaabcbbbbadfbbbaejhhebbccaaaaaccfi.aba##abaaaba####ecbbccba#fc.####.##.bba#a#######aaaaaaaaaaa##aaaa######abcdaa#aaaabaaa###aaaaabaaabbbaaba##aaababcbbcbbbbbcbaaabbccccddgggeb#aadca###", "#####bcaaaaaabcbaaa#aaaabcccaaaaaaabaaabbbbbbbaacbabeeddddccbcbbcccbabaaaabaabaaaaaaaaabbbbglmdbcbaabebdgdbcecbbaabdbaa#########aabbaaaa#aa#a##a#aabbdceeedccdcbbaaaaa##aaabbcbbbabaaabbababbaaaa#aaaaaaaabcdccbbbabcbbbcfijfbcdcabb#abcbif#abb##aaabaaaa##fcccbbcaa#db#..##.##.aaa#########ab#aaaaaa#aabaaaaa#####abdbbaaaabbaaaa###b#a#aaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbabbbbaabbbaaaabbbbbbbceffecccbaa##", "#####abaaaaa#accbbbbaaabaaaaaaaaaaadcbaabbabbbabbdcaacgfddddcdddcadfcaaaabcbbabaaaaaabcabbbdjliacbababcbdfcdeeaaaaaabba########a##aa#aabaa##a######abddeggca#bcbaaaaaa####aaaaaabbbbbcbbbbbaaa##a#aaaaaaaabcbccbbaaaabaabfgfiecccccbbaaaccicbbbcbaaabaaabb#ceccccdca##aacdb######aaa###a###aabaaaaaa#aabca#abba#####abca##aaaaaaaaa##a##aaaaaaabaaaaaaabaaaacbcbacdbaaabaaaaaabaaaaabbcddccbaa##", "####aa#aaaaaaabccbabbaaaaaaaaaaaaabfaaabbcbbbbbabdebaabdffddedefedccecccdcbbbbbccbccbbbbbbccekldaabaaabccbfaaaaaaaaaaaba########aaaaaaaaba##aaa###aabbccfgfaababbbaaaaa#aabbaabaaccaabcccbcbaa##aaaaaabaabbbccbbbaabbbbbbdddghdbbbcccb#abcdebcccbaabbbabbcbaecddddbaa##.#acdeca#######a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaabba##abba####aacba##aaaaaaaaaaaaa##aba#abaaaaaaabaaaabbbbbbcbabbaabbaaaaabaaaaaaaaccbaa##", ".####aa#aabaa##bccbaabbbba#aaaaabbaefdaabbbbccbbbaddaaabadeeffhhhffdedddeecbbbbcccbbabcbabbcfjjlkeaaaaacdadcaa#aaaaaaa#ab######ba#aaabbabcaa#aa###babcddcedba##acbaaaaaa#ababbbacbbbcccdfffbaa#aaaacbaabcbabccbbcbbbbbbcbbccedbbbccdccbaabcgb#bccbbbababbbcccdededcb#a####...addcba##aabbbbbbbbaaaaabba#aaa##abba####abbaa###a#aa#aa##aaa#a##abaaaaaaaaabababbcdbcb#baaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaa###", "######a##aaaaaa#accbaaabbbaaa#aaababdcaaabbbbcccbbbdbabbbacdccgecadbbbcdccddeddcccccbaabcbbcgjhhjgeb#aacdcccaa#aa#aaa#a#aaa##aaaaa#aaabbaabb#aa###aabccddeccbbbaabcbbbcbbb#aacbbadbabcccddbaaa#aaaaabbbbabbbbcdbbbabbcddcbbbccaabbbccbbaaaadi##abbbbbbbaabbbacdeedbd######aa####bceda#aabbabaaaaaaaaba#aaaaa#aabaaa###acaaaa####aa##aaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaababaaaaabcaaaaaaabbcbaaaaaaaaa###aaaa###", "##########aabaa#accbbabbbbbba##aaaabbcbbbbbbbbcbaaabdbbbbbbddccbbbbaaaabbabbbbcefefdcbaadbcddje#debgfbabecdc####aa##a###a#aa#aa##a##aaabbcabbaa###aabbcceedbcbaaaabdcccbabaaabbbbabbccbbaaaaaa#aaaaaaaabbbbbcbccabcccccdcccbbbbabbababbba#abfe#aaaaaaaabccbbaaaedddc######adcaaaa##dfcaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaa##aabcaaabbaa#aaab###aa###aaaaaaaaaaaa##aaaaaaaaaabaaabaaabcabaaaaaaabcbaabaaa##a###aa####", "#########aaaaaaabbcbbbbabcbaacbaa##aaabaaabccccccbaabecabbbcddbacdeba#aaaaabaaabbdfgedcbaccdcgica#aadghdbddd#aa#aaa#a###aaaabaa#####aaaaabbbbbba#aaabccceecbddbaa#bbccabcbbbbbacccdbbdabbaaaaaaa#aaaa#aabbbbcccdcbcbbccccccbcaababbdbabbba#bbgaabaaa#aaacccdcddbeedba#a##a#aba#aaaa##decbaaba#aaa###a#a###abba#bba###aaba####a####aaaaaaaaaaaa#aaabbbaaabbaabbaabbaaa#aa#a#abbaabbbaaa#aaaa#####", "############aaaaaaacbbbbbbbaa#aaa#a##aaaaaaaacbbbbbbabdcabbbcdbaccdba#aaaaaababbcbbdddedccddefihaa#aaahiiiffd#aaaa#abaa##aaaaacaa##a#bcaaaabbbcaaaabccdddecabaaaaacbbbabbccccccbbdbdfdaabbaaa###a#aaaaaaaabbbbbbbaaabdcddccbbbbabbbccaabbbaabfdaaabaa#aa##aabbbbbddba##aa#a#aa##aaaaaabcdbbaaa##aa#####a#aaabbaaaaa##abb######aa###aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaabbbbaaabaaa#aaaaaaabbbaaaaaaaaa####", "###########aa#aa#aaaccabbaaaaaaabb#######a#aaabcbbbabbaeebbccbcbacdaaa##a#aabbbbccbbcbcdegifdfgifba##aaaagigha#aaaaabbaaaaaaaaabaaa##acaaaaabbbbbbabcdddefeba####abbaabccccbbbcbadcbcbaabba#aaaa#aaaaaababacccbaadbabbccedcccbbccbbabaaaaa##ade###abba#aa##abbba#cebb.#a####.#a#aaaaaaaaacfca#aaa###aa###abaabaaaaaaaabbaa#######aaaaa#aa#aaaaaaaaaaababdaaabbbbbababaaaaaa#aaaaaabbaaabaaaaa###", "##########a#aaabaaaaccaaaaaaabaaaaaaba###a##abaaabbababaccbcbbcccaaba#a###aaabbccdccccccdeegggfigaabb#aaa#fffcba#abbaaaaaaaaaaa#abba##aaa##aabbbcbbbbcdeegfeb####aabaabacbbbcbccaabbabaaaaaaa##aa#aaaaababbabbcbcdbbcccbddcdcccabcbbababba###afba#aabba#acaaabbbbaddb##aa####.####aabbaaaabffcaaaaaa##a##bcabbaaaaaaabbbc#a#a#######aaaaa#####a##ababbbbbaaaabbcbaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaabaaababaaaaa#", "#######a#####a#aaaaabcbaaaaaa#aabaaaaaa###abbabaaaaaccaaabdbccbccbaaca#####accddcccccccddeeefikjeabcca#a#abfifbaa#abbbbbaaaaaaaaa#bbba#bcaaaaaaaccbcccceffeccaa##aaabbbcabbacbddbbaabdbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaabbbbbbbbbcbbccccdcdcccabbbbbaaba###dcaaaabbaaabaabcbccaadba#aaa########aaaa##aaaacgdbaaaa####cfffda#a#aaaabbdbaa#aaa########aaaa#aa##aaabbabbbaaabbbaaaaaabaaaaaaaa#aaaaabaaaaaaaaa#a", "a###########aaaaaaaabbaabaaa###abaaa#a##a###a#aaaaabacaaabccbbbcbbbcbb####a#bdfbbccccccdefecdgiiddaabbaaaabacfeaaaaaabcccbaaaaaaabaaacaa##aaaaaaabccddcfgfgbabaaa#aaabbcccbccbcddbbacabbbbbbbbaaacbaaaabcbabbbbbcbbcbccbccdccdccdcbaabbbaabaaade#aa#baaabaa##abbcbacdb#.#abbccc#.##aaa####aa#aeeaaaaaaabbabddfgfba#aabcd#aaaa########aa##a##aaaaaababbaabbbbbabccbababaaaaaaa##a#aaaabbaaaaaaaa#", "#a###a######aaaaaaaacdaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaa#####a###abbbbaaaaccbbbcbbbbaa#aaaaaeecabcccbccdedcdfgigeaaaacbaaabaacbaaaaaaabcbbbaaaaaaaaabccaaaaaaaaaacccceffffbabb#a####aaaabcccccddcdedbbbbaabcabbbccbccbcbcbbbbbbbbbcecbccccceccccdccbbaaaaaaabce#bbaaa###aaa##ababcacda#abb##a#######a#########bfdca#abcbaabaabcffddbabdc#aaaaa##########aa####aaaaaaabbabbbbbbbcbbbcbaaaaaaaa#aa#aaaaaabaa##b##", "##a#########aabaaaabcdbabaaaaa##aaaaabaaba######a##ababbbbbabbbbcbcdddbbaa#abceecabccccccdddfedgjgdbaaabaaabbbaaba#aabaabaccaaaaaaaabbccbbbaaabaaabcddefgfebbbb#aa####aaaabbcccccbbfeccbbbaaababbbbbbbccba#abbbabbcdccdcbddcddcccdcddcbaaaaaabcfbadaa#######a#abbacbbcc###a#a########a######a##aabdcabccbbababaaaacdfededbbaa#aa##aa######ba#aa#aaabbabaababcbbcbcbbbabbaaaaaaaa##aaabaaacba#a##", "##########a#abaaaaabbbcbbbcaa###a#aaaaa##aba#######aaaaaabbdccbaabccdddecaaaabccdbbacccddcdefdfgiifcba#bbaaabbaaaababbbbbbbabbaabaaaacbbbcbbaaaaaaaceeeefffbaaaa###a##aaaabbcbbbddcddddcbcbbaaabbbbababbabaaabababbbbcccdccddcddccccdecaaaa#abccfbbaaa#######aabbaacabe###a#aa#a#a##.aa#######a#aa#cfeecdcccccabbbabacggcabbaaabbaaaa####aabb#aaaabbababbbbbbcccbbbbbcccbbbaaaa#aaaaaababbaaaa##", "######a####abcbaaaaabbccbcbaa###a##aaa##a###aa######aaaaaabdgebaaabbbccacbaaaaabbbaaabccddcdeeffgigbaaaaaabaabcaaababbbbaabbacbaaabbaaaababccbabbabbdffefhdcaaa###aaabba#aababcbdeeccceccccbababbbbabbabbaaaaaabbaabbcbcccccdcddddccccdcaaaababcdeaba#####.###aaabaab#b####a####a##aa#b########aaaaabedddcccccaaaabbcabeaaaabbccbaaa#abbaaabbbaaaabbbaaacbcbcbbdccbaabbacbbbbbaaaaaaaaabbaa#####", "######aaa#abbcbaaaaabdccbbaaa#######aaa#####aaa##a#a##aaaababcbbaaaaabdebbbaaa##aaaaaaaabccddeefggieaaaaaaaacabaabbbabbbbaaaabbaaaaaaabbbabbccbaabbbdfgghebbbaa#####abba#aabbbcbccdcbbbcddcccbbbabbabbbabbabaaaaaaacbbabcbbccccddddccbcccaaaaaabbdcbc##########aaacbbaa####a####aa###a#aa###aaa###abbceddedcccbaaaacccdca##a#abbbabaaaabaaabbba#aabbbbbbccbbbbaaacccbbcbbaaabbbbbbabaaabaaaa####", "#######aa#aaccabbabaabdecbb#a########aaaa####aaa#aba##a#aaaaaaabbdcaabdcbcaacb####abb#abaabccdeffghfdabaaaa#acbbbbcbabcabcbaaaabbbabaaaabbbbbcccbbbccdfedccbbb#########aaaababbacccbcbbbddbdcccccbbbbaaaabbaabbaaaaabaabbbbccdcceedccccacbaaaabbbbddb####aa######aabbaa####a####aa#aa###a#####aa#aabbddeccddccbbbabbbbceb###aa#aaaaaa##aa####aaaa#abbbbbccacccbaa#accbbbbbaaababbabaaaaaaaaa####", "##a#####aaaaaabbbbabacdddccaa########aa#a#####aaa#aa#aaaaaaaaaaaabcabbcbbbbababa###baaaaaaabccdeeehifbabaaa###abbcbbcaccbcbbbaabbbbabaaabbbbbbbbcccccddbccbbbbba#######aaabbbaabbcccbdcbbdbbddcdcccbabaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbcccddecccbbacccbbbaabbbceca############aaaaa#############a#############aaaaabccddcbbbabbbbbbba#####a##a####aaa#######aaa#babaabbcbaaa##abbbaabbcbbbbaaaaaaaabbaaa####", "#########abaaabbabbbbbddeccca##aa######a#aa####bbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabccbcccebacfdb#####aaaaaaabcdddcfgfccbaa##a##abcbbcbbdcccccabbabaababbbbbbbbbbcdccddbabbbbbba########aaababbbacdccccaabcbbcabddddbbaaabbabbbaaaaaaaaabbbddcddecbccbbbdcbabbbaabbcda#############abaaaa############a####bb##a####aaaaabcffdcccbbbbbbbb#######aaa###aaaa#######aabaaaabbcbaaaaaaaa#aaaaaabbccbbaaaaaabbbaaa####", "#########aaabbabcbbbbbdddcbaaaaa###############aabaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaabbabbdefffccbba###aa##aaaaaabcdceecggdcbbaa##aa#aacbb#bcdddddabbbbbabbbabbbbbbbccfeedbbbbbbcbba#a#####a#acababbbdcbcbabbabaabaabeedcaaaaaaaabcbbaaaaaaabbcdfdddccbbbbcbccbabbbaaabcda########a#aaaaaaa#aa#####aaabaaaaaaacb##aaa#aaababbcdefddbbcbccbaa#####aaaaaaaab##a########aa#abbcccbaaaaaa###aaaaabaabccbbbaaaaaaaaa####", "########aaaaaaabbbbbbcdedbbbbabaa##########aa###bbb###a##aaaaaaabbaabbbdfeedb##a#a##aa###aaabbbbccdefbfecbbbaaa####a#adb#acdecdfcbaabcbbbbcbbbbbbcdeffbcccabbcdbbba#a###a#aabaaaaaccccbaaaaabbbbaabdfedaaaababbbbbaaaaaaababbcedcccbbbbaccccbaaaccbbabeb######aaaaa#aaa###a######aaaaaaabacbca#aaaaaabbbbccdegfeccccccbcbaaa#####aaaa#aaaaa###a###aaaabbbcccb##a#aaa#aaaaaaaabbdeddcbabaaaaa####", "#########a#aabbbbbbbbdddccbbba#aaaa##aa##a####a#bba#a#a#aaaabaabbbabbeedeeefdaaaa#####bb##aaabbabcddehgifffdcbaaaa#aa#aaaaaccdeddcabbbcbbbccbabbccdceeecdcaaaabbcccaaaaaaaaaaaaaabacdddbaabaabbbbcccccfdbaabbaabbcaaaaaaababbcccccbbbbbbbccbcca#acbbbbbda#####aaaa####ab##a######aaaaaaabaccbaaaaabbbbbbccceffcdeedcbbbbaaaa#aaaaaaaaa#aaabaaaaaa##aaaabbbcbbcbaa#####aaaaaabbbcccddcbbaaaaa####", "##########a#aabbcbcbbcecccbbbabaaaaaa#####a#aaaabbaa##ba#acaaababbbbbbbcdcfgdbbbaa####aba##aaaabbbccdfefhfgedecaaa##abaaaaacbabebbbbbbbbcccbcbbbbddbedbddcaaaaaabdccaaba#aaaaaa#bbbbbaddccaaabcbbdcbbcbddabbbbbbbccaaaaaaaaabcddcbbbbbbbbbbbbbbaaaabbaabe#########a####bb#aa#####aa#aaaabccdbbbbabbcbbbccccdccbaaeffdbca#aaaa#aaaaaaa#aaaaabaaaa#aaaabaabbccbbcceb#bcaaaaaaaabbbbcdcbbbaaaaa####", "#######aa#aaaaabbccbbcdccddcabaaaaaaaaa###aaa#aabcaaa#bba#aabaabbbbbbabcccdfedcaa##aaa######aaaabbbbcdddghhgfedcbaaaa#aaaaabcbbbccbbbbbbbcbccdcccccbeebccbbbaaaaaccccccba#aaaaaaabaaabbbddbbbbcccbcccbaceeacbbbcbccbaaabbabbbbceccbbbbbabbbbbbbab#aabbbbcc#.######a####.bcbcba####aaaa#bedccbbbbbbbaabccddedaaaaa##beeda#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabba##babbabbbbcbbbccccbbaaaaabbabaabddcbbbaaaa####", "##########aaaabbbbccccbcddddbaaaa##a#a#a###aaaa#baabbaaaaaaaabbbabcbaabccbddfebaaba#ba######aaaabbbbbcddfiiigggedbaaaaaaaaaabcbabccbbbbbbbcccddddccceecccccbbaaaabccddbbba#aaaaaaaaabcbbbcccdccbcbabcbabceecbabbbbbbaaaabaabbbcddbbbbbbbbaabbbcbbbbaaabcbdc########..####ccccba#abbaaaabddbabbbcabbbbcccceeca###aaa##aaa##a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa##aabcbbbbbbbccbbbbcddaaaaacbaaaabddbbaaaaaa###", "############aaabbabcddccdbcdcbcbbbaaaaa##a##aaaa##abaaabaaaaaaabbaacaabddabcefc#aabaaa###a####aaabbbbbbddgihhfffgeaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbcbbbbbbbbbcddeeedceccdcccccaaaaabcbddbaa#a#ab#aaacbbbbbbddebbbbccbbbabbbedbaaaaaaaaaaaabbabbccecbbbbccbbbbaabbbbcc#aaabbcc######a#####.bccabbacbababaabdcabbbabbabbbcbdecabaa##aaaa####aaaaba##aaaaabaaababa##aa#aaabbbbbbbbcbbbbacbedbaaa#bbaaaabcbbbbaaaa#aa", "#######a####aaaaabaabbcccbabbbbbbbcbaaa######a#aa######aaaa#aaa#acbbbabeeebabddbaaabaa####aa#a#aababbbbbcehhgeeffdca##aaaaaaaaaabbbbabbbbbbcdcdddfgfhcbbcbbbcbaaaaabcccdbba###baaaabcbbaabcdeecaaabbbbbbaabddecaaaaaaaabbbbbbbccfcbcbbbbbbbaaaaabbbcca#aabacc#######a####acdcbbbbbbaaaabbccaabbbbbbbabbceecabb#aa#aaaa#######aaa##aaaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaabccbbcbaaacgdaaaa#aababbbabbbbaaaaa#", "###a#####a#aaaaaabcbacbbddcaaabbbbbbbaaaaaa##a#####a####aaaaa#aaabdbcbbedefcaaabaaaaabaaa#a##abaaaaababbbcfgggfeefea##aaaaaaaaaaabcbbbbbbbbcdcdddefgeabbbbaabccaabaaceddeeaaa##aaaaaabbbabbcdedbabbbaaaaaaaacfecaaaaabaabbbbbbcdfdbccbbbbbaaaaaabbbcdbaa#aabdb#########a#acdcccbaaab#aabccbbbbbbabbbceedccbcbbaaaa#baa#a###a#a##aa###aaaabaaaaaaaa##aaaabbaaabcbbbbbabbdfeaaaa#ababbcbbaabaaaaaa", "#####a#####aaaaaabbbbbbbcddcbabccaaabbaaaaa#a##a##a######aaaaaabaaaaacbbbffeaaaababbabbbbbaa##bbaaaabbbbcccghghgeffbaaabbaaaaaabbabccbbbbbbcdddefggecccbabaaabbbacbabbdddecbaa####aabaababbcccdcabaa#aaa###abceedcaaaaabbbbccddefdccdccbcbbaaaaabbccdccdb#abbd###a#####a#a#cddcccaaaaaaaaabccbbbbdeefbba##aabaaa#aaaaaa#aa###aaa##a####aaaaaaaaaaaa##aaaabacbabbbbbcbbbbcfgbaaa#aa#abbab#aaaabba", "##########abaaabbbbbcbcdcccdcbbbcbbbbbba#aaaaa#a############aa#aaaaaaababbdeaaaacbbbbbddcbaaa##abaaaabbbbcccghhhedecababcbaaaaaababcbbbbbccbddceggffecccbbbaaabca#aaaadddedcb#a##aaaabbbabbbbcccdd###aaaa#aa##bcefeddcddccefdddfdcccccccccbbaaaaaabccccdddaabbda########ab##bbbddcbbaa#aaaabcbbbcdddccaaaaa#abaaaaaaaaaa#aa#aaaabaa#####aaaaaaaa#######aabaacbabbbbbbcbbbbdfbbaaaa###baabaabaaba", "###########aaaabbcbbbcccbddbcdccbbbbcabbaaaaaaaaa###a##aa###aaaabaaababbccbbdb#abccabddbbbba#aaaabdbbaabbbbcdehihbaabbbbcdcbbbbaababbedcbbaccdddeeefedabbabaaa#aaa#aa#beeeeffca###aaabbbcbbbbbbcced#a###a##aaa#abffgfedcccfhcbdebcbccdccccbbaaaaaabbcccccddbaabdcb#.#aa#aaa##abdddcbbbaaababbbbbcbdbabbbbbb##ababbbaaaaa#aa#aa##aaa######ababaaa#####a#aabcbbbabbbbbbcccbbbeabcbba###aaaaaaaaaab", "b#########aaaaababbbbabbbbdebcccccbbbabaaaaaaaaaaaa########aa#abbaaabbabbdbcbbbaaadcbcbdbabba##aa##abcb#aaabcdcfhgdabbbccdcbcbbbbbbabcgdcbdbbdedeeehfgdbbbbbaaaa#aaa#abddddgeedcaaaaaabbbdccccccbceeaa###a###aaaacfghhgedccggefbccccccccccbbbbbbaabbcccccccdaabaaccb#aaa###a##adedccbcbaaabbbbcbbcddbaaabbbbaadbbaabbaaa##abaaa#aaaaaaaa#aaabaa########abbadccaaabbbcccccbbdcbcbbba###aaaaaaaabb", "aa##########aaabbbbbbbaabbaccbceeebbaabbaabaaabbbbaaa###aaaba#aabaaaaababbccggcbaabccbbbccbca##aaaabdbbabbabbcdddghbabbccddcbbbcbbbbbccgfcbccceddddeddedddcbababaaaaaa#accdeffedbaaaaaaaacccccbbbccffb#a#####aaaaabfhgghhhhgghecbccbccccccccbbbbaaabbbbcbbbcdcbbabbcb#####abca#abccccccabbbbbbbbbdddbaaaaabab#cdba#aabaaaaaaaa#aaa#a#aa#####aaaa#######aabbbbccbbbabbdeddcbbeaabbcb###aaaaaaaaab", "baaa######a#aaabaabdbbcbabbaccccedaaaaaaaaaaaaaaadbaa#aaaa##aaaaaaaaabbbcbcccdbaaaaabdcbacbcdcaaaaaaaabaaccbbccdddhgcabcccdecbcbbcbbabadedbbcdedcddeeccdddeeedcbbcbaabbbabbcddddec#aaaaaabbcccccbccdffc##a##a#aaaaaafheffhgeccefcbbcbcccccccbbbbaaabbbbccbbddedbabbcc.##a##abc###cdcccbcbbbabbbaddccababbbaaabaddba##aaaaaa#aaa#a#aaaaa##aa##aaaa#######abbbbccbcbbbbdefeeccecaaaaa####aabaaaaaa", "bb#a########aabbbaaababcccdaacdbbaba#aaaaaa#aaa##acaa###aa#aaaaaaaaaaabcdcccaaaaaaaaadbcbbbbacc###aaaaaaaacbbccdcdfggbbbcccdecccddcbbbacdfdbcdebbbcccdcccccdcbefccbaaaaabcbbccabdfcaaaaaaabbdddccccccefe##a##aaaaaaaadfghhhdbbcccccbcbbccdccbbbcaaaabbbbdccddeeba#bbda######.acabbddccabcbbbbbbbddccaaaaaaaaaaabdca#a#aaa#aaaaa##a#aaaaa##aa##aaa#a##a##abbbbccbbdbbccefffeccd#a########abaaaaaa", "aa##########aaaaabaabbaaccdcaacbbaab####aaaa#aaaaaa#a####abaaaaaaabcaaabddcacda#aaabacbbbbddddcbaaa##aaaaa#abbdcccdegfbbcdcdefccddccccbcbbfdccecabccbcbbbcdddcbffdcccb#aacbaabcbbeecaa#aaaabcedddccccddfeb#####aaaaaabbehhfcccbcccccbbccccccbcbcbbaaabbbcdcceddcbbabba########bcbbcdcbbbbbbbbaacccccaaaaaaaaaaaabcba####aba##aaaaaa#aaaaaa##a#aaaaaaa#aaabaabbcbbbbbbbdffffeeeaa########aabcaaaa", "aba#a#aa####aaaaabbabbabbaccaaabaaaa#######a####aaaaa####aaa#bbaaaabaaacbddcbccaaaaaaaaaaacdeabcbba#a###a#aaabccccdeegfcbcdddeedcdccddccccfedddcbbccbbbbbbccddedecccdca#aaaaaaabacedcddcbabaabccccccccceccd####aaaaaabaacdghhfecccccbbccccccccbcbbbaabbbcccccddcddceaca########cdccdccbbbbbbbbbccbcdcaaaaaaaaaaaaaaba#####aaaaaaa###aaaaa##a####aaaa###aabbbbbbccbdbbbcdefffgaa#a#######aabaaaaa", "aa#####aa###aaababbccccbbbbcbaaababa#######a#aabaaaaaa####aa#abbaaaabbaabbdcbbcdbbbbaaaaaabcddbcbba#####a#aaabcdccceefhgbbdcceeeeccccccddeefeeecccacccbcbabbccdefdbcebaaaabaababbbcdcdfffdabbbbbcccccccecade#aa#aabaaaabaackijkidbbbcbccccccccbcbbbbaabbccccccccddegfdaa#######ceedcbbcaacccccbcccccbaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaa####aaa.baa######aaaa####baaa#aaaabbbbbccdcbbcddedfgfb##########abbaaa#", "#a########aaaaaaccbbcdcccbbbba#aaaaaa#####aa#aaab#aaaa#.###aa#aabababcbabaccbccdedaaaa#aaaaabccacbaa#a######aacbcccdffhigeccccdeedddccbcddffdefcbabbbcdecbabbbbcddecddbbaaabbabbbcccddeeffabbabbbbcccccdecdedb#a#aaabbaaaaahifgikfcbcccccccccccbbaaabbcbbbccbbbbcccdhea#a#####aedfebccccbbcbcccccccbaaaaaabaa#aaaaaaaaaba#b###aaa#b#######a####aa##abbbabaaabbbbbcdecbbcdedefghc#########abcedcb", "a############a#abcbbbcddccbbbcaaaaaa#a####a#a###ba#aa#######aaba#bbbbbccaabcccddeebaaaa##aaaabaaabaaaa#####a#aaaabcbdeggihfccccdddffdcbcccdfcbcbbbbbbccbbbbabaabcdfebcbbca##aabbbbcdcdfffeeaabbbccbbcccdeeddeed##aaabaaaaachgcccfijebbcccccccccbbaaaaabbbaabbaabbcbbcfecaaa#aaadcddbbdcccabbcccbbbabbaaaa#aaa###aaaaaaaaaaaaa##aaaaba######a######a#abbbbbbabbcbbbddcabcddddefgfa########aacedcc", "#######aaa#####aaaccccddcdcccbbaaaaa####a####a#aaaa#aa#######abaaabbccacdaadccdddccba#aa#bbaaabaaabaaaaaa#aaaaaababbbdeffiiebcccdddeedcccdcfbcbbbbaabcbbbbbbaaaabcdeefeeddedbaaabcbdccefffffabbbbbbbbbcdcdddddefbaabbbbabaeidccddcejgbbccccccccbbbbaaabaaaaabaaabccccdffebaabbaaddcc#cdccabcccccbbbbbaaaaa#aaaa##aa#aaaaaaaaabaaaba#b##a####a#a#a##a#aabbabbaabbbbddecbbdcccddeega.##.#a##aab###", "#########a#####ababccbbbdcccccabbb##aaaaaa#aaaaa##aaaaaa#..###aaaaaaccbbdcbbccdbccdaa##a#a#aaaaaa#ba###a#a#aaaaaaabbbcdeefhgeccedbbcdedeedgebbbbbbbbcdcbbbaabaaabacccddccccbdcaabbadddeefffgfbabbbbccccccccdddbggbaabbbbabhefcccddddihdccccccccbbbababaaa###aa#aabbbcdeeffa.##abcfedabccbcccabcbbbbbbabaaaaa###aaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaba#######aaab#####aaabaaaabbbaceffecbccddccdec#####.##aa#aa#", "#aa########a####abbccbbccdcccbbbbba#a##aaaaabaa#aa####aaba#.##baaaabccdabdbabbbbbcccbaa####aaaaaaa#aaaa######aaaabbabccdfeehihfggfdbceedddeddfdccbbcbbbbbbbbbbaaabaccccbbccdddecababedefffffhgdaaabccbcccccdddbfhfbbbcbbackdeeccdddccfhgbccccbbbaabaaabba#####a#aabbbdeddeda.###aeddcbaaccccccccbbbbbabaaaaaaaaaa##aba##abbaaaaaaaaaab######aa##aa###aaabbbaaaaabbbeffffdcdcdeffda######.###aaa#", "#aaa############aabcdcbcdcfedeecbbaba##aaaaabaa###b#a##aaaa####abaaacdcaacdaacbcaaaaaaaabc##aaaabaaaaaa######aaaaabbbdddeddfhhhhhhfcccffffdbaabcbdbabbbbbbbbbbaaaaabbcccbbbbcfdedbbadeddeefdefhffecbbcbcccccceddgibbbbbbdecccbbccccddddhidccccbbaacaaabba########aabccedddeda####cdcecbccccddddcbbbbbabbaaa#a#####a#######abaaaaaaa#aaaa#a##aaaa#a####aabaaaaaaaaabccddfgfddefge################", "##aaaaa#aa######aaabdccbccdeefebbaccb###aaabcbaa########aa######aaba#bdbbbcabbbbbbaaba##aba#####ababaaa##a#a##aaaabbcddedddeeefhghfddccdhecbbbaaaababbbabbabcbaaaaaabbccbbbbbbeefdbbbddbddffdggihiebbbcbbcccccedeicbcbbcdccccccccddddddcfifccbbbbabbabbbaaa####aa#aabcedddefeb##.bdcdeccbcccdddcbabbbbaaaaaa#aa############abaa#aaaaa#aaaaaaaaaa#######aabaaaaaaaabbabbcefgecbcc############a#a#", "##aaaa####aa##a##aaabcdcbbccdcdccbcaba##aaaabbbaa#aa#a####a######aabaaabaaaaaaaabbba#aa###a##a###abbbaa#aaaa#a##aabbcededddddeghggcdfedffddcbbbaaabbbbbccabbbbbcaaaaabccbbbbbbeccefdbcdbcbcefefhgghdbbcbcccccccdcefedbadccbbcccccddddddddeggcbbbaacaabbbaaa######aaaabdcdeedefbaa#deddcdcbbcdedccbbbcbaaaaaa##################aaaaa#aa##abaaaa#aaa#aa##aaaaaaaaaabaabbacdbacbaaba###############", "##a#aaa####aa##a##aaabbbbbcdeccbbaaaaabbaaabbaabaa###aaaa#########aaab#aaaaaaaaabbaaaa#a#a#aa#a#aabaaaa###abb##aaaaabcdeeddefghhhebbbfebbdddccbbbbbaaabdcbcbcbacbaaabbabcbbcccddbbcefecdcbbbcddehgggcbbcbcccccccdddffbbdbbbbbccccddddddddddegcbbaabaaabbbaaa######aaabbbcdefdeca#ddedcdddbacadedccbbbbbabaaaa###############.####aaa##a###a##aaa#aaa#abaabaaaaaaaaaaaaabcdbaaaa#a########a##a###", "a##a#aaaa#####aaaaaaabcccbbcdebbaaba#a#bbaaabbaaaa####aaa#####aa#abaaaaaaaabaaaaaabbbaaaaaa#aaaaaababaaa####aaaaaaaabcddddefedhhgbbbbcefbcdedcedabbbababbbcbbbbbbaaabbaabbbbbcbcddbbbcdcebbbbdcabehhebbbbcccccccceddhfddbbbbbccccddddddddddcdfdaaaaaababbaaaaaaaaaaabbbbccddcdfededffddddcbcabcddccbbcbbaaaaa#####################aa##a#a#######aa###aaaaaa###aaaaaaaaaabbccaabaaaa######a######", "aaaabaa##aa####aaaaaabbccccbcccaabbba#a##aaaabbb######aaaaba##aaaaababb##aaaaaa#aabaaaa#aaa#aabaaaaaacbaa####aaaaaaabcdeddefefhheabbbbbdfgfgedcfaaabbbbbbaaaaaacabaa#baaabbabaabbdeeeccabdccbbbcaachifbbbcccccbcccddejkeabbbbccccddddddddddccceebabbaabaaaaaaa#aaaabbbcbbcccddefgedfedddcccbaabcdcccbcbcaabaaaa########.##.########aa###a########aaaaa#a###a###aaaaaaaaababccaabaa#########aa#a#", "##aaaacb########aaaaabbbbcccbdcddbbcbc#aaaca##a#aba######abca#aaaa#aa###aa###aaaaaabbaaa#a###aaaaaaa##bcbba###a#aaaabbceedddehgfdaaabaccbfhiihffcaaaaccbaaaaaaacabaaabbaabcbbbbbbbcbdeffedfdb#acaabafjgbbcbcccbccccdefiicbbbbacccddddddddccccbbcfbbbbbabaaaaaaaaaabbbcbbbbccccdegfecfdbaabdabbbbcccdcccbbbbaaaa###################a#aa##a#a##a####a#aaaaa###########aaaaaabbbbbaabaa#######aa###", "###aaacba#######abaabbdcbbcdcbbefcbabcbbaaaaa####aa#a#a#a#a##aaab###a#aa####abb#a#aacbaa####aaaaaaa#aaabdcbaaaaaaaaabaceefeeffffbaaabbabccehigfeeddefdbabaaaaabbbabaabaaaaabbbbbbabccbabdedda##aaabbachhbbcbccccbbcccdeghebbbaccddddddddddccccbacecbabaaaaaa#aaaaabbbccbbbbcccdcdgfdfebbbbbcccbcbcddccccccbbaaaaa################aabbaaaa####aa###a##aba#############aaaaabbbddbbaba##########.#", "####aaaba#######aaaaabdfdbbcccbbdebbaaaab#aaa#a###aa###aaa###aba#####aaa#####aba#aaa#baaa#####aaaaa###aabcccaabbbbbcbbbdfffgeccebaaabbbbcbbeffedccfghhebaaaaaabbaaaaaaaabaabbabbbbbacbbbbcbdda####abbabghabbbccccbbccddddghdaabcddddeedddddcccbbabdfdaaaaa##aaaaaabccccccbbccddcbefdffdcbbbcdccbbccddcccccbbbaaaa################bbccbaabaa#aaaaaa#aabba##a#########a#aaaaabbccbcabaa###########", "#####aaaba#######aaacccefcccbcdccbcbbaaaaa#abcba#########aaaaaaa######aaaa####aa##aaa#aaaaaaa##aaaaa##aaaccddcccdddddcceeffdccdccbaaaaabbbbcfggdddfffggfebaaaaaaaaaabaaabccbbbbbbbabccbbbbbcbdb###aabbbbghbacccccccccccdddfigdbcddddddeddddcccbbbabbfeabaa#####aaaabcccccbcbdddecegfffcccabbccccbbccdcccccbbbbaaaa############a#aaaababaaaaaaa#aaa##aaaa#aaa##########aaaaaabbcccbbdba#########.", "#####aaaaa######aaabddefcccbabdccccbaaaaaa###aaa######aaabaabbba#######aaaa####a###aaaaaa#a##a#aaaaaaaaaabcddddcdeeedefgfefecdaabbaaaaabbbbbadfebcfdfgffeeecaaaaaaabaaacabdbaaabbbcdcbbbbbbbbccb#a###abbaegcabccccdcccccdddcfihfdccdddddddddcccbaaaaaddbaa######aaabccccbcbccdddhfcfgecccbbbbcbccbccbccbcccbbbbaaaa#a##########aaaaaabccbcba#aa#aa#aaaaa#aaaaa###########aaaabbaddedaa##a#.#####", "####aaaaaa#######cffdabcbcdcbbadfbcbbaa###a#aaa#aaaaaaabaaaababaa#######a##a#########aaa##aa##aa#aaaaaaaaabdeddccddddddffeeeec#a#aaabbbaaabbbcggdcfeeeeegfdccbabccbbaaabbbcaaaaabbbcdbbbbccbbbdbaaa###abbccebabbccccbcccccddcdfhjhedddddddddccbbaaaaaabdda#######aaabbddccbbdddedccdgeeedccbbccdccbccbcbccccbbbaaaaa#########.##aaabbaabbbcbaaa###aaaaaaa#a#a#a########aaaaabbaccddeb###########", "########aaa######acddbabcbbcccabcddcaabbaaa##aaaaaabbbcaaaabbaaaaaba########aaa#aa###aaa###aa##abaaaaaacbbbcdffeddeccdffffeddbaaaa#abbaaaabaabegebdfeddeffeddddcdddcabbacbcbccbaabbacccbcdbbbcdb#aa##aabbbbbffbbccccbccccccdddedfkkidddddddcccbbaaaaabbabdb#a#####abcccdbccccddfcccdfgeedccbbbcbccccbbabbcccbbbbbbaaa############a#a#aaaacacbaaa####aaa#aa###a##a######aaabaabbbbbbdfa##########", "#################abbcbaacccccbccaacbcaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabccabbbbaaab##bb######a#aba##aa##aaaaa##a#a#acabbbacdcbcddffffdgeefefeddcb#a##aaaaabaaaaaaddfdcfdccccccdcbcbcccecbbabccdddddcbbbbccccccbbbceb#aa###aaaabbfgbacccbcccdcdddeedgjkihccddcccccbbaaaabaabaadca####aabbcccbcddccefdcdeeeedddcacbccccccbabaaabbbbbbbaaaa###########.#####aaaabacbba##aaaaaaa####a####a######abbabbcbcbcdb###a##.##.", "###########aa#####bdbaaaaccddbbdcba#bbaa##aa#aaaabbbbbbaaabaaaaba##aa.####aaa##a#aaaaaabbbaa#####abaabbbbbccdddeefeffddefdccaa####aaaaaaaaaabaeefdedeccbabbbdddbbccccabbbbbbbbcdcccbcccccccccbaaaa#a####aaaabacgcabbcccdddefffedgijfehdcccccccbbbaa#aaaaaaabcbaaaaaabbccdcdddefgecddeefedccbbbabccbbbbaaaaaabbbbaaaaaa################aaabcbabbaa#aaaaa#aaa###a####a####aaabaabcbbbcbba###aa####", "############a#####abaaaaaabddccbcdddbaaaa###aaaabaaabbbaaaabbabba###b######aa######a##aacbcbba##a##babbccccdddddeeefgfeedccdb####a#aaaaaaaaaaadefedecbabbbbbcddddbcddcaabaaaaaabbbbbaabbccdcccbbbcb#a##aa#aaabbbfdbbccddddeffffefggeedjhedcdcccbbaaaaaaaaaaabbcaaaaabbcdcccdeefgdcccdefeccbbbbbbbccbbbbaaaaaaabbbaaaaa#######aa######aaabbbcab#a#aaaaaaaa#a##a#####abaaa#abaabbbbbbdccc####aa#.#", "###aaa###a#a#a####aabaaaaaabdbbbcecdcbaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaabccbb###a########a#a#aaaaa##aaaabca#a##aabbccccccdcccbbbbcbcabbbb#a#a#a#aaaabaaaabbeffddeabcbbbbcccccdccbbbaaaaa#abaaaaaaaaaababbbbbcbb#a##a##a#aaaabefcbdeeddeffffffeddfbchjieccccbbbaaaaaaaaaaaacfcabbbbcdddcdehggffeeddgfecbbccbbbccbcbbaaaaaaaaabaaa######a##aaa####aaaaaaabbaa##aaaaaaa#aaaa#####aabbaaaabbbbbbccccddbaaaa####.", "####aaaaa#aaaa#aaaaaaabbaaabccbbbcddbbdcbaaaaaabaaaaaabbbbaaaaabaaa###############aaaaa##a#aaaaaaaaaaabbccccdcbbbaaaaaaaabaaa#######aaaaabbbabaacffffbbbbbbbbbbbbccccbaaaaaaaaaaaa##aaaaaaabbccca#######aa###aaaabcgfcdeeefgggggggeffcbbehkjebbcbbaa##aaaa#aaaadheabbbcdddcegfbccdfffgggedccccbbbbbabbbaaaaaaaaabaaaaaa######aaaaa#aa##aaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaa##aaa##aaa#acbaaabababbcccdecbaaaa###a#", "#######a###abaaaaaaaaaaabbdccccbbbceefebcaaaaaa#aaaaaabbbcccaabaaa###aaa#######a###aaaba##aaaaaaa#aaaabccccccbbbaaaaaaaaabaa###a###a#aaaaacbababa#eeedbbbbcddbcbccbccccaaaaaaaa#a#aaaaaaaabbbbcba########aa####aabbbghdeeegggggghggfedbbbcdikgbbbbbaa#aaaaaaaaaabheaabccddegdccccdddccfffddbbabbbcbbbbbbbbbbbaaaaaaaa########a###aaaa#a#abaaaaaaaaaaabbabaaaaaaa#a##ccaaaaaaaaaabcccbacaaabaa###", "##a#aa#####aaaaaaaaaa#aabbbabbcbbabcdeedcbbbaaaaaaabbbccdddccccbbccbdcbcca########aa####aa##a#aaa###aabbccdccbbbaaaaaabaaaaa#########aaaaabcaaabaa#dfcccbcccbcccccdccccdbbaaaaaa###aaaaaaabbbcb######aa###aaaa###abbcfheeffghhghhijifcbbbbbehjhcbbba##aaaa##aaa##afgdbbcefecdcdccddddddeedcbabbcbbabbcbbbaaaaaaaabaa######a#a#a###aaaa#aaabaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#a#bcaaaaabaaaaabbcccbcabbbaaa#", "aaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaa#abaa#aaaaaaaaabcbbaabbbabbbbccddddddefdbcdccdecddcaa##aab######baaaa##ab###aaaabbbcccbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaa########aaaaaacdbaabaa#dcabccdddcccccdeeddddddbaaaaaa###aaaaabbbca#a#########a###a##aaabcegefgfhhggiiihddbbccbbfegihfb###aaaaa#aaaa##adgfefecbddccccddcedccefdcbabcdcaabbbbbbbaaaaaaaaaa#a####aaa#aa###aaaabaaaa#aaaaaaa#aaa##aaabaa##abcbaaa#aaaaaaabbbbdddbbbaaaa", "aaaabbabaaaaabaaaaa#a#aaa#abaaaaabaaaaaaaaababbbbccdddeeefdfffedccbbbbcccccaaaaacb#abaab#aaba#aaa###a#aaaabccbaaaa##aaa#abaa###a##a#aa#aaaaacca#abaaadbabddddfededcbbcaaabcddcaaaaaa###aabbbcdca######a####aa##aaaaabbcdkgghhhhhgiigecabbbccffedgiida#aaaaaaa#aaaaaabfecbccccbbbabbbddddddccbaaacdcbbcbbbbbbbaaaaaaaaa##################baaaaaaaa######aa#aaaaa#a##abbbbaaaaabbaaaababbddcbbbbaa", "aaaaabcccbbbaabaaaaa#aaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaabaaabaaabbbcdffefgffdcccdddcccccbaabaaacbab#aa##aaabb#a#a##aaaaaaabbbcaaa###aaaa#aaa#a###aaa#abaaaaaacccbaaaabcbaaccbbdccbbbababba#abccbaaaaaaaaaabdeabaa##########aa####aaaabbceghghhihiihhgcbbbbbbegdcdedhhdd#aaaaaaaaaaaaabdccccccaaabbbbcddddfeffdbbabcbbbbbbbbbaaaaaa###a#########aa#######acbaaa#####aaaa##aaaaaaaaa#a#aaaaaaaaaabbbbaabbccddbbbba", "aaaababbbccbbcbaaaaaa#aaabba#aaaaabaaaaababbbbbaaaaaa#aabbcaaabbbbbbbbbcbaaaaaabaaaa####a##aaaa######aaaaaabbbbb#######a#aaa#a###a##a#aaa#aaacbbcbabbabcabbbcddbaaabbaaaa##aaaabbaaaaaaaabbcdbaaa###########a####aaaaabbbcfihghhhihhhdabbbbbbeeccccbdehfaa##aaaa#aaaaaabedccbaaaabcdcddcbfeffddeedccbbbbbbabbaaaaa#############aa########ababaa###aaaaa###aaaaaaaaa##abaaaaabbbbbbbbbbbbcdffabaa", "aaaaabbacbbbabaaaa#aaa#aaaacba###aaabaaaaaababaaaaaaaaaa##aaaaaaaaababbccc###aabaaaa##a##aaaaa#aa##aa#abaaaacccb##a#a#a#aaaaa####aaaa###a#aa#ababdbbbabcbabbbbbbbbbcbbaaaaaaaaaaba#a###aaacbcdaaaa#########.#####aaaaaabbccfkjgfhhifdfdaaababbffcbbbbbacgda#aaaaaaaaaaaaaddcba#aabccccdbbdeefeddfdfecbbacaaaabbaa##############aaaaa#######a#aa###aaa####aaaaaabaaaaaaaba#aaababbbcccddddgihcabb", "baaaaababccccbbaaa##aaaaaaa#cddb#####aabbbbaaaaaaaaaaa#####aaa##aa#aabadedca#abbaaaaaa####aaaa#a#aaaaa##aababcbca#aaaa#####aa###a#aa##aaaaa#a#aaacbaabbbcbabcccbbbbcbabba#aaaaaaaa#bbaaaaabbadb###################aaaaaabacbgkkihhggfedaaaaaaaceecbaaaaabffgeca#aaaaaa###acdca#aaacbbccbcbeeefffdabdfecabaaababbaa#a##########aaaaaa#######abaa##aaaa#####aaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaabaabbbbbcdegghffdabb", "bbaaaaaabbcccccbbaaaaaaabaaaabccca###aabcceebaaaaaaaaaaa#a##a#####aa#aaaddbbaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaabb##abb#aaaaaaabcbba##aaa###aaa#########a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbccbaabccbcbbbbbaaaaaaaaa##aaabaaaaccbed#################.##aaa#aaaaacekljihhhdbaaaaaaabdeedbaaaaaabceffdaaaaa#####abdd##abbbbccccbcedfeddbbbbdddbbaaababaaa#################aa#aa.###aa##ba##aa###aaaaaaabaaaaabaaaaababbabbbdfhjifeecba", "bbbaaababaabbcccbaaaaaa#aaaaa#aaba##aaabcbbccbaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aa####aaaaaabccbaaa#aaaabaabaaaa#abdca#acaaaaabaabbaba#aaaaaaabba##aaaaaaaaaaaa##a#aabbbbbbbccbbbacbcbabbbbbaaa#aaa##aaaaaacbccccdbbba#a########a#.####aaaaabaaaaafklljhfcaaaaaaaa#dcgfcbbaaabccccdggcbaaaaa#aaaacdaabbbbbbbbcbddeeddccccbbcecbaaaaaaaa#a##############aaa##a####aa##b###aa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aabaaaaaabaabbdggghhfbdeb", "bbabbaaaaaabbcbccbabba#aaaa##a#aaa#a#aaabbabbbaaaaaabbabaaaa#a#####aaaaaadcba###aaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaa#abaaaabbbcbaa#aaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaabbbbbbbcbababbbcbbbbaaaa###a###aaaaaaaccddcddbaaba#aaaa####a#.#.#aaaaabbaaa##djlljc#aaaaaaaa#afdfebaaaabccccddegfdbaabbbbbbabddbbbbbbbbbadceedcdcccbbabdebaaaa#aaa#############aaaaaa#ab####a##ba#####aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabcdfebbbabbbcc", "ecabbaaaaababcdcccbbbcdbaaaabbaa#aaaa##aabcbbbaabaaabbaabaaa#aa###aaaaaabecbaa#a#a#aaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaabbcbaa###aaaaabaaaaaaa#a####aaa#aabaaaaaabbbbbbdcbbabbbcbbaaaaa####aaa#aa###aaabcccccbaabbba##a####aa#####aaaabaaaaa##ahlkfa#aaaaaaa##fbbecaaaabccbcdddceghecbbccccbbbccddbbabaa#ccedddddccbbaaacfbaa#a##a############a##aaaaaaaaa##a###ca#aa###aaaaaaaaabaaaacabbaaabbbbddea###aaaabc", "abbcbbbbaaaabbccbbbbaaaa#a#aaaabcaaaaaa#aabbbbaabaaccbbabaaaaaaaaaaaabbabdcbaaaaa###aaaaaaaa#aaaaaabbbaabbbabaa#aaaaaa#aaacbbaaa##aa##aaaaabcbaaaaabacbccccabaabaacbcbaaa####aaaaa####aaaabdccdba#abbaaa#######a######aaaaaba#####dljfa#aaaaaaa#ddaadcbccbbbbccccdccehihfddccccccbbdfaaaabbbceefedddcbbbbaaaecaaaaa##a###a####a##a##aaaaaa####a###ba#aa###aaaaaaaaabbbbacbbbbbaaacccdd#####aaaab", "babbbcccbbbaacdbccbbbaaaaa######aaaaaaaa##abbbbabaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaa##abbbdcccbaa#aa#####aa#aaaaaaaaaaabcbabbabaa##aaaaaab#accbaaaaa#aaaaaaabcddbaaaaabbbccccbaabbbbaabbbbaa###aaaaa#####a#abceeeaaa#aaaaba#######a#######aaaaaaa###.cgjgb#aaaaaaaafcaacdcdcbcbbcbbccdeefeeghfeccccbcddc#aabaaaeffeccccbbbbbaaacdcaaba##aa##a#aa#aaaa#aa###a####a####b#a##aaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbcababbbbcdddeb#a#####aa", "bacbbcddcbbbbacddccbabbaaaaaa#a##aaaaaa####aabbaaaaaaabaaaaabaaaaaaaaabbcccbbabaaaaa#a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbccbbba##aaa#aaaaaabbbaaaa#aaa##abbaabbcbaabbcccccbbbbbabbbabbbbaa#############aaabbcedbaaaaaa#aaa######a########a#aaaa##a##adhjc#aaaaaaacdb##bddcbbbbaabbccefgecceffgfcbceccedabbaaacffdccbbbbbbbbbaabccbbaaa#aa####a###aaaaa#a##bb##a###ab##a###aaaaaaaaaaabaaabbbcbcbbbcefeb#####aa#a", "aaccbcddcbbabcbcddcbbbcbaaaaaaaa#aaaabaa##a#aaaa##aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaabbccaaaaaaa#aaabbaaaaaaaaaa##aabccccbaa#aaaa#abaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbaabbaccbddedcbbbbbabbbcbcbbcaaaa############a#aacbcba##aaaaaa#aaa#a###########a###aaaaa####adid#aaaaa##eca##addcbbaaaabbcddefddefddgiedccccffbaaaaaefeccbbbbbbbbbaabacdbbba####aa#a##a##aaaaaaccbba###.aa#aa#ba#a#aa#aaaaabbabcbccbcbcccegc######ba#a", "abcbbccdedcbbbabdddcbabbbbbaa##aa#aaabaa######aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aa#######aa#aabcbbaaaaaaaaabcaaa###abaaa#aaabcbcb#aa##aa#abbaaaaaaaabbcaaaaaabbgecbbbbccbbbbbabcabbcbbbbaaaaa##############aaabaaaa#aaba#######a###########ba#aaa#aaa###aabffcaaaaaabeb####cdcbaaaaaaabbccdeffeeegihfddddffcaaaabefeccaabbbbbbbaaaabdba#aa####aaaaa###aaaacccbbba#######aaaa#aa#a##aabbbbbbbccccccccddgf#aa##a#aaa", "aabcdddddddbbbccabcdccbaaaaaa#####bbaaaa#######aaaaaaa###a#####a#########aaaacbbbaaaa#accdddba#a#aaaaaaaaabbbcbaaaaa#aaaabaaaaabba#bdaaaaabeecbbcbcbccbbbbabbbbbbbabbbbaa#aa####a########aaaaacaabaabaa#######aa########abbbbaa##aaaa###aaegfb#aa##dcaaaabddbaaa##a##aaabcdfgffgiggfffedefea#aabffccbaaabbaaabaaaaacbaaaaaaa####a##aaaaaabbabaaa##aa##aaaaa######aabcbaabbccccbbddedeeaaaaa#baaa", "aabbdeedeedddaccbbbcbcccbaaaaaabbaccaaa#a#aa###aa#aaaa#########aa#a#####a##babbbbbcbbcfdccccbbaabaaaaabaabbbccbbaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaacfcaaabcbbaaababbcaabbbabbbbbaaacbabaaa####a##.########a#abd##baaaaaa##.###aa#######abbadb#a#########aaeiib####bca#aabadcba########aabccdgghgfeddddeedegdaaabdedbbaaabbabbaaaaa#cbaaaaaaaa#a##a#aaa#abbbbaaa#aa##aaaaaaa#####aaabaabbbbccbbbcdecef######acaa", "baabcccddedddbacccbccdcbbbbaa####aa##aaa###a###aaaa#a#####aaaa#a#aaa###aaaaabbbbbabcgjfdccbbbaaaaaaaaaaaabbacccba###aaaaaaab##aaaabbbdfdbaabdecbbbabaabbbbbbbbbbbbababbaaaaaa######.########a#acdb#aaaaaaa######aa######abbccb####aa######afiifa###bca#aaaabcbba#a######aaabcdeefcbcedccccceffaaaaacdbaaabbbaabbabaaabcbbaaaaaaaaa##a#a##abbaaaa#ba##aaa###a####aaaaaaaaaaccbbbcccdeff.######aaa", "a#aabbbcdeddcccbcccccdcbbabaaaa##a###aa#a#a#####aa##a###a##aaa####aa#a#a#aaabbaabbbbbffdccbbbabbaaaabbbbbabcbbbaaa##aaaaaaaaa###aabcbbcdfdaacebbbbbaaabbbbbbbbbaaaaabbabaaaa###aa############abcdcaaaabbaaa######aa#####abbbdc#############adghf###cdaa##aaaabbaa##.##.##aaabcdecedbbcdecbbbccebaabacdaaaaabbbbbbbaaaaabdcbaaabaaaaa##aa#aaabaaa#bcaaaaaa###aa#a#a#aaaaaaaaababccdceec##########", "###bbbbcdeddddcccccbccbccbbbaaa#####.#a##aa######a##aaaa###aaaaa##a###aaaaaabbbbbbbccddcdcbbbbbcdbbbadecccccbcb###a###aaaabaaaa###accbbccfhcacbbbabbabbbbbbbbaaabbbaabbbaa####aa#########.####aabcbaaaabbaaaa#####a#####aabacfb###############dhhc.ddb###a###bbca#.#....##aaabcdccecbbccedbbcccedbabbdcbaaaaaaaabaaabaaaacccaabaaaaaaaaaaa#abaaabbcaaaaaa###########aaaaaaababbbceeda.#####a###a", "#baaabbcdeddddddddbbcccbcbbbbaaaa################aaababba####aaaaaa###aaaaaaabbaabbdecbccccccbbbccccbcbbbcbbddeeca###aaaabccaaaaaa##abbbbcdedbbabbaaaaabbbbbbbbaaaaaaabbaa#######aaa##########aabbbaaabbaabaaa########aaaaaabdfb####aa#########cghhceba###a##aabaa#.....###aaabcdceebbbbbddcbccbcdcabcedbbaaaaaaaabaaaaaa#cddbbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaccbaaaaaba#a#a######a##a#aaaaaaccdeed####aa####a", "aaabaabccceeddeedcabbbcbbcbbbbbbaaaaa#########a##aaaaabbcbaa#aa#aaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaabbcddcbbbbbbbbbbbbbabbbbbbaabbdgfba#aaaaabbaaa##aaaaaabbbcceedaaaaabbabbbabbbbbbaaaaaabba#######aba#########a##abbcaabcbaabbba########aabbaabddca#aaaaa#########adjhaaa#aa#####aaa#...####aaabbcccfdabbbbbddcccbbccacffccbaaaaaaaaababaaa##bccccbabaaaaaa#aaaaabdcaabbaaaaa#########a#a#aaa###bcddhga####aa####", "##aabbbbcdffeddeebdcbbbbbcbbcbcbaaaaaa##.##aa######aabbbbaaaa#aaaaaaa##aaabb#aaaaacddfbcbabbccbccbbbaabbaaba#abadfdbbaaaabcaaaaaaaaabbbababbceedaaaabbabbbbbbbbbbaaaaaaaaa##.#####aa#########aaa#aacdabbbaaaaaaaa#######bbbbccdcddbaabbaaa####aa###bhgea#######.##aaa#####aaaababbbcebababbabdeccbbbceffeecbaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaa#bcccbbbbaaaaaaababbbbbaaaabaaa#######a##a#aa#aaaaabddhg###########", "#a#aaabcdddffdddeeedbbbbbcbbbbcbbbaabaaa#a##a##aacaaaaaaaaaa#a##aaaaacdaaaabaaaa#accdeaaaaabbbbccbbbbaaaaabbbababcdddcccbbaaaa#aaaabbbaaaaaabdeeeaaaaaababbbbbbaaaaaaaaaaaa###a####ba####a####aaaaaabecaa######aaa#####a#ababccccbcbabaaaaaaa###a####dijdb########a#a###aa##a#abbbbddbaaaaabbabdddcfeffffeccbbaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaa#abccbcabaaaaaaaabbaaababaaaaa#aaaa###aaa#aaaaaaaaabchga#####aaa##", "#a#a###abccdddefdeeecbbbbbbaabbbbbbbbba#########abaa#aaaaaaa##a#aaaaaccbaaabbabbcbbccfbcaaaababbbbbaaaaaaaaaaaabbbabbabaabaaa#aaaaaabbabaaa#abcdfea#aaaabbbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#######bba##########aaaabcedbb#######aa#####a##abdcbbccbaaaaaa#aaaaa#aa###bgjjga#######aba#aadba##aabbbccbaaaaabbaaabedffeffffdcbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaccbbbaaaaaaaaaaaababbbaaaa#aaa#####aaaaaaaaaaabbbghc#####aaaaa", "a##a#aa#aabccbdfgeefeccababbbaabaabbbaa#a##.######aaaaaaabba##aa##abbbcbcbbccacbbdedgheccbbabbaaaaaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaacbbba#ababbbbaaaaaaabdeeca#aabcbaaaaaaaa#aaabaaaaa####.##ba###########aaabbceeba########a#########cbbbabbbaaa#aa#aaaaaaaaa###djkjb#b#..#abbcaaabcba##aaabbcaaa#aaaaabaacfffffedffccbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabcbbaaaaaa##aaaaabaaabaa#aaaaaaa#a#a#a#aaaabbbbccgc######aaa#", "##aaaaaa##aaccbaeihfgggcbabbbaaaaacbbceceeca########aaaaaabaaaaaaaabbbdcccdebbcbbabacedecbbbabaa#aaaaaabbbbaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaa#abbbbacbbbbbbaaaaaaaccddbbbbbbbaaaaaaaaa##aaa#a##a#####aa#############aaabbceeea########a########aaaaaaaabbaa###a###aaa######agjkhgfb.#aabddaaaaaaa###aabdb##b###aaaaa#cffffeeeeeccbaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaabcbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbbdfeba####aaa#", "#a#aaaaa###aacca#cjjhhjebcbaa##a##acegebdcbdb#.#cbcaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbcdgiecbbaaabbbcbcdcbbbbbaaaa#aabaabcbaaaaa#aa#aa#aaa###aaaaaa####a###aaaabcddbcbbbaaaaaaa#aaaa#aaaaa##a#####baa#.#######a##aabbcdddffa##.####aa##.####aaaaaaaaaabaaa###########a####chhiihc..ceffbabaaabaaaaabccaacc###aaccbbegfffededdccbaa#a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabcbbaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabcccefeaaa###aa#a", "aaa#abaaaa##aaba##eiiikhccbddefeeffgecccdccdeffefddc#aaaba#aaabaabbaaaabcdhfbbbbaaacdecbbaabbbcbbbbaaaabbbbbbaaaaaa#######a###aaa#aaaaa######aaaaaccbcbaaaaaaa####aa##aaaaa#####a##############a##aaabcccccdfb##.#####a######aaa#aaaaaaaaaaa##########aaa##.#aejjifb#cffacbbbaaa#acbbcc##ddda##cddeefgfffeedddcabbaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaacbbaaaaaaabbabbbcaabaaaabbabbbbabbbbbbbbbbbdfc####a##aa#", "#aaa#a#a##a####b###dgkkjgccfiifdfdeeccddddcdcccccbca#aa##aa#aaaaabbbaababeggdbaaaaadfcbbbbbbcccbabcbaaaaabcabbbcbaaaaaa##########a#a########aa##a#accbbaaa#########aa###aaaa###aaa####.#########b##aabcbbcddfb###############aaaa###abbaaba#aaa#########aa#####djjjifbcebccdcba#bbacbcb##addccdcdeeefgfffeecbccbbbaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaaaaaaabaabbbbbaabababbbbbbbbbccccbbbbcced####a###aa#", "a##aaaaaaaaa#a#ba..#agkgfecfikgddcccdcccbcccbcbcbbdba##bccaaa#bbccccbaabbefffcaaaabdfbbbbbbbbccaaabaaaaaaabcbbbabbbbaaaa#######aaa############aa###abbaaa####a############a####a#######.#####a##aaa####aaaacfa#######..######aaaa###a#cdcbbbabcbaa#aab#########.chiiihfcddeghhgdccdabdaa#addcddceefeeffeeeedbbcccbbaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbaaaaaaabaabbaaaababbbbbbbcccdccdcbbceea####aa###aa", "a####aaaabaaabbab#.#aaeecdhfijfcccddcccbbbbccbbbccaaa###.a#abccccbcbcbbbbbff#a###abcebabbbbccbcaabbaaaaabccbbbbbbbbbbbaaa#aa####aa##############aaaa#ababaa##############a#a######a####################aabbcacaaab#####.#.##abbaa###aaabcacbcaaaaaaa#aa#########.bgihiifcdgijjjiidaaabe#a#bdcbccccddddddecdecbbbccbbaaaaa##aabbaaaaaaaaaaabbbbbabbbaaaabbbbbaaabbbbbbbccdddedddefeffa####a#####a", "#######aaaaaaaaaa#.#abcdaahkkjgbbcccbbbbbcbbcbbbbaaaa#a######abddedccccbbacffcbb##acccacdcabbdccdbabaaaa#abbbbbaabbbbcba###a############.##.###########ababaa##################a##a###.################aaabcbcdbbbaa##.#.#.#aabaa###abcdcaabaa####aa#aabbb###a###.#bgjhacegijjjjjjhedfgea##cbbbccbbbcccccdcccbbbccaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabcbabaaabaaabbbbbaababbbbbbccddddedffceedb######aa###", "aaa#a####a##aaa##a.##acda#cejjfdbbbbbabcbaabbcbbaa#aaa##a#a###baecbdfedddefhhgefea#cedbafecbbcbecbbccbbbbabbbbbbbccabbcdcaa####################.#######aaaaca##########################.########a######aaaaccccbbca#a########aaaa####bedcaabaa##aaaabaaabc########..#figefhikjihhhhiijiihd##bbcdbcccbcccddebcbbbbcdbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaabbcbbbbbbbabbbbbbbabbbbbccddedeedffa###a#####aaaaaaa#", "###aa############a#.##bccbbbbehhaabbbaaabbabbcbaba#aaa#######becdda#fgecddeehghegdabdecaabedbcaacbbddbbbbbbcbbbbbbdbaaccccba#########a################aaaaabcaba###############################a#####.###aaaabccbcb##a######aab##a###accbca#b#####aaaaaaaaa###.####...diihiiihfgeffeffhijid##ddcdccccccddddccbbaabddcaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbcbbabbababbbbbbbabbcbccdddedefc.##########aa#aaaa#", "#aaaaa#aaa##a######.#abbccaaaabgfb#ababa#aaaacbaaaaabbbab####edeefeccgedcddehhfacebadecaaaabcccbbbbcbabbbbbcbbcbccccccabccdb#######abb###a##############aaaacbccba##########a######.########a###a#########aabcceccb###a#####aaaa##aaaaacbb##ac######aaaaa##aaa#######..diihffffffdeddddefiigaaeddddbbcdddccdccbaaabcedbbbaababaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabdcbaabbababbbbbbbbbbbbcceeegc.#############aaaaaa", "aabcbbaaaaaaaa########bbcdbaaaaaffa#aaaaa#aaabbaaaabcdeddabaefcdddefcgfddddeghcccffddbaaabbbbbccbccdbcbabbbbbbcbbbbbdcabbbddb########bca#a#######a##a###aaaaaaabdbaa#aaa####aca##...###aa####a##a########aaabbbdecc##aaa############aa#abba##a#########aa#aaaaa########.bgiedcccdccccccccdhigdeeeeedcdddccbcebaaaaaaceebbbbbbbababaaaaaaaaaaaabcccccfedcbbbbbbbbbbbbabcfffe############a###aaaaa", "a#aaedbbbbaaa#a#######abddca#aaaadcaa##aa####aabababbbccccfggcbcccccfgeccccdddffedfecddcbbbbccbbccdcddbbbbbbcbbbaabbcc#abaacba########aa##..#######aa####aaaaa###bbaaa#aaaaa#cc###a.####aa##aaa#########aaabbbbadcdaaabba##########a#aa#bbaa##a#######a#aa#aaaaaa#######.ageccbbbbbbbbbbbcbehigffeedddddccbcccbbaaa#accdcbbbbbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbcbccdbaadfdcbbbbbbbcbcefccba#################aaa#", "#aaacbaabbcbbbaa#######abcca##aaabbcba########abbaaabaabccdcbabbbccbcedccccccccccccedbbcdbbbccbcbbcbcbbbbbbbbbbabbbbcccbbaaaaaa##a####a#aa####.#####aa##a#aaaaa##abbcaaaabbbabcaaa#.#.###aa#a##a########aaabccabbddbaabaa####.##.aaaaaa##bba##############aaaa##a########.#bddbbbbbbbbbaaaaabfhhgfeedddccbccbdabaaabbbccddcbbbbbbaaaaaaaaaaabacbbcceb#a#babcbbbbbbcbce##.####################aa#", "aaaaaa#aaaababba#######abcccb#a#aaacddb######aaaaa#aaaaabbbbbbbcbbbbcdcbcbccbccccddbababcccccccccbbbbaaabbbbccbdcbbbbabcbbaa######aa#aaa############aa#####aaaaa#acbabaa#baabbcb#a##.#####baaa#########aaaabcdcccccbaaaa##########abaaa###aa##############a####aaa########.##dcbbbbbbbaaaaaaaabghgffedccccccbbcabbaaabbcbdedbbbbbbaaaaaaaaaabaaabccdecbcabbbcbbbbbcbeea###aa####################", "aaaaaaaaaaaaaa##########acceeba###bbbcda#######a####aaaaabbbabbabbbbbcccccccccbcbbcdcbaabbcbcccccbbbbbcabbbbddegebbbbbbbcaaaaa#########a######aba#####aa#####abaaaabcbb#aa##abaaba#####a##aaaaa######aaaaaaacccccbccaa##a#######aa#aabaa##aaa####aa########a#aaaaaa###########addcbbbaaaaaaaaaa#fieeeddcccbbbbbaaabaabbaaabdedcccbaaaabaaaaabbaabbbcdebaaccbbdddcbbcdc#aaaa###########.########b", "aaaaa#aaa#aa#############abcdfdaaaabcdf###aaaa##a#####aaaaabbccabbaaaabbbcccccbcbabbccbbbbbbbbbbbccbbcccbbbcdcdedecabbbbaaaaaaa########abb##aa#aaabaa#aba###a#aa#aabcccbabb###aa#aaa######aa##aa######aaaaaaaccccdaba###########aaa#aaba#aaaa#aa##a########aca##aaa######a######cffaaaaaaaaaaaaa#ehfeeedcbbbbbbcbaabbbbbbbaadeeefedcbaabbabbccbabbdcbcaabdcccccceedffb##aa####################a#", "aaaaa###aaaaaa#####.####aabccfgbaabbcfeda##aaabaaaaaa#aaaaaaaccbccbaaabcccbbccbbbbbbcbbbbbbbcbbbbbcabcccbababccdeccbabbbbaaaaa#aa########aaaaaaaabedaa##a#aaabaaaaabaccbaaaca###aaaaaa#####a###aa###a##aaa#aaaccbbabaa############aaaaaaaaaaaaa#########a##acdaabaaaa############acecaaaaaaaaaaaaafhffeddcbbabbcbbabbbbbbbbaabbdeddfeddbabbbdcabbabbababbbcbcbccddffcdaaaa##a###################", "aa#a#####aa#aaaa#########abcdcfeaaacbdccfcbbbdddbbbbbaaaaa#aaaabcbaabbbcccbbbcbbcccccccccbbcbcccbbbbbcccbbabbacddedcaabbabaaaaa##aa########cb##aa#cfdaa##aaababbbbaaaabbbbaabaaa#abaaa#####a#bbaaaa##a##aaaaaabbccdaaaaa#####bb#####aa##aaaaaaaa############aabbbbaaaa##aa##########deaaa###aaaaabcgiggddccccccccabbbbbabbaba#aabcaacccccbbcdbaacbbabbbbabcbcdddd####abaa#a##a#a#aa############a", "aaa#####aa#a#aaaaaaa######abccdfa#bbcddbcccdcdaaccdecbbbbbbbaabccbaaabbcccbbbccbccccddccccccddccbbbbbbcccbbbbbcccdddbabbbabaaaa########.####bba##a#aca###aaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaabaabaaabba#######ababba.##aaaaaaaaabcdcb#aaaa#####a##########aaaaaa#a####aaaa##.##abbba#aab#aba#aa#a#####cgeaa####aa#aabfiigdccccbccccbbbbaabbbbaaaaaabccbbccccdabcbccaaaaabbbccdebdbaaaaaaaaa#a######aaaaa#########", "#aa#a###aaa####aa##a#####aabbbbeb#abbceeba#a####aaaba##cdbbbcccdccbbbbbbccbbabcbbbcbcddccccccddddddccdcabbbcbccbbbddcbbbbbbbaaaa#########.####aaa####a#a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbaaabaaaaaaba####a#.a##ab##.a##a##aaaabbddb##aa#####aa######.##aaaaaa#aa####a#aaa###abbb###acaacaaaa##a#####bff###a##aaa#aacghhfccbcbcbbcbbbbbbbcaaaabababbdccccddbbccccaaaaaabbccee##aaaabbacaaaa######aaa#aaaaaaa###", "#aaa##########aaaaa########bbbbbea#babcea#a######aaa####bccddcddedcccccccccbcbccbbbcbcddddcccbbbcccdefedcbaacbbcbbbbbbbbababaaaa############.###aa#a##aaa#aaaaaacbba##abbcbaaa#aaa#aa#########a#######a##aa#a#abbcbcc#a############aa####aaaaaaaaaa#######aa###aabaa##bbaaaa#a##aa######dea#####aaaaaa#behhdccbccacbbbbbbbcbbbaabbabbbcdcccdddbbbba#aaaaabbddb#######bcaaaaaa######aaaabbbaaaaaa", "aa#aa##########aaa########aabbbbbedbaabddcb#aaaa#aaaa####cccaacdeeggecccccccbbabbbbbbbbccddcccbbbbcbcddeedcbaaabbabbbbcbbbabaaaa###########.#####aba#######aaaaaabbba#aabbbbaa###aa##a#####.#a#.#.####aa##aa#aaabccbca#aa#..########a######aaa##aaa#########aaa#aaaaaabcaaaa##a##a###a#a#bdb#aaaaaaaaaaabcfhfccccabbcbbbbcbcbbbaabaabbabcddcdcccbba##a#a#abddb########aaaaa#aaa####aaaaaaaabbaaa", "aaa#aa##########aa#a#a#######abbabgebaabacca#ba#aaabaa#########a##bdeddeedddcbbbbbbbcbabacdddcccccbbbcdcdcdcabbbbbbababbbccbabaa###############aaabb####aa##aaaaabbbaaaa#abbbaa###aaaa###a###a##....###a##aa##aaabbbca##aa#.#######aaa##aa######aaa#########abaabaaaaaacbaaaaaa##a###a##a#afb##a##aabbbaaaaeggecebcbbbabbbcbbabaabbbbbbabbdddccccccabaaaaaaccc#####a#aaaa#a#####aaaaaaabbbaaabaa", "aaaaa############aa#a########.#abbcffcabbceccaaaaaaaaa###a###aa#######aaeebccccccbbbbcbbccbdddccccccbbbccbbbbbbbcbbabbbbbccbbbbaaa########.#aaa#a##aba#aa##aaabbbabbbaaa###abaaa#########aa##a############aa###aabcc#aa#aaa#######.##aaba#aaaaaa##aaaaa######baaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaa###aaaaaa###ebaaaaaaaaaaaaabbfhgedbbbbbcbbbbbbabbbbbbbabbbbddecbcbbbbbbcbbbceaa#####aabca#a#a#a##a#aaaaaabbbbbaa", "aaaaaaa####aaaa#aa###########..#aabdddbbcccccaaaaaaaaaa##a##aaa###aa#####eddedddcddccbccbccccbbcbbcedbbcccccbbbbbbbbababbbcbbcbaaaaa############a#a#aa#aaaaabbaabaabaaa#aaa#abaaa#######aaaa#a###########.#aab##aacc#aa####a######..##aa#aaabbaaa##aaaaaaabbaabaccbaa###aaaaaaaaaa##aaaaa##a#ccbaaaaaa###aaaadgggfeababbcbcbcbbaabbbbaaabbbccddbcbbbbbcdccccca#a#a###aaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaababccba", "aaabaaa#a#######a#aaa####aa###.###bcdcbcbabddbaacbbababaa#a##aaaa#aa#aacdccbddddddbbbbbaa#aaa######bfggfdcccbabbbbabaaabcbccabbaaaa#########a#aaaaa#######aabaaabbabbaa####aaaabaaa##aa##aaa#b####.#########abb#aaee##a###.##.##.###..####abccccbaaaaaaaaabcdaabbccba##a#aa#aaaaa#a#aa#aaaaaaaabebaaaaa#a##aabbfghhgedaaabbbccababcccbbbaabccbcccbbcbbcdcdcaaa########aaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaababbccb", "abaaaaaaaaaa######aaa########aa####bbccbbaabceaa#cbbbbbba#a##aaaa#aa###debacb#aacabaa##aa###########.#afhgeecbccbbbabaacbcccbbbbbbaa#a#########aa#aaaa####aaaaaabbbbbbbaa###aaabbba###a##aaa###.#######ba##aaadbaabeaa##aa#..###.##########abaaabdbaaababababbaabddbaa##aaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaa#aecaaaaa#aa#aaabdghhhfecccbcbbabbacccccbbbbbcbbbbbcbabbdcbcba########aaabaaaa##a###aaaaaaaaaabbb", "baaabbaaaaaaaaaaaa###########aaa####acccbaaaabcbcabbbbbbba#####aaaba#acbcaa#aaaa#abaa############.#####.dhihgeefccbbbbaabccbbbbbbaaaa##########a#aa#aa####aaa#aabaabcbbaa####a#aaaa###a#aaa################abbeebbbdd##a#######..####.######aaaaabcbbbbbbbbbbb#abcccbaaa#aaa#aaaaaa###aaabaaaaaaa#bcbaaaaaaaaaaaabehhhfedaaabaaabbccccbabbbbccbbabccbbbdcbbaaa#######a#aabaaaaa#aabaaaaaaaaaaabb", "bbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#########a#a####bbcbaaaaabeecbbaaabbaba###a#aaa##cedb#aaabaaaaa##a#########.##.###a#bfgedeffdccccbaaacdccccbbaa###########aaa######aaba###aabaabbbaaaa#####aa#a##abbaa####.##.####aaa#acbddddfega#a#######.######.##a#aaaa#aaaaaaaabccddebaba#bcba##aaaaaaaaab#aaaaabbbcaabaaaaccaaaaaaaabaabbehhfgebaaaaaaacdcccaabbcbbcbbbbbcdcbbcaaa#a######aa#abbaaaaaa#abbaaaaa#aaaaab", "bbbaaaaabbbaaabaa#aaaa###.#######a####abb#aa#a#cfecaabbaaaba#######aaa#bddcdaaabaaaa#a#aa######.########ba.a####bfddcccbbacdccccccaa############aaa######adb###aaaaaaabaaaaaa###aaaa##abaaa#####..#####aaaaabbcdeedfgd#aa########.#######a##aa#aaaa#a###a#abeedecc##aaba#aaaaaaaa#bbaaaaabbbbaaaaaaaaaccbaabaaababbadgggfdb#aaaaaabcbbbbbbccccdcaabbcdcccbaaa#######aaaaaaaa##aa###aaaaaaaaaaaba", "bbbbaa#aaaabaaaaaaaaaba#a######.#######abbbca##acdedcaabca#a#.###a######bddcfcaabaaa##a##a#####...##aa####a####a#abbccddcbbddedccccbaa####a######aaa#####acb###aaaaaaaaaaaaaa###########aaa####.####a##aaaaacdeceeeedc##aa########..#########aaaaa##a###aaaaaabcdedcb##aa#aaaaaaaaacbaaaaabbbbaaaaaaaaadfdaabaaaabbbbcdggfebaaaaaaacccbbbbbbccdcccbbbdcecba#####a####abbaaa#######a#aaabbaabaabb", "bbaacbabaabaaaabbaaabbaabb#.####.#######abbcba#aabecdbaccaa#a#.##aa##a###acacecbaaaaaa##########..######..abaa#aa####aceeddceggeddccbaa##########a#aaaa##aaa##a##aaaaaaaaaaaaa#########aaa####a#aaa####aaaabbdffffgebca#ab#######.#..#aa######aa###aa####aaaa#baabbdcc##b##aaaaaaaaabaaaaaabbbbaaaaaaaabcegcabaababbbbabgfgfdaaaaaabbabbbabbbcdddbcbccccdbaaa#a##a###aaaaaaa#########abbbbccbaab", "baaabbaaababaabbaaaaaaaaaaa##############abbaa##aadd##abbaaaa#.##aaa##a####aabcbaaa#aaa###a######..####.#..cdcbbbaa###abdcdedfghffddcbba###########aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaa########a#aaa#####aaa#a#aabbccddghhhfcca#aa##########...##########aa#aa###aaa##aaaa#a#bb####aaaaba#a#aaaaaaaabbcbbaaabaaabbefdabaabbbbbbbbfgggfdcaaaaabbbbbbbccdbdbcbcccbcbba##aaaaaa###aa#aaaa########bbabbbbaaa", "aa#a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbabaa#######.#.####aaaaaaabdeb#aababaa####aaa#abba#####aaaaa###a##bdba##a######....acdbabbaaaa#####cddaeggffedcba##########aaaa###aaa#abaaaababaaaaaaaaa##a###abaaaa###.#bbaaaaabdcddeefhhifdda#bb#aa##aa######..########ab##a###a##a#aaaa#abaabaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaababbbbaaaaaaabcffbbbabaabbbaacefggdba#aabbbbcbacddccecbbbcccbba##aaaaaaaaaaa#a##a#a#######aaaabaa#a", "ba###aaaaa#cbaaaaa#abababa#a################aabbbbbbbea#aaabbaa#####a##adc##aaaaaaba##a####a########.#####...aca###########.####cffdcdecaaa#######aaabaa##aaaaaaa#aaabbbaaaaaabaaaba##babba######accbbbbbfccdeegdgfggeb#dc#####aaa#####...#######aaaa#aa##a#aaabaaa#bbaaaaa##aaaaaaaaaaaaaaabaabbbbbaaaaababbegdbbaaababbaabffffecb#aabbbbcbbcdddecbaabcbaaba#aaaaaaaaaaaaa###a########a#abbaabc", "a#######a###aa#abaaaabbccba###.##############abcbcbbcbea#aaaaaaa#######.##ba#a#aa#a#a#a##a####.###########..###ba##############a#aeedbadfcdddcbb##aaaaaaa#aa#aaaa#aaccbbbaabbbbbabcbbcdccb######abcdbddeeefddddb#afdcfebdca#####aaa######.#####aaca####abaa#aa#abcb#accaaaa##aa#aabbaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaaaaaaabbbbbgdbaaabbbbaaaccffgfdcaabbccccccddddfcbaaaaaaaaa#aaabbaaaaaa#a#aab####aa##aaa#bcc#", "aa###########aa#aaaaabbabbaaaa##..###########abdcccccbcdcaaaaaa#a##########aabb#abaa##########...#.########.######################.bfdaaccefddddbaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaababcccbbbbbccbbcddcabca####aaacdcabeggfdda.##.#cc#aefdbaaa###aaa###.##.####aaaaa#a###abd##a###ababbdc#aa#aaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaaabbcbbaaaaaaabbbbgfbaaabbbbaabbbcefffddbabbcdccccedcabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#####aaa#aaaaaaa", "aaaa##########a######.#a#abbaa##########a####abdedcccccccba##########a######aaaa#abaaaaa#######..################aa#aa###############ddabedcgededbbbaabbabaaaaaaaaaaabbccccccbccdddba###abacbbcccba####aaaaaaaa##.###acfcaaa##aa#a############aa#####a#a##aea#aaa#aabbcda##aaa#aa#aaaaaaabaaaaaaababcbaaaaaaaabbbgfbabbbabaabcdcbdefffdbbcccccccdda#aaaaaaa##abaabbaaaaaaaabbbaaaa####a##aaaabaa", "aaaaabaa#######a###a##.###abbaa###############acdeccbbccdga##########a######.#aabaaaaaaaaa#a############.###aa###aaaaa###############.cdbbdefhhhfdccccbbbaaabaaaabbbbbccccdddcdccdb#####bbcbcddba####aa####a#a#####.##aedaaaa###aaa#######..#########a###a#bbbbbaaabbbbaba#aaaaaaa#aa#aaaabbaaababbabccbaaaabaabbbggdabbbbcbbbddcbcbdffdcaccccacccd#aaaaaaaaaa#abbbaaaaaaaabbabbabaa#aa####aabaa", "aaaa#aaa##########a###.##aaaaaaa####.##aa#####abccdcaabccffa##########a###aa####aabaaabaa#aaa####a######..###a#####aaa############aa###bdddeeddfgfeeeddcabaaabbbbbbbbbbcdddddeeeecaa####abbaaaa#######a#a########.###aaadaaaa#####aa########.#..##.##a######aaabbba#bbca##a###aaaaaaaaaaaabbaaaabbbaabddcaaaaaaaaabfgdaaabbbabdacdbcbdfffdbbdccbc#cbaa##aaaaaaa#aaaaaababaaaa#abbaaaaa#aaaaaaa#a", "###a#aaaaaaa######accbaaab#####aaaa####a#######accccabacccfe##.############aa####aa###aaa#aa####.#########.##########a############abca##bfcfabbbcaafffffdbbbbbbbbbabbcccdeeedefcaaaaaa##aaaaaaaa################a#.###abbcaa#aa#aaaaa#######....########aa####a#abba#bbbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabcabbbbbbabeedaaaaaaaaacfgecaabbabbacdbabcffffccccdda##aaaaaaaaababaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaabaabaa##abb####", "a########aaa#######cddebba########aaaaaa#######abccccbabcdefea#.########aaaaabb##aaa#####aaa##.....#.##.##############a#####.#####aabcbaabfc######.afggggcbbbcbcccbbbccceeeeffhgccbaaa#aaabbaa#a######aaa########a#.##aacdba##ab#aabb##.#.####...########aa#####aaaaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaccbabbbbbbabefdaaaaaaaaabeffabaaababdedabbcfffecccddaaaaaaaaababaaaa#aaaabbbaaaaaaaabbaaa#aa##ba###b", "#####aa#####aaaabbaaaacdb.#a#########aaa########abcbbbbbcdeeeefc.######aaaabaacbaaaaa##########..#..#....##############a###########abbbba#bd#a######aabbcfedccdddccccdddeeeeefgiedeebaaaaaabaaaa#aaaaa#aaaa###########aabcca##aabaaabba#....#....##.###.#aaa#######a#abaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaddbbbabaabbbddaaaaaaaa##adfecbbbbacddedbbccdffdccddaaa#aaa#bbaabca##a#aaabbaaaaaaaaaaaabb#aaaa###a#", "####aaba######aa#abbaaaba###aa#############.####aabcabcbbdegfebc.########abbbaaaaaaaaaa#########.....#.#.######.#######aa#####.#.##aaabbbbbc##a#######..##ehfeeeedddcedeffeeeeehf#abcecccbabbbbbaabaaaaaaaa########a###aacdba#aaaabaaaaa#..##..##.#..####aaa##a####aa#aaaabaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaabeeccbababbbbbaaaaaaaaaaaabcffbbbbcdccdcbbbcdfgfedcabaaaa##bbababa#####abbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaa##", "#a###aabaaaa###ba###ab##ba###a#############..###aaabcaabbdedefgb####aaa###aaaaaaaaabaaaa###########...#.############################aabbbadcaaa#####.######bfhhgggffffffffeeeefhhcaa##acfffeedddbaabaaaabaa########a####abebaaaa#a#a#aa############.###..#aa##a###aba##aaaaba#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaccdcdcbbbbabbbaaaaaaaaaaaaacfeaabbbbccdabccbdfffed#aaaaabaaaaaa#aa###aaaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa##", "###aaa#aaaa#a##.a##a#aba#aa###########.#.#....####abcbbbbccdffegb...##aa###abaaaaaaaa#a#aa#######aaa###.####.#####################a##abbcfda#aaa###########.#acfhihhhijiiiihgfhhgcaaaa#..acccddccecccbaaabcb#######aa###abcdbaaaaa#aaa#aa##########.##########aa##aaa#aaaa########aaaaaabaaabbaaababaacbbabbbaaaaaabaaaaa#cefdabbbabbcbbbccdfggeb#aaaaaa###aaa#a###aabbaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#", "#aaaaaaaaaa##aaaaaaaa#aaaaaa##.###aa###.###...####aabdbbabbcfeced.#########aaaba#aaaaaa##ca#######aaaa######.########.########a#####aaabdhgfeaaaa#############.#aaba#addfghiiiiheb###aaaa###.####bdbcdcdcbbca##a##a##a##aabbdbaa####aaaaaaa#############a#.##aaaaaaaaa##aaa##a#a#acbaabbabbbaaaaaaaabbbbbaabbbaaaabaaaaa#a#bfgebaaababbbbbbbcggfeaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa####aabaaaba###aaaabaaaaaaaaaaa", "a##ba#abaaaaaaaa####aa###bbaa##.#######b#####.#.###aacbbaabcdeccc##.########aabbba#a##aaa#bba######aaaaa#################.######aa##aabbfhhihdabaa##############aa######.##a#bgfb###aaaaaa########cbacccdfeecaa###aa##a#aaabcdbab##ababaaaaa##########aaa#####aaaaaaaa#a#aaba##aabfdaa#aaaaabbbabaaababdbbbbbbbbbbbbbaaaaaaa#dffcbaabbbbbbbbbcefgdba#abaaaaaaaaa#aa##abbbaaacba##a###aaaaaa##aaa", "aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#####a##aaaa########ab##.####..###aadccbbacdcaa###.######aabaaabb#aaaa###############aa#####a#####.##############aabbbehhhfcaaaa#####.########aaaa##aaa##a#.#caa####aa##########cdbbbbbcedefdcbbaa##aaaababbdbaaaaaaaaa#aba#########aa######aaaaaa#a#aa##aaa##addbbaaaaa#aaaaabaaaaaaccccdcbbabbbcbaabaaaaa#cfgdbabbbbabbbbbcfgedda#aaaaaaaaaab#a##aabbbaaaba#aa###a#aaaaaa#aa", "aaaaaabaaaaaaaa#accb#########babaa###aaa##.##a##.####abcbccabdeaaab#..######aaaaaaa#####################aaa####a#####.############aaaabdgihgcbaaa################aaaaaaaaa#aa###a######a##########dbaaaaaaaacbcefgfddcccddegdcbdbaabaaaaaaaaaaa######aaa####aaaaaaaaa#############aaaaaaaaaaaacaaaaaaaaabbbbdeccdccbbbbaabaaaaabefecbbbabbbbcbcegededcaabaaaabaaaaaa##aabbbaaaa#aa#aaa#bbaaaaa#a", "a##a#aaaaaa###aa#bbcbaa##aaa#aaaca##abb########a#####aacbbccbdeaaaba#########aaa##a#a####.################ba#########.##..######.bbabaaehhhgbaaaa#################aab#aabaa#aa###a##########a.###.ab#aa#abababbbcbcdcaacecccdefdc##abaaaaa##aa########aaba#aaa#a#aaaaba#a#aa#a##.##abaaaaaaaaabbabbaaaaaaaaaaccbbbcdbbbbaaabbbabbdgfdbbbabcbcccdddeeedcaaaaaaaabaaaaa##aabbaaaaa##aa####aaaaaaa#", "####aaaaaaa######abbcca##aaaaa##abbabba#a#####aaa######aabccedfaaaab#########aaa###.#######################b########.#ba#...##.#acbccccfgggebaaaa##a###############aababaaaa#a##a#a####a##a########c#aaaaaaaabbaaaaabccdebabbbdgeaaabbbaaaaa##a#######aaab##a##aaaaaabaaa###aaaa####ba#a##aaaaaabbaaaaabbaaaaacbbbcbbbcbbaaabbbbcbcfgecbcbbbccddccceddccaaaaaa#bbaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaa##a#aa#a#aa####", "##a###aaaaa#######aaaaaaaaaaaaa#aabbcaaaaa#a###aa########aabeeea###aaa#######aabb#####a######.#######aa##.######aaaabedccbbb##bbbbaabbbbccdeaa##a##a########aaa#####aabbbba#a#aaa#a####a###########caba###ababbbaabbabcdcddcbabehcaaaaaaaaaa############ab##aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#baaaaa###bb#a##aaaabbbbbaaaaabbbaabbbbcccbabbbaaaabbccccbfffcccbccccbccccddeedaab#aaaabaaabaaabaaa###aaa###bb##a#####", "aaaa##aaaaa#aa#######a#abbaaaab######aaaaa#aaaa#aa#######aabdefb#aaa#bc#######abcb#####a#################aa#a..###aabcdfffggfdcbbbbbaaaaaabdeaaa###########aaaa#####aabbbbbaaa#aaa#####aa#a##.#####aaaaaa##abaabcbbbaaabaabbbbcdefaaaabaaaaaa##a######aaa######aaaaa#aaaaaa##aaaa###aa#aaabbbabbaabbaaaaaaaabbbbbacccbaaaaaabbccdccdefegffdccecbccccdeeddcbaaaaaaabbbcbaaabaaaaaa#######aa######", "#aaaa##aaaa#############abaaaaaba##aaaaaaaabaaaaaba#####a##abdgca#aaadeb########bba#####aa#aaaaaa###aaa#ab#aa#.###.#acfhfddgccbaa#aaaaaa#abcfaaaa#######aaabbaaa#####aaaaaaaaa#aaaaa#aaaa##########aaaa#aa##aaa#acccabaaba#a###acdbaaaaaaaaaaa###a##.##aaaa###a###aaaaaaaaa###aaaa#abb#aaaabbbbbbbabaaaaaaaaaacbbbccbbbbaabaaacccccdfdbdfgeefcddabccbcedddccbbaaaaaabbbababbaa#aaaa#a##ab##a####", "##aaaa#############aa#####abaaabda##abaaaababbaaaaba####aa#abbdeaaaaaadf###############a#aaabbbbba#aa#aaaa#baba.#accbffffgddcbbaa#####aa##acfeabaaaaa###aabcdcbba######aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaa##########dbaa########bbdcaab#abaaa##abceaaaa#a#aaaaaa#a###.######a#####aabaabb#aa#####a#bcbaaaaa#aaaabbbbbaaaaaaaaaaccccbccabacaaaabceeeeggdcdfffccccca#bbcbddeccccca#abbbbbbbaaabaaa#a#aaaaab#######", "##aaaa####.##########baaa##aaaaabda#aaaabbaaccbaaaa#####aaaaabbcbbaaabdgfe###aaa#######a##aaabbabbb#a#a#aabdceeedcabcaeddcfhecdb#########aacdhcbccbbbbbbbbdehhedba##aaaabbbbbaaaaaabbaaaaaaa########cba#######a#abbda#aabcbaa##aabceaaa######aaa##aa########aaa##aaaaaa#aaa###.###aabaaa#aaa#aa##abbbaa#baaaaaaabbbbbbdbbabaaaacaddacbbbbddccccbbda#cbbcdcddeccccbaabbbbca#aabaaaaaaaaaaaaa#####", "#aa###a####.##########aa#a##aaabaccaba#aabbaccbaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbccabaabeffeebbcb#.####.#aaabbaabbccccccccdddcec.#aaaaaaadccbbcccca.#######aabdhecdddeeeddeefecbbeedcaaaaabbbbbbabbbbcbbaaaaaaaaaba##aba####a####aacdccaa#ccbbaa##aabcdaa########a##aa########aaaa##aaaaa##aaa#########aaa##aa#aba#aabbbaaaaaa#aaaaaabaaaccbaaaaabccababbbb###bcbcbbecabbccdcddcdcccaaababbbbaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaa###", "#aa#aa##########a######a#####aaaaabc#abaaaabbcbbaa#a##aa#baaabbbbbabbcfffgghebdcbbacacbbbbbbbcbccdccfdaaabdedcaaabaaaaacccbbbbbbcb########abcfgedeffeeeegfcbbcbadgdddaabbbbbbbbbbcccccbbaabababbbaacbaa#########abcccbabccbbbaa##aabcb#a#######aa######a#a##abbbbabaa###a#aa########.bbaaa#aaaaaa#aaabbbccbaaaaabbbbbbbaaaaaaaaabbbccccaaa###bcdbabcbbbabcdddcbddccbbaaaabcccabaaaa#aabaaaaaaba#", "#aaaaa#######a####a###aa##.###aaaaabc#abaaabbcbba###aa####a#aaabbbaabcdcdeccdecccccba##aaabbaaaaaa##beaaabacfdeaabdecb#bdcbbbbbbaca#######abcdegeeeeffgfdabbccddeehhhfdbbbddeeccdcccdccbbbbbbcccbcca##a###a########aa#.aceccbbaa#aa#acb###.#####aa#####aba###abcdcbcbaaaaaaa#####a###bc#abaaaa#aaa#ababbbbccbaaaaabbcccbcbaaaaaabccdacccb#a###abddbbbbbbabbcebcbbdcccbbaabbabcabaaaaabcbaaaa#aaa", "aaaaaaaaaaa####aa#####aaaaa.###a#aaaccaaabaabccaa##aa#######aaaaaaaaadc##abaaaaa###a#######a#########cb#aaaacdddb#bbdda#becbbbbbbac#######abceffhffffda##babcccdeeddbddeecdcdebdeeccdddeddcccdeba#b###aa##a#########a###bedbbbbaa#a##aca###.#####aa####aaa####bbcdddbaaaaaaaaa#######adbbabaaa##aaaaaaacbabbccbaabaabbccccaaabbcbdcbcecccaa#a#a#adcabbbbbcbbcbccaabccdcbbbbcacbaabbaabcbaaaabaab", "bdbaaaabbaaaa#aa##a#aba#############abcaabababcba##aa#########aaaaaaabdb##aaaaaa###a##################b####aaccdeaabcbbaaeddbabbbabb#######bdfhghhgda###aabbcccecbbbdcccefdbbcbcb#eefgghggfeegdaa##a###aa#######aaa#####bedcabbaa#####acb##########a##aaaa####acbccccaaabaabbbba####a##dbba#aaaaa##aaaabdababbccbabaabbcddcbacbbccdacdbba#####aaaabcbbbbbbbccbbababbcddcbabbbabaaabcaaabaaacabaa", "aacdbaa##.##a##aa#aa#aba###.#########abca##aabbbca#..###########aaa##aab######aaaa#########aaa#a###aa#######aaccdfbabbaaaeeddbbcbbbdbaa#abcdfhjigca######abccbadb###cfbcbbecabbba#begfhggddcggdbbaaa##############a#aa#.cddccbaaaa#####ab##########aaaaaba####accbbbbaaabaabbbabb#######aba###aaa#aa#aaabcaaaaabccbabbcccdedcbdbbacdcdccaa##a#aaaaabcbbbbbacccbaaaabaccccbaaaaaaaabbbbaaaaababba", "aababbaa#####a##a##a###a####.##########aba###abbbbba####.#.#######a###aab######aa#a#########aaa#####aaaaa#####bbceebbbba#ceedccedcegdcbcddedbcbed#######aabccdbdda##adeeb##abbaaaaacbadeddfdghdcbbbaaa###########abbbcdbbdcbbca##aa#####bd###.#.###aaaaaaaba##abbbbbbbaaaaaaaabbaaa#######aa###aaa#aaaaaabcaabb##abcbbaabcedccdcbaaccccba####a#aaababcbaaaabbccbbaaababccbaa##aa##aaabaaaaaaabaa", "aabaaaaa#a#####a###aa##########..######aaba####aaaabb#.###############aaab##.###a#a#######aaaaaaaaa#a#aa###a##aacdceddfgfcfffgdccdeeefggdbaabbbbdcaa###aaabbcddeb##a#adfeaaaaaaaaa#bbaaccbeedhecbabbaaa#########.adccbcdbdbbcbba#######a#cda########abbaaaba##abbacbbaabaaaaabaaaaaa########aba##aaaaaaaaabcaaa#a##abca#aaabdefecbaadbbbaa##aa#aaaaaabdcbaaaaabcbaa#aaaabbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa", "aaabbaaa#########a##aaa###########.##.##aaaa#####aa#cba################abcb.####aaaaaa##aaaabbabaabbbaaa##aaaaaccgghggecdfihhg#a####a#a#abbccccacdcabbbbbacccdfeba#####aaaaaaa###a#ababbccadcgedccbaaa############ccbabccbcacabaa#####a#bacd###.####aaaaaaa###aaabbccaaaaaabbabbaaaa###.##..#bbb###aaaa#aaaaaaa########a#aabccceecbbdbbbbaa#aaaaaabbaadccbaabaabba#####aaaabaabaaa##aaba#aaa#aaa", "aaaa#aa##############bba##########..#.############aaaaaa#####.##########abca..####abaaaaabbbcccbbccddbbabbbbbcdefebdfd##a#.bedaa#########aabbbcbcddddcbbbcdeffd#########aaaaaaaa#aa#baaabcbacegedbbaaa##########bcdbaabbcccbbbaaaaa#####abbcca####.##aaa####aaabbcccdbaaaaaaabaaaaaaaa####.###abba##aaaa#aa##a############aaaa##cfebdcabcb###a##aaaabbabacbaaaaaba#a####aaa#aaaaaaa####aaaaaaaaa", "abbaaaa####a##########aa###################aaa####abaa#a################aabc#.#####aaaabbbcdddcdfffefgffeddfgdcdcb####aaaa###bb#######a##aabacdcddbdccacdefecc#a##a#####aaaaaaaaaa##aaaaabbbabfgdcbaa########aaacbbbbabbbbcdaba##a#####a#abccda####aaaaa#aaa#abaaaccbbbaaaababbaa##aaa#########bbba##abaa#####aa#a##aaa#a###aaa##defdcabbbaa##aa#aaaabbbaaccaaaaab######aaba#aaaaab####abaaaaaaa", "aaabaaa#################abba###############aaaaa##aaaaa#a###############aacaca.#####aabbbbccddfda#adeca#####b###aa#aa#aaaa##aaba#a####aa#aabccdccedebaacccb####aaaa###a###abaaabaaaaa#aaaaaababdgdbb##########cabbdbbbaaaaaccaaaaaaa##aaa##acdc#.#aaaaa##a##aabaa#ccaaabaabbaaacbb##abaa######..abca##aaaa#####aa#aaaaaa######abaabdggcaaa#aaaaaaaaaaacba##bbaaaabba#aa#aaaaa##aaaba###aa#aaaaa#", "#########.#################aaaa#.#.##aaa###aaa##aaa##a##aa###############abbbba#.##.#aabbbbcefc####...#####aa#####aa###aa####aa#######a#aaacbacbbdddbbccdfecbcc###aa####aa#aaaaaa###aaaaaaa##aaacfdaaa#####aaaabbabbbbaaabbabbaaa###aaaaaaa#abce..##ababc####aaaaabdaabbbbbbaaabbbaaa#a##.#######abaa#aaaba##aaaaa#a##aaa###aaa##ababehcaaaa##aaaaaaaadc####abaaaaaba###aaaaaaa###aaaaa#aaa#####", "####a######################aab#....##aacaaa#aabbaaaaa#####a##############aabbbcb##.###abbcceca###################aaaaaa#a#aa##a#aaaaaabaabbbbbacaaabbabaafddcbcb###aaa#aab##aaaa######a#######a##cfeaaa#####abcbbbbaaaaaabbabba###aaaaa#aaaabaaee#.##ddaaa####aaaaacaaabdcbbbbaabaaba#aa##.#######aaaa#aaabaaaaaaa##aaa#a##a#aaaaaaabbcgebbba#aaaaabaabbaba###aaaaabbaaaaaaaa#aaa##aa#a##baa#a##", "####a##aa##################aabda#.#####bcaa#abaabaaaaaa###################aaabcdb.####bbbdea##########.###########aaaaa##aaaaa##aaabbbbcbccbbaaaaaaaabbbaaaacdcbbbaaaaaaaabaa#aaa################abecaa####aadcabcaaaaaaabbaab#####aab#aaaaabaaade#..#ca.#a####abcbbb#abbccaaabbbabbbb#a############aa#aaaaaaaaaacaa##aaa##a#aaaaaacabccfebbbbaaaaabbbbaaba####ababacbaaabaaaa##a#aaaaaa##aaa###", "#####aaaa###.#a######a#######aab##..####abbbbbbbbaaa#aaa####aaaaa##########aabddea.###abda#################a#########a#####aaa###aaabbcdcbdbbaaaaaaaaabbbaaaaacddcbaaaa###abaa######..############abeda###ababbbccbaa#aaaaaabaa##a###ab#aa#aaaaaacec##ab.########babbaaaabbababababbcda###############a#aa###aaabcbbaaaaa###aaaa#ababbcdcdecaabaaababbaaa#######aaabbbbaaaaaabaaaa######a#aaaaa#", "a#######aa#a######aa#a#aaa###aaac#########abddccbbaaaaaaa####aa#aa########.abehghhc##abca##aaa##################################a#aabccb#aabaaaaaabbbaaaaaabaaabbbdba#aa###aaa##################aa#abefccaabbbcbabbaaaa#aaaaaaaa#aa###abaa##aaaabbcfdaba.#a######bacc##aaaabaababaabcbca##.#####a#####a#aaa#####aaaaab##aa##aaaa#aaaabccebbffbaaaaaabcaa###a#####bbbbbbbaaaaabaa#aa######aa#aa#a", "#baa#aaaaa###a#a#aaaaaaa####b#aaba#########aacbdcccaaa##a###aaa#aa##########bbfikjicacc###aa#aaaa#############a###################aaabccca##aaaaaabbaaaaabbbbaa#aabcbbaa####a#################a#aabaabdfbdcccbbbbbbbbaaaaaaaabbaaaaa#a#aaa#aaaaaabbcfdbb#######a#aaac##a#ababaaaabbcdaaaa##########a#aaaa#a#aa##a#aaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaabbccdcaaegcbaaaaacaa#####a####bbbbbbbaaaabba##a###aaaaaa####", "####aa#aaaa##a#aaaaaaaaa##a#####aba##########aadcbbba####a####a#aa##########abcdfhiigc#a##aaaaaaaa#aa#####################a#######aadccccaba##aa#abaaaabbbcaabaaba#aaaaaa####a###a#a###.#####acbbcbaabcehfdccccbbbbbbbaaaaaaabaaaaaabaaaa###a#aaaabbcddca####.#####aa##aaacbabbbbaabcba#bc############aaa##aa##aaaaa#baaaaaa#aaaaaaaabccdeba#cgfbaaabca#a###aa#a###bcbbbbbbaabbba##b###aaaa#a###", "###a#aaaaa#aa######aaaaaaaa######aaaa#######a##aaaa####.###aaaaa#a###########abacdhiiga##abbaaaaaaaa##############a########a##a##abbcabc#abbaaaaaaaaaaaaaacaaabaa###a###aa###a###aaa########bbbbcbbbbddceihebbcbbbbbabbaaaaaaaa#aaaaaab#a#####aaaabbcccfb#.########aa##abaaaaaaabbaaaabbcbc#####a######ba##aaa###aa###aa##abbaa#aaaabbbdcccbbabdhebcbaaaaa####a#####accbbbbcbaacba#aa###a#aaa###", "#a####a#aaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#######aba#######a####ab########aaaa##a#a##.#..#####aehhjihb#abacba#aaaaaa############a#a########aa#aabdcc####abaa##a##aaaaaa#ababa#a##aaaa#######a#aaaaaaaa##aacaabcccbcbabbcghgdbbabbbccba##aaaaaaaaaaaabaaa####aaaabcbcdccaa#########.##aaaaaaaaabababbabaa#######a#a##abbba#a######a###aa#aaaaaabbaabbcdbbbbabbadffbbaaaaaa#a##a####aabcbbbccabbabaaaba##baaaa##", "##aa###a#aaa#a##aaabbaaaaaaaaa##aa###a#############bba#.###aa#aaaaaa#######.####adfehjif###aaaaaaaabbaaa#a########aaa###a######abbbbcca.###a###########a###aa###a#############aaabbbbbaaceb#aaabbbccbaaabbbdggdcbbabbbbaa###aaaaaaaaaaba#aa#a###aabbbbcdc#####aa#######aaaabbbaaabbbbbbba#aa#######a##aabbaa#######aa###aa#aaaaaabbbbbccaaccbbbccdfgedaaaaaaaaaaaa##aaaccbcccbbccba##aa##abaaa##", "########a#aaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaa#aa#ba###########a####aaaaa#.##aaaaaaa##a#a########bbceeijfc####bbababaaaaaaa#########aa##a#aaaaabbadcccba####.############aaa#aa#############a##abbabbbaa##ceaaa#aaaabbbaaaaabbdgfbbbbbabba####aaaaaa#aaaaa#####a#aabbbccdccca#aaaa######aaaaababbaaabcabba##ba##a##a#aaaaaaaaa#######a#a##aaaaaaaabbbcccaabbddcaabbabdffdbbbaaa#aa####aabbccbbcbbddbaaa####acbaa#", "#######aa#a#aabbaaaaabaaaaaaaaaa##aa#a#############abaaaa####abb###aaa#a########babcfhiiea###acbbabbaaaaaaaaa####aaba#aaaaa#aaabaccbcbaa###############aaaa###a##############aabaaaaaa####bbbabaaaabbbbaaaabbbcffbbbbbbbbaa##aa##a###aaaa####aa##aabccefcadda##aaaabb#aaaaaaaaaabbbbbbbba##abb######aaaabbba###############aa#aabbcccbabbaabdccccaabacfggccbaaaaaa##a#aabccbbcaabdbacba####bbaaa", "aaa####aaaaaaaaaaaaababaaaaaaaaaaa#aa##############abbbbaaaaa##bbbaaaaaaa######ab#bccehiic###abcaabbbaaaa#aaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaabcbccacba########.##########aa###############a#aaa#aa#a##a#####acbddcbaaabbbbbaaaabbefcbbbabaaaaaaaa######aaa###aa#####abcdghedcbbbbbcccdcbbaaaaaaaabbbbbbabaa#.acca#a###aaaaaaa########a##a###aaabbcdcaaaaaabbaccddaaaaacaadggfdbaaaaa#aaaaaabccbbaacbaababaaaabbaa", "aaa#a#####aaaaaabaaaabbbaaa#aaaaaaa###aa#######.#a###abbbaabbbbaaaaaaaaaaaa####a##ababchie###aabbbaaaaaa#aaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaabccccbccb####a#############aa######.###########aa###aa#aaaa#a###abcccdbbbbaaaabbaaaabbceebbaabbaaaaa#########aaa##aa#####acdfdefebcddcbbdffdcbaabbaabbbbbcdbbaaa##abca#####aaaa#a##a#aa####a#a##aabbdedaaaaaa#aaccbeda#aabbaaaacefgfdbaaaa#aaaaabcccbccabaaabbaaaacc#", "##a##aa###aaabbbaaaaabcbaaa#aaaaaaa#a##########a#####aabbaaabaabaaaaaabcccca########aaacfhc##aaabccba#aaaaaabbaaa##abbababbcccbeecba#####a########a####a#a#####.##########b######a##a##aa###aababaaabbaaaaabaaaaaabdfcababbaaaa##############.#######bddcbdeffcbbba##dihdcbaaaaacaabbbdcaaabaa#aba#####aaa######aa##a###aa#abcdccdb#aa###aaaccdcbaaaaaaabbaaabehhebaaaaaaabaccbcbbbaaaaaaaaaaacb", "a##aa#####aaaabbbaaaaaababaaa#abaaa#############.###aaaabcaabaaaabbbbacdedaaaa######a##bccdccaaaaaacdcaaababbbaababbbccbcbbcdcceedc####a##a###########a#aaa######..####.####.###aa######abbaaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaacfeedbbaa############.######aaaa#abbaaaaccbabaaa###igdccbbbaaaaaaabcbabcbcb##a######a####a#aaaaa####aaaacb#abdcaaa#a###a#acddcbaabaaaaaaaaadfhhedaaabbabbcccbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaa", "ba##a##a#aaaaa#aaabaaaaaaacaabcbaaaa#aa#########.#########aaaaaa##ababdefcab#aa########aabdfgbaaaaaacdcaaabaaaaabbbbabbcbbbcccddaaaa####aa#aa########a#aa#########..##.##..###.###aaba###aaaaa#abaaaaaaa#aa#aaaaaa#aaaegdcbbbaa###########.######aaa##aaaaab#abaaaaaa#.febaaabcccbcbbcbbaaadbcecbaa#####a#aaaaa###aaa#aaaaabaaaabccaaaaaa#aa###adbbbcbbaaaabaaaabbchifbabcccabbccaacbaaa##a#aaba", "#ba########a###aaaaaaa#a#aaa#abaaaaabaa##a#aa###############aab####aaaaabccaaa##a#.#####abcdfb#aaaaaaaaabaabbbcbbbbbababbcdddfedcb#a##aaa#aaaaa###aaaa##aaa##.######.###.###########a#########aaaabbaaaaaaa###aaa##a###bfedcbbaaa############a####a######a#aaabcbbbaaa#gdaaa###bcddcecccca#addefgfddca###a##aaaaaaa##aabaacb####bbdcaaaaaa#aa###ccbbbccbaaaaaaaaabaadhieabaabbccdcbabbaa#####aaa", "#aab####aa###aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaa#####aaa#a##.############aa#abaaaaaaabaaaaa########abccdfcaaaaaaabbbaa#abbcbbaacabbbbcddecdcc####aaa#aaaaa#aaaaaaa##aaaa###..######.#####a########aaa#a####aaaaa#aaaaa########aa####dedbbbaaa##############a###a#####ababccbaaaaa#gcaaaa####bdebbbbbca#bddcbaabccaa##a##aa#aaaaaaabbaca####abdbaaaaaaaaaa#a#ccbbbbbbbaaabbaabba#adhgcbaccccccdccba######aaa", "a##aa#a###aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aa###aaaaa###.#############a##abababbaaaaaba######aaabbcddhcaaab##baaababaabaaabbabbbbcdddffeeb###aaabcaaaaaaaa###aaa#aa####.######a#######b#####aaacb#######ababaa#aaa##aa########a#aaeecbbbaa##################a##a##bbaabb#aaaa#cd#aaaaaaaace.aaa#bdccdcaaabcacbaba###aaaaaaaabaabccaa#aaabbd#aaaaaaaaaaa#bcccbbbcbbaaaaaaabbaabbhidbbcccbdeddaaa#aa#aa#a", "aaaa#aaaa##aaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaa######aa#aaa####..#########.###aaabbbcbbbaaaaaaba#####aabbcccegcbaaaaaaaacbaabbaaabaaaabcccdeeffddaaaaabcbbbcfffecdcba#abb#############aa#a##acbbcba#bbaa########aabba###a##########aa#aaa#eedccbaaa#####a#a###########aaa#aaa#bcaaaaaafaaaaaaaaacfa##a#aaaba#abaaccbcbbccbaaaaaaabbbbbbaaaa#a#abccc#aaaaabaaaaaadcbbbcbcabbbbaaaaabaaccfjgbccbcccccaa##aabaa#a", "#a#aa#aabbaa#aaaaaa##abaaaaaaaaa##aaabaa##aa#a###.#.##############aabbbcacbaca#aaca#####aabbccdeedbaabbaaaabbabababaaaabbccdddffedffb###bbccefebccbdeda#aaabbaaa#######aaaaa###aabcca#adaaa#####aba#aaaa##aa################.cedcbbbbaaaaaaaaa##a######aa####aa#bbaaaaaadc#aaaaaabbee####abaaa#aa##abaaabbabdcccdcbbaccbcb##aaaaabbcdbaaaaababaaaacbccbbccbaaabbbbaabababadjiedccccbbbaaaa#aa#a#", "aaaaa###aaaa##aaaaa####abaa#aaa#a###aaaa######aa#################a##abbbcccbbbaaabba##.#aabbbbddedd#aacb#aaaaaaaaaaaaabbbccdddggffghecbbaabbbddabaa#aaaabaaa#bbbaaaaa##a##aba###aaabb##bbaa####aaaa###########a########.#####aaeecbaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaa###aaa##a##aa###aaabeabaaaaaabchca###a#aa#a###a##aa####bca#abdecbcdbaaba#aaabbdcaaaaaaaabbaaaaccbbbccdbabaaabbbabbbabacjkjgfdccbaaaabbaaa##", "#a#aaaa###caa#####aaadb#aaa#aaaa#aaa##aaa###aaaa#a####a##a######a#a##aabbbbabba##aabaa##aaaabacdececaaaba#aaaabaaaa#aaaaccdeeefgeeefbcbbbcbbbcbaaaaaaabaaaaaa##abba##a#####aaa###aaaa##.#ba##.###aa############.##.#############dedcbaabbaaaaaaabaa###a###aa##aa#aaaaaaa#dbbbbbbbaacgg#b####a####a##aaabaaabbcaa#abacdcaaaabaaaaabbccaaaaaaaabbbbcbabcacccccbabbaabbbabcbbaaejklhfcbcbbaaaa#aaaa", "####aaaaa##aaaaabaaaaabbaaa##aaaa###aabbaa###aa#aaaa###aa#######aa#a##bcccaaabbaa#acaa###aaaabbcdcdcbaabaaaaaabaa##aaaabbccdfffghffdaabbaabccddbabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa##a#######a####aaa###.aba######a#################a############bfedbaabbbbbaaaaabaa##a#########abbbba##dcbabbbaaabcgdc#####aabaa###a#bbbbbbbbbbaaabbcbbabbbaaaabbbdebaabbbaabcbbbbacbabbabbbbabbbaababbbbbghillgcbbbbbaabbaaa#", "###aaaaaaccdcaaaaaaba##aaaaa##aabaabaaab########aaaba####a###a##aaaaaabccbba##bbba#bca###aaaaabdcddcda#abaaabaaaaccaaabbbccefgfghffaaaabbaaabefbcbaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaa##aa#########a########aaa###a##############.##.#.############a#abdebabcdcbbcbaabba############acdea#abecbaabbbaabbdfc##aaaa#a#aaa##abbbcaba#adebaecabbaccdcbbabbcbdddbabbbabccccbbacbbbbbabccbbbbbaaaabcbcfijjkjfddcbabdebaaa", "db#bdccbbcb##aabbbbaa###aaabbbbaccaaaabca####.#####baba##a#aaaaa#aba#accbbbbaaaaaaaacbaaaaaaaaacccdccc##abaabbaaabdbabbcccdffffhggbaaaaabdbaaaababbaaaaa#a#a#aaaaba#a#a################aabaaaaa###########.#####...#####.##.####aaaa#bedcccaaaaabbaaaaa##a#####aaaaddaabdebabbbbbabbbbgcaa#a#aaaa###aaabdaddabaadcfdfgdacbaabcbbbcccbdcdffdacdcedccbbbacbbbbcccccbbbbabacabbdgigbbgjjedcbbbccaaa", "#bbbaaaaaabaaabbbea#aaa#abbbbabaaaaaaaaba#############b####aaaaaabaa###abbbbbaaaaaaaacbaaaaaaabbcccccdd##cbcbcaaaaaaabcdeffgggiigabbbbbaabcaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaa##aaaaaaa################aaba###baaaa#######.#####....#########.#a##aa##a#adfca###abbaaaaaaa#####a####bdbacfdaaaaaabbaacedfa#aa#########abefeddcccdebccfggfedaaccbacddecdccdeddccefddcccccccabaabbabaabbaabacbbhijgdbacfkjeedcba#a#", "###aaaaa#abbaaaaaaa#a####bcaaaba###a#aaaa######a####aa######aaababaaaa##aabbaaaaaaaaabcaabbaaaaabcbccccbcbaaaaababbcccdefgfgghkgbaabbcbccbaaaaaabaaaaaaaa#aaaa#aaaaaaaaa####a########aaabba#aaaa#####a#.###.######.#####.####.##a#abaaa#aaddaaabbaaaaaaaa#########aabgggfbaaaaaabbbabbcfea#a#####aa##afghhfggghhgccddffhfffcccbccdfgeeeceec#aabcddcdddccebaaabaaabaaacbbbb#ejhjgbbceceikibbceba#", "aaa##a#aabbabbaaaaaaab####bc#aaaa#aaaaaa#ab##aaaa##a#aa######aa#baaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaacbaabaaaabbcccccdbaaaabbbbccddeeefeegjheb#a#aabaccdcaaaaaaabbabaa#aa##aaaaaaaaaaaa#######a###aaaabba#abaa####..###.###.####..#####.#######aa##ba#####bcbaaabbaaaaaa########abdfggebabaaaaaabbbbbchfaaa######abbfegggefgghgffeecefggfhheecdddeeefdcefcabaabccbaabcbcbaaaaaaabbabbbbbbfghggdbcbcbbgkjfbbecb", "#aa#a###aababbbaaaaaaac###.acaaaba#aba####ac#aba###aaaaaaa#aa##a#a########aaaaa#aaaaabbbbbaabbaaabbbccccebaaaabbccddddedegggfhbaaa##aaabcccaaa#aaabbbbcbaaa#####aaaaaa#aaaaa#####a###aaaaaabbdaaa########...##.###..########.#####aa#aba###a#accbaaaaaaa#######aaaaabccdeeccbbaabaabbbbegfgeca#####adefffefgggfghggfeeccegihijigedbccfeceddfeaaabcacbbaaabbaaabaaaabbbbbcbchgghfgdabbaa#bgkjgcdd", "d#a#a####aaaabbbabaaaaaa####abaabaaaaaaa###acdbaa#a###aaaaaaaa###########aa#a####aaa#abbbbbaabaaaaaabcbccdaaaaabccddeefefhgefgbaaaaaaabaabbaa##ababbaaabcca#aa#aaaaaa##aabaaa####a####aacba#bcb#aa#.####.#...##.##..################a########a#adbaaaabaa#aa##aaaaabbbcdeddddcbabebbcbbffeefdec##adeeefeffefghgghghhgfedfheabfghhfdcegecbbbbccaaaabcaaaaaabaaabaabbbbabbcdfffgffffabbbbbcabgkjec", "cdaa##aa#aaababbbaabbaaaa####bbabcaaaaaaa##.acaaaaaaaa#aaaaa#ba###########aaa#a###aaaababbaabaaaaaaaabcccdgbbbccccddeffefgfeffbaa###a#aaaaaa#aaaaaaabbbccaaabaaaaa##a###aaabfd#####aaaabbaba#aa########.###.##.###############################bacedcbbbbabaaaaaaaaabcccccddedddbbdeecdefeededdeeffdegffeddefgfgggggcb##abbca###bbefeefeddcdcbeeaaaaab#a###babbbbbababcbccfgfeeefegcbaaabbca#afkh", "gdcbaaaaaabbbaaabaaabbbbaaa###bbcbaa#aaaa#####a###aaaaaa#aaa#aaaaa##a#####a#aa#aa#a#aaaabbaaacaaabaaaabccdfgddddddccdfhhffddfbaaa####aaaaaaa##a#aaaaaabbdb#aaaaba#a#######aacegdbaa#aaabaabbb########.#.##.##..#...####.#######################babedededcbaaaaaaaaabccddeedefecfffeeffddddddeddeeeddeggfddeeffbaaaaaaaabdb#baa#a##cbdfeaaabbcdfbaaaaa####a##abbbbaabbbbdcgfgeeedeefabba#aaaaaabg", "gjgccbaaaaabbbbbbbbaacbaaaaa###aaaaaaaaaaa####aaa#####aaa##aaa#a#a#######aaaaaa##aaaaaaaabba#acaacbaaa#acccfgdefefcdecfhhddbcaaa#a#####aaa#aa###aaaaaaabbeebaaaaaaa####.###aaacdcbaaaa#aaabba#############.#.#.#...###########..###############aacddeeededceeedccefggfgggfedggghfdfecdddccccddeeeeefddfffddddbabbbaaaaabefcdb#aa##aaabcaaaaa#bdgb#abaa#######ba#bbaabaaeegfgfeeeecfcaaa#aa#aaaa#", "#bgifcbaaabbbcbbbbaabbbaba#a#aa##aaaaaaaa######aaaa##a#aabaaaaaaaaabaaaba##aaba###aaaaaaaaabbabbabaa#a#abcceffeecb#cddeeggcdb##a##aa##aa#########aaaaaaa#bedaaaaaa##########abaa#aaaaaa#aaabaa#####a####################..######.#a##.#########aabcccbcda##afgggffdbbbabdhheghifedddeecbccdcdefffeeffdfggfdbaaaaa#aababbacdddb#bb#aaa#a####ababbdebbbaaa####a#babbaaacddfgffeefeeddcbabbaaaa#aaa", "a##ehiecbbbccdccbbbbaabbaaa#aaa##aabaaaaaaa####aaaa#####aaba#aabcbbbaabbba##abaaa######aa#abbacbaaaaaaaaabcccdfcaa##bbbbceabaa######aa##a##aa####aaaaaaaa#abaaaaaa###a######abbbaba##aaa#a####aaa###a############.########################a####aa#dcddcdb#a#dedeedcaa#baacgegiifedddddddcdddefeffggfgeedbba#aaaabbaabaaaaabceebbdaaaaa######aaaaabdddb#aaaaaabacbbbaabdfffgfgfeeeeddgcbaaaaa####", "#b##adiifdbcefedccccbaabaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa##abaa######aabbaabbcbbaaaaaaa#abaaa#######aaaaabcca#aaa##aaaabbccc#########a###aa##a###aa########aaa##aaa#aaa#aa#aba##a#######aabbabcaa#ababbca##aa####a#####a.#########################a###a##acba.ddeecccba#cfeeedcaaaaabccbaigfeeeddddcbcdcddfeffggeedaabaaaabaaabbabaaaaa##cffedeaa#a#aaa#aaaaaa#abfebabaaaaaacadcaaffecffffgfffeeggaaabaa####", "#caaa#.ahjgffefgggffecbbbabaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaababaa#aa#a#aaaabaaaacccaaaaaa#a#aaabaa######aaababaaaaaaaaa#aaaabccb####aaa##ab###aa#####a#a####.#aabaaaa########a##aba########acbbaaaaaaaaaabbbaaa################a###a####aa############aaccb#adcbbdddccbcdebdedccba#a#aabdcbaggeeddedcbbbccdeeffffhggfcbaaaabbbcaabaaaba####a#debceea#aaabaaaaaba#aaa#cfgcaa##aabcbcbdffedfeeeefefeedhcaaaa#a###", "####aa##.behhgfeeeddefedbbbbaaabaaaaabaaaaaaaabaaaa#aaaa#a#abbaaabbcbbaaaaaaaaaaaba####aa#aaabaaaa##a#aa#a#aaabbcc.##ab##aabca##aaaa############aabaaaaa#a#a#####aaa#bb#.####bccbaa##aaaa###aaaaa######a#######bbabba####bb###a#a###a###bcccccdcdccddcbbabcdcddccba####bdddb#bdcecdedcbbbbbcceeeeehhcdaaaababcbcaaaaabaaa#####ab#aabb###bb##abcaa###a##adfeba###aabaaefefffedddeedefefhbaaa###.#", "#####aaaa###chikjiigedcegcccbabbaaaaaabbaaaaabaa#aaa#a#a##aaaaaaaaabaa#aaaaaaabbbaa######aaaaabaaaaaa##aaba##aaabab.###aaaaaabaa#aa#a#############a###aaba########aa#cbb####abcbaaa##aaa#a######a#.####aa###bbccbbdccbaaabb###a#aaaaa###cbbbaccccbbcccaaaabbccccbbaaa#accdcb##bacgeeedccccbccdeeefggebdaaaaabbbbbbaaabaa#####a#a#aa#####aaaa##ca#####a####beeca#b#abadgefffedeedfdcffeff#a#a###.", "..######a#aaadd#acdhihecdgecbcaa#aa####ba#aaa##aa##aaa###aaaaaaa##ababaaa#aaaaabbbaa######aaaaaaaabaaaa##baa##a#a#b######aaaaaaaaa#################a#aa#bcb#####aba##a######bbbcbaabcaa#################a#abcdbdefededcbcbaa##aaa#a###bcbababbccbbbbbcaaaaabcccbaabaaaabcdbba###bhhfhgeddccbccddfhhhfbbaaaaaabbbccaaaabaa####aa#a#####b####aa#aa#ab###a##aaabefd#a#abbfgfeeeeeedeeddefggbaaa####", "##.######aaba#abaaaabeiiebceddcbaaaaa###aaba#########a##aaaaaaaa###aaaaaaaaabaabbbbaaa###aaaaabbbaaabbaaaaa###a###bb#####aa###########a######a#####aa#baaaba##abcedcbaa##a##bcccbaaaddccaa##############a##bbceffgfededdedcbaa#a#aaa#bcabaaabbbccbbbbbbaaaabbcbbbbaaaaabbcda#a##ehgfeeeeecddbcddfhhgcbbbbbbaaaabcbbbaaaaa###.#a#a#a####aaa###aa##a########aabbbedbacfegggfeeefeddccddgihdaaa####", "##.###a####aaaa#bacbaa#chidccdfdbbabaaa#ababaaa###a###aa#aaaaaaaaaba#aaaabccccbcccccabb###aabaabbbcbaabaa########aaab.####aaa##################a####b##aaaabb#aacdddcbb#######bccaaaabdbba#####aa#a#########abccccccddcffhigcbaaa#aa#acaabaabbbbaaabbbbbaaaabbbbaaaaaabcccdda#a#higheddefedeecdffffeeaaabbbbaaabcbaabaaaa#########a####aaaa######a#######aaabdcbadgfdeddegfgfeedcccccehigaaa####", "###########aa#####aacdb##ejgcbbfedcaaaaaacbabaa#####aaaa#aaaaaaaaaaa##abbbbbbaaabbcddddbccdcccbababaaaaaab#########aba..####aa###################aa########aa##aaaabbbba##a####ccaababdaa#aa#####aa##########aaaaabbccdfgjjihdcaa#aaaacbaabbababbaabbbabaabbbbbbbbbbbbbcccddebadhggfffeeffffeeeffdccddaaaabaaabbabbbbaaaa######..######aaaaaa#a###a#aaa###aaaccc#ceggedddcffffedcbabccdfgebaa###", "#########aabaaa####a#aabbachjgbacdedcccbabaaaaaaa#####aa#######aaaaaa#aaaaaaabaaaabbccdccddcbbbabaaaaaabbaa########aabb.#######a##################aaa##########aa##abaaaaa######bbaaaaba#a#a#.##.#a#aa###aa###aaaaaabcddgijijjigeba#abdcbbcdcabbbbaabbabaaabbbbaaabbbbbcacddee#dfeeeffeccdghhfffebccccaaaaababbbbaaabba#a########.###a##aaaa##aa##aaaaa####aababbddceggfedcdffedcbaabcdeeffaaaa#", "#######a#aaaaaa#a#####aaaabcdiibaaacecddcbaaaaaaaaaa##aaa########a#aa###aaaaaaaaaaaaabcccbbaaaaaaaaabaabbaaa######aaaaca.###.##a#a####a########aaaaaaa##...###a###a##a#aaaa#####bdaaaaaa########a########a##a##aaaaabbbbegfeedeghgeccddeeefgcbbaaaabbbbaaaabbbaababbbbcccbceeebegdddeffedbdeiihecbcbdbaabaaababcbbaaabaaa#a#.############aaaa##b#a##aaaaa##aabbbbccdceghgeddefedcaaaaccdedfaaaa#", "########bcaaaaa##########aaaa#gidaaabedcccbbbaabdbaa####aba#a#############aaaa###aaaaaaacbbaaaaabbabbbbbcbbabaa######aabb..##.####aa#aaa######aaaaaaa####a#.####aa##ba#aaaba#####dbaaaaa######aaa#aa######aa###aaa#aaabccebabaabbdfhhhgfghggdbaaabbcaaabbaaabaaaaaaabccccccedchigdcdddcedccabghdbaaabcaaabaaaaabbbbcbbaa##a########a##.#aaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaca#acbbbbbcccdefeddeecdcbaababcfdfeaa##", "########baaaaba#aaaa#####a####aciib#aacdddbabbaabbb#aa#####aa#############aaaa##aaaabaaaabaa##aabababbbbccbbbcb#######aaaa#...##.#####aa########aaaaa######a############a#aaaab##abbaaaa#######cb############aa#aa#aaaaabaaa#######bfhigihhfbaabaaaaaabaaaabbaaaabaaaccbccdcchiihhdbcddcddccbbeeaaaabbbaaaababaabbbeeeaa#####.###.aaaa#aaaaaa#aaa#aaaaaa#bbadccbbbbccccbcddddcbcccbaaaaddddge###", "########a##abbaaa#########a#aaabcfjhaaabcdecaabaaaaaaa#######a########a#aa#abaa#####aaabaabaa##ba#abbccbaccaaca########abcb..######################aa###ceb#######aaa#####a#aaa###acaa#aa#######b############a#a##aaaaaabaa########abacfhhfcbbaaaabaaabaaaaccaaaaaaaacbcbbcffgfgcegeddeddcdccbcd#aaababbbaaababcaabaaccba########a#abaa##aaaa##aaaaaaaaaababcbbbaccbbcbccdddcbbbcbbcbbadcdeehd##", "########bb####aaba#########a####aabfjfbbcbcfdbabaaaaaaba######aa######aaaaaaaaa##a#####aaa######aaaabacbbaaabaa#########aadc...#######.##########aaaaaa#ddeb#a####aaaabeb######a###bbaaaa##b####aa#.##########a#a#a#aaaabaaa##b###.adbaabeecbaaaaaababaaaaabcabaaaabbbbbcdcfgeddgbbggeedddcccccc####aabaaaaabbaabaaa#acda############aaaaaa#aaabaaaaaaaaaabcbabbbabcbbbbcddccbcbbbabbbbccdfggf#a", "aaaa####bc##a#aaaaaaa###.#####.####aciiecccbceebaabbabbb######a#a####a##aaaaaaa########aaa#######aaabcbbabbaaaaa#########acfc..####.#.###.###aa###a#a#aaabcaaaa###aaaa##########a##bdcaaaa#ba###baa##########aaa####aaa#bbababdcbaacbbbaaaabbaaa##aaaaaaa#aabbbaaabbbbbbcdcccddcdec#adfedddcccbe#####aaaaaaaaaabbbaaa#bdb##.#######.####aaaaa###aaaaa##aaabccbbbaababbbbbcdccccbcbbbcbbbdcefghc#", "########a#####aa#bbaaaba######...####adhifegfddfdcabccbaa###aaaaaaa######aaaa##aa##a###b##########aa#aaaaaabaaa######a###abdfb..#######.##.#####aaa#a###baaa####aaa#########a####a#bddcbaaaa####aaaa####ad##aaaaaa#######abadddccccdcba##a#ababa###aaaaaaaaabaaabbbbbcbbcbbccdccbaba##afedddccbfa######a#aaaaaabbabaaaaab#####.##..#..a###aaaaa#aabbaaaaaabcccbbbabbbbbbbbddccbbcbbbcbbcfdeeffha", "##############aababaaaa##########.##.#..chjjhjifffdeccdbaa#aaa###aa#####.##aa#######.#######a#########aaaaaaaaaac########acchc.....#..###########aa##aa#abaaa##aba##a######aaaa##a##bdcbaaaa#####a#aa###bd###aaaa#aa##a####adgdcbbcddbb###aaa#a#####aaa##aaa##abbaabbbbcbbbcccddeccc#a#bhggfedaec##########aa#aaababaaaaaa#####.##.##.####aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabdcbbbababbabbbabddcbbbbbbccbbdifdefge", "a###a##########abb#aaab#a#######...#####.##a#acgkigfeefdcaaa##aa#aaba####..######.#a###a#aa#aa##.#######aaaaaa##ba#####aaabbeha...###.###.#######a##aaa#aaa#a#aaaa###aa#a###aa###a###cdcaaa######a#####abb####aaaaa####a####deebbbccdbba##aaa#aa####aabaa#a#aabbbaaaaabcbcbbccbcedbba###cdffffeefba###########aaaaaabcaba#####.####.#######a#aaaaaaaaaaaaacdccabbababbabbaabcccbbbbbbbccdeeedefh", "f#######aa##a##aaa#aa#bba#########..############afkjgfgfeeeba#aaa##a#######.####.#.#####abbbaa##########aaaa##a#a#######abbcdhe#...######.##a####aa#a###aa#a#aaaaa######aaa###########bdbbaaa####a######aa##.##aaab####aabdecdcbaabbbaba##aaa#########abaaa##abbbaaaaabbbcdbaccbcebaa####adghfedeeba#############aaaaabbcb##########.######aa#aaaaaaa###bcdccbbabbbacbaabbbbbbdcccbbbbbcccccddeh", "hc#####aa######aa####aaaa#####a###.......##aa##a###gijhhhggeb##baaaa####...#####.#..a###acccaaa##########aa#####aaa####aacdddhf#..###.#..####aaaaaaaaaa###a#aa#aaaaa#####aabb##########cecaaa####a##############aabb##aabacddbcbbabbbaaaaaaaa##a#######baaaaa#abbaaa#abbbabcbbbcdgd####a##adcgfecdeb######a########aaaa#baaba########.######aaaaabbbbbbcbccbbbbbbbbbaaaaabbbbbbccbcbbbbcccccdeed", "egb##baaaaa####a##aa#aaa#a#######.#..###.###########adfilkhfca#abaaa#####..##....#....###bbccaa##a##aa####aaaaa##a##a##abbcfhjfb#..#####.######aaaaaaa######aa##a#abbbba###aba#aa#######cecaaaa###a#.#######aa##aa#aa###aaabcbcbbcbbaaabb##aaaaa#######abaaaaaabbaaa#abbbbbabbabdfeaaaa##a#ca#eecccfcaaaaaaaaa#a#a######aaaaabca########a####aaaabababbbbbbbbbbbbbbbaaaaaaabababccccbcccdccbdffd", "cfhd#acaaaa##a#######a#a##a###a##.....######.##########bddjkidca#########..###....######acaacbbb#a###ab##aaaaaaaaaaaaa#aabcfgejfa#.###a######a##aaaa#aaa#a###aa##a#abbcba#####aa####a###aeedbaaa##aa####...#aaaa#bcaccbaaaabcdccabcbbbaaca#aaaaa#########aaaaaaabaaaaabbbbbbbaaabbecbbcaaaaaa#adecccedcaaaaaaaaa##a###########abaa######a####aaaabdbbbbbbbaabbbbbabbaaaaaaaabbaabccbccbccdccdefg", "fedfea#a####a##a#a#######a####a#.##..#.####...########aaaaaeikhea#####################aaacbabbdfdbbaa#aaabbcbbaabaaaaaaabcdfbbeica..#a########aabaaaaaba#a###aa#######aaa#####aaa#.aa###adffdbaaa##ca####.#########abbcdeeeefcdcbabbbbbaacbbaaaaaa##a##a##baa##aa###aaaabbabbaabaadfb#bbbbbaa###feccbeecbbabaabaaaaaaa#aa###a####a########a##aaaaabbbbbbcbabbaaaaaabbbaaaaaaabbbabccccccddddeeee", "fggehdaaa######a##########aaaaa#.##.####..#..##.#######aabbaadjljgda.#################aaaccbccddcccccccccccccdcbbccbcbaabbcfdcbgf#...#aa######abcbaaaaabaaaaa############.##aa##a########dffedcbaa#cc##########a####bbbbcdffeedaaabbbbbcbabbaaaaaaa#######abaaaaaaaaaaaabbabbaa#a#bdcbbbaaaaa###cfeeehhecabbbbbbaaaaaa##aaa##a###a########aa#aaaa#bbcbbbabbbbaaaaabbbbbabaaaaaaaabbbbbcccddddeee", "edehhg#aaa######a#a#####a##abbaa###.###################aaabbcaacjllkhbaa#######a######bbaefddddcbbbaaaababefeedddccffdccdfgeeeefec#...#ab#.####abccbbba#aaaaaa###########..###a##########bfdfdccaaacfb.######aababaaaccccbdffebbbbcbbaacccbabbabaaaa######aaaaaaaaab#aaabaaaabaaaabbeffcaaaa####aeeeefiihfcabbbbbbabaaaaaaaa##a######aaaa####abbabbabcbaaaaccbbbbbbbbcbcaaaaaaaaaaaacbbcdddddede", "eefgghcaa#######a##aa######abbbcc#.############.###a#aaaaaaaaccbafjllkjecbaaaaaaaa##aabcccgefeecccbba#aaaa.acffffffcacdccbbbfffefda#.##########aabcedba##aa#a#####a#####..#####aa###.####bceecccbaabdfa##aabbbaabbbbdcbbccdcceebabbbaaabcdcbbbbbaaaa######a##aaaaaaacaaaaabbaba###acdeegcbbb#####aeffgfgijkgcbbbbbbbbabbaaaaa##a#aaa#abaaaa##aacdbabbccbaaa#bbbbaabaabccbaaaabbaaaaabbbccdeedddd", "deeffdfd#####a######a#######aaaca#a############bdca###aca##aaaceddfijjnligdcbbcbaaaaabcddchgedddbccaaa#aaaaa##accfbbbaa####bdhfedhd#.###########bbcccdba###aaa#####a##a#.#####a####.####.#abedebdcbbcfe#####adcbcddbbdbaaacbcbccbbbaaa#bbcbbbbbbaba#a############aaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaabdfcccbbba#####aceffgiijihedccbbbbbabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#####aabaaabbbaaaaaabbaabbbbbcabaaaaaaaaabbbbcccdddddd", "ddddecbdca###a###a##baa#aa##abaaba#a###.#####.#aabaaa#aaa##aa#acdhilmklmlmkheegecbbbbccbcefgedcdcbbbbaaaaa#aba#a#cdabcbaaa#achihggfa############abdb#bcaa##aaa#########a###.######..########beddecbcdffc###.#acdfffdabcca#aabacbbbbbaa#abbbbbbbbbaa#############a#aaa#baaaaaba###aaadfd#babacababbbcegfhhiihgfdddcccbbbaabbaaaaaaaaaaba#aaa###a#aaaaaaaaaaaabbabbaabaaabcbbbaaaaaaababbccdddddcd", "deddddcacaba###a####aaaaaa#aaaa#aaa###aa#########a##aa#aaa##aba#.cfehhjkjllmllihfedcccbbdefgdcccecbbbccbaaaaaaaaabdbbbcbaaaabhjjhggea#.####a##a#accaa#cdaa#aaa#.#############a##a##.###a####.cedccccefbbaa#####deffeaacdaaaa#aabbbbbaaaaaabbaaabbaba#####a.###a###a#a#aaaaaaa#a##aaacdecaaaabaa#aa#bdgfeeefhhfdccccddcbbaaababaaa##aaaaaaaaa###aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaaababbbbabbbaaaaaabbbbcdcdccdd", "dddcccdbbbcba#bb#aa###aa##a##a####a##.####aaa##a#aa##a#a#ba######.fffkjlhkkljmmmlieeddccefaeeeccdedbcdccbcbaaaaaabaccbccaaaabeijjigieba.#######aacbaa#accaaaaa##########a#a###aaa#############decabdeeeaba###..adeddcaabcbba##aabbbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#####a###########aa#abaaaa##a#abbcdeba#b#aa#####cefedcbbdeedcccdddcbbbaabbaaaaaaaaaaabaaa###aaaa#aaaaa###aaaaaaaaaabbbaabbcbaaaaaabcccccccdd", "ddccbcccbcedaddaaaaaaaaaa#aa#a######...###########aaaaaaaaaa####..cfhjjkmlmklkklmnjfeedeefebdeddegheeedddccbbbaaabbccbcbbaabbbgjkjjhifda.#######aaaaa###abaaaa####aaa###########aa##########..adccaddcecbabbaa##dedddcbabcbca#aaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa###############aabaa##a####aacbcddebaaa########cffecdcbceeefdddddcbbbaabbbaaaabaaaaaaaaaa###aaa#a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaaaacbbaaabbbbcdcdccb", "cdcccccbbcdbaacbbbbbbaaa#aa#aaaa#####..#..##.#####a#aaa####aa######eigfcfgijjjlmmmmnlhfhiggdddeefgegfgffdeddcdcbaaccccbcbaaabbcfjkkkijgfb#######a#aa######a#############a###aaaaaba############abcc#ddcccbdecdcaddddddecbbbccaa###aabaaabaaaaaa#aaa#########.####a##a##a#aa#a######abccdgbb#ba#a######cffgfdefffehgdddeccccbaabbbaaabbabaaaaaaaaa###aa##aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbba#aabbacddccc", "cddcccbbcccaabbabaacbaaaaa#aa#aa#.#...#...#..###a###a#########aa##adeaaa#abedefijlkmnnlkkjdddfdcebb#degfaefgfeddcbdcddbacbbbbbbdjjklkkihgc#aa#####aa################aaa##a#aaabaaaaa###########aabdbedcabdddeeddddedcccddccbbbca###aaaaabba#a#####a#a###aaa###.###a#######aaaaa###aabbbbcdaaabaa##a####aeghhhggghhhfedddcccccbbbbbbbbbbbbbbaaaaaa####aaba#aca#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaabbbcddd", "dddcccbbdedaabdaaaabbabbbbaaaaaa#.##.##.#.#####################aaaddbbaa#aa##a##aceejnllkkhfhfccfbbaaaabafabdeffgfcdddcabbbbabacgjkkllkhjhbaa#####aa############a##aaaa###aaa#aa#a#####.####a##aa#deedcabdeeeedeeddeedbccdcccdcb####aaabbbaaa#####a##a##a####################aa####aabbbcdea##a########aaabehiiiiiihfedfdccccccbacbbabbbcbbbbaaaaaaaa##ab##bbaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaabbbaaaaaabbbbbdd", "ddccdbcbedcaabbbbaaaaaabbababbaa#################a##########a###a#ecbaababaaaa#####abkllllljgbaaccbababbabaaaa#cedfheedcabbbbbbbchkkkklkhggeba###aba####.####a####a##aa##aaaaaaa##aa####.####a####dfdcba#bdeeeeeefedddcbbcdbbadcba###abaaacaaa###a##a###aa#####.####a######.##a####abbbbccbbc#ab##a#aa#ca###cfggihhihffffedcccccbbabccccdccbbbaaaaaaa#aa#aa#aaababaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aa#abbcccc", "dedcccbcecaaacbababbbaabbbbbcbaaa#..###.#########a##############.cdabbbbbbbba###aabcddilmmljeaaabcbbbbbbbbbbbabaabcefgfecbbbbbbcdfjjkkkmkhfgecbaaabb########a######aaaaa####aaa###################befcbaabbadfeeeeffededcbbccabccccaa#aaa#abaa#######a########...###########.##..###abbbbcbbf#aa###abaa#a#####acfgffgfggefddcccccbbabcecbbbcbbaaaaaaaa##aa#aaaaababbbabbbbbcbbabaaaaa##aaaaabbcc", "cddecccccdcaaaaaabbbbaaaabbbbaaaa########.####################..aaababaaacbba#abddbcdfeejmllf#aabbbaabbbbbbaaaaaaa#afffdedcbbbddffjfijjkkkhgfed####aba#######a####aaaa#aa#####a######a############adffddcaa#befefedeeddccccbcbaacbaabbaa###aba####a###############.###########.######aabcddcefbb###bbaaaaaabba#cffffghhgfffedccccccbcbbebbbbbbbaaaaaaaa####aaba#aaaabbbbbbcbaaaaabbcbaaaaaaaabcc", "dddddfebdfeba##aaaaaaabbbbabaaaa####.#########################.abbaaaaaaaaabbaaabba##aceeilmme#aaaaaaaabbbbaaaaabbbbbefgeddcddddegiighiiggjggfdba##aaaa##############ba#b###aaaa#######a##a#aaa####dfgffgcaabefeeededccccdddcbbbbbaaacbab###aaaaaa########a#a########.#########..####aaabdcdecbdc#aa###aabbcccaacegggfgghggfeeeddddcccbccbbbbaaaaaaaaaaba#aaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaaaaabbabbbc", "bcdeeeeedeeda##aaaaaaaccbbaaaaaaa####..##.#########a##########aaaaaaaaaaaaababba#aa####abbdhkmgbbbaaaaabbabaaaaababbbaehfcdeeeegghkkjjigdeehfeccaaaabcba########a####aaa#####aa####a####aa###baba##adfgfffdeeffdcddddddbcccdccbbbbbbb##bdb###aadb#a##############.##.######.##########abcdcedecegdb#a#aaabbcddaa#adfghfghgffefeefeeddcccccbbcbaaaaaaaaaaa#aa###aaaaaa#aaaab##aaaabbbabaaaabaaabb", "cbceeeefffffd#aaaaaaaaaddbaaaaaaaa#############.#############cbbaabaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaa###aaa#achlkigdaabbabbbbaabcaacaababccdbbdedcdfehkkjgeceheccda#aabbba###.######a#aaa#####aa######.#a#aa##aa#aa##adgggfeeggffdcccddcccbbcbccbbbaaa####ca##abcba#aa##########.#####a######.#.#######abbcbddbdfhgeaaa##abbcdcaaa##aaceghdfgffffffeeddddcccbbbaaaaaaaaaaaa##aa#aaaaaaaaaaab##a#baabbabbbaaaababb", "ccddefgfefffd#a##aaaaaabccbabaabaaa##########...############acbaabaabaaaaaaa#aaa#aabaaaa#aaaabgkjiifbabbabbaaaabaaabbabaaaaaaabcc#####cgkmjgfhfcbcaaaabcbaa########a#aa###a###########.####a######aa##bghfefgeddeccbbbccccccbcdcaaa#a##a#aa#a#aaaacbaa##.############aa########.#######bbbccddddggfbaa###abbcbaaaa#aaabeeeeggghgggffeedcccbbbbbcbaaaaaaaaaa###aaaba#aaaabbaa#a#abbbbbbabdbbaaaab", "bcceddefhgfcbaa#a#aaa###aaabbbaaaaa#######################aababaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaa#aa###cefllgabaaaaabbbaaaaabaaabbabaaa#ba######bfjljhghcac##aaacaa########a###############aa#.##a#############afgfgfedcccccbbccccccddcccaa##a####aa#aaaaaabaa#################a#a##.#########aaabccccddeegfbaa###abbaaa#aaaaaabdfceghhhhhhgfedddcbbbbbbbbaaaaaaaaaa###a##aaaaaaabbbaaacbbabbbbbcccdaaaa", "bbcccdefhiea###a##aaa######aaaa#aacb##############a####aaabcbbabbaaaaabaaaaaaaaa##a#aaabaaaaaaaaabekljbaaabbaabaabaaaaaaaabbaaaa#a#aa#####aekkhhiba###aabbbb#####a.#########a#a#####a#######aa####.#aba##gggfeedccbbbbbbcbaabccbcbaa##a###aa##abaaa#aa###..###########.###a##.#######aaaabbbcdddcefgaaaaa##abaabaaaabbaabdeffghighhgfffeeccbababbbbbaaaaa#aaaa#a####aaaaaabbaabbbbbbbcccbcccdbaa", "bcccccdefgeaaaaaaaaa#a#a#a##aaa#a#aba#######a#.###aa######bcaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaa###aaaaaabbaa#aaabbchkkc#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#a#aaa#a#######dkklibca#aaabcdca#a#aa#################a######aaaa######aab#cghhgfddcbbbbaabaaaaabbca##a##abaaa##abaaba#a#aa############...##.###.#..####aaacbbcdccdcdedbaaa#a#acbaaa#aaaaaaabcffffghhhfggfeddbcbbbaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaa#aa#aa#aaabbbcccbbbbbbbbbbcdccb", "bbbccccdfcec##aaaaaa####a####aa#aa#aca##a####baa#######a##bbbaaaaaaaabbbbbaaaa#aaaa##aaaaabbba#aaaaaadijgaabaabbaaaaaa###aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#######behlidcdbaaabbcecaa######a###aaa###########a####a#######aaacghihgfedcbaaaaaaaaaababbbaa###aaa####a#aba##a#a#####..######......#...#.#.####aaccbcccdcdehhdaa####bcba###aaaaaaabaaadfeeegihgecdedcbcbaaaabbaaabaaaaaaa##aaaa#aaabcbbbccbbbbbbbbbcbbb", "babbcdddddde######aaa###########aaaabda##a####abaaa#####abbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaaa#aa##aaaaaaaaabaaaaaabcdkib#aaaabbaaaaaa####aaaaa#aaaaaa##a##a##acgjhfgefcbbacccbaa####a######aaaa########a#############bfffhjigedddbaaaaaabaabbbbccaa####aa###a##aa#################a##.....#..#########aabbbbcccddfheaaa####bba####abba#aaaa##bca.#bghfedecbccbbbaaaaaabaaaaaaaaa#a#aaaaabbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbaba", "bbabbdcdddcec#####aaaa#a####a###abaaaaaa##bda##aaa######aaaaa#######aabbbaaaaaa##a##aa#a#aaaaaaaabaabacbdjjbaaaaaabaaaaaa##########a#aa##aaa##a#a##cfhhededabbdcbcca##########aaaaa############a######a##dffgjiiheedcbaa###bbaabbbddba#########aaa####################a###..###..##..###aaaabbbbcbcfffebaaaa#aabaa##a#aaaaaaa#####aa#.bdegfeccbbaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaababccbcbaabbbbbbcbbab", "dbbbbcdcdcdcea###a####a#aab#aaaa##aaaaaaa##a####aaa###.##aa###########aaaabaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaabbaabbbhkfcaaaaabbaaaaa##########aaa###aaba######.ekjgddbabbaabccbba########aaa####.#######aa##aaa#####dgfgghgggedcbbaaa#aabbbcbedba#######aaa#a####################aa#.......##..####aabbbbcbcdefeebb#aaa#aaa##ab###aaa#######a###.##cgefdccbbabbbaaaaaaa#aaaa#a#aaaabbccbbcbbbaabbbbcbccbbb", "bcabbcceffabbc########aaa#aaaaaaba#aaaaaaaa########.#####aa######aa####aabbbaaaaaaa##aaaaaa###aa#aa#aaaaabbfkjhdaaaabaaa#aa##aa#####aa#a#a#aaaa######aikjjhbaaabbaacbaaa###############.###################bfhggggggfedcabaaaaabbcdeccaa########aa##########aa######a#a##a##..#.#...#####aabbbbbcccecdgccb##a####a##a############aaa######agfedccccbbaaaababaaaaaaa####aabbaaaaabbababbbccccbbcb", "ababbccdffdbbbba###aa#aaaaaaa#baaaaaaaaaaaa#########.####ab###########aaaaaaabcbbbaa###aaaa#ba###aaa###abbbbflljeaaaaaaaaa###########aa##aaaaa#######.afikkiba#abbaaba##########a############################ehffgggfeedcccbaabababcccbaa######aa##aa###.###aa####...#########...########abbbbcbbbcdecfgdaa#######################aa##a####bfeeddccbbbbbaaaaaabaaa#abaaaaaaaaabaaaabbbbbbccccccc", "adbbbbcdddecbaba#a#######a#a##aaaaaaaaa#aa##########.###aac##########a##aa#aaaabcbbaaaa##aaa####aa#aaba#abbbbdillhcaaaaa####aa####aa#aaaa##aa#########.#chkli#aaaaabbaaa########a#aa###a###############.###aa#fggffgffedeecbbbaaabbbbcbaaa#####aa###a############################.######aababbcbbbccedcfccaaaaaaaa###############.####a#####bffeddccbbaaaaaaaabaaa###aabaaaaaaaaaaababbbbbbbcccc", "ccbbccddeeeccaaca##a####aaaaaa##aaaaa#a#aaaa#########.###ab####.#a###aaa##aaa#aaaabbaaaaaaaaaaba#abaaaaaaaaaaachkklfbaaaa##########a##abaaa############..#bimiaaaaaabaaba##########aa#babaa##############.##a##aegfcbdeedfedbbbabbabbcbbbaa#####a#####aa######################.#########aabbbbbcbbacddddccaaa#aaaaaa###a#####################afgeecdccbaaaaaaa#abccbaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaabbbccbcc", "ccedcdddeeeccbbbcba#a###aaa#a#a#aaa#####aa#a#############ab#####.#####aa#a#aabaaaabbbbabbba##aa###acb#aaaaaaaaacfihkida##a#a###.####aaaaaaaa##a###aa######.ahljc#abaaaaaaa###.####a######abaaa############.#####.bababeedegdcbccbcbabaaabba#a##aa####aba#aba#a###################.####a##ababbbcbbbcdddedea#aaa#a####aa#######.###.######a##a##fgfedddbbaaaa#bcdccbbba####aaaaaaaabbabbbbbbbcbbc", "cddeddddeefddcbbcc#a#aa#aaaaaaa#aaaa####aaa######aa######ab#a########aa#a#aaaaaaaaaaabbaabba#aab###abb######aaabbcfheihc######a#####aa#aaaaaaa####aaaaaa###.aikjcaaaaaaaa#################aaccbaa#a################aaaaaaabdddcbccbaaaaaaaaaaa##b####abbcccb##.###a#############..###aaaaaabbbbbccbbccccddecaaa#aaaa###a########################effedccaabbaccbbaaaacc####a#aaaa#aabbbbbbbbbbbcc", "dcdcdcdeddfecdcbcdaa#aaa##a###a###aa##############aaaa###aba#############aaaabaaabaaaabbabbaaa#aba####a##a###aaabccefadhhb##aaa#####aaaaa#aa#a##aaa#aaa#####.aflkcaaaabaa####################ddcbaaa#################a#aaa#bdddbbcbaaaabaaaaaaa#a####a#baa####a###a###aa#############aaaabccccbcccbbcdcdedefb##a###aa##aa###############a##aa####efddcbcecbccabbaa#aacc###a##aa#aaaabbababbbbccc", "ccdddcbcfhfddcdcbbc#####a#aaa##a########a#a#aaa#####aaa##abaaa##.#######aabbaabbaaaaaaaababbaaa#aaaaa###a#a#a#aaabccdha#diga##aba#####ca##aa####aaaaa#a#######acildaababbaa###########a#######abccbaa#########.#########a###cdedbbdcbbabba#aaa###a####aaaa#aab###a##a#aa######aaa######aabbccccccccccddddeddfca#aa##aaa#aaa#####a####.###aa#a##a#cfeddedacaaabcaa###aacc###########aaaaaabbbbbcc", "ccccddccdeffdcccdccb########aa##########a#aaabaa#####aa##ab#aa###########aaaaaaababaaaaaaaabaabcabba############aaabcffb.afjfa#aba####a#a########a#a########aa#abhjb#aaaba#a##########a#######aabcccbb####.#..###aba#########abddbcecbbcbba#aaa########aaaa#a#a###aaa########aaaaa#####aabccdcddccccccccddedcec###ba#a####a#a##########.######aa#adedcbbaabaaabbaa###aabca##aaa#a##aaaaaaabbbbbc", "cccccdcedcddfebbdcbdb#######################abcbba#######bbaa######.######aaaaaabbabaaaa##aaabababaaaaa########aaaabbcfiea#bgjeaaa######aa#a#############a####a#acgigaaabb##########.##a#######aaa#adcba##########ba#a#a#####a#adfcddbcccbaa#aaa######aaaaaa##aa#aabbab#aa####aaaa#####aaabbccdddcdcbbbbcccddegd##baaaaa#########a################abbcccbbbbabbbba#####abca##aaa####aa#aaabbbbbb", "bbbccddcdcddefdbcdadcaaa#####################aabbbba#a#aabba#aa##########aaaaaabbaaaaaaaaa#a#aaabbbbbaaaa###a#aaaaaaaabfifa##ejgbaaa########a##################acbcfigba#aa###########a#########a#aaabbbba#######.#a#a#######aaaaffddccbccba##aaa##########a######aabaaa#.####aa######aaabbbccdeeefggecdedcdfedcbaacbaaaa##a#a####a############a##aa#accdcbcbbbbbba#####aaca#aaaaaaa###a#aaabaab", "bbbbcccccddddfecbccbdc#a############a###aaaa#aaa#aa##aabcccc###########aa#aaaaaabaaaaaaaaaa#aaa#aaabbbbbbaa###a#aabaaabbbhie#.bfhfbaaaa###aaaaaaaaa#######a####aaabdhifbaa########aabaa###a######aa#####bccaa#####.#####a########afgeddccdcba###aa########a#a#######aa######.##########aabcbcccdffghihgdcddcbacbbeabaaaaaa#a###################a##aaaa#bcddcdcbbbab##a##aaaba#aabcaa####a#aaaaba", "bbbbbbcccccdefedbbcacdc####aa##a#.##a#.##abb######a##aabbccc###########aa#aaaabbbbaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbccbaa##aaabaabba##diic##adhebaaaa#aaa#aa##aa##########aabaaagjjf#a######a#aaaaaaa#a#######aa#a###bdddaa#a###.#a###########adcdddddcba#aaaaa#a###a##a##ba#b###aa####.###aa#####a#abcdcbbcdghihhgdcaaaaaabcfdccaaaaa#aa###################a##a#a##acbcdcbbcba#a#####aaba##abaaaa###aaaaaaa", "aaaaabbbbbcddeedccebaccb###a####a####a#..aba##########aaaaccb.############aaaabbaabbaabbaaaaaaaaaa#baaaccbbaaaa#aaaaaaaa####fjfb###egebaabcb##aaa##############aaa#achkjbaa######aaaaaba#a#aa###a###########abba###################abaceddcbaaaaaaaa#####a#####a####a##a######.###a##abaaccddedeeffdghfaaaaaaaabbdfcabbaaaaa###############.#########a###bccbedcbdaa######a#abaaaba########a#aaa", "#a#aaaabbbbbbcdedcccbabbb##aa######.######ba#############abcc##############aaaaababaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaabbcbbccba#aaaaaaaaaaa#beihb##afgdbbcba#aaaaa######a######aa#abcilheba#####aaaaabaaaaaa#########a####a##a#aaa###############a#aaadedbbaaaaaaaaa##aa##a#######a##aab######.##aaaababceefcddcb#.#gfaaa#aaaaabcfgcaaaaaba########.#####################aabddcbcabaa##a##aaabaaaa######a######", "##a#aaaabbaabbccdcbcbbbacb###a###########.aba#######aa###aacf#######.#######aaaaaabcaaa#acaabbaaaaaaaaabababbbcdcbaabba#abaaaaabfje#a#aehdaaaaaaaaba#####ab#a####aabaabijiebaa##aaaaaabaaaba##aa#####a#a###########a###a###########aaaaaabbbaaaaaabaaa#aaaaa#####a##abaaaaaa########abbabcdgeba##.##.bdaaa#a#aaaacfgcaaaaaa########.a########.#######a#aa###abccbbbaaaa#aa#abbab#abaa####aa#####", "#####aaabbaaaabcbccccbbbcca###a############a#########aa##aaacb###.#.########aaaaaaaaabcbaaabaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaabcaaaaabaaaaabaabaejhbaa#aggcaaaaaaaaa####abb#a###aa##aabhigddbababba#acbabaaa###aa####a#c#a#############a#a########aaaaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaa#aa##a#####aaaaaa###aaa######aabbabege##b#######aa#a##aaaaaceecbaaa############################aaaa##aaacbbbaaa##aaa#aaaaa##aa#####a#####", "####aaaaaaaabbabbdcbcdccbbba#aa####a##a####a######..##aaaaabab###.###########aaaaaaabbbbbbaaaaa#aaaabcbaabaaabbaaaaaaabbaaabbabab#bghcaba#dhfaabaaaaaa#aa###aa##aaaaaaaabeegbccbaaabcbbbaababa######aa#aaaaa##aa#.######aaa#########b#aaaaaabaaaaaaaaaaa#a##aa#aaa#aaabbab##a####ab#aabbbbcfhaaca##############abbabddbbaa####################.###a##a#aaaaa#aabbbbbaaaaaa###aaaaaaaa#######a###", "#####aaaaaabbbbbccdbccdcbcca##########a#####aa##a######a#aaaabc###############aaacaabbabbbbbaaaaaaabccbbaaaaaaababcaa#bbaaaaaaaa#ba#eiebabaafhb#aaa###a#a####aaabbaa#baabbbigcebaaabcbbcdbbbcca#a##a###acbbaa#ab##########aaaa########aababbbaaaaabaaaaa##a###a#aa###aaaca##a#aa.bc#abbdccbdga#####.###########abbbbcdebaa##a##a##########a####.###a#aa###aaa##aabbabbba#a#####aaaaaa########aa#", "#####bbbabbbabbcddddcccbbbcca#a##aa###a#################aaaaabb#a####.########aaaacaaaaaacaaaaabcaaabbcdcbbbcbabbbabbaaaaaaaaa####aa#cijdbababhfa#aa###aa##a##a#aaaaa#aabbbflggfaabacbaabbbaacbba##aa#abccbbaa###aaa#####a#aaaba###a#aaaaabbacbaaaaaaaaaaaa###aaaaaaaaaacaaaa#bbab#abbcccccbdc#################aabdceedebaa#########################b#####aa#####bbbabbaa#a####a#aa##ba########a", "aa##aaabbbbccbbcccddcdccabbdfa####a###########aa######a#a#aacc#######.#########aaabababbaaaabbaaaaaaaabbbbaaaaaaabaabbbaaabaaaaacba#a#beijbaaaaehfa###########aa#abaaaabbbbdhjghffedccaaabaabaabbaaaacbcbcccbaa#aaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaa####aaaabbaadebbaaaaaaaaaaa###aaabaa#a#aaaaabbbbbbbabcdcccefe####.##.#######.##a#aacccccaa#aa#####.###############aaa###.#a###a##bbbbbaa#a########aaaaa##a#####", "###ab#ababbccbcbccdddccccbbbeda##aaa######aa###abaa####a###abdb#a###.######aaa#aaabbbaaaaaa#abbbaa#aaaaabdaabbcbabb#aaaaaaaabaaacbcba####ejdbbbacgjd##aa#aa#####aaabbaabaabbejiiiihhggfbaabbbaabcba#bcdcdddddcaabbbbcbaaaaabaaaaaaa##aaabbbbcdedbcbaaaaabbaa#aa#aabbaaaaaaabccbbbbbcdccddffebb####################aabccccca###########.#########a####aaa####a##aa#abbaaaaaa########aaa####a#####", "#aaaaabbbabbcccccdedccccedccdebabaa#aa###########baa##.##aaa#aca#######.#####aaa#aaabaaaaaabaaaacbaaaaaaabaaaabcbaabaa##aaabaaaaabaaaa###.cjgcbbbadiib##aaaaa####aaabbaaaaabdhlijjiiihfefcbaabbbbbbababdedfddedccbccdccbccdccccbaa#aaaaababcccdddcccbaaabbaaba#aaaabbaabbaccdddcdefffedeeed..################.######abcbdfbab#a###########################a#a#####aaaaaaaa##aaaa######a##.#a####", "###aaaaabcbabccccdcddcccccbbccebaaaa##############a#a####aaa##abb##############aabaaababaaabaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbcbabbaabaaaaaaaaaaaa####.afhdbbaabfihb.#aa###aa###aaba#aaacclljjiijigddecbaabccbabbbdbadcbeffffeffgghhhighgfhgffcaaababdbbbbcfddddcbbbbbccabaaaaaaababddehggfegjiedaaaa#a####a##############.######bcdcddbaaa##a###################a#a#####aa####aaaa#aaa#a########a#######aaa", "aa##aaaabaaabbbdddccdbcddcccccdd##a#aa##aa########a######aaba###ab##############abaaaaacbaaaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaabbaccbaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#########bfgbaabbdije.######aa#abbaaaaaaabellkkkkllkiiigfdcdcbabbcbcdcbcgijkjhhhhijjic#dcbcbddghffeeeihiggfgddedcccbcdcdcbcbcbabadeeffghhhebegdddb#########a#a####################babbbcbbb##a##################aa##a####aa#a###aa#a#aaa##a#######aaaaa##aa#", "a#aaaaabaaaaaabcdcceccefcadgeceebba###a#aaa########a#####aabaa#aabda########a####aaaaaaabbaaaabaaaaaabbaaaabbbbaaaaaabbcbaaaabaaaaaaa#aa######.eiebbbbcfihc#.###abaaa#aa##aaaabellkjlkjklmnnmlkgfccbbdddeefghjijkkllkhd#cfeabcbbcbbdgjjhgecccehieeededccceeedddddefcdffcedbacdec#bbaba#########aaaba#########.#######aaaacccdbbaa####################aa##a####aaaaa#aaaaa#a####aa######aa#aa##aa", "a#aaaabaaaaaaaabcccdddggedbdfccecaaa###aaba#a#######aa#.##aabba#aabc###########aaaaabcbaaaabaabaabbbabaaaaaabbcccaaaabbbbbbaaabaaaaaa#aa#aba###.bigbbbccdilid.##aaaaaa####aabbbcekmljgdfiijikmlmnkgdeefeeegieeddgdcghgdbabcfdebcccceffggfcbbbbbcefgedddcceeefdedcbccefgb####babedcaa##aa#######aabcda##.#############aaaaabcdcdbaa#########a########a###a###aabbbbaa#aa#aaaaa##aa######aaa##aaa#", "##aaaaabbaaaaaaabcdceeffedccfgedcaaa##aaaa###a#a#####aa..##abaaaabbd#########aaaaa#a#bbbbbbaaaaaaabbbbbaaaaaabccbbaaabaabbbbab#aaaaaaaaa#aaaaa###ahibbcdccgjkg####a#aa####aabbcddegkhddgihhghiibdilmljjjjiiihfaaa##aeeedcbbdghfdbbdfedfedccbbbbdbffhfededeefhhfc#####cea#####aaabdfda.a######.##abdfb##########.###a##aaaabadefecb#a##########aaa####a##aa####acbbbaa##aaaaaaaaaaa#####a######a#", "a##aaaaaabaaaaaabacddeddfdccefffd#aaaaabbaa#a#####a#.aaa###aaaa#abbdb########aaaaba#aaaaababbaabbbbbbbbbaaaaaaa#abcbaaababbbbcb#aa#abaaa###########fhdcccdcehihb###aa######a#bccdefggiglkjjhiihba#cglkjhiihgebcaaaaaa#aacdbbdefhfdbbeedbccbbbabdcbgjifefedeggfgfa#aa#a.aa######aaaacffba####.###abdeca######a###########aabbegffgedaaa##########aa####a##aaa#####aaaab#aaa##aaa#aa######a#######", "##aaaaa#aaaaaaaaabbcdddceddeeecdfbaaaaabbbaa#####ab#########aaaaaabbc########aababbaaaaaaaabbbaaaabcbbabbaaabaaaaaaabbbbaaabaabbbcaaaaaaa##########.bhfcccdddefigc#abaa#aaaaaacccdegeiihkihhjhbbaa#.#a##a#..##aaaaaaaaaaaacaabaacefedefbbedcbaccdbcfgiihhfdec.addb#ba###aa######aaaaadgeca#######aceaaa#################aaabdgeeghffb########a######aa####abaa#####a#aaaaaaa#aa###a#.######aaaa#", "a##a####aa#aaaaaaabccbccdedefebbef#baaaaaabaa#####a#aaa####aaa##aaaada########aaabbbaaaaabbaaaaccbbcabbbbaaaabaaaaaaaabbbbabbbbaabcb#a##a#########a##bifdccdddefgjeaaabaaaa##accbbcddfhehijhdb#aaaaa#a####a#abaa#aa##aa#aaaaaabbbaabefigffefdbcccdcbaacbbdhhfeaacbabb##a##########aaaaadhgb#####aabecaa########a###########baegfefgfeca##a#######a##aaaaa#aaaaa####aa#aabbaa#aaa###a#.#####a#aaa", "#aa#####a#a#aaaaaaacccbbccdcdedbcfcaaabbbaaaaa####a###a###abdb####aaeda######a#aa#aabbbabbaaaaacddbaaaaabaaaaaaabcbaabbbaabbbbbbababa####aa###aaa#####dihecccdedeejgaabcbaaaaabcbbbcdeheggeabaaa####aa########aa###aaaaaaaaaaaaaaccbaabdegedddddddccbbbba#abaabcbbaaaa##a##.#.#####a#a#abefb#####abdfaaa#####aaaa#a########aaadfeeffffc#######a######aa#aaaaaaa#aa##aa#aaabaaaaaa#######.###a#aa", "aaaaaa#aaaaaabaaaaabbcbbabbbcceedffdbaabcaaaa##abaa##aa###acefa####abdaa###.####a##aabbbcbcbaaaaabba##aaabaaaabaabbbaabbbaabbbbabbcbba#a##aa###aaa#####bhjgccdddefdhheabbaaababcbbabcdehfcaaaaaaaaa#aaaa#######aa###a##aaaaaabcdaabbbbabbbefedeccddcbbbaababbbcccca#a####aa#############aaceda###aabfebaa####aaaaa##########aaadefedegca########aaa##aaa#aaaaaaa##aaa##aaaaaaa#bcba#########aa##", "#aaa#aaa#aaaababcbbbbccbaaabbbbdgffgbaabbbaaaa#aaa####a##abbgea##aa##bca#########a#a#bcbabbbbaaaaaaaa##aabaababbbaabaabbbbbbbbbaaaabbaa##a#####aaa######adhidddddfhdfigbcba#aaaaaaaacbcfdabaaaaaa#aaaaaaa#######bb#####aaa##aabccaaabdcaaaeeefeddefcbbbbaaaabcbbbcdba#####a####..#######a##abdb#aabcefdaa####a#aaaaa#######aaaaaabacefc#########a###aaaaaa##aaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaa##aaaa###.#####aa#", "#############aabaaaabcbbaaaabbcceeeeeaaabbaa##a###ab#####abddb#####a##cb#######aa#a##aabbbbbbbaaaaabaaa##bbabbbaaabaabbbacbcbbbcbbbbaaa###a######aa##a#baaagkecdeegfeehfcbba##aaaaaaaaccdcbaccbaaaa#aaa##aaa#########a##a###aaabcaaaadeddbbdcdeigfdbcccbaa##cbabcbcdaaa####aaa######.######aa#debaacfdcaa#####aaaabaa########a##aabccdd#############aaaaaaa###aaaaaaaaaaaaaa###aaaaaa#########aa", "#############aabbbcbbccbaaaabbccddeedca#abaaa#aa###a##.##aaaa#######aaaca############aaaaaabaabaaaaaa##a#aaaaabbaaaaabbbabbbcbbccbccbaba##########a##aaabaabejfddddehddhgdbbba##aaaaabbbcccaabaaaaa#a#a##a#aaa###############aabcaaaaaegeddcecacdghfdccbaaa#cbabcbac#######bba#################bcdcbeebaaa###aaaa#aa#a###a####abaabdcdcba#a##a####aa###aaaaa##aaaa#aaaaaaaaaaa#aaa##aa#########a", "aca##########a#aaabdbcccbaaaabbccddeedbaaaaaa#aa#########abca#######a#aca############aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbabaabbbbbabbbcbbbbcabbbba##########aa###aabbbeidbbccehefhhcbbaaa#aaabbaaabbcaaa#abcaaaaaaaaaaaaa#####.########aaabaacbedfdbbbdccccfhebaabaaa##a#acaba######daa###.######a####aa##acfdfdaa####aaaaaaaa###aca#aaaabaabccdeaaa###aa#aaaa##a#aaaaaa#abaaaaaaaabaaa##############.aab", "aa#bb#####.######aaabcccbbaaaabbbcddeebaaaa########.#####abca##########abaa####a#####aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaabcbbaaaaaaaabbbbbbbbbccabbaa#a#########a#####aaaachdbccdefehgiebbbaaaaabaaabccacbaaaacbaaaaaaa#aaaaaa#############a#baaaaceddbaabcbebbefdcaaaaa###ba#baa#####.aba##############a#a##aacfghdcaaaa#abaaaaaa######acbababbbdbaa###aaa#aaaa#a#aa#aa#aa##abaaaaaaabaaaaa##############ba", "a#aa#a#####.###a#aaabbcccbbbaabbbccccge#aa#######.#######abbba#######aaabbaa####bba###aaaaaaaaaaaaa#######aaaaabbbbabaabbaabbbbcbbbcbabbbaaa#a##a##########aaaabeccccddfgefhgaccaa#abbabbbbabbbba#aa#aaaaaaaaaaaaa#######a#####aaaaaabacdccabbbcecaacdfecbbaaaa#aaabaaa#####aa########aaab####a###aabeggbaaaaaaaaaaaaa#a##a###aaaabcccccaa###aaaaaaa#aa#aaaaaaaa#abaaaabaaaaaaa#a###########a#aa", "###aaaa###a######aaaacccbbbbbbbabccccehb#a########..#####abbca#######aaaacaa####cca###aaaaaaaaaaaaa#######aaaabaaaacdbaaabbbbbbbaabbbbcbccaa############a#aaaaabaccbdccegeccffbbaa######.#abaabbbaaaaaaaa#aaa#aaaaaaa#a##########aaaabbcc#abbabaabaddcbceebbba#aaaaaba######a############aba###a##aaaccggbaaaaaaabaaaaabaaaaa#a#bbabbccdb#aa###aa#aa#aaa#a#aaabaaaaab###abbabaaa###a#a########aa", "###aa#a######.######aacccbbbbbabbbccccfheaaaa#############bbcaa#######aaabcaa#####aa####aaaaaabaaaaa#aaa##aaabaaaaaacdcbaabcbbcbbbabbaabbbbca#a######aaa##a##a#aaacabccdeggacge.#aa####a#baaaabbabaaaaababbaaaaaaaaaaaa#########aaaaaaabda#aaabbbacbcdbbcdeca#a#aaaaa#a#aa#aa#############aa#####a#aaabcfgcabaaaaabaaaa#aaa#####babbbcccc##aa#a#aa#aaaa###aa#aaaaaaaaaaa#aabbaaaa###a#a#####abba", "###aa##aa##########a#acbcccbbbbbbbbbcceffebaa#############accbaaa######a#bdcaaa####aa##aaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaa#abbbaaaababcddccbcccccbaabaaabbbbbca####a######aaaaa##a##bbabcbdgefeed########a#a###ab#aabbbaaaaaaaaaaabaaabba#####a#.#a##aaaabca##abbbaccbbdcbcdedb#aaaaabaaa###aaa#########aa#aaaaaaaaaaaaabceecc##aaaaaa#a#aa########abbacccc##aaa#aa##aaaa###aabaaaaabaaaaaaabaaaa####aa#####a#a#a", "b###aaaaa#######.##a##abbdcbaabbbbaabccdegea########a#####abcbba###aa####acccaa######a#####aaaacbbbabbccbbaaccaaaaabbbcccbcbccbbaaaababaaaaabc###a#aa#####a#aa#a#aabdaaacbbafhgbfa.#####aaaaaaaaa#aabaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaaba###a###########baba##aaaabacaabccbccdeeaaaa#aaab####.########.##aabbbaaaaaaaaaaabccaccba##abbaa###a##a###a#aabbccca#aaa#a#abaaaaaaaaacaaaa#aaaabbaaaaa#aaaa#a#######a##a", "baabaa#######aaa#####aabbccbbaaabbaaabccdfeba#######aaa###abcabbaa##aaa####ddbaa######a###aaaaaaaaaabbcbbbbbccaaaaaabbbbbcccccbbbaaaaaaaaaa#abca##a#aaaaaa##aaaaaaabcaaaabaabgicce##.#a##aa#a#aaaaabaccbaabaaaaaaaaabbbaaa#aabb##########aa#aaaaaaaaaaabccccddfebaaaaabbaa################bbbbbbaaaaaaaabbbc##acbbaaaaaa####a#####aabbbcccb###aaaaaabbaaaa#a##aa####aba#bbaaaaaaabaaa#######a##a", "baaaaa#######aa#######aabccbabaabbbaabbbcdgdb#a########a##abdbbaaaa##aaa##abdcbaa#############aaaabbbbbbbbbabccaaaaaaaacbbbcccbccccbbaaaaaaaabbca#aaa#a#aaaaaacbabaa#aaaaaccbbjgabc###bb######abaaabbcccbabbbaaaaaaaaaaaaa##aaaaaa#######aa###aabcbaaaabbbccdeeefebaccbbbbb#.####a####.###abaabbbbbcbaa#aaabca.##acccbaaaa########aaababbcba##abaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaa#baaababa#bbaaaaaaa#######aa", "aa##aaa###############a#abcbabbaaaabaabbbcffcaa##aa##aaaa#abbbbaaaaaaa##a##abdbaa##############aaaaabbaacbabbbcaaaaaaaabbbaaabacbccbbbaaa#aaa#aabb#aaaaaaaaaaabbbbaaaa##aabbbadiabbc.##c#######aaaaaabbccbbabbaaababaaaaaaaaaa##aa#######a#####aabbaaaabcbbbcddcefhgceeaabba##############abbbbbbcbaa###.###aca####aacdba#a#a######aaaabbcbbaa##aaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaa#bababaaaabaaaaaaa#ab", "cb####aa################abcbbbaaaaabbaabbbdgdb##a#aa#aaaaa#abaabaaa#bba####aaddba#######a#########a#abbaaccccccbaaaaabaabccbbabaabcbbbbaaa#aa###acda####aaaabaaabbcbbaaaaa#bcbcebbccd#.aba######aaa#a#acbaaabbbbbaaabbdbbca##ba###abc.#.####.##a#bbaaaaaaccccdecdefghgfccccb#.####.#...###aaaabbabddba###...##bb#####a#bcba##########aaabbccaa###aaaaaaaaaaaaa##a#aa#aaaaaaaa##ababbaabaaaaaaaab", "ec##########a##aa#.#####abbcbbaaa#aa#ababccfffcaaa#aabaaaaaabbaaaaa#aba###aabbfdaa###.#############a#aaabbccbbccaabbaabbbbbbbbabaaabbbbbaaa#a###aacdba##aa#abbacbbcbbbaabaaabbceabccde.#c#aa######aaa#aaa#aaababbabaabbdefecd#aaaaaaec#.#########aaaaaa#aacdcbdbabdfegddffdba##.#.###.###aabbbbabbccbba###.#.##bc#######abbba########aaabbbddcaa##aaa##aaaaaaaaaa#aaa#aaaa#aaaaaababaabbaaaa##ab", "bca######.#####aa#######abbbbac#a##aa##abcdcehfaaaabbbaa#abcbbbaaa#aaba#####acegdaa####.############aaaaabbbbccccbabababcbbbbbaabbcbbabaa##aaa###aacebba###bffcdbcbbcbbcaaaabbbhbabbcee.##aa##aaa#acaabbaaaaaaabccaaaaaabdefge##aaaacea###########a######abdfdabaaaaababaceeb###.#...#.##aaabbbabbbaabaaa###..##bea###a##a#aca#a#a#####aaababb####aaaa##aaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaa#aaaaaababaaaaaaa###ab", ".#a###########.b########aacaaaacaaaaaaa##acdffgbaaabaaa##aaehdbaaaa#aaaa#####acfgbaa#########.########aaaabbabcdecbaabbabbbbbbbaaababaaaa######a##aaddbaaaaab##a##abccccccbbaabfhaababgd.######aa#aaaaaaaaaaaaabacdddbaaaaaaddeda#aa#ba######..##a########abdcaaaaababcabbbcddb#a###..#.##aaabccbbaaaaa#########abed#########cb#a#a####a#aaaaacb###a#aaa##aaaaaaaaaaaabaa#aaaaabaaaababaaa######", "#########aaa###a########abbaaaaaaa#a#aaaaaacdegeaabaaccbaa#acefcaa###aabba###aadfdbbaa####.#############ababaaabcccaaaaabbbbbbbabaaabbbbaaa#####aaaabdeaabbba########aabdedcbabbffaababhd########a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaacedbabaaba#bfggcaaa#########..#.########aabcb#aaaaaabaababccddba#..##.####aaabbaaaaaa##...#####acecb########abba#aa#a#aaaaabbca##aa#aa#aabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaabaaa#aa##", "##########aa###a#####aaaaaaa##aaaacc#a###aabbcefbabbcfcddddbabgfa#a#aaaadbaa##abdedcaaaaaa#############a#aaaabbbbaacbbabbaabbaaababbaabababa##a##aaaaaccbbbb########.###abbacdcccgbabbbcida####aa#a#baaaaaaaa##aaabccaaaaaacbbabggb#a#####aa##..##aa######aabbcbaaaaaaaba#aabbcccca#.########aaaaaaaaa###...#######abdec########abb#aaaaaaaaaaabcbaaa#####aabbbb#aaaaaa#abba#aaaaaabaaaaaaaaabb#", "###########aaaaba###aaaaaa####aaabdebca###aabbcfgfbacdccdeheaadgea###a##dcabaaaabdedcbaa##################aaaaabbbccbaabcbaabbbbabbabbbaaabaa#####aa#abddbcb##a########a##.##accdeedbcccejcbaa####aaaaaa#a#aaaa###aabbbbaa#bdbb#chfa####a########.###########babbaaaaaabaa#aaaaabbcdc#..######aa#aaaaaa###.#..#####a#abdeba#######bbbbaaa#aaaaaabcca#aaaa#aaaabbbaabaaaaaaaba#aa#bbaabbaaaa#####", "######a##a###a#aaaaa#aabaaa##aaacddbbcaa##aaaabdifdadeeddfffaabdddbaaaaabd#aaaaaacfedcaa#################aa###aaaacccbbabbbbaaabbbbbbbbbaaaaa######a#aaacdddaaa#########a######aabbicceedghcbb##aa#aaaaaa#aaa#a####aaabbaa#adffbafgd####aa###################aaaaaaaaaaaaa#ababaaabbbcb#.####aaaa#a#a#a##..########a#aabbcdd#.###a##bbaaaaaaaaabbbbba######aaaacbb#abaaabaa#a#aaaabaabbbabaa####", "######aaaaa####aaaaba#abaaa###a#bddccaaa######abcfgghhhfdfffcacbabdecca#bca#aba##aeffeba##############.########aaaaccbbbabcbbbaaaababbbbbbbaaaa######aaaabeeaa#aaa######a###a#aaaabfgdbbddhhccb###aaaaaabaaa###aa##aaaaaaaa#bffgd#cda##a#a######a#a###########aaaa#aaaaabb#abaaaa#aaaabbca####aa#aaaa####.#############aaabcdc#####a#abba###aaabababc#aaa##aaabcaaaaabaaaaaaacaaaabaabbbbbaaa###", "a######aaaa##a#aabbaaaaacba##a##acccddbaa#a##aaaaacccdefefefdacaaaacgebcdb#a##aacbbegfdba#aba##############aa###aaabcdbccbbabcbbbbbbbaabbabaaa###a###aaaabcdb#baa#a###########aaabddgcdcbbcfidbcb#aaaaabaaa#a#a#abaa###a#aa##dfffeaa#####a#####aa##b.######.###aaaaaaaaaacbacaabaaaa#aaaacccaa####################a########abceca###aa#abaa#aaabaaaacda#aa###aacaaaaaabaaa#aaabaaaacbbbbacaaaaaa", "aa##a###aaaa#a##aaaaabbbbbbba####bbbacbaaaa##aaaaaabccbdedcefaccaaa#accccaa##aaabcddfgefeeffea################aaaaaabbcbcbbcbabbbaabbaacaaaa#a#######a#aaaacfcaaa##a############aacdee#a####eifccc#aaa#ccaa###aaa#ba###a###a#befffd######aaab###aa############aaaaaaaaaabbcbcdbbaa###abbaaabccdca...#######aa#a####a######aaaabcdc######aaaaaaaaaaabbcdbaaa##aababaa##aabaaaaaabaa#abbbbaaba#aaa", "#aaaaa##a#.###a#aaaaaceccbbbab##aaaaaaaaaba#aaaa#aaabccbcdddgfdaaaa######aa##a#aaaeggihgeefeddeca###############aaaaababcbbbbaabaaaaabacbaaa##a#####ba#aaabadgeaa#a##a####a##a##aabbeeaa#####bhibaca##aadbaaaaaca###########aadfddfda###abaabb#aaba#####a######baa#aaaa#abdc#bccbaaaa###ba#aaabdfeec#########aa#aaaa####aa#aaaaabde###a###aaaaba#aaaabbccbaaaaaaaaaa#a#aaabaaabbaaaababbbbaabaaa", "##aa####a#####aaaaabcccbbbcbbaa##aaaaaaaaabb#baa##aaabbcccdefgiecbaaa##aabba###a#affghihfccdddddeca################aaabaaaabaaaaaaaaa#aaaabaa########aaaabaabcgcaaaadda#aa#######aacdde#######aegbbdbaa#adbbaabcaa#aa#########acfeeecaaaaaaaabbaaaba###########aaaaaaaaabddfbaaababaaaaaaa##aba#acefgca###aa#####abb######aaaaaaabcfa##a###aaaabdaaaabbbbdb###aa#aaaaaaaaaabcbbbbbbabaabbbbbbaa#", "####aaaa#a#####aaabccccbaabcbcca##aaababbabbabaaaaaabcccbacddefffdccabccdedaaaabdeeffgggeccddccdcdca#a##############aaacaaaabaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa###aa###aaaaacdgcaaabaaa#######a##abdchaa######.cfcbcb#a.bffcbbbab###aaaa###a###ceedddabcbaaaabbabbaaaa##..#####aa##aaaa#acecbbcbaaaaabaaaa##aba#aecbccdcabaaa##abbaa#a##aaaa##aaaabdd##aa##aaa#aaababbbbbdb#a##aabaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbbbcbbbbcbbaa", "aaabaaaa####aaaacccbbcbbbaaaabdaaaaabcaabcbbbbbaa##abcddcbcdefedffedbdccdeec#aafffdddeffcccbcdcccccccaa#############aaaab##aacaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa###aba#aaababdefaaaaaaa##a###aaaaabccgcaa#######bgcdeca##bhgbabaac##a#aaa##a###befddfdddbddbaacabbbbaa####.#######a#aaaaaacbaabbbaa##ababa##aa##acaaaabbcb#aa#a#aaa##aa#####a#a#aaaabeca#aaaaaaaaabaabbbbbdb#aaa#abaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabcbaababaa", "aaaaaa#aa#####abbbcbbabcccbbaaabbccccdbabccbbbbbaaabbcddcbceeeddeggddfbcdeec###dffedddeddcccedccccbbcdb#################aa#aaabaaaa#baabaaa#aaa######aaaaaaaabbcdfaaaaaaa#a####a#aaaabge##########bhcbccaabdeeaaaa###a###aaaaaabceedefeeedeeccabbabcbbaaaaa##.#.#######aaaabbb#aaaaaaaaaabaa##a##aaa#acbcabca###aa####aa#########a##aaaedb#abaaaaaaabbabababccb#aaaaba#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbbaaa", "aaabaaaaaa###aaabbbbbaaaacbbbbbcccddefdaabbbbccbbbbabbccbcdddddeeeffefcedffedbabeeecddcbcccbdbbbabbbabba#aaaaa##a######aa#a##aaaaa#a##aaaaaaaaa###aa##aa###aaabbdedaaaaab#a####aaaaabbgha#a########becaccdfgddda#aa#aaaabaaa#a#addeecdcdfeeeddcacbbbcbbaaaaaa###########aabacbaaaaabaaba#baba#aa##bbbdbacaabcb##aaaaaaaaaa#########a#aaabddbaaaaababbbbbaaabcccbabaaaabaaaaaaaaaabaaabaaaabbbbaa", "abbabbaaaaaaaaaaaabbabaaaaabbcbbcdedfggccbaaabbbbccccbccddeddccdddcddecddeffddecddccacbaacbbbbaabaabaaaaaaaaaaaaaba####a###ba#ba#aa#####aa#aaaaa############aabbcdebbbaaaa########ababdhf#a#########afecfffebceaa###aaa#aaaaa##abeeddddeegffdcfdbbabcccbaaaaba###########aaaabaaaabbaaabbbaabbaaaaacdcaacaaaabca##aaa#aa#aa#aa#######aaaaacee#bbaababbbbbbbbbccdcaaaabbaaaabbbaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaab", "babbaaabaaa#aaa#aaaaaaaaaaaabbbbcdbadccdbbbaabbbbbcbbccdeeedeabcccccccccdeedfddcccdbcbaaaaaaabbbaaaaaaaaaccaaa#aa##aaaabbaab#a####aa####aa##aaa###############abcdedbcba#####aaaa#aabbdhie.#####a#####fgffececeda###aaa#aaaaaa#cddecddcddefeegefeccbccccbaa##aaa#.#####.##aaaabaa#aaaaa#aab#bcccbbccbbaab#aaaabcbbaa#aaaa#a#a######aaa##aaabdfdbbbbabbbbbbbbbbccccaaaaaaaaaaabbbbbaaaaaaaaaaba#b", "bbaaabbaaaaaaaaaaabaabbbaaaabbabcedcbbabccaaaaabbbaabbceffcccbbcbbbbbbbbddcdddbbbabbbbaa####aaabaaaaa##aacfeaa######a##aaabbbaaa##aa#a#####bcca#a##aab##aaa#aaaacccgdbbb#######aaaaabbbdhhb###########aeifddbbceda#aaa##aaabaabefffcdddccdeeeedeffefeddccbaa##aaa###.###..aa##aba##aaa#aaabaaabccddcccaabaababaabcca###aa#aaaaa####aa#####aaacffbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcdcaaaabbaaaaaabbaacbaaaaaabbbab", "babbbabbaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaaaaabbbceddcbaaabbbbbaaaaaaabcdffdcabbccbbaaaabbbbbbbbaaaaaabaaa#a##aaaaaaa####aadd######a########abbaaaa##a#####a#aa########aaaaaa#aabbbbdgcaaa###aa##aaaaabadfgb######aa###aadidcdbaceca#aaaaaa#abcdeeeccdeddccddeadeefffffffecbaba#######.###.##aa#abaaaaaaaaabcaaabaabcbd#abaabbbbaaabdba#a#a##a###aaaa#########aacefdbbbbbbbbbbbbcbcccaaaabaaabbaabaaccaaabbaabbaa", "baababbbbabaaaa#a##aaabbbaaaaabccehdbaaaaaaabbaaaa##aabdgieccccbcbaaaaabaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaabaaaaa###a###aaa################aaaaaacba######a#a##########aaaa#abbbbbcdhb##a####aaaaaaaacbfe.##aaaaa#####aadhcbbaaefbdb##aaccddfgedbddccccbbcdedceceggfeefefdcbaaaa#####.###.###aaaaaaaaa##aba#aaaaababdb#aa#aaabaa###bcbaa#######aa#############abdffcabbbabbcbbcbcbcdcbbaaabbbbbbbaacabaaaaaaaaa", "bbbbabbbbbbbaaaaabdcabdcaaaaaabbcdffcbaabaaabbbaaaaa##bcgjfbbbcdddcbbbbbbbbbaaabaabbbaaaaaaaaaaaba#########a#a###############aaaaaabaa#######a######aa#a##aaaabcbabbcceda#aaaaaaaaaaabbbec.a#aaaaaaa####aadhcabbbeecbaaadefggfeddcddcccccbccdccdddeghggeeeddcbaaaaa############abbaabaa#aaaaaaaaba#ba#aaaa#abaaaaa##aabbb###aa#a#a##a##########abbcffdcabbcbbbcccbbccccbaaaaaabbbbaabbabaaaaabba", "bbbbbbbbbbbbbbaaabfdcccbcbaaaaacdceebaa####aaabbbbaa##bdghfcbaaacdddccccccccccbbababbbaaaaaaabbbaa#a##aa#a#b##a#aa###a#######abaa###aaaa##a################aaaaabbbcbbcffaaa#cbaaaaaaaacec.#####aadea##a#aabgdababdfda#adfggeddccccbbbaccbbcbcddddgghigffffbabbaaaa##########ab#aaaaaaaaaaaaa####aaaabaaaaaaaaaa####a##aaca##a######a#########acbbbbcdefdabbaabccbbbbccccbcbaaabbbaaaababaaaabcc", "bcbbbbbbbbbcbbbbbcecccbaccedaaabddcaaa#######aabcbbbaabdfhfdcaa###acdcabdfeeedcccccbbcbbaaaaaaacbaa###aaaa#aaa#####a#aa##aa###ba###aaaaaaaba############aa#aaaaaaaaaabbbfgaa#adbaaa#aaaaehaa###aa#adea#a#aaabgbabacefdb#dfffedccbbaaaaaaccbbcdecdggihihhfdffcbbaaaa###aa###..#aa####baaabaaaaaa#####aaaaaaaa#aba#a###abaa#cbaa##.##aa####aa##aa#baaaacccefdbbabbcccbbbdccdbaabbbbbbbaaabbaaaaabc", "cabaabbbbbbcbcccccddb##abaccbabbdbcaa#a##a####aabdcdbbcdddghcbaaa####bcacigggecbbbcbcbbabcaaaaaabaaa#a##abb#########a##aaaaaaaaaa###aaaaaaa########aa##aaaa#####aaaaa#acegfaaa#aac##aaaachfc###aa###aabb###a#bbabccddefdceffedbcaaaaa#aaabbbbcdegihhhhgggdcffecabaaaa##a##.###abca#aaa##aaaaaaaa######a###b###baa####aaaaaaaaabca###############aaaabbbbbbdfebbabcccbcdcbbdcbbaababbabaabaaaabbb", "febaaaabbbbcdcccccb#####abbabbcccbbaaa####aa#a#abdeccbddeeehgcaa#a#aa#addhifdddbbccbcccbbbbaaaaaababaaa#aaba####a##a#a##aaaa#aaaaa#a##baaaaaaa#####b###aaaaaa##a##aaaabcefihefc##aaaaaabbdha####aaaa#ab######aaaabbccdefegffdcccaa#a##aaaaaabbehhhhffffcddbdcdbbba#ac######..###bb###a#abaaaaaabba#####aaa######a#aa#####a#####bbca###########a##aaabbbaaaabdfdbaccbccbcbbccdcbbbbaaaabaaaaaaabb", "dedbbbbbbccbcdccddb#####bbbaacccacbaaaa###aaaaaaacfdcbcdegghigbaa#aaaaaadfhgedcccccbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbaaaaaabbba########aa#aaaa#abaaa####aaaaaa############aaaaaaa###aaaabcfghgihfbcb#abaaabbge####aaaaab######a#aaaaaaccdeeddfdbcbaaa##a##aabaafhgggfedccccdccbaaabaaaaaa#########a#####a##aabaabcaa#aaa#a#####.####a###########a#aaaba##a####a#aba#aaaabbaaaaabdeecccbbcbbccccdcbabaaabbbaaaabbba", "bccdcbbbcccccbcdfda#####acbabcbaabaaa#a###aa#aabbbefedcdffiihhcaaaaaaaabacfffefedcbbbbbaaaabbbbbbbbcaaaaaabaaa####a###a##aaaaaaaaba#####aabaa###########a#a####a###baabccghfhiieaa##aaaaabdga##a#a#aaaa######aabbaaabbbcddegdcbbaa##aaaaaaabbfedfddecbbbbbbaabbabbaaaaaaaaaa####aa####a#a#aaaabcbaaaaaaaa##############.######a#a#aabbba#a####a#aaaabaaabaaabbabcfedcbbbcbccccccbabbabaaaaabbccb", "bbccccbbcccccdddeca####aabbccca##aaaa##a#####abbbbeeffeeccfjjifbaabaaabbbcdecdeffdbcbbbaabbbccccbbdcbaaaaa###########a#a#aaaaaba#a######aaabcaaabaa###aa#aaa######acedbcdfihfhifba####aaaadhc###aaa###########a#bbaaabbccccfecaaacca##aaaaaccffdfccedbbab#a#aaaabbaaabababaa###########aaa###bbaa#aaa#abaa##########.########aa####a#aabba#a###a###aaaaabaabaaabbbcdfedbcccbcccccabbbbbbabbbbbbc", "bcdcbbcccccddddddba####abbbbdca#a###a###aa####aaabcededcbbgiijjhcabbaaaaaccddddcceedddddddeeefedbbcbcccbbbbaaa#a###aaaaa###aaaacaaa##a###a##acca############acaaaaa#abbccdghccggfcaba#aaaacggdaaa###############abbbaabbdeefedbaaaadda##aabbchedeefedbaaab#####aabbaabacbabaaaa########aa#a###aa####aaabba##a##.#############a#a####aaa##abdba#########aabbaabbabbaabdeddcbbbcccccbbbbaabbbccbba", "bbddccbccdccdcebcbb#####abccbcd######aa##a######abcddcdddeggiihhhdaaaabcccceedccbbcbbccbccdeeeggfeddccdeccbbaaaaaaa#a##aaa###aaaba#a##aa######a#####a######aaaaaaabaaababcehb#adcbdbba#aaabdceaa#################abbbbbacgeeecca###bedcaa#adfhccdffbbbba###a####aaaaabbbbaaaba###aaaa##########aa#.##aaaaa#aa#b######a#######aaaa##aaaa###abcdb######a#aabcbaabaabbaaabcdedbbbcddcbbbbcabbbccbbb", "bcdfdddcccdddcecbb####a#aabccabaa#####aaaaa#####abbccdedeedcijfggfabaabbbbccddccbbbabaaaaaaaaabbbgihihffedccbbbbbbbba#a#aa####aaaaaaa##aa#######a###aaaa########abaabbbbaccega#cdaaabaaaaabbfea#a#################abbbbbaeedddcbaaabacceccefihdccedcbaa##########aaaaaaabbbaaaa#####aaa##a############aa####aaaa######a#####aa##a##aaa###aaa#a#abc#aa###aabcaaaabbbbbbbbbbcddcbccddcbbbbabcccdcc", "ccbcffhfdddddccadbaa#####aabbaaba##########a##aaabbaacdddfeehjifgha#aabcbacddccbbbbbabbaaa#aabcccefgdddeffeecdedbbbbcba###aa####a##aaaaa##a###aa###aba#aa######a#aaabbba#abbfcbcccccbaaa#abbfjg#aa###########aaabbaaabbcbdedcdbbaaabbbcceghhiiedcedbbaa######a###aaaa#abaaaaaaaa##aaa##a##############aa####aaaaa#####ab#####aa##a###aa#aa#a#####aaaa##aaaaabbbbabbbbbbbbbbbbdddccddccbcbbbcccdd", "eecbdggfdddedcacda####a###abbaaca######aa##aaa#aabcababcdeeedgigdfgbbcbbbbbcccbbbbbaaaaaaaaaccddddefdecccbbcbbddcbccddedcaaa#a#aa##########a########adbaa#########aabbbcbcabbdcdcbbbcbaa##abbfiaaa##############baaabbbbccedcccbaa#abbbbbefgihfdcccbaaaa###a######aaba#abaaaaaabaa#aaaaaa######...#a#.#####aa#aaaa########a##aaa###a###aa#aa#aaaa#aabbabaaaaabcbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccdeddcccbdccccdde", "eedfhhfcba#abb##a#####a#aabcaaccbc#####a#aa#aa###ccbbbabcdfffhgifehfebbbabbcccbbbbbbbbaaaa#ccdcddfghfeccccbbbbabcddegcbccdcaaaaaa###a###a######a#a##accba#########aaaabbccbbcbcehb###cbba##bdehe###############aa##aabbbccdcbccba##aacccbcceffedcbbaaa#####a######aaba##aaaa#ababcbbbbcbaa########.#.##a####a####aa######aaa###aa####a###a##a#aaa####aaadbbaaacccbbbbbbccbcbcccbcceeeeededcdbccd", "dgghigdb##a#a########baaa#abbcbdbbb#####aa#aaaaaaabaababcdegiihdggffdcbaabbbbabbbbbabaaaaa#ccdccdegedccbbbbbbcbbbbaadbabaacdb###aa###############aaaab#aa##a#######aaaaababbbabbfieaaaa#aaa#chke.#########..#aaaaaaaaababbccbbcbaa#aabbcbabcdeedcba###a#####a#a##.###baabbaaaaaaaabbaaba#########....#.#######ab#a#######a######a#########a##aabba###aaabbbbbbacdcbbbbcbcccccbdddeededegeddddcdc", "dhghhfa##a######a######aabaacccedaaa#######aaaaaaaababbbccdghgfedgfgcabaaaaaaabababaabaaaaabdcceeeecdbbbababbbbccbbbbbabdbabcba#a############aa##aaaaab#aa###########aababcbbaabeggh######aaagj##############aa#####abbaabbbbbabbbabcabbaaaabcddccba#######.###########ccaaa###aa##aaaa###a###..##....#.aa##a############aaa#####a#####a###aaa#aaaa#aaacaabbbbbbeccccbbccddccdegghhgfeegd#bddccc", "ffhhhe###########a#####b#bcadddcbaaaa#####abcca#aaaaaaaaabdhihgddfgfgcaaaaaaabbbabbbaabaaaabedcefecbbbbbbabbbaaabbacdca#aaa#bbdb#aaa#########aa####aa#a###a#####.###aaaaadbbaabaddcggbaaaa#bbdia#a##########aaa###aaabaaaabbbbbbaacefebaa#aaaabcccbaaaa###########.#.##ad#####.##aaa#aa#aa#####...#...###ab#ba######a###a##ab#####a###aaa##aa#aaaaaaaabbbbbbbbbbceddeeccbccccddfhijjhggghb#bba##", "#afhgcaa###########a#a##aabcddca###aa######abbbabaaaaabaaaeiiihgbbgeddaaaaaaaaabbaabbbaaaaabdcccddddccabbbbacaaaaabbbaaabaa##acdd###a######..a#a#####a#aa##a########a##aaecb#abbbcccfgaaaaaaaeia#a#a##############aabbaaaababbababdgeca####aaaaabcbbba#####a####.#######da##############aaaa#######.##.#.#ba########.#a#aa##abba##aa#aa#aa###aaaaaaaaaabbbbbcbccccefgeeccbccbbbbdfiihgggeb#aaaa#", "##bhgd###############ab#ababcdd###aaaa####aaaaaaaaababaaaadhhigebabfddcaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaabcbbbcbbcecbbbabbbaaaabbaaaaaba###abadea#########.#a##########aa#a###a###a####aabbabbaadccghbbbaaabfi#a##a###aa####a##a#aaabaaaaaaaabbacfdba##a#aaa#aaaabbb######a######.##a#######aa#a##a#a####aa#####a#.#a####aa#########aaaaa##aaa###aa#aaaaa#aaaaabaaaabcbbbbccccceeceeeefedddcbbceeffhgfebaa####", "##.dhdb#########ab###bdababaddc######a###.#a######aabacaaaadghfdbbabecdba###aaa#aaaaccabaaacababbbbbbbcbcbbcbaaaaababaaaba####abbcfbaa#aaa###.###ab#####aaaa##a######aa#ba#aabbbabdcabefbcaababhe#a##aa##aa###a#####aabba#aaaaabbbefcba###aaaa#aaaaaaaa#########a#.##############aa#bb#aaa##a####.###########aaaaa#######aaaa###a####a##aabaabaaaaaaaaaabbbcccddebbbbdedefdcccccbceeghgfdaaba#aa", "aa#aeea##########c####ba###aca#####aba#############abcabaa#acdefccbacdbdc##aaaaa###aabdbaaabbcccbbbbbbbccbabcabaabbabbaaaaa###addbcdba#a################a####aaaa#aaaaaaaa#aaacbabdcbbbehca#abbeh#aa######aa######aa#aacfbaaaaaabbdgdbaa###aaaa#aaaa########.###aa#a.###########aaa#bbaaaaaa####a#.##.#######aba#####a#############a#aaaaabbba#bbbbaaaaabbcddddddbaabcedccbaadfdcceeggdbaaaaaaa#", "aa##ada#a########aaaa###a###a######abaa#########aa#abbbaaaabbcddeeebcdbabb#aaaaaa####aaaabcccbccbaabbbabccbaaaaaaaabbaaaaaaa##aabcccfeb##############a####ab#aaa##aaabbaacababaaaabcdbccffc##abeh.##aa###a#########aaaaacbabaaaccddfgdbaaa##aaaaaaa#######.##.#######.#########aaabaab########a#a##.#########aaa#####aa##a#aa###bdaaba#aa#aabaaaabbbabbbbcddefecbcbaabbdcbaabcecccefgcaaaaaaaaa#", "aaa#aaaa#aaaaa#####aaaaaa###########a#####a##ab#a##aacabaaabcccbdhedfdbbabc#aaaaaaaba##aaaeheaaaaaaabbbacddbbaaabbbaaaaaaabc#aa#a###cfgb#a#########aa###aaaccaaaaaaaacbabcdaacbaaabcddcccgfcaabeg.#a#aa#a###aaaa####aaaaabaaaaaaceefhfdbaa###aaaaaa########.####.###.####.####aa#abcbaaa####aaa#############aaaaaaaa#aaaa#ba#babffb#acb#aaaabaaabbccabbcccfgdaa##bcbbaaacbcbacebbbcddbbaaa#a####", "accccedaa#aa#aaa##a#aabda#################a#a#a##aaaabbbabbcccdcccfcfecbaaceca#aacdbcccba#ahgabaaaaababbbccccbaabbbbbbbaaabcb###aca#aabcc##a##########a###a#abaaa#aaabbddddbbbcbaaaaabcdddhecccg######ba#a##.#a###aaceca#cbaaaaacdefhgfcaaa#aaaabba#########..#####...#.#######aaabccbaaa####aa########.####abb##aa#aaa#a#ba#abbefba##bbbaaaaaabbccc#ccddeffcaaaa#baaaaabebbbbcbbbbcbbbbbaa##a##", "#abeeebaaa###aa###aa###aaa###################aa###a#aabbbbcddddccefegfcca#adhbaacccaaabcbcdecaaa##aaacabdabdcbaabbabbaaababbcb#aabb#aa##dea##aa#######aaa##a##aabaaaacacdfebbbbbbabccccfeddfgfed...#a##aa###########acdbabbb#aa#acddegfecbaaaaaaabaa#########...#####.#########a#abbbabba##aa#####.##....#####a##aaaaaaaa#baaaceeebaaaaeedbbbabbbccb#cedddcccbaaaaaaabaa#bebbbbbbbbbbbbbaaaa####", "##aadba#aa##a#######abbda################a#######aaaa#ababccdeeddffhhgccbaabefdbbaaa#aabcbbabca#aaaababbbbcccbaaacaabaaabaaaabbaaaab#aaaaefaaaaaaa#.###a#a#a######bbbaabccabbdcbabbcbcdbbaaaefeiiffa####a#######a##aaaaabbcba#baabdddefffdcaaaaaaaaaa##########...##############aabbbbbdabaaa###.....########aaaaaaaaaaaaabcccbdfebaaaaaacfdccbcddc##baabcbabaaaaaaaaabaaaedbcbcccccbbccbaaaaaaa", "a##aba#a####.######a##bgb#######a########aa#######aaa##aabbcceedddeghiebaaabccebaaaaaaaabaabaaabbaaabbaaabbbbbaaabbaaaaaaaaabbccbbcba#####cfebbabbbacaaaaaa#aaaa###acbbbbbbbbcbaabbbccbaaab#.aceffdfghfa#a####aa#aa##acbacbbbaaaaabcedcddedbaaabaaaaaa#######..#.################aabccccdbbb####.#..#..#.#..########aa#aaa#aaabdddbcababbbdeddedeeb####aaaaaa#ba#aababcbbbaeccbcbcbcbbbbaaaa###a", "ba#a#####a#############cb#########aa##a###a####ab#aabaaaabbbbedcdccehihcbbbbbbccaaa#a#aaaaabbaaaabbbcbbaaabbbccaaabbaaaaaaaaaabbbbacda####aaedbaaabddba#aaab###aa####aaddcceebabbbcbcdca#aaba#aaabaabfmka##aabaaaaaa#abbabbbbaaa#acccdddccedbbbbaaaaaaaa##a####.#.###############aabddcbbcaaa####.#......aa###aa####aaaa#aa##aacccccbbbabbcdedddea####a##aa#a#bccbccbcbbaaaadddccbbbbbbaa#aa####", "ab##aaaa######a##########aa###b##aaaaa##a#a#####ababbbaababbbccccdcdgjifbbabbcccca#aaaaaaaaacaaaaabcccbaaa#bbbcaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaccbaabbaa#a#a#bcbbaa##a###aaba######aaaaaaddfhgccddddacacaaaaa#aaaaaaabhnk.aabbb##aa####aa#acaabb#aabccddeecccbbbabaa##aa###aa#######.######a###aaaabdddcdedda#########...#####aaaaaaaaa##a###aabcbbccbbbbcddeeefc##a####aaaaaacdccbbaababaaabccdccccbbbbaa#a####", "#####a#aaaaa###aaa######ba###aa#bba#aa#abca##bb#abaabbbbbbaabbbbdccceihgecbcdccbcd#ababa##aaabaaaaaabccbaabbddbbaa#aaaaaaaaaaaaaccbaaa#a######aabdcb##aaa##a#a#####aaaa##aabffebccddcb#aa#######aaaaaadlnd#aabbabaaaaa##aaaa####aaaabccdeedbb#aa##a###############.##..#.#####aaaaabccdeecdaa#####.########.###aaa#aa###aaaa#aaabcbccccbbccddeef##aaaaa####aaaccbaabaaaaaaaaba#bcddcbbbbbb#aaa#a", "abaa###aaaaa##a#a##a#############a#a#ababda#aaaaaaaabbaabbbbcbbbddbddgifhedbcccbbcc##aabbaa#aaaaaaabaabbbccccdebaa##aa#aaaaaaaaaabedaaaa##########becaaaaa#a#########aaa##abceffdccb##aa########a#abbabilk#a#a######ab#aa#aa#####aaabbcddedbaa#a######a#####################a#aaaaaabdddfgfc##########...a#a###aaa#a#aa##a###aaaabbbbbcbbbcceghfaaaaaaaabbabccbbbaaaaaaaa#abba#aacedcccbaaaaa#aa", "bbaa##aa#aaaa#aaaaaaaaa#aaa##########abaaaa#baaaaabbbbbabbbbccccddbddggghhfdbbcaabbbbbaabbaaaa#aaabbaaabbb#bbbaaa#####a#aaaaaaaaaabb##aa##########aabdcbabaaaa####aa###aa#abbcdhhcaba#baaa#######aaaaabhlmc#a#####aaaaa#a##abba#aabaaabcdgfbb################################aabbaabbccdhigca#########.########aaa########aa#a##aaabbbbccbccdgfha#caaa.##fedbbcbaaaaaaaaa#aaa###aaadecccbbaaaaaa", "#aa###aaa#a#aaabbbbbcbaa##a#######aaabaababaa#aaaaabbbbbaaababccdecdfhhiihgfdbccbbcbabaaaaaadca##abbaaaaaaa#bb##aaa####aa#aaa#aaaabbda.##########aaaabddcbbaa#a##aa#aaa##aaabbdecca#a#aa#a########aaaaaeili##a######abaa###aaaaaacfeaabddcdbaa##############################aaabbbbbbcdfgjieba####.#####aa#aa############aaaaa###aaabcbbcbbcefggcbbfeedbedbcbabbaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaa#cdcddcbbaaaa", "aa#a###aa#a##a#aaaabbccaa#aaa########bacbaaaaaaaaaaaabcbbbbbbcedcdccfhfhkhggfdbbccbbabaabaabdda###aaa#aaaaaaacb#########aaaaaa#aaaabec##########aaaaaaabddcbaaaaaaaaaaaa##aabacbaaaba#####a##a######aaabgklbaaa#####aaaaaaaaaaabbbfdaacddeddcbaaa#########aaab##########a##aaaabbcbbbbeffhjifdcb#####.##acbb#aaaa###########aaaa#aaacbcbbcbcegfaccgghgffdcbbaabbbaaa#aaaaaaaaaba#aaaabeecccbaaaa", "aaaa########aaaabbabbbbcbbbaaaa#####.##aaaaaaaaaaaaabbbbaaaaadedcdccegijkifddebccbbccaabaaa##aa######aaaaaaba#aa#########aaaaaaaaa#bccda#######aaaaabbaaabddcba#aaaaaaaaaaaaabcdaaaaa##abaaa#a#a#a##aaaafhlg.aa#a#a###ba##b#acaabcdfaaaccdccedba##########adcbca#########a#aaabbcddccbdefggiigecb########aaaa#abba###########aaaaaa#bdbccbccef#abdeddeeddccba#bbbbbaaaaaaaaaaabcaaaaaa#eedccbbba", "aa#aaaaa###aaaaaaaaabbbbbbbbaaaa#######aabaaaaaaaaaabbaaaaabbbfeccccdfiljigcdeccccbccbccbbaaaa#######a#aa##aaa#####..#..#aaabaaaaaaabacb######aaaaaaabbaaaacddcbaaa##cbabaaaaabcbaaaaa###a##a####a##aababchl#.###a#####aaaaaa#aabbdeaaacbbbbdfdccbabb####a#ddbbbba##########abbbccdcccddefghhfcaaa######aab#abaaddaa########ab###aaaacccccdefd#dbgebcccdcaabbbaaaaaaababbbaaabacaaaaaba#eeddcbba", "aa#aaaaba#a#a##aaababbccbabbbbba########aa#a#aaaaaaaababbaaaaadcccaddfhkjigdcdecccbbcdcecbaaaa######aca####aa#####a#####.#aaaaa#aabababb######aaaaaabbabaaaaabcdcbaaaaaaaaaabbbcaaaa#a####aa####a#aaaaaababjh.####a#####aaa##aaaabdabaaaabbabdeeeddddcb#.##debaaabaaaba####aaabbccdcccddeffgfgcaa##aa###aaaaaccaddca########a#a###aaaccbbceffbaacgeaabbbbabaaaaaaaaaaabaaaabbcaaabaaaabbbccdedcb", "ba#a#aaaaa####aaaaaaaaaaccbcbbaa#######aaaa###aa##aaaaaaaabbbabbcbbefffhjihfcbfcbcbbbcfhgcaaa#####a#deaa##aaaa###############a##a###aaaaa###aaaabbaaaababbbbbbbbedcbaa#abbbbbcccaa##a######aa##aaa##abaa#aabja##.#######a#a###aaabecaaaaaaacccbcaaaabbdddefedcbaa###aaaa#aaaabbbcccccccddfggghdba####aababababcbbddba###a###a#aaa##aabbcccegfbaabcaaaaaaabbaaaaabbaabaacaabbbabbadbaaaaabba#aefc", "ba#a#aa#######aaaaaaabaabbebdbbb######aa####a###a####aaaabbaabcabcccddffjhfdbaefcdbbbbdjkjebaa#####bccb##baba#####aa######a###a#a####aaaaa##a##aabaaaaaaabbbbbbabefdbbcbbbcbbbcbaa####aa#######aaaaadaaaaabbdg###a#a####a#aa#aabccccaaaaaabcdbccaaaaabbdeeedcdcba###aa#aabaaabbbcbcccddddeffffdbaa####abccbb#bbccdbccaa###a#aaaa#a#aabbdcdfgdaaaccaaaaaa#aaaaababbaaabbbbbabbbbbcbcbaaaabaa###be", "fcb#############aa#aaaaaaadegdacbaa###aa####aaa#a####aaaabbaaabaabddccehieabaabecccbbbbbikkgca####acbb###baba#####aa####aaaaaaaa######aa###aaaaaaabaaaaaaaacbbbbbbeffedccbcddddbaaa##aaaa###a##aaa#adba#aaabbie.#.#aa##aaaaaaacecaaaba###a##aabdb#a#aaccccccccbbba###aaa###aaabbbbcccdddedegcddcbbaaaabbabbabbaabbaaddbaa#####aa##aaabbddefgcabagbaaaaaaaaaaaabbaaacabaaaaabbbbabbaaaaaaaaaaaa#a", "bdeba#########aaaaa###aaaaacfebbbbaa###aa#####aa########aaababaacbdeccehhbaaaaaddcbbbbbcgijhea####acb########a##aa#a##a#aaaaabaaaa####aaab###aaaaaaaaaababbccbbbbacbedffedcdeeaaaab#aaa#aa##a##aa#a###aa#aabackc.#.##aaaaaabdefb#a#aaaaa#a####abc####abcbbeecbbaaabb#aaaaaaaabbbbcbcdededdefdcaccbca##aaaa###aaaaabaaeccaaa###aaa#aaabcccdffbbacfc#a#a#aaaaaaabbaaaaeabcbbabbbbcbbabb#aaaaaaa#aa", "##aba######aaaaaaaa##a#aaa#fdaabbccb###################a#aaaabbabccccdehibabbbbcfdcbbbabgihc#a####abbaa##a###aa##a#aaaa##aaa##aaaaba###daaa###abcaaabaaabbbbbccbcbcdcdddggfedbcbaaaaa##a#####aaaa#aa#####abbbbdjb.a##aaaaabeecabba##aabda######aa####aaabbdcdcbaa#bcbbaaaaaaaabbbcccddedefffdcbccbab####a#####a#aaabaabeeba######aaacbcddegebbacccba##a#aaaaaaaaaaaaccbbbbbabaaa#aaabbaaaaaaaaaa", "aa##baa####aaabaaaaa#####aacaababbccbaa##################aaaaaaaabbccbegifaaaabbcecbbbbaadgb#####aeeabc#.######aa##aaaaa#aaaaa###abaa##edaaaa##aabbaaaabbbbbbbccbbdccccdddehhdabbaaaaaa##a###aaaabb######cebcbcgj#aa##abdfggcbbbaaaabdfea####aaaaa##aa###aaa#aaaa#aaabbaaaaaaaabbccddeeddeffeeeefcabaa#aa#####aa#aabbbacccbaaaaaaaabcccdegfbbbceaacb#####aaaaaaaaaaaacccabaaaaa#a#abbccaabbaaaa#", "#aaa#daaaaaaaabbbaaaa####abbaabaabcbbbbb##aa################aaaaabbbddehecacbaaaabecbbbbabaa#####adcca#########a#a##daaaaacaaaaaa###aa#aca#aa##aaaabbbaabccbbbbcddaccdeddecfhgcabaaa#ab#a####a####aaa#aaaabbbcbcijdchihgighedbcbbcdfdabbbbccaaaaaa###caa#aaaa#a#a##aaaaaaaaaaaaabcccdddddeeedeeeffbaaaaaa##aa###aaabbbabcdeabaaaabbbbcdegibabbfaabca####a#acca#aaaaaaababbbaaaa##aaababbaaabaaaa", "#####adcbbbaabbbaaaa#a#a#####aaaabbaaabcbaa#################aa#aaaaabddgeadbcaaaaabccbbbbba#####a#a##aaaaa###aa#aa#bccaabaac#aaa#####a#..#####aaaaaabcbaaabbbbcdccdcddedceefgfccbaaaaaa#aa###aa##accaaaaaaaabbbbdjkfdfgjjhgfeeeeeedcaabaabaaaaa#####ab#a#aaaa###a####aaaaaaaaaaabbccddccccdccdeeegfbcbcaaa#aaba#aaabdcbbbababbbaabbcccdghg#aadbaabbaa###a##acdaaa#a#aa#baaaaaaaaa#a#aaaccbaabaaa", "a##a#aaedbbcbabaaaa##a##aa####aaaababbaabacaaa###a#######a####aaaaaaaccehbbbbcbaaaaacdbbbcb#a#a#a#.####aaa##a#aaaaaaabaaaaab##aaaaaaaa#####aaa##aa##abbaaabbbccbccbcdcdcddeffcaabaaaabba#aa####a##bcbaaaabababbbbejib#abccdcbbccba##a##aaaa##a######a##aaaaa#a###a#####aaaaaaaaabbccccccccccccdeegfcdabbaaaaaaa#aaaabccbbbaccbabbbcddefedea#cd##a#aaab#aaa##bcb###aaa##abaaaa#####aaaaabbcbaabbb", "aa##aa#bhgccbbccbbaaaaa########aaaaabcbaaaabbaaaa###aa#####a#a#aaaabbbbcega##acbabababecccdabaa##########aaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaa####aaaaaaaa##.##abaaa#aaaaabbbbbbbbcdbbccddcdcegeaaaab#aaaaaaaaa####aabbabbcbbbcaaabbcegiaaaaaa##abbcbca##.###aaaaa####aaa##abbaa#aaaaa####aaaabbaaabbbbccccbcccdddedfddcaaaaaaaaaaaaabbccdbbbcecbbccdefged#a###fa######aaaaaaaabaa#######aab#aaaa#aa#aaaaaabcccabaa", "aa##aadafhhfeccbbbaa#aaa##a####a#aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabaaaabaa#aa###aaaaaabbcfd#a#acbaaaaabeecdcc#############abbaaaaaaaababbba###aaaaaaa#a#####aa#aaaaaa#aaaabbbabcccehgeecdegebaaaaaaaaa#aaa#aa###aaaaababccbbaa#aabceggaaaaaa#aaaabcb####a###aaba######a#a#####aaaaba#####aabbaaaabcbbbbcbbacceeddeebabdbabbaaaaaababcdccdccdcbbccefecb#####cc#########aaaaaaaaaa##ba#aaaaabbbbaaa#aaaaaabcccdgdb", "##aaacdggggghgdbbbbbaaaaa#aa###a###aa##aaaaaaaaaaaaabcbbaaaaaa#aaaaaaabbbdfd#aaacdaaaaaadgefc#######a#a###abb##a#aaabaaaaaa#######aaa#a########aaaaa##aabbbbbbbbccefhfeeegfbbba#aaaaaaaaaaaa####aa##abbcdacbaa##aabcehfaaaa###aaababa##.##a#aaaca#a#aaaaaa#aaaa#aabcc#####aaaabbbbbadcabbbbbbceedefcaabcecaaabaaababccdcdddccbbcceda#####baeaa#aaa#####ab##aaaaa##aaa##abbbbbbbbaaaaaaaaabbbagig", "f#aaaehhfffeffhfbccbbaaaaaaa####a#aaaaa###aaa#a#abaabccabcbabbbbabbaabbbbcehdaaaaaaaaaab#dgeaa##a###########aa####aaaaaaa######a####aaaa###a###aaaaa###aabbbbbacccdedddfgebcbaaaaabbbaabaaba#########abcbdabaaa#aabcdeibaaa######aaaca######aabbb####aaaaaaaaaaa##bbdb####aabbbbaaaacdcaabbbbcceddeccccaba#aaabaaaabccddddddceddeec#aca#aabebaaa#######aaaba#######aaaaabbbabbbbbaaaaaaaaaba#dii", "hd#aaejiedefeeddedccbaaaaaa########aaa#######a#a#aaaabbaacbbababccbbabbbbbceidbaaaaaaaacbcgeca#############aaaaaaaaaaaba######.a############a##aaaaaaaaaaaacbbbccccedbcfcbbbbaaabbbbaaaaaaababaaa#baaaabababbabaaaaabdfhaaaaa#aa##b#bbaa#####abb##a##aaaabbba#aaaaaacda#####abbbbaa####a#abaabccbdecdbbaaaaaaaaaaaabccceeedcdfgffeba#aa#aa#bcaaa##########aa##a####aaaaa#aaabbbbaaaaabbbcbbbeefh", "ggecdhjkiefeeddcdefdababaaa########aa##a########abaabaabcdabbcdccbcbabbbbccchiecaa#abbbaaaadeca#####a#######aabaaaaaabba###a##.#############a##aaaaaaaaaaabbbccdddbbeccdbbcbbbabbbbbbcbbaaaabccaaaabaabcabbabaaaabaabcefeabaaaaa####aaccb####aaa###a###aabbab#a#aaa##aaa#####acbba#a######aaaabbbbfefdaaaacaaaaaaaabbbcefffeefbed########a##dbaaa#######a#############a########aaaaaaaaaccfgfhdf", "efddegijmkfeeeddccdgdbcccbaaa####a#aaa#####a####a###aabbcbabacccdccbbbbbcbbdfijhbaaaaabb###cedbaa###aaa#####aabbccbaaaaa###accb###a##########aaaaaaaaaaaabcbbccddddcddaaaabbbabbbbbbcbaabbbbbaaaabbaaaaabbbbaaa#ccaabbddheabaaaaa####abca#####ba##a####abcaaaaaaaaaa#aaaa#####bbaaa##aaaa##aaabbaaadfdbaabcbaaaaaaabbacehhhhcaaaa#####a#ab##ccaa########aa#############ba#a#aaaa#aaabdaaeffghgff", "eddcbcdefijgeedcccbbdeccccbaaaaaaaaaa#a#########aaa##a#abcaacccccccbcbbccccdefikibaaaaaaaabbdddca#a#a#aa####aaabbbaaaa##a##aaaba##aa##a######aaaaaaaaaaabbbbbccccddddaabbaabcdbbbccbacbabcbbccbaa#aaaa###baaaaa#a#aaabcdfjb#aaaaaa####abaa.####a##aa####bcbbaaaaaaaa#####aa##abaaa#a##aaaaaaaaaaaaabecbaababaaaaabbbcbcehhcaaa##aaa#######b#.cbabaa#####aa##a#####a#########aa#a#aaabdefffggfefe", "ddcaaabdefhihecdbbbbacdecccbbaaaaaaaa############aa##aa#ababbcbcbbbababccdceeegijgaaaaaba###bfcdc##aaaaa######aaaaaaaaa#aaaaaacba#aaa#a#ba#aa#aaaaaaaababcbbbbbcedabbaabbaaabbbabbdccbbbaabbbbbaaa#aaaaa##aaaaaa#####abcehka##aaa#####aaaa###..a#aba#####abcaaaaaaa#a##a##a###ba########aaaa####aa#deaaa#aaaaaaabbbbbccefcbaba##abaaaa.#a#ba##dc#a#a####abaabb#a##aa##a###a###aaaaabaceecddhhedd", "cccbabbcdfffhheccbbbbbcdfccbbbbaaaaaa###############a##aaaabacbbbbaaaacccddcdefhjjhbaaaabaa##dfbbc###aa#aa######aabaabaabbbbbabdb#aa#a###bba#a##aaaabbabbbbbcbbcedbaaaaaaaaabbbbbcbccbcebbbbaaaaaaaaaa#####aaa####aa#aabdegj.############a##a##a#aba####a##baaaaaa#a###aa#aa########a##a#aaaa####a#eeaa###aaaaaaaaabbcdgfdbaa####aabbcb#aabc###cda#aa##aababcbb#a#aa###a##aab#aaaaababdecbcdheed", "cbbaccbcddeffeedcbbbbbbccffdbbcbabbaaa#aa########a###ca#abaabbbabaaaaabcccddcdgiikjgbaaaaba##afcacba###aa########abbbbaabbbbbbbcbbbb#aa#a###aa##aaaaababbbbcbccdca#a##aaaaabaaabcccbbcbcbaabba##aaaaaba#####aa####aabbbddcdjd.#########.#..#######aba######aaaaaba########aa#######aaa#aba#aaa###aacaaaa##aabaaaaaaabbcefcbbaaaaa##aaacabaaaa###bca#####aaaaacaa#a###a##a#aaa#a#aabbbbcddcccegdd", "cbbabbbbccddeedddcbbbbbbbbdfheccccbaaaa###########aa#bd##baaaabaaaaaababcddcccggijjjbaaabbaa##bcbabba##aa#######aaaaaaabbbbbbbbbcccaaaa##a##aaa##aaaabbbdbcbbcdfbaaa#aaabbbbbbbbbcccbccdedaaa#aaaabbaaaa#a#aa####a#abcccdccfi###########....#######aa##aaaaaaaaaaa##########a###a##aa#aa#aaa#####aaa#aaaa##abbbaaaaabcdefbbaaaaabaa####aa####a#a#dba#####bb##b###########aaaaa#aaabbaabbbccddede", "baabbbbbccccdeedcccbbccbcbbcdiheccbbbaaaaa#aab##aa###aa###aaaacbaaaaaababccccdfhjjjl#abbbaaba#abeaabb######a#####bbaa#aaaabbbcbbabbaa###aa####a###aaaabacdcccdceaaaaaaaaaababbbbbbbcbbbcbdba###aabbbaaa#aa##########aabbabccgb.###.#########.########a#aaaa#abaa#########a##aa#####bcaabaaba###aaaaaaaa#####aaaaaabbbdhidabaaaaaaaa###########a###ebbb###aaa####a###aa#aabcaabbaaababaaabbbbbdcb", "abcbbbbbbbccbbcddbcbbbbbbbbbcfeghfccbbabaaaaabaaaa####a#b##aaaabbaa#aaaaabccbceefhegdedaaaaaaa#abdaaba#aa##a#####aaaabaaaaaaabbbaacc###aa#aa####a#aaaaaaabcccddfbba#aaaaaabbbbabbccccccbcbdaa#####ac#####a##########aa#aabcbdh..#########.#####.####aaa#aaa###abb###########accaa###a##aaabbbba#a##a#abba####aaaaaccegcbbaaaaaaa#aa###.##a########aeaaaa###a#a######aaa##aaaaaaaabbaabbaacaacced", "cadbbbbbbcbccbbacbbbbbbbbabccdeehgffccbcbaaabaaaaaa###a####aaa#aaaaaaaaaaabccbdeeffeehgcaabaaa##adb#aca##aaa#####aaabaaaaaaaaaabaacdb##aaaaaaa#abbaaabbbabbdecffbaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaccbcbcccdcaa#############aabb######aaaaabbbehd..###d#.#.######.####adbaaaa##abba########aaaaaaaaaaaaa#aaaaaaa#a#aa#abaaa####aaacdeheaaaaaaaaa##aa#aa#####a####a#.cdaa######a##a###########aa##aabb#aabaaabbadf", "cabdabbbabcccdccbccbbbbbbaabdcdefdcfgccbbbbaabcbaaa###aa##aca####aaa##aabbbccccddffhihhfbaba#c###bdaaagaaa#a######aabaabaaaaaaaa#a#aa####aaaa#aabbaaaabbbbbcddfeca###aaaaabbaabbabbcbccbbbccdada###aa######aaba####a###abaabcafjlf..defe##...#########bbaaa###aab#a#######aaabcb#aaaaaca##aaaa####a##aab###a##aabdfiida###aaaaa##ca#aa#####a####a###ecaaa########a##a#####a####a###aaaaaaaaaabab", "ccbbbbabbaaabccdcbbbbbbaaaabcdbbbeeadgeccbbbbabbbaaa##aa#abedbaa####a####bbbcbccddehhhfdaa###da#a#ddaabhaa###########a#abaabbaa######a####aaaaaaaaaabbbbbbcbdeefcb###aaaaaaaaaabbbbccccbbaabbcaaa############aacbaabaaaaaaabccbdejkbd..bgccdcba########aa######aaa#a#######aaaccaba#bcaaba#a##aaa#####abba#aa#aabdgkjkihgdb#.cedcbb#.###dc########b##ebaaaa#########################aaa#aaaaaaba", "abeecbbaababbbabbdbabbbbbaaabcccbdcb#ehedccbbaabbbaaa#abaaaedba###########acbbbcceeeggdaaa#bacaa#aadabbdf#######.#######aaaaaa######bca###aaaaaaaaaabbbbbbbccfffbaaaa#aaaaa#aaaabbccabbcccbbbbaaaaa#######a#aa#acaaaaaaaaaaaabccceglh.#....#baacca..####ab########aaa####a##ababbbba#ceaaaaaa###a######aa##acbbbbchgcddfgjihddigefegfffba#affeecbbaaabda#aa######a#a################aaaa#aaaaaab", "babfdcbcbabaabababbbaaaaaaaabcccdbaaaacifddcbbbbbbbabaabaacecabaaaaa######aaabbcdeeedifba#adcbaaba#bcabbfe#aa####aaa###a#abaaaa######aaaac#aaaaaaaabbbdbbbbcceebbba##aaaaaaa#aaabbbbbbcccdcabaaaaab##a#aaaaaaa######abaaaaa#abbbbddei#####a####.#ee######aa######aaaba######abaaaa#a##bc##aa#a####a###a#aaaabcbbbceecbbcbdeffgfdccccdefeefgffedcefeb##cdbcba########a###########a###aaaabaaaaaaa" }; SIMPLE = T BITPIX = 8 NAXIS = 2 NAXIS1 = 384 NAXIS2 = 384 HISTORY Written by XV 3.10a END 3"3wUD3D3"3""3"3"333""""""""3DDDU3""""DªwUUD3333333"3""3""DfD"3""""""""33DUfffUªw3""UD3""3"3D"33wf"""""""3""""""""D""""""""333U3333DDff333"""""""""""333333DDDUD"3"""""3"""""""""3""""""3333UUfª"ff"""""3""3"""""3D"""""""""3D333DffD33D3UfwwˆwUDDDDUfwffwˆwwfUDfwf3DU3D3"""""""3""""""""3ffD33""3"333"33U3"33333"""3DDD3UD3f™fUDD33""333""""3"""fU3""D333DDfffˆˆU"""3"D""""U"33Uw""""""3D"""""""""""3333333DDwww3"""""""""""""33DD"33DDD3333"""""""""D""""""""""""3DDDfˆÝ™3""DD""3"""""3"3333"Df""""""""""D3333D™ˆDUUwˆ»ª™UUªˆfwfˆwww3""wwffD33"""3U"""""""""""""""3DD3333"33"""3DDUD333333""""3DU333ff"UˆfDD3333"333""""""3fU3"""333D3DDUUf™™™wU""U""UU""3™""""3""33"""""""""""""333333D3UffwD3""""""""""3333DDDD33""33D"""""D3""3"""""""3DD3Uf»Ì3U3ˆDDUD3""""""""""DD"3"3D""3""""""33"""""3UˆÌ»Ìª™ˆU3DfUD33UD3f3"""""""""""""3"D"3U"333"3DDDUDD3DD333333""3UDUfwUDwˆDD3333""3D3""""""D""""""333DDDDUUww™ª™™w3"3"D3U"""ˆ""""""3""3"""""""""""""""""33""""33333DUUwfD""""""33""33"33D3DD333DDU"U"""""3"""3""3D"w»ÝwUfwf33"""""3""""3D3"""""D""""""""3"""3UwªªU""""""D"""""fD"""""""""""""""""3"3D"U333333D3DD33"D33333333"3DDUff™ˆwwDD3D3"""3"""""""""""""""""""""3DD3Uffwwff™ˆD""3""""U3"D"""""""3""""""""""3""DU3""""""""33"""333"33UfDww3""""""""""""""33"DD3D3DDDUD""""33"""""333f™UU"U3"""""33"""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""""DUf™f"""""""""""""""DU""""""""33""3"""33"Uw"3D3333333DD33DUU3D333333333Dwfˆ™wDD33"3"""""3"""""3""""33"""""""3DD3Dffw™fˆUfU""""""""3U""3""""""""3"""""""333""DD""""""""""""3DDDUUw33"""""""3333"33DDDDDD3D3U"""D"""""3D3U™"""""""33"DD""""""3333""""33""""""DDfˆD33"""""""""""f"""""""""""""""""33""33""D""DDfU3""33333DDDDUffUDDD33DD3D33DUª™fDD333"""""""3""""""""D3""""""3"3DDDDUw™»»»Ý"333""3""3f""33"33""""""333D33"33"""""""""3"DUDDDUDf""""""""""3"3333333D333D3U3"""333"""""""33"3DDˆ3""""""3"""""3D""3""3"""""""""""""""333U™ªU"3"""""""""f333""""""""3D""33"""3"3"""33333UD3D33"3333DDUUffUUUD33333333Uw™fDDDD3""""""3U3""""3""""""3"3DUUDDDˆˆª»»»3"""33""3D3"33""""""""""333333333DDD""""""""""""333U3D33DUw3""""""333333333DDD3DDUfU"""""""33"""""""""3DDDUDDwª""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""333"""""3DUfw33"""""3""""""U3"333""""""""33""333DDUUfUfD33"DD3DUUfwwffUD333333DDwwU33D3"33""""""D""3""333"3"""""3DDDUUDUˆªªÌ»ˆ3""""3""wD"D3""""3333""3333333D3333""""""""""3"3333D3DDUD"""""""3"""3DDD33D3D3""33""""""3"""""333UUDU»U"3""""""3"""""""3""""""D""""""3"""""""33DfwD33""""""""D"3""""3D""""""D"""""""""""3333DUUDDDfˆUUDDD3"33DUwww™™fDD33333DUwDD3333"""""""""""3"D3333""""DDDUUDUfw™»»™3""""3""Uw33D""""""3""3""33333"3U3"""33""""""33"33333D33DfU3"""""""""33333D3DD3Df3333"""""""""""""""""3Ufˆ»""""3""3""""""""""""""""""ff"""""""""""33DUˆwU3""""33D3""3DDU"""""3"3D33""""""3"""""3"3UfD3DU™ffUUUD"""3Ufw™ª™fDU3333"DUfDDD33"""""""""""""3"33D3D333"3"3DDUDfffˆª»ˆ"""""3"3wDUD""""""""""""""""""""D3"""""3"""""""""""3"3D33333DfU"33""33"""333"33UDD333""33333"""""""""""""""3Df™Ì""""""""""3""3D""""""""""3"""""""Uf""""""""""33333DDfwD3"3""3"""""3"UD"""3""33""""""""""3"DffDUU™™fUUfUUD3DUfwª»ˆffUDDD33UfDDDD3""""""""""""""""3D""DDDDDDD3D33DDDDUfwªÌª3""""""""33UUUD""""""""333""""""""3"""""""""""""""33333DDDDUUUU""33""3DU333DD3"D3"3D33DD3""""""3"""""""""3DUw»3"""""""3"""""3D33"""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""3fD3""3"3"""""333D3Df™™D""""""3D3"3""""""""""""3UfwwwˆˆwfwffwUUfˆª»îÌwfffUUDDUˆU3DDD3"""""""""""33D3"3"DDDUDD33333D33Uwª»™3"""""33DfU3"""""""33DD3""""""DD3"""""""""""""3D33DDUUUUDUU""""333"333333D3""33333""""33"""""3333"""DD""33UU™f"3""""""3D"3"""3D""""""""""""""33""""""""""33"""UwU3""3D3"""""""33"Df™™™™D""""""3DD""""3"""""""""3U""fwwˆ™ˆwwˆˆfDU™»ÌªfwffUUDUfwU"3"3"""""""3""3""3DU"33DUDD3D3"3333DDD™ªfD"""333""""UfD""""3""""""33""""""""""""""333DDUUU33fDDU33D333"333333D33""""3DD""""3""3D"33"3""""3""3Dfwf"3"""""""DD3""""""33"3""""""""D33""""""3333wfwU""""D""""""""333Dfwwwffw3fU"U3""""""""""""""DDwˆw™Uw™U""f»ªfUfwffUUfUDD3"""""""""""""""33""D33"3"3DD33"33333DfªU3""""""""D3DˆfD""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""D333DDDDfU3DwD3333"""3333"""""""3"3"""3""""3"3"33"3"""""3Uw™"""""""333"""33"""""333"""""""DU""3333""""3""3DD3UfDU33""""""""""""3DDDfffUDUwˆwwf3"""""3D""""""""""""""3333"""""333D333ffw™w"""f™™wwwfww™w3DD33""""""""""""""""""3""3DD"3D3"3333"33""3333Df™U""""""""""3Uˆf"""""""""""""""""""""""""33333"DDDUfUUUwˆf3D3"""""333""3""3""3D3U"3"""""3DUfª3""""""D"""333"""""""""""33U3""3333""""DUD""3333DDfUUfDDDD"3""""3""""3DDUUUUUUDfUUffD"D"""3f3""""""3""""""333"33333"""""""""3"Uªª"""DUˆˆˆˆˆ™ˆU33333"""""""""""""""""""""""3D33"""""""""""""333UwU"""DU""""""UˆfwD"""33""""3"""""""""""""""""33333333DDfw™wfffˆw333""""""""""""""""33DU"D3""""3Df™w"""""""3"3"""""D""""""""""""""3DD""""33333"UD"333333DffUfwD""3DfD"""3"""3"3DDUDUUUDD33DDfU"3"f""""""3"""""""""33333333"""""""""333"ˆªˆ""""U"w™™wfDD333""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""3""""""""""33DwU""D3"""""3ffDUDD"33""""""""3"333"""""""""""""""""""""333"3DDDf™ˆffDUfˆf3"""""""""""""""""""3"3DD33""""3Dfˆˆ""""""""""3D3"""3"""""""3"""33""""3D3333D33"DDffUUff3"3U3"33""""""3"3DUDDUDDUD33DDfwfD3DD""""""""""3""""""3333"""""""""3DDDUˆU3""""3™ˆDD33DD33""""""""""3D3""""33""""""""""""3333Dfˆ""D3"3"3"3fDDDU"3""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""3""""""""33333333DU33DDUUDUDfˆf""""3"""""""""""33"33D333D"""33Dfˆª"""""""33D3D""""""""""33"""""""""""33"""3333DDDD3DDDUUUfUwUUD"""""""""""""33DDU333DfD33DDUfwˆfU"w"""""""""3""""3""""""""""""3DDD"3""""""fU33D3"3"""""""""""3"33""3"D""""""""""""DDf™3333D3"""""DU333D3""""""""""""""3"""""3""""""""""""""33"""333DD3DD3DUDUDUUfwwD""3""""33""""3D3""""3"3"3333f»ª3"3DDUD33DD3""""""""""""""""""""""""33DDDDDDDDDDDDUffˆwDU"33"""""""""""3DD333"DD3"333DUUfwfUf"DU""""3"""3D3""""3"""""""""33D3""333"UD333""333""""""""""33"""3D3"""""""""3UUˆf"U3D"""""3DD33333""""""""""""3DD""3""D""""""""""3D3"""3333DUDDUDUUfUDffwˆwDD3"""""""""""DD""""""""3333U»ÌwUwˆ»»™ˆwffffffUD""3""3""""""3"""""""""""""""""33DDUUDDDDUDDUfffˆw3D3D"""""3""""3UD333"3"333""33DDDUˆ™ˆ""U3""33""""DU""""""3"""""""""""""DD3""3""""""U""""""""333"""""33""3""3D33333"""""""333UUf™fD"D3""""3fD3333"3"""UDD"""U"""""D"""""""""D"""""""333""3DD3333DUU"DDUfUUfDw™ˆD"3""""3"""""""""333D3Dª»UD™ª™ˆªˆ™fU3D33DUwU"3333DD""""""D"""""""""""""""""""""3DDDUUUUUfffUfffww3"""""""""""333"3DUf"3""""3333DUfˆª3"33w""3D"""DD""""""""3"333"""""""3"33"""3""""""3"""""3"""""""D""3"33DD3""""""""""33DD3fˆªw""""33DfD3333""Uˆ3"ff"3D"""""""""""""3""fU""""""33""""3333333DD33UDDDDUUUf™™U"33"""""""""""33Df3D3Dˆ»"""3UwˆˆD333""""3Uwf""""""""""""""""""33""""""""33DDUUffUUfwwffffwD"3""""""""333"DDD3""""""""3DDDUfˆw333Df""D3""""""""""""DDD"3"""""""33DD""33"""""3"""""""""""""wU""33DD3"""""33"3DDDDUf™ª3"3333DwUD333"3ˆª™D""33"""""""""""""""""3"U""""3D"""3"""33333DD3D3DUDUUUˆˆwfU3D3"""""""""""""3333U»3""""""3ffD"33"""3U""""""33UDUD3""3D33""""""""333DDDUUfUfwwwUD3DD3"3"""""3""3ff3""""D3DUUfˆf33"DDD3""""""""""""""DD33333"3""""""33""""""""""3Uf3"""""""""""Dwf3333"""""""""3"3""D3UfDDf™™3"""""UUD33333Dˆª»™f""D3""""""""""3"""""""3""""""""""3"33DD3333"D3fUwwfUDUff""""3"""""""""""""3"DÌD""""""3Ufw3""""""""3D"3D33ffD33"""33""""""""3333D3DUfUfUUfwUD"DD3D""""""""""3""fDD"""""""""3DDDUww33"DwD"""""""""33""""f"3D33"3333D33"33"""""""""wD3"""""""""UfˆU"D3""""""""""""33"""3""3UUDDf™ªf"3""3fDDD33333ªÌ̈D""D333"3""""""""""""""""""""3""""""""D333333fwwfUDD3DUUUU3""""""""""""U3""""33ªf"""""""""DfD"""3""""3U3"""DDDDDDDD333"""""""3333DDDUUUfUfˆDUUD33""""33"33"33""33""UU3"""""""33UUfwˆD"3"ˆ3""""""""""""33"""D"3"""""3333"33"""""""""""""3"""""""""""3""33f3U333""""""""33""3D"3DDDUUww»™wU3"fwDU3333U»Ì»f3""3DD33"3""""""""""""""3"""""""333333"3fwU33D333D333D3"""""""""U"""""33Uˆ"""""""3DDDD""""""3DU3DD"""""33UfffUDUD3"""""3"""333D3DDDUUUUfwwwwU3"""3DD3333DDU3DD""""""""""33UDUwˆU"""DD"""""""""""3"33"""33333"33333D3D3""""3""3f3"""""""""""""""""DD3D33""""""""""""""""333"33D33fwww™»ª™wD3wD3D333Dw™ˆD""""Uf"""""""""""""""""33""""3"33333333fUD3"""33333DDD"""""""""3""""3»""""""3fD"""""""DDD3D""""33UUUfwfUD3""""""""""333DDDDDDDUUwˆˆˆ™U3"""3"3"3"3D33UU3""""""""33DDDfˆw3""3D"""""""33"""""33""3""D""333"33"U3"""""33""fwD""""""3""""""3"33DD3"33333""""""""""""3"33"""""UDDD"UUw™Ì»ªˆUDUfDDD33DUDfD3"""""D"""""""""""3"3"33""""""33"3"""""3DUD3""""""""""333D""""""""""""""3"3»™""""""""3U"3""""33"3UfffUUUUD3Uf3"""3"""3""""33DDUDDDUUfwwˆwˆD"""""""""DD"UUD""""""DD33Dfww3""Dˆf""3333"3"""""""""""3""""33D"""3""""333DDUfUD3""""""""""""""""33333333""""""3""""""""""33"""""333wfDDDDUwªÝ»ªˆDUfDDDD3DD3DD33"""""""""""""3"""""""3"D3"""""""33""""DUUD3"""D3"3"""""3D3""""""""""3"3D™Ý"""""""""33Uf"""D3333UwUDD3"33"UU3333""333DDUDDDUUfwˆ™™wD"""""3"3""UU"""3""""DDDDDUfwUU3ˆf3DDDUD""333"""""""3"333"""3"D"""""3"ffUUD33"""""""""33"3333D333"""""""""""""""""3333"""""UfUDUDDfˆª»ÌªwUUf3DD33DD""3"""""""""""3""""""""""""3DDU""""""33"""3UUD3""""""""""""""3DU""""""3""""""""""w™Ýˆ""""3"3"D""3DUw"""DDUDDfU3""UD3D"""""33DUUDD3UfwˆˆªªˆfD3"""""33"""""""3U3DD3DDfw"3UfUUffUUDD3"33333"""""""""""3D""""""ffUDD333""""""""""""33DD"""""3"D3""""""""""""3D333333DfUDUDDw™w™Ì™ˆˆwU33DD33"3""3""3UU"""""""""""D3""""""""""3fD"""""""3UUD3""""""""""""""3"D3"""3""""""3ˆÌÝ3""""""""""""""333wU""DUUfUUD3""""""3"""""33D3333fww™»ªwUD3"D33"""""""""""D3D33D3Dfˆw"DDˆˆ™ˆwwUD33""333""""""""""""3"""""3ffDDD3"""""""""""""33333D3""""""3""3"3"""""""33333"""3"3DDUfDUw™™ªª™ˆwU3DD33D3"3""""""UD""33"""""""33""""""""""""33U"""""3UUD33"""""""""""33UfDD""""""""""fªÝª""3""""""""Dwf""3UUDU3"""""333333DUwˆ»ªf3"""""""""""""3D33D33DfwˆˆD33wffU3fU3D3"33""""""""""""""""""DUDUUD33""""33"""""""""""""""""""""3""""3"""""33333"3333DDDDUU3UUˆˆˆ™™wU33D""33333""33"""""""33"""333333""""""""""""""33""""3UD3"3"""""""""33DU™™D"3"3""""""""3™ÝîD""""""""33"""3"""3DUˆw33""33""33DDU™ªˆD""""""""""3333DD3DDUˆw™"D"""wfU33D3"""""""""""""""UfDDD33"""""""3"""""""""""""3"3U"""""""""33""3333D333UU3UUˆªw™fU3DDD33DD""33"""""""""3""333DDDDUf3""""""""""""""3fU""""3fD""""""""""3DfwwUDD3""""33"3ªÝÌ"""3"""""""33DUUfU3"""""""""""3UUUwˆwD"""""""""""""33333D333DDfˆ™w""""""""33"3DD333"""""""""33"""DfUDDD3""""""""""""""""3"""33""""3D"33"3""333333""3333UDDDfª™ˆfD3DUDD3DU"3"3""""3""""""3DD3""33UU33"""""""""""""""DD3""""""3UD3"""""""""""3wwf3DDUUD3""""""""UÝÿU""33"3"""""""""""""3DDUffU33""""""""3DDUffDU""""""""""""""3D3DDDD33DDUUffw""""""""DD3""3""""""""3"3DUUD333333"""""3"""""""3""""""""3"333""3"333DDDDUDUˆ»ªw33"33DDDD""""""""""D"""""3DDD3"""333D""""""""""""""""DD3""33""""3D33"""""3"""""""UUw™ˆDDUUUU"D"D""""""""""""3™ÿÌ""333"""""D""33""3DDUUffDDD333"3"""""""""""3UUUDUfUU"""""""""""""3D33DD3333DUUfffwD"""""""DUDD33""3"3"""3DDUDDDD3333"""3"""D3"""""3""3""""3333fUDUDDf™ª™D333333DD"""""""""33""""333D33"""333DD"""33""""""""""3333"DU"""fU3"""3UU3""""3""""UUDDff3"333D3DUD"""3""""3""3wîÌ"""3"""""""33"3333""""DDDUUUDDfU3333"""""""""""3UUD33D"""""""""""""""DDDDD333"33DUfUUUf"""""3DD3DD3D33""""UUUDD333333""""""3"""3ˆ3""""""""33DDffUUUfˆ™ªf3"""3DDf3""""""""3""3"""33"""33"""33333"""33"""""""""33DD33D3"Dwf33"333"D"""""""""""D33333333D3""333DD3"""3"DfwwUwˆ™w"""""""D3"D333"""""3DfUDUUfU3"""3""""""""3DDDDU333""""""""3UUU3D"3"333UfUUfUff3""""""3"""3"3D333"fDD3D3D3D3333"""""""U3"""""33U"""""""3"3DDUffUUww™™ˆDD3""3fwU33"""""3D33"3D"""""3"3333DDD3"""D""3"""3""""33""""3""""fw""""""""""333""3DD"33UD3"33D3DU33"""fwfªªww""""""""33D3"3""3UUUfwwwUD""""""""""""33333U"3""""""""""""""""3DDD3Uwf3""""""DwUDD3DUUD3""3D3"3"""""""""3"""fU3D3DDDDD33DD3""""""""3fff3"""""""""""""""3333DUUUUDDfwfˆwDD""U™3""DDD"""3D3DUfD""""""D"3U"3UD3""33"33"""3"33D3""33""Uf"""""""""3""""D"DUwf333333"3DDDDwfUUwˆwfU""""DU3"333"""DUUfˆwfD3"""""""3""""333"33""""""""""""3"""Dfff3""""ffU333"333DD3DfUUUDDD3"""""""3""3f3333333333333"""""DDDDfU""""""""""3U""""""""333"33DDDUDDDwDwfD3""DfD"""DU3DDD3""™ˆ"3"""""3"333DDDD3""3333333"""3D3"D"""3DD""""3""""""33UUUU333D3"""""3DUUU™fDDDˆ3"""""DfD"D3"""""DUfw™ˆwD"""""""33""""3DD3""""""33""""""3""33fw3"333""""""33DDDDDUUfwwD""""3"""""3f3333D3333D33333""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""D"3"""3DDD3U™fUwU33"3D"""""""3""""f™f"""""""333"DUU33"""333"""""""3D"""Dwˆ3""""""DD""""""""D3"3DU""D3"""3DUUDDDˆwD""3fˆ"""""""""""""3""""""Dffw™wU3"""""""""""3D3""""""""""""""""""3"3"3ww3"D3""""3"""33DD"33DDDwˆU""3D33"""D3D3"Df333DUU33"""""""U"""""""""3"""""333""""33DUUfff3DU3"33""""""""""3DDD3DD3""333"3DD3""""""""33"""""""""3DDDwf3""3""""""33""D"3"3""""3DU3DDwwD"3f™""""""""D3"3"""DDUUwˆU3"""""""""""""3""3""""""""""3U""3"""""3""""333"3333DUUfwfD3D3""33UD3""3DfDDDfwˆD""""""""""""ff"D3""D""3""3D"3"""DUfwDD3"DU3UD"""""""3U3"""33DDD3333333DD3"3D"3""33"33""""""UU3DU3""""""""""""""""""D3"3UD333f™D""33f™""""""""Dw3""""""33UˆU3""""""""""""""""33""""""""3""""""""333"3333"""""33DUUUUUU3""3DfUDD3""UwUDDffˆˆU3"""""""U™U3"33U"3"3"UUD""""3"D""""Uˆ™wU33"3fDU3""""""""DD"3"""D"3"3333333D3D33D3"""""3"3"""3""33Dw3""""""3"""""""3"""333"3UD"3fw3D""3"3™f""""""""33""""""333fwD3""""""""""""""""33"""""""""""""""""3""3""""""""""333DDDUUf3333UfUfwUDDDDD3Dffˆ™ˆwU""3"""3™ˆU"3"3"3DUU"""""""""""""3"3""""U™™ªˆf3"3wUUD""""""""""""3"""""""3D333D33DfD333"333""""33"""""3""3"Uf"""""""""33"33""UDDˆ™333"""3wª"""""""""3""""""""33"DwU3"""""""""333"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""3D3333DDDDDffDffffwfUUUD33Dffww™ˆwf3"""w™ˆD""""""3DUUD""""333"3"""""3"""fªªª™ˆ33ˆfUU"""""""""33""333"""""3UDDDUUUUDD"3333"D"""""333"""3"""DUU""""""""""fD3"333DDDwˆ"""""""fª"""""33""""3"33"3"3UˆfD""""""3D333""U"""""3"""""33"""""""""""""""""33333D3DDDDfwˆffDD3DD3333Uwªª™ˆˆˆf3""""ww™™™f"33D"UUUD3"""""3DD""""""""""3U™ª™ˆUUwˆwˆD"""""""333"333""3""""3fUDfwfD333333"333"""33"DUD""""33U3""""""""""""""U33""3"UUDˆˆ3""""33Uª""""""""3""""333333""Dfwf3""""""3DDD3"""""U""""""""33""""3""""""""""""""3333333333DfUUffDD3DDDDUUw™ª»»™ˆˆˆ™333"U™ˆ™™w"""""3""DDDfU"""""""""""3"333DDUˆ™ˆwfUˆwˆD"3"""""""3"3"3""3"""""3UDDffffDU333"3"3333DD33333"3U3"3D3"""""""""3""""3"3D33""3fˆˆ™"""ˆ»"""33""33333"333"3D"33""""3DUUDD3"DD""""""""""""""""""""""""""""D""333333fDDDD33DDUUDDUfˆˆ™™ˆwffˆU3UUDDDUˆˆ™ªˆU3""3""""33D3U333"""""""""3""3"3DUfˆªª™UˆˆwwUD3""3333"33333"3"""""DDUDDUfˆfUDD333333D3333""U3"3""DU3""""""3""""""""3"333"33wªf"""""""D™Ìf"""""""""3"33DD33D3""""33D3"3DUffUD3""""3""33""""""""33""3""3""""""33""""333333"DUD3333D3DDDDD3UUUffUfUfˆfUUUUDUDffUw™™wD3""33""""3D""DD3D"""""DD333"3DUwww™ˆªwf™wf333"33DDD33333333""""DDUDUUwˆ™wfDDDD3333"3DUUfˆD3DDUD"""""""""""DD3"""""33DD33D3Df™3D33"3Uf™f""""333DDUD3DD3"""DDD3DDfwwfUD33""""""3""""""3"3D3333D3""""""""""""""""""""U33"""DDD333333DD3D3DDD3DDfffffUfUDU3DDUffD3UˆˆwUUUfUD"DU"""33""D""""""""3D"3"3DUfffUˆªˆUwˆ33D33333DDD33333"""""""""DDUUUUfwUfDDD33D33UUD3DDUUfUD""""""""U3""""333D3D"33UDUD333D3"""33wª"""3"""3333DDfUDDD3"""33333fwˆª™wUDDD3"""""""3""3""""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33"3"""""3D333333333333333DDUfUUDDD3UDDDDUUfDD3Dww™wUUUUUDD"U3""""33""3"""""33""DUUUwff™»ªwˆ™"""3D3"DUUDD33333"33"""""3DDDfwˆUUUfwwffDUfU3333D3"""""""""""""3"""""""333""33wD3DDDDD3""""33w»ˆ"""""33"""33D3UfUDU33"""333DDfˆ™™ªªfUDfU33""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""3333"333333333333UUUDDUUDD3D333DDDUU3DUwUUUDDDUUUDfD33"""3DD"3""""""""33DDUfUffUDª»wˆˆw"3""3333DDUUDD333"3"""""""""333ˆª™ª™wwfUDD33333333"""""""""""""""""""3""3333"DDfˆ"DU"""3"""""33wf"""33333"ffUUUD3"""3"DDfDDfwª™UDDfUD3"""""""""333""""""""""""""""""""""""""3D""""3D""""3333333333DUUD3DDUUD3333"3DDDUDD33UUDD3DDUDDUDf3D33"3DD3DU""""3DUUDUUUfˆˆªª™™™U""""3DDDDffUDD33D33DD3DDUfffˆˆwfUUDDUfDD33""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""3"""3"3Df™3"UD3U33""""3UDf"""33333"DˆfffDD"3fUD"""Uw™DDUww3333"""""""3333"""3""""""""""""""3""""""""""3DU3"""3D3""3""33"""3DUfU333DUUD3333D"333DD3333DUD33DDDDDUUUUUU3""3333UD""""""""3DfUfUD33ˆªª»»™D"33"""""DDUUUUDDffUUUUUUUfffwfU33D3DDD3333"""""""""""""D""""""DD""D""""""33DDUˆ™DDˆˆwD"3"""""DˆˆU""""333""33UffwfU3""""UU"""33D™fUffwfU3"""3""33""3"D3"3""""""""""""33""""""""3U3"""33""33"33""3UfUUD333DDDDD3333""333DD33"33DDDD33DDDDDUUUfD"""33DDD"""""""3333ffwwffDDw»»ªw3""3"""333DUfDUfwwU3D333""333DDDD33UD3""""""""""""3"""""3D"""3""""""""DfU3DUwª™w™ªw3"""""U™D""""33"""33DDDDwfD"""DD""""""DDwwUwDDfU33"3"""""33"""3"3"3"""""33""""""3"""""""33""""""""3""3"""333DUwfU3DDD3DDDDD"333333"333333D3DDUD333DDDDD3DUwU""D3"3D3""3""""""""333fwfUDUwwªª™™D""""""""3"DwwwfwfUD33333""""33333333D""""""3"""""""""""""3"""3"""""3""3DDˆ™w™ªªf"""""""3Uˆ"""""""""33"""333DUUfˆUD33"""""""""33wfUwUUfD333333""33"33""""""""""""""""""3D3""""""""""""333"""""""3"""3"""33"3DwfUD333D3DDDDDD3"33"3"""""33DD3UfU333333DD3DUDDUU3333""DDD"D3"""""""""""DwUD3DUfˆˆ™ªˆ3""""""""Uw™ˆfUDDDDD3333333333333333""""""333""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""3Dwˆ™ˆª™w3D3"3"""33ˆf"""""3"""""""DDUffUUwU3D3""""""3""w™ˆˆˆwfUDDDDUDD3"""3""""""""""3""3D"""""""""""3""""3"""""33"""""3UffDDD33D33DDDDUD3"3"""333""""333"wf3""""3333DUDDDDD3"33"33DDD33"""""""3UfDD3UUfff™ˆD""""""UU™ªwUUU33DD3DDD3333""""""3"3"""""3""""""""""""""3"""""""3"""""""""""3Dfwª™fwD""""""33U™""""""3""""33DDUfwfˆwwUDDD"""""""""33f™™™™wwwwDUU3UDU333""D33""3""""""33""""""""33D"""""333""""3UwU3"DD3DD3D33DDUD3333""""3"""""""33D"3""333333D3DDDDDUU3"3"DD3"33U3D""""""3UDU33DUUUˆ™D3"""3D"DªˆˆˆfD333D3D33"3D""""""3"""""33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""Dfˆw"""""D""""D™wD""""33"33"3DDUUfwUDfwwfU3D""""""""3333DUfˆª™™™™ˆˆˆUDwwfD"3""""""3D"""""""""""""33"""""""""""3D"""""333333Uwf33"3DDD3DUD33UD33""3"33"3""3""""3333D333333333D33333DfDDD3"DDfU"""3UUD"""""3D333""3Uw™wUD"""DUD"3UwfffUDDDDD33D33"""""""D3""""""""""""""3""""""""3"""""""""""""333wˆ"""U3"""""""f™"""""Uf"""""3ˆ3"3"DfwU3UwwwfUDD33""""""DD33DUfDUˆˆª™ª™™wUwwD33""""""""3"""3"""""""""""""""3"""3""D3""""""""3""""DDDfwU33"33DDD333UDDU3""3333333"""33"""""3D33333333333333"""3wUDDD3D3"""""DUDff3"""""3333""3Uˆ™wD3"""DUUUDDDDDDDDDD33"3"333"""""""333""""""3"""""3""""""""""""333D33Dww"""D3""""""""DfD""Uf""""3ˆU"3"3UwU""UwˆˆfUUDDDD333"DD33D3DUUUUˆˆ™ªˆwwww3"33"""""3"""""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""D""""D3333DUfwU"33""3DD3333DDDD3D3"""333""""3"3""""3DD3333"3333333"""""3UD"3UD""""""33DUwwD3""3"""333"""""3Dˆ»w333DUUUD333333333"""3""333"""""""""""3"""""""""3""""""""""3D3"33DDfU""""""""""""333fD""""""""""U™D"333ffD3"""UfwˆˆwfUUDUUDDDDD3DDUDDUUUfˆ™ˆˆfffUUD3""""""33""3""""""""""3"3""""""3"""""""333""""""33DwwUD"33D333DDD33DDDD3""""""3333""33"3"""""33"3""3"3333"3""""""""333"""""3DDf™U3"""""""33""""""3UˆªfDDDD3D3"""""3""""""""""3"""""""""3"""""""""""""""D3""""""""33333DU™3"""""""""D3wf"""""""U™D33""fw3U3""DDUUwˆfU3UUDDDD33DUfUDfDfˆˆwffwfwUD3""""""""""""""3""""""3"3U3"""""3""3D3"""""3UwwD"333"33D33D3D3DUD33"""3333333""D"3"""""""""3"333"33"""""""""""""333"""""333DfUUD3"""33333"""""""3DUwwUD"33DD33""""33333333""""""3"""""""""""""UU""33""""""""""""""""3333UˆD""""""""""3"Uwˆ3""""UªUDU3"DfD""""""""3DUfffDDUfUUDDUUf"UffwwwwwwwfD3"3""""3"""""""""3D"""3""3D3U"3""3333"""3U3""""""""""DfwU333333333333D3DDD""""3"""33""3""DD"""33""33""33"""33"""""""""""3""333""""33"3DfUD33"3DD"""""333""33DfwwDDD33D33333333UUDUUU333"3333"""""3"""""""Dwf""""""333""""""3DD""""3"""""""DDDˆU333"""""333U™™3"fªwUU33DfU"""""""3""3fwwwDUUUDDUffffUfwwfwfUUDD3""""""""3"""""""3"""3DDUUDDD""3""3"3""3DD"""""""""""""Dww3333333333333333DUD""""33""""""33""D3""""""333"33"33"""3""""""""""""""""""3333DU3"UDDU333""33333D33DDUfffUf"3DDDDDDDDDUffUwUUDDDU3D3"""""""333"""""""""DD"""""""""33""3"""""""""3DUfU3D3"""""""33U™ªf"wˆwwfDfDfU""""""""""DUUfDUUDUUfwffˆfwfDD3DDDD3"""""""""3"""""""""33DDD33DD33""3""""3D33""""""""""""""3UwU3333"3333333333DDDD"""""""""""33333""""""""""3"3"33"33""""""""""""33"3"""""33D33DUfUwˆˆDD3"""3333DDDD3DDUUfUUDDUUUDUUfDUUfwwUUfDUUDD"D3""D3333""3""3"""""""""""""3""3"3""""""""""""33DUf333"""""3"3U™w""wfDwwwf3Df"""""""""""3ffUUUUffˆwwUDwU33"3DDD3""""3"""""3""""33"""333""33"""""DUD""D""""3D"""""""""""""""Dff33""3"333333333DDUD""""33""""333""""""""""3""""""3"""3"""""""""33333""""D33333DDDUUfwU""3333DD3333"33DD3DUUUUUfffwwfwDfUwwfU3"3fffDUUD3DDD3U333"333"33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33UfU"""""3""""""33ˆ™""3fD"DDUwˆUUU"""""""3"""""UUffDUDUwfffUUD"D333D33""""""""3"D3"""""3""3"3"3"""333U3"D""3D3""""""""""""""3UU3"""""3"33333"""3DDD3"3""""3""""""""""3"""3""""3333"""""""""""333D33"3DDD33"""33DDDDU3"3DD33333"""33DUUD3DfffUUfˆˆUUw3DUffDUwwfUUUfUUDDDfUDDDD33DU3"""""3""""3""3""""""""""""""33DUw"""""""""""""3ˆf3™D3DD""3Uff"""""""""""3DffUfwfffUffDD"33"3D33"""""""""333""""""""""3"""""""D3D"3D"""""""""fU3"3"""""""33"3"3"3DD3""""3""""""""""""""""""33333""""""3""""""""DDD33D333""""3U"""""3D""3D33333"""3DUUD3DUfwfUwwfU3UDDUffD""wwwUUUfwwDDD3DUDDDDDDD""""""3""D""""""""""""""""""""3""""3"3Ufw"""""""""""""3DDˆD""3ˆDUfD"3™ˆ3"3""D"""""3fwUUwUUU3UU3""D"3333"""""""""D3""333"""3"3""""D""""33D3""""""""""""""3fD""""""""""3""33333U3""""3""""""""""""""""""3D3""3"3""""""""""3DDDD3""3D3DD""""3"33"33"3""""""3DDD3"DUUfwwwUDD"3DDUfU""""3UffwwˆˆˆfDDUUDDUDUD"""""D""""3""3"""""""""""""""""""""""DUˆD"""3"""""3UD™""DwD3D3"3wwD333"3"""""DffUUU"3D3""""33"33"""""""""""DfD33D3"""""3"""""3""fD3DDUD"3""""33"""""""""""3UU""""""""3"33333U3"""3"""""""""""""333333D3333D33""""""""""3DDD333D33"""""""""""333"""""33DDDUfwˆªfD3"""""33"""wwˆ™ª™wDDUUUUUfD""""3""""3"""""""""""""3""""""3""3DˆD""""UU"""""DUUf"fˆ33U3"""U33""3D"""""DwfffD""""""""33"""3""""""""""3UUw3"""3"3""""""""3""DfwˆD""""33"""""""3Dw""""""3U""""3333U3""""""""""""3D333333"3""333333""""""""""""""DfDD333"3"""""""""3""""""""3DD3DUUUˆwU""""""""""fˆˆª™ˆffwfUUfD""""""3"3D3333""3"""""3"D3""""3""""3"Uˆf""""""""33ff""3™ª3"D"""U3"""""D"""UwUUwU""3""33""3""3"""""""3UD3DD3""""3""""3UwffD"""""""""""""3Uf"""""3"""""33DD3""""""""""""""3"""33""""3"3333""3""""""""""""""""3333333"333"D3""""""""""3DD3UfUDfw"DD""""DDDD"""""3DUUwˆfwffwwf"""""""33D3D33D3"333""33""D""""""""""DwD""""""DUff"fªwDDD"""DD"""""3"""3fwwwU"""3""""""""""""33D3DU33"""33"""3DDUD"""""""""3DUD"""""""""""33DU3"""""3"3""""3""""""3"""3333""3""""""""""""33"""""D3"""DDDUU3""""""""DDDUfwfwfwU"D""""Dˆf3DU3"""D33fˆwU3""3""""""3DU3DD33"3D3333333""33"3""""""""3DU33""""""3UUˆDUD33DwªU3D3"""""3""""""3"""""Uwwwf"""""3""""""""""D3"D""3""""""""DDD""""3DfD""""3"""""3""""DU"""""D""""""3""""""3""""D3333"D"""""""""""""""3""3""""3UUDD""""3Dwˆˆ™™™wUwwwD"D3"3UfDD"3D""3""fwwf3"""""DD333"3D333""""3"3333333""""""""3ff"""""""""""3wˆU33UU™™DD3""""""3"""""""""""""3wwˆUDU""""""""""""""33"3""""""""33D""""""""""3DUD""33""""3"3"3D""""""3D"""""3"""""""D""""3""33333"""""""""""""3""""""DUU33D""""""3UªwU"UffUUwww""3UUU3"""""3U""""""DwfUD""""""""DDD33"3333"""333333333"""""""""DUUU""""""33ªDDffUˆ™D33"""""""""""""""33"""Uww3"wˆU""""""""""""""""3"3"""333D3""""""""""33DUU"33"""""""""33333"""""D33"3"""3"""""""3""333"3""""""3""""""""""3Uf3D"""33Dwˆw3"DUDDUf™f""Uˆf""UD"3""""3UfUD3"""""""333DD3""3D3""3333"33"333"""3"""""3UU3D3"""DDUffU3DDDf»D3"""""""""""""""3333""3U33D™w""3"33""""""3"""""""33DUD""""""""""3Uf3"3333"""""""""3DD"""""""""333""3"""""""3"""33""33""""""""""""""""""DD"""33Dfw3"33DwDUUUU3"3ˆw""""""U3"""3UfUD"""""""""""3333""D33"33""33"""3"33""3"3"3"""""""DD3333"33"DUDDDˆ3"333DªU""""3"""""""""""3DD""""""D33"3ˆˆ3"""""""33D3"""""""3"""33DDDD"""""""""""3UfD"33"""""""""""3D3"""""3333"""""""33"""""""3"""""""""33"""""33""""""""""""""DUfˆf""3""DD3"""DfwD""""33"""UwU33"""3"3"""3DDD"""""3333333"3"""3333"""""""3Uf""333"""3UfUD3"33ww""3"3™U""""""""""""""""DfU3"3""3"3wˆˆD"""""3D3""""""3""3"3DDUU3""""33"""""""DfD3"33"""""""""33D"""""""33"""""""""""""""""""3""""""3""""""3""D""""D""""""""DUwwˆ3"""3"""""f™U3"""""""""Dwˆ3""""""33"3DUfD3""33"3333333"""3"3"""""""UU3"""""3""3DDDDDD33""3w™""3"3ˆU"""""""""""""""3"DUUU3""""""UUfU"""3"""3UD"""""3"3D"333DUU3""""3DD33""""""3fUD3""""""""D3""""""""""""""""3"""""""3""""3"3"""3D""""3333"D""""3DUDf™w""""333"""3D333"""""3""DfˆU"""""""3333DDDD3"3"3"3D33333""33D33"3"""""""Df33"3wwDU3D33D33D""""333™3"33Dff""""""D""33"""""""3DD""""""3Ufwˆf""""Df"""3UwU"3"""""3"3"Dff3"""333"333""3"""3f""""D""""""3"33""""""""""""""""3"""""""""""3"3""""""""3fD""""33D33""""""3"3DDwwwD"""""3""""""33""""""3"""33wU""""""33DD33DD""33""33333333"3"""33333""""""DU3""""33"D33D333""3"""33Df"3DDUfD"""""""""""3"33"3""33UfwfDU""""""fD""""""""DUD3U3"3UwfˆUUwwU3"""3333"33DD33"3D"333""""333UUD""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"3""33"""""3D3"""3D333"""""33""333UˆU3"""""""""3""3"""33"""UU3""""33""DDDDDD3"""""3""3DD33"3""3D3333""""""DU"""""3"""33D33"""""3D3Df33DDU"3""""""D3"""33333"""33U33D"3""3D"33""""""DDDDUfDUfwˆ™ˆwDDDD3""""33"3UU3"33"3D3""""33DD"""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"33""3""""""""3"""""""3D3"33""""3""333DwwD"""""""""3333"""""""""3U3"""""""33""D3"333D""""""""333"""3"D3DD333""""""""33"""""""""""3333""""""333"Uª"33DD""""""33DD33"33"""3"3"""""""""""""""33""""3D333DUUDfw™ˆDff""33""333333D3"""D"""DU3"""""""33D33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"3"3""""3""""""""33"""""""""3DD3"3""333""333DUˆU3"""3U33""""""""3UD3""""""333333333"3DD""""""""D333DDD3DDDD33""""""""33D"""""""""""D3"3"""""""DD33»ˆ"3D33"3"""33DDD3"333"""""""""""""""""""""""3D3""""333DDUfffwf3"DD33333""3""33333D3"""""3D""DDD3"""""""3"33D3""3"""""""""""""""""""3"""3"3"33"""""""""3""3"""""""33DD33"""33"""3DDUwf3"""""3D"33"""""UU3"""""""""""""33D33333DD""""""33333DDDDD333"""""""""""3D"""""""""""""""3D""""3""3ˆªDDf"""""""""3"DD3""3"""""""""333"""""33"""""""""""""3DDDDUUwf3"""""33""333333""""""""333D"D33"""""""""333DDD3""""""33""""""""3"33"""""""3"""""3"""""""33UD3""3333""3DDUfˆf"""3D33""""DDD"""""""D333"33DD33""DD"""""333DDD3D3DD33""""3"3"""""3D"""""""""3U"""D33"w™ˆ3w""""""""""""3""""""""""""333""3""3"3"""""3"D""3DD3DDUff"""""""3""333"""""""""""3DD"DD3""33"""""""33DDD""""""3"""""""""D""""""""33""""""""""""""""""D3DDD333333333DDfwwf3"""DD3""""3UD""""""""""""""3"""""""""333""""3"3DUUDD3DDDDD3""3"""33333D""""""""33"3D3UˆfwffU"""3""333"""""""""""3"""33"""""""3D""333"DD33UD3DUfU3"""""3"""""""""""""""""""""3DffDD""""""""""33"DDDD"""""""""""3"""""3"""""""3""""""""""""""DDD33333"333DDDDw™f""""33D"""""3D""""""""""3"""""""""""3""""""DUD3""3D33D333"33""3333D""""""""""D"3DDUfˆˆ"Dˆf"""3""""33"3"""""3"33"""""""""""""""""""3U""""333"D3DU33DUfD""""""""""""""""""3DwˆD"3"""""3"""""""3"333DDDD""""""""""""""""""""""""33"""""""33""""""""""DDD3333333"3DDDDf™3""33D"""""D""DD""""""""""""""""""3""""DU3"""3333333""3333D3DD""""""""3"DD3UDDfˆfDDww33"""3""333"""""""""""""""""""""""33DD"33"3""3"UUD3Dff333""""""3"""3"""""DDˆˆ3"""""""3"""""3""""""33"33DDU3"""""""""""""3"""""3"33"3"""""""""""""""33DDD333""333DDDDˆf"""333""""33""33"""""""""""""""""""3333"3""33""3333D333D3"333"""""""""3fDDDDUUwˆfw™ˆ"DD"""33"3333"3333"""""""""""""""""""""""3"DUDD"333DfD""DUwfD33"""""""3""""""""3"""3fˆˆ3"""""""""""""""""""3DDDDD""""""""""""""""""""3""""3"""""""""""""33"""3DDD33""""333DUUff3"""""3D""3""""""""""""""""""""""""""3D33""""""""333333333DD"33""""""""D™U3DDUfwf™ˆªf333"""""3"""3DD"D3""""D3""""""""""""""3""""DfUU3""3D3f33fwUD"""""3"3"""3"""""Dwˆ™UD"""""3"""""""D3"3"333U3"""""""""""""""""3"""""""3"""""3""D"""""3U3DDD3""""33DDUUffU3"""""""""3D"""D""""""""""""""""""""""""""33"3""33333"333D3333D"3333"""""333fªU33DDf™fw™™D33""""""33"""33D""""3D""""""""""""""""3""D3fUwU333UDDDDw™f3""3"""""D"3"U""""""DwUwU"""""""""""D"""""3""3DDUf"""""""""""""""""3""""""""3"""""3""333D33DD3""""33DDUUffUD""3"""""""""""""D"""""""3""3""""""""""""33"""""333"333D33DD3DD3"3"""""3""3f»wUUUUf™UU™ˆU333""""""333DDD""3"""""""""""""3D"""""fˆfUUDfD"DUˆ™wUDD3"""D3"3D3"D33"3DUD3ff3""""""""""""3""3UDUD3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""3D33""""33DDfffff"""33""""3"3UU3"D3"""""3333333"""""3"""33"333"""3""333"D3D333D3333"""""""3"""ˆÌfDUffˆwff™wD33"""""""""DDUD3"DD3"""""""""""""""3D""""UfUU33UDUfªˆwU3DDD3""D3"3D3DU""""""""Uf3""DwUD""""""3"""""3DDUU"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"3D3333DD3"""3333Uˆwwˆ3""333"""""""""33ˆf"""3D"""3D3"3333""""""""""3""3"333""3""333333333""""33"""""""U™ªUUUUUw™Uwªˆ3D3"""""""""D3DwU"3"""""""""""""33"""""3DD"""3UD"""fffwfUUfwD3333""""3D333DU3""""3U3""3DfwU""""""""""""""3"DfwD""""""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""""3"""""33D33"333DDffUwwU3""3D"""""3"""""Dfw""3U"""""333D3D3"""""33""""3""""3""333""333""3333"33D33"""""""3™»ˆDDUUUfwU™™f"33"""3"3D33"3DUf™wD""""""""""""""""""""""3DU""3333"333fwfUfDDUUD333""3"333DDDD""""""DfU"""3wf3""""""""""UfwfUfˆD""""""""""""""""""""""""3D3""""""""""""""DDD33DDUDUfU3DwD"""333""""""""3U3""fU""""""333"33"""""DUU3"""""3"""""""3D3""333""333333"3"3""""""Uª™fDDDUfUff»ˆ""3D3"""""3D333DUf™fˆˆf"3"""""""""""""""""""""DD3""3UfˆfUUUUUUUDD3333""3""3D33""""""""3fw3"3Uw"""""""""""UwffwwwwD"""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""3DD3DDUfUfwf33fw3""""""3"""""""""""""U""""333"""""33""""DD33D"3333""""3""""""""3333"3333""3D3"""3ªwUDDUUUfwˆ»f"""3"""""DD33DUUw™f™ª»™U3""""""""3""""""""""""333""3fwªˆwwfwU3DDDUD3""D33U™™wf""D3"33""""""U™ˆ3""3fD"""3"fˆwfwˆwfD"""""""""""""""""33""""""""""""""""""""""""33DUUUDfUUfffDUw3"""""333"""3""""""33D""3"33""""""""333""""3D33"33"""3"""""""3333"""3""333D"""""""3™wDDDUUUfwªˆD"3""""""""DDDUfˆfªª™Ìª™™»™33""""""""""""""""D""3""DfwfUfw33fUD3"DDU3Dwˆªª™™wUfD"UU33""""""""UˆfD""Df""""""3Uˆffˆ™ww3""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""""3"DUUfUUwUDDfwwwU"""""33""""""""""""33U3""""3""""""3"33""333333333""""""""3D3"""3"3333D3"""3"""w™UDDDUDf™ª™3"""3DDUfwˆˆªˆÝÌ»»™ªª™3"DˆÝÌ»™ªª™ˆf3D""""""""DU33Ufw™wU33ffU3DD333"3UD3ˆ»ªwfwfUfˆˆwˆw""""""""""Dww3""3UfD""""33fˆwwˆfU"""""""""""""3""""""""""""""33"""""""3DUDffwwfUDDwˆfUD""""""""""""3""""33U""""""333333"""""""33333""""""3DD33"""3""3333"3"""""""""""""""™ª33DUDDˆ»Ìˆ"""""33DUUfˆÌ™UUˆª™™ˆ™ªª3UªÝîÝ»»»»ªªª™w""""fffUD33Uˆ™wU33UwfUwfUDD3333U3ww™wfUfUffw™™wDDf""""3UwU"""3Uw3"""""3"UfwfD3""""""""D333""""""""""""""""""""3""""""""3DDDUUUˆˆfU3UwDDfD"""""3""""""33"""3D"""""3D3""""3""3""333"3""""""33DDD""""333333"""3"""""""""3"3ªˆ333DDUªÝªU""""""""333DfÌîÝ»ˆUwªª»ªÌîÝîÿ̈UffwfffˆªffUUˆUDˆ™ˆU3"3DwUf3DDDDfwwˆˆwD33333DfwˆfUUUDDfffwUfUD3DDfwˆ33"3fUD""""""3DU""""""3DUDU3"""""""3333"""""""""""""""""""""""3""""""3DUDDfDDfwD"UˆfDff33""""""""3""""3U"""""""""33""""3""""""33""""3333""""""33D3""""3"""""""""fªf3333Dwª™D"3"""""""""3fÝÝÌ»ÝÌ»ÌÝîÿÿîÝ̈wDD33UUUffwˆ™»ª»ÌÌÝÝÌ™UDwf"3D33D33Uˆ»»™ˆfDDDf™ªfffUfUDDDfffUUUUUfwDUwwDfU3"DUfD33"3""""3"""""DDDU33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""333UUUDDU3DUUDDDDDUU""""""""3""3"3"""""D3""""3""""""""""""""33""33"DD3""""""""""""""3wˆ3""33Uª»f"""33"""""""3fÝÝÌÌÌÌÝÝ̪ªªˆwUDUD3"33D3DUD3Dˆª»Ì»™™™™ª»»ªDUD3D3UUˆ™wwfffª™ªˆˆwˆUUfUDDD3DUDUD3D3D3"3"Uffwwˆ™™™f3fˆUUU3""3"333D333""""""""""""""""""""""""""3D3"3DDDDUDUUDDDDD33DDf3""""""""""33""3"""3"3"""3""""33""""""""""""""33D3"33""3"""""""""""""w™U33""3wª™3""""""3""""DDÝÝ»»ªª»ªˆUUfD3""3DD3"333U3"UD3fwwwwfwwˆˆ™™™ªˆ™ˆw™ˆwwD"""3"3U3333DwUUUUD33333DD"3"""""""3"3UUf™ˆˆwfˆ»ªfU""""""3DUDUU3"""""""""""""""""""""""""333"33DDDDDUfUDDDDfUDDUf3"3""""3""""""D"""""""3""""""3""""D3"""""""3""""3D3""3"""""3"""""3""""D»ˆD333"Uªª3""""""""33"""""3U™Ýª»»ªªª™wfwD3""333333"3"3UfUwUUfUDD3DDUDD3DDUDDDD3"""""""3"3DDDUUUDDD3"""33""3"""""33""33"DDUUUDUfwwwfUfffU"3D3Uw3"3""""""""""""""""""3"3"33DD3D3DDUUUDDDD333fU"""""""3""""3U3"""""""333"""""""333"""""""3U""33D3"33""""""""3"""D3D3"f»U333"Dˆ»U"""""""33""3""33f»ªªªª™™ˆˆw3""333""3D3"3DUDUUUUUD""3333D3"""""3""""""""""3333DUfU3D3"""""33""""""33"""""""3DD33333DUDDUUwwf33""3DDDDD"""""""""33"""""""""""""""3333DD33DDDUUDUDD"33Uw""""""""DD"""3"3"33""""33""""""""3333"""""""3""333"""3"""""D3""3fª»3""""f™w""""3""""3333U™»ˆ™wwfUDD"""3""3""33""""D3D3DDD3""""""""""""""""""""""33""Uf33""""""""""""""3""""""""3333333"3DUDDDfwf"""DDDDD"""""""""33333"""""""""333"333"33DUUUUDDD333DD""""""""""33"""""D""""""D"""""3D"""33DUD333D3"333"33"""""""""""Dª»U3"3"3™w""""""""""""""333w݈ˆw""3"D3""333""D33""""3DD33"""""""""3"""""""33"D3""""""""""""""""""""""D""""33"3"33DDDDD3UD""3UDffUf3""3""333"33""""""3""""""""33333DDU3DDUD3DD""""""""""3D"""D""33"33333"""""""3DD33"""""""3"3D""33""""""""3"fªf3"3""w™3""""""""33""3""333ªˆDf3"""3D33DU333DD""""D33"""3""""""3"333"""""3""""""""""""D""""3D"33UDD3Uˆ""3333DUf3"""""""""""""33"333""""""""""""""""""33"33UD3DUDD333"""""""""""3"3"""""""333333"""""""""3D3""3"""33"""""""33"""33"3"33ˆ™D"3"U™w""3""""""""""""""""""3ffˆ3DD3"""3D333""3"3"""""""""""""3""""""3""""""""""""""""""""33"3""3""3333Dw™""D""33"3UU33"""""""""""33333""""""""""""""""""33""""3D3DDDD333DD""""""""D3"""""""""3D3"""3""""""""3""""""""""3D"""""3"""""3""3"f»™3"""ˆˆD""""""""""33"""""3™ªˆUU3"3"33""D3"3""""""D"""""""""""33""""""""""""""""""""""""33"3fˆf3""""""""DffD3""""""""""D333"""""""""""""""""""33""33DDUD3D333"D3""3"""""Dw""""""3D""""D""33"""""""""3"3"333DUD3""33""3"""""3w»f""f™U""""""""3""3"""3""3ª»ªf3""""""""3"""3"""""""""""""333""""""3""""""""""3"""""""33"3DUˆf3"3U""""""""DwˆD"""""""""""3DD333"""""""33"3"3"""""""""333333DUfUDDD3"333""3""3DD"""""3"3"""""33"""""""""""""33D33DD3""""""""""""3fª™3"wˆU33D3""""""""""3DªÝ™f3""""""3""""""""""""""""UfU33"""""""""""""""3""""3"3DffwDUUD3ˆw""""""""3DwˆD"""""3"""3UUD3D"3""""""3""""""""""33333DUUffUDDf3"DD3""""3"""""DD3""""33""33""33""""""""""3"""DD33""""""""""""w»w3fˆf3""3D3"""""""D™Ì»3"""""""3""""""33""3"DfUUD3""""""""""""""3""DDUUfUffwwUˆ™w""""""""33UwD"33""""""3DD3fUD3U""""3"""3"""""333333DDDDDUfwfU33D"DUD"""""33"""33DDD""""""3333"""3"""""""""""""""333DD3"""""3""33"UªªD"U™f3"""""""""""""3"""ˆ»»w"""""""""""""3UUU"""""UDUUUUUD3"""""""""3"3""""""3DUD33DUˆ™ª™™ˆUD""""""3DwUDD"""""""""""D3DUD33D3""""3""3"""""""""""3333DDDDDUUUUwfD3DD3UD"""""""""""""3DDDD""""""""3""""""""""""""""333333"""""3"""333™ªf3w™w3"""""""""""""""""3U™ªw3""""3"""""3DD""""wˆfUUDDUD3"""""""""3D3DDDUwwˆ™ª™ˆUDUUD3"D33f"3""""""""""""3DUUDUD333"3""""3"""3D"""""""3"333DDUUDUDUUfwU3DU"UD"""""3333""""33"""""""""33"""""""""""""33333"""""""""""""3wªw"f»ˆ3"""""D3Dwªˆ3""""""""3333"""""""wwUUDD3DD3"""""""3""""""""333DDUfffwˆˆfDUfUDUwfUD3""D3"""""""""""DDUD3D333333"""D""""""""""""3""3DDDDDUDfUDUUwf33UD3U3"3D33"33""""""""33"3"""""""3"3"3"""""""""33Dwªf"3ˆ»f"""""""""Dˆªˆ"""33"""""UD3"3"""""UwDUU3DDD3"""""""""""""""33"3"""""""""33DDUUUDUD3333DDDUUfˆU3"""""""33DDD3333"3333""3D"""""""""333333DDDDUUDDUfwwUDDDUDD3""""""3"""""3"""""""""3"3""""""""3""3D"33""""3Dww3"w»w""3""""""""3™»3"""3"""""3DDD33"3""3UU3DfD33D33""""""""""""""""""""3DDUDUUDDDDDDDDUUfUDfD3"""""""UfUD33""3"""33""""3D""""""""""""33333DDDUUUD3Dw™wUUDUD33D""""""""""""""3"""""33""33""""""""3"33""""""""""""""3DDU™"Uªˆ""3"D""""""""""DªÝU""3"33""""3DD3"""DUfU33UD33"33"""""""""""3"""""""""33DDDDDDDDDDUUUUfUUwD""""""""""""""DwfUUfU"D"""3D""""DD""""""33333DDUDUDUDUfUUwfDUD3DU""""""""""""""3"""""3"""3""""33"33""""3""""""3DDfw"U™™3""""""""""""""""""wÝÌD""""3""UUD3"""""""3UUU33D3""""3"""""""""3""""""""""3DDDD3DDD33DUDUfUfw3""""""""fwUUD3DfD3DD"33""""DD"""""""33"3"3333DDDDUUfUUUUffwUUD33DD""""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""33""33"""3"33"""33Dw™fª™D"""""""""""""""""ªÌ»D""""""""""DD3""""""""""3UUUD3DD3"""""""""""3"33DDD3"""""""33333DD33DDDDUUfD""""""""fwwfUDD""33"DD33""""DD"""""""33333333333DDDDfUDUUUfffDD333D3""""""""""""""3"""""3""""3333"333""""D3"""""""""Dwª™ÌªU"""""""""""""""™Ý»D"3"""""""""3"""3"3"3ffUfˆUD3DD3D3"3"""33"""""3""3""""3"333D333DUUUfUf"""""""""wˆwfUUU33""""3DUDD333"""""""""33"3333333D33DDD33DDUUfffDD""D"""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""""33""""""""""3""3"""""""""""D™ÌÌÝw3""""""3"""3ªîª""""""3""3"""3"3""""fˆwD3UffUwfU333"33"33D333"""""""33333D33"DUUUUDD"""""""""""wˆffDUDD3""""""""3DD3"""""""""""""""""""333DD3DD"U3333DUUUfD3"3"""""""""""""""""D"""""""3D33"""""""""""3""3333UªÝÝ™D"""""""""""""""D™Ìݪ"""""33"""""""""wˆˆwwˆwwfUffD333"""3333D3""""""""3"33D333DDfUDwDD"""""""""3wwfUUDD33""""""""3"""""3"""""""""""3"3333333DDDD"3"33DDUwwU3333""""""""""3"""""""""""""3"""""""3D333""""""3"""""3333wÝÝ»f"""""""""""""""""wªÌ̪3""33""3""f™wwˆˆˆwffUDDD3""3"3"3DDD3"""""""""3333D333DUfDwˆU"""""3wffUUDD33333""""""3""""3"""""""""3""""333333DDDDDDD3D"33DDfww"33D"""""""""3"""""""""""""""333""""""""""""""""""""""33wÌ»™U""""3""""""""""""""""ªÌ»»™3"""33""D3"""3w™ˆˆˆˆˆˆwfUD"3"""""33DUfDD"""""""""""33333DDDfDUˆDD3"""""""ˆwfUDDDD33""""3"3"""""""""33"""""33"3"333DDDD33D3U3333DUDUDUDf"""""3"""""""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""""33""333™ÌwD"""""33""""""""""3"fÌ»ˆUU3"33""3DD33"""""""""Uˆwˆˆ™ˆˆˆfUD33"""""333D3fU3"""""""""3333D3DUfwff33"""""""3""""DˆfwUDD33"333""""""""""""""""33DD33D333""3333D3DD33333"33UDUUUDfD"""""""3""""""3U"""""""""""333""""""""""""""""""3""3"D3U»»3""""""3""""""""""""""Dw™™fUfU"33UD3DD""""""""Uwwˆ»ªª™ffUD3""33""333UU3"""""""""3333D3Dwwwf3""""""3""""""""""""3UfˆwfDD33""33""""""""""""""""""""""3"3DD3D3""333333D33"33"33DUUUUUUf"""""""3U"""3""""33"""""""""""""""333""""""""""""""3""""""3DU̪3""""33""""""""""""""""""""Dˆ»™wˆfwD33"DDD3""""""""3www™»ªˆfUUU3""""""3""3333DD""""""""""3333DDDUUw™f"""33""33"""""3D"3ˆ™wfUfD3DD333""""""3"""""""""""""""333333333333333333"3"333DDDDUwDfD""""""""""""D""3"""333""""""""33333"""""""""""""333"""""""Uª»ˆ""3""33""""""""""""""""""""3f™ÝªUDU3"""33DfD"""""""""""Dˆ™ª™ˆwfUD3""""""""""3"333"""""""3"""""DD3DDDUDUf™™U""3D3""""""""3"""Uwfffˆª™ˆfDUfUD3D3""""33"""3""""""""""""""3D333DD333333333D3333DDDDDUfwˆf"""""""""""""""""3""""3D"""""""""""3""""""""""""""33"""""33D™ÌÌD""""""""""""""""""""""""""UÌÌݪ3D""""3DUD"""""""""""3Dˆ™™ˆwUUD3333""3"""""33D"""3""""3""3"""""""D33DUDDUDUfU3"""""D3""""""""""3Dwwwwˆ™™™wˆˆwfUU3D333""""33""""""""""""""""""333DDD3333333333DUDD333DDDUfw™ªf"""""""""""D3""""3D33"33"""""3"""""""""""""3"""""""""3fÌÝ»3"""33""3""3""""""""33""""""""fÌÌ™™ª3"""3333"""""""3"ˆˆˆwffUDD333333D3""3DD3D3""""""3""""""""""333DUUUDfwˆ""""""3""3""""33""3Ufwwˆ™ªˆ™™ˆwwwffDD3"3"33333""""""""""""""""33""3333333DDD3DDDU3""3DDfUUfw™ˆwD3"""""""""333"""""""3"3""""""""""""""""""""""""""DfwÝ݈"3"""""333"""""3"""33"3"""3"3w»Ý»™ˆ™D"D"""D"""""""wˆwˆwfUDDDDD33DDDDDDUUDDD"""""""""""3"""""""3DDDDUUffˆw3"""33"""""""""3UwDfˆ™™™™™™ˆwfUUUD33333333""""""""""""""""""333"""D33"33333DDDU""""DDUUfwˆwfwwwU"""""""3DD3"3""3""""D3""3""3""""""""""""3""""""""3ˆÌ»ªªw3"33"33""""3"""33"3"""""""3DDDˆÌw™wD3D""""3D3"""""""""3ˆ™wfwˆfUUfDD333DDDDDD3DUD""""""""""""D3""""333DDUUUUˆˆw3"""33D3"""""""3ffffˆˆˆ™ˆˆˆwwffUDDD33333D3"""""""""""""3"""""33""""333333"3U33""""3D3DffffwwwwwU"""""""""UU3""""""""D33""3"""""""3"""""""""""""D™Ý̪ˆU""33"3333""3D""D""3"3DDU33UfUDUwf™ÌÌ»ˆfDf™fDDU"""333"""""""""""""""UˆˆˆwffˆˆwwUDDDUUDDD33D3DD333"""D""3D3"""""33D3UU3Uw™ˆf""""33DUD"""""Dfˆ™UwˆwwwwwwffUUUUDDD333"""""""""""""""""""""""""3"3""33"333""""3"333DUfffffUffU""""""""DD33"""""""""""""""""""""3"33""""33U™Ìîˆ333"""""33"3"""""3"333"f™wDUffffˆˆ™ÌÌ»»ªˆUff™wfDD""""3D3""""""""""3"3""UwˆwwwUffwwUDUUUUUU3DDDUDD33333333U3""U3""3DUDfUfDfˆU3""""33DUU"""Uwˆ™wˆ™ˆwwfwffwffUUDDDDD33D3"""""""""""""""""""""""3""""333"3""""3"""33UUUUUwf3Uwf3""""""""3333"3"""""33"""""""""33"""33""DffªÝîîf""""""""3333"""""33333fwˆfUUDUUUUfˆªªˆ™ªªˆˆ»ˆˆwU3"""""3"3"""""""""UwˆwwˆD""3fwfffUfUDDDDUUUD33333"""D3"3"""""""""""3UDUfD3UD""""33DDD""Dfˆˆˆwˆˆ™ˆˆwfffUUUUDDD3DD3333""""""""""3"""""3"""""""""""""""""""33"""""33"333DDUUfDDDDDUD""""""3333""""3333"""""""3"3"""D33""3UU3DUwff»îÝÝw""333""333333""""""""wwwUfUD333UUww»wª»»ÌÌÌ™ˆwfU"3"""""""""""UwwUUD""3fwfwfUffUUDDDD3D3""D3""33"""3""""3DUUDfw3333""""""33"Dwwwwˆ™™ˆwwwfUDDDDDD3D33f3333333""""""""""3"""""333333D3"""""33D3""""""""3DDUfUDDD3DfD"""D3"3"333""33333D3""""DU"33333333"""3DUUªÝîîÝ»f"""3D33333333333"3""3DfwˆwfD333333DUw»»ÌÌÌîÌ™wˆfD3"""33"""""""""3fwD3""33"UwffffwwfUfUD33DD"3DDDD""""""3""""3333D33w"""3""""DwˆwwˆwˆˆfwUUDDDDD33"3DfD333D33"""""""""""""""3"333"33333D33"3""""""""""33DDUUDDU3D3fUD""3333""""""33"3"33"""""fD3""3"3"""""3ÌÝÝÝÝÝ»ˆ3""DD3"3"33"3""""DfUw™ffUD"3333333D™ÌÌÌÌÝÌ™ˆˆf3""3"""""""""""""""UwUD3"3UffffffwfUUUD33DU33"UD3""3"""D""""""""""3333DD33D"3"""D"Dwˆˆª™™ª™wwwwfUDDDDD33"3DDDDUDD333""""""""""""""3"3"""33"""""""""""""""""33DDDDUUUDDD33UfU""3U""""33"3333"""""""""UU33""""""Dff»ÿÝÝÌÌ™w™wDDw33""""3"w"3UfwwˆwDUUUD"3333"3"Dˆ»ÌÌÝÝÌ™»™3""""""""""""""""""UffUD"3UffffUffUUffU3DDUDDDUD3"""333""""""""""333DUf"""""3f™ªªªªªª™wfUwUDDDDDD3"D33"333D3333"""""""""333""""""""""3""""""""333""""""33333UUDUUDDD33DDD""33"3""D3""""""""""""""Uf""""3fUfwª»ÝÌîÿÿÝÌÌ»UUUwUDf33Ufˆw"fwˆwfUUD3UDUU3"D333333U»»ÌÝÌ̪™ˆD"""""""""""3"""""""3U3fUD"3UUUffUUUUfUDDDUUDD333D""""""33"""""""""""""""3333DU"""3""""fˆ™™™ˆˆˆ™™™wfUUUDDDDD33333333333333""""""""3""D""""""""""""""""""""""3"""""333DUUUDUDDDDD33DU3""D333333"""""""""""""""fªˆwDwˆª»»»ÝîîîîÿÝ™w™ªˆˆUUUffwˆfˆwˆwwUfUUDUD3""DDDD3D3"""33Dw»ÌÌ̪»ˆw3""""""""""3""3DDUUDDD3UfDUD"UUUUUUfD333DD""""3"""3""""""""""""""""3DDUˆ333""DwwˆwUfwwwf™ˆUUUfDDDD3""333"""33"3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""333"""33"DUUDDDUUDD3DDD3DfU"UU"""""""""""""""""""""""Dw™»»ÌîÝîÌÝÌÌÝîÿ»wffUffwf3UfUUfˆ™fffUUUDD333"""33DD3D33""333ˆ»Ì»»™ªwU"""""""3""""""""""UDD"UUDfD3"33""UfUUUD3"3D3D"""""33""""""""""""""""""""3"""""D3DUUf3"""DwwfDUD3DfffwUUUUUD333""333""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""333""""D33"""3333DUDUDD3UUUDDDU333D3"33"""""""""""""""3"www̻ݙÌÌÝ»îîîݪffUUDDfw"fffDDUfU3DUDD3D3""""""3"DD3DD""""3fª»»ªˆªf3"""D3"""DD""""""""""UfD"3Ufff"3""UfUUD""3D33"""333"""""""""""""""""""""3""""""33DUf3"3""DfwfUD33UffUDDDUUUD333""33"""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""""333""33D3""""""3DDDDDDDUUUfUUUUD"D"3""""""""""""""""""""""""3"Dwf™™»Ì»ÝÝîÝݪ™wfUDDD33UfwˆUDDDfD333DD3"""""""""3U333D3""""3™»»™ˆˆf""""DD""DU""""""""DfUDDDDfw33""Ufwwf""DU""""""33333""""""33"""33"3""""""""""""""""DUfD""""3""""3Uˆwfffw™™wUDDDDUUD33"""3"3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33"""3"3333"333""""""3333DUDUDDUUUUUUfD3UD"""3"""""3""3""""3"""""""""DU™ªÝîÌÝîÝîÌ™ffˆfD3333DD3DfwˆfUDUD3333""""""3""DU"3D3""""D™ª™ˆˆw""3U33D""""""3fUUfD3DUwwD"DUwwwU"3DD"""3"D33333"""333333333""""""3"""""3""""UwU3"3"D"3"333Dfˆw™™ªª™ˆwUUUDDD333""33""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""33"33""3"""3D333"""""""3"33DDUUUUUDUUffwwUwU"""""D""3UD""D""""DfUUwª»»ÿݪˆUD33D3"""""3DUUD™ˆfUUU3DD"""""""""DDw333""3U™wfU™U33DDDU3""""""""3fUf3UD33Dwf"UD3DUU33U3"""D3D3DD333"""33D333333"3""""""""""""3"""""""3UwDDD333""Dfwwˆªª»ª™fUDD33333"33"""""""""""""""""""3"""333""""""33""33333D"3"""""""""3333DDDUUUUUUffwˆˆ™D""""""333DD"""""""""DD3"w»ÝÝÌ»fD3""""""""""3DDDˆfwffDDD33""""""DwwwwwwD"DUDD333wwwfwU"""3DfU3"""""""3DffDDD3""3Uw"""333""3333UD33DDUDDff3"333"""3DUD33333""""""""""""D"""""33"3""DUffˆD333"fwwˆwˆª»ÌˆD33333333"33""""""""""3""""""DU3"33DD3"""3333""3""3DD3""""33"""""333DDUffUUUUfUf™™ˆ"""""""33"""""33D""D»ÝÝÌ™3"""33"fwUUUUD333""""3"3fwffUUUDDwwUDDUwˆffffwfD"3"3DD333""""""""3wUwUDD"""Dw3""3"3"""DDDD3Uwwf3333D33""DDD3"33"3"""""""""""""3"""3""""3""""33fwwD"""""ffffwªª™wD"333333"3""""""""""""""33"33"3D3""""DD33333333D3D""""""""""""D33DUUUUUfUfwˆˆf™U"""""""""""33""U»Ý»ˆU""""DD3DDUUDDDDDDDDDDDDDUD33DD3D3""33DwUD3ˆw"""3D3"""""3""""""""UwwfUD3""DD"3333DUwwffU"""33333D3"33""""""""3""""""""""""33"33"""3UD333"""""Dwfff™™fD"333333"""""""""""""""""33D333"3333"""""33333"3""""""""33333DDDUUUUfffwfUwf""""""""""""fªÌ™f""""D3"33UwU33"""""33D33""3"""""""3DUw33fªD""""3"""""3"""""""""""""UwwU3"""D""33DUffffwDUD3"33333""D33""""""""3""""""""33"33""3""Uw333333""wfDD3ffD33"3""3"""""""""""""""""333333D3"33""""""333"""""""333"3DDDDDDUUUUffffDw™U"D"""""""""3UU»ÌªUD""D""D333""3"""""""""""""""3Dwˆf»w"""""""""""""""33D3"""""ffU3"""""""""3D"DD3""""3DUDD"3D333""D"""""""""""""3"""""3333333"""33fD33D"""""""UfDDDfUD"""""""""""3"""""""3U3333333""33333"33""""""""33""3DD3DD3DDUDDUfwˆfˆ33"""""""""""""UwªÝÌ™wD""3"""33DD"""""""""""""33Dw™»w3"""""""""""3333""3"""DfD""""""""""""""3D3D33D33"""33""""""3""""""33""""33333"33"3Uwf"""""D"ffDDDwD""""""""""""""""3D""""""3"3"333333333333333"""""""3"3"3DDDD3DDDUDD3UwwU™D""""""""""""ˆª»™™™ˆˆf33""""""DDD""""""""""DUUU™w""""""""""""""""""""33DfD""""""33""3"DUU3D33"333"""""""""3""""""33""""333"3D333DUˆU""UDˆwfDUf3"""""3""3""""""333333D3DD333333333"""""333333DD3D3333DDDDDUffUw""""""""33""wÌ»ˆwˆwfff3""""""333"""""""""33DU™f"""""""""""""""3U33"""""""""3""3UfDUD3""333"3"""""3""""333"""""333DU3"DD3Df3"""Uˆ™wfUff3""""""33D3"""""""""3DUDD33"333"D3""333333UDDD33333DDDDDUUf™"""33"""3"""DˆÌªˆwffwUD"""""""3"""""""""""""3""""33f™"""""""""""""""""""DUD"""""33""""""Uff333DDU33""""""""3"""""333"""""3D3D33DD3DfU33"DUwwwwffw3"""""""3D"3"""""""""""""""DUDD"33"3"33"33""3DDD3333333DDUfffUfw™""3"3""""D™»»™»ªwwwUfDDU3""""""""""""""""""""D"DD™D"""""3""""3"""""""3UD3"""""""3U""""""""UˆUD33DUU33"""""""""""33""3333D333DDDUUfDDD"3™ˆˆwfU"fD"""""3"3""""""""""""""""""""""3UD333"3"33"333"3UUD333333DD33UªwUfwˆf"""33"""3""U™ªwfˆwUUwUD"3DD3""""""""""""""""3""""""""3"""""3Uw3""""3""""""""3UUD3"""""""""U"""""""3"UUUDDDDUD3"""3"3""""""""""3"""33333D33D33DDUDD3"3""wfUUUDD3w""""""""33"3"""""3""""""""33""""""3DDD333"33333333UUDD33D333D33DwUffww™"""""3D"""""""""DªªfDDD3Dff3""33"333""""""""""""""""3D33"33""""""DwD"""""""3D"""""""""3UD""""3"3""""""""33"3"3UD3""D333""""33""""""""""""333"""333333DUDDDUUDUfD"UwfUUUDDD3f""""""""""333"""3U3"""""""""""""3DD333""3"33333DUDDDD3D333D333UDfwˆ™D33""3""""3w»w33D3DwU3"3""""""3""""""""""""""""""""3"D33"""3""""UD""""""UUf3"""""3f3"33""""3"""""""""3"""3"U3""3ffD3""""""3"3"""""3D"3""""33333DUDwˆfUUˆ33ˆˆffUUUDDDDDD""3"""""33""3""""DU""""""""""3""""""""""3D3"333"3D3333DUUDD3D333"3333DDUwˆˆw"""33"""""""3Dw»™"""3DUfD""3""""""""""""3"""""3""3""3""33DD3"DD""D""3D3""Df3""""""""D""""3""""""""3"""3"Dw™™wD33""""3"""3""""DD""""""""D3D33DwwˆwˆDfˆfUUfUUDUDD3DU"""3"333"""3"3D""3""DD3"""3""""""""""""""""3"3D333"DD33D3DDUUUD333D33D33"UDUff™U3""""3"""""""Dªª3""DUUU3"33""333""""""""""""3""""3""""3"3"3333DD333D3"""""""""""""""""3"33""""D3"""""""""3"""3w™ªˆª™™w3""3""""""3""""33""""3"""DD3DDUDD™ªª™™U3DUUDUUDD33ff""""333""""3"3""333fff"""""""""""""""""""""33"UDD3333DDDD3DUUUUD3DDD3""""UUUUˆf3D"""""""""ˆªU"""3fUDDD333""3U3"""3"""""""""""""D33"""""33"33333D33"3""""33"""""""""""""""3""""3"U3""""""""""""""""""3DDf3"3""33Uw™™™ˆwˆ™ˆˆU3"""33D"""33"""3"""""""3DDDDDDfUD™ªˆUDUUUDfUDD"3ˆ™U3"""3D"""3"""""3333D33""""""""""""""""""""D""D33333DDDUfwfUUffDUD3""3"3DwUwf""""""""""""""3DUªª3"""DfDUUD3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3DDD33"""""""""3""33"""""""D""""""""""""""""""3U""""""""""""""3333fˆwffUfˆ™ˆfDDUUfffwˆD33""""3333""""333""3"3333DDD3Dfff3fˆUUUfwwfU3Ufªª™fD3D3U3""3"""3"3D33"""3""""""""3""""""""3333DDUDfˆ™ˆfUUfwfUD""""DDUfUw""""""3""""""33"D™»ˆ3"DUfUDDD3"3""""""""""""""""""""""3""""33DDUDDUUD333"3""""""33""""33"""""""3"""""33""""3""""""""""""""3DUUˆª»ª»»ªˆf3""3UD33DUD"3333""33"3"""3333"""33333D"DUUffUwfffwwfDDUˆ™™wwwf3DDDD"""""3"3333"""33""""""""""""""""3"33UUDfˆˆwfUDUwwfUD3""3DUffww""""""""DU3f»ˆD33wfUD""""""D3"3""""""""""""""""""333333"""33DUUUU3DDUDDD3"3"3""""""3"3"""""""""""3333""DD""3"3U"""""""""""33DDUwˆ»»ª™UD""""""D3""33"3"33""333"3""3333333333333DDDUUf3"U™ˆˆwwwffwwwwfffwwUDDUU""""3"""33"3333""""""""""""""""""DDDDfˆˆfUUUDwwwwfUD3"3DDUwˆf3"""""""3"D3""D™ªUDDUwU33"3""""3"3"""""""""""""""3"""""3DDDD3DDDDD"33""3""333D3""3"""""3""""3""""33""DUUUD333DD""""3U33"""""3DDDDDDUUDww™ªˆD3""""""D""3""3333"""33333""""3333""""""3DDDUU""™ªˆ™fUUfwfUffDUwwwwff"""3333"""3D3""3"""""""""""""3UD3"UˆwUfUUfˆwˆwffUDDDDDf™ªˆ"""""3""3""""3fªªf3DfUUD3"""""""3"""""""""""""""""""3""3333""""""""333"""33""""""33""""""3"""3""3DfUD3"""3DDD3"""UUDD"""33DfwwˆwfUfUUfUD3""""""3D"3"""333DD333333""""33D3333"""""33DU""f™ˆwfffffDUU3DUUw™™ˆD333333""""3D333""""""""""""""""333fU3"DwfˆˆˆwfffwfUUDDUUˆª™U"""""""UU"DU™ª™fDUˆfD3D""""3"""""""""""""""""3"3""""""""333""""""""""3""""3""""3""""""""""""3D3"3""333D3""3D""""3DU3UfwfUfUD3D3""""""3D3"3"33DD33333D"""""3DDD3""3""""3DU33"3™™w™ˆfUUDD3DDUUw™™™w33""""""333DD""""3"""""3"""""3""""3fwU""33wˆwffffffUffUUfwˆˆ3"""""""D™ªÌ»ªªˆfUDfˆDDD3"33""""""33"""""3""""""""""""""""3"""""""""333"""""""3""""""""3""""3"3""""""3""""""""3"""D33"3D3""""""""""33DD33UDD3"""33""""""D333"DDDD33DDD""""33DDDD33""""DDUD33"DˆfffUDDDD3DDUfffwˆˆf3U"""""333333"""3""""""""""D""3ffD"3"3"UˆfwwwfUffUwUDwwfww""""3f™™ˆwfffUUfwfU3333"""3"""""3""""""""3""""""""""33"""33D33"""""""""""3""""""3"""""""""""33DD"3""3D"""""""3""""""""""333DD3""""""""""""33"33"33"""3DDDDDUDUDDUUD33"3DUDUUDD3"3UUU33UDfDUfUD33333DDfffff™™DU""""3"3D3D"""""3""""3""3333"3D""""Uwf3"""3""fwfwwwfUUUffUfwfw™3"""D""""™»ˆwwfwˆˆˆwwfD333"3"""""""""""""""""3"3"""""""""3""""DDD""""""""""3"""""3"3"""""""""""""3DD3""""3""""""3""""""3""D33""""""""""333"""""""""DD3"UD33UUUDD3DUf3UfUDD3""""3UD3"ˆˆffUUfUD333DDUffwwww™ˆˆwD3""""333D""3"""3""Uf3Dff""""3"""""3""""DwˆD""""3D3D3UwwfUwffffwfwffU™D"""""3"UªªwU3DfwfUDDDD3""3"""""""""""""""""""""3""""33""33D33""""""""3""""""""3DD""""""""33DDD""""""""""""""""""3""""33"3D"""3"33D""""""""D3"UUffDDD3"DwfffUD"""""3DD3"ªˆwfffUUUUD3DUDUUwfwwˆˆffU""3""""3"""33"3"""""DwwfUf"""""""""""""3wf3"3""""""D"UD""wwfDwwwwˆwwwffˆˆ"""3"""f™ªfD333DDUDD3333""33""""""""3"""""""""""""3"""3D333""333""3""""""33"D3"""""""""3DDDUwD""3333Df"3""""""""""""""""3""""""""333"3""""""""""""UDUUDU3"UfUffUD""3""DˆfˆªªwfUUUUUUUDUUUfwfwwˆˆwˆffU33"""""33""3"""""3Dff33U""""""""""3UUU3""""""3"D333""3UwwwˆwˆwffffUUˆD3"""""3ˆªwD3"""333D3333""333"3"""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""3"""3"""3""""""""""33"33"3""""3DDfwwffD3DUUffˆˆDU3""""""""""""3fU"""""""3"""""""""""3""""""3DDD3DU""wˆˆˆwwU333"3U™™fˆ™ªwfUUUffD3DDUDUfwwwffwwUwˆˆwU3"""""""3"33"DUUU333"""""3"33Uf333""""3"33"""DUUwˆwwffwffUUD3"33"""""""ˆ»ˆDD3"""""33333333""D3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33""D""D3""""DDDwˆUfwfwDUfDw™™UU3D""""""""""""""""33ff3""""""""""DUD3"""""""33"""DUUfffUfUDfffUDDfwˆˆwˆˆˆwfUˆˆˆ™wUwfDUUUDDDDUUfffffwUUwwwUUUU3"333"""""3fwDU3"""""3D"""""3Uˆ3"3""3"33""3""ffˆwˆwffffDwD"""""""""ˆUD3""""""333"""3"""3333"""33D3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33"""D"""3""""3DDUwˆUUUUUUDDUw™™wwUUw3"""""""""""""""""33U3""""3""""DfˆU3"""""3""3333"3fUfUfUD3"""""""""3DDUUffUfwfDwwwffwwUUUUUUfUUfffUUfˆˆwUUffww3""""""""3U33"""D3Uwf"""33DUw3"""""""3333""3333UDˆwˆfffUffw"33"""""""3ˆDU"""""""3"333""33""""33"3D""""""""D"""""""""""""3"""""""""3"33""3""""""""3DDDUˆ333DDDDUUfwwfwˆwfww3""""""""""""""""333DD"""3"""""""""3wU""""33"3"""3"DfUD3333"3"""""""""3DDDDDUUfUUU33UffDUfwffUfUUffwwUfˆwwfUUfwˆwˆˆˆˆˆD3"33D"33fwffwfUUDUD3ff"""""3"3"33333"3"3D3DDwˆwfffwfˆD3"""33D""wÌ™U""""""333"3"""""""3""3""""""""DU3""""""""""""""""""33333""3""""""3D3DDU"""""3DDUUffwfw™ˆfwˆ3"""""""3""33"""3"33"""3DD"""""""""""3""""""D3"3D3"""""U3""""3"""""""""333DUfUUUUD3"3f33D33wwffwUfD"Ufffwfwwfwˆ™ˆˆ™ˆ™™ˆwfUw™f"3wˆ™™wUDfˆfD3333DD""""3D""""""3"""3""3333"33DUwwwˆwwww"33333D"3ˆÌ»fD"""""3"333"""""""D"D"""3""3""D"3""""""""""""""""""""""33333""33"""333DDDDf3""""33DDUUUUfUfˆˆˆw™3""""""3DDD""""""3333D3"""""""""""""""""""""33U""""""3"""DD3""""""""""""3DDUffDD33""3""3333fˆwˆfD""Ufwwwfwˆˆˆwˆ™ˆˆwffDDfˆª™ª»ªˆfU3DDwfDfUUwf"""3D"D33"""33"""3""""33333D3D™ˆˆ™wˆU"33""3ˆÌ»ˆDUU""""""33"33"""""""33D"""""""""""3"""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""""D3""3""""33DDDDDU3""""3333DDUUfffwffˆ»™f3"""3"DDUD"""""""33"3"""""""""""""""""""""33""3""""3"3D3"""33"""""""3Uwˆˆf3"3""""""33333D™w""""33wfˆˆˆfwˆˆ™ˆwwffDfwˆˆw™™ffDUUUfffwUDfwD"3""3DD3""3D3D3"""""""33"333333wˆ™ˆˆU3D3D33ˆÌ»w33fD3""""""33""""""""3D"""3""""""""""""3"3""""""33"""""""""3D""33"""""3D3DDDD3D3"""""3"33DDDUfwˆwˆˆ™Ìˆ3""33D3DD3""""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""""33""""""""3"""""UU"""33""""""""""3ˆˆˆw3""""""333"33Dwf"""""wˆ™™wˆˆˆ™™ˆDDUUww™wwwDDD3DDUwˆfffDffD""3DUUDUUUDDf3"""3"""3"""D3333f»™»ˆ33DfDfªÌª33Df3"333""""""3"""333f"""""3333"3""""""""3"3""""""3"""33333""""""""D3"""""""33DDDDDUUD3D3D"""""""3DUfwwˆˆˆªªˆ"33333""3D""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"3"""""""""UwD""33""""""""3U3"DwU""""""33""DfUw""""3fwfUUDDDUf3DDwˆˆwfU""DD3"DUUfDUDDUfUUDDfwUUDDDDDDD"3""33"3""33""3"D33™ª»ˆU3"DwÌ»ffUD3""U33UDD33D3""3333"""""3333"DD""""3D"3"3""""""""3""DD3333""""""""D3"""""""""DDDUDDD"3""33"""3U3"33DDDUwwww™ˆˆ3"""""3U3""""3"33"""""""""""3"""""3"""""""""3fUDDD"""""33""""""""""UU""3Uf3"33333"3333ˆD""""""""""3U"UU"3""UDwUwˆU"D3""3D333DDD3UDUwwU"DUDfUDD333"D3333DDDDD3333"3"D"33Uˆªˆ33ˆ»»fUD333DD"""""""""DDUD""""""3""""""""3""3"""3"""3"""""""""3DD33"333"3D""""""3UDUUDU""3"""3""""DD"""333DDfwˆwˆ™ww""""33"""3fw3D3""""""""""""3"""""""""""""3Uf3"3DUD33D3""33""DUf""3fD3""333""33UwD"""""""""333D"3""Uf3"fD"33"DDUD33"33D3UUU3"333"3DDDD33"D33333"3DD33333""""3D3Dwª»»Ì»wUUD3"3Uf3"""""""""""""3"""""33"""""""""33"""""""""""""3DDD"""33"""D""""""33DUDUD3""3""""""3""""""33DDUwwwˆ™wwU""33""3DDUU3"3"""""""""""""""""""""""3"""3wfU3""33333"""""3""""3333"UD3"333"""3DˆUD""3"""3333333333"""33D33"333""""333Uf3""333""3D3333"D3"33"3333"333""3"33333ˆ™ªÝ݈D33333""33""""""""D"""""U3""""""""""""""""""""""""3333"33"""3""""""3"DUfDfD"""3"""""3""""""""DDUfffwˆfffw3D333D333D3"""""""3"""""""33"""""""""3"""UfUD3""33"""""""3""""""""""""""U3333333""Dˆˆ3"""""3"""33D"""3"DUD""""3"""""33DD""""""""3333D3"3D"DDDDD3"33""333"3D33""f»ÌÝ™wD3D33"""""""""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""333DDD333"""33"""3333UUfUU""D3"""""""""""""333DDUUUˆˆwwˆ™fD33""333UU"3""""""3"""333"""""""3""""3333"""""""""ffD3""33"""""""""""""""""""""""3f"3""""""3D™D""""""""3D""3UfD3DU3""3""""33UD""""""""33""""DD333DDU3"3"""333"333"3"D»Ì»ˆwUDD3""""33""""""""33"""""""""3""""""""""""3"""""""333D"D3"D"""D"""33DDUffU3""33""""33"3"3"3""""33DDUUUwwfUww333DDfwf3DD3UfU""""33""""""""""3DD""U""""3"""""""DfUD3333""""""""""""""33""""""UD""""""33ff"3""""""3"""33"3UDDDUD33"DD3D3"""""33DU3"""""3"3""""D3DD33DD3"""3333""3"3"3"U»ªfUDDDD333""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""333D333""""""3"""33DDDfˆD3""""""""D3""33"""3""""3DDDUffwwUU"""""3D333DwwwfDUD3""33""""D33D3"33""""33"""""""ffUDD3"""""""""""3D""""""w"""""""""Dw"""""3""3""DD3D33DD3"""""""333333""""""3DDD"""""3""""""UD333D3D"3333"""""3""DDw»ˆ3DD3DDDDD""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"3"33"""""3""""33DUU™D"""33"""3"3""3"""33"3333DUUUwwff3"""3D""""""""""""""3"""D3"3"3""""""""""ffD333""""33""33""""DU""""""""Df"""3UDDUD"""3D"D3"3"""""""""3""3DD"""""33U"""""""""""3DDD333D33"""""""33""33™ªU33DDD3UfUU""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""""""3""""""3DDUwD"""""""333"""33D33""D"3333DUUfDUDD""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""UfU333""""""3"3DD3"""""ˆD""""3Uf33333D"3UUD3""3DD""""""""""""33"D""3U3"""""""""""DD3333333"""33""33""U™ˆD3"DDDDDDUDD3""""3""""""""""""""3"""""3"""""""3"""""3DD"""""3DUw3"""""""""3""333D33333"3"33DUUUwfUD3"""""""""""""""""""""33"""""""""""3wfUD33"""""""""3D333"""ˆU"""3DUUDfDDDD""UUfwˆwUUD"""""""""""3""D333UD""""""""DD333DD3"""""""""3""U™ªf"3""33DDUD3"33"""""3"""""""""""3"""""""D""3D3"""""""""""""3"3UfwD"3""""3Uwˆ3""""""DUD"""3"""""3333"33D333DDDUU"""""""""""""3"""""""3""""""""""""""""""fˆUD333""""""""""3"3""""""wf3"""3DDD3D33D33"""U3DfD3""""""""""""""""3""""3DD"""""""""U333D33""""3""""33D™ªw3"3DDD"33DD""D3""""""3""""""""333""""""3"3""""3"""""""3D""3""""3333"DUfU"""""3DDUDD""""""DUD"""3"333""3"333DD3D33DUDDffUD"""""""""33""""3""""""""""""""""""""DwffU33"""""""33""""DD3"3"""ªˆUDD333"""""""3D3"3D3D3""""""""""""D3"3UD""""""DUUD3""3"""""""""Uw™™fU"""33"33DDD33""""""""""""""""""""333"""""3D3""""""""""""""33"""3""3""""""3DDDD""""Dw™D"""3DD3"""""""33""""33"3"33DDD3ffD3"""""3""""""3"3"""33"""""3""""""3UwD"3"33""""3UUD3UfwwD333"Uª™UD3"""""D""333UD"""3"""3""""""""""3DUDDU3"""""DDUD3"""""""33"""3f™™f3"""""""3"DD3D333"""""""""""D3""""""""""3""""333""""""""""""""333""3333""""""""""""""3"3D™ªf""333"""""""""""""""""""""""3DDDD3DD3"""""""""""""3DDDU3333""""33""""33Dff33""33"""""""""""DUwUfwf3DUUD33UwwUD3""33""33333DU33""""3D"""""""""""""33UfU""""""""DD3fU"""33""""DfwˆwU3"""""""""3DDD3DD"3"""33""""DD""""""""""""""""3"3""""""""""""""3333"""""333""""""""33DDf™ªªD"3D""333"""""""""""""""""""""3D3DD"D3""""""""""""D3UUD3"""33333""""33fwD333"3""""""""""""""3DUˆ™fUD33333DDDUD33""""""""333333"3"""DD""""""""""""""33DUD""""""33"DDUU"""""D""UˆˆwU3"""""""""""3DD33""D3""3"3""""33"""""""33"""""3""""""""""""""3"""""33""""3"3Dw™ªªf""D33"33"""""""""""3"""""""""3"DD3D3"""""""""3""""""333"3""""3333""""333Dww33333333"""""""""""""3DDfwD"UU"""""33""""""""""33333333""33""""333"""""33DDD3"33""3UDDDD""3"DwˆˆDD3"""""""""3DD33D""3U3"D3"33""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""33Dffª»wD33"3"3"""""""""""""""33"UDDD3""""""""33"333""Df"""""""333"""""33Uˆw33333"33"""""""""""""""333DDUDDD""""""""""3"33"""3D"33"3""""""""""""""""""""""333DDD""33UUD""33"3UwwU333"""""""33DD33D33UU3""""D3""""""""""""33""""""""""""33""""""""""Uwf™»ªw""""""""33"""""""""3333DD"""""""""33333""Df3"""333DD3"""333UˆˆUD33"3333""""""""""""3""""""3333DUD""""""333"""3333333""""""33""""""""""""33333DD""DD333DDUwˆfU"""""""""""""""DD3DDD33DD3""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""3"""""""f™™»ª™3"3"D3"""""""""""""3UDD"3""""""""""3"3"""""""""""""""""D""3DDD3D3"33Dˆ™ˆU33"333DD3"""""""""""""3"""""""3D3DUDD"""""""""""3"3"33"3"""""333"""""""""""33""33DU3333"33"Uww33""""""""""3D333DD"33"3"""3"3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"DU™ªªˆ""33""""""""""""33D"3D"33""""""""""""""D"""3"""""""""3333D3333UUDfª™f33D33333"33""""""""""""""3"""""33DDDw3"""3"""""""33""""33D3D"3"""""""""33""""""333UDDD33"3U™f3D3"""""""DD3333D3""D3"""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""UD333""""""3DUw™ªªˆD""""""""""""""UDDDD"3""""3""""333D""3""3"""""""""""D33D3""3Df™wUDDDD3333333"""""""3""""""3"""""""""33DUUD""""""D3"3333""3D3"3D""""""""""3""""""""""""""3DDUf3"Dˆw3"""3D"""""3D333333""333"3"""""3""""""""""""""""3""3"""D3UDDD"""""""""33wªÌ»ªD"DD""""""""""3DDD"""""""33"""""3333""""3D33""""""3""3Uw3UDDD33333333""""""""33"""""""""""""""33DwU33""""D""3"3""""33DU""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33DDUD""fˆD3"""""D"""3333333""""33"""""""""""""""""""""D"3UUDD33""""""""""""3f™ˆ™™D"3D"""""""3DD3""3""""""333""""""3"""333U3"""""""""3fwDD""333D3"33"""""""""""""""3""""""33DwU"3""3"DD""""3""3"3""3D3D"""""""""""3""""""""""3DDf33ww3""""""3D"""3333333"""""3"""""""""""""""""3"33333333"""""""""""""3UUf""3U"""""""""33DUD3U33"""""""""333"""""DUUD3"""""3"""3fU""3"333DD3""""""""3""""3""""""""DfD"33"33""""33"3"3"3"33DU"""""""3D33""""""""""3"33DUDUfD""3"""3"33""""""3333""""""3"""""""""""""""3U"3D"""3""3"""""""""3DU3333Uf""""""""""""""3333D3DD33""""""""333""""DUD333""""""""3""""""3fD""""UD"3D"""""""33""3""3"""""3"""UfD"""3D333"33DD"""333"3333"""""""""""""D""""""""""""D"3DDwf3333"""""3333""3""3"3"D3"""3"""""""""""""""""3""D"""""33""""""""333D3"33DDfD"""""""""""""""""3""33333"D"""33"3""wUUD3D3"""""3""""""Dwf""""3D3333""""""33"33""""""""""3""ffUU""""""""D"""3UD3333""3""3""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""33Dˆf333""""""3""33"3""""""33""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""3333"""3333DfwD""""""""""""D3"D33UUU33DDUwfD3DD""""""""""""""""""""DwU"""""""33"3333"""33"33"""""""""""3Df"3"3D"""""3U""333333"""333"""""3"""""3""""""""""""""3"3f™D""""""""""""UD"3"""""3"""""""""""""""""""3""""33""""""""""""""D"D"""3333DDUUwU""UfD"3""""""""""3""""""3DDUDDfUf3""DDD3""""""3"""3"""""""""""3"3UˆU33D"33U333"""""DD"""""""""""DUD""""""""3""DD"""3""33"""D33"3"""3D""""""""""""""3""3UˆˆD""""""""""""""D3"33""""33"""""""""""3"""""""""33"""""""""""3"""""3D""""333DUUUDUwwwfwˆwwfUUwˆUDUD3""""33"""3"DUDUU3UDD"DUfwfDD"""""""""""""""""333"3wˆUD3"""""D3333"3333DU"3""""3DDU""""""""""3"""DD333""""3"33"""""333""3""""""""""""UfwUD"333""""""""333""DD"""""3""3""""""3"3"""""""""""""33""""""""3D""3"""""333DDD33DDUU33"33333DUfwf3UwU"3fU""""333D3DUUUUD333DUfwwU""""""""""3"""3D3"DfˆfU33"""3DU3""33DDD333""""""33DD"""""""33DDDU3"""""""3"""""""""33""""""""""""Dwf3UD"3D3"""""33"3"D3"""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""33"""""""""""""D3""3D3""""""""""33"3""333""""""""DDˆˆ™ˆˆfDUwª™™ˆ""""33DDDD"DUD"33333"DDDUwf3""""""""""3"33DD"UDˆfUDD3"""DD3"3DD3D"D"3"""3"DU""""""""""33DD""""""33"33""""333""""""""""""""3DDDffD33U3333""""""""33""UDD3""3""33"""""3""3"""""3"""""""""3"""""""""""3"""""33"""3"""""""""""""""""DUDfUUwˆwDwwwˆUDDUfffwˆˆU3""3333UD"""""33DUUf3""Uwf"""""""""33""DD3ffU™fD3"33""""UDD3DU3U33D33""DU""33"""3""33"D33""3"""""3"""""""3""""""""""3D"""""3D""""3UfwfD3""U333""""""""""3UD3"""""3D3""""""333"""""""""""""""""""""""3"33"""""""3""33333""""3"""""""""""33Dff3333"DffUDDfUDfˆUD3DUUfU3D3fU""3DDU3UU""Uff3"33"""""D3"UfUUwUˆ™UD333""""333DU33UD33D"""3U"""""""3""3333333""""""""33""""""""""""""3D""33"3D33""3DfUDDUD3""DDDD3"""""3"3D3""""33DD33"""3"3DD3"""""""3"""""""3""""DU3""""""""3""3D"""333D""""""3""""""""""""DDUw3"33"""ffUU33D333U3"""3DUw™»ªˆD""3DD3"U3Dw3D33fD"333"3fˆw™ˆˆUUDˆˆU33""""""DUUDD3"""""3"""""3""DD3333"""3""333"33"3"""""""""3D"""""3DD3"33DDDUfUD3U33"DUDUDD""""""""3D33333"DDD3""""3"DDDD3""""""""3333"""""3"33"3U3""""33""""""""3""3D""3"3"3D3""""""""""3U3"""""""3""DDUf""3D33""fUU3"333"333Uw™ˆ™™ˆU"""33DDDfD333UDDDfwU33D3D3ffwˆˆ™ˆˆwffˆU""""""""3fUD"33"""D3""""""D3DDDD"""3""3333""U33""""""""""3U"3"33DD3"3""33DUUD3"D33DDU"DU33"""""3D3333333DD33"3"33DUUD3"333"3"""3D"""3"""D"3""""""""""""""""""""""""DD"""3""3DD"""""""""""""UD"3"""""""D3""""DUUU333UU"3fD333333"D"3Dfww™wwwwU"3"3DDDUffUU3UUffDUDUf3UffDDUUUfUUDDDUf3"3""""3fU3333""""D""""""33DUUU3""""""""""U33"3""""""""""D3"33DD3""3""33DDDD"""33D3UD3DfDDD"""""UD"33333D33D3DD""3DDUD3333D"D3""33""3D3""""3""3""""""""""""""3D"3"""33D33"""""""333""3DUDUfDDUfDDDDD3""""33""""""3f"""3"DwUf""3UfD33UD333333"D""3DUfˆffffwwˆwU"33DDUUff™™™wU333UUffDDUDDDUDD333333DDD3DD""""""DfDD33"""""D3"""3""3DUD3D3""""""""3D"3""""""""3"3333DD3"""""33DDD3D3""""""3DDU"DDD3""3UU333333"33Df3D33UDDD33""33"3D"3"""""3D3""""""""""""""""""3D"3""""33D33"""""3"""33333"33Dwwwˆˆ™f3UD33"D"D3333333D3DDUDDwU"""3UfUD"""3"""""DDD333333D3"3DwˆfUfwwffffˆwD33D3"UˆUUU""3333333333DDDDD33""3"3"333""D3"""3DDD3"3DD333""""3D3""""""3333"3"""""33""""""""""""333DD3"""""3333333"""""""""333DDDD"""3DU3"3D333"3DUUUD3UUDD33""""3DDD"3""""""3""""""3""""""""""3"DD"3"""33"DD3""""""""""""""33DD"3""3fwwff33D3"""33""33DDDDDDDDUUUDfD"""""""UDD33DDDD"""3U™fDUUUfffUUffwfD33ffUD"""""333333"3333D33"""""""""3""3""""DUDD""DD33""""3DU"""""""""""""""""""""""3"""333""""""""""""3"""DD3"""""3DD"3"33333D3D33fD"33DDUDUUDUDDD"""3"3333"""""""""""""""""""""3""""""""3U"""""33""DD3"""""""""33D33"""3Uˆwf"""""""33"333""""3UDfffUD"3D"fUUDw™fDU3""DU™D3DD33333333Uf™™fU3"""""33333""""""33"""""""D3"""33U"""3D3""""3Df""""""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""333""3"""""""333333U33"3""""D"UU"D3333UUDDDD33U"D33DUDUUfDDDD3""3333D"""3""""""""""""""""""""3"""3U""3""""3"33""""3""""33Uf""""""Uw""""33333"""""""3"3""DD3wwwwˆUUD33"""""Dwf"3"""""""3DUD33"""""""""""""""""""U3""33UD""3"3""""3Df"""""""""""""""3""33"""3D3"""""""""33333""""""""""DDDD3DD"3"D""""3DffffˆˆUDUwwwDDDDD"33D3UUfDDDDD""3333333"""3"""""""""3"""""""""3"""""3"""""""""3"""""3"""3UˆD""""Uf333"""""""""""""3"""Dw™wUUˆDD3"""""""""3Dw"""""""33"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""DDD"3""3"""DU3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33""""3333333"3""""""""""D333DD3333""3"""DDDDDUwU3UwˆffwDUU"3DD3DfUUUDD33""""""333"3"33""""""""3""""""""""""""33""""3"""""""""""""3Ufw3"""3D"3D3""""""3DUwwwˆˆwUD33333""""""3Uf"""""""""33333""""""""""""""""3""3D333"""3""3333DUfw""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""333"33""33""""""""33333"DDD3""""""33DDUDDUfwfˆwwUDDfD3DDDDUffUUD3"""""""333D3"""3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33D""""""""""3fff""""""33"""""""3fUDD3333333""3333DDUf"""""""""3333"""""""D"3""3"333""33"3DUDUUD3"3f™D"""""""""""3""""""""""""""3"""""33"""""33333"""""333""3333DDD3"333""""33DDDD3wwwDDD3DDDD3DDDDUUffU""3""""3"""3"""3""""""33"""""""""33DD"""""""33"33"""""""3DDfUw""""3"""33""D3DDDDwˆˆˆf3"""""""3"3"""""""""D""""""""33"""""3DDUf3"333Uˆf"""333"""""""""3"""""""3"""""""3""""""""33"""""33"""""D333D333D33"""3333D3DwˆfD3D333DDUUDDDfUUDD""""""33"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33D3""""""""D""33"""D33DD3Uf"""3""""""3"33"3""f™™™ˆ3""""""3""3"""""""3"""3"3"333D3DUD""DfDDDUfwUD"3"""""""""3"""""""""3""""""3"""""""""33"33""""""""""DD333DU3333"""333"33UˆwU333"3D3DDDUUUfffUD""""""""3"""""""33""""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""DD33"3"""""""3D3DD"3Uf"""3"""""""""""""""3Uˆª™ˆD3""""""""""""""""U3""""""""D3DfwˆwUUDDDUUfˆUD3U3""3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""D"""""""""3333UfDDUDD3333""3"""""3fwfD333"3333D3DfˆfUfUD""3""""3""""""""333"""""""""33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3""UDD33"DUD""""3"""33"""""""""333f™™™wD""""""""""""D""""DU33333DfUfwUD33""""""3"33U3""""""""""3""""""""""""""""UU33""""""""""3""""""DDDDUD33"333D3""3"""""DwˆU3"3333"33333DwˆfUU"""""""""""3"""333"""3"""""""""""""3""3""""""""""33""3""D33""3DUfDDD""333"""""33""""""""""33w™™ª™U"3"""""3ˆw3""""""D3"DDDUwffD""""""""3DU3"3"3"3"""""""""""""""""""3"""3wU"""""""333"3"""3"3U3333333333333"""""""UwwD3""333333333DfwˆU3""3""""""""""""333"""D3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3U33"33DwfDfU"""3"""""""D"""""""""3U™ˆwf""""""3""UUwˆ™ªªªª™f3""""3U3DUDUD33D""""""33U3"""""""""""""""""""""""""D3""33"333""""""""33333""333""""3""""""3wˆf3"""3"3333333Dˆˆwf""""""""""""""""""3"""3"""""3""""""""""""""""""""""3""""3D3333DDUwwfˆ3"""3""""""""""""""""33DwU"""""Dw™ª™™™ª»ªªªª™ˆw™™ˆD"""""DDDUUDDfDDD3"""3D3"""3DU3"""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""33"""3"3""D33"333""""""3"""""DfwU"333"33D333DDUwˆˆf3""""""""""""33""""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""3""33"""""3D""33UfUfwˆ3""""""""""""3""""""333"UD"""3w™™ˆˆˆwwwwwwwwffffw™™D"""DwwwffUUU3""3""""3""""3f3""""""""""""3"""""3"""""""""""""""""DDUDUD3333"333"""""""""""""Dwf""3333DDU"3DD3UwwwfU"""""3"""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""3""""33"""3"""""3D"3D33Ufˆwf3D"333"""""""""""""""33333D"f™wffffUUUDfUfwwfffff™w"3DfDDD3"33333""3"""""""""""DU3"""""3"""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""3ffDD3"3"33333""""""""""""3Dww3333DUDDUD333DUwˆwfUD"3""""33"3"3""33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33""""DU3"""""3D33333DUffffwD""""3""D3"""""""3333"3U"""33DwfUDDUUUDDDDUUUfffffwˆªfUff3""""""3"""""""""""""""3DD"""3"""33""""""3""33""""""""""""""""""UU333"3""333UU"""""""""UwfD3333"DUUfU33DDUwwUDDUU""""""33""3D"""""33""""""""""""33"""""""""DUUf33""""""""3DDDD3"3DUfwf""""""33"""""""""3D3""3wD"wˆˆˆˆD333D3DDD333DDDffffww™ˆDD3""""""33"""""""""DU3""3""33""""""""""33""""""""""""""""""DD3"333333"3fwU"""""""""3fww"3"""3"3UfU"33DwwwfDDDUU"""""""""3"3""""""""333""""""""33"""""3"3"""""""""DD3"""3""""""DDDD"3"DDDwf"""""""""""3D"3wDw"333D""wwwwwU333333333"33DDDUfffUfwD""""""""""""""""33D"""""""""""""33"3333"""""""""""""""""""3D"333333"3ffU"""""""""DwˆfD""33"33"DU3"3DwwwwDDDDUU""""""""""3"3"""""""3""""""""""3""3"""33""""""""""""""""""3DDUD""3DDww""""""3"""3""""""""""""3UUUffUUwˆwfffUUD"3"""3333333333DUUUUUffffD"""33"""""""""U""""""""""333"33D""""""""""""""33""""333""3UUD"""""""""3wˆU"""333"3U"DU3D3UwwwU33UDD3DD3"""""""""""""""3"3"""""33""""""""""""""""""3"""""33"""DUfDD33DDUˆ""""3"""""""""""""""""DU33Ufw™™™wUDDDD333"""3""""33333DDDDUUUDUDDU333D3DUU3""""""fU"""""""""33333"""3333"3""""""""""""""33"""3"33"3DD3""""3""333ˆˆU"3333D333UUD3D3UwwUD"DDDD"DDDU"""""""""""333""""""""33"33"3""""""3"""""""""33""""3UfUDDDDDDD3"""""""3"""""""""UU"3fUDˆfUfU333""33"3"""""""""""33DDDDDD3DDUUU3""3"D33DDD3""""""""""DwD"""""""""""f""""""33DU"""""""""""""3"""""""3"3D3""""""""333ˆw3"333"3""3DUD3UfwwwU33DDDDDDDUU"""""""""3""33""""""""333"""""""""3"""""""""""33"33"""""3UDDDDD3DUD"""""""""33"3""3wU""DDfwUUUU3"""""""""""""""""3"3DDD33333DD33DUUD"3D""""DUD"3fˆˆwUU"DD"fwU3"""""""""""""3U""3"33UD""""""""""3"""""""""""33D33"""""""3333ˆw3"""3333""333DfwwwUU3"33DUDDDDfUD"3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""33DD3""3D3D33D3f""""""""3""""""""3"""ffU3"UwDUUUD33"""""""""""""""DD333""33333"3D33DUDD3"3DU3UUfffwUUUU3"wUDwf3UD""""""D""3"""""3D3"DD""""""""33""""""""""""333"""""""33333ˆU3"""3333"""DDwwˆwUD""33DDDDDDUUUUwD3""""""""""""33"""""""""3"""""3DD3""""""D3""""""3"3"3""""3333333f""""33""""UD""""""3""""D"DwwUDUfD""""""3""""""""""""333""""""3"""3"3"33""DD33333wDDUffˆUˆwˆˆf3UD"""""""""""""3"""33""""""""""""""""""""3""33333"""""3"33fˆU33"""3"33""3wwwwfD3""3333D33DUUUfD3""3D3""3"""""""""""""""""33""3D"""""""""""""""""""""33"3"""""""""3Uf3""3"3""""""33"""""""3U3"""DU3"33""""DUU"fˆˆwwfUD3"""""""""3""""3"3"""""""""""3""""33"""""3UDUUffw™™ªwUU"33"""""3""""""""3""3"""""""""""""""""""3"3333"""""""3Dww333"3""333""DfwˆˆU3"""3333D3"DUUDDfD333DDD33"""""""""""""""""""3"""3"""33"""3"3""33""""""""""""33""""UU"33""""""""""3D3"""""""DUD333"""3UDUfUwˆ™wwUUD33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33DDUUˆ™™™wDD"""""""""""""""33""""3""""""""""33D33"""3"""33fwU"3""33333333wˆˆˆwUD"""""3333333DDU3U3D3DDD3D33"""""""""""""33"3333"""33""D3"3""3""""33"""33""33"33D3"""3fDU3"DD"""""""D"DfD3"""""""3"""""DffUUDfˆˆfUUDD3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33Uwwwwˆf3D""3""""""""""3""33UDD3"""""""""3""""""3333""""""""3DfˆD"3""3"3333"3ˆwˆwU""""""33"333"333DUUU3D3DDDDU3"""""""""""""3333DD3""33333""""""3"""""""""3"""333D""DUfUD""3D"""3UUDwD""3""""""""""33DDUUD33UUfUDDDD3"""""""D3"""""""""""""""""""""""DUfDffffUD""""""""""""""3DUfUD3"""""""""""D3"""""3333"""""""""UwU""3""""3333DUˆˆwf3"""""""DDD333333DDUDDD333UDfD3"""33"""""""33""3""33333"""""333"""3""""""""33"""DwfD""33"""3""""3UUDU"""3"""""""3""3wUUDDD33"DUDDDDDD""""""U3"""""""3"""""""""""3""""""""33DUffUwˆU""""""""""""3ffUfDD""3"""""""""33"""""3333"""""""""DD3""3"""3"33"UˆˆˆwU3""""""3D333333DDDDUD""33DUDDD3""""""""""""""""""""""""3"33"""""""""""""""""""""33D3"""""3ffD33"""33"3"""""DfU3"""3"""""""3wˆfUfwwUDDDD3"""DUDDDD33"""""""3"""3""333""""""""33""""""D3UUUUwfˆ"""""""""""""""3DDUUf3"3"3D3""""""""""3"""""333D""3""""DD""""""""3""33f™™wˆf3"""""""DUDDD""33D33D33333DUD33D"""""""33"""""""33""""""""""33"""33""""""""""""""""DDD3""""3D3D"3333333""""3""D3D"""""""3""U™ª™ˆffwDD3333""3DD333333""""""""""""""3""3D33""""""""""""33ff333UU""""""3D33333333333"3DDD3"""""""""""""""3"""""""3D3""""""""""""3f™™™wfU"""3"""33DDDD3"3333DD33"3DD333UD33""""""3"""""""3"""""""""""33"3"""""""""""""""33DD33""3Df""D333333""""""""Uf3"D3""D"3"""""w™ˆffD3DD333"3""D3DDD333333"""""""""""""""3333333"""""333"""""3""""U3""3f"""""3"""3U3"""3"3"3"33""3UU3"""""""""""""""""""""""""fD""""""""""3Uˆ™™™wfDDD3D33"33"DDDDD33333D33333D3"33UD3D3""""3"""""""""""""""333"""3""""""""""3DUD3D3"3UU3""D33"3"3"""""""""""DUDD3UUUUUU33333"""""3wˆˆwUDDD3"3333"3"""3D3DD"33""""""""""""3"""33"33""""""3""""""""3"33""ff""3DDDD3"""""""""3DU""33DD3""""""""""""""""""""3f3""""""""33wˆ™™ˆfU"""333DD"3"3DDD333""3DD3DDD33D33DUDUD"""""""""""""""""""""3"33DD3"""""""""""""""3UUU33DDDDD""""""""""""""""fUUfUUUDUUDD3DD3DDDD33D33DfU33DDDDD33333333"3"333D33D3""""""""""""""33""3""3"""""""3""""""""""3""DD""""""""33""""""""""33""3"DD3""""""""""""""""""DD3""""""""""Uˆˆˆwf"3"33D3D3D33""3333"""333DDUU3D33333DUDDDDD""""""""""""""""""""""3"3DD3""""""""""33DwwD"33DfDD""""""""""""""ff3DDDDDD3333D33DD3UUUDDDDDD333DD3333333D33"33333DD3333""""""""3""""""333"333""""3""""""""""3DD"""""""3""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""f3"""""""""""""33w™ˆfU33333D333333"3333333"3333UUfD3D333333D333Df""""3D"""""""""""33333""""""""""""33"3ˆf3""3"DD"3""""3"""3UfUUffUUUD3333333D3"3"DUUUDDDDD333DUDUDUD"333333"3"333DD3"3"""""33"""""""333"""""333""""""""""""""333D""""""""""""3""3""""""D3""""""""""w3"""333""""fˆˆfDf3D333"333D33"3""333333"33UUUDDDDDD"3""""""DDD"""""""""""""333"""3"""""""""""33333fU3""3UUD3""""""""DDD""DUffˆˆfDDDDDDD33"33333333DDUUDDD3333D3DUUffUD3"""33"3333D333"3"""""3"""""""333"""3333"""""""""""""3DD3D"""""""""""""""""""3D""""""""3U3"""""""""""3Dw™wDDDD"33D3333D3D333""3""33"3DUUDUDDD33""""3UU3""""""""""""""""33"""""""""""33333f"3"3Df"""""3DDUUDUUfUDDDDDDDDD3D3DD333D3DUUUUDDD333DDDUfwfUD3""D33D33333333"3"3""""""""""""""""D33""33D3""""""""""""""33D3DD"""""""""""""""""3""33"""""""Uf"""""""3f™™UDD3DD"D3333333D333""33"333DUDDDUUU3333""""""33UU33D""""""""""333"""""""""""""""""3333f3"33Dff3"""""3"DU333DDDUDD333333DD33"3D333D3DUUDDDDDDUUUUUUDDUD"333D3DD333UUD3333333"""""""""""""""""""""""3333"""3""""""3""""3""""""33UU3"""""""""""""""""333"D""D"""""3ww""""""Dˆ™™wDD3D3D33D3333333D""""3"3"33UDDDDUU33DDDD""""""33DDff""""33"D""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3DDUw"33DUU3DDDUDU""DDUfD3333333""3DD3"""33DDD333DD3DDDDUUDDDDDDUUDD333333DDD33333DDDUUU3"333"3""""33"""D"""""""""""""""333""3""3"""33""3"33""""""""""3DUD3"""""""""""""""""333"""3"3""""Dˆf""""""3wªªˆUDDDD3DDDD3333""3333""""""3DD33DDDDU"3D3DD"""""333DDUf3U3"""""""""""""""""""""""""3DUDwf"""D3UDDwD333UUU33333"""""""""3D3""333DDD333D33DDDDDDDDD33D3DDD33333DDD33"33"DUUfUD""33"3"""""""D3""DwU"""""3"3333""""3333""3""""3""""33"""""""""""33DDU"""""33""""""""""""3333""""""Uf""""""""3DˆªˆˆUUDDDDDDDD"33333"33"3"""3D""DDDDD33DU3""D33"3333"3D3DUUUU"3"""""""""""""""""""""3DDwˆ3""33DwfU""""3"""""""""""""DD3DD3"""3DDD33DD333333D3333333D33333D"3DDD3"3"3DDUfDD3"3333"""""""""""""""3fU""""""3"""""3"DD3"""D"""""""""""""""""DD33"3"""""""""""""""""DU""3"""""DfD"""""""""""""w™wwfUUD33"33D33"33333333""33UfUUwfUU3"333UD"33"33"3"333D3D3DDUUwwDU""""""""""""""""3DUwU""""3DUw""""""""""33DD"33""""333DDDDD3D3"33DD33333333333DD33DDD333DUDUfUfD"3333""""""""33"""""3"""3""""""3DDD3"33""""""""""""""""DDDDU"3""""""3"""""""""D"""""Dww"""""""""""""f™wfffUD333333D3""3333333""UfffwfUD3""33"33DD3"33UD3D""3UDDDDDDffUww3""""""""""""""""""DDff3"333DU"""""""333"33"33333DDDDDDDDD3D33DUD3""33D3DDDDD33333D"3333UUfˆf3333333D"""""""3""""3""""3D33"""3""3""""""""""""""DDDDD3DD"""""""3"""""""""""""""UUD333""""""""""wªfffUUDDD33333"""3""33"""3UfUDDD3""""3"""""33""333DUf3""DD33UUUD33DUD""""3""""""""""3"33""3DDD3""""DUU3""""""""""3333333D3333DUD3D3DD3DDDDUU3"3"3DDDDDDDDD3333"""3333DD3UD3333"3D33"""""""""""""""D3"3""3""33D3"3"""""""3DUDDDDD3"""""3"""""""""UD3333333""""""""3ˆ™ˆwwfUDDDDDD33D"33"""33D3UfU333333""""""""""3"""3DDUfD3D"333D33333D3ff""""""D3""33D333"""3DD""""33D3""33"""3""3DDUD3"333DD3DfUDDDDDDDDDDDDfU33DU333DD3D33D3D3333333333"3333DDD33"""""""""""""""""""33D""""333"3D""""""""""3DD"33UU3""3""""""""33""""""3UU333333333"""""3w™™ˆwffUUUDD3DD3U"3"""333DDUUD333333"""""""""""3"D33DDf3"3"3D333333D3Df"""""fU3333"""""3UUD"""""UD""""""3"3"333DDDDwˆˆD3DDDDDwˆfDDDDUUUwwfUwfDUUD3333DD33DDUDUU333333D333""33DD"3""D3""""""""""33""""""""DD"""""""""3333"UDU"""33""""33"""""""""""""ˆfDD33333333333D3f™ªˆwwffUUUUUDD3DDD33""""DDUD333333""""""""""""""33D3DDU3""UwUD3333333D3DfwDD3""""""3D33""""""""33DU3"""""ww"""""""""33""""3DUfUU"3"fwDUUUfwDˆwUUUUfˆ™DDDwwUU3"""33333DD3DDU3D3"333333D33333UD"333UU33D"""""""""""3U3""""""D""""""""333UfDD""""""33"""""""""3ˆªfUDDDUDDDDDDDDU™ªˆUfffffUDUUUDD3Df3""""""Dff3333333"3"3""""""""""""3DDDDDwfUD333333333333"3Dwwwf""""""""""""""""33DD""""3ˆw3"3"3"""""D3"""""333"3fUffwfDDˆfUDUUf™™w"Df3"UfD""""3DDD3333D3"33333D33D3DDDDDD"3DDU3"33"""""D3DD3""""""3DDfDD3""""""""""D33"D""""""""Uªª™wwwwwwUfUUUUfwªªˆ""fUUUU33DUUUDDUDD3"""3DfU333""3"3""""""""""""""""3UD3""33"3"333333333333DDfffˆD"""""""""3DD3333f™™""333"""33"33D3"3""""3fDUU"wˆfDUUff™ˆ™fˆU"3UfD""3fU3D""D33UU333333D333333U3""DDDD3"""""""3D"3""""""3DD3D3"""3""DD3D"3"""""""""Uªª™ªªª™wˆfwwfww™ª»ªUUUDUDDDDDDUUUUDD33""3UUD"""""""3"""""""""""""""33D33"33"3"3333333"33D3DDUUUfUfwD""""""""""""""""DU"Df»»wU33333"3D3""33D33"""""""3"fD3UwfUUUfw™™ˆfwf"DfU3"wfD33D3fD33DD3333"3333333DD"33DUD""""""D""""""DDDD33D""""""3fUD""3""""""3"""3Dwªˆfw™ªÌ»ª™™™™ªª»ªª™U33DU3DDD3DDDUUf3D3333DU3""""""""""""""""""""""33D3333333"3333333"33333DDUUfUffUww""""""""""""""""""""3DU""™ÌÌ»ˆ33DDD33333D33D3333""""""3UUfUDDDD33"DwwD33"DDD"DUD"33UDDU3"3"""""33333""3333D3"""3"3"""""""3D3DU333""""3"""3DUD""3""""""333"3ˆ»™"Dfˆª»»»»»»™fUwˆf"D333DD333DDDDDUDDD333DD""3""""""""""""""""""""""3D3"3"""3"""33333""3"333333DDUUUUfUwwDffU3"""""""3"""33"3""ffDU™wª»wDDDUUDDD3333DD333DD"""""3DDDD3D3D33333ww""3Df3"3333DD3D""33"""""3DD33333333333""""""""""""3"3"""""""33D"D"""3"33"""""3D"D3D"""""""""3ˆª™ªªwDUˆª»»»ªªU"""3f"3UD3DDDDUUUUUUfDUfD333DD33"""""""33"""""""""""33333"333""""33333"""3333333DDUUUfUUUfwfww""""""""""""""3""ˆÌˆwfDwªÌˆUUDDDUDDD3DDD3D3D33U3"3DD"""33DDDD3""33fwwwD""""3Uw33333333DD"""3"""""""3D333"3333""""""""""33""""""""""""""Dw""""""DUD333"3D3""""3D™ªªª™wDUUfˆ™™ˆUDDU"3U"""UUDUUDffwffwwffffU33DDD33""""""""""""""""""""""3333"""""""3""33""""3"3333333DDDUDDUD33Dff"""""""""""3UˆÌÌ»ˆDDwªªwUwUffDDUUUUDUDDDDD3D""""""""""333""3"3fˆˆU3"""""UwD333333DDD3"3D3"""""3D"333D3""""""""""""DD33""""""""""""3""3D33DUUw3"""""33""3""""""U»»»ªw3Df3DDUD3"33"D3D3"UUDDUDUfffwˆwwwffD3DD333""""""""""""""""""""""33"""""""3""33333""3"3"333333333DDDD3333DDfU"""""""3""""""3"fªªªÌ™DD3UUfwffwwˆfDDDUDDUfwwfwUUD"""3""""3""33""""3DU™w3333"""DUfD33""333D3333""""333333""""""""""""""""""""DD3D3"""""""""""""""""""3DDDDDUw3"""""""""""""""""""f»»ªw3Dww"D333""""D33DDUUU"DUUffwˆwwwffUUUD"33"""""""""""""""""""""D33"""""""33"333D""3""""33"3333"33333333333UwD"""""""""""DD"D»»™™»f3D3""""Dfˆf3UD3U3D3D""""""""""""""""""33DUˆªfD33"""333D3DUD33333""""""3""3D3"""""""""""""""""""""""3DUU3D333"""""""""""""""""3"""""33DUUUww"""""""""""""3""""D™™ªª™DDfww3"3"""3"""""3DD""DD""DD33fˆwwwfUfUUDD3"""""""""""""""""""3D33"""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""3DDDfwf""""""""""""""DD3"fª™wˆˆˆD3"333"""""D33DfDffD"""""""3""""""""333UDDDUf33D33"3"DfUfD333"3""""""""3333""""""""""""""""3333"D333333"""""""DDUU3333333"""""""""""""""""""33Dfff""""""""""33"""""""ˆ»Ì™ˆw3""3UU"""""""""3U33"""""DwwwwfffffDD3"""""""""""""""""""3D3"""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""33333Uwf3""""""""""3DD3UwˆffwfDD"3"333""3""333""""""""""33""""333D3D33DD"D33UfUˆ™fDD33"33"""""""""33""""""""""""""""""D333""3"3333"""""""3UffD"""3D3"""""""""""3"""""3""""33Dff3""D333"333""""""""""""""U»Ì»33"33D"""3D3""""33D""""""""3""DwwwwwfUwwDD3""""""""""""""""""""3D33"""""""""""3"""3""""""""""""""""3333DDˆD""""""3DDUUUfwUfffD333333""333333333""3"""""""""""""""DD3"""33"33D33DDw3D""""3"33333""""""""""""333"33"3""3"""""""""33"3""""3DUwf"""""3333""""""""""""""""33"""""3DfU33""""3UD33DD3"""""""""""""3ˆ»»ˆ""3"""U3"""333DD3"""""33"""3fUwwfwwwwUD33"""""""""""""""""""DD333""""""""""""3"333""""""""""""""""""333ˆ™D"""""""""3DUUUwwUUUfffU33333D3333D333""3"""""""D""""""""""""""""DU""""3"""""DDUf"""""3333DD3333"""""333"3"3DUUUDDD33""""""""333""""""3Ufff""""""3"333333"""""""""""""3""""""""3fD"""""""3"3DDDD3D3"3""""""""Uª»U3""""""3333UU3"""""33"3UUUDwfwwwwfDD33""""""""""""""""3DD3D"3""""""""33"""3"3"""""""""""""""""""""3D™ˆ""""""3333DUwwfUUff3UD33333D33D3D3""""""""""3333""""""""""""""33"""""DUUw3D3"33DD3DD333""33""3""3"UwU33""""3D"""""""""333"3"33DffU""""33"3333333333""""""""""""""""DU"333""""""""3333DDUDUU3""33"""""3™ˆf""""""""3"333Df3"3"33"3UfDD333DfwwffD3"""""""""3"""""""3DDD3333"""""""3"33333""""3""""""""""""3UU™ˆ"""3""3DDDffUUffUD"333D33D333333"""""""""""33D3""""""""""""""""""""33DUUD3333333333333"333333""33Uˆw3""""""33"""""""""333DDffU"""""33"333"333333""""""33""3"""33D""3D3""333"""33""3UUD"""""""U»™"""""""""""33DDDwU"33333UUDDD33DD"DwwDD3"""""""""3"3"""3DDDD3"3"""""""""""3UD""33""""""""""3DUU™ˆ"""3"""33DUfUUUUUUUU33DDD3D3333"""""""3"33""""""""""""""33""33UfD3DDDDDD333DDDD3D333D33UUffD"""""3DD"""""""3333DUfU33"33"""""33333333"""""""33"""""""333"""33""3"""""""""3Uw3""Dˆ™™Df3""""3"""""3DUDff33333UUD3DD3DUD"3DfU33""""""""3""""""DUU333""""""""""""""""DD3"""""3"""""""""""DDUffU"""3333DUfUUUUDDDDD3DD3DD333"""""""""""""""""""""""3333333DDUUDUD33333DU333"UfDDDDD3D3"""""3"""""DD33DDw™D"D333"33"33333333"""333""333""""""3D3""""33"""""""3"Dw3U™™DUU3"33D""""3DUDDfD33DDfU33DDDfU3"33UD3""""""""3"""3""""DDD""3""""""""""""3"""33D"""""""""""""3"333DffU""""""333DUfUUDDD3DDDDDUD33"3"""""""""""""""""""""""33""33333wwUDD333"33""""33333"3D333""""""""""""""3D33DUwU""Df33333"""333333333"""""33"3"""""""3DUD""""33""""""333UD"Uˆ™wDU""""""33"""""3DUfDfU33DUfD333DDf3""3"DU"""""3333333"""""3UD3"""3""""""""""3"""3D"""""""""""""""""""3"3DDUDffD3""3DDDUUfUUU3"DDD3DDUD3333""""""""""""""""""""""""""33333"3Dˆ»wUDD333""""""""""""33"DDD3""""""""3""""333UwU3""3UfD333"3""333333333333"3"33""""""""DU3""""""""""33DD3"""wªªw"3D"""""3D33"""""3DUffwD3DfUDDDDDfww"""""DU3"""333""33"3"""3D33""""""""""""33""""3"""""""""""""""DD333DDDUfww"""""33UffUffUUU"DD333D3DDD3""""""33"DD""""""""""""""""3"33333D33DwUDDDD33""3"""""3""333DD33""""""""""3"""""""""DwD"""3D33"""3"33D""333"33333"""D3"3""""""3U3"""""""""33"U3"""fªª33D"""3"UD3"""3DDUˆˆ™ˆwfUUUUffUfˆU"""3UfU33"""33"33"""""D3""""""""""""""3333"""""""""""""""3""3333DD333DUfDfw"D""""3DUUUUUUU333DD"3DUDD3""""""33"""""""""""""""""D333"""""DDUUU3"""""""""""333D3"""""""""3"""""33"3U"""""3ffD33D3D3DD3333"3333333"3333""""""""""D""3""3"""""3333""""""""fˆw3""UD""""3UU3"""""""3DUwˆwwˆªˆˆwwwfUfwf"""3wwDD3"""33"""3"""""D3""""""""""""""33"3""""""""""""3D3""33DDDD33UUfUff"""""3""""3D33DDUfUD333"3UUUD3"33333"""""""3"""""""""""""""""""""""3D33"""""""""3D""""3""""""3D3D3"""""33""""""""33D""""""33ˆfD3333DD33333"3D"33D3333""""""""3""""""3""3"""""""""3wwD""""""3f3DUD3"""""""33DDUfwwfffˆª™wUUUUwwD""""3fwfDD""3333333""""3U3""""""""""""DDD333""""""""""3333333DDDDDDDDUUˆw""""""""DD3DUUD33"3D3DUUD333D3""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""33DD""""""""""33""""""""""""3DDDD3"""""""3""""""""""""""3333""33"DD3UUfUD33333"333D3D33D"""""""D3D3""""""""""""""""""UªU"""""fD""UUD33""""33DUUfwUUfwUUˆªfUDDDDww3"""""fwfDD333333333""3"DU333"""""""""""DD33"""""3"""""""""33"3D3DD3D3DDDfˆD3""3"D33DUUD3333"DUUDD3"33"""""""""""""""33"""""""3"""""3"""""""""33DDD33"3""""""""""""""""""""""33DD333""""""""""333""""""""33""33D3""33DDDDD33333"333"3333"""""33DfU3"""""""""""""""""U™»D"""""""DU33UUD3333""33DDfwˆfDDfwwˆwD3DfDDfU"33"""DwwUDD333333333""3DD33""""""""""""33""3""""""""""""3"""333D3D333Dfwf3"""3"333DDD333""DU3DD333""""""""""""""3333"3"""33"""""""""""""333UDDD3"""""""""""""""""3D3"33"3""""""""3"DD3""""""""""""3DUU3"""""333DDDD3""3333""3333"""""""""3Dfff"""""""3"""""""""Dˆ»ˆ3""""""""wD""DUDUD3D33D33DDUffwffˆ™wfDDDD3DUUD""3"""fwwfDDDD33333"""DUD""3""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""3333D"3"3333DUUUf3""""33D3333""""33DD3333"""""""""3D""""""""3333""3""DD33"3""""""""""""33"3UD3"""""""""""""""""""333""333"3"""""""""""D33""""""""""3D3"""""3"D3DDDD"3""3""D3D3""""""""""""3UDDU3""33"""""""""3"UÝ»w""""""""UU""UD3DD3333DDDDUDDf™ª™wUUDDDDDD33Uw""""333DffwfUUUD3333"""fD""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""3333"D33333"""DDDUU""""3fD"33"""""3"3DUDDD333DU3""""33""""""""3D333""3"""33""3"""""""""""3fD3""""""""""""""""""""""""""33D3"""""""3"""""""""""""3""""""333333UD33"333D33"""""""""""""3DDDDD3""333""""""""3""""""™ÝÌw""""""""w33fD""""3DD3DUUUDfˆ™fD33DDDD333DDUU33"3""DDfUUUUUDD33"""Dw3"""""""""""""""D""""""""""""3""""D"33"""3333UUf"""""3D33"33""""""33D3DD3"33"""""""""""""33"333""""""33"3"""""""""""UD3""""""""""""""""33"""3""""333D3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3333333D3"3"333D3333""""""""""""DDUUDUU3""3"""""""""""33"""U»ÝÝ»D"""""""""wUwf3""""3DDDDUUfˆwU3""333333"3UU333333333"UDffUDUDDD33"3Uf3""""""""""""""3"3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""3DUwf333"333DD333"""3"3""33DDD3"""""""""""""3""""3D33DD3"""""""""""""""""""""3DD3"""""""3""3"""""3UD""D"""""3""33"3""""""""33""""""""""""""""3333333DD333"D3D3"33333""""""""""""D3DDDDU333""""""""3"""""wÌÝÝ»™wD""""""""UDˆwD33"""3DDDDUˆˆD3"""""""""DU""33333333D3UUffUUDDDD33DfD3"""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""3""""""3""33Uˆˆˆ™™w3Uf333""""""33DDDDD33"""""""3""""3DDD"""3DDff3""""""""""""""""""UU33"""3"""""""""""""33"33"""""""3D33""""""""""""""""""""""333DD3""3DD3D33333""""""""""""3""""DD3fU""""""""DfÌÝ»ª™™™U3"""""""3UffU3""""""3DfwwU""""""3UU"3333DDDD3DfUwfUU3333UUU33"""3"3"""""""""3""""""""""3"""""3"""""3"33"333Uw™»ªwffD3"3"""""3"3DDDD33""""""""""DUU3""3333""""""""""""""""""3"UfUD""33""""""""""""""""""3"3D3D"""""""""""""""""""D3""333D3"3DDD3333D3"33"""""""""33"""""33"U3""""""3"D3ˆÌ̪™™ˆˆwfU"""""""DffD3"""""3wwˆfD""""""""DUD""""D33DD3D3fffwwwU"3UwfD"3"""3"33""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""3"""3""33333DUfˆˆ™wwU"33"""""33"D333"3"""""""""""D3""""3""""""3"3"""""""""""""""""""3"33DDD""3"""""""""""""""3""""DDD3""""""""""""""""3"3U333"3D3"333333333D33""""""""""3"""""D3DU""""""""""33DDwÌ»ˆw™™ªwUwU"""3"33wwD33333"DˆU""""""""""""""UUD3"""3DDDDU33UffwfUUwUwfD33"D""""33"""""""""""""""""""3"""""""3""""3"333DDDUUUUˆª™D"33""""3"333DD33D3"""""""""33""""""3"""""3"33333""""""""33D"""333333333D3""""""3"""""""""""""""33333"""""""""""""D33D3"33"3D"333DUU3"""33""""""""33""""""""33DU3"""""""""333Dwª™ˆ™™™ª™™™U"333333ffDDDD3Uf™w""""""""""""3fUDD3""""3DUDUUD3wfwwUUffUDD333333"33""""""""3"3"""""""""""""""""3"""""333333333333DUww"3"""""""3DDD333""3"""""""""""""""""""""""3"""3"""333DUwwfwˆwwUDDDUUUDDDDD3""3"""D3"3"""""33"""""""""333D"""""""""""""""3""""""DDD3""""3D3""DD33UDD333"3"33""3DD3""""""""""3Uf"3""""""""33Dfˆ™ˆ™™ª™ªª™™ˆD333333fˆUDUfU™™UU"""""""""""""3UDDDDDD"""3333DUUUUwfwwU33"3D333333333""""""""""D3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""3333""33DDUU3333"""""33"3"""""3""""""""""3"""""3"""""""""3"3333DDUUUfffwUwwwfUDD3333DDDDD"""""D3"3""3""3"""""""""3DD3""""""""3"""""""""""DD""3"""U3"3UUUUwfUfUD33D"""3DUUD""""""""333DUD"""""""""33D܈™™™™™ˆªªˆfD"333DDwwfUˆªªU""""""""""""""3wfD3DDDD333"333UUUUUUDD3"""DUD33D3333333"""""""""3"""""""""""""""""3333"""""33""""3"33UUD3333"""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""""3D33""333"3333DDUUUUUUfwU3DUDDUfDUUD""""33"""""3""""333DDD33""""""""""""""""""""DU3""3""UD"3DDUUUDDDDDUffUUUUUU3"""""""""""333D"""""""3Dfˆfwˆw™™ˆˆªªª™UU33DD33wfˆª™w3""""""""""UˆwfwfD3UUDDDDUUDfUDDfwUD3"3DUD""3333333""""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""3"""3D3""""""""""3333UUU333"""""""""""""""""""333"33D33"3DUffUD333"""""""333DDUUUDDDD33DD3UD3DD"""""""""""33DDUDD333""""""3""""""""""3D"""3""UwDDD3DDD3DDDDDUDDDDU33"""""""""""""333D3"""""""33Dw™ffwwˆ™™ˆ™™ª»ªwD33333f™»™D333"""""""""wˆU33DfwfDUDUDDUUUUUUffUD3"33D33"33D333""""""""3""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""""3D"""""3"""""33DDD3D"333"""""3"""""""""""33UDDDD333Dffwf3D""""""""""""333DDD""3""""""""""3""""""""""""3DDDDDD333"""""""""3"""""""""D3"3"3"fffU3333DUU3D3DD3DDDD"""""""""""""""""3333D3"""""333ˆ™Ufffˆˆˆˆˆˆ™ˆˆwfU333DUªÌˆ33333""""""""""""3™f""3DDUUfˆUDDDDUUUDDwwwUU33"333D33333333333"""""""""""""""3"""""""""""33"3""""""""DD""""""""""3DDD3"D"""3""""""""""""""""""33"""3DD333DUU33UD3""""""3""""""3333"""""3""""""""""""""""""""33DDDDUD333""""""""3""""""""333"3""Dwwww333333333333DDDD3"""""""""""""""""""33DDD"""""""3DˆwDUfffwˆˆˆˆˆˆˆfwwD33f™Ì»f33D33""""""""""U™f"333DUUUDfˆw3DDUwwwˆˆˆfUDDDD33333"333"""""""""3"""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""D3"""3"3"33DDDUfD3"""""""""""""3""""""3U333DfDUD3"""""""""""""""""""""3DD33""""""""""""3D""""33DDDDDDUDDD3333D3D"3333"""""""3""""33fwwUUf"3D3333DDDDDUDD333""""""3""""""""""3"33333D33"""""""3fwD3UffUUfwwwwwwfUUw3D™»ªfDDDD333""""""""""""DwD"3333DUUUDUf™ˆˆwwffUUˆwfD33DD333DD3D33"""""""""3""""""""""""""33"""""""""""""""33""""333333DDDDUU3""""""3""""""3UUDD3DUUU3""""""""3"""333""""33"33"3"""""D3D33""3"33DDDDUUUUUfffwˆwffUDDU3""""""""""""UfwfUfD3"33333DUUUU3DUUD""3""""""33333""33DDUDDD333D3""""""333wU33DDUUUUfwwwwfwˆˆffU»™fUDUDDD33"""""""""""33D"""""33DUDDDUffwˆUDDDUfwfDD3333333DD3333"""""""333""""""""""333D"3""""""""""""3""""3""333333UDDD""""3U3""""DDUU33UD3"33""""""""333333"""3""""3"""""""""""""333"""3""33333DDUUUffwfwwUUfwUDD""""""""""""3"ffwUfUfDD3"333UUU33DDDD"33333333DUDDD3DDDDDDDDD3"""""""""3"DˆD"33DDDUUUfwwwfUˆª»wf™UDDDDDDD333"""""""""3D3""""""33DDUDUUUfwˆfDUUffwfUDD333"3DD3333""""""3333"""""""""3D3"33"""""""""""""""3""3D333D33""""33D3""DDDDD3DD""D3D"""""""""""""""3DD"3333"""333""3"""""""""""D"333"DUD3DUUwwwwUˆffwfwfUUD3""""""3""""""UUwUDwUDDDDDDUD3D3DDDfD33"3DDUUUUUD3333DDDDDD333Df3""""""33wˆ3"DDD3DDDUDUUUffUˆ»Ìª™DDUUDDDDD33""""3""3""UD"""33DDD3DUUDDfwUDUffffUUUD"D3DDDDDD3"3"""3333333""""""""3"D33"""""""""""33"33D3D3DU3"""""DUU3"3D33DDD"3DUUD""33"""""""""333D""""33"""""3""""""""""""3""""""D333DUwwfUUfDDUwwwwfUU3"""""33""""3""3fˆf3UwfUUfwwfUUUUDUUUD"33"D3D3DD3""33"DDD3DU333DU3""""33333ww33DDDD3DDDDDDUUUfUwÌ̪UUUUUUUDDD33"""""33"3U3""3DDDU3DDDDUUwDDDUwˆffUDD333D3DDDD33"33DDD333333"""""""""D"D3"""""""""""""3""333333Uw"""""""DwwU"3D3DUD33"Uw3D33"""""""""""""3""""3"3""""""""""""""""""""3UfUUDDUUUUUUwwffffD""""333"""333DˆˆUDwfffffˆwUDD3"3DD33"""333D"""""333DU3333DD333U3""""33DDf3"33DDDD3DDDDDUUDUw™»™fUUUUUUUUUDD33""""""3UU""""33UUDD33UUUfUDDUˆfffUDD33DDUDD3DD3D3DDDD333""""""""33""333D3""""""""""""""""""33"DDUUf3""""""""3UUfwDDD3"3UDDDD3""""""""""""3""333""""""""""""""""""""""""3DUUUUDUfffUfwˆwfwfDU""33"""""33333"Uwf3DwUwˆwwfffD"""""""3"""D"3U3"""333DUD33333333DD3""33"fˆD"3DDDDUDDDDDUUUDwª™wUDDUUUUUUUUUDDD3"""""UU3"""""3DDDD3D3DDUUU™wDwˆfDDD3333D3DD3DD3DD3DDD3333"""""""""""3DD3D3"""""""""""""""""""33"UUfU""""""3""""DDDfwDDD3DUDD3D33""""""3D3""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""DDUUDDDUUUUUDDffwwUDDUDD3"""""3333DwˆˆUUUwwwˆˆwf3""""""""""3"""3DD3333333"3DD33333D3U3""3333ˆ™3"DDDDDDDDDDDUUUwªˆU3DUUUUUUfUUUUDDD333"33wf"3""""""3DDDDD3D3UUUfDfˆwwwDDD"33DDDD33DDUDDDDD3333"""""""""3"3"""""""""""""""""""""""33DDD33U3""""3""""""3UwU33DDD33Uf33""""3""""""""""3"""""3""""3""""""""""3DDD""33333D333UwwwˆfDDf3"""3333D33fwwfUDDwˆ™™f3""""""33""""""""3""33"33333"D3333D3UU""33"3ˆ™"333DDDD33DDUUUUˆ™U""3DUUUUffUUUUUDDD33"3UwU"""""""""""3DDDDDD33DDUUD3fwUwwUD333DUDD33DDUUDDDDD333""""33DD3""3""""""""""33""""""""33DD3D"3"""""D3""3""33UD33DUD33fwD3"3D33""""""""""""""3""""33"""D3""""""""""""3UD3"""""""""3"Dffwffwwww3"""33"3DDf™ªˆwffUUfwU3"3"""""333"3""3"""""333333"3DD3"3UfUU""""33"D™™33D3DDDD33DDDUfˆ™f333"DDUUUUUUUUUUDDDD3"DfD3"3"""""""""""333DD3333DDDUDUˆwUwf33333DDD3D3DUUDDDDDD33"""""""33""""""""3""""""333UU33"3"""""D3"""""3333DDD3UDUU33D3D"""D"""3""3D"""""""""""""""33"""""""""""3D33""""""33DffUUUf™ˆwU"""3"DD3w™ªª™wwD""""DD3"""""""D"3"""33""3D3333333D3UfwwfUwU3"D""3"w»ˆ33D3DDD3DDDDUfwªªD3333"DDDUUUUUUUUDDDD33Dw33333"3""""""""""333D3333DDDDUfˆwfDwU3""3U"3333DDDUDDD3333""""""""""""""""""""""33333""3""""""""3""""""""""33DDDD3DDD""333""""""333""""3""""""3"33""""""""3"""""""""3""""""D3"""""""""3DUfUUfwfw™™f"33333UwˆwˆfUDw"""333333""""""D"3""3"""33"3""33UfffDD"3UDD333D""D™ªw333DDDDD3DDDUUf»Ìf"3333DDDDUUUUUUUUUUDDDff3"33""3"""""""""""333D33DDDUUfwˆfUwfUUUDDD3""3DUDDD3D3D""3"""""""""""""""""""""""3"3DD""3""""""""""""""""""3DDD33DUf33""3""33"""33""""""""""3""""""""3""""""333""""""""""""3"3"""""""""""3DUUUUfwfU™™ˆ3333Dfw3DUfUDfU"333"3"333D333333"""33""33333D3DUU333DUDf3333UD"3f™™f3333DDDDDDDDfUU™wUU33333DDDDUUUUUUUUUUDUwU""""""3"33"""""""""""3333DDUUDUwfUfUwwUUUUD3D"3DUUDD33D33"""""""""""""""""""""""""""33DD""3"""""""""""""""33333DUfDD33"""""33"""33""3"""""""""3"""""""""33"""""""""""3"""""33"""""3DUffUUfwˆ™™™f333wf33UUUDD33333"""3UD3D3D3"D3"""33"3D33DDDUU33DfwfDUD333DUUf™ˆˆˆD33D3DDDDDDDUUUww33U33333DDDDUUUUUUUUUUfˆD33""3"""333""""""333DUfwUfD"UUfUDUUU3"D"UfUDD33333"3""""""""""""""""3""3"""""""""""""3DU3"""""""""""""""""3DUD33DDUDUDD3D"3"""""333""""""""3"""3""""""""333""""""333"""""""""33DfUfUUUUUfˆ™ˆˆDUwfUwwUUD333"""33333DD"33333D"""""3DD333333fDDfwU3DU3D3Dfwfw™ˆˆ™U33D3DDDDDDDUDfwfU3"UDD33DDDDDUUUUUUUUfˆˆD333""D""333"""""""3UDUffUfw3""UfUUDUD33DUfUDD333D3""""""""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""3""33"DU3"D3""3"""""""""""3UDD3DDUffwf33"DD3"""3D3""""""3"3U333D"333333""3""3""3"3"""""""""33DUUfUUUfffw™ˆ™wUUDDU™fD333""""3"333"33"3D3""""""33DD333333ffwU333UU3UUwwUˆˆª™ªf333D33DDDDDfUfªD3D33DUDDDDDDDDUUUUUUDwªwDD3333"33"333"""""""3DfUUUfwf33UDUfDD3DDDUUUD3"3333"""""""""3"""""""""""""""""""3""""""""33"33DfwˆfD3DD"""""""3DUD3DUDwfUffD33"3""""""3""3""""""3"""DUD""DU""D3D""""""""3D""""3"""""""""""333UUUfUUw™™™™™™wDDDwwwwU3""3D3U3"3333333333"""""33DDD3333DwUfU33"UfUUffwUfw™wwfD33D3DDDDDDfUUˆª333333UfDDD33DDDDUUUU™ªUDDDD33""D"""33"""3DDfUUUfU"DUDfD3DDDDUUUUD33333"33""""""3"""""""""""""""""""3"""""""""3DDUUwˆwUUfwˆf""""33DD33DDUDDD33333"""""""3""""""3"3""""3DDU"3U3"33333DDD3"""""""""""""""""33"3DDUwff™ª™wˆˆwU3DffUUUfUUwUDD33D3333333333"""3"DDDD33DDUUUfD"3"3fUfwwwww™ˆU"""3DD3DDDDDUUU3w™w333D33"DÌUffDDUUUDDw™ˆ3DDDD333""3"""33""""333UfUUfU""fUUD3""DDDDDDDD33333"3"""""""""""3""33""""""""""3"""""""333"""""333fwwwwUDUDUfwwU""""""3"3DD333UDDDDD"333"""""""""""""""""""""""DD33UD33DDU3DDU""""""""""3""""""""""333DUffw™ˆfDDfU33DUfUffUˆf33333333DUD333""3"""3"DDDUUDDDD3UD""33"UUUffwwwˆw3"3333DDDDDDDDUUU3ˆˆ3""3333"3™fwDDDUUUUª™UDDDDDDDD333"3"3"""""""333DUffww""3DwfU"3DD3DDD"3D333333"3"""""""""""""3""""""""""""3""""3"""3""""333"DfwwfD3DDUUDDUfD""""""""""DDDDUUDUDDD33""""""""""""""3"""33DD"DU""UDDUUUDD3"""33"""3"""3""""""""""""3"333Ufwwªªf3DDDUUUffUDDDUDw3D3333""3D333333""""3DUffwffUUfU3"""3D3UDDfwwwww"333333333DUDUUUUUfw3""3333"3"fªUDDUUDf»ˆ33DDDDDDDD3333"""3"""""3"""3DDDDUwwf3""33""UUDDDUDD"3DDDDD33333""""""""""""""""""""3"""3"3"""""""33"33""3333UUfD33UDDDUUffˆ""""3"""3D333DUUDD333D"""""""""3"""""3"33333DD""3DDDUUff3""""""""3"""3"""""""""3D3Ufˆˆª™wDDDDUUUwwUD3DDDUwD3D333333DD3333"3""3DUwf3D33D"""3333DUDUwwwff""333DD33DDDUffUUffU"""3"""""D™ˆDDDwª»f33DDDDDDDDD33"""""333""33""33D33DwfD""""""UDUU33UDDD"33DDD333"33""""""""""""""""""""""""3""""333333"33D333UUD"3DUUUUfwˆw"""DfUDD"""""""DD33DUDDD3333""""""""""""3""""""""3"3"3D3"3"DD3DDUfU"""""""""3DD"D3"""""D3DDDUww™ªˆfDDDDUffUUUDD3DUUwwUfwD3"333DUfD3"3333DUUfDUU33"""33"333DDDUUffww"33"3333DDDDDUfDUfU3""""33"""""™ªwˆªÌwD3DDDDDDDDDDD33"""33D333DD3333DDDU™f"""fUwf3DDDD33D3DDDDDDD3""""""3"""""""""""3"3"""3""""333"3"""33333DUfD33DUfUfwˆ™D"3DfUD3"""""""3"33DDDD3333D3"""3"3""""3"""""""""33""""33""33UD33DU3333""""""3DUU3D33"""""3DUDDDffw™ˆ33UDDffffDDDDDDUUffwfffDDD"DDD3D3"33DDUfwU3Df3""""3""3"333DUDUwwwU"33333DDDDDDDfD"Uf""""3""""3""D̪»ÌªU333D3DDDDDDDD3D3333""33DDDDDDDDUUfˆwU""DffUD33D""DDDDD3DDDDD3""""""""""3""""""""""""3""""""3"""""""33333DDUD33DUUfUwˆw3"33""""3"""""""""33"33"33"DD"""3"""""""""""""33""""3"""D3UUD3DD"""""""""""DUf"3D33""""""3DDDDUffˆwD3DUUUffUDUDDUUDDDDwfUUUD33DD333333DDUUfUfDDDUD""""""""3"DfUDUUD3"3""3DDDDDDDDDfDDU""""""3""DUˆ™™wfDDDDD33DDDDDDDD3D333""333DDDDDUUDUUDf"D"DUDDUDD333333333DD3DUD""""""""""""""3""""""""""""""""""""333333DD3U333DUfwwwˆ"""""3""""""""""""3""33""DDUD""D33""3""""""""""""3"""""""3D"""3UUD"DU""""3"D3333UUUUD3"""""""""33UDDDUfˆw33DUDUfwDDUUDDDD3D33wUDDfD"3DD3D333DUUUD3wwUDDD3""D3""3D33ffD""""""3DfUUUDDDDUUwf3""""""33f™™wDDD3DDDDD33DDDDDD3D3D33"""333DUDDfUUD33"33"3D33DUD33333333""DDDDD""""""""""""3D3""3""""""""""""""""""""""""3""33D3333333Uwwwwfff""""3D""""33"""333"""3"3DDDU""DU33"3"""""""""""D"""""""""""""""3DUDDD"""""""""U3D3333"DD""""""""D33DDUDUwˆˆ333DDDUfDDDUUD333"DUwU3DUf333DDDUDDDDDUD3fwDD3"""""3D33DD"3UwD"""""""33UUUDDDDDDfwf"""""""""Uwˆ™™™U33DDDDD3D33DDUDD333D""""3333UDDUUff3"33U""D"33UUDD"3D3333333UUDD"""""""""""3UD""""""""""""""""""""""""3333DD33U33DDfwwwfDDU""3""""""3"""""""3""3U33D3"33"DDDDfU"""""""""""""""U3"""""""""""""""333D3DDDU3"""""3UD3"D3DUD""""""""3""DD33DDUUU™ˆD"3DDDUfD3D33D33"3"UfU33DUfUDUUffDDUUUfffUD33D3""333"33DUUUUfD""""""33DDDDD3DDUwwD""""""""w™fww™ˆfDDfwD33D3DDDDDDD3333"""3333DD33UUfU3"33DD""3DDUDDD3D333"333"UUDD"3"333"""3"UU3"""""""""""""""""""""""3333DD3D3333UfwffDDfD"""""""3"""""""""""3333333""33"DD3Dfff33""33""3"""3333""""""3"""3"""""3"33DDˆˆD3""3DD333DD3D"""""3U33"33"33DUUUˆ™3"33DDUUD333D33333DDˆwD3DDDfUUUUfUUfUUUD3"3"3"""""""DDUfwwfU3""""""""DDDDD333DDww3""""""3w™ˆˆ™™™™ˆˆ™fD3DD3DDDDDDDD3333"""3333D333DUD33"33D3"3D""3DDDDDD"333333333UUU3"""""3"3DU3"""3""""""""""""""""""""3333DD333"33UfUUD33f""33D3"""""""""33"""""3"3333"3333Uf3DDDDD333"3"""""""""""""""33"""33"33U3D333"""UD3D3U3"33""""3D3"""3DUDw™ˆU"333DDUD3D333333"3DˆUD3U33UfUfff™wˆU33333""""""""3UUUUˆffUD""""""333UDDDDDD3Dff"""""""Dwˆ™™ˆfUDDˆˆfw3DDDDDDDDDD333333""33DDDDDDDU""3""DD3"""""UfUDD3D3"""3333D33DUU3"""3333""U33""33""""3""""""""""""""3"""33"UDD"""333DDDDD33UD3D333"""""""""33""""33D333DDD3UU3DUDD3333D"33""""""""""""""""3"""3"33DD33U3"3DD"3UU3333"""""3U33""3333DUf™ª™3""3333DUD3333""3"33fUD33"DDUUUfffwfU"33"3""""""""3ffffwwD""""333D333333DDfU""""""3wwˆwfUDDDw™D3Uf3D3DDUDDDD33""""""33DDDDDUU3""3UD3""""""3UUUD333"""3"33333D3U3"333333"3"333"""""""""""""3"3""""""3D333"333333DDD333f"3D33"""""""""""3"3"""33333D3DUDDDUD333D333333""""""""""""""""3"33Uf""""D33333UUD3""""3""""3333DDDˆ™™™fUfD"3"3D3""""""3"3D33333DD3UUDfˆˆwwfDDD333"""3D"""""UUUfUD3"""""333"3333DDDUU""""""3DfwfUUDUUDDfwUUUwUDDDDDDDDD33""""""3DDDDUUU""33U""3333UUD33""""""3D333DUUUDD""""""3""""""""""""""""3""""""""""""3""D3"333333D3333Uw33""""3""3""3""3""""""""3333333DUUD3"3DD"""33""""""""""""""3"""""D333wwf""""3"33"33333""33""""3333DDDˆ™ˆ™ˆfww3"""33""""""33"3DD333333DUUUfwˆˆfDDD3"3"""333"D3"33UUUfD3""""3""3"33DDDUD"3""""""3DffUD"""""3333DDUUfwUDDUDD3D33"""""33DDUDDU3"33U"""DUUDDD"""""""""3DD3333Uffw33"""3"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3"D3"33333D3333Dwˆ3""""""33"3""""33"""""""""3D3"D33UUD"""3333333""""""""""""""""3U3D33fUfwD"""3"""""3"""""3"""""3"333Dwˆˆˆwffwf""""""""""""3D33333333DUDUUUfwˆf"3333""3DD""3""DfUUff"""""""""333"33DUfU3"333""""""""DwfD"""""3""333333DUwU3DD33333""""""333DU3""""3U3""DUDDD3"""3""3DD333333"333DffUDD3D33""""3"""""""""""3""""""""""""33"""3D33333"33Uwf"""""3"33D33""3""""""""""""3""33DDD3"3333333D3""""""""""""""D333"3fff3"3UU3"""3"""""""3"33333Df™™ˆffwwUD"""""""""""3333"333333DUDUUUwˆw™D33D333D3"""""3DDDU33"3""""3D33""3DUffD"""333333""3UUfD""""""""3333333DDwD3D3333333"""""333DD"""3"DD""DUD333333""""33DD""3333333"33DffD"33""""""""""""""""33""""""""""""333""3DD33D3"""DˆU""""""3"333"3333""""""""33"3DUUDDU3DUD3D333"""""""""""3"""3"""""""33""D""3UU"3DfwD""3"""""""333333UUˆª™™wwwˆf"""""""""""""333D333333333DUUfffUDfDDUDDDDD"""""3D3UU3""""3"""D333333UUf3333DD333"333fU3""""""""""""33"33DDfD3333DD3333""3333DD"""33DD"3DD"33"D3"3"3""3UD"333"33"333D3UfD"3""""""""""3""""""3"""3"3""""""33333333D3333"D3fU3"""33""""3D3333""""""""""3333DDDD3DUUUU3"""""""""""3""33""""""""333"3D3""3DD3UUwf3""3"3"""""33333DUUwªªªˆˆˆfU3""""""""""3D3"3DD3333333DDDUUUUDDDffDDDDD33""""3DDUU333""""""""""3D333DDDUDD3D3"3D3"3DffD3"333333""""3""333DUU33333333""333D3333"""3D3UDDDDD3""33""""3UU3"333D"3333DDDDffD"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3D3333333DD3333DUU"""""D3""""3UU33"""""""""""""33DD33DUDDUUD"3""""""""""""""3D"""33"""3""333333"3DDDUwfUD"""""""""3333DUUUˆ™™ˆwfUD3"""""""""3D333DD3333333D3DDUDDDDD3ff3DD333"""""DDDDDD3""""""""3"""333UU3333DDD3DDD3"Dff"D333D3DD3"""33"3333DfDD33333"3333333"3""3333DD"3D3D3"""""3fUDD3333333""3DDUUfU"""""3ffU""""""""""""""""""""""33"3"33"3333D333DDDD33"""""33"3""3UUD333"""""""33D3D33DfDDD333"3"""""""""""33""3""D"""3"3333333DUDwˆU333"""3"""""333DDUwfw™wˆfUfD""""3"""""D3"3f33333333DDD3D3333UU3fU3UUD""""""3UDD""3"""""""33333"UUDD"""3D33UD33D3UU"3333333DD"""""""""3DUUD33333333333333""""33""3f"33""""""""3DDU3333"33D333DDDDUDD3""fwwU3D"""""""""""""""""3""""""""3""33DD33DDf33D""""""""3333DUD333""""""""33333333UUUDD333"""""""""33"""""""3""333"33ffUfffwU""""33"""33"3DUUf™ˆªwwwUD3"""""""""""DDUfUUD"333D333DD3"33DDUDfffDUD""""33DDD""""""""""""""3"DUUU3""3""3333DDDDDwU3""33""33D"""""""3"33DDDDD3333333DD3DD""D33333U""""""3""""""""3"DD3"""""333333DDDfwwDUffUD3333""""""""""""""""3""""""""""333D33D3""""""""333DDDUUD33""""""""""""333333DUfU3333"3""""333""""""""33""333UwffU3"""""""3333DDUfw3wfD333"""""U3"DUfDUwD3""3D3333D333333DUfww3DDD"33DU333"""""3"""""DDDD3"""""3333""3UwfU""""3"33333"""""""3"33DfUDDD3333"DDDD3"""DD33"3f3""""""""""""""""3"D3D"""""""3333DDUfˆwfDDDDDD3D3"""""""""""""""""333DDD3""""""""""""33UfUUD3"3""""""""33"3D33333UUUD3"""""""3"""""""""""""""33"33UfwwwDD33"""""""""3DUDffDˆˆUD33""""""D333DUUUUU"33333"333"3333333DDwffU333333D33""""D"3"333UD3D3"33"3""3""3ffUD""""""""3D33"""""""33DUwUUUDD3333D3DD3"333"""3DU""""""""""""""3"""""""D3""""""3"33DUfwUU33D3DD3""""""""""3""""33DDD3"""""""""""3""3DD333""""""""""3"""33"33333UUfDDD""""""33""""""""""""""""""3DD3DDDf3"DwU3"""""""3DUUUDwˆwDD3""""3D33D33UDDDDD"33"3""3"3333333333DUDDUU3"333333""""3"333"DUDDDD""3D33D"3UUUU33"""33"333"""""""""333UUDUUfD3DD333UD3"333""33DU""3"""""33""""""3DwwUDDD33333333"""""""""3""""33D3""""""""""""""33DD33""""""333""""""""""3333"3"DUUUDD""""""""""""""""""""""3D"33D3333"3"3"3"""""""3DDUfff™ªw3"3""""33D33D"DD3D333""3333"3"""33333333DDDDDUU3DD33333""""333""33DDD3UD33U33UUDUDDD3"3""3""""""""""""""""33DDDUUfDDD33"DDD333""333DfD""""""""""""3DDUUD333"3333333"""""""""3"3""33D3""""333""33D3333""""""""33"""""""DD"33"3""3UfD33"""""""""3"""""""""33UD""3UD3D""D3"33"3""3DDUfwwˆ™wU"3"""""D3333D3"3D"3D3""""333"3""""33333DDD333DDUwfUDD333""""3"33"DDD3D333UU3UDDDDD3333""""33""33"""""3""3333DDUDDffUDDDD"D3""""3333UU3""""33""""""""""""33UUfDDUUDD333"3333Df3"""""""""""""""33333DD"DDD3"""DD33333"""3"33"3"""""""""""""33D3"""""3UDD33"""""""""""""""3"3D33"""""3Uf333"""""""""""3DDUUffwˆˆªf""""""""D"3""333"3333""""33"""""""333"33DD3""333Uwˆˆ™f333"""33"""333D3DDUD333DUUDDD333"33"333"33"3"""""""D33"3D33DDDDUUUUDD3DDD""""""33UD3D"""D33""""""""""""33DfUUfUDDD3""""DDDUD"""333"3""""3"""333"""333333DD3333"""DDD33D33"""333333"3"""3""""""3D3"""""33DD3D3"""""""""""""""3Uˆf3"""333DD"D3"""""333"""3DDUUDUffwwˆªˆ3""""""3""3D"""3"3333""33"D3"""33""""3"3DD3"33"33Uwwfw™UD""""""33"""3"3D3UffDDDfDDDD3"3"3333"33"33""""""33""33D3DDDDDUDUUUUDDDDUD""""3"3DUf"3""""3""33""""3"""""3fUUUDDDDD""""33D"3f""""33DD3""""33"""333""""333"""D3D3D33UDD3""33"D33333"""""""""33""""3"""""333D333D"""""""""3"""""""33UDD3""3DDUUUfD""""3DDU33"DDDUUDUfwUwˆªªwD3"33"""33""""3"3333333"33""3""""D333D33"""""""Dffffwww3"""""""""33D333UUDUUUUD3D33"""3333"3"33"3"""3"3"3333DDDUDDUUDUUDDDDUfD"""""3DDw33"""""33""D"3f""""""""""DwffDUDDDDD"333"3"DˆˆD"33"""33""""""33""""33"3"333333DDD33333DDD333""""""""""3"33"""""""3""""3DU3"3""""""""""3""3"""3"33333"3333D3DUUU33"""3DffD"3DDDDDDUUUwfUˆ»ˆU3"""3"""333""3"""3""3"DD""""""""33DD333"""3"""3DUUfwˆwf3333""""""33DDDDD33wfDD333"""3"3333333DD3""333"33DUDDUD3UUDUUDDDUDUUD3""""""3Dw3"U""""33"D33DD""""""3UD"3DD33"3"3""""DUwfUfU33""""""3""""""33"3""3"3D33D3D333"33"""""""""""3"""D3""""""""""""DU""""""""""""""""""""3333""""DD333D3333"""""""ffD"3DDD3DDUfUDUwˆªˆf""""D3"""3""D3"""""""3D333"""""""""3DD""""""""""DDDDfwwww3"33"""""3DDDDDUUDUfU3333""3D"333DD3DD3D3D333333333DfD3DDDDDfDDDDUDD33"""""""3Df33"""""""3"3D"DU""33""3wUD""3D3""3""3DwwUU3"3UD""""""""""""""33"3333333D333D3""""""""""""""""3""3"""""""""33""3""""3"""""""""""3"D"""3DD333D333D33"3Uw33DDDDDDUfwfDUˆªªUU""33""""3"Dwf""""""3DDD3"""""""3"""D"""""""""3DDUUDwˆwˆ3"3""""""33DDD3DD3DUU33"D"33333333"""D3""""3D3"33333D33D3DD3DDUDDUDDUD3""333""3"""Uf""3"""3"""33D3"DU3"33DDD""""""ff"""""""33"3UUwˆw3"""3DU"""""""""""""3"33""33333"3DD3"3"3""""""""""""33"""""""""""""""3D3""""""""3"""""""33"3"""""DD"""3U3DD3DD3""D""DDUUDDDDDDDUUfffwªÌ»f"3DD"""3wªw3"""33333"""""""""333"3D"""""""DD3DDDDfwwfDD"""""333D"33"D3UU33""3U3"""""""""""""""333""333333333D33DDDDUDUDDD"33333""3"UD""""33"""3""3D3DD""U3""""""""""""DˆU3""""DwwwU""""""33U3""""""""""""""33"333"""333""""""3"""""""""""""3""""""""""""""3""""DD"""""""3""""""3"""3"""33"3"3"DD3D33DDD""3"""""33DDUDDDDDDUffˆˆˆwªˆ""33"""wwwD3""33""""""""""""33""""""333D3333DUffˆwf3""3""3"D333D3DD""33"3""""""""""""""3"33"33D3DU33DDD3UUDUDDD"3D33"3"33""w3"""33""D"""3333"UU3""""33""""3wwD"""""""3D"33"""""""333D"""""""""3"33333""""33D3"""""""""""""""""3"""3"3""""""""""""DD"33"""""""33""""3D333"33"ff33DD3D3"DU""""""3333DD33D3DUfˆªwUwˆªw3"""""ˆªˆ™""""""33"""""""""3""""D"""""333333"3DUUUfwf3""33""3DDDD333D3"UD3D3""33"""""""""""3"3"DDD3""U3"33DDfUDDD33DD33"3""""""Uf"33""""333"Df33"""""""""""DwD"""""""3""3""""""""33""""""""""""""""""""3"3U"""33333"3"3""""""""""""33"""3""""""""""""D3333333""""""""""""""D333333"3UD"333DU3"DDU3"""""""3"33D33UUUfUDDUUfwª™"""""™ªªªwwU"""""3"""""""D"""3D""""333D""""3DDUUUfD"3"""""D333"33DDDDDD33U3UwU""33""""""""""""3333333"""3UDUUDD3333"333DD""333""3wU"""3""""""33333UU3""""""""""""3DU33"""""""""33""""""33"""""""""""""""""""3""""""""3333"""3""""""""""333""""""""""""""""33D3333"3D3""D3"""""3"""3DDDDDD3""3fD"333DUU3"DUf3""""""3"""33UwˆfUD3"DDUDˆªD"""Uˆ™U3UUU""""""""""3"""""""333333""""3DDDffD3UU3""33DD"3D33333"DDDU33U"33"""""""""""""3333DDDUD3D33DDDDDD3D""3"33U3"333"33ˆ""3""""""DDDUDUU3ffU3""""3"""""UfD3""3"""""""33"33"""3"""""""""""""""""333"""33""33""33"""""""33""333"""""""""3"""DD33"333333"""""33D33333333D3"""3U333333UUDD3333""""33"3333DfwfwUD3""U3DUU»fUf3ˆw3"3fDUD""""""""""""33D"33""""33DDffU3D3""""3UDDD3"3"""3333"33DD33""""""""""""""33333D3DD"3DDDDDUDDD3333"33"3"333""3wf""""""""3DD33"""fUUUD"UD""""UwD"""""""""""""""""3D"""33"""""3""""""""""""""""""""""""3"""3"""3D"3"""""""3D3""3""""""""""""""DD3"""333""""""3"3UD"""3333DDD333U3"333"DUDDˆfD"U333DUDDUUfUUDDDDD3""3D33Dˆ»™™»ˆf3""DUDDD"""""""""""""""""""33""33""""3DDUUfDD333""3D333D333""D33"U3"3DDDUU3""""""""3333"3333DU333"33DUUD333DD""333DD33""""Uª"3333333""333"DUffU3U""3DfU"""33"3""""""""3""""""""3""""D"""""""""""""""""""""""""3"3"""""3D"""""""33D3"""""""""""""""""3""3DD3""3333""""""33"fwU""3333DD333"UU"""3"Uffww™™™wwUfUUUffD3333DDD33"3D3"33Dw»»ÝÌf"""""DU"UD""""""""""33""""33"3D""""3"3DUUDfU3""D3"""""""3"333"D333DDDUwww3""""""D3""3D3"3DD33D333333D33DDfU333DDUDD3""3Dˆ33DD333"3"333DDDUfUfUD3""UUD3"""33333333"""""33"""""33""33""""""""""""3"""""""""3"3"33DU3D33""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""3DD3"33"""""""""""""3w"""33D33333"3Uf3""3UwwUUfUfwfUDDfDDDUD33333DD3DD333333DDfÌÝU""3"""3DD3w"""""""""""3"""""""""3""""""33DDwˆw""3"333"""""""33""3""DD""3DDD3D3""""""""3""333DD333""333333UUUˆ™U333DDD3"3DUf3DDD3""333"33D3"fDUUUU3"""DUfD"""""""""""""""""33""33"""D3"""""""""""""""3""3"""""""3""""333333D3"33""33"""""3""""""""DD3"""3""""""DD3333"""3"""""""""""UD3""33"333"33UD""DˆwUUUUDUUUD"UwD""""3D33"3""""""3D"333U»Ýª"D3"3"3D3UwDUff""""""33""""""3""""3UUfˆˆD"3D3""""""""""""33333D33333""""""""""""3D3DD33""""3""3wˆwªfDDDDD33"""DDªD333D3"""3"""33DfDDDDUD"""DU3""""""3""""""""3D""33""3D""""""""""""""""""3"""""""3""""D3D3"DU3"""3""""""3"""""33DUUDD3""3D""""""3D3"""""""3DDD"""""""3"""3333333""D3"3ffUUUUDD3D33DDD3"3""""3""3"""""""""3333ˆÝîU3D3""3f3UˆU3DfD33""3U3""""33""""""""""33UDfffUDDUD33""""""""33D333"3"""33"3"33""""""""""""3DUDD333"3D333Dwª»w3DUD"33"3D3ªw"33"""3""""wDDD33D""U3""""3""""""""3""""""3U33""""33""""3"""""3""""""""""""""33"3333""333""""3333333DfwwfDDD3""33"""""3""""""""UDD""3"""3333"33"333"3DD3DDwU3DD33333D""3D""3"""33""""""""""""333DˆÝݪ"DD333UUˆ"3DUU33""Df""""""""""""""3DUUfffwwwˆU33""""3""333333DU"3UD3D"""3"""""""""""""3D3333"Uw333"f»™™f33DD"""""DDwª"3""3"""3"fD33DD3"wD33""""""""""""""""""3DU""""""3""""""""3"""333""3""""3"3D33D33333D3"""33DDDDUUˆˆˆf3""UD"""""3DDDD""""""""""""""33""333"""""333D33Dw™™ˆwDDD3333DD3""33"""""""3""""""3""""33Df™ÌÝ»»U"3"DDD3ˆ3""DDU3"Uf""""3""""""D3""DDUfUUUfwwwf"3"""""""DDDDDDD333DDD""3""""""""""""""3D33"""3333""fwDDU3""""""DUfª""""333""""DUDDDDD3Df"33"""""""""""3""3D3"""3""333""""""""""""""33"""""""""""3"3D33D33""333UUUfˆ™™f3""3"3"""""3""3DfD3""3D""""""""3"33"3"""33"33""33D™™wUDDDD3D3fD"""3"""""""""""""""""3Uˆ»Ì̪»ª»U"33UD"3w""3DfD33fD"""""3"""33""""UUUfUUUfffwfDD"""""3DDDUD3D3333DD3333"""""""33""""333333"""""""33333""""Dfˆ™""""333""UDDUfU3DD"""""""""""3U3""33"333"""""""""""""""D3"""3"33U3"33"3D33D3D3DD33Ufˆ»Ìˆ3"""""""""""""""""D3DD3D"333""""""3D"""""333333"333D3""3wwDD3DD3DD33D3""""3""""""""""""""33ªÌÌ»™ª»ªD"333DDw"""DUf3D3U""""""""""""D"DDD"3DDDUDDDDUUUwUD3""""333"3DD33D333DDDD""""33""3"""33333""""""""""DD""D"""3DwªD"""3UUffUU3"""""""""""""""3U3333D"333"""""""""""""3"""333""3333U33"""3DDDDDDUDfw™™Ì™U""""""""""""""3DDDDDDU3"3D3""""""""""""""33"33333DD"3fwUDD"3D33"3"DDD3"""3""""""3Dfªªªª™ª»f33"33""f""3DfUD""3""""""3""""3""3D"3"33DDDDDDUffffDD""""""""""""3333333DDD333UD33DU"""""33""""""D3""3DD"""3Dwªˆ"DUUˆfwUU"""""""""""""""""DUD3"33"""333D"""""""""333"""33""333D3D3"33"3DUffwˆ™»Ì»ˆD"""""""""""""""DfUDD33D3""""""33""333""""3D""333333"w™wDD333333"3"D3"D3"""""""33DUfˆ™™™D"ˆ3"3"3""DD3"DUwD"""""""""3""""D"""3""3"33DDDDDDD3DUwU"""""""""""""""333333DDDDDD33D3D""""""""3"""""3U"DDDff3""""3f™»"""ffD33"""33"""D"""""""""3UU3333333333DD33"3333"33"33"3D3D3Dfw™wfUUDDfw™™ª»™ffD3"""""""""3"""""""DwfU33D33"""""""""3""3"""""3D3D333"33D™wUDDD33"333"""3""3D3"""""""""3DUUffw™fDUˆ3"33"""U"33Dw3"""""33"""""""""""3333D333DDUfU""""""""""""3"""33"333fUU33"""""D"""""3"""""UD"3"33"3Uf™U"DˆUD33""""""3D3""""D""""""3"333DwDD333DUDDDDfD333D333DUDDUUD3DUwffD3™™»ª™™ˆwwD"""""""""""33"""""gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_minimap.ads0000644000076700001450000000361012533067540023303 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Minimap is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Minimap; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_ui_manager.ads0000644000076700001450000000356612533067540021405 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_UI_Manager is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_UI_Manager; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_print.adb0000644000076700001450000001521212533067540020400 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Numerics; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Page_Setup; use Gtk.Page_Setup; with Gtk.Paper_Size; use Gtk.Paper_Size; with Gtk.Print_Context; use Gtk.Print_Context; with Gtk.Print_Operation; use Gtk.Print_Operation; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Gtkada.Printing; use Gtkada.Printing; with Cairo; use Cairo; package body Create_Print is type Print_Op_Record is new Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record with null record; type Print_Op_Access is access all Print_Op_Record'Class; procedure Request_Page_Setup (Print_Operation : access Print_Op_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Num : Gint; Setup : Gtk_Page_Setup); -- (Overriding) Callback to setup page layout when printing. procedure Draw_Page (Print_Operation : access Print_Op_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Num : Gint); -- (Overriding) Callback to draw the pages as they are being printed. ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This is a very simple demo to demonstrate GtkAda's high-level," & " portable printing API. On some platforms, Gtkada_Print_Operation" & " uses the native print dialog. On platforms which do not provide" & " a native print dialog, GtkAda uses GTK+'s own."; end Help; --------------- -- Draw_Page -- --------------- procedure Draw_Page (Print_Operation : access Print_Op_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Num : Gint) is pragma Unreferenced (Print_Operation); pragma Unreferenced (Page_Num); Cr : Cairo_Context; X, Y, Z : Gdouble; begin Cr := Get_Cairo_Context (Context); -- Draw a thin light gray bar, as wide as the paper, inside the margins Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8); Rectangle (Cr => Cr, X => 0.0, Y => 0.0, Width => Get_Width (Context), Height => 0.2); Cairo.Fill (Cr); -- Circles for Xi in 1 .. 10 loop X := Gdouble (Xi) / 10.0; for Yi in 1 .. 10 loop Y := Gdouble (Yi) / 10.0; for Zi in 1 .. 10 loop Z := Gdouble (Zi) / 10.0; Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, X, Y, Z); Arc (Cr => Cr, Xc => 2.5 + X * 3.0, Yc => 1.0 + Y * 3.0, Radius => 0.2, Angle1 => 2.0 * Ada.Numerics.Pi * (Z - 0.1), Angle2 => 2.0 * Ada.Numerics.Pi * Z); Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0 / 32.0); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); end loop; end loop; end loop; -- Draw some lines Move_To (Cr, 2.0, 0.5); Curve_To (Cr, 2.0, 1.5, 6.0, -0.5, 6.2, 0.5); Line_To (Cr, 6.2, 4.75); Curve_To (Cr, 6.2, 3.75, 2.0, 5.75, 2.0, 4.75); Close_Path (Cr); Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0 / 16.0); Set_Line_Cap (Cr, Cairo_Line_Cap_Round); Set_Line_Join (Cr, Cairo_Line_Join_Round); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); end Draw_Page; ------------------------ -- Request_Page_Setup -- ------------------------ procedure Request_Page_Setup (Print_Operation : access Print_Op_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Num : Gint; Setup : Gtk_Page_Setup) is pragma Unreferenced (Print_Operation); pragma Unreferenced (Context); A5_Size : Gtk_Paper_Size; begin -- Make the second page landscape mode A5 if Page_Num = 1 then Gtk_New (A5_Size, Gtk_Paper_Name_A5); Set_Orientation (Setup, Page_Orientation_Landscape); Set_Paper_Size (Setup, A5_Size); Free (A5_Size); end if; end Request_Page_Setup; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box : Gtk_Box; Print_Op : Print_Op_Access; Result : Gtk_Print_Operation_Result; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Printing"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); -- Set up print operation basics Print_Op := new Print_Op_Record; Gtkada.Printing.Initialize (Print_Op); Set_Current_Page (Print_Op, 1); Set_N_Pages (Print_Op, 2); Set_Unit (Print_Op, Inch); -- Call up the print operation dialog Result := Connect_And_Run (Print_Op, Action_Print_Dialog, Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Frame))); Put_Line ("Result is " & Result'Img); Put_Line ("Print status: " & Get_Status_String (Print_Op)); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Print; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_events.adb0000644000076700001450000002503012533067540023134 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; package body Create_Canvas_View_Events is type Demo_View_Record is new Canvas_View_Record with record Console : Text_Item; -- A text item that reports the events from the view. end record; type Demo_View is access all Demo_View_Record'Class; overriding procedure Draw_Internal (Self : not null access Demo_View_Record; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle); function On_Item_Event (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Called when the canvas reports an event function On_Item_Event_Zoom is new On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic (Modifier => Mod1_Mask); function On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate is new On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate_Generic (Modifier => Mod1_Mask); function On_Item_Event_Key_Scrolls is new On_Item_Event_Key_Scrolls_Generic (Modifier => 0); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo illustrates the @binteractive@B features of the" & " Canvas_View widget." & ASCII.LF & "By default, this widget provides very limited handling events." & " It knows how to scroll when inserted in a Gtk_Scrolled_Window," & " including reacting to mouse wheels and touchpad events for the" & " scrolling." & ASCII.LF & "But if you want more advanced behavior (@bselection@B of items," & " @bmoving items@B with the mouse or keyboard, @bzooming@B in or" & " out, ...) you will need to connect to the signals emitted by" & " the view, in particular ""@bitem_event@B""." & ASCII.LF & "This demo shows the following capabilities:" & ASCII.LF & " - @bdragging items@B with the mouse. Items will tend to @bsnap@B" & " to the grid when they get close enough to it, but they are" & " not constrained to grid coordinates. Snapping is disabled if you" & " press shift during the move. Items will also snap on @bsmart" & " guides@B, which are lines matching various points of interest" & " from the other items. This provides a convenient way to align" & " items." & ASCII.LF & " - @boverlap@B avoidance: when an item is moved on top of another" & " item, the latter is moved aside." & ASCII.LF & " - @bscrolling@B by dragging the background with the mouse." & ASCII.LF & " - @bzooming@B with alt-mouse wheel." & ASCII.LF & " - @bkeys@B can be used to move the selected items, or scroll the" & " view when no item is selected." & ASCII.LF & " - @bkeys@B can also be used to navigate between items, by" & " pressing @balt@B at the same time as the keyboard arrows."; end Help; ------------------- -- Draw_Internal -- ------------------- overriding procedure Draw_Internal (Self : not null access Demo_View_Record; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle) is P : Cairo_Pattern; B : constant Model_Rectangle := Self.Get_Visible_Area; begin P := Pattern_Create_Linear (X0 => B.X, Y0 => B.Y, X1 => B.X + B.Width, Y1 => B.Y + B.Height); Pattern_Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (P, 0.0, 0.76, 0.9, 0.4); Pattern_Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (P, 0.7, 0.76, 0.9, 0.4); Pattern_Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (P, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Draw_Grid_Lines (Self => Self, Style => Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.8, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8), Fill => P), Context => Context, Area => Area); Pattern_Destroy (P); Canvas_View_Record (Self.all).Draw_Internal (Context, Area); end Draw_Internal; ------------------- -- On_Item_Event -- ------------------- function On_Item_Event (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Demo_View := Demo_View (View); Base_Text : constant String := Canvas_Event_Type'Image (Event.Event_Type) & " (button" & Guint'Image (Event.Button) & ")"; begin if Event.Toplevel_Item /= null then Self.Console.Set_Text (Base_Text & " on " & External_Tag (Event.Toplevel_Item'Tag)); else Self.Console.Set_Text (Base_Text); end if; -- layout changed, since the size of the console has changed Self.Model.Refresh_Layout; return False; -- fallback to other handlers end On_Item_Event; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is S : constant Gdouble := 0.86602540378443864676; -- sqrt(3) / 2 Canvas : Demo_View; Model : List_Canvas_Model; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Black, Font : Drawing_Style; L1, L2, L3 : Canvas_Link; It1, It3 : Rect_Item; It2 : Polyline_Item; Ellipse : Ellipse_Item; L : Gdouble; begin Gtk_New (Model); Model.Set_Selection_Mode (Selection_Multiple); Canvas := new Demo_View_Record; Gtkada.Canvas_View.Initialize (Canvas); Canvas.Set_Grid_Size (30.0); Canvas.Avoid_Overlap (True); Canvas.Set_Snap (Snap_To_Grid => True, Snap_To_Guides => True); -- Connect this one first so that all events are traced Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event'Access); -- Order is irrelevant here. Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Select'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Move_Item'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Key_Scrolls'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Zoom'Access); Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 8"), others => <>)); Canvas.Console := Gtk_New_Text (Font, ""); Canvas.Console.Set_Position ((0.0, 0.0)); Model.Add (Canvas.Console); Black := Gtk_New (Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0))); It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 80.0, 80.0); It1.Set_Position ((50.0, 50.0)); Model.Add (It1); L := 30.0; It2 := Gtk_New_Polyline (Gtk_New (Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Shadow => (Color => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1), others => <>)), ((2.0 * L, L * S), (1.5 * L, L * S * 2.0), (0.5 * L, L * S * 2.0), (0.0, L * S), (0.5 * L, 0.0), (1.5 * L, 0.0)), Close => True); It2.Set_Position ((250.0, 250.0)); Model.Add (It2); It3 := Gtk_New_Rect (Gtk_New (Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Shadow => (Color => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1), others => <>)), 50.0, 80.0); It3.Set_Position ((50.0, 220.0)); Model.Add (It3); L1 := Gtk_New (From => It1, To => It2, Style => Gtk_New, Routing => Straight); Model.Add (L1); L2 := Gtk_New (From => It2, To => It3, Style => Gtk_New, Routing => Straight); Model.Add (L2); L3 := Gtk_New (From => L1, To => L2, Style => Gtk_New (Dashes => (4.0, 4.0)), Routing => Straight); Model.Add (L3); It3 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 50.0, 80.0); It3.Set_Position ((650.0, 400.0)); Model.Add (It3); Ellipse := Gtk_New_Ellipse (Gtk_New (Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)), Shadow => (Color => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1), others => <>)), Width => 70.0, Height => 40.0); Ellipse.Set_Position ((200.0, 30.0)); Model.Add (Ellipse); -- Create the view once the model is populated, to avoid a refresh -- every time a new item is added. Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Frame.Add (Scrolled); Canvas.Set_Model (Model); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Events; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_box.ads0000644000076700001450000000354612533067540020064 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Box is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Box; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/check-n.xpm0000644000076700001450000000053312533067132017304 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char *openfile[] = { /* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */ " 10 9 5 1", /* colors */ ". c None", "# c #000000", "y c #666666", "i c #ff1f00", "# c #9f9f9f", /* pixels */ "..........", "........yy", ".......yy.", "......yy..", ".yyy.yy...", "..yyyy....", "...yy.....", "..........", "..........", }; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_mdi.adb0000644000076700001450000003343412533067540020023 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Cairo.PDF; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Xml_Int; use Glib.Xml_Int; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Accel_Group; use Gtk.Accel_Group; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Menu; use Gtk.Menu; with Gtk.Menu_Tool_Button; use Gtk.Menu_Tool_Button; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.MDI; use Gtkada.MDI; with Gtk.Toolbar; use Gtk.Toolbar; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtk.Toggle_Tool_Button; use Gtk.Toggle_Tool_Button; with Gtk.Tool_Button; use Gtk.Tool_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; package body Create_MDI is package Desktops is new Gtkada.MDI.Desktop (Integer); function Create_Child (Index : Natural) return MDI_Child; procedure On_Opaque (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure On_Snapshot (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Do_Configure (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class); procedure On_Save_Desktop (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Load_Desktop; -- Load the desktop (and all known perspectives) from an external -- XML file. Or create that file from the current desktop. function Load_From_Desktop (MDI : MDI_Window; Node : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; User : Integer) return MDI_Child; -- This function recreates a MDI_Child from its XML description as -- given in a desktop.xml file (see the documentation for package -- Desktop). function Save_To_Desktop (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; User : Integer) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; -- This is the opposite of Load_From_Desktop, and saves an existing -- window into an XML node (with all information needed so that -- Load_From_Desktop can recreate it later). procedure Setup (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class; Independent : Boolean); -- Create the demo, either in "Independent Perspectives" mode or not. type My_Window_Record is new Gtk_Box_Record with record Index : Natural; end record; type My_Window is access all My_Window_Record'Class; -- The type of windows this example is using. In practive, you would -- likely put trees, editors, and other kinds of complex windows. MDI : MDI_Window; Opaque : Boolean := False; My_Window_Name : constant String := "my_window_"; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A Gtkada specific widget." & ASCII.LF & "This is based on the GtkAda multi panned widget. You should" & " try the corresponding demo to find out about other capabilities" & " like splitting windows or using fixed sizes." & ASCII.LF & "In the MDI, windows can be dragged around to be reorganized." & " The MDI also supports the notion of perspectives: when you" & " select another perspective, some of the windows (the ones in the" & " central area) will be preserved. All other windows will only" & " remain visible if they also are in the other perspective." & " This example loads the perspectives from an XML file, and you" & " can then switch between perspectives by using the menu" & " Perspectives. By default, the MDI includes a central area" & " whose content is preserved when you switch perspectives. For" & " instance, this could be used in an IDE so that the editors are" & " the same in the development and debugging perspectives. However," & " it can sometimes be confusing to users, so you can force" & " the perspectives to be independent. In such a case, no" & " window is preserved when switching perspectives." & ASCII.LF & "The MDI also provides the notion of desktop (the current layout" & " of your windows in all the perspectives). Such a desktop can be" & " saved to the disk, and restored when the application is" & " restarted (not shown in this demo). This is actually how" & " the default perspectives themselves can be defined initially" & " when you package your application." & ASCII.LF & "Windows can be @bfloated@B, ie put outside of the MDI, by" & " the user. This provides a convenient use for many users who" & " prefer having multiple windows. It is also a convenient way" & " to use multiple screens. You can either float a window" & " programmatically (and provide a menu to the user to do so)," & " or the user can drag a window outside of the MDI to float it" & ASCII.LF & "A contextual menu exists in the notebook tabs to close windows," & " or change the location of tabs." & ASCII.LF & "The button Screenshot is independent of the MDI, and shows how" & " to do a screenshot of a widget into a PDF file (screenshot.pdf)."; end Help; ------------------ -- Do_Configure -- ------------------ procedure Do_Configure (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class) is Title_Color, Focus_Color : Gdk_RGBA; Success : Boolean; begin Parse (Title_Color, "#7D7D7D", Success); Parse (Focus_Color, "#5894FA", Success); Configure (MDI, Title_Bar_Color => Title_Color, Focus_Title_Color => Focus_Color, Opaque_Resize => Opaque, Show_Tabs_Policy => Automatic, Tabs_Position => Gtk.Enums.Pos_Bottom, Draw_Title_Bars => Always); end Do_Configure; --------------- -- On_Opaque -- --------------- procedure On_Opaque (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); begin Opaque := not Opaque; Do_Configure (MDI); end On_Opaque; ----------------- -- On_Snapshot -- ----------------- procedure On_Snapshot (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); Child : MDI_Child := MDI.Get_Focus_Child; Context : Cairo_Context; Width, Height : Gint; Pdf : Cairo_Surface; begin if Child = null then Child := Get (MDI.First_Child); end if; -- Take a snapshot of the widget Width := Get_Allocated_Width (Child); Height := Get_Allocated_Height (Child); Pdf := Cairo.PDF.Create ( "snapshot.pdf", Gdouble (Width), Gdouble (Height)); Context := Cairo.Create (Pdf); Child.Draw (Cr => Context); Destroy (Context); Surface_Destroy (Pdf); Put_Line ("Screenshot created in snapshot.pdf"); end On_Snapshot; --------------------- -- On_Save_Desktop -- --------------------- procedure On_Save_Desktop (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); Perspectives, Central : Node_Ptr; begin Desktops.Save_Desktop (MDI, 0, Perspectives, Central); -- These could also be saved in the same XML file. We keep this -- example simpler by avoiding the extra XML manipulation this requires if Independent_Perspectives (MDI) then Print (Perspectives, "perspectives_indep.xml"); else Print (Perspectives, "perspectives.xml"); Print (Central, "central.xml"); end if; end On_Save_Desktop; ------------------ -- Load_Desktop -- ------------------ procedure Load_Desktop is Perspectives, Central : Node_Ptr; Success : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Success); begin if Independent_Perspectives (MDI) then Perspectives := Parse ("perspectives_indep.xml"); else Perspectives := Parse ("perspectives.xml"); Central := Parse ("central.xml"); end if; Success := Desktops.Restore_Desktop (MDI, Perspectives, Central, 0); end Load_Desktop; ------------------ -- Create_Child -- ------------------ function Create_Child (Index : Natural) return MDI_Child is Child : MDI_Child; Box : My_Window; Label : Gtk_Label; begin Box := new My_Window_Record; Box.Index := Index; Initialize_Vbox (Box); Gtk_New (Child, Box, Flags => All_Buttons, Group => Group_Default); Gtk_New (Label, "This is the" & Integer'Image (Index) & " window"); Pack_Start (Box, Label); Set_Title (Child, "Long Title for Window" & Integer'Image (Index), "Window" & Integer'Image (Index)); Show_All (Child); return Child; end Create_Child; --------------------- -- Save_To_Desktop -- --------------------- function Save_To_Desktop (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; User : Integer) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr is pragma Unreferenced (User); Box : constant My_Window := My_Window (Widget); Index : constant String := Box.Index'Img; N : Node_Ptr; begin -- We store the index directly in the XML tag, so that all windows -- appear to be different. N := new Node; N.Tag := new String' (My_Window_Name & Index (Index'First + 1 .. Index'Last)); return N; end Save_To_Desktop; ----------------------- -- Load_From_Desktop -- ----------------------- function Load_From_Desktop (MDI : MDI_Window; Node : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; User : Integer) return MDI_Child is pragma Unreferenced (User); Child : MDI_Child; Index : constant Integer := Integer'Value (Node.Tag (Node.Tag'First + My_Window_Name'Length .. Node.Tag'Last)); begin Child := Create_Child (Index); Put (MDI, Child, Position_Automatic); return Child; end Load_From_Desktop; ----------- -- Setup -- ----------- procedure Setup (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class; Independent : Boolean) is Bar : Gtk_Toolbar; Box : Gtk_Box; Toggle : Gtk_Toggle_Tool_Button; Button : Gtk_Tool_Button; Group : Gtk_Accel_Group; Menu : Gtk_Menu; Menu_Button : Gtk_Menu_Tool_Button; Success : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Success); begin Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New (Bar); Pack_Start (Box, Bar, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Group); Gtk_New (MDI, Group => Group, Independent_Perspectives => Independent); Do_Configure (MDI); Pack_End (Box, MDI, Expand => True); Menu := Desktops.Create_Menu (MDI, User => 1); -- User irrelevant here Gtk_New (Toggle); Set_Label (Toggle, "Opaque Resizing"); Insert (Bar, Toggle); Widget_Callback.Connect (Toggle, "toggled", On_Opaque'Access); Gtk_New (Button, Label => "Save Desktop"); Insert (Bar, Button); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Save_Desktop'Access); Gtk_New (Menu_Button, Label => "Menu"); Set_Menu (Menu_Button, Menu); Insert (Bar, Menu_Button); Gtk_New (Button, Label => "Snapshot"); Insert (Bar, Button); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Snapshot'Access); -- Pressing "snapshot will cycle through the MDI children and take -- a pixmap of the MDI children. -- Load the desktop from external XML files Desktops.Register_Desktop_Functions (Save_To_Desktop'Access, Load_From_Desktop'Access); Load_Desktop; -- Put (MDI, Create_Child (1), Position_Automatic); -- Put (MDI, Create_Child (2), Position_Automatic); -- Put (MDI, Create_Child (3), Position_Automatic); Show_All (Frame); end Setup; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is begin Setup (Frame, Independent => False); end Run; --------------------- -- Run_Independent -- --------------------- procedure Run_Independent (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is begin Setup (Frame, Independent => True); end Run_Independent; end Create_MDI; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_builder.ads0000644000076700001450000000355612533067540020723 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Builder is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Builder; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_events.ads0000644000076700001450000000360612533067540023162 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Events is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Events; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_layout.ads0000644000076700001450000000355312533067540020607 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Layout is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Layout; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_notebook.ads0000644000076700001450000000357712533067540021120 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Notebook is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Notebook; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_color_chooser.adb0000644000076700001450000000706412533067540022112 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk; use Gtk; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Color_Chooser_Dialog; use Gtk.Color_Chooser_Dialog; with Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_Color_Chooser is type Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access is access all Gtk_Color_Chooser_Dialog; package Destroy_Dialog_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Color_Chooser_Dialog_Record, Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access); Dialog : aliased Gtk_Color_Chooser_Dialog; procedure Destroy_Dialog (Win : access Gtk_Color_Chooser_Dialog_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access); -- Called when the dialog is destroyed ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This widget provides an easy way to select new colors." & " This is a very specific widget, and most applications won't" & " need it. There are two versions, one with a dialog, and one" & " without."; end Help; -------------------- -- Destroy_Dialog -- -------------------- procedure Destroy_Dialog (Win : access Gtk_Color_Chooser_Dialog_Record'Class; Ptr : Gtk_Color_Dialog_Access) is pragma Warnings (Off, Win); begin Ptr.all := null; end Destroy_Dialog; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is pragma Warnings (Off, Frame); begin if Dialog = null then Gtk_New (Dialog, Title => "Color Chooser Dialog", Parent => null); Set_Position (Dialog, Enums.Win_Pos_Mouse); Destroy_Dialog_Cb.Connect (Dialog, "destroy", Destroy_Dialog_Cb.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Dialog'Access), Dialog'Access); Show (Dialog); else Destroy (Dialog); end if; end Run; end Create_Color_Chooser; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_composite.ads0000644000076700001450000000361412533067540023657 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Composite is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Composite; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnome-textfile.png0000644000076700001450000000544712533067132020714 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR04Ì“»‘gAMA± üabKGDÿÿÿ ½§“ pHYs  d_‘tIMEÒ 'H ¤IDATxÚÕškPTçÇܼ´ãê.j2IKÖLú%ZÑ\fbêŒÕ†˜€À"$Ÿ26‘Ê.ì.»À" á!×™|i>¸*Š&æ2ÕLªÓ(ÜA-Ö±éÄ &4(¢«Ü†eÏÛ°g/çœ]È$­}gθœsÞsžçùÿßÿó<ï wÂa4¯-X°`7Ì’˜ÄçÏŸwÂÂl6œZü ˆê@`;vìG5H’¤)>ŸO  ¯×+Ž=p"%šñüCbÊóÆÆÆøæ›o0 ,Y²„O?ý ¸ ˜¡eïÿ,â‘ÇÈȈ8{ö¬ü<¯×+8 ¦OŸ®‰DØ---ÿÕˆGÎBpåÊ$IÂ`0°hÑ"Þ{ïÏèt:U$bRÈív‡ý ‘‘!¿xÇŽª÷GŽ‚‚UƒCBÂï÷ËtòûýFzèW¼ûtŠS8ðä“O*^ìñxhllÄívãv»IOOçå—_`ÇŽ²qã].n·›7²qãF|>ŸìpyyyÀäg`dd¯×K{{;|öÙgŒŒŒ°p¡‘½{÷Ø}@bcR諯¾â•W^!99™óçÏ“—— GêÅ_äöíÛ¼ð x<|ðAòòòxüñÇåˆ/_¾\@À`·{g(‘d‡^zé%ªªª(--¡±±‘ªª*ÞyçâââþÌfñq‹Xv@ …Éò[ý¾ñÈj̯ !¸}û6qqqœ>}šÞÞ^†‡¿£·÷:]]]r0> ð[à_À0¦jøÔç)¿WLü†øøxÆÆÆèëëãòåNèïïçèÑcTWW¬þ ô¨RHKU´_$—•F9º`%I’Ï 1®<~ÿØÄ NÇâÅ¿¦¯¯ŸU«~ÇâÅ‹Óã?cEîLjrã IJ%I’€¸{„,©3fÌP<51Ô +VÈ7†ÙlÆçó‘œl`ëÖm”——ãõzyôÑGÉËËÃl6£Óéðz½œ:u ƒÁ@nn.yyyäçoâÂ…‹,\¸ääd***(,,ÄçóðÆo`µZÙ¾}»ŒJpMƒ±f͆†ILLT8 ¯I’hiiᩧž ‰È‹r8U‚\ ’’^sñÅ_°fÍï9tèiiik€s@O¢ºÁÉ›6m ))‰×_€üü|–/_N^Þòóóžxâ rss±Ûíèt:JKK¨««Ç`0Orr2GŽ!))‰íÛ_cëÖmF.^¼Hyy96›•%K–››„èY^FÀï÷“ ëûT¢é¼Ri$•E‰Œ3:ôý:ÝlúûûimmU jÀçŸÿ„„„°‡Y,f¶l)ŸHùäcæΧŠ€…$U.«Q,¼£R*I8:’ª²))£,µFb(-V­ZÅÈȈ"#‡`BÅ¡šü‚õŒ–dª.ï{î¹tz{{ˆ±­"8|ø¯Ìœ93„PTd¥²r hjÚÍfC’•••!°ÛíØíÅ¿!(..¦°°ˆ={šBâÕW«±Z­X­V„47ïÅétb³Ù¬V555H’¤0^ø裙?ÿîè‹xxx˜ãdzzõj¾ûnH•Ñzeé ]ŽD&¹P£Õú‰'<¤§gD—Q!$V¯^ÍÐÐ`œK! HLL¢¾¾N.RS—²~ýzŠŠ¬<öØc¬[—AEÅVfÍšEQ‘…7ß|½~ññ èõs8v¬…¤¤$*+·RSSKJJ 8Å”––±hÑ"L&“‚Žéé\½ÚÁÁAZ[ÇËÖÁÁ(A¯7„$µýžðó¡µMäµ`'Âœ ¯›ÂyÁk|ð>÷Þ{_ôR"°Ñ¤•LÔàW—C4«J­®Nj“Ý! C`íÚg¹qãzÇΪ«kš››)))C’$ª«kAY™‹ÒRB@YYÙĹ2Š‹ìÛ·!uuu8NœN'ûö½ËUŽÓYŒ¿£¾¾^3Ëgeeóí·]ÑeôÆ^ÚÚNðì³Ïqýz¯F’bF&zÙ½9Ñz®Çã!+Ë«”P‡ßn/æ‘G~ƒÉ”MmmCCC<üðÃœ!ðµ/ø90-ô à8ð=p ¸ ŒÕOŸðà€†±¸Å|'®æˆð¿áO~š\n!IEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/background.png0000644000076700001450000035745512533067132020115 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDRÝ¡› pHYs  šœ IDATxìÝ[äÇ‘Þá9ôL÷y)‘kÙ¼†½ðïüý?  ,`‹ER$g8癞öù«N¶´w ­8* %##ßx#232ë_ÕÕ=×ÿÇûâÆ’“““ÓÓÓÛ·o¿~ýúÅ‹oß¾¥ѥ߼yàúõë/_¿¹µ„ñåÈßþö·oÞ¼yüø±öÁƒÀHÎÏϯ]»öêÕ+ݨððÆIyö왈=¢¼ÿþûð¯^<7tqqÁ ½Ñ;wîܽ{óÙÙÙ^½jT •¡Ü¼X… d¡ ÀÅõâRäSb²…ÏÈ=Jòúå ùð-9˜, <1ª+v„¯Þœ?|øPЧOŸJ ³Q¾& ‹®!îîÝÅóäÉSãÅ.±hyɬxÑŸ>ŸUMLgóåÂ7dîZ HøÏþóóçÏïß¿/1v!Óù¢ÅCu¹ÈÜ^|ðÁc³•ìFéò·ÜïÝ»÷Þ{ï½}óZ’8 *$„–»e±8|Ù‡êÕëÔ廂¿L {$-š9Êÿ§Ÿ~”`“f{gT>-*KD@­³|€Ù eËÓŸOÆkîÀ`åFg×¥KIP<Çú·,ÖÁæ+letÿnõ?%¸7Uà¶Ó>µ[öµò2D1JI`Xˆ.’ï¾ûΨZEIÅ£Œ(ö{³ñ„ÞñSŠŒ’Å(<¯FÑvDuù*JÂâ4²|ÂëVgxBÊÁîí³;ƒVž¢åHÊ!æ,‰n°|ÍÎùi¨ÐìBwÙYHŽÅ¢[sF‰9ŠŽ…Ñtˆ¸c¦°ƒá¡Ô²Ó› £ò!VO†£@Ù%ÃîÆwa©*¾­Œj#E)O^@"%w¨ÜrGÎ8~„Ò ÖðõÛÖah¡ÐѲ„¤”³–èb+I:‘e•C`.&S`´nMÓDˆ[L†Ê£(UE D^’-E.F d‘›Ý±þ[“v­5_»4Ûdµ­äìÐÝ`Ö°2ø;×ÿ¼îÙÔ}NdÅÒa–º¼å—…bË•–NJÚ|*Jå®òeY.‡ >Lzýgsê™<ÊËׯ(-“VI)e­$¯÷r!¼.AE£p‰G»Nòf‹I ±! ¿½vnÀ!wDø}ÂÙ‡üö#cçËEF=×È3=—¼èFË X—âÛ)2ªË(1yBN¬7‡OÙä°<ÞâÞÔ,ˆ¡–Ïkó $x`lk;lKâ±Î†$l×2—_BÁLzû/=<#Ëwv|•™Ea¼„1*¾“Ûév7¶íÅŒŸ;£†(û*‡.gÉ ì$Ã$\þui²”•¸H,˜–cÙŠUDFé]Xº†´`Ú*žC {€SÁìxÀLöÖé¼òow`£HL!£5älˆ—# 3J˜ÀC¥ì Å…‘”X$1à£}!WƒÂ`vÙšˆ‰X¸ôÙ°¬DÑ5)¯^* Ö˜–°kKµÖZ «Û±€sÑ 5Ô*1b£ç%aBo1ã—U,£|²cÈ"€ÜÉð2ªK¤Þ¼.ÎçÝ9IYah~¥v¬ÿ©™ó©ÿ¯¨v®´7RÑîúœ²Ø› ¦  ^é` )ÙÛTC{N‹Qí¢'ŽQ‡™â`Å„„/‹è˜¥Gä© ÌR7†^¸³` ÇŒ±šãXåQš¯NTŽ\(ŒÉ³õDVPv¾hQñÝÌìô˜¯ßœ ˆ/$XŽøé%–{³ÖuB ñjŽ¹”cbôî½{V˜Â‹ »––E·ÐMŸ}s¦ˆ cH\0Iò2ª‹¿Q0£Äls¦ “cC|2JÚ8±öô jj˜2²Ð˼pE×–gËÈW^·T)q$À†¶¬¦i”½YsD²ÓøþÑò”Ϧâb”¥)—X䌺ÀM¡¸Çú?ìοsýŸøJ½tÞ,z«ß^¶ñÕ {[öãùâ0a°s¤Ò¯zKÀn##Ô¶ÓºÈ1‹ŠÓ´þÒˆ˜/l$wCÇú·5¿`ýO-¶¯¶“TÚüQ×ε[,6•|øá‡Zõ­e°—Z]3¶©í7¥2U^‹þðFI=í…‡,4’¼(˜+w…%ÉÊR”³Å…W¬ŠÏ(<‹¸ñ ª²2jˆpOX„&”KÛú!¯Òà——!ièÆCaÁÌ>Ë´Öy#%`I.ì,¢HžàIáHqïPr¡Hž—$c˜äV}æ /IC+÷ÃõÄË_y$„KËr¬KaAÞµú?¼ÉR(jÝŽVZok+­ºq¸§nÞšSÚ¾V •…†„%—ÊTË@Ô„–¯UÈQõÝìÚ÷߯º ßI`ß%…PñqdQ¯.P§ˆQn^ð… ‹‰dX*kQÌÈ6F²Sb!+É'{IZvºÀÉN‘ÚŒ,0Œ[XÈŽY’tYAÊSæwÏæÝ 0¤Ã;N;aºÙq÷–Lhîâbó`%c©òúÿè‘.G°VŒ;XáE4'{£`º8Y´º0­<ÁᎫ+–!`Š™r!-c£û›îºR Ñ9£„Ý‚”Ø ;©’0rÛ…G¿º§˜¹sÉ}î¦õ²êÙÊjDX¶Ø`Žõo›H;k%-‹{×êÿ/~Fr²T1u<ÜP^UFFF÷ ¯kb0[¡{J4I.•šâ3jòj‚g AÙe]¡ïBBª!.ìºZ„* 3<»ÚÚŽ¥Ú*sQÅw6x ´Åeô– -$„pÔ6©" ìùÓ¹ tU?a×n¯j–É{ÿ0ùŠËK†eeH’^ˆ +¤¡VÏYâÜâ›/_CŽœX’<ZïvÁÜV6ë믿ÎKž]OÒ0Al¹X îù"LHX «×Án¾\ø%ðò!²•6G) ôôé“¿)pÔåE’…›Ü|­AeCÒåI€aä eŸ¥¼üÔOà·¼7¼òa4ÊÂW &·«%ñÉ'Ÿè˜Bɇ³KŸ‹®i6öcý[ûø®Õÿ¼ã°»öRk/ÛTÛ¯bì®­•t•däâú¼Œó¢Ûf­n‚p1J¸c#ãuyVÍZH­š. <Þæ %¹¤Ëg+¥VI‰¥È”&ƒ<=|bÄPzFBq‰"®pºÙ‘#ÔÒ·%}Ï”BØ-Žp\´)ØHl,ôMhŽ…àH1»4„€GؼC’)MÇìZ(v.ðì„‹ 69˜cγX†­•‰SXÊ-|:NXXCõ`ˆ ¼·H9ê"§ε¥Ût˜L5#‡òÄŒ¹(„KŠ–/¾b Š³¸`fp/Uà¨ð÷Û9¼øåkÈ*µ,ø[X—šå2dÊœÞÍ+1í±þÛÖö"ݲX| {¹ ¿pýÏ&Ùc{)?bçl¤ü*neGÔ¼U€Ö/÷*‚]7Í„ÅçÁF¹Ó+qœ„ŽJE"Iè&¯Umȹ°«¡VDæ]X.ÙeX,`F]b†Ež›òEîõ³åf?0\ŸÕ{$ZüÜaˆ¸I±|èÞ©ƒ7 [´…“ÆýªcCYÂè6x9ëâañºR iH Ȳ™!9»}Î/O‚Œ2'`VXÑæHiY²0’âò ,{D§-±èÀÃ#)Qœpi÷é>fyV*E) +Ï‹ûaÙ׬½UÀF[OŠ4ŠHaÁ‰A>r+m —w>`0¶ûóÏ?÷s[ö¯¾úŠ;a'3ç5kCrcG‹D†‚z8ÖÅ`MÖ²½ëõ?¯Æ¤R¨¶èöؾÚQb&ŠÒ¬ìñÔî›Ã«+/5Ä…pÑM*q$Ü•ÁÀÎHÇé¨n8²õÊ]±W^Œ%å⋟‘EµáWߺå ßA¢8W\¢ tY0Bs§˜‹|(øK›/]?Ń7DL#<…½é ìòg,º+à,#XàV€"ÆR²8ìmAC,…Ö²cÖʧ9úQ*~.’'F a5â/7¾%l=ùÚ;^„Ñë¥[¸¸ºjv0Y¬!AÅWS3¤K(FŸ½<Ô /‹Éˆ„‹Ö=ÂÒ!³Ô[rJqCÒy%Hø¢å¦ÛF˜Z`Fb•`<^¨œ>™bñÖ¯õ΢af!¼ ­ŸQtb?{áÌ€/a·Î¦<éëÿ­ÿ“~ÐnŸl[5Ñε…vÈV)»£’^Ï!=WõHÈÝ¢ù)ª¬µt|Ñr÷å’¯þøÿ8·Dr(PJQŽõÿîÔÿ‰K÷NÞFªWa“lžwÕÝvÚ`û­mó`®ÍIy£qäNn\¿uSYÜ>;½}ýÚ|»’ƒ!»îC;•qãú Êùëõ+¾gókºÞj!žk.ïЪ?…ì”êªO¯Öc¹~Ã+óÙÝùÑ»3I †~ëP½‡÷ìª 9q)tjÙS¼qð“lÙ*uŽæ5Åúðþ½ï¿ÿžfó}þ왓ðÁ‡‚Á, ‘P¢…!ÇýÕ\UìZ¡o\»ðáºÖ·~äÆäÏ`õ¾Õ¹ i•àµ8¹c³Ôºt"(‹[Àá\ËvcÖ]Ö†„ð$hÍ‹ûùµ‹õ+Æ/ž~œ ì­²„ƒ÷Énq¿•‚»­{þÖ‹Ñ›·æÇ&½õ[æC]óêÀã'r6Y-wCĵ83ßõºÒÏa ™ˆ-ÅìûùÎjîÒV?÷îÌo2ˆëoWôhC¿q2¿*„ÿÜß0»a%ý-³›Œ’Ä?{ôòÉ“ù6ÖË×çÏ^L}Š%Ukk¦þöÅþÎ&¾÷à¾N³¶ì¶ÄÇD·¤â2ëß»jKúk©ÿî Pò¶ýöÒÙ°ýê,#‹=®ò ³+)ú”×’Š‰ ]*]Žœì„cÕeH—ˆŽY&q‚IFÅïÐÈó«öÕäI£*%ç°×v´ŒÙ›Å>TÑrt[ñQ 3õ’"Šg„ùØèò¸Ò`a玓»Ìeäïn*ym0Žô,]˜.]üѦוg.0Ü% Mšc¾0ºÜùJ‰m`øZFȆ(ÍØôéZ]ѹЋyÆ|] ì„‚Ù¨!Ÿi–ÒP.ìÀqRö’Â4_˜‰òöüÅó7×&‘©ÑùÚz]—¾¶Ûp9¾ùä£]WúÓŸìæïÿ{ßz)Q;®´ÊA·²Ñq aÔŽõÿîÖÛfŸì™*±[öÕ£µ+À™'ìÝ €Êð¹iÇn×9Úf¯cÎ¥:c$¨“!Q}da$Ü…£T1U¤×bFCÙ;Ÿº|ãßQdÅî§;’”/´Fcë³HÉP‚„€.+:¯ê„Ž‡˜iH· ™–³.Ú0F‹È—Gš ®Q˜ì-`ù—˜)l<‹!-a´ 9îÐHˆyI€š%¼yQ€ùvóBJIPT$ G0`ávDJä¦_JºŒ„1¤¡,ܪ,›œŒ€WgC³Rë%­Íeïc£Ï/†$¯ÆBJçEi½+ôôö›¾óå—_š²ß.pouü¸{˜UØ¥§v­å¡3r<Ö¿í³PïbýÛ[®DvMKÔÎy{¿®©ø´@µ’Ò«z–Qó4ªT©h«*7—NQá ΩÎË÷\Œ•Ž–”w0–9 ëáïMž0qDI„È×É… ¼œéð†o·p¸˜_öJÙ1À¦ l•ð`ëgRŒe;r­.‘mºX%¶ó/71Ã×˨èâ²ãÏ›–E ÀLÐá Æ+K-< ɾ.;‘/-±íàÛRdßq)áal+H–²Mñ” ¥48Zm]idd¯ÛŽ7k]`ïó|p1ïgî‚'b/«ìfÖÊs÷îÏ ÆhÞ\J€FD4Ĉ“în2GTÇú÷Âÿî×ÿ¼%´ýZû×S†¼í¨f;í¢½'ôjŒdTôU9Óè¨ J%¥ø w.㹆–°Oõ]¾»äèó Ñc‹_nº*lb\~•{ÑÕ+a)Š4p–Ïp^~ªÂO•-z`F“%vKè•×á}®üq†«Ðrij“§¯IÌõ$´Ù5¤MØ)Óâб•!6¡1ð2¤K1*(»²l~é±`àBØ‘³Àã×åbYÊ\8l`fÑDØuËjü/g̨!„¤ˆì0îÅ5¤Û¨VˆºåÆ"y’£–4/î|#ÉXzÀ10æ. Æ’4è-!»nÆ`8m‡™âté|ûí·¦oÜñ—pæït{Å•3€mU¾îFAn­´ñÀ ×êëÿݯ7âl¨$bçl'©kãmd%U)³³°«NE“»î|œ´n+m.ZƒšHaÁƒ¤{A—®puµ†ü=)`\,trÕ½LÀ¤­c+sF à²Ývþ%Ì(/]5íŽæ•¯4”>Œ!^tHÝÆjÔ"i´n«¤èMŠ¥´y‰BðÃëb3Z2`º-‹Ñí  kUy¨$ÉHI[äZø\b) ]^ÂE—» ’«AÒåÈKþºDÂYò¥·Øè„æùœLsd1$U]œì,eÈÈ¢uƒhåÐQÒºm Àò¾¼8¿1óž+Œ;Ö*Q!¼Ëóác_é05euzóÄ?/ÿ›ßü¦E3iI^P$Q!Bz„Åj„Yå¬ÿw´þ_cµU¶¿R¨VªÈ,6u ˜‡QFŸ ¦(¯µã]^ÑÒÕ“Ê`f¤c 2 êêLª`ŠÑ*Õ[3€Ê«†|Á¤!1]BáË‘€ÁS`D'†Å°Q¾Âu„Ø!Å‚1:—9S¤O%Þ\´ 5Ž·ORìe‚‡Žß¡¯!0 ÍKëÀjÅ2J ¹pÓê2ÒÍ7= ÝB˜½¬j#çÅN²pDˆçñOO®ž^vc5$Óµ U¾Œ›;…Ý(ÌŽ+œ|²äk¨Åä…_žìÜërùÕË×'ogúåHäà¼ïßûY$GŸRÙćï_¼~ã«X.ú Ò“Œg+_kðÊd‚‚b6‘2lFÐÝù—Œn–Z`H$€Äè±þ[·µ'ú?¼¨l ±yöÛN”„VýÙ›º6lo$˜#gƒ;xm¼–Tp|Õ¼‰‰BW1"Á©«5DArçæ¼ rmm#—B‹&ÅŠLa]¾† !V'_íòjR;óR‚!ŒHÐv# ¢WÄž¶|žÅREzõžE¹üȃÌN‡E¬’l^ì;:˜Ð8MpóHž…" w犫!#B‹Lr%Ý"°”­!á6ú£½Š/Jx0C>gí}–UÂÉÂ.C 6…ˆÅ‹`ÎÎR,ÛžEÂ0|ÁtÉΡ‰s15x+­.Yº¤ÏA†"äˆVËÒ¢Y[ÏSk¡NŸ=þé‹/¾øæ›oz8õG‡ÜY>p”9¤ Ë\WJrÆ€Š‘"Â~¬ÿ½¼ïZýsì}{æ¨Ø9{ïa[kƒÛÂvW×(Œ—,v?‚Ñz[—Àü±ª1¤ÈÔbÒE€°ËBé8ºU‰º©až¿œ?Û"wOUOì`Zq+M£m£sÂVzFQÝæ€R†8‘—†nÇx¹Î㘶#|‚dK¹!¡Ì%L7ë+Š¬B!/øÌ'‹!+,"»–±–R¶"‚É„»„­aÝÀù"•¡þ ¢Ü€]Çxˆ!á,¾Y÷›Hˆ(%@Ùipç¨-m0sqmQPCÀ˜y1¶5-8»õ¿y{¶†Åôŵ2²¢Kgäî) ~ùü§ùG48¢uÙ™µ<ÁL‡EÂt£0†Zy]"´¶ÌµÇú·Ôvó]«ÿŸÓ†µg6Ì^ÊX×ÛiÕ°+Æ(c¢:E\ „ «Ë8 cHeF²U^À ŠÐ'^'1ôõ[ô^L"T…J?ðäqù‘S´Í¥V ¡ Õ Uî¼D§-mÌéò‚Î2gk] »0ÀK¸' vHRæ0Üu¥'P^º;I]Ì$¥ÔM)_QJÒó2ÄØZeçÎ"7C8ŠeVJ|ÅjQ™‚¸ûž´ NåÀJJ…صcý[(+cY¬³%mYÚh-£…µ5`ºFCÎò]®*¯¿mýσRìmðŠuhvx•A¯(æ¢m¦7¤Ki†¿¹™ánz$p ¡RYª×'sE6I+":‹3óå—_z©÷Òª ãðÞ€BdIʧˆ 5Ú²"‡QǺ½ÒŠ‚—Hš”Ö›#Cì‚6$O ®Qx"žøKؼxm:‹®!.ÂE7÷Ó%%Ü ]”BÐeNê:†|cÎ"ÕðZ³.ÕÒƒáË‹K“2ê‹»`ÖYëi‹@Z"]]WF¯C¼v8 )mŠ µ…+Ö(m EaÌŽÞ "¥–ÌMDæþžÇ¥‹® |;”îÄ÷ÚÝ/6Ðïúê+6öÄ]æ†å…P>¢DΣ¥[ ÊUa‘-‹èZ’#;%½!:E{?A‰¡¦¸Õ°ŒŒZàcý[™gÖzÕ§õoag/h¬j[bõªtöÁ0dM YâÅó³ v¥èÚ˜B²àiT›ãÚ¸ùþA˜Àm§ª²sž›´¢s™Â]uãUQQz‡ìíÝéÌíSQ6¾J b—ž‰j¨*aqN`J Œ1÷\Œ6/kBJ¸:nÖYøl?#Ùå^W‹[]̤ˆ%`¨Q]¾¨tƒQDoSªrnÄœ ÚIÅgÓ·ü1õW/ž={íâöÉ­Ó;g/ý…ÆMçr½™ßÚ3úÚ?ƒü䩵ÍÑ\,©ï4éþã?þ£dX0{‡^b¢?þñ ZD–[#C"DKѵRÓ"iîhM*ÎfÇ¢Büø¯¿þÉ‹çþÒí«Û·l¶O©.^¼|v÷Îý?ùð·Ÿ}~ó亿!xÿÁÝ÷ß;ûúåóù‹òDÕîxsÇICnZKRÕAJ@&íEms9Ö¿eiãÚP­][åÿKÖÿTŒB‘M›W%Ù9v¯¥ìt•£pYʘ… ¢˜¼vy¿`&fH¢2Zýy‹‡údÞvÌsPU¨\ü!@¿6hTQú T}èzÙô½*ÏXæÖ˜?Ûô퟾þêÿåóÏ?ø¿_}é‡wž­œ ‰©Kw–ü%£å+PŸÖÓ'ð¥TÁÍÑftœdN÷-7sáC¾oÞ^xqôò:à·ç~% <ºðëyÍ%>÷Æ-´ëð¶H@<á!ç„Ý2Òåàîý·N¯ÍMpùµ~Šg˜¢_»qáÏ6­”nÜ:KÐÁ€®%"”~lo. CñxïÁçó™Ô?cóYÏü3"Ož½ðÙõc¥ûR>ÿöwúÉ¿žÈÑçTþž”9úë]ÿçÿ/ b}-ÓŸ‘úî›ùCfáXõ/H’¿ÿs…ÑšHž"žL[xFÛ$avâY¶•$½éóÀJñï-¾ÿáü‹aþá?iO1|ÿÃ|Øÿò•OÏ~ó‰?Rä¥Ë ^úÓkÜñO;~ðÁ{¼ÿÐeìbóí—çÏžx‘U´'·n|p÷=JúÁÃ{¢üôäÑGðìù|ïOW2/_Í—H%m›ŽõÿkªÿŸ¯*'Ðvª0…î„8À*¬ªrðØí·ÖNwµ6@®KÁï /~¾D¬ã7ß´ÄÆÂ] õùº+à›¯¿õ½”zˆ@DõíÒ™ôKa.50O[|Á:ùrÀÙÙp<ä¿L…(ÓÙ*!þuò†Dñ§ñË$q¢DŸ¶ÜµM8EPü¥$h!X0Ô¥—»‰çk´Ö‹'¯¢hÒ6QH‰Ù¯øÍ=wësvw¾:€åâ.‡—:£ûkNìå÷בû°ÐÝto]‹., `pïÀX@¯"½øÜʲ‚•†¿w&¢{ C• ÝPùЭƒCˆJÛ…išòi rìŸíFøŸÿË$ã ³8ÜØ—õõÚ_Ÿ³¬oÜÐ._Ï×ox{+àl·$­•öl®6bhïŠ+ÏYŽõo5*-mú;Xÿse”Ÿ]–t;ª8T£ÊÖÕê0¤3µß¹Ó«Œ©š©Ô¹×Ð* Ã?ï`h>üÐÑ{øÅ_8 û¢ô6ƒ×O‚VWŸ}ö™¢t…y)– ##€r -”¦Úíœç£õ®³Ùéî©•§ ðfG赆pêºpµøY´ˆ¦][ÎX7ßVL—£ŒÚºe¸í𵌠0DdH¢ÍEІL³¹›5‹Q­ ºZýŸ‹îf+4_³v×àt#Xp+ÿì´¥¶¶‡¸›¼1”¶u}èÂ)(°„[5³Ã[BH´ì“ñåOfgÖêe‘3Ý:Ûb ¸Œº(}—Å)a ›Bóâ"­bÐJU’¡ß:;üû\ÊJ†6ÝÔ$b!l ãl}è´ä‘[]­!î{%ÓZjHîe[Jk+õÿ·¬ÿ)…6©ý³ÜºvBgwÚ*ûd í=Là•;#$£Ý"¹Ÿ_ÌSŒZÉØfW:Õ™—n•Ç]±~úÉÇø ^À¤ZT •×I•áz–˜!ºŸX;NÒ(:¾:ººŒn+v\C0º†ˆY7íÖ}/ ¬®)7wøº,¤Ùiù–€’´\¦Fn„Ž“¤ëR¸˜‘ Ön憀ÁâÔ…gQk^æbÖ{Œq=æµ­º¼è„¾ž™sñë8Îs¾Þî’ž§ì‹çäŒ2Q-¾g^£|%)s·C«Ý: ¢WÎoÿ)avŽ0ø›—(Rò }êÏË\yu§ ”t.$þ–¨Té’.]Â"!„óÜ&:ßÜ!'Écý_ž…w­þçê±Ù¶Ö®}?¼ í:3d Šý&T]öÊÅ(]±ªZûpêh.„XQUO›³šð*ÇI ¼( þŠ†‚@aÉMˆÜ»¹Ø·þçæÂ]î¸À13JCΆ¸#dq%Ã(‡ª;K9ëMx±t‰à)“æ®…Ñd‘¡Ørl”‹Q’3 Œ¹¿UoŒÄà 5YÈ&ëŒÍã†!´`Zº)Cê¢ÅÓF¬?‹~Î@vo», £ÛÊ'ƒì¦¯}þä'„Ö¡–îʧ.//¨t ±jõŠÞ\´–´éì¸rl›wF›(NFSÝ‹S.B˜eH¸è&ºÈ2<9sk±áD榓/xòö|.J)Qˆu …Ð5„¯9é±èj7ŒŽÿXÿíß»þ~‰ÛSÅXý ùh{VWØ­µ§‡o^t6ì½!-dûJQ.0x:i›Rt{¬¬m¯ðü3«p†Pá'”ŠŒoõ`å¡ì öð,Üñïò¢«]]{ÆI“*Ú)ÙËw¾­~v±ÊÓO§Ê¿Vædƒé»Ë¹n-÷\ÄŒ­'»ˆì2$¼Ø%C&ÞZs™û÷X®nK HÒQ™òùË·>œöE].HŒâ÷8ì—èÞpùÐ"XÛ e²‚#óïÁÝû>‰·ÎÖ“ÑÚÊÇv£ã(“’AË‚Y†0ž8uKϾSò†!ÒnËêîíyg'‡¦¬­Ë '-—2—06­KÐ4EÑí©\ÂD2‘䢚eÁÀ]KgÇ|¬ÿÖó]«ÿy£n“jí«=³[Ä­!cÒ²o&†l<¡Øþ*5;FøQüuY–ß8‚WOÊH}x¯§Î”¹÷#C0r@ ©F¥)œúë#^Åçªâ[¶ðŒfæCá¸ó¡2Šß¨®rw#€1J/fvît˜•õÔ½ïõÄŒ­Ä YÀ2j/ä/¦ÄXaö"˜~?'-C”3ˆ#}Ç¢°'††cý¡AHÉF«à« Î/±s‰“b),ŽQZŠÏŒ`¸Ó=fÀ†sâ! ˜!H+éSES Û™h –Wb¨taè|éMDKg)+JÛ¡+^„ igá‰ôò2J‘f5P†H(,Ê£«ÒË!x^]…0”Bܸ>á×5„–ë¿y×ê^ì–íLÚZ[^1±À¨вkY–!F»kûYÔG Ù^haP1Rwâ’rN””‚sltÉ|š{vês¢8"qqdqB_¯ä\<‘¡Î–Z§;`Zuæ±K†Ìñ½|—!ü"J'mé)t^ìº`x(Hˆ/òíü›¬EȘ½V¶£¬o!˜àv9ð¬H×K[~Š/Olòä²òϘå@6•Q^ÍCFÂKþ,Ò³D\Xû)¡T /œŒ]/–¢ÇRkËh=ñXö÷ïÏ?š-7$%вh»S´| ˜´­'¥‹Ïƒ›®4ø–g)¡ÒNøÞÔ’Ö<˜QŠDÅ·U¢ˆ…pMqîJÂÕ"hé)0*Gy` ¿¹˜çG¥²àÓ°KC´˜ºƒà}‡K¸fªÅ©e±JÅÝáxac×r·˜†+ Q8RÈöƒŠ‘B&§cýÿ[ë½…¶y¶PIYt j¡1ÝKk«¬µInG¢í„· á ñÂfov™2úÞ f›jHa9N-Hv'KÁ©Wv„‘’L*ZQÚ~¡adÆŒõJT‹Á[.½÷a‘<01Ò;#§¥¹WœÒóÅ+xT;®T=Óy¯!.c‹ÃKº_ÔFÞ¼„c$”ò§´h`˜}áØĵ-5~:fKÍ¥ÝÙ.W#Z7QˆQ0Qà°\[ïu¥Ìâªrž!}žÍËwv¼zžZz¢›{Ù"ºµÿðÿ ÛB¹°´zÖ­¥kõ QÌ],¾È}ßÊÄ ‹–¯®bӥøI‰<ý”ðÂ×Ý×!×"i‚t.ª9£Ù 'Ÿç¯žû! Ý ­Æ|NGŸ¨—ï79"âôöü«?Fõß&Z.ÑŽ[™w­þOÜ v«:±bUÝ„Åî3Qðö›ž(0óÜm.Àð˜<—|-ŠZaqP–uTཛྷúhA†ðÈ9ÎÐúƒÂ,¼0PØrŠjs¼S $OA#ƒçE”²TQËVËh”Q—p‡iŒJ˜.7‚PÆ `ˆ—9R&mÁÖ4!kÇ~)©9Þ¼5 0î³T VA(Ƈš81ˆÎ± YŸy6s î›ë¾çn4#;"y xXxY|l.ÈùNÓ^Lë E,´\òÕueÀÕZ4 ½Á¸ÑJ²¬X,þùÂð’VF P½Á“[l~;g ?ø`B‹¹¬Dwÿ:?ü"¡d¬¤÷­íŒèÍ*]r¬ÿ_WýO Úxbó*)\éª[«,è0• cïYˆígg¡CÒ aSg•—–°t$`t{šp[y7ᇱÿÓ[sàÔ Š$]ž·R‡-r±Ô(Ljȧ”d%aH•.½}‚1ZˆZA!µ‹`¾Ô>r F%#¨sŽ„XD-÷¢V¸Ñ/›/˜‰K ‘¦évÉn"µ¶ðŒºåÌÈ­ÛÕ¹V\0§–Q,.`d¾FÄ=‹ÌY¥Ôªz™¡¸Jä`‘ùâ ¶Ùq´ŠˆœÒÚYÝ,éå,y "‚±L‘Üšb ?{«Á‚ÐC:‡\óž =w™ ,ë#I˜„…¤ÃëßÒµ>{eZp­U2j›ªkkÙ[p+ÌhÈòînUÛ&[Fa¤0¶¹Ü)Œ,Úí+ö‰²E,Ÿ©·†±ÒR%L¸µ©ÃÀ¼v1KHItr‰Tâñ™…i}ømR¹kÍÙÔm-¸˜€ÐN—ËGë´ì– Z$†T¶ K¾mL—)»QFih%¶—Û¼¸²E©ËN8rf1–&Þ1fçÅ¢õ»q0&E(¼JÃÚâÔeß-åÙ‹I›Q³ƒ732g˜‚ŠŒÜŒ´&ÂË” ´£O”~{fù ±û`­W‹&„»Éý¸_LŠE+Ï5ë²õ’;÷Ø€136ßr §do"8'ă‰ØR°¢‹@ÏËŒJäú˜L¢€• ˜®ws.,«Ñ¢¡%|¥Ç Nó‚$`²Â/ 9;=ÖÿT¬[ëô®×ÿ|m_íbUbS‰²`×Ú×j¨BQjVÙì^{»&𪗿 JÀuµ9¡«3b´Wcâ›ÖÖL9¨WE)CFQª<ö²R”xŒ í(åX-²cC^’|yÉŠ‹  Á¥"ƯËÑ×ÇHÀX´1‹k"âÒ›/¯·ëS,út¿CG…^ £Œñˆè¶b§45º¹H•€”¼õá…„¥/4 Bz©6ê3¬O?}à.G‚Pª0½KBNàMaóXûˆÊ4á‰dè,æ® @Z‡5>‡‰U[# £ÖZp×m²‚ƹ?÷Ýå C(&’» ºåÖ.˜E>B4_Ñï=¼§@v<éº1K ÂecP"`ìZ€•ÈdÂÞ",È4FÛ/öcýÛ òï]ÿóee»ÞÒ«†ÄöاE—R=IÈ&yò:\²Ü#Þ»ˆ¾,‡—PÝÊ‹ÑîzêÁ¯ óBŽsæ7‘ƒ  ø:¨˜}§Æ¨_ÊQIJ”E¹ŠX*-N%ˆPJÍ‹ÚE%™ÛÂhKƒ£7J`¤’å(.†ü¤_z|D<þa+·*£ËìôÖÜ€B8¤|ç©nžXŸ³»÷¸‹ebþ†§ÏüÄ‚Dk²Ht›µ÷̦üâÙS7»?2Uˆçþ–Þ:N¥$Y=°çÏ=ìXyb ¦`ˆÒŠkÈ“)wŸ([À;§þR×…¿Ä‚üƵ·þÞï=ôÓXÏ‘Þ`>¸wçš?á÷æÕŵ[î2H—˜ôÌתJFh]ëC™Õ¸Lÿ¬Éé™2ð³š*X¿KïïˆiÉÀý¾ä5‰[:È8%0›·¾ÔrãæÜ•æØ(r—˜7¬þÐàu¿11¨®ß¼~ÃcÒ³¯„X7Ú©üíÛÓç¾ÔöØû­—») 7_ãuwŸÝ›I!yëo°yiœÏΤA¬]\å$.Ý®Äõÿ.Öÿ‰*ŸŠYbŸìÜló:ð¶Ðiqê* 'ª×mvF–Œì ºgOl< §#„mUÒÔ |5Q[‰4ê8‰¿4z…¤`È‘Ž–/{--*ºÑ6¥O(’WÐWCo§¥$w$¨ Ií'äj:ÅÂY8uoÔ®'M^¨òcA+‚™Ïöӣß`ÖÍ"ãEƒ¹ Œ2ZH…HÛÁ£»² á·5q‘_z$g·ç[W¯^¾6ahä|®£ÄjˆkF̸³%b1²C~µRk+"ßaZLÿ+ñBd›£°n ¦IX¶ÖeçË3ËÏÜ}Þíºè1ŒãÍëgëͯQ‹ÃËìd"T2·+÷C#„Y”¤›]Y²g`j†¬ä.¤JýXÿ–ΪVßZÍ6ý½êí÷zU©zª ­´*A ÙrÂbó¼`•¼ÃSÂwlÚ`º ¨S1¢0öÈVí°̺–À¨ ‹ËŽˆ_W\£Î_]õMPü\ʶ@Ør—$½‚Ö&ÕJÇ®¦‰¸Mž½IÁ¨gÑ)y‰H¤C m`/NC2Gâi­ä¿ B ÁÌ16„–¢ü=Fa0M–¢KŒ—mGHvÉ !s$ð- £p­[+@V¥Iq$\5Z`-;G­!„t^0åèâ"‡Ü9ÃDNÇ9/­é”­é e„‡‘BŠy¶ì»els!éüì ÃÚF2Z$óò=榙/ $€l)`±IOù1Êà9Ö¿Åi}Z[‹C,¦–ÝJZRJ‹Éø·¯]HQ‰]Låy¸êéµE*kï×;½UÇ`0râèL¥tÆðÅ\« é¡¢+n¿Ú2ñÖƒ’6_«CÄblòH(xøªr‰9œF£ÂFWO$`Ý'*.åÐ9„‘ÉU±Êº½ìs‡',倻™R$ ¬KJO ©‹6‘†.¤æü¬ßp„‘'£:ñs1 :Z˲z£°´Â|‰.±Îh‘‹¢‹Ó̺2§ A RªŒR"º…˜/@9[ð†ÀÚˆÖËJD`+#(#FŽ$ÇæB'rWÉ^¶+»Ã/‡±ïd¸ˆ(zv-9{Ù†ÑÂ3* ŸÊÙzw ¤µb4)±ºg ¾•Ú•ò4¢„?Ö¿¥³ ïZýÏ1°—2«(j®½w*€KÍ ¾Ôí´h´À¶V}ÃðR Œ¤ÂµëðÚŠŒÃ ¡–;_bˆŒ0úÙ’XD·‚Ë!ÌJj>Pϱ覀Šs x‹º(§ñЛšÑòü«–;ßž(ºâ†ç.RvœB³H£L äQ£$ÝÈ~‡ÑIîC7.ð†ZFŽˆ_U™©^¾´uÃFáÎƱоýÔÙsÒGÑÁd@$Ì…ÝÑõ˜ÒPTn“YÁ§1*+-w]äÜùBæ IDATJ†4}€2lÍýðD—°‹Òš”€öªÿðmTm».~Q¸4_ » µìŒåiŽ¦\P£“ýZ@ŸîÂV29² ÄËt¶Àðâ~¬‹På¼ûõ?BÅa›Õ¨}•º ÖµµjÂf±¯F}œlzŒª‡P`Ìx•ÍáJJתxeLÇÐ!ÑÖEŽa»ŸÜ˜WKŽ’QRø«°²BB`D«ëUŒ^&Õ±Ò•Úñ6T½Brä¢MÒÙÀ8š¬Ü ÍBÏ¢e,œ‰4}^$-°®d*—o‹‚Ý:kaø’&â7Á€¯@1P ňßÑú~„& ¥¼H^0. ]³¦‡žD/_BP‰eÔLÜBŲ˜Æ ¦HƒQn;Oø6ˆ½!-ü´k1óÊ…XJÂ…d$x.<¼¤1–-0$ æ¨]X¥Jw™ÂÈÊÔs„,-Îæ9Ö+Ó¦+‰¶ M|×êžnäGl°2’´ê‘«Z”«Ñ]…nçß á€kUIFvB¯@+)­,D‹‚?rz ºý<É#€(â–*CZ…•±ƒ„ L\îd|WòÙW´i$iˆ Ùù”díÁ §¸”Ó‘l|±,Ž¡”˜@þÀŠ–çÉ”•¹¬XØ%àõÃ; Ò>»=×=EH$˜VPŽì"î´-—;Â…S&Ff(c:ßùáúBdù˜—7;uY¸ÔÔQñ×»dµ¢×š¬ÐF!Ál¢!:¡£Š-=­¸d¯gÝŒJ’bˆ"m„º”! …‘'K +·Æ 4Žtlµ¤Êf‚Z.ñÇlHôcý[aa5(íNºåÒmÅXZp–Uþ×úŸß2µŽP[èä´Íª¡bjöÕ›,íæßàRFµæÀ±<èÕ…°›XS­éøEaoæQvÂË™öÐä º»|ùK œ;¤ ¤%ë[DÙVŽÅm.Z£¹OrÿJÌ s(´p1Ñê9ÞZ+¢.c«G·žÞ‹ ×9ÉÅêIcþ<ž žÏ°Ø¡µºÎw"ù“Uit啶xa“ª¸.$&€6ž€S8’t0ûL OáVüCâJÌ ( $%ÑâÐÍ ED›H—•v²û{gkBs7­¦Nc+`‰Q„nA !á_,ÝR2ÄNêv/yIâAÌ‹Ðá³Ø,Hq-ȱþ[O»iU­µ²ž”w®þÿëüO[좷ëRTèksçEµìÙ+³ò8´ªk^‘ÚlCìd[šm•ÑÝd(r­r6<&0VUŠ»ó‰ê»o¿U@ج¡`&=20nÅ…Û©0 )% G$ô‚R0hKÉ(L£¨(À`”mÏ;ì¾¹Rò8Á´Ê½ôØ%o¿ýPÙ£H EÏ ¡«ù\Øó×gŸþ¦§°–[x±è`\XtÑbcéJê¢dt'Bjå Š)ÀËGZîR%r]yBv«ªHéñͽXôƒÅ‘†!×%¨„ûZ^º„Âa™H2cKaÈ?;¿× Æ(¶v¿Ð­L‹ïÛ|ìÒ‘;¤…Ê"CºYh¶VªK9àç«uyY7G‹œ‘;1t¬Ëea-…5|Çëv”²ÝU rµ‘²WÄõ¤­¶»'·ç§*ŒÄhg@ë*JŠ¶Q…ÈK—#E79öÙ‹nxÅ$´ŸÌS$ÀÅ *¯8KF[ 0;½ÀNP¡&% ÆBßF0s·[Œ¦ßáÇc¹iKF«â¹ ;9¿˜Ÿ®²›8B!Zé!§˜8w'Ù§-¾Ìi Øè0El.ô,ØHŠ•Ä»’*Z]K³Ge΂Šž;*A3BË·ˆì‰®Êë‚{F\0<L3Ì%|2¬Ë¾W›À*ñšlovITðVlÏÞÐLóîÏ?Ån.¦f%#lFJÈÜ kS†kÍZÚB˜‹(ÒãH`|·öXÿ¿¢úŸŸyåì‚°…v”®VvÁÙoF[[m®¿Y)¨ƒDWAÛxÕYÑ Ç©KB¢%*Fõ¤³ÖâñMk‚ŒÞ¨VQªiÒ‘0äRqˆ NäZº¡ZœŒEÉ‚Çè¾q: SÈë@r—ÿÊ}’˜¢%ù¦k&ìBh±‰‚ª«AÀ.N]ËNñÏ,ûîeÇIJ5/ݤ@¢^ðì`%iT AŸ¶ÓÛd¹°páH!,¢P¤Ô²l~lã/ç Œ] J–…;¬ òøQÅ™ $»épÌ«wz’‘¶QÂ=½+¦®Ö‹'Íš#Ñe7:‰ùÏ’¨¨“äúTDF­îÎϱþÛô_EýÏ;/õöÛ3³´å²wõ´¯öÛ'ö˜Ñ¨–NØ(¼0$º0ì* ¡b¢o1š{–J'*x„¯^Σ)ÅžòQëÞz1t M‘®Ï}U¹ä¹“¨à¯ò£‚4”WG€=£V?fÇ ,6 £[˜=| eç%6äZCŒñ°è¢Òr÷a‹®ç,Ï)hM¤pLИ>€Ço¡øj‹¢…gçÞé²P²eňrÐÅ&<‹(`H azR|!¥3âÑŠ…“d´28½ob·‰ì–‚ñ›Ï`†µØ(RÝ´ôðÈy½ñ¯t\^…“ǺFÍÅ(f 6º61$6ZÐÈ…kMJU×/g^†. Fƒá…¹¡­#<Ö¿þµÔÿ<óÛ0Ùgö“^e´µW7Ø6ÛûŠŒ½]WÙë"¬[1Ç@ÁlˆpÑ¥‚WLžÝàx»:µê;pÅçvNBr´Ê]Üa°‘âª]:Œ¹h…‘”…1Zú*õ^D.壚猭OmXýp–y±t1°âù³y6”ªëCnŸ}ö™gÈxŠ ã;ëÄNpû•iF×66A¥§K(¢H€èZœŒfšÀ&Šb"t0C¥g ÓÕrÔ%–.]k(áëšc‘-=#{Ñ2®A…6…Ηè2šˆ–‹!AhtÇÊXªæ.4]¸V€× ÍŸW˜gÃ-ÜÙ£‘}Åœ ìÚÍOÑÅ#y"0Òw”cýÿŠêÞG¨OŽŠqÒl§ °m|ÕÐîª_… `ã ¥k=&(€ªD‹|ùå—έÙ7‹pª‡/ÌTäª*ï!â/´TL8…0Š“ø·›ä†‡Î¨^{ pò‘ „—dÂQhíÔéŠåH€ˆ\h’/‹¬ðSÀ…ë«F±—s €4X:`r†ëź°^>Ÿ¬ÞŸbãÁ½û?>~ä¢HQë9Vûôù³[þÍùœjY¡ò™ ‰§¬ÄÒ5ª‹\¥„ܵñòoQyr—qÆ)% ¼–#$|S@p•Ù(»yÙJ7$/.2D%·˜a ^·Ï_¡0 ¦-[Ž­ R8^%P\ȘrŽÂNèæ…ߟ¯áÈÝ:³ƒÁK’гcfQþl…»(|úê•—KQíNÒó¬ÑcýÛ‹vÇ"·˜ð¬ÿ›Ÿ<<õÇñ–ÙìÖêiü%« óõå5¿!pûôìþƒ‡Öó‡ýøè±{Î.øÕ¥['7QŸ¿y-üÙ©?*sÓ=íû\ø¥¨´üÏ`¤à}þb}n¶í¤@öÌ×umqÿÙîÇ?=Q—ÇúÿÕÿ¼$*;¥©ÕhåÈè¤UÇ»cWÓ]"]ŠÞ;$ô©÷uÝø0›±ÃÆEë–ñ@×áiÔ)âÞyC?Ũ¸†82ºÎÊVàاðEEø²wO¥—ä ×Õz*?CN¾Ë‘³t¼u);°¢³»de5úpÇ•=÷µ ÿâ˜5ˆë®÷⊂œèœÍÅíà¸|Ip?ùÂuƒÆ¥ãªå.yR–Ó<»Ññ óz‘¿4¤JÊFªbvð–B‹¤ÅÑÂøì 55qÝì–”PD] ‹í3Ôhö0xf­×›>£†Õ–FC1haÜ»ò—ÃaMR·|ßál_,¬ mŸ¿k'/.òYá,r³òæ 6˜›s/#äk1Kjy«7È^Æf>î¾Ëi¢â(m *¥EÏRkÊìÇú·¿`ýÏ‘®zl-©móìSõZuÚ-v`¦k¿ÛÔð`á7¯x*Œ…#¼VUsÆ£³uùÕH\U‰(´ÚòjÑþ‚(K0¾ªSi*8€®9Ø‹® égS€QÁU3~T=-‹™ûNƒ t—‹ïRxP=›¿ä9ïÔør!VƨU¢´VÙeèø+Àfí½çÂÎW^Í4—‡lñe…VÒsHx¡”ž¯”è&KŒB¢’|ih¥Ã…b”‘ÅÜI$`LQº,è;poáb\ú„°àj Qlœ'G`—‹Q™CòrÞ”@3f1Fx]H Nü€Q º(`“‰á±bZ£|92ëßRüŠêÿçïaÛÚ-6Ò!¬K·Á„BTL[® t+ÊE£²Õ°¢¡³(ÅJWž#prGâYiƒÁ¬šÂâEP…o=S@ªæê¬BÔ% / t^bIIο )òQ 6tóön„zu‚ft=Ê5*($!K8‹ï‰ÈÒ‚ˆåÁû^>æË1áy<{‰ò‘¼Ï³/]ätKm$¢4d¦.8Q¶Ö9£Öì`жèr@‚Ö(žº`B˜Å0ÑÝÓ´bì­›!ö’Á ®.6Aµ¨È±þ-‹ÿ[Õÿáü[ß6¦…¶C¶AÛ®SH{ã%™‘HB*¼l€ iŸðÀ‰ª °^÷ •G]Æx¸ÀÓ! :wFmÑ"B0¦ä(„Û ›§ŒîAQX´‘‚ŒJðh1P´›L\± ƒ1¦4A:Nâ/.¸e¼‘ñ'½¢÷×I»}c>qöd‚Ít·Lð¤·D­³(- r™ˆËŽœÝ±,ã9„^_Œtöà=—ÁC‚£@ìBˆƒ–‘…¯ØÓhKÃQ/C.|µ‚ê显ׄ|£8 I^-ßR¥ä,†ä#Ïù)íÚ^x0[KÆIÉ’W´ôRåÃÅPWyüÈU†ÓÜMДÅÍ‘•®­¸v‡‘Î˪â%ÃB ÁÀ2ÂBǦ%eÈ ¿ÄD/.ºìÿŸ½{Ñ‘ó8Ò4Lv7›'IÔÑ–FcËk¾€½€½ÿk0<€gå‘5²%S$›çÞ'ò­N·íÅ ‡4P!"ä_DFÆŸuèêjºÜð´ŠC¼ñ¦x© åéªå­¤jËXJÖ;ŸbXG‰)€6TD³8íž¼(ظKÀÈ"id,mù$xäß2Yàé0¨à„‰K2K>öÿ[íÿ3ݬÚ$ÝÐÍ`Û쓦1¦Û3 3Î/çoIÚéî=÷­m¦óÅcGyé3ýj]ºÐgŽXœ&Ú‹E ¾îm~'. )Y¢“°á¡øZtŠK±¸Ô…åù´»sUBàiEò'ظð¥ø«*îU¾V`€×úâÊŒ1‹úíoû«_ýÊ%PËz @0x¿Ü* A¡¸{Il±|#W4—f¨àf‰ÜP™’-ŒÐ>_Æè”±áPŠpªgtBâñsIxH o9à $#€YËW’‚ΚON¤-“Ž ÅqYU‘pä¼ô,‘.ºB8e$ã‘_ùÒ9ZŽ¸–&.E’Ê ƒDPÙ#·켤‰?Zî0ì|}‹ZH—;JkÁÙÒ5%U ¹ób”' GS&# •l;\š²@u€À˜.”dxìÿéþ·×ÿ‡Ÿ[Û-=AìÝh/í4¥ý³ýöÌŽê3­Ó®ÛB°¼ Ãëwm†gñí6Òh¬ÏÜoÖ¼‹/°QhŽbÑ»I Ù ¢›ÅFÜ RBËCÌ.ÔÉÒev„b1J-rötlB r[übÁÌÍã W×ßvuùÅ_t`IÕýÆ^ëñÙ§­Q0™ËÖ­…^Ñ„fwçƒÁÓ•Ukté, ÏŽÁ¥Yx:£…stƒ1Ê“€ð½®xD°Àĸ™ÿ~ÉÝÛHÚ`ø.¹X&Ý“J ¤øÈ ~#_—ø‘CX¬œ³p‚…À—@$*VÑøš“ÙK³éqeGg)z tx)å…ÀàL<~zøervØxìÿjk—•]%ß‘þŸgX¶ÓVÙ¼îüz®g§Ø~M/o—7 —^:ÏÚŒºÀ“vKµHßYŽÖ% …¯Þ5b&Âé¾”:²¾¡³ -VS,Û‘/cKA.Oí'X21®„¥_õ`±=HÇ n¡Œ,Ø4®‘£U­ÎìÓÄê,J>Öâ€VF^,=UAÌ A(=zÕV@…R€ÀÕ‡î‰÷V$lŒ¼,³|$&¶Î#Ì0¢:ñ8aªÓ;*F–È!Ûwä,Èí#X™Ò.[¦å[¦÷È…vY0h‹KG岄ñ#Áì`’êÝû“³Ê‘Åsoäœ;L1µg­Â,©'åƒR”¦KÆ%Á`Q0t^%iEècÿ«‰ê)ÚªÖÙŠÅ>¾ký?¯ÂägG)DêmjÝ@'îI—¦tªþ¨uÛòÖimš@@RÜÏ>”Ä×/Ý Õ ð>Õí.…q£ Ì·Û ­)—]ª]­¦«ÎeÝf¶œµ>ZR J ,$aoÌȱ´pnHº´õ´è+·1Wáí• %·"F9;ż8}ùt> „€ÄßJå ‰[wšÛÊ¥pbÁ ßc ›eI7úKÑ8á!ã)1 ã—Š/¨ƒw)1‚‡Wäƒm¤V|•q%óút½¯,`HÉŽîÎRÂ\*0ž`fÙ10z`—ÎP—j%O`ë5…¡CVµÍ TMØÍn¶”BïBY¬žA%üÖ[€I‰½U0R0³!)ø)¥Œ‘”óVZ v¾Fàƒ‘0€JR`Œ¦Rÿøxú‘·4ɺ˚ã±ÿm‡âTaT+{úÎöÿüj‹½×Ð6Ïv’¶Sê–áÒzènH[;gÄÙ¼áãàîRg˜b¤³óÂYÿYF—¼¸PØý_Íÿ!ú~ècÛuŠ-œfY?|±©.ÛoÛ¯æyrÜÛ PPØ-§>ÐÓC{cúOOà1åu¢<»ç wO[4eÅ<üðRw7#áXÃáw)«n€]ÑI=ê’~ݲP‡Çjä„E,Ò%iàgáKè,¢HÒä¬À,^Õæ# €8GÌì\p*cŠ;œ;$G³0;=^8Í–;L£©2§°8¾Ú‹ì’ l–´.#€(h1°P ‰ÇYB2‚ÁC.Ȭ«ÐF»`-ðy…·ä¼Œxøæ`9×LùXv³åÃ+þ.éf pU…$ñHyncS,*Œ\µ•È¸Ý±éIS‹épÀá·¿Ý%é8vYÅŽý¯žïBÿÏùÒ¥l¹=¶yµN»hÏì%Œ]´ë~ø£çG.!áµ{Ìk¶z=ÖAb¶ÍîVO©ˆ‡VxTŒð^Y8ƒˆ¸…@EÁ[ T>…ÃRSº Û´ðºU$@”FS,)f}½‰Ñ¥Õ±e=¼×ë“ýÊÀlÒù+'žCAò*[KÀÀb;?üàÁwß}Ë8g¡,~®ê/z1hÉp>ÃíC ^D›r篓Ëpzkn9ebárP«r3ÕF°SúâÑ]ª°Yå’á^ É‹‚ª).­Ëh9­«µhGúòž»—ârûRì£ È3f £TåÀ}j·ö(Ë^½sįÎPÀx©$—HŠˆ–Âb\ð)Æ,KVšg IDAT“U³Å²¿Èéê9íuõ·-Ôª-3,…û¿®ûGéÿÓÿùÕç¶Mѱ.©ì:»vâèƒi¯Õ[ºM£°Ûû—žR¡b4rw$Í÷¢}0ï¾+Ço~óo`áñØà†ñ,䨜eZÖ{CHÜEî|±üèͳ ÂIn}h°ˆ‚²¥Ê]VëéÒ¦__‹Kv žÐ}ðþû¾ɪ|›’W¾kÉ7+¹±>ùø£Y곧ìî’§Oææíó[¾eÉu9zŸ=õe'¾A陟ƒÂ°û¦`¾ÒËó(¿è=‰Ì§œÞÿÉçŸû ’ãéáíä?þ㻇ó¥ 7Ì?yò”ÝS¹{sIPÿÎoÝ¿wW2^Íë E.™õÏ•ßQ™ï–ò¢owr+;KZMï$š/?¾}CJáôÙ%ÂÝ{a0ðòP´µc/µŽ(BˆÎ‘€‘Ývð0„…˜’ £…tÇr´@$B´FërÖ@¶p#ZF^1!¹°°£-zQ:—ktHSÑz ìÒ±ËniÜKÉ¥[§qÙe%£Ëö‚cîDP#KÄâ•à,IÉ”';$—ŽŠÉf dáÞÚ]Úqyág'Œ‰¸\„ f¹Y(‚W%ÆåzÂ|Y¬앯2¾’˜K)4Ehz$F²æ°a÷‘ wQRåC°ÉÁeî²£3û¿P:e©JÕð]ëÿÃçmªÌlª,í¥ Öí«-kPÍjŸÙëžF+ æ<òRHß{éäl6Þ»3w,r<Ž$Ϲ`Œ~¯ÅlGw ']ÈdJ)’„&3äv§ü½ åB(“ÿ:mëu<ļ@ØDlÏ,œÂ.®'}ì5=—Öë<²(„`ŒUoò|>ŸÛ%a¡w.ѳxöEÁmF£‚Ç „)z#_l$¼:@Š®æÅXqÂË™°çbäÌ+‹@.­¾-£`ÀY’ÁÐ*”©¢ãlÉf ÀX5r&!÷XÕ*TÒ¡ÈÈ]è²c¤±¥÷› õì2ÚwœŒ±Eå’cÆ\,€PŠ & #a¡ƒ•U$À”cÿ¿ký?¯ómŒÔgm°ý#6Rב.õ‹ñŽkâ>»«o€Á€9z~FjýÀ.!dºMD÷¼Û@¯Àx=¤|º÷öÁÜem䲑}Òý;a¯ e(ºyÍǨ/Eƒ³ÕÑ)+Ù´‰( G0£K£DÊÃJʲ¨.{ŒBâµ¼¶fñ¦{öÖ`V«‰òoÿöo΋’C‹ŠÑÝÐb¸¯ügt7¤Ë`,EW/ä.¯‹ôˆpá»4ò­•ù:§8öÌBDitàiùÒ«ƒ•  7 ÎÎÜ…1_SÖ%JqQ±Ó%FöíWˆ6žŽÇ¬”(.1ÓF‰)ù``‰¤èrˆ˜ ™/‘$g£Î=äðB ­ -.hŠŒ¤¥Q\–Ï°/˜½ëYjuÃIà¯KûŽ“;;@ŠÏmíüKɬ(˜ek‹eåÏh– Û6 Ç"îTeÎHÚß¼äà’/ ƒíØÿUã­÷ÿœúÏÞÛ»¢q)öÌ®·sv«ÐÊäÁG‡?fGí®)›XF<†¶Eê*Žìºª ÁèÔp´ù$ð>÷€¡v¬×›2[¹ä+ E‡yIÈxHåêåCx=mJÃÏ.½efÊ$z]2Q$`¥*. w /î“NÒf)EY€‘·…ÇSz{ ­ Éë'•`„£Š• °¸0ª:¡ŸÏƵ˜ÅlÉuÂ] `™øZ‡_K Œr€Â,Ë­f0°" €ÅBú„JëÂ# /—2!8YØ1ó2î}÷ìµÕÙ,ø–¼EUR·–øƒ±ãa/„KJ£ýªxZ  ŠÖò#¡S…£1a%5z;Uh•a<öÿ®³ª*Žr)2£úPÚ,õ|‹ý?—Ð~÷œ¨Î0ëÉyÊ­EˆWm:ìÁ‡óëk 0}oaìÖ¦;}”Á¨¼ ÐÇŽ/¤Kñ‡?üA_teÊÛUÐmðHD!`ø ‹dÔŽ¯Xâ’vôrƒ †–oÂ^D ÀžÓ¹g„óé0£$¹˜3…V’6ÆBšn·,—a9˜r ÿÉzv€ÍZJ!c)ŠôIJdïó™5ÕŠ ¤P Ç(ÄŸê3%“Î/G ˜/ÆÞV3€Yþì˜M jí²²"vºLÀTÀÇå0 ÁFtÉ΢Tr´¨áLI€Ä†PÎŒ&˜ÅµdŠÍµ›xúسS†ØÊ“;~ÙŠ+%¾*)zG'GG5 žB£€Åz…pj!<.a|’ 9*ùaíÈé\ˆ(ØÐRÄ•Qu@+x#ËëØÿŠ¬¼ŠIl)`6åÒ¦(—’'•ú õÿœ£Â©H¢`F©¸,‰¶Pf0šÃ¥v1åLfÙu$—Η6ûõÝù%D`}Ãè_D°Ÿÿüçfëf—Dj'XÉ ç¨\”¬Ü¤Q&`¦ ³”ª±Yx Zé¡egvnb#ÜÙ£…Ü}¬,QÙ$$ùr‰'GE mÕ®›oÂ0F‰¥‘‘ˆÅÑ¥@n0üD ºÐÄ]̽YF.ó¹É«|È †K„t$Īw îH`(û7ŠÌºE1ØÏ2ì…EñRÇ;*F[à~¶ƒ¥ç’]Úr ¨•g:%€P\°ÉïÚ›A,e…_t³RUŸ.(%€…°@z¹.(@S"Ò¢ˆ+7ÒÞÉŠÅ#¾í#»p•…Òê,ܦÐ9’h!Aág%W¨`ŽýokÞbÿÏß2po´öƒØbÃì\w¾lžmvÉX£ØfÑhãm¿CJs3Úlî0OæTB¨³Eq`= ÃX¹¶kýqÖ—e"\ŠaœÓAË>Y^ýx‘…£1c«èR˜•§•Z¯Ð¦,ÐZpÒÍÖ¦Ü]$r›“æêKEÁæÆæbÉ•Ž/ž|é-á: —ÖkŠß½j§‘ A[H—,›–bÖ™±ÝA¡:ãGË‹° ÄNÆã²%›’6¡ØèuŠØ8Å‘‰%-[#6T|éê@që¡]ò…o³‚™"»‹Ê¹Y:¡ê†„/rË)V{TÂxL5¡¾:;÷â"±„V™b]òDÀ‘Q艺fý¯,J­2¤2²(—ú(õ;×ÿö[r5Ÿ,ûŬDÙ‰õè÷yÝÀ‘]/ê{kkÁy!÷'Ú¹X<¢uˆs É~a€Þ¢#ä^8±JO+ø[JxñÍñÁ˜L.©ôV÷ÎÐ*à± •‰K0Nt$nNÇG»%˜>2–…0˜Q‰KH#ÌèþÜüúè)£@Œ%€¶gÝ`˜[©}X¦4ˆ4è¥×B¢-óªmÄ£Ô`f±aV7î,‘”‰¸ufÇÖȸ9=²:w¾ÛÞ‹>#*0¹+ˆ×Œ²%B#´jv:‘-/Ñ٥Ă¼X¦èFF±¿¼øÞô;FWoŸí)H€p OW(¹1VjéY¸¸ŒÂÉ Ì¨2ïÝ›í+ {*"Œ@„nŠ±TÙ1pgäÎŽ#r`.tAìD†8ö¿š¨O¢,mJeÓý?;°1¢Ú¹¶ÄæÑ»dfÖ¥±›A‹{®TsÀw?è-³zèË/¿ôÞP—xÌêx#¤×bVˆ R—Sà-²æ¥!X\r1–£Lˆ¾GèR{I >)s:Ú,HrAK8²hh GÌ„—^,%œ`¥I¢b”6;8òò)C<–`.6 £äs J¢ÀÀH1n^t¡»Ó(¼D‡ä>e4Ÿÿ2•¯)éѹXAâ²LTÞ©DU·¨;–RzÎ#ï$z¶Rb,ìF8ätS¨(d.9‚—s‹•m³ÈsÜK–‹3ÂOñ°áùvIÇÖ%°@À\þüã<7E—¤Ñ Àhá, 6 BQB'Œ²Úœ.é0„X°—ÒH–¦”ƒuóbd’m”ƒÙh”˜…X8;òëb¦'fŠ’.ú±ÿ•NaU¦š´ŠÆ®>Ùma´ŒŠIÿ/éÿÃ÷ƈږ‹*öbOX$ÇhüøÃò‘Å?{ñüâñSß7ðÚ˜¼x~o¾:ùâųçwîÝ}ðþ{¾¼Ã÷}øÍgýáE‡Íö~¼þp«X€Go÷CîðjyúO…”£2¦{"ÆÎEï–­)ù˜•NžRªÖ€¼¥ÕpÕ’;^œÒéIœ—’4ŠëV!hõz `#ᑈE§x‰Ö*H79£XŠà–¦· ¾VäaŸ~ü‘Dd‘ƒ•E-ªÃ/E1b`ÇðÙO?7%Å”»¸… YL5Ë—R ÍÊMVN=JeÄ&º-ödJn¿üå/#7úI®ß BˆžLª9¥`į2Œ°t)H†‰Åb&.C˜µœì)¢÷åëù+–È1k›8åÙJÙYĵ;FKK…Æ¥LøÚJ{já’Z8$BôÌBD0`.%f¶ôv—ÇþWÀ¶O+šÍR7:åM÷ÿÙã‹y[Ç®ø†!}e·ÊÆ^ú5æO>9¿÷Þ|kÝ?üÙ/åèìŸýüK‰>}òèù«—ë!Ò]tvÇW½ß:gyyróÕå«—ÏŸÞöÕN÷î<|üèòõÍïþô½¦ô‰SÍáƒËß~û,£_\üñûXt$rß«ôøÉÅp¬× ²R·½F¡ke:‘˜||Ù’§dRrI” ’‚³K<·Ïæ3AZߺXiÝ ãÑRD#b¶|©õ«("š…,4;á^7ó¢ó #.Ý·=ùÓ‡jà$²FxF¿éïG„Rò¬ó® }úÉO¿ø'ŽäìäôþéáW;]Jøñ£Çan¿÷?x [Š{ÒI×IŠr¶cýi D‘•Ì)BËhT(#|kqçã·R²`ó@âÍǹí}w”wÊž<–ÞO?ûô½ûó ²>ø ì믿vÂ"ñá°F˜‡?Îß‹œ„W5nÏ×MÍW^ysàòÕÉåÉ;àj›`wîÝW>-çSù×ëG¨—ó“ɳ{¾<rïÍ3)¥ë|‘ZKóE†ð¦ª¿¨Ø”3ߢ‚W¥À‰­—ö좷}*É÷Øÿ ¢DŠ© ûŽ÷ÿÜN¶“Ø{»«;mªfÑâÆî[ë!çw>x~ቆ…M[v{Ì}:OCæÅ{V„eÞ7^OL|ŽO ¨œ>ØØÕŽán¤³¸ °é¡³{ó»iDÄÅ6oMôõ ¥Y„eî`éVÝë`œ—8Í Jè8-Ò21°Û0£;–=ɆÝ1Qªõ=òxXþŒØˆÓ„£R¨^ Ë ‰@n'ÇGáÈb–2\«oà%Бd60.[—²5 ê'†öºâ‘$£·´*ž%EÅ8BHŒ" :`<˜Ä,¯ŒcÑ-ß~ÁÃÄcJˆ¢X˜@d˜W´|.ñtÉ 9ãΘÎñÄWì/‘ Ô¬ËöšòØÿ RMÞbÿ^&ØN»b«$Ô†Ù'©Gm!…ц1zÔ5Îû9¾¢ïüΫ˛~üæŸö†ô–‹ÞÒOžUéH?Åë!š®{´‚Q¸Z =$¥&®õLÞ¥èÜ] KöÚ‹£Y¡)òtïÉÁŠ­È« À+E˜ÚQÌÜÇzõz“Koªû¬Œ¥â£¹ä ¯høÛZº¬º¯ŠÎ &E–¼0PJÆ'Ùõô“=1+Äx]½='ŸôB—0NS"úQ/<—0Ä”Óʇé¼-éµ¼çMI–ÂE_ûŽÇTO»QÕ¾‰ @øâçÒÔBí2#ßð\RŠXe0L–Wâ/ò ãN¤T‹òe'•(8ü,¥Ç¸9!],§ÑqºŽBÊ?rQ8*ȱÿí¦Š©Ò;Òÿ‡¿ü,'›§!ÚÔ6Òæõ<ÐÎÙΚ¾n°‘V²Zh±)z”E£@ºtHY$£Ï`£è}ÐáµIÄåÀKÓˆîh.é¦öH!ìHŠ›Ý÷C™—NÁc”-¤ BËÁë#ÔdT}oÊ …Ô—.‘%*<Àx¬…Ð’<-L¿[Åè©Šgpé9w.ÕÇe„F$gçùKÎxN.Þï‹ž …K#L‰eÉhZo›Âèˆc§£Âã2ݶK€l•ÅîR’Ü%_ÂtɃ9ÝŒÜÕчßeüÈ ; ¼)l¨ ÇR,JÕ  1²”ð¬ÿª.ÇâÓ3kÙƒW8³"ÊJ —`Flbɘ͗†¡Ù‚ò}úì€Ç`2¸zå®Jôcÿ+ Ñoo½ÿOý˶y¤-O±©D+ÛQ­lϼ/Cdì¯4±{XÖ7\ˆÎNè¶ÜY@(D÷øƒt¼câ² 3_ðºÇMnTˆzÚ#»FD\/šr ÆK#¯è~Š¦ˆt•†W7t7•ˆÈUF¾N¥¹o×ÏÎÙ#éä<—ÈOy± Í(%#)µhåŒüä)H·1ãNÝØ6ow!*~‡Œ#ƒEΊIÁ)Oü8ÕÐ%G—ù‚Á ‹Ä²S„«VÝŸØ0p.©:=Wâk#M•$cQ2ãU†ð¦\zÓJtœŽãÏ?ÿ<#|‹å)º@¦”Ô”„­+ ÕMI€–³U){S’$þ’ èb°àN7æè2 SE‡/Jl’g1E€™s0çθ³äØÿö±²TÌê©höú­õ¿[BÒÒÐdçç#‚š»ÝÝéÓ>’ÃX+Ô(¦,Ô6â•Ñ‚}Ô%*+Ô4ñÝœìӛ묡#,"K¥qÉ(+ÝãîÒî.w[à tHçê&‘!iQ¨ ñø '‹»”4/O³Èñ‚E —nlÙÒÁŒôò7ë3{±\‚XK …CKØYŒðîð–¦t9b3U&ª–“Å¢ GŽ#¡s·À\ rÐWI#fb?_S„;_Žê¦¼¢ÑMkãü&VS.x¸[ª81Ð B³êC/"$B`ö÷>x`E¦Z&¯SWF³q„у÷vY –ø]æáá)ÁÊjëz#$‹dBeÉ8V4‰Qâ9ö¿Ù¯w­ÿíÑtO›´ÛŦ:ÈŒnÒ®·Á^ÂøèÐçѾY^zZ™Ä IDATQK5-§û´òMø†óë•×èz×Tí¢ûñ×,Åu‰ðùÓùaŽ”›Ñ¬>+—,8gÞ: ¤Þ=v½! Kéá¡·.<_³FAE¡§‘Iår i„¡ ¡£u ±ÐYðͧ)ÂX>`êà­k ‰è§{ ¥c0ÀÐ,w!²X2K"US¿'}Æ’ÏbÉ›RtbÖ‚¥HÒ¬‘#¤SÕ“VÛŠŸ¥Ñ,àȨ’Fl|‰%ØwI‘6wx—#a‰0eÛùBî Hè꙯ˆÑš5•ñoF`œÑ"Nùó".³Çpì¬GMÔGõ*—K5¯P”êf›l /v–|³pÔ]¦#* ضÿçÉ FÙ¢>Raس˜M—ŠØYŒ$ G‚sºc5¨‹ÀX_)z¸Óý0Iøå7¥IšBË…îY†»—ŽÓ¥ŒÒóŒdH.+ì<'"¨Ð–_¿2RáØX §t_µdT¼Ü«¦ª w.ÍÒñ`€tIg!êyý²l¥Ñ3x$FÉ£'ž,ôU'ÔÎ –3ãNRÄØœhaÄkít„F0<-9˜ ¦ì 6ɛ Àrƒg!.£jyyêdmbÈ p‹U­ÖêÌ*gSlÈù²¥ñúåÆ€™‚#v£K±öz9’Uú®:üž¥ â%O¯’ͲHS”–Óê²”LŽ*™ÅH áHpJ•°L÷û=ÓW%5QU£’ÿlÿϱ·«LAT¹öØØfØ]ºY7^0v»bd×OèŒ=úÉ’î6@%W±òÂãÀ¢wÉ ’ŽÄA'‘3r$½‚0fA+Šp aÆ“;ŒÜj»òüãcÑ=ò÷Æó¾e6/Ž„# ÇÖÅ’;ßøÑ–€1% ˜|ÒÙ]Òå)DÊ^£nî!˜ÞÒf”˜ç5ò„T8K“ªúÈÊ%{üB´R%Ñr™´Ög‹šb§d4zÉÃbèháUçfË«-C f;þ8xÉ” Rž!Á@BJÛO!¹³c¦×È΋P‰¡‚‰–ûÓño†¼b`La„Ëe¾,.-ü|f„ÊÁ(®‘ `ºÙcÿW û¢\Š3å[Š’*i»)ìFv°ÿªþ×oÓp‘âMi?³˜t®Zuy÷ |.al'ÅÖÊX¡“1]£7Ïâ®›Þ]RĪÀà÷i³@ÖpHˆ)]à Ŭ½ÚBÈ¡’qŒmœ—?’È1¶ -"…e/„N8³Ýá,tQ „-ûÊjŽfÌaLÉ­L$ãRžÊÈø§楖¯slÉ ̬£Ê%*;Íh;€Õ.ŒÐ$yíûmíS~7|2Ë?TȽ™dû-»Îhýt.aê]#>È­Ô:¦8ÖÐt’ãÛ'óØÍ¿ya3%G¾h¯¯Ñ¥§0öÆé`4ë£t#qLoŠ‘‹´»ƒQ !¥ž€` ,bvå;ìp)1³,`91…Y’¦û®1O¯¼·å‡„£×Œ,¢ŠI B*ÝD]?JóÚÀËÙíçdáî\(âU›ËÎ]¶JÚ‰Ã.+Ò"§#—¤K0 »” °Ñ„c— {+bá%„¾¯ÐÈËò·;mT¦èH·˜¢#¤0Â1¶.›jf”U—`,Rþ9f ±±óR„hšÿØÿÊb'D c£=/QÒÙä«gf§hëƒMJ­˜f]‚‘JýŸêÿ3€Xj£±QÜÏò`ÆÔ‚Ì{;ÊN‘\I¬ÄMÃÌ£ç(µ~<8µuSµ>ä^w—~ª² $4»XÍRèýÊÙTœ–#.ø ¾pýêIï­(1˜ô¼§&tÑòjÕ¦ØYpîûÐB.‘£uIJÕýµ¾ÇææÉ™çPwoÝ>÷}a§·~Q}ä à‡ R• #‹ú anÉ2ñûÉ¿ûÝï¬૯~vî4òS¥Í<»åÛ©^¿x)“{·ï<õV/_ùe=:Œþò™Ÿ_¼:™cpî[»¯Ph=tygÍvØJ»&€<ñ;mÚD)º]$’R…‘§@Ñ20]Û°“v8ÝÏ£ÙLáÁxÔDtéX;$)‡ñ_g¥±3×”Ìå짥ŠƒÄØö™ªt|˧”Ç4ϱÿ•¨r¥Ø>—ô·Øÿsh¬¤´´”ÌÚ<{ÙþQô–&p©iŒ»óxé‰|Ù)F sï᧳ ´N r²-¤Ñ,_ⲃX\äj50`St €LŽñëE.n9î,˜F—| A'~"[vúš¥%dD.P^ÆÊ%sÆ9Ìæ•×MO,hŒj瓬%àf³ÆîÿüЀüÖÙGNîup:ø`·'5ž|ñÅÞ·¥õZ”:ûU'°VÇn9²â> ÂyŠôê¥Á9û$¹¾ŸfžTbàÇ]¦«ìS ¬¼XmÉžòx–'h!xY)± (ˆ©dÕé/µº2ÿÕÿMs¹î5±//…“•ÐtÂ'ؤ¸b‰nÕ*@<ëtЀñ-+É´ìð2lv¸@éÁ#ßöÖ’‹)°Y$À¥ôò6kŠQS!9öE«\ÿ ý?÷I»e«´‚=˜»hu†í±O,¶Ç×íßuc[Î¥·½¼áÒ‡µ MEËWc„u ½uv3‹ËÕ–óü¹¾‘’Ψopv8@¯›%ì O-ÀWP#X+Ú9\WB–a´E/ë`O‘¡#€¥ e+¨»åöy-l±Fîx¤äR H ‘wù¼öõSÏç3Ÿ&ÏF‘ƒÁ›'SëõµX\0ã÷lëá׿ÇÉ—À›-ŠHì&$‹)5ôÂœ/6à¼Ì¢b‹.[£©IõÅd‹Ä hdUÏs- ;6Qè w—êãòºýjþ/ÿÇ «*Y‰Ì#‹)ùŠèý®¨ÄÀdB!òq)OiHÌØZ¸÷,•û^)$ÝhV ”O%8ö¿Ê«‰B¥(ÝÞß–·Õÿ;tOY»Ø3M ¹rÝ{lS§‡Ö-¡{èmü<’_=ÕU™Xð`½'Œ^ˆ0ìŒBà‡¤ †ÎR2ZŠ"hv`ÌNABfu(¨xik¹YSt·|º,)1³¢`f¡pd, K ð¢‹À¥÷ ÇÂÎsœåw¿û?Ÿ|ò‘'MÛQ‘ïÝp9æð‚®"ÈÜÑã%!/«ƒ·4¯½ƒÓ£‹¬Ð–˜ÜbÁ–‡‡/£4îÞñÛy;_†,ÈÍ¢6–ªíC˜ýÑ£ygû\ª<<+ȈÁhÖ¥J¸$r HŒYªÌ2ÿÕPó0UU„¼¸ìTž,mǤôrÞ[€‡´ä€Ï«œ¹˜côäË,òëÂiV›KëR[ˆ ¾Ðì‡dl¦/ û_YvÓULqê¿£ÿÛ°úÆ® oçÜ!{«´/q™@Ú6Hýj„”¥ì{JoïYüf¿KH7˜þ°ºõà±0:Ǻ' ;Nº) fq³2¤¸IÌFLc™‚ç..nÿL­çwx€‰4j8 äµ"Ìq“`‰|Ì í’R’.!é„‗Œ ±MAÜa/·“ÌQ9zpþä'Ÿú¼BY«"œœÞð¹37€÷×ñ ÅÙqà½s¯Èœ>j €Jæ÷î¾´4X„è­.UždÝÕÖÂ"+HÉÙş0JO>²n]‹àÅn*G‚¤L¦4Kv¡® õÙYá¡4G‘­Q ‚Ê ES*Vªf×2ç´"t0)%ØË!*`Q|Û>ʱÿÕ§ª*—)²´Ý.ÛÖ½m—·Õÿój\e¬¤¢-êSR·­0¾Þþt Õõ–Y d0,| $XHœ-ØX # ɈÁÆ⧄I5¨)J³ÈÑŠŒ˜â%I³½&êIÒ°^§˜%Iáøbv¹—/%xŽV3_îÉÊúp[‚áaÏÅåý»÷œ8·Ïçy™²8>~øþh¿úù?_¿záëR|¥u`p9ñ¸CzP.£<óíÍ,Ë!þÜV§¿¿„,™jÆ·UpDX·Á¯åλì~ÉgåNoͳo¨{‹ÊåÉÙùųÆ{wæY’7ò/.æ;0bc!-œQyÙ%Oa·LTVJ _ +#»ô¶…ñodzhm¢ÜÀ6Rò8¨°3}sb±ˆ¥Çä@iᦠ1…SñAÚ.a0;§"§£˜ª˜”*ÆK +uiJ”cÿ«C¢JDÝÈÛêÿÃÏÅK¨F,'#£³gcïu€‡zOaX¹h˜Õí40ÐFöž/‹Ñm„WJ)]™ÿêÿ¦\Ëw—Ä%Z ŒœÅÔŠæÕÌËU9ÀH‰âÒº,\¶y‰Û!eä[?˜²:5ç"â*ÕlLqí…B¡bL0£"ðFF9`£ )Ö±ÿUF‘d*µtµU"FåzÓý??]²¯ÝHEµC:ƒ®_m§-ÿÅ/~a·Ü-^빋ìkbã;h]ÚH$ÞAèÖ2E¬¡NâîMe馪ívÕL±ÐýØ §Ü9ã¨/ñÇc - 0EÉ ÁDw_)™§-¢ ”*HÆVD÷:ËŠ!_.F:<£Ùn„Ö"à(4z¢n*ÃE>0<¾­ë«¯¾bñ3A—`B|ùå—žý)…ÜÁf“’Mž,X&Œ^<*8Z 5¡øÜÓ÷ž}`Vð–9˜dn ZˆÜ.nÌ¡€žB¤g;þýßÿ]†Ø+K‰!ñ<…€‰eT=)©°)xTŒ–ƒÙ(7•¡†(ŒX˜ù2²È‡..|u3Øh!F„À`¦šE".Ö•E „E´Ýf›²û®ŒybÃ`92¤`tR §VÇþWLy÷û^ó×1öRk& °‘ö¾ÍîA¸¦1¥Å!,ôJ]¢'ÌjM\ pšELô»Nª™ø&r(ô½;sÓj T:Ølx#Ì–+¿yz¬q‘ í~ ¸{YDAK¸sq’ŽŠQþŒ­"0{äf B#vk!²sˆm;b£»1º7|’‘g±ÜHK—Œ€ ¡JhB8Ú¸P¬ÎaÇÿñ§ŸQœVH™´:Q0[;/9Ç)1Ž¦J²ä…sÚ…*"¼KïŒ0V„- Fn”Ru “0Rv¹³¿º%òò³Ý˜¹Ài¨ÒÇŸÎOcÙ«j«€W–N±x¸£S¢8!K€ÂçN²GFÈlù¢ =ö¿"¼kýx´×+’kÏl°K`ïí´¶pWPôAwE­`³í«ÍÖšÄîêcÆ\ô™ÎˆÊ~$|axY´‹ t`SF".|.õ<…„lô¼@tAݫݽ2÷PŒ„XP³Ü]J&¯M2tK`ÌRK&d‘'‘£Ù `‰-%ž3¿OùjžGøó×þàÎüøÃÎÏN^>åë~Ïœ'7^›[Ï_Üu/üÞåº9sŠÅb9.-Lò-Á¥šÈÑÈKnDö’7vZ8÷YÂ+/¸¦z„ <£FÌâÏöø£Ó,hÇårNvÅïþ·dÏ.BµeŒJDº ½Lä V!IQŸà‘9Ý9©^û±L©šå+‘¥À#<»è²U˜xŒ¼X$R,`KÈ?al-Á\ZŒ ý¯2¤Ò)/I7VÒ”êü¦û$E%╙ݲ…µ—&fì†a×mÁj5^r];>ßç i¿Yˆ~ÂÌ…Ø{ÈΦÝg,ÀîI#€sG!¯;m— 7ËNðÓt¾t•T]"‘¤„y»MÉDªÀ¨\ʤ<] 9†ÝFA8cöRe1ŒȧÜM¹‹œYÖŽ§%HÀåz»}^ó:ãá 0B$ÂuŸÈ¯ÛÆ,ËB]zUn±NgÈâr„A #„ËxÀp*re/%³¦¸S"a/(’ûw_%Ì‘˜"`$ ~²ÖÂ+*vH³,é•.£(ž‘ÑmŠ¬LÙ/“^<–ÀW­ØÛ _GÃÈÅe›ÂËåÞqv¢Füxà¥Sþ2ábÄ,ÖJÿ¯~1’ƒ(’cÿ+…ª*‹ê©°âT.öÊËb*£ñM÷ÿár"6É(™y ÆÍF´‚ûßT­Pe &Wx"×îxÒ:5)«­AyÕUN7˜bqÔîLKÆš,æa-r c_B‘j$Z’nTôøyµ¢ð2Á¹ówIG¹Ë,Å­³Ëmºö© x™àžc¹IX­deÞn—˜›³äHd(Š3ZyÝîåP=`À#=‚»@B B®ž¼ÌB Ý£…)—ìÖ Œ0˜KÁàx$`–`f!`FÙ2 A¯­aR¶¢3‚!)Š±:PHI¢¢´ë*)åk„äÕ踒úñë<ŒÒ½MǦ°ð!£RlAÑrgÄ Ï)c«  G\ËêØÿê z*¦,„ÞÖÔo«ÿ綗’°‘u³;D–n~7›´j‘n†²—ú¾ö†…N(:˜ÂhØÖz§cĪ‡ŒÚ®@ð¢¸O2–îé*Å’¯Ëë±þÃ/n šEnFŽ¨xÑ­ÑHg$!‘ó%Edo·ÌRàs‰-°x²ƒ7ÛG¨¼qîH‚Äo½‰ޞa=[ïsa'R>ñ[›0˺Wç™cé‘3ÂÐ)|)¢¨ƒ(Á¤Çb /ŠK[)a.ì,ðf1«§Yáv”|ÁX y•áu@kg¦ƒIÉy…5ÐûztFŠËè ÁÆQO„FÙ&jEðf%LtiqñÝT`î¤<#)JüŠÉ«¶<ö¿Ê(‹JV4—¤Z)éÛêÿyš- {ÙK‘…øà"£×î»È¦'ʾq¯Áe‹á²WŸ/)8…À Mqî·Ÿ õ»Nò‡Ts„Ψ#Ë­(`a0S€¥jŠÅån3xTu³QÅ%À7* aÉ=0 äƳÀ—‚2/:$)I.¦¼å×yJgW‰ÑÝÖ.¢†DÚnÖ!b¶UÃGhDî’x‰)Fl*Ia§Ã‘›EeJþdäD·/-ækdÎl€²ú@–¯-ó™,_,ãïKúü©w°^ÎFÈ­l‹‚vç iEâÒåË]Aà…6ÅÞ˜‚Ä™I(­Ñò ‘ ¼Y)ùÝɨøH.¦,oìù „‡tõFh.,Qs7fÇCD ÆΗûßL¿½cý?].'ûT—¸¤wé´òÃAö>‘àI²'nB³¹ÌV_ »]g¨Yt¡æÐpð.Ùé­ã5`='Š†«K†ùõ¼½À…/]e–)ÀÒ 0;œ(.Ã Ê !‹ KƒÆ%¡ m6$],#$ÅÈ·€7,pYMæ«ŒF vÏ°(êÆEnˆèœúã÷ß[£'žb˜uŠ‰b ž;d÷êÊq +ÊóóF5]V`0Ý~‘+©Âší’û,ÉqãôõÉ¥/ºQ¯x½xüðÅÅó‹O_Üd½tP^ú’…íh·¨’/ PZÕy™´˜ÊÎb9Ö΋bdï¸ULà%YZü„ðû–W/èÌBaèI¶á([JåµjbŠn,‹BõB-;~ á^&,È-„WŽÇþWye1*Q%U±ª¤P EÅ*£Ñ.ö7Ñÿ^Ý<;™~²_¯–~íO×xäwésçšcýàkžûP<ϯ3\}ˆÉ+)ê­eÃ=”÷í¾üòËgÏŸY»W=\ž¿˜Ç4kö 5?»x‚ñų§:N'·¤1fG\œÆºžÞH©ï¥Ë×åësÿxÊðì‰?Ã3_êprzæÞ›'ÝóþvÌz¹ç¹xôHr„Ä_2ŒûÆ°%.²v9ûí·^ĉèSH5z)±xÊ`•CsØ<Œ¿|ùÝŸþÄѾ_vt2ôªÍzyé ¥­Ï §>ÞK™¯ú»;'¦_ë‘heiunוÉáþçâÏ”©Ø$rS ù«•„}ÑÝû÷ïM':ìÕ¾úU{mØ“ËùL«=|­î:^½xv¡L¼÷þƒ÷ßódëñ£‡î}·4r ·¨ª]5Øm%‹|Ú‚}ýõ×*C¬Q22äHxw­xÁ«É{óÓdS,œÝWØ:ΑóšÂžœÞ[_ÖåßÍ×ìøˆÝš:ñ›LýA\¿"9tzúØb._ß¼¼{ùúòÆk?=Õr®8ðÄñr#IUV¦ÎÓùcÿ¯ÚÛÑáòÝìû8©iäg_%ª™´Tg¤ì)s¿­F 3>K´‹©\xéc£VXr<¿ ¹—âD•‹‘K# _üÝ t-ÅB§x>Y 2ÊP hïÜ/äC,„£KŠY–Üã¡—;¥pò)º‘m„%`˜=ò¹ÄÏ,%Ý·™ú°ti”¿K “´Íß=”Œú¡=áê㦢‡oô9‘¯½´Ùùtâ÷X’WÉt¶¡Á_<ß™•ž¬ªžÏgÁˆ`?Ë‹¤¸’çÂ":Œ…Ы’'tÒ¶^ÙF— AZ2vbéìñsqI—a _Íz/i· $€g¥Ë¢cÆïQݬn©aVÌi<ÀÐm)—¦JÕÒ,¡rµx$0.ÃpLŽý¯ŒD SÒ«óêÿÙ?½%’Í ØŠhŸlŒÝª-¤E·£F³0fó5¥•ëö”–¯ب00Ò ­ ’/ iñ[‹…K}ÃĦ$aÄm–`x\Ò¹Svªoö¢0ÆÀÞzwnÁ0SH„fé8"·ØÞ¥êÀ /Cœf‘xÝá¬a!.Åõ”ÍØá…ËÄÏ×+$h±•gwZ™Â#Æs‘¦Baã⸂‹ˆÀt`#¹^@g–EÉÖ!h ›1Z:’ì!ž¨`ÐJéñÅü–_!L±/È tS3:heÈ.g̹ÓULDŽ"®ÐRäéõ)¹Y …ÃT 4Ë‚³)$Ìì%\ª%FÏÑ, Î|åvì;¢à ¢ŠóÆúÿêƳv¥ž¨ìœK[h“ŒòØ ±7ÕÞkîråÓ®Ó‰†ã˜°×—ì6›‘b§):`ÐWϧç/+#ænã4…ÑHÂùÖX“╰ì<ïm<¶fÍáÙYqy3Š+I ;0S¸ìNÝÉÓÝ-Î8»åÒƒ<0Q@ ñ³³àÄ&ŠKÕ&Šãð*„ŸÏ²€™…AK—¤ ^´á¡c ÊBd& ÷½ Œ`¸Ó+>_™SŠIaáR&Œ–…#w±:,Mžì|YZ…БĆƒK‚‰ÆTœ.‰ôRLíKF^Må²kÕ”YÇ:ÕæUWÀÐ{CnÖÙJëÒÍI‘*ä)tø,ŠÏ¥) ûß^ $êö IDATëÀªJQ¥S.µ¥$”7Ýÿs/i,…'¢JÈæÕ‚.e&»F ÆË^Ú×vÝ£.»…¸Q;_ñtKìÞ…‹=f£æhÁ¥ad$` Ëž½â<ÈÀ7@baxŒ`.ÝQZab¬Çùë³ |CºŒSÝ`x%fÙÍ–jDe–’¯Y^ÆŒÈ]š­ôŒ%I)(€B¹¤X] )Ž…CbÖÂÝNVÇh ÀIÁn6æbq¯ò”N:våݱ\ŠÞÈH‡$Øâa”‰Ä2–;/#i™Fz.2 †Gb¦ðp¿.,ÀF'/6¹aà²ÇÍ,+xöxØ›BX $cŠBà^Û”‘½¥1v±ŒÎ@z0Rû•vŸz]=]-%A+;‚¡ËÉøØÿöc툱b¶kJªPŠLQX³j¥°Y”Ñ%£Úš}Cý?¿á¦jäUB²,›’h³e#˜Z¶)xŠ›‡´ŒFËàLËmŽuŒQÙb$`HÒMq§¦³“ò鸎W/‡…ÙÊ—KiÐ9ÆÉLD–6 ’Ms—¨ˆÕ•¤‘=*#G—F<ªÇâÝk'ø­±)ù»DëÈCEI2NùÖ¯ïJÌNWÿQz²Á¥Ä€“Å,#½©² ˜•s^r \ŸÅàrÛs/.6v)ùD‹$éñ7G NÆ|Á$CL)‚EmÙìîý»ò`±g¶Jr2#v—ôf§Òž\À0°`¦cÓ4¦0ëf LáB‹C¸–$‹ˆ2`Ò8=›l¹4Â`$c³ŒÄ¬æeaðŒ·Ûü,\b-*­´7P¤M¬˜­VÖ‹‡]PH™IQ Áº´.H—0ðtßÎνTe\>+Á9†¶È'|AÝ>ùx¾F†ÁIÃQ,#Э.# :v¾r“9…KOK ó‚n–€1*°2óÅ)ÙâŠÆ˛ߞ ‘?ú¸m²õ”ÂaÖ;_.–~k–‰Ä~aÓ¢¨àÍ”‰¸x¬ËbÙÝ'ô}DÊ6¾­´4L ‡ϱÿÕ¤zª‰ZÙE›]xgúvËÆËRÏÙi;×¥M•½D]ÚÔ}S¹$ð0]î-çI¸h\ N`0býî:F¾ú‰â’ é¹ö-ìÒ#Ù)Âàë¹+.‹†“0…ã"ûËs+—rOÒ—€LX< »¤¡Å‘OêK0¸äE¤K~Â­ï °‘nî,ìÅeqVr‘=Ùî%£ÂãÞË‘o ‰ª$jËŒ!…ŽG Šá`˜íXD. ŒÄÌ *aáâdW4#˜Üˆ)´.{DqÉëÀ²þÇ‚ÄhÒ£‹…DVñ”ª…3’ØŠk_%’g|òt\V.¨}#Mq7¢ðYe²ÄcÑTäh6JÏåiáUÀXD©t×u±XŠ ÙeËAâRna&Ÿ%tÈ})ôõÀ\J ?p$Œr³F¾Çþß›¢†D¡ŒŠÉ^¯¦ÐmŠÍÅdtͺ ÍGÝ!ìE}ó¡z;¡{\òÕ‘6†`#,1Ó)m3£~Ú»ÕŽ2Š#IŽÝHL%õpØÐRŒ¦¹èÝYÌzÑ!éÁ92²PŒ\Î º^M¸9= wô°cãu ]ë•*c NŽâV“¼)„ÆZPq«íÑ‘€¡5E€ýö^™›•$ Z³,å\‰Àô7< d«(=–$Ë0_½œIaO°%ñH¯ó·„‘€5µr<ä “—çSm·<-ÄrdÅ…#93R≠0•ñ±~Kž=æš’ þülº ÀC‹Ç3Ù{``,#Œ´‘sg·­“‰ËÒ»^(ÆðFv£(²ÂS&BH^YàÍÂL9Žýÿöúî1»e{ÅÖ¶¯)ö€nÃÚQ'T—ð¦º}e'H€YèµB´F-ÛK!'…§6|ÁºQk/£÷ŒbÈ ƒ¢­{x™’Lù<÷GjV&õ${´:¬üåѦpn ‹{Œ‘Ä,ÿn<£T{vãf@%sŸ“ Ìw—ke4 EBä ,+v`õ!Œðøðøå@7 ;#¡s¡ÀÄ@Qy§¤ßš·;ÓT´,1˜­h%†„ÅòS*dAéÈ­±wlGöÄ,Å褰<Ò X&*º=5FË(°¢Ý*JI˜“‡/]@Rò% È‚$/‰ùÊlHéÑ@åà´‚¡ r#wT¹È­ËÖC\b0šâŽÜ, ‰§Ì!)‚¿Ü,v“Lø%|í°ûÿ ÷ÿáVQq[b³íq[n챶Š´ÇFûê’ݬýš]Z/”ö%@ÝÀÒYÐ~»ÇrL¸á›2ËÒ €D÷³SvëÔØW.‡|Àü2?w­¬“dŽMW‘ð,×(´ÓGì–F6ž /(j ¤LÀ„°üOšbCNrçËŽM¼$‰L‰h9¼€Ýr,cŸ{mî"!…°@ ] U)a‚í̇hU‰/#q ‰ƒ”2f7%Ïx$&±`özÍŠÅ—‘¨°¥),wüêÙŠð”vS,RÅ Ve»ÈןfxZšˆá¥J3²¯¦e%:$’ÁÜh–ÎÑH1SpRŠÈfDˆ¡ô`ÊÐå±ÿÕªJªOí×î(šËmy[ý?/—ˆl¤å#t[(3›šÞÈë[ºœ¥æ€$¨¬vãYj5^f¹h}¾¿ÿýï'ðz,eÔ(šF/šbD²&g v ûÜA«½îžÐ1èN#/xiˆË·è¦xY—œa„ ù»’Yê:§Œâ"¡x‚Ão­` ‹¡[B\M!ïEkvÜK¥Ä¸â Ø©F"–TáÍW:St¯È* („À%ÂFî¥'7©nZø]FŽ¢ðjy¹Lå I.ªÁF°ð•d¥€’ËŽ iìrö’0Å(IH0R ™° aÄ&ŠßvæE YZHä"¢e¡°ì%ccoŠ 13Ì^‹®óŒÒ,£ˆŠC¢5OIk!‚B–'@œÆÛx$åÃË,—cÿ«C»¦8ê\… Õþª³©ÿgÿÏóçÜT¹­ªèìB!¸Àˆ{†@ª»ê›*v1à ›±V³aµCxªåµCÑk„+ìaÀ“Ô%š¯<…ÖÇ·n¾sR\³`"š%ŸI“ÁLáaôc'c¹ 'ñ‹ I1›e/a,Š1—–§üTÙmàhëÝ·œrIÃTé¡•1Ë7K ¨ÐÁ„厄b½­½<+ $#{RnŒ¤‚P˜âèÒ€¥j‘¸¬Ù×rç!ÏQ9ÛzYQª@F á‚S,( &ä7®¾.Æ,»íEý_öîdI#9ó8 U……wö.Skmºô\æææõuÖAê¶Þ4M‚ˆUóóøg³©Ó˜I¢YºÑ‚Ÿîá¹"K<á[UÆ| éq-¦.’&ÈƲøæÔ͈vÏ *vB/ùÒh¨Ü6€‘ŒLõŸêÿÃÕÿÕÿí¨ÿy™`{l›²7Jت,·:pþÕ»Ûªãaûa\U. 0$Ü«*»;µn^Œ¼Ä"!z.ƒlÅœ’ b\E2 …ËS¶Ã¾0vIeÈXÂtSÓ‚IãÝúÍøíR,­éÀdF’à%Iï‘Eˆ;»ˆ]EÑ…„qXºª-–YP´Rj¦Fgh>„Ýþ=þ·ŒMLhYK—]DéM†ë¸æbŒ’ „N q ‹ -¡—j35zÈ-ëÚM¾„Á(GÈÀA6aÆŒÀú$F»MJC\`÷5 ex×JÌÔäÏC²ë’…šN‘wàËó©–ˆÀxq`Ôe^WºFsçÅBÄÍÒâ`8Õ¿e±–¨¥³&koMZÿOýO± &vh« v;jkmžbêûÍÞ°è)½w” õ}ºt÷:´ºÄôP) ¼@FٕןpÄr‡*;¤!ÂH*t©²*gJ£Ü鄯֨ĄÃ).{¾!‘è& á—!¯]Ðì“üZTñå¨ÕÕâ#Í2yt¥­vcrÑâaìC:é9·òÛÅÐŽ¸ËèJۀܴ\l_yŠogÛ¤ËhY¸0:Ã\&“åÞ(K¢»î¼øV¸³Hè¤õa¡KŒo´íuÌHBÖ2Š `ñÊ—…„ÇI!; ]Ì`hv¯®¯,6KTÙ@ºqÚ_x·¼‰ÇSÎnZ±ØÛ[ùTÿ{mõÑm¿l±tmP«ª»:Ùvºåÿ·þç<‹] 9Kº\X*t0þžK«o·UW’³ÝéR å§å"?-Z]çP !däXÝ+ˆb§ ¯ŸRJQéb _…Ñ »| 1Bê’íRòJVÄ&ÅâMî»åÂÞc¯ \XZù@RšŽ.±&­E×Gx)Y¥•Å÷™ÈÄ.Ö¹òG­g1¸+{­XDçªÜ(Hºš/ª¶ CȈŠ‘¯˜P2–9}w–IŠV µ’)(ߨ¤g5jC‰0k°cwz° ‘Ž'~Forójõ؉œMM `îŽqÒèuSÒÅ-å…M,!rdÔÍâ±Ö,ª$0ZïPŠB‡æUÎeÈ‚°Š=Õ¿%²ìÄš´>Ý°Õûï®ÿÙ³D6­ð©8º½òwãØoûên²’Û·$|å`¿1plJ,x¦R$fÎm±šb´ ˆAË^VÚJ°¡ŒtÌ ÅI¯àv1Hž”lÆðÕ+–2ñgûbnH¹›/ðžó®ïp^•6@ …6ZPï "Ôí à®›W)©š›Â"«\ 6Òìt ql#´¤í`wßén0|m¡“ÀèÂ)J»¿XZRÚ³–Ñ/r9ïı¸ûšiäº*M f^øgë™QŽòä%(|b4‹(¤%ò)!þrÓâ”3ZŽ²ÒfØCßœr;Õ¿½»mõ?uÒª¶l˜â`±¾±íáÈPÏŸ}‰Á–ƒù8Ü^‚U Ž ½â£0 •…*¡3ªET†€‰Ê “]"uÁ€w=!Ñ-±JªÂŸîŸzp3J€eBêVýtŠú›³ýj>=$U*žÊ´Ü¢-:Z³óg©vשÀ\>ñk7d †R’ÀØ$'ûgŸ|ÜAè©b“-¤–N±t«oÈòÊÊ Ïΰ5S0¢+T”ä `.Œb0ӃܓŠ-¹µªn"•ÌB|1B&ÖÔg/ŠÅ’ÂxÂ]nñèJÌ3÷ÞI“•QüöŨ‚f'r#¼ðHžÐª7¾–²M7d},6Yñ-UäØèì`&Ëpªÿö¶Õÿá›umöªÃ=âxØu5¤öÓ«NµšPµJÁ”`øÚr_ìôhÁÆï4Jv);`•ä€UèJÊhJÐVšŒ¨* –êID9ìÚU‚~À¯´á ~$Òã•K`ºL´ßüõÿ²%b•iÔqâeq¸ôÅKîÙð“Mh´Tµô`Zºd amÅ,ß. ÓAÂÃhÖÒ±uuãa¡È¤ˆ|I¡%f"x¬Ý^Xb-|±Ä¥èr4 YËËôÙí£¸ù¯ ³›Ý¶ìrÓUZ.0\ $ip‰™QJŠ øþá,‚Q_˜ú×ýןþô§‚`„²2/H­äñä ÏbÖ%l˜¾ï/ùHL—K9 ÍËŸ°“ž$QÅ&™Sý[L[vÛêÿð3‰m•=“¢–ØTÛiçäm›tÕÒ1juí½*·ñ¼*S°J†#aQ Œ„ɈPËŽç†}‹ÑÉfÝtQ´¤"£È³œ·9;Á³"ÏWê‚' ™ »3#îEçhŽ—wçÍl§u=$ºÒptMÇ3P¹¸Ç@Á¸´µì“Äz®Ä‹L mHùdaŒ-`ügîHCìj18ÛåÃ=… iÖfAÀÌÈ]`só˜K£uƒq€K‰p,1pŒV›‹Q„Ö„ÔêµnøŸ­ß“ÀÎÑÅi+ÁkŸðŠ-˜sÄO7D¸s¤X4Ï  IŒ¦¥Ãp'¢@VƼ¼-Wþ`ìe'$<ß&¢{ªÿUþ²þ¿ËÛž½y6ØeÄ"E¤6RíêÎ_¾y SUµ¶¹3¦Å£”Å.Æ]=• ¡×rωVKd*Ø(=»yýò o”(/Ý8µ4Å{…ƒ1‘‰±¤¢L/Ì‘øZÅi±Â9Õª–´&ƒYOÖøöL”•Ú\;«­–q¤±ÐµrkR”máE„æ+"¡ÐᾺÃ,ùM ‹Ÿñ±;¤›qŒK£âæÞ‚å®Ý Ó-,_ N¾t£‰ôŒjåÌ ‹ $c—©•ìëòîJCVXh«-·ŸýìgŒ¼X<0üùÏV¾BÜÄ ªMÁ/ŠeÀÃN× WJ¢—‰–½–’CÁC Oõ ëþ‘„M%vËþ¥Ø6»å†²ñå”»-œ\õ Le„T UíöU4*Ok(ã.x·ãT,Á#heÄq+ðØ ©òBã—;ÙȘX´,wüHü!RvÓaŒ’QPv–ܵN‹„-ZCN‘5ɱ3Ï—ÑK]6°Œ;®!œ®m$t•Ý¿ óÔ[G‹],Fù»Ñp"$|EK0b!ìÀñûèF÷ ˆ^J, <É^B[aTxÈb†]»ñhu›N º8µÄóCÒîÉ#Ý,Ì…W ‘Ã7FѵìZ uXÌ‘ÂÂn/—…ZoU%̈\kÝ(²íçÞýü·û7˧O!1`æ¨öðXÀ_þò—ÞÒâû»ßýŽ;:Bhâ É *19àD…§ä% ÍÎR·8‚é6#^8uOõKê>*ª€l•í±µmXàM·Êƒd|óêðAõ·ñJ 2CŒ¶Y1ŦeÑ*ÁŒ0•T-0_£#¯íHèªvù/Ùbf4ÊLˆ&…6‰Ê¨¹°àD"hB'H°£\(~`•Ãìt9äDÒ‡>Hò™iÿeÞÄyád) IÒ #NBO)„†x¡Õ2 î–˜cÜš—0#žIzI´,ìtît½X¼¢‡Ñ–¶õ¤°‹È·•l•tIîe«`œ+¢¶vÀîÈ}Î…À¿oŠ'¤Z¾æe…¥o=›¦!IZdC*ÚzCD·÷ ù¶>"&-&½”p ­ÕEhtã@òêÍ©þgåVýêßFv*q uÕ–*Q|vº JtÍêÍ»yø ©¸ è‚â®2²W:F¹§kÑÆŽM ¯¤µ£ÂS‹Ÿ°wŒŠU‹iˆ"–êÄV¬¨€Éó—óácÇ\‰«cü¦Àˆ‡´ÀûÅH©/yx:àÃ, ¼X0X·E?‡“°¬¹&Ë‚vÇ’QQd²sÛÝrîÒcYôs7•°–DÞ‚èÍeÖn]Ǻ †Å¼´ØPyÔi£Í7fJ0.FŽÀnõèB`0DÊÙ¼è`Œ3½›û7fkè®·zVÀïvx$ @ºÂð{£Ê’zËâ}«_ýêWÞç¾ç¶2C%º@Z£”R²Jm";¤Ðɸ Å…tOiE4ÄΛ.9Õÿ-¯ÿyð±mvš"W¢æ:ŒtEc#í±­µ¯?šOñYzH´å,Ä~kÕ}÷Ų®QBFåÂOõÍNŽ½Bd/ºRcÙ•ÇŽYåQ<†“—¯çÇmX‰? L Ž8ÅÕÂ%MJtS®ˆ é³Lwça?#»™òr$Ä2Šßd‰õéFãUP`ȒɽpæBèÂað2¬éÃg—RJy‚bÄÌKº„N&Ã#…R‹3) /Ýt£º¾@ … hTž  51)‹Ýzê5ÏI¡)h !a(mWÏ^R ¾4g¡þò—¿ø!.~ãÅs%q^½³&W>ùâ³ùÆ€ß]ðWT¿\ÌUe¯åÌîiמ#žtQD',RÎØVEtÍK=ÀÓF03¡ IDATÙ)0DžìF:rÉŸêß:ªåÖÿÅËïæP~òxvÑž9œ6XÝÈ̯1°Hο÷ñ#ìªðãO?³ç>쿾óöÝûùÞæõÿÞâó/?·ñº~ð¡ßiÓºi|ÁX­›**e„–TZ:Z•Ñã<˜Íߺ(%eTàÁýžÍ;~ ê“Ï>7Ä~}6¿¾p÷Î=Åýä›o¼LBm]ß={öâ;õík$f„ ¿¿pwõî­ Èv²D'r>¿œ7†Í«Xæâ[˜ÈÕ³{—÷ÎÏîX sñyùÛ×ó9=ËüäÃõÕãþùxpïò'_~ñ›ßüFhÇl}±vΉ.¤Ã­ì/Ï/½SÓDDÜ?ûK—°L„ ˜—co…%ctæx#ÖŠEþ– FŒ£µÕƵ>²pØÎ/ç¼1Z0ÉÀó‚_¨Ã)~7¯g4]†l_ËâƒÞ ÏD.ïY£oß¿»÷`žžCç—w?zü1ÎÒV*¾ž‡ðÉÓ§^Aó"Ò¶÷î_Þ7©gÿñ—¿z’{~÷ò«/ÅüÊf]ß¹{qöø#ßzu÷ÎÕ«Ï_=fF?ýüSo˜~õÅg=~¬8-Ó¯ÿúçõpå#NÑ=5;»8uçÚ½f¯¥dÊ_}ñy¯ÓëV`¦)–WñòiÑäL¬Ìµ§úÿ±ÔÿÔ1±‘m¡²°®˜ö[Ý(»Î¨D {t­eŸ"^ß±Ká¥2è0ŠÒ%¢Äµtx`´Å*x£\TŒ…ÐÎyÈ˃gœ’ç²3×5A-Ø£õ=O’HpŠ¨åBé6„7_÷Q©âÄÓr{µâ¼1þö·¿•C‡Åê™ X;OiÏÉ\‘PS¤¡ Ÿ0Ê¡,O]­;š@ÎÿÖ›M¢°{Ò¡Û4±1Êaî‘õBIWD-G£ÚB0:ê¦&(¼nºÑ$0Ý(÷s º¼ÜéZbC$#1TH0X$/ß¼ö_|ú©ëæñÇólýýÛwçg“íõû+÷â¡?}6ëÃx}泎ùŠßÿþ÷^ ‡ ÏŒžŸ÷úQPµ¨Œº á…fqu¢¥÷j{×c7ÛP’&uªÿÓÊܶú·Åó”DØ];*E»h›c¥ik+{ÿéú W0Œ6ÞÜtÛéZÝ|µ*Cˆ  ³t#qEtîh0ëÅO(ŒsPÖ³÷øµÄ³ŸðrS¸Åj"Øâh(;Ýç=ìke˜ˆ£bå%¢»£t(ð`0x(|ýʳçSÀ˜!vJ~gKÁF²ŒfÙ9ŬeaoH F¶Ì‹®%ì­Õ•€Y ±ƒ¢Öå®kmYR„³hZŒ‰´†wÎæ2¢wh¢å¨ F$)\TØ€‘ÃPØ›Z‰ñc¤p·Mð¾Yî%Ÿû7˜‹ÉܶZ'ÐkÑ]^’„á( C’l¹X:r"Âì/‰%ÿ _^\´£lE¤3Â7Jg„ïHëâÇLxpoÞPo:fÄÈØ4áHs/¨ÏU1 „„F·Ð|Q£šÅdvs«BSÐÕŠb¹Üé¦fé¼ åïúƒ—¤‚¸|$ÀE­>¥}%É 1Ê ÷izùX/R=A¢"Î#_˜`2º2´¢¨`„¸ _IMãØäc´©ÑMœnˆ#*±bÃé&’Ýñóvo×–s(mí¯ýëßýîw\ ᱪÌŽ#vÂ.ЬáÍ÷9uØ÷šËÐÙß‹ü[+Šï´­FV°Q°ñmÖðìŒ0á…‹ŸÅ]©•! kŵUŒHGœƾ$c&ø=NÀ,øá:co 9φð[@O|”ÙQ¯7Û,£¨rvŽ®DߌñÞ€ÛÊ’ZaCr0¤µ×î>oŠeã˜Kyª ¤KAh²Z{±8´Í…»ÐÒ©þí»E¾åõþÏÿô çÓvÊ•r\öµÚ5»KWô6ÙöCÚlµ•Â t”¯ ÐíyÚë«y²ãA",G¸hAœ¢Î¿ÒñÀíôdÞ(ÉE=‰®+™òQ¦˜ÏïÎç›Õ+ ÁV-r$‚Ž‡9®3Ì.­IuBð Ê×I@ÛÔ(ß=ãEŸÜB%=ŽYtVú>Éb´]âJ¸)ƒ™´°t£º¤usª=cçR»ç #ºÌI±ÔžÍEîà¥+[Šüå ‘çãGó­q³Óµ80F9Ê3[ÈVC`x–vGžº¤)èòÝi›#/2«¼Ö9‹ˆ.š_üâ†þýßÿݵî_®§WS<¶[&B« ˆ³«­20;£røë7ßàH©|pJÞtXZg-a4¯%FK‰QWè•æázÆ\Ê@7˜ptî…âTÿ¶þç ›aWˆ £«ºr±Ot-Y0E “d i#ÍDyͦ®Ê¨Â|Ç”;±ŒräÅ’ñlÎŒÑTܼ´ðËõмz=¯&„À¹ªúðª3—ŽÛ ‰$‰[žâÒëJ ™ŠÁÂÝA¢däÅn¦º1ð5wûó6Éõ!„5$†0˜8<¥¼9Ô•yJ™€IÀœ½ùfñ“qÇe Z±J‰A¶ëÉ>ï£Ô*‰«KÄÚÓlÖŒ,­?30˜ÜšEüt<¥J/ü{F|!yYIºÑêÒýT†OOç]‚wïÇtó=;È2Œp&ˆâÚ,Fµñ-6Ž‘SÝjI¡M &ÉRÆSýÿêªßÒ[î½uÙmž]'FÛiCö,a¤d©Ê!Á´Ž w‡|Èןբ„‡D«@9R Tº”×oæ`³'ÅeÙ0Ô 1êiªØ´ùRàw›‚ÑW{¶°tN䬬¥CAÊ‘±G~ÉWÍðH¸°—¶Ö3· ŒÙUâ.”Þzȶ™‘`@.Ðna¢B˱y•!0:0'<Ά֥É%/­Ð²Š|ã!u‰¬*D·‰Q'™]º¡ù§ ë"(CKƒ—“i´¹—¸!µÄp„âY|ßh¥C õø#¿d»^¿»rÉÝ{øÀ?_— “ò•«å=9`8ó/*Ö“/F cw´¬d‹ÜrйBËl­ÒT|FäǹÁË'rxݼ`êR, 1Š ¡¡ÒÓ2n‹d„†ÓžêߦX«ÿŽúÿþ]aÛÓ®hÛ [b'ŽwZ)²9"\´ð¶Jñi;Q2ö ˨!’â É"{"¤#×êò%Ù¹X‹ýhiH bˆKàIî?• RPŠ Å…äèêA¢‚uÙu‡býÐ¥ñ2Tk”, Q¯î#ïpyáã7çºLЛ)`FašߕŤA±D•®!á2²p )VRwz-8ßàÅÒrᙤoNï×µŒì ’ÀaèѶt‹ðp¯9xâ@ÂXR\xbÔìŒFOGbˆâɦÖ¹­¼PUþM’/¨ù&;áeš8…ðDÌuÿòõå‰Ðå{—^nj÷åâz"Œ"º°H •‚ï²û´Pv=æ¨ëì £'X÷ì|¾¾ê¡ñüðæ€p‰eģʿÐ͈ž” ½ ˇ;¹¬´!¥¦e¡ïnû…9 ; ’Sý[‡VIÛ2Ú‹¿[ýχt2è²°=tÛYÉJˆ0[•b(½ý£»›€r¡¨ …uy1x<ÁXŒÂÄÆÞœ&У…¦± r£E[b0›‡1G^…8n 5Š€.“ðÉ£ºnlôî\…+(…Ûs%ŽºHJÕ9gt¤]Uh-©ÖÕšo À7——±¨„ ¡³„,a-aqŸà)´¶ôJIÜÞY㮀´óï½o^ÈPJ˜]h„³cÄ åâ[ “s–ˆð Ÿ" ±n¨„Ö2ÂóµûÈã‹á«Ê?–÷ß’Œ›üf‘ Ë“"»mD(9}óúÝÓ§Ï%ƒ ÏÐz© ,–(ÚÒ6Êز°·†Fgj7?Ĉd.ÇõÜp–ôTÿëïiþ(êÿð Ë‹-T¤º´ñFum¹¯ èj”RM°sÑ2êÐÕ÷°*>TÀ`¾qþ hîŒFy‘êI'½¶€U§r‹… ¾)µ1kÊ“ÎQÕz1ÂèŸÚ(b`'MÛɧÿüg?3 i– pl!éZ6­ó‚Hzt9ëã‘U+Cad³].ÀBœŒ{.­ÒahuJ€ÊÖ^´ì,˜…&Ý+ð›$&BîMM++_[1DØã/D¯ï袣Á`(&R8âʃtOõ<×&¢{“2÷ÉüæÔúƒÎ?‘aeêL*/9zõÞgLì810€ùRQ²ûQis‘†ëÆ'SŸ~<ï»b|WÈ?ö#J.šÎŸÀ:¿sþþÎûûþmð|#Ñ{&ž‰ù3ç¯ âÕ_iøƒõùò'?ñìâé“'žEÈÁ· Ä•pΪç_nCS“…®Q™@b0„ŸÞZê,½¬ãH"tä,4qm¿`d´~d‚Ò½öñ3\×W¯ý攣î-ÿW‡'ñh%& y9ÊW«kÔKÈWo¾¢gMðv­KÌ¥¯4æ'½}óâÍ<€É– A‹œ‹YØt-´ìοÉú¡1·– ÿõüª×*êÓ{ón”ï[ùr©Õ$$sÿÁüÊŒ_‡}þüév«ÒΞ¯®:SôÊîF¿ô)”RPÁ0_ß;¼»„\ªFý±xÿì†Âs^­œyF0™¿»ëŸõ½yñr.ÑgAÎæÝœºn+zɼxñ­_›qýÁx¦ +TRµ 0§jƒ!ËhÅŠ–½QT ‰ÀNððÒÖ’&®5d:­G]Ýð!Y]ˆ6 g]Š!vq¹p$…Þ.FéÈgš½Þ\¹«å££–ˆÀQ|×–¿€n/uçG‹× ag=!*.¶À&—˜”¸/¾iäÌ"JF0]­ÐÚHXš¾vûÒ-T-wøæ€^Cœfj.7ú©þ?pýÏS*›×~h+_›—¥Ò¯øl¤‡GõçI¯…WëaÕ㪟¸òOæ]‡üÙ³§ŽëãÇó,æáã¾üê h³±¦ï\½öó’ëº %žS]¿÷DÍ9t˜ í¨ì1xæ¢ué2ºMT </ÜMFQ)#w5‘Àäñ³Ã» ø* ¥æ™žÂ!'7»îëõŽR9·†*w `îÜq¹¾ž÷,š‘”К  ´Ý 0€‡?ö,Þû6­‰ŒÀL ­çšN8E>oß̱t0x5/:G™aîÙ ™»ÁŒ¦‹H' ”Qz¼°!TVFw¯^™›;À& „.Æ(º¼t]q½©×š[«Z”À»¥¬t&²bÁƒV-’¼$CŒ"7koQÙ]{ZÅ kX€ã\~s­ ÍNgÔ Fê†ÑµÎr ,Y`]mÅ4 ‘ðX‘—ö¢<Õ…÷!ëÊÅVÙ9­½iÛ´ìvËþ¹Jz¼ROäÒë¾ËyVâˆ*ÍΡâðwüä¦áâ ºk¼­ãšðÜ •-÷ĪSú«_ýÊhU®+Ñλ[þI?]>xXøV‹2aç+´Bc4š”¹)4 ©—¥ N¶¼ iñ³kéìh Çý&Ö¤dFÒvº ‘¬ Ž—ƒÍþäÉü†—®|\¹.Ç7ïçý`)H,ºÓkMdhHk¨¹è"dô0u8M“€1î$KÛ“G£ã.0C„«X¼è,¹ðÒ…¡´P;îŠ9o3Å·9—'Ki`–Gº.¥@0†^¾œÞ’*$£,áùeÔ2âÏ]þ$”- <_´,²µöÔt ­%wœ¾t'(ßRÕ&­ó©þ-àí©ÿyÅnûg×í¥–Ø¶vTºí±­e¹ÿpmÛìqÇ—¾{ñöé³'.¬>™º8{ûj.Š·«}âæçü¡“þ +N5ôðágÍßnp/¬·Ãw¨¼øå)‘òѦKƒèò—£JÂp~qøxÛP¥–b"Ê@ª]¯t7ãÊQl–ÎysŸµ8Z 4áõ»·Wgwîù³;Š{ý-èÉüÙ|Êfmú×$þÙÛë7¯Ÿ~÷ÜK„rH,Zó͞΀Ç%CßAu ˜9js§'Re¶)&Pò¦™b’bÅÄÝ]ŠˆFÒP–»AJž…"$)ÛK·ÜòÒ‚Må¥ @Î^Ê!£œs‡´›.JTÖ?ÆɽnöÝR¸ ­"AeH, |‘s—€.r£å£›»Q–ò¤Äo µÑÂœêß‹m«ú¡ê¾éÞžÙ »˜Ø-›ÔžÚEà—k+&§Åùwã¸}=}pð|€Hú°Ìs+ÿêÕÍòÒ}¶B`v¢ˆúàåƒ9 *¢˜èÕÊ. Z^gîó—¾V©%á)8eˆÁêbq”˜<ï=˜…k”`Ðõ0ZL|¥*Š)›”?I÷”Áç~ÍÚ3©o¾þv}¶häð&G ØÊvg^œt£3çõŠÉ,ØWܹ°$C'‘`ØF )·xlÁcIµ.Ž`äæ+Ix‚­¡a>ÄäÞ2  $! a B®å[ª‘lB5€²4J~â­eäbˆ` hÙ¹°¨K§+_»é jÞ}aýù²óÂ¥í+IF°êð¿ø…ÝTx,6 ­.%))BT$†t!“Bk›T»Oõoû>dýÿôÓydV=¤]±aŠC«,Ô‡,E£zì–±…—óoTAxÑGt½î#~Ýœ# o±³zø`>,£8<öÞ?‚íÝœ˜‰ËËÕ†Þ›â>R‹J Â)G]ºÚâU…i}ÿØ¢tKRYSF]'™˜†)Ç‹‰ëO Âcc§s4ÂË¿q£0:?€qÛW¯j=‘|å©×Þˆñ[wt­ƒohywîÛoŸz!â’±˜–«´[@=üÙäº|‘ˆ(:%9΄#a/®!ŽrQVµ8{¾Ê€q¥|x¯@W>Ü-`¾ð1X|g h‹xª«dén[ýÞ‰T:vÔ6k«T[›ÅnQ7¶ÓV.½ñÒO­(;¾Z^ŠÃT¹àÙŽ¼¹{U¥øöšÑŠpQd…†ÁœWÑÙùÒ·19™Úº3_ð“ªrÐÅÜw£„Ã-LTÎ"ùh=üeGæ{£r  2ͯ¿}âEŒ§.„2Á@Ê»(9²Ðý³$ ðn=-*<¤éƒÁ£j%E866 Àh‚CÈè\•XänHD ­Q.’¯6òZv´’ç’Bš×N#‹ˆÇ߬ýáj+?m/$VÛ#XŽ¥] †À\gðk÷fû€aˆ’è,Œ!ÉxÕ–».…‹µ%Â…4q´[ËÒ¾wçjFB m1ÙQ ÊBâgԢʘ¥ôjKÀnŠrª«am­RÅCÿ;ÔÿT<•Ø0cÃìŸMÝÙØ¿0F /åz‹F¡p¡hÁ”…Z¡› #¡0f×E®:uÕ–®gkÀÕ¥LªoƨÀ([`xÓ]¨ÜFÕ·Xt!´Ü9´ð,./Óñ‹&Àyõw}̈Å_ÞÕåÛ+órÍ„²jTwþ™Îü˸9Ÿža¸vð‹â`XÂn°d"®—Ì0ÖÇZ±íùŠ¾u0“ÒÅ£õÔ€÷dPD„ÜQñ2;CE."Å1Ä¢»W¬ Ö§0* ÂH$¬«ÅɈ¿QlÑ·Œ1¯9M9IlV|í×Z&ýÞP7 ½üaDñ¸Â¦UÜËŠ€"Û¨¼sGIOÑJ̼*]xi7wJ£º“Ù*H„ùRH+cÔNõ;ë^Úìú³U¶V=û­m!€–(n–7ßÞ*R‰5ªþìz^”h}JHA¯=.éú« \ŠÅ˵¥«J<—Q@t2´H´’ÁP…éRX´âî|="/UnH gTùš6YéŠåßò¹…4Gÿf˜#» ˆ¢+7‹Í¿€.".b¿¼8¼êA"„!Ž2â[î`§ÄÌŒ É2á×cÃd³D×P-žh]²-µ.£) ±A+а±cÖÒ“ÜQ…OaÜ£+ƒjMs6- ¬…ÑÕf‚þÿø¼d¨mGîtxQøR´Dâ««¥Ã“ì&b%µVO’åi0)aào÷É{-ºV—H¦gsTÀhÙÛ$.¨"4 <ÕªÿÛZÿóéRգݻHOXV½{$tôଘl¹m6ª¤z¸†W%Àê@qè¦S8V‚¨Ê`Wˆ0—b±ç^™£+tÏ° ŠL_·ƒO‚X³$7ä²bÈy¸¾˜'ÀF)$áÖ‹Úy46ª%"z³êýëw×WÞ³Z?Ö4?2õæý»¯_º÷¾'bhï^^8¬ðVB·ã‡s¯_°¡ÝGHPGž¬Ps‰4¶à±ÚZHS€,g<áKÕ¨¡M…ÆßØš —0³뎀¡€±·J]1Œ å²™uQiSÔ…!¢ ŸK±Ä¥tXçèíÝÃk(1áeË0à‘â™Æ(î¥D‡ÑÅiA’Ø Ñí5/CtT¹Ô*ZD´©éõ3þö¯ŸËT¾9¥r=¶êÞõ“ÃãŒy©æÀ³»/üÝ@o»«¼«÷ø›yëO—M>þj¡öÍëWF¥äfr¼n›rÀ{2©WGEÑ‹~u}çòÞ}ÿ „Üó7¿®5?}#êÝs·²«¹ÿ^¿zùÅç~°þ±']âR¸Í™E¾N 6‡-rp‰cã8‰hÔù|ôñ'&âbpÝÎ?Mzðp~Ù{:/^¸Îé&î?[ãï I Îxœ·r¶Œ's±:Š°õ£—!Ñ)yÉ!¯2÷©»à8UÈŽ·‡^,-šÝ÷+Ø«üsËëþ=€—ÆöÏïžY1³µÎs ðæÍó/Û>ï2úv‰ª3kÿÔËÒ› u°æK]º­œ¯’ôŽ•e4$ ”ƒIéÊYQ™š[‰Fž9¤Ê’½¥€dtŸZ„óË{§úo­Øí¯ÿyô&2ÖîrßÕl®o³=‚¿¥ í½Ç=v¥è]s. ]Yë¢â¨&:<΋wÄ9*'G iY´`º^ßóª1E蜰薧X„q ñj±ó]DÊ,ýzùŠ Œd@¨•AXþ®|I„[@¿ùã 8 EÔ ÚR*¨¡¼ÜàrÝB–b•V̹VZg^FQm‘ª%*%£º’E ,©K àl[@¡ áN [l/`ÌE£Z]¾Î¿í¦s/Ÿ˜‹ÅE×X˜Âi‰«‡ ™»äå (… {ŽÇmCZ.B4/]‚–ž4 Šœ Õ2ÒËÓÐRâICø[¾§úo}¬±D­dJB‡ùûÔÿü¾’]i›µU¤œ\êRŠ*•Q}€ÙHçi‘3Ö±èºé‘ÙãdĆ‹:C®ÅÌ-» ›ª!äô\è °ê‘ G¾sµëÉ裇óæ:‘ŒLt ÜI%+"Ñe§ˆ•p”á%:w¢›;_¿C!Ü'Ò±àY—0’Ëóÿù¬M8Q„NIך‹{V2-‹(¥ÆXbŒFÓù Í1d9X"i—C™# @)C„tŽºZK¤%-)°LðP,,€!´0|éBÛèÀ0ìÂE c I¾Qú[_Ö×…l´Vh ¨m^HüÝmøvœW"é}yîÐ"ÊÁ]k”KHC8Åb<ÕKjY¬¹-&,{}n[ýÞUÄJ—bkí¥.BLÀµbJN—W.,3Tß„®ÛŠ½©VúÕG•” ~´º˜ ¹‰ñó5„Ð(»6 E0‰4¸£¢|ô`Éyi¹`Ó"l;Ì ÁÓ¹Öád„¡kÓ*(#r´ì½Ô¢8ØŒØ$ã<ãÛŽYm |âR÷dÇìL‡"ºÕÆÖ¼KIh¿'µ×'C`21J(ðì…cq>»ÁÙ%Éݨƒª “ $˜ ìrˆr“ðGØÆÁ”E\ 1´À,t"œQö†ŒR ]ÂF 0‹€-’fÔc¾À)Úà„‹¼Ø‹^†„—u H±HF x]:…wªÿ6Bk?Xý lwmŒ$Ôk7…jv1Él?üÚ-_¿bdió%°½dô¨«8t½èëŸ×álzrº–(:¡(£ K®úN‹®ºÃÄÓ:×*OT‡Üæ’™’•] Ü¢§Ä97W’!ÂÞë2¾ºÛQz«t±NzºûÁYH" ¯eôKçÙ'ÆÍY¢4ªbèÖÀÆBçHèÞ-Ö^+{ŠLöø&1eD0DH)®î¾2Š?;nݲÎ0–<±ìŒ¥Ô U,™ˆˆªb΢ånH»–îð¨¹(çÂòÚ¯Ä`¼b¶ „.bHZî‘ÖE#áE$l(…N`°p²"F±a&÷Ìu¯kôTÿÁêY.KdI­Ìm«ÿù¢y›Ývjí1‹¤Ûx]eä„x=hk]^ºö{¿Zl³çåôoŒoŽ¯J -…B Zäu­‘î”ØzÐ’©3…ÛÝ” w0:ØîÛÃ×Üu3jù"×&¹DÀä@èì&B)Jù0êr¤hÏýÌûu¶µºHÌWb¹‰LPÙçCÔ£ÛŠÝZSb¢(Yø¶¤|¸;„#†X,£ˆëbnàðŒñØÈrˆŒ#]z§Ì>©®{A c”{.†XÅÃݨ|X(Z€„ŽªçKXR,N¾F)ðø—×áEz<‚!À‘PLïµÑFnâxè|s§FÝfdñË úýMÊbvU¼‡ Ø8š‹ÖhTe¢+è©þU£%²h–èCÕÿ¼‡µKA6RQªß¾R$×9Q¯ºÄþÁÏcÓzÊ®F0ð%|YL²êg´ñ•¸Q. 8D¢êõC † xO XÂ}|àC §ãÙ ðFu—ëºnäxÚ£BP¸,Â" B‚0&âÆ™ût–è+u·’®ÛîI¡å(VéII’¶‰Å¾mÔrµž2ØvÝvIîÚt’,¶•—mE%!Ø-B+€‡¥ùj‹È½péðHxöV#<]›øØhö”ZîxÌNFÛßIuvoæ"´ –Hw¬%Ý:dsÙC¹‹blG¡{ÚøâÕáÆÏÑhë _&&(«Sý+bѬ9Þk¥khVLg‰î±R·Íbß»Ãnå“6€XŒ¶§v×ÿl±OÅ…î9ŠÀÍ«´Øò==£tá´¨-rèëäÅ ¦ géi›-¯–R·“&ŠL6,/T)ðÛ§ qá[½b46-ÑÜÖ±7ÓHXÒæ{å¯\ ßzøéqÄ®‹açÃnUµ\Ø @ÅAaw›û‹^buq a$F-²–¥ƒmý}ìh›¹jGbc‘jWª˜¶Ëæn‰!ºÜ´ºRânâ!é;í=—²2$%xv$IºöÝÕ=@î%Ï"C[ÖÆÃhæÁj # òø •’öXÂ#IR—KEH1d²˜»Ú‡aD.UYÅŒ3wÁOõßÊ´5°þÏÿç?ÿÛV6{©";±vŽì—ru=ýäæ[£ÎCÿ0Õ¾ÚQß´²ñ¶™¾ ‹ÒÆ+TU€ óE(¡( 9`øæÉ·\X´ñйhË÷Ý\š’ä…9$1„X …HX Á•‡Yò&ë„Ȥejtœéózd’È!± ?# òd9‹gh¢ÓEÜ7 N£^›#£¯Wé"Ë¡ê\qŒ#<£dDaô=/IºŒ(Ö¦è|"hGŒr¶ÔÀ’Ž! °éÃËJùb6S¾†r·t,¼e¥ÛFà,CÈÁ0EY‘}Ñl¾¸ %†5e«!«Y£%ÍñcÍp]r`.®$14_ »(Ò¬’*_ÌD,F;^½åÂèß‹µz)FOõ›ëÿÂ_Ž°¯ŠÉæÙ-­½´µŽô.ŠB±6Õ»TÀ*Ée |lÉ€ªâ^µq¡W+`•> …¤8¥Á,ö]^tF²œæ!‘N A;ÊÎJÝIÚy:T0–¶‡¯XÀFñ—0E2t± ‰. |Aé{:"N~7[>ðº0dezxÎÅ(ä[®’§GÞÑ|Rõœ[¬. ÆfÁ" °ѵìV`ðëy BF9Ô²À“aAM-_xk%fçž½‰`®eo}j¶¬žÕ2"$\é†6,Å•-Ð >H°r6*(èf|¦ÃE›°7ÓÃL¶U2…¼„Ã@Êüë'ßZ̧úW<·¼þ§ÔŠÖFÚQ+ÓJ“Å^N•­'/*À¨3é$0¨ ຊÀl1ðÚ£,ÀÈÆ#1Ê…ç¸yÒá¹¼d eÔ§£B¾ŠmQÐÆÃ…äKa祻3¡pawó*_¡MÒát,åÃBb†Îïý™TÐZ:H LkÉ‘‘/rèÖm•…‘"si%,ºZ  jˆÂBJ Ç‰.Ên>ŽEæHZ Ê>z¡ `R²¢°Zä†xY"’‚Öþ¶8NÀ¢˜#Á¶"Þd1;™tØo^¦áGU9Ïöß\XÍ.K-y3-#‘˜–‹ôÄ2$–eÏ‘n´è˜t€YhÛvø\´0FOõÿ#ªÿyã+T6O…ÙWEã« »¨»7@WM¼üî¹mÖµÓ*»Ãß)B¢jwÅÐ!V4Z✠¥tHTyÕóοXÕÆ‘06„™8EÜ;9`eXbØHŽ`t":{a”°—?,â‚|Ì,ygÃïmQ$J™X7£åÌÞaƒ™W‘KèÄ a[4³ Y ùd¡ ½õÖDbH¶–L‹-0N£-5#“µ•Ü[]b x/ $Á Å,hCÛ_CŒ\0Ò•jb£k1Gn”I!V7÷ôXÖ\ç1 5‰ÁÊåR[ H×è 8«JA¥•‰<)À ‹!-Øgˆ.1öG—÷Nõÿ#ªÿyBáÚc­t×ÚK‡Á^õÁXÐGæúÎö« Ç[Ãó娌Ø+.˜+&õÇl—b>]Ý Š›þòõ|P¥‹ E»sàHÏ‘b(0K EךB@0ò$;PäºrÓæΈ„Î%üläÙœ ÄPŽuµR*4±&²"†,‹V2Í‚{9k‹æA”]Þ‡kŽ‰Öt€ 9°ÈbE, :û£MÊj0 ĉs).;ŒÖ\\Œ­³Ü¼3ÉW Žìtîð¦F"Ô2b(:»ôð3²z] ÷Ýe!,ZHT%ƒm7_ÄÅi.0µÞ3• ¬Mx‘¨²ÛCtC¯æ%Á©þ9–Åš´}vðÖÿÅöÒ6{þ"EC®•…MmkµŠFÕjUí¢›¡‚žòY—”. É’ÂHð°Sðl;KŽ³^ó„ˆ4Ê1ßÎgÕLh(ž’Ìe·0F /Â. ¯È¹8œûÜ‚™ˆL´Äûú=†{ÆSÄ2ÏÞ“)«„‡Ð £+ …Pt ‘tm û¤z6÷‹ˆgùV†h%Ì¿èÀ£'MZ`íÊtÿÄ[ÑÂ3jí $ açHÀ´FµÒ A ŒÐ ˜ ’ž–r4ÊbTªº.èéy¥¸ìXˆ.…®õ?xÿ¯]±£Õ6k:;–ùÇÓ룷ØXëÐÖÝÉ·€Œ,dœÛ±K‰‘‹!–Sý[‹OnmýÏC·½t$lžºTTí´-´‘msç`Êhí.{£MrF—½ àå4ãÃGCuªÿKýÏ›¦êÃ…j;÷ )û©£uAÕ£]gr ½QeDW¾Ûoï«l.HÔV /£\0Të•‘.K$0½‡¥ÛP èÊŽ¸!Ž‹sNEK %FpŸu ÍE&òÉèoL¹¦;0„Ý‘àS2ºxøμ¬ãÃÒ,XäŸK bˆÑb>øx¾ñ Û͘c‰EÖæŒù˜ŸÝ™„Dâ©Š@˜ »ôd¾"\kŸ"({Iš…%Cñ„d/` –K,-Nä2 ì0|)ÍC“¢€%t‰!`Âw`ë=J˜\$³§â궼>åËŽŠ»½óh§‹P—{ÌÅb¡`C%oÊD$RÄ:Õ¿¥hµ­’´8ºÖÊþÞºúÿõÏ>Sïž8={úôÙÓo?~üè§?ùJñö#Sïß½Ãq÷lýÔ+OQTjè0Øl'Ó¸R›ÑsøõÙÕPÝøçêÞZ¨3 ¦D*>0JŽ•WrL¥ä‡Ü ý •æg§<ÓðËSóv.ÎåãÓ%É}3p'r®< µοèÄKN¿9ÕlÍç¾Èªl„‹KŸóÙ¿Éäç&ú©¦¯¿™¿G/ç°ê_؉X,Š9fÔ’¹ÉÖÕÀÅŒ¸È̽CÑ¥ƒQ_߀²ÈLNóšàêçÿŒÜ3—÷~ºk¾Ø妷òþH_›j©;ÃÄj q¯9€ % ù`F9Ø5àÒã.‡éð¾‰î/#º ^¾òï‚ß[–~‡Ë‚Xµ:LXA{|²5þÌ·7>®ü`Ù»õ»]o ýÈ’{¾våO…ûî•?Ð}÷‰ë¦艭}a×C¦Vzr+yY{-197Ê‹‚Á³S ”ÙŽ;gó«N~‡ÖsÞõ£fZ;ÎøÌ7u|.qïþÓgÏÿúõ×+s?ßhùOõÿ£©ÿy#Ie+ߎ:Åuu ©õAÑv”W'­ÑU0ó„[‰E©àŠIyŽƒD…q,°º$‹’‚Іðx„cé]B/+ b5¤5Ä‘Ñt6€Ñ]I!`ZÈâÒ!³K,Z-OœM­XßLãq/Ó Ê‹1qÀœ:aäÒ"@ö´Bž&È—#AÞ¬aÄeáKvh%¿íV¸.rÆÚvJ\€0Ç3â"„ÑMwM¦pÚ.8%aÔ¦lwSèG¬Â@ÌEWò¤Á°p‘9K0ø&‚’α”â|{=o“Ñ}ÓXž­’¢*gHœÇ­ÛGOÆFéÖYÐÒÓzèB+–¯ÒÓµ&K1¯Sý[ K§µMö¥Å¤3êZ|²·•ÒÞi-©–¥•Çü—Õ¿M’‚Ƴûj;;Nåa´ð–—Š‰…]2rTоùH>»ÙÂ`&\À"„%—¸(M§.±Œ „0t§+¤Ÿ†¯j TaõdM,$캆”Q˜"b0Ê®›ä«eä›Â¥‰Ô2R”ì$$wŠ!£»pñ«l0€ÜJXKÇ4Å‚¡òÊ…Põå%aB)(˜ºÍ ZqK#zkbÔ:Nè8Ý)xìZÑn‘Ýè„_ü؈=Òån(B Æ#œä‰bõ¥JÓB[žMYô0+‘)Š r!Òuñ“­p7ÔR0¢%âšbÙT÷ IDATšnírF—‹ˆ­3²…c3eŽÖ(…;_YÑñ4ÊBxê¿u³\ªÅ±†·¶þç5—“´Ö—bòÐ*ûJÇ–›½úÓ5ëYÒìùÚu£Ý)ÁXXEƒ’E GÌ.*²a”Œ±Ó-deM!Ü*AãáUÂðtà£læÇOÆÏS)Éòä‹­3`HŽ.ïòVët0^Z€ŒeÈ" G­'ŒC˜¯„ù EŒD\Šlc`!¦F0” d.Z †ÊG¬BÇ@OJ‰WÓÁƒUIÈÖ˜Lüþ"»¯eº­ÌÅU¥Bl™”¸ƒE• $—ìE%Z ‰_k”P~°ï,fDðc6©ø‘Hu~³~ìüÜêJI+%‰ÁÐ ‡¼ˆþf ¥nKÃ|YðÓÛÊ©þ-¾e±þ¿eg±V·³þ/üŽhO°m^å"]{lŠÉH•Ä¨†ˆZ±ß&It7†‹nv.Ìg‰¡úÓzdCH¸ka(ȵ‰”À6-æJõÏÜØ%\j ¼ ¨¸ï é¥Ä‘‹O‘D—§ Ø&ƒ›÷;ø"ãÕ½sS†ìt€h)„…£–xå‚ ^0Fmë "®ë »¡™Õ*±T ‹E3;]3e'aèiK»ùâo…;TÌ’”’.¶¢ë6#­ÄÊܨ{AËW,«]z03Û5_ŽÑ6Y`‚V~¾oÊKže"bXþaŽ1bÑúIè"–°XÜ!›;@]´¶†’W!`L§bq/í©þ[X­•±\í²V÷Öÿœ ™ÙþJÐRìw›Z}èV¾º„‹.%/ —ZEÏÑä *ºG0ü #_‡âÓI±Æg•»UÃLï)¥§'¤Qî"’Þj¡ˆå`ïè%PŒ”6×n»¡D&Âew¨`Xú¬½»À”6Á2á¸ç%á™Ìz"ÐÉ¿!žïvI¡,CEؽÇiÈ­ŒH¸âÎ"¢!×_ i$ C´0Ñr¤—@˜¢ì.p‰TX¬Êƒîäg÷($'Ö‰2¹&¢Å¯ƒaœ=LPÍ÷þûïˇ¹U±à¹{…dq,(¤@®7ŸÔ–÷²C’×çK˜²5E®|ØvV8-ñ%l•BVÝÑä€!6ûb7åEýÞßlj(Vm‡]’0–D$q¼û¯²—'xKéÒyó’†è¨öåÆ ÌÒVu³…nåß}÷ÊYr+1?ß¾}ç]¹Åa'tø’iJ—¡Xâ"Ÿ`Ñ $gÙšZ2ú믿Î~¹x÷ÞÓÙÁt\(Váåìîé-!‹(Q‰nÊ—°TqŒÝøèã?æH÷y"0Q ¾`m“£Z9JÄÄê©ÿ¤ª*‘cu"„¢ª—ªÿçå±~rl¨¼¥Þª,òntÞ¶D86¦pÙî 2› ¦ ¬®Vö-ì$ßåc•‘£.‘K—4w}<µ<’¸7Ák}­™£úÒ°-îyƒ@1åñÓù.6‹› ƒ—Õ¶i) o´ª­9Š Cw½1¶kKè²µ†¼<­’vmÕ’Ð{”'`_{:|’%‡øaʧrÑ!"¥» ²¢ìÜ¬Ú ‹Hæt·3‡Ë‚…£"w›“ò²¢·lCÆÂÙNv›b1w0ä*ã~„ÙªÛ‡$ýþ5Sç%"£4ú%6»àŽb5…Žßˆ´[ £© ¤ínÅWÜöU©ÙÁè‰(xÀ}õ^T U9Xâ{êÿªª8µ÷%éÿ9A§%9§èüêÇŸîðÈn\ ¤s¥h#¾ðôÒjí[O˜ê«:Àθ0’é•uÑâàX·qÔ땉 ~`îtB×Xò¯ûÙ)D›”Ž BcŒ¶PJ-% #~x—‹±á³£(ŒÝŲµ"Z"¢°¸z)ð|­–§(.«Â²“`‚ªª\ /7,AÁ<þ|òÉ'„d_y­–Fl¨ª-„òÁSVÈ·dQ ^n…JÝömÜN¹³©ípd¬2/ŸÏA8²³ÁÒ1Ó­@òeAXñé Li[ÂÓ4¶Sÿÿ¥ú>ìtJït•[é;GN¯î`‹ÓÝ. È|)µÑ‘ìhÙõAQxåÎB ´£stÒRâBwÞÀÊ1/£ByC× ZŽx­/•õRœ‹U$R%Ýh* q…Ã×pøÙ{@`ï‡%0üìâzÅFÅ’ŽM$ñ#¡°l²’^²sd7ʼ4v>ñd¬‚rŒÍ'¤@܉©U)¡2-\Ñâ·ß~ÀF*‡µYe1’˜…^ćWF"\Kö"1R¸¢‹èéØ;tÇ„áïþîï>úè#ÏÝ|•Hhq‰Õ2‡± Ó„€PŠxÑ"7#›Õ·ÂÅUHYÙ¯dðDXzFâwNã¾`9õõq@ªqyú¾`©]¶3ëfä€åç¤5z£Ú×SoÚõ »bo‰W»e s¢ž`d#r¤˜Z2Bz©T,zxöÈCSÜ5¤MϬ[¤†bÖÊ…«q¸÷£¶vs‘O.FùäbÌÅÖŠk]%)7xqÅZ¶®¹[ÙÅ˹÷‰…œD)bÈ "hyšäF±ä,x$À‹”B–ô¼À€y…\1çæÈbIÙEg‘©ÒK[¹Xûó—s IqÛBcé±s!%i / Æ¢Ø2EÂÙ¬Qh0Ÿ“ªUùàDÃëË/¿¤lÆE?O|ž‘…dKèb <#B#ÝïSk§¢ˆÈ(:ÑKHʶ½0Ît½Àœú_U[eÔ°úTRÅgq”ND•,½ÆþŸ<ª£¥8iùIN®F®'$JRX$ @®i˜&›—¨´àÈNÙ¾¦D£3"w9ñ Ì”Ð1»ä4\HFä’g÷b.±º;‰ÜèÆ‘‘{F!è1·…F^”–•Câ+mÌŒ½’ø¬ÊÖÒdõèðƒX ÄÈ¥ c—£$|9ÉK0¦–¶nZªa,Ó’Q5Z­h0¨z ßÞ!åã1GJe¨ævÄ ¡Ï(;ÕIk–¥X%€SÑÝɧ­AòꩊŇëô[Ä’G àT_þ2V"œdçæ'ôS.%)œackËÆ7Þšß÷-b'"¨U ÀòÁ@Osÿ$ûÔÿ¿žþ?÷B?PsxR«GëÔ)ŒÎØ”ì&nɪ“®ó`Z¥$–øê¢0g_ÇÃv㡉ÖFVyáç¨Å¹ "ì,¦]`RâåCw<»UlíÂʼnȖ/pü"á0`f À bJá•À¤»¶ÌÝjuè./WÛŒ%Â"èN _0#ÁÀ.#/)QÂg‰Í¨ž6[Vðô4%–À°‰‹ŠtCT pä0~tk †„ð–O±,!a¡$†ñø Ì † q‰(¹çË—Eèâr¶ Óî)Æ~HêÉë¢d·$ÅEsQVÌÃ=”ΈV?ôä˜]‘1H•XÅl*œÄü[ÅSÿ+‘ÊTd£©Q=S.UÿÏ¿%ô"ì*’qÍ$Q-"W#‹ÞÝ S«9l:ûFçÅ…ÔŒO$ Œ"¥¢ìbÅïy^3E&<™këø™‘G›ÚºSV|ÝÅðÐù"©GÝM`t§èÂá/IJƒe‹ÐLÅ¥). <…p] $ åÃ÷ߣSx¾’ñ€&É`2éYƒ»GÙØzâ€d)“ŠÉRJ[EBä`)ŠX‚‚ÙW0£§ IÚµ‘]\ø‚á§[*4†Œö €–¤´¤ª„qíïÕË*Ï×N£5-:ƒla(¦H: ȈÓiJ˜ÈS­P¹‘xCVü¹Ë[åk*“òG(ÃƺÃ22ÊDtJù Gˆå†uê5T™Šl¬æª¤†ôKÒÿgÿý?ý;©t~N”"uÝ`ÎXCeÜÅ W(ÙŽúÀ»8öÄ'"~÷A‹€¯‘Îîò3íO¨¹{ƒ'ö‚Ö»ÆÐô_:0L„1ÃH©‘½Mu ÇNb*ÑÔop-´‹_ÐÎ…ØØ] Xt;}ïÎü¾Y".£Ò±ŽÀŒò䎭 ¿? fà ­݈’ôÅH ~Jø›>ŒV·øè]òÿüÏÿì'ÿðÿ ø>ø@ _×’°©ƒ)qEˆEž«ðFÙJeô²$®òšRŒÂá—Ûæî°Nýï¤T#QíDµ‰Š]ªþŸ×Gèø·ääjÚ,1²´“t·'­_)V¹kP­Ó…ÄΗaÌ•Cœ7y„¼ènUºÐ*_lº“^¸Ò°DA@áÕRv£%.> ¦¥ZVªŸÂW>’gÑÓÁÚ×&ÄV7C’ ª-—9 ±Äˆ-1u•ȇ ª>0좋n•;;ãbšœ­±T÷H´ZžˆLD´DÇ`sG`‚˜Ù•¥@`eȱ Ý‘éÄáB¦¬•™FnêæÄžˆ›ãØ—ðb„GÕ¾¼°™Â»õ˜I÷¸ê ÝSÅ}H['ÀÝïlC»PR7#Ž,`ñ Ê¢ÈrÛéQJ ,|id·$C¹Yb©[L[b„§“ôSÿWSº_¾ÿçòpBD(Åñì3kIO¬S;ûéÁüT‘\ì`­† ˜~"ZDz®¥£ÚŸ±¬5««Þ¶KbɪÄÊÇñoÍöÒö²D‡šÒLDÄÆb¤ tµ°H›W°ø›ÂT¥Á ¬‘4…Q ¾ô®4÷)^¹¸ŲJLª„…0厊޾è$ð¶¤0N¡×[›.T¾’7Zó{>-I3$Ëæß;Š_VýÑSÊãÞ´åiŠÖ× ¶L¸ãK‹=v¯ ,Eö¨uÿÇ{ZE2ìÞ‹q!ª¤ n¨<õlåÜa”NÚظœÝhj/ñåßNQ™¢6–R ’\<5äÀ•Ž†Ù9Ë>¯SÿWÅWÆÎñb%+]­Nÿ‹÷ÿ|°í0:°ZÖ!‰$¡ì–v¹ö’Ô@c\ï•œ±×C^:L?Ù ±1zÙ–Œ¶jD¨;¯]Ÿ'KE»óEÒ¸ˆçâ¼qkÞ{2bH¡i°dÌ^±Ål²L¼b¯˜Óèks3ÐUœ#ÅfàUƒÂ‘nì:‰Ê+0‹ô]®4ST"›J Ë)hÌbä‚’%fF‚ªÑj…2¥÷ì–/Ëv¿õæáƒ6qÙeÅKqäƒß´@òö›óùôv Z-Ÿj;Ò<7^ýZ˜`VkS€JäæåNdt·ò¦¯O¬r¬ Û Ë÷àݪL}&ÃÞ!*KR5µ—êlµÂZžþ9âEDZ€¶Ðt׎_ýàI[à(ÖÞNÒú¿RÔitµú%ûž2:¤y8EmT«Y*3§Õñkµ0N”€uüÚ‘¥cæÈN8æ»[!N0’‘cFJ/¿ ‘ÅH¢Ú£Õ–ô+¯ÒᎥˆÑ²´]ÐÛK^.zî¼`è]áM­’\z¢S.K,ìîDnÙÕI7¦)ÓzÚ’‹;E^˜)å³v9Ï>QÙT–?M«|1Àc&FBa‰Í5LÉ" ît™H’^«µG#/· üVÛ&cvSš6¢dÖ?&ç˜q'€ÇDznF|ËSó|ôO®Þï%å"ÀÞê"w+r‘žrÈ”"PT–äIÄ]ž§­öŽIvÂ0ô,VaZªz2IaÜá`6€Ì©ÿ•E5^WÿÏÃs'áDµ‚êä›vÒôé’›óD Ýó ‰$ª.Hv`Žm/%Ùl:ƒ c­É…Žœ‘\ -¶ÒH7[mtã)ù,|!ñð"ðÀ;¨)€ðªËm'<ÅÈ’`CËH º3ãNŠ"yH íjt%»SP,¹ù WÝ`è¶c©„­Š2Ž"'[ºé6ÒÙ­–B ‘ŒçñáB’a/qÑfÝ7é;¶ †ðéãùÇí`ô½;„¼Ê–>)¼i™XðÇ.JKATÛ­ÊÓ¡!#HeTIˆ~ö ìcxù[&¨ tT¶ îJ1eÜ0–’ Hgß{ÙÉ×BÜ9î1……L>§þ?^¡‹¯¤NGUÿÚýx3è$ˆ#q»é,{ä–Ç:©ÊÏi²À{mÔ[ðÅÅYCh;ŠÕ:ÒO l†‘Bðè«Z$#ÝåÖû²…«çb®(2¬‰¹ƒÍß:J²“î›åo±Jd’QPÂRVŒ ‹,u‘Ø;/ ‰dld¥Û¹Î`ÙaöBCû‘ÈkèÚ1äxxuCìzÓdï¿{§¶Æ#J¾>áÈÂ…Pš–˜¸Ñ²^^ᢘZ%¶il ùv1p—…W.|bI8vù¹M¹\ÜT$0ÕÍÖ°5³:ÉóA‹€Ð¹˜–ñ"Y¸ƒÍ–Ö²dçR2¹XJ,•¿¥‹àÜ+ …qÇ¥'º%iPrdl_*Žo‡²€¶I‡ÇìèUÉ­j>˜¿ßÝÊ×A¤$¡B7–Ày!±ÊÂÓSíÎ_\«ø·—p­–Nl,’!2<õÛ‡xÙún1rr´ÚÅÁk,g¯ô7;£×g©‡ìÁéú`Ó¹Ò³)gÌ `îúÞÎQy@±¤9 T¯¸Í±Ã ÄO¨¡ð㤈BŒ‘ÅǸkk£Ç ãé½0 *áØK‰;Û‘’ü)RBEÞû:c«,"ڗIJ‘c+‡m§´ö]<à +opl);Œýr‘¶^!è–•V‘m•‘,íJÁ‚n$0|­ò%,vQh:°÷bVQuk¶Ê¥š[5µÚ¢â,yiX…±J3'Øúå0žŒrRòî5¯ì©:`œ~ IÙ´xd(¼}±û7C¦ÀÜàü$±Ší}±£•IJÕsÂcIÒf‘cHŸÖU3s×ôÔÿ¿ŠþŸ_‘ìØt³sx[8~ºS$›®_éú€âŒu’¥ž­X¸tŸ‚&.â3«D/ZJ6­_»4yðhÞj±p1¥è0<¥‘#‹Õ|ý1 KnŒV3êx ”*_öZ†ᥡ›)Ò`!ú¾,¨ )j‚°TaJ~Á:ËÅ©@â£Zš‡—¦Fà$_:¡À€žÐãÇÃbdq¿–9°}Ù cõñ´‹j»S÷ ™–ÒfS,÷úŒB„Òcq Õ-£˜£®ÜHÿgŸsy97ýÐO]$£–à)Òãë6ßÒd{>7GÂbiVéîn*ÿ駟B:SŽxŒÝžK’#ü,}ºÏ‹E> eU†–ˆ)Á€Vn,u§þWòkéÿù²²ãÔ¦»³×·°îµµƒ·+ú“gÓ¬úCpñ\iµ'y¾Ú£1ÝCøšrÔ(FÂH_‹£lÚðzKb–º¸çÂh ƒXnLÚN8—£æÎKb)h¹sÃ!N‚Œ ½kÃMÊ@̼ötùm£¥ô–ŒŪhr 0^tçe %ÀNCYDbä&=»Æo À§°“bÁÛ¡‘\ŒbãmÊîØÅåKWÒ>ÄPK­–ÉæiúãýW_4U.$K‰ªº)ô"ák7ç-Ù)¥°XWkÑý#YRB…Ïìa‰d IiËÙ«xÏz­Â³`ƒ VtKBp·/rêÿ_WÿŸ{¯-êW-¡Eœ¢ ƒÐë'­ót~ ¥¬ºUyŒ„ñËÑλwpÖ"Ä•M×Fõwl¨°“iœuUÔgá[2ê­riÕ”1þ;·ßa·9ˆîjÑÇE4r§Uv %p1.{Õ°DèmœK".áÐh!LvbŠÁªQ’.-Ñ# –;#Á`j À0;sº+»ï]#7ÆÉ%‰ŠÑGS<Ī»•dx!™Z»hÕÌEÜY(â*]˜æeZP„„%Œf@+O¯|ž¼º9°òÁO*z B¾ìÃ\Üò‰Ì”ÀX-O ¸ÏܳÜYˆU$àN¿imèh½âZÕ-¡ü ½ÞãÏ©ÿv׶ ›îãp:­ZÚ•WÛ¿TÿÞ°`,¤Cr©˜:Z§ÕÁ…//¡Ž0ݹÊISêÍJ¤EàÝ>ÈÞgÀ”¼<°Š¿H Ö>¹È‡‘Å*_²«Ó”»žÖ…"²˜‚ñòªkD’WüF¾ði Œ‘…ïŽe/ÑÚ#S«U)w#ãEa‘ Rð¼`,Ñs,î¦ =ZJ’ï6J•ãªâ”qïÑ„4â'm°²(T.V³—XùXµßìý¥e´¨Dtqî¦ðØh f§8z¯Š¶£çe Å ›»‰—F$?ÜýnqLé(ò¤T“íBØà)©§•$EÄ'#hWKFwFá°ñ5â7¶Ê‰U„’©W >õ¿ÅT Å¿lý?/ ¤Ó6_÷E‡GÑìô:Ì耯žÏß¡°“Ñ×­»Ð4¦m’c/’0/ž I­FCÅ«ë„ÎÞ¨uâ,(; ݈!w#á«ç¢°ªÄÈÀÒÃsgÀžd7rg'‘ð¥Ãàg1®Å±PL¹Ë*}‚…·« ¹:´Ä‹”;Ç,Ƽ‚±äÒæ[ ”*ÅÖšî­Y‚ô¨‹ÄG²cù³fd' „‘€UcÆAÇm _" Lør‚ج~ð]&‚›ºwø(Ê˘ӇäkêF ¼º‚ X„¢ì[r‘U?H±d§HŠUtÆ2“L0.F-¢“î¯/"Z…tuÁ4­%Àî®)[ÕmtiÀüNn]h) `(Ðæ§pÛJHÓŒ³µõ¨5œÇ@öh§@ÁÜ4æRÝ!lÙ˜BÊÿEûÅii@RÔÍ^ìT&%ÌNL­šî¸‘³xk`ÊÑ¥n„a÷oýÍTÒ¹t¿cÏqH×;VàÄÏR„­)˜LÈð«áËÓh ìúÁ[9÷ŽL'èwOîH¤ïÖ,4*ù wöäïÿþïU»Ÿäx¼âîÆçƒQ0¾QLK•[[Õî>ÂØiâ§g |%à IŠbõ0=õ¿ú(—R¨•R_ÂþŸO4åç\Ò•¥Ãs¢ò–t-ÒYÂ8]ÿÃ’ÿk§®oÚ›ö†ÔO¾n3¥˜¦ÀhÇFwZ¥¿x9#Á°½è²ªkMÉ|½xvy`@h”^ºÜJÏŽdˆ¤ˆ…0‚Åf;J!D½K‡wùQ` gzùc@Ø®K )#$$]´ÔÀÀé0W 6Šé‚LµCf) –`»†ì¨\ÛðDþyµ¯?ý8¿RŠ Õˆ…D[ÚE÷>cÞI!Èãi‰QyŒò§%ðØ/€¥"âdánêž¼˜“%ÑBv¬® Fü¾ŠÅÅLo$y±£¢@J¾ÜÀ€•TµmÇ} /@Ä*I0ÓÆb‰[ëJ›0òBhìÈàOýiûÿìüçß9NÏÒÎIC8x§5Y¡ÓµZÐY¼ºI¹˜u§–)/SŽº$Û‚ª^÷®Á /°>Û?§‹[ïj^šO8„›~"x´&¡· Fï†Bù™ô¤ +µ~¯¨0¢p—’ ÒÑÚ zW›ÑXb`m¦%„ŒB°ˆnê¾FÍù»BØ `¶Èä°ú|.fÑ»©)ŒÜYìW¶Œå?û6÷ù •6 ¬ ök©4ËÝo¿šH¾„á»±Šµ¼‡­|¢þ™ÄɈÄN倜ñ‹/¾Q†Ÿþ¹T•§G-0AÁÐéYfëî,`[S@OUÿýï}Œ…'Gx…”ž±i‡%ŠZ¥Í;Œ)†g'`Ù«ž#º_„ IDATa—'ªSÿ«Ò¥íÿùkqÎX;ÅOºu…±¶¤M;cønk_0«Û1/­ cØé#˜UväB ¡3’Œì9¶d«ÅwJ5®ÕUTÜ]Lÿé]x£Ðëz™S¬º$ZSûb‘F0ö¼Ú”3#@õÁÁƒ?ä)¶$/«ŒÀ¤U;µ„GNò1uÁC!’ì"d±‘I Þc(_œ¦ ]>È3ìXvhÝÀ" |°ÿ×ÈW,0c¸Û#¼ %oïQAâŸã<¾Å6åej§:­z2– G„~cŸB«v ¡¥xj Øq¸0Ñá±5¥ÈJn–Ê;@DáL•· áXNý¯>êÐ1)»Z©$EÁ;/:éèÁL!Õ_IM1üµûÚ‘wØžæë’.›ÒrêDö6ï%‘KWšmH×éàˆŠÝÔÈQ/ꊽ‰È×Xv´FF·B¾uX=ºù)–øræ"(;aIiT;¯ÕòtÂԠE§shã8‰)Á\&ÀD,x!ƒ± U€VBÿtI¸¤Üpò¢Ã#i áXQIFrCÂ!/ÅÏÙ¾¢B‚͈ÙÔH‚eÄ“£¥tîk£ó5;# Fèýl´*g#×êÞ² ® ,ìVÃA„sèÖ}aÌ ƒfÝ–I?dÄ`IV( €š.žQ¡Œ¢­&Œ£@0Dv’Â‘Ú XÑÅ"ø;JHÉËþÔÿê£bu£š¨Ïö/Ðÿ£×ö¢:Ñî—n1r´I6V“²d×|%ÍI½ØdÏE+Ó!û‹ÖÁÆ…‘Ô¾š)9ßÚ‹/$L=nJá’°ï<ÙÓC‚÷ZŠŠ²?ìÐpÞÅX•6±Ô.(¤ý¢"v!ygCp–‰èE) ýÆ•¹“’V« F›Ê3£±K®¢­˜‡{±p΂”R .ÿOÂNÊmE>3~Š±z¢ÂÔ¾€9Ò 2ågc; ,U _#÷©Úb.Û}vmª„ÕGPW»RûdŠ ñ68 ü¦$S%íhJáKlVÐÆV9ŠÂK”H¬®¤æîÉQ¸,hÛ&Ùò:õ¿B©†*U1%U–ºâ²õÿª Fºš¦KNŠqíX§ë 7 `ÍÄÈÝ>-QxÕ»FK¦$€^ vñ2°ºÉÙ8ê'.…0­¿)ÂåË«jû’ì0?#—*w›ró•3Z$`ÚTZ-Š@ÒƒÀ¥Ø(í%;½ Cd.„»Uù«ä÷šêÈBgk`¨Êœn‰>¡¯ÎWpQu!q$rŽ¼šÃÜ*ŽSˆÀÌ!Ms¤0NŠ+¢)W8ŠÕ2ßxÆ`?Áª *^t¬˜–(F:ž–ªª"àËÆjjŒÎÅ—!Œ–Ê$fKH~ Gb 30/–¦ñL×g¦—"·Žaàã<õ¿ZýZú®+‡íPkD]BX´HmÔ¹²ØU.õ“©}Ö4®}ÀR'ñBh³¶Ð.V‘1ÇÉNᲧ\4=K§ˆ\ÀL)1ú–=…¤GKT,ù´;v„nUò/1÷/É3 j¤—Lyâ7¥WŠŒ¨²ÇC!b%émD#¼¸ùZ‚‘0šZ}qen(Ü]·V•Ñ”]JâÒ±•XäE‡oûxªg«!ã·”˜J Ð¶IøvS,q7šnæø÷¨+0„‡áƒ„ùzµSÌô ÂJg;r 'Üû¤Üç§yñumV™Ð4Íbä‹M&E§ ¼¥îmy j ‰-NŠ )Œ*P†È§ûOý¿®SÅQ"ÅQÀ”Šÿzû®UhÙ8Ų¤86–Ž\ÒÄñ®ª›q–ž»%S^µEkR´µëfdÔ¹sl#H>‘ˆŒ/Å4±J&›£/{Ó=Ö‚]c*Ž¸…á7ewƒ¨×MÅEhÊ^ –¨(,F#î§+;b¿FÔG3Fœ;=øŽ<‹(„ äóÃÃBüŒ|•HÅð“½#Ñm›BªK0ç2«ié¢0Ñm_8zœJ†… ¦>;âEewHlð”BI{DbÁ†ÄÞÁÚŒ·c‚Â3²ÈÌ­ÊÈeçÓAp#°4LËp§„œlãò˜ZH @õ×RK%o<õÿ¯«ÿçÅVëhwyO ¬W0ƾ¸ì°Ù‰¶ë°u§Õ‘Œ,yyµtõP£KH}ã2Öy^B9tAÖ¦aĺ(`V¥dÄÆEW°Sˆ d;"1 Ó)•›Ž”€ Jɯ+A‹„{wävA§tIwà‰póÇŒ3BüHrQ"h«%i Å*£U# ß‘«Œ);E†eâ®Ç+i§qNJWçÆmiJ¼ŠÜRû¢áÄbi ˆ’–sFµE’NÀVÄu”(ŽíP„ÐÒÖ*ÜÙ…¶¤’òWpápJÆ K8±¤¤OVŽóÀÅ…Œ1å¢8F';¡”†±) 3…Ç/Ÿ.ZÅD…V iX…QîúÊX§þÿõÿÙûÿV·9`‡W×:HÍä£PM¦#³S`¯9Ø5£)G:_â5Ó’~Õ…øºG€YÊWßà©Ÿ¬²sŽŪ ‹Áª[•Ç4W€†‹ Œ‹U":S²£ø¡Xú’ÑŃÁeóñÇË 9‚DèîP~eÕnë–ÊS”.±p aêÇðŸ}öNäP0­ï{X`0E1²´m™.«v}óú|šÓÝLr¶´oÐÛk¶ê/ÍÜŸ?{Å]ñ _‚Ä”Pöô‰œ‘8H¾È9˜R¬²#LM˜Äb“@v^MÝk1û¹Š‚”ÞJa²âh•cÛì©ÊTÙ9š ÇžE6ÎÎ’‹‘ÑÅu…ŠœÂ]& ÇîG`tÂŽªXz€(…ý*/¾ÒcDH‹/À©ÿ«¡êQ”¥šWgÓ×Õÿsû NK*ÆNÎÇìPë¤`VMKÚa7•½¶s™uµè*?¢®M}¥ ^©-ê0ŽµZl¢P¤U&½«ËBR’d1¥é N¾FSŠWZ̦]®%éÕñ¼jÖÀR••ý²s¤³ï@Rb72N~Ká/·îVŒí‹Ý_ý9ftx.àˆa§Ýf-•ž VUöSŠØÔ¬ˆFi`&*fd=°”ì׿å´q°J 8äÆ´|;Ža\Í$GB±Ç =¤Ñ©ûE¥Ó¢Û’JÀ•«)$SîV£åŸ²8|&hŠ–q§q1œÌsÇ€&Ɇ™‚‘‘°¸ü쎑/¯x⌖’~17Žð,–悹rx§³aE¹È³‘ôªÐ1ÁõÉeÒ:–W)ùV¥êµ;«åIÈ‹Em'“uj阋,®–n:– °Ë&ŽVÝÊM ]ñ"‚ãé¡R8SéíX…32…α-”³X¡ÙEëÞU«Œ,wm`µ{wT" á¼·Ì~êQ:5!ôªJg$,¯¥ÿ_õº„ˆ£*›•ç´lMæàéZÄ]) K-%u¦iõ„·„–€ ûÚàì<~`«xbˆ§UH÷8£ö ³î· oJ(¦·„‡Ð ¥lÝ¡êcxŽFK»G—Ó\.­–ŒŒ\Q§,ârgl©+œn‰#÷-¹˜î% $,]í·ßz³B¹ö0XÅÏ"ùØò¢ Dg/«ì¼Ø­æËޮ߸59Yí’àHÂW=H¡»wô˜c¾Êƒ–XÊË…¶œ! ro©š€SÈ6ˆPÁ%ã¹Ï­‚¶äas¡ "–XÙ¹s €`‹¡ S€I–Àa"›€ˆ…–†˜ò…!t'uêÿj¢Dã/ÜÿçîŽÄ!ØÁ8TytNŽ¥óƒÑì%;…QÞÆ:¯¥NÚ Þý 0îØ„p…` ¦ìdúååK7;¯½„WlHLñoò”ð¶=}HmÕa.‰r¼ aŒBËJ/f”›Rt}B–0¥|à)Œ½#$¹Ë‡×NægŠ%¶I"G ÅÚT’¦ð™JŒ#Ýè#˜bȈ‡Rž–(ÜyE˜’£(Îc0{±‹Vy98/–M¹È„ÀKÆ¿ïص$J ˜G»ò", )9P¾D2VMÛ,Z02!'{±(ĪvÍ.í˜Âfq rѼúnmÂã 4Œ4LùÛݪ±-ÃÈ8æ¢0¢2žú_­Ô¿âüùhI•¶]Ñ’}G@ð¨³)|GPý+øái|Ÿ45ÂuZÆ”ÍbÊÌùé#¼`ìzѱº(23æBŸ+'–Œ¦ìØD̷Ϋ94½n°àRÚ^ée‰Q,£TùÊ[odL /cO¯ö,¶`ÞÒ¦(mayÏíCJð‘Ò°‹kW_=d!!?s fdçNqm÷Vœ HU^¯̯Š¶$VYY•°Ï˜è¨.î—ÙciõDÎR2¥Mï>ÖÅÃQ&DŽÌÔȽ@Üí]DS3’’DwÂ)hÉ Ï½ƒžB(¦B§Û&¼q3‹?Øj®Ã?îcÉnÊ¥”¸Ø9õ5QÛŠì\~Éþ¿öáíù§0û,’“v=×yûD¥Fü>¦3ß]ôs_ïô}åG½úx¥»óî{ZX\a.¿‹ÏC‹ ‹åÚùõ+gW]jó só¦·> à[RW¯ß~çZ߀–Œ¾QÍ- ]âÂp¯¡H £ ]«µcù˶eŸT׃Lm§ÏÈ”øù ž ýÔ_:»ú–¯5úI‚[ƒO‚<3éø+g“„o?ŒWj\œ¦Rb)ÕÑí¿Ë¸,9XâkÄÌ.€rcÁOgôMtW˜¢9{ÛìN7Kk#¥½³m•‘e_½ŒA7}:‘aAîvã‚gÄIdÒw£J › Á;€©$á3¶º\çÖÏØ@W^L xŒ+æáBJR‰ÜûL"`tüTM‘óžRÁŠØ¾l ƘoŽ\(ø)È ^òŒ-[2òUdÿ–36±¢j㥺y(R:õ¿ºUäj¥t)»Rÿµûî5u§xû,´ç#Ó†ÐaJÎ’Dõ+¥þpêxÝÙ³YØ!ë§n•ÎN'V£2úl 2±¹ ó'¦¹x.0-U£U.Q·Â½iÊÎd[”AD{” ½ Æn´Ôh©ÌÅŠ\tJ´\(.$= ´ YÁ‹µ‹Æ…±ýÒ ._0`õ¤X3†?@W>ìÄ•/ ɽjàq_0ò’’äV¹cf³¼"@¶q`.X(=ÑXæ+C`îM¢-JlåHX¢“˜±<²ŒÂÉ­í“ÊÎŪpð|¸³TR /àhw–l¡S À쬥l©¸FHüÆ6bL€Oý¯Pª±‹³ë–ÝèÔ~áþ?ük;@¡£2jÓr5¦°°ëŒyé2–·% _€v¢ÃìDWéûÝ10üDC@ÂŽ¸èTK0- „„ÎŽ áRD À}±^`õ¥)˜¥‹v^O _.r°ê¹Fžé¹äE·ZnÀ¦Äß®"«¦Œ“'äÄz6?ô9,ù({[S´–*)ž«WæAI,ðÀØ(j;lKâQgKöĔѺ|øŠ ¤·oðÒÃ#1²|çéÀ™YäÆ;A«2á[ÐÉóøV—¯FüE§Ç™nË€÷’œ?=ÜRc`‘vH`È,F̨l¶|,á¦çÅ9*b‰—%ld#9¢f§çËEDÿ–“ÂH`Œ˜Mã4¦°°s9õÿkìÿ9-G눣5:Í*§x­^ ØÍ7ÿÊŸ—Ó­±¸¸ìõ 0#±Jwº±Ye´ÊŒŸ;‹UK”}•C7×’+°+&áòç­É¿\$ÌȱlÅ*"£ˆônX¦–Œ`FTF^HX,%ìJL³ã³YUȶ;°U$¶Q ¹[âå‚‘€„%Là!¬RvÐâBŠHJ,È®1`€ŒÎÅ4Ë O€Ùek#ýã.}¶%Y‰bjS^-¼T@†·Ä]nÕ¡}íTKØZ…5í@èh-U%lô¼$Lè3~Yu Á2Ê';†,b( $‘𢘒0)Bà‡·/&Ž±è0…FRVZ‚_©úz¦b¾–þŸoº;¹ZÐÙtf»?$§-öaƒ™‚éW:XKEöÕÒÞ¤«ÅËÙMOºT8bÐV]̆ULHø²ˆŽYzDž¦ÀÜ!McØé¨]` –\`ŒõÇ:ÒxuEåȅ˜¾Ë/+£LÝŒ<~úé§`$~€à_ÞXš<Ïæ_ùP$`k¢ptAÚÚ¾‹Ù¯‡Ußõí©ªÁ?60û¢È³TåÃÅX=œW·®ö|QI•KFAÙ±ÉGD4²l¥P¶*ðtýeï©×º} Qz¿ùÍo0K¯ÝåüλóGŒ€1¨†Ò–¼VÙéÒ°Š¡£°[åH¤A0CŠELÃP¸”ƒ}1ŽìÀF™WIoEÈgšê/ÈIQ0ðÂFr·têGóûz±suœ¤Î0úx¦N®Óbq¨Ä¼4êo##€³4šÚ °C ì¼)µ©öZô‡7Jšl7(̶`§ReŽâÒ‚§X‹r¿q»vø˜‹§£%˜O>ù„¯© r”¡Ä*»)ª \öÒSmÈVËÓ.LÁ8*©„ÑÊÐÈžPˆá€WipáËË’4Lã¡°àfŸ2­:o¤,!É…EiÃ<))î;”\(’„ç%É&¹ÕŸùÂKÒÒÊýp{âå÷…ñ"H—Êrê¥PËÖÿ‡7YE¯;ÑÚÂèàmMcÔ7nîS~AÝnôZ¡¶p!aÉ¥652=aä« 9êÂbšÝøî»wê›ð] 컥j>Ž,úÕ ÔUÄ(7/øBÐÅD2,µµ(vd #Ù)±•Î䓽$•…®8¹Ó)C›‘†q Ù±Àà1K’.+HyÊüÍ[óî†NaÒá]N;aºÝqïOÏ À]\l¬„c,U^¯ðÇ‚VÅDk#¼è‚¦àdoÌ'‹Ñ¦ºÁlB[¦Ø)‚P[}ôä°MS)ƒÇŒÇŽè‰U® %¶ÂNª$ŒÜvãÑ/ž)fî\rŸ{ÓzYõl¥Œ–-6˜Sÿ;&Òɪ¤²¨Øeëÿï1Ð%ŽPr²¤KÔåáå%QgdÔat*›ÚÌVèžm’K­¦ù¬Ú¼ž`ÇY!(»­kô] $¤âÂnjD¨Ã0óë­íXªU™£ˆ:¾kƒ—@P\FoÙÐrABØ Gc›*¢@ÁÞÿÉ’©î#ìÆíµSÍ2y¯ë?L¾âò’aYY’¤—â†ÒRÕs¼€+¾ýòµä’K’‡@ëÝ.˜»•Ãúꫯò’§ru­Ú ¶\Tƒ{¾“’‘³@ª×…Ý~¹ðµJàåCd+mŽRèþýùUehåO8šò¢GÉÂŽMV¾Ö\&ËãðI¨< 0ŒŒ0«–‡Oý$€ #Ñ^ù0Zeá[2r»Ø}ô‘)Œ-”Œpxºés1µÍöÂ~êEpŽ—­ÿç‡&p–FgÙ¡:~ãt­¤ë$ /ÏæeœÝ1M“ÝV wld¼Ž÷ÁºÙlÔÓEã‚ÇÛ´$—tùl…£¦4j)éi2­IÁ O_À–1”…‘PÜÆDW8SŽìÈéےξwJ!ìŠ#$c 6 }Úc!8R,ÅÃ. !දÀ$BJÛ±» ÅΞpñàÀBÁ&{ìÑÃõ,–%Fµ²q K¹…OÇ) 5Ô–¸À{‹”£)rzáܶLÛN;‚©gäPž˜q"…pI1òåÂW,0AqÌîî¥ þþu/¾VùZR¥Ê‚¿Âº©)—%E(szw^‰ÁOýß±véÊ¢ø {<„×ÜÿsHÎØYÊ89)¿š[Û}#o`ôŸ5Áî›vÂâó`«Üéµ8NBG¥#‘$t›7ê6ä\ØõP‘‚y7†Kv ˜Ñ”X‚a‘§‹Mû"÷úY¹Ù gó±aĈŸ; 7)–Ý»êà}ÁâÄ IDATí@Š¶°såƒq¿èØR€0¦m^ΦxX¼®‡4BZEò‡lGvgIÎî>þÈ£)£Ì ˜ ›b#¦Va(•% #).¯ÀrpFtŠÕ+.xx$å#Š+\À}ºYžµJQJ@åyq?”}íÚ«QlµzÂP¤QD N ò‘[iS¸ä¸óƒqÜŸþ¹ŸÛ²ÿáàNØÉìyíÚ’ÜØÑ"‘¡ ^Ný_3¨É*Ûeïÿy5&µB½EwÆÎÕ‰;Ñ”v匧wý¶†ãcˆâB¸À˜&µ8îZŠÀ``g¤ãt¨o8²ýÊ]±×^Œ%å拟‘E·á×ߦå ß…Dq]q‰ €Ð d ÀÍbGò¡à/m¾\LýÞ± Œðö¶3°ãÏXLWÀ)#Xà*@‘c)){GÐK¡ì˜òi~”ŠŸ‹ä‰ÕB¨FüåÆ·„Õ“¯³ãE½>Qº ×´@í&‹TÜyµ5K¦„bõÁãCŸðRLF$\Œî#,Ý ä`w‚zKN)nH:¯ _´¼ÀL;[ Ì@T Æã€Îé“)oýª'€pŠ†™…ð*´1~Fщ%üì…³S¾„]!myÒ;õÿkíÿó~Ðîœ[=ÑÉu„NÈQi§£“üzS‡1Ö:¦Àtzùøµ,W‘U^ÈñpLð£]ݼ½²„ìOßßµÔT =¤í¸`Øa€)‰U9h,K0®O ‹}a#¦À‚”ã“Žõ«U<’Ä ÆWÄr†ñS!|ÁÂjÌ0ðt#pÌb¦3’t0b ›ÁÅ£Ðg~½ÊÊmyŒ a—ž}KšÊ¯ç»ÎB-Çߪ„ñЭš¶©R–!±ñÒH&ì\*£ºïÏÞ{tßwCå¾ ¾–Š«ÎÑVLF;%òG‚*f¾bÉÙŸ)k§ìeb‰—Õ„.~„”¾Ržû %±r—~_1‘˜UÉ´_îö¹ªGBîŠæ§¨²Téø¢åîË%øâ_8Â[Â,‡¥åÔÿ—§ÿÏýXºwòR¿j‡äð¼û¨ŸèŽÓ;oc‡se®”g—ÜùÕ³ë×´Å[7oœ]™oWr°äÔ}h§3®ž]¥<ºþ‰ï­ùgºÞj!ž+/ݼC«oü²«ÔTj¡±œ]õÊ|ëÍùÑ»3I †~ýнÓg»­‘7Æ-õ¢©7~’-[­®¹×¾¦Yßyû­»wïòÂl¿~uº+á½÷ß³ƒ\6Ü‘P C8Žû“¹ï°…ö§q|¸nô­¹1ùÛ½ou]…T%x#NîؔڔNeqpq®²]ú¯›µ%!< *£}q¾~—Èýö¾)ò‹çÞ*ËA9xŸì.î_¥ äîèýâ+O,V¯]Ÿ›ôÖoš}Lí« ?‘³Í¹["JTqf¿ëu¥ŸÃX²!*ÅœûóÕÜ¥­Þzcþ%ƒ¸~wE6ô«ëobãþÒ­M%Ï^ž]c”$þ9£Ç?]=Ÿoc=~úüÁ£éO±¤ª¶vúÝ7¾ÿî[‡xçöÛ^8íZÙ‰/Ž‰®¤â2žúß»j%ýµôÿáAWèNy;~géÚpüú,#‹3®ó4 ³»üèÓ^Kj&^,t=ª!La8Rp²“¹©,áÊ2¤KDÇ,“8¡$£ãwhäùέöÉäI£*%×a¯íh³·‹}QQDÈÑÝŠ—ˆÙ©—Q<#ÌÇFÇW`<âJƒ…;Nî.`.ëB>üÓ K%o Æ‘’…bÊ]”3¥ ?Úô¦ò̆»ŒI{ÌÆ”;_)1¢ ÌßÀÙ¥]Û>Òh*:zQ"Ϙo(—@b¶jÉgš¥‡„´” ;pœ”]R€ö 3Q^<ôðÙ•Id:ÀHçëèMÝôÝ —ã³>øÐíêü£ÓüÛ¿ý[ßz)U'®µÊÁ´rÐq"·j §þ¿¼ýß±9'g¦Kœ–sõhíàš'ìÝA\:Ãç¦5»Sç蘽Ž¹6(õ#A¥™,iˆú# #á.4¥ŽáÎÑRö®OS¾ñï(²b÷ÓIJŒw«±u³HÉR‚„€.+:¯ê„Ž‡ØiHw% @;-gS´a¬‘/ŽÐ‰U c,ÿ³…<±”ÂèrÜ¡ßÜÔ$@ ÍÈÞ¾(Àôî¼R À¬p;"Û/%SFHÂÒR–ò4zPeÙä¼`„ ;ß8[šJ­—´B´—}^Œ­òzþrHòJa,„ t^”Êè]¡÷ ~§ª/ä|ùå—¶ì_¸oZuùq÷0«±K5Nãªå¡3r<õ¿ãS¨ËØÿŽÇ‘k‘ÝÓurÞÞïKW‹Ô|F@½’Ò«z7,«öiU ÑOm]åŽÀ….Vá NÈ: ž±Ö1’òãÆ2Wú Èð½;“'LŽ¨ ‰ùZ"¹° —3] K.owá>p±¾ìµ²Ë›)°Ìñ`ëgRŒe;r£)‘mºX%¶ó/71Ã7˪èâ²ãÏ›‘ÅÀLÐÅŒW–Fx’ |Sv"^F"bÇÀ·Rdßq)áa+H–²Mñ” ¥48ª¶©42²7íD€Ûµ)°÷y>¸9ïgï‚'b/«ìvVå¹{÷çÆh Þ^J€FD´Äˆ“îÞd¨Nýï…ÿò÷ÿ¼%tüFç×S†¼¨ Ìq:EgOèõ.ɨ!è«sf0…Ñ”ZJóiî\ÆóøÁNاûŽï.9ú¼BôØâ—›©›ǯ2bcïc º~%,E‘ÎòÎã§*ÜñÔÙ¢f´Yâ´„^yÞçÊgx°!G<;yúÚÄÜž„¶Ç–Œ ;E1€Ž­ ± —%SŠUAÙ%eóKÂŽœ¿)e)sá°ÙEa7-«ñ?î"˜UKIÙ)`Ü‹kÉ´U£M9ÊEò$G#i_ÜùF’±ô€c`Ì]Œ%iÑ[BvÓŒÁp:;Åé¦óÍ7ßؾ¼ý†ß„3¿§Û+®œ«Þðu0 rµ2ƃÜhzêÿËßÿnĵ¡“ˆ“sœ¤©ƒwµT­Ìή;5Mî¦óqÒº[s1’ôD $ÝLé×ÔhÉï“ÖÁ%ÀB'ÝËLÚZ0¶2g”@.ÛÝj׿„…ã`ª§Ý£yå+ ­c‰Ò4QF$­6­JšÞ¦XJ›—(?¼)6«% fZY¬n_SUå “$#%Sl‘ási‰¥4LyA PSî6H.È”#/ù› gÉ—^°Ñ Ìó9/˜öÈbIª¦8ÙYÊ‘Åèb”CKVIuÛ €ò>~ùüêì{naÜ °Q‹ á]žûJ‡­i«›×Îýyø?þ¸¢Ùˆ´$/(’¨!=¢ÚaVûŸúÿ’öÿák¬ŽÊñ× õJ™Å¡îFsð0úÀªæsÀíµNüÀ`Ê+Zº~ÒìÀŒt ¤UFAÝ€º&u0Åjê­@íÕˆC¾`Ò˜)¡ðåHÀà)0¢K„b Ø*_ẄØ!Å‚±:Çœ)ÒŽ§o/Æ…ÇÀÛ‚')ö2ÁCÇ%0 íËè‚5Še•@ráf4e¤Ûoz.¦…°)zY5F΋ dሿOsñêe'0ª!™n+Rå˸ٸ`QØ­Âì¸ÂÉ'K¾–*&/üòdçÞ”{ÌO?=1ÛÇÐ*G"oä}ÿÞÏ"9ú”Ê!¾óÎÛ/Ÿ>óU,7úÒ“Œg+_kðÊdƒ‚b¶‘2lG0Ýù—Œi–Z`H$€Äê©ÿ«Û:“_¢ÿojCžóv%aÔΦ)€Û æ’sÀ]x¼‘Ôp|õ¼‰B×1"Áij´DAòƵy䶵\ - ˜4+62u| B¬®|½Ë«MíÌK †0"AÛ½&ö´åó,–:Ò«÷åø‘;˜‹X%Ù¾Øwt0¡qÚàæ<; Eîž+®i„Œ™ä"J$¦E„a)1:;ZKÂlô F{_”ð`–|ÎÚû,UÂÉÂ.C …ˆÅ‹`ÎÎR,ÇžEÂ0|ÁLÉΡs±5x•ÖŒ¬ݤÏA–"äˆÖÈRÑÔÖóÔ*ÔÍ÷~ü›¿ù›¯¿þº‡S¿tÈ=ËŽ2‡”a™›JIÎP1Rä@ØOý¿Ë{Ùúÿð˜ãì;3—Š“sö¶¸#ìtM­ÂxÉb÷#£W°u˜_V• "–4™^ì‚t#@ØÍBë¸0Lë}S Â<|<¿¶E\<ñ-(*SœÌëª/UIƒ+ÄÇúX Ò¨¿ñ—RWŽ¸\$€PwʬkŒ¿U8ù掂¨ë„ʼne"AK ò¶lÞ* wä2#Œ–TCh ÷êŸKµ’™p$ÀåP,œy‰ØÁá$¦•È¾`Ī˜ÉÖ‘›Ú¾Üñû%VÀ‘‹‹ýBÚ²T!MP–wßy‡ÂÊ%ÀBÁCèUR YeXø;/Iò"bYb$fï7ç3¾¢€ñÅ#Å÷Å_­»úi˜»w¿åûÛßþVÉêw¿ûÝ?ýÓ?)šíÈD¡å^H g½ú‹rêÿTå•Ž¨¡¨y]ýxÍwTR1Ê©Ñ͈’žQh¯NØÙ›ÚÑ ëQK$ÇšO'Ù<ÓÄ\àq²è$¦ôûç«›ôZP›j)„­Iô™bÈ„|ýÕ÷¨\ A—°t`ã·Ì(n­iµKÅØê\a+=H«.QÓö€R†8‘—†i—ñrÇ70c—t<ð ’-冄B0—0Ý®K¬(P„B _ðÙNK*,"»‘±‘R¶"‚É„»„Õ°ià| €ÊR¿QnÀnÇxˆ%áß®û—Hˆ(%@Ùipçh,m0{qÛ¢ "–€1óbìh*8»ú_»1GÃbû⪌¬èÒÀ¹û?|øãü ŽhÝììZž`¶Ã"aºUKUÞ”m,sã©ÿ•Úi^¶þõ㘬3s`ÎRƦØIë†Ý1VÀ­ÐUÄÅAØ°¾ŒS£0€Ôv`$‹Uí,œ }BáuC_/ð±EïÅ4(B]¨õOÇœ¢m/BP­­vç%:ÅjicN—t–¹¶ÖíO£s—x ÷ÄIʆ»©ôÊËt' `Š™¤T@Ó”Âñ¥$-É“ÅR.ÆIëÿþ'8˜ã¤´Y O¾V-•IäñÓ¬:ëž%/"»S(ŠU`q!‘›‚¥¸,ƒˆ®ŸyYb¬VÙ¹³ÈÍŽ„¢Œçë_žŸ=©jçE—€¬T^zŠÏÑÍK'Ü»÷íóyŒe):f¾b TÛàñœeƒŒ#\ ‘ÒÞæ©ÿd–ê©ÕëêÿÃ[dzŽìðà'?'Z–ŽPkê2£h.ìFÇi•¥Ã`LèŒt-¨o ¯¨ðó5Ösu¡¿Ìœ Œtpw·ò%@•ò[ŸˆNU/x?!ZÿÈæÕ§Nš’»@òÁL¸ Jš1ƒÕŽtÌÆ|Û‹$¹°Ë=—Àøù¶)˜–D´GKñäNg±GâÎ ƒjRY%jÕ^`²¬•ÃeI[å(œ)°Ž¦õ €X½Zänä Fè²%Hè,ML·K€ñ‡0=Âx›/ÄgŸ}æÓS¯Ä–Ø‘Ba(CàmNQè+…‰ØCxAm¤Ìóš¸ë åhDûÅ_tK͈FJÏÿ8Ù4*.½Ú _÷¯ž"àJQÂÆSÿ+ˆã¸lýø™—óN:6º&«9Xt[ çt»6ô“36ZÕyö¶}SŒ05ô¶tjK5=‹–ˆBh”šÌ*Bw+W‹ÆuÙt©ø´gOªôs(\ˆ%gFcKöUY$ÆRòå#7û ‰Á»!!¤!=Žs±®WõÞRM°õÆ°úp¬t"R‹"süY‘06¥WI9„¯Pt´`¥§&”êð·BM+‰qGä{ѽU–6U奴PsCÉ–—Lô¨íئ·EÞƒ#wõ*¸crÐeË‘<|6o½ùJ€ Œ™ÑêÅ]ð²jTgÊ°!1ŠM!Éq¦Æ¥N.¢Ë§%}踣róbT0•ei/ÒvÛÅá£wSÇowD,A-‰^ÎFzSl§þWËÖÿsÇÙ§åðö™iÍáD«+ÌI;EãéÑëØN‡Ÿ‘·t‘‡¯FÙíËÔ7ìz‹ ¼(ŒøýSgvvŠôœªA¢bwyÔLžYà½økei£5•0¯ôöbäÅH"±ÊhÊn›d§Í(ÕؤD¶;/0`Q8NªÇ¯’‚™¶ÆØ8^\Œ]EÆx«t`«„Rhö¨r‡Ä@wëìB²S.ùÒe•/ci…‘X?Bz!ÑÆÆÕ­J…»=±˜zPm•wn rÒsjQ¡BVQ™R.æ¹SS à@m †”f<ô'Ϧ ÏÎçPvž* :ÂˆÇ [kÚÇo>øP+ñ«2¢²q÷}JÐnp:ÆRRz,Ä©ú_¡TFYÔYI+KmdTXGfj5ä”ïXU^ÙþŸ¥Ø;àë0ìð:ƒ^Pì!DÇLoÉ”Ò7&~{³1ÂÝöHà ¡SYê׫çs‹l“0*":‹kæË/¿ôRï¥UCÇà½!…È’”O[jµ²"‡ÑǦ½ÒŠ‚—Hڔћ#K삶$O n£ðD,<ñ—6°}ñÚ$tSK\(„‹iî%fJJ¸-º(… Ëœ4 t ùÆœEªáv]ª¥×—6eÕwÁÔÙèi‹@*‘)€©[F¯C¼v8 )mŠ …+Ñ*c…¢0fGï"RË æš_"s¿Ïã(À¢kߥ»Fâ{íî/п%ôÕWlì‰{™;,/„ò%rît#])(…E¶,r CIŽì”ô–èãELüx%–ÚJડŒŒFàSÿ«LÅ™Z¯þTÿ ;gAc ÔX‰õ«ÖÙ†%5µ¤Ä‹ç• v­˜:˜B²àiÕ˜ã:¸ùþA˜À§®rrž›Œ¢s™Æ]}ãUQSz‡ìíÝ/éÌݧ¦l#|k”°Ä.=ÔR]Ââ:)10vÆÜs±Ú¾Ô„”p}Ü®³ð%Ø~F²Û½©3¶¦˜IKÀR«¦|Q™£ˆÞ¡Ôå0!܉9´“ŠÏ¦¯ûeêO=xøâÊËç×o¾që±ß1ã·Ð¸Óù…\Ïæ_íY}êÏ ÿt_ms´%õ&ÓüÇ” fïÐKLô{?|/A‹È’âhdH„¨íÑ(U0#’öŽÖ¦âlw,:Ä/€ÿꫯ‘¹qÝaû”êå£ÇÞ|ãí?zÿÓO>¿v~æw¾}ûÍÛoßyþâéã‡ó/.ÊU§ãÌ=Nr3*I])™tíåÔÿÊÒÁu F§¶ÚÿuöÿtŒF‘M‡W'99v¯¥ìt£qYʘ… ¢™¼vy¿`'vH¢²Zÿy‹‡ú|ÞvÌsP]¨]ü"@ÿlЪ¦ôA©þ0õ²é{U.R·G‡Ñå$sº—h¹Ù ßò}öâ¥G/¯~ñÜ¡¤Ç~ý"¯¹‰Ï}ãº_Úux[$ ž®á\B®ve¤Ë3À›oß¾~óÊÜ Ž_ë§x†)ú•«/ýÚ¦•ÒÕë7ç&èÁ€©J?¶·á„€¡x |ëö;÷ç3©ŸüŒÍgu>ògD~zðÈg×÷|”îwHùüÛïMüñG=‘£Ï©ü>){ôÛ»þ÷ÿúŸ ¢Î¾–é×H}ûõü¢»ðK¬¬ú ’䇻ßÕÕDòiôdZá“„ÙýŠgÙT’ô¦Ï+Åß[|÷ýù‹aþ🴧î~?ö?~âÓ³?òKŠ¼tÙÁc¿zíÛoøÓŽï½wç½wßq3vcóí—‡~ò"«iϯ_}ïÍ;~•ôíwÞåÇŸþôÁ‡ï=x8ßû3•Ìã'ó%RÉ_™Ç¦SÿÿšúÿÕ­Êè8u˜Fw…¸€uX]åÂcwÞF'ÝuhtغÐpS †|ùòÕM$̺üæ›–ØX¸ë¡>_w øú«o|oÆ¥Þ"Q{…tMúGanj`,ž¶ø‚uåËg׆ËCñKÁÖØYˆ6M‘­¥âÏ“·$Š_Eˆ_&‰+Jô¹À–»±í§Š¿”- †¦ôrc·ñ|­VaS°xò*Š±%c[…”˜óŠßÞsWŸ[oÎ÷Q°\ÜËá¥Îèþ5WìñûëÈ}XèÞôÖº-ºaIƒûŒzé…ÄçVÊn V~ß™ˆîkêÑè–ʇ®*†•±Z…ù?ìÝkœÇ‘¦ašìæQç5–=»2öðÿà/† Y–Ç"%²yæ^‘wuºmûa`›@ätdäODfFf½Õ]]lšòi rìŸíFøÍÿú­d\a‡{û2£ ^ùö9ËúÚ íòõ yý†··ÎvKÒZYaÏæj#†ö®¸rðÜ™åXÿV£ÒÒ¦_ÁúŸ+£ü¤¨ 貤ÛQÅ¡’U¶®ÖP€&ѨýÎ^eLÕL¥Î½†V(¶øñ¨xC ð駎Þï¿þÚIØ ¤·!¼~´¢x¼zôè‘¢t…y)– ##€r -”¦Úíœç£õ®³Ùéî©•§ ðfG赆pêºpµøY´ˆ¦][ÎX7ßVL—£ŒÚºe¸í𱌠0DdH¢ÍEІL³¹›5‹Q­ ºZý‹îf+4_³v×àt#Xp+ÿì´¥¶¶‡¸›¼1”¶u}èÂ)(°„[5³Ã[BH´ì“ñÅofgÖêe‘3Ý:Ûb ¸Œº(}–ů)a ›Bóâ"­bÐJU’¡ß:;üû\ÊJ†6ÝÔ$b!l ãl}è´ä‘[]­!î{%ÓZjHîe[Jk+õÿϬÿ)…6©ý³ÜºvBgwÚ*ûd í=Là•;#$£Ý"¹¿y7O1j%c›]édTg^ºUwÅúåŸãw*x“jQ:T^'U†ë Xb†è~cí8I£è\øbèèêv0º­Úq Áè"fÝ\´[÷¹0°º¦ÜÜáë²f§å[ZHÒr™f¹:N’®KábF&X»™‹SkžED­y™‹YïE0JÄõ˜×¶êò¢[úzfzÂÅŸã8Ïùz»gH`{ž²/žSX3ÊDy´øžyò•¤ÌÝ­v뀊bH\9S¼ý§„A@Ø9Âào^¢HɃö©¯—¹ôê,:NA)é\Hü-Q©Ò% \ º(„EBç¹Mt¾¹CN’Çú¿8 W­þçê±Ù¶Ö®}?¼ í:3d Šý&T]öÊÅ(]±ªZûpêh.„XQUO›³šð*ÇI ¼( þŠ†‚@aÉMˆÜ»¹Ø·o¿ý– wU¸ãÇÌ( 9âŽÅ ” £ªZTì,å¬ `4áÅÒ%‚§Lš»F E†~Ä–c£\Œ’Œ˜I`œÈ}W½!0€ƒÔd!7˜¬36†Ð‚ié¦ ©‹O±¾ý ØQ¼í²€Œn+?d7}íù/?#´æµtW°¸8uyy‘@¥kˆEP«Wô梵¤MgÇ cËØŒ¸3ÚDáp2š‚è^œr‚Ä,CÂE7Ñ¥@–áÉéÜ8¨˜{\‹ '07”xÁ“·oæ¢d‘…XR]Cùš#‘‹®vÃèøõoÑþÕõÿ×—¸½1UŒÕŸð¿¶guÕÝZ{zøäEgÃÞÒB¶¯Eàƒ§“¶Y u@·ÇÊÚÐö Á?CP± g~B©Èø–¡QVÞ*Á~BÁž…;þ]^tµ«ë»G`œ4©¢’½xçÛ àg«<ýv  ükeN6˜‘¾»œëfÑrßøÀEÌØz²‹È.C‹Q2dâ­5—¹¯àò°Ä€$•)¿yñÖ§}@— £ø=û#º7\~h,Œ‰ƒm†2YÁÇ‘€ù‹÷àî}?‰·ÎÖ“ÑÚÊÇv£ã(“’AË‚Y†0ž8uKϾSò†!ÒnËêîíyg'‡¦¬­Ë '-—2—06­KÐ4EÑí©\ÂD2‘䢚eÁÀ]KgÇ|¬ÿÖóªÕÿ¼Q·IµöÕžÙ-âÖ1i Ù·C6žPl•š #ü(þ·º,Ëo Á«'e¤>¼×SgJ„Ü¿û™!9 …T‹Î£ÒNýõ#^Åçªâ[¶ðŒfæ‡ Âqç%„Ce¿Q]åîFc”^ÌìÜé0+ë©{Ÿë‰[‰A2²€eÔ^ÈßL‰±ÂìE0#ü~OZ†( f);GúŽEaO Çú¢AHÉF«࣠αs‰“b),ŽQ?´"?3‚áN÷˜#̉‡, `† ­¤Ÿ*šÝîÀÈ<@S°¼C¥ CçKo"Z:KYQÚ]ùó"\H; O¤——QŠô0«2DBaQ]…”^ñÀóê*„¡âÆõ ‡¼®!´äXÿ-ÈU«ÿyu²[¶3ikYlyÅÄ£L@Ë®eQX†í®ígQO)d{¡…AÅH!܉KÊ9QR αÑ%óÓܳS·˜Å‰ûˆ#‹¢øz%ç≠•pž°Ô:ÝÓª3§ˆ]2dŽïÅ» 9àktµ! IDATQÂ8‘hKO¡ób×ÃCAB|lçßd-BÆìµ²e} Á·Ëg­@ºXÚrð[|yb“'—•ïüŒ‰QdSåÕ¬1`$¼äÏ"=KÄ…¹ßJ•ðÂÉHÑõRa)z,µ¶ŒÖeÿøþü£ÙrCR-‹¶;EË—€IÛzRºø<¸éJƒoy–*íÔ‰ÏM-i̓¥ØAT|[%ŠX×ç®$\-‚–ž£r”úëwóü¨T|vi¨“S—`¼Ïp ×Lµ8µ,V©¸;/lìZîÓc%Á" G Ù^Ø`P1RÈät¬ÿÿjýÏ¢·Ð6Ï*)‹nA-´"¦{im•µ6ÉàH´ð¶!¼!^ØìÍ.SFŸ»ÁlS ),G ¡ ÅÉîd)80õÊŽ#rCò‘I¥S+JÛ/4Œ¬À¸€ñB¢^é‚j1x Ã¥÷>,’&†Bzgä´4÷⊂Sz>xjÇ•ªg:ï5Äelqx A÷‡ºÀÈ›—pŒ„Rþ” ³›¸¶¥ÆOÇl©¹´;ÛårDë& 1 & <@–k뢮ô€Y\UÎ3¤Ÿgó2䯞§„–žèæ^¶È‡n­Æ¯ýkÝÊ……¤Õ³n-X«gˆbvÀ¨èbñEîóV&N`X´|u›.ÆMªHäé·„ï|Ü}r-’&H碊€‘3špò9yî—0t{$´ðs:úD½x¿É‰§·ç_ý1z¬ÿ6ÑrÙˆvÜÊ\µú?qƒØ­ê@ÆŠUYtt»KÌDÀÛoz^t¢ÀÌs·¹xPÃcò\òµ(j…ÅAUX ÔQ÷rêG r0„‡DÎq†Ö ³ðÂ@awÈ)ªÍñN)< žQÊRE,[-£QF]¦u0*aºÜ`B]K$(€!^æH™´[Ód„¬û…@¦æxóÖ$À¸ÏRZy ¡@?ÔĉAtŽ%`Èú¬È³)˜[pŸ\÷9w£Ù1ÉcÀÃÂËâcs¹@Îgš–ð"`ZO(b¡å’¯®+Ö¨Ö¢aèEÆV’eÅbðφ—´2Z€ê žDØš`ó×9[øÁZÜÈe%º»þå›ÃJÆJzßÚ®ÁˆÞ\0 Ò%Çúÿ°êJÐÆ›WIÙà HWØZeA§€±¨T{ÏBl?; ’n›:«¼´„¥#£ÛÓ„ÛÊ» 8Œ½øŸÞš{§VP$éò¤¸•:l‘‹¥F‘8Œ@D>¥$+ C:¨tùîíŒÑBÔ ©]ó¡žð‘c0*As$,À"j1¸µÂ~ñ—Ø|ÁÌH\bˆ4M·Kv¨µ…gÔ-gFŽhÝ®†(ȵₑ8µŒbq{7AæcDܳȜÅÃ&iŽåÉkFý Òk:ÂAÂpDë‚«— ]:¼kN†€/§ÁŽ¶ÐÀ˜Y&ÛW‡ŸÇ#á¢-·•ÎTŽ¸…cWïÎ× «…¤X|l$f«'7 <}>Ÿ³—]=¸5©fÄ¡ä X¡Q5q^Çú·Ö\µúŸÇï ÂæÙBÛVW®ö’…bÿäÝÖ*&b!¹Ø~Ó«€è,¤ªRs~4ízÈ2JÁJ qÝÉ0„ ‚1$‹@F K¡aT?’È( »TÕ.`î0®9^›­9"$Œ eb\<.•3c {ÊHZ¢¯,ߘs·t dÑ[·`Z ç+ÊžàU3m/茊Np6G $ržÞðµ?oæÖYËŽSºçÙrq/àdì61äêo%tåSJ­ª— €«D™/¡ðh›G[€¡ˆÈ)M¡ÐÍ’^Î’Ç "ËÉ­)6±ð³·,=¤xÈ5ï¹Ðs—‰ Àr°>’„IXH:ü±þ-]ë³W¦×Z%£¶©°¶–½·ÂŒ†,ï®áV•±m²eF c›ËÂȢݾr`/(;PTÀò™pk+-UÂd€[›ˆq1 ÌkcQ±„”4@'‡‘H%?³r"­~‚TîZsv` u[ .&àt„Ó%ÀòÑ:-»å‚‰!•mÂÀÀ…oÓeÊn”‘EZ‰íå6/.¤l‘C겎\€YL„¥‰wŒÙy±hýmŒI ¯Ò°¶8uÙwKyö|Òf¬ÁàÍÅŒŒÆ™¦ ¢#7#­‰ð2åíèå†ßÆžY>Cì~0„Ö+„EÂÝä‰ý¸_LŠE+Ï5ë²õ’;÷Ø€136ßr §do"8'ă‰ØR°¢‹@ÏËŒJäú1™„E+0]ïæ\XV£ECKøJ;œæIÀd…!_rvz¬ÿ©X+¶Öéª×ÿüÚ¾ÚŪĦeÁ®µ¯ÕP…¢ Ô­²Ù½övMà!U/ß JÀuµ9¡«3b´Wcâ“ÖÖL9¨WE)CFQª<ö²R”xŒ í(åX-²cC^’|yÉŠ‹  Á¥"ƯËÑ×ÇHÀX´1‹k"âÒ›/¯·ë§X,ôé.~-†Ž ½@F9âÑmÅNijts‘* )yëà K ^h„ôRmÔÏ°¾üò» B©Âô. 97…Ícì#*Ó„'’¡³˜».iÖøL&Tm(ŒZkÀ]·É gäZüÜw—$ ¡˜Hî‚ê–[»`:ùÑ|E¿÷ð^œQØñ¤ëÆP,—Aeˆ€±kV"“ {‹° Óm¿Øõo,È¿ºþçÃÊv½¥W ‰í±N‹.¥z’Mò4äu¸ 0d;¹G¼w!}Y/¡º•£ÝõÔƒ_Aç…çÌyÅæ¢q‹y %Õ¥»'1£Å¿TáI³ÐÊ a¾ðꡈ’çÈ+GÑ÷ÜY$ EÕ9DU†µÀ‰)G»c±Ãx¢Ò¤5¬[!%)œÕð°)ɽºMO‹L™e;DzE”B€é¥Èa¢¬3gï»MJ ï…v?¢µ›½ZX™2ñ a¡¬($¥|DA«elY0K©¬ŠngœRŠ¤•.B]^Ht $XKÇhŽº¨<•5)ÅÀNÙ˜ìæµäÞá3Ã’Á³—‚».‰-­5ˆ>Öøcý[®ŠbY´*y_õ?õ§¤H›¤ÚZ{ßV…tܱïµÈiT¬~pÎÑd8*æi´Fª H$¼|¤¡ÏOá1$¼|Ò}ê÷â‹z²+êL+„4 ÉÖ Ô%GfH+b ðp‡‘ aç%gú&ç›;6`óæج[›KkF`t=– F <“åß¾WÒ½so.&‰AÕd]¾D”Dz”ó§ó»00ä.R×h¸Ð‰•ÑZm)ù÷Úé^y$ï7‚¾ïùÓ?vRÏù>–55 <Úxp —®Å³Ò™é4kHœ’·Èò`g4qÆö…‹IEE7ßý¹¶ÍŒÄ,´enú†xûê._ë>Ž‚º¿Æÿ†lÍPJŠö¡ºvÍ¥ì÷Í_¾zÞE, ¯O˜;]rC®EHÌÎJFB—gÙ2¶Ëˆ›*Â~¬ÿ÷[ÿ‡wjmL[hGm q&éN…VQÚc{vzçî|tH ]»îß´FÍ}~~»^'åks·Ìë?#f¥ «t¸Ü¿?¯çB°£Âsûd~Ë.¨Cëç&rÔC_³ÏÔõG9*I‰²(wBK¥¢Å©ªB©bQ»¨$0s[mipôF ŒT²%ÀÅßôK¯ƒˆÇ?låVet™ÞšP‡”ïü!ÕÍësv÷w±LÌwxú™ŸXhM‰n³öžÙ”Ÿ?{ê&b÷%S…8÷]zë8•’fõÀÎÏ=ìXyb ¦`ˆÒŠkÈ“)w?Q¶€wN}S×;ßÄ‚üƵ·¾ ï“úm¬çHo0Ü»sÍWø½~ùîÚ-w¤KLzækU%#´®õ¡Ìj\$ÖäôLøÇÙ M¬¿%€÷=bZ2p/yÍDgâ–2NÉÌ歵ܸ9w¥96ŠÜ%æ «/¼î/&†Õõ›×oxLzöü¥ëF;•¿}{zîCmO<¼Ûz¹›¢pó1^w÷Ù½™’·¾ƒÍKãüìLÄêÑÅUNâÒ­áJüXÿW±þOTùTÌûdçf›×·…N‹SW9 P½n³3²ddWÐm<{bãYè8!l«’¦VૉÚJ¤QÇIÄø¥Ñ+$@Žt´|Ùk)hPÑî´¹(}B‘¼‚¾zë8-…$¹#AeHn=ù#/PÓ)Ω{£†t=iò@•/ Z Ìtxv°Ÿ¾‚Y7‹pŒAæ.0ÊhA"iR mîÊ6„ßÖÄEV|é‘@žÝžO]½|~øØ„¡‘7s}%VC\3bÆÀÅ(‹‘…ò§…BX[ùÓ`ú߉"ëܤ0…u›`0M²°.;¶˜i\üœÁÝçÝ®‹Ã8Þ¼~¶Þüzµ8¼ÌN&òA%s±r?4B˜EIZ±Ù•%{v¦fÈJîBªÔõoé¬jUañ­ÕlÓWý¯ý^¯*UO5¡•V%(![NXlž¬òƒwxªQøŽML7cbÊ"CÆÙª‚Y×uaqÙñëŠkÔyã««¾± ŠŸKÙ[î’¤WÐÚ¤ ZCéÒÕ4¡‰Ã³7)õ,:%/‰”`H¡ ìÅiHæH\"­•üñT$˜9ƆÐR”¿Ç( ¦ÉRt €ñ¢í À.y!dŽ¾e`®ukå1Ȫ ¢4)Ž„‹ F ¬eç¨5„Πƣ]\ä;g€Èé² ç¥5²5´Œð0r@H1/–}·Œm.$#‚Ÿ]ax@ÛHFC‹d^²ÇÜ4óe-,6é)?F¹<Çú·8­OkkqˆÅÔ²[IKJi1ÿùõ¯  )*±+‚©ýÔÙsÒGÑÁd@$Ì…ÝÑõ˜ÒPTn“YÁ§1*+-w]äÜùBJ†4}€2lÍýòD—°‹Òš”€ö²ÿðmTm».~Q¸4_ » µìŒåiŽ¦\P£“ýZ@?Ý3„­drdˆ—éláÅýXÿ¡Ê¹úõ??„&ŠÃ6«Qû*u¬kkÕ„!;Íb_úq²é1ªB1OàU6‡+)]«bà•0C‡D[9†í~rc^-9JFIá¯ÂÊ €­®WQ`0Fx™TÇZHWjÇÛPõ É‘‹6Igãh²r+4 =‹–±p&Òôy‘H´Àº’!¨\¾}»uÖÂð%MÄn‚;_b @Š¿9¢õ ü L:@J!x‘¼`\@ºfM <‰^¼„ ˨)˜¸-0„Še1/L‘£Üvžðm{CZøi×þbæ• %°”„ ÉHð\$xxIc,[`HÌQ1º°J•î2…‘•)¨çYZœÍs¬ÿV¦MWmA›xÕêžnäGl°2’´ê‘«Z”«Ñ]…nçß á€kUIFvB¯@+)­,D‹‚?rz ºý>É#€(â–*CZ…•±ƒ„ L\îd|WòÙW´i$iˆ Ùù”díÁ §¸”Ó‘l|±,Ž¡”˜@¾`EK„ódJŒÊ\V,ìpúåiŸÝžëž"$L+(GvwÚ–Ëá‚) £3”1ïüŠp} ²|ÌË›º,\jjŒ¨x‰kˆ]2ŒZÑkMVh£`6Ñ ÐQÅ–V\2ÈW³nF%I1D‘6B]J„ÐÂÈ“%‰•ÛcšG: ¶Z Re3A-—øc6$ú±þ­°°”v'Ýré¶b,-8Ë*ÿÿÖúŸ¿2µŽP[èä´Íª¡bjöÕ›,í_Ï¿Á¥ŒjÍc?ò WCÂnn`MµB¤ã…½™wDÙ /gÚC“4èîòåK,%pî‚’–¬Wle[9·¹hŒæ>Éýƒ˜ @çPháb¢-Ô%r&¼*´VD]ÆVn=½®s’‹Õ“Æ"8|=ž ÏçXìF‰ÐZ]çŠ;‘‰üÉΪ4ºòŒJ[¼°IU\H @O À)I:˜ˆýL OáVüCâJÌ ( $%ÑâÐÍ ED›H—•v²û¾3€5¡¹›V S'„±°€Ä(B·‹ †p„/–n)b'u;‡—¼$ñ æEèðYl¤¸äXÿ­§Ý´ªÖÇZYOÊ•«ÿÿó?þÝO[좷ëRTèksçEµìÙ+³ò8´ªk^‘ÚlCìd[šm•ÑÝd(r­r6<&0VUŠ»ó‰êÇ?ýIa³^„‚ ˜ôÈÀ¸n§Â(¤”(‘Ð JÁ -%£0¢¢K€Q¶=ï°øæRHÉãÓ*wöÒc—¼ýöKAN²uT‹²Š 3 #<{5ƒÖ(pY!Ñ%ì,|9Wî%iÔ#°áéÒ #¼4Æ,UŽD-V-F‹àœ»­œ+ã\a¥ë•ñbüþ€ä #f"–Ò Ì„EJtQ°á¡h‰‹£k$»„‰µQËKݦ7”1]7¯+0@ Ùã<ÖÿTÿóG Ý™Qýj]½ê*Pe¤*—Z@Ù¶uHGÀÞ+Šú †èª‡Ý¢€±(D¸«‡¯s¨ÅéŠw )!©UÐe+7!0`óPD]Ž =r]^ºDhb‚¦–=°.6‡\W˅Ϋ®!zŽy‰k(³N|q‚»ØŸL3º´± *=]BED×âd4Óì6Q¡ƒ*=S˜®–£.±téZC _׋lé1Ø‹–q¥p¸È*´)t¾D—ÑD´\´ B£;VÆR5w¡éµ¼fh¾^až ·pgVDös‚²k7?Eä‰ptÂHßQŽõÿÕÿ¼P+žã¤ÙN`;Ûøª¡ÝU> ÀÆJ×zLPU‰ùî»ïœ[+²oáT_˜©ÈUUÞ9:BÄ7´TL8…0Š“ø·›ä†‡Î¨^{ pò‘ „—dÂQhíÔéŠåH€ˆ\h’/‹¬ðSÀ…ë£F±—s €4X:`r†ëùº°^œOVïÏ?±ñàÞýŸž<ö¥(RÔzŽÕ>=vËѼ™S-+TÞ#$ñ”•XºFu‘K£”› v"^|•‡ w`œR¢Àk9BÂ7„—™‚±›—­tCAòâ"CTr‹Æ0áuûìð £`Ú²åØšP …ãUÅ…ŒÙ(`á(ì„n^ø}} GîÖ™ ^’„Θ3‹’ðµ9î¢@òèË—^,E]´;IϳFõo/Ú‹ÜbZÀ+Xÿ7¿xxêËÿì3O;^æîù§ ÏNýeÖCG…+´‚!Z—‡MáÊÄ%ëgCºN)<‘°Ú•]­»ÝŒZq-Gù`sêü«-/_½ö²í7á.'¥í‹›ü%Þ߇õú§#Žtzvǿܹ{Ï¿To¼Ë†|çsAŸÜ¢û«Œ² :¹uûÅËW?ýå1S{öË|+ÓÿüßHÉlåà[´\8t—L_sì ?òço¿ÿᇹå^Ì¿ ~ã扔Q×+î;ï¨ýxý˲&bM\O–‘³ƒæh b·MÁ9lkcs·2Z+c¨¢´b’$–ÔßvÖ¨.Áca«ÊNϬ‹áî3ÎöÔÎR쬚Ñ&ëúO,0Ÿ~ò‰/€yöôo™Ín­žÆ7Y½3_^ó·OÏî?xh=ÿòÓãŸ?qÏÙºtëä&ê7¯_ vêKenº§}ž ¿•–ÿüŒ\ çÏקáfÛN dÏlq]׶÷Ÿí~òó/êòXÿPýÏK¢²SšjQVŽŒNZu¼[0v5 Ù%Ò è ±ãABŸz_×f3vxÀ¸hÝ2è:<:EÜ;oã§×GF×YÙ ›ã¾ ¨_öî©ô’|îºZO%¢ÃãÇcÈÉw9`–Ž·.eçVtv·€¬¬F?ÜqeϽpíqÌšNÄu×{qEANtÎæâvp \¼$¸ˆÏ_+àá1œEnVÞ|Ássîe„|-¦QbI-oõÙËØÌÇÝw1MT¥MA¥´èYj— žù IDATM™ýXÿ¶à=ÖÿéªÇöØ’Ú6Ï>U¯U§ÝbV`ºö»M ~SaðŠ§ÂX8ÂkU1g<Ú9[ítÁU呈BAë¡!ߨÍáDY‚ñUJSÁtÍ Ä^tM'8›Œ ®šñ£êi1XÌìÜw2À0¥»\|– ÀƒêÙ|“ç¼SàË…X£V‰ÒZqd—¡à[€ÍÚ{Ï…¼ši.ÙâË ­0¤9æðB&(=_)ÑM–…D%ùÒÐJ † Å(…#‹¹“HÀ˜¢tYÐw8:áÞ ĸô aÁ Ô¢Ø8OŽÀ. ¢2‡äż1(f Ìb"Œðºœø%£@tQÀ$&3ÂcÅ´Fùrd<Ö¿¥ø€êÿ¯ŸÃ¶µ[l¤CX—nƒ …¨˜¶\AèV”)ŠFe«`ECgQ"Š•®2:$»L •žX%ct ̱þ­•±&³•a±tYÞWýKi^£ÚZJbÃT˜DÕ–´ÍF+v¥ÏÌP‡’bV»íVŽá‹"#Ü …‹ nTiVÙ8­ C0ÚBˆEèRSD!fVb,é7/ü¢3˜¦Ia„¿….Usw–(È|î Uùõ¯Ú`Ø9³ÓIqcÓ"· OžÌ[Ql’ç%K$4|™”?{Ž¼àuC t9RÌ’oBïŽ#üeB“N> @ ^`,¼ðG%KÂ]z0$§¡¡µ*J0Hû@±ÙʼnAÉ[1á€2˜o£_ÏŠÁô9!ÜnZ™{@ó–ŒFy™ l#˜@Èqbg‘£.%‘06³kŽ–†øRØÑÔá(!)e[{¬‹CZϽ8¶ã¿PÿÝ¿Öo«l3 `oŠÑ†Ùv­x†€u ©ÝvT»’ô`5¿oÒ%ÊBxÏð| ¬¼eÐi]$„Θ…. xÌj‚°«]w¿ë›!­QŽ¥Ê«é$zÓ¬dª è칃ÑÅ•¹ç)lsBVe‹ ãT<þó¨ˆQÑ•50ŒãGѪ”Xp áܲÐma¡K†RžåÆ…QP̼Œ’‚ÂåEèrسÆ9 E—Âæ»a…6JèÄÔ¢¥KWt]‚P+¢–—ÖhÊÖÚ HîÄš”¿„çשëÏÅYŠãóÐEN·ÔÑF"JCfê‚󅈲µÎµfƒ¶½À@—´FñÔÂŒ(†€‰îž¦coÝ ±— qu± ªEEŽõoY,ø?«þçßú¶1-´² ÚvBÚ/ÉŒDRáe«è\Hû„žHTM€õº©8ê2ÆÞi€Ð¹3j‹.‚1%G!ÜVØ„À˜@îÎ;0âi:º…6i“øñ¤´\0W•y¡úúë¯Äå+./o =♯Û3Nî.²Þ3:QŒ­5Š“;~RVŒM°å² 0ŒfúË“Ç®B0œæn‚¦,n¬tµhŵ;Œt^VÕ/ZƆè:6-)C^ø%&zùsÑ`§Ë O¡¸Ä«?oÁCZ åqÕt„¶¤Ö–;°”Ìw>Å°®Cm¨ˆFqÚÒÈXÚòIðÈ¿i²ÀÓaPÁk ;]2S>Öÿ{­ÿÕ¬Ú$ÕÐa°möIÑhÓí™ P·ßÍ¿%i§;{έm¦óÅcGy©3õj^ªÐgŽXÜ&Ê‹E ¾Î¶¿ÀÝDA@ dT¡¨$lx(¾¢+—ª°|ø"—v'ÇU%žf$‚ _ŠUÅYåk x¥/®ÌÁs1©ßýîw¿ýíoMP•¬G‚ÁÏËÍ¢Ð,wo M–oäMר@-¸Q"7T†d #´Ï—1ºeLD8T„"œÕÓº !ñø½$<¤‰7Žá’¿À¨ËW’‚ÎœoܶLº&,Žn«Š„#¾Øà¥g Œt™Ð-€[F2^i±ñ‘/£éˆkjâR$iya*[`ä6‚—4 1ãGˆ¯ÏañB ©»£4œMMPCRÅ;/Fy²p4D`2Â`°’m‡®!´¢hÓ’’ õ?Õÿþêÿð{k»¥&ˆ¢kí¥¦´¶ßžÙQu¦tÚu[–dxàÔÙfxßÑnã!@muæ¼™ó.,¾ÀZ¡9ŠE¯í@² @D7Š8 RBËCŒ.ÔÉR7;B±¥9{:6!PéÆ¿X0sx|áêú·]u¿úê«.,©:oì•þW_|ÞE“¹¶l-´ðMhv' ž.¨¬š£®» 0<;]£ðtFçè€1Ê“€ð½¬xE°ÀÄ8Ìÿ8åÎ66¾.Ó¤{¨”€@9Á¯å«‹9$€ÉÊ9 !Xœ^ø¾=Ÿˆ©&™¿a梫88RTŠ(BT[ò!ìZ ŒÙÓÙe¨u†©…Á_»$ã¼L $ éªV—-Ò0#HI¥³x¶Ò‚5;wV—¯YX 7²+'Lq-‰Vd£s Ö烬_˸’y{sý\Y2À’ÑŠ{Ù¥„¹´\Àx‚eÇ@ÀèuÝ¡ºÖJžÀækC—¬Õ6*PkÂnt³¥z/”ɪTòÇo¾˜”Ø›#3»’‚ŸRÁI9o¥ b`ç«.1 XI ŒÖP òŸŸN2à¦&ùB×Ý¡9ëßvXœVØZ+{zeëþ´ÅÞ+h›g;IÛ)uÓÐ5ºikçŽ8™¸À8ÜuU†!F:;/œÕŸÉ$Ä)…ÇÓÏà:á÷J!‘  jQômd§“FÅ%Öwg‹ F ¶y*âH«f€=Aî¢håÉ‹;=üå©¥;äRâ¦ëQBtxSó3©³“9“ºDt<¤ ‹èUÁR€y·ì¸µV­R“âEÀP"¬‹Fbìkiç~Ä¿1FY6Å̹kK‰äñ4ÊΨ FA¸ItéÍ¢Gcw¥ ¼QŽ`0Øt!waDU†L|»l/Ž–”`àBŒ²»J1GKIŠ@a¡ÀómïPIÌóÂ#-Œ./.öcý·æDýÏ/}ìb»N±…S,ë—/6U·ý¶ýê`NȳsàNl " °›6Nu ¦‡öÚÔŸšÀcÈûD¿xvæ w-ŠŒ²b~y iw5#áXÁáוU G]":©Fu!é—- ux­FNXÄ"u¹H? _BgE’¦ g Ìâ]mŽ0¢hsÄÌΧeLq¹Cr4 ³Óã…Óh9°ÃÔ*s ‹ë«½È.ÈÀFIóÒˆ‚– ’‘x]‘%$#<ä‚̼ ­e± æŸWxSÎK‹‡oî0¦s™Á5pa7Z>¼â¯K7J€[UH0”ç66Äb…‘[mK¤ÝîØÔ¤¡Åt¸àð›‹?ÀÆ®KAFºŽu[±cý[Ï«Pÿs¿t¢Ô-·Ç6¯Òi홽„±‹výñ“Ÿ=éBÂ+ö*˜×lõz­ƒÄl›VTÄK+<*Fxï,ÜADÜB ¢`Ž­*ŸÂa©†ˆ!U…mJx 0¥ÑKŠQ_o¢Õ5;ö±¬—÷j}²_ùMºòpá ’WÙ˜ÛùñÃ~üñƹ ½añ{Uÿò¨7ƒ¦ ç3Ü>ÄàM´!'Ý\š›·fâ¦S&&.kUn†ÚvJ_\#º®6j¹d¸'Cò¢ jˆ…KóÒšNój.Ê€¾¼çôRt·/Å.0ZyÆLa”ª¸ÏÚ­=J粧@ïñ§30^Vƒ.’"¢¥°˜ åôàß=òA%×Ó“'?›ÉŸþôã“ùRÐkÆŸ={ÎîQ@î~¸$¨ÿnß:¹w÷Žd¼ š÷A‹\2ë?=£2ß-ågˆ¾ÝÉQv—xÅðÌæ{œf_Ìå¬{#ä[¥ÖNÍqwó cÔŒþð¿(ʃûφõ€:wB:Ë"™ŸH³ø¦* í¿¹U*H|_Øú±w>WÕ\|ÃÕü…·fýý;öB×M9ß}åëÃ^½œx9_X¶r–ÿM3Âé?e³ù2z¤÷ûK â+²ìÅôŸ?»·kþæ•(þc…âeJ¾¢‹(ž)¯cý[‚+_ÿó3,·q¸/œóÄ+ÅeÄÞ  }eY/ÿsY“Œì,`.#Š ½óý÷ßût’¯ñx׊:pg¹>ÜGëõo¾\A ^ºé†Ø]pV¯(|ÙehˆÚÝÄËë$LvÆ®­Z±(ùèÑŠh²`äì8 ¡el‚ŒnÕtm/Jð|±_B¨õÍå&È·§ä×Ü9–ËÑs/\{Çgô‡Ÿʼnj¯6rx 峓‘*;á"Pv »‹›<{€G«²eîð¹´VhxÂ7‰A««%Né¬Gcv<Œhé-,cCìBø\ þ_d‡Ç(Cº†R´ô¤ˆMW'ºÈMßKïȇ§Ëʦ‹.=°¬({é ¹ÏŽõÿÔÿÜSíh»¾÷Ò¾v¡´÷JÌÁ»1OO\öÆsáK” °ç,E8E 8ª %Õã7|×™‡,TŒ¼°õãXw Eh.á UR꯸,Â1VšÚ„ÑP"ÜätqàwWbŒ3ç%ì|QÉŠÂ&%:iõ6ÎEkHqÊÙ(¼Y7‘`Þòtçb c£À” ûe)´4„€§D,_Cî6‚Ðs”†®”֜ﷶ\ ÂBð%º J—åCïXb 빃Ê!` …Û 2Q%…±Lè¨H[UÆrc‰¡.æD MÒÔÌÔ"»°ZF¡Y¢ÒòEÛdYb."—Q…?Ö¿»jõ?'Ä.Ú›®f íÅ#²ÐUˆê¬âm†BQŽ&÷ºQ+O­¦wÍ—ŸžâqI) œ>»D¸ûYŒ¼=m%ÅØ›G¥#Š¢sÁ£%`d—< a!†dÂh"XŽ&ˆDˆæh^îÈ&®EËÈ+f-$v´E/J÷r…i(Zoa€u]»ì¦Æ½”t…Ø:…ˆË.+ÉhuÛ Ž¸Aµ,‹W‚³$%Sžì\R8Z„H6% ÷æ®k;Äå…Ÿ0&âr‚å¢e¡Z\i”—Ë óe1;°7¾ÊøBb.IT¤Ð¡é‘hÉÀ†!ÜWR€ÜEIa”Á&ÝÜ)dGg<Ö5`é,K«Ô^µú?üzÞ¦Ê̦ÊÒ^Ú`eAQ¾Ê‚±U¬ö™½ê©5ÃÀ`î#o…Ô½·Nîfíݳ9±Èñ¸’ßÆØHuÖÛ?b#Up©«æX”ˆŸ¸V(ºð¹Ø]u ÌÑó©ôëBºÈT›ˆÎ¼c V`ü|=¤|:{ûŽ`®[éV£"²Oºÿ ìU¡ E7®øÕ¥èB`p·º:e%[‚6%á¦ÕÅcTD-}æ¶ß´ÈY iéðtv^rØTÁâѲNäHäÙ-ܨÖ‘ ¹÷àa ¥a4€U5»""1šÞ|qJ)0;-‹l­„WÓ&¡4üîÒÌ 9H¨Ö%ƒAVªâ²p§°ð’á¾é$ m–Q, 0’â6ñxJoO¡y!™ cý¦Œp´be,.ŒUÐ/çeÃ\Œb6Šä2á^ `™øZ—_S Œr€Â(Ó­bÐ0# €ÉBú„JóÂ# /]™œ,ì˜yi÷¾{zmv6 ¾„%oR-©@È›KüÁØñ°B—Rk¿ZÌNÀÔ½‰±››êôQ­Rð6@»T¼@º*ãü£(¾èÊWI@µÁ#…€á',’±v|Å—¬°£—L`0´|ö"böLçÌçÓaZIr1f­$mŒ‰ 4 Ün™ .Ãr0¤ ÿÉz:Àf.¥‡@‚±Ezb™²Ÿó5ÔŒ ¤P Ç(Ä?ÕgH&Ý_®0o^´ýXÍfù³c6$¨¹ËÊŒØé2³>.‡Yv0 ¤.;‹¥ð¢’£Iõ gH$6„rf”0Á,®)Sl®ÝÄÓÇîÜ2ÄVžÜñËV\)ñµ’¢wurtU³à)4ZAXÌW·¡£ ã“\ÈQÉGsGNçBDÁ†–"®¬ˆõ·hå¯%`yëß"[^‹Il%²€­°!]›b¹,)ñzÒRÿ‹êîQá‰T$Q0­TtK¢-”ŒâÐU.†tÁd–]Eré.€ÑµÙoïÌ!«F/ø"‚ýæ7¿1Z5ë5ªDÜt`%ƒœ£µàbÉÊMef2K©j…§ •Zv`÷&6Â=ZÈmQÇVƒ%*›„$_.ñähH[µ×ÍÇ7a £ˆÄÔH„HÄâ¨+†ŸDš8u0ÀÜeä2Ÿ›¼øÀ‡Ü`¸DH‡ABÌz⎆²ÿ¢È¨#ŠÁ¾xÊ°&ÅËú»æØQ1ÚçÙ–ž.»´å@±VžtJ¡¸`“ߥ±”~iÐJÕúÔ ”<Âéíº  ‰Hˆ"®ÜH{'+¯hø¶GtŽìµ,”fgâ6…ΑD ™ ?3¹xµ@s¬[óëþ-g£í´ÄÆfç: û<Ø<ÛìŒÉX¡Øf•Qkãm¿KJq3Úlî0çÏæVB¨²Eqai½ ع²kþqV—e"\ŠaœSAË>Y^üz‘…£6c³¨+ Ì‚ÊÓLÍWhC&h.8éF+SÜ榹øRFQ°9Ø\L¹¥ã‹'_zS¸LÂ¥ùâÅwÏÚ­AäÃEÐ&R—eÓRŒz!Ó¶;H"´ÎøÑò"ìÀ±Óñè6eCÒ&á½n1gqdb Å…G‹DÄæˆ_ºu 8Ã*@h]¾ðmV0CdWQù#7J'Òº!á‹ÜtŠÕ•0CZE¨®„Îν¸HL¡Y`¦˜—)s:Ú,HrAK8²(h GÌ„—Z,%œ`¥I¢b”6;8òò)C<¦ .6 £äs •D €‘¢Ý<¼èBwÒ(¼D‡ä>ËþË|þËP¾†¤Gçbv‰n™Xy·=NTQ'–Rzî#?Iô´Rb,ìF8ätC¨(d.9h‚—s“•m£ÈsÜS–‹;Âoñ°káùÖ¥c« ,0—Ç?Ïã¼!‚¼$µnXF`I°±à±¥a‰ ±K’ÄÖªjÝÎ’‡)ºLèÇúoÑ*à«Sÿ'6¬Ê¨m§2µåî”öÏvÚB¢ÔÇ/›ÁË IDATþOuÃÅÅ ¶àUƒ v%±åÞöWÁÌgåeªA]‚bcÔEe¬¸0‚r7J×B fHÂ’¤k¹%´,\B….\›aˆ‚G¬Þ*Rd Én"Üûys T l,xlè+ÚüYOát1aHæÖ¹„ù’¢—Iœô-XyjÅ-¹={>O ~Ph1-©(|Ý&0áY0s!_]v¹±èSÖòå"C0œ\l"6ïýž‚-Z©âŒ  @è,ø’&ØDJ€æåHÌ"K¾dyTvªfª Ï.±$)4¥¢bC•!ÂNäc"ê  ·|YŽõß~(õ?§ÚîÚû¤ÖveØæì6Þy «i?—õ£¨N ¤ w¨ÔœÚåÈXÕ²ø~w™(ìºJJ=)礓Ã-»B¤80?]^Ê‹­îµ‰ˆ€”áÅÈág@Üå`”]DùË­XŒ†Øw·X0¢ù› €ÓBÁÀÞIˆ“±5ÁOÊ$»X„±Iµ&¨`s‰óÍ«ù’U0±¸àL -W9d/[Br³ ÛËrÉ §uÀƒŸ‚žèjYx!,%÷f Ž+r+Ù 0ÂvÂH7Ê‹»¶¹—?°­a`,(‹™6}.„c0ÊjsêÒa;1)`o1¤!(, Y: æÌ‹‘EtH"´VF£ Pb&bâìÈ»¬cˆ™žE(JvºèÇú·tÖÊ´&mEc·>Ùma´Œ“þO©ÿÃ÷ƈږ‹*öbOX$Ǩýôã>ýì¿ŠñêåùÓç¾oà­/0yõòî|uòù«/ÏîÞùèÁ}_Þáû>üå³úð¦Ãfûy¼úpTLÀ«·óP¡»¼šžú“ƒW`¡åh†ŒéÄع¨Ý²5$£ÃIØSJÕ\7µ ®u„äN‡§4€Czˆó‚£+I­¸Ž A«ÖK D,:Å;H´fA:äŒbYGšÞ,øš‘O„}þé'‘EZT&µ¨ňÃ_>2$‹)7vq @²j”/¥54*7Y¹õ(-#6Ñm±‡)¹}óÍ7‘ký&×_P!DO&­9KÁˆßÊ0RÀÒ¥ a"t$&‹™è†„1j:ÙRD)îë·ó¯X"Ǭlâ”g3eg×îhM-]v]™ðµ•öÔÄ%#´pH„èÉBD0`.%f´ôv]€cý[À¶Ï2¶h6˺Ñ)ÿêú?yz>?Ö±+¾aH]Ù­²±—þŒù³Ïnß½?ßZ÷ÓOýQŽÊþõo~%ÑçÏ~yùæõz‰tŠNÎ|Õû­Û,¯o\óîÍë—ÏO}µÓݳ'Oy÷öúÿùE駊×øáO,£ŸŸÿù/?±¨Hä¾Wéé³óáXïde {…BÑVÊt"%0ùø²%dRÒ%– ’‚³.žÓ“ùLÒ÷….fZuÂxµ”Qˆ€M_ªZõ*ŠˆF! ÍN¸Wͼè¼pˆK÷mOþéCkà&2GxFéß ¥ä©óŽ }þÙ—_ý;Grrãæ½›‡?íÔ•ðÓ_žv…9~~$[Š3é¦ë&Å9Û±þi D‘•Ì)B˨µPZøæâäã7S²`óBâ‡sì}w”Ÿ”={*½/¿øüþ½ùÙÇ_€}÷ÝwnX$^"\æóäçù÷"'ᵧóuSó•W~¸ðîÍw7®¿òWëÞ;»{Ï ¨ô)9·˜•»~…ún~ó yv?Ÿ/O—Üý“y’²tÝ/ÒCkj¾ÈÞPë/ª6äÎ7)à-‚¥À‰­·ö좷}V’ï±þ-ˆ%²˜VÃÂ^ñúŸãd;‰½·»ªÓ¦Úi%®íÜš¹}öðå¹ ›²ìxÌ9ÇùÇâ=!d™Ÿ¯Ÿã³®TnlìÖÅÙpéìŽ65trwþ6 €ˆ¸ØæF}=¡4Š°Ì–^`­{Œ“¢‹Ó¨ „ŽÓ)M» Ó:±ìI¾0쮉R­îÇÃBðgÄFÜ&-…Õ+a™ƒ!Àqr}´ YŒR†kÕ ¼º’Œ†Ç©ëB#®n«Ç],€’)®®<9vU!·ÚÖܤ茼àgÍ×­ ZFî6²´éBû]°«Ös w<’, ¾¼Ò¹:Ì24D7)"sàÖP»ÁudÉnFâ6ÄH<°Ë] ]x£Ä“,;%;,§º¶.ÝŒ* xÆRb,m¹ë¿•yõ?/é6Ûö´aöo™£b×U°,UÇD—KŽ«P§8x)JÅÁ¾D]®§›õ»!^x¼°w`àa:9N”Z¬ •ˆ—Pº4z¸Ne„¿shˆ…‹4è]ŽŒÑÊâr4Ê]«k”»¨16ªÅPÞÍ %]tCÝ2†bF¿–^\ݦ`‚Œ2äB§ˆèDõ\cò…ïͼ¸[ƒ¹š¯) jéš8w‡ÑrCUzB ,«¤!£% K"Ç LäSV8mMÓñpdšì‚òŠP×_M¹#( 0B"´@äò"°p׶AÁøŠe¾¹kóehñÍÚ²7D/aäåÌ^Ú¶2 †0ŒÂ…ED–ØdbéÚÇ¢ón!',$».<Úõß*µnW¤þ§Êm˜"œ}µ[vZYØ?zC,öÏ>ûâéÓù§RUCÕ¥sln¨(Œêþî‰'ú³ë7çœ^=}ôr]mÕ* g²EX\­“¯5Š '0¥”X÷‹p`|÷jª9Ï.s]B‘’_TÄ’dc¯@YDdÔ%†0;`,ŽG0l&Ò•Q2†`Î|‹ØrI¯X,+%Ìxt)Þ¨r$!JÃKÍÚv[qG%.¯rÃøæ…A7‰d±ÎÕÀQVb±è–ƒ×`ÛÑ:3bæèssB×…aÔú»­Ø½m4$F„ÒCb4Zm»ß\´ºÀìD¸¿Ð}½ähu%™~Ì%3“Z_iAP™…Ñð¶£Ð0Œ21jÅt·­ºh±1räB ¤KÊ 9½ÐHäÃQÀ†XÚPöcý¿ßúŸãZõhm9¡Ø$[e Û]FGÕÀ¢º pþI5¤åEx©› óö-ÿhÎÓóg.8ó4Z!ƒ,„ª„…° Ưkˆ°(/Žr((¼{Œ³”Ø;]`r†áÛmÈÝhç3æ ³êÛt aÀ¶óº²6æ¬Z5 v]B!1XO·›èuãÁ `RZºˆVC;s¿ø¹d³.m©–Láx ¯ CÒ t¾„’ÔÅé-mvF ˆ‹Íë:‘­ñXj«ägCæ›»]¢…uAÀh­°ÏâņŸK¹Ñ›. w¢Ë§Ûˆ=$Å1$IùX=Ò4ã¹¾~†Õ(NàÂ5É#‘ÿ’)h hIlB`Ð¥sôUöE×ê w…héõEêUìJc ‰½´£öX5Ø<LWFN¾s÷‡ï¿÷#Y;ªëgª^÷.$/F…~í…¯T>üsB Á¯H¯¨J“.œ`ÊÈÏ¿– ÂÃN!*î\€)~úÅ]ªr`A¢v§ê×E\}ã“^¯ Þò¸}Ì'LPˆ¢\n±I`"+F±(¼jKFtitE²'È-Ý(ÙÒ… sÏ1vÆ2_{yÈê™EŽÛÎÈ¢M07ĘH‰9»dL½}§(Dûè2¢ÌBÝ=|.\¶º²Õ ê7†öº â‘$£iµxš”X+À@b9PÐãÁ¬…$Fy%`‹núö &CBÅDÀ"üʠés‰§./äŒ;`:Ǿb‰Xˆ FuÛk^tÈcý[Öä=Öÿám‚í´+¶JBm˜}R‘jÔRm£W]íü<ÇWôÝ>{óîº_¿ùOyCú‘‹ÚROžªT ¤ßâõMW=JA+\¥Æ…’R‘ ×zRc×»®–°d¯¼x1š"OgOfÄhFÞõ^Þ)ÂTŽ¢`æ>Ö‹÷›\xC°nd0–rˆŒ®å’/¼EÃßÖÒeÕ¹*:;$˜YòÂ@)œd×ã'{bTˆñºøñœ|Ò ]À8 ‰èW½ðxtaˆ!·•Óù±¤÷òž›(’,+:…‹0¾ö¡»QU¾‰ @øâçÒTBí2#ßð\RŠØÊ`˜,/Ŀȃ Œ;‘R%Ê—´DÁñàg)=ÆÍ © °œFÇ©+…”ä¢p´ Çú·›VÌ*]‘ú?üËÏr²y ¢Mm#m^ÏvÎvVôUƒ4“UBóŠMQ£, R×%e’Œ>[€¢ÔA—×&—;/E#º_ éÒ í–BØ‘7/ºï‡2$.‚F+ ZHA…–ƒ÷G>¨ÉhõýP¡(¤ºÔER”¨ðã1BHòt´0 üŽŠÖ£Š'8Žt‚œ;—ÖG7B-€“Ûý—œñœ\ü¼O,z..µ0%–%£=j¾m £+ŒŽ nºm%¦ ÙZº®$¹K ¾„é’s»i¹[7Fw~Ýø‘vxCØPŽ¥X”VƒBLDËRbÀ3ÿ‹Ð‹OϬ}dV\ጊ(+tÁ´ÙÄ’1š/… C£åûüÅ?ÀdpñÎÝ*Ñõo‰z{ïõóÿ~óµÍ#myŠM%JÙŽ*e{æç2DÆþ•&v/Ëê† QÙ Ý–» …¨ÿ ?1Ñí€aæë^õ8äZA…¨¦½²+DTÀÕ¢!]0^êy@÷[4‹H· Òðî†îP‰ˆÜU¥eáëVšs»~wÎI7ïä¹D&xŠÈ‹]hF)iIÌE)gä'O™@:ÆŒ;m ª‹Ê MüZ‡“}jsÝ5t„Ediite¥zœ.宻ˡK @8P‡Dt„¦I¡‚Äã7œ,N)i^žF‘ã)‹@º¶lé`ZzùÕÅÌ^,]0S`i"¢`h ;‹Þ oj–.Gl†Ê²[Õôq²˜Tá(Âq$tî&˜KT.àVR‹™ÅÏ×ùíÝí’\Å‘Æqif4è l‹Y¼þà Ø Øû¿ G öØ`ÐËH3ûËú÷”{¿8²´vy²ž|2++Oõéžžw¾ÕMxE+¢›ÖÆùM¬¦\:)ðp·Tqb „fÕ‡^DH„Àìïþì}+2Õ2yå˜Â¸2š#Œ^츷˱įhì2o O VV[×!Y$#*KöšÀ±¢IŒÏ©ÿ•È~½mýo¦{Ú¤Ý.6ÕAftv½ öÆW‡~x2¯öÍòÒ‹Zʨl9Ý·•ïúï8¿^iq®wMÕ.ºÍÁR\—_<›öáH¹Íê³2q À‚ópæ­BJáÝcÇ} IXJ½uá¡8øøš5 * ݨ88ìH*—KH#  ­[ˆ…΀oŽ8MÆòS][HÌ@?ÝS(ƒ9†f¹Ã‘À’Y©š"ø=ôK8<‹%oZHщYÿ,E’f!ªZm+~–F³x€[ £J±ñ%–`ßY4$EÚÜá]PXŒ„%”mç ¹ƒ"¡Cªd¾"FkÖTÆ¿qF[ˆ8åÏ‹¸Ìéÿ°NP5QÕ«\.Õ¼BQª›m²)¼ØYðÍÂQw™"Œ¨(`ÿhÿÏà FÙ¢>Raس˜M—ŠØYŒ$ G‚sºc5¨‹ÀX_)z¹Óý0Iøå7¥IšBË…î)ÃÝKÇéRFéù F2$—vž‰*´¥ÁƯŒT8v$È)ÝW-/÷ª©*ÃK³tF< ]ÒYˆz_–­4zÒgAb‘<þñ©‡…Þb£ê„Ú9cƒAØÒbfÜIŠ›-ŒX`­ŽÐ†§%Ô”}Á&ySTXnð,ÄeTí /NöÑ&†Ü™·ØYÕ:a¡Î¬r6%Á†œ/{Q/7̬1°]Šµ×Ë‘´¨¨Òw5Ðá÷,/yz—l–…@²˜¢´œV—¥drT1È,F G‚Sª„eºÿÔÿëI_•ÔDU HþÑþŸcoW™‚¨rí±±Í°»t³n¼`ìvÅÈ®ŸÐ{õ“ $Ým€J®bå…ÇEï’$‰3‚N"gäH0 z `Ì‚VáÂŒ'w¹Õvåÿä‡'¢{åïÆó _‹2›G‘…cëbÉoühKÀ˜L>éì.éò"e/‹Q7÷ÁLi3JÌs²rÉ¿­TI´\&­õÝ¢¦Ø)Þò°Ø:ZxƹÙòjËЂÙÇŽ?Ž^2e@”'AH`0ÒöScHî,Ƙ)Å5²ó"ÂEb¨`¢å¾ÁtFü›!¯S!År™/‹K ¿œ™!E r0Šk䂘nöÔÿUþ(—âLù–¢¤JDÚn »‘ìŸÕÿúm.R¼é"í'‹IçèøðҪ˻gàs c;)¶VÆÚ˜Œé½)xwÝôî’"V¿O›²†kDBLÁDèN(`íEÐB• Œcl+à¼ý‘ @Ž±ÅPh),{!t‘˜íg¡‹R lÙWVs4ccJne"—òTFÆ?7oµü)1Ç–¬àÁÌ:ª\¢²ÓŒ¶XÝèÂÁMÂCvi¤ï ôûßÿÆBP¹¤KÀ ÇgŸ}ÒAÑ2®E~{.¼ã‰‘Ë.5rqCq’ŽTör@^ Ö‹DÃp¬t¥ ‰–oÙ2º´´™•€)£©=Æ,ni4徑B¶ eË&)¢@E‘X0—$Ýì©ÿUÃ)»š¬Ú¼ý?Ïf²©?({ï3Ö6Õå!ï»ç7þ%„³‹YÄLŸ]ûû ‡¶ö-¿;¾™åÿ¨û0Éö[vÑúé\ÂÔ»F|[©uMq¬¡é$Ç9¶Ïæ%±›òÂfJŽ|ѯѥGûãt0šuQº‘8¦7ÅÈEÚ݇ÀÁ(…R ØK†˜]ùÎ;\JÌ, ANLa–¤)ÆþÖ˜Ç+Ÿmùááè=# ¤(‚âA’B§J7Q×Ò¼w#ðrvû9Y¸;Ê…x×æ²…s—­’vâ°ËŠ´„ÈéÈ%éLÂ.el´áØ%ÃÞŠXx a„ïOèäeùÛ‚6*St$[LÑRáÎ[—M53ʪK0 )ÿ3ØØy)B´FÍêe±“F¢ŒF…±ÑžK”t6ùö©Âìm}±I©Ó¬K0R©ÿ¡þ¿ðˆ… ¶1 Åý,vaL-È ±·£ìÉ•ÄJìÐ4ìÀ,0zŽRëǃS[g1UëCî5pwIà§*«@B³‹Õ,EÞ{ÿ9›ŠÓräÀá®_=é³%“žÏÔ„."Z^­Ú; Î}šBÈ%r´.I©º¿Öß±¹{váêÁ½w.ý½°ó{^©®ý¼âþå;÷ü’õÕËë;nÎÿó˜ãà¿“¢4ÊÓ9å]‹Ë>½¦¨•„‹e,´¸ì2lª¢©Œóî›o¾ûíoçêâžß»0^\ޓϳÏ//î=xôîÅ{ç¾®âo™¡rÆ­ZJãxûã«ÆoŠ-ÊN#E¤ZɧƒÆHÀ›µÆþéùÖ¸—`*BŽD —DP¿ûɲ#2.ÈX(åcÌx\œ²‚O‰’bßEŒÖ7#”Õ©ÿßòþ¿û_ÿù;ÖnÙ0-ÒÞûxUŸéÚö˜ÑJÜ´šØ¨ (¦zàÓ—6FÇ›õz®3x wI„@n¬?82FΗ^¯Ü¿œsW?é*A1³ó*:d u›„Y³¶Ò®‰ OüN[€6QJ„n—$‰¤TaäiP4F„ L×6ì¤N÷óhEö€)œ#šˆ.=k‡$å0þë¬4væš’¹œý´TqÛ>S•Žoù”Òâ˜æ9õ¿U®Ûç’þûî•”––’Y›g/Û?ŠÞÒ.5qw/=‘/;Åha`î=üt„ÖIANvá…4šå«Q\v‹‹C­lŠNIÂÂ1~½ÈÅ-À…Óè’/a!ãÄOd ÀN_ó£´„ŒÈÊËX¹dÎ8‡Ù¼óºëÁÒƨv¾ÉZn6kìþÿðý÷¯^\²øge݇û$EòÇ?þ‘ÅJDÎiK¼¥jÕ%&´%ÐË–®àÀòQa‡ ¿‹è—œ50S¥g‡óÂ÷Fs<{y£46̃õ£ËGÞïpÔª$1'” ”Þ<ʤ­ÎŒíEi˜MiÄÿ÷Â…¿Ñ%¡K —tK0;áµë( €YŠ’š%aÇ5+aü–ÏX 0ºšá‘fNý¯d•s ¥DD³Ë™^vFSéváôÿd RÑ7ò¨“XÚWy·å%jÖTÁ®¹íºÔõ;E?éxJ=BŠ(زK 06äfM—Õs€‘!›uI'\t¶K7’,Ý M PhqÒ‹^ # f:kÌ…;  ¦è`H0H Œ^¹õÞ úôØ“:?ü7Šg©ï>xà9åûõ/$û‡Û?úàGò{?wŠpw¸¨ƒÓÁ»=Ôx"øä“O|n%Jëµ(uö«N`­ŽÝrdÅÝ !|„óˆôꥯÁ9û$¹þ>ͱØ{\s´ÇƶœK{ùÀ¥/+jA›Š–¯Æëzëì2f—«-çù¹¾‘’Ψopv8@¯›%ì o-ÀWP#X+Ú9+!Ë0Ú¢—õ°§ÈÐÀRвÔÝòÎýy/l±Fîx¤äR H ‘wù\ûóS/æ;Ÿ&O£ÈÁàÍÎÃÔz-Ìø=m}ÿåW8ùx³E‰Ý„d1¥&ÞØóÅœ—YTŒbÑek45©^M¶Hœ€FFÑQõœkQHر‰BO¸»T—ÇöÛù¿þƒ¬ªd%2WtŽ,¦äC(¢÷»¢“ …ÈÇ¥<¥!1ckáÞS*÷½RHºÑ¬@Ü)„)ŸJpê•W…JQº½¿),oªÿ%vèž6²v±gš@råº÷ئN­[B÷ÐÛøy%¿}-ª«¼2;°à'ÀúL!¼aØ…ÀIA". ¥d´EÐìÀ ˜‚„ÞƒŒfu(¨xik¹YSt·|º,)1³¢`f¡pd, K ð¢‹À¥¯÷ ÇÂÎsœå‹/þû£~î¡i;*òÃGïßÌ¿ sxCWdîèñ–—ÕÁ[š÷Œ>ÁéÕEVhKLn±`K„Ã×QîûÂí|œ/CäfÑKÕö!Ìþøñ<ÇÙ>—*ÄJ2b0šu©’.‰c–*³Ì?j¦ªŠ—}€Ê“¥í˜”^Îg ð–\ðy•3S`Œ¾Ì"?H³&Ø\Z—Úª@Tð…f¯8¼ c3ExIàÔÿʲۘ®bŠ£PÿŠþoÃê».¼s‡ì­Ò¾ÄeiÛ õ«R–²ï‘ÞÞ³øÍ~—n0ýa=tëÁcatŽuNvœtSÌâ$0feHq“˜*˜Æ2Ï]\"Üþ™ZÏwx€‰4j8 äµ"Ìq“`‰|Ì í’R’.!é„‗Œ ±MAÜa/·“ÌQ9zpþò—û¾B_Y«"œßñ½37€Ï×ñ ÅÙqà³sïÈœ>j €Jæþhi° ÐG]"ª<#Éx¥°NºR€9}º«­…EV’‡3‹?a”ž|dݺ À‹Ý UŽI™Li–ìBÝ~ò_ÙYá¡4G‘­Q ‚Ê ES*Vªf×2ç´"t0)%ØË!*`Q|Û>Ê©ÿÕ§ª*—)²´Ý.ÛÖ½m—7Õÿón\e¬¤¢-êSR·­0¾>þt Õõ–Y d0,| $XHœ-ØX # ɈÁÆ⧄I5¨)J³ÈÑŠŒ˜â%I³½'ê¡À i X¯SÌŽ¤p|1»ÜË—ËŠ!_.F:<£Ùn„Ö"à(4z¢n*ÃE>0<þZ×çŸÎâg‚.Á„øôÓO=ý)…ÜÁf“’Mž,X&ŒÞ<*8Z 5¡øÞÓ·™¯}`Vð–9˜dn ZˆÜžÞ™C-<…HÏvüá!6äÊRbH<§0±Œª'%6ŠÑr0å¦2ôÀ0… 3_FùÐÅ…¯nf-ĈÌT³H$Àź²€°ˆ¶ÛlS–`ß•‘#Ol,G†ôÀŒNjáÔêÔÿŠ© oÿÏ{þ:Æ^ê!cÍd6ÒÞ·Ù½×4¦´8¤‘ƒ^©Kô„YÍ¡‰+N³H€‰þ`×I5ßD…~xnZ „J› o„Ùrë7÷À¹Ð—E´„;—!é¨åÏØ*³Gn– 4b`°B!;‡Ø¶#6º£{ÃÁ'yË$±tÉH¸ª„Ö(„£ ÅêvŒ`ð~ü ŠÓ ‰"“V' fkç%ç8%ÆÒTI–¼pŽB[£PE„wIÀà]B‚‘ÆŠ€°%€ÁÈRª.aFÊN#÷`öW·D^>`¶3" Uúðãùi,{UmðÊÒ)w´`J'd PøâÜÉ@ö Á¨Ù-¿@´§þW„·­ÿ¯özErí™ v©ì½Öî Š>讨l¶}µÙZ“Ø]} Ø‹>ÓQ™Â„/ /#‹v”lÊHÄ…Ï¥>ƒ ž DÔ½ÚÝ+s/ÅHØ5ËÝ¥dòÚ$C·Æ,µdBVy‰1šÝ–ØRâ¹ðû”¯æ9Â?ýøûïÜ™~ð³Ë‹³—/^ùs¿N³;×æÖó‹»îÊï]®›3÷¨X(–ãÒrÀ$ß\ª‰¼äæ@d/yc7¡…sŸ%¼ò†kªG¸À3jÄ,þÙÿè4 Úq¹™“]ñ»ÿ-™Ä³‹Pm£‘.CB/9ˆUFÒFÔ'øEdAN7BNªG?–)U³|2²˜b„g]¶ŠÀ‘ ¤CŠl ¹ã'Œ­%˜K«€‘á©ÿU†T:å%éÆJšR_wÿÏ‹¤¨D¼2³[¶°öÒÄŒÝ0ìº-X­ÆK®kÇçïùBÚo¢Ÿ0s!ö²³i÷ °{ÒàÜÑFÈ+ÇÎGÛ%ÈͲüt#/]%U—H$)a^ÆîCS2‘*0*—2)O—‚FNa7ƒQÀΘ½TYL±$ò)7FSî"g–µãi p¹>nŸ÷¼ÎxxŒ‰pÝ'2äë¶1˲P7Þ•[¬Ó²¸aÐÂá2$0œŠ\ÙKɬ)î”HØ ŠäуßæHL0’?ÙFká; ¤Y–ôJ—QOdt›"+SöKŤ%ðU+ö6ÈŸ£aäâ²Máårï8;Q#~<ðR‚)™p1bk¥ÿ“_̆$Á ŠäÔÿJ¡ªÊ¢z*¬8•‹½ò²˜Êh|ÝýøB€œˆM2Ê@f>‚q³­àþ7U+Ô…FƒÉžÈµ{ž´NM`ÊjkP^u•Ó ¦Xu§;ÓR§±&‹yY‹ÀØ—ÐE¤IA…–¤›=~^­(¼Lpîü]Ò‘Dî2Kqëìr›„Ž¾u/óÜób,7 «•¬¬ÑÇíss¶‘‰ EqF+¯Û½ªg x¤G bHTÈÕ“—YH¡{µ0å’Ýzs)"<£ÌÌ,Ì([F!è•¢õ"Lʶ@tF0$E1V )IT”–`]å/¥|¼]ÂWR¿1~ÌÃ(=ÑÛtl O2*Åæ-xFÌðŒr0¶ ºpÄ¥±¬Ný¯ª§bÊBèmMýð¦ún`{) Y7»Cdéæw³I«éf({©oákaXè„¢ƒ)ŒÖ‰m­w:F¬zȨí /Šû$cùpáž R,ùº<Žõ~qK¸Ð,r3rDÅ‹nF:# ‰œ/)"{»e–ŸK Œhñ€Å“=¼Ù¾BåƒsG$~ëåH„°pvö„õ|}vÎ…PHùÄounÂ,ë^'ÇÒ3"g„¡SøRDQQ‚IÅ^—¶RÂ\ØYàÍbVO³Âí(ù‚±@ò*Ãc@kg¦ƒIÉy…5ÐçztFŠËè ÁÆQO„FÙ&jEðf%LtiqñÝT`î¤<#)JüŠÉ«¶<õ¿Ê(‹JV4—¤Z)é›êÿyÌ–„½l¥ÈB|q‘Ñ{ w‹]dÓe߸×à²ÅpÙ«bÜ—œBàЦ8÷ÇOúŒ]'ù‡Ts„Ψ#Ë­(`a0S€¥jŠÅån3xTu³QÅ%À7* aÉ=0 äƳÀ—‚2/:$)I.¦|ä×yJgW‰ÑÝÖ.¢7†DÚnÖ!b¶UÃGhDî’x‹)Fl*Ia§Ã‘›EeJþÉȉn_¼ZÌŸ‘¹°Êê Yþl™ïdùÃ2þ}I_ƒ?÷ ÖËÙ¹•mQÐîD!­H\º±|x±+¼Ð¦ØS8S ¥5Z~!2"7+%¿;_ÉÅ”Rà=JxHW?Ða„æ•1wcvü0DÄ`ì|É©ÿmÁôÛ[ÖÿÓår²Ou‰Kz—N+?dï ’=8¸ Íæ2[}+`ìv¡>fÑ…šCÃÁ»d§S´Ž÷€õœ(®.æëùx€ _.ºÊ,/R4€-2¤;`v8Q\†A•B–;ŒKBÚlHºXFHŠ‘o9oXಚÌW&ìž°(êÆEnˆèœúÓ·ßZ£‡fb¢˜‚çÙ½ºrœÂŠòâj>¨¦Ë ¦Û/r%UX³]rŸ%9 îœ_ŸÝøC7Jx篫'ß_=}ñôêÙÕ]Öå?2ã °íòUòÅbªbBË¡:¯ “vSÙY,ÇÚyQŒì]·Š ¼$K‹‚Ÿ~ßòö Y( =iŽ²¥T^«† ¦èƱ(To$Ѳã·îe‚ÜBxåxê•W£UR«J •PT¬2íaýï]ÐÝ‹³é'û%ðjékÿtW~—¾w®9Ö¾æÙ‡âx~áöKLÞyHQÇh-î¥ü›¯ÿçÓO?}þâ¹µ±{×ÃåÅÕ¼¦Y³÷­ùùÓ2^=¦ã¤qvOóÏ숋ÓXÂÓ)õ½tùº¼¾3÷G†ç?úgxæ:œ_¸÷æ¢{޿ݳÞî¹Ež>~¬G9Bâ/HÆ}cØ—Y»œ¿þúkoâDô-¤½”X<2˜EåÐ6/ã/_~óç?sôƒ€o×?;:z×æ ½¹ñ¥¯ï §>>K™?õ÷`NL¿Ö#ÑÊÒêÜ®+“ÃýÏÅ?S¦b“üÙ]5ä¯Vö‡îÞ{ôpr8Óa¯~øËí¯òøG°×†Ý9»™ï´ÚÃku÷ÒñêêùSeúÙ»ï½ÿÞ»¶ž<þÞ½ï–FnáUµ«»­d‘O»#C°/¿üReˆ5JF† /ã®/x5¹ÿp~šlŠ¥‚³û¶Žs伦°gç׿/ëò»oæÏìøŠÝš:ó›Lýƒ¸~Er6èüü‰ÅÜ\ß½yps}sçÚOcϵœ„+<±A¼ÜHR••)„ó8êÿµS{;º#\¾ýog#5üì«D5“–ꌔ=eî·ÕˆaÆg‰v1• /}lÔ «Cƒç ˜{)NT¹¹4ÂðÅßÍ@gÑR,tŠçÈZQ†R@{ÿÁü@^0ÄB8º¤˜eÉ=z9°S 'Ÿ¢YÐFXfÙ#/Kü,0ÁRÒM!q›©K—Fù»Ä 1ùGûýãùw%£>Dh\}Ý@ôð­‚>'òÑ[›O÷!~¯%y•L'l*üÓgó[8³Ò³õUÕËù.1짼HŠ+y.,¢ÃX½*y “¶õÊ–0¸HÒ’1°;HgŸ‹Kº Køx4볤Ý6žQ”.‹Ž¿Wu³º¥†Y1§ ðCr@B·A¦\š*UK³„ÊÕZà‘À¸ Ã19õ¿25LI¯Î¯©ÿgÿô–H6ƒbc(v¢}²1v«¶ÝŽ͘Í×”V®ØSZ¼`7¢ÂÀH/\´‚H¾,¤Åo],.õ ws˜’„ O´Y‚áqIçNAØ!¨¾Ù‹Â{ëݹÃL!š¥ãDˆÜbû”ª'¼ q˜U@Fâ}‡³†…¸×#›±Ã !þ–‰Ÿ¯+$h±•gwZ™Â#Æs‘¦Baã⸂‹ˆÀt`#9. 3Ë¢dë4ŒÍ-IöŠƒOT0h¥ôäéü–_!L±/È tS3:heÈ.g̹ÓULDŽ"®ÐRäéý)¹Y …ÃT 4Ë‚³)$Ìì%\ª%FÏÑ, Î|åvê;¢à ¢ŠóÚúÿöƳv¥ž¨ìœK[h“ŒòØ ±7ÕÞkîråÓ®Ó‰†ã˜°×—ì6›‘b§):`зÏSÈs—•s·ñFšÂh$á|k¬IñVØaVž‡Oˆ6[³‹æðtV\ÞŒâJRÂŽÌ.»Sw2Àtw‹3În¹ô"LCüì,8±‰âRµ‰â8¼ áç³,`faÐÒ%)¨7mx舲Y‰Â}ï#îôŠÏW&Ä”bRX¸” ã†eáÈF¬ŽK“';_–V!t$±!Çà’ Eb„1§K"½Sû’‘WS¹ìZ5eÖ±ŽGµyÕ0ô>¤›u¶ƺtsRäƒ y >‹âsiJ§þ·×:°ªRTFé”KméD åu÷ÿÜKK`ቨ²yµ K™…É®ƒñ²—öµ]÷ªËnanÔÎW<Ý»waÄbÙ¨9Zpi XÂ…ÄÀ²go9/Ѧ²Lý–„¤Æ O _œ>Œo¶êÓ­¬ˆ­”‘ÒGTu3~lô fO™%ðÎh·óvØwîUÀn™1 %HlÝQ2tú°Y̆‘˜)£ü=;Ä£Î`x¸›%favŠ)l²Ú³óЂ²©C»c–°ïèØÊ¡~ÐBÀ(R`›-½$EáH\VC ‰ —ïžêÝžE²Ê<½‡G‘²Š„¢ÎfYJ^Dõ÷*‚@h.`¦`à馈¸¥gª F:LöSÿ·w R¹\R\&¯»ÿ/ì¥ÝÕ®ØfF(éR±aľ‚5ë²s FÇÃØEÆò¦×ø&H, Ì¥;J+LŒõ:Œ1›À‡1¤Ë8Õ †Wb–Ýl©(@Tf)ùšåëܥÙJÏX’”‚(”KŠÕµ2aáX8$f-ÜíduŒ¦œìfc.÷*Oé¤cWÞË¥èŒtH‚-F™HL ci€±ób1’–i¤ç"Ã`x$f ÷ca†4:y±É —=nfYÁ³ÇÃÞÂ!¡Sìð8nSFö–VÄØÅ2:wHéÁXHíWÚ|êuû¸ZJ‚Vv$C—“ñ©ÿíÇÚcÅl×”T¡™¢°fÕJa³(£KFµ5ûšú~%ÂMÕ†I«„dY6%ÑfËF*0µlSð7i)Œ–Á˜–;Ú룆3ÅHÀ¤7šâN7#Lg'åÓ pŒW/‡…ÙÊ—KiÐ9ÆÉLD–6 ’Ms—¨ˆÕ•¤‘=*#G—F<ªÇâÓk'ø­±)ù»Dë…ÈKEI2NùÖ¯ïJÌNWÿQz²Á¥Ä€“Å,#½©² ˜•s^r Ïbp¹í¹»”|£E’ôxŠ›# 'c¾`’!¦Á¢6,)x¾ÉN‰1ªý«B8ù¢UR´ª­{c®òJ*"R&À=æcà›‘ 6|ê•ùÓÿvÎŽ¶Ùöx÷t ÔMAÚl€¦¸$¦t Dg¬cjJöš£Fá‹tÙÈ‹½4t¶Ë-Å2º½yÁ—BhÍ9Îç–`Ù÷@w~oQñˆ¾I0¸ŒœÂÝÁGzŒï^¼ïyaÞ<%À±“ˆK„2.•Â,˜Ç%ŽøÝXFäÂåkEÄA½m$x¼ýiù»—ð°ÿ½H˜ÑÂ’$‚–p©P𘊪"ìµÈ„Ålv`lìé€Iiç"Ã,"ÂXÇò‘ ßÄÂÜÁ¼ån-Š|qoÞÆS9w-g´WëÒÇ)=lræ‹'øÜ £zzëlÙq"Ah6‹)$d× *KÛijóÁàÒÈ1žhY¸$¦É©ÿ•E)TR5^SÿŸÿî?>µ¶PÝõ“x]Ú'›Ý}¸wW,öÌVINfÄî’>ìÔC:Àà # f:6Mc ³nv À.$°Xð0„;aI²ˆØ)&ó‹ùÁ˜K# 6i@26ËHÌj^vŸ1Áø¸ÍÏÂ%Ö¢âÑJûEÚÄÚ‰Ùje½xØ…”¹‘¬Kë‚t O÷×Ù¹—ªŒËg%8ÇÐù„/¨ûÃGΟ‘!BpD’ÀpËH't«ËÃ…Ž„¯ÜdN!ÀÒ“Å’èÀ¼„ ›¥;€€),`ŒJ¬ŒÆ|q d¶¸¢€ñòá·4òÁÏ?l›l=¥p˜õÃÇ— €å_Þ›e"±_Ø´(*x3e".ë²Xv÷ }‘2ă/@c+- SÂáÇsê5©žj¢VvGÑfÞšþŸÝ²ñ²ÔsvÚÎuiSe/Q—6ußT. <$L—{˹@.—‚Œ…X¿»Ž‘/€~¢¸dDBzÖ྅]z$;¥@üù_îŠË¢á$Lá¸ÈþúlåRòñMú ‹d7€4´8òI} —¼(tÉO¸õwl¤Û€; {qYœ•\äCD¶{ɨð¸÷räÛB¢*I£Ú²cH¡ãˆ"Aøf;‘K#1³‚JX¸8ÙÍ&7b ­Ë^Q\ò:°¬ÿ° 1Z ôèb!‘U<¥jáŒ$¶âÚG‰ä|6.+T„¾‘¦¸Qø®2€ Yâ1Šh *r´F ¥gò´ðŽ*` ,¢Tºc],–âBvÙr¸”G˜Ég r_ }˜K‰áŽ„QnÖÂÈàÔÿ{SÔ(”Q1ÙëÕº R±9°˜Œ®Yw¡ù¨;„=£¨o>tBo'tK¾:ÒÆl„%f:¥mfÔO{·ÚQF±`"鱉©¤¾ZŠÑ4½;‹Yo:ä =#GFŠ‘ ¹A×» 7§äŽvl¼´k½ReLD¡ãÁÉQÜj’#…°ÃX *.bõ£=:0´¦°ßÞ+s³’dAk–¥œ+˜þ†‡lu¥Ç’dæÛ·3)ì ¶$éuþ–0°¦VŽ‡3Š!/ rˆ¶îáeJ2åóÂ?R³2©Ï Ù£Õaåo,ŽŒ0…sPXÜcŒ$fùwã¥ÚÓŒ›•Ì}O*0ß]®•Ñ|) ‘'°¬ØÕ‡0ÂãÃâ—Ý$쌄Ì…Eå’~k @ÜîLSѲÄ`¶¢•ËO©8e¤#·Æ>ý±AÙ³£“ÂZðHƒb™¨èöÔ-£XÀŠVt«(y$aÎîþè’’/xE¶$yĬ̟”Ý„PN+:¡ 7rGű‘‹|кl-0Ä%£)îÈͲxÊ’"h!àñËÍb7É„_Â×. û©ÿ_sÿn·%6Û·å6Àn{`«H{l´¯.ÙÍÚ¯Ù¥õFi_Ô ,í·{L Ç„¾)³,ÝHt?;e·N ±qårÈÌ/ós×Ê:IæØt Ï¢qB;}¤ÁnidãÙ ò‚¢¦@ÊLA(,Ëï`ñÐr’;_vlÒà%±Hä`JDËáì–cûÜks A(„Rè€T¨ÒH lg>D«J|‰KH´¤”1»)yÆ#1™ˆ³×kV,¾ŒD…-Ma¹ãWÏV„§´›‚d‘*f°*ÃØ¥@þü)iÖˆ§¥‰H°^ª 1#;ñnZV¢sA"Ìfé„3'¥ˆŒ`F„J¦ ]žú_­ª¤úÔ~펢¹Ü–7Õÿóv‰ÈFZn0B·…2³©é­€Ìa°¾±©ËYjH‚Êj7ž¥Vƒáe–‹ÖçûÕW_MàõZʨQ4^4ňdMÎ@'ìö¹ƒV{%Ü=Ð1èN#/xiˆË·è¦xY—œa„ ù»•Yê:§Œâ"¡xÀáŽÇ_­` ‹¡[B\M!ïEkvÜK¥Ä¸â Ø©F"–TáÍW:StïÈ* („À%ÂFî¥'7©nZø]FŽ¢ðjy¹Lå I.ªÁF°ð•d¥€’ËŽ iìrö–0Å(IH0R ™° aÄ&ŠßvæE YZHä"¢e¡°ì%ccoŠ 13Ì^‹®óDi–QDÅ!Ñš Œ§$ˆµA!Ë Nc‰m< ’òáe–Ë©ÿÕ¡]Su®ÂF…jÕÙÔÿÙÿóüœ›*·UB(qÏHuW}SÅ.|!ác3Öj6¬AâßP µ¼w¨3ÚcM€p…= x’ºDó•§pÀúøÞ;‡¿9)®Y0ͯώ$¯É`¦ð0ú±“±Ü€…“‹xŒE…¤ƒÍ²—0ŘKËÇSþªì6p´õi‹[N¹¤aªôÐÊǘ‹å›¥Tè`ÂrGB±ÞÖ^ž ’‹‘=)7FRA(HLqti ÀRµH\VŠìk¹ó’@ƒç( ‹œm½¬(U £…pÁ)– … ò;·.Æ,»íE '™âÈ^‘;Ieh[YØñ«»}·¨vDJ¢c¶'¬Šà’‡Æ‹;<0NùÃÐÙ¥ÁBÊ-N$RÏÄIçé¸Kü.ã3 °IiÈœ!Œ Œ).ªd¥Ö‚ÊÔ1Þ%B³äÔÿ«¡þiýÿ¿µ™N^Pê˳IEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_alignment.ads0000644000076700001450000000356212533067540021250 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Alignment is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Alignment; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_cell_view.adb0000644000076700001450000001610512533067540021217 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Properties; use Glib.Properties; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; with Gtk.Cell_View; use Gtk.Cell_View; with Gtk.Cell_Layout; use Gtk.Cell_Layout; with Gtk.List_Store; use Gtk.List_Store; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; package body Create_Cell_View is Column_0 : constant := 0; Column_1 : constant := 1; -- The columns in the model Path : Gtk_Tree_Path; procedure Move_To_Previous (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Move_To_Next (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Display the previous or next function in the cell view procedure Compute_Column_3 (Cell_Layout : Gtk_Cell_Layout; Cell : not null access Gtk.Cell_Renderer.Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Record'Class; Model : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter); -- Compute dynamically what to display in the third column of the view, -- based on the contents of the model. In this example, this is a -- concatenation of the two model columns ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Cell_View@B provides a view of a single row of a tree" & " model." & ASCII.LF & "In this example, the first two columns displayed come straight from" & " the model, where they are stored as a string and an integer. The" & " third column is computed dynamically, and doesn't exist in the" & " model itself."; end Help; ---------------------- -- Move_To_Previous -- ---------------------- procedure Move_To_Previous (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin if Prev (Path) then Set_Displayed_Row (Gtk_Cell_View (View), Path); end if; end Move_To_Previous; ------------------ -- Move_To_Next -- ------------------ procedure Move_To_Next (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Next (Path); Set_Displayed_Row (Gtk_Cell_View (View), Path); end Move_To_Next; ---------------------- -- Compute_Column_3 -- ---------------------- procedure Compute_Column_3 (Cell_Layout : Gtk_Cell_Layout; Cell : not null access Gtk.Cell_Renderer.Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Record'Class; Model : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) is pragma Unreferenced (Cell_Layout); begin Set_Property (Cell, Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text.Text_Property, "--" & Get_String (Model, Iter, 0) & "--" & Gint'Image (Get_Int (Model, Iter, 1)) & "--"); end Compute_Column_3; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box, Hbox : Gtk_Box; Prev, Next : Gtk_Button; Model : Gtk_List_Store; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; View : Gtk_Cell_View; Render : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Text; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Cell View"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, Homogeneous => True); Pack_Start (Box, Hbox, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Prev, "Previous row"); Pack_Start (Hbox, Prev, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Next, "Next row"); Pack_Start (Hbox, Next, Expand => False); -- Create a model. This is a set of rows, each with two columns in this -- specific case. Gtk_New (Model, (Column_0 => GType_String, Column_1 => GType_Int)); Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "row 1"); Set (Model, Iter, Column_1, 1); Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "row 2"); Set (Model, Iter, Column_1, 2); Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, "row 3"); Set (Model, Iter, Column_1, 3); -- Create the cell view. We need to specify the renderer that will show -- the columns of the model. Note that we do not have to display all -- the columns. -- Adding renderers is done through the Gtk_Cell_Layout interface, not -- directly through Gtk_Cell_View. Gtk_New (View); Pack_Start (Box, View, Expand => True, Fill => False); Set_Model (View, +Model); Gtk_New (Render); Pack_Start (+View, Render, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (+View, Render, "text", Column_0); Gtk_New (Render); Pack_Start (+View, Render, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (+View, Render, "text", Column_1); -- The third column in the view is computed dynamically from the others -- in the model, and doesn't have to exist in the model itself. Gtk_New (Render); Pack_Start (+View, Render, Expand => True); Set_Cell_Data_Func (+View, Render, Compute_Column_3'Access); Gtk_New_First (Path); Set_Displayed_Row (View, Path); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Prev, "clicked", Move_To_Previous'Access, View); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Next, "clicked", Move_To_Next'Access, View); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Cell_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_spin.ads0000644000076700001450000000356712533067540020250 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Spin is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Spin; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_progress.ads0000644000076700001450000000357712533067540021144 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Progress is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Progress; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_rtrees.ads0000644000076700001450000000360612533067540023162 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Canvas_View_Rtrees is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Canvas_View_Rtrees; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gtkbuilder_example.xml0000644000076700001450000002142412533067132021641 0ustar gnatmailgnat True vertical True 0 True 1 10 True 2 2 True True 1 2 1 2 True True 1 2 True String 2: 1 2 True String 1: 0 True vertical True print on console True True True 0.4699999988079071 0 _Concatenate True True True True 3 1 0 C_onsole Greeting True True True True 1 3 1 True <b>Calculation Parameters</b> True 1 0 True 0 True True automatic automatic True True False True 0.43999999761581421 <b>Result</b> True 1 1 True 2 gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_range.ads0000644000076700001450000000357112533067540020366 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Range is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Range; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_tree_filter.ads0000644000076700001450000000357012533067540021575 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Tree_Filter is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Tree_Filter; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnome-foot.png0000644000076700001450000000554412533067132020035 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR/0§#âgAMA† 1è–_ IDATxÚíYkl×y=wfvvf¹»Ü—ø¶)Q¢‡®Ūl#H¬¨qd×mT i›4N A †´(Šnì šþ‹]Ë l´µì<ä§â8vÜ*–#%RDY$MJæŠÏå>¸»Ü÷Ìì¼·?2T ·€,‹T\À0»³çžïÜs¿ ¼_ï×e»/ýׇ Ýóµ»oß>Ð:qj¼Àýþ…^Ú·o߉¡¡m÷Xíæ—pöd åWMËjoô1Wð[â?kll,°cûСT*5â:6ÑM‹•$eW2þobï ð¿xù¥ÑÉ3§ò“Ç}ò3ºÿÆõü›¯}õ–xgô¥­PUÕÑjI´3&–cïò¸ß+øûÆwM&â rÕ¿%vì£{vÝ€ïéîú”$+Œ¥µQ)à˜:ÚšN•¶Æ˜–ýU¿OðdçΑ/ËR³7ODzHKR"ÉxôûÉDb›ªëƒ–!ÍzKéÏAHˆiY0  ïíR»’ºÜedLU©ó(fàyêQŠ–¤ôïûàݵr‘]] Cj6ѪU!É”¶J-Ë€€a³å>—­Áå奂‹JŠ‚zµ‚|q “ççˆEï0Ÿyúçæm{©¦µA=åJ™|¶ã¬7xx#™¿l«ÔuSÛ6Ð}Wz6˜™#gÞ˜%r[%-¹M²«¥ƒ–i|¢Zov,e ˜|óŸçQÀpÀ"zÕÀ}åÃ_¼ëówÔª•âñ_Ÿ¬hšÚU®ÔvycŠª­­ àѦ¬¤Y†|´)ÉB&_‚ã¸Ä; àqÕ«¶ßtÓMb¹\^”¥–÷ÄcÏŽŒØ& ÁGÔ}F+îå8nÿu;·ÿhdhp6ÒZbæew7Û%5¿ÿ“· 3 3Ôjµ`*Íá-ñ賎û¤n˜xÊw€-8pàÀéh$Rwmcg.›#««…\½Ùšm´d몂g ¬•Kdjê,ÍJ(”*Û}–ïðk_zúâÏ~º'žHýíµ×^sk¤£#¥È-¦­Èdzü7vq5_ÏVONžKçÄøÔÌF8Î%5¯*²¸­'ö¹QcŽþêÎ]X„iÙÞõõëÞ÷Ío„<øýëGG¿ïŒÞÐV”Ë4PŠ¥…y°ŒäÃz[¾®Öl}¶Ñ”Nj†™¿Òƽ$ó¯O¾‘?õÛñ)ž#»³…"Ñ ::Bâͪ¦Ï?ôàƒ±OìûøK× îiTËðAªDZõ*ÄpÍz0 m[”6–V 1YQ¿ àO|¹mªÏKO½ø_·gìƒÿ^ªÔ†|Ÿ6“ƒiÙŸðÄ¥âûoå²¹‰ë¯Ù#vDP0Ƕ‰`Y®ëooÌÃÏ<—WšÕ'oûØ-_n˱LƒºA±œYA¦P„iÙòì͘˜¹óK˯êºF M%‘αM,Ë¢§+…Á¾"ƒýä¸å—~yâŸ^=ùú3,ÇÑžAÒOV³×u±V­_\Ùwâ>ïzVY©TÕ?øÀŽ/ÏlË$ŽãÀ²,DÂ!ùM%c¡î-‰”¤¨¯™–ýV0íù¥ÌÌŸÿåçìélV+T‘%drLÌ\€ãº0ày?m¸lÐ’•Úøë'ÇFGîL%“4D2IEMÀ £ÔëM‰F>ûéOÝy3Šõ¨·°ã׳ݽý}±X|wo_oÿÊü,µl ¶ãbi¥ãúåuSÜÆ/#[(=948ðÇ `zz{a[aY᎞GPIg,¾íÚí#ð úúûHu¡^-CmËช¥]XÉ_äÀÄ;ñú+™{¿˜>¾¶V™WU ¶mƒåX0, Ï£4ÚC<‘ЪW©®©`Yº¦"³Fni¥|¹•e̤Pk´Ößû ï$>\é|Þr=×NÆ"·«í6  CJY¦Ç’b!ǶÈZ±@MC#Å\†VË«¤V)cöÂ=vjªn¬çüïøÌ»› Þ[«5ò‚ ìòÜVI’a[xŽƒØÑA¢qD¢1†׶‰ ŠXYZ¥ Éd2ôÔÙÌgrç[óçAWåfD/Wk3Çý‘G½„iZ„eâyxž'ˆe™„BD1D8–%kkeL›%ÇOOÂõ<øáí²æ^-ðÔõ¼FµÞœ$ 1-;Ñ”dhªF$©EmS'–eQ]Ó‰m0Mƒ,g2xýó8vê,Õ~7ð|Æ/çjf£Š0Ö½%ñÏÑŽÐ^Â0l8$Òî-I° ƒ(J=j;.–²«XÈäˆaZëÞÊbMoÖåÛ;M©C| ð-Q®8΂<‚< ‰‚. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Fixed; use Gtk.Fixed; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Fixed is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "@bGtk_Fixed@B is the only container that does not do any layout " & "for you. Instead, you can place the children at the exact " & "coordinates you want, as in this example." & ASCII.LF & "It is not recommended to use this container, since you have to " & "handle the resizing of the window yourself, and nothing is done " & "for you." & ASCII.LF & "If you need to use this container, it probably means that the " & "design of your application is not correct and should be rethought."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Fix : Gtk_Fixed; Button : Gtk_Button; begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Fixed"); Gtk_New (Fix); Add (Frame, Fix); Gtk_New (Button, "(10, 10)"); Put (Fix, Button, 10, 10); Gtk_New (Button, "(135, 123)"); Put (Fix, Button, 135, 123); Gtk_New (Button, "(265, 243)"); Put (Fix, Button, 265, 243); Gtk_New (Button, "(165, 243)"); Put (Fix, Button, 165, 243); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Fixed; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_alignment.adb0000644000076700001450000001065412533067540021227 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Alignment; use Gtk.Alignment; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package body Create_Alignment is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows how a @bGtk_Alignment@B widget can be used to" & " align and resize your widgets exactly the way you want." & ASCII.LF & "With this container, you can specify the amount of expansion the" & " child will have, as well as its alignment in case it isn't fully" & " expanded."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Align : Gtk_Alignment; Button : Gtk_Button; Frame2 : Gtk_Frame; begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Alignment"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => True, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Xalign=0.0 Yalign=0.0 Xscale=0.2 Yscale=0.2"); Gtk_New (Align, Xalign => 0.0, Yalign => 0.0, Xscale => 0.2, Yscale => 0.2); Gtk_New (Button, "Button"); Add (Align, Button); Add (Frame2, Align); Pack_Start (Box1, Frame2); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Xalign=0.5 Yalign=0.5 Xscale=0.2 Yscale=0.2"); Gtk_New (Align, Xalign => 0.5, Yalign => 0.5, Xscale => 0.2, Yscale => 0.2); Gtk_New (Button, "Button"); Add (Align, Button); Add (Frame2, Align); Pack_Start (Box1, Frame2); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Xalign=1.0 Yalign=1.0 Xscale=0.2 Yscale=0.2"); Gtk_New (Align, Xalign => 1.0, Yalign => 1.0, Xscale => 0.2, Yscale => 0.2); Gtk_New (Button, "Button"); Add (Align, Button); Add (Frame2, Align); Pack_Start (Box1, Frame2); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Xalign=0.0 Yalign=0.0 Xscale=0.9 Yscale=0.9"); Gtk_New (Align, Xalign => 0.0, Yalign => 0.0, Xscale => 0.9, Yscale => 0.9); Gtk_New (Button, "Button"); Add (Align, Button); Add (Frame2, Align); Pack_Start (Box1, Frame2); Gtk_New (Frame2, "Xalign=0.2 Yalign=0.9 Xscale=0.5 Yscale=0.5"); Gtk_New (Align, Xalign => 0.2, Yalign => 0.9, Xscale => 0.5, Yscale => 0.5); Gtk_New (Button, "Button"); Add (Align, Button); Add (Frame2, Align); Pack_Start (Box1, Frame2); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Alignment; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/global_exception_handler.adb0000755000076700001450000000376612533067540022752 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; package body Global_Exception_Handler is procedure On_Exception (E : Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Occurrence) is begin Put_Line ("Unexpected exception:" & ASCII.LF & Exception_Information (E)); end On_Exception; end Global_Exception_Handler; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_minimap.adb0000644000076700001450000001257412533067540023273 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Cairo; use Cairo; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Paned; use Gtk.Paned; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; package body Create_Canvas_View_Minimap is function On_Item_Event_Zoom is new On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic (Modifier => Mod1_Mask); ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return ""; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is S : constant Gdouble := 0.86602540378443864676; -- sqrt(3) / 2 Canvas : Canvas_View; Model : List_Canvas_Model; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Black : Drawing_Style; Paned : Gtk_Paned; Minimap : Minimap_View; Minimap_Frame : Gtk_Frame; L1, L2, L3 : Canvas_Link; It1, It3 : Rect_Item; It2 : Polyline_Item; L : Gdouble; begin Gtk_New (Model); Canvas := new Canvas_View_Record; Gtkada.Canvas_View.Initialize (Canvas); Canvas.Set_Grid_Size (30.0); Canvas.Set_Snap (Snap_To_Grid => True, Snap_To_Guides => True); -- Order is irrelevant here. Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Select'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Move_Item'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background'Access); Canvas.On_Item_Event (On_Item_Event_Zoom'Access); Black := Gtk_New (Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.5))); It1 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 80.0, 80.0); It1.Set_Position ((50.0, 50.0)); Model.Add (It1); L := 30.0; It2 := Gtk_New_Polyline (Black, ((2.0 * L, L * S), (1.5 * L, L * S * 2.0), (0.5 * L, L * S * 2.0), (0.0, L * S), (0.5 * L, 0.0), (1.5 * L, 0.0)), Close => True); It2.Set_Position ((250.0, 250.0)); Model.Add (It2); It3 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 50.0, 80.0); It3.Set_Position ((50.0, 220.0)); Model.Add (It3); L1 := Gtk_New (From => It1, To => It2, Style => Gtk_New, Routing => Straight); Model.Add (L1); L2 := Gtk_New (From => It2, To => It3, Style => Gtk_New, Routing => Straight); Model.Add (L2); L3 := Gtk_New (From => L1, To => L2, Style => Gtk_New (Dashes => (4.0, 4.0)), Routing => Straight); Model.Add (L3); It3 := Gtk_New_Rect (Black, 50.0, 80.0); It3.Set_Position ((650.0, 400.0)); Model.Add (It3); -- Create the view once the model is populated, to avoid a refresh -- every time a new item is added. Gtk_New (Paned, Orientation_Vertical); Paned.Set_Position (100); Frame.Add (Paned); Gtk_New (Minimap_Frame); Paned.Add1 (Minimap_Frame); Gtk_New (Minimap); Minimap.Monitor (Canvas); Minimap_Frame.Add (Minimap); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Always, Policy_Always); Paned.Add2 (Scrolled); Canvas.Set_Model (Model); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Minimap; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/README0000644000076700001450000000074112533067132016127 0ustar gnatmailgnatThis is the GtkAda version of the C testgtk program, demonstrating the use of most of the GtkAda widgets. Many improvements have been made compared to the original C implementation. This is both a test program, a source of examples, and a nice demo of the GtkAda technology. To build it under unix, simply type make after having configured GtkAda. To build it under windows, use the following command: gnatmake -I../lib -Iopengl -Ipixbuf testgtk -largs -llw -lopengl32 -lglu32 gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_cursors.ads0000644000076700001450000000357612533067540020777 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Cursors is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Cursors; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/main_windows.ads0000644000076700001450000000436612533067540020450 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Window; package Main_Windows is type Main_Window_Record is new Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record with record Notebook : Gtk.Notebook.Gtk_Notebook; end record; type Main_Window is access all Main_Window_Record'Class; procedure Gtk_New (Win : out Main_Window); procedure Initialize (Win : access Main_Window_Record'Class); type Help_Function is access function return String; procedure Set_Help (Func : Help_Function); -- Set a new help function to be displayed end Main_Windows; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_css_accordion.ads0000644000076700001450000000361212533067540022077 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Css_Accordion is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Css_Accordion; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/penguin.lwo0000644000076700001450000002345412533067132017445 0ustar gnatmailgnatFORM'$LWOBSRFS SininenValkoinenOranssiSilmäPNTS à0¸R?À>s34?ªf>+÷æ?ªf>5ó0¸R?ªf>€¾+÷ç?ªf>5ó¾s33?ªf$ 0¾+÷ç?ªf¾5ó0¸R?ªf¾€>+÷æ?ªf¾5ó>?`b=ÌÌÍ>G™?`b>ƒnb0¸R?`>ªŠº¾G™?`b>ƒnb¾?`b=ÌÌ;G™?`b¾UµÛ0¸R?`¾œ4¶>G™?`b¾UµÛ>ó33>æff=LÌÍ>«÷ç>æff>›kY0¸R>€?¾«÷ç>æff>›kY¾ó33>æff=LÌ;«÷ç>€¾µó0¸R>€¿>«÷ç>€¾µó>”íÒ¾ŒÌÍ>œÄq0¸R¾À>ݳ׾”íÒ¾ŒÌÍ>œÄq¾Òž ¾ŒÌÍ=ÌÌ;”íÒ¾À¾œÄq0¸R¾À¾Ý³×>”íÒ¾À¾œÄq>s34¿;‡3¾™™™>+÷æ¿U Í>5ó0¸R¿U Í>€¾+÷ç¿U Í>5ó¾s33¿;‡3¾™™™¾+÷ç¿;‡3¾ô0¸R¿;‡3¿ ÌÍ>+÷æ¿;‡3¾ô0¸R¿s33¿™š>y¯p?Ž«ù>ow=²ë?«Š£>cô¢·‹æÃ?ŽwW?.¬>0?aŠ¯>§²&> y?]?>¡7ܽ²Ó¼?«ˆ¾>d#$¾yM?Ž‡ú>n´k¾$­?a‚`>§Â‘¾±?Hu>¡ ¾›Ç¿:=꾪»;¿Zš>A6À¾Þf¤¿_å}>g¾œ?9¿•žG>’ýÙ¾Û“{¿Š¢Ò>ªÿ-¿ ÀB¿Žƒˆ>¼`ˆ¾ÀÉ/¿•Î?.Œœ¿.%ä¿™o?=>Û“{¿Š¢Ò>ªÿ->ÀÉ/¿•Î?.Œœ>œ?9¿•žG>’ýÙ? ÀB¿Žƒˆ>¼`ˆ?.%ä¿™o?=>›Ç¿:=ê>ª»;¿Zš>A6À>Þf¤¿_å}>g>Òž ¾ŒÌÍ=ÌÌÍ>æ’q=²¶8=Põs>¥·t=°VÀ>•É§??F=@…U>}OL¾¦ˆ$=°h>–´Ã¾å»°=²é„=Pâ¾¥·t=°VÀ>•É§¾æ’q=²¶8=Põs¿?F=@…U>}OL¿ ¨ß<æ…ø>†âƒ¿{%=£O>ÁV¾ÕÓv=…dÑ>38v¾Àj½ÃY×>O›¾Þtè½ÀûÝ=˜_8¾ÿ¥ß>…a=0šÜ¿">tYT>@Ý¿ÅØ>… î>tþϕ>æff>5ó¾¬ÉÅ>‰Áû>5ð¾³ÅﾌÌÍ>O÷¤¾ž\ؽÁì,>š€v¾Ø‚X¿%ò=øhξÄð¿]AŒ>)œ”¾¾¬¤¿‚>Γ¾ŸÔ†¿‚>}_Ñ>Æ$ò=±†|>/èU?jð=c3´> õ? ¯j<ëJ#>…þ>ܘ>½À>~=š£Ã>¼*À½Án:>HüÚ?$>tUS>7í>ìâÒ>‰‰ú=Ná >Ï•>æff>5ó?Áñ>… î>së(>¨×®>‰> >˜š€>R£½Án:>™G >³ÅﾌÌÍ>O÷¤>ŸÔ†¿‚>}_Ñ>¾¬¤¿‚>Γ>Äð¿]AŒ>)œ”>Ø‚X¿%ò=øhÎ>Þ“½>‰…È>8Ü7>8¬Û>¶Þ>ß¿B>6>=>)¬>ÝþÎ>”¼„¾ƒ>àŸµ7xâî>ú˸>(Ö¾©ZT>Êà>$eI¾¿7€¾Ìð/ñÄ]½®:¾ëÚ>&g°½ƒ,ü¾åb5>=kw>ë&¾ì§>¤ØB½ç}¾¬m»>áï­>¶¤¾(W‚>Ùh>T·¾+i >Åö¾ñ¾ ãÎ>Îﾩ8'½ßß[>YU{¿;n~¾Ê>æ>jz¿ ¥Ë¾ÈȽ>Œùa¿y;¾&>Áò¿«½½ÁÇH>ºSŒ¿Žð> åÄ>™hš¿˜(ì?9‘>Ü ¿‘F7>ÿé½>÷q+¿Œø´>¸4Ó>íLµ¿’¤?Å…?%M¿™~ô?/W{?!Ò¤¿”ˆX>êÿo>ük ¿—©°>Ùw>ÜÐŽ¿’¡>¦*¡>¤® ¿Šœø>Fæn> 忄>c.>Â7¹¿|V›>i À>§Ð›¿mTô>"áØ>קé¿™>dv‘>ïp¾¿ÏŠ>wØÃ>¿é¿pfm=þJÕ>ÐèÄ¿‰M>y@>w{!¿`pŒ½²"Þ>q3Õ¿jÿ~=Þ0`>{g·¿XR"½Eh>xÆ¿Yò">4Z>}€2¿ší>ŒKº>¹]•¿B•F½.%R¾Ü ¿‘F7>ÿé½¾™hš¿˜(ì?9‘¾ºSŒ¿Žð> åľ÷q+¿Œø´>¸4Ó¾íLµ¿’¤?Å…¿!Ò¤¿”ˆX>êÿo¿%M¿™~ô?/W{¾ÜÐŽ¿’¡>¦*¡¾ük ¿—©°>Ùw¾§Ð›¿mTô>"áؾÂ7¹¿|V›>i À¾Â å¿„>c.¾¤® ¿Šœø>Fæn¾×§é¿™>dv‘¾ïp¾¿ÏŠ>wØþ¿é¿pfm=þJÕ¾ÐèÄ¿‰M>y@¾{g·¿XR"½Eh¾q3Õ¿jÿ~=Þ0`¾w{ ¿`pŒ½²"Þ¾}hN¿š>ŒA)¾xÆ¿Yò">4Z¾­,g>‰Ä¾>›v¾Þb™>‰ƒ§>8ŠÓ¾ó›ž>Šw=N·¾Ð¥[=®+'>8>¾Ü‰›½ÀIz=še¾¿f¼½ÂAS>MŽ¸¾Ÿ ½Áõƒ>›0„¾Áo¿©®½Áꣾ¹]”¿B•F½.%R>63ý?`âá>—iø>`Ó§?~½~>{Ñ>Rkæ?¶>’¢ú>C(;?#>ŽÍý>ܯ?€,Z>¦À>k×?«](>Nùú=ç¢`?ž>>Žçô>Œ³?¹>‚ž¯>^U%?W>Z¡C·Ë–t?ž}™>ýR­=.ª?å’>÷"ì=9Âw?ž R>›‘F=4’F?«V–>tGf7ˆ?~˨?[¿=Un=?€BJ>®³=¢à ?`ï >®IX½2¦â?ŽÄ>÷ñZ½Xh?€'>®¥"œ½¢œ€?a¶>®-{½4×Y?«U½>t`â½é|?ž7é>½>îk?ž>›õ¾][‚?@Ò>Yéµ¾Bû?ê>Ž l¾í‰?ªÒ>‚‚(¾?«\>Oï¾5¶?`ïx>—@¾(åµ?|k>”€¾a&I?~–_>{'…=¿2 ?¸¨=Ì >\zK?«›=½Ÿ•>mÑ?¹zj;|5fA?¸> nZ=C-.?¸Æ=üŽ¿[ ?¸ª#=Ì5#½C…^?¸ÆÏ=üF¾tÿ?¹zÛ;¼Ã¾\vz?«™…=½œà½Ë€×?¹éx½Ñi¯¾]{×?«Œ÷½ÂFÉ4ªÜÂ?¹è„¾°Ä½´Öü?«|;eé¯=Ë€û?¹ét½Ñi=´Öû?«|;eé®>]uJ?«ŒÃ½ÂEß>wŸ_?`j~>8ø…>†Ì¾?~²>.ÉÙ>Š÷•?Ù£=IHs>†…?~ä=ü%Û¾yHº?`{N>9û«¾†òÿ?~uí>.³ ¾†?m=úþQ¾ŠìÙ?ØÂ=IQ‘¾‡ê™?aø–½~t#¾wßÃ?Ž ؽÜH%¾@Ÿ5?ÔʾOaÀ½ÛA‰?aU‹¾ä½Ë/‰?ŽS¾‰Gù0†ê?ŽO¾˜Ão=Ë/ˆ?ŽS¾‰Gù>@Ÿ4?ÔʾOaÀ=ÛA‰?aU‹¾ä>wá?Ž Œ½ÜYP>‡ç1?a÷W½~z>À Ó?)±˜=• ©>ŸýÊ?*2>WpÀ>ƒ’2?)1ä>äá8mÅ­?ÿ>Ôâî>&ŒÑ?(7>¨#è>x5?*Ah>Ÿy;8§‹>¶·>ßÒ´¾&r”?(~²>¨¾zá?*SÝ>¡¾„—¯?)Bë>ݦ¾Ÿøj?*V>Wbh¾Àæ?)³=•á¾¸PÔ?+ñ½¬Ö2¾!é?‹¾”¾áà>¶ ð¾(Od¾=vë>é¾ì«Ï½à ö?{¾È_Ë0+?4×¾Ñ3>?ŠÓ¾”ó=à ö?{¾È_Ë>¸R?+òs½¬Å¾9@>)óf>ß?š¾ʾ©ZÎ>Êؼ¾ø>¼…'»>àµi¾Û`Ø>,)¾'Èp¾Îâ~¾©3½ßé¾ËÕ`¾¨­¾ ¾¤ÌÖ½èÁ¾¬b7¾&b–½ƒ(A¾å^(¾$iP¾¿5ʾÌñÅ=µ¾Ù¿A×>ªx0ͨ¿ Is>¿|Ä=½ùZ¿S5Ô>cZ˜½½ù[¿S5Ô>cZ˜½µ¾Ú¿A×>ªx¾ŒüÒ¿yó¾À¦¾j‚á¿ ¥ù¾ÈÌ-¾YU{¿;n~¾Ê>æ½À]«¿ Öô¾ðŒz0ºÝ¿-¾ùoÙ½·&£¿:Ì¿=·&¢¿:Ì¿=À]©¿ Öô¾ðŒz>ÒÕ¿Zôÿ¾è™¼>1nt¿tHÒ¾:Ž0˜`ƒ¿w—·¾ö@¾1nt¿tHÒ¾:Ž¾ÒÔ¿Zôÿ¾è™¼½Ãæ¿Z¡•¿ (0°ž=¿W¿s>=ÃÃ¥¿Z¡•¿ (0POLSHKMJLKIMLKLMNOHMNIOMNMOPQILPJQLPLQJRQSRQSRSQJKRHTKRTKTRUNVUHNVUVNWY4XW3YXWXYYU3ZYUZYZUD[]C\[E]\[\]B^_C[^D_[^[_`aE\`Ca\`\aE`cb`cb`bcEc]dcD]dcd]B_fDe_fe_efBfhgf@hgfghBhj@ihAjihijbkdbDkdbdkCa[kaD[kak[B^_C[^D_[^[_B_fDe_fe_efBfhgf@hgfgh@ihAjiBhjijhDdmldmldlmenDmenmemnnponponopqsrqsrqrstsutsutusvwavCwavawuxwuCxwuwxxyC^xBy^x^y z|'{z|{z{|y|B}y |}y}|:~€<~;€~€=‚:€;‚€€‚;ƒ‚>„ƒ=‚„ƒ„‚=„†>…„<†…„…†?‡ˆ<~‡:ˆ~‡~ˆ?ˆŠ:‰ˆ@Š‰ˆ‰ŠAi‹@‰i:‹‰i‰‹:‹=ŒA‹ŒŒ‹?ŽAŒ=ŽŒŒŽ=†Ž<‡†?Ž‡†‡Ž ‘?!‘‘!’?Š@’ŠŠ’!’“@g’“g’g“ }”Bj}A”j}j”A”? ””;ƒ<…>ƒ……ƒ6•—8–•5—–•–—8•™6˜•7™˜•˜™7š™9›š8™›š›™7œš5œ9šœš2ž 3Ÿž6 ŸžŸ 2 ¡6— 5¡— —¡6Ÿ¢3XŸ4¢XŸX¢4£¢7˜£6¢˜£˜¢7£¥4¤£2¥¤£¤¥2¡¥5œ¡7¥œ¡œ¥$¦¨#§¦2¨§¦§¨#©ªZ©3ªZ©Zª#ª§3žª2§žªž§F«¬S«¬S«S¬F¬®­¬G®­¬­®F®°G¯®°¯®¯°±UF°±U°±°UWY4XW3YXWXYYU3ZYUZYZU4W³²W$³²W²³$¨³2¤¨4³¤¨¤³,´¶ µ´)¶µ´µ¶)·¶-¸·,¶¸·¸¶¹»*º¹-»º¹º»»¼-·»)¼·»·¼½¿+¾½-¿¾½¾¿¿À-º¿*Àº¿ºÀ-¾Â+Á¾ ÂÁ¾Á ÃÂ,¸Ã-¸ø ÁÅ+ÄÁ1ÅÄÁÄÅ ÅÇ1ÆÅ0ÇÆÅÆÇÈÊ.ÉÈ1ÊÉÈÉÊʽ1ÄÊ+½ÄÊĽËÍ/ÌË1ÍÌËÌÍÍÎ1ÉÍ.ÎÉÍÉÎ ÏÐ0ÆÏ1ÐÆÏÆÐ ÐÑ1ÌÐ/ÑÌÐÌÑÒÔÓÒÔÓÒÓÔÕÖÀÕ*ÖÀÕÀÖÖÒ*¹ÖÒ¹Ö¹Ò×ØÎ×.ØÎ×ÎØØÕ.ÈØÕÈØÈÕÙ×ÚÙ×ÚÙÚ×ÛÙÜÛÙÜÛÜÙÝÛÞÝÛÞÝÞÛßÝàßÝàßàÝÔßáÔßáÔáß)µã âµ ãâµâã)ãå äãåäãäåÓå¼Ó)å¼Ó¼å æç Ñæ/çÑæÑç/ËèÚËèÚËÚè/èçéè çéèéçêë éêëéêéëÜëìÜëìÜìëíîìíîìíìîÞîïÞîïÞïîïðàïðàïàððòñðòñðñòñóáñóáñáóóôäó ôäóäôböõb öõbõö âö ÷âö÷â÷ö øùløùlølù÷ú ´÷,ú´÷´úúù,Ãú ùÃúÃùûüøû üøûøüüý Çü0ýÇüÇý0Ïý þÏýþÏþýþÿ æþ ÿæþæÿÿS ÿSÿS êêêííítttòòòv v v ô  õô õôõ û «ûF «û«   o  o o   F±  ± ± G­ ­ ­ ¯G¯¯G   rrr!“p“p“p!"#" © #© ©8›–9›5–›–$²²²$%%%&'&q{q'{q{( ! ‘ !!‘ ‘!(!"!!""!"("#""##"#(#$#¦#$$¦#¦$($%$$%%$%(%&%%&&%&(&'&&''&'(' 'z'  z'z SURF6OranssiCOLRÿ±`FLAGDIFFVDIF?€SMAN?ÇñæSURF4SilmäCOLRFÑFLAGDIFFVDIF?€SMAN?ÇñæSURF6SininenCOLR 2FLAGDIFFVDIF?€SMAN?ÇñæSURF8ValkoinenCOLRÖêäFLAGDIFFVDIF?€SMAN?Çñægtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_about.ads0000644000076700001450000000355412533067540020405 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_About is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_About; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_icon_view.ads0000644000076700001450000000356412533067540021256 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Icon_View is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Icon_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_dnd.ads0000644000076700001450000000354612533067540020041 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Dnd is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Dnd; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_file_selection.adb0000644000076700001450000000516412533067540022235 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtkada.File_Selection; use Gtkada.File_Selection; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Ada.Text_IO; package body Create_File_Selection is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "the @Gtkada.File_Selection_Dialog@B is a dialog to ask the user" & " for a file name. It can also give access to basic file and" & " directory manipulation, such as create, rename, delete."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Frame); begin Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Selected: " & Gtkada.File_Selection.File_Selection_Dialog (Title => "Select an existing file", Must_Exist => True)); end Run; end Create_File_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_cairo.ads0000644000076700001450000000467612533067540020376 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Testcairo_Drawing; use Testcairo_Drawing; package Create_Cairo is function Help return String; procedure Run_Rectangles is new Run (Rectangles); procedure Run_Transparency is new Run (Transparency); procedure Run_Operators is new Run (Operators); procedure Run_Matrix is new Run (Matrix); procedure Run_Transformations is new Run (Transformations); procedure Run_Paths is new Run (Paths); procedure Run_Patterns is new Run (Patterns); procedure Run_Clip_And_Paint is new Run (Clip_And_Paint); procedure Run_Surface_And_Png is new Run (Surface_And_Png); procedure Run_Toy_Text is new Run (Toy_Text); procedure Run_Pango_Text is new Run (Pango_Text); procedure Run_Image is new Run (Image); end Create_Cairo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_check_buttons.adb0000644000076700001450000000654712533067540022112 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; package body Create_Check_Buttons is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Check_Button@B has two possible states, either activated" & " or desactivated. A callback can be set each time the state is" & " modified."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1, Box2 : Box.Gtk_Box; A_Check_Button : Check_Button.Gtk_Check_Button; Label : Gtk_Label; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Check Buttons"); Box.Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Container => Frame, Widget => Box1); Box.Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 10); Set_Border_Width (Container => Box2, Border_Width => 10); Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box1, Child => Box2, Expand => False, Fill => False); Check_Button.Gtk_New (A_Check_Button, "button1"); Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box2, Child => A_Check_Button); Check_Button.Gtk_New (A_Check_Button, "button2"); Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box2, Child => A_Check_Button); Check_Button.Gtk_New (A_Check_Button); -- Empty initially Gtk_New (Label, "button3"); Add (A_Check_Button, Label); -- Manually set the label Box.Pack_Start (In_Box => Box2, Child => A_Check_Button); Show_All (Box1); end Run; end Create_Check_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_opacity.adb0000644000076700001450000001041412533067540020713 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Scale; use Gtk.Scale; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Opacity is Main_Window : Gtk_Window; -- The main testgtk window. ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo makes the main window partially" & " transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully" & " opaque. On X11 this has effect only on X screens with a" & " compositing manager running. On Windows it should always work." & " Note that setting a window's opacity after the window has been" & " shown causes it to flicker once on Windows."; end Help; ---------------------- -- On_Value_Changed -- ---------------------- procedure On_Value_Changed (Adjustment : access Gtk_Adjustment_Record'Class) is begin Main_Window.Set_Opacity (Get_Value (Adjustment) / 100.0); end On_Value_Changed; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1, Box2 : Gtk_Box; Label : Gtk_Label; Adjustment : Gtk_Adjustment; Scale : Gtk_Scale; begin -- Record our toplevel widget for use by our callbacks. Main_Window := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Frame)); Set_Label (Frame, "Opacity"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, False, 10); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); if Is_Composited (Main_Window) then Gtk_New (Label, "The main window IS composited."); else Gtk_New (Label, "The main window IS NOT composited. This might not work."); end if; Pack_Start (Box2, Label, False, False, 10); Gtk_New (Label, "Opacity setting for the main window:"); Pack_Start (Box2, Label, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Adjustment, Value => Get_Opacity (Main_Window) * 100.0, Lower => 0.0, Upper => 100.0, Step_Increment => 0.1, Page_Increment => 5.0); Gtk_New_Hscale (Scale, Adjustment); Pack_Start (Box2, Scale, True, True, 0); Adj_Handler.Connect (Adjustment, "value_changed", On_Value_Changed'Access); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Opacity; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_toolbar.ads0000644000076700001450000000407012533067540020727 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Toolbar; use Gtk.Toolbar; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; package Create_Toolbar is procedure Make_Toolbar (Toolbar : out Gtk_Toolbar; With_Entry : Boolean := False); procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Toolbar; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_dnd.adb0000644000076700001450000010460112533067540020012 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Dnd; use Gtk.Dnd; with Gtk.Target_List; use Gtk.Target_List; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtkada.Types; use Gtkada.Types; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Gdk.Dnd; use Gdk.Dnd; with Gdk.Drag_Contexts; use Gdk.Drag_Contexts; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Selection_Data; use Gtk.Selection_Data; package body Create_Dnd is function "+" (S : String) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr renames Interfaces.C.Strings.New_String; Drag_Icon_Xpm : constant Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := "36 48 9 1" + " c None" + ". c #020204" + "+ c #8F8F90" + "@ c #D3D3D2" + "# c #AEAEAC" + "$ c #ECECEC" + "% c #A2A2A4" + "& c #FEFEFC" + "* c #BEBEBC" + " ....................." + " ..&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ...&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&.&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&.&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&.&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&.&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&.&&&@&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&&.*$%$+$&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&&&.%$%$+&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&&&&.#&#@$&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&&&&&.#$**#$&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&&&&&&.&@%&%$&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&&&&&&&.&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + " ..&&&&&&&&&&&&.&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + "................&$@&&&@&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&+&&#@%#+@#@*$%$+$&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&+&&#@#@&&@*%$%$+&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&+&$%&#@&#@@#&#@$&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&@#@@$&*@&@#@#$**#$&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&@%&%$&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&$#@@$&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&+&$+&$&@&$@&&$@&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&+&&#@%#+@#@*$%&+$&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&+&&#@#@&&@*%$%$+&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&+&$%&#@&#@@#&#@$&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&@#@@$&*@&@#@#$#*#$&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&$%&%$&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&$#@@$&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&+&$%&$$@&$@&&$@&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&+&&#@%#+@#@*$%$+$&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&+&&#@#@&&@*#$%$+&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&+&$+&*@&#@@#&#@$&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&$%@@&&*@&@#@#$#*#&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&$%&%$&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&$#@@$&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&+&$%&$$@&$@&&$@&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&+&&#@%#+@#@*$%$+$&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&+&&#@#@&&@*#$%$+&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&+&$+&*@&#@@#&#@$&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&$%@@&&*@&@#@#$#*#&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&$%&%$&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + ".&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&." + "...................................."; Trashcan_Closed_Xpm : constant Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := "64 80 17 1" + " c None" + ". c #030304" + "+ c #5A5A5C" + "@ c #323231" + "# c #888888" + "$ c #1E1E1F" + "% c #767677" + "& c #494949" + "* c #9E9E9C" + "= c #111111" + "- c #3C3C3D" + "; c #6B6B6B" + "> c #949494" + ", c #282828" + "' c #808080" + ") c #545454" + "! c #AEAEAC" + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " ==......=$$...=== " + " ..$------)+++++++++++++@$$... " + " ..=@@-------&+++++++++++++++++++-.... " + " =.$$@@@-&&)++++)-,$$$$=@@&+++++++++++++,..$ " + " .$$$$@@&+++++++&$$$@@@@-&,$,-++++++++++;;;&.. " + " $$$$,@--&++++++&$$)++++++++-,$&++++++;%%'%%;;$@ " + " .-@@-@-&++++++++-@++++++++++++,-++++++;''%;;;%*-$ " + " +------++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++;;%%%;;##*!. " + " =+----+++++++++++++++++++++++;;;;;;;;;;;;%'>>). " + " .=)&+++++++++++++++++;;;;;;;;;;;;;;%''>>#>#@. " + " =..=&++++++++++++;;;;;;;;;;;;;%###>>###+%== " + " .&....=-+++++%;;####''''''''''##'%%%)..#. " + " .+-++@....=,+%#####'%%%%%%%%%;@$-@-@*++!. " + " .+-++-+++-&-@$$=$=......$,,,@;&)+!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " =+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!+++= " + " $.++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!+.$ " + " =.++++++++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++.= " + " $..+++++++++++++++!++++++...$ " + " $$=.............=$$ " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " "; Trashcan_Open_Xpm : constant Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := "64 80 17 1" + " c None" + ". c #030304" + "+ c #5A5A5C" + "@ c #323231" + "# c #888888" + "$ c #1E1E1F" + "% c #767677" + "& c #494949" + "* c #9E9E9C" + "= c #111111" + "- c #3C3C3D" + "; c #6B6B6B" + "> c #949494" + ", c #282828" + "' c #808080" + ") c #545454" + "! c #AEAEAC" + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " .=.==.,@ " + " ==.,@-&&&)-= " + " .$@,&++;;;%>*- " + " $,-+)+++%%;;'#+. " + " =---+++++;%%%;%##@. " + " @)++++++++;%%%%'#%$ " + " $&++++++++++;%%;%##@= " + " ,-++++)+++++++;;;'#%) " + " @+++&&--&)++++;;%'#'-. " + " ,&++-@@,,,,-)++;;;'>'+, " + " =-++&@$@&&&&-&+;;;%##%+@ " + " =,)+)-,@@&+++++;;;;%##%&@ " + " @--&&,,@&)++++++;;;;'#)@ " + " ---&)-,@)+++++++;;;%''+, " + " $--&)+&$-+++++++;;;%%'';- " + " .,-&+++-$&++++++;;;%''%&= " + " $,-&)++)-@++++++;;%''%), " + " =,@&)++++&&+++++;%'''+$@&++++++ " + " .$@-++++++++++++;'#';,........=$@&++++ " + " =$@@&)+++++++++++'##-.................=&++ " + " .$$@-&)+++++++++;%#+$.....................=)+ " + " $$,@-)+++++++++;%;@=........................,+ " + " .$$@@-++++++++)-)@=............................ " + " $,@---)++++&)@===............................,. " + " $-@---&)))-$$=..............................=)!. " + " --&-&&,,$=,==...........................=&+++!. " + " =,=$..=$+)+++++&@$=.............=$@&+++++!++!. " + " .)-++-+++++++++++++++++++++++++++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++++++++++++++++++++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!+++!!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " .+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!++!. " + " =+-++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!+++= " + " $.++-+++-+++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++!+.$ " + " =.++++++++++++++!++++!++++!+++!++.= " + " $..+++++++++++++++!++++++...$ " + " $$==...........==$$ " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " " + " "; Have_Drag : Boolean := False; Log : Gtk_Label; Drag_Icon : Gdk_Pixbuf; Trashcan_Open : Gdk_Pixbuf; Trashcan_Closed : Gdk_Pixbuf; My_Target_String1 : constant Guint := 0; My_Target_String2 : constant Guint := 1; My_Target_Url : constant Guint := 2; My_Target_Rootwin : constant Guint := 3; package Widget_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record); package Return_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record, Boolean); Target_Table : constant Target_Entry_Array := ((+"STRING", 0, My_Target_String1), (+"text/plain", 0, My_Target_String2), (+"text/uri-list", 0, My_Target_Url), (+"application/x-rootwin-drop", 0, My_Target_Rootwin)); -- all the known data types in this application. Any MIME type can be used, -- as well a strings defined in the motif protocol, like "STRING". Target_Table_String : constant Target_Entry_Array := ((+"STRING", 0, My_Target_String1), (+"text/plain", 0, My_Target_String2)); -- For a drop site that only accepts Data of type STRING or text/plain Target_Table_Url : constant Target_Entry_Array := (1 => (+"text/uri-list", 0, My_Target_Url)); -- For a drop site that only accepts Data of type url. ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo demonstrates the drag-and-drop features of GtkAda." & " Several @bdrag-and-drop@B (dnd) protocols are supported, so that" & " your application can easily communicate with other external codes," & " but this is mostly transparent for you." & ASCII.LF & "Although providing dnd capabilities in your application is not" & " difficult, it requires you to take care of several things, which" & " might be a little bit tricky the first time. You should look at" & " this demo while reading its source code, extensively documented" & " in testgtk/create_dnd.adb in the GtkAda distribution." & ASCII.LF & "Several things worth noting in this demo:" & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & " - Several @bdrag sources@B are available. The first only knows" & " how to transmitted plain text data. The second one only knows" & " about URLs, whereas the third one can provide any of the above." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & " - Several @bdrop sites@B are also provided. Like the drag sources," & " they all have special attributes and accept only special types" & " of data. Thus, some dnd operations will simply be rejected if" & " there is no common type between the drag source and the drop site." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & " - In addition, all of the above have special types of @bactions@B" & " that they can handle. These are either @bAction_Copy@B," & " @bAction_Move@B, or a combination of the two. These actions" & " control the default behavior of the drag and drop operation. The" & " action selected will be the first one common to both the drag" & " source and the drop site, unless you press @bshift@B at the same" & " time to force a move. Notice than when Action_Move is selected," & " GtkAda asks the drag source to delete the data, thus the Delete" & " message that you see on the output." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & " - The @btrashcan@B has a special behavior, since no default" & " behavior is associated to it, and everything is managed directly" & " by the demo, by connecting to the appropriate signals. We also" & " chose to change its visual aspect when the mouse is over the" & " widget and a drag-and-drop operation is taking place." & ASCII.LF & ASCII.LF & " - The @bicons@B can be freely modified. Note that the pixmap used" & " when dragging from the first button is different than the one used" & " for the other buttons. This can provide some interesting visual" & " clues for the user."; end Help; ------------- -- Put_Log -- ------------- procedure Put_Log (Str : String) is begin Log.Set_Text (Str); end Put_Log; ---------------------- -- Target_Drag_Drop -- ---------------------- -- A handler called for the signal "drag_drop", ie every time the user -- drops something on Widget. -- You need to provide such a handler when you do not provide any -- default behavior in Dest_Set, as is the case for the pixmap in Run. -- -- Note that even if there is no common target between the drag source -- and the drop site, this handler is called anyway. However, since -- Get_Targets will return a Null_List, nothing will be printed. -- -- This is the general form for handlers of "drag_drop". function Target_Drag_Drop (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) return Boolean is Context : Drag_Context := Drag_Context (Get_Object (Nth (Args, 1))); X : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 2)); Y : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 3)); Time : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 4)); pragma Unreferenced (Context, X, Y, Time); begin Have_Drag := False; Put_Log ("Drop"); Gtk_Image (Widget).Set (Trashcan_Closed); return False; end Target_Drag_Drop; ------------------------------- -- Target_Drag_Data_Received -- ------------------------------- -- This function is called automatically every time some new data -- has been received on the trash can. -- -- This is the general form of handlers for "drag_data_received". procedure Target_Drag_Data_Received (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context : constant Drag_Context := Drag_Context (Get_Object (Nth (Args, 1))); X : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 2)); Y : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 3)); Data : constant Gtk_Selection_Data := From_Object (Get_Address (Nth (Args, 4))); Info : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 5)); -- third item of the Target_Entry Time : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 6)); pragma Unreferenced (Widget, X, Y, Info); begin if Get_Length (Data) >= 0 and then Get_Format (Data) = 8 then Put_Log ("Received " & Get_Data_As_String (Data) & " in trashcan"); Finish (Context, Success => True, Del => False, Time => Guint32 (Time)); else Finish (Context, Success => False, Del => False, Time => Guint32 (Time)); end if; end Target_Drag_Data_Received; ------------------------ -- Target_Drag_Motion -- ------------------------ -- This is the handler for the signal "drag_motion". -- It is called every time the user is doing a drag-and-drop operation, and -- the mouse is currently over Widget (but not released yet). -- This is used to change the visual aspect of Widget to provide visual -- clues to the user. -- This is the general form for handlers of "drag_motion". function Target_Drag_Motion (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) return Boolean is Context : constant Drag_Context := Drag_Context (Get_Object (Nth (Args, 1))); X : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 2)); Y : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 3)); Time : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 4)); pragma Unreferenced (X, Y); begin if not Have_Drag then Have_Drag := True; Gtk_Image (Widget).Set (Trashcan_Open); end if; Drag_Status (Context, Get_Suggested_Action (Context), Guint32 (Time)); return True; end Target_Drag_Motion; ----------------------- -- Target_Drag_Leave -- ----------------------- -- A handler called whenever a drag-and-drop operation is being performed, -- and the mouse has just left the area covered by Widget on the screen. -- This is used to restore the default visual aspect of Widget. -- -- Leave is also called when the drop is done on Widget. -- -- This is the general form of handlers for "drag_leave". procedure Target_Drag_Leave (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context : Drag_Context := Drag_Context (Get_Object (Nth (Args, 1))); Time : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 2)); pragma Unreferenced (Context, Time); begin Put_Log ("Leave"); Have_Drag := False; Gtk_Image (Widget).Set (Trashcan_Closed); end Target_Drag_Leave; ------------------------------ -- Label_Drag_Data_Received -- ------------------------------ -- This function is called automatically every time some new data -- has been received on the label "Drop Here". -- -- This is the general form of handlers for "drag_data_received". procedure Label_Drag_Data_Received (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context : constant Drag_Context := Drag_Context (Get_Object (Nth (Args, 1))); X : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 2)); Y : constant Gint := Get_Int (Nth (Args, 3)); Data : constant Gtk_Selection_Data := From_Object (Get_Address (Nth (Args, 4))); Info : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 5)); Time : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 6)); pragma Unreferenced (Widget, X, Y, Info); begin if Get_Length (Data) >= 0 and then Get_Format (Data) = 8 then Put_Log ("Received " & Get_Data_As_String (Data) & " in label"); Gtk.Dnd.Finish (Context, Success => True, Del => False, Time => Guint32 (Time)); else Gtk.Dnd.Finish (Context, Success => False, Del => False, Time => Guint32 (Time)); end if; end Label_Drag_Data_Received; -------------------------- -- Source_Drag_Data_Get -- -------------------------- -- This is called when the user has dropped the item, and GtkAda needs -- to know what was actually dragged. The source widget should thus give -- some data, that will be transmitted to the drop widget through the -- signal "drag_data_received". -- -- This is the general form of handlers for "drag_data_get". procedure Source_Drag_Data_Get (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context : constant Drag_Context := Drag_Context (Get_Object (Nth (Args, 1))); Data : constant Gtk_Selection_Data := From_Object (Get_Address (Nth (Args, 2))); Info : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 3)); Time : constant Guint := Get_Uint (Nth (Args, 4)); pragma Unreferenced (Widget, Context, Time); begin if Info = My_Target_Rootwin then Put_Log ("I was dropped on the root window"); elsif Info = My_Target_Url then Selection_Data_Set (Data, Get_Target (Data), 8, "file://www.act-europe.fr"); else Selection_Data_Set (Data, Get_Target (Data), 8, "I'm Data!, Info was " & Guint'Image (Info)); end if; end Source_Drag_Data_Get; ----------------------------- -- Source_Drag_Data_Delete -- ----------------------------- -- This handler is called whenever the drop site of a drag-and-drop -- operation has decided that the data should be deleted, or if the -- selected action was Action_Move. -- -- This is the general handler type for "drag_data_delete". procedure Source_Drag_Data_Delete (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context : constant Drag_Context := Drag_Context (Get_Object (Nth (Args, 1))); pragma Unreferenced (Context, Widget); begin Put_Log ("Delete the data!"); end Source_Drag_Data_Delete; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Table : Gtk_Grid; Label : Gtk_Label; Button : Gtk_Button; Pixmap : Gtk_Image; Box : Gtk_Box; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Drag-and-Drop"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New (Table); Box.Pack_Start (Table); Drag_Icon := Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Drag_Icon_Xpm); Trashcan_Open := Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Trashcan_Open_Xpm); Trashcan_Closed := Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Trashcan_Closed_Xpm); ----------------- -- Drop sites -- ----------------- -- First drop site: a simple label Gtk_New (Label, "Drop plain text here." & ASCII.LF & "Action_Move only" & ASCII.LF); Gtk.Dnd.Dest_Set (Label, Dest_Default_All, Target_Table_String, -- only STRING or text/plain Action_Move); Table.Attach (Label, 0, 0); Widget_Callback.Connect (Label, "drag_data_received", Label_Drag_Data_Received'Access); -- Second drop site: a simple label Gtk_New (Label, "Drop Url here." & ASCII.LF & "Action_Copy or Action_Move" & ASCII.LF); Gtk.Dnd.Dest_Set (Label, Dest_Default_All, Target_Table_Url, -- only urls Action_Copy + Action_Move); Table.Attach (Label, 1, 0); Widget_Callback.Connect (Label, "drag_data_received", Label_Drag_Data_Received'Access); -- Third drop site: a simple label Gtk_New (Label, "Drop Anything" & ASCII.LF & "only Here" & ASCII.LF); Gtk.Dnd.Dest_Set (Label, Dest_Default_All, Target_Table, -- only urls Action_Copy + Action_Move); Table.Attach (Label, 2, 0); Widget_Callback.Connect (Label, "drag_data_received", Label_Drag_Data_Received'Access); ----------------- -- Drag sites -- ----------------- -- First Drag site Gtk_New (Button, "Drag String from Here" & ASCII.LF); Gtk.Dnd.Source_Set (Button, Button1_Mask or Button3_Mask, Target_Table_String, Action_Copy + Action_Move); Table.Attach (Button, 0, 1); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "drag_data_get", Source_Drag_Data_Get'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "drag_data_delete", Source_Drag_Data_Delete'Access); Gtk.Dnd.Source_Set_Icon_Pixbuf (Button, Drag_Icon); -- Second Drag site Gtk_New (Button, "Drag Url from Here" & ASCII.LF); Gtk.Dnd.Source_Set (Button, Button1_Mask or Button3_Mask, Target_Table_Url, Action_Copy + Action_Move); Table.Attach (Button, 1, 1); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "drag_data_get", Source_Drag_Data_Get'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "drag_data_delete", Source_Drag_Data_Delete'Access); -- Third Drag site Gtk_New (Button, "Drag String or" & ASCII.LF & "Url from Here" & ASCII.LF); Gtk.Dnd.Source_Set (Button, Button1_Mask or Button3_Mask, Target_Table, Action_Copy + Action_Move + Action_Ask); Table.Attach (Button, 2, 1); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "drag_data_get", Source_Drag_Data_Get'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "drag_data_delete", Source_Drag_Data_Delete'Access); -- Special drop site Gtk_New (Pixmap, Trashcan_Closed); Gtk.Dnd.Dest_Set (Pixmap); Table.Attach (Pixmap, 0, 2); Return_Callback.Connect (Pixmap, "drag_drop", Target_Drag_Drop'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Pixmap, "drag_data_received", Target_Drag_Data_Received'Access); Return_Callback.Connect (Pixmap, "drag_motion", Target_Drag_Motion'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Pixmap, "drag_leave", Target_Drag_Leave'Access); -- The log window Gtk_New (Log); Pack_Start (Box, Log); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Dnd; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_text_view.ads0000644000076700001450000000356412533067540021312 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Text_View is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Text_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_radio_button.adb0000644000076700001450000000614512533067540021742 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Radio_Button; use Gtk.Radio_Button; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Radio_Button is function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Radio_Button@B is part of a group. Only one button" & " can be selected in this group. If you select a new button," & " the button currently selected is first deselected." & ASCII.LF & "This group is actually a simple @bWidget_SList.GSList@B. You" & " put the first button into the @bNull_List@B, and then add" & " the next buttons to the @bGroup@B created."; end Help; procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1, Box2 : Gtk_Box; Button : Gtk_Radio_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Radio Buttons"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, False, 10); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, Widget_SList.Null_List, "button1"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Button, Get_Group (Button), "button2"); Set_Active (Button, True); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Button, Get_Group (Button), "button3"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, True, True, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Radio_Button; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_cairo.adb0000644000076700001450000000374012533067540020344 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Create_Cairo is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This function shows examples of using the low-level Cairo" & " library for direct manipulation of pixels"; end Help; end Create_Cairo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_color_selection.ads0000644000076700001450000000361512533067540022454 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Color_Selection is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Color_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_fixed.ads0000644000076700001450000000357112533067540020371 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Fixed is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Fixed; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnome-gmush.png0000644000076700001450000000625412533067132020210 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR00Wù‡gAMA† 1è–_ cIDATxÚí˜[Œ$×YǧNUß{î{õŽ×qŒlb³K¸¯"„1RŒ2QL B âÍ‘xˆKHŒŠà„<8h­„`@‰ÀÂö‚/+lÇ»k{–ÝÙÞ¹ôLwOwuuÕ9U禪U Þ Á ¹¥£ª­©­úÿ¿ïÿ}ßÿ|ðûà÷ÁïÿõO¼/}àáO Ä­Ñh(.]X}îò[W;ÿ§ <öç_^qƜȄX‰ÂÑò02#Lš¡cÅ•+kÿzñìkŸÚèô®\ï³ýïèGÿäw}Ïñ?’³Ç“åp2Á&´N1iFÍ÷¹uùvœµÄñä¾è®Iuvr§;\{ß |å鯭4ëÍÓ‰ŠQ©ÆXƒµ¦dÖK½Rg¶5‹ÖŠV½–£íC‹¿¾ÓþÊûFàϾñ—'Ïø‚C¬L’˜ÌXpŽz½ïWðœGŽÉ¬a0걺&ð=ŸîÎÖY*íÆççš_ô£Kÿ+ý‹ÇŽ¼ç¾“ó­™cì‰Ì˜åI‘(…µ‹c¶9Ë\{k-ã¹)vGCâ$áÍÞÛh­Ù ‡8Ö8Kó_ô£_þ®xåÍWWgæW„'t–-§©"Ñ <çyDKf-&K1YF"ÆŒµøRø{¯BÙŒXÅ€ÂÚƒÿãzãò…æ–¾à oE› c-išbL†6ƒCzRJÖY `¬a4M Œ'!›;Û8OJZÍ6Õ Æh<&Mõ¡¥#s÷ïlì~û¦ œ»üæ±cŽ>.„XÉL†³vïÎb¬Ù+Ng0Æ¢2E–eh‚³8kq´I‰z]T–2Gd6Åó%"È@ÒnµY>| ‰`§ßãóoÌF¿ÀÍXë^=vxþÀóÆšek-Σ·½Ej @f22k±ÖâU|Æaóƒ™s¤Ö <‡Ò÷ñ«5d¢ñ$´Z-ª~@µRcŽFáÏÞ´„Ž,:½¹¹¾üû¿÷Û¼üâ|ßGzÂóðr¹T‚€f³IµZ!|: ç8pð ¹9Æã1·Üùa°¤ž@Jüß—x•+6]æ[³ =Ó¦Ñj>püÀOn_Þþ§÷" ßíb¬’c¾”ö3?Ï›Îíukñ¤O!¨ÂDQ„ÔkuffZlnl±´¸Àîλ½> ÕRiΟy‰¥ Êb« ÒŒÔ¦h“2 GlûŒÂ½Ñ.Ãh„­x÷†Wûü^¼wM‹”Ç„Œ†‚ ¤ï£µ" C¢(Bk š&;;=¶º]œu4š ÖÖ®T*¤:Å“q“fKss´dWºw>?vÛÜ}t™Z­Æ$‰ÙnÓ°RàÕ*?xð£·ýá {!kíÚoþƯ-?ÿܳ{ò‘r¯ËàH…NSßGú’v³I¥Ra8 ŸÌ ~ø¾“ôû#&qL’$øR²¸0ÃÖÆeŽÝr”Üs7Æ¢hÂ$NXö¹°»Å¥Íu”V$J¡µ&Ý®ÿêúWrX._ïMÀ9·ÒÝÚ<ýÙÏ|ß—~€çK)ž‡5–8I˜Lb²,¥Z­Òn·¸ç#ʼn¥iš’$ J©éò}É÷ÝyœÞ`€1†jµÂìÌ ó sÔ*úqÈ·Îýom¬¡RÖ)v{ôÃsÝö‘p°×/øoHœþöß?½ò[~qÊÖX‡µ!RJjÕ*‰RÄqÂOúiA)Åd2A)E’$ÄyŠcµZÁs çÀ9GµZáà%æçX\œgqaŽšðåoþëý.κŽ½<øøøò “·Åñ=í´sît·»µòØ—åâÅ·ñ¥Dú>Rz{ã„D)>tû|üÔŒÇc´ÖDQDE$IB†ŒÇã) ¥Öjl–rôÈ!.-Òh68rè ³³mæææh6ê„:æOŸùþáõ³¸Ì|=|öß?—ƒŸ®kÚ8çV€ÓßøÛ¯óôÓGŽkY–‘$ ¿øK¿Šs‚$I¦ ƒiš2 DQD†(¥Ÿ­ÎAµ0;3ÃÑ#‡8~|™ã·Þ²Gfn–±ŽùüýÝÑ€tµww|±ßLNÀ\“•B<éœ[þÄÏüÜã?~ê+Ïýó?òâ Ïqþ;¯Ñh6xàÁO²¼|| \)…”ß÷‰¢ˆ,ËÇT*¤”cPJ!„G«UG @ÀöNŸI†!Î:”Ò>rC ‹tÃ]¼ƒ­q±ÿÕBÍ€»f3'„蟎G'~à‡~äñï½÷ûOîôº¬wÖ¸cùêõúôÞJ¥B–eH)B0™Lð}ÏóBàœCks‚ápÄÒâFƒ…ùY¸uùfÚmêÏ_ø¯]^!°“t¨ºÇu»ÑÙÖÌàG/®¯­4š­Gî¸ëî“K9”RT*¬µ8çBÐn·§×…!¦·Ö²´´H·»E0Dx<RzD™â¯Ÿ}ž¯½ô,BxX~+~uãË2¬µ¥cò}ƒ™ê˜õœÀ¯U°Â/°dÂôîäÕxkøRº1º˜ë½‘ƒV@µD¿)iš>’eÙd!0 i·Ûh­QJM H)ó°WI§FfëIo§ZGÉnÔÉ&js€µ\*•x-'áçFôÆk ÛížHÓôdš¦$Švéû>išRÎŽ1fZE'2ÆzkôÜ ×Ó9Ph-'PX“ϸ,þíÝàÇ0Okýéb–IL&“½è&É;ˆÙ|7Wœ‹½Ý 9ØÂÔrÉÔóUË£_Ïåm€w#àÏó©$I S Zkâ8ž- Öú$œsÓVëûþ‘ü™2[/HÒ)d$J8®ë«Ä<àgY¶ìyÃáF£A–eÄqŒÖ)åt¹>Œ1SÅ— çÜ<Ð.Ùd›iZ’OZ’_rÑ™#àÏœ9³R´È 9çHÓ”4Mñ}cÌÔJGQôŽVÉ[l4K`MI&|^”êB»¢ˆÀx<ö‹èJ)§¦M›|Puš¦Óm©sn:äòá¦öi¾ú. Ý»ì],`½ë_è4Ã0(¢]¯×ÙÜÜDkM†Xk™L&ÄqÌp8¤ÓéLk¢N^J©/]º•4îçEêçïû:Q±Šì¸É€|衇¾Yg¥R¡×ëÑï÷§rŠã˜ÑhÄÅ‹i·ÛÓùPH¨°qoïÓvP~Oa™óÐùÑäç×ìFž€¿»»ûª”ò^¥Íf“ííí©ßBÐétò=4h­±ÖNmv~ßî[o½µYÚÚ}Eœ•fÃþ•]oþ‘W^yå‰bÒV*¶··I’„(Šèv»¬­­Q¯×ÑZ¿£zžÇ`0¸töìÙs9˜8_ •Î‹ë ˜ä×t©C “׼Т_$•gžyfýþûï¿KJy[–e¬®®N-ÃÕ«WqÎÑh4ÞÑN{½^çõ×_£Óélç ’‰$çD&ÀØÍ­Å(?Nò¥-¯·…–Š¬òÔSO™ŸŸïµZ­CµZmáüùó„aH–e4 ºÝîúÕ«W¯¼üò˯¯®®n(¥Æ¥ £\”ƒåÇaiKà‹ÿ›ŠkÌ€WD¾4-›À 0 ,³§NúX†Uç\õÅ_\Ëﯔ²XL¶¤e]’GqŒJ„ÂÒå׈kÌ@ÑŠq^x“VNb.?oæ«^j²”Å2h“Ÿg¥ÂTù=q~-*Iª,«$¿÷š&qÑ!Dþoߥ†Ê^-/£ây*–˺¨-e@åçª$¹"òE¯yOìö “´Ê–¢8É£”\£·¯Mš}ÒÙŸ³Ï²JJà³!PHÿ B*zg@–<++|~’_/À‹Ò+öÝŸ–†—¹î[ïRв4=½}5â—À{eßRÒº.]7¥³ßâ›R´m)Źû $Ý’vÚIEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/3DRings.xpm0000644000076700001450000000750412533067132017252 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char * DRings_xpm[] = { "48 48 65 1", " c None", ". c #104010404103", "X c #1040208130C2", "o c #104014515144", "O c #000010402081", "+ c #1040104030C2", "@ c #208120815144", "# c #28A241035965", "$ c #30C230C26185", "% c #208130C24103", "& c #104010402081", "* c #104000002081", "= c #000010401040", "- c #492441036185", "; c #596559659E79", ": c #30C220815144", "> c #0820186128A2", ", c #000000001040", "< c #2081104030C2", "1 c #514459659658", "2 c #514455556185", "3 c #104000001040", "4 c #000008200000", "5 c #618569A6AEBA", "6 c #618569A69658", "7 c #410345148E38", "8 c #104020814103", "9 c #79E782079658", "0 c #208120814103", "q c #596571C69E79", "w c #4103514471C6", "e c #2081208130C2", "r c #6185618571C6", "t c #28A228A25965", "y c #596561858617", "u c #96589E79BEFB", "i c #28A230C271C6", "p c #38E345145144", "a c #79E78207A699", "s c #30C2492469A6", "d c #410330C25965", "f c #410351446185", "g c #AEBAAAAAD75C", "h c #38E338E34103", "j c #EFBEEBADEFBE", "k c #208130C25144", "l c #9658A289DF7D", "z c #208110404103", "x c #28A228A26185", "c c #8E388A28BEFB", "v c #208118612081", "b c #38E3451479E7", "n c #4924618579E7", "m c #86178617B6DA", "M c #30C220814103", "N c #104030C25144", "B c #4103410371C6", "V c #86178A28D75C", "C c #DF7DDB6CE79D", "Z c #BEFBC30BD75C", "A c #410330C271C6", "S c #30C228A230C2", "D c #082008201861", "F c #186130C238E3", "G c #0000208130C2", " .Xo ", " O+O@#$% ", " &*=+X-;: ", " >&=,=<11#2 ", " +O34,X567& ", " 8X+=,90q9w. ", " +e<>3r tyu-& ", " Xi%.= paus+ ", " Od-@= fga$h ", " @y7X, Xrjak ", " 2:eaw+ $ag;@ ", " .X@8@k@o@X+ +pl9tO ", " +zX@x$$isikt8o02crv ", " 8@%ip7757ywbs$Ohn6#. ", " &0%$p7r215ybw1pzp2-0= ", " 8tk$#yw21665n;1+%-p$O ", " O3& ", " 9.NtpBw16amclVcm1t%kX*88 ", " +&etd7r6y9ulgglm6>e>3s@83 ", " +0k$y-y69cgCCCZVam%+#ik8X ", " O&oi$d725amgCjCZu962ybtx8+p ", " &X0x$sBym9VZCCCZca;yBbi%08& ", " =++@sApMy5muZZgum6y2wds:>+& ", " #tp;1;yB#i25cVucma5;w-pti@8& ", " .#2alumnBp:@1r59y9y6ywBS$%0X+= ", " %$wmZVu;#tX8X07r1656y2wbp$k@%@OD ", " 0Byc9a;h%0>&D&hBrr2r1bwB-AF:0<&*= ", " kBf;yr#@X+&<%MkhsBwBwpsB#Bktkt8+Oh ", " xt7B-t8*,3O.X00:$i#dBd#bptFek0X.+* ", " Xt#b#@=, =&O+X0Ft%ibsp$p$ki%l5sX&= ", " &+Xt>tktktv0%@k;Cls+ ", " =+O*4*X:p;9cy3&&8ve0FMtt$ee0>z7cZ6k ", " D=D4,=.k$sBs$ee=+X0Fk%-#t%0X&O0nu9bG ", " ,,434*&ze@F&D =0S-2i& ", " +>puB> >0h7s. ", " SM5VqM &0t#$8 ", " XpVV70 &0kMk. ", " XdyB%z *X<%@+ ", " &k$b0X+=8X08o ", " &e:e+=*X.X+& ", " +X.O+X0O.=, ", " +>&+0>3&* ", " &X0k+O, ", " >v,3 ", " "}; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_menu.adb0000644000076700001450000002574412533067540020223 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; use Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; with Gtk.Menu; use Gtk.Menu; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Menu_Bar; use Gtk.Menu_Bar; with Gtk.Menu_Button; use Gtk.Menu_Button; with Gtk.Menu_Item; use Gtk.Menu_Item; with Gtk.Spin_Button; use Gtk.Spin_Button; with Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item; use Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Tearoff_Menu_Item; use Gtk.Tearoff_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Menu is package My_Popup is new Gtk.Menu.Popup_User_Data (Gint); use My_Popup; procedure Position_At_0 (Menu : not null access Gtk_Menu_Record'Class; X : in out Gint; Y : in out Gint; Push_In : out Boolean); -- Position function at coordinates 0,0. procedure Position_At_Data (Menu : not null access Gtk_Menu_Record'Class; X : in out Gint; Y : in out Gint; Push_In : out Boolean; Val : Gint); -- Position function at coordinates Val,Val. procedure Popup_At_Position (Widget : access GObject_Record'Class); -- Callback for the "Popup at given coordinates" button procedure Popup (Widget : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class); -- Callback for the "Popup at 0,0 coordinates" button ------------------- -- Position_At_0 -- ------------------- procedure Position_At_0 (Menu : not null access Gtk_Menu_Record'Class; X : in out Gint; Y : in out Gint; Push_In : out Boolean) is pragma Unreferenced (Menu); begin X := 0; Y := 0; Push_In := True; end Position_At_0; ---------------------- -- Position_At_Data -- ---------------------- procedure Position_At_Data (Menu : not null access Gtk_Menu_Record'Class; X : in out Gint; Y : in out Gint; Push_In : out Boolean; Val : Gint) is pragma Unreferenced (Menu); begin X := Val; Y := Val; Push_In := True; end Position_At_Data; ----------------------- -- Popup_At_Position -- ----------------------- procedure Popup_At_Position (Widget : access GObject_Record'Class) is Spin : constant Gtk_Spin_Button := Gtk_Spin_Button (Widget); Menu : Gtk_Menu; Menu_Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; Val : constant Gint := Get_Value_As_Int (Spin); begin Gtk_New (Menu); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "this"); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "menu"); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "should be positioned"); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "at " & Val'Img & "," & Val'Img); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Show_All (Menu); My_Popup.Popup (Menu => Menu, Func => Position_At_Data'Access, Data => Val); end Popup_At_Position; ----------- -- Popup -- ----------- procedure Popup (Widget : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Widget); Menu : Gtk_Menu; Menu_Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; begin Gtk_New (Menu); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "this"); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "menu"); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "should be positioned"); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "in the top-left corner"); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Show_All (Menu); Popup (Menu, Parent_Menu_Shell => null, Parent_Menu_Item => null, Func => Position_At_0'Access, Button => 1, Activate_Time => 0); end Popup; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "There are several widgets involved in displaying menus. The" & " @bGtk_Menu_Bar@B widget is a horizontal menu bar, which normally" & " appears at the top of an application. The @bGtk_Menu@B widget is" & " the actual menu that pops up. Both @bGtk_Menu_Bar@B and" & " @bGtk_Menu@B are subclasses of @bGtk_Menu_Shell@B; a" & " @bGtk_Menu_Shell@B contains menu items (@bGtk_Menu_Item@B)." & " Each menu item contains text and/or images and can be selected" & " by the user." & ASCII.LF & "This demo shows how to create a @bGtk_Menu_Bar@B, with multiple" & " @bGtk_Menu@Bs. Each of this submenu is actually a @btearoff@B menu" & ", which means by that clicking on the dashed line, you can simply" & " glue the submenu to another place on your desktop, and keep it" & " around. To hide it, simply click on the dashed line again." & ASCII.LF & "There are several kinds of menu item, including plain" & " @bGtk_Menu_Item@B, @bGtk_Check_Menu_Item@B which can be" & " checked/unchecked, @bGtk_Radio_Menu_Item@B which is a check menu" & " item that's in a mutually exclusive group," & " @bGtk_Separator_Menu_Item@B which is a separator bar," & " @bGtk_Tearoff_Menu_Item@B which allows a @bGtk_Menu@B to be torn" & " off, and @bGtk_Image_Menu_Item@B which can place a @bGtk_Image@B" & " or other widget next to the menu text. A @bGtk_Menu_Item can have" & " a submenu, which is simply a @bGtk_Menu@B to pop up when the menu" & " item is selected. Typically, all menu items in a menu bar have" & " submenus." & ASCII.LF & "This page also includes a @bGtk_Menu_Button@B (with an arrow)" & " which pops up a menu when clicked on."; end Help; ----------------- -- Create_Menu -- ----------------- function Create_Menu (Depth : Integer; Tearoff : Boolean) return Gtk_Menu is Menu : Gtk_Menu; Group : Widget_SList.GSlist; Menu_Item : Gtk_Radio_Menu_Item; Red : constant Gdk_RGBA := (Red => 1.0, Green => 0.0, Blue => 0.0, Alpha => 1.0); begin Gtk_New (Menu); if Tearoff then declare Tear_Menu : Gtk_Tearoff_Menu_Item; begin Gtk_New (Tear_Menu); Append (Menu, Tear_Menu); Show (Tear_Menu); end; end if; for J in 0 .. 5 loop Gtk_New (Menu_Item, Group, "Item" & Integer'Image (Depth) & " -" & Integer'Image (J + 1)); Group := Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item.Get_Group (Menu_Item); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Show (Menu_Item); if J = 1 then Menu_Item.Get_Child.Override_Color (0, Red); end if; if J = 3 then Set_Sensitive (Menu_Item, False); end if; if Depth > 1 then Set_Submenu (Menu_Item, Create_Menu (Depth - 1, Tearoff)); end if; end loop; return Menu; end Create_Menu; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Box2 : Gtk_Box; Menu_Bar : Gtk_Menu_Bar; Menu : Gtk_Menu; Menu_Button : Gtk_Menu_Button; Menu_Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; Combo : Gtk_Combo_Box_Text; Button : Gtk_Button; Spin : Gtk_Spin_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Menus"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New (Menu_Bar); Pack_Start (Box1, Menu_Bar, False, False, 0); Menu := Create_Menu (2, True); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "test" & ASCII.LF & "line2"); Set_Submenu (Menu_Item, Menu); Append (Menu_Bar, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "foo"); Set_Submenu (Menu_Item, Create_Menu (3, True)); Append (Menu_Bar, Menu_Item); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "bar"); Set_Submenu (Menu_Item, Create_Menu (4, True)); Append (Menu_Bar, Menu_Item); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, False, 10); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Combo); for J in 0 .. 5 loop Combo.Append_Text ("Item" & Integer'Image (J)); end loop; Pack_Start (Box2, Combo, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "Popup at 0,0 coordinates"); Pack_Start (Box1, Button, False, False, 3); Button_Handler.Connect (Button, "clicked", Popup'Access); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box2, False, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Spin, 0.0, 800.0, 100.0); Set_Value (Spin, 200.0); Pack_Start (Box2, Spin, False, False, 3); Gtk_New (Button, "Popup at given coordinates"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, False, False, 3); Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Popup_At_Position'Access, Spin); --------------------- -- Gtk_Menu_Button -- --------------------- Gtk_New (Menu_Button); Box1.Pack_Start (Menu_Button, False, False, 10); Menu_Button.Set_Tooltip_Text ("A Gtk_Menu_Button"); Menu := Create_Menu (2, True); Menu_Button.Set_Popup (Menu); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Menu; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/perspectives.xml0000644000076700001450000000270012533067132020502 0ustar gnatmailgnat gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_notebook.adb0000644000076700001450000003341212533067540021066 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; use Gtk.Combo_Box_Text; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Notebook; use Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Separator; use Gtk.Separator; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Notebook is package Note_Cb is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Notebook_Record); package Button_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Check_Button_Record, Gtk_Notebook); package Combo_Cb is new Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Combo_Box_Text_Record, Gtk_Notebook); package Notebook_Cb is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Notebook_Record); Book_Open : Gdk_Pixbuf; Book_Closed : Gdk_Pixbuf; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook; procedure Hide (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Hide tabs procedure Next_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class); -- Switch to the next page procedure Prev_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class); -- Switch to the previous page procedure Create_Pages (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; The_Start : Gint; The_End : Gint); -- Create the notebook pages procedure Rotate_Notebook (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class); -- Rotate the tabs around the notebook procedure Show_All_Pages (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class); -- Show all pages procedure Change_Tabs_Display (Combo : access Gtk_Combo_Box_Text_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook); -- Change notebook to be displayed without tabs, with scrollable tabs or -- with the standard tabs. procedure Notebook_Popup (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook); -- Allow popup window to switch from a page to another procedure Set_Tabs_Detachable (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook); -- Set tabs detachable procedure Set_Tabs_Reorderable (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook); -- Set tabs reorderable procedure Page_Switch (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args); -- Switch the current page ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Toolbar@B is a tabbed dialog that contains any kind" & " of widget, like @bGtk_Frame@Bs in this case. Whenever the user" & " selects a new tab, a new page is displayed." & ASCII.LF & "A callback can be called whenever a new page is selected, through" & " the ""page_switch"" signal."; end Help; ---------- -- Hide -- ---------- procedure Hide (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Gtk.Widget.Hide (Widget); end Hide; --------------- -- Next_Page -- --------------- procedure Next_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class) is begin Gtk.Notebook.Next_Page (Notebook); end Next_Page; --------------- -- Prev_Page -- --------------- procedure Prev_Page (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class) is begin Gtk.Notebook.Prev_Page (Notebook); end Prev_Page; ------------------ -- Create_Pages -- ------------------ procedure Create_Pages (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; The_Start : Gint; The_End : Gint) is Child : Gtk_Frame; Label_Box : Gtk_Box; Menu_Box : Gtk_Box; Pixmap : Gtk_Image; Label : Gtk_Label; Vbox : Gtk_Box; Hbox : Gtk_Box; Button : Gtk_Button; begin for I in The_Start .. The_End loop Gtk_New (Child, "Page " & Gint'Image (I)); Set_Border_Width (Child, 10); Gtk_New_Vbox (Vbox, True, 0); Set_Border_Width (Vbox, 10); Add (Child, Vbox); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, True, 0); Pack_Start (Vbox, Hbox, False, True, 5); Gtk_New (Button, "Hide page"); Pack_Start (Vbox, Button, True, True, 5); Widget_Handler.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Hide'Access, Slot_Object => Child); Show_All (Child); Gtk_New_Hbox (Label_Box, False, 0); Gtk_New (Pixmap, Book_Closed); Pack_Start (Label_Box, Pixmap, False, True, 0); Set_Padding (Pixmap, 3, 1); Gtk_New (Label, "Page" & Gint'Image (I)); Pack_Start (Label_Box, Label, False, True, 0); Show_All (Label_Box); Gtk_New_Vbox (Menu_Box, False, 0); Gtk_New (Pixmap, Book_Closed); Pack_Start (Menu_Box, Pixmap, False, True, 0); Set_Padding (Pixmap, 3, 1); Gtk_New (Label, "Page" & Gint'Image (I)); Pack_Start (Menu_Box, Label, False, True, 0); Show_All (Menu_Box); Append_Page_Menu (Notebook, Child, Label_Box, Menu_Box); end loop; end Create_Pages; --------------------- -- Rotate_Notebook -- --------------------- procedure Rotate_Notebook (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class) is begin Set_Tab_Pos (Notebook, Gtk_Position_Type'Val ((Gtk_Position_Type'Pos (Get_Tab_Pos (Notebook)) + 1) mod 4)); end Rotate_Notebook; -------------------- -- Show_All_Pages -- -------------------- procedure Show_All_Pages (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class) is begin Show_All (Notebook); end Show_All_Pages; ------------------------- -- Change_Tabs_Display -- ------------------------- procedure Change_Tabs_Display (Combo : access Gtk_Combo_Box_Text_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook) is Active_Text : constant String := Get_Active_Text (Combo); begin if Active_Text = "Standard" then Set_Show_Tabs (Notebook, True); Set_Scrollable (Notebook, False); if Get_N_Pages (Notebook) = 15 then for I in 0 .. 9 loop Remove_Page (Notebook, 5); end loop; end if; elsif Active_Text = "w/o tabs" then Set_Show_Tabs (Notebook, False); if Get_N_Pages (Notebook) = 15 then for I in 0 .. 9 loop Remove_Page (Notebook, 5); end loop; end if; elsif Active_Text = "Scrollable" then Set_Show_Tabs (Notebook, True); Set_Scrollable (Notebook, True); if Get_N_Pages (Notebook) = 5 then Create_Pages (Notebook, 6, 15); end if; end if; end Change_Tabs_Display; -------------------- -- Notebook_Popup -- -------------------- procedure Notebook_Popup (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook) is begin if Get_Active (Button) then Popup_Enable (Notebook); else Popup_Disable (Notebook); end if; end Notebook_Popup; -------------------------- -- Set_Pages_Detachable -- -------------------------- procedure Set_Tabs_Detachable (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook) is begin for N in 0 .. Get_N_Pages (Notebook) - 1 loop Set_Tab_Detachable (Notebook, Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, N), Get_Active (Button)); end loop; end Set_Tabs_Detachable; --------------------------- -- Set_Pages_Reorderable -- --------------------------- procedure Set_Tabs_Reorderable (Button : access Gtk_Check_Button_Record'Class; Notebook : Gtk_Notebook) is begin for N in 0 .. Get_N_Pages (Notebook) - 1 loop Set_Tab_Reorderable (Notebook, Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, N), Get_Active (Button)); end loop; end Set_Tabs_Reorderable; ----------------- -- Page_Switch -- ----------------- procedure Page_Switch (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Params : Gtk.Arguments.Gtk_Args) is Old_Page : constant Gint := Get_Current_Page (Notebook); Pixmap : Gtk_Image; Page_Num : constant Gint := Gint (To_Guint (Params, 2)); Widget : Gtk_Widget; begin Widget := Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, Page_Num); Pixmap := Gtk_Image (Get_Child (Gtk_Box (Get_Tab_Label (Notebook, Widget)), 0)); Pixmap.Set (Book_Open); Pixmap := Gtk_Image (Get_Child (Gtk_Box (Get_Menu_Label (Notebook, Widget)), 0)); Pixmap.Set (Book_Open); if Old_Page >= 0 then Widget := Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, Old_Page); Pixmap := Gtk_Image (Get_Child (Gtk_Box (Get_Tab_Label (Notebook, Widget)), 0)); Pixmap.Set (Book_Closed); Pixmap := Gtk_Image (Get_Child (Gtk_Box (Get_Menu_Label (Notebook, Widget)), 0)); Pixmap.Set (Book_Closed); end if; end Page_Switch; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Box2 : Gtk_Box; Combo : Gtk_Combo_Box_Text; Button : Gtk_Check_Button; Button2 : Gtk_Button; Label : Gtk_Label; Separator : Gtk_Separator; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Notebook"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New (Notebook); Notebook_Cb.Connect (Notebook, "switch_page", Page_Switch'Access); Set_Tab_Pos (Notebook, Pos_Top); Pack_Start (Box1, Notebook, False, False, 0); Set_Border_Width (Notebook, 10); Realize (Notebook); Book_Open := Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Book_Open_Xpm); Book_Closed := Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Book_Closed_Xpm); Create_Pages (Notebook, 1, 5); Gtk_New_Hseparator (Separator); Pack_Start (Box1, Separator, False, True, 10); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box2, False, 5); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "popup menu"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, True, False, 0); Button_Cb.Connect (Button, "clicked", Notebook_Popup'Access, Notebook); Gtk_New (Button, "reorderable tabs"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, True, False, 0); Button_Cb.Connect (Button, "clicked", Set_Tabs_Reorderable'Access, Notebook); Gtk_New (Button, "detachable tabs"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, True, False, 0); Button_Cb.Connect (Button, "clicked", Set_Tabs_Detachable'Access, Notebook); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box2, False, 5); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Notebook Style :"); Pack_Start (Box2, Label, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Combo); Append_Text (Combo, "Standard"); Append_Text (Combo, "w/o tabs"); Append_Text (Combo, "Scrollable"); Combo_Cb.Connect (Combo, "changed", Change_Tabs_Display'Access, Notebook); Pack_Start (Box2, Combo, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button2, "Show all pages"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button2, False, True, 0); Note_Cb.Object_Connect (Button2, "clicked", Show_All_Pages'Access, Slot_Object => Notebook); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box2, False, 10); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, True, 0); Gtk_New (Button2, "next"); Note_Cb.Object_Connect (Button2, "clicked", Next_Page'Access, Slot_Object => Notebook); Pack_Start (Box2, Button2, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Button2, "prev"); Note_Cb.Object_Connect (Button2, "clicked", Prev_Page'Access, Slot_Object => Notebook); Pack_Start (Box2, Button2, True, True, 0); Gtk_New (Button2, "rotate"); Note_Cb.Object_Connect (Button2, "clicked", Rotate_Notebook'Access, Slot_Object => Notebook); Pack_Start (Box2, Button2, True, True, 0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Notebook; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/application.ui0000644000076700001450000000676412533067132020124 0ustar gnatmailgnat horizontal fill True gtk-open gtk-quit app.quit 0 0 True fill True True True fill True center gtk-ok True 0 1 in fill fill True True 0 2 fill True True 0 3 File1 win.file1 gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_splittable.ads0000644000076700001450000000356612533067540021441 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Splittable is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Splittable; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_tree_filter.adb0000644000076700001450000001435312533067540021555 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; with Gtk.List_Store; use Gtk.List_Store; with Gtk.Tree_View; use Gtk.Tree_View; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Tree_Model_Filter; use Gtk.Tree_Model_Filter; with Gtk.Tree_View_Column; use Gtk.Tree_View_Column; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package body Create_Tree_Filter is Column_0 : constant := 0; function Custom_Filter (Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean; -- Decide whether a row should be made visible or not procedure Custom_Appearance (Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Value : in out GValue; Column : Gint); -- Change the appearance of the view dynamically ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This example demonstrates a special tree modeL: it wraps another" & " model, and can be used to filter out lines, or even modify its" & " appearance on the fly." & ASCII.LF & "In this example, we have creates a model that contains the sequence" & " 1, 2, ... 9. Another model is applied on top of it, and filters" & " all odd numbers rows. It also changes the appearance to display" & " some extra text." & ASCII.LF & "The underlying model itself is never modified, and by changing a" & " few properties we can decide to show the whole underlying model" & " itself." & ASCII.LF & "Modifying the appearance on the fly is not efficient. It is" & " generally better to use the functions from @bGtk_Cell_Layout@B to" & " create ""virtual"" columns in the model. See the Cell View demo."; end Help; ------------------- -- Custom_Filter -- ------------------- function Custom_Filter (Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean is Value : constant Gint := Get_Int (Model, Iter, Column_0); begin return Value mod 2 /= 1; end Custom_Filter; ----------------------- -- Custom_Appearance -- ----------------------- procedure Custom_Appearance (Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Value : in out GValue; Column : Gint) is Filter : constant Gtk_Tree_Model_Filter := Gtk_Tree_Model_Filter'(-Model); Val : Gint; Child_Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin Convert_Iter_To_Child_Iter (Filter, Child_Iter, Iter); Val := Get_Int (Get_Model (Filter), Child_Iter, Column); Set_String (Value, "This is line" & Gint'Image (Val)); end Custom_Appearance; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Model : Gtk_List_Store; Filter : Gtk_Tree_Model_Filter; Tree : Gtk_Tree_View; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Col : Gtk_Tree_View_Column; Num : Gint; Text : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Text; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; pragma Unreferenced (Num); begin Set_Label (Frame, "Tree Model Filter"); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Add (Frame, Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); -- Create the model that contains the actual data. This model will -- never be modified Gtk_New (Model, (Column_0 => GType_Int)); for N in 1 .. 10 loop Append (Model, Iter); Set (Model, Iter, Column_0, Gint (N)); end loop; -- Now creates a filter around this model. We filter through a custom -- function, but that could be a simple row in the model as well. The -- function is slightly more flexible, though. Gtk_New (Filter, +Model); Set_Visible_Func (Filter, Custom_Filter'Access); Set_Modify_Func (Filter, (0 => GType_String), Custom_Appearance'Access); -- And now a view that displays the filter. A single column is displayed Gtk_New (Tree, Filter); Add (Scrolled, Tree); Set_Headers_Visible (Tree, False); Gtk_New (Text); Gtk_New (Col); Num := Append_Column (Tree, Col); Pack_Start (Col, Text, True); Add_Attribute (Col, Text, "text", Column_0); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Tree_Filter; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_spinners.ads0000644000076700001450000000357712533067540021141 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Spinners is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Spinners; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_button_box.ads0000644000076700001450000000356612533067540021461 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Button_Box is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Button_Box; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_reparent.ads0000644000076700001450000000357712533067540021120 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Reparent is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Reparent; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_clipboard.ads0000644000076700001450000000356412533067540021233 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Clipboard is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Clipboard; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/libart_demo.ads0000644000076700001450000000363212533067540020226 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Libart_Demo is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); -- Create the scaling demo for Gdk_Pixbuf. function Help return String; end Libart_Demo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_test_idle.ads0000644000076700001450000000360112533067540021240 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Test_Idle is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Test_Idle; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas_view_composite.adb0000644000076700001450000002202212533067540023630 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtkada.Canvas_View; use Gtkada.Canvas_View; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; package body Create_Canvas_View_Composite is ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo illustrates various capabilities for compositing items" & " in the canvas_view widget." & ASCII.LF & "The first item (red background) shows that @bautomatic size@B" & " computation occurs for items, based on the size requested by" & " their children and their margin." & ASCII.LF & "The second item shows a toplevel item with three children." & " The first two of these children are @bfloating@B, so that the" & " third is laid out at the same vertical position, and thus on top" & " of them." & ASCII.LF & "The third item illustrates @balignment@B. The first three children" & " specify an explicit width, and therefore the alignment property" & " has a visible effect. The next three children do not specify" & " a width, and therefore end up with their parent's width, and the" & " alignment has no effect. All children have extra @bmargins@B," & " which explains why there is an empty space to their left and" & " right."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Canvas : Canvas_View; Model : List_Canvas_Model; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Red, Green, Blue, Font : Drawing_Style; procedure Do_Example (Layout : Child_Layout_Strategy; X, Y : Model_Coordinate); procedure Do_Example (Layout : Child_Layout_Strategy; X, Y : Model_Coordinate) is M : Margins; W, H, W2, H2 : Model_Coordinate; Rect, Rect2 : Rect_Item; Text : Text_Item; Anchor_X, Anchor_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; begin -- rectangle 1 Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, Radius => 4.0); Rect.Set_Child_Layout (Layout); Rect.Set_Position ((X, Y)); Model.Add (Rect); case Layout is when Vertical_Stack => M := (Top => 10.0, Bottom => 20.0, others => 0.0); when Horizontal_Stack => M := (Left => 10.0, Right => 20.0, others => 0.0); end case; Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Blue, 10.0, 10.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Margin => M); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Green, 10.0, 10.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Margin => M); -- rectangle 2: testing floating items Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Green); Model.Add (Rect); Rect.Set_Child_Layout (Layout); Rect.Set_Position ((X + 90.0, Y)); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 20.0, 20.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Align => Align_End, Float => True, Margin => (others => 10.0)); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 20.0, 20.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Float => True, Margin => (others => 10.0)); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Blue, Width => 60.0, Height => 60.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Margin => (others => 5.0)); Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "float"); Rect.Add_Child (Text); -- rectangle 3: testing alignments case Layout is when Horizontal_Stack => M := (Top => 10.0, Bottom => 10.0, others => 0.0); W2 := -1.0; H2 := 100.0; W := 30.0; H := -1.0; when Vertical_Stack => M := (Left => 10.0, Right => 10.0, others => 0.0); W2 := -1.0; -- 100.0; H2 := -1.0; W := -1.0; H := 30.0; end case; Rect := Gtk_New_Rect (Blue, Width => W2, Height => H2); Model.Add (Rect); Rect.Set_Child_Layout (Layout); Rect.Set_Position ((X + 220.0, Y + 0.0)); if Layout = Vertical_Stack then Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Alignments (forced size)"); Rect.Add_Child (Text); end if; Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 30.0, 30.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Align => Align_Start, Margin => M); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 30.0, 30.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Align => Align_Center, Margin => M); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 30.0, 30.0); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Align => Align_End, Margin => M); if Layout = Vertical_Stack then Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Alignments (automatic size)"); Rect.Add_Child (Text); end if; Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Green, W, H); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Align => Align_Start, Margin => M); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Green, W, H); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Align => Align_Center, Margin => M); Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Green, W, H); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Align => Align_End, Margin => M); -- Playing with the anchors. We do not set a position for the -- items, so this position is the one that is computed automatically -- by the layout (horizontal or vertical). if Layout = Vertical_Stack then Text := Gtk_New_Text (Font, "Anchors (positions)"); Rect.Add_Child (Text); end if; Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 30.0, 30.0); Rect2.Set_Position (Anchor_X => Anchor_X, Anchor_Y => Anchor_Y); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Margin => M); if Layout = Vertical_Stack then Anchor_X := 0.5; else Anchor_Y := 0.5; end if; Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 30.0, 30.0); Rect2.Set_Position (Anchor_X => Anchor_X, Anchor_Y => Anchor_Y); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Margin => M); if Layout = Vertical_Stack then Anchor_X := 1.0; else Anchor_Y := 1.0; end if; Rect2 := Gtk_New_Rect (Red, 30.0, 30.0); Rect2.Set_Position (Anchor_X => Anchor_X, Anchor_Y => Anchor_Y); Rect.Add_Child (Rect2, Margin => M); end Do_Example; begin Red := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.6))); Green := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.6))); Blue := Gtk_New (Stroke => Black_RGBA, Fill => Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.6))); Font := Gtk_New (Stroke => Null_RGBA, Font => (Name => From_String ("sans 9"), others => <>)); Gtk_New (Model); Do_Example (Vertical_Stack, 0.0, 0.0); Do_Example (Horizontal_Stack, 0.0, 350.0); -- Create the view once the model is populated, to avoid a refresh -- every time a new item is added. Gtk_New (Scrolled); Scrolled.Set_Policy (Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Frame.Add (Scrolled); Gtk_New (Canvas, Model); Unref (Model); Scrolled.Add (Canvas); Frame.Show_All; end Run; end Create_Canvas_View_Composite; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_main_loop.ads0000644000076700001450000000360112533067540021241 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Main_Loop is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Main_Loop; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_file_chooser.adb0000644000076700001450000001023712533067540021707 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with GNAT.Directory_Operations; use GNAT.Directory_Operations; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.File_Chooser; use Gtk.File_Chooser; with Gtk.File_Chooser_Button; use Gtk.File_Chooser_Button; with Gtk.File_Filter; use Gtk.File_Filter; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_File_Chooser is ----------------- -- Help_Button -- ----------------- function Help_Button return String is begin return "The Gtk_File_Chooser_Button is a widget that lets the user" & " select a file." & ASCII.LF & "It can exist in several modes, which influence its behavior."; end Help_Button; ---------------- -- Run_Button -- ---------------- procedure Run_Button (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box : Gtk_Box; Hbox : Gtk_Box; File : Gtk_File_Chooser_Button; Filter1, Filter2 : Gtk_File_Filter; begin Set_Label (Frame, "File Chooser Button"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); -- File chooser Gtk_New (Filter1); Add_Pattern (Filter1, "*"); Set_Name (Filter1, "All Files"); Gtk_New (Filter2); Add_Pattern (Filter2, "*.ad[bs]"); Set_Name (Filter2, "Ada Files"); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, Homogeneous => False); Pack_Start (Box, Hbox, Fill => False, Expand => False); Gtk_New (File, Title => "Select a file (Open mode)", Action => Action_Open); Pack_Start (Hbox, File, Expand => True); File.Add_Filter (Filter1); File.Add_Filter (Filter2); -- Add a shortcut to the current directory if not File.Add_Shortcut_Folder (Get_Current_Dir) then Put_Line ("Got error when adding shortcut folder"); end if; -- Directory chooser Gtk_New (Filter1); Add_Mime_Type (Filter1, "x-directory/normal"); Set_Name (Filter1, "Directories only"); Gtk_New_Hbox (Hbox, Homogeneous => False); Pack_Start (Box, Hbox, Fill => False, Expand => False); Gtk_New (File, Title => "Select a file (Open mode)", Action => Action_Open); Pack_Start (Hbox, File, Expand => True); File.Set_Action (Action_Select_Folder); File.Add_Filter (Filter1); Show_All (Frame); end Run_Button; end Create_File_Chooser; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/global_exception_handler.ads0000755000076700001450000000366212533067540022766 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions; package Global_Exception_Handler is procedure On_Exception (E : Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Occurrence); -- Global exception handler for the application end Global_Exception_Handler; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_file_chooser.ads0000644000076700001450000000361012533067540021725 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_File_Chooser is procedure Run_Button (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help_Button return String; end Create_File_Chooser; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_status_icons.adb0000644000076700001450000001645612533067540021775 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk.Display; use Gdk.Display; with Gdk.Screen; use Gdk.Screen; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Menu; use Gtk.Menu; with Gtk.Menu_Item; use Gtk.Menu_Item; with Gtk.Status_Icon; use Gtk.Status_Icon; with Gtk.Stock; use Gtk.Stock; with Common; use Common; package body Create_Status_Icons is type Image_Type is (Info, Warning, Error); Current_Image : Image_Type := Info; -- We use this to keep some state information about the current -- icon being displayed in the status area. type Icon_Array is array (Gint range <>) of Gtk_Status_Icon; type Icon_Array_Access is access Icon_Array; Icons : Icon_Array_Access := null; -- The icons that we will stick on the display's status icon area. package Menu_Item_Handler is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Menu_Item_Record); procedure Change_Icon_Cb (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class); procedure Popup_Menu_Cb (Status_Icon : access Gtk_Status_Icon_Record'Class; Button : Guint; Activate_Time : Guint); -- Callback procedures package Widget_Popups is new Popup_User_Data (GObject); ----------------- -- Change_Icon -- ----------------- procedure Change_Icon is Display : constant Gdk_Display := Get_Default; N_Screens : constant Gint := Display.Get_N_Screens; begin -- Advance to next image if Current_Image = Image_Type'Last then Current_Image := Image_Type'First; else Current_Image := Image_Type'Succ (Current_Image); end if; -- Change all images on all displays. for I in 1 .. N_Screens loop case Current_Image is when Info => Set_From_Stock (Icons (I), Stock_Ok); Set_Tooltip_Text (Icons (I), "Some Information ..."); when Warning => Set_From_Stock (Icons (I), Stock_Dialog_Warning); Set_Tooltip_Text (Icons (I), "Some Warning ..."); when Error => Set_From_Stock (Icons (I), Stock_Dialog_Error); Set_Tooltip_Text (Icons (I), "Some Error ..."); end case; end loop; end Change_Icon; -------------------- -- Change_Icon_Cb -- -------------------- procedure Change_Icon_Cb (Button : access Gtk_Button_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); begin Change_Icon; end Change_Icon_Cb; -------------------- -- Change_Icon_Cb -- -------------------- procedure Change_Icon_Cb (Menu_Item : access Gtk_Menu_Item_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Menu_Item); begin Change_Icon; end Change_Icon_Cb; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "a @bGtk_Status_Icon@B is used to display an icon in a" & " ""system tray."" The icon can have a tooltip, and the user" & " can interact with it by activating it or popping up a context" & " menu. Critical information should not solely be displayed in a" & " @bGtk_Status_Icon@B, since it may not be visible (e.g. when the" & " user doesn't have a notification area on his panel). This can be" & " checked with @bIs_Embedded@B."; end Help; ------------------- -- Popup_Menu_Cb -- ------------------- procedure Popup_Menu_Cb (Status_Icon : access Gtk_Status_Icon_Record'Class; Button : Guint; Activate_Time : Guint) is Menu : constant Gtk_Menu := Gtk_Menu_New; Menu_Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; begin Menu.Set_Screen (Status_Icon.Get_Screen); Gtk_New (Menu_Item, "Change Icon"); Menu_Item_Handler.Connect (Menu_Item, "activate", Change_Icon_Cb'Access); Append (Menu, Menu_Item); Show (Menu_Item); Widget_Popups.Popup (Menu => Menu, Func => Gtk.Status_Icon.Position_Menu'Access, Data => GObject (Status_Icon), Button => Button, Activate_Time => Guint32 (Activate_Time)); end Popup_Menu_Cb; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Button1 : Gtk_Button; Label1 : Gtk_Label; Display : constant Gdk_Display := Get_Default; N_Screens : constant Gint := Display.Get_N_Screens; begin if Icons = null then Icons := new Icon_Array (1 .. N_Screens); -- Reset all of our icons' variable settings. for I in 1 .. N_Screens loop Icons (I) := Gtk_Status_Icon_New; Icons (I).Set_Screen (Get_Screen (Display, I - 1)); Icons (I).Set_From_Stock (Stock_Ok); Icons (I).Set_Tooltip_Text ("Some question..."); Icons (I).On_Popup_Menu (Popup_Menu_Cb'Access); end loop; end if; Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Status_Icons"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk.Frame.Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New (Label1, "Look for the Status Icon in the system tray."); Pack_Start (Box1, Label1, False, False, 10); Gtk_New (Label1, "Click on Help for more information."); Pack_Start (Box1, Label1, False, False, 10); Gtk_New (Button1, "Change Icon (Info/Warning/Error)"); Button_Handler.Connect (Button1, "clicked", Change_Icon_Cb'Access); Pack_Start (Box1, Button1, False, False, 0); Show_All (Box1); end Run; end Create_Status_Icons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_paned.ads0000644000076700001450000000355212533067540020360 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Paned is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Paned; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_status.ads0000644000076700001450000000357312533067540020617 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Status is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Status; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_check_buttons.ads0000644000076700001450000000361112533067540022120 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Check_Buttons is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Check_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_scrolled.ads0000644000076700001450000000357712533067540021107 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; package Create_Scrolled is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Scrolled; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_arrow.ads0000644000076700001450000000355412533067540020425 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Arrow is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Arrow; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/gnat_debug.adc0000644000076700001450000000032312533067540020016 0ustar gnatmailgnat-- Ideally, we would share the same file src/gnat_debug.adc, but this -- means we need to build testgtk with No_Implementation_Attributes. -- pragma Initialize_Scalars; -- pragma Restrictions (No_Streams); gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_cell_view.ads0000644000076700001450000000356412533067540021245 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Cell_View is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Cell_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_application.ads0000644000076700001450000000357012533067540021574 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2013-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Application is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Application; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_selection.ads0000644000076700001450000000356212533067540021257 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Selection is procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/FilesQueue.xpm0000644000076700001450000000550312533067132020045 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* XPM */ static char * FilesQueue_xpm[] = { "44 31 64 1", " c None", ". c #E79DE38DDF7D", "X c #CF3CC71BCF3C", "o c #71C675D671C6", "O c #B6DAB2CAB6DA", "+ c #CF3CD34CCF3C", "@ c #DF7DE38DE79D", "# c #FFFFFBEEFFFF", "$ c #EFBEEFBEEFBE", "% c #DF7DDB6CDF7D", "& c #BEFBBAEAC71B", "* c #BEFBBAEABEFB", "= c #BEFBC30BC71B", "- c #71C66DB671C6", "; c #D75CD34CD75C", ": c #9E799A699E79", "> c #E79DE38DE79D", ", c #CF3CCB2BC71B", "< c #B6DAB2CABEFB", "1 c #BEFBBAEAB6DA", "2 c #B6DAB6DAB6DA", "3 c #618561856185", "4 c #C71BBAEABEFB", "5 c #AEBAAAAAAEBA", "6 c #965892488E38", "7 c #A699A699A699", "8 c #38E338E338E3", "9 c #F7DEF7DEF7DE", "0 c #E79DEFBEEFBE", "q c #DF7DE38DDF7D", "w c #C71BC71BC71B", "e c #C71BC30BBEFB", "r c #BEFBC30BBEFB", "t c #B6DAAAAAAEBA", "y c #410345144103", "u c #D75CDB6CD75C", "i c #C71BCB2BC71B", "p c #BEFBCB2BBEFB", "a c #9E79A289A699", "s c #86178E388E38", "d c #CF3CCF3CD75C", "f c #CF3CD75CCF3C", "g c #C71BC30BCF3C", "h c #28A22CB228A2", "j c #000000000000", "k c #D75CD34CDF7D", "l c #10400C300820", "z c #E79DEBADEFBE", "x c #DF7DDB6CD75C", "c c #514459655965", "v c #8617861779E7", "b c #DF7DD34CD75C", "n c #CF3CCB2BCF3C", "m c #618555555965", "M c #861786178617", "N c #30C234D330C2", "B c #EFBEEBADE79D", "V c #DF7DDB6CE79D", "C c #D75CE38DD75C", "Z c #514449245144", "A c #186120812081", "S c #79E77DF779E7", "D c #6185659569A6", "F c #9E7992489E79", " .XoOX+ ", " @#$%&*=-o;: ", " @>,=O<12*&:-<3X ", " >%&1*4*2*OO**56758790 ", " 9qX+we=r*&e<<<251t5555yu9 ", " $qu++;ipi=p*=p**2tOOO27a5s<- ", " #9udfXi;,gi&**4**4r*Ot5t55tehj ", " 0qku+u;+d,gg=*=r*&**&<255t<*yl1 ", " $$zq@%xk%uf;,w,i=i=e**r=12tO1=8cvj ", " $@%>.%.%%%xbkx,w+ni,wwrwe*4*1=;8mMNj ", " zz@Bz>>>V%%%C+u;;dfnnfwggi&=&X+yZsNll ", " af#9@B0>q>qqq>xk.;;;kfX+XnXw=g,fycMhhN5 ", " al5#9$$>qzBV.%x%%b;x+fnf+,X,iiqym6NAo-j ", " #roS%#$zz>>V%%xkk%f;;+df,XnwnVZD:8AS-j* ", " D-9Oy*9$Bz>q%qx%%u;x;;dknX+d>Zm:hhSDjr ", " a3o+>S3z#90@@z.%>qCC%uu;ff%@Zm:NhMoj= ", " wlvvo#:3599$>B>q>%%%%+f;fk$ymaalMvjr ", " 0.a--S49mct9$z@.qkkqC;xu%@Zm5AlvSj* ", " ohu%3:Z:9@y609q@@>..>Cx>$Zm5NhMvjr ", " -j797Zv5705y=#$0>>V.%>#Z378AMMj* ", " Zj9Xo-McBXDv%90.%%#9cc78AsMj* ", " 8hM#M-DSF96cvz0>z#c35Nhs6j1 ", " jl9#o63vx#-D###mmt8N66j* ", " 5jc@fZF3o%+ZFDm<8A6FjO ", " :j50sSay<$ss2Nh:FjO ", " 6880&SDMF.rNNFFj1 ", " 8jr#:SFScA6ajO ", " Alr$DSysajO ", " >jy#51:jO ", " %Dy*gjO ", " alla "}; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/apple-red.png0000644000076700001450000000673112533067132017633 0ustar gnatmailgnat‰PNG  IHDR00Wù‡gAMA± üa IDATxœí™[Œ]WyÇk­½Ï9sóŒí8Á NìÜ)J„Ú„¶¢áÚ¨·Bª>p‰©E¤–¢ •¶‰WÉK« ÒR@è­«@›¤@Bq—‚S+¶ã8vÛ3ã™sÎÞk}—>œ3Á1¾Ä^ª|ÒÖž9ëöÿ¯ïûÖúïµàe{Ù^¶—ítvþy³—_æá¥Tz߇ß} „„¯ŸrçãÞ½ížc§ksëïÞð§M“?pï¿<üp+ÐÿE>ÑâÙ*ܾõÖ§ºúúÜêî W]³ví†Ëfgº½ôvwßûÖÛ>yºv!„›¿·ã'+³_ýŸdéL…·o½m]aûÄD•Ö­ŸÎóG»€¹‹7®îL¯ª«ù#ͯ¾êµ¿Òìü¯>tb»÷þÞW-,.ßñØã{>üä—Eà,ð§&§+Ö¬›hæ â /—–¤Ú³{^Ž>ß„Õçõzàñþ;Þû‰“ÞñàÃ?êÿüû/ ;p·o}ïƒU¦.¹tµ÷—KGŇ«f»Ë6¯)oš]ºäÒÙáE¯Z¼ä²91|î}~÷ö•¶ó ËW--7CàÏÏ4øÎíŸ ;·ö%åáéì”oßzÛ!òí g|a¾•é™NgnMoñàþåé˜,çVºK‹U!†ˆ@0“G¾|ç׶¼nËæÚ±k5pÍJŸo»éºg&;Wˆ5B8tpaßoùû;[6:à×½ùOü\ œ2¹R wÍ®ér|¡•óΟ¨=Ó÷ÉéZ–—›ÜEBˆâ®|[ŒñaÕ²ÆÝþ,Æê­¿ÿ¡w~÷±û¿xà“½ù¶ VÕmäB)†F§h¡¬šá›ÿñcŽÝ·ó±ù¦üàÏüõÎíŸ}ê\IüŒþàn}G§Sef¶c"º´vÝÔªg÷ï/-þ3Æj"„ø`áówo»gprÛÛ>øŽAØúõ»¿qoÛäwÝò;7¬ª¹¥ŠO Ì„á° & ¬AÄXªA۰ضì8pìSî9pßÏMàßâªÙNwnmïØჃja~¨n,‡v„?s÷¶{v}ôú7¼ñò¹ÙO„ÞÛêP ÷€v4!tñõ¯˜™ÜÒéTÔUMŒO¤Éh[(ê ‹0 š:²Ð4ôuÈ¢(­”íí;ú‘'Ÿyn÷9Øú©Û?SÕéc©bùèáጙõ!|'„øé/ýÍßÿø¦Í›7½çÒ+ÿ©Wu_Õ«œN¬H)‚£•‰DÄ^'ªj´FĪBÄ,h.è°%49³ Ãä ­0o…¥fH_ ô¹CóÍû¿ùøSÿv&/Ên¯zÏÂüàhÉ–ÜùtJÕ?ܽížç^¿qãÆÛ6]ñÝ^·»~ºÓ£î&º5³¤‰)†‹G©¨ˆÄ1¢¢!@©Š2Ä ¦ÄºÆÛ–z¢f² ¨rª©\饊6šìœ?7¹ý=¯¿òÃ_ùÞ“wžÕï¿ãÖ·§Š/”¬ùå;¿úw'WüÛ7ßüìyÓÓë'¦ºÌ^°ž¹›˜½æjò±c …ã»wÓz–€CDqbO1£H¡ä!Þ´ÈÀÐa f´î´æ›–c•±P26,dÁh¨RäЀ«¶ïصëŒ0Óh™O~ùίÞ{r¥/¾õ¦»VOM¬ŸìVlØòæ^}½Ù5ä…#„ey_\¤3Ѹ*1‚D7‰­*J­x§*4+DÐƨªÈ$‘¦Ä"½,õXä’Ùú^àêSxAJüpÇvýpÇž8¹ÂG®Ý×®Y½mº×eÝÆM¬Þ²…zr\ÉÇŽ1œ?LÞÿ ž êN£Éˆqû© X4L IŽzÁ‹!u$Dw¬¨á!P¢!¦X(3J€””⺫~ýÊÅÇw>ýðÉøÎ*æ®;oõç;Ý f®ØLթѦO{è ±ÛAž?ŒMt˜zåèU„:áÁñz47"ƒ’qsHÁÐNDSÀªˆ‡@Ý8Éœn5A7¢‚¡5eÐÏ<¾3øЮ¿aª—¶têHš`â ÀÜ_ v:,î~‚ J¯;I±–’‡`†U"”* †af˜#æPpÄ wÇD0¬UÕÁSÀ«š˜"Vkaêð`ó9¸zõìÇT‘º5³—^W/…8–žÝOgn‰l‚?ŽÇÆȦP2â ¥àÑQsÌÇå8ž‰;‘–Aܦ TÑÀ"â‚J9%Æ3êô^]ývÝ« )àÓ”¥%°@Û_¢®júBŒxɘ9w'ˆŽfÔTð(ê„0 ªˆº¡-/lp˜aðèˆAìAi¡#äaE¬N­0NKàm7]·©êE’;¡ªétzØ`@~ï$Zɘ`x°¡D‘Ê^1CQŠÌƱoNÉÝ„@Ápu,‚†@¨z¼%º¡j÷S‹ÖÓ¸6ÍÝÔÑ:ઔ¶EÍkñ¾â®àŠÕ©)¨e¢  š"ÇÜа` ®h ¨ š"ä–íT ÍžñFP¡v,GbrJ>5ÎÓèZÀS TP'4QuÜï÷Gñl†«b*-¨+1€8˜ʨ>L UÇ£",*¹±V1,EŠƒ,ä ˆ*Æà‚U;Ή@é&D„ ©"ËÇÑ™š&}a5\ )²"Jò‚F0U°Œ3 s°h Б‡BÄ+¬isaØ©ãè’§+ îœù Ãþ‹ªJ)-M™:&ÚàXɸ‚ "ÁÁŒày4âãd-£ÝÖTr‘•ðD@µ¢#§È°(Þq†ƒ@ªàþ­Sá<ãçܶw½Å§«ŠéÙULÍÌЛYE*J.™D ‰BŒ#À%Cdb¦`# jŠ™0#ÁqZUT)†h¦¡¯…¥¥}7kCPK ÿüý§VŸ“fÿZaoI¹Š@ÓPB iAŠ€ Ö©Á#Á”Ñ  ÁF‚Î Q£¨¢>JdŽPÌ1I‰áPÉ"XTlXæ‘E"iªûµÓa<ãF¶oyð…F §Ð¶}ƒã ó¾´˜g$ª‘ŒHF­àAQW\‚‘%SPpCU ¡ ªä±bQÚ2¤Í-ÍPXj %D OXÁpm÷®Óa<ë‰ÀÞý[‡¦{ êºK/E꺦rÃB¤[9FEŠ©¢2Ág¤ñÕT(>"ÕZ@<£hsaÐŽÂgyÙhC¡ÑL_)Ž ±ŠLMt¿ùîºùtøÎzbö|Ö[{ùvÌÆ0FÔ•*A"E" 'U(ÁG3.¨ƒE–‘lPSZsD %;Ù¡µB¿1¬rch•Ð&3Ô„%$çàDõ9F‘b§ÂwÆ“9€ï<±gϯ¾ìµ¸^aÅPuç€áØX£dœ¢ &dW²Y5CÇIšK!k _œR2m$*¦F ‘,B«…¶iI) 1=zßýO~ è2ÒÇD^Ðg%pÑk.þþª6¼3¤0-È”¡‘Q¡ ¢BGQr0úº‘-­*c…ZAÛ*mCiZ¡´ó€³‡vÙ;ä`˜dòÎH=é ³æÁÎÇö»øúK¾1³TÞ•ºiÚMG ±â¢d7Ä MiQ-´Ái‡™¶("…Á Ý€Ì’9Z”"­&•Ì À°1({ž[ûž]ؼ¸ è+‚¢Ë+º+lÎHâѽ‹›/»ð‰nˆoR·©Ò m„6R bN«ÎòÀö[Z)ô‡™Ö•A¥%¯¬< " 13´€ 2¸ptPرëЉQ2\1þûyFGõÏ­NŽ]r¦±tw<ùÌÂÞ#‹ÏoZ»ê7S7¤vüQ"RȪ´­ÐäB.™Ö„ÖœR mŒL©æŠV¦F6§˜Ñ´‚hFUYÌÂýí?yü0ÆØgt`|8°B 7.6®ÿ3‹ÍÏ{;ydb v˜“XsØ<´2N8á·ö0ÃqY?óŒfza\ï´!þºÞ9¡züTŒr¥;þ¿ðÓÍÒO9ÖÞèø7ƒŒc‚2~Ÿieü…8]¿‘Ÿ†Ñ‰blEËœ ç|µôÿÆþ\Ž‡ÂÁ—IEND®B`‚gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_arrow.adb0000644000076700001450000001077312533067540020405 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Arrow; use Gtk.Arrow; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Grid; use Gtk.Grid; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Arrow is function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows the four possible types of @bGtk_Shadow_Type@B" & " that can be used within @bGtkAda@B." & ASCII.LF & "It also demonstrates how items can be organized in a @bGtk_Table@B" & " to position them as you want. Each of the groups @bGtk_Arrow@B +" & " @bGtk_Label@B is first put in a @bGtk_Box@B, that is then put in" & " a table element."; end Help; procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Box2 : Gtk_Box; Table : Gtk_Grid; Arrow : Gtk_Arrow; Label : Gtk_Label; begin Frame.Set_Label ("Arrows"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Frame.Add (Box1); Gtk_New (Table); Table.Set_Border_Width (Border_Width => 10); Box1.Pack_Start (Table, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk_New (Arrow, Arrow_Type => Arrow_Up, Shadow_Type => Shadow_In); Pack_Start (Box2, Arrow, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_In"); Pack_Start (Box2, Label, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Table.Attach (Box2, 1, 0); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk_New (Arrow, Arrow_Type => Arrow_Left, Shadow_Type => Shadow_Out); Pack_Start (Box2, Arrow, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_Out"); Pack_Start (Box2, Label, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Table.Attach (Box2, 0, 1); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk_New (Arrow, Arrow_Type => Arrow_Right, Shadow_Type => Shadow_Etched_In); Pack_Start (Box2, Arrow, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_Etched_In"); Pack_Start (Box2, Label, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Table.Attach (Box2, 2, 1); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk_New (Arrow, Arrow_Type => Arrow_Down, Shadow_Type => Shadow_Etched_Out); Pack_Start (Box2, Arrow, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Gtk_New (Label, "Shadow_Etched_Out"); Pack_Start (Box2, Label, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Table.Attach (Box2, 1, 2); Show_All (Box1); end Run; end Create_Arrow; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_link_buttons.adb0000644000076700001450000001051712533067540021762 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Link_Button; use Gtk.Link_Button; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_Link_Buttons is package Link_Button_Cb is new Handlers.Callback (Gtk_Link_Button_Record); package Link_Button_Return_Cb is new Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk_Link_Button_Record, Boolean); ---------------------------- -- On_Link_Button_Clicked -- ---------------------------- function On_Link_Button_Clicked (Button : access Gtk_Link_Button_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin Put_Line ("Link_Button clicked: " & Button.Get_Uri); Set_Visited (Button, True); return True; end On_Link_Button_Clicked; ----------------------------- -- On_Reset_Button_Clicked -- ----------------------------- procedure On_Reset_Button_Clicked (Widget : access Gtk_Link_Button_Record'Class) is begin Set_Visited (Widget, False); end On_Reset_Button_Clicked; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "a @bGtk_Link_Button@B is a @bGtk_Button@B with a hyperlink," & " similar to the kind displayed by web browsers. It is associated" & " with a URI. The URI is passed to a callback procedure that is" & " invoked when the user clicks the button. " & " This widget also keeps track of whether it has been visited."; end Help; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1 : Gtk_Box; Link_Button1 : Gtk_Link_Button; Reset_Button : Gtk_Button; begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Link_Buttons"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Gtk.Frame.Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New_With_Label (Widget => Link_Button1, URI => "http://www.example.com/", Label => "Click me."); Link_Button_Return_Cb.Connect (Link_Button1, Signal_Activate_Link, On_Link_Button_Clicked'Access); Pack_Start (Box1, Link_Button1, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 0); Gtk_New (Reset_Button, "Reset Link_Button's ""visited"" state"); Link_Button_Cb.Object_Connect (Reset_Button, "clicked", On_Reset_Button_Clicked'Access, Link_Button1); Pack_Start (Box1, Reset_Button, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 0); Show_All (Box1); end Run; end Create_Link_Buttons; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_canvas.adb0000644000076700001450000007561512533067540020534 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Numerics.Discrete_Random; with Glib; use Glib; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Cairo.Pattern; use Cairo.Pattern; with Cairo.Png; use Cairo.Png; with Cairo.Region; use Cairo.Region; with Cairo.Surface; use Cairo.Surface; with Pango.Cairo; use Pango.Cairo; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gtk.Arrow; use Gtk.Arrow; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Check_Button; use Gtk.Check_Button; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Canvas; use Gtkada.Canvas; with Gtk.Spin_Button; use Gtk.Spin_Button; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; package body Create_Canvas is Max_Size : constant := 400; -- Size of the canvas; Item_Width : constant Gint := 50; Item_Height : constant Gint := 40; ---------------------------------------------------------------- -- Redefine our own item type, since we want to provide our own -- graphics. ---------------------------------------------------------------- type Display_Item_Record is new Canvas_Item_Record with record Canvas : Interactive_Canvas; Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; Title : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; W, H : Gint; Num : Positive; end record; type Display_Item is access all Display_Item_Record'Class; procedure Initialize (Item : access Display_Item_Record'Class; Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class); -- Initialize Item with a random size and color. -- Canvas must have been realized procedure Draw (Item : access Display_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Draw the item to the double-buffer ----------------------------------------------------------- -- A new non-rectangular item, with a hole in the middle -- ----------------------------------------------------------- type Hole_Item_Record is new Display_Item_Record with null record; procedure Draw (Item : access Hole_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context); function Point_In_Item (Item : access Hole_Item_Record; X, Y : Glib.Gint) return Boolean; -- Override the inherited subprograms ---------------------- -- A resizable item -- ---------------------- type Resizable_Item_Record is new Display_Item_Record with null record; type Resizable_Item is access all Resizable_Item_Record'Class; procedure Draw (Item : access Resizable_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); function On_Button_Click (Item : access Resizable_Item_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; -- Override the inherited subprograms ---------------------------------------------------- -- Our own canvas, with optional background image -- ---------------------------------------------------- type Image_Canvas_Record is new Interactive_Canvas_Record with record Background : Cairo_Pattern := Null_Pattern; Draw_Grid : Boolean := True; end record; type Image_Canvas is access all Image_Canvas_Record'Class; procedure Draw_Background (Canvas : access Image_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); -- Draw the background image procedure Draw_Grid (Canvas : access Image_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); -- Draw the background grid ----------------------------- -- Misc. types and variables ----------------------------- package Canvas_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Interactive_Canvas_Record); package Canvas_User_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Widget_Record, Image_Canvas); procedure Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item1, Item2 : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Text : String := ""); -- Add a link between Item1 and Item2 Max_Colors : constant := 20; Zoom_Levels : constant array (Positive range <>) of Gdouble := (0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0); Start_Spin, End_Spin, Num_Spin : Gtk_Spin_Button; Num_Items_Label, Num_Links_Label : Gtk_Label; Layout : Pango_Layout; type Color_Type is range 1 .. Max_Colors; package Color_Random is new Ada.Numerics.Discrete_Random (Color_Type); package Items_Random is new Ada.Numerics.Discrete_Random (Positive); use Items_Random; subtype Coordinate_Type is Gint range Default_Grid_Size + 1 .. Max_Size; package Coordinate_Random is new Ada.Numerics.Discrete_Random (Coordinate_Type); use Coordinate_Random; subtype Zoom_Type is Gint range 1 .. 2; package Zoom_Random is new Ada.Numerics.Discrete_Random (Zoom_Type); use Zoom_Random; type String_Access is access String; Color_Names : constant array (Color_Type) of String_Access := (new String'("forest green"), new String'("red"), new String'("blue"), new String'("yellow"), new String'("peach puff"), new String'("azure"), new String'("seashell"), new String'("lavender"), new String'("grey"), new String'("turquoise"), new String'("khaki"), new String'("tan"), new String'("orange red"), new String'("MediumPurple"), new String'("ivory1"), new String'("DeepSkyBlue1"), new String'("burlywood1"), new String'("wheat1"), new String'("orange1"), new String'("pink")); Colors : array (Color_Type) of Gdk_RGBA; Items_List : array (1 .. 500) of Canvas_Item; Last_Item : Positive; Last_Link : Positive; Item_Gen : Items_Random.Generator; Gen : Coordinate_Random.Generator; Color_Gen : Color_Random.Generator; Zoom_Gen : Zoom_Random.Generator; -- Note: All the generators above are intentionally not reset, so that -- we can get the same events every time and thus can reproduce behaviors. ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "An @bInteractive_Canvas@B is an interactive widgets, on which" & " you can put items that the user will be able to manipulate" & " dynamically with the mouse." & ASCII.LF & "As you can see in this demo, the items can be linked together, and" & " the items remain connected when they are moved." & ASCII.LF & "The canvas also support @bscrolling@B, if put in a " & " @bGtk_Scrolled_Window@B, as you can see if you move the items" & " outside of the visible part of the canvas." & "There is a small area on each side of the canvas. If you leave the" & " mouse in this area while dragging an item, the canvas will" & " keep scrolling until the mouse is moved outside of this area." & ASCII.LF & "The canvas provides @bzooming@B capabilities. Try clicking on the" & " two arrow buttons at the top of this demo." & ASCII.LF & "The canvas includes a simple @blayout scheme@B, that can be" & " overriden with more complex algorithms. Items are stored in a" & " graph structure, tha includes a number of useful algorithms for" & " layout: topological sort,..." & ASCII.LF & "@bNon-rectangular items@B can also be used, see for instance the" & " two items 2 and 4 in the default layout." & ASCII.LF & "You can also redefine your own @btype of links@B. By default, links" & " are either straight or arc links, that may optionaly have arrows" & " on either end."; end Help; --------------------------- -- Draw_To_Double_Buffer -- --------------------------- procedure Draw (Item : access Display_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context) is begin Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Item.Color); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, Gdouble (Item.W) - 1.0, Gdouble (Item.H) - 1.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Item.Title); Rectangle (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, Gdouble (Item.W) - 1.0, Gdouble (Item.H) - 1.0); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Set_Text (Layout, "Item" & Positive'Image (Display_Item (Item).Num)); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, 10.0, 10.0); Pango.Cairo.Show_Layout (Cr, Layout); end Draw; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- procedure Draw (Item : access Resizable_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context) is Rect : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Coord (Item); W : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Rect.Width); H : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Rect.Height); Arrow : constant Gdouble := 4.0; begin Cairo.Save (Cr); Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Item.Color); Rectangle (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, W - 2.0 * Arrow - 1.0, H - 1.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Item.Title); Rectangle (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, W - 2.0 * Arrow - 1.0, H - 1.0); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); Cairo.Translate (Cr, W - Arrow - 0.5, 0.0); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, -Arrow / 2.0, Arrow + 0.5); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, 0.0, 0.5); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Arrow / 2.0, Arrow + 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, -Arrow / 2.0, H - Arrow - 0.5); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, 0.0, H - 1.0); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Arrow / 2.0, H - Arrow - 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, 0.0, 0.5); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, 0.0, H - 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, -Arrow, 0.5); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Arrow, 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, -Arrow, H - 0.5); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Arrow, H - 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); end Draw; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- procedure Draw (Item : access Hole_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context) is Item_Width : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Get_Coord (Item).Width); Item_Height : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Get_Coord (Item).Height); Item_Width_10 : constant Gdouble := Item_Width / 2.0 - 10.0; Item_Height_10 : constant Gdouble := Item_Height / 2.0 - 10.0; begin -- The trick to drawing non-rectangular items is to change the clip mask -- of the graphic context before calling the inherited subprogram. Cairo.Set_Fill_Rule (Cr, Cairo_Fill_Rule_Even_Odd); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, Item_Width, Item_Height); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, Item_Width_10, Item_Height_10, 20.0, 20.0); Clip (Cr); Cairo.Set_Fill_Rule (Cr, Cairo_Fill_Rule_Winding); Draw (Display_Item_Record (Item.all)'Access, Cr); Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Item.Title); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, Item_Width_10 - 0.5, Item_Height_10 - 0.5, 21.0, 21.0); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); end Draw; --------------------- -- On_Button_Click -- --------------------- function On_Button_Click (Item : access Resizable_Item_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is Rect : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Coord (Item); begin if Event.The_Type = Button_Press and then Event.Button = 1 then if Gint (Event.Y) > Rect.Height - 4 then return True; end if; elsif Event.The_Type = Motion_Notify then if Event.Y > 4.0 then Set_Screen_Size (Item, Get_Coord (Item).Width, Gint (Event.Y)); end if; return True; end if; return False; end On_Button_Click; --------------------- -- Draw_Background -- --------------------- procedure Draw_Background (Canvas : access Image_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) is begin if Canvas.Background /= Null_Pattern then Cairo.Save (Cr); Cairo.Set_Source (Cr, Canvas.Background); Cairo.Paint (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); else Cairo.Save (Cr); Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, (0.8, 0.8, 0.8, 1.0)); Cairo.Paint (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); end if; end Draw_Background; --------------- -- Draw_Grid -- --------------- procedure Draw_Grid (Canvas : access Image_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) is begin if Canvas.Draw_Grid then Draw_Grid (Interactive_Canvas_Record (Canvas.all)'Access, Cr); end if; end Draw_Grid; ------------------- -- Point_In_Item -- ------------------- function Point_In_Item (Item : access Hole_Item_Record; X, Y : Glib.Gint) return Boolean is W : constant Gint := Get_Coord (Item).Width / 2; H : constant Gint := Get_Coord (Item).Height / 2; X2 : constant Gint := X - Get_Coord (Item).X; Y2 : constant Gint := Y - Get_Coord (Item).Y; begin if X2 >= W - 10 and then X2 <= W + 10 and then Y2 >= H - 10 and then Y2 <= H + 10 then return False; else return Point_In_Item (Display_Item_Record (Item.all)'Access, X, Y); end if; end Point_In_Item; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Item : access Display_Item_Record'Class; Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin Item.Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canvas); Item.Color := Colors (Color_Random.Random (Color_Gen)); Item.Title := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); Item.W := Item_Width * Random (Zoom_Gen); Item.H := Item_Height * Random (Zoom_Gen); Item.Num := Last_Item; if Last_Item <= Items_List'Last then Items_List (Item.Num) := Canvas_Item (Item); end if; Last_Item := Last_Item + 1; Set_Screen_Size (Item, Item.W, Item.H); Set_Text (Num_Items_Label, Positive'Image (Last_Item - 1) & " items"); end Initialize; --------------------- -- Add_Random_Item -- --------------------- procedure Add_Random_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is Item : constant Display_Item := new Display_Item_Record; begin Initialize (Item, Canvas); Put (Canvas, Item, Random (Gen), Random (Gen)); Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); Show_Item (Canvas, Item); end Add_Random_Item; ----------- -- Clear -- ----------- procedure Clear (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is function Remove_Internal (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin Remove (Canvas, Item); return True; end Remove_Internal; begin For_Each_Item (Canvas, Remove_Internal'Unrestricted_Access); Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); Last_Item := 1; Last_Link := 1; Set_Text (Num_Items_Label, Positive'Image (Last_Item - 1) & " items"); Set_Text (Num_Links_Label, Positive'Image (Last_Link - 1) & " links"); end Clear; --------------- -- Add_Items -- --------------- procedure Add_Items (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is Max : constant Positive := Last_Item + Positive (Get_Value_As_Int (Num_Spin)) - 1; begin for J in Last_Item .. Max loop Add_Random_Item (Canvas); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Items_List (J), Items_List (Random (Item_Gen) mod J + 1)); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Items_List (J), Items_List (Random (Item_Gen) mod J + 1)); end loop; Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); end Add_Items; --------------------- -- Add_Single_Item -- --------------------- procedure Add_Single_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; With_Link : Boolean) is Item : constant Display_Item := new Display_Item_Record; Num : constant Positive := Positive (Get_Value_As_Int (Start_Spin)); begin Initialize (Item, Canvas); if With_Link and then Num < Last_Item then Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item, Item, "0"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Items_List (Num), Item, "1"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Items_List (Num), Item, "2"); end if; Put (Canvas, Item); Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); Show_Item (Canvas, Item); end Add_Single_Item; ------------------------------- -- Add_Single_Item_With_Link -- ------------------------------- procedure Add_Single_Item_With_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin Add_Single_Item (Canvas, True); end Add_Single_Item_With_Link; ----------------------------- -- Add_Single_Item_No_Link -- ----------------------------- procedure Add_Single_Item_No_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin Add_Single_Item (Canvas, False); end Add_Single_Item_No_Link; --------------------- -- Add_Canvas_Link -- --------------------- procedure Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item1, Item2 : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Text : String := "") is Link : constant Canvas_Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; begin Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item1, Item2, Both_Arrow, Text); Last_Link := Last_Link + 1; Set_Text (Num_Links_Label, Positive'Image (Last_Link - 1) & " links"); end Add_Canvas_Link; ----------------- -- Remove_Link -- ----------------- procedure Remove_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is It1, It2 : Canvas_Item; function Remove_Internal (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Warnings (Off, Canvas); begin if (Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Link)) = It1 and then Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Link)) = It2) or else (Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Link)) = It2 and then Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Link)) = It1) then Remove_Link (Canvas, Link); return False; end if; return True; end Remove_Internal; Num1 : constant Positive := Positive (Get_Value_As_Int (Start_Spin)); Num2 : constant Positive := Positive (Get_Value_As_Int (End_Spin)); begin if Num1 < Last_Item and then Num2 < Last_Item then It1 := Items_List (Num1); It2 := Items_List (Num2); For_Each_Link (Canvas, Remove_Internal'Unrestricted_Access); Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); end if; end Remove_Link; ------------- -- Zoom_In -- ------------- procedure Zoom_In (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin for J in Zoom_Levels'First .. Zoom_Levels'Last - 1 loop if Zoom_Levels (J) = Get_Zoom (Canvas) then Zoom (Canvas, Zoom_Levels (J + 1), 0.2); end if; end loop; end Zoom_In; -------------- -- Zoom_Out -- -------------- procedure Zoom_Out (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is begin for J in Zoom_Levels'First + 1 .. Zoom_Levels'Last loop if Zoom_Levels (J) = Get_Zoom (Canvas) then Zoom (Canvas, Zoom_Levels (J - 1), 0.2); end if; end loop; end Zoom_Out; ------------------- -- Initial_Setup -- ------------------- procedure Initial_Setup (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) is Item1, Item2, Item3, Item4 : Display_Item; Item5 : Resizable_Item; Link : Canvas_Link; begin Color_Random.Reset (Color_Gen); Item1 := new Display_Item_Record; Initialize (Item1, Canvas); Put (Canvas, Item1, 10, 10); Item2 := new Hole_Item_Record; Initialize (Item2, Canvas); Put (Canvas, Item2, 70, 240); Item3 := new Display_Item_Record; Initialize (Item3, Canvas); Put (Canvas, Item3, 200, 10); Item4 := new Hole_Item_Record; Initialize (Item4, Canvas); Put (Canvas, Item4, 280, 170); Item5 := new Resizable_Item_Record; Initialize (Item5, Canvas); Set_Screen_Size (Item5, 30, 30); Put (Canvas, Item5, 200, 170); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item1, Item1, "Self 1->1"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item3, Item1, "From3->1"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item1, Item4, "From1->4(1)"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item1, Item4, "From1->4(2)"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item2, Item3, "From2->3"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item2, Item4, "From2->4"); Add_Canvas_Link (Canvas, Item3, Item4, "From3->4(1)"); Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item3, Item4, Start_Arrow, "From3->4(2)"); Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item4, Item3, End_Arrow, "From3->4(3)"); Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item3, Item4, Both_Arrow, "From3->4(4)"); Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item4, Item3, Both_Arrow, "From3->4(5)"); Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item3, Item4, Both_Arrow, "From3->4(6)"); Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item2, Item2, No_Arrow, "Self 2->2 (1)"); Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; Add_Link (Canvas, Link, Item2, Item2, Start_Arrow, "Self 2->2 (2)"); Last_Link := Last_Link + 7; Set_Text (Num_Links_Label, Positive'Image (Last_Link - 1) & " links"); end Initial_Setup; ------------------ -- Toggle_Align -- ------------------ procedure Toggle_Align (Align : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Canvas : Image_Canvas) is begin Align_On_Grid (Canvas, Get_Active (Gtk_Check_Button (Align))); end Toggle_Align; ---------------------- -- Toggle_Draw_Grid -- ---------------------- procedure Toggle_Draw_Grid (Align : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Canvas : Image_Canvas) is begin Canvas.Draw_Grid := Get_Active (Gtk_Check_Button (Align)); Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); end Toggle_Draw_Grid; ----------------------- -- Toggle_Orthogonal -- ----------------------- procedure Toggle_Orthogonal (Align : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Canvas : Image_Canvas) is begin Set_Orthogonal_Links (Canvas, Get_Active (Gtk_Check_Button (Align))); Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); end Toggle_Orthogonal; ------------------------ -- Background_Changed -- ------------------------ procedure Background_Changed (Bg_Draw : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Canvas : Image_Canvas) is Surface : Cairo_Surface; begin if Get_Active (Gtk_Check_Button (Bg_Draw)) then Surface := Cairo.Png.Create_From_Png ("background.png"); Canvas.Background := Cairo.Pattern.Create_For_Surface (Surface); Cairo.Pattern.Set_Extend (Canvas.Background, Cairo_Extend_Repeat); Destroy (Surface); else if Canvas.Background /= Null_Pattern then Destroy (Canvas.Background); Canvas.Background := Null_Pattern; end if; end if; Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); end Background_Changed; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Canvas : Image_Canvas; Box, Bbox, Bbox2, Bbox3, Spin_Box, Small : Gtk_Box; Button : Gtk_Button; Arrow : Gtk_Arrow; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Label : Gtk_Label; Adj : Gtk_Adjustment; F : Gtk_Frame; Align : Gtk_Check_Button; Success : Boolean; begin Last_Item := Items_List'First; Last_Link := 1; Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New_Hbox (Bbox, Homogeneous => True); Pack_Start (Box, Bbox, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Bbox2, Homogeneous => True); Pack_Start (Box, Bbox2, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Bbox3, Homogeneous => True); Pack_Start (Box, Bbox3, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Spin_Box, Homogeneous => True); Pack_Start (Box, Spin_Box, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (F); Pack_Start (Box, F); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Add (F, Scrolled); Canvas := new Image_Canvas_Record; Initialize (Canvas); Add (Scrolled, Canvas); Align_On_Grid (Canvas, False); Gtk_New (Button); Gtk_New (Arrow, Arrow_Up, Shadow_Out); Add (Button, Arrow); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Zoom_In'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button); Gtk_New (Arrow, Arrow_Down, Shadow_Out); Add (Button, Arrow); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Zoom_Out'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Random"); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Add_Random_Item'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Add One"); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Add_Single_Item_No_Link'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Clear"); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Clear'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Remove Link Start->End"); Pack_Start (Bbox2, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Remove_Link'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Add multiple Items"); Pack_Start (Bbox2, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Add_Items'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Button, "Add with Link->Start"); Pack_Start (Bbox2, Button, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_Cb.Object_Connect (Button, "clicked", Canvas_Cb.To_Marshaller (Add_Single_Item_With_Link'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Align, "Align on grid"); Set_Active (Align, Get_Align_On_Grid (Canvas)); Pack_Start (Bbox3, Align, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_User_Cb.Connect (Align, "toggled", Canvas_User_Cb.To_Marshaller (Toggle_Align'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Align, "Draw grid"); Set_Active (Align, Canvas.Draw_Grid); Pack_Start (Bbox3, Align, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_User_Cb.Connect (Align, "toggled", Canvas_User_Cb.To_Marshaller (Toggle_Draw_Grid'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Align, "Orthogonal links"); Set_Active (Align, Get_Orthogonal_Links (Canvas)); Pack_Start (Bbox3, Align, Expand => False, Fill => True); Canvas_User_Cb.Connect (Align, "toggled", Canvas_User_Cb.To_Marshaller (Toggle_Orthogonal'Access), Canvas); Gtk_New (Align, "draw background"); Set_Active (Align, Canvas.Background /= Null_Pattern); Pack_Start (Bbox3, Align, Expand => True, Fill => True); Canvas_User_Cb.Connect (Align, "toggled", Canvas_User_Cb.To_Marshaller (Background_Changed'Access), Canvas); Background_Changed (Align, Canvas); Gtk_New (Num_Items_Label, "0 items"); Pack_Start (Spin_Box, Num_Items_Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Num_Links_Label, "0 links"); Pack_Start (Spin_Box, Num_Links_Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Small, Homogeneous => False); Gtk_New (Label, "Add:"); Pack_Start (Small, Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Adj, 10.0, 1.0, 300.0, 1.0, 30.0); Gtk_New (Num_Spin, Adj, 0.5, 0); Pack_Start (Small, Num_Spin, Expand => False, Fill => False); Pack_Start (Spin_Box, Small, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Small, Homogeneous => False); Gtk_New (Label, "Start:"); Pack_Start (Small, Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Adj, 1.0, 1.0, 300.0, 1.0, 30.0); Gtk_New (Start_Spin, Adj, 0.5, 0); Pack_Start (Small, Start_Spin, Expand => False, Fill => False); Pack_Start (Spin_Box, Small, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Small, Homogeneous => False); Gtk_New (Label, "End:"); Pack_Start (Small, Label, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New (Adj, 2.0, 1.0, 300.0, 1.0, 30.0); Gtk_New (End_Spin, Adj, 0.5, 0); Pack_Start (Small, End_Spin, Expand => False, Fill => False); Pack_Start (Spin_Box, Small, Expand => False, Fill => False); Realize (Canvas); -- Initialize the colors. They no longer need to be allocated in -- gtk3. for J in Color_Names'Range loop Parse (Colors (J), Color_Names (J).all, Success); end loop; Layout := Create_Pango_Layout (Frame); Initial_Setup (Canvas); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Canvas; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_clipboard.adb0000644000076700001450000002270212533067540021205 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.Property; use Gdk.Property; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; use Gtk.Cell_Renderer_Text; with Gtk.Clipboard; use Gtk.Clipboard; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.Hbutton_Box; use Gtk.Hbutton_Box; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtk.List_Store; use Gtk.List_Store; with Gtk.Scrolled_Window; use Gtk.Scrolled_Window; with Gtk.Selection_Data; use Gtk.Selection_Data; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Tree_Selection; use Gtk.Tree_Selection; with Gtk.Tree_View; use Gtk.Tree_View; with Gtk.Tree_View_Column; use Gtk.Tree_View_Column; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Create_Clipboard is procedure Refresh (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Refresh the window to show the current clipboard contents procedure On_Select_Format (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when a new format is selected procedure On_Image_Retrieved (Clipboard : not null access Gtk_Clipboard_Record'Class; Pixbuf : not null access Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf_Record'Class); -- Called when the image has been retrieved from the clipboard List : Gtk_List_Store; Contents : Gtk_Text_Buffer; Image : Gtk_Image; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "This demo shows how to interface to the system clipboard. You" & " should select text or images in some other application, copy them" & " to the clipboard (generally through Edit->Copy), and then click on" & " Refresh in this demo." & ASCII.LF & "The data contained in a clipboard can be retrieved in multiple" & " formats (ASCII text, UTF8 text, image, application-dependent types" & ",...). This demo shows the format that the current clipboard" & " can be retrieved in. Double-clicking on any of the format will" & " retrieve the selection in that format, and display it if possible" & ASCII.LF & "Try also copying an image into the clipboard, it will be displayed." & " Big images will take time to be retrieved asynchronously however."; end Help; ------------------------ -- On_Image_Retrieved -- ------------------------ procedure On_Image_Retrieved (Clipboard : not null access Gtk_Clipboard_Record'Class; Pixbuf : not null access Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Clipboard); begin Set (Image, Pixbuf); end On_Image_Retrieved; ------------- -- Refresh -- ------------- procedure Refresh (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Button); Clipboard : constant Gtk_Clipboard := Get; Targets : constant Gdk_Atom_Array := Wait_For_Targets (Clipboard); Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin Clear (List); for T in reverse Targets'Range loop Insert (List, Iter, 0); Set (List, Iter, 0, Atom_Name (Targets (T))); end loop; end Refresh; ---------------------- -- On_Select_Format -- ---------------------- procedure On_Select_Format (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Clipboard : constant Gtk_Clipboard := Get; Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Data : Gtk_Selection_Data; First, Last : Gtk_Text_Iter; As_String : Boolean; As_Image : Boolean; begin Clear (Image); Get_Start_Iter (Contents, First); Get_End_Iter (Contents, Last); Delete (Contents, First, Last); Get_Start_Iter (Contents, First); As_String := Wait_Is_Text_Available (Clipboard); As_Image := Wait_Is_Image_Available (Clipboard); Insert (Contents, First, "Can be retrieved as a string: " & Boolean'Image (As_String) & ASCII.LF); Insert (Contents, First, "Can be retrieved as an image: " & Boolean'Image (As_Image) & ASCII.LF); if As_Image then Request_Image (Clipboard, On_Image_Retrieved'Access); end if; Get_Selected (Get_Selection (Gtk_Tree_View (View)), Model, Iter); if Iter = Null_Iter then return; end if; declare Format : constant String := Get_String (Model, Iter, 0); begin Data := Wait_For_Contents (Clipboard, Atom_Intern (Format)); if not Data.Is_Null then Insert (Contents, First, "Target= " & Atom_Name (Get_Target (Data)) & ASCII.LF); Insert (Contents, First, "Type= " & Atom_Name (Get_Data_Type (Data)) & ASCII.LF); Insert (Contents, First, "Format= " & Gint'Image (Get_Format (Data)) & " (bits/char for strings for instance)" & ASCII.LF); Insert (Contents, First, "Length= " & Gint'Image (Get_Length (Data)) & ASCII.LF); if As_String then Insert (Contents, First, "As_String=" & Get_Data_As_String (Data)); end if; Free (Data); end if; end; end On_Select_Format; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1, Box2 : Gtk_Box; Bbox : Gtk_Hbutton_Box; View : Gtk_Tree_View; Col_Pos : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Col_Pos); Col : Gtk_Tree_View_Column; Render : Gtk_Cell_Renderer_Text; Button : Gtk_Button; Scrolled : Gtk_Scrolled_Window; Text : Gtk_Text_View; begin Gtk.Frame.Set_Label (Frame, "Clipboard"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New_Hbox (Box2, Homogeneous => False); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, Expand => True); Gtk_New (Bbox); Pack_Start (Box2, Bbox, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Button, "Refresh"); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, Gtk.Button.Signal_Clicked, Refresh'Access); Pack_Start (Bbox, Button, Expand => False); Gtk_New (List, (0 => GType_String)); Gtk_New (Render); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Pack_Start (Box2, Scrolled, Expand => True); Gtk_New (View, +List); Add (Scrolled, View); Set_Headers_Visible (View, False); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Get_Selection (View), "changed", On_Select_Format'Access, View); Gtk_New (Col); Col_Pos := Insert_Column (View, Col); Pack_Start (Col, Render, Expand => True); Add_Attribute (Col, Render, "text", 0); Gtk_New (Scrolled); Set_Policy (Scrolled, Policy_Automatic, Policy_Automatic); Pack_Start (Box1, Scrolled, Expand => True); Gtk_New (Contents); Gtk_New (Text, Contents); Add (Scrolled, Text); Gtk_New (Image); Pack_Start (Box1, Image); Refresh (Button); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Clipboard; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_status.adb0000644000076700001450000001410112533067540020563 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Text_IO; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Status_Bar; use Gtk.Status_Bar; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Create_Status is Counter : Gint := 1; ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Status_Bar@B is generally found at the bottom of" & " application windows. It displays some help text, generally" & " depending on the current context in the application." & ASCII.LF & "In GtkAda, @bGtk_Status_Bar@B are organized as stacks: you push" & " some text onto the stack, and the top of the stack is always" & " displayed. You can then pop part of the stak to display the older" & " content of the @bGtk_Status_Bar@B. This behavior is especially" & " for temporarily displaying help in the status bar, but still being" & " able to show some other informations."; end Help; ---------- -- Push -- ---------- procedure Push (Status : access GObject_Record'Class) is Id : Message_Id; S : constant Gtk_Status_Bar := Gtk_Status_Bar (Status); pragma Unreferenced (Id); begin Id := Push (S, 1, "Something" & Gint'Image (Counter)); Counter := Counter + 1; end Push; --------- -- Pop -- --------- procedure Pop (Status : access GObject_Record'Class) is S : constant Gtk_Status_Bar := Gtk_Status_Bar (Status); begin Pop (S, 1); end Pop; ----------- -- Steal -- ----------- procedure Steal (Status : access GObject_Record'Class) is S : constant Gtk_Status_Bar := Gtk_Status_Bar (Status); begin Remove (S, 1, 4); end Steal; -------------- -- Contexts -- -------------- procedure Contexts (Status : access GObject_Record'Class) is S : constant Gtk_Status_Bar := Gtk_Status_Bar (Status); begin Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Status_Bar : Context : " & "any context" & " Id=" & Context_Id'Image (Get_Context_Id (S, "any context"))); Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Status_Bar : Context : " & "idle messages" & " Id=" & Context_Id'Image (Get_Context_Id (S, "idle message"))); Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Status_Bar : Context : " & "some text" & " Id=" & Context_Id'Image (Get_Context_Id (S, "some text"))); Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Status_Bar : Context : " & "hit the mouse" & " Id=" & Context_Id'Image (Get_Context_Id (S, "hit the mouse"))); Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line ("Status_Bar : Context : " & "hit the mouse2" & " Id=" & Context_Id'Image (Get_Context_Id (S, "hit the mouse2"))); end Contexts; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Box1, Box2 : Gtk_Box; Status : Gtk_Status_Bar; Button : Gtk_Button; begin Set_Label (Frame, "Status Bar"); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box1, False, 0); Add (Frame, Box1); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box2, False, 10); Set_Border_Width (Box2, 10); Pack_Start (Box1, Box2, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Status); Pack_End (Box1, Status, False, False, 0); Gtk_New (Button, "Push Something"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, False, False, 0); Button.On_Clicked (Push'Access, Status); Gtk_New (Button, "Pop"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, False, False, 0); Button.On_Clicked (Pop'Access, Status); Gtk_New (Button, "Steal Message_Id #4"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, False, False, 0); Button.On_Clicked (Steal'Access, Status); Gtk_New (Button, "Test contexts"); Pack_Start (Box2, Button, False, False, 0); Button.On_Clicked (Contexts'Access, Status); Show_All (Frame); end Run; end Create_Status; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_application.adb0000644000076700001450000001555112533067540021555 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2013-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Action_Map; use Glib.Action_Map; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Menu_Model; use Glib.Menu_Model; with Glib.Application; use Glib.Application; with Glib.Simple_Action; use Glib.Simple_Action; with Glib.Variant; use Glib.Variant; with Gtk.Builder; use Gtk.Builder; with Gtk.Menu; use Gtk.Menu; with Gtk.Application; use Gtk.Application; with Gtk.Application_Window; use Gtk.Application_Window; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Menu_Tool_Button; use Gtk.Menu_Tool_Button; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with System; use System; package body Create_Application is procedure Activate_Quit (Action : access Gsimple_Action; Parameter : Gvariant; Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Activate_Quit); -- Implements the "quit" action ---------- -- Help -- ---------- function Help return String is begin return "A @bGtk_Application_Window@B and @bGtk_Application@B that" & " better integrates with the system"; end Help; ------------- -- Startup -- ------------- procedure Startup (Self : access Gapplication_Record'Class) is App : constant Gtk_Application := Gtk_Application (Self); Builder : Gtk_Builder; Success : Guint; Error : aliased GError; begin -- Startup is when the application should create its menu bar. For -- this, we load an xml file and then extra parts of its to get the -- contents of the application menu and menu bar. Put_Line ("Application started"); Builder := Gtk_Builder_New; Success := Builder.Add_From_File ("menus.ui", Error'Access); if Success = 0 then Put_Line ("Error parsing menus.ui: " & Get_Message (Error)); else App.Set_App_Menu (Gmenu_Model (Builder.Get_Object ("appmenu"))); App.Set_Menubar (Gmenu_Model (Builder.Get_Object ("menubar"))); end if; Builder.Unref; -- no longer needed end Startup; -------------- -- Shutdown -- -------------- procedure Shutdown (Self : access Gapplication_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin Put_Line ("Application shut down"); end Shutdown; ------------------ -- App_Activate -- ------------------ procedure App_Activate (Self : access Gapplication_Record'Class) is App : constant Gtk_Application := Gtk_Application (Self); Win : Gtk_Application_Window; Builder : Gtk_Builder; Menu_Tool : Gtk_Menu_Tool_Button; Tool_Menu : Gmenu_Model; Success : Guint; Error : aliased GError; pragma Unreferenced (Success); begin -- Activation is when we should create the main window Put_Line ("Application activate"); Win := Gtk_Application_Window_New (App); Win.Set_Title ("GtkApplication test"); Win.Set_Icon_Name ("gtk-home"); Win.Set_Default_Size (200, 200); Builder := Gtk_Builder_New; Success := Builder.Add_From_File ("application.ui", Error'Access); Win.Add (Gtk_Widget (Builder.Get_Object ("grid"))); -- The "Open" button with its popup menu Menu_Tool := Gtk_Menu_Tool_Button (Builder.Get_Object ("menutool")); Tool_Menu := Gmenu_Model (Builder.Get_Object ("toolmenu")); Menu_Tool.Set_Menu (Gtk_Menu_New_From_Model (Tool_Menu)); Win.Show_All; Builder.Unref; -- no longer needed end App_Activate; ------------------- -- Activate_Quit -- ------------------- procedure Activate_Quit (Action : access Gsimple_Action; Parameter : Gvariant; Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Action, Parameter); use Widget_List; Stub : Gtk_Application_Record; App : constant Gtk_Application := Gtk_Application (Get_User_Data (Data, Stub)); List, N : Widget_List.Glist; Win : Gtk_Window; begin List := App.Get_Windows; while List /= Null_List loop N := Next (List); Win := Gtk_Window (Get_Data (List)); Win.Destroy; List := N; end loop; end Activate_Quit; --------- -- Run -- --------- procedure Run (Frame : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class) is Label : Gtk_Label; App : Gtk_Application; Result : Gint; begin Gtk_New (Label, "This demo creates a new standalone toplevel window"); Frame.Add (Label); Frame.Show_All; App := Gtk_Application_New (Application_Id => "com.adacore.testgtk", Flags => G_Application_Flags_None); App.Add_Action_Entries ((1 => Build ("quit", Activate_Quit'Access)), User_Data => App.Get_Object); App.On_Startup (Startup'Access); App.On_Activate (App_Activate'Access); App.On_Shutdown (Shutdown'Access); Result := App.Run (0, (1 .. 0 => null)); Put_Line ("Result of run is" & Gint'Image (Result)); end Run; end Create_Application; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/testgtk/create_sources.ads0000644000076700001450000000355412533067540020756 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Frame; package Create_Sources is procedure Run (F : access Gtk.Frame.Gtk_Frame_Record'Class); function Help return String; end Create_Sources; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/xml/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132014360 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/xml/gtkada.xml0000644000076700001450000000101312533067132016330 0ustar gnatmailgnat share/doc/gtkada gtkada_rm/index.html GtkAda Reference Manuel GtkAda /Help/GtkAda/Reference Manual gtkada_ug/index.html GtkAda User's Guide GtkAda /Help/GtkAda/User's Guide gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132014347 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-astar.adb0000644000076700001450000002025112533067540021670 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2013 E. Briot -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps; with Ada.Containers.Ordered_Multisets; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View.Astar is Abort_Path : constant := 200; -- Maximum number of Coordinates to examine before an abort. type Star_Coordinate is record P : Coordinate; Gval : Integer; -- How far we have already gone in the A* algorithm Hval : Integer; -- Estimate how far is left in the A* algorith Parent : Coordinate; end record; function "<" (P1, P2 : Star_Coordinate) return Boolean; package Coordinate_Set is new Ada.Containers.Ordered_Multisets (Element_Type => Star_Coordinate); use Coordinate_Set; function Hash (P : Coordinate) return Ada.Containers.Hash_Type; package Coordinate_Htable is new Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps (Key_Type => Coordinate, Element_Type => Coordinate, -- The Coordinate we were coming from Hash => Hash, Equivalent_Keys => "=", "=" => "="); use Coordinate_Htable; function Search (Tree : Coordinate_Set.Set; P : Coordinate) return Coordinate_Set.Cursor; -- Search in tree for a record matching P ---------- -- Hash -- ---------- function Hash (P : Coordinate) return Ada.Containers.Hash_Type is -- The technique to assign a unique key to (X, Y) is: -- 1 2 4 7 11 16 22 -- 3 5 8 12 17 23 -- 6 9 13 18 24 -- 10 14 19 25 -- 15 20 26 -- 21 27 -- 28 -- The index is computed with: -- index (X, Y) = (X + Y - 1) * (X + Y - 2) / 2 + Y use Ada.Containers; Tmp : constant Integer := P.X + P.Y - 1; begin return Hash_Type (Tmp * (Tmp - 1) / 2 + P.Y) mod Hash_Type'Last; end Hash; --------- -- "<" -- --------- function "<" (P1, P2 : Star_Coordinate) return Boolean is begin return P1.Gval + P1.Hval < P2.Gval + P2.Hval; end "<"; ------------ -- Search -- ------------ function Search (Tree : Coordinate_Set.Set; P : Coordinate) return Coordinate_Set.Cursor is Iter : Coordinate_Set.Cursor := First (Tree); begin while Iter /= Coordinate_Set.No_Element loop exit when Element (Iter).P = P; Next (Iter); end loop; return Iter; end Search; --------------- -- Find_Path -- --------------- function Find_Path (Self : User_Data; From, To : Coordinate; Parent : Coordinate) return Coordinate_Array is Open : Coordinate_Set.Set; Visited : Coordinate_Htable.Map; N : Star_Coordinate; Next : Coordinate; Iter : Coordinate_Set.Cursor; Cost : Integer; Count : Natural; Nodes_Removed : Integer := 0; Stored : Coordinate; PIter : Coordinate_Htable.Cursor; Success : Boolean; begin -- Insert the original node in the open list Insert (Open, (P => From, Gval => 0, Hval => Heuristic_Dist (Self, From, To), Parent => Parent), Iter); while not Is_Empty (Open) loop Iter := First (Open); N := Element (Iter); Delete (Open, Iter); Insert (Visited, Key => N.P, New_Item => N.Parent, Position => PIter, Inserted => Success); Nodes_Removed := Nodes_Removed + 1; if Nodes_Removed >= Abort_Path then return (1 => From, 2 => To); end if; exit when N.P = To; for Num in 1 .. Positive'Last loop Next := Next_Point (Self, N.P, Num); exit when Next = No_Coordinate; if Next /= N.Parent then Cost := Heuristic_Cost (Self, N.Parent, N.P, Next); if Cost > 0 then -- Is this Coordinate already in the closed list ? if Find (Visited, Next) = Coordinate_Htable.No_Element then Iter := Search (Open, Next); if Iter = Coordinate_Set.No_Element then Insert (Open, (P => Next, Gval => N.Gval + Cost, Hval => Heuristic_Dist (Self, Next, To), Parent => N.P), Iter); elsif N.Gval + Cost < Element (Iter).Gval then Delete (Open, Iter); Insert (Open, (P => Next, Gval => N.Gval + Cost, Hval => Heuristic_Dist (Self, Next, To), Parent => N.P), Iter); end if; end if; end if; end if; end loop; end loop; PIter := Find (Visited, To); Count := 0; if Has_Element (PIter) then Stored := To; while Stored /= From loop Stored := Element (Visited, Stored); Count := Count + 1; end loop; end if; if Count = 0 then return (From, To); else declare Arr : Coordinate_Array (1 .. Count + 1); Index : Natural := Arr'Last; begin Stored := To; while Stored /= From loop Arr (Index) := Stored; Stored := Element (Visited, Stored); Index := Index - 1; end loop; Arr (1) := From; Clear (Open); -- Free the memory Clear (Visited); return Arr; end; end if; end Find_Path; -------------------------- -- Manhattan_Next_Point -- -------------------------- function Manhattan_Next_Point (Self : User_Data; From : Coordinate; Nth : Positive) return Coordinate is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin case Nth is when 1 => return (From.X, From.Y - 1); when 2 => return (From.X + 1, From.Y); when 3 => return (From.X, From.Y + 1); when 4 => return (From.X - 1, From.Y); when others => return No_Coordinate; end case; end Manhattan_Next_Point; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Astar; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-rc.adb0000644000076700001450000000443712533067540016221 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtkada.Types; use Gtkada.Types; with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; package body Gtk.Rc is ------------------- -- Get_Theme_Dir -- ------------------- function Get_Theme_Dir return String is function Internal return Chars_Ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_rc_get_theme_dir"); S : constant Chars_Ptr := Internal; Str : constant String := Strings.Value (S); begin g_free (S); return Str; end Get_Theme_Dir; end Gtk.Rc; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-surface.adb0000644000076700001450000000421412533067540017546 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo.Surface is -------------------------- -- Has_Show_Text_Glyphs -- -------------------------- function Has_Show_Text_Glyphs (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Boolean is function Internal (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_surface_has_show_text_glyphs"); begin return Internal (Surface) /= 0; end Has_Show_Text_Glyphs; end Cairo.Surface; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-glist.adb0000644000076700001450000002643012533067540017064 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Glib.Glist is use type System.Address; package body Generic_List is ----------- -- Alloc -- ----------- procedure Alloc (List : out Glist) is function Internal return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_alloc"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal); end Alloc; ------------ -- Append -- ------------ procedure Append (List : in out Glist; Data : in Gpointer) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_append"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); end Append; ------------ -- Concat -- ------------ function Concat (List1 : in Glist; List2 : in Glist) return Glist is function Internal (List1 : System.Address; List2 : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_append"); Tmp : Glist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List1), Get_Object (List2))); return Tmp; end Concat; ------------ -- Insert -- ------------ procedure Insert (List : in out Glist; Data : in Gpointer; Position : in Gint) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address; Pos : Gint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_insert"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data), Position)); end Insert; ---------- -- Find -- ---------- function Find (List : in Glist; Data : in Gpointer) return Glist is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_find"); Tmp : Glist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); return Tmp; end Find; ----------- -- First -- ----------- function First (List : in Glist) return Glist is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_first"); Tmp : Glist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List))); return Tmp; end First; ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (List : in out Glist) is procedure Internal (List : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_free"); begin Internal (Get_Object (List)); List := Null_List; end Free; -------------- -- Get_Data -- -------------- function Get_Data (List : in Glist) return Gpointer is function Internal (List : in System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_list_get_data"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (List))); end Get_Data; -------------- -- Get_Data -- -------------- function Get_Data_Address (List : in Glist) return System.Address is function Internal (List : in System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_list_get_data"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List)); end Get_Data_Address; -------------------- -- Get_Gpointer -- -------------------- function Get_Gpointer (List : in Glist) return Gpointer is begin return Convert (Get_Object (List)); end Get_Gpointer; ---------------- -- Get_Object -- ---------------- function Get_Object (Obj : in Glist) return System.Address is begin return Obj.Ptr; end Get_Object; ----------- -- Index -- ----------- function Index (List : in Glist; Data : in Gpointer) return Gint is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_index"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data)); end Index; ------------------ -- Is_Created -- ------------------ function Is_Created (List : in Glist) return Boolean is begin return Get_Object (List) /= System.Null_Address; end Is_Created; ---------- -- Last -- ---------- function Last (List : in Glist) return Glist is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_last"); Tmp : Glist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List))); return Tmp; end Last; ------------ -- Length -- ------------ function Length (List : in Glist) return Guint is function Internal (List : System.Address) return Guint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_length"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List)); end Length; ------------------ -- List_Reverse -- ------------------ procedure List_Reverse (List : in out Glist) is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_reverse"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List))); end List_Reverse; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- function Next (List : in Glist) return Glist is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_list_next"); Tmp : Glist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List))); return Tmp; end Next; --------- -- Nth -- --------- function Nth (List : in Glist; N : in Guint) return Glist is function Internal (List : System.Address; N : Guint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_nth"); Tmp : Glist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List), N)); return Tmp; end Nth; -------------- -- Nth_Data -- -------------- function Nth_Data (List : in Glist; N : in Guint) return Gpointer is function Internal (List : System.Address; N : Guint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_nth_data"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (List), N)); end Nth_Data; -------------- -- Position -- -------------- function Position (List : in Glist; Link : in Glist) return Gint is function Internal (List : System.Address; Link : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_position"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List), Get_Object (Link)); end Position; ------------- -- Prepend -- ------------- procedure Prepend (List : in out Glist; Data : in Gpointer) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_prepend"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); end Prepend; ---------- -- Prev -- ---------- function Prev (List : in Glist) return Glist is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_list_prev"); Tmp : Glist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List))); return Tmp; end Prev; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (List : in out Glist; Data : in Gpointer) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_remove"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); end Remove; ----------------- -- Remove_Link -- ----------------- procedure Remove_Link (List : in out Glist; Link : in Glist) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Link : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_list_remove_link"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Get_Object (Link))); end Remove_Link; ---------------- -- Set_Object -- ---------------- procedure Set_Object (Obj : in out Glist; Value : in System.Address) is begin Obj.Ptr := Value; end Set_Object; end Generic_List; end Glib.Glist; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-objects.adb0000644000076700001450000000607012533067540022212 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects is ----------------------- -- Link_Anchor_Point -- ----------------------- function Link_Anchor_Point (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment) return Item_Point is C : constant Item_Rectangle := Self.Bounding_Box; begin case Anchor.Toplevel_Side is when Auto | No_Clipping => return (C.Width * abs (Anchor.X), C.Height * abs (Anchor.Y)); when Top => return (C.Width * abs (Anchor.X), 0.0); when Right => return (C.Width, C.Height * abs (Anchor.Y)); when Bottom => return (C.Width * abs (Anchor.X), C.Height); when Left => return (0.0, C.Height * abs (Anchor.Y)); end case; end Link_Anchor_Point; -------------- -- Toplevel -- -------------- function Toplevel (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Abstract_Item is Result : Abstract_Item := Abstract_Item (Self); P : Abstract_Item := Result.Parent; begin while P /= null loop Result := P; P := Result.Parent; end loop; return Result; end Toplevel; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/misc_osx.m0000644000076700001450000002055112533067132016354 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2013, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- As a special exception, if other files instantiate generics from -- -- this unit, or you link this unit with other files to produce an -- -- executable, this unit does not by itself cause the resulting -- -- executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. This -- -- exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why the -- -- executable file might be covered by the GNU Public License. -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ // Support for opening files from the OS in OSX #import #include #include #include "misc_osx.h" /**************************************************************************** * OPEN FILE HANDLING PART ****************************************************************************/ /* As OSX Event Handlers are called from a separate thread, we can't call any of the glib or gtk functions directly. Instead we build a temporary structure with a copy of all the paths to open, and in an idle callback we create the final structure containing gfiles */ typedef struct { char **paths; gint num_paths; gpointer user_data; osx_open_files_cb callback; } open_files_data; /***************** * _open_file_cb * *****************/ /* used to create gfiles from within an idle callback */ static gboolean _open_files_cb (gpointer of_data) { open_files_data *data = (open_files_data*)of_data; osx_open_files_cb callback = data->callback; gpointer user_data = data->user_data; gint n_files = data->num_paths; GFile **files; files = malloc (n_files * sizeof(GFile*)); for (gint i = 0; i < n_files; i++) { files[i] = g_file_new_for_path (data->paths[i]); g_free (data->paths[i]); } g_free (data->paths); g_free (data); callback (files, n_files, user_data); return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; } @interface OSXEventHandler : NSObject { osx_open_files_cb callback; gpointer user_data; } /* Constructor: creates an event handler object calling cb on event, with * u_data as user_data parameter */ - (id)initWithCallback:(osx_open_files_cb)cb withData:(gpointer)u_data; /* Actually installs the handler */ - (void)installEventHandler; @end @implementation OSXEventHandler /******************** * initWithCallback * ********************/ - (id)initWithCallback:(osx_open_files_cb)cb withData:(gpointer)u_data { callback = cb; user_data = u_data; return [super init]; } /*********************** * installEventHandler * ***********************/ - (void)installEventHandler { NSAppleEventManager *em = [NSAppleEventManager sharedAppleEventManager]; [em setEventHandler:self andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocument:withReplyEvent:) forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEOpenDocuments]; } /********************** * handleOpenDocument * **********************/ - (void)handleOpenDocument:(NSAppleEventDescriptor*)event withReplyEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor*)replyEvent { if (!event) return; NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; NSAppleEventDescriptor *fileListDescriptor = NULL; NSInteger numberOfFiles = 0; if ([event eventClass] == kCoreEventClass && [event eventID] == kAEOpenDocuments) { fileListDescriptor = [event paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyDirectObject]; } if (fileListDescriptor) { numberOfFiles = [fileListDescriptor numberOfItems]; } if (numberOfFiles > 0) { open_files_data *of_data = g_malloc (sizeof (open_files_data)); of_data->user_data = user_data; of_data->callback = callback; of_data->num_paths = 0; of_data->paths = (char**)g_malloc(numberOfFiles * sizeof(char*)); for (NSInteger i = 1; i <= numberOfFiles; i++) { NSString* urlString = [[fileListDescriptor descriptorAtIndex:i] stringValue]; if (!urlString) continue; // String in URL form: file://... // so we create an actual NSURL object from it, then retrieve the // fs representation that we need NSURL* url = [NSURL URLWithString:urlString]; if (!url) continue; const char* path = [url fileSystemRepresentation]; of_data->paths[of_data->num_paths] = (char *)g_malloc(strlen (path) + 1); strcpy (of_data->paths[of_data->num_paths], path); of_data->num_paths += 1; } // Cocoa events are processed by a separate thread. So we need to // create the gfiles from the main context explicitely g_main_context_invoke (NULL, _open_files_cb, (gpointer)of_data); } [pool drain]; } @end /************************************* * init_osx_open_files_event_handler * *************************************/ /* Sets an event handler that reacts to the Open File event and calls * ada_gtk_application_open_files. */ void init_osx_open_files_event_handler (osx_open_files_cb callback, gpointer user_data) { OSXEventHandler *handler = [[OSXEventHandler alloc] initWithCallback:callback withData:user_data]; [handler installEventHandler]; } /**************************************************************************** * FULLSCREEN SUPPORT ****************************************************************************/ /**************************************** * _ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_mapped * ****************************************/ /* Enable the full-screen mode for the mapped GtkWindow window */ static void _ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_mapped (GtkWindow *window) { GdkWindow *gdk_window = gtk_widget_get_window (GTK_WIDGET (window)); GdkWindow *toplevel = gdk_window_get_effective_toplevel (gdk_window); NSWindow *nswindow = gdk_quartz_window_get_nswindow (toplevel); [nswindow setCollectionBehavior:NSWindowCollectionBehaviorFullScreenPrimary]; } /******************************************* * _ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_on_mapped * *******************************************/ /* Called when the 'mapped' event is signalled on window */ static void _ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_on_mapped (GtkWindow *window, GdkEvent *event, gpointer user_data) { _ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_mapped (window); g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (window, _ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_on_mapped, NULL); } /******************************** * ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen * ********************************/ /* exported function, setting fullscreen mode on window */ void ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen (GtkWindow *window) { GdkWindow *gdk_window = gtk_widget_get_window (GTK_WIDGET (window)); if (!gdk_window) { g_signal_connect (window, "map-event", G_CALLBACK (_ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_on_mapped), NULL); } else { _ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen_mapped (window); } } gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-application.adb0000644000076700001450000001505312533067540020562 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2013-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with Glib.Application; use Glib.Application; with Glib.Properties; use Glib.Properties; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; package body Gtkada.Application is function Cb_To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Cb_Gtkada_Application_Files, System.Address); function Address_To_Cb is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Cb_Gtkada_Application_Files); procedure Marsh_Gapplication_Files (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : Glib.Values.GValue; N_Params : Glib.Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Marsh_Gapplication_Files); ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Gtkada_Application; Application_Id : UTF8_String := ""; Flags : Glib.Application.GApplication_Flags; Gtkada_Flags : Gtkada_Application_Flags) is begin Self := new Gtkada_Application_Record; Gtkada.Application.Initialize (Self, Application_Id, Flags, Gtkada_Flags); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Gtkada_Application_Record'Class; Application_Id : UTF8_String := ""; Flags : Glib.Application.GApplication_Flags; Gtkada_Flags : Gtkada_Application_Flags) is procedure C_Setup (Obj : System.Address; Flags : Gtkada_Application_Flags); pragma Import (C, C_Setup, "ada_gtk_setup_application"); Value : GValue; begin if not Self.Is_Created then Gtk.Application.Initialize (Self, Application_Id, Flags); else Set_Property (Self, Application_Id_Property, Application_Id); Init (Value, GType_Int); Set_Int (Value, Gint (Flags)); Set_Property (Self, Property_Name (Flags_Property), Value); Unset (Value); end if; C_Setup (Self.Get_Object, Gtkada_Flags); end Initialize; ------------------------- -- Gtk_Application_New -- ------------------------- function Gtk_Application_New (Application_Id : UTF8_String := ""; Flags : Glib.Application.GApplication_Flags; Gtkada_Flags : Gtkada_Application_Flags) return Gtkada_Application is Ret : constant Gtkada_Application := new Gtkada_Application_Record; begin Gtkada.Application.Initialize (Ret, Application_Id, Flags, Gtkada_Flags); return Ret; end Gtk_Application_New; -------------- -- Get_Path -- -------------- function Get_Path (File : GFile) return UTF8_String is function Internal (File : GFile) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_file_get_path"); C_Path : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr := Internal (File); Path : constant String := Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (C_Path); begin Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (C_Path); return Path; end Get_Path; ------------- -- On_Open -- ------------- procedure On_Open (Self : not null access Gtkada_Application_Record; Call : Cb_Gtkada_Application_Files) is begin Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect (Object => Self, C_Name => Glib.Application.Signal_Open & ASCII.NUL, Marshaller => Marsh_Gapplication_Files'Access, Handler => Cb_To_Address (Call), After => False); end On_Open; ------------------------------ -- Marsh_Gapplication_Files -- ------------------------------ procedure Marsh_Gapplication_Files (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : Glib.Values.GValue; N_Params : Glib.Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (N_Params, Invocation_Hint, Return_Value, User_Data); H : constant Cb_Gtkada_Application_Files := Address_To_Cb (Get_Callback (Closure)); Obj : constant Gtkada_Application := Gtkada_Application (Unchecked_To_Object (Params, 0)); Ptr : constant System.Address := Unchecked_To_Address (Params, 1); Nb : constant Glib.Gint := Unchecked_To_Gint (Params, 2); Files : GFile_Array (1 .. Natural (Nb)); pragma Import (Ada, Files); -- suppress default initialization for Files'Address use Ptr; begin H (Obj, Files); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); end Marsh_Gapplication_Files; end Gtkada.Application; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-cairo.adb0000644000076700001450000000570712533067540016673 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with System; use System; package body Gdk.Cairo is ------------ -- Create -- ------------ function Create (Window : Gdk_Window) return Cairo_Context is function Internal (S : Gdk_Window) return Cairo_Context; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_cairo_create"); Cr : Cairo_Context; begin Cr := Internal (Window); return Cr; end Create; ----------------------- -- Set_Source_Pixbuf -- ----------------------- procedure Set_Source_Pixbuf (Cr : Cairo_Context; Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Pixbuf_X : Gdouble; Pixbuf_Y : Gdouble) is procedure Internal (Cr : Cairo_Context; Pixbuf : System.Address; Pixbuf_X, Pixbuf_Y : Gdouble); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_cairo_set_source_pixbuf"); begin Internal (Cr, Get_Object (Pixbuf), Pixbuf_X, Pixbuf_Y); end Set_Source_Pixbuf; --------------------- -- Set_Source_RGBA -- --------------------- procedure Set_Source_RGBA (Cr : Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA) is begin Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, Color.Red, Color.Green, Color.Blue, Color.Alpha); end Set_Source_RGBA; end Gdk.Cairo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-xml.ads0000644000076700001450000001461312533067540016563 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides a simple minded XML parser to be used with -- Gate. -- -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Unchecked_Deallocation; generic type XML_Specific_Data is private; -- The type of the extra data that can be attached to each node of the -- XML tree. See for instance the package Glib.Glade. package Glib.XML is -- procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (String, String_Ptr); -- type Node; type Node_Ptr is access all Node; -- Pointer to a node of the XML tree. type Node is record Tag : String_Ptr; -- The name of this node. This is utf8-encoded Attributes : String_Ptr; -- The attributes of this node. This is utf8-encoded Value : String_Ptr; -- The value, or null is not relevant. This is utf8-encoded Parent : Node_Ptr; -- The parent of this Node. Child : Node_Ptr; -- The first Child of this Node. The next child is Child.Next Next : Node_Ptr; -- Next sibling node. Specific_Data : XML_Specific_Data; -- Use to store data specific to each implementation (e.g a boolean -- indicating whether this node has been accessed) end record; -- A node of the XML tree. -- Each time a tag is found in the XML file, a new node is created, that -- points to its parent, its children and its siblings (nodes at the same -- level in the tree and with the same parent). function Parse (File : String) return Node_Ptr; -- Parse File and return the first node representing the XML file. function Parse_Buffer (Buffer : UTF8_String) return Node_Ptr; -- Parse a given Buffer in memory and return the first node representing -- the XML contents. procedure Print (N : Node_Ptr; File_Name : String := ""); -- Write the tree starting with N into a file File_Name. The generated -- file is valid XML, and can be parsed with the Parse function. -- If File_Name is the empty string, then the tree is printed on the -- standard output procedure Print (N : Node_Ptr; File_Name : String; Success : out Boolean); -- Same as above, with Success reporting the success of the operation. function Protect (S : String) return String; -- Return a copy of S modified so that it is a valid XML value function Find_Tag (N : Node_Ptr; Tag : UTF8_String) return Node_Ptr; -- Find a tag Tag in N and its brothers. function Get_Field (N : Node_Ptr; Field : UTF8_String) return String_Ptr; -- Return the value of the field 'Field' if present in the children of N. -- Return null otherwise. -- Do not free the returned value. function Is_Equal (Node1, Node2 : Node_Ptr) return Boolean; -- Compare two XML nodes recursively, and returns True if they are equal. -- Casing in attributes is relevant. Order of attributes is also -- relevant. procedure Add_Child (N : Node_Ptr; Child : Node_Ptr; Append : Boolean := False); -- Add a new child to a node. -- If Append is true, the child is added at the end of the current list of -- children. function Children_Count (N : Node_Ptr) return Natural; -- Return the number of child nodes function Deep_Copy (N : Node_Ptr) return Node_Ptr; -- Return a deep copy of the tree starting with N. N can then be freed -- without affecting the copy. type Free_Specific_Data is access procedure (Data : in out XML_Specific_Data); procedure Free (N : in out Node_Ptr; Free_Data : Free_Specific_Data := null); -- Free the memory allocated for a node and its children. -- It also disconnects N from its parent. -- If Free_Data is not null, it is used to free the memory occupied by -- the Specific_Data for each node. function Get_Attribute (N : in Node_Ptr; Attribute_Name : in UTF8_String; Default : in UTF8_String := "") return UTF8_String; -- Return the value of the attribute 'Attribute_Name' if present. -- Special XML characters have already been interpreted in the result -- string. -- Return Default otherwise. procedure Set_Attribute (N : Node_Ptr; Attribute_Name, Attribute_Value : UTF8_String); -- Create a new attribute, or replace an existing one. The attribute value -- is automatically protected for special XML characters function Find_Tag_With_Attribute (N : Node_Ptr; Tag : UTF8_String; Key : UTF8_String; Value : UTF8_String := "") return Node_Ptr; -- Find a tag Tag in N that has a given key (and value if given). end Glib.XML; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-convert.adb0000644000076700001450000003517212533067540017425 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Glib.Convert is procedure g_free (S : chars_ptr); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); function g_convert (Str : String; Len : Gsize; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : access Gsize; Bytes_Written : access Gsize; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; function g_convert (Str : chars_ptr; Len : Gsize; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : access Gsize; Bytes_Written : access Gsize; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, g_convert, "g_convert"); ------------- -- Convert -- ------------- procedure Convert (Str : String; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String) is Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := g_convert (Str, Str'Length, To_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, From_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written := Natural (Written); declare Res : constant String := Value (S); begin Result (Result'First .. Result'First + Bytes_Written - 1) := Res; end; g_free (S); end Convert; function Convert (Str : String; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Error : GError_Access := null) return String is Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := g_convert (Str, Str'Length, To_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, From_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); if S = Null_Ptr then return ""; else declare Res : constant String := Value (S); begin g_free (S); return Res; end; end if; end Convert; procedure Convert (Str : chars_ptr; Len : Natural; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String) is Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := g_convert (Str, Gsize (Len), To_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, From_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written := Natural (Written); if S = Null_Ptr then Bytes_Written := 0; else declare Res : constant String := Value (S); begin Result (Result'First .. Result'First + Bytes_Written - 1) := Res; end; g_free (S); end if; end Convert; function Convert (Str : String; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr is Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := g_convert (Str, Str'Length, To_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, From_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read.all := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written.all := Natural (Written); return S; end Convert; function Convert (Str : chars_ptr; Len : Natural; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr is Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := g_convert (Str, Gsize (Len), To_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, From_Codeset & ASCII.NUL, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read.all := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written.all := Natural (Written); return S; end Convert; ----------------------- -- Filename_From_URI -- ----------------------- function Filename_From_URI (URI : String; Hostname : access chars_ptr; Error : GError_Access := null) return String is function Internal (URI : String; Hostname : access chars_ptr; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_filename_from_uri"); S : constant chars_ptr := Internal (URI & ASCII.NUL, Hostname, Error); Str : constant String := Value (S); begin g_free (S); return Str; end Filename_From_URI; ------------------------ -- Filename_From_UTF8 -- ------------------------ function Filename_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String; Error : GError_Access := null) return String is function Internal (UTF8_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Bytes_Written : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_filename_from_utf8"); S : constant chars_ptr := Internal (UTF8_String, UTF8_String'Length, Error => Error); Str : constant String := Value (S); begin g_free (S); return Str; end Filename_From_UTF8; --------------------- -- Filename_To_URI -- --------------------- function Filename_To_URI (Filename : String; Hostname : String := ""; Error : GError_Access := null) return String is function Internal (URI : String; Hostname : System.Address; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_filename_to_uri"); S : chars_ptr; Host : aliased constant String := Hostname & ASCII.NUL; begin if Hostname = "" then S := Internal (Filename & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, Error); else S := Internal (Filename & ASCII.NUL, Host'Address, Error); end if; declare Str : constant String := Value (S); begin g_free (S); return Str; end; end Filename_To_URI; ---------------------- -- Filename_To_UTF8 -- ---------------------- function Filename_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String; Error : GError_Access := null) return String is function Internal (OS_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Bytes_Written : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_filename_to_utf8"); S : constant chars_ptr := Internal (OS_String, OS_String'Length, Error => Error); begin if S /= Null_Ptr then return Str : constant String := Value (S) do g_free (S); end return; else g_free (S); return ""; end if; end Filename_To_UTF8; ---------------------- -- Locale_From_UTF8 -- ---------------------- procedure Locale_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String) is function Internal (UTF8_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : access Gsize; Bytes_Written : access Gsize; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_locale_from_utf8"); Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := Internal (UTF8_String, UTF8_String'Length, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written := Natural (Written); declare Res : constant String := Value (S); begin Result (Result'First .. Result'First + Bytes_Written - 1) := Res; end; g_free (S); end Locale_From_UTF8; function Locale_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr is function Internal (UTF8_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : access Gsize; Bytes_Written : access Gsize; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_locale_from_utf8"); Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := Internal (UTF8_String, UTF8_String'Length, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read.all := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written.all := Natural (Written); return S; end Locale_From_UTF8; function Locale_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String) return String is function Internal (UTF8_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Bytes_Written : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_locale_from_utf8"); S : constant chars_ptr := Internal (UTF8_String, UTF8_String'Length); begin if S = Null_Ptr then return ""; else declare Str : constant String := Value (S); begin g_free (S); return Str; end; end if; end Locale_From_UTF8; -------------------- -- Locale_To_UTF8 -- -------------------- procedure Locale_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String) is function Internal (UTF8_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : access Gsize; Bytes_Written : access Gsize; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_locale_to_utf8"); Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := Internal (OS_String, OS_String'Length, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written := Natural (Written); if S = Null_Ptr then return; end if; declare Res : constant String := Value (S); begin Result (Result'First .. Result'First + Bytes_Written - 1) := Res; end; g_free (S); end Locale_To_UTF8; function Locale_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr is function Internal (OS_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : access Gsize; Bytes_Written : access Gsize; Error : GError_Access) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_locale_to_utf8"); Read : aliased Gsize; Written : aliased Gsize; S : chars_ptr; begin S := Internal (OS_String, OS_String'Length, Read'Access, Written'Access, Error); Bytes_Read.all := Natural (Read); Bytes_Written.all := Natural (Written); return S; end Locale_To_UTF8; function Locale_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String) return String is function Internal (OS_String : String; Len : Gsize; Bytes_Read : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Bytes_Written : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_locale_to_utf8"); S : constant chars_ptr := Internal (OS_String, OS_String'Length); begin if S = Null_Ptr then return ""; else declare Str : constant String := Value (S); begin g_free (S); return Str; end; end if; end Locale_To_UTF8; ----------------- -- Escape_Text -- ----------------- function Escape_Text (S : String) return String is function Internal (S : String; L : Integer) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_markup_escape_text"); C_Res : constant Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr := Internal (S, S'Length); Result : constant String := Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (C_Res); begin g_free (C_Res); return Result; end Escape_Text; end Glib.Convert; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-threads.ads0000644000076700001450000000616312533067540017246 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides simple primitives to write multi-threaded -- applications with GtkAda. See the GtkAda User's Guide for more details -- (section Tasking with GtkAda). -- -- -- 1.3.6 -- Gdk, the low-level API with System; package Gdk.Threads is procedure G_Init (Vtable : System.Address := System.Null_Address); -- Initialize the Glib internal threading support. -- This procedure must be called before any call to Enter or Leave. -- The parameter Vtable should never be used for now. procedure Init; -- Initialize the Gdk internal threading support. -- This function must be called after G_Init and before any call to -- Enter or Leave. procedure Enter; -- Take the GtkAda global lock. -- See the GtkAda User's Guide for more details (section Tasking with -- GtkAda). procedure Leave; -- Release the GtkAda global lock. -- See the GtkAda User's Guide for more details (section Tasking with -- GtkAda). private pragma Linker_Options ("-lgthread-2.0"); -- This is needed to resolve g_thread_init pragma Import (C, G_Init, "g_thread_init"); pragma Import (C, Init, "gdk_threads_init"); pragma Import (C, Enter, "gdk_threads_enter"); pragma Import (C, Leave, "gdk_threads_leave"); end Gdk.Threads; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo.ads0000644000076700001450000034403112533067540016145 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Bindings to the Cairo 2D graphics library. -- The Cairo_Context is the main object used when drawing with cairo. To draw -- with Cairo, you create a Context, set the target surface, and drawing -- options for the Cairo_Context, create shapes with functions like Move_To -- and Line_To, and then draw shapes with Stroke or Fill. -- -- All drawing in Cairo is done on a Cairo_Context. -- -- Drawing on on-screen Gtk widgets should be done in a callback to the -- "expose" event: -- -- When the widget has been created, connect a drawing function: -- -- -- declare -- Area : Gtk_Drawing_Area; -- -- package Event_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback -- (Gtk_Drawing_Area_Record, Boolean); -- begin -- Gtk_New (Area); -- Event_Cb.Connect (Area, "expose_event", -- Event_Cb.To_Marshaller (Expose_Cb'Access)); -- end; -- -- -- In the callback, first get the context of the drawable on which you -- need to draw, using Gdk.Cairo.Create. Then do the drawing operations, and -- release the memory allocated to Cr using Cairo.Destroy. -- -- In addition to drawing on on-screen widgets, drawing can also be done using -- the same Cairo calls to pixbufs (see Gdk.Cairo) to memory -- (see Cairo.Image_Surface), and to PNG or PDF files (see Cairo.Png and -- Cairo.Pdf). -- -- Code samples demonstrating how to use various functionalities of Cairo -- can be found in the testcairo example, shipped with GtkAda. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with System; with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Values; package Cairo is type Cairo_Context is private; -- A Cairo_Context contains the current state of the rendering device, -- including coordinates of yet to be drawn shapes. -- -- Cairo contexts, as Cairo_Context objects are named, are central to -- cairo and all drawing with cairo is always done to a Cairo_Context -- object. -- -- Memory management of Cairo_Context is done with subprograms -- Reference and Destroy, see below. function Get_Context (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Cairo_Context; -- Support for callbacks that receive a Cairo_Context as parameter. type Cairo_Surface is private; -- A Cairo_Surface represents an image, either as the destination -- of a drawing operation or as source when drawing onto another -- surface. To draw to a Cairo_Surface, create a cairo context -- with the surface as the target, using Create. -- -- There are different subtypes of Cairo_Surface for -- different drawing backends; for example, Cairo.Image_Surface.Create -- creates a bitmap image in memory. -- The type of a surface can be queried with Cairo.Surface.Get_Type. -- -- Memory management of Cairo_Surface is done with -- Cairo.Surface.Reference and Cairo.Surface.Destroy. type Cairo_Matrix is record Xx : aliased Gdouble; Yx : aliased Gdouble; Xy : aliased Gdouble; Yy : aliased Gdouble; X0 : aliased Gdouble; Y0 : aliased Gdouble; end record; -- Xx: Xx component of the affine transformation -- Yx: Yx component of the affine transformation -- Xy: Xy component of the affine transformation -- Yy: Yy component of the affine transformation -- X0: X translation component of the affine transformation -- Y0: Y translation component of the affine transformation -- -- A Cairo_Matrix holds an affine transformation, such as a scale, -- rotation, shear, or a combination of those. The transformation of -- a point (X, Y) is given by: -- -- X_New = Xx * X + Xy * Y + X0; -- Y_New = Yx * X + Yy * Y + Y0; pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Matrix); type Cairo_Matrix_Access is access Cairo_Matrix; procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Cairo_Matrix, Cairo_Matrix_Access); type Cairo_Pattern is private; -- A Cairo_Pattern represents a source when drawing onto a -- surface. There are different subtypes of Cairo_Pattern, -- for different types of sources; for example, -- Cairo.Pattern.Create_Rgb creates a pattern for a solid -- opaque color. -- -- Other than various Cairo.Pattern.Create_ -- functions, some of the pattern types can be implicitly created -- using various Set_Source_ functions; for example Set_Source_Rgb. -- -- The type of a pattern can be queried with Cairo.Pattern.Get_Type. -- -- Memory management of Cairo_Pattern is done with -- Cairo.Pattern.Reference and Cairo.Pattern.Destroy. type Cairo_Destroy_Func is access procedure (Arg1 : System.Address); -- Data: The Data element being destroyed. -- -- Cairo_destroy_func the type of function which is called when a -- data element is destroyed. It is passed the pointer to the data -- element and should free any memory and resources allocated for it. type Cairo_User_Data_Key is record Unused : aliased Gint; end record; -- Unused: not used; ignore. -- -- Cairo_User_Data_Key is used for attaching user data to cairo -- data structures. The actual contents of the struct is never used, -- and there is no need to initialize the object; only the unique -- address of a Cairo_User_Data_Key object is used. Typically, you -- would just use the address of a static Cairo_User_Data_Key object. pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_User_Data_Key); -- Cairo_Status is used to indicate errors that can occur when -- using Cairo. In some cases it is returned directly by functions. -- but when using Cairo_T, the last error, if any, is stored in -- the context and can be retrieved with Cairo_Status. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. Use -- Cairo_Status_To_String -- to get a human-readable representation of an error message. type Cairo_Status is ( Cairo_Status_Success, -- no error has occurred Cairo_Status_No_Memory, -- out of memory Cairo_Status_Invalid_Restore, -- Cairo_Restore called without matching Cairo_Save Cairo_Status_Invalid_Pop_Group, -- no saved group to pop Cairo_Status_No_Current_Point, -- no current point defined Cairo_Status_Invalid_Matrix, -- invalid matrix (not invertible) Cairo_Status_Invalid_Status, -- invalid value for an input Cairo_status Cairo_Status_Null_Pointer, -- NULL pointer Cairo_Status_Invalid_String, -- input string not valid UTF-8 Cairo_Status_Invalid_Path_Data, -- input path data not valid Cairo_Status_Read_Error, -- error while reading from input stream Cairo_Status_Write_Error, -- error while writing to output stream Cairo_Status_Surface_Finished, -- target surface has been finished Cairo_Status_Surface_Type_Mismatch, -- the surface type is not appropriate for the operation Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch, -- the pattern type is not appropriate for the operation Cairo_Status_Invalid_Content, -- invalid value for an input Cairo_content Cairo_Status_Invalid_Format, -- invalid value for an input Cairo_format Cairo_Status_Invalid_Visual, -- invalid value for an input Visual* Cairo_Status_File_Not_Found, -- file not found Cairo_Status_Invalid_Dash, -- invalid value for a dash setting Cairo_Status_Invalid_Dsc_Comment, -- invalid value for a DSC comment (Since 1.2) Cairo_Status_Invalid_Index, -- invalid index passed to getter (Since 1.4) Cairo_Status_Clip_Not_Representable, -- clip region not representable in desired format (Since 1.4) Cairo_Status_Temp_File_Error, -- error creating or writing to a temporary file (Since 1.6) Cairo_Status_Invalid_Stride, -- invalid value for stride (Since 1.6) Cairo_Status_Font_Type_Mismatch, -- the font type is not appropriate for the operation (Since 1.8) Cairo_Status_User_Font_Immutable, -- the user-font is immutable (Since 1.8) Cairo_Status_User_Font_Error, -- error occurred in a user-font callback function (Since 1.8) Cairo_Status_Negative_Count, -- negative number used where it is not allowed (Since 1.8) Cairo_Status_Invalid_Clusters, -- input clusters do not represent the accompanying text and glyph -- array (Since 1.8) Cairo_Status_Invalid_Slant, -- invalid value for an input Cairo_Font_Slant (Since 1.8) Cairo_Status_Invalid_Weight -- invalid value for an input Cairo_Font_Weight (Since 1.8) ); subtype Cairo_Content is Guint; -- Cairo_content is used to describe the content that a surface will -- contain, whether color information, alpha information (translucence -- vs. opacity), or both. -- -- Note: The large values here are designed to keep Cairo_Content -- values distinct from Cairo_Format values so that the -- implementation can detect the error if users confuse the two types. Cairo_Content_Color : constant Cairo_Content := 4096; -- The surface will hold color content only. Cairo_Content_Alpha : constant Cairo_Content := 8192; -- CAIRO_CONTENT_ALPHA: The surface will hold alpha content only. Cairo_Content_Color_Alpha : constant Cairo_Content := 12288; -- CAIRO_CONTENT_COLOR_ALPHA: The surface will hold color and alpha -- content. function Create (Target : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Context; -- Target: Target surface for the context -- -- Creates a new Cairo_Context with all graphics state parameters set to -- default values and with target as a target surface. The target -- surface should be constructed with a backend-specific function such -- as Cairo.Image_Surface.Create. -- -- This function references target, so you can immediately -- call Cairo.Surface.Destroy on it if you don't need to -- maintain a separate reference to it. -- -- Return value: a newly allocated Cairo_Context with a reference -- count of 1. The initial reference count should be released -- with Destroy when you are done using the Cairo_Context. -- This function never returns NULL. If memory cannot be -- allocated, a special Cairo_Context object will be returned on -- which Status returns Cairo_Status_No_Memory. -- You can use this object normally, but no drawing will -- be done. function Reference (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Context; -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- Increases the reference count on cr by one. This prevents -- cr from being destroyed until a matching call to Destroy -- is made. -- -- The number of references to a Cairo_Context can be retrieved using -- Get_Reference_Count. -- -- Return value: the referenced Cairo_Context. procedure Destroy (Cr : Cairo_Context); pragma Import (C, Destroy, "cairo_destroy"); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- Decreases the reference count on cr by one. If the result -- is zero, then cr and all associated resources are freed. -- See Reference. procedure Surface_Destroy (Surface : Cairo_Surface); pragma Import (C, Surface_Destroy, "cairo_surface_destroy"); -- Free the memory used by the surface function Get_Reference_Count (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Guint; -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- Returns the current reference count of cr. -- -- Return value: the current reference count of cr. If the -- object is a nil object, 0 will be returned. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Get_User_Data (Cr : Cairo_Context; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key) return System.Address; -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Key: the address of the Cairo_User_Data_Key the user data was -- attached to -- -- Return user data previously attached to cr using the specified -- key. If no user data has been attached with the given key this -- function returns NULL. -- -- Return value: the user data previously attached or NULL. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Set_User_Data (Cr : Cairo_Context; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : Cairo_Destroy_Func) return Cairo_Status; -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Key: the address of a Cairo_User_Data_Key to attach the user data to -- User_Data: the user data to attach to the Cairo_Context -- Destroy: a Cairo_Destroy_Func which will be called when the -- Cairo_Context is destroyed or when new user data is attached using the -- same key. -- -- Attach user data to cr. To remove user data from a surface, -- call this function with the key that was used to set it and NULL -- for data. -- -- Return value: CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS or CAIRO_STATUS_NO_MEMORY if a -- slot could not be allocated for the user data. -- -- Since: 1.4 procedure Save (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- Makes a copy of the current state of cr and saves it -- on an internal stack of saved states for cr. When -- Cairo_Restore is called, cr will be restored to -- the saved state. Multiple calls to Cairo_Save and -- Cairo_Restore can be nested; each call to Cairo_Restore -- restores the state from the matching paired Cairo_Save. -- -- It isn't necessary to clear all saved states before -- a Cairo_Context is freed. If the reference count of a Cairo_Context -- drops to zero in response to a call to Cairo_Destroy, -- any saved states will be freed along with the Cairo_Context. procedure Restore (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- Restores cr to the state saved by a preceding call to -- Cairo_Save and removes that state from the stack of -- saved states. procedure Push_Group (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Temporarily redirects drawing to an intermediate surface known as a -- group. The redirection lasts until the group is completed by a call -- to Pop_Group or Pop_Group_To_Source. -- -- These calls provide the result of any drawing to the group as a pattern, -- (either as an explicit object, or set as the source pattern). -- -- This group functionality can be convenient for performing -- intermediate compositing. One common use of a group is to render -- objects as opaque within the group, (so that they occlude each -- other), and then blend the result with translucence onto the -- destination. -- -- Groups can be nested arbitrarily deep by making balanced calls to -- Push_Group/Pop_Group. Each call pushes/pops the new target group -- onto/from a stack. -- -- The Push_Group function calls Save so that any changes to the graphics -- state will not be visible outside the group, (the pop_group functions -- call Restore). -- -- By default the intermediate group will have a content type of -- Cairo_Content_Color_Alphe. Other content types can be chosen for -- the group by using Push_Group_With_Content instead. -- -- As an example, here is how one might fill and stroke a path with -- translucence, but without any portion of the fill being visible -- under the stroke: -- -- Push_Group (Cr); -- Set_Source (Cr, Fill_Pattern); -- Fill_Preserve (Cr); -- Set_Source (Cr, Stroke_Pattern); -- Stroke (Cr); -- Pop_Group_To_Source (Cr); -- Paint_With_Alpha (Cr, Alpha); -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Push_Group_With_Content (Cr : Cairo_Context; Content : Cairo_Content); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Content: a Cairo_Content indicating the type of group that -- will be created -- -- Temporarily redirects drawing to an intermediate surface known as a -- group. The redirection lasts until the group is completed by a call to -- Pop_Group or Pop_Group_To_Source. These calls provide the result of any -- drawing to the group as a pattern, (either as an explicit object, or set -- as the source pattern). -- -- The group will have a content type of content. The ability to control -- this content type is the only distinction between this function and -- Push_Group which you should see for a more detailed description of group -- rendering. -- -- Since: 1.2 function Pop_Group (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Pattern; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Terminates the redirection begun by a call to Push_Group or -- Push_Group_With_Content and returns a new pattern containing the results -- of all drawing operations performed to the group. -- -- The Pop_Group function calls Restore, (balancing a call to Save by the -- Push_Group function), so that any changes to the graphics state will not -- be visible outside the group. -- -- Return value: a newly created (surface) pattern containing the -- results of all drawing operations performed to the group. The -- caller owns the returned object and should call -- Cairo.Pattern.Destroy when finished with it. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Pop_Group_To_Source (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Terminates the redirection begun by a call to Push_Group or -- Push_Group_With_Content and installs the resulting pattern as the source -- pattern in the given cairo context. -- -- The behavior of this function is equivalent to the sequence of -- operations: -- -- declare -- Group: Cairo_Pattern := Pop_Group (Cr); -- begin -- Set_Source (Cr, Group); -- Cairo.Pattern.Destroy (Group); -- end; -- -- but is more convenient as their is no need for a variable to store -- the short-lived pointer to the pattern. -- -- The Pop_Group function calls Restore, (balancing a call to Save by the -- push_group function), so that any changes to the graphics state will not -- be visible outside the group. -- -- Since: 1.2 -- Cairo_operator is used to set the compositing operator for all cairo -- drawing operations. -- -- The default operator is Cairo_Operator_Over. -- -- The operators marked as "unbounded" modify their destination even -- outside of the mask layer (that is, their effect is not bound by the -- mask layer). However, their effect can still be limited by way of -- clipping. -- -- To keep things simple, the operator descriptions here document the -- behavior for when both source and destination are either fully -- transparent or fully opaque. The actual implementation works for -- translucent layers too. -- -- For a more detailed explanation of the effects of each operator, -- including the mathematical definitions, see -- http://cairographics.org/operators/ type Cairo_Operator is (Cairo_Operator_Clear, -- clear destination layer (bounded) Cairo_Operator_Source, -- replace destination layer (bounded) Cairo_Operator_Over, -- draw source layer on top of destination layer (bounded) Cairo_Operator_In, -- draw source where there was destination content (unbounded) Cairo_Operator_Out, -- draw source where there was no destination content (unbounded) Cairo_Operator_Atop, -- draw source on top of destination content and only there Cairo_Operator_Dest, -- ignore the source Cairo_Operator_Dest_Over, -- draw destination on top of source Cairo_Operator_Dest_In, -- leave destination only where there was source content (unbounded) Cairo_Operator_Dest_Out, -- leave destination only where there was no source content Cairo_Operator_Dest_Atop, -- leave destination on top of source content and only there (unbounded) Cairo_Operator_Xor, -- source and destination are shown where there is only one of them Cairo_Operator_Add, -- source and destination layers are accumulated Cairo_Operator_Saturate -- like over, but assuming source and dest are disjoint geometries ); procedure Set_Operator (Cr : Cairo_Context; Op : Cairo_Operator); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Op: a compositing Operator, specified as a Cairo_Operator -- -- Sets the compositing operator to be used for all drawing -- operations. See Cairo_Operator for details on the semantics of -- each available compositing operator. -- -- The default operator is Cairo_Operator_Over. function Pattern_Create_Rgb (Red, Green, Blue : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; pragma Import (C, Pattern_Create_Rgb, "cairo_pattern_create_rgb"); function Pattern_Create_Rgba (Red, Green, Blue, Alpha : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; pragma Import (C, Pattern_Create_Rgba, "cairo_pattern_create_rgba"); function Pattern_Create_For_Surface (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Pattern; pragma Import (C, Pattern_Create_For_Surface, "cairo_pattern_create_for_surface"); function Pattern_Create_Linear (X0, Y0, X1, Y1 : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; pragma Import (C, Pattern_Create_Linear, "cairo_pattern_create_linear"); -- See Pattern_Add_Color_Stop to specify the colors function Pattern_Create_Radial (Cx0, Cy0, Radius0, Cx1, Cy1, Radius1 : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; pragma Import (C, Pattern_Create_Radial, "cairo_pattern_create_radial"); procedure Pattern_Destroy (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern); pragma Import (C, Pattern_Destroy, "cairo_pattern_destroy"); procedure Pattern_Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Offset : Gdouble; Red, Green, Blue : Gdouble); pragma Import (C, Pattern_Add_Color_Stop_Rgb, "cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgb"); procedure Pattern_Add_Color_Stop_Rgba (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Offset : Gdouble; Red, Green, Blue, Alpha : Gdouble); pragma Import (C, Pattern_Add_Color_Stop_Rgba, "cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba"); procedure Set_Source (Cr : Cairo_Context; Source : Cairo_Pattern); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Source: a Cairo_Pattern to be used as the Source for -- subsequent drawing operations. -- -- Sets the source pattern within Cr to source. This pattern -- will then be used for any subsequent drawing operation until a new -- source pattern is set. -- -- Note: The pattern's transformation matrix will be locked to the user -- space in effect at the time of Set_Source. This means that further -- modifications of the current transformation matrix will not affect the -- source pattern. See Cairo.Pattern.Set_Matrix. -- -- The default source pattern is a solid pattern that is opaque black, -- (that is, it is equivalent to Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)). subtype Color_Range is Gdouble range 0.0 .. 1.0; procedure Set_Source_Rgb (Cr : Cairo_Context; Red : Color_Range; Green : Color_Range; Blue : Color_Range); -- Cr : a cairo context -- Red : Red component of color -- Green : Green component of color -- Blue : Blue component of color -- -- Sets the source pattern within Cr to an opaque color. This opaque -- color will then be used for any subsequent drawing operation until -- a new source pattern is set. -- -- The color components are floating point numbers in the range 0 to -- 1. If the values passed in are outside that range, they will be -- clamped. -- -- The default source pattern is opaque black, (that is, it is -- equivalent to Set_Source_Rgb (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)). procedure Set_Source_Rgba (Cr : Cairo_Context; Red : Color_Range; Green : Color_Range; Blue : Color_Range; Alpha : Color_Range); -- Cr : a cairo context -- Red : Red component of color -- Green : Green component of color -- Blue : Blue component of color -- Alpha : Alpha component of color -- -- Sets the source pattern within Cr to a translucent color. This -- color will then be used for any subsequent drawing operation until -- a new source pattern is set. -- -- The color and alpha components are floating point numbers in the -- range 0 to 1. If the values passed in are outside that range, they -- will be clamped. -- -- The default source pattern is opaque black, (that is, it is -- equivalent to Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)). procedure Set_Source_Surface (Cr : Cairo_Context; Surface : Cairo_Surface; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble); -- Cr : a cairo context -- Surface : a Surface to be used to set the source pattern -- X : User-space X coordinate for surface origin -- Y : User-space Y coordinate for surface origin -- -- This is a convenience function for creating a pattern from surface -- and setting it as the source in Cr with Set_Source. -- -- The X and Y parameters give the user-space coordinate at which -- the surface origin should appear. (The surface origin is its -- upper-left corner before any transformation has been applied.) The -- X and Y patterns are negated and then set as translation values -- in the pattern matrix. -- -- Other than the initial translation pattern matrix, as described -- above, all other pattern attributes, (such as its extend mode), are -- set to the default values as in Cairo.Pattern.Create_For_Surface. -- The resulting pattern can be queried with Get_Source so that these -- attributes can be modified if desired, (eg. to create a -- repeating pattern with Cairo.Pattern.Set_Extend). procedure Set_Tolerance (Cr : Cairo_Context; Tolerance : Gdouble); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Tolerance: the Tolerance, in device units (typically pixels) -- -- Sets the tolerance used when converting paths into trapezoids. -- Curved segments of the path will be subdivided until the maximum -- deviation between the original path and the polygonal approximation -- is less than tolerance. The default value is 0.1. A larger -- value will give better performance, a smaller value, better -- appearance. (Reducing the value from the default value of 0.1 -- is unlikely to improve appearance significantly.) The accuracy of paths -- within Cairo is limited by the precision of its internal arithmetic, and -- the prescribed tolerance is restricted to the smallest -- representable internal value. -- Specifies the type of antialiasing to do when rendering text or shapes. type Cairo_Antialias is ( Cairo_Antialias_Default, -- Use the default antialiasing for the subsystem and target device Cairo_Antialias_None, -- Use a bilevel alpha mask Cairo_Antialias_Gray, -- Perform single-color antialiasing (using shades of gray for black -- text on a white background, for example). Cairo_Antialias_Subpixel -- Perform antialiasing by taking advantage of the order of subpixel -- elements on devices such as LCD panels ); procedure Set_Antialias (Cr : Cairo_Context; Antialias : Cairo_Antialias); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Antialias: the new Antialiasing mode -- -- Set the antialiasing mode of the rasterizer used for drawing shapes. -- This value is a hint, and a particular backend may or may not support -- a particular value. At the current time, no backend supports -- Cairo_Antialias_Subpixel when drawing shapes. -- -- Note that this option does not affect text rendering, instead see -- Cairo.Font_Options.Set_Antialias. -- Cairo_Fill_Rule is used to select how paths are filled. For both -- fill rules, whether or not a point is included in the fill is -- determined by taking a ray from that point to infinity and looking -- at intersections with the path. The ray can be in any direction, -- as long as it doesn't pass through the end point of a segment -- or have a tricky intersection such as intersecting tangent to the path. -- (Note that filling is not actually implemented in this way. This -- is just a description of the rule that is applied.) -- -- The default fill rule is Cairo_Fill_Rule_Winding. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. type Cairo_Fill_Rule is (Cairo_Fill_Rule_Winding, -- If the path crosses the ray from left-to-right, counts +1. If the -- path crosses the ray from right to left, counts -1. (Left and right -- are determined from the perspective of looking along the ray from -- the starting point). If the total count is non-zero, the point will -- be filled. Cairo_Fill_Rule_Even_Odd -- Counts the total number of -- intersections, without regard to the orientation of the contour. If -- the total number of intersections is odd, the point will be filled. ); procedure Set_Fill_Rule (Cr : Cairo_Context; Fill_Rule : Cairo_Fill_Rule); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Fill_Rule: a fill rule -- -- Set the current fill rule within the cairo context. The fill rule is -- used to determine which regions are inside or outside a complex -- (potentially self-intersecting) path. The current fill rule affects both -- Fill and Clip. See Cairo_Fill_Rule for details on the semantics of each -- available fill rule. -- -- The default fill rule is Cairo_Fill_Rule_Winding. procedure Set_Line_Width (Cr : Cairo_Context; Width : Gdouble); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Width: a line Width -- -- Sets the current line width within the cairo context. The line -- width value specifies the diameter of a pen that is circular in -- user space, (though device-space pen may be an ellipse in general -- due to scaling/shear/rotation of the CTM). -- -- Note: When the description above refers to user space and CTM it -- refers to the user space and CTM in effect at the time of the -- stroking operation, not the user space and CTM in effect at the -- time of the call to Set_Line_Width. The simplest usage -- makes both of these spaces identical. That is, if there is no -- change to the CTM between a call to Set_Line_Width and the -- stroking operation, then one can just pass user-space values to -- Set_Line_Width and ignore this note. -- -- As with the other stroke parameters, the current line width is examined -- by Stroke, Stroke_Extents, and Stroke_To_Path, but does not have any -- effect during path construction. -- -- The default line width value is 2.0. type Cairo_Line_Cap is (Cairo_Line_Cap_Butt, -- start(stop) the line exactly at the start(end) point Cairo_Line_Cap_Round, -- use a round ending, the center of the circle is the end point Cairo_Line_Cap_Square -- use squared ending, the center of the square is the end point ); -- Specifies how to render the endpoints of the path when stroking. -- -- The default line cap style is Cairo_Line_Cap_Butt. procedure Set_Line_Cap (Cr : Cairo_Context; Line_Cap : Cairo_Line_Cap); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Line_Cap: a line cap style -- -- Sets the current line cap style within the cairo context. See -- Cairo_Line_Cap for details about how the available line cap -- styles are drawn. -- -- As with the other stroke parameters, the current line cap style is -- examined by Stroke, Stroke_Extents, and Stroke_To_Path, but does not -- have any effect during path construction. -- -- The default line cap style is Cairo_Line_Cap_Butt. type Cairo_Line_Join is (Cairo_Line_Join_Miter, -- use a sharp (angled) corner, see Set_Miter_Limit Cairo_Line_Join_Round, -- use a rounded join, the center of the circle is the joint point Cairo_Line_Join_Bevel -- use a cut-off join, the join is cut off at half the line width from -- the joint point ); -- Specifies how to render the junction of two lines when stroking. -- -- The default line join style is Cairo_Line_Join_Miter. procedure Set_Line_Join (Cr : Cairo_Context; Line_Join : Cairo_Line_Join); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Line_Join: a line join style -- -- Sets the current line join style within the cairo context. See -- Cairo_Line_Join for details about how the available line join styles are -- drawn. -- -- As with the other stroke parameters, the current line join style is -- examined by Stroke, Stroke_Extents, and Stroke_To_Path, but does -- not have any effect during path construction. -- -- The default line join style is Cairo_Line_Join_Miter. type Dash_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gdouble; No_Dashes : constant Dash_Array (1 .. 0) := (others => 0.0); procedure Set_Dash (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dashes : Dash_Array; Offset : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Dashes: an array specifying alternate lengths of on and off stroke -- portions -- Offset: an Offset into the dash pattern at which the stroke should start -- -- Sets the dash pattern to be used by Stroke. A dash pattern -- is specified by dashes, an array of positive values. Each value -- provides the length of alternate "on" and "off" portions of the -- stroke. The offset specifies an offset into the pattern at which -- the stroke begins. -- -- Each "on" segment will have caps applied as if the segment were a -- separate sub-path. In particular, it is valid to use an "on" length -- of 0.0 with Cairo_Line_Cap_Round or Cairo_Line_Cap_Square in order -- to distributed dots or squares along a path. -- -- Note: The length values are in user-space units as evaluated at the -- time of stroking. This is not necessarily the same as the user -- space at the time of Set_Dash. -- -- If the array is No_Dashes, dashing is disabled. -- -- If the array contains only one element symmetric pattern is assumed with -- alternating on and off portions of the size specified by the single -- value in dashes. -- -- If any value in dashes is negative, or if all values are 0, then -- cr will be put into an error state with a status of -- Cairo_Status_Invalid_Dash. procedure Set_Miter_Limit (Cr : Cairo_Context; Limit : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Limit: miter Limit to set -- -- Sets the current miter limit within the cairo context. -- -- If the current line join style is set to Cairo_Line_Join_Miter -- (see Cairo_Set_Line_Join), the miter limit is used to determine -- whether the lines should be joined with a bevel instead of a miter. -- Cairo divides the length of the miter by the line width. -- If the result is greater than the miter limit, the style is -- converted to a bevel. -- -- As with the other stroke parameters, the current line miter limit is -- examined by Stroke, Stroke_Extents, and Stroke_To_Path, but does not -- have any effect during path construction. -- -- The default miter limit value is 10.0, which will convert joins -- with interior angles less than 11 degrees to bevels instead of -- miters. For reference, a miter limit of 2.0 makes the miter cutoff -- at 60 degrees, and a miter limit of 1.414 makes the cutoff at 90 -- degrees. -- -- A miter limit for a desired angle can be computed as: miter limit = -- 1/sin(angle/2) procedure Translate (Cr : Cairo_Context; Tx : Gdouble; Ty : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Tx: amount to translate in the X direction -- Ty: amount to translate in the Y direction -- -- Modifies the current transformation matrix (CTM) by translating the -- user-space origin by (tx, ty). This offset is interpreted as a -- user-space coordinate according to the CTM in place before the new -- call to Translate. In other words, the translation of the -- user-space origin takes place after any existing transformation. procedure Scale (Cr : Cairo_Context; Sx : Gdouble; Sy : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Sx: scale factor for the X dimension -- Sy: scale factor for the Y dimension -- -- Modifies the current transformation matrix (CTM) by scaling the X -- and Y user-space axes by sx and sy respectively. The scaling of -- the axes takes place after any existing transformation of user -- space. procedure Rotate (Cr : Cairo_Context; Angle : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Angle: Angle (in radians) by which the user-space axes will be -- rotated -- -- Modifies the current transformation matrix (CTM) by rotating the -- user-space axes by angle radians. The rotation of the axes takes -- places after any existing transformation of user space. The -- rotation direction for positive angles is from the positive X axis -- toward the positive Y axis. procedure Transform (Cr : Cairo_Context; Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Matrix: a transformation to be applied to the user-space axes -- -- Modifies the current transformation matrix (CTM) by applying -- matrix as an additional transformation. The new transformation of -- user space takes place after any existing transformation. procedure Set_Matrix (Cr : Cairo_Context; Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Matrix: a transformation Matrix from user space to device space -- -- Modifies the current transformation matrix (CTM) by setting it -- equal to matrix. procedure Identity_Matrix (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Resets the current transformation matrix (CTM) by setting it equal -- to the identity matrix. That is, the user-space and device-space -- axes will be aligned and one user-space unit will transform to one -- device-space unit. procedure User_To_Device (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : access Gdouble; Y : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X: X value of coordinate (in/out parameter) -- Y: Y value of coordinate (in/out parameter) -- -- Transform a coordinate from user space to device space by -- multiplying the given point by the current transformation matrix -- (CTM). procedure User_To_Device_Distance (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dx : access Gdouble; Dy : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Dx: X component of a distance vector (in/out parameter) -- Dy: Y component of a distance vector (in/out parameter) -- -- Transform a distance vector from user space to device space. This -- function is similar to User_To_Device except that the translation -- components of the CTM will be ignored when transforming (Dx,Dy). procedure Device_To_User (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : access Gdouble; Y : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo -- X: X value of coordinate (in/out parameter) -- Y: Y value of coordinate (in/out parameter) -- -- Transform a coordinate from device space to user space by -- multiplying the given point by the inverse of the current -- transformation matrix (CTM). procedure Device_To_User_Distance (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dx : access Gdouble; Dy : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Dx: X component of a distance vector (in/out parameter) -- Dy: Y component of a distance vector (in/out parameter) -- -- Transform a distance vector from device space to user space. This -- function is similar to Device_To_User except that the -- translation components of the inverse CTM will be ignored when -- transforming (Dx,dy). ------------------- -- Path creation -- ------------------- procedure New_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Clears the current path. After this call there will be no path and -- no current point. procedure Move_To (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X: the X coordinate of the new position -- Y: the Y coordinate of the new position -- -- Begin a new sub-path. After this call the current point will be (X, Y). procedure New_Sub_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Begin a new sub-path. Note that the existing path is not -- affected. After this call there will be no current point. -- -- In many cases, this call is not needed since new sub-paths are -- frequently started with Move_To. -- -- A call to New_Sub_Path is particularly useful when -- beginning a new sub-path with one of the Arc calls. This -- makes things easier as it is no longer necessary to manually -- compute the arc's initial coordinates for a call to -- Move_To. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Line_To (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X: the X coordinate of the end of the new line -- Y: the Y coordinate of the end of the new line -- -- Adds a line to the path from the current point to position (X, Y) -- in user-space coordinates. After this call the current point -- will be (X, Y). -- -- If there is no current point before the call to Line_To -- this function will behave as Move_To (Cr, X, Y). procedure Curve_To (Cr : Cairo_Context; X1 : Gdouble; Y1 : Gdouble; X2 : Gdouble; Y2 : Gdouble; X3 : Gdouble; Y3 : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X1: the X coordinate of the first control point -- Y1: the Y coordinate of the first control point -- X2: the X coordinate of the second control point -- Y2: the Y coordinate of the second control point -- X3: the X coordinate of the end of the curve -- Y3: the Y coordinate of the end of the curve -- -- Adds a cubic Bézier spline to the path from the current point to -- position (X3, Y3) in user-space coordinates, using (X1, Y1) and -- (X2, Y2) as the control points. After this call the current point -- will be (X3, Y3). -- -- If there is no current point before the call to Curve_To -- this function will behave as if preceded by a call to -- Move_To (Cr, X1, Y1). procedure Arc (Cr : Cairo_Context; Xc : Gdouble; Yc : Gdouble; Radius : Gdouble; Angle1 : Gdouble; Angle2 : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Xc: X position of the center of the arc -- Yc: Y position of the center of the arc -- Radius: the Radius of the arc -- Angle1: the start angle, in radians -- Angle2: the end angle, in radians -- -- Adds a circular arc of the given radius to the current path. The -- arc is centered at (Xc, Yc), begins at Angle1 and proceeds in -- the direction of increasing angles to end at Angle2. If Angle2 is -- less than Angle1 it will be progressively increased by 2*M_PI -- until it is greater than Angle1. -- -- If there is a current point, an initial line segment will be added -- to the path to connect the current point to the beginning of the -- arc. If this initial line is undesired, it can be avoided by -- calling New_Sub_Path before calling Arc. -- -- Angles are measured in radians. An angle of 0.0 is in the direction -- of the positive X axis (in user space). An angle of M_PI/2.0 radians -- (90 degrees) is in the direction of the positive Y axis (in -- user space). Angles increase in the direction from the positive X -- axis toward the positive Y axis. So with the default transformation -- matrix, angles increase in a clockwise direction. -- -- (To convert from degrees to radians, use degrees * (Pi / 180.0)) -- -- This function gives the arc in the direction of increasing angles; -- see Cairo_Arc_Negative to get the arc in the direction of -- decreasing angles. -- -- The arc is circular in user space. To achieve an elliptical arc, -- you can scale the current transformation matrix by different -- amounts in the X and Y directions. For example, to draw an ellipse -- in the box given by X, Y, Width, Height: -- -- Cairo_Save (Cr); -- Cairo_Translate (Cr, X + Width / 2.0, Y + Height / 2.0); -- Cairo_Scale (Cr, Width / 2.0, Height / 2.0); -- Cairo_Arc (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 2 * Pi); -- Cairo_Restore (Cr); procedure Arc_Negative (Cr : Cairo_Context; Xc : Gdouble; Yc : Gdouble; Radius : Gdouble; Angle1 : Gdouble; Angle2 : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Xc: X position of the center of the arc -- Yc: Y position of the center of the arc -- Radius: the Radius of the arc -- Angle1: the start angle, in radians -- Angle2: the end angle, in radians -- -- Adds a circular arc of the given radius to the current path. The -- arc is centered at (Xc, Yc), begins at Angle1 and proceeds in -- the direction of decreasing angles to end at Angle2. If Angle2 is -- greater than Angle1 it will be progressively decreased by 2*Pi -- until it is less than Angle1. -- -- See Arc for more details. This function differs only in the -- direction of the arc between the two angles. procedure Rel_Move_To (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dx : Gdouble; Dy : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Dx: the X offset -- Dy: the Y offset -- -- Begin a new sub-path. After this call the current point will offset -- by (X, Y). -- -- Given a current point of (X, Y), Rel_Move_To (Cr, Dx, Dy) -- is logically equivalent to Move_To (Cr, X + Dx, Y + Dy). -- -- It is an error to call this function with no current point. Doing -- so will cause cr to shutdown with a status of -- Cairo_Status_No_Current_Point. procedure Rel_Line_To (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dx : Gdouble; Dy : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Dx: the X offset to the end of the new line -- Dy: the Y offset to the end of the new line -- -- Relative-coordinate version of Line_To. Adds a line to the -- path from the current point to a point that is offset from the -- current point by (Dx, Dy) in user space. After this call the -- current point will be offset by (Dx, Dy). -- -- Given a current point of (X, Y), Rel_Line_To (Cr, Dx, Dy) -- is logically equivalent to Cairo_Line_To(Cr, X + Dx, Y + Dy). -- -- It is an error to call this function with no current point. Doing -- so will cause cr to shutdown with a status of -- Cairo_Status_No_Current_Point. procedure Rel_Curve_To (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dx1 : Gdouble; Dy1 : Gdouble; Dx2 : Gdouble; Dy2 : Gdouble; Dx3 : Gdouble; Dy3 : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Dx1: the X offset to the first control point -- Dy1: the Y offset to the first control point -- Dx2: the X offset to the second control point -- Dy2: the Y offset to the second control point -- Dx3: the X offset to the end of the curve -- Dy3: the Y offset to the end of the curve -- -- Relative-coordinate version of Cairo_Curve_To. All offsets are -- relative to the current point. Adds a cubic Bézier spline to the -- path from the current point to a point offset from the current -- point by (Dx3, Dy3), using points offset by (Dx1, Dy1) and -- (Dx2, Dy2) as the control points. After this call the current -- point will be offset by (Dx3, Dy3). -- -- Given a current point of (X, Y), Cairo_Rel_Curve_To(Cr, Dx1, -- Dy1, Dx2, Dy2, Dx3, Dy3) is logically equivalent to -- Cairo_Curve_To(Cr, X+Dx1, Y+Dy1, X+Dx2, Y+Dy2, X+Dx3, Y+Dy3). -- -- It is an error to call this function with no current point. Doing -- so will cause cr to shutdown with a status of -- Cairo_Status_No_Current_Point. procedure Rectangle (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble; Width : Gdouble; Height : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X: the X coordinate of the top left corner of the rectangle -- Y: the Y coordinate to the top left corner of the rectangle -- Width: the Width of the rectangle -- Height: the Height of the rectangle -- -- Adds a closed sub-path rectangle of the given size to the current -- path at position (X, Y) in user-space coordinates. -- -- This function is logically equivalent to: -- -- Move_To (Cr, x, Y); -- Rel_Line_To (Cr, Width, 0); -- Rel_Line_To (Cr, 0, Height); -- Rel_Line_To (Cr, -Width, 0); -- Close_Path (Cr); procedure Close_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Adds a line segment to the path from the current point to the -- beginning of the current sub-path, (the most recent point passed to -- Move_To), and closes this sub-path. After this call the -- current point will be at the joined endpoint of the sub-path. -- -- The behavior of Close_Path is distinct from simply calling -- Line_To with the equivalent coordinate in the case of -- stroking. When a closed sub-path is stroked, there are no caps on -- the ends of the sub-path. Instead, there is a line join connecting -- the final and initial segments of the sub-path. -- -- If there is no current point before the call to Close_Path, -- this function will have no effect. -- -- Note: As of cairo version 1.2.4 any call to Close_Path will -- place an explicit MOVE_TO element into the path immediately after -- the CLOSE_PATH element, (which can be seen in Copy_Path for -- example). This can simplify path processing in some cases as it may -- not be necessary to save the "last move_to point" during processing -- as the MOVE_TO immediately after the CLOSE_PATH will provide that -- point. procedure Path_Extents (Cr : Cairo_Context; X1 : access Gdouble; Y1 : access Gdouble; X2 : access Gdouble; Y2 : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X1: left of the resulting extents -- Y1: top of the resulting extents -- X2: right of the resulting extents -- Y2: bottom of the resulting extents -- -- Computes a bounding box in user-space coordinates covering the -- points on the current path. If the current path is empty, returns -- an empty rectangle ((0,0), (0,0)). Stroke parameters, fill rule, -- surface dimensions and clipping are not taken into account. -- -- Contrast with Fill_Extents and Stroke_Extents which -- return the extents of only the area that would be "inked" by -- the corresponding drawing operations. -- -- The result of Path_Extents is defined as equivalent to the -- limit of Stroke_Extents with Cairo_Line_Cap_Round as the -- line width approaches 0.0, (but never reaching the empty-rectangle -- returned by Cairo_Stroke_Extents for a line width of 0.0). -- -- Specifically, this means that zero-area sub-paths such as -- Move_To;Line_To segments, (even degenerate cases where the coordinates -- to both calls are identical), will be considered as contributing to the -- extents. However, a lone Move_To will not contribute to the results of -- Path_Extents. -- -- Since: 1.6 -------------- -- Painting -- -------------- procedure Paint (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- A drawing operator that paints the current source everywhere within -- the current clip region. procedure Paint_With_Alpha (Cr : Cairo_Context; Alpha : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Alpha: Alpha value, between 0 (transparent) and 1 (opaque) -- -- A drawing operator that paints the current source everywhere within the -- current clip region using a mask of constant alpha value alpha. The -- effect is similar to Paint, but the drawing is faded out using the alpha -- value. procedure Mask (Cr : Cairo_Context; Pattern : Cairo_Pattern); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- A drawing operator that paints the current source using the alpha -- channel of pattern as a mask. (Opaque areas of pattern are painted with -- the source, transparent areas are not painted.) procedure Mask_Surface (Cr : Cairo_Context; Surface : Cairo_Surface; Surface_X : Gdouble; Surface_Y : Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- Surface_X: X coordinate at which to place the origin of surface -- Surface_Y: Y coordinate at which to place the origin of surface -- -- A drawing operator that paints the current source -- using the alpha channel of surface as a mask. (Opaque -- areas of surface are painted with the source, transparent -- areas are not painted.) procedure Stroke (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- A drawing operator that strokes the current path according to the -- current line width, line join, line cap, and dash settings. After -- Cairo_Stroke, the current path will be cleared from the cairo -- context. See Set_Line_Width, Set_Line_Join, Set_Line_Cap, Set_Dash, -- and Stroke_Preserve. -- -- Note: Degenerate segments and sub-paths are treated specially and -- provide a useful result. These can result in two different -- situations: -- -- 1. Zero-length "on" segments set in Set_Dash. If the cap -- style is Cairo_Line_Cap_Round or Cairo_Line_Cap_Square then these -- segments will be drawn as circular dots or squares respectively. In -- the case of Cairo_Line_Cap_Square, the orientation of the squares -- is determined by the direction of the underlying path. -- -- 2. A sub-path created by Cairo_Move_To followed by either a -- Cairo_Close_Path or one or more calls to Cairo_Line_To to the -- same coordinate as the Cairo_Move_To. If the cap style is -- Cairo_Line_Cap_Round then these sub-paths will be drawn as circular -- dots. Note that in the case of Cairo_Line_Cap_Square a degenerate -- sub-path will not be drawn at all, (since the correct orientation -- is indeterminate). -- -- In no case will a cap style of Cairo_Line_Cap_Butt cause anything -- to be drawn in the case of either degenerate segments or sub-paths. procedure Stroke_Preserve (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- A drawing operator that strokes the current path according to the -- current line width, line join, line cap, and dash settings. Unlike -- Cairo_Stroke, Cairo_Stroke_Preserve preserves the path within the -- cairo context. -- -- See Set_Line_Width, Set_Line_Join, Set_Line_Cap, Set_Dash, and -- Stroke_Preserve. procedure Fill (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- A drawing operator that fills the current path according to the -- current fill rule, (each sub-path is implicitly closed before being -- filled). After Fill, the current path will be cleared from -- the cairo context. See Set_Fill_Rule and Fill_Preserve. procedure Fill_Preserve (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- A drawing operator that fills the current path according to the -- current fill rule, (each sub-path is implicitly closed before being -- filled). Unlike Fill, Fill_Preserve preserves the path within the -- cairo context. -- -- See Set_Fill_Rule and Fill. procedure Copy_Page (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Emits the current page for backends that support multiple pages, but -- doesn't clear it, so, the contents of the current page will be retained -- for the next page too. Use Show_Page if you want to get an -- empty page after the emission. -- -- This is a convenience function that simply calls -- Cairo.Surface.Copy_Page on Cr's target. procedure Show_Page (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Emits and clears the current page for backends that support multiple -- pages. Use Copy_Page if you don't want to clear the page. -- -- This is a convenience function that simply calls -- Cairo.Surface.Show_Page on cr's target. ------------------------ -- Insideness testing -- ------------------------ function In_Stroke (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble) return Boolean; -- Cr: a cairo context -- X: X coordinate of the point to test -- Y: Y coordinate of the point to test -- -- Tests whether the given point is inside the area that would be -- affected by a Stroke operation given the current path and -- stroking parameters. Surface dimensions and clipping are not taken -- into account. -- -- See Stroke, Set_Line_Width, Set_Line_Join, -- Set_Line_Cap, Set_Dash, and Stroke_Preserve. -- -- Return value: A non-zero value if the point is inside, or zero if -- outside. function In_Fill (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble) return Boolean; -- Cr: a cairo context -- X: X coordinate of the point to test -- Y: Y coordinate of the point to test -- -- Tests whether the given point is inside the area that would be -- affected by a Fill operation given the current path and -- filling parameters. Surface dimensions and clipping are not taken -- into account. -- -- See Fill, Set_Fill_Rule and Fill_Preserve. -- -- Return value: A non-zero value if the point is inside, or zero if -- outside. ------------------------- -- Rectangular extents -- ------------------------- procedure Stroke_Extents (Cr : Cairo_Context; X1 : access Gdouble; Y1 : access Gdouble; X2 : access Gdouble; Y2 : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X1: left of the resulting extents -- Y1: top of the resulting extents -- X2: right of the resulting extents -- Y2: bottom of the resulting extents -- -- Computes a bounding box in user coordinates covering the area that -- would be affected, (the "inked" area), by a Stroke -- operation given the current path and stroke parameters. -- If the current path is empty, returns an empty rectangle ((0,0), (0,0)). -- Surface dimensions and clipping are not taken into account. -- -- Note that if the line width is set to exactly zero, then -- Stroke_Extents will return an empty rectangle. Contrast with -- Path_Extents which can be used to compute the non-empty -- bounds as the line width approaches zero. -- -- Note that Stroke_Extents must necessarily do more work to -- compute the precise inked areas in light of the stroke parameters, -- so Path_Extents may be more desirable for sake of -- performance if non-inked path extents are desired. -- -- See Stroke, Set_Line_Width, Set_Line_Join, Set_Line_Cap, Set_Dash, and -- Stroke_Preserve. procedure Fill_Extents (Cr : Cairo_Context; X1 : access Gdouble; Y1 : access Gdouble; X2 : access Gdouble; Y2 : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X1: left of the resulting extents -- Y1: top of the resulting extents -- X2: right of the resulting extents -- Y2: bottom of the resulting extents -- -- Computes a bounding box in user coordinates covering the area that -- would be affected, (the "inked" area), by a Fill operation -- given the current path and fill parameters. If the current path is -- empty, returns an empty rectangle ((0,0), (0,0)). Surface -- dimensions and clipping are not taken into account. -- -- Contrast with Path_Extents, which is similar, but returns -- non-zero extents for some paths with no inked area, (such as a -- simple line segment). -- -- Note that Fill_Extents must necessarily do more work to -- compute the precise inked areas in light of the fill rule, so -- Path_Extents may be more desirable for sake of performance -- if the non-inked path extents are desired. -- -- See Fill, Set_Fill_Rule and Fill_Preserve. -------------- -- Clipping -- -------------- procedure Reset_Clip (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Reset the current clip region to its original, unrestricted -- state. That is, set the clip region to an infinitely large shape -- containing the target surface. Equivalently, if infinity is too -- hard to grasp, one can imagine the clip region being reset to the -- exact bounds of the target surface. -- -- Note that code meant to be reusable should not call -- Reset_Clip as it will cause results unexpected by higher-level code -- which calls Clip. Consider using Save and Restore around Clip as a more -- robust means of temporarily restricting the clip region. procedure Clip (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Establishes a new clip region by intersecting the current clip -- region with the current path as it would be filled by Fill -- and according to the current fill rule (see Set_Fill_Rule). -- -- After Clip, the current path will be cleared from the cairo -- context. -- -- The current clip region affects all drawing operations by -- effectively masking out any changes to the surface that are outside -- the current clip region. -- -- Calling Clip can only make the clip region smaller, never -- larger. But the current clip is part of the graphics state, so a -- temporary restriction of the clip region can be achieved by -- calling Clip within a Save/Restore -- pair. The only other means of increasing the size of the clip -- region is Reset_Clip. procedure Clip_Preserve (Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Establishes a new clip region by intersecting the current clip -- region with the current path as it would be filled by Fill -- and according to the current fill rule (see Set_Fill_Rule). -- -- Unlike Clip, Clip_Preserve preserves the path within -- the cairo context. -- -- The current clip region affects all drawing operations by -- effectively masking out any changes to the surface that are outside -- the current clip region. -- -- Calling Clip_Preserve can only make the clip region smaller, never -- larger. But the current clip is part of the graphics state, so a -- temporary restriction of the clip region can be achieved by -- calling Clip_Preserve within a Save/Restore -- pair. The only other means of increasing the size of the clip -- region is Reset_Clip. procedure Clip_Extents (Cr : Cairo_Context; X1 : out Gdouble; Y1 : out Gdouble; X2 : out Gdouble; Y2 : out Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X1: left of the resulting extents -- Y1: top of the resulting extents -- X2: right of the resulting extents -- Y2: bottom of the resulting extents -- -- Computes a bounding box in user coordinates covering the area inside the -- current clip. -- -- Since: 1.4 type Cairo_Rectangle is record X : aliased Gdouble; Y : aliased Gdouble; Width : aliased Gdouble; Height : aliased Gdouble; end record; -- X: X coordinate of the left side of the rectangle -- Y: Y coordinate of the the top side of the rectangle -- Width: Width of the rectangle -- Height: Height of the rectangle -- -- A data structure for holding a rectangle. -- -- Since: 1.4 type Cairo_Rectangle_Array is array (Natural) of Cairo_Rectangle; type Cairo_Rectangle_Array_Access is access all Cairo_Rectangle_Array; type Cairo_Rectangle_List is record Status : aliased Cairo_Status; Rectangles : Cairo_Rectangle_Array_Access; -- Warning: for efficiency reasons, Rectangles is a direct mapping to -- the C structure. Therefore, there is no bounds checking on this -- array, user needs to make sure only to access data between indexes 0 -- and Num_Rectanges-1. Num_Rectangles : aliased Gint; end record; -- Status: Error Status of the rectangle list -- Rectangles: Array containing the Rectangles -- Num_Rectangles: Number of rectangles in this list -- -- A data structure for holding a Dynamically allocated -- array of rectangles. -- -- Since: 1.4 pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Rectangle_List); type Cairo_Rectangle_List_Access is access all Cairo_Rectangle_List; function Copy_Clip_Rectangle_List (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Rectangle_List_Access; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current clip region as a list of rectangles in user -- coordinates. -- Never returns NULL. -- -- The status in the list may be Cairo_Status_Clip_Not_Representable to -- indicate that the clip region cannot be represented as a list of -- user-space rectangles. The status may have other values to indicate -- other errors. -- -- Returns: the current clip region as a list of rectangles in user -- coordinates, -- which should be destroyed using Rectangle_List_Destroy. -- -- Since: 1.4 procedure Rectangle_List_Destroy (Rectangle_List : access Cairo_Rectangle_List); -- Rectangle_List: a rectangle list, as obtained from Copy_Clip_Rectangles -- -- Unconditionally frees Rectangle_List and all associated -- references. After this call, the Rectangle_List pointer must not -- be dereferenced. -- -- Since: 1.4 ------------------------- -- Font/Text functions -- ------------------------- type Cairo_Scaled_Font is private; -- A Cairo_Scaled_Font is a font scaled to a particular size and device -- resolution. A Cairo_Scaled_Font is most useful for low-level font -- usage where a library or application wants to cache a reference -- to a scaled font to speed up the computation of metrics. -- -- There are various types of scaled fonts, depending on the font backend -- they use. The type of a scaled font can be queried using -- Cairo.Scaled_Font.Get_Type. -- -- Memory management of Cairo_Scaled_Font is done with -- Cairo.Scaled_Font.Reference and Cairo.Scaled_Font.Destroy. type Cairo_Font_Face is private; -- A Cairo_Font_Face specifies all aspects of a font other -- than the size or font matrix (a font matrix is used to distort -- a font by sheering it or scaling it unequally in the two -- directions) . A font face can be set on a Cairo_Context by using -- Set_Font_Face; the size and font matrix are set with -- Set_Font_Size and Set_Font_Matrix. -- -- There are various types of font faces, depending on the font backend -- they use. The type of a font face can be queried using -- Cairo.Font_Face.Get_Type. -- -- Memory management of Cairo_Font_Face is done with -- Cairo.Font_Face.Reference and Cairo.Font_Face.Destroy. -- -- The Cairo_glyph structure holds information about a single glyph when -- drawing or measuring text. A font is (in simple terms) a collection of -- shapes used to draw text. A glyph is one of these shapes. There can be -- multiple glyphs for a single character (alternates to be used in -- different contexts, for example), or a glyph can be a ligature of -- multiple characters. Cairo doesn't expose any way of converting input -- text into glyphs, so in order to use the Cairo interfaces that take -- arrays of glyphs, you must directly access the appropriate underlying -- font system. -- -- Note that the offsets given by X and Y are not cumulative. When -- drawing or measuring text, each glyph is individually positioned -- with respect to the overall origin type Cairo_Glyph is record Index : aliased Gulong; -- Glyph Index in the font. The exact interpretation of the -- glyph index depends on the font technology being used. X : aliased Gdouble; -- The offset in the X direction between the origin used for -- drawing or measuring the string and the origin of this glyph. Y : aliased Gdouble; -- The offset in the Y direction between the origin used for drawing or -- measuring the string and the origin of this glyph. end record; pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Glyph); type Cairo_Text_Cluster is record Num_Bytes : aliased Gint; -- The number of bytes of UTF-8 text covered by cluster Num_Glyphs : aliased Gint; -- The number of glyphs covered by cluster end record; -- The Cairo_text_cluster structure holds information about a single text -- cluster. A text cluster is a minimal mapping of some glyphs -- corresponding to some UTF-8 text. -- -- For a cluster to be valid, both num_bytes and num_glyphs should -- be non-negative, and at least one should be non-zero. -- Note that clusters with zero glyphs are not as well supported as -- normal clusters. For example, PDF rendering applications typically -- ignore those clusters when PDF text is being selected. -- -- See Show_Text_Glyphs for how clusters are used in advanced -- text operations. -- -- Since: 1.8 pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Text_Cluster); subtype Cairo_Text_Cluster_Flags is Guint; -- Specifies properties of a text cluster mapping. -- -- Since: 1.8 Cairo_Text_Cluster_Flag_Backward : constant Cairo_Text_Cluster_Flags := 1; -- The clusters in the cluster array map to glyphs in the glyph array from -- end to start. type Cairo_Text_Extents is record X_Bearing : aliased Gdouble; -- The horizontal distance from the origin to the -- leftmost part of the glyphs as drawn. Positive if the -- glyphs lie entirely to the right of the origin. Y_Bearing : aliased Gdouble; -- The vertical distance from the origin to the -- topmost part of the glyphs as drawn. Positive only if the -- glyphs lie completely below the origin; will usually be -- negative. Width : aliased Gdouble; -- Width of the glyphs as drawn Height : aliased Gdouble; -- Height of the glyphs as drawn X_Advance : aliased Gdouble; -- Distance to advance in the X direction after drawing these glyphs Y_Advance : aliased Gdouble; -- Distance to advance in the Y direction -- after drawing these glyphs. Will typically be zero except -- for vertical text layout as found in East-Asian languages. end record; -- The Cairo_text_extents structure stores the extents of a single glyph -- or a string of glyphs in user-space coordinates. Because text extents -- are in user-space coordinates, they are mostly, but not entirely, -- independent of the current transformation matrix. If you call -- Scale (Cr, 2.0, 2.0), text will be drawn twice as big, but the reported -- text extents will not be doubled. They will change slightly due to -- hinting (so you can't assume that metrics are independent of the -- transformation matrix), but otherwise will remain unchanged. pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Text_Extents); type Cairo_Font_Extents is record Ascent : aliased Gdouble; -- The distance that the font extends above the baseline. -- Note that this is not always exactly equal to the maximum -- of the extents of all the glyphs in the font, but rather -- is picked to express the font designer's intent as to -- how the font should align with elements above it. Descent : aliased Gdouble; -- The distance that the font extends below the baseline. -- This value is positive for typical fonts that include -- portions below the baseline. Note that this is not always -- exactly equal to the maximum of the extents of all the -- glyphs in the font, but rather is picked to express the -- font designer's intent as to how the the font should -- align with elements below it. Height : aliased Gdouble; -- The recommended vertical distance between baselines when -- setting consecutive lines of text with the font. This -- is greater than ascent+descent by a -- quantity known as the line spacing or external leading. When space is -- at a premium, most fonts can be set with only a distance of -- ascent+descent between lines. Max_X_Advance : aliased Gdouble; -- The maximum distance in the X direction that -- the the origin is advanced for any glyph in the font. Max_Y_Advance : aliased Gdouble; -- The maximum distance in the Y direction that -- the the origin is advanced for any glyph in the font. -- this will be zero for normal fonts used for horizontal -- writing. (The scripts of East Asia are sometimes written -- vertically.) end record; -- The Cairo_font_extents structure stores metric information for -- a font. Values are given in the current user-space coordinate -- system. -- -- Because font metrics are in user-space coordinates, they are -- mostly, but not entirely, independent of the current transformation -- matrix. If you call Scale (Cr, 2.0, 2.0), text will be drawn twice as -- big, but the reported text extents will not be doubled. They will -- change slightly due to hinting (so you can't assume that metrics are -- independent of the transformation matrix), but otherwise will remain -- unchanged. pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Font_Extents); type Cairo_Font_Slant is ( Cairo_Font_Slant_Normal, Cairo_Font_Slant_Italic, Cairo_Font_Slant_Oblique); -- Specifies variants of a font face based on their slant. pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Font_Slant); type Cairo_Font_Weight is ( Cairo_Font_Weight_Normal, Cairo_Font_Weight_Bold); -- Specifies variants of a font face based on their weight. pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Font_Weight); type Cairo_Subpixel_Order is (Cairo_Subpixel_Order_Default, -- Use the default subpixel order for the target device Cairo_Subpixel_Order_Rgb, -- Subpixel elements are arranged horizontally with red at the left Cairo_Subpixel_Order_Bgr, -- Subpixel elements are arranged horizontally with blue at the left Cairo_Subpixel_Order_Vrgb, -- Subpixel elements are arranged vertically with red at the top Cairo_Subpixel_Order_Vbgr -- Subpixel elements are arranged vertically with blue at the top ); -- The subpixel order specifies the order of color elements within -- each pixel on the display device when rendering with an -- antialiasing mode of CAIRO_ANTIALIAS_SUBPIXEL. pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Subpixel_Order); type Cairo_Hint_Style is (Cairo_Hint_Style_Default, -- Use the default hint style for font backend and target device Cairo_Hint_Style_None, -- Do not hint outlines Cairo_Hint_Style_Slight, -- Hint outlines slightly to improve contrast while retaining good -- fidelity to the original shapes. Cairo_Hint_Style_Medium, -- Hint outlines with medium strength giving a compromise between -- fidelity to the original shapes and contrast Cairo_Hint_Style_Full -- Hint outlines to maximize contrast ); -- Specifies the type of hinting to do on font outlines. Hinting -- is the process of fitting outlines to the pixel grid in order -- to improve the appearance of the result. Since hinting outlines -- involves distorting them, it also reduces the faithfulness -- to the original outline shapes. Not all of the outline hinting -- styles are supported by all font backends. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Hint_Style); type Cairo_Hint_Metrics is (Cairo_Hint_Metrics_Default, -- Hint metrics in the default manner for the font backend and target -- device Cairo_Hint_Metrics_Off, -- Do not hint font metrics Cairo_Hint_Metrics_On -- Hint font metrics ); -- Specifies whether to hint font metrics; hinting font metrics -- means quantizing them so that they are integer values in -- device space. Doing this improves the consistency of -- letter and line spacing, however it also means that text -- will be laid out differently at different zoom factors. pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Hint_Metrics); type Cairo_Font_Options is private; -- An opaque structure holding all options that are used when -- rendering fonts. -- -- Individual features of a Cairo_Font_Options can be set or -- accessed using functions named -- Cairo.Font_Options.Set_ and -- Cairo.Font_Options.Get_, like -- Cairo.Font_Options.Set_Antialias and -- Cairo.Font_Options.Get_Antialias. -- -- New features may be added to a Cairo_font_options in the -- future. For this reason, Cairo.Font_Options.Copy, -- Cairo.Font_Options.Equal, Cairo.Font_Options.Merge, and -- Cairo.Font_Options.Hash should be used to copy, check -- for equality, merge, or compute a hash value of -- Cairo_Font_Options objects. -- This interface is for dealing with text as text, not caring about the -- font object inside the the Cairo_Context. procedure Select_Font_Face (Cr : Cairo_Context; Family : String; Slant : Cairo_Font_Slant; Weight : Cairo_Font_Weight); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Family: a font Family name, encoded in UTF-8 -- Slant: the Slant for the font -- Weight: the Weight for the font -- -- Note: The Select_Font_Face function call is part of what -- the cairo designers call the "toy" text API. It is convenient for -- short demos and simple programs, but it is not expected to be -- adequate for serious text-using applications. -- -- Selects a family and style of font from a simplified description as -- a family name, slant and weight. Cairo provides no operation to -- list available family names on the system (this is a "toy", -- remember), but the standard CSS2 generic family names, ("serif", -- "sans-serif", "cursive", "fantasy", "monospace"), are likely to -- work as expected. -- -- It is expected that most applications will need to use a more -- comprehensive font handling and text layout library, (for example, -- pango), in conjunction with cairo. -- -- If text is drawn without a call to Select_Font_Face, (nor -- Set_Font_Face nor Set_Scaled_Font), the default -- family is platform-specific, but is essentially "sans-serif". -- Default slant is Cairo_Font_Slant_Normal, and default weight is -- Cairo_Font_Weight_Normal. -- -- This function is equivalent to a call to -- Cairo.Font_Face.Toy_Font_Face_Create followed by Set_Font_Face. procedure Set_Font_Size (Cr : Cairo_Context; Size : Gdouble); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Size: the new font Size, in user space units -- -- Sets the current font matrix to a scale by a factor of size, replacing -- any font matrix previously set with Set_Font_Size or -- Set_Font_Matrix. This results in a font size of size user space -- units. (More precisely, this matrix will result in the font's -- em-square being a size by size square in user space.) -- -- If text is drawn without a call to Set_Font_Size, (nor Set_Font_Matrix -- nor Set_Scaled_Font), the default font size is 10.0. procedure Set_Font_Matrix (Cr : Cairo_Context; Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix describing a transform to be applied to -- the current font. -- -- Sets the current font matrix to matrix. The font matrix gives a -- transformation from the design space of the font (in this space, -- the em-square is 1 unit by 1 unit) to user space. Normally, a -- simple scale is used (see Set_Font_Size), but a more -- complex font matrix can be used to shear the font -- or stretch it unequally along the two axes procedure Get_Font_Matrix (Cr : Cairo_Context; Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Matrix: return value for the Matrix -- -- Stores the current font matrix into matrix. See Set_Font_Matrix. procedure Set_Font_Options (Cr : Cairo_Context; Options : Cairo_Font_Options); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Options: font Options to use -- -- Sets a set of custom font rendering options for the Cairo_Context. -- Rendering options are derived by merging these options with the -- options derived from underlying surface; if the value in options -- has a default value (like Cairo_Antialias_Default), then the value -- from the surface is used. procedure Get_Font_Options (Cr : Cairo_Context; Options : Cairo_Font_Options); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options object into which to store -- the retrieved options. All existing values are overwritten -- -- Retrieves font rendering options set via Set_Font_Options. -- Note that the returned options do not include any options derived -- from the underlying surface; they are literally the options -- passed to Set_Font_Options. procedure Set_Font_Face (Cr : Cairo_Context; Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Font_Face: a Cairo_Font_Face, or Null_Font_Face to restore to the -- default font -- -- Replaces the current Cairo_Font_Face object in the Cairo_Context with -- font_face. The replaced font face in the Cairo_Context will be -- destroyed if there are no other references to it. function Get_Font_Face (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Font_Face; -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- Gets the current font face for a Cairo_Context. -- -- Return value: the current font face. This object is owned by -- cairo. To keep a reference to it, you must call -- Cairo.Font_Face.Reference. -- -- This function never returns Null_Font_Face. If memory cannot be -- allocated, a special "nil" Cairo_Font_Face object will be returned on -- which Cairo.Font_Face.Status returns Cairo_Status_No_Memory. Using this -- nil object will cause its error state to propagate to other objects it -- is passed to, (for example, calling Set_Font_Face with a nil font -- will trigger an error that will shutdown the Cairo_Context object). procedure Set_Scaled_Font (Cr : Cairo_Context; Scaled_Font : access Cairo_Scaled_Font); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- -- Replaces the current font face, font matrix, and font options in -- the Cairo_Context with those of the Cairo_Scaled_Font. Except for -- some translation, the current CTM of the Cairo_Context should be the -- same as that of the Cairo_Scaled_Font, which can be accessed -- using Cairo.Scaled_Font.Get_Ctm. -- -- Since: 1.2 function Get_Scaled_Font (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Scaled_Font; -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- Gets the current scaled font for a Cairo_Context. -- -- Return value: the current scaled font. This object is owned by -- cairo. To keep a reference to it, you must call -- Cairo.Scaled_Font.Reference. -- -- This function never returns Null_Font_Face. If memory cannot be -- allocated, a special "nil" Cairo_Scaled_Font object will be returned on -- which Cairo.Font_Face.Status returns Cairo_Status_No_Memory. Using this -- nil object will cause its error state to propagate to other objects it -- is passed to, (for example, calling Set_Font_Face with a nil font -- will trigger an error that will shutdown the Cairo_Context object). -- -- Since: 1.4 procedure Show_Text (Cr : Cairo_Context; Utf8 : String); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Utf8: a NUL-terminated string of text encoded in UTF-8, or Null_Ptr -- -- A drawing operator that generates the shape from a string of UTF-8 -- characters, rendered according to the current Font_Face, Font_Size -- (Font_Matrix), and Font_Options. -- -- This function first computes a set of glyphs for the string of -- text. The first glyph is placed so that its origin is at the -- current point. The origin of each subsequent glyph is offset from -- that of the previous glyph by the advance values of the previous -- glyph. -- -- After this call the current point is moved to the origin of where -- the next glyph would be placed in this same progression. That is, -- the current point will be at the origin of the final glyph offset -- by its advance values. This allows for easy display of a single -- logical string with multiple calls to Show_Text. -- -- Note: The Show_Text function call is part of what the cairo -- designers call the "toy" text API. It is convenient for short demos -- and simple programs, but it is not expected to be adequate for -- serious text-using applications. See Show_Glyphs for the -- "real" text display API in cairo. procedure Show_Glyphs (Cr : Cairo_Context; Glyphs : access Cairo_Glyph; Num_Glyphs : Gint); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Glyphs: array of Glyphs to show -- Num_Glyphs: number of glyphs to show -- -- A drawing operator that generates the shape from an array of glyphs, -- rendered according to the current font face, font size -- (font matrix), and font options. procedure Text_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context; Utf8 : String); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Utf8: a NUL-terminated string of text encoded in UTF-8, or Null_Ptr -- -- Adds closed paths for text to the current path. The generated -- path if filled, achieves an effect similar to that of -- Show_Text. -- -- Text conversion and positioning is done similar to Show_Text. -- -- Like Show_Text, After this call the current point is -- moved to the origin of where the next glyph would be placed in -- this same progression. That is, the current point will be at -- the origin of the final glyph offset by its advance values. -- This allows for chaining multiple calls to to Cairo_Text_Path -- without having to set current point in between. -- -- Note: The Text_Path function call is part of what the cairo -- designers call the "toy" text API. It is convenient for short demos -- and simple programs, but it is not expected to be adequate for -- serious text-using applications. See Glyph_Path for the -- "real" text path API in cairo. procedure Text_Extents (Cr : Cairo_Context; Utf8 : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Extents : access Cairo_Text_Extents); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Utf8: a NUL-terminated string of text encoded in UTF-8, or Null_Ptr -- Extents: a Cairo_Text_Extents object into which the results -- will be stored -- -- Gets the extents for a string of text. The extents describe a -- user-space rectangle that encloses the "inked" portion of the text, -- (as it would be drawn by Show_Text). Additionally, the -- x_advance and y_advance values indicate the amount by which the -- current point would be advanced by Cairo_Show_Text. -- -- Note that whitespace characters do not directly contribute to the -- size of the rectangle (extents.width and extents.height). They do -- contribute indirectly by changing the position of non-whitespace -- characters. In particular, trailing whitespace characters are -- likely to not affect the size of the rectangle, though they will -- affect the x_advance and y_advance values. procedure Glyph_Extents (Cr : Cairo_Context; Glyphs : access Cairo_Glyph; Num_Glyphs : Gint; Extents : access Cairo_Text_Extents); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Glyphs: an array of Cairo_Glyph objects -- Num_Glyphs: the number of elements in glyphs -- Extents: a Cairo_Text_Extents object into which the results -- will be stored -- -- Gets the extents for an array of glyphs. The extents describe a -- user-space rectangle that encloses the "inked" portion of the -- glyphs, (as they would be drawn by Show_Glyphs). -- Additionally, the X_Advance and Y_Advance values indicate the -- amount by which the current point would be advanced by -- Show_Glyphs. -- -- Note that whitespace glyphs do not contribute to the size of the -- rectangle (Extents.Width and Extents.Height). procedure Font_Extents (Cr : Cairo_Context; Extents : access Cairo_Font_Extents); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Extents: a Cairo_Font_Extents object into which the results -- will be stored. -- -- Gets the font extents for the currently selected font. type Cairo_Font_Type is (Cairo_Font_Type_Toy, -- The font was created using cairo's toy font api (Since: 1.8) Cairo_Font_Type_Ft, -- The font is of type FreeType Cairo_Font_Type_Win32, -- The font is of type Win32 Cairo_Font_Type_Quartz, -- The font is of type Quartz (Since: 1.6) Cairo_Font_Type_User -- The font was create using cairo's user font api ); -- Cairo_font_type is used to describe the type of a given font -- face or scaled font. The font types are also known as "font -- backends" within Cairo. -- -- The type of a font face is determined by the function used to -- create it, which will generally be of the form -- _Font_Face_Create. The font face type -- can be queried -- with Cairo.Font_Face.Get_Type -- -- The various Cairo_Font_Face functions can be used with a font face -- of any type. -- -- The type of a scaled font is determined by the type of the font -- face passed to Cairo.Scaled_Font.Create. The scaled font type can -- be queried with Cairo.Scaled_Font.Get_Type -- -- The various Cairo_scaled_font functions can be used with scaled -- fonts of any type, but some font backends also provide -- type-specific functions that must only be called with a scaled font -- of the appropriate type. These functions have names that begin with -- _Scaled_Font such as Ft_Scaled_Font_Lock_Face. -- -- The behavior of calling a type-specific function with a scaled font -- of the wrong type is undefined. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. -- -- Since: 1.2 pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Font_Type); --------------------- -- Query functions -- --------------------- function Get_Operator (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Operator; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current compositing operator for a cairo context. -- -- Return value: the current compositing operator. function Get_Source (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Pattern; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current source pattern for Cr. -- -- Return value: the current source pattern. This object is owned by -- cairo. To keep a reference to it, you must call -- Cairo.Pattern.Reference. function Get_Tolerance (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gdouble; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current tolerance value, as set by Set_Tolerance. -- -- Return value: the current tolerance value. function Get_Antialias (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Antialias; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current shape antialiasing mode, as set by Set_Antialias. -- -- Return value: the current shape antialiasing mode. function Has_Current_Point (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Returns whether a current point is defined on the current path. -- See Get_Current_Point for details on the current point. -- -- Return value: whether a current point is defined. -- -- Since: 1.6 procedure Get_Current_Point (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : access Gdouble; Y : access Gdouble); -- Cr: a cairo context -- X: return value for X coordinate of the current point -- Y: return value for Y coordinate of the current point -- -- Gets the current point of the current path, which is -- conceptually the final point reached by the path so far. -- -- The current point is returned in the user-space coordinate -- system. If there is no defined current point or if cr is in an -- error status, X and Y will both be set to 0.0. It is possible to -- check this in advance with Has_Current_Point. -- -- Most path construction functions alter the current point. See the -- following for details on how they affect the current point: -- New_Path, New_Sub_Path, Append_Path, Close_Path, Move_To, Line_To, -- Curve_To, Rel_Move_To, Rel_Line_To, Rel_Curve_To, Arc, Arc_Negative, -- Rectangle, Text_Path, Glyph_Path, Stroke_To_Path. -- -- Some functions use and alter the current point but do not otherwise -- change current path: Show_Text. -- -- Some functions unset the current path and as a result, current point: -- Fill, Stroke. function Get_Fill_Rule (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Fill_Rule; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current fill rule, as set by Set_Fill_Rule. -- -- Return value: the current fill rule. function Get_Line_Width (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gdouble; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- This function returns the current line width value exactly as set by -- Set_Line_Width. Note that the value is unchanged even if -- the CTM has changed between the calls to Set_Line_Width and -- Get_Line_Width. -- -- Return value: the current line width. function Get_Line_Cap (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Line_Cap; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current line cap style, as set by Set_Line_Cap. -- -- Return value: the current line cap style. function Get_Line_Join (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Line_Join; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current line join style, as set by Set_Line_Join. -- -- Return value: the current line join style. function Get_Miter_Limit (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gdouble; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current miter limit, as set by Set_Miter_Limit. -- -- Return value: the current miter limit. function Get_Dash_Count (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gint; -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- -- This function returns the length of the dash array in cr (0 if dashing -- is not currently in effect). -- -- See also Set_Dash and Get_Dash. -- -- Return value: the length of the dash array, or 0 if no dash array set. -- -- Since: 1.4 type Dash_Array_Access is access all Dash_Array; procedure Get_Dash (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dashes : out Dash_Array_Access; Offset : out Gdouble); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Dashes: return value for the dash array, or null -- Offset: return value for the current dash Offset, or null -- -- Gets the current dash array. -- -- Since: 1.4 procedure Get_Matrix (Cr : Cairo_Context; Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Matrix: return value for the Matrix -- -- Stores the current transformation matrix (CTM) into matrix. function Get_Target (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Surface; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the target surface for the cairo context as passed to Create. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but the result -- can be a "nil" surface if cr is already in an error state, -- (ie. Cairo_Status /= Cairo_Status_Success). -- A nil surface is indicated by -- Cairo.Surface.Status/= Cairo_Status_Success. -- -- Return value: the target surface. This object is owned by cairo. To -- keep a reference to it, you must call Cairo.Surface.Reference. function Get_Group_Target (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Surface; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets the current destination surface for the context. This is either -- the original target surface as passed to Create or the target -- surface for the current group as started by the most recent call to -- Push_Group or Push_Group_With_Content. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but the result -- can be a "nil" surface if cr is already in an error state, -- (ie. Cairo_Status /= Cairo_Status_Success). -- A nil surface is indicated by Cairo_Status /= Cairo_Status_Success. -- -- Return value: the target surface. This object is owned by cairo. To -- keep a reference to it, you must call Cairo.Surface.Reference. -- -- Since: 1.2 type Cairo_Path_Data_Type is (Cairo_Path_Move_To, -- A move-to operation Cairo_Path_Line_To, -- A line-to operation Cairo_Path_Curve_To, -- A curve-to operation Cairo_Path_Close_Path -- A close-path operation ); -- Cairo_path_data is used to describe the type of one portion -- of a path when represented as a Cairo_Path. -- See Cairo_Path_Data for details. pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Path_Data_Type); type Header_Type is record Path_Type : aliased Cairo_Path_Data_Type; Length : aliased Gint; end record; -- A Path header. See Cairo_Path_Data for details. type Point_Type is record X : aliased Gdouble; Y : aliased Gdouble; end record; -- A geometrical point. See Cairo_Path_Data for details. type Cairo_Path_Data (Discr : Guint := 0) is record case Discr is when 0 => Header : aliased Header_Type; when others => Point : aliased Point_Type; end case; end record; -- Cairo_path_data is used to represent the path data inside a -- Cairo_path. -- -- The data structure is designed to try to balance the demands of -- efficiency and ease-of-use. A path is represented as an array of -- Cairo_Path_Data, which is a union of headers and points. -- -- Each portion of the path is represented by one or more elements in -- the array, (one header followed by 0 or more points). The length -- value of the header is the number of array elements for the current -- portion including the header, (ie. length == 1 + of points), and -- where the number of points for each element type is as follows: -- -- Cairo_Path_Move_To: 1 point -- Cairo_Path_Line_To: 1 point -- Cairo_Path_Curve_To: 3 points -- Cairo_Path_Close_Path: 0 points -- -- The semantics and ordering of the coordinate values are consistent -- with Move_To, Line_To, Curve_To, and Close_Path. -- -- Here is sample code for iterating through a Cairo_Path: -- -- declare -- J : Gint; -- Path : Cairo_Path; -- Data : Cairo_Path_Data; -- begin -- Path = Copy_Path (Cr); -- -- J := 0; -- while J < Path.Num_Data loop -- Data := Path.Data(J); -- -- case Data.Header.Path_Type is -- -- when Cairo_Path_Move_To => -- Do_Move_To_Things (Data(1).Point.X, Data(1).Point.Y); -- -- when Cairo_Path_Line_To => -- Do_Line_To_Things (Data(1).Point.X, Data(1).Point.Y); -- -- when Cairo_Path_Curve_To => -- Do_Curve_To_Things (Data(1).Point.X, Data(1).Point.Y, -- Data(2).Point.X, Data(2).Point.Y, -- Data(3).Point.X, Data(3).Point.Y); -- -- when Cairo_Path_Curve_To => -- Do_Close_Path_Things; -- end case; -- -- J := J + Path.Data[J].Header.Length; -- end loop; -- -- Path_Destroy (Path); -- end; -- -- As of cairo 1.4, cairo does not mind if there are more elements in -- a portion of the path than needed. Such elements can be used by -- users of the cairo API to hold extra values in the path data -- structure. For this reason, it is recommended that applications -- always use Data.Header.Length to iterate over the path data, instead of -- hardcoding the number of elements for each element type. type Path_Data_Array is array (Natural) of Cairo_Path_Data; type Path_Data_Array_Access is access all Path_Data_Array; type Cairo_Path is record Status : aliased Cairo_Status; Data : Path_Data_Array_Access; -- Warning: for efficiency reasons, Data is a direct mapping to the C -- structure. Therefore, there is no bounds checking on this array, -- the user needs to make sure only to access data between indexes -- 0 and Num_Data-1. Num_Data : aliased Gint; end record; type Cairo_Path_Access is access all Cairo_Path; -- Status: the current error Status -- Data: the elements in the path -- Num_Data: the number of elements in the data array -- -- A data structure for holding a path. This data structure serves as the -- return value for Copy_Path and Copy_Path_Flat as well the input value -- for Append_Path. -- -- See Cairo_Path_Data for hints on how to iterate over the -- actual data within the path. -- -- The num_data member gives the number of elements in the data -- array. This number is larger than the number of independent path -- portions (defined in Cairo_Path_Data_Type), since the data -- includes both headers and coordinates for each portion. function Copy_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Path_Access; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Creates a copy of the current path and returns it to the user as a -- Cairo_Path. See Cairo_Path_Data for hints on how to iterate -- over the returned data structure. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but the result -- will have no data (Data = null and Num_Data = 0), if -- either of the following conditions hold: -- -- -> If there is insufficient memory to copy the path. In this -- case Path.Status will be set to Cairo_Status_No_Memory -- -- -> If Cr is already in an error state. In this case -- Path.Status will contain the same status that -- would be returned by Status. -- -- Return value: the copy of the current path. The caller owns the -- returned object and should call Path_Destroy when finished with it. function Copy_Path_Flat (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Path_Access; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Gets a flattened copy of the current path and returns it to the -- user as a Cairo_Path. See Cairo_Path_Data for hints on -- how to iterate over the returned data structure. -- -- This function is like Copy_Path except that any curves -- in the path will be approximated with piecewise-linear -- approximations, (accurate to within the current tolerance -- value). That is, the result is guaranteed to not have any elements -- of type Cairo_Path_Curve_To which will instead be replaced by a -- series of Cairo_Path_Line_To elements. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but the result will -- have no data (Data = null and Num_Data = 0), if either of the following -- conditions hold: -- -- -> If there is insufficient memory to copy the path. In this -- case Path.Status will be set to Cairo_Status_No_Memory -- -- -> If Cr is already in an error state. In this case -- Path.Status will contain the same status that -- would be returned by Status. -- -- Return value: the copy of the current path. The caller owns the -- returned object and should call Path_Destroy when finished -- with it. procedure Append_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context; Path : access Cairo_Path); -- Cr: a cairo context -- Path: Path to be appended -- -- Append the path onto the current path. The path may be either the return -- value from one of Copy_Path or Copy_Path_Flat or it may be constructed -- manually. See Cairo_Path for details on how the path data structure -- should be initialized, and note that Path.Status must be initialized to -- Cairo_Status_Success. procedure Path_Destroy (Path : access Cairo_Path); -- Path: a path previously returned by either Copy_Path or Copy_Path_Flat. -- -- Immediately releases all memory associated with Path. After a call -- to Path_Destroy the Path pointer is no longer valid and should not be -- used further. -- -- Note: Path_Destroy should only be called with an access to a -- Cairo_Path returned by a cairo function. Any path that is created -- manually (ie. outside of cairo) should be destroyed manually as well. -------------------------- -- Error status queries -- -------------------------- function Status (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Cairo_Status; -- Cr: a cairo context -- -- Checks whether an error has previously occurred for this context. -- -- Returns: the current status of this context, see Cairo_Status Null_Context : constant Cairo_Context; Null_Surface : constant Cairo_Surface; Null_Pattern : constant Cairo_Pattern; Null_Scaled_Font : constant Cairo_Scaled_Font; Null_Font_Face : constant Cairo_Font_Face; Null_Font_Options : constant Cairo_Font_Options; private pragma Linker_Options ("-shared-libgcc"); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Destroy_Func); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Status); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Operator); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Antialias); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Fill_Rule); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Line_Cap); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Line_Join); pragma Convention (C, Path_Data_Array_Access); pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Path); pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Rectangle); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Rectangle_Array_Access); pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Header_Type); pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Point_Type); pragma Convention (C_Pass_By_Copy, Cairo_Path_Data); pragma Unchecked_Union (Cairo_Path_Data); type Cairo_Context is new System.Address; Null_Context : constant Cairo_Context := Cairo_Context (System.Null_Address); type Cairo_Surface is new System.Address; Null_Surface : constant Cairo_Surface := Cairo_Surface (System.Null_Address); type Cairo_Pattern is new System.Address; Null_Pattern : constant Cairo_Pattern := Cairo_Pattern (System.Null_Address); type Cairo_Scaled_Font is new System.Address; Null_Scaled_Font : constant Cairo_Scaled_Font := Cairo_Scaled_Font (System.Null_Address); type Cairo_Font_Face is new System.Address; Null_Font_Face : constant Cairo_Font_Face := Cairo_Font_Face (System.Null_Address); type Cairo_Font_Options is new System.Address; Null_Font_Options : constant Cairo_Font_Options := Cairo_Font_Options (System.Null_Address); pragma Import (C, Create, "cairo_create"); pragma Import (C, Reference, "cairo_reference"); pragma Import (C, Get_Reference_Count, "cairo_get_reference_count"); pragma Import (C, Get_User_Data, "cairo_get_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Set_User_Data, "cairo_set_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Save, "cairo_save"); pragma Import (C, Restore, "cairo_restore"); pragma Import (C, Push_Group, "cairo_push_group"); pragma Import (C, Push_Group_With_Content, "cairo_push_group_with_content"); pragma Import (C, Pop_Group, "cairo_pop_group"); pragma Import (C, Pop_Group_To_Source, "cairo_pop_group_to_source"); pragma Import (C, Set_Operator, "cairo_set_operator"); pragma Import (C, Set_Source, "cairo_set_source"); pragma Import (C, Set_Source_Rgb, "cairo_set_source_rgb"); pragma Import (C, Set_Source_Rgba, "cairo_set_source_rgba"); pragma Import (C, Set_Source_Surface, "cairo_set_source_surface"); pragma Import (C, Set_Tolerance, "cairo_set_tolerance"); pragma Import (C, Set_Antialias, "cairo_set_antialias"); pragma Import (C, Set_Fill_Rule, "cairo_set_fill_rule"); pragma Import (C, Set_Line_Width, "cairo_set_line_width"); pragma Import (C, Set_Line_Cap, "cairo_set_line_cap"); pragma Import (C, Set_Line_Join, "cairo_set_line_join"); pragma Import (C, Set_Miter_Limit, "cairo_set_miter_limit"); pragma Import (C, Translate, "cairo_translate"); pragma Import (C, Scale, "cairo_scale"); pragma Import (C, Rotate, "cairo_rotate"); pragma Import (C, Transform, "cairo_transform"); pragma Import (C, Set_Matrix, "cairo_set_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Identity_Matrix, "cairo_identity_matrix"); pragma Import (C, User_To_Device, "cairo_user_to_device"); pragma Import (C, User_To_Device_Distance, "cairo_user_to_device_distance"); pragma Import (C, Device_To_User, "cairo_device_to_user"); pragma Import (C, Device_To_User_Distance, "cairo_device_to_user_distance"); pragma Import (C, New_Path, "cairo_new_path"); pragma Import (C, Move_To, "cairo_move_to"); pragma Import (C, New_Sub_Path, "cairo_new_sub_path"); pragma Import (C, Line_To, "cairo_line_to"); pragma Import (C, Curve_To, "cairo_curve_to"); pragma Import (C, Arc, "cairo_arc"); pragma Import (C, Arc_Negative, "cairo_arc_negative"); pragma Import (C, Rel_Move_To, "cairo_rel_move_to"); pragma Import (C, Rel_Line_To, "cairo_rel_line_to"); pragma Import (C, Rel_Curve_To, "cairo_rel_curve_to"); pragma Import (C, Rectangle, "cairo_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Close_Path, "cairo_close_path"); pragma Import (C, Path_Extents, "cairo_path_extents"); pragma Import (C, Paint, "cairo_paint"); pragma Import (C, Paint_With_Alpha, "cairo_paint_with_alpha"); pragma Import (C, Mask, "cairo_mask"); pragma Import (C, Mask_Surface, "cairo_mask_surface"); pragma Import (C, Stroke, "cairo_stroke"); pragma Import (C, Stroke_Preserve, "cairo_stroke_preserve"); pragma Import (C, Fill, "cairo_fill"); pragma Import (C, Fill_Preserve, "cairo_fill_preserve"); pragma Import (C, Copy_Page, "cairo_copy_page"); pragma Import (C, Show_Page, "cairo_show_page"); pragma Import (C, Stroke_Extents, "cairo_stroke_extents"); pragma Import (C, Fill_Extents, "cairo_fill_extents"); pragma Import (C, Reset_Clip, "cairo_reset_clip"); pragma Import (C, Clip, "cairo_clip"); pragma Import (C, Clip_Preserve, "cairo_clip_preserve"); pragma Import (C, Clip_Extents, "cairo_clip_extents"); pragma Import (C, Copy_Clip_Rectangle_List, "cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list"); pragma Import (C, Rectangle_List_Destroy, "cairo_rectangle_list_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Set_Font_Size, "cairo_set_font_size"); pragma Import (C, Set_Font_Matrix, "cairo_set_font_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Get_Font_Matrix, "cairo_get_font_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Set_Font_Options, "cairo_set_font_options"); pragma Import (C, Get_Font_Options, "cairo_get_font_options"); pragma Import (C, Set_Font_Face, "cairo_set_font_face"); pragma Import (C, Get_Font_Face, "cairo_get_font_face"); pragma Import (C, Set_Scaled_Font, "cairo_set_scaled_font"); pragma Import (C, Get_Scaled_Font, "cairo_get_scaled_font"); pragma Import (C, Show_Glyphs, "cairo_show_glyphs"); -- pragma Import (C, Show_Text_Glyphs, "cairo_show_text_glyphs"); -- pragma Import (C, Glyph_Path, "cairo_glyph_path"); pragma Import (C, Text_Extents, "cairo_text_extents"); pragma Import (C, Glyph_Extents, "cairo_glyph_extents"); pragma Import (C, Font_Extents, "cairo_font_extents"); pragma Import (C, Get_Operator, "cairo_get_operator"); pragma Import (C, Get_Source, "cairo_get_source"); pragma Import (C, Get_Tolerance, "cairo_get_tolerance"); pragma Import (C, Get_Antialias, "cairo_get_antialias"); pragma Import (C, Get_Current_Point, "cairo_get_current_point"); pragma Import (C, Get_Fill_Rule, "cairo_get_fill_rule"); pragma Import (C, Get_Line_Width, "cairo_get_line_width"); pragma Import (C, Get_Line_Cap, "cairo_get_line_cap"); pragma Import (C, Get_Line_Join, "cairo_get_line_join"); pragma Import (C, Get_Miter_Limit, "cairo_get_miter_limit"); pragma Import (C, Get_Dash_Count, "cairo_get_dash_count"); pragma Import (C, Get_Matrix, "cairo_get_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Get_Target, "cairo_get_target"); pragma Import (C, Get_Group_Target, "cairo_get_group_target"); pragma Import (C, Copy_Path, "cairo_copy_path"); pragma Import (C, Copy_Path_Flat, "cairo_copy_path_flat"); pragma Import (C, Append_Path, "cairo_append_path"); pragma Import (C, Path_Destroy, "cairo_path_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Status, "cairo_status"); end Cairo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-printing.adb0000644000076700001450000003202212533067540020104 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; with System.Assertions; use System.Assertions; with Unchecked_Conversion; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Handlers; package body Gtkada.Printing is package Object_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record); package Object_Boolean_Return_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record, Boolean); ----------------------- -- Local subprograms -- ----------------------- procedure Begin_Print_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Wrapper around callback for "begin-print". procedure Done_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Wrapper around callback for "done". procedure Draw_Page_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Wrapper around callback for "draw-page". procedure End_Print_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Wrapper around callback for "end-print". function Paginate_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) return Boolean; -- Wrapper around callback for "paginate". function Preview_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) return Boolean; -- Wrapper around callback for "preview". procedure Request_Page_Setup_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Wrapper around callback for "request-page-setup". procedure Status_Changed_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues); -- Wrapper around callback for "status-changed". ----------------------------- -- Default implementations -- ----------------------------- --------------- -- Draw_Page -- --------------- procedure Draw_Page (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Number : Gint) is begin -- This procedure should be overridden. Raise_Assert_Failure ("Subprogram ""Draw_Page"" should be overridden"); end Draw_Page; ----------------- -- Begin_Print -- ----------------- procedure Begin_Print (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context) is begin -- Default implementation : do nothing null; end Begin_Print; ---------- -- Done -- ---------- procedure Done (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Result : Gtk_Print_Operation_Result) is begin -- Default implementation : do nothing null; end Done; --------------- -- End_Print -- --------------- procedure End_Print (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context) is begin -- Default implementation : do nothing null; end End_Print; -------------- -- Paginate -- -------------- function Paginate (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Op, Context); begin -- Default implementation : do nothing return True; end Paginate; ------------- -- Preview -- ------------- function Preview (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Preview : Gtk_Print_Operation_Preview; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Parent : Gtk_Window) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Op, Preview, Context, Parent); begin -- Default implementation: do not override the Gtk+ preview mechanism. return False; end Preview; ------------------------ -- Request_Page_Setup -- ------------------------ procedure Request_Page_Setup (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Number : Gint; Setup : Gtk_Page_Setup) is begin -- Default implementation : do nothing null; end Request_Page_Setup; -------------------- -- Status_Changed -- -------------------- procedure Status_Changed (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record) is begin -- Default implementation : do nothing null; end Status_Changed; --------------------------------- -- Begin_Print_Handler_Wrapper -- --------------------------------- procedure Begin_Print_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 1); Context_Stub : Gtk_Print_Context_Record; Context : constant Gtk_Print_Context := Gtk_Print_Context (Get_User_Data (Context_Addr, Context_Stub)); begin Begin_Print (Op, Context); end Begin_Print_Handler_Wrapper; -------------------------- -- Done_Handler_Wrapper -- -------------------------- procedure Done_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Result : constant Gtk_Print_Operation_Result := Gtk_Print_Operation_Result'Val (Get_Enum (Nth (Args, 1))); begin Done (Op, Result); end Done_Handler_Wrapper; ------------------------------- -- Draw_Page_Handler_Wrapper -- ------------------------------- procedure Draw_Page_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 1); Context_Stub : Gtk_Print_Context_Record; Context : constant Gtk_Print_Context := Gtk_Print_Context (Get_User_Data (Context_Addr, Context_Stub)); Page_Num : constant Gint := To_Gint (Args, 2); begin Draw_Page (Op, Context, Page_Num); end Draw_Page_Handler_Wrapper; ------------------------------- -- End_Print_Handler_Wrapper -- ------------------------------- procedure End_Print_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 1); Context_Stub : Gtk_Print_Context_Record; Context : constant Gtk_Print_Context := Gtk_Print_Context (Get_User_Data (Context_Addr, Context_Stub)); begin End_Print (Op, Context); end End_Print_Handler_Wrapper; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Op : out Gtkada_Print_Operation) is begin Op := new Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Gtkada.Printing.Initialize (Op); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class) is begin Gtk.Print_Operation.Initialize (Widget); end Initialize; ------------------------------ -- Paginate_Handler_Wrapper -- ------------------------------ function Paginate_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) return Boolean is Context_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 1); Context_Stub : Gtk_Print_Context_Record; Context : constant Gtk_Print_Context := Gtk_Print_Context (Get_User_Data (Context_Addr, Context_Stub)); begin return Paginate (Op, Context); end Paginate_Handler_Wrapper; ----------------------------- -- Preview_Handler_Wrapper -- ----------------------------- function Preview_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) return Boolean is -- ??? ugly, but otherwise correct. function To_Preview is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk_Print_Operation_Preview); Preview_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 1); Preview_Op : constant Gtk_Print_Operation_Preview := To_Preview (Preview_Addr); Context_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 2); Context_Stub : Gtk_Print_Context_Record; Context : constant Gtk_Print_Context := Gtk_Print_Context (Get_User_Data (Context_Addr, Context_Stub)); Parent_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 3); Parent_Stub : Gtk_Window_Record; Parent : constant Gtk_Window := Gtk_Window (Get_User_Data (Parent_Addr, Parent_Stub)); begin return Preview (Op, Preview_Op, Context, Parent); end Preview_Handler_Wrapper; ---------------------------------------- -- Request_Page_Setup_Handler_Wrapper -- ---------------------------------------- procedure Request_Page_Setup_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is Context_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 1); Context_Stub : Gtk_Print_Context_Record; Context : constant Gtk_Print_Context := Gtk_Print_Context (Get_User_Data (Context_Addr, Context_Stub)); Page_Num : constant Gint := To_Gint (Args, 2); Setup_Addr : constant System.Address := To_Address (Args, 3); Setup_Stub : Gtk_Page_Setup_Record; Setup : constant Gtk_Page_Setup := Gtk_Page_Setup (Get_User_Data (Setup_Addr, Setup_Stub)); begin Request_Page_Setup (Op, Context, Page_Num, Setup); end Request_Page_Setup_Handler_Wrapper; ------------------------------------ -- Status_Changed_Handler_Wrapper -- ------------------------------------ procedure Status_Changed_Handler_Wrapper (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Args : Glib.Values.GValues) is pragma Unreferenced (Args); begin Status_Changed (Op); end Status_Changed_Handler_Wrapper; --------- -- Run -- --------- function Connect_And_Run (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Action : Gtk_Print_Operation_Action; Parent : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Gtk_Print_Operation_Result is pragma Unreferenced (Error); begin -- Connect all handlers Object_Callback.Connect (Op, "begin-print", Begin_Print_Handler_Wrapper'Access); Object_Callback.Connect (Op, "done", Done_Handler_Wrapper'Access); Object_Callback.Connect (Op, "draw-page", Draw_Page_Handler_Wrapper'Access); Object_Callback.Connect (Op, "end-print", End_Print_Handler_Wrapper'Access); Object_Boolean_Return_Callback.Connect (Op, "paginate", Paginate_Handler_Wrapper'Access); Object_Boolean_Return_Callback.Connect (Op, "preview", Preview_Handler_Wrapper'Access); Object_Callback.Connect (Op, "request-page-setup", Request_Page_Setup_Handler_Wrapper'Access); Object_Callback.Connect (Op, "status-changed", Status_Changed_Handler_Wrapper'Access); return Gtk.Print_Operation.Run (Gtk_Print_Operation (Op), Action, Parent); end Connect_And_Run; end Gtkada.Printing; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-object.ads0000644000076700001450000007204212533067540017231 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides a minimal binding to the GObject type in Glib. -- See Glib.Properties for information on how to manipulate properties -- -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Gtkada.Types; with Glib.GSlist; with Glib.Glist; pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.GSlist); pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.Glist); package Glib.Object is type GObject_Record is tagged private; type GObject is access all GObject_Record'Class; pragma No_Strict_Aliasing (GObject); -- The base type for Glib/Gdk/Gtk objects. It basically gives access -- to an underlying C object. This is not a controlled type for -- efficiency reasons and because glib takes care of the memory -- management on its own. function Is_Created (Object : GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Return True if the associated C object has been created, False if -- no C object is associated with Object. -- This is not the same as testing whether an access type (for instance -- any of the widgets) is "null", since this relates to the underlying -- C object. function Get_Type (Object : access GObject_Record) return GType; -- Return the type of Object. -- This function is mostly used internally, since in Ada you can simply -- test whether an object belong to a class with a statement like: -- -- if Object in Gtk_Button_Record'Class then ... -- -- which is easier. ---------------- -- Life cycle -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Object : access GObject_Record'Class); -- Internal initialization function. -- See the section "Creating your own widgets" in the documentation. procedure Ref (Object : access GObject_Record); -- Increment the reference counter for Object. See Unref below. -- Since an object is not deleted while its reference count is not null, -- this is a way to keep an object in memory, in particular when you -- want to temporarily remove a widget from its parent. procedure Unref (Object : access GObject_Record); -- Decrement the reference counter for Object. When this reaches 0, the -- object is effectively destroy, all the callbacks associated with it are -- disconnected. type Weak_Notify is access procedure (Data : System.Address; Where_The_Object_Was : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Weak_Notify); -- Called when Where_The_Object_Was is destroyed (although you can still -- use this to reset it). Data is the argument passed to Weak_Ref. -- You should destroy and free the memory occupied by Data procedure Weak_Ref (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Notify : Weak_Notify; Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address); -- This kind of reference doesn't increment the object's reference -- counting. However, it can and should be used to monitor the object's -- life cycle, in particular to detect is destruction. -- When Object is destroyed, calls Notify procedure Weak_Unref (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Notify : Weak_Notify; Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address); -- Cancels the settings of Weak_Ref. procedure Deallocate (Object : access GObject_Record); -- This operation is used to deallocate Object. -- The default implementation assumes that the value passed in is an -- access value created by an allocator of the default pool, i.e. it -- will assume that an instance of -- Unchecked_Deallocation (GObject_Record'Class, GObject) -- can be used to deallocate the designated object. -- Types derived of GObject_Record can override this operation in order -- to cope with objects allocated on other pools or even objects allocated -- on the stack. -- This design is limited to support only one allocation strategy for each -- class, as the class tag is used to identify the applicable strategy. procedure Ref_Sink (Object : access GObject_Record); -- Increase the reference count of Object, and possibly remove the -- floating reference, if Object has a floating reference. -- In other words, if the object is floating, then this call "assumes -- ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal -- reference by clearing the floating flag while leaving the reference -- count unchanged. If the object is not floating, then this call -- adds a new normal reference increasing the reference count by one. ------------------------ -- Interfacing with C -- ------------------------ -- The following functions are made public so that one can easily create -- new objects outside the Glib or Gtk package hierarchy. -- Only experienced users should make use of these functions. function Get_Object (Object : access GObject_Record'Class) return System.Address; -- Access the underlying C pointer. function Get_Object_Or_Null (Object : GObject) return System.Address; -- Same as above, but passing "null" is valid. procedure Set_Object (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Value : System.Address); -- Modify the underlying C pointer. function Get_User_Data (Obj : System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject; -- Return the Ada object matching the C object Obj. If Obj was created -- explicitely from GtkAda, this will be the exact same widget. If Obj was -- created implicitely by gtk+ (buttons in complex windows,...), a new Ada -- object of type Stub will be created. function Get_User_Data_Or_Null (Obj : System.Address) return GObject; -- Return the Ada object matching the Obj, if Obj was created explicitly -- from Ada, or null otherwise. function Get_User_Data_Fast (Obj : System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject; -- Same as Get_User_Data, but does not try to guess the type of Obj, -- always default to Stub if Obj is unknown to GtkAda. function Unchecked_Cast (Obj : access GObject_Record'Class; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject; -- Cast Obj in an object of tag Stub'Class. -- Return the resulting object and free the memory pointed by Obj. ------------- -- Signals -- ------------- -- Any child of GObject can be associated with any number of signals. The -- mechanism for signals is fully generic, and any number of arguments can -- be associated with signals. -- See the function Initialize_Class_Record for more information on how -- to create new signals for your own new widgets. -- The subprograms below are provided for introspection: they make it -- possible to query the list of signals defined for a specific widget, -- as well as their parameters and return types. type Signal_Id_Array is array (Guint range <>) of Glib.Signal_Id; type Signal_Query is private; function Lookup (Object : Glib.GType; Signal : String) return Glib.Signal_Id; -- Returns the signal Id associated with a specific Object/Signal pair. -- Null_Signal_Id is returned if no such signal exists for Object. -- You can then use the Query procedure to get more information on the -- signal. function List_Ids (Typ : Glib.GType) return Signal_Id_Array; -- Return the list of signals defined for Typ. You can get more information -- on each of this signals by using the Query function below. -- See also the function Get_Type above to convert from an object instance -- to its type. Using a GType as the parameter makes it easier to find the -- signals for a widget and its ancestors (using Glib.Parent). procedure Query (Id : Glib.Signal_Id; Result : out Signal_Query); -- Return the description associated with the signal Id. You can get the -- various fields from Query with one of the functions below. -- Result is undefined if Id is Invalid_Signal_Id or Null_Signal_Id function Id (Q : Signal_Query) return Glib.Signal_Id; -- Return the signal Id. Each Id is specific to a widget/signal name pair. -- These Ids can then be used to temporarily block a signal for instance, -- through the subprograms in Gtk.Handlers. function Signal_Name (Q : Signal_Query) return Glib.Signal_Name; -- Return the name of the signal, as should be used in a call to Connect. function Return_Type (Q : Signal_Query) return Glib.GType; -- Return the type of object returned by the handlers for this signal. function Params (Q : Signal_Query) return GType_Array; -- Return the list of parameters for the handlers for this signal -------------------------- -- Creating new widgets -- -------------------------- -- These types and functions are used only when creating new widget types -- directly in Ada. These functions initialize the classes so that they are -- correctly recognized by gtk+ itself -- See the GtkAda user's guide for more information on how to create your -- own widget types in Ada. type Interface_Vtable is private; -- The virtual table of an interface (see Glib.Types). This is only useful -- when doing introspection. type GObject_Class is new GType_Class; Null_GObject_Class : constant GObject_Class; -- This type encloses all the informations related to a specific type of -- object or widget. All instances of such an object have a pointer to this -- structure, that includes the definition of all the signals that exist -- for a given object, all its properties,... -- -- A GObject_Class can be retrieved from a GType by calling -- Glib.Types.Class_Ref. This will however initialize the class record, so -- is too late to add interfaces or properties to the class afterwards. type Ada_GObject_Class_Record; type Ada_GObject_Class is access all Ada_GObject_Class_Record; pragma Convention (C, Ada_GObject_Class); Uninitialized_Class : constant Ada_GObject_Class; -- This type plays a role similar to GObject_Class, but encapsulates -- information needed on the Ada side to implement proxies to Ada code -- (since we need to convert from C type to Ada types). -- This structure should be treated as opaque. type Ada_Class_Init is access procedure (Self : GObject_Class); pragma Convention (C, Ada_Class_Init); -- Called the first time the class is initialized. -- This procedure is meant to add new properties to the class, or -- override the default handlers. type Ada_GObject_Class_Record is record The_Type : GType := 0; Class_Init : Ada_Class_Init := null; Property_Setter : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Property_Getter : System.Address := System.Null_Address; -- Do not call this function directly (or set it directly, these are -- set through various other subprograms). end record; type Signal_Parameter_Types is array (Natural range <>, Natural range <>) of GType; -- The description of the parameters for each event. These are the -- parameters that the application must provide when emitting the -- signal. The user can of course add his own parameters when connecting -- the signal in his application, through the use of -- Gtk.Handlers.User_Callback. -- -- Each event defined with Initialize_Class_Record below should have an -- entry in this table. If Gtk_Type_None is found in the table, it is -- ignored. For instance, a Signal_Parameter_Type like: -- (1 => (1 => Gdk_Type_Gdk_Event, 2 => GType_None), -- 2 => (1 => GType_Int, 2 => GType_Int)); -- defines two signals, the first with a single Gdk_Event parameter, the -- second with two ints parameters. type Signal_Return_Types is array (Natural range <>) of GType; No_Return_Types : constant Signal_Return_Types := (1 .. 0 => GType_None); -- The expected return types for signal callbacks. -- In general, callbacks are not expected to return any value. One special -- case is callbacks returning a boolean (GType_Boolean). In such a case, -- GtkAda assumes the return value is used to stop signal propagation when -- it is true (indicating the signal has been handled). No_Signals : constant Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := (1 .. 0 => Gtkada.Types.Null_Ptr); Null_Parameter_Types : constant Signal_Parameter_Types (1 .. 0, 1 .. 0) := (others => (others => GType_None)); -- An empty array, used as a default parameter in Initialize_Class_Record. procedure Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor : GType; Class_Record : in out Ada_GObject_Class; Type_Name : String; Signals : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := No_Signals; Parameters : Signal_Parameter_Types := Null_Parameter_Types; Returns : Signal_Return_Types := No_Return_Types; Class_Init : Ada_Class_Init := null); function Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor : GType; Class_Record : not null access Ada_GObject_Class; Type_Name : String; Signals : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := No_Signals; Parameters : Signal_Parameter_Types := Null_Parameter_Types; Returns : Signal_Return_Types := No_Return_Types; Class_Init : Ada_Class_Init := null) return Boolean; -- Create the class record for a new object type. -- It is associated with Signals new signals. A pointer to the -- newly created structure is also returned in Class_Record. -- If Class_Record /= Uninitialized_Class, no memory allocation is -- performed, we just reuse it. As a result, each instantiation of an -- object will share the same GObject_Class, exactly as is done for gtk+. -- -- As a special case, if Parameters has its default value, all signals are -- created with no argument. This is done for backward compatibility -- mainly, and you should instead give it an explicit value. -- Type_Name should be a unique name identifying the name of the new type. -- -- Only the signals with no parameter can be connected from C code. -- However, any signal can be connected from Ada. This is due to the way -- we define default marshallers for the signals. -- -- The function returns True if the class record was just created (i.e. -- only the first time). This can be used to do further initialization -- at that point, like adding interfaces that the type implement. It used -- to be where one would override the default signal handlers for draw, -- for instance, but this now needs to be done in the Class_Init -- callback (see below). -- -- The function Class_Init can be used to add custom properties -- to the class, or override default signal handlers. Such settings need -- to be done in a separate callback (as opposed to in the function that -- calls Initialize_Class_Record) because they need access to the gtk+ -- class record, which is only created when it is actually needed. function Type_From_Class (Class_Record : GObject_Class) return GType; -- Return the internal gtk+ type that describes the newly created -- Class_Record. -- See the function Glib.Types.Class_Peek for the opposite function -- converting from a GType to a GObject_Class. procedure G_New (Object : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Typ : GType); procedure G_New (Object : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Typ : Ada_GObject_Class); -- Create a new instance of Typ (at the C level). This has no effect if -- the C object has already been created (so that G_New can be called -- from Initialize (and you can call the parent's Initialize). -- -- Object must have been allocated first, but you should not have called -- any of the Gtk_New procedures yet. -- This procedure is meant to be used when you create your own object -- types with own signals, properties,... The code would thus be -- -- with Glib.Properties.Creation; use Glib.Properties.Creation; -- with Gtk.Scrollable; -- with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; -- -- Klass : aliased Ada_GObject_Class := Uninitialized_Class; -- -- PROP_H_ADJ : constant Property_Id := 1; -- PROP_V_ADJ : constant Property_Id := 2; -- -- internal identifier for our widget properties -- -- procedure Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class); -- pragma Convention (C, Class_Init); -- -- procedure Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class) is -- begin -- -- Set properties handler -- Set_Properties_Handlers (Self, Prop_Set'Access, Prop_Get'Access); -- -- -- Override inherited properties -- Override_Property (Self, PROP_H_ADJ, "hadjustment"); -- Override_Property (Self, PROP_V_ADJ, "vadjustment"); -- -- -- Install some custom style properties -- Install_Style_Property (Self, Gnew_Int (...)); -- -- -- Override some the inherited methods -- Set_Default_Draw_Handler (Self, On_Draw'Access); -- end Class_Init; -- -- function Get_Type return GType is -- Info : access GInterface_Info; -- begin -- if Initialize_Class_Record -- (Ancestor => Gtk.Button.Get_Type, -- Class_Record => Klass'Access, -- Type_Name => "My_Widget", -- Class_Init => Class_Init'Access) -- begin -- Info := new GInterface_Info'(null, null, System.Null_Address); -- Add_Interface (Klass, Gtk.Scrollable.Get_Type, Info); -- end if; -- return Klass.The_Type; -- end Get_Type; -- -- procedure Gtk_New (Self : out My_Widget) is -- begin -- Self := new My_Widget_Record; -- create the Ada wrapper -- Initialize (Self); -- end Gtk_New; -- -- procedure Initialize (Self : not null access My_Widget_Record'Class) is -- begin -- G_New (Self, Get_Type); -- allocate the C widget, unless done -- -- -- Initialize parent fields -- -- My_Widget_Parent.Initialize (Self); -- -- -- Initialization of the Ada types -- ... -- end Initialize; ---------------- -- Interfaces -- ---------------- type Interface_Description is new System.Address; type GInterfaceInitFunc is access procedure (Iface : Interface_Description; Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, GInterfaceInitFunc); -- The interface initialization function. This function should initialize -- all internal data and allocate any resources required by the interface. -- Iface: the interface structure to initialize. It is allocated -- specifically for each class instance that implements the interface. -- The exact type depends on the interface that is implemented. This is -- in general a record that contains a number of access to procedures -- for the interface methods. See for instance Gtk.Tree_Model.Interfaces -- Data: the data supplied to the GInterface_Info. type GInterfaceFinalizeFunc is access procedure (Iface : Interface_Description; Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, GInterfaceFinalizeFunc); -- The interface finalization function. -- This function should destroy any internal data and release any resources -- allocated by the corresponding init func. type GInterface_Info is record Interface_Init : GInterfaceInitFunc := null; Interface_Finalize : GInterfaceFinalizeFunc := null; Interface_Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address; end record; pragma Convention (C, GInterface_Info); -- A structure that provides information to the type system which is used -- specifically for managing interface types. procedure Add_Interface (Klass : Ada_GObject_Class; Iface : GType; Info : not null access GInterface_Info); -- State that Klass implements the given interface. It will need to -- override the inherited methods. This is low-level handling. -- Info should be allocated in this call, and is never freed in the -- lifetime of the application. ------------------------------ -- Properties introspection -- ------------------------------ -- See glib.ads for more information on properties function Interface_List_Properties (Vtable : Interface_Vtable) return Glib.Param_Spec_Array; -- Return the list of properties of an interface (see also Glib.Properties) -- from a Vtable from Default_Interface_Peek). -- See also Class_List_Properties for a similar function for objects. function Class_List_Properties (Class : GObject_Class) return Glib.Param_Spec_Array; -- Return the list of all properties of the class. ------------- -- Signals -- ------------- -- ??? This section is incomplete. -- -- The following new signals are defined for this object: -- -- - "notify" -- procedure Handler -- (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Name : String); -- -- Emitted when the property Name has been modified -- procedure Notify (Object : access GObject_Record; Property_Name : String); -- Emits the "notify" signal, to signal every listener that the property -- has been changed. --------------- -- User_Data -- --------------- -- This package allow you to associate your own Data to the C widgets. No -- type verification is made to check if you are using the correct -- matching Get function. This is your own responsability. -- -- We recommend using this package only if you want your data to be -- available from your own C code. If you just want to access it from Ada, -- you should consider creating a new tagged type instead, that extends -- either GObject_Record or the specific widget type you need. -- generic type Data_Type (<>) is private; package User_Data is type On_Destroyed_Callback is access procedure (Data : Data_Type); -- On_Destroyed is called when the data is overriden in the object, by -- an other object with the same ID, or when the object itself is -- destroyed function Is_Set (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data") return Boolean; -- Whether the given user data was set on the object. function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data") return Data_Type; -- Get the information associated with the key ID. -- Raise Gtkada.Types.Data_Error if there is none. function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data"; Default : Data_Type) return Data_Type; -- Get the information associated with the key ID. -- Return Default instead of raising an exception if there is no such -- user data procedure Set (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Data : Data_Type; Id : String := "user_data"; On_Destroyed : On_Destroyed_Callback := null); -- Associate some new user data with the object. -- The strings starting with "gtkada_" are reserved for GtkAda's -- internal use, please avoid using them. procedure Remove (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data"); -- Remove some data from the object function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : Glib.GQuark) return Data_Type; function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : Glib.GQuark; Default : Data_Type) return Data_Type; -- Same function as Get above, but uses directly the Quark associated -- with the string, which speeds up the access time significantly. procedure Set (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Data : Data_Type; Id : Glib.GQuark; On_Destroyed : On_Destroyed_Callback := null); -- Same function as Set above, but uses directly the Quark associated -- with the string, which speeds up the access time significantly. procedure Remove (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : Glib.GQuark); -- Same function as Remove above, but uses directly the Quark associated -- with the string, which speeds up the access time significantly. private -- procedure Free_Data (Data : System.Address); -- Internal procedure used to free user data in the package body pragma Convention (C, Free_Data); -- end User_Data; -- ----------- -- Lists -- ----------- function Convert (W : GObject) return System.Address; function Convert (W : System.Address) return GObject; package Object_List is new Glib.GSlist.Generic_SList (GObject); package Object_Simple_List is new Glib.Glist.Generic_List (GObject); -- generic type User_Data_Type (<>) is private; with procedure Destroy (Data : in out User_Data_Type); package User_Data_Closure is -- This package is meant for internal use in GtkAda application. -- It provides a convenient wrapper around user-provided data, to -- be passed to callbacks. type Data_Access is access all User_Data_Type; type Internal_Data is record Func : System.Address; -- The actual user callback Data : Data_Access; end record; type Internal_Data_Access is access all Internal_Data; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Internal_Data_Access); function Build (Func : System.Address; Data : User_Data_Type) return System.Address; pragma Inline (Build); -- Allocate a new user data. -- It returns an access to Internal_Data_Access, but in a form easier -- to pass to a C function. procedure Free_Data (Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Free_Data); -- Callback suitable for calling from C, to free user data end User_Data_Closure; -- private type GObject_Record is tagged record Ptr : System.Address := System.Null_Address; end record; type Interface_Vtable is new Glib.C_Proxy; Null_GObject_Class : constant GObject_Class := GObject_Class (System.Null_Address); Uninitialized_Class : constant Ada_GObject_Class := null; type Signal_Query is record Signal_Id : Guint; Signal_Name : System.Address; -- const gchar* IType : GType; Signal_Flags : Gint; -- enum GSignalFlags Return_Type : GType; N_Params : Guint; Param_Types : System.Address; -- const gtype* end record; pragma Convention (C, Signal_Query); -- -- Note: the following functions and types should only be used -- for internal usage, not in the user's applications. -- If you use type inheritance for new widgets, you should not need -- these functions. GtkAda_String : constant String := "_GtkAda" & ASCII.NUL; GtkAda_String_Quark : Glib.GQuark := Glib.Unknown_Quark; -- The name for the user data that we set in the objects. -- The Quark version is to speed up the string lookup (this is done -- only once). -- pragma Inline (Get_Object); pragma Inline (Set_Object); pragma Import (C, Type_From_Class, "ada_type_from_class"); pragma Import (C, Query, "g_signal_query"); pragma Import (C, Id, "ada_gsignal_query_id"); pragma Import (C, Return_Type, "ada_gsignal_query_return_type"); end Glib.Object; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-svg.ads0000644000076700001450000000714512533067540016744 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package Cairo.SVG is function Create (Filename : String; Width_In_Point : Gdouble; Height_In_Point : Gdouble) return Cairo_Surface; -- Creates a SVG surface of the specified size in points to be written to -- filename. -- -- The SVG surface backend recognizes the following MIME types for the data -- attached to a surface (see Cairo.Surface.Set_Mime_Data) when it is -- used as a source pattern for drawing on this surface: -- CAIRO_MIME_TYPE_JPEG, CAIRO_MIME_TYPE_PNG, CAIRO_MIME_TYPE_URI. If any -- of them is specified, the SVG backend emits a href with the content of -- MIME data instead of a surface snapshot (PNG, Base64-encoded) in the -- corresponding image tag. -- -- The unofficial MIME type CAIRO_MIME_TYPE_URI is examined first. If -- present, the URI is emitted as is: assuring the correctness of URI is -- left to the client code. -- If CAIRO_MIME_TYPE_URI is not present, but CAIRO_MIME_TYPE_JPEG or -- CAIRO_MIME_TYPE_PNG is specified, the corresponding data is -- Base64-encoded and emitted. -- -- filename : -- a filename for the SVG output (must be writable), NULL may be used to -- specify no output. This will generate a SVG surface that may be queried -- and used as a source, without generating a temporary file. -- width_in_points : -- width of the surface, in points (1 point == 1/72.0 inch) -- height_in_points : -- height of the surface, in points (1 point == 1/72.0 inch) -- Returns : -- a pointer to the newly created surface. The caller owns the surface and -- should call Cairo.Surface.Destroy when done with it. This function -- always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a pointer to a "nil" -- surface if an error such as out of memory occurs. You can use -- Cairo.Surface.Status to check for this. -- -- Since 1.2 end Cairo.SVG; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-png.ads0000644000076700001450000000646012533067540016730 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Reading and writing PNG images. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo package Cairo.Png is function Write_To_Png (Surface : Cairo_Surface; Filename : String) return Cairo_Status; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface with pixel contents -- Filename: the name of a file to write to -- -- Writes the contents of surface to a new file filename as a PNG -- image. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success if the PNG file was written -- successfully. Otherwise, Cairo_Status_No_Memory if memory could not -- be allocated for the operation or -- Cairo_Status_Surface_Type_Mismatch if the surface does not have -- pixel contents, or Cairo_Status_Write_Error if an I/O error occurs -- while attempting to write the file. function Create_From_Png (Filename : String) return Cairo_Surface; -- Filename: name of PNG file to load -- -- Creates a new image surface and initializes the contents to the -- given PNG file. -- -- Return value: a new Cairo_Surface initialized with the contents -- of the PNG file, or a "nil" surface if any error occurred. A nil -- surface can be checked for with Cairo.Surface.Status (Surface) which -- may return one of the following values: -- -- Cairo_Status_No_Memory -- Cairo_Status_File_Not_Found -- Cairo_Status_Read_Error -- -- Alternatively, you can allow errors to propagate through the drawing -- operations and check the status on the context upon completion -- using Cairo_Status. end Cairo.Png; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-properties.adb0000644000076700001450000002621012533067540020132 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; package body Glib.Properties is procedure Get (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Property; Value : in out GValue); procedure Get (Object : System.Address; Name : String; Value : in out GValue); pragma Import (C, Get, "g_object_get_property"); -- Internal function to get the properties procedure Set (Object : System.Address; Name : String; Value : in out GValue); pragma Import (C, Set, "g_object_set_property"); -- Internal function to set the properties ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ procedure Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : String; Value : in out Glib.Values.GValue) is begin Get (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Value); end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : String; Value : in out Glib.Values.GValue) is begin Set (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String_WO; Value : String) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_string"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value & ASCII.NUL); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String; Value : String) is begin Set_Property (Object, Property_String_WO (Name), Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String_RO) return String is Value : GValue; begin Init (Value, GType_String); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); declare S : constant String := Get_String (Value); begin Unset (Value); return S; end; end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String) return String is begin return Get_Property (Object, Property_String_RO (Name)); end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Boolean; Value : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_int"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Boolean'Pos (Value)); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Boolean) return Boolean is Value : GValue; B : Boolean; begin Init (Value, GType_Boolean); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); B := Get_Boolean (Value); Unset (Value); return B; end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Object; Value : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) is begin Set_Property (Object, Property_Address (Name), Get_Object_Or_Null (GObject (Value))); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Object) return Glib.Object.GObject is Value : GValue; Addr : System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record; begin Init (Value, GType_Object); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); Addr := Get_Address (Value); Unset (Value); return Get_User_Data (Addr, Stub); end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Object_WO; Value : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) is begin Set_Property (Object, Property_Address (Name), Get_Object_Or_Null (GObject (Value))); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Address; Value : System.Address) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Address) return System.Address is Value : GValue; A : System.Address; begin Init (Value, GType_Pointer); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); A := Get_Address (Value); Unset (Value); return A; end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Float; Value : Gfloat) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : Gfloat); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_float"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Float) return Gfloat is Value : GValue; A : Gfloat; begin Init (Value, GType_Float); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); A := Get_Float (Value); Unset (Value); return A; end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Double; Value : Gdouble) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : Gdouble); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_double"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Double) return Gdouble is Value : GValue; A : Gdouble; begin Init (Value, GType_Double); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); A := Get_Double (Value); Unset (Value); return A; end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_C_Proxy; Value : C_Proxy) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : C_Proxy); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_C_Proxy) return C_Proxy is Value : GValue; A : C_Proxy; begin Init (Value, GType_Object); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); A := Get_Proxy (Value); Unset (Value); return A; end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Interface; Value : Glib.Types.GType_Interface) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : Glib.Types.GType_Interface); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_ptr"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Interface) return Glib.Types.GType_Interface is Value : GValue; A : Glib.Types.GType_Interface; begin Init (Value, GType_Object); Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Value); A := Glib.Types.GType_Interface (Get_Address (Value)); Unset (Value); return A; end Get_Property; end Glib.Properties; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-main.ads0000644000076700001450000005414512533067540016713 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package contains low-level subprograms that are used to interact or -- configure the main loop. -- This loop is responsible for processing events, monitoring input sources -- like pipes, sockets,..., and calling callbacks at given time intervals. -- New event sources can be created. -- -- To allow multiple independent sets of sources to be handled in different -- threads, each source is associated with a main context. A main context can -- only be running in a single thread, but sources can be added to it and -- removed from it from other threads. -- -- Each event source is assigned a priority. The default priority, -- G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT, is 0. Values less than 0 denote higher priorities. -- Values greater than 0 denote lower priorities. Events from high priority -- sources are always processed before events from lower priority sources. -- -- Idle functions can also be added, and assigned a priority. These will be -- run whenever no events with a higher priority are ready to be processed. -- -- The GMainLoop data type represents a main event loop. A GMainLoop is -- created with g_main_loop_new(). After adding the initial event sources, -- g_main_loop_run() is called. This continuously checks for new events from -- each of the event sources and dispatches them. Finally, the processing of -- an event from one of the sources leads to a call to g_main_loop_quit() to -- exit the main loop, and g_main_loop_run() returns. -- It is possible to create new instances of GMainLoop recursively. This is -- often used in GTK+ applications when showing modal dialog boxes. Note that -- event sources are associated with a particular GMainContext, and will be -- checked and dispatched for all main loops associated with that -- GMainContext. -- -- Creating new sources types -- ========================== -- -- One of the unusual features of the GTK+ main loop functionality is that new -- types of event source can be created and used in addition to the builtin -- type of event source. A new event source type is used for handling GDK -- events. -- -- New source types basically interact with with the main context in two ways. -- Their prepare function in GSourceFuncs can set a timeout to determine the -- maximum amount of time that the main loop will sleep before checking the -- source again. In addition, or as well, the source can add file descriptors -- to the set that the main context checks using g_source_add_poll(). -- -- Ada -- === -- -- Some of these features duplicate Ada builtin tasking support, but the -- latter might be more complex to use in the context of a graphical -- application, since most of the time the windowing system doesn't support -- multi-threaded applications. -- -- glib 2.10.2 -- Glib, the general-purpose library -- create_sources.adb package Glib.Main is -------------------- -- G_Main_Context -- -------------------- type G_Main_Context is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- This type represents a set of sources to handled in the main loop. -- Basically, this represents a main loop. There might be several main -- loops running at the same time, although gtk+ itself has only one, -- identified as the default main context. function Main_Context_New return G_Main_Context; -- Create a new context procedure Main_Context_Ref (Context : G_Main_Context); procedure Main_Context_Unref (Context : G_Main_Context); -- Increase or decreate the reference counting for Context. When this -- reaches 0, the memory is freed. function Main_Context_Default return G_Main_Context; -- Returns the default main context. This is the main context used for main -- loop functions when a main loop is not explicitly specified. procedure Wakeup (Context : G_Main_Context); -- If context is currently waiting in a poll(), interrupt the poll(), and -- continue the iteration process. function Acquire (Context : G_Main_Context) return Boolean; -- Tries to become the owner of the specified context. If some other thread -- is the owner of the context, returns FALSE immediately. Ownership is -- properly recursive: the owner can require ownership again and will -- release ownership when Release() is called as many times as Acquire(). -- You must be the owner of a context before you can call Prepare(), -- Query(), Check(), Dispatch(). procedure Release (Context : G_Main_Context); -- Releases ownership of a context previously acquired by this thread with -- Acquire(). If the context was acquired multiple times, the only release -- ownership when Release() is called as many times as it was acquired. function Is_Owner (Context : G_Main_Context) return Boolean; -- Determines whether this thread holds the (recursive) ownership of this -- context. This is useful to know before waiting on another thread -- that may be blocking to get ownership of context. procedure Dispatch (Context : G_Main_Context); -- Dispatches all pending sources. --------------- -- Main loop -- --------------- function Depth return Integer; -- The main loop recursion level in the current thread. It returns 0 when -- called from the toplevel. -------------- -- G_Source -- -------------- type G_Source is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- This type represents an event source that can be monitored by the main -- loop. There are various internal types of such sources, that can be -- configured by setting appropriate callbacks (this is not yet doable in -- GtkAda). See Idle_Source_New and Timeout_Source_New. type G_Source_Id is new Guint; -- The ID of a source within the context to which it is attached. No_Source_Id : constant G_Source_Id; type G_Source_Func is access function return Boolean; type Source_Prepare_Func is access function (Source : G_Source; Timeout : access Gint) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Source_Prepare_Func); -- Called before all the file descriptors are polled. If the source can -- determine that it is ready here (without waiting for the results of the -- poll() call) it should return TRUE. It can also return a timeout value -- which should be the maximum timeout (in milliseconds) which should be -- passed to the poll() call. The actual timeout used will be -1 if all -- sources returned -1, or it will be the minimum of all the timeout_ -- values returned which were >= 0. type Source_Check_Func is access function (Source : G_Source) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Source_Check_Func); -- Called after all the file descriptors are polled. The source should -- return TRUE if it is ready to be dispatched. Note that some time may -- have passed since the previous prepare function was called, so the -- source should be checked again here. type G_Source_Func_User_Data is access function (User_Data : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, G_Source_Func_User_Data); -- A callback for a G_Source. If it returns False, the source will be -- removed and no longer executed. User_Data is the data passed to -- Set_Callback. type Source_Dispatch_Func is access function (Source : G_Source; Callback : G_Source_Func_User_Data; Data : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Source_Dispatch_Func); -- Called to dispatch the event source, after it has returned TRUE in -- either its prepare or its check function. The dispatch function is -- passed in a callback function and data. The callback function may be -- NULL if the source was never connected to a callback using -- Set_Callback(). -- In C, the exact profile of Callback depends on the type of Source. This -- is not possible in Ada, which expects a precise profile. function Default_Dispatch (Source : G_Source; Cb : G_Source_Func_User_Data; Data : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Default_Dispatch); -- Default implementation for the dispatch callback for sources. This -- simply calls Cb and pass it Data. type Source_Finalize_Func is access procedure (Source : G_Source); pragma Convention (C, Source_Finalize_Func); -- Called when the source is finalized. type G_Source_Type is private; Null_Source_Type : constant G_Source_Type; function G_Source_Type_New (Prepare : Source_Prepare_Func; Check : Source_Check_Func; Dispatch : Source_Dispatch_Func := Default_Dispatch'Access; Finalize : Source_Finalize_Func := null) return G_Source_Type; -- Create a new type of sources. -- This function is specific to GtkAda. The returned value is never -- freed. Most of the time, you do not need to create a new source type, -- or even call Source_New. Most things can be implemented through the -- careful use of Idle and Timeout callbacks. However, creating a new -- source type allows for cleaner code, by sharing the common part of the -- handling. -- -- For idle sources, the prepare and check functions always return TRUE to -- indicate that the source is always ready to be processed. The prepare -- function also returns a timeout value of 0 to ensure that the poll() -- call doesn't block (since that would be time wasted which could have -- been spent running the idle function). -- -- For timeout sources, the prepare and check functions both return TRUE if -- the timeout interval has expired. The prepare function also returns a -- timeout value to ensure that the poll() call doesn't block too long and -- miss the next timeout. -- -- For file descriptor sources, the prepare function typically returns -- FALSE, since it must wait until poll() has been called before it knows -- whether any events need to be processed. It sets the returned timeout to -- -1 to indicate that it doesn't mind how long the poll() call blocks. In -- the check function, it tests the results of the poll() call to see if -- the required condition has been met, and returns TRUE if so. function Source_New (Source_Type : G_Source_Type; User_Data : System.Address) return G_Source; -- Creates a new GSource structure. -- -- The source will not initially be associated with any GMainContext and -- must be added to one with Attach() before it will be executed. function Get_User_Data (Source : G_Source) return System.Address; -- Return the user data passed to Source_New. This only applies to sources -- created through that function, and returns undefined results (or even -- segfaults) otherwise procedure Source_Ref (Source : G_Source); procedure Source_Unref (Source : G_Source); -- Increase or decrease the reference counting for Source. When this -- reaches 0, the Source is destroyed procedure Source_Destroy (Source : G_Source); -- Removes the source from its context, and mark it as destroyed (the -- memory is not reclaimed while the reference counting doesn't reach 0). -- Source cannot be added to another context. function Attach (Source : G_Source; Context : G_Main_Context := null) return G_Source_Id; -- Add Source to Context. The Source will be executed within that context. -- If context is null, the source is added to the default context. -- Returns the Id of the source within Context. function Remove (Id : G_Source_Id) return Boolean; procedure Remove (Id : G_Source_Id); -- Removes the source with the given id from the default main context. -- The id of. Return True if the source was found and removed type G_Priority is new Gint; Priority_High : constant G_Priority := -100; Priority_Default : constant G_Priority := 0; Priority_High_Idle : constant G_Priority := 100; Priority_Default_Idle : constant G_Priority := 200; Priority_Low : constant G_Priority := 300; -- Priority_High and Priority_Low are not used within glib or gtk+. The -- priority for all graphical events is Priority_Default. gtk+ uses -- Priority_High_Idle+10 for resizing operations, and -- Priority_High_Idle+20 for redrawing operations, to ensure that resizing -- occurs before redrawing and avoid redrawing twice. procedure Set_Priority (Source : G_Source; Priority : G_Priority); function Get_Priority (Source : G_Source) return G_Priority; -- Sets the priority of a source. While the main loop is being run, a -- source will be dispatched if it is ready to be dispatched and no sources -- at a higher (numerically smaller) priority are ready to be dispatched. procedure Set_Can_Recurse (Source : G_Source; Can_Recurse : Boolean); function Get_Can_Recurse (Source : G_Source) return Boolean; -- Sets whether a source can be called recursively. If can_recurse is TRUE, -- then while the source is being dispatched then this source will be -- processed normally. Otherwise, all processing of this source is blocked -- until the dispatch function returns. function Get_Id (Source : G_Source) return G_Source_Id; -- Returns the numeric ID for a particular source. The ID of a source is -- positive integer which is unique within a particular main loop context. -- The reverse mapping from ID to source is done by Find_Source_By_Id function Find_Source_By_Id (Id : G_Source_Id; Context : G_Main_Context := null) return G_Source; -- Find a source given a context and its Id. function Get_Context (Source : G_Source) return G_Main_Context; -- Gets the context with which the source is associated. Calling this -- function on a destroyed source is an error. The returned value is Null -- for sources that haven't been attached yet ---------------------- -- Idle and timeout -- ---------------------- function Idle_Source_New return G_Source; -- Return a newly allocated idle G_Source. Such a source is polled -- whenever the main loop is not processing events with a higher priority. -- This source must be attached to a main context before it will be -- executed. function Timeout_Source_New (Interval : Guint) return G_Source; -- Return a newly allocated idle G_Source. Such a source is called at -- regular intervals. Internval is in milliseconds. function Idle_Add (Func : G_Source_Func) return G_Source_Id; -- Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority -- events pending in the default main loop. This function is given the -- priority Priority_Default_Idle. If the function returns False, it is -- automatically removed from the list of event sources and will not be -- called again. -- This function returns the Id of the event source. See Find_Source_By_Id. -- This is implemented by using Idle_Source_New internally. function Timeout_Add (Interval : Guint; Func : G_Source_Func) return G_Source_Id; -- Create a new function to be called periodically until it returns False. -- -- Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of -- other event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise -- timing. After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next -- timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval -- (it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). generic type Data_Type (<>) is private; package Generic_Sources is type G_Source_Func is access function (Data : Data_Type) return Boolean; -- If the function returns FALSE it is automatically -- removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again. type Destroy_Notify is access procedure (Data : in out Data_Type); -- Notify is called just prior to the destruction of Data. It is also -- called if the idle or timeout is destroyed through a call to -- Remove (Id); function Idle_Add (Func : G_Source_Func; Data : Data_Type; Priority : G_Priority := Priority_Default_Idle; Notify : Destroy_Notify := null) return G_Source_Id; -- Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority -- events pending. function Timeout_Add (Interval : Guint; Func : G_Source_Func; Data : Data_Type; Priority : G_Priority := Priority_Default; Notify : Destroy_Notify := null) return G_Source_Id; -- Adds a function to be called at regular intervals (in milliseconds). procedure Set_Callback (Source : G_Source; Func : G_Source_Func; Data : Data_Type; Notify : Destroy_Notify := null); -- Sets the callback function for a source. The callback for a source is -- called from the source's dispatch function. -- -- The exact type of func depends on the type of source; ie. you should -- not count on func being called with data as its first parameter. -- -- Typically, you won't use this function. Instead use functions -- specific to the type of source you are using. private procedure Free_Data (D : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Free_Data); function General_Cb (D : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Convention (C, General_Cb); end Generic_Sources; private No_Source_Id : constant G_Source_Id := 0; type G_Source_Type is new System.Address; Null_Source_Type : constant G_Source_Type := G_Source_Type (System.Null_Address); pragma Import (C, Main_Context_New, "g_main_context_new"); pragma Import (C, Main_Context_Ref, "g_main_context_ref"); pragma Import (C, Main_Context_Unref, "g_main_context_unref"); pragma Import (C, Main_Context_Default, "g_main_context_default"); pragma Import (C, Wakeup, "g_main_context_wakeup"); pragma Import (C, Release, "g_main_context_release"); pragma Import (C, Dispatch, "g_main_context_dispatch"); pragma Import (C, Source_Ref, "g_source_ref"); pragma Import (C, Source_Unref, "g_source_unref"); pragma Import (C, Attach, "g_source_attach"); pragma Import (C, Source_Destroy, "g_source_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Set_Priority, "g_source_set_priority"); pragma Import (C, Get_Priority, "g_source_get_priority"); pragma Import (C, Get_Id, "g_source_get_id"); pragma Import (C, Get_Context, "g_source_get_context"); pragma Import (C, Idle_Source_New, "g_idle_source_new"); pragma Import (C, Timeout_Source_New, "g_timeout_source_new"); pragma Import (C, Depth, "g_main_depth"); pragma Import (C, G_Source_Type_New, "ada_allocate_g_source_funcs"); pragma Import (C, Source_New, "ada_g_source_new"); pragma Import (C, Get_User_Data, "ada_g_source_get_user_data"); -- No binding: g_main_context_find_source_by_user_data -- No binding: g_main_context_find_source_by_funcs_user_data -- No binding: g_idle_remove_by_data -- No binding: g_source_remove_by_funcs_user_data -- No binding: g_source_remove_by_user_data -- No binding: g_source_get_current_time -- No binding: g_source_connect_closure -- No binding: g_source_set_callback_indirect -- No binding: g_get_current_time -- Bounds through ada_g_source_new -- No binding: g_source_new -- The following functions haven't been examined closely. Most of them -- deal with very low-level details, for which Ada generally has better -- equivalents anyway. -- No binding: g_child_watch_add -- No binding: g_child_watch_add_full -- No binding: g_child_watch_source_new -- No binding: g_main_context_add_poll -- No binding: g_main_context_check -- No binding: g_main_context_get_poll_func -- No binding: g_main_context_iteration -- No binding: g_main_context_pending -- No binding: g_main_context_prepare -- No binding: g_main_context_query -- No binding: g_main_context_remove_poll -- No binding: g_main_context_set_poll_func -- No binding: g_main_context_wait -- No binding: g_main_loop_get_context -- No binding: g_main_loop_is_running -- No binding: g_main_loop_new -- No binding: g_main_loop_quit -- No binding: g_main_loop_ref -- No binding: g_main_loop_run -- No binding: g_main_loop_unref -- No binding: g_source_add_poll -- No binding: g_source_remove_poll end Glib.Main; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gnat.adc0000644000076700001450000000013212533067540015750 0ustar gnatmailgnatpragma Restrictions (No_Implementation_Attributes); -- pragma Restrictions (No_Streams); gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-dnd.adb0000644000076700001450000004441412533067540016361 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Gtk.Dnd is ---------------------- -- Set_Icon_Default -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Icon_Default (Context : Drag_Context) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_set_icon_default"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context)); end Set_Icon_Default; --------------------- -- Set_Icon_Pixbuf -- --------------------- procedure Set_Icon_Pixbuf (Context : Drag_Context; Pixbuf : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Pixbuf : System.Address; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_set_icon_pixbuf"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Get_Object (Pixbuf), Hot_X, Hot_Y); end Set_Icon_Pixbuf; ------------------- -- Set_Icon_Name -- ------------------- procedure Set_Icon_Name (Context : Drag_Context; Icon_Name : String; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Icon_Name : String; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_set_icon_name"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Icon_Name & ASCII.NUL, Hot_X, Hot_Y); end Set_Icon_Name; -------------------- -- Set_Icon_Stock -- -------------------- procedure Set_Icon_Stock (Context : Drag_Context; Stock_Id : String; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Stock_Id : String; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_set_icon_stock"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Stock_Id & ASCII.NUL, Hot_X, Hot_Y); end Set_Icon_Stock; ---------------------------- -- Source_Set_Icon_Pixbuf -- ---------------------------- procedure Source_Set_Icon_Pixbuf (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Pixbuf : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Pixbuf : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Source_Set_Icon_Pixbuf; --------------------------- -- Source_Set_Icon_Stock -- --------------------------- procedure Source_Set_Icon_Stock (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Stock_Id : String) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Stock_Id : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_set_icon_stock"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Stock_Id & ASCII.NUL); end Source_Set_Icon_Stock; -------------------------- -- Source_Set_Icon_Name -- -------------------------- procedure Source_Set_Icon_Name (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Icon_Name : String) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Icon_Name : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_set_icon_name"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Icon_Name & ASCII.NUL); end Source_Set_Icon_Name; --------------------- -- Check_Threshold -- --------------------- function Check_Threshold (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Start_X : Gint; Start_Y : Gint; Current_X : Gint; Current_Y : Gint) return Boolean is function Internal (Widget : System.Address; Start_X : Gint; Start_Y : Gint; Current_X : Gint; Current_Y : Gint) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_check_threshold"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Start_X, Start_Y, Current_X, Current_Y)); end Check_Threshold; -------------------------- -- Dest_Set_Target_List -- -------------------------- procedure Dest_Set_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Target_List : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Target_List : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Target_List.Get_Object); end Dest_Set_Target_List; -------------------------- -- Dest_Get_Target_List -- -------------------------- function Dest_Get_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Gtk_Target_List is function Internal (Widget : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list"); T : Gtk_Target_List; begin T.Set_Object (Internal (Get_Object (Widget))); return T; end Dest_Get_Target_List; ---------------------------- -- Source_Set_Target_List -- ---------------------------- procedure Source_Set_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Target_List : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Target_List : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_set_target_list"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Target_List.Get_Object); end Source_Set_Target_List; ---------------------------- -- Source_Get_Target_List -- ---------------------------- function Source_Get_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Gtk_Target_List is function Internal (Widget : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_get_target_list"); T : Gtk_Target_List; begin T.Set_Object (Internal (Get_Object (Widget))); return T; end Source_Get_Target_List; ---------------------- -- Dest_Find_Target -- ---------------------- function Dest_Find_Target (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Context : Gdk.Drag_Contexts.Drag_Context; Target_List : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom is function Internal (Widget : System.Address; Context : System.Address; Target_List : System.Address) return Gdk_Atom; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_find_target"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Get_Object (Context), Target_List.Get_Object); end Dest_Find_Target; --------------------------- -- Dest_Get_Track_Motion -- --------------------------- function Dest_Get_Track_Motion (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is function Internal (Widget : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_get_track_motion"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Get_Object (Widget))); end Dest_Get_Track_Motion; --------------------------- -- Dest_Set_Track_Motion -- --------------------------- procedure Dest_Set_Track_Motion (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Track_Motion : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Track_Motion : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_set_track_motion"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Boolean'Pos (Track_Motion)); end Dest_Set_Track_Motion; -------------- -- Dest_Set -- -------------- procedure Dest_Set (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Flags : Dest_Defaults := Dest_No_Default; Targets : Target_Entry_Array := Any_Target_Entry; Actions : Drag_Action := Action_Any) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Flags : Dest_Defaults; Targets : System.Address; N_Targets : Gint; Actions : Drag_Action); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_set"); begin if Targets'Length = 0 then Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Flags, System.Null_Address, 0, Actions); else Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Flags, Targets'Address, Targets'Length, Actions); end if; end Dest_Set; -------------------- -- Dest_Set_Proxy -- -------------------- procedure Dest_Set_Proxy (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Proxy_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol; Use_Coordinates : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Proxy_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol; Use_Coordinates : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_set_proxy"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Proxy_Window, Protocol, Boolean'Pos (Use_Coordinates)); end Dest_Set_Proxy; ---------------- -- Dest_Unset -- ---------------- procedure Dest_Unset (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_unset"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Dest_Unset; ---------------- -- Source_Set -- ---------------- procedure Source_Set (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Start_Button_Mask : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Targets : Target_Entry_Array; Actions : Drag_Action) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Start_Button_Mask : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Targets : System.Address; N_Targets : Gint; Actions : Drag_Action); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_set"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Start_Button_Mask, Targets (Targets'First)'Address, Targets'Length, Actions); end Source_Set; ------------------ -- Source_Unset -- ------------------ procedure Source_Unset (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_unset"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Source_Unset; ------------ -- Finish -- ------------ procedure Finish (Context : Drag_Context; Success : Boolean; Del : Boolean; Time : Guint32 := 0) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Succcess : Gint; Del : Gint; Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_finish"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Boolean'Pos (Success), Boolean'Pos (Del), Time); end Finish; -------------- -- Get_Data -- -------------- procedure Get_Data (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Context : Drag_Context; Target : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Time : Guint32 := 0) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address; Context : System.Address; Target : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_get_data"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Get_Object (Context), Target, Time); end Get_Data; ----------------------- -- Get_Source_Widget -- ----------------------- function Get_Source_Widget (Context : Drag_Context) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget is function Internal (Context : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_get_source_widget"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (Context))); end Get_Source_Widget; --------------- -- Highlight -- --------------- procedure Highlight (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_highlight"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Highlight; ----------------- -- Unhighlight -- ----------------- procedure Unhighlight (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_unhighlight"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Unhighlight; ---------------- -- Drag_Begin -- ---------------- function Drag_Begin (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Targets : Gtk_Target_List; Actions : Drag_Action; Button : Gint; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Drag_Context is function Internal (Widget : System.Address; Targets : System.Address; Actions : Drag_Action; Button : Gint; Event : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_begin"); Stub : Gdk.Drag_Contexts.Drag_Context_Record; begin return Drag_Context (Get_User_Data (Internal (Get_Object (Widget), Get_Object (Targets), Actions, Button, To_Address (Event)), Stub)); end Drag_Begin; --------------------- -- Set_Icon_Widget -- --------------------- procedure Set_Icon_Widget (Context : Drag_Context; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Widget : System.Address; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_set_icon_widget"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Get_Object (Widget), Hot_X, Hot_Y); end Set_Icon_Widget; ---------------------------- -- Dest_Add_Image_Targets -- ---------------------------- procedure Dest_Add_Image_Targets (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_add_image_targets"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Dest_Add_Image_Targets; --------------------------- -- Dest_Add_Text_Targets -- --------------------------- procedure Dest_Add_Text_Targets (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_add_text_targets"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Dest_Add_Text_Targets; -------------------------- -- Dest_Add_Uri_Targets -- -------------------------- procedure Dest_Add_Uri_Targets (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_dest_add_uri_targets"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Dest_Add_Uri_Targets; ------------------------------ -- Source_Add_Image_Targets -- ------------------------------ procedure Source_Add_Image_Targets (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Source_Add_Image_Targets; ----------------------------- -- Source_Add_Text_Targets -- ----------------------------- procedure Source_Add_Text_Targets (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_add_text_targets"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Source_Add_Text_Targets; ---------------------------- -- Source_Add_Uri_Targets -- ---------------------------- procedure Source_Add_Uri_Targets (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Widget : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Widget)); end Source_Add_Uri_Targets; end Gtk.Dnd; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-graphs-layouts.ads0000644000076700001450000001051512533067540020742 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ generic with procedure Get_Size (V : Vertex_Access; Width, Height : out Gdouble); -- returns the size of the vertex with procedure Set_Position (V : Vertex_Access; X, Y : Gdouble); -- Set the position of the item package Glib.Graphs.Layouts is -- Must be instantiated at library-level type Base_Dummy_Vertex is new Vertex with record Layer : Integer; end record; -- A vertex that is not part of the original graph generic type Dummy_Vertex is new Base_Dummy_Vertex with private; -- Type to use for dummy vertices. This parameter can generally be set -- to Base_Dummy_Vertex itself, unless you override -- Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices and need custom attributes in dummy -- vertices. If you are using a type other than Base_Dummy_Vertex, then -- Set_Position will be called on that vertex with procedure Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices (Replaced_Edge : Edge_Access; Dummies : Vertices_Array) is null; -- The layout algorithm may have to create dummy vertices to break long -- edges that span multiple layers. This is used to reserve space for -- these edges. -- This procedure is called when a long edge is broken down into smaller -- edges. The edge is replaced with several edges: -- Get_Src (Replaced_Edge) --> Dummies (1) --> Dummies (2) -> ... -- -> Get_Dest (Replaced_Edge) -- -- You can use this procedure if you want to do the same replacement in -- your own graph, perhaps to show the dummy vertices to the user. -- When the procedure is called, the dummy vertices have already been -- allocated (of type Dummy_Vertex), but you might need to further -- initialize them if you have added specific fields. package Layered_Layouts is procedure Layout (G : in out Graph; Horizontal : Boolean := True; Space_Between_Layers : Gdouble := 20.0; Space_Between_Items : Gdouble := 10.0); -- Set the position of the vertices so that they are organized into -- layers. -- For a horizontal layout, a vertex will always be in a column to the -- right of all its ancestor vertices. -- For a vertical layout, a vertex will always be in a row below all its -- ancestor vertices. -- -- This code is provided as an example. It might be changed (or even -- removed) in the future. -- Such layout algorithms are heuristics, there is no exact algorithm -- that would give the perfect layout. end Layered_Layouts; end Glib.Graphs.Layouts; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk.ads0000644000076700001450000000512112533067540015607 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This is the top level package of the Gdk hierarchy. -- It provides the type definitions used to access underlying C structures. -- -- -- Gdk, the low-level API with Glib; pragma Warnings (Off); with System; pragma Warnings (On); package Gdk is -- A Gdk_Window, in gtk+, is really a GObject. That means it comes with -- reference counting. Changing this in GtkAda would break a lot of code -- though, so we only bind it as a C_Proxy, but provide Gdk.Window.Ref -- and Gdk.Window.Unref to access the reference counting support. type Gdk_Window is new Glib.C_Proxy; type Gdk_Cursor is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- private type in C type Gdk_Visual is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- private type in C type Gdk_Window_Attr is new Glib.C_Proxy; end Gdk; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-pdf.adb0000644000076700001450000000442012533067540016666 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo.PDF is ------------ -- Create -- ------------ function Create (Filename : String; Width_In_Points : Gdouble; Height_In_Points : Gdouble) return Cairo_Surface is function Internal (Filename : System.Address; W, H : Gdouble) return Cairo_Surface; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_pdf_surface_create"); C_Str : constant String := Filename & ASCII.NUL; begin return Internal (C_Str (C_Str'First)'Address, Width_In_Points, Height_In_Points); end Create; end Cairo.PDF; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-builder.adb0000644000076700001450000002621212533067540017704 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; use System; with System.Assertions; use System.Assertions; with Ada.Exceptions; with Ada.Text_IO; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Builder; use Gtk.Builder; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; package body Gtkada.Builder is use Handlers_Map; package Builder_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtkada_Builder_Record); package Builder_Return_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtkada_Builder_Record, Boolean); procedure Wrapper_Callback (Builder : not null access Gtk_Builder_Record'Class; Object : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Signal_Name : UTF8_String; Handler_Name : UTF8_String; Connect_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Flags : Glib.G_Connect_Flags); -- Low-level subprogram to perform signal connections. procedure Connect (Handler_Name : String; Handler : Universal_Marshaller; Base_Object : GObject; Signal : Glib.Signal_Name; After : Boolean; The_Builder : Gtkada_Builder; Slot_Object : GObject); -- Connect object to handler procedure Free (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class); -- Called when the Builder is destroyed procedure On_Destroy (Data : System.Address; Builder_Addr : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, On_Destroy); ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Handler_Name : String; Handler : Universal_Marshaller; Base_Object : GObject; Signal : Glib.Signal_Name; After : Boolean; The_Builder : Gtkada_Builder; Slot_Object : GObject) is begin -- Sanity checks case Handler.T is when Object | Object_Return => if Slot_Object = null then Raise_Assert_Failure ("Error when connecting handler """ & Handler_Name & """:" & ASCII.LF & " attempting to connect a callback of type """ & Handler_Type'Image (Handler.T) & """, but no User_Data was specified in glade-3"); end if; when Builder | Builder_Return => null; end case; -- Do the connect case Handler.T is when Object => Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Widget => Base_Object, Name => Signal, Marsh => Object_Callback.To_Marshaller (Object_Callback.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Handler.The_Object_Handler)), Slot_Object => Slot_Object, After => After); when Object_Return => Object_Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Widget => Base_Object, Name => Signal, Marsh => Object_Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Object_Return_Callback.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Handler.The_Object_Return_Handler)), Slot_Object => Slot_Object, After => After); when Builder => Builder_Callback.Object_Connect (Widget => Base_Object, Name => Signal, Marsh => Builder_Callback.To_Marshaller (Builder_Callback.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Handler.The_Builder_Handler)), Slot_Object => The_Builder, After => After); when Builder_Return => Builder_Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Widget => Base_Object, Name => Signal, Marsh => Builder_Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Builder_Return_Callback.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Handler.The_Builder_Return_Handler)), Slot_Object => The_Builder, After => After); end case; end Connect; ---------------------- -- Wrapper_Callback -- ---------------------- procedure Wrapper_Callback (Builder : not null access Gtk_Builder_Record'Class; Object : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Signal_Name : UTF8_String; Handler_Name : UTF8_String; Connect_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Flags : Glib.G_Connect_Flags) is After : constant Boolean := (Flags and G_Connect_After) /= 0; GBuilder : constant Gtkada_Builder := Gtkada_Builder (Builder); The_Marshaller : Universal_Marshaller_Access; -- The universal marshaller C : Cursor; begin -- Find the marshaller corresponding to the handler name. C := Find (GBuilder.Handlers, To_Unbounded_String (Handler_Name)); if C = No_Element then Raise_Assert_Failure ("Attempting to connect a callback to a handler (""" & Handler_Name & ")"" for which no callback has been registered."); end if; The_Marshaller := Element (C); -- Now do the actual connect Connect (Handler_Name => Handler_Name, Handler => The_Marshaller.all, Base_Object => GObject (Object), Signal => Glib.Signal_Name (Signal_Name), After => After, The_Builder => GBuilder, Slot_Object => GObject (Connect_Object)); end Wrapper_Callback; ---------------------- -- Register_Handler -- ---------------------- procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Object_Handler) is Item : Universal_Marshaller_Access; begin Item := new Universal_Marshaller (Object); Item.The_Object_Handler := Handler; Insert (Builder.Handlers, Key => To_Unbounded_String (Handler_Name), New_Item => Item); end Register_Handler; ---------------------- -- Register_Handler -- ---------------------- procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Object_Return_Handler) is Item : Universal_Marshaller_Access; begin Item := new Universal_Marshaller (Object_Return); Item.The_Object_Return_Handler := Handler; Insert (Builder.Handlers, Key => To_Unbounded_String (Handler_Name), New_Item => Item); end Register_Handler; ---------------------- -- Register_Handler -- ---------------------- procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Builder_Handler) is Item : Universal_Marshaller_Access; begin Item := new Universal_Marshaller (Gtkada.Builder.Builder); Item.The_Builder_Handler := Handler; Insert (Builder.Handlers, Key => To_Unbounded_String (Handler_Name), New_Item => Item); end Register_Handler; ---------------------- -- Register_Handler -- ---------------------- procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Builder_Return_Handler) is Item : Universal_Marshaller_Access; begin Item := new Universal_Marshaller (Builder_Return); Item.The_Builder_Return_Handler := Handler; Insert (Builder.Handlers, Key => To_Unbounded_String (Handler_Name), New_Item => Item); end Register_Handler; ---------------- -- Do_Connect -- ---------------- procedure Do_Connect (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) is begin Connect_Signals_Full (Builder, Wrapper_Callback'Access); end Do_Connect; ---------------- -- On_Destroy -- ---------------- procedure Free (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) is C : Cursor; E : Universal_Marshaller_Access; procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Universal_Marshaller, Universal_Marshaller_Access); begin -- Free memory associated to handlers C := First (Builder.Handlers); while Has_Element (C) loop E := Element (C); Unchecked_Free (E); Next (C); end loop; exception when E : others => Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line (Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Information (E)); end Free; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Builder : out Gtkada_Builder) is begin Builder := new Gtkada_Builder_Record; Gtkada.Builder.Initialize (Builder); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- On_Destroy -- ---------------- procedure On_Destroy (Data : System.Address; Builder_Addr : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Data); Stub : Gtkada_Builder_Record; Builder : constant Gtkada_Builder := Gtkada_Builder (Get_User_Data (Builder_Addr, Stub)); begin Free (Builder); end On_Destroy; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) is begin Gtk.Builder.Initialize (Builder); Weak_Ref (Builder, On_Destroy'Access); end Initialize; end Gtkada.Builder; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-tree_model-utils.adb0000644000076700001450000000701612533067540021066 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Gtk.Tree_Model.Utils is ---------------------- -- Create_Tree_Iter -- ---------------------- function Init_Tree_Iter (Stamp : Glib.Gint; User_Data_1 : System.Address := System.Null_Address; User_Data_2 : System.Address := System.Null_Address; User_Data_3 : System.Address := System.Null_Address) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter is begin return (Stamp, User_Data_1, User_Data_2, User_Data_3); end Init_Tree_Iter; --------------- -- Get_Stamp -- --------------- function Get_Stamp (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gint is begin return Self.Stamp; end Get_Stamp; --------------------- -- Get_User_Data_1 -- --------------------- function Get_User_Data_1 (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address is begin return Self.User_Data; end Get_User_Data_1; --------------------- -- Get_User_Data_2 -- --------------------- function Get_User_Data_2 (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address is begin return Self.User_Data2; end Get_User_Data_2; --------------------- -- Get_User_Data_3 -- --------------------- function Get_User_Data_3 (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address is begin return Self.User_Data3; end Get_User_Data_3; ------------- -- Is_Null -- ------------- function Is_Null (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean is begin return Self.Stamp = 0; end Is_Null; -------------- -- Is_Valid -- -------------- function Is_Valid (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Stamp : Glib.Gint) return Boolean is begin return Self.Stamp = 0 or else Self.Stamp = Stamp; end Is_Valid; end Gtk.Tree_Model.Utils; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-c.ads0000644000076700001450000001023712533067540016521 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- This package is purely internal to GtkAda. -- It was moved out of Gtkada.Bindings for elaboration circularity issues with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with System; package Gtkada.C is ------------- -- Arrays -- ------------- -- The following functions ease bindings: when a C function returns an -- array or a pointer to an array, it returns a C array, ie which doesn't -- contain bounds. The size of the array is generally reported separately. -- The following definitions are suitable for use internally in the -- binding, but should not, when possible, be made visble to the user, -- since they don't behave like usual Ada arrays ('Last is irrelevant for -- instance). -- -- For instance, if a C function has the following profile: -- gint* get_sizes (GtkIconTheme* theme); -- 0 terminated array -- when the binding is: -- function Internal (Theme) return Unbounded_Gint_Array_Access; -- and you need to compute for yourself the number of elements, and -- return a Glib.Gint_Array to the user. -- -- If the C function has the following profile: -- gboolean get_attach_points (theme, GdkPoint** p, gint* n); -- then the binding is: -- function Internal (Theme : System.Address; -- Points : out Unbounded_Points_Array_Access; -- N : access Gint) return Gboolean; -- and you do the following: -- R : aliased Unbounded_Points_Array_Access; -- N : aliased Gint; -- Tmp : constant Gboolean := -- Internal (.., R'Unchecked_Access, N'Unchecked_Access); -- Result : Gdk_Points_Array (1 .. Natural (N)) := -- To_Gint_Array (R, Natural (N)); -- Free (R); -- return Result; generic type T is private; Null_T : T; type Index is (<>); type T_Array is array (Index range <>) of T; package Unbounded_Arrays is type Unbounded_Array is array (Index range Index'Val (1) .. Index'Last) of T; pragma Convention (C, Unbounded_Array); type Unbounded_Array_Access is access Unbounded_Array; procedure G_Free (Arr : Unbounded_Array_Access); function To_Array (Arr : Unbounded_Array_Access; N : Index) return T_Array; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Unbounded_Array_Access); private pragma Import (C, G_Free, "g_free"); end Unbounded_Arrays; end Gtkada.C; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-property.adb0000644000076700001450000001377512533067540017466 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Interfaces.C.Pointers; with Interfaces.C.Strings; package body Gdk.Property is ------------------------ -- Local declarations -- ------------------------ type Local_Guchar_Array is array (Natural range <>) of aliased Guchar; package Guchars_Ptr is new Interfaces.C.Pointers (Index => Natural, Element => Guchar, Element_Array => Local_Guchar_Array, Default_Terminator => 0); procedure C_Free (P : Guchars_Ptr.Pointer); pragma Import (C, C_Free, "free"); function To_Guchar_Array (Value : Local_Guchar_Array) return Guchar_Array; pragma Inline (To_Guchar_Array); ----------------- -- Atom_Intern -- ----------------- function Atom_Intern (Atom_Name : String; Only_If_Exists : Boolean := True) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom is function Internal (Atom_Name : String; Only_If_Exists : Gint) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_atom_intern"); begin return Internal (Atom_Name & ASCII.NUL, To_Gint (Only_If_Exists)); end Atom_Intern; --------------- -- Atom_Name -- --------------- function Atom_Name (Atom : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom) return String is function Internal (Atom : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_atom_name"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Atom)); end Atom_Name; ------------ -- Change -- ------------ procedure Change (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Property : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Mode : Gdk_Prop_Mode; Data : Guchar_Array) is procedure Internal (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Property : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Mode : Gdk_Prop_Mode; Data : Guchar_Array; Nelements : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_property_change"); begin Internal (Window, Property, The_Type, Format, Mode, Data, Data'Length); end Change; --------- -- Get -- --------- procedure Get (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Property : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Offset : Gulong; Length : Gulong; Pdelete : Boolean; Actual_Property_Type : out Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Actual_Format : out Gint; Data : out Guchar_Array_Access; Success : out Boolean) is procedure Internal (Window : Gdk_Window; Property : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Offset : Gulong; Length : Gulong; Pdelete : Gint; Actual_Property_Type : out Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Actual_Format : out Gint; Actual_Length : out Gint; Data : out Guchars_Ptr.Pointer; Success : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_property_get"); Actual_Length : Gint; Tmp_Success : Gint; Tmp_Result : Guchars_Ptr.Pointer; begin Internal (Window, Property, The_Type, Offset, Length, Boolean'Pos (Pdelete), Actual_Property_Type, Actual_Format, Actual_Length, Tmp_Result, Tmp_Success); Success := Boolean'Val (Tmp_Success); Data := new Guchar_Array' (To_Guchar_Array (Guchars_Ptr.Value (Ref => Tmp_Result, Length => Interfaces.C.ptrdiff_t (Actual_Length)))); C_Free (Tmp_Result); end Get; ----------------------- -- To_Guchar_Array -- ----------------------- function To_Guchar_Array (Value : Local_Guchar_Array) return Guchar_Array is Result : Guchar_Array (Value'Range); begin for Index in Value'Range loop Result (Index) := Value (Index); end loop; return Result; end To_Guchar_Array; end Gdk.Property; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-font_options.ads0000644000076700001450000002111412533067540020656 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- A set of utilities to manipulate font options. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo package Cairo.Font_Options is function Create return Cairo_Font_Options; -- Allocates a new font options object with all options initialized -- to default values. -- -- Return value: a newly allocated Cairo_Font_Options. Free with -- Cairo.Font_Options.Destroy. If memory cannot be allocated, then a -- special error object is returned where all operations on the object do -- nothing. You can check for this with Cairo.Font_Options.Status. function Copy (Original : Cairo_Font_Options) return Cairo_Font_Options; -- Original: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Allocates a new font options object copying the option values from -- original. -- -- Return value: a newly allocated Cairo_Font_Options. Free with -- Cairo.Font_Options.Destroy. If memory cannot be allocated, then a -- special error object is returned where all operations on the object do -- nothing. You can check for this with Cairo.Font_Options.Status. procedure Destroy (Options : Cairo_Font_Options); -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Destroys a Cairo_Font_Options object created with -- Cairo.Font_Options.Create or Cairo.Font_Options.Copy. function Status (Options : Cairo_Font_Options) return Cairo_Status; -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Checks whether an error has previously occurred for this -- font options object -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory procedure Merge (Options : Cairo_Font_Options; Other : Cairo_Font_Options); -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- Other: anOther Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Merges non-default options from other into options, replacing -- existing values. This operation can be thought of as somewhat -- similar to compositing other onto options with the operation -- of Cairo_Operation_Over. function Equal (Options : Cairo_Font_Options; Other : Cairo_Font_Options) return Boolean; -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- Other: another Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Compares two font options objects for equality. -- -- Return value: True if all fields of the two font options objects match. -- Note that this function will return False if either object is in -- error. function Hash (Options : Cairo_Font_Options) return Gulong; -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Compute a hash for the font options object; this value will -- be useful when storing an object containing a Cairo_Font_Options -- in a hash table. -- -- Return value: the hash value for the font options object. -- The return value can be cast to a 32-bit type if a -- 32-bit hash value is needed. procedure Set_Antialias (Options : Cairo_Font_Options; Antialias : Cairo_Antialias); -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- Antialias: the new Antialiasing mode -- -- Sets the antialiasing mode for the font options object. This -- specifies the type of antialiasing to do when rendering text. function Get_Antialias (Options : Cairo_Font_Options) return Cairo_Antialias; -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Gets the antialiasing mode for the font options object. -- -- Return value: the antialiasing mode procedure Set_Subpixel_Order (Options : Cairo_Font_Options; Subpixel_Order : Cairo_Subpixel_Order); -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- Subpixel_Order: the new subpixel order -- -- Sets the subpixel order for the font options object. The subpixel -- order specifies the order of color elements within each pixel on -- the display device when rendering with an antialiasing mode of -- Cairo_Antialias_Subpixel. See the documentation for -- Cairo_Subpixel_Order for full details. function Get_Subpixel_Order (Options : Cairo_Font_Options) return Cairo_Subpixel_Order; -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Gets the subpixel order for the font options object. -- See the documentation for Cairo_Subpixel_Order for full details. -- -- Return value: the subpixel order for the font options object procedure Set_Hint_Style (Options : Cairo_Font_Options; Hint_Style : Cairo_Hint_Style); -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- Hint_Style: the new hint style -- -- Sets the hint style for font outlines for the font options object. -- This controls whether to fit font outlines to the pixel grid, -- and if so, whether to optimize for fidelity or contrast. -- See the documentation for Cairo_Hint_Style for full details. function Get_Hint_Style (Options : Cairo_Font_Options) return Cairo_Hint_Style; -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Gets the hint style for font outlines for the font options object. -- See the documentation for Cairo_Hint_Style for full details. -- -- Return value: the hint style for the font options object procedure Set_Hint_Metrics (Options : Cairo_Font_Options; Hint_Metrics : Cairo_Hint_Metrics); -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- Hint_Metrics: the new metrics hinting mode -- -- Sets the metrics hinting mode for the font options object. This -- controls whether metrics are quantized to integer values in -- device units. -- See the documentation for Cairo_Hint_Metrics for full details. function Get_Hint_Metrics (Options : Cairo_Font_Options) return Cairo_Hint_Metrics; -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options -- -- Gets the metrics hinting mode for the font options object. -- See the documentation for Cairo_Hint_Metrics for full details. -- -- Return value: the metrics hinting mode for the font options object private pragma Import (C, Create, "cairo_font_options_create"); pragma Import (C, Copy, "cairo_font_options_copy"); pragma Import (C, Destroy, "cairo_font_options_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Status, "cairo_font_options_status"); pragma Import (C, Merge, "cairo_font_options_merge"); pragma Import (C, Hash, "cairo_font_options_hash"); pragma Import (C, Set_Antialias, "cairo_font_options_set_antialias"); pragma Import (C, Get_Antialias, "cairo_font_options_get_antialias"); pragma Import (C, Set_Subpixel_Order, "cairo_font_options_set_subpixel_order"); pragma Import (C, Get_Subpixel_Order, "cairo_font_options_get_subpixel_order"); pragma Import (C, Set_Hint_Style, "cairo_font_options_set_hint_style"); pragma Import (C, Get_Hint_Style, "cairo_font_options_get_hint_style"); pragma Import (C, Set_Hint_Metrics, "cairo_font_options_set_hint_metrics"); pragma Import (C, Get_Hint_Metrics, "cairo_font_options_get_hint_metrics"); end Cairo.Font_Options; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/pango-cairo.adb0000644000076700001450000000422112533067540017220 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; use System; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; package body Pango.Cairo is ----------------- -- Show_Layout -- ----------------- procedure Show_Layout (Cr : Cairo_Context; Layout : Pango_Layout) is procedure Internal (Cr : Cairo_Context; Layout : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "pango_cairo_show_layout"); begin Internal (Cr, Get_Object (Layout)); end Show_Layout; end Pango.Cairo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib.ads0000644000076700001450000004205412533067540015765 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides definitions for the basic types used in Glib, Cairo, -- Gdk and Gtk. -- -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with System; with Interfaces.C; package Glib is pragma Preelaborate; package C renames Interfaces.C; use type C.int; use type C.unsigned; ------------------------------------- -- The basic types defined by glib -- ------------------------------------- type Gshort is new C.short; type Glong is new C.long; type Gint is new C.int; type Gchar is new C.char; type Gboolean is new Gint; type Gushort is new C.unsigned_short; type Gulong is new C.unsigned_long; type Guint is new C.unsigned; type Guchar is new C.unsigned_char; type Gfloat is new C.C_float; type Gdouble is new C.double; type Gint8 is range -(2 ** 7) .. (2 ** 7 - 1); type Gint16 is range -(2 ** 15) .. (2 ** 15 - 1); type Gint32 is range -(2 ** 31) .. (2 ** 31 - 1); type Gint64 is range -(2 ** 63) .. (2 ** 63 - 1); type Guint8 is mod 2 ** 8; type Guint16 is mod 2 ** 16; type Guint32 is mod 2 ** 32; type Guint64 is mod 2 ** 64; type Gsize is new C.size_t; type Gssize is range -(2 ** (C.size_t'Size - 1)) .. (2 ** (C.size_t'Size - 1) - 1); type array_of_gsize is array (Natural range <>) of Gsize; type Gunichar is new Guint32; subtype UTF8_String is String; -- A string that accepts only valid UTF8 sequences. -- Most Gtk+ function expect valid UTF8 strings instead of regular strings. type GTime_Val is record TV_Sec : Glong; TV_Usec : Glong; end record; pragma Convention (C, GTime_Val); type GTime_Val_Access is access all GTime_Val; pragma Convention (C, GTime_Val_Access); subtype Grange_Float is Gdouble; -- Needed for better compatibility between GtkAda 1.2 and 2.0 subtype Gcolor_Int is Guint16; -- Provided for better compatibility between GtkAda 1.2 and 2.0 subtype Allocation_Int is Gint; -- Provided for better compatibility between GtkAda 1.2 and 2.0 ---------------------- -- Some Array types -- ---------------------- type Gboolean_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gboolean; type Gshort_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gshort; type Glong_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Glong; type Gint_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gint; type Guint_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Guint; type Guint32_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Guint32; type Gushort_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gushort; type Gulong_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gulong; type Gfloat_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gfloat; type Guchar_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Guchar; type Gdouble_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gdouble; type Boolean_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Boolean; type Short_Array is array (Natural range <>) of C.short; type Long_Array is array (Natural range <>) of C.long; ------------------------- -- Conversion services -- ------------------------- function To_Boolean_Array (A : Gboolean_Array) return Boolean_Array; -- Convert a C-style boolean array into an Ada-style array. function To_Gint (Bool : Boolean) return Gint; -- Convert an Ada boolean into a C int. ----------------------- -- Some Access types -- ----------------------- type Guchar_Array_Access is access Guchar_Array; type String_Ptr is access all String; -- procedure Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Object => Guchar_Array, Name => Guchar_Array_Access); procedure Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Object => String, Name => String_Ptr); -- -- type C_Dummy is limited private; -- type C_Proxy is access all C_Dummy; pragma Convention (C, C_Proxy); -- General proxy for C structures. -- This type is used instead of System.Address so that the variables are -- automatically initialized to 'null'. -- The value pointed to is irrelevant, and in fact should not be accessed. -- It has thus been made limited private with no subprogram to access it. -- C_Proxy is a public type so that one can compare directly the value -- of the variables with 'null'. type C_Boxed is tagged private; -- An opaque type that wraps a pointer to a C object. It is used instead of -- a C_Proxy in cases where we want to have a tagged type so that users can -- use the object-dotted notation when calling methods. -- function To_Proxy is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, C_Proxy); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Proxy, System.Address); -- Converts from a System.Address returned by a C function to an -- internal C_Proxy. function Get_Object (Self : C_Boxed'Class) return System.Address; procedure Set_Object (Self : in out C_Boxed'Class; Ptr : System.Address); pragma Inline (Get_Object, Set_Object); -- The internal C object. It should not be used directly by applications. procedure g_free (A : System.Address); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); -- function Is_Null (Self : C_Boxed'Class) return Boolean; pragma Inline (Is_Null); -- Whether the object has been initialized already. type GApp_Info is new C_Proxy; type G_Destroy_Notify_Address is access procedure (Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, G_Destroy_Notify_Address); type G_Destroy_Notify is access procedure (Data : Glib.C_Proxy); pragma Convention (C, G_Destroy_Notify); -- Callback used when some named data associated with an object is -- destroyed. ------------ -- Quarks -- ------------ type GQuark is new Guint32; -- Represents a string internally in GtkAda. Once you know the -- equivalent for a string, you can always use it instead of the string, -- which provides a faster access for all the functions that use htables -- in GtkAda. -- There is a global htable that contains all the quarks defined in -- your application and GtkAda itself. Unknown_Quark : constant GQuark := 0; function Quark_From_String (Id : String) return GQuark; -- Return, or create the quark associated with the string. -- Note that if the quark does not already exist, an entry is created for -- it in the global htable for quarks. function Quark_Try_String (Id : String) return GQuark; -- Return the quark associated with the string, if it exists. -- If it does not exist, return Unknown_Quark. ------------- -- Signals -- ------------- type Signal_Id is private; -- This uniquely identifies a connection widget<->signal. type Signal_Name is new String; -- A signal name as used in connect, shared type between the Gtk -- and Glib layer. Invalid_Signal_Id : constant Signal_Id; Null_Signal_Id : constant Signal_Id; type G_Connect_Flags is mod 2 ** C.int'Size; G_Connect_After : constant G_Connect_Flags := 2 ** 0; G_Connect_Swapped : constant G_Connect_Flags := 2 ** 1; -- Used to specify the behavior of a signal's connection. ---------------- -- Properties -- ---------------- -- This is only the definition of the property types. See Glib.Properties -- on how to get and set the value of properties for specific objects, or -- the package Glib.Properties.Creation for information on how to create -- new properties in your own widgets. -- Introspection is available, ie from an existing object you can find out -- the list of properties it supports. See the functions -- Glib.Object.Interface_List_Properties and -- Glib.Object.Class_List_Properties type Property (<>) is private; function Build (Name : String) return Property; -- You should use this function only if you are creating new widgets, and -- their properties. Normal usage of properties doesn't require the use -- of this function. -- An ASCII.NUL character is automatically appended if necessary function Property_Name (Prop : Property) return String; -- Return the name of the property. -- This name includes the trailing ASCII.Nul, and thus can be passed as is -- to C. type Param_Spec is new Glib.C_Proxy; type Param_Spec_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Param_Spec; -- See Glib.Properties.Creation for more information on this type type Param_Flags is mod 2 ** 6; Param_Readable : constant Param_Flags := 2 ** 0; Param_Writable : constant Param_Flags := 2 ** 1; Param_Construct : constant Param_Flags := 2 ** 2; Param_Construct_Only : constant Param_Flags := 2 ** 3; Param_Lax_Validation : constant Param_Flags := 2 ** 4; Param_Private : constant Param_Flags := 2 ** 5; -- These are the various flags that help define if, and when, a property -- can be read and modified. ----------- -- GType -- ----------- type GType is new Gsize; -- This type describes an internal type in Glib. -- You shouldn't have to use it in your own applications, however it might -- be useful sometimes. -- Every object type is associated with a specific value, created -- dynamically at run time the first time you instantiate an object of that -- type (thus if you have never used e.g a Gtk_File_Selection, it won't -- have any GType associated with it). -- You can get the exact type value for each type by using the functions -- Get_Type provided in all the packages in GtkAda. -- You can get the specific value for an existing widget by using the -- function Glib.Object.Get_Type. type GType_Class is private; -- An opaque structure used as the base for all classes in glib and gtk+. -- See also Glib.Object.GObject_Class for a more useful child of this -- type. type GType_Array is array (Guint range <>) of Glib.GType; function Parent (Typ : GType) return GType; -- Return the parent type of Typ (eg if Typ is associated with a Gtk -- widget, it returns the typ of its parent). function Fundamental (Typ : GType) return GType; -- Return the fundamental type for Type. In gtk+, the types are organized -- into several hierarchies, similar to what is done for widgets. -- All of these hierarchies are based on one of the fundamental types -- defined below. -- This function returns that fundamental type. -- -- For instance, each enumeration type in gtk+ has its own GType. -- However, Fundamental will return GType_Enum in all of these cases. function Type_Name (Type_Num : GType) return String; -- Return the name of the type (enumeration,...) associated with Typ. -- If Fundamental (Typ) return GType_Enum, this returns the name of -- the enumeration type that Typ represents. -- This might be useful in debug messages. function Type_From_Name (Name : String) return GType; -- Convert a string to the matching type. -- Name should be the C GObject name rather than the Ada name: thus, -- use names such as GtkScrollbar or GtkButton for widgets. function Get_Qdata (Typ : GType; Quark : GQuark) return Glib.C_Proxy; -- Return the user data set for Typ procedure Set_Qdata (Typ : GType; Quark : GQuark; Data : Glib.C_Proxy); -- Associate some named data with Typ. -- The list of fundamental types defined in Glib. As opposed to most other -- types (for instance the ones used for widgets), the types have static -- values, always the same. GType_Fundamental_Shift : constant Integer := 2; GType_Invalid : constant GType := 0 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_None : constant GType := 1 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Interface : constant GType := 2 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Char : constant GType := 3 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Uchar : constant GType := 4 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Boolean : constant GType := 5 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Int : constant GType := 6 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Uint : constant GType := 7 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Long : constant GType := 8 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Ulong : constant GType := 9 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Int64 : constant GType := 10 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_UInt64 : constant GType := 11 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Enum : constant GType := 12 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Flags : constant GType := 13 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Float : constant GType := 14 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Double : constant GType := 15 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_String : constant GType := 16 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); -- Null terminated string. GType_Pointer : constant GType := 17 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); -- A general pointer type. GType_Param : constant GType := 19 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); GType_Object : constant GType := 20 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); -- One of the widgets/objects ----------------- -- Boxed types -- ----------------- -- Boxed types are a convenient way to encapsulate Ada types through a C -- layer. An initialization and a finalization function can be provided. -- The most frequent usage of such types is in argument to signals and -- handlers (See the functions in Glib.Values), or to store such types -- in a Gtk_Tree_Model. This allows you for instance to store reference -- counted types where you want to be able to control what should happen -- when the cell is removed from the tree. -- -- See an example with the subprogram Glib.Values.Set_Boxed GType_Boxed : constant GType := 18 * (2 ** GType_Fundamental_Shift); -- The base type for all boxed types. In tree models, you should use the -- actual type returned by Boxed_Type_Register_Static. type Boxed_Copy is access function (Boxed : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Convention (C, Boxed_Copy); type Boxed_Free is access procedure (Boxed : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Boxed_Free); function Boxed_Type_Register_Static (Name : String; Copy : Boxed_Copy; Free : Boxed_Free) return GType; -- Create a new boxed type private pragma Linker_Options ("-shared-libgcc"); type C_Dummy is record Dummy1 : System.Address; end record; pragma Convention (C, C_Dummy); -- This array can contain anything, since it is never used on the Ada side -- anyway. Pretend it contains an address so that the compiler a -- reasonable default alignment, compatible with most types. type GType_Class is new System.Address; type C_Boxed is tagged record Ptr : System.Address := System.Null_Address; end record; type Property is new String; type Signal_Id is new Guint; Invalid_Signal_Id : constant Signal_Id := -1; Null_Signal_Id : constant Signal_Id := 0; pragma Import (C, Fundamental, "ada_gtype_fundamental"); pragma Import (C, Parent, "g_type_parent"); pragma Import (C, Get_Qdata, "g_type_get_qdata"); pragma Import (C, Set_Qdata, "g_type_set_qdata"); pragma Inline (Build); end Glib; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-gnodes.ads0000644000076700001450000001115112533067540017234 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Glib.Enums; use Glib.Enums; package Glib.Gnodes is type Gnode is new C_Proxy; -- pop_allocator -- push_allocator function Child_Position (Node : in Gnode; Child : in Gnode) return Gint; function Depth (Node : in Gnode) return Guint; procedure Destroy (Node : in out Gnode); function First_Child (Node : in Gnode) return Gnode; function First_Sibling (Node : in Gnode) return Gnode; function Get_Root (Node : in Gnode) return Gnode; procedure Insert (Parent : in out Gnode; Position : in Gint; Node : in out Gnode); procedure Insert_Before (Parent : in out Gnode; Sibling : in out Gnode; Node : in out Gnode); function Is_Ancestor (Node : in Gnode; Descendant : in Gnode) return Boolean; function Is_Leaf (Node : in Gnode) return Boolean; function Is_Root (Node : in Gnode) return Boolean; function Last_Child (Node : in Gnode) return Gnode; function Last_Sibling (Node : in Gnode) return Gnode; function Max_Height (Root : in Gnode) return Guint; function N_Nodes (Root : in Gnode; Flags : in Glib_Traverse_Flags) return Guint; function Next_Sibling (Node : in Gnode) return Gnode; function Nth_Child (Node : in Gnode; N : in Guint) return Gnode; procedure Prepend (Parent : in out Gnode; Node : in out Gnode); function Prev_Sibling (Node : in Gnode) return Gnode; procedure Reverse_Children (Node : in out Gnode); procedure Unlink (Node : in out Gnode); generic type Element (<>) is private; type Element_Access is access all Element; package Gnode_Data is -- type Gnode_Traverse_Func -- type Gnode_Foreach_Func -- child_index -- children_foreach -- find -- find_child procedure Glib_New (Node : out Gnode; Data : in Element_Access); -- traverse end Gnode_Data; private pragma Import (C, Child_Position, "g_node_child_position"); pragma Import (C, Depth, "g_node_depth"); pragma Import (C, First_Child, "ada_gnode_first_child"); pragma Import (C, First_Sibling, "g_node_first_sibling"); pragma Import (C, Get_Root, "g_node_get_root"); pragma Import (C, Insert, "g_node_insert"); pragma Import (C, Insert_Before, "g_node_insert_before"); pragma Import (C, Last_Child, "g_node_last_child"); pragma Import (C, Last_Sibling, "g_node_last_sibling"); pragma Import (C, Max_Height, "g_node_max_height"); pragma Import (C, Next_Sibling, "ada_gnode_next_sibling"); pragma Import (C, Nth_Child, "g_node_nth_child"); pragma Import (C, Prepend, "g_node_prepend"); pragma Import (C, Prev_Sibling, "ada_gnode_prev_sibling"); pragma Import (C, Reverse_Children, "g_node_reverse_children"); pragma Import (C, Unlink, "g_node_unlink"); end Glib.Gnodes; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-region.ads0000644000076700001450000002266312533067540017432 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Regions -- Representing a pixel-aligned area -- -- Bindings to the Cairo 2D graphics library. -- Regions are a simple graphical data type representing an area of integer- -- aligned rectangles. Thay are often used on raster surfaces to track areas -- of interest, such as change or clip areas. -- -- -- 1.10 -- Cairo package Cairo.Region is type Cairo_Region is private; -- A Cairo_Region represents a set of integer-aligned rectangles. -- -- It allows set-theoretical operations like Union and Intersect to be -- performed on them. -- -- Memory management of Cairo_Region is done with Reference and -- Destroy. -- -- Since: 1.10 Null_Region : constant Cairo_Region; type Cairo_Rectangle_Int is record X, Y, Width, Height : aliased Gint; end record; type Cairo_Region_Overlap is (Cairo_Region_Overlap_In, -- Completely inside region Cairo_Region_Overlap_Out, -- Completely outside region Cairo_Region_Overlap_Part -- Partly inside region ); -- Used as the return value for Contains_Rectangle. pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Region_Overlap); function Create return Cairo_Region; -- Allocates a new empty region object. -- -- Returns: A newly allocated Cairo_Region. Free with Destroy. This -- function always returns a valid Cairo_Region; if memory cannot be -- allocated, then a special error object is returned where all operations -- on the object do nothing. You can check for this with Status. function Create_Rectangle (Rectangle : access Cairo_Rectangle_Int) return Cairo_Region; -- Allocates a new region object containing Rectangle. -- -- Returns: A newly allocated Cairo_Region. Free with Destroy. This -- function always returns a valid Cairo_Region; if memory cannot be -- allocated, then a special error object is returned where all operations -- on the object do nothing. You can check for this with Status. function Copy (Original : Cairo_Region) return Cairo_Region; -- Allocates a new Cairo_Region object copying the area from Original. -- -- Returns: A newly allocated Cairo_Region. Free with Destroy. This -- function always returns a valid Cairo_Region; if memory cannot be -- allocated, then a special error object is returned where all operations -- on the object do nothing. You can check for this with Status. function Reference (Region : Cairo_Region) return Cairo_Region; -- Increases the reference count on Region by one. This prefents Region -- from being destroyed until a matching call to Destroy is made. procedure Destroy (Region : Cairo_Region); -- Destroys a Cairo_Region object created with Create, Copy or -- Create_Rectangle. function "=" (A, B : Cairo_Region) return Boolean; -- Compares whether A is equivalent to B. Null_Region as an argument is -- equal to itself, but not to any non-Null_Region region. function Status (Region : Cairo_Region) return Cairo_Status; -- Checks whether an error has occured for this region object. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory procedure Get_Extents (Region : Cairo_Region; Extents : out Cairo_Rectangle_Int); -- Gets the bounding rectangle of Region as a Cairo_Rectangle_Int function Num_Rectangles (Region : Cairo_Region) return Gint; -- Returns the number of rectangle contained in Region procedure Get_Rectangle (Region : Cairo_Region; Nth : Gint; Rectangle : out Cairo_Rectangle_Int); -- Stores the Nth rectangle from the region in Rectangle. function Is_Empty (Region : Cairo_Region) return Boolean; -- Checks whether Region is empty. function Contains_Rectangle (Region : Cairo_Region; Rectangle : access Cairo_Rectangle_Int) return Cairo_Region_Overlap; -- Checks whether Rectangle is inside, outside or partially contained in -- Region function Contains_Point (Region : Cairo_Region; X : Gint; Y : Gint) return Boolean; -- Checks whether (X,Y) is contained in Region. procedure Translate (Region : Cairo_Region; dX : Gint; dY : Gint); -- Translates Region by (dX,dY). function Subtract (Dst : Cairo_Region; Other : Cairo_Region) return Cairo_Status; -- Subtracts Other from Dst and places the result in Dst. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Subtract_Rectangle (Dst : Cairo_Region; Rectangle : access Cairo_Rectangle_Int) return Cairo_Status; -- Subtracts Rectangle from Dst and places the result in Dst. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Intersect (Dst : Cairo_Region; Other : Cairo_Region) return Cairo_Status; -- Computes the intersection of Dst with Other and places the result in Dst -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Intersect_Rectangle (Dst : Cairo_Region; Rectangle : access Cairo_Rectangle_Int) return Cairo_Status; -- Computes the intersection of Dst with Rectangle and places the result in -- Dst. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Union (Dst : Cairo_Region; Other : Cairo_Region) return Cairo_Status; -- Computes the union of Dst with Other and places the result in Dst. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Union_Rectangle (Dst : Cairo_Region; Rectangle : access Cairo_Rectangle_Int) return Cairo_Status; -- Computes the union of Dst with Rectangle and places the result in Dst. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Do_Xor (Dst : Cairo_Region; Other : Cairo_Region) return Cairo_Status; -- Computes the exclusive difference of Dst with Other and places the -- result in Dst. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Xor_Rectangle (Dst : Cairo_Region; Rectangle : access Cairo_Rectangle_Int) return Cairo_Status; -- Computes the exclusive difference of Dst with Rectangle and places the -- result in Dst. -- -- Returns: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory. private pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Rectangle_Int); type Cairo_Region is new System.Address; Null_Region : constant Cairo_Region := Cairo_Region (System.Null_Address); pragma Import (C, Create, "cairo_region_create"); pragma Import (C, Create_Rectangle, "cairo_region_create_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Copy, "cairo_region_copy"); pragma Import (C, Reference, "cairo_region_reference"); pragma Import (C, Destroy, "cairo_region_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Status, "cairo_region_status"); pragma Import (C, Get_Extents, "cairo_region_get_extents"); pragma Import (C, Num_Rectangles, "cairo_region_num_rectangles"); pragma Import (C, Get_Rectangle, "cairo_region_get_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Contains_Rectangle, "cairo_region_contains_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Translate, "cairo_region_translate"); pragma Import (C, Subtract, "cairo_region_subtract"); pragma Import (C, Subtract_Rectangle, "cairo_region_subtract_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Intersect, "cairo_region_intersect"); pragma Import (C, Intersect_Rectangle, "cairo_region_intersect_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Union, "cairo_region_union"); pragma Import (C, Union_Rectangle, "cairo_region_union_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Do_Xor, "cairo_region_xor"); pragma Import (C, Xor_Rectangle, "cairo_region_xor_rectangle"); pragma Inline ("="); pragma Inline (Is_Empty); end Cairo.Region; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-unicode.ads0000644000076700001450000002174112533067540017411 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides functions for handling of unicode characters and -- utf8 strings. See also Glib.Convert. -- -- -- 2.2.1 -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Interfaces.C.Strings; package Glib.Unicode is pragma Preelaborate; package ICS renames Interfaces.C.Strings; procedure UTF8_Validate (Str : UTF8_String; Valid : out Boolean; Invalid_Pos : out Natural); -- Validate a UTF8 string. -- Set Valid to True if valid, set Invalid_Pos to first invalid byte. ----------------------- -- Character classes -- ----------------------- type G_Unicode_Type is (Unicode_Control, Unicode_Format, Unicode_Unassigned, Unicode_Private_Use, Unicode_Surrogate, Unicode_Lowercase_Letter, Unicode_Modifier_Letter, Unicode_Other_Letter, Unicode_Titlecase_Letter, Unicode_Uppercase_Letter, Unicode_Combining_Mark, Unicode_Enclosing_Mark, Unicode_Non_Spacing_Mark, Unicode_Decimal_Number, Unicode_Letter_Number, Unicode_Other_Number, Unicode_Connect_Punctuation, Unicode_Dash_Punctuation, Unicode_Close_Punctuation, Unicode_Final_Punctuation, Unicode_Initial_Punctuation, Unicode_Other_Punctuation, Unicode_Open_Punctuation, Unicode_Currency_Symbol, Unicode_Modifier_Symbol, Unicode_Math_Symbol, Unicode_Other_Symbol, Unicode_Line_Separator, Unicode_Paragraph_Separator, Unicode_Space_Separator); -- The possible character classifications. -- See http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UCD.html function Is_Space (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean; -- True if Char is a space character function Is_Alnum (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean; -- True if Char is an alphabetical or numerical character function Is_Alpha (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean; -- True if Char is an alphabetical character function Is_Digit (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean; -- True if Char is a digit function Is_Lower (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean; -- True if Char is a lower-case character function Is_Upper (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean; -- True if Char is an upper-case character function Is_Punct (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean; -- True if Char is a punctuation character function Unichar_Type (Char : Gunichar) return G_Unicode_Type; -- Return the unicode character type of a given character ------------------- -- Case handling -- ------------------- function To_Lower (Char : Gunichar) return Gunichar; -- Convert Char to lower cases function To_Upper (Char : Gunichar) return Gunichar; -- Convert Char to upper cases function UTF8_Strdown (Str : ICS.chars_ptr; Len : Integer) return ICS.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, UTF8_Strdown, "g_utf8_strdown"); -- Convert all characters in Str to lowercase. The resulting string -- must be freed by the user. It can have a different length than -- Str. function UTF8_Strdown (Str : UTF8_String) return UTF8_String; -- Convert Str to lower cases function UTF8_Strup (Str : ICS.chars_ptr; Len : Integer) return ICS.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, UTF8_Strup, "g_utf8_strup"); -- Convert all characters in Str to uppercase. The resulting string is -- newly allocated, and can have a different length than Str (for -- instance, the german ess-zet is converted to SS). -- The returned string must be freed by the caller. function UTF8_Strup (Str : UTF8_String) return UTF8_String; -- Convert Str to upper cases --------------------------- -- Manipulating strings -- --------------------------- function UTF8_Strlen (Str : ICS.chars_ptr; Max : Integer := -1) return Glong; pragma Import (C, UTF8_Strlen, "g_utf8_strlen"); -- Return the length of a utf8-encoded string. -- Max is the maximal number of bytes to examine. If it is negative, then -- the string is assumed to be nul-terminated. function UTF8_Strlen (Str : UTF8_String) return Glong; -- Return the number of characters in Str function UTF8_Find_Next_Char (Str : ICS.chars_ptr; Str_End : ICS.chars_ptr := ICS.Null_Ptr) return ICS.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, UTF8_Find_Next_Char, "g_utf8_find_next_char"); -- Find the start of the next UTF8 character after Str. -- Str_End points to the end of the string. If Null_Ptr, the string must -- be nul-terminated function UTF8_Find_Next_Char (Str : UTF8_String; Index : Natural) return Natural; pragma Inline (UTF8_Find_Next_Char); -- Find the start of the next UTF8 character after the Index-th byte. -- Index doesn't need to be on the start of a character. -- Index is set to a value greater than Str'Last if there is no more -- character. function UTF8_Next_Char (Str : UTF8_String; Index : Natural) return Natural; pragma Inline (UTF8_Next_Char); -- Find the start of the next UTF8 character after the Index-th byte. -- Index has to be on the start of a character. -- Index is set to a value greater than Str'Last if there is no more -- character. function UTF8_Find_Prev_Char (Str_Start : ICS.chars_ptr; Str : ICS.chars_ptr) return ICS.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, UTF8_Find_Prev_Char, "g_utf8_find_prev_char"); -- Find the start of the previous UTF8 character before Str. -- Str_Start is a pointer to the beginning of the string. -- Null_Ptr is returned if there is no previous character function UTF8_Find_Prev_Char (Str : UTF8_String; Index : Natural) return Natural; -- Find the start of the previous UTF8 character after the Index-th byte. -- Index doesn't need to be on the start of a character. -- Index is set to a value smaller than Str'First if there is no -- previous character. ----------------- -- Conversions -- ----------------- function Unichar_To_UTF8 (C : Gunichar; Buffer : ICS.chars_ptr := ICS.Null_Ptr) return Natural; pragma Import (C, Unichar_To_UTF8, "g_unichar_to_utf8"); -- Encode C into Buffer, which must have at least 6 bytes free. -- Return the number of bytes written in Buffer. -- If Buffer is Null_Ptr, then the only effect is to compute the number of -- bytes to encode C. procedure Unichar_To_UTF8 (C : Gunichar; Buffer : out UTF8_String; Last : out Natural); -- Encode C into Buffer. Buffer must have at least 6 bytes free. -- Return the index of the last byte written in Buffer. function UTF8_Get_Char (Str : UTF8_String) return Gunichar; -- Converts a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF8 to a unicode character. -- If Str doesn't point to a valid UTF8 encoded character, the result is -- undefined. function UTF8_Get_Char_Validated (Str : UTF8_String) return Gunichar; -- Same as above. However, if the sequence if an incomplete start of a -- possibly valid character, it returns -2. If the sequence is invalid, -- returns -1. -- ??? Gunichar is unsigned, how can we test -2 or -1 ? private pragma Convention (C, G_Unicode_Type); pragma Import (C, To_Upper, "g_unichar_toupper"); pragma Import (C, To_Lower, "g_unichar_tolower"); pragma Import (C, Unichar_Type, "g_unichar_type"); end Glib.Unicode; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-application.ads0000644000076700001450000001043512533067540020602 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2013-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This object adds support for opening files from OS commands, using the -- standard Glib Application mechanism for opening those files. -- -- This requires some support that is system-specific: -- -- On windows, this registers a DDE server using the application's Id as name. -- So for example com.adacore.TestGtk will register a DDE server whose name -- is TestGtk. -- -- On OSX, this requires the application to be part of a bundle. This bundle -- needs to declare the file patterns that are supported by the application. -- -- Layout containers with System; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Application; with Gtk.Application; use Gtk.Application; package Gtkada.Application is type Gtkada_Application_Record is new Gtk_Application_Record with private; type Gtkada_Application is access all Gtkada_Application_Record'Class; type Gtkada_Application_Flags is mod 2 ** Integer'Size; pragma Convention (C, Gtkada_Application_Flags); -- Flags used to define the behaviour of a Glib.Application.Gapplication. Gtkada_Application_Flags_None : constant Gtkada_Application_Flags := 0; Gtkada_Application_Handles_Open : constant Gtkada_Application_Flags := 1; Gtkada_Application_OSX_FullScreen : constant Gtkada_Application_Flags := 2; procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Gtkada_Application; Application_Id : UTF8_String := ""; Flags : Glib.Application.GApplication_Flags; Gtkada_Flags : Gtkada_Application_Flags); procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Gtkada_Application_Record'Class; Application_Id : UTF8_String := ""; Flags : Glib.Application.GApplication_Flags; Gtkada_Flags : Gtkada_Application_Flags); function Gtk_Application_New (Application_Id : UTF8_String := ""; Flags : Glib.Application.GApplication_Flags; Gtkada_Flags : Gtkada_Application_Flags) return Gtkada_Application; type GFile is private; type GFile_Array is array (Positive range <>) of GFile; function Get_Path (File : GFile) return UTF8_String; type Cb_Gtkada_Application_Files is access procedure (Application : Gtkada_Application; Files : GFile_Array); procedure On_Open (Self : not null access Gtkada_Application_Record; Call : Cb_Gtkada_Application_Files); private type Gtkada_Application_Record is new Gtk_Application_Record with null record; type GFile is new System.Address; pragma Convention (C, GFile_Array); end Gtkada.Application; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas.ads0000644000076700001450000013520612533067540017556 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- NOTE: this package is deprecated - prefer GtkAda.Canvas_View. -- -- This package provides an interactive canvas, on which the user can put -- items, move them with the mouse, etc. The items can be connected together, -- and the connections remain active while the items are moved. -- -- It also supports scrolling if put in a Gtk_Scrolled_Window. -- The canvas will be scrolled (and the selected items moved) if an item is -- selected and the mouse is dragged on a small area on the side of the canvas -- or even directly outside of the canvas. Scrolling will continue until the -- mouse is either released or moved back inside the canvas. -- -- The scrolling speed will slightly increase over time if the mouse is kept -- outside of the canvas. This makes the canvas much more comfortable to use -- for the user. -- -- All items put in this canvas must inherit from the type Canvas_Item_Record. -- However, it is your responsability, as a programmer, to provide drawing -- routines. In fact, all these items should draw in a pixmap, which is then -- copied automatically to the screen whenever the canvas needs to redraw -- itself. -- -- The items can also react to mouse events: mouse clicks are transmitted to -- the item if the mouse did not move more than a given amount of pixels. -- To decide what their reaction should be, you should override the -- On_Button_Click subprogram. -- -- This canvas is not intended for cases where you want to put hundreds of -- items on the screen. For instance, it does not provide any smart -- double-buffering other than the one provided by gtk+ itself, and thus you -- would get some flicker if there are too many items. -- -- There are three coordinate systems used by widget. All the subprograms -- expect a specific coordinate system as input or output. Here are the three -- systems: -- - World coordinates -- The position of an item is reported in pixels, as if the canvas -- currently had a zoom level of 100%. This is fully independent, at any -- time, from the current zoom level of the canvas. -- Since the canvas is considered to expand ad infinitum, the top-left -- corner doesn't have any specific fixed coordinates. It can be known by -- checking the current lower value of the adjustments (aka scrollbars). -- -- - Canvas coordinates -- This is similar to world coordinates, except these depend on the -- current zoom level of the canvas. This also affect the width and height -- of the objects in the canvas. -- The subprograms To_Canvas_Coordinates and To_World_Coordinates can be -- used to convert lengths from world to canvas coordinates. -- The same behavior as world coordinates applies for the top-left corner. -- All drawing to the screen, in particular for Draw_Background, must be -- done using this coordinate systems -- -- - Item coordinates -- The position of a point is relative to the top-left corner of the -- current item. This corner therefore has coordinates (0, 0). -- This coordinate systems assumes a zoom-level of 100% -- -- Items are selected automatically when they are clicked. If Control is -- pressed at the same time, multiple items can be selected. -- If the background is clicked (and control is not pressed), then all items -- are unselected. -- Pressing and dragging the mouse in the backgroudn draws a virtual box on -- the screen. All the items fully included in this box when it is released -- will be selected (this will replace the current selection if Control was -- not pressed). -- -- -- Drawing -- create_canvas.adb -- gtkada-canvas with Ada.Calendar; with Cairo; with Cairo.Region; with Gdk.Color; with Gdk.Device; with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.RGBA; with Glib; with Glib.Graphs; with Glib.Main; with Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Layout; with Pango.Font; with Pango.Layout; package Gtkada.Canvas is type Interactive_Canvas_Record is new Gtk.Layout.Gtk_Layout_Record with private; type Interactive_Canvas is access all Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; -- A canvas on which items are put. -- Each item can be moved interactively by the user, and links can be -- drawn automatically from an item to another. -- This widget can be inserted directly in a scrolled window to provide -- support for scrolling. type Canvas_Item_Record is abstract new Glib.Graphs.Vertex with private; type Canvas_Item is access all Canvas_Item_Record'Class; -- An item that can be put on the canvas. -- This is an abstract type, as it does not provide any default drawing -- routine. You must override the abstract Draw subprogram. type Canvas_Link_Record is new Glib.Graphs.Edge with private; type Canvas_Link is access all Canvas_Link_Record'Class; type Canvas_Link_Access is access all Canvas_Link_Record; -- A link between two items in the canvas. -- The implementation provided in this package provides links that can -- be either straight links or curved links. -- This type is provided as a tagged type so that you can associated your -- own user data with it. ------------------- -- Customization -- ------------------- -- These are the default configuration values for the canvas. All the -- values can be changed by the Configure subprogram. Default_Annotation_Font : constant String := "Helvetica 8"; -- Font used when displaying link annotation. See Pango.Font for the -- format. Default_Grid_Size : constant := 15; -- Number of pixels between two dots on the grid. -- This is used for both horizontal and vertical orientation. Default_Arc_Link_Offset : constant := 25; -- Distance between two parallel arcs for two links. This is not the exact -- distance, and it only used to compute the control points for the bezier -- curves. Default_Arrow_Angle : constant := 30; -- Half angle for the arrows in degres Default_Arrow_Length : constant := 6; -- Length of the arrows in pixels. Default_Motion_Threshold : constant := 4.0; -- Mimimum motion the mouse must have before we start moving the selected -- item. If the mouse has moved less than that amount of pixels in any -- direction, then the mouse click is considered as being a selection -- only and is transfered to the item itself. -- This is in screen coordinates ---------------- -- Enum types -- ---------------- type Arrow_Type is (No_Arrow, -- the link does not have an arrow Start_Arrow, -- the link has an arrow at its beginning End_Arrow, -- the link has an arrow at the end Both_Arrow -- the link has an arrow on both sides ); -- Indicate whether the links have an arrow or not. ----------------------- -- Creating a canvas -- ----------------------- procedure Gtk_New (Canvas : out Interactive_Canvas; Auto_Layout : Boolean := True); -- Create a new empty Canvas. -- If Auto_Layout is True, then the items are automatically positioned as -- they are put in the canvas, if no coordinates are specified. procedure Initialize (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Auto_Layout : Boolean := True); -- Internal function used to initialize the canvas. function Get_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal type procedure Configure (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Grid_Size : Glib.Guint := Default_Grid_Size; Annotation_Font : Pango.Font.Pango_Font_Description := Pango.Font.From_String (Default_Annotation_Font); Arc_Link_Offset : Glib.Gint := Default_Arc_Link_Offset; Arrow_Angle : Glib.Gint := Default_Arrow_Angle; Arrow_Length : Glib.Gint := Default_Arrow_Length; Motion_Threshold : Glib.Gdouble := Default_Motion_Threshold; Background : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.White_RGBA); -- Change the parameters for the canvas. -- A Grid_Size of 0 means than no grid should be drawn in the background of -- canvas. Note that in that case you can never activate Align_On_Grid. -- This setting doesn't apply if you have redefined Draw_Background, which -- may not draw a grid. function Get_Vadj (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gtk.Adjustment.Gtk_Adjustment; -- Return the vertical adjustment associated with Canvas function Get_Hadj (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gtk.Adjustment.Gtk_Adjustment; -- Return the horizontal adjustment associated with Canva procedure Get_Bounding_Box (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Width : out Glib.Gdouble; Height : out Glib.Gdouble); -- Return the size occupied by the items drawn on the canvas. procedure Draw_Area (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Rect : Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int); -- Draw in Canvas the specified area. procedure Draw_All (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); -- Draws the whole canvas in Cr. Useful to print the canvas on an SVG or -- PNG surface. procedure Draw_Background (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); -- Draw the background of the canvas. This procedure should be overriden if -- you want to draw something else on the background. It must first clear -- the area on the screen. -- -- The default implementation draws a grid. -- -- An example implementation that draws a background image is shown at the -- end of this file. procedure Draw_Grid (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); -- Helper function that can be called from Draw_Background. It cannot be -- used directly as Draw_Background, since it doesn't clear the area first. procedure Set_Orthogonal_Links (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Orthogonal : Boolean); -- If Orthogonal is True, then all the links will be drawn only with -- vertical and horizontal lines. This is not applied for the second or -- more link between two items. function Get_Orthogonal_Links (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) return Boolean; -- Return True if the links are only drawn horizontally and vertically. procedure Align_On_Grid (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Align : Boolean := True); -- Choose whether the items should be aligned on the grid when moved. -- Existing items are not moved even if you set this parameter to True, -- this will only take effect the next time the items are moved. function Get_Align_On_Grid (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) return Boolean; -- Return True if items are currently aligned on grid. procedure Move_To (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; X, Y : Glib.Gint := Glib.Gint'First); -- Move the item in the canvas, to world coordinates (X, Y). -- Item is assumed to be already in the canvas. -- If you leave both coordinates X and Y to their default value, then the -- item's location will be automatically computed when you layout the -- canvas (it is your responsability to call Layout). procedure Set_Items (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Items : Glib.Graphs.Graph); -- Set the items and links to display in the canvas from Items. -- All items previously in the canvas are removed, and replaced by the -- vertices in Items. -- Note that the vertices in Items must be in Canvas_Item_Record'Class, and -- the links must be in Canvas_Link_Record'Class. -- If you do not have an automatic layout set up in Canvas, you need to set -- the coordinates of all the vertices by calling Move_To separately. -- -- You mustn't destroy items yourself, this is done automatically when the -- canvas is destroyed. procedure Put (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; X, Y : Glib.Gint := Glib.Gint'First); -- Add a new item to the canvas, at world coordinates (X, Y). -- The item is added at a specific location. -- If you leave both X and Y to their default value, the item's location -- will be computed automatically when you call Layout on the canvas, -- unless Auto_Layout has been set, in which case the position will be -- computed immediately. function Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; X, Y : Glib.Gint) return Canvas_Item; -- Return the item at world coordinates (X, Y) which is on top of all -- others. -- null is returned if there is no such item. function Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Canvas_Item; -- Same as above, but using the canvas coordinates of the event, taking -- into account the current zoom level and current scrolling procedure Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Item : out Canvas_Item; X, Y : out Glib.Gint); -- Same as above, but also returns the coordinates (X, Y) within the item. -- The coordinates are not set if Item is null on exit. procedure Clear (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record); -- Remove all items from the canvas procedure Remove (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- Remove an item and all the links to and from it from the canvas. -- The item itself is not freed, but the links are. -- Nothing is done if the item is not part of the canvas. procedure Item_Updated (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- This should be called when Item has changed the contents of its -- pixmap, and thus the Canvas should be updated. procedure Refresh_Canvas (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record); -- Redraw the whole canvas (both in the double buffer and on the screen). procedure Refresh (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class := null); -- Refresh either the whole canvas, or just the area occupied by the item -- if it is specified. procedure Raise_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- Raise the item so that it is displayed on top of all the others -- The canvas is refreshed as needed to reflect the change. -- Nothing happens if Item is not part of the canvas. procedure Lower_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- Lower the item so that it is displayed below all the others. -- The canvas is refreshed as needed to reflect the change. -- Nothing happens if Item is not part of the canvas. function Is_On_Top (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Return True if Item is displayed on top of all the others in the canvas. procedure Show_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- Scroll the canvas so that Item is visible. Nothing is done if the item -- is already visible procedure Align_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; X_Align : Float := 0.5; Y_Align : Float := 0.5); -- Scroll the canvas so that the Item appears at the given location in the -- canvas. If X_Align is 0.0, the item is align on the left. With 0.5, it -- is centered horizontally. If 1.0, it is aligned on the right. function Get_Arrow_Angle (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Glib.Gdouble; -- Return the angle of arrows in the canvas. function Get_Arrow_Length (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Glib.Gint; -- Return the length of arrows in the canvas. -------------------------- -- Iterating over items -- -------------------------- type Item_Processor is access function (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure For_Each_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Execute : Item_Processor; Linked_From_Or_To : Canvas_Item := null); -- Execute an action on each of the items contained in the canvas. -- If Execute returns False, we stop traversing the list of children. -- It is safe to remove the items in Item_Processor. -- -- If Linked_From_Or_To is not null, then only the items linked to this one -- will be processed. It is possible that a given item will be returned -- twice, if it is both linked to and from the item. type Item_Iterator is private; function Start (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Linked_From_Or_To : Canvas_Item := null; Selected_Only : Boolean := False) return Item_Iterator; -- Return the first item in the canvas. -- The same restriction as above applies if Linked_From_Or_To is not null. procedure Next (Iter : in out Item_Iterator); function Next (Iter : Item_Iterator) return Item_Iterator; -- Move the iterator to the next item. -- All items will eventually be returned if you do not add new items during -- the iteration and none are removed. However, it is safe to remove items -- at any time, except the current item function Get (Iter : Item_Iterator) return Canvas_Item; -- Return the item pointed to by the iterator. -- null is returned when there are no more item in the canvas. function Is_Linked_From (Iter : Item_Iterator) return Boolean; -- Return True if there is a link from: -- Get (Iter) -> Linked_From_Or_To -- Linked_From_Or_To is the item passed to Start. False is returned if this -- item was null. ------------- -- Zooming -- ------------- procedure Zoom (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Percent : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; Length : Duration := 0.0); -- Zoom in or out in the canvas. -- -- Length is the length of the zooming animation. -- -- Note that one possible use for this function is to refresh the canvas -- and emit the "zoomed" signal, which might redraw all the items. This can -- be accomplished by keeping the default 1.0 value for Percent. function Get_Zoom (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) return Glib.Gdouble; -- Return the current zoom level procedure Get_World_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X, Y : out Glib.Gdouble; Width : out Glib.Gdouble; Height : out Glib.Gdouble); -- Return the world coordinates of Canvas. --------------------- -- Layout of items -- --------------------- type Layout_Algorithm is access procedure (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Graph : Glib.Graphs.Graph; Force : Boolean; Vertical_Layout : Boolean); -- A general layout algorithm. It should compute the position of all the -- vertices of the graph, and set them directly in the graph itself. -- Note: all the vertices in the graph are of type Canvas_Item_Record'Class -- and you should use that to set the coordinates through a call to -- Move_To. -- -- Algorithms are encouraged to preserve the current layout as much as -- possible, taking into account items that have been moved manually by -- the user, so that the latter can preserver his mental map of the graph. -- However, if Force is set to True, then the whole layout should be -- recomputed as if all items had just been inserted. -- -- Items that have just been inserted in the graph, but whose position has -- never been computed, are set at coordinates (Gint'First, Gint'First). -- Check the result of Get_Coord. -- -- This function doesn't need to align items, this is done automatically by -- the canvas if necessary. procedure Set_Layout_Algorithm (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Algorithm : Layout_Algorithm); -- Set the layout algorithm to use to compute the position of the items. -- Algorithm mustn't be null. procedure Default_Layout_Algorithm (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Graph : Glib.Graphs.Graph; Force : Boolean; Vertical_Layout : Boolean); -- The default algorithm used in the canvas. -- Basically, items are put next to each other, unless there is a link -- between two items. In that case, the second item is put below the first, -- as space allows. procedure Set_Auto_Layout (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Auto_Layout : Boolean); -- If Auto_Layout is true, then every time an item is inserted in the -- canvas, the layout algorithm is called. If set to False, it is the -- responsability of the caller to call Layout below to force a -- recomputation of the layout, preferably after inserting a number of -- items. procedure Set_Layout_Orientation (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Vertical_Layout : Boolean := False); -- Specify the layout orientation to use for this canvas. The setting is -- passed as a parameter to the layout algorithm procedure Layout (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Force : Boolean := False); -- Recompute the layout of the canvas. -- Force can be used to control the layout algorithm, as described above -- for Layout_Algorithm. ----------- -- Links -- ----------- procedure Configure (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; Arrow : Arrow_Type := End_Arrow; Descr : Glib.UTF8_String := ""); -- Configure a link. -- The link is an oriented bound between two items on the canvas. -- If Descr is not the empty string, it will be displayed in the middle -- of the link, and should indicate what the link means. -- Arrow indicates whether some arrows should be printed as well. function Get_Descr (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record) return Glib.UTF8_String; -- Return the description for the link, or "" if there is none function Get_Arrow_Type (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record) return Arrow_Type; -- Return the location of the arrows on Link procedure Set_Src_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X_Pos, Y_Pos : Glib.Gfloat := 0.5); -- Set the position of the link's attachment in its source item. -- X_Pos and Y_Pos should be given between 0.0 and 1.0 (from left to right -- or top to bottom).. -- By default, all links are considered to be attached to the center of -- items. However, in some cases it is more convenient to attach it to a -- specific part of the item. For instance, you can force a link to always -- start from the top of the item by setting Y_Pos to 0.0. procedure Set_Dest_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X_Pos, Y_Pos : Glib.Gfloat := 0.5); -- Same as Set_Src_Pos for the destination item procedure Get_Src_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X, Y : out Glib.Gfloat); -- Return the attachment position of the link along its source item procedure Get_Dest_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X, Y : out Glib.Gfloat); -- Return the attachment position of the link along its destination item function Has_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; From, To : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Name : Glib.UTF8_String := "") return Boolean; -- Test whether there is a link from From to To, with the same name. -- If Name is the empty string "", then no check is done on the name, -- and True if returned if there is any link between the two items. procedure Add_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Src : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Dest : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Arrow : Arrow_Type := End_Arrow; Descr : Glib.UTF8_String := ""); -- Add Link in the canvas. This connects the two items Src and Dest. -- Simpler procedure to add a standard link. -- This takes care of memory allocation, as well as adding the link to -- the canvas. procedure Remove_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class); -- Remove a link from the canvas. -- It also destroys the link itself, and free the memory allocated to it. -- Nothing is done if Link does not belong to canvas. type Link_Processor is access function (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure For_Each_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Execute : Link_Processor; From, To : Canvas_Item := null); -- Execute an action on each of the links contained in the canvas. -- If Execute returns False, we stop traversing the list of links. -- It is safe to remove the link from the list in Link_Processor. -- -- (From, To) can be used to limit what links are looked for. -- -- ??? Would be nicer to give direct access to the Graph iterators procedure Destroy (Link : in out Canvas_Link_Record); -- Method called every time a link is destroyed. You should override this -- if you define your own link types. -- Note that the link might already have been removed from the canvas -- when this subprogram is called. -- This shouldn't free the link itself, only its fields. ------------------- -- Drawing links -- ------------------- -- Drawing of links can be controlled at several levels: -- - Redefining Update_Links gives control at the canvas level. This can -- be used to implement routing algorithms for the links where the -- routes must be computed before any link is actually drawn (otherwise -- it is better to redefine Draw_Link). It can also be used to control -- in what order the links should be drawn. -- - Redefining Draw_Link gives the opportunity to draw links any way you -- need (several bends, ...). It can be used to control the routing of -- this specific link, for routing algorithms that only rely on the -- items layout and not on other links. Otherwise see Update_Links. -- - Redefining Draw_Straight_Line if slightly lower-level. This is -- called by the default Draw_Link procedure, once the ends of the -- links have been computed. procedure Update_Links (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Invert_Mode : Boolean; From_Selection : Boolean); -- Redraw all the links in the canvas, after the items have been laid out. -- -- If From_Selection is true, then only the links to or from one of the -- selected items need to be drawn. procedure Draw_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Edge_Number : Glib.Gint; Show_Annotation : Boolean := True); -- Redraw the link on the canvas. -- Note that this is a primitive procedure of Link, not of Canvas, and thus -- can easily be overrided for specific links. The default version draws -- either straight or arc links (the latter when there are multiple links -- between two given items). -- This function shouldn't be called if one of the two ends of the link is -- invisible. -- -- Cr is the Cairo_Context that is used to draw the link. -- The link is drawn using the current cairo brush, so if you need to -- specify some particular color, you can do it directly in the -- Cairo_Context -- -- Edge_Number indicates the index of link in the list of links that join -- the same source to the same destination. It should be used so that two -- links do not overlap (for instance, the default is to draw the first -- link straight, and the others as arcs). type Item_Side is (East, West, North, South); -- Each side of an item, along its rectangle bounding box procedure Clip_Line (Src : access Canvas_Item_Record; Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; To_X : Glib.Gint; To_Y : Glib.Gint; X_Pos : Glib.Gfloat; Y_Pos : Glib.Gfloat; Side : out Item_Side; X_Out : out Glib.Gint; Y_Out : out Glib.Gint); -- Clip the line that goes from Src at pos (X_Pos, Y_Pos) to (To_X, To_Y) -- in world coordinates. -- The intersection between that line and the border of Rect is returned -- in (X_Out, Y_Out). The result should be in world coordinates. -- X_Pos and Y_Pos have the same meaning as Src_X_Pos and Src_Y_Pos in the -- link record. -- This procedure is called when computing the position for the links -- within the default Draw_Link procedure. The default implementation only -- works with rectangular items. The computed coordinates are then passed -- on directly to Draw_Straight_Line. procedure Draw_Straight_Line (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Src_Side : Item_Side; X1, Y1 : Glib.Gdouble; Dest_Side : Item_Side; X2, Y2 : Glib.Gdouble); -- Draw a straight link between two points. This could be overriden if you -- need to draw an something along the link. -- The links goes from (Src, X1, Y1) to (Dest, X2, Y2), in canvas -- coordinates. The coordinates have already been clipped so that they do -- not override the item. --------------- -- Selection -- --------------- procedure Clear_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record); -- Clear the list of currently selected items. procedure Add_To_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- Add Item to the selection. This is only meaningful during a drag -- operation (ie during a button press and the matching button -- release). Item will be moved at the same time that the selection is -- moved. -- Item is not added again if it is already in the selection. -- This function can be called from the Button_Click subprogram to force -- moving items. -- This emits the "item_selected" signal. procedure Remove_From_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- Remove Item from the selection. -- This emits the "item_unselected" signal. procedure Select_All (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record); -- Select all the Item in the canvas. function Is_Selected (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Return True if the item is currently selected ------------------------ -- Items manipulation -- ------------------------ function Canvas (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Interactive_Canvas; -- Retrieve the canvas this item is attached to, or null if it does not -- belong to a canvas. procedure Selected (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Is_Selected : Boolean); -- Called when the item is selected or unselected. -- The default is to do nothing. function Point_In_Item (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; X, Y : Glib.Gint) return Boolean; -- This function should return True if (X, Y) is inside the item. X and Y -- are in world coordinates. -- This function is meant to be overriden for non-rectangular items, since -- the default behavior works for rectangular items. -- This function is never called for invisible items procedure Set_Screen_Size (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Width : Glib.Gint; Height : Glib.Gint); -- Set the size of bounding box for the item in world coordinates. -- The item itself needn't occupy the whole area of this bounding box, -- see Point_In_Item. -- You need to redraw the item, and call Item_Updated to force the canvas -- to refresh the screen. procedure Draw_Selected (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); -- Draws a selected item. By default, this adds a semi-transparent overlay -- above the item, drawn using the below call to Draw procedure Draw (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) is abstract; -- This subprogram, that must be overridden, should draw the item on -- Cr. The Item is drawn from coordinates (0,0), and does not need to take -- care of the zoom level. -- If you need to change the contents of the item, you should call -- Item_Updated after having done the drawing. procedure Destroy (Item : in out Canvas_Item_Record); -- Free the memory occupied by the item (not the item itself). You should -- override this function if you define your own widget type, but always -- call the parent's Destroy subprogram. function On_Button_Click (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; -- Function called whenever mouse events occured. -- The following mouse events may be received: -- Mouse_Press, -- Motion_Notify -- (only once the mouse is pressed, and On_Button_Click returned True), -- Mouse_Release -- (only once the mouse is pressed, and On_Button_Click returned True), -- Returns whether the event was handled or not. -- -- The coordinates (X, Y) in the Event are relative to the top-left corner -- of Item. function Get_Coord (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int; -- Return the coordinates and size of the bounding box for item, in world -- coordinates. -- If the item has never been resized, it initially has a width and height -- of 1. procedure Set_Visibility (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Visible : Boolean); -- Set the visibility status of the item. An invisible item will not be -- visible on the screen, and will not take part in the computation of the -- the scrollbars for the canvas. -- The canvas is not refreshed (this is your responsibility to do it after -- you have finished doing all the modifications). function Is_Visible (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Boolean; -- Return True if the item is currently visible function Is_From_Auto_Layout (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Boolean; -- Return True if the current location of the item is the result from the -- auto layout algorithm. -- False is returned if the item was moved manually by the user. -------------------- -- Buffered items -- -------------------- type Buffered_Item_Record is new Canvas_Item_Record with private; type Buffered_Item is access all Buffered_Item_Record'Class; -- A widget that has a double-buffer associated. You should use this one -- when drawing items can take a long time, or you do not want to handle -- the zoom yourself. -- You only need to update the contents of the double pixmap when the -- contents of the item changes, since all the drawing and zooming is -- taken care of automatically. Once the drawing is done, call Item_Updated -- to force the canvas to refresh the screen. -- This buffered_item is meant to handle rectangular items. However, it can -- be used for polygonal items by overriding Draw. The new version should -- set the clip mask for the GC, then call Draw for the buffered item, and -- finally reset the clip mask. The clip mask must take into account the -- current zoom level. function Surface (Item : access Buffered_Item_Record) return Cairo.Cairo_Surface; -- Return the double-buffer. ------------- -- Signals -- ------------- -- -- The following new signals are defined for this widget: -- -- - "background_click" -- procedure Handler (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; -- Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event); -- -- Called every time the user clicks in the background (ie not on an item, -- or On_Button_Click would be called). -- This is called both on Button_Release and Button_Press events. -- The coordinates (X, Y) in the Event are relative to the top-left corner -- of Canvas. -- -- - "item_selected" -- procedure Handler (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; -- Item : Canvas_Item); -- -- Emitted when the user has clicked on an item to select it, ie before any -- drag even has occured. This is a good time to add other items to the -- selection if you need. At thee same time, the primitive operation -- Selected is called for the item. -- -- - "item_unselected" -- procedure Handler (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; -- Item : Canvas_Item); -- -- Emitted when the Item was unselected. At the same time, the primitive -- operation Selected is called for the item. -- -- - "item_moved" -- procedure Handler (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; -- Item : Canvas_Item); -- -- Emitted when Item has been moved. New coordinates have been assigned to -- Item. However, the canvas hasn't been refreshed yet. This signal might -- be called multiple time when the user finishes a drag action, in case -- there were several selected items. -- -- - "zoomed" -- procedure Handler (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class); -- -- Emitted when the canvas has been zoomed in or out. You do not need to -- redraw the items yourself, since this will be handled by calls to Draw -- -- - "set_scroll_adjustments" -- procedure Handler (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class); -- -- Emitted when the canvas has scrolled. -- -- Signal_Background_Click : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "background_click"; Signal_Item_Selected : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "item_selected"; Signal_Item_Unselected : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "item_unselected"; Signal_Item_Moved : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "item_moved"; Signal_Zoomed : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "zoomed"; Signal_Set_Scroll_Adjustments : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "set_scroll_adjustments"; private type String_Access is access Glib.UTF8_String; type Canvas_Link_Record is new Glib.Graphs.Edge with record Descr : String_Access; Arrow : Arrow_Type := End_Arrow; Src_X_Pos : Glib.Gfloat := 0.5; Src_Y_Pos : Glib.Gfloat := 0.5; Dest_X_Pos : Glib.Gfloat := 0.5; Dest_Y_Pos : Glib.Gfloat := 0.5; -- Position of the link's attachment in each of the src and dest items. end record; type Interactive_Canvas_Record is new Gtk.Layout.Gtk_Layout_Record with record Children : Glib.Graphs.Graph; World_X, World_Y : Glib.Gdouble; -- The World coordinates at canvas (0,0) Background_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.White_RGBA; Layout : Layout_Algorithm := Default_Layout_Algorithm'Access; Auto_Layout : Boolean := True; Vertical_Layout : Boolean := False; -- The algorithm to use when laying out items on the canvas. World_X_At_Click : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0; World_Y_At_Click : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0; -- Coordinates of the last button_press event in the canvas. -- These are world-coordinates, so that even if the canvas is scrolled -- they remain valid Selected_Count : Natural := 0; -- Number of selected items Offset_X_World : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y_World : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0; -- How much world-coordinates have we moved the mouse since the last -- button press event ? Mouse_Has_Moved : Boolean; -- True if mouse has moved while the button was clicked. This is used -- to distinguish between item motion and item selection. Background_Press : Boolean; -- True if the mouse press event occured in the background Item_Press : Canvas_Item; -- Points to the canvas item that received the press event Show_Item : Canvas_Item; Show_Canvas_X, Show_Canvas_Y : Glib.Gdouble; -- The item that should be made visible when the canvas is resized. -- This is required since the canvas doesn't necessarily have a size yet -- when Show_Item() is called the first time. Grid_Size : Glib.Guint := Default_Grid_Size; -- The current number of pixels between each dot of the grid. If this -- is strictly below 2, the grid is not drawn. Arc_Link_Offset : Glib.Gint := Default_Arc_Link_Offset; Arrow_Angle : Glib.Gdouble; Arrow_Length : Glib.Gint := Default_Arrow_Length; Motion_Threshold : Glib.Gdouble := Default_Motion_Threshold; Align_On_Grid : Boolean := False; Black_Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color := Gdk.Color.Null_Color; Sel_Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color := Gdk.Color.Null_Color; Annotation_Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout; -- Layout used to draw the annotations Scrolling_Timeout_Id : Glib.Main.G_Source_Id := 0; Scrolling_Device : Gdk.Device.Gdk_Device; Orthogonal_Links : Boolean := False; -- True if the links should be orthogonal Surround_Box_Scroll : Glib.Gdouble; -- Amount of scrolling for each step while the cursor is left in the -- surrounding box. Zoom : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; -- Zoom level in percent (100% is normal size) Initial_Zoom : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; Target_Zoom : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; Zoom_Duration : Duration := 0.0; Zoom_Start : Ada.Calendar.Time; Zoom_X : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0; Zoom_Y : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0; -- Variables used while smooth-scrolling the canvas Freeze : Boolean := False; end record; type Canvas_Item_Record is abstract new Glib.Graphs.Vertex with record Canvas : Interactive_Canvas := null; Coord : aliased Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int := (0, 0, 0, 0); -- This is the bounding box of the item Visible : Boolean := True; Selected : Boolean := False; From_Auto_Layout : Boolean := True; -- True if the item's current location is the result of the automatic -- layout algorithm. end record; type Buffered_Item_Record is new Canvas_Item_Record with record Pixmap : Cairo.Cairo_Surface := Cairo.Null_Surface; end record; procedure Set_Screen_Size (Item : access Buffered_Item_Record; Width, Height : Glib.Gint); -- See documentation from inherited subprogram procedure Draw (Item : access Buffered_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context); -- Draw the item's double-buffer onto Dest. procedure Destroy (Item : in out Buffered_Item_Record); -- Free the double-buffer allocated for the item type Item_Iterator is record Vertex : Glib.Graphs.Vertex_Iterator; Edge : Glib.Graphs.Edge_Iterator; Linked_From_Or_To : Canvas_Item; Selected_Only : Boolean; end record; pragma Inline (Get_Arrow_Type); end Gtkada.Canvas; -- -- -- The following example shows a possible Draw_Background procedure, -- -- that draws a background image on the canvas's background. It fully -- -- handles zooming and tiling of the image. Note that drawing a large -- -- image will dramatically slow down the performances. -- -- Bg_Image : constant String := "my_background.png"; -- -- procedure Draw_Background -- (Canvas : access Image_Canvas_Record; -- Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) -- is -- Surface : Cairo.Cairo_Surface; -- Background : Cairo.Cairo_Pattern; -- begin -- Surface := Cairo.Png.Create_From_Png (Bg_Image); -- Background := Cairo.Pattern.Create_For_Surface (Surface); -- Cairo.Pattern.Set_Extend (Canvas.Background, Cairo_Extend_Repeat); -- Destroy (Surface); -- Cairo.Save (Cr); -- Cairo.Set_Source (Cr, Canvas.Background); -- Cairo.Paint (Cr); -- Cairo.Restore (Cr); -- end Draw_Background; -- gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-dnd.ads0000644000076700001450000006115412533067540016402 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Like all modern GUI toolkits, GtkAda has a full support for drag-and-drop -- operations. This is a mechanism for interactively transferring data between -- two widgets, either in the same application or in two different -- applications. The user clicks on a widget (called a "drag source"), and, -- while keeping the mouse button pressed, moves it to another widget, where -- the mouse button is released (this other widget is called a "drop site"). -- As a result, and if both widgets can handle the same type of data, some -- data is either copied or moved to this new widget. -- -- This is a very intuitive way, in some cases, to enhance the usability of -- your application, although you should carefully consider whether this -- should be used or not. -- -- GtkAda supports several drag-and-drop protocols, so as to be able to -- communicate with the maximum number of applications. These protocols are -- Xdnd and Motif. -- -- Below is a summary of what is needed to add drag-and-drop capabilities to -- your application. We highly recommend that you look at, and understand, -- the example in testgtk (create_dnd.adb), before using these features in -- your own application. -- -- See also the package Gtk.Selection, that contains some lower subprograms -- and data types that are used when implementing drag-and-drop. -- -- - Defining a widget as a possible drag source -- -- You need to call Source_Set, specifying which mouse buttons can activate -- the drag, which types of data will be given, and which kind of action -- will be performed. -- You then need to connect to the signal "drag_data_get", that will be -- emitted when the user has dropped the item and GtkAda needs to find the -- data. You must call Selection_Data_Set in the handler to set the actual -- data. -- You can also connect the widget to "drag_data_delete", which will be -- called whenever the data set for the selection is no longer required and -- should be deleted. The signal will be emitted only if the drop site -- requests it, or if the selected action for the drag-and-drop operation -- was Action_Move. It will not be called automatically for an Action_Copy. -- Note that the callback might be called several times, if for instance this -- was an Action_Move, and the drop site requires explicitly to delete the -- data in its call to Finish. -- -- - Defining a widget as a possible drop site -- -- You need to call Dest_Set, specifying which types of Data are accepted -- by the widget, which actions are recognized, and whether you accept drops -- from external applications. -- You also need to connect to "drag_data_received", that will be emitted -- when the user has dropped some data on the widget. The handler should -- call Finish, to warn the source widget that the drag and drop operation -- is finished, and whether it was successful or not. -- -- 2.16.6 -- Inter-Process communication -- create_dnd.adb with Gdk.Dnd; use Gdk.Dnd; with Gdk.Drag_Contexts; use Gdk.Drag_Contexts; with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Target_List; use Gtk.Target_List; package Gtk.Dnd is ------------------- -- Dest_Defaults -- ------------------- type Dest_Defaults is new Integer; -- Specify the various types of action that will be taken on behalf of the -- user for a drag destination site. Dest_No_Default : constant Dest_Defaults; -- No default behavior is provided for the drop site, this is your own -- responsabily. You need to handler the "drag_drop" signal yourself. Dest_Default_Motion : constant Dest_Defaults; -- If set for a widget, GtkAda, during a drag over this widget will check -- if the drag matches this widget's list of possible targets and -- actions. gdk_drag_status is called as appropriate. Dest_Default_Highlight : constant Dest_Defaults; -- If set for a widget, GtkAda will draw a highlight on this widget as -- long as a drag is over this widget and the wiget drag format and action -- is acceptable. Dest_Default_Drop : constant Dest_Defaults; -- If set for a widget, when a drop occurs, GtkAda+ will check if the drag -- matches this widget's list of possible targets and actions. If so, -- GtkAda will call Get_Data on behalf of the widget. Whether or not -- the drop is succesful, GtkAda will call Drag_Finish. If the -- action was a move, then if the drag was succesful, then True will be -- passed for the delete parameter to Finish. Dest_Default_All : constant Dest_Defaults; -- If set, specifies that all default actions should be taken. ------------------------------------------ -- Setting up a widget as a destination -- ------------------------------------------ procedure Dest_Set (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Flags : Dest_Defaults := Dest_No_Default; Targets : Target_Entry_Array := Any_Target_Entry; Actions : Drag_Action := Action_Any); -- Set a widget as a potential drop destination. -- -- Flags specifies what action GtkAda should take on behalf of a widget for -- drops onto that widget. The Targets and Actions fields are used only -- if Dest_Default_Motion or Dest_Default_Drop are given. -- -- Targets indicates the drop types that Widget accepts. If no item from -- Targets matches the list of targets emitted by the source (as set in -- Source_Set), then the drop will be considered illegal and refused. -- -- Actions is a bitmask of possible actions for a drop onto Widget. At -- least of the actions must be in common with what was set for the source -- in Source_Set, or the drop is considered illegal. -- if Flags = Dest_No_Default, no default behavior is provided, and -- Targets and Actions are simply ignored. procedure Dest_Set_Proxy (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Proxy_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol; Use_Coordinates : Boolean); -- Set this widget as a proxy for drops to another window. -- All drag events on Widget will be forwarded to Proxy_Window. -- Protocol is the drag protocol that Proxy_Window accepts. You can use -- Gdk.Drag.Get_Protocol to determine this. -- If Use_Coordinates is True, send the same coordinates to the destination -- because it is an embedded subwindow. procedure Dest_Unset (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Clear information about a drop destination set with Dest_Set. The -- widget will no longer receive notification of drags. procedure Dest_Set_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Target_List : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List); function Dest_Get_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List; -- Sets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop. -- The widget must first be made into a drag destination with -- Dest_Set. procedure Dest_Add_Image_Targets (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Dest_Add_Text_Targets (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Dest_Add_Uri_Targets (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Add the image/text/URI targets supported by Gtk_Selection to the target -- list of the drag destination. The targets are added with Info = 0. If -- you need another value, use Gtk.Selection.Target_List_Add_*_Targets, and -- Dest_Set_Target_List function Dest_Find_Target (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Context : Gdk.Drag_Contexts.Drag_Context; Target_List : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; -- Looks for a match between the targets set for context and the -- Target_List, returning the first matching target, otherwise returning -- GDK_NONE. Target_List should usually be the return value from -- Dest_Get_Target_List, but some widgets may have different valid targets -- for different parts of the widget; in that case, they will have to -- implement a drag_motion handler that passes the correct target list to -- this function. function Dest_Get_Track_Motion (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure Dest_Set_Track_Motion (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Track_Motion : Boolean); -- Control whether the widget emits drag-motion and drag-leave -- events regardless of the targets and the Dest_Default_Motion -- flag. -- -- This may be used when a widget wants to do generic -- actions regardless of the targets that the source offers. ------------------------------------- -- Setting up a widget as a source -- ------------------------------------- procedure Source_Set (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Start_Button_Mask : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Targets : Target_Entry_Array; Actions : Drag_Action); -- Set up a widget so that GtkAda will start a drag operation when the -- user clicks and drags on the widget. The widget must have a window. -- -- Targets is the list of targets that the drag can provide. The first -- possible target accepted by the drop site will be used. For instance, -- if Targets contains "text/plain" and "text/url", and the drop site only -- accepts "text/url", this will be the one used. However, if the drop site -- also accepts "text/plain", the latter will be prefered. -- -- Widget needs to be able to convert the data to any of the types in -- Target, as any of them might be requested by the drop site. -- -- Actions is a list of possible actions for drags from Widget. At least -- one of the actions must be in common with the drop site for the -- drag-and-drop operation to succeed. procedure Source_Unset (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Undo the effects of Source_Set procedure Source_Set_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Target_List : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List); function Source_Get_Target_List (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List; -- Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop. The -- widget must first be made into a drag source with Source_Set. procedure Source_Add_Image_Targets (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Source_Add_Text_Targets (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Source_Add_Uri_Targets (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Add the writable image/text/URI targets supported by Gtk_Selection to -- the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with Info = 0. -- If you need another value, use Gtk.Selection.Target_List_Add_*_Targets, -- and Source_Set_Target_List -- Widget: a #GtkWidget that's is a drag source procedure Source_Set_Icon_Pixbuf (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Pixbuf : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf); procedure Source_Set_Icon_Stock (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Stock_Id : String); procedure Source_Set_Icon_Name (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Icon_Name : String); -- Set the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget. -- GtkAda retains a reference count for the arguments, and will release -- them when they are no longer needed. --------------------------------- -- The drag-and-drop operation -- --------------------------------- procedure Finish (Context : Drag_Context; Success : Boolean; Del : Boolean; Time : Guint32 := 0); -- Inform the drag source that the drop is finished, and that the data of -- the drag will no longer be required. -- Success should indicate whether the drop was successful. -- Del should be set to True if the source should delete the original -- data (this should be True for a move). procedure Get_Data (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Context : Drag_Context; Target : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Time : Guint32 := 0); -- Get the data associated with a drag. When the data is received or the -- retrieval fails, GtkAda will emit a "drag_data_received" -- signal. Failure of the retrieval is indicated by the length field of -- the selection_data signal parameter being negative. However, when -- Get_Data is called implicitely because the Drag_Default_Drop was set, -- then the widget will not receive notification of failed drops. -- -- Target is the target (form of the data) to retrieve. -- Time is a timestamp to retrive the data, and will be given to -- "drag_data_motion" or "drag_data_drop" signals. function Get_Source_Widget (Context : Drag_Context) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; -- Determine the source widget for a drag. -- If the drag is occuring within a single application, this function -- returns the source widget. Otherwise, it returns null. procedure Highlight (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Draw a highlight around a widget. procedure Unhighlight (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Remove a highlight set by Highlight. function Drag_Begin (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Targets : Gtk_Target_List; Actions : Drag_Action; Button : Gint; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Drag_Context; -- Initiate a drag on the source side. The function only needs to be used -- when the application is starting drags itself, and is not needed when -- Source_Set is used. -- Targets is the list of targets (data formats) in which the source can -- provide the data. -- Actions is a bitmask of the allowed drag actions for this drag. -- Button is the button the user clicked to start the drag. -- Event is the event that triggered the start of the drag. function Check_Threshold (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Start_X : Gint; Start_Y : Gint; Current_X : Gint; Current_Y : Gint) return Boolean; -- Checks to see if a mouse drag starting at (Start_X, Start_Y) and ending -- at (Current_X, Current_Y) has passed the GTK drag threshhold, and thus -- should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation. -- Return True if the drag threshold has been passed. ----------- -- Icons -- ----------- procedure Set_Icon_Widget (Context : Drag_Context; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); -- Change the icon for a drag. -- GtkAda will not destroy the icon, so if you don't want it to persist, -- you should connect to the "drag_end" signal and destroy it yourself. -- Context is the reference to the current drag operation. -- Widget is the toplevel window to use as an icon. (Hot_X, Hot_Y) is the -- coordinates of the hot point (that will be just under the mouse) within -- Widget. procedure Set_Icon_Default (Context : Drag_Context); -- Set the icon for a particular drag to the default icon. -- This must be called with a context for the source side of a drag. procedure Set_Icon_Pixbuf (Context : Drag_Context; Pixbuf : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); -- Sets Pixbuf as the icon for a given drag. -- Context: the context for a drag. (This must be called -- with a context for the source side of a drag) -- Pixbuf: the Gdk_Pixbuf to use as the drag icon. -- Hot_x: the X offset within the pixbuf of the hotspot. -- Hot_y: the Y offset within the pixbuf of the hotspot. procedure Set_Icon_Stock (Context : Drag_Context; Stock_Id : String; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); -- Sets the icon for a given drag from a stock ID -- Context: the context for a drag. (This must be called -- with a context for the source side of a drag) -- Stock: the ID of the stock icon to use for the drag. -- Hot_x: the X offset within the icon of the hotspot. -- Hot_y: the Y offset within the icon of the hotspot. procedure Set_Icon_Name (Context : Drag_Context; Icon_Name : String; Hot_X : Gint; Hot_Y : Gint); -- Sets the icon for a given drag from a named themed icon. See -- the docs for Gtk_Icon_Theme for more details. Note that the -- size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is -- loaded at the symbolic size GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus -- Hot_X and Hot_Y have to be used with care. ------------- -- Signals -- ------------- -- -- The following new signals are defined for the class -- Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget to support drag-and-drop. -- Please note that no default marshaller is provided in GtkAda for these -- handlers, and that you will have to use the general form of callbacks -- instead, getting the value of the parameters directly from the -- Gtk_Args structure. -- -- - "drag_begin" (source side) -- procedure Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context); -- -- A new drag-and-drop operation has just been started from Widget. This -- callback can be used for instance to modify the visual aspect of the -- widget, so as to give a visual clue as to what widget is the source. -- -- - "drag_end" (source side) -- procedure Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context); -- -- The drag-and-drop operation that was started from the widget has been -- completed, and the standard set of the widget can be restored. -- -- - "drag_data_get" (source side) -- procedure Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context; -- Data : Selection_Data; -- Info : Guint; -- Time : Guint); -- -- This should be connected to every drag source. -- This is used to request the actual data to be transfered to the drop -- site once the drop has been done. -- Info is the type of the expected Data, and is in fact the third -- field of the Target_Entry record, whose value you have define -- yourself. -- Data should be modified to include a pointer or a copy of the data, -- through Selection_Data_Set. -- -- - "drag_data_delete" (source side) -- procedure Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context); -- -- This handler is called whenever the drop site of a drag-and-drop -- operation has decided that the data should be deleted, or -- automaticallyif the selected action was Action_Move. -- Widget is the drag source. -- -- - "drag_leave" (target side) -- procedure Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context; -- Time : Guint); -- Signal emitted whenever a drag-and-drop operation is being performed, -- and the mouse has just left the area covered by a widget on the -- screen. This can be used to restore the default visual aspect of the -- widget. This is also emitted when the drop has been performed on the -- widget. -- -- - "drag_motion" (target side) -- function Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context; -- X : Gint; -- Y : Gint; -- Time : Guint) -- return Boolean; -- -- This is called every time the user is doing a dnd operation, and -- the mouse is currently over Widget (but not released yet). -- This can be used to change the visual aspect of Widget to provide -- visual clues to the user. The "opposite" signal is drag_leave. -- -- The return value is ignored if Dest_Default_Motion was set when -- Source_Set was called. This handler should return True if Widget -- acknowledges that it is a possible drop site for the particular -- targets provided by the drag source. -- -- - "drag_drop" (target side) -- function Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context; -- X : Gint; -- Y : Gint; -- Time : Guint) -- return Boolean; -- -- This is called whenever a drop is about to be performed on the widget. -- Note that this is called even if no common target type has been found -- between the drag source and the drop site. Thus, you will need to -- analyze the result of Get_Targets (Context) to find the possible -- targets. -- The data is sent separately through the "drag_data_received" signal, -- and might not even be available when "drag_drop" is emitted. -- This signal is mostly used if you have chosen not to use any of the -- default behavior when calling Dest_Set. Otherwise, everything is -- already handled directly by GtkAda. -- -- This handler should return True if Widget acknowledges that it is a -- possible drop site for the particular targets provided by the drag -- source. -- -- - "drag_data_received" (target_side) -- procedure Handler (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Context : Drag_Context; -- X : Gint; -- Y : Gint; -- Data : Selection_Data; -- Info : Guint; -- Time : Guint); -- -- This signal should be connected to every drop site. -- The handler is called every time some new data has been dropped onto -- Widget. (X, Y) are the mouse coordinates, relative to the widget's -- window, where the data was dropped. Info is the type of the data, -- has set in the third field of the Target_Entry record, and Data -- contains a pointer to the actual data. -- -- private Dest_No_Default : constant Dest_Defaults := 0; Dest_Default_Motion : constant Dest_Defaults := 2 ** 0; Dest_Default_Highlight : constant Dest_Defaults := 2 ** 1; Dest_Default_Drop : constant Dest_Defaults := 2 ** 2; Dest_Default_All : constant Dest_Defaults := 7; end Gtk.Dnd; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-views.adb0000644000076700001450000021060212533067540021714 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists; with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.Types.Keysyms; use Gdk.Types.Keysyms; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with System; use System; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views is use Gdouble_Elementary_Functions; Min_Animation_Interval : constant Duration := 2.0 * 0.017; -- (in seconds). This is computed for a refresh rate of 60Hs, -- with 1s / 60. -- The animation loop will not do anything if called more often than that. Animation_Interval : constant Guint := 30; -- (in milliseconds). How long we give the application to perform one -- iteration of the animation loop. procedure On_Monitored_Destroyed (Minimap : System.Address; Monitored : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, On_Monitored_Destroyed); -- Called when the view monitored by a minimap is being destroyed. procedure On_Destroy_Minimap (Minimap : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the minimap is being destroyed procedure On_Monitored_Viewport_Changed (Minimap : not null access GObject_Record'Class); -- Called when the viewport has changed in the monitored view function On_Minimap_Item_Event (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- React to events in the minimap procedure Start_Continuous_Scrolling (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Dx, Dy : Model_Coordinate := 0.0); function Do_Continuous_Scroll (Self : Canvas_View) return Boolean; -- Start or cancel any continuous scrolling that might exist. package View_Sources is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Canvas_View); procedure Move_Dragged_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Dx, Dy : Model_Coordinate; From_Initial : Boolean); -- Move all selected items (part of the current drag operation) by the -- specified amount (from their initial position if From_Initial is true, -- or from their current position otherwise)). package Animator_Lists is new Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists (Animator_Access); use Animator_Lists; type Animation_Data is new Base_Animation_Data with record Last_Run : Ada.Calendar.Time := No_Time; Queue : Animator_Lists.List; Current : Animator_Lists.Cursor := Animator_Lists.No_Element; end record; type Animation_Data_Access is access all Animation_Data; procedure On_Animate_Destroy (View : in out Canvas_View); -- Called when the animation queue terminates function On_Animate (View : Canvas_View) return Boolean; -- Perform one step of animation procedure Animation_Iteration (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Current : Ada.Calendar.Time; Max_Time : Duration); -- Animate as many items from the queue as possible, spending at most -- Max_Time seconds (or at least not starting a new animator if the -- previous one ended more Max_Time seconds after the start). -- Current is the current time. It can be set to No_Time to indicate that -- all animations should be completed. type Position_Animator is new Animator with record Pos_X : Animation_Value; Pos_Y : Animation_Value; end record; overriding function Execute (Self : not null access Position_Animator; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Animation_Status; type Scale_Animator is new Animator with record Scale : Animation_Value; Preserve : Model_Point := No_Point; end record; overriding function Execute (Self : not null access Scale_Animator; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Animation_Status; type Scroll_Animator is new Animator with record Topleft_X : Animation_Value; Topleft_Y : Animation_Value; end record; overriding function Execute (Self : not null access Scroll_Animator; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Animation_Status; ------------------ -- Snap_To_Grid -- ------------------ function Snap_To_Grid (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Pos : Model_Coordinate; Size : Model_Coordinate) return Model_Coordinate is GX : Model_Coordinate; begin if Self.Snap.Margin = 0.0 then return Pos; end if; -- Find the closest grid position to the left of Pos GX := Gdouble (Gint (Pos / Self.Grid_Size)) * Self.Grid_Size; if abs (Pos - GX) < Self.Snap.Margin then return GX; end if; -- Find the closest grid position to the right of Pos GX := GX + Self.Grid_Size; if abs (Pos - GX) < Self.Snap.Margin then return GX; end if; -- Find the closest grid position to the left of Pos + size GX := Gdouble (Gint ((Pos + Size) / Self.Grid_Size)) * Self.Grid_Size; if abs (Pos + Size - GX) < Self.Snap.Margin then return GX - Size; end if; -- Find the closest grid position to the right of Pos + size GX := GX + Self.Grid_Size; if abs (Pos + Size - GX) < Self.Snap.Margin then return GX - Size; end if; return Pos; end Snap_To_Grid; --------------------- -- Draw_Grid_Lines -- --------------------- procedure Draw_Grid_Lines (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle) is Tmp : Gdouble; begin if Style.Get_Fill /= Null_Pattern then Set_Source (Context.Cr, Style.Get_Fill); Paint (Context.Cr); end if; if Self.Grid_Size /= 0.0 then New_Path (Context.Cr); Tmp := Gdouble (Gint (Area.X / Self.Grid_Size)) * Self.Grid_Size; while Tmp < Area.X + Area.Width loop Move_To (Context.Cr, Tmp, Area.Y); Rel_Line_To (Context.Cr, 0.0, Area.Height); Tmp := Tmp + Self.Grid_Size; end loop; Tmp := Gdouble (Gint (Area.Y / Self.Grid_Size)) * Self.Grid_Size; while Tmp < Area.Y + Area.Height loop Move_To (Context.Cr, Area.X, Tmp); Rel_Line_To (Context.Cr, Area.Width, 0.0); Tmp := Tmp + Self.Grid_Size; end loop; Style.Finish_Path (Context.Cr); end if; end Draw_Grid_Lines; -------------------- -- Draw_Grid_Dots -- -------------------- procedure Draw_Grid_Dots (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle) is TmpX, TmpY : Gdouble; begin if Style.Get_Fill /= Null_Pattern then Set_Source (Context.Cr, Style.Get_Fill); Paint (Context.Cr); end if; if Self.Grid_Size /= 0.0 then New_Path (Context.Cr); TmpX := Gdouble (Gint (Area.X / Self.Grid_Size)) * Self.Grid_Size; while TmpX < Area.X + Area.Width loop TmpY := Gdouble (Gint (Area.Y / Self.Grid_Size)) * Self.Grid_Size; while TmpY < Area.Y + Area.Height loop Rectangle (Context.Cr, TmpX - 0.5, TmpY - 0.5, 1.0, 1.0); TmpY := TmpY + Self.Grid_Size; end loop; TmpX := TmpX + Self.Grid_Size; end loop; Style.Finish_Path (Context.Cr); end if; end Draw_Grid_Dots; ------------------------------------- -- On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background -- ------------------------------------- function On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Area, B : Model_Rectangle; X, Y : Model_Coordinate; begin if Self.Model /= null and then Event.Button = 1 and then Event.Toplevel_Item = null then if Event.Event_Type = Button_Press then -- Enable scrolling by dragging the background. However, there is -- no point showing an area where there is no item, so we limit -- the scrolling. Event.Allowed_Drag_Area := Self.Model.Bounding_Box (Margin => View_Margin / Self.Get_Scale); -- Event.Dragging_Scrolls := True; return True; elsif Event.Event_Type = In_Drag then -- Compute the area that we are allowed to make visible. This -- is the combination of the allowed area and the currently -- visible one. X := Self.Topleft_At_Drag_Start.X - (Event.Root_Point.X - Self.Last_Button_Press.Root_Point.X) / Self.Scale; Y := Self.Topleft_At_Drag_Start.Y - (Event.Root_Point.Y - Self.Last_Button_Press.Root_Point.Y) / Self.Scale; if Self.Last_Button_Press.Allowed_Drag_Area /= Drag_Anywhere then Area := Self.Get_Visible_Area; B := Self.Last_Button_Press.Allowed_Drag_Area; Union (B, Area); X := Model_Coordinate'Max (X, B.X); X := Model_Coordinate'Min (X, B.X + B.Width - Area.Width); Y := Model_Coordinate'Max (Y, B.Y); Y := Model_Coordinate'Min (Y, B.Y + B.Height - Area.Height); end if; Self.Center_On ((X, Y), X_Pos => 0.0, Y_Pos => 0.0); end if; end if; return False; end On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background; --------------------------- -- Cancel_Inline_Editing -- --------------------------- procedure Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is begin if Self.Inline_Edit.Item /= null then Self.Inline_Edit.Item := null; Self.Remove (Self.Get_Child); end if; end Cancel_Inline_Editing; -------------------------- -- Start_Inline_Editing -- -------------------------- procedure Start_Inline_Editing (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is W : Gtk_Widget; begin Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); W := Item.Edit_Widget (Self); if W /= null then Self.Inline_Edit.Item := Abstract_Item (Item); Self.Add (W); -- also queues a resize, so calls On_Size_Allocate W.Show_All; W.Grab_Focus; end if; end Start_Inline_Editing; ------------------------ -- On_Item_Event_Edit -- ------------------------ function On_Item_Event_Edit (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); begin if Event.Item /= null then if Event.Event_Type = Double_Click or else (Event.Event_Type = Key_Press and then Event.Key = GDK_Return) then Start_Inline_Editing (Self, Event.Item); return True; end if; end if; return False; end On_Item_Event_Edit; ----------------------------- -- On_Item_Event_Move_Item -- ----------------------------- function On_Item_Event_Move_Item (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; P : View_Point; begin if Event.Event_Type = In_Drag and then not Self.Dragged_Items.Is_Empty then -- Disable snapping when shift is pressed. Event.Allow_Snapping := (Event.State and Shift_Mask) = 0; Self.Last_Button_Press.Allow_Snapping := Event.Allow_Snapping; -- The use of Topleft is to take into account the continuous -- scrolling Move_Dragged_Items (Self, Dx => (Self.Topleft.X - Self.Topleft_At_Drag_Start.X) + (Event.Root_Point.X - Self.Last_Button_Press.Root_Point.X) / Self.Scale, Dy => (Self.Topleft.Y - Self.Topleft_At_Drag_Start.Y) + (Event.Root_Point.Y - Self.Last_Button_Press.Root_Point.Y) / Self.Scale, From_Initial => True); -- Should we do automatic scrolling of the view ? Self.Get_Allocation (Alloc); P := Self.Model_To_View (Event.M_Point); if P.X < View_Coordinate (Alloc.X) + Self.Continuous_Scroll.Margin then Start_Continuous_Scrolling (Self, Dx => -Self.Scale * Self.Continuous_Scroll.Speed); elsif P.X > View_Coordinate (Alloc.X + Alloc.Width) - Self.Continuous_Scroll.Margin then Start_Continuous_Scrolling (Self, Dx => Self.Scale * Self.Continuous_Scroll.Speed); elsif P.Y < View_Coordinate (Alloc.Y) + Self.Continuous_Scroll.Margin then Start_Continuous_Scrolling (Self, Dy => -Self.Scale * Self.Continuous_Scroll.Speed); elsif P.Y > View_Coordinate (Alloc.Y + Alloc.Height) - Self.Continuous_Scroll.Margin then Start_Continuous_Scrolling (Self, Dy => Self.Scale * Self.Continuous_Scroll.Speed); else Cancel_Continuous_Scrolling (Self); end if; Self.Queue_Draw; elsif Event.Event_Type = Start_Drag then -- Remove the waypoints for all the links that will be impacted. declare S : Item_Sets.Set; procedure Reset_Wp (Link : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Add_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Add_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin S.Include (Abstract_Item (Item)); end Add_Item; procedure Reset_Wp (Link : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Canvas_Link (Link).Set_Waypoints ((1 .. 0 => <>)); end Reset_Wp; begin -- Self.Dragged_Items is not available yet Self.Model.For_Each_Item (Add_Item'Access, Selected_Only => True); Self.Model.For_Each_Link (Reset_Wp'Access, From_Or_To => S); end; elsif Event.Event_Type = End_Drag and then Self.Avoid_Overlap then declare use Item_Drag_Infos; C : Item_Drag_Infos.Cursor := Self.Dragged_Items.First; Do_Not_Move : Item_Sets.Set; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Do_Not_Move.Include (Element (C).Item); Next (C); end loop; C := Self.Dragged_Items.First; while Has_Element (C) loop Reserve_Space (Self, Rect => Element (C).Item.Model_Bounding_Box, Do_Not_Move => Do_Not_Move, Duration => Self.Avoid_Overlap_Duration); Next (C); end loop; end; elsif Event.Event_Type = Button_Press and then Event.Toplevel_Item /= null and then Event.Button = 1 then -- Enable moving the item anywhere Event.Allowed_Drag_Area := Drag_Anywhere; Self.Model.Raise_Item (Event.Toplevel_Item); return True; end if; return False; end On_Item_Event_Move_Item; -------------------------------- -- On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic -- -------------------------------- function On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); S : Gdouble; begin if Self.Model /= null and then Event.Event_Type = Scroll then if Event.State = Modifier then if Event.Button = 5 then S := Self.Get_Scale * Factor; else S := Self.Get_Scale / Factor; end if; if Duration > 0.0 then Start (Animate_Scale (Self, S, Preserve => Event.M_Point, Duration => Duration, Easing => Easing), Self); else Self.Set_Scale (S, Preserve => Event.M_Point); end if; Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); return True; end if; end if; return False; end On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic; -------------------------- -- On_Item_Event_Select -- -------------------------- function On_Item_Event_Select (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); begin if Self.Model /= null then if Event.Item = null or else not Self.Model.Is_Selectable (Event.Toplevel_Item) then case Event.Event_Type is when Button_Press => if Event.State = 0 then Self.Model.Clear_Selection; end if; when others => null; end case; else Self.Model.Raise_Item (Event.Toplevel_Item); case Event.Event_Type is when Button_Press => if Self.Model.Is_Selected (Event.Toplevel_Item) then if Event.State = 0 then null; -- do nothing, preserve current selection else Self.Model.Remove_From_Selection (Event.Item); Self.Model.Remove_From_Selection (Event.Item.Get_Toplevel_Item); end if; else if Event.State = 0 then Self.Model.Clear_Selection; end if; Self.Model.Add_To_Selection (Event.Item.Get_Toplevel_Item); end if; when others => null; end case; end if; end if; return False; -- always pass the event through end On_Item_Event_Select; ------------------ -- Move_To_Item -- ------------------ function Move_To_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Dir : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Direction_Type; Ignore_Links : Boolean := True) return Abstract_Item is Box : constant Model_Rectangle := Item.Model_Bounding_Box; Result : Abstract_Item := null; Best : Model_Coordinate := Model_Coordinate'Last; Best_Center : Model_Coordinate := Model_Coordinate'Last; Best_Is_Centered : Boolean := False; procedure Do_Item (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Do_Item (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is B : constant Model_Rectangle := It.Model_Bounding_Box; D, C : Model_Coordinate := Gdouble'Last; Centered : Boolean; begin if Ignore_Links and then It.Is_Link then return; end if; case Dir is when Dir_Tab_Forward | Dir_Right => if B.X > Box.X + Box.Width then -- Whether It is on the same "row" as Item (this is defined -- computed so that any item in the same row gets precedence -- other items farther away). Centered := not (B.Y + B.Height < Box.Y or else B.Y > Box.Y + Box.Height); -- D is the vertical distance D := Gdouble'Min (abs (B.X - Box.X - Box.Width), D); -- C is the vertical distance between the centers C := Gdouble'Min (abs (Box.Y - B.Y + (Box.Height - B.Height) / 2.0), C); end if; when Dir_Tab_Backward | Dir_Left => if B.X + B.Width < Box.X then Centered := not (B.Y + B.Height < Box.Y or else B.Y > Box.Y + Box.Height); D := Gdouble'Min (abs (B.X + B.Width - Box.X), D); C := Gdouble'Min (abs (Box.Y - B.Y + (Box.Height - B.Height) / 2.0), C); end if; when Dir_Up => if B.Y + B.Height < Box.Y then Centered := not (B.X + B.Width < Box.X or else B.X > Box.X + Box.Width); D := Gdouble'Min (abs (B.Y + B.Height - Box.Y), D); C := Gdouble'Min (abs (Box.X - B.X + (Box.Width - B.Width) / 2.0), C); end if; when Dir_Down => if B.Y > Box.Y + Box.Height then Centered := not (B.X + B.Width < Box.X or else B.X > Box.X + Box.Width); D := Gdouble'Min (abs (B.Y - Box.Y - Box.Height), D); C := Gdouble'Min (abs (Box.X - B.X + (Box.Width - B.Width) / 2.0), C); end if; end case; if Best_Is_Centered then if Centered and then D < Best then Best := D; Result := Abstract_Item (It); end if; else if C < Best_Center then Best_Is_Centered := Centered; Best_Center := C; Best := D; Result := Abstract_Item (It); end if; end if; end Do_Item; begin Self.Model.For_Each_Item (Do_Item'Access); if Result = null then return Abstract_Item (Item); else return Result; end if; end Move_To_Item; ---------------------------------------- -- On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate_Generic -- ---------------------------------------- function On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate_Generic (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Item : Abstract_Item; begin if Self.Model /= null and then Event.State = Modifier and then Event.Item /= null then case Event.Key is when GDK_Up | GDK_KP_Up => Item := Move_To_Item (Self, Event.Item, Dir_Up, Ignore_Links); when GDK_Down | GDK_KP_Down => Item := Move_To_Item (Self, Event.Item, Dir_Down, Ignore_Links); when GDK_Left | GDK_KP_Left => Item := Move_To_Item (Self, Event.Item, Dir_Left, Ignore_Links); when GDK_Right | GDK_KP_Right => Item := Move_To_Item (Self, Event.Item, Dir_Right, Ignore_Links); when others => return False; end case; if Item /= null then Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); Self.Model.Clear_Selection; Self.Model.Add_To_Selection (Item); Self.Scroll_Into_View (Item); end if; return True; end if; return False; end On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate_Generic; --------------------------------------- -- On_Item_Event_Key_Scrolls_Generic -- --------------------------------------- function On_Item_Event_Key_Scrolls_Generic (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Box : Model_Rectangle; Dx, Dy : Model_Coordinate := 0.0; begin if Self.Model /= null and then Event.State = Modifier then case Event.Key is when GDK_Up | GDK_KP_Up => Dy := -5.0; when GDK_Down | GDK_KP_Down => Dy := 5.0; when GDK_Left | GDK_KP_Left => Dx := -5.0; when GDK_Right | GDK_KP_Right => Dx := 5.0; when others => return False; end case; Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); if Event.Item = null then Box := Self.Get_Visible_Area; Self.Center_On ((Box.X + Dx, Box.Y + Dy), X_Pos => 0.0, Y_Pos => 0.0); else Copy_Selected_To_Dragged_Items (Self, Force => Event.Toplevel_Item); Move_Dragged_Items (Self, Dx => Dx, Dy => Dy, From_Initial => True); Self.Dragged_Items.Clear; Self.Queue_Draw; end if; return True; end if; return False; end On_Item_Event_Key_Scrolls_Generic; -------------------------- -- Prepare_Smart_Guides -- -------------------------- procedure Prepare_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is Screen : constant Model_Rectangle := Self.Get_Visible_Area; procedure Add_Guides (Guides : in out Smart_Guide_Lists.List; Start, Middle, Last : Model_Coordinate; Min, Max : Model_Coordinate); procedure Process_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Add smart guides for a specific item ---------------- -- Add_Guides -- ---------------- procedure Add_Guides (Guides : in out Smart_Guide_Lists.List; Start, Middle, Last : Model_Coordinate; Min, Max : Model_Coordinate) is procedure Update_Guide (Guide : in out Smart_Guide); procedure Update_Guide (Guide : in out Smart_Guide) is begin Guide.Min := Model_Coordinate'Min (Guide.Min, Min); Guide.Max := Model_Coordinate'Max (Guide.Max, Max); end Update_Guide; use Smart_Guide_Lists; Found_Start, Found_Middle, Found_End : Boolean := False; C : Smart_Guide_Lists.Cursor := Guides.First; Pos : Model_Coordinate; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Pos := Element (C).Pos; if Pos = Start then Found_Start := True; Guides.Update_Element (C, Update_Guide'Access); elsif Pos = Middle then Found_Middle := True; Guides.Update_Element (C, Update_Guide'Access); elsif Pos = Last then Found_End := True; Guides.Update_Element (C, Update_Guide'Access); end if; Next (C); end loop; if not Found_Start then Guides.Append ((Pos => Start, Min => Min, Max => Max, Visible => False)); end if; if not Found_Middle then Guides.Append ((Pos => Middle, Min => Min, Max => Max, Visible => False)); end if; if not Found_End then Guides.Append ((Pos => Last, Min => Min, Max => Max, Visible => False)); end if; end Add_Guides; ------------------ -- Process_Item -- ------------------ procedure Process_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is Box : Model_Rectangle; begin -- If this is not one of the items we are dragging if not Item.Is_Link and then not Self.Dragged_Items.Contains (Abstract_Item (Item)) then Box := Item.Model_Bounding_Box; Add_Guides (Self.Snap.Hguides, Start => Box.Y, Middle => Box.Y + Box.Height / 2.0, Last => Box.Y + Box.Height, Min => Box.X, Max => Box.X + Box.Width); Add_Guides (Self.Snap.Vguides, Start => Box.X, Middle => Box.X + Box.Width / 2.0, Last => Box.X + Box.Width, Min => Box.Y, Max => Box.Y + Box.Height); end if; end Process_Item; begin Self.Snap.Hguides.Clear; Self.Snap.Vguides.Clear; if Self.Model = null then return; end if; Self.Model.For_Each_Item (Process_Item'Access, In_Area => Screen); end Prepare_Smart_Guides; ----------------------- -- Free_Smart_Guides -- ----------------------- procedure Free_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is begin Self.Snap.Hguides.Clear; Self.Snap.Vguides.Clear; end Free_Smart_Guides; ------------------------- -- Snap_To_Smart_Guide -- ------------------------- function Snap_To_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Pos : Model_Coordinate; Size : Model_Coordinate; Horizontal : Boolean) return Model_Coordinate is use Smart_Guide_Lists; C : Smart_Guide_Lists.Cursor; Result : Model_Coordinate := Pos; procedure Update_Guide (Guide : in out Smart_Guide); procedure Update_Guide (Guide : in out Smart_Guide) is begin if abs (Guide.Pos - Pos) < Self.Snap.Margin then Guide.Visible := True; Result := Guide.Pos; elsif abs (Guide.Pos - Pos - Size / 2.0) < Self.Snap.Margin then Guide.Visible := True; Result := Guide.Pos - Size / 2.0; elsif abs (Guide.Pos - Pos - Size) < Self.Snap.Margin then Guide.Visible := True; Result := Guide.Pos - Size; else Guide.Visible := False; end if; end Update_Guide; begin if Horizontal then C := Self.Snap.Hguides.First; while Has_Element (C) loop Self.Snap.Hguides.Update_Element (C, Update_Guide'Access); Next (C); end loop; else C := Self.Snap.Vguides.First; while Has_Element (C) loop Self.Snap.Vguides.Update_Element (C, Update_Guide'Access); Next (C); end loop; end if; return Result; end Snap_To_Smart_Guides; ------------------------------- -- Draw_Visible_Smart_Guides -- ------------------------------- procedure Draw_Visible_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; For_Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is use Smart_Guide_Lists; Box : constant Model_Rectangle := For_Item.Model_Bounding_Box; C : Smart_Guide_Lists.Cursor; Guide : Smart_Guide; From, To : Model_Coordinate; begin C := Self.Snap.Hguides.First; while Has_Element (C) loop Guide := Element (C); if Guide.Visible then From := Model_Coordinate'Min (Guide.Min, Box.X); To := Model_Coordinate'Max (Guide.Max, Box.X + Box.Width); Self.Snap.Style.Draw_Polyline (Cr => Context.Cr, Points => ((From, Guide.Pos), (To, Guide.Pos))); end if; Next (C); end loop; C := Self.Snap.Vguides.First; while Has_Element (C) loop Guide := Element (C); if Guide.Visible then From := Model_Coordinate'Min (Guide.Min, Box.Y); To := Model_Coordinate'Max (Guide.Max, Box.Y + Box.Height); Self.Snap.Style.Draw_Polyline (Cr => Context.Cr, Points => ((Guide.Pos, From), (Guide.Pos, To))); end if; Next (C); end loop; end Draw_Visible_Smart_Guides; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Minimap_View; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Default_Current_Region_Style) is begin Self := new Minimap_View_Record; Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views.Initialize (Self, Style); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Minimap_View_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Default_Current_Region_Style) is begin Gtkada.Canvas_View.Initialize (Self, Model => null); Self.Area_Style := Style; Self.On_Destroy (On_Destroy_Minimap'Access); Self.On_Item_Event (On_Minimap_Item_Event'Access); end Initialize; ------------- -- Monitor -- ------------- procedure Monitor (Self : not null access Minimap_View_Record; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class := null) is begin if Self.Monitored /= null then Weak_Unref (Self.Monitored, On_Monitored_Destroyed'Access, Get_Object (Self)); Self.Set_Model (null); Disconnect (Self.Monitored, Self.Viewport_Changed_Id); end if; Self.Monitored := Canvas_View (View); if View /= null then Weak_Ref (Self.Monitored, On_Monitored_Destroyed'Access, Get_Object (Self)); Self.Viewport_Changed_Id := View.On_Viewport_Changed (On_Monitored_Viewport_Changed'Access, Self); end if; Self.Queue_Draw; end Monitor; ----------------------------------- -- On_Monitored_Viewport_Changed -- ----------------------------------- procedure On_Monitored_Viewport_Changed (Minimap : not null access GObject_Record'Class) is Self : constant Minimap_View := Minimap_View (Minimap); begin Self.Set_Model (Self.Monitored.Model); Self.Scale_To_Fit (Max_Scale => Gdouble'Last); end On_Monitored_Viewport_Changed; ------------------------ -- On_Destroy_Minimap -- ------------------------ procedure On_Destroy_Minimap (Minimap : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Minimap_View (Minimap).Monitor (null); end On_Destroy_Minimap; ---------------------------- -- On_Monitored_Destroyed -- ---------------------------- procedure On_Monitored_Destroyed (Minimap : System.Address; Monitored : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Monitored); Self : constant Minimap_View := Minimap_View (Get_User_Data_Or_Null (Minimap)); begin Self.Monitored := null; Self.Queue_Draw; end On_Monitored_Destroyed; ------------------- -- Draw_Internal -- ------------------- overriding procedure Draw_Internal (Self : not null access Minimap_View_Record; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle) is Box : Model_Rectangle; begin Canvas_View_Record (Self.all).Draw_Internal (Context, Area); -- inherit if Self.Monitored /= null then Box := Self.Monitored.Get_Visible_Area; Self.Area_Style.Draw_Rect (Context.Cr, Topleft => (Box.X, Box.Y), Width => Box.Width, Height => Box.Height); end if; end Draw_Internal; --------------------------- -- On_Minimap_Item_Event -- --------------------------- function On_Minimap_Item_Event (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is Self : constant Minimap_View := Minimap_View (View); Screen : Model_Rectangle; S : Gdouble; begin if Self.Monitored /= null then case Event.Event_Type is when Button_Press => Event.Toplevel_Item := null; Event.Item := null; Event.Allowed_Drag_Area := Drag_Anywhere; Screen := Self.Monitored.Get_Visible_Area; if Point_In_Rect (Screen, Event.M_Point) then Self.Drag_Pos_X := (Event.M_Point.X - Self.Monitored.Topleft.X) / Screen.Width; Self.Drag_Pos_Y := (Event.M_Point.Y - Self.Monitored.Topleft.Y) / Screen.Height; else Self.Monitored.Center_On (Event.M_Point); Self.Drag_Pos_X := 0.5; Self.Drag_Pos_Y := 0.5; end if; return True; when Button_Release => Self.Monitored.Center_On (Event.M_Point); return True; when In_Drag => Self.Monitored.Center_On (Event.M_Point, Self.Drag_Pos_X, Self.Drag_Pos_Y); return True; when Scroll => if Event.Button = 5 then S := Self.Monitored.Get_Scale * 1.1; else S := Self.Monitored.Get_Scale / 1.1; end if; Self.Monitored.Set_Scale (S, Preserve => Event.M_Point); return True; when others => null; end case; end if; return False; end On_Minimap_Item_Event; -------------------------------- -- Start_Continuous_Scrolling -- -------------------------------- procedure Start_Continuous_Scrolling (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Dx, Dy : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) is begin Self.Continuous_Scroll.Dx := Dx; Self.Continuous_Scroll.Dy := Dy; if Self.Continuous_Scroll.Id = No_Source_Id then Self.Continuous_Scroll.Id := View_Sources.Timeout_Add (Interval => Self.Continuous_Scroll.Timeout, Func => Do_Continuous_Scroll'Access, Data => Canvas_View (Self)); end if; end Start_Continuous_Scrolling; --------------------------------- -- Cancel_Continuous_Scrolling -- --------------------------------- procedure Cancel_Continuous_Scrolling (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is begin if Self.Continuous_Scroll.Id /= No_Source_Id then Remove (Self.Continuous_Scroll.Id); Self.Continuous_Scroll.Id := No_Source_Id; end if; end Cancel_Continuous_Scrolling; -------------------------- -- Do_Continuous_Scroll -- -------------------------- function Do_Continuous_Scroll (Self : Canvas_View) return Boolean is begin Self.Topleft := (Self.Topleft.X + Self.Continuous_Scroll.Dx, Self.Topleft.Y + Self.Continuous_Scroll.Dy); Move_Dragged_Items (Self, Dx => Self.Continuous_Scroll.Dx, Dy => Self.Continuous_Scroll.Dy, From_Initial => False); Self.Viewport_Changed; Queue_Draw (Self); return True; -- keep repeating the timeout end Do_Continuous_Scroll; ------------------------ -- Move_Dragged_Items -- ------------------------ procedure Move_Dragged_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Dx, Dy : Model_Coordinate; From_Initial : Boolean) is use Item_Drag_Infos; C : Item_Drag_Infos.Cursor := Self.Dragged_Items.First; It : Item_Drag_Info; B : Model_Rectangle; BB : Item_Rectangle; X, Y : Model_Coordinate; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point; begin while Has_Element (C) loop It := Element (C); if From_Initial then X := It.Pos.X + Dx; Y := It.Pos.Y + Dy; else Pos := It.Item.Position; X := Pos.X + Dx; Y := Pos.Y + Dy; end if; BB := It.Item.Bounding_Box; -- Constraint the move to a specific area if Self.Last_Button_Press.Allowed_Drag_Area /= Drag_Anywhere and then Self.Last_Button_Press.Allowed_Drag_Area /= No_Drag_Allowed then B := Self.Last_Button_Press.Allowed_Drag_Area; X := Model_Coordinate'Max (X, B.X); X := Model_Coordinate'Min (X, B.X + B.Width - BB.Width); Y := Model_Coordinate'Max (Y, B.Y); Y := Model_Coordinate'Min (Y, B.Y + B.Height - BB.Height); end if; -- Snap to grid or smart guides if Self.Last_Button_Press.Allow_Snapping then if Self.Snap.Grid then X := Snap_To_Grid (Self, X, BB.Width); Y := Snap_To_Grid (Self, Y, BB.Height); end if; if Self.Snap.Smart_Guides then X := Snap_To_Smart_Guides (Self, X, BB.Width, False); Y := Snap_To_Smart_Guides (Self, Y, BB.Height, True); end if; end if; It.Item.Set_Position ((X => X, Y => Y)); Next (C); end loop; Refresh_Link_Layout (Self.Model, Self.Dragged_Items); end Move_Dragged_Items; ------------------- -- Easing_Linear -- ------------------- function Easing_Linear (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble is begin return Value.Start + (Value.Finish - Value.Start) * Gdouble (Progress); end Easing_Linear; ------------------------- -- Easing_In_Out_Cubic -- ------------------------- function Easing_In_Out_Cubic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble is P : Gdouble := 2.0 * Gdouble (Progress); begin if Progress < 0.5 then return (Value.Finish - Value.Start) / 2.0 * P * P * P + Value.Start; else P := P - 2.0; return (Value.Finish - Value.Start) / 2.0 * (P * P * P + 2.0) + Value.Start; end if; end Easing_In_Out_Cubic; --------------------- -- Easing_In_Cubic -- --------------------- function Easing_In_Cubic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble is P : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Progress); begin return (Value.Finish - Value.Start) * P * P * P + Value.Start; end Easing_In_Cubic; ---------------------- -- Easing_Out_Cubic -- ---------------------- function Easing_Out_Cubic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble is P : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Progress) - 1.0; begin return (Value.Finish - Value.Start) * (P * P * P + 1.0) + Value.Start; end Easing_Out_Cubic; ------------------------ -- Easing_Out_Elastic -- ------------------------ function Easing_Out_Elastic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble is P : Gdouble; begin if Progress <= 0.0 then return Value.Start; end if; if Progress >= 1.0 then return Value.Finish; end if; P := Gdouble (Value.Duration) * 0.3; return (Value.Finish - Value.Start) * (2.0 ** (-10.0 * Gdouble (Progress))) * Sin ((Gdouble (Progress) * Gdouble (Value.Duration) - P / 4.0) * (2.0 * Pi / P)) + Value.Finish; end Easing_Out_Elastic; ----------------------- -- Easing_Out_Bounce -- ----------------------- function Easing_Out_Bounce (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble is Magic : constant Gdouble := 7.5625; First_Bounce : constant Gdouble := 1.0 / 2.75; Second_Bounce : constant Gdouble := 2.0 / 2.75; Third_Bounce : constant Gdouble := 2.5 / 2.75; P : Gdouble := Gdouble (Progress); C : constant Gdouble := Value.Finish - Value.Start; begin if P < First_Bounce then return C * Magic * P * P + Value.Start; elsif P < Second_Bounce then P := P - (1.5 / 2.75); return C * (Magic * P * P + 0.75) + Value.Start; elsif P < Third_Bounce then P := P - (2.25 / 2.75); return C * (Magic * P * P + 0.9375) + Value.Start; else P := P - (2.625 / 2.75); return C * (Magic * P * P + 0.984375) + Value.Start; end if; end Easing_Out_Bounce; ----------- -- Setup -- ----------- procedure Setup (Self : in out Animator; Duration : Standard.Duration; Easing : not null Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class := null; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null) is begin Self.Easing := Easing; Self.Duration := Duration; Self.View := View; Self.Item := Item; end Setup; ---------------------- -- Animate_Position -- ---------------------- function Animate_Position (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Final_Position : Gtkada.Style.Point; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.4; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access) return Animator_Access is Pos : constant Gtkada.Style.Point := Item.Position; begin if Pos = Final_Position then return null; end if; return new Position_Animator' (Easing => Easing, Duration => Duration, Item => Item, Pos_X => (Start => Pos.X, Finish => Final_Position.X, Duration => Duration), Pos_Y => (Start => Pos.Y, Finish => Final_Position.Y, Duration => Duration), others => <>); end Animate_Position; ------------- -- Execute -- ------------- overriding function Execute (Self : not null access Position_Animator; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Animation_Status is begin Self.Item.Set_Position ((X => Self.Easing (Self.Pos_X, Progress), Y => Self.Easing (Self.Pos_Y, Progress))); return Needs_Refresh_Links_From_Item; end Execute; ------------------- -- Animate_Scale -- ------------------- function Animate_Scale (View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Final_Scale : Gdouble; Preserve : Model_Point := No_Point; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.4; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access) return Animator_Access is begin if View.Scale = Final_Scale then return null; end if; return new Scale_Animator' (Easing => Easing, Duration => Duration, View => View, Preserve => Preserve, Scale => (Start => View.Scale, Finish => Final_Scale, Duration => Duration), others => <>); end Animate_Scale; ------------- -- Execute -- ------------- overriding function Execute (Self : not null access Scale_Animator; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Animation_Status is begin Self.View.Set_Scale (Scale => Self.Easing (Self.Scale, Progress), Preserve => Self.Preserve); return 0; end Execute; -------------------- -- Animate_Scroll -- -------------------- function Animate_Scroll (View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Final_Topleft : Model_Point; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.8; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access) return Animator_Access is begin if View.Topleft = Final_Topleft then return null; end if; return new Scroll_Animator' (Easing => Easing, Duration => Duration, View => View, Topleft_X => (Start => View.Topleft.X, Finish => Final_Topleft.X, Duration => Duration), Topleft_Y => (Start => View.Topleft.Y, Finish => Final_Topleft.Y, Duration => Duration), others => <>); end Animate_Scroll; ------------- -- Execute -- ------------- overriding function Execute (Self : not null access Scroll_Animator; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Animation_Status is begin Self.View.Topleft := (X => Self.Easing (Self.Topleft_X, Progress), Y => Self.Easing (Self.Topleft_Y, Progress)); Self.View.Set_Adjustment_Values; return 0; end Execute; ------------------------ -- On_Animate_Destroy -- ------------------------ procedure On_Animate_Destroy (View : in out Canvas_View) is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Base_Animation_Data'Class, Base_Animation_Data_Access); begin View.Id_Animation := No_Source_Id; Unchecked_Free (View.Animation_Data); end On_Animate_Destroy; ----------- -- Start -- ----------- procedure Start (Self : access Animator'Class; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is Data : Animation_Data_Access; C : Animator_Lists.Cursor; begin if Self = null then return; end if; if View.Animation_Data = null then View.Animation_Data := new Animation_Data; end if; if View.Id_Animation = No_Source_Id then -- Use an idle rather than a timeout: a timeout would execute after -- n milliseconds, then after (n + execution time for On_Animate) -- milliseconds, and so on, so the quality of the animation degrades. View.Id_Animation := View_Sources.Idle_Add (On_Animate'Access, Canvas_View (View), Notify => On_Animate_Destroy'Access); end if; Data := Animation_Data_Access (View.Animation_Data); -- Do we need to remove any of the previous animators ? if Self.Is_Unique_For_Item then C := Data.Queue.First; while Has_Element (C) loop if Element (C)'Tag = Self'Tag and then Element (C).Item = Self.Item and then Element (C).View = Self.View then if Data.Current = C then Next (Data.Current); end if; -- No need to search for others, it is unique. Data.Queue.Delete (C); exit; end if; Next (C); end loop; end if; Data.Queue.Append (Animator_Access (Self)); end Start; ------------------------- -- Animation_Iteration -- ------------------------- procedure Animation_Iteration (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Current : Ada.Calendar.Time; Max_Time : Duration) is Data : constant Animation_Data_Access := Animation_Data_Access (Self.Animation_Data); Previous : Animator_Lists.Cursor; Anim : Animator_Access; Status : Animation_Status := 0; Local_Status : Animation_Status; Progress : Duration; Items : Item_Drag_Infos.Map; Max_Count : constant Integer := Integer (Data.Queue.Length); Count : Natural := 0; -- These two variables re used to make sure we animate each item only -- once per iteration. begin if not Has_Element (Data.Current) then Data.Current := Data.Queue.First; end if; while Count < Max_Count and then Has_Element (Data.Current) and then (Current = No_Time or else Clock - Current < Max_Time) loop Anim := Element (Data.Current); -- Move to the next element, in case the current animator is removed Previous := Data.Current; Next (Data.Current); if not Has_Element (Data.Current) then Data.Current := Data.Queue.First; end if; -- Initialize first time animators; if Anim.Start = No_Time then Anim.Start := Current; end if; -- Perform the animation if Current = No_Time then Progress := 1.0; else Progress := (Current - Anim.Start) / Anim.Duration; if Progress > 1.0 then Progress := 1.0; end if; end if; Local_Status := Anim.Execute (Animation_Progress (Progress)); Status := Local_Status or Status; if Local_Status = Needs_Refresh_Links_From_Item and then (Status and Needs_Refresh_All_Links) = 0 and then (Status and Needs_Refresh_Layout) = 0 then Items.Include (Abstract_Item (Anim.Item), Item_Drag_Info'(Item => Abstract_Item (Anim.Item), Pos => <>)); end if; -- Destroy terminated animators if Progress >= 1.0 then Anim.Destroy; Data.Queue.Delete (Previous); if Data.Queue.Is_Empty then Data.Current := No_Element; end if; end if; Count := Count + 1; end loop; -- No need to refresh if the canvas is being destroyed if Current /= No_Time then if (Status and Needs_Refresh_Layout) /= 0 then Self.Model.Refresh_Layout; elsif (Status and Needs_Refresh_All_Links) /= 0 then Self.Model.Refresh_Link_Layout; Self.Model.Layout_Changed; elsif (Status and Needs_Refresh_Links_From_Item) /= 0 then Self.Model.Refresh_Link_Layout (Items); Self.Model.Layout_Changed; end if; end if; end Animation_Iteration; ---------------- -- On_Animate -- ---------------- function On_Animate (View : Canvas_View) return Boolean is Now : constant Ada.Calendar.Time := Clock; Data : constant Animation_Data_Access := Animation_Data_Access (View.Animation_Data); begin -- No need to do anywork if we are called too often if Data.Last_Run = No_Time or else (Now - Data.Last_Run > Min_Animation_Interval) then Data.Last_Run := Now; Animation_Iteration (View, Current => Now, Max_Time => Duration (Animation_Interval) / 1000.0); end if; return not Data.Queue.Is_Empty; end On_Animate; ------------------------- -- Terminate_Animation -- ------------------------- procedure Terminate_Animation (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is begin if Self.Id_Animation /= No_Source_Id then Animation_Iteration (Self, Current => GNAT.Calendar.No_Time, Max_Time => Duration'Last); Remove (Self.Id_Animation); end if; end Terminate_Animation; ---------------------------------- -- Terminate_Animation_For_Item -- ---------------------------------- procedure Terminate_Animation_For_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null) is Data : constant Animation_Data_Access := Animation_Data_Access (Self.Animation_Data); C, C2 : Animator_Lists.Cursor; begin if Data /= null then C := Data.Queue.First; while Has_Element (C) loop C2 := C; Next (C); if (Item /= null and then Element (C2).Item = Item) or else (Item = null and then Element (C2).View = Self) then if Data.Current = C2 then Next (Data.Current); end if; Data.Queue.Delete (C2); end if; end loop; if Data.Queue.Is_Empty then Remove (Self.Id_Animation); end if; end if; end Terminate_Animation_For_Item; ------------------------ -- Is_Unique_For_Item -- ------------------------ function Is_Unique_For_Item (Self : not null access Animator) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin return True; end Is_Unique_For_Item; ------------------- -- Reserve_Space -- ------------------- procedure Reserve_Space (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Rect : Model_Rectangle; Direction : Move_Direction := Any; Do_Not_Move : Item_Sets.Set := Item_Sets.Empty_Set; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access) is use Item_Sets; Overlap_Margin : constant Gdouble := 5.0; -- Minimum distance between items Moved : Item_Sets.Set := Do_Not_Move; -- The items that have already been moved. An item is never moved twice. procedure Process (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Box : Model_Rectangle; Direction : Move_Direction); -- Moves item in the given direction so that it no longer overlaps -- Box. procedure Move_Items_In_Box (Box : Model_Rectangle; Direction : Move_Direction); -- Move all items in the given area ------------- -- Process -- ------------- procedure Process (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Box : Model_Rectangle; Direction : Move_Direction) is BBox : constant Model_Rectangle := Item.Model_Bounding_Box; Pos : Point := (BBox.X, BBox.Y); D1, D2, D3, D4 : Gdouble; Dir : Move_Direction := Direction; begin if Moved.Contains (Abstract_Item (Item)) then return; end if; case Direction is when Left => Pos.X := Box.X - BBox.Width - Overlap_Margin; when Right => Pos.X := Box.X + Box.Width + Overlap_Margin; when Up => Pos.Y := Box.Y - BBox.Height - Overlap_Margin; when Down => Pos.Y := Box.Y + Box.Height + Overlap_Margin; when Horizontal => D1 := Box.X - BBox.Width - Overlap_Margin - BBox.X; D2 := Box.X + Box.Width + Overlap_Margin - BBox.X; if abs (D1) < abs (D2) then Dir := Left; Pos.X := D1 + BBox.X; else Dir := Right; Pos.X := D2 + BBox.X; end if; when Vertical => D3 := Box.Y - BBox.Height - Overlap_Margin - BBox.Y; D4 := Box.Y + Box.Height + Overlap_Margin - BBox.Y; if abs (D3) < abs (D4) then Dir := Up; Pos.Y := D3 + BBox.Y; else Dir := Down; Pos.Y := D4 + BBox.Y; end if; when Any => D1 := Box.X - BBox.Width - Overlap_Margin - BBox.X; D2 := Box.X + Box.Width + Overlap_Margin - BBox.X; if abs (D1) > abs (D2) then D1 := D2; end if; D3 := Box.Y - BBox.Height - Overlap_Margin - BBox.Y; D4 := Box.Y + Box.Height + Overlap_Margin - BBox.Y; if abs (D3) > abs (D4) then D3 := D4; end if; if abs (D1) < abs (D3) then -- move horizontally Pos.X := BBox.X + D1; if D1 = D2 then Dir := Right; else Dir := Left; end if; else Pos.Y := BBox.Y + D3; if D3 = D4 then Dir := Down; else Dir := Up; end if; end if; end case; Moved.Include (Abstract_Item (Item)); -- The new box is slightly less than the overlap margin, since -- otherwise we have the following scenario: move A on top of B. -- Assume B is moved downward (at a distance Overlap_Margin from A). -- If we then move C on top of the left-hand side of A, then A is -- correctly moved to the right, but B is also moved. Move_Items_In_Box ((Pos.X - (Overlap_Margin - 1.0), Pos.Y - (Overlap_Margin - 1.0), BBox.Width + 2.0 * Overlap_Margin - 2.0, BBox.Height + 2.0 * Overlap_Margin - 2.0), Direction => Dir); if Duration = 0.0 then Item.Set_Position (Pos); else Start (Animate_Position (Item, Pos, Duration, Easing), Self); end if; end Process; ----------------------- -- Move_Items_In_Box -- ----------------------- procedure Move_Items_In_Box (Box : Model_Rectangle; Direction : Move_Direction) is To_Move : Item_Sets.Set; C : Item_Sets.Cursor; procedure On_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Process one of the items that was in the original area ------------- -- On_Item -- ------------- procedure On_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin -- Store in a temporary structure, since modifying the model might -- break the iteration with For_Each_Item. To_Move.Include (Abstract_Item (Item)); end On_Item; begin Self.Model.For_Each_Item (On_Item'Access, Filter => Kind_Item, In_Area => Box); while not To_Move.Is_Empty loop C := To_Move.First; Process (Element (C), Box, Direction => Direction); To_Move.Delete (C); end loop; end Move_Items_In_Box; begin Move_Items_In_Box (Rect, Direction); end Reserve_Space; ----------------------------- -- Insert_And_Layout_Items -- ----------------------------- procedure Insert_And_Layout_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Ref : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Items : Items_Lists.List; Direction : Specific_Direction; Space_Between_Items : Gdouble := 10.0; Space_Between_Layers : Gdouble := 20.0; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0) is use Items_Lists; Context : constant Draw_Context := Self.Build_Context; Horizontal : constant Boolean := Direction = Left or else Direction = Right; C : Items_Lists.Cursor; Total : Gdouble := 0.0; -- total space for children Max : Gdouble := 0.0; Box : Item_Rectangle; -- size of the parent box CBox : Item_Rectangle; -- size of the current child box MBox : Model_Rectangle; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point; Child : Gtkada.Style.Point; -- coordinates of first child Coord : Gtkada.Style.Point; -- coordinates of current child It : Abstract_Item; begin -- Compute the size we need for the children C := Items.First; while Has_Element (C) loop Element (C).Refresh_Layout (Context); -- Compute its size CBox := Element (C).Bounding_Box; if Horizontal then Total := Total + CBox.Height; Max := Gdouble'Max (Max, CBox.Width); else Total := Total + CBox.Width; Max := Gdouble'Max (Max, CBox.Height); end if; Next (C); end loop; Total := Total + Space_Between_Items * Gdouble (Items.Length); -- Now insert (if needed) the parent item, below or to the right of -- the existing model elements, and centered with regards to its -- future children Pos := Ref.Position; if Pos = No_Position then Ref.Refresh_Layout (Context); -- Compute its size Box := Ref.Bounding_Box; MBox := Self.Model.Bounding_Box; if Horizontal then Child.Y := MBox.Y + MBox.Height; Pos.Y := Child.Y + (Total - MBox.Height) / 2.0; if Direction = Right then Pos.X := MBox.X; Child.X := Pos.X + Box.Width + Space_Between_Layers; else Child.X := MBox.X; Pos.X := Child.X + Max + Space_Between_Layers; end if; else Child.X := MBox.X + MBox.Width; Pos.X := Child.X + (Total - MBox.Width) / 2.0; if Direction = Down then Pos.Y := MBox.Y; Child.Y := Pos.Y + Box.Height + Space_Between_Layers; else Child.Y := MBox.Y; Pos.Y := Child.Y + Max + Space_Between_Layers; end if; end if; Ref.Set_Position (Pos); -- No animation else Box := Ref.Bounding_Box; if Horizontal then Child.Y := Pos.Y + (Box.Height - Total) / 2.0; if Direction = Right then Child.X := Pos.X + Box.Width + Space_Between_Layers; else Child.X := Pos.X - Max - Space_Between_Layers; end if; else Child.X := Pos.X + (Box.Width - Total) / 2.0; if Direction = Down then Child.Y := Pos.Y + Box.Height + Space_Between_Layers; else Child.Y := Pos.Y - Max - Space_Between_Layers; end if; end if; end if; -- Reserve space for the children by moving existing items aside. if Horizontal then Reserve_Space (Self, (Child.X, Child.Y, Max, Total), Direction => Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views.Horizontal, Duration => Duration); else Reserve_Space (Self, (Child.X, Child.Y, Total, Max), Direction => Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views.Vertical, Duration => Duration); end if; -- Now move the children into place C := Items.First; Coord := Child; while Has_Element (C) loop It := Abstract_Item (Element (C)); if Duration = 0.0 then It.Set_Position (Coord); else It.Set_Position (Pos); -- position of the parent initially Start (Animate_Position (It, Coord, Duration => Duration), Self); end if; CBox := It.Bounding_Box; if Horizontal then Coord.Y := Coord.Y + CBox.Height + Space_Between_Items; else Coord.X := Coord.X + CBox.Width + Space_Between_Items; end if; Next (C); end loop; Self.Model.Refresh_Layout; -- for links if Horizontal then Self.Scroll_Into_View ((Gdouble'Min (Child.X, Pos.X), Gdouble'Min (Child.Y, Pos.Y), Max + Space_Between_Layers + Box.Width, Gdouble'Max (Total, Box.Height)), Duration => Duration); else Self.Scroll_Into_View ((Gdouble'Min (Child.X, Pos.X), Gdouble'Min (Child.Y, Pos.Y), Gdouble'Max (Total, Box.Width), Max + Space_Between_Layers + Box.Height), Duration => Duration); end if; Self.Queue_Draw; end Insert_And_Layout_Items; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-multi_paned.ads0000644000076700001450000003277412533067540020612 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This widget implements a multi-paned widget, similar to the standard -- Gtk_Paned widget, but which can contain several children side to side. -- This widget can mix vertical and horizontal splits -- -- Layout containers -- create_splittable.adb pragma Ada_2005; with Cairo; with Gdk; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Fixed; with Gtk.Widget; package Gtkada.Multi_Paned is type Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record is new Gtk.Fixed.Gtk_Fixed_Record with private; type Gtkada_Multi_Paned is access all Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; type Pane is private; -- An area of the window, which can is splitted either horizontally or -- vertically. It can contain one or several children, next to each other, -- or on top of one another. Root_Pane : constant Pane; -- The root pane. If you split this one, the newly added window will be -- next to all other windows. For instance, if you split vertically with -- the main_pane the following window, you will get: -- +-----+------+ +-----+------+ -- | 1 | | | 1 | | -- +-----+ 3 | => +-----+ 3 | -- | 2 | | | 2 | | -- +-----+------+ +-----+------+ -- | 4 | -- +------------+ procedure Gtk_New (Win : out Gtkada_Multi_Paned); procedure Initialize (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class); -- Create a new paned window. function Get_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal type function Handle_Size (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class) return Gint; -- returns the size of the handle procedure Set_Opaque_Resizing (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Opaque : Boolean); -- Whether resizing of the widgets should be opaque or not. The default -- is not to do opaque resizing for efficiency reasons procedure Add_Child (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation := Gtk.Enums.Orientation_Horizontal; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True); -- Add new child, splitting as needed. -- This should be used when there is no child yet -- The window is splitted in two by default. However, if Width and Height -- are specified (or left to -1 for automatic computation), the window is -- splitted so that amount of screen space is left to the widget -- (leaving some minimum amount of space to other children as needed). -- If Fixed_Size is true, then the size of the dock will not change when -- Win is resized. Otherwise, it will keep its relative size (x% of the -- total size of Win). This Fixed_Size setting will be reset to False -- as soon as the user has resized a pane with the mouse. procedure Split (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Ref_Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True); -- Split the pane containing Ref_Widget, and add New_Child -- in the new pane (on the right or at the bottom if After is True, on the -- left or at the top if After is False). procedure Set_Size (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False); -- Force a specific size for Widget function Splitted_Area (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Ref_Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; After : Boolean := True) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; -- Return the widget in the splitted area next to Ref_Widget if any exist. -- Orientation and After define which splitted area we are looking at. -- null is returned if there are no such splitted area. function Get_Pane (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Pane; function Get_Pane (Current_Pane : Pane) return Pane; -- Return the pane that contains the widget. See comment for Split below. procedure Split (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Ref_Pane : Pane; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True); -- Split Ref_Pane to display New_Child to one of its sides. -- See the comments for Root_Pane above. -- The examples below assume that you are using one of the two split -- procedures, either with a Ref_Pane or a Ref_Widget. In the former case, -- the pane is obtained with a call to Get_Pane(Ref_Widget). -- As you will see, the results are different (although they might appear -- similar sometimes on this simple example. -- In all these examples, we split either vertically or horizontally, and -- add a new widget "4". -- -- Given the following setup: -- +---+---+ -- | 1 | | -- +---+ 3 | -- | 2 | | -- +---+---+ -- -- Ref_Pane = Get_Pane ("1") Ref_Widget = "1" -- Split vertically -- After=True After=False After=True After=False -- +---+---+ +---+---+ +---+---+ +---+---+ -- | 1 | 3 | | 4 | 3 | | 1 | 3 | | 4 | 3 | -- +---+ | +---+ | +---+ | +---+ | -- | 2 | | | 1 | | | 4 | | | 1 | | -- +---+ | +---+ | +---+ | +---+ | -- | 4 | | | 2 | | | 2 | | | 2 | | -- +---+---+ +---+---+ +---+---+ +---+---+ -- -- Split horizontally -- After=True After=False After=True After=False -- +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ -- | 1 | 4 | 3 | | 4 | 1 | 3 | | 1 | 4 | 3 | | 4 | 1 | 3 | -- +---+ | | | +---+ | +---+---+ | +---+---+ | -- | 2 | | | | | 2 | | | 2 | | | 2 | | -- +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ +-------+---+ +-------+---+ -- -- -- Ref_Pane = Get_Pane ("3") Ref_Widget = "3" -- Split vertically -- After=True After=False After=True After=False -- +---+---+ +-------+ +---+---+ +---+---+ -- | 1 | 3 | | 4 | | 1 | 3 | | 1 | 4 | -- +---+ | +---+---+ +---+---+ +---+---+ -- | 2 | | | 1 | 3 | | 2 | 4 | | 2 | 3 | -- +---+---+ +---+ | +---+---+ +---+---+ -- | 4 | | 2 | | -- +-------+ +---+---+ -- -- Split horizontally -- After=True After=False After=True After=False -- +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ -- | 1 | 3 | 4 | | 4 | 1 | 3 | | 1 | 3 | 4 | | 1 | 4 | 3 | -- +---+ | | | +---+ | +---+ | | +---+ | | -- | 2 | | | | | 2 | | | 2 | | | | 2 | | | -- +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ +---+---+---+ procedure Freeze (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record); -- Freeze the window, ie when a child is inserted, no computation of its -- size is done, and will not generate immediate resizing. -- You only need to call this procedure when restoring Win to a previously -- state saved, and never if you are using the GtkAda.MDI which takes care -- of it on its own. procedure Thaw (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record); -- Opposite of Freeze. You should call Size_Allocate on Win afterward to -- force a recomputation of the size --------------- -- Iterators -- --------------- type Child_Iterator is private; function Start (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record) return Child_Iterator; -- Return an iterator to the first child of the window. This also returns -- children which are not widget, but are used to organize the window into -- horizontal and vertical panes function At_End (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Boolean; -- True if there is no more child to be returned procedure Next (Iter : in out Child_Iterator); -- Move to the next child of Iterator function Get_Widget (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; -- Return the widget embedded in the current child. This returns null if -- the current child is only used as a pane separator (horizontal or -- vertical). You mustn't remove the widget from the paned widget, or the -- iterator becomes invalid. function Get_Orientation (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; -- Return the orientation of the current child. This is only relevant if -- the child doesn't contain a widget (and therefore Get_Widget has -- returned null). function Get_Depth (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Natural; -- Return the depth of the current child (0 means the child is at the -- toplevel, 1 that this is a child directly underneath,...). -- This can be used to detect when the Iter has finished traversing one -- of the panes. procedure Get_Size (Iter : Child_Iterator; Width, Height : out Gint; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : out Gint; Parent_Orientation : out Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation); -- Return the size of the current element (pane or widget), as well as the -- parent's pane (the resizable area that contains notebooks or other -- panes). The parent size is the total size devoted to its children, -- omitting the size occupied by resize handles. ----------- -- Debug -- ----------- -- The following subprograms are only intended for debugging purposes. procedure Dump (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class); -- Dump the configuration of Split to stdout. This is only intended for -- testing purposes. If you want to save and restore this configuration, -- you should look at Gtkada.MDI instead, which contains all the -- subprograms needed to handle desktops. type Debug_Level_Change is (Debug_Preserve, Debug_Increase, Debug_Decrease); procedure Print_Debug (Msg : String; Mode : Debug_Level_Change := Debug_Preserve); -- Debug support private type Child_Description; type Child_Description_Access is access Child_Description; type Pane is new Child_Description_Access; Root_Pane : constant Pane := null; type Child_Iterator is record Split : Gtkada_Multi_Paned; Current : Child_Description_Access; Depth : Natural := 0; end record; type Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record is new Gtk.Fixed.Gtk_Fixed_Record with record Frozen : Boolean := False; Children : Child_Description_Access; Initial_Pos : Gint; Selected : Child_Description_Access; Selected_Pos : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Allocation; Cursor_Double_H_Arrow : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; Cursor_Double_V_Arrow : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; Opaque_Resizing : Boolean := False; Overlay : Cairo.Cairo_Surface := Cairo.Null_Surface; Handle_Width : Gint := 6; -- Width, in pixels, of the resizing handles. -- ??? Should be read from theme with -- gtk_widget_style_get -- (gtk_paned, "handle_size", &handle_size, NULL) end record; end Gtkada.Multi_Paned; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view.ads0000644000076700001450000026756412533067540020625 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package is a rewrite of Gtkada.Canvas, with hopefully more -- capabilities and a cleaner API. -- -- It provides a drawing area (canvas) on which items can be displayed and -- linked together. It also supports interactive manipulation of those -- items. -- -- This package is organized around the concept of Model-View-Controller: -- - The model is an item that gives access to all the items contained -- in the canvas, although it need not necessarily own them. A default -- model implementation is provided which indeed stores the items -- internally, but it is possible to create a model which is a simple -- wrapper around an application-specific API that would already have the -- list of items. -- -- - The view is in charge of representing the model, or a subset of it. It -- is possible to have multiple views for a single model, each displaying -- a different subset or a different part of the whole canvas. -- When a view is put inside a Gtk_Scrolled_Window, it automatically -- supports scrolling either via the scrollbars, or directly with the -- mouse wheel or touchpad. -- -- - The controller provides the user interaction in the canvas, and will -- change the view and model properties when the user performs actions. -- -- A view does not draw any background (image, grid,...). This is because -- there are simply too many ways application want to take advantage of the -- background. Instead, you should override the Draw_Internal primitive and -- take advantage (optionally) of some of the helps in -- Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views, which among other things provide ways to draw -- grids. -- -- Likewise, a view does not handle events by default (except for scrolling -- when it is put in a Gtk_Scrolled_Window). This is also because applications -- want to do widely different things (for some, clicking in the background -- should open a menu, whereas others will want to let the user scroll by -- dragging the mouse in the background -- likewise when clicking on items -- for instance). -- -- Differences with Gtkada.Canvas -- ============================== -- -- This package is organized around the concept of Model-View-Controller, -- which provides a much more flexible approach. There is for instance no -- need to duplicate the items in memory if you already have them available -- somewhere else in your application. -- -- Various settings that were set on an Interactive_Canvas (like the font for -- annotations, arrow sizes,...) are now configured on each item or link -- separately, which provides much more flexibility in what this canvas can -- display. -- -- The support for items is much richer: via a number of new primitive -- operations, it is possible to control with more details the behavior of -- items and where links should be attached to them. -- More importantly, this package provides a ready-to-use set of predefined -- items (rectangles, circles, text, polygons,...) which can be composited -- and have automatic size computation. This makes it easier than before to -- have an item that contains, for instance, a list of text fields, since -- there is no need any more to compute the size of the text explicitly. -- -- This package systematically use a Gdouble for coordinates (in any of the -- coordinate systems), instead of the mix of Gint, Gdouble and Gfloat that -- the Gtkada.Canvas is using. In fact, most of the time applications will -- only have to deal with the item coordinate system (see below), and never -- with the view coordinate system. -- -- The behavior of snap-to-grid is different: whereas in Gtkada.Canvas it -- forces items to always be aligned with the grid (with no way to have items -- not aligned), the Canvas_View's effect is more subtle: basically, when an -- item is moved closed enough to the grid, it will be aligned to the grid. -- But if it is far from any grid line, you can drop it anywhere. -- Snapping also takes into account all four edges of items, not just their -- topleft corner. -- -- User interaction -- ================ -- -- By default, limited user interaction is supported: -- * When a view is added to a Gtk_Scrolled_Window, scrolling is -- automatically supported (it is handled by the scrolled window). -- Users can use the mouse wheel to scroll vertically, shift and the -- mouse wheel to scroll horizontally, or use the touchpad to navigate -- (in general with multiple fingers). -- -- But of course it supports much more advanced interactions, like clicking -- on items, moving them with the mouse or keyboard,... -- -- For this, you need to connect to the "item_event" signal, and either -- directly handle the signal (a simple click for instance), or set some -- data in the details parameters, to enable dragging items or the background -- of the canvas (for scrolling). The package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views -- provides a number of precoded behaviors. -- -- When dragging items, the view will scroll automatically if the mouse is -- going outside of the visible area. Scrolling will continue while the mouse -- stays there, even if the user does not move the mouse. -- -- The following has not been backported yet: -- ========================================== -- -- Items are selected automatically when they are clicked. If Control is -- pressed at the same time, multiple items can be selected. -- If the background is clicked (and control is not pressed), then all items -- are unselected. -- Pressing and dragging the mouse in the backgroudn draws a virtual box on -- the screen. All the items fully included in this box when it is released -- will be selected (this will replace the current selection if Control was -- not pressed). -- -- -- Drawing -- create_canvas_view.adb pragma Ada_2012; with Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists; private with Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps; with Ada.Containers.Hashed_Sets; with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; use Ada.Numerics; private with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; private with GNAT.Strings; with Cairo; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; private with Glib.Main; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Bin; use Gtk.Bin; with Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; package Gtkada.Canvas_View is package Gdouble_Elementary_Functions is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); type Canvas_View_Record is new Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record with private; type Canvas_View is access all Canvas_View_Record'Class; -- A view is a display of one particular part of the model, or a subset of -- it. Multiple views can be associated with a specific model, and will -- monitor changes to it view signals. -- The view automatically refreshes its display when its model changes. type Canvas_Model_Record is abstract new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Canvas_Model is access all Canvas_Model_Record'Class; -- A model is a common interface to query the list of items that should -- be displayed in the canvas. It does not assume anything regarding the -- actual storage of the items, so it is possible to create your own -- model implementation that simply query the rest of your application -- (or a database, or some other source of data) as needed, without -- duplicating the items. -- -- This type is not an Ada interface because it needs to inherit from -- GObject so that it can send signals. -- -- The interface does not provide support for adding items to the model: -- instead, this is expected to be done by the concrete implementations of -- the model, which must then send the signal "layout_changed". ----------------- -- Coordinates -- ----------------- -- There are multiple coordinate systems used in this API. Here is a full -- description: -- -- - Model coordinates: these are the coordinates of items without -- considering canvas scrolling or zooming. These do not change when the -- view is zoomed or scrolled, and these are therefore the coordinates -- that are stored in the model. -- The drawing of links is done within this system. -- These coordinates are in general oriented so that x increases towards -- the right, and y increases towards the bottom of the screen. This -- can be changed by overriding Set_Transform below. -- -- - View coordinates: these are the coordinates of items in the widget -- representing the view. They change when the view is scrolled or -- zoomed. These coordinates are mostly an implementation detail. -- -- - Item coordinates: these are the coordinates relative to the -- top-left corner of an item as if it was displayed at a zoom level of -- 100%. All drawing of items is done with this system, so that the -- same item can be displayed at different positions in the view -- without changing the drawing instructions. -- The drawing coordinates are automatically converted to the view -- coordinates by the use of a transformation matrix, which is done very -- efficiently on modern systems. -- -- - Window coordinates -- These are rarely used, only when interfacing with gtk+ events. These -- are the coordinates relative to the Gdk_Window of the view. subtype Model_Coordinate is Gdouble; subtype View_Coordinate is Gdouble; subtype Item_Coordinate is Gdouble; subtype Window_Coordinate is Gdouble; -- We use subtypes for convenience in your applications to avoid casts. type Model_Rectangle is record X, Y, Width, Height : Model_Coordinate; end record; type View_Rectangle is record X, Y, Width, Height : View_Coordinate; end record; type Item_Rectangle is record X, Y, Width, Height : Item_Coordinate; end record; type Window_Rectangle is record X, Y, Width, Height : Window_Coordinate; end record; -- A rectangle in various coordinates type Model_Point is record X, Y : Model_Coordinate; end record; type View_Point is record X, Y : View_Coordinate; end record; type Window_Point is record X, Y : Window_Coordinate; end record; subtype Item_Point is Gtkada.Style.Point; -- A point in various coordinates type Model_Point_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Model_Point; type Model_Point_Array_Access is access Model_Point_Array; subtype Item_Point_Array is Gtkada.Style.Point_Array; subtype Item_Point_Array_Access is Gtkada.Style.Point_Array_Access; No_Rectangle : constant Model_Rectangle := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); No_Point : constant Model_Point := (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); No_Item_Point : constant Item_Point := (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); function Point_In_Rect (Rect : Model_Rectangle; P : Model_Point) return Boolean; function Point_In_Rect (Rect : Item_Rectangle; P : Item_Point) return Boolean; -- Whether the point is in the rectangle function Intersects (Rect1, Rect2 : Model_Rectangle) return Boolean; function Intersects (Rect1, Rect2 : Item_Rectangle) return Boolean; -- Whether the two rectangles intersect. procedure Union (Rect1 : in out Model_Rectangle; Rect2 : Model_Rectangle); -- Store in Rect1 the minimum rectangle that contains both Rect1 and Rect2. ------------------ -- Enumerations -- ------------------ type Side_Attachment is (Auto, Top, Right, Bottom, Left, No_Clipping); -- Which side of the toplevel item the link is attached to. -- -- For toplevel items, this can be controlled by using the -- Anchor_Attachment's X and Y properties. -- But for nested item, this forces the link to start from the -- toplevel item's border. Here is an example: -- +----------+ -- | +-+ | -- | |A| |\ -- | +-+ | \1 -- | B |\ \ -- +----------+ \ \ -- 2\ +----------------+ -- \| C | -- +----------------+ -- -- The link 1 is attached to the nested item A, and the side_attachment -- is set to Right. As a result, it always starts at the same height as A -- itself. -- The link 2 is also attached to A, but the side is set to Auto. So the -- canvas draws the shortest path from A to C (and clips the line to the -- border of B). So it is not as visible that 2 is linked to A. -- -- The "No_Clipping" side should be used when a link is connected to -- another link, since in that case there is no notion of link. type Anchor_Attachment is record X, Y : Glib.Gdouble := 0.5; Toplevel_Side : Side_Attachment := Auto; Distance : Model_Coordinate := 0.0; end record; Middle_Attachment : constant Anchor_Attachment := (0.5, 0.5, Auto, 0.0); -- Where in the item the link is attached (0.5 means the middle, 0.0 -- means left or top, and 1.0 means right or bottom). -- -- For the target side of a link, if X or Y are negative, Gtkada will try -- to draw a strictly orthogonal or vertical segment next on that end by -- adjusting the location of the end point along the border of the item. If -- it cannot, then GtkAda will use the absolute value of X and Y to specify -- the attachment. -- -- You can therefore force a link to always emerge from the right side of -- an item by setting X to 1.0 and Y to any value, for instance. -- See the description of Side_Attachment for an example on how to use -- Toplevel_Side. -- Distance indicates at which distance from the border of the item the -- link should stop. By default, it reaches the border. type Route_Style is (Orthogonal, Straight, Arc, Curve); -- This defines how a link is routed between its two ends. -- Curve is similar to orthogonal (links restricted to horizontal and -- vertical lines), but using a bezier curve. ------------------ -- Draw context -- ------------------ type Draw_Context is record Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context := Cairo.Null_Context; Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout := null; View : Canvas_View := null; end record; -- Context to perform the actual drawing function Build_Context (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Draw_Context; -- Returns a draw context for the view. This context is suitable for -- computing sizes (in Refresh_Layout), but not for actual drawing. -------------------- -- Abstract Items -- -------------------- type Abstract_Item_Record is interface; type Abstract_Item is access all Abstract_Item_Record'Class; -- These are all the elements that can be displayed on a canvas, including -- the boxes, the links between the boxes, any annotations on those links, -- and so on. -- Items can be grouped, so that toplevel items contain one or more -- other items. The toplevel items are the ones that are moved -- interactively by the user, and their contained items will be moved -- along. -- All primitive operations on items, except its position, are done in the -- Item's own coordinate systems so that it is easy to create new types of -- items without paying attention to any of its parents rotation or -- scaling, or the rotation and scaling of the view itself). -- -- This interface is meant for use when you already have ways to store -- coordinates and sizes in your own data types, at which point you can -- implement a simpler wrapper for your data type that implements this -- interface. In general, though, it is better to extend the type -- Abstract_Item_Record which provides its own non-abstract handling for a -- number of subprograms below. package Items_Lists is new Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists (Abstract_Item); function Is_Link (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record) return Boolean is abstract; -- Whether this item should be considered as a link between two other -- items. -- Such links have a few specific behavior: for instance, they cannot be -- dragged by the user to a new position (their layout is provided by the -- items they are linked to). -- They also do not contribute to the smart guides that are used while -- items are moved around. No_Position : constant Gtkada.Style.Point := (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); -- Indicates that the item did not get assigned a proper position function Position (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Point is abstract; -- The coordinates of the item within its parent. -- If the item has no parent, the coordinates should be returned in model -- coordinates. These coordinates describe the origin (0,0) point of -- the item's coordinate system (even if Set_Position was specified to -- point to another location in the item). procedure Set_Position (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point) is null; -- Used to change the position of an item (by default an item cannot be -- moved). You must call the model's Refresh_Layout after moving items. function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record) return Item_Rectangle is abstract; -- Returns the area occupied by the item. -- Any drawing for the item, including shadows for instance, must be -- within this area. -- This bounding box is always returned in the item's own coordinate -- system, so that it is not necessary to pay attention to the current -- scaling factor or rotation for the item, its parents or the canvas view. -- -- The coordinates of the item are always the top-left corner of their -- bounding box. These coordinates are either relative to the item's -- toplevel container, or model coordinates for toplevel items. -- -- The bounding box is also used for fast detection on whether the item -- might be clicked on by the user. procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is null; -- Called when Refresh_Layout is called on the model. -- This is an opportunity for the item to update its size for instance, or -- do other computation that might impact the result of Bounding_Box. procedure Draw (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is abstract; -- Draw the item on the given cairo context. -- A transformation matrix has already been applied to Cr, so that all -- drawing should be done in item-coordinates for Self, so that (0,0) is -- the top-left corner of Self's bounding box. -- Do not call this procedure directly. Instead, call -- Translate_And_Draw_Item below. procedure Translate_And_Draw_Item (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; As_Outline : Boolean := False; Outline_Style : Drawing_Style := No_Drawing_Style); -- Translate the transformation matrix and draw the item. -- This procedure should be used instead of calling Draw directly. -- If As_Outline is true, then only the outline of the item is displayed, -- using the provided style procedure Draw_Outline (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context) is null; -- Draw an outline for Self (which is used for the selection for instance). -- Do not call this procedure directly, use Translate_And_Draw_Item -- instead, unless called directly from an overriding of Draw. procedure Draw_As_Selected (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is abstract; -- Draw the item when it is selected. -- The default is to draw both the item and its outline. -- Do not call this procedure directly, use Translate_And_Draw_Item -- instead, unless called directly from an overriding of Draw. function Contains (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean is abstract; -- Should test whether Point is within the painted region for Self (i.e. -- whether Self should be selected when the user clicks on the point). -- For an item with holes, this function should return False when the -- point is inside one of the holes, for instance. function Edit_Widget (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget is abstract; -- Return the widget to use for in-place editing of the item. -- null should be returned when the item is not editable in place. -- It is the responsibility of the returned widget to monitor events and -- validate the editing, update Self, and then call model's layout_changed -- signal. procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is null; -- Called when Self is no longer needed. -- Do not call directly. function Parent (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record) return Abstract_Item is abstract; -- Return the item inside which Self is contained. -- null is returned for toplevel items, in which case the coordinates of -- the bounding box are model coordinats. Otherwise, the coordinates are -- relative to the returned item. function Get_Toplevel_Item (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Abstract_Item; -- Return the toplevel item that contains Self (or self itself) function Inner_Most_Item (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; At_Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item is abstract; -- Return the inner-most item at the specific coordinates in Self (or -- Self itself). function Link_Anchor_Point (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment) return Item_Point is abstract; -- Return the anchor point for links to or from this item. In general, -- this anchor point is in the middle of the item or depends on the -- Anchor parameter, and the link will automatically be clipped to one -- of the borders. The coordinates are absolute. -- This anchor point can be in the middle of an item, the link itself -- will be clipped with a call to Clip_Line_On_Top_Level function Clip_Line (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Item_Point is abstract; -- Returns the intersection of the line from P1 to P2 with the border of -- the item. Drawing a line from this intersection point to P2 will not -- intersect the item. function Model_Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Model_Rectangle; -- Return the bounding box of Self always in model coordinates. -- As opposed to Bounding_Box, model coordinates are also returned -- for nested items. function Is_Invisible (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record) return Boolean is abstract; -- True if Self has no filling or stroke information (and therefore is -- invisible even when displayed, although some of its children might be -- visible). -- This function is independent of Set_Visibility_Threshold, Show or Hide. procedure Set_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record; Threshold : Gdouble) is null; function Get_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record) return Gdouble is abstract; -- When the items bounding box (on the screen) width or height are less -- than Threshold pixels, the item is automatically hidden. -- Making the item invisibile does not impact the visibility of links from -- or to that item (but you could use Include_Related_Items to find these -- related items. -- You need to refresh the view afterwards procedure Show (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Hide (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Hide or show the item unconditionally. This overrides the settings -- done by Set_Visibility_Threshold. ----------- -- Items -- ----------- type Canvas_Item_Record is abstract new Abstract_Item_Record with private; type Canvas_Item is access all Canvas_Item_Record'Class; -- An implementation of the Abstract_Item interface, which handles a -- number of the operations automatically. For instance, it will store the -- position of the item and its bounding box. -- It is easier to derive from this type when you want to create your own -- items, unless you want complete control of the data storage. overriding function Is_Link (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record) return Boolean is (False); overriding function Parent (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record) return Abstract_Item is (null); overriding function Is_Invisible (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record) return Boolean is (False); function Inner_Most_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; At_Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item is (Self); overriding function Position (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Point; overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean; overriding function Link_Anchor_Point (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment) return Item_Point; overriding function Clip_Line (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Item_Point; overriding function Edit_Widget (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; overriding procedure Draw_As_Selected (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Draw_Outline (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Set_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Threshold : Gdouble); overriding function Get_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record) return Gdouble; overriding procedure Set_Position (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point); -- Sets the position of the item within its parent (or within the canvas -- view if Self has no parent). ------------------ -- Canvas_Model -- ------------------ function Model_Get_Type return Glib.GType; pragma Convention (C, Model_Get_Type); -- Return the internal type procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); -- Initialize the internal data so that signals can be sent. -- This procedure must always be called when you create a new model. type Item_Kind_Filter is (Kind_Item, Kind_Link, Kind_Any); procedure For_Each_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); Selected_Only : Boolean := False; Filter : Item_Kind_Filter := Kind_Any; In_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle) is abstract; -- Calls Callback for each item in the model, including links. -- Only the items that intersect In_Area should be returned for -- efficiency, although it is valid to return all items. -- -- If Selected_Only is true, then only selected items are returned -- -- Items are returned in z-layer order: lowest items first, highest items -- last. -- -- You should not remove items while iterating, since removing items might -- end up removing other items (links to or from the original item for -- instance). Instead, create a temporary structure via -- Include_Related_Items and use Remove to remove them all at once. function Hash (Key : Abstract_Item) return Ada.Containers.Hash_Type; package Item_Sets is new Ada.Containers.Hashed_Sets (Element_Type => Abstract_Item, Hash => Hash, Equivalent_Elements => "=", "=" => "="); procedure For_Each_Link (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); From_Or_To : Item_Sets.Set); -- This iterator should return all the links in the model. -- If possible, it should restrict itself to the links with at least one -- end on an item in From_Or_To (or on a link to such an item). -- This function is important for performance when draggin items in a -- large model (tens of thousands of items). The default implementation -- simply calls For_Each_Item. -- From_Or_To is never empty. procedure Include_Related_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Set : in out Item_Sets.Set); -- Append Item and all items and links related to Item (i.e. the links for -- which one of the ends is Item, and then the links to these links, and so -- on). function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Margin : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) return Model_Rectangle; -- Returns the rectangle that encompasses all the items in the model. -- This is used by views to compute the maximum area that should be made -- visible. -- An extra margin is added to each side of the box. -- The default implementation is not efficient, since it will iterate all -- items one by one to compute the rectangle. No caching is done. procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Send_Signal : Boolean := True); -- Refresh the layout of Self. -- This procedure should be called every time items are moved (because -- this impacts links to or from these items), or when they are added or -- removed (it could also impact the layout of links if they displays to -- avoid going underneath items). -- This procedure is also used to compute the size of items (see -- Container_Item below). -- The default implementation will simply iterate over all items, but it -- could be implemented more efficiently. -- -- This procedure will in general send a Layout_Changed signal if -- Send_Signal is true. This should in general always be left to True -- unless you are writting your own model. -- -- WARNING: this procedure must be called only once at least one view has -- been created for the model. This ensures that the necessary information -- for the layout of text has been retrieved from the view layer. If you -- do not have at least one view, all text will be hidden or displayed as -- ellipsis. -- In fact, this procedure is called automatically on the model the first -- time it is associated with a view. function Toplevel_Item_At (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item; -- Return the toplevel item at the specific coordinates (if any). -- The default implementation simply traverses the list of items, and -- calls Contains on each child. -- This function returns the topmost item procedure Remove (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is null; -- Remove an item to the model, and destroy it. -- This also removes all links to and from the element, and links to -- these links (and so on). procedure Remove (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Set : Item_Sets.Set); -- Remove all elements in the set from the model. -- It is expected that the set already contains related items (see -- Include_Related_Items) -- The default implementation is to call Remove for each of the element in -- the set, so you will need to override this procedure if your -- implementation of Remove calls this one. procedure Raise_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is abstract; procedure Lower_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is abstract; -- Change the z-order of the item. -- This emits the layout_changed signal type Selection_Mode is (Selection_None, Selection_Single, Selection_Multiple); procedure Set_Selection_Mode (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Mode : Selection_Mode); -- Controls whether items can be selected. -- Changing the mode always clears the selection. procedure Clear_Selection (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record); procedure Add_To_Selection (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Remove_From_Selection (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); function Is_Selected (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Handling of selection. Depending on the selection mode, some of these -- operations might have no effect, or might unselect the current selection -- before selecting a new item. -- The selection might contain child items (i.e. not just toplevel items). -- -- Whenever the selection is changed, the signal "selection_changed" is -- emitted. function Is_Selectable (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean is (True); -- Whether the given item is selectable. By default, all items are -- selectable. procedure Selection_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null); function On_Selection_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id; Signal_Selection_Changed : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "selection_changed"; -- Item is set to null when the selection was cleared, otherwise it is -- set to the element that was just added or removed from the selection. procedure Layout_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); function On_Layout_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id; Signal_Layout_Changed : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "layout_changed"; -- Emits or handles the "layout_changed" signal. -- This signal must be emitted by models whenever new items are added, -- existing items are resized or removed, or any other event that impacts -- coordinates of any item in the model. -- It is recommended to emit this signal only once per batch of changes, procedure Item_Contents_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); function On_Item_Contents_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id; Signal_Item_Contents_Changed : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "item_contents_changed"; -- This signal should be emitted instead of layout_changed when only the -- contents of an item (but not its size) has changed). This will only -- trigger the refresh of that specific item. function On_Item_Destroyed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id; Signal_Item_Destroyed : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "item_destroyed"; -- This signal is emitted just before an item is destroyed. ---------------- -- List Model -- ---------------- type List_Canvas_Model_Record is new Canvas_Model_Record with private; type List_Canvas_Model is access all List_Canvas_Model_Record'Class; -- A very simple-minded concrete implementation for a model. -- This model is suitable for most cases where only a few thousands items -- are displayed. If you have tens of thousands, you should consider -- wrapping this model with a Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models.Rtree_Model to -- speed things up. procedure Gtk_New (Self : out List_Canvas_Model); -- Create a new model procedure Add (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Add a new item to the model. procedure Clear (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record); -- Remove all items from the model, and destroy them. overriding procedure Remove (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); overriding procedure Remove (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Set : Item_Sets.Set); overriding procedure For_Each_Item (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); Selected_Only : Boolean := False; Filter : Item_Kind_Filter := Kind_Any; In_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle); overriding procedure Raise_Item (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); overriding procedure Lower_Item (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); overriding function Toplevel_Item_At (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item; ----------------- -- Canvas_View -- ----------------- View_Margin : constant View_Coordinate := 20.0; -- The number of blank pixels on each sides of the view. This avoids having -- items displays exactly next to the border of the view. procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Canvas_View; Model : access Canvas_Model_Record'Class := null); procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Model : access Canvas_Model_Record'Class := null); -- Create a new view which displays the model. -- A new reference to the model is created (and released when the view is -- destroyed), so that in general the code will look like: -- Model := new ....; -- Initialize (Model); -- Gtk_New (View, Model); -- Unref (Model); -- unless you need to keep a handle on it too procedure Set_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Model : access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); -- Change the model, and redraw the whole draw. function Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Canvas_Model; -- Return the model function View_Get_Type return Glib.GType; pragma Convention (C, View_Get_Type); -- Return the internal type procedure Set_Grid_Size (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Size : Model_Coordinate := 30.0); -- Set the size of the grid. -- This grid is not visible by default. To display it, you should override -- Draw_Internal and call one of the functions in Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views. -- -- This grid is also size for snapping of items while they are moved: when -- they are dragged to a position close to one of the grid lines, they will -- be moved by a small extra amount to align on this grid line. Default_Guide_Style : constant Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Gtkada.Style.Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.957, 0.363, 0.913, 1.0)); procedure Set_Snap (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Snap_To_Grid : Boolean := True; Snap_To_Guides : Boolean := False; Snap_Margin : Model_Coordinate := 5.0; Guides_Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Default_Guide_Style); -- Configure the snapping feature. -- When items are moved interactively, they will tend to snap to various -- coordinates, as defined for instance by Set_Grid_Size. -- For instance, when any size of the item gets close to one of the grid -- lines (i.e. less than Snap_Margin), it will be moved an extra small -- amount so that the coordinate of that size of the item is exactly that -- of the grid line. This results in nicer alignment of the items. -- -- No snapping to grid occurs if the grid size is set to 0. procedure Draw_Internal (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle); -- Redraw either the whole view, or a specific part of it only. -- The transformation matrix has already been set on the context. -- This procedure can be overridden if you need to perform special -- operations, like drawing a grid for instance. See the various helper -- subprograms in Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views to do so. function Get_Visible_Area (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record) return Model_Rectangle; -- Return the area of the model that is currently displayed in the view. -- This is in model coordinates (since the canvas coordinates are always -- from (0,0) to (Self.Get_Allocation_Width, Self.Get_Allocation_Height). procedure Set_Transform (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null); -- Set the transformation matrix for the current settings (scrolling and -- zooming). -- -- The effect is that any drawing on this context should now be done using -- the model coordinates, which will automatically be converted to the -- canvas_coordinates internally. -- -- If Item is specified, all drawing becomes relative to that item -- instead of the position of the top-left corner of the view. All drawing -- to this context must then be done in item_coordinates, which will -- automatically be converted to canvas_coordinates internally. -- -- This procedure does not need to be call directly in general, since the -- context passed to the Draw primitive of the item has already been set -- up appropriately. -- -- The default coordinates follow the industry standard of having y -- increase downwards. This is sometimes unusual for mathematically- -- oriented people. One solution is to override this procedure in your -- own view, and call Cairo.Set_Scale as in: -- procedure Set_Transform (Self, Cr) is -- Set_Transform (Canvas_View_Record (Self.all)'Access, Cr); -- Cairo.Set_Scale (Cr, 1.0, -1.0); -- which will make y increase upwards instead. function View_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : View_Rectangle) return Model_Rectangle; function View_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; P : View_Point) return Model_Point; function Model_To_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return View_Rectangle; function Model_To_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; P : Model_Point) return View_Point; function Model_To_Window (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return Window_Rectangle; function Window_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Window_Rectangle) return Model_Rectangle; function Window_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; P : Window_Point) return Model_Point; function Item_To_Model (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Rect : Item_Rectangle) return Model_Rectangle; function Item_To_Model (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; P : Item_Point) return Model_Point; function Model_To_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; P : Model_Point) return Item_Point; function Model_To_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; P : Model_Rectangle) return Item_Rectangle; -- Conversion between the various coordinate systems. -- Calling these should seldom be needed, as Cairo uses a transformation -- matrix to automatically (and efficiently) do the transformation on -- your behalf. See the documentation for Set_Transform. procedure Set_Selection_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style); function Get_Selection_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; -- The style used to highlight selected items procedure Set_Scale (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Scale : Gdouble := 1.0; Preserve : Model_Point := No_Point); -- Changes the scaling factor for Self. -- This also scrolsl the view so that either Preserve or the current center -- of the view remains at the same location in the widget, as if the user -- was zooming towards that specific point. -- See also Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views.Animate_Scale for a way to do this -- change via an animation. procedure Set_Topleft (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Topleft : Model_Point); -- Set a specific position for the topleft corner of the visible area. -- This function is mostly useful to restore previous settings (which you -- can get through Get_Visible_Area). Interactively, it is likely better -- to call one of Center_On, Scroll_Into_View or Scale_To_Fit. procedure Center_On (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Center_On : Model_Point; X_Pos, Y_Pos : Gdouble := 0.5; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0); -- Scroll the canvas so that Center_On appears at the given position -- within the view (center when using 0.5, or left when using 0.0, and so -- on). -- If the duration is not 0, animation is used. procedure Scroll_Into_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0); procedure Scroll_Into_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0); -- Do the minimal amount of scrolling to make the item or rectangle -- visible. If the duration is not 0, animation is used. function Get_Scale (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record) return Gdouble; -- Return the current scale procedure Scale_To_Fit (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle; Min_Scale : Gdouble := 1.0 / 4.0; Max_Scale : Gdouble := 4.0; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0); -- Chose the scale and scroll position so that the whole model (or the -- specified rectangle) is visible. -- This procedure leaves a small margin on each sides of the model, since -- that looks nicer. -- This function can be called even before Self has got a size assigned by -- window manager, but the computation of the scale will be delayed until -- an actual size is known. -- If a duration is specified, the scaling and scrolling will be animated procedure Avoid_Overlap (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Avoid : Boolean; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.2); -- Sets whether items should avoid overlap when possible. -- When the user is moving items interactively and dropping them in a new -- position, items that would be overlapped are moved aside to make space -- for the new item. -- If Duration is not 0, the other items are animated to the new position. -- -- This setting has no effect when you set the position of items -- explicitly via a call to Set_Position. In such cases, you can force -- the behavior manually by calling Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views.Reserve_Space. type Page_Format is record Width_In_Inches, Height_In_Inches : Gdouble; end record; A3_Portrait : constant Page_Format := (11.7, 16.5); A3_Landscape : constant Page_Format := (16.5, 11.7); A4_Portrait : constant Page_Format := (8.3, 11.7); A4_Landscape : constant Page_Format := (11.7, 8.3); Letter_Portrait : constant Page_Format := (8.5, 11.0); Letter_Landscape : constant Page_Format := (11.0, 8.5); type Export_Format is (Export_PDF, Export_SVG, Export_PNG); function Export (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Filename : String; Page : Page_Format; Format : Export_Format := Export_PDF; Visible_Area_Only : Boolean := True) return Boolean; -- Create a file with the contents of the view (or the whole model -- if Visible_Area_Only is False). -- True is returned if the file was created successfully, False otherwise No_Drag_Allowed : constant Model_Rectangle := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Drag_Anywhere : constant Model_Rectangle := (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First, Gdouble'Last, Gdouble'Last); -- Values for the Event_Details.Allowed_Drag_Area field type Canvas_Event_Type is (Button_Press, Button_Release, Double_Click, Start_Drag, In_Drag, End_Drag, Key_Press, Scroll); -- The event types that are emitted for the Item_Event signal: -- * Button_Press is called when the user presses any mouse buttton either -- on an item or in the background. -- This event can also be used to start a drag event (by -- setting the Allowed_Drag_Area field of the Canvas_Event_Details). -- It can be used also to display contextual menus. -- -- * Double_Click is used when the left mouse button is pressed twice in -- rapid succession (note that Button_Press is also emitted for the first -- click). -- -- * Start_Drag is used after a user has pressed a mouse button, and the -- callback has enabled a drag area, and the mouse has moved by at least -- a small margin. It applies to either the item (and all other selected -- items, or to the background, for instance to scroll the canvas). -- -- * In_Drag is used during an actual drag. -- -- * End_Drag is used after a successfull drag, when the mouse is released. -- -- * Button_Release is called when the mouse is released but no drag action -- too place. This is the event to use to modify the current selection, -- either by unselecting everything, adding the specific item to the -- selection,... -- -- * Key_Press is used when the user types something on the keyboard while -- the canvas has the focus. It can be used to move items with the arrow -- keys, edit an item,... -- -- * Scroll is used when the user uses the mouse wheel. It is not possible -- to start a drag from this event. -- In the Canvas_Event_Details, the button is set to either 5 or 6, -- depending on the direction of the scrolling. type Canvas_Event_Details is record Event_Type : Canvas_Event_Type; Button : Guint; State : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; -- The modifier keys (shift, alt, control). It can be used to activate -- different behavior in such cases. Key : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; -- The key that was pressed (for key events) Root_Point : Gtkada.Style.Point; -- Coordinates in root window. -- Attributes of the low-level event. -- This is an implementation detail for proper handling of dragging. M_Point : Model_Point; -- Where in the model the user clicked. This is independent of the zoom -- level or current scrolling. Item : Abstract_Item; -- The actual item that was clicked. -- Set to null when the user clicked in the background. Toplevel_Item : Abstract_Item; -- The toplevel item that contains Item (might be Item itself). -- Set to null when the user clicked in the background. T_Point : Item_Point; -- The corodinates of the click in toplevel_item I_Point : Item_Point; -- The coordinates of the click in Item Allowed_Drag_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Drag_Allowed; -- Allowed_Drag_Area should be modified by the callback when the event -- is a button_press event. It should be set to the area within which -- the item (and all currently selected items) can be moved. If you -- leave it to No_Drag_Allowed, the item cannot be moved. -- -- This field is ignored for events other than button_press, since it -- makes no sense for instance to start a drag on a button release. Allow_Snapping : Boolean := True; -- If set to False, this temporary overrides the settings from -- Set_Snap, and prevents any snapping on the grid or smart guides. -- It should be set at the same time that Allowed_Drag_Area is set. end record; type Event_Details_Access is not null access all Canvas_Event_Details; -- This record describes high-level aspects of user interaction with the -- canvas. procedure Set_Details (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Details : out Canvas_Event_Details; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button); -- Set the details from a specific gtk+ event procedure Viewport_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); function On_Viewport_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id; Signal_Viewport_Changed : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "viewport_changed"; -- This signal is emitted whenever the view is zoomed or scrolled. -- This can be used for instance to synchronize multiple views, or display -- a "mini-map" of the whole view. function Item_Event (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Details : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; procedure On_Item_Event (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Call : not null access function (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Details : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null); Signal_Item_Event : constant Glib.Signal_Name := "item_event"; -- This signal is emitted whenever the user interacts with an item (button -- press or release, key events,...). -- It is recommended to connect to this signal rather than the lower-level -- Button_Press_Event, Button_Release_Event,... since most information is -- provided here in the form of the details parameter. -- -- The callback should return True if the event was processed, or False if -- the default handling should be performed. -- -- The package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views contains a number of examples of -- compatible callbacks which enable behaviors such as a moving items, -- scrolling the canvas by dragging the background,... ------------------------ -- Object hierarchies -- ------------------------ -- The above declarations for Abstract_Item and Canvas_Item will let you -- create your own custom items. However, they will require the overriding -- of a number of subprograms to be useful. -- Instead, some predefined types of items are defined below, which can -- be combined into a hierarchy of items: toplevel items act as -- containers for one or more other objets. The size of items can be -- computed automatically, or forced when the item is created. -- -- Children can be put at specific coordinates in their parents, or -- stacked vertically or horizontally. type Container_Item_Record is abstract new Canvas_Item_Record with private; type Container_Item is access all Container_Item_Record'Class; type Child_Layout_Strategy is (Horizontal_Stack, Vertical_Stack); procedure Set_Child_Layout (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Layout : Child_Layout_Strategy); -- How should the children of a container be organized: either one on top -- of another, or one next to another. type Margins is record Top, Right, Bottom, Left : Model_Coordinate; end record; No_Margins : constant Margins := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); type Alignment_Style is (Align_Start, Align_Center, Align_End); -- How an item should be aligned within its parent. -- When the parent stacks its children vertically, alignment is taken into -- account horizontally; and similarly when the parent organizes its -- children horizontally, the alignment is vertical. -- -- When an item does not request a specific size along the alignment axis, -- it always uses the full width or height of its parent, so the alignment -- does not play a role. -- -- However, when the item requests a size smaller than its parent's along -- the alignment axis, extra margin needs to be added, and they are added -- either to its left/top (when Align_Start), to both sides (when -- Align_Center), or to its right/bottom (when Align_End).. -- -- Alignment does not apply to floating children. type Overflow_Style is (Overflow_Prevent, Overflow_Hide); -- An overflow situation occurs when an item's contents is larger than its -- contents. -- If Overflow_Prevent is true, an item will always request enough size to -- fit all its contents. There might still be cases where the parent item -- was set to a small size, though, and the overflow is hidden nonetheless. -- If Overflow_Hide is true, an item will request a minimal size, and -- simply hide the part of its contents that does not fit. procedure Add_Child (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Child : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Align : Alignment_Style := Align_Start; Pack_End : Boolean := False; Margin : Margins := No_Margins; Float : Boolean := False; Overflow : Overflow_Style := Overflow_Prevent); -- Add a new child to the container. -- If the child's position is set, it is then interpreted as relative to -- Self. If the position is not specified, it will be computed -- automatically based on the container's policy (either below the previous -- child, or to its right). -- -- When Pack_End is True, the children are put in reverse order starting -- from the end of Self: for a vertical layout, for instance, the first -- pack_end child will appear at the bottom of Self. -- -- Margins are added to each size of the child. -- -- A floating child does not participate in the stacking: it will still be -- displayed below or to the right of the previous child, but the next -- item will then be displayed at the same coordinate as the floating -- child. procedure Clear (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); -- Remove all children of Self procedure Set_Size_Range (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Min_Width : Gdouble := 1.0; Min_Height : Gdouble := 1.0; Max_Width : Gdouble := Gdouble'Last; Max_Height : Gdouble := Gdouble'Last); -- Specify a minimal size for the item, along both axis. procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); -- Compute the ideal size for Self. -- It might be either a size specifically forced by the user, or computed -- from Self's children's own size_request. -- The size is stored internally in the object. -- The requested size must not include the margins that were defined in -- Add_Child. -- Self can modify its computed position (i.e. the position within its -- parent) as part of the size computation in this procedure. -- One example of overridding this procedure is when you are building an -- item which shoud align some text on two columns (for instance in a UML -- diagram we might want the field names and their types to each be on -- their own column. In this case, the container's Size_Request would -- first call the inherited version (so that each child requests a size), -- then iterate over the children in each column and compute the maximum -- requested width for that column. Finally, another pass for the children -- in each column to call Set_Size_Request and override their requested -- width. procedure Set_Size_Request (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Width, Height : Gdouble := -1.0); -- This procedure should only be called from an override of Size_Request -- (but it can then be called for any item, not just the one passed in -- parameter). -- It can be used to request a specific size for an item, or override the -- size already computed. When Width or Height is negative, they do not -- override the existing size request. procedure Size_Allocate (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record); -- Called once the size of the parent object has been decided (i.e. after -- all the calls to Size_Request). -- The parent must set its child's position and size, and then call -- Size_Allocate to let it know about the final size and position. -- This can be used to compute attributes that need the actual size of the -- item (gradients, centering or right-aligning objects,...) -- Alignments and margins are automatically handled by the parent. procedure For_Each_Child (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Callback : not null access procedure (Child : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class); Recursive : Boolean := False); -- Traverse all children of Self, and calls Callback for each. procedure Draw_Children (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context); -- Display all the children of Self procedure Set_Style (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Style : Drawing_Style); function Get_Style (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Drawing_Style; -- Return the style used for the drawingo of this item. -- When changing the style, you must force a refresh of the canvas. overriding procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Set_Position (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point); procedure Set_Position (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point := (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); Anchor_X : Gdouble; Anchor_Y : Gdouble); -- Anchor_X and Anchor_Y indicate which part of the item is at the given -- coordinates. For instance, (0, 0) indicates that Pos is the location of -- the top-left corner of the item, but (0.5, 0.5) indicates that Pos is -- the position of the center of the item. overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); overriding function Position (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Point; overriding function Parent (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Abstract_Item; overriding function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Item_Rectangle; overriding function Inner_Most_Item (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; At_Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item; overriding function Is_Invisible (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Boolean; ---------------- -- Rectangles -- ---------------- type Rect_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with private; type Rect_Item is access all Rect_Item_Record'Class; -- A predefined type object which displays itself as a rectangle or a -- rectangle with rounded corners. function Gtk_New_Rect (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0; Radius : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) return Rect_Item; procedure Initialize_Rect (Self : not null access Rect_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0; Radius : Model_Coordinate := 0.0); -- Create a new rectangle item. -- If either Width or Height are negative, they will be computed based on -- the children's requested size (if there are no children, a default size -- is used). overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Rect_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Draw_Outline (Self : not null access Rect_Item_Record; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context); -------------- -- Ellipses -- -------------- type Ellipse_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with private; type Ellipse_Item is access all Ellipse_Item_Record'Class; -- A predefined object that displays itself as a circle or an ellipse -- inscribed in a given rectangle. function Gtk_New_Ellipse (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) return Ellipse_Item; procedure Initialize_Ellipse (Self : not null access Ellipse_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0); -- Create a new ellipse item. -- If either Width or Height are negative, they will be computed based on -- the children's requested size (if there are no children, a default size -- is used). -- The ellipse is inscribed in the rectangle given by the item's position -- and the size passed in argument to this function. overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Ellipse_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Ellipse_Item_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean; ------------ -- Images -- ------------ type Image_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with private; type Image_Item is access all Image_Item_Record'Class; -- An item that shows an image. -- The style is used to draw a rectangle around the image function Gtk_New_Image (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Image : not null access Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf_Record'Class; Allow_Rescale : Boolean := True; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) return Image_Item; procedure Initialize_Image (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Image : not null access Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf_Record'Class; Allow_Rescale : Boolean := True; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0); -- Create a new image item. -- By default, the size is computed from the image, but if self is -- actually allocated a different size, the image will be rescaled as -- appropriate. You can disable this behavior by setting Allow_Rescale to -- False. overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); --------------- -- Polylines -- --------------- type Polyline_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with private; type Polyline_Item is access all Polyline_Item_Record'Class; -- A predefine object that displays itself as a set of joined lines. -- This object can optionally contain children, and the polyline can thus -- be used to draw a polygon around those items function Gtk_New_Polyline (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Points : Item_Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Relative : Boolean := False) return Polyline_Item; procedure Initialize_Polyline (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Points : Item_Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Relative : Boolean := False); -- Create a new polyline item. -- If Relative is true, then each point is relative to the previous one -- (i.e. its coordinates are the previous points's coordinate plus the -- offset given in points). The first point is of course in item -- coordinates. overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean; overriding function Clip_Line (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Item_Point; ----------- -- Texts -- ----------- type Text_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with private; type Text_Item is access all Text_Item_Record'Class; -- A predefined object that displays itself as text. type Text_Arrow_Direction is (No_Text_Arrow, Up_Text_Arrow, Down_Text_Arrow, Left_Text_Arrow, Right_Text_Arrow); function Gtk_New_Text (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) return Text_Item; procedure Initialize_Text (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0); -- Create a new text item -- -- Directed indicates whether the text should be followed (or preceded) -- by a directional arrow. This is used when displaying text along links, -- to help users read the meaning of the label. procedure Set_Directed (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow); -- Change the direction of the arrow. -- In particular, this is done automatically when the text is used on a -- link. procedure Set_Text (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Text : String); -- Change the text displayed in the item. -- This does not force a refresh of the item, and it is likely that you -- will need to call the Model's Refresh_Layout method to properly -- recompute sizes of items and link paths. overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); ------------------- -- Editable text -- ------------------- type Editable_Text_Item_Record is new Text_Item_Record with private; type Editable_Text_Item is access all Editable_Text_Item_Record'Class; -- A special text item that can be double-clicked on to be editing in -- place (provided the Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views.On_Item_Event_Edit -- callback was added to the view). function Gtk_New_Editable_Text (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow) return Editable_Text_Item; procedure Initialize_Editable_Text (Self : not null access Editable_Text_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow); -- Create a new text item procedure On_Edited (Self : not null access Editable_Text_Item_Record'Class; Old_Text : String) is null; -- Called after the text has been edited overriding function Edit_Widget (Self : not null access Editable_Text_Item_Record; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; ---------------------- -- Horizontal lines -- ---------------------- type Hr_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with private; type Hr_Item is access all Hr_Item_Record'Class; -- A predefined object that displays itself as a horizontal line with -- optional text in the middle. This thus looks like: -- ---- text ---- function Gtk_New_Hr (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : String := "") return Hr_Item; procedure Initialize_Hr (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : String := ""); -- Create a new horizontal rule overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context); ------------------ -- Canvas links -- ------------------ type Canvas_Link_Record is new Abstract_Item_Record with private; type Canvas_Link is access all Canvas_Link_Record'Class; -- Special support is provided for links. -- These are a special kind of item, which provides automatic routing -- algorithms. They always join two items (including possibly two lines) function Gtk_New (From, To : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Routing : Route_Style := Straight; Label : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_From : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_From : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_To : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_To : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null) return Canvas_Link; procedure Initialize (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; From, To : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Routing : Route_Style := Straight; Label : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_From : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_From : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_To : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_To : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null); -- Create a new link between the two items. -- This link is not automatically added to the model. -- Both items must belong to the same model. -- -- The label is displayed approximately in the middle of the link. -- The Label_From is displayed next to the origin of the link, whereas -- Label_To is displayed next to the target of the link. -- These labels will generally be some Text_Item, but it might make sense -- to use more complex labels, for instance to draw something with a -- polyline item, or using an image. -- -- If the Label is directed, the direction of the arrow will be changed -- automatically to match the layout of the link. function Get_From (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Abstract_Item; function Get_To (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Abstract_Item; -- Return both ends of the link procedure Set_Offset (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Offset : Gdouble); -- This only applies to arc links, and is used to specify the curve of the -- arc (this is basically the maximal distance between the straight line -- and the summit of the arc). -- Offset must not be 0.0 procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context); -- Recompute the layout/routing for the link. -- This procedure should be called whenever any of the end objects changes -- side or position. The view will do this automatically the first time, -- but will not update links later on. procedure Set_Waypoints (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Points : Item_Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False); -- Set explicit waypoints for the link, which forces the link to go through -- the given points. -- Relative should be true if all procedure Set_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Style : Drawing_Style); function Get_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Drawing_Style; -- Return the style used for the drawingo of this link. -- When changing the style, you must force a refresh of the canvas. function Get_Points (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Item_Point_Array_Access; -- Return the computed points for the link. -- Do not free or store the result overriding function Is_Invisible (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Boolean is (False); overriding function Inner_Most_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; At_Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item is (null); overriding function Parent (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Abstract_Item is (null); overriding function Edit_Widget (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget is (null); overriding procedure Set_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Threshold : Gdouble); overriding function Get_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Gdouble; overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); overriding function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Item_Rectangle; overriding function Position (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Point; overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context); overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean; overriding function Clip_Line (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Item_Point; overriding function Link_Anchor_Point (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment) return Item_Point; overriding function Is_Link (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Boolean is (True); procedure Draw_As_Selected (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context); private procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Gtkada.Style.Point_Array, Gtkada.Style.Point_Array_Access); type Canvas_Model_Record is abstract new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with record Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout; Selection : Item_Sets.Set; Mode : Selection_Mode := Selection_Single; end record; type Canvas_Item_Record is abstract new Abstract_Item_Record with record Position : Gtkada.Style.Point := No_Position; -- Position within its parent or the canvas view. Visibility_Threshold : Gdouble := 0.0; -- See Set_Visibility_Threshold. end record; type Container_Item_Record is abstract new Canvas_Item_Record with record Width, Height : Model_Coordinate; -- Computed by Size_Request Computed_Position : Gtkada.Style.Point := (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); -- The position within the parent, as computed in Size_Allocate. -- The field Position is used for the position specifically requested by -- the user. -- This is always the position of the top-left corner, no matter what -- Anchor_X and Anchor_Y are set to. Anchor_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Anchor_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; -- The position within the item that Self.Position points to. Margin : Margins := No_Margins; -- Margins around the child Parent : Container_Item; -- The parent item Min_Width, Min_Height : Gdouble := 1.0; Max_Width, Max_Height : Gdouble := Gdouble'Last; -- Size constraints for the child. If Max_* if negative, then the child -- is constrained to have Min_* has a specific size. Pack_End : Boolean := False; Layout : Child_Layout_Strategy := Vertical_Stack; Align : Alignment_Style := Align_Start; Float : Boolean := False; Overflow : Overflow_Style := Overflow_Prevent; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Children : Items_Lists.List; end record; type Rect_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with record Radius : Model_Coordinate; end record; type Image_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with record Image : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; Allow_Rescale : Boolean := True; end record; type Polyline_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with record Points : Item_Point_Array_Access; Close : Boolean; Relative : Boolean; end record; type Ellipse_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with null record; type Text_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with record Text : GNAT.Strings.String_Access; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction; Requested_Width, Requested_Height : Model_Coordinate; end record; type Editable_Text_Item_Record is new Text_Item_Record with null record; type Hr_Item_Record is new Container_Item_Record with record Text : GNAT.Strings.String_Access; Requested_Width, Requested_Height : Model_Coordinate; Space : Model_Coordinate := 4.0; -- Space between text and lines end record; No_Waypoints : constant Item_Point_Array := (1 .. 0 => (0.0, 0.0)); type Item_Drag_Info is record Item : Abstract_Item; Pos : Model_Point; end record; package Item_Drag_Infos is new Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps (Key_Type => Abstract_Item, Element_Type => Item_Drag_Info, Hash => Hash, Equivalent_Keys => "="); type Continuous_Scroll_Data is record Id : Glib.Main.G_Source_Id := Glib.Main.No_Source_Id; -- The timeout callback used to provide continuous scrolling Dx, Dy : Model_Coordinate := 0.0; -- Amount of scrolling at each step Timeout : Glib.Guint := 30; -- Number of milliseconds between each step of the auto scrolling Margin : View_Coordinate := 10.0; -- Number of pixels on each side of the view in which the auto -- scrolling should start. We can't start it only when the mouse is -- outside of the view, since otherwise there would be no way to get -- it started when the view is aligned with the screen edge. Speed : Model_Coordinate := 15.0; -- Speed of the scrolling at each step end record; type Smart_Guide is record Pos : Model_Coordinate; Min, Max : Model_Coordinate; Visible : Boolean := False; end record; -- Description for a smart guide: -- For a horizontal guide, Pos is the y coordinate of the guide, and -- Min,Max are its minimum and maximum x coordinates for all items along -- that guide. package Smart_Guide_Lists is new Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists (Smart_Guide); type Snap_Data is record Grid : Boolean := True; Smart_Guides : Boolean := False; Margin : Model_Coordinate := 5.0; Hguides, Vguides : Smart_Guide_Lists.List; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Default_Guide_Style; end record; type Inline_Edit_Data is record Item : Abstract_Item; end record; -- Data used when editing a widget type Base_Animation_Data is abstract tagged null record; type Base_Animation_Data_Access is access Base_Animation_Data'Class; type Canvas_View_Record is new Gtk.Bin.Gtk_Bin_Record with record Model : Canvas_Model; Topleft : Model_Point := (0.0, 0.0); Scale : Gdouble := 1.0; Grid_Size : Model_Coordinate := 20.0; Animation_Data : Base_Animation_Data_Access; Id_Animation : Glib.Main.G_Source_Id := Glib.Main.No_Source_Id; -- The animation loop (see Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views.Animate) Id_Layout_Changed, Id_Item_Contents_Changed, Id_Item_Destroyed, Id_Selection_Changed : Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id := (Gtk.Handlers.Null_Handler_Id, null); -- Connections to model signals Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout; Hadj, Vadj : Gtk.Adjustment.Gtk_Adjustment; Selection_Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Gtkada.Style.Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.8, 0.0, 0.0, 0.3), Line_Width => 4.0); Scale_To_Fit_Requested : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_To_Fit_Area : Model_Rectangle; -- Set to true when the user calls Scale_To_Fit before the view has had -- a size allocated (and thus we could not perform computation). -- This is set to the maximal zoom requested (or 0.0 if not requested) Last_Button_Press : Canvas_Event_Details; -- Attributes of the last button_press event, used to properly handle -- dragging and avoid recomputing the selectd item on button_release. Dragged_Items : Item_Drag_Infos.Map; -- The items that are being dragged. In_Drag : Boolean := False; -- Whether we are in the middle of a drag. Topleft_At_Drag_Start : Model_Point; -- Toplevel at the stat of the drag Avoid_Overlap : Boolean := False; Avoid_Overlap_Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.2; Continuous_Scroll : Continuous_Scroll_Data; Snap : Snap_Data; Inline_Edit : Inline_Edit_Data; end record; type Canvas_Link_Record is new Abstract_Item_Record with record From, To : Abstract_Item; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Routing : Route_Style; Bounding_Box : Item_Rectangle; Label : Container_Item; Label_From : Container_Item; Label_To : Container_Item; Visibility_Threshold : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset : Gdouble := 10.0; -- For arc links Waypoints : Item_Point_Array_Access; -- The waypoints created by the user (as opposed to Points, which -- contains the list of waypoints computed automatically, in addition -- to the user's waypoints). -- These are absolute coordinates. -- For straight and orthogonal links, these are the points the link must -- go through. -- For curve and arc links, these are the list of points and -- control points for the bezier curve: -- pt1, ctrl1, ctrl2, pt2, ctrl3, ctrl4, pt3, ... Relative_Waypoints : Boolean := False; -- Whether the waypoints are given in relative coordinates. -- This does not apply to Points. Points : Item_Point_Array_Access; -- The cached computation of waypoints for this link. -- These are recomputed every time the layout of the canvas changes, but -- are cached so that redrawing the canvas is fast. -- These are absolute coordinates, even if waypoints are relative. -- See the documentation on Waypoints for more information on the format Anchor_From : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Anchor_To : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; end record; type List_Canvas_Model_Record is new Canvas_Model_Record with record Items : Items_Lists.List; -- items are sorted: lowest items first (minimal z-layer) end record; procedure Refresh_Link_Layout (Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Items : Item_Drag_Infos.Map := Item_Drag_Infos.Empty_Map); -- Refresh the layout for all links (or only the ones linked to Item, or -- indirectly to a link to Item). procedure Copy_Selected_To_Dragged_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Force : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Setup the 'dragged_items" field from the contents of the selection, and -- forces a specific item to be there (in addition) procedure Set_Adjustment_Values (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Update the values for both adjustments end Gtkada.Canvas_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-text_child.adb0000644000076700001450000000662312533067540017743 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; with Glib; with Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks; package body Gtk.Text_Child is package Type_Conversion is new Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks.Hook_Registrator (Get_Type'Access, Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record); pragma Warnings (Off, Type_Conversion); ----------------- -- Get_Deleted -- ----------------- function Get_Deleted (Anchor : access Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record) return Boolean is function Internal (Anchor : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_child_anchor_get_deleted"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Anchor)) /= 0; end Get_Deleted; ----------------- -- Get_Widgets -- ----------------- function Get_Widgets (Anchor : access Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record) return Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist is use Gtk.Widget.Widget_List; function Internal (Anchor : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_child_anchor_get_widgets"); List : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (Anchor))); return List; end Get_Widgets; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Widget : out Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor) is begin Widget := new Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record; Gtk.Text_Child.Initialize (Widget); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record'Class) is function Internal return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_text_child_anchor_new"); begin Set_Object (Widget, Internal); end Initialize; end Gtk.Text_Child; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-type_conversion.ads0000644000076700001450000000424412533067540021060 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Provides full dynamic typing within GtkAda. -- Note that this package is obsolete, since GtkAda now provides this -- capability by default. -- -- 2.8.17 package Gtk.Type_Conversion is procedure Init; -- No-op, GtkAda provides automatic conversion of C widgets to Ada types -- automatically. end Gtk.Type_Conversion; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-bindings.adb0000644000076700001450000002417312533067540020057 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with GNAT.IO; with GNAT.Strings; use GNAT.Strings; with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package body Gtkada.Bindings is procedure Default_Exception_Handler (Occurrence : Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Occurrence); On_Exception : Exception_Handler := Default_Exception_Handler'Access; -------------------- -- String_Or_Null -- -------------------- function String_Or_Null (S : String) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr is begin if S = "" then return Null_Ptr; else return New_String (S); end if; end String_Or_Null; -------------------- -- To_String_List -- -------------------- function To_String_List (C : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array) return String_List is Count : Natural := 0; begin while C (size_t (Count)) /= Null_Ptr loop Count := Count + 1; end loop; return To_String_List (C, Gint (Count)); end To_String_List; ----------------------------- -- To_String_List_And_Free -- ----------------------------- function To_String_List_And_Free (C : chars_ptr_array_access) return String_List is Result : constant String_List := To_String_List (C.all); begin g_strfreev (C); return Result; end To_String_List_And_Free; -------------------- -- To_String_List -- -------------------- function To_String_List (C : ICS.chars_ptr_array; N : Gint) return GNAT.Strings.String_List is Result : String_List (1 .. Natural (N)); begin for R in Result'Range loop Result (R) := new String'(Value (C (size_t (R) - 1))); end loop; return Result; end To_String_List; ---------------------- -- From_String_List -- ---------------------- function From_String_List (C : String_List) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array is Result : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array (0 .. C'Length); begin for S in C'Range loop Result (size_t (S - C'First)) := New_String (C (S).all); end loop; Result (Result'Last) := Null_Ptr; return Result; end From_String_List; ------------------ -- To_Chars_Ptr -- ------------------ function To_Chars_Ptr (C : chars_ptr_array_access) return ICS.chars_ptr_array is Count : size_t := 0; begin while C (Count) /= Null_Ptr loop Count := Count + 1; end loop; declare Result : chars_ptr_array (0 .. Count - 1); begin for J in Result'Range loop Result (J) := C (J); end loop; return Result; end; end To_Chars_Ptr; -------------------------------- -- Generic_To_Address_Or_Null -- -------------------------------- function Generic_To_Address_Or_Null (Val : System.Address) return System.Address is type T_Access is access all T; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, T_Access); begin if Convert (Val).all = Null_T then return System.Null_Address; else return Val; end if; end Generic_To_Address_Or_Null; ----------------------------------- -- To_Gint_Array_Zero_Terminated -- ----------------------------------- function To_Gint_Array_Zero_Terminated (Arr : Gint_Arrays.Unbounded_Array_Access) return Glib.Gint_Array is Count : Natural := Arr'First; begin while Arr (Count) /= 0 loop Count := Count + 1; end loop; declare Result : Gint_Array (1 .. Count); begin for R in Result'Range loop Result (R) := Arr (R - Result'First + Arr'First); end loop; return Result; end; end To_Gint_Array_Zero_Terminated; -------------------- -- Value_And_Free -- -------------------- function Value_And_Free (Str : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr) return String is begin if Str = Null_Ptr then return ""; end if; declare Val : constant String := Value (Str); Tmp : chars_ptr := Str; begin Free (Tmp); return Val; end; end Value_And_Free; ------------------------- -- Value_Allowing_Null -- ------------------------- function Value_Allowing_Null (Str : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr) return String is begin if Str = Null_Ptr then return ""; end if; return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Str); end Value_Allowing_Null; --------------------------------- -- Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect -- --------------------------------- procedure Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect (Object : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; C_Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marshaller : C_Marshaller; Handler : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address := System.Null_Address; After : Boolean := False; Slot_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class := null) is function Internal (Instance : System.Address; Detailed_Signal : Glib.Signal_Name; Closure : GClosure; After : Gint := 0) return Gulong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_connect_closure"); use type System.Address; Id : Gulong; Closure : GClosure; pragma Unreferenced (Id); begin if Slot_Object /= null then Closure := CClosure_New (Handler, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Destroy); Watch_Closure (Get_Object (Slot_Object), Closure); else Closure := CClosure_New (Handler, System.Null_Address, Destroy); end if; -- Could also use Set_Meta_Marshal to pass user data to the marshaller Set_Marshal (Closure, Marshaller); Id := Internal (Get_Object (Object), C_Name, Closure => Closure, After => Boolean'Pos (After)); end Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect; --------------------------------- -- Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect -- --------------------------------- procedure Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect (Object : Glib.Types.GType_Interface; C_Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marshaller : C_Marshaller; Handler : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address := System.Null_Address; After : Boolean := False; Slot_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class := null) is function Internal (Instance : Glib.Types.GType_Interface; Detailed_Signal : Glib.Signal_Name; Closure : GClosure; After : Gint := 0) return Gulong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_connect_closure"); use type System.Address; Id : Gulong; Closure : GClosure; pragma Unreferenced (Id); begin if Slot_Object /= null then Closure := CClosure_New (Handler, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Destroy); Watch_Closure (Get_Object (Slot_Object), Closure); else Closure := CClosure_New (Handler, System.Null_Address, Destroy); end if; -- Could also use Set_Meta_Marshal to pass user data to the marshaller Set_Marshal (Closure, Marshaller); Id := Internal (Object, C_Name, Closure => Closure, After => Boolean'Pos (After)); end Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect; ----------------------- -- Process_Exception -- ----------------------- procedure Process_Exception (E : Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Occurrence) is begin On_Exception (E); exception when E : others => -- never propagate the exception to C Default_Exception_Handler (E); end Process_Exception; ------------------------------- -- Default_Exception_Handler -- ------------------------------- procedure Default_Exception_Handler (Occurrence : Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Occurrence) is begin GNAT.IO.Put_Line (GNAT.IO.Standard_Error, Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Information (Occurrence)); end Default_Exception_Handler; ---------------------- -- Set_On_Exception -- ---------------------- procedure Set_On_Exception (Handler : Exception_Handler) is begin On_Exception := Handler; end Set_On_Exception; end Gtkada.Bindings; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-rtrees.ads0000644000076700001450000001021012533067540022075 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- This package provides a R-Tree datastructure. -- This is an efficient data structure for geospatial queries, like find all -- objects within a given rectangle. -- See algorithm in -- http://www-db.deis.unibo.it/courses/SI-LS/papers/Gut84.pdf package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees is Default_Min_Children : constant Positive := 3; Default_Max_Children : constant Positive := 6; type Rtree (Min_Children, Max_Children : Positive) is tagged private; -- A data structure for storing geospatial information. It splits the -- space into cells that contain a maximum number of objects, and makes it -- easy to find out objects within a given region. -- Min_Children is the minimum number of children in a cell before it is -- merged with a sibling cell. -- Max_Children is the maximum number of children in a cell before it is -- split. function Find (Self : Rtree; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return Items_Lists.List; -- Find all the objects that intersect with the given rectangle. procedure Insert (Self : in out Rtree; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Add a new item to the tree. The object must already have a position. procedure Clear (Self : in out Rtree); -- Remove all nodes from the tree. -- The objects are not destroyed. function Is_Empty (Self : Rtree) return Boolean; -- Whether the rtree is empty function Bounding_Box (Self : Rtree) return Model_Rectangle; -- Return the minimal rectangle that encloses all the elements in the tree procedure For_Each_Object (Self : Rtree; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); In_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle); -- Executes Callback for each item in the given area (or in the whole tree) procedure Dump_Debug (Self : Rtree); -- Debug: print the tree. private type Box is tagged; type Box_Access is access all Box'Class; type Box_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Box_Access; type Box (Max_Children_Plus_1 : Natural) is tagged record Rect : Model_Rectangle := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); Object : Abstract_Item; -- leaf nodes only Parent : Box_Access; Children : Box_Array (1 .. Max_Children_Plus_1); end record; type Rtree (Min_Children, Max_Children : Positive) is tagged record Root : Box_Access; end record; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-types.adb0000644000076700001450000001014212533067540017077 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with System; use System; package body Glib.Types is ---------------- -- Implements -- ---------------- package body Implements is --------------- -- To_Object -- --------------- function To_Object (Interf : Interface_Type) return Object_Type is Stub : Object_Type_Record; begin return Object_Type (Get_User_Data (System.Address (Interf), Stub)); end To_Object; ------------------ -- To_Interface -- ------------------ function To_Interface (Object : access Object_Type_Record'Class) return Interface_Type is begin if Object = null then return Interface_Type (Null_Interface); else return Interface_Type (Get_Object (Object)); end if; end To_Interface; end Implements; --------------- -- To_Object -- --------------- function To_Object (Interf : GType_Interface) return Glib.Object.GObject is Stub : GObject_Record; begin return Get_User_Data (System.Address (Interf), Stub); end To_Object; ---------------- -- Interfaces -- ---------------- function Interfaces (T : GType) return GType_Array is use GType_Arrays; function Internal (T : GType; N_Ifaces : access Guint) return Unbounded_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_type_interfaces"); N : aliased Guint; Output : constant Unbounded_Array_Access := Internal (T, N'Access); Result : constant GType_Array := To_Array (Output, N); begin -- Do says we should free, but doing so results in double deallocation -- G_Free (Output); return Result; end Interfaces; ------------------ -- Is_Interface -- ------------------ function Is_Interface (T : GType) return Boolean is function Internal (T : GType) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_type_is_interface"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (T)); end Is_Interface; ---------- -- Is_A -- ---------- function Is_A (T : GType; Is_A_Type : GType) return Boolean is function Internal (T1, T2 : GType) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_type_is_a"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (T, Is_A_Type)); end Is_A; end Glib.Types; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-gslist.adb0000644000076700001450000002505512533067540017251 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Glib.GSlist is package body Generic_SList is ----------- -- Alloc -- ----------- procedure Alloc (List : out GSlist) is function Internal return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_alloc"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal); end Alloc; ------------ -- Append -- ------------ procedure Append (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_append"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); end Append; ------------ -- Concat -- ------------ function Concat (List1 : in GSlist; List2 : in GSlist) return GSlist is function Internal (List1 : System.Address; List2 : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_append"); Tmp : GSlist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List1), Get_Object (List2))); return Tmp; end Concat; -------------- -- Get_Data -- -------------- function Get_Data (List : in GSlist) return Gpointer is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gslist_get_data"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (List))); end Get_Data; ---------------------- -- Get_Data_Address -- ---------------------- function Get_Data_Address (List : GSlist) return System.Address is function Internal (List : in System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_slist_get_data"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List)); end Get_Data_Address; ------------ -- Insert -- ------------ procedure Insert (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer; Position : in Gint) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address; Pos : Gint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_insert"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data), Position)); end Insert; ---------- -- Find -- ---------- function Find (List : in GSlist; Data : in Gpointer) return GSlist is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_find"); Tmp : GSlist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); return Tmp; end Find; ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (List : in out GSlist) is procedure Internal (List : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_free"); begin Internal (Get_Object (List)); end Free; ---------------- -- Get_Object -- ---------------- function Get_Object (Obj : in GSlist) return System.Address is begin return Obj.Ptr; end Get_Object; ----------- -- Index -- ----------- function Index (List : in GSlist; Data : in Gpointer) return Gint is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_index"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data)); end Index; ---------- -- Last -- ---------- function Last (List : in GSlist) return GSlist is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_last"); Tmp : GSlist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List))); return Tmp; end Last; ------------ -- Length -- ------------ function Length (List : in GSlist) return Guint is function Internal (List : System.Address) return Guint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_length"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List)); end Length; ------------------ -- List_Reverse -- ------------------ procedure List_Reverse (List : in out GSlist) is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_reverse"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List))); end List_Reverse; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- function Next (List : in GSlist) return GSlist is function Internal (List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gslist_next"); Tmp : GSlist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List))); return Tmp; end Next; --------- -- Nth -- --------- function Nth (List : in GSlist; N : in Guint) return GSlist is function Internal (List : System.Address; N : Guint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_nth"); Tmp : GSlist; begin Set_Object (Tmp, Internal (Get_Object (List), N)); return Tmp; end Nth; -------------- -- Nth_Data -- -------------- function Nth_Data (List : in GSlist; N : in Guint) return Gpointer is function Internal (List : System.Address; N : Guint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_nth_data"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (List), N)); end Nth_Data; -------------- -- Position -- -------------- function Position (List : in GSlist; Link : in GSlist) return Gint is function Internal (List : System.Address; Link : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_position"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (List), Get_Object (Link)); end Position; ------------- -- Prepend -- ------------- procedure Prepend (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_prepend"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); end Prepend; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_remove"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Convert (Data))); end Remove; ----------------- -- Remove_Link -- ----------------- procedure Remove_Link (List : in out GSlist; Link : in GSlist) is function Internal (List : System.Address; Link : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_slist_remove_link"); begin Set_Object (List, Internal (Get_Object (List), Get_Object (Link))); end Remove_Link; ---------------- -- Set_Object -- ---------------- procedure Set_Object (Obj : in out GSlist; Value : in System.Address) is begin Obj.Ptr := Value; end Set_Object; end Generic_SList; end Glib.GSlist; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-type_conversion_hooks.adb0000644000076700001450000001006612533067540022371 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks is type Conversion_Support_Hook_Type is access function return Glib.GType; pragma Convention (C, Conversion_Support_Hook_Type); -- This variable can be point to one of your functions. -- It returns the GType corresponding to the handled widget type Hook_List; type Hook_List_Access is access Hook_List; type Hook_List is record Get_GType : Conversion_Support_Hook_Type; Creator : Conversion_Creator_Hook_Type; Next : Hook_List_Access := null; end record; -- Internal structure used for the list. Conversion_Hooks : Hook_List_Access := null; ---------------------- -- Hook_Registrator -- ---------------------- package body Hook_Registrator is ------------- -- Creator -- ------------- function Creator (Expected_Object : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject is begin if Expected_Object in Handled_Type'Class then return new GObject_Record'Class'(Expected_Object); else return new Handled_Type; end if; end Creator; begin Conversion_Hooks := new Hook_List' (Get_GType => Conversion_Support_Hook_Type (Get_GType), Creator => Creator_Access, Next => Conversion_Hooks); end Hook_Registrator; ------------------------- -- Conversion_Function -- ------------------------- function Conversion_Function (Obj : System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject is function Get_Type (Obj : System.Address) return GType; pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "ada_gobject_get_type"); The_Type : GType := Get_Type (Obj); Hooks : Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks.Hook_List_Access; use type Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks.Hook_List_Access; begin while The_Type > GType_Object loop Hooks := Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks.Conversion_Hooks; while Hooks /= null loop if The_Type = Hooks.Get_GType.all then return Hooks.Creator (Stub); end if; Hooks := Hooks.Next; end loop; The_Type := Parent (The_Type); end loop; return new GObject_Record'Class'(Stub); end Conversion_Function; end Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo.adb0000644000076700001450000001334512533067540016125 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo is ----------------- -- Get_Context -- ----------------- function Get_Context (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Cairo_Context is begin return Cairo_Context (Glib.Values.Get_Address (Value)); end Get_Context; -------------- -- Set_Dash -- -------------- procedure Set_Dash (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dashes : Dash_Array; Offset : Gdouble) is procedure C_Set_Dash (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dashes : System.Address; Num_Dashes : Gint; Offset : Gdouble); pragma Import (C, C_Set_Dash, "cairo_set_dash"); Len : constant Natural := Dashes'Length; begin if Len = 0 then C_Set_Dash (Cr, System.Null_Address, 0, Offset); else C_Set_Dash (Cr, Dashes (Dashes'First)'Address, Dashes'Length, Offset); end if; end Set_Dash; -------------- -- Get_Dash -- -------------- procedure Get_Dash (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dashes : out Dash_Array_Access; Offset : out Gdouble) is procedure C_Get_Dash (Cr : Cairo_Context; Dashes : System.Address; Offset : access Gdouble); pragma Import (C, C_Get_Dash, "cairo_get_dash"); Count : constant Integer := Integer (Get_Dash_Count (Cr)); G : aliased Gdouble; begin if Count = 0 then Offset := 0.0; Dashes := null; return; end if; Dashes := new Dash_Array (1 .. Count); C_Get_Dash (Cr, Dashes (Dashes'First)'Address, G'Access); Offset := G; end Get_Dash; ---------------------- -- Select_Font_Face -- ---------------------- procedure Select_Font_Face (Cr : Cairo_Context; Family : String; Slant : Cairo_Font_Slant; Weight : Cairo_Font_Weight) is procedure C_Select_Font_Face (Cr : Cairo_Context; Family : System.Address; Slant : Cairo_Font_Slant; Weight : Cairo_Font_Weight); pragma Import (C, C_Select_Font_Face, "cairo_select_font_face"); Tmp : constant String := Family & ASCII.NUL; begin C_Select_Font_Face (Cr, Tmp'Address, Slant, Weight); end Select_Font_Face; --------------- -- Show_Text -- --------------- procedure Show_Text (Cr : Cairo_Context; Utf8 : String) is procedure C_Show_Text (Cr : Cairo_Context; Utf8 : System.Address); pragma Import (C, C_Show_Text, "cairo_show_text"); Tmp : constant String := Utf8 & ASCII.NUL; begin C_Show_Text (Cr, Tmp'Address); end Show_Text; --------------- -- Text_Path -- --------------- procedure Text_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context; Utf8 : String) is procedure C_Text_Path (Cr : Cairo_Context; Utf8 : System.Address); pragma Import (C, C_Text_Path, "cairo_text_path"); Tmp : constant String := Utf8 & ASCII.NUL; begin C_Text_Path (Cr, Tmp'Address); end Text_Path; --------------- -- In_Stroke -- --------------- function In_Stroke (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble) return Boolean is function Internal (C : Cairo_Context; X, Y : Gdouble) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_in_stroke"); begin return Internal (Cr, X, Y) /= 0; end In_Stroke; ------------- -- In_Fill -- ------------- function In_Fill (Cr : Cairo_Context; X : Gdouble; Y : Gdouble) return Boolean is function Internal (C : Cairo_Context; X, Y : Gdouble) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_in_fill"); begin return Internal (Cr, X, Y) /= 0; end In_Fill; ----------------------- -- Has_Current_Point -- ----------------------- function Has_Current_Point (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is function Internal (Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_has_current_point"); begin return Internal (Cr) /= 0; end Has_Current_Point; end Cairo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas.adb0000644000076700001450000040065212533067540017535 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Numerics; use Ada.Numerics; with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with System; with Unchecked_Deallocation; with GNAT.IO; use GNAT.IO; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Cairo.Image_Surface; use Cairo.Image_Surface; with Cairo.Pattern; use Cairo.Pattern; with Cairo.Region; use Cairo.Region; with Cairo.Surface; use Cairo.Surface; with Pango.Cairo; use Pango.Cairo; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Graphs; use Glib.Graphs; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk; use Gdk; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gdk.Cursor; use Gdk.Cursor; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Rectangle; use Gdk.Rectangle; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Types.Keysyms; use Gdk.Types.Keysyms; with Gtk.Adjustment; use Gtk.Adjustment; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Main; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; -- TODO: -- - would be nice to have a pixbuf item directly (for alpha layers) package body Gtkada.Canvas is package Double_Elementary_Functions is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Double_Elementary_Functions; use type Gdk.Gdk_Window; use type System.Address; Traces : constant Boolean := False; Class_Record : Ada_GObject_Class := Uninitialized_Class; -- This pointer will keep a pointer to the C 'class record' for -- gtk. To avoid allocating memory for each widget, this may be done -- only once, and reused. -- ??? This is a global variable. Timeout_Between_Scrolls : constant := 50; -- Time between two scrollings when the mouse is in the bounding box. Scrolling_Margin : constant := 10; -- Width and height of the surrounding box in which "infinite" -- scrolling is started (it will continue while the mouse is kept in this -- area or moved outside of the canvas) Scrolling_Amount_Min : constant Gdouble := 10.0; Scrolling_Amount_Max : constant Gdouble := 20.0; Scrolling_Amount_Increase : constant Gdouble := 1.05; -- +5% every step -- Number of pixels to scroll while the mouse is in the surrounding -- box. This is the initial value, and will keep increasing while the mouse -- is left in the box. Links_Threshold_While_Moving : constant := 20; -- Maximal number of links that are drawn while moving an item. This is -- used to make the canvas still usable when there are lots of links to a -- given item. Signals : constant chars_ptr_array := (1 => New_String (String (Signal_Background_Click)), 2 => New_String (String (Signal_Item_Selected)), 3 => New_String (String (Signal_Zoomed)), 4 => New_String (String (Signal_Set_Scroll_Adjustments)), 5 => New_String (String (Signal_Item_Unselected)), 6 => New_String (String (Signal_Item_Moved))); -- Array of the signals created for this widget type Bounds_Modification_Mode is (Grow_Only, Clamp, Do_Not_Change); -- Grow_Only : the bounds of the canvas may grow but should not shrink -- Clamp : the bounds get adjusted to the current item requisitions -- Do_Not_Change: no modification is made to the bounds of the canvas ----------------- -- Subprograms -- ----------------- -- Note: Some callbacks take Gtk_Widget_Record parameters, so that we can -- reuse the callbacks in Gtkada.Handlers, and thus save a lot of space -- in the GtkAda library. procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (String, String_Access); package Canvas_Timeout is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Interactive_Canvas); function On_Draw (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean; -- Handle the "draw" events for a canvas. procedure Canvas_Destroyed (Canvas : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the canvas is being destroyed. All the items and links -- are removed, and the double-buffer is freed procedure Size_Allocate (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args); -- When the item is resized. function Button_Pressed (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Called when the user has pressed the mouse button in the canvas. -- This tests whether an item was selected. function Button_Release (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Called when the user has released the mouse button. -- If an item was selected, this refreshed the canvas. function Button_Motion (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Called when the user moves the mouse while a button is pressed. -- If an item was selected, the item is moved. function Key_Press (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Handle key events, to provide scrolling through Page Up, Page Down, and -- arrow keys. function Canvas_To_World_Length (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Length_Canvas : Gdouble) return Gdouble; function Canvas_To_World_X (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X_Canvas : Gdouble) return Gdouble; function Canvas_To_World_Y (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Y_Canvas : Gdouble) return Gdouble; -- Convert from canvas coordinates to world coordinates. function World_To_Canvas_X (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X_World : Gdouble) return Gdouble; function World_To_Canvas_Length (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Length_World : Gdouble) return Gdouble; function World_To_Canvas_Y (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Y_World : Gdouble) return Gdouble; -- Converts from world coordinates to canvas coordinates procedure Mouse_To_World (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event; X_World : out Gdouble; Y_World : out Gdouble); -- Convert from mouse coordinates to world coordinates. function Get_Actual_Coordinates (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : not null access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Cairo_Rectangle_Int; -- Return the actual world coordinate for an item (including an extra -- offset to add when we are dragging that item). procedure Draw_Area (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Rect : Cairo_Rectangle_Int; Cr : Cairo_Context); procedure Draw_Orthogonal_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Show_Annotation : Boolean); -- Draw a link on the screen, as possibly several orthogonal lines. -- This link includes both an arrow head on its destination, and an -- optional text displayed approximatively in its middle. procedure Draw_Straight_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Show_Annotation : Boolean); -- Draw Link on the screen as a straight line. -- This link includes both an arrow head on its destination, and an -- optional text displayed approximatively in its middle. procedure Draw_Arc_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Offset : Gint; Show_Annotation : Boolean); -- Draw Link on the screen. -- The link is drawn as a curved link (ie there is an extra handle in its -- middle). -- This link includes both an arrow head on its destination, and an -- optional text displayed approximatively in its middle. procedure Draw_Self_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Offset : Gint; Show_Annotation : Boolean); -- Draw a link when its source and destination items are the same procedure Update_Adjustments (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Behavior : Bounds_Modification_Mode := Clamp); -- Update the adjustments of the canvas. -- The bounds for the adjustments are automatically computed, given the -- list of items in it. procedure Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; X_Canvas : Gdouble; Y_Canvas : Gdouble; Angle : Gdouble); -- Draw an arrow head at the position (X, Y) on the canvas. The position -- is given in pixels, and should include zoom processing. -- Angle is the angle of the main axis of the arrow. procedure Draw_Annotation (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; X_Canvas : Gdouble; Y_Canvas : Gdouble; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class); -- Print an annotation on the canvas. -- The annotation is centered around (X, Y), in pixels. These coordinates -- should already include zoom processing. procedure Set_Scroll_Adjustments (Canvas : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Change the two adjustments used for the canvas (in a callback) procedure Scrolled (Canvas : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called everytime the value of one of the adjustments is changed. procedure Get_Bounding_Box (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X_Min, X_Max, Y_Min, Y_Max : out Gdouble); -- Find the smallest bounding box for all the items in the canvas. -- Note that this does not include links, which might thus be found -- outside of this box. -- The returned values are in world coordinates procedure Test_Scrolling_Box (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Mouse_X_In_Canvas, Mouse_Y_In_Canvas : Gdouble; X_Scroll : out Gdouble; Y_Scroll : out Gdouble); -- We keep moving the selection (and scrolling the canvas) as long as the -- mouse remains in a surrounding box around the canvas, or even outside -- the canvas. This is done even if the mouse doesn't move, so at to make -- it easier to move items. This subprogram tests whether the pointer is -- found in that box, and returns the extra scrolling that should be -- done. (0, 0) is returned if the mouse is not in that box. -- (Mouse_X_In_Canvas, Mouse_Y_In_Canvas) are the screen coordinates of the -- mouse in the canvas. function Scrolling_Timeout (Canvas : Interactive_Canvas) return Boolean; -- Function called repeatedly while the mouse is in the scrolling box. -- This provides scrolling even when the mouse doesn't move procedure Scroll_Canvas_To_Area (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : Gdouble; Canvas_X, Canvas_Y : Gdouble := 0.5); -- Scroll the visible area of the canvas so that the given area -- (X1, Y1) .. (X2, Y2) is made visible. -- These are in world coordinates. -- If Ignore_If_Visible is true and the area is already visible, do nothing -- (Canvas_X, Canvas_Y) indicates at which part of the canvas the region -- should be centered. If these are greater than 1.0, minimal scrolling is -- done. function Move_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; New_Offset_X_World, New_Offset_Y_World : Gdouble; Behavior : Bounds_Modification_Mode) return Boolean; -- Moves all selected items by a specific amount. -- The move is relative to the initial position of the items, and -- (Delta_X_World, Delta_Y_World) are given in world coordinates. -- Return True if the selection was actually moved, False if for some -- reason nothing happened. -- (Mouse_X_In_Canvas, Mouse_Y_In_Canvas) are the screen coordinates of the -- mouse in the canvas. procedure Show_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Canvas_X, Canvas_Y : Gdouble); -- Like Show_Item. -- (Canvas_X, Canvas_Y) are the position in the canvas where the center of -- the item should be put. (0,0) is on the top-left, (1,1) is bottom-right. -- -- Nothing is done if the item is already visible. procedure Draw_Dashed_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context); -- Draw all the selected items and links with dashed-lines. function Zoom_Timeout (Canvas : Interactive_Canvas) return Boolean; -- Timeout function used to provide smooth zooming. procedure Zoom_Internal (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Percent : Gdouble); -- Internal function to implement zooming function Get_Background_Selection_Rectangle (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gdk_Rectangle; -- Return the coordinates of the rectangle representing the background -- selection (when the user clicks in the background and drags the mouse). -- Return coordinates are in world coordinates procedure Emit_By_Name_Item (Object : System.Address; Name : String; Param : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class); -- ??? function Compute_Line_Pos (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gint_Array; -- ??? procedure Scroll_Canvas_To_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Canvas_X, Canvas_Y : Gdouble := 0.5); -- Scroll the canvas to the item. This function tries to scroll the canvas -- as little as possible, typically used when the item is moving out of the -- window. function Create (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Cairo_Context; -- ??? procedure Get_Visible_World (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : out Gdouble); -- Return the world area currently visible in the canvas procedure Set_Transform (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; X_World : Gdouble := Gdouble'First; Y_World : Gdouble := Gdouble'First); -- Set the transformation matrix for the current settings. -- If x and y are specified, all drawing coordinates from now on become -- relative to that position (convenient for drawing the same thing in -- various locations for instance: pass the location to Set_Transform). ---------------------------- -- World_To_Canvas_Length -- ---------------------------- function World_To_Canvas_Length (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Length_World : Gdouble) return Gdouble is begin return Length_World * Self.Zoom; end World_To_Canvas_Length; ---------------------------- -- Canvas_To_World_Length -- ---------------------------- function Canvas_To_World_Length (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Length_Canvas : Gdouble) return Gdouble is begin return Length_Canvas / Self.Zoom; end Canvas_To_World_Length; ----------------------- -- World_To_Canvas_X -- ----------------------- function World_To_Canvas_X (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X_World : Gdouble) return Gdouble is begin return (X_World - Self.World_X) * Self.Zoom; end World_To_Canvas_X; ----------------------- -- World_To_Canvas_Y -- ----------------------- function World_To_Canvas_Y (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Y_World : Gdouble) return Gdouble is begin return (Y_World - Self.World_Y) * Self.Zoom; end World_To_Canvas_Y; ----------------------- -- Canvas_To_World_X -- ----------------------- function Canvas_To_World_X (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X_Canvas : Gdouble) return Gdouble is begin return X_Canvas / Self.Zoom + Self.World_X; end Canvas_To_World_X; ----------------------- -- Canvas_To_World_Y -- ----------------------- function Canvas_To_World_Y (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Y_Canvas : Gdouble) return Gdouble is begin return Y_Canvas / Self.Zoom + Self.World_Y; end Canvas_To_World_Y; ------------------- -- Set_Transform -- ------------------- procedure Set_Transform (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; X_World : Gdouble := Gdouble'First; Y_World : Gdouble := Gdouble'First) is M : aliased Cairo_Matrix; begin M.Xx := Self.Zoom; M.Xy := 0.0; if X_World /= Gdouble'First then M.X0 := Self.World_To_Canvas_X (X_World); else M.X0 := -Self.Zoom * Self.World_X; end if; M.Yx := 0.0; M.Yy := Self.Zoom; if Y_World /= Gdouble'First then M.Y0 := Self.World_To_Canvas_Y (Y_World); else M.Y0 := -Self.Zoom * Self.World_Y; end if; Set_Matrix (Cr, M'Access); end Set_Transform; ----------------------- -- Get_Visible_World -- ----------------------- procedure Get_Visible_World (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : out Gdouble) is X_Ignored, Y_Ignored : Gint; Hadj : constant Gtk_Adjustment := Canvas.Get_Hadjustment; Vadj : constant Gtk_Adjustment := Canvas.Get_Vadjustment; Window_Width, Window_Height : Gint; Canvas_Width, Canvas_Height : Guint; X_Ratio : Gdouble; Y_Ratio : Gdouble; Dest_X, Dest_Y : Gint; Result : Boolean; begin Translate_Coordinates (Canvas, Get_Parent (Canvas), 0, 0, Dest_X, Dest_Y, Result); Get_Geometry (Canvas.Get_Window, X_Ignored, Y_Ignored, Window_Width, Window_Height); Canvas.Get_Size (Canvas_Width, Canvas_Height); X_Ratio := ((Hadj.Get_Upper - Hadj.Get_Page_Size) - Hadj.Get_Lower); if X_Ratio < 0.001 then X1 := Canvas.World_X; else X1 := Canvas.World_X + (Gdouble (Canvas_Width) - Gdouble (Window_Width)) * Hadj.Get_Value / (X_Ratio * Canvas.Zoom); end if; Y_Ratio := ((Vadj.Get_Upper - Vadj.Get_Page_Size) - Vadj.Get_Lower); if Y_Ratio < 0.001 then Y1 := Canvas.World_Y; else Y1 := Canvas.World_Y + (Gdouble (Canvas_Height) - Gdouble (Window_Height)) * Vadj.Get_Value / (Y_Ratio * Canvas.Zoom); end if; X2 := X1 + Gdouble (Window_Width) / Canvas.Zoom; Y2 := Y1 + Gdouble (Window_Height) / Canvas.Zoom; end Get_Visible_World; ------------ -- Create -- ------------ function Create (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Cairo_Context is Cr : constant Cairo_Context := Create (Get_Bin_Window (Canvas)); begin Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0); return Cr; end Create; ----------------------- -- Emit_By_Name_Item -- ----------------------- procedure Emit_By_Name_Item (Object : System.Address; Name : String; Param : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : String; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); begin Internal (Object, Name, Param.all'Address); end Emit_By_Name_Item; -------------------- -- Mouse_To_World -- -------------------- procedure Mouse_To_World (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event; X_World : out Gdouble; Y_World : out Gdouble) is X, Y : Gdouble; begin Get_Coords (Event, X, Y); X_World := Canvas_To_World_X (Canvas, X); Y_World := Canvas_To_World_Y (Canvas, Y); end Mouse_To_World; --------------------------- -- Get_World_Coordinates -- --------------------------- procedure Get_World_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X, Y : out Glib.Gdouble; Width : out Glib.Gdouble; Height : out Glib.Gdouble) is Layout_Width, Layout_Height : Guint; begin X := Canvas.World_X; Y := Canvas.World_Y; Get_Size (Canvas, Layout_Width, Layout_Height); Width := Gdouble (Layout_Width) / Canvas.Zoom; Height := Gdouble (Layout_Height) / Canvas.Zoom; end Get_World_Coordinates; -------------- -- Get_Type -- -------------- function Get_Type return Glib.GType is Signal_Parameters : constant Signal_Parameter_Types := (1 => (1 => Gdk.Event.Get_Type, 2 => GType_None), 2 => (1 => GType_Pointer, 2 => GType_None), 3 => (1 => GType_Uint, 2 => GType_None), 4 => (1 => Gtk.Adjustment.Get_Type, 2 => Gtk.Adjustment.Get_Type), 5 => (1 => GType_Pointer, 2 => GType_None), 6 => (1 => GType_Pointer, 2 => GType_None)); -- the parameters for the above signals. -- This must be defined in this function rather than at the -- library-level, or the value of Gdk_Event.Get_Type is not yet -- initialized. begin Initialize_Class_Record (Gtk.Layout.Get_Type, Class_Record, "GtkAdaCanvas", Signals, Signal_Parameters); return Class_Record.The_Type; end Get_Type; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Canvas : out Interactive_Canvas; Auto_Layout : Boolean := True) is begin Canvas := new Interactive_Canvas_Record; Gtkada.Canvas.Initialize (Canvas, Auto_Layout); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Auto_Layout : Boolean := True) is begin G_New (Canvas, Gtkada.Canvas.Get_Type); Canvas.Offset_X_World := 0.0; Canvas.Offset_Y_World := 0.0; Canvas.World_X := 0.0; Canvas.World_Y := 0.0; Set_Directed (Canvas.Children, True); Canvas.Auto_Layout := Auto_Layout; Return_Callback.Connect (Canvas, Signal_Draw, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Draw'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "button_press_event", Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Button_Pressed'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "button_release_event", Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Button_Release'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "motion_notify_event", Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Button_Motion'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "key_press_event", Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Key_Press'Access)); Widget_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "size_allocate", Size_Allocate'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "destroy", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Canvas_Destroyed'Access)); Widget_Callback.Connect (Canvas, "notify::hadjustment", Set_Scroll_Adjustments'Access); Canvas.Annotation_Layout := Create_Pango_Layout (Canvas); -- We want to be sure to get all the mouse events, that are required -- for the animation. Add_Events (Canvas, Button_Press_Mask or Button_Motion_Mask or Button_Release_Mask or Key_Press_Mask or Key_Release_Mask); Canvas.Set_Can_Focus (True); -- Configure with default values Configure (Canvas); end Initialize; -------------- -- Get_Vadj -- -------------- function Get_Vadj (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gtk_Adjustment is begin return Canvas.Get_Vadjustment; end Get_Vadj; -------------- -- Get_Hadj -- -------------- function Get_Hadj (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gtk_Adjustment is begin return Canvas.Get_Hadjustment; end Get_Hadj; ---------------------- -- Canvas_Destroyed -- ---------------------- procedure Canvas_Destroyed (Canvas : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is C : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canvas); begin if C.Scrolling_Timeout_Id /= 0 then Remove (C.Scrolling_Timeout_Id); end if; Clear (C); Unref (C.Annotation_Layout); end Canvas_Destroyed; ---------------------------- -- Set_Scroll_Adjustments -- ---------------------------- procedure Set_Scroll_Adjustments (Canvas : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Canv : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canvas); begin Scrolled (Canvas); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Canv.Get_Hadjustment, "value_changed", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Scrolled'Access), Canv); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Canv.Get_Vadjustment, "value_changed", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Scrolled'Access), Canv); Update_Adjustments (Canv); end Set_Scroll_Adjustments; --------------- -- Configure -- --------------- procedure Configure (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Grid_Size : Guint := Default_Grid_Size; Annotation_Font : Pango.Font.Pango_Font_Description := Pango.Font.From_String (Default_Annotation_Font); Arc_Link_Offset : Gint := Default_Arc_Link_Offset; Arrow_Angle : Gint := Default_Arrow_Angle; Arrow_Length : Gint := Default_Arrow_Length; Motion_Threshold : Gdouble := Default_Motion_Threshold; Background : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.White_RGBA) is begin Canvas.Grid_Size := Grid_Size; if Grid_Size < 2 then Canvas.Align_On_Grid := False; end if; Set_Font_Description (Canvas.Annotation_Layout, Annotation_Font); Canvas.Arc_Link_Offset := Arc_Link_Offset; Canvas.Arrow_Angle := Gdouble (Arrow_Angle) * Pi / 180.0; Canvas.Arrow_Length := Arrow_Length; Canvas.Motion_Threshold := Motion_Threshold; Canvas.Background_Color := Background; end Configure; ------------------- -- Size_Allocate -- ------------------- procedure Size_Allocate (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) is Canvas : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canv); pragma Unreferenced (Args); begin Update_Adjustments (Canvas); if Canvas.Show_Item /= null then Show_Item (Canvas, Canvas.Show_Item, Canvas.Show_Canvas_X, Canvas.Show_Canvas_Y); Canvas.Show_Item := null; end if; end Size_Allocate; ------------------- -- Align_On_Grid -- ------------------- procedure Align_On_Grid (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Align : Boolean := True) is begin Canvas.Align_On_Grid := (Canvas.Grid_Size >= 2) and then Align; end Align_On_Grid; ---------------------- -- Get_Bounding_Box -- ---------------------- procedure Get_Bounding_Box (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X_Min, X_Max, Y_Min, Y_Max : out Gdouble) is Current : Vertex_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children); Item : Canvas_Item; begin if At_End (Current) then X_Min := 0.0; X_Max := 0.0; Y_Min := 0.0; Y_Max := 0.0; else X_Min := Gdouble'Last; X_Max := Gdouble'First; Y_Min := Gdouble'Last; Y_Max := Gdouble'First; while not At_End (Current) loop Item := Canvas_Item (Get (Current)); if Item.Visible and then Item.Coord.X /= Gint'First then X_Min := Gdouble'Min (X_Min, Gdouble (Item.Coord.X)); X_Max := Gdouble'Max (X_Max, Gdouble (Item.Coord.X + Item.Coord.Width)); Y_Min := Gdouble'Min (Y_Min, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Y)); Y_Max := Gdouble'Max (Y_Max, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Y + Item.Coord.Height)); -- If the item is selected, also include its new position in -- the computation (while we are moving items) if (Canvas.Offset_X_World /= 0.0 or else Canvas.Offset_Y_World /= 0.0) and then Item.Selected then X_Min := Gdouble'Min (X_Min, Gdouble (Item.Coord.X + Item.Coord.Width) + Canvas.Offset_X_World); X_Max := Gdouble'Max (X_Max, Gdouble (Item.Coord.X) + Canvas.Offset_X_World); Y_Min := Gdouble'Min (Y_Min, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Y + Item.Coord.Height) + Canvas.Offset_Y_World); Y_Max := Gdouble'Max (Y_Max, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Y) + Canvas.Offset_Y_World); end if; end if; Next (Current); end loop; if X_Min = Gdouble'Last then -- This can happen if there is no visible item: -- in this case, return a box of size 0. X_Min := 0.0; X_Max := 0.0; Y_Min := 0.0; Y_Max := 0.0; end if; end if; end Get_Bounding_Box; ------------------------ -- Update_Adjustments -- ------------------------ procedure Update_Adjustments (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Behavior : Bounds_Modification_Mode := Clamp) is X_Max, Y_Max, X_Min, Y_Min : Gdouble; begin -- If the canvas was properly initialized if Get_Realized (Canvas) and then Get_Allocated_Width (Canvas) /= 1 then Get_Bounding_Box (Canvas, X_Min, X_Max, Y_Min, Y_Max); -- Add some space around this bounding box -- ??? Use a constant X_Min := X_Min - 20.0; Y_Min := Y_Min - 20.0; X_Max := X_Max + 20.0; Y_Max := Y_Max + 20.0; case Behavior is when Do_Not_Change => null; when Grow_Only => Canvas.World_X := Gdouble'Min (Canvas.World_X, X_Min); Canvas.World_Y := Gdouble'Min (Canvas.World_Y, Y_Min); declare Width, Height : Guint; begin Canvas.Get_Size (Width, Height); Canvas.Set_Size (Guint'Max (Guint ((X_Max - X_Min) * Canvas.Zoom), Width), Guint'Max (Guint ((Y_Max - Y_Min) * Canvas.Zoom), Height)); end; when Clamp => Canvas.World_X := X_Min; Canvas.World_Y := Y_Min; Canvas.Set_Size (Guint ((X_Max - X_Min) * Canvas.Zoom), Guint ((Y_Max - Y_Min) * Canvas.Zoom)); end case; end if; end Update_Adjustments; ------------------------------ -- Default_Layout_Algorithm -- ------------------------------ procedure Default_Layout_Algorithm (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Graph : Glib.Graphs.Graph; Force : Boolean; Vertical_Layout : Boolean) is pragma Unreferenced (Force); Step : Gint := Gint (Canvas.Grid_Size); Region : Cairo_Region; Items : Vertex_Iterator; Item : Canvas_Item; Links : Edge_Iterator; Src_Item : Canvas_Item := null; X1, X3, Y1, Y3 : Gint; Num : Gint; Coord : aliased Cairo_Rectangle_Int; Status : Cairo_Status; pragma Unreferenced (Status); begin if Step = 0 then Step := Gint (Default_Grid_Size); end if; -- First, check every item that won't be moved Region := Create; Items := First (Graph); while not At_End (Items) loop Item := Canvas_Item (Get (Items)); if Item.Coord.X /= Gint'First or else Item.Coord.Y /= Gint'First then Status := Union_Rectangle (Region, Item.Coord'Access); end if; Next (Items); end loop; Items := First (Graph); while not At_End (Items) loop Item := Canvas_Item (Get (Items)); if Item.Coord.X = Gint'First or else Item.Coord.Y = Gint'First then -- Check if there is any link that has for destination or source -- the widget we are adding. Links := First (Canvas.Children, Src => Vertex_Access (Item)); while not At_End (Links) loop Src_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Get (Links))); exit when Src_Item /= Item; Src_Item := null; Next (Links); end loop; if Src_Item = null then Links := First (Canvas.Children, Dest => Vertex_Access (Item)); while not At_End (Links) loop Src_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Get (Links))); exit when Src_Item /= Item; Src_Item := null; Next (Links); end loop; end if; -- The rule is the following when we have a link to an existing -- item: We first try to put the new item below the old one, then, -- if that place is already occupied, to the bottom-right, then -- the bottom-left, then two down, ... if Src_Item /= null then Num := 0; if Vertical_Layout then X1 := Src_Item.Coord.X + Src_Item.Coord.Width + Step; Y3 := Src_Item.Coord.Y; loop case Num mod 3 is when 0 => Y1 := Y3; when 1 => Y1 := Y3 - Step - Item.Coord.Height; when 2 => Y1 := Y3 + Step + Item.Coord.Height; when others => null; end case; Coord := (X1, Y1, Item.Coord.Width, Item.Coord.Height); exit when Contains_Rectangle (Region, Coord'Access) = Cairo_Region_Overlap_Out; Num := Num + 1; if Num mod 3 = 0 then X1 := X1 + 2 * Step; end if; end loop; else X3 := Src_Item.Coord.X; Y1 := Src_Item.Coord.Y + Src_Item.Coord.Height + Step; loop case Num mod 3 is when 0 => X1 := X3; when 1 => X1 := X3 - Step - Item.Coord.Width; when 2 => X1 := X3 + Step + Item.Coord.Width; when others => null; end case; Coord := (X1, Y1, Item.Coord.Width, Item.Coord.Height); exit when Contains_Rectangle (Region, Coord'Access) = Cairo_Region_Overlap_Out; Num := Num + 1; if Num mod 3 = 0 then Y1 := Y1 + 2 * Step; end if; end loop; end if; else -- Else put the item in the first line, at the first possible -- location X1 := Gint (Get_Lower (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment)) + Step; Y1 := Gint (Get_Lower (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment)) + Step; loop Coord := (X1, Y1, Item.Coord.Width, Item.Coord.Height); exit when Contains_Rectangle (Region, Coord'Access) = Cairo_Region_Overlap_Out; if Vertical_Layout then Y1 := Y1 + 2 * Step; else X1 := X1 + 2 * Step; end if; end loop; end if; Item.Coord.X := X1; Item.Coord.Y := Y1; Status := Union_Rectangle (Region, Item.Coord'Access); end if; Next (Items); end loop; Destroy (Region); end Default_Layout_Algorithm; --------------------- -- Set_Auto_Layout -- --------------------- procedure Set_Auto_Layout (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Auto_Layout : Boolean) is begin Canvas.Auto_Layout := Auto_Layout; end Set_Auto_Layout; ---------------------------- -- Set_Layout_Orientation -- ---------------------------- procedure Set_Layout_Orientation (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Vertical_Layout : Boolean := False) is begin Canvas.Vertical_Layout := Vertical_Layout; end Set_Layout_Orientation; ------------ -- Layout -- ------------ procedure Layout (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Force : Boolean := False) is Step : constant Gint := Gint (Canvas.Grid_Size); Items : Vertex_Iterator; Item : Canvas_Item; Min_X, Min_Y : Gint := Gint'Last; Max_X, Max_Y : Gint := Gint'First; begin Canvas.Layout (Canvas, Canvas.Children, Force => Force, Vertical_Layout => Canvas.Vertical_Layout); Items := First (Canvas.Children); while not At_End (Items) loop Item := Canvas_Item (Get (Items)); Min_X := Gint'Min (Min_X, Item.Coord.X); Min_Y := Gint'Min (Min_Y, Item.Coord.Y); Max_X := Gint'Max (Max_X, Item.Coord.X + Item.Coord.Width); Max_Y := Gint'Max (Max_Y, Item.Coord.Y + Item.Coord.Height); if Force then Item.From_Auto_Layout := True; end if; Next (Items); end loop; Items := First (Canvas.Children); while not At_End (Items) loop Item := Canvas_Item (Get (Items)); -- Normalize the coordinates, so that we stay within Integer'Range. -- Since this causes unwanted scrolling when new boxes are added, we -- only do it to keep a safe margin when the user moves a box around, -- and thus only when absolutly needed. if Max_X > Gint'Last - 5000 or else Max_Y > Gint'Last - 5000 or else Min_X < Gint'First + 5000 or else Min_Y < Gint'First + 5000 then if Traces then Put_Line ("Layout: Changing all items: Min=" & Gint'Image (Min_X) & Gint'Image (Min_Y) & " Max=" & Gint'Image (Max_X) & Gint'Image (Max_Y)); end if; Item.Coord.X := Item.Coord.X - Min_X; Item.Coord.Y := Item.Coord.Y - Min_Y; end if; if Item.From_Auto_Layout then if Canvas.Align_On_Grid then Item.Coord.X := Item.Coord.X - Item.Coord.X mod Step; Item.Coord.Y := Item.Coord.Y - Item.Coord.Y mod Step; end if; end if; Next (Items); end loop; Update_Adjustments (Canvas); end Layout; -------------------------- -- Set_Layout_Algorithm -- -------------------------- procedure Set_Layout_Algorithm (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Algorithm : Layout_Algorithm) is begin if Algorithm /= null then Canvas.Layout := Algorithm; end if; end Set_Layout_Algorithm; ------------- -- Move_To -- ------------- procedure Move_To (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; X, Y : Glib.Gint := Glib.Gint'First) is pragma Unreferenced (Canvas); begin Item.Coord.X := X; Item.Coord.Y := Y; end Move_To; --------- -- Put -- --------- procedure Put (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; X, Y : Gint := Gint'First) is begin Add_Vertex (Canvas.Children, Item); Item.Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canvas); Move_To (Canvas, Item, X, Y); -- Make sure that the item will be properly moved by the layout -- algorithm. Item.From_Auto_Layout := X = Gint'First and then Y = Gint'First; if Canvas.Auto_Layout and then Item.From_Auto_Layout then Layout (Canvas); else Update_Adjustments (Canvas); end if; end Put; --------------- -- Set_Items -- --------------- procedure Set_Items (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Items : Glib.Graphs.Graph) is begin Destroy (Canvas.Children); Canvas.Children := Items; end Set_Items; ------------------- -- For_Each_Item -- ------------------- procedure For_Each_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Execute : Item_Processor; Linked_From_Or_To : Canvas_Item := null) is Iter : Item_Iterator := Start (Canvas, Linked_From_Or_To); It : Canvas_Item; begin loop It := Get (Iter); exit when It = null; Next (Iter); exit when not Execute (Canvas, It); end loop; end For_Each_Item; ----------- -- Start -- ----------- function Start (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Linked_From_Or_To : Canvas_Item := null; Selected_Only : Boolean := False) return Item_Iterator is Iter : Item_Iterator; begin if Linked_From_Or_To = null then Iter := (Vertex => First (Canvas.Children), Edge => Null_Edge_Iterator, Selected_Only => Selected_Only, Linked_From_Or_To => null); else Iter := (Vertex => Null_Vertex_Iterator, Edge => First (Canvas.Children, Vertex_Access (Linked_From_Or_To), Directed => False), Selected_Only => Selected_Only, Linked_From_Or_To => Linked_From_Or_To); end if; if Iter.Selected_Only and then Get (Iter) /= null and then not Get (Iter).Selected then Next (Iter); end if; return Iter; end Start; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- procedure Next (Iter : in out Item_Iterator) is begin loop if Iter.Linked_From_Or_To = null then Next (Iter.Vertex); else Next (Iter.Edge); end if; exit when not Iter.Selected_Only or else Get (Iter) = null or else Get (Iter).Selected; end loop; end Next; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- function Next (Iter : Item_Iterator) return Item_Iterator is It : Item_Iterator := Iter; begin Next (It); return It; end Next; -------------------- -- Is_Linked_From -- -------------------- function Is_Linked_From (Iter : Item_Iterator) return Boolean is begin return Iter.Linked_From_Or_To /= null and then not At_End (Iter.Edge) and then Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Get (Iter.Edge))) /= Iter.Linked_From_Or_To; end Is_Linked_From; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (Iter : Item_Iterator) return Canvas_Item is Item : Canvas_Item; begin if Iter.Linked_From_Or_To = null then if At_End (Iter.Vertex) then return null; else return Canvas_Item (Get (Iter.Vertex)); end if; else if At_End (Iter.Edge) then return null; end if; Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Get (Iter.Edge))); if Item /= Iter.Linked_From_Or_To then return Item; end if; -- If Get_Src was the item, we want to return Dest (which might -- actually be the item itself). -- Else, if Get_Src wasn't the item, then Get_Dest is the item, and -- we do not want to return it. return Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Get (Iter.Edge))); end if; end Get; ---------------------------- -- Get_Actual_Coordinates -- ---------------------------- function Get_Actual_Coordinates (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : not null access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Cairo_Rectangle_Int is C : Cairo_Rectangle_Int; begin -- During a move, the items that are moved must be moved by the extra -- offset moved by the mouse. This extra offset is set to 0 when not -- moving items, so it is safe to add. if Item.Selected then C := (Item.Coord.X + Gint (Self.Offset_X_World), Item.Coord.Y + Gint (Self.Offset_Y_World), Item.Coord.Width, Item.Coord.Height); if Self.Align_On_Grid then C.X := C.X - C.X mod Gint (Self.Grid_Size); C.Y := C.Y - C.Y mod Gint (Self.Grid_Size); end if; return C; else return Item.Coord; end if; end Get_Actual_Coordinates; --------------- -- Clip_Line -- --------------- procedure Clip_Line (Src : access Canvas_Item_Record; Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; To_X : Gint; To_Y : Gint; X_Pos : Gfloat; Y_Pos : Gfloat; Side : out Item_Side; X_Out : out Gint; Y_Out : out Gint) is Rect : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Src); Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Delta_X : Gint; Delta_Y : Gint; Offset : Gint; begin Src_X := Rect.X + Gint (Gfloat (Rect.Width) * X_Pos); Src_Y := Rect.Y + Gint (Gfloat (Rect.Height) * Y_Pos); Delta_X := To_X - Src_X; Delta_Y := To_Y - Src_Y; -- Intersection with horizontal sides if Delta_Y /= 0 then Offset := (Src_X * To_Y - To_X * Src_Y); if Delta_Y < 0 then Side := North; Y_Out := Rect.Y; else Side := South; Y_Out := Rect.Y + Rect.Height; end if; X_Out := (Delta_X * Y_Out + Offset) / Delta_Y; if Rect.X <= X_Out and then X_Out <= Rect.X + Rect.Width then return; end if; end if; -- Intersection with vertical sides if Delta_X /= 0 then Offset := (To_X * Src_Y - Src_X * To_Y); if Delta_X < 0 then Side := West; X_Out := Rect.X; else Side := East; X_Out := Rect.X + Rect.Width; end if; Y_Out := (Delta_Y * X_Out + Offset) / Delta_X; if Rect.Y <= Y_Out and then Y_Out <= Rect.Y + Rect.Height then return; end if; end if; X_Out := 0; Y_Out := 0; Side := East; end Clip_Line; --------------------- -- Draw_Arrow_Head -- --------------------- procedure Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; X_Canvas : Gdouble; Y_Canvas : Gdouble; Angle : Gdouble) is Length : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Canvas.Arrow_Length); begin Move_To (Cr, X_Canvas, Y_Canvas); Line_To (Cr, X_Canvas + Length * Cos (Angle + Canvas.Arrow_Angle), Y_Canvas + Length * Sin (Angle + Canvas.Arrow_Angle)); Line_To (Cr, X_Canvas + Length * Cos (Angle - Canvas.Arrow_Angle), Y_Canvas + Length * Sin (Angle - Canvas.Arrow_Angle)); Close_Path (Cr); Cairo.Fill (Cr); end Draw_Arrow_Head; --------------------- -- Draw_Annotation -- --------------------- procedure Draw_Annotation (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; X_Canvas : Gdouble; Y_Canvas : Gdouble; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class) is W, H : Gint; begin if Link.Descr /= null and then Link.Descr.all /= "" and then Canvas.Annotation_Layout /= null then Set_Text (Canvas.Annotation_Layout, Link.Descr.all); Get_Pixel_Size (Canvas.Annotation_Layout, W, H); Cairo.Save (Cr); Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)); Cairo.Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, X_Canvas - 0.5, Y_Canvas - 0.5, Gdouble (W) + 1.0, Gdouble (H) + 1.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, X_Canvas, Y_Canvas); Pango.Cairo.Show_Layout (Cr, Canvas.Annotation_Layout); end if; end Draw_Annotation; ---------------------- -- Compute_Line_Pos -- ---------------------- function Compute_Line_Pos (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gint_Array is type Graph_Range is record From, To : Gint; end record; type Range_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Graph_Range; type Range_Array_Access is access all Range_Array; procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Range_Array, Range_Array_Access); Free_Ranges : Range_Array_Access := new Range_Array (1 .. 1000); Tmp : Range_Array_Access; Last_Range : Positive := Free_Ranges'First; Iter : Vertex_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children); E : Canvas_Item; Right : Gint; begin Free_Ranges (Free_Ranges'First) := (From => Gint'First, To => Gint'Last); while not At_End (Iter) loop E := Canvas_Item (Get (Iter)); Right := E.Coord.X + E.Coord.Width; for R in Free_Ranges'First .. Last_Range loop if Free_Ranges (R).From <= E.Coord.X and then Free_Ranges (R).To >= E.Coord.X and then Free_Ranges (R).To <= Right then Free_Ranges (R) := (From => Free_Ranges (R).From, To => E.Coord.X - 1); elsif Free_Ranges (R).From <= E.Coord.X and then Free_Ranges (R).To >= Right then if Last_Range >= Free_Ranges'Last then Tmp := new Range_Array (1 .. Free_Ranges'Last * 2); Tmp (1 .. Free_Ranges'Last) := Free_Ranges.all; Free (Free_Ranges); Free_Ranges := Tmp; end if; Free_Ranges (R + 1 .. Last_Range + 1) := Free_Ranges (R .. Last_Range); Free_Ranges (R + 1) := (From => Right + 1, To => Free_Ranges (R).To); Free_Ranges (R) := (From => Free_Ranges (R).From, To => E.Coord.X - 1); Last_Range := Last_Range + 1; elsif Free_Ranges (R).From >= E.Coord.X and then Free_Ranges (R).From <= Right and then Free_Ranges (R).To >= Right then Free_Ranges (R) := (From => Right + 1, To => Free_Ranges (R).To); end if; exit when Free_Ranges (R).From > Right; end loop; Next (Iter); end loop; declare Result : Gint_Array (1 .. Last_Range); begin for R in Result'Range loop -- ??? Should handle vertical layout and horizontal layout Result (R) := (Free_Ranges (R).From + Free_Ranges (R).To) / 2; end loop; Free (Free_Ranges); return Result; end; end Compute_Line_Pos; --------------------------- -- Scroll_Canvas_To_Item -- ---------------------------- procedure Scroll_Canvas_To_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Canvas_X, Canvas_Y : Gdouble := 0.5) is World : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Item); begin -- If no size was allocated yet, memorize the item for later (see -- the callback for size_allocate) if Get_Allocated_Width (Canvas) = 1 or else Get_Allocated_Height (Canvas) = 1 then Canvas.Show_Item := Canvas_Item (Item); Canvas.Show_Canvas_X := Canvas_X; Canvas.Show_Canvas_Y := Canvas_Y; else Scroll_Canvas_To_Area (Canvas, Gdouble (World.X), Gdouble (World.Y), Gdouble (World.X + World.Width), Gdouble (World.Y + World.Height)); end if; end Scroll_Canvas_To_Item; --------------------------- -- Scroll_Canvas_To_Area -- --------------------------- procedure Scroll_Canvas_To_Area (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : Gdouble; Canvas_X, Canvas_Y : Gdouble := 0.5) is pragma Unreferenced (Canvas_Y, Canvas_X); X_Ignored, Y_Ignored : Gint; Window_Width, Window_Height : Gint; Canvas_Width, Canvas_Height : Guint; Percent_X, Percent_Y : Gdouble; Hadj : constant Gtk_Adjustment := Canvas.Get_Hadjustment; Vadj : constant Gtk_Adjustment := Canvas.Get_Vadjustment; X1_Visible, Y1_Visible, X2_Visible, Y2_Visible : Gdouble; Target_X, Target_Y : Gdouble; begin Canvas.Get_Visible_World (X1_Visible, Y1_Visible, X2_Visible, Y2_Visible); Get_Geometry (Canvas.Get_Window, X_Ignored, Y_Ignored, Window_Width, Window_Height); Canvas.Get_Size (Canvas_Width, Canvas_Height); if X1 < X1_Visible or else X2 > X2_Visible then if X1 < X1_Visible then Target_X := X1; else Target_X := X1_Visible + X2 - X2_Visible; end if; Percent_X := (Target_X - Canvas.World_X) / (Gdouble (Gint (Canvas_Width)) - Gdouble (Window_Width)); Set_Value (Hadj, ((Hadj.Get_Upper - Hadj.Get_Page_Size) - Hadj.Get_Lower) * Percent_X * Canvas.Zoom); end if; if Y1 < Y1_Visible or else Y2 > Y2_Visible then if Y1 < Y1_Visible then Target_Y := Y1; else Target_Y := Y1_Visible + Y2 - Y2_Visible; end if; Percent_Y := (Target_Y - Canvas.World_Y) / (Gdouble (Gint (Canvas_Height)) - Gdouble (Window_Height)); Set_Value (Vadj, ((Vadj.Get_Upper - Vadj.Get_Page_Size) - Vadj.Get_Lower) * Percent_Y * Canvas.Zoom); end if; end Scroll_Canvas_To_Area; -------------------------- -- Draw_Orthogonal_Link -- -------------------------- procedure Draw_Orthogonal_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Show_Annotation : Boolean) is X1, Y1, Xp1, Yp1, X2, Y2, Xp2, Yp2, X3, Y3 : Gint; X1_Canvas, Xc1_Canvas, Xc2_Canvas : Gdouble; X3_Canvas, Yp1_Canvas : Gdouble; Xp1_Canvas, Y2_Canvas, Y3_Canvas, Y1_Canvas : Gdouble; Yc1_Canvas, Yc2_Canvas, Yp2_Canvas : Gdouble; X2_Canvas, Xp2_Canvas : Gdouble; Xc1, Xc2, Yc1, Yc2 : Gint; Xarr_End, Yarr_End, Xarr_Start, Yarr_Start : Gdouble; Angle_Arr_End, Angle_Arr_Start : Gdouble; Src : constant Canvas_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Link)); Dest : constant Canvas_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Link)); Line_Pos : constant Gint_Array := Compute_Line_Pos (Canvas); Src_World : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Src); Dest_World : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Dest); begin X1 := Src_World.X; Y1 := Src_World.Y; X2 := Dest_World.X; Y2 := Dest_World.Y; Xp1 := X1 + Src.Coord.Width; Yp1 := Y1 + Src.Coord.Height; Xp2 := X2 + Dest_World.Width; Yp2 := Y2 + Dest_World.Height; Xc1 := (X1 + Xp1) / 2; if Canvas.Grid_Size > 0 then Xc1 := Xc1 - Xc1 mod Gint (Canvas.Grid_Size); end if; Xc2 := (X2 + Xp2) / 2; if Canvas.Grid_Size > 0 then Xc2 := Xc2 - Xc2 mod Gint (Canvas.Grid_Size); end if; Yc1 := (Y1 + Yp1) / 2; Yc2 := (Y2 + Yp2) / 2; -- The preferred case will be -- A --- -- |____ B -- The separation line should be at equal distance of the center of A -- and the center of B, so that multiple items lined up in a column -- above B all have the vertical line at the same location. -- -- If the vertical line can be drawn at exact distance of the centers, -- then we try and display the vertical line at equal distance of the -- adjacent edges of A and B X3 := Gint'First; for L in Line_Pos'Range loop if Line_Pos (L) >= Xp1 and then Line_Pos (L) <= X2 then X3 := Line_Pos (L); exit; elsif Line_Pos (L) >= Xp2 and then Line_Pos (L) <= X1 then X3 := Line_Pos (L); exit; end if; end loop; -- X3 := (X1 + Xp1 + X2 + Xp2) / 4; -- X3 := X3 - X3 mod Gint (Canvas.Grid_Size); -- if ((X1 <= X3 and then X3 <= Xp1) -- or else (X2 <= X3 and then X3 <= Xp2)) -- and then (Xp1 <= X2 or else Xp2 <= X1) -- then -- X3 := (Xp1 + X2) / 2; -- X3 := X3 - X3 mod Gint (Canvas.Grid_Size); -- end if; X1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X1)); X2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X2)); Xc1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (Xc1)); Xp1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (Xp1)); Xc2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (Xc2)); Xp2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (Xp2)); Y1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y1)); Y2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y2)); Yp1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Yp1)); Yp2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Yp2)); Yc1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Yc1)); Yc2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Yc2)); if X3 /= Gint'First then -- if (X3 >= Xp1 and then X3 <= X2) -- or else (X3 <= X1 and then X3 >= Xp2) -- then Yarr_Start := Yc1_Canvas; Yarr_End := Yc2_Canvas; X3_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X3)); if X3 >= Xp1 then Cairo.Move_To (Cr, Xp1_Canvas, Yc1_Canvas + 0.5); Line_To (Cr, X3_Canvas + 0.5, Yc1_Canvas + 0.5); Line_To (Cr, X3_Canvas + 0.5, Yc2_Canvas + 0.5); Line_To (Cr, X2_Canvas, Yc2_Canvas + 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Xarr_Start := Xp1_Canvas; Xarr_End := X2_Canvas; Angle_Arr_Start := 0.0; Angle_Arr_End := -Ada.Numerics.Pi; else Move_To (Cr, X1_Canvas, Yc1_Canvas + 0.5); Line_To (Cr, X3_Canvas + 0.5, Yc1_Canvas + 0.5); Line_To (Cr, X3_Canvas + 0.5, Yc2_Canvas + 0.5); Line_To (Cr, Xp2_Canvas, Yc2_Canvas + 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Xarr_Start := X1_Canvas; Xarr_End := Xp2_Canvas; Angle_Arr_Start := -Ada.Numerics.Pi; Angle_Arr_End := 0.0; end if; -- Third case is when we didn't have enough space to draw the -- intermediate line. In that case, the layout is similar to -- A ---- -- | -- B -- with the vertical line drawn at the same location as in the first -- algorithm. -- elsif X3 >= Xp1 or else X3 <= X1 then -- if X3 >= Xp1 then -- Draw_Line (Window, GC, Xp1, Yc1, X3, Yc1); -- Xarr_Start := Xp1; -- Angle_Arr_Start := -Ada.Numerics.Pi; -- else -- Draw_Line (Window, GC, X1, Yc1, X3, Yc1); -- Xarr_Start := X1; -- Angle_Arr_Start := 0.0; -- end if; -- Yarr_Start := Yc1; -- Xarr_End := X3; -- if Y2 < Yc1 then -- Draw_Line (Window, GC, X3, Yc1, X3, Yp2); -- Yarr_End := Yp2; -- Angle_Arr_End := Ada.Numerics.Pi / 2.0; -- else -- Draw_Line (Window, GC, X3, Yc1, X3, Y2); -- Yarr_End := Y2; -- Angle_Arr_End := -Ada.Numerics.Pi / 2.0; -- end if; -- Second case is when one of the item is below the other one. In that -- case, the layout should look like -- AAA -- |_ -- | -- BB -- ie the link connects the top side of one item and the bottom side of -- the other item. else -- elsif (X1 <= X2 and then X2 <= Xp1) -- or else (X2 <= X1 and then X1 <= Xp2) -- then Y3 := (Y1 + Yp1 + Y2 + Yp2) / 4; if Canvas.Grid_Size > 0 then Y3 := Y3 - Y3 mod Gint (Canvas.Grid_Size); end if; Y3_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y3)); Xarr_Start := Xc1_Canvas; Xarr_End := Xc2_Canvas; X3_Canvas := (Xc1_Canvas + Xc2_Canvas) / 2.0; if Y2 > Y3 then Move_To (Cr, Xc1_Canvas, Yp1_Canvas); Line_To (Cr, Xc1_Canvas, Y3_Canvas); Line_To (Cr, Xc2_Canvas, Y3_Canvas); Line_To (Cr, Xc2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Yarr_Start := Yp1_Canvas; Yarr_End := Y2_Canvas; Angle_Arr_End := -Ada.Numerics.Pi / 2.0; Angle_Arr_Start := Ada.Numerics.Pi / 2.0; else Move_To (Cr, Xc1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas); Line_To (Cr, Xc1_Canvas, Y3_Canvas); Line_To (Cr, Xc2_Canvas, Y3_Canvas); Line_To (Cr, Xc2_Canvas, Yp2_Canvas); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Yarr_Start := Y1_Canvas; Yarr_End := Yp2_Canvas; Angle_Arr_End := Ada.Numerics.Pi / 2.0; Angle_Arr_Start := -Ada.Numerics.Pi / 2.0; end if; end if; if Link.Arrow = End_Arrow or else Link.Arrow = Both_Arrow then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, Xarr_End, Yarr_End, Angle_Arr_End); end if; if Link.Arrow = Start_Arrow or else Link.Arrow = Both_Arrow then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, Xarr_Start, Yarr_Start, Angle_Arr_Start); end if; -- Draw the text if any if Link.Descr /= null and then Show_Annotation then Draw_Annotation (Canvas, Cr, X3_Canvas, (Y1_Canvas + Y2_Canvas) / 2.0, Link); end if; end Draw_Orthogonal_Link; ------------------------ -- Draw_Straight_Line -- ------------------------ procedure Draw_Straight_Line (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context; Src_Side : Item_Side; X1, Y1 : Glib.Gdouble; Dest_Side : Item_Side; X2, Y2 : Glib.Gdouble) is pragma Unreferenced (Link, Src_Side, Dest_Side); begin Cairo.Move_To (Cr, X1, Y1); Cairo.Line_To (Cr, X2, Y2); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); end Draw_Straight_Line; ------------------------ -- Draw_Straight_Link -- ------------------------ procedure Draw_Straight_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Show_Annotation : Boolean) is X1, Y1, X2, Y2, Xs, Ys, Xd, Yd : Gint; X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas : Gdouble; Src : constant Canvas_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Link)); Dest : constant Canvas_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Link)); Src_Side, Dest_Side : Item_Side; Src_Coord : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Src); Dest_Coord : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Dest); begin Xs := Src_Coord.X; Ys := Src_Coord.Y; Xd := Dest_Coord.X; Yd := Dest_Coord.Y; Clip_Line (Src, Canvas, Xd + Gint (Gfloat (Dest_Coord.Width) * Link.Dest_X_Pos), Yd + Gint (Gfloat (Dest_Coord.Height) * Link.Dest_Y_Pos), X_Pos => Link.Src_X_Pos, Y_Pos => Link.Src_Y_Pos, Side => Src_Side, X_Out => X1, Y_Out => Y1); Clip_Line (Dest, Canvas, Xs + Gint (Gfloat (Src_Coord.Width) * Link.Src_X_Pos), Ys + Gint (Gfloat (Src_Coord.Height) * Link.Src_Y_Pos), X_Pos => Link.Dest_X_Pos, Y_Pos => Link.Dest_Y_Pos, Side => Dest_Side, X_Out => X2, Y_Out => Y2); X1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X1)); Y1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y1)); X2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X2)); Y2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y2)); Draw_Straight_Line (Link, Cr, Src_Side, X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, Dest_Side, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas); -- Draw the end arrow head if Link.Arrow = End_Arrow or else Link.Arrow = Both_Arrow then if X1 /= X2 then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas, Arctan (Y1_Canvas - Y2_Canvas, X1_Canvas - X2_Canvas)); elsif Y1 > Y2 then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas, Pi / 2.0); else Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas, -Pi / 2.0); end if; end if; -- Draw the start arrow head if Link.Arrow = Start_Arrow or else Link.Arrow = Both_Arrow then if X1 /= X2 then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, Arctan (Y2_Canvas - Y1_Canvas, X2_Canvas - X1_Canvas)); elsif Y1 > Y2 then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, -Pi / 2.0); else Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, Pi / 2.0); end if; end if; -- Draw the text if any if Link.Descr /= null and then Show_Annotation then Draw_Annotation (Canvas, Cr, (X1_Canvas + X2_Canvas) / 2.0, (Y1_Canvas + Y2_Canvas) / 2.0, Link); end if; end Draw_Straight_Link; -------------------- -- Draw_Self_Link -- -------------------- procedure Draw_Self_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Offset : Gint; Show_Annotation : Boolean) is Right_Angle : constant Gdouble := Pi / 2.0; Src : constant Canvas_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Link)); Xc, Yc : Gdouble; X1, Y1, X3, Y3, Xc_Canvas, Yc_Canvas, Radius : Gdouble; Src_World : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Src); begin pragma Assert (Src = Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Link))); Xc := Gdouble (Src_World.X + Src_World.Width); Yc := Gdouble (Src_World.Y); Radius := World_To_Canvas_Length (Canvas, Gdouble (Canvas.Arc_Link_Offset / 2 * Offset)); -- Location of the arrow and the annotation Xc_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Xc); Yc_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Yc); X3 := Xc_Canvas - Radius; Y3 := Yc_Canvas; X1 := Xc_Canvas; Y1 := Yc_Canvas + Radius; Cairo.Move_To (Cr, X3, Y3); Cairo.Arc (Cr, Xc_Canvas, Yc_Canvas, Radius, Pi, Pi * 0.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); -- Draw the arrows if Link.Arrow /= No_Arrow then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X3, Y3, -Right_Angle); end if; if Link.Arrow = Both_Arrow then Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X1, Y1, 0.0); end if; -- Draw the annotations if Link.Descr /= null and then Show_Annotation then Draw_Annotation (Canvas, Cr, Xc_Canvas + Radius / 2.0, Yc_Canvas + Radius / 2.0, Link); end if; end Draw_Self_Link; ------------------- -- Draw_Arc_Link -- ------------------- procedure Draw_Arc_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Offset : Gint; Show_Annotation : Boolean) is Angle : Gdouble; X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3 : Gint; X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas : Gdouble; X3_Canvas, Y3_Canvas : Gdouble; Right_Angle : constant Gdouble := Pi / 2.0; Arc_Offset : constant Gdouble := Gdouble (Canvas.Arc_Link_Offset); Src : constant Canvas_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Src (Link)); Dest : constant Canvas_Item := Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (Link)); Src_Side, Dest_Side : Item_Side; Src_World : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Src); Dest_World : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Dest); begin X1 := Src_World.X; Y1 := Src_World.Y; X3 := Dest_World.X; Y3 := Dest_World.Y; -- We will first compute the extra intermediate point between the -- center of the two items. Once we have this intermediate point, we -- will be able to use the intersection point between the two items -- and the two lines from the centers to the middle point. This extra -- point is used as a control point for the Bezier curve. X1 := X1 + Gint (Gfloat (Src.Coord.Width) * Link.Src_X_Pos); Y1 := Y1 + Gint (Gfloat (Src.Coord.Height) * Link.Src_Y_Pos); X3 := X3 + Gint (Gfloat (Dest.Coord.Width) * Link.Dest_X_Pos); Y3 := Y3 + Gint (Gfloat (Dest.Coord.Height) * Link.Dest_Y_Pos); -- Compute the middle point for the arc, and create a dummy item for it -- that the user can move. if X1 /= X3 then Angle := Arctan (Gdouble (Y3 - Y1), Gdouble (X3 - X1)); elsif Y3 > Y1 then Angle := Right_Angle; else Angle := -Right_Angle; end if; if Offset < 0 then Angle := Angle - Right_Angle; else Angle := Angle + Right_Angle; end if; X2 := (X1 + X3) / 2 + abs (Offset) * Gint (Arc_Offset * Cos (Angle)); Y2 := (Y1 + Y3) / 2 + abs (Offset) * Gint (Arc_Offset * Sin (Angle)); -- Clip to the border of the boxes Clip_Line (Src, Canvas, X2, Y2, Link.Src_X_Pos, Link.Src_Y_Pos, Src_Side, X1, Y1); Clip_Line (Dest, Canvas, X2, Y2, Link.Dest_X_Pos, Link.Dest_Y_Pos, Dest_Side, X3, Y3); X1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X1)); Y1_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y1)); X2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X2)); Y2_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y2)); X3_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (X3)); Y3_Canvas := World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Y3)); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas); Cairo.Curve_To (Cr, X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas, X3_Canvas, Y3_Canvas); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); -- Draw the arrows if Link.Arrow = End_Arrow or else Link.Arrow = Both_Arrow then if X3 /= X2 then Angle := Arctan (Y2_Canvas - Y3_Canvas, X2_Canvas - X3_Canvas); elsif Y3 > Y2 then Angle := Right_Angle; else Angle := -Right_Angle; end if; Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X3_Canvas, Y3_Canvas, Angle); end if; if Link.Arrow = Start_Arrow or else Link.Arrow = Both_Arrow then if X1 /= X2 then Angle := Arctan (Y2_Canvas - Y1_Canvas, X2_Canvas - X1_Canvas); elsif Y2 > Y1 then Angle := Right_Angle; else Angle := -Right_Angle; end if; Draw_Arrow_Head (Canvas, Cr, X1_Canvas, Y1_Canvas, Angle); end if; -- Draw the annotations, if any, in the middle of the link if Link.Descr /= null and then Show_Annotation then X2_Canvas := 0.25 * X1_Canvas + 0.5 * X2_Canvas + 0.25 * X3_Canvas; Y2_Canvas := 0.25 * Y1_Canvas + 0.5 * Y2_Canvas + 0.25 * Y3_Canvas; Draw_Annotation (Canvas, Cr, X2_Canvas, Y2_Canvas, Link); end if; end Draw_Arc_Link; --------------- -- Draw_Link -- --------------- procedure Draw_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context; Edge_Number : Gint; Show_Annotation : Boolean := True) is begin Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0); -- Self-referencing links if Get_Src (Link) = Get_Dest (Link) then Draw_Self_Link (Canvas, Cr, Link, Edge_Number, Show_Annotation); elsif Edge_Number = 1 then -- The first link in the list is always straight if Canvas.Orthogonal_Links then Draw_Orthogonal_Link (Canvas, Cr, Link, Show_Annotation); else Draw_Straight_Link (Canvas, Cr, Link, Show_Annotation); end if; elsif Edge_Number mod 2 = 1 then Draw_Arc_Link (Canvas, Cr, Link, Edge_Number / 2, Show_Annotation); else Draw_Arc_Link (Canvas, Cr, Link, -(Edge_Number / 2), Show_Annotation); end if; end Draw_Link; ------------------ -- Update_Links -- ------------------ procedure Update_Links (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context; Invert_Mode : Boolean; From_Selection : Boolean) is Current : Edge_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children); Count : Natural := 0; L : Canvas_Link; begin while not At_End (Current) loop L := Canvas_Link (Get (Current)); -- We need to draw all links, since they might traverse the visible -- area, even though both end items are not visible in this area. if Canvas_Item (Get_Src (L)).Visible and then Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (L)).Visible and then (not From_Selection or else Canvas_Item (Get_Src (L)).Selected or else Canvas_Item (Get_Dest (L)).Selected) then Draw_Link (Canvas, L, Cr, Gint (Repeat_Count (Current)), Show_Annotation => not Invert_Mode); end if; -- To save time, we limit the number of links that are drawn -- while moving items. Count := Count + 1; exit when From_Selection and then Count > Links_Threshold_While_Moving; Next (Current); end loop; end Update_Links; --------------- -- Draw_Grid -- --------------- procedure Draw_Grid (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context) is Grid : constant Gdouble := World_To_Canvas_Length (Canvas, Gdouble (Canvas.Grid_Size)); Ptrn : Cairo_Pattern; Surface : Cairo_Surface; Tmp_Cr : Cairo_Context; begin if Grid < 1.0 then return; end if; -- First create a surface that will contain the pattern to duplicate Surface := Cairo.Surface.Create_Similar (Cairo.Get_Group_Target (Cr), Cairo_Content_Color_Alpha, Gint (Grid), Gint (Grid)); -- We create a context from the surface Tmp_Cr := Cairo.Create (Surface); -- Copy the source color Set_Source (Tmp_Cr, Cairo.Get_Source (Cr)); Cairo.Set_Line_Width (Tmp_Cr, 1.0); Cairo.Set_Line_Cap (Tmp_Cr, Cairo_Line_Cap_Round); -- Let's draw a single point on the surface Move_To (Tmp_Cr, 0.5, 0.5); Line_To (Tmp_Cr, 0.5, 0.5); Stroke (Tmp_Cr); Destroy (Tmp_Cr); -- Now that the surface is drawn, let's create a pattern from it Ptrn := Cairo.Pattern.Create_For_Surface (Surface); Cairo.Pattern.Set_Extend (Ptrn, Cairo_Extend_Repeat); -- And paint the background Cairo.Save (Cr); Cairo.Set_Source (Cr, Ptrn); Cairo.Paint_With_Alpha (Cr, 0.5); Cairo.Restore (Cr); Destroy (Ptrn); Destroy (Surface); end Draw_Grid; --------------------- -- Draw_Background -- --------------------- procedure Draw_Background (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Cr : Cairo_Context) is begin Cairo.Save (Cr); Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Canvas.Background_Color); Paint (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); end Draw_Background; ---------------------- -- Get_Bounding_Box -- ---------------------- procedure Get_Bounding_Box (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Width : out Gdouble; Height : out Gdouble) is X_Min, X_Max, Y_Min, Y_Max : Gdouble; begin Get_Bounding_Box (Canvas, X_Min, X_Max, Y_Min, Y_Max); Width := X_Max - X_Min + 40.0; Height := Y_Max - Y_Min + 40.0; end Get_Bounding_Box; -------------- -- Draw_All -- -------------- procedure Draw_All (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) is Area : Cairo_Rectangle_Int; X_Min, X_Max, Y_Min, Y_Max : Gdouble; begin Get_Bounding_Box (Canvas, X_Min, X_Max, Y_Min, Y_Max); Area := (X => Gint (X_Min - 20.0), Y => Gint (Y_Min - 20.0), Width => Gint (X_Max - X_Min + 40.0), Height => Gint (Y_Max - Y_Min + 40.0)); Draw_Area (Canvas, Area, Cr); end Draw_All; --------------- -- Draw_Area -- --------------- procedure Draw_Area (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Rect : Cairo_Rectangle_Int) is Cr : Cairo_Context; begin if not Get_Realized (Canvas) then return; end if; Cr := Create (Canvas); Draw_Area (Canvas, Rect, Cr); Destroy (Cr); end Draw_Area; ------------- -- Refresh -- ------------- procedure Refresh (Self : not null access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class := null) is Cr : Cairo_Context; begin if Item = null then Refresh_Canvas (Self); else if Item.Visible then Cr := Create (Self); begin Set_Transform (Self, Cr, Gdouble (Item.Coord.X), Gdouble (Item.Coord.Y)); -- Clip to the item's area Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Width), Gdouble (Item.Coord.Height)); Clip (Cr); if Item.Selected then Draw_Selected (Item, Cr); else Draw (Item, Cr); end if; exception when E : others => Gtkada.Bindings.Process_Exception (E); end; Destroy (Cr); end if; end if; end Refresh; --------------- -- Draw_Area -- --------------- procedure Draw_Area (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Rect : Cairo_Rectangle_Int; Cr : Cairo_Context) is Item : Canvas_Item; Tmp : Vertex_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children); Dest : Cairo_Rectangle_Int; Inters : Boolean; begin -- Clear the canvas Cairo.Save (Cr); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, World_To_Canvas_X (Canvas, Gdouble (Rect.X)), World_To_Canvas_Y (Canvas, Gdouble (Rect.Y)), World_To_Canvas_Length (Canvas, Gdouble (Rect.Width)), World_To_Canvas_Length (Canvas, Gdouble (Rect.Height))); Clip (Cr); Draw_Background (Canvas, Cr); Draw_Grid (Canvas, Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); -- Draw the links first, so that they appear to be below the items. -- ??? Should redraw only the required links declare OX : constant Gdouble := Canvas.Offset_X_World; OY : constant Gdouble := Canvas.Offset_Y_World; begin Canvas.Offset_X_World := 0.0; Canvas.Offset_Y_World := 0.0; Update_Links (Canvas, Cr, Invert_Mode => False, From_Selection => False); -- Draw each of the items. while not At_End (Tmp) loop Item := Canvas_Item (Get (Tmp)); if Item.Visible then Intersect (Rect, (Item.Coord.X, Item.Coord.Y, Item.Coord.Width, Item.Coord.Height), Dest, Inters); if Inters then Cairo.Save (Cr); begin Set_Transform (Canvas, Cr, Gdouble (Item.Coord.X), Gdouble (Item.Coord.Y)); -- Clip to the item's area Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Width), Gdouble (Item.Coord.Height)); Clip (Cr); if Item.Selected then Draw_Selected (Item, Cr); else Draw (Item, Cr); end if; exception when E : others => Gtkada.Bindings.Process_Exception (E); end; Cairo.Restore (Cr); end if; end if; Next (Tmp); end loop; Canvas.Offset_X_World := OX; Canvas.Offset_Y_World := OY; end; if Canvas.Offset_X_World /= 0.0 or else Canvas.Offset_Y_World /= 0.0 then Draw_Dashed_Selection (Canvas, Cr); end if; end Draw_Area; ------------- -- On_Draw -- ------------- function On_Draw (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Cr); Canvas : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canv); X1, X2, Y1, Y2 : Gdouble; begin Get_Visible_World (Canvas, X1, Y1, X2, Y2); if X1 >= Gdouble (Gint'First) and then X1 <= Gdouble (Gint'Last) and then Y1 >= Gdouble (Gint'First) and then Y1 <= Gdouble (Gint'Last) then Draw_Area (Canvas, (X => Gint (X1), Y => Gint (Y1), Width => Gint (X2 - X1), Height => Gint (Y2 - Y1))); end if; return False; end On_Draw; --------------------- -- Set_Screen_Size -- --------------------- procedure Set_Screen_Size (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Width, Height : Gint) is Old_W, Old_H : Gint; begin Old_W := Item.Coord.Width; Old_H := Item.Coord.Height; Item.Coord.Width := Width; Item.Coord.Height := Height; if Item.Canvas /= null and then (Width /= Old_W or else Height /= Old_H) then Refresh_Canvas (Item.Canvas); end if; end Set_Screen_Size; ------------------- -- Draw_Selected -- ------------------- procedure Draw_Selected (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) is Sel : constant Gdk_RGBA := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); P : Cairo_Pattern; begin -- Use an intermediate group to allow proper compositing Cairo.Push_Group (Cr); -- Draw the item Cairo.Save (Cr); Draw (Canvas_Item (Item), Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); Cairo.Set_Operator (Cr, Cairo_Operator_Atop); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Width), Gdouble (Item.Coord.Height)); Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Sel); Cairo.Fill (Cr); P := Cairo.Pop_Group (Cr); Set_Source (Cr, P); Paint (Cr); end Draw_Selected; --------------- -- Key_Press -- --------------- function Key_Press (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Canvas : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canv); Value : constant Gdouble := Canvas.World_Y; Upper : constant Gdouble := Get_Upper (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment); Lower : constant Gdouble := Get_Lower (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment); Page_Incr : constant Gdouble := Scrolling_Amount_Max; Page_Size : constant Gdouble := Get_Page_Size (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment); Step_Incr : constant Gdouble := Scrolling_Amount_Min; begin -- Note: we do not need to call Changed on the adjustments below, since -- we are only modifying the value, not the bounds. case Get_Key_Val (Event) is when GDK_Home => Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Lower); return True; when GDK_End => Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Upper - Page_Size); return True; when GDK_Page_Up => if Value >= Lower + Page_Incr then Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Value - Page_Incr); else Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Lower); end if; return True; when GDK_Page_Down => if Value + Page_Incr + Page_Size <= Upper then Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Value + Page_Incr); else Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Upper - Page_Size); end if; return True; when GDK_Up | GDK_KP_Up => if Value - Step_Incr >= Lower then Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Value - Step_Incr); else Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Lower); end if; Gtk.Handlers.Emit_Stop_By_Name (Canvas, "key_press_event"); return True; when GDK_Down | GDK_KP_Down => if Value + Step_Incr + Page_Size <= Upper then Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Value + Step_Incr); else Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Vadjustment, Upper - Page_Size); end if; Gtk.Handlers.Emit_Stop_By_Name (Canvas, "key_press_event"); return True; when GDK_Left | GDK_KP_Left => if Canvas.World_X - Get_Step_Increment (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment) >= Get_Lower (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment) then Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment, Canvas.World_X - Get_Step_Increment (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment)); else Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment, Get_Lower (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment)); end if; Gtk.Handlers.Emit_Stop_By_Name (Canvas, "key_press_event"); return True; when GDK_Right | GDK_KP_Right => if Canvas.World_X + Get_Step_Increment (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment) + Get_Page_Size (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment) <= Get_Upper (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment) then Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment, Canvas.World_X + Get_Step_Increment (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment)); else Set_Value (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment, Get_Upper (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment) - Get_Page_Size (Canvas.Get_Hadjustment)); end if; Gtk.Handlers.Emit_Stop_By_Name (Canvas, "key_press_event"); return True; when others => null; end case; return False; exception when others => return False; end Key_Press; ------------------- -- Point_In_Item -- ------------------- function Point_In_Item (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; X, Y : Gint) return Boolean is begin return X >= Item.Coord.X and then X <= Item.Coord.X + Item.Coord.Width and then Y >= Item.Coord.Y and then Y <= Item.Coord.Y + Item.Coord.Height; end Point_In_Item; ------------------------- -- Item_At_Coordinates -- ------------------------- function Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; X, Y : Glib.Gint) return Canvas_Item is Tmp : Vertex_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children); Result : Canvas_Item := null; Item : Canvas_Item; begin -- Keep the last item found, since this is the one on top. -- ??? Not the most efficient way to search, since we have to traverse -- the whole list every time. while not At_End (Tmp) loop Item := Canvas_Item (Get (Tmp)); if Item.Visible and then Point_In_Item (Item, X, Y) then Result := Item; end if; Next (Tmp); end loop; return Result; end Item_At_Coordinates; ------------------------- -- Item_At_Coordinates -- ------------------------- function Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Event : Gdk_Event) return Canvas_Item is X_World, Y_World : Gdouble; Item : Canvas_Item; begin Mouse_To_World (Canvas, Event, X_World, Y_World); Item := Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas, Gint (X_World), Gint (Y_World)); return Item; end Item_At_Coordinates; ------------------------- -- Item_At_Coordinates -- ------------------------- procedure Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Item : out Canvas_Item; X, Y : out Glib.Gint) is X_World, Y_World : Gdouble; begin Mouse_To_World (Canvas, Event, X_World, Y_World); Item := Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas, Gint (X_World), Gint (Y_World)); if Item /= null then X := Gint (X_World) - Item.Coord.X; Y := Gint (Y_World) - Item.Coord.Y; end if; end Item_At_Coordinates; -------------------- -- Button_Pressed -- -------------------- function Button_Pressed (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Canvas : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canv); Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; Handled : Boolean; X, Y : Gdouble; begin if Event.Button.Window /= Get_Bin_Window (Canvas) then return False; end if; Grab_Focus (Canvas); Mouse_To_World (Canvas, Event, Canvas.World_X_At_Click, Canvas.World_Y_At_Click); -- Find the selected item. Canvas.Item_Press := Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas, Event); if Traces then if Canvas.Item_Press /= null then Get_Coords (Event, X, Y); Put_Line ("Clicked on Item at world coordinates (" & Gdouble'Image (Canvas.World_X_At_Click) & Gdouble'Image (Canvas.World_Y_At_Click) & ") item=(" & Gint'Image (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.X) & Gint'Image (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.Y) & Gint'Image (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.Width) & Gint'Image (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.Height) & ") mouse=" & Gint'Image (Gint (X)) & Gint'Image (Gint (Y))); else Put_Line ("Clicked outside of item at world coordinates " & Gdouble'Image (Canvas.World_X_At_Click) & " " & Gdouble'Image (Canvas.World_Y_At_Click)); end if; end if; -- Button press on the background: clear the selection if Canvas.Item_Press = null then if (Get_State (Event) and Primary_Mod_Mask) = 0 then Clear_Selection (Canvas); end if; Widget_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Canvas, "background_click", Event); Canvas.Background_Press := True; else Canvas.Background_Press := False; if (Get_State (Event) and Primary_Mod_Mask) /= 0 then if Is_Selected (Canvas, Canvas.Item_Press) then Remove_From_Selection (Canvas, Canvas.Item_Press); else Add_To_Selection (Canvas, Canvas.Item_Press); end if; else Event.Button.X := Canvas.World_X_At_Click - Gdouble (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.X); Event.Button.Y := Canvas.World_Y_At_Click - Gdouble (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.Y); Handled := On_Button_Click (Canvas.Item_Press, Event.Button); if not Handled then -- If not handled, then: -- if the iter was part of a selection, do nothing, -- if the iter was not part of a selection, clear the selection -- and select this iter. if not Canvas.Item_Press.Selected then Clear_Selection (Canvas); Add_To_Selection (Canvas, Canvas.Item_Press); end if; Canvas.Item_Press := null; else return True; end if; end if; end if; -- Change the cursor to give visual feedback Gdk_New (Cursor, Fleur); Set_Cursor (Get_Bin_Window (Canvas), Cursor); Unref (Cursor); -- Initialize the move Canvas.Offset_X_World := 0.0; Canvas.Offset_Y_World := 0.0; Canvas.Mouse_Has_Moved := False; Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll := Scrolling_Amount_Min; -- Make sure that no other widget steals the events while we are -- moving an item. Canvas.Grab_Add; return False; exception when others => return False; end Button_Pressed; ------------------- -- Button_Motion -- ------------------- function Button_Motion (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Canvas : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canv); X_Scroll, Y_Scroll : Gdouble; X, Y : Gdouble; Dead : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Dead); Mouse_X_Canvas, Mouse_Y_Canvas : Gdouble; begin if Event.Button.Window /= Get_Bin_Window (Canvas) then return False; end if; if Canvas.Item_Press /= null then declare New_X, New_Y : Gdouble; begin Mouse_To_World (Canvas, Event, New_X, New_Y); Event.Button.X := New_X - Gdouble (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.X); Event.Button.Y := New_Y - Gdouble (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.Y); end; return On_Button_Click (Canvas.Item_Press, Event.Button); end if; -- Are we in the scrolling box ? If yes, do not move the item -- directly, but establish the timeout callbacks that will take care -- of the scrolling Get_Coords (Event, X, Y); Mouse_X_Canvas := X - Canvas.Get_Hadjustment.Get_Value; Mouse_Y_Canvas := Y - Canvas.Get_Vadjustment.Get_Value; Test_Scrolling_Box (Canvas => Canvas, Mouse_X_In_Canvas => Mouse_X_Canvas, Mouse_Y_In_Canvas => Mouse_Y_Canvas, X_Scroll => X_Scroll, Y_Scroll => Y_Scroll); if X_Scroll /= 0.0 or else Y_Scroll /= 0.0 then if Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id = 0 then if Traces then Put_Line ("Button_Motion, within the scrolling box," & " starting timeout"); end if; Canvas.Scrolling_Device := Gtk.Main.Get_Current_Event_Device; Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id := Canvas_Timeout.Timeout_Add (Timeout_Between_Scrolls, Scrolling_Timeout'Access, Canvas); end if; return False; end if; if Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id /= 0 then if Traces then Put_Line ("Button_Motion, cancel timeout"); end if; Remove (Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id); Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll := Scrolling_Amount_Min; Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id := 0; end if; -- Find the current mouse position in world coordinates, to find out -- where to draw the dashed outline. Mouse_To_World (Canvas, Event, X_Scroll, Y_Scroll); Dead := Move_Selection (Canvas, New_Offset_X_World => X_Scroll - Canvas.World_X_At_Click, New_Offset_Y_World => Y_Scroll - Canvas.World_Y_At_Click, Behavior => Do_Not_Change); return False; end Button_Motion; -------------------- -- Button_Release -- -------------------- function Button_Release (Canv : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Canvas : constant Interactive_Canvas := Interactive_Canvas (Canv); Rect, Coord : Gdk_Rectangle; Iter : Item_Iterator; Item : Canvas_Item; Handled : Boolean; begin Canvas.Grab_Remove; -- Restore the standard cursor Set_Cursor (Get_Bin_Window (Canvas), null); if Event.Button.Window /= Get_Bin_Window (Canvas) then return False; end if; if Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id /= 0 then Remove (Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id); Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id := 0; Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll := Scrolling_Amount_Min; end if; if Canvas.Item_Press /= null then -- Translate the button's coordinates declare New_X, New_Y : Gdouble; begin Mouse_To_World (Canvas, Event, New_X, New_Y); Event.Button.X := New_X - Gdouble (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.X); Event.Button.Y := New_Y - Gdouble (Canvas.Item_Press.Coord.Y); end; Handled := On_Button_Click (Canvas.Item_Press, Event.Button); Canvas.Item_Press := null; return Handled; elsif Canvas.Selected_Count = 0 and then Canvas.Background_Press then Widget_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Canvas, "background_click", Event); -- Select all the items inside the rectangle Rect := Get_Background_Selection_Rectangle (Canvas); Iter := Start (Canvas, Selected_Only => False); while Get (Iter) /= null loop Coord := Get_Coord (Get (Iter)); -- Only items fully contained in the rectangle are selected if Rect.X <= Coord.X and then Coord.X + Coord.Width <= Rect.X + Rect.Width and then Rect.Y <= Coord.Y and then Coord.Y + Coord.Height <= Rect.Y + Rect.Height then Add_To_Selection (Canvas, Get (Iter)); end if; Next (Iter); end loop; Canvas.Offset_X_World := 0.0; Canvas.Offset_Y_World := 0.0; Queue_Draw (Canvas); return True; elsif Canvas.Mouse_Has_Moved then Iter := Start (Canvas, Selected_Only => True); loop Item := Get (Iter); exit when Item = null; Item.Coord := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Item); Item.From_Auto_Layout := False; Emit_By_Name_Item (Get_Object (Canvas), "item_moved" & ASCII.NUL, Item); Next (Iter); end loop; Canvas.Offset_X_World := 0.0; Canvas.Offset_Y_World := 0.0; -- Scroll the canvas so as to show the first item from the selection Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); else -- If we are reaching this point, this means that there wasn't an -- item being pressed, and we didn't perform a button pressed move. -- So if there is an item under the cursor, if this item wasn't -- already selected, clear the selection. Item := Item_At_Coordinates (Canvas, Event); if not Item.Selected then Clear_Selection (Canvas); end if; end if; Canvas.Item_Press := null; return False; exception when others => return False; end Button_Release; ---------------------------------------- -- Get_Background_Selection_Rectangle -- ---------------------------------------- function Get_Background_Selection_Rectangle (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gdk_Rectangle is X : Gint := Gint (Canvas.World_X_At_Click); Y : Gint := Gint (Canvas.World_Y_At_Click); W : Gint := Gint (Canvas.Offset_X_World); H : Gint := Gint (Canvas.Offset_Y_World); begin if W < 0 then W := -W; X := X - W; end if; if H < 0 then H := -H; Y := Y - H; end if; return (X, Y, W, H); end Get_Background_Selection_Rectangle; ------------------------ -- Test_Scrolling_Box -- ------------------------ procedure Test_Scrolling_Box (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Mouse_X_In_Canvas, Mouse_Y_In_Canvas : Gdouble; X_Scroll : out Gdouble; Y_Scroll : out Gdouble) is X_Ignored, Y_Ignored : Gint; Width, Height : Gint; Margin : constant Gdouble := World_To_Canvas_Length (Canvas, Gdouble (Scrolling_Margin)); begin Get_Geometry (Canvas.Get_Window, X_Ignored, Y_Ignored, Width, Height); if Mouse_X_In_Canvas < Margin then X_Scroll := Canvas_To_World_Length (Canvas, -Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll); elsif Mouse_X_In_Canvas > Gdouble (Width) - Margin then X_Scroll := Canvas_To_World_Length (Canvas, Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll); else X_Scroll := 0.0; end if; if Mouse_Y_In_Canvas < Margin then Y_Scroll := Canvas_To_World_Length (Canvas, -Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll); elsif Mouse_Y_In_Canvas > Gdouble (Height) - Margin then Y_Scroll := Canvas_To_World_Length (Canvas, Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll); else Y_Scroll := 0.0; end if; if Traces then Put_Line ("Test_Scrolling_Box, world delta=" & Gdouble'Image (X_Scroll) & " " & Gdouble'Image (Y_Scroll) & " mouse canvas=" & Gdouble'Image (Mouse_X_In_Canvas) & Gdouble'Image (Mouse_Y_In_Canvas)); end if; end Test_Scrolling_Box; ----------------------- -- Scrolling_Timeout -- ----------------------- function Scrolling_Timeout (Canvas : Interactive_Canvas) return Boolean is Mouse_X_Canvas, Mouse_Y_Canvas : Gint; Mask : Gdk_Modifier_Type; W : Gdk_Window; X_Scroll, Y_Scroll : Gdouble; Cr : Cairo_Context; begin if Traces then Put_Line ("Scrolling timeout"); end if; W := Get_Window (Canvas); Get_Device_Position (Get_Window (Canvas), Canvas.Scrolling_Device, Mouse_X_Canvas, Mouse_Y_Canvas, Mask, W); Test_Scrolling_Box (Canvas, Gdouble (Mouse_X_Canvas), Gdouble (Mouse_Y_Canvas), X_Scroll, Y_Scroll); if (X_Scroll /= 0.0 or else Y_Scroll /= 0.0) and then Move_Selection (Canvas, New_Offset_X_World => X_Scroll + Canvas.Offset_X_World, New_Offset_Y_World => Y_Scroll + Canvas.Offset_Y_World, Behavior => Clamp) then -- Keep increasing the speed if Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll < Scrolling_Amount_Max then Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll := Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll * Scrolling_Amount_Increase; end if; -- Force an immediate draw, since Queue_Draw would only redraw in -- an idle event, and thus might not happen before the next timeout. -- With lots of items, this would break the scrolling. Cr := Create (Canvas); Draw_All (Canvas, Cr); Destroy (Cr); return True; else Canvas.Surround_Box_Scroll := Scrolling_Amount_Min; Canvas.Scrolling_Timeout_Id := 0; return False; end if; end Scrolling_Timeout; --------------------------- -- Draw_Dashed_Selection -- --------------------------- procedure Draw_Dashed_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) is Iter : Item_Iterator; Item : Canvas_Item; Rect : Gdk_Rectangle; Sel : Gdk_RGBA := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0); begin if Canvas.Selected_Count = 0 then Rect := Get_Background_Selection_Rectangle (Canvas); Cairo.Save (Cr); Set_Transform (Canvas, Cr, Gdouble (Rect.X), Gdouble (Rect.Y)); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, Gdouble (Rect.Width) - 1.0, Gdouble (Rect.Height) - 1.0); Sel.Alpha := 0.3; Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Sel); Fill_Preserve (Cr); Sel.Alpha := 1.0; Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Sel); Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); else Iter := Start (Canvas, Selected_Only => True); Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.3)); loop Item := Get (Iter); exit when Item = null; if Item.Visible then Cairo.Save (Cr); declare C : constant Cairo_Rectangle_Int := Get_Actual_Coordinates (Canvas, Item); begin Set_Transform (Canvas, Cr, Gdouble (C.X), Gdouble (C.Y)); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, Gdouble (C.Width), Gdouble (C.Height)); Cairo.Fill (Cr); exception when E : others => Gtkada.Bindings.Process_Exception (E); end; Cairo.Restore (Cr); end if; Next (Iter); end loop; Update_Links (Canvas, Cr, Invert_Mode => True, From_Selection => True); end if; end Draw_Dashed_Selection; -------------------- -- Move_Selection -- -------------------- function Move_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; New_Offset_X_World, New_Offset_Y_World : Gdouble; Behavior : Bounds_Modification_Mode) return Boolean is Z : Gdouble renames Canvas.Zoom; begin if not Canvas.Mouse_Has_Moved then -- Is this a motion, or simply a selection ? if abs (New_Offset_X_World) <= Canvas.Motion_Threshold / Z and then abs (New_Offset_Y_World) <= Canvas.Motion_Threshold / Z then return False; end if; end if; Canvas.Mouse_Has_Moved := True; if Traces then Put_Line ("Move_Selection, delta world=" & Gdouble'Image (New_Offset_X_World) & " " & Gdouble'Image (New_Offset_Y_World)); end if; Canvas.Offset_X_World := New_Offset_X_World; Canvas.Offset_Y_World := New_Offset_Y_World; Update_Adjustments (Canvas, Behavior); Scroll_Canvas_To_Area (Canvas, Canvas.World_X_At_Click + Canvas.Offset_X_World - Gdouble (Scrolling_Margin), Canvas.World_Y_At_Click + Canvas.Offset_Y_World - Gdouble (Scrolling_Margin), Canvas.World_X_At_Click + Canvas.Offset_X_World + Gdouble (Scrolling_Margin), Canvas.World_Y_At_Click + Canvas.Offset_Y_World + Gdouble (Scrolling_Margin)); Queue_Draw (Canvas); return True; end Move_Selection; ------------------ -- Item_Updated -- ------------------ procedure Item_Updated (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is begin if Item.Visible then Queue_Draw_Area (Canvas, Item.Coord.X, Item.Coord.Y, Item.Coord.Width, Item.Coord.Height); end if; end Item_Updated; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is begin Remove_From_Selection (Canvas, Item); Remove (Canvas.Children, Item); -- Have to redraw everything, since there might have been some -- links. -- ??? Note very efficient when removing several items. Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); end Remove; ----------- -- Clear -- ----------- procedure Clear (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) is begin Clear_Selection (Canvas); Clear (Canvas.Children); Refresh_Canvas (Canvas); end Clear; --------------------- -- On_Button_Click -- --------------------- function On_Button_Click (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Item, Event); begin return False; end On_Button_Click; --------------- -- Get_Coord -- --------------- function Get_Coord (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle is begin return Item.Coord; end Get_Coord; -------------- -- Has_Link -- -------------- function Has_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; From, To : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Name : UTF8_String := "") return Boolean is Current : Edge_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children, Src => Vertex_Access (From), Dest => Vertex_Access (To), Directed => False); E : Canvas_Link; Candidate : Boolean; begin -- We need to examine both links from FROM to TO and from TO to FROM, -- since the layout algorithm might sometimes transparently revert links -- to get an acyclic graph while not At_End (Current) loop E := Canvas_Link (Get (Current)); if Get_Arrow_Type (E) = End_Arrow then Candidate := Get_Src (E) = Vertex_Access (From) and then Get_Dest (E) = Vertex_Access (To); elsif Get_Arrow_Type (E) = Start_Arrow then Candidate := Get_Src (E) = Vertex_Access (To) and then Get_Dest (E) = Vertex_Access (From); else Candidate := True; end if; if Candidate and then (Name = "" or else (Canvas_Link (Get (Current)).Descr /= null and then Canvas_Link (Get (Current)).Descr.all = Name)) then return True; end if; Next (Current); end loop; return False; end Has_Link; ---------------- -- Lower_Item -- ---------------- procedure Lower_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is begin Move_To_Front (Canvas.Children, Item); -- Redraw just the part of the canvas that is impacted. Item_Updated (Canvas, Item); end Lower_Item; ---------------- -- Raise_Item -- ---------------- procedure Raise_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is begin Move_To_Back (Canvas.Children, Item); -- Redraw just the part of the canvas that is impacted. Item_Updated (Canvas, Item); end Raise_Item; --------------- -- Is_On_Top -- --------------- function Is_On_Top (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean is Iter : Vertex_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children); Last : Canvas_Item := null; begin while not At_End (Iter) loop Last := Canvas_Item (Get (Iter)); Next (Iter); end loop; return Last = Canvas_Item (Item); end Is_On_Top; --------------- -- Show_Item -- --------------- procedure Show_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Canvas_X, Canvas_Y : Gdouble) is begin Scroll_Canvas_To_Item (Canvas, Item, Canvas_X, Canvas_Y); end Show_Item; ---------------- -- Align_Item -- ---------------- procedure Align_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; X_Align : Float := 0.5; Y_Align : Float := 0.5) is begin Show_Item (Canvas, Item, Gdouble (X_Align), Gdouble (Y_Align)); end Align_Item; --------------- -- Show_Item -- --------------- procedure Show_Item (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is begin Show_Item (Canvas, Item, 0.5, 0.5); end Show_Item; ----------------------- -- Get_Align_On_Grid -- ----------------------- function Get_Align_On_Grid (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) return Boolean is begin return Canvas.Align_On_Grid; end Get_Align_On_Grid; -------------------- -- Set_Visibility -- -------------------- procedure Set_Visibility (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Visible : Boolean) is begin Item.Visible := Visible; end Set_Visibility; ---------------- -- Is_Visible -- ---------------- function Is_Visible (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Boolean is begin return Item.Visible; end Is_Visible; -------------------- -- Refresh_Canvas -- -------------------- procedure Refresh_Canvas (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) is begin Update_Adjustments (Canvas); Queue_Draw (Canvas); end Refresh_Canvas; --------------------- -- Clear_Selection -- --------------------- procedure Clear_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) is Iter : Item_Iterator := Start (Canvas, Selected_Only => True); begin while Get (Iter) /= null loop Remove_From_Selection (Canvas, Get (Iter)); Next (Iter); end loop; end Clear_Selection; ---------------------- -- Add_To_Selection -- ---------------------- procedure Add_To_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is begin if not Item.Selected then Canvas.Selected_Count := Canvas.Selected_Count + 1; Item.Selected := True; Selected (Item, Canvas, Is_Selected => True); Emit_By_Name_Item (Get_Object (Canvas), "item_selected" & ASCII.NUL, Item); end if; end Add_To_Selection; --------------------------- -- Remove_From_Selection -- --------------------------- procedure Remove_From_Selection (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) is begin if Item.Selected then Canvas.Selected_Count := Canvas.Selected_Count - 1; Item.Selected := False; if not Canvas.In_Destruction then Selected (Item, Canvas, Is_Selected => False); end if; Emit_By_Name_Item (Get_Object (Canvas), "item_unselected" & ASCII.NUL, Item); end if; end Remove_From_Selection; ---------------- -- Select_All -- ---------------- procedure Select_All (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) is Iter : Item_Iterator := Start (Canvas, Selected_Only => False); Item : Canvas_Item; begin loop Item := Get (Iter); exit when Item = null; Add_To_Selection (Canvas, Item); Next (Iter); end loop; end Select_All; --------------- -- Configure -- --------------- procedure Configure (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; Arrow : Arrow_Type := End_Arrow; Descr : UTF8_String := "") is begin Link.Arrow := Arrow; Free (Link.Descr); Link.Descr := new String'(Descr); end Configure; -------------- -- Add_Link -- -------------- procedure Add_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Src : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Dest : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class; Arrow : Arrow_Type := End_Arrow; Descr : UTF8_String := "") is begin Configure (Link, Arrow, Descr); Add_Edge (Canvas.Children, Link, Src, Dest); end Add_Link; ----------------- -- Remove_Link -- ----------------- procedure Remove_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Link : access Canvas_Link_Record'Class) is begin Remove (Canvas.Children, Link); end Remove_Link; ------------------- -- For_Each_Link -- ------------------- procedure For_Each_Link (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Execute : Link_Processor; From, To : Canvas_Item := null) is Iter : Edge_Iterator := First (Canvas.Children, Vertex_Access (From), Vertex_Access (To)); Link : Canvas_Link; begin while not At_End (Iter) loop Link := Canvas_Link (Get (Iter)); Next (Iter); exit when not Execute (Canvas, Link); end loop; end For_Each_Link; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- procedure Destroy (Link : in out Canvas_Link_Record) is begin Free (Link.Descr); end Destroy; procedure Destroy (Item : in out Canvas_Item_Record) is pragma Unreferenced (Item); begin null; end Destroy; --------------- -- Get_Descr -- --------------- function Get_Descr (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record) return UTF8_String is begin if Link.Descr = null then return ""; else return Link.Descr.all; end if; end Get_Descr; ----------------- -- Set_Src_Pos -- ----------------- procedure Set_Src_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X_Pos, Y_Pos : Gfloat := 0.5) is begin Link.Src_X_Pos := X_Pos; Link.Src_Y_Pos := Y_Pos; end Set_Src_Pos; ------------------ -- Set_Dest_Pos -- ------------------ procedure Set_Dest_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X_Pos, Y_Pos : Gfloat := 0.5) is begin Link.Dest_X_Pos := X_Pos; Link.Dest_Y_Pos := Y_Pos; end Set_Dest_Pos; ------------------ -- Zoom_Timeout -- ------------------ function Zoom_Timeout (Canvas : Interactive_Canvas) return Boolean is Now : constant Ada.Calendar.Time := Ada.Calendar.Clock; Z : Gdouble; dT : Gdouble; use type Ada.Calendar.Time; begin if Canvas.Zoom_Start + Canvas.Zoom_Duration < Now then Zoom_Internal (Canvas, Canvas.Target_Zoom); return False; else dT := Gdouble (Now - Canvas.Zoom_Start); Z := Canvas.Initial_Zoom + (Canvas.Target_Zoom - Canvas.Initial_Zoom) * dT / Gdouble (Canvas.Zoom_Duration); Zoom_Internal (Canvas, Z); return True; end if; end Zoom_Timeout; ------------------- -- Zoom_Internal -- ------------------- procedure Zoom_Internal (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Percent : Gdouble) is begin -- Display the proper area in the canvas -- When zooming out, we want to keep the old area centered into the -- new one. -- When zooming in, we want to keep the same center as before -- (reverse of zoom out) -- Apply the zoom Canvas.Zoom := Percent; Canvas.Freeze := True; -- Only update the page size, other values will be updated when -- centering the zoom area Update_Adjustments (Canvas); -- Display the proper area in the canvas -- When zooming out, we want to keep the old area centered into the -- new one. -- When zooming in, we want to keep the same center as before -- (reverse of zoom out) Scroll_Canvas_To_Area (Canvas, Canvas.Zoom_X, Canvas.Zoom_Y, Canvas.Zoom_X, Canvas.Zoom_Y, Canvas_X => 0.5, Canvas_Y => 0.5); Canvas.Freeze := False; Queue_Draw (Canvas); Widget_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Canvas, "zoomed"); end Zoom_Internal; ---------- -- Zoom -- ---------- procedure Zoom (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Percent : Gdouble := 1.0; Length : Duration := 0.0) is Id : G_Source_Id; pragma Unreferenced (Id); begin if Canvas.Zoom = Percent then return; end if; Canvas.Target_Zoom := Percent; Canvas.Initial_Zoom := Canvas.Zoom; Canvas.Zoom_X := Canvas.World_X + Gdouble (Get_Allocated_Width (Canvas)) / Canvas.Zoom / 2.0; Canvas.Zoom_Y := Canvas.World_Y + Gdouble (Get_Allocated_Height (Canvas)) / Canvas.Zoom / 2.0; Canvas.Zoom_Start := Ada.Calendar.Clock; -- Do we want smooth scrolling ? if Length > 0.0 then Canvas.Zoom_Duration := Length; Id := Canvas_Timeout.Idle_Add (Zoom_Timeout'Access, Interactive_Canvas (Canvas)); else Zoom_Internal (Canvas, Percent); end if; end Zoom; -------------- -- Get_Zoom -- -------------- function Get_Zoom (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) return Glib.Gdouble is begin return Canvas.Zoom; end Get_Zoom; -------------- -- Scrolled -- -------------- procedure Scrolled (Canvas : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Queue_Draw (Canvas); end Scrolled; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- procedure Draw (Item : access Buffered_Item_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) is begin Cairo.Set_Source_Surface (Cr, Item.Pixmap, 0.0, 0.0); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, Gdouble (Item.Coord.Width), Gdouble (Item.Coord.Height)); Cairo.Fill (Cr); if Status (Cr) /= Cairo_Status_Success then Put_Line ("??? Cannot draw buffered item: " & Cairo_Status'Image (Status (Cr))); end if; end Draw; --------------------- -- Set_Screen_Size -- --------------------- procedure Set_Screen_Size (Item : access Buffered_Item_Record; Width, Height : Glib.Gint) is begin if Item.Pixmap /= Null_Surface then Cairo.Surface.Destroy (Item.Pixmap); end if; -- Always pass a drawable, so that the colormap for Item.Pixmap is -- set correctly. Otherwise, on setups where colormaps are used we -- get a crash Item.Pixmap := Create (Cairo_Format_ARGB32, Width, Height); Set_Screen_Size (Canvas_Item_Record (Item.all)'Access, Width, Height); end Set_Screen_Size; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- procedure Destroy (Item : in out Buffered_Item_Record) is begin if Item.Pixmap /= Null_Surface then Destroy (Item.Pixmap); Item.Pixmap := Null_Surface; end if; Destroy (Canvas_Item_Record (Item)); end Destroy; ------------- -- Surface -- ------------- function Surface (Item : access Buffered_Item_Record) return Cairo_Surface is begin return Item.Pixmap; end Surface; -------------------- -- Get_Arrow_Type -- -------------------- function Get_Arrow_Type (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record) return Arrow_Type is begin return Link.Arrow; end Get_Arrow_Type; -------------------------- -- Set_Orthogonal_Links -- -------------------------- procedure Set_Orthogonal_Links (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Orthogonal : Boolean) is begin Canvas.Orthogonal_Links := Orthogonal; end Set_Orthogonal_Links; -------------------------- -- Get_Orthogonal_Links -- -------------------------- function Get_Orthogonal_Links (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record) return Boolean is begin return Canvas.Orthogonal_Links; end Get_Orthogonal_Links; ------------------------- -- Is_From_Auto_Layout -- ------------------------- function Is_From_Auto_Layout (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Boolean is begin return Item.From_Auto_Layout; end Is_From_Auto_Layout; ----------------- -- Is_Selected -- ----------------- function Is_Selected (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record; Item : access Canvas_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Canvas); begin return Item.Selected; end Is_Selected; ------------ -- Canvas -- ------------ function Canvas (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record) return Interactive_Canvas is begin return Item.Canvas; end Canvas; -------------- -- Selected -- -------------- procedure Selected (Item : access Canvas_Item_Record; Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class; Is_Selected : Boolean) is pragma Unreferenced (Item, Is_Selected); begin Queue_Draw (Canvas); end Selected; ----------------- -- Get_Src_Pos -- ----------------- procedure Get_Src_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X, Y : out Glib.Gfloat) is begin X := Link.Src_X_Pos; Y := Link.Src_Y_Pos; end Get_Src_Pos; ------------------ -- Get_Dest_Pos -- ------------------ procedure Get_Dest_Pos (Link : access Canvas_Link_Record; X, Y : out Glib.Gfloat) is begin X := Link.Dest_X_Pos; Y := Link.Dest_Y_Pos; end Get_Dest_Pos; --------------------- -- Get_Arrow_Angle -- --------------------- function Get_Arrow_Angle (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Gdouble is begin return Canvas.Arrow_Angle; end Get_Arrow_Angle; ---------------------- -- Get_Arrow_Length -- ---------------------- function Get_Arrow_Length (Canvas : access Interactive_Canvas_Record'Class) return Glib.Gint is begin return Canvas.Arrow_Length; end Get_Arrow_Length; end Gtkada.Canvas; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-objects.ads0000644000076700001450000000500212533067540022225 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Various support utilities for the drawing of objects in GtkAda.Canvas package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects is function Toplevel (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Abstract_Item; -- Return the top-most container for Self, or null function Link_Anchor_Point (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment) return Item_Point; -- Implementation helper for an object's Link_Anchor_Point primitive. -- This uses the bounding-box of the object to compute the middle point, -- which works fine on most cases, except for objects where link -- attachment is constrained to a small section of the object. end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-main.adb0000644000076700001450000001176412533067540016522 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with System; with Interfaces.C.Strings; package body Gdk.Main is ---------- -- Init -- ---------- procedure Init is gnat_argc : Interfaces.C.int; pragma Import (C, gnat_argc); gnat_argv : System.Address; pragma Import (C, gnat_argv); procedure Internal (argc : System.Address; argv : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_init"); begin Internal (gnat_argc'Address, gnat_argv'Address); end Init; ----------------- -- Get_Display -- ----------------- function Get_Display return String is use Interfaces.C.Strings; function Internal return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_get_display"); Result : constant chars_ptr := Internal; begin if Result = Null_Ptr then return ""; else return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal); end if; end Get_Display; ------------------- -- Keyboard_Grab -- ------------------- function Keyboard_Grab (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Owner_Events : Boolean := True; Time : Guint32 := 0) return Gdk_Grab_Status is function Internal (Window : Gdk_Window; Owner_Events : Gint; Time : Guint32) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_keyboard_grab"); begin return Gdk_Grab_Status'Val (Internal (Window, To_Gint (Owner_Events), Time)); end Keyboard_Grab; --------------------- -- Keyboard_Ungrab -- --------------------- procedure Keyboard_Ungrab (Time : Guint32 := 0) is procedure Internal (Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_keyboard_ungrab"); begin Internal (Time); end Keyboard_Ungrab; ------------------ -- Pointer_Grab -- ------------------ function Pointer_Grab (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Owner_Events : Boolean := True; Event_Mask : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Mask; Confine_To : Gdk.Gdk_Window := null; Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor := null; Time : Guint32 := 0) return Gdk_Grab_Status is function Internal (Window : Gdk_Window; Owner_Events : Gint; Event_Mask : Gint; Confine_To : Gdk_Window; Cursor : Gdk_Cursor; Time : Guint32) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pointer_grab"); begin return Gdk_Grab_Status'Val (Internal (Window, To_Gint (Owner_Events), Gint (Event_Mask), Confine_To, Cursor, Time)); end Pointer_Grab; ------------------------ -- Pointer_Is_Grabbed -- ------------------------ function Pointer_Is_Grabbed return Boolean is function Internal return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pointer_is_grabbed"); begin return Internal /= 0; end Pointer_Is_Grabbed; -------------------- -- Pointer_Ungrab -- -------------------- procedure Pointer_Ungrab (Time : Guint32 := 0) is procedure Internal (Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pointer_ungrab"); begin Internal (Time); end Pointer_Ungrab; end Gdk.Main; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-multi_paned.adb0000644000076700001450000025270212533067540020564 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with GNAT.IO; use GNAT.IO; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with System; use System; with System.Address_Image; with Gdk.Cursor; use Gdk, Gdk.Cursor; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Main; use Gdk.Main; with Gdk.Rectangle; use Gdk.Rectangle; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Gdk.Window_Attr; use Gdk.Window_Attr; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Properties.Creation; use Glib.Properties.Creation; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Fixed; use Gtk.Fixed; with Gtk.Notebook; use Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Style_Context; use Gtk.Style_Context; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtkada.Style; with Cairo; use Cairo; package body Gtkada.Multi_Paned is Traces : constant Boolean := False; -- Whether debug traces should be displayed on stdout Minimum_Width : constant := 50; -- Minimum width for a child Paned_Class_Record : aliased Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class := Glib.Object.Uninitialized_Class; Traces_Indent : Integer := 0; Handle_Prelit : Gdk.Gdk_Window := null; type Resize_Handle is record Position : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; Win : Gdk.Gdk_Window; end record; No_Handle : constant Resize_Handle := ((0, 0, 0, 0), null); type Child_Description (Is_Widget : Boolean) is record Parent : Child_Description_Access; Next : Child_Description_Access; Width, Height : Float; -- Either the size request for the widget, or the allocated size Visible : Boolean := True; -- Visibility status the last time we computed the size request Handle : Resize_Handle; -- The handle following the child. This might be invisible when the -- child is the last in its parent case Is_Widget is when True => Widget : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; Fixed_Size : Boolean; when False => Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; First_Child : Child_Description_Access; X, Y : Gint; -- Location of the top-left corner end case; end record; procedure Free (Child : in out Child_Description_Access; Recursive : Boolean); -- Free Child, but not its Next or parent nodes. -- If Recursive is True, the children of Child are also destroyed procedure Draw_Resize_Line (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; New_X, New_Y : Gint); -- Draws the temporary resize line during a non-opaque resize operation. procedure Size_Allocate_Paned (Paned : System.Address; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation); pragma Convention (C, Size_Allocate_Paned); -- Window was resized, need to resize and reposition the children. procedure Get_Preferred_Width (Paned : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint); pragma Convention (C, Get_Preferred_Width); procedure Get_Preferred_Height (Paned : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint); pragma Convention (C, Get_Preferred_Height); procedure On_Unrealize (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the window is unrealized. procedure Multipaned_Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class); pragma Convention (C, Multipaned_Class_Init); -- Initialize the gtk+ class fields procedure Size_Allocate_Child (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access; Width, Height : Float); -- Handle the size allocation for a specific pane. The actual -- position are given by Current.X and Current.Y procedure Size_Request_Child (Split : not null access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access; Handle_Width : Gint); -- Compute the size requisition for a specific type of children. -- Sets Current.Width and Current.Height appropriately. -- Children that have a size_request of 0 do not count in the overall size -- request (will be taken into account at Size_Allocate). Neither does -- their handle. procedure Set_Size_Request (Current : Child_Description_Access; Width, Height : Float; Handle_Width : Gint); -- Set the size requisition to use for Current and its children. -- This assumes however that Size_Allocate has been called at least once -- before, or panes with 0 width or height will not be handled properly. procedure Set_Handle_Cursor (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access); -- Reset the cursor used for the mouse when it is over the handle for -- Current. function Count_Children (Current : Child_Description_Access) return Gint; -- Return the number of children Current has procedure Resize_Child_And_Siblings (Parent : Child_Description_Access; Child : Child_Description_Access; Handle_Width : Gint); -- Resize a child and its neighbors to take into account the new position -- of the handle associated with Child. This handle's position must -- have been changed before calling this subprogram. function On_Draw (Paned : System.Address; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, On_Draw); -- Redraw all the handles procedure Move_Handle (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access; Old_Pos : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle); -- Move the window associated with a given handle to its position. function Button_Pressed (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; function Button_Released (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; function Button_Motion (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; function On_Enter_Or_Leave (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Crossing) return Boolean; -- Process gtk+ events procedure Remove_Child (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args); -- A child was removed from Paned procedure Remove_Child (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Pane : Child_Description_Access); -- Remove a specific pane procedure Destroy_Paned (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- The Paned window is being destroyed. function Get (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Child_Description_Access; -- Return the current child. You must move to Next before destroying -- the returned value, if you need to. -- Null is returned when there are no more children. procedure Split_Internal (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Ref_Widget : Gtk_Widget; Ref_Pane : Pane; Use_Ref_Pane : Boolean; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True); -- Internal version of Split_Horizontal and Split_Vertical. -- If Use_Ref_Pane is true, then all split are done with regards to -- Ref_Pane, otherwise they are done relative to Ref_Widget. function Is_Visible (Child : Child_Description_Access) return Boolean; -- Return True if Child is visible (or if any of its children is visible). function Is_Last_Visible (Current : Child_Description_Access) return Boolean; -- Return True if Current is the right-most visible child in its parent procedure Dump (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Child : Child_Description_Access; Prefix : String := ""); -- Dump to stdout the status of the multipaned ---------- -- Dump -- ---------- procedure Dump (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class) is begin Dump (Split, Split.Children); end Dump; ---------- -- Dump -- ---------- procedure Dump (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Child : Child_Description_Access; Prefix : String := "") is Tmp : Child_Description_Access; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; function Image (Orient : Gtk_Orientation) return String; -- Return the string to display for Orient function Image (Str : String; Value : Boolean) return String; -- Return Str if Value is True function Image (Value : Gint) return String; -- Return Value, without the leading space function Extra return String; -- Extra info to display for this node function Image (Value : Gint) return String is S : constant String := Gint'Image (Value); begin if S (S'First) = ' ' then return S (S'First + 1 .. S'Last); else return S; end if; end Image; function Image (Orient : Gtk_Orientation) return String is begin case Orient is when Orientation_Horizontal => return "horiz"; when Orientation_Vertical => return "vert"; end case; end Image; function Image (Str : String; Value : Boolean) return String is begin if Value then return Str & " "; else return ""; end if; end Image; function Extra return String is begin if Child.Widget.all in Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class then return "pages=" & Image (Get_N_Pages (Gtk_Notebook (Child.Widget))) & " "; end if; return ""; end Extra; begin if Child = null then Print_Debug (""); elsif Child.Is_Widget then Get_Allocation (Child.Widget, Alloc); Print_Debug (Prefix & ""); if Child.Widget.all in Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class then Dump (Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Child.Widget), Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Child.Widget).Children, Prefix & " nested:"); end if; else Print_Debug (Prefix & "<" & Image (Child.Orientation) & " req=(" & Image (Gint (Child.Width)) & Gint'Image (Gint (Child.Height)) & ") x,y=(" & Image (Child.X) & Gint'Image (Child.Y) & ")" & " handle=(" & Image (Child.Handle.Position.X) & Gint'Image (Child.Handle.Position.Y) & ")>"); Tmp := Child.First_Child; while Tmp /= null loop Dump (Split, Tmp, Prefix & " "); Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; end if; end Dump; ------------------------- -- Set_Opaque_Resizing -- ------------------------- procedure Set_Opaque_Resizing (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Opaque : Boolean) is begin Win.Opaque_Resizing := Opaque; end Set_Opaque_Resizing; ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (Child : in out Child_Description_Access; Recursive : Boolean) is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Child_Description, Child_Description_Access); Tmp : Child_Description_Access; begin if Child /= null then if Child.Handle.Win /= null then Destroy (Child.Handle.Win); end if; if Recursive and then not Child.Is_Widget then while Child.First_Child /= null loop Tmp := Child.First_Child.Next; Free (Child.First_Child, Recursive); Child.First_Child := Tmp; end loop; end if; Unchecked_Free (Child); end if; end Free; ----------- -- Start -- ----------- function Start (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record) return Child_Iterator is begin return (Current => Win.Children, Depth => 0, Split => Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Win)); end Start; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Child_Description_Access is begin return Iter.Current; end Get; --------------- -- Get_Depth -- --------------- function Get_Depth (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Natural is begin return Iter.Depth; end Get_Depth; -------------- -- Get_Size -- -------------- procedure Get_Size (Iter : Child_Iterator; Width, Height : out Gint; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : out Gint; Parent_Orientation : out Gtk_Orientation) is Count : Gint := 0; Tmp : Child_Description_Access; begin -- Assert (Iter.Current /= null); Width := Gint (Iter.Current.Width); Height := Gint (Iter.Current.Height); if Iter.Current.Parent /= null then Tmp := Iter.Current.Parent.First_Child; while Tmp /= null loop Count := Count + 1; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Parent_Orientation := Iter.Current.Parent.Orientation; case Parent_Orientation is when Orientation_Horizontal => Parent_Width := Gint (Iter.Current.Parent.Width) - Count * Iter.Split.Handle_Width; Parent_Height := Gint (Iter.Current.Parent.Height); when Orientation_Vertical => Parent_Width := Gint (Iter.Current.Parent.Width); Parent_Height := Gint (Iter.Current.Parent.Height) - Count * Iter.Split.Handle_Width; end case; else Parent_Width := Width; Parent_Height := Height; Parent_Orientation := Orientation_Horizontal; end if; end Get_Size; ------------ -- At_End -- ------------ function At_End (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Boolean is begin return Iter.Current = null; end At_End; ---------------- -- Get_Widget -- ---------------- function Get_Widget (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget is begin if Iter.Current /= null and then Iter.Current.Is_Widget then return Iter.Current.Widget; else return null; end if; end Get_Widget; --------------------- -- Get_Orientation -- --------------------- function Get_Orientation (Iter : Child_Iterator) return Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation is begin if Iter.Current /= null and then not Iter.Current.Is_Widget then return Iter.Current.Orientation; else return Orientation_Horizontal; end if; end Get_Orientation; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- procedure Next (Iter : in out Child_Iterator) is begin if Iter.Current = null then null; elsif not Iter.Current.Is_Widget and then Iter.Current.First_Child /= null then Iter.Current := Iter.Current.First_Child; Iter.Depth := Iter.Depth + 1; else while Iter.Current /= null and then Iter.Current.Next = null loop Iter.Current := Iter.Current.Parent; if Iter.Current /= null then Iter.Depth := Iter.Depth - 1; end if; end loop; if Iter.Current /= null then Iter.Current := Iter.Current.Next; end if; end if; end Next; ----------------- -- Handle_Size -- ----------------- function Handle_Size (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class) return Gint is begin return Win.Handle_Width; end Handle_Size; --------------------------- -- Multipaned_Class_Init -- --------------------------- procedure Multipaned_Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class) is begin Set_Default_Draw_Handler (Self, On_Draw'Access); Set_Default_Size_Allocate_Handler (Self, Size_Allocate_Paned'Access); Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Width_Handler (Self, Get_Preferred_Width'Access); Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Height_Handler (Self, Get_Preferred_Height'Access); Install_Style_Property (Self, Gnew_Int (Name => "handle-size", Nick => "Handle Size", Blurb => "Width of handle", Minimum => 1, Maximum => 10, Default => 4)); end Multipaned_Class_Init; -------------- -- Get_Type -- -------------- function Get_Type return Glib.GType is begin Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor => Gtk.Fixed.Get_Type, Signals => (1 .. 0 => Null_Ptr), Class_Record => Paned_Class_Record, Type_Name => "GtkAdaMultiPaned", Parameters => (1 .. 0 => (1 => GType_None)), Class_Init => Multipaned_Class_Init'Access); return Paned_Class_Record.The_Type; end Get_Type; ----------------------- -- On_Enter_Or_Leave -- ----------------------- function On_Enter_Or_Leave (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Crossing) return Boolean is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Self); Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Split); Current : Child_Description_Access; begin if Event.The_Type = Enter_Notify then Handle_Prelit := Event.Window; else Handle_Prelit := null; end if; loop Current := Get (Iter); exit when Current = null; if Current.Handle.Win = Event.Window then Queue_Draw_Area (Self, X => Current.Handle.Position.X, Y => Current.Handle.Position.Y, Width => Current.Handle.Position.Width, Height => Current.Handle.Position.Height); exit; end if; Next (Iter); end loop; return True; end On_Enter_Or_Leave; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Win : out Gtkada_Multi_Paned) is begin Win := new Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Initialize (Win); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class) is Ctx : Gtk_Style_Context; Val : Glib.Values.GValue; begin G_New (Win, Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Get_Type); Win.Set_Has_Window (True); -- For a GtkPaned, the theme can define the size of the handles. -- Unfortunately, we can't access that information from another widget -- apparently, because Win.Style_Get_Property("handle-size", Val) does -- not work... Init (Val, GType_Int); Win.Style_Get_Property ("handle-size", Val); Win.Handle_Width := Get_Int (Val); Unset (Val); Return_Callback.Connect (Win, "button_press_event", Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Button_Pressed'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Win, "button_release_event", Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Button_Released'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Win, "motion_notify_event", Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Button_Motion'Access)); Widget_Callback.Connect (Win, "remove", Remove_Child'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Win, "destroy", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Paned'Access)); Win.On_Unrealize (On_Unrealize'Access); Win.On_Enter_Notify_Event (On_Enter_Or_Leave'Access); Win.On_Leave_Notify_Event (On_Enter_Or_Leave'Access); Ctx := Get_Style_Context (Win); Ctx.Add_Class ("multipaned"); end Initialize; ------------------ -- On_Unrealize -- ------------------ procedure On_Unrealize (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is procedure Reset_Handles (Parent : Child_Description_Access); procedure Reset_Handles (Parent : Child_Description_Access) is Tmp : Child_Description_Access := Parent; begin while Tmp /= null loop if Tmp.Handle.Win /= null then Destroy (Tmp.Handle.Win); Tmp.Handle.Win := null; end if; if not Tmp.Is_Widget then Reset_Handles (Tmp.First_Child); end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; end Reset_Handles; Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Self); begin Reset_Handles (Split.Children); end On_Unrealize; ------------------------ -- Destroy_Paned -- ------------------------ procedure Destroy_Paned (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is use type Widget_List.Glist; Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Paned); begin -- Destruction of children would be done automatically by the default -- "destroy" handler of the ancestor of Gtkada_Multi_Paned (ie GtkFixed) Free (Split.Children, Recursive => True); end Destroy_Paned; ------------------ -- Remove_Child -- ------------------ procedure Remove_Child (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Paned); Child : constant Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (To_Object (Args, 1)); Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Split); Current : Child_Description_Access; begin -- Split might have been destroyed as part of the global interface, in -- which case its children are destroyed only after Split itself. if Split.Children = null then return; end if; loop Current := Get (Iter); exit when Current = null or else (Current.Is_Widget and then Current.Widget = Child); Next (Iter); end loop; if Current /= null then Remove_Child (Split, Current); end if; end Remove_Child; ------------------ -- Remove_Child -- ------------------ procedure Remove_Child (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Pane : Child_Description_Access) is procedure Merge_With_Parent_If_Single_Child (Child : in out Child_Description_Access); -- If Child has a single child itself, merge it with its parent, and -- free Child. Child is set to its first child if they are the same. procedure Merge_With_Parent_If_Same (Child : in out Child_Description_Access); -- Merge Child with its parent if they have the same orientation --------------------------------------- -- Merge_With_Parent_If_Single_Child -- --------------------------------------- procedure Merge_With_Parent_If_Single_Child (Child : in out Child_Description_Access) is Tmp : Child_Description_Access; begin if Child.First_Child /= null and then Child.First_Child.Next = null then if Child.Parent /= null then Child.First_Child.Parent := Child.Parent; Set_Handle_Cursor (Split, Child.First_Child); if Child.Parent.First_Child = Child then Child.Parent.First_Child := Child.First_Child; Child.First_Child.Next := Child.Next; else Tmp := Child.Parent.First_Child; while Tmp.Next /= Child loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Child.First_Child.Next := Child.Next; Tmp.Next := Child.First_Child; end if; Tmp := Child; Child := Child.First_Child; Free (Tmp, Recursive => False); elsif not Child.First_Child.Is_Widget then Split.Children := Child.First_Child; Split.Children.Parent := null; Free (Child, Recursive => False); Child := Split.Children; end if; end if; end Merge_With_Parent_If_Single_Child; ------------------------------- -- Merge_With_Parent_If_Same -- ------------------------------- procedure Merge_With_Parent_If_Same (Child : in out Child_Description_Access) is Tmp, Previous : Child_Description_Access; begin if not Child.Is_Widget and then Child.Parent /= null and then Child.Orientation = Child.Parent.Orientation then Tmp := Child.First_Child; while Tmp /= null loop Tmp.Parent := Child.Parent; Previous := Tmp; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; -- Previous is now the last child of Child if Previous /= null then if Child.Parent.First_Child = Child then Previous.Next := Child.Next; Child.Parent.First_Child := Child.First_Child; else Tmp := Child.Parent.First_Child; while Tmp.Next /= Child loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Previous.Next := Tmp.Next.Next; Tmp.Next := Child.First_Child; end if; end if; Free (Child, Recursive => False); end if; end Merge_With_Parent_If_Same; Current : Child_Description_Access := Pane; Tmp, Parent : Child_Description_Access; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin if Traces then if Pane.Is_Widget then Print_Debug ("Removing widget " & System.Address_Image (Pane.Widget.all'Address), Debug_Increase); else Print_Debug ("Removing pane", Debug_Increase); end if; end if; if Current /= null then Parent := Current.Parent; if Parent.First_Child = Current then Parent.First_Child := Current.Next; else Tmp := Parent.First_Child; while Tmp.Next /= Current loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Tmp.Next := Current.Next; end if; Free (Current, Recursive => False); Merge_With_Parent_If_Single_Child (Parent); Merge_With_Parent_If_Same (Parent); if Parent /= null and then not Parent.Is_Widget and then Parent.First_Child = null then if Parent.Parent /= null then Remove_Child (Split, Parent); else Free (Parent, Recursive => False); Split.Children := null; end if; end if; if Split.Children /= null and then Split.Get_Realized and then Split.Children.Width > 0.0 and then Split.Children.Height > 0.0 then -- We have to redo some of the work done by Size_Allocate_Paned. -- The reason is that the latter will do nothing since the -- allocation has changed, but we might have changed the top-level -- Child, and need to reset the allocation properties anyway if Get_Has_Window (Split) then Split.Children.X := 0; Split.Children.Y := 0; else Split.Get_Allocation (Alloc); Split.Children.X := Alloc.X; Split.Children.Y := Alloc.Y; end if; Size_Allocate_Child (Split, Split.Children, Float (Get_Allocated_Width (Split)), Float (Get_Allocated_Height (Split))); else Queue_Resize (Split); end if; end if; if Traces then Dump (Split, Split.Children); Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end if; end Remove_Child; ---------------------- -- Draw_Resize_Line -- ---------------------- procedure Draw_Resize_Line (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; New_X, New_Y : Gint) is procedure Do_Draw (Cr : Cairo_Context; Draw : Boolean); procedure Do_Draw (Cr : Cairo_Context; Draw : Boolean) is HS : constant Gint := Split.Handle_Width; begin if not Draw then -- To compensate for the line width used to draw the handle, we -- need to clear a rectangle. Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, Gdouble (Split.Selected_Pos.X - HS / 2), Gdouble (Split.Selected_Pos.Y - HS / 2), Gdouble (Split.Selected_Pos.Width + HS), Gdouble (Split.Selected_Pos.Height + HS)); Cairo.Fill (Cr); else Split.Selected_Pos.X := New_X; Split.Selected_Pos.Y := New_Y; Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.5)); Set_Line_Width (Cr, Gdouble (HS)); Move_To (Cr, Gdouble (New_X), Gdouble (New_Y)); Rel_Line_To (Cr, Gdouble (Split.Selected_Pos.Width), Gdouble (Split.Selected_Pos.Height)); Stroke (Cr); end if; end Do_Draw; begin Gtkada.Style.Draw_Overlay (Widget => Split, Overlay => Split.Overlay, Do_Draw => Do_Draw'Access); end Draw_Resize_Line; -------------------- -- Button_Pressed -- -------------------- function Button_Pressed (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Paned); Tmp : Gdk_Grab_Status; Cursor : Gdk_Cursor; Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Split); Current : Child_Description_Access; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); X, Y : Gdouble; Xroot, Yroot : Gdouble; begin if Get_Button (Event) /= 1 then return False; end if; Split.Selected := null; while Get (Iter) /= null loop Current := Get (Iter); if Current.Handle.Win = Event.Button.Window then Split.Selected := Current; exit; end if; Next (Iter); end loop; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Button_Pressed in multi_panned has_selected_handle=" & Boolean'Image (Split.Selected /= null)); end if; if Split.Selected = null then return False; end if; -- Make sure none of the widgets has a fixed size, or -- the resizing won't take place. if Current.Is_Widget then Current.Fixed_Size := False; end if; if Current.Next /= null and then Current.Next.Is_Widget then Current.Next.Fixed_Size := False; end if; Get_Coords (Event, X, Y); Get_Root_Coords (Event, Xroot, Yroot); Split.Selected_Pos := Split.Selected.Handle.Position; case Split.Selected.Parent.Orientation is when Orientation_Vertical => if Split.Cursor_Double_V_Arrow = null then Gdk_New (Split.Cursor_Double_V_Arrow, Sb_V_Double_Arrow); end if; Cursor := Split.Cursor_Double_V_Arrow; Split.Selected_Pos.Height := 0; Split.Selected_Pos.Y := Split.Selected_Pos.Y + Gint (Y); Split.Initial_Pos := Split.Selected.Handle.Position.Y - Gint (Yroot); when Orientation_Horizontal => if Split.Cursor_Double_H_Arrow = null then Gdk_New (Split.Cursor_Double_H_Arrow, Sb_H_Double_Arrow); end if; Cursor := Split.Cursor_Double_H_Arrow; Split.Selected_Pos.Width := 0; Split.Selected_Pos.X := Split.Selected_Pos.X + Gint (X); Split.Initial_Pos := Split.Selected.Handle.Position.X - Gint (Xroot); end case; Tmp := Pointer_Grab (Event.Button.Window, False, Button_Press_Mask or Button_Motion_Mask or Button_Release_Mask, Cursor => Cursor, Time => 0); if not Split.Opaque_Resizing then Draw_Resize_Line (Split, Split.Selected_Pos.X, Split.Selected_Pos.Y); end if; return False; end Button_Pressed; ------------------------------- -- Resize_Child_And_Siblings -- ------------------------------- procedure Resize_Child_And_Siblings (Parent : Child_Description_Access; Child : Child_Description_Access; Handle_Width : Gint) is Size : Gint; Count : Natural := 0; Tmp : Child_Description_Access := Parent.First_Child; Handle_Index : Natural := 0; begin -- We'll need to traverse the list of children in reverse order, -- so we store it in an array for ease of use while Tmp /= null loop Count := Count + 1; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; declare Children : array (1 .. Count) of Child_Description_Access; begin Tmp := Parent.First_Child; Count := Children'First; while Tmp /= null loop Children (Count) := Tmp; if Tmp = Child then Handle_Index := Count; end if; Count := Count + 1; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; -- Now adjust the size if Parent.Orientation = Orientation_Horizontal then for H in reverse Children'First .. Handle_Index loop if H - 1 >= Children'First then Size := Children (H).Handle.Position.X - Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.X - Handle_Width; else Size := Children (H).Handle.Position.X - Parent.X; end if; if Size >= Minimum_Width then Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Float (Size), Children (H).Height, Handle_Width); exit; else Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Float (Minimum_Width), Children (H).Height, Handle_Width); if H - 1 >= Children'First then Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.X := Children (H).Handle.Position.X - Gint (Children (H).Width) - Handle_Width; end if; end if; end loop; for H in Handle_Index + 1 .. Children'Last loop Size := Children (H).Handle.Position.X - Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.X - Handle_Width; Children (H).Handle.Position.X := Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.X + Gint (Children (H).Width) + Handle_Width; if Size >= Minimum_Width then Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Float (Size), Children (H).Height, Handle_Width); exit; else Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Float (Minimum_Width), Children (H).Height, Handle_Width); Children (H).Handle.Position.X := Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.X + Minimum_Width + Handle_Width; end if; end loop; else -- Orientation_Vertical for H in reverse Children'First .. Handle_Index loop if H - 1 >= Children'First then Size := Children (H).Handle.Position.Y - Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.Y - Handle_Width; else Size := Children (H).Handle.Position.Y - Parent.Y; end if; if Size >= Minimum_Width then Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Children (H).Width, Float (Size), Handle_Width); exit; else Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Children (H).Width, Float (Minimum_Width), Handle_Width); if H - 1 >= Children'First then Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.Y := Children (H).Handle.Position.Y - Gint (Children (H).Height) - Handle_Width; end if; end if; end loop; for H in Handle_Index + 1 .. Children'Last loop Size := Children (H).Handle.Position.Y - Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.Y - Handle_Width; Children (H).Handle.Position.Y := Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.Y + Gint (Children (H).Height) + Handle_Width; if Size >= Minimum_Width then Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Children (H).Width, Float (Size), Handle_Width); exit; else Set_Size_Request (Children (H), Children (H).Width, Float (Minimum_Width), Handle_Width); Children (H).Handle.Position.Y := Children (H - 1).Handle.Position.Y + Minimum_Width + Handle_Width; end if; end loop; end if; end; end Resize_Child_And_Siblings; --------------------- -- Button_Released -- --------------------- function Button_Released (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Event); Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Paned); begin if Split.Selected /= null then Pointer_Ungrab (Time => 0); case Split.Selected.Parent.Orientation is when Orientation_Horizontal => Split.Selected.Handle.Position.X := Split.Selected_Pos.X; when Orientation_Vertical => Split.Selected.Handle.Position.Y := Split.Selected_Pos.Y; end case; Resize_Child_And_Siblings (Split.Selected.Parent, Split.Selected, Split.Handle_Width); Split.Queue_Resize; if Traces then Print_Debug ("After button_release"); Dump (Split, Split.Children); end if; Gtkada.Style.Delete_Overlay (Split, Split.Overlay); Split.Selected := null; end if; return False; end Button_Released; ------------------- -- Button_Motion -- ------------------- function Button_Motion (Paned : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Paned); New_Pos : Gint; Xroot, Yroot : Gdouble; New_X, New_Y : Gint; begin if Split.Selected /= null then Get_Root_Coords (Event, Xroot, Yroot); New_X := Split.Selected_Pos.X; New_Y := Split.Selected_Pos.Y; case Split.Selected.Parent.Orientation is when Orientation_Horizontal => New_Pos := Gint (Xroot) + Split.Initial_Pos; if New_Pos >= Split.Selected.Parent.X and then New_Pos <= Split.Selected.Parent.X + Gint (Split.Selected.Parent.Width) then New_X := New_Pos; end if; when Orientation_Vertical => New_Pos := Gint (Yroot) + Split.Initial_Pos; if New_Pos >= Split.Selected.Parent.Y and then New_Pos <= Split.Selected.Parent.Y + Gint (Split.Selected.Parent.Height) then New_Y := New_Pos; end if; end case; if Split.Opaque_Resizing then case Split.Selected.Parent.Orientation is when Orientation_Horizontal => Split.Selected.Handle.Position.X := New_X; when Orientation_Vertical => Split.Selected.Handle.Position.Y := New_Y; end case; Split.Selected_Pos.X := New_X; Split.Selected_Pos.Y := New_Y; Resize_Child_And_Siblings (Split.Selected.Parent, Split.Selected, Split.Handle_Width); Size_Allocate_Child (Split, Split.Selected.Parent, Float'Max (1.0, Split.Selected.Parent.Width), Float'Max (1.0, Split.Selected.Parent.Height)); else Draw_Resize_Line (Split, New_X, New_Y); end if; end if; return False; end Button_Motion; ---------------- -- Is_Visible -- ---------------- function Is_Visible (Child : Child_Description_Access) return Boolean is Tmp : Child_Description_Access; begin if Child.Is_Widget then return Get_Child_Visible (Child.Widget) and then Child.Widget.Get_Visible; else Tmp := Child.First_Child; while Tmp /= null loop if Is_Visible (Tmp) then return True; end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; return False; end if; end Is_Visible; --------------------- -- Is_Last_Visible -- --------------------- function Is_Last_Visible (Current : Child_Description_Access) return Boolean is Tmp : Child_Description_Access := Current.Next; begin while Tmp /= null loop if Tmp.Visible then return False; end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; return True; end Is_Last_Visible; ------------- -- On_Draw -- ------------- function On_Draw (Paned : System.Address; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gboolean is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Glib.Object.Convert (Paned)); Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Split); Current : Child_Description_Access; Ctx : constant Gtk_Style_Context := Get_Style_Context (Split); Flags : Gtk_State_Flags; begin loop Current := Get (Iter); exit when Current = null; if not Is_Last_Visible (Current) and then Current.Visible then Save (Ctx); Ctx.Add_Class ("pane-separator"); Flags := Split.Get_State_Flags; if Handle_Prelit = Current.Handle.Win then Flags := Flags or Gtk_State_Flag_Prelight; end if; Ctx.Set_State (Flags); -- ??? The following seems wrong, and yet it works with Adwaita. -- If we revert the condition, we only ever get a single dot in -- the handle. if Current.Handle.Position.Width > Current.Handle.Position.Height then Ctx.Add_Class ("vertical"); Ctx.Remove_Class ("horizontal"); else Ctx.Add_Class ("horizontal"); Ctx.Remove_Class ("vertical"); end if; Gtk.Style_Context.Render_Handle (Context => Ctx, Cr => Cr, X => Gdouble (Current.Handle.Position.X), Y => Gdouble (Current.Handle.Position.Y), Width => Gdouble (Current.Handle.Position.Width), Height => Gdouble (Current.Handle.Position.Height)); Restore (Ctx); end if; Next (Iter); end loop; -- Chain up to draw children return Boolean'Pos (Inherited_Draw (Paned_Class_Record, Split, Cr)); end On_Draw; ----------------------- -- Set_Handle_Cursor -- ----------------------- procedure Set_Handle_Cursor (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access) is Cursor : Gdk_Cursor; begin if Current.Handle.Win /= null then case Current.Parent.Orientation is when Orientation_Vertical => if Split.Cursor_Double_V_Arrow = null then Gdk_New (Split.Cursor_Double_V_Arrow, Sb_V_Double_Arrow); end if; Cursor := Split.Cursor_Double_V_Arrow; when Orientation_Horizontal => if Split.Cursor_Double_H_Arrow = null then Gdk_New (Split.Cursor_Double_H_Arrow, Sb_H_Double_Arrow); end if; Cursor := Split.Cursor_Double_H_Arrow; end case; Set_Cursor (Current.Handle.Win, Cursor); end if; end Set_Handle_Cursor; ----------------- -- Move_Handle -- ----------------- procedure Move_Handle (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access; Old_Pos : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle) is Window_Attr : Gdk.Window_Attr.Gdk_Window_Attr; begin if not Split.Get_Realized or not Current.Visible then return; end if; if Current.Handle.Win = null then Gdk_New (Window_Attr, Window_Type => Window_Child, Wclass => Input_Only, -- Let it be transparent Event_Mask => Get_Events (Split) or Button_Press_Mask or Button_Release_Mask or Pointer_Motion_Mask or Enter_Notify_Mask or Leave_Notify_Mask or Button_Motion_Mask); Gdk_New (Current.Handle.Win, Parent => Get_Window (Split), Attributes => Window_Attr, Attributes_Mask => 0); Set_User_Data (Current.Handle.Win, Split); Destroy (Window_Attr); Set_Handle_Cursor (Split, Current); Gdk.Window.Show (Current.Handle.Win); end if; Gdk.Window.Move_Resize (Current.Handle.Win, X => Current.Handle.Position.X, Y => Current.Handle.Position.Y, Width => Current.Handle.Position.Width, Height => Current.Handle.Position.Height); Invalidate_Rect (Split.Get_Window, Old_Pos, False); Invalidate_Rect (Split.Get_Window, Current.Handle.Position, False); end Move_Handle; ---------------------- -- Set_Size_Request -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Size_Request (Current : Child_Description_Access; Width, Height : Float; Handle_Width : Gint) is Tmp : Child_Description_Access; Count : Gint; Size, Size2 : Float; Total : Float := 0.0; Item : Float; begin if Current.Width = Width and then Current.Height = Height then null; elsif Current.Is_Widget then -- Do not call Set_Size_Request, we just want to force a size here. Current.Width := Float'Max (1.0, Width); Current.Height := Float'Max (1.0, Height); elsif Current.Orientation = Orientation_Horizontal then Count := Count_Children (Current) - 1; Size := Current.Width - Float (Count * Handle_Width); if Size > 0.0 then Tmp := Current.First_Child; Size2 := Width - Float (Count * Handle_Width); while Tmp.Next /= null loop Item := Size2 * Tmp.Width / Size; Set_Size_Request (Tmp, Item, Height, Handle_Width); Total := Total + Item + Float (Handle_Width); Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Set_Size_Request (Tmp, Width - Total, Height, Handle_Width); end if; else Count := Count_Children (Current) - 1; Size := Current.Height - Float (Count * Handle_Width); Size2 := Height - Float (Count * Handle_Width); if Size > 0.0 then Tmp := Current.First_Child; while Tmp.Next /= null loop Item := Size2 * Tmp.Height / Size; Set_Size_Request (Tmp, Width, Item, Handle_Width); Total := Total + Item + Float (Handle_Width); Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Set_Size_Request (Tmp, Width, Height - Total, Handle_Width); end if; end if; Current.Width := Width; Current.Height := Height; end Set_Size_Request; ------------------------ -- Size_Request_Child -- ------------------------ procedure Size_Request_Child (Split : not null access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access; Handle_Width : Gint) is Min, Requisition : Gtk_Requisition; Tmp : Child_Description_Access; W, H : Float := 0.0; begin if Current = Split.Children then Print_Debug ("Size_Request_Child", Debug_Increase); end if; if Current.Is_Widget then if Current.Visible then if Current.Width < 0.0 or else Current.Height < 0.0 then Current.Widget.Get_Preferred_Size (Min, Requisition); if Current.Width < 0.0 then Current.Width := Float (Requisition.Width); end if; if Current.Height < 0.0 then Current.Height := Float (Requisition.Height); end if; else null; -- Keep current size end if; else Current.Width := 0.0; Current.Height := 0.0; end if; else Tmp := Current.First_Child; while Tmp /= null loop Tmp.Visible := Is_Visible (Tmp); if Tmp.Visible then Size_Request_Child (Split, Tmp, Handle_Width); if Current.Orientation = Orientation_Horizontal then W := W + Tmp.Width; if Tmp.Width /= 0.0 and then not Is_Last_Visible (Tmp) then W := W + Float (Handle_Width); end if; H := Float'Max (H, Tmp.Height); else W := Float'Max (W, Tmp.Width); H := H + Tmp.Height; if Tmp.Height /= 0.0 and then not Is_Last_Visible (Tmp) then H := H + Float (Handle_Width); end if; end if; end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; -- If none of the children have requested some size, we keep the -- current request (so that when splitting a window, the resulting -- pane occupies exactly the same amount of space as splitted window -- used to occupy). if W /= 0.0 then Current.Width := W; end if; if H /= 0.0 then Current.Height := H; end if; end if; if Current = Split.Children then Dump (Split, Current); Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end if; end Size_Request_Child; -------------------- -- Count_Children -- -------------------- function Count_Children (Current : Child_Description_Access) return Gint is Count : Gint := 0; Tmp : Child_Description_Access; begin if not Current.Is_Widget then Tmp := Current.First_Child; while Tmp /= null loop if Tmp.Visible then Count := Count + 1; end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; end if; return Count; end Count_Children; ------------------------- -- Size_Allocate_Child -- ------------------------- procedure Size_Allocate_Child (Split : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Current : Child_Description_Access; Width, Height : Float) is Xchild : Gint := Current.X; Ychild : Gint := Current.Y; Tmp : Child_Description_Access := Current.First_Child; Children_Count : Gint := 0; Child : Float; Ratio, Fixed_Ratio : Float := 1.0; Has_Request_Child : Boolean := False; Unrequested : Float := 0.0; -- Size for children that didn't request one Fixed_Width, Fixed_Height : Float := 0.0; Req_Width, Req_Height : Float := 0.0; Handles_Size : Float; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; Old_Pos : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; procedure Compute_Ratios (Total, Requested, Fixed : Float); -- Compute the various ratios to apply, given the total size allocated -- to the widget, its requested size, and the size dedicated to fixed -- size children procedure Compute_Ratios (Total, Requested, Fixed : Float) is T : Float; begin if Handles_Size > Total then Ratio := 0.0; Fixed_Ratio := 0.0; else if Fixed > Total - Handles_Size then Fixed_Ratio := (Total - Handles_Size) / Fixed; end if; T := Total - Handles_Size - Fixed * Fixed_Ratio; if Unrequested = 0.0 then Ratio := T / (Requested - Fixed * Fixed_Ratio); elsif T > Requested or else not Has_Request_Child then Ratio := 1.0; Unrequested := (T - Requested) / Unrequested; else Ratio := (T - Unrequested * Float (Minimum_Width)) / (Requested - Fixed * Fixed_Ratio); Unrequested := Float (Minimum_Width); end if; end if; end Compute_Ratios; begin if Split.Frozen then return; end if; -- Algorithm is the following: -- - Each handle gets its constant size (Handle_Width). -- - Each fixed_size widget gets its requested size. If the total -- size would be wider than the box, then they are shrunk -- - The remaining space is split among the children that requested a -- specific size. If the total requested size is wider than the box, -- then they are shrunk -- - The remaining space is split equaly among the children that -- didn't request a specific size. while Tmp /= null loop if Tmp.Visible then Children_Count := Children_Count + 1; if Tmp.Is_Widget and then Tmp.Fixed_Size then Fixed_Width := Fixed_Width + Tmp.Width; Fixed_Height := Fixed_Height + Tmp.Height; end if; Req_Width := Req_Width + Tmp.Width; Req_Height := Req_Height + Tmp.Height; if Tmp.Width = 0.0 or else Tmp.Height = 0.0 then Unrequested := Unrequested + 1.0; else Has_Request_Child := True; end if; end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Handles_Size := Float ((Children_Count - 1) * Split.Handle_Width); Tmp := Current.First_Child; if Current.Orientation = Orientation_Horizontal then Compute_Ratios (Width, Req_Width, Fixed_Width); if Traces then Print_Debug ("Horiz Ratio=" & Float'Image (Ratio) & " Fixed_Ratio=" & Float'Image (Fixed_Ratio) & " Total=" & Float'Image (Width) & " Requested=" & Float'Image (Req_Width) & " Fixed=" & Float'Image (Fixed_Width) & " Handles=" & Float'Image (Handles_Size) & " Unrequested=" & Float'Image (Unrequested)); end if; while Tmp /= null loop if Tmp.Visible then if Tmp.Width = 0.0 then Child := Unrequested; elsif Tmp.Is_Widget and then Tmp.Fixed_Size then Child := Tmp.Width * Fixed_Ratio; else Child := Tmp.Width * Ratio; end if; if Tmp.Is_Widget then Alloc := (X => Xchild, Y => Current.Y, Width => Gint'Max (1, Gint (Child)), Height => Gint (Height)); Size_Allocate (Tmp.Widget, Alloc); Tmp.Width := Float'Max (1.0, Child); Tmp.Height := Height; else Tmp.X := Xchild; Tmp.Y := Current.Y; Size_Allocate_Child (Split, Tmp, Child, Height); end if; Old_Pos := Tmp.Handle.Position; Tmp.Handle.Position := (X => Xchild + Gint (Child), Y => Current.Y, Width => Split.Handle_Width, Height => Gint (Height)); Move_Handle (Split, Tmp, Old_Pos); Xchild := Xchild + Gint (Child) + Split.Handle_Width; elsif Tmp.Handle.Win /= null then Hide (Tmp.Handle.Win); end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; else Compute_Ratios (Height, Req_Height, Fixed_Height); if Traces then Print_Debug ("Vert Ratio=" & Float'Image (Ratio) & " Fixed_Ratio=" & Float'Image (Fixed_Ratio) & " Total=" & Float'Image (Height) & " Requested=" & Float'Image (Req_Height) & " Fixed=" & Float'Image (Fixed_Height) & " Handles=" & Float'Image (Handles_Size) & " Unrequested=" & Float'Image (Unrequested)); end if; while Tmp /= null loop if Tmp.Visible then if Tmp.Height = 0.0 then Child := Unrequested; elsif Tmp.Is_Widget and then Tmp.Fixed_Size then Child := Tmp.Height * Fixed_Ratio; else Child := Tmp.Height * Ratio; end if; if Tmp.Is_Widget then Alloc := (X => Current.X, Y => Ychild, Width => Gint (Width), Height => Gint'Max (1, Gint (Child))); Size_Allocate (Tmp.Widget, Alloc); Tmp.Width := Width; Tmp.Height := Float'Max (1.0, Child); else Tmp.X := Current.X; Tmp.Y := Ychild; Size_Allocate_Child (Split, Tmp, Width, Child); end if; Old_Pos := Tmp.Handle.Position; Tmp.Handle.Position := (X => Current.X, Y => Ychild + Gint (Child), Width => Gint (Width), Height => Split.Handle_Width); Move_Handle (Split, Tmp, Old_Pos); Ychild := Ychild + Gint (Child) + Split.Handle_Width; elsif Tmp.Handle.Win /= null then Hide (Tmp.Handle.Win); end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; end if; Current.Width := Width; Current.Height := Height; end Size_Allocate_Child; ------------------------- -- Size_Allocate_Paned -- ------------------------- procedure Size_Allocate_Paned (Paned : System.Address; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation) is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Gtk.Widget.Convert (Paned)); SAlloc : Gtk_Allocation := Alloc; begin if Traces then Print_Debug ("Size_Allocate_Paned " & Gint'Image (Alloc.X) & Gint'Image (Alloc.Y) & Gint'Image (Alloc.Width) & "x" & Gint'Image (Alloc.Height), Debug_Increase); end if; -- Apply the new size to the container Set_Allocation (Split, SAlloc); if Split.Get_Realized and then Split.Get_Has_Window then Gdk.Window.Move_Resize (Get_Window (Split), X => Alloc.X, Y => Alloc.Y, Width => Alloc.Width, Height => Alloc.Height); end if; -- Then propagate to children if needed. if not Split.Get_Realized or else Split.Frozen or else Alloc.Width <= 1 -- Uninitialized yet or else Split.Children = null then if Traces then Print_Debug ("size_allocate: nothing to do", Debug_Decrease); end if; return; end if; -- Even if the allocation is the same as before, and none of the -- children visibility have changed, we still need to propagate the -- event, otherwise the children are not properly refreshed, for -- instance the notebooks in the MDI. if Get_Has_Window (Split) then Split.Children.X := 0; Split.Children.Y := 0; else Split.Children.X := Alloc.X; Split.Children.Y := Alloc.Y; end if; Size_Allocate_Child (Split, Split.Children, Float (Alloc.Width), Float (Alloc.Height)); if Traces then Dump (Split, Split.Children); Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end if; exception when E : others => if Traces then Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception " & Exception_Information (E)); end if; end Size_Allocate_Paned; ------------------------- -- Get_Preferred_Width -- ------------------------- procedure Get_Preferred_Width (Paned : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint) is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Gtk.Widget.Convert (Paned)); begin Print_Debug ("Get_Preferred_Width"); Minimum_Size := 10; if Split.Children /= null then Size_Request_Child (Split, Split.Children, Split.Handle_Width); -- ??? Should look at the number of handles and children with a -- fixed size Natural_Size := Gint'Max (Minimum_Size, Gint (Split.Children.Width)); else Natural_Size := 100; end if; end Get_Preferred_Width; -------------------------- -- Get_Preferred_Height -- -------------------------- procedure Get_Preferred_Height (Paned : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint) is Split : constant Gtkada_Multi_Paned := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Gtk.Widget.Convert (Paned)); begin Print_Debug ("Get_Preferred_Height"); Minimum_Size := 10; if Split.Children /= null then Size_Request_Child (Split, Split.Children, Split.Handle_Width); -- ??? Should look at the number of handles and children with a -- fixed size Natural_Size := Gint'Max (Minimum_Size, Gint (Split.Children.Height)); else Natural_Size := 100; end if; end Get_Preferred_Height; ------------------- -- Splitted_Area -- ------------------- function Splitted_Area (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Ref_Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; After : Boolean := True) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget is Current, Tmp : Child_Description_Access; Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Win); begin loop Current := Get (Iter); exit when Current = null or else (Current.Is_Widget and then Current.Widget = Gtk_Widget (Ref_Widget)); Next (Iter); end loop; if Current /= null and then Current.Parent.Orientation = Orientation then if After then Current := Current.Next; else Tmp := Current.Parent.First_Child; while Tmp /= null and then Tmp.Next /= Current loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Current := Tmp; end if; while Current /= null and then not Current.Is_Widget loop Current := Current.First_Child; end loop; if Current /= null then return Current.Widget; end if; end if; return null; end Splitted_Area; -------------- -- Get_Pane -- -------------- function Get_Pane (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Pane is Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Win); Current : Child_Description_Access; begin loop Current := Get (Iter); exit when Current = null or else (Current.Is_Widget and then Current.Widget = Gtk_Widget (Widget)); Next (Iter); end loop; if Current /= null then return Pane (Current.Parent); else return null; end if; end Get_Pane; -------------- -- Get_Pane -- -------------- function Get_Pane (Current_Pane : Pane) return Pane is begin return Pane (Current_Pane.Parent); end Get_Pane; -------------------- -- Split_Internal -- -------------------- procedure Split_Internal (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Ref_Widget : Gtk_Widget; Ref_Pane : Pane; Use_Ref_Pane : Boolean; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True) is New_Pane : Child_Description_Access; procedure Add_After_All_Children (Parent : Child_Description_Access); -- Add the new child at the end of the child list for Parent procedure Add_As_First_Child (Parent : Child_Description_Access); -- Add the new child as the first child of parent. -- It will share the space of the current first child of Parent procedure Add_In_List (Parent : Child_Description_Access; Ref_Item : Child_Description_Access; After : Boolean); -- Add a new child to Parent, that contains New_Child, before or after -- Ref_Item. The new child shares the space previously occupied by -- Ref_Item, which is thus resized as needed. function Create_Or_Get_Parent (Current : Child_Description_Access; Orientation : Gtk_Orientation) return Child_Description_Access; -- Create a new parent for Current with the orientation specified in -- parameter to Split_Internal. This new parent takes the place of -- Current in the tree. -------------------------- -- Create_Or_Get_Parent -- -------------------------- function Create_Or_Get_Parent (Current : Child_Description_Access; Orientation : Gtk_Orientation) return Child_Description_Access is Pane, Tmp2 : Child_Description_Access; W, H : Float; begin if Current.Parent /= null and then Current.Parent.Orientation = Orientation then return Current.Parent; end if; -- The new parent occupies the same area as Current, therefore we -- adjust the size request accordingly. The size of Current doesn't -- change either, since there is no extra handle added if Win.Frozen then case Orientation is when Orientation_Horizontal => W := -1.0; H := Current.Height; when Orientation_Vertical => W := Current.Width; H := -1.0; end case; else W := Current.Width; H := Current.Height; end if; Pane := new Child_Description' (Parent => Current.Parent, Next => Current.Next, Is_Widget => False, Orientation => Orientation, First_Child => Current, Width => W, Height => H, X => 0, Y => 0, Visible => True, Handle => No_Handle); Current.Parent := Pane; if Pane.Parent = null then Win.Children := Pane; elsif Pane.Parent.First_Child = Current then Pane.Parent.First_Child := Pane; else Tmp2 := Pane.Parent.First_Child; while Tmp2.Next /= Current loop Tmp2 := Tmp2.Next; end loop; Tmp2.Next := Pane; end if; Set_Handle_Cursor (Win, Current); Current.Next := null; return Pane; end Create_Or_Get_Parent; ----------------- -- Add_In_List -- ----------------- procedure Add_In_List (Parent : Child_Description_Access; Ref_Item : Child_Description_Access; After : Boolean) is Tmp : Child_Description_Access := Parent.First_Child; Tmp2 : Child_Description_Access; begin if Traces then Print_Debug ("Add_In_List"); end if; Tmp2 := new Child_Description' (Parent => Parent, Next => null, Is_Widget => True, Fixed_Size => Fixed_Size, Width => Float (Width), Height => Float (Height), Visible => True, Handle => No_Handle, Widget => Gtk_Widget (New_Child)); New_Pane := Tmp2; if After then while Tmp /= Ref_Item loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Tmp2.Next := Tmp.Next; Tmp.Next := Tmp2; else if Parent.First_Child = Ref_Item then Tmp2.Next := Parent.First_Child; Parent.First_Child := Tmp2; else while Tmp.Next /= Ref_Item loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Tmp2.Next := Tmp.Next; Tmp.Next := Tmp2; end if; end if; if Win.Get_Realized and then Win.Children.Width > 0.0 and then not Win.Frozen then Print_Debug ("Adjusting sizes since window is realized"); if Width = -1 then if Orientation = Orientation_Horizontal then Tmp2.Width := Ref_Item.Width / 2.0; Ref_Item.Width := Ref_Item.Width - Tmp2.Width; end if; elsif Ref_Item.Width > Float (Width) then Ref_Item.Width := Ref_Item.Width - Float (Width); else Tmp2.Width := Float (Width - Minimum_Width); Ref_Item.Width := Float (Minimum_Width); end if; if Height = -1 then if Orientation = Orientation_Vertical then Tmp2.Height := Ref_Item.Height / 2.0; Ref_Item.Height := Ref_Item.Height - Tmp2.Height; end if; elsif Ref_Item.Height > Float (Height) then Ref_Item.Height := Ref_Item.Height - Float (Height); else Tmp2.Height := Float (Height - Minimum_Width); Ref_Item.Height := Float (Minimum_Width); end if; end if; end Add_In_List; ------------------------ -- Add_As_First_Child -- ------------------------ procedure Add_As_First_Child (Parent : Child_Description_Access) is begin Print_Debug ("Add_As_First_Child"); if Parent.First_Child = null then Parent.First_Child := new Child_Description' (Parent => Parent, Next => Parent.First_Child, Is_Widget => True, Fixed_Size => Fixed_Size, Width => Float (Width), Height => Float (Height), Handle => No_Handle, Visible => True, Widget => Gtk_Widget (New_Child)); New_Pane := Parent.First_Child; else Add_In_List (Parent, Parent.First_Child, After => False); end if; end Add_As_First_Child; ---------------------------- -- Add_After_All_Children -- ---------------------------- procedure Add_After_All_Children (Parent : Child_Description_Access) is Tmp : Child_Description_Access; begin Print_Debug ("Add_After_All_Children"); if Parent.First_Child = null then Parent.First_Child := new Child_Description' (Parent => Parent, Next => null, Is_Widget => True, Fixed_Size => Fixed_Size, Width => Float (Width), Height => Float (Height), Handle => No_Handle, Visible => True, Widget => Gtk_Widget (New_Child)); New_Pane := Parent.First_Child; else Tmp := Parent.First_Child; while Tmp.Next /= null loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Add_In_List (Parent, Tmp, After => True); end if; end Add_After_All_Children; Current, Pane : Child_Description_Access; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin if Traces then Print_Debug ("Split " & Gtk_Orientation'Image (Orientation) & " w=" & Gint'Image (Width) & " h=" & Gint'Image (Height) & " Aft=" & Boolean'Image (After) & " Fix=" & Boolean'Image (Fixed_Size) & " Widget=" & Boolean'Image (Ref_Widget /= null) & " Pane=" & Boolean'Image (Ref_Pane /= null), Debug_Increase); end if; if Ref_Pane /= null then -- Split specific pane Current := Child_Description_Access (Ref_Pane); elsif Ref_Widget = null then if Use_Ref_Pane then Print_Debug ("Split_Internal: Splitting main window"); -- Split main window Current := Win.Children; else Current := null; end if; else declare Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Win); begin loop Current := Get (Iter); exit when Current = null or else (Current.Is_Widget and then Current.Widget = Ref_Widget); Next (Iter); end loop; end; end if; if Current /= null then if not Current.Is_Widget then if Current.Orientation = Orientation then if After then Add_After_All_Children (Current); else Add_As_First_Child (Current); end if; else -- Current.Orientation /= Orientation Pane := Create_Or_Get_Parent (Current, Orientation); Add_In_List (Pane, Current, After); end if; else -- Current.Is_Widget Pane := Create_Or_Get_Parent (Current, Orientation); Add_In_List (Pane, Current, After); end if; if Width = 0 then Current.Width := 0.0; end if; if Height = 0 then Current.Height := 0.0; end if; -- Current = null => Do nothing unless there is no child yet elsif Win.Children = null then Print_Debug ("No children yet"); New_Pane := new Child_Description' (Parent => null, Next => null, Is_Widget => True, Fixed_Size => Fixed_Size, Width => Float (Width), Height => Float (Height), Handle => No_Handle, Visible => True, Widget => Gtk_Widget (New_Child)); Win.Children := new Child_Description' (Parent => null, Next => null, Is_Widget => False, Orientation => Orientation, Width => -1.0, Height => -1.0, X => 0, Y => 0, First_Child => New_Pane, Visible => True, Handle => No_Handle); New_Pane.Parent := Win.Children; elsif Win.Children /= null then Print_Debug ("Added as first child of Win"); Add_As_First_Child (Win.Children); end if; Put (Win, New_Child, 0, 0); if not Win.Get_Realized or else Win.Frozen or else Win.Children.Width <= 0.0 then -- Reset to -1, so that other operations like Set_Size will not try -- to do a Size_Allocate, even though there was no Size_Request first Win.Children.Width := -1.0; Queue_Resize (Win); else -- In some case, we might need to force a recomputation of the size, -- since the widget might not have specified an explicit size if Width <= 0 or else Height <= 0 then Size_Request_Child (Win, New_Pane.Parent, Win.Handle_Width); end if; -- In case the toplevel child has changed, we need to simulate the -- full allocation mechanism, without redoing the size_request to -- avoid resizing unwanted widgets if Get_Has_Window (Win) then Win.Children.X := 0; Win.Children.Y := 0; else Win.Get_Allocation (Alloc); Win.Children.X := Alloc.X; Win.Children.Y := Alloc.Y; end if; Win.Queue_Resize; end if; if Traces then Dump (Win, Win.Children); Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end if; end Split_Internal; ------------ -- Freeze -- ------------ procedure Freeze (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record) is begin Win.Frozen := True; Print_Debug ("Multi_Paned: Freeze", Debug_Increase); end Freeze; ---------- -- Thaw -- ---------- procedure Thaw (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record) is begin Win.Frozen := False; -- So that Size_Allocate_Paned detects a visibility change, even -- though the actual size of the window probably has not changed if Win.Children /= null then Win.Children.Width := -1.0; end if; Print_Debug ("Multi_Paned: Thaw", Debug_Decrease); end Thaw; ----------- -- Split -- ----------- procedure Split (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Ref_Pane : Pane; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True) is begin Split_Internal (Win, null, Ref_Pane, True, New_Child, Orientation, Fixed_Size, Width, Height, After); end Split; ----------- -- Split -- ----------- procedure Split (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Ref_Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True) is begin Split_Internal (Win, Gtk_Widget (Ref_Widget), null, False, New_Child, Orientation, Fixed_Size, Width, Height, After); end Split; --------------- -- Add_Child -- --------------- procedure Add_Child (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; New_Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation := Gtk.Enums.Orientation_Horizontal; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; After : Boolean := True) is begin Split_Internal (Win, null, null, False, New_Child, Orientation, Fixed_Size, Width, Height, After); end Add_Child; -------------- -- Set_Size -- -------------- procedure Set_Size (Win : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := -1; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False) is Iter : Child_Iterator := Start (Win); Current, Previous : Child_Description_Access; begin loop Current := Get (Iter); exit when Current = null; if Current.Is_Widget and then Current.Widget = Gtk_Widget (Widget) then Current.Fixed_Size := Fixed_Size; -- If we have gone through a whole Size_Request/Size_Allocate -- cycle already, we don't do this again, to preserve as much as -- possible the current size of windows if Win.Get_Realized and then Win.Children.Width > 0.0 then -- We need to adjust the size of several widgets, to take into -- account the fact that resizing one will impact its neighbors -- We use the same algorithm as when dragging handles. if Current.Next = null then Previous := Current.Parent.First_Child; while Previous /= null and then Previous.Next /= Current loop Previous := Previous.Next; end loop; if Previous /= null then if Current.Parent.Orientation = Orientation_Horizontal then Previous.Handle.Position.X := Previous.Handle.Position.X - Width + Gint (Current.Width); else -- Move the handle up so that the number of pixels is -- the difference between the old size and the new -- one. Previous.Handle.Position.Y := Previous.Handle.Position.Y - Height + Gint (Current.Height); end if; Resize_Child_And_Siblings (Current.Parent, Previous, Win.Handle_Width); end if; else if Current.Parent.Orientation = Orientation_Horizontal then Current.Handle.Position.X := Current.Handle.Position.X + Width - Gint (Current.Width); else Current.Handle.Position.Y := Current.Handle.Position.Y + Height - Gint (Current.Height); end if; Resize_Child_And_Siblings (Current.Parent, Current, Win.Handle_Width); end if; else Current.Width := Float (Width); Current.Height := Float (Height); end if; Win.Queue_Resize; exit; end if; Next (Iter); end loop; if Traces then Print_Debug ("After Set_Size on " & System.Address_Image (Widget.all'Address) & " to " & Gint'Image (Width) & Gint'Image (Height)); Dump (Win, Win.Children); end if; end Set_Size; ----------------- -- Print_Debug -- ----------------- procedure Print_Debug (Msg : String; Mode : Debug_Level_Change := Debug_Preserve) is begin if Traces then if Mode = Debug_Decrease then Traces_Indent := Traces_Indent - 3; end if; if Msg /= "" then Put_Line ((1 .. Traces_Indent => ' ') & Msg); end if; if Mode = Debug_Increase then Traces_Indent := Traces_Indent + 3; end if; end if; end Print_Debug; end Gtkada.Multi_Paned; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-astar.ads0000644000076700001450000001105012533067540021706 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2013 E. Briot -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- This package implements the A* algorithm for optimal path finding package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Astar is type Coordinate is record X, Y : Integer; end record; type Coordinate_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Coordinate; No_Coordinate : constant Coordinate; Not_Traversable : constant Integer; generic type User_Data is private; -- extra data passed to all subprograms, typically containing the grid -- to explore with function Heuristic_Cost (Self : User_Data; Parent, From, To : Coordinate) return Integer; -- Estimate the cost for the segment from From to To. -- Cost is the cost of taking this route. -- The point is unwalkable if Cost is negative (or Not_Traversable). -- To get accurate path finding, the cost from moving from one point to -- another should be greated than the change in Heuristic_Dist for the -- same move. -- Likewise, the cost should never be 0, or Find_Path can end up with a -- path like: -- xxxx xx.. -- ...x instead of .x.. -- .xxx .x.. -- .x.. .x.. -- To is a neighbor of From, as returned by Next_Point. with function Next_Point (Self : User_Data; From : Coordinate; Nth : Positive) return Coordinate; -- Return the Nth-possible successor of From. If there are no more -- successor, setreturn No_Coordinate. -- This function does not need to trim the possible successors, this is -- done by the Heuristic_Cost function above. with function Heuristic_Dist (Self : User_Data; P1, P2 : Coordinate) return Integer; -- Return an evaluation of the distance from P1 to P2. This is the -- distance is straight lines, not taking into account the cost of the -- moves. This algorithm works better when using the Manhattan distance. function Find_Path (Self : User_Data; From, To : Coordinate; Parent : Coordinate) return Coordinate_Array; -- Return the optimal path from From to To. -- Parent is the point that came before From (in case the first segment -- is imposed for instance, to get away from the item) ---------------- -- Next point -- ---------------- -- Some example functions for Next_Point generic type User_Data is private; function Manhattan_Next_Point (Self : User_Data; From : Coordinate; Nth : Positive) return Coordinate; -- Points to the four possible neighboards in a horizontal and vertical -- grid. private No_Coordinate : constant Coordinate := (Integer'First, Integer'First); Not_Traversable : constant Integer := Integer'First; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Astar; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-marshallers.adb0000644000076700001450000011045712533067540020132 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with System; use System; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; package body Gtk.Marshallers is ------------------------ -- Return_Marshallers -- ------------------------ package body Return_Marshallers is ------------------------ -- Generic_Marshaller -- ------------------------ package body Generic_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) return Return_Type is Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin return Func (Widget, Conversion (Nth (Params, 1))); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- We should create an object of type Widget_Type to be able -- to get the Get_Type from it, and then test the number of -- arguments -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type, System.Address); pragma Warnings (On); B : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, To_Address (Param), B); return Return_Type'Val (B); end Emit_By_Name; -------------------------- -- Emit_By_Name_Generic -- -------------------------- function Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); B : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Conversion (Param), B); return Return_Type'Val (B); end Emit_By_Name_Generic; end Generic_Marshaller; ------------------------------- -- Generic_Widget_Marshaller -- ------------------------------- package body Generic_Widget_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) return Return_Type is use Gtk.Widget; Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); Obj : constant Gtk_Widget := Convert (Get_Address (Nth (Params, 1))); B : aliased Base_Type; begin if Obj = null then return Func (Widget, B'Access); else return Func (Widget, Access_Type (Obj)); end if; end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); R : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Param), R); return Return_Type'Val (R); end Emit_By_Name; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; --------------------- -- Void_Marshaller -- --------------------- package body Void_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) return Return_Type is pragma Unreferenced (Params); Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin return Func (Widget); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); R : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 0); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, R); return Return_Type'Val (R); end Emit_By_Name; end Void_Marshaller; end Return_Marshallers; ----------------------------- -- User_Return_Marshallers -- ----------------------------- package body User_Return_Marshallers is ------------------------ -- Generic_Marshaller -- ------------------------ package body Generic_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type is Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin return Func (Widget, Conversion (Nth (Params, 1)), User_Data); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type, System.Address); pragma Warnings (On); B : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, To_Address (Param), B); return Return_Type'Val (B); end Emit_By_Name; -------------------------- -- Emit_By_Name_Generic -- -------------------------- function Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); B : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Conversion (Param), B); return Return_Type'Val (B); end Emit_By_Name_Generic; end Generic_Marshaller; ------------------------------- -- Generic_Widget_Marshaller -- ------------------------------- package body Generic_Widget_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type is use Gtk.Widget; Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); Obj : constant Gtk_Widget := Convert (Get_Address (Nth (Params, 1))); B : aliased Base_Type; begin if Obj = null then return Func (Widget, B'Access, User_Data); else return Func (Widget, Access_Type (Obj), User_Data); end if; end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); R : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Param), R); return Return_Type'Val (R); end Emit_By_Name; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; --------------------- -- Void_Marshaller -- --------------------- package body Void_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type is pragma Unreferenced (Params); Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin return Func (Widget, User_Data); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); R : Gint; begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 0); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, R); return Return_Type'Val (R); end Emit_By_Name; end Void_Marshaller; end User_Return_Marshallers; ---------------------- -- Void_Marshallers -- ---------------------- package body Void_Marshallers is ------------------------ -- Generic_Marshaller -- ------------------------ package body Generic_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) is Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin Func (Widget, Conversion (Nth (Params, 1))); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type, System.Address); pragma Warnings (On); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, To_Address (Param)); end Emit_By_Name; -------------------------- -- Emit_By_Name_Generic -- -------------------------- procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Conversion (Param)); end Emit_By_Name_Generic; end Generic_Marshaller; -------------------------- -- Generic_Marshaller_2 -- -------------------------- package body Generic_Marshaller_2 is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) is Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin Func (Widget, Conversion (Nth (Params, 1)), Conversion (Nth (Params, 2))); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : System.Address; Param_2 : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type_1, System.Address); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type_2, System.Address); pragma Warnings (On); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, To_Address (Param_1), To_Address (Param_2)); end Emit_By_Name; -------------------------- -- Emit_By_Name_Generic -- -------------------------- procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : System.Address; Param_2 : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Conversion (Param_1), Conversion (Param_2)); end Emit_By_Name_Generic; end Generic_Marshaller_2; ------------------------------- -- Generic_Widget_Marshaller -- ------------------------------- package body Generic_Widget_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) is use Gtk.Widget; Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); Obj : constant Gtk_Widget := Convert (Get_Address (Nth (Params, 1))); B : aliased Base_Type; begin if Obj = null then Func (Widget, B'Access); else Func (Widget, Access_Type (Obj)); end if; end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Param)); end Emit_By_Name; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; --------------------- -- Void_Marshaller -- --------------------- package body Void_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) is pragma Unreferenced (Params); Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin Func (Widget); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 0); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL); end Emit_By_Name; end Void_Marshaller; end Void_Marshallers; ------------------------------- -- User_Callback_Marshallers -- ------------------------------- package body User_Void_Marshallers is ------------------------ -- Generic_Marshaller -- ------------------------ package body Generic_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) is Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin Func (Widget, Conversion (Nth (Params, 1)), User_Data); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type, System.Address); pragma Warnings (On); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, To_Address (Param)); end Emit_By_Name; -------------------------- -- Emit_By_Name_Generic -- -------------------------- procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Conversion (Param)); end Emit_By_Name_Generic; end Generic_Marshaller; -------------------------- -- Generic_Marshaller_2 -- -------------------------- package body Generic_Marshaller_2 is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) is Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin Func (Widget, Conversion (Nth (Params, 1)), Conversion (Nth (Params, 2)), User_Data); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : System.Address; Param_2 : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type_1, System.Address); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Base_Type_2, System.Address); pragma Warnings (On); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, To_Address (Param_1), To_Address (Param_2)); end Emit_By_Name; -------------------------- -- Emit_By_Name_Generic -- -------------------------- procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : System.Address; Param_2 : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Conversion (Param_1), Conversion (Param_2)); end Emit_By_Name_Generic; end Generic_Marshaller_2; ------------------------------- -- Generic_Widget_Marshaller -- ------------------------------- package body Generic_Widget_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) is use Gtk.Widget; Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); Obj : constant Gtk_Widget := Convert (Get_Address (Nth (Params, 1))); B : aliased Base_Type; begin if Obj = null then Func (Widget, B'Access, User_Data); else Func (Widget, Access_Type (Obj), User_Data); end if; end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin -- We must have at least one argument in the real callback. -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Obj), Name) >= 1); return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Param)); end Emit_By_Name; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; --------------------- -- Void_Marshaller -- --------------------- package body Void_Marshaller is function To_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, General_Handler); ---------- -- Call -- ---------- procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) is pragma Unreferenced (Params); Func : constant Handler := To_Handler (Cb); begin Func (Widget, User_Data); end Call; ------------------- -- To_Marshaller -- ------------------- function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller is begin return (Func => To_General_Handler (Cb), Proxy => Call_Access); end To_Marshaller; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name"); begin -- pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Get_Type (Object), Name) = 0); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL); end Emit_By_Name; end Void_Marshaller; end User_Void_Marshallers; end Gtk.Marshallers; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-handlers.adb0000644000076700001450000017216512533067540017421 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; with System.Assertions; use System.Assertions; with Unchecked_Deallocation; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; package body Gtk.Handlers is function Count_Arguments (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Signal : Glib.Signal_Name) return Guint; -- Convenience function that returns the number of arguments for this -- signal function G_Signal_Parse_Name (Detailed_Signal : Glib.Signal_Name; Itype : GType; Signal_Id_P : access Signal_Id; Detail_P : access GQuark; Force_Detail_Quark : Gboolean) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, G_Signal_Parse_Name, "g_signal_parse_name"); -- Internal function to parse a signal name into its signal_id and -- detail quark. -- Detailed_Signal is a string of the form "signal-name::detail". -- Itype is the interface or instance that introduce "signal-name". -- Force_Detail_Quark, if True, forces the creation of a GQuark for the -- detail. -- This function returns true if the signal name could successfully be -- parsed, and Signal_Id_P and Detail_P contain valid return values. procedure Disconnect_Internal (Obj : System.Address; Id : Gulong); pragma Import (C, Disconnect_Internal, "g_signal_handler_disconnect"); -- Internal version of Disconnect function Signal_Lookup (Name : Glib.Signal_Name; IType : GType) return Signal_Id; pragma Import (C, Signal_Lookup, "g_signal_lookup"); --------------------- -- Count_Arguments -- --------------------- function Count_Arguments (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Signal : Glib.Signal_Name) return Guint is Q : Signal_Query; Id : constant Signal_Id := Lookup (Get_Type (Object), String (Signal) & ASCII.NUL); begin if Id = Invalid_Signal_Id then return 0; else Query (Id, Q); return Params (Q)'Length; end if; end Count_Arguments; ----------------------- -- Do_Signal_Connect -- ----------------------- function Do_Signal_Connect (Object : Glib.Object.GObject; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marshaller : C_Marshaller; Handler : System.Address; Func_Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address; After : Boolean; Slot_Object : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Expect_Return_Value : Boolean) return Handler_Id is function Internal (Instance : System.Address; Id : Signal_Id; Detail : GQuark; Closure : GClosure; After : Gint := 0) return Gulong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_connect_closure_by_id"); use type System.Address; Id : Handler_Id; Signal : aliased Signal_Id; Detail : aliased GQuark; Success : Gboolean; Q : Signal_Query; begin Success := G_Signal_Parse_Name (Detailed_Signal => Name & ASCII.NUL, Itype => Get_Type (Object), Signal_Id_P => Signal'Access, Detail_P => Detail'Access, Force_Detail_Quark => 0); if Success = 0 or else Signal = Invalid_Signal_Id then Raise_Assert_Failure ("Trying to connect to unknown signal (""" & String (Name) & """) on type " & Type_Name (Get_Type (Object))); end if; Query (Signal, Q); if Expect_Return_Value then if Return_Type (Q) = GType_None then Raise_Assert_Failure ("Handlers for """ & String (Name) & """ on a " & Type_Name (Get_Type (Object)) & " should be procedures"); end if; else if Return_Type (Q) /= GType_None then Raise_Assert_Failure ("Handlers for """ & String (Name) & """ on a " & Type_Name (Get_Type (Object)) & " should be functions"); end if; end if; Id.Closure := CClosure_New (Handler, Func_Data, Destroy); Set_Marshal (Id.Closure, Marshaller); Id.Id := Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id => Signal, Detail => Detail, Closure => Id.Closure, After => Boolean'Pos (After)); -- If we have connected with Object_Connect, we want to automatically -- disconnect the signal as well. if Slot_Object /= System.Null_Address then Watch_Closure (Slot_Object, Id.Closure); end if; return Id; end Do_Signal_Connect; --------------- -- Add_Watch -- --------------- procedure Add_Watch (Id : Handler_Id; Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) is begin pragma Assert (Id.Closure /= null); Watch_Closure (Get_Object (Object), Id.Closure); end Add_Watch; --------------------- -- Return_Callback -- --------------------- package body Return_Callback is function To_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, System.Address); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Marshallers.Handler_Proxy, System.Address); ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), Slot_Object, After); end Object_Connect; --------------- -- Free_Data -- --------------- procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Data_Type_Record, Data_Type_Access); D : Data_Type_Access := Data; begin Internal (D); end Free_Data; ---------------------- -- First_Marshaller -- ---------------------- procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Invocation_Hint, User_Data); use type Marshallers.Handler_Proxy; Data : constant Data_Type_Access := Convert (Get_Data (Closure)); Stub : Widget_Type; pragma Warnings (Off, Stub); Value : aliased Return_Type; Values : GValues; begin if Data.Func = null then return; end if; Values := Make_Values (N_Params, Params); if Data.Object = null then if Data.Proxy /= null then Value := Data.Proxy (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func)); else Value := Data.Func (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values); end if; else if Data.Proxy /= null then Value := Data.Proxy (Data.Object, Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func)); else Value := Data.Func (Data.Object, Values); end if; end if; Set_Value (Return_Value, Value'Address); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); end First_Marshaller; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => True); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => True); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => Cb, Proxy => null, Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => True); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => Cb, Proxy => null, Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => True); end Object_Connect; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); B : Gint; begin pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Object, Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Gdk.Event.To_Address (Param), B); return Return_Type'Val (B); end Emit_By_Name; end Return_Callback; -------------------------- -- User_Return_Callback -- -------------------------- package body User_Return_Callback is function To_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, System.Address); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Marshallers.Handler_Proxy, System.Address); --------------- -- Free_Data -- --------------- procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Data_Type_Record, Data_Type_Access); procedure Internal2 is new Unchecked_Deallocation (User_Type, User_Access); D : Data_Type_Access := Data; begin Internal2 (D.User); Internal (D); end Free_Data; ---------------------- -- First_Marshaller -- ---------------------- procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Invocation_Hint, User_Data); use type Marshallers.Handler_Proxy; Data : constant Data_Type_Access := Convert (Get_Data (Closure)); Stub : Widget_Type; pragma Warnings (Off, Stub); Value : aliased Return_Type; Values : GValues; begin if Data.Func = null then return; end if; Values := Make_Values (N_Params, Params); if Data.Object /= null then if Data.Proxy /= null then Value := Data.Proxy (Data.Object, Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func), Data.User.all); else Value := Data.Func (Data.Object, Values, Data.User.all); end if; elsif Data.Proxy /= null then Value := Data.Proxy (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func), Data.User.all); else Value := Data.Func (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values, Data.User.all); end if; Set_Value (Return_Value, Value'Address); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); end First_Marshaller; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => True); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => True); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => Cb, Proxy => null, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => True); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => Cb, Proxy => null, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => True); end Object_Connect; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Return_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address; Ret : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr"); B : Gint; begin pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Object, Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Gdk.Event.To_Address (Param), B); return Return_Type'Val (B); end Emit_By_Name; end User_Return_Callback; -------------- -- Callback -- -------------- package body Callback is function To_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, System.Address); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Marshallers.Handler_Proxy, System.Address); --------------- -- Free_Data -- --------------- procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Data_Type_Record, Data_Type_Access); D : Data_Type_Access := Data; begin Internal (D); end Free_Data; ---------------------- -- First_Marshaller -- ---------------------- procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Invocation_Hint, User_Data, Return_Value); use type Marshallers.Handler_Proxy; Data : constant Data_Type_Access := Convert (Get_Data (Closure)); Stub : Widget_Type; pragma Warnings (Off, Stub); Values : GValues; begin if Data.Func = null then return; end if; Values := Make_Values (N_Params, Params); if Data.Object = null then if Data.Proxy /= null then Data.Proxy (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func)); else Data.Func (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values); end if; else if Data.Proxy /= null then Data.Proxy (Data.Object, Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func)); else Data.Func (Data.Object, Values); end if; end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); end First_Marshaller; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), Slot_Object, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => False); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => False); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record'(Func => Cb, Proxy => null, Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => False); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => Cb, Proxy => null, Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => False); end Object_Connect; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); begin pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Object, Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Gdk.Event.To_Address (Param)); end Emit_By_Name; end Callback; ------------------- -- User_Callback -- ------------------- package body User_Callback is function To_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler, Handler); function To_General_Handler is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, Gtk.Marshallers.General_Handler); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Handler, System.Address); function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (Marshallers.Handler_Proxy, System.Address); --------------- -- Free_Data -- --------------- procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Data_Type_Record, Data_Type_Access); procedure Internal2 is new Unchecked_Deallocation (User_Type, User_Access); D : Data_Type_Access := Data; begin Internal2 (D.User); Internal (D); end Free_Data; ---------------------- -- First_Marshaller -- ---------------------- procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Invocation_Hint, User_Data, Return_Value); use type Marshallers.Handler_Proxy; Data : constant Data_Type_Access := Convert (Get_Data (Closure)); Stub : Widget_Type; pragma Warnings (Off, Stub); Values : GValues; begin if Data.Func = null then return; end if; Values := Make_Values (N_Params, Params); if Data.Object /= null then if Data.Proxy /= null then Data.Proxy (Data.Object, Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func), Data.User.all); else Data.Func (Data.Object, Values, Data.User.all); end if; elsif Data.Proxy /= null then Data.Proxy (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values, To_General_Handler (Data.Func), Data.User.all); else Data.Func (Acc (Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Values, 0)), Stub)), Values, Data.User.all); end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); end First_Marshaller; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => False); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => To_Handler (Marsh.Func), Proxy => Marsh.Proxy, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Marsh.Proxy), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => False); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => Cb, Proxy => null, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => null); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Expect_Return_Value => False); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is D : constant Data_Type_Access := new Data_Type_Record' (Func => Cb, Proxy => null, User => new User_Type'(User_Data), Object => Acc (Slot_Object)); begin return Do_Signal_Connect (Glib.Object.GObject (Widget), Name, First_M, To_Address (Cb), Convert (D), Free_Data'Address, After, Get_Object (Slot_Object), Expect_Return_Value => False); end Object_Connect; ------------------ -- Emit_By_Name -- ------------------ procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); begin pragma Assert (Count_Arguments (Object, Name) = 1); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name & ASCII.NUL, Gdk.Event.To_Address (Param)); end Emit_By_Name; end User_Callback; ------------------------------------- -- User_Return_Callback_With_Setup -- ------------------------------------- package body User_Return_Callback_With_Setup is ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Object_Connect; end User_Return_Callback_With_Setup; ------------------------------ -- User_Callback_With_Setup -- ------------------------------ package body User_Callback_With_Setup is ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), User_Data, After); end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Warnings (Off, Id); begin Id := Object_Connect (Widget, Name, To_Marshaller (Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler (Cb)), Slot_Object, User_Data, After); end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Marsh, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Object_Connect; ------------- -- Connect -- ------------- function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Connect; -------------------- -- Object_Connect -- -------------------- function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id is Id : constant Handler_Id := Internal_Cb.Object_Connect (Widget, Name, Cb, Slot_Object, User_Data, After); begin Setup (User_Data, Id); return Id; end Object_Connect; end User_Callback_With_Setup; ---------------- -- Disconnect -- ---------------- procedure Disconnect (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Id : in out Handler_Id) is begin if Id.Id /= Null_Handler_Id then Disconnect_Internal (Obj => Get_Object (Object), Id => Id.Id); Id.Id := Null_Handler_Id; end if; end Disconnect; ----------------------- -- Emit_Stop_By_Name -- ----------------------- procedure Emit_Stop_By_Name (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Id : Signal_Id; Detail : GQuark := Unknown_Quark); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_stop_emission"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Signal_Lookup (Name & ASCII.NUL, Get_Type (Object))); end Emit_Stop_By_Name; ------------------- -- Handler_Block -- ------------------- procedure Handler_Block (Obj : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Id : Handler_Id) is procedure Internal (Obj : System.Address; Id : Gulong); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_handler_block"); begin Internal (Obj => Get_Object (Obj), Id => Id.Id); end Handler_Block; ---------------------- -- Handlers_Destroy -- ---------------------- procedure Handlers_Destroy (Obj : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Obj : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_handlers_destroy"); begin Internal (Obj => Get_Object (Obj)); end Handlers_Destroy; --------------------- -- Handler_Unblock -- --------------------- procedure Handler_Unblock (Obj : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Id : Handler_Id) is procedure Internal (Obj : System.Address; Id : Gulong); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_handler_unblock"); begin Internal (Obj => Get_Object (Obj), Id => Id.Id); end Handler_Unblock; ---------------- -- To_Address -- ---------------- function To_Address (Path : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path) return System.Address is begin return Get_Object (Path); end To_Address; -------------------------- -- Get_Tree_View_Column -- -------------------------- function Get_Tree_View_Column (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk.Tree_View_Column.Gtk_Tree_View_Column is begin return Gtk.Tree_View_Column.Gtk_Tree_View_Column (Get_Object (Val)); end Get_Tree_View_Column; end Gtk.Handlers; -- Design of the package: -- -- The callback package should accomodate the following: -- * Sometimes, the user does not want to get the handler_id. Thus, we give -- the two versions of Connect, either as a procedure or a function. -- * Some gtk+ signals expect a handler that returns a value, whereas others -- return nothing. The simplest here is to have two kinds of packages, one -- for each case. The standard gtk+ signals (up to 1.2) have the following -- possible return values: gboolean, gchar*, gint, guint, void -- * The first argument to a handler is always a Gtk Object. since GtkAda is -- full object oriented, we could simply have the first parameter be a -- GObject'Class, but this would require in most cases an explicit cast -- from the user. It is nice to give the opportunity to have a specific -- type. -- * The standard callbacks can have any number of arguments (or even -- none). These arguments depend on the signal type, and the widget type. -- The only possibility to cover all the cases is to pass these arguments as -- an array. The package Marshallers provides a convenient interface between -- these general callbacks and a more usual implementation. -- * The user can specify some Data to be passed to the handler. Or there -- can be none. Once again, we create two versions of the standard packages. -- -- How the callbacks work: -- -------- -------------------- --------------------- -- | Gtk+ | -> | First_Marshaller | -> | User's Marshaller | -- -------- -------------------- --------------------- -- \ | -- \ or V -- \ ------------------- -- \---> | User's Callback | -- ------------------- -- -- First_Marshaller is an internal function defined in this package. It -- creates its own user data to memorize both the User's Marshaller (if any), -- User's Callback, and the User's Data (if any). It then calls the -- appropriate function in the user's code. -- The user_data of First_Marshaller is automatically deallocated when the -- callback is disconnected or the widget is killed, using some capabilities -- of gtk+ itself. gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-links.adb0000644000076700001450000012342612533067541021707 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Astar; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Astar; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects; with Gtkada.Style; use Gtkada.Style; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links is use Gdouble_Elementary_Functions; type End_Info is record Box : Model_Rectangle; -- The bounding box for the end element of the link Toplevel : Model_Rectangle; -- The bounding box for the toplevel element that contains the source -- element. P : Model_Point; -- Anchor points for each end of the link, on the toplevel box end record; type Anchors is record From, To : End_Info; end record; -- Various dimensions computed for the layout of links. -- It contains the start and end points for the link, as well as the -- bounding boxes. procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Item_Point_Array, Item_Point_Array_Access); procedure Sort (Arr : in out Gdouble_Array); -- Sort the array function Compute_Anchors (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class) return Anchors; -- Compute the start and end point of the link, depending on the two -- objects it links. This makes sure that the link does not start in the -- middle of the box. procedure Compute_Labels (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Dim : Anchors); -- Compute the position for the end labels and middle label for the link type Layout_Matrix is record X, Y : Gdouble_Array (1 .. 7); Dim : Anchors; end record; -- Mapping from integer to double: the double values indicate positions -- in the canvas itself. The integer coordinates are used for the A* -- algorithm, since we are working on a non-uniform grid. function Manhattan_Dist (Self : Layout_Matrix; From, To : Coordinate) return Integer; function Manhattan_Cost (Self : Layout_Matrix; Parent, From, To : Coordinate) return Integer; function Next_Point is new Manhattan_Next_Point (Layout_Matrix); -- Functions for the A* algorithm. function Relative_To_Item (From : Model_Point; Wp : Item_Point_Array) return Model_Point; function Relative_To_Array (From : Item_Point; Wp : Item_Point_Array) return Item_Point_Array; -- Compute the last point after applying all the relative coordinates -- from Wp procedure Compute_Sides (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment; Info : End_Info; Margin : Margins; P, P2 : out Item_Point); -- Compute where a link should point to (for one of its ends). -- (P, P2) is the first segment of an orthogonal link exiting from the -- box. P2 is aligned on a grid of size B, at a distance Margin from P, -- so that we can use Astar procedure Orthogonal_Waypoints (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Min_Margin : Gdouble; Max_Margin : Gdouble); -- Min_Margin: we do not want lines to be displayed too close to an item, -- this is the minimal distance. -- -- Max_Margin: On the other hand, we do not want the link to be too far -- either, so that for instance if Item1 is linked to both Item2 and Item3, -- the two link will share the middle line even when the items are not -- aligned: -- -- Item1 -- | -- ------+-------- -- | | -- Item2 | -- Item3 -- -- If the position of the horizontal line only depends on the distance -- between Item1 and either Item2 or Item3, it would only be shared -- if Item2 and Item3 are at the same y coordinate. -------------------- -- Manhattan_Dist -- -------------------- function Manhattan_Dist (Self : Layout_Matrix; From, To : Coordinate) return Integer is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin return abs (From.X - To.X) + abs (From.Y - To.Y); end Manhattan_Dist; -------------------- -- Manhattan_Cost -- -------------------- function Manhattan_Cost (Self : Layout_Matrix; Parent, From, To : Coordinate) return Integer is begin if To.X not in Self.X'Range or else To.Y not in Self.Y'Range -- If the target is not a valid destination or else abs (Self.X (To.X) - Gdouble'Last) < 0.01 or else abs (Self.Y (To.Y) - Gdouble'Last) < 0.01 then return Not_Traversable; elsif Point_In_Rect (Self.Dim.From.Toplevel, (Self.X (To.X), Self.Y (To.Y))) or else Point_In_Rect (Self.Dim.To.Toplevel, (Self.X (To.X), Self.Y (To.Y))) then return 1_000_000; -- very expensive, but not impossible if we have to else -- A bend is costly if (Parent.X = From.X and then From.X /= To.X) or else (Parent.Y = From.Y and then From.Y /= To.Y) then return 100_000; else return 1; end if; end if; end Manhattan_Cost; function Astar_Find is new Find_Path (User_Data => Layout_Matrix, Heuristic_Cost => Manhattan_Cost, Next_Point => Next_Point, Heuristic_Dist => Manhattan_Dist); -- An A* algorithm to find the shortest path between two points, -- while avoiding overlapping with two boxes specified in the -- Layout_Matrix. ---------------------- -- Relative_To_Item -- ---------------------- function Relative_To_Item (From : Model_Point; Wp : Item_Point_Array) return Model_Point is C : Model_Point := From; begin for W in Wp'Range loop C := (C.X + Wp (W).X, C.Y + Wp (W).Y); end loop; return C; end Relative_To_Item; ----------------------- -- Relative_To_Array -- ----------------------- function Relative_To_Array (From : Item_Point; Wp : Item_Point_Array) return Item_Point_Array is Result : Item_Point_Array (Wp'Range); begin Result (Result'First) := (From.X + Wp (Wp'First).X, From.Y + Wp (Wp'First).Y); for P in Wp'First + 1 .. Wp'Last loop Result (P) := (Result (P - 1).X + Wp (P).X, Result (P - 1).Y + Wp (P).Y); end loop; return Result; end Relative_To_Array; --------------------- -- Compute_Anchors -- --------------------- function Compute_Anchors (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class) return Anchors is S : constant Abstract_Item := Self.From; ST : Abstract_Item := Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects.Toplevel (S); D : constant Abstract_Item := Self.To; DT : Abstract_Item := Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects.Toplevel (D); P : Model_Point; Item : Abstract_Item; Result : Anchors; L : Gdouble; begin if ST = null then ST := S; end if; if DT = null then DT := D; end if; Result := (From => (P => S.Item_To_Model (S.Link_Anchor_Point (Self.Anchor_From)), Box => S.Model_Bounding_Box, Toplevel => ST.Model_Bounding_Box), To => (P => D.Item_To_Model (D.Link_Anchor_Point (Self.Anchor_To)), Box => D.Model_Bounding_Box, Toplevel => DT.Model_Bounding_Box)); -- Clip the line to the side of the toplevel boxes. if Self.Anchor_From.Toplevel_Side = Auto then -- Find the topmost non-invisible parent Item := S; ST := Item; while Item /= null loop if not Item.Is_Invisible then ST := Item; end if; Item := Item.Parent; end loop; Result.From.Toplevel := ST.Model_Bounding_Box; if Self.Waypoints = null then P := Result.To.P; elsif Self.Relative_Waypoints then P := Result.From.P; P := Self.Item_To_Model ((P.X + Self.Waypoints (Self.Waypoints'First).X, P.Y + Self.Waypoints (Self.Waypoints'First).Y)); else P := Self.Item_To_Model (Self.Waypoints (Self.Waypoints'First)); end if; Result.From.P := ST.Item_To_Model (ST.Clip_Line (ST.Model_To_Item (Result.From.P), ST.Model_To_Item (P))); if Self.Anchor_From.Distance > 0.0 then L := Sqrt ((Result.From.P.X - P.X) * (Result.From.P.X - P.X) + (Result.From.P.Y - P.Y) * (Result.From.P.Y - P.Y)); L := Self.Anchor_From.Distance / L; Result.From.P := (Result.From.P.X + L * (P.X - Result.From.P.X), Result.From.P.Y + L * (P.Y - Result.From.P.Y)); end if; end if; if Self.Anchor_To.Toplevel_Side = Auto then -- Find the topmost non-invisible parent Item := D; DT := Item; while Item /= null loop if not Item.Is_Invisible then DT := Item; end if; Item := Item.Parent; end loop; Result.To.Toplevel := DT.Model_Bounding_Box; if Self.Waypoints = null then P := Result.From.P; elsif Self.Relative_Waypoints then P := Relative_To_Item (Result.From.P, Self.Waypoints.all); else P := Self.Item_To_Model (Self.Waypoints (Self.Waypoints'Last)); end if; Result.To.P := DT.Item_To_Model (DT.Clip_Line (DT.Model_To_Item (Result.To.P), DT.Model_To_Item (P))); if Self.Anchor_To.Distance > 0.0 then L := Sqrt ((Result.To.P.X - P.X) * (Result.To.P.X - P.X) + (Result.To.P.Y - P.Y) * (Result.To.P.Y - P.Y)); L := Self.Anchor_To.Distance / L; Result.To.P := (Result.To.P.X + L * (P.X - Result.To.P.X), Result.To.P.Y + L * (P.Y - Result.To.P.Y)); end if; end if; return Result; end Compute_Anchors; -------------------------- -- Compute_Bounding_Box -- -------------------------- function Compute_Bounding_Box (Points : Item_Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False) return Item_Rectangle is Max_X : Gdouble := Points (Points'First).X; Max_Y : Gdouble := Points (Points'First).Y; X : Gdouble := Max_X; Y : Gdouble := Max_Y; Current : Item_Point := Points (Points'First); begin for P1 in Points'First + 1 .. Points'Last loop if Relative then Current := (Current.X + Points (P1).X, Current.Y + Points (P1).Y); else Current := Points (P1); end if; X := Gdouble'Min (X, Current.X); Y := Gdouble'Min (Y, Current.Y); Max_X := Gdouble'Max (Max_X, Current.X); Max_Y := Gdouble'Max (Max_Y, Current.Y); end loop; return (X => X, Y => Y, Width => Max_X - X, Height => Max_Y - Y); end Compute_Bounding_Box; -------------------- -- Compute_Labels -- -------------------- procedure Compute_Labels (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Dim : Anchors) is P : constant Item_Point_Array_Access := Self.Points; procedure Place_End_Label (Label : Container_Item; P1, P2 : Item_Point; Toplevel : Model_Rectangle); procedure Place_End_Label (Label : Container_Item; P1, P2 : Item_Point; Toplevel : Model_Rectangle) is Margin : constant Gdouble := 3.0; -- extra margin around the box Deltax : constant Gdouble := P2.X - P1.X; Deltay : constant Gdouble := P2.Y - P1.Y; D : Gdouble := 1.0; X1, X2, Y1, Y2, Tmp : Gdouble; begin Label.Size_Request (Context); X1 := (Toplevel.X + Margin + Toplevel.Width - P1.X) / Deltax; X2 := (Toplevel.X - Margin - P1.X - Label.Width) / Deltax; Y1 := (Toplevel.Y + Margin + Toplevel.Height - P1.Y) / Deltay; Y2 := (Toplevel.Y - Margin - P1.Y - Label.Height) / Deltay; if Deltax < 0.0 then Tmp := X1; X1 := X2; X2 := Tmp; end if; if Deltay < 0.0 then Tmp := Y1; Y1 := Y2; Y2 := Y1; end if; if 0.0 <= X1 and then X1 <= 1.0 then D := X1; end if; if 0.0 <= X2 and then X2 <= 1.0 then D := Gdouble'Min (X2, D); end if; if 0.0 <= Y1 and then Y1 <= 1.0 then D := Gdouble'Min (Y1, D); end if; if 0.0 <= Y2 and then Y2 <= 1.0 then D := Gdouble'Min (Y2, D); end if; Label.Computed_Position := (X => P1.X + D * Deltax, Y => P1.Y + D * Deltay); -- A small additional offset: the text is now outside of the box, we -- also want it outside of the link. if abs (Deltax) < abs (Deltay) then -- link is mostly vertical, so offset is horizontal Label.Computed_Position.X := Label.Computed_Position.X + 4.0; else Label.Computed_Position.Y := Label.Computed_Position.Y + 4.0; end if; Label.Size_Allocate; end Place_End_Label; Deltax, Deltay : Gdouble; Idx : Integer; begin -- Sets text.x and text.y to a position appropriate to show the label -- so that it doesn't intersect the from and to boxes. We are moving -- the text box along the line deltax, deltay. Basically, we are looking -- for d such that the two bounding boxes for the text and "from" do no -- intersect. -- -- 0 <= d <= 1 (position along the line) -- x + d * deltax > from.x + from.w -- || from.x > x + d * deltax + label.w -- || y + d * deltay > from.y + from.h -- || from.y > y + d * deltay + label.h -- -- Which provides: -- 0 <= d <= 1 -- && (d * deltax < from.x - x - w -- || d * deltax > from.x + from.w - x -- || d * deltay < from.y - y -h -- || d * deltay > from.y + from.h - y) -- -- We take the lowest d that satisfies any of the criteria, to keep the -- text closer to the box. if Self.Label_From /= null then Place_End_Label (Self.Label_From, P (P'First), P (P'First + 1), Dim.From.Toplevel); end if; if Self.Label_To /= null then Place_End_Label (Self.Label_To, P (P'Last), P (P'Last - 1), Dim.To.Toplevel); end if; if Self.Label /= null then if Self.Label.all in Text_Item_Record'Class and then Text_Item (Self.Label).Directed /= No_Text_Arrow then Deltax := P (P'First).X - P (P'Last).X; Deltay := P (P'First).Y - P (P'Last).Y; if abs (Deltax) > abs (Deltay) then if Deltax > 0.0 then Text_Item (Self.Label).Directed := Left_Text_Arrow; else Text_Item (Self.Label).Directed := Right_Text_Arrow; end if; else if Deltax > 0.0 then Text_Item (Self.Label).Directed := Down_Text_Arrow; else Text_Item (Self.Label).Directed := Up_Text_Arrow; end if; end if; end if; Self.Label.Size_Request (Context); -- Place the label in the middle of the middle segment. Idx := P'First + P'Length / 2 - 1; Self.Label.Computed_Position := (X => (P (Idx).X + P (Idx + 1).X) / 2.0 - Self.Label.Width / 2.0, Y => (P (Idx).Y + P (Idx + 1).Y) / 2.0 - Self.Label.Height / 2.0); Self.Label.Size_Allocate; end if; end Compute_Labels; ---------- -- Sort -- ---------- procedure Sort (Arr : in out Gdouble_Array) is -- A simple bubble sort Switched : Boolean; Tmp : Gdouble; begin loop Switched := False; for J in Arr'First .. Arr'Last - 1 loop if Arr (J + 1) < Arr (J) then Tmp := Arr (J); Arr (J) := Arr (J + 1); Arr (J + 1) := Tmp; Switched := True; end if; end loop; exit when not Switched; end loop; end Sort; ---------------------------------------- -- Compute_Layout_For_Orthogonal_Link -- ---------------------------------------- procedure Compute_Layout_For_Orthogonal_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context) is begin Orthogonal_Waypoints (Link, Context, Min_Margin => 6.0, Max_Margin => 25.0); end Compute_Layout_For_Orthogonal_Link; ------------------- -- Compute_Sides -- ------------------- procedure Compute_Sides (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment; Info : End_Info; Margin : Margins; P, P2 : out Item_Point) is Effective_Side : Side_Attachment; begin case Anchor.Toplevel_Side is when No_Clipping => P := Link.Model_To_Item (Info.P); return; when Top | Bottom | Right | Left => Effective_Side := Anchor.Toplevel_Side; when Auto => if abs (Info.P.X - Info.Toplevel.X) < 0.001 then Effective_Side := Left; elsif abs (Info.P.Y - Info.Toplevel.Y) < 0.001 then Effective_Side := Top; elsif abs (Info.P.X - Info.Toplevel.X - Info.Toplevel.Width) < 0.001 then Effective_Side := Right; else Effective_Side := Bottom; end if; end case; case Effective_Side is when Top => P := (Info.Box.X + Info.Box.Width * abs (Anchor.X), Info.Toplevel.Y); P2 := (P.X, P.Y - Margin.Top); when Bottom => P := (Info.Box.X + Info.Box.Width * abs (Anchor.X), Info.Toplevel.Y + Info.Toplevel.Height); P2 := (P.X, P.Y + Margin.Bottom); when Right => P := (Info.Toplevel.X + Info.Toplevel.Width, Info.Box.Y + Info.Box.Height * abs (Anchor.Y)); P2 := (P.X + Margin.Right, P.Y); when Left => P := (Info.Toplevel.X, Info.Box.Y + Info.Box.Height * abs (Anchor.Y)); P2 := (P.X - Margin.Left, P.Y); when others => null; end case; end Compute_Sides; -------------------------- -- Orthogonal_Waypoints -- -------------------------- procedure Orthogonal_Waypoints (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Min_Margin : Gdouble; Max_Margin : Gdouble) is Min_Space : constant Gdouble := Link.Style.Get_Line_Width * 3.0; -- Minimal space between two boxes to pass a link between them Dim : constant Anchors := Compute_Anchors (Link); FTX1 : constant Gdouble := Dim.From.Toplevel.X; -- from-top-x1 FTX2 : constant Gdouble := FTX1 + Dim.From.Toplevel.Width; FTY1 : constant Gdouble := Dim.From.Toplevel.Y; -- from-top-y1 FTY2 : constant Gdouble := FTY1 + Dim.From.Toplevel.Height; TTX1 : constant Gdouble := Dim.To.Toplevel.X; -- from-top-x1 TTX2 : constant Gdouble := TTX1 + Dim.To.Toplevel.Width; TTY1 : constant Gdouble := Dim.To.Toplevel.Y; -- from-top-y1 TTY2 : constant Gdouble := TTY1 + Dim.To.Toplevel.Height; procedure Margins_Between_Items (Item1, Item2 : Model_Rectangle; Margin1, Margin2 : out Margins); -- When computing the layout for orthogonal links, we add some borders -- around the items, through which the link might go. These borders are -- larger between the two items. --------------------------- -- Margins_Between_Items -- --------------------------- procedure Margins_Between_Items (Item1, Item2 : Model_Rectangle; Margin1, Margin2 : out Margins) is Dist : Gdouble; begin if Item1.X + Item1.Width < Item2.X then Dist := Item2.X - Item1.X - Item1.Width; Margin1.Left := Min_Margin; Margin1.Right := Gdouble'Min (Max_Margin, Gdouble'Max (Dist / 2.0, Min_Margin)); Margin2.Left := Dist - Margin1.Right; Margin2.Right := Min_Margin; elsif Item2.X + Item2.Width < Item1.X then Dist := Item1.X - Item2.X - Item2.Width; Margin1.Right := Min_Margin; Margin1.Left := Gdouble'Min (Max_Margin, Gdouble'Max (Dist / 2.0, Min_Margin)); Margin2.Right := Dist - Margin1.Left; Margin2.Left := Min_Margin; else Margin1.Left := Min_Margin; Margin1.Right := Min_Margin; Margin2.Left := Min_Margin; Margin2.Right := Min_Margin; end if; if Item1.Y + Item1.Height < Item2.Y then Dist := Item2.Y - Item1.Y - Item1.Height; Margin1.Top := Min_Margin; Margin1.Bottom := Gdouble'Min (Max_Margin, Gdouble'Max (Dist / 2.0, Min_Margin)); Margin2.Top := Dist - Margin1.Bottom; Margin2.Bottom := Min_Margin; elsif Item2.Y + Item2.Height < Item1.Y then Dist := Item1.Y - Item2.Y - Item2.Height; Margin1.Bottom := Min_Margin; Margin1.Top := Gdouble'Min (Max_Margin, Gdouble'Max (Dist / 2.0, Min_Margin)); Margin2.Bottom := Dist - Margin1.Top; Margin2.Top := Min_Margin; else Margin1.Top := Min_Margin; Margin1.Bottom := Min_Margin; Margin2.Top := Min_Margin; Margin2.Bottom := Min_Margin; end if; end Margins_Between_Items; From, To : Item_Point; M : Item_Point; P_From : Item_Point; -- extending from the From box P_To : Item_Point; -- extending from the To box C1, C2, C3 : Coordinate; Matrix : Layout_Matrix; Margin_From, Margin_To : Margins; begin Margins_Between_Items (Dim.From.Toplevel, Dim.To.Toplevel, Margin_From, Margin_To); Compute_Sides (Link, Link.Anchor_From, Dim.From, Margin_From, From, P_From); Compute_Sides (Link, Link.Anchor_To, Dim.To, Margin_To, To, P_To); Unchecked_Free (Link.Points); if Link.Waypoints /= null then if Link.Relative_Waypoints then Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' (From & Relative_To_Array (From, Link.Waypoints.all) & To); else Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' (From & Link.Waypoints.all & To); end if; -- Is the final link supposed to be vertical ? -- And can we make it fully vertical, if the user requested it ? if abs (To.X - P_To.X) < 0.001 and then Link.Anchor_To.X < 0.0 and then Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).X >= Dim.To.Box.X and then Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).X <= Dim.To.Box.X + Dim.To.Box.Width then Link.Points (Link.Points'Last).X := Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).X; -- Is the final link supposed to be horizontal ? -- And can we make it fully vertical, if the user requested it ? elsif abs (To.Y - P_To.Y) < 0.001 and then Link.Anchor_To.Y < 0.0 and then Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).Y >= Dim.To.Box.Y and then Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).Y <= Dim.To.Box.Y + Dim.To.Box.Height then Link.Points (Link.Points'Last).Y := Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).Y; end if; Link.Bounding_Box := Compute_Bounding_Box (Link.Points.all); Compute_Labels (Link, Context, Dim); return; end if; -- We want to find a line that joins P_From to P_To, with the minimum -- number of bends. For this, there are in fact three possible X -- coordinates for each box (and same for Y): -- FTX1 - B, F.X, FTX2 + B -- TTX1 - B, T.X, TTX2 + B -- -- When there is enough space between the two boxes, we can replace -- the two lines between the items with a single one in the middle. -- This gives use 5 or 6 possible X coordinates for vertical segments. -- Some of these cannot be used to go all the way down because they -- cross one of the two boxes. -- Also, P_From and P_To are aligned on that grid, so basically we need -- to find a path between two vertices of the grid. if FTX2 + Min_Space <= TTX1 then M.X := (FTX2 + TTX1) / 2.0; elsif TTX2 + Min_Space <= FTX1 then M.X := (FTX1 + TTX2) / 2.0; else M.X := Gdouble'Last; -- no valid vertical line in between end if; if FTY2 + Min_Space <= TTY1 then M.Y := (FTY2 + TTY1) / 2.0; elsif TTY2 + Min_Space <= FTY1 then M.Y := (FTY1 + TTY2) / 2.0; else M.Y := Gdouble'Last; -- no valid horizontal line in between end if; Matrix := (Dim => Dim, X => ((FTX1 - Margin_From.Left, From.X, FTX2 + Margin_From.Right, TTX1 - Margin_To.Left, To.X, TTX2 + Margin_To.Right, M.X)), Y => ((FTY1 - Margin_From.Top, From.Y, FTY2 + Margin_From.Bottom, TTY1 - Margin_To.Top, To.Y, TTY2 + Margin_To.Bottom, M.Y))); Sort (Matrix.X); Sort (Matrix.Y); for J in Matrix.X'Range loop if abs (Matrix.X (J) - P_From.X) < 0.01 then C1.X := J; end if; if abs (Matrix.X (J) - P_To.X) < 0.01 then C2.X := J; end if; if abs (Matrix.X (J) - From.X) < 0.01 then C3.X := J; end if; if abs (Matrix.Y (J) - P_From.Y) < 0.01 then C1.Y := J; end if; if abs (Matrix.Y (J) - P_To.Y) < 0.01 then C2.Y := J; end if; if abs (Matrix.Y (J) - From.Y) < 0.01 then C3.Y := J; end if; end loop; -- Compute the shortest path between the two points C1 and C2. We also -- do some post-processing to limit the number of segments (which in -- turn speeds up drawing and click declare Path : constant Coordinate_Array := Astar_Find (Matrix, C1, C2, Parent => C3); Points : Item_Point_Array (1 .. 4 + Path'Length); P : Integer; Along_X : Boolean; procedure Add_Point (New_P : Item_Point); -- Add a new point to the final path, or merge with the previous -- point if possible procedure Add_Point (New_P : Item_Point) is Tmp : Boolean; begin Tmp := abs (New_P.X - Points (P - 1).X) < 0.01; if Tmp = Along_X then -- both along the X axis => merge points Points (P - 1) := New_P; else -- Validate the new point Along_X := Tmp; Points (P) := New_P; P := P + 1; end if; end Add_Point; begin Points (Points'First) := From; P := Points'First + 1; Points (P) := P_From; Along_X := abs (Points (P).X - Points (P - 1).X) < 0.01; P := P + 1; for C in Path'First + 1 .. Path'Last loop Add_Point ((Matrix.X (Path (C).X), Matrix.Y (Path (C).Y))); end loop; Add_Point (To); Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array'(Points (Points'First .. P - 1)); end; Link.Bounding_Box := Compute_Bounding_Box (Link.Points.all); Compute_Labels (Link, Context, Dim); end Orthogonal_Waypoints; -------------------------------------- -- Compute_Layout_For_Straight_Link -- -------------------------------------- procedure Compute_Layout_For_Straight_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context) is Dim : constant Anchors := Compute_Anchors (Link); Tmp, Tmp2 : Item_Point; Pos : Item_Coordinate; begin if Link.From = Link.To then Tmp := (Dim.From.Toplevel.X + Dim.From.Toplevel.Width, Dim.From.Toplevel.Y); Unchecked_Free (Link.Points); Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' ((Tmp.X - 10.0, Tmp.Y), (Tmp.X - 10.0, Tmp.Y - 10.0), (Tmp.X + 10.0, Tmp.Y - 10.0), (Tmp.X + 10.0, Tmp.Y + 10.0), (Tmp.X, Tmp.Y + 10.0)); elsif Link.Waypoints /= null then Unchecked_Free (Link.Points); Tmp := Link.Model_To_Item (Dim.To.P); if Link.Relative_Waypoints then Tmp2 := Link.Model_To_Item (Dim.From.P); Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' (Tmp2 & Relative_To_Array (Tmp2, Link.Waypoints.all) & Tmp); else Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' (Link.Model_To_Item (Dim.From.P) & Link.Waypoints.all & Tmp); end if; else Unchecked_Free (Link.Points); Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' (Link.Model_To_Item (Dim.From.P) & Link.Model_To_Item (Dim.To.P)); end if; -- Is the user asking to get the link fully vertical when possible. -- This only applies to the last segment. if Link.Anchor_To.X < 0.0 or else Link.Anchor_To.Y < 0.0 then Tmp2 := Link.Points (Link.Points'Last); Tmp := Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1); if Link.Anchor_To.X < 0.0 and then Tmp.X >= Dim.To.Box.X and then Tmp.X <= Dim.To.Box.X + Dim.To.Box.Width then Pos := (Tmp.X + Tmp2.X) / 2.0; Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).X := Pos; Link.Points (Link.Points'Last).X := Pos; elsif Link.Anchor_To.Y < 0.0 and then Tmp.Y >= Dim.To.Box.Y and then Tmp.Y <= Dim.To.Box.Y + Dim.To.Box.Height then Pos := (Tmp.Y + Tmp2.Y) / 2.0; Link.Points (Link.Points'Last - 1).Y := Pos; Link.Points (Link.Points'Last).Y := Pos; end if; end if; Link.Bounding_Box := Compute_Bounding_Box (Link.Points.all); Compute_Labels (Link, Context, Dim); end Compute_Layout_For_Straight_Link; --------------------------------- -- Compute_Layout_For_Arc_Link -- --------------------------------- procedure Compute_Layout_For_Arc_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Offset : Gdouble := 10.0) is Dim : constant Anchors := Compute_Anchors (Link); function Get_Wp return Item_Point_Array; -- Return the waypoints to use procedure Control_Points (From, To : Item_Point; Ctrl1, Ctrl2 : out Item_Point); -- Compute the control points on the curve from From to To ------------ -- Get_Wp -- ------------ function Get_Wp return Item_Point_Array is begin if Link.From = Link.To then return No_Waypoints; elsif Link.Waypoints /= null then return Link.Waypoints.all; else return No_Waypoints; end if; end Get_Wp; -------------------- -- Control_Points -- -------------------- procedure Control_Points (From, To : Item_Point; Ctrl1, Ctrl2 : out Item_Point) is Dx : Gdouble := To.X - From.X; Dy : Gdouble := To.Y - From.Y; D : constant Gdouble := Sqrt (Dx * Dx + Dy * Dy); E : constant Gdouble := abs (Offset) / D; begin Dx := Dx * E; Dy := Dy * E; if Offset > 0.0 then Ctrl1 := (From.X - Dy, From.Y + Dx); Ctrl2 := (To.X - Dy, To.Y + Dx); else Ctrl1 := (From.X + Dy, From.Y - Dx); Ctrl2 := (To.X + Dy, To.Y - Dx); end if; end Control_Points; Waypoints : constant Item_Point_Array := Get_Wp; P1, P2, P3, P4 : Item_Point; FP, TP, Dummy : Item_Point; Radius : Gdouble; begin Unchecked_Free (Link.Points); if Link.From = Link.To then Radius := Gdouble'Min (Gdouble'Min (abs (Offset), Dim.From.Toplevel.Width / 2.0), Dim.From.Toplevel.Height / 2.0); Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' (Circle_From_Bezier (Center => Link.Model_To_Item ((Dim.From.Toplevel.X + Dim.From.Toplevel.Width, Dim.From.Toplevel.Y)), Radius => Radius)); else Compute_Sides (Link, Link.Anchor_From, Dim.From, No_Margins, FP, Dummy); Compute_Sides (Link, Link.Anchor_To, Dim.To, No_Margins, TP, Dummy); if Waypoints'Length = 0 then Control_Points (FP, TP, P1, P2); Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array'((FP, P1, P2, TP)); else Control_Points (FP, Waypoints (Waypoints'First), P1, P2); Control_Points (Waypoints (Waypoints'Last), TP, P3, P4); Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' (Item_Point_Array'(FP, P1, P2) & Waypoints & Item_Point_Array'(P3, P4, TP)); end if; end if; Link.Bounding_Box := Compute_Bounding_Box (Link.Points.all, Relative => False); Compute_Labels (Link, Context, Dim); end Compute_Layout_For_Arc_Link; ----------------------------------- -- Compute_Layout_For_Curve_Link -- ----------------------------------- procedure Compute_Layout_For_Curve_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context) is P : Item_Point_Array_Access; L : Integer; begin Orthogonal_Waypoints (Link, Context, Min_Margin => 6.0, Max_Margin => Gdouble'Last); P := Link.Points; if P'Length <= 2 then null; -- degenerate case, handled in Draw_Link elsif P'Length = 3 then Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array' ((P (P'First), P (P'First + 1), P (P'First + 1), P (P'Last))); Unchecked_Free (P); elsif P'Length = 4 then null; else -- Create intermediate points in the middle of segments Link.Points := new Item_Point_Array (1 .. 3 * P'Length - 5); Link.Points (Link.Points'First) := P (P'First); L := Link.Points'First + 1; for P2 in P'First + 1 .. P'Last - 1 loop if P2 = P'Last - 1 then Link.Points (L + 2) := P (P2 + 1); else Link.Points (L + 2) := -- a new intermediate point ((P (P2).X + P (P2 + 1).X) / 2.0, (P (P2).Y + P (P2 + 1).Y) / 2.0); end if; -- The control points are 1/3 of the way. Link.Points (L) := (P (P2).X * 2.0 / 3.0 + Link.Points (L - 1).X * 1.0 / 3.0, P (P2).Y * 2.0 / 3.0 + Link.Points (L - 1).Y * 1.0 / 3.0); Link.Points (L + 1) := (P (P2).X * 1.0 / 3.0 + Link.Points (L + 2).X * 2.0 / 3.0, P (P2).Y * 1.0 / 3.0 + Link.Points (L + 2).Y * 2.0 / 3.0); L := L + 3; end loop; Unchecked_Free (P); end if; end Compute_Layout_For_Curve_Link; ------------------ -- Prepare_Path -- ------------------ function Prepare_Path (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean is P : constant Item_Point_Array_Access := Link.Points; begin case Link.Routing is when Straight | Orthogonal => return Link.Style.Path_Polyline (Context.Cr, P.all); when Curve => if P'Length = 2 then return Link.Style.Path_Polyline (Context.Cr, P.all); else return Link.Style.Path_Polycurve (Context.Cr, P.all); end if; when Arc => return Link.Style.Path_Polycurve (Context.Cr, P.all); end case; end Prepare_Path; --------------- -- Draw_Link -- --------------- procedure Draw_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Selected : Boolean) is P : constant Item_Point_Array_Access := Link.Points; Fill : Cairo_Pattern; S : Drawing_Style; begin pragma Assert (P /= null, "waypoints must be computed first"); pragma Assert (P'Length >= 2, "no enough waypoints"); if Prepare_Path (Link, Context) then -- never fill a link Fill := Link.Style.Get_Fill; Link.Style.Set_Fill (Null_Pattern); Link.Style.Finish_Path (Context.Cr); case Link.Routing is when Arc => if P'Length >= 4 then Link.Style.Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Context.Cr, (P (P'First), -- middle of the two control points (approximate) ((P (P'First + 1).X + P (P'First + 2).X) / 2.0, (P (P'First + 1).Y + P (P'First + 2).Y) / 2.0), ((P (P'Last - 1).X + P (P'Last - 2).X) / 2.0, (P (P'Last - 1).Y + P (P'Last - 2).Y) / 2.0), P (P'Last))); else Link.Style.Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Context.Cr, P.all); end if; when others => Link.Style.Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Context.Cr, P.all); end case; Link.Style.Set_Fill (Fill); if Selected and then Context.View /= null then S := Link.Style; Link.Style := Context.View.Selection_Style; if Prepare_Path (Link, Context) then Fill := Link.Style.Get_Fill; Link.Style.Set_Fill (Null_Pattern); Link.Style.Finish_Path (Context.Cr); Link.Style.Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Context.Cr, P.all); Link.Style.Set_Fill (Fill); end if; Link.Style := S; end if; end if; if Link.Label /= null then Link.Label.Translate_And_Draw_Item (Context); end if; if Link.Label_From /= null then Link.Label_From.Translate_And_Draw_Item (Context); end if; if Link.Label_To /= null then Link.Label_To.Translate_And_Draw_Item (Context); end if; end Draw_Link; ------------------------ -- Circle_From_Bezier -- ------------------------ function Circle_From_Bezier (Center : Item_Point; Radius : Glib.Gdouble) return Item_Point_Array is -- Magic number comes from several articles on the web, including -- http://www.charlespetzold.com/blog/2012/12/ -- Bezier-Circles-and-Bezier-Ellipses.html P : Item_Point_Array (1 .. 13); R : constant Gdouble := Radius * 0.55; begin P (P'First + 0) := (Center.X, Center.Y - Radius); P (P'First + 1) := (Center.X + R, Center.Y - Radius); P (P'First + 2) := (Center.X + Radius, Center.Y - R); P (P'First + 3) := (Center.X + Radius, Center.Y); P (P'First + 4) := (Center.X + Radius, Center.Y + R); P (P'First + 5) := (Center.X + R, Center.Y + Radius); P (P'First + 6) := (Center.X, Center.Y + Radius); P (P'First + 7) := (Center.X - R, Center.Y + Radius); P (P'First + 8) := (Center.X - Radius, Center.Y + R); P (P'First + 9) := (Center.X - Radius, Center.Y); P (P'First + 10) := (Center.X - Radius, Center.Y - R); P (P'First + 11) := (Center.X - R, Center.Y - Radius); P (P'First + 12) := (Center.X, Center.Y - Radius); return P; -- For quadratic bezier curves, we could have used: -- See http://texdoc.net/texmf-dist/doc/latex/lapdf/rcircle.pdf end Circle_From_Bezier; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-types.ads0000644000076700001450000003277312533067541016767 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Gdk, the low-level API with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Generic_Properties; use Glib.Generic_Properties; pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.Generic_Properties); package Gdk.Types is Current_Time : constant Guint32 := 0; -- Represents the current time in timestamps stored in events type Gdk_Point is record X : Gint; Y : Gint; end record; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Point); type Gdk_Points_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Gdk_Point; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Points_Array); type Gdk_Segment is record X1 : Gint; Y1 : Gint; X2 : Gint; Y2 : Gint; end record; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Segment); type Gdk_Segments_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Gdk_Segment; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Segments_Array); -- See at the end of the package a list of all the types that -- have not been "bound". type Gdk_Atom is new C_Proxy; -- This type represents a property of the X-server, that can be -- manipulated through functions in Gdk.Property. They have an associated -- name, that can be printed, as well as a value whose type may vary. -- See the program xlsatoms on any X-Window machine to list all the atoms -- known by the Xserver. Gdk_None : constant Gdk_Atom := null; -- No atom constant. type Gdk_Atom_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gdk_Atom; type Gdk_Axis_Use is (Axis_Ignore, Axis_X, Axis_Y, Axis_Pressure, Axis_X_Tilt, Axis_Y_Tilt, Axis_Last); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Axis_Use); type Gdk_Byte_Order is (Lsb_First, Msb_First); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Byte_Order); type Gdk_Extension_Mode is (Extension_Events_None, Extension_Events_All, Extension_Events_Cursor); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Extension_Mode); type Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type is new Guint; Ic_Style : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Client_Window : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Focus_Window : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Filter_Events : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Spot_Location : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Line_Spacing : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Cursor : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Fontset : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Area : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Area_Needed : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Foreground : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Background : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Pixmap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Colormap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Fontset : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Area : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Area_Needed : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Foreground : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Background : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Pixmap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Colormap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_All_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Area_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Preedit_Position_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; Ic_Status_Area_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type; type Gdk_IM_Style is new Guint; Im_Preedit_Area : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Preedit_Callbacks : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Preedit_Position : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Preedit_Nothing : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Preedit_None : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Preedit_Mask : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Status_Area : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Status_Callbacks : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Status_Nothing : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Status_None : constant Gdk_IM_Style; Im_Status_Mask : constant Gdk_IM_Style; type Gdk_Input_Condition is (Input_Read, Input_Write, Input_Exception); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Input_Condition); type Gdk_Input_Mode is (Mode_Disabled, Mode_Screen, Mode_Window); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Input_Mode); type Gdk_Input_Source is (Source_Mouse, Source_Pen, Source_Eraser, Source_Cursor, Source_Keyboard, Source_Touchscreen, Source_Touchpad); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Input_Source); type Gdk_Grab_Status is (Grab_Success, -- successfully grabbed Grab_Already_Grabbed, -- resource actively grabbed by another client Grab_Invalid_Time, -- resource grabbed more recently than the -- specified time Grab_Not_Viewable, -- grab window or confine_to_window are not -- viewable Grab_Frozen); -- resource is frozen by an active grab of -- another client -- Indicates the success or reason of failure for a grab attempt type Gdk_Grab_Ownership is (Ownership_None, Ownership_Window, Ownership_Application); -- Defines how device grabs interact with other devices: -- None: all other devices' events are allowed -- Window: other devices' events are blocked for the grab window -- Application: other devices' events are blocked for the whole app. type Gdk_Key_Type is new Guint; -- see Gdk.Types.Keysyms for key type constants type Gdk_Modifier_Type is new Guint; Shift_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Lock_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Control_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Mod1_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Mod2_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Mod3_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Mod4_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Mod5_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Button1_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Button2_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Button3_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Button4_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Button5_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Super_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Hyper_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Meta_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Release_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; Modifier_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type; function Primary_Mod_Mask return Gdk_Modifier_Type; type Gdk_Modifier_Intent is (Primary_Accelerator, Context_Menu, Extend_Selection, Modify_Selection, No_Text_Input, Shift_Group); -- This enum is used with gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask() and -- gdk_get_modifier_mask() in order to determine what modifiers the -- currently used windowing system backend uses for particular -- purposes. For example, on X11/Windows, the Control key is used for -- invoking menu shortcuts (accelerators), whereas on Apple computers -- it's the Command key (which correspond to %GDK_CONTROL_MASK and -- GDK_MOD2_MASK, respectively). subtype Gdk_WChar is Standard.Wide_Character; subtype Gdk_WString is Standard.Wide_String; -- Gdk does not define a Gdk_WString type, but uses pointers -- to Gdk_WChar instead. ---------------- -- Properties -- ---------------- -- The following packages and types are used to represent properties of -- the given type. They are used in the packages that use these properties package Extension_Mode_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Gdk_Extension_Mode); type Property_Gdk_Extension_Mode is new Extension_Mode_Properties.Property; private ------------------------- -- Private constants -- ------------------------- Ic_Style : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 0; Ic_Client_Window : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 1; Ic_Focus_Window : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 2; Ic_Filter_Events : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 3; Ic_Spot_Location : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 4; Ic_Line_Spacing : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 5; Ic_Cursor : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 6; Ic_Preedit_Fontset : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 10; Ic_Preedit_Area : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 11; Ic_Preedit_Area_Needed : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 12; Ic_Preedit_Foreground : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 13; Ic_Preedit_Background : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 14; Ic_Preedit_Pixmap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 15; Ic_Preedit_Colormap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 16; Ic_Status_Fontset : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 21; Ic_Status_Area : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 22; Ic_Status_Area_Needed : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 23; Ic_Status_Foreground : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 24; Ic_Status_Background : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 25; Ic_Status_Pixmap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 26; Ic_Status_Colormap : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := 2 ** 27; Ic_All_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := Ic_Style or Ic_Client_Window; Ic_Preedit_Area_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := Ic_Preedit_Area or Ic_Preedit_Fontset; Ic_Preedit_Position_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := Ic_Preedit_Area or Ic_Spot_Location or Ic_Preedit_Fontset; Ic_Status_Area_Req : constant Gdk_IC_Attributes_Type := Ic_Status_Area or Ic_Status_Fontset; Im_Preedit_Area : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0001#; Im_Preedit_Callbacks : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0002#; Im_Preedit_Position : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0004#; Im_Preedit_Nothing : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0008#; Im_Preedit_None : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0010#; Im_Preedit_Mask : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#001F#; Im_Status_Area : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0100#; Im_Status_Callbacks : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0200#; Im_Status_Nothing : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0400#; Im_Status_None : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0800#; Im_Status_Mask : constant Gdk_IM_Style := 16#0F00#; Shift_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 0; Lock_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 1; Control_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 2; Mod1_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 3; Mod2_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 4; Mod3_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 5; Mod4_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 6; Mod5_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 7; Button1_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 8; Button2_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 9; Button3_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 10; Button4_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 11; Button5_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 12; Super_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 26; Hyper_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 27; Meta_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 28; Release_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 2 ** 30; Modifier_Mask : constant Gdk_Modifier_Type := 16#5C001FFF#; pragma Import (C, Primary_Mod_Mask, "ada_gdk_get_default_modifier"); ------------------------------ -- Representation clauses -- ------------------------------ for Gdk_Input_Condition use (Input_Read => 2 ** 0, Input_Write => 2 ** 1, Input_Exception => 2 ** 2); end Gdk.Types; -- The following types were not bound because it did not seem -- to be necessary (yet). -- -- + GdkColorContextMode -- + GdkCrossingMode -- + GdkFilterReturn -- + GdkFontType -- + GdkNotifyType -- + GdkPropertyState -- + GdkStatus gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/pango.ads0000644000076700001450000000422512533067541016153 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This is the top level package of the Pango hierarchy. -- -- Pango, font handling pragma Warnings (Off); with System; -- Needed for child packages pragma Warnings (On); with Glib; use Glib; package Pango is type Pango_Rectangle is record X, Y, Width, Height : Glib.Gint; end record; type Pango_Glyph is new Glib.Guint32; type Pango_Attr_Class is new Glib.C_Proxy; end Pango; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-color.adb0000644000076700001450000001537312533067541016715 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Generic_Properties; use Glib.Generic_Properties; pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.Generic_Properties); with System; with Gtkada.Bindings; package body Gdk.Color is function To_Address (C : Gdk_Color; Add : System.Address) return System.Address; package Color_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property (Gdk_Color, Gdk_Color_Type, To_Address); procedure Set_Value (Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Val : Gdk_Color) renames Color_Properties.Set_Value; function Get_Value (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gdk_Color renames Color_Properties.Get_Value; ---------------- -- To_Address -- ---------------- function To_Address (C : Gdk_Color; Add : System.Address) return System.Address is begin if C = Null_Color then return System.Null_Address; else return Add; end if; end To_Address; ----------- -- Equal -- ----------- function Equal (Colora, Colorb : Gdk_Color) return Boolean is begin return Colora.Red = Colorb.Red and then Colora.Blue = Colorb.Blue and then Colora.Green = Colorb.Green; end Equal; ---------- -- Blue -- ---------- function Blue (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint16 is begin return Color.Blue; end Blue; ---------- -- Copy -- ---------- procedure Copy (Source : Gdk_Color; Destination : out Gdk_Color) is type Gdk_Color_Access is access Gdk_Color; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Color_Access); function Internal (Source : System.Address) return Gdk_Color_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_color_copy"); begin Destination := Internal (Source'Address).all; end Copy; ----------- -- Green -- ----------- function Green (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint16 is begin return Color.Green; end Green; ----------- -- Parse -- ----------- function Parse (Spec : String) return Gdk_Color is function Internal (Spec : String; Color : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_color_parse"); Color : aliased Gdk_Color; begin if Internal (Spec & ASCII.NUL, Color'Address) = 0 then raise Wrong_Color with "Invalid color: '" & Spec & "'"; end if; return Color; end Parse; --------------- -- To_String -- --------------- function To_String (Color : Gdk_Color) return String is Result : aliased String (1 .. 8); Len : Gint; function sprintf (S : System.Address; Format : String; Arg1 : Gint; Arg2 : Gint; Arg3 : Gint) return Gint; pragma Import (C, sprintf, "c_sprintf"); begin Len := sprintf (Result'Address, "#%02X%02X%02X" & ASCII.NUL, Gint (Color.Red / 256), Gint (Color.Green / 256), Gint (Color.Blue / 256)); return Result (1 .. Integer (Len)); end To_String; ----------- -- Pixel -- ----------- function Pixel (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint32 is begin return Color.Pixel; end Pixel; --------- -- Red -- --------- function Red (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint16 is begin return Color.Red; end Red; --------------- -- Set_Pixel -- --------------- procedure Set_Pixel (Color : in out Gdk_Color; Pixel : Guint32) is begin Color.Pixel := Pixel; end Set_Pixel; ------------- -- Set_Rgb -- ------------- procedure Set_Rgb (Color : out Gdk_Color; Red, Green, Blue : Guint16) is begin Color.Red := Red; Color.Green := Green; Color.Blue := Blue; end Set_Rgb; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Gdk_Color; Value : Gdk_Color) is begin Color_Properties.Set_Property (Object, Color_Properties.Property (Name), Value); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Gdk_Color) return Gdk_Color is begin return Color_Properties.Get_Property (Object, Color_Properties.Property (Name)); end Get_Property; -------------- -- To_Array -- -------------- function To_Array (Colors : Gdk_Color_Unconstrained_Array; N_Colors : Gint) return Gdk_Color_Array is Result : Gdk_Color_Array (1 .. Integer (N_Colors)); begin for R in Result'Range loop Result (R) := Colors (Colors'First + R - Result'First); end loop; return Result; end To_Array; ----------------------- -- Gdk_Color_Or_Null -- ----------------------- function Gdk_Color_Or_Null (Val : System.Address) return System.Address is function Internal is new Gtkada.Bindings.Generic_To_Address_Or_Null (Gdk_Color, Null_Color, Equal); begin return Internal (Val); end Gdk_Color_Or_Null; end Gdk.Color; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-error.ads0000644000076700001450000000567312533067541017123 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides definitions for the error handling mechanism used in -- Glib, Gdk and Gtk. -- -- -- 1.3.11 -- Glib, the general-purpose library package Glib.Error is pragma Preelaborate; type GError is new C_Proxy; type GError_Access is access all GError; function Error_New (Domain : GQuark; Code : Gint; Message : String) return GError; -- Create a new GError object. procedure Error_Free (Error : GError); -- Free the memory associated with a GError. function Error_Copy (Error : GError) return GError; -- Duplicate a GError object. function Error_Matches (Error : GError; Domain : GQuark; Code : Gint) return Boolean; -- Return whether a given GError matches a domain/code. function Get_Domain (Error : GError) return GQuark; -- Return the domain associated with a GError. function Get_Code (Error : GError) return Gint; -- Return the code associated with a GError. function Get_Message (Error : GError) return String; -- Return the message associated with a GError. private pragma Import (C, Error_Free, "g_error_free"); pragma Import (C, Error_Copy, "g_error_copy"); end Glib.Error; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-intl.gpb0000644000076700001450000001223712533067520017246 0ustar gnatmailgnat----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2003 ACT-Europe -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- with System; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with Glib; use Glib; package body Gtkada.Intl is pragma Warnings (Off); #if GETTEXT_INTL then pragma Linker_Options ("-lintl"); #end if; ------------- -- Gettext -- ------------- function Gettext (Msg : UTF8_String) return UTF8_String is function Internal (Msg : UTF8_String) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gettext"); begin #if HAVE_GETTEXT then return Value (Internal (Msg & ASCII.NUL)); #else return Msg; #end if; end Gettext; -------------- -- Dgettext -- -------------- function Dgettext (Domain : String; Msg : UTF8_String) return UTF8_String is function Internal (Domain : String; Msg : UTF8_String) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "dgettext"); begin #if HAVE_GETTEXT then return Value (Internal (Domain & ASCII.NUL, Msg & ASCII.NUL)); #else return Msg; #end if; end Dgettext; --------- -- "-" -- --------- function "-" (Msg : UTF8_String) return UTF8_String is begin return Gettext (Msg); end "-"; --------------- -- Dcgettext -- --------------- function Dcgettext (Domain : String; Msg : UTF8_String; Category : Integer) return String is function Internal (Domain : String; Msg : UTF8_String; Category : Integer) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "dcgettext"); begin #if HAVE_GETTEXT then return Value (Internal (Domain & ASCII.NUL, Msg & ASCII.NUL, Category)); #else return Msg; #end if; end Dcgettext; ------------------------- -- Default_Text_Domain -- ------------------------- function Default_Text_Domain return String is function Internal (Domain : System.Address) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "textdomain"); begin #if HAVE_GETTEXT then return Value (Internal (System.Null_Address)); #else return ""; #end if; end Default_Text_Domain; ----------------- -- Text_Domain -- ----------------- procedure Text_Domain (Domain : String := "") is procedure Internal (Domain : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "textdomain"); begin #if HAVE_GETTEXT then Internal (Domain & ASCII.NUL); #else null; #end if; end Text_Domain; ---------------------- -- Bind_Text_Domain -- ---------------------- procedure Bind_Text_Domain (Domain : String; Dirname : String) is procedure Internal (Domain, Dirname : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "bindtextdomain"); begin #if HAVE_GETTEXT then Internal (Domain & ASCII.NUL, Dirname & ASCII.NUL); #else null; #end if; end Bind_Text_Domain; --------------- -- Setlocale -- --------------- procedure Setlocale is LC_ALL : constant Integer := 6; -- from locale.h Empty_String : constant String (1 .. 1) := (1 => ASCII.NUL); procedure Setlocale (Category : Integer; Locale : String); pragma Import (C, Setlocale, "setlocale"); begin #if HAVE_GETTEXT then Setlocale (LC_ALL, Empty_String); #else null; #end if; end Setlocale; end Gtkada.Intl; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/pango-cairo.ads0000644000076700001450000000423712533067541017251 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Interfacing between Pango and Cairo. -- -- -- 2.16.6 -- Cairo with Cairo; use Cairo; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; package Pango.Cairo is procedure Show_Layout (Cr : Cairo_Context; Layout : Pango_Layout); -- Draws a pango layout in the specified cairo context. The top-left corner -- of Layout will be drawn at the current point of the cairo context. end Pango.Cairo; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-input.ads0000644000076700001450000000701112533067541016745 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- This package provides low level handling of file descriptors in the -- GtkAda event loop. Note that this package is currently not supported -- under Windows. -- Gdk, the low-level API with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Types; with Glib; package Gdk.Input is procedure Init; procedure Gdk_Exit; procedure Set_Extension_Events (Window : in Gdk.Gdk_Window; Mask : in Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Mask; Mode : in Gdk.Types.Gdk_Extension_Mode); -- ??? Check that Mask is indeed of type GdkEventMask. -- The C code defines it as Gint... generic type Data_Type (<>) is private; package Input_Add is type Data_Access is access all Data_Type; pragma Convention (C, Data_Access); type Gdk_Input_Function is access procedure (Data : Data_Access; Source : Glib.Gint; Condition : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Input_Condition); function Add (Source : Glib.Gint; Condition : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Input_Condition; Func : Gdk_Input_Function; Data : Data_Access) return Glib.Gint; private pragma Import (C, Add, "gdk_input_add"); end Input_Add; procedure Remove (Tag : Glib.Gint); -- to bind: gdk_input_motion_events -- This returns the list of past motion events in the window, between two -- times. This might give a finer granularity than getting the -- Motion_Events themselves, and might be more efficient. -- Not supported by all XServers though. private pragma Import (C, Init, "gdk_input_init"); pragma Import (C, Gdk_Exit, "gdk_input_exit"); pragma Import (C, Set_Extension_Events, "gdk_input_set_extension_events"); pragma Import (C, Remove, "gdk_input_remove"); end Gdk.Input; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-enums.ads0000644000076700001450000000450412533067541017111 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Glib, the general-purpose library package Glib.Enums is type Glib_Traverse_Flags is mod 2 ** 32; Traverse_Leafs : constant Glib_Traverse_Flags := 2 ** 0; Traverse_Non_Leafs : constant Glib_Traverse_Flags := 2 ** 1; Traverse_All : constant Glib_Traverse_Flags := Traverse_Leafs or Traverse_Non_Leafs; Traverse_Flags : constant Glib_Traverse_Flags := 16#03#; type Glib_Traverse_Type is (In_Order, Pre_Order, Post_Order, Level_Order); pragma Convention (C, Glib_Traverse_Type); end Glib.Enums; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-properties-creation.ads0000644000076700001450000005317612533067541021771 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides all the required subprograms to create and -- manipulate new properties associated with new widget types. -- -- You do not have to be familiar with this package in order to use -- properties. See Glib.Object instead, that provides the minimal -- subprograms to get and set properties. -- -- This package is only intended for writers of new widgets. You will need -- this function to create new properties. -- -- Each object in gtk+ has a set of so-called properties. These are -- attributes that can be accessed, and possibly modified, by names. -- They provide introspection, that is an object can specify which -- properties it knows about, which can be modified,..., and thus provide a -- huge support for special applications like GUI-Builders that need to act -- on any kind of widgets, even those it doesn't know about yet. -- -- However, for efficiency reasons, the properties are only names, and are -- not the only way to modify attributes of objects. It is often more -- efficient to use the alternate method, as documented in the GtkAda -- documentation for each property. -- -- Another interesting feature of properties is that every time a property -- is modified, a signal "property_changed" or "notify" is emitted, and -- it is thus easy to keep track of attributes in objects. -- -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; with Interfaces.C.Strings; package Glib.Properties.Creation is -- subtype Param_Spec is Glib.Param_Spec; -- This type is the internal representation for properties. It contains all -- the required information about it, including some help string or the -- range of values it recognizes. -- -- All the values contained in a param_spec are typed. However, since these -- are not implemented as tagged types, it is your responsability to -- convert the param_specs to the appropriate type, based on the value -- returned by Value_Type. Most of the time, you won't need to use these -- functions at all, unless you are programming some self-inspection -- application, like a GUI-Builder for instance, or creating new properties -- for a new widget. procedure Unref (Param : Param_Spec); -- Decrement the reference counter. If it reaches 0, the memory is freed. ------------------ -- Enum classes -- ------------------ -- gtk+, a C library, has a whole system to describe its enumeration types, -- similar to what is available from the start in Ada ('Image and 'Value -- for instance). All enumerations are represented internally as -- Enum_Classes. However, there is no easy conversion between such an -- enum class and a GtkAda enumeration type. -- Most of the time, this has no impact on your work, since you know -- what type you need to use when calling an Ada function. However, you -- will need to manipulate these enumeration classes when interfacing -- with ParamSpecs and dealing with properties. type Enum_Class is new Glib.C_Proxy; type Enum_Value is new Glib.C_Proxy; function Get_Value (Klass : Enum_Class; Value : Glib.Gint) return Enum_Value; -- Return the value in Klass that is Value (equivalent of 'Val in Ada) function Nth_Value (Klass : Enum_Class; Nth : Glib.Guint) return Enum_Value; -- Return the Nth-th value in Klass, or null if there is no such value. function Value (Val : Enum_Value) return Glib.Gint; -- Return the numeric value for a specific enumeration. Use the matching -- Ada type and 'Val to convert it to a valid Ada enumeration function Name (Val : Enum_Value) return String; -- Return the name of Val. This is the equivalent of 'Image in Ada. function Nick (Val : Enum_Value) return String; -- Return a displayable string for Val. function Register_Static_Enum (Name : String; Values : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array) return Glib.GType; -- Create a new enumeration class from a list of valid values. -- Values must be freed by the caller. function Enum_Class_From_Type (Typ : Glib.GType) return Enum_Class; -- Return the enumeration class corresponding to a type ------------------- -- Flags classes -- ------------------- -- These are very similar to Enum Classes. However, the actual value -- of an instance of this type is a combination of a set of flags, rather -- than one single enumeration value. -- For instance, a Gdk_Event_Mask is a Flags_Class type Flags_Class is new Glib.C_Proxy; type Flags_Value is new Glib.C_Proxy; type Flags_Int_Value is mod Glib.Gint'Last; function Nth_Value (Klass : Flags_Class; Nth : Glib.Guint) return Flags_Value; -- Return the Nth-th value in Klass, or null if there is no such value. function Value (Val : Flags_Value) return Flags_Int_Value; -- Return the numeric value for a specific enumeration. Use the matching -- Ada type and 'Val to convert it to a valid Ada enumeration function Name (Val : Flags_Value) return String; -- Return the name of Val. This is the equivalent of 'Image in Ada. function Nick (Val : Flags_Value) return String; -- Return a displayable string for Val. --------------- -- ParamSpec -- --------------- function Pspec_Name (Param : Param_Spec) return String; -- Return the name of the property. -- This is the internal string representing the property. It -- Should probably not be displayed on function Nick_Name (Param : Param_Spec) return String; -- Return the nickname of the property. This is a string -- that can be displayed to represent the property, and is -- more user-friendly than the result of Name. function Flags (Param : Param_Spec) return Param_Flags; -- Return the flags for the property function Owner_Type (Param : Param_Spec) return Glib.GType; -- The type that defined Param. If you look for instance at all properties -- provides by a type, they will also include properties provided by the -- parents of the type. This function can be used to find those declared -- with that type only function Description (Param : Param_Spec) return String; -- Return the description (ie the help string) for Param function Value_Type (Param : Param_Spec) return Glib.GType; -- Return the type of param procedure Set_Value_Type (Param : Param_Spec; Typ : Glib.GType); -- Override the type of param. You should only use this function when -- creating new Param_Spec types based on existing types. You should not -- change the type if you haven't created param yourself. function Get_Qdata (Param : Param_Spec; Quark : GQuark) return Glib.C_Proxy; -- Return the user data set for Param procedure Set_Qdata (Param : Param_Spec; Quark : GQuark; Data : Glib.C_Proxy; Destroy : G_Destroy_Notify := null); -- Associate some named data with Param. Destroy is called when Param is -- destroyed. -- Value_Type returns GType_Char type Param_Spec_Char is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Glib.Gint8; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Glib.Gint8; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Glib.Gint8; function Gnew_Char (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gint8; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_UChar type Param_Spec_Uchar is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Glib.Guint8; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Glib.Guint8; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Glib.Guint8; function Gnew_Uchar (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Guint8; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Bool type Param_Spec_Boolean is new Param_Spec; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Boolean) return Boolean; function Gnew_Boolean (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Boolean; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Int type Param_Spec_Int is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Glib.Gint; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Glib.Gint; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Glib.Gint; function Gnew_Int (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gint; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Uint type Param_Spec_Uint is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Glib.Guint; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Glib.Guint; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Glib.Guint; function Gnew_Uint (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Guint; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Long type Param_Spec_Long is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glib.Glong; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glib.Glong; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glib.Glong; function Gnew_Long (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Glong; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_ULong type Param_Spec_Ulong is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Glib.Gulong; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Glib.Gulong; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Glib.Gulong; function Gnew_Ulong (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gulong; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns ??? type Param_Spec_Unichar is new Param_Spec; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Unichar) return Gunichar; function Gnew_Unichar (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Gunichar; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Enum -- See also the package Generic_Enumeration_Property on how to create -- properties based on an Ada enumeration type. type Param_Spec_Enum is new Param_Spec; function Enumeration (Param : Param_Spec_Enum) return Enum_Class; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Enum) return Glib.Gint; function Gnew_Enum (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Enum_Type : GType; Default : Gint := 0; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- See Glib.Properties.Creation.Register_Static_Enum on how to create -- Enum_Type -- Value_Type returns GType_Flags type Param_Spec_Flags is new Param_Spec; function Flags_Enumeration (Param : Param_Spec_Flags) return Flags_Class; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Flags) return Glong; function Gnew_Flags (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Flags_Type : Glib.GType; Default : Guint; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Float type Param_Spec_Float is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; function Epsilon (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; function Gnew_Float (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gfloat; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Double type Param_Spec_Double is new Param_Spec; function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; function Epsilon (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; function Gnew_Double (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gdouble; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_String type Param_Spec_String is new Param_Spec; function Default (Param : Param_Spec_String) return String; function Cset_First (Param : Param_Spec_String) return String; function Cset_Nth (Param : Param_Spec_String) return String; function Substitutor (Param : Param_Spec_String) return Character; function Ensure_Non_Null (Param : Param_Spec_String) return Boolean; function Gnew_String (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : String; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Param type Param_Spec_Param is new Param_Spec; function Gnew_Param (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Param_Type : Glib.GType; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Boxed type Param_Spec_Boxed is new Param_Spec; function Gnew_Boxed (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Boxed_Type : Glib.GType; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Pointer type Param_Spec_Pointer is new Param_Spec; function Gnew_Pointer (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Param_Value_Array -- type Param_Spec_Value_Array is new Param_Spec; -- Value_Type returns GType_Object type Param_Spec_Object is new Param_Spec; function Gnew_Object (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Object_Type : Glib.GType; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; ----------------------------- -- Creating new properties -- ----------------------------- -- There are several things that need to be done when creating properties -- for widgets. -- For one thing, you need to create the string that represents the -- property. -- You then need to describe the type of the property, and the values it -- allows. This is very simple for simple types, and a generic packages is -- provided to handle the more complex enumeration-based properties. See -- the package Glib.Properties.Creation. -- -- Your widget needs to define two handlers, Set_Property_Handler and -- Get_Property_Handler, that are called every time the user accesses the -- value of a property through a call to Glib.Object.Set_Property or -- Glib.Object.Get_Property. These handlers are installed via -- Set_Properties_Handlers below. -- -- Once the handlers have been set, it is possible to install new -- properties (and only after the handlers have been set). Adding the -- handlers and properties should be done in the Class_Init callback -- passed to Initialize_Class_Record, so that this is done only when the -- class is actually created. -- -- For efficiency reasons, a property is also associated with an integer -- value, that you must provide when creating the property. This value is -- completely free, and is passed to the two handlers described above. -- -- The two handlers manipulate Glib.Values.GValue values, so that they -- can get and return various types. type Property_Id is new Guint; type Set_Property_Handler is access procedure (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : Glib.Values.GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec); -- This handler is called every time the user has asked for a new -- property to be changed. -- Prop_Id is the id you used when creating the property. -- Value is the new value that should be set. It is your responsability -- to extract the actual value from it. However, consistency has already -- been checked by gtk+, so we know the type is correct. -- Property_Spec is the definition of the property. -- -- Note: It is your responsability to emit the "notify" signal after a -- property has been modified. The recommended way is to emit this signal -- from the internal function that actually modified the property, not -- directly from the Set_Propert_Handler itself. This will ensure that -- even if the user doesn't modify the attribute through a property but -- directly by calling the lower-level subprogram, the signal will still -- be emitted. type Get_Property_Handler is access procedure (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec); -- This handler is called when the application needs to retrive the value -- of a property. You should set the value in Value procedure Set_Properties_Handlers (Class_Record : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Set_Property : not null Set_Property_Handler; Get_Property : not null Get_Property_Handler); -- Set the two functions used to set and retrieve properties. You -- should never call this function on the class record of the standard -- gtk+ widgets, since this will break their behavior. You should first -- create a new class record through Initialize_Class_Record, and then -- use the returned Class_Record as a parameter to this subprogram. -- -- You cannot pass null to either of the two parameters, or you won't -- be able to install new properties afterwards procedure Install_Property (Class_Record : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Property_Spec : Param_Spec); -- Adds a new property to Class_Record. You should use this function only -- on class records you have created yourself, not on one of the standard -- widgets. -- Prop_Id is the internal representation for properties, that will be -- passed to the Set_Property and Get_Property_Handlers (see above) to set -- and retrieve the value of a property. -- Property_Spec should be the result of one of the GNew_* subprograms for -- Param_Spec, and this defines the type of the property. -- -- You must have called Set_Properties_Handler first. procedure Override_Property (Class_Record : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Name : String); -- Overrides an existing property (inherited from the parent type or from -- one of the interfaces that are implemented). -- You must have called Set_Properties_Handler first. private pragma Import (C, Flags, "ada_gparam_get_flags"); pragma Import (C, Owner_Type, "ada_gparam_get_owner_type"); pragma Import (C, Value_Type, "ada_gparam_get_value_type"); pragma Import (C, Set_Value_Type, "ada_gparam_set_value_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_Value, "g_enum_get_value"); pragma Import (C, Flags_Enumeration, "ada_gparam_get_flags_flags"); pragma Import (C, Enumeration, "ada_gparam_get_enum_class_enum"); pragma Import (C, Unref, "g_param_spec_unref"); pragma Import (C, Get_Qdata, "g_param_spec_get_qdata"); pragma Import (C, Set_Qdata, "g_param_spec_set_qdata_full"); pragma Import (C, Enum_Class_From_Type, "g_type_class_ref"); pragma Inline (Description); pragma Inline (Name); pragma Inline (Minimum); pragma Inline (Maximum); pragma Inline (Default); pragma Inline (Epsilon); pragma Inline (Substitutor); pragma Inline (Cset_Nth); pragma Inline (Cset_First); pragma Inline (Ensure_Non_Null); end Glib.Properties.Creation; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-property.ads0000644000076700001450000000655512533067541017506 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- 1.3.6 -- Gdk, the low-level API with Glib; use Glib; with Gdk.Types; package Gdk.Property is type Gdk_Prop_Mode is (Prop_Mode_Replace, Prop_Mode_Prepend, Prop_Mode_Append); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Prop_Mode); function Atom_Intern (Atom_Name : String; Only_If_Exists : Boolean := True) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; -- Convert from a string to an atom function Atom_Name (Atom : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom) return String; -- Convert from an atom to a string procedure Get (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Property : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Offset : Gulong; Length : Gulong; Pdelete : Boolean; Actual_Property_Type : out Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Actual_Format : out Gint; Data : out Guchar_Array_Access; Success : out Boolean); procedure Change (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Property : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; The_Type : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; Format : Gint; Mode : Gdk_Prop_Mode; Data : Guchar_Array); procedure Delete (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Property : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom); private pragma Import (C, Delete, "gdk_property_delete"); end Gdk.Property; -- missing: -- gdk_text_property_to_text_list -- gdk_text_property_to_utf8_list -- gdk_utf8_to_string_target -- gdk_utf8_to_compound_text -- gdk_free_text_list -- gdk_string_to_compound_text -- gdk_free_compound_text gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-display_manager.ads0000644000076700001450000000434212533067541020751 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Display; use Gdk.Display; package Gdk.Display_Manager is type Display_Manager is new Glib.C_Proxy; function Display_Manager_Get return Display_Manager; -- Return the global Display Manager. -- This function must be called after the initial call to Gtk.Main.Init. procedure Set_Default_Display (Manager : Display_Manager; Display : Gdk_Display); -- Set Display as the default display. private pragma Import (C, Display_Manager_Get, "gdk_display_manager_get"); end Gdk.Display_Manager; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-printing.ads0000644000076700001450000002342012533067541020130 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package provides a ready-to-use high level printing object. -- Use functionality from Gtk.Print_Operation to manipulate the -- printing object, and the functionality in this package to provide -- the handlers for the printing operation. -- -- Typically, to use this high-level printing API: -- - derive from the Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record object -- - override the Draw_Page operation -- - (optional) override any other operation useful to you -- - start the print operation by -- - first setting the number of pages through Set_N_Pages -- - then calling Connect_And_Run. -- A dialog will be displayed, letting the user select a printer and options. -- When the user finishes the dialog, various signals will be emitted on the -- Gtkada_Print_Operation, which will call the operations on your object. -- -- Note: on UNIX/Linux, Gtk+ is loading at run-time the libraries for printing -- support. You will need to point the environment variable GTK_EXE_PREFIX -- to the root directory of your Gtk+ install before calling Connect_And_Run. -- -- -- -- -- Create a derived type -- -- type Print_Op_Record is new Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record -- with record -- My_Data : My_Type; -- end record; -- type Print_Op_Access is access all Print_Op_Record'Class; -- -- -- Override Draw_Page -- -- procedure Draw_Page -- (Print_Operation : access Print_Op_Record; -- Context : Gtk_Print_Context; -- Page_Num : Gint) -- is -- Cr : Cairo_Context; -- begin -- Cr := Get_Cairo_Context (Context); -- -- -- Do drawing here -- -- end Draw_Page; -- -- -- -- Do the printing -- declare -- Print_Op : Print_Op_Access; -- Result : Gtk_Print_Operation_Result; -- begin -- -- Initialize -- Print_Op := new Print_Op_Record; -- Print_Op.My_Data := Some_Data; -- -- -- Set the number of pages to print -- Set_N_Pages (Print_Op, 2); -- -- -- Launch the printing -- Result := Connect_And_Run -- (Print_Op, Action_Print_Dialog, Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Frame))); -- end; -- -- -- Miscellaneous with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; with Gtk.Page_Setup; use Gtk.Page_Setup; with Gtk.Print_Context; use Gtk.Print_Context; with Gtk.Print_Operation; use Gtk.Print_Operation; with Gtk.Print_Operation_Preview; use Gtk.Print_Operation_Preview; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; package Gtkada.Printing is type Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record is new Gtk_Print_Operation_Record with private; type Gtkada_Print_Operation is access all Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; procedure Gtk_New (Op : out Gtkada_Print_Operation); procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class); -- Initialize the print operation function Connect_And_Run (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record'Class; Action : Gtk_Print_Operation_Action; Parent : access Gtk_Window_Record'Class; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Gtk_Print_Operation_Result; -- Runs the print operation, using the handlers installed in Op. -- See Gtk.Print_Operations.Run. ------------------------- -- Printing operations -- ------------------------- -- The following primitive operations are called by the printing procedure. -- By default, these operations do nothing. -- It is mandatory to override Draw_Page, the other callbacks are optional. procedure Draw_Page (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Number : Gint); -- Called for every page that is printed. This handler must render the -- page Page_Number onto the cairo context obtained from Context using -- Gtk.Print_Context.Get_Cairo_Context. -- -- Use Gtk.Print_Operation.Set_Use_Full_Page and -- Gtk.Print_Operation.Set_Unit before starting the print operation to set -- up the transformation of the cairo context according to your needs. -- -- This is the main printing handler. This has to be overriden for the -- printing operation to work. procedure Begin_Print (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context); -- Called after the user has finished changing print settings in the -- dialog, before the actual rendering starts. -- -- A typical use is to use the parameters from the -- Gtk_Print_Context and paginate the document accordingly, and then -- set the number of pages with Gtk.Print_Operation.Set_N_Pages. procedure Done (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Result : Gtk_Print_Operation_Result); -- Called when the print operation run has finished doing everything -- required for printing. -- -- Result gives you information about what happened during the run. -- If Result is Result_Error then you can call Get_Error for more -- information. -- -- If you enabled print status tracking then -- Gtk.Print_Operation.Is_Finished may still return False after -- done was emitted. procedure End_Print (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context); -- Called after all pages have been rendered. -- -- This handler can clean up any resources that have been allocated -- in Begin_Print. function Paginate (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context) return Boolean; -- Called after the "begin-print" signal, but before the actual rendering -- starts. It keeps getting called until it returns True. -- -- The "paginate" signal is intended to be used for paginating a document -- in small chunks, to avoid blocking the user interface for a long -- time. This function should update the number of pages using -- Gtk.Print_Operation.Set_N_Pages, and return True if the document -- has been completely paginated. -- -- If you don't need to do pagination in chunks, you can simply do -- it all in the "begin-print" handler, and set the number of pages -- from there. function Preview (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Preview : Gtk_Print_Operation_Preview; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Parent : Gtk_Window) return Boolean; -- Called when a preview is requested from the native dialog. -- This should return True if the in order to take over control of the -- preview. -- -- The default handler for this signal uses an external viewer -- application to preview. -- -- To implement a custom print preview, the overridden implementation -- should return True -- In order to use the provided Context for the preview implementation, it -- must be given a suitable cairo context with Set_Cairo_Context. -- -- The custom preview implementation can use -- Gtk.Print_Operation_Preview.Is_Selected and -- Gtk.Print_Operation_Preview.Render_Page to find pages which -- are selected for print and render them. The preview must be -- finished by calling Gtk.Print_Operation_Preview.End_Preview -- (typically in response to the user clicking a close button). procedure Request_Page_Setup (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record; Context : Gtk_Print_Context; Page_Number : Gint; Setup : Gtk_Page_Setup); -- Called once for every page that is printed, to give the application -- a chance to modify the page setup. Any changes done to setup will be -- in force only for printing this page. procedure Status_Changed (Op : access Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record); -- Called between the various phases of the print operation. -- See Gtk_Print_Status for the phases that are being discriminated. -- Use Gtk.Print_Operation.Get_Status to find out the current -- status. private type Gtkada_Print_Operation_Record is new Gtk_Print_Operation_Record with null record; end Gtkada.Printing; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-font_options.adb0000644000076700001450000000417712533067541020650 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo.Font_Options is ----------- -- Equal -- ----------- function Equal (Options : Cairo_Font_Options; Other : Cairo_Font_Options) return Boolean is function Internal (Options, Other : Cairo_Font_Options) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_font_options_equal"); begin return Internal (Options, Other) /= 0; end Equal; end Cairo.Font_Options; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-arguments.ads0000644000076700001450000002674112533067541017646 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package is obsolete and replaced by Glib.Values. -- Future versions of GtkAda will no longer provide this package. -- -- This package provides a convenient interface to C, providing easy -- conversion from a C's (void*) pointer to any Ada type used in -- GtkAda. Although this package has been designed to be easily -- reusable by being as general as possible, these functions are mainly -- used when writing callbacks and/or marshallers (see Gtk.Marshallers -- and Gtk.Handlers). -- -- Therefore, the main type in this package is Gtk_Args, which is the -- equivalent of the C's (GtkArg*) array, i.e an array of unions. This -- package provides functions to extract the values from this type. -- -- 2.8.17 -- Signal handling with Cairo.Region; with Glib.Values; with Glib.Object; with Glib.Types; with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Print_Operation; with Gtk.Status_Bar; with Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Widget; package Gtk.Arguments is -- Do not create automatic documentation for this package subtype Gtk_Args is Glib.Values.GValues; -- This type represents a table of arguments. Each argument of the -- table can be of any type. You can access them through one of the -- To_* functions found below. The index of the first element is -- always 1. function Make_Args (Nb : Guint; Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues) return Gtk_Args renames Glib.Values.Make_Values; -- Build a Gtk_Args structure from the given C array. Nb should be the -- number of elements in the Args array. --------------------------------------------------- -- Conversion functions, interfacing to Gtk_Args -- --------------------------------------------------- function To_Gint (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gint; function To_Guint (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Guint; function To_Boolean (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Boolean; function To_Event (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; function To_String (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return UTF8_String; function To_Notebook_Page (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gtk_Notebook_Page; function To_Address (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return System.Address; function To_C_Proxy (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Glib.C_Proxy; function To_Object (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Glib.Object.GObject; -- This function can return null, if the C object was not created. function To_Requisition (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Requisition_Access; function To_Allocation (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Allocation_Access; function Unchecked_To_Boolean (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Boolean; function Unchecked_To_Address (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return System.Address; function Unchecked_To_Object (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Glib.Object.GObject; function Unchecked_To_Interface (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Glib.Types.GType_Interface; function Unchecked_To_Gint (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gint; function Unchecked_To_Gint_Access (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return access Gint; function Unchecked_To_Gdouble (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gdouble; function Unchecked_To_Gdouble_Access (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return access Gdouble; function Unchecked_To_Guint (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Guint; function Unchecked_To_Context_Id (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gtk.Status_Bar.Context_Id; function Unchecked_To_UTF8_String (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return UTF8_String; function Unchecked_To_Gdk_RGBA (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Key_Type (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Button is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Owner_Change is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Owner_Change); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Scroll is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Scroll); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Any is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Any); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Configure is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Configure); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Crossing is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Crossing); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Expose is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Expose); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Focus is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Focus); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Grab_Broken is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Grab_Broken); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Key is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Key); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Motion is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Motion); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Property is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Property); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Proximity is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Proximity); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Selection is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Selection); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Visibility is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Visibility); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Event_Window_State is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Window_State); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Movement_Step is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Movement_Step); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Drag_Result is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Drag_Result); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_State_Flags is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_State_Flags); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_State_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_State_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Scroll_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Scroll_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Text_Direction is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Text_Direction); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Direction_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Direction_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Widget_Help_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Help_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Delete_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Delete_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Menu_Direction_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Menu_Direction_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Orientation is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Notebook_Tab is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Notebook.Gtk_Notebook_Tab); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Toolbar_Style is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Toolbar_Style); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Scroll_Step is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Scroll_Step); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Response_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Dialog.Gtk_Response_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Print_Operation_Result is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.Print_Operation.Gtk_Print_Operation_Result); function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Modifier_Type is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Entry_Icon_Position is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Gtk.GEntry.Gtk_Entry_Icon_Position); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Text_Iter is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gtk.Text_Iter.Gtk_Text_Iter); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Tree_Iter is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter); function Unchecked_To_Gtk_Tree_Model is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model); function Unchecked_To_Param_Spec is new Glib.Values.Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Glib.Param_Spec); function Unchecked_To_Cairo_Context (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Cairo.Cairo_Context; function Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int_Access (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return access Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int; function Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int; pragma Inline (Unchecked_To_Object); pragma Inline (Unchecked_To_Boolean); pragma Inline (Unchecked_To_Gint); pragma Inline (Unchecked_To_Guint); pragma Inline (Unchecked_To_UTF8_String); -- Return the num-value (starting at 0) in Args. -- These functions are unsafe and do not check that Args contains at least -- Num values. -- The names are directly the ones needed by gtk+ as described in its GIR -- files, and as generated automatically by GtkAda. private pragma Inline (To_Gint); pragma Inline (To_Guint); pragma Inline (To_Boolean); pragma Inline (To_Object); pragma Inline (To_Event); pragma Inline (To_String); -- end Gtk.Arguments; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-visual.adb0000644000076700001450000001311712533067541017074 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Pointers; package body Gdk.Visual is type Aliased_Gint_Array is array (Natural range <>) of aliased Gint; package Gint_Ptr is new Interfaces.C.Pointers (Index => Natural, Element => Gint, Element_Array => Aliased_Gint_Array, Default_Terminator => 0); type Aliased_Visual_Type_Array is array (Natural range <>) of aliased Gdk_Visual_Type; package Visual_Type_Ptr is new Interfaces.C.Pointers (Index => Natural, Element => Gdk_Visual_Type, Element_Array => Aliased_Visual_Type_Array, Default_Terminator => Visual_Static_Gray); -------------- -- Get_Best -- -------------- function Get_Best return Gdk_Visual is function Internal return Gdk_Visual; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_visual_get_best"); begin return Internal; end Get_Best; procedure Get_Best (Visual : out Gdk_Visual) is begin Visual := Get_Best; end Get_Best; function Get_Best (Depth : Gint) return Gdk_Visual is function Internal (Depth : Gint) return Gdk_Visual; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth"); begin return Internal (Depth); end Get_Best; function Get_Best (Visual_Type : Gdk_Visual_Type) return Gdk_Visual is function Internal (Visual_Type : Gdk_Visual_Type) return Gdk_Visual; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_visual_get_best_with_type"); begin return Internal (Visual_Type); end Get_Best; function Get_Best (Depth : Gint; Visual_Type : Gdk_Visual_Type) return Gdk_Visual is function Internal (Depth : Gint; Visual_Type : Gdk_Visual_Type) return Gdk_Visual; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_visual_get_best_with_both"); begin return Internal (Depth, Visual_Type); end Get_Best; ------------------ -- List_Visuals -- ------------------ function List_Visuals return Gdk_Visual_List.Glist is function Internal return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_list_visuals"); Result : Gdk_Visual_List.Glist; begin Gdk_Visual_List.Set_Object (Result, Internal); return Result; end List_Visuals; ------------------ -- Query_Depths -- ------------------ function Query_Depths return Gint_Array is procedure Internal (Depths : out Gint_Ptr.Pointer; Count : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_query_depths"); Internal_Result : Gint_Ptr.Pointer; Count : Gint; begin Internal (Internal_Result, Count); declare Temp : constant Aliased_Gint_Array := Gint_Ptr.Value (Ref => Internal_Result, Length => Interfaces.C.ptrdiff_t (Count)); Result : Gint_Array (1 .. Temp'Length); begin for Index in Temp'Range loop Result (Result'First + Index - Temp'First) := Temp (Index); end loop; return Result; end; end Query_Depths; ------------------------ -- Query_Visual_Types -- ------------------------ function Query_Visual_Types return Gdk_Visual_Type_Array is procedure Internal (Visual_Type : out Visual_Type_Ptr.Pointer; Count : out Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_query_visual_types"); Internal_Result : Visual_Type_Ptr.Pointer; Count : Gint; begin Internal (Internal_Result, Count); declare Temp : constant Aliased_Visual_Type_Array := Visual_Type_Ptr.Value (Ref => Internal_Result, Length => Interfaces.C.ptrdiff_t (Count)); Result : Gdk_Visual_Type_Array (1 .. Temp'Length); begin for Index in Temp'Range loop Result (Result'First + Index - Temp'First) := Temp (Index); end loop; return Result; end; end Query_Visual_Types; end Gdk.Visual; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-key_file.ads0000644000076700001450000004623512533067541017560 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- G_Key_File lets you parse, edit or create files containing groups of -- key-value pairs, which we call key files for lack of a better name. Several -- freedesktop.org specifications use key files now, e.g the Desktop Entry -- Specification and the Icon Theme Specification. -- -- The syntax of key files is described in detail in the Desktop Entry -- Specification, here is a quick summary: Key files consists of groups of -- key-value pairs, interspersed with comments. -- -- # this is just an example -- # there can be comments before the first group -- [First Group] -- Name=Key File Example\tthis value shows\nescaping -- # localized strings are stored in multiple key-value pairs -- Welcome=Hello -- Welcome[de]=Hallo -- Welcome[fr_FR]=Bonjour -- Welcome[it]=Ciao -- Welcome[be@latin]=Hello -- [Another Group] -- Numbers=2;20;-200;0 -- Booleans=true;false;true;true -- -- Groups are started by a header line containing the group name enclosed in -- '[' and ']', and ended implicitly by the start of the next group or the end -- of the file. Each key-value pair must be contained in a group. -- -- Key-value pairs generally have the form key=value, with the exception of -- localized strings, which have the form key[locale]=value, with a locale -- identifier of the form lang_COUNTRYMODIFIER where COUNTRY and MODIFIER are -- optional. Space before and after the '=' character are ignored. Newline, -- tab, carriage return and backslash characters in value are escaped as \n, -- \t, \r, and \\, respectively. To preserve leading spaces in values, these -- can also be escaped as \s. -- -- Key files can store strings (possibly with localized variants), integers, -- booleans and lists of these. Lists are separated by a separator character, -- typically ';' or ','. To use the list separator character in a value in a -- list, it has to be escaped by prefixing it with a backslash. -- -- This syntax is obviously inspired by the .ini files commonly met on -- Windows, but there are some important differences: -- -- .ini files use the ';' character to begin comments, key files use the '#' -- character. -- -- Key files do not allow for ungrouped keys meaning only comments can -- precede the first group. -- -- Key files are always encoded in UTF-8. -- -- Key and Group names are case-sensitive, for example a group called [GROUP] -- is a different group from [group]. -- -- .ini files don't have a strongly typed boolean entry type, they only have -- GetProfileInt. In G_Key_File only true and false (in lower case) are -- allowed. -- -- Note that in contrast to the Desktop Entry Specification, groups in key -- files may contain the same key multiple times; the last entry wins. Key -- files may also contain multiple groups with the same name; they are merged -- together. Another difference is that keys and group names in key files are -- not restricted to ASCII characters. -- -- 2.16.6 with GNAT.Strings; with Glib.Error; package Glib.Key_File is type G_Key_File is new Glib.C_Proxy; type G_Key_File_Error is (Error_Unknown_Encoding, Error_Parse, Error_Not_Found, Error_Key_Not_Found, Error_Group_Not_Found, Error_Invalid_Value); pragma Convention (C, G_Key_File_Error); type G_Key_File_Flags is (None, Keep_Comments, Keep_Translations); pragma Convention (C, G_Key_File_Flags); -- Constants for handling freedesktop.org Desktop files Desktop_Group : constant String := "Desktop Entry"; Desktop_Key_Type : constant String := "Type"; Desktop_Key_Version : constant String := "Version"; Desktop_Key_Name : constant String := "Name"; Desktop_Key_Generic_Name : constant String := "GenericName"; Desktop_Key_No_Display : constant String := "NoDisplay"; Desktop_Key_Comment : constant String := "Comment"; Desktop_Key_Icon : constant String := "Icon"; Desktop_Key_Hidden : constant String := "Hidden"; Desktop_Key_Only_Show_In : constant String := "OnlyShowIn"; Desktop_Key_Not_Show_In : constant String := "NotShowIn"; Desktop_Key_Try_Exec : constant String := "TryExec"; Desktop_Key_Exec : constant String := "Exec"; Desktop_Key_Path : constant String := "Path"; Desktop_Key_Terminal : constant String := "Terminal"; Desktop_Key_Mime_Type : constant String := "MimeType"; Desktop_Key_Categories : constant String := "Categories"; Desktop_Key_Startup_Notify : constant String := "StartupNotify"; Desktop_Key_Startup_Wm_Class : constant String := "StartupWMClass"; Desktop_Key_Url : constant String := "URL"; Desktop_Type_Application : constant String := "Application"; Desktop_Type_Link : constant String := "Link"; Desktop_Type_Directory : constant String := "Directory"; function Error_Quark return GQuark; procedure Gtk_New (Key_File : out G_Key_File); -- Creates a new empty G_Key_File object. Use Load_From_File, -- Load_From_Data, Load_From_Dirs or Load_From_Data_Dirs to read an -- existing key file. procedure Free (Key_File : in out G_Key_File); -- Frees a G_Key_File. procedure Set_List_Separator (Key_File : G_Key_File; Separator : Gchar); -- Sets the character which is used to separate -- values in lists. Typically ';' or ',' are used -- as separators. The default list separator is ';'. function To_Data (Key_File : G_Key_File) return String; -- Output Key_File as a String. ------------ -- Groups -- ------------ function Get_Start_Group (Key_File : G_Key_File) return String; -- Returns the name of the start group of the file. function Get_Groups (Key_File : G_Key_File) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; -- Returns all groups in the key file loaded with Key_File. function Has_Group (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String) return Boolean; -- Looks whether the key file has the group Group_Name. function Remove_Group (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- Removes the specified group, Group_Name, from the key file. -- Returns True if the group was removed, False otherwise. ---------- -- Keys -- ---------- function Get_Keys (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; -- Returns all keys for the group name Group_Name. In the event that the -- Group_Name cannot be found, an empty list is returned and Error is set -- to Error_Group_Not_Found. function Has_Key (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- Looks whether the key file has the key Key in the group Group_Name. function Remove_Key (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- Removes Key in Group_Name from the key file. -- Returns True if the key was removed, False otherwise. -------------- -- Comments -- -------------- function Get_Comment (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return String; function Set_Comment (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String := ""; Comment : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; function Remove_Comment (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String := ""; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- Places a comment above Key from Group_Name. -- If Key is null then Comment will be removed/written above Group_Name. -- If both Key and Group_Name are null, then Comment will be -- removed/written above the first group in the file. -- -- Returns whether the operation was successful. ------------- -- Boolean -- ------------- function Get_Boolean (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; procedure Set_Boolean (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : Boolean); -- Association of a boolean value with Key under Group_Name. -- -- Set_Boolean creates a key if Key cannot be found. -- -- Get_Boolean returns the value associated with Key under Group_Name as a -- boolean. If Key cannot be found then False is returned and error is set -- to Error_Not_Found. Likewise, if the value associated with Key cannot be -- interpreted as a boolean then False is returned and error is set to -- Error_Invalid_Value. type Boolean_List is array (Integer range <>) of Boolean; function Get_Boolean_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean_List; procedure Set_Boolean_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : Boolean_List); -- Associates a list of boolean values with Key under Group_Name. -- If Key cannot be found then it is created. -- If Group_Name is "", the start_group is used. ---------------------- -- Gdouble (Double) -- ---------------------- function Get_Double (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Gdouble; procedure Set_Double (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : Gdouble); -- Association of a double value with Key under Group_Name. -- -- Set_Double creates a key if Key cannot be found. -- -- Get_Double returns the value associated with Key under Group_Name as a -- double. If Group_Name is "", the start_group is used. -- -- If Key cannot be found then 0.0 is returned and error is set to -- Error_Key_Not_Found. Likewise, if the value associated -- with Key cannot be interpreted as a double then 0.0 is returned -- and error is set to Error_Invalid_Value. type Double_List is array (Integer range <>) of Gdouble; pragma Convention (C, Double_List); function Get_Double_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Double_List; procedure Set_Double_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : Double_List); -- Associates a list of double values with Key under -- Group_Name. If Key cannot be found then it is created. -------------------- -- Gint (Integer) -- -------------------- function Get_Integer (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Gint; procedure Set_Integer (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : Gint); -- Association of an integer value with Key under Group_Name. -- -- Set_Integer creates a key if Key cannot be found. -- -- If Get_Integer cannot find Key then 0 is returned and Error is set to -- Error_Key_Not_Found. Likewise, if the value associated -- with Key cannot be interpreted as an integer then 0 is returned -- and error is set to Error_Invalid_Value. type Integer_List is array (Integer range <>) of Gint; pragma Convention (C, Integer_List); function Get_Integer_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Integer_List; procedure Set_Integer_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : Integer_List); -- Associates a list of integer values with Key under Group_Name. -- If Key cannot be found then it is created. ------------ -- String -- ------------ function Get_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return String; procedure Set_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; The_String : String); -- Associates a new string value with Key under Group_Name. -- If Key cannot be found then it is created. -- If Group_Name cannot be found then it is created. -- Unlike Set_Value, this function handles characters -- that need escaping, such as newlines. function Get_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; procedure Set_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : GNAT.Strings.String_List); -- Associates a list of string values for Key under Group_Name. -- If Key cannot be found then it is created. -- If Group_Name cannot be found then it is created. ----------- -- Value -- ----------- function Get_Value (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return String; procedure Set_Value (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : String); -- Associates a new value with Key under Group_Name. -- -- If Key cannot be found then it is created. If Group_Name cannot -- be found then it is created. To set an UTF-8 string which may contain -- characters that need escaping (such as newlines or spaces), use -- Set_String. ------------- -- Loading -- ------------- function Load_From_Data (Key_File : G_Key_File; Data : String; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- Loads Data (which holds the contents of a key file) into an empty -- G_Key_File structure. If the object cannot be created then Error -- is set to a G_Key_File_Error. -- -- Returns True if a key file could be loaded, False otherwise function Load_From_Data_Dirs (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- This function looks for a key file named File in the paths -- returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs() -- and loads the file into Key_File. If the file could not be loaded -- then Error is set to either a G_File_Error or G_Key_File_Error. -- -- Returns True if a key file could be loaded, False otherwise function Load_From_Dirs (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Search_Dirs : GNAT.Strings.String_List; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- This function looks for a key file named File in the paths specified -- in Search_Dirs and loads the file into Key_File. If the file could not -- be loaded then an Error is set to either a G_File_Error or -- G_Key_File_Error. -- -- Returns True if a key file could be loaded, False otherwise function Load_From_File (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean; -- Loads a key file into an empty G_Key_File structure. -- If the file could not be loaded then Error is set to -- either a G_File_Error or G_Key_File_Error. -- -- Returns True if a key file could be loaded, False otherwise ------------- -- Locales -- ------------- function Get_Locale_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Locale : String) return String; procedure Set_Locale_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Locale : String; The_String : String); -- Associates a string value for Key and Locale under Group_Name. -- If the translation for Key cannot be found then it is created. function Get_Locale_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Locale : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; procedure Set_Locale_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Locale : String; List : GNAT.Strings.String_List); -- Associates a list of string values for Key and Locale under -- Group_Name. If the translation for Key cannot be found then -- it is created. private pragma Import (C, Error_Quark, "g_key_file_error_quark"); pragma Import (C, Free, "g_key_file_free"); pragma Import (C, Set_List_Separator, "g_key_file_set_list_separator"); end Glib.Key_File; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-graphs.adb0000644000076700001450000006650712533067541017240 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Unchecked_Deallocation; package body Glib.Graphs is type Search_Color is (White, Gray, Black); type Color_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Search_Color; procedure Move_To_Next (E : in out Edge_Iterator); -- nove the next matching edge, starting at the one pointed to by E -- E should be the first potential candidate for the next item (ie should -- already have been moved to the next edge). ------------------ -- Set_Directed -- ------------------ procedure Set_Directed (G : in out Graph; Directed : Boolean) is begin G.Directed := Directed; end Set_Directed; ----------------- -- Is_Directed -- ----------------- function Is_Directed (G : Graph) return Boolean is begin return G.Directed; end Is_Directed; --------------- -- Get_Index -- --------------- function Get_Index (V : access Vertex) return Natural is begin return V.Index; end Get_Index; --------------- -- Max_Index -- --------------- function Max_Index (G : Graph) return Natural is begin return G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1; end Max_Index; ---------------- -- Add_Vertex -- ---------------- procedure Add_Vertex (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) is begin V.Index := G.Last_Vertex_Index; G.Last_Vertex_Index := G.Last_Vertex_Index + 1; G.Num_Vertices := G.Num_Vertices + 1; Add (G.Vertices, V); end Add_Vertex; -------------- -- Add_Edge -- -------------- procedure Add_Edge (G : in out Graph; E : access Edge'Class; Source, Dest : access Vertex'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (G); begin pragma Assert (E.Src = null and then E.Dest = null); E.Src := Vertex_Access (Source); E.Dest := Vertex_Access (Dest); Add (Source.Out_Edges, E); Add (Dest.In_Edges, E); end Add_Edge; -------------- -- Add_Edge -- -------------- procedure Add_Edge (G : in out Graph; Source, Dest : access Vertex'Class) is E : constant Edge_Access := new Edge; begin Add_Edge (G, E, Source, Dest); end Add_Edge; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (G : in out Graph; E : access Edge'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (G); procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Edge'Class, Edge_Access); E2 : Edge_Access := Edge_Access (E); begin Remove (E.Src.Out_Edges, E); Remove (E.Dest.In_Edges, E); Destroy (E.all); Free (E2); end Remove; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- procedure Destroy (G : in out Graph) is begin Clear (G); end Destroy; ----------- -- Clear -- ----------- procedure Clear (G : in out Graph) is begin while G.Vertices /= null loop Remove (G, G.Vertices.V); end loop; end Clear; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) is procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Vertex'Class, Vertex_Access); E : Edge_Iterator; E2 : Edge_Access; V2 : Vertex_Access := Vertex_Access (V); begin -- Destroy all outgoing edges E := First (G, Src => Vertex_Access (V)); while not At_End (E) loop E2 := Get (E); Next (E); Remove (G, E2); end loop; -- Destroy all ingoing edges E := First (G, Dest => Vertex_Access (V)); while not At_End (E) loop E2 := Get (E); Next (E); Remove (G, E2); -- ??? Could be more efficient, since we have -- the pointer into the list directly end loop; -- Free the vertex Internal_Remove (G, V); Destroy (V.all); Free (V2); end Remove; --------- -- Add -- --------- procedure Add (List : in out Edge_List; E : access Edge'Class) is L : Edge_List := List; begin -- Insert the item in the list so that items with equal ends are next to -- each other. while L /= null loop if L.E.Src = E.Src and then L.E.Dest = E.Dest then L.Next := new Edge_List_Record' (E => Edge_Access (E), Next => L.Next); return; end if; L := L.Next; end loop; List := new Edge_List_Record'(E => Edge_Access (E), Next => List); end Add; --------- -- Add -- --------- procedure Add (List : in out Vertex_List; V : access Vertex'Class) is begin List := new Vertex_List_Record'(V => Vertex_Access (V), Next => List); end Add; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (List : in out Edge_List; E : access Edge'Class) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Edge_List_Record, Edge_List); Tmp : Edge_List := List; Previous : Edge_List; begin while Tmp /= null and then Tmp.E /= Edge_Access (E) loop Previous := Tmp; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; if Tmp /= null then if Previous = null then pragma Assert (Tmp = List); Previous := List; List := List.Next; Internal (Previous); else Previous.Next := Tmp.Next; Internal (Tmp); end if; end if; end Remove; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Internal_Remove (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Vertex_List_Record, Vertex_List); Tmp : Vertex_List := G.Vertices; Previous : Vertex_List := null; begin while Tmp /= null and then Tmp.V /= Vertex_Access (V) loop Previous := Tmp; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; if Tmp /= null then if Previous = null then -- The list contains only one item which is the one to be removed. -- Once it has been removed the list must be reset to null. pragma Assert (Tmp = G.Vertices, "Remove vertex"); Previous := G.Vertices; G.Vertices := G.Vertices.Next; Internal (Previous); else Previous.Next := Tmp.Next; Internal (Tmp); end if; G.Num_Vertices := G.Num_Vertices - 1; end if; end Internal_Remove; ----------- -- First -- ----------- function First (G : Graph) return Vertex_Iterator is begin return Vertex_Iterator (G.Vertices); end First; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- procedure Next (V : in out Vertex_Iterator) is begin V := Vertex_Iterator (V.Next); end Next; ------------ -- At_End -- ------------ function At_End (V : Vertex_Iterator) return Boolean is begin return V = null; end At_End; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (V : Vertex_Iterator) return Vertex_Access is begin return V.V; end Get; ----------- -- First -- ----------- function First (G : Graph; Src, Dest : Vertex_Access := null; Directed : Boolean := True) return Edge_Iterator is Va : Edge_Iterator := (Directed => Directed and then G.Directed, Repeat_Count => 1, Src => Src, Dest => Dest, Current_Vertex => null, Current_Edge => null, First_Pass => True); begin if Src /= null then -- If Src /= null and then Dest = null then -- Result is the whole list from Src.Out_Nodes -- If not directed: add to it the list of Dest.Out_Nodes -- Duplicates in the following case: a given node has two links -- to and from Src, and the graph is not oriented. -- Src <-----> B -- Elsif Src /= null and then Dest /= null then -- Result is the whole list from Src.Out_Nodes that match Dest -- If not directed: add to it the list of Dest.In_Nodes that -- match Src. -- Duplicates when there is a link from src to dest, and one from -- dest to src. Va.Current_Edge := Src.Out_Edges; elsif Dest = null then -- If Src = null and then Dest = null then -- Result is the concatenation for all edges of Edge.Out_Nodes if G.Vertices /= null then Va.Current_Vertex := G.Vertices; Va.Current_Edge := G.Vertices.V.Out_Edges; end if; else -- If Src = null and then Dest /= null then -- Result is the whole list from Dest.In_Nodes Va.Current_Edge := Dest.In_Edges; end if; Move_To_Next (Va); return Va; end First; ------------------ -- Move_To_Next -- ------------------ procedure Move_To_Next (E : in out Edge_Iterator) is begin if E.Src /= null then if E.Dest = null then if E.Current_Edge = null and then not E.Directed and then E.First_Pass then E.First_Pass := False; E.Current_Edge := E.Src.In_Edges; end if; else while E.Current_Edge /= null and then (E.First_Pass or else E.Current_Edge.E.Src /= E.Dest) and then (not E.First_Pass or else E.Current_Edge.E.Dest /= E.Dest) loop E.Current_Edge := E.Current_Edge.Next; end loop; if E.Current_Edge = null and then not E.Directed and then E.First_Pass then E.First_Pass := False; E.Current_Edge := E.Src.In_Edges; Move_To_Next (E); end if; end if; -- In the second pass, we must ignore the recursive links to the -- item, since they have already been counted. if not E.First_Pass then while E.Current_Edge /= null and then E.Current_Edge.E.Src = E.Current_Edge.E.Dest loop E.Current_Edge := E.Current_Edge.Next; end loop; end if; elsif E.Dest = null then if E.Current_Vertex /= null then while E.Current_Edge = null loop E.Current_Vertex := E.Current_Vertex.Next; exit when E.Current_Vertex = null; E.Current_Edge := E.Current_Vertex.V.Out_Edges; end loop; end if; else if E.Current_Edge = null and then not E.Directed and then E.First_Pass then E.First_Pass := False; E.Current_Edge := E.Dest.Out_Edges; end if; -- In the second pass, we must ignore the recursive links to the -- item, since they have already been counted. if not E.First_Pass then while E.Current_Edge /= null and then E.Current_Edge.E.Src = E.Current_Edge.E.Dest loop E.Current_Edge := E.Current_Edge.Next; end loop; end if; end if; end Move_To_Next; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- procedure Next (E : in out Edge_Iterator) is Save : constant Edge_Access := E.Current_Edge.E; begin E.Current_Edge := E.Current_Edge.Next; Move_To_Next (E); if E.Current_Edge /= null then if E.Current_Edge.E.Src = Save.Src and then E.Current_Edge.E.Dest = Save.Dest then E.Repeat_Count := E.Repeat_Count + 1; else E.Repeat_Count := 1; end if; else E.Repeat_Count := 1; end if; end Next; ------------ -- At_End -- ------------ function At_End (E : Edge_Iterator) return Boolean is begin return E.Current_Vertex = null and then E.Current_Edge = null; end At_End; ------------------ -- Repeat_Count -- ------------------ function Repeat_Count (E : Edge_Iterator) return Positive is begin return E.Repeat_Count; end Repeat_Count; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (E : Edge_Iterator) return Edge_Access is begin pragma Assert (not At_End (E)); return E.Current_Edge.E; end Get; ------------- -- Get_Src -- ------------- function Get_Src (E : access Edge) return Vertex_Access is begin return E.Src; end Get_Src; -------------- -- Get_Dest -- -------------- function Get_Dest (E : access Edge) return Vertex_Access is begin return E.Dest; end Get_Dest; -------------------------- -- Breadth_First_Search -- -------------------------- function Breadth_First_Search (G : Graph; Root : access Vertex'Class) return Breadth_Vertices_Array is Colors : Color_Array (0 .. G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1) := (others => White); Distances : array (0 .. G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1) of Natural := (others => Natural'Last); Predecessors : Vertices_Array (0 .. G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1) := (others => null); Queue : Vertices_Array (0 .. G.Num_Vertices - 1); Queue_Index : Integer := 0; Queue_First : Integer := 0; Result : Breadth_Vertices_Array (0 .. G.Num_Vertices - 1); Result_Index : Natural := 0; V, U : Vertex_Access; Eit : Edge_Iterator; begin -- Initialize the root Distances (Root.Index) := 0; Queue (Queue_Index) := Vertex_Access (Root); Queue_Index := Queue_Index + 1; while Queue_First < Queue_Index loop U := Queue (Queue_First); Eit := First (G, Src => U); while not At_End (Eit) loop V := Get_Dest (Get (Eit)); if V = U then V := Get_Src (Get (Eit)); end if; if Colors (V.Index) = White then Colors (V.Index) := Gray; Distances (V.Index) := Distances (U.Index) + 1; Predecessors (V.Index) := U; Queue (Queue_Index) := V; Queue_Index := Queue_Index + 1; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; Queue_First := Queue_First + 1; Colors (U.Index) := Black; Result (Result_Index) := (U, Distances (U.Index), Predecessors (U.Index)); Result_Index := Result_Index + 1; end loop; return Result (Result'First .. Result_Index - 1); end Breadth_First_Search; ------------------------ -- Depth_First_Search -- ------------------------ function Depth_First_Search (G : Graph) return Depth_Vertices_Array is Acyclic : aliased Boolean; begin return Depth_First_Search (G, Acyclic'Access); end Depth_First_Search; ------------------------ -- Depth_First_Search -- ------------------------ function Depth_First_Search (G : Graph; Acyclic : access Boolean; Reverse_Edge_Cb : Reverse_Edge_Callback := null; Force_Undirected : Boolean := False) return Depth_Vertices_Array is Colors : Color_Array (0 .. G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1) := (others => White); Result : Depth_Vertices_Array (0 .. G.Num_Vertices - 1); Result_Index : Integer := Result'Last; Time : Natural := 0; procedure Depth_First_Visit (U : Vertex_Access; Predecessor : Vertex_Access; Edge : Edge_Access); -- Process the node U procedure Depth_First_Visit (U : Vertex_Access; Predecessor : Vertex_Access; Edge : Edge_Access) is V : Vertex_Access; Eit : Edge_Iterator; Start_Search : constant Integer := Time + 1; begin Colors (U.Index) := Gray; Time := Time + 1; Eit := First (G, Src => U, Directed => not Force_Undirected); while not At_End (Eit) loop V := Get_Dest (Get (Eit)); if V = U then V := Get_Src (Get (Eit)); end if; if Colors (V.Index) = White then -- ??? Would be nice to have a non-recursive implementation, to -- ??? support larger graphs Depth_First_Visit (V, Predecessor => U, Edge => Get (Eit)); Next (Eit); elsif not Force_Undirected and then Colors (V.Index) = Gray then -- Make the graph acyclic by reversing the edge. if Reverse_Edge_Cb /= null then declare E : constant Edge_Access := Get (Eit); begin -- We need to first move the iterator, otherwise it will -- become invalid when the two edges have been reversed. Next (Eit); Reverse_Edge_Cb (G, E); end; else Acyclic.all := False; Next (Eit); end if; else Next (Eit); end if; end loop; Colors (U.Index) := Black; Time := Time + 1; Result (Result_Index) := (U, First_Discovered => Start_Search, End_Search => Time, Predecessor => Predecessor, Edge => Edge); Result_Index := Result_Index - 1; end Depth_First_Visit; U : Vertex_List; begin Acyclic.all := True; U := G.Vertices; while U /= null loop if Colors (U.V.Index) = White then Depth_First_Visit (U.V, Predecessor => null, Edge => null); end if; U := U.Next; end loop; return Result; end Depth_First_Search; ---------------- -- Is_Acyclic -- ---------------- function Is_Acyclic (G : Graph) return Boolean is Colors : Color_Array (0 .. G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1) := (others => White); Acyclic : Boolean := True; procedure Depth_First_Visit (U : Vertex_Access); -- Process the node U procedure Depth_First_Visit (U : Vertex_Access) is V : Vertex_Access; Eit : Edge_Iterator; begin Colors (U.Index) := Gray; Eit := First (G, Src => U); while not At_End (Eit) loop V := Get_Dest (Get (Eit)); if V = U then V := Get_Src (Get (Eit)); end if; if Colors (V.Index) = White then Depth_First_Visit (V); if not Acyclic then return; end if; elsif Colors (V.Index) = Gray then Acyclic := False; return; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; Colors (U.Index) := Black; end Depth_First_Visit; U : Vertex_List; begin pragma Assert (G.Directed); U := G.Vertices; while U /= null loop if Colors (U.V.Index) = White then Depth_First_Visit (U.V); end if; U := U.Next; end loop; return Acyclic; end Is_Acyclic; ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (List : in out Connected_Component_List) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Connected_Component, Connected_Component_List); L : Connected_Component_List; begin while List /= null loop L := List.Next; Internal (List); List := L; end loop; end Free; ----------------------------------- -- Strongly_Connected_Components -- ----------------------------------- function Strongly_Connected_Components (G : Graph) return Connected_Component_List is begin return Strongly_Connected_Components (G, Depth_First_Search (G)); end Strongly_Connected_Components; ----------------------------------- -- Strongly_Connected_Components -- ----------------------------------- -- Basically, we do another depth-first search, but on the transpose of -- G (i.e with all edges inverted). function Strongly_Connected_Components (G : Graph; DFS : Depth_Vertices_Array) return Connected_Component_List is Colors : Color_Array (0 .. G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1) := (others => White); Result : Vertices_Array (0 .. G.Num_Vertices - 1); Result_Index : Integer := Result'Last; procedure Depth_First_Visit (U : Vertex_Access); -- Process the node U procedure Depth_First_Visit (U : Vertex_Access) is V : Vertex_Access; Eit : Edge_Iterator; begin Colors (U.Index) := Gray; Eit := First (G, Dest => U); while not At_End (Eit) loop V := Get_Src (Get (Eit)); if V = U then V := Get_Dest (Get (Eit)); end if; if Colors (V.Index) = White then -- ??? Would be nice to have a non-recursive implementation, to -- ??? support larger graphs Depth_First_Visit (V); end if; Next (Eit); end loop; Colors (U.Index) := Black; Result (Result_Index) := U; Result_Index := Result_Index - 1; end Depth_First_Visit; List : Connected_Component_List := null; begin pragma Assert (G.Directed); for U in DFS'Range loop if Colors (DFS (U).Vertex.Index) = White then Depth_First_Visit (DFS (U).Vertex); List := new Connected_Component' (Num_Vertices => Result'Last - Result_Index, Vertices => Result (Result_Index + 1 .. Result'Last), Next => List); Result_Index := Result'Last; end if; end loop; return List; end Strongly_Connected_Components; ------------- -- Kruskal -- ------------- function Kruskal (G : Graph) return Edges_Array is Result : Edges_Array (0 .. G.Num_Vertices - 2); Result_Index : Natural := Result'First; Eit : Edge_Iterator; U, V : Vertex_Access; Sets : array (0 .. G.Last_Vertex_Index - 1) of Natural; -- This is used to represent the sets that will contain the -- vertices. Probably not the fastest method (the union operation is -- quite slow), but the easiest to implement. V_Set : Natural; begin -- First put all vertices in their own set for S in Sets'Range loop Sets (S) := S; end loop; -- ??? Should sort the edges by increasing weight -- ??? and do the loop in that order Eit := First (G, Src => Vertex_Access'(null)); while not At_End (Eit) loop U := Get_Src (Get (Eit)); V := Get_Dest (Get (Eit)); if Sets (U.Index) /= Sets (V.Index) then Result (Result_Index) := Get (Eit); Result_Index := Result_Index + 1; -- Merge the two sets V_Set := Sets (V.Index); for S in Sets'Range loop if Sets (S) = V_Set then Sets (S) := Sets (U.Index); end if; end loop; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; return Result; end Kruskal; ------------ -- Length -- ------------ function Length (List : Edge_List) return Natural is E : Edge_List := List; Count : Natural := 0; begin while E /= null loop Count := Count + 1; E := E.Next; end loop; return Count; end Length; --------------- -- In_Degree -- --------------- function In_Degree (G : Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) return Natural is pragma Unreferenced (G); begin return Length (V.In_Edges); end In_Degree; ---------------- -- Out_Degree -- ---------------- function Out_Degree (G : Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) return Natural is pragma Unreferenced (G); begin return Length (V.Out_Edges); end Out_Degree; ------------------- -- Move_To_Front -- ------------------- procedure Move_To_Front (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) is Iter : Vertex_List := G.Vertices; Tmp : Vertex_List; begin -- No or only one item => nothing to do if G.Vertices = null or else G.Vertices.V = Vertex_Access (V) or else G.Vertices.Next = null then return; end if; while Iter.Next /= null and then Iter.Next.V /= Vertex_Access (V) loop Iter := Iter.Next; end loop; if Iter.Next /= null then Tmp := Iter.Next; Iter.Next := Tmp.Next; Tmp.Next := G.Vertices; G.Vertices := Tmp; end if; end Move_To_Front; ------------------ -- Move_To_Back -- ------------------ procedure Move_To_Back (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) is Iter : Vertex_List; Old : Vertex_List := null; begin if G.Vertices = null or else G.Vertices.Next = null then return; end if; if G.Vertices.V = Vertex_Access (V) then Old := G.Vertices; G.Vertices := G.Vertices.Next; end if; Iter := G.Vertices; while Iter.Next /= null loop if Iter.Next.V = Vertex_Access (V) then Old := Iter.Next; Iter.Next := Old.Next; else Iter := Iter.Next; end if; end loop; if Old /= null then Old.Next := null; Iter.Next := Old; end if; end Move_To_Back; ----------------- -- Revert_Edge -- ----------------- procedure Revert_Edge (G : Graph; E : Edge_Access) is pragma Unreferenced (G); Src : constant Vertex_Access := E.Src; Dest : constant Vertex_Access := E.Dest; begin Remove (E.Src.Out_Edges, E); Remove (E.Dest.In_Edges, E); E.Src := Dest; E.Dest := Src; Add (E.Src.Out_Edges, E); Add (E.Dest.In_Edges, E); end Revert_Edge; end Glib.Graphs; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-bindings.ads0000644000076700001450000002200312533067541017421 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Gtk_Bindings provides a mechanism for configuring Gtk+ key bindings through -- RC files. This eases key binding adjustments for application developers as -- well as users and provides Gtk+ users or administrators with high key -- binding configurability which requires no application or toolkit side -- changes. -- -- Installing a key binding -- ======================== -- -- A resource file binding consists of a 'binding' definition and a match -- statement to apply the binding to specific widget types. Details on the -- matching mechanism are described under Pathnames and patterns. Inside the -- binding definition, key combinations are bound to specific signal emissions -- on the target widget. Key combinations are strings consisting of an -- optional Gdk_Modifier_Type name and key names such as those defined in -- Gdk.Types.Keysyms or returned from gdk_keyval_name(), they have to be -- parsable by gtk_accelerator_parse(). Specifications of signal emissions -- consist of a string identifying the signal name, and a list of signal -- specific arguments in parenthesis. For example for binding Control and the -- left or right cursor keys of a Gtk_Entry widget to the -- Gtk_Entry::move-cursor signal, so movement occurs in 3 letter steps, the -- following binding can be used: -- -- binding "MoveCursor3" { -- bind "Right" { -- "move-cursor" (visual-positions, 3, 0) -- } -- bind "Left" { -- "move-cursor" (visual-positions, -3, 0) -- } -- } -- class "GtkEntry" binding "MoveCursor3" -- -- Unbinding existing key bindings -- =============================== -- -- Gtk+ already defines a number of useful bindings for the widgets it -- provides. Because custom bindings set up in RC files take precedence over -- the default bindings shipped with Gtk+, overriding existing bindings as -- demonstrated in Installing a key binding works as expected. The same -- mechanism can not be used to "unbind" existing bindings, however. -- -- binding "MoveCursor3" { -- bind "Right" { } -- bind "Left" { } -- } -- class "GtkEntry" binding "MoveCursor3" -- -- The above example will not have the desired effect of causing -- "Right" and "Left" key presses to be ignored by Gtk+. -- Instead, it just causes any existing bindings from the bindings set -- "MoveCursor3" to be deleted, so when "Right" or "Left" -- are pressed, no binding for these keys is found in binding set -- "MoveCursor3". Gtk+ will thus continue to search for matching key bindings, -- and will eventually lookup and find the default Gtk+ bindings for entries -- which implement word movement. To keep Gtk+ from activating its default -- bindings, the "unbind" keyword can be used like this: -- -- binding "MoveCursor3" { -- unbind "Right" -- unbind "Left" -- } -- class "GtkEntry" binding "MoveCursor3" -- -- Now, Gtk+ will find a match when looking up "Right" and -- "Left" key presses before it resorts to its default bindings, and -- the match instructs it to abort ("unbind") the search, so the key presses -- are not consumed by this widget. As usual, further processing of the key -- presses, e.g. by an entries parent widget, is now possible. -- -- 2.14 -- Configuration and Themes with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Types; with Glib.Object; package Gtk.Bindings is type Gtk_Binding_Set is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- A binding set maintains a list of activatable key bindings. A single -- binding set can match multiple types of widgets. Similar to styles, -- widgets can be mapped by widget name paths, widget class paths or widget -- class types. When a binding within a set is matched upon activation, an -- action signal is emitted on the target widget to carry out the actual -- activation. function Binding_Set_New (Set_Name : String) return Gtk_Binding_Set; -- Gtk+ maintains a global list of binding sets. Each binding set has a -- unique name which needs to be specified upon creation. function Binding_Set_By_Class (Object_Class : Glib.Object.GObject_Class) return Gtk_Binding_Set; -- This function returns the binding set named after the type name of the -- passed in class structure. New binding sets are created on demand by -- this function. function Binding_Set_Find (Set_Name : String) return Gtk_Binding_Set; -- Find a binding set by its globally unique name. The set_name can either -- be a name used for Binding_Set_New or the type name of a class -- used in Binding_Set_By_Class. function Activate (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type) return Boolean; -- Find a key binding matching keyval and modifiers and activate the -- binding on object. function Activate_Event (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Key) return Boolean; -- Looks up key bindings for Object to find one matching -- Event, and if one was found, activate it. -- Return value: True if a matching key binding was found function Binding_Set_Activate (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Find a key binding matching keyval and modifiers within binding_set and -- activate the binding on object. procedure Binding_Entry_Skip (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type); -- Install a binding on Binding_Set which causes key lookups -- to be aborted, to prevent bindings from lower priority sets -- to be activated. -- Since: 2.12 procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String); procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Gint); procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Boolean); procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Gint; Arg2 : Gint); -- Override or install a new key binding for keyval with modifiers on -- binding_set. When the binding is activated, signal_name will be emitted -- on the target widget, with the given arguments as argument. private pragma Import (C, Binding_Set_By_Class, "gtk_binding_set_by_class"); pragma Import (C, Binding_Entry_Skip, "gtk_binding_entry_skip"); end Gtk.Bindings; -- These are bound through our own C wrappers: -- No binding: gtk_binding_entry_add_signal -- These are internal gtk+ functions -- No binding: gtk_binding_entry_add_signall -- No binding: gtk_binding_entry_clear -- No binding: gtk_binding_entry_remove -- No binding: gtk_binding_parse_binding -- No binding: gtk_binding_set_add_path gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-file_selection.ads0000644000076700001450000000570512533067541021270 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package provides a high level support for creating file selection -- dialogs by handling the signals internally. -- -- Selectors with Glib; package Gtkada.File_Selection is function File_Selection_Dialog (Title : Glib.UTF8_String := "Select File"; Default_Dir : String := ""; Dir_Only : Boolean := False; Must_Exist : Boolean := False) return String; -- Open a file selection dialog and make it modal. -- Return when either the Cancel button is clicked or when a file is -- selected. -- Default_Dir is the directory to display in dialog initially. Note that -- it must end with a directory separator ('/' or '\', depending on your -- system). You can use GNAT.Os_Lib.Directory_Separator to get the correct -- value for your system. -- If Must_Exist is True, then the file (or directory if Dir_Only is True) -- must exist. -- If Dir_Only is True, then the dialog is modified so that the user can -- only choose a directory name, but not a file name. -- The value returned is the name of the file selected, or "" if none. end Gtkada.File_Selection; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-gnodes.adb0000644000076700001450000000761112533067541017222 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Unchecked_Conversion; package body Glib.Gnodes is --------------- -- Destroy -- --------------- procedure Destroy (Node : in out Gnode) is procedure Internal (Node : in Gnode); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_node_destroy"); begin Internal (Node); Node := null; end Destroy; ------------------- -- Is_Ancestor -- ------------------- function Is_Ancestor (Node : in Gnode; Descendant : in Gnode) return Boolean is function Internal (Node : in Gnode; Descendant : in Gnode) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_node_is_ancestor"); begin return Internal (Node, Descendant) /= 0; end Is_Ancestor; --------------- -- Is_Leaf -- --------------- function Is_Leaf (Node : in Gnode) return Boolean is function Internal (Node : in Gnode) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gnode_is_leaf"); begin return Internal (Node) /= 0; end Is_Leaf; --------------- -- Is_Root -- --------------- function Is_Root (Node : in Gnode) return Boolean is function Internal (Node : in Gnode) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gnode_is_root"); begin return Internal (Node) /= 0; end Is_Root; --------------- -- N_Nodes -- --------------- function N_Nodes (Root : in Gnode; Flags : in Glib_Traverse_Flags) return Guint is function Internal (Root : Gnode; Flags : Glib_Traverse_Flags) return Guint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_node_n_nodes"); begin return Internal (Root, Flags); end N_Nodes; ---------------- -- Gnode_Data -- ---------------- package body Gnode_Data is function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Element_Access, Gnode); ---------------- -- Glib_New -- ---------------- procedure Glib_New (Node : out Gnode; Data : in Element_Access) is begin Node := Convert (Data); end Glib_New; end Gnode_Data; end Glib.Gnodes; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-c.adb0000644000076700001450000000467212533067541016507 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Gtkada.C is ---------------------- -- Unbounded_Arrays -- ---------------------- package body Unbounded_Arrays is -------------- -- To_Array -- -------------- function To_Array (Arr : Unbounded_Array_Access; N : Index) return T_Array is begin if Arr = null then return (Index'Val (1) .. Index'Val (0) => Null_T); else declare Result : T_Array (Index'Val (1) .. N); begin for R in Index'Val (1) .. N loop Result (R) := Arr (R); end loop; return Result; end; end if; end To_Array; end Unbounded_Arrays; end Gtkada.C; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib.adb0000644000076700001450000001243012533067541015740 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with System; use System; package body Glib is ---------------------- -- To_Boolean_Array -- ---------------------- function To_Boolean_Array (A : Gboolean_Array) return Boolean_Array is Result : Boolean_Array (A'Range); begin for Index in A'Range loop Result (Index) := A (Index) /= 0; end loop; return Result; end To_Boolean_Array; ------------- -- To_Gint -- ------------- function To_Gint (Bool : Boolean) return Gint is begin if Bool then return 1; else return 0; end if; end To_Gint; ----------------------- -- Quark_From_String -- ----------------------- function Quark_From_String (Id : String) return GQuark is function Internal (Id : String) return GQuark; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_quark_from_string"); begin return Internal (Id & ASCII.NUL); end Quark_From_String; ---------------------- -- Quark_Try_String -- ---------------------- function Quark_Try_String (Id : String) return GQuark is function Internal (Id : String) return GQuark; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_quark_try_string"); begin return Internal (Id & ASCII.NUL); end Quark_Try_String; --------------- -- Type_Name -- --------------- function Type_Name (Type_Num : GType) return String is function Internal (Type_Num : GType) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_type_name"); Ret : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Type_Num); begin if Ret = Null_Ptr then return ""; else return Value (Ret); end if; end Type_Name; -------------------- -- Type_From_Name -- -------------------- function Type_From_Name (Name : String) return GType is function Internal (Name : String) return GType; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_type_from_name"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL); end Type_From_Name; ----------- -- Build -- ----------- function Build (Name : String) return Property is begin if Name (Name'Last) /= ASCII.NUL then return Property (Name & ASCII.NUL); else return Property (Name); end if; end Build; ------------------- -- Property_Name -- ------------------- function Property_Name (Prop : Property) return String is begin return String (Prop); end Property_Name; -------------------------------- -- Boxed_Type_Register_Static -- -------------------------------- function Boxed_Type_Register_Static (Name : String; Copy : Boxed_Copy; Free : Boxed_Free) return GType is function Internal (N : String; Copy : Boxed_Copy; Free : Boxed_Free) return GType; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_boxed_type_register_static"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Copy, Free); end Boxed_Type_Register_Static; ---------------- -- Get_Object -- ---------------- function Get_Object (Self : C_Boxed'Class) return System.Address is begin return Self.Ptr; end Get_Object; ---------------- -- Set_Object -- ---------------- procedure Set_Object (Self : in out C_Boxed'Class; Ptr : System.Address) is begin Self.Ptr := Ptr; end Set_Object; ------------- -- Is_Null -- ------------- function Is_Null (Self : C_Boxed'Class) return Boolean is begin return Self.Ptr = System.Null_Address; end Is_Null; end Glib; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-marshallers.ads0000644000076700001450000005674512533067541020165 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package provides a set of generic packages to easily create -- some Marshallers. Although this package has been designed to be -- easily reusable, its primary aim is to simplify the use of callbacks. -- -- Note that most users don't need to understand or even look at this -- package, since the main functions are also renamed in the Gtk.Handlers -- package (They are called To_Marshaller). This package is rather -- complex (generic packages inside generic packages), and thus you should -- understand correctly how Gtk.Handlers work before looking at this one. -- -- To understand the paradigm used in this package, some definitions -- are necessary: -- -- A Handler, or Callback, is a subprogram provided by the user. -- This handler, when attached to a particular object, will be -- called when certain events happen during the life of this -- object. All handlers take as a first argument an access to -- the object they were attached to. Depending on the signal, this -- handler can also have some extra parameters; most of the time, -- only one extra parameter will be used. For more information about -- Handlers, refer to the package Gtk.Handlers, where this notion is -- explained in more details. -- -- A General_Handler is an access to any Handler. Note that this is -- a type used internally, most users should *not* be using it. It is -- publicly declared so that users can create new marshallers that -- would not be already provided here. -- -- A Handler_Proxy is a subprogram that calls its associated -- handler with the appropriate arguments (from an array of arguments -- stored in Glib.Values.GValues) -- -- A Marshaller is the association of a General_Handler and a -- Handler_Proxy. -- -- This package is divided in four generic packages. Each package has -- been designed to cover a certain kind of callback by providing the -- associated marshallers. There are two primary factors that describe -- a callback, and that decide which marshaller to use: Does the -- callback have access to some user data? Does the callback return -- some value? -- -- Depending on that, the appropriate generic package should be chosen. -- For example, if the callback returns a value, but does not expect -- user data, then the "Return_Marshallers" package should be used. -- More details about the usage of each package is provided individually -- below. -- -- Each of these packages is in turn divided into three generic -- sub-packages. The organization of these subpackages is always the -- same : -- o The type "Handler" is defined. It describes the profile of the -- Handler covered in this generic package. -- o a "To_Marshaller" function is provided to build a Marshaller -- from any Handler. -- o A "Emit_By_Name" procedure is also provided to allow the user -- to "emit" a signal. This service is explained in more details in -- Gtk.Handlers. -- o A private function "Call" is also defined. This is the actual -- Handler_Proxy that will be used when creating Marshallers with -- the "To_Marshaller" service. -- -- Once again, selecting the right generic sub-package depends on the -- callback. For instance, the first sub-package, always called -- "Generic_Marshaller", is to be used when the handler has one extra -- argument which is a simple non-tagged type. More details about the -- usage of each sub-package is also provided individually. -- -- Although most of the cases are covered by the packages below, some -- unusual cases may appear. This is the case for example when the -- callback accepts several extra parameters. In such cases, two options -- are available: The first option is to use the "standard" callback -- mechanism with one parameter, this parameter being an array of -- arguments that you will parse yourself. The second option is to -- create a new Marshaller package. This is more interesting if more -- than one callback will follow the same pattern. The body of this -- package can be used as a good model to build such new marshallers. -- See also the example in the GtkAda distribution for how to create your -- own marshallers. -- -- -- Signal handling -- 2.8.17 with Glib.Object; with Gtk.Widget; with Glib.Values; package Gtk.Marshallers is -- Do not create automatic documentation for this package type General_Handler is access procedure; -------------------------------------------------------------- -- Return Marshallers: Return a value, don't have user data -------------------------------------------------------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Return_Type is (<>); package Return_Marshallers is type Handler_Proxy is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) return Return_Type; type Marshaller is record Func : General_Handler; -- User callback Proxy : Handler_Proxy; -- Handler_Proxy for this callback end record; -- Basic Marshaller generic type Base_Type is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type; package Generic_Marshaller is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type; -- The function above should be used when Base_Type can be passed -- as is to C. generic with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type) return System.Address; function Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type; -- Provide an explicit conversion function for PARAM. private function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) return Return_Type; Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Marshaller; -- Widget Marshaller generic type Base_Type is new Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record with private; type Access_Type is access all Base_Type'Class; package Generic_Widget_Marshaller is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : access Base_Type'Class) return Return_Type; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class) return Return_Type; private function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) return Return_Type; Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; -- Void Marshaller package Void_Marshaller is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class) return Return_Type; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) return Return_Type; private function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler) return Return_Type; Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Void_Marshaller; end Return_Marshallers; -------------------------------------------------------------- -- User_Return_Marshallers: Return a value, have a user data -------------------------------------------------------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Return_Type is (<>); type User_Type (<>) is private; package User_Return_Marshallers is type Handler_Proxy is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; type Marshaller is record Func : General_Handler; Proxy : Handler_Proxy; end record; -- Basic Marshaller generic type Base_Type is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type; package Generic_Marshaller is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : Base_Type; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type; -- The function above should be used when BASE_TYPE can be passed -- as is to C. generic with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type) return System.Address; function Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type) return Return_Type; -- Provide an explicit conversion function for PARAM. private function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Marshaller; -- Widget Marshaller generic type Base_Type is new Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record with private; type Access_Type is access all Base_Type'Class; package Generic_Widget_Marshaller is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : access Base_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class) return Return_Type; private function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; -- Void Marshaller package Void_Marshaller is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) return Return_Type; private function Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Void_Marshaller; end User_Return_Marshallers; ----------------- -- Callback_Marshallers: Do not return a value, no user data ----------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; package Void_Marshallers is type Handler_Proxy is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler); type Marshaller is record Func : General_Handler; Proxy : Handler_Proxy; end record; -- Basic Marshaller generic type Base_Type is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type; package Generic_Marshaller is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : Base_Type); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type); -- The function above should be used when BASE_TYPE can be passed -- as is to C. generic with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type) return System.Address; procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type); -- Provide an explicit conversion function for PARAM. private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Marshaller; generic type Base_Type_1 is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type_1; type Base_Type_2 is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type_2; package Generic_Marshaller_2 is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2); -- The function above should be used when BASE_TYPE can be passed -- as is to C. generic with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type_1) return System.Address; with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type_2) return System.Address; procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2); -- Provide an explicit conversion function for PARAM. private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Marshaller_2; -- Widget Marshaller generic type Base_Type is new Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record with private; type Access_Type is access all Base_Type'Class; package Generic_Widget_Marshaller is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : access Base_Type'Class); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class); private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; -- Void Marshaller package Void_Marshaller is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name); private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Void_Marshaller; end Void_Marshallers; ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -- User_Callback_Marshallers: Do not return a value, have user data ---------------------------------------------------------------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type User_Type (<>) is private; package User_Void_Marshallers is type Handler_Proxy is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type); type Marshaller is record Func : General_Handler; Proxy : Handler_Proxy; end record; -- Basic Marshaller generic type Base_Type is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type; package Generic_Marshaller is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : Base_Type; User_Data : User_Type); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type); -- The function above should be used when BASE_TYPE can be passed -- as is to C. generic with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type) return System.Address; procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Base_Type); -- Provide an explicit conversion function for PARAM. private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Marshaller; generic type Base_Type_1 is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type_1; type Base_Type_2 is private; with function Conversion (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Base_Type_2; package Generic_Marshaller_2 is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2; User_Data : User_Type); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2); -- The function above should be used when BASE_TYPE can be passed -- as is to C. generic with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type_1) return System.Address; with function Conversion (Param : Base_Type_2) return System.Address; procedure Emit_By_Name_Generic (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param_1 : Base_Type_1; Param_2 : Base_Type_2); -- Provide an explicit conversion function for PARAM. private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Marshaller_2; -- Widget Marshaller generic type Base_Type is new Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record with private; type Access_Type is access all Base_Type'Class; package Generic_Widget_Marshaller is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Param : access Base_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Base_Type'Class); private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Generic_Widget_Marshaller; -- Void Marshaller package Void_Marshaller is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Handler) return Marshaller; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name); private procedure Call (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; Cb : General_Handler; User_Data : User_Type); Call_Access : constant Handler_Proxy := Call'Access; end Void_Marshaller; end User_Void_Marshallers; -- end Gtk.Marshallers; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-keyval.ads0000644000076700001450000000577612533067541017121 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- 1.3.6 -- Gdk, the low-level API with Glib; with Gdk.Types; package Gdk.Keyval is type Gdk_Keymap is private; function Get_Type return Glib.GType; function Name (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return String; function From_Name (Keyval_Name : String) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; function To_Upper (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; function To_Lower (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; function Is_Upper (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Boolean; function Is_Lower (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Boolean; function To_Unicode (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Glib.Gunichar; private pragma Import (C, To_Upper, "gdk_keyval_to_upper"); pragma Import (C, To_Lower, "gdk_keyval_to_lower"); pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "gdk_keymap_get_type"); pragma Import (C, To_Unicode, "gdk_keyval_to_unicode"); type Gdk_Keymap is new Glib.C_Proxy; end Gdk.Keyval; -- missing: -- gdk_keymap_lookup_key -- gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state -- gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keyval -- gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keycode -- gdk_keyval_convert_case -- gdk_unicode_to_keyval gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-surface.ads0000644000076700001450000004300412533067541017570 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- A Cairo_Surface is the abstract type representing all different drawing -- targets that cairo can render to. The actual drawings are performed using a -- Cairo_Context. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo with System; package Cairo.Surface is -------------------------- -- Surface manipulation -- -------------------------- type Cairo_Surface_Type is (Cairo_Surface_Type_Image, Cairo_Surface_Type_Pdf, Cairo_Surface_Type_Ps, Cairo_Surface_Type_Xlib, Cairo_Surface_Type_Xcb, Cairo_Surface_Type_Glitz, Cairo_Surface_Type_Quartz, Cairo_Surface_Type_Win32, Cairo_Surface_Type_Beos, Cairo_Surface_Type_Directfb, Cairo_Surface_Type_Svg, Cairo_Surface_Type_Os2, Cairo_Surface_Type_Win32_Printing, Cairo_Surface_Type_Quartz_Image); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Surface_Type); -- Cairo_Surface_Type is used to describe the type of a given -- surface. The surface types are also known as "backends" or "surface -- backends" within cairo. -- -- The type of a surface is determined by the function used to create -- it, which will generally be of the form -- Cairo._Surface_Create, -- (though see Cairo.Surface.Create_Similar as well). -- -- The surface type can be queried with Cairo.Surface.Get_Type -- -- The various Cairo_surface functions can be used with surfaces of -- any type, but some backends also provide type-specific functions -- that must only be called with a surface of the appropriate -- type. These functions have names that begin with -- Cairo._Surface.* such as -- Cairo.Image_Surface.Get_Width. -- -- The behavior of calling a type-specific function with a surface of -- the wrong type is undefined. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. -- -- Since: 1.2 function Create_Similar (Other : Cairo_Surface; Content : Cairo_Content; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface; -- Other: an existing surface used to select the backend of the new surface -- Content: the Content for the new surface -- Width: Width of the new surface, (in device-space units) -- Height: Height of the new surface (in device-space units) -- -- Create a new surface that is as compatible as possible with an -- existing surface. For example the new surface will have the same -- fallback resolution and font options as other. Generally, the new -- surface will also use the same backend as other, unless that is -- not possible for some reason. The type of the returned surface may -- be examined with Cairo.Surface.Get_Type. -- -- Initially the surface contents are all 0 (transparent if contents -- have transparency, black otherwise.) -- -- Return value: a pointer to the newly allocated surface. The caller -- owns the surface and should call Cairo.Surface.Destroy when done -- with it. -- -- This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a -- pointer to a "nil" surface if other is already in an error state -- or any other error occurs. function Reference (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Surface; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Increases the reference count on surface by one. This prevents -- surface from being destroyed until a matching call to -- Cairo.Surface.Destroy is made. -- -- The number of references to a Cairo_Surface can be get using -- Cairo.Surface.Get_Reference_Count. -- -- Return value: the referenced Cairo_Surface. procedure Finish (Surface : Cairo_Surface); -- Surface: the Cairo_Surface to finish -- -- This function finishes the surface and drops all references to -- external resources. For example, for the Xlib backend it means -- that cairo will no longer access the drawable, which can be freed. -- After calling Cairo.Surface.Finish the only valid operations on a -- surface are getting and setting user, referencing and -- destroying, and flushing and finishing it. -- Further drawing to the surface will not affect the -- surface but will instead trigger a Cairo_Status_Surface_Finished -- error. -- -- When the last call to Cairo.Surface.Destroy decreases the -- reference count to zero, cairo will call Cairo.Surface.Finish if -- it hasn't been called already, before freeing the resources -- associated with the surface. procedure Destroy (Surface : Cairo_Surface); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Decreases the reference count on surface by one. If the result is -- zero, then surface and all associated resources are freed. See -- Cairo.Surface.Reference. function Get_Reference_Count (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Guint; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Returns the current reference count of surface. -- -- Return value: the current reference count of surface. If the -- object is a nil object, 0 will be returned. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Status (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Status; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Checks whether an error has previously occurred for this -- surface. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, Cairo_Status_Null_Pointer, -- Cairo_Status_No_Memory, Cairo_Status_Read_Error, -- Cairo_Status_Invalid_Content, Cairo_Status_Invalid_Format, or -- Cairo_Status_Invalid_Visual. function Get_Type (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Surface_Type; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- This function returns the type of the backend used to create -- a surface. See Cairo_Surface_Type for available types. -- -- Return value: The type of surface. -- -- Since: 1.2 function Get_Content (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Content; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- This function returns the content type of surface which indicates -- whether the surface contains color and/or alpha information. See -- Cairo_Content. -- -- Return value: The content type of surface. -- -- Since: 1.2 function Get_User_Data (Surface : Cairo_Surface; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key) return System.Address; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- Key: the address of the Cairo_User_Data_Key the user data was -- attached to -- -- Return user data previously attached to surface using the specified -- key. If no user data has been attached with the given key this -- function returns null. -- -- Return value: the user data previously attached or null. function Set_User_Data (Surface : Cairo_Surface; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : Cairo_Destroy_Func) return Cairo_Status; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- Key: the address of a Cairo_User_Data_Key to attach the user data to -- User_Data: the user data to attach to the surface -- Destroy: a Cairo_Destroy_Func which will be called when the -- surface is destroyed or when new user data is attached using the -- same key. -- -- Attach user data to surface. To remove user data from a surface, -- call this function with the key that was used to set it and null -- for data. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory if a -- slot could not be allocated for the user data. procedure Get_Font_Options (Surface : Cairo_Surface; Options : access Cairo_Font_Options); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- Options: a Cairo_Font_Options object into which to store -- the retrieved options. All existing values are overwritten -- -- Retrieves the default font rendering options for the surface. -- This allows display surfaces to report the correct subpixel order -- for rendering on them, print surfaces to disable hinting of -- metrics and so forth. The result can then be used with -- Cairo.Scaled_Font.Create. procedure Flush (Surface : Cairo_Surface); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Do any pending drawing for the surface and also restore any -- temporary modification's cairo has made to the surface's -- state. This function must be called before switching from -- drawing on the surface with cairo to drawing on it directly -- with native APIs. If the surface doesn't support direct access, -- then this function does nothing. procedure Mark_Dirty (Surface : Cairo_Surface); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Tells cairo that drawing has been done to surface using means other -- than cairo, and that cairo should reread any cached areas. Note -- that you must call Cairo.Surface.Flush before doing such drawing. procedure Mark_Dirty_Rectangle (Surface : Cairo_Surface; X : Gint; Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- X: X coordinate of dirty rectangle -- Y: Y coordinate of dirtY rectangle -- Width: Width of dirty rectangle -- Height: Height of dirty rectangle -- -- Like Cairo.Surface.Mark_Dirty, but drawing has been done only to -- the specified rectangle, so that cairo can retain cached contents -- for other parts of the surface. -- -- Any cached clip set on the surface will be reset by this function, -- to make sure that future cairo calls have the clip set that they -- expect. procedure Set_Device_Offset (Surface : Cairo_Surface; X_Offset : Gdouble; Y_Offset : Gdouble); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- X_Offset: the offset in the X direction, in device units -- Y_Offset: the offset in the Y direction, in device units -- -- Sets an offset that is added to the device coordinates determined -- by the CTM when drawing to surface. One use case for this function -- is when we want to create a Cairo_Surface that redirects drawing -- for a portion of an onscreen surface to an offscreen surface in a -- way that is completely invisible to the user of the cairo -- API. Setting a transformation via Cairo.Translate isn't -- sufficient to do this, since functions like -- Cairo.Device_To_User will expose the hidden offset. -- -- Note that the offset affects drawing to the surface as well as -- using the surface in a source pattern. procedure Get_Device_Offset (Surface : Cairo_Surface; X_Offset : access Gdouble; Y_Offset : access Gdouble); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- X_Offset: the offset in the X direction, in device units -- Y_Offset: the offset in the Y direction, in device units -- -- This function returns the previous device offset set by -- Cairo.Surface.Set_Device_Offset. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Set_Fallback_Resolution (Surface : Cairo_Surface; X_Pixels_Per_Inch : Gdouble; Y_Pixels_Per_Inch : Gdouble); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- X_Pixels_Per_Inch: horizontal setting for pixels per inch -- Y_Pixels_Per_Inch: vertical setting for pixels per inch -- -- Set the horizontal and vertical resolution for image fallbacks. -- -- When certain operations aren't supported natively by a backend, -- cairo will fallback by rendering operations to an image and then -- overlaying that image onto the output. For backends that are -- natively vector-oriented, this function can be used to set the -- resolution used for these image fallbacks, (larger values will -- result in more detailed images, but also larger file sizes). -- -- Some examples of natively vector-oriented backends are the ps, pdf, -- and svg backends. -- -- For backends that are natively raster-oriented, image fallbacks are -- still possible, but they are always performed at the native -- device resolution. So this function has no effect on those -- backends. -- -- Note: The fallback resolution only takes effect at the time of -- completing a page (with Cairo.Show_Page or Cairo.Copy_Page) so -- there is currently no way to have more than one fallback resolution -- in effect on a single page. -- -- The default fallback resoultion is 300 pixels per inch in both -- dimensions. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Get_Fallback_Resolution (Surface : Cairo_Surface; X_Pixels_Per_Inch : access Gdouble; Y_Pixels_Per_Inch : access Gdouble); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- X_Pixels_Per_Inch: horizontal pixels per inch -- Y_Pixels_Per_Inch: vertical pixels per inch -- -- This function returns the previous fallback resolution set by -- Cairo.Surface.Set_Fallback_Resolution, or default fallback -- resolution if never set. -- -- Since: 1.8 procedure Copy_Page (Surface : Cairo_Surface); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Emits the current page for backends that support multiple pages, -- but doesn't clear it, so that the contents of the current page will -- be retained for the next page. Use Cairo.Surface.Show_Page if you -- want to get an empty page after the emission. -- -- There is a convenience function for this that takes a Cairo_Context, -- namely Cairo.Copy_Page. -- -- Since: 1.6 procedure Show_Page (Surface : Cairo_Surface); -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Emits and clears the current page for backends that support multiple -- pages. Use Cairo.Surface.Copy_Page if you don't want to clear the page. -- -- There is a convenience function for this that takes a Cairo_Context, -- namely Cairo_Show_Page. -- -- Since: 1.6 function Has_Show_Text_Glyphs (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Boolean; -- Surface: a Cairo_Surface -- -- Returns whether the surface supports -- sophisticated Cairo_Show_Text_Glyphs operations. That is, -- whether it actually uses the provided text and cluster data -- to a Cairo_Show_Text_Glyphs call. -- -- Note: Even if this function returns FALSE, a -- Cairo_Show_Text_Glyphs operation targeted at surface will -- still succeed. It just will -- act like a Cairo_Show_Glyphs operation. Users can use this -- function to avoid computing UTF-8 text and cluster mapping if the -- target surface does not use it. -- -- Return value: TRUE if surface supports -- Cairo_Show_Text_Glyphs, FALSE otherwise -- -- Since: 1.8 private pragma Import (C, Create_Similar, "cairo_surface_create_similar"); pragma Import (C, Reference, "cairo_surface_reference"); pragma Import (C, Finish, "cairo_surface_finish"); pragma Import (C, Destroy, "cairo_surface_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Get_Reference_Count, "cairo_surface_get_reference_count"); pragma Import (C, Status, "cairo_surface_status"); pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "cairo_surface_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_Content, "cairo_surface_get_content"); pragma Import (C, Get_User_Data, "cairo_surface_get_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Set_User_Data, "cairo_surface_set_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Get_Font_Options, "cairo_surface_get_font_options"); pragma Import (C, Flush, "cairo_surface_flush"); pragma Import (C, Mark_Dirty, "cairo_surface_mark_dirty"); pragma Import (C, Mark_Dirty_Rectangle, "cairo_surface_mark_dirty_rectangle"); pragma Import (C, Set_Device_Offset, "cairo_surface_set_device_offset"); pragma Import (C, Get_Device_Offset, "cairo_surface_get_device_offset"); pragma Import (C, Set_Fallback_Resolution, "cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution"); pragma Import (C, Get_Fallback_Resolution, "cairo_surface_get_fallback_resolution"); pragma Import (C, Copy_Page, "cairo_surface_copy_page"); pragma Import (C, Show_Page, "cairo_surface_show_page"); end Cairo.Surface; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-convert.ads0000644000076700001450000002362412533067541017446 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides definitions for string conversions and i18n. -- See also Glib.Unicode. -- -- -- 1.3.11 -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package Glib.Convert is pragma Preelaborate; -- Convert_Error domain for GErrors: No_Conversion : constant := 0; Illegal_Sequence : constant := 1; Failed : constant := 2; Partial_Input : constant := 3; Bad_URI : constant := 4; Not_Absolute_Path : constant := 5; function Convert_Error_Domain return GQuark; -- Return the error domain associated with Glib.Convert. procedure Convert (Str : String; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String); -- Convert a string from one character set to another. -- -- Str: String to convert -- Result: String converted, if no error. -- To_Codeset: Name of character set into which to convert Str -- From_Codeset: Character set of Str. -- Bytes_Read: Number of bytes in the input string that were -- successfully converted. -- Even if the conversion was successful, this may be -- less than Len if there were partial characters -- at the end of the input. If the error -- Illegal_Sequence occurs, the value -- stored will the byte offset after the last valid -- input sequence. -- Bytes_Written: Number of bytes stored in the output buffer. -- Error: Location to store the error occuring, ignored if null. -- Any of the errors in Convert_Error_Domain may occur. function Convert (Str : String; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Error : GError_Access := null) return String; -- Same as above, but return a String directly. procedure Convert (Str : chars_ptr; Len : Natural; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String); -- Same as Convert procedure, but take a C string as input. function Convert (Str : String; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr; -- Same as Convert procedure, but return the result as a C string. function Convert (Str : chars_ptr; Len : Natural; To_Codeset : String; From_Codeset : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr; -- Same as Convert procedure, but take and return the result as a C string. procedure Locale_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String); -- Convert a string which is in the encoding used for strings by -- the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating -- system) in the current locale into a UTF-8 string. -- -- OS_String: A string in the encoding of the current locale -- Bytes_Read: Number of bytes in the input string that were -- successfully converted. -- Even if the conversion was successful, this may be -- less than Len if there were partial characters -- at the end of the input. If the error -- Illegal_Sequence occurs, the value -- stored will the byte offset after the last valid -- input sequence. -- Bytes_Written: Number of bytes stored in Result. -- Error: Location to store the error occuring, ignored if null. -- Any of the errors in Convert_Error_Domain may occur. function Locale_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr; -- Same as procedure Locale_To_UTF8, but return the raw C string for -- efficiency. The caller is responsible for freeing the resulting string. function Locale_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String) return String; -- Same as procedure Locale_To_UTF8, but return only the String. procedure Locale_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String; Bytes_Read : out Natural; Bytes_Written : out Natural; Error : GError_Access := null; Result : out String); -- Convert a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for strings by -- the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating -- system) in the current locale. -- -- UTF8_String: A UTF-8 encoded string -- Bytes_Read: Number of bytes in the input string that were -- successfully converted. -- Even if the conversion was successful, this may be -- less than Len if there were partial characters -- at the end of the input. If the error -- Illegal_Sequence occurs, the value -- stored will the byte offset after the last valid -- input sequence. -- Bytes_Written: Number of bytes stored in the output buffer. -- Error: Location to store the error occuring, ignored if null. -- Any of the errors in Convert_Error_Domain may occur. function Locale_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String; Bytes_Read : access Natural; Bytes_Written : access Natural; Error : GError_Access := null) return chars_ptr; -- Same as procedure Locale_From_UTF8, but return the raw C string for -- efficiency. The caller is responsible for freeing the resulting string. -- Use the C "free" function to free this. function Locale_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String) return String; -- Same as procedure Locale_From_UTF8, but return only the String. function Filename_To_UTF8 (OS_String : String; Error : GError_Access := null) return String; -- Convert a string which is in the encoding used for filenames -- into a UTF-8 string. function Filename_From_UTF8 (UTF8_String : String; Error : GError_Access := null) return String; -- Convert a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for filenames. function Filename_From_URI (URI : String; Hostname : access chars_ptr; Error : GError_Access := null) return String; -- Convert an escaped UTF-8 encoded URI to a local filename in the -- encoding used for filenames. -- -- URI: A uri describing a filename (escaped, encoded in UTF-8). -- Hostname: Location to store hostname for the URI. -- If there is no hostname in the URI, null will be -- stored in this location. -- Error: Location to store the error occuring, ignored if null. -- Any of the errors in Convert_Error_Domain may occur. function Filename_To_URI (Filename : String; Hostname : String := ""; Error : GError_Access := null) return String; -- Convert an absolute filename to an escaped UTF-8 encoded URI. -- -- Filename: An absolute filename specified in the encoding -- used for filenames by the operating system. -- Hostname: A UTF-8 encoded hostname, or "" for none. -- Error: Location to store the error occuring, ignored if null. -- Any of the errors in Convert_Error may occur. function Escape_Text (S : String) return String; -- Escape the text so that it is interpreted as-is by the Pango markup -- language private pragma Import (C, Convert_Error_Domain, "g_convert_error_quark"); end Glib.Convert; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/tools/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132015507 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/tools/gtkada-config.in0000755000076700001450000000366012533067132020545 0ustar gnatmailgnat#!/bin/sh # @configure_input@ prefix=@prefix@ exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ libdir=@libdir@/gtkada includedir=@includedir@/gtkada gtk_libs="@GTK_LIBS@" # OS Specific relocatable settings if [ "$OS" = "Windows_NT" ]; then os_reloc="-L${prefix}/bin -lgtkada-@PACKAGE_VERSION@" else os_reloc="-L${libdir}/relocatable -lgtkada" fi cflags_static="-aI${includedir} -aO${libdir}/static" cflags_relocatable="-aI${includedir} -aO${libdir}/relocatable" libs_relocatable="${os_reloc} ${gtk_libs}" libs_static="-L${libdir}/static -lgtkada ${gtk_libs}" usage() { cat <&2 exit 1 ;; --static) libtype=static ;; --prefix) echo $prefix exit 0 ;; --version|-v) echo @PACKAGE_VERSION@ exit 0 ;; --libs) show_libs=1 show_cflags=0 ;; --cflags) show_libs=0 show_cflags=1 ;; *) usage 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac shift done ## Force static if relocatable was not installed if [ -d $libdir/relocatable ]; then : else libtype=static fi result="" if [ $show_cflags = 1 ]; then if [ $libtype = static ]; then result="$cflags_static" else result="$cflags_relocatable" fi if [ $show_libs = 1 ]; then result="$result -largs " fi fi if [ $show_libs = 1 ]; then if [ $libtype = static ]; then result="${result}${libs_static}" else result="${result}${libs_relocatable}" fi fi echo $result gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/tools/tools.gpr0000644000076700001450000000066312533067520017367 0ustar gnatmailgnatwith "../gtkada_src"; with "../../shared"; project Tools is for Main use ("gdialog.adb"); for Object_Dir use "../obj/tools/"; package Builder is for Switches ("Ada") use Shared.Builder'Switches ("Ada"); for Executable ("gdialog.adb") use "gtkada-dialog"; end Builder; package Compiler renames Shared.Compiler; package Binder renames Shared.Binder; package IDE renames Shared.IDE; end Tools; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/tools/gdialog.adb0000644000076700001450000001030512533067542017571 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GDialog - GtkAda Components -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Display a GtkAda dialog on the screen with the contents of the standard -- input file until an end of file is encountered. -- -- Example using a unix-like shell: -- -- $ cat << EOF | gtkada-dialog error justify_fill -- > Merge of some changes failed. It usually means that some modified code -- > is obsolete in the current project file. -- > -- > Files with the ".rej" extension have been generated to help merging -- > manually if needed. -- > EOF with Gtk.Main; use Gtk.Main; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtkada.Dialogs; use Gtkada.Dialogs; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Ada.Command_Line; use Ada.Command_Line; with Ada.Strings.Fixed; use Ada.Strings.Fixed; with Ada.Strings.Maps.Constants; use Ada.Strings.Maps.Constants; with GNAT.OS_Lib; use GNAT.OS_Lib; procedure GDialog is Button : Message_Dialog_Buttons; pragma Warnings (Off, Button); Buffer : String (1 .. 8192); Last : Natural := 0; Kind : Message_Dialog_Type := Information; Justification : Gtk_Justification := Justify_Center; begin Init; if Argument_Count > 0 then begin Kind := Message_Dialog_Type'Value (Argument (1)); exception when Constraint_Error => Put_Line (Standard_Error, "Wrong message dialog type: " & Argument (1)); Put_Line (Standard_Error, "Possible values are:"); for J in Message_Dialog_Type'Range loop Put_Line (Standard_Error, Translate (Message_Dialog_Type'Image (J), Lower_Case_Map)); end loop; OS_Exit (1); end; end if; if Argument_Count > 1 then begin Justification := Gtk_Justification'Value (Argument (2)); exception when Constraint_Error => Put_Line (Standard_Error, "Wrong justification value: " & Argument (2)); Put_Line (Standard_Error, "Possible values are:"); for J in Gtk_Justification'Range loop Put_Line (Standard_Error, Translate (Gtk_Justification'Image (J), Lower_Case_Map)); end loop; OS_Exit (2); end; end if; begin loop Get_Line (Buffer (Last + 1 .. Buffer'Last), Last); Last := Last + 1; Buffer (Last) := ASCII.LF; end loop; exception when End_Error => null; end; Button := Message_Dialog (Buffer (1 .. Last), Kind, Button_OK, Justification => Justification); end GDialog; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-font_face.ads0000644000076700001450000001734112533067541020071 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- A set of utilities to handle the Cairo_Font_Face type, and the Cairo -- 'toy' text API. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo with System; with Interfaces.C.Strings; package Cairo.Font_Face is function Reference (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face) return Cairo_Font_Face; -- Font_Face: a Cairo_Font_Face, (may be Null_Font_Face in which case this -- function does nothing). -- -- Increases the reference count on Font_Face by one. This prevents -- Font_Face from being destroyed until a matching call to -- Cairo.Font_Face.Destroy is made. -- -- The number of references to a Cairo_Font_Face can be get using -- Cairo.Font_Face.Get_Reference_Count. -- -- Return value: the referenced Cairo_Font_Face. procedure Destroy (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face); -- Font_Face: a Cairo_Font_Face -- -- Decreases the reference count on Font_Face by one. If the result -- is zero, then Font_Face and all associated resources are freed. -- See Cairo.Font_Face.Reference. function Get_Reference_Count (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face) return Guint; -- Font_Face: a Cairo_Font_Face -- -- Returns the current reference count of Font_Face. -- -- Return value: the current reference count of Font_Face. If the -- object is a nil object, 0 will be returned. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Status (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face) return Cairo_Status; -- Font_Face: a Cairo_Font_Face -- -- Checks whether an error has previously occurred for this -- font face -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success or another error such as -- Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Get_Type (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face) return Cairo_Font_Type; -- Font_Face: a font face -- -- This function returns the type of the backend used to create -- a font face. See Cairo_Font_Type for available types. -- -- Return value: The type of Font_Face. -- -- Since: 1.2 function Get_User_Data (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key) return System.Address; -- Font_Face: a Cairo_Font_Face -- Key: the address of the Cairo_User_Data_Key the user data was -- attached to -- -- Return user data previously attached to Font_Face using the specified -- key. If no user data has been attached with the given key this -- function returns System.Null_Address. -- -- Return value: the user data previously attached or System.Null_Address. function Set_User_Data (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : Cairo_Destroy_Func) return Cairo_Status; -- Font_Face: a Cairo_Font_Face -- Key: the address of a Cairo_User_Data_Key to attach the user data to -- User_Data: the user data to attach to the font face -- Destroy: a Cairo_Destroy_Func which will be called when the -- font face is destroyed or when new user data is attached using the -- same key. -- -- Attach user data to Font_Face. To remove user data from a font face, -- call this function with the key that was used to set it and -- System.Null_Address for data. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory if a -- slot could not be allocated for the user data. function Toy_Font_Face_Create (Family : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Slant : Cairo_Font_Slant; Weight : Cairo_Font_Weight) return Cairo_Font_Face; -- Family: a font Family name, encoded in UTF-8 -- Slant: the Slant for the font -- Weight: the Weight for the font -- -- Creates a font face from a triplet of family, slant, and weight. -- These font faces are used in implementation of the the Cairo_Context -- "toy" font API. -- -- If Family is the zero-length string "", the platform-specific default -- family is assumed. The default family then can be queried using -- Toy_Font_Face_Get_Family. -- -- The Cairo_Select_Font_Face function uses this to create font faces. -- See that function for limitations of toy font faces. -- -- Return value: a newly created Cairo_Font_Face. Free with -- Cairo.Font_Face.Destroy when you are done using it. -- -- Since: 1.8 function Toy_Font_Face_Get_Family (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; -- Font_Face: A toy font face -- -- Gets the familly name of a toy font. -- -- Return value: The family name. This string is owned by the font face -- and remains valid as long as the font face is alive (referenced). -- -- Since: 1.8 function Toy_Font_Face_Get_Slant (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face) return Cairo_Font_Slant; -- Font_Face: A toy font face -- -- Gets the slant a toy font. -- -- Return value: The slant value -- -- Since: 1.8 function Toy_Font_Face_Get_Weight (Font_Face : Cairo_Font_Face) return Cairo_Font_Weight; -- Font_Face: A toy font face -- -- Gets the weight a toy font. -- -- Return value: The weight value -- -- Since: 1.8 private pragma Import (C, Reference, "cairo_font_face_reference"); pragma Import (C, Destroy, "cairo_font_face_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Get_Reference_Count, "cairo_font_face_get_reference_count"); pragma Import (C, Status, "cairo_font_face_status"); pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "cairo_font_face_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_User_Data, "cairo_font_face_get_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Set_User_Data, "cairo_font_face_set_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Toy_Font_Face_Create, "cairo_toy_font_face_create"); pragma Import (C, Toy_Font_Face_Get_Family, "cairo_toy_font_face_get_family"); pragma Import (C, Toy_Font_Face_Get_Slant, "cairo_toy_font_face_get_slant"); pragma Import (C, Toy_Font_Face_Get_Weight, "cairo_toy_font_face_get_weight"); end Cairo.Font_Face; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-dialogs.ads0000644000076700001450000001344012533067541017721 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides a ready to use high level dialog capability. -- -- -- Windows -- Gtk.Message_Dialog with Glib; with Gtk.Dialog; use Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; package Gtkada.Dialogs is pragma Elaborate_Body; type Message_Dialog_Buttons is mod 2 ** 32; -- Define the set of values a button in a message dialog box can have. type Button_Range is range 0 .. 8; -- The range of valid buttons. Button_None : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 0; Button_Yes : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 0; Button_No : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 1; Button_All : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 2; Button_OK : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 3; Button_Cancel : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 4; Button_Abort : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 5; Button_Retry : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 6; Button_Ignore : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 7; Button_Help : constant Message_Dialog_Buttons := 2 ** 8; type Message_Dialog_Type is (Warning, -- Message box with a yellow exclamation point. Error, -- Message box with a red stop sign. Information, -- Message box with a blue "i". Confirmation, -- Message box with a blue question mark. Custom -- Message box with no pixmap. The caption of the box should be set by -- the user. ); -- Define the values describing the type of message box. -- Used by the Message_Dialog function. function Message_Dialog (Msg : Glib.UTF8_String; Dialog_Type : Message_Dialog_Type := Information; Buttons : Message_Dialog_Buttons := Button_OK or Button_Help; Default_Button : Message_Dialog_Buttons := Button_OK; Help_Msg : Glib.UTF8_String := ""; Title : Glib.UTF8_String := ""; Justification : Gtk_Justification := Justify_Center; Parent : Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window := null) return Message_Dialog_Buttons; -- Display a message dialog box centered on the mouse. -- This will create a dialog box containing the specified message. -- Dialog_Type indicates the purpose of the dialog. -- Buttons indicates which buttons should appear in the dialog. -- Help_Msg is the message displayed in a separate dialog box when the help -- button is pressed while the dialog is displayed. -- If Help_Msg is null, a dialog containing the message -- "No help available" will be displayed. In both cases, the dialog -- displayed will only have a OK button. -- If Title is null, a default title will be chosen depending on the value -- of Dialog_Type. -- The dialog will be centered with regards to Parent -- -- This function will return only after the user pressed one of the buttons -- or deleted the dialog, by running an additional level of main loop. -- One of the following values will be returned: -- - Button_None -- - Button_Abort -- - Button_Yes -- - Button_Ok -- - Button_Retry -- - Button_No -- - Button_Cancel -- - Button_Ignore -- - Button_All function Create_Gtk_Dialog (Msg : Glib.UTF8_String; Dialog_Type : Message_Dialog_Type := Information; Title : Glib.UTF8_String := ""; Justification : Gtk_Justification := Justify_Center; Parent : Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window := null) return Gtk.Dialog.Gtk_Dialog; -- Convenience function to create a new dialog. -- This function was introduced in GtkAda 2.0 to provide a compatibility -- with Message_Dialog, while using the standard Gtk.Dialog. You should add -- the buttons yourself, through Gtk.Dialog.Gtk_Dialog, and then display -- the dialog on the screen through Gtk.Dialog.Run. -- As opposed to Message_Dialog, you can provide your own custom buttons if -- needed. end Gtkada.Dialogs; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-pixbuf.adb0000644000076700001450000006564112533067541017077 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Display; use Gdk.Display; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; package body Gdk.Pixbuf is type Proxy_Data is record Pixels : Guchar_Array_Access; -- Access to the Ada allocated memory used by Gdk_New_From_Data. -- Strictly, this is not necessary, as this access could be -- built from the Pixels parameter of the destroy callback. -- However, it's not possible to easily and portably convert an -- Address to an access to unconstrained array. end record; pragma Convention (C, Proxy_Data); -- Closure data attached to a pixbuf created from user data. type Proxy_Data_Access is access Proxy_Data; pragma Convention (C, Proxy_Data_Access); procedure Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Object => Proxy_Data, Name => Proxy_Data_Access); procedure Destroy_Pixels (Pixels : System.Address; Data : Proxy_Data_Access); pragma Convention (C, Destroy_Pixels); -- Low level, C compatible, callback called when the reference -- count of a pixbuf (that was created from user data) reaches 0. --------------- -- Add_Alpha -- --------------- function Add_Alpha (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Substitute_Color : Boolean := False; Red : Guchar := 0; Green : Guchar := 0; Blue : Guchar := 0) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address; Substitute_Color : Gboolean; Red : Guchar; Green : Guchar; Blue : Guchar) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf), Boolean'Pos (Substitute_Color), Red, Green, Blue)); end Add_Alpha; --------------- -- Composite -- --------------- procedure Composite (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128) is procedure Internal (Src : System.Address; Dest : System.Address; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_composite"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Src), Get_Object (Dest), Dest_X, Dest_Y, Dest_Width, Dest_Height, Offset_X, Offset_Y, Scale_X, Scale_Y, Inter_Type, Overall_Alpha); end Composite; --------------------- -- Composite_Color -- --------------------- procedure Composite_Color (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128; Check_X : Gint := 0; Check_Y : Gint := 0; Check_Size : Gint := 0; Color1 : Guint32 := 0; Color2 : Guint32 := 0) is procedure Internal (Src : System.Address; Dest : System.Address; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble; Offset_Y : Gdouble; Scale_X : Gdouble; Scale_Y : Gdouble; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range; Check_X : Gint; Check_Y : Gint; Check_Size : Gint; Color1 : Guint32; Color2 : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_composite_color"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Src), Get_Object (Dest), Dest_X, Dest_Y, Dest_Width, Dest_Height, Offset_X, Offset_Y, Scale_X, Scale_Y, Inter_Type, Overall_Alpha, Check_X, Check_Y, Check_Size, Color1, Color2); end Composite_Color; ---------------------------- -- Composite_Color_Simple -- ---------------------------- function Composite_Color_Simple (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128; Color1 : Guint32 := 0; Color2 : Guint32 := 0) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Src : System.Address; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128; Color1 : Guint32 := 0; Color2 : Guint32 := 0) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_composite_color_simple"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (Src), Dest_Width, Dest_Height, Inter_Type, Overall_Alpha, Color1, Color2)); end Composite_Color_Simple; ------------- -- Convert -- ------------- function Convert (P : System.Address) return Gdk_Pixbuf is use type System.Address; Stub : Gdk_Pixbuf_Record; begin if P = System.Null_Address then return null; else return Gdk_Pixbuf (Get_User_Data (P, Stub)); end if; end Convert; ---------- -- Copy -- ---------- function Copy (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_copy"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf))); end Copy; --------------- -- Copy_Area -- --------------- procedure Copy_Area (Src_Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint; Dest_Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint) is procedure Internal (Src_Pixbuf : System.Address; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint; Dest_Pixbuf : System.Address; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_copy_area"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Src_Pixbuf), Src_X, Src_Y, Width, Height, Get_Object (Dest_Pixbuf), Dest_X, Dest_Y); end Copy_Area; -------------------- -- Destroy_Pixels -- -------------------- procedure Destroy_Pixels (Pixels : System.Address; Data : Proxy_Data_Access) is pragma Unreferenced (Pixels); Tmp : Proxy_Data_Access := Data; begin Free (Data.Pixels); Free (Tmp); end Destroy_Pixels; ---------- -- Fill -- ---------- procedure Fill (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Pixel : Guint32) is procedure Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address; Pixel : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_fill"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf), Pixel); end Fill; ------------- -- Gdk_New -- ------------- function Gdk_New (Colorspace : Gdk_Colorspace := Colorspace_RGB; Has_Alpha : Boolean := False; Bits_Per_Sample : Gint := 8; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Colorspace : Gdk_Colorspace; Has_Alpha : Gboolean; Bits_Per_Sample : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_new"); begin return Convert (Internal (Colorspace, Boolean'Pos (Has_Alpha), Bits_Per_Sample, Width, Height)); end Gdk_New; ----------------------- -- Gdk_New_From_Data -- ----------------------- function Gdk_New_From_Data (Data : Guchar_Array_Access; Colorspace : Gdk_Colorspace := Colorspace_RGB; Has_Alpha : Boolean := False; Bits_Per_Sample : Gint := 8; Width : Gint; Height : Gint; Rowstride : Gint; Auto_Destroy_Data : Boolean := True) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Data : System.Address; Colorspace : Gdk_Colorspace; Has_Alpha : Gboolean; Bits_Per_Sample : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint; Row_Stride : Gint; Destroy_Fn : System.Address; Destroy_Fn_Data : Proxy_Data_Access) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data"); begin if Auto_Destroy_Data then return Convert (Internal (Data.all'Address, Colorspace, Boolean'Pos (Has_Alpha), Bits_Per_Sample, Width, Height, Rowstride, Destroy_Pixels'Address, new Proxy_Data'(Pixels => Data))); else return Convert (Internal (Data.all'Address, Colorspace, Boolean'Pos (Has_Alpha), Bits_Per_Sample, Width, Height, Rowstride, System.Null_Address, null)); end if; end Gdk_New_From_Data; ----------------------- -- Gdk_New_From_File -- ----------------------- procedure Gdk_New_From_File (Pixbuf : out Gdk_Pixbuf; Filename : String; Error : out GError) is function Internal (Filename : String; Error : access GError) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file"); Err : aliased GError; begin Pixbuf := Convert (Internal (Filename & ASCII.NUL, Err'Access)); Error := Err; end Gdk_New_From_File; ----------------------- -- Gdk_New_From_File -- ----------------------- procedure Gdk_New_From_File (Animation : out Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation; Filename : String; Error : out GError) is function Internal (Filename : String; Error : access GError) return Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file"); Err : aliased GError; begin Animation := Internal (Filename & ASCII.NUL, Err'Access); Error := Err; end Gdk_New_From_File; --------------------------- -- Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data -- --------------------------- function Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Data : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Data : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data"); begin return Convert (Internal (Data)); end Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data; ----------------------- -- Gdk_New_Subpixbuf -- ----------------------- function Gdk_New_Subpixbuf (Src_Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Src_Pixbuf : System.Address; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_new_subpixbuf"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (Src_Pixbuf), Src_X, Src_Y, Width, Height)); end Gdk_New_Subpixbuf; ------------------------- -- Get_Bits_Per_Sample -- ------------------------- function Get_Bits_Per_Sample (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_bits_per_sample"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Get_Bits_Per_Sample; -------------------- -- Get_Colorspace -- -------------------- function Get_Colorspace (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gdk_Colorspace is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Gdk_Colorspace; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Get_Colorspace; --------------------- -- Get_From_Window -- --------------------- function Get_From_Window (Window : Gdk_Window; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Window : Gdk_Window; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_from_window"); begin return Convert (Internal (Window, Src_X, Src_Y, Width, Height)); end Get_From_Window; ---------------------- -- Get_From_Surface -- ---------------------- function Get_From_Surface (Surface : Cairo.Cairo_Surface; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Surface : Cairo.Cairo_Surface; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_from_surface"); begin return Convert (Internal (Surface, Src_X, Src_Y, Width, Height)); end Get_From_Surface; ------------------- -- Get_Has_Alpha -- ------------------- function Get_Has_Alpha (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Boolean is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)) /= 0; end Get_Has_Alpha; ---------------- -- Get_Height -- ---------------- function Get_Height (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_height"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Get_Height; ---------------- -- Get_Height -- ---------------- function Get_Height (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gint is function Internal (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_height"); begin return Internal (Animation); end Get_Height; --------------- -- Get_Image -- --------------- function Get_Image (Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_cursor_get_image"); begin return Convert (Internal (Cursor)); end Get_Image; -------------------- -- Get_N_Channels -- -------------------- function Get_N_Channels (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_n_channels"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Get_N_Channels; ---------------- -- Get_Pixbuf -- ---------------- function Get_Pixbuf (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf"); begin return Convert (Internal (Iter)); end Get_Pixbuf; ---------------- -- Get_Pixels -- ---------------- function Get_Pixels (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Rgb_Buffer_Access is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Rgb_Buffer_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Get_Pixels; ------------------- -- Get_Rowstride -- ------------------- function Get_Rowstride (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Get_Rowstride; ---------------------- -- Get_Static_Image -- ---------------------- function Get_Static_Image (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image"); begin return Convert (Internal (Animation)); end Get_Static_Image; --------------- -- Get_Width -- --------------- function Get_Width (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint is function Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_get_width"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf)); end Get_Width; --------------- -- Get_Width -- --------------- function Get_Width (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gint is function Internal (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width"); begin return Internal (Animation); end Get_Width; --------- -- Ref -- --------- procedure Ref (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) is procedure Internal (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_ref"); begin Internal (Animation); end Ref; procedure Ref (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) is procedure Internal (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_ref"); begin Internal (Iter); end Ref; --------------------------- -- Saturate_And_Pixelate -- --------------------------- procedure Saturate_And_Pixelate (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Saturation : Gfloat; Pixelate : Boolean := True) is procedure Internal (Src : System.Address; Dest : System.Address; Saturation : Gfloat; Pixelate : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_saturate_and_pixelate"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Src), Get_Object (Dest), Saturation, Boolean'Pos (Pixelate)); end Saturate_And_Pixelate; ---------- -- Save -- ---------- procedure Save (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Filename : String; Format : File_Format; Error : out GError; Quality : Image_Quality := Image_Quality'Last; Depth : Integer := 32) is procedure Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address; Filename : String; Format : String; Error : out GError; Term : System.Address := System.Null_Address); procedure Internal (Pixbuf : System.Address; Filename : String; Format : String; Error : out GError; Key : String; Value : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_pixbuf_save"); begin Error := null; case Format is when JPEG => Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf), Filename & ASCII.NUL, "jpeg" & ASCII.NUL, Error, "quality" & ASCII.NUL, Image_Quality'Image (Quality) & ASCII.NUL); when PNG => Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf), Filename & ASCII.NUL, "png" & ASCII.NUL, Error); when ICO => Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf), Filename & ASCII.NUL, "ico" & ASCII.NUL, Error, "depth" & ASCII.NUL, Integer'Image (Depth)); when BMP => Internal (Get_Object (Pixbuf), Filename & ASCII.NUL, "bmp" & ASCII.NUL, Error); end case; end Save; ----------- -- Scale -- ----------- procedure Scale (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear) is procedure Internal (Src : System.Address; Dest : System.Address; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_scale"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Src), Get_Object (Dest), Dest_X, Dest_Y, Dest_Width, Dest_Height, Offset_X, Offset_Y, Scale_X, Scale_Y, Inter_Type); end Scale; ------------------ -- Scale_Simple -- ------------------ function Scale_Simple (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear) return Gdk_Pixbuf is function Internal (Src : System.Address; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple"); begin return Convert (Internal (Get_Object (Src), Dest_Width, Dest_Height, Inter_Type)); end Scale_Simple; ----------- -- Unref -- ----------- procedure Unref (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) is procedure Internal (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_unref"); begin Internal (Animation); end Unref; procedure Unref (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) is procedure Internal (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_unref"); begin Internal (Iter); end Unref; --------------------- -- Is_Static_Image -- --------------------- function Is_Static_Image (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Boolean is function Internal (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_is_static_image"); begin return Internal (Animation) /= 0; end Is_Static_Image; -------------------------------- -- On_Currently_Loading_Frame -- -------------------------------- function On_Currently_Loading_Frame (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) return Boolean is function Internal (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_on_currently_loading_frame"); begin return Internal (Iter) /= 0; end On_Currently_Loading_Frame; ------------- -- Advance -- ------------- function Advance (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter; Current_Timer : GTime_Val_Access := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter; Current_Timer : GTime_Val_Access) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance"); begin return Internal (Iter, Current_Timer) /= 0; end Advance; ------------------------- -- Gdk_New_From_Pixbuf -- ------------------------- procedure Gdk_New_From_Pixbuf (Cursor : out Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; Display : Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display := Gdk.Display.Get_Default; Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; X : Glib.Gint; Y : Glib.Gint) is function Internal (D : System.Address; P : System.Address; X, Y : Gint) return Gdk_Cursor; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf"); begin Cursor := Internal (Get_Object (Display), Get_Object (Pixbuf), X, Y); end Gdk_New_From_Pixbuf; end Gdk.Pixbuf; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-rectangle.ads0000644000076700001450000000536612533067541017565 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Gdk, the low-level API with Glib; use Glib; with Cairo.Region; use Cairo.Region; package Gdk.Rectangle is subtype Gdk_Rectangle is Cairo_Rectangle_Int; type Gdk_Rectangle_Access is access all Gdk_Rectangle; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Rectangle_Access); type Gdk_Rectangle_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gdk_Rectangle; -- This type is used by Gdk.Region. Full_Area : constant Gdk_Rectangle; -- The constant above can be used in Gtk.Widget.Draw when you want to -- redraw the whole widget procedure Intersect (Src1 : Gdk_Rectangle; Src2 : Gdk_Rectangle; Dest : out Gdk_Rectangle; Intersect : out Boolean); procedure Union (Src1 : Gdk_Rectangle; Src2 : Gdk_Rectangle; Dest : out Gdk_Rectangle); private Full_Area : constant Gdk_Rectangle := (Gint'First, Gint'First, Gint'Last, Gint'Last); pragma Import (C, Union, "gdk_rectangle_union"); end Gdk.Rectangle; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/misc.c0000644000076700001450000014444012533067542015462 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #include "config.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ #include "misc_osx.h" #endif #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 #include #include #endif /******************************************************************** * Returns the major/minor/macro version number of Gtk+. This is * needed as the windows version uses a different convention for the * corresponding variables gtk_{major/minor/micro)_version than the * unix version. ********************************************************************/ guint ada_gtk_major_version () { return GTK_MAJOR_VERSION; } guint ada_gtk_minor_version () { return GTK_MINOR_VERSION; } guint ada_gtk_micro_version () { return GTK_MICRO_VERSION; } /******************************************************************** ** wrappers for functions which vary on Windows ********************************************************************/ gchar * ada_g_filename_from_uri (const gchar *uri, gchar **hostname, GError **error) { #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 return g_filename_from_uri_utf8 (uri, hostname, error); #else return g_filename_from_uri (uri, hostname, error); #endif } gchar * ada_g_filename_from_utf8 (const gchar *utf8string, gssize len, gsize *bytes_read, gsize *bytes_written, GError **error) { #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 return g_filename_from_utf8_utf8 (utf8string, len, bytes_read, bytes_written, error); #else return g_filename_from_utf8 (utf8string, len, bytes_read, bytes_written, error); #endif } gchar * ada_g_filename_to_uri (const gchar *filename, const gchar *hostname, GError **error) { #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 return g_filename_to_uri_utf8 (filename, hostname, error); #else return g_filename_to_uri (filename, hostname, error); #endif } gchar * ada_g_filename_to_utf8 (const gchar *opsysstring, gssize len, gsize *bytes_read, gsize *bytes_written, GError **error) { #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 return g_filename_to_utf8_utf8 (opsysstring, len, bytes_read, bytes_written, error); #else return g_filename_to_utf8 (opsysstring, len, bytes_read, bytes_written, error); #endif } GdkPixbuf * ada_gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (const char *filename, GError **error) { #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 return gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_utf8 (filename, error); #else return gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (filename, error); #endif } GdkPixbufAnimation * ada_gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file (const char *filename, GError **error) { #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 return gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file_utf8 (filename, error); #else return gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file (filename, error); #endif } /******************************************************************** ** gmodule wrappers, deactivated under Windows ********************************************************************/ #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 gboolean ada_g_module_supported (void) { return FALSE; }; gchar* ada_g_module_build_path (const gchar *directory, const gchar *module_name) { return ""; } GModule* ada_g_module_open (const gchar *file_name, GModuleFlags flags) { return 0; } gboolean ada_g_module_close (GModule *module) { return TRUE; } gboolean ada_g_module_symbol (GModule *module, const gchar *symbol_name, gpointer *symbol) { return FALSE; } const gchar* ada_g_module_name (GModule *module) { return ""; } const gchar* ada_g_module_error (void) { return "modules not supported under Windows"; } #else gboolean ada_g_module_supported (void) { return g_module_supported(); }; gchar* ada_g_module_build_path (const gchar *directory, const gchar *module_name) { return g_module_build_path (directory, module_name); } GModule* ada_g_module_open (const gchar *file_name, GModuleFlags flags) { return g_module_open (file_name, flags); } gboolean ada_g_module_close (GModule *module) { return g_module_close (module); } gboolean ada_g_module_symbol (GModule *module, const gchar *symbol_name, gpointer *symbol) { return g_module_symbol (module, symbol_name, symbol); } const gchar* ada_g_module_name (GModule *module) { return g_module_name (module); } const gchar* ada_g_module_error (void) { return g_module_error (); } #endif /******************************************************************** ** var_arg wrappers. ********************************************************************/ gpointer ada_g_object_new (GType object_type) { return g_object_new (object_type, NULL); } void ada_g_object_get_ulong (gpointer object, const gchar *property_name, gulong *property) { g_object_get (object, property_name, property, NULL); } void ada_g_object_set_string (gpointer object, const gchar *property_name, const gchar *property) { g_object_set (object, property_name, property, NULL); } void ada_g_object_set_int (gpointer object, const gchar *property_name, gint property) { g_object_set (object, property_name, property, NULL); } void ada_g_object_set_ulong (gpointer object, const gchar *property_name, gulong property) { g_object_set (object, property_name, property, NULL); } void ada_g_object_set_ptr (gpointer object, const gchar *property_name, void *property) { g_object_set (object, property_name, property, NULL); } void ada_g_object_set_float (gpointer object, const gchar *property_name, gfloat property) { g_object_set (object, property_name, property, NULL); } void ada_g_object_set_double (gpointer object, const gchar *property_name, gdouble property) { g_object_set (object, property_name, property, NULL); } void ada_g_signal_emit_by_name (gpointer instance, const gchar *detailed_signal) { g_signal_emit_by_name (instance, detailed_signal); } void ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr (gpointer instance, const gchar *detailed_signal, void *arg) { g_signal_emit_by_name (instance, detailed_signal, arg); } void ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr_ptr (gpointer instance, const gchar *detailed_signal, void *arg1, void *arg2) { g_signal_emit_by_name (instance, detailed_signal, arg1, arg2); } void ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_int_ptr (gpointer instance, const gchar *detailed_signal, gint arg1, void *arg2) { g_signal_emit_by_name (instance, detailed_signal, arg1, arg2); } void ada_gtk_list_store_set_ptr (GtkListStore *list_store, GtkTreeIter *iter, gint col, void *val) { gtk_list_store_set (list_store, iter, col, val, -1); } void ada_gtk_list_store_set_int (GtkListStore *list_store, GtkTreeIter *iter, gint col, gint val) { gtk_list_store_set (list_store, iter, col, val, -1); } void ada_gtk_tree_store_set_ptr (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, GtkTreeIter *iter, gint col, void *val) { gtk_tree_store_set (tree_store, iter, col, val, -1); } void ada_gtk_tree_store_set_int (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, GtkTreeIter *iter, gint col, gint val) { gtk_tree_store_set (tree_store, iter, col, val, -1); } void ada_gtk_tree_store_set_ulong (GtkTreeStore *list_store, GtkTreeIter *iter, gint col, gulong val) { gtk_tree_store_set (list_store, iter, col, val, -1); } GtkWidget* ada_gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (const gchar *title, GtkWindow *parent, GtkDialogFlags flags) { return gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (title, parent, flags, NULL /* first_button_text*/, NULL); } gboolean ada_gdk_pixbuf_save (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, const char *filename, const char *type, GError **error, char *key, char *value) { return gdk_pixbuf_save (pixbuf, filename, type, error, key, value, NULL); } void ada_g_log (const gchar *log_domain, GLogLevelFlags log_level, const gchar *format) { g_log (log_domain, log_level, format); } void c_sprintf (char *s, char *format, int arg1, int arg2, int arg3) { sprintf (s, format, arg1, arg2, arg3); } void ada_gtk_tree_model_get (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, GtkTreeIter *iter, gint column, void *data) { gtk_tree_model_get (tree_model, iter, column, data, -1); } /******************************************************************** ** This function should only be used for debug purposes. ********************************************************************/ guint ada_gtk_debug_get_ref_count (GObject* object) { return G_OBJECT (object)->ref_count; } /****************************************** ** GSignal ** ******************************************/ const gchar* ada_gsignal_query_signal_name (GSignalQuery* query) { return query->signal_name; } const GType* ada_gsignal_query_params (GSignalQuery* query, guint* n_params) { *n_params = query->n_params; return query->param_types; } guint ada_gsignal_query_id (GSignalQuery* query) { return query->signal_id; } GType ada_gsignal_query_return_type (GSignalQuery* query) { return query->return_type; } /********************************************************************* ** Creating new widgets ** For each new widget created by the user, we create a new ** class record, that has the following layout: ** ** struct NewClassRecord { ** struct AncestorClass ancestor_class; // the ancestor ** void (*handler1) (...); // handler for first signal ** void (*handler2) (...); // handler for second signal ** ... ** void (*handlern) (...); // handler for nth signal ** GObjectGetPropertyFunc real_get_property; ** // pointer to the get_property ** // in user's code ** GObjectSetPropertyFunc real_set_property; ** // likewise for set_property ** }; *********************************************************************/ typedef struct { GType type; // The type. This also acts as a lock while // initializing the class record. void (*class_init)(gpointer type); // ada class init GObjectSetPropertyFunc ada_property_setter; GObjectGetPropertyFunc ada_property_getter; } AdaGObjectClassRecord; typedef AdaGObjectClassRecord* AdaGObjectClass; // Type must be synchronized with Ada. GType ada_type_from_class (GObjectClass* klass) { return G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass); } /** Reuse the dummy padding pointers set by gtk+. They are never used by * gtk+, and just there for binary compatibility. Simpler to use them than * do pointer arithmetics to find the pointer on the class structure. */ #define ADA_CLASS_FROM_C_CLASS(class) (AdaGObjectClass)(class->pdummy[0]) #define SET_ADA_CLASS_FROM_C_CLASS(class, adaclass) \ (class->pdummy[0] = (gpointer)adaclass) AdaGObjectClass ada_gobject_class_from_object(GObject* object) { return ADA_CLASS_FROM_C_CLASS(G_OBJECT_GET_CLASS(object)); } /** The class_init for the gobject types created in Ada * The class_data is of type AdaGObjectClass, as set by * ada_initialize_class_record **/ static void ada_class_record_init (GObjectClass* klass, gpointer class_data) { GType type = G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass); GType parent = g_type_parent (type); GTypeQuery query; GTypeQuery parent_query; const AdaGObjectClass ada_klass = (AdaGObjectClass)class_data; g_type_query (type, &query); g_type_query (parent, &parent_query); /* Initialize the function pointers for the new signals to NULL */ memset ((char*)(klass) + parent_query.class_size, 0, query.class_size - parent_query.class_size); /* Set a pointer to the AdaGObjectClass, so that we can retrieve it * later from a type. */ SET_ADA_CLASS_FROM_C_CLASS(klass, ada_klass); if (ada_klass->class_init) { ada_klass->class_init (klass); } } int ada_initialize_class_record (GType ancestor, gint nsignals, char* signals[], GType parameters[], gint max_parameters, GType returns[], gint max_returns, AdaGObjectClass klass, gchar* type_name) { // Make this function thread-safe and ensure we only initialize the class // once if (g_once_init_enter (&klass->type)) { /* Note: The memory allocated in this function is never freed. No need to worry, since this is only allocated once per user's widget type, and might be used until the end of the application */ GTypeQuery query; int j; /* We need to know the ancestor's class/instance sizes */ g_type_query (ancestor, &query); /************************* * This code is the equivalent of type_name@@_get_type in C. In Ada, the * type will be accessible only once at least one instance of it has * been created (whereas in C the GType is created at elaboration time). *************************/ GTypeInfo info; info.class_size = query.class_size + nsignals * sizeof (void*); //+ sizeof (AdaGObjectClass); info.base_init = NULL; info.base_finalize = NULL; info.class_init = (GClassInitFunc)(&ada_class_record_init); info.class_finalize = NULL; info.class_data = (gconstpointer)klass; info.instance_size = query.instance_size; info.n_preallocs = 0; info.instance_init = NULL; info.value_table = NULL; GType new_type = g_type_register_static ( ancestor /* parent_type */, type_name /* type_name */, &info /* info */, 0 /* flags */); /************************* * This code is generally called by g_object_new (which itself is called * from type_name_new() in C). Its result is to create and initialized * (via class_init) the class the first time an instance of it is * created. In Ada, we do not us a _class_init, so we initialize the * signals immediately after creating the class. *************************/ for (j = 0; j < nsignals; j++) { int count = 0; GClosure *closure; while (count < max_parameters && (parameters [j * max_parameters + count] != G_TYPE_NONE)) { count++; } closure = g_signal_type_cclosure_new (new_type, query.class_size + j * sizeof (void*)); /* offset */ GType return_type = G_TYPE_NONE; GSignalAccumulator acc = NULL; if (j < max_returns) { return_type = returns[j]; if (return_type == G_TYPE_BOOLEAN) { acc = g_signal_accumulator_true_handled; } } /* id = */ g_signal_newv (signals[j], /* signal_name */ new_type, /* itype */ G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST, /* signal_flags */ closure, /* class_closure */ acc, /* accumulator */ NULL, /* accu_data */ g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID, /* c_marshaller, unused at the Ada level ??? This probably makes the widget unusable from C */ return_type, /* return_type */ count, /* n_params */ parameters + j * max_parameters); /* param_types */ } /* Do not call g_type_class_ref here, since that would prevent us * from adding interfaces later on. Instead, rely on the class_init * function */ g_once_init_leave (&klass->type, new_type); // sets klass->type return 1; } return 0; } #define ADA_GTK_OVERRIDE_METHOD(TypeName, method) \ void \ ada_##TypeName##_override_##method ( \ GObjectClass* klass, gpointer handler) { \ if (handler && GTK_IS_##TypeName (klass)) { \ GTK_##TypeName (klass)->method = handler; \ } \ } ADA_GTK_OVERRIDE_METHOD(WIDGET_CLASS, size_allocate) ADA_GTK_OVERRIDE_METHOD(WIDGET_CLASS, draw) ADA_GTK_OVERRIDE_METHOD(WIDGET_CLASS, realize) ADA_GTK_OVERRIDE_METHOD(WIDGET_CLASS, get_preferred_width) ADA_GTK_OVERRIDE_METHOD(WIDGET_CLASS, get_preferred_height) void ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_size_allocate ( AdaGObjectClass klass, GtkWidget* widget, GtkAllocation* rect) { GObjectClass* objklass = g_type_class_ref (klass->type); GObjectClass* parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (objklass); GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->size_allocate (widget, rect); g_type_class_unref (objklass); } void ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_realize ( AdaGObjectClass klass, GtkWidget* widget) { GObjectClass* objklass = g_type_class_ref (klass->type); GObjectClass* parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (objklass); GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->realize (widget); g_type_class_unref (objklass); } void ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_get_preferred_width ( AdaGObjectClass klass, GtkWidget* widget, gint* min, gint* natural) { GObjectClass* objklass = g_type_class_ref (klass->type); GObjectClass* parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (objklass); GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->get_preferred_width (widget, min, natural); g_type_class_unref (objklass); } void ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_get_preferred_height ( AdaGObjectClass klass, GtkWidget* widget, gint* min, gint* natural) { GObjectClass* objklass = g_type_class_ref (klass->type); GObjectClass* parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (objklass); GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->get_preferred_height (widget, min, natural); g_type_class_unref (objklass); } gboolean ada_inherited_WIDGET_CLASS_draw ( AdaGObjectClass klass, GtkWidget* widget, cairo_t *cr) { GObjectClass* objklass = g_type_class_ref (klass->type); GObjectClass* parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (objklass); g_type_class_unref (objklass); return GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->draw (widget, cr); } /***************************************************** ** Gtk.Selection and Gtk.Dnd functions *****************************************************/ guint ada_gtk_dnd_context_targets_count (GdkDragContext* context) { return g_list_length (gdk_drag_context_list_targets (context)); } void ada_gtk_dnd_context_get_targets (GdkDragContext* context, GdkAtom* result) { GList *glist = gdk_drag_context_list_targets (context); GdkAtom* tmp = result; while (glist != NULL) { *tmp++ = (GdkAtom)glist->data; // gchar *name = gdk_atom_name ((GdkAtom)glist->data); // *tmp++ = name; glist = glist->next; } } /* * Gnode macros * */ gboolean ada_gnode_is_root (GNode * node) { return G_NODE_IS_ROOT (node); } gboolean ada_gnode_is_leaf (GNode * node) { return G_NODE_IS_LEAF (node); } GNode* ada_gnode_prev_sibling (GNode * node) { return g_node_prev_sibling (node); } GNode* ada_gnode_next_sibling (GNode * node) { return g_node_next_sibling (node); } GNode* ada_gnode_first_child (GNode * node) { return g_node_first_child (node); } /********************************************************** ** Support for events **********************************************************/ #ifdef _WIN32 #define ada_gdk_invalid_gdouble_value 1.79769313486232e308 #define ada_gdk_invalid_gint_value ((2<<31) - 1) #define ada_gdk_invalid_guint_value (guint)((2LL<<32) - 1) #define ada_gdk_invalid_guint32_value (guint32)((2LL<<32) - 1) #define ada_gdk_invalid_gulong_value (gulong)((2LL<<32) - 1) #else extern const gdouble ada_gdk_invalid_gdouble_value; extern const gint ada_gdk_invalid_gint_value; extern const guint ada_gdk_invalid_guint_value; extern const guint32 ada_gdk_invalid_guint32_value; extern const gulong ada_gdk_invalid_gulong_value; #endif GdkAtom ada_make_atom (gulong num) { return _GDK_MAKE_ATOM (num); } GdkEventType ada_gdk_event_get_event_type (GdkEvent *event) { return event->type; } guint ada_gdk_event_get_button (GdkEvent * event) { guint button; if (!gdk_event_get_button(event, &button)) { return ada_gdk_invalid_guint_value; } return button; } GdkModifierType ada_gdk_event_get_state (GdkEvent * event) { GdkModifierType state; if (!gdk_event_get_state(event, &state)) { return ada_gdk_invalid_guint_value; } return state; } guint ada_gdk_event_get_keyval (GdkEvent * event) { guint keyval; if (!gdk_event_get_keyval(event, &keyval)) { return ada_gdk_invalid_gint_value; } return keyval; } GdkWindow* ada_gdk_event_get_window (GdkEvent * event) { return ((GdkEventAny*)event)->window; } guint16 ada_gdk_event_get_keycode (GdkEvent * event) { guint16 keycode; if (!gdk_event_get_keycode(event, &keycode)) { return 0; } return keycode; } /*************************************************** * Functions for Objects ***************************************************/ GType ada_gobject_get_type (GObject* object) { return G_OBJECT_TYPE (object); } /*************************************************** * Functions for GClosure ***************************************************/ void* ada_gclosure_get_data (GClosure *closure) { return closure->data; } void* ada_cclosure_get_callback (GCClosure* closure) { return closure->callback; } /*************************************************** * Functions for GValue ***************************************************/ gpointer ada_gvalue_get_pointer (GValue* value) { return value->data[0].v_pointer; } void ada_gvalue_nth (GValue* value, guint num, GValue* val) { *val = *(value + num); } int ada_c_gvalue_size () { return sizeof (GValue); } void ada_gvalue_set (GValue* value, void *val) { if G_VALUE_HOLDS_CHAR (value) g_value_set_schar (value, *(gchar*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_UCHAR (value) g_value_set_uchar (value, *(guchar*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_BOOLEAN (value) g_value_set_boolean (value, *(char*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_INT (value) g_value_set_int (value, *(gint*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_UINT (value) g_value_set_uint (value, *(guint*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_LONG (value) g_value_set_long (value, *(glong*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_ULONG (value) g_value_set_ulong (value, *(gulong*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_FLOAT (value) g_value_set_float (value, *(gfloat*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_DOUBLE (value) g_value_set_double (value, *(gdouble*)val); else if G_VALUE_HOLDS_POINTER (value) g_value_set_pointer (value, *(gpointer*)val); else fprintf (stderr, "GtkAda: Return value type not supported\n"); } /********************************************** ** Functions for Box **********************************************/ GtkWidget* ada_box_get_child (GtkBox* widget, gint num) { GList * list; list = gtk_container_get_children ((GtkContainer*)widget); if (list && num < g_list_length (list)) return ((GtkWidget*) (g_list_nth_data (list, num))); return NULL; } /********************************************** ** Functions for Glib.Glist **********************************************/ GList* ada_list_next (GList* list) { if (list) return list->next; else return NULL; } GList* ada_list_prev (GList* list) { if (list) return list->prev; else return NULL; } gpointer ada_list_get_data (GList* list) { if (list) return list->data; else return NULL; } /********************************************** ** Functions for Glib.GSlist **********************************************/ GSList* ada_gslist_next (GSList* list) { if (list) return list->next; else return NULL; } gpointer ada_gslist_get_data (GSList* list) { return list->data; } gpointer ada_slist_get_data (GSList* list) { return list->data; } /* * * GdkWindowAttr * */ GdkWindowAttr* ada_gdk_window_attr_new (void) { GdkWindowAttr *result; result = (GdkWindowAttr*) g_new (GdkWindowAttr, 1); if (result) { result->title = NULL; result->visual = NULL; result->cursor = NULL; result->wmclass_name = NULL; result->wmclass_class = NULL; /* * Here, we only set the pointers to NULL to avoid any dangling * pointer. All the other values are left as is. It is the * responsibility of the client to make sure they are properly * set before they are accessed. */ } return result; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_destroy (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); if (window_attr->title) g_free (window_attr->title); if (window_attr->wmclass_name) g_free (window_attr->wmclass_name); if (window_attr->wmclass_class) g_free (window_attr->wmclass_class); g_free (window_attr); } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_title (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, gchar * title) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); if (window_attr->title) g_free (window_attr->title); window_attr->title = g_strdup (title); } gchar* ada_gdk_window_attr_get_title (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, NULL); return window_attr->title; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_event_mask (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, gint event_mask) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->event_mask = event_mask; } gint ada_gdk_window_attr_get_event_mask (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, 0); return window_attr->event_mask; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_x (GdkWindowAttr * window_attr, gint x) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->x = x; } gint ada_gdk_window_attr_get_x (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, 0); return window_attr->x; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_y (GdkWindowAttr * window_attr, gint y) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->y = y; } gint ada_gdk_window_attr_get_y (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, 0); return window_attr->y; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_width (GdkWindowAttr * window_attr, gint width) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->width = width; } gint ada_gdk_window_attr_get_width (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, 0); return window_attr->width; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_height (GdkWindowAttr * window_attr, gint height) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->height = height; } gint ada_gdk_window_attr_get_height (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, 0); return window_attr->height; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_wclass (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, GdkWindowWindowClass wclass) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->wclass = wclass; } GdkWindowWindowClass ada_gdk_window_attr_get_wclass (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT); return window_attr->wclass; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_visual (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, GdkVisual *visual) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->visual = visual; } GdkVisual* ada_gdk_window_attr_get_visual (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, NULL); return window_attr->visual; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_window_type (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, GdkWindowType window_type) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->window_type = window_type; } GdkWindowType ada_gdk_window_attr_get_window_type (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, GDK_WINDOW_ROOT); return window_attr->window_type; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_cursor (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, GdkCursor *cursor) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->cursor = cursor; } GdkCursor* ada_gdk_window_attr_get_cursor (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, NULL); return window_attr->cursor; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_wmclass_name (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, gchar *wmclass_name) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); if (window_attr->wmclass_name) g_free (window_attr->wmclass_name); window_attr->wmclass_name = g_strdup (wmclass_name); } gchar* ada_gdk_window_attr_get_wmclass_name (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, NULL); return window_attr->wmclass_name; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_wmclass_class (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, gchar *wmclass_class) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); if (window_attr->wmclass_class) g_free (window_attr->wmclass_class); window_attr->wmclass_class = g_strdup (wmclass_class); } gchar* ada_gdk_window_attr_get_wmclass_class (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, NULL); return window_attr->wmclass_class; } void ada_gdk_window_attr_set_override_redirect (GdkWindowAttr *window_attr, gboolean override_redirect) { g_return_if_fail (window_attr != NULL); window_attr->override_redirect = override_redirect; } gboolean ada_gdk_window_attr_get_override_redirect (GdkWindowAttr * window_attr) { g_return_val_if_fail (window_attr != NULL, FALSE); return window_attr->override_redirect; } /* * * Gdk properties * */ void ada_gdk_property_get (GdkWindow *window, GdkAtom property, GdkAtom type, gulong offset, gulong length, gint pdelete, GdkAtom *actual_property_type, gint *actual_format, gint *actual_length, guchar **data, gint *success) { *success = gdk_property_get (window, property, type, offset, length, pdelete, actual_property_type, actual_format, actual_length, data); } /****************************************** ** GEnumClass ** ******************************************/ int ada_c_enum_value_size () { return sizeof (GEnumValue); } GEnumValue* ada_genum_nth_value (GEnumClass* klass, guint nth) { return (nth < klass->n_values) ? &(klass->values[nth]) : NULL; } gint ada_genum_get_value (GEnumValue* value) { return value->value; } const gchar* ada_genum_get_name (GEnumValue* value) { return value->value_name; } const gchar* ada_genum_get_nick (GEnumValue* value) { return value->value_nick; } /****************************************** ** GFlags ** ******************************************/ GFlagsValue* ada_gflags_nth_value (GFlagsClass* klass, guint nth) { return (nth < klass->n_values) ? &(klass->values[nth]) : NULL; } gint ada_gflags_get_value (GFlagsValue* value) { return value->value; } const gchar* ada_gflags_get_name (GFlagsValue* value) { return value->value_name; } const gchar* ada_gflags_get_nick (GFlagsValue* value) { return value->value_nick; } /****************************************** ** GParamSpec ** ******************************************/ const char* ada_gparam_get_name (GParamSpec* param) { return param->name; } GParamFlags ada_gparam_get_flags (GParamSpec* param) { return param->flags; } GType ada_gparam_get_owner_type (GParamSpec* param) { return param->owner_type; } GType ada_gparam_get_value_type (GParamSpec* param) { return G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (param); } void ada_gparam_set_value_type (GParamSpec* param, GType value_type) { G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (param) = value_type; } gint8 ada_gparam_get_minimum_char (GParamSpecChar* param) { return param->minimum; } gint8 ada_gparam_get_maximum_char (GParamSpecChar* param) { return param->maximum; } gint8 ada_gparam_get_default_char (GParamSpecChar* param) { return param->default_value; } guint8 ada_gparam_get_minimum_uchar (GParamSpecUChar* param) { return param->minimum; } guint8 ada_gparam_get_maximum_uchar (GParamSpecUChar* param) { return param->maximum; } guint8 ada_gparam_get_default_uchar (GParamSpecUChar* param) { return param->default_value; } gboolean ada_gparam_get_default_boolean (GParamSpecBoolean* param) { return param->default_value; } gint ada_gparam_get_minimum_int (GParamSpecInt* param) { return param->minimum; } gint ada_gparam_get_maximum_int (GParamSpecInt* param) { return param->maximum; } gint ada_gparam_get_default_int (GParamSpecInt* param) { return param->default_value; } guint ada_gparam_get_minimum_uint (GParamSpecUInt* param) { return param->minimum; } guint ada_gparam_get_maximum_uint (GParamSpecUInt* param) { return param->maximum; } guint ada_gparam_get_default_uint (GParamSpecUInt* param) { return param->default_value; } glong ada_gparam_get_minimum_long (GParamSpecLong* param) { return param->minimum; } glong ada_gparam_get_maximum_long (GParamSpecLong* param) { return param->maximum; } glong ada_gparam_get_default_long (GParamSpecLong* param) { return param->default_value; } gulong ada_gparam_get_minimum_ulong (GParamSpecULong* param) { return param->minimum; } gulong ada_gparam_get_maximum_ulong (GParamSpecULong* param) { return param->maximum; } gulong ada_gparam_get_default_ulong (GParamSpecULong* param) { return param->default_value; } gunichar ada_gparam_get_default_unichar (GParamSpecUnichar* param) { return param->default_value; } gint ada_gparam_get_default_enum (GParamSpecEnum* param) { return param->default_value; } GEnumClass* ada_gparam_get_enum_class_enum (GParamSpecEnum* param) { return param->enum_class; } GFlagsClass* ada_gparam_get_flags_flags (GParamSpecFlags* param) { return param->flags_class; } glong ada_gparam_get_default_flags (GParamSpecFlags* param) { return param->default_value; } gfloat ada_gparam_get_minimum_gfloat (GParamSpecFloat* param) { return param->minimum; } gfloat ada_gparam_get_maximum_gfloat (GParamSpecFloat* param) { return param->maximum; } gfloat ada_gparam_get_default_gfloat (GParamSpecFloat* param) { return param->default_value; } gfloat ada_gparam_get_epsilon_gfloat (GParamSpecFloat* param) { return param->epsilon; } gdouble ada_gparam_get_minimum_gdouble (GParamSpecDouble* param) { return param->minimum; } gdouble ada_gparam_get_maximum_gdouble (GParamSpecDouble* param) { return param->maximum; } gdouble ada_gparam_get_default_gdouble (GParamSpecDouble* param) { return param->default_value; } gdouble ada_gparam_get_epsilon_gdouble (GParamSpecDouble* param) { return param->epsilon; } gchar* ada_gparam_default_string (GParamSpecString* param) { return param->default_value; } gchar* ada_gparam_cset_first_string (GParamSpecString* param) { return param->cset_first; } gchar* ada_gparam_cset_nth_string (GParamSpecString* param) { return param->cset_nth; } gchar ada_gparam_substitutor_string (GParamSpecString* param) { return param->substitutor; } gboolean ada_gparam_ensure_non_null_string (GParamSpecString* param) { return param->ensure_non_null != 0; } /****************************************** ** New widgets ******************************************/ void ada_install_property_handlers (GObjectClass* klass, GObjectSetPropertyFunc c_set_handler, GObjectGetPropertyFunc c_get_handler, GObjectSetPropertyFunc ada_set_handler, GObjectGetPropertyFunc ada_get_handler) { G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass)->set_property = c_set_handler; G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass)->get_property = c_get_handler; AdaGObjectClass adaklass = ADA_CLASS_FROM_C_CLASS(klass); adaklass->ada_property_getter = ada_get_handler; adaklass->ada_property_setter = ada_set_handler; } GObjectGetPropertyFunc ada_real_get_property_handler (GObject* object) { return ada_gobject_class_from_object(object)->ada_property_getter; } GObjectSetPropertyFunc ada_real_set_property_handler (GObject* object) { return ada_gobject_class_from_object(object)->ada_property_setter; } void ada_genum_create_enum_value (gint value, gchar* name, gchar* nick, GEnumValue* val) { val->value = value; val->value_name = g_strdup (name); val->value_nick = g_strdup (nick); } /****************************************** ** GType ** ******************************************/ GType ada_gtype_fundamental (GType type) { return G_TYPE_FUNDAMENTAL (type); } gboolean ada_g_type_is_interface (GType type) { return G_TYPE_IS_INTERFACE (type); } /****************************************** ** Handling of tree Freeze/Thaw ** ******************************************/ gint ada_gtk_tree_view_freeze_sort (GtkTreeStore* tree) { gint save; GtkSortType order; gtk_tree_sortable_get_sort_column_id (GTK_TREE_SORTABLE (tree), &save, &order); gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id (GTK_TREE_SORTABLE (tree), -2, order); return save; } void ada_gtk_tree_view_thaw_sort (GtkTreeStore* tree, gint id) { gint save; GtkSortType order; gtk_tree_sortable_get_sort_column_id (GTK_TREE_SORTABLE (tree), &save, &order); gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id (GTK_TREE_SORTABLE (tree), id, order); } /***************************************************** ** Glib *****************************************************/ struct CustomGSource { GSource source; gpointer user_data; }; GSourceFuncs* ada_allocate_g_source_funcs (gpointer prepare, gpointer check, gpointer dispatch, gpointer finalize) { GSourceFuncs* result; result = (GSourceFuncs*) malloc (sizeof (GSourceFuncs)); result->prepare = prepare; result->check = check; result->dispatch = dispatch; result->finalize = finalize; return result; } GSource* ada_g_source_new (GSourceFuncs* type, gpointer user_data) { struct CustomGSource* result = (struct CustomGSource*)g_source_new (type, sizeof (struct CustomGSource)); result->user_data = user_data; return (GSource*)result; } gpointer ada_g_source_get_user_data (GSource* source) { return ((struct CustomGSource*)source)->user_data; } /*********************************************************** ** Gtk_Text_Buffer ***********************************************************/ void ada_gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, GtkTextIter *iter, const gchar *text, gint len, GtkTextTag *tag) { gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags (buffer, iter, text, len, tag, NULL); } GtkTextTag* ada_gtk_text_buffer_create_tag (GtkTextBuffer* buffer, const gchar* name) { return gtk_text_buffer_create_tag (buffer, name, NULL); } /*********************************************************** ** Gtk_File_Chooser_Dialog ***********************************************************/ GtkWidget * ada_gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title, GtkWindow *parent, GtkFileChooserAction action) { return gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (title, parent, action, NULL, (char *)NULL); } /*********************************************************** ** Gtk_Recent_Chooser_Dialog ***********************************************************/ GtkWidget* ada_gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title, GtkWindow *parent) { return gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new (title, parent, NULL, NULL); } GtkWidget* ada_gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new_for_manager (const gchar *title, GtkWindow *parent, GtkRecentManager *manager) { return gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new_for_manager (title, parent, manager, NULL, NULL); } /************************************************************** ** Gtk_Bindings **************************************************************/ void ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_NO (GtkBindingSet* set, guint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier, const gchar* signal_name) { gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (set, keyval, modifier, signal_name, 0); } void ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_int (GtkBindingSet* set, guint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier, const gchar* signal_name, gint arg1) { gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (set, keyval, modifier, signal_name, 1, G_TYPE_INT, arg1); } void ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_int_int (GtkBindingSet* set, guint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier, const gchar* signal_name, gint arg1, gint arg2) { gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (set, keyval, modifier, signal_name, 2, G_TYPE_INT, arg1, G_TYPE_INT, arg2); } void ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_bool (GtkBindingSet* set, guint keyval, GdkModifierType modifier, const gchar* signal_name, gboolean arg1) { gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (set, keyval, modifier, signal_name, 1, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, arg1); } GdkModifierType ada_gdk_get_default_modifier () { static GdkModifierType primary = 0; if (!primary) { GdkDisplay *display = gdk_display_get_default (); GdkKeymap *keymap = gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display); GdkModifierType real; g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_KEYMAP (keymap), 0); /* Retrieve the real modifier mask */ real = gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (keymap, GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_PRIMARY_ACCELERATOR); primary = real; /* We need to translate the real modifiers into a virtual modifier (like Super, Meta, etc.). The following call adds the virtual modifiers for each real modifier defined in primary. */ gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers (keymap, &primary); if (primary != real) { /* In case the virtual and real modifiers are different, we need to remove the real modifier from the result, and keep only the virtual one. */ primary &= ~real; } } return primary; } // GtkPlug is only build on X11 backends #ifndef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 int gtk_plug_get_type() { return 0; } int gtk_socket_get_type() { return 0; } #endif // Application handling for opening files from the explorer/finder typedef struct { GtkApplication *app; // The app responsible for opening the file GFile **files; // The array of files to open gint n_files; // The size of the above array } ada_gtk_open_data; /* * Idle callback responsible for actually calling g_application_open with the * proper files to open. */ gboolean ada_gtk_application_open_files (gpointer ptr) { int i; ada_gtk_open_data *data = (ada_gtk_open_data*)ptr; g_application_open (G_APPLICATION (data->app), data->files, data->n_files, NULL); for (i = 0; i < data->n_files; i++) g_object_unref (data->files[i]); g_free (data->files); g_free (data); return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; } #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ void ada_gtk_quartz_application_open_files (GFile** files, gint n_files, gpointer user_data) { ada_gtk_open_data *data = malloc (sizeof (ada_gtk_open_data)); data->app = (GtkApplication*)user_data; data->files = files; data->n_files = n_files; ada_gtk_application_open_files (data); } #endif #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 /* The DDE API do not support user data in the DDE callback. We thus need to use the below global data to support the feature */ GtkApplication *ada_gtk_win32_app; DWORD ada_gtk_win32_id_instance; HDDEDATA CALLBACK ada_gtk_open_document_win32 (UINT uType, UINT uFmt, HCONV hconv, HSZ hsz1, HSZ hsz2, HDDEDATA hData, ULONG_PTR dwData1, ULONG_PTR dwData2) { switch (uType) { case XTYP_ADVDATA: return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FACK; case XTYP_CONNECT: return (HDDEDATA) TRUE; case XTYP_DISCONNECT: return (HDDEDATA) NULL; case XTYP_REGISTER: case XTYP_UNREGISTER: return (HDDEDATA) NULL; case XTYP_EXECUTE: { DWORD dataLen; PWSTR strData = (PWSTR) DdeAccessData (hData, &dataLen); DWORD j; PWSTR path = NULL; LPCWSTR openCmd = L"FileOpen:"; DWORD utfSize; PSTR utfPath; for (j = 0; j < dataLen; j++) { if (strData[j] == ':') { path = &strData[j + 1]; break; } else if (strData[j] != openCmd[j]) { return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FNOTPROCESSED; } } utfSize = WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, path, dataLen - 9, NULL, 0, /* indicates that we want to get the size of the result */ NULL, NULL); utfPath = (char*)malloc (utfSize + 1); WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, path, dataLen - 9, utfPath, utfSize, NULL, NULL); utfPath[utfSize] = '\0'; ada_gtk_open_data *data = malloc (sizeof(ada_gtk_open_data)); data->app = ada_gtk_win32_app; data->files = (GFile **) malloc (sizeof(GFile*)); data->n_files = 1; data->files[0] = g_file_new_for_path ((const char *)utfPath); free (utfPath); g_idle_add (ada_gtk_application_open_files, data); DdeUnaccessData (hData); /* Release the resource */ } return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FACK; }; return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FNOTPROCESSED; } #endif /* WIN32 */ static void ada_gtk_application_startup (GtkApplication *application) { #if defined (GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ) init_osx_open_files_event_handler (ada_gtk_quartz_application_open_files, (gpointer)application); #elif defined (GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32) /* On Windows, we use a DDE server to handle events from the Shell */ HSZ hszAppName; gchar* appName = g_application_get_application_id (G_APPLICATION (application)); gchar* shortAppName = appName; /* DDE server only supports a short application name. We extract the last part of the full application name for that. So that for example: com.adacore.GPS will use GPS as DDE server name */ for (; *appName != '\0'; appName++) { if (*appName == '.') shortAppName = appName + 1; } ada_gtk_win32_app = application; /* Initialize the DDE framework */ DdeInitializeW (&ada_gtk_win32_id_instance, (PFNCALLBACK) &ada_gtk_open_document_win32, APPCLASS_STANDARD | CBF_FAIL_ADVISES | CBF_FAIL_POKES | CBF_FAIL_SELFCONNECTIONS, 0); /* And register the DDE Service to the name server */ hszAppName = DdeCreateStringHandleA (ada_gtk_win32_id_instance, shortAppName, CP_WINANSI); DdeNameService (ada_gtk_win32_id_instance, /* instance identifier */ hszAppName, /* handle to service name string */ 0, /* reserved */ DNS_REGISTER | DNS_FILTERON); #endif } static void ada_gtk_application_shutdown (GtkApplication *application) { #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32 DdeUninitialize (ada_gtk_win32_id_instance); #endif } #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ /* Enable the full-screen button on OSX for the main window */ static void ada_gtk_quartz_window_added (GtkApplication *application, GtkWindow *window, gpointer user_data) { ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen (window); } #endif /* QUARTZ */ typedef enum { GTKADA_APPLICATION_FLAGS_NONE, GTKADA_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN = (1 << 0), GTKADA_APPLICATION_OSX_FULLSCREEN = (1 << 1) } GtkadaApplicationFlags; /* Called by the GtkAda.Application instance during initialisation */ void ada_gtk_setup_application(GtkApplication *app, GtkadaApplicationFlags flags) { if ((flags & GTKADA_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN) != 0) { g_signal_connect (app, "startup", G_CALLBACK (ada_gtk_application_startup), NULL); g_signal_connect (app, "shutdown", G_CALLBACK (ada_gtk_application_shutdown), NULL); } #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ if ((flags & GTKADA_APPLICATION_OSX_FULLSCREEN) != 0) { g_signal_connect (app, "window-added", G_CALLBACK (ada_gtk_quartz_window_added), NULL); } #endif } const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_boolean = G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_byte = G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_int16 = G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_uint16 = G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_int32 = G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_uint32 = G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_int64 = G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_uint64 = G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_double = G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE; const GVariantType* ada_gvariant_type_string = G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-error.adb0000644000076700001450000000723112533067541017072 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; package body Glib.Error is type GError_Struct is record Domain : GQuark; Code : Gint; Message : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; end record; pragma Convention (C, GError_Struct); -- The underlying C struct as defined in gerror.h type GError_Struct_Access is access all GError_Struct; pragma Convention (C, GError_Struct_Access); pragma Warnings (Off); -- Kill non relevant warnings about To_Gerror function To_Gerror is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (GError, GError_Struct_Access); --------------- -- Error_New -- --------------- function Error_New (Domain : GQuark; Code : Gint; Message : String) return GError is function Internal (Domain : GQuark; Code : Gint; Message : String) return GError; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_error_new_literal"); begin return Internal (Domain, Code, Message & ASCII.NUL); end Error_New; ------------------- -- Error_Matches -- ------------------- function Error_Matches (Error : GError; Domain : GQuark; Code : Gint) return Boolean is function Internal (Error : GError; Domain : GQuark; Code : Gint) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_error_matches"); begin return Internal (Error, Domain, Code) /= 0; end Error_Matches; ---------------- -- Get_Domain -- ---------------- function Get_Domain (Error : GError) return GQuark is begin return To_Gerror (Error).Domain; end Get_Domain; -------------- -- Get_Code -- -------------- function Get_Code (Error : GError) return Gint is begin return To_Gerror (Error).Code; end Get_Code; ----------------- -- Get_Message -- ----------------- function Get_Message (Error : GError) return String is begin return Value (To_Gerror (Error).Message); end Get_Message; end Glib.Error; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-unicode.adb0000644000076700001450000002330712533067541017371 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; use System; with System.Storage_Elements; use System.Storage_Elements; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package body Glib.Unicode is procedure C_Free (S : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr); pragma Import (C, C_Free, "free"); ------------------- -- UTF8_Validate -- ------------------- procedure UTF8_Validate (Str : UTF8_String; Valid : out Boolean; Invalid_Pos : out Natural) is function UTF8_Validate (Str : UTF8_String; Len : Gsize; Invalid_Pos : access System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, UTF8_Validate, "g_utf8_validate"); Pos : aliased System.Address; begin Valid := UTF8_Validate (Str, Str'Length, Pos'Access) /= 0; if Valid then Invalid_Pos := 0; else Invalid_Pos := Natural (Pos - Str (Str'First)'Address) + Str'First; end if; end UTF8_Validate; -------------- -- Is_Space -- -------------- function Is_Space (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean is function Internal (Char : Gunichar) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_isspace"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Char)); end Is_Space; -------------- -- Is_Alnum -- -------------- function Is_Alnum (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean is function Internal (Char : Gunichar) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_isalnum"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Char)); end Is_Alnum; -------------- -- Is_Alpha -- -------------- function Is_Alpha (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean is function Internal (Char : Gunichar) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_isalpha"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Char)); end Is_Alpha; -------------- -- Is_Digit -- -------------- function Is_Digit (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean is function Internal (Char : Gunichar) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_isdigit"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Char)); end Is_Digit; -------------- -- Is_Lower -- -------------- function Is_Lower (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean is function Internal (Char : Gunichar) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_islower"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Char)); end Is_Lower; -------------- -- Is_Upper -- -------------- function Is_Upper (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean is function Internal (Char : Gunichar) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_isupper"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Char)); end Is_Upper; -------------- -- Is_Punct -- -------------- function Is_Punct (Char : Gunichar) return Boolean is function Internal (Char : Gunichar) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_ispunct"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Char)); end Is_Punct; ------------------ -- UTF8_Strdown -- ------------------ function UTF8_Strdown (Str : UTF8_String) return UTF8_String is function Internal (Str : UTF8_String; Len : Natural) return ICS.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_utf8_strdown"); S : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Str, Str'Length); Result : constant String := Value (S); begin C_Free (S); return Result; end UTF8_Strdown; ---------------- -- UTF8_Strup -- ---------------- function UTF8_Strup (Str : UTF8_String) return UTF8_String is function Internal (Str : UTF8_String; Length : Natural) return ICS.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_utf8_strup"); S : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Str, Str'Length); Result : constant String := Value (S); begin C_Free (S); return Result; end UTF8_Strup; -------------------- -- UTF8_Next_Char -- -------------------- type Byte is range 1 .. 6; type Byte_Array is array (Character) of Byte; UTF8_Skip_Data : constant Byte_Array := (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 6, 6, 1, 1); function UTF8_Next_Char (Str : UTF8_String; Index : Natural) return Natural is begin return Index + Natural (UTF8_Skip_Data (Str (Index))); end UTF8_Next_Char; ------------------------- -- UTF8_Find_Next_Char -- ------------------------- function UTF8_Find_Next_Char (Str : UTF8_String; Index : Natural) return Natural is function Internal (Str, Str_End : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_utf8_find_next_char"); Result : System.Address; First : constant Natural := Str'First; begin Result := Internal (Str (First)'Address + Storage_Offset (Index - First), Str (First)'Address + Storage_Offset (Str'Length)); if Result = System.Null_Address then return Str'Last + 1; else return Natural (Result - Str'Address + Storage_Offset (First)); end if; end UTF8_Find_Next_Char; ------------------------- -- UTF8_Find_Prev_Char -- ------------------------- function UTF8_Find_Prev_Char (Str : UTF8_String; Index : Natural) return Natural is function Internal (Start, Str : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_utf8_find_prev_char"); Result : System.Address; First : constant Natural := Str'First; begin Result := Internal (Str (First)'Address, Str (First)'Address + Storage_Offset (Index - First)); if Result = System.Null_Address then return First - 1; else return Natural (Result - Str'Address + Storage_Offset (First)); end if; end UTF8_Find_Prev_Char; --------------------- -- Unichar_To_UTF8 -- --------------------- procedure Unichar_To_UTF8 (C : Gunichar; Buffer : out UTF8_String; Last : out Natural) is function Internal (C : Gunichar; Buffer : System.Address) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_unichar_to_utf8"); begin Last := Internal (C, Buffer (Buffer'First)'Address) + Buffer'First - 1; end Unichar_To_UTF8; ------------------- -- UTF8_Get_Char -- ------------------- function UTF8_Get_Char (Str : UTF8_String) return Gunichar is function Internal (Str : System.Address) return Gunichar; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_utf8_get_char"); begin return Internal (Str'Address); end UTF8_Get_Char; ----------------------------- -- UTF8_Get_Char_Validated -- ----------------------------- function UTF8_Get_Char_Validated (Str : UTF8_String) return Gunichar is function Internal (Str : System.Address) return Gunichar; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_utf8_get_char_validated"); begin return Internal (Str'Address); end UTF8_Get_Char_Validated; ----------------- -- UTF8_Strlen -- ----------------- function UTF8_Strlen (Str : UTF8_String) return Glong is function Internal (Str : System.Address; Max : Integer) return Glong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_utf8_strlen"); begin return Internal (Str'Address, Str'Length); end UTF8_Strlen; end Glib.Unicode; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-generic_properties.ads0000644000076700001450000002163012533067541021651 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Note: this package need only be used and understood by people who -- want to create their own new widgets and their associated properties. -- Normal usage of properties doesn't require any deep understanding of -- this package. -- -- This package provides two generic subpackages that make it easy to -- declare properties. -- Each of these packages define two types: -- -- - Property_RO : this type should be used for a read-only property -- of the given type. -- - Property : This is for read-write properties -- -- Each of these two types is associated with one or two primitive -- operations Get_Property and Set_Property, that allows the modification -- of properties of this type. -- -- As a user and creator of new widgets, you should always use the -- Generic_Enumeration_Property package, since it also registers the -- enumeration type with gtk+ for a full compatibility with C. -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; package Glib.Generic_Properties is -------------------------------------------------- -- Generic package for discrete type properties -- -------------------------------------------------- -- This package should be used to implement the -- Get_Property and Set_Property subprograms for all -- properties related to enumeration types and simple -- types. -- This should be used only for types defined in GtkAda -- or gtk+ themselves, not for types that you define -- yourself. Use Generic_Discrete_Type instead. generic type Discrete_Type is (<>); package Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property is type Property_RO is new Glib.Property; type Property is new Glib.Property; procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property; Value : Discrete_Type); -- Set a property of Object based on Enumeration_Type. function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property) return Discrete_Type; pragma Inline (Get_Property); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RO) return Discrete_Type; -- Get a property from Object end Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property; ------------------------------------------------- -- Generic package for enumerations properties -- ------------------------------------------------- -- This package should be used to implement the -- Get_Property and Set_Property subprograms for all -- properties related to enumeration types and simple -- types in users' applications. -- Name is the name registered in gtk+ for the type. This is also -- the name that appears in all the tools that use introspection -- to get information about the widgets and their properties, like -- GUI builders for instance -- -- !!IMPORTANT!!: For proper usage of properties based on enumeration -- types, you must specify the Convention C on the type: -- pragma Convention (C, Enumeration_Type); generic Name : String; type Enumeration is (<>); package Generic_Enumeration_Property is ----------------- -- Properties -- ----------------- package Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Enumeration); type Property_RO is new Properties.Property_RO; type Property is new Properties.Property; ----------- -- Types -- ----------- function Get_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal gtk+ type associated with the Ada enumeration -- Enumeration. You don't need to use such a function for the types -- defined in standard in GtkAda. Use Glib.Type_From_Name -- instead. function Gnew_Enum (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Enumeration := Enumeration'First; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec; -- Create a new param_spec (to describe properties), based on the -- Ada enumeration type Enumeration. This function is used when -- creating the property with Install_Property on an object. -- Name, Nick and Blurb should describe the property, not its type. ------------ -- Values -- ------------ function Get_Enum (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Enumeration; -- Return the enumeration contained in Value, assuming it is of type -- Enumeration procedure Set_Enum (Value : in out Glib.Values.GValue; Enum : Enumeration); -- Set the enumeration value for Value. This properly initializes the -- type of Value, so you don't need to call Init yourself. private The_Type : Glib.GType := Glib.GType_Invalid; pragma Import (C, Get_Enum, "g_value_get_enum"); end Generic_Enumeration_Property; ------------------------------------------------- -- Generic package for record types properties -- ------------------------------------------------- -- This package should be used to implement the -- Get_Property and Set_Property subprograms for all -- properties related to record type, like Gdk_Color and -- Gdk_Rectangle. -- This should be used only for types defined in GtkAda -- or gtk+ themselves, not for types that you define -- yourself. generic type Boxed_Type is private; with function Get_Type return Glib.GType; with function To_Address (B : Boxed_Type; Default : System.Address) return System.Address; -- Convert B into an address that can be passed to gtk+. -- Default is the address of the parameters passed by the user (since -- this function cannot return B'Address, where B might be passed by -- copy). package Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property is type Property_RO is new Glib.Property; type Property is new Glib.Property; procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property; Value : Boxed_Type); -- Set a property of Object based on Enumeration_Type. function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property) return Boxed_Type; pragma Inline (Get_Property); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RO) return Boxed_Type; -- Get a property from Object. -- Unset_Value is raised if the property is not set procedure Set_Value (Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Val : Boxed_Type); -- Store Val in Value. The latter is properly initialized, and reference -- counting is handled automatically. You must Unset Value when you are -- done using it. function Get_Value (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Boxed_Type; -- Get the value stored in Value. Reference counting is automatically -- handled, and the returned value has been properly referenced. -- Unset_Value is raised if Value contains no data end Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property; Unset_Value : exception; end Glib.Generic_Properties; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-matrix.ads0000644000076700001450000002100512533067541017441 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Generic matrix operations. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo package Cairo.Matrix is procedure Init (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Xx : Gdouble; Yx : Gdouble; Xy : Gdouble; Yy : Gdouble; X0 : Gdouble; Y0 : Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Xx: Xx component of the affine transformation -- Yx: Yx component of the affine transformation -- Xy: Xy component of the affine transformation -- Yy: Yy component of the affine transformation -- X0: X translation component of the affine transformation -- Y0: Y translation component of the affine transformation -- -- Sets matrix to be the affine transformation given by -- Xx, Yx, Xy, Yy, X0, Y0. The transformation is given -- by: -- -- X_new = Xx * X + Xy * Y + X0; -- Y_new = Yx * X + Yy * Y + Y0; procedure Init_Identity (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- -- Modifies matrix to be an identity transformation. procedure Init_Translate (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Tx : Gdouble; Ty : Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Tx: amount to translate in the X direction -- Ty: amount to translate in the Y direction -- -- Initializes matrix to a transformation that translates by Tx and -- Ty in the X and Y dimensions, respectively. procedure Init_Scale (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Sx : Gdouble; Sy : Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Sx: scale factor in the X direction -- Sy: scale factor in the Y direction -- -- Initializes matrix to a transformation that scales by Sx and Sy -- in the X and Y dimensions, respectively. procedure Init_Rotate (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Radians : Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Radians: angle of rotation, in Radians. The direction of rotation -- is defined such that positive angles rotate in the direction from -- the positive X axis toward the positive Y axis. With the default -- axis orientation of cairo, positive angles rotate in a clockwise -- direction. -- -- Initialized matrix to a transformation that rotates by radians. procedure Translate (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Tx : Gdouble; Ty : Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Tx: amount to translate in the X direction -- Ty: amount to translate in the Y direction -- -- Applies a translation by Tx, Ty to the transformation in -- matrix. The effect of the new transformation is to first translate -- the coordinates by Tx and Ty, then apply the original transformation -- to the coordinates. procedure Scale (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Sx : Gdouble; Sy : Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Sx: scale factor in the X direction -- Sy: scale factor in the Y direction -- -- Applies scaling by Sx, Sy to the transformation in matrix. The -- effect of the new transformation is to first scale the coordinates -- by Sx and Sy, then apply the original transformation to the coordinates. procedure Rotate (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Radians : Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Radians: angle of rotation, in Radians. The direction of rotation -- is defined such that positive angles rotate in the direction from -- the positive X axis toward the positive Y axis. With the default -- axis orientation of cairo, positive angles rotate in a clockwise -- direction. -- -- Applies rotation by radians to the transformation in matrix. The effect -- of the new transformation is to first rotate the coordinates by radians, -- then apply the original transformation to the coordinates. function Invert (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix) return Cairo_Status; -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- -- Changes matrix to be the inverse of its original value. Not -- all transformation matrices have inverses; if the matrix -- collapses points together (it is "degenerate"), -- then it has no inverse and this function will fail. -- -- Returns: If matrix has an inverse, modifies matrix to -- be the inverse matrix and returns Cairo_Status_Success. Otherwise, -- returns Cairo_Status_Invalid_Matrix. procedure Multiply (Result : access Cairo_Matrix; A : access Cairo_Matrix; B : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Result: a Cairo_Matrix in which to store the Result -- A: a Cairo_Matrix -- B: a Cairo_Matrix -- -- Multiplies the affine transformations in a and b together -- and stores the result in result. The effect of the resulting -- transformation is to first apply the transformation in a to the -- coordinates and then apply the transformation in b to the -- coordinates. -- -- It is allowable for result to be identical to either a or b. procedure Transform_Distance (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; Dx : access Gdouble; Dy : access Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- Dx: X component of a distance vector. An in/out parameter -- Dy: Y component of a distance vector. An in/out parameter -- -- Transforms the distance vector (Dx,Dy) by matrix. This is -- similar to Cairo.Matrix.Transform_Point except that the translation -- components of the transformation are ignored. The calculation of -- the returned vector is as follows: -- -- Dx2 = Dx1 * A + Dy1 * C; -- Dy2 = Dx1 * B + Dy1 * D; -- -- Affine transformations are position invariant, so the same vector -- always transforms to the same vector. If (X1,Y1) transforms -- to (X2,Y2) then (X1+Dx1,Y1+Dy1) will transform to -- (X1+Dx2,Y1+Dy2) for all values of X1 and X2. procedure Transform_Point (Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix; X : access Gdouble; Y : access Gdouble); -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- X: X position. An in/out parameter -- Y: Y position. An in/out parameter -- -- Transforms the point (X, Y) by matrix. private pragma Import (C, Init, "cairo_matrix_init"); pragma Import (C, Init_Identity, "cairo_matrix_init_identity"); pragma Import (C, Init_Translate, "cairo_matrix_init_translate"); pragma Import (C, Init_Scale, "cairo_matrix_init_scale"); pragma Import (C, Init_Rotate, "cairo_matrix_init_rotate"); pragma Import (C, Translate, "cairo_matrix_translate"); pragma Import (C, Scale, "cairo_matrix_scale"); pragma Import (C, Rotate, "cairo_matrix_rotate"); pragma Import (C, Invert, "cairo_matrix_invert"); pragma Import (C, Multiply, "cairo_matrix_multiply"); pragma Import (C, Transform_Distance, "cairo_matrix_transform_distance"); pragma Import (C, Transform_Point, "cairo_matrix_transform_point"); end Cairo.Matrix; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-tree_model-utils.ads0000644000076700001450000000542612533067541021113 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package Gtk.Tree_Model.Utils is function Init_Tree_Iter (Stamp : Glib.Gint; User_Data_1 : System.Address := System.Null_Address; User_Data_2 : System.Address := System.Null_Address; User_Data_3 : System.Address := System.Null_Address) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; function Is_Null (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean; -- Returns True if specified iterator is null (its internal stamp equals -- to zero). function Is_Valid (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Stamp : Glib.Gint) return Boolean; -- Returns True if specified iterator is null iterator or its internal -- stamp is equal to the specified stamp. function Get_Stamp (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gint; function Get_User_Data_1 (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address; function Get_User_Data_2 (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address; function Get_User_Data_3 (Self : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address; end Gtk.Tree_Model.Utils; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-arguments.adb0000644000076700001450000002623112533067541017617 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; package body Gtk.Arguments is use Glib.Values; type Cairo_Rectangle_Int_Access is access Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int; type Gint_Access is access Gint; type Gdouble_Access is access Gdouble; ------------- -- To_Gint -- ------------- function To_Gint (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gint is begin return Get_Int (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))); end To_Gint; -------------- -- To_Guint -- -------------- function To_Guint (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Guint is begin return Get_Uint (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))); end To_Guint; ---------------- -- To_Boolean -- ---------------- function To_Boolean (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Boolean is begin return Get_Boolean (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))); end To_Boolean; --------------- -- To_Object -- --------------- function To_Object (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Glib.Object.GObject is Stub : Glib.Object.GObject_Record; begin return Get_User_Data (Get_Address (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))), Stub); end To_Object; ---------------- -- To_C_Proxy -- ---------------- function To_C_Proxy (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Glib.C_Proxy is begin return Get_Proxy (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))); end To_C_Proxy; -------------- -- To_Event -- -------------- function To_Event (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Proxy, Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event); Proxy : constant C_Proxy := Get_Proxy (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))); begin return Convert (Proxy); end To_Event; ---------------------- -- To_Notebook_Page -- ---------------------- function To_Notebook_Page (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gtk_Notebook_Page is begin return Gtk_Notebook_Page (Get_Proxy (Nth (Args, Guint (Num)))); end To_Notebook_Page; ---------------- -- To_Address -- ---------------- function To_Address (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return System.Address is begin return Get_Address (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))); end To_Address; -------------------- -- To_Requisition -- -------------------- function To_Requisition (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Requisition_Access is pragma Warnings (Off); -- This UC is safe aliasing-wise, so kill warning function Internal is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Requisition_Access); pragma Warnings (On); begin return Internal (Get_Address (Nth (Args, Guint (Num)))); end To_Requisition; ---------------- -- To_Address -- ---------------- function To_Allocation (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Allocation_Access is pragma Warnings (Off); -- This UC is safe aliasing-wise, so kill warning function Internal is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Allocation_Access); pragma Warnings (On); begin return Internal (Get_Address (Nth (Args, Guint (Num)))); end To_Allocation; --------------- -- To_String -- --------------- function To_String (Args : Gtk_Args; Num : Positive) return UTF8_String is begin return Get_String (Nth (Args, Guint (Num))); end To_String; -------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Boolean -- -------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Boolean (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Boolean is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Get_Boolean (Val); end Unchecked_To_Boolean; -------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Gdouble -- -------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Gdouble (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gdouble is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Get_Double (Val); end Unchecked_To_Gdouble; ----------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Gint -- ----------------------- function Unchecked_To_Gint (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gint is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Get_Int (Val); end Unchecked_To_Gint; ------------------------------ -- Unchecked_To_Gint_Access -- ------------------------------ function Unchecked_To_Gint_Access (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return access Gint is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gint_Access); Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Convert (Get_Address (Val)); end Unchecked_To_Gint_Access; --------------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Gdouble_Access -- --------------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Gdouble_Access (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return access Gdouble is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gdouble_Access); Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Convert (Get_Address (Val)); end Unchecked_To_Gdouble_Access; ------------------------ -- Unchecked_To_Guint -- ------------------------ function Unchecked_To_Guint (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Guint is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Get_Uint (Val); end Unchecked_To_Guint; ----------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Context_Id -- ----------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Context_Id (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gtk.Status_Bar.Context_Id is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Gtk.Status_Bar.Context_Id (Get_Uint (Val)); end Unchecked_To_Context_Id; ------------------------------ -- Unchecked_To_UTF8_String -- ------------------------------ function Unchecked_To_UTF8_String (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return UTF8_String is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Get_String (Val); end Unchecked_To_UTF8_String; -------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Address -- -------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Address (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return System.Address is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Get_Address (Val); end Unchecked_To_Address; ------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Object -- ------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Object (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Glib.Object.GObject is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Glib.Object.Convert (Get_Address (Val)); end Unchecked_To_Object; ---------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Interface -- ---------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Interface (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Glib.Types.GType_Interface is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Glib.Types.GType_Interface (Get_Address (Val)); end Unchecked_To_Interface; --------------------------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int_Access -- --------------------------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int_Access (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return access Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Proxy, Cairo_Rectangle_Int_Access); Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Convert (Get_Proxy (Val)); end Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int_Access; -------------------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int -- -------------------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Cairo.Region.Cairo_Rectangle_Int is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Proxy, Cairo_Rectangle_Int_Access); Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Convert (Get_Proxy (Val)).all; end Unchecked_To_Cairo_Rectangle_Int; -------------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Cairo_Context -- -------------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Cairo_Context (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Cairo.Cairo_Context is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Cairo.Get_Context (Val); end Unchecked_To_Cairo_Context; --------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Gdk_RGBA -- --------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Gdk_RGBA (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Args, Num, Val); return Gdk.RGBA.Get_Value (Val); end Unchecked_To_Gdk_RGBA; ------------------------------- -- Unchecked_To_Gdk_Key_Type -- ------------------------------- function Unchecked_To_Gdk_Key_Type (Args : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Num : Guint) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type is begin return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type (Unchecked_To_Guint (Args, Num)); end Unchecked_To_Gdk_Key_Type; end Gtk.Arguments; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-types-keysyms.ads0000644000076700001450000030407212533067541020463 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Gdk, the low-level API package Gdk.Types.Keysyms is GDK_VoidSymbol : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFFFFF#; GDK_BackSpace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF08#; GDK_Tab : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF09#; GDK_Linefeed : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF0A#; GDK_Clear : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF0B#; GDK_Return : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF0D#; GDK_Pause : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF13#; GDK_Scroll_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF14#; GDK_Sys_Req : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF15#; GDK_Escape : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF1B#; GDK_Delete : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFFF#; GDK_Multi_Key : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF20#; GDK_Kanji : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF21#; GDK_Muhenkan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF22#; GDK_Henkan_Mode : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF23#; GDK_Henkan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF23#; GDK_Romaji : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF24#; GDK_Hiragana : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF25#; GDK_Katakana : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF26#; GDK_Hiragana_Katakana : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF27#; GDK_Zenkaku : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF28#; GDK_Hankaku : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF29#; GDK_Zenkaku_Hankaku : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF2A#; GDK_Touroku : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF2B#; GDK_Massyo : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF2C#; GDK_Kana_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF2D#; GDK_Kana_Shift : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF2E#; GDK_Eisu_Shift : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF2F#; GDK_Eisu_Toggle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF30#; GDK_Home : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF50#; GDK_Left : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF51#; GDK_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF52#; GDK_Right : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF53#; GDK_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF54#; GDK_Prior : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF55#; GDK_Page_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF55#; GDK_Next : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF56#; GDK_Page_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF56#; GDK_End : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF57#; GDK_Begin : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF58#; GDK_Select : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF60#; GDK_Print : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF61#; GDK_Execute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF62#; GDK_Insert : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF63#; GDK_Undo : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF65#; GDK_Redo : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF66#; GDK_Menu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF67#; GDK_Find : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF68#; GDK_Cancel : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF69#; GDK_Help : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF6A#; GDK_Break : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF6B#; GDK_Mode_Switch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_Script_Switch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_Num_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7F#; GDK_KP_Space : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF80#; GDK_KP_Tab : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF89#; GDK_KP_Enter : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF8D#; GDK_KP_F1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF91#; GDK_KP_F2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF92#; GDK_KP_F3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF93#; GDK_KP_F4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF94#; GDK_KP_Home : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF95#; GDK_KP_Left : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF96#; GDK_KP_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF97#; GDK_KP_Right : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF98#; GDK_KP_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF99#; GDK_KP_Prior : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9A#; GDK_KP_Page_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9A#; GDK_KP_Next : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9B#; GDK_KP_Page_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9B#; GDK_KP_End : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9C#; GDK_KP_Begin : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9D#; GDK_KP_Insert : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9E#; GDK_KP_Delete : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF9F#; GDK_KP_Equal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFBD#; GDK_KP_Multiply : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFAA#; GDK_KP_Add : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFAB#; GDK_KP_Separator : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFAC#; GDK_KP_Subtract : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFAD#; GDK_KP_Decimal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFAE#; GDK_KP_Divide : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFAF#; GDK_KP_0 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB0#; GDK_KP_1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB1#; GDK_KP_2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB2#; GDK_KP_3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB3#; GDK_KP_4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB4#; GDK_KP_5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB5#; GDK_KP_6 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB6#; GDK_KP_7 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB7#; GDK_KP_8 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB8#; GDK_KP_9 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFB9#; GDK_F1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFBE#; GDK_F2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFBF#; GDK_F3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC0#; GDK_F4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC1#; GDK_F5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC2#; GDK_F6 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC3#; GDK_F7 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC4#; GDK_F8 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC5#; GDK_F9 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC6#; GDK_F10 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC7#; GDK_F11 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC8#; GDK_L1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC8#; GDK_F12 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC9#; GDK_L2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFC9#; GDK_F13 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCA#; GDK_L3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCA#; GDK_F14 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCB#; GDK_L4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCB#; GDK_F15 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCC#; GDK_L5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCC#; GDK_F16 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCD#; GDK_L6 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCD#; GDK_F17 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCE#; GDK_L7 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCE#; GDK_F18 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCF#; GDK_L8 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFCF#; GDK_F19 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD0#; GDK_L9 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD0#; GDK_F20 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD1#; GDK_L10 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD1#; GDK_F21 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD2#; GDK_R1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD2#; GDK_F22 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD3#; GDK_R2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD3#; GDK_F23 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD4#; GDK_R3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD4#; GDK_F24 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD5#; GDK_R4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD5#; GDK_F25 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD6#; GDK_R5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD6#; GDK_F26 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD7#; GDK_R6 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD7#; GDK_F27 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD8#; GDK_R7 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD8#; GDK_F28 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD9#; GDK_R8 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFD9#; GDK_F29 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDA#; GDK_R9 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDA#; GDK_F30 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDB#; GDK_R10 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDB#; GDK_F31 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDC#; GDK_R11 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDC#; GDK_F32 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDD#; GDK_R12 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDD#; GDK_F33 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDE#; GDK_R13 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDE#; GDK_F34 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDF#; GDK_R14 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFDF#; GDK_F35 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE0#; GDK_R15 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE0#; GDK_Shift_L : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE1#; GDK_Shift_R : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE2#; GDK_Control_L : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE3#; GDK_Control_R : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE4#; GDK_Caps_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE5#; GDK_Shift_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE6#; GDK_Meta_L : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE7#; GDK_Meta_R : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE8#; GDK_Alt_L : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFE9#; GDK_Alt_R : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFEA#; GDK_Super_L : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFEB#; GDK_Super_R : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFEC#; GDK_Hyper_L : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFED#; GDK_Hyper_R : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FFEE#; GDK_ISO_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE01#; GDK_ISO_Level2_Latch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE02#; GDK_ISO_Level3_Shift : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE03#; GDK_ISO_Level3_Latch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE04#; GDK_ISO_Level3_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE05#; GDK_ISO_Group_Shift : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_ISO_Group_Latch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE06#; GDK_ISO_Group_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE07#; GDK_ISO_Next_Group : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE08#; GDK_ISO_Next_Group_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE09#; GDK_ISO_Prev_Group : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE0A#; GDK_ISO_Prev_Group_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE0B#; GDK_ISO_First_Group : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE0C#; GDK_ISO_First_Group_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE0D#; GDK_ISO_Last_Group : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE0E#; GDK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE0F#; GDK_ISO_Left_Tab : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE20#; GDK_ISO_Move_Line_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE21#; GDK_ISO_Move_Line_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE22#; GDK_ISO_Partial_Line_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE23#; GDK_ISO_Partial_Line_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE24#; GDK_ISO_Partial_Space_Left : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE25#; GDK_ISO_Partial_Space_Right : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE26#; GDK_ISO_Set_Margin_Left : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE27#; GDK_ISO_Set_Margin_Right : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE28#; GDK_ISO_Release_Margin_Left : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE29#; GDK_ISO_Release_Margin_Right : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE2A#; GDK_ISO_Release_Both_Margins : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE2B#; GDK_ISO_Fast_Cursor_Left : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE2C#; GDK_ISO_Fast_Cursor_Right : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE2D#; GDK_ISO_Fast_Cursor_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE2E#; GDK_ISO_Fast_Cursor_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE2F#; GDK_ISO_Continuous_Underline : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE30#; GDK_ISO_Discontinuous_Underline : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE31#; GDK_ISO_Emphasize : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE32#; GDK_ISO_Center_Object : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE33#; GDK_ISO_Enter : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE34#; GDK_Dead_Grave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE50#; GDK_Dead_Acute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE51#; GDK_Dead_Circumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE52#; GDK_Dead_Tilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE53#; GDK_Dead_Macron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE54#; GDK_Dead_Breve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE55#; GDK_Dead_Abovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE56#; GDK_Dead_Diaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE57#; GDK_Dead_Abovering : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE58#; GDK_Dead_Doubleacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE59#; GDK_Dead_Caron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE5A#; GDK_Dead_Cedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE5B#; GDK_Dead_Ogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE5C#; GDK_Dead_Iota : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE5D#; GDK_Dead_Voiced_Sound : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE5E#; GDK_Dead_Semivoiced_Sound : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FE5F#; GDK_First_Virtual_Screen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FED0#; GDK_Prev_Virtual_Screen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FED1#; GDK_Next_Virtual_Screen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FED2#; GDK_Last_Virtual_Screen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FED4#; GDK_Terminate_Server : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FED5#; GDK_Pointer_Left : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE0#; GDK_Pointer_Right : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE1#; GDK_Pointer_Up : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE2#; GDK_Pointer_Down : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE3#; GDK_Pointer_UpLeft : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE4#; GDK_Pointer_UpRight : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE5#; GDK_Pointer_DownLeft : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE6#; GDK_Pointer_DownRight : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE7#; GDK_Pointer_Button_Dflt : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE8#; GDK_Pointer_Button1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEE9#; GDK_Pointer_Button2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEEA#; GDK_Pointer_Button3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEEB#; GDK_Pointer_Button4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEEC#; GDK_Pointer_Button5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEED#; GDK_Pointer_DblClick_Dflt : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEEE#; GDK_Pointer_DblClick1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEEF#; GDK_Pointer_DblClick2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF0#; GDK_Pointer_DblClick3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF1#; GDK_Pointer_DblClick4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF2#; GDK_Pointer_DblClick5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF3#; GDK_Pointer_Drag_Dflt : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF4#; GDK_Pointer_Drag1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF5#; GDK_Pointer_Drag2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF6#; GDK_Pointer_Drag3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF7#; GDK_Pointer_Drag4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF8#; GDK_Pointer_EnableKeys : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEF9#; GDK_Pointer_Accelerate : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEFA#; GDK_Pointer_DfltBtnNext : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEFB#; GDK_Pointer_DfltBtnPrev : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FEFC#; GDK_3270_Duplicate : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD01#; GDK_3270_FieldMark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD02#; GDK_3270_Right2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD03#; GDK_3270_Left2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD04#; GDK_3270_BackTab : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD05#; GDK_3270_EraseEOF : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD06#; GDK_3270_EraseInput : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD07#; GDK_3270_Reset : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD08#; GDK_3270_Quit : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD09#; GDK_3270_PA1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD0A#; GDK_3270_PA2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD0B#; GDK_3270_PA3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD0C#; GDK_3270_Test : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD0D#; GDK_3270_Attn : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD0E#; GDK_3270_CursorBlink : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD0F#; GDK_3270_AltCursor : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD10#; GDK_3270_KeyClick : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD11#; GDK_3270_Jump : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD12#; GDK_3270_Ident : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD13#; GDK_3270_Rule : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD14#; GDK_3270_Copy : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD15#; GDK_3270_Play : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD16#; GDK_3270_Setup : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD17#; GDK_3270_Record : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD18#; GDK_3270_ChangeScreen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD19#; GDK_3270_DeleteWord : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD1A#; GDK_3270_ExSelect : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD1B#; GDK_3270_CursorSelect : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD1C#; GDK_3270_PrintScreen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD1D#; GDK_3270_Enter : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FD1E#; GDK_space : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0020#; GDK_exclam : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0021#; GDK_quotedbl : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0022#; GDK_numbersign : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0023#; GDK_dollar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0024#; GDK_percent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0025#; GDK_ampersand : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0026#; GDK_apostrophe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0027#; GDK_quoteright : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0027#; GDK_parenleft : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0028#; GDK_parenright : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0029#; GDK_asterisk : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#002a#; GDK_plus : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#002b#; GDK_comma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#002c#; GDK_minus : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#002d#; GDK_period : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#002e#; GDK_slash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#002f#; GDK_0 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0030#; GDK_1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0031#; GDK_2 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0032#; GDK_3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0033#; GDK_4 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0034#; GDK_5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0035#; GDK_6 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0036#; GDK_7 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0037#; GDK_8 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0038#; GDK_9 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0039#; GDK_colon : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#003a#; GDK_semicolon : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#003b#; GDK_less : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#003c#; GDK_equal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#003d#; GDK_greater : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#003e#; GDK_question : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#003f#; GDK_at : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0040#; GDK_A : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0041#; GDK_B : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0042#; GDK_C : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0043#; GDK_D : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0044#; GDK_E : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0045#; GDK_F : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0046#; GDK_G : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0047#; GDK_H : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0048#; GDK_I : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0049#; GDK_J : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#004a#; GDK_K : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#004b#; GDK_L : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#004c#; GDK_M : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#004d#; GDK_N : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#004e#; GDK_O : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#004f#; GDK_P : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0050#; GDK_Q : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0051#; GDK_R : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0052#; GDK_S : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0053#; GDK_T : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0054#; GDK_U : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0055#; GDK_V : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0056#; GDK_W : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0057#; GDK_X : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0058#; GDK_Y : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0059#; GDK_Z : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#005a#; GDK_bracketleft : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#005b#; GDK_backslash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#005c#; GDK_bracketright : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#005d#; GDK_asciicircum : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#005e#; GDK_underscore : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#005f#; GDK_grave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0060#; GDK_quoteleft : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0060#; GDK_LC_a : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0061#; GDK_LC_b : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0062#; GDK_LC_c : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0063#; GDK_LC_d : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0064#; GDK_LC_e : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0065#; GDK_LC_f : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0066#; GDK_LC_g : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0067#; GDK_LC_h : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0068#; GDK_LC_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0069#; GDK_LC_j : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#006a#; GDK_LC_k : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#006b#; GDK_LC_l : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#006c#; GDK_LC_m : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#006d#; GDK_LC_n : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#006e#; GDK_LC_o : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#006f#; GDK_LC_p : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0070#; GDK_LC_q : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0071#; GDK_LC_r : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0072#; GDK_LC_s : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0073#; GDK_LC_t : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0074#; GDK_LC_u : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0075#; GDK_LC_v : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0076#; GDK_LC_w : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0077#; GDK_LC_x : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0078#; GDK_LC_y : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0079#; GDK_LC_z : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#007a#; GDK_braceleft : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#007b#; GDK_bar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#007c#; GDK_braceright : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#007d#; GDK_asciitilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#007e#; GDK_nobreakspace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a0#; GDK_exclamdown : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a1#; GDK_cent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a2#; GDK_sterling : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a3#; GDK_currency : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a4#; GDK_yen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a5#; GDK_brokenbar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a6#; GDK_section : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a7#; GDK_diaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a8#; GDK_copyright : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00a9#; GDK_ordfeminine : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00aa#; GDK_guillemotleft : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ab#; GDK_notsign : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ac#; GDK_hyphen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ad#; GDK_registered : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ae#; GDK_macron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00af#; GDK_degree : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b0#; GDK_plusminus : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b1#; GDK_twosuperior : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b2#; GDK_threesuperior : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b3#; GDK_acute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b4#; GDK_mu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b5#; GDK_paragraph : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b6#; GDK_periodcentered : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b7#; GDK_cedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b8#; GDK_onesuperior : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00b9#; GDK_masculine : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ba#; GDK_guillemotright : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00bb#; GDK_onequarter : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00bc#; GDK_onehalf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00bd#; GDK_threequarters : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00be#; GDK_questiondown : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00bf#; GDK_Agrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c0#; GDK_Aacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c1#; GDK_Acircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c2#; GDK_Atilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c3#; GDK_Adiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c4#; GDK_Aring : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c5#; GDK_AE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c6#; GDK_Ccedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c7#; GDK_Egrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c8#; GDK_Eacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00c9#; GDK_Ecircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ca#; GDK_Ediaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00cb#; GDK_Igrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00cc#; GDK_Iacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00cd#; GDK_Icircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ce#; GDK_Idiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00cf#; GDK_ETH : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d0#; GDK_Ntilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d1#; GDK_Ograve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d2#; GDK_Oacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d3#; GDK_Ocircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d4#; GDK_Otilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d5#; GDK_Odiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d6#; GDK_multiply : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d7#; GDK_Ooblique : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d8#; GDK_Ugrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00d9#; GDK_Uacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00da#; GDK_Ucircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00db#; GDK_Udiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00dc#; GDK_Yacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00dd#; GDK_THORN : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00de#; GDK_ssharp : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00df#; GDK_LC_agrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e0#; GDK_LC_aacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e1#; GDK_LC_acircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e2#; GDK_LC_atilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e3#; GDK_LC_adiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e4#; GDK_LC_aring : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e5#; GDK_LC_ae : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e6#; GDK_LC_ccedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e7#; GDK_LC_egrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e8#; GDK_LC_eacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00e9#; GDK_LC_ecircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ea#; GDK_LC_ediaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00eb#; GDK_LC_igrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ec#; GDK_LC_iacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ed#; GDK_LC_icircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ee#; GDK_LC_idiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ef#; GDK_LC_eth : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f0#; GDK_LC_ntilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f1#; GDK_LC_ograve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f2#; GDK_LC_oacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f3#; GDK_LC_ocircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f4#; GDK_LC_otilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f5#; GDK_LC_odiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f6#; GDK_division : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f7#; GDK_oslash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f8#; GDK_LC_ugrave : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00f9#; GDK_LC_uacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00fa#; GDK_LC_ucircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00fb#; GDK_LC_udiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00fc#; GDK_LC_yacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00fd#; GDK_LC_thorn : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00fe#; GDK_ydiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#00ff#; GDK_Aogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01a1#; GDK_breve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01a2#; GDK_Lstroke : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01a3#; GDK_Lcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01a5#; GDK_Sacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01a6#; GDK_Scaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01a9#; GDK_Scedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01aa#; GDK_Tcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ab#; GDK_Zacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ac#; GDK_Zcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ae#; GDK_Zabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01af#; GDK_LC_aogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01b1#; GDK_ogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01b2#; GDK_LC_lstroke : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01b3#; GDK_LC_lcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01b5#; GDK_LC_sacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01b6#; GDK_caron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01b7#; GDK_LC_scaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01b9#; GDK_LC_scedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ba#; GDK_LC_tcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01bb#; GDK_LC_zacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01bc#; GDK_doubleacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01bd#; GDK_LC_zcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01be#; GDK_LC_zabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01bf#; GDK_Racute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01c0#; GDK_Abreve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01c3#; GDK_Lacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01c5#; GDK_Cacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01c6#; GDK_Ccaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01c8#; GDK_Eogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ca#; GDK_Ecaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01cc#; GDK_Dcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01cf#; GDK_Dstroke : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01d0#; GDK_Nacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01d1#; GDK_Ncaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01d2#; GDK_Odoubleacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01d5#; GDK_Rcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01d8#; GDK_Uring : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01d9#; GDK_Udoubleacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01db#; GDK_Tcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01de#; GDK_LC_racute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01e0#; GDK_LC_abreve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01e3#; GDK_LC_lacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01e5#; GDK_LC_cacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01e6#; GDK_LC_ccaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01e8#; GDK_LC_eogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ea#; GDK_LC_ecaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ec#; GDK_LC_dcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ef#; GDK_LC_dstroke : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01f0#; GDK_LC_nacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01f1#; GDK_LC_ncaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01f2#; GDK_LC_odoubleacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01f5#; GDK_LC_udoubleacute : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01fb#; GDK_LC_rcaron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01f8#; GDK_LC_uring : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01f9#; GDK_LC_tcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01fe#; GDK_abovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#01ff#; GDK_Hstroke : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02a1#; GDK_Hcircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02a6#; GDK_Iabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02a9#; GDK_Gbreve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02ab#; GDK_Jcircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02ac#; GDK_LC_hstroke : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02b1#; GDK_LC_hcircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02b6#; GDK_idotless : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02b9#; GDK_LC_gbreve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02bb#; GDK_LC_jcircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02bc#; GDK_Cabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02c5#; GDK_Ccircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02c6#; GDK_Gabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02d5#; GDK_Gcircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02d8#; GDK_Ubreve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02dd#; GDK_Scircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02de#; GDK_LC_cabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02e5#; GDK_LC_ccircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02e6#; GDK_LC_gabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02f5#; GDK_LC_gcircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02f8#; GDK_LC_ubreve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02fd#; GDK_LC_scircumflex : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#02fe#; GDK_kra : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03a2#; GDK_kappa : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03a2#; GDK_Rcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03a3#; GDK_Itilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03a5#; GDK_Lcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03a6#; GDK_Emacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03aa#; GDK_Gcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03ab#; GDK_Tslash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03ac#; GDK_LC_rcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03b3#; GDK_LC_itilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03b5#; GDK_LC_lcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03b6#; GDK_LC_emacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03ba#; GDK_LC_gcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03bb#; GDK_LC_tslash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03bc#; GDK_ENG : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03bd#; GDK_LC_eng : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03bf#; GDK_Amacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03c0#; GDK_Iogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03c7#; GDK_Eabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03cc#; GDK_Imacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03cf#; GDK_Ncedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03d1#; GDK_Omacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03d2#; GDK_Kcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03d3#; GDK_Uogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03d9#; GDK_Utilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03dd#; GDK_Umacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03de#; GDK_LC_amacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03e0#; GDK_LC_iogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03e7#; GDK_LC_eabovedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03ec#; GDK_LC_imacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03ef#; GDK_LC_ncedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03f1#; GDK_LC_omacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03f2#; GDK_LC_kcedilla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03f3#; GDK_LC_uogonek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03f9#; GDK_LC_utilde : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03fd#; GDK_LC_umacron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#03fe#; GDK_overline : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#047e#; GDK_kana_fullstop : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a1#; GDK_kana_openingbracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a2#; GDK_kana_closingbracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a3#; GDK_kana_comma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a4#; GDK_kana_conjunctive : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a5#; GDK_kana_middledot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a5#; GDK_kana_WO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a6#; GDK_kana_LC_a : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a7#; GDK_kana_LC_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a8#; GDK_kana_LC_u : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04a9#; GDK_kana_LC_e : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04aa#; GDK_kana_LC_o : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04ab#; GDK_kana_LC_ya : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04ac#; GDK_kana_LC_yu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04ad#; GDK_kana_LC_yo : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04ae#; GDK_kana_LC_tsu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04af#; GDK_kana_LC_tu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04af#; GDK_prolongedsound : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b0#; GDK_kana_a : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b1#; GDK_kana_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b2#; GDK_kana_u : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b3#; GDK_kana_e : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b4#; GDK_kana_o : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b5#; GDK_kana_KA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b6#; GDK_kana_KI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b7#; GDK_kana_KU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b8#; GDK_kana_KE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04b9#; GDK_kana_KO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04ba#; GDK_kana_SA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04bb#; GDK_kana_SHI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04bc#; GDK_kana_SU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04bd#; GDK_kana_SE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04be#; GDK_kana_SO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04bf#; GDK_kana_TA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c0#; GDK_kana_CHI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c1#; GDK_kana_TI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c1#; GDK_kana_tsu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c2#; GDK_kana_tu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c2#; GDK_kana_TE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c3#; GDK_kana_TO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c4#; GDK_kana_NA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c5#; GDK_kana_NI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c6#; GDK_kana_NU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c7#; GDK_kana_NE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c8#; GDK_kana_NO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04c9#; GDK_kana_HA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04ca#; GDK_kana_HI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04cb#; GDK_kana_FU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04cc#; GDK_kana_HU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04cc#; GDK_kana_HE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04cd#; GDK_kana_HO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04ce#; GDK_kana_MA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04cf#; GDK_kana_MI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d0#; GDK_kana_MU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d1#; GDK_kana_ME : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d2#; GDK_kana_MO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d3#; GDK_kana_ya : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d4#; GDK_kana_yu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d5#; GDK_kana_yo : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d6#; GDK_kana_RA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d7#; GDK_kana_RI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d8#; GDK_kana_RU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04d9#; GDK_kana_RE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04da#; GDK_kana_RO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04db#; GDK_kana_WA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04dc#; GDK_kana_N : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04dd#; GDK_voicedsound : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04de#; GDK_semivoicedsound : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#04df#; GDK_kana_switch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_Arabic_comma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ac#; GDK_Arabic_semicolon : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05bb#; GDK_Arabic_Question_Mark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05bf#; GDK_Arabic_hamza : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c1#; GDK_Arabic_maddaonalef : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c2#; GDK_Arabic_hamzaonalef : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c3#; GDK_Arabic_hamzaonwaw : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c4#; GDK_Arabic_hamzaunderalef : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c5#; GDK_Arabic_hamzaonyeh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c6#; GDK_Arabic_alef : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c7#; GDK_Arabic_beh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c8#; GDK_Arabic_tehmarbuta : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05c9#; GDK_Arabic_teh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ca#; GDK_Arabic_theh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05cb#; GDK_Arabic_jeem : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05cc#; GDK_Arabic_hah : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05cd#; GDK_Arabic_khah : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ce#; GDK_Arabic_dal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05cf#; GDK_Arabic_thal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d0#; GDK_Arabic_ra : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d1#; GDK_Arabic_zain : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d2#; GDK_Arabic_seen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d3#; GDK_Arabic_sheen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d4#; GDK_Arabic_sad : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d5#; GDK_Arabic_dad : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d6#; GDK_Arabic_tah : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d7#; GDK_Arabic_zah : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d8#; GDK_Arabic_ain : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05d9#; GDK_Arabic_ghain : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05da#; GDK_Arabic_tatweel : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e0#; GDK_Arabic_feh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e1#; GDK_Arabic_qaf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e2#; GDK_Arabic_kaf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e3#; GDK_Arabic_lam : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e4#; GDK_Arabic_meem : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e5#; GDK_Arabic_noon : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e6#; GDK_Arabic_ha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e7#; GDK_Arabic_heh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e7#; GDK_Arabic_waw : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e8#; GDK_Arabic_alefmaksura : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05e9#; GDK_Arabic_yeh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ea#; GDK_Arabic_fathatan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05eb#; GDK_Arabic_dammatan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ec#; GDK_Arabic_kasratan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ed#; GDK_Arabic_fatha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ee#; GDK_Arabic_damma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05ef#; GDK_Arabic_kasra : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05f0#; GDK_Arabic_shadda : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05f1#; GDK_Arabic_sukun : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#05f2#; GDK_Arabic_switch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_Serbian_LC_dje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a1#; GDK_Macedonia_LC_gje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a2#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_io : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a3#; GDK_Ukrainian_LC_ie : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a4#; GDK_Ukranian_LC_je : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a4#; GDK_Macedonia_LC_dse : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a5#; GDK_Ukrainian_LC_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a6#; GDK_Ukranian_LC_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a6#; GDK_Ukrainian_LC_yi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a7#; GDK_Ukranian_LC_yi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a7#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_je : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a8#; GDK_Serbian_LC_je : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a8#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_lje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a9#; GDK_Serbian_LC_lje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06a9#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_nje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06aa#; GDK_Serbian_LC_nje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06aa#; GDK_Serbian_LC_tshe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ab#; GDK_Macedonia_LC_kje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ac#; GDK_Byelorussian_LC_shortu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ae#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_dzhe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06af#; GDK_Serbian_LC_dze : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06af#; GDK_numerosign : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b0#; GDK_Serbian_dje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b1#; GDK_Macedonia_gje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b2#; GDK_Cyrillic_io : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b3#; GDK_Ukrainian_ie : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b4#; GDK_Ukranian_je : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b4#; GDK_Macedonia_dse : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b5#; GDK_Ukrainian_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b6#; GDK_Ukranian_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b6#; GDK_Ukrainian_yi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b7#; GDK_Ukranian_yi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b7#; GDK_Cyrillic_je : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b8#; GDK_Serbian_je : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b8#; GDK_Cyrillic_lje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b9#; GDK_Serbian_lje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06b9#; GDK_Cyrillic_nje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ba#; GDK_Serbian_nje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ba#; GDK_Serbian_tshe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06bb#; GDK_Macedonia_kje : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06bc#; GDK_Byelorussian_shortu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06be#; GDK_Cyrillic_dzhe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06bf#; GDK_Serbian_dze : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06bf#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_yu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c0#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_a : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c1#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_be : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c2#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_tse : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c3#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_de : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c4#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ie : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c5#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ef : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c6#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ghe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c7#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c8#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06c9#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_shorti : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ca#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ka : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06cb#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_el : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06cc#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_em : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06cd#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_en : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ce#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_o : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06cf#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_pe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d0#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ya : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d1#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_er : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d2#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_es : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d3#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_te : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d4#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_u : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d5#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_zhe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d6#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d7#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_softsign : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d8#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_yeru : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06d9#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_ze : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06da#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_sha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06db#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_e : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06dc#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_shcha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06dd#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_che : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06de#; GDK_Cyrillic_LC_hardsign : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06df#; GDK_Cyrillic_yu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e0#; GDK_Cyrillic_a : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e1#; GDK_Cyrillic_be : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e2#; GDK_Cyrillic_tse : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e3#; GDK_Cyrillic_de : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e4#; GDK_Cyrillic_ie : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e5#; GDK_Cyrillic_ef : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e6#; GDK_Cyrillic_ghe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e7#; GDK_Cyrillic_ha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e8#; GDK_Cyrillic_i : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06e9#; GDK_Cyrillic_shorti : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ea#; GDK_Cyrillic_ka : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06eb#; GDK_Cyrillic_el : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ec#; GDK_Cyrillic_em : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ed#; GDK_Cyrillic_en : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ee#; GDK_Cyrillic_o : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ef#; GDK_Cyrillic_pe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f0#; GDK_Cyrillic_ya : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f1#; GDK_Cyrillic_er : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f2#; GDK_Cyrillic_es : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f3#; GDK_Cyrillic_te : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f4#; GDK_Cyrillic_u : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f5#; GDK_Cyrillic_zhe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f6#; GDK_Cyrillic_ve : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f7#; GDK_Cyrillic_softsign : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f8#; GDK_Cyrillic_yeru : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06f9#; GDK_Cyrillic_ze : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06fa#; GDK_Cyrillic_sha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06fb#; GDK_Cyrillic_e : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06fc#; GDK_Cyrillic_shcha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06fd#; GDK_Cyrillic_che : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06fe#; GDK_Cyrillic_hardsign : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#06ff#; GDK_Greek_ALPHAaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a1#; GDK_Greek_EPSILONaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a2#; GDK_Greek_ETAaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a3#; GDK_Greek_IOTAaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a4#; GDK_Greek_IOTAdiaeresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a5#; GDK_Greek_OMICRONaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a7#; GDK_Greek_UPSILONaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a8#; GDK_Greek_UPSILONdieresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07a9#; GDK_Greek_OMEGAaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ab#; GDK_Greek_accentdieresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ae#; GDK_Greek_horizbar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07af#; GDK_Greek_LC_alphaaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b1#; GDK_Greek_LC_epsilonaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b2#; GDK_Greek_LC_etaaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b3#; GDK_Greek_LC_iotaaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b4#; GDK_Greek_iotadieresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b5#; GDK_Greek_iotaaccentdieresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b6#; GDK_Greek_LC_omicronaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b7#; GDK_Greek_LC_upsilonaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b8#; GDK_Greek_LC_upsilondieresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07b9#; GDK_Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ba#; GDK_Greek_LC_omegaaccent : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07bb#; GDK_Greek_ALPHA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c1#; GDK_Greek_BETA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c2#; GDK_Greek_GAMMA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c3#; GDK_Greek_DELTA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c4#; GDK_Greek_EPSILON : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c5#; GDK_Greek_ZETA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c6#; GDK_Greek_ETA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c7#; GDK_Greek_THETA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c8#; GDK_Greek_IOTA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07c9#; GDK_Greek_KAPPA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ca#; GDK_Greek_LAMDA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07cb#; GDK_Greek_LAMBDA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07cb#; GDK_Greek_MU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07cc#; GDK_Greek_NU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07cd#; GDK_Greek_XI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ce#; GDK_Greek_OMICRON : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07cf#; GDK_Greek_PI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d0#; GDK_Greek_RHO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d1#; GDK_Greek_SIGMA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d2#; GDK_Greek_TAU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d4#; GDK_Greek_UPSILON : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d5#; GDK_Greek_PHI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d6#; GDK_Greek_CHI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d7#; GDK_Greek_PSI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d8#; GDK_Greek_OMEGA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07d9#; GDK_Greek_LC_alpha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e1#; GDK_Greek_LC_beta : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e2#; GDK_Greek_LC_gamma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e3#; GDK_Greek_LC_delta : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e4#; GDK_Greek_LC_epsilon : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e5#; GDK_Greek_LC_zeta : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e6#; GDK_Greek_LC_eta : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e7#; GDK_Greek_LC_theta : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e8#; GDK_Greek_LC_iota : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07e9#; GDK_Greek_LC_kappa : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ea#; GDK_Greek_LC_lamda : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07eb#; GDK_Greek_LC_lambda : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07eb#; GDK_Greek_LC_mu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ec#; GDK_Greek_LC_nu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ed#; GDK_Greek_LC_xi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ee#; GDK_Greek_LC_omicron : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07ef#; GDK_Greek_LC_pi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f0#; GDK_Greek_LC_rho : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f1#; GDK_Greek_LC_sigma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f2#; GDK_Greek_finalsmallsigma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f3#; GDK_Greek_LC_tau : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f4#; GDK_Greek_LC_upsilon : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f5#; GDK_Greek_LC_phi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f6#; GDK_Greek_LC_chi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f7#; GDK_Greek_LC_psi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f8#; GDK_Greek_LC_omega : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#07f9#; GDK_Greek_switch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_leftradical : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a1#; GDK_topleftradical : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a2#; GDK_horizconnector : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a3#; GDK_topintegral : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a4#; GDK_botintegral : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a5#; GDK_vertconnector : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a6#; GDK_topleftsqbracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a7#; GDK_botleftsqbracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a8#; GDK_toprightsqbracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08a9#; GDK_botrightsqbracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08aa#; GDK_topleftparens : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08ab#; GDK_botleftparens : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08ac#; GDK_toprightparens : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08ad#; GDK_botrightparens : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08ae#; GDK_leftmiddlecurlybrace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08af#; GDK_rightmiddlecurlybrace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b0#; GDK_topleftsummation : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b1#; GDK_botleftsummation : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b2#; GDK_topvertsummationconnector : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b3#; GDK_botvertsummationconnector : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b4#; GDK_toprightsummation : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b5#; GDK_botrightsummation : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b6#; GDK_rightmiddlesummation : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08b7#; GDK_lessthanequal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08bc#; GDK_notequal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08bd#; GDK_greaterthanequal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08be#; GDK_integral : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08bf#; GDK_therefore : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08c0#; GDK_variation : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08c1#; GDK_infinity : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08c2#; GDK_nabla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08c5#; GDK_approximate : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08c8#; GDK_similarequal : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08c9#; GDK_ifonlyif : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08cd#; GDK_implies : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08ce#; GDK_identical : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08cf#; GDK_radical : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08d6#; GDK_includedin : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08da#; GDK_includes : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08db#; GDK_intersection : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08dc#; GDK_union : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08dd#; GDK_logicaland : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08de#; GDK_logicalor : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08df#; GDK_partialderivative : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08ef#; GDK_function : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08f6#; GDK_leftarrow : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08fb#; GDK_uparrow : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08fc#; GDK_rightarrow : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08fd#; GDK_downarrow : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#08fe#; GDK_blank : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09df#; GDK_soliddiamond : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e0#; GDK_checkerboard : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e1#; GDK_ht : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e2#; GDK_ff : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e3#; GDK_cr : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e4#; GDK_lf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e5#; GDK_nl : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e8#; GDK_vt : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09e9#; GDK_lowrightcorner : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09ea#; GDK_uprightcorner : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09eb#; GDK_upleftcorner : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09ec#; GDK_lowleftcorner : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09ed#; GDK_crossinglines : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09ee#; GDK_horizlinescan1 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09ef#; GDK_horizlinescan3 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f0#; GDK_horizlinescan5 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f1#; GDK_horizlinescan7 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f2#; GDK_horizlinescan9 : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f3#; GDK_leftt : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f4#; GDK_rightt : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f5#; GDK_bott : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f6#; GDK_topt : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f7#; GDK_vertbar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#09f8#; GDK_emspace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa1#; GDK_enspace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa2#; GDK_em3space : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa3#; GDK_em4space : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa4#; GDK_digitspace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa5#; GDK_punctspace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa6#; GDK_thinspace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa7#; GDK_hairspace : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa8#; GDK_emdash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aa9#; GDK_endash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aaa#; GDK_signifblank : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aac#; GDK_ellipsis : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aae#; GDK_doubbaselinedot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aaf#; GDK_onethird : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab0#; GDK_twothirds : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab1#; GDK_onefifth : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab2#; GDK_twofifths : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab3#; GDK_threefifths : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab4#; GDK_fourfifths : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab5#; GDK_onesixth : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab6#; GDK_fivesixths : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab7#; GDK_careof : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ab8#; GDK_figdash : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0abb#; GDK_leftanglebracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0abc#; GDK_decimalpoint : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0abd#; GDK_rightanglebracket : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0abe#; GDK_marker : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0abf#; GDK_oneeighth : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ac3#; GDK_threeeighths : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ac4#; GDK_fiveeighths : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ac5#; GDK_seveneighths : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ac6#; GDK_trademark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ac9#; GDK_signaturemark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aca#; GDK_trademarkincircle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0acb#; GDK_leftopentriangle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0acc#; GDK_rightopentriangle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0acd#; GDK_emopencircle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ace#; GDK_emopenrectangle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0acf#; GDK_leftsinglequotemark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad0#; GDK_rightsinglequotemark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad1#; GDK_leftdoublequotemark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad2#; GDK_rightdoublequotemark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad3#; GDK_prescription : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad4#; GDK_minutes : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad6#; GDK_seconds : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad7#; GDK_latincross : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ad9#; GDK_hexagram : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ada#; GDK_filledrectbullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0adb#; GDK_filledlefttribullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0adc#; GDK_filledrighttribullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0add#; GDK_emfilledcircle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ade#; GDK_emfilledrect : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0adf#; GDK_enopencircbullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae0#; GDK_enopensquarebullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae1#; GDK_openrectbullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae2#; GDK_opentribulletup : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae3#; GDK_opentribulletdown : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae4#; GDK_openstar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae5#; GDK_enfilledcircbullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae6#; GDK_enfilledsqbullet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae7#; GDK_filledtribulletup : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae8#; GDK_filledtribulletdown : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ae9#; GDK_leftpointer : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aea#; GDK_rightpointer : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aeb#; GDK_club : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aec#; GDK_diamond : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aed#; GDK_heart : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aee#; GDK_maltesecross : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af0#; GDK_dagger : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af1#; GDK_doubledagger : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af2#; GDK_checkmark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af3#; GDK_ballotcross : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af4#; GDK_musicalsharp : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af5#; GDK_musicalflat : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af6#; GDK_malesymbol : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af7#; GDK_femalesymbol : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af8#; GDK_telephone : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0af9#; GDK_telephonerecorder : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0afa#; GDK_phonographcopyright : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0afb#; GDK_caret : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0afc#; GDK_singlelowquotemark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0afd#; GDK_doublelowquotemark : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0afe#; GDK_cursor : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0aff#; GDK_leftcaret : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ba3#; GDK_rightcaret : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ba6#; GDK_downcaret : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ba8#; GDK_upcaret : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ba9#; GDK_overbar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bc0#; GDK_downtack : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bc2#; GDK_upshoe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bc3#; GDK_downstile : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bc4#; GDK_underbar : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bc6#; GDK_jot : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bca#; GDK_quad : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bcc#; GDK_uptack : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bce#; GDK_circle : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bcf#; GDK_upstile : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bd3#; GDK_downshoe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bd6#; GDK_rightshoe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bd8#; GDK_leftshoe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bda#; GDK_lefttack : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bdc#; GDK_righttack : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0bfc#; GDK_hebrew_doublelowline : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cdf#; GDK_hebrew_aleph : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce0#; GDK_hebrew_bet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce1#; GDK_hebrew_beth : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce1#; GDK_hebrew_gimel : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce2#; GDK_hebrew_gimmel : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce2#; GDK_hebrew_dalet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce3#; GDK_hebrew_daleth : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce3#; GDK_hebrew_he : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce4#; GDK_hebrew_waw : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce5#; GDK_hebrew_zain : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce6#; GDK_hebrew_zayin : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce6#; GDK_hebrew_chet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce7#; GDK_hebrew_het : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce7#; GDK_hebrew_tet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce8#; GDK_hebrew_teth : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce8#; GDK_hebrew_yod : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ce9#; GDK_hebrew_finalkaph : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cea#; GDK_hebrew_kaph : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ceb#; GDK_hebrew_lamed : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cec#; GDK_hebrew_finalmem : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ced#; GDK_hebrew_mem : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cee#; GDK_hebrew_finalnun : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cef#; GDK_hebrew_nun : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf0#; GDK_hebrew_samech : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf1#; GDK_hebrew_samekh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf1#; GDK_hebrew_ayin : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf2#; GDK_hebrew_finalpe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf3#; GDK_hebrew_pe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf4#; GDK_hebrew_finalzade : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf5#; GDK_hebrew_finalzadi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf5#; GDK_hebrew_zade : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf6#; GDK_hebrew_zadi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf6#; GDK_hebrew_qoph : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf7#; GDK_hebrew_kuf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf7#; GDK_hebrew_resh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf8#; GDK_hebrew_shin : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cf9#; GDK_hebrew_taw : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cfa#; GDK_hebrew_taf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0cfa#; GDK_Hebrew_switch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_Thai_kokai : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da1#; GDK_Thai_khokhai : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da2#; GDK_Thai_khokhuat : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da3#; GDK_Thai_khokhwai : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da4#; GDK_Thai_khokhon : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da5#; GDK_Thai_khorakhang : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da6#; GDK_Thai_ngongu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da7#; GDK_Thai_chochan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da8#; GDK_Thai_choching : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0da9#; GDK_Thai_chochang : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0daa#; GDK_Thai_soso : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dab#; GDK_Thai_chochoe : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dac#; GDK_Thai_yoying : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dad#; GDK_Thai_dochada : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dae#; GDK_Thai_topatak : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0daf#; GDK_Thai_thothan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db0#; GDK_Thai_thonangmontho : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db1#; GDK_Thai_thophuthao : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db2#; GDK_Thai_nonen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db3#; GDK_Thai_dodek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db4#; GDK_Thai_totao : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db5#; GDK_Thai_thothung : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db6#; GDK_Thai_thothahan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db7#; GDK_Thai_thothong : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db8#; GDK_Thai_nonu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0db9#; GDK_Thai_bobaimai : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dba#; GDK_Thai_popla : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dbb#; GDK_Thai_phophung : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dbc#; GDK_Thai_fofa : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dbd#; GDK_Thai_phophan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dbe#; GDK_Thai_fofan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dbf#; GDK_Thai_phosamphao : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc0#; GDK_Thai_moma : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc1#; GDK_Thai_yoyak : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc2#; GDK_Thai_rorua : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc3#; GDK_Thai_ru : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc4#; GDK_Thai_loling : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc5#; GDK_Thai_lu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc6#; GDK_Thai_wowaen : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc7#; GDK_Thai_sosala : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc8#; GDK_Thai_sorusi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dc9#; GDK_Thai_sosua : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dca#; GDK_Thai_hohip : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dcb#; GDK_Thai_lochula : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dcc#; GDK_Thai_oang : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dcd#; GDK_Thai_honokhuk : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dce#; GDK_Thai_paiyannoi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dcf#; GDK_Thai_saraa : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd0#; GDK_Thai_maihanakat : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd1#; GDK_Thai_saraaa : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd2#; GDK_Thai_saraam : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd3#; GDK_Thai_sarai : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd4#; GDK_Thai_saraii : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd5#; GDK_Thai_saraue : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd6#; GDK_Thai_sarauee : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd7#; GDK_Thai_sarau : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd8#; GDK_Thai_sarauu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dd9#; GDK_Thai_phinthu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dda#; GDK_Thai_Maihanakat_Maitho : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dde#; GDK_Thai_baht : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ddf#; GDK_Thai_sarae : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de0#; GDK_Thai_saraae : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de1#; GDK_Thai_sarao : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de2#; GDK_Thai_saraaimaimuan : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de3#; GDK_Thai_saraaimaimalai : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de4#; GDK_Thai_lakkhangyao : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de5#; GDK_Thai_maiyamok : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de6#; GDK_Thai_maitaikhu : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de7#; GDK_Thai_maiek : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de8#; GDK_Thai_maitho : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0de9#; GDK_Thai_maitri : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dea#; GDK_Thai_maichattawa : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0deb#; GDK_Thai_thanthakhat : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0dec#; GDK_Thai_nikhahit : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ded#; GDK_Thai_leksun : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df0#; GDK_Thai_leknung : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df1#; GDK_Thai_leksong : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df2#; GDK_Thai_leksam : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df3#; GDK_Thai_leksi : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df4#; GDK_Thai_lekha : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df5#; GDK_Thai_lekhok : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df6#; GDK_Thai_lekchet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df7#; GDK_Thai_lekpaet : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df8#; GDK_Thai_lekkao : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0df9#; GDK_Hangul : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff31#; GDK_Hangul_Start : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff32#; GDK_Hangul_End : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff33#; GDK_Hangul_Hanja : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff34#; GDK_Hangul_Jamo : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff35#; GDK_Hangul_Romaja : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff36#; GDK_Hangul_Codeinput : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff37#; GDK_Hangul_Jeonja : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff38#; GDK_Hangul_Banja : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff39#; GDK_Hangul_PreHanja : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff3a#; GDK_Hangul_PostHanja : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff3b#; GDK_Hangul_SingleCandidate : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff3c#; GDK_Hangul_MultipleCandidate : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff3d#; GDK_Hangul_PreviousCandidate : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff3e#; GDK_Hangul_Special : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#ff3f#; GDK_Hangul_switch : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#FF7E#; GDK_Hangul_Kiyeog : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea1#; GDK_Hangul_SsangKiyeog : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea2#; GDK_Hangul_KiyeogSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea3#; GDK_Hangul_Nieun : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea4#; GDK_Hangul_NieunJieuj : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea5#; GDK_Hangul_NieunHieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea6#; GDK_Hangul_Dikeud : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea7#; GDK_Hangul_SsangDikeud : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea8#; GDK_Hangul_Rieul : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ea9#; GDK_Hangul_RieulKiyeog : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eaa#; GDK_Hangul_RieulMieum : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eab#; GDK_Hangul_RieulPieub : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eac#; GDK_Hangul_RieulSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ead#; GDK_Hangul_RieulTieut : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eae#; GDK_Hangul_RieulPhieuf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eaf#; GDK_Hangul_RieulHieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb0#; GDK_Hangul_Mieum : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb1#; GDK_Hangul_Pieub : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb2#; GDK_Hangul_SsangPieub : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb3#; GDK_Hangul_PieubSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb4#; GDK_Hangul_Sios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb5#; GDK_Hangul_SsangSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb6#; GDK_Hangul_Ieung : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb7#; GDK_Hangul_Jieuj : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb8#; GDK_Hangul_SsangJieuj : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eb9#; GDK_Hangul_Cieuc : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eba#; GDK_Hangul_Khieuq : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ebb#; GDK_Hangul_Tieut : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ebc#; GDK_Hangul_Phieuf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ebd#; GDK_Hangul_Hieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ebe#; GDK_Hangul_A : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ebf#; GDK_Hangul_AE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec0#; GDK_Hangul_YA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec1#; GDK_Hangul_YAE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec2#; GDK_Hangul_EO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec3#; GDK_Hangul_E : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec4#; GDK_Hangul_YEO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec5#; GDK_Hangul_YE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec6#; GDK_Hangul_O : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec7#; GDK_Hangul_WA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec8#; GDK_Hangul_WAE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ec9#; GDK_Hangul_OE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eca#; GDK_Hangul_YO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ecb#; GDK_Hangul_U : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ecc#; GDK_Hangul_WEO : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ecd#; GDK_Hangul_WE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ece#; GDK_Hangul_WI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ecf#; GDK_Hangul_YU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed0#; GDK_Hangul_EU : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed1#; GDK_Hangul_YI : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed2#; GDK_Hangul_I : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed3#; GDK_Hangul_J_Kiyeog : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed4#; GDK_Hangul_J_SsangKiyeog : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed5#; GDK_Hangul_J_KiyeogSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed6#; GDK_Hangul_J_Nieun : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed7#; GDK_Hangul_J_NieunJieuj : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed8#; GDK_Hangul_J_NieunHieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ed9#; GDK_Hangul_J_Dikeud : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eda#; GDK_Hangul_J_Rieul : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0edb#; GDK_Hangul_J_RieulKiyeog : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0edc#; GDK_Hangul_J_RieulMieum : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0edd#; GDK_Hangul_J_RieulPieub : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ede#; GDK_Hangul_J_RieulSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0edf#; GDK_Hangul_J_RieulTieut : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee0#; GDK_Hangul_J_RieulPhieuf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee1#; GDK_Hangul_J_RieulHieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee2#; GDK_Hangul_J_Mieum : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee3#; GDK_Hangul_J_Pieub : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee4#; GDK_Hangul_J_PieubSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee5#; GDK_Hangul_J_Sios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee6#; GDK_Hangul_J_SsangSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee7#; GDK_Hangul_J_Ieung : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee8#; GDK_Hangul_J_Jieuj : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ee9#; GDK_Hangul_J_Cieuc : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eea#; GDK_Hangul_J_Khieuq : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eeb#; GDK_Hangul_J_Tieut : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eec#; GDK_Hangul_J_Phieuf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eed#; GDK_Hangul_J_Hieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eee#; GDK_Hangul_RieulYeorinHieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eef#; GDK_Hangul_SunkyeongeumMieum : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef0#; GDK_Hangul_SunkyeongeumPieub : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef1#; GDK_Hangul_PanSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef2#; GDK_Hangul_KkogjiDalrinIeung : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef3#; GDK_Hangul_SunkyeongeumPhieuf : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef4#; GDK_Hangul_YeorinHieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef5#; GDK_Hangul_AraeA : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef6#; GDK_Hangul_AraeAE : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef7#; GDK_Hangul_J_PanSios : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef8#; GDK_Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0ef9#; GDK_Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0efa#; GDK_Korean_Won : constant Gdk_Key_Type := 16#0eff#; end Gdk.Types.Keysyms; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-views.ads0000644000076700001450000005163112533067541021743 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Various support utilities for the grid and smart guides in the canvas with Ada.Calendar; use Ada.Calendar; with Glib.Object; with GNAT.Calendar; use GNAT.Calendar; with Gtk.Enums; package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views is ---------------------------- -- Drawing the background -- ---------------------------- -- Various subprograms that draw the background of a view. -- By default, a view only displays a white background, but you can -- override the Draw_Internal primitive and call one of the following -- subprograms if you want to draw alternate backgrounds. -- -- You could also use an image as the background, by creating a -- cairo pattern: -- Surf : Cairo_Surface := Cairo.Png.Create_From_Png ("file.png"); -- Pattern : Cairo_Pattern := Cairo.Pattern.Create_For_Surface (Surf); -- Cairo.Pattern.Set_Extend (Pattern, Cairo_Extend_Repeat); -- Destroy (Surf); -- and then drawing that pattern. -- Set_Source (Context.Cr, Pattern); -- Paint (Context.Cr); -- With that code, the image will be scrolled when the canvas is scrolled. -- If you do not want to scroll it, you need to set the identity matrix as -- the transformation matrix. -- -- Using a custom background color can be done with: -- Set_Source_Rgb (Context.Cr, Red, Green, Blue); -- Paint (Context.Cr); procedure Draw_Grid_Lines (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle); -- Draw a grid with lines in the background. -- The size of the grid can be set with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Set_Grid_Size. -- This also sets the background color from the style's fill pattern. procedure Draw_Grid_Dots (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle); -- Draw a grid with dots in the background -- This also sets the background color from the style's fill pattern. ------------ -- Easing -- ------------ -- These functions are used to compute the intermediate values during an -- animation. They can be used to provide special effects like starting -- slow, finish slow, or even bounding when reaching the end. -- -- see http://www.robertpenner.com/easing -- and http://api.jqueryui.com/easings/ type Animation_Progress is new Duration range 0.0 .. 1.0; type Animation_Value is record Start, Finish : Gdouble; Duration : Standard.Duration; end record; -- Describes one value to be animated, giving its initial and final values, -- as well as the duration that the total animation should take. type Easing_Function is access function (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble; -- A function that is responsible for computing the current value of -- a property, given the initial and final values, and the current -- progress. It returns the current value of the property. function Easing_Linear (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble; -- The current value is on the straight line from Start to Finish. -- Progresses at a constant pace. function Easing_In_Out_Cubic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble; -- Rate of change starts slow, increases to linear in the middle, and -- slows done in the end. function Easing_In_Cubic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble; -- Starts slow, and then speeds up till the end. function Easing_Out_Cubic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble; -- Starts normally, then slows down near the end function Easing_Out_Elastic (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble; -- Will move past the finish, then slightly back towards the start, and so -- on. function Easing_Out_Bounce (Value : Animation_Value; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Gdouble; -- Will reach the finish value early, then bounce back towards the start, -- a few times. Does not go over the finish value. --------------- -- Callbacks -- --------------- -- These procedures contain a number of example callbacks for "item_event" -- which enable various behaviors. Depending on your application, one of -- these might be useful as is, or a starting point for your own callback function On_Item_Event_Move_Item (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Add this to the list of callbacks for "item_event" to enable dragging -- items with the mouse. -- If shift is pressed, no snapping on the grid or smart guides occurs. -- You can call Avoid_Overlap below if you want over items to be moved -- aside to avoid overlap. function On_Item_Event_Scroll_Background (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Add this to the list of callbacks for "item_event" to enable scrolling -- the canvas by dragging the background. Scrolling is limited to the area -- that actually contains items. generic Modifier : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type := Mod1_Mask; Factor : Gdouble := 1.1; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access; function On_Item_Event_Zoom_Generic (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Add this to the list of callbacks for "item_event" to enable zooming in -- or out with the mouse wheel and a keyboard modifier like ctrl, alt,... -- (since the mouse wheel on its own is used for vertical scrolling by -- gtk+, and for horizontal scrolling when used with shift). -- If a duration other than 0.0 is provided, the scaling is animated. function On_Item_Event_Select (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- When an item is clicked, it is added to the selection (or replaces the -- selection, depending on the modifiers). -- This callback should be connected first (before any of the others above) generic Modifier : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type := 0; Ignore_Links : Boolean := True; function On_Item_Event_Key_Navigate_Generic (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Add this to the list of callbacks for "item_event" so that arrow keys -- move the selection to another item. generic Modifier : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type := Mod1_Mask; function On_Item_Event_Key_Scrolls_Generic (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Add this to the list of callbacks for "item_event" so that arrow keys -- scroll the view when no item is selected, or moves the selected items. function On_Item_Event_Edit (View : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Event : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; -- Add this to the list of callbacks for "item_event" so that double -- clicking on an item that supports it starts editing it. -- This editing is by default only supported for Text_Item, but you can -- override the Edit_Widget method for other items if you want to support -- in-place editing for them too. ------------- -- Minimap -- ------------- type Minimap_View_Record is new Canvas_View_Record with private; type Minimap_View is access all Minimap_View_Record'Class; -- A special canvas view that monitors another view and displays the same -- contents, but at a scale such that the whole model is visible (and the -- area visible in the monitored view is drawn as a rectangle). Default_Current_Region_Style : constant Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Gtkada.Style.Gtk_New (Stroke => (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), Fill => Gtkada.Style.Create_Rgba_Pattern ((0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 0.2)), Line_Width => 2.0); procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Minimap_View; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Default_Current_Region_Style); procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Minimap_View_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Default_Current_Region_Style); -- Create a new minimap, which does not monitor any view yet. -- The style is used to highlight the region currently visible in the -- monitored view. procedure Monitor (Self : not null access Minimap_View_Record; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class := null); -- Start monitoring a specific view. -- Any change in the viewport or the model of that view will be reflected -- in the display of Self. overriding procedure Draw_Internal (Self : not null access Minimap_View_Record; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle); ---------------- -- Navigation -- ---------------- function Move_To_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Dir : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Direction_Type; Ignore_Links : Boolean := True) return Abstract_Item; -- Search for the next item in the given direction -------------- -- Snapping -- -------------- -- These functions are mostly for the internal implementation of the view. function Snap_To_Grid (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Pos : Model_Coordinate; Size : Model_Coordinate) return Model_Coordinate; -- Snap the Pos coordinate to the canvas grid. -- Size is the size of the item along that coordinate, since the item -- could be snap either on its left (resp. top) or right (resp. bottom) procedure Prepare_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Prepare data for the smart guides, before we start a drag operation. procedure Free_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Free the memory used for the smart guidss function Snap_To_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Pos : Model_Coordinate; Size : Model_Coordinate; Horizontal : Boolean) return Model_Coordinate; -- Snap the Pos coordinate to the smart guides. -- This also computes which smart guides should be made visible procedure Draw_Visible_Smart_Guides (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; For_Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Draw the visible smart guides, as computed by Snap_To_Smart_Guides; ------------------------- -- Continous scrolling -- ------------------------- -- These functions are mostly for the internal implementation of the view. procedure Cancel_Continuous_Scrolling (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Stops the continuous scrolling (that occurs while dragging items outside -- of the visible area) -------------------- -- Inline editing -- -------------------- procedure Start_Inline_Editing (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- If Item is editable, overlap a widget on top of it to allow its editing. -- The widget is created via the Item.Edit_Widget method. -- Returns True if such a widget could be displayed, False if editing could -- not take place. procedure Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Destroys any inline editing widget that might be set --------------- -- Animation -- --------------- -- The following subprograms provide a light-weight animation framework. -- Rather than do your own animation through the use of gtk's idle or -- timeout callbacks, it is more efficient to use this framework which will -- register a single callback and avoid monopolizing the CPU for too long -- each time. -- To move an item from its current position to another with animation, -- use something like: -- Animate (View, Animate_Position (Item, (100.0, 100.0))); type Animation_Status is mod 2 ** 16; Needs_Refresh_Links_From_Item : constant Animation_Status := 2 ** 0; -- Whether we need to recompute the layout of links to and from the -- animated item. Needs_Refresh_All_Links : constant Animation_Status := 2 ** 1; -- Whether we need to recompute the layout of all links Needs_Refresh_Layout : constant Animation_Status := 2 ** 2; -- Whether we need to recompute the layout of the whole model (items and -- links). type Animator is abstract tagged private; type Animator_Access is access all Animator'Class; procedure Destroy (Self : in out Animator) is null; -- Called when the animator has finished running function Is_Unique_For_Item (Self : not null access Animator) return Boolean; -- If True, single animator of this type can be active for a given item. -- As a result, when you call Animate for this animator, any other -- registered similar animator for the same item is removed from the queue -- (and not completed). procedure Setup (Self : in out Animator; Duration : Standard.Duration; Easing : not null Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class := null; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null); -- Initialize internal fields. This is only needed when you are writing -- your own animators. function Execute (Self : not null access Animator; Progress : Animation_Progress) return Animation_Status is abstract; -- Performs one iteration of the animation. -- For instance, this could be moving a specific item slightly closer to -- its goal, or zooming the view a bit more. procedure Start (Self : access Animator'Class; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Adds the animator to the animation queue. -- The animator will be destroyed automatically (and memory reclaimed) when -- it finishes its execution. -- It is valid to pass a null animator (nothing happens in this case) procedure Terminate_Animation (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Terminate the animation queue: -- All animators are completed (i.e. for instance items are moved to their -- final position,...) procedure Terminate_Animation_For_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null); -- Terminate the animation for a specific item (or for the view itself when -- Item is null). --------------- -- Animators -- --------------- -- Various prebuilt animators. function Animate_Position (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Final_Position : Gtkada.Style.Point; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.4; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access) return Animator_Access; -- Moves an item from one position to another. -- Returns null if the item is already at the right position function Animate_Scale (View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Final_Scale : Gdouble; Preserve : Model_Point := No_Point; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.4; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access) return Animator_Access; -- Changes the scale of the view progressively function Animate_Scroll (View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Final_Topleft : Model_Point; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.8; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access) return Animator_Access; -- Scroll the canvas until the top-left corner reaches the given coordinate -------------- -- Overlaps -- -------------- -- The following subprograms can be used to avoid overlap of items. type Move_Direction is (Left, Right, Up, Down, Horizontal, Vertical, Any); type Specific_Direction is new Move_Direction range Left .. Down; -- In which direction items should be moved to make space for other items. procedure Reserve_Space (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Rect : Model_Rectangle; Direction : Move_Direction := Any; Do_Not_Move : Item_Sets.Set := Item_Sets.Empty_Set; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0; Easing : Easing_Function := Easing_In_Out_Cubic'Access); -- Move aside all items that intersect with the rectangle, so that the -- latter ends up being an empty area. -- The direction constraints what is allowed. By default, the items are -- moved in the direction of the minimal distance. Items can also end up -- pushing other items in turn if they need some extra space. -- Duration can be specified to animate items to their new position. procedure Insert_And_Layout_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Ref : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Items : Items_Lists.List; Direction : Specific_Direction; Space_Between_Items : Gdouble := 10.0; Space_Between_Layers : Gdouble := 20.0; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0); -- Insert several items in the view, with the following behavior: -- * If Ref itself currenty has No_Position, it is moved to a position -- to below all other items currently in the canvas (if Direction is -- Left or Right) or to the right of all other items. -- -- * the other items will be displayed to one side of Ref, after one -- below the other (if Direction is Left or Right), or one next to the -- other. Their current position is ignored. -- -- Any item currently in those position will be moved aside via a call to -- Reserve_Space. -- This procedure can be used to avoid recomputing the whole layout of the -- view, and perhaps preserve whatever changes the user has made to the -- model. -- -- Direction is the position of the items in Items compared to Ref. private type Minimap_View_Record is new Canvas_View_Record with record Monitored : Canvas_View; Viewport_Changed_Id : Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id; Area_Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Drag_Pos_X, Drag_Pos_Y : Gdouble; end record; type Animator is abstract tagged record Start : Ada.Calendar.Time := GNAT.Calendar.No_Time; Duration : Standard.Duration; Easing : Easing_Function; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class; -- Set only when animating a specific item or view end record; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-intl.ads0000644000076700001450000001651512533067541017253 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides support for string internationalization using the -- libintl library. -- -- Developer setup -- =============== -- -- To provide internationalization in your application, you must install a -- number of files along with your application, and modify your code to -- highlight the strings to translate. This translation is based on the -- gettext() library. Reading its documentation is recommended since it -- explains best practices for handling translations. -- -- Preparing your code -- =================== -- -- Gettext needs to information to locate the translation files: a language, -- as setup by the user (see User Setup below), and a domain, hard-coded in -- the application. The domain is the name of your application. Given these -- two pieces of information, the translation file will be found in: -- $prefix//LC_MESSAGES/.mo -- -- Where $prefix is either one of the standard search paths, or specified -- through a call to Bind_Text_Domain. -- -- Although the user can simply specify which language to use by setting one -- environment variable, they are in fact several other setup to be done, so -- that the C library properly handles date format for instance. This is done -- through a call to Setlocale. -- -- An application can be associated with several domains, although it is -- generally recommended to have one default domain, specify through a call to -- Text_Domain. Each string can then be translated through a call to Gettext, -- without specifying the domain every time. -- A convenient shortcut is provided in the form of the "-" operator. -- -- As a result, typical code would look like: -- begin -- Setlocale; -- Text_Domain ("application"); -- Bind_Text_Domain ("application", "/usr/local/share/locale"); -- ... -- Put_Line (-"I18n string"); -- end; -- -- Preparing and installing the translation files -- =============================================== -- -- The Gtkada distribution comes with a convenient script named -- build_skeleton.pl, which you can run on your application to extract all the -- strings that should be translated. See the "po/" directory in GtkAda, as -- well as the Makefile in this directory. -- -- Running "make refresh" will reparse all the source files in your -- application, and create (or update if they already exist) one file .po for -- each language registered in the Makefile. -- -- You would then translate each of the string indicated my "msgid", by -- modifying the lines starting with "msgstr". -- -- Once this is done, running the msgfmt tool through "make install" will -- generate a .mo binary file, which should be copied in the directory -- $prefix//LC_MESSAGES/.mo -- -- The translation files can also be created fully by hand. -- Here is a sample translation file that can be used as an input for msgfmt: -- -- # gtkada-fr.po -- msgid "Help" -- msgstr "Aide" -- -- msgid "Yes" -- msgstr "Oui" -- -- $ msgfmt gtkada-fr.po -o gtkada-fr.gmo -- $ cp gtkada-fr.gmo /usr/share/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/gtkada.mo -- -- User setup -- ========== -- -- To change the current locale setting, use the environment variables -- "LANG". For example, to switch to the french locale using -- bash: -- -- $ export LANG=fr_FR -- -- Depending on the specific implementation of gettext, the following -- environment variables may be set to change the default settings of locale -- parameters: -- -- - LANG Specifies locale name. -- -- - LC_MESSAGES -- Specifies messaging locale, and if present overrides -- LANG for messages. -- -- - TEXTDOMAIN -- Specifies the text domain name, which is identical to -- the message object filename without .mo suffix. -- -- - TEXTDOMAINDIR -- Specifies the pathname to the message database, and if -- present replaces the default (e.g /usr/lib/locale on Solaris, -- /usr/share/locale on Linux). -- -- See the gettext documentation of your specific OS for more details. -- -- with Glib; package Gtkada.Intl is pragma Preelaborate; function Gettext (Msg : Glib.UTF8_String) return Glib.UTF8_String; -- Look up Msg in the current default message catalog. -- Use the current locale as specified by LC_MESSAGES. If not found, return -- Msg itself (the default text). function Dgettext (Domain : String; Msg : Glib.UTF8_String) return Glib.UTF8_String; -- Look up Msg in the Domain message catalog for the current locale. function "-" (Msg : Glib.UTF8_String) return Glib.UTF8_String; -- Shortcut for Dgettext ("GtkAda", Msg) function Dcgettext (Domain : String; Msg : Glib.UTF8_String; Category : Integer) return Glib.UTF8_String; -- Look up Msg in the Domain message catalog for the Category locale. function Default_Text_Domain return String; -- Return the current default message catalog. procedure Text_Domain (Domain : String := ""); -- Set the current default message catalog to Domain. -- If Domain is "", reset to the default of "messages". procedure Bind_Text_Domain (Domain : String; Dirname : String); -- Specify that the Domain message catalog will be found in Dirname. -- This overrides the default system locale data base. -- Dirname will generally be the installation prefix for your application. procedure Setlocale; -- This procedure must be called before any other subprogram in this -- package. It will initialize internal variables based on the environment -- variables. end Gtkada.Intl; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-models-layers.ads0000644000076700001450000000606212533067541023364 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models.Layers is procedure Layout (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class := null; Horizontal : Boolean := True; Add_Waypoints : Boolean := False; Space_Between_Items : Gdouble := 10.0; Space_Between_Layers : Gdouble := 20.0); -- This algorithm is a wrapper for Glib.Graphs.Layouts.Layer_Layout. -- -- It Organizes the items into layers: items in layer n never have an -- out-link to any item in a layer 1 .. (n - 1). Within a layer, the -- items are then reorganized to try and minimize the edge crossings. -- -- If Add_Waypoints is True, then long edges are split with waypoints. -- This generally limits the number of edge crossing, but make moving -- items move cumbersome since the waypoints are not moved at the same -- time. -- -- It is provided as an example, and might be changed or removed in the -- future. -- -- When a non-null value is provided for view, the items will be animated -- to their new position. Otherwise, they are moved directly to the new -- position. Items whose current position is No_Position will not be -- animated, they are assumed not yet to be on the view seen by the user. end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models.Layers; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-color.ads0000644000076700001450000002016312533067541016727 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides an interface to the color handling facilities in -- gtk+. It is able to handle any kind of visual (monochrome, greyscale, -- color with different depths, ...), but provides a common and easy -- interface for all of them. -- -- Getting the Red/Green/Blue components can be done through Parse, and is -- actually recommended, since the exact color generally depends on the -- visual your application is running on. -- -- -- 1.3.6 -- Gdk, the low-level API with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; package Gdk.Color is type Gdk_Color is private; -- A color to be displayed on the screen. -- Currently, GtkAda only supports the RGB standard, ie each color is -- set by its red, green and blue components. -- An extra field (Pixel) is the internal representation of the color, -- which is set once the color has been allocated. type Gdk_Color_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gdk_Color; -- An array of colors. type Gdk_Color_Unconstrained_Array is array (Natural) of Gdk_Color; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Color_Unconstrained_Array); -- An array of colors as returned by C. This is only useful in a few -- low-level subprograms that also pass the size as argument function To_Array (Colors : Gdk_Color_Unconstrained_Array; N_Colors : Gint) return Gdk_Color_Array; -- Return a version of Colors easier to use in Ada. Null_Color : constant Gdk_Color; -- No color. For most functions, this will select the default color in the -- context, although this exact specification depends on the function you -- want to use. Wrong_Color : exception; -- Exception raised when some functions below could not find or allocate -- a color on the user's system. function Gdk_Color_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal gtk+ types associated with a color --------------------------------------------- -- Setting/Getting the fields of Gdk_Color -- --------------------------------------------- procedure Set_Rgb (Color : out Gdk_Color; Red, Green, Blue : Guint16); -- Modify the fields of the color. -- You then have to allocate the color with one of the Alloc* functions -- above. procedure Set_Pixel (Color : in out Gdk_Color; Pixel : Guint32); -- This function should almost never be used. function Red (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint16; -- Return the Red field of Color. function Green (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint16; -- Return the Green field of Color. function Blue (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint16; -- Return the Blue field of Color. function Pixel (Color : Gdk_Color) return Guint32; -- Return the Pixel field of Color. ------------------------------------ -- Creating and Destroying colors -- ------------------------------------ procedure Copy (Source : Gdk_Color; Destination : out Gdk_Color); -- Copy the Source color to Destination. function Parse (Spec : String) return Gdk_Color; -- Parse the string Spec, and get its Red/Green/Blue components. -- The color is not allocated, and you need to call Alloc_Color. -- If the string could not be parsed to an existing color, Wrong_Color is -- raised. -- The string can be one of : -- -- - "RGB:FF/FF/FF" where the "FF" substrings are respectively the value -- of the red, green and blue components. Some other prefixes than RGB -- are defined in the X11 definition, please see some X11 documentation -- (or the man page XParseColor on unix systems). -- -- - "color_name" which can be any color name defined in the file rgb.txt -- of the user's system. You should always check that Wrong_Color was not -- raised, in case the color was not known on the user's system. This -- string is case insensitive. Color names are not supported on Windows -- systems. function Equal (Colora, Colorb : Gdk_Color) return Boolean; function "=" (Colora, Colorb : Gdk_Color) return Boolean renames Equal; -- True if the Red, Green and Blue components of both colors are equal. -- function To_String (Color : Gdk_Color) return String; -- Return the RGB values of Color under the form "#RRGGBB". -- Directly usable by Parse, see above. ---------------- -- Properties -- ---------------- -- See the package Glib.Properties for more information on how to -- use properties type Property_Gdk_Color is new Glib.Property; procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Gdk_Color; Value : Gdk_Color); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Gdk_Color) return Gdk_Color; procedure Set_Value (Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Val : Gdk_Color); function Get_Value (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gdk_Color; -- Store or retrieve a color from a value -- -- function Gdk_Color_Or_Null (Val : System.Address) return System.Address; -- Used for the GtkAda binding itself. -- Return either a Null_Address or a pointer to Val, depending on -- whether Val is the null value for the type. -- In all cases, Val is supposed to be an access to the type mentioned in -- the name of the subprogram. -- In Ada2012, these could be replaced with expression functions instead. -- private type Gdk_Color is record Pixel : Guint32; Red : Guint16; Green : Guint16; Blue : Guint16; end record; pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Color); -- The fields are to be chosen between 0 and 65535, not 0 and 255!!! Null_Color : constant Gdk_Color := (Guint32'Last, 1, 0, 0); -- Note: in the implementation of GtkAda, everytime a color is used, it -- is important to test whether this is Null_Color or not. If it is, then -- System.Null_Address should be passed to C instead of Null_Color'Address -- so that gtk+ can provide a default value for colors. pragma Import (C, Gdk_Color_Type, "gdk_color_get_type"); pragma Inline (Set_Rgb); pragma Inline (Set_Pixel); pragma Inline (Red); pragma Inline (Green); pragma Inline (Blue); pragma Inline (Pixel); pragma Inline (Set_Property); pragma Inline (Get_Property); end Gdk.Color; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132015633 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/gdk-gl.ads0000644000076700001450000000635712533067542017511 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package Gdk.GL is type GL_Configs is new Integer; for GL_Configs'Size use Integer'Size; Gdk_GL_None : constant GL_Configs := 0; Gdk_GL_Use_Gl : constant GL_Configs := 1; Gdk_GL_Buffer_Size : constant GL_Configs := 2; Gdk_GL_Level : constant GL_Configs := 3; Gdk_GL_Rgba : constant GL_Configs := 4; Gdk_GL_Doublebuffer : constant GL_Configs := 5; Gdk_GL_Stereo : constant GL_Configs := 6; Gdk_GL_Aux_Buffers : constant GL_Configs := 7; Gdk_GL_Red_Size : constant GL_Configs := 8; Gdk_GL_Green_Size : constant GL_Configs := 9; Gdk_GL_Blue_Size : constant GL_Configs := 10; Gdk_GL_Alpha_Size : constant GL_Configs := 11; Gdk_GL_Depth_Size : constant GL_Configs := 12; Gdk_GL_Stencil_Size : constant GL_Configs := 13; Gdk_GL_Accum_Red_Size : constant GL_Configs := 14; Gdk_GL_Accum_Green_Size : constant GL_Configs := 15; Gdk_GL_Accum_Blue_Size : constant GL_Configs := 16; Gdk_GL_Accum_Alpha_Size : constant GL_Configs := 17; -- Extensions Gdk_GL_X_Visual_Type_Ext : constant GL_Configs := 16#22#; Gdk_GL_Transparent_Type_Ext : constant GL_Configs := 16#23#; Gdk_GL_Transparent_Index_Value_Ext : constant GL_Configs := 16#24#; Gdk_GL_Transparent_Red_Value_Ext : constant GL_Configs := 16#25#; Gdk_GL_Transparent_Green_Value_Ext : constant GL_Configs := 16#26#; Gdk_GL_Transparent_Blue_Value_Ext : constant GL_Configs := 16#27#; Gdk_GL_Transparent_Alpha_Value_Ext : constant GL_Configs := 16#28#; function Query return Boolean; -- Returns true if OpenGL is supported end Gdk.GL; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/glu_h.ads0000644000076700001450000004323312533067542017434 0ustar gnatmailgnat-- Generated from glu.h -- Date: Wed Sep 22 12:47:09 1999 -- with Interfaces.C.Extensions; with gl_h; -- This file provides a very basic binding to the openGL library (they -- were generated from the Mesa files). These are mainly provided as -- examples, not as a full binding and are provided without support. package glu_h is pragma Warnings (Off); -- disable warnings for this file which was generated automatically -- Mesa 3-D graphics library -- Version: 3.0 -- Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Brian Paul -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- Library General Public License for more details. -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free -- Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -- GLU_VERSION_1_1 : constant := 1; GLU_TRUE : constant := 1; GLU_FALSE : constant := 0; type GLUenum is new Integer; for GLUenum 'Size use 32; GLU_SMOOTH : constant GLUenum := 100000; GLU_FLAT : constant GLUenum := 100001; GLU_NONE : constant GLUenum := 100002; GLU_POINT : constant GLUenum := 100010; GLU_LINE : constant GLUenum := 100011; GLU_FILL : constant GLUenum := 100012; GLU_SILHOUETTE : constant GLUenum := 100013; GLU_OUTSIDE : constant GLUenum := 100020; GLU_INSIDE : constant GLUenum := 100021; GLU_BEGIN : constant GLUenum := 100100; GLU_VERTEX : constant GLUenum := 100101; GLU_END : constant GLUenum := 100102; GLU_ERROR : constant GLUenum := 100103; GLU_EDGE_FLAG : constant GLUenum := 100104; GLU_CW : constant GLUenum := 100120; GLU_CCW : constant GLUenum := 100121; GLU_INTERIOR : constant GLUenum := 100122; GLU_EXTERIOR : constant GLUenum := 100123; GLU_UNKNOWN : constant GLUenum := 100124; GLU_TESS_ERROR1 : constant GLUenum := 100151; GLU_TESS_ERROR2 : constant GLUenum := 100152; GLU_TESS_ERROR3 : constant GLUenum := 100153; GLU_TESS_ERROR4 : constant GLUenum := 100154; GLU_TESS_ERROR5 : constant GLUenum := 100155; GLU_TESS_ERROR6 : constant GLUenum := 100156; GLU_TESS_ERROR7 : constant GLUenum := 100157; GLU_TESS_ERROR8 : constant GLUenum := 100158; GLU_TESS_ERROR9 : constant GLUenum := 100159; GLU_AUTO_LOAD_MATRIX : constant GLUenum := 100200; GLU_CULLING : constant GLUenum := 100201; GLU_PARAMETRIC_TOLERANCE : constant GLUenum := 100202; GLU_SAMPLING_TOLERANCE : constant GLUenum := 100203; GLU_DISPLAY_MODE : constant GLUenum := 100204; GLU_SAMPLING_METHOD : constant GLUenum := 100205; GLU_U_STEP : constant GLUenum := 100206; GLU_V_STEP : constant GLUenum := 100207; GLU_PATH_LENGTH : constant GLUenum := 100215; GLU_PARAMETRIC_ERROR : constant GLUenum := 100216; GLU_DOMAIN_DISTANCE : constant GLUenum := 100217; GLU_MAP1_TRIM_2 : constant GLUenum := 100210; GLU_MAP1_TRIM_3 : constant GLUenum := 100211; GLU_OUTLINE_POLYGON : constant GLUenum := 100240; GLU_OUTLINE_PATCH : constant GLUenum := 100241; GLU_NURBS_ERROR1 : constant GLUenum := 100251; GLU_NURBS_ERROR2 : constant GLUenum := 100252; GLU_NURBS_ERROR3 : constant GLUenum := 100253; GLU_NURBS_ERROR4 : constant GLUenum := 100254; GLU_NURBS_ERROR5 : constant GLUenum := 100255; GLU_NURBS_ERROR6 : constant GLUenum := 100256; GLU_NURBS_ERROR7 : constant GLUenum := 100257; GLU_NURBS_ERROR8 : constant GLUenum := 100258; GLU_NURBS_ERROR9 : constant GLUenum := 100259; GLU_NURBS_ERROR10 : constant GLUenum := 100260; GLU_NURBS_ERROR11 : constant GLUenum := 100261; GLU_NURBS_ERROR12 : constant GLUenum := 100262; GLU_NURBS_ERROR13 : constant GLUenum := 100263; GLU_NURBS_ERROR14 : constant GLUenum := 100264; GLU_NURBS_ERROR15 : constant GLUenum := 100265; GLU_NURBS_ERROR16 : constant GLUenum := 100266; GLU_NURBS_ERROR17 : constant GLUenum := 100267; GLU_NURBS_ERROR18 : constant GLUenum := 100268; GLU_NURBS_ERROR19 : constant GLUenum := 100269; GLU_NURBS_ERROR20 : constant GLUenum := 100270; GLU_NURBS_ERROR21 : constant GLUenum := 100271; GLU_NURBS_ERROR22 : constant GLUenum := 100272; GLU_NURBS_ERROR23 : constant GLUenum := 100273; GLU_NURBS_ERROR24 : constant GLUenum := 100274; GLU_NURBS_ERROR25 : constant GLUenum := 100275; GLU_NURBS_ERROR26 : constant GLUenum := 100276; GLU_NURBS_ERROR27 : constant GLUenum := 100277; GLU_NURBS_ERROR28 : constant GLUenum := 100278; GLU_NURBS_ERROR29 : constant GLUenum := 100279; GLU_NURBS_ERROR30 : constant GLUenum := 100280; GLU_NURBS_ERROR31 : constant GLUenum := 100281; GLU_NURBS_ERROR32 : constant GLUenum := 100282; GLU_NURBS_ERROR33 : constant GLUenum := 100283; GLU_NURBS_ERROR34 : constant GLUenum := 100284; GLU_NURBS_ERROR35 : constant GLUenum := 100285; GLU_NURBS_ERROR36 : constant GLUenum := 100286; GLU_NURBS_ERROR37 : constant GLUenum := 100287; GLU_INVALID_ENUM : constant GLUenum := 100900; GLU_INVALID_VALUE : constant GLUenum := 100901; GLU_OUT_OF_MEMORY : constant GLUenum := 100902; GLU_INCOMPATIBLE_GL_VERSION : constant GLUenum := 100903; GLU_VERSION : constant GLUenum := 100800; GLU_EXTENSIONS : constant GLUenum := 100801; -- Normal vectors -- Quadric draw styles -- Quadric orientation -- Tesselator -- Contour types -- Tesselation errors -- NURBS -- Errors -- New in GLU 1.1 -- -- These are the GLU 1.1 typedefs. GLU 1.2 has different ones! -- type GLUquadricObj is new Interfaces.C.Extensions.opaque_structure_def; type GLUquadricObj_Ptr is access GLUquadricObj; type GLUtriangulatorObj is new Interfaces.C.Extensions.opaque_structure_def; type GLUtriangulatorObj_Ptr is access GLUtriangulatorObj; type GLUnurbsObj is new Interfaces.C.Extensions.opaque_structure_def; type GLUnurbsObj_Ptr is access GLUnurbsObj; -- -- Miscellaneous functions -- procedure gluLookAt (eyex : gl_h.GLdouble; eyey : gl_h.GLdouble; eyez : gl_h.GLdouble; centerx : gl_h.GLdouble; centery : gl_h.GLdouble; centerz : gl_h.GLdouble; upx : gl_h.GLdouble; upy : gl_h.GLdouble; upz : gl_h.GLdouble); procedure gluOrtho2D (left : gl_h.GLdouble; right : gl_h.GLdouble; bottom : gl_h.GLdouble; top : gl_h.GLdouble); procedure gluPerspective (fovy : gl_h.GLdouble; aspect : gl_h.GLdouble; zNear : gl_h.GLdouble; zFar : gl_h.GLdouble); procedure gluPickMatrix (x : gl_h.GLdouble; y : gl_h.GLdouble; width : gl_h.GLdouble; height : gl_h.GLdouble; viewport : gl_h.GLint_Vec_4); function gluProject (objx : gl_h.GLdouble; objy : gl_h.GLdouble; objz : gl_h.GLdouble; modelMatrix : gl_h.GLdouble_Vec_16; projMatrix : gl_h.GLdouble_Vec_16; viewport : gl_h.GLint_Vec_4; winx : access gl_h.GLdouble; winy : access gl_h.GLdouble; winz : access gl_h.GLdouble) return gl_h.GLint; function gluUnProject (winx : gl_h.GLdouble; winy : gl_h.GLdouble; winz : gl_h.GLdouble; modelMatrix : gl_h.GLdouble_Vec_16; projMatrix : gl_h.GLdouble_Vec_16; viewport : gl_h.GLint_Vec_4; objx : access gl_h.GLdouble; objy : access gl_h.GLdouble; objz : access gl_h.GLdouble) return gl_h.GLint; function gluErrorString (errorCode : gl_h.GLenum) return gl_h.GLubyte_Ptr; -- -- Mipmapping and image scaling -- function gluScaleImage (format : gl_h.GLenum; widthin : gl_h.GLint; heightin : gl_h.GLint; typein : gl_h.GLenum; datain : Interfaces.C.Extensions.void_ptr; widthout : gl_h.GLint; heightout : gl_h.GLint; typeout : gl_h.GLenum; dataout : Interfaces.C.Extensions.void_ptr) return gl_h.GLint; function gluBuild1DMipmaps (target : gl_h.GLenum; components : gl_h.GLint; width : gl_h.GLint; format : gl_h.GLenum; type_Id : gl_h.GLenum; data : Interfaces.C.Extensions.void_ptr) return gl_h.GLint; function gluBuild2DMipmaps (target : gl_h.GLenum; components : gl_h.GLint; width : gl_h.GLint; height : gl_h.GLint; format : gl_h.GLenum; type_Id : gl_h.GLenum; data : Interfaces.C.Extensions.void_ptr) return gl_h.GLint; -- -- Quadrics -- function gluNewQuadric return GLUquadricObj_Ptr; procedure gluDeleteQuadric (state : access GLUquadricObj); procedure gluQuadricDrawStyle (quadObject : access GLUquadricObj; drawStyle : gl_h.GLenum); procedure gluQuadricOrientation (quadObject : access GLUquadricObj; orientation : gl_h.GLenum); procedure gluQuadricNormals (quadObject : access GLUquadricObj; normals : gl_h.GLenum); procedure gluQuadricTexture (quadObject : access GLUquadricObj; textureCoords : gl_h.GLboolean); type glu_h_proc_1 is access procedure; procedure gluQuadricCallback (qobj : access GLUquadricObj; which : gl_h.GLenum; fn : glu_h_proc_1); procedure gluCylinder (qobj : access GLUquadricObj; baseRadius : gl_h.GLdouble; topRadius : gl_h.GLdouble; height : gl_h.GLdouble; slices : gl_h.GLint; stacks : gl_h.GLint); procedure gluSphere (qobj : access GLUquadricObj; radius : gl_h.GLdouble; slices : gl_h.GLint; stacks : gl_h.GLint); procedure gluDisk (qobj : access GLUquadricObj; innerRadius : gl_h.GLdouble; outerRadius : gl_h.GLdouble; slices : gl_h.GLint; loops : gl_h.GLint); procedure gluPartialDisk (qobj : access GLUquadricObj; innerRadius : gl_h.GLdouble; outerRadius : gl_h.GLdouble; slices : gl_h.GLint; loops : gl_h.GLint; startAngle : gl_h.GLdouble; sweepAngle : gl_h.GLdouble); -- -- Nurbs -- function gluNewNurbsRenderer return GLUnurbsObj_Ptr; procedure gluDeleteNurbsRenderer (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj); procedure gluLoadSamplingMatrices (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj; modelMatrix : gl_h.GLfloat_Vec_16; projMatrix : gl_h.GLfloat_Vec_16; viewport : gl_h.GLint_Vec_4); procedure gluNurbsProperty (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj; property : gl_h.GLenum; value : gl_h.GLfloat); procedure gluGetNurbsProperty (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj; property : gl_h.GLenum; value : access gl_h.GLfloat); procedure gluBeginCurve (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj); procedure gluEndCurve (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj); procedure gluNurbsCurve (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj; nknots : gl_h.GLint; knot : access gl_h.GLfloat; stride : gl_h.GLint; ctlarray : access gl_h.GLfloat; order : gl_h.GLint; type_Id : gl_h.GLenum); procedure gluBeginSurface (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj); procedure gluEndSurface (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj); procedure gluNurbsSurface (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj; sknot_count : gl_h.GLint; sknot : access gl_h.GLfloat; tknot_count : gl_h.GLint; tknot : access gl_h.GLfloat; s_stride : gl_h.GLint; t_stride : gl_h.GLint; ctlarray : access gl_h.GLfloat; sorder : gl_h.GLint; torder : gl_h.GLint; type_Id : gl_h.GLenum); procedure gluBeginTrim (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj); procedure gluEndTrim (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj); procedure gluPwlCurve (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj; count : gl_h.GLint; array_Id : access gl_h.GLfloat; stride : gl_h.GLint; type_Id : gl_h.GLenum); type glu_h_proc_2 is access procedure; procedure gluNurbsCallback (nobj : access GLUnurbsObj; which : gl_h.GLenum; fn : glu_h_proc_2); -- -- Polygon tesselation -- function gluNewTess return GLUtriangulatorObj_Ptr; type glu_h_proc_3 is access procedure; procedure gluTessCallback (tobj : access GLUtriangulatorObj; which : gl_h.GLenum; fn : glu_h_proc_3); procedure gluDeleteTess (tobj : access GLUtriangulatorObj); procedure gluBeginPolygon (tobj : access GLUtriangulatorObj); procedure gluEndPolygon (tobj : access GLUtriangulatorObj); procedure gluNextContour (tobj : access GLUtriangulatorObj; type_Id : gl_h.GLenum); procedure gluTessVertex (tobj : access GLUtriangulatorObj; v : gl_h.GLdouble_Vec_3; data : Interfaces.C.Extensions.void_ptr); -- -- New functions in GLU 1.1 -- function gluGetString (name : gl_h.GLenum) return gl_h.GLubyte_Ptr; private pragma Import (Stdcall, gluLookAt, "gluLookAt"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluOrtho2D, "gluOrtho2D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluPerspective, "gluPerspective"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluPickMatrix, "gluPickMatrix"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluProject, "gluProject"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluUnProject, "gluUnProject"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluErrorString, "gluErrorString"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluScaleImage, "gluScaleImage"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluBuild1DMipmaps, "gluBuild1DMipmaps"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluBuild2DMipmaps, "gluBuild2DMipmaps"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNewQuadric, "gluNewQuadric"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluDeleteQuadric, "gluDeleteQuadric"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluQuadricDrawStyle, "gluQuadricDrawStyle"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluQuadricOrientation, "gluQuadricOrientation"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluQuadricNormals, "gluQuadricNormals"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluQuadricTexture, "gluQuadricTexture"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluQuadricCallback, "gluQuadricCallback"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluCylinder, "gluCylinder"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluSphere, "gluSphere"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluDisk, "gluDisk"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluPartialDisk, "gluPartialDisk"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNewNurbsRenderer, "gluNewNurbsRenderer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluDeleteNurbsRenderer, "gluDeleteNurbsRenderer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluLoadSamplingMatrices, "gluLoadSamplingMatrices"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNurbsProperty, "gluNurbsProperty"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluGetNurbsProperty, "gluGetNurbsProperty"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluBeginCurve, "gluBeginCurve"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluEndCurve, "gluEndCurve"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNurbsCurve, "gluNurbsCurve"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluBeginSurface, "gluBeginSurface"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluEndSurface, "gluEndSurface"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNurbsSurface, "gluNurbsSurface"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluBeginTrim, "gluBeginTrim"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluEndTrim, "gluEndTrim"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluPwlCurve, "gluPwlCurve"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNurbsCallback, "gluNurbsCallback"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNewTess, "gluNewTess"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluTessCallback, "gluTessCallback"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluDeleteTess, "gluDeleteTess"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluBeginPolygon, "gluBeginPolygon"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluEndPolygon, "gluEndPolygon"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluNextContour, "gluNextContour"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluTessVertex, "gluTessVertex"); pragma Import (Stdcall, gluGetString, "gluGetString"); end glu_h; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/gl_h.adb0000644000076700001450000000306712533067542017227 0ustar gnatmailgnatpackage body gl_h is --------------- -- glLightfv -- --------------- procedure glLightfv (light : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : GLfloat_Vec_4) is procedure Internal (Light, Pname : GLenum; Params : System.Address); pragma Import (Stdcall, Internal, "glLightfv"); begin Internal (light, pname, params'Address); end glLightfv; ------------------ -- glMaterialfv -- ------------------ procedure glMaterialfv (face : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : GLfloat_Vec_4) is procedure Internal (face, pname : GLenum; params : System.Address); pragma Import (Stdcall, Internal, "glMaterialfv"); begin Internal (face, pname, params'Address); end glMaterialfv; ------------------- -- glGenTextures -- ------------------- procedure glGenTextures (n : GLsizei; textures : in out GLuint_Vec) is procedure Internal (n : GLsizei; textures : System.Address); pragma Import (Stdcall, Internal, "glGenTextures"); begin if n <= textures'Length then Internal (n, textures'Address); else textures := (others => 0); end if; end glGenTextures; ------------- -- glFogfv -- ------------- procedure glFogfv (pname : GLenum; params : GLfloat_Vec_4) is procedure Internal (pname : GLenum; params : System.Address); pragma Import (Stdcall, Internal, "glFogfv"); begin Internal (pname, params'Address); end glFogfv; end gl_h; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/gtk-glarea.ads0000644000076700001450000001106212533067542020347 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This widget is derived from Gtk_Drawing_Area and provides an area where -- it is possible to use the openGL API. -- -- -- gtkglarea 1.2.2 -- Drawing with Gtk.Drawing_Area; with Gdk.GL; use Gdk.GL; package Gtk.GLArea is type Gtk_GLArea_Record is new Gtk.Drawing_Area.Gtk_Drawing_Area_Record with private; type Gtk_GLArea is access all Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class; type Attributes_Array is array (Natural range <>) of GL_Configs; -- Note: as opposed to what exists in C, you don't need to have -- the last element in the array be GDK_GL_NONE. This is done -- transparently by GtkAda itself. procedure Gtk_New (Widget : out Gtk_GLArea; Attr_List : Attributes_Array); -- Make an OpenGL widget, Attr_List is passed to glXChooseVisual GLX call. -- Attr_List specifies a list of Boolean attributes and enum/integer -- attribute/value pairs. -- See glXChooseVisual man page for more explanation on Attr_List. -- Widget is created with visual and colormap of the -- requested type and GLX context is created for this widget. You -- can't do opengl calls on widget until it has X window. X window -- is not created until widget is realized. procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtk_GLArea_Record; Attr_List : Attributes_Array); -- Internal initialization function. -- See the section "Creating your own widgets" in the documentation. procedure Gtk_New (Widget : out Gtk_GLArea; Attr_List : Attributes_Array; Share : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class); -- Same as above. -- Share specifies the widget with which to share display lists and -- texture objects. A non initialized value indicates that no sharing is -- to take place. procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtk_GLArea_Record; Attr_List : Attributes_Array; Share : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class); -- Internal initialization function. -- See the section "Creating your own widgets" in the documentation. function Get_Type return Gtk.Gtk_Type; -- Return the internal value associated with a Gtk_GLArea. function Make_Current (Glarea : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Must be called before rendering into OpenGL widgets. -- Return True if rendering to widget is possible. Rendering is not -- possible if widget is not Gtk_GLArea widget or widget is not realized. procedure Swap_Buffers (Glarea : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class); -- Promote contents of back buffer of Glarea to front buffer. -- The contents of front buffer become undefined. private type Gtk_GLArea_Record is new Gtk.Drawing_Area.Gtk_Drawing_Area_Record with null record; pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "gtk_gl_area_get_type"); end Gtk.GLArea; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/gdk-gl.adb0000644000076700001450000000375712533067542017471 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib; use Glib; package body Gdk.GL is ----------- -- Query -- ----------- function Query return Boolean is function Internal return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_gl_query"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal); end Query; end Gdk.GL; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/gtkgl.def0000644000076700001450000000067112533067132017427 0ustar gnatmailgnatEXPORTS gdk_gl_choose_visual gdk_gl_context_attrlist_share_new gdk_gl_context_new gdk_gl_context_share_new gdk_gl_get_config gdk_gl_get_info gdk_gl_make_current gdk_gl_pixmap_make_current gdk_gl_pixmap_new gdk_gl_query gdk_gl_swap_buffers gdk_gl_use_gdk_font gdk_gl_wait_gdk gdk_gl_wait_gl gtk_gl_area_get_type gtk_gl_area_make_current gtk_gl_area_new gtk_gl_area_new_vargs gtk_gl_area_share_new gtk_gl_area_swap_buffers gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/opengl.gpr0000644000076700001450000000177012533067520017637 0ustar gnatmailgnatwith "../../shared"; with "../gtkada_src"; library project OpenGL is case Shared.Build_Opengl is when "True" => for Source_Dirs use ("."); for Languages use ("Ada", "C"); when "False" => for Source_Dirs use ("no_opengl"); end case; for Library_Kind use Shared.Library_Kind; for Library_Name use "gtkada_gl"; for Object_Dir use "../obj/" & Project'Library_Name & "/" & Project'Library_Kind; for Library_Dir use "../lib/" & Project'Library_Name & "/" & Project'Library_Kind; for Library_Version use "lib" & Project'Library_Name & Shared.So_Ext & "." & Shared.Version; package Builder renames Shared.Builder; package Compiler is for Switches ("C") use Shared.Compiler'Switches ("C") & Shared.GL_Include; for Switches ("Ada") use Shared.Compiler'Switches ("Ada"); end Compiler; package IDE renames Shared.IDE; package Linker is for Linker_Options use Shared.GL_Libs; end Linker; end OpenGL; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/gtk-glarea.adb0000644000076700001450000001331412533067542020330 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks; pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks); with Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; package body Gtk.GLArea is package Type_Conversion is new Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks.Hook_Registrator (Get_Type'Access, Gtk_GLArea_Record); pragma Warnings (Off, Type_Conversion); -- This package is used to implement a minimal automated type conversion -- without having to drag the whole Gtk.Type_Conversion package for the -- most common widgets. procedure On_Destroy (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); ---------------- -- On_Destroy -- ---------------- procedure On_Destroy (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin -- Temporarily remove widget from its parent, since otherwise we still -- get openGL queries after the openGL context has been destroyed, -- resulting in a Storage_Error Ref (Widget); Destroy (Widget); end On_Destroy; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Widget : out Gtk_GLArea; Attr_List : Attributes_Array) is begin Widget := new Gtk_GLArea_Record; Initialize (Widget, Attr_List); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtk_GLArea_Record; Attr_List : Attributes_Array) is function Internal (Attr_List : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_gl_area_new"); Attributes : Attributes_Array (0 .. Attr_List'Length); use type System.Address; S : System.Address; begin Attributes (0 .. Attr_List'Length - 1) := Attr_List; Attributes (Attributes'Last) := Gdk_GL_None; S := Internal (Attributes (0)'Address); if S = System.Null_Address then raise Constraint_Error; end if; Set_Object (Widget, Internal (Attributes (0)'Address)); -- gtk+'s double buffering and openGL's don't go together Set_Double_Buffered (Widget, False); Gtkada.Handlers.Widget_Callback.Connect (Widget, "destroy", Gtk.GLArea.On_Destroy'Access); end Initialize; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Widget : out Gtk_GLArea; Attr_List : Attributes_Array; Share : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class) is begin Widget := new Gtk_GLArea_Record; Initialize (Widget, Attr_List, Share); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtk_GLArea_Record; Attr_List : Attributes_Array; Share : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class) is function Internal (Attr_List : System.Address; Share : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_gl_area_share_new"); Attributes : Attributes_Array (0 .. Attr_List'Length); begin Attributes (0 .. Attr_List'Length - 1) := Attr_List; Attributes (Attributes'Last) := Gdk_GL_None; Set_Object (Widget, Internal (Attributes (0)'Address, Get_Object (Share))); -- gtk+'s double buffering and openGL's don't go together Set_Double_Buffered (Widget, False); end Initialize; ------------------ -- Make_Current -- ------------------ function Make_Current (Glarea : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class) return Boolean is function Internal (GLArea : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_gl_area_make_current"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Get_Object (Glarea))); end Make_Current; ------------------ -- Swap_Buffers -- ------------------ procedure Swap_Buffers (Glarea : access Gtk_GLArea_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Glarea : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_gl_area_swap_buffers"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Glarea)); end Swap_Buffers; end Gtk.GLArea; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/no_opengl/0000755000076700001450000000000012533067132017613 5ustar gnatmailgnatgtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/no_opengl/gtk-glarea.ads0000644000076700001450000000015212533067542022325 0ustar gnatmailgnatpackage Gtk.GlArea is -- GtkAda does not include support for OpenGL on this machine end Gtk.GlArea; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/opengl/gl_h.ads0000644000076700001450000036003512533067542017251 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Generated from GL/gl.h -- Date: Wed Sep 22 12:47:08 1999 -- with Interfaces.C; with Interfaces.C.Extensions; with System; package gl_h is pragma Warnings (Off); -- disable warnings for this file which was generated automatically GL_VERSION_1_1 : constant := 1; GL_VERSION_1_2 : constant := 1; -- Data types (may be architecture dependent in some cases) type Void is null record; subtype GLvoid is Void; subtype GLboolean is Interfaces.C.unsigned_char; subtype GLbyte is Interfaces.C.signed_char; -- 1-byte signed subtype GLshort is Short_Integer; -- 2-byte signed subtype GLint is Integer; -- 4-byte signed type GLint_Vec_4 is array (0 .. 3) of GLint; subtype GLubyte is Interfaces.C.unsigned_char; -- 1-byte unsigned type GLubyte_Ptr is access GLubyte; subtype GLushort is Interfaces.C.unsigned_short; -- 2-byte unsigned subtype GLuint is Interfaces.C.unsigned; -- 4-byte unsigned type GLuint_Vec is array (Natural range <>) of GLuint; subtype GLsizei is Integer; -- 4-byte signed subtype GLfloat is Float; -- single precision float type GLfloat_Vec_16 is array (0 .. 15) of GLfloat; type GLfloat_Vec_4 is array (0 .. 3) of GLfloat; subtype GLclampf is Float; -- single precision float in [0;1] subtype GLdouble is Long_Float; -- double precision float type GLdouble_Vec_3 is array (0 .. 2) of GLdouble; type GLdouble_Vec_16 is array (0 .. 15) of GLdouble; subtype GLclampd is Long_Float; -- double precision float in [0;1] type GLenum is new Integer; for GLenum'Size use 32; -- Boolean values GL_FALSE : constant GLenum := 0; GL_TRUE : constant GLenum := 1; -- Data types GL_BYTE : constant GLenum := 16#1400#; GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE : constant GLenum := 16#1401#; GL_SHORT : constant GLenum := 16#1402#; GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : constant GLenum := 16#1403#; GL_INT : constant GLenum := 16#1404#; GL_UNSIGNED_INT : constant GLenum := 16#1405#; GL_FLOAT : constant GLenum := 16#1406#; GL_2_BYTES : constant GLenum := 16#1407#; GL_3_BYTES : constant GLenum := 16#1408#; GL_4_BYTES : constant GLenum := 16#1409#; GL_DOUBLE : constant GLenum := 16#140A#; -- Primitives (see glBegin) -- GL_POINTS => each vertex set by glVertex* is one point to draw on the -- screen -- GL_LINES => each pair of vertex is one line -- GL_TRIANGLES => each group of three vertices is a triangle -- GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP => first three vertices are a triangle, then each new -- vertex is combined with the previous two to build a new -- triangle. The triangles are [123], [234], [345],... -- GL_TRIANGLE_FAN => first vertex is the central vertex, then each vertex -- is combined with previous to make a triangle. So the -- triangles are [123], [134], [145],... -- GL_QUADS => Each group of four vertices is a quadrilateral -- GL_QUAD_STRIP => first four vertices are one polygon, then each pair of -- vertices are combined with the previous two. -- GL_POLYGON => A single polygon GL_POINTS : constant GLenum := 0; GL_LINES : constant GLenum := 1; GL_LINE_LOOP : constant GLenum := 2; GL_LINE_STRIP : constant GLenum := 3; GL_TRIANGLES : constant GLenum := 4; GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP : constant GLenum := 5; GL_TRIANGLE_FAN : constant GLenum := 6; GL_QUADS : constant GLenum := 7; GL_QUAD_STRIP : constant GLenum := 8; GL_POLYGON : constant GLenum := 9; -- Vertex Arrays GL_VERTEX_ARRAY : constant GLenum := 16#8074#; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY : constant GLenum := 16#8075#; GL_COLOR_ARRAY : constant GLenum := 16#8076#; GL_INDEX_ARRAY : constant GLenum := 16#8077#; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY : constant GLenum := 16#8078#; GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY : constant GLenum := 16#8079#; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE : constant GLenum := 16#807A#; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE : constant GLenum := 16#807B#; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE : constant GLenum := 16#807C#; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE : constant GLenum := 16#807E#; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE : constant GLenum := 16#807F#; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE : constant GLenum := 16#8081#; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE : constant GLenum := 16#8082#; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE : constant GLenum := 16#8083#; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE : constant GLenum := 16#8085#; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE : constant GLenum := 16#8086#; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE : constant GLenum := 16#8088#; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE : constant GLenum := 16#8089#; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE : constant GLenum := 16#808A#; GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE : constant GLenum := 16#808C#; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER : constant GLenum := 16#808E#; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER : constant GLenum := 16#808F#; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER : constant GLenum := 16#8090#; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER : constant GLenum := 16#8091#; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER : constant GLenum := 16#8092#; GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER : constant GLenum := 16#8093#; GL_V2F : constant GLenum := 16#2A20#; GL_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A21#; GL_C4UB_V2F : constant GLenum := 16#2A22#; GL_C4UB_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A23#; GL_C3F_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A24#; GL_N3F_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A25#; GL_C4F_N3F_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A26#; GL_T2F_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A27#; GL_T4F_V4F : constant GLenum := 16#2A28#; GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A29#; GL_T2F_C3F_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A2A#; GL_T2F_N3F_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A2B#; GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F : constant GLenum := 16#2A2C#; GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F : constant GLenum := 16#2A2D#; -- Matrix Mode GL_MATRIX_MODE : constant GLenum := 16#0BA0#; GL_MODELVIEW : constant GLenum := 16#1700#; GL_PROJECTION : constant GLenum := 16#1701#; GL_TEXTURE : constant GLenum := 16#1702#; -- Points GL_POINT_SMOOTH : constant GLenum := 2832; GL_POINT_SIZE : constant GLenum := 2833; GL_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY : constant GLenum := 2835; GL_POINT_SIZE_RANGE : constant GLenum := 2834; -- Lines GL_LINE_SMOOTH : constant GLenum := 2848; GL_LINE_STIPPLE : constant GLenum := 2852; GL_LINE_STIPPLE_PATTERN : constant GLenum := 2853; GL_LINE_STIPPLE_REPEAT : constant GLenum := 2854; GL_LINE_WIDTH : constant GLenum := 2849; GL_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY : constant GLenum := 2851; GL_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE : constant GLenum := 2850; -- Polygons GL_POINT : constant GLenum := 6912; GL_LINE : constant GLenum := 6913; GL_FILL : constant GLenum := 6914; GL_CW : constant GLenum := 2304; GL_CCW : constant GLenum := 2305; GL_FRONT : constant GLenum := 1028; GL_BACK : constant GLenum := 1029; GL_POLYGON_MODE : constant GLenum := 2880; GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH : constant GLenum := 2881; GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE : constant GLenum := 2882; GL_EDGE_FLAG : constant GLenum := 2883; GL_CULL_FACE : constant GLenum := 2884; GL_CULL_FACE_MODE : constant GLenum := 2885; GL_FRONT_FACE : constant GLenum := 2886; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR : constant GLenum := 32824; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS : constant GLenum := 10752; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_POINT : constant GLenum := 10753; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_LINE : constant GLenum := 10754; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL : constant GLenum := 32823; -- Display Lists GL_COMPILE : constant GLenum := 4864; GL_COMPILE_AND_EXECUTE : constant GLenum := 4865; GL_LIST_BASE : constant GLenum := 2866; GL_LIST_INDEX : constant GLenum := 2867; GL_LIST_MODE : constant GLenum := 2864; -- Depth buffer GL_NEVER : constant GLenum := 512; GL_LESS : constant GLenum := 513; GL_GEQUAL : constant GLenum := 518; GL_LEQUAL : constant GLenum := 515; GL_GREATER : constant GLenum := 516; GL_NOTEQUAL : constant GLenum := 517; GL_EQUAL : constant GLenum := 514; GL_ALWAYS : constant GLenum := 519; GL_DEPTH_TEST : constant GLenum := 2929; GL_DEPTH_BITS : constant GLenum := 3414; GL_DEPTH_CLEAR_VALUE : constant GLenum := 2931; GL_DEPTH_FUNC : constant GLenum := 2932; GL_DEPTH_RANGE : constant GLenum := 2928; GL_DEPTH_WRITEMASK : constant GLenum := 2930; GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT : constant GLenum := 6402; -- Lighting GL_LIGHTING : constant GLenum := 2896; GL_LIGHT0 : constant GLenum := 16384; GL_LIGHT1 : constant GLenum := 16385; GL_LIGHT2 : constant GLenum := 16386; GL_LIGHT3 : constant GLenum := 16387; GL_LIGHT4 : constant GLenum := 16388; GL_LIGHT5 : constant GLenum := 16389; GL_LIGHT6 : constant GLenum := 16390; GL_LIGHT7 : constant GLenum := 16391; GL_SPOT_EXPONENT : constant GLenum := 4613; GL_SPOT_CUTOFF : constant GLenum := 4614; GL_CONSTANT_ATTENUATION : constant GLenum := 4615; GL_LINEAR_ATTENUATION : constant GLenum := 4616; GL_QUADRATIC_ATTENUATION : constant GLenum := 4617; GL_AMBIENT : constant GLenum := 4608; GL_DIFFUSE : constant GLenum := 4609; GL_SPECULAR : constant GLenum := 4610; GL_SHININESS : constant GLenum := 5633; GL_EMISSION : constant GLenum := 5632; GL_POSITION : constant GLenum := 4611; GL_SPOT_DIRECTION : constant GLenum := 4612; GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE : constant GLenum := 5634; GL_COLOR_INDEXES : constant GLenum := 5635; GL_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE : constant GLenum := 2898; GL_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER : constant GLenum := 2897; GL_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT : constant GLenum := 2899; GL_FRONT_AND_BACK : constant GLenum := 1032; GL_SHADE_MODEL : constant GLenum := 2900; GL_FLAT : constant GLenum := 7424; GL_SMOOTH : constant GLenum := 7425; GL_COLOR_MATERIAL : constant GLenum := 2903; GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_FACE : constant GLenum := 2901; GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER : constant GLenum := 2902; GL_NORMALIZE : constant GLenum := 2977; -- User clipping planes GL_CLIP_PLANE0 : constant GLenum := 12288; GL_CLIP_PLANE1 : constant GLenum := 12289; GL_CLIP_PLANE2 : constant GLenum := 12290; GL_CLIP_PLANE3 : constant GLenum := 12291; GL_CLIP_PLANE4 : constant GLenum := 12292; GL_CLIP_PLANE5 : constant GLenum := 12293; -- Accumulation buffer GL_ACCUM_RED_BITS : constant GLenum := 3416; GL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS : constant GLenum := 3417; GL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS : constant GLenum := 3418; GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS : constant GLenum := 3419; GL_ACCUM_CLEAR_VALUE : constant GLenum := 2944; GL_ACCUM : constant GLenum := 256; GL_ADD : constant GLenum := 260; GL_LOAD : constant GLenum := 257; GL_MULT : constant GLenum := 259; GL_RETURN : constant GLenum := 258; -- Alpha testing GL_ALPHA_TEST : constant GLenum := 3008; GL_ALPHA_TEST_REF : constant GLenum := 3010; GL_ALPHA_TEST_FUNC : constant GLenum := 3009; -- Blending GL_BLEND : constant GLenum := 3042; GL_BLEND_SRC : constant GLenum := 3041; GL_BLEND_DST : constant GLenum := 3040; GL_ZERO : constant GLenum := 0; GL_ONE : constant GLenum := 1; GL_SRC_COLOR : constant GLenum := 768; GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR : constant GLenum := 769; GL_DST_COLOR : constant GLenum := 774; GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR : constant GLenum := 775; GL_SRC_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 770; GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 771; GL_DST_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 772; GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 773; GL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE : constant GLenum := 776; GL_CONSTANT_COLOR : constant GLenum := 32769; GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR : constant GLenum := 32770; GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 32771; GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 32772; -- Render Mode GL_FEEDBACK : constant GLenum := 7169; GL_RENDER : constant GLenum := 7168; GL_SELECT : constant GLenum := 7170; -- Feedback GL_2D : constant GLenum := 1536; GL_3D : constant GLenum := 1537; GL_3D_COLOR : constant GLenum := 1538; GL_3D_COLOR_TEXTURE : constant GLenum := 1539; GL_4D_COLOR_TEXTURE : constant GLenum := 1540; GL_POINT_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1793; GL_LINE_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1794; GL_LINE_RESET_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1799; GL_POLYGON_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1795; GL_BITMAP_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1796; GL_DRAW_PIXEL_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1797; GL_COPY_PIXEL_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1798; GL_PASS_THROUGH_TOKEN : constant GLenum := 1792; GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_POINTER : constant GLenum := 3568; GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3569; GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_TYPE : constant GLenum := 3570; -- Selection GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_POINTER : constant GLenum := 3571; GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3572; -- Fog GL_FOG : constant GLenum := 2912; GL_FOG_MODE : constant GLenum := 2917; GL_FOG_DENSITY : constant GLenum := 2914; GL_FOG_COLOR : constant GLenum := 2918; GL_FOG_INDEX : constant GLenum := 2913; GL_FOG_START : constant GLenum := 2915; GL_FOG_END : constant GLenum := 2916; GL_LINEAR : constant GLenum := 9729; GL_EXP : constant GLenum := 2048; GL_EXP2 : constant GLenum := 2049; -- Logic Ops GL_LOGIC_OP : constant GLenum := 3057; GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP : constant GLenum := 3057; GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP : constant GLenum := 3058; GL_LOGIC_OP_MODE : constant GLenum := 3056; GL_CLEAR : constant GLenum := 5376; GL_SET : constant GLenum := 5391; GL_COPY : constant GLenum := 5379; GL_COPY_INVERTED : constant GLenum := 5388; GL_NOOP : constant GLenum := 5381; GL_INVERT : constant GLenum := 5386; GL_AND : constant GLenum := 5377; GL_NAND : constant GLenum := 5390; GL_OR : constant GLenum := 5383; GL_NOR : constant GLenum := 5384; GL_XOR : constant GLenum := 5382; GL_EQUIV : constant GLenum := 5385; GL_AND_REVERSE : constant GLenum := 5378; GL_AND_INVERTED : constant GLenum := 5380; GL_OR_REVERSE : constant GLenum := 5387; GL_OR_INVERTED : constant GLenum := 5389; -- Stencil GL_STENCIL_TEST : constant GLenum := 2960; GL_STENCIL_WRITEMASK : constant GLenum := 2968; GL_STENCIL_BITS : constant GLenum := 3415; GL_STENCIL_FUNC : constant GLenum := 2962; GL_STENCIL_VALUE_MASK : constant GLenum := 2963; GL_STENCIL_REF : constant GLenum := 2967; GL_STENCIL_FAIL : constant GLenum := 2964; GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_PASS : constant GLenum := 2966; GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL : constant GLenum := 2965; GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_VALUE : constant GLenum := 2961; GL_STENCIL_INDEX : constant GLenum := 6401; GL_KEEP : constant GLenum := 7680; GL_REPLACE : constant GLenum := 7681; GL_INCR : constant GLenum := 7682; GL_DECR : constant GLenum := 7683; -- Buffers, Pixel Drawing/Reading GL_NONE : constant GLenum := 0; GL_LEFT : constant GLenum := 1030; GL_RIGHT : constant GLenum := 1031; -- GL_FRONT = 0x0404, -- GL_BACK = 0x0405, -- GL_FRONT_AND_BACK = 0x0408, GL_FRONT_LEFT : constant GLenum := 1024; GL_FRONT_RIGHT : constant GLenum := 1025; GL_BACK_LEFT : constant GLenum := 1026; GL_BACK_RIGHT : constant GLenum := 1027; GL_AUX0 : constant GLenum := 1033; GL_AUX1 : constant GLenum := 1034; GL_AUX2 : constant GLenum := 1035; GL_AUX3 : constant GLenum := 1036; GL_COLOR_INDEX : constant GLenum := 6400; GL_RED : constant GLenum := 6403; GL_GREEN : constant GLenum := 6404; GL_BLUE : constant GLenum := 6405; GL_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 6406; GL_LUMINANCE : constant GLenum := 6409; GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA : constant GLenum := 6410; GL_ALPHA_BITS : constant GLenum := 3413; GL_RED_BITS : constant GLenum := 3410; GL_GREEN_BITS : constant GLenum := 3411; GL_BLUE_BITS : constant GLenum := 3412; GL_INDEX_BITS : constant GLenum := 3409; GL_SUBPIXEL_BITS : constant GLenum := 3408; GL_AUX_BUFFERS : constant GLenum := 3072; GL_READ_BUFFER : constant GLenum := 3074; GL_DRAW_BUFFER : constant GLenum := 3073; GL_DOUBLEBUFFER : constant GLenum := 3122; GL_STEREO : constant GLenum := 3123; GL_BITMAP : constant GLenum := 6656; GL_COLOR : constant GLenum := 6144; GL_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 6145; GL_STENCIL : constant GLenum := 6146; GL_DITHER : constant GLenum := 3024; GL_RGB : constant GLenum := 6407; GL_RGBA : constant GLenum := 6408; -- Implementation limits GL_MAX_LIST_NESTING : constant GLenum := 2865; GL_MAX_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 3381; GL_MAX_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 3382; GL_MAX_NAME_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 3383; GL_MAX_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 3384; GL_MAX_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 3385; GL_MAX_EVAL_ORDER : constant GLenum := 3376; GL_MAX_LIGHTS : constant GLenum := 3377; GL_MAX_CLIP_PLANES : constant GLenum := 3378; GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3379; GL_MAX_PIXEL_MAP_TABLE : constant GLenum := 3380; GL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS : constant GLenum := 3386; GL_MAX_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 3387; -- Gets GL_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 2992; GL_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 2993; GL_COLOR_CLEAR_VALUE : constant GLenum := 3106; GL_COLOR_WRITEMASK : constant GLenum := 3107; GL_CURRENT_INDEX : constant GLenum := 2817; GL_CURRENT_COLOR : constant GLenum := 2816; GL_CURRENT_NORMAL : constant GLenum := 2818; GL_CURRENT_RASTER_COLOR : constant GLenum := 2820; GL_CURRENT_RASTER_DISTANCE : constant GLenum := 2825; GL_CURRENT_RASTER_INDEX : constant GLenum := 2821; GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION : constant GLenum := 2823; GL_CURRENT_RASTER_TEXTURE_COORDS : constant GLenum := 2822; GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION_VALID : constant GLenum := 2824; GL_CURRENT_TEXTURE_COORDS : constant GLenum := 2819; GL_INDEX_CLEAR_VALUE : constant GLenum := 3104; GL_INDEX_MODE : constant GLenum := 3120; GL_INDEX_WRITEMASK : constant GLenum := 3105; GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX : constant GLenum := 2982; GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 2979; GL_NAME_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 3440; GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX : constant GLenum := 2983; GL_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 2980; GL_RENDER_MODE : constant GLenum := 3136; GL_RGBA_MODE : constant GLenum := 3121; GL_TEXTURE_MATRIX : constant GLenum := 2984; GL_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 2981; GL_VIEWPORT : constant GLenum := 2978; -- Evaluators GL_AUTO_NORMAL : constant GLenum := 3456; GL_MAP1_COLOR_4 : constant GLenum := 3472; GL_MAP1_GRID_DOMAIN : constant GLenum := 3536; GL_MAP1_GRID_SEGMENTS : constant GLenum := 3537; GL_MAP1_INDEX : constant GLenum := 3473; GL_MAP1_NORMAL : constant GLenum := 3474; GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1 : constant GLenum := 3475; GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2 : constant GLenum := 3476; GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3 : constant GLenum := 3477; GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4 : constant GLenum := 3478; GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3 : constant GLenum := 3479; GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4 : constant GLenum := 3480; GL_MAP2_COLOR_4 : constant GLenum := 3504; GL_MAP2_GRID_DOMAIN : constant GLenum := 3538; GL_MAP2_GRID_SEGMENTS : constant GLenum := 3539; GL_MAP2_INDEX : constant GLenum := 3505; GL_MAP2_NORMAL : constant GLenum := 3506; GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1 : constant GLenum := 3507; GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2 : constant GLenum := 3508; GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3 : constant GLenum := 3509; GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4 : constant GLenum := 3510; GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3 : constant GLenum := 3511; GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4 : constant GLenum := 3512; GL_COEFF : constant GLenum := 2560; GL_DOMAIN : constant GLenum := 2562; GL_ORDER : constant GLenum := 2561; -- Hints GL_FOG_HINT : constant GLenum := 3156; GL_LINE_SMOOTH_HINT : constant GLenum := 3154; GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT : constant GLenum := 3152; GL_POINT_SMOOTH_HINT : constant GLenum := 3153; GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT : constant GLenum := 3155; GL_DONT_CARE : constant GLenum := 4352; GL_FASTEST : constant GLenum := 4353; GL_NICEST : constant GLenum := 4354; -- Scissor box GL_SCISSOR_TEST : constant GLenum := 3089; GL_SCISSOR_BOX : constant GLenum := 3088; -- Pixel Mode / Transfer GL_MAP_COLOR : constant GLenum := 3344; GL_MAP_STENCIL : constant GLenum := 3345; GL_INDEX_SHIFT : constant GLenum := 3346; GL_INDEX_OFFSET : constant GLenum := 3347; GL_RED_SCALE : constant GLenum := 3348; GL_RED_BIAS : constant GLenum := 3349; GL_GREEN_SCALE : constant GLenum := 3352; GL_GREEN_BIAS : constant GLenum := 3353; GL_BLUE_SCALE : constant GLenum := 3354; GL_BLUE_BIAS : constant GLenum := 3355; GL_ALPHA_SCALE : constant GLenum := 3356; GL_ALPHA_BIAS : constant GLenum := 3357; GL_DEPTH_SCALE : constant GLenum := 3358; GL_DEPTH_BIAS : constant GLenum := 3359; GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3249; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3248; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3250; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3251; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3252; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3253; GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3254; GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3255; GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3256; GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A_SIZE : constant GLenum := 3257; GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S : constant GLenum := 3185; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I : constant GLenum := 3184; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R : constant GLenum := 3186; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G : constant GLenum := 3187; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B : constant GLenum := 3188; GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A : constant GLenum := 3189; GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R : constant GLenum := 3190; GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G : constant GLenum := 3191; GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B : constant GLenum := 3192; GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A : constant GLenum := 3193; GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT : constant GLenum := 3333; GL_PACK_LSB_FIRST : constant GLenum := 3329; GL_PACK_ROW_LENGTH : constant GLenum := 3330; GL_PACK_SKIP_PIXELS : constant GLenum := 3332; GL_PACK_SKIP_ROWS : constant GLenum := 3331; GL_PACK_SWAP_BYTES : constant GLenum := 3328; GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT : constant GLenum := 3317; GL_UNPACK_LSB_FIRST : constant GLenum := 3313; GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH : constant GLenum := 3314; GL_UNPACK_SKIP_PIXELS : constant GLenum := 3316; GL_UNPACK_SKIP_ROWS : constant GLenum := 3315; GL_UNPACK_SWAP_BYTES : constant GLenum := 3312; GL_ZOOM_X : constant GLenum := 3350; GL_ZOOM_Y : constant GLenum := 3351; -- Texture mapping GL_TEXTURE_ENV : constant GLenum := 8960; GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE : constant GLenum := 8704; GL_TEXTURE_1D : constant GLenum := 3552; GL_TEXTURE_2D : constant GLenum := 3553; GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S : constant GLenum := 10242; GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T : constant GLenum := 10243; GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER : constant GLenum := 10240; GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER : constant GLenum := 10241; GL_TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR : constant GLenum := 8705; GL_TEXTURE_GEN_S : constant GLenum := 3168; GL_TEXTURE_GEN_T : constant GLenum := 3169; GL_TEXTURE_GEN_MODE : constant GLenum := 9472; GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_COLOR : constant GLenum := 4100; GL_TEXTURE_WIDTH : constant GLenum := 4096; GL_TEXTURE_HEIGHT : constant GLenum := 4097; GL_TEXTURE_BORDER : constant GLenum := 4101; GL_TEXTURE_COMPONENTS : constant GLenum := 4099; GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE : constant GLenum := 32860; GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE : constant GLenum := 32861; GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE : constant GLenum := 32862; GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE : constant GLenum := 32863; GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE : constant GLenum := 32864; GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE : constant GLenum := 32865; GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST : constant GLenum := 9984; GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR : constant GLenum := 9986; GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST : constant GLenum := 9985; GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR : constant GLenum := 9987; GL_OBJECT_LINEAR : constant GLenum := 9217; GL_OBJECT_PLANE : constant GLenum := 9473; GL_EYE_LINEAR : constant GLenum := 9216; GL_EYE_PLANE : constant GLenum := 9474; GL_SPHERE_MAP : constant GLenum := 9218; GL_DECAL : constant GLenum := 8449; GL_MODULATE : constant GLenum := 8448; GL_NEAREST : constant GLenum := 9728; GL_REPEAT : constant GLenum := 10497; GL_CLAMP : constant GLenum := 10496; GL_S : constant GLenum := 8192; GL_T : constant GLenum := 8193; GL_R : constant GLenum := 8194; GL_Q : constant GLenum := 8195; GL_TEXTURE_GEN_R : constant GLenum := 3170; GL_TEXTURE_GEN_Q : constant GLenum := 3171; -- Utility GL_VENDOR : constant GLenum := 7936; GL_RENDERER : constant GLenum := 7937; GL_VERSION : constant GLenum := 7938; GL_EXTENSIONS : constant GLenum := 7939; -- Errors GL_NO_ERROR : constant := 0; GL_INVALID_VALUE : constant GLenum := 1281; GL_INVALID_ENUM : constant GLenum := 1280; GL_INVALID_OPERATION : constant GLenum := 1282; GL_STACK_OVERFLOW : constant GLenum := 1283; GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW : constant GLenum := 1284; GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY : constant GLenum := 1285; -- glPush/PopAttrib bits type GLbitfield is mod 16#100000#; GL_CURRENT_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000001#; GL_POINT_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000002#; GL_LINE_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000004#; GL_POLYGON_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000008#; GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000010#; GL_PIXEL_MODE_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000020#; GL_LIGHTING_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000040#; GL_FOG_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000080#; GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000100#; GL_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000200#; GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000400#; GL_VIEWPORT_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00000800#; GL_TRANSFORM_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00001000#; GL_ENABLE_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00002000#; GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00004000#; GL_HINT_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00008000#; GL_EVAL_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00010000#; GL_LIST_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00020000#; GL_TEXTURE_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00040000#; GL_SCISSOR_BIT : constant GLbitfield := 16#00080000#; GL_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS : constant GLbitfield := 16#000fffff#; -- GL 1.1 texturing GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D : constant GLenum := 32867; GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D : constant GLenum := 32868; GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY : constant GLenum := 32870; GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT : constant GLenum := 32871; GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D : constant GLenum := 32872; GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D : constant GLenum := 32873; GL_TEXTURE_INTERNAL_FORMAT : constant GLenum := 4099; GL_ALPHA4 : constant GLenum := 32827; GL_ALPHA8 : constant GLenum := 32828; GL_ALPHA12 : constant GLenum := 32829; GL_ALPHA16 : constant GLenum := 32830; GL_LUMINANCE4 : constant GLenum := 32831; GL_LUMINANCE8 : constant GLenum := 32832; GL_LUMINANCE12 : constant GLenum := 32833; GL_LUMINANCE16 : constant GLenum := 32834; GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4 : constant GLenum := 32835; GL_LUMINANCE6_ALPHA2 : constant GLenum := 32836; GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8 : constant GLenum := 32837; GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA4 : constant GLenum := 32838; GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA12 : constant GLenum := 32839; GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16 : constant GLenum := 32840; GL_INTENSITY : constant GLenum := 32841; GL_INTENSITY4 : constant GLenum := 32842; GL_INTENSITY8 : constant GLenum := 32843; GL_INTENSITY12 : constant GLenum := 32844; GL_INTENSITY16 : constant GLenum := 32845; GL_R3_G3_B2 : constant GLenum := 10768; GL_RGB4 : constant GLenum := 32847; GL_RGB5 : constant GLenum := 32848; GL_RGB8 : constant GLenum := 32849; GL_RGB10 : constant GLenum := 32850; GL_RGB12 : constant GLenum := 32851; GL_RGB16 : constant GLenum := 32852; GL_RGBA2 : constant GLenum := 32853; GL_RGBA4 : constant GLenum := 32854; GL_RGB5_A1 : constant GLenum := 32855; GL_RGBA8 : constant GLenum := 32856; GL_RGB10_A2 : constant GLenum := 32857; GL_RGBA12 : constant GLenum := 32858; GL_RGBA16 : constant GLenum := 32859; GL_CLIENT_PIXEL_STORE_BIT : constant GLenum := 16#00000001#; GL_CLIENT_VERTEX_ARRAY_BIT : constant GLenum := 16#00000002#; -- GL 1.2 texturing GL_RESCALE_NORMAL : constant GLenum := 16#803A#; GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE : constant GLenum := 16#812F#; GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_VERTICES : constant GLenum := 16#80E8#; GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_INDICES : constant GLenum := 16#80E9#; GL_BGR : constant GLenum := 32992; GL_BGRA : constant GLenum := 32993; GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2 : constant GLenum := 32818; GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV : constant GLenum := 33634; GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5 : constant GLenum := 33635; GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV : constant GLenum := 33636; GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4 : constant GLenum := 32819; GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV : constant GLenum := 33637; GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1 : constant GLenum := 32820; GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV : constant GLenum := 33638; GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8 : constant GLenum := 32821; GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV : constant GLenum := 33639; GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2 : constant GLenum := 32822; GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV : constant GLenum := 33640; GL_LIGHT_MODEL_COLOR_CONTROL : constant GLenum := 33272; GL_SINGLE_COLOR : constant GLenum := 33273; GL_SEPARATE_SPECULAR_COLOR : constant GLenum := 33274; GL_TEXTURE_MIN_LOD : constant GLenum := 33082; GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LOD : constant GLenum := 33083; GL_TEXTURE_BASE_LEVEL : constant GLenum := 33084; GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL : constant GLenum := 33085; GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_RANGE : constant GLenum := 16#0B12#; GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY : constant GLenum := 16#0B13#; GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE : constant GLenum := 16#0B22#; GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY : constant GLenum := 16#0B23#; GL_ALIASED_POINT_SIZE_RANGE : constant GLenum := 16#846D#; GL_ALIASED_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE : constant GLenum := 16#846E#; GL_PACK_SKIP_IMAGES : constant GLenum := 16#806B#; GL_PACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT : constant GLenum := 16#806C#; GL_UNPACK_SKIP_IMAGES : constant GLenum := 16#806D#; GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT : constant GLenum := 16#806E#; GL_TEXTURE_3D : constant GLenum := 16#806F#; GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D : constant GLenum := 16#8070#; GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH : constant GLenum := 16#8071#; GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R : constant GLenum := 16#8072#; GL_MAX_3D_TEXTURE_SIZE : constant GLenum := 16#8073#; GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_3D : constant GLenum := 16#806A#; -- Extensions -- GL_EXT_blend_minmax and GL_EXT_blend_color -- GL_EXT_polygon_offset -- GL_EXT_vertex_array -- GL_EXT_texture_object -- GL_EXT_texture3D -- GL_EXT_paletted_texture -- GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette -- GL_EXT_point_parameters -- GL_EXT_rescale_normal -- GL_EXT_abgr -- GL_SGIS_multitexture -- GL_EXT_multitexture -- GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp -- OpenGL 1.2 GL_CONSTANT_COLOR_EXT : constant GLenum := 32769; GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR_EXT : constant GLenum := 32770; GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA_EXT : constant GLenum := 32771; GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA_EXT : constant GLenum := 32772; GL_BLEND_EQUATION_EXT : constant GLenum := 32777; GL_MIN_EXT : constant GLenum := 32775; GL_MAX_EXT : constant GLenum := 32776; GL_FUNC_ADD_EXT : constant GLenum := 32774; GL_FUNC_SUBTRACT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32778; GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32779; GL_BLEND_COLOR_EXT : constant GLenum := 32773; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_EXT : constant GLenum := 32823; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR_EXT : constant GLenum := 32824; GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_BIAS_EXT : constant GLenum := 32825; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_EXT : constant GLenum := 32884; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_EXT : constant GLenum := 32885; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT : constant GLenum := 32886; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_EXT : constant GLenum := 32887; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_EXT : constant GLenum := 32888; GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_EXT : constant GLenum := 32889; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32890; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32891; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32892; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32893; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32894; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32895; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32896; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32897; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32898; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32899; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32900; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32901; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32902; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32903; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32904; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32905; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32906; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32907; GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32908; GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32909; GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT : constant GLenum := 32910; GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT : constant GLenum := 32911; GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT : constant GLenum := 32912; GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT : constant GLenum := 32913; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT : constant GLenum := 32914; GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT : constant GLenum := 32915; GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY_EXT : constant GLenum := 32870; GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32871; GL_TEXTURE_1D_BINDING_EXT : constant GLenum := 32872; GL_TEXTURE_2D_BINDING_EXT : constant GLenum := 32873; GL_PACK_SKIP_IMAGES_EXT : constant GLenum := 32875; GL_PACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32876; GL_UNPACK_SKIP_IMAGES_EXT : constant GLenum := 32877; GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32878; GL_TEXTURE_3D_EXT : constant GLenum := 32879; GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D_EXT : constant GLenum := 32880; GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_EXT : constant GLenum := 32881; GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R_EXT : constant GLenum := 32882; GL_MAX_3D_TEXTURE_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32883; GL_TEXTURE_3D_BINDING_EXT : constant GLenum := 32874; GL_TABLE_TOO_LARGE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32817; GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_EXT : constant GLenum := 32984; GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_EXT : constant GLenum := 32985; GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32986; GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32987; GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32988; GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32989; GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32990; GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 32991; GL_TEXTURE_INDEX_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 33005; GL_COLOR_INDEX1_EXT : constant GLenum := 32994; GL_COLOR_INDEX2_EXT : constant GLenum := 32995; GL_COLOR_INDEX4_EXT : constant GLenum := 32996; GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT : constant GLenum := 32997; GL_COLOR_INDEX12_EXT : constant GLenum := 32998; GL_COLOR_INDEX16_EXT : constant GLenum := 32999; GL_SHARED_TEXTURE_PALETTE_EXT : constant GLenum := 33275; GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN_EXT : constant GLenum := 33062; GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX_EXT : constant GLenum := 33063; GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE_EXT : constant GLenum := 33064; GL_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION_EXT : constant GLenum := 33065; GL_ABGR_EXT : constant GLenum := 32768; GL_SELECTED_TEXTURE_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33628; GL_SELECTED_TEXTURE_COORD_SET_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33629; GL_MAX_TEXTURES_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33630; GL_TEXTURE0_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33631; GL_TEXTURE1_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33632; GL_TEXTURE2_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33633; GL_TEXTURE3_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33634; GL_TEXTURE_COORD_SET_SOURCE_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33635; GL_SELECTED_TEXTURE_EXT : constant GLenum := 33728; GL_SELECTED_TEXTURE_COORD_SET_EXT : constant GLenum := 33729; GL_SELECTED_TEXTURE_TRANSFORM_EXT : constant GLenum := 33730; GL_MAX_TEXTURES_EXT : constant GLenum := 33731; GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORD_SETS_EXT : constant GLenum := 33732; GL_TEXTURE_ENV_COORD_SET_EXT : constant GLenum := 33733; GL_TEXTURE0_EXT : constant GLenum := 33734; GL_TEXTURE1_EXT : constant GLenum := 33735; GL_TEXTURE2_EXT : constant GLenum := 33736; GL_TEXTURE3_EXT : constant GLenum := 33737; GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE_SGIS : constant GLenum := 33071; -- -- Miscellaneous -- procedure glClearIndex (c : GLfloat); procedure glClearColor (red : GLclampf; green : GLclampf; blue : GLclampf; alpha : GLclampf); procedure glClear (mask : GLbitfield); procedure glIndexMask (mask : GLuint); procedure glColorMask (red : GLboolean; green : GLboolean; blue : GLboolean; alpha : GLboolean); procedure glAlphaFunc (func : GLenum; ref : GLclampf); procedure glBlendFunc (sfactor : GLenum; dfactor : GLenum); procedure glLogicOp (opcode : GLenum); procedure glCullFace (mode : GLenum); procedure glFrontFace (mode : GLenum); procedure glPointSize (size : GLfloat); procedure glLineWidth (width : GLfloat); procedure glLineStipple (factor : GLint; pattern : GLushort); procedure glPolygonMode (face : GLenum; mode : GLenum); procedure glPolygonOffset (factor : GLfloat; units : GLfloat); procedure glPolygonStipple (mask : access GLubyte); procedure glGetPolygonStipple (mask : access GLubyte); procedure glEdgeFlag (flag : GLboolean); procedure glEdgeFlagv (flag : access GLboolean); procedure glScissor (x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei); procedure glClipPlane (plane : GLenum; equation : access GLdouble); procedure glGetClipPlane (plane : GLenum; equation : access GLdouble); procedure glDrawBuffer (mode : GLenum); procedure glReadBuffer (mode : GLenum); procedure glEnable (cap : GLenum); procedure glDisable (cap : GLenum); function glIsEnabled (cap : GLenum) return GLboolean; procedure glEnableClientState (cap : GLenum -- 1.1 ); procedure glDisableClientState (cap : GLenum -- 1.1 ); procedure glGetBooleanv (pname : GLenum; params : access GLboolean); procedure glGetDoublev (pname : GLenum; params : access GLdouble); procedure glGetFloatv (pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetIntegerv (pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glPushAttrib (mask : GLbitfield); procedure glPopAttrib; procedure glPushClientAttrib (mask : GLbitfield -- 1.1 ); procedure glPopClientAttrib; -- 1.1 function glRenderMode (mode : GLenum) return GLint; function glGetError return GLenum; function glGetString (name : GLenum) return GLubyte_Ptr; procedure glFinish; procedure glFlush; procedure glHint (target : GLenum; mode : GLenum); -- -- Depth Buffer -- procedure glClearDepth (depth : GLclampd); procedure glDepthFunc (func : GLenum); procedure glDepthMask (flag : GLboolean); procedure glDepthRange (near_val : GLclampd; far_val : GLclampd); -- -- Accumulation Buffer -- procedure glClearAccum (red : GLfloat; green : GLfloat; blue : GLfloat; alpha : GLfloat); procedure glAccum (op : GLenum; value : GLfloat); -- -- Transformation -- procedure glMatrixMode (mode : GLenum); procedure glOrtho (left : GLdouble; right : GLdouble; bottom : GLdouble; top : GLdouble; near_val : GLdouble; far_val : GLdouble); procedure glFrustum (left : GLdouble; right : GLdouble; bottom : GLdouble; top : GLdouble; near_val : GLdouble; far_val : GLdouble); procedure glViewport (x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei); procedure glPushMatrix; procedure glPopMatrix; procedure glLoadIdentity; procedure glLoadMatrixd (m : access GLdouble); procedure glLoadMatrixf (m : access GLfloat); procedure glMultMatrixd (m : access GLdouble); procedure glMultMatrixf (m : access GLfloat); procedure glRotated (angle : GLdouble; x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble); procedure glRotatef (angle : GLfloat; x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat); -- The angle is specified in degrees, counter-clockwise. procedure glScaled (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble); procedure glScalef (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat); procedure glTranslated (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble); procedure glTranslatef (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat); -- -- Display Lists -- function glIsList (list : GLuint) return GLboolean; procedure glDeleteLists (list : GLuint; range_Id : GLsizei); function glGenLists (range_Id : GLsizei) return GLuint; procedure glNewList (list : GLuint; mode : GLenum); procedure glEndList; procedure glCallList (list : GLuint); procedure glCallLists (n : GLsizei; type_Id : GLenum; lists : access GLvoid); procedure glListBase (base : GLuint); -- -- Drawing Functions -- procedure glBegin (mode : GLenum); procedure glEnd; procedure glVertex2d (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble); procedure glVertex2f (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat); procedure glVertex2i (x : GLint; y : GLint); procedure glVertex2s (x : GLshort; y : GLshort); procedure glVertex3d (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble); procedure glVertex3f (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat); procedure glVertex3i (x : GLint; y : GLint; z : GLint); procedure glVertex3s (x : GLshort; y : GLshort; z : GLshort); procedure glVertex4d (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble; w : GLdouble); procedure glVertex4f (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat; w : GLfloat); procedure glVertex4i (x : GLint; y : GLint; z : GLint; w : GLint); procedure glVertex4s (x : GLshort; y : GLshort; z : GLshort; w : GLshort); procedure glVertex2dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glVertex2fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glVertex2iv (v : access GLint); procedure glVertex2sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glVertex3dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glVertex3fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glVertex3iv (v : access GLint); procedure glVertex3sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glVertex4dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glVertex4fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glVertex4iv (v : access GLint); procedure glVertex4sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glNormal3b (nx : GLbyte; ny : GLbyte; nz : GLbyte); procedure glNormal3d (nx : GLdouble; ny : GLdouble; nz : GLdouble); procedure glNormal3f (nx : GLfloat; ny : GLfloat; nz : GLfloat); procedure glNormal3i (nx : GLint; ny : GLint; nz : GLint); procedure glNormal3s (nx : GLshort; ny : GLshort; nz : GLshort); procedure glNormal3bv (v : access GLbyte); procedure glNormal3dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glNormal3fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glNormal3iv (v : access GLint); procedure glNormal3sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glIndexd (c : GLdouble); procedure glIndexf (c : GLfloat); procedure glIndexi (c : GLint); procedure glIndexs (c : GLshort); procedure glIndexub (c : GLubyte -- 1.1 ); procedure glIndexdv (c : access GLdouble); procedure glIndexfv (c : access GLfloat); procedure glIndexiv (c : access GLint); procedure glIndexsv (c : access GLshort); procedure glIndexubv (c : access GLubyte -- 1.1 ); procedure glColor3b (red : GLbyte; green : GLbyte; blue : GLbyte); procedure glColor3d (red : GLdouble; green : GLdouble; blue : GLdouble); procedure glColor3f (red : GLfloat; green : GLfloat; blue : GLfloat); procedure glColor3i (red : GLint; green : GLint; blue : GLint); procedure glColor3s (red : GLshort; green : GLshort; blue : GLshort); procedure glColor3ub (red : GLubyte; green : GLubyte; blue : GLubyte); procedure glColor3ui (red : GLuint; green : GLuint; blue : GLuint); procedure glColor3us (red : GLushort; green : GLushort; blue : GLushort); procedure glColor4b (red : GLbyte; green : GLbyte; blue : GLbyte; alpha : GLbyte); procedure glColor4d (red : GLdouble; green : GLdouble; blue : GLdouble; alpha : GLdouble); procedure glColor4f (red : GLfloat; green : GLfloat; blue : GLfloat; alpha : GLfloat); procedure glColor4i (red : GLint; green : GLint; blue : GLint; alpha : GLint); procedure glColor4s (red : GLshort; green : GLshort; blue : GLshort; alpha : GLshort); procedure glColor4ub (red : GLubyte; green : GLubyte; blue : GLubyte; alpha : GLubyte); procedure glColor4ui (red : GLuint; green : GLuint; blue : GLuint; alpha : GLuint); procedure glColor4us (red : GLushort; green : GLushort; blue : GLushort; alpha : GLushort); procedure glColor3bv (v : access GLbyte); procedure glColor3dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glColor3fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glColor3iv (v : access GLint); procedure glColor3sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glColor3ubv (v : access GLubyte); procedure glColor3uiv (v : access GLuint); procedure glColor3usv (v : access GLushort); procedure glColor4bv (v : access GLbyte); procedure glColor4dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glColor4fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glColor4iv (v : access GLint); procedure glColor4sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glColor4ubv (v : access GLubyte); procedure glColor4uiv (v : access GLuint); procedure glColor4usv (v : access GLushort); procedure glTexCoord1d (s : GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord1f (s : GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord1i (s : GLint); procedure glTexCoord1s (s : GLshort); procedure glTexCoord2d (s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord2f (s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord2i (s : GLint; t : GLint); procedure glTexCoord2s (s : GLshort; t : GLshort); procedure glTexCoord3d (s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble; r : GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord3f (s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat; r : GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord3i (s : GLint; t : GLint; r : GLint); procedure glTexCoord3s (s : GLshort; t : GLshort; r : GLshort); procedure glTexCoord4d (s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble; r : GLdouble; q : GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord4f (s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat; r : GLfloat; q : GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord4i (s : GLint; t : GLint; r : GLint; q : GLint); procedure glTexCoord4s (s : GLshort; t : GLshort; r : GLshort; q : GLshort); procedure glTexCoord1dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord1fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord1iv (v : access GLint); procedure glTexCoord1sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glTexCoord2dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord2fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord2iv (v : access GLint); procedure glTexCoord2sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glTexCoord3dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord3fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord3iv (v : access GLint); procedure glTexCoord3sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glTexCoord4dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glTexCoord4fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glTexCoord4iv (v : access GLint); procedure glTexCoord4sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glRasterPos2d (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble); procedure glRasterPos2f (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat); procedure glRasterPos2i (x : GLint; y : GLint); procedure glRasterPos2s (x : GLshort; y : GLshort); procedure glRasterPos3d (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble); procedure glRasterPos3f (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat); procedure glRasterPos3i (x : GLint; y : GLint; z : GLint); procedure glRasterPos3s (x : GLshort; y : GLshort; z : GLshort); procedure glRasterPos4d (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble; w : GLdouble); procedure glRasterPos4f (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat; w : GLfloat); procedure glRasterPos4i (x : GLint; y : GLint; z : GLint; w : GLint); procedure glRasterPos4s (x : GLshort; y : GLshort; z : GLshort; w : GLshort); procedure glRasterPos2dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glRasterPos2fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glRasterPos2iv (v : access GLint); procedure glRasterPos2sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glRasterPos3dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glRasterPos3fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glRasterPos3iv (v : access GLint); procedure glRasterPos3sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glRasterPos4dv (v : access GLdouble); procedure glRasterPos4fv (v : access GLfloat); procedure glRasterPos4iv (v : access GLint); procedure glRasterPos4sv (v : access GLshort); procedure glRectd (x1 : GLdouble; y1 : GLdouble; x2 : GLdouble; y2 : GLdouble); procedure glRectf (x1 : GLfloat; y1 : GLfloat; x2 : GLfloat; y2 : GLfloat); procedure glRecti (x1 : GLint; y1 : GLint; x2 : GLint; y2 : GLint); procedure glRects (x1 : GLshort; y1 : GLshort; x2 : GLshort; y2 : GLshort); procedure glRectdv (v1 : access GLdouble; v2 : access GLdouble); procedure glRectfv (v1 : access GLfloat; v2 : access GLfloat); procedure glRectiv (v1 : access GLint; v2 : access GLint); procedure glRectsv (v1 : access GLshort; v2 : access GLshort); -- -- Vertex Arrays (1.1) -- procedure glVertexPointer (size : GLint; type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glNormalPointer (type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glColorPointer (size : GLint; type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glIndexPointer (type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glTexCoordPointer (size : GLint; type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glEdgeFlagPointer (stride : GLsizei; ptr : access GLboolean); procedure glGetPointerv (pname : GLenum; params : access Interfaces.C.Extensions.void_ptr); procedure glArrayElement (i : GLint); procedure glDrawArrays (mode : GLenum; first : GLint; count : GLsizei); procedure glDrawElements (mode : GLenum; count : GLsizei; type_Id : GLenum; indices : access GLvoid); procedure glInterleavedArrays (format : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; pointer : access GLvoid); -- -- Lighting -- procedure glShadeModel (mode : GLenum); procedure glLightf (light : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glLighti (light : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLint); procedure glLightfv (light : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : GLfloat_Vec_4); procedure glLightiv (light : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glGetLightfv (light : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetLightiv (light : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glLightModelf (pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glLightModeli (pname : GLenum; param : GLint); procedure glLightModelfv (pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glLightModeliv (pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glMaterialf (face : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glMateriali (face : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLint); procedure glMaterialfv (face : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : GLfloat_Vec_4); procedure glMaterialiv (face : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glGetMaterialfv (face : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetMaterialiv (face : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glColorMaterial (face : GLenum; mode : GLenum); -- -- Raster functions -- procedure glPixelZoom (xfactor : GLfloat; yfactor : GLfloat); procedure glPixelStoref (pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glPixelStorei (pname : GLenum; param : GLint); procedure glPixelTransferf (pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glPixelTransferi (pname : GLenum; param : GLint); procedure glPixelMapfv (map : GLenum; mapsize : GLint; values : access GLfloat); procedure glPixelMapuiv (map : GLenum; mapsize : GLint; values : access GLuint); procedure glPixelMapusv (map : GLenum; mapsize : GLint; values : access GLushort); procedure glGetPixelMapfv (map : GLenum; values : access GLfloat); procedure glGetPixelMapuiv (map : GLenum; values : access GLuint); procedure glGetPixelMapusv (map : GLenum; values : access GLushort); procedure glBitmap (width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; xorig : GLfloat; yorig : GLfloat; xmove : GLfloat; ymove : GLfloat; bitmap : access GLubyte); procedure glReadPixels (x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glDrawPixels (width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glCopyPixels (x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; type_Id : GLenum); -- -- Stenciling -- procedure glStencilFunc (func : GLenum; ref : GLint; mask : GLuint); procedure glStencilMask (mask : GLuint); procedure glStencilOp (fail : GLenum; zfail : GLenum; zpass : GLenum); procedure glClearStencil (s : GLint); -- -- Texture mapping -- procedure glTexGend (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLdouble); procedure glTexGenf (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glTexGeni (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLint); procedure glTexGendv (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLdouble); procedure glTexGenfv (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glTexGeniv (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glGetTexGendv (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLdouble); procedure glGetTexGenfv (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetTexGeniv (coord : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glTexEnvf (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glTexEnvi (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLint); procedure glTexEnvfv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glTexEnviv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glGetTexEnvfv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetTexEnviv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glTexParameterf (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glTexParameteri (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; param : GLenum); procedure glTexParameterfv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glTexParameteriv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glGetTexParameterfv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetTexParameteriv (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glGetTexLevelParameterfv (target : GLenum; level : GLint; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetTexLevelParameteriv (target : GLenum; level : GLint; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); procedure glTexImage1D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; internalFormat : GLint; width : GLsizei; border : GLint; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : System.Address); procedure glTexImage2D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; internalFormat : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; border : GLint; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : System.Address); procedure glGetTexImage (target : GLenum; level : GLint; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); -- 1.1 functions procedure glGenTextures (n : GLsizei; textures : in out GLuint_Vec); procedure glDeleteTextures (n : GLsizei; textures : access GLuint); procedure glBindTexture (target : GLenum; texture : GLuint); procedure glPrioritizeTextures (n : GLsizei; textures : access GLuint; priorities : access GLclampf); function glAreTexturesResident (n : GLsizei; textures : access GLuint; residences : access GLboolean) return GLboolean; function glIsTexture (texture : GLuint) return GLboolean; procedure glTexSubImage1D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; width : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glTexSubImage2D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; yoffset : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glCopyTexImage1D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; internalformat : GLenum; x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; border : GLint); procedure glCopyTexImage2D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; internalformat : GLenum; x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; border : GLint); procedure glCopyTexSubImage1D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei); procedure glCopyTexSubImage2D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; yoffset : GLint; x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei); -- -- Evaluators -- procedure glMap1d (target : GLenum; u1 : GLdouble; u2 : GLdouble; stride : GLint; order : GLint; points : access GLdouble); procedure glMap1f (target : GLenum; u1 : GLfloat; u2 : GLfloat; stride : GLint; order : GLint; points : access GLfloat); procedure glMap2d (target : GLenum; u1 : GLdouble; u2 : GLdouble; ustride : GLint; uorder : GLint; v1 : GLdouble; v2 : GLdouble; vstride : GLint; vorder : GLint; points : access GLdouble); procedure glMap2f (target : GLenum; u1 : GLfloat; u2 : GLfloat; ustride : GLint; uorder : GLint; v1 : GLfloat; v2 : GLfloat; vstride : GLint; vorder : GLint; points : access GLfloat); procedure glGetMapdv (target : GLenum; query : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glGetMapfv (target : GLenum; query : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glGetMapiv (target : GLenum; query : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glEvalCoord1d (u : GLdouble); procedure glEvalCoord1f (u : GLfloat); procedure glEvalCoord1dv (u : access GLdouble); procedure glEvalCoord1fv (u : access GLfloat); procedure glEvalCoord2d (u : GLdouble; v : GLdouble); procedure glEvalCoord2f (u : GLfloat; v : GLfloat); procedure glEvalCoord2dv (u : access GLdouble); procedure glEvalCoord2fv (u : access GLfloat); procedure glMapGrid1d (un : GLint; u1 : GLdouble; u2 : GLdouble); procedure glMapGrid1f (un : GLint; u1 : GLfloat; u2 : GLfloat); procedure glMapGrid2d (un : GLint; u1 : GLdouble; u2 : GLdouble; vn : GLint; v1 : GLdouble; v2 : GLdouble); procedure glMapGrid2f (un : GLint; u1 : GLfloat; u2 : GLfloat; vn : GLint; v1 : GLfloat; v2 : GLfloat); procedure glEvalPoint1 (i : GLint); procedure glEvalPoint2 (i : GLint; j : GLint); procedure glEvalMesh1 (mode : GLenum; i1 : GLint; i2 : GLint); procedure glEvalMesh2 (mode : GLenum; i1 : GLint; i2 : GLint; j1 : GLint; j2 : GLint); -- -- Fog -- procedure glFogf (pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glFogi (pname : GLenum; param : GLenum); procedure glFogfv (pname : GLenum; params : GLfloat_Vec_4); procedure glFogiv (pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); -- -- Selection and Feedback -- procedure glFeedbackBuffer (size : GLsizei; type_Id : GLenum; buffer : access GLfloat); procedure glPassThrough (token : GLfloat); procedure glSelectBuffer (size : GLsizei; buffer : access GLuint); procedure glInitNames; procedure glLoadName (name : GLuint); procedure glPushName (name : GLuint); procedure glPopName; -- -- 1.0 Extensions -- -- GL_EXT_blend_minmax procedure glBlendEquationEXT (mode : GLenum); -- GL_EXT_blend_color procedure glBlendColorEXT (red : GLclampf; green : GLclampf; blue : GLclampf; alpha : GLclampf); -- GL_EXT_polygon_offset procedure glPolygonOffsetEXT (factor : GLfloat; bias : GLfloat); -- GL_EXT_vertex_array procedure glVertexPointerEXT (size : GLint; type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; count : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glNormalPointerEXT (type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; count : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glColorPointerEXT (size : GLint; type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; count : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glIndexPointerEXT (type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; count : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glTexCoordPointerEXT (size : GLint; type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; count : GLsizei; ptr : access GLvoid); procedure glEdgeFlagPointerEXT (stride : GLsizei; count : GLsizei; ptr : access GLboolean); procedure glGetPointervEXT (pname : GLenum; params : access Interfaces.C.Extensions.void_ptr); procedure glArrayElementEXT (i : GLint); procedure glDrawArraysEXT (mode : GLenum; first : GLint; count : GLsizei); -- GL_EXT_texture_object procedure glGenTexturesEXT (n : GLsizei; textures : access GLuint); procedure glDeleteTexturesEXT (n : GLsizei; textures : access GLuint); procedure glBindTextureEXT (target : GLenum; texture : GLuint); procedure glPrioritizeTexturesEXT (n : GLsizei; textures : access GLuint; priorities : access GLclampf); function glAreTexturesResidentEXT (n : GLsizei; textures : access GLuint; residences : access GLboolean) return GLboolean; function glIsTextureEXT (texture : GLuint) return GLboolean; -- GL_EXT_texture3D procedure glTexImage3DEXT (target : GLenum; level : GLint; internalFormat : GLenum; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; depth : GLsizei; border : GLint; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glTexSubImage3DEXT (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; yoffset : GLint; zoffset : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; depth : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glCopyTexSubImage3DEXT (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; yoffset : GLint; zoffset : GLint; x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei); -- GL_EXT_color_table procedure glColorTableEXT (target : GLenum; internalformat : GLenum; width : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; table : access GLvoid); procedure glColorSubTableEXT (target : GLenum; start : GLsizei; count : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; data : access GLvoid); procedure glGetColorTableEXT (target : GLenum; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; table : access GLvoid); procedure glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); procedure glGetColorTableParameterivEXT (target : GLenum; pname : GLenum; params : access GLint); -- GL_SGIS_multitexture procedure glMultiTexCoord1dSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord1dvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord1fSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord1fvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord1iSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord1ivSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord1sSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord1svSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord2dSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord2dvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord2fSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord2fvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord2iSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLint; t : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord2ivSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord2sSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLshort; t : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord2svSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord3dSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble; r : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord3dvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord3fSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat; r : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord3fvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord3iSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLint; t : GLint; r : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord3ivSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord3sSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLshort; t : GLshort; r : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord3svSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord4dSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble; r : GLdouble; q : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord4dvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord4fSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat; r : GLfloat; q : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord4fvSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord4iSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLint; t : GLint; r : GLint; q : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord4ivSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord4sSGIS (target : GLenum; s : GLshort; t : GLshort; r : GLshort; q : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord4svSGIS (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoordPointerSGIS (target : GLenum; size : GLint; type_Id : GLenum; stride : GLsizei; pointer : access GLvoid); procedure glSelectTextureSGIS (target : GLenum); procedure glSelectTextureCoordSetSGIS (target : GLenum); -- GL_EXT_multitexture procedure glMultiTexCoord1dEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord1dvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord1fEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord1fvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord1iEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord1ivEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord1sEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord1svEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord2dEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord2dvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord2fEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord2fvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord2iEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLint; t : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord2ivEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord2sEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLshort; t : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord2svEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord3dEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble; r : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord3dvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord3fEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat; r : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord3fvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord3iEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLint; t : GLint; r : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord3ivEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord3sEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLshort; t : GLshort; r : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord3svEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord4dEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLdouble; t : GLdouble; r : GLdouble; q : GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord4dvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLdouble); procedure glMultiTexCoord4fEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLfloat; t : GLfloat; r : GLfloat; q : GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord4fvEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLfloat); procedure glMultiTexCoord4iEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLint; t : GLint; r : GLint; q : GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord4ivEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLint); procedure glMultiTexCoord4sEXT (target : GLenum; s : GLshort; t : GLshort; r : GLshort; q : GLshort); procedure glMultiTexCoord4svEXT (target : GLenum; v : access GLshort); procedure glInterleavedTextureCoordSetsEXT (factor : GLint); procedure glSelectTextureEXT (target : GLenum); procedure glSelectTextureCoordSetEXT (target : GLenum); procedure glSelectTextureTransformEXT (target : GLenum); -- GL_EXT_point_parameters procedure glPointParameterfEXT (pname : GLenum; param : GLfloat); procedure glPointParameterfvEXT (pname : GLenum; params : access GLfloat); -- GL_MESA_window_pos procedure glWindowPos2iMESA (x : GLint; y : GLint); procedure glWindowPos2sMESA (x : GLshort; y : GLshort); procedure glWindowPos2fMESA (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat); procedure glWindowPos2dMESA (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble); procedure glWindowPos2ivMESA (p : access GLint); procedure glWindowPos2svMESA (p : access GLshort); procedure glWindowPos2fvMESA (p : access GLfloat); procedure glWindowPos2dvMESA (p : access GLdouble); procedure glWindowPos3iMESA (x : GLint; y : GLint; z : GLint); procedure glWindowPos3sMESA (x : GLshort; y : GLshort; z : GLshort); procedure glWindowPos3fMESA (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat); procedure glWindowPos3dMESA (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble); procedure glWindowPos3ivMESA (p : access GLint); procedure glWindowPos3svMESA (p : access GLshort); procedure glWindowPos3fvMESA (p : access GLfloat); procedure glWindowPos3dvMESA (p : access GLdouble); procedure glWindowPos4iMESA (x : GLint; y : GLint; z : GLint; w : GLint); procedure glWindowPos4sMESA (x : GLshort; y : GLshort; z : GLshort; w : GLshort); procedure glWindowPos4fMESA (x : GLfloat; y : GLfloat; z : GLfloat; w : GLfloat); procedure glWindowPos4dMESA (x : GLdouble; y : GLdouble; z : GLdouble; w : GLdouble); procedure glWindowPos4ivMESA (p : access GLint); procedure glWindowPos4svMESA (p : access GLshort); procedure glWindowPos4fvMESA (p : access GLfloat); procedure glWindowPos4dvMESA (p : access GLdouble); -- GL_MESA_resize_buffers procedure glResizeBuffersMESA; -- 1.2 functions procedure glDrawRangeElements (mode : GLenum; start : GLuint; end_Id : GLuint; count : GLsizei; type_Id : GLenum; indices : access GLvoid); procedure glTexImage3D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; internalFormat : GLenum; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; depth : GLsizei; border : GLint; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glTexSubImage3D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; yoffset : GLint; zoffset : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei; depth : GLsizei; format : GLenum; type_Id : GLenum; pixels : access GLvoid); procedure glCopyTexSubImage3D (target : GLenum; level : GLint; xoffset : GLint; yoffset : GLint; zoffset : GLint; x : GLint; y : GLint; width : GLsizei; height : GLsizei); -- -- Compile-time tests for extensions: -- GL_EXT_blend_color : constant := 1; GL_EXT_blend_logic_op : constant := 1; GL_EXT_blend_minmax : constant := 1; GL_EXT_blend_subtract : constant := 1; GL_EXT_polygon_offset : constant := 1; GL_EXT_vertex_array : constant := 1; GL_EXT_texture_object : constant := 1; GL_EXT_texture3D : constant := 1; GL_EXT_paletted_texture : constant := 1; GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette : constant := 1; GL_EXT_point_parameters : constant := 1; GL_EXT_rescale_normal : constant := 1; GL_EXT_abgr : constant := 1; GL_EXT_multitexture : constant := 1; GL_MESA_window_pos : constant := 1; GL_MESA_resize_buffers : constant := 1; GL_SGIS_multitexture : constant := 1; GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp : constant := 1; private pragma Import (Stdcall, glClearIndex, "glClearIndex"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glClearColor, "glClearColor"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glClear, "glClear"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexMask, "glIndexMask"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColorMask, "glColorMask"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glAlphaFunc, "glAlphaFunc"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glBlendFunc, "glBlendFunc"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLogicOp, "glLogicOp"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCullFace, "glCullFace"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFrontFace, "glFrontFace"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPointSize, "glPointSize"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLineWidth, "glLineWidth"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLineStipple, "glLineStipple"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPolygonMode, "glPolygonMode"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPolygonOffset, "glPolygonOffset"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPolygonStipple, "glPolygonStipple"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetPolygonStipple, "glGetPolygonStipple"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEdgeFlag, "glEdgeFlag"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEdgeFlagv, "glEdgeFlagv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glScissor, "glScissor"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glClipPlane, "glClipPlane"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetClipPlane, "glGetClipPlane"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDrawBuffer, "glDrawBuffer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glReadBuffer, "glReadBuffer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEnable, "glEnable"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDisable, "glDisable"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIsEnabled, "glIsEnabled"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEnableClientState, "glEnableClientState"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDisableClientState, "glDisableClientState"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetBooleanv, "glGetBooleanv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetDoublev, "glGetDoublev"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetFloatv, "glGetFloatv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetIntegerv, "glGetIntegerv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPushAttrib, "glPushAttrib"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPopAttrib, "glPopAttrib"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPushClientAttrib, "glPushClientAttrib"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPopClientAttrib, "glPopClientAttrib"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRenderMode, "glRenderMode"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetError, "glGetError"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetString, "glGetString"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFinish, "glFinish"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFlush, "glFlush"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glHint, "glHint"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glClearDepth, "glClearDepth"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDepthFunc, "glDepthFunc"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDepthMask, "glDepthMask"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDepthRange, "glDepthRange"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glClearAccum, "glClearAccum"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glAccum, "glAccum"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMatrixMode, "glMatrixMode"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glOrtho, "glOrtho"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFrustum, "glFrustum"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glViewport, "glViewport"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPushMatrix, "glPushMatrix"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPopMatrix, "glPopMatrix"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLoadIdentity, "glLoadIdentity"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLoadMatrixd, "glLoadMatrixd"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLoadMatrixf, "glLoadMatrixf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultMatrixd, "glMultMatrixd"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultMatrixf, "glMultMatrixf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRotated, "glRotated"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRotatef, "glRotatef"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glScaled, "glScaled"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glScalef, "glScalef"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTranslated, "glTranslated"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTranslatef, "glTranslatef"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIsList, "glIsList"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDeleteLists, "glDeleteLists"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGenLists, "glGenLists"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNewList, "glNewList"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEndList, "glEndList"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCallList, "glCallList"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCallLists, "glCallLists"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glListBase, "glListBase"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glBegin, "glBegin"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEnd, "glEnd"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2d, "glVertex2d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2f, "glVertex2f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2i, "glVertex2i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2s, "glVertex2s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3d, "glVertex3d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3f, "glVertex3f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3i, "glVertex3i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3s, "glVertex3s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4d, "glVertex4d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4f, "glVertex4f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4i, "glVertex4i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4s, "glVertex4s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2dv, "glVertex2dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2fv, "glVertex2fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2iv, "glVertex2iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex2sv, "glVertex2sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3dv, "glVertex3dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3fv, "glVertex3fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3iv, "glVertex3iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex3sv, "glVertex3sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4dv, "glVertex4dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4fv, "glVertex4fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4iv, "glVertex4iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertex4sv, "glVertex4sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3b, "glNormal3b"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3d, "glNormal3d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3f, "glNormal3f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3i, "glNormal3i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3s, "glNormal3s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3bv, "glNormal3bv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3dv, "glNormal3dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3fv, "glNormal3fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3iv, "glNormal3iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormal3sv, "glNormal3sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexd, "glIndexd"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexf, "glIndexf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexi, "glIndexi"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexs, "glIndexs"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexub, "glIndexub"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexdv, "glIndexdv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexfv, "glIndexfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexiv, "glIndexiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexsv, "glIndexsv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexubv, "glIndexubv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3b, "glColor3b"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3d, "glColor3d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3f, "glColor3f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3i, "glColor3i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3s, "glColor3s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3ub, "glColor3ub"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3ui, "glColor3ui"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3us, "glColor3us"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4b, "glColor4b"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4d, "glColor4d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4f, "glColor4f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4i, "glColor4i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4s, "glColor4s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4ub, "glColor4ub"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4ui, "glColor4ui"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4us, "glColor4us"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3bv, "glColor3bv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3dv, "glColor3dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3fv, "glColor3fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3iv, "glColor3iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3sv, "glColor3sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3ubv, "glColor3ubv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3uiv, "glColor3uiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor3usv, "glColor3usv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4bv, "glColor4bv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4dv, "glColor4dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4fv, "glColor4fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4iv, "glColor4iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4sv, "glColor4sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4ubv, "glColor4ubv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4uiv, "glColor4uiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColor4usv, "glColor4usv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1d, "glTexCoord1d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1f, "glTexCoord1f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1i, "glTexCoord1i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1s, "glTexCoord1s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2d, "glTexCoord2d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2f, "glTexCoord2f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2i, "glTexCoord2i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2s, "glTexCoord2s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3d, "glTexCoord3d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3f, "glTexCoord3f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3i, "glTexCoord3i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3s, "glTexCoord3s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4d, "glTexCoord4d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4f, "glTexCoord4f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4i, "glTexCoord4i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4s, "glTexCoord4s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1dv, "glTexCoord1dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1fv, "glTexCoord1fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1iv, "glTexCoord1iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord1sv, "glTexCoord1sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2dv, "glTexCoord2dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2fv, "glTexCoord2fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2iv, "glTexCoord2iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord2sv, "glTexCoord2sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3dv, "glTexCoord3dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3fv, "glTexCoord3fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3iv, "glTexCoord3iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord3sv, "glTexCoord3sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4dv, "glTexCoord4dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4fv, "glTexCoord4fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4iv, "glTexCoord4iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoord4sv, "glTexCoord4sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2d, "glRasterPos2d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2f, "glRasterPos2f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2i, "glRasterPos2i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2s, "glRasterPos2s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3d, "glRasterPos3d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3f, "glRasterPos3f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3i, "glRasterPos3i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3s, "glRasterPos3s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4d, "glRasterPos4d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4f, "glRasterPos4f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4i, "glRasterPos4i"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4s, "glRasterPos4s"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2dv, "glRasterPos2dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2fv, "glRasterPos2fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2iv, "glRasterPos2iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos2sv, "glRasterPos2sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3dv, "glRasterPos3dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3fv, "glRasterPos3fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3iv, "glRasterPos3iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos3sv, "glRasterPos3sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4dv, "glRasterPos4dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4fv, "glRasterPos4fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4iv, "glRasterPos4iv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRasterPos4sv, "glRasterPos4sv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRectd, "glRectd"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRectf, "glRectf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRecti, "glRecti"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRects, "glRects"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRectdv, "glRectdv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRectfv, "glRectfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRectiv, "glRectiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glRectsv, "glRectsv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertexPointer, "glVertexPointer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormalPointer, "glNormalPointer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColorPointer, "glColorPointer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexPointer, "glIndexPointer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoordPointer, "glTexCoordPointer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEdgeFlagPointer, "glEdgeFlagPointer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetPointerv, "glGetPointerv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glArrayElement, "glArrayElement"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDrawArrays, "glDrawArrays"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDrawElements, "glDrawElements"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glInterleavedArrays, "glInterleavedArrays"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glShadeModel, "glShadeModel"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLightf, "glLightf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLighti, "glLighti"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLightiv, "glLightiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetLightfv, "glGetLightfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetLightiv, "glGetLightiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLightModelf, "glLightModelf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLightModeli, "glLightModeli"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLightModelfv, "glLightModelfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLightModeliv, "glLightModeliv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMaterialf, "glMaterialf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMateriali, "glMateriali"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMaterialiv, "glMaterialiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetMaterialfv, "glGetMaterialfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetMaterialiv, "glGetMaterialiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColorMaterial, "glColorMaterial"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelZoom, "glPixelZoom"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelStoref, "glPixelStoref"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelStorei, "glPixelStorei"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelTransferf, "glPixelTransferf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelTransferi, "glPixelTransferi"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelMapfv, "glPixelMapfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelMapuiv, "glPixelMapuiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPixelMapusv, "glPixelMapusv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetPixelMapfv, "glGetPixelMapfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetPixelMapuiv, "glGetPixelMapuiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetPixelMapusv, "glGetPixelMapusv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glBitmap, "glBitmap"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glReadPixels, "glReadPixels"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDrawPixels, "glDrawPixels"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCopyPixels, "glCopyPixels"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glStencilFunc, "glStencilFunc"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glStencilMask, "glStencilMask"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glStencilOp, "glStencilOp"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glClearStencil, "glClearStencil"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexGend, "glTexGend"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexGenf, "glTexGenf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexGeni, "glTexGeni"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexGendv, "glTexGendv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexGenfv, "glTexGenfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexGeniv, "glTexGeniv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexGendv, "glGetTexGendv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexGenfv, "glGetTexGenfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexGeniv, "glGetTexGeniv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexEnvf, "glTexEnvf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexEnvi, "glTexEnvi"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexEnvfv, "glTexEnvfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexEnviv, "glTexEnviv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexEnvfv, "glGetTexEnvfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexEnviv, "glGetTexEnviv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexParameterf, "glTexParameterf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexParameteri, "glTexParameteri"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexParameterfv, "glTexParameterfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexParameteriv, "glTexParameteriv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexParameterfv, "glGetTexParameterfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexParameteriv, "glGetTexParameteriv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexLevelParameterfv, "glGetTexLevelParameterfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexLevelParameteriv, "glGetTexLevelParameteriv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexImage1D, "glTexImage1D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexImage2D, "glTexImage2D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetTexImage, "glGetTexImage"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDeleteTextures, "glDeleteTextures"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glBindTexture, "glBindTexture"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPrioritizeTextures, "glPrioritizeTextures"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glAreTexturesResident, "glAreTexturesResident"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIsTexture, "glIsTexture"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexSubImage1D, "glTexSubImage1D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexSubImage2D, "glTexSubImage2D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCopyTexImage1D, "glCopyTexImage1D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCopyTexImage2D, "glCopyTexImage2D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCopyTexSubImage1D, "glCopyTexSubImage1D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCopyTexSubImage2D, "glCopyTexSubImage2D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMap1d, "glMap1d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMap1f, "glMap1f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMap2d, "glMap2d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMap2f, "glMap2f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetMapdv, "glGetMapdv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetMapfv, "glGetMapfv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetMapiv, "glGetMapiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord1d, "glEvalCoord1d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord1f, "glEvalCoord1f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord1dv, "glEvalCoord1dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord1fv, "glEvalCoord1fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord2d, "glEvalCoord2d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord2f, "glEvalCoord2f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord2dv, "glEvalCoord2dv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalCoord2fv, "glEvalCoord2fv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMapGrid1d, "glMapGrid1d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMapGrid1f, "glMapGrid1f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMapGrid2d, "glMapGrid2d"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMapGrid2f, "glMapGrid2f"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalPoint1, "glEvalPoint1"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalPoint2, "glEvalPoint2"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalMesh1, "glEvalMesh1"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEvalMesh2, "glEvalMesh2"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFogf, "glFogf"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFogi, "glFogi"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFogiv, "glFogiv"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glFeedbackBuffer, "glFeedbackBuffer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPassThrough, "glPassThrough"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glSelectBuffer, "glSelectBuffer"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glInitNames, "glInitNames"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glLoadName, "glLoadName"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPushName, "glPushName"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPopName, "glPopName"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glBlendEquationEXT, "glBlendEquationEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glBlendColorEXT, "glBlendColorEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPolygonOffsetEXT, "glPolygonOffsetEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glVertexPointerEXT, "glVertexPointerEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glNormalPointerEXT, "glNormalPointerEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColorPointerEXT, "glColorPointerEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIndexPointerEXT, "glIndexPointerEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexCoordPointerEXT, "glTexCoordPointerEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glEdgeFlagPointerEXT, "glEdgeFlagPointerEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetPointervEXT, "glGetPointervEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glArrayElementEXT, "glArrayElementEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDrawArraysEXT, "glDrawArraysEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGenTexturesEXT, "glGenTexturesEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDeleteTexturesEXT, "glDeleteTexturesEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glBindTextureEXT, "glBindTextureEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPrioritizeTexturesEXT, "glPrioritizeTexturesEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glAreTexturesResidentEXT, "glAreTexturesResidentEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glIsTextureEXT, "glIsTextureEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexImage3DEXT, "glTexImage3DEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexSubImage3DEXT, "glTexSubImage3DEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCopyTexSubImage3DEXT, "glCopyTexSubImage3DEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColorTableEXT, "glColorTableEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glColorSubTableEXT, "glColorSubTableEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetColorTableEXT, "glGetColorTableEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT, "glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glGetColorTableParameterivEXT, "glGetColorTableParameterivEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1dSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1dSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1dvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1dvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1fSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1fSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1fvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1fvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1iSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1iSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1ivSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1ivSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1sSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1sSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1svSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord1svSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2dSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2dSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2dvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2dvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2fSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2fSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2fvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2fvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2iSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2iSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2ivSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2ivSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2sSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2sSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2svSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord2svSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3dSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3dSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3dvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3dvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3fSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3fSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3fvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3fvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3iSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3iSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3ivSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3ivSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3sSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3sSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3svSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord3svSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4dSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4dSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4dvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4dvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4fSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4fSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4fvSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4fvSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4iSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4iSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4ivSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4ivSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4sSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4sSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4svSGIS, "glMultiTexCoord4svSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoordPointerSGIS, "glMultiTexCoordPointerSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glSelectTextureSGIS, "glSelectTextureSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glSelectTextureCoordSetSGIS, "glSelectTextureCoordSetSGIS"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1dEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1dEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1dvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1dvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1fEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1fEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1fvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1fvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1iEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1iEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1ivEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1ivEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1sEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1sEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord1svEXT, "glMultiTexCoord1svEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2dEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2dEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2dvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2dvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2fEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2fEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2fvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2fvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2iEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2iEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2ivEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2ivEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2sEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2sEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord2svEXT, "glMultiTexCoord2svEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3dEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3dEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3dvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3dvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3fEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3fEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3fvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3fvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3iEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3iEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3ivEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3ivEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3sEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3sEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord3svEXT, "glMultiTexCoord3svEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4dEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4dEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4dvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4dvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4fEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4fEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4fvEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4fvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4iEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4iEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4ivEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4ivEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4sEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4sEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glMultiTexCoord4svEXT, "glMultiTexCoord4svEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glInterleavedTextureCoordSetsEXT, "glInterleavedTextureCoordSetsEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glSelectTextureEXT, "glSelectTextureEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glSelectTextureCoordSetEXT, "glSelectTextureCoordSetEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glSelectTextureTransformEXT, "glSelectTextureTransformEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPointParameterfEXT, "glPointParameterfEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glPointParameterfvEXT, "glPointParameterfvEXT"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2iMESA, "glWindowPos2iMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2sMESA, "glWindowPos2sMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2fMESA, "glWindowPos2fMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2dMESA, "glWindowPos2dMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2ivMESA, "glWindowPos2ivMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2svMESA, "glWindowPos2svMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2fvMESA, "glWindowPos2fvMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos2dvMESA, "glWindowPos2dvMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3iMESA, "glWindowPos3iMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3sMESA, "glWindowPos3sMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3fMESA, "glWindowPos3fMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3dMESA, "glWindowPos3dMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3ivMESA, "glWindowPos3ivMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3svMESA, "glWindowPos3svMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3fvMESA, "glWindowPos3fvMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos3dvMESA, "glWindowPos3dvMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4iMESA, "glWindowPos4iMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4sMESA, "glWindowPos4sMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4fMESA, "glWindowPos4fMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4dMESA, "glWindowPos4dMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4ivMESA, "glWindowPos4ivMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4svMESA, "glWindowPos4svMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4fvMESA, "glWindowPos4fvMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glWindowPos4dvMESA, "glWindowPos4dvMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glResizeBuffersMESA, "glResizeBuffersMESA"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glDrawRangeElements, "glDrawRangeElements"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexImage3D, "glTexImage3D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glTexSubImage3D, "glTexSubImage3D"); pragma Import (Stdcall, glCopyTexSubImage3D, "glCopyTexSubImage3D"); end gl_h; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-window_attr.adb0000644000076700001450000001620712533067541020135 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Glib; use Glib; package body Gdk.Window_Attr is ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- procedure Destroy (Window_Attr : in out Gdk_Window_Attr) is procedure Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_destroy"); begin Internal (Window_Attr); Window_Attr := Null_Window_Attr; end Destroy; ------------- -- Gdk_New -- ------------- procedure Gdk_New (Window_Attr : out Gdk_Window_Attr; Title : UTF8_String := ""; Event_Mask : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Mask := 0; X, Y : Glib.Gint := 0; Width : Glib.Gint := 0; Height : Glib.Gint := 0; Wclass : Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Class := Gdk.Window.Input_Output; Visual : Gdk.Visual.Gdk_Visual := null; Window_Type : Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Type := Gdk.Window.Window_Root; Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor := null; Wmclass_Name : String := ""; Wmclass_Class : String := ""; Override_Redirect : Boolean := True) is function Internal return Gdk_Window_Attr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_new"); begin Window_Attr := Internal; Set_Title (Window_Attr, Title); Set_Event_Mask (Window_Attr, Event_Mask); Set_X (Window_Attr, X); Set_Y (Window_Attr, Y); Set_Width (Window_Attr, Width); Set_Height (Window_Attr, Height); Set_Window_Class (Window_Attr, Wclass); Set_Visual (Window_Attr, Visual); Set_Window_Type (Window_Attr, Window_Type); Set_Cursor (Window_Attr, Cursor); Set_Wmclass_Name (Window_Attr, Wmclass_Name); Set_Wmclass_Class (Window_Attr, Wmclass_Class); Set_Override_Redirect (Window_Attr, Override_Redirect); end Gdk_New; --------------------------- -- Get_Override_Redirect -- --------------------------- function Get_Override_Redirect (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Boolean is function Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_override_redirect"); begin return Internal (Window_Attr) /= 0; end Get_Override_Redirect; --------------- -- Get_Title -- --------------- function Get_Title (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return UTF8_String is function Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_title"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Window_Attr)); end Get_Title; ----------------------- -- Get_Wmclass_Class -- ----------------------- function Get_Wmclass_Class (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return String is function Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_wmclass_class"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Window_Attr)); end Get_Wmclass_Class; ---------------------- -- Get_Wmclass_Name -- ---------------------- function Get_Wmclass_Name (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return String is function Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_wmclass_name"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Window_Attr)); end Get_Wmclass_Name; --------------------------- -- Set_Override_Redirect -- --------------------------- procedure Set_Override_Redirect (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Override_Redirect : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Override_Redirect : Glib.Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_override_redirect"); begin Internal (Window_Attr, Boolean'Pos (Override_Redirect)); end Set_Override_Redirect; --------------- -- Set_Title -- --------------- procedure Set_Title (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Title : UTF8_String) is procedure Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Title : UTF8_String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_title"); begin Internal (Window_Attr, Title & ASCII.NUL); end Set_Title; ----------------------- -- Set_Wmclass_Class -- ----------------------- procedure Set_Wmclass_Class (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Wmclass_Class : String) is procedure Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Wmclass_Class : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_wmclass_class"); begin Internal (Window_Attr, Wmclass_Class & ASCII.NUL); end Set_Wmclass_Class; ---------------------- -- Set_Wmclass_Name -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Wmclass_Name (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Wmclass_Name : String) is procedure Internal (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Wmclass_Name : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_wmclass_name"); begin Internal (Window_Attr, Wmclass_Name & ASCII.NUL); end Set_Wmclass_Name; end Gdk.Window_Attr; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-rc.ads0000644000076700001450000000375112533067541016241 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package Gtk.Rc is function Get_Theme_Dir return String; -- Returns the standard directory in which themes should be installed. -- (GTK+ does not actually use this directory itself.) end Gtk.Rc; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-links.ads0000644000076700001450000001030012533067541021712 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Various support utilities for the drawing of links in GtkAda.Canvas with Glib; use Glib; package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links is function Circle_From_Bezier (Center : Item_Point; Radius : Glib.Gdouble) return Item_Point_Array; -- Return the waypoints needed to draw a circle via a bezier curve in -- Draw_Polycurve. procedure Compute_Layout_For_Straight_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context); -- Compute the layout for the link, with a straight line (although -- additional waypoints could be added). -- The layout is cached in the link itself, and will be used when drawing. procedure Compute_Layout_For_Arc_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Offset : Gdouble := 10.0); -- Compute the layout for the link, with a curve link. -- The offset can be used to make the link more or less curved, in -- particular when there are multiple links between the same two objects, -- so that they do not override. procedure Compute_Layout_For_Orthogonal_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context); -- Compute the layout for the link, when it is restricted to vertical and -- horizontal lines only. procedure Compute_Layout_For_Curve_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context); -- Compute the layout for the link function Prepare_Path (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean; -- Prepare a cairo path for the link. -- The path is not displayed, so this can be used for various purposes like -- computing intersections. -- The path does not include any of the labels. -- Return True if the path could be prepared successfully procedure Draw_Link (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; Selected : Boolean); -- Draw the link, using the layout computed earlier via one of the -- procedures above. This is a help method for the Draw primitive -- operation on the link, which should be used preferrably. function Compute_Bounding_Box (Points : Item_Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False) return Item_Rectangle; -- Compute the minimum rectangle that encloses all points end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view.adb0000644000076700001450000043512512533067541020573 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with GNAT.Strings; use GNAT.Strings; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with System; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Cairo.Matrix; use Cairo.Matrix; with Cairo.Pattern; use Cairo.Pattern; with Cairo.Png; with Cairo.PDF; use Cairo.PDF; with Cairo.Surface; with Cairo.SVG; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Glib.Properties.Creation; use Glib.Properties.Creation; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Gdk; use Gdk; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Types.Keysyms; use Gdk.Types.Keysyms; with Gdk.Window_Attr; use Gdk.Window_Attr; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Scrollable; use Gtk.Scrollable; with Gtk.Style_Context; use Gtk.Style_Context; with Gtk.Text_Buffer; use Gtk.Text_Buffer; with Gtk.Text_Iter; use Gtk.Text_Iter; with Gtk.Text_View; use Gtk.Text_View; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtkada.Types; use Gtkada.Types; with System.Storage_Elements; use System.Storage_Elements; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View is Model_Signals : constant Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := (1 => New_String (String (Signal_Item_Contents_Changed)), 2 => New_String (String (Signal_Layout_Changed)), 3 => New_String (String (Signal_Selection_Changed)), 4 => New_String (String (Signal_Item_Destroyed))); View_Signals : constant Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := (1 => New_String (String (Signal_Viewport_Changed)), 2 => New_String (String (Signal_Item_Event))); Model_Class_Record : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class := Glib.Object.Uninitialized_Class; View_Class_Record : aliased Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class := Glib.Object.Uninitialized_Class; Debug_Show_Bounding_Boxes : constant Boolean := False; -- Set to True to visualize the bounding boxes of items H_Adj_Property : constant Property_Id := 1; V_Adj_Property : constant Property_Id := 2; H_Scroll_Property : constant Property_Id := 3; V_Scroll_Property : constant Property_Id := 4; -- The properties for the View Mouse_Move_Before_Drag : constant Gdouble := 4.0 * 4.0; -- Minimal amount the mouse should move before we start dragging (this is -- the square). function On_View_Draw (View : System.Address; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, On_View_Draw); -- default handler for "draw" on views. procedure On_Size_Allocate (View : System.Address; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation); pragma Convention (C, On_Size_Allocate); -- default handler for "size_allocate" on views. function GValue_To_Abstract_Item (Value : GValue) return Abstract_Item; function Abstract_Item_To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Abstract_Item, System.Address); package Abstract_Item_Marshallers is new Object_Callback.Marshallers .Generic_Marshaller (Abstract_Item, GValue_To_Abstract_Item); procedure Abstract_Item_Emit is new Abstract_Item_Marshallers.Emit_By_Name_Generic (Abstract_Item_To_Address); -- support for the "item_contents_changed" signal function GValue_To_EDA (Value : GValue) return Event_Details_Access; function EDA_To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Event_Details_Access, System.Address); package EDA_Marshallers is new Object_Return_Callback.Marshallers .Generic_Marshaller (Event_Details_Access, GValue_To_EDA); function EDA_Emit is new EDA_Marshallers.Emit_By_Name_Generic (EDA_To_Address); -- support for the "item_contents_changed" signal procedure View_Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class); pragma Convention (C, View_Class_Init); -- Initialize the class record, in particular adding interfaces, for -- the view class. procedure On_View_Destroy (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the view is destroyed procedure Refresh (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle); -- Redraw the canvas (clear area, set transformation matrix and call Draw) procedure On_Layout_Changed_For_View (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class); procedure On_Item_Contents_Changed_For_View (View : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); procedure On_Item_Destroyed_For_View (View : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); procedure On_Selection_Changed_For_View (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); -- Handles the model events for the view. procedure Item_Destroyed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Emits the "item_destroyed" signal procedure On_Adj_Value_Changed (View : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class); -- Called when one of the scrollbars has changed value. procedure View_Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : Glib.Values.GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec); procedure View_Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec); -- Handlers for gtk+ properties function Compute_Text (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record'Class) return String; -- Return the text to display for Self, including the directional arrow function Size_Above_Threshold (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Whether the item's size is above the visibility threshold, i.e. whether -- the item is visible. procedure Resize_Fill_Pattern (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class); -- Resize the fill pattern so that it extends to the whole item, instead of -- just the 0.0 .. 1.0 pattern space. procedure Destroy_And_Free (Self : in out Abstract_Item; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class); -- Free the memory used by Self function On_Button_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; function On_Key_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Key) return Boolean; function On_Motion_Notify_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean; function On_Scroll_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Scroll) return Boolean; -- Low-level handling of mouse events. function Intersection (P11, P12, P21, P22 : Item_Point) return Item_Point; -- Compute the intersection of the two segments (P11,P12) and (P21,P22). -- The result has X set to Gdouble'First when no intersection exists procedure Compute_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Details : in out Canvas_Event_Details); -- Compute the item that was clicked on, from the coordinates stored in -- Details. procedure On_View_Realize (Widget : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, On_View_Realize); -- Called when the view is realized function On_Text_Edit_Key_Press (View : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Key) return Boolean; -- Called when the user is inline-editing a text widget, to properly close -- the editor. procedure Cancel_Drag (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class); -- Cancel any drag currently in place. procedure Force_Size (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Forced_Width, Forced_Height : Gdouble := -1.0); -- Force a specific size for the item if any of the dimensions is positive ---------------------- -- Destroy_And_Free -- ---------------------- procedure Destroy_And_Free (Self : in out Abstract_Item; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Abstract_Item_Record'Class, Abstract_Item); begin if Self /= null then Item_Destroyed (In_Model, Self); Destroy (Self, In_Model); Unchecked_Free (Self); end if; end Destroy_And_Free; ----------------------------- -- GValue_To_Abstract_Item -- ----------------------------- function GValue_To_Abstract_Item (Value : GValue) return Abstract_Item is S : constant System.Address := Get_Address (Value); function Unchecked_Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Abstract_Item); begin return Unchecked_Convert (S); end GValue_To_Abstract_Item; ------------------- -- GValue_To_EDA -- ------------------- function GValue_To_EDA (Value : GValue) return Event_Details_Access is S : constant System.Address := Get_Address (Value); function Unchecked_Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Event_Details_Access); begin return Unchecked_Convert (S); end GValue_To_EDA; ------------------- -- Item_To_Model -- ------------------- function Item_To_Model (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Rect : Item_Rectangle) return Model_Rectangle is Parent : Abstract_Item := Abstract_Item (Item); Pos : Item_Point; Result : Model_Rectangle := (Rect.X, Rect.Y, Rect.Width, Rect.Height); begin while Parent /= null loop -- ??? Should take item rotation into account when we implement it. Pos := Position (Parent); Result.X := Result.X + Pos.X; Result.Y := Result.Y + Pos.Y; Parent := Parent.Parent; end loop; return Result; end Item_To_Model; ------------------- -- Item_To_Model -- ------------------- function Item_To_Model (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; P : Item_Point) return Model_Point is R : constant Model_Rectangle := Item.Item_To_Model ((P.X, P.Y, 0.0, 0.0)); begin return (R.X, R.Y); end Item_To_Model; ------------------- -- Model_To_Item -- ------------------- function Model_To_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; P : Model_Point) return Item_Point is Rect : constant Item_Rectangle := Model_To_Item (Item, (P.X, P.Y, 1.0, 1.0)); begin return (Rect.X, Rect.Y); end Model_To_Item; ------------------- -- Model_To_Item -- ------------------- function Model_To_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; P : Model_Rectangle) return Item_Rectangle is Parent : Abstract_Item := Abstract_Item (Item); Result : Item_Rectangle := (P.X, P.Y, P.Width, P.Height); Pos : Item_Point; begin while Parent /= null loop Pos := Parent.Position; Result.X := Result.X - Pos.X; Result.Y := Result.Y - Pos.Y; Parent := Parent.Parent; end loop; return Result; end Model_To_Item; ------------------------ -- Model_Bounding_Box -- ------------------------ function Model_Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Model_Rectangle is begin return Self.Item_To_Model (Self.Bounding_Box); end Model_Bounding_Box; -------------------- -- Model_Get_Type -- -------------------- function Model_Get_Type return Glib.GType is begin Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor => GType_Object, Signals => Model_Signals, Class_Record => Model_Class_Record, Type_Name => "GtkadaCanvasModel", Parameters => (1 => (1 => GType_Pointer), -- item_content_changed 2 => (1 => GType_None), -- layout_changed 3 => (1 => GType_Pointer), 4 => (1 => GType_Pointer))); -- item_destroyed return Model_Class_Record.The_Type; end Model_Get_Type; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin if not Self.Is_Created then G_New (Self, Model_Get_Type); end if; -- ??? When destroyed, should unreferenced Self.Layout end Initialize; -------------------- -- Layout_Changed -- -------------------- procedure Layout_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin Object_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Self, Signal_Layout_Changed); end Layout_Changed; ----------------------- -- On_Layout_Changed -- ----------------------- function On_Layout_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id is begin if Slot = null then return Object_Callback.Connect (Self, Signal_Layout_Changed, Object_Callback.To_Marshaller (Call)); else return Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Self, Signal_Layout_Changed, Object_Callback.To_Marshaller (Call), Slot); end if; end On_Layout_Changed; ----------------------------- -- Item_Contents_Changed -- ----------------------------- procedure Item_Contents_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Abstract_Item_Emit (Self, Signal_Item_Contents_Changed & ASCII.NUL, Abstract_Item (Item)); end Item_Contents_Changed; -------------------------------- -- On_Item_Contents_Changed -- -------------------------------- function On_Item_Contents_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id is Id : Handler_Id; begin if Slot = null then Id := Object_Callback.Connect (Self, Signal_Item_Contents_Changed, Abstract_Item_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call)); else Id := Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Self, Signal_Item_Contents_Changed, Abstract_Item_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call), Slot); end if; return Id; end On_Item_Contents_Changed; -------------------------------- -- On_Layout_Changed_For_View -- -------------------------------- procedure On_Layout_Changed_For_View (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class) is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin Self.Get_Allocation (Alloc); -- On_Adjustments_Set will be called anyway when Size_Allocate is called -- so no need to call it now if the size is unknown yet. if Alloc.Width > 1 then Set_Adjustment_Values (Self); Self.Queue_Draw; end if; end On_Layout_Changed_For_View; ----------------------------------- -- On_Selection_Changed_For_View -- ----------------------------------- procedure On_Selection_Changed_For_View (View : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item) is pragma Unreferenced (Item); Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); begin Self.Queue_Draw; end On_Selection_Changed_For_View; ----------------------------------------- -- On_Item_Contents_Changed_For_View -- ----------------------------------------- procedure On_Item_Contents_Changed_For_View (View : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item) is pragma Unreferenced (Item); Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); -- ??? Ideally we should only redraw the minimal area -- Rect : constant View_Rectangle := -- Self.Model_To_View (Item.Model_Bounding_Box); begin Self.Queue_Draw; -- Self.Queue_Draw_Area -- (X => Gint (Rect.X), -- Y => Gint (Rect.Y), -- Width => Gint (Rect.Width), -- Height => Gint (Rect.Height)); end On_Item_Contents_Changed_For_View; -------------------------------- -- On_Item_Destroyed_For_View -- -------------------------------- procedure On_Item_Destroyed_For_View (View : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item) is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); begin if Self.Last_Button_Press.Item = Item then Self.Last_Button_Press.Item := null; end if; if Self.Last_Button_Press.Toplevel_Item = Item then Self.Last_Button_Press.Toplevel_Item := null; end if; if Self.Dragged_Items.Contains (Item) then Self.Dragged_Items.Delete (Item); end if; if Self.Inline_Edit.Item = Item then Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); end if; Terminate_Animation_For_Item (Self, Item); end On_Item_Destroyed_For_View; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Canvas_View; Model : access Canvas_Model_Record'Class := null) is begin Self := new Canvas_View_Record; Initialize (Self, Model); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Model : access Canvas_Model_Record'Class := null) is begin G_New (Self, View_Get_Type); Self.Layout := Self.Create_Pango_Layout; Self.Set_Has_Window (True); Self.Add_Events (Scroll_Mask or Smooth_Scroll_Mask or Touch_Mask or Button_Press_Mask or Button_Release_Mask or Button1_Motion_Mask or Button2_Motion_Mask or Button3_Motion_Mask -- or Pointer_Motion_Mask or Pointer_Motion_Hint_Mask ); Self.On_Destroy (On_View_Destroy'Access); Self.On_Button_Press_Event (On_Button_Event'Access); Self.On_Button_Release_Event (On_Button_Event'Access); Self.On_Motion_Notify_Event (On_Motion_Notify_Event'Access); Self.On_Key_Press_Event (On_Key_Event'Access); Self.On_Scroll_Event (On_Scroll_Event'Access); Self.Set_Can_Focus (True); Self.Set_Model (Model); end Initialize; ------------------ -- Compute_Item -- ------------------ procedure Compute_Item (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Details : in out Canvas_Event_Details) is Context : Draw_Context; begin Context := (Cr => Gdk.Cairo.Create (Self.Get_Window), View => Canvas_View (Self), Layout => null); Details.Toplevel_Item := Self.Model.Toplevel_Item_At (Details.M_Point, Context => Context); if Details.Toplevel_Item = null then Details.Item := null; else Details.T_Point := Details.Toplevel_Item.Model_To_Item (Details.M_Point); Details.Item := Details.Toplevel_Item.Inner_Most_Item (Details.M_Point, Context); if Details.Item /= null then Details.I_Point := Details.Item.Model_To_Item (Details.M_Point); end if; end if; Cairo.Destroy (Context.Cr); end Compute_Item; --------------------- -- On_Scroll_Event -- --------------------- function On_Scroll_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Scroll) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Details : aliased Canvas_Event_Details; Button : Guint; begin if Self.Model /= null then case Event.Direction is when Scroll_Up | Scroll_Left => Button := 5; when Scroll_Down | Scroll_Right => Button := 6; when Scroll_Smooth => if Event.Delta_Y > 0.0 then Button := 6; else Button := 5; end if; end case; Details := (Event_Type => Scroll, Button => Button, Key => 0, State => Event.State, Root_Point => (Event.X_Root, Event.Y_Root), M_Point => Self.Window_To_Model ((X => Event.X, Y => Event.Y)), T_Point => No_Item_Point, I_Point => No_Item_Point, Item => null, Toplevel_Item => null, Allow_Snapping => True, Allowed_Drag_Area => No_Drag_Allowed); Compute_Item (Self, Details); return Self.Item_Event (Details'Unchecked_Access); end if; return False; end On_Scroll_Event; ----------------- -- Set_Details -- ----------------- procedure Set_Details (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Details : out Canvas_Event_Details; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button) is begin Details := (Event_Type => Button_Press, Button => Event.Button, Key => 0, State => Event.State, Root_Point => (Event.X_Root, Event.Y_Root), M_Point => Self.Window_To_Model ((X => Event.X, Y => Event.Y)), T_Point => No_Item_Point, I_Point => No_Item_Point, Item => null, Toplevel_Item => null, Allow_Snapping => True, Allowed_Drag_Area => No_Drag_Allowed); case Event.The_Type is when Gdk.Event.Button_Press => Compute_Item (Self, Details); when Gdk_2button_Press => Details.Event_Type := Double_Click; Compute_Item (Self, Details); when Gdk.Event.Button_Release => if Self.In_Drag then Details.Event_Type := End_Drag; Details.Toplevel_Item := Self.Last_Button_Press.Toplevel_Item; else Details.Event_Type := Button_Release; -- The previous button press even might have deleted the item, -- in which case On_Item_Destroyed_For_View has reset the -- Last_Buttton_Press field if Details.M_Point = Self.Last_Button_Press.M_Point and then Details.Toplevel_Item /= null then -- Do not spend time recomputing Details.Toplevel_Item := Self.Last_Button_Press.Toplevel_Item; Details.Item := Self.Last_Button_Press.Item; else Compute_Item (Self, Details); end if; end if; when others => -- invalid Details.Event_Type := Key_Press; end case; end Set_Details; ------------------ -- On_Key_Event -- ------------------ function On_Key_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Key) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Details : aliased Canvas_Event_Details; Box : Model_Rectangle; IBox : Item_Rectangle; begin -- Do not cancel drag, since pressing shift is used to disable snapping -- in this context. if Self.Model /= null then Details.Event_Type := Key_Press; Details.State := Event.State; Details.Allow_Snapping := True; Details.Allowed_Drag_Area := No_Drag_Allowed; Details.Key := Event.Keyval; if not Self.Model.Selection.Is_Empty then Details.Item := Item_Sets.Element (Self.Model.Selection.First); if Details.Item /= null then IBox := Details.Item.Bounding_Box; Details.I_Point := (IBox.X + IBox.Width / 2.0, IBox.Y + IBox.Height / 2.0); Box := Details.Item.Model_Bounding_Box; Details.M_Point := (Box.X + Box.Width / 2.0, Box.Y + Box.Height / 2.0); Details.Toplevel_Item := Details.Item.Get_Toplevel_Item; IBox := Details.Toplevel_Item.Bounding_Box; Details.T_Point := (IBox.X + IBox.Width / 2.0, IBox.Y + IBox.Height / 2.0); end if; end if; return Self.Item_Event (Details'Unchecked_Access); end if; return False; end On_Key_Event; ----------------- -- Cancel_Drag -- ----------------- procedure Cancel_Drag (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is begin Self.In_Drag := False; Self.Dragged_Items.Clear; Self.Last_Button_Press.Allowed_Drag_Area := No_Drag_Allowed; end Cancel_Drag; --------------------- -- On_Button_Event -- --------------------- function On_Button_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Details : aliased Canvas_Event_Details; begin Cancel_Continuous_Scrolling (Self); Free_Smart_Guides (Self); if Self.Model /= null then Self.Set_Details (Details, Event); if Details.Event_Type = Key_Press then return False; elsif Details.Event_Type = Button_Press then Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); Self.Grab_Add; Self.Grab_Focus; elsif Details.Event_Type = Button_Release then Self.Grab_Remove; end if; if Event.The_Type = Gdk.Event.Button_Release and then Self.In_Drag then -- Validate the position of items and recompute all links, -- not just the ones that moved. Self.Model.Refresh_Layout; end if; if Self.Item_Event (Details'Unchecked_Access) then Cancel_Drag (Self); if Details.Event_Type = Button_Press then Self.Last_Button_Press := Details; end if; return True; end if; end if; Cancel_Drag (Self); return False; end On_Button_Event; ----------------------- -- Get_Toplevel_Item -- ----------------------- function Get_Toplevel_Item (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Abstract_Item is Result : Abstract_Item := Abstract_Item (Self); P : Abstract_Item; begin loop P := Parent (Result); exit when P = null; Result := P; end loop; return Result; end Get_Toplevel_Item; ------------------------------------ -- Copy_Selected_To_Dragged_Items -- ------------------------------------ procedure Copy_Selected_To_Dragged_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Force : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is use Item_Sets; C : Item_Sets.Cursor := Self.Model.Selection.First; Item : Abstract_Item; P : Gtkada.Style.Point; begin Self.Dragged_Items.Clear; while Has_Element (C) loop Item := Element (C).Get_Toplevel_Item; if not Item.Is_Link then P := Item.Position; Self.Dragged_Items.Include (Item, (Item => Item, Pos => (X => P.X, Y => P.Y))); end if; Next (C); end loop; if Force /= null and then not Force.Is_Link then Item := Force.Get_Toplevel_Item; P := Item.Position; Self.Dragged_Items.Include (Item, (Item => Item, Pos => (X => P.X, Y => P.Y))); end if; end Copy_Selected_To_Dragged_Items; ---------------------------- -- On_Motion_Notify_Event -- ---------------------------- function On_Motion_Notify_Event (View : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Details : aliased Canvas_Event_Details; Dx, Dy : Gdouble; Dummy : Boolean; begin if Self.Model /= null and then Self.Last_Button_Press.Allowed_Drag_Area /= No_Drag_Allowed and then Self.Get_Child = null -- no inline editing then if not Self.In_Drag then Dx := Event.X_Root - Self.Last_Button_Press.Root_Point.X; Dy := Event.Y_Root - Self.Last_Button_Press.Root_Point.Y; if Dx * Dx + Dy * Dy >= Mouse_Move_Before_Drag then Self.In_Drag := True; Details := Self.Last_Button_Press; Details.Event_Type := Start_Drag; Dummy := Self.Item_Event (Details'Unchecked_Access); Self.Topleft_At_Drag_Start := Self.Topleft; -- ??? Should add all selected items if Details.Toplevel_Item /= null and then not Details.Toplevel_Item.Is_Link then Copy_Selected_To_Dragged_Items (Self, Force => Details.Toplevel_Item); Prepare_Smart_Guides (Self); end if; end if; end if; -- Whether we were already in a drag or just started if Self.In_Drag then Details := Self.Last_Button_Press; Details.Event_Type := In_Drag; Details.State := Event.State; Details.Root_Point := (Event.X_Root, Event.Y_Root); Details.M_Point := Self.Window_To_Model ((X => Event.X, Y => Event.Y)); Dummy := Self.Item_Event (Details'Unchecked_Access); end if; end if; return False; end On_Motion_Notify_Event; --------------- -- Set_Model -- --------------- procedure Set_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Model : access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin if Self.Model = Canvas_Model (Model) then return; end if; if Self.Model /= null then Disconnect (Self.Model, Self.Id_Layout_Changed); Disconnect (Self.Model, Self.Id_Item_Contents_Changed); Disconnect (Self.Model, Self.Id_Selection_Changed); Disconnect (Self.Model, Self.Id_Item_Destroyed); Unref (Self.Model); end if; Self.Model := Canvas_Model (Model); Ref (Self.Model); if Self.Model /= null then Self.Id_Layout_Changed := Model.On_Layout_Changed (On_Layout_Changed_For_View'Access, Self); Self.Id_Selection_Changed := Model.On_Selection_Changed (On_Selection_Changed_For_View'Access, Self); Self.Id_Item_Contents_Changed := Model.On_Item_Contents_Changed (On_Item_Contents_Changed_For_View'Access, Self); Self.Id_Item_Destroyed := Model.On_Item_Destroyed (On_Item_Destroyed_For_View'Access, Self); end if; if Self.Model /= null and then Self.Model.Layout = null then Self.Model.Layout := Self.Layout; -- needed for layout Ref (Self.Model.Layout); Self.Model.Refresh_Layout; else Set_Adjustment_Values (Self); Self.Queue_Draw; end if; Self.Viewport_Changed; end Set_Model; ----------- -- Model -- ----------- function Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Canvas_Model is begin return Self.Model; end Model; --------------------- -- On_View_Realize -- --------------------- procedure On_View_Realize (Widget : System.Address) is W : constant Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Get_User_Data_Or_Null (Widget)); Allocation : Gtk_Allocation; Window : Gdk_Window; Attr : Gdk.Window_Attr.Gdk_Window_Attr; Mask : Gdk_Window_Attributes_Type; begin if not W.Get_Has_Window then Inherited_Realize (View_Class_Record, W); else W.Set_Realized (True); W.Get_Allocation (Allocation); Gdk_New (Attr, Window_Type => Gdk.Window.Window_Child, X => Allocation.X, Y => Allocation.Y, Width => Allocation.Width, Height => Allocation.Height, Wclass => Gdk.Window.Input_Output, Visual => W.Get_Visual, Event_Mask => W.Get_Events or Exposure_Mask); Mask := Wa_X or Wa_Y or Wa_Visual; Gdk_New (Window, W.Get_Parent_Window, Attr, Mask); Register_Window (W, Window); W.Set_Window (Window); Get_Style_Context (W).Set_Background (Window); -- See also handler for size_allocate, which moves the window to its -- proper location. end if; end On_View_Realize; --------------------- -- View_Class_Init -- --------------------- procedure View_Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class) is begin Set_Properties_Handlers (Self, View_Set_Property'Access, View_Get_Property'Access); Override_Property (Self, H_Adj_Property, "hadjustment"); Override_Property (Self, V_Adj_Property, "vadjustment"); Override_Property (Self, H_Scroll_Property, "hscroll-policy"); Override_Property (Self, V_Scroll_Property, "vscroll-policy"); Set_Default_Draw_Handler (Self, On_View_Draw'Access); Set_Default_Size_Allocate_Handler (Self, On_Size_Allocate'Access); Set_Default_Realize_Handler (Self, On_View_Realize'Access); end View_Class_Init; ------------------- -- View_Get_Type -- ------------------- function View_Get_Type return Glib.GType is Info : access GInterface_Info; begin if Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor => Gtk.Bin.Get_Type, Signals => View_Signals, Class_Record => View_Class_Record'Access, Type_Name => "GtkadaCanvasView", Parameters => (1 => (1 => GType_None), 2 => (1 => GType_Pointer)), Returns => (1 => GType_None, 2 => GType_Boolean), Class_Init => View_Class_Init'Access) then Info := new GInterface_Info' (Interface_Init => null, Interface_Finalize => null, Interface_Data => System.Null_Address); Glib.Object.Add_Interface (View_Class_Record, Iface => Gtk.Scrollable.Get_Type, Info => Info); end if; return View_Class_Record.The_Type; end View_Get_Type; -------------------------- -- On_Adj_Value_Changed -- -------------------------- procedure On_Adj_Value_Changed (View : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Pos : constant Model_Point := (X => Self.Hadj.Get_Value, Y => Self.Vadj.Get_Value); begin if Pos /= Self.Topleft then Self.Topleft := Pos; Self.Viewport_Changed; Queue_Draw (Self); end if; end On_Adj_Value_Changed; --------------------------- -- Set_Adjustment_Values -- --------------------------- procedure Set_Adjustment_Values (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is Box : Model_Rectangle; Area : constant Model_Rectangle := Self.Get_Visible_Area; Min, Max : Gdouble; begin if Self.Model = null or else Area.Width <= 1.0 then -- Not allocated yet return; end if; -- We want a small margin around the minimal box for the model, since it -- looks better. Box := Self.Model.Bounding_Box (View_Margin / Self.Scale); -- We set the adjustments to include the model area, but also at least -- the current visible area (if we don't, then part of the display will -- not be properly refreshed). if Self.Hadj /= null then Min := Gdouble'Min (Area.X, Box.X); Max := Gdouble'Max (Area.X + Area.Width, Box.X + Box.Width); Self.Hadj.Configure (Value => Area.X, Lower => Min, Upper => Max, Step_Increment => 5.0, Page_Increment => 100.0, Page_Size => Area.Width); end if; if Self.Vadj /= null then Min := Gdouble'Min (Area.Y, Box.Y); Max := Gdouble'Max (Area.Y + Area.Height, Box.Y + Box.Height); Self.Vadj.Configure (Value => Area.Y, Lower => Min, Upper => Max, Step_Increment => 5.0, Page_Increment => 100.0, Page_Size => Area.Height); end if; Self.Viewport_Changed; end Set_Adjustment_Values; ----------------------- -- View_Set_Property -- ----------------------- procedure View_Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : Glib.Values.GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec) is pragma Unreferenced (Property_Spec); Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (Object); begin case Prop_Id is when H_Adj_Property => Self.Hadj := Gtk_Adjustment (Get_Object (Value)); if Self.Hadj /= null then Set_Adjustment_Values (Self); Self.Hadj.On_Value_Changed (On_Adj_Value_Changed'Access, Self); Self.Queue_Draw; end if; when V_Adj_Property => Self.Vadj := Gtk_Adjustment (Get_Object (Value)); if Self.Vadj /= null then Set_Adjustment_Values (Self); Self.Vadj.On_Value_Changed (On_Adj_Value_Changed'Access, Self); Self.Queue_Draw; end if; when H_Scroll_Property => null; when V_Scroll_Property => null; when others => null; end case; end View_Set_Property; ----------------------- -- View_Get_Property -- ----------------------- procedure View_Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec) is pragma Unreferenced (Property_Spec); Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (Object); begin case Prop_Id is when H_Adj_Property => Set_Object (Value, Self.Hadj); when V_Adj_Property => Set_Object (Value, Self.Vadj); when H_Scroll_Property => Set_Enum (Value, Gtk_Policy_Type'Pos (Policy_Automatic)); when V_Scroll_Property => Set_Enum (Value, Gtk_Policy_Type'Pos (Policy_Automatic)); when others => null; end case; end View_Get_Property; --------------------- -- On_View_Destroy -- --------------------- procedure On_View_Destroy (Self : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is S : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (Self); begin Cancel_Continuous_Scrolling (S); Terminate_Animation (S); if S.Model /= null then Unref (S.Model); S.Model := null; end if; if S.Layout /= null then Unref (S.Layout); S.Layout := null; end if; end On_View_Destroy; ------------------ -- On_View_Draw -- ------------------ function On_View_Draw (View : System.Address; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Gboolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (Glib.Object.Convert (View)); X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : Gdouble; begin Clip_Extents (Cr, X1, Y1, X2, Y2); if X2 < X1 or else Y2 < Y1 then Refresh (Self, Cr); else Refresh (Self, Cr, Self.View_To_Model ((X1, Y1, X2 - X1, Y2 - Y1))); end if; -- There are no children, so no need to chain up return 1; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end On_View_Draw; ---------------------- -- On_Size_Allocate -- ---------------------- procedure On_Size_Allocate (View : System.Address; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation) is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (Glib.Object.Convert (View)); SAlloc : Gtk_Allocation := Alloc; Edit : Gtk_Widget; Box : View_Rectangle; WMin, WNat, HMin, HNat : Gint; begin -- For some reason, when we maximize the toplevel window in testgtk, or -- at least enlarge it horizontally, we are starting to see an alloc -- with X < 0 (likely related to the GtkPaned). The drawing area then -- moves the GdkWindow, which would introduce an extra ofset in the -- display (and influence the clipping done automatically by gtk+ -- before it emits "draw"). So we prevent the automatic offseting done -- by GtkDrawingArea. SAlloc.X := 0; SAlloc.Y := 0; Self.Set_Allocation (SAlloc); -- Inherited_Size_Allocate (View_Class_Record, Self, SAlloc); Set_Adjustment_Values (Self); if Self.Get_Realized then if Self.Get_Has_Window then Move_Resize (Self.Get_Window, Alloc.X, Alloc.Y, Alloc.Width, Alloc.Height); end if; -- send_configure event ? end if; -- Are we in the middle of inline-editing ? if Self.Inline_Edit.Item /= null then Edit := Self.Get_Child; Box := Self.Model_To_View (Self.Inline_Edit.Item.Model_Bounding_Box); SAlloc.X := Alloc.X + Gint (Box.X); SAlloc.Y := Alloc.Y + Gint (Box.Y); Edit.Get_Preferred_Height (HMin, HNat); SAlloc.Height := Gint'Max (HMin, Gint (Box.Height)); Edit.Get_Preferred_Width_For_Height (SAlloc.Height, WMin, WNat); SAlloc.Width := Gint'Max (WMin, Gint (Box.Width)); Edit.Size_Allocate (SAlloc); end if; if Self.Scale_To_Fit_Requested /= 0.0 then Self.Scale_To_Fit (Rect => Self.Scale_To_Fit_Area, Max_Scale => Self.Scale_To_Fit_Requested); end if; end On_Size_Allocate; ---------------------- -- Get_Visible_Area -- ---------------------- function Get_Visible_Area (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record) return Model_Rectangle is begin return Self.View_To_Model ((0.0, 0.0, Gdouble (Self.Get_Allocated_Width), Gdouble (Self.Get_Allocated_Height))); end Get_Visible_Area; ------------------- -- Set_Transform -- ------------------- procedure Set_Transform (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null) is Model_P : Model_Point; P : View_Point; begin if Item /= null then Model_P := Item.Item_To_Model ((0.0, 0.0)); else Model_P := (0.0, 0.0); end if; P := Self.Model_To_View (Model_P); Translate (Cr, P.X, P.Y); Scale (Cr, Self.Scale, Self.Scale); end Set_Transform; ------------------- -- View_To_Model -- ------------------- function View_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : View_Rectangle) return Model_Rectangle is begin return (X => Rect.X / Self.Scale + Self.Topleft.X, Y => Rect.Y / Self.Scale + Self.Topleft.Y, Width => Rect.Width / Self.Scale, Height => Rect.Height / Self.Scale); end View_To_Model; ------------------- -- View_To_Model -- ------------------- function View_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; P : View_Point) return Model_Point is begin return (X => P.X / Self.Scale + Self.Topleft.X, Y => P.Y / Self.Scale + Self.Topleft.Y); end View_To_Model; ------------------- -- Model_To_View -- ------------------- function Model_To_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return View_Rectangle is begin return (X => (Rect.X - Self.Topleft.X) * Self.Scale, Y => (Rect.Y - Self.Topleft.Y) * Self.Scale, Width => Rect.Width * Self.Scale, Height => Rect.Height * Self.Scale); end Model_To_View; ------------------- -- Model_To_View -- ------------------- function Model_To_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; P : Model_Point) return View_Point is begin return (X => (P.X - Self.Topleft.X) * Self.Scale, Y => (P.Y - Self.Topleft.Y) * Self.Scale); end Model_To_View; --------------------- -- Model_To_Window -- --------------------- function Model_To_Window (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return Window_Rectangle is View : constant View_Rectangle := Self.Model_To_View (Rect); Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin Self.Get_Allocation (Alloc); return (X => Window_Coordinate (View.X) + Window_Coordinate (Alloc.X), Y => Window_Coordinate (View.Y) + Window_Coordinate (Alloc.Y), Width => Window_Coordinate (View.Width), Height => Window_Coordinate (View.Height)); end Model_To_Window; --------------------- -- Window_To_Model -- --------------------- function Window_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; P : Window_Point) return Model_Point is Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin Self.Get_Allocation (Alloc); return Self.View_To_Model ((X => View_Coordinate (P.X) - View_Coordinate (Alloc.X), Y => View_Coordinate (P.Y) - View_Coordinate (Alloc.Y))); end Window_To_Model; --------------------- -- Window_To_Model -- --------------------- function Window_To_Model (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Window_Rectangle) return Model_Rectangle is Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin Self.Get_Allocation (Alloc); return Self.View_To_Model ((X => View_Coordinate (Rect.X) - View_Coordinate (Alloc.X), Y => View_Coordinate (Rect.Y) - View_Coordinate (Alloc.Y), Width => View_Coordinate (Rect.Width), Height => View_Coordinate (Rect.Height))); end Window_To_Model; --------------- -- Set_Scale -- --------------- procedure Set_Scale (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Scale : Gdouble := 1.0; Preserve : Model_Point := No_Point) is Box : Model_Rectangle; Old_Scale : constant Gdouble := Self.Scale; P : Model_Point; begin if Preserve /= No_Point then P := Preserve; else Box := Self.Get_Visible_Area; P := (Box.X + Box.Width / 2.0, Box.Y + Box.Height / 2.0); end if; Self.Scale := Scale; Self.Topleft := (P.X - (P.X - Self.Topleft.X) * Old_Scale / Scale, P.Y - (P.Y - Self.Topleft.Y) * Old_Scale / Scale); Self.Scale_To_Fit_Requested := 0.0; Self.Set_Adjustment_Values; Self.Queue_Draw; end Set_Scale; ----------------- -- Set_Topleft -- ----------------- procedure Set_Topleft (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Topleft : Model_Point) is begin Self.Topleft := Topleft; Self.Queue_Draw; end Set_Topleft; --------------- -- Center_On -- --------------- procedure Center_On (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Center_On : Model_Point; X_Pos, Y_Pos : Gdouble := 0.5; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0) is Area : constant Model_Rectangle := Self.Get_Visible_Area; Pos : constant Model_Point := (Center_On.X - Area.Width * X_Pos, Center_On.Y - Area.Height * Y_Pos); begin Self.Scale_To_Fit_Requested := 0.0; if Duration = 0.0 then Self.Topleft := Pos; Self.Set_Adjustment_Values; Self.Queue_Draw; else Animate_Scroll (Self, Pos, Duration => Duration).Start (Self); end if; end Center_On; ---------------------- -- Scroll_Into_View -- ---------------------- procedure Scroll_Into_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0) is begin Scroll_Into_View (Self, Item.Model_Bounding_Box, Duration); end Scroll_Into_View; ---------------------- -- Scroll_Into_View -- ---------------------- procedure Scroll_Into_View (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0) is Box : Model_Rectangle := Rect; Area : Model_Rectangle := Self.Get_Visible_Area; Modified : Boolean := False; Margin : constant Model_Coordinate := View_Margin * Self.Scale; begin Box.X := Box.X - Margin; Box.Y := Box.Y - Margin; Box.Width := Box.Width + Margin * 2.0; Box.Height := Box.Height + Margin * 2.0; if Box.X < Area.X then Area.X := Box.X; Modified := True; elsif Box.X + Box.Width > Area.X + Area.Width then Area.X := Gdouble'Min (Box.X, Box.X + Box.Width - Area.Width); Modified := True; end if; if Box.Y < Area.Y then Area.Y := Box.Y; Modified := True; elsif Box.Y + Box.Height > Area.Y + Area.Height then Area.Y := Gdouble'Min (Box.Y, Box.Y + Box.Height - Area.Height); Modified := True; end if; if Modified then Self.Center_On ((Area.X, Area.Y), X_Pos => 0.0, Y_Pos => 0.0, Duration => Duration); end if; end Scroll_Into_View; --------------- -- Get_Scale -- --------------- function Get_Scale (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record) return Gdouble is begin return Self.Scale; end Get_Scale; ------------------ -- Scale_To_Fit -- ------------------ procedure Scale_To_Fit (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Rect : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle; Min_Scale : Gdouble := 1.0 / 4.0; Max_Scale : Gdouble := 4.0; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.0) is Box : Model_Rectangle; W, H, S : Gdouble; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; TL : Model_Point; begin Self.Get_Allocation (Alloc); if Alloc.Width <= 1 then Self.Scale_To_Fit_Requested := Max_Scale; Self.Scale_To_Fit_Area := Rect; elsif Self.Model /= null then Self.Scale_To_Fit_Requested := 0.0; if Rect = No_Rectangle then Box := Self.Model.Bounding_Box; else Box := Rect; end if; if Box.Width /= 0.0 and then Box.Height /= 0.0 then W := Gdouble (Alloc.Width); H := Gdouble (Alloc.Height); -- The "-1.0" below compensates for rounding errors, since -- otherwise we are still seeing the scrollbar along the axis -- used to compute the scale. S := Gdouble'Min (Max_Scale, Gdouble'Min ((W - 2.0 * View_Margin - 1.0) / Box.Width, (H - 2.0 * View_Margin - 1.0) / Box.Height)); S := Gdouble'Max (Min_Scale, S); TL := (X => Box.X - (W / S - Box.Width) / 2.0, Y => Box.Y - (H / S - Box.Height) / 2.0); if Duration = 0.0 then Self.Scale := S; Self.Topleft := TL; Self.Set_Adjustment_Values; Self.Queue_Draw; else Animate_Scale (Self, S, Duration => Duration).Start (Self); Animate_Scroll (Self, TL, Duration).Start (Self); end if; end if; end if; end Scale_To_Fit; ---------------------- -- Viewport_Changed -- ---------------------- procedure Viewport_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) is begin Object_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Self, Signal_Viewport_Changed); end Viewport_Changed; ------------------------- -- On_Viewport_Changed -- ------------------------- function On_Viewport_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id is begin if Slot = null then return Object_Callback.Connect (Self, Signal_Viewport_Changed, Object_Callback.To_Marshaller (Call)); else return Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Self, Signal_Viewport_Changed, Object_Callback.To_Marshaller (Call), Slot); end if; end On_Viewport_Changed; ---------------- -- Item_Event -- ---------------- function Item_Event (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Details : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean is begin return EDA_Emit (Self, Signal_Item_Event & ASCII.NUL, Details); end Item_Event; ------------------- -- On_Item_Event -- ------------------- procedure On_Item_Event (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Call : not null access function (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Details : Event_Details_Access) return Boolean; Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) is begin if Slot = null then Object_Return_Callback.Connect (Self, Signal_Item_Event, EDA_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call)); else Object_Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Self, Signal_Item_Event, EDA_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call), Slot); end if; end On_Item_Event; ------------- -- Refresh -- ------------- procedure Refresh (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle) is A : Model_Rectangle; C : Draw_Context; begin if Area = No_Rectangle then A := Self.Get_Visible_Area; else A := Area; end if; -- GDK already clears the exposed area to the background color, so -- we do not need to clear ourselves. C := (Cr => Cr, Layout => Self.Layout, View => Canvas_View (Self)); Save (Cr); Self.Set_Transform (Cr); Self.Draw_Internal (C, A); Restore (Cr); end Refresh; ---------------------- -- Draw_As_Selected -- ---------------------- overriding procedure Draw_As_Selected (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin if Context.View /= null then Canvas_Item (Self).Draw_Outline (Style => Context.View.Selection_Style, Context => Context); end if; Canvas_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Draw (Context); end Draw_As_Selected; ------------------ -- Draw_Outline -- ------------------ procedure Draw_Outline (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context) is Box : constant Item_Rectangle := Canvas_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Bounding_Box; Margin_Pixels : constant View_Coordinate := 2.0; Margin : Model_Coordinate; begin if Context.View /= null then Margin := Margin_Pixels / Context.View.Scale; Style.Draw_Rect (Context.Cr, (Box.X - Margin, Box.Y - Margin), Box.Width + 2.0 * Margin, Box.Height + 2.0 * Margin); end if; end Draw_Outline; -------------------------- -- Size_Above_Threshold -- -------------------------- function Size_Above_Threshold (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Boolean is R : View_Rectangle; Threshold : constant Gdouble := Self.Get_Visibility_Threshold; begin if Threshold = Gdouble'Last then -- Always hidden return False; elsif Threshold > 0.0 and then View /= null then R := View.Model_To_View (Self.Model_Bounding_Box); if R.Width < Threshold or else R.Height < Threshold then return False; end if; end if; return True; end Size_Above_Threshold; ----------------------------- -- Translate_And_Draw_Item -- ----------------------------- procedure Translate_And_Draw_Item (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context; As_Outline : Boolean := False; Outline_Style : Drawing_Style := No_Drawing_Style) is Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point; begin if not Size_Above_Threshold (Self, Context.View) then return; end if; Save (Context.Cr); Pos := Self.Position; Translate (Context.Cr, Pos.X, Pos.Y); if As_Outline then Self.Draw_Outline (Outline_Style, Context); elsif Context.View /= null and then Context.View.Model /= null and then Context.View.Model.Is_Selected (Self) then Self.Draw_As_Selected (Context); else Self.Draw (Context); end if; if Debug_Show_Bounding_Boxes then declare Box : constant Item_Rectangle := Self.Bounding_Box; begin Gtk_New (Stroke => (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.8), Dashes => (2.0, 2.0)) .Draw_Rect (Context.Cr, (Box.X, Box.Y), Box.Width, Box.Height); end; end if; Restore (Context.Cr); exception when E : others => Restore (Context.Cr); Process_Exception (E); end Translate_And_Draw_Item; ------------------- -- Draw_Internal -- ------------------- procedure Draw_Internal (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Context : Draw_Context; Area : Model_Rectangle) is S : Item_Sets.Set; procedure Draw_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Draw_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin -- If the item is not displayed explicitly afterwards. if not Self.In_Drag or else not S.Contains (Abstract_Item (Item)) then Translate_And_Draw_Item (Item, Context); end if; end Draw_Item; procedure Add_To_Set (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Add_To_Set (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin S.Include (Abstract_Item (Item)); end Add_To_Set; use Item_Drag_Infos, Item_Sets; C : Item_Drag_Infos.Cursor; C2 : Item_Sets.Cursor; begin if Self.Model /= null then -- We must always draw the selected items and their links explicitly -- (since the model might not have been updated yet if we are during -- an automatic scrolling for instance, using a RTree). if Self.In_Drag then C := Self.Dragged_Items.First; while Has_Element (C) loop S.Include (Element (C).Item); -- toplevel items Next (C); end loop; Self.Model.For_Each_Link (Add_To_Set'Access, From_Or_To => S); end if; -- Draw the active smart guides if needed if Self.In_Drag and then Self.Last_Button_Press.Allow_Snapping and then Self.Snap.Smart_Guides and then not Self.Dragged_Items.Is_Empty then Draw_Visible_Smart_Guides (Self, Context, Element (Self.Dragged_Items.First).Item); end if; Self.Model.For_Each_Item (Draw_Item'Access, In_Area => Area, Filter => Kind_Link); Self.Model.For_Each_Item (Draw_Item'Access, In_Area => Area, Filter => Kind_Item); if Self.In_Drag then C2 := S.First; while Has_Element (C2) loop Translate_And_Draw_Item (Element (C2), Context); Next (C2); end loop; end if; end if; end Draw_Internal; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- function Gtk_New (From, To : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Routing : Route_Style := Straight; Label : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_From : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_From : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_To : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_To : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null) return Canvas_Link is L : constant Canvas_Link := new Canvas_Link_Record; F : Anchor_Attachment := Anchor_From; T : Anchor_Attachment := Anchor_To; begin if From.Is_Link then F.Toplevel_Side := No_Clipping; end if; if To.Is_Link then T.Toplevel_Side := No_Clipping; end if; Initialize (L, From, To, Style, Routing, Label, F, Label_From, T, Label_To); return L; end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Link : not null access Canvas_Link_Record'Class; From, To : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Routing : Route_Style := Straight; Label : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_From : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_From : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null; Anchor_To : Anchor_Attachment := Middle_Attachment; Label_To : access Container_Item_Record'Class := null) is begin Link.From := Abstract_Item (From); Link.To := Abstract_Item (To); Link.Style := Style; Link.Routing := Routing; Link.Anchor_From := Anchor_From; Link.Anchor_To := Anchor_To; Link.Label := Container_Item (Label); Link.Label_From := Container_Item (Label_From); Link.Label_To := Container_Item (Label_To); end Initialize; -------------- -- Position -- -------------- overriding function Position (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Point is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin -- Since we'll be using model coordinates to draw the link return (0.0, 0.0); end Position; ------------------ -- Bounding_Box -- ------------------ overriding function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Item_Rectangle is begin return Self.Bounding_Box; end Bounding_Box; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin if Size_Above_Threshold (Self, Context.View) then Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links.Draw_Link (Self, Context, Selected => False); end if; end Draw; ---------------------- -- Draw_As_Selected -- ---------------------- procedure Draw_As_Selected (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin if Size_Above_Threshold (Self, Context.View) then Gtkada.Canvas_View.Links.Draw_Link (Self, Context, Selected => True); end if; end Draw_As_Selected; -------------- -- Contains -- -------------- overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean is Tolerance : constant Gdouble := 10.0; begin if Self.Points = null then return False; end if; Save (Context.Cr); Set_Line_Width (Context.Cr, Tolerance); return Prepare_Path (Self, Context) and then In_Stroke (Context.Cr, Point.X, Point.Y); end Contains; --------------- -- Clip_Line -- --------------- overriding function Clip_Line (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Item_Point is pragma Unreferenced (Self, P2); begin return P1; end Clip_Line; ----------------------- -- Link_Anchor_Point -- ----------------------- overriding function Link_Anchor_Point (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment) return Item_Point is pragma Unreferenced (Anchor); Index : Integer; begin -- We connect to the middle of the middle segment. -- ??? We could instead look for the closest segment or some other -- algorithm. Index := Self.Points'First + Self.Points'Length / 2 - 1; return ((Self.Points (Index).X + Self.Points (Index + 1).X) / 2.0, (Self.Points (Index).Y + Self.Points (Index + 1).Y) / 2.0); end Link_Anchor_Point; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin Unchecked_Free (Self.Points); Unchecked_Free (Self.Waypoints); Destroy_And_Free (Abstract_Item (Self.Label), In_Model); Destroy_And_Free (Abstract_Item (Self.Label_From), In_Model); Destroy_And_Free (Abstract_Item (Self.Label_To), In_Model); -- Can't call destroy from the interface, this results in infinite loop -- Abstract_Item_Record (Self.all).Destroy (In_Model); -- inherited end Destroy; ------------------- -- Point_In_Rect -- ------------------- function Point_In_Rect (Rect : Model_Rectangle; P : Model_Point) return Boolean is X : constant Model_Coordinate := P.X - Rect.X; Y : constant Model_Coordinate := P.Y - Rect.Y; begin return 0.0 <= X and then X <= Rect.Width and then 0.0 <= Y and then Y <= Rect.Height; end Point_In_Rect; ------------------- -- Point_In_Rect -- ------------------- function Point_In_Rect (Rect : Item_Rectangle; P : Item_Point) return Boolean is X : constant Item_Coordinate := P.X - Rect.X; Y : constant Item_Coordinate := P.Y - Rect.Y; begin return 0.0 <= X and then X <= Rect.Width and then 0.0 <= Y and then Y <= Rect.Height; end Point_In_Rect; -------------- -- Position -- -------------- overriding function Position (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Point is begin return Self.Position; end Position; -------------- -- Contains -- -------------- overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Context); Box : constant Item_Rectangle := Canvas_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Bounding_Box; begin -- ??? This does not take into account the line width return Point_In_Rect (Box, Point); end Contains; ----------------------- -- Link_Anchor_Point -- ----------------------- overriding function Link_Anchor_Point (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Anchor : Anchor_Attachment) return Item_Point is begin return Gtkada.Canvas_View.Objects.Link_Anchor_Point (Self, Anchor); end Link_Anchor_Point; --------------- -- Clip_Line -- --------------- overriding function Clip_Line (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Item_Point is Box : constant Item_Rectangle := Canvas_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Bounding_Box; Deltax : constant Item_Coordinate := P2.X - P1.X; Deltay : constant Item_Coordinate := P2.Y - P1.Y; Offset : constant Item_Coordinate := P1.X * P2.Y - P2.X * P1.Y; Result : Item_Point; begin if Deltay /= 0.0 then if Deltay < 0.0 then Result.Y := Box.Y; else Result.Y := Box.Y + Box.Height; end if; Result.X := (Deltax * Result.Y + Offset) / Deltay; if Box.X <= Result.X and then Result.X <= Box.X + Box.Width then return Result; end if; end if; if Deltax /= 0.0 then if Deltax < 0.0 then Result.X := Box.X; else Result.X := Box.X + Box.Width; end if; Result.Y := (Deltay * Result.X - Offset) / Deltax; if Box.Y <= Result.Y and then Result.Y <= Box.Y + Box.Height then return Result; end if; end if; return (Box.X, Box.Y); end Clip_Line; ------------------ -- Set_Position -- ------------------ procedure Set_Position (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point) is begin Self.Position := Pos; end Set_Position; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Self : out List_Canvas_Model) is begin Self := new List_Canvas_Model_Record; Gtkada.Canvas_View.Initialize (Self); end Gtk_New; --------- -- Add -- --------- procedure Add (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Self.Items.Append (Abstract_Item (Item)); end Add; ----------------------- -- On_Item_Destroyed -- ----------------------- function On_Item_Destroyed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id is Id : Handler_Id; begin if Slot = null then Id := Object_Callback.Connect (Self, Signal_Item_Destroyed, Abstract_Item_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call)); else Id := Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Self, Signal_Item_Destroyed, Abstract_Item_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call), Slot); end if; return Id; end On_Item_Destroyed; -------------------- -- Item_Destroyed -- -------------------- procedure Item_Destroyed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Abstract_Item_Emit (Self, Signal_Item_Destroyed & ASCII.NUL, Abstract_Item (Item)); end Item_Destroyed; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Set : Item_Sets.Set) is use Item_Sets; C : Item_Sets.Cursor := Set.First; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Remove (Element (C)); Next (C); end loop; end Remove; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ overriding procedure Remove (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is To_Remove : Item_Sets.Set; begin Self.Include_Related_Items (Item, To_Remove); Remove (Self, To_Remove); end Remove; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Set : Item_Sets.Set) is use Item_Sets, Items_Lists; C2 : Item_Sets.Cursor := Set.First; It : Abstract_Item; C : Items_Lists.Cursor; begin -- First pass: remove the items from the list of items. This means -- that when we later destroy the items (and thus in the case of -- container_item we remove the link to their children), we will not -- see these items again. while Has_Element (C2) loop It := Element (C2); Next (C2); Self.Remove_From_Selection (It); C := Self.Items.Find (It); if Has_Element (C) then Self.Items.Delete (C); end if; end loop; -- Now destroy the items C2 := Set.First; while Has_Element (C2) loop It := Element (C2); Next (C2); Destroy_And_Free (It, In_Model => Self); end loop; end Remove; --------------------------- -- Include_Related_Items -- --------------------------- procedure Include_Related_Items (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class; Set : in out Item_Sets.Set) is procedure Internal (C : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Internal (C : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin if C.all in Canvas_Link_Record'Class and then (Canvas_Link (C).From = Abstract_Item (Item) or else Canvas_Link (C).To = Abstract_Item (Item)) then Include_Related_Items (Self, C, Set); end if; end Internal; begin Self.For_Each_Item (Internal'Access, Filter => Kind_Link); -- Removing the container items will call their destroy, and therefore -- remove all links to their children. Set.Include (Abstract_Item (Item)); end Include_Related_Items; ----------- -- Clear -- ----------- procedure Clear (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record) is use Items_Lists; Items : constant Items_Lists.List := Self.Items; -- a copy of the list C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Items.First; begin -- More efficient to clear the list first, so that 'Remove' finds no -- related link (since we are going to free them anyway). Self.Items.Clear; while Has_Element (C) loop Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Remove (Element (C)); Next (C); end loop; Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Refresh_Layout; end Clear; ---------------- -- Intersects -- ---------------- function Intersects (Rect1, Rect2 : Model_Rectangle) return Boolean is begin return not (Rect1.X > Rect2.X + Rect2.Width -- R1 on the right of R2 or else Rect2.X > Rect1.X + Rect1.Width -- R2 on the right of R1 or else Rect1.Y > Rect2.Y + Rect2.Height -- R1 below R2 or else Rect2.Y > Rect1.Y + Rect1.Height); -- R1 above R2 end Intersects; ---------------- -- Intersects -- ---------------- function Intersects (Rect1, Rect2 : Item_Rectangle) return Boolean is begin return not (Rect1.X > Rect2.X + Rect2.Width -- R1 on the right of R2 or else Rect2.X > Rect1.X + Rect1.Width -- R2 on the right of R1 or else Rect1.Y > Rect2.Y + Rect2.Height -- R1 below R2 or else Rect2.Y > Rect1.Y + Rect1.Height); -- R1 above R2 end Intersects; ------------------- -- For_Each_Item -- ------------------- overriding procedure For_Each_Item (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); Selected_Only : Boolean := False; Filter : Item_Kind_Filter := Kind_Any; In_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle) is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Items.First; Item : Abstract_Item; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Item := Element (C); -- ??? Might not work when the Callback removes the item, which in -- turn removes a link which might happen to be the next element -- we were pointing to. Next (C); if (Filter = Kind_Any or else (Filter = Kind_Item and then not Item.Is_Link) or else (Filter = Kind_Link and then Item.Is_Link)) and then (not Selected_Only or else List_Canvas_Model (Self).Is_Selected (Item)) and then (In_Area = No_Rectangle or else Intersects (In_Area, Item.Model_Bounding_Box)) then Callback (Item); end if; end loop; end For_Each_Item; ---------------- -- Raise_Item -- ---------------- overriding procedure Raise_Item (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Items.First; begin while Has_Element (C) loop if Element (C) = Abstract_Item (Item) then if C /= Self.Items.Last then Self.Items.Delete (C); Self.Items.Append (Abstract_Item (Item)); List_Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Layout_Changed; end if; return; end if; Next (C); end loop; end Raise_Item; ---------------- -- Lower_Item -- ---------------- procedure Lower_Item (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Items.First; begin if not Has_Element (C) or else Element (C) = Abstract_Item (Item) then return; -- nothing to do end if; Next (C); while Has_Element (C) loop if Element (C) = Abstract_Item (Item) then Self.Items.Delete (C); Self.Items.Prepend (Abstract_Item (Item)); List_Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Layout_Changed; return; end if; Next (C); end loop; end Lower_Item; --------------- -- Set_Style -- --------------- procedure Set_Style (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Style : Drawing_Style) is begin Self.Style := Style; end Set_Style; --------------- -- Get_Style -- --------------- function Get_Style (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Drawing_Style is begin return Self.Style; end Get_Style; --------------- -- Get_Style -- --------------- function Get_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Drawing_Style is begin return Self.Style; end Get_Style; --------------- -- Set_Style -- --------------- procedure Set_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Style : Drawing_Style) is begin Self.Style := Style; end Set_Style; ---------------- -- Get_Points -- ---------------- function Get_Points (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Item_Point_Array_Access is begin return Self.Points; end Get_Points; ------------------- -- Set_Waypoints -- ------------------- procedure Set_Waypoints (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Points : Item_Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False) is begin Unchecked_Free (Self.Waypoints); if Points'Length /= 0 then Self.Waypoints := new Item_Point_Array'(Points); end if; Self.Relative_Waypoints := Relative; end Set_Waypoints; -------------------- -- Refresh_Layout -- -------------------- procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin -- Target links must already have their own layout if Self.From.Is_Link and then Canvas_Link (Self.From).Points = null then Canvas_Link (Self.From).Refresh_Layout (Context); end if; if Self.To.Is_Link and then Canvas_Link (Self.To).Points = null then Canvas_Link (Self.To).Refresh_Layout (Context); end if; case Self.Routing is when Orthogonal => Compute_Layout_For_Orthogonal_Link (Self, Context); when Straight => Compute_Layout_For_Straight_Link (Self, Context); when Arc => Compute_Layout_For_Arc_Link (Self, Context, Self.Offset); when Curve => Compute_Layout_For_Curve_Link (Self, Context); end case; end Refresh_Layout; ------------------- -- For_Each_Link -- ------------------- procedure For_Each_Link (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); From_Or_To : Item_Sets.Set) is function Matches (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean; pragma Inline (Matches); -- Whether the corresponding link should be returned function Matches (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean is L : Canvas_Link; begin -- A custom link ? We don't know how to check its ends, so always -- return it. if It.all not in Canvas_Link_Record'Class then return True; end if; L := Canvas_Link (It); return From_Or_To.Contains (L.From.Get_Toplevel_Item) or else From_Or_To.Contains (L.To.Get_Toplevel_Item) or else (L.From.Is_Link and then Matches (L.From)) or else (L.To.Is_Link and then Matches (L.To)); end Matches; procedure Local (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Local (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin if Matches (It) then Callback (It); end if; end Local; begin Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).For_Each_Item (Local'Access, Filter => Kind_Link); end For_Each_Link; ------------------------- -- Refresh_Link_Layout -- ------------------------- procedure Refresh_Link_Layout (Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Items : Item_Drag_Infos.Map := Item_Drag_Infos.Empty_Map) is S : Item_Sets.Set; Context : constant Draw_Context := (Cr => <>, Layout => Model.Layout, View => null); procedure Reset_Link_Layout (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Invalid the current layout for the link procedure Do_Link_Layout (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); -- Recompute the layout for the link (and first to any link it is -- linked to). procedure Reset_Link_Layout (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Unchecked_Free (Canvas_Link_Record'Class (It.all).Points); end Reset_Link_Layout; procedure Do_Link_Layout (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is Link : constant Canvas_Link := Canvas_Link (It); begin if Link.Points = null then Link.Refresh_Layout (Context); end if; end Do_Link_Layout; use Item_Drag_Infos; C : Item_Drag_Infos.Cursor; begin -- To properly do the layout of links, we must first compute the -- layout of any item they are linked to, including other links. -- So we do the following: -- reset all previous layout computation -- when we layout a link, we first layout its end if Items.Is_Empty then Model.For_Each_Item (Reset_Link_Layout'Access, Filter => Kind_Link); Model.For_Each_Item (Do_Link_Layout'Access, Filter => Kind_Link); else C := Items.First; while Has_Element (C) loop S.Include (Element (C).Item); -- toplevel items Next (C); end loop; Model.For_Each_Link (Reset_Link_Layout'Access, From_Or_To => S); Model.For_Each_Link (Do_Link_Layout'Access, From_Or_To => S); end if; end Refresh_Link_Layout; ------------------- -- Build_Context -- ------------------- function Build_Context (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Draw_Context is begin return (Cr => <>, Layout => Self.Layout, View => Canvas_View (Self)); end Build_Context; -------------------- -- Refresh_Layout -- -------------------- procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Send_Signal : Boolean := True) is Context : constant Draw_Context := (Cr => <>, Layout => Self.Layout, View => null); procedure Do_Container_Layout (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Do_Container_Layout (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Item.Refresh_Layout (Context); end Do_Container_Layout; begin Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).For_Each_Item (Do_Container_Layout'Access, Filter => Kind_Item); Refresh_Link_Layout (Self); if Send_Signal then Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Layout_Changed; end if; end Refresh_Layout; ----------------------- -- Toplevel_Items_At -- ----------------------- function Toplevel_Item_At (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item is Found : Abstract_Item; procedure Check_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Check_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin -- topmost items always occur later in the list. if Item.Contains (Model_To_Item (Item, Point), Context) then Found := Abstract_Item (Item); end if; end Check_Item; begin Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).For_Each_Item (Check_Item'Access); return Found; end Toplevel_Item_At; ---------------------- -- Toplevel_Item_At -- ---------------------- overriding function Toplevel_Item_At (Self : not null access List_Canvas_Model_Record; Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Items.Last; Item : Abstract_Item; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Item := Element (C); if Item.Contains (Model_To_Item (Item, Point), Context) then return Item; end if; Previous (C); end loop; return null; end Toplevel_Item_At; ----------- -- Union -- ----------- procedure Union (Rect1 : in out Model_Rectangle; Rect2 : Model_Rectangle) is Right : constant Model_Coordinate := Model_Coordinate'Max (Rect1.X + Rect1.Width, Rect2.X + Rect2.Width); Bottom : constant Model_Coordinate := Model_Coordinate'Max (Rect1.Y + Rect1.Height, Rect2.Y + Rect2.Height); begin Rect1.X := Model_Coordinate'Min (Rect1.X, Rect2.X); Rect1.Width := Right - Rect1.X; Rect1.Y := Model_Coordinate'Min (Rect1.Y, Rect2.Y); Rect1.Height := Bottom - Rect1.Y; end Union; ------------------ -- Bounding_Box -- ------------------ function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Margin : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) return Model_Rectangle is Result : Model_Rectangle; Is_First : Boolean := True; procedure Do_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Do_Item (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is Box : constant Model_Rectangle := Item.Model_Bounding_Box; begin if Is_First then Is_First := False; Result := Box; else Union (Result, Box); end if; end Do_Item; begin Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).For_Each_Item (Do_Item'Access); if Is_First then return No_Rectangle; else Result.X := Result.X - Margin; Result.Y := Result.Y - Margin; Result.Width := Result.Width + 2.0 * Margin; Result.Height := Result.Height + 2.0 * Margin; return Result; end if; end Bounding_Box; ------------------ -- Is_Invisible -- ------------------ overriding function Is_Invisible (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Boolean is begin return Self.Style.Get_Stroke = Null_RGBA and then Self.Style.Get_Fill = Null_Pattern; end Is_Invisible; ------------------------------ -- Set_Visibility_Threshold -- ------------------------------ overriding procedure Set_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Threshold : Gdouble) is begin Self.Visibility_Threshold := Threshold; end Set_Visibility_Threshold; ------------------------------ -- Get_Visibility_Threshold -- ------------------------------ overriding function Get_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Gdouble is begin return Self.Visibility_Threshold; end Get_Visibility_Threshold; ------------------------------ -- Set_Visibility_Threshold -- ------------------------------ procedure Set_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; Threshold : Gdouble) is begin Self.Visibility_Threshold := Threshold; end Set_Visibility_Threshold; ------------------------------ -- Get_Visibility_Threshold -- ------------------------------ function Get_Visibility_Threshold (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record) return Gdouble is begin return Self.Visibility_Threshold; end Get_Visibility_Threshold; ---------- -- Show -- ---------- procedure Show (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Self.Set_Visibility_Threshold (Threshold => 0.0); end Show; ---------- -- Hide -- ---------- procedure Hide (Self : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin Self.Set_Visibility_Threshold (Threshold => Gdouble'Last); end Hide; ----------- -- Clear -- ----------- procedure Clear (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is use Item_Sets; To_Remove : Item_Sets.Set; procedure Do_Child (C : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class); procedure Do_Child (C : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class) is begin -- Remove the children and their links In_Model.Include_Related_Items (C, To_Remove); end Do_Child; begin if not Self.Children.Is_Empty then Container_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).For_Each_Child (Do_Child'Access, Recursive => False); Self.Children.Clear; Remove (In_Model, To_Remove); In_Model.Refresh_Layout; end if; end Clear; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin Self.Clear (In_Model); Canvas_Item_Record (Self.all).Destroy (In_Model); -- inherited end Destroy; --------------- -- Add_Child -- --------------- procedure Add_Child (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Child : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Align : Alignment_Style := Align_Start; Pack_End : Boolean := False; Margin : Margins := No_Margins; Float : Boolean := False; Overflow : Overflow_Style := Overflow_Prevent) is begin Child.Margin := Margin; Child.Parent := Container_Item (Self); Child.Float := Float; Child.Overflow := Overflow; Child.Align := Align; Child.Pack_End := Pack_End; Self.Children.Append (Abstract_Item (Child)); end Add_Child; ------------ -- Parent -- ------------ overriding function Parent (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Abstract_Item is begin return Abstract_Item (Self.Parent); end Parent; --------------------- -- Inner_Most_Item -- --------------------- overriding function Inner_Most_Item (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; At_Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Children.First; P : Item_Point; Child : Container_Item; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Child := Container_Item (Element (C)); P := Child.Model_To_Item (At_Point); if Child.Contains (P, Context) then return Child.Inner_Most_Item (At_Point, Context); end if; Next (C); end loop; return Abstract_Item (Self); end Inner_Most_Item; ------------------ -- Bounding_Box -- ------------------ function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Item_Rectangle is begin -- assumes size_request has been called already return (0.0, 0.0, Self.Width, Self.Height); end Bounding_Box; -------------------- -- For_Each_Child -- -------------------- procedure For_Each_Child (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Callback : not null access procedure (Child : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class); Recursive : Boolean := False) is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Children.First; begin while Has_Element (C) loop if Recursive then Container_Item (Element (C)).For_Each_Child (Callback, Recursive); end if; Callback (Container_Item (Element (C))); Next (C); end loop; end For_Each_Child; ---------------------- -- Set_Child_Layout -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Child_Layout (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Layout : Child_Layout_Strategy) is begin Self.Layout := Layout; end Set_Child_Layout; -------------- -- Position -- -------------- overriding function Position (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Point is begin return Self.Computed_Position; end Position; ------------------ -- Set_Position -- ------------------ overriding procedure Set_Position (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point) is begin Container_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Set_Position (Pos, 0.0, 0.0); end Set_Position; ------------------ -- Set_Position -- ------------------ procedure Set_Position (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point := (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); Anchor_X : Gdouble; Anchor_Y : Gdouble) is begin Self.Computed_Position := Pos; Self.Anchor_X := Anchor_X; Self.Anchor_Y := Anchor_Y; Canvas_Item_Record (Self.all).Set_Position (Pos); -- inherited end Set_Position; -------------------- -- Set_Size_Range -- -------------------- procedure Set_Size_Range (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Min_Width : Gdouble := 1.0; Min_Height : Gdouble := 1.0; Max_Width : Gdouble := Gdouble'Last; Max_Height : Gdouble := Gdouble'Last) is begin Self.Min_Width := Min_Width; Self.Min_Height := Min_Height; Self.Max_Width := Max_Width; Self.Max_Height := Max_Height; end Set_Size_Range; ---------------- -- Force_Size -- ---------------- procedure Force_Size (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Forced_Width, Forced_Height : Gdouble := -1.0) is begin if Forced_Width >= 0.0 then Self.Max_Width := -1.0; Self.Min_Width := Forced_Width; else Self.Max_Width := Gdouble'Last; Self.Min_Width := 1.0; end if; if Forced_Height >= 0.0 then Self.Max_Height := -1.0; Self.Min_Height := Forced_Height; else Self.Max_Height := Gdouble'Last; Self.Min_Height := 1.0; end if; end Force_Size; ------------------ -- Size_Request -- ------------------ procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Children.First; Child : Container_Item; Tmp, Tmp2 : Model_Coordinate; begin Self.Width := 0.0; Self.Height := 0.0; Tmp := 0.0; -- Current coordinate (X or Y) for the child while Has_Element (C) loop Child := Container_Item (Element (C)); Child.Computed_Position := (0.0, 0.0); Child.Size_Request (Context); case Self.Layout is when Vertical_Stack => case Child.Overflow is when Overflow_Prevent => Self.Width := Model_Coordinate'Max (Child.Width + Child.Margin.Left + Child.Margin.Right, Self.Width); when Overflow_Hide => null; end case; if Child.Position.Y /= Gdouble'First then Tmp2 := Child.Position.Y + Child.Height; else Tmp2 := Tmp + Child.Height; end if; Tmp2 := Tmp2 + Child.Computed_Position.Y + Child.Margin.Top + Child.Margin.Bottom; Self.Height := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Height, Tmp2); if not Child.Float then -- The lowest point so far Tmp := Self.Height; end if; when Horizontal_Stack => case Child.Overflow is when Overflow_Prevent => Self.Height := Model_Coordinate'Max (Child.Height + Child.Margin.Top + Child.Margin.Bottom, Self.Height); when Overflow_Hide => null; end case; if Child.Position.X /= Gdouble'First then Tmp2 := Child.Position.X + Child.Width; else Tmp2 := Tmp + Child.Width; end if; Tmp2 := Tmp2 + Child.Computed_Position.X + Child.Margin.Left + Child.Margin.Right; Self.Width := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Width, Tmp2); if not Child.Float then Tmp := Self.Width; end if; end case; Next (C); end loop; -- Ignore the previous computation when a size is forced. It was -- still needed to make sure all children have a size. if Self.Max_Width < 0.0 then Self.Width := Self.Min_Width; else Self.Width := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Width, Self.Min_Width); Self.Width := Model_Coordinate'Min (Self.Width, Self.Max_Width); end if; if Self.Max_Height < 0.0 then Self.Height := Self.Min_Height; else Self.Height := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Height, Self.Min_Height); Self.Height := Model_Coordinate'Min (Self.Height, Self.Max_Height); end if; end Size_Request; ---------------------- -- Set_Size_Request -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Size_Request (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Width, Height : Gdouble := -1.0) is begin if Width >= 0.0 then Self.Width := Width; end if; if Height >= 0.0 then Self.Height := Height; end if; end Set_Size_Request; ------------------- -- Size_Allocate -- ------------------- procedure Size_Allocate (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record) is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Children.First; Child : Container_Item; Tmp : Model_Coordinate := 0.0; Tmp_End : Model_Coordinate; begin if Self.Layout = Vertical_Stack then Tmp_End := Self.Height; else Tmp_End := Self.Width; end if; while Has_Element (C) loop Child := Container_Item (Element (C)); case Self.Layout is when Vertical_Stack => if Child.Position.Y /= Gdouble'First then Child.Computed_Position.Y := Child.Position.Y; else Child.Computed_Position.Y := Tmp + Child.Margin.Top; end if; if Child.Position.X /= Gdouble'First then Child.Computed_Position.X := Child.Position.X; else Child.Computed_Position.X := Child.Margin.Left; end if; -- No size constraint applied ? if not Child.Float and then Child.Max_Width >= 0.0 then Child.Width := Self.Width - Child.Margin.Right - Child.Computed_Position.X; end if; Child.Computed_Position.X := Child.Computed_Position.X - (Child.Width * Child.Anchor_X); if Child.Pack_End then Child.Computed_Position.Y := Tmp_End - Child.Height - Child.Margin.Bottom; else Child.Computed_Position.Y := Child.Computed_Position.Y - (Child.Height * Child.Anchor_Y); end if; case Child.Align is when Align_Start => null; when Align_Center => Child.Computed_Position.X := Child.Computed_Position.X + (Self.Width - Child.Computed_Position.X - Child.Width - Child.Margin.Right) / 2.0; when Align_End => Child.Computed_Position.X := Self.Width - Child.Width - Child.Margin.Right; end case; Child.Size_Allocate; if not Child.Float then if Child.Pack_End then Tmp_End := Child.Computed_Position.Y; else Tmp := Child.Computed_Position.Y + Child.Height + Child.Margin.Bottom; end if; end if; when Horizontal_Stack => if Child.Position.X /= Gdouble'First then Child.Computed_Position.X := Child.Position.X; else Child.Computed_Position.X := Tmp + Child.Margin.Left; end if; if Child.Position.Y /= Gdouble'First then Child.Computed_Position.Y := Child.Position.Y; else Child.Computed_Position.Y := Child.Margin.Top; end if; -- No size constraint ? if not Child.Float and then Child.Max_Height >= 0.0 then Child.Height := Self.Height - Child.Margin.Bottom - Child.Computed_Position.Y; end if; if Child.Pack_End then Child.Computed_Position.X := Tmp_End - Child.Width - Child.Margin.Right; else Child.Computed_Position.X := Child.Computed_Position.X - (Child.Width * Child.Anchor_X); end if; Child.Computed_Position.Y := Child.Computed_Position.Y - (Child.Height * Child.Anchor_Y); case Child.Align is when Align_Start => null; when Align_Center => Child.Computed_Position.Y := Child.Computed_Position.Y + (Self.Height - Child.Computed_Position.Y - Child.Height - Child.Margin.Bottom) / 2.0; when Align_End => Child.Computed_Position.Y := Self.Height - Child.Height - Child.Margin.Bottom; end case; Child.Size_Allocate; if not Child.Float then if Child.Pack_End then Tmp_End := Child.Computed_Position.X; else Tmp := Child.Computed_Position.X + Child.Width + Child.Margin.Right; end if; end if; end case; Next (C); end loop; end Size_Allocate; -------------------- -- Refresh_Layout -- -------------------- procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin Self.Computed_Position := Self.Position; Container_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Size_Request (Context); Container_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Size_Allocate; Self.Computed_Position.X := Self.Computed_Position.X - (Self.Width * Self.Anchor_X); Self.Computed_Position.Y := Self.Computed_Position.Y - (Self.Height * Self.Anchor_Y); end Refresh_Layout; ------------------- -- Draw_Children -- ------------------- procedure Draw_Children (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class; Context : Draw_Context) is use Items_Lists; C : Items_Lists.Cursor := Self.Children.First; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Translate_And_Draw_Item (Element (C), Context); Next (C); end loop; end Draw_Children; ------------------- -- Gtk_New_Image -- ------------------- function Gtk_New_Image (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Image : not null access Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf_Record'Class; Allow_Rescale : Boolean := True; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) return Image_Item is R : constant Image_Item := new Image_Item_Record; begin Initialize_Image (R, Style, Image, Allow_Rescale, Width, Height); return R; end Gtk_New_Image; ---------------------- -- Initialize_Image -- ---------------------- procedure Initialize_Image (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Image : not null access Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf_Record'Class; Allow_Rescale : Boolean := True; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) is begin Self.Style := Style; Self.Image := Gdk_Pixbuf (Image); Self.Allow_Rescale := Allow_Rescale; Ref (Self.Image); Force_Size (Self, Width, Height); end Initialize_Image; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin if Self.Image /= null then Unref (Self.Image); Self.Image := null; end if; Container_Item_Record (Self.all).Destroy (In_Model); -- inherited end Destroy; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is P : Gdk_Pixbuf; W, H : Gdouble; begin Self.Style.Draw_Rect (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Self.Width, Self.Height); Save (Context.Cr); Rectangle (Context.Cr, X => 0.0, Y => 0.0, Width => Self.Width, Height => Self.Height); Set_Source_RGBA (Context.Cr, (1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)); W := Gdouble (Get_Width (Self.Image)) - Self.Width; H := Gdouble (Get_Height (Self.Image)) - Self.Height; if Self.Allow_Rescale and then (abs (W) >= 2.0 or else abs (H) >= 2.0) then P := Scale_Simple (Self.Image, Dest_Width => Gint (Self.Width), Dest_Height => Gint (Self.Height)); Set_Source_Pixbuf (Context.Cr, P, Pixbuf_X => 0.0, Pixbuf_Y => 0.0); Unref (P); else Set_Source_Pixbuf (Context.Cr, Self.Image, Pixbuf_X => W / 2.0, Pixbuf_Y => H / 2.0); end if; Cairo.Fill (Context.Cr); Restore (Context.Cr); end Draw; ------------------ -- Size_Request -- ------------------ overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Image_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin Container_Item_Record (Self.all).Size_Request (Context); -- inherited Self.Width := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Width, Gdouble (Get_Width (Self.Image))); Self.Height := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Height, Gdouble (Get_Height (Self.Image))); end Size_Request; ------------------ -- Gtk_New_Rect -- ------------------ function Gtk_New_Rect (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0; Radius : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) return Rect_Item is R : constant Rect_Item := new Rect_Item_Record; begin Initialize_Rect (R, Style, Width, Height, Radius); return R; end Gtk_New_Rect; --------------------- -- Initialize_Rect -- --------------------- procedure Initialize_Rect (Self : not null access Rect_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0; Radius : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) is begin Self.Style := Style; Self.Radius := Radius; Force_Size (Self, Width, Height); end Initialize_Rect; ------------------------- -- Resize_Fill_Pattern -- ------------------------- procedure Resize_Fill_Pattern (Self : not null access Container_Item_Record'Class) is Matrix : aliased Cairo_Matrix; Fill : constant Cairo_Pattern := Self.Style.Get_Fill; begin if Fill /= Null_Pattern then case Get_Type (Fill) is when Cairo_Pattern_Type_Linear | Cairo_Pattern_Type_Radial => Init_Scale (Matrix'Access, 1.0 / Self.Width, 1.0 / Self.Height); Set_Matrix (Fill, Matrix'Access); when others => null; end case; end if; end Resize_Fill_Pattern; ------------------ -- Draw_Outline -- ------------------ overriding procedure Draw_Outline (Self : not null access Rect_Item_Record; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Context : Draw_Context) is Margin_Pixels : constant View_Coordinate := 2.0; Margin : Model_Coordinate; begin if Context.View /= null then Margin := Margin_Pixels / Context.View.Scale; Style.Draw_Rect (Context.Cr, (-Margin, -Margin), Self.Width + 2.0 * Margin, Self.Height + 2.0 * Margin, Radius => Self.Radius); end if; end Draw_Outline; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Rect_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is Stroke : constant Gdk_RGBA := Self.Style.Get_Stroke; Fill : constant Cairo_Pattern := Self.Style.Get_Fill; Shadow : constant Shadow_Style := Self.Style.Get_Shadow; begin if Shadow /= No_Shadow then Save (Context.Cr); Translate (Context.Cr, Shadow.X_Offset, Shadow.Y_Offset); if Self.Style.Path_Rect (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Self.Width, Self.Height, Radius => Self.Radius) then Set_Source_RGBA (Context.Cr, Shadow.Color); Cairo.Fill (Context.Cr); end if; Restore (Context.Cr); end if; Resize_Fill_Pattern (Self); -- We need to clip the contents of the rectangle. Also, we -- stroke only after drawing the children so that they do -- no hide the stroke. if Self.Style.Path_Rect (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Self.Width, Self.Height, Radius => Self.Radius) then -- Only clip if the item is visible, otherwise let nested items do -- their own clipping. This ensures that nested items with shadows -- are properly rendered if not Self.Is_Invisible then Clip_Preserve (Context.Cr); end if; if not Self.Children.Is_Empty then Self.Style.Set_Stroke (Null_RGBA); end if; Self.Style.Finish_Path (Context.Cr); Self.Style.Set_Stroke (Stroke); end if; Self.Draw_Children (Context); if not Self.Children.Is_Empty and then Stroke /= Null_RGBA and then Self.Style.Path_Rect (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Self.Width, Self.Height, Radius => Self.Radius) then Self.Style.Set_Fill (Null_Pattern); Self.Style.Finish_Path (Context.Cr); Self.Style.Set_Fill (Fill); end if; end Draw; ---------------------- -- Gtk_New_Polyline -- ---------------------- function Gtk_New_Polyline (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Points : Item_Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Relative : Boolean := False) return Polyline_Item is R : constant Polyline_Item := new Polyline_Item_Record; begin Initialize_Polyline (R, Style, Points, Close, Relative); return R; end Gtk_New_Polyline; ------------------------- -- Initialize_Polyline -- ------------------------- procedure Initialize_Polyline (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Points : Item_Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Relative : Boolean := False) is begin Self.Style := Style; Self.Close := Close; Self.Relative := Relative; Self.Points := new Item_Point_Array'(Points); end Initialize_Polyline; ------------------ -- Size_Request -- ------------------ overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is B : constant Item_Rectangle := Compute_Bounding_Box (Self.Points.all, Relative => Self.Relative); begin Container_Item_Record (Self.all).Size_Request (Context); -- inherited Self.Width := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Width, B.Width + B.X); Self.Height := Model_Coordinate'Max (Self.Height, B.Height + B.Y); end Size_Request; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is Shadow : constant Shadow_Style := Self.Style.Get_Shadow; begin if Shadow /= No_Shadow then Save (Context.Cr); Translate (Context.Cr, Shadow.X_Offset, Shadow.Y_Offset); if Self.Style.Path_Polyline (Context.Cr, Self.Points.all, Close => Self.Close, Relative => Self.Relative) then Set_Source_RGBA (Context.Cr, Shadow.Color); Cairo.Fill (Context.Cr); end if; Restore (Context.Cr); end if; Resize_Fill_Pattern (Self); Self.Style.Draw_Polyline (Context.Cr, Self.Points.all, Close => Self.Close, Relative => Self.Relative); Draw_Children (Self, Context); end Draw; -------------- -- Contains -- -------------- overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean is Box : constant Item_Rectangle := Canvas_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Bounding_Box; begin if Point_In_Rect (Box, Point) then if Self.Style.Path_Polyline (Context.Cr, Points => Self.Points.all, Close => Self.Close, Relative => Self.Relative) then return In_Fill (Context.Cr, Point.X, Point.Y); end if; end if; return False; end Contains; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin Unchecked_Free (Self.Points); Container_Item_Record (Self.all).Destroy (In_Model); -- inherited end Destroy; --------------------- -- Gtk_New_Ellipse -- --------------------- function Gtk_New_Ellipse (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) return Ellipse_Item is R : constant Ellipse_Item := new Ellipse_Item_Record; begin Initialize_Ellipse (R, Style, Width, Height); return R; end Gtk_New_Ellipse; ------------------------ -- Initialize_Ellipse -- ------------------------ procedure Initialize_Ellipse (Self : not null access Ellipse_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) is begin Self.Style := Style; Force_Size (Self, Width, Height); end Initialize_Ellipse; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Ellipse_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is Shadow : constant Shadow_Style := Self.Style.Get_Shadow; begin if Shadow /= No_Shadow then Save (Context.Cr); Translate (Context.Cr, Shadow.X_Offset, Shadow.Y_Offset); if Self.Style.Path_Ellipse (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Self.Width, Self.Height) then Set_Source_RGBA (Context.Cr, Shadow.Color); Cairo.Fill (Context.Cr); end if; Restore (Context.Cr); end if; Resize_Fill_Pattern (Self); Self.Style.Draw_Ellipse (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Self.Width, Self.Height); Self.Draw_Children (Context); end Draw; -------------- -- Contains -- -------------- overriding function Contains (Self : not null access Ellipse_Item_Record; Point : Item_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Context); Box : constant Item_Rectangle := Canvas_Item_Record'Class (Self.all).Bounding_Box; Center : Item_Point; Dx, Dy : Item_Coordinate; begin if Point_In_Rect (Box, Point) then Center := (Box.Width / 2.0, Box.Height / 2.0); -- This doesn't test the whole rectangle, only the topleft corner Dx := Point.X - Center.X; Dy := Point.Y - Center.Y; return Dx * Dx / (Center.X * Center.X) + Dy * Dy / (Center.Y * Center.Y) <= 1.0; end if; return False; end Contains; ------------------ -- Gtk_New_Text -- ------------------ function Gtk_New_Text (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) return Text_Item is R : constant Text_Item := new Text_Item_Record; begin Initialize_Text (R, Style, Text, Directed, Width, Height); return R; end Gtk_New_Text; --------------------- -- Initialize_Text -- --------------------- procedure Initialize_Text (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow; Width, Height : Model_Coordinate := -1.0) is begin Self.Style := Style; Self.Text := new String'(Text); Self.Directed := Directed; Force_Size (Self, Width, Height); end Initialize_Text; -------------- -- Set_Text -- -------------- procedure Set_Text (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Text : String) is begin Free (Self.Text); Self.Text := new String'(Text); end Set_Text; ------------------ -- Compute_Text -- ------------------ function Compute_Text (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record'Class) return String is begin case Self.Directed is when No_Text_Arrow => return Self.Text.all; when Up_Text_Arrow => return Self.Text.all & " " & Character'Val (16#E2#) -- UTF8 for \u25b2 & Character'Val (16#96#) & Character'Val (16#B2#); when Down_Text_Arrow => return Self.Text.all & " " & Character'Val (16#E2#) -- UTF8 for \u25bc & Character'Val (16#96#) & Character'Val (16#BC#); when Left_Text_Arrow => return Character'Val (16#E2#) -- UTF8 for \u25c0 & Character'Val (16#97#) & Character'Val (16#80#) & " " & Self.Text.all; when Right_Text_Arrow => return Self.Text.all & " " & Character'Val (16#E2#) -- UTF8 for \u25b6 & Character'Val (16#96#) & Character'Val (16#B6#); end case; end Compute_Text; ------------------ -- Set_Directed -- ------------------ procedure Set_Directed (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow) is begin Self.Directed := Directed; end Set_Directed; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is Text : constant String := Compute_Text (Self); begin Resize_Fill_Pattern (Self); Self.Style.Draw_Rect (Context.Cr, (0.0, 0.0), Self.Width, Self.Height); if Context.Layout /= null then Self.Style.Draw_Text (Context.Cr, Context.Layout, (0.0, 0.0), Text, Max_Width => Self.Width, Max_Height => Self.Height); end if; end Draw; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin Free (Self.Text); Container_Item_Record (Self.all).Destroy (In_Model); -- inherited end Destroy; ------------------ -- Size_Request -- ------------------ overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Text_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is Text : constant String := Compute_Text (Self); begin if Context.Layout /= null then Self.Style.Measure_Text (Context.Layout, Text, Width => Self.Requested_Width, Height => Self.Requested_Height); Self.Width := Self.Requested_Width; Self.Height := Self.Requested_Height; else Self.Width := 0.0; Self.Height := 0.0; end if; end Size_Request; --------------------------- -- Gtk_New_Editable_Text -- --------------------------- function Gtk_New_Editable_Text (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow) return Editable_Text_Item is Result : constant Editable_Text_Item := new Editable_Text_Item_Record; begin Initialize_Editable_Text (Result, Style, Text, Directed); return Result; end Gtk_New_Editable_Text; ------------------------------ -- Initialize_Editable_Text -- ------------------------------ procedure Initialize_Editable_Text (Self : not null access Editable_Text_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : Glib.UTF8_String; Directed : Text_Arrow_Direction := No_Text_Arrow) is begin Initialize_Text (Self, Style, Text, Directed); end Initialize_Editable_Text; ---------------------------- -- On_Text_Edit_Key_Press -- ---------------------------- function On_Text_Edit_Key_Press (View : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Key) return Boolean is Self : constant Canvas_View := Canvas_View (View); Text : Gtk_Text_View; From, To : Gtk_Text_Iter; begin if Event.State = Control_Mask and then Event.Keyval = GDK_Return then declare Old : constant String := Editable_Text_Item (Self.Inline_Edit.Item).Text.all; begin Text := Gtk_Text_View (Self.Get_Child); Text.Get_Buffer.Get_Start_Iter (From); Text.Get_Buffer.Get_End_Iter (To); Editable_Text_Item (Self.Inline_Edit.Item).Set_Text (Text.Get_Buffer.Get_Text (Start => From, The_End => To)); Editable_Text_Item (Self.Inline_Edit.Item).On_Edited (Old); Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); Self.Model.Refresh_Layout; end; return True; elsif Event.Keyval = GDK_Escape then Cancel_Inline_Editing (Self); return True; end if; return False; end On_Text_Edit_Key_Press; ----------------- -- Edit_Widget -- ----------------- overriding function Edit_Widget (Self : not null access Editable_Text_Item_Record; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget is Text : Gtk_Text_View; Buffer : Gtk_Text_Buffer; begin Gtk_New (Buffer); Gtk_New (Text, Buffer); Buffer.Set_Text (Self.Text.all); -- not compute_text Text.On_Key_Press_Event (On_Text_Edit_Key_Press'Access, View); return Gtk_Widget (Text); end Edit_Widget; ----------------- -- Edit_Widget -- ----------------- function Edit_Widget (Self : not null access Canvas_Item_Record; View : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget is pragma Unreferenced (Self, View); begin -- for some reason, we need to define this function even though the -- one defined for the interface is already defined as "null". -- Otherwise, dispatching from Start_Inline_Editing does not work... return null; end Edit_Widget; ---------------- -- Gtk_New_Hr -- ---------------- function Gtk_New_Hr (Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : String := "") return Hr_Item is R : constant Hr_Item := new Hr_Item_Record; begin Initialize_Hr (R, Style, Text); return R; end Gtk_New_Hr; ------------------- -- Initialize_Hr -- ------------------- procedure Initialize_Hr (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record'Class; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style; Text : String := "") is begin Self.Style := Style; Self.Text := new String'(Text); end Initialize_Hr; ---------- -- Draw -- ---------- overriding procedure Draw (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is H : constant Model_Coordinate := Self.Height / 2.0; W : Model_Coordinate; begin if Self.Text.all = "" then Self.Style.Draw_Polyline (Context.Cr, ((0.0, H), (Self.Width, H))); else W := (Self.Width - Self.Requested_Width) / 2.0; Self.Style.Draw_Polyline (Context.Cr, ((0.0, H), (W, H))); W := W + Self.Space; if Context.Layout /= null then Self.Style.Draw_Text (Context.Cr, Context.Layout, (W, (Self.Height - Self.Requested_Height) / 2.0), Self.Text.all, Max_Width => Self.Width, Max_Height => Self.Height); end if; W := W + Self.Requested_Width + Self.Space; Self.Style.Draw_Polyline (Context.Cr, ((W, H), (Self.Width, H))); end if; end Draw; ------------- -- Destroy -- ------------- overriding procedure Destroy (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record; In_Model : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class) is begin Free (Self.Text); Container_Item_Record (Self.all).Destroy (In_Model); end Destroy; ------------------ -- Size_Request -- ------------------ overriding procedure Size_Request (Self : not null access Hr_Item_Record; Context : Draw_Context) is begin if Context.Layout /= null and then Self.Text.all /= "" then Self.Style.Measure_Text (Context.Layout, Self.Text.all, Width => Self.Requested_Width, Height => Self.Requested_Height); -- Some space to show the lines Self.Width := Self.Requested_Width + 2.0 * Self.Space + 8.0; -- lines should be at least 4 pixels each side Self.Height := Self.Requested_Height; else Self.Width := 8.0; Self.Height := 1.0; end if; end Size_Request; ---------------- -- Set_Offset -- ---------------- procedure Set_Offset (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record; Offset : Gdouble) is begin Self.Offset := Offset; end Set_Offset; ------------------ -- Intersection -- ------------------ -- Algorithm adapted from [GGII - xlines.c]. -- Copied from gnatcoll-geometry.adb function Intersection (P11, P12, P21, P22 : Item_Point) return Item_Point is type Line is record A, B, C : Item_Coordinate; end record; function To_Line (P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Line; -- Compute the parameters for the line -- Ax + By = C function To_Line (P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Line is A : constant Item_Coordinate := P2.Y - P1.Y; B : constant Item_Coordinate := P1.X - P2.X; begin return (A => A, B => B, C => A * P1.X + B * P1.Y); end To_Line; L1 : constant Line := To_Line (P11, P12); R3 : constant Item_Coordinate := L1.A * P21.X + L1.B * P21.Y - L1.C; R4 : constant Item_Coordinate := L1.A * P22.X + L1.B * P22.Y - L1.C; L2 : constant Line := To_Line (P21, P22); R1 : constant Item_Coordinate := L2.A * P11.X + L2.B * P11.Y - L2.C; R2 : constant Item_Coordinate := L2.A * P12.X + L2.B * P12.Y - L2.C; Denom : Item_Coordinate; begin -- Check signs of R3 and R4. If both points 3 and 4 lie on same side -- of line 1, the line segments do not intersect if (R3 > 0.0 and then R4 > 0.0) or else (R3 < 0.0 and then R4 < 0.0) then return (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); end if; -- Check signs of r1 and r2. If both points lie on same side of -- second line segment, the line segments do not intersect if (R1 > 0.0 and then R2 > 0.0) or else (R1 < 0.0 and then R2 < 0.0) then return (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); end if; -- Line segments intersect, compute intersection point Denom := L1.A * L2.B - L2.A * L1.B; if Denom = 0.0 then if abs (L1.A * P21.X + L1.B * P21.Y - L1.C) < 0.00001 then -- colinears return P11; else return (Gdouble'First, Gdouble'First); end if; end if; return (X => (L2.B * L1.C - L1.B * L2.C) / Denom, Y => (L1.A * L2.C - L2.A * L1.C) / Denom); end Intersection; --------------- -- Clip_Line -- --------------- overriding function Clip_Line (Self : not null access Polyline_Item_Record; P1, P2 : Item_Point) return Item_Point is Inter : Item_Point; Current, Next : Item_Point; begin if Self.Points /= null then Current := Self.Points (Self.Points'First); for P in Self.Points'First + 1 .. Self.Points'Last loop if Self.Relative then Next := (Current.X + Self.Points (P).X, Current.Y + Self.Points (P).Y); else Next := Self.Points (P); end if; Inter := Intersection (P1, P2, Current, Next); if Inter.X /= Gdouble'First then return Inter; end if; Current := Next; end loop; if Self.Close then Inter := Intersection (P1, P2, Current, Self.Points (Self.Points'First)); if Inter.X /= Gdouble'First then return Inter; end if; end if; end if; return P1; end Clip_Line; ------------------- -- Set_Grid_Size -- ------------------- procedure Set_Grid_Size (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Size : Model_Coordinate := 30.0) is begin Self.Grid_Size := Size; end Set_Grid_Size; -------------- -- Set_Snap -- -------------- procedure Set_Snap (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Snap_To_Grid : Boolean := True; Snap_To_Guides : Boolean := False; Snap_Margin : Model_Coordinate := 5.0; Guides_Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style := Default_Guide_Style) is begin Self.Snap.Grid := Snap_To_Grid; Self.Snap.Smart_Guides := Snap_To_Guides; Self.Snap.Margin := Snap_Margin; Self.Snap.Style := Guides_Style; end Set_Snap; ---------- -- Hash -- ---------- function Hash (Key : Abstract_Item) return Ada.Containers.Hash_Type is begin if Key = null then return 0; else return Ada.Containers.Hash_Type (To_Integer (Key.all'Address) mod Integer_Address (Ada.Containers.Hash_Type'Last)); end if; end Hash; ------------ -- Export -- ------------ function Export (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Filename : String; Page : Page_Format; Format : Export_Format := Export_PDF; Visible_Area_Only : Boolean := True) return Boolean is W : constant Gdouble := Page.Width_In_Inches * 72.0; -- in points H : constant Gdouble := Page.Height_In_Inches * 72.0; Surf : Cairo_Surface; Context : Draw_Context; Old_Scale : constant Gdouble := Self.Scale; Topleft : constant Model_Point := Self.Topleft; Box : Model_Rectangle; Status : Cairo_Status; begin case Format is when Export_PDF => Surf := Cairo.PDF.Create (Filename => Filename, Width_In_Points => W, Height_In_Points => H); when Export_SVG => Surf := Cairo.SVG.Create (Filename, W, H); when Export_PNG => Surf := Create_Similar_Surface (Get_Window (Self), Cairo.Cairo_Content_Color_Alpha, Gint (W), Gint (H)); end case; Context := (Cr => Create (Surf), Layout => Self.Layout, View => Canvas_View (Self)); if Visible_Area_Only then Box := Self.Get_Visible_Area; Self.Scale := Self.Scale * Gdouble'Min (Gdouble'Min (W / Gdouble (Self.Get_Allocated_Width), H / Gdouble (Self.Get_Allocated_Height)), 1.0); Canvas_View_Record'Class (Self.all).Set_Transform (Context.Cr); -- Need to clip, otherwise the items partially visible on the screen -- will be fully visible in the print Rectangle (Context.Cr, Box.X, Box.Y, Box.Width, Box.Height); Clip (Context.Cr); Canvas_View_Record'Class (Self.all).Draw_Internal (Context, Box); else Box := Self.Model.Bounding_Box; Self.Scale := Gdouble'Min (1.0, Gdouble'Min (W / (Box.Width + 20.0), H / (Box.Height + 20.0))); Self.Topleft := (Box.X - 10.0 * Self.Scale, Box.Y - 10.0 * Self.Scale); Canvas_View_Record'Class (Self.all).Set_Transform (Context.Cr); Canvas_View_Record'Class (Self.all).Draw_Internal (Context, Box); end if; Destroy (Context.Cr); if Format = Export_PNG then Status := Cairo.Png.Write_To_Png (Surf, Filename); else Status := Cairo.Surface.Status (Surf); end if; Surface_Destroy (Surf); Self.Scale := Old_Scale; Self.Topleft := Topleft; return Status = Cairo_Status_Success; end Export; ------------------------ -- Set_Selection_Mode -- ------------------------ procedure Set_Selection_Mode (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Mode : Selection_Mode) is begin if Mode /= Self.Mode then Self.Mode := Mode; Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Clear_Selection; end if; end Set_Selection_Mode; --------------------- -- Clear_Selection -- --------------------- procedure Clear_Selection (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record) is begin if not Self.Selection.Is_Empty then Self.Selection.Clear; Self.Selection_Changed; end if; end Clear_Selection; ---------------------- -- Add_To_Selection -- ---------------------- procedure Add_To_Selection (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin case Self.Mode is when Selection_None => null; when Selection_Single => if Self.Is_Selectable (Item) then Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Clear_Selection; Self.Selection.Include (Abstract_Item (Item)); Self.Selection_Changed (Item); end if; when Selection_Multiple => if Self.Is_Selectable (Item) then Self.Selection.Include (Abstract_Item (Item)); Self.Selection_Changed (Item); end if; end case; end Add_To_Selection; --------------------------- -- Remove_From_Selection -- --------------------------- procedure Remove_From_Selection (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin if Canvas_Model_Record'Class (Self.all).Is_Selected (Item) then Self.Selection.Delete (Abstract_Item (Item)); Self.Selection_Changed (Item); end if; end Remove_From_Selection; ----------------- -- Is_Selected -- ----------------- function Is_Selected (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin return Self.Selection.Contains (Abstract_Item (Item)); end Is_Selected; ----------------------- -- Selection_Changed -- ----------------------- procedure Selection_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Item : access Abstract_Item_Record'Class := null) is begin Abstract_Item_Emit (Self, Signal_Selection_Changed & ASCII.NUL, Abstract_Item (Item)); end Selection_Changed; -------------------------- -- On_Selection_Changed -- -------------------------- function On_Selection_Changed (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; Call : not null access procedure (Self : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Item : Abstract_Item); Slot : access GObject_Record'Class := null) return Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id is begin if Slot = null then return Object_Callback.Connect (Self, Signal_Selection_Changed, Abstract_Item_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call)); else return Object_Callback.Object_Connect (Self, Signal_Selection_Changed, Abstract_Item_Marshallers.To_Marshaller (Call), Slot); end if; end On_Selection_Changed; ------------------------- -- Set_Selection_Style -- ------------------------- procedure Set_Selection_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record; Style : Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style) is begin Self.Selection_Style := Style; end Set_Selection_Style; ------------------------- -- Get_Selection_Style -- ------------------------- function Get_Selection_Style (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record) return Gtkada.Style.Drawing_Style is begin return Self.Selection_Style; end Get_Selection_Style; -------------- -- Get_From -- -------------- function Get_From (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Abstract_Item is begin return Self.From; end Get_From; ------------ -- Get_To -- ------------ function Get_To (Self : not null access Canvas_Link_Record) return Abstract_Item is begin return Self.To; end Get_To; ------------------- -- Avoid_Overlap -- ------------------- procedure Avoid_Overlap (Self : not null access Canvas_View_Record'Class; Avoid : Boolean; Duration : Standard.Duration := 0.2) is begin Self.Avoid_Overlap := Avoid; Self.Avoid_Overlap_Duration := Duration; end Avoid_Overlap; end Gtkada.Canvas_View; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-bindings.ads0000644000076700001450000002261412533067541020077 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- This is a unit purely internal to GtkAda, to ease binding and avoid code -- duplication. -- Do not use in your own applications, since the interface might change from -- release to release. -- See also Gtkada.Types pragma Ada_2005; with Ada.Exceptions; with Glib; with Glib.Object; with Glib.Types; with Glib.Values; with Gtkada.C; with GNAT.Strings; with Interfaces.C.Strings; with System; package Gtkada.Bindings is package ICS renames Interfaces.C.Strings; generic type T is private; Null_T : T; with function "=" (T1, T2 : T) return Boolean is <>; function Generic_To_Address_Or_Null (Val : System.Address) return System.Address; -- Return either a Null_Address or a pointer to Val, depending on -- whether Val is the null value for the type. -- In all cases, Val is supposed to be an access to T. -- In Ada2012, these could be replaced with expression functions instead. function Value_And_Free (Str : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr) return String; -- Returns the value stored in Str, and free the memory occupied by Str. function Value_Allowing_Null (Str : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr) return String; -- Return the value stored in Str, and an empty string if Str is null. ------------- -- Strings -- ------------- function String_Or_Null (S : String) return ICS.chars_ptr; -- Return Null_Ptr if S is the empty string, or a newly allocated string -- otherwise. This is intended mostly for the binding itself. type chars_ptr_array_access is access ICS.chars_ptr_array (Interfaces.C.size_t); pragma Convention (C, chars_ptr_array_access); -- Suitable for a C function that returns a gchar** procedure g_strfreev (Str_Array : chars_ptr_array_access); -- Thin binding to C function of the same name. Frees a null-terminated -- array of strings, and the array itself. If called on a null value, -- simply return. function To_String_List (C : ICS.chars_ptr_array) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; -- Converts C into a String_List. Returned value must be freed by caller, -- as well as C. C is NULL terminated. function To_String_List_And_Free (C : chars_ptr_array_access) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; -- Converts C into a String_List, and frees C. -- Returned value must be freed by caller. function To_String_List (C : ICS.chars_ptr_array; N : Glib.Gint) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; -- Converts C into a String_List. N is the number of elements in C. -- Returned value must be freed by caller, as well as C. function From_String_List (C : GNAT.Strings.String_List) return ICS.chars_ptr_array; -- Converts C into a chars_ptr_array. Returned value must be freed by -- caller, as well as C. function To_Chars_Ptr (C : chars_ptr_array_access) return ICS.chars_ptr_array; -- Return a bounded array that contains the same strings as C (so you -- shouldn't free C). 'Last applies to the result, whereas it doesn't to C. ------------ -- Arrays -- ------------ -- See Gtkada.C for more information. -- The packages that are commented out are instanciated in various, -- possibly duplicated places. This is because of elaboration circularity -- issues. package Gint_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Glib.Gint, 0, Natural, Glib.Gint_Array); package Pspec_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Glib.Param_Spec, null, Natural, Glib.Param_Spec_Array); package GType_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Glib.GType, Glib.GType_None, Glib.Guint, Glib.GType_Array); function To_Gint_Array_Zero_Terminated (Arr : Gint_Arrays.Unbounded_Array_Access) return Glib.Gint_Array; -- Converts Arr, stopping at the first 0 encountered ------------- -- Signals -- ------------- type GClosure is new Glib.C_Proxy; type C_Marshaller is access procedure (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : Glib.Values.GValue; -- Will contain returned value N_Params : Glib.Guint; -- Number of entries in Params Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; Marsh_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, C_Marshaller); -- A function called directly from gtk+ when dispatching signals to -- handlers. This procedure is in charge of converting the parameters from -- the array of GValues in Params to suitable formats for calling the -- proper Ada handler given by the user. This handler is encoded in the -- user_data, which has an actual type specific to each of the generic -- packages below. -- Marsh_Data is the data passed via Set_Meta_Marshal, null otherwise. -- This is meant for internal GtkAda use only. function CClosure_New (Callback : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address) return GClosure; pragma Import (C, CClosure_New, "g_cclosure_new"); procedure Set_Marshal (Closure : GClosure; Marshaller : C_Marshaller); pragma Import (C, Set_Marshal, "g_closure_set_marshal"); procedure Set_Meta_Marshal (Closure : GClosure; Marsh_Data : System.Address; Marshaller : C_Marshaller); pragma Import (C, Set_Meta_Marshal, "g_closure_set_meta_marshal"); function Get_Data (Closure : GClosure) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Get_Data, "ada_gclosure_get_data"); function Get_Callback (C : GClosure) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Get_Callback, "ada_cclosure_get_callback"); -- Return the user handler set in the closure. This is the procedure that -- should process the signal. procedure Watch_Closure (Object : System.Address; Closure : GClosure); pragma Import (C, Watch_Closure, "g_object_watch_closure"); -- The closure will be destroyed when Object is destroyed. procedure Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect (Object : not null access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; C_Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marshaller : C_Marshaller; Handler : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address := System.Null_Address; After : Boolean := False; Slot_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class := null); procedure Unchecked_Do_Signal_Connect (Object : Glib.Types.GType_Interface; C_Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marshaller : C_Marshaller; Handler : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address := System.Null_Address; After : Boolean := False; Slot_Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class := null); -- Same as above, but this removes a number of check, like whether the -- signal exists, and whether the user has properly passed a procedure or -- function depending on the signal type. -- -- * C_Name must be NUL-terminated. procedure Set_Value (Value : Glib.Values.GValue; Val : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Set_Value, "ada_gvalue_set"); -- Function used internally to specify the value returned by a callback. -- Val will be dereferenced as appropriate, depending on the type expected -- by Value. type Exception_Handler is not null access procedure (Occurrence : Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Occurrence); procedure Set_On_Exception (Handler : Exception_Handler); -- See user documentation in Gtk.Handlers.Set_On_Exception procedure Process_Exception (E : Ada.Exceptions.Exception_Occurrence); -- Process the exception through the handler set by Set_On_Exception. -- This procedure never raises an exception. private pragma Import (C, g_strfreev, "g_strfreev"); end Gtkada.Bindings; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-models-layers.adb0000644000076700001450000001773612533067541023355 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps; with Ada.Containers.Indefinite_Doubly_Linked_Lists; with Glib.Graphs; use Glib.Graphs; with Glib.Graphs.Layouts; with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Views; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models.Layers is type Canvas_Vertex is new Vertex with record Item : Abstract_Item; View : Canvas_View; end record; type Canvas_Vertex_Access is access all Canvas_Vertex'Class; type Canvas_Edge is new Edge with record Item : Canvas_Link; end record; type Canvas_Edge_Access is access all Canvas_Edge'Class; procedure Get_Size (V : Vertex_Access; Width, Height : out Gdouble); procedure Set_Position (V : Vertex_Access; X, Y : Gdouble); package Graph_Layouts is new Glib.Graphs.Layouts (Get_Size => Get_Size, Set_Position => Set_Position); type Canvas_Dummy_Vertex is new Graph_Layouts.Base_Dummy_Vertex with record Pos : Gtkada.Style.Point; end record; -------------- -- Get_Size -- -------------- procedure Get_Size (V : Vertex_Access; Width, Height : out Gdouble) is B : constant Model_Rectangle := Canvas_Vertex_Access (V).Item.Model_Bounding_Box; begin Width := B.Width; Height := B.Height; end Get_Size; ------------------ -- Set_Position -- ------------------ procedure Set_Position (V : Vertex_Access; X, Y : Gdouble) is V2 : Canvas_Vertex_Access; begin if V.all in Canvas_Vertex'Class then V2 := Canvas_Vertex_Access (V); if V2.View /= null and then V2.Item.Position /= No_Position then Animate_Position (V2.Item, (X, Y)).Start (V2.View); else V2.Item.Set_Position ((X, Y)); end if; else Canvas_Dummy_Vertex (V.all).Pos := (X, Y); end if; end Set_Position; ------------ -- Layout -- ------------ procedure Layout (Self : not null access Canvas_Model_Record'Class; View : access Canvas_View_Record'Class := null; Horizontal : Boolean := True; Add_Waypoints : Boolean := False; Space_Between_Items : Gdouble := 10.0; Space_Between_Layers : Gdouble := 20.0) is procedure Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices (Replaced_Edge : Edge_Access; Dummies : Vertices_Array); package Layered_Layouts is new Graph_Layouts.Layered_Layouts (Dummy_Vertex => Canvas_Dummy_Vertex, Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices => Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices); type Long_Edge (Size : Natural) is record Edge : Canvas_Link; Dummies : Vertices_Array (1 .. Size); -- Set when the edge was split into smaller edges with dummy -- vertices. This is used to create the waypoints for long edges. end record; package Long_Edge_Lists is new Ada.Containers.Indefinite_Doubly_Linked_Lists (Long_Edge); use Long_Edge_Lists; Long_Edges : Long_Edge_Lists.List; ---------------------------------- -- Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices -- ---------------------------------- procedure Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices (Replaced_Edge : Edge_Access; Dummies : Vertices_Array) is E : constant Canvas_Edge_Access := Canvas_Edge_Access (Replaced_Edge); begin if Add_Waypoints then Long_Edges.Append (Long_Edge'(Size => Dummies'Length, Edge => E.Item, Dummies => Dummies)); end if; end Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices; package Items_Maps is new Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps (Key_Type => Abstract_Item, Element_Type => Vertex_Access, Hash => Gtkada.Canvas_View.Hash, Equivalent_Keys => "="); use Items_Maps; G : Graph; Items : Items_Maps.Map; procedure On_Item (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure On_Link (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure On_Item (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is V : constant Vertex_Access := new Canvas_Vertex' (Vertex with Item => Abstract_Item (It), View => Canvas_View (View)); begin Add_Vertex (G, V); Items.Include (Abstract_Item (It), V); end On_Item; procedure On_Link (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is V1, V2 : Vertex_Access; E : Canvas_Edge_Access; begin if It.all not in Canvas_Link_Record'Class then -- custom edges unsupported, since we don't know their head or -- tail return; end if; -- Ignore link-to-link if Canvas_Link (It).From.Is_Link or else Canvas_Link (It).To.Is_Link then return; end if; -- Remove existing waypoints Canvas_Link (It).Set_Waypoints ((1 .. 0 => <>)); V1 := Items.Element (Canvas_Link (It).From.Get_Toplevel_Item); V2 := Items.Element (Canvas_Link (It).To.Get_Toplevel_Item); E := new Canvas_Edge; E.Item := Canvas_Link (It); Add_Edge (G, E, V1, V2); end On_Link; C : Long_Edge_Lists.Cursor; begin Set_Directed (G, True); Self.For_Each_Item (On_Item'Access, Filter => Kind_Item); Self.For_Each_Item (On_Link'Access, Filter => Kind_Link); Layered_Layouts.Layout (G, Horizontal => Horizontal, Space_Between_Layers => Space_Between_Layers, Space_Between_Items => Space_Between_Items); if Add_Waypoints then C := Long_Edges.First; while Has_Element (C) loop declare E : constant Long_Edge := Element (C); WP : Item_Point_Array (E.Dummies'Range); begin for D in WP'Range loop WP (D) := Canvas_Dummy_Vertex (E.Dummies (D).all).Pos; end loop; E.Edge.Set_Waypoints (WP); end; Next (C); end loop; end if; Destroy (G); Self.Refresh_Layout; -- recompute the links, and refresh views end Layout; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models.Layers; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-handlers.ads0000644000076700001450000000504712533067541020103 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides the most commonly used instantiations of -- Gtk.Handlers -- -- Gate takes advantage of these pre-instantiated packages. -- -- -- Signal handling with Gtk.Handlers; pragma Elaborate_All (Gtk.Handlers); with Glib.Object; with Gtk.Widget; package Gtkada.Handlers is package Widget_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record); package Return_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record, Boolean); -- Emit_By_Name shouldn't be used, since it should really return a Gboolean package Object_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Callback (Glib.Object.GObject_Record); package Object_Return_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback (Glib.Object.GObject_Record, Boolean); end Gtkada.Handlers; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-types.ads0000644000076700001450000001651512533067541017133 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package provides an interface to the type system in Glib. These types -- provide an object-oriented framework (through inheritance and interfaces), -- as well as reference-counting, signals and properties on these types. -- -- Most of the time, you DO NOT need to use this package, only when you are -- working with the introspection capabilities of glib. -- -- See the other glib packages for more subprograms to manipulate these types. -- In particular, Glib.Properties describes the properties system, that -- provide the base for dynamic introspection. See also Glib itself, which -- contains several general subprograms, and Glib.Object that provides the -- root object for any type hierarchy based on glib. -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library with Glib.Object; with System; package Glib.Types is function Class_Peek (T : GType) return Glib.Object.GObject_Class; function Class_Ref (T : GType) return Glib.Object.GObject_Class; -- Return the class structure encapsulated in T. -- Class_Ref will create the class on-demand if it doesn't exist yet, but -- Class_Peek might return null if the class hasn't been referenced before. -- Class_Ref also increments the reference counting for the returned value procedure Class_Unref (T : GType); -- Decrement the reference counting on the associated class. When it -- reaches 0, the class may be finalized by the type system. function Depth (T : GType) return Guint; -- Returns the length of the ancestry of the passed in type. This includes -- the type itself, so that e.g. a fundamental type has depth 1. function Is_A (T : GType; Is_A_Type : GType) return Boolean; -- If Is_A_Type is a derivable type, check whether type is a descendant of -- Is_A_Type. If Is_A_Type is an interface, check whether type conforms to -- it. ---------------- -- Interfaces -- ---------------- -- Interfaces are similar, in concept, to those found in Ada 2005 or in -- Java. They define a set of subprograms that any type implementing the -- interface must also define. They are different from standard inheritance -- since no implementation of these subprograms can be provided in the -- interface itself. -- -- Whereas an object can only derive from one other object, it can -- implement any number of interfaces. -- -- Some of the standard gtk+ objects implement interfaces. In this case, -- their Ada package contains one or more functions to convert from the -- object itself to the interface, for instance: -- -- package Implements_Cell_Layout is new Glib.Types.Implements (...); -- function "+" (...) renames Implements_Cell_Layout.To_Interface; -- function "-" (...) renames Implements_Cell_Layout.To_Object; -- -- The two unary operators "+" and "-" can be used to convert to and from -- the interface, for instance calling: -- View : Gtk_Cell_View; -- Gtk.Cell_Layout.Pack_Start (+View, Cell, Expand); type GType_Interface is new System.Address; Null_Interface : constant GType_Interface; -- generic type Interface_Type is new GType_Interface; type Object_Type_Record is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Object_Type is access all Object_Type_Record'Class; package Implements is function To_Object (Interf : Interface_Type) return Object_Type; function To_Interface (Object : access Object_Type_Record'Class) return Interface_Type; -- These subprograms can be used to convert from an object to one of -- the interfaces it implements, and from an interface to the object -- itself. end Implements; -- function To_Object (Interf : GType_Interface) return Glib.Object.GObject; -- Return the object that the interface represents. This is slightly -- different from using Implements.To_Object, in the case when the object -- wasn't created through Ada. In such a case, GtkAda needs to create an -- Ada wrapper around the object, and will choose a different tagged type: -- - Implements.To_Object creates a tagged type of type Object_Type. -- - This function creates a GObject, which you cannot cast easily -- to some other tagged type afterward. -- Both behave the same when the object was created from Ada. function Interfaces (T : GType) return GType_Array; -- Return the list of interfaces implemented by objects of a given type. function Is_Interface (T : GType) return Boolean; -- Whether T represents an interface type description function Default_Interface_Peek (T : GType) return Glib.Object.Interface_Vtable; function Default_Interface_Ref (T : GType) return Glib.Object.Interface_Vtable; -- If the interface type T is currently in use, returns its default -- interface vtable. -- Default_Interface_Ref will create the default vtable for the type if the -- type is not currently in use. This is useful when you want to make sure -- that signals and properties for an interface have been installed. private Null_Interface : constant GType_Interface := GType_Interface (System.Null_Address); pragma Import (C, Depth, "g_type_depth"); pragma Import (C, Class_Peek, "g_type_class_peek"); pragma Import (C, Class_Ref, "g_type_class_ref"); pragma Import (C, Class_Unref, "g_type_class_unref"); pragma Import (C, Default_Interface_Peek, "g_type_default_interface_peek"); pragma Import (C, Default_Interface_Ref, "g_type_default_interface_ref"); end Glib.Types; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-abstract_list_model.adb0000644000076700001450000000717612533067541022305 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; package body Gtkada.Abstract_List_Model is -------------- -- Children -- -------------- function Children (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record; Parent : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter is begin if Parent = Null_Iter then declare Path : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin Gtk_New_First (Path); Iter := Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Iter (+Self, Path); Gtk.Tree_Model.Path_Free (Path); return Iter; end; end if; return Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter; end Children; --------------- -- Get_Flags -- --------------- function Get_Flags (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Tree_Model_Flags is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Tree_Model_List_Only; end Get_Flags; --------------- -- Has_Child -- --------------- function Has_Child (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean is begin if Iter = Null_Iter then return Gtk.Tree_Model.Children (+Self, (Iter)) /= Null_Iter; else return False; end if; end Has_Child; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record'Class) is begin Gtkada.Abstract_Tree_Model.Initialize (Self); end Initialize; ------------ -- Parent -- ------------ function Parent (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record; Child : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter is pragma Unreferenced (Self, Child); begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter; end Parent; end Gtkada.Abstract_List_Model; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/misc_osx.h0000644000076700001450000000524212533067542016354 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This file shows the exported method of misc_osx.m * It should be kept 100% C compliand, and not import or define any * objective-c object */ #ifndef _OSX_EVENT_HANDLER_H_ #define _OSX_EVENT_HANDLER_H_ #include #include /* * callback profile for the open_file event handler. * * files is to be freed by the user */ typedef void (*osx_open_files_cb) (GFile** files, gint n_files, gpointer user_data); /* Registers an event handler for the "open file" event raised by the * OS */ void init_osx_open_files_event_handler (osx_open_files_cb callback, gpointer user_data); /* Allows the fullscreen mode for window */ void ada_gtk_osx_allow_fullscreen (GtkWindow *window); #endif gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-generic_properties.adb0000644000076700001450000002463712533067541021642 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Unchecked_Conversion; with System; use System; -- Can't with because of elaboration order issues -- with Glib.Properties; package body Glib.Generic_Properties is type Byte is range 0 .. 255; for Byte'Size use 8; function C_Enum_Value_Size return Natural; pragma Import (C, C_Enum_Value_Size, "ada_c_enum_value_size"); type C_Enum_Value is array (1 .. C_Enum_Value_Size) of Byte; pragma Pack (C_Enum_Value); type Enum_Value_Array is array (Guint range <>) of C_Enum_Value; type Enum_Value_Array_Access is access all Enum_Value_Array; procedure C_Create_Enum_Value (Value : Gint; Name, Nick : System.Address; Enum : out C_Enum_Value); pragma Import (C, C_Create_Enum_Value, "ada_genum_create_enum_value"); -- The strings Name and Nick are duplicated. function C_Register_Static (Name : String; Static_Values : System.Address) return GType; pragma Import (C, C_Register_Static, "g_enum_register_static"); ---------------------------------- -- Generic_Enumeration_Property -- ---------------------------------- package body Generic_Enumeration_Property is function Conv is new Unchecked_Conversion (Enumeration, Gint); -- Note: this will raise a warning at compilation-time if no -- representation clause has been defined for Enumeration. As -- documented, Set_Property will not work anyway, so a warning -- is even a good thing! -------------- -- Get_Type -- -------------- function Get_Type return GType is Arr : Enum_Value_Array_Access; -- The memory for Arr is voluntarily not freed, since we need -- to use if at any time in the life of the GtkAda application. J : Guint := 1; begin if The_Type /= GType_Invalid then return The_Type; end if; Arr := new Enum_Value_Array (1 .. Enumeration'Pos (Enumeration'Last) + 2); for E in Enumeration'Range loop declare S : aliased String := Enumeration'Image (E) & ASCII.NUL; begin C_Create_Enum_Value (Conv (E), S'Address, S'Address, Arr (J)); end; J := J + 1; end loop; C_Create_Enum_Value (0, System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address, Arr (Arr'Last)); The_Type := C_Register_Static (Name & ASCII.NUL, Arr.all'Address); return The_Type; end Get_Type; --------------- -- Gnew_Enum -- --------------- function Gnew_Enum (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Enumeration := Enumeration'First; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Enum_Type : GType; Default : Enumeration; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_enum"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Enum_Type => Get_Type, Default => Default, Flags => Flags); end Gnew_Enum; -------------- -- Set_Enum -- -------------- procedure Set_Enum (Value : in out GValue; Enum : Enumeration) is procedure Internal (Value : in out GValue; Enum : Enumeration); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_set_enum"); begin Init (Value, Get_Type); Internal (Value, Enum); end Set_Enum; end Generic_Enumeration_Property; ---------------------------------------- -- Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property -- ---------------------------------------- package body Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property is ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RO) return Discrete_Type is procedure Get (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : out Gulong); pragma Import (C, Get, "ada_g_object_get_ulong"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Discrete_Type is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Gulong, Discrete_Type); pragma Warnings (On); Ret : Gulong; begin Get (Get_Object (Object), Property (Name), Ret); return To_Discrete_Type (Ret); end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property) return Discrete_Type is begin return Get_Property (Object, Property_RO (Name)); end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property; Value : Discrete_Type) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property; Value : Gulong); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_set_ulong"); pragma Warnings (Off); function To_Gulong is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Discrete_Type, Gulong); pragma Warnings (On); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name, To_Gulong (Value)); end Set_Property; end Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property; ------------------------------------- -- Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property -- ------------------------------------- package body Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property is type Boxed_Access is access all Boxed_Type; function Conv is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Boxed_Access); --------------- -- Set_Value -- --------------- procedure Set_Value (Value : out Glib.Values.GValue; Val : Boxed_Type) is V : constant System.Address := To_Address (Val, Val'Address); begin -- Do not do an actual copy with gdk_color_copy, or -- pango_font_description_copy: it is in fact done -- automatically by gdk, when it defines (in gdkcolor.c) the type as -- g_boxed_type_register_static -- ("GdkColor",(GBoxedCopyFunc)gdk_color_copy, -- (GBoxedFreeFunc)gdk_color_free); Init (Value, Get_Type); Set_Boxed (Value, V); end Set_Value; --------------- -- Get_Value -- --------------- function Get_Value (Value : Glib.Values.GValue) return Boxed_Type is Boxed : constant Boxed_Access := Conv (Get_Boxed (Value)); begin if Boxed = null then raise Unset_Value; else return Boxed.all; end if; end Get_Value; ------------------ -- Set_Property -- ------------------ procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property; Value : Boxed_Type) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : String; Value : in out GValue); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_set_property"); -- Internal function to set the properties (can't use the one from -- glib.properties because of elaboration order issues Val : GValue; begin Set_Value (Value => Val, Val => Value); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property_Name (Name) & ASCII.NUL, Val); Unset (Val); end Set_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property) return Boxed_Type is begin return Get_Property (Object, Property_RO (Name)); end Get_Property; ------------------ -- Get_Property -- ------------------ function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_RO) return Boxed_Type is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : Property_RO; Value : in out GValue); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_get_property"); Value : GValue; Result : Boxed_Type; begin Init (Value, Get_Type); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Name, Value); Result := Get_Value (Value); Unset (Value); return Result; end Get_Property; end Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property; end Glib.Generic_Properties; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-main.adb0000644000076700001450000002410212533067541016661 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; package body Glib.Main is function Low_Level_Source_Func (Func : G_Source_Func) return Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Low_Level_Source_Func); -- Low-level wrapper around G_Source_Func, which can be called directly -- from C. Func is the Ada function that this wraps. function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (G_Source_Func, System.Address); ----------------------- -- Find_Source_By_Id -- ----------------------- function Find_Source_By_Id (Id : G_Source_Id; Context : G_Main_Context := null) return G_Source is function Internal (Context : G_Main_Context; Id : G_Source_Id) return G_Source; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_main_context_find_source_by_id"); begin return Internal (Context, Id); end Find_Source_By_Id; --------------------------- -- Low_Level_Source_Func -- --------------------------- function Low_Level_Source_Func (Func : G_Source_Func) return Gboolean is begin if Func = null then return Boolean'Pos (False); else return Boolean'Pos (Func.all); end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Low_Level_Source_Func; -------------- -- Idle_Add -- -------------- function Idle_Add (Func : G_Source_Func) return G_Source_Id is function Internal (Func : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return G_Source_Id; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_idle_add"); begin return Internal (Low_Level_Source_Func'Address, To_Address (Func)); end Idle_Add; ----------------- -- Timeout_Add -- ----------------- function Timeout_Add (Interval : Guint; Func : G_Source_Func) return G_Source_Id is function Internal (Interval : Guint; Func : System.Address; Data : System.Address) return G_Source_Id; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_timeout_add"); begin return Internal (Interval, Low_Level_Source_Func'Address, To_Address (Func)); end Timeout_Add; --------------------- -- Generic_Sources -- --------------------- package body Generic_Sources is type Data_Type_Access is access Data_Type; type Cb_Record is record Func : G_Source_Func; Notify : Destroy_Notify; Data : Data_Type_Access; end record; type Cb_Record_Access is access Cb_Record; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Cb_Record_Access); function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Cb_Record_Access, System.Address); ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free_Data (D : System.Address) is procedure Internal is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Cb_Record, Cb_Record_Access); procedure Internal2 is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Data_Type, Data_Type_Access); Data : Cb_Record_Access := Convert (D); begin if Data.Notify /= null then Data.Notify (Data.Data.all); end if; Internal2 (Data.Data); Internal (Data); end Free_Data; ---------------- -- General_Cb -- ---------------- function General_Cb (D : System.Address) return Gint is Data : constant Cb_Record_Access := Convert (D); begin return Boolean'Pos (Data.Func (Data.Data.all)); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end General_Cb; -------------- -- Idle_Add -- -------------- function Idle_Add (Func : G_Source_Func; Data : Data_Type; Priority : G_Priority := Priority_Default_Idle; Notify : Destroy_Notify := null) return G_Source_Id is function Internal (Priority : G_Priority; Func : System.Address; Data : System.Address; Notify : System.Address) return G_Source_Id; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_idle_add_full"); D : constant Cb_Record_Access := new Cb_Record' (Func => Func, Notify => Notify, Data => new Data_Type'(Data)); begin return Internal (Priority, General_Cb'Address, Convert (D), Free_Data'Address); end Idle_Add; ----------------- -- Timeout_Add -- ----------------- function Timeout_Add (Interval : Guint; Func : G_Source_Func; Data : Data_Type; Priority : G_Priority := Priority_Default; Notify : Destroy_Notify := null) return G_Source_Id is function Internal (Priority : G_Priority; Interval : Guint; Func : System.Address; Data : System.Address; Notify : System.Address) return G_Source_Id; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_timeout_add_full"); D : constant Cb_Record_Access := new Cb_Record' (Func => Func, Notify => Notify, Data => new Data_Type'(Data)); begin return Internal (Priority, Interval, General_Cb'Address, Convert (D), Free_Data'Address); end Timeout_Add; ------------------ -- Set_Callback -- ------------------ procedure Set_Callback (Source : G_Source; Func : G_Source_Func; Data : Data_Type; Notify : Destroy_Notify := null) is procedure Internal (Source : G_Source; Func : System.Address; Data : System.Address; Notify : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_source_set_callback"); D : constant Cb_Record_Access := new Cb_Record' (Func => Func, Notify => Notify, Data => new Data_Type'(Data)); begin Internal (Source, General_Cb'Address, Convert (D), Free_Data'Address); end Set_Callback; end Generic_Sources; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ function Remove (Id : G_Source_Id) return Boolean is function Internal (Id : G_Source_Id) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_source_remove"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Id)); end Remove; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (Id : G_Source_Id) is Tmp : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin Tmp := Remove (Id); end Remove; ---------------------- -- Default_Dispatch -- ---------------------- function Default_Dispatch (Source : G_Source; Cb : G_Source_Func_User_Data; Data : System.Address) return Gboolean is pragma Unreferenced (Source); begin if Cb /= null then return Cb (Data); else -- No callback set => No need to call this g_source again, even. return 0; end if; end Default_Dispatch; ------------- -- Acquire -- ------------- function Acquire (Context : G_Main_Context) return Boolean is function Internal (Context : G_Main_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_main_context_acquire"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Context)); end Acquire; -------------- -- Is_Owner -- -------------- function Is_Owner (Context : G_Main_Context) return Boolean is function Internal (Context : G_Main_Context) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_main_context_is_owner"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Context)); end Is_Owner; --------------------- -- Set_Can_Recurse -- --------------------- procedure Set_Can_Recurse (Source : G_Source; Can_Recurse : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Source : G_Source; Can_Recurse : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_source_set_can_recurse"); begin Internal (Source, Boolean'Pos (Can_Recurse)); end Set_Can_Recurse; --------------------- -- Get_Can_Recurse -- --------------------- function Get_Can_Recurse (Source : G_Source) return Boolean is function Internal (Source : G_Source) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_source_get_can_recurse"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Source)); end Get_Can_Recurse; end Glib.Main; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-module.ads0000644000076700001450000000777712533067541017266 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package provides wrapper code for dynamic module loading -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library package Glib.Module is pragma Preelaborate; type Module_Flags is mod 2 ** 32; Module_Bind_Lazy : constant Module_Flags := 2 ** 0; Module_Bind_Mask : constant Module_Flags := 16#1#; type G_Module is new C_Proxy; function Module_Supported return Boolean; -- Return True if dynamic module loading is supported function Module_Open (File_Name : String; Flags : Module_Flags := Module_Bind_Lazy) return G_Module; -- Open a module `file_name' and return handle, which is null on error. function Module_Close (Module : G_Module) return Boolean; -- Close a previously opened module, return True on success. procedure Module_Make_Resident (Module : G_Module); -- Make a module resident so Module_Close on it will be ignored function Module_Error return String; -- Query the last module error as a string generic type Pointer is private; -- This is typically a pointer to procedure/function. procedure Generic_Module_Symbol (Module : G_Module; Symbol_Name : String; Symbol : out Pointer; Success : out Boolean); -- Retrieve a symbol pointer from `module'. -- Success is set to True on success. function Module_Name (Module : G_Module) return String; -- Retrieve the file name from an existing module function Module_Build_Path (Directory : String; Module_Name : String) return String; -- Build the actual file name containing a module. -- `directory' is the directory where the module file is supposed to be, or -- the null string in which case it should either be in the current -- directory or, on some operating systems, in some standard place, for -- instance on the PATH. Hence, to be absolutely sure to get the correct -- module, always pass in a directory. The file name consists of the -- directory, if supplied, and `module_name' suitably decorated accoring to -- the operating system's conventions (for instance lib*.so or *.dll). -- -- No checks are made that the file exists, or is of correct type. private pragma Import (C, Module_Make_Resident, "g_module_make_resident"); end Glib.Module; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-models.adb0000644000076700001450000001755512533067541022057 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models is package body Rtree_Models is procedure On_Layout_Changed (Model : not null access GObject_Record'Class); -- Called when the layout in the model has changed, to refresh the tree ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Rtree_Model) is begin Self := new Rtree_Model_Record; Rtree_Models.Initialize (Self); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record'Class) is Id : Handler_Id; pragma Unreferenced (Id); begin Gtkada.Canvas_View.Initialize (Self); Id := Self.On_Layout_Changed (On_Layout_Changed'Access); end Initialize; -------------------- -- Refresh_Layout -- -------------------- overriding procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Send_Signal : Boolean := True) is begin -- Clear the trees, since the inherited refresh_layout will -- call for_each_item, and this would not behave correctly -- when Refresh_Layout is called just after removing items from -- the underlying model. Self.Items_Tree.Clear; Self.Links_Tree.Clear; Canvas_Model_Record (Self.all).Refresh_Layout (Send_Signal); end Refresh_Layout; ----------------------- -- On_Layout_Changed -- ----------------------- procedure On_Layout_Changed (Model : not null access GObject_Record'Class) is Self : constant Rtree_Model := Rtree_Model (Model); procedure On_Item (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure On_Item (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin if It.Is_Link then Self.Links_Tree.Insert (It); else Self.Items_Tree.Insert (It); end if; end On_Item; begin Self.Items_Tree.Clear; Self.Links_Tree.Clear; Base_Model_Record (Self.all).Refresh_Layout -- inherited (Send_Signal => False); Self.For_Each_Item (On_Item'Access, In_Area => No_Rectangle); end On_Layout_Changed; ------------------- -- For_Each_Item -- ------------------- overriding procedure For_Each_Item (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); Selected_Only : Boolean := False; Filter : Item_Kind_Filter := Kind_Any; In_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle) is procedure Local (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); procedure Local (It : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is begin if not Selected_Only or else Self.Is_Selected (It) then Callback (It); end if; end Local; begin if In_Area = No_Rectangle or else Self.Items_Tree.Is_Empty then -- use the base model: this is faster, and more importantly needed -- in Refresh_Layout, when the tree has not been filled yet. Base_Model_Record (Self.all).For_Each_Item (Callback, Selected_Only, Filter, In_Area); else case Filter is when Kind_Any => Self.Items_Tree.For_Each_Object (Local'Access, In_Area); Self.Links_Tree.For_Each_Object (Local'Access, In_Area); when Kind_Item => Self.Items_Tree.For_Each_Object (Local'Access, In_Area); when Kind_Link => Self.Links_Tree.For_Each_Object (Local'Access, In_Area); end case; end if; end For_Each_Item; ------------------ -- Bounding_Box -- ------------------ overriding function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Margin : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) return Model_Rectangle is ItB : Model_Rectangle := Self.Items_Tree.Bounding_Box; ItL : constant Model_Rectangle := Self.Links_Tree.Bounding_Box; begin Union (ItB, ItL); if ItB.Width = 0.0 then return ItB; -- null record else return (ItB.X - Margin, ItB.Y - Margin, ItB.Width + 2.0 * Margin, ItB.Height + 2.0 * Margin); end if; end Bounding_Box; ---------------------- -- Toplevel_Item_At -- ---------------------- overriding function Toplevel_Item_At (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item is use Items_Lists; R : constant Model_Rectangle := (X => Point.X, Y => Point.Y, Width => 1.0, Height => 1.0); -- Compute the list of items whose bounding box contains Point. -- We will need to filter this list by checking the actual item -- border. Items : Items_Lists.List; C : Items_Lists.Cursor; It : Abstract_Item; begin -- Drawing uses the same results, but from First to Last. Here we -- look from last to first Items := Self.Items_Tree.Find (R); C := Items.Last; while Has_Element (C) loop It := Element (C); if It.Contains (Model_To_Item (It, Point), Context) then return It; end if; Previous (C); end loop; Items := Self.Links_Tree.Find (R); C := Items.Last; while Has_Element (C) loop It := Element (C); if It.Contains (Model_To_Item (It, Point), Context) then return It; end if; Previous (C); end loop; return null; end Toplevel_Item_At; end Rtree_Models; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/check_all0000755000076700001450000000037612533067131016207 0ustar gnatmailgnat#!/bin/sh gtk_dir=`gtk-config --prefix`include/gtk/ for file in gtk*.adb; do c_file=`echo $file | sed -e 's/\.ad[sb]$/.h/' -e 's/[_-]//g'` echo "Comparing $gtk_dir$c_file and $file" ./generate.pl -l $gtk_dir$c_file $file echo "" done gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-pdf.ads0000644000076700001450000000542712533067541016720 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package Cairo.PDF is function Create (Filename : String; Width_In_Points : Gdouble; Height_In_Points : Gdouble) return Cairo_Surface; -- Creates a PDF surface of the specified size in points to be written to -- filename. -- -- filename : -- a filename for the PDF output (must be writable), NULL may be used to -- specify no output. This will generate a PDF surface that may be queried -- and used as a source, without generating a temporary file. -- width_in_points: -- width of the surface, in points (1 point == 1/72.0 inch) -- height_in_points: -- height of the surface, in points (1 point == 1/72.0 inch) -- Returns: -- a pointer to the newly created surface. The caller owns the surface and -- should call cairo_surface_destroy() when done with it. This function -- always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a pointer to a "nil" -- surface if an error such as out of memory occurs. You can use -- cairo_surface_status() to check for this. -- -- Since 1.2 end Cairo.PDF; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-messages.ads0000644000076700001450000001042312533067541017566 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package provides low level routines for enabling, disabling -- and modifying the way log messages are handled in glib/gdk/gtk. -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library package Glib.Messages is pragma Preelaborate; type Log_Level_Flags is mod 2 ** 32; -- log levels and flags. --------------- -- log flags -- --------------- Log_Flag_Recursion : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 0; Log_Flag_Fatal : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 1; ---------------- -- log levels -- ---------------- Log_Level_Error : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 2; -- always fatal Log_Level_Critical : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 3; Log_Level_Warning : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 4; Log_Level_Message : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 5; Log_Level_Info : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 6; Log_Level_Debug : constant Log_Level_Flags := 2 ** 7; Log_Level_Mask : constant Log_Level_Flags := not (Log_Flag_Recursion or Log_Flag_Fatal); Log_Fatal_Mask : constant Log_Level_Flags := Log_Flag_Recursion or Log_Level_Error; -- log levels that are considered fatal by default type Log_Function is access procedure (Log_Domain : String; Log_Level : Log_Level_Flags; Message : UTF8_String); type Log_Handler_Id is new Guint; -- Logging mechanism function Log_Set_Handler (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Log_Func : Log_Function) return Log_Handler_Id; -- Set a log function for the given log levels, and return its id. procedure Log_Remove_Handler (Log_Domain : String; Handler_Id : Log_Handler_Id); -- Unset a given handler. procedure Log_Default_Handler (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Message : UTF8_String); -- The default log handler. -- Can be called e.g. within a user defined log handler. procedure Log (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Message : UTF8_String); -- Log a message through the glib logging facility. function Log_Set_Fatal_Mask (Log_Domain : String; Fatal_Mask : Log_Level_Flags) return Log_Level_Flags; -- Set the level at which messages are considered fatal for a given domain. function Log_Set_Always_Fatal (Fatal_Mask : Log_Level_Flags) return Log_Level_Flags; -- Set the level at which messages are considered fatal for any domain. private pragma Import (C, Log_Set_Always_Fatal, "g_log_set_always_fatal"); end Glib.Messages; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-mdi-close_button.adb0000644000076700001450000003200712533067541021525 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Numerics; use Ada.Numerics; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Glib; use Glib; separate (Gtkada.MDI) package body Close_Button is function On_Draw (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context) return Boolean; -- draws the close button upon "draw" event procedure Rounded_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo_Context; X, Y, W, H : Gdouble; Radius : Gdouble); -- Draws a rounded rectangle at coordinate X, Y with W and H size. procedure Cross (Cr : Cairo_Context; W, Size, Thin : Gdouble); -- Draws a cross centered on W / 2.0 of current size and thin. function On_Tab_Enter (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; function On_Tab_Leave (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; function On_Enter (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; function On_Leave (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; function On_Mouse_Pressed (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; function On_Mouse_Released (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; procedure Invalidate (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Invalidates the whole widget for queing a redraw ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Button : out Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button; Tab : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Position : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type; In_Titlebar : Boolean) is begin Button := new Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button_Record; Gtk.Event_Box.Initialize (Button); Get_Style_Context (Button).Add_Class ("mdiCloseButton"); Set_Visible_Window (Button, False); Button.Child := MDI_Child (Child); Button.Pressed := False; Button.Over := False; Button.Tab_Over := False; Button.In_Titlebar := In_Titlebar; Button.Position := Position; -- In the titlebar, we can go up to 16px as this is the size of the -- pixmaps, but we lower this size to 14px to be able to draw the extra -- border for the hilight. -- In the tab, we keep it smaller, as space is limited there. if In_Titlebar then Button.Default_Size := 12; else Button.Default_Size := 11; end if; Button.Set_Size_Request (Button.Default_Size, Button.Default_Size); Set_Events (Button, Get_Events (Button) or Pointer_Motion_Mask or Button_Press_Mask or Button_Release_Mask or Enter_Notify_Mask or Leave_Notify_Mask); Return_Callback.Connect (Button, Signal_Draw, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Draw'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Button, Signal_Enter_Notify_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Enter'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Button, Signal_Leave_Notify_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Leave'Access)); Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Tab, Signal_Enter_Notify_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Tab_Enter'Access), Slot_Object => Button); Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Tab, Signal_Leave_Notify_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Tab_Leave'Access), Slot_Object => Button); Return_Callback.Connect (Button, Signal_Button_Press_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Mouse_Pressed'Access)); Return_Callback.Connect (Button, Signal_Button_Release_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Mouse_Released'Access)); end Gtk_New; ------------- -- On_Draw -- ------------- function On_Draw (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Cr : Cairo_Context) return Boolean is Button : constant Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button := Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget); Width : Gint; Height : Gint; dW : Gdouble; dX, dY : Gdouble; Base : Gdk_RGBA; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; Ctx : Gtk_Style_Context; begin if not Button.In_Titlebar and then not Button.Tab_Over and then not Button.Over then return False; end if; if Button.Get_Realized then Button.Get_Allocation (Alloc); Width := Alloc.Width; Height := Alloc.Height; dW := Gdouble (Button.Default_Size); -- Make sure the button fits in the allocated space if dW > Gdouble (Width) then dW := Gdouble (Width) - 2.0; end if; if dW > Gdouble (Height) then dW := Gdouble (Height) - 2.0; end if; Cairo.Save (Cr); case Button.Position is when Pos_Top | Pos_Bottom => -- Align to right and center vertically + 1px offset to -- align with text baseline dX := Gdouble (Width - Gint (dW)); dY := Gdouble ((Height - Gint (dW)) / 2) + 1.0; when Pos_Left => -- Align to top and center horizontally + 1px offset to -- align with text baseline dX := Gdouble ((Width - Gint (dW)) / 2) + 1.0; dY := 0.0; when Pos_Right => -- Align to bottom and center horizontally - 1px offset to -- align with text baseline dX := Gdouble ((Width - Gint (dW)) / 2) - 1.0; dY := Gdouble (Height - Gint (dW)); end case; Cairo.Translate (Cr, dX, dY); Cairo.Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0); -- Retrieve the parent's actual background color for a nice -- transparency effect Ctx := Get_Style_Context (Button.Child); Ctx.Get_Color (Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, Base); -- Shade the color according to the button's state if Button.Pressed or else Button.Over then Base.Alpha := 1.0; else Base.Alpha := 0.4; end if; -- Now actually draw the button -- Fill the base color Cairo.Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, Base.Red, Base.Green, Base.Blue, Base.Alpha); -- And draw the cross Cross (Cr, dW, dW - 4.0, 1.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); -- Draw a very thin border around the cross Cairo.Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, Base.Red, Base.Green, Base.Blue, 0.2); Rounded_Rectangle (Cr, 0.5, 0.5, dW - 1.0, dW - 1.0, 2.5); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); end if; return False; end On_Draw; ----------------------- -- Rounded_Rectangle -- ----------------------- procedure Rounded_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo_Context; X, Y, W, H : Gdouble; Radius : Gdouble) is begin Cairo.Move_To (Cr, X + Radius, Y); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X + W - Radius, Y + Radius, Radius, Pi * 1.5, Pi * 2.0); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X + W - Radius, Y + H - Radius, Radius, 0.0, Pi * 0.5); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X + Radius, Y + H - Radius, Radius, Pi * 0.5, Pi); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X + Radius, Y + Radius, Radius, Pi, Pi * 1.5); end Rounded_Rectangle; ----------- -- Cross -- ----------- procedure Cross (Cr : Cairo_Context; W, Size, Thin : Gdouble) is Matrix : aliased Cairo_Matrix; begin Cairo.Get_Matrix (Cr, Matrix'Access); -- We follow the cross's dots in the following order: -- -- 10+--+9 -- 11| |8 -- 12 +--+ +--+ 7 -- | | -- 1 +--+ +--+ 6 -- 2| |5 -- 3+--+4 -- -- <--> -- Thin -- -- <--------> -- Size Cairo.Translate (Cr, W / 2.0, W / 2.0); Cairo.Rotate (Cr, Pi * 0.25); Cairo.Move_To (Cr, -Size / 2.0, -Thin / 2.0); -- 1 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, -Thin / 2.0, -Thin / 2.0); -- 2 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, -Thin / 2.0, -Size / 2.0); -- 3 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Thin / 2.0, -Size / 2.0); -- 4 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Thin / 2.0, -Thin / 2.0); -- 5 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Size / 2.0, -Thin / 2.0); -- 6 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Size / 2.0, Thin / 2.0); -- 7 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Thin / 2.0, Thin / 2.0); -- 8 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, Thin / 2.0, Size / 2.0); -- 9 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, -Thin / 2.0, Size / 2.0); -- 10 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, -Thin / 2.0, Thin / 2.0); -- 11 Cairo.Line_To (Cr, -Size / 2.0, Thin / 2.0); -- 12 Cairo.Close_Path (Cr); -- Restore the transformation matrix Cairo.Set_Matrix (Cr, Matrix'Access); end Cross; ---------------- -- Invalidate -- ---------------- procedure Invalidate (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin if Widget.Get_Realized then Widget.Get_Allocation (Alloc); Invalidate_Rect (Gtk.Widget.Get_Window (Widget), Alloc, False); Queue_Draw (Widget); end if; end Invalidate; ------------------ -- On_Tab_Enter -- ------------------ function On_Tab_Enter (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget).Tab_Over := True; Invalidate (Widget); return False; end On_Tab_Enter; ------------------ -- On_Tab_Leave -- ------------------ function On_Tab_Leave (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget).Tab_Over := False; return On_Leave (Widget); end On_Tab_Leave; -------------- -- On_Enter -- -------------- function On_Enter (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget).Over := True; Invalidate (Widget); return False; end On_Enter; -------------- -- On_Leave -- -------------- function On_Leave (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget).Over := False; Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget).Pressed := False; Invalidate (Widget); return False; end On_Leave; ---------------------- -- On_Mouse_Pressed -- ---------------------- function On_Mouse_Pressed (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Button : constant Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button := Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget); begin if Event.Button.Button = 1 and then Button.Over then Button.Pressed := True; Invalidate (Widget); return True; end if; return False; end On_Mouse_Pressed; ----------------------- -- On_Mouse_Released -- ----------------------- function On_Mouse_Released (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is Button : constant Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button := Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button (Widget); begin if Button.Pressed and then Event.Button.Button = 1 then Close_Child (Button.Child); return True; end if; return False; end On_Mouse_Released; end Close_Button; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-graphs.ads0000644000076700001450000003777512533067541017266 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- General implementation for a graph. -- This provides a representation for a graph structure, with nodes (vertices) -- connected by links (edges). -- It is not intended for huges, highly-connected graphs, since there are -- several lists provided for efficient access to ancestor and children nodes. -- -- Glib, the general-purpose library package Glib.Graphs is type Graph is private; type Vertex is tagged private; type Edge is tagged private; type Vertex_Access is access all Vertex'Class; type Edge_Access is access all Edge'Class; -- General access types to vertices and edges type Vertex_Iterator is private; type Edge_Iterator is private; -- Iterators other the vertices and edges of the graph Null_Vertex_Iterator : constant Vertex_Iterator; Null_Edge_Iterator : constant Edge_Iterator; type Vertices_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Vertex_Access; type Edges_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Edge_Access; Min_Vertex_Index : constant := 0; -- indexes for vertices go from Min_Vertex_Index .. Max_Index (Graph) ----------------------- -- Modifying a graph -- ----------------------- procedure Set_Directed (G : in out Graph; Directed : Boolean); -- Indicate whether the graph is oriented. function Is_Directed (G : Graph) return Boolean; -- Return True if the graph is oriented procedure Add_Vertex (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class); -- Add a new vertex to the graph procedure Add_Edge (G : in out Graph; E : access Edge'Class; Source, Dest : access Vertex'Class); procedure Add_Edge (G : in out Graph; Source, Dest : access Vertex'Class); -- Add a new edge to the graph. -- The edge is allocated automatically if needed procedure Destroy (E : in out Edge) is null; -- Destroy the memory occupied by the edge. This doesn't remove the edge -- from the graph. You should override this subprogram for the specific -- edge type you are using. -- This subprogram shouldn't (and in fact can't) free E itself. procedure Destroy (V : in out Vertex) is null; -- Destroy the memory occupied by the vertex. This doesn't remove the -- vertex from the graph. This subprogram must be overriden. -- This subprogram shouldn't (and in fact can't) free V itself. procedure Destroy (G : in out Graph); -- Destroy all the nodes and edges of the graph, and then free the memory -- occupied by the graph itself procedure Clear (G : in out Graph); -- Remove all the nodes and edges of the graph. procedure Remove (G : in out Graph; E : access Edge'Class); -- Remove the edge from the graph. The primitive -- subprogram Destroy is called for the edge. -- Any iterator currently pointing to E becomes invalid procedure Remove (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class); -- Remove the vertex from the graph. -- Destroy is called for the vertex. -- Note that all the edges to or from the vertex are destroyed (see -- Remove above). -- Any iterator currently pointing to V becomes invalid function Is_Acyclic (G : Graph) return Boolean; -- Return True if G contains no cycle. Note that this requires a -- depth-first search, the running time is thus -- O (edges + vertices). -- G must be oriented function Get_Src (E : access Edge) return Vertex_Access; function Get_Dest (E : access Edge) return Vertex_Access; -- Return the source and destination for a given edge function In_Degree (G : Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) return Natural; function Out_Degree (G : Graph; V : access Vertex'Class) return Natural; -- Return the number of edges ending on V, or starting from V. procedure Move_To_Front (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class); -- Move V to the front of the list of vertices in the graph, so that the -- iterators will return this item first. -- All iterators become obsolete. procedure Move_To_Back (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class); -- Move V to the back of the list of vertices in the graph, so that the -- iterators will return this item last. -- All iterators become obsolete. function Get_Index (V : access Vertex) return Natural; -- Return the uniq index associated with the vertex. Each vertex has a -- different index from Min_Vertex_Index to Max_Index (Graph) function Max_Index (G : Graph) return Natural; -- Return the maximum index used for vertices in the graph. -------------------------- -- Breadth First Search -- -------------------------- -- This search algorithm traverse the tree layer after layer (first the -- nodes closer to the specified root, then the grand-children of this -- root, and so on). type Breadth_Record is record Vertex : Vertex_Access; Distance : Natural; Predecessor : Vertex_Access; end record; -- Distance is the shortest distance from the root of the breadth-first -- search to Vertex. The graph is considered as unweighted. Thus, Distance -- is 1 for direct children of Root, 2 for grand-children,... -- Predecessor is the parent of Vertex used when computing the distance. type Breadth_Vertices_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Breadth_Record; function Breadth_First_Search (G : Graph; Root : access Vertex'Class) return Breadth_Vertices_Array; -- Traverse the tree Breadth_First, and sort the nodes accordingly. -- The returned list is sorted so that all nodes at a distance k from Root -- are found before the nodes at a distance (k+1). -- The running time is O(vertices + edges). ------------------------ -- Depth First Search -- ------------------------ -- This algorithm traverse the tree in depth, ie all the descendents of the -- first child are found before the second child. -- This algorithm has several properties: it can indicate whether the graph -- is cyclic. Moreover, the subgraph formed by all the nodes and the edges -- between a vertex and its predecessor (see the structure Depth_Record) is -- a tree. -- If the graph is acyclic, then the resulting array is sorted -- topologically: if G contains an edge (u, v), then u appears before v. -- -- The running time for this algorithm is O(vertices + edges) type Depth_Record is record Vertex : Vertex_Access; First_Discovered, End_Search : Natural; Predecessor : Vertex_Access; Edge : Edge_Access; end record; -- First_Discovered and End_Search are the two timestamps computed during -- the search. The former is the time Vertex was first discovered. The -- latter is the time when all the children of vertex were fully -- processed. -- Predecessor is the parent of Vertex. type Depth_Vertices_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Depth_Record; type Reverse_Edge_Callback is access procedure (G : Graph; Edge : Edge_Access); -- Callback called when the two ends of the edge should be reverted, so as -- to make the graph acyclick procedure Revert_Edge (G : Graph; E : Edge_Access); -- Revert the two ends of Edge. This is meant to be used as a callback for -- Depth_First_Search so as to make the graph acyclic. function Depth_First_Search (G : Graph) return Depth_Vertices_Array; -- Traverse the tree Depth_First. function Depth_First_Search (G : Graph; Acyclic : access Boolean; Reverse_Edge_Cb : Reverse_Edge_Callback := null; Force_Undirected : Boolean := False) return Depth_Vertices_Array; -- Same as above, but Acyclic is also modified to indicate whether G is -- acyclic. -- If Reverse_Edge_Cb is not null, then it is called to reverse the ends of -- selected edges, so that the final graph is acyclic. Note that you *must* -- revert the ends, or there will be an infinite loop. You might also want -- to mark the edge as reverted somehow, so as to draw the arrows on the -- correct side, if your application is graphical. -- -- If Reverse_Edge_Cb is null, no edge is reverted, and the graph is -- unmodified. -- -- If Force_Undirected is True, then a directed graph is temporarily -- considered as undirected, and reverse edges will be returned. In this -- case, Reverse_Edge_Cb will never be called (and the graph never -- considered as acyclic). ----------------------------------- -- Strongly connected components -- ----------------------------------- -- Strongly connected components in a directed graph are the maximal set of -- vertices such that for every pair {u, v} of vertices in the set, there -- exist a path from u to v and a path from v to u. -- Two vertices are in different strongly connected components if there -- exist at most one of these paths. type Connected_Component; type Connected_Component_List is access Connected_Component; type Connected_Component (Num_Vertices : Natural) is record Vertices : Vertices_Array (1 .. Num_Vertices); Next : Connected_Component_List; end record; procedure Free (List : in out Connected_Component_List); -- Free the list of strongly connected components function Strongly_Connected_Components (G : Graph) return Connected_Component_List; -- Return the list of strongly connected components. -- This is a linear time algorithm O(vertices + edges). function Strongly_Connected_Components (G : Graph; DFS : Depth_Vertices_Array) return Connected_Component_List; -- Same as above, but a depth-first search has already been run on G, and -- we reuse the result. This is of course more efficient than the previous -- function. ---------------------------- -- Minimum spanning trees -- ---------------------------- -- A minimum spanning tree is a subset of the edges of G that forms a -- tree (acyclic) and connects all the vertices of G. -- Note that the number of edges in the resulting tree is always -- (number of vertices of G) - 1 function Kruskal (G : Graph) return Edges_Array; -- Return a minimum spanning tree of G using Kruskal's algorithm. -- This algorithm runs in O(E * log E), with E = number of edges. --------------------- -- Vertex iterator -- --------------------- function First (G : Graph) return Vertex_Iterator; -- Return a pointer to the first vertex. procedure Next (V : in out Vertex_Iterator); -- Moves V to the next vertex in the graph. function At_End (V : Vertex_Iterator) return Boolean; -- Return True if V points after the last vertex function Get (V : Vertex_Iterator) return Vertex_Access; -- Get the vertex pointed to by V ------------------- -- Edge iterator -- ------------------- function First (G : Graph; Src, Dest : Vertex_Access := null; Directed : Boolean := True) return Edge_Iterator; -- Return a pointer to the first edge from Src to Dest. -- If either Src or Dest is null, then any vertex matches. Thus, if both -- parameters are nulll, this iterator will traverse the whole graph. -- Note: there might be duplicates returned by this iterator, especially -- when the graph is not oriented. -- Directed can be used to temporarily overrides the setting in the graph: -- If Directed is True, the setting of G is taken into account. -- If Directed is False, the setting of G is ignored, and the graph is -- considered as not directed. procedure Next (E : in out Edge_Iterator); -- Moves V to the next edge in the graph. function At_End (E : Edge_Iterator) return Boolean; -- Return True if V points after the last edge function Get (E : Edge_Iterator) return Edge_Access; -- Get the edge pointed to by E. function Repeat_Count (E : Edge_Iterator) return Positive; -- Return the number of similar edges (same ends) that were found before, -- and including this one). -- For instance, if there two edges from A to B, then the first one will -- have a Repeat_Count of 1, and the second 2. private -- Note: we do not use a generic list, since that would require a separate -- package so that we can instanciate it in this package. Doesn't seem -- worth adding this to GtkAda. Nor does it seem interesting to use -- Glib.Glist. type Edge_List_Record; type Edge_List is access Edge_List_Record; type Edge_List_Record is record E : Edge_Access; Next : Edge_List; end record; procedure Add (List : in out Edge_List; E : access Edge'Class); -- Add a new element to List. -- Edges are inserted in the list so that edges with similar ends are next -- to each other. procedure Remove (List : in out Edge_List; E : access Edge'Class); -- Remove an element from List function Length (List : Edge_List) return Natural; -- Return the number of elements in the list type Vertex_List_Record; type Vertex_List is access Vertex_List_Record; type Vertex_List_Record is record V : Vertex_Access; Next : Vertex_List; end record; type Graph is record Vertices : Vertex_List; Num_Vertices : Natural := 0; Directed : Boolean := False; Last_Vertex_Index : Natural := Min_Vertex_Index; end record; procedure Add (List : in out Vertex_List; V : access Vertex'Class); procedure Internal_Remove (G : in out Graph; V : access Vertex'Class); type Edge is tagged record Src, Dest : Vertex_Access; end record; type Vertex is tagged record Index : Natural; -- Internal unique index for the vertex In_Edges, Out_Edges : Edge_List; end record; type Vertex_Iterator is new Vertex_List; type Edge_Iterator is record Directed : Boolean; Src, Dest : Vertex_Access; Current_Edge : Edge_List; Current_Vertex : Vertex_List; First_Pass : Boolean; Repeat_Count : Positive := 1; end record; Null_Vertex_Iterator : constant Vertex_Iterator := null; Null_Edge_Iterator : constant Edge_Iterator := (Directed => False, Src => null, Dest => null, Current_Edge => null, Current_Vertex => null, First_Pass => True, Repeat_Count => 1); pragma Inline (Get_Index); pragma Inline (Max_Index); end Glib.Graphs; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-pattern.ads0000644000076700001450000006453512533067541017631 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- A Cairo_Pattern is the paintbrush with which cairo draws. The primary use -- of patterns is as the source for all cairo drawing operations. -- -- A cairo pattern is created by using one of the many constructors, of the -- form Cairo_Pattern.Create_ or implicitly through -- Cairo.Set_Source_ subprograms. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo with System; package Cairo.Pattern is -------------------------------- -- Pattern creation functions -- -------------------------------- -- Cairo_Pattern_Type is used to describe the type of a given pattern. -- -- The type of a pattern is determined by the function used to create -- it. The Cairo.Pattern.Create_Rgb and Cairo.Pattern.Create_Rgba -- functions create Solid patterns. The remaining -- Cairo.Pattern.Create_<> functions map to pattern types in obvious -- ways. -- -- The pattern type can be queried with Cairo.Pattern.Get_Type -- -- Most Cairo_Pattern functions can be called with a pattern of any type, -- (though trying to change the extend or filter for a solid pattern will -- have no effect). A notable exception is Cairo.Pattern.Add_Color_Stop_Rgb -- and Cairo.Pattern.Add_Color_Stop_Rgba which must only be called with -- gradient patterns (either Linear or Radial). Otherwise the pattern will -- be shutdown and put into an error state. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. -- -- Since: 1.2 type Cairo_Pattern_Type is (Cairo_Pattern_Type_Solid, -- The pattern is a solid (uniform) color. It may be opaque or -- translucent. Cairo_Pattern_Type_Surface, -- The pattern is a based on a surface (an image). Cairo_Pattern_Type_Linear, -- The pattern is a linear gradient. Cairo_Pattern_Type_Radial -- The pattern is a radial gradient. ); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Pattern_Type); -- Cairo_extend is used to describe how pattern color/alpha will be -- determined for areas "outside" the pattern's natural area, (for -- example, outside the surface bounds or outside the gradient -- geometry). -- -- The default extend mode is CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE for surface patterns -- and CAIRO_EXTEND_PAD for gradient patterns. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. type Cairo_Extend is (Cairo_Extend_None, -- Pixels outside of the source pattern are fully transparent Cairo_Extend_Repeat, -- The pattern is tiled by repeating Cairo_Extend_Reflect, -- The pattern is tiled by reflecting at the edges (Implemented for -- surface patterns since 1.6) Cairo_Extend_Pad -- Pixels outside of the pattern copy -- the closest pixel from the source (Since 1.2; but only -- implemented for surface patterns since 1.6) ); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Extend); -- Cairo_filter is used to indicate what filtering should be -- applied when reading pixel values from patterns. See -- Cairo.Pattern.Set_Source for indicating the desired filter to be -- used with a particular pattern. type Cairo_Filter is (Cairo_Filter_Fast, -- A high-performance filter, with quality similar to -- Cairo_Filter_Nearest Cairo_Filter_Good, -- A reasonable-performance filter, with quality similar to -- Cairo_Filter_Bilinear Cairo_Filter_Best, -- The highest-quality available, performance may -- not be suitable for interactive use. Cairo_Filter_Nearest, -- Nearest-neighbor filtering Cairo_Filter_Bilinear, -- Linear interpolation in two dimensions Cairo_Filter_Gaussian -- This filter value is currently unimplemented, and should not be used -- in current code. ); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Filter); function Create_Rgb (Red : Gdouble; Green : Gdouble; Blue : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; -- Red: Red component of the color -- Green: Green component of the color -- Blue: Blue component of the color -- -- Creates a new Cairo_Pattern corresponding to an opaque color. The -- color components are floating point numbers in the range 0 to 1. -- If the values passed in are outside that range, they will be -- clamped. -- -- Return value: the newly created Cairo_Pattern if successful, or -- an error pattern in case of no memory. The caller owns the -- returned object and should call Cairo.Pattern.Destroy when -- finished with it. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but if an error -- occurred the pattern status will be set to an error. To inspect -- the status of a pattern use Cairo.Pattern.Status. function Create_Rgba (Red : Gdouble; Green : Gdouble; Blue : Gdouble; Alpha : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; -- Red: Red component of the color -- Green: Green component of the color -- Blue: Blue component of the color -- Alpha: Alpha component of the color -- -- Creates a new Cairo_Pattern corresponding to a translucent color. -- The color components are floating point numbers in the range 0 to -- 1. If the values passed in are outside that range, they will be -- clamped. -- -- Return value: the newly created Cairo_Pattern if successful, or -- an error pattern in case of no memory. The caller owns the -- returned object and should call Cairo.Pattern.Destroy when -- finished with it. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but if an error -- occurred the pattern status will be set to an error. To inspect -- the status of a pattern use Cairo.Pattern.Status. function Create_For_Surface (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Pattern; -- Surface: the Surface -- -- Create a new Cairo_Pattern for the given surface. -- -- Return value: the newly created Cairo_Pattern if successful, or -- an error pattern in case of no memory. The caller owns the -- returned object and should call Cairo.Pattern.Destroy when -- finished with it. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but if an error -- occurred the pattern status will be set to an error. To inspect -- the status of a pattern use Cairo.Pattern.Status. function Create_Linear (X0 : Gdouble; Y0 : Gdouble; X1 : Gdouble; Y1 : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; -- X0: x coordinate of the start point -- Y0: y coordinate of the start point -- X1: x coordinate of the end point -- Y1: y coordinate of the end point -- -- Create a new linear gradient Cairo_Pattern along the line defined -- by (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1). Before using the gradient pattern, a -- number of color stops should be defined using -- Cairo.Pattern.Add_Color_Stop_Rgb or -- Cairo.Pattern.Add_Color_Stop_Rgba. -- -- Note: The coordinates here are in pattern space. For a new pattern, -- pattern space is identical to user space, but the relationship -- between the spaces can be changed with Cairo.Pattern.Set_Matrix. -- -- Return value: the newly created Cairo_Pattern if successful, or -- an error pattern in case of no memory. The caller owns the -- returned object and should call Cairo.Pattern.Destroy when -- finished with it. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but if an error -- occurred the pattern status will be set to an error. To inspect -- the status of a pattern use Cairo.Pattern.Status. function Create_Radial (Cx0 : Gdouble; Cy0 : Gdouble; Radius0 : Gdouble; Cx1 : Gdouble; Cy1 : Gdouble; Radius1 : Gdouble) return Cairo_Pattern; -- Cx0: X coordinate for the center of the start circle -- Cy0: Y coordinate for the center of the start circle -- Radius0: radius of the start circle -- Cx1: X coordinate for the center of the end circle -- Cy1: Y coordinate for the center of the end circle -- Radius1: radius of the end circle -- -- Creates a new radial gradient Cairo_Pattern between the two circles -- defined by (Cx0, Cy0, Radius0) and (Cx1, Cy1, Radius1). Before using the -- gradient pattern, a number of color stops should be defined using -- Cairo.Pattern.Add_Color_Stop_Rgb or Cairo.Pattern.Add_Color_Stop_Rgba. -- -- Note: The coordinates here are in pattern space. For a new pattern, -- pattern space is identical to user space, but the relationship -- between the spaces can be changed with Cairo.Pattern.Set_Matrix. -- -- Return value: the newly created Cairo_Pattern if successful, or -- an error pattern in case of no memory. The caller owns the -- returned object and should call Cairo.Pattern.Destroy when -- finished with it. -- -- This function will always return a valid pointer, but if an error -- occurred the pattern status will be set to an error. To inspect -- the status of a pattern use Cairo.Pattern.Status. function Reference (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern) return Cairo_Pattern; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- Increases the reference count on pattern by one. This prevents -- pattern from being destroyed until a matching call to -- Cairo.Pattern.Destroy is made. -- -- The number of references to a Cairo_Pattern can be get using -- Cairo.Pattern.Get_Reference_Count. -- -- Return value: the referenced Cairo_Pattern. procedure Destroy (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern); -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- Decreases the reference count on pattern by one. If the result is -- zero, then pattern and all associated resources are freed. See -- Cairo.Pattern.Reference. function Get_Reference_Count (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern) return Guint; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- Returns the current reference count of pattern. -- -- Return value: the current reference count of pattern. If the -- object is a nil object, 0 will be returned. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Status (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- Checks whether an error has previously occurred for this -- pattern. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, Cairo_Status_No_Memory, or -- Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch. function Get_User_Data (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key) return System.Address; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Key: the address of the Cairo_User_Data_Key the user data was -- attached to -- -- Return user data previously attached to pattern using the -- specified key. If no user data has been attached with the given -- key this function returns System.Null_Address. -- -- Return value: the user data previously attached or System.Null_Address. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Set_User_Data (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Key : access Cairo_User_Data_Key; User_Data : System.Address; Destroy : Cairo_Destroy_Func) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Key: the address of a Cairo_User_Data_Key to attach the user data to -- User_Data: the user data to attach to the Cairo_Pattern -- Destroy: a Cairo_Destroy_Func which will be called when the -- Cairo_Context is destroyed or when new user data is attached using the -- same key. -- -- Attach user data to pattern. To remove user data from a surface, -- call this function with the key that was used to set it and Null_Address -- for data. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success or Cairo_Status_No_Memory if a -- slot could not be allocated for the user data. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Get_Type (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern) return Cairo_Pattern_Type; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- This function returns the type a pattern. -- See Cairo_Pattern_Type for available types. -- -- Return value: The type of pattern. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Add_Color_Stop_Rgb (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Offset : Gdouble; Red : Gdouble; Green : Gdouble; Blue : Gdouble); -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Offset: an Offset in the range [0.0 .. 1.0] -- Red: Red component of color -- Green: Green component of color -- Blue: Blue component of color -- -- Adds an opaque color stop to a gradient pattern. The offset -- specifies the location along the gradient's control vector. For -- example, a linear gradient's control vector is from (X0,Y0) to -- (X1,Y1) while a radial gradient's control vector is from any point -- on the start circle to the corresponding point on the end circle. -- -- The color is specified in the same way as in Cairo.Set_Source_Rgb. -- -- If two (or more) stops are specified with identical offset values, -- they will be sorted according to the order in which the stops are -- added, (stops added earlier will compare less than stops added -- later). This can be useful for reliably making sharp color -- transitions instead of the typical blend. -- -- -- Note: If the pattern is not a gradient pattern, (eg. a linear or -- radial pattern), then the pattern will be put into an error status -- with a status of Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch. procedure Add_Color_Stop_Rgba (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Offset : Gdouble; Red : Gdouble; Green : Gdouble; Blue : Gdouble; Alpha : Gdouble); -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Offset: an Offset in the range [0.0 .. 1.0] -- Red: Red component of color -- Green: Green component of color -- Blue: Blue component of color -- Alpha: Alpha component of color -- -- Adds a translucent color stop to a gradient pattern. The offset -- specifies the location along the gradient's control vector. For -- example, a linear gradient's control vector is from (x0,y0) to -- (x1,y1) while a radial gradient's control vector is from any point -- on the start circle to the corresponding point on the end circle. -- -- The color is specified in the same way as in Cairo_Set_Source_Rgba. -- -- If two (or more) stops are specified with identical offset values, -- they will be sorted according to the order in which the stops are -- added, (stops added earlier will compare less than stops added -- later). This can be useful for reliably making sharp color -- transitions instead of the typical blend. -- -- Note: If the pattern is not a gradient pattern, (eg. a linear or -- radial pattern), then the pattern will be put into an error status -- with a status of Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch. procedure Set_Matrix (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Matrix: a Cairo_Matrix -- -- Sets the pattern's transformation matrix to matrix. This matrix is -- a transformation from user space to pattern space. -- -- When a pattern is first created it always has the identity matrix -- for its transformation matrix, which means that pattern space is -- initially identical to user space. -- -- Important: Please note that the direction of this transformation -- matrix is from user space to pattern space. This means that if you -- imagine the flow from a pattern to user space (and on to device -- space), then coordinates in that flow will be transformed by the -- inverse of the pattern matrix. -- -- For example, if you want to make a pattern appear twice as large as -- it does by default the correct code to use is: -- -- Cairo.Matrix.Init_Scale (Matrix, 0.5, 0.5); -- Cairo.Pattern.Set_Matrix (Pattern, Matrix); -- -- Meanwhile, using values of 2.0 rather than 0.5 in the code above -- would cause the pattern to appear at half of its default size. -- -- Also, please note the discussion of the user-space locking -- semantics of Cairo_Set_Source. procedure Get_Matrix (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Matrix: return value for the Matrix -- -- Stores the pattern's transformation matrix into matrix. procedure Set_Extend (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Extend : Cairo_Extend); -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Extend: a Cairo_Extend describing how the area outside of the -- pattern will be drawn -- -- Sets the mode to be used for drawing outside the area of a pattern. -- See Cairo_Extend for details on the semantics of each extend -- strategy. -- -- The default extend mode is Cairo_Extend_None for surface patterns -- and Cairo_Extend_PAd for gradient patterns. function Get_Extend (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern) return Cairo_Extend; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- Gets the current extend mode for a pattern. See Cairo_Extend -- for details on the semantics of each extend strategy. -- -- Return value: the current extend strategy used for drawing the -- pattern. procedure Set_Filter (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Filter : Cairo_Filter); -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Filter: a Cairo_Filter describing the Filter to use for resizing -- the pattern -- -- Sets the filter to be used for resizing when using this pattern. -- See Cairo_Filter for details on each filter. -- -- Note that you might want to control filtering even when you do not -- have an explicit Cairo_Pattern object, (for example when using -- Cairo_Set_Source_Surface). In these cases, it is convenient to -- use Cairo_Get_Source to get access to the pattern that cairo -- creates implicitly. For example: -- -- Cairo_Set_Source_Surface (Cr, Image, X, Y); -- Cairo.Pattern.Set_Filter (Cairo_Get_Source (Cr), Cairo_Filter_Nearest); function Get_Filter (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern) return Cairo_Filter; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- -- Gets the current filter for a pattern. See Cairo_Filter -- for details on each filter. -- -- Return value: the current filter used for resizing the pattern. function Get_Rgba (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Red : access Gdouble; Green : access Gdouble; Blue : access Gdouble; Alpha : access Gdouble) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Red: return value for Red component of color, or null -- Green: return value for Green component of color, or null -- Blue: return value for Blue component of color, or null -- Alpha: return value for Alpha component of color, or null -- -- Gets the solid color for a solid color pattern. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, or -- Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch if the pattern is not a solid -- color pattern. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Get_Surface (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Surface: return value for Surface of pattern, or null -- -- Gets the surface of a surface pattern. The reference returned in -- surface is owned by the pattern; the caller should call -- Cairo.Surface.Reference if the surface is to be retained. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, or -- Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch if the pattern is not a surface -- pattern. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Get_Color_Stop_Rgba (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Index : Gint; Offset : access Gdouble; Red : access Gdouble; Green : access Gdouble; Blue : access Gdouble; Alpha : access Gdouble) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Index: Index of the stop to return data for -- Offset: return value for the Offset of the stop, or null -- Red: return value for Red component of color, or null -- Green: return value for Green component of color, or null -- Blue: return value for Blue component of color, or null -- Alpha: return value for Alpha component of color, or null -- -- Gets the color and offset information at the given index for a -- gradient pattern. Values of index are 0 to 1 less than the number -- returned by Cairo.Pattern.Get_Color_Stop_Count. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, or Cairo_Status_Invalid_Index -- if index is not valid for the given pattern. If the pattern is -- not a gradient pattern, Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch is -- returned. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Get_Color_Stop_Count (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; Count : access Gint) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- Count: return value for the number of color stops, or NULL -- -- Gets the number of color stops specified in the given gradient -- pattern. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, or -- Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch if pattern is not a gradient -- pattern. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Get_Linear_Points (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; X0 : access Gdouble; Y0 : access Gdouble; X1 : access Gdouble; Y1 : access Gdouble) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- X0: return value for the x coordinate of the first point, or null -- Y0: return value for the y coordinate of the first point, or null -- X1: return value for the x coordinate of the second point, or null -- Y1: return value for the y coordinate of the second point, or null -- -- Gets the gradient endpoints for a linear gradient. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, or -- Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch if pattern is not a linear -- gradient pattern. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Get_Radial_Circles (Pattern : Cairo_Pattern; X0 : access Gdouble; Y0 : access Gdouble; R0 : access Gdouble; X1 : access Gdouble; Y1 : access Gdouble; R1 : access Gdouble) return Cairo_Status; -- Pattern: a Cairo_Pattern -- X0: return value for the x coordinate of the center of the first -- circle, or null -- Y0: return value for the y coordinate of the center of the first -- circle, or null -- R0: return value for the radius of the first circle, or null -- X1: return value for the x coordinate of the center of the second -- circle, or null -- Y1: return value for the y coordinate of the center of the second -- circle, or null -- R1: return value for the radius of the second circle, or null -- -- Gets the gradient endpoint circles for a radial gradient, each -- specified as a center coordinate and a radius. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success, or -- Cairo_Status_Pattern_Type_Mismatch if pattern is not a radial -- gradient pattern. -- -- Since: 1.4 private pragma Import (C, Create_Rgb, "cairo_pattern_create_rgb"); pragma Import (C, Create_Rgba, "cairo_pattern_create_rgba"); pragma Import (C, Create_For_Surface, "cairo_pattern_create_for_surface"); pragma Import (C, Create_Linear, "cairo_pattern_create_linear"); pragma Import (C, Create_Radial, "cairo_pattern_create_radial"); pragma Import (C, Reference, "cairo_pattern_reference"); pragma Import (C, Destroy, "cairo_pattern_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Get_Reference_Count, "cairo_pattern_get_reference_count"); pragma Import (C, Status, "cairo_pattern_status"); pragma Import (C, Get_User_Data, "cairo_pattern_get_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Set_User_Data, "cairo_pattern_set_user_data"); pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "cairo_pattern_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Add_Color_Stop_Rgb, "cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgb"); pragma Import (C, Add_Color_Stop_Rgba, "cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba"); pragma Import (C, Set_Matrix, "cairo_pattern_set_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Get_Matrix, "cairo_pattern_get_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Set_Extend, "cairo_pattern_set_extend"); pragma Import (C, Get_Extend, "cairo_pattern_get_extend"); pragma Import (C, Set_Filter, "cairo_pattern_set_filter"); pragma Import (C, Get_Filter, "cairo_pattern_get_filter"); pragma Import (C, Get_Rgba, "cairo_pattern_get_rgba"); pragma Import (C, Get_Surface, "cairo_pattern_get_surface"); pragma Import (C, Get_Color_Stop_Rgba, "cairo_pattern_get_color_stop_rgba"); pragma Import (C, Get_Color_Stop_Count, "cairo_pattern_get_color_stop_count"); pragma Import (C, Get_Linear_Points, "cairo_pattern_get_linear_points"); pragma Import (C, Get_Radial_Circles, "cairo_pattern_get_radial_circles"); end Cairo.Pattern; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-models.ads0000644000076700001450000001072612533067541022071 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Various support utilities for the models with Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees; use Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees; package Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models is ------------ -- Rtrees -- ------------ -- A wrapper around another model, which provides efficient geospatial -- queries, like finding the smaller enclosing rectangle for all the -- items, or all the items within a given region. -- The items are stored in the base model, and the Rtree model adds -- an extra data structure on top of it to speed up the queries. -- When new items are added to the model, Refresh_Layout *must* be -- called to refresh the internal cache (but this should always be done -- in any case to refresh the display of links for instance). -- -- Wrapping a model in a Rtree means that the speed of displaying the -- canvas (and more importantly scrolling it) now depends on the number -- of items on the screen, not the total number of items in the model). -- As a result, it is possible to have models with hundreds of -- thousands of items. generic type Base_Model_Record is new Canvas_Model_Record with private; -- The underlying implementation of the model (which for instance -- provides support for Add and Remove), and for which the Rtree -- is used as a wrapper. package Rtree_Models is type Rtree_Model_Record is new Base_Model_Record with private; type Rtree_Model is access all Rtree_Model_Record'Class; procedure Gtk_New (Self : out Rtree_Model); procedure Initialize (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record'Class); -- Create a new Rtree model. overriding procedure For_Each_Item (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); Selected_Only : Boolean := False; Filter : Item_Kind_Filter := Kind_Any; In_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle); overriding function Bounding_Box (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Margin : Model_Coordinate := 0.0) return Model_Rectangle; overriding function Toplevel_Item_At (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Point : Model_Point; Context : Draw_Context) return Abstract_Item; overriding procedure Refresh_Layout (Self : not null access Rtree_Model_Record; Send_Signal : Boolean := True); private type Rtree_Model_Record is new Base_Model_Record with record Items_Tree, Links_Tree : Rtree (Min_Children => Default_Min_Children, Max_Children => Default_Max_Children); end record; end Rtree_Models; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Models; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-region.adb0000644000076700001450000000533412533067541017406 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo.Region is ----------- -- Equal -- ----------- function "=" (A, B : Cairo_Region) return Boolean is function Internal (A, B : Cairo_Region) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_region_equal"); begin return Internal (A, B) /= 0; end "="; -------------- -- Is_Empty -- -------------- function Is_Empty (Region : Cairo_Region) return Boolean is function Internal (Region : Cairo_Region) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_region_is_empty"); begin return Internal (Region) /= 0; end Is_Empty; -------------------- -- Contains_Point -- -------------------- function Contains_Point (Region : Cairo_Region; X : Gint; Y : Gint) return Boolean is function Internal (R : Cairo_Region; X, Y : Gint) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "cairo_region_contains_point"); begin return Internal (Region, X, Y) /= 0; end Contains_Point; end Cairo.Region; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-canvas_view-rtrees.adb0000644000076700001450000004055712533067541022076 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists; with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; package body Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees is package Box_Lists is new Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists (Box_Access); function Choose_Leaf_Node (Self : Rtree; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return Box_Access; -- Choose the best node to insert Rect into, starting at the root. -- It never returns a leaf node, only a node that accepts children. function Least_Enlargement (Nodes : Box_Array; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return not null Box_Access; -- Returns the node from Nodes that would require the least enlargement to -- contain Rect. procedure Linear_Pick_Seeds (Width, Height : Gdouble; Nodes : Box_Array; Node1, Node2 : out Box_Access); -- Select, among the children of a box (Nodes), the two that are less -- likely to be in the same parent after a split. This uses the linear -- search proposed in the original paper on R-Trees. -- Width and Height are the total dimensions of the box. procedure Internal_Find (Self : Rtree; Rect : Model_Rectangle; Callback : not null access procedure (Node : Box_Access)); -- Calls Callback for each item in the given area. procedure Add_Child (Self : Box_Access; Child : Box_Access); -- Add a new child. This doesn't update the bounding boxes or ensures that -- the number of children is kept below the threshold. procedure Recompute_Bounding_Box (Self : Box_Access); -- Recompute the tightest bounding box for all children of Self. --------------- -- Add_Child -- --------------- procedure Add_Child (Self : Box_Access; Child : Box_Access) is begin for C in Self.Children'Range loop if Self.Children (C) = null then Self.Children (C) := Child; Child.Parent := Self; return; end if; end loop; end Add_Child; ---------------------------- -- Recompute_Bounding_Box -- ---------------------------- procedure Recompute_Bounding_Box (Self : Box_Access) is C : Box_Access; P : Box_Access := Self; begin while P /= null loop C := P.Children (P.Children'First); if C = null then P.Rect := (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); else P.Rect := C.Rect; for Child in P.Children'First + 1 .. P.Children'Last loop C := P.Children (Child); exit when C = null; Union (P.Rect, C.Rect); end loop; end if; P := P.Parent; end loop; end Recompute_Bounding_Box; ----------------------- -- Least_Enlargement -- ----------------------- function Least_Enlargement (Nodes : Box_Array; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return not null Box_Access is Best_Choice : Box_Access; Best_Choice_Enlarge : Gdouble := Gdouble'Last; Ltree : Box_Access; New_Width, New_Height, Enlarge, Old_Ratio : Gdouble; begin for C in Nodes'Range loop Ltree := Nodes (C); exit when Ltree = null; Old_Ratio := Ltree.Rect.Width * Ltree.Rect.Height; New_Width := Gdouble'Max (Ltree.Rect.X + Ltree.Rect.Width, Rect.X + Rect.Width) - Gdouble'Min (Ltree.Rect.X, Rect.X); New_Height := Gdouble'Max (Ltree.Rect.Y + Ltree.Rect.Height, Rect.Y + Rect.Height) - Gdouble'Min (Ltree.Rect.Y, Rect.Y); Enlarge := abs (New_Width * New_Height - Old_Ratio); if Enlarge < Best_Choice_Enlarge then Best_Choice := Ltree; Best_Choice_Enlarge := Enlarge; end if; end loop; return Best_Choice; end Least_Enlargement; ---------------------- -- Choose_Leaf_Node -- ---------------------- function Choose_Leaf_Node (Self : Rtree; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return Box_Access is Best_Choice : Box_Access := Self.Root; C : Box_Access; begin -- Stop when we can go no further down in the tree (nodes below are -- leaves) loop C := Best_Choice.Children (Best_Choice.Children'First); exit when C = null or else C.Object /= null; Best_Choice := Least_Enlargement (Best_Choice.Children, Rect); end loop; return Best_Choice; end Choose_Leaf_Node; ----------------------- -- Linear_Pick_Seeds -- ----------------------- procedure Linear_Pick_Seeds (Width, Height : Gdouble; Nodes : Box_Array; Node1, Node2 : out Box_Access) is -- Find extreme rectangles along all dimensions. -- Along each dimensions, find the entry whose rectangle has the -- highest low side, and the one with the lowest high-side. Record -- the separations. X_High : Box_Access := Nodes (Nodes'First); -- highest low x X_Low : Box_Access := X_High; Highest_Low_X : Gdouble := X_Low.Rect.X; Lowest_High_X : Gdouble := X_High.Rect.X + X_High.Rect.Width; Y_High : Box_Access := Nodes (Nodes'First); -- highest low y Y_Low : Box_Access := Y_High; Highest_Low_Y : Gdouble := Y_Low.Rect.Y; Lowest_High_Y : Gdouble := Y_High.Rect.Y + Y_High.Rect.Height; N : Box_Access; Candidate_X, Candidate_Y : Gdouble; begin for C in Nodes'First + 1 .. Nodes'Last loop N := Nodes (C); exit when N = null; if N.Rect.X >= Highest_Low_X then X_Low := N; Highest_Low_X := N.Rect.X; elsif N.Rect.X + N.Rect.Width <= Lowest_High_X then X_High := N; Lowest_High_X := N.Rect.X + N.Rect.Width; end if; if N.Rect.Y >= Highest_Low_Y then Y_Low := N; Highest_Low_Y := N.Rect.Y; elsif N.Rect.Y + N.Rect.Height <= Lowest_High_Y then Y_High := N; Lowest_High_Y := N.Rect.Y + N.Rect.Height; end if; end loop; -- Adjust the shape of the rectangle cluster -- Normalize the separations by dividing by the width of the entire -- set along the corresponding dimensions. Candidate_X := abs (Lowest_High_X - Highest_Low_X) / Width; Candidate_Y := abs (Lowest_High_Y - Highest_Low_Y) / Height; -- Select the most extreme pair (the pair with the greatest normalized -- separation along any dimensions) if Candidate_X > Candidate_Y and then X_Low /= X_High then Node1 := X_Low; Node2 := X_High; elsif Y_Low /= Y_High then Node1 := Y_Low; Node2 := Y_High; else -- One node encapsulates all the others. Node1 := X_Low; for C in Nodes'Range loop if Nodes (C) /= Node1 then Node2 := Nodes (C); exit; end if; end loop; end if; end Linear_Pick_Seeds; ------------------- -- Internal_Find -- ------------------- procedure Internal_Find (Self : Rtree; Rect : Model_Rectangle; Callback : not null access procedure (Node : Box_Access)) is use Box_Lists; To_Analyze : Box_Lists.List; Current, C : Box_Access; begin -- The implementation is non-recursive to improve efficiency if Self.Root /= null then To_Analyze.Append (Box_Access'(Self.Root)); while not To_Analyze.Is_Empty loop Current := To_Analyze.First_Element; To_Analyze.Delete_First; for Child in Current.Children'Range loop C := Current.Children (Child); exit when C = null; if Rect = No_Rectangle or else Intersects (Rect, C.Rect) then if C.Object /= null then Callback (C); else To_Analyze.Append (C); end if; end if; end loop; end loop; end if; end Internal_Find; ---------- -- Find -- ---------- function Find (Self : Rtree; Rect : Model_Rectangle) return Items_Lists.List is use Items_Lists; Results : Items_Lists.List; procedure Append (Node : Box_Access); procedure Append (Node : Box_Access) is begin Results.Append (Node.Object); end Append; begin Internal_Find (Self, Rect, Append'Access); return Results; end Find; ------------ -- Insert -- ------------ procedure Insert (Self : in out Rtree; Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class) is Child : constant Box_Access := new Box' (Max_Children_Plus_1 => 0, Rect => Item.Model_Bounding_Box, Object => Abstract_Item (Item), others => <>); Parent, P, P2 : Box_Access; N1, N2 : Box_Access; New_Parent : Box_Access; Old_Root : Box_Access; begin if Self.Root = null then Self.Root := new Box' (Max_Children_Plus_1 => Self.Max_Children + 1, others => <>); end if; if Self.Root.Children (Self.Root.Children'First) = null then -- Initial insertion in an empty tree Add_Child (Self.Root, Child); Recompute_Bounding_Box (Self.Root); else -- Compute the best node to insert the new child. The returned node -- has leaves as children (i.e. they don't themselves contain nodes) Parent := Choose_Leaf_Node (Self, Child.Rect); Add_Child (Parent, Child); -- Walk up the tree and resize the bounding boxes as needed P := Parent; while P /= null loop Union (P.Rect, Child.Rect); P := P.Parent; end loop; -- Now split the nodes as needed when they are full: starting with -- the new parent A, we check if it has too many children. If yes, -- its parent will have one more child B. The children of A are then -- shared between A and B, where the algorithm tries to minimize the -- area of both A and B. -- Parent might now have too many children as well, so we go up the -- tree and normalize the nodes (we might eventually have to create -- a new root). This ensures a balanced tree. P := Parent; while P /= null and then P.Children (P.Children'Last) /= null loop Linear_Pick_Seeds (Width => P.Rect.Width, Height => P.Rect.Height, Nodes => P.Children, Node1 => N1, Node2 => N2); New_Parent := new Box' (Max_Children_Plus_1 => Self.Max_Children + 1, Rect => N2.Rect, others => <>); Add_Child (New_Parent, N2); declare Nodes : constant Box_Array := P.Children; begin P.Children := (1 => N1, others => null); P.Rect := N1.Rect; for C in Nodes'Range loop exit when Nodes (C) = null; if Nodes (C) /= N1 and then Nodes (C) /= N2 then P2 := Least_Enlargement ((P, New_Parent), Nodes (C).Rect); Add_Child (P2, Nodes (C)); Union (P2.Rect, Nodes (C).Rect); end if; end loop; end; -- If we are splitting the root node, we need to create a new -- root if P.Parent = null then Old_Root := Self.Root; Self.Root := new Box' (Max_Children_Plus_1 => Self.Max_Children + 1, Rect => Old_Root.Rect, others => <>); Add_Child (Self.Root, Old_Root); Add_Child (Self.Root, New_Parent); Union (Self.Root.Rect, New_Parent.Rect); else Add_Child (P.Parent, New_Parent); end if; P := P.Parent; end loop; end if; end Insert; ----------- -- Clear -- ----------- procedure Clear (Self : in out Rtree) is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Box'Class, Box_Access); procedure Recurse (B : in out Box_Access); procedure Recurse (B : in out Box_Access) is begin for C in B.Children'Range loop exit when B.Children (C) = null; Recurse (B.Children (C)); end loop; Unchecked_Free (B); end Recurse; begin if Self.Root /= null then Recurse (Self.Root); end if; end Clear; -------------- -- Is_Empty -- -------------- function Is_Empty (Self : Rtree) return Boolean is begin return Self.Root = null; end Is_Empty; ---------------- -- Dump_Debug -- ---------------- procedure Dump_Debug (Self : Rtree) is procedure Internal (B : Box_Access; Prefix : String); procedure Internal (B : Box_Access; Prefix : String) is begin if B.Object /= null then Put_Line (Prefix & "[leaf " & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.X) & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.Y) & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.Width) & 'x' & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.Height) & ']'); else Put_Line (Prefix & "[" & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.X) & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.Y) & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.Width) & 'x' & Gdouble'Image (B.Rect.Height)); for C in B.Children'Range loop exit when B.Children (C) = null; Internal (B.Children (C), Prefix & " "); end loop; Put_Line (Prefix & "]"); end if; end Internal; begin if Self.Root /= null then Internal (Self.Root, ""); end if; end Dump_Debug; ------------------ -- Bounding_Box -- ------------------ function Bounding_Box (Self : Rtree) return Model_Rectangle is begin if Self.Root = null then return (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0); else return Self.Root.Rect; end if; end Bounding_Box; --------------------- -- For_Each_Object -- --------------------- procedure For_Each_Object (Self : Rtree; Callback : not null access procedure (Item : not null access Abstract_Item_Record'Class); In_Area : Model_Rectangle := No_Rectangle) is procedure Append (Node : Box_Access); pragma Inline (Append); procedure Append (Node : Box_Access) is begin Callback (Node.Object); end Append; begin Internal_Find (Self, In_Area, Append'Access); end For_Each_Object; end Gtkada.Canvas_View.Rtrees; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-values.ads0000644000076700001450000002601512533067541017262 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This package provides an interface to generic values as used in the -- Glib object model. -- -- The main type in this package is GValues, which is the -- equivalent of the C's (GValue*) array, i.e an array of unions. This -- package provides functions to extract the values from this type. -- -- 1.3.15 -- Glib, the general-purpose library with System; with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Glib.Object; package Glib.Values is -- Do not create automatic documentation for this package type GValue is private; -- A generic value that can hold any of the types as provided in the -- Set and Get functions below. type GValues is private; -- This type represents a table of values. Each argument of the -- table can be of any type. -- The index of the first element is always 1. type C_GValues is new System.Address; -- An array of GValues type GValue_Array is array (Gint range <>) of GValue; function Make_Values (Nb : Guint) return GValues; -- Create a new GValues structure from scratch. This procedure -- causes the allocation of an underlying C array, and this memory -- should be deallocated after use using procedure Free (see below). function Make_Values (Nb : Guint; Val : C_GValues) return GValues; -- Build a GValues structure from the given C array. Nb should be the -- number of elements in the Values array. procedure Free (Val : in out GValues); -- Deallocate the memory associated with the given Values array. function Nth (Val : GValues; Num : Guint) return GValue; -- Return the Num-th element from Values. -- In general, the returned value does not need to be unset, since it is -- still handled by C (in particular when processing the parameters for a -- callback). -- procedure Unsafe_Nth (Values : C_GValues; Num : Guint; V : in out GValue); pragma Import (C, Unsafe_Nth, "ada_gvalue_nth"); -- This returns the Num-th element, starting at 0. This procedure does -- not check that Values contains at least Num elements, so is potentially -- dangerous. -- In general, the returned value does not need to be unset, since it is -- still handled by C (in particular when processing the parameters for a -- callback). generic type T is private; function Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Values : C_GValues; Num : Guint) return T; pragma Inline (Unsafe_Proxy_Nth); -- Extract a point from Values (at index Num, 0-based), and convert it to -- T. This is unsafe because no check is made that Num is a valid index, -- and no check is made that casting to T makes sense. generic type T is (<>); function Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Values : C_GValues; Num : Guint) return T; pragma Inline (Unsafe_Enum_Nth); -- Used for enumeration types -- ------------------------------------------------- -- Conversion functions, interfacing to GValue -- ------------------------------------------------- procedure Init (Value : in out GValue; G_Type : Glib.GType); -- Set the type of Value to G_Type. This limits the operations you can then -- apply to Value. For instance, Value must have been initialized with -- a GType_Int before you can use Set_Int (see below). -- Note that for enumeration types, you shouldn't use GType_Enum, but -- rather the exact GType corresponding to the enumeration. -- If you need to store a reference-counted type in a GValue, it is -- recommanded that you use a type derived from Boxed (see Set_Boxed below) procedure Unset (Value : in out GValue); -- Frees the memory allocate for Value (like strings contents) in the call -- to Init. You only need to call this function in cases where you have -- called Init yourself. procedure Set_Char (Value : in out GValue; V_Char : Gchar); function Get_Char (Value : GValue) return Gchar; procedure Set_Uchar (Value : in out GValue; V_Uchar : Guchar); function Get_Uchar (Value : GValue) return Guchar; procedure Set_Boolean (Value : in out GValue; V_Boolean : Boolean); function Get_Boolean (Value : GValue) return Boolean; procedure Set_Int (Value : in out GValue; V_Int : Gint); function Get_Int (Value : GValue) return Gint; procedure Set_Uint (Value : in out GValue; V_Uint : Guint); function Get_Uint (Value : GValue) return Guint; procedure Set_Long (Value : in out GValue; V_Long : Glong); function Get_Long (Value : GValue) return Glong; procedure Set_Ulong (Value : in out GValue; V_Ulong : Gulong); function Get_Ulong (Value : GValue) return Gulong; procedure Set_Float (Value : in out GValue; V_Float : Gfloat); function Get_Float (Value : GValue) return Gfloat; procedure Set_Double (Value : in out GValue; V_Double : Gdouble); function Get_Double (Value : GValue) return Gdouble; procedure Set_String (Value : in out GValue; V_String : String); function Get_String (Value : GValue) return String; function Get_String (Value : GValue; Length : Gint) return String; function Get_Chars (Value : GValue) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; procedure Set_Proxy (Value : in out GValue; V_Proxy : C_Proxy); function Get_Proxy (Value : GValue) return C_Proxy; procedure Set_Address (Value : in out GValue; V_Address : System.Address); function Get_Address (Value : GValue) return System.Address; procedure Set_Boxed (Value : in out GValue; V_Address : System.Address); function Get_Boxed (Value : GValue) return System.Address; -- This is similar to Set_Address and Get_Address, except that the boxed -- type might have been associated with some specific initialization and -- finalization functions through Glib.Boxed_Type_Register_Static -- For instance: -- declare -- Typ : Glib.GType; -- Value : GValue; -- function To_Ref_Counted_Value is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion -- (System.Address, My_Ref_Counted_Type); -- begin -- Typ := Boxed_Typed_Register_Static -- ("FOO", Copy'Access, Free'Access); -- Init (Value, Typ); -- Set_Boxed (Value, my_ref_counted_value.all'address); -- -- Val := To_Ref_Counted_Value (Get_Boxed (Value)); -- Unset (Value); -- end; -- -- See also Glib.Generic_Properties.Generic_Internal_Boxed_Property. procedure Set_Enum (Value : in out GValue; V_Enum : Gint); function Get_Enum (Value : GValue) return Glib.Gint; -- These are used to manipulate the standard GtkAda enumeration types. -- For types that you have redefined yourself, you have access to more -- suitable functions directly in the package Generic_Enumeration_Property. procedure Set_Flags (Value : in out GValue; V_Enum : Guint); function Get_Flags (Value : GValue) return Glib.Guint; -- ??? Should really manipulate Glib.Properties.Creation.Flags_Int_Value procedure Set_Object (Value : in out GValue; To : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class); function Get_Object (Value : GValue) return Glib.Object.GObject; -- These are used to manipulate GObject instances. -- Convenience function to Get and Set a Gtk_Text_Iter are -- also provided inside Gtk.Text_Iter. private type GValue_Data is array (1 .. 2) of Guint64; type GValue is record g_type : GType := GType_Invalid; data : GValue_Data; end record; pragma Convention (C, GValue); type GValues is record Nb : Guint; Arr : C_GValues; end record; pragma Import (C, Set_Char, "g_value_set_char"); pragma Import (C, Get_Char, "g_value_get_char"); pragma Import (C, Set_Uchar, "g_value_set_uchar"); pragma Import (C, Get_Uchar, "g_value_get_uchar"); pragma Import (C, Set_Int, "g_value_set_int"); pragma Import (C, Get_Int, "g_value_get_int"); pragma Import (C, Set_Uint, "g_value_set_uint"); pragma Import (C, Get_Uint, "g_value_get_uint"); pragma Import (C, Set_Long, "g_value_set_long"); pragma Import (C, Get_Long, "g_value_get_long"); pragma Import (C, Set_Ulong, "g_value_set_ulong"); pragma Import (C, Get_Ulong, "g_value_get_ulong"); pragma Import (C, Set_Float, "g_value_set_float"); pragma Import (C, Get_Float, "g_value_get_float"); pragma Import (C, Set_Double, "g_value_set_double"); pragma Import (C, Get_Double, "g_value_get_double"); pragma Import (C, Set_Proxy, "g_value_set_pointer"); pragma Import (C, Set_Address, "g_value_set_pointer"); pragma Import (C, Set_Enum, "g_value_set_enum"); pragma Import (C, Get_Enum, "g_value_get_enum"); pragma Import (C, Get_Chars, "g_value_get_string"); pragma Import (C, Set_Flags, "g_value_set_flags"); pragma Import (C, Get_Flags, "g_value_get_flags"); pragma Import (C, Set_Boxed, "g_value_set_boxed"); pragma Import (C, Get_Boxed, "g_value_get_boxed"); pragma Import (C, Unset, "g_value_unset"); -- ??? We use our own version here, that doesn't check the type of -- GValue. This is used for signals (Gtk.Handlers), but should be -- cleaned up. pragma Import (C, Get_Address, "ada_gvalue_get_pointer"); pragma Import (C, Get_Proxy, "ada_gvalue_get_pointer"); pragma Inline (Make_Values); pragma Inline (Set_Boolean); pragma Inline (Get_Boolean); pragma Inline (Set_String); pragma Inline (Get_String); -- end Glib.Values; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-svg.adb0000644000076700001450000000441312533067541016717 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo.SVG is ------------ -- Create -- ------------ function Create (Filename : String; Width_In_Point : Gdouble; Height_In_Point : Gdouble) return Cairo_Surface is function C_Internal (Filename : System.Address; W, H : Gdouble) return Cairo_Surface; pragma Import (C, C_Internal, "cairo_svg_surface_create"); S : constant String := Filename & ASCII.NUL; begin return C_Internal (S (S'First)'Address, Width_In_Point, Height_In_Point); end Create; end Cairo.SVG; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-window_attr.ads0000644000076700001450000001676412533067541020166 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Gdk, the low-level API with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Visual; with Gdk.Window; with Glib; package Gdk.Window_Attr is subtype Gdk_Window_Attr is Gdk.Gdk_Window_Attr; Null_Window_Attr : constant Gdk_Window_Attr; -- This record describes the initial attributes for a window. Most of -- them can be changed later on, but it is more efficient to set them -- right from the start. -- You usually need to do the following when initializing such a -- structure: -- Window_Attr.Visual := Get_Visual (Window); -- Window_Attr.Colormap := Get_Colormap (Window); -- Window_Attr.Event_Mask := Get_Events (Window) or Exposure_Mask; procedure Gdk_New (Window_Attr : out Gdk_Window_Attr; Title : Glib.UTF8_String := ""; Event_Mask : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Mask := 0; X, Y : Glib.Gint := 0; Width : Glib.Gint := 0; Height : Glib.Gint := 0; Wclass : Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Class := Gdk.Window.Input_Output; Visual : Gdk.Visual.Gdk_Visual := null; Window_Type : Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Type := Gdk.Window.Window_Root; Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor := null; Wmclass_Name : String := ""; Wmclass_Class : String := ""; Override_Redirect : Boolean := True); -- Creates a new Gdk_Window_Attr structure. -- It is your responsability to free the visual, colormap, cursor,... field -- when they are no longer needed. procedure Destroy (Window_Attr : in out Gdk_Window_Attr); procedure Set_Title (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Title : Glib.UTF8_String); function Get_Title (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Glib.UTF8_String; procedure Set_Event_Mask (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Event_Mask : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Mask); function Get_Event_Mask (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Mask; procedure Set_X (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; X : Glib.Gint); function Get_X (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Glib.Gint; procedure Set_Y (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Y : Glib.Gint); function Get_Y (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Glib.Gint; procedure Set_Width (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Width : Glib.Gint); function Get_Width (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Glib.Gint; procedure Set_Height (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Height : Glib.Gint); function Get_Height (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Glib.Gint; procedure Set_Window_Class (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Wclass : Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Class); function Get_Window_Class (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Class; procedure Set_Visual (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Visual : Gdk.Visual.Gdk_Visual); function Get_Visual (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Gdk.Visual.Gdk_Visual; procedure Set_Window_Type (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Window_Type : Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Type); function Get_Window_Type (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Gdk.Window.Gdk_Window_Type; procedure Set_Cursor (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor); function Get_Cursor (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; procedure Set_Wmclass_Name (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Wmclass_Name : String); function Get_Wmclass_Name (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return String; procedure Set_Wmclass_Class (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Wmclass_Class : String); function Get_Wmclass_Class (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return String; procedure Set_Override_Redirect (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr; Override_Redirect : Boolean); function Get_Override_Redirect (Window_Attr : Gdk_Window_Attr) return Boolean; -- An override redirect window is not under the control of the window -- manager. This means it won't have a titlebar, won't be minimizable, etc. -- It will be entirely under the control of the application. The window -- manager can't see the override redirect window at all. -- -- Override redirect should only be used for short-lived temporary windows, -- such as popup menus. #GtkMenu uses an override redirect window in its -- implementation, for example private Null_Window_Attr : constant Gdk_Window_Attr := null; pragma Import (C, Get_Cursor, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_cursor"); pragma Import (C, Get_Event_Mask, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_event_mask"); pragma Import (C, Get_Height, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_height"); pragma Import (C, Get_Visual, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_visual"); pragma Import (C, Get_Width, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_width"); pragma Import (C, Get_Window_Class, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_wclass"); pragma Import (C, Get_Window_Type, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_window_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_X, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_x"); pragma Import (C, Get_Y, "ada_gdk_window_attr_get_y"); pragma Import (C, Set_Cursor, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_cursor"); pragma Import (C, Set_Event_Mask, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_event_mask"); pragma Import (C, Set_Height, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_height"); pragma Import (C, Set_Visual, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_visual"); pragma Import (C, Set_Width, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_width"); pragma Import (C, Set_Window_Class, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_wclass"); pragma Import (C, Set_Window_Type, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_window_type"); pragma Import (C, Set_X, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_x"); pragma Import (C, Set_Y, "ada_gdk_window_attr_set_y"); end Gdk.Window_Attr; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-types.ads0000644000076700001450000001030512533067541017440 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- -- This package provides GtkAda specific types and their associated functions. -- -- with Interfaces.C.Strings; package Gtkada.Types is pragma Preelaborate; Data_Error : exception; subtype Chars_Ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; subtype Chars_Ptr_Array is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array; procedure g_free (Mem : Chars_Ptr); -- Free a C string returned from Gtk Null_Ptr : Chars_Ptr renames Interfaces.C.Strings.Null_Ptr; function Null_Array return Chars_Ptr_Array; -- Return a null array. pragma Inline (Null_Array); ------------------------------------- -- Handling of arrays of Strings -- ------------------------------------- -- The following functions provide a very convenient way to create -- C arrays of null terminated strings in Ada. -- -- You can either create such a String on the fly, or declare a variable: -- -- Signals : Chars_Ptr_Array := "clicked" + "missed" + "new signal"; -- -- which corresponds to the C declaration: -- -- char *signals[] = @{"clicked", "missed", "new signal"@}; -- -- Note that you still need to manually call Free (Signals) if you want to -- release the memory dynamically allocated by the "+" functions. function "+" (S1, S2 : String) return Chars_Ptr_Array; -- Create an array containing S1 and S2. -- Note that this function allocates memory to store S1 and S2 as null -- terminated Strings. The user is responsible for calling Free on the -- resulting array. function "+" (S1 : Chars_Ptr_Array; S2 : String) return Chars_Ptr_Array; -- Append S2 to S1. -- Note that this function allocates memory to store S2 as a null -- terminated Strings. The user is responsible for calling Free on the -- resulting array. function "+" (S1 : Chars_Ptr_Array; S2 : Chars_Ptr) return Chars_Ptr_Array; -- Append S2 to S1. -- Note that this function allocates memory to store S2 as a null -- terminated Strings. The user is responsible for calling Free on the -- resulting array. function "+" (S1 : Chars_Ptr; S2 : String) return Chars_Ptr_Array; -- Create an array containing S1 and S2. -- Note that this function allocates memory to store S2 as a null -- terminated string. The user is responsible for calling Free on the -- resulting array. procedure Free (A : in out Chars_Ptr_Array); -- Free all the strings in A. private pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); end Gtkada.Types; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-bindings.adb0000644000076700001450000001532112533067541017405 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2006-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; package body Gtk.Bindings is ---------------- -- Add_Signal -- ---------------- procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String) is procedure Internal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_NO"); begin Internal (Binding_Set, Keyval, Modifiers, Signal_Name & ASCII.NUL); end Add_Signal; ---------------- -- Add_Signal -- ---------------- procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Gint) is procedure Internal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_int"); begin Internal (Binding_Set, Keyval, Modifiers, Signal_Name & ASCII.NUL, Arg1); end Add_Signal; ---------------- -- Add_Signal -- ---------------- procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Gint; Arg2 : Gint) is procedure Internal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1, Arg2 : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_int_int"); begin Internal (Binding_Set, Keyval, Modifiers, Signal_Name & ASCII.NUL, Arg1, Arg2); end Add_Signal; ---------------- -- Add_Signal -- ---------------- procedure Add_Signal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Signal_Name : String; Arg1 : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_bool"); begin Internal (Binding_Set, Keyval, Modifiers, Signal_Name & ASCII.NUL, Boolean'Pos (Arg1)); end Add_Signal; -------------------------- -- Binding_Set_Activate -- -------------------------- function Binding_Set_Activate (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Object : access GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean is function Internal (Binding_Set : Gtk_Binding_Set; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Object : System.Address) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_binding_set_activate"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Binding_Set, Keyval, Modifiers, Get_Object (Object))); end Binding_Set_Activate; ---------------------- -- Binding_Set_Find -- ---------------------- function Binding_Set_Find (Set_Name : String) return Gtk_Binding_Set is function Internal (Set_Name : String) return Gtk_Binding_Set; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_binding_set_find"); begin return Internal (Set_Name & ASCII.NUL); end Binding_Set_Find; --------------------- -- Binding_Set_New -- --------------------- function Binding_Set_New (Set_Name : String) return Gtk_Binding_Set is function Internal (Set_Name : String) return Gtk_Binding_Set; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_binding_set_new"); begin return Internal (Set_Name & ASCII.NUL); end Binding_Set_New; -------------- -- Activate -- -------------- function Activate (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type) return Boolean is function Internal (Object : System.Address; Keyval : Guint; Modifiers : Gdk_Modifier_Type) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_bindings_activate"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Get_Object (Object), Keyval, Modifiers)); end Activate; -------------------- -- Activate_Event -- -------------------- function Activate_Event (Object : access GObject_Record; Event : Gdk_Event_Key) return Boolean is function Internal (Object : System.Address; Event : Gdk_Event_Key) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gtk_bindings_activate_event"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Get_Object (Object), Event)); end Activate_Event; end Gtk.Bindings; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-type_conversion.adb0000644000076700001450000000367312533067541021045 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Gtk.Type_Conversion is ---------- -- Init -- ---------- procedure Init is begin null; end Init; end Gtk.Type_Conversion; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-image_surface.ads0000644000076700001450000002637312533067541020744 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Image surfaces provide the ability to render to memory buffers either -- allocated by Cairo or by the calling code. The supported image formats are -- those defined in Cairo_Format. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo package Cairo.Image_Surface is -- Cairo_Format is used to identify the memory format of -- image data. -- -- New entries may be added in future versions. type Cairo_Format is (Cairo_Format_ARGB32, -- Each pixel is a 32-bit quantity, with -- alpha in the upper 8 bits, then red, then green, then blue. -- The 32-bit quantities are stored native-endian. Pre-multiplied -- alpha is used. (That is, 50 transparent red is 0x80800000, -- not 0x80ff0000.) Cairo_Format_RGB24, -- Each pixel is a 32-bit quantity, with -- the upper 8 bits unused. Red, Green, and Blue are stored -- in the remaining 24 bits in that order. Cairo_Format_A8, -- Each pixel is a 8-bit quantity holding an alpha value. Cairo_Format_A1, -- Each pixel is a 1-bit quantity holding -- an alpha value. Pixels are packed together into 32-bit -- quantities. The ordering of the bits matches the -- endianess of the platform. On a big-endian machine, the -- first pixel is in the uppermost bit, on a little-endian -- machine the first pixel is in the least-significant bit. CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB16_565_Deprecated_Do_Not_Use -- This value is deprecated ); pragma Convention (C, Cairo_Format); type Byte is range 0 .. 255; type ARGB32_Data is record Alpha : Byte; Red : Byte; Green : Byte; Blue : Byte; end record; -- One pixel in ARGB32 format type RGB24_Data is record Red : Byte; Green : Byte; Blue : Byte; end record; -- One pixel in RGB24 format type ARGB32_Array is array (Natural range <>) of ARGB32_Data; type ARGB32_Array_Access is access ARGB32_Array; type RGB24_Array is array (Natural range <>) of RGB24_Data; type RGB24_Array_Access is access RGB24_Array; type Byte_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Byte; type Byte_Array_Access is access Byte_Array; function Create (Format : Cairo_Format; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface; -- Format: Format of pixels in the surface to create -- Width: Width of the surface, in pixels -- Height: Height of the surface, in pixels -- -- Creates an image surface of the specified format and -- dimensions. Initially the surface contents are all -- 0. (Specifically, within each pixel, each color or alpha channel -- belonging to format will be 0. The contents of bits within a pixel, -- but not belonging to the given format are undefined). -- -- Return value: a pointer to the newly created surface. The caller -- owns the surface and should call Cairo.Surface.Destroy when done -- with it. -- -- This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a -- pointer to a "nil" surface if an error such as out of memory -- occurs. You can use Cairo.Surface.Status to check for this. function Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width (Format : Cairo_Format; Width : Gint) return Gint; -- Format: A Cairo_Format value -- Width: The desired Width of an image surface to be created. -- -- This function provides a stride value that will respect all -- alignment requirements of the accelerated image-rendering code -- within cairo. -- -- Return value: the appropriate stride to use given the desired -- format and width, or -1 if either the format is invalid or the width -- too large. -- -- Since: 1.6 function Create_For_Data_Generic (Data : System.Address; Format : Cairo_Format; Width : Gint; Height : Gint; Stride : Gint) return Cairo_Surface; -- Data: a pointer to a buffer supplied by the application in which -- to write contents. This pointer must be suitably aligned for any -- kind of variable, (for example, a pointer returned by malloc). -- Format: the Format of pixels in the buffer -- Width: the Width of the image to be stored in the buffer -- Height: the Height of the image to be stored in the buffer -- Stride: the number of bytes between the start of rows in the -- buffer as allocated. This value should always be computed by -- Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width before allocating the data -- buffer. -- -- This function is a low-level binding to the C function: see also -- Create_For_Data_[ARGB32|RGB24|A8|A1] -- -- Creates an image surface for the provided pixel data. The output -- buffer must be kept around until the Cairo_Surface is destroyed -- or Cairo.Surface.Finish is called on the surface. The initial -- contents of data will be used as the initial image contents; you -- must explicitly clear the buffer, using, for example, -- Cairo.Rectangle and Cairo.Fill if you want it cleared. -- -- Note that the stride may be larger than Width*bytes_per_pixel to provide -- proper alignment for each pixel and row. This alignment is required to -- allow high-performance rendering within cairo. The correct way to obtain -- a legal stride value is to call Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width with the -- desired format and maximum image width value, and the use the resulting -- stride value to allocate the data and to create the image surface. See -- Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width for example code. -- -- Return value: a pointer to the newly created surface. The caller -- owns the surface and should call Cairo.Surface.Destroy when done -- with it. -- -- This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a -- pointer to a "nil" surface in the case of an error such as out of -- memory or an invalid stride value. In case of invalid stride value -- the error status of the returned surface will be -- Cairo_Status_Invalid_Stride. You can use -- Cairo.Surface.Status to check for this. -- -- See Cairo.Surface.Set_User_Data for a means of attaching a -- destroy-notification fallback to the surface if necessary. function Create_For_Data_ARGB32 (Data : ARGB32_Array_Access; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface; -- Same as above, working on ARGB32 format. function Create_For_Data_RGB24 (Data : RGB24_Array_Access; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface; -- Same as above, working on RGB24 format. function Create_For_Data_A8 (Data : Byte_Array_Access; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface; -- Same as above, working on A8 format. function Get_Data_Generic (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return System.Address; -- Surface: a Cairo_Image_Surface -- -- Get a pointer to the data of the image surface, for direct -- inspection or modification. -- -- Return value: a pointer to the image data of this surface or -- System.Null_Address if surface is not an image surface, or if -- Cairo.Surface.Finish has been called. -- -- Since: 1.2 function Get_Format (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Cairo_Format; -- Surface: a Cairo_Image_Surface -- -- Get the format of the surface. -- -- Return value: the format of the surface -- -- Since: 1.2 function Get_Width (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Gint; -- Surface: a Cairo_Image_Surface -- -- Get the width of the image surface in pixels. -- -- Return value: the width of the surface in pixels. function Get_Height (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Gint; -- Surface: a Cairo_Image_Surface -- -- Get the height of the image surface in pixels. -- -- Return value: the height of the surface in pixels. function Get_Stride (Surface : Cairo_Surface) return Gint; -- Surface: a Cairo_Image_Surface -- -- Get the stride of the image surface in bytes -- -- Return value: the stride of the image surface in bytes (or 0 if -- surface is not an image surface). The stride is the distance in -- bytes from the beginning of one row of the image data to the -- beginning of the next row. -- -- Since: 1.2 private for Byte'Size use 8; -- Representation working with all endiannesses BOP : constant := System.Bit_Order'Pos (System.Default_Bit_Order); NBOP : constant := 1 - BOP; for ARGB32_Data use record Alpha at BOP * 3 + NBOP * 0 range 0 .. 7; Red at BOP * 2 + NBOP * 1 range 0 .. 7; Green at BOP * 1 + NBOP * 2 range 0 .. 7; Blue at BOP * 0 + NBOP * 3 range 0 .. 7; end record; for RGB24_Data use record Red at BOP * 2 + NBOP * 1 range 0 .. 7; Green at BOP * 1 + NBOP * 2 range 0 .. 7; Blue at BOP * 0 + NBOP * 3 range 0 .. 7; end record; for RGB24_Data'Size use 32; pragma Import (C, Create, "cairo_image_surface_create"); pragma Import (C, Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width, "cairo_format_stride_for_width"); pragma Import (C, Create_For_Data_Generic, "cairo_image_surface_create_for_data"); pragma Import (C, Get_Data_Generic, "cairo_image_surface_get_data"); pragma Import (C, Get_Format, "cairo_image_surface_get_format"); pragma Import (C, Get_Width, "cairo_image_surface_get_width"); pragma Import (C, Get_Height, "cairo_image_surface_get_height"); pragma Import (C, Get_Stride, "cairo_image_surface_get_stride"); end Cairo.Image_Surface; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/config.h.in0000644000076700001450000000363612533067131016401 0ustar gnatmailgnat/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003 ACT-Europe -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- As a special exception, if other files instantiate generics from -- -- this unit, or you link this unit with other files to produce an -- -- executable, this unit does not by itself cause the resulting -- -- executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. This -- -- exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why the -- -- executable file might be covered by the GNU Public License. -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-scaled_font.ads0000644000076700001450000002220012533067541020414 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- Utilities for manipulating font faces. -- -- -- 1.8.8 -- Cairo with Interfaces.C.Strings; package Cairo.Scaled_Font is function Reference (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font) return Cairo_Scaled_Font; -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo.Scaled_Font.T, (may be null in which case -- this function does nothing) -- -- Increases the reference count on scaled_font by one. This prevents -- scaled_font from being destroyed until a matching call to -- Cairo.Scaled_Font.Destroy is made. -- -- The number of references to a Cairo_Scaled_Font can be get using -- Cairo.Scaled_Font.Get_Reference_Count. -- -- Returns: the referenced Cairo_Scaled_Font procedure Destroy (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- -- Decreases the reference count on font by one. If the result -- is zero, then font and all associated resources are freed. -- See Cairo.Scaled_Font.Reference. function Get_Reference_Count (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font) return Guint; -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- -- Returns the current reference count of scaled_font. -- -- Return value: the current reference count of scaled_font. If the -- object is a nil object, 0 will be returned. -- -- Since: 1.4 function Status (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font) return Cairo_Status; -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- -- Checks whether an error has previously occurred for this -- scaled_font. -- -- Return value: Cairo_Status_Success or another error such as -- Cairo_Status_No_Memory. function Get_Type (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font) return Cairo_Font_Type; -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- -- This function returns the type of the backend used to create -- a scaled font. See Cairo_Font_Type for available types. -- -- Return value: The type of scaled_font. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Extents (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font; Extents : access Cairo_Font_Extents); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- Extents: a Cairo_Font_Extents which to store the retrieved Extents. -- -- Gets the metrics for a Cairo_Scaled_Font. procedure Text_Extents (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font; Utf8 : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; Extents : Cairo_Text_Extents); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- Utf8: a NUL-terminated string of text, encoded in UTF-8 -- Extents: a Cairo_Text_Extents which to store the retrieved Extents. -- -- Gets the extents for a string of text. The extents describe a -- user-space rectangle that encloses the "inked" portion of the text -- drawn at the origin (0,0) (as it would be drawn by Cairo_Show_Text -- if the cairo graphics state were set to the same font_face, -- font_matrix, ctm, and font_options as scaled_font). Additionally, -- the x_advance and y_advance values indicate the amount by which the -- current point would be advanced by Cairo_Show_Text. -- -- Note that whitespace characters do not directly contribute to the -- size of the rectangle (extents.width and extents.height). They do -- contribute indirectly by changing the position of non-whitespace -- characters. In particular, trailing whitespace characters are -- likely to not affect the size of the rectangle, though they will -- affect the x_advance and y_advance values. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Glyph_Extents (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font; Glyphs : access Cairo_Glyph; Num_Glyphs : Gint; Extents : Cairo_Text_Extents); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- Glyphs: an array of glyph IDs with X and Y offsets. -- Num_Glyphs: the number of glyphs in the glyphs array -- Extents: a Cairo_Text_Extents which to store the retrieved Extents. -- -- Gets the extents for an array of glyphs. The extents describe a -- user-space rectangle that encloses the "inked" portion of the -- glyphs, (as they would be drawn by Cairo.Show_Glyphs if the cairo -- graphics state were set to the same Font_Face, Font_Matrix, Ctm, -- and Font_Options as Scaled_Font). Additionally, the x_advance and -- Y_Advance values indicate the amount by which the current point -- would be advanced by Cairo.Show_Glyphs. -- -- Note that whitespace glyphs do not contribute to the size of the -- rectangle (extents.width and extents.height). function Get_Font_Face (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font) return Cairo_Font_Face; -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- -- Gets the font face that this scaled font was created for. -- -- Return value: The Cairo_Font_Face with which Scaled_Font was -- created. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Get_Font_Matrix (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font; Font_Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- Font_Matrix: return value for the matrix -- -- Stores the font matrix with which Scaled_Font was created into -- matrix. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Get_Ctm (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font; Ctm : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- Ctm: return value for the CTM -- -- Stores the CTM with which Scaled_Font was created into Ctm. -- -- Since: 1.2 procedure Get_Scale_Matrix (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font; Scale_Matrix : access Cairo_Matrix); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- Scale_Matrix: return value for the matrix -- -- Stores the scale matrix of scaled_font into matrix. -- The scale matrix is product of the font matrix and the ctm -- associated with the scaled font, and hence is the matrix mapping from -- font space to device space. -- -- Since: 1.8 procedure Get_Font_Options (Scaled_Font : Cairo_Scaled_Font; Options : Cairo_Font_Options); -- Scaled_Font: a Cairo_Scaled_Font -- Options: return value for the font Options -- -- Stores the font options with which scaled_font was created into -- options. -- -- Since: 1.2 private pragma Import (C, Reference, "cairo_scaled_font_reference"); pragma Import (C, Destroy, "cairo_scaled_font_destroy"); pragma Import (C, Get_Reference_Count, "cairo_scaled_font_get_reference_count"); pragma Import (C, Status, "cairo_scaled_font_status"); pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "cairo_scaled_font_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Extents, "cairo_scaled_font_extents"); pragma Import (C, Text_Extents, "cairo_scaled_font_text_extents"); pragma Import (C, Glyph_Extents, "cairo_scaled_font_glyph_extents"); pragma Import (C, Get_Font_Face, "cairo_scaled_font_get_font_face"); pragma Import (C, Get_Font_Matrix, "cairo_scaled_font_get_font_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Get_Ctm, "cairo_scaled_font_get_ctm"); pragma Import (C, Get_Scale_Matrix, "cairo_scaled_font_get_scale_matrix"); pragma Import (C, Get_Font_Options, "cairo_scaled_font_get_font_options"); -- Not bound : -- pragma Import (C, Text_To_Glyphs, "cairo_scaled_font_text_to_glyphs"); -- pragma Import (C, Create, "cairo_scaled_font_create"); -- pragma Import (C, Get_User_Data, "cairo_scaled_font_get_user_data"); -- pragma Import (C, Set_User_Data, "cairo_scaled_font_set_user_data"); end Cairo.Scaled_Font; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-abstract_tree_model.ads0000644000076700001450000002071712533067541022306 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Values; with Gtk.Tree_Model; with Glib.Types; package Gtkada.Abstract_Tree_Model is type Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record is new Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Root_Tree_Model_Record with null record; -- Conceptually, this is an abstract type, but this prevents the -- instantiation of Glib.Types.Implements type Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model is access all Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record'Class; procedure Initialize (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record'Class); function Get_Type return Glib.GType; ------------------------------ -- Interface implementation -- ------------------------------ -- The following subprograms can be overridden to implement the custom -- tree model. -- Note that they are called from C (wrapped through calls to the -- Dispatch_* functions defined in the body of this package) so it is -- advised to add exception handlers in these subprograms, just like in -- regular GtkAda callbacks. function Get_Flags (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Tree_Model_Flags; -- Override this to return a set of flags supported by this interface. -- The flags supported should not change during the lifecycle of the -- tree_model. function Get_N_Columns (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record) return Glib.Gint; -- Override this to return the number of columns supported by Tree_Model. function Get_Column_Type (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Index : Glib.Gint) return Glib.GType; -- Override this to return the type of the Index-th column in the model. function Get_Iter (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Path : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Override this return an iterator pointing to Path. -- Null_Iter is returned if Path was invalid or no iterator could be set. function Get_Path (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path; -- Override this to return a newly created Gtk_Tree_Path referenced by -- Iter. This path will be freed with Path_Free by the caller. procedure Get_Value (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Glib.Gint; Value : out Glib.Values.GValue); -- Override this get a value from the model, at column Column and line -- Iter. Value must be freed by the caller. procedure Next (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : in out Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter); -- Override this to set Iter to point to the node following it at the -- current level. If there is none, Iter is set to Null_Iter. function Children (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Parent : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Override this to return the first child of Parent. If Parent has no -- children, return Null_Iter. Parent will remain a valid node after this -- function has been called. function Has_Child (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean; -- Override this to return True if Iter has children, False otherwise. function N_Children (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter := Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter) return Glib.Gint; -- Override this to return the number of children that Iter has. -- As a special case, if Iter is Null_Iter, then the number of toplevel -- nodes is returned. function Nth_Child (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Parent : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; N : Glib.Gint) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Override this to return the child of Parent, using the given index. -- The First index is 0. If Index is too big, or Parent has no children, -- return Null_Iter. If Parent is Null_Iter, then the nth root node is set. function Parent (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Child : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Override this to return the parent of Child. If Child is at the -- toplevel, and doesn't have a parent, then Null_Iter is returned. procedure Ref_Node (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter); -- Let the tree reference the node. -- This is an optional method for models to implement. -- To be more specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily -- for performance reasons. This function is primarily meant as a way for -- views to let caching model know when nodes are being displayed (and -- hence, whether or not to cache that node). For example, a file-system -- based model would not want to keep the entire file-hierarchy in memory, -- just the sections that are currently being displayed by every current -- view. -- Technically, the idea is to increase the refcount for the node itself, -- not for any data associated with it (should you want to associate a -- reference counted type with the rows). Most of the time you will not -- need to do anything here. -- Every time the view makes a row visible (for instance when you expand -- a node), it calls Ref_Node for that row. When the row is hidden again, -- it calls Unref_Node. procedure Unref_Node (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter); -- Let the tree unref the node. -- This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more specific, -- models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for performance -- reasons. For more information on what this means, please see -- Tree_Model_Ref_Node. Please note that nodes that are deleted are not -- unreferenced. -- Technically, your model is the one deleting a row (and it should do so -- only if the refcount for the row is not 1, see Ref_Node). Thus gtk+ -- avoids a potential callback to your application by not emitting -- Unref_Node in such a case. ---------------- -- Interfaces -- ---------------- package Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model is new Glib.Types.Implements (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model, Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record, Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model); function "+" (Widget : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record'Class) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model renames Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model.To_Interface; function "-" (Interf : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model) return Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model renames Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model.To_Object; end Gtkada.Abstract_Tree_Model; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-key_file.adb0000644000076700001450000007610512533067541017536 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; package body Glib.Key_File is function Convert_Then_Free (Item : chars_ptr) return String; -- Converts the given C string to an Ada string, and then frees the -- C string before returning. function Convert_Then_Free (Item : chars_ptr_array_access) return GNAT.Strings.String_List; -- Converts the given array to a string list, and then frees the -- array before returning. ----------------------- -- Convert_Then_Free -- ----------------------- function Convert_Then_Free (Item : chars_ptr) return String is I : chars_ptr := Item; begin if Item = Null_Ptr then return ""; else declare S : constant String := Value (Item); begin Free (I); return S; end; end if; end Convert_Then_Free; ----------------------- -- Convert_Then_Free -- ----------------------- function Convert_Then_Free (Item : chars_ptr_array_access) return GNAT.Strings.String_List is No_List : constant GNAT.Strings.String_List (1 .. 0) := (others => null); begin if Item = null then return No_List; else declare G : constant GNAT.Strings.String_List := To_String_List (Item.all); begin g_strfreev (Item); return G; end; end if; end Convert_Then_Free; ----------------- -- Get_Boolean -- ----------------- function Get_Boolean (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_boolean"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error)); end Get_Boolean; ---------------------- -- Get_Boolean_List -- ---------------------- function Get_Boolean_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean_List is type Gboolean_Array is array (size_t) of Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Gboolean_Array); type Gboolean_Array_Access is access all Gboolean_Array; procedure g_free (S : Gboolean_Array_Access); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Length : access Gsize; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_boolean_list"); Empty_Array : constant Boolean_List (1 .. 0) := (others => False); Len : aliased Gsize; L : Gboolean_Array_Access; begin L := Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Len'Access, Error); -- If we get back a null, simply return an array with no items. if L = null then return Empty_Array; end if; -- Otherwise, declare, populate, and return a constained array -- after freeing the returned array of Gboolean's. declare List : Boolean_List (0 .. Integer (Len - 1)); begin for I in 0 .. Integer (Len - 1) loop List (I) := Boolean'Val (L (size_t (I))); end loop; g_free (L); return List; end; end Get_Boolean_List; ----------------- -- Get_Comment -- ----------------- function Get_Comment (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return String is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_comment"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error)); end Get_Comment; ---------------- -- Get_Double -- ---------------- function Get_Double (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Gdouble is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gdouble; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_double"); begin return Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error); end Get_Double; --------------------- -- Get_Double_List -- --------------------- function Get_Double_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Double_List is type Gdouble_Array is array (size_t) of Gdouble; pragma Convention (C, Gdouble_Array); type Gdouble_Array_Access is access all Gdouble_Array; function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Length : access Gsize; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gdouble_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_double_list"); procedure g_free (S : Gdouble_Array_Access); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); Empty_Array : constant Double_List (1 .. 0) := (others => 0.0); Len : aliased Gsize; L : Gdouble_Array_Access; begin L := Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Len'Access, Error); -- If we get back a null, simply return an array with no items. if L = null then return Empty_Array; end if; -- Otherwise, declare, populate, and return a constained array -- after freeing the returned array. declare List : constant Double_List (0 .. Integer (Len - 1)) := Double_List (L (0 .. size_t (Len - 1))); begin g_free (L); return List; end; end Get_Double_List; ---------------- -- Get_Groups -- ---------------- function Get_Groups (Key_File : G_Key_File) return GNAT.Strings.String_List is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Length : System.Address) return chars_ptr_array_access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_groups"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, System.Null_Address)); end Get_Groups; ----------------- -- Get_Integer -- ----------------- function Get_Integer (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Gint is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_integer"); begin return Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error); end Get_Integer; -------------- -- Get_Keys -- -------------- function Get_Keys (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return GNAT.Strings.String_List is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Length : System.Address; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return chars_ptr_array_access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_keys"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, Error)); end Get_Keys; ---------------------- -- Get_Integer_List -- ---------------------- function Get_Integer_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Integer_List is type Gint_Array is array (size_t) of Gint; pragma Convention (C, Gint_Array); type Gint_Array_Access is access all Gint_Array; function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Length : access Gsize; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gint_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_integer_list"); procedure g_free (S : Gint_Array_Access); pragma Import (C, g_free, "g_free"); Empty_Array : constant Integer_List (1 .. 0) := (others => 0); Len : aliased Gsize; L : Gint_Array_Access; begin L := Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Len'Access, Error); -- If we get back a null, simply return an array with no items. if L = null then return Empty_Array; end if; -- Otherwise, declare, populate, and return a constained array -- after freeing the returned array. declare List : constant Integer_List (0 .. Integer (Len - 1)) := Integer_List (L (0 .. size_t (Len - 1))); begin g_free (L); return List; end; end Get_Integer_List; ----------------------- -- Get_Locale_String -- ----------------------- function Get_Locale_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Locale : String) return String is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Locale : String) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_locale_string"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Locale & ASCII.NUL)); end Get_Locale_String; ---------------------------- -- Get_Locale_String_List -- ---------------------------- function Get_Locale_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Locale : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return GNAT.Strings.String_List is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Locale : String; Length : System.Address; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return chars_ptr_array_access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_locale_string_list"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Locale & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, Error)); end Get_Locale_String_List; --------------------- -- Get_Start_Group -- --------------------- function Get_Start_Group (Key_File : G_Key_File) return String is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_start_group"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File)); end Get_Start_Group; ---------------- -- Get_String -- ---------------- function Get_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return String is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_string"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error)); end Get_String; --------------------- -- Get_String_List -- --------------------- function Get_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return GNAT.Strings.String_List is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Length : System.Address; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return chars_ptr_array_access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_string_list"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, Error)); end Get_String_List; --------------- -- Get_Value -- --------------- function Get_Value (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return String is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_get_value"); begin return Convert_Then_Free (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error)); end Get_Value; --------------- -- Has_Group -- --------------- function Has_Group (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_has_group"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL)); end Has_Group; ------------- -- Has_Key -- ------------- function Has_Key (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_has_key"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error)); end Has_Key; -------------------- -- Load_From_Data -- -------------------- function Load_From_Data (Key_File : G_Key_File; Data : String; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Data : String; Length : Gsize; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_load_from_data"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, Data & ASCII.NUL, Gsize (Data'Length), Flags, Error)); end Load_From_Data; ------------------------- -- Load_From_Data_Dirs -- ------------------------- function Load_From_Data_Dirs (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Full_Path : System.Address; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, File & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, Flags, Error)); end Load_From_Data_Dirs; -------------------- -- Load_From_Dirs -- -------------------- function Load_From_Dirs (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Search_Dirs : GNAT.Strings.String_List; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Search_Dirs : System.Address; Full_Path : System.Address; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_load_from_dirs"); L : aliased chars_ptr_array := From_String_List (Search_Dirs); Result : Gboolean; begin if Search_Dirs'Length = 0 then Result := Internal (Key_File, File & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address, Flags, Error); else Result := Internal (Key_File, File & ASCII.NUL, L (L'First)'Address, System.Null_Address, Flags, Error); end if; for I in L'Range loop Free (L (I)); end loop; return Boolean'Val (Result); end Load_From_Dirs; -------------------- -- Load_From_File -- -------------------- function Load_From_File (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; File : String; Flags : G_Key_File_Flags; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_load_from_file"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, File & ASCII.NUL, Flags, Error)); end Load_From_File; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Key_File : out G_Key_File) is function Internal return G_Key_File; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_new"); begin Key_File := Internal; end Gtk_New; -------------------- -- Remove_Comment -- -------------------- function Remove_Comment (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String := ""; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : chars_ptr; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_remove_comment"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); K : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Key); Result : Gboolean; begin Result := Internal (Key_File, G, K, Error); if G /= Null_Ptr then Free (G); end if; if K /= Null_Ptr then Free (K); end if; return Boolean'Val (Result); end Remove_Comment; ------------------ -- Remove_Group -- ------------------ function Remove_Group (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_remove_group"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Error)); end Remove_Group; ---------------- -- Remove_Key -- ---------------- function Remove_Key (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String; Key : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_remove_key"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Key_File, Group_Name & ASCII.NUL, Key & ASCII.NUL, Error)); end Remove_Key; ----------------- -- Set_Boolean -- ----------------- procedure Set_Boolean (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; Value : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_boolean"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, Boolean'Pos (Value)); Free (G); end Set_Boolean; ---------------------- -- Set_Boolean_List -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Boolean_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : Boolean_List) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; List : System.Address; Length : Gsize); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_boolean_list"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); L : array (List'Range) of Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, L); begin for I in List'Range loop L (I) := Boolean'Pos (List (I)); end loop; Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, L (L'First)'Address, L'Length); Free (G); end Set_Boolean_List; ----------------- -- Set_Comment -- ----------------- function Set_Comment (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String := ""; Comment : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError := null) return Boolean is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : chars_ptr; Comment : String; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_comment"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); K : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Key); Result : Gboolean; begin Result := Internal (Key_File, G, K, Comment & ASCII.NUL, Error); if G /= Null_Ptr then Free (G); end if; if K /= Null_Ptr then Free (K); end if; return Boolean'Val (Result); end Set_Comment; ---------------- -- Set_Double -- ---------------- procedure Set_Double (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : Gdouble) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; Value : Gdouble); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_double"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, Value); Free (G); end Set_Double; --------------------- -- Set_Double_List -- --------------------- procedure Set_Double_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : Double_List) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; List : System.Address; Length : Gsize); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_double_list"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, List (List'First)'Address, List'Length); Free (G); end Set_Double_List; ----------------- -- Set_Integer -- ----------------- procedure Set_Integer (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : Gint) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; Value : Gint); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_integer"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, Value); Free (G); end Set_Integer; ---------------------- -- Set_Integer_List -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Integer_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : Integer_List) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; List : System.Address; Length : Gsize); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_integer_list"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, List (List'First)'Address, List'Length); Free (G); end Set_Integer_List; ----------------------- -- Set_Locale_String -- ----------------------- procedure Set_Locale_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Locale : String; The_String : String) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; Locale : String; The_String : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_locale_string"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, Locale & ASCII.NUL, The_String & ASCII.NUL); Free (G); end Set_Locale_String; ---------------------------- -- Set_Locale_String_List -- ---------------------------- procedure Set_Locale_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Locale : String; List : GNAT.Strings.String_List) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; Locale : String; List : System.Address; Length : Gsize); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_locale_string_list"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); L : aliased chars_ptr_array := From_String_List (List); begin if List'Length = 0 then Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, Locale & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, 0); else Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, Locale & ASCII.NUL, L (L'First)'Address, L'Length); end if; Free (G); for I in L'Range loop Free (L (I)); end loop; end Set_Locale_String_List; ---------------- -- Set_String -- ---------------- procedure Set_String (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; The_String : String) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; The_String : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_string"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, The_String & ASCII.NUL); Free (G); end Set_String; --------------------- -- Set_String_List -- --------------------- procedure Set_String_List (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; List : GNAT.Strings.String_List) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; List : System.Address; Length : Gsize); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_string_list"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); L : aliased chars_ptr_array := From_String_List (List); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, L (L'First)'Address, L'Length); Free (G); for I in L'Range loop Free (L (I)); end loop; end Set_String_List; --------------- -- Set_Value -- --------------- procedure Set_Value (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : String := ""; Key : String; Value : String) is procedure Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Group_Name : chars_ptr; Key : String; Value : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_set_value"); G : chars_ptr := String_Or_Null (Group_Name); begin Internal (Key_File, G, Key & ASCII.NUL, Value & ASCII.NUL); Free (G); end Set_Value; ------------- -- To_Data -- ------------- function To_Data (Key_File : G_Key_File) return String is function Internal (Key_File : G_Key_File; Length : access Gsize; Error : Glib.Error.GError) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_key_file_to_data"); Len : aliased Gsize; C : chars_ptr; begin C := Internal (Key_File, Len'Access, null); declare S : constant String := Value (C, size_t (Len)); begin Free (C); return S; end; end To_Data; end Glib.Key_File; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-graphs-layouts.adb0000644000076700001450000010540612533067541020726 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists; with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with GNAT.Heap_Sort_G; package body Glib.Graphs.Layouts is Preferred_Length : constant := 1; -- Number of layers between edge ends (this is for future extension, so -- that some edges might be forced to span layers. Add_Dummy_Nodes : constant Boolean := True; -- Whether to add dummy (invisible node) for edges that span multiple -- layers. Dummy_Node_Size : constant Gdouble := 4.0; -- Size of the dummy nodes (since we also have margins, we might as well -- keep those nodes small). Default_Layer : constant Integer := 0; type Integer_Array is array (Integer range <>) of Integer; type Integer_Array_Access is access Integer_Array; -- maps vertices to some data procedure Make_Acyclic (G : in out Graph); -- Make sure the graph is acyclic package Vertex_Lists is new Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists (Vertex_Access); use Vertex_Lists; type Layer_Info_Array is array (Integer range <>) of Vertex_Lists.List; type Layer_Info_Array_Access is access Layer_Info_Array; type Layout_Info is record Horizontal : Boolean; Space_Between_Layers : Gdouble; Space_Between_Items : Gdouble; Min_Layer, Max_Layer : Integer; In_Layers : Layer_Info_Array_Access; -- The ordered list of items in each layer Layers : Integer_Array_Access; -- For each vertex, its assigned layer end record; procedure Free (Self : in out Layout_Info); -- Free memory used by Self function Slack (Info : Layout_Info; Edge : Edge_Access) return Integer; -- Returns the slack for an edge. When greater than 0, the edge could -- be tightened to lead to a nicer layer function Layer (Info : Layout_Info; V : Vertex_Access) return Integer; -- Return the layer for a vertex procedure Adjust_Positions (G : Graph; Info : Layout_Info); -- Adjust the position of the items within their layer. -- Items must hav already been ordered, and they are moved a little so that -- they tend to align with their parent and child nodes procedure Sort_Nodes_Within_Layers (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info); -- Sort the nodes within each layer so as to minimize crossing of edges. -- To do this, we use a Median or Barycenter Heuristic. -- This is also similar to what graphize uses to reorder nodes within a -- layer to minimize edge crossing. See for instance: -- "The barycenter Heuristic and the reorderable matrix" -- Erkki Makinen, Harri Siirtola -- http://www.informatica.si/PDF/29-3/ -- 13_Makinen-The%20Barycenter%20Heuristic....pdf -- -- See also -- http://www.graphviz.org/Documentation/TSE93.pdf -- -- Basically, for each layer, we order the nodes based on the barycenter -- of their neighbor nodes, and repeat for each layer. type Weight_Info is record Weight : Gdouble; Vertex : Vertex_Access; end record; type Weight_Array is array (Integer range <>) of Weight_Info; procedure Sort (W : in out Weight_Array); -- sort the array by weight -- Precondition: W'First = 0 -- Sorts 1 .. W'Last elements procedure Init_Rank (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info); -- Computes an initial feasible ranking (i.e where nodes are -- organized such that children nodes are in layers higher than their -- parents). This always assigns root nodes (with no in-edges) to -- layer 0. This might result in non-tight edges, for instance: -- /--F -- A -> B -> C -> D -- E -----------/ -- -- ??? This algorithm requires computation of in-edges, which is -- not always available for all types of graphs. Seems that we could -- replace it with a DFS, where leaf nodes are assigned to layer 0 -- (so the ordering would be different, but since we are tightening -- edges afterward it doesn't really matter). procedure Organize_Nodes (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info); -- Compute the position of nodes within each layer. -- We provide an initial ordering for elements: starting from nodes -- at the lowest layer (rightmost or topmost item depending on -- layout), we do a breadth-first-search, and add each child in to -- its respective layer. This ensures that for the spanning tree at -- least there are no edge crossings. procedure Rank_Items (G : in out Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info); -- Compute the layer for each item ---------- -- Tree -- ---------- package Edge_Lists is new Ada.Containers.Doubly_Linked_Lists (Edge_Access); use Edge_Lists; type Edge_Array is array (Integer range <>) of Edge_Lists.List; type Tree (Max_Index : Natural) is record Node_Count : Natural := 0; Node_In_Tree : Integer_Array (Min_Vertex_Index .. Max_Index) := (others => -1); -- This is used to test whether the corresponding node from the graph is -- in the tree. -- Since the graph might include several disjoint components, the value -- in this array indicates which component the node is part of. Edges : Edge_Array (Min_Vertex_Index .. Max_Index); -- For each vertex, the list of tree edges that start from it. Disjoint_Components : Natural := 0; -- Number of disjoint sets in thetree end record; -- A spanning tree for the graph. procedure Add_Edge (Self : in out Tree; E : Edge_Access); procedure Add_Vertex (Self : in out Tree; V : Vertex_Access); -- Add a new edge or vertex to the tree. function In_Tree (Self : Tree; V : Vertex_Access) return Boolean; -- Whether the vertex is already in the tree function Is_Spanning (Self : Tree) return Boolean; -- Whether all nodes are in the tree (i.e we have a full spanning tree for -- the graph). procedure Normalize_Layers (Spanning : Tree; Info : in out Layout_Info); -- Normalize the layers so that each independenct component starts at -- layer 0. This leads to nicer layout, since independent components -- are aligned procedure Feasible_Tree (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info; Spanning : out Tree); -- Computes an initial feasible tree. This is a spanning tree for the -- graph so that all of its edges are tight (which for instance will -- tighten the link E->D in the example above). -- This changes layer assignment for the vertices. ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (Self : in out Layout_Info) is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Integer_Array, Integer_Array_Access); procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Layer_Info_Array, Layer_Info_Array_Access); begin Unchecked_Free (Self.In_Layers); Unchecked_Free (Self.Layers); end Free; ----------- -- Slack -- ----------- function Slack (Info : Layout_Info; Edge : Edge_Access) return Integer is begin return Info.Layers (Get_Index (Get_Dest (Edge))) - Info.Layers (Get_Index (Get_Src (Edge))) - Preferred_Length; end Slack; ----------- -- Layer -- ----------- function Layer (Info : Layout_Info; V : Vertex_Access) return Integer is begin if V.all in Base_Dummy_Vertex'Class then return Base_Dummy_Vertex (V.all).Layer; else return Info.Layers (Get_Index (V)); end if; end Layer; -------------- -- Add_Edge -- -------------- procedure Add_Edge (Self : in out Tree; E : Edge_Access) is Sindex : constant Integer := Get_Index (Get_Src (E)); begin Add_Vertex (Self, Get_Src (E)); Add_Vertex (Self, Get_Dest (E)); Self.Edges (Sindex).Append (E); end Add_Edge; ---------------- -- Add_Vertex -- ---------------- procedure Add_Vertex (Self : in out Tree; V : Vertex_Access) is begin if not In_Tree (Self, V) then Self.Node_Count := Self.Node_Count + 1; Self.Node_In_Tree (Get_Index (V)) := Self.Disjoint_Components; end if; end Add_Vertex; ------------- -- In_Tree -- ------------- function In_Tree (Self : Tree; V : Vertex_Access) return Boolean is begin return Self.Node_In_Tree (Get_Index (V)) /= -1; end In_Tree; ----------------- -- Is_Spanning -- ----------------- function Is_Spanning (Self : Tree) return Boolean is begin return Self.Node_Count = Self.Node_In_Tree'Length; end Is_Spanning; ------------------ -- Make_Acyclic -- ------------------ procedure Make_Acyclic (G : in out Graph) is Acyclic : aliased Boolean; Sorted : constant Depth_Vertices_Array := Depth_First_Search (G => G, Acyclic => Acyclic'Access, Reverse_Edge_Cb => Revert_Edge'Access); pragma Unreferenced (Sorted); begin null; end Make_Acyclic; ---------- -- Sort -- ---------- procedure Sort (W : in out Weight_Array) is procedure Move (From, To : Natural); function Lt (Op1, Op2 : Natural) return Boolean; procedure Move (From, To : Natural) is begin W (To) := W (From); end Move; function Lt (Op1, Op2 : Natural) return Boolean is begin return W (Op1).Weight < W (Op2).Weight; end Lt; package HS is new GNAT.Heap_Sort_G (Move, Lt); begin HS.Sort (W'Last); end Sort; ---------------------- -- Normalize_Layers -- ---------------------- procedure Normalize_Layers (Spanning : Tree; Info : in out Layout_Info) is Min_Layer : Integer_Array (1 .. Spanning.Disjoint_Components) := (others => Integer'Last); -- The minimal layer used for each of the independent components Component : Integer; begin for V in Spanning.Node_In_Tree'Range loop Component := Spanning.Node_In_Tree (V); Min_Layer (Component) := Integer'Min (Min_Layer (Component), Info.Layers (V)); end loop; for V in Spanning.Node_In_Tree'Range loop Component := Spanning.Node_In_Tree (V); Info.Layers (V) := Info.Layers (V) - Min_Layer (Component); end loop; end Normalize_Layers; ------------------------------ -- Sort_Nodes_Within_Layers -- ------------------------------ procedure Sort_Nodes_Within_Layers (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info) is Max_Iterations : constant := 8; Max_I : constant Integer := Max_Index (G); Position : Integer_Array (Min_Vertex_Index .. Max_I); procedure Do_Iteration (Layer : Integer; Downward : Boolean); procedure Do_Iteration (Layer : Integer; Downward : Boolean) is Weights : Weight_Array (0 .. Max_I + 1); C : Vertex_Lists.Cursor := Info.In_Layers (Layer).First; Src, Dest : Vertex_Access; Current_C : Integer := Weights'First + 1; Eit : Edge_Iterator; Total, Count : Integer; begin while Has_Element (C) loop Dest := Element (C); Total := 0; Count := 0; if Downward then Eit := First (G, Src => Dest); else Eit := First (G, Dest => Dest); end if; while not At_End (Eit) loop if Downward then Src := Get_Dest (Get (Eit)); else Src := Get_Src (Get (Eit)); end if; -- ignore self-links. -- Only take into account tight edges (where nodes are in -- adjacent layers), which is the default if we added dummy -- nodes. if Src /= Dest and then (Add_Dummy_Nodes or else Slack (Info, Get (Eit)) = 0) then Total := Total + Position (Get_Index (Src)); Count := Count + 1; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; if Count = 0 then -- leave the item in place Weights (Current_C) := (Gdouble (Position (Get_Index (Dest))), Dest); else Weights (Current_C) := (Gdouble (Total) / Gdouble (Count), Dest); end if; Current_C := Current_C + 1; Next (C); end loop; -- Now sort based on weights Sort (Weights (0 .. Current_C - 1)); Info.In_Layers (Layer).Clear; for W in 1 .. Current_C - 1 loop Position (Get_Index (Weights (W).Vertex)) := W; Info.In_Layers (Layer).Append (Weights (W).Vertex); end loop; end Do_Iteration; C : Vertex_Lists.Cursor; Current_C : Integer; begin -- Store the position of elements within each layer for L in Info.In_Layers'Range loop C := Info.In_Layers (L).First; Current_C := 1; while Has_Element (C) loop Position (Get_Index (Element (C))) := Current_C; Current_C := Current_C + 1; Next (C); end loop; end loop; for Iteration in 0 .. Max_Iterations - 1 loop if Iteration mod 2 = 0 then for L in reverse Info.In_Layers'First .. Info.In_Layers'Last - 1 loop Do_Iteration (L, Downward => True); end loop; else for L in Info.In_Layers'First + 1 .. Info.In_Layers'Last loop Do_Iteration (L, Downward => False); end loop; end if; end loop; end Sort_Nodes_Within_Layers; ---------------------- -- Adjust_Positions -- ---------------------- procedure Adjust_Positions (G : Graph; Info : Layout_Info) is type Box is record X, Y, W, H : Gdouble; Space_After : Gdouble; -- between item and the next end record; Boxes : array (Min_Vertex_Index .. Max_Index (G)) of Box; procedure Do_Iteration (Layer : Integer; Downward : Boolean); procedure Do_Iteration (Layer : Integer; Downward : Boolean) is C : Vertex_Lists.Cursor := Info.In_Layers (Layer).First; Lowest : Gdouble := Gdouble'First; Highest : Gdouble; Total : Gdouble; Count : Integer; New_Pos : Gdouble; Src : Vertex_Access; Eit : Edge_Iterator; Current, Next_Item : Vertex_Access; Current_B : Box; -- size for Current Next_B : Box; -- size for Next_Item Child_B : Box; begin if Has_Element (C) then Next_Item := Element (C); Next_B := Boxes (Get_Index (Next_Item)); end if; while Next_Item /= null loop Total := 0.0; Count := 0; -- Find the range of coordinates allowed for the current item Current := Next_Item; Current_B := Next_B; Next (C); if Has_Element (C) then Next_Item := Element (C); Next_B := Boxes (Get_Index (Next_Item)); if Info.Horizontal then Highest := Next_B.Y; else Highest := Next_B.X; end if; else Next_Item := null; Highest := Gdouble'Last; end if; -- Now take a look at all its neighbors, either in previous -- or later layers, depending on the iteration if Downward then Eit := First (G, Src => Current); else Eit := First (G, Dest => Current); end if; while not At_End (Eit) loop if Downward then Src := Get_Dest (Get (Eit)); else Src := Get_Src (Get (Eit)); end if; -- ignore self-links. -- Only take into account tight edges (where nodes are in -- adjacent layers), which is the default if we added dummy -- nodes. if Src /= Current and then (Add_Dummy_Nodes or else Slack (Info, Get (Eit)) = 0) then Child_B := Boxes (Get_Index (Src)); Count := Count + 1; if Info.Horizontal then Total := Total + Child_B.Y + Child_B.H / 2.0; else Total := Total + Child_B.X + Child_B.W / 2.0; end if; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; if Count /= 0 then New_Pos := Total / Gdouble (Count); if Info.Horizontal then -- When we compute the highest possible position, we -- do not include space_between_items. This gives a -- chance to still move a vertex that would be blocked -- between two others (which will also move the next -- vertices) New_Pos := New_Pos - Current_B.H / 2.0; New_Pos := Gdouble'Min (New_Pos, Highest - Current_B.H); else New_Pos := New_Pos - Current_B.W / 2.0; New_Pos := Gdouble'Min (New_Pos, Highest - Current_B.W); end if; else if Info.Horizontal then New_Pos := Current_B.Y; else New_Pos := Current_B.X; end if; end if; New_Pos := Gdouble'Max (Lowest, New_Pos); if Info.Horizontal then Boxes (Get_Index (Current)).Y := New_Pos; Lowest := New_Pos + Current_B.H + Current_B.Space_After; else Boxes (Get_Index (Current)).X := New_Pos; Lowest := New_Pos + Current_B.W + Current_B.Space_After; end if; end loop; end Do_Iteration; C2 : Vertex_Lists.Cursor; Pos : Gdouble := 0.0; Lowest : Gdouble; Max_Size : Gdouble; V : Vertex_Access; Current_B : Box; -- size for Current begin -- Compute the coordinates for each layer, and an initial position for -- items within each layer. for P in Info.In_Layers'Range loop Lowest := 0.0; Max_Size := 0.0; C2 := Info.In_Layers (P).First; while Has_Element (C2) loop V := Element (C2); if V.all in Base_Dummy_Vertex'Class then Current_B.W := Dummy_Node_Size; Current_B.H := Dummy_Node_Size; Current_B.Space_After := 0.0; else Get_Size (V, Width => Current_B.W, Height => Current_B.H); Current_B.Space_After := Info.Space_Between_Items; end if; if Info.Horizontal then Max_Size := Gdouble'Max (Max_Size, Current_B.W); Current_B.X := Pos; Current_B.Y := Lowest; Lowest := Lowest + Current_B.H + Current_B.Space_After; else Max_Size := Gdouble'Max (Max_Size, Current_B.H); Current_B.X := Lowest; Current_B.Y := Pos; Lowest := Lowest + Current_B.W + Current_B.Space_After; end if; Boxes (Get_Index (V)) := Current_B; Next (C2); end loop; Pos := Pos + Max_Size + Info.Space_Between_Layers; end loop; -- Try to adjust position of nodes to align with parents and children for Iteration in 0 .. 8 loop if Iteration mod 2 = 0 then for P in reverse Info.In_Layers'First .. Info.In_Layers'Last - 1 loop Do_Iteration (P, Downward => True); end loop; else for P in Info.In_Layers'First + 1 .. Info.In_Layers'Last loop Do_Iteration (P, Downward => False); end loop; end if; end loop; declare Vit : Vertex_Iterator := First (G); V : Vertex_Access; begin while not At_End (Vit) loop V := Get (Vit); if V'Tag /= Base_Dummy_Vertex'Tag then Current_B := Boxes (Get_Index (V)); Set_Position (V, Current_B.X, Current_B.Y); end if; Next (Vit); end loop; end; end Adjust_Positions; --------------- -- Init_Rank -- --------------- procedure Init_Rank (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info) is Max_I : constant Integer := Max_Index (G); Vit : Vertex_Iterator := First (G); Queue : array (0 .. Max_I) of Vertex_Access; Q_Index : Integer := Queue'First; Q_Last : Integer := Queue'First; -- The queue of nodes to visit S, D : Vertex_Access; In_Degree : array (0 .. Max_I) of Integer := (others => 0); -- Number of remaining in-edges that have not been analyzed for -- each node. Layer : Integer; Eit : Edge_Iterator; Edge : Edge_Access; Deg : Natural; begin Info.Min_Layer := Default_Layer; Info.Max_Layer := Default_Layer; while not At_End (Vit) loop S := Get (Vit); Deg := 0; Eit := First (G, Dest => S); while not At_End (Eit) loop -- Ignore self links if Get_Src (Get (Eit)) /= S then Deg := Deg + 1; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; In_Degree (Get_Index (S)) := Deg; if In_Degree (Get_Index (S)) = 0 then Queue (Q_Last) := S; Q_Last := Q_Last + 1; end if; Next (Vit); end loop; while Q_Index < Q_Last loop S := Queue (Q_Index); Q_Index := Q_Index + 1; -- Compute layer based on ancestors' own layers Layer := Default_Layer; Eit := First (G, Dest => S); while not At_End (Eit) loop Edge := Get (Eit); Layer := Integer'Max (Layer, Info.Layers (Get_Index (Get_Src (Edge))) + Preferred_Length); Next (Eit); end loop; Info.Layers (Get_Index (S)) := Layer; Info.Max_Layer := Integer'Max (Info.Max_Layer, Layer); -- Mark all outgoing edges as scanned, which might lead to new -- nodes to analyze. Eit := First (G, Src => S); while not At_End (Eit) loop Edge := Get (Eit); D := Get_Dest (Edge); In_Degree (Get_Index (D)) := In_Degree (Get_Index (D)) - 1; if In_Degree (Get_Index (D)) = 0 then Queue (Q_Last) := D; Q_Last := Q_Last + 1; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; end loop; end Init_Rank; -------------------- -- Organize_Nodes -- -------------------- procedure Organize_Nodes (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info) is Nodes : constant Depth_Vertices_Array := Depth_First_Search (G); V : Vertex_Access; begin Info.In_Layers := new Layer_Info_Array (Info.Min_Layer .. Info.Max_Layer); for N in Nodes'Range loop V := Nodes (N).Vertex; Info.In_Layers (Layer (Info, V)).Append (V); end loop; Sort_Nodes_Within_Layers (G, Info); Adjust_Positions (G, Info); end Organize_Nodes; ------------------- -- Feasible_Tree -- ------------------- procedure Feasible_Tree (G : Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info; Spanning : out Tree) is function Add_Edge_And_Recurse (E : Edge_Access; V : Vertex_Access) return Boolean; function Search (V : Vertex_Access) return Boolean; -- These functions return True if the tree is complete at this -- point, and therefore we should stop searching. procedure Add_Adjacent_Edge; -- Add one adjacent edge to the tree, and change vertex layers to -- tighten that edge -------------------------- -- Add_Edge_And_Recurse -- -------------------------- function Add_Edge_And_Recurse (E : Edge_Access; V : Vertex_Access) return Boolean is begin if not In_Tree (Spanning, V) and then Slack (Info, E) = 0 then Add_Edge (Spanning, E); if Is_Spanning (Spanning) or else Search (V) then return True; end if; end if; return False; end Add_Edge_And_Recurse; ------------ -- Search -- ------------ function Search (V : Vertex_Access) return Boolean is Eit : Edge_Iterator; E : Edge_Access; begin Eit := First (G, Src => V); while not At_End (Eit) loop E := Get (Eit); if Add_Edge_And_Recurse (E, Get_Dest (E)) then return True; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; Eit := First (G, Dest => V); while not At_End (Eit) loop E := Get (Eit); if Add_Edge_And_Recurse (E, Get_Src (E)) then return True; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; -- We force the edge into the tree (it might have been an edge -- with no in or out edges). Add_Vertex (Spanning, V); return Is_Spanning (Spanning); end Search; ----------------------- -- Add_Adjacent_Edge -- ----------------------- procedure Add_Adjacent_Edge is Vit : Vertex_Iterator := First (G); V : Vertex_Access; Eit : Edge_Iterator; E : Edge_Access; Last_Vertex_Not_In_Tree : Vertex_Access; Layer_Delta : Integer; Min_Slack : Integer := Integer'Last; Vertex_To_Add : Vertex_Access; Edge_To_Add : Edge_Access; Sl : Integer; Dummy : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Dummy); begin For_Each_Vertex_Not_In_Tree : while not At_End (Vit) loop V := Get (Vit); if not In_Tree (Spanning, V) then Last_Vertex_Not_In_Tree := V; Eit := First (G, Src => V); while not At_End (Eit) loop E := Get (Eit); if In_Tree (Spanning, Get_Dest (E)) then Sl := Slack (Info, E); if Sl < Min_Slack then Min_Slack := Sl; Vertex_To_Add := V; Edge_To_Add := E; Layer_Delta := -Sl; -- that will be the minimum anyway exit For_Each_Vertex_Not_In_Tree when Sl = 1; end if; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; Eit := First (G, Dest => V); while not At_End (Eit) loop E := Get (Eit); if In_Tree (Spanning, Get_Src (E)) then Sl := Slack (Info, E); if Sl < Min_Slack then Min_Slack := Sl; Vertex_To_Add := V; Edge_To_Add := E; Layer_Delta := Sl; -- that will be the minimum anyway exit For_Each_Vertex_Not_In_Tree when Sl = 1; end if; end if; Next (Eit); end loop; end if; Next (Vit); end loop For_Each_Vertex_Not_In_Tree; -- Have we found an edge to tighten ? if Vertex_To_Add /= null then Vit := First (G); while not At_End (Vit) loop V := Get (Vit); -- If the node is in the current component if Spanning.Node_In_Tree (Get_Index (V)) = Spanning.Disjoint_Components then Info.Layers (Get_Index (V)) := Info.Layers (Get_Index (V)) + Layer_Delta; end if; Next (Vit); end loop; -- Add the edge only after we had adjusted layers Add_Edge (Spanning, Edge_To_Add); Info.Min_Layer := Integer'Min (Info.Min_Layer, Info.Min_Layer + Layer_Delta); Info.Max_Layer := Integer'Max (Info.Max_Layer, Info.Max_Layer + Layer_Delta); elsif Last_Vertex_Not_In_Tree /= null then -- No adjacent vertex, and yet the tree is not spanning. We -- start from a new node. Spanning.Disjoint_Components := Spanning.Disjoint_Components + 1; Dummy := Search (Last_Vertex_Not_In_Tree); end if; end Add_Adjacent_Edge; Vit : constant Vertex_Iterator := First (G); Dummy : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Dummy); begin if At_End (Vit) then -- No nodes in graph return; end if; Spanning.Disjoint_Components := 1; Dummy := Search (Get (Vit)); -- initial tree (non-spanning) while not Is_Spanning (Spanning) loop Add_Adjacent_Edge; end loop; end Feasible_Tree; ---------------- -- Rank_Items -- ---------------- procedure Rank_Items (G : in out Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info) is Max_I : constant Integer := Max_Index (G); Spanning : Tree (Max_I); begin Init_Rank (G, Info); Feasible_Tree (G, Info, Spanning); -- ??? Should now compute cut values, and adjust layers for edges -- with negative cut values. The idea is that a node with for -- instance more incoming edges than outgoing edges, should -- preferably shorten the incoming edges Normalize_Layers (Spanning, Info); -- ??? Could balance the layers: when a node can be in multiple -- layers (same number of incomding and outgoing edges), it should be -- moved to the layer which has the fewest nodes to reduce crowding. end Rank_Items; --------------------- -- Layered_Layouts -- --------------------- package body Layered_Layouts is procedure Insert_Dummy_Nodes (G : in out Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info); -- When an edge spans multiple layers, replace it with a chain of -- edges, each of which only connects adjacent layers ------------------------ -- Insert_Dummy_Nodes -- ------------------------ procedure Insert_Dummy_Nodes (G : in out Graph; Info : in out Layout_Info) is Eit : Edge_Iterator := First (G); E : Edge_Access; V1 : Vertex_Access; Start_Layer, End_Layer : Integer; begin while not At_End (Eit) loop E := Get (Eit); Next (Eit); Start_Layer := Info.Layers (Get_Index (Get_Src (E))); End_Layer := Info.Layers (Get_Index (Get_Dest (E))); if Start_Layer < End_Layer - 1 then declare Dummies : Vertices_Array (Start_Layer + 1 .. End_Layer - 1); begin V1 := Get_Src (E); for Layer in Start_Layer + 1 .. End_Layer - 1 loop -- We can't add the new layer to Layers, since there -- is not enough space there. Dummies (Layer) := new Dummy_Vertex; Base_Dummy_Vertex (Dummies (Layer).all).Layer := Layer; Add_Vertex (G, Dummies (Layer)); Add_Edge (G, V1, Dummies (Layer)); V1 := Dummies (Layer); end loop; Add_Edge (G, V1, Get_Dest (E)); Replaced_With_Dummy_Vertices (Replaced_Edge => E, Dummies => Dummies); Remove (G, E); end; end if; end loop; end Insert_Dummy_Nodes; ------------ -- Layout -- ------------ procedure Layout (G : in out Graph; Horizontal : Boolean := True; Space_Between_Layers : Gdouble := 20.0; Space_Between_Items : Gdouble := 10.0) is Info : Layout_Info; begin Info.Horizontal := Horizontal; Info.Space_Between_Items := Space_Between_Items; Info.Space_Between_Layers := Space_Between_Layers; Info.Layers := new Integer_Array (Min_Vertex_Index .. Max_Index (G)); if not Is_Directed (G) then raise Program_Error with "Layer layout only applies to directed graphs"; end if; Make_Acyclic (G); Rank_Items (G, Info); if Add_Dummy_Nodes then Insert_Dummy_Nodes (G, Info); end if; Organize_Nodes (G, Info); Free (Info); end Layout; end Layered_Layouts; end Glib.Graphs.Layouts; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-mdi.ads0000644000076700001450000015401212533067541017051 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- -- This widget organizes its children into resizable panes. Within each -- pane, multiple children can be put, and they will be accessible through -- a notebook. -- -- Layout containers pragma Ada_2005; with Ada.Tags; with Cairo; with GNAT.Strings; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Main; with Glib.Xml_Int; with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Rectangle; with Gtk.Accel_Group; with Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Event_Box; with Gtk.Handlers; with Gtk.Image; with Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Menu; with Gtk.Menu_Item; with Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Check_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Css_Provider; with Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Window; with Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtkada.Multi_Paned; with Pango.Font; package Gtkada.MDI is type MDI_Window_Record is new Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record with private; type MDI_Window is access all MDI_Window_Record'Class; -- Although this widget is implemented as a gtk_layout, you shouldn't -- use the standard Gtk_Layout functions like Put and Move yourself. type MDI_Child_Record is new Gtk.Event_Box.Gtk_Event_Box_Record with private; type MDI_Child is access all MDI_Child_Record'Class; pragma No_Strict_Aliasing (MDI_Child); -- A child of the MDI, that encapsulates the widgets you have put in the -- MDI window. -- You can easily convert from this to the initial widget using the -- functions Find_MDI_Child and Get_Widget. type MDI_Child_Array is array (Natural range <>) of MDI_Child; No_Children : constant MDI_Child_Array := (1 .. 0 => null); type State_Type is (Normal, Floating, Invisible); -- This type indicates the state of an item in the MDI: -- - Normal: the item can be manipulated (moved and resized) by the user. -- It is found either in the middle notebook (maximized items), or -- in the layout. -- - Floating: the item has its own toplevel window, and is thus managed -- by the window manager. -- - Invisible: the child was part of a previously displayed perspective, -- but is no longer in the current perspective. We still keep it to -- reuse it when switching back to the previous perspective. type Allowed_Areas is (Central_Only, Sides_Only, Both); -- Where is a child allowed to be moved ? procedure Gtk_New (MDI : out MDI_Window; Group : access Gtk.Accel_Group.Gtk_Accel_Group_Record'Class; Independent_Perspectives : Boolean := False); -- Create a new MDI window. -- Note that it is recommended that you modify the style (Set_Background -- in State_Normal) to have a different color. -- You should call Setup_Toplevel_Window once you have added the MDI to a -- toplevel widget, so that focus is correctly handled when the toplevel -- window gains the focus -- When Independent_Perspectives is True, switching perspectives will not -- preserve any window. Otherwise, the windows that are in the central -- area will be preserved in the new perspective. procedure Initialize (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Group : access Gtk.Accel_Group.Gtk_Accel_Group_Record'Class; Independent_Perspectives : Boolean := False); -- Internal initialization function. -- See the section "Creating your own widgets" in the documentation. function Get_Type return Glib.GType; function Child_Get_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the type describing the MDI or a MDI_Child procedure Setup_Toplevel_Window (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Parent : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class); -- Setup Parent to properly handle focus when the window manager changes -- the window that currently has the focus. -- Parent must be the toplevel window that contains the MDI. type Show_Tabs_Policy_Enum is (Always, Never, Automatic); type Title_Bars_Policy is (Always, Never, Central_Only); procedure Configure (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Opaque_Resize : Boolean := False; Close_Floating_Is_Unfloat : Boolean := True; Title_Font : Pango.Font.Pango_Font_Description := null; Title_Bar_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Focus_Title_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Draw_Title_Bars : Title_Bars_Policy := Always; Tabs_Position : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type := Gtk.Enums.Pos_Top; Show_Tabs_Policy : Show_Tabs_Policy_Enum := Automatic; Homogeneous_Tabs : Boolean := True); -- Change the setup of the MDI. -- Close_Floating_Is_Unfloat, if True, means that closing a floating child -- will put it back in the MDI instead of destroying it (unless its flag -- Always_Destroy_Float is set). -- Title_Font is the font used in the title bars (if null, "sans 8" -- is used). -- The colors, when Null_Color, will not change the current setup. -- If Draw_Title_Bars is False, then no extra title bar will be displayed -- for the MDI children when they are maximized. This saves space on the -- screen. However, the notebook tabs will be highlighted with -- Title_Bar_Color in exchange. -- Tabs_Position indicates where the notebook tabs should be put. -- Show_Tabs_Policy indicates when the notebook tabs should be displayed. -- -- If Homogeneous_Tabs is true, then the notebook tabs will only use their -- natural size when they all fit in the notebook's width. Otherwise, they -- are resized (and ellipsized as needed) so that more of them show. -- Changing this setup requires a restart of the MDI. -- -- Calling configure will define a default CSS to properly theme the MDI. -- This CSS relies on mainly two widget classes to behave: -- * mdifocused, corresponding to the notebook having the focus -- * mdititle, corresponding to the title bar -- This default CSS renders the active tab of the active notebook with the -- color defined in Focus_Title_Color. Same for the color of the title -- bar (uses Title_Bar_Color for non-active title bar). -- This behavior can at any point be overriden by users by defining -- their own and load it at run-time. -- -- Since the move to gtk3, the highlighting of the current tab is left to -- the gtk+ theme, rather than overwritten in this package. This permits a -- better integration with the user's theme. It is possible for -- applications to provide their own CSS, though, using -- Gtkada.Style.Load_Css_File. Here is an example of such a CSS, which -- highlights the current tab in the notebook that currently has the focus: -- -- @define-color mdi-tab-color grey; -- @define-color mdi-active-tab-color blue; -- .mdititle { -- border-width: 2px; -- background-image: -gtk-gradient( -- linear, left top, left bottom, -- from(@mdi-tab-color), to(shade(@mdi-tab-color, 1.1))); -- } -- .mdifocused .mdititle { -- background-image: -gtk-gradient( -- linear, left top, left bottom, -- from(@mdi-active-tab-color), -- to(shade(@mdi-active-tab-color, 1.1))); -- .mdi tab GtkLabel, .mdi tab GtkImage { opacity: 0.8 } -- .mdifocused tab GtkLabel, .mdifocused tab GtkImage { opacity: 1.0} function Independent_Perspectives (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return Boolean; -- Whether the MDI is using independent perspectives ------------- -- Windows -- ------------- type Child_Flags is mod 2 ** 7; Destroy_Button : constant Child_Flags := 2 ** 2; Float_As_Transient : constant Child_Flags := 2 ** 3; Float_To_Main : constant Child_Flags := 2 ** 5; Always_Destroy_Float : constant Child_Flags := 2 ** 4; All_Buttons : constant Child_Flags := Destroy_Button; -- Special flags to set up the widgets: The first is the buttons -- that should be displayed in the title bar of the MDI children. If -- Float_As_Transient is set, then the child will be set up as a transient -- window when floating: on most window managers, it will stay on top of -- the MDI, but the window will have less decorations in its title bar, -- in particular no destroy button. In such a case, will close the -- window, or unfloat it depending on the MDI's setup, as is the case for -- all dialogs in GtkAda. The MDI's setup will be ignored (and the child -- always destroyed when Esc is pressed) if Always_Destroy_Float is true. -- Float_To_Main yields the same behavior as Float_As_Transient, except -- that the floated child will always be attached to the main window. -- What this means is that the child will stay on top of the MDI, and will -- persist if you close the current MDI child. type Child_Group is new Positive; Group_Default : constant Child_Group := 1; Group_Any : constant Child_Group := Child_Group'Last; -- This type can be used to help group windows by type within the MDI. -- Group_Default as a special status when computing the initial position -- for a window. But you can create your own groups as needed, so that for -- instance editors tend to be grouped with other editors, graphs with -- other graphs,... depending on your application. -- The group has an impact when the last window from a notebook is closed: -- If the window belongs to Group_Default, and it is the last of its group, -- then the space currently occupied by that window is not reclaimed, and -- therefore an empty area will exist in the MDI. The idea is that for -- instance editors typically play a special role in an integrated -- development environment, and the users like to have them in the center -- of the window. When closing the last editor, they do not want the side -- windows (browsers, consoles,...) to take up that space that should -- really only be used for editors. -- To get such a behavior, editors should belong to Group_Default, and all -- other windows to custom groups. -- -- Do not use Group_Any, it is used internally with special meanings. procedure Gtk_New (Child : out MDI_Child; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Flags : Child_Flags := All_Buttons; Group : Child_Group := Group_Default; Focus_Widget : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget := null; Areas : Allowed_Areas := Both); -- Create a new MDI child that contains widget. -- Widget mustn't be of type Gtk_Window. -- -- You shouldn't access Widget directly afterwards, but should manipulate -- Child only. However, as a special exception, you can still pass Widget -- as a parameter to the subprograms in this package to manipulate it (e.g. -- in Raise_Child, ...) -- -- If Focus_Widget is not null, this is the widget that gets the keyboard -- focus when the child is selected. procedure Initialize (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Flags : Child_Flags := All_Buttons; Group : Child_Group := Group_Default; Focus_Widget : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget := null; Areas : Allowed_Areas := Both); -- Internal initialization function. -- See the section "Creating your own widgets" in the documentation. type Child_Position is (Position_Automatic, Position_Bottom, Position_Top, Position_Left, Position_Right, Position_Float); subtype Side_Position is Child_Position range Position_Bottom .. Position_Right; -- The initial position of windows within the MDI. -- In all cases, the initial location for a window is computed with the -- following algorithm. This algorithm is designed with the notion of -- groups of windows in mind, so that some windows (typically editors) have -- a special status. -- - If Position_Float, make the window floating -- - If another window with the same Group is already in the MDI, the -- new window is put on top of it. -- - Otherwise, if Position_Automatic, if an empty area exists within -- the MDI, the new window is put in that area. -- - Else if the Position is Bottom .. Right, the new window is put -- below all others (resp. to the top, left or right) -- - Else the window is put on top of the currently selected window procedure Put (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Initial_Position : Child_Position := Position_Automatic); -- Add a new child to the MDI window, and return its embedding widget. -- Calling Put does not give the focus to the newly inserted widget. -- To do that, you should call Set_Focus_Child. function Save_Desktop (Self : not null access MDI_Child_Record) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; -- A function used to save a child into the desktop. -- This is similar to Save_Desktop_Function, but is specific to a child, -- and thus more efficient. -- -- If this function returns some data, that data is saved into the XML -- for the desktop. If it returns null, however, the MDI will call each -- of the registered Save_Desktop_Function, until one returns some data. -- -- The resulting node must have a tag that is unique for this type of -- widget, and this recognized by one of the Load_Desktop_Function so -- that the child can be recreated when the desktop is loaded from XML. procedure Set_Size (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Width : Glib.Gint; Height : Glib.Gint; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False); -- Forces a new size for a child. If Width or Height is left to -1, the -- matching size will be computed from the child's requisition. If they are -- left to 0, the corresponding length is left to its current value. -- If Fixed_Size is True, then the widget will not be resized when the MDI -- itself is resized (unless the user has first moved one of the handles to -- manually resize it). Otherwise, it will grow proportionally with the -- rest of the MDI. procedure Close (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Force : Boolean := False); -- Close the child that contains Child, and remove its window from the -- MDI. See also Close_Child if you need to close a MDI_Child itself. -- This first checks through a delete_event callback whether the child -- accepts to be closed. -- "delete_event" is not sent, and the child is automatically closed, if -- Force is set to True. procedure Set_Title (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Title : String; Short_Title : String := ""); -- Set the title for a child. Title is the title put in titlebar of -- the children, whereas Short_Title is the name of the notebook tab when -- children are maximized. By default, it is the same as Title. -- -- The default title is the empty string. -- This title will be the one used for the window when the child is set to -- floating state. -- -- Title and Short_Title should preferably be UTF8-encoded, although this -- procedure will attempt to guess the encoding if the string is not valid -- UTF8. -- -- Child should already be in the MDI at this point (via a call to Put), so -- that the "use_short_titles" preference is taken into account. function Get_MDI (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return MDI_Window; -- Return the MDI to which Child is associated. In Child is a floating -- child, it might not be in the MDI window itself. function Get_Title (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return UTF8_String; -- Return the title for a specific child function Get_Short_Title (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return UTF8_String; -- Return the name of the notebook tab used when children are maximized. function Has_Title_Bar (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return Boolean; -- Whether a title bar is currently displayed for Child function Get_State (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return State_Type; -- Return the current state of the child function Get_Allowed_Areas (Child : not null access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return Allowed_Areas; -- What areas the child can be put int procedure Set_Icon (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Icon : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf); -- Associate an icon with Child. This icon is visible in the title bar, the -- notebook tabs, the Window menu and the interactive selection dialog. -- The icon is updated dynamically on the screen. -- The Icon can safely be unrefed by the caller (and should, if the pixbuf -- was newly allocated). function Get_Icon (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Returns the icon associated with Child. The returned pixbuf is owned -- by the MDI and must not be freed by the caller. --------------------------- -- Drag and Drop support -- --------------------------- function Dnd_Data (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Copy : Boolean) return MDI_Child; -- When a drag-and-drop operation took place to move a child from one -- position to the next, this function is called to know what child should -- be moved. -- As a result, the implementor can choose whether a copy of the child -- should be returned (creating a new view for an editor for instance), or -- if the child itself should be moved (the default). -- The returned MDI_Child must have been added to the MDI before it is -- returned. -- Copy is set to true if a copy operation was requested, to False if a -- simple move operation was requested. It can be ignored if Child doesn't -- know how to create a copy of itself for instance. procedure Set_Dnd_Message (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Message : String); -- Override the message that is displayed in the popup window while -- performing a drag. By default, this message mentions: -- "Use control to move the whole notebook" -- "Use shift to create a new view for editors" -- so might not be suitable for all applications. -- You can use markup like "..." to put keywords in bold. -- -- Passing an empty string for Message will restore the default message. procedure Child_Drag_Begin (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Button; Areas : Allowed_Areas); -- Starts a drag-and-drop operation for the child, so that it can be put in -- some other place on the desktop. This should only be called when a -- handler for the "button_press_event" signal, passing the event itself in -- parameter. -- The Child is immediately raised and gains the focus. -- Areas indicates where the child can be dropped. This is in particular -- useful if Dnd_Data was overridden and some other child will be dropped -- instead. procedure Cancel_Child_Drag (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Cancel a drag operation started by Child_Drag_Begin. -- It doesn't call Child_Drag_Finished. procedure Child_Drag_Finished (Child : access MDI_Child_Record); -- Called when a drag operation is either aborted or completed. It should -- be overriden if special cleanup should be done. ----------- -- Menus -- ----------- type Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory is access procedure (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Menu : access Gtk.Menu.Gtk_Menu_Record'Class); procedure Set_Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Factory : Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory); -- Set (or unset if Factory is null) the callback to create the contextual -- menu entries when the user clicks on a notebook tab. -- Factory should add entries to Menu (which already contains the default -- entries, but you can remove them if needed). ------------------------ -- Selecting children -- ------------------------ procedure Highlight_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Highlight : Boolean := True); -- Highlight the child until it is selected by the user. -- The color of its menu label and of the text in the notebook tabs is -- changed. -- Nothing is done if the child is already fully visible (either in the -- active page in one of the notebooks, or the child that has the selection -- in the layout). -- This is meant to be used as a graphical note to the user that the child -- has been updated and the user should look at it. function Get_Focus_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return MDI_Child; -- Return the child that currently has the MDI focus. -- null is returned if no child has the focus. procedure Set_Focus_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Containing : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Give the focus to the child containing Containing. This will not -- Grab_Focus for the child in all cases, since you might want to give the -- focus to some specific part of your widget (an entry field,...) in some -- cases. procedure Set_Focus_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record); -- Make Child the active widget, and raise it at the top. procedure Check_Interactive_Selection_Dialog (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Move_To_Next : Boolean; Only_Group : Child_Group := Group_Any); -- Open the interactive dialog for selecting windows. -- This dialog should be open as a result of a key press event. -- Move_To_Next indicates whether we want to select the next child (True) -- or the previous child (False). -- This dialog will be closed only when the key that opened it is fully -- released. For instance, if the dialog was opened as a result of -- pressing Ctrl-Tab, the dialog will only be closed when Ctrl itself is -- released. -- You can call this procedure even if a dialog is currently open. This -- simply forces a move to the next or previous child. In fact, it is -- your responsability to call this procedure when the user presses -- the keys to move between children. -- -- If Event is null, then no dialog is displayed. Instead, the next or -- previous visible child is immediately selected. In such a mode, windows -- that are not on top of their respective notebook are ignored. This can -- be used to emulate Emacs's behavior for goto-other-window. -- -- If Only_Group is specified, then only the windows from that group will -- be shown in the dialog. -- This function is not internal to the MDI since connecting to the -- key_press_event and key_release_event should be done in the gtk_window -- that contains the MDI. Otherwise, some events are intercepted by gtk+, -- for instance the key_release_events, and the key_press_events for some -- specified keys. -- It also gives the choice to the application of whether this feature is -- wanted or not. ----------------------------------------- -- MDI_Child and encapsulated children -- ----------------------------------------- function Get_Widget (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; -- Return the widget that Child encapsulates. This is the widget you -- initially Put() in MDI. function Find_MDI_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return MDI_Child; -- Return the MDI_Child that encapsulates Widget. -- Widget must be the exact same one you gave in argument to Put. -- If the child is currently not visible in the perspective (for instance -- it was created for another perspective, but is not present in the -- current one), it is inserted automatically back in the MDI. function Find_MDI_Child_From_Widget (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return MDI_Child; -- Return the MDI child that encapsulate the parent of Widget. -- As opposed to Find_MDI_Child, Widget can be anywhere within the -- widget tree. This function properly handles floating children -- If the child is currently not visible in the perspective (for instance -- it was created for another perspective, but is not present in the -- current one), it is inserted automatically back in the MDI. function Find_MDI_Child_By_Tag (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Tag : Ada.Tags.Tag; Visible_Only : Boolean := False) return MDI_Child; -- Return the first child matching Tag -- If the child is currently not visible in the perspective (for instance -- it was created for another perspective, but is not present in the -- current one), it is inserted automatically back in the MDI. -- If Visible_Only is True, an invisible child is not returned. This is -- useful to check whether a child is currently visible. function Find_MDI_Child_By_Name (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Name : String) return MDI_Child; -- Return the first child matching Name. -- If the child is currently not visible in the perspective (for instance -- it was created for another perspective, but is not present in the -- current one), it is inserted automatically back in the MDI. type Child_Iterator is private; function First_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Group_By_Notebook : Boolean := False; Visible_Only : Boolean := True) return Child_Iterator; -- Return an access to the first child of the MDI. -- -- If Group_By_Notebook is True, then the children are reported one after -- the other, but all the widget from the same notebook are reported in the -- same order as the notebook pages. Floating children do not belong to a -- notebook, and are also reported together. To find out to which notebook -- a child belongs, use Get_Notebook below. -- -- If Group_By_Notebook is False, it is garanteed that the first child is -- the one that currently has the focus in the MDI. The children are -- returned in the order in which they last had the focus. -- -- If Visible_Only is true, then only those children currently visible in -- the perspective are returned. The children that were part of a former -- perspective are not returned. procedure Next (Iterator : in out Child_Iterator); -- Move to the next child in the MDI function Get_Notebook (Iterator : Child_Iterator) return Gtk.Notebook.Gtk_Notebook; -- Return the notebook to which the current child belongs. null is returned -- for floating children function Get (Iterator : Child_Iterator) return MDI_Child; -- Return the child pointed to by Iterator. -- If Iterator is no longer valid, null is returned. ----------------------------------- -- Floating and closing children -- ----------------------------------- procedure Float_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Float : Boolean); -- Change the floating state of a child function Is_Floating (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Return True if Child is currently in a separate window procedure Close_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Force : Boolean := False); -- Same as Close, but applies directly to a MDI_Child. procedure Set_All_Floating_Mode (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; All_Floating : Boolean); -- If All_Floating is set to true, the MDI will have a size of 0x0, and all -- children are set to floating. This can be used if you wish to let the -- window manager handle the windows. If All_Floating is True, children -- can no longer be maximized. procedure Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Short_Titles : Boolean); -- If Short_Titles is set to true, only short titles will ever be used -- either in the title bars (in notebooks) or as the title for floating -- windows. --------------------------- -- Reorganizing children -- --------------------------- procedure Raise_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Give_Focus : Boolean := True); -- Put Child in the foreground. -- Note that this does not give the focus to this child, unless -- Give_Focus is set to True. If Child and the current focus child are in -- the same notebook, Child will always gain the focus, so that the focus -- is not left on an invisible window. function Is_Raised (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Whether the child is currently raised, ie fully visible to the user procedure Lower_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Put Child in the background. -- If the children are maximized, this selected the next page from the -- notebook. type Split_Mode is (Before, Before_Reuse, After, After_Reuse, Any_Side_Reuse); -- How a child should be split: -- If "Before", the child is put above or to the left of its current -- position. A new window is created to containing it. If the "_Reuse" -- version is used, and a window already exist at that position, the child -- will be put in it instead of creating a new one. -- Any_Side_Reuse indicates that the child will be put on either side, -- depending on where a window already exists. If there is no window on the -- side, a new one is created. procedure Split (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; Child : MDI_Child := null; Mode : Split_Mode := Before; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := 0); -- Split the notebook containing Child (by default, the current focus -- child). -- Mode indicates in which direction the splitting should occur. If you -- are splitting a child in the central area, splitting will never reuse -- a window outside of the central area. -- Width and Height indicate the desired geometry for the splitted area, -- 0 indicate a 50/50 split. ---------------------- -- Desktop Handling -- ---------------------- -- The MDI provides a way to save desktops, i.e the list of children -- currently open in the MDI and their location. It can then restore the -- desktop at some later point. -- -- Desktops require support from the widgets that are put in the MDI. They -- need to register a function to save them and a function to recreate -- them. Using Ada streams for this didn't prove workable since some -- children might need extra parameters not available to them through -- streams. This is why the following subprograms are in a generic package, -- so that you can pass whatever parameter(s) is needed in your -- application. -- -- Desktops are saved and restored in XML trees. -- -- If you need your application to load a "default desktop" when the user -- hasn't defined one, it is recommended that you distribute an actual -- file containing this desktop. You could also create the XML tree in -- memory yourself, and thus hard-code the default desktop if need be. generic type User_Data is private; -- Generic type of parameter that is passed to all the children's save -- and restore functions. -- This package needs to be instantiated at library level package Desktop is type Menu_Registration_Procedure is access procedure (User : User_Data; Item_Name : String; Accel_Path : String); -- Function used to register in the application a static menu -- created by the MDI. function Create_Menu (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Accel_Path_Prefix : String := ""; User : User_Data; Registration : Menu_Registration_Procedure := null) return Gtk.Menu.Gtk_Menu; -- Create a dynamic menu that can then be inserted into a menu bar. This -- menu is dynamic, ie its content will changed based on the focus -- child. -- If this function is called several times, the same menu is returned -- every time. Accel_Path_Prefix must be the same for every call. -- Accel_Path_Prefix is used so that the key shortcuts associated with -- these menu items can be changed dynamically by the user (see -- gtk-accel_map.ads). The prefix must start with "<" and end with ">". -- User is used for the callbacks on perspective changes, and passed to -- Load_Perspective -- If Registration is specified, call it for type Save_Desktop_Function is access function (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; User : User_Data) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; -- A general function that dumps the parameters of a widget into an XML -- tree. -- -- Note: you should register one such function for all the widget types -- you will put in the MDI and that need to be saved when a desktop is -- saved. The MDI will call all the registered functions one after the -- other. Therefore, your function should return null if Widget is not -- of a type that is it can handle. -- -- Before calling the registered save_desktop_function, the MDI will -- first use the child's Save_Desktop primitive function. type Load_Desktop_Function is access function (MDI : MDI_Window; Node : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; User : User_Data) return MDI_Child; -- A general function that loads a widget from an XML tree. -- -- As for Save_Desktop_Function, this function should return null if it -- doesn't know how to handle Node or if Node doesn't describe a widget -- type that it can handle. -- -- This function returns an MDI_Widget that has been put in the MDI. procedure Register_Desktop_Functions (Save : Save_Desktop_Function; Load : Load_Desktop_Function); -- Register a set of functions to save and load desktops for some -- specific widget types. This can be called multiple times. -- Save might be null. function Restore_Desktop (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Perspectives : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; From_Tree : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; User : User_Data) return Boolean; -- Restore the contents of the MDI from its saved XML tree. -- Perspectives is the list of perspectives. It is cloned as needed, so -- the caller is still responsible for freeing it. The first perspective -- is loaded. -- From_Tree is the part of the desktop that describes the editor area. -- User is passed as a parameter to all of the Load_Desktop_Function -- registered by the widgets. -- Return False if the desktop couldn't be loaded -- It also restores the size and position of the toplevel window that -- contains the MDI procedure Load_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Name : String; User : User_Data); -- Replace the current perspective by another one. This preserves the -- editor area. -- If the perspective does not exist, nothing is done, unless no -- perspective is currently loaded (in which case we load the first -- on in the list). procedure Create_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Name : String; User : User_Data); -- Create a new perspective with the current desktop layout. If another -- perspective with the same name exists, it is replaced. procedure Define_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; XML : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; User : User_Data); -- Define a new perspective (in the same format as returned by -- Save_Desktop, the central area is under control of the user so you -- cannot change it). -- If such a perspective already exists, nothing is done (since the user -- might have modified it already). -- XML's root node is the node, including its "name" -- attribute. -- XML must be freed by the caller. procedure Save_Desktop (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; User : User_Data; Perspectives : out Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; Central : out Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr); -- Return XML representations of the perspectives and central area. Both -- nodes need to be freed by the caller, and can be saved in a file (to -- be passed to Restore_Desktop later on). -- This function calls each of the registered function for the children -- of the MDI. -- It also saves the size and position of the toplevel window that -- contains the MDI function Get_XML_Content (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Tag : String) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; -- Return the first XML subtree starting with 'Tag'. This allows a -- module to retrieve its content after the 'Load_Desktop' call. procedure Free_Registered_Desktop_Functions; -- Free the memory allocated for the registered functions. private type Register_Node_Record; type Register_Node is access Register_Node_Record; type Register_Node_Record is record Save : Save_Desktop_Function; Load : Load_Desktop_Function; Next : Register_Node; end record; type Perspective_Menu_Item_Record is new Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item.Gtk_Radio_Menu_Item_Record with record MDI : MDI_Window; Name : Natural; User : User_Data; end record; type Perspective_Menu_Item is access all Perspective_Menu_Item_Record'Class; procedure Change_Perspective (Item : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); CP_Access : constant Gtkada.Handlers.Widget_Callback.Marshallers.Marshaller := Gtkada.Handlers.Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Change_Perspective'Access); -- Internal, but needed so that we can have a 'Access on a callback procedure Create_Perspective_CB (Item : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); CreateP_Access : constant Gtkada.Handlers.Widget_Callback.Marshallers.Marshaller := Gtkada.Handlers.Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Create_Perspective_CB'Access); Registers : Register_Node; -- Global variable that contains the list of functions that have been -- registered. end Desktop; function Desktop_Was_Loaded (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return Boolean; -- Return True if a desktop was loaded, False if the MDI is only the result -- of calls to Gtk_New and Put. function List_Of_Perspectives (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return GNAT.Strings.String_List_Access; -- Return the list of perspectives known to the MDI. The caller must not -- free the list function Current_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class) return String; -- Return the name of the currently displayed perspective ------------- -- Signals -- ------------- -- -- The following new signals are defined for this widget: -- -- - "child_selected" -- procedure Handler -- (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : System.Address); -- -- This signal is emitted when a new child has gained the focus. Convert -- Child to a MDI_Child by calling Gtk.Arguments.To_Object. This can be -- used to change some global information at the MDI level. You should -- connect to "selected" (see below) instead if you want to change some -- information at the child level. -- Child might be null if no child has the focus anymore -- -- - "float_child" -- procedure Handler -- (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : System.Address); -- -- A child was set as floating in the MDI. A similar signal is emitted on -- the child itself. -- -- - "child_title_changed" -- procedure Handler -- (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : System.Address); -- -- Emitted when the title of a child is changed. This signal is not -- emitted if Set_Title is called for a child that hasn't been put in the -- MDI yet. -- -- - "child_added" -- procedure Handler -- (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : System.Address); -- Emitted when a new child is added. You cannot use the "add" signal -- since in fact the children are added to notebooks that are part of -- the MDI, and thus "add" is only emitted when a new notebook is -- created. -- -- - "child_removed" -- procedure Handler -- (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : System.Address); -- Emitted when a new child is removed. You cannot use the "remove" -- signal since in fact the children are removed from notebooks that are -- part of the MDI, and thus "remove" is only emitted when a new -- notebook is destroyed. -- When this signal is emitted, Child no longer contains a widget, and -- is no longer part of the children, although you can still access its -- titles. -- -- - "child_icon_changed" -- procedure Handler -- (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : System.Address); -- Emitted when the icon for Child has changed -- -- - "children_reorganized" -- procedure Handler (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class); -- Emitted when the children have been reorganized: either a split -- occurred, or a window was dropped into another position -- -- - "perspective_changed" -- procedure Handler (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class); -- Called when the user has selected a new perspective. One use is to -- save the new desktop to a file. -- -- -- -- -- The following new signals are defined for the MDI_Child_Record object: -- -- - "delete_event" -- function Handler (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) -- return Boolean; -- -- This signal is emitted for each item in the MDI window before it is -- actually deleted. The child is destroyed only if the handler returns -- False. -- Note that the Child passed in argument is exactly the one you passed -- to Put to insert it in the MDI window. -- Note that this is also the signal to use to prevent top level -- Gtk_Window from being destroyed. -- -- - "selected" -- procedure Handler (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- -- This is emitted when the child is selected, ie gains the -- MDI focus. You should probably also connect to the "grab_focus" signal -- to be informed when the child gets the keyboard focus. This can be -- used to transfer the focus to some specific part of the -- widget. Connecting to "grab_focus" should be done with the After -- parameter set to True. -- -- - "float_child" -- procedure Handler (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- -- Emitted when a child is set as floating -- -- - "unfloat_child" -- procedure Handler (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- -- Emitted when a child is put back in the main MDI window -- -- - "child_state_changed" -- procedure Handler (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- -- Emitted when the state of the child has changed. See the function -- Get_State. In particular, this signal can be detected when a child is -- removed from the current perspective (the new state is "invisible"), -- and when it is put back (the new state is "normal" or "floating"). -- -- Signal_Child_Selected : constant Signal_Name := "child_selected"; Signal_Float_Child : constant Signal_Name := "float_child"; Signal_Child_Title_Changed : constant Signal_Name := "child_title_changed"; Signal_Child_Added : constant Signal_Name := "child_added"; Signal_Child_Removed : constant Signal_Name := "child_removed"; Signal_Child_Icon_Changed : constant Signal_Name := "child_icon_changed"; Signal_Delete_Event : constant Signal_Name := "delete_event"; Signal_Selected : constant Signal_Name := "selected"; Signal_Unfloat_Child : constant Signal_Name := "unfloat_child"; Signal_Perspective_Changed : constant Signal_Name := "perspective_changed"; Signal_Children_Reorganized : constant Signal_Name := "children_reorganized"; Signal_Child_State_Changed : constant Signal_Name := "child_state_changed"; private type String_Access is access all UTF8_String; type MDI_Child_Record is new Gtk.Event_Box.Gtk_Event_Box_Record with record Initial : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; -- The widget we use to build this child. Main_Box : Gtk.Box.Gtk_Box; -- The main container. State : State_Type := Normal; Group : Child_Group := Group_Default; Areas : Allowed_Areas := Both; Title : String_Access; Short_Title : String_Access; -- Title of the item, as it appears in the title bar. -- These are UTF8-Encoded XML_Node_Name : String_Access; -- The name of the XML node when this child is saved in a desktop (if -- we know it). This is used to reuse a child when switching -- perspectives. MDI : MDI_Window; -- The MDI to which the child belongs. We cannot get this information -- directly from Get_Parent since some children are actually floating -- and do not belong to the MDI anymore. Menu_Item : Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item.Gtk_Radio_Menu_Item; -- The item in the dynamic menu that represents this child. Flags : Child_Flags; Focus_Widget : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; -- The widget which should actually get the keyboard focus Title_Box : Gtk.Box.Gtk_Box; Title_Label : Gtk.Label.Gtk_Label; Title_Icon : Gtk.Image.Gtk_Image; -- Box that contains the title. It will be resized whenever the title -- font changes. Tab_Label : Gtk.Label.Gtk_Label; Tab_Icon : Gtk.Image.Gtk_Image; -- label used when child is in a notebook, null if not in a notebook end record; type Child_Iterator (Group_By_Notebook : Boolean := False) is record Visible_Only : Boolean; case Group_By_Notebook is when False => Iter : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; when True => MDI : MDI_Window; -- While iterating children Paned_Iter : Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Child_Iterator; -- Whether we have already visited the children of the central -- area. This is True while iterating them, False afterward In_Central : Boolean; -- While iterating the pages of a specific notebook (notebook is -- set to null when returning floating children) Notebook : Gtk.Notebook.Gtk_Notebook; Notebook_Page : Glib.Gint; -- While iterating the floating children Floating_Iter : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; end case; end record; type Drag_Status is (No_Drag, In_Pre_Drag, In_Drag); type MDI_Window_Record is new Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record with record Items : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist := Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Null_List; -- The list of all MDI children. This includes children in the editor -- area, even though they are technically in a separate multi_paned. -- Warning: this list might contain items which are in fact invisible in -- the MDI (in fact that are not even children of the MDI), if they -- existed in a previous perspective but no longer in the current one. Desktop_Was_Loaded : Boolean := False; -- True if a desktop was loaded Loading_Desktop : Boolean := False; -- Whether we are currently loading the desktop. This impacts a number -- of focus and sizing parameters, so that the desktop can be restored -- as accurately as possible. Delay_Before_Focus_Id : Glib.Main.G_Source_Id := Glib.Main.No_Source_Id; Delay_Before_Focus : Glib.Guint := 700; -- Delay in ms before a floating window gains the GPS focus, after the -- "focus_in" event. In all floating mode, this ensures that when the -- user is passing briefly over floating windows they do not gain the -- focus, thus potentially leaving the focus to the window that had it -- at the beginning of the move. -- Set to 0 to remove any delay. Focus_Child : MDI_Child := null; -- The child that currently has the focus. Some default actions will -- apply to this child only. Dnd_Message : String_Access; -- The message displayed during a dnd operation (see Set_Dnd_Message) Accel_Path_Prefix : String_Access; -- The Accel path used for the dynamic menu Menu : Gtk.Menu.Gtk_Menu; Float_Menu_Item : Gtk.Check_Menu_Item.Gtk_Check_Menu_Item; Float_Menu_Item_Id : Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Id; Close_Menu_Item : Gtk.Menu_Item.Gtk_Menu_Item; -- The dynamic menu used to provide access to the most common -- functions of MDI. Tab_Factory : Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory; -- Build the contextual menu when right-clicking on tabs Title_Bar_Height : Glib.Gint; -- Height of the title bar for all the children Title_Font : Pango.Font.Pango_Font_Description; -- The font used for the titles of the children Close_Floating_Is_Unfloat : Boolean; -- True if destroying a floating window will put the child back in the -- MDI instead of destroying it. False if the child should be destroyed -- (provided it accepts so in its delete_event handler). Title_Bar_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Focus_Title_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Default_Title_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Css_Provider : Gtk.Css_Provider.Gtk_Css_Provider; Cursor_Cross : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; Cursor_Fleur : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; -- Cached cursors Draw_Title_Bars : Title_Bars_Policy := Always; Tabs_Position : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type := Gtk.Enums.Pos_Top; Show_Tabs_Policy : Show_Tabs_Policy_Enum := Automatic; Selection_Dialog : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget; -- The interactive dialog for selecting new children. Group : Gtk.Accel_Group.Gtk_Accel_Group; All_Floating_Mode : Boolean := False; -- Set to true if all windows should be set to floating Independent_Perspectives : Boolean := False; -- See documentation for Configure. Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats : Boolean := False; -- Set to true if all floating children should use their short titles. -- This also applies to docked windows. Homogeneous_Tabs : Boolean := True; -- Handling of Dnd Drag_Start_X, Drag_Start_Y : Gint; In_Drag : Drag_Status := No_Drag; Dnd_Rectangle : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; -- Highlighted area Old_Dnd_Position : Child_Position; Dnd_Rectangle_Real : Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle; -- Area to redraw to delete the Dnd overlay window Dnd_Target : Gdk.Gdk_Window; -- The current target for DND Dnd_Overlay : Cairo.Cairo_Surface := Cairo.Null_Surface; Drag_Areas : Allowed_Areas; -- The allowed areas during a drag -- Loaded perspectives Perspective_Menu_Item : Gtk.Menu_Item.Gtk_Menu_Item; Perspectives : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; View_Contents : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; Perspective_Names : GNAT.Strings.String_List_Access; Central : Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Gtkada_Multi_Paned; Current_Perspective : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; -- pointer into Perspectives end record; pragma Inline (Get_Widget); pragma Inline (Get_Focus_Child); pragma Inline (Get); pragma Inline (Next); pragma Inline (First_Child); end Gtkada.MDI; gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-mdi.adb0000644000076700001450000105330312533067541017032 0ustar gnatmailgnat------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- . -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TODO: -- - handles multiple views of the MDI (through several top-level windows) -- - Add support for groups (children are associated with groups, and groups -- can have special colors, can be minimized,...). Groups could be -- implemented as special MDI_Children ? -- - Manipulation of the title bar for children (adding buttons, adding -- pixmaps,...) -- - Automatically add a new menu bar when a child is floated (settable -- on a per-child basis). -- - contextual menu in the title bar of children to dock them, float them,... with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with Ada.Strings.Fixed; use Ada.Strings.Fixed; with Ada.Strings.Unbounded; use Ada.Strings.Unbounded; with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling; with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions; with System; use System; with System.Address_Image; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; with GNAT.IO; use GNAT.IO; with GNAT.Strings; use GNAT.Strings; with Glib.Convert; use Glib.Convert; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Main; use Glib.Main; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Properties; use Glib.Properties; with Glib.Unicode; use Glib.Unicode; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Pango; use Pango; with Pango.Enums; use Pango.Enums; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; with Gdk; use Gdk; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.Cursor; use Gdk.Cursor; with Gdk.Display; use Gdk.Display; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Main; use Gdk.Main; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Rectangle; use Gdk.Rectangle; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Types.Keysyms; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Accel_Group; use Gtk.Accel_Group; with Gtk.Accel_Label; use Gtk.Accel_Label; with Gtk.Arguments; use Gtk.Arguments; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Check_Menu_Item; use Gtk.Check_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Css_Provider; use Gtk.Css_Provider; with Gtk.Container; use Gtk.Container; with Gtk.Dialog; use Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Event_Box; use Gtk.Event_Box; with Gtk.Frame; use Gtk.Frame; with Gtk.GEntry; use Gtk.GEntry; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtk.Image_Menu_Item; use Gtk.Image_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Main; use Gtk.Main; with Gtk.Menu; use Gtk.Menu; with Gtk.Menu_Item; use Gtk.Menu_Item; with Gtk.Notebook; use Gtk.Notebook; with Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item; use Gtk.Radio_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Separator_Menu_Item; use Gtk.Separator_Menu_Item; with Gtk.Stock; use Gtk.Stock; with Gtk.Style_Context; use Gtk.Style_Context; with Gtk.Style_Provider; use Gtk.Style_Provider; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Window; use Gtk.Window; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with Gtkada.Multi_Paned; use Gtkada.Multi_Paned; with Gtkada.Style; package body Gtkada.MDI is use Glib.Xml_Int; Traces : constant Boolean := False; -- True if traces should be activated Default_Title_Bar_Focus_Color : constant String := "#000088"; -- Default color to use for the title bar of the child that has -- the focus. Default_Title_Bar_Color : constant String := "#AAAAAA"; -- Default color to use for the title bar of children that do not -- have the focus. Default_Title_Font : constant String := "Sans 8"; -- Default title font for the children Max_Drag_Border_Width : constant Gint := 30; -- Width or height of the drag-and-drop borders for each notebook. On the -- sides of the MDI, half of it is dedicated to moving the window so that -- it occupies that whole side of the MDI Drag_Threshold : constant Gint := 20; -- Our own threshold (instead of Gtk.Dnd.Check_Threshold), since on -- Windows the later seems to be set to 0, and thus we can't change a -- notebook page by clicking on its tab without splitting the notebook MDI_Class_Record : Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class := Glib.Object.Uninitialized_Class; Child_Class_Record : aliased Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class := Glib.Object.Uninitialized_Class; MDI_Signals : constant chars_ptr_array := (1 => New_String (String (Signal_Child_Selected)), 2 => New_String (String (Signal_Float_Child)), 3 => New_String (String (Signal_Child_Title_Changed)), 4 => New_String (String (Signal_Child_Added)), 5 => New_String (String (Signal_Child_Removed)), 6 => New_String (String (Signal_Child_Icon_Changed)), 7 => New_String (String (Signal_Children_Reorganized)), 8 => New_String (String (Signal_Perspective_Changed))); Child_Signals : constant chars_ptr_array := (1 => New_String (String (Signal_Float_Child)), 2 => New_String (String (Signal_Unfloat_Child)), 3 => New_String (String (Signal_Selected)), 4 => New_String (String (Signal_Child_State_Changed))); use Widget_List; type Selection_Dialog_Record is new Gtk_Window_Record with record Current_Child : Widget_List.Glist; Label : Gtk_Label; Ent : Gtk_Entry; Length : Natural := 0; Modifier : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Icon : Gtk.Image.Gtk_Image; end record; type Selection_Dialog_Access is access all Selection_Dialog_Record'Class; type MDI_Tab_Record is new Gtk_Event_Box_Record with record Timestamp : Natural := 0; end record; type MDI_Tab is access all MDI_Tab_Record'Class; -- A container that requests a specific size for a Gtk_Label that is -- displayed in a Gtk_Notebook tab. This is a workaround against the naive -- algorithm used in gtk+ to compute the size of tabs. What we want is the -- following: -- * if the sum of natural sizes of all tab labels is less than the -- notebook's size, use the natural size (we need to pass this as the -- minimal size as well, since gtk+ notebook always uses the latter). -- * Otherwise, we want all tabs to have the same size (down to a minimum -- after which we'll let the notebook scroll), and use ellipsization in -- the labels. -- This label will automatically collaborate with all other such labels in -- the same notebook for size negociation. MDI_Tab_Class_Record : aliased Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class := Glib.Object.Uninitialized_Class; procedure Tab_Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class); pragma Convention (C, Tab_Class_Init); -- Initialize the gtk+ class fields procedure Tab_Get_Preferred_Width (Label : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint); pragma Convention (C, Tab_Get_Preferred_Width); procedure Tab_Get_Preferred_Height (Label : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint); pragma Convention (C, Tab_Get_Preferred_Height); type Tab_Orientation_Type is (Automatic, Horizontal, Bottom_To_Top, Top_To_Bottom); package Tab_Orientation_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Notebook_Record, Tab_Orientation_Type); procedure On_Tab_Orientation (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Orientation : Tab_Orientation_Type); -- Called when the user selects a new orientation for the tabs. type MDI_Notebook_Record is new Gtk_Notebook_Record with record Timestamp : Natural := 0; Tab_Size : Gint; -- Used to handle the sizing of tabs (through MDI_Tab_Record). Tab_Size -- is set to -1 if the tabs should use their natural size. Tab_Orientation : Tab_Orientation_Type := Automatic; -- Orientation for the tabs, as requested by the user Actual_Tab_Orientation : Tab_Orientation_Type := Horizontal; -- The orientation after "Automatic" has been resolved. end record; type MDI_Notebook is access all MDI_Notebook_Record'Class; -- The type of notebooks used in the MDI. type MDI_Menu_Item_Record is new Gtk_Image_Menu_Item_Record with record Child : MDI_Child; end record; type MDI_Menu_Item is access all MDI_Menu_Item_Record'Class; -- A menu item used in a contextual menu, to switch to an existing notebook -- page. procedure Menu_Switch_Page (Item : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when a MDI_Menu_Item is activated package Child_User_Data is new Glib.Object.User_Data (MDI_Child); type Children_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Widget_List.Glist; procedure Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (UTF8_String, String_Access); package Tab_Pos_Callback is new Gtk.Handlers.User_Callback (Gtk_Notebook_Record, Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type); procedure On_Tab_Pos (Note : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Pos : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type); -- Called when the user changes the position of tabs for a specific -- notebook. function Button_Pressed (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; function Button_Release (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; function Button_Motion (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean; -- Handle the various mouse events on a child (or the tab of a child) function Button_Pressed_Forced (Child : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; function Button_Motion_Forced (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean; function Button_Release_Forced (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button; Allow_Move : Boolean := True) return Boolean; -- Same as Button_Pressed, Button_Motion and Button_Release, but perform -- an action even if the event is not related to the child's window. function Button_Motion_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean; function Button_Release_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; -- Same as Button_Motion and Button_Release, but monitor the events on the -- notebook itself (which is where the event is sent during a reorder -- operation). function Button_Pressed_On_Title_Icon (Child : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; -- The title icon of a child window was clicked (and if it was a -- double click, we want to close that child). function On_Notebook_Button_Press (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Manage the contextual menu on tabs function Hover_Tabs (N : MDI_Notebook; X_Root, Y_Root : Gdouble) return Boolean; -- Returns True if the given root coordinates are on top of the tabs area -- of the specified notebook. procedure Child_Widget_Shown (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Child_Widget_Hidden (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the child widget is shown or hidden by the user, to reflect -- that fact at the MDI_Child level, no matter whether the child is -- currently floating or not. function Insert_Child_If_Needed (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : MDI_Child) return MDI_Child; -- If the child is currently invisible in the perspective, insert it back -- in the MDI. In both case, return the child itself function Create_Notebook (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class) return MDI_Notebook; -- Create a notebook, and set it up for drag-and-drop procedure Configure_Notebook_Tabs (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Hide_If_Empty : Boolean := False); -- Configure the visibility and position of notebook tabs. -- If there are no visible pages and Hide_If_Empty is true, then the -- notebook itself is hidden procedure Update_Tab_Color (Note : access MDI_Notebook_Record'Class; Focused : Boolean); -- Change the background color of the notebook tab containing child, -- depending on whether the child is selected or not. procedure Set_State (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; New_State : State_Type); -- Change the state of Child function Delete_Child (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Forward a delete_event from the toplevel window to the child procedure Destroy_Child (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Destroy_Initial_Child (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when either the child itself, or the widget we initially put -- in it, are destroyed. Remove the child from the MDI properly. procedure Destroy_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the MDI is destroyed procedure Menu_Entry_Destroyed (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the Menu_Item associated with a Child is destroyed procedure Menu_Destroyed (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the Menu associated with a MDI is destroyed procedure Realize_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the child is realized procedure Map_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Called when the child is mapped procedure Set_Dnd_Source (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Setup a widget as either a source or a target for drag-and-drop ops. procedure Get_Dnd_Target (MDI : not null access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Parent : out Gtk_Widget; Position : out Child_Position; Parent_Rectangle : out Gdk_Rectangle; Rectangle : out Gdk_Rectangle; In_Central : out Boolean; Allowed : out Boolean); -- Return the widget that is the current target for dnd -- Position indicated where in the parent the child would be dropped: -- Position_Bottom .. Position_Right: To one of the sides -- Position_Automatic: In the center -- Rectangle are the coordinates of the target rectangle, relative to the -- top-left corner of the MDI. Parent_Rectangle is the area of the -- notebook on top of which the pointer is (so Rectangle is a subrectangle -- of it). -- Allowed is set to False if the current target is invalid for the child. -- In_Central is set to true if the Parent is inside the central area. procedure Draw_Dnd_Rectangle (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Hide_Only : Boolean := False); -- Draw the DND rectangle procedure Update_Float_Menu (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Update the state of the "Float" menu item associated with child procedure Put_In_Notebook (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Notebook : MDI_Notebook := null; Initial_Position : Child_Position := Position_Automatic; Force_Parent_Destruction : Boolean := True); -- Remove Child from MDI, and put it under control of a notebook. -- Notebook can be used to specify a specific notebook to which the child -- should be added. If null, this function will compute what notebook -- should be used or created depending on the Child's position attribute. -- If Force_Parent_Destruction is True, then the notebook containing the -- Child will always be destroyed if Child was its last child. Otherwise, -- it is possible that the notebook will be kept, albeit empty. function Get_Notebook (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return MDI_Notebook; -- Return the notebook that directly contains Child procedure Create_Menu_Entry (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Add an entry to the MDI menu that provides easy activation of Child procedure Split_H_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Split_V_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Float_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Close_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Focus_Cb (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- Callbacks for the menu procedure Set_Focus_Child_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args); procedure Set_Focus_Child_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args); -- Called when the widget that has the keyboard focus has changed. This is -- used to automatically select its parent MDI_Child. package Widget_Sources is new Glib.Main.Generic_Sources (Gtk_Widget); function After_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating (Child : Gtk_Widget) return Boolean; -- Called after a short delay when a floating window has received the -- "focus_in" event. This ensure we only give the MDI focus if the user -- has left the mouse on top of that window, not just passing through. function Set_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Same as Set_Focus_Child_MDI, but for floating windows function Set_Focus_Child_MDI_From_Tab (Child : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean; -- Gives the focus to Child when the notebook tab associated with it is -- pressed. procedure Set_Focus_Child_Switch_Notebook_Page (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args); -- Called when a new page from a notebook has been selected, in particular -- when using the scroll arrows when there are too many pages to be -- displayed function Toplevel_Focus_In (MDI : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Focus) return Boolean; function Toplevel_Focus_Out (MDI : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Focus) return Boolean; -- Called when the toplevel window that contains a the MDI gains the focus -- from the window manager procedure Give_Focus_To_Child (Child : MDI_Child); -- Give the focus to a specific MDI child -- You should never call Grab_Focus directly procedure Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Give focus to the last child in the same area/notebook as Child, and -- which is not Child itself. function Matching_Children (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Str : String) return Children_Array; -- Return the list of children of the MDI that match Str procedure Reset_Title_Bars_And_Colors (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class); -- Reset the color and title bar of the MDI Child. procedure Update_Selection_Dialog (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Increment : Integer); -- Update the currently selected child in the selection dialog, so that it -- matches the filter. function Key_Event_In_Floating (Win : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Forward the key press event to the Win function Key_Event_Selection_Dialog (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean; -- Handle key events in the selection dialog procedure Update_Tab_Label (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Return the tab to use in the notebooks containing Child procedure Update_Menu_Item (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Update the menu entry for Child function Find_Current_In_Central (Pane : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Group : Child_Group := Group_Any; Initial_Position : Child_Position := Position_Automatic) return MDI_Notebook; -- Return the first notebook that contains at least one child within the -- given Group. The search starts in the notebook that currently has the -- focus. -- A new notebook is created if needed (ie if no notebook has a child with -- the same attribute). procedure Removed_From_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args); -- Called when a child is removed from one of the notebooks procedure Emit_By_Name_Child (Object : System.Address; Name : String; Child : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Emit_By_Name_Child, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name_ptr"); procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : System.Address; Name : String); pragma Import (C, Emit_By_Name, "ada_g_signal_emit_by_name"); procedure Internal_Float_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Float : Boolean; Position_At_Mouse : Boolean; X, Y : Gint; Width, Height : Gint := -1); -- internal version of Float_Child, where the user can choose whether the -- new floating window should be located where the mouse is, or at -- coordinates specified by (X, Y). -- (Width, Height) can be use to force a specific size. procedure Set_Child_Title_Bar (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class); -- Hide or display the title bar of the child, depending on its status. procedure Note_Notify (Data : System.Address; Where : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Note_Notify); -- Notified if the old notebook that contained Child is destroyed function In_Central_Area (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; -- Whether Child is in the central area procedure Move_To_Next_Notebook (Iterator : in out Child_Iterator); -- Move to the next notebook for this iterator (does nothing if Iterator -- already points to a notebook). package Close_Button is -- We use an event box as a basis so that we have a gdk_window -- available for handling mouse events. We'll set this event box as -- transparent to be able to draw transparent buttons as we wish. type Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button_Record is new Gtk_Event_Box_Record with record Child : MDI_Child; -- The child this button is attached to Tab_Over : Boolean; -- Whether the mouse is over the button's container Over : Boolean; -- Whether the mouse is over the button Pressed : Boolean; -- Whether the button is pressed In_Titlebar : Boolean; -- Whether the button is in the title bar or in the tab Position : Gtk_Position_Type; -- The tab's position Default_Size : Glib.Gint; -- The button's default size. The actual drawing depends on the final -- allocated space. end record; type Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button is access all Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button_Record'Class; procedure Gtk_New (Button : out Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button; Tab : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Position : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type; In_Titlebar : Boolean); -- Tab: the button's container. This container shall have a Gdk_Window -- to allow mouse motion event retrieval. -- Child: the MDI child that button is attached to. This child is closed -- upon button click. -- In_Titlebar: set to True if the button is in the title bar, to false -- if it's in the notebook tab. end Close_Button; package body Close_Button is separate; --------------------- -- In_Central_Area -- --------------------- function In_Central_Area (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is P : Gtk_Widget := Get_Parent (Child); begin while P /= null and then P /= Gtk_Widget (MDI) loop if P = Gtk_Widget (MDI.Central) then return True; end if; P := Get_Parent (P); end loop; return False; end In_Central_Area; --------------- -- Set_State -- --------------- procedure Set_State (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; New_State : State_Type) is Old_State : constant State_Type := Child.State; begin if New_State /= Old_State then Child.State := New_State; Widget_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Child, Signal_Child_State_Changed); end if; end Set_State; ------------------ -- Get_Notebook -- ------------------ function Get_Notebook (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return MDI_Notebook is begin case Child.State is when Floating => return null; when Invisible => return null; when Normal => if Get_Parent (Child) /= null and then Get_Parent (Child).all in Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class then return MDI_Notebook (Get_Parent (Child)); end if; return null; end case; end Get_Notebook; ------------------------- -- Set_Focus_Child_MDI -- ------------------------- procedure Set_Focus_Child_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) is Widget : Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (To_Object (Args, 1)); begin -- This code must always be executed (we cannot take into account -- whether the MDI has the focus or not). Otherwise, clicking -- inside an open editor in GPS, for instance, will not properly give -- the focus to the MDI child if Widget /= null then -- The widget is currently either a notebook or the Gtk_Fixed. Get -- its focus widget, which is the one we are really interested in. Widget := Get_Focus_Child (Gtk_Container (Widget)); if Widget /= null then Print_Debug ("Set_Focus_Child_MDI"); Set_Focus_Child (MDI_Window (MDI), Containing => Widget); end if; end if; -- No need to call the parent's set_focus_child, this is called -- automatically when the signal is propagated. end Set_Focus_Child_MDI; ------------------------------------------ -- Set_Focus_Child_Switch_Notebook_Page -- ------------------------------------------ procedure Set_Focus_Child_Switch_Notebook_Page (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) is N : constant Gtk_Notebook := Gtk_Notebook (Note); Page : constant Guint := To_Guint (Args, 2); Child : MDI_Child; begin Child := MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (N, Gint (Page))); if Child /= null then Print_Debug ("Set_Focus_Child_Switch_Notebook_Page " & Get_Title (Child)); Set_Focus_Child (Child); end if; end Set_Focus_Child_Switch_Notebook_Page; ------------------------------ -- Set_Focus_Child_Notebook -- ------------------------------ procedure Set_Focus_Child_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) is pragma Unreferenced (Note); Widget : constant Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (To_Object (Args, 1)); begin -- This code must always be executed (we cannot take into account -- whether the notebook has the focus or not). Otherwise, clicking -- inside an open editor in GPS, for instance, will not properly give -- the focus to the MDI child if Widget /= null and then Widget.all in MDI_Child_Record'Class then Print_Debug ("Set_Focus_Child_Notebook " & Get_Title (MDI_Child (Widget))); Set_Focus_Child (MDI_Child (Widget)); end if; end Set_Focus_Child_Notebook; ------------------------------------ -- After_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating -- ------------------------------------ function After_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating (Child : Gtk_Widget) return Boolean is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); Top : constant Gtk_Widget := Get_Toplevel (Get_Widget (C)); begin if Top /= null and then Top.all in Gtk_Window_Record'Class and then Has_Toplevel_Focus (Gtk_Window (Top)) then Set_Focus_Child (C); end if; return False; end After_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating; ---------------------------------- -- Set_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating -- ---------------------------------- function Set_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); begin Print_Debug ("Set_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating"); if C.MDI.Delay_Before_Focus = 0 then Set_Focus_Child (C); else if C.MDI.Delay_Before_Focus_Id /= No_Source_Id then Remove (C.MDI.Delay_Before_Focus_Id); C.MDI.Delay_Before_Focus_Id := No_Source_Id; end if; C.MDI.Delay_Before_Focus_Id := Widget_Sources.Timeout_Add (C.MDI.Delay_Before_Focus, After_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating'Access, Gtk_Widget (Child)); end if; return False; end Set_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating; ---------------------------------- -- Set_Focus_Child_MDI_From_Tab -- ---------------------------------- function Set_Focus_Child_MDI_From_Tab (Child : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is Tmp : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin if Event.The_Type = Button_Release then Tmp := Button_Release (Child => Gtk_Widget (Child), Event => Event); return False; elsif Event.Button = 1 then -- Let the event through if the child already has the focus. This way -- the notebook tab of the focus child can still be used for -- drag-and-drop if MDI_Child (Child).MDI.Focus_Child = MDI_Child (Child) then return False; else -- Process the button press event to select the child and start a -- drag-and-drop operation Tmp := Button_Pressed_Forced (Child => Child, Event => Event); -- is called as a result of a button_press event in the -- notebook's. tabs The call to Set_Focus_Child above raises the -- child and gives it the focus appropriately. However, if we let -- the signal go through it will be handled by the notebook, which -- will not see change in the current page, and will give the -- focus to the tab itself, not to the page's contents. return True; end if; end if; return False; end Set_Focus_Child_MDI_From_Tab; ------------------------ -- Toplevel_Focus_Out -- ------------------------ function Toplevel_Focus_Out (MDI : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Focus) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Event); M : constant MDI_Window := MDI_Window (MDI); Win : constant Gtk_Window := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (M)); begin -- This doesn't work, because the current MDI child remains valid, -- but will no longer have the focus when the main window gains the -- focus. This also does not work when using Next Tag with a floating -- Locations window, since the latter temporarily gets the focus, and -- the editor does not get it back. if False then Win.Set_Focus (null); end if; return False; end Toplevel_Focus_Out; ----------------------- -- Toplevel_Focus_In -- ----------------------- function Toplevel_Focus_In (MDI : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Focus) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Event); M : constant MDI_Window := MDI_Window (MDI); Win : constant Gtk_Window := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (M)); W : Gtk_Widget; C : MDI_Child; begin Print_Debug ("Toplevel_Focus_In"); if False and then M.Focus_Child /= null and then M.Focus_Child.State = Floating then -- Keep the current child on the floating, so remove the -- keyboard focus in toplevel window for consistency. -- -- This does not work though since the omni-search never -- gets the focus that way, and we need two clicks to give -- the focus to an editor. Win.Set_Focus (null); elsif False then -- This will unfortunately prevent users from using /Windows -- menu on floating windows. On mac, if you have the focus on a -- floating window and then click in the menu bar in the main -- window, the focus is given to the main window (and thus here -- we change the current child), and then the focus is given to -- the menu eventually (or maybe only when the user starts -- using the arrow keys). But at this point the current child -- in the /Windows menu is the one from the main window. -- -- On the other hand this is needed since otherwise the -- keyboard focus has been moved to a widget in the main -- window, but the current MDI child would still be the -- floating window so the MDI is out of sync. W := Win.Get_Focus; if W /= null then C := Find_MDI_Child_From_Widget (W); if C /= null then Set_Focus_Child (C); end if; end if; else -- If the current child was a floating window, make sure it keeps the -- focus, and that no one gains the keyboard focus in the main -- window. This avoids a situation where an TextView has the -- keyboard focus, but isn't the MDI focus child. -- -- This fails in the following scenario: -- Open floating search window, press shift-F3; the omni-search does -- not have the focus. -- As a workaround, we therefore test whether the current focus -- widget is inside a MDI_Child, and still pass it the focus if not. -- We keep the current floating MDI_Child though, so that the menus -- can apply to it. if M.Focus_Child = null then Win.Set_Focus (null); elsif M.Focus_Child.State = Floating then W := Win.Get_Focus; if W /= null then C := Find_MDI_Child_From_Widget (W); if C = null then null; else Win.Set_Focus (null); end if; else Win.Set_Focus (null); end if; else -- Make sure the keyboard focus is correctly restored, for -- instance if we had open a temporary dialog and then closed it -- to get back to the main window. Give_Focus_To_Child (M.Focus_Child); end if; end if; return False; end Toplevel_Focus_In; --------------------------- -- Setup_Toplevel_Window -- --------------------------- procedure Setup_Toplevel_Window (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Parent : access Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window_Record'Class) is begin Parent.On_Focus_In_Event (Toplevel_Focus_In'Access, MDI); Parent.On_Focus_Out_Event (Toplevel_Focus_Out'Access, MDI); end Setup_Toplevel_Window; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (MDI : out MDI_Window; Group : access Gtk.Accel_Group.Gtk_Accel_Group_Record'Class; Independent_Perspectives : Boolean := False) is begin MDI := new MDI_Window_Record; Gtkada.MDI.Initialize (MDI, Group, Independent_Perspectives); end Gtk_New; -------------- -- Get_Type -- -------------- function Get_Type return Glib.GType is Signal_Parameters : constant Glib.Object.Signal_Parameter_Types := (1 => (1 => GType_Pointer), 2 => (1 => GType_Pointer), 3 => (1 => GType_Pointer), 4 => (1 => GType_Pointer), 5 => (1 => GType_Pointer), 6 => (1 => GType_Pointer), 7 => (1 => GType_None), 8 => (1 => GType_None)); begin Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor => Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Get_Type, Signals => MDI_Signals, Class_Record => MDI_Class_Record, Type_Name => "GtkAdaMDI", Parameters => Signal_Parameters); return MDI_Class_Record.The_Type; end Get_Type; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Group : access Gtk.Accel_Group.Gtk_Accel_Group_Record'Class; Independent_Perspectives : Boolean := False) is Ctx : Gtk_Style_Context; Success : Boolean; Title_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; Focus_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; begin G_New (MDI, Gtkada.MDI.Get_Type); -- void if already initialized Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Initialize (MDI); -- Initialize parent Ada fields Get_Style_Context (MDI).Add_Class ("mdi"); -- Request a null size, so that the window can be resized at will, even -- though we have played with Set_Size_Request on the children. Set_Size_Request (MDI, 0, 0); -- The MDI must have a window, so that we can change the background -- color. No other notebook or paned inside has a window Set_Has_Window (MDI, True); MDI.Group := Gtk_Accel_Group (Group); MDI.Independent_Perspectives := Independent_Perspectives; Set_Dnd_Message (MDI, ""); Parse (Title_Color, Default_Title_Bar_Color, Success); Parse (Focus_Color, Default_Title_Bar_Focus_Color, Success); Gtk_New (MDI.Css_Provider); Gtk.Style_Context.Add_Provider_For_Screen (Get_Style_Context (MDI).Get_Screen, +MDI.Css_Provider, Priority => Gtk.Style_Provider.Priority_Settings); Ctx := Get_Style_Context (MDI); Ctx.Get_Color (Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, MDI.Default_Title_Color); Configure (MDI, Title_Bar_Color => Title_Color, Focus_Title_Color => Focus_Color); -- Create a default empty central area. That will be overridden if the -- user loads a perspective later on Gtk_New (MDI.Central); Add_Child (MDI, MDI.Central); -- Put an empty notebook in the MDI, which will act as a recipient for -- the Position_Default widgets Add_Child (MDI.Central, New_Child => Create_Notebook (MDI), Width => -1, Height => -1, Orientation => Orientation_Vertical); Widget_Callback.Connect (MDI, Gtk.Widget.Signal_Realize, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Realize_MDI'Access)); Widget_Callback.Connect (MDI, Gtk.Widget.Signal_Map, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Map_MDI'Access)); Widget_Callback.Connect (MDI, Signal_Destroy, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Destroy_MDI'Access)); Widget_Callback.Connect (MDI, Signal_Set_Focus_Child, Set_Focus_Child_MDI'Access); end Initialize; ----------------------- -- Matching_Children -- ----------------------- function Matching_Children (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Str : String) return Children_Array is Count : constant Natural := Natural (Length (MDI.Items)); Children : Children_Array (1 .. Count); L : Widget_List.Glist := MDI.Items; Ind : Natural := Children'First; C : MDI_Child; begin while L /= Null_List loop C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (L)); if Str = "" or else Index (To_Lower (Get_Short_Title (C)), Str) /= 0 then Children (Ind) := L; Ind := Ind + 1; end if; L := Next (L); end loop; return Children (Children'First .. Ind - 1); end Matching_Children; ----------------------------- -- Update_Selection_Dialog -- ----------------------------- procedure Update_Selection_Dialog (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Increment : Integer) is D : constant Selection_Dialog_Access := Selection_Dialog_Access (MDI.Selection_Dialog); Str : constant UTF8_String := Get_Text (D.Ent); Children : constant Children_Array := Matching_Children (MDI, To_Lower (Str)); Index : Integer := Children'First; Tmp : Integer; Pos : Gint := -1; begin -- Update graphically the list of children matching the filter D.Length := Str'Length; Insert_Text (D.Ent, " {", Pos); Set_Position (D.Ent, Gint (D.Length)); -- Find the index of the current child if Children'Length /= 0 then while Index <= Children'Last loop exit when Children (Index) = D.Current_Child; Index := Index + 1; end loop; Index := Index + Increment; if Index > Children'Last then Index := Children'First; elsif Index < Children'First then Index := Children'Last; end if; Tmp := Index; loop if Tmp /= Index then Insert_Text (D.Ent, ",", Pos); end if; Insert_Text (D.Ent, Get_Short_Title (MDI_Child (Get_Data (Children (Tmp)))), Pos); Tmp := (Tmp + 1 - Children'First) mod Children'Length + Children'First; exit when Tmp = Index; end loop; D.Current_Child := Children (Index); else D.Current_Child := Null_List; end if; Insert_Text (D.Ent, "}", Pos); if D.Current_Child = Null_List then Set_Text (D.Label, ""); Set_Child_Visible (D.Icon, False); else declare C : MDI_Child; Scaled : Gdk_Pixbuf; begin C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (D.Current_Child)); Set_Text (D.Label, Get_Short_Title (C)); Scaled := C.Title_Icon.Get; -- still owned by Title_Icon Set_Child_Visible (D.Icon, Scaled /= null); if Scaled /= null then Scaled := Scale_Simple (Scaled, 32, 32); Gtk.Image.Set (D.Icon, Scaled); Unref (Scaled); end if; end; end if; end Update_Selection_Dialog; -------------------------------- -- Key_Event_Selection_Dialog -- -------------------------------- function Key_Event_Selection_Dialog (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is M : constant MDI_Window := MDI_Window (MDI); D : constant Selection_Dialog_Access := Selection_Dialog_Access (M.Selection_Dialog); Close : Boolean := False; Tmp : Boolean; Key : Gdk_Key_Type; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin -- This isn't a key press for the next_child or previous_child -- functions, since those are handled by the outside application. if Get_Event_Type (Event) = Key_Press then Key := Event.Key.Keyval; if Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_BackSpace or else Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Delete then Delete_Text (D.Ent, Gint (D.Length) - 1, -1); else Delete_Text (D.Ent, Gint (D.Length), -1); Event.Key.State := 0; Tmp := Return_Callback.Emit_By_Name (D.Ent, "key_press_event", Event); end if; Update_Selection_Dialog (M, 0); return True; elsif Get_Event_Type (Event) = Key_Release then Key := Event.Key.Keyval; -- As soon as one of the modifiers of the initial key is released, -- we close the dialog if (D.Modifier and Control_Mask) /= 0 and then (Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Control_L or else Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Control_R or else Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_ISO_Next_Group) then Close := True; elsif (D.Modifier and Mod1_Mask) /= 0 and then (Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Meta_L or else Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Meta_R or else Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Alt_L or else Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Alt_R) then Close := True; elsif (D.Modifier and Shift_Mask) /= 0 and then (Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Shift_L or else Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Shift_R) then Close := True; elsif Key = Gdk.Types.Keysyms.GDK_Escape then Close := True; end if; if Close then if D.Current_Child /= Null_List then Set_Focus_Child (MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (D.Current_Child))); end if; Keyboard_Ungrab (Time => 0); M.Selection_Dialog.Grab_Remove; Destroy (M.Selection_Dialog); M.Selection_Dialog := null; end if; return True; end if; return False; end Key_Event_Selection_Dialog; ---------------------------------------- -- Check_Interactive_Selection_Dialog -- ---------------------------------------- procedure Check_Interactive_Selection_Dialog (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event; Move_To_Next : Boolean; Only_Group : Child_Group := Group_Any) is D : Selection_Dialog_Access; Box, HBox : Gtk_Box; Frame : Gtk_Frame; Tmp : Gdk_Grab_Status; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin if MDI.Items = Null_List then return; end if; if Event = null or else (Get_Event_Type (Event) /= Key_Press and then Get_Event_Type (Event) /= Key_Release) then declare List : Widget_List.Glist; Current : MDI_Notebook; Child : MDI_Child; begin if MDI.Focus_Child /= null then Current := Get_Notebook (MDI.Focus_Child); end if; if Move_To_Next then List := Next (First (MDI.Items)); else List := Last (MDI.Items); end if; while List /= Null_List loop -- Return the first window from another notebook that belongs -- to the same group Child := MDI_Child (Get_Data (List)); if Get_Notebook (Child) /= Current and then (Only_Group = Child_Group'Last or else Child.Group = Only_Group) then Set_Focus_Child (Child); exit; end if; if Move_To_Next then List := Next (List); else List := Prev (List); end if; end loop; end; return; end if; if MDI.Selection_Dialog = null then D := new Selection_Dialog_Record; Initialize (D, Window_Popup); if MDI.All_Floating_Mode then Set_Position (D, Win_Pos_Mouse); else Set_Transient_For (D, Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (MDI))); Set_Position (D, Win_Pos_Center_On_Parent); end if; Set_Default_Size (D, 300, 70); Gtk_New (Frame); Add (D, Frame); -- By default, switch between the last two selected items D.Current_Child := First (MDI.Items); Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Frame, Box); Gtk_New_Hbox (HBox, Homogeneous => False); Pack_Start (Box, HBox, Expand => False); Gtk_New (D.Icon); Pack_Start (HBox, D.Icon, Expand => False); Gtk_New (D.Label); Pack_Start (HBox, D.Label, Expand => True, Fill => True); Gtk_New (D.Ent); Pack_Start (Box, D.Ent, Expand => True); Show_All (D); D.Modifier := Get_State (Event); MDI.Selection_Dialog := Gtk_Widget (D); -- Make sure all the key events are forwarded to us, as otherwise -- if the mouse was moving out of the window we wouldn't the -- events Tmp := Keyboard_Grab (Get_Window (D), True, Time => 0); D.Grab_Add; Grab_Focus (D.Ent); Return_Callback.Object_Connect (D, Signal_Key_Release_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Key_Event_Selection_Dialog'Access), MDI); Return_Callback.Object_Connect (D, Signal_Key_Press_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Key_Event_Selection_Dialog'Access), MDI); else D := Selection_Dialog_Access (MDI.Selection_Dialog); Delete_Text (D.Ent, Gint (D.Length), -1); end if; if Move_To_Next then Update_Selection_Dialog (MDI, +1); else Update_Selection_Dialog (MDI, -1); end if; end Check_Interactive_Selection_Dialog; --------------- -- Configure -- --------------- procedure Configure (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Opaque_Resize : Boolean := False; Close_Floating_Is_Unfloat : Boolean := True; Title_Font : Pango_Font_Description := null; Title_Bar_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Focus_Title_Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Draw_Title_Bars : Title_Bars_Policy := Always; Tabs_Position : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type := Gtk.Enums.Pos_Top; Show_Tabs_Policy : Show_Tabs_Policy_Enum := Automatic; Homogeneous_Tabs : Boolean := True) is C : MDI_Child; Need_Redraw : Boolean := MDI.Draw_Title_Bars /= Draw_Title_Bars; Iter : Child_Iterator; Old_Tabs_Pos : constant Gtk_Position_Type := MDI.Tabs_Position; Pos_Changed : constant Boolean := Old_Tabs_Pos /= Tabs_Position; Note : Gtk_Notebook; Success : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Success); Default_Bg : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; Homogeneous_Changed : constant Boolean := MDI.Homogeneous_Tabs /= Homogeneous_Tabs; begin MDI.Close_Floating_Is_Unfloat := Close_Floating_Is_Unfloat; MDI.Draw_Title_Bars := Draw_Title_Bars; MDI.Tabs_Position := Tabs_Position; MDI.Show_Tabs_Policy := Show_Tabs_Policy; MDI.Homogeneous_Tabs := Homogeneous_Tabs; Set_Opaque_Resizing (MDI, Opaque_Resize); if MDI.Central /= null then MDI.Central.Set_Opaque_Resizing (Opaque_Resize); end if; if MDI.Title_Font /= null then Free (MDI.Title_Font); end if; if Title_Font = null then MDI.Title_Font := From_String (Default_Title_Font); else MDI.Title_Font := Copy (Title_Font); end if; MDI.Title_Bar_Height := 2 + Get_Size (MDI.Title_Font) / Pango.Enums.Pango_Scale; if MDI.Focus_Title_Color /= Focus_Title_Color or MDI.Title_Bar_Color /= Title_Bar_Color then MDI.Focus_Title_Color := Focus_Title_Color; MDI.Title_Bar_Color := Title_Bar_Color; Get_Style_Context (MDI).Get_Background_Color (Gtk.Enums.Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, Default_Bg); declare Err : aliased GError; C : constant String := Gdk.RGBA.To_String (MDI.Focus_Title_Color); Bg : constant String := Gdk.RGBA.To_String (MDI.Title_Bar_Color); LF : Character renames ASCII.LF; -- This will highlight the whole notebook in blue when not -- using a proper theme. Otherwise, the theme will override -- some of the settings, and only the current focused tab -- will be highlighted with the title color. -- The theme should define -- .mdifocused {background-image: -gtk-gradient{...}} -- or some such, to give a background to the tabs. We can't -- do it here, since the following is loaded with a higher -- priority than the theme, and thus it would override the -- theme. Css : constant String := ".mdititle {" & LF & -- Normal title " border-width: 2px;" & LF & " background-image: -gtk-gradient(" & LF & " linear," & LF & " left top, left bottom," & LF & " from(" & Bg & ")," & LF & " to(shade(" & Bg & ",1.1)));" & LF & "}" & LF & ".mdifocused .mdititle {" & LF & -- Focused title " background-image: -gtk-gradient(" & LF & " linear," & LF & " left top, left bottom," & LF & " from(" & C & ")," & LF & " to(shade(" & C & ",1.1)));" & LF & "}"; begin Success := MDI.Css_Provider.Load_From_Data (Css, Err'Access); end; end if; -- Ignore changes in colors, unless the MDI is realized Iter := First_Child (MDI, Group_By_Notebook => True, Visible_Only => True); loop C := Get (Iter); exit when C = null; if Get_Notebook (Iter) /= Note then Note := Get_Notebook (Iter); if Note /= null then -- Unless we had a specific position for tabs in this notebook if Pos_Changed and then Get_Tab_Pos (Note) = Old_Tabs_Pos then On_Tab_Pos (Note, MDI.Tabs_Position); end if; Configure_Notebook_Tabs (MDI, Note); end if; end if; if Homogeneous_Changed then Update_Tab_Label (C); end if; Next (Iter); end loop; if MDI.Get_Realized then if Title_Bar_Color /= Null_RGBA then Need_Redraw := True; end if; if Focus_Title_Color /= Null_RGBA then Need_Redraw := True; end if; end if; Reset_Title_Bars_And_Colors (MDI); if Need_Redraw then Queue_Draw (MDI); end if; end Configure; ------------------------------ -- Independent_Perspectives -- ------------------------------ function Independent_Perspectives (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return Boolean is begin return MDI.Independent_Perspectives; end Independent_Perspectives; --------------------------------- -- Reset_Title_Bars_And_Colors -- --------------------------------- procedure Reset_Title_Bars_And_Colors (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class) is List : Widget_List.Glist; C : MDI_Child; begin List := First (MDI.Items); while List /= Null_List loop C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (List)); C.Title_Label.Override_Font (MDI.Title_Font); Set_Child_Title_Bar (C); List := Widget_List.Next (List); end loop; end Reset_Title_Bars_And_Colors; ----------------- -- Realize_MDI -- ----------------- procedure Realize_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is M : constant MDI_Window := MDI_Window (MDI); begin if M.Cursor_Cross = null then Gdk_New (M.Cursor_Cross, Cross); end if; Queue_Resize (MDI); end Realize_MDI; ------------- -- Map_MDI -- ------------- procedure Map_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is M : constant MDI_Window := MDI_Window (MDI); begin if M.Focus_Child /= null then Update_Tab_Color (Get_Notebook (M.Focus_Child), True); end if; end Map_MDI; ----------------- -- Destroy_MDI -- ----------------- procedure Destroy_MDI (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is M : constant MDI_Window := MDI_Window (MDI); Tmp : Widget_List.Glist := First (M.Items); N : Widget_List.Glist; C : MDI_Child; begin Print_Debug ("Destroy_MDI"); -- Note: we only destroy the floating children. Other children will be -- destroyed when their parent container is destroyed, so we have -- nothing to do for them. if M.Delay_Before_Focus_Id /= No_Source_Id then Remove (M.Delay_Before_Focus_Id); M.Delay_Before_Focus_Id := No_Source_Id; end if; while Tmp /= Null_List loop -- Get the next field first, since Destroy will actually destroy Tmp C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (Tmp)); N := Next (Tmp); if C.State = Floating then Print_Debug ("Destroy_MDI => Destroying floating " & Get_Title (C)); Destroy (C); elsif C.State = Invisible then Print_Debug ("Destroy_MDI => Unref invisible " & Get_Title (C)); Set_State (C, Normal); Unref (C); else Print_Debug ("Destroy_MDI => Do nothing to " & Get_Title (C)); -- Pretend the child is not docked or floating. Otherwise, -- Destroy_Child would try to undock the child. Standard gtk+ -- containers handle this by having this destroy callback called -- last, but it isn't doable from GtkAda since it means modifying -- the pointer-to-subprogram in the Class struct. Set_State (C, Normal); end if; Tmp := N; end loop; Free (M.Items); if M.Cursor_Cross /= null then Unref (M.Cursor_Cross); end if; if M.Menu /= null then Destroy (M.Menu); end if; Free (M.Dnd_Message); Free (M.Perspectives); Free (M.View_Contents); Free (M.Perspective_Names); Free (M.Accel_Path_Prefix); end Destroy_MDI; ----------- -- Close -- ----------- procedure Close (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Child : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Force : Boolean := False) is C : constant MDI_Child := Find_MDI_Child (MDI, Child); begin if C /= null then Close_Child (C, Force); end if; end Close; ----------------- -- Close_Child -- ----------------- procedure Close_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Force : Boolean := False) is MDI : constant MDI_Window := Child.MDI; Event : Gdk_Event; Prevent_Delete : Boolean; begin -- Don't do anything for now if the MDI isn't realized, since we -- can't send create the event anyway. Print_Debug ("Close_Child, " & Get_Title (Child) & " force=" & Boolean'Image (Force)); if MDI.Get_Realized then -- For a top-level window, we must rebuild the initial widget -- temporarily, so that the application can do all the test it wants. -- However, we need to restore the initial state before calling -- Dock_Child and Float_Child below. -- We should not test this when the MDI is being destroyed, though, -- to avoid memory leaks if Force or else MDI.In_Destruction then Prevent_Delete := False; else Print_Debug ("Close_Child, emitting delete_event", Debug_Increase); if (Child.Flags and Destroy_Button) = 0 then Prevent_Delete := True; else Gdk_New (Event, Delete); Event.Any.Window := Get_Window (Child.Initial); Prevent_Delete := Return_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Child.Initial, "delete_event", Event); -- Unref'ing the event causes an unref of Event.Any.Window. -- Avoid this by setting this field to null before freeing the -- event. Event.Any.Window := null; Free (Event); end if; Print_Debug ("Close_Child, done delete_event, prevent_delete ?" & Boolean'Image (Prevent_Delete), Debug_Decrease); end if; if not Prevent_Delete then -- Transfer the focus before unfloating, so that the parent in -- which the child is unfloated (which might be random from the -- user's point of view) doesn't influence who gets the focus. if MDI_Child (Child) = MDI.Focus_Child then Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child (Child); end if; Float_Child (Child, False); Print_Debug ("Close_Child: about to destroy " & Get_Title (Child)); Destroy (Child); end if; end if; exception when E : others => -- Silently ignore the exceptions for now, to avoid crashes. -- The application using the MDI can not do it, since this callback -- is called directly from the button in Initialize if Traces then Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception " & Exception_Information (E)); end if; end Close_Child; ------------------- -- Destroy_Child -- ------------------- procedure Destroy_Child (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is use type Widget_SList.GSlist; C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); MDI : constant MDI_Window := C.MDI; In_Selection_Dialog : Boolean := False; begin -- We know at that stage that Child has already been unparent-ed pragma Assert (Get_Parent (Child) = null); Print_Debug ("Destroy_Child " & Get_Title (C)); Ref (C); if MDI.Delay_Before_Focus_Id /= No_Source_Id then Remove (MDI.Delay_Before_Focus_Id); MDI.Delay_Before_Focus_Id := No_Source_Id; end if; C.Tab_Label := null; -- The child of the MDI_Child has now been taken care of, thus we need -- to take care of the MDI_Child itself now. if C.Menu_Item /= null then Destroy (C.Menu_Item); end if; if not C.MDI.In_Destruction then -- Do not unfloat the child, since the toplevel is no longer a -- Gtk_Window, and we would get a CE in Float_Child. if Get_Parent (C) /= null then Remove (Gtk_Container (Get_Parent (C)), C); end if; end if; if Get_Parent (C.Initial) /= null then Print_Debug ("Destroy_Child removing initial child from parent"); Remove (Gtk_Container (Get_Parent (C.Initial)), C.Initial); end if; C.Initial := null; -- Do not transfer the focus elsewhere: for an interactive close, this -- is done in Close_Child, otherwise we do not want to change the focus. -- No need to send a signal to signal that a new child has been selected -- since Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child has been called already if C = MDI.Focus_Child then MDI.Focus_Child := null; end if; In_Selection_Dialog := MDI.Selection_Dialog /= null and then C = MDI_Child (Get_Data (Selection_Dialog_Access (MDI.Selection_Dialog).Current_Child)); -- Only remove it from the list of children at the end, since some of -- calls above might result in calls to Raise_Child_Idle, which tries -- to manipulate that list. Widget_List.Remove (MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (C)); -- Report that the child has been removed only after it has indeed be -- fully removed, but before we actually free it Emit_By_Name_Child (Get_Object (MDI), String (Signal_Child_Removed) & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (C)); -- If we are currently displaying the window selection dialog, update it -- so that the widget that has been destroyed does not show up in the -- selection window. if In_Selection_Dialog then Update_Selection_Dialog (MDI, +1); end if; Unref (C.Title_Icon); Free (C.Title); Free (C.Short_Title); Free (C.XML_Node_Name); if C.State = Invisible then -- We owned an extra reference in this case Unref (C); end if; -- Destroy the child, unless the user has explicitely kept a Ref on it -- (therefore, do not use Destroy, only Unref). In all cases, it should -- be hidden on the screen Unref (C); end Destroy_Child; --------------------------- -- Destroy_Initial_Child -- --------------------------- procedure Destroy_Initial_Child (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin if not Child.In_Destruction then Destroy (Child); end if; end Destroy_Initial_Child; ------------------------- -- Set_Child_Title_Bar -- ------------------------- procedure Set_Child_Title_Bar (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is Event : constant Gtk_Event_Box := Gtk_Event_Box (Get_Parent (Child.Title_Box)); begin if not Has_Title_Bar (Child) then Hide (Event); Set_Child_Visible (Event, False); Set_Size_Request (Event, -1, 0); else Show (Event); Set_Child_Visible (Event, True); Set_Size_Request (Event, -1, Child.MDI.Title_Bar_Height); end if; end Set_Child_Title_Bar; --------------------- -- Set_Dnd_Message -- --------------------- procedure Set_Dnd_Message (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Message : String) is begin Free (MDI.Dnd_Message); if Message /= "" then MDI.Dnd_Message := new String'(Message); else MDI.Dnd_Message := new String' ("control moves whole notebook" & ASCII.LF & "shift creates new view"); end if; end Set_Dnd_Message; ----------------------- -- Get_Allowed_Areas -- ----------------------- function Get_Allowed_Areas (Child : not null access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return Allowed_Areas is begin return Child.Areas; end Get_Allowed_Areas; ---------------------------------- -- Button_Pressed_On_Title_Icon -- ---------------------------------- function Button_Pressed_On_Title_Icon (Child : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is begin if Event.The_Type = Gdk_2button_Press and then Event.Button = 1 then Close_Child (MDI_Child (Child)); return False; end if; return Button_Pressed_Forced (Child, Event); end Button_Pressed_On_Title_Icon; -------------------- -- Button_Pressed -- -------------------- function Button_Pressed (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is begin -- It sometimes happens that widgets let events pass through (for -- instance scrollbars do that), and thus wouldn't be useable anymore -- if we do a grab. -- ??? The comment above was kept for reference. We used to check that -- Event.Window was Child.Get_Window, but this prevents dragging from -- the title bar. if Event.Window /= Child.Get_Window then return False; end if; return Button_Pressed_Forced (Child, Event); end Button_Pressed; --------------------------- -- Button_Pressed_Forced -- --------------------------- function Button_Pressed_Forced (Child : access GObject_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); begin C.MDI.In_Drag := No_Drag; if Event.The_Type /= Button_Press or else Event.Button /= 1 then return False; end if; -- Start a drag-and-drop operation. This won't be effective unless -- the user actually drags the mouse a while Print_Debug ("Button_Pressed_Forced"); Child_Drag_Begin (C, Event, C.Areas); -- Let the event through, the drag hasn't started yet return False; end Button_Pressed_Forced; -------------------- -- Button_Release -- -------------------- function Button_Release (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); begin if Get_Window (Child) /= Event.Window then C.MDI.In_Drag := No_Drag; Pointer_Ungrab (Time => 0); return False; end if; return Button_Release_Forced (Child, Event); end Button_Release; --------------------------- -- Button_Release_Forced -- --------------------------- function Button_Release_Forced (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button; Allow_Move : Boolean := True) return Boolean is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); MDI : constant MDI_Window := C.MDI; Move_Whole_Notebook : constant Boolean := (Event.State and Control_Mask) /= 0; Copy_Instead_Of_Move : constant Boolean := (Event.State and Shift_Mask) /= 0; C2 : MDI_Child; Current : Gtk_Widget; Note : MDI_Notebook; Position : Child_Position; Pane : Gtkada_Multi_Paned; Parent_Rect : Gdk_Rectangle; Allowed : Boolean; In_Central : Boolean; begin Print_Debug ("Button release, drag=" & Drag_Status'Image (C.MDI.In_Drag)); Pointer_Ungrab (Time => 0); case C.MDI.In_Drag is when In_Pre_Drag => Gtkada.Style.Delete_Overlay (C.MDI, C.MDI.Dnd_Overlay); Child_Drag_Finished (C); when In_Drag => if C.MDI.Central /= null then Set_Border_Width (C.MDI.Central, 0); end if; Gtkada.Style.Delete_Overlay (C.MDI, C.MDI.Dnd_Overlay); if Allow_Move then Get_Dnd_Target (C.MDI, Current, Position, Parent_Rect, C.MDI.Dnd_Rectangle, In_Central => In_Central, Allowed => Allowed); else Allowed := False; end if; if not Allowed then Child_Drag_Finished (C); C.MDI.In_Drag := No_Drag; return True; end if; if Current = null then -- outside of the main window ? Pane := null; elsif Current = Gtk_Widget (C.MDI) then Pane := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (C.MDI); elsif Get_Parent (Current) = Gtk_Widget (C.MDI.Central) then Pane := C.MDI.Central; else Pane := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (C.MDI); end if; C2 := Dnd_Data (C, Copy => Copy_Instead_Of_Move); if C2 = null then C2 := C; end if; if Current = null then -- Floating child ? Float_Child (C2, True); -- If the child is dropped at the same location, nothing to do elsif C2.State = Normal -- A floating child is always moved and then Current = Get_Parent (C2) -- same notebook ? and then (Position = Position_Automatic -- inside the nook or else Move_Whole_Notebook -- to one side but moving all or else Get_Nth_Page (Gtk_Notebook (Current), 1) = null) then null; -- Do the actual moving else -- In the notebook that contains the window we are moving, we -- now raise the last window that had the focus declare Item : Widget_List.Glist := MDI.Items; It : MDI_Child; begin if C /= C2 then Print_Debug ("Button_Release raising last1 " & Get_Title (C)); Raise_Child (C, False); else while Item /= Widget_List.Null_List loop It := MDI_Child (Get_Data (Item)); if It /= C2 and then Get_Parent (C2) = Get_Parent (It) then Print_Debug ("Button_Release raising last2 " & Get_Title (It)); Raise_Child (It, False); exit; end if; Item := Widget_List.Next (Item); end loop; end if; end; -- Find in which notebook the widget should be moved. if Current = Gtk_Widget (C.MDI.Central) or else Current = Gtk_Widget (C.MDI) then -- The central area is empty if Current has this value, we -- always create a new notebook Note := Create_Notebook (MDI); if Current = Gtk_Widget (C.MDI) then Current := null; end if; else -- We dropped in a notebook, should we reuse or create one ? if Position = Position_Automatic then Note := MDI_Notebook (Current); else Note := Create_Notebook (MDI); end if; end if; -- Add to the contents of this notebook if Move_Whole_Notebook then declare Children : Widget_List.Glist := Get_Children (Get_Notebook (C2)); L : Widget_List.Glist := Children; begin while L /= Null_List loop Put_In_Notebook (C.MDI, MDI_Child (Get_Data (L)), Note, Force_Parent_Destruction => False); L := Next (L); end loop; Free (Children); end; else Put_In_Notebook (C.MDI, C2, Note, Force_Parent_Destruction => False); end if; case Position is when Position_Bottom => if Current = null then Split (Pane, Root_Pane, Note, Orientation_Vertical, Height => -1); else Split (Pane, Current, Note, Orientation_Vertical); end if; when Position_Top => if Current = null then Split (Pane, Root_Pane, Note, Orientation_Vertical, Height => -1, After => False); else Split (Pane, Current, Note, Orientation_Vertical, After => False); end if; when Position_Left => if Current = null then Split (Pane, Root_Pane, Note, Orientation_Horizontal, Width => -1, After => False); else Split (Pane, Current, Note, Orientation_Horizontal, After => False); end if; when Position_Right => if Current = null then Split (Pane, Root_Pane, Note, Orientation_Horizontal, Width => -1); else Split (Pane, Current, Note, Orientation_Horizontal); end if; when Position_Automatic | Position_Float => if C.MDI.Central /= null and then Current = Gtk_Widget (C.MDI.Central) then Add_Child (Win => C.MDI.Central, New_Child => Note, Orientation => Orientation_Horizontal, Width => 0, Height => 0); else Emit_By_Name (Get_Object (MDI), String (Signal_Children_Reorganized) & ASCII.NUL); end if; end case; end if; Child_Drag_Finished (C); Print_Debug ("Button_Release raising " & Get_Title (C2)); Raise_Child (C2, False); Print_Debug ("Button_Release, set_focus " & Get_Title (C2)); Set_Focus_Child (C2); -- For a focus manually, because Set_Focus_Child above might not -- have had any effect (the selected window is still the same, -- although in some cases gtk+ has transfered the keyboard focus -- elsewhere). Give_Focus_To_Child (C2); MDI.Dnd_Target := null; when No_Drag => -- Let the even through, we have nothing to do here return False; end case; C.MDI.In_Drag := No_Drag; return True; end Button_Release_Forced; ----------------------------- -- Button_Release_Notebook -- ----------------------------- function Button_Release_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button) return Boolean is N : constant MDI_Notebook := MDI_Notebook (Note); Child : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (N, Get_Current_Page (N))); Tmp : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin if Child.MDI.In_Drag = In_Drag or else Child.MDI.In_Drag = In_Pre_Drag then Tmp := Button_Release_Forced (Child, Event, Allow_Move => not Hover_Tabs (N, Event.X_Root, Event.Y_Root)); -- Fallback to standard gtk+ handler, so that it terminates its -- reorder operation if any -- Unfortunately, the notebook might no longer exist at this point, -- so it is dangerous to forward. if Child.Get_State = Floating then return True; -- stop propagating end if; end if; return False; end Button_Release_Notebook; ------------------- -- Button_Motion -- ------------------- function Button_Motion (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean is begin if Get_Window (Child) /= Event.Window then return False; end if; return Button_Motion_Forced (Child, Event); end Button_Motion; -------------------------- -- Button_Motion_Forced -- -------------------------- function Button_Motion_Forced (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); Note : MDI_Notebook; Tmp : Gdk_Grab_Status; Delta_X, Delta_Y : Gint; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin -- This is no longer called once the GtkNotebook has started reordering -- the tab, because it creates a transparent overlay window that grabs -- all the events (so the motion is sent to the GtkNotebook, no longer -- to the child). case C.MDI.In_Drag is when In_Drag => Draw_Dnd_Rectangle (C); return True; when In_Pre_Drag => -- If we are still in the tabs area, do nothing so that tabs can -- be reordered graphically Delta_X := abs (Gint (Event.X_Root) - C.MDI.Drag_Start_X); Delta_Y := abs (Gint (Event.Y_Root) - C.MDI.Drag_Start_Y); Note := Get_Notebook (C); if Note /= null and then Get_Show_Tabs (Note) then case Get_Tab_Pos (Note) is when Pos_Top | Pos_Bottom => if Delta_Y < Drag_Threshold / 2 and then Delta_Y < Delta_X then return False; end if; when Pos_Left | Pos_Right => if Delta_X < Drag_Threshold / 2 and then Delta_X < Delta_Y then return False; end if; end case; end if; -- Else start a drag operation if appropriate if Delta_X > Drag_Threshold or else Delta_Y > Drag_Threshold then -- If we had a tab reorder operation, but the tab was left at -- the same position, the signal "page_reordered" has not been -- emitted. Still, the pointer has been ungrabbed, so we do -- the following test below, so that we do not start our own -- dnd operation if not Pointer_Is_Grabbed then return False; end if; C.MDI.In_Drag := In_Drag; Pointer_Ungrab (Time => 0); if C.MDI.Cursor_Fleur = null then Gdk_New (C.MDI.Cursor_Fleur, Fleur); end if; Tmp := Pointer_Grab (Get_Window (C), False, Button_Motion_Mask or Button_Release_Mask, Cursor => C.MDI.Cursor_Fleur, Time => 0); return True; end if; when others => null; end case; return True; end Button_Motion_Forced; ---------------- -- Hover_Tabs -- ---------------- function Hover_Tabs (N : MDI_Notebook; X_Root, Y_Root : Gdouble) return Boolean is In_Tabs_Area : Boolean; X_Win, Y_Win : Gint; W, H : Gint; Mouse_X, Mouse_Y : Gint; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; Tab_Label : Gtk_Widget; Tab_Width, Tab_Height : Gint; begin Get_Origin (N.Get_Window, X_Win, Y_Win); N.Get_Allocation (Alloc); Mouse_X := Gint (X_Root) - X_Win - Alloc.X; Mouse_Y := Gint (Y_Root) - Y_Win - Alloc.Y; W := N.Get_Allocated_Width; H := N.Get_Allocated_Height; Tab_Label := N.Get_Tab_Label (N.Get_Nth_Page (0)); case N.Actual_Tab_Orientation is when Horizontal | Automatic => -- 'Automatic' is never set Tab_Width := Tab_Label.Get_Allocated_Width; Tab_Height := 30; -- ??? hard-coded when Bottom_To_Top | Top_To_Bottom => Tab_Width := 30; -- ??? hard-coded Tab_Height := Tab_Label.Get_Allocated_Height; end case; case N.Get_Tab_Pos is when Pos_Top => In_Tabs_Area := (Mouse_X >= 0 and then Mouse_X <= W and then Mouse_Y >= 0 and then Mouse_Y <= Tab_Height); when Pos_Bottom => In_Tabs_Area := (Mouse_X >= 0 and then Mouse_X <= W and then Mouse_Y >= H - Tab_Height and then Mouse_Y <= H); when Pos_Left => In_Tabs_Area := (Mouse_X >= 0 and then Mouse_X <= Tab_Width and then Mouse_Y >= 0 and then Mouse_Y <= H); when Pos_Right => In_Tabs_Area := (Mouse_X >= W - Tab_Width and then Mouse_X <= W and then Mouse_Y >= 0 and then Mouse_Y <= H); end case; return In_Tabs_Area; end Hover_Tabs; ---------------------------- -- Button_Motion_Notebook -- ---------------------------- function Button_Motion_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Motion) return Boolean is N : constant MDI_Notebook := MDI_Notebook (Note); Child : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (N, Get_Current_Page (N))); In_Tabs_Area : Boolean; begin if Child /= null and then (Child.MDI.In_Drag = In_Drag or else Child.MDI.In_Drag = In_Pre_Drag) then In_Tabs_Area := Hover_Tabs (N, Event.X_Root, Event.Y_Root); if not In_Tabs_Area then Child.MDI.In_Drag := In_Drag; return Button_Motion_Forced (Child, Event); end if; if Child.MDI.In_Drag = In_Drag then -- Remove the previous highlighting, since we are back to -- reordering tabs Draw_Dnd_Rectangle (Child, Hide_Only => True); end if; end if; return False; end Button_Motion_Notebook; -------------- -- Dnd_Data -- -------------- function Dnd_Data (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Copy : Boolean) return MDI_Child is pragma Unreferenced (Copy); begin return MDI_Child (Child); end Dnd_Data; ------------------------- -- Child_Widget_Hidden -- ------------------------- procedure Child_Widget_Hidden (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Child : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Widget); Note : MDI_Notebook; begin if Child.State = Floating then Hide (Get_Toplevel (Get_Widget (Child))); else Hide (Child); -- At startup, the notebook might be null Note := Get_Notebook (Child); if Note /= null then Configure_Notebook_Tabs (Child.MDI, Note, Hide_If_Empty => True); end if; end if; end Child_Widget_Hidden; ------------------------ -- Child_Widget_Shown -- ------------------------ procedure Child_Widget_Shown (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Child : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Widget); Note : MDI_Notebook; begin if Child.State = Floating then Show (Get_Toplevel (Get_Widget (Child))); else Show (Child); -- At startup, the notebook might be null Note := Get_Notebook (Child); if Note /= null then Configure_Notebook_Tabs (Child.MDI, Note, Hide_If_Empty => True); end if; end if; end Child_Widget_Shown; -------------------- -- Child_Get_Type -- -------------------- function Child_Get_Type return Glib.GType is Signal_Parameters : constant Glib.Object.Signal_Parameter_Types := (1 => (1 => GType_None), 2 => (1 => GType_None), 3 => (1 => GType_None), 4 => (1 => GType_None)); begin Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor => Gtk.Event_Box.Get_Type, Signals => Child_Signals, Class_Record => Child_Class_Record, Type_Name => "GtkAdaMDIChild", Parameters => Signal_Parameters); return Child_Class_Record.The_Type; end Child_Get_Type; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- procedure Gtk_New (Child : out MDI_Child; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Flags : Child_Flags := All_Buttons; Group : Child_Group := Group_Default; Focus_Widget : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget := null; Areas : Allowed_Areas := Both) is begin Child := new MDI_Child_Record; Initialize (Child, Widget, Flags, Group, Focus_Widget, Areas); end Gtk_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Flags : Child_Flags := All_Buttons; Group : Child_Group := Group_Default; Focus_Widget : Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget := null; Areas : Allowed_Areas := Both) is Event : Gtk_Event_Box; Button : Close_Button.Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button; begin if Widget.all in Gtk_Window_Record'Class then raise Program_Error; end if; G_New (Child, Child_Get_Type); Child.Set_Border_Width (0); Get_Style_Context (Child).Add_Class ("mdichild"); Child.Initial := Gtk_Widget (Widget); Child.State := Normal; Child.Flags := Flags; Child.Group := Group; Child.Focus_Widget := Focus_Widget; Child.MDI := null; Child.Areas := Areas; Add_Events (Child, Button_Press_Mask or Button_Motion_Mask or Button_Release_Mask or Pointer_Motion_Mask); Child.On_Button_Press_Event (Button_Pressed'Access); Child.On_Button_Release_Event (Button_Release'Access); Child.On_Motion_Notify_Event (Button_Motion'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Child, Signal_Destroy, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Child'Access)); Gtk_New_Vbox (Child.Main_Box, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 0); Add (Child, Child.Main_Box); -- Buttons in the title bar Gtk_New (Event); Get_Style_Context (Event).Add_Class ("mdititle"); Pack_Start (Child.Main_Box, Event, Expand => False, Fill => False); Gtk_New_Hbox (Child.Title_Box, Homogeneous => False); Add (Event, Child.Title_Box); Event.On_Button_Press_Event (Button_Pressed_Forced'Access, Child); Gtk_New (Event); Gtk_New (Child.Title_Icon); Ref (Child.Title_Icon); -- floating a child should not destroy icon Event.Add (Child.Title_Icon); Child.Title_Box.Pack_Start (Event, Expand => False); Event.On_Button_Press_Event (Button_Pressed_On_Title_Icon'Access, Child); Gtk_New (Child.Title_Label); Child.Title_Box.Pack_Start (Child.Title_Label, Expand => True, Fill => True); Child.Title_Label.Set_Ellipsize (Pango.Layout.Ellipsize_Start); Child.Title_Label.Set_Alignment (0.0, 0.5); Child.Title_Label.Set_Padding (5, 0); -- Do not set the label as selectable, otherwise it has its own window, -- and we can no longer drag from the title Child.Title_Label.Set_Selectable (False); if (Flags and Destroy_Button) /= 0 then Close_Button.Gtk_New (Button, Child, Child, Position => Pos_Top, In_Titlebar => True); Pack_End (Child.Title_Box, Button, Expand => False, Fill => False, Padding => 2); end if; -- This internal Event box is needed when the child is floated Gtk_New (Event); Add (Event, Widget); Pack_Start (Child.Main_Box, Event, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0); Child.Set_Title (" "); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Child.Initial, Signal_Destroy, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Destroy_Initial_Child'Access), Child); Widget_Callback.Connect (Child, Signal_Hide, Child_Widget_Hidden'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Child, Signal_Show, Child_Widget_Shown'Access); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Child.Initial, Signal_Hide, Child_Widget_Hidden'Access, Child); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Child.Initial, Signal_Show, Child_Widget_Shown'Access, Child); end Initialize; ------------------------- -- Give_Focus_To_Child -- ------------------------- procedure Give_Focus_To_Child (Child : MDI_Child) is F : Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Child); begin if Child /= null then if Child.Focus_Widget /= null then F := Child.Focus_Widget; end if; -- If we can't give the focus to the focus widget, give it to -- child itself. This is better than keeping it on the previous -- child. Grab_Focus (F); end if; end Give_Focus_To_Child; ---------------------------------- -- Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child -- ---------------------------------- procedure Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is Item : Widget_List.Glist; It : MDI_Child; Last : MDI_Child; begin -- Set the focus on the child that had the focus just before, -- and in the same notebook, and still visible Item := Child.MDI.Items; while Item /= Widget_List.Null_List loop It := MDI_Child (Get_Data (Item)); if It.Get_Visible and then It /= MDI_Child (Child) then if Last = null then Last := It; end if; if It.State = Child.State and then Get_Parent (It) = Get_Parent (Child) then Print_Debug ("Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child " & Get_Title (It)); Set_Focus_Child (It); return; end if; end if; Item := Widget_List.Next (Item); end loop; -- No such child, give it to the last child that had the focus if Last = null then Print_Debug ("Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child: no one"); Child.MDI.Focus_Child := null; Emit_By_Name_Child (Get_Object (Child.MDI), String (Signal_Child_Selected) & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address); else Set_Focus_Child (Last); end if; end Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child; ------------------ -- Save_Desktop -- ------------------ function Save_Desktop (Self : not null access MDI_Child_Record) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin return null; end Save_Desktop; --------- -- Put -- --------- procedure Put (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Initial_Position : Child_Position := Position_Automatic) is Float : constant Boolean := MDI.All_Floating_Mode or else (not MDI.Loading_Desktop and then Initial_Position = Position_Float); begin Child.MDI := MDI_Window (MDI); -- We need to show the widget before inserting it in a notebook, -- otherwise the notebook page will not be made visible. Ref (Child); Show_All (Child); if Child.State = Invisible then Unref (Child); -- Set in Remove_All_Items return; end if; Set_State (Child, Normal); Float_Child (Child, Float); if not Float then Put_In_Notebook (MDI, Child, Initial_Position => Initial_Position); end if; Set_Child_Title_Bar (Child); -- Add the child to the list of widgets. It could in fact already be in -- the list if we are reusing a Invisible child from a previous -- perspective. We however want to move it to the front of the list Remove (MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Child)); Prepend (MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Child)); Unref (Child); if MDI.Menu /= null then Create_Menu_Entry (Child); end if; -- Restore the keyboard focus, which might have been stolen if the new -- child was added to a notebook. Give_Focus_To_Child (MDI.Focus_Child); Emit_By_Name_Child (Get_Object (MDI), String (Signal_Child_Added) & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Child)); end Put; -------------- -- Set_Size -- -------------- procedure Set_Size (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Width : Glib.Gint; Height : Glib.Gint; Fixed_Size : Boolean := False) is Notebook : constant MDI_Notebook := Get_Notebook (Child); begin -- Ignore specific size requests while loading the desktop, since the -- latter should force the size if not MDI.Loading_Desktop and then Notebook /= null then -- Only take this into account if we have a single page if Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, 1) = null and then MDI.Show_Tabs_Policy /= Always then Set_Size (MDI, Widget => Notebook, Width => Width, Height => Height, Fixed_Size => Fixed_Size); else Set_Size (MDI, Widget => Notebook, Width => Width, Height => Height + Get_Allocated_Height (Notebook) - Get_Allocated_Height (Child), Fixed_Size => Fixed_Size); end if; end if; end Set_Size; --------------- -- Get_Title -- --------------- function Get_Title (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return UTF8_String is begin return Child.Title.all; end Get_Title; --------------------- -- Get_Short_Title -- --------------------- function Get_Short_Title (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return UTF8_String is begin return Child.Short_Title.all; end Get_Short_Title; ---------------------- -- Update_Menu_Item -- ---------------------- procedure Update_Menu_Item (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is Label : Gtk_Accel_Label; Pixmap : Gtk_Image; Box : Gtk_Box; Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; begin if Child.Menu_Item /= null then if Get_Child (Child.Menu_Item) /= null then Remove (Child.Menu_Item, Get_Child (Child.Menu_Item)); end if; Gtk_New_Hbox (Box, Homogeneous => False, Spacing => 5); Pixbuf := Child.Title_Icon.Get; -- still owned by the image if Pixbuf /= null then Gtk_New (Pixmap, Pixbuf); Pack_Start (Box, Pixmap, Expand => False); end if; Gtk_New (Label, Child.Short_Title.all); Set_Alignment (Label, 0.0, 0.5); Set_Accel_Widget (Label, Child.Menu_Item); Pack_Start (Box, Label, Expand => True, Fill => True); Show_All (Box); Add (Child.Menu_Item, Box); Set_Accel_Path (Child.Menu_Item, Child.MDI.Accel_Path_Prefix.all & "/window/child/" & Child.Short_Title.all, Child.MDI.Group); end if; end Update_Menu_Item; -------------- -- Set_Icon -- -------------- procedure Set_Icon (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Icon : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf) is begin Child.Title_Icon.Set (Icon); if Icon /= null then Child.Title_Icon.Show; else Child.Title_Icon.Hide; end if; if Child.Tab_Icon /= null then Child.Tab_Icon.Set (Icon); if Icon /= null then Child.Tab_Icon.Show; else Child.Tab_Icon.Hide; end if; end if; Update_Menu_Item (Child); Emit_By_Name_Child (Get_Object (Child.MDI), String (Signal_Child_Icon_Changed) & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Child)); end Set_Icon; -------------- -- Get_Icon -- -------------- function Get_Icon (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf is begin return Child.Title_Icon.Get; end Get_Icon; --------------- -- Set_Title -- --------------- procedure Set_Title (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Title : String; Short_Title : String := "") is function To_UTF8 (Str : String) return String; -- Ensure the output string is valid UTF8 function To_UTF8 (Str : String) return String is Valid : Boolean; Invalid_Pos : Natural; begin UTF8_Validate (Str, Valid, Invalid_Pos); if Valid then return Str; else declare S : constant String := Glib.Convert.Filename_To_UTF8 (Str); begin if S /= "" then return S; end if; end; declare S : constant String := Glib.Convert.Locale_To_UTF8 (Str); begin if S /= "" then return S; end if; end; return Str (Str'First .. Str'First + Invalid_Pos); end if; end To_UTF8; T : constant String := To_UTF8 (Title); S : constant String := To_UTF8 (Short_Title); Title_Changed : constant Boolean := Child.Title = null or else Child.Title.all /= T; Short_Title_Changed : constant Boolean := Child.Short_Title = null or else Child.Short_Title.all /= S; begin if Title_Changed then Free (Child.Title); Child.Title := new UTF8_String'(T); end if; if Short_Title_Changed then Free (Child.Short_Title); if S /= "" then Child.Short_Title := new UTF8_String'(S); else Child.Short_Title := new UTF8_String'(T); end if; end if; if Child.MDI /= null and then Child.MDI.Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats then Child.Title_Label.Set_Text (Child.Short_Title.all); else Child.Title_Label.Set_Text (Child.Title.all); end if; if Title_Changed and then Child.State = Floating then if Child.MDI.Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats then Set_Title (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.Initial)), Locale_From_UTF8 (Child.Short_Title.all)); else Set_Title (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.Initial)), Locale_From_UTF8 (Child.Title.all)); end if; end if; if Short_Title_Changed then -- Update the menu, if it exists. We need to recreate the menu item -- to keep it sorted if Child.Menu_Item /= null then Destroy (Child.Menu_Item); Create_Menu_Entry (Child); end if; end if; if Title_Changed or else Short_Title_Changed then Update_Tab_Label (Child); -- this also updated the tooltip Child.Queue_Draw; if Child.MDI /= null then Emit_By_Name_Child (Get_Object (Child.MDI), String (Signal_Child_Title_Changed) & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Child)); end if; end if; end Set_Title; ---------------------------- -- Insert_Child_If_Needed -- ---------------------------- function Insert_Child_If_Needed (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : MDI_Child) return MDI_Child is begin if Child /= null and then Child.State = Invisible then Put (MDI, Child); end if; return Child; end Insert_Child_If_Needed; -------------------- -- Find_MDI_Child -- -------------------- function Find_MDI_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return MDI_Child is Tmp : Widget_List.Glist; begin Tmp := First (MDI.Items); while Tmp /= Null_List loop if MDI_Child (Get_Data (Tmp)).Initial = Gtk_Widget (Widget) then return Insert_Child_If_Needed (MDI, MDI_Child (Get_Data (Tmp))); end if; Tmp := Next (Tmp); end loop; return null; end Find_MDI_Child; -------------------------------- -- Find_MDI_Child_From_Widget -- -------------------------------- function Find_MDI_Child_From_Widget (Widget : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return MDI_Child is W : Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Widget); Win : Gtk_Widget; C : MDI_Child; begin -- As a special case, if the widget's parent is a notebook, we check -- whether the associated page is a MDI child, and behave as if that -- child had the focus (EC19-008) while W /= null loop if W.all in MDI_Child_Record'Class then return Insert_Child_If_Needed (MDI_Child (W).MDI, MDI_Child (W)); elsif W.all in Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class and then Get_Nth_Page (Gtk_Notebook (W), Get_Current_Page (Gtk_Notebook (W))).all in MDI_Child_Record'Class then C := MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (Gtk_Notebook (W), Get_Current_Page (Gtk_Notebook (W)))); return Insert_Child_If_Needed (C.MDI, C); end if; W := Get_Parent (W); end loop; -- Not found ? We might have a floating window. Unfortunately, these -- windows do not keep track of the MDI child they belong to... Win := Get_Toplevel (Widget); if Win /= null and then Child_User_Data.Is_Set (Win, "parent_mdi_child") then -- The call to Get will never raise a Data_Error exception C := Child_User_Data.Get (Win, "parent_mdi_child"); return Insert_Child_If_Needed (C.MDI, C); end if; return null; end Find_MDI_Child_From_Widget; --------------------------- -- Find_MDI_Child_By_Tag -- --------------------------- function Find_MDI_Child_By_Tag (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Tag : Ada.Tags.Tag; Visible_Only : Boolean := False) return MDI_Child is Child : MDI_Child; Iter : Child_Iterator := First_Child (MDI, Visible_Only => Visible_Only); begin loop Child := Get (Iter); exit when Child = null or else Child.Initial'Tag = Tag; Next (Iter); end loop; if Child /= null then return Insert_Child_If_Needed (MDI, Child); else return null; end if; end Find_MDI_Child_By_Tag; ---------------------------- -- Find_MDI_Child_By_Name -- ---------------------------- function Find_MDI_Child_By_Name (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Name : String) return MDI_Child is Child : MDI_Child; Iter : Child_Iterator := First_Child (MDI, Visible_Only => False); begin loop Child := Get (Iter); exit when Child = null or else Child.Title.all = Name or else Child.Short_Title.all = Name; Next (Iter); end loop; return Insert_Child_If_Needed (MDI, Get (Iter)); end Find_MDI_Child_By_Name; ----------------- -- Lower_Child -- ----------------- procedure Lower_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is Note : MDI_Notebook; begin Ref (Child); Remove (Child.MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Child)); Append (Child.MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Child)); Unref (Child); if Child.State = Normal then Note := Get_Notebook (Child); Set_Current_Page (Note, Page_Num (Note, Child)); elsif Child.Get_Realized then Gdk.Window.Lower (Get_Window (Child)); if Child.State = Floating then Gdk.Window.Lower (Get_Window (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.Initial)))); end if; end if; end Lower_Child; --------------- -- Is_Raised -- --------------- function Is_Raised (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return Boolean is Note : MDI_Notebook; begin case Child.State is when Floating => return True; when Invisible => return False; when Normal => Note := Get_Notebook (Child); return Get_Nth_Page (Note, Get_Current_Page (Note)) = Gtk_Widget (Child); end case; end Is_Raised; ----------------- -- Raise_Child -- ----------------- procedure Raise_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Give_Focus : Boolean := True) is Old_Focus : constant MDI_Child := Child.MDI.Focus_Child; Note : MDI_Notebook; Give : Boolean := Give_Focus; begin Show (Child); -- Make sure the child is visible if Child.State = Invisible then -- child was in another desktop, not visible in the current one Put_In_Notebook (Child.MDI, Child); end if; -- For a docked item, we in fact want to raise its parent dock, -- and make sure the current page in that dock is the correct one. if Child.State = Normal then Note := Get_Notebook (Child); -- We'll have to transfer the focus if the current focus window is in -- the same dock, since otherwise that means an invisible window -- would have the focus. if Old_Focus /= null and then Old_Focus.State = Normal and then Get_Notebook (Old_Focus) = Note then Give := True; end if; -- Temporary fool the system, so that the child doesn't necessarily -- gain the focus. Otherwise, switching a notebook page gives the -- child the focus. Child.MDI.Focus_Child := MDI_Child (Child); -- There could be no parent if we are in all-floating mode if Note /= null then Set_Current_Page (Note, Page_Num (Note, Child)); end if; Child.MDI.Focus_Child := Old_Focus; elsif Child.State = Floating and then Give_Focus and then Child.Initial.Get_Realized then Present (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.Initial))); elsif Child.Get_Realized then Gdk.Window.Gdk_Raise (Get_Window (Child)); else -- We still need to raise the window, but don't give it the focus -- on systems where it is possible. Gdk.Window.Gdk_Raise (Get_Window (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.Initial)))); end if; -- Give the focus to the Focus_Child, since the notebook page switch -- might have changed that. if not Child.MDI.Loading_Desktop then if not Give then -- This must be done even if Old_Focus = MDI.Focus_Child. -- Otherwise, clicking inside an editor in GPS for instance will -- not properly refresh the outline view Give_Focus_To_Child (Old_Focus); else Print_Debug ("Raise_Child, give focus to " & Get_Title (Child)); Set_Focus_Child (Child); end if; end if; end Raise_Child; ----------------------- -- Update_Float_Menu -- ----------------------- procedure Update_Float_Menu (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is begin if Child.MDI.Float_Menu_Item /= null then Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Block (Child.MDI.Float_Menu_Item, Child.MDI.Float_Menu_Item_Id); Set_Active (Child.MDI.Float_Menu_Item, Child.State = Floating); Gtk.Handlers.Handler_Unblock (Child.MDI.Float_Menu_Item, Child.MDI.Float_Menu_Item_Id); end if; end Update_Float_Menu; ------------------- -- Has_Title_Bar -- ------------------- function Has_Title_Bar (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return Boolean is begin case Child.MDI.Draw_Title_Bars is when Always => return True; when Never => return False; when Central_Only => return In_Central_Area (Child.MDI, Child); end case; end Has_Title_Bar; ---------------------- -- Update_Tab_Color -- ---------------------- procedure Update_Tab_Color (Note : access MDI_Notebook_Record'Class; Focused : Boolean) is begin if Note = null then return; end if; if not Note.Get_Mapped then return; end if; if not Focused then Get_Style_Context (Note).Remove_Class ("mdifocused"); else Get_Style_Context (Note).Add_Class ("mdifocused"); end if; Note.Queue_Draw; end Update_Tab_Color; --------------------- -- Set_Focus_Child -- --------------------- procedure Set_Focus_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) is Old : constant MDI_Child := Child.MDI.Focus_Child; C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); Tmp : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); Previous_Focus_Child : constant MDI_Child := Child.MDI.Focus_Child; begin if Child.MDI.Loading_Desktop then return; end if; -- Be lazy. And avoid infinite loop when updating the MDI menu... if C = Old or else C.MDI.In_Destruction then return; end if; -- It is possible that this function is called before the child is -- even in the list of items. In this case, we do nothing at this -- point (might be called because we insert the child in a notebook -- first for instance) if Widget_List.Find (C.MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Child)) = Null_List then return; end if; Show (C); -- Make sure the child is visible Child.MDI.Focus_Child := C; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Set_Focus_Child on " & Get_Title (C)); end if; if Previous_Focus_Child /= null then Update_Tab_Color (Get_Notebook (Previous_Focus_Child), False); end if; Update_Tab_Color (Get_Notebook (C), True); Ref (C); Remove (C.MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Child)); Prepend (C.MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Child)); Unref (C); -- Make sure the page containing Child in a notebook is put on top. -- Do not raise floating children, since this is the role of the window -- manager. if C.State /= Floating then Print_Debug ("Set_Focus_Child, raise child " & Get_Title (C)); Raise_Child (C, False); end if; -- Give the actual keyboard focus to the appropriate subwindow of -- the focus child. Give_Focus_To_Child (Child.MDI.Focus_Child); if Old /= null and then Old.Get_Realized then Old.Title_Box.Queue_Draw; end if; if C.Initial.Get_Realized then C.Title_Box.Queue_Draw; -- Give the focus to the window containing the child. -- Giving the focus to a window has the side effect of moving the -- window to the current desktop. Therefore, we only do this when the -- input focus was already on a window of the MDI. if not Child.MDI.Loading_Desktop and then Previous_Focus_Child /= null and then Get_Toplevel (Previous_Focus_Child.Initial).Get_Realized and then Get_Property (Get_Toplevel (Previous_Focus_Child.Initial), Has_Toplevel_Focus_Property) then Raise_Child (C); end if; end if; Update_Float_Menu (C); if C.MDI.Close_Menu_Item /= null then Set_Sensitive (C.MDI.Close_Menu_Item, (C.Flags and Destroy_Button) /= 0); end if; if C.Menu_Item /= null then Set_Active (C.Menu_Item, True); end if; -- It would be nice to find the first child of C.Initial that -- accepts the keyboard focus. However, in the meantime, we at least -- want to make sure that no other widget has the focus. As a result, -- focus_in events will always be sent the next time the user selects a -- widget. Highlight_Child (C, False); Widget_Callback.Emit_By_Name (C, "selected"); Emit_By_Name_Child (Get_Object (C.MDI), String (Signal_Child_Selected) & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (C)); end Set_Focus_Child; ------------------ -- Delete_Child -- ------------------ function Delete_Child (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is begin if MDI_Child (Child).MDI.In_Destruction then -- We can always close a child when the MDI is being destroyed return False; elsif MDI_Child (Child).MDI.Close_Floating_Is_Unfloat and then (MDI_Child (Child).Flags and Always_Destroy_Float) = 0 and then not MDI_Child (Child).MDI.All_Floating_Mode then Float_Child (MDI_Child (Child), False); Print_Debug ("Delete_Child, raising " & Get_Title (MDI_Child (Child))); Raise_Child (MDI_Child (Child), False); return True; else return Return_Callback.Emit_By_Name (MDI_Child (Child).Initial, "delete_event", Event); end if; end Delete_Child; --------------------------- -- Key_Event_In_Floating -- --------------------------- function Key_Event_In_Floating (Win : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event) return Boolean is begin -- Note: the following works because we are connected after the standard -- keypress event. Otherwise, standard keys in the child (space in -- editors most notably) will not work as expected. if Get_Event_Type (Event) = Key_Press then return Return_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Win, Signal_Key_Press_Event, Event); else return Return_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Win, Signal_Key_Release_Event, Event); end if; end Key_Event_In_Floating; ----------------- -- Float_Child -- ----------------- procedure Float_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Float : Boolean) is begin Internal_Float_Child (Child, Float, Position_At_Mouse => True, X => 0, Y => 0); end Float_Child; -------------------------- -- Internal_Float_Child -- -------------------------- procedure Internal_Float_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Float : Boolean; Position_At_Mouse : Boolean; X, Y : Gint; Width, Height : Gint := -1) is use Object_List; Diag : Gtk_Dialog; Win : Gtk_Window; Cont : Gtk_Container; Widget : Gtk_Widget; Min, Requisition : Gtk_Requisition; Groups : Object_List.GSlist; Box : Gtk_Box; W, H : Gint; begin if Traces then Print_Debug ("Float_Child " & Get_Title (Child) & " State=" & State_Type'Image (Child.State) & " Float=" & Boolean'Image (Float), Debug_Increase); end if; -- If the Child already has a window, the resulting floating window -- should have the same size. -- Otherwise, ask the Child for its requisiton. if Width /= -1 and then Height /= -1 then W := Width; H := Height; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Forced size:" & Gint'Image (W) & "x" & Gint'Image (H)); end if; elsif Child.Get_Mapped then W := Child.Get_Parent.Get_Allocated_Width; H := Child.Get_Parent.Get_Allocated_Height; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Size from allocated:" & Gint'Image (W) & "x" & Gint'Image (H)); end if; else Child.Get_Preferred_Size (Min, Requisition); W := Requisition.Width; H := Requisition.Height; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Use preferred size:" & Gint'Image (W) & "x" & Gint'Image (H)); end if; end if; if Child.State /= Floating and then Float then -- Ref is removed when the child is unfloated Ref (Child); -- This could be called before the child even has a parent if -- All_Floating_Mode is set. if Get_Parent (Child) /= null then Remove (Gtk_Container (Get_Parent (Child)), Child); end if; if (Child.Flags and Float_As_Transient) /= 0 or else (Child.Flags and Float_To_Main) /= 0 then declare Parent : Gtk_Window := null; Item : Widget_List.Glist; It : MDI_Child; begin -- If the current child is floating, and the mode is -- Float_As_Transient, we want to float the dialog as -- transient for the current child. if (Child.Flags and Float_As_Transient) /= 0 then Item := Child.MDI.Items; while Item /= Widget_List.Null_List loop It := MDI_Child (Get_Data (Item)); if It /= MDI_Child (Child) then if It.State = Floating and then It.Initial.Get_Realized then Parent := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (It.Initial)); else Parent := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.MDI)); end if; exit; end if; Item := Widget_List.Next (Item); end loop; elsif (Child.Flags and Float_To_Main) /= 0 then Parent := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.MDI)); end if; Gtk_New (Diag, Title => "", Parent => Parent, Flags => No_Separator or Destroy_With_Parent); end; Win := Gtk_Window (Diag); Cont := Gtk_Container (Get_Content_Area (Diag)); else Gtk_New (Win); Cont := Gtk_Container (Win); end if; if Child.MDI.Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats then Set_Title (Win, Locale_From_UTF8 (Child.Short_Title.all)); else Set_Title (Win, Locale_From_UTF8 (Child.Title.all)); end if; Set_Default_Size (Win, W, H); -- Memorize the MDI_Child associated with the window, for faster -- lookup for instance in Find_MDI_Child_From_Widget. Child_User_Data.Set (Win, MDI_Child (Child), "parent_mdi_child"); -- Set the accelerators for this window, so that menu key shortcuts -- behave the same as in the main window. -- ??? Should we do the same for mnemonics, even though the menu -- bar isn't available on this floating window. Groups := From_Object (Get_Toplevel (Child.MDI)); while Groups /= Object_List.Null_List loop Add_Accel_Group (Win, Gtk_Accel_Group (Get_Data (Groups))); Groups := Next (Groups); end loop; if Position_At_Mouse then Set_Position (Win, Win_Pos_Mouse); else Move (Win, X, Y); Set_Position (Win, Win_Pos_None); end if; -- Delete_Event should be forwarded to the child, not to the -- toplevel window Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Win, Signal_Delete_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Delete_Child'Access), Child); Add_Events (Win, Enter_Notify_Mask); Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Win, Signal_Focus_In_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Set_Focus_Child_MDI_Floating'Access), Child); -- Forward all key events to the toplevel of the MDI. This provides -- proper handling of menu key shortcuts. Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Win, Signal_Key_Press_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Key_Event_In_Floating'Access), Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.MDI)), After => True); Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Win, Signal_Key_Release_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (Key_Event_In_Floating'Access), Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.MDI)), After => True); Widget := Child.Initial.Get_Parent; Reparent (Widget, Cont); if Cont.all in Gtk_Box_Record'Class then Gtk_Box (Cont).Set_Child_Packing (Widget, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0, Pack_Type => Pack_Start); end if; Set_State (Child, Floating); Update_Float_Menu (Child); Emit_By_Name_Child (Get_Object (Child.MDI), String (Signal_Float_Child) & ASCII.NUL, Get_Object (Child)); Widget_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Child, Signal_Float_Child); Show_All (Win); elsif Child.State = Floating and then not Float then -- Reassign the widget to Child instead of the notebook Win := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Child.Initial)); Box := Gtk_Box (Get_Child (Child)); Widget := Child.Initial.Get_Parent; Reparent (Widget, New_Parent => Box); Box.Set_Child_Packing (Widget, Expand => True, Fill => True, Padding => 0, Pack_Type => Pack_Start); Set_State (Child, Normal); Destroy (Win); Put_In_Notebook (Child.MDI, Child); Update_Float_Menu (Child); Unref (Child); Widget_Callback.Emit_By_Name (Child, Signal_Unfloat_Child); end if; Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end Internal_Float_Child; ----------------- -- Is_Floating -- ----------------- function Is_Floating (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin return Child.State = Floating; end Is_Floating; ------------------------ -- On_Tab_Orientation -- ------------------------ procedure On_Tab_Orientation (Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Orientation : Tab_Orientation_Type) is Child : MDI_Child; Length : constant Gint := Notebook.Get_N_Pages; begin MDI_Notebook (Notebook).Tab_Orientation := Orientation; if Length > 0 then for Page_Index in 0 .. Length - 1 loop Child := MDI_Child (Notebook.Get_Nth_Page (Page_Index)); Update_Tab_Label (Child); end loop; end if; end On_Tab_Orientation; ---------------- -- On_Tab_Pos -- ---------------- procedure On_Tab_Pos (Note : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Pos : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Position_Type) is begin Note.Set_Tab_Pos (Pos); case Pos is when Pos_Top | Pos_Bottom => Get_Style_Context (Note).Remove_Class ("rightTabs"); Get_Style_Context (Note).Remove_Class ("leftTabs"); when Pos_Left => Get_Style_Context (Note).Add_Class ("leftTabs"); when Pos_Right => Get_Style_Context (Note).Add_Class ("rightTabs"); end case; On_Tab_Orientation (Note, MDI_Notebook (Note).Tab_Orientation); end On_Tab_Pos; ------------- -- Get_MDI -- ------------- function Get_MDI (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return MDI_Window is begin return Child.MDI; end Get_MDI; ------------------------------------- -- Set_Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory -- ------------------------------------- procedure Set_Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Factory : Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory) is begin MDI.Tab_Factory := Factory; end Set_Tab_Contextual_Menu_Factory; ------------------------------ -- On_Notebook_Button_Press -- ------------------------------ function On_Notebook_Button_Press (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Boolean is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); Note : constant MDI_Notebook := Get_Notebook (C); Menu : Gtk_Menu; Submenu : Gtk_Menu; Sep : Gtk_Separator_Menu_Item; Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; MItem : MDI_Menu_Item; Widget : MDI_Child; Image : Gtk_Image; Current : Gint; begin if Get_Button (Event) = 3 then Gtk_New (Menu); Current := Note.Get_Current_Page; for P in 1 .. Note.Get_N_Pages loop Widget := MDI_Child (Note.Get_Nth_Page (P - 1)); MItem := new MDI_Menu_Item_Record; MItem.Child := Widget; Gtk.Image_Menu_Item.Initialize (MItem, Label => Widget.Short_Title.all); if P - 1 = Current then Gtk_Label (MItem.Get_Child).Set_Markup ("" & Widget.Short_Title.all & ""); end if; if Widget.Tab_Icon /= null then Gtk_New (Image, Gdk_Pixbuf'(Widget.Tab_Icon.Get)); MItem.Set_Image (Image); MItem.Set_Always_Show_Image (True); end if; Menu.Append (MItem); Widget_Callback.Connect (MItem, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, Menu_Switch_Page'Access); end loop; Gtk_New (Sep); Menu.Append (Sep); Gtk_New (Item, "Tabs location"); Append (Menu, Item); Gtk_New (Submenu); Set_Submenu (Item, Submenu); Gtk_New (Item, "Top"); Tab_Pos_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Pos'Access, Note, Pos_Top); Append (Submenu, Item); Gtk_New (Item, "Bottom"); Tab_Pos_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Pos'Access, Note, Pos_Bottom); Append (Submenu, Item); Gtk_New (Item, "Left"); Tab_Pos_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Pos'Access, Note, Pos_Left); Append (Submenu, Item); Gtk_New (Item, "Right"); Tab_Pos_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Pos'Access, Note, Pos_Right); Append (Submenu, Item); Gtk_New (Item, "Tabs rotation"); Menu.Append (Item); Gtk_New (Submenu); Item.Set_Submenu (Submenu); Gtk_New (Item, "Automatic"); Tab_Orientation_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Orientation'Access, Note, Automatic); Submenu.Append (Item); Gtk_New (Item, "Horizontal"); Tab_Orientation_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Orientation'Access, Note, Horizontal); Submenu.Append (Item); Gtk_New (Item, "Bottom to top"); Tab_Orientation_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Orientation'Access, Note, Bottom_To_Top); Submenu.Append (Item); Gtk_New (Item, "Top to bottom"); Tab_Orientation_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, On_Tab_Orientation'Access, Note, Top_To_Bottom); Submenu.Append (Item); Gtk_New (Sep); Menu.Append (Sep); if (C.Flags and Destroy_Button) /= 0 then Gtk_New (Item, "Close"); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, Close_Cb'Access, Child); Append (Menu, Item); end if; if C.MDI.Tab_Factory /= null then C.MDI.Tab_Factory (C, Menu); end if; Show_All (Menu); Popup (Menu, Button => 3, Activate_Time => Gdk.Event.Get_Time (Event)); return True; elsif Get_Button (Event) = 2 then C.Close_Child; return True; end if; return False; end On_Notebook_Button_Press; ---------------------- -- Menu_Switch_Page -- ---------------------- procedure Menu_Switch_Page (Item : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is It : constant MDI_Menu_Item := MDI_Menu_Item (Item); begin It.Child.Set_Focus_Child; end Menu_Switch_Page; --------------------- -- Create_Notebook -- --------------------- function Create_Notebook (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class) return MDI_Notebook is Notebook : MDI_Notebook; begin Notebook := new MDI_Notebook_Record; Gtk.Notebook.Initialize (Notebook); Configure_Notebook_Tabs (MDI, Notebook); Set_Border_Width (Notebook, 0); Set_Scrollable (Notebook); Notebook.Set_Group_Name ("MDI"); Get_Style_Context (Notebook).Add_Class ("mdi"); Widget_Callback.Connect (Notebook, Signal_Remove, Removed_From_Notebook'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Notebook, Signal_Set_Focus_Child, Set_Focus_Child_Notebook'Access); Widget_Callback.Connect (Notebook, Signal_Switch_Page, Set_Focus_Child_Switch_Notebook_Page'Access); Notebook.On_Motion_Notify_Event (Button_Motion_Notebook'Access); Notebook.On_Button_Release_Event (Button_Release_Notebook'Access); On_Tab_Pos (Notebook, MDI.Tabs_Position); return Notebook; end Create_Notebook; ----------------------------- -- Configure_Notebook_Tabs -- ----------------------------- procedure Configure_Notebook_Tabs (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Notebook : access Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class; Hide_If_Empty : Boolean := False) is Child : MDI_Child; Page_Count : constant Gint := Get_N_Pages (Notebook); Visible_Page_Count : Natural := 0; begin -- Some pages might be hidden, in which case they should not be counted -- when we compute whether the tabs should be made visible for P in 0 .. Page_Count - 1 loop if Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, P).Get_Visible then Visible_Page_Count := Visible_Page_Count + 1; end if; end loop; if Visible_Page_Count >= 2 then Set_Show_Tabs (Notebook, MDI.Show_Tabs_Policy /= Never); else Set_Show_Tabs (Notebook, MDI.Show_Tabs_Policy = Always); end if; Child := MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, 0)); if Child /= null then Set_Property (Notebook, Show_Border_Property, Get_Nth_Page (Notebook, 1) = null and then MDI.Show_Tabs_Policy /= Always); end if; if Hide_If_Empty then if Visible_Page_Count = 0 then Hide (Notebook); else Show (Notebook); end if; end if; end Configure_Notebook_Tabs; ----------------------------- -- Tab_Get_Preferred_Width -- ----------------------------- procedure Tab_Get_Preferred_Width (Label : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint) is Tab : constant MDI_Tab := MDI_Tab (Glib.Object.Convert (Label)); Note : constant MDI_Notebook := MDI_Notebook (Tab.Get_Parent); Pages : Gint; Lab : MDI_Tab; Min, Nat : Gint; Total : Gint; Val : GValue; Focus_Width : Gint; Focus_Pad : Gint; begin case Note.Get_Tab_Pos is when Pos_Left | Pos_Right => -- fallback to gtk behavior Tab.Get_Child.Get_Preferred_Width (Minimum_Size, Natural_Size); when Pos_Top | Pos_Bottom => -- Do we need to recompute, or has another tab already done the -- computation ? Tab.Timestamp := Tab.Timestamp + 1; if Note.Timestamp < Tab.Timestamp then Note.Timestamp := Tab.Timestamp; Pages := Note.Get_N_Pages; Minimum_Size := 0; Natural_Size := 0; -- Find all other MDI_Tab_Labels. for N in 0 .. Pages - 1 loop Lab := MDI_Tab (Note.Get_Tab_Label (Note.Get_Nth_Page (N))); Lab.Get_Child.Get_Preferred_Width (Min, Nat); Natural_Size := Natural_Size + Nat; Minimum_Size := Minimum_Size + Min; end loop; -- Compute borders from the theme. This is copied from -- gtknotebook.c. Apparently we do not need to get -- Get_Style_Context (Note).Get_Padding Init (Val, GType_Int); Note.Style_Get_Property ("focus-line-width", Val); Focus_Width := Get_Int (Val); Note.Style_Get_Property ("focus-padding", Val); Focus_Pad := Get_Int (Val); Unset (Val); Total := Note.Get_Allocated_Width - Pages * 2 * (Focus_Width + Focus_Pad); if Traces then Tab.Get_Child.Get_Preferred_Width (Min, Nat); Put_Line ("Tabsize: total {Nat=" & Gint'Image (Natural_Size) & " Min=" & Gint'Image (Minimum_Size) & "} Child={" & Gint'Image (Min) & Gint'Image (Nat) & "} Notebook=" & Gint'Image (Total) & " Pages=" & Gint'Image (Pages)); end if; if Natural_Size <= Total then -- All tabs can use their natural size, but we must set the -- tab's minimum size to its natural size since gtk+ always -- uses the minimum size. Note.Tab_Size := -1; else -- All tabs should use the same size (and have a min. size) -- "100" is random here, seems to be good enough to display -- enough chars to distinguish editors. Nat := Gint'Max (100, Total / Pages); Note.Tab_Size := Nat; end if; -- Will need to resize all other tabs (nothing will happen for -- those that have already been refreshed, because of timestamp -- comparison) for N in 0 .. Pages - 1 loop Lab := MDI_Tab (Note.Get_Tab_Label (Note.Get_Nth_Page (N))); if Lab /= Tab then Lab.Queue_Resize; end if; end loop; Minimum_Size := Nat; Natural_Size := Nat; if Traces then Put_Line ("tab size => note.timestamp=" & Integer'Image (Note.Timestamp) & " tab.timestamp=" & Integer'Image (Tab.Timestamp) & " size=" & Gint'Image (Nat)); end if; else Tab.Timestamp := Note.Timestamp; if Note.Tab_Size = -1 then Tab.Get_Child.Get_Preferred_Width (Min, Natural_Size); Minimum_Size := Natural_Size; else Minimum_Size := Note.Tab_Size; Natural_Size := Note.Tab_Size; end if; end if; end case; end Tab_Get_Preferred_Width; ------------------------------ -- Tab_Get_Preferred_Height -- ------------------------------ procedure Tab_Get_Preferred_Height (Label : System.Address; Minimum_Size, Natural_Size : out Gint) is Tab : constant MDI_Tab := MDI_Tab (Glib.Object.Convert (Label)); Note : constant MDI_Notebook := MDI_Notebook (Tab.Get_Parent); Pages : Gint; Lab : MDI_Tab; Max_Of_Min, Min, Nat : Gint; Total : Gint; begin case Note.Get_Tab_Pos is when Pos_Left | Pos_Right => -- Do we need to recompute, or has another tab already done the -- computation ? Tab.Timestamp := Tab.Timestamp + 1; if Note.Timestamp < Tab.Timestamp then Note.Timestamp := Tab.Timestamp; Pages := Note.Get_N_Pages; Minimum_Size := 0; Natural_Size := 0; Max_Of_Min := 0; -- Find all other MDI_Tab_Labels. for N in 0 .. Pages - 1 loop Lab := MDI_Tab (Note.Get_Tab_Label (Note.Get_Nth_Page (N))); Lab.Get_Child.Get_Preferred_Height (Min, Nat); Natural_Size := Natural_Size + Nat; Minimum_Size := Minimum_Size + Min; Max_Of_Min := Gint'Max (Max_Of_Min, Min); end loop; Total := Note.Get_Allocated_Height; if Traces then Put_Line ("Tabsize: total {Nat=" & Gint'Image (Natural_Size) & " Min=" & Gint'Image (Minimum_Size) & "} Child={" & Gint'Image (Min) & Gint'Image (Nat) & "} Notebook=" & Gint'Image (Total) & " Pages=" & Gint'Image (Pages)); end if; if Natural_Size <= Total then -- All tabs can use their natural size, but we must set the -- tab's minimum size to its natural size since gtk+ always -- uses the minimum size. Note.Tab_Size := -1; else -- All tabs should use the same size (and have a min. size) -- "100" is random here, seems to be good enough to display -- enough chars to distinguish editors. Nat := Gint'Max (Max_Of_Min, Total / Pages); Note.Tab_Size := Nat; end if; -- Will need to resize all other tabs (nothing will happen for -- those that have already been refreshed, because of timestamp -- comparison) for N in 0 .. Pages - 1 loop Lab := MDI_Tab (Note.Get_Tab_Label (Note.Get_Nth_Page (N))); if Lab /= Tab then Lab.Queue_Resize; end if; end loop; Minimum_Size := Nat; Natural_Size := Nat; if Traces then Put_Line ("tab size => note.timestamp=" & Integer'Image (Note.Timestamp) & " tab.timestamp=" & Integer'Image (Tab.Timestamp) & " size=" & Gint'Image (Nat)); end if; else Tab.Timestamp := Note.Timestamp; if Note.Tab_Size = -1 then Tab.Get_Child.Get_Preferred_Height (Min, Natural_Size); Minimum_Size := Natural_Size; else Minimum_Size := Note.Tab_Size; Natural_Size := Note.Tab_Size; end if; end if; when Pos_Top | Pos_Bottom => -- fallback to gtk behavior Tab.Get_Child.Get_Preferred_Height (Minimum_Size, Natural_Size); end case; end Tab_Get_Preferred_Height; -------------------- -- Tab_Class_Init -- -------------------- procedure Tab_Class_Init (Self : GObject_Class) is begin Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Width_Handler (Self, Tab_Get_Preferred_Width'Access); Set_Default_Get_Preferred_Height_Handler (Self, Tab_Get_Preferred_Height'Access); end Tab_Class_Init; ---------------------- -- Update_Tab_Label -- ---------------------- procedure Update_Tab_Label (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is Note : constant MDI_Notebook := Get_Notebook (Child); Event : Gtk_Event_Box; Box : Gtk_Box; Close : Close_Button.Gtkada_MDI_Close_Button; Orientation : Tab_Orientation_Type; procedure Add_Icon; procedure Add_Close_Button; procedure Add_Label; procedure Add_Icon is begin Gtk_New (Child.Tab_Icon, Gdk_Pixbuf'(Child.Title_Icon.Get)); Box.Pack_Start (Child.Tab_Icon, Expand => False, Padding => 1); end Add_Icon; procedure Add_Close_Button is begin if (Child.Flags and Destroy_Button) /= 0 then Close_Button.Gtk_New (Close, Event, Child, Position => Note.Get_Tab_Pos, In_Titlebar => False); Box.Pack_Start (Close, Expand => False, Padding => 2); end if; end Add_Close_Button; procedure Add_Label is begin Gtk_New (Child.Tab_Label, Child.Short_Title.all); Box.Pack_Start (Child.Tab_Label, Expand => True, Fill => True); Child.Tab_Label.Set_Tooltip_Text (Child.Title.all); if Child.MDI.Homogeneous_Tabs then Child.Tab_Label.Set_Ellipsize (Pango.Layout.Ellipsize_Middle); end if; case Note.Actual_Tab_Orientation is when Horizontal | Automatic => Child.Tab_Label.Set_Angle (0.0); when Bottom_To_Top => Child.Tab_Label.Set_Angle (90.0); when Top_To_Bottom => Child.Tab_Label.Set_Angle (270.0); end case; end Add_Label; begin if Note /= null and then Child.State = Normal then if Child.MDI.Homogeneous_Tabs then Event := new MDI_Tab_Record; MDI_Tab (Event).Timestamp := Note.Timestamp; Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor => Gtk.Event_Box.Get_Type, Signals => (1 .. 0 => Null_Ptr), Parameters => (1 .. 0 => (1 => GType_None)), Class_Record => MDI_Tab_Class_Record, Type_Name => "MDITab", Class_Init => Tab_Class_Init'Access); G_New (Event, MDI_Tab_Class_Record.The_Type); else Gtk_New (Event); end if; Event.Set_App_Paintable (True); -- prevent gtk_event_box_draw Event.Set_Visible_Window (False); Orientation := Note.Tab_Orientation; if Orientation = Automatic then case Note.Get_Tab_Pos is when Pos_Top | Pos_Bottom => Orientation := Horizontal; when Pos_Left => Orientation := Bottom_To_Top; when Pos_Right => Orientation := Top_To_Bottom; end case; end if; Note.Actual_Tab_Orientation := Orientation; if Note.Actual_Tab_Orientation = Horizontal then Gtk_New_Hbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); else Gtk_New_Vbox (Box, Homogeneous => False); end if; if Note.Actual_Tab_Orientation = Bottom_To_Top then Add_Close_Button; Add_Label; Add_Icon; else Add_Icon; Add_Label; Add_Close_Button; end if; Event.Add (Box); Note.Set_Tab_Label (Child, Event); Note.Set_Tab_Detachable (Child, False); -- Disable reordering when we have two pages or less. Otherwise, we -- hit a bug in gtk 3.8 where the display of the tabs is broken when -- the reorder operation ends up being a drag of the view to another -- notebook (N408-003) Note.Set_Tab_Reorderable (Child, Note.Get_N_Pages > 2); Show_All (Event); Event.On_Button_Press_Event (Set_Focus_Child_MDI_From_Tab'Access, Slot => Child); Return_Callback.Object_Connect (Event, Signal_Button_Press_Event, Return_Callback.To_Marshaller (On_Notebook_Button_Press'Access), Child); Event.On_Button_Release_Event (Set_Focus_Child_MDI_From_Tab'Access, Slot => Child); -- Setup drag-and-drop, so that items can be moved from one location -- to another. Set_Dnd_Source (Event, Child); Event.Queue_Resize; end if; end Update_Tab_Label; ----------------- -- Note_Notify -- ----------------- procedure Note_Notify (Data : System.Address; Where : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Where); Old_Note_Was_Destroyed : aliased Boolean; for Old_Note_Was_Destroyed'Address use Data; begin Old_Note_Was_Destroyed := True; end Note_Notify; --------------------- -- Put_In_Notebook -- --------------------- procedure Put_In_Notebook (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Notebook : MDI_Notebook := null; Initial_Position : Child_Position := Position_Automatic; Force_Parent_Destruction : Boolean := True) is Note : MDI_Notebook; Old_Parent : Gtk_Container; Destroy_Old : Boolean := False; Old_Note_Was_Destroyed : aliased Boolean := False; begin -- Embed the contents of the child into the notebook if Notebook /= null then Note := Notebook; elsif Child.Areas = Central_Only or else (Child.Group = Group_Default and then not MDI.Independent_Perspectives and then MDI.Central /= null and then Child.Areas /= Sides_Only) then Note := Find_Current_In_Central (MDI.Central, MDI, Child.Group, Initial_Position); else Note := Find_Current_In_Central (MDI, MDI, Child.Group, Initial_Position); end if; if Get_Parent (Child) = Gtk_Widget (Note) then return; end if; Ref (Child); if Get_Parent (Child) /= null then Old_Parent := Gtk_Container (Get_Parent (Child)); -- Always destroy the notebook we were in, since we are -- putting the item elsewhere anyway, there will still be -- a notebook for items in the same position. Destroy_Old := Force_Parent_Destruction and then Old_Parent.all in Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class and then Get_Nth_Page (Gtk_Notebook (Old_Parent), 1) = null; Weak_Ref (Old_Parent, Note_Notify'Access, Old_Note_Was_Destroyed'Address); Remove (Old_Parent, Child); if not Old_Note_Was_Destroyed then Weak_Unref (Old_Parent, Note_Notify'Access, Old_Note_Was_Destroyed'Address); end if; -- Problem: Old_Note might no longer exist not, since -- Removed_From_Notebook might have destroyed it. if Destroy_Old and then not Old_Note_Was_Destroyed then Destroy (Old_Parent); end if; end if; Set_State (Child, Normal); Append_Page (Note, Child); Note.Set_Menu_Label_Text (Child, Child.Short_Title.all); Configure_Notebook_Tabs (MDI, Note); if Child = Child.MDI.Focus_Child then Update_Tab_Color (Note, True); end if; Update_Tab_Label (Child); -- In case the user displays title bars only in the central area, we -- might need to change its visibility when moving in or out of the -- central area Set_Child_Title_Bar (Child); Set_Child_Visible (Note, True); Show (Note); Unref (Child); end Put_In_Notebook; ----------------------------- -- Find_Current_In_Central -- ----------------------------- function Find_Current_In_Central (Pane : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Group : Child_Group := Group_Any; Initial_Position : Child_Position := Position_Automatic) return MDI_Notebook is List : Widget_List.Glist := MDI.Items; C : MDI_Child; Note : MDI_Notebook; Current : MDI_Notebook; Default_Current_Found : Boolean := False; begin if Gtkada_Multi_Paned (Pane) = Gtkada_Multi_Paned (MDI) then -- Do we already have a child within the same group ? while List /= Widget_List.Null_List loop C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (List)); if C.State = Normal then Note := Get_Notebook (C); if Current = null then Current := Note; end if; if not Default_Current_Found and then C.Group = Group_Default then Default_Current_Found := True; Current := Note; end if; exit when Note /= null and then (Group = Group_Any or else C.Group = Group); Note := null; end if; List := Next (List); end loop; else -- In the central area, look for the last child used, and put the new -- window on top of it if not MDI.Independent_Perspectives then while List /= Widget_List.Null_List loop C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (List)); if In_Central_Area (MDI, C) then Note := Get_Notebook (C); Current := Note; exit; end if; List := Next (List); end loop; end if; -- No last child ? It means the central area is empty (or contains -- an empty notebook, in case we could not reload the desktop, for -- instance because a file previously edited no longer exists). if Current = null then if Traces then Print_Debug ("Find_Current_In_Central: no last child in ," & " checking whether we have an empty notebook"); end if; if not MDI.Independent_Perspectives then declare Iter : Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Child_Iterator := Start (MDI.Central); begin while not At_End (Iter) and then Get_Widget (Iter) = null loop Next (Iter); end loop; if not At_End (Iter) then Print_Debug ("Found empty notebook, using it"); Note := MDI_Notebook (Get_Widget (Iter)); Current := Note; end if; end; end if; -- Current might still be null if the central area really is empty end if; end if; if Note = null then if Traces then Print_Debug ("no notebook yet, Position=" & Child_Position'Image (Initial_Position)); end if; case Initial_Position is when Position_Bottom => Note := Create_Notebook (MDI); Split (Pane, New_Child => Note, Ref_Pane => Root_Pane, Orientation => Orientation_Vertical, Width => -1, Height => -1, After => True); when Position_Top => Note := Create_Notebook (MDI); Split (Pane, New_Child => Note, Ref_Pane => Root_Pane, Orientation => Orientation_Vertical, Width => -1, Height => -1, After => False); when Position_Left => Note := Create_Notebook (MDI); Split (Pane, New_Child => Note, Ref_Pane => Root_Pane, Orientation => Orientation_Horizontal, Width => -1, Height => -1, After => False); when Position_Right => Note := Create_Notebook (MDI); Split (Pane, New_Child => Note, Ref_Pane => Root_Pane, Orientation => Orientation_Horizontal, Width => -1, Height => -1, After => True); when Position_Automatic | Position_Float => if Current /= null then Note := Current; else Note := Create_Notebook (MDI); Add_Child (Pane, New_Child => Note, Width => -1, Height => -1); end if; end case; end if; return Note; end Find_Current_In_Central; --------------------------- -- Set_All_Floating_Mode -- --------------------------- procedure Set_All_Floating_Mode (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; All_Floating : Boolean) is List : Widget_List.Glist := First (MDI.Items); C : MDI_Child; begin if All_Floating /= MDI.All_Floating_Mode then -- We cannot do a simple loop here. When a child is floated, it -- can happen that the mouse enters the window, and the focus changes -- immediately, resulting in a change in the order of children in the -- list, even though not all windows have been floated yet. MDI.All_Floating_Mode := All_Floating; loop List := First (MDI.Items); while List /= Null_List loop C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (List)); if (C.State /= Floating and then All_Floating) or else (C.State = Floating and then not All_Floating) then Float_Child (C, All_Floating); exit; end if; List := Next (List); end loop; exit when List = Null_List; end loop; Set_Sensitive (MDI.Float_Menu_Item, not All_Floating); Set_Child_Visible (MDI, not All_Floating); -- Force a recomputation of the size Resize (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (MDI)), -1, -1); end if; end Set_All_Floating_Mode; --------------------------------- -- Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats -- --------------------------------- procedure Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Short_Titles : Boolean) is List : Widget_List.Glist := First (MDI.Items); Child : MDI_Child; begin if MDI.Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats = Short_Titles then -- Nothing to be changed return; end if; MDI.Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats := Short_Titles; -- The property has been changed. We need to walk though all children -- and enforce the title to the short one for floating children. loop List := First (MDI.Items); while List /= Null_List loop Child := MDI_Child (Get_Data (List)); declare T : constant String := Child.Title.all; S : constant String := Child.Short_Title.all; begin Free (Child.Title); -- Force a refresh Free (Child.Short_Title); Child.Set_Title (T, S); end; List := Next (List); end loop; exit when List = Null_List; end loop; end Use_Short_Titles_For_Floats; ---------------- -- Get_Widget -- ---------------- function Get_Widget (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return Gtk_Widget is begin if Child = null then return null; else return Child.Initial; end if; end Get_Widget; --------------------- -- Get_Focus_Child -- --------------------- function Get_Focus_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return MDI_Child is begin return MDI.Focus_Child; end Get_Focus_Child; --------------------------- -- Removed_From_Notebook -- --------------------------- procedure Removed_From_Notebook (Note : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Args : Gtk_Args) is C : constant Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (To_Object (Args, 1)); Child : MDI_Child; begin if C.all not in MDI_Child_Record'Class then return; end if; Child := MDI_Child (C); Child.Tab_Label := null; Child.Tab_Icon := null; Set_State (Child, Normal); if Child.MDI.Focus_Child = Child then Update_Tab_Color (Get_Notebook (Child), False); end if; if not Note.In_Destruction then Print_Debug ("Removed_From_Notebook: " & Get_Title (Child)); -- No more pages in the notebook ? => Destroy it if Get_Nth_Page (Gtk_Notebook (Note), 0) = null then Destroy (Note); else Configure_Notebook_Tabs (Child.MDI, Gtk_Notebook (Note), Hide_If_Empty => True); -- force computation of tab size MDI_Notebook (Note).Timestamp := 0; Note.Queue_Resize; end if; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Removed_From_Notebook: desktop is now"); Dump (Child.MDI); end if; end if; exception when E : others => -- Silently ignore the exceptions for now, to avoid crashes. -- The application using the MDI can not do it, since this callback -- is called directly from the menu in Create_Menu. Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception: " & Exception_Information (E)); end Removed_From_Notebook; ----------- -- Split -- ----------- procedure Split (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Orientation : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Orientation; Child : MDI_Child := null; Mode : Split_Mode := Before; Width, Height : Glib.Gint := 0) is Note, Note2 : MDI_Notebook; Target : MDI_Child; Pane : Gtkada_Multi_Paned; W : Gtk_Widget; After : Boolean := True; begin if Child /= null then Target := Child; elsif MDI.Focus_Child /= null then Target := MDI.Focus_Child; elsif MDI.Items = Widget_List.Null_List then return; else Target := MDI_Child (Get_Data (MDI.Items)); end if; Note := Get_Notebook (Target); -- Only split if there are at least two children if Note /= null and then Get_Nth_Page (Note, 1) /= null then if In_Central_Area (MDI, Target) then Pane := MDI.Central; else Pane := Gtkada_Multi_Paned (MDI); end if; case Mode is when Before => Note2 := null; After := False; when Gtkada.MDI.After => Note2 := null; After := True; when Before_Reuse => W := Splitted_Area (Pane, Note, Orientation, After => False); After := False; when After_Reuse => W := Splitted_Area (Pane, Note, Orientation, After => True); After := True; when Any_Side_Reuse => W := Splitted_Area (Pane, Note, Orientation, After => True); if W = null then W := Splitted_Area (Pane, Note, Orientation, After => False); end if; After := True; end case; if W /= null and then W.all in Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class then Note2 := MDI_Notebook (W); end if; if Note2 = null then Note2 := Create_Notebook (MDI); Show_All (Note2); Split (Pane, Ref_Widget => Note, New_Child => Note2, Width => Width, Height => Height, Orientation => Orientation, After => After); end if; Show (Note2); Ref (Target); Give_Focus_To_Previous_Child (Target); Remove (Note, Target); Put_In_Notebook (MDI, Target, Note2); Unref (Target); Set_Focus_Child (Target); Emit_By_Name (Get_Object (MDI), String (Signal_Children_Reorganized) & ASCII.NUL); end if; if Traces then Print_Debug ("After split " & Gtk_Orientation'Image (Orientation)); Dump (MDI); end if; end Split; ---------------- -- Split_H_Cb -- ---------------- procedure Split_H_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is M : constant MDI_Window := MDI_Window (MDI); begin -- Do nothing unless the current child is in the central area, since -- otherwise this is disturbing for the user if M.Focus_Child /= null and then M.Focus_Child.State = Normal then Split (M, Orientation => Orientation_Horizontal); end if; exception when E : others => Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception: " & Exception_Information (E)); end Split_H_Cb; ---------------- -- Split_V_Cb -- ---------------- procedure Split_V_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin -- Do nothing unless the current child is in the central area, since -- otherwise this is disturbing for the user if MDI_Window (MDI).Focus_Child /= null and then MDI_Window (MDI).Focus_Child.State = Normal then Split (MDI_Window (MDI), Orientation => Orientation_Vertical); end if; exception when E : others => Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception: " & Exception_Information (E)); end Split_V_Cb; -------------- -- Float_Cb -- -------------- procedure Float_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is C : MDI_Child; begin if MDI.all in MDI_Window_Record'Class then C := Get_Focus_Child (MDI_Window (MDI)); else C := MDI_Child (MDI); end if; if C /= null then Float_Child (C, C.State /= Floating); Set_Focus_Child (C); Raise_Child (C, False); end if; exception when E : others => -- Silently ignore the exceptions for now, to avoid crashes. -- The application using the MDI can not do it, since this callback -- is called directly from the menu in Create_Menu. Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception: " & Exception_Information (E)); end Float_Cb; -------------- -- Close_Cb -- -------------- procedure Close_Cb (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is C : MDI_Child; begin if MDI.all in MDI_Window_Record'Class then C := MDI_Window (MDI).Focus_Child; -- Close automatically gets the contents of docks, instead of the -- dock itself else C := MDI_Child (MDI); end if; if C /= null then Close_Child (C); end if; exception when E : others => -- Silently ignore the exceptions for now, to avoid crashes. -- The application using the MDI can not do it, since this callback -- is called directly from the menu in Create_Menu. Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception: " & Exception_Information (E)); end Close_Cb; -------------- -- Focus_Cb -- -------------- procedure Focus_Cb (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is C : constant MDI_Child := MDI_Child (Child); begin if Get_Active (C.Menu_Item) then -- If C is floating, raise the window. if C.State = Floating then Raise_Child (C, True); end if; Set_Focus_Child (C); end if; end Focus_Cb; -------------------------- -- Menu_Entry_Destroyed -- -------------------------- procedure Menu_Entry_Destroyed (Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin MDI_Child (Child).Menu_Item := null; end Menu_Entry_Destroyed; ----------------------- -- Create_Menu_Entry -- ----------------------- procedure Create_Menu_Entry (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is use Widget_SList; G : Widget_SList.GSlist := Widget_SList.Null_List; First_Child : MDI_Child; Tmp : Widget_List.Glist; Position : Gint; Children : Widget_List.Glist; Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; Ref : String_Access; begin if Child.Menu_Item = null and then Child.Short_Title.all /= "" then -- Find the group to which the radio menu items should belong. We -- cannot save this group into a variable, since it might change when -- the first child is removed from the MDI. Tmp := Child.MDI.Items; while Tmp /= Widget_List.Null_List loop First_Child := MDI_Child (Get_Data (Tmp)); if First_Child.Menu_Item /= null then G := Get_Group (First_Child.Menu_Item); -- Find the closest menu item, to keep the Window menu sorted if First_Child.Short_Title.all > Child.Short_Title.all and then (Ref = null or else First_Child.Short_Title.all < Ref.all) then Ref := First_Child.Short_Title; Item := Gtk_Menu_Item (First_Child.Menu_Item); end if; end if; Tmp := Next (Tmp); end loop; -- Insert the new item sorted in the Window menu if Item = null then Position := -1; else Position := 0; Children := Get_Children (Child.MDI.Menu); Tmp := Children; while Tmp /= Widget_List.Null_List loop exit when Gtk_Menu_Item (Get_Data (Tmp)) = Item; Position := Position + 1; Tmp := Next (Tmp); end loop; Free (Children); end if; Gtk_New (Child.Menu_Item, G, ""); Update_Menu_Item (Child); Insert (Child.MDI.Menu, Child.Menu_Item, Position); Set_Active (Child.Menu_Item, MDI_Child (Child) = Child.MDI.Focus_Child); Show_All (Child.Menu_Item); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Child.Menu_Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Focus_Cb'Access), Child, After => True); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Child.Menu_Item, Signal_Destroy, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Menu_Entry_Destroyed'Access), Child); end if; end Create_Menu_Entry; -------------------- -- Menu_Destroyed -- -------------------- procedure Menu_Destroyed (MDI : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin MDI_Window (MDI).Menu := null; MDI_Window (MDI).Float_Menu_Item := null; end Menu_Destroyed; --------------------- -- Set_Focus_Child -- --------------------- procedure Set_Focus_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Containing : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is pragma Unreferenced (MDI); Parent : Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Containing); begin while Parent /= null and then not (Parent.all in MDI_Child_Record'Class) loop Parent := Get_Parent (Parent); end loop; if Parent /= null then Set_Focus_Child (MDI_Child (Parent)); end if; end Set_Focus_Child; ------------- -- Desktop -- ------------- package body Desktop is Invalid_Desktop : exception; procedure Get_XML_For_Widget (Child : MDI_Child; User : User_Data; Widget_Is_Unique : out Boolean; Data : out Node_Ptr); -- Get the XML node for a given widget. This automatically sets -- Child.XML_Node_Name as well. -- Widget_Is_Unique is set to True if there can be only one of the -- corresponding widget. procedure Parse_Child_Node (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child_Node : Node_Ptr; User : User_Data; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; X : out Gint; Y : out Gint; W, H : out Gint; Raised : out Boolean; State : out State_Type; Child : out MDI_Child; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist); -- Parse a node and return the corresponding Child. The latter -- has not been inserted in the MDI. procedure Parse_Notebook_Node (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child_Node : Node_Ptr; User : User_Data; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : Gint; Children_Count : Integer; Parent_Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; Width, Height : out Gint; Notebook : out MDI_Notebook; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Empty_Notebook_Filler : in out MDI_Child); -- Parse a node. -- A new notebook is created and returned. -- If Reuse_Empty_If_Needed and we need to insert an empty notebook, -- we'll try and reuse an existing empty notebook. In this case, the -- variable is set to False. -- To_Raise is the children that are visible in the notebooks. It cannot -- be changed within this procedure, since when other items are loaded -- into the desktop, they might be put in the same notebook temporarily, -- before being moved to their actual location, and that would change -- the current page. -- Paned_Width and Paned_Height are the size of the multi_paned widget -- to which the "width" and "height" attributes are relative. procedure Parse_Pane_Node (Paned : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Node : Node_Ptr; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : Gint; Parent_Children_Count : Integer; Parent_Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; User : User_Data; Initial_Ref_Child : MDI_Notebook := null; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Empty_Notebook_Filler : in out MDI_Child); -- Parse a node -- First_Child is the first notebook insert in pane (possibly inserted -- From_Tree points to the project-specific part of the desktop, where -- the contents of the children are saved. procedure Restore_Multi_Pane (Pane : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Node : Node_Ptr; User : User_Data; Full_Width, Full_Height : Gint); -- Restore a multi paned widget (either the perspective or the contents -- of the editor area) -- From_Tree points to the project-specific part of the desktop, where -- the contents of the children are saved. procedure Internal_Load_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Name : String; User : User_Data; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; MDI_Width, MDI_Height : Gint; Do_Size_Allocate : Boolean); -- Internal version of Load_Perspective. -- If Name is "", the first perspective is loaded. procedure Compute_Size_From_Attributes (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Node : Node_Ptr; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : Gint; Parent_Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Width, Height : out Gint; Children_Count : Integer := 1); -- Compute the actual size of the widget represented by node, from the -- attributes of the node ("width" and "height", which use percent of -- the total pane size), and the attributes of the parent container. -- Children_Count is the number of children for the widget represented -- by Node, since the size returned is the one really available for -- sharing between the children (thus omitting the resize handles) procedure Create_Perspective_Menu (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; User : User_Data); -- Create the /Window/Perspectives submenu procedure Recompute_Perspective_Names (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class); -- Recompute the name of all perspectives, and cache them ------------------------ -- Change_Perspective -- ------------------------ procedure Change_Perspective (Item : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Persp : constant Perspective_Menu_Item := Perspective_Menu_Item (Item); Name : constant String := Persp.MDI.Perspective_Names (Persp.Name).all; -- Make a copy of the name, since Load_Perspective changes -- Persp.MDI.Perspective_Names begin if Get_Active (Persp) then Print_Debug ("++++ Change_Perspective to " & Name & Integer'Image (Persp.Name)); if not Persp.MDI.Loading_Desktop then Load_Perspective (Persp.MDI, Name, Persp.User); end if; end if; end Change_Perspective; --------------------------- -- Create_Perspective_CB -- --------------------------- procedure Create_Perspective_CB (Item : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is Persp : constant Perspective_Menu_Item := Perspective_Menu_Item (Item); Dialog : Gtk_Dialog; Label : Gtk_Label; Ent : Gtk_Entry; Button : Gtk_Widget; pragma Warnings (Off, Button); begin Gtk_New (Dialog, Title => "Enter perspective name", Parent => Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (Persp.MDI)), Flags => Modal and Destroy_With_Parent); Button := Add_Button (Dialog, Stock_Ok, Gtk_Response_OK); Button := Add_Button (Dialog, Stock_Cancel, Gtk_Response_Cancel); Set_Default_Response (Dialog, Gtk_Response_OK); Gtk_New (Label, "Enter name of new perspective:"); Pack_Start (Get_Content_Area (Dialog), Label, Expand => False); Gtk_New (Ent); Set_Activates_Default (Ent, True); Pack_Start (Get_Content_Area (Dialog), Ent, Expand => False); Show_All (Dialog); if Run (Dialog) = Gtk_Response_OK then Create_Perspective (Persp.MDI, Get_Text (Ent), Persp.User); end if; Destroy (Dialog); end Create_Perspective_CB; ------------------------ -- Create_Perspective -- ------------------------ procedure Create_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Name : String; User : User_Data) is Perspectives, Central : Node_Ptr; begin MDI.Current_Perspective := null; Save_Desktop (MDI, User, Perspectives, Central); Set_Attribute (MDI.Current_Perspective, "name", Name); Free (Perspectives); Free (Central); Recompute_Perspective_Names (MDI); Create_Perspective_Menu (MDI, User); Emit_By_Name (Get_Object (MDI), String (Signal_Perspective_Changed) & ASCII.NUL); end Create_Perspective; ------------------------ -- Define_Perspective -- ------------------------ procedure Define_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; XML : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; User : User_Data) is Name : constant String := Get_Attribute (XML, "name"); Tmp : Node_Ptr; begin if Name = "" or else MDI.Perspectives = null then return; end if; Tmp := MDI.Perspectives.Child; while Tmp /= null loop if Get_Attribute (Tmp, "name") = Name then -- Perspective already exists return; end if; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Add_Child (MDI.Perspectives, Deep_Copy (XML), Append => True); Create_Perspective_Menu (MDI, User); end Define_Perspective; ----------------------------- -- Create_Perspective_Menu -- ----------------------------- procedure Create_Perspective_Menu (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; User : User_Data) is Submenu : Gtk_Menu; Persp : Perspective_Menu_Item; Group : Widget_SList.GSlist := Widget_SList.Null_List; begin Print_Debug ("Create_Perspective_Menu", Debug_Increase); -- Prevent changing perspective when setting "Active" on the buttons MDI.Loading_Desktop := True; Gtk_New (Submenu); Set_Submenu (MDI.Perspective_Menu_Item, Submenu); if MDI.Perspective_Names /= null then for N in MDI.Perspective_Names'Range loop Persp := new Perspective_Menu_Item_Record; Persp.MDI := MDI_Window (MDI); Persp.Name := N; Persp.User := User; Initialize (Persp, Group, MDI.Perspective_Names (N).all); Set_Active (Persp, MDI.Current_Perspective /= null and then MDI.Perspective_Names (N).all = Get_Attribute (MDI.Current_Perspective, "name")); Group := Get_Group (Persp); Append (Submenu, Persp); Widget_Callback.Connect (Persp, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, CP_Access); end loop; end if; Persp := new Perspective_Menu_Item_Record; Persp.MDI := MDI_Window (MDI); Persp.User := User; Gtk.Menu_Item.Initialize (Persp, ""); Widget_Callback.Connect (Persp, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, CreateP_Access); Append (Submenu, Persp); Show_All (Submenu); Show (MDI.Perspective_Menu_Item); MDI.Loading_Desktop := False; Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end Create_Perspective_Menu; ----------------- -- Create_Menu -- ----------------- function Create_Menu (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Accel_Path_Prefix : String := ""; User : User_Data; Registration : Menu_Registration_Procedure := null) return Gtk.Menu.Gtk_Menu is Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; Child : MDI_Child; Tmp : Widget_List.Glist; Sep : Gtk_Separator_Menu_Item; procedure Connect_Menu (Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; Callback : Widget_Callback.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler; Accel_Path : String); -- Utility function, factorizes code ------------------ -- Connect_Menu -- ------------------ procedure Connect_Menu (Item : Gtk_Menu_Item; Callback : Widget_Callback.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler; Accel_Path : String) is Full_Accel_Path : constant String := Accel_Path_Prefix & "/window/" & Accel_Path; begin Append (MDI.Menu, Item); Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (Item, Gtk.Menu_Item.Signal_Activate, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Callback), MDI); Set_Accel_Path (Item, Full_Accel_Path, MDI.Group); if Registration /= null then Registration (User, Get_Label (Item), Full_Accel_Path); end if; end Connect_Menu; begin if MDI.Menu = null then MDI.Accel_Path_Prefix := new String'(Accel_Path_Prefix); Gtk_New (MDI.Menu); Gtk_New (MDI.Perspective_Menu_Item, "Perspectives"); Append (MDI.Menu, MDI.Perspective_Menu_Item); Create_Perspective_Menu (MDI, User); Gtk_New (Item, "Split Side-by-Side"); Connect_Menu (Item, Split_H_Cb'Access, "split_horizontal"); Gtk_New (Item, "Split Up-Down"); Connect_Menu (Item, Split_V_Cb'Access, "split_vertical"); Gtk_New (Sep); Append (MDI.Menu, Sep); Gtk_New (MDI.Float_Menu_Item, "Floating"); Append (MDI.Menu, MDI.Float_Menu_Item); Set_Active (MDI.Float_Menu_Item, MDI.Focus_Child /= null and then MDI.Focus_Child.State = Floating); MDI.Float_Menu_Item_Id := Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (MDI.Float_Menu_Item, Signal_Toggled, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Float_Cb'Access), MDI); Set_Accel_Path (MDI.Float_Menu_Item, Accel_Path_Prefix & "/window/floating", MDI.Group); if Registration /= null then Registration (User, "Floating", Accel_Path_Prefix & "/window/floating"); end if; Gtk_New (Sep); Append (MDI.Menu, Sep); Gtk_New (MDI.Close_Menu_Item, "Close"); Connect_Menu (MDI.Close_Menu_Item, Close_Cb'Access, "close"); Gtk_New (Sep); Append (MDI.Menu, Sep); Tmp := First (MDI.Items); while Tmp /= Null_List loop Child := MDI_Child (Get_Data (Tmp)); Create_Menu_Entry (Child); Tmp := Next (Tmp); end loop; Widget_Callback.Object_Connect (MDI.Menu, Signal_Destroy, Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Menu_Destroyed'Access), MDI); elsif Accel_Path_Prefix /= MDI.Accel_Path_Prefix.all then Put_Line ("Accel_Path_Prefix must have the same prefix across calls" & " to Create_Menu"); end if; Show_All (MDI.Menu); return MDI.Menu; end Create_Menu; -------------------------------- -- Register_Desktop_Functions -- -------------------------------- procedure Register_Desktop_Functions (Save : Save_Desktop_Function; Load : Load_Desktop_Function) is begin Registers := new Register_Node_Record' (Save => Save, Load => Load, Next => Registers); end Register_Desktop_Functions; ---------------------------------- -- Compute_Size_From_Attributes -- ---------------------------------- procedure Compute_Size_From_Attributes (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Node : Node_Ptr; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : Gint; Parent_Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Width, Height : out Gint; Children_Count : Integer := 1) is WAttr : constant String := Get_Attribute (Node, "width", "100%"); HAttr : constant String := Get_Attribute (Node, "height", "100%"); Tmp : Gint; Handle_Size : constant Gint := MDI.Handle_Size; begin if WAttr (WAttr'Last) /= '%' or else HAttr (HAttr'Last) /= '%' then raise Invalid_Desktop with "Old-format perspectives are no longer supported"; end if; -- For backward compatibility, we accept absolute sizes in the XML -- nodes, but that might lead to inconsistencies (and incorrect -- reload of desktop) if the user modifies this by hand -- -- Depending on the orientation of the parent, one of the dimensions -- is in fact fixed (the full height or width of the parent). -- -- If there are multiple children (case of panes for instance), the -- size we return is the one really available for children, not the -- physical size of the pane itself. case Parent_Orientation is when Orientation_Horizontal => Height := Parent_Height; Tmp := Parent_Width - Gint (Children_Count - 1) * Handle_Size; Width := Gint (Float'Value (WAttr (WAttr'First .. WAttr'Last - 1)) * Float (Tmp) / 100.0); when Orientation_Vertical => Width := Parent_Width; Tmp := Parent_Height - Gint (Children_Count - 1) * Handle_Size; Height := Gint (Float'Value (HAttr (HAttr'First .. HAttr'Last - 1)) * Float (Tmp) / 100.0); end case; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Compute_Size_From_Attributes WAttr=" & WAttr & " HAttr=" & HAttr & " children=" & Integer'Image (Children_Count) & " => size " & Gint'Image (Width) & Gint'Image (Height)); end if; end Compute_Size_From_Attributes; ------------------------- -- Parse_Notebook_Node -- ------------------------- procedure Parse_Notebook_Node (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child_Node : Node_Ptr; User : User_Data; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : Gint; Children_Count : Integer; Parent_Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; Width, Height : out Gint; Notebook : out MDI_Notebook; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Empty_Notebook_Filler : in out MDI_Child) is N : Node_Ptr := Child_Node.Child; State : State_Type; Raised : Boolean; Raised_Child : MDI_Child; Child : MDI_Child; X, Y, W, H : Gint; Dummy : Gtk_Label; Pos : Gtk_Position_Type; begin if Traces then Print_Debug ("Parse_Notebook_Node Parent_Width=" & Gint'Image (Parent_Width) & " Parent_Height=" & Gint'Image (Parent_Height) & " Parent_Orientation=" & Gtk_Orientation'Image (Parent_Orientation), Debug_Increase); end if; Compute_Size_From_Attributes (MDI, Child_Node, Parent_Width, Parent_Height, Parent_Orientation, Width, Height, Children_Count => Children_Count); Pos := Gtk_Position_Type'Value (Get_Attribute (Child_Node, "Tabs", Gtk_Position_Type'Image (MDI.Tabs_Position))); Notebook := Create_Notebook (MDI); Print_Debug ("Parse_Notebook_Node: created new notebook " & System.Address_Image (Notebook.all'Address)); Notebook.Tab_Orientation := Tab_Orientation_Type'Value (Get_Attribute (Child_Node, "orientation", Tab_Orientation_Type'Image (Automatic))); -- Make sure Width and Height are not too small: that could happen -- if the main window has not been resized yet (thus has a size 1x1) -- and we load a perspective (since keeping place for the children -- windows might end up with negative sizes. Width := Gint'Max (Width, -1); Height := Gint'Max (Height, -1); On_Tab_Pos (Notebook, Pos); Set_Child_Visible (Notebook, True); Show_All (Notebook); while N /= null loop if N.Tag.all = "Child" then Parse_Child_Node (MDI, N, User, Focus_Child, X, Y, W, H, Raised, State, Child, To_Hide => To_Hide); -- Child cannot be floating while in a notebook if Child /= null then if Raised or else Raised_Child = null or else Focus_Child = Child then Raised_Child := Child; end if; Print_Debug ("Parse_Notebook_Node, moving child into the" & " the notebook"); Float_Child (Child, False); Put_In_Notebook (MDI, Child, Notebook); Print_Debug ("Parse_Notebook_Node, done moving child"); else Print_Debug ("Parse_Notebook_Node: no child created"); end if; else -- Invalid node null; end if; N := N.Next; end loop; Print_Debug ("Parse_Notebook_Node: done adding all children"); -- Create a dummy node if necessary, since otherwise the calls to -- Split afterward will simply discard that notebook. This dummy -- widget is destroyed at the end of restoring the desktop if Child_Node.Child = null and then Empty_Notebook_Filler = null then Gtk_New (Dummy, ""); Gtk_New (Empty_Notebook_Filler, Dummy); Set_Title (Empty_Notebook_Filler, ""); Put (MDI, Empty_Notebook_Filler); Put_In_Notebook (MDI, Empty_Notebook_Filler, Notebook); end if; if Raised_Child /= null then Prepend (To_Raise, Gtk_Widget (Raised_Child)); -- Make sure the child appears first in the list for this -- notebook. That way, if the current focus child is closed by the -- user, we know the focus won't fallback to a child currently not -- visible in the notebook, which would result in a raise. Ref (Raised_Child); Remove (MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Raised_Child)); Prepend (MDI.Items, Gtk_Widget (Raised_Child)); Unref (Raised_Child); end if; Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end Parse_Notebook_Node; ---------------------- -- Parse_Child_Node -- ---------------------- procedure Parse_Child_Node (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Child_Node : Node_Ptr; User : User_Data; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; X : out Gint; Y : out Gint; W, H : out Gint; Raised : out Boolean; State : out State_Type; Child : out MDI_Child; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist) is N : Node_Ptr; Register : Register_Node; Visible : constant Boolean := Boolean'Value (Get_Attribute (Child_Node, "visible", "true")); Iter : Child_Iterator; Tmp : MDI_Child; begin Print_Debug ("Parse_Child_Node", Debug_Increase); W := -1; H := -1; Child := null; Raised := False; State := Normal; X := 0; Y := 0; -- Check whether this child was already in a previous perspective. -- If that's the case, reuse it Iter := First_Child (MDI, Visible_Only => False); loop Tmp := Get (Iter); exit when Tmp = null; -- If not already used in the perspective if Tmp.State = Invisible and then Tmp.XML_Node_Name /= null and then Tmp.XML_Node_Name.all = Child_Node.Child.Tag.all then Print_Debug ("Reusing existing hidden view for " & Child_Node.Child.Tag.all); Child := Tmp; Put (MDI, Child); -- put it back in the MDI exit; end if; Next (Iter); end loop; -- Is there data associated with the node (in particular for widgets -- in the central area) if Child = null and then (Child_Node.Child.Child /= null or else (Child_Node.Child.Attributes /= null and then Child_Node.Child.Attributes.all /= "")) then Register := Registers; while Child = null and then Register /= null loop Child := Register.Load (MDI_Window (MDI), Child_Node.Child, User); Register := Register.Next; end loop; end if; -- Check whether we have a project-specific contents for this child. -- This always takes priority other any project-independent contents. -- When we have multiple children with the same XML node name, we -- should use the first project-dependent part, then the second,..., -- and not reuse multiple times the first one. To do this, we simply -- remove the nodes from the project-dependent part as we use them, -- which also saves memory. N := MDI.View_Contents; if Child = null and then N /= null then N := N.Child; while N /= null loop if N.Tag.all = Child_Node.Child.Tag.all then Register := Registers; while Child = null and then Register /= null loop Child := Register.Load (MDI_Window (MDI), N, User); Register := Register.Next; end loop; if Child /= null then Print_Debug ("Found project-specific contents for " & Child_Node.Child.Tag.all); Free (N); exit; end if; end if; N := N.Next; end loop; end if; -- Else search for project-specific contents Register := Registers; while Child = null and then Register /= null loop Child := Register.Load (MDI_Window (MDI), Child_Node.Child, User); if Child /= null then Print_Debug ("Found project-independent contents for " & Child_Node.Child.Tag.all); end if; Register := Register.Next; end loop; if Child = null then Print_Debug ("Parse_Child_Node: Could not create the child"); return; end if; Print_Debug ("Parse_Child_Node: created " & Get_Title (Child)); Child.Group := Child_Group'Value (Get_Attribute (Child_Node, "Group", Child_Group'Image (Child.Group))); State := State_Type'Value (Get_Attribute (Child_Node, "State", "NORMAL")); Raised := Boolean'Value (Get_Attribute (Child_Node, "Raised", "False")); if Boolean'Value (Get_Attribute (Child_Node, "Focus", "False")) then Focus_Child := Child; end if; N := Child_Node.Child.Next; while N /= null loop -- We ignore the and <short_title> fields. After all, -- the callback that created the child has or should have set -- a proper title already, and there is no reason to override -- this. if N.Tag.all = "X" then X := Gint'Value (N.Value.all); elsif N.Tag.all = "Y" then Y := Gint'Value (N.Value.all); elsif N.Tag.all = "width" then W := Gint'Value (N.Value.all); elsif N.Tag.all = "height" then H := Gint'Value (N.Value.all); else -- ??? Unknown node, just ignore for now null; end if; N := N.Next; end loop; Set_Size (MDI, Widget => Child, Width => W, Height => H); if not Visible then Print_Debug ("Parse_Child_Node: child will be hidden"); Prepend (To_Hide, Gtk_Widget (Child)); end if; Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); exception when E : others => pragma Debug (Put_Line ("Unexpected exception: " & Exception_Information (E))); if Traces then Print_Debug ("Unexpected exception " & Exception_Information (E)); end if; end Parse_Child_Node; --------------------- -- Get_XML_Content -- --------------------- function Get_XML_Content (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Tag : String) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr is function Internal_Get_XML_Content (N : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; ------------------------------ -- Internal_Get_XML_Content -- ------------------------------ function Internal_Get_XML_Content (N : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr) return Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr is Node : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr := N; Child : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; begin while Node /= null loop if Node.Tag.all = Tag then return Node; end if; Child := Internal_Get_XML_Content (Node.Child); if Child /= null then return Child; end if; Node := Node.Next; end loop; return null; end Internal_Get_XML_Content; begin return Internal_Get_XML_Content (MDI.View_Contents); end Get_XML_Content; --------------------- -- Parse_Pane_Node -- --------------------- procedure Parse_Pane_Node (Paned : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Node : Node_Ptr; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; Parent_Width, Parent_Height : Gint; Parent_Children_Count : Integer; Parent_Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; User : User_Data; Initial_Ref_Child : MDI_Notebook := null; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Empty_Notebook_Filler : in out MDI_Child) is Orientation : constant Gtk_Orientation := Gtk_Orientation'Value (Get_Attribute (Node, "Orientation")); N : Node_Ptr; Ref_Item : Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Initial_Ref_Child); Count : constant Natural := Children_Count (Node); Notebook_Node : Node_Ptr; Width, Height : Gint; Width_For_Children : Gint := Parent_Width; Height_For_Children : Gint := Parent_Height; begin Compute_Size_From_Attributes (MDI, Node, Parent_Width, Parent_Height, Parent_Orientation, Width_For_Children, Height_For_Children, Parent_Children_Count); if Traces then New_Line; Print_Debug ("Parse_Pane_Node " & Gtk_Orientation'Image (Orientation) & " children=" & Integer'Image (Count) & " child_size=" & Gint'Image (Width_For_Children) & "x" & Gint'Image (Height_For_Children), Debug_Increase); end if; declare Notebooks : array (1 .. Count) of MDI_Notebook; W : Gtk_Widget; Tmp_Width, Tmp_Height : Gint; Tmp_Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; Index : Natural := Notebooks'First; Child_Count : Integer := Count; begin -- First insert all direct children of the pane, splitting as -- needed. Only then process the Pane children. Otherwise, the -- children of Pane will have been split and reorganized so that -- we won't be able to get a reference item for further splitting. N := Node.Child; while N /= null loop Tmp_Width := Width_For_Children; Tmp_Height := Height_For_Children; Tmp_Orientation := Orientation; -- Find the first notebook node of N Notebook_Node := N; while Notebook_Node.Tag /= null and then Notebook_Node.Tag.all = "Pane" loop Child_Count := Children_Count (Notebook_Node); Compute_Size_From_Attributes (MDI, Notebook_Node, Parent_Width => Tmp_Width, Parent_Height => Tmp_Height, Parent_Orientation => Tmp_Orientation, Width => Tmp_Width, Height => Tmp_Height, Children_Count => Child_Count); Tmp_Orientation := Gtk_Orientation'Value (Get_Attribute (Notebook_Node, "Orientation")); Print_Debug ("Descending into pane while looking for first notebook w=" & Gint'Image (Tmp_Width) & "x" & Gint'Image (Tmp_Height)); Notebook_Node := Notebook_Node.Child; end loop; if Index = Notebooks'First and then Initial_Ref_Child /= null then Notebooks (Index) := Initial_Ref_Child; W := Gtk_Widget (Initial_Ref_Child); else if Notebook_Node.Tag.all = "Notebook" then Parse_Notebook_Node (MDI => MDI, Child_Node => Notebook_Node, Parent_Width => Tmp_Width, Parent_Height => Tmp_Height, Parent_Orientation => Tmp_Orientation, Children_Count => Child_Count, User => User, Focus_Child => Focus_Child, Width => Width, Height => Height, Notebook => Notebooks (Index), To_Raise => To_Raise, To_Hide => To_Hide, Empty_Notebook_Filler => Empty_Notebook_Filler); W := Gtk_Widget (Notebooks (Index)); elsif Notebook_Node.Tag.all = "central" then Print_Debug ("Parse_Pane_Node: seen <central>"); W := Gtk_Widget (MDI.Central); Compute_Size_From_Attributes (MDI, Notebook_Node, Parent_Width => Tmp_Width, Parent_Height => Tmp_Height, Parent_Orientation => Tmp_Orientation, Width => Width, Height => Height, Children_Count => Child_Count); end if; if Get_Parent (W) = null then if Ref_Item = null then Print_Debug ("Parse_Pane_Node, add notebook in MDI " & System.Address_Image (W.all'Address)); Add_Child (Win => Paned, New_Child => W, Orientation => Orientation, Width => Width, Height => Height); else Print_Debug ("Parse_Pane_Node Split notebook into MDI " & System.Address_Image (W.all'Address) & " ref=" & System.Address_Image (Ref_Item.all'Address) & " Orient=" & Gtk_Orientation'Image (Orientation)); Split (Paned, Ref_Widget => Ref_Item, New_Child => W, Width => Width, Height => Height, Orientation => Orientation); end if; else Print_Debug ("Parse_Pane_Node: notebook already in MDI"); Set_Size (Paned, W, Width => Width, Height => Height); end if; end if; Ref_Item := W; Index := Index + 1; N := N.Next; end loop; -- Now process the Pane children recursively, splitting as needed Print_Debug ("Parse_Pane_Node: now process pane children"); N := Node.Child; Index := Notebooks'First; while N /= null loop if N.Tag.all = "Pane" then Parse_Pane_Node (Paned => Paned, MDI => MDI, Node => N, Focus_Child => Focus_Child, User => User, Parent_Width => Width_For_Children, Parent_Height => Height_For_Children, Parent_Children_Count => Count, Parent_Orientation => Orientation, Initial_Ref_Child => Notebooks (Index), To_Raise => To_Raise, To_Hide => To_Hide, Empty_Notebook_Filler => Empty_Notebook_Filler); end if; Index := Index + 1; N := N.Next; end loop; end; Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end Parse_Pane_Node; ------------------------ -- Restore_Multi_Pane -- ------------------------ procedure Restore_Multi_Pane (Pane : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Node : Node_Ptr; User : User_Data; Full_Width, Full_Height : Gint) is Child_Node : Node_Ptr := Node.Child; Raised : Boolean; X, Y, W, H : Gint; Child : MDI_Child; State : State_Type; Empty_Notebook_Filler : MDI_Child; -- Used to fill the empty notebook, and prevent it from being -- destroyed during a desktop load. begin Print_Debug ("Restore_Multi_Pane full_size=" & Gint'Image (Full_Width) & "x" & Gint'Image (Full_Height), Debug_Increase); while Child_Node /= null loop if Traces then Print_Debug ("Restore_Multi_Pane, got child """ & Child_Node.Tag.all & """"); end if; if Child_Node.Tag.all = "Pane" then Parse_Pane_Node (Pane, MDI => MDI, Node => Child_Node, Focus_Child => Focus_Child, Parent_Width => Full_Width, Parent_Height => Full_Height, Parent_Children_Count => 1, Parent_Orientation => Orientation_Horizontal, User => User, Initial_Ref_Child => null, To_Raise => To_Raise, To_Hide => To_Hide, Empty_Notebook_Filler => Empty_Notebook_Filler); elsif Child_Node.Tag.all = "Child" then -- Used for floating children, and children in the default -- desktop (see Add_To_Tree) Parse_Child_Node (MDI, Child_Node, User, Focus_Child, X, Y, W, H, Raised, State, Child, To_Hide => To_Hide); if Child /= null then case State is when Floating => Internal_Float_Child (Child, True, Position_At_Mouse => False, X => X, Y => Y, Width => W, Height => H); when Invisible => null; when Normal => Float_Child (Child, False); end case; end if; elsif Child_Node.Tag.all = "central" then Add_Child (MDI, MDI.Central, Width => Full_Width, Height => Full_Height); end if; Child_Node := Child_Node.Next; end loop; if Empty_Notebook_Filler /= null then -- The empty notebook has been created during the desktop load declare Note : constant Gtk_Notebook := Gtk_Notebook (Get_Parent (Empty_Notebook_Filler)); begin Print_Debug ("Restore desktop, removing empty_notebook_filler"); Remove_Page (Note, 0); end; end if; Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end Restore_Multi_Pane; --------------------------------- -- Recompute_Perspective_Names -- --------------------------------- procedure Recompute_Perspective_Names (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class) is N : Node_Ptr; Count : Natural := 0; begin Free (MDI.Perspective_Names); if MDI.Perspectives /= null then N := MDI.Perspectives.Child; while N /= null loop Count := Count + 1; N := N.Next; end loop; MDI.Perspective_Names := new GNAT.Strings.String_List (1 .. Count); Count := MDI.Perspective_Names'First; N := MDI.Perspectives.Child; while N /= null loop MDI.Perspective_Names (Count) := new String'(Get_Attribute (N, "name")); Count := Count + 1; N := N.Next; end loop; end if; end Recompute_Perspective_Names; --------------------- -- Restore_Desktop -- --------------------- function Restore_Desktop (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Perspectives : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; From_Tree : Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; User : User_Data) return Boolean is To_Raise : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Focus_Child : MDI_Child; Initial_All_Floating_Mode : constant Boolean := MDI.All_Floating_Mode; Do_Size_Allocate : Boolean := True; MDI_Width, MDI_Height : Gint; begin if Perspectives = null or else Perspectives.Child = null -- <perspective> node then -- No desktop to load, but we still have to setup a minimal -- environment to avoid critical errors later on. if MDI.Central /= null then Destroy (MDI.Central); end if; Gtk_New (MDI.Central); Add_Child (MDI, MDI.Central); Print_Debug ("No perspective to restore"); return False; end if; Free (MDI.Perspectives); MDI.Perspectives := Deep_Copy (Perspectives); MDI.Current_Perspective := null; Recompute_Perspective_Names (MDI); Free (MDI.View_Contents); MDI.View_Contents := Deep_Copy (From_Tree); -- ??? We could save some memory by freeing the <pane> nodes, but is -- there any point ? -- Temporarily disable the use of all floating mode, so that we can -- properly restore the desktop even if notebooks are referenced. MDI.All_Floating_Mode := False; if From_Tree /= null and then From_Tree.Tag.all /= "desktop" then return False; end if; Print_Debug ("Restore_Desktop", Debug_Increase); -- We must restore the size of the main window first, so that the -- rest of the desktop makes sense. declare State : Gdk_Window_State; Toplevel_Width, Toplevel_Height : Gint := -1; begin State := Gdk_Window_State'Value (Get_Attribute (Perspectives, "state", "0")); if (State and Window_State_Maximized) /= 0 then -- Compute the width the window will have when maximized. -- We cannot simply do a Maximize and then read the allocation -- size, since that is asynchronous. -- On many systems, the following calls seem to fail, so we -- just simulate a size (this is irrelevant anyway, since the -- call to Maximize will find the correct size, but it helps -- debugging when we use the real sizes). -- A value big enough that when the window is finally -- resized the MDI is able to keep the proportions of its -- children (which would not be the case if we had created -- a 10x10 window for instance). MDI_Width := 1000; MDI_Height := 1000; Maximize (Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (MDI))); Do_Size_Allocate := False; else Toplevel_Width := Gint'Value (Get_Attribute (Perspectives, "width", "640")); Toplevel_Height := Gint'Value (Get_Attribute (Perspectives, "height", "480")); -- More recent versions of the desktop also explicitly store -- the size of the MDI MDI_Width := Gint'Value (Get_Attribute (Perspectives, "mdi_width", Gint'Image (Toplevel_Width))); MDI_Height := Gint'Value (Get_Attribute (Perspectives, "mdi_height", Gint'Image (Toplevel_Height))); if Traces then Print_Debug ("Toplevel size from perspective:" & Gint'Image (Toplevel_Width) & "x" & Gint'Image (Toplevel_Height)); Print_Debug ("MDI size from perspective:" & Gint'Image (MDI_Width) & "x" & Gint'Image (MDI_Height)); end if; Set_Default_Size (Gtk_Window (MDI.Get_Toplevel), Toplevel_Width, Toplevel_Height); end if; exception when others => -- An invalid attribute in XML ? null; end; -- Close all existing windows (internal_load_perspective would try to -- preserve them, but they do not apply to the current desktop) declare Tmp : Widget_List.Glist := MDI.Items; Tmp2 : Widget_List.Glist; C : MDI_Child; Widget_Node : Node_Ptr; Widget_Is_Unique : Boolean; begin while Tmp /= Null_List loop Tmp2 := Next (Tmp); -- Do not force closure, we want to keep desktop-independent -- views Close (MDI, MDI_Child (Get_Data (Tmp)), Force => False); Tmp := Tmp2; end loop; Tmp := MDI.Items; while Tmp /= Null_List loop C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (Tmp)); -- For those items still in the list, we must ensure we know -- their XML node name, otherwise they will never be reused and -- just waste memory (and result in memory leaks) if C.XML_Node_Name = null then Get_XML_For_Widget (Child => C, User => User, Data => Widget_Node, Widget_Is_Unique => Widget_Is_Unique); Free (Widget_Node); end if; Tmp := Next (Tmp); end loop; end; -- Prepare the contents of the central area. This will automatically -- replace the central area's contents in the perspective if MDI.Central /= null then Print_Debug ("Destroying central area", Debug_Increase); -- It could come from a previous desktop Destroy (MDI.Central); Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end if; Gtk_New (MDI.Central); -- The central area describes the floating children, so they are not -- part of MDI.Central. To_Raise := Widget_List.Null_List; To_Hide := Widget_List.Null_List; MDI.Loading_Desktop := True; if not MDI.Independent_Perspectives and then From_Tree /= null then -- ??? Incorrect: the size of the central area is only known once -- we have loaded the perspectives, it isn't MDI_Width. But we -- need the central area to load the rest of the desktop. if Traces then Print_Debug ("Loading central area", Debug_Increase); end if; Restore_Multi_Pane (Pane => MDI.Central, MDI => MDI, Focus_Child => Focus_Child, To_Raise => To_Raise, To_Hide => To_Hide, User => User, Node => From_Tree, Full_Width => MDI_Width, Full_Height => MDI_Height); Print_Debug ("Done loading central area", Debug_Decrease); Set_Child_Visible (MDI.Central, True); end if; -- Now restore the appropriate perspective, which gives the global -- organization of the desktop apart from the default area (which is -- restored later on). Internal_Load_Perspective (MDI, Get_Attribute (From_Tree, "perspective", ""), User, Focus_Child => Focus_Child, To_Raise => To_Raise, To_Hide => To_Hide, MDI_Width => MDI_Width, MDI_Height => MDI_Height, Do_Size_Allocate => Do_Size_Allocate); Set_All_Floating_Mode (MDI, Initial_All_Floating_Mode); if Focus_Child /= null then Print_Debug ("Desktop set focus on " & Get_Title (Focus_Child)); Set_Focus_Child (Focus_Child); end if; Emit_By_Name (Get_Object (MDI), String (Signal_Perspective_Changed) & ASCII.NUL); Emit_By_Name (Get_Object (MDI), String (Signal_Children_Reorganized) & ASCII.NUL); Print_Debug ("Done Restore_Desktop", Debug_Decrease); return True; exception when E : Invalid_Desktop => Put_Line ("Invalid_Desktop: " & Exception_Message (E)); return False; end Restore_Desktop; ------------------------ -- Get_XML_For_Widget -- ------------------------ procedure Get_XML_For_Widget (Child : MDI_Child; User : User_Data; Widget_Is_Unique : out Boolean; Data : out Node_Ptr) is Register : Register_Node := Registers; Widget_Node : Node_Ptr; begin Widget_Node := Child.Save_Desktop; -- first, the primitif op. while Widget_Node = null and then Register /= null loop if Register.Save /= null then Widget_Node := Register.Save (Child.Initial, User); end if; Register := Register.Next; end loop; if Widget_Node /= null then -- Save the XML node name, which might be useful when switching -- perspectives Free (Child.XML_Node_Name); Child.XML_Node_Name := new String'(Widget_Node.Tag.all); end if; Data := Widget_Node; -- ??? Hard-coded for now. See comments in Save_Widget Widget_Is_Unique := True; end Get_XML_For_Widget; ------------------ -- Save_Desktop -- ------------------ procedure Save_Desktop (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; User : User_Data; Perspectives : out Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr; Central : out Glib.Xml_Int.Node_Ptr) is Item : Widget_List.Glist; Child_Node : Node_Ptr; Child : MDI_Child; procedure Add (Parent : Node_Ptr; Name, Value : String); -- Add a new child to Child_Node procedure Save_Widget (Parent : Node_Ptr; Child : MDI_Child; Raised : Boolean; In_Central : Boolean); -- Save the Child. Raised is True if Child is the current page -- in a notebook. In_Central is True if we are saving a child part of -- the central area of the desktop procedure Save_Size (Iter : Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Child_Iterator; Node : Node_Ptr); -- Set the size of Widget (relative to the total size of the window) -- as attributes of Node procedure Save_Paned (Paned : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Parent : Node_Ptr; In_Central : Boolean); -- Look through all the notebooks, and save the widgets in the -- notebook order. function Save_Notebook (Current : Node_Ptr; Note : MDI_Notebook; In_Central : Boolean) return Node_Ptr; -- save all pages of the notebook procedure Prune_Empty (N : in out Node_Ptr); -- Prunes empty panes below N --------- -- Add -- --------- procedure Add (Parent : Node_Ptr; Name, Value : String) is N : Node_Ptr; begin N := new Node; N.Tag := new String'(Name); N.Value := new String'(Value); Add_Child (Parent, N, Append => True); end Add; ----------------- -- Save_Widget -- ----------------- procedure Save_Widget (Parent : Node_Ptr; Child : MDI_Child; Raised : Boolean; In_Central : Boolean) is Widget_Node : Node_Ptr; Tmp_Node : Node_Ptr; Widget_Is_Unique : Boolean; begin if Child.State = Invisible then return; end if; Get_XML_For_Widget (Child, User, Widget_Is_Unique, Widget_Node); if Widget_Node /= null then -- When a window is in the perspective (and not in the central -- area), we used to save its location in the <perspective> -- node, and its contents in <central>, since it is project -- specific.. -- This works fine for the location window, for instance. -- But this doesn't work well for editors (for which there -- appears an empty area in the newly loaded desktop). Getting -- rid of the emplty areas requires restarting the MDI. -- Since the latter is blocking, the safest route for now is to -- always save the contents in the perspective, independently -- of the project. Most users always load the same project -- anyway. -- For windows that are in multiple perspectives, their -- contents is only saved in the current perspective. That -- works as expected because this is also the perspective that -- is reloaded. -- ??? One solution might be to let the widget itself decide -- where to save the contents when the window is not in the -- central area. Note that saving in <central> works best if -- there is a single window of a kind (so not for editors). Tmp_Node := Widget_Node; if Widget_Is_Unique and then not MDI.Independent_Perspectives and then not In_Central and then (Widget_Node.Child /= null or else Widget_Node.Attributes /= null) then Tmp_Node := new Node; Tmp_Node.Tag := new String'(Widget_Node.Tag.all); Add_Child (Central, Widget_Node, Append => True); end if; -- Note: We need to insert the children in the opposite order -- from Restore_Desktop, since the children are added at the -- beginning of the list. Child_Node := new Node; Child_Node.Tag := new String'("Child"); Add_Child (Child_Node, Tmp_Node, Append => True); Set_Attribute (Child_Node, "State", State_Type'Image (Child.State)); Set_Attribute (Child_Node, "Group", Child_Group'Image (Child.Group)); if Child.State = Floating then declare Win : constant Gtk_Widget := Get_Toplevel (Child.Initial); begin -- Note: This size doesn't include the size of the window -- decorations, doesn't seem to be a way to do this. Add (Child_Node, "height", Gint'Image (Win.Get_Allocated_Height)); Add (Child_Node, "width", Gint'Image (Win.Get_Allocated_Width)); end; end if; if Child = MDI.Focus_Child then Set_Attribute (Child_Node, "Focus", "True"); end if; if Raised then Set_Attribute (Child_Node, "Raised", "True"); end if; if not Child.Get_Visible then Set_Attribute (Child_Node, "visible", "False"); end if; Add_Child (Parent, Child_Node, Append => True); end if; end Save_Widget; --------------- -- Save_Size -- --------------- procedure Save_Size (Iter : Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Child_Iterator; Node : Node_Ptr) is Parent_Width, Parent_Height, Width, Height : Gint; Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; begin Get_Size (Iter, Width, Height, Parent_Width, Parent_Height, Orientation); case Orientation is when Orientation_Horizontal => Set_Attribute (Node, "width", Float'Image (Float (Width) * 100.0 / Float (Parent_Width)) & "%"); when Orientation_Vertical => Set_Attribute (Node, "height", Float'Image (Float (Height) * 100.0 / Float (Parent_Height)) & "%"); end case; end Save_Size; ------------------- -- Save_Notebook -- ------------------- function Save_Notebook (Current : Node_Ptr; Note : MDI_Notebook; In_Central : Boolean) return Node_Ptr is Length : constant Gint := Get_N_Pages (Note); Current_Page : constant Gint := Get_Current_Page (Note); Parent : Node_Ptr; Has_Default_Group_Child : Boolean := False; Child : MDI_Child; begin Parent := new Node; Parent.Tag := new String'("Notebook"); Set_Attribute (Parent, "Tabs", Gtk_Position_Type'Image (Get_Tab_Pos (Note))); if Note.Tab_Orientation /= Automatic then Set_Attribute (Parent, "orientation", Tab_Orientation_Type'Image (Note.Tab_Orientation)); end if; if Length > 0 then for Page_Index in 0 .. Length - 1 loop Child := MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (Note, Page_Index)); Has_Default_Group_Child := Has_Default_Group_Child or else Child.Group = Group_Default; Save_Widget (Parent, Child, Raised => Current_Page = Page_Index, In_Central => In_Central); end loop; end if; -- Do not append the Notebook node to the parent if no child in -- the notebook was found, unless the number of pages is 0, in -- which case this is a real empty space which should be saved -- in the desktop. Also add the default notebook always, since -- it plays a special role Print_Debug ("Saving notebook, Length=" & Gint'Image (Length) & " parent.child is null=" & Boolean'Image (Parent.Child = null)); if Length = 0 or else Parent.Child /= null then Add_Child (Current, Parent, Append => True); return Parent; else Free (Parent); return null; end if; end Save_Notebook; ----------------- -- Prune_Empty -- ----------------- procedure Prune_Empty (N : in out Node_Ptr) is C, Tmp : Node_Ptr; begin if N.Tag.all = "Pane" then C := N.Child; while C /= null loop Tmp := C.Next; Prune_Empty (C); C := Tmp; end loop; if N.Child = null then Free (N); end if; end if; end Prune_Empty; ---------------- -- Save_Paned -- ---------------- procedure Save_Paned (Paned : access Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class; Parent : Node_Ptr; In_Central : Boolean) is Current : Node_Ptr := Parent; N : Node_Ptr; Depth : Natural := 0; Iter : Gtkada.Multi_Paned.Child_Iterator := Start (Paned); Orientation : Gtk_Orientation; begin while not At_End (Iter) loop for N in Get_Depth (Iter) + 1 .. Depth loop Current := Current.Parent; end loop; Orientation := Get_Orientation (Iter); if Get_Widget (Iter) = Gtk_Widget (MDI.Central) then if MDI.Independent_Perspectives then Save_Paned (MDI.Central, Current, In_Central => True); else N := new Node; N.Tag := new String'("central"); Save_Size (Iter, N); Add_Child (Current, N, Append => True); end if; elsif Get_Widget (Iter) /= null then N := Save_Notebook (Current, MDI_Notebook (Get_Widget (Iter)), In_Central => In_Central); if N /= null then Save_Size (Iter, N); end if; else N := new Node; N.Tag := new String'("Pane"); Set_Attribute (N, "Orientation", Gtk_Orientation'Image (Orientation)); Save_Size (Iter, N); Add_Child (Current, N, Append => True); Current := N; end if; Depth := Get_Depth (Iter); Next (Iter); end loop; if Parent.Child /= null then Prune_Empty (Parent.Child); end if; end Save_Paned; begin if MDI.Perspectives = null then MDI.Perspectives := new Node; MDI.Perspectives.Tag := new String'("perspectives"); end if; if MDI.Current_Perspective /= null then -- Replace (in place) the perspective. This is so that the -- order in the /Window/Perspectives menu is preserved as much -- as possible declare N : Node_Ptr := MDI.Current_Perspective.Child; N2 : Node_Ptr; begin while N /= null loop N2 := N.Next; Free (N); N := N2; end loop; end; else MDI.Current_Perspective := new Node; MDI.Current_Perspective.Tag := new String'("perspective"); Set_Attribute (MDI.Current_Perspective, "name", "default"); Add_Child (MDI.Perspectives, MDI.Current_Perspective, Append => False); end if; Central := new Node; Central.Tag := new String'("desktop"); -- Save the general configuration of the MDI declare Win : constant Gtk_Window := Gtk_Window (Get_Toplevel (MDI)); State : Gdk_Window_State; begin if Win /= null then State := Get_State (Get_Window (Win)); if (State and Window_State_Maximized) = 0 then Set_Attribute (MDI.Perspectives, "width", Gint'Image (MDI.Get_Toplevel.Get_Allocated_Width)); Set_Attribute (MDI.Perspectives, "height", Gint'Image (MDI.Get_Toplevel.Get_Allocated_Height)); end if; Set_Attribute (MDI.Perspectives, "mdi_width", Gint'Image (MDI.Get_Allocated_Width)); Set_Attribute (MDI.Perspectives, "mdi_height", Gint'Image (MDI.Get_Allocated_Height)); -- We are only interested in whether the window is maximized Set_Attribute (MDI.Perspectives, "state", Gdk_Window_State'Image (State and Window_State_Maximized)); Set_Attribute (Central, "perspective", Current_Perspective (MDI)); end if; end; Print_Debug ("Save_Desktop: window size reported as" & Gint'Image (MDI.Get_Toplevel.Get_Allocated_Width) & "x" & Gint'Image (MDI.Get_Toplevel.Get_Allocated_Height)); Print_Debug ("Save_Desktop: saving the perspective"); Save_Paned (MDI, MDI.Current_Perspective, In_Central => False); if not MDI.Independent_Perspectives then Print_Debug ("Save_Desktop: saving central area"); Save_Paned (MDI.Central, Central, In_Central => True); end if; -- Save the floating widgets (these are part of the perspective) Print_Debug ("Save_Desktop: saving floating widgets"); Item := MDI.Items; while Item /= Widget_List.Null_List loop Child := MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (Item)); case Child.State is when Normal | Invisible => null; when Floating => Save_Widget (Central, Child, False, In_Central => True); end case; Item := Widget_List.Next (Item); end loop; Perspectives := Deep_Copy (MDI.Perspectives); if Traces then Print_Debug ("After saving the desktop (current perspective is " & Current_Perspective (MDI) & "), desktop is"); Print (MDI.Perspectives); if not MDI.Independent_Perspectives then Print_Debug ("And the central area is"); Print (Central); end if; end if; end Save_Desktop; --------------------------------------- -- Free_Registered_Desktop_Functions -- --------------------------------------- procedure Free_Registered_Desktop_Functions is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Register_Node_Record, Register_Node); Next : Register_Node; begin while Registers /= null loop Next := Registers.Next; Unchecked_Free (Registers); Registers := Next; end loop; end Free_Registered_Desktop_Functions; ------------------------------- -- Internal_Load_Perspective -- ------------------------------- procedure Internal_Load_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Name : String; User : User_Data; Focus_Child : in out MDI_Child; To_Raise : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : in out Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; MDI_Width, MDI_Height : Gint; Do_Size_Allocate : Boolean) is Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; Child : MDI_Child; procedure Remove_All_Items (Remove_All_Empty : Boolean); -- Remove all items from the MDI ---------------------- -- Remove_All_Items -- ---------------------- procedure Remove_All_Items (Remove_All_Empty : Boolean) is Children : Widget_List.Glist; L : Widget_List.Glist; Note : Gtk_Notebook; C : MDI_Child; Parent : Gtk_Widget; begin Print_Debug ("Remove_All_Items: remove_empty=" & Boolean'Image (Remove_All_Empty), Debug_Increase); -- Remove all children from the MDI. However, we do not close them -- in case we switch back to the perspective (or the user opens -- them while in the perspective). They will just be marked as -- Invisible for now. L := MDI.Items; while L /= Null_List loop C := MDI_Child (Get_Data (L)); if C.State = Normal and then (MDI.Independent_Perspectives or else not In_Central_Area (MDI, C)) then Print_Debug ("Remove_All_Items, marking " & Get_Title (C) & " as invisible"); Ref (C); -- Unref called in Destroy_Child and Put Parent := Get_Parent (C); if Parent /= null then Remove (Gtk_Container (Get_Parent (C)), C); end if; Set_State (C, Invisible); if C.Menu_Item /= null then Destroy (C.Menu_Item); end if; end if; L := Next (L); end loop; -- We now force the closing of all empty notebooks -- The central area should no longer be part of the MDI at this -- stage, so all we get are notebooks Children := Get_Children (MDI); L := Children; while L /= Null_List loop Note := Gtk_Notebook (Get_Data (L)); if Get_Nth_Page (Note, 0) = null then Remove (MDI, Note); end if; L := Next (L); end loop; Free (Children); -- We used to close empty notebooks, but in fact such notebooks -- can now only be in the central area, whose contents has not -- changed anyway. Print_Debug ("", Debug_Decrease); end Remove_All_Items; Tmp_Persp : Node_Ptr; begin -- Find the right perspective node Tmp_Persp := MDI.Perspectives.Child; while Tmp_Persp /= null and then Get_Attribute (Tmp_Persp, "name") /= Name loop Tmp_Persp := Tmp_Persp.Next; end loop; if Tmp_Persp = null then -- If not found, and we already have a perspective => do nothing if MDI.Current_Perspective /= null then return; end if; -- Else load the first one Print_Debug ("Perspective not found, loading default one"); Tmp_Persp := MDI.Perspectives.Child; end if; MDI.Current_Perspective := Tmp_Persp; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Loading perspective " & Name, Debug_Increase); end if; -- Remove central from the MDI, and it will be put in the new -- perspective Ref (MDI.Central); if Get_Parent (MDI.Central) /= null then Remove (Gtk_Container (Get_Parent (MDI.Central)), MDI.Central); end if; MDI.Loading_Desktop := True; Freeze (MDI); -- Clean up MDI if necessary Remove_All_Items (Remove_All_Empty => True); Restore_Multi_Pane (Pane => MDI, MDI => MDI, Focus_Child => Focus_Child, To_Raise => To_Raise, To_Hide => To_Hide, User => User, Node => MDI.Current_Perspective, Full_Width => MDI_Width, Full_Height => MDI_Height); -- If the central area was not in the desktop, that's an error and -- the application will not be usable anyway, so better break the -- desktop but show the central area if not MDI.Independent_Perspectives and then Get_Parent (MDI.Central) = null then Print_Debug ("central not in desktop, force adding"); Add_Child (MDI, MDI.Central); end if; MDI.Desktop_Was_Loaded := True; -- Raise all appropriate items at the end, so that even if some items -- are added temporarily to notebooks, they have no long-lasting -- impact on the notebook itself. declare Item : Widget_List.Glist := To_Raise; begin while Item /= Widget_List.Null_List loop Child := MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (Item)); if Focus_Child = null then Focus_Child := Child; end if; Print_Debug ("Restore_Desktop, raising child with no focus " & Get_Title (Child)); Raise_Child (Child, Give_Focus => False); Item := Widget_List.Next (Item); end loop; Free (To_Raise); Print_Debug ("Restore_Desktop, hidding children"); Item := To_Hide; while Item /= Widget_List.Null_List loop Child := MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (Item)); Print_Debug ("Restore_Desktop, hidding " & Get_Title (Child)); Hide (Child); Item := Widget_List.Next (Item); end loop; Free (To_Hide); if Traces then Dump (MDI); end if; end; if not MDI.Independent_Perspectives then Realize (MDI.Central); Show_All (MDI.Central); Unref (MDI.Central); end if; Show_All (MDI); Reset_Title_Bars_And_Colors (MDI); MDI.Loading_Desktop := False; Thaw (MDI); Queue_Resize (MDI); -- Update to show which menu is active Create_Perspective_Menu (MDI, User); -- Realize the window while frozen, so that windows that insist on -- setting their own size when realized (eg. the search window in -- GPS) will not break the desktop. -- However, don't do this when attempting to maximize the desktop, -- since otherwise we get a first Size_Allocate for whatever current -- size we have, and then a second one for the maximized size. The -- first one breaks the desktop partially. if Do_Size_Allocate then Print_Debug ("Internal_Load_Perspective, forcing a Size_Allocate"); Realize (MDI); MDI.Get_Allocation (Alloc); Size_Allocate (MDI, Alloc); end if; if Traces then Print_Debug ("Done loading perspective", Debug_Decrease); end if; end Internal_Load_Perspective; ---------------------- -- Load_Perspective -- ---------------------- procedure Load_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Name : String; User : User_Data) is To_Raise : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; To_Hide : Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; Focus_Child : MDI_Child; Perspectives : Node_Ptr; begin -- Save modifications to current perspective, so that we can restore -- them when the user switches back to that perspective. A signal -- "perspective_changed" will be sent to the user, so that he has a -- chance to save the changes in an external file for persistency Print_Debug ("++++++ Load_Perspective " & Name); if MDI.Current_Perspective /= null then if Get_Attribute (MDI.Current_Perspective, "name") = Name then return; end if; -- We only rely on the side effect of changing MDI.Perspectives, -- since the central area does not change in any case Free (MDI.View_Contents); Save_Desktop (MDI, User, Perspectives, MDI.View_Contents); Free (Perspectives); end if; Print_Debug ("++++ Load_Perspective, desktop was saved, now loading"); Internal_Load_Perspective (MDI, Name, User, Focus_Child => Focus_Child, To_Raise => To_Raise, To_Hide => To_Hide, MDI_Width => MDI.Get_Allocated_Width, MDI_Height => MDI.Get_Allocated_Height, Do_Size_Allocate => False); end Load_Perspective; end Desktop; ----------------- -- First_Child -- ----------------- function First_Child (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record; Group_By_Notebook : Boolean := False; Visible_Only : Boolean := True) return Child_Iterator is Children : Widget_List.Glist; C : MDI_Child; begin if Group_By_Notebook then declare Iter : Child_Iterator := (Group_By_Notebook => True, Visible_Only => Visible_Only, Paned_Iter => Start (MDI), In_Central => False, Notebook => null, Notebook_Page => 0, Floating_Iter => MDI.Items, MDI => MDI_Window (MDI)); begin if MDI.Central /= null then Iter.Paned_Iter := Start (MDI.Central); Iter.In_Central := True; end if; Move_To_Next_Notebook (Iter); while Iter.Floating_Iter /= Null_List and then MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (Iter.Floating_Iter)).State /= Floating loop Iter.Floating_Iter := Widget_List.Next (Iter.Floating_Iter); end loop; return Iter; end; else Children := MDI.Items; if Children /= Widget_List.Null_List and then Visible_Only then C := MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (MDI.Items)); if C.State = Invisible then -- There are no visible child, since the first one should be -- the one with the focus Children := Widget_List.Null_List; end if; end if; return (Group_By_Notebook => False, Visible_Only => Visible_Only, Iter => Children); end if; end First_Child; ------------------ -- Get_Notebook -- ------------------ function Get_Notebook (Iterator : Child_Iterator) return Gtk.Notebook.Gtk_Notebook is C : constant MDI_Child := Get (Iterator); begin if C = null then return null; else return Gtk_Notebook (Get_Notebook (C)); end if; end Get_Notebook; --------------------------- -- Move_To_Next_Notebook -- --------------------------- procedure Move_To_Next_Notebook (Iterator : in out Child_Iterator) is begin Iterator.Notebook := null; Iterator.Notebook_Page := 0; loop if At_End (Iterator.Paned_Iter) then if Iterator.In_Central then Iterator.In_Central := False; Iterator.Paned_Iter := Start (Iterator.MDI); exit when At_End (Iterator.Paned_Iter); else exit; end if; end if; -- Assert (not At_End (Iterator.Paned_Iter)) if Get_Widget (Iterator.Paned_Iter) /= null and then (not Iterator.Visible_Only or else Get_Widget (Iterator.Paned_Iter).Get_Visible) and then Get_Widget (Iterator.Paned_Iter).all in Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class then Iterator.Notebook := Gtk_Notebook (Get_Widget (Iterator.Paned_Iter)); exit; end if; Next (Iterator.Paned_Iter); end loop; end Move_To_Next_Notebook; ---------- -- Next -- ---------- procedure Next (Iterator : in out Child_Iterator) is C : MDI_Child; begin if Iterator.Group_By_Notebook then if Iterator.Notebook = null then -- Find the next floating child loop Iterator.Floating_Iter := Widget_List.Next (Iterator.Floating_Iter); exit when Iterator.Floating_Iter = Null_List or else MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (Iterator.Floating_Iter)).State = Floating; end loop; else Iterator.Notebook_Page := Iterator.Notebook_Page + 1; if Get_Nth_Page (Iterator.Notebook, Iterator.Notebook_Page) = null then Next (Iterator.Paned_Iter); Move_To_Next_Notebook (Iterator); end if; end if; else loop Iterator.Iter := Widget_List.Next (Iterator.Iter); if Iterator.Visible_Only then C := Get (Iterator); exit when C = null or else C.State /= Invisible; else exit; end if; end loop; end if; end Next; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (Iterator : Child_Iterator) return MDI_Child is begin if Iterator.Group_By_Notebook then if Iterator.Notebook = null then if Iterator.Floating_Iter = Widget_List.Null_List then return null; else return MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (Iterator.Floating_Iter)); end if; else return MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (Iterator.Notebook, Iterator.Notebook_Page)); end if; elsif Iterator.Iter /= Widget_List.Null_List then return MDI_Child (Widget_List.Get_Data (Iterator.Iter)); else return null; end if; end Get; --------------------- -- Highlight_Child -- --------------------- procedure Highlight_Child (Child : access MDI_Child_Record; Highlight : Boolean := True) is procedure Override (Widget : not null access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Override (Widget : not null access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is C : Gdk_RGBA; begin if Highlight then C := Child.MDI.Focus_Title_Color; else C := Null_RGBA; end if; Override_Color (Widget, Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, C); Override_Color (Widget, Gtk_State_Flag_Active, C); Override_Color (Widget, Gtk_State_Flag_Prelight, C); Override_Color (Widget, Gtk_State_Flag_Selected, C); Override_Color (Widget, Gtk_State_Flag_Focused, C); end Override; Note : constant MDI_Notebook := Get_Notebook (Child); begin if Highlight then Show (Child); -- Make sure the child is visible if Note /= null and then Get_Current_Page (Note) = Page_Num (Note, Child) then return; end if; end if; -- Might be null if we haven't created the MDI menu yet if Child.Menu_Item /= null then declare Children : Widget_List.Glist := Get_Children (Gtk_Box (Get_Child (Child.Menu_Item))); Tmp : Widget_List.Glist := Children; begin while Tmp /= Null_List loop if Get_Data (Tmp).all'Tag = Gtk_Accel_Label_Record'Tag then Override (Get_Data (Tmp)); end if; Tmp := Next (Tmp); end loop; Free (Children); end; end if; if Child.Tab_Label /= null then Override (Child.Tab_Label); end if; end Highlight_Child; ------------------------ -- Desktop_Was_Loaded -- ------------------------ function Desktop_Was_Loaded (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return Boolean is begin return MDI.Desktop_Was_Loaded; end Desktop_Was_Loaded; --------------- -- Get_State -- --------------- function Get_State (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) return State_Type is begin return Child.State; end Get_State; -------------------- -- Set_Dnd_Source -- -------------------- procedure Set_Dnd_Source (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Child : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Add_Events (Widget, Button_Press_Mask); Widget.On_Button_Press_Event (Button_Pressed_Forced'Access, Child); end Set_Dnd_Source; ------------------------ -- Draw_Dnd_Rectangle -- ------------------------ procedure Draw_Dnd_Rectangle (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Hide_Only : Boolean := False) is MDI : constant MDI_Window := Child.MDI; Current : Gtk_Widget; Position : Child_Position; New_Pos : Gdk_Rectangle; Parent_Rect : Gdk_Rectangle; Message : Unbounded_String; In_Central : Boolean; C3 : MDI_Child; Note : Gtk_Notebook; Allowed : Boolean; procedure Do_Draw (Cr : Cairo_Context; Draw : Boolean); procedure Do_Draw (Cr : Cairo_Context; Draw : Boolean) is Base_Color : Gdk_RGBA; Color : Gdk_RGBA; Layout : Pango_Layout; Ink_Rect, Logical_Rect : Pango_Rectangle; X, Y : Gdouble; W, H : Gdouble; begin if Draw then if not Allowed or else Current = null then -- A future floating child ? Nothing to draw for now, and there -- will be nothing to hide either. MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Width := 0; return; end if; if In_Central then Base_Color := MDI.Focus_Title_Color; else Base_Color := (Red => 1.0 - MDI.Focus_Title_Color.Red, Green => 1.0 - MDI.Focus_Title_Color.Green, Blue => 1.0 - MDI.Focus_Title_Color.Blue, Alpha => 1.0); end if; Color := Base_Color; Color.Alpha := 0.2; Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Color); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, Gdouble (Parent_Rect.X), Gdouble (Parent_Rect.Y), Gdouble (Parent_Rect.Width), Gdouble (Parent_Rect.Height)); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Color.Alpha := 0.6; Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Color); MDI.Dnd_Rectangle := New_Pos; -- Offset here is to compensate the line width Gtkada.Style.Rounded_Rectangle (Cr, Gdouble (New_Pos.X) + 3.0, Gdouble (New_Pos.Y) + 3.0, Gdouble (New_Pos.Width) - 6.0, Gdouble (New_Pos.Height) - 6.0, Radius => 8.0); Cairo.Fill_Preserve (Cr); Color.Alpha := 0.9; Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Color); Set_Line_Width (Cr, 3.0); Stroke (Cr); Layout := MDI.Create_Pango_Layout; Layout.Set_Markup (ASCII.HT & To_String (Message) & ASCII.LF & MDI.Dnd_Message.all); Layout.Get_Extents (Ink_Rect, Logical_Rect); W := Gdouble (Logical_Rect.Width / Pango_Scale); H := Gdouble (Logical_Rect.Height / Pango_Scale); X := Gdouble (MDI.Dnd_Rectangle.X) + (Gdouble (New_Pos.Width) - W) / 2.0; Y := Gdouble (MDI.Dnd_Rectangle.Y) + (Gdouble (New_Pos.Height) - H) / 2.0; -- Keep the text window within the MDI X := Gdouble'Max (X, 0.0); Y := Gdouble'Max (Y, 0.0); if X + W > Gdouble (MDI.Get_Allocated_Width) then X := Gdouble (MDI.Get_Allocated_Width) - W; end if; if Y + H > Gdouble (MDI.Get_Allocated_Height) then Y := Gdouble (MDI.Get_Allocated_Height) - H; end if; -- Slightly lighter (and non-transparent) background for the msg. Set_Line_Width (Cr, 1.0); Set_Source_RGBA (Cr, Gtkada.Style.Lighten (Base_Color, 0.3)); Gtkada.Style.Rounded_Rectangle (Cr, X - 2.0, Y - 2.0, W + 4.0, H + 4.0, 4.0); Cairo.Fill (Cr); Get_Style_Context (MDI).Render_Layout (Cr, X, Y, Layout); Unref (Layout); MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.X := Gint'Min (Parent_Rect.X, Gint (X) - 3); MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Y := Gint'Min (Parent_Rect.Y, Gint (Y) - 3); MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Width := Gint'Max (Parent_Rect.Width + Parent_Rect.X - MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.X, Gint (W + X) + 4 - MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.X); MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Height := Gint'Max (Parent_Rect.Height + Parent_Rect.Y - MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Y, Gint (H + Y) + 4 - MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Y); elsif MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Width /= 0 then Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, Gdouble (MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.X), Gdouble (MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Y), Gdouble (MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Width), Gdouble (MDI.Dnd_Rectangle_Real.Height)); Cairo.Fill (Cr); end if; end Do_Draw; Old_Dnd_Target : constant Gdk.Gdk_Window := MDI.Dnd_Target; begin Get_Dnd_Target (MDI => Child.MDI, Parent => Current, Position => Position, Parent_Rectangle => Parent_Rect, Rectangle => New_Pos, Allowed => Allowed, In_Central => In_Central); if Hide_Only then Allowed := False; end if; if not Allowed then Current := null; MDI.Dnd_Target := null; elsif Current = null then MDI.Dnd_Target := null; elsif Current = Gtk_Widget (MDI) then MDI.Dnd_Target := Get_Window (MDI); case Position is when Position_Bottom => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Below all other windows"); when Position_Top => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Above all other windows"); when Position_Left => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Left of all other windows"); when Position_Right => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Right of all other windows"); when others => null; -- Cannot occur end case; elsif Current = Gtk_Widget (MDI.Central) then MDI.Dnd_Target := Get_Window (MDI.Central); case Position is when Position_Bottom => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Below central area"); when Position_Top => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Above central area"); when Position_Left => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Left of central area"); when Position_Right => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Right of central area"); when others => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("In central area"); In_Central := True; end case; elsif Current = Get_Parent (Child) and then Position = Position_Automatic then MDI.Dnd_Target := Get_Window (Child); Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Leave at current position"); else Note := Gtk_Notebook (Current); C3 := MDI_Child (Get_Nth_Page (Note, Get_Current_Page (Note))); if C3 = null then Message := To_Unbounded_String ("In central area"); MDI.Dnd_Target := Get_Window (MDI.Central); else MDI.Dnd_Target := Get_Window (C3); case Position is when Position_Bottom => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Below <b>" & Glib.Convert.Escape_Text (Get_Short_Title (C3)) & "</b>"); when Position_Top => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Above <b>" & Glib.Convert.Escape_Text (Get_Short_Title (C3)) & "</b>"); when Position_Left => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Left of <b>" & Glib.Convert.Escape_Text (Get_Short_Title (C3)) & "</b>"); when Position_Right => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("Right of <b>" & Glib.Convert.Escape_Text (Get_Short_Title (C3)) & "</b>"); when others => Message := To_Unbounded_String ("On top of <b>" & Glib.Convert.Escape_Text (Get_Short_Title (C3)) & "</b>"); end case; end if; end if; -- Call this if the state has changed to hide the current highlight. We -- might, or not, highlight the target depending whether it is allowed -- for Child. if not (Position = MDI.Old_Dnd_Position and then MDI.Dnd_Target = Old_Dnd_Target) then Gtkada.Style.Draw_Overlay (MDI, MDI.Dnd_Overlay, Do_Draw'Access); end if; -- Update the drag state. MDI.Old_Dnd_Position := Position; end Draw_Dnd_Rectangle; ---------------------- -- Child_Drag_Begin -- ---------------------- procedure Child_Drag_Begin (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class; Event : Gdk_Event_Button; Areas : Allowed_Areas) is Tmp : Gdk_Grab_Status; Win : Gdk.Gdk_Window; pragma Unreferenced (Tmp); begin -- Focus and raise the child. Raise_Child must be called explicitly -- since Set_Focus_Child won't do it if the child already has the focus. -- We have to raise the child, since otherwise the Pointer_Grab below -- will fail Print_Debug ("Child_Drag_Begin, focus and raise " & Get_Title (Child)); Set_Focus_Child (Child); Raise_Child (Child, False); Win := Get_Window (Child); -- If Child is floating, Win may be null at this point. In this case, -- do nothing. if Win /= null then -- Grab the pointer, so that we can detect whether the mouse moved -- far enough from its initial position to start a drag. This also -- ensures we get all the button_motion events Tmp := Pointer_Grab (Win, False, Button_Press_Mask or Button_Motion_Mask or Button_Release_Mask, Cursor => null, Time => 0); Child.MDI.Drag_Start_X := Gint (Event.X_Root); Child.MDI.Drag_Start_Y := Gint (Event.Y_Root); Child.MDI.In_Drag := In_Pre_Drag; Child.MDI.Dnd_Rectangle := (0, 0, 0, 0); Child.MDI.Drag_Areas := Areas; else Print_Debug ("Child is floating, did not initiate DnD"); end if; end Child_Drag_Begin; ----------------------- -- Cancel_Child_Drag -- ----------------------- procedure Cancel_Child_Drag (Child : access MDI_Child_Record'Class) is begin Print_Debug ("Cancel_Child_Drag"); Pointer_Ungrab; Child.MDI.In_Drag := No_Drag; end Cancel_Child_Drag; ------------------------- -- Child_Drag_Finished -- ------------------------- procedure Child_Drag_Finished (Child : access MDI_Child_Record) is pragma Unreferenced (Child); begin null; end Child_Drag_Finished; -------------------- -- Get_Dnd_Target -- -------------------- procedure Get_Dnd_Target (MDI : not null access MDI_Window_Record'Class; Parent : out Gtk_Widget; Position : out Child_Position; Parent_Rectangle : out Gdk_Rectangle; Rectangle : out Gdk_Rectangle; In_Central : out Boolean; Allowed : out Boolean) is Border_Width, Border_Height : Gint; Win : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Mask : Gdk_Modifier_Type; Current : Gtk_Widget; X, Y : Gint; Alloc : Gtk_Allocation; begin Gdk.Display.Get_Window_At_Pointer (Get_Display (Get_Window (MDI)), X, Y, Win); if Win = null then Position := Position_Automatic; Parent := null; Allowed := True; -- floating else Current := Gtk_Widget (Get_User_Data (Win)); while Current /= null and then Current /= Gtk_Widget (MDI) and then Current.all not in Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class and then Get_Parent (Current) /= null and then (Current.all not in Gtk_Notebook_Record'Class or else Get_Parent (Current).all not in Gtkada_Multi_Paned_Record'Class) and then Get_Parent (Current) /= Gtk_Widget (MDI) loop Current := Get_Parent (Current); end loop; -- If the cursor was put in a floating window, we should make the -- new child floating as well. if Current = null or else Get_Parent (Current) = null then Parent := null; Position := Position_Automatic; Allowed := True; return; end if; if Current = Gtk_Widget (MDI) and then MDI.Central /= null then Current := Gtk_Widget (MDI.Central); -- Central area not empty ? We have therefore passed the mouse on -- one of the handles, and should not allow a drop there if not At_End (Start (MDI.Central)) then Position := Position_Automatic; Parent := null; Allowed := True; return; end if; end if; Parent := Current; -- Are we on the sides of the MDI itself ? Rectangle := (X => 0, Y => 0, Width => Get_Allocated_Width (MDI), Height => Get_Allocated_Height (MDI)); Parent_Rectangle := Rectangle; Gdk.Window.Get_Device_Position (Self => Get_Window (MDI), Device => Gtk.Main.Get_Current_Event_Device, X => X, Y => Y, Mask => Mask, Window => Win); if Y < Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2 then Position := Position_Top; Parent := Gtk_Widget (MDI); In_Central := False; Rectangle := (X => 0, Y => 0, Width => Rectangle.Width, Height => Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2); elsif Y > Rectangle.Height - Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2 then Position := Position_Bottom; Parent := Gtk_Widget (MDI); In_Central := False; Rectangle := (X => 0, Y => Rectangle.Height - Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2, Width => Rectangle.Width, Height => Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2); elsif X < Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2 then Position := Position_Left; Parent := Gtk_Widget (MDI); In_Central := False; Rectangle := (X => 0, Y => 0, Width => Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2, Height => Rectangle.Height); elsif X > Rectangle.Width - Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2 then Position := Position_Right; Parent := Gtk_Widget (MDI); In_Central := False; Rectangle := (X => Rectangle.Width - Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2, Y => 0, Width => Max_Drag_Border_Width / 2, Height => Rectangle.Height); else -- Are we on the sides of the current MDI child ? -- Parent is likey a Gtk_Notebook Gtkada.Style.Get_Offset (Parent, MDI, Rectangle.X, Rectangle.Y); Parent.Get_Allocation (Alloc); -- Compute device position relative to the MDI Gdk.Window.Get_Device_Position (Self => Get_Window (MDI), Device => Gtk.Main.Get_Current_Event_Device, X => X, Y => Y, Mask => Mask, Window => Win); -- size of the parent, and position relative to MDI Rectangle := (X => Rectangle.X + Alloc.X, Y => Rectangle.Y + Alloc.Y, Width => Alloc.Width, Height => Alloc.Height); Parent_Rectangle := Rectangle; In_Central := In_Central_Area (MDI, Parent); Border_Height := Gint'Min (Max_Drag_Border_Width, Rectangle.Height / 3); Border_Width := Gint'Min (Max_Drag_Border_Width, Rectangle.Width / 3); if Y < Rectangle.Y + Border_Height then Position := Position_Top; Rectangle.Height := Border_Height; elsif Y > Rectangle.Y + Rectangle.Height - Border_Height then Position := Position_Bottom; Rectangle.Y := Rectangle.Y + Rectangle.Height - Border_Height; Rectangle.Height := Border_Height; elsif X < Rectangle.X + Border_Width then Position := Position_Left; Rectangle.Width := Border_Width; elsif X > Rectangle.X + Rectangle.Width - Border_Width then Position := Position_Right; Rectangle.X := Rectangle.X + Rectangle.Width - Border_Width; Rectangle.Width := Border_Width; else Position := Position_Automatic; Rectangle := (X => Rectangle.X + Border_Width, Y => Rectangle.Y + Border_Height, Width => Rectangle.Width - 2 * Border_Width, Height => Rectangle.Height - 2 * Border_Height); end if; end if; Allowed := MDI.Drag_Areas = Both or else (MDI.Drag_Areas = Central_Only and then In_Central) or else (MDI.Drag_Areas = Sides_Only and then not In_Central); end if; end Get_Dnd_Target; -------------------------- -- List_Of_Perspectives -- -------------------------- function List_Of_Perspectives (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record) return GNAT.Strings.String_List_Access is begin return MDI.Perspective_Names; end List_Of_Perspectives; ------------------------- -- Current_Perspective -- ------------------------- function Current_Perspective (MDI : access MDI_Window_Record'Class) return String is begin if MDI.Current_Perspective = null then return ""; else return Get_Attribute (MDI.Current_Perspective, "name", ""); end if; end Current_Perspective; end Gtkada.MDI; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-pixbuf.ads��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000062525�12533067541�017116� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- This object provides image manipulation routines. -- -- The following image formats are known, but some depend on external -- libraries for the proper loading of files (indicated with * in the list): -- PNG*, JPEG*, TIFF*, GIF, XPM, PNM, Sun raster file (ras), ico, -- bmp. -- -- With this package, you can load images from file, display them on the -- screen, re-scale them and compose them with other images. -- All the functions fully support alpha channels (opacity). -- -- Different filters are provided, depending on the quality of output you -- expect and the speed you need. -- </description> -- <c_version>1.3.11</c_version> -- <group>Gdk, the low-level API</group> -- <testgtk>create_pixbuf.adb</testgtk> with Interfaces.C.Strings; with System; with Cairo; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Object; with Gdk.Display; package Gdk.Pixbuf is type Gdk_Pixbuf_Record is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Gdk_Pixbuf is access all Gdk_Pixbuf_Record'Class; -- A very efficient client-side pixmap. -- This type can be adapted to all the possible screen depths (number of -- bits per pixel), and the algorithms are extremely efficient. -- You can also load a pixbuf directly from an external file in one of -- the standard image formats. Null_Pixbuf : constant Gdk_Pixbuf := null; type Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- Type used for animations. type Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- Type used to iterate through an animation. type Alpha_Mode is (Alpha_Bilevel, Alpha_Full); -- Alpha compositing mode. -- This indicates how the alpha channel (for opacity) is handled when -- rendering. pragma Convention (C, Alpha_Mode); type Gdk_Colorspace is (Colorspace_RGB); -- Type of the image. -- The only possible value is currently RGB, but extensions will -- exist with CMYK, Gray, Lab, ... pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Colorspace); type Gdk_Interp_Type is (Interp_Nearest, -- Nearest neighbor. It is the fastest and lowest quality. Interp_Tiles, -- Accurate simulation of the Postscript image operator -- without any interpolation enabled; each pixel is rendered as a tiny -- parallelogram of solid color, the edges of which are implemented -- with anti-aliasing. It resembles nearest neighbor for enlargement, -- and bilinear for reduction. Interp_Bilinear, -- Bilinear interpolation. For enlargement, it is equivalent to -- point-sampling the ideal bilinear-interpolated image. For reduction, -- it is equivalent to laying down small tiles and integrating over the -- coverage area. Interp_Hyper -- Filter_Hyper is the highest quality reconstruction function. It is -- derived from the hyperbolic filters in Wolberg's "Digital Image -- Warping," and is formally defined as the hyperbolic-filter sampling -- the ideal hyperbolic-filter interpolated image (the filter is -- designed to be idempotent for 1:1 pixel mapping). It is the slowest -- and highest quality. ); -- Interpolation methods. pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Interp_Type); ------------ -- Errors -- ------------ -- Errors defined in the Pixbuf_Error domain: Corrupt_Image : constant := 0; -- image data hosed Insufficient_Memory : constant := 1; -- no mem to load image Bad_Option : constant := 2; -- bad option passed to save routine Unknown_Type : constant := 3; -- unsupported image type Unsupported_Operation : constant := 4; -- unsupported operation (load, save) for image type Failed : constant := 5; -- Operation failed. type File_Format is (JPEG, PNG, ICO, BMP); -- Possible formats when saving a file. type Image_Quality is range 0 .. 100; -- For a JPEG image only, quality of the image in percentage. type Alpha_Range is range 0 .. 255; -- Valid values for alpha parameters. pragma Convention (C, Alpha_Range); type Gdk_Rgb_Dither is (Dither_None, Dither_Normal, Dither_Max); -- The three kinds of dithering that are implemented in this package: -- - Dither_None: No dithering will be done -- - Dither_Normal: Specifies dithering on 8 bit displays, but not 16-bit. -- Usually the best choice. -- - Dither_Max: Specifies dithering on every kind of display for Gdk_Rgb_Dither'Size use Glib.Gint'Size; type Rgb_Record is record Red, Green, Blue : Glib.Guchar; end record; pragma Convention (C, Rgb_Record); -- This is the buffer that will contain the image. You can manipulate each -- byte in it independantly, although there is no high level routine -- to draw lines, circles, ... -- Once you are done drawing into this buffer, you can copy it to any -- drawable on the screen, *if* the widget was created with the correct -- visual and colormap (see above). type Unchecked_Rgb_Buffer is array (Glib.Guint) of Rgb_Record; pragma Convention (C, Unchecked_Rgb_Buffer); type Rgb_Buffer_Access is access all Unchecked_Rgb_Buffer; pragma Convention (C, Rgb_Buffer_Access); -- Type used By Get_Pixels to return an array with no -- bound checks that is compatible with C (also known as a flat array). -------------- -- Get_Type -- -------------- function Get_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal value associated with a Gdk_Pixbuf. -------------------------- -- Accessing the fields -- -------------------------- function Get_Colorspace (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gdk_Colorspace; -- Query the color space of a pixbuf. function Get_N_Channels (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint; -- Number of channels in the image. function Get_Has_Alpha (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Boolean; -- Return True if the image has an alpha channel (opacity information). function Get_Bits_Per_Sample (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint; -- Number of bits per color sample. function Get_Pixels (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Rgb_Buffer_Access; -- Return a pointer to the pixel data of the image. function Get_Width (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint; -- Return the width of the image in pixels. function Get_Height (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint; -- Return the height of the image in pixels. function Get_Rowstride (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gint; -- Return the number of bytes between rows in the image data. -------------- -- Creating -- -------------- function Gdk_New (Colorspace : Gdk_Colorspace := Colorspace_RGB; Has_Alpha : Boolean := False; Bits_Per_Sample : Gint := 8; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Create a blank pixbuf with an optimal row stride and a new buffer. -- The buffer is allocated, but not cleared. -- The reference counting is initialized to 1. function Copy (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Copy a pixbuf. function Gdk_New_Subpixbuf (Src_Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Create a pixbuf which points to the pixels of another pixbuf procedure Gdk_New_From_File (Pixbuf : out Gdk_Pixbuf; Filename : String; Error : out GError); -- Load an image from file. function Gdk_New_From_Data (Data : Guchar_Array_Access; Colorspace : Gdk_Colorspace := Colorspace_RGB; Has_Alpha : Boolean := False; Bits_Per_Sample : Gint := 8; Width : Gint; Height : Gint; Rowstride : Gint; Auto_Destroy_Data : Boolean := True) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Create a pixbuf out of in-memory image data. -- Currently only RGB images with 8 bits per sample are supported. -- Width and Height must be > 0. -- Rowstride is the distance in bytes between row starts. -- A typical value is 4*Width when there is an Alpha channel. -- If Auto_Destroy_Data is true, passed data will be automatically -- freed when the reference count of the pixbuf reaches 1. -- Otherwise, data is never freed. function Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Data : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Create an image from a XPM data. procedure Fill (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Pixel : Guint32); -- Fill pixbuf with a given pixel value. procedure Save (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Filename : String; Format : File_Format; Error : out GError; Quality : Image_Quality := Image_Quality'Last; Depth : Integer := 32); -- Save pixbuf to a file. -- Quality is only taken into account for JPEG images. -- Depth is only taken into account for ICO images and can take the values -- 16, 24 or 32. -- Error is set to null on success, and set to a GError otherwise. function Add_Alpha (Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Substitute_Color : Boolean := False; Red : Guchar := 0; Green : Guchar := 0; Blue : Guchar := 0) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Add an alpha channel. -- Return a newly allocated image copied from Pixbuf, but with an -- extra alpha channel. -- If Pixbuf already had an alpha channel, the two images have exactly -- the same contents. -- If Substitute_Color is True, the color (Red, Green, Blue) is -- substituted for zero opacity. -- If Substitute_Color is False, Red, Green and Blue are ignored, and a -- new color is created with zero opacity. procedure Copy_Area (Src_Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint; Dest_Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint); -- Copy a rectangular area from Src_pixbuf to Dest_pixbuf. -- Conversion of pixbuf formats is done automatically. procedure Saturate_And_Pixelate (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Saturation : Gfloat; Pixelate : Boolean := True); -- Brighten/darken and optionally make it pixelated-looking. --------------- -- Rendering -- --------------- function Get_From_Window (Window : Gdk_Window; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf; function Get_From_Surface (Surface : Cairo.Cairo_Surface; Src_X : Gint; Src_Y : Gint; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Transfers image data from a Gdk_Window and converts it to an RGB(A) -- representation inside a Gdk_Pixbuf. In other words, copies -- image data from a server-side drawable to a client-side RGB(A) buffer. -- This allows you to efficiently read individual pixels on the client -- side. -- -- This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel with -- the same size specified by the Width and Height arguments. The pixbuf -- will contain an alpha channel if the window contains one. -- -- If the window is off the screen, then there is no image data in the -- obscured/offscreen regions to be placed in the pixbuf. The contents -- of portions of the pixbuf corresponding to the offscreen region are -- undefined. -- -- If the window you're obtaining data from is partially obscured by other -- windows, then the contents of the pixbuf areas corresponding to the -- obscured regions are undefined. -- -- If the window is not mapped (typically because it's iconified/minimized -- or not on the current workspace), then Null_Pixbuf will be returned. -- -- If memory can't be allocated for the return value, Null_Pixbuf -- will be returned instead. -- -- (In short, there are several ways this function can fail, and if it -- fails it returns Null_Pixbuf; so check the return value.) -- -- Return value: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference -- count of 1, or Null_Pixbuf on error ------------- -- Scaling -- ------------- procedure Scale (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear); -- Transform the source image by scaling by Scale_x and Scale_y then -- translating by Offset_x and Offset_y. -- The image is then rendered in the rectangle (Dest_x, Dest_y, -- Dest_width, Dest_height) of the resulting image onto the destination -- drawable replacing the previous contents. procedure Composite (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128); -- Transform the source image by scaling by Scale_X and Scale_Y then -- translating by Offset_X and Offset_Y, then composite the rectangle -- (Dest_X, Dest_Y, Dest_Width, Dest_Height) of the resulting image onto -- the destination drawable. procedure Composite_Color (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_X : Gint; Dest_Y : Gint; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Offset_X : Gdouble := 0.0; Offset_Y : Gdouble := 0.0; Scale_X : Gdouble := 1.0; Scale_Y : Gdouble := 1.0; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128; Check_X : Gint := 0; Check_Y : Gint := 0; Check_Size : Gint := 0; Color1 : Guint32 := 0; Color2 : Guint32 := 0); -- Transform the source image by scaling by Scale_x and Scale_y then -- translating by Offset_x and Offset_y, then composites the rectangle -- (Dest_X, Dest_Y, Dest_Width, Dest_Height) of the resulting image with -- a checkboard of the colors Color1 and Color2 and renders it onto the -- destination drawable. -- The origin of checkboard is at (Check_x, Check_y) -- Color1 is the color at the upper left of the check. function Scale_Simple (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Scale the Src image to Dest_width x Dest_height and render the result -- into a new pixbuf. function Composite_Color_Simple (Src : Gdk_Pixbuf; Dest_Width : Gint; Dest_Height : Gint; Inter_Type : Gdk_Interp_Type := Interp_Bilinear; Overall_Alpha : Alpha_Range := 128; Color1 : Guint32 := 0; Color2 : Guint32 := 0) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Scale Src to Dest_width x Dest_height and composite the result with -- a checkboard of colors Color1 and Color2 and render the result into -- a new pixbuf. ----------------------- -- Animation support -- ----------------------- function Get_Type_Animation return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal value associated with a Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation. procedure Gdk_New_From_File (Animation : out Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation; Filename : String; Error : out GError); -- Create a new animation by loading it from a file. -- The file format is detected automatically. If the file's format does not -- support multi-frame images, then an animation with a single frame will -- be created. Possible errors are in the Pixbuf_Error and GFile_Error -- domains. -- On return, Animation is a newly created animation with a reference count -- of 1, or null if any of several error conditions ocurred: the file could -- not be opened, there was no loader for the file's format, there was not -- enough memory to allocate the image buffer, or the image file contained -- invalid data. procedure Ref (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation); -- Increment the reference counting on the animation. procedure Unref (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation); -- Decrement the reference counting on the animation. function Get_Width (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gint; -- Return the width of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation. function Get_Height (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gint; -- Return the height of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation. function Is_Static_Image (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Boolean; -- If you load a file with Gdk_New_From_File and it turns out to be a -- plain, unanimated image, then this function will return True. -- Use Get_Static_Image to retrieve the image. function Get_Static_Image (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- If an animation is really just a plain image (has only one frame), -- this function returns that image. If the animation is an animation, -- this function returns a reasonable thing to display as a static -- unanimated image, which might be the first frame, or something more -- sophisticated. If an animation hasn't loaded any frames yet, this -- function will return null. function Get_Iter (Animation : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation; Start_Time : GTime_Val_Access := null) return Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter; -- Get an iterator for displaying an animation. The iterator provides -- the frames that should be displayed at a given time. -- It should be freed after use with Unref. -- -- Start_Time would normally come from G_Get_Current_Time, and marks the -- beginning of animation playback. After creating an iterator, you should -- immediately display the pixbuf returned by Get_Pixbuf. Then, you should -- install a timeout (with Timeout_Add) or by some other mechanism to -- ensure that you'll update the image after Get_Delay_Time milliseconds. -- Each time the image is updated, you should reinstall the timeout with -- the new, possibly-changed delay time. -- -- As a shortcut, if Start_Time is equal to null, the result of -- G_Get_Current_Time will be used automatically. -- -- To update the image (i.e. possibly change the result of Get_Pixbuf to a -- new frame of the animation), call Advance. -- -- If you're using Gdk_Pixbuf_Loader, in addition to updating the image -- after the delay time, you should also update it whenever you -- receive the area_updated signal and On_Currently_Loading_Frame returns -- True. In this case, the frame currently being fed into the loader -- has received new data, so needs to be refreshed. The delay time for -- a frame may also be modified after an area_updated signal, for -- example if the delay time for a frame is encoded in the data after -- the frame itself. So your timeout should be reinstalled after any -- area_updated signal. -- -- A delay time of -1 is possible, indicating "infinite." --------------- -- Iterators -- --------------- function Get_Type_Animation_Iter return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal value associated with a Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter. procedure Ref (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter); -- Increment the reference counting on the iterator. procedure Unref (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter); -- Decrement the reference counting on the iterator. function Get_Delay_Time (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) return Gint; -- Return the number of milliseconds the current pixbuf should be displayed -- or -1 if the current pixbuf should be displayed forever. Timeout_Add -- conveniently takes a timeout in milliseconds, so you can use a timeout -- to schedule the next update. function Get_Pixbuf (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Return the current pixbuf which should be displayed. -- The pixbuf will be the same size as the animation itself (Get_Width, -- Get_Height). This pixbuf should be displayed for Get_Delay_Time -- milliseconds. The caller of this function does not own a reference to -- the returned pixbuf; the returned pixbuf will become invalid when the -- iterator advances to the next frame, which may happen anytime you call -- Advance. Copy the pixbuf to keep it (don't just add a reference), as it -- may get recycled as you advance the iterator. function On_Currently_Loading_Frame (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter) return Boolean; -- Used to determine how to respond to the area_updated signal on -- Gdk_Pixbuf_Loader when loading an animation. area_updated is emitted -- for an area of the frame currently streaming in to the loader. So if -- you're on the currently loading frame, you need to redraw the screen for -- the updated area. function Advance (Iter : Gdk_Pixbuf_Animation_Iter; Current_Timer : GTime_Val_Access := null) return Boolean; -- Possibly advance an animation to a new frame. -- Chooses the frame based on the start time passed to Get_Iter. -- -- Current_Time would normally come from G_Get_Current_Time, and -- must be greater than or equal to the time passed to Get_Iter, -- and must increase or remain unchanged each time Get_Pixbuf is -- called. That is, you can't go backward in time; animations only -- play forward. -- -- As a shortcut, pass null for the current time and G_Get_Current_Time -- will be invoked on your behalf. So you only need to explicitly pass -- Current_Time if you're doing something odd like playing the animation -- at double speed. -- -- If this function returns False, there's no need to update the animation -- display, assuming the display had been rendered prior to advancing; -- if True, you need to call Get_Pixbuf and update the display with the new -- pixbuf. ------------- -- Cursors -- ------------- procedure Gdk_New_From_Pixbuf (Cursor : out Gdk.Gdk_Cursor; Display : Gdk.Display.Gdk_Display := Gdk.Display.Get_Default; Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; X : Glib.Gint; Y : Glib.Gint); -- Create a cursor from a pixbuf. -- Not all GDK backends support RGBA cursors. If they are not supported, -- a monochrome approximation will be displayed. -- The functions gdk.display.supports_cursor_alpha and -- gdk.display.supports_cursor_color can be used to determine whether RGBA -- cursors are supported; -- gdk.display.get_default_cursor_size and -- gdk.display.get_maximal_cursor_size give information about cursor sizes. -- On the X backend, support for RGBA cursors requires a sufficently new -- version of the X Render extension. function Get_Image (Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- Return the image stored in the cursor -- <doc_ignore> function Convert (P : System.Address) return Gdk_Pixbuf; -- </doc_ignore> private type Gdk_Pixbuf_Record is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with null record; pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "gdk_pixbuf_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_Type_Animation, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_Type_Animation_Iter, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_Iter, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_iter"); pragma Import (C, Get_Delay_Time, "gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time"); end Gdk.Pixbuf; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-properties.ads���������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000023515�12533067541�020161� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- Properties are a fully general way to modify the appareance or behavior -- of widgets. Most of the time, there exists a faster way to modify the -- widget in the same fashion (for instance a direct call to a primitive -- subprogram). However, the properties provide a general scheme to modify -- these attributes. -- For instance, they can be used to provide introspection on the widget -- (to automatically retrieve the attributes that can be modified), or if -- you need to implement a tool like a GUI-Builder that is able to -- manipulate any widget, even those that didn't exist when the tool was -- written. -- -- Two functions are provided for each type of property: Set_Property and -- Get_Property, which allow easy modification of specific widget -- properties. For instance, you could do the following: -- declare -- Button : Gtk_Button; -- begin -- Gtk_New (Button, "old label"); -- Set_Property (Button, Label_Property, "new label"); -- end; -- to modify the label of a button. -- -- Likewise, you can retrieve the current label with: -- Current : String := Get_Property (Button, Label_Property); -- -- Dispatching is used ensure type-safety while using properties. The -- appropriate Set_Property/Get_Property functions are called depending -- on the type of the property you are trying to use. This is checked -- statically by the compiler, which provides additional type-safety -- compared to the C library. -- -- Note that some properties are read-only, and thus do not have the -- Set_Property subprogram defined. -- -- When a property is modified, the signal "notify::<property>" is emitted, -- for instance, "notify::label" for a gtk_button. This is a standard gtk+ -- signal to which you can connect with the subprograms in gtk-handlers.ads -- </description> -- <c_version>1.3.4</c_version> -- <group>Glib, the general-purpose library</group> with Glib.Object; with Glib.Generic_Properties; use Glib.Generic_Properties; pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.Generic_Properties); with System; with Glib.Types; with Glib.Values; package Glib.Properties is -- <doc_ignore> -- Definition of the types and subprograms. -- You can ignore this section. package Char_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Glib.Gchar); package Uchar_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Glib.Guchar); package Int_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Glib.Gint); package Uint_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Glib.Guint); package Long_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Glib.Glong); package Ulong_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Glib.Gulong); package Unichar_Properties is new Generic_Internal_Discrete_Property (Glib.Gunichar); -- </doc_ignore> -- Predefined types of properties. Additional types are available -- for most of the standard enumeration types, and you can create -- your own types (see Glib.Properties). type Property_Char is new Char_Properties.Property; type Property_Char_RO is new Char_Properties.Property_RO; type Property_Uchar is new Uchar_Properties.Property; type Property_Uchar_RO is new Uchar_Properties.Property_RO; type Property_Int is new Int_Properties.Property; type Property_Uint_RO is new Uint_Properties.Property_RO; type Property_Uint is new Uint_Properties.Property; type Property_Long_RO is new Long_Properties.Property_RO; type Property_Long is new Long_Properties.Property; type Property_Ulong_RO is new Ulong_Properties.Property_RO; type Property_Ulong is new Ulong_Properties.Property; type Property_Unichar is new Unichar_Properties.Property; type Property_C_Proxy is new Glib.Property; type Property_Interface is new Glib.Property; type Property_String_RO is new Glib.Property; type Property_String_WO is new Glib.Property; type Property_String is new Glib.Property; type Property_Boolean is new Glib.Property; type Property_Object is new Glib.Property; type Property_Object_WO is new Glib.Property; type Property_Address is new Glib.Property; type Property_Float is new Glib.Property; type Property_Double is new Glib.Property; type Property_Enum is new Glib.Property; type Property_Boxed is new Glib.Property; -- General properties getter procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : String; Value : in out Glib.Values.GValue); procedure Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : String; Value : in out Glib.Values.GValue); -- Get the property. Value must have been initialized first with the -- expected type for the property, as in: -- Value : GValue; -- Init (Value, Value_Type (Pspec)); -- Get_Property (Object, Pspec_Name (Pspec), Value); -- If you do not have a Param_Spec, this can be replaced with: -- Init (Value, GType_Int); -- Get_Property (Object, Property_Name (Property), Value); -- Value must be Unset by the caller to free memory -- Special handling of string properties procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String; Value : String); procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String_WO; Value : String); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String) return String; function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_String_RO) return String; -- Special handling of boolean properties procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Boolean; Value : Boolean); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Boolean) return Boolean; -- Special handling of object properties procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Object; Value : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Object) return Glib.Object.GObject; procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Object_WO; Value : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class); -- Special handling of address properties procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Address; Value : System.Address); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Address) return System.Address; -- Special handling of float properties procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Float; Value : Gfloat); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Float) return Gfloat; -- Special handling of double properties procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Double; Value : Gdouble); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Double) return Gdouble; -- Special handling of c_proxy properties procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_C_Proxy; Value : C_Proxy); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_C_Proxy) return C_Proxy; procedure Set_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Interface; Value : Glib.Types.GType_Interface); function Get_Property (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Property_Interface) return Glib.Types.GType_Interface; end Glib.Properties; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-text_child.ads����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000007504�12533067541�017764� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- A GtkTextChildAnchor is a spot in the buffer where child widgets can be -- "anchored" (inserted inline, as if they were characters). The anchor can -- have multiple widgets anchored, to allow for multiple views. -- </description> -- <c_version>2.8.17</c_version> -- <group>Multiline Text Editor</group> with Gtk; use Gtk; with Gtk.Widget; package Gtk.Text_Child is type Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record is new GObject_Record with private; type Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor is access all Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record'Class; procedure Gtk_New (Widget : out Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor); procedure Initialize (Widget : access Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record'Class); -- Creates or initializes a Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor widget. -- Usually you would then insert it into a Gtk_Text_Buffer with -- Gtk.Text_Buffer.Insert_Child_Anchor. -- To perform the creation and insertion in one step, use the -- convenience function Gtk.Text_Buffer.Create_Child_Anchor. function Get_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal value associated with a Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor. function Get_Widgets (Anchor : access Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record) return Gtk.Widget.Widget_List.Glist; -- Return the list of widgets attached at anchor. The returned list should -- be freed by the caller. function Get_Deleted (Anchor : access Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record) return Boolean; -- Determines whether a child anchor has been deleted from the buffer. Keep -- in mind that the child anchor will be unreferenced when removed from the -- buffer, so you need to hold your own reference (with Ref()) if you plan -- to use this function; otherwise all deleted child anchors will -- also be finalized. ---------------- -- Properties -- ---------------- -- <properties> -- The following properties are defined for this widget. See -- Glib.Properties for more information on properties. -- -- </properties> private type Gtk_Text_Child_Anchor_Record is new GObject_Record with null record; pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "gtk_text_child_anchor_get_type"); end Gtk.Text_Child; ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-messages.adb�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000011577�12533067541�017560� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2003-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package body Glib.Messages is procedure C_Log_Func (Log_Domain : chars_ptr; Log_Level : Log_Level_Flags; Message : chars_ptr; Ada_Func : Log_Function); -- Low level log wrapper pragma Convention (C, C_Log_Func); ---------------- -- C_Log_Func -- ---------------- procedure C_Log_Func (Log_Domain : chars_ptr; Log_Level : Log_Level_Flags; Message : chars_ptr; Ada_Func : Log_Function) is begin if Log_Domain = Null_Ptr then Ada_Func ("", Log_Level, Value (Message)); else Ada_Func (Value (Log_Domain), Log_Level, Value (Message)); end if; end C_Log_Func; --------------------- -- Log_Set_Handler -- --------------------- function Log_Set_Handler (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Log_Func : Log_Function) return Log_Handler_Id is function Internal (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Log_Func : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address) return Log_Handler_Id; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_log_set_handler"); begin return Internal (Log_Domain & ASCII.NUL, Log_Levels, C_Log_Func'Address, Log_Func.all'Address); end Log_Set_Handler; ------------------------ -- Log_Remove_Handler -- ------------------------ procedure Log_Remove_Handler (Log_Domain : String; Handler_Id : Log_Handler_Id) is procedure Internal (Log_Domain : String; Handler_Id : Log_Handler_Id); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_log_remove_handler"); begin Internal (Log_Domain & ASCII.NUL, Handler_Id); end Log_Remove_Handler; ------------------------- -- Log_Default_Handler -- ------------------------- procedure Log_Default_Handler (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Message : UTF8_String) is procedure Internal (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Message : UTF8_String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_log_default_handler"); begin Internal (Log_Domain & ASCII.NUL, Log_Levels, Message & ASCII.NUL); end Log_Default_Handler; --------- -- Log -- --------- procedure Log (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Message : UTF8_String) is procedure Internal (Log_Domain : String; Log_Levels : Log_Level_Flags; Format : UTF8_String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_log"); begin Internal (Log_Domain & ASCII.NUL, Log_Levels, Message & ASCII.NUL); end Log; ------------------------ -- Log_Set_Fatal_Mask -- ------------------------ function Log_Set_Fatal_Mask (Log_Domain : String; Fatal_Mask : Log_Level_Flags) return Log_Level_Flags is function Internal (Log_Domain : String; Fatal_Mask : Log_Level_Flags) return Log_Level_Flags; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_log_set_fatal_mask"); begin return Internal (Log_Domain & ASCII.NUL, Fatal_Mask); end Log_Set_Fatal_Mask; end Glib.Messages; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-cairo.ads���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000006457�12533067541�016720� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- Interfacing between Gdk and Cairo. -- </description> -- -- <c_version>2.16.6</c_version> -- <group>Cairo</group> with Glib; use Glib; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Gdk.Color; use Gdk.Color; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; package Gdk.Cairo is function Create (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window) return Cairo_Context; -- Creates a Cairo context for drawing to Drawable. -- -- Note that due to double-buffering, Cairo contexts created -- in a GTK+ expose event handler cannot be cached and reused -- between different expose events. -- -- Returns a newly created Cairo context. The result should be freed with -- Cairo.Destroy. procedure Set_Source_Pixbuf (Cr : Cairo_Context; Pixbuf : Gdk_Pixbuf; Pixbuf_X : Gdouble; Pixbuf_Y : Gdouble); -- Cr: a Cairo_Context -- Pixbuf: a Gdk_Pixbuf -- Pixbuf_X: X coordinate of location to place upper left corner of Pixbuf -- Pixbuf_Y: Y coordinate of location to place upper left corner of Pixbuf -- -- Sets the given pixbuf as the source pattern for the Cairo context. -- The pattern has an extend mode of CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned -- so that the origin of Pixbuf is Pixbuf_X, Pixbuf_Y procedure Set_Source_Color (Cr : Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk_Color); procedure Set_Source_RGBA (Cr : Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA); -- Set the specified Color as the source of Cr. private pragma Import (C, Set_Source_Color, "gdk_cairo_set_source_color"); end Gdk.Cairo; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-values.adb�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000015475�12533067541�017251� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package body Glib.Values is ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (Val : in out GValues) is procedure Internal (Value_Array : C_GValues); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_array_free"); begin Internal (Val.Arr); Val := (Nb => 0, Arr => C_GValues (System.Null_Address)); end Free; ----------------- -- Get_Boolean -- ----------------- function Get_Boolean (Value : GValue) return Boolean is function Internal (Value : GValue) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_get_boolean"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Value)); end Get_Boolean; ---------------- -- Get_Object -- ---------------- function Get_Object (Value : GValue) return Glib.Object.GObject is function Internal (Value : GValue) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_get_object"); begin return Glib.Object.Convert (Internal (Value)); end Get_Object; ---------------- -- Get_String -- ---------------- function Get_String (Value : GValue) return String is function Internal (Value : GValue) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_get_string"); C : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Value); begin if C = Null_Ptr then return ""; else return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (C); end if; end Get_String; ---------------- -- Get_String -- ---------------- function Get_String (Value : GValue; Length : Gint) return String is function Internal (Value : GValue) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_get_string"); C : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Value); begin if C = Null_Ptr then return ""; else return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (C, Interfaces.C.size_t (Length)); end if; end Get_String; ----------------- -- Make_Values -- ----------------- function Make_Values (Nb : Guint) return GValues is function Internal (N_Prealloced : Guint) return C_GValues; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_array_new"); begin return (Nb => Nb, Arr => Internal (Nb)); end Make_Values; function Make_Values (Nb : Guint; Val : C_GValues) return GValues is begin return (Nb => Nb, Arr => Val); end Make_Values; --------- -- Nth -- --------- function Nth (Val : GValues; Num : Guint) return GValue is procedure Internal (Val : C_GValues; Num : Guint; V : in out GValue); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gvalue_nth"); V : GValue; begin -- Should this be greater or greater or equal ??? if Num > Val.Nb then raise Constraint_Error; end if; Internal (Val.Arr, Num, V); return V; end Nth; ----------------- -- Set_Boolean -- ----------------- procedure Set_Boolean (Value : in out GValue; V_Boolean : Boolean) is procedure Internal (Value : GValue; V_Boolean : Gboolean); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_set_boolean"); begin Internal (Value, Boolean'Pos (V_Boolean)); end Set_Boolean; ---------------- -- Set_Object -- ---------------- procedure Set_Object (Value : in out GValue; To : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class) is procedure Internal (Value : in out Glib.Values.GValue; To : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_set_object"); begin Internal (Value, Glib.Object.Convert (Glib.Object.GObject (To))); end Set_Object; ---------------- -- Set_String -- ---------------- procedure Set_String (Value : in out GValue; V_String : String) is procedure Internal (Value : in out GValue; V_String : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_set_string"); begin Internal (Value, V_String & ASCII.NUL); end Set_String; ---------- -- Init -- ---------- procedure Init (Value : in out GValue; G_Type : Glib.GType) is procedure Internal (Value : in out GValue; G_Type : Glib.GType); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_value_init"); begin Value := (g_type => 0, data => (others => 0)); Internal (Value, G_Type); end Init; ---------------------- -- Unsafe_Proxy_Nth -- ---------------------- function Unsafe_Proxy_Nth (Values : C_GValues; Num : Guint) return T is type T_Access is access T; function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Proxy, T_Access); Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Values, Num, Val); return Convert (Get_Proxy (Val)).all; end Unsafe_Proxy_Nth; --------------------- -- Unsafe_Enum_Nth -- --------------------- function Unsafe_Enum_Nth (Values : C_GValues; Num : Guint) return T is Val : GValue; begin Unsafe_Nth (Values, Num, Val); return T'Val (Get_Int (Val)); end Unsafe_Enum_Nth; function C_Gvalue_Size return Natural; pragma Import (C, C_Gvalue_Size, "ada_c_gvalue_size"); begin if GValue'Size /= C_Gvalue_Size * 8 then raise Program_Error; end if; end Glib.Values; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-png.adb���������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000005576�12533067541�016717� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo.Png is ------------------ -- Write_To_Png -- ------------------ function Write_To_Png (Surface : Cairo_Surface; Filename : String) return Cairo_Status is function C_Cairo_Surface_Write_To_Png (Surface : Cairo_Surface; Filename : System.Address) return Cairo_Status; pragma Import (C, C_Cairo_Surface_Write_To_Png, "cairo_surface_write_to_png"); S : constant String := Filename & ASCII.NUL; begin return C_Cairo_Surface_Write_To_Png (Surface, S (S'First)'Address); end Write_To_Png; --------------------- -- Create_From_Png -- --------------------- function Create_From_Png (Filename : String) return Cairo_Surface is function C_Cairo_Image_Surface_Create_From_Png (Filename : System.Address) return Cairo_Surface; pragma Import (C, C_Cairo_Image_Surface_Create_From_Png, "cairo_image_surface_create_from_png"); S : constant String := Filename & ASCII.NUL; begin return C_Cairo_Image_Surface_Create_From_Png (S (S'First)'Address); end Create_From_Png; end Cairo.Png; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-rectangle.adb�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000004604�12533067541�017536� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; package body Gdk.Rectangle is --------------- -- Intersect -- --------------- procedure Intersect (Src1 : Gdk_Rectangle; Src2 : Gdk_Rectangle; Dest : out Gdk_Rectangle; Intersect : out Boolean) is function Internal (Src1, Src2 : Gdk_Rectangle; Dest : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_rectangle_intersect"); Dest_Rec : aliased Gdk_Rectangle; begin Intersect := Internal (Src1, Src2, Dest_Rec'Address) /= 0; Dest := Dest_Rec; end Intersect; end Gdk.Rectangle; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-abstract_list_model.ads����������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000007131�12533067541�022315� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Types; with Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtkada.Abstract_Tree_Model; package Gtkada.Abstract_List_Model is type Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record is new Gtkada.Abstract_Tree_Model.Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record with null record; -- Conceptually, this is an abstract type, but this prevents the -- instantiation of Glib.Types.Implements type Gtk_Abstract_List_Model is access all Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record'Class; procedure Initialize (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record'Class); function Get_Flags (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Tree_Model_Flags; -- Return a set of flags supported by this interface. function Has_Child (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean; -- Return True if Iter has children, False otherwise. function Children (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record; Parent : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Returns the first child of Parent. function Parent (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record; Child : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; -- Returns the parent of Child. For the list it always returns Null_Iter. ---------------- -- Interfaces -- ---------------- package Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model is new Glib.Types.Implements (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model, Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record, Gtk_Abstract_List_Model); function "+" (Widget : access Gtk_Abstract_List_Model_Record'Class) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model renames Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model.To_Interface; function "-" (Interf : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Model) return Gtk_Abstract_List_Model renames Implements_Gtk_Tree_Model.To_Object; end Gtkada.Abstract_List_Model; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-style.adb������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000146733�12533067541�017432� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Numerics; use Ada.Numerics; with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Cairo; use Cairo; with Cairo.Pattern; use Cairo.Pattern; with Pango.Cairo; use Pango.Cairo; with Gdk.Cairo; use Gdk.Cairo; with Gdk.Device; use Gdk.Device; with Gdk.Device_Manager; use Gdk.Device_Manager; with Gdk.Display; use Gdk.Display; with Gdk.RGBA; use Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Screen; use Gdk.Screen; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Style_Context; use Gtk.Style_Context; with Gtk.Style; use Gtk.Style; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.Css_Provider; use Gtk.Css_Provider; with Gtk.Style_Provider; use Gtk.Style_Provider; with Pango; use Pango; with Pango.Attributes; use Pango.Attributes; with Pango.Enums; use Pango.Enums; with Pango.Font; use Pango.Font; with Pango.Layout; use Pango.Layout; package body Gtkada.Style is Dec_To_Hex : constant array (0 .. 15) of Character := (0 => '0', 1 => '1', 2 => '2', 3 => '3', 4 => '4', 5 => '5', 6 => '6', 7 => '7', 8 => '8', 9 => '9', 10 => 'A', 11 => 'B', 12 => 'C', 13 => 'D', 14 => 'E', 15 => 'F'); package Gdouble_Functions is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Gdouble); use Gdouble_Functions; procedure Setup_Layout (Self : Font_Style; Layout : not null access Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout_Record'Class; Max_Width, Max_Height : Glib.Gdouble := -1.0); -- Setup the layout for the drawing style ------------ -- To_HSV -- ------------ function To_HSV (Color : Cairo_Color) return HSV_Color is Max : constant Gdouble := Gdouble'Max (Gdouble'Max (Color.Red, Color.Green), Color.Blue); Min : constant Gdouble := Gdouble'Min (Gdouble'Min (Color.Red, Color.Green), Color.Blue); Del : constant Gdouble := Max - Min; Del_R, Del_G, Del_B : Gdouble; Ret : HSV_Color; begin Ret.V := Max; Ret.A := Color.Alpha; if Del = 0.0 then Ret.H := 0.0; Ret.S := 0.0; else Ret.S := Del / Max; Del_R := (((Max - Color.Red) / 6.0) + (Del / 2.0)) / Del; Del_G := (((Max - Color.Green) / 6.0) + (Del / 2.0)) / Del; Del_B := (((Max - Color.Blue) / 6.0) + (Del / 2.0)) / Del; if Max = Color.Red then Ret.H := Del_B - Del_G; elsif Max = Color.Green then Ret.H := (1.0 / 3.0) + Del_R - Del_B; else Ret.H := (2.0 / 3.0) + Del_G - Del_R; end if; if Ret.H < 0.0 then Ret.H := Ret.H + 1.0; end if; if Ret.H >= 1.0 then Ret.H := Ret.H - 1.0; end if; end if; return Ret; end To_HSV; ------------ -- To_HSL -- ------------ function To_HSLA (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA) return HSLA_Color is -- Algorithm from www.rapidtables.com/convert/color/rgb-to-hsl.htm Min : constant Gdouble := Gdouble'Min (Gdouble'Min (Color.Red, Color.Green), Color.Blue); Max : constant Gdouble := Gdouble'Max (Gdouble'Max (Color.Red, Color.Green), Color.Blue); Del : constant Gdouble := Max - Min; Result : HSLA_Color; begin Result.Lightness := (Max + Min) / 2.0; Result.Alpha := Color.Alpha; -- Do we have a gray ? if Del = 0.0 then Result.Hue := 0.0; Result.Saturation := 0.0; else if Result.Lightness < 0.5 then Result.Saturation := Del / (Max + Min); else Result.Saturation := Del / (2.0 - Max - Min); end if; if Color.Red = Max then Result.Hue := ((Color.Green - Color.Blue) / Del) / 6.0; elsif Color.Green = Max then Result.Hue := ((Color.Blue - Color.Red) / Del + 2.0) / 6.0; else Result.Hue := ((Color.Red - Color.Green) / Del + 4.0) / 6.0; end if; while Result.Hue < 0.0 loop Result.Hue := Result.Hue + 1.0; end loop; while Result.Hue > 1.0 loop Result.Hue := Result.Hue - 1.0; end loop; end if; return Result; end To_HSLA; ------------- -- To_RGBA -- ------------- function To_RGBA (Color : HSLA_Color) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA is -- Algorithm from http://www.easyrgb.com/ V1, V2 : Gdouble; function Hue_To_RGB (Hue : Gdouble) return Gdouble; function Hue_To_RGB (Hue : Gdouble) return Gdouble is H : Gdouble := Hue; begin if H < 0.0 then H := H + 1.0; elsif H > 1.0 then H := H - 1.0; end if; if H * 6.0 < 1.0 then return V1 + (V2 - V1) * 6.0 * H; elsif H * 2.0 < 1.0 then return V2; elsif H * 3.0 < 2.0 then return V1 + (V2 - V1) * 6.0 * (2.0 / 3.0 - H); else return V1; end if; end Hue_To_RGB; begin if Color.Saturation = 0.0 then return (Red => Color.Lightness, Green => Color.Lightness, Blue => Color.Lightness, Alpha => Color.Alpha); end if; if Color.Lightness < 0.5 then V2 := Color.Lightness * (1.0 + Color.Saturation); else V2 := (Color.Lightness + Color.Saturation) - (Color.Lightness * Color.Saturation); end if; V1 := 2.0 * Color.Lightness - V2; return (Red => Hue_To_RGB (Color.Hue + 1.0 / 3.0), Green => Hue_To_RGB (Color.Hue), Blue => Hue_To_RGB (Color.Hue - 1.0 / 3.0), Alpha => Color.Alpha); end To_RGBA; -------------- -- To_Cairo -- -------------- function To_Cairo (HSV : HSV_Color) return Cairo_Color is Var_H, Var_J, Var_1, Var_2, Var_3 : Gdouble; Ret : Cairo_Color; begin Ret.Alpha := HSV.A; if HSV.S = 0.0 then Ret.Red := HSV.V; Ret.Green := HSV.V; Ret.Blue := HSV.V; else if HSV.H = 1.0 then Var_H := 0.0; else Var_H := HSV.H * 6.0; end if; Var_J := Gdouble'Floor (Var_H); Var_1 := HSV.V * (1.0 - HSV.S); Var_2 := HSV.V * (1.0 - HSV.S * (Var_H - Var_J)); Var_3 := HSV.V * (1.0 - HSV.S * (1.0 - (Var_H - Var_J))); if Var_J = 0.0 then Ret.Red := HSV.V; Ret.Green := Var_3; Ret.Blue := Var_1; elsif Var_J = 1.0 then Ret.Red := Var_2; Ret.Green := HSV.V; Ret.Blue := Var_1; elsif Var_J = 2.0 then Ret.Red := Var_1; Ret.Green := HSV.V; Ret.Blue := Var_3; elsif Var_J = 3.0 then Ret.Red := Var_1; Ret.Green := Var_2; Ret.Blue := HSV.V; elsif Var_J = 4.0 then Ret.Red := Var_3; Ret.Green := Var_1; Ret.Blue := HSV.V; else Ret.Red := HSV.V; Ret.Green := Var_1; Ret.Blue := Var_2; end if; end if; return Ret; end To_Cairo; -------------- -- To_Cairo -- -------------- function To_Cairo (Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color) return Cairo_Color is begin return (Red => Gdouble (Gdk.Color.Red (Color)) / 65535.0, Green => Gdouble (Gdk.Color.Green (Color)) / 65535.0, Blue => Gdouble (Gdk.Color.Blue (Color)) / 65535.0, Alpha => 1.0); end To_Cairo; -------------- -- To_Cairo -- -------------- function To_Cairo (Color : Cairo_Color) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA is begin return Color; end To_Cairo; ------------ -- To_Hex -- ------------ function To_Hex (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA) return String is function To_Hex (Val : Gdouble) return String; function To_Hex (Val : Gdouble) return String is V : constant Integer := Integer (Val * 255.0); begin return Dec_To_Hex (V / 16) & Dec_To_Hex (V mod 16); end To_Hex; begin return '#' & To_Hex (Color.Red) & To_Hex (Color.Green) & To_Hex (Color.Blue); end To_Hex; ------------------- -- Complementary -- ------------------- function Complementary (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA is V : HSLA_Color := To_HSLA (Color); begin V.Hue := V.Hue + 0.5; if V.Hue > 1.0 then V.Hue := V.Hue - 1.0; end if; return To_RGBA (V); end Complementary; ---------------------- -- Shade_Or_Lighten -- ---------------------- function Shade_Or_Lighten (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; Amount : Percent := 0.4) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA is V : HSLA_Color := To_HSLA (Color); begin if V.Lightness < 0.5 then V.Lightness := Gdouble'Min (1.0, V.Lightness + Amount); -- lighten else V.Lightness := Gdouble'Max (0.0, V.Lightness - Amount); -- darken end if; return To_RGBA (V); end Shade_Or_Lighten; ----------- -- Shade -- ----------- function Shade (Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; Value : Percent) return Cairo_Color is begin return Shade (To_Cairo (Color), Value); end Shade; ----------- -- Shade -- ----------- function Shade (Color : Cairo_Color; Value : Percent) return Cairo_Color is V : HSLA_Color := To_HSLA (Color); begin V.Lightness := Gdouble'Max (0.0, V.Lightness - Value); return To_RGBA (V); end Shade; ---------------------- -- Set_Source_Color -- ---------------------- procedure Set_Source_Color (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color) is begin Cairo.Set_Source_Rgba (Cr, Color.Red, Color.Green, Color.Blue, Color.Alpha); end Set_Source_Color; ------------------------- -- Create_Rgba_Pattern -- ------------------------- function Create_Rgba_Pattern (Color : Cairo_Color) return Cairo.Cairo_Pattern is begin return Cairo.Pattern.Create_Rgba (Color.Red, Color.Green, Color.Blue, Color.Alpha); end Create_Rgba_Pattern; ----------------------- -- Rounded_Rectangle -- ----------------------- procedure Rounded_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; X, Y, W, H : Glib.Gdouble; Radius : Glib.Gdouble) is X1 : constant Gdouble := X + Radius; X2 : constant Gdouble := X + W - Radius; Y1 : constant Gdouble := Y + Radius; Y2 : constant Gdouble := Y + H - Radius; begin New_Sub_Path (Cr); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X2, Y1, Radius, -Pi / 2.0, 0.0); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X2, Y2, Radius, 0.0, Pi / 2.0); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X1, Y2, Radius, Pi / 2.0, Pi); Cairo.Arc (Cr, X1, Y1, Radius, Pi, 3.0 * Pi / 2.0); Close_Path (Cr); end Rounded_Rectangle; ----------------- -- Draw_Shadow -- ----------------- procedure Draw_Shadow (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Shadow_Type : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Shadow_Type; X, Y, Width, Height : Glib.Gint; Corner_Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0) is Hilight : Cairo_Color; Shadow : Cairo_Color; HSV : HSV_Color; Ctx : constant Gtk_Style_Context := Get_Style_Context (Widget); Border : Gtk_Border; X_Thick : Gdouble; Radius : Gdouble; dX, dY, dW, dH : Gdouble; Color : Gdk_RGBA; begin if Shadow_Type = Shadow_None then return; end if; Ctx.Get_Border (Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, Border); X_Thick := Gdouble (Border.Left + Border.Right); Ctx.Get_Background_Color (Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, Color); Cairo.Save (Cr); HSV := To_HSV (Color); HSV.V := 0.3; Shadow := To_Cairo (HSV); HSV.V := 0.9; Hilight := To_Cairo (HSV); dX := Gdouble (X) + X_Thick + 0.5; dY := Gdouble (Y) + X_Thick + 0.5; dW := Gdouble (Width) - 2.0 * X_Thick - 1.0; dH := Gdouble (Height) - 2.0 * X_Thick - 1.0; if Corner_Radius < X_Thick then Radius := X_Thick; else Radius := Corner_Radius; end if; if Shadow_Type = Shadow_Out or else Shadow_Type = Shadow_Etched_Out then Set_Line_Width (Cr, X_Thick); Set_Source_Color (Cr, Hilight); else if X_Thick < 0.5 then Set_Line_Width (Cr, 0.5); else Set_Line_Width (Cr, X_Thick); end if; Set_Source_Color (Cr, Shadow); end if; Rounded_Rectangle (Cr, dX, dY, dW, dH, Radius); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); if Shadow_Type = Shadow_Out or else Shadow_Type = Shadow_Etched_Out then if X_Thick < 0.5 then Set_Line_Width (Cr, 0.5); else Set_Line_Width (Cr, X_Thick); end if; Set_Source_Color (Cr, Shadow); else Set_Line_Width (Cr, X_Thick); Set_Source_Color (Cr, Hilight); end if; Rounded_Rectangle (Cr, dX + X_Thick, dY + X_Thick, dW - 2.0 * X_Thick, dH - 2.0 * X_Thick, Radius - X_Thick * 1.0); Cairo.Stroke (Cr); Cairo.Restore (Cr); end Draw_Shadow; -------------------- -- Draw_Rectangle -- -------------------- procedure Draw_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; Filled : Boolean; X, Y, Width, Height : Glib.Gint; Corner_Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0) is begin Draw_Rectangle (Cr, To_Cairo (Color), Filled, X, Y, Width, Height, Corner_Radius); end Draw_Rectangle; -------------------- -- Draw_Rectangle -- -------------------- procedure Draw_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color; Filled : Boolean; X, Y, Width, Height : Glib.Gint; Corner_Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0) is dX, dY, dW, dH : Gdouble; Line_Width : Gdouble; begin dX := Gdouble (X); dY := Gdouble (Y); dW := Gdouble (Width); dH := Gdouble (Height); if not Filled then Line_Width := Get_Line_Width (Cr) / 2.0; dX := dX + Line_Width; dY := dY + Line_Width; dW := dW - 2.0 * Line_Width; dH := dH - 2.0 * Line_Width; end if; if Corner_Radius = 0.0 then Rectangle (Cr, dX, dY, dW, dH); else Rounded_Rectangle (Cr, dX, dY, dW, dH, Corner_Radius); end if; Set_Source_Color (Cr, Color); if Filled then Cairo.Fill (Cr); else Stroke (Cr); end if; end Draw_Rectangle; --------------- -- Draw_Line -- --------------- procedure Draw_Line (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : Glib.Gint) is begin Draw_Line (Cr, To_Cairo (Color), X1, Y1, X2, Y2); end Draw_Line; --------------- -- Draw_Line -- --------------- procedure Draw_Line (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : Glib.Gint) is Line_Width : Gdouble; begin Set_Source_Color (Cr, Color); Line_Width := Get_Line_Width (Cr) / 2.0; Move_To (Cr, Gdouble (X1) + Line_Width, Gdouble (Y1) + Line_Width); Line_To (Cr, Gdouble (X2) + Line_Width, Gdouble (Y2) + Line_Width); Stroke (Cr); end Draw_Line; ----------------- -- Draw_Layout -- ----------------- procedure Draw_Layout (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; X, Y : Glib.Gint; Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout) is begin Draw_Layout (Cr, To_Cairo (Color), X, Y, Layout); end Draw_Layout; ----------------- -- Draw_Layout -- ----------------- procedure Draw_Layout (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color; X, Y : Glib.Gint; Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout) is begin Set_Source_Color (Cr, Color); Move_To (Cr, Gdouble (X), Gdouble (Y)); Pango.Cairo.Show_Layout (Cr, Layout); end Draw_Layout; ----------------- -- Draw_Pixbuf -- ----------------- procedure Draw_Pixbuf (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Pixbuf : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; X, Y : Glib.Gint) is begin Gdk.Cairo.Set_Source_Pixbuf (Cr, Pixbuf, Gdouble (X), Gdouble (Y)); Cairo.Paint (Cr); end Draw_Pixbuf; -------------- -- Snapshot -- -------------- function Snapshot (Widget : not null access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Cairo.Cairo_Surface is Ctx : Cairo_Context; Surface : Cairo_Surface; Color : Gdk_RGBA; Window_Provider : Gtk_Widget := Gtk_Widget (Widget); begin Surface := Gdk.Window.Create_Similar_Surface (Self => Get_Window (Widget), Content => Cairo_Content_Color, Width => Get_Allocated_Width (Widget), Height => Get_Allocated_Height (Widget)); while Window_Provider /= null and then not Window_Provider.Get_Has_Window loop Window_Provider := Window_Provider.Get_Parent; end loop; if Window_Provider /= null then Get_Style_Context (Window_Provider).Get_Background_Color (Gtk_State_Flag_Normal, Color); end if; Ctx := Create (Surface); Set_Source_RGBA (Ctx, Color); Paint (Ctx); Draw (Widget, Ctx); -- Capture current rendering Destroy (Ctx); return Surface; end Snapshot; ------------------- -- Load_Css_File -- ------------------- procedure Load_Css_File (Path : String; Error : access procedure (Str : String) := null; Priority : Gtk.Style_Provider.Priority) is Css : Gtk_Css_Provider; Display : Gdk_Display; Screen : Gdk_Screen; Err : aliased GError; begin Gtk_New (Css); if not Css.Load_From_Path (Path, Err'Access) then if Error /= null then Error (Get_Message (Err)); end if; else Display := Get_Default; Screen := Get_Default_Screen (Display); Gtk.Style_Context.Add_Provider_For_Screen (Screen, +Css, Priority => Priority); end if; Unref (Css); end Load_Css_File; --------------------- -- Load_Css_String -- --------------------- procedure Load_Css_String (Data : String; Error : access procedure (Str : String) := null; Priority : Gtk.Style_Provider.Priority) is Css : Gtk_Css_Provider; Display : Gdk_Display; Screen : Gdk_Screen; Err : aliased GError; begin Gtk_New (Css); if not Css.Load_From_Data (Data, Err'Access) then if Error /= null then Error (Get_Message (Err)); end if; else Display := Get_Default; Screen := Get_Default_Screen (Display); Gtk.Style_Context.Add_Provider_For_Screen (Screen, +Css, Priority => Priority); end if; Unref (Css); end Load_Css_String; ---------------- -- Get_Offset -- ---------------- procedure Get_Offset (Window : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Parent : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; X, Y : out Gint) is Parent_Win : constant Gdk_Window := Parent.Get_Window; Win : Gdk_Window := Window.Get_Window; Wx, Wy : Gint; begin X := 0; Y := 0; while Win /= null and then Win /= Parent_Win loop Gdk.Window.Get_Position (Win, Wx, Wy); X := X + Wx; Y := Y + Wy; Win := Gdk.Window.Get_Parent (Win); end loop; end Get_Offset; ------------------ -- Draw_Overlay -- ------------------ procedure Draw_Overlay (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Overlay : in out Cairo.Cairo_Surface; Do_Draw : not null access procedure (Context : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Draw : Boolean)) is Toplevel : constant Gtk_Widget := Widget.Get_Toplevel; X, Y : Gint := 0; -- location of Split relative to Toplevel Top_Win : constant Gdk_Window := Toplevel.Get_Window; Hide_Previous : Boolean := True; begin Get_Offset (Widget, Toplevel, X, Y); -- Save the display of the toplevel window, so that we can easily -- erase the resize handle later. We cannot capture Split only, -- because that would not include a background color if Split does -- not have a window. -- ??? Apparently, we need to redraw once, we can't simply capture -- the screen. There might be a way using: -- pixbuf = gtk.gdk.Pixbuf(gtk.gdk.COLORSPACE_RGB, False, 9, w, h) -- shot = pixbuf.get_from_drawable(win.window, win.get_colormap(), -- 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h) if Overlay = Null_Surface then declare Cr2 : Cairo_Context; begin Overlay := Gdk.Window.Create_Similar_Surface (Self => Top_Win, Content => Cairo_Content_Color, Width => Toplevel.Get_Allocated_Width, Height => Toplevel.Get_Allocated_Height); Cr2 := Create (Overlay); Reset_Clip (Cr2); -- ??? Optimization: we could translate and clip Cr2, so that -- only the part of Toplevel corresponding to Split is actually -- stored in Split.Overlay. -- Cairo.Rectangle -- (Cr2, -- Gdouble (X - 5), Gdouble (Y - 5), -- Gdouble (Get_Allocated_Width (Split) + 10), -- Gdouble (Get_Allocated_Height (Split) + 10)); -- Cairo.Clip (Cr2); Draw (Toplevel, Cr2); Destroy (Cr2); Hide_Previous := False; end; end if; declare -- The call to Gdk.Cairo.Create returns a new cairo_context which -- is clipped. Drawing on it would in fact show nothing below the -- child windows. One way to create a usable context would be to -- use: -- Surf : constant Cairo_Surface := Cairo.Get_Target (Cr); -- Cr3 : constant Cairo_Context := Create (Surf); -- But in fact it seems we can safely call Reset_Clip instead on -- the context. Cr : constant Cairo_Context := Gdk.Cairo.Create (Top_Win); begin Reset_Clip (Cr); -- draw on top of child windows Translate (Cr, Gdouble (X), Gdouble (Y)); if Hide_Previous then Cairo.Save (Cr); -- Position is x_dest - x_src, y_dest - y_src -- Where x_dest is the location at which we are drawing -- within the target cairo_context, i.e. X + Handle_X -- and x_src is the location within the overlay from which -- we are copying, ie X + Handle_X -- However, this position does not take into account the -- translation of the context, so we have to compensate. Set_Source_Surface (Cr, Overlay, -Gdouble (X), -Gdouble (Y)); Set_Operator (Cr, Cairo_Operator_Source); Do_Draw (Cr, Draw => False); Cairo.Restore (Cr); end if; Do_Draw (Cr, Draw => True); Cairo.Destroy (Cr); end; end Draw_Overlay; -------------------- -- Delete_Overlay -- -------------------- procedure Delete_Overlay (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Overlay : in out Cairo.Cairo_Surface) is begin if Overlay /= Null_Surface then Surface_Destroy (Overlay); Overlay := Null_Surface; -- Force a redraw Gdk.Window.Invalidate_Rect (Widget.Get_Window, (0, 0, Widget.Get_Allocated_Width, Widget.Get_Allocated_Height), True); end if; end Delete_Overlay; ------------- -- Lighten -- ------------- function Lighten (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; Amount : Percent) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA is V : HSLA_Color := To_HSLA (Color); begin V.Lightness := Gdouble'Min (1.0, V.Lightness + Amount); return To_RGBA (V); end Lighten; ---------------------- -- Get_First_Device -- ---------------------- function Get_First_Device (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Source : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Input_Source) return Gdk.Device.Gdk_Device is use Device_List; Screen : constant Gdk_Screen := Widget.Get_Screen; Mgr : constant Gdk_Device_Manager := Get_Device_Manager (Screen.Get_Display); L : Device_List.Glist := Mgr.List_Devices (Gdk_Device_Type_Master); L2 : Device_List.Glist := L; Device : Gdk_Device; begin while L2 /= Device_List.Null_List loop Device := Device_List.Get_Data (L2); if Device.Get_Source = Source then Device_List.Free (L); return Device; end if; L2 := Device_List.Next (L2); end loop; Device_List.Free (L); return null; end Get_First_Device; ------------- -- Gtk_New -- ------------- function Gtk_New (Stroke : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA; Fill : Cairo.Cairo_Pattern := Cairo.Null_Pattern; Font : Font_Style := Default_Font; Line_Width : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; Dashes : Cairo.Dash_Array := Cairo.No_Dashes; Arrow_From : Arrow_Style := No_Arrow_Style; Arrow_To : Arrow_Style := No_Arrow_Style; Symbol_From : Symbol_Style := No_Symbol; Symbol_To : Symbol_Style := No_Symbol; Shadow : Shadow_Style := No_Shadow; Sloppy : Boolean := False) return Drawing_Style is Data : constant Drawing_Style_Data_Access := new Drawing_Style_Data' (Refcount => 1, Stroke => Stroke, Fill => Null_Pattern, Font => Font, Line_Width => Line_Width, Dashes => null, Arrow_From => Arrow_From, Arrow_To => Arrow_To, Symbol_From => Symbol_From, Symbol_To => Symbol_To, Shadow => Shadow, Sloppy => Sloppy); begin if Fill /= Null_Pattern then Data.Fill := Reference (Fill); end if; if Dashes'Length > 0 then Data.Dashes := new Dash_Array'(Dashes); end if; if Font.Name = null then if Sloppy then Data.Font.Name := From_String ("Comic Sans MS 14"); else Data.Font.Name := From_String ("sans 14"); end if; end if; return (Ada.Finalization.Controlled with Data => Data); end Gtk_New; ------------ -- Adjust -- ------------ overriding procedure Adjust (Self : in out Drawing_Style) is begin if Self.Data /= null then Self.Data.Refcount := Self.Data.Refcount + 1; end if; end Adjust; -------------- -- Finalize -- -------------- overriding procedure Finalize (Self : in out Drawing_Style) is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Dash_Array, Dash_Array_Access); D : constant Drawing_Style_Data_Access := Self.Data; begin Self.Data := null; -- make idempotent if D /= null then D.Refcount := D.Refcount - 1; if D.Refcount = 0 then Unchecked_Free (D.Dashes); if D.Fill /= Null_Pattern then Destroy (D.Fill); end if; if D.Font.Name /= null then Free (D.Font.Name); end if; end if; end if; end Finalize; --------------- -- Path_Rect -- --------------- function Path_Rect (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble; Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0) return Boolean is begin if Self.Data = null or else (Width = 0.0 and then Height = 0.0) then return False; elsif Radius <= 0.001 or else Self.Data.Sloppy then if Self.Data.Sloppy then return Path_Polyline (Self, Cr, ((Topleft.X, Topleft.Y), (Topleft.X + Width, Topleft.Y), (Topleft.X + Width, Topleft.Y + Height), (Topleft.X, Topleft.Y + Height)), Close => True); else New_Path (Cr); Cairo.Rectangle (Cr, Topleft.X, Topleft.Y, Width, Height); end if; else Rounded_Rectangle (Cr, Topleft.X, Topleft.Y, Width, Height, Radius); end if; return True; end Path_Rect; --------------- -- Draw_Rect -- --------------- procedure Draw_Rect (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble; Radius : Gdouble := 0.0) is begin if Path_Rect (Self, Cr, Topleft, Width, Height, Radius) then Finish_Path (Self, Cr); end if; end Draw_Rect; ------------------ -- Path_Ellipse -- ------------------ function Path_Ellipse (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble) return Boolean is begin if Self.Data /= null then Save (Cr); Translate (Cr, Topleft.X + Width / 2.0, Topleft.Y + Height / 2.0); Scale (Cr, Width / 2.0, Height / 2.0); Arc (Cr, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 2.0 * Ada.Numerics.Pi); Restore (Cr); -- before we do the stroke, or line is too large return True; end if; return False; end Path_Ellipse; ------------------ -- Draw_Ellipse -- ------------------ procedure Draw_Ellipse (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble) is begin if Path_Ellipse (Self, Cr, Topleft, Width, Height) then Self.Finish_Path (Cr); end if; end Draw_Ellipse; ------------------- -- Path_Polyline -- ------------------- function Path_Polyline (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Relative : Boolean := False) return Boolean is Sloppy_Deviation : constant Gdouble := 0.3; -- This variable controls the amount of deviation from a straight line -- that a sloppy line uses. Using a random number instead of a constant -- does not change the rendering much, is slower to draw, and makes it -- hard to hide the line during a drag-and-drop operation procedure Sloppy_Line (From, To : Point); -- Draw a sloppy line between the two points procedure Sloppy_Line (From, To : Point) is Xc1, Xc2 : Gdouble; Yc1, Yc2 : Gdouble; Deltax, Deltay, Length, Offset : Gdouble; begin Deltax := To.X - From.X; Deltay := To.Y - From.Y; Length := Sqrt (Deltax * Deltax + Deltay * Deltay); Offset := Gdouble'Min (Length / 40.0, 20.0); Deltax := Sloppy_Deviation * Deltax + Offset; Deltay := Sloppy_Deviation * Deltay + Offset; Xc1 := From.X + Deltax; Yc1 := From.Y + Deltay; Xc2 := To.X - Deltax; Yc2 := To.Y - Deltay; Curve_To (Cr, Xc1, Yc1, Xc2, Yc2, To.X, To.Y); end Sloppy_Line; Current, Next : Point; begin if Points'Length < 2 then return False; end if; New_Path (Cr); Move_To (Cr, Points (Points'First).X, Points (Points'First).Y); if Self.Data /= null and then Self.Data.Sloppy then if Relative then Current := Points (Points'First); for P in Points'First + 1 .. Points'Last loop Next := (Current.X + Points (P).X, Current.Y + Points (P).Y); Sloppy_Line (Current, Next); Current := Next; end loop; if Close or else Self.Data.Fill /= Cairo.Null_Pattern then Sloppy_Line (Current, Points (Points'First)); -- Manually draw line back to the first point Close_Path (Cr); end if; else for P in Points'First + 1 .. Points'Last loop Sloppy_Line (Points (P - 1), Points (P)); end loop; if Close or else Self.Data.Fill /= Cairo.Null_Pattern then Sloppy_Line (Points (Points'Last), Points (Points'First)); -- Manually draw line back to the first point Close_Path (Cr); end if; end if; else for P in Points'First + 1 .. Points'Last loop if Relative then Rel_Line_To (Cr, Points (P).X, Points (P).Y); else Line_To (Cr, Points (P).X, Points (P).Y); end if; end loop; if Close or else (Self.Data /= null and then Self.Data.Fill /= Cairo.Null_Pattern) then Close_Path (Cr); end if; end if; return True; end Path_Polyline; ------------------- -- Draw_Polyline -- ------------------- procedure Draw_Polyline (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Show_Arrows : Boolean := True; Relative : Boolean := False) is begin if Path_Polyline (Self, Cr, Points, Close, Relative) then Finish_Path (Self, Cr); if Self.Data /= null and then Show_Arrows then Self.Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Cr, Points, Relative => Relative); end if; end if; end Draw_Polyline; -------------------- -- Path_Polycurve -- -------------------- function Path_Polycurve (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False) return Boolean is P : Integer; begin if Self.Data = null or else Points'Length < 4 then return False; end if; New_Path (Cr); Move_To (Cr, Points (Points'First).X, Points (Points'First).Y); P := Points'First; while P + 3 <= Points'Last loop if Relative then Rel_Curve_To (Cr, Points (P + 1).X, Points (P + 1).Y, Points (P + 2).X, Points (P + 2).Y, Points (P + 3).X, Points (P + 3).Y); else Curve_To (Cr, Points (P + 1).X, Points (P + 1).Y, Points (P + 2).X, Points (P + 2).Y, Points (P + 3).X, Points (P + 3).Y); end if; P := P + 3; end loop; return True; end Path_Polycurve; -------------------- -- Draw_Polycurve -- -------------------- procedure Draw_Polycurve (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Show_Arrows : Boolean := True; Relative : Boolean := False) is begin if Path_Polycurve (Self, Cr, Points) then Finish_Path (Self, Cr); if Show_Arrows then Self.Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Cr, Points, Relative => Relative); end if; end if; end Draw_Polycurve; ----------------------------- -- Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols -- ----------------------------- procedure Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False) is procedure Draw_Arrow (Self : Arrow_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; To : Point; Angle : Gdouble); -- Draw an arrow at the end of the line from Start to To, with the given -- style. procedure Draw_Symbol (S : Symbol_Style; P : Point); -- Draw the symbol at the end of the line procedure Draw_Symbol (S : Symbol_Style; P : Point) is begin case S.Name is when None => null; when Cross => Save (Cr); New_Path (Cr); Move_To (Cr, P.X - 4.0, P.Y - 4.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 8.0, 8.0); Move_To (Cr, P.X - 4.0, P.Y + 4.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 8.0, -8.0); Set_Source_Color (Cr, S.Stroke); Set_Line_Width (Cr, S.Line_Width); Stroke (Cr); Restore (Cr); when Strike => Save (Cr); Set_Line_Width (Cr, S.Line_Width); New_Path (Cr); Move_To (Cr, P.X - 6.0, P.Y + 6.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 12.0, -12.0); Set_Source_Color (Cr, S.Stroke); Set_Line_Width (Cr, S.Line_Width); Stroke (Cr); Restore (Cr); when Double_Strike => Save (Cr); Set_Line_Width (Cr, S.Line_Width); New_Path (Cr); Move_To (Cr, P.X - 6.0, P.Y + 6.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 12.0, -12.0); Move_To (Cr, P.X - 4.0 + Self.Get_Line_Width, P.Y + 6.0); Rel_Line_To (Cr, 12.0, -12.0); Set_Source_Color (Cr, S.Stroke); Set_Line_Width (Cr, S.Line_Width); Stroke (Cr); Restore (Cr); end case; end Draw_Symbol; ---------------- -- Draw_Arrow -- ---------------- procedure Draw_Arrow (Self : Arrow_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; To : Point; Angle : Gdouble) is X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X4, Y4, TX, TY : Gdouble; begin if Self.Head = None then return; end if; Set_Line_Width (Cr, Self.Line_Width); TX := To.X + (Get_Line_Width (Cr) - 0.5) * Cos (Angle); TY := To.Y + (Get_Line_Width (Cr) - 0.5) * Sin (Angle); X1 := To.X + Self.Length * Cos (Angle - Self.Angle); Y1 := To.Y + Self.Length * Sin (Angle - Self.Angle); X2 := To.X + Self.Length * Cos (Angle + Self.Angle); Y2 := To.Y + Self.Length * Sin (Angle + Self.Angle); case Self.Head is when None => null; when Open => Save (Cr); New_Path (Cr); Move_To (Cr, X1, Y1); Line_To (Cr, TX, TY); Line_To (Cr, X2, Y2); Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Stroke); Stroke (Cr); Restore (Cr); when Solid => Save (Cr); New_Path (Cr); Move_To (Cr, X1, Y1); Line_To (Cr, TX, TY); Line_To (Cr, X2, Y2); Close_Path (Cr); if Self.Stroke /= Null_RGBA then Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Stroke); Stroke_Preserve (Cr); end if; if Self.Fill /= Null_RGBA then Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Fill); Cairo.Fill (Cr); end if; Restore (Cr); when Diamond => X4 := X1 + Self.Length * Cos (Angle + Self.Angle); Y4 := Y1 + Self.Length * Sin (Angle + Self.Angle); Save (Cr); Move_To (Cr, X1, Y1); Line_To (Cr, TX, TY); Line_To (Cr, X2, Y2); Line_To (Cr, X4, Y4); Close_Path (Cr); if Self.Stroke /= Null_RGBA then Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Stroke); Stroke_Preserve (Cr); end if; if Self.Fill /= Null_RGBA then Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Fill); Cairo.Fill (Cr); end if; Restore (Cr); when Circle => Save (Cr); Arc (Cr, Xc => To.X, Yc => To.Y, Radius => Self.Length, Angle1 => 0.0, Angle2 => 2.0 * Pi); if Self.Stroke /= Null_RGBA then Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Stroke); Stroke_Preserve (Cr); end if; if Self.Fill /= Null_RGBA then Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Fill); Cairo.Fill (Cr); end if; Restore (Cr); end case; end Draw_Arrow; X2, Y2, Angle : Gdouble; To : Point; begin if Self.Data.Symbol_From /= No_Symbol or else Self.Data.Arrow_From.Head /= None then if Relative then Angle := Pi + Arctan (Y => -Points (Points'First + 1).Y, X => -Points (Points'First + 1).X); else Angle := Pi + Arctan (Y => Points (Points'First).Y - Points (Points'First + 1).Y, X => Points (Points'First).X - Points (Points'First + 1).X); end if; if Self.Data.Symbol_From /= No_Symbol then X2 := Points (Points'First).X + Self.Data.Symbol_From.Distance * Cos (Angle); Y2 := Points (Points'First).Y + Self.Data.Symbol_From.Distance * Sin (Angle); Draw_Symbol (Self.Data.Symbol_From, (X2, Y2)); end if; if Self.Data.Arrow_From.Head /= None then Draw_Arrow (Self.Data.Arrow_From, Cr, To => Points (Points'First), Angle => Angle); end if; end if; if Self.Data.Symbol_To /= No_Symbol or else Self.Data.Arrow_To.Head /= None then if Relative then To := Points (Points'First); for W in Points'First + 1 .. Points'Last loop To := (To.X + Points (W).X, To.Y + Points (W).Y); end loop; Angle := Pi + Arctan (Y => Points (Points'Last).Y, X => Points (Points'Last).X); else To := Points (Points'Last); Angle := Pi + Arctan (Y => To.Y - Points (Points'Last - 1).Y, X => To.X - Points (Points'Last - 1).X); end if; if Self.Data.Symbol_To /= No_Symbol then X2 := To.X + Self.Data.Symbol_To.Distance * Cos (Angle); Y2 := To.Y + Self.Data.Symbol_To.Distance * Sin (Angle); Draw_Symbol (Self.Data.Symbol_To, (X2, Y2)); end if; if Self.Data.Arrow_To.Head /= None then Draw_Arrow (Self.Data.Arrow_To, Cr, To => To, Angle => Angle); end if; end if; end Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols; ------------------ -- Setup_Layout -- ------------------ procedure Setup_Layout (Self : Font_Style; Layout : not null access Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout_Record'Class; Max_Width, Max_Height : Glib.Gdouble := -1.0) is Attr : Pango_Attr_List; begin Gdk_New (Attr); Attr.Insert (Attr_Underline_New (Self.Underline)); Attr.Insert (Attr_Foreground_New (Guint16 (Gdouble (Guint16'Last) * Self.Color.Red), Guint16 (Gdouble (Guint16'Last) * Self.Color.Green), Guint16 (Gdouble (Guint16'Last) * Self.Color.Blue))); Attr.Insert (Attr_Strikethrough_New (Self.Strikethrough)); Layout.Set_Attributes (Attr); Layout.Set_Alignment (Self.Halign); if Self.Name /= null then Layout.Set_Font_Description (Self.Name); end if; if Max_Height > 0.0 then Layout.Set_Height (Gint (Max_Height + 1.0) * Pango_Scale); else Layout.Set_Height (-1); end if; if Max_Width > 0.0 then Layout.Set_Width (Gint (Max_Width + 1.0) * Pango_Scale); else Layout.Set_Width (-1); end if; Layout.Set_Spacing (Self.Line_Spacing); -- spacing between lines Unref (Attr); Layout.Context_Changed; end Setup_Layout; ------------------ -- Measure_Text -- ------------------ procedure Measure_Text (Self : Drawing_Style; Layout : not null access Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout_Record'Class; Text : String; Width : out Glib.Gdouble; Height : out Glib.Gdouble) is Ink_Rect, Logical_Rect : Pango_Rectangle; begin if Self.Data /= null and then Self.Data.Font.Name /= null then Setup_Layout (Self.Data.Font, Layout); Layout.Set_Ellipsize (Ellipsize_None); Layout.Set_Text (Text); Layout.Get_Extents (Ink_Rect, Logical_Rect); Width := Gdouble (Logical_Rect.Width) / Gdouble (Pango_Scale); Height := Gdouble (Logical_Rect.Height) / Gdouble (Pango_Scale); else Width := 0.0; Height := 0.0; end if; end Measure_Text; --------------- -- Draw_Text -- --------------- procedure Draw_Text (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Layout : not null access Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout_Record'Class; Topleft : Point; Text : String; Max_Width : Glib.Gdouble := Glib.Gdouble'First; Max_Height : Glib.Gdouble := Glib.Gdouble'First) is begin if Self.Data /= null and then Self.Data.Font.Name /= null then Setup_Layout (Self.Data.Font, Layout, Max_Width, Max_Height); Layout.Set_Ellipsize (Ellipsize_End); Layout.Set_Text (Text); Move_To (Cr, Topleft.X, Topleft.Y); Show_Layout (Cr, Pango_Layout (Layout)); New_Path (Cr); end if; end Draw_Text; ----------------- -- Finish_Path -- ----------------- procedure Finish_Path (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Clear_Path : Boolean := True) is begin Save (Cr); if Self.Data /= null then Set_Line_Width (Cr, Self.Data.Line_Width); end if; if Self.Data /= null and then Self.Data.Fill /= Cairo.Null_Pattern then -- for shadows: -- When using Cairo 1.13, we should use cairo_set_shadow_* -- instead. -- For now, we can't draw shadows, because Translate does not -- apply to an existing path, so the shadow would in effect be -- displayed below the object, and thus be invisible. Set_Source (Cr, Self.Data.Fill); Fill_Preserve (Cr); end if; if Self.Data = null then Set_Source_Color (Cr, Default_Style.Stroke); if Clear_Path then Stroke (Cr); else Stroke_Preserve (Cr); end if; elsif Self.Data.Stroke /= Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA then if Self.Data.Dashes /= null then Set_Dash (Cr, Self.Data.Dashes.all, 0.0); end if; Set_Source_Color (Cr, Self.Data.Stroke); if Clear_Path then Stroke (Cr); else Stroke_Preserve (Cr); end if; elsif Clear_Path then New_Path (Cr); -- clear existing path end if; Restore (Cr); end Finish_Path; -------------------- -- Get_Arrow_From -- -------------------- function Get_Arrow_From (Self : Drawing_Style) return Arrow_Style is begin if Self.Data = null then return Default_Style.Arrow_From; else return Self.Data.Arrow_From; end if; end Get_Arrow_From; ------------------ -- Get_Arrow_To -- ------------------ function Get_Arrow_To (Self : Drawing_Style) return Arrow_Style is begin if Self.Data = null then return Default_Style.Arrow_To; else return Self.Data.Arrow_To; end if; end Get_Arrow_To; ---------------- -- Get_Stroke -- ---------------- function Get_Stroke (Self : Drawing_Style) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA is begin if Self.Data = null then return Default_Style.Stroke; else return Self.Data.Stroke; end if; end Get_Stroke; -------------------- -- Get_Line_Width -- -------------------- function Get_Line_Width (Self : Drawing_Style) return Glib.Gdouble is begin if Self.Data = null then return Default_Style.Line_Width; else return Self.Data.Line_Width; end if; end Get_Line_Width; -------------- -- Get_Font -- -------------- function Get_Font (Self : Drawing_Style) return Font_Style is begin if Self.Data = null then return Default_Style.Font; else return Self.Data.Font; end if; end Get_Font; -------------- -- Get_Fill -- -------------- function Get_Fill (Self : Drawing_Style) return Cairo.Cairo_Pattern is begin if Self.Data = null then return Default_Style.Fill; else return Self.Data.Fill; end if; end Get_Fill; ---------------- -- Get_Shadow -- ---------------- function Get_Shadow (Self : Drawing_Style) return Shadow_Style is begin if Self.Data = null then return Default_Style.Shadow; else return Self.Data.Shadow; end if; end Get_Shadow; -------------- -- Set_Fill -- -------------- procedure Set_Fill (Self : Drawing_Style; Fill : Cairo.Cairo_Pattern := Cairo.Null_Pattern) is begin if Self.Data /= null then Self.Data.Fill := Fill; end if; end Set_Fill; ---------------- -- Set_Stroke -- ---------------- procedure Set_Stroke (Self : Drawing_Style; Stroke : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA) is begin if Self.Data /= null then Self.Data.Stroke := Stroke; end if; end Set_Stroke; end Gtkada.Style; �������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-pixmaps.ads����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000021124�12533067541�017756� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- This package provides a collection of "standard" pixmaps -- -- </description> with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Gtkada.Types; package Gtkada.Pixmaps is function "+" (Str : in String) return Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr renames Interfaces.C.Strings.New_String; Warning_Xpm : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := -- Provide a yellow exclamation point (+"32 32 7 1", -- colors +". c #000000", +"# c #808000", +"a c #000080", +"b c none g none m none s Background", +"c c #808080", +"d c #f8fc00", +"e c #f8fcf8", -- pixels +"bbbbbbbbbbbbb###bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbbbb#ddb.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbbb#ddddb.cbbbbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbbb#ddddd.ccbbbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbb#ddddddb.ccbbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbb#ddddddd.ccbbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbb#ddddddddb.ccbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbb#ddddddddd.ccbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbb#ddddddddddb.ccbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbb#dddb...bddd.ccbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbb#dddd.....dddb.ccbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbb#dddd.....dddd.ccbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbb#ddddd.....ddddb.ccbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbb#ddddd.....ddddd.ccbbbbbbb", +"bbbbb#dddddd.....dddddb.ccbbbbbb", +"bbbbb#dddddd#...#dddddd.ccbbbbbb", +"bbbb#dddddddb...bddddddb.ccbbbbb", +"bbbb#dddddddd...dddddddd.ccbbbbb", +"bbb#ddddddddd#.#ddddddddb.ccbbbb", +"bbb#dddddddddb.bddddddddd.ccbbbb", +"bb#ddddddddddd.ddddddddddb.ccbbb", +"bb#ddddddddddddddddddddddd.ccbbb", +"b#dddddddddddb..bdddddddddb.ccbb", +"b#ddddddddddd....dddddddddd.ccbb", +"#dddddddddddd....ddddddddddb.ccb", +"#ddddddddddddb..bddddddddddd.ccb", +"#ddddddddddddddddddddddddddd.ccc", +"#ddddddddddddddddddddddddddb.ccc", +"b#ddddddddddddddddddddddddb.cccc", +"bb#........................ccccc", +"bbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccb", +"bbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccbb"); Error_Xpm : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := -- Provide a red stop sign (+"32 32 7 1", -- colors +". c #000000", +"# c #800000", +"a c #000080", +"b c none g none m none s Background", +"c c #808080", +"d c #f80000", +"e c #f8fcf8", -- pixels +"bbbbbbbbbbb########bbbbbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbb###dddddddd###bbbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbb#dddddddddddddd#bbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbb##dddddddddddddddd##bbbbbbb", +"bbbb#dddddddddddddddddddd#bbbbbb", +"bbb#dddddddddddddddddddddd#bbbbb", +"bbb#dddddddddddddddddddddd#cbbbb", +"bb#ddddddeddddddddddedddddd#cbbb", +"b#ddddddeeeddddddddeeedddddd#bbb", +"b#dddddeeeeeddddddeeeeeddddd#cbb", +"b#ddddddeeeeeddddeeeeedddddd#ccb", +"#ddddddddeeeeeddeeeeedddddddd#cb", +"#dddddddddeeeeeeeeeeddddddddd#cb", +"#ddddddddddeeeeeeeedddddddddd#cc", +"#dddddddddddeeeeeeddddddddddd#cc", +"#dddddddddddeeeeeeddddddddddd#cc", +"#ddddddddddeeeeeeeedddddddddd#cc", +"#dddddddddeeeeeeeeeeddddddddd#cc", +"#ddddddddeeeeeddeeeeedddddddd#cc", +"b#ddddddeeeeeddddeeeeedddddd#ccc", +"b#dddddeeeeeddddddeeeeeddddd#ccc", +"b#ddddddeeeddddddddeeedddddd#ccb", +"bb#ddddddeddddddddddedddddd#cccb", +"bbb#dddddddddddddddddddddd#ccccb", +"bbb#dddddddddddddddddddddd#cccbb", +"bbbb#dddddddddddddddddddd#cccbbb", +"bbbbb##dddddddddddddddd##ccccbbb", +"bbbbbbc#dddddddddddddd#cccccbbbb", +"bbbbbbbc###dddddddd###cccccbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbcc########ccccccbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccbbbbbbbb", +"bbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccbbbbbbbbbbb"); Information_Xpm : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := -- Provide a blue "i" sign (+"32 32 6 1", -- colors +". c #000000", +"# c #000080", +"a c none g none m none s Background", +"b c #808080", +"c c #0000f8", +"d c #f8fcf8", -- pixels +"aaaaaaaaaaabbbbbbbbaaaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaabbbaddddddabbbaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaabbaddddddddddddabbaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaabaddddddddddddddddabaaaaaaa", +"aaaabdddddddaccccaddddddd.aaaaaa", +"aaabddddddddccccccdddddddd.aaaaa", +"aabdddddddddccccccddddddddd.aaaa", +"abadddddddddaccccaddddddddda.aaa", +"abdddddddddddddddddddddddddd.baa", +"badddddddddddddddddddddddddda.ba", +"bddddddddddcccccccddddddddddd.ba", +"bddddddddddddcccccddddddddddd.bb", +"bddddddddddddcccccddddddddddd.bb", +"bddddddddddddcccccddddddddddd.bb", +"bddddddddddddcccccddddddddddd.bb", +"badddddddddddcccccdddddddddda.bb", +"abdddddddddddcccccdddddddddd.bbb", +"abaddddddddddcccccddddddddda.bbb", +"aabddddddddcccccccccddddddd.bbba", +"aaa.dddddddddddddddddddddd.bbbba", +"aaaa.dddddddddddddddddddd.bbbbaa", +"aaaaa.adddddddddddddddda.bbbbaaa", +"aaaaaa..adddddddddddda..bbbbaaaa", +"aaaaaaab...adddddda...bbbbbaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaabbb...addd.bbbbbbbaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaabbbb.ddd.bbbbbaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaab.ddd.bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa.dd.bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa.d.bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa..bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaa"); Confirmation_Xpm : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := -- Provide a blue question mark (+"32 32 6 1", -- colors +". c #000000", +"# c #000080", +"a c none g none m none s Background", +"b c #808080", +"c c #0000f8", +"d c #f8fcf8", -- pixels +"aaaaaaaaaaabbbbbbbbaaaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaabbbaddddddabbbaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaabbaddddddddddddabbaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaabaddddddddddddddddabaaaaaaa", +"aaaabdddddddddddddddddddd.aaaaaa", +"aaabdddddddaccccccaddddddd.aaaaa", +"aabdddddddacaddccccaddddddd.aaaa", +"abadddddddccddddccccddddddda.aaa", +"abddddddddccccddccccdddddddd.baa", +"baddddddddccccdaccccdddddddda.ba", +"bdddddddddaccadccccdddddddddd.ba", +"bdddddddddddddacccddddddddddd.bb", +"bdddddddddddddcccdddddddddddd.bb", +"bdddddddddddddccadddddddddddd.bb", +"bdddddddddddddccddddddddddddd.bb", +"badddddddddddddddddddddddddda.bb", +"abdddddddddddaccaddddddddddd.bbb", +"abaddddddddddccccdddddddddda.bbb", +"aabddddddddddccccdddddddddd.bbba", +"aaa.dddddddddaccaddddddddd.bbbba", +"aaaa.dddddddddddddddddddd.bbbbaa", +"aaaaa.adddddddddddddddda.bbbbaaa", +"aaaaaa..adddddddddddda..bbbbaaaa", +"aaaaaaab...adddddda...bbbbbaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaabbb...addd.bbbbbbbaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaabbbb.ddd.bbbbbaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaab.ddd.bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa.dd.bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa.d.bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa..bbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbbaaaaaaaaaaa", +"aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaabbaaaaaaaaaaa"); end Gtkada.Pixmaps; ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada.ads������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000003556�12533067541�016310� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- This is the parent package for the GtkAda specific units. -- -- </description> package Gtkada is pragma Pure (Gtkada); end Gtkada; ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-style.ads������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000056611�12533067541�017446� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- Utility functions that mimic Gtk.Style drawing methods, but using Cairo -- instead of Gdk. This allow smooth transition to Gtk3 that will get rid -- of those Gdk drawing methods and only use Cairo. -- </description> -- <group>Configuration and Themes</group> with Ada.Finalization; with Glib; with Cairo; with Pango.Layout; with Gdk.Color; with Gdk.Device; with Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.RGBA; with Gdk.Types; with Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Style_Provider; with Gtk.Widget; with Pango.Enums; with Pango.Font; package Gtkada.Style is -------------------- -- Color handling -- -------------------- subtype Cairo_Color_Val is Glib.Gdouble range 0.0 .. 1.0; -- In cairo, the color components are expressed as percents. subtype Cairo_Color is Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; type HSV_Color is record H, S, V, A : Glib.Gdouble; end record; -- Used when manipulating Cairo color. The HSV color space is useful when -- wanting to shade a color (change it's value), (de)saturate it, or modify -- its hue. type HSLA_Color is record Hue : Glib.Gdouble; Saturation : Glib.Gdouble; Lightness : Glib.Gdouble; Alpha : Glib.Gdouble; end record; -- The Hue is the colour's position on the colour wheel, expressed in -- degrees from 0° to 359°, representing the 360° of the wheel; 0° -- being red, 180° being red's opposite colour cyan, and so on. -- The mapping is: 0.0 => 0° -- 1.0 => 360° -- -- Saturation is the intensity of the colour, how dull or bright it is. -- The lower the saturation, the duller (greyer) the colour looks. This is -- expressed as a percentage, 100% being full saturation, the brightest, -- and 0% being no saturation, grey. -- -- Lightness is how light the colour is. Slightly different to saturation. -- The more white in the colour the higher its Lightness value, the more -- black, the lower its Lightness. So 100% Lightness turns the colour -- white, 0% Lightness turns the colour black, and the "pure" colour -- would be 50% Lightness. function To_HSLA (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA) return HSLA_Color; function To_RGBA (Color : HSLA_Color) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; function To_HSV (Color : Cairo_Color) return HSV_Color; function To_Cairo (Color : Cairo_Color) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; function To_Cairo (HSV : HSV_Color) return Cairo_Color; function To_Cairo (Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color) return Cairo_Color; -- Translations between one color definition to another procedure Set_Source_Color (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color); function Create_Rgba_Pattern (Color : Cairo_Color) return Cairo.Cairo_Pattern; function To_Hex (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA) return String; -- Return a hexadecimal approximate representation of the color, of the -- form "#rrggbb". This loses the alpha chanel. -- The output is suitable for use in a markup (see Gtk.Label.Set_Markup -- for instance) function Complementary (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; -- Return the complementary color ---------------------------------- -- Changing lightness of colors -- ---------------------------------- subtype Percent is Glib.Gdouble range 0.0 .. 1.0; function Shade (Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; Value : Percent) return Cairo_Color; function Shade (Color : Cairo_Color; Value : Percent) return Cairo_Color; -- Modifies the lightning of the color by the specified value. -- -- Value is a modifier: 0.0 means the color is unchanged, 0.1 means the -- color is modified by 10%, and so on. function Lighten (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; Amount : Percent) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; -- Return a lighter version of the color -- -- Amount is a modifier: 0.0 means the color is unchanged, 0.1 means the -- color is modified by 10%, and so on. function Shade_Or_Lighten (Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; Amount : Percent := 0.4) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; -- Return a lighter or darker version of Color, depending on whether color -- is rather dark or rather light. -- -- Amount is a modifier: 0.0 means the color is unchanged, 0.1 means the -- color is modified by 10%, and so on. ------------------------- -- Drawing subprograms -- ------------------------- -- The following subprograms are better replaced by the use of the -- Drawing_Style type below, which provides more configurability. procedure Rounded_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; X, Y, W, H : Glib.Gdouble; Radius : Glib.Gdouble); -- Draws a rounded rectangle at coordinate X, Y with W and H size. -- If Radius > 0, then the corner will be rounded. procedure Draw_Shadow (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Shadow_Type : Gtk.Enums.Gtk_Shadow_Type; X, Y, Width, Height : Glib.Gint; Corner_Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0); -- Draws a Frame of size Width x Height at position (X, Y) and (X2, Y2) -- using the specified color. -- Corner_Radius allows you to draw a rounded frame if set to a value > 0. -- -- Additional drawing styles can be specified by using Cairo.Set_Line_XXXX -- on the Cairo_Context before calling this procedure. procedure Draw_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color; Filled : Boolean; X, Y, Width, Height : Glib.Gint; Corner_Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0); procedure Draw_Rectangle (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; Filled : Boolean; X, Y, Width, Height : Glib.Gint; Corner_Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0); -- Draws a rectangle of size Width x Height at position (X, Y) and (X2, Y2) -- using the specified color. -- Corner_Radius allows you to draw a rounded rectangle if set to a -- value > 0.0 -- -- Additional drawing styles can be specified by using Cairo.Set_Line_XXXX -- on the Cairo_Context before calling this procedure. procedure Draw_Line (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : Glib.Gint); procedure Draw_Line (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; X1, Y1, X2, Y2 : Glib.Gint); -- Draws a line between (X1, Y1) and (X2, Y2) using the specified color. -- -- Additional drawing styles can be specified by using Cairo.Set_Line_XXXX -- on the Cairo_Context before calling this procedure. procedure Draw_Layout (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Cairo_Color; X, Y : Glib.Gint; Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout); procedure Draw_Layout (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Color : Gdk.Color.Gdk_Color; X, Y : Glib.Gint; Layout : Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout); -- Draws the Pango layout at position (X, Y) using Color. procedure Draw_Pixbuf (Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Pixbuf : Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_Pixbuf; X, Y : Glib.Gint); -- Draws a pixbuf at coordinate X, Y -- -- Note that Gdk_Pixmap or Gdk_Bitmap are not supported, as those -- are server-side images, so depend on a surface attached to a screen. -- As a result, those would not be drawn on a non-screen surface (such as -- an internal Image_Surface). -------------------- -- Drawing styles -- -------------------- type Drawing_Style is tagged private; -- This type provides a set of high-level subprograms to draw on a cairo -- context (and thus they can be used when drawing Canvas_Item). -- -- This type is reference-counted: it will be automatically freed when no -- longer used in your application. If you store the same instance of -- Drawing_Style in two contexts, modifying one will also modify the -- other. No_Drawing_Style : constant Drawing_Style; type Arrow_Head is (None, Open, Solid, Diamond, Circle); -- The various styles of arrow heads (filled with Fill style). -- When displaying a circle, the Length of the arrow style is the radius of -- the circle. type Arrow_Style is record Head : Arrow_Head; Length : Glib.Gdouble := 8.0; Angle : Glib.Gdouble := 0.4; Stroke : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA; Fill : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; Line_Width : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; end record; No_Arrow_Style : constant Arrow_Style := (None, 0.0, 0.0, Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA, Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA, 1.0); type Symbol_Name is (None, Cross, Strike, Double_Strike); type Symbol_Style is record Name : Symbol_Name; Stroke : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA; Distance : Glib.Gdouble := 16.0; Line_Width : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; end record; No_Symbol : constant Symbol_Style := (None, Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA, 16.0, 1.0); -- Distance is the distance from the end of the line to the symbol. It -- should in general be greater than the length of the arrow (see -- Arrow_Style above) type Font_Style is record Name : Pango.Font.Pango_Font_Description := null; Underline : Pango.Enums.Underline := Pango.Enums.Pango_Underline_None; Strikethrough : Boolean := False; Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA; Line_Spacing : Glib.Gint := 1; -- Space between two lines Halign : Pango.Enums.Alignment := Pango.Enums.Pango_Align_Left; end record; Default_Font : constant Font_Style := (others => <>); -- Some of the attributes like Halign are only taken into account when -- using Gtkada.Canvas_View.Text_Item. type Shadow_Style is record Color : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA; X_Offset : Glib.Gdouble := 5.0; Y_Offset : Glib.Gdouble := 5.0; end record; No_Shadow : constant Shadow_Style := (Gdk.RGBA.Null_RGBA, 5.0, 5.0); type Point is record X, Y : Glib.Gdouble; end record; type Point_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Point; type Point_Array_Access is access all Point_Array; function Gtk_New (Stroke : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA; Fill : Cairo.Cairo_Pattern := Cairo.Null_Pattern; Font : Font_Style := Default_Font; Line_Width : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; Dashes : Cairo.Dash_Array := Cairo.No_Dashes; Arrow_From : Arrow_Style := No_Arrow_Style; Arrow_To : Arrow_Style := No_Arrow_Style; Symbol_From : Symbol_Style := No_Symbol; Symbol_To : Symbol_Style := No_Symbol; Shadow : Shadow_Style := No_Shadow; Sloppy : Boolean := False) return Drawing_Style; -- Creates a new instance of drawing style. -- -- Sloppy: if true, a sort of approximate drawing is done for lines and -- text, so that it looks like the drawing was done by hand. -- -- Fill: this is generated created through the functions in Cairo.Pattern. -- The pattern is adopted by the style, which will unreferenced it when -- not needed. As such, if the pattern is shared between multiple -- styles you need to Ref it. -- When the style is used with a Gtkada.Canvas_View.Container_Item or one -- of its children, and pattern is a gradient, it should be defined in -- the 0.0 .. 1.0 pattern space, and will be resized automatically based -- on the computed size of the item. -- -- The style will free the Font.Name object, so you will need to pass the -- result of either Pango.Font.Copy or Pango.Font.From_String. procedure Draw_Rect (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble; Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0); function Path_Rect (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble; Radius : Glib.Gdouble := 0.0) return Boolean; -- Draw a rectangle with the given style. If Radius is not null, this is -- a rounded rectangle. Draw_Rect will automatically call Finish path -- to display te path, but Path_Rect will only prepare it (it returns False -- if no path was prepared) procedure Draw_Polyline (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Show_Arrows : Boolean := True; Relative : Boolean := False); function Path_Polyline (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Close : Boolean := False; Relative : Boolean := False) return Boolean; -- Draw a line joining all the points. If Close is true, the last point is -- also linked to the first. -- If Self defines arrows or symbols on either ends, they are also -- displayed if Show_Arrows is True. -- Relative should be set to True if the points are relative: the first -- point has item coordinates, and all remaining points are relative to the -- previous point. procedure Draw_Polycurve (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Show_Arrows : Boolean := True; Relative : Boolean := False); function Path_Polycurve (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False) return Boolean; -- Same as Drawpolyline, but draws bezier curves. -- Points is an array of both points and control points, as in: -- pt1, ctrl1, ctrl2, pt2, ctrl3, ctrl4, pt3, ... procedure Draw_Ellipse (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble); function Path_Ellipse (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Topleft : Point; Width, Height : Glib.Gdouble) return Boolean; -- Draw an ellipse inscribed in the specified rectangle procedure Draw_Text (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Layout : not null access Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout_Record'Class; Topleft : Point; Text : String; Max_Width : Glib.Gdouble := Glib.Gdouble'First; Max_Height : Glib.Gdouble := Glib.Gdouble'First); -- Draw text at specific coordinates. -- Topleft is the position of the top-left corner for the text, or the -- middle line if the text's vertical_align is set to middle. -- Max_Width is optional, but is used to resolve alignment. procedure Draw_Arrows_And_Symbols (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Points : Point_Array; Relative : Boolean := False); -- Draw arrow heads and symbols to both ends of the line, based on Self. -- This is similar to Polyline, but does not draw the line itself. -- Relative should be True if each point are defined relative to the -- previous point. procedure Finish_Path (Self : Drawing_Style; Cr : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Clear_Path : Boolean := True); -- This is for use when you are creating your own paths via standard cairo -- calls. This will call Stroke and Fill with the appropriate parameters -- found in Self. procedure Measure_Text (Self : Drawing_Style; Layout : not null access Pango.Layout.Pango_Layout_Record'Class; Text : String; Width : out Glib.Gdouble; Height : out Glib.Gdouble); -- Measure the size the text would take on the screen function Get_Arrow_From (Self : Drawing_Style) return Arrow_Style; function Get_Arrow_To (Self : Drawing_Style) return Arrow_Style; function Get_Stroke (Self : Drawing_Style) return Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA; function Get_Line_Width (Self : Drawing_Style) return Glib.Gdouble; function Get_Font (Self : Drawing_Style) return Font_Style; function Get_Fill (Self : Drawing_Style) return Cairo.Cairo_Pattern; function Get_Shadow (Self : Drawing_Style) return Shadow_Style; -- Access the various properties of the style procedure Set_Fill (Self : Drawing_Style; Fill : Cairo.Cairo_Pattern := Cairo.Null_Pattern); procedure Set_Stroke (Self : Drawing_Style; Stroke : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA); -- Overriding specific attributes of the style --------- -- CSS -- --------- procedure Load_Css_File (Path : String; Error : access procedure (Str : String) := null; Priority : Gtk.Style_Provider.Priority); procedure Load_Css_String (Data : String; Error : access procedure (Str : String) := null; Priority : Gtk.Style_Provider.Priority); -- Load CSS file and register it as a default CSS provider for the whole -- application. -- In case of error, the procedure Error is called if defined. ------------------------ -- Cairo manipulation -- ------------------------ function Snapshot (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Cairo.Cairo_Surface; -- Create a snapshot of the widget. -- This allocates a new surface and draws the widget on it. The surface -- needs to be destroyed when you are done with it using Surface_Destroy. -- The snapshot can be drawn on another surface using -- Set_Source_Surface (Cr, the_snapshot, 0.0, 0.0); -- Set_Operator (Cr, Cairo_Operator_Source); -- Rectangle (Cr, ....); -- Cairo.Fill (Cr); -- The 0.0 values might need to be adjusted if your widget does not have -- its own window. In this case, you should use: -- Get_Allocation (Widget, Alloc); -- -- and replace 0.0 with Gdouble (Alloc.X) procedure Draw_Overlay (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Overlay : in out Cairo.Cairo_Surface; Do_Draw : not null access procedure (Context : Cairo.Cairo_Context; Draw : Boolean)); -- Create an overlay on top of widget on which you can draw. -- This overlay is created if it doesn't exist (so Overlay must be -- initialied to Null_Surface initially). It is displayed on top of the -- toplevel window that contains Widget, and will be fully visible until -- some of the children of that toplevel window get a "draw" event. At that -- point, the children will partially override the overlay. This is not a -- problem in practice if the overlay is displayed while performing -- operations like a drag-and-drop. -- Do_Draw is the callback used to do the actual drawing or erasing of the -- overlay (depending on whether Draw is True or False). The context passed -- in argument has been properly translated and clipped so that (0, 0) are -- the coordinates of the top-left corner of widget. -- -- When Draw is False, the procedure should display a filled rectangle. The -- context has already been set up so that filling will in fact redraw what -- was previously hidden. This is more efficient that having Draw_Overlay -- systematically fill the whole area. procedure Delete_Overlay (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Overlay : in out Cairo.Cairo_Surface); -- Delete the overlay created by Draw_Overlay, and force a refresh of the -- toplevel window. procedure Get_Offset (Window : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Parent : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; X, Y : out Glib.Gint); -- Get the position of Window within parent's window (not that this is not -- necessarily the same as the position within Parent if the latter does -- not have a window). ------------- -- Devices -- ------------- function Get_First_Device (Widget : not null access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; Source : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Input_Source) return Gdk.Device.Gdk_Device; -- Return the first device that matches the given source. -- This can be used to simulate keyboard events (using Source_Keyboard) -- or mouse events (Source_Mouse) for instance. -- The returned value (if not null) must be Ref-ed before being assigned -- to an event for instance. private type Dash_Array_Access is access all Cairo.Dash_Array; type Drawing_Style_Data is record Refcount : Natural := 1; Stroke : Gdk.RGBA.Gdk_RGBA := Gdk.RGBA.Black_RGBA; Fill : Cairo.Cairo_Pattern := Cairo.Null_Pattern; Font : Font_Style := Default_Font; Line_Width : Glib.Gdouble := 1.0; Dashes : Dash_Array_Access := null; Arrow_From : Arrow_Style := No_Arrow_Style; Arrow_To : Arrow_Style := No_Arrow_Style; Symbol_From : Symbol_Style := No_Symbol; Symbol_To : Symbol_Style := No_Symbol; Sloppy : Boolean := False; Shadow : Shadow_Style := No_Shadow; end record; type Drawing_Style_Data_Access is access all Drawing_Style_Data; Default_Style : constant Drawing_Style_Data := (others => <>); type Drawing_Style is new Ada.Finalization.Controlled with record Data : Drawing_Style_Data_Access; end record; overriding procedure Adjust (Self : in out Drawing_Style); overriding procedure Finalize (Self : in out Drawing_Style); No_Drawing_Style : constant Drawing_Style := (Ada.Finalization.Controlled with Data => null); end Gtkada.Style; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-file_selection.adb���������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000013631�12533067541�021244� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Gtk.Main; use Gtk.Main; with Gtk.Button; use Gtk.Button; with Gtk.Dialog; use Gtk.Dialog; with Gtk.Enums; use Gtk.Enums; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtk.File_Chooser; use Gtk.File_Chooser; with Gtk.File_Chooser_Dialog; use Gtk.File_Chooser_Dialog; with Gtkada.Handlers; use Gtkada.Handlers; with GNAT.OS_Lib; use GNAT.OS_Lib; with Gtk.Stock; use Gtk.Stock; package body Gtkada.File_Selection is type Gtkada_File_Selection_Record is new Gtk_File_Chooser_Dialog_Record with record File_Selected : Boolean := False; end record; type Gtkada_File_Selection is access all Gtkada_File_Selection_Record'Class; function Delete_Cb (Win : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure Clicked_Ok_Cb (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); procedure Clicked_Cancel_Cb (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); --------------- -- Delete_Cb -- --------------- function Delete_Cb (Win : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Boolean is pragma Unreferenced (Win); begin Main_Quit; return True; end Delete_Cb; ------------------- -- Clicked_Ok_Cb -- ------------------- procedure Clicked_Ok_Cb (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Gtkada_File_Selection (Get_Toplevel (Button)).File_Selected := True; Main_Quit; end Clicked_Ok_Cb; ----------------------- -- Clicked_Cancel_Cb -- ----------------------- procedure Clicked_Cancel_Cb (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) is begin Gtkada_File_Selection (Get_Toplevel (Button)).File_Selected := False; Main_Quit; end Clicked_Cancel_Cb; -------------------- -- Message_Dialog -- -------------------- function File_Selection_Dialog (Title : Glib.UTF8_String := "Select File"; Default_Dir : String := ""; Dir_Only : Boolean := False; Must_Exist : Boolean := False) return String is Dialog : Gtkada_File_Selection; Button : Gtk_Button; Action : Gtk_File_Chooser_Action; Dummy : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Dummy); begin Dialog := new Gtkada_File_Selection_Record; if Dir_Only then Action := Action_Select_Folder; else Action := Action_Open; end if; Initialize (Dialog, Title, null, Action); if Default_Dir /= "" then Dummy := Set_Current_Folder (+Dialog, Default_Dir); end if; Set_Modal (Dialog); Set_Position (Dialog, Win_Pos_Mouse); Return_Callback.Connect (Dialog, "delete_event", Delete_Cb'Access); Button := Gtk_Button (Add_Button (Dialog, Stock_Ok, Gtk_Response_OK)); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "clicked", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Clicked_Ok_Cb'Access)); Button := Gtk_Button (Add_Button (Dialog, Stock_Cancel, Gtk_Response_Cancel)); Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "clicked", Widget_Callback.To_Marshaller (Clicked_Cancel_Cb'Access)); Show_All (Dialog); Main; loop if Dialog.File_Selected then declare S : constant String := Get_Filename (+Dialog); Last : Natural := S'Last; begin while Last > S'First and then S (Last) = Directory_Separator loop Last := Last - 1; end loop; if S = "" or else not Must_Exist or else (Dir_Only and then Is_Directory (S (S'First .. Last))) or else Is_Regular_File (S (S'First .. Last)) then Destroy (Dialog); return S; else -- A file/dir was entered, but Must_Exist was specified -- and this file doesn't exist: try again. Main; end if; end; else Destroy (Dialog); return ""; end if; end loop; end File_Selection_Dialog; end Gtkada.File_Selection; �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk.ads���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000007056�12533067541�015641� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- This package provides some basic Gtk+ functionalities such as getting the -- version number. For general GtkAda initializations, -- see Gtk.Main. -- -- </description> -- <c_version>2.8.17</c_version> with Glib; use Glib; pragma Warnings (Off); with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with System; pragma Warnings (On); package Gtk is function Major_Version return Guint; -- Return the major version number for Gtk+ that was linked. -- Note that this is not necessarily the same as for GtkAda. It could also -- be different when your application is running, if the dynamic linker -- find some other GtkAda library. Use Gtk.Main.Check_Version to ensure -- that the two versions are compatible -- If the version is 1.2.6, returns 1. function Minor_Version return Guint; -- Return the minor version number for Gtk+. -- Note that this is not necessarily the same as for GtkAda. -- If the version is 1.2.6, returns 2. function Micro_Version return Guint; -- Return the micro version number for Gtk+. -- Note that this is not necessarily the same as for GtkAda. -- If the version is 1.2.6, returns 6. subtype Gtk_Type is Glib.GType; -- Renaming used for compatiblity. -- Note: Gtk_Type_* constants have been replaced by GType_* constants -- in Glib. type Gtk_Notebook_Page is new Glib.C_Proxy; -- A page of the notebook. -- It can contain a single child, and is also associated with a tab -- label used to select that page in the notebook. private pragma Linker_Options ("-shared-libgcc"); pragma Import (C, Major_Version, "ada_gtk_major_version"); pragma Import (C, Minor_Version, "ada_gtk_minor_version"); pragma Import (C, Micro_Version, "ada_gtk_micro_version"); end Gtk; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-dialogs.adb����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000022566�12533067541�017711� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Strings; use Ada.Strings; with Ada.Strings.Fixed; use Ada.Strings.Fixed; with Gdk.Event; use Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Pixbuf; use Gdk.Pixbuf; with Gdk.Window; use Gdk.Window; with Glib; use Glib; with Gtk.Box; use Gtk.Box; with Gtk.Image; use Gtk.Image; with Gtk.Label; use Gtk.Label; with Gtk.Widget; use Gtk.Widget; with Gtkada.Intl; use Gtkada.Intl; with Gtkada.Pixmaps; use Gtkada.Pixmaps; package body Gtkada.Dialogs is subtype String_6 is String (1 .. 6); type String_Const_Ptr is access constant String; Dialog_Button_String : constant array (Button_Range) of String_6 := ("Yes ", "No ", "All ", "OK ", "Cancel", "Abort ", "Retry ", "Ignore", "Help "); Yes : aliased constant String := "gtk-yes"; No : aliased constant String := "gtk-no"; Ok : aliased constant String := "gtk-ok"; Cancel : aliased constant String := "gtk-cancel"; Help : aliased constant String := "gtk-help"; -- ??? We used to reference Gtk.Stock.Stock_* instead, but there is -- apparently a bug in GCC when generating 'Access to these variables. Dialog_Button_Stock : constant array (Button_Range) of String_Const_Ptr := (Yes'Access, No'Access, null, Ok'Access, Cancel'Access, null, null, null, Help'Access); -------------------- -- Message_Dialog -- -------------------- function Message_Dialog (Msg : UTF8_String; Dialog_Type : Message_Dialog_Type := Information; Buttons : Message_Dialog_Buttons := Button_OK or Button_Help; Default_Button : Message_Dialog_Buttons := Button_OK; Help_Msg : UTF8_String := ""; Title : UTF8_String := ""; Justification : Gtk_Justification := Justify_Center; Parent : Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window := null) return Message_Dialog_Buttons is Dialog : constant Gtk_Dialog := Create_Gtk_Dialog (Msg => Msg, Dialog_Type => Dialog_Type, Title => Title, Justification => Justification, Parent => Parent); Button : Gtk_Widget; Result : Message_Dialog_Buttons; Response : Gtk_Response_Type; begin if Parent = null or else not Get_Realized (Parent) then Set_Position (Dialog, Win_Pos_Mouse); elsif (Get_State (Get_Window (Parent)) and Window_State_Iconified) /= 0 then -- If the parent is not visible, do not center the dialog on it, -- let the window manager decide the position instead. Set_Position (Dialog, Win_Pos_None); end if; for J in Button_Range loop if (Buttons and 2 ** Integer (J)) /= 0 then -- Use Gtk_Response_Cancel for the Cancel or No buttons, so that -- Esc can be used to close the dialog. Likewise, if none of these -- two was provided, simply use Cancel for the OK button if J = 4 or else (J = 1 and then (Buttons and Button_Cancel) = 0) or else (J = 3 and then (Buttons and Button_Cancel) = 0 and then (Buttons and Button_No) = 0) then Response := Gtk_Response_Cancel; else Response := Gtk_Response_Type (2 ** Integer (J)); end if; if Dialog_Button_Stock (J) = null then Button := Add_Button (Dialog, Text => Trim (-Dialog_Button_String (J), Right), Response_Id => Response); else Button := Add_Button (Dialog, Text => Dialog_Button_Stock (J).all, Response_Id => Response); end if; if Default_Button = 2 ** Integer (J) then Grab_Default (Button); end if; end if; end loop; Show_All (Dialog); loop Response := Run (Dialog); if Response = Gtk_Response_Delete_Event then Destroy (Dialog); return Button_None; elsif Response = Gtk_Response_Cancel then Destroy (Dialog); if (Buttons and Button_Cancel) /= 0 then return Button_Cancel; elsif (Buttons and Button_No) /= 0 then return Button_No; else return Button_OK; end if; elsif Response >= 0 then Result := Message_Dialog_Buttons (Response); case Result is when Button_Yes | Button_No | Button_All | Button_OK | Button_Cancel | Button_Abort | Button_Retry | Button_Ignore => Destroy (Dialog); return Result; when Button_Help => if Help_Msg /= "" then Result := Message_Dialog (Help_Msg, Buttons => Button_OK, Title => -"Help"); else Result := Message_Dialog (-"No help available", Buttons => Button_OK, Title => -"Help"); end if; when others => null; end case; end if; end loop; end Message_Dialog; ----------------------- -- Create_Gtk_Dialog -- ----------------------- function Create_Gtk_Dialog (Msg : UTF8_String; Dialog_Type : Message_Dialog_Type := Information; Title : UTF8_String := ""; Justification : Gtk_Justification := Justify_Center; Parent : Gtk.Window.Gtk_Window := null) return Gtk.Dialog.Gtk_Dialog is Dialog : Gtk_Dialog; Label : Gtk_Label; Box : Gtk_Box; Img : Gtk_Image; Pixmap : Gdk_Pixbuf; use Gdk; begin Gtk_New (Dialog, Title => Title, Parent => Parent, Flags => Modal or Destroy_With_Parent); -- Realize it so that we force the creation of its Gdk_Window. -- This is needed below to create a pixmap. Realize (Dialog); case Dialog_Type is when Warning => Pixmap := Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Warning_Xpm); if Title = "" then Set_Title (Dialog, -"Warning"); end if; when Error => Pixmap := Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Error_Xpm); if Title = "" then Set_Title (Dialog, -"Error"); end if; when Information => Pixmap := Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Information_Xpm); if Title = "" then Set_Title (Dialog, -"Information"); end if; when Confirmation => Pixmap := Gdk.Pixbuf.Gdk_New_From_Xpm_Data (Confirmation_Xpm); if Title = "" then Set_Title (Dialog, -"Confirmation"); end if; when Custom => null; end case; Gtk_New_Hbox (Box); Pack_Start (Get_Content_Area (Dialog), Box, Padding => 10); if Pixmap /= null then Gtk_New (Img, Pixmap); Pack_Start (Box, Img, Padding => 10); end if; Gtk_New (Label, Msg); Set_Selectable (Label, True); Set_Justify (Label, Justification); Pack_Start (Box, Label, Padding => 10); return Dialog; end Create_Gtk_Dialog; end Gtkada.Dialogs; ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-keyval.adb��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000006612�12533067541�017066� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Glib; use Glib; package body Gdk.Keyval is -------------- -- Is_Lower -- -------------- function Is_Lower (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Boolean is function Internal (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_keyval_is_lower"); begin return Internal (Keyval) /= 0; end Is_Lower; -------------- -- Is_Upper -- -------------- function Is_Upper (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Boolean is function Internal (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_keyval_is_upper"); begin return Internal (Keyval) /= 0; end Is_Upper; --------------- -- From_Name -- --------------- function From_Name (Keyval_Name : String) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type is function Internal (Keyval_Name : String) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_keyval_from_name"); begin return Internal (Keyval_Name & ASCII.NUL); end From_Name; ---------- -- Name -- ---------- function Name (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return String is function Internal (Keyval : Gdk.Types.Gdk_Key_Type) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_keyval_name"); use type Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; P : constant Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr := Internal (Keyval); begin if P = Interfaces.C.Strings.Null_Ptr then return ""; else return C.Strings.Value (P); end if; end Name; end Gdk.Keyval; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-dnd.adb�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000020323�12533067541�016333� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with System; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gdk; use Gdk; with Gtk; use Gtk; package body Gdk.Dnd is ----------------- -- Drag_Status -- ----------------- procedure Drag_Status (Context : Drag_Context; Action : Drag_Action; Time : Guint32) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Action : Gint; Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_status"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Drag_Action'Pos (Action), Time); end Drag_Status; ---------------- -- Drop_Reply -- ---------------- procedure Drop_Reply (Context : Drag_Context; Ok : Boolean; Time : Guint32) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Ok : Gint; Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drop_reply"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Boolean'Pos (Ok), Time); end Drop_Reply; ----------------- -- Drop_Finish -- ----------------- procedure Drop_Finish (Context : Drag_Context; Success : Boolean; Time : Guint32) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Success : Gint; Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drop_finish"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Boolean'Pos (Success), Time); end Drop_Finish; ------------------------ -- Drag_Get_Selection -- ------------------------ function Drag_Get_Selection (Context : Drag_Context) return Gdk_Atom is function Internal (Context : System.Address) return Gdk_Atom; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_get_selection"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Context)); end Drag_Get_Selection; ---------------- -- Drag_Begin -- ---------------- function Drag_Begin (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Targets : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List) return Drag_Context is function Internal (Window : Gdk_Window; Targets : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_begin"); Stub : Gdk.Drag_Contexts.Drag_Context_Record; begin return Drag_Context (Get_User_Data (Internal (Window, Targets.Get_Object), Stub)); end Drag_Begin; ----------------------- -- Drag_Get_Protocol -- ----------------------- function Drag_Context_Get_Protocol (Context : Drag_Context; Protocol : Drag_Protocol) return Drag_Protocol is function Internal (Context : System.Address; Protocol : Drag_Protocol) return Drag_Protocol; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_context_get_protocol"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Context), Protocol); end Drag_Context_Get_Protocol; ---------------------- -- Drag_Find_Window -- ---------------------- procedure Drag_Find_Window_For_Screen (Context : Drag_Context; Drag_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Screen : Gdk.Screen.Gdk_Screen; X_Root : Gint; Y_Root : Gint; Dest_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Drag_Window : Gdk_Window; Screen : System.Address; X_Root : Gint; Y_Root : Gint; Dest_Window : Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_find_window_for_screen"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Drag_Window, Get_Object (Screen), X_Root, Y_Root, Dest_Window, Protocol); end Drag_Find_Window_For_Screen; ----------------- -- Drag_Motion -- ----------------- function Drag_Motion (Context : Drag_Context; Dest_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol; X_Root : Gint; Y_Root : Gint; Suggested_Action : Drag_Action; Possible_Actions : Drag_Action; Time : Guint32) return Boolean is function Internal (Context : System.Address; Dest_Window : Gdk_Window; Protocol : Gint; X_Root : Gint; Y_Root : Gint; Suggested_Action : Gint; Possible_Actions : Gint; Time : Guint32) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_motion"); begin return Boolean'Val (Internal (Get_Object (Context), Dest_Window, Drag_Protocol'Pos (Protocol), X_Root, Y_Root, Drag_Action'Pos (Suggested_Action), Drag_Action'Pos (Possible_Actions), Time)); end Drag_Motion; --------------- -- Drag_Drop -- --------------- procedure Drag_Drop (Context : Drag_Context; Time : Guint32) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_drop"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Time); end Drag_Drop; ---------------- -- Drag_Abort -- ---------------- procedure Drag_Abort (Context : Drag_Context; Time : Guint32) is procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Time : Guint32); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_drag_abort"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Time); end Drag_Abort; ----------------- -- Get_Targets -- ----------------- function Get_Targets (Context : Drag_Context) return Gdk_Atom_Array is function Targets_Count (Context : System.Address) return Guint; pragma Import (C, Targets_Count, "ada_gtk_dnd_context_targets_count"); procedure Internal (Context : System.Address; Result : Gdk_Atom_Array); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gtk_dnd_context_get_targets"); Length : constant Natural := Natural (Targets_Count (Get_Object (Context))); Result : Gdk_Atom_Array (0 .. Length - 1); begin Internal (Get_Object (Context), Result); return Result; end Get_Targets; end Gdk.Dnd; �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-types.adb������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000005503�12533067541�017423� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Gtkada.Types is use Interfaces.C.Strings; --------- -- "+" -- --------- function "+" (S1, S2 : String) return Chars_Ptr_Array is begin return (0 => New_String (S1), 1 => New_String (S2)); end "+"; function "+" (S1 : Chars_Ptr_Array; S2 : String) return Chars_Ptr_Array is begin return S1 + New_String (S2); end "+"; function "+" (S1 : Chars_Ptr_Array; S2 : Chars_Ptr) return Chars_Ptr_Array is use type Interfaces.C.size_t; Result : Chars_Ptr_Array (S1'First .. S1'Last + 1); begin Result (S1'Range) := S1; Result (S1'Last + 1) := S2; return Result; end "+"; function "+" (S1 : Chars_Ptr; S2 : String) return Chars_Ptr_Array is begin return (0 => S1, 1 => New_String (S2)); end "+"; ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (A : in out Chars_Ptr_Array) is begin for J in A'Range loop Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (A (J)); end loop; end Free; function Null_Array return Chars_Ptr_Array is begin return (1 .. 0 => Null_Ptr); end Null_Array; end Gtkada.Types; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-glist.ads��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000023617�12533067541�017112� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- This package implements a generic double-linked list. -- Such lists are used throughout GtkAda to contain lists of widgets -- (for the children of containers, or for the list of selected widgets -- in a Gtk_Clist for instance), list of strings (for Gtk_Combo_Box),... -- -- They provide a common interface to traverse these lists. -- -- One useful note: you should only Free the lists that you have allocated -- yourself, and not the lists that are returned by the subprograms in -- GtkAda and should be left under GtkAda's control. -- -- See the example below for an example on how to traverse a list. -- -- Instantiating the package Generic_List requires two functions to convert -- back and forth between your data type and a System.Address which is the -- type stored at the C level. -- Note that the lists used in GtkAda already have associated packages, like -- Gtk.Enums.Gint_List, Gtk.Enums.String_List or Gtk.Widget.Widget_List. -- -- </description> -- <c_version>1.2.6</c_version> -- <group>Glib, the general-purpose library</group> with System; package Glib.Glist is generic -- <doc_ignore> type Gpointer (<>) is private; with function Convert (P : Gpointer) return System.Address is <>; with function Convert (S : System.Address) return Gpointer is <>; -- </doc_ignore> package Generic_List is type Glist is private; -- This type is both a list and an item in the list. -- Each item points to its successor. Null_List : constant Glist; procedure Alloc (List : out Glist); -- Allocate a new item in the list. -- This item isn't associated with any data. -- You probably don't have to use this subprogram, since Append, -- Insert, Prepend, etc. already handle the allocation for you and -- give a new value to the item. procedure Append (List : in out Glist; Data : Gpointer); -- Add a new item at the end of the list, and stores the new list -- directly back in List. -- The complexity of this operation is O(n) function Concat (List1 : Glist; List2 : Glist) return Glist; -- Concatenate two lists, and return the result. -- List2 is added at the end of List1. -- The complexity is O(n1) (depends on the size of List1). procedure Insert (List : in out Glist; Data : Gpointer; Position : Gint); -- Insert an item in the middle of a list. -- If Position is 0, the item is added at the beginning of the list, if -- it is negative the item is added at the end. -- The complexity is O(Position). function Find (List : Glist; Data : Gpointer) return Glist; -- Find a value in the list, and return the first item that contains it. -- Note that this function will not work if the function Convert does -- not return the same value for two identical values. function First (List : Glist) return Glist; -- Return the first item in the list. -- Note that if List is in fact an item of a larger list, the return -- value is the first item in the larger list itself. procedure Free (List : in out Glist); -- Free the list (but does not free the data in each of its elements). -- This only frees the memory associated with the list itself. -- You should only use this function on the lists that -- you have created yourself, not on the list that are returned by some -- functions in GtkAda (like Gtk.Clist.Get_Selection). These functions -- return directly the list managed by the underlying C widget, and you -- should never free the result yourself. -- -- Note also that the memory might not be actually freed. For efficiency -- reasons, GtkAda will keep the memory allocated and try to reuse it as -- much as possible. function Get_Data (List : Glist) return Gpointer; -- Return the value pointed to by List. -- The System.Address container in the C list is converted to a Gpointer -- through a call to Convert. function Get_Data_Address (List : Glist) return System.Address; -- Return directly the System.Address contained in the C list. -- This is used mainly internally in GtkAda to implement String lists, -- and you should not have to use this subprogram yourself. -- <doc_ignore> function Get_Gpointer (List : Glist) return Gpointer; -- Sometimes, the data is not stored in the "data" field -- of each cell, but rather at each cell. In such cases, -- to retrieve the address of the data, we need to return -- the address of the cell itself, insted of the address -- pointed to by data. -- -- Ex: the Gtk_Ctree row_list. -- </doc_ignore> function Index (List : Glist; Data : Gpointer) return Gint; -- Return the index of the first element in List that contains Data. -- Note that this function is irrelevant if Convert does not return the -- same value for two identical data. function Last (List : Glist) return Glist; -- Return the last element in the list. function Length (List : Glist) return Guint; -- Return the number of elements in the list. -- The last item's index is Length - 1. procedure List_Reverse (List : in out Glist); -- Reverse the order of the list (the last item becomes the first, etc.) function Next (List : Glist) return Glist; -- Returns the Item following List in the global list that contains -- both. -- If there is no such item, return Null_List. This is how you -- stop iterating over a list. function Nth (List : Glist; N : Guint) return Glist; -- Give the nth item following LIST in the global list that -- contains both. -- If there is no such item, return Null_List. function Nth_Data (List : Glist; N : Guint) return Gpointer; -- Return the Data contained in the N-th item of List. -- The result is undefined if there is no such item in the list. -- The actual result in that case is the result of -- Convert (System.Null_Address); -- which might not mean anything. function Position (List : Glist; Link : Glist) return Gint; -- Return the position of Link in the List. -- If Link is not contained in the list, -1 is returned. procedure Prepend (List : in out Glist; Data : Gpointer); -- Add an item at the beginning of the list. -- This operation always succeed. function Prev (List : Glist) return Glist; -- Return the item before List in the global list that contains both. -- Return Null_List if there is no such item. procedure Remove (List : in out Glist; Data : Gpointer); -- Remove the first item in List that contains Data. -- Note that this operation can succeed only if Convert always return -- the same address for a given value. procedure Remove_Link (List : in out Glist; Link : Glist); -- Remove Link from the list to which it belongs. -- If that list is not List, no error is returned, but Link is removed -- anyway. function Is_Created (List : Glist) return Boolean; -- Return True if there is a C widget associated with List. ------------------------ -- Internal functions -- ------------------------ -- Please do not use the following functions. They are used internally -- by GtkAda. -- <doc_ignore> function Get_Object (Obj : Glist) return System.Address; -- Returns the C object contained in Obj. pragma Inline (Get_Object); procedure Set_Object (Obj : in out Glist; Value : System.Address); -- Modifies the C object contained in Obj. pragma Inline (Set_Object); -- </doc_ignore> private type Glist is record Ptr : System.Address := System.Null_Address; end record; Null_List : constant Glist := (Ptr => System.Null_Address); end Generic_List; end Glib.Glist; -- <example> -- <include>../examples/documentation/glist_traverse.adb</include> -- </example> �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-builder.ads����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000015734�12533067541�017735� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2011-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- This package provides a high-level API for using Gtk.Builder and -- user interface files produced with the GUI builder glade-3. -- -- Here is how to use this package: -- -- Step 1: create a Builder and add the XML data, just as you would a -- standard Gtk.Builder: -- -- declare -- Builder : Gtkada_Builder; -- Error : GError; -- begin -- Gtk_New (Builder); -- Error := Add_From_File (Builder, Default_Filename); -- -- Step 2: add calls to "Register_Handler" to associate your handlers -- with your callbacks. -- -- Register_Handler -- (Builder => Builder, -- Handler_Name => "my_handler_id", -- Handler => My_Handler'Access); -- -- Where: -- - Builder is your Gtkada_Builder, -- - "my_handler_id" is the name of the handler as specified in -- Glade-3, in the "Handler" column of the "Signals" tab for -- your object, -- - Handler is your Ada subprogram. -- -- You will need one call to "Register_Handler" per handler -- declared in the Glade-3 interface. If there is one or more -- handler declared in Glade-3 which does not have an associated -- call to Register_Handler, an ASSERT_FAILURE will be raised by -- the Gtk main loop. -- -- There are multiple way to call Register_Handler, see below. -- -- Step 3: call Do_Connect. -- -- Step 4: when the application terminates or all Windows described through -- your builder should be closed, call Unref to free memory -- associated with the Builder. -- -- </description> -- <group>GUI Builder</group> with Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps; with Ada.Strings.Unbounded; use Ada.Strings.Unbounded; with Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Hash; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtk.Builder; package Gtkada.Builder is type Gtkada_Builder_Record is new Gtk.Builder.Gtk_Builder_Record with private; type Gtkada_Builder is access all Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; procedure Gtk_New (Builder : out Gtkada_Builder); procedure Initialize (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class); -- Create a new Gtkada_Builder. procedure Do_Connect (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class); -- Activate in the builder callabacks that have been connected using -- calls to Register_Handler functions below. -------------------------------------- -- Callbacks working on the Builder -- -------------------------------------- -- These callbacks take as parameter the Gtkada_Builder. -- If a "User data" is present in the Glade-3, it will be ignored. type Builder_Handler is access procedure (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class); type Builder_Return_Handler is access function (User_Data : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Builder_Handler); procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Builder_Return_Handler); -------------------------------------------------------------- -- Callbacks working on user data specified through Glade-3 -- -------------------------------------------------------------- -- Use these registry functions if your signal handler was defined in -- the Glade-3 interface with a "User data". The parameter User_Data -- passed to the handlers corresponds to the object entered in the -- "User data" column in Glade-3. type Object_Handler is access procedure (User_Data : access GObject_Record'Class); type Object_Return_Handler is access function (User_Data : access GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean; procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Object_Handler); procedure Register_Handler (Builder : access Gtkada_Builder_Record'Class; Handler_Name : String; Handler : Object_Return_Handler); private type Handler_Type is (Object, Object_Return, Builder, Builder_Return); type Universal_Marshaller (T : Handler_Type) is record case T is when Object => The_Object_Handler : Object_Handler; when Object_Return => The_Object_Return_Handler : Object_Return_Handler; when Builder => The_Builder_Handler : Builder_Handler; when Builder_Return => The_Builder_Return_Handler : Builder_Return_Handler; end case; end record; type Universal_Marshaller_Access is access Universal_Marshaller; package Handlers_Map is new Ada.Containers.Hashed_Maps (Key_Type => Unbounded_String, Element_Type => Universal_Marshaller_Access, Hash => Ada.Strings.Unbounded.Hash, Equivalent_Keys => "=", "=" => "="); type Gtkada_Builder_Record is new Gtk.Builder.Gtk_Builder_Record with record Handlers : Handlers_Map.Map; end record; end Gtkada.Builder; ������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-gslist.ads�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000012047�12533067541�017270� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- This packages provides the implementation of a generic single-linked -- list. -- One instantiation is found in Gtk.Widget.Widget_Slist for a list of -- widgets. -- -- See the documentation of Glib.Glist for more information, it provides -- the same API as this package. -- Single linked lists are traversed the same way as double-linked lists, -- even though most subprograms are less efficient than their -- double-linked counterparts. -- -- </description> -- <c_version>1.2.6</c_version> -- <group>Glib, the general-purpose library</group> with System; package Glib.GSlist is -- <doc_ignore> generic type Gpointer (<>) is private; with function Convert (P : Gpointer) return System.Address is <>; with function Convert (S : System.Address) return Gpointer is <>; package Generic_SList is type GSlist is private; Null_List : constant GSlist; procedure Alloc (List : out GSlist); procedure Append (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer); function Concat (List1 : in GSlist; List2 : in GSlist) return GSlist; procedure Insert (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer; Position : in Gint); function Find (List : in GSlist; Data : in Gpointer) return GSlist; procedure Free (List : in out GSlist); function Get_Data (List : in GSlist) return Gpointer; function Get_Data_Address (List : GSlist) return System.Address; -- Return directly the System.Address contained in the C list. -- This is used mainly internally in GtkAda to implement String lists, -- and you should not have to use this subprogram yourself. function Index (List : in GSlist; Data : in Gpointer) return Gint; function Last (List : in GSlist) return GSlist; function Length (List : in GSlist) return Guint; procedure List_Reverse (List : in out GSlist); function Next (List : in GSlist) return GSlist; function Nth (List : in GSlist; N : in Guint) return GSlist; function Nth_Data (List : in GSlist; N : in Guint) return Gpointer; function Position (List : in GSlist; Link : in GSlist) return Gint; procedure Prepend (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer); procedure Remove (List : in out GSlist; Data : in Gpointer); procedure Remove_Link (List : in out GSlist; Link : in GSlist); function Get_Object (Obj : in GSlist) return System.Address; pragma Inline (Get_Object); procedure Set_Object (Obj : in out GSlist; Value : in System.Address); pragma Inline (Set_Object); private type GSlist is record Ptr : System.Address := System.Null_Address; end record; Null_List : constant GSlist := (Ptr => System.Null_Address); end Generic_SList; -- </doc_ignore> end Glib.GSlist; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-xml_int.ads������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000003456�12533067541�017441� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.XML; pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.XML); package Glib.Xml_Int is new Glib.XML (Glib.Gint); ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-module.adb�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000010704�12533067541�017225� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2000-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; package body Glib.Module is ---------------------- -- Module_Supported -- ---------------------- function Module_Supported return Boolean is function Internal return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_module_supported"); begin return Internal /= 0; end Module_Supported; ----------------- -- Module_Open -- ----------------- function Module_Open (File_Name : String; Flags : Module_Flags := Module_Bind_Lazy) return G_Module is function Internal (File_Name : String; Flags : Module_Flags) return G_Module; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_module_open"); begin return Internal (File_Name & ASCII.NUL, Flags); end Module_Open; ------------------ -- Module_Close -- ------------------ function Module_Close (Module : G_Module) return Boolean is function Internal (Module : G_Module) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_module_close"); begin return Internal (Module) /= 0; end Module_Close; ------------------ -- Module_Error -- ------------------ function Module_Error return String is function Internal return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_module_error"); begin return Value (Internal); end Module_Error; --------------------------- -- Generic_Module_Symbol -- --------------------------- procedure Generic_Module_Symbol (Module : G_Module; Symbol_Name : String; Symbol : out Pointer; Success : out Boolean) is function Internal (Module : G_Module; Symbol_Name : String; Symbol : System.Address) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_module_symbol"); Tmp : aliased Pointer; begin Success := Internal (Module, Symbol_Name & ASCII.NUL, Tmp'Address) /= 0; Symbol := Tmp; end Generic_Module_Symbol; ----------------- -- Module_Name -- ----------------- function Module_Name (Module : G_Module) return String is function Internal (Module : G_Module) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_module_name"); begin return Value (Internal (Module)); end Module_Name; ----------------------- -- Module_Build_Path -- ----------------------- function Module_Build_Path (Directory : String; Module_Name : String) return String is function Internal (Directory : String; Module_Name : String) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_module_build_path"); begin return Value (Internal (Directory & ASCII.NUL, Module_Name & ASCII.NUL)); end Module_Build_Path; end Glib.Module; ������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada-abstract_tree_model.adb����������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000044044�12533067541�022264� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; with Gtk.Tree_Model; use Gtk.Tree_Model; with System; package body Gtkada.Abstract_Tree_Model is procedure Tree_Model_Interface_Init (Iface : Tree_Model_Interface_Descr; Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, Tree_Model_Interface_Init); function Dispatch_Get_Flags (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Tree_Model_Flags; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Get_Flags); function Dispatch_Get_N_Columns (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model) return Glib.Gint; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Get_N_Columns); function Dispatch_Get_Column_Type (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Index : Glib.Gint) return Glib.GType; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Get_Column_Type); function Dispatch_Get_Iter (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Path : System.Address) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Get_Iter); function Dispatch_Get_Path (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Get_Path); procedure Dispatch_Get_Value (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Glib.Gint; Value : out Glib.Values.GValue); pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Get_Value); function Dispatch_Iter_Next (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Iter_Next); function Dispatch_Iter_Children (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Parent : access Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Iter_Children); function Dispatch_Iter_Has_Child (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Iter_Has_Child); function Dispatch_Iter_N_Children (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gint; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Iter_N_Children); function Dispatch_Iter_Nth_Child (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Parent : access Gtk_Tree_Iter; N : Glib.Gint) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Iter_Nth_Child); function Dispatch_Iter_Parent (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk_Tree_Iter; Child : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean; pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Iter_Parent); procedure Dispatch_Ref_Node (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter); pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Ref_Node); procedure Dispatch_Unref_Node (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter); pragma Convention (C, Dispatch_Unref_Node); Class_Record : aliased Glib.Object.Ada_GObject_Class := Glib.Object.Uninitialized_Class; ------------------------------ -- Dispatch_Get_Column_Type -- ------------------------------ function Dispatch_Get_Column_Type (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Index : Glib.Gint) return Glib.GType is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin return T.Get_Column_Type (Index); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return Glib.GType_None; end Dispatch_Get_Column_Type; function Get_Column_Type (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Index : Glib.Gint) return Glib.GType is begin -- The default implementation is to call gtk+ default function return Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Column_Type (+Self, Index); end Get_Column_Type; ------------------------ -- Dispatch_Get_Flags -- ------------------------ function Dispatch_Get_Flags (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model) return Gtk.Tree_Model.Tree_Model_Flags is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin return T.Get_Flags; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Get_Flags; function Get_Flags (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record) return Tree_Model_Flags is pragma Unreferenced (Self); begin -- We cannot call gtk+'s function here, or that will result in a -- Storage_Error if the user hasn't overridden this function. return 0; end Get_Flags; ----------------------- -- Dispatch_Get_Iter -- ----------------------- function Dispatch_Get_Iter (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Path : System.Address) return Glib.Gboolean is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; P : constant Gtk_Tree_Path := From_Object (Path); begin Iter.all := T.Get_Iter (P); if Iter.all = Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter then return 0; else return 1; end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Get_Iter; function Get_Iter (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Path : Gtk_Tree_Path) return Gtk_Tree_Iter is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Iter (+Self, Path); end Get_Iter; ----------------------- -- Dispatch_Get_Path -- ----------------------- function Dispatch_Get_Path (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return System.Address is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin return T.Get_Path (Iter).Get_Object; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return System.Null_Address; end Dispatch_Get_Path; function Get_Path (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk_Tree_Path is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Path (+Self, Iter); end Get_Path; ---------------------------- -- Dispatch_Get_N_Columns -- ---------------------------- function Dispatch_Get_N_Columns (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model) return Glib.Gint is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin return T.Get_N_Columns; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Get_N_Columns; function Get_N_Columns (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record) return Glib.Gint is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_N_Columns (+Self); end Get_N_Columns; ------------------------ -- Dispatch_Get_Value -- ------------------------ procedure Dispatch_Get_Value (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Glib.Gint; Value : out Glib.Values.GValue) is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin if Iter = Null_Iter then raise Program_Error with "passing a null_iter to Get_Value"; end if; T.Get_Value (Iter, Column, Value); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); Glib.Values.Unset (Value); end Dispatch_Get_Value; procedure Get_Value (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter; Column : Glib.Gint; Value : out Glib.Values.GValue) is begin Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Value (+Self, Iter, Column, Value); end Get_Value; ---------------------------- -- Dispatch_Iter_Children -- ---------------------------- function Dispatch_Iter_Children (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Parent : access Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; Real_Parent : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; begin -- Gtk should normally never pass null to that function. Unfortunately, -- When using e.g. PyGtk, Parent may be null, probably due to a bug. -- Using a null parent and passing Null_Iter in this case is a -- workaround to that problem. if Parent /= null then Real_Parent := Parent.all; else Real_Parent := Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter; end if; Iter.all := T.Children (Real_Parent); if Iter.all = Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter then return 0; else return 1; end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Iter_Children; function Children (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Parent : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk_Tree_Iter is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Children (+Self, Parent); end Children; ----------------------------- -- Dispatch_Iter_Has_Child -- ----------------------------- function Dispatch_Iter_Has_Child (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin if T.Has_Child (Iter) then return 1; else return 0; end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Iter_Has_Child; function Has_Child (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Boolean is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Has_Child (+Self, Iter); end Has_Child; ------------------------------ -- Dispatch_Iter_N_Children -- ------------------------------ function Dispatch_Iter_N_Children (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gint is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin if Iter = null then return T.N_Children (Null_Iter); else return T.N_Children (Iter.all); end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Iter_N_Children; function N_Children (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter := Null_Iter) return Glib.Gint is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.N_Children (+Self, Iter); end N_Children; ------------------------ -- Dispatch_Iter_Next -- ------------------------ function Dispatch_Iter_Next (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin T.Next (Iter.all); if Iter.all = Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter then return 0; else return 1; end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Iter_Next; procedure Next (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : in out Gtk_Tree_Iter) is begin Gtk.Tree_Model.Next (+Self, Iter); end Next; ----------------------------- -- Dispatch_Iter_Nth_Child -- ----------------------------- function Dispatch_Iter_Nth_Child (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter; Parent : access Gtk_Tree_Iter; N : Glib.Gint) return Glib.Gboolean is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin -- Parent can be null, GtkAda assumes it can't. if Parent = null then Iter.all := T.Nth_Child (Null_Iter, N); else Iter.all := T.Nth_Child (Parent.all, N); end if; if Iter.all = Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter then return 0; else return 1; end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Iter_Nth_Child; function Nth_Child (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Parent : Gtk_Tree_Iter; N : Glib.Gint) return Gtk_Tree_Iter is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Nth_Child (+Self, Parent, N); end Nth_Child; -------------------------- -- Dispatch_Iter_Parent -- -------------------------- function Dispatch_Iter_Parent (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : access Gtk_Tree_Iter; Child : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Glib.Gboolean is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin Iter.all := T.Parent (Child); if Iter.all = Gtk.Tree_Model.Null_Iter then return 0; else return 1; end if; exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); return 0; end Dispatch_Iter_Parent; function Parent (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Child : Gtk_Tree_Iter) return Gtk_Tree_Iter is begin return Gtk.Tree_Model.Parent (+Self, Child); end Parent; ----------------------- -- Dispatch_Ref_Node -- ----------------------- procedure Dispatch_Ref_Node (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin T.Ref_Node (Iter); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); end Dispatch_Ref_Node; procedure Ref_Node (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) is pragma Unreferenced (Self, Iter); begin -- We cannot call gtk+'s function here, or that will result in a -- Storage_Error if the user hasn't overridden this function. null; -- Gtk.Tree_Model.Ref_Node (+Self, Iter); end Ref_Node; ------------------------- -- Dispatch_Unref_Node -- ------------------------- procedure Dispatch_Unref_Node (Tree_Model : Gtk_Tree_Model; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) is T : constant Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model := -Tree_Model; begin T.Unref_Node (Iter); exception when E : others => Process_Exception (E); end Dispatch_Unref_Node; procedure Unref_Node (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record; Iter : Gtk_Tree_Iter) is pragma Unreferenced (Self, Iter); begin -- We cannot call gtk+'s function here, or that will result in a -- Storage_Error if the user hasn't overridden this function. null; -- Gtk.Tree_Model.Unref_Node (+Self, Iter); end Unref_Node; -------------- -- Get_Type -- -------------- function Get_Type return Glib.GType is begin if Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor => Glib.GType_Object, Class_Record => Class_Record'Access, Type_Name => "GtkAdaAbstractTreeModel") then Add_Interface (Class_Record, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Type, new GInterface_Info' (Interface_Init => Tree_Model_Interface_Init'Access, Interface_Finalize => null, Interface_Data => System.Null_Address)); end if; return Class_Record.The_Type; end Get_Type; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Self : access Gtk_Abstract_Tree_Model_Record'Class) is begin G_New (Self, Get_Type); end Initialize; ------------------------------- -- Tree_Model_Interface_Init -- ------------------------------- procedure Tree_Model_Interface_Init (Iface : Tree_Model_Interface_Descr; Data : System.Address) is pragma Unreferenced (Data); begin Set_Get_Flags (Iface, Dispatch_Get_Flags'Access); Set_Get_N_Columns (Iface, Dispatch_Get_N_Columns'Access); Set_Get_Column_Type (Iface, Dispatch_Get_Column_Type'Access); Set_Get_Iter (Iface, Dispatch_Get_Iter'Access); Set_Get_Path (Iface, Dispatch_Get_Path'Access); Set_Get_Value (Iface, Dispatch_Get_Value'Access); Set_Iter_Next (Iface, Dispatch_Iter_Next'Access); Set_Iter_Children (Iface, Dispatch_Iter_Children'Access); Set_Iter_Has_Child (Iface, Dispatch_Iter_Has_Child'Access); Set_Iter_N_Children (Iface, Dispatch_Iter_N_Children'Access); Set_Iter_Nth_Child (Iface, Dispatch_Iter_Nth_Child'Access); Set_Iter_Parent (Iface, Dispatch_Iter_Parent'Access); Set_Ref_Node (Iface, Dispatch_Ref_Node'Access); Set_Unref_Node (Iface, Dispatch_Unref_Node'Access); end Tree_Model_Interface_Init; end Gtkada.Abstract_Tree_Model; ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-type_conversion_hooks.ads����������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000011576�12533067541�022422� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- This package provides an implementation for hooks used in -- Gtk.Type_Conversion. These hooks should be used when you import a new -- C GObject, so that GtkAda can recreate the Ada structure from the -- underlying C structure. -- Note that when you create a GObject directly in Ada, you do not need to -- provide any hook. -- -- Implementation note: This is a separate package from Gtk.Type_Conversion -- so that adding a hook does not necessarily mean the user has to 'with' -- Gtk.Type_Conversion, and thus all the packages from GtkAda. -- -- Note that this package is not thread safe. You should call the -- function Add_Hook from the elaboration part of your packages. -- -- </description> -- <group>Glib, the general-purpose library</group> with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; package Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks is -- <doc_ignore> function Conversion_Function (Obj : System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject; -- This function has to convert a C object to an Ada object. -- It will first try all the registered functions (in -- Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks). If no match is found, then it will try -- recursively all parents of the C object. If no match is found at all, -- it will create an object of type Expected_Type, no matter what the real -- C type is. type Get_GType_Func is access function return Glib.GType; pragma Convention (C, Get_GType_Func); -- Type used during the type conversion process type Conversion_Creator_Hook_Type is access function (Expected_Object : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject; -- </doc_ignore> -- This package is used to allow automatic conversion from a C gtk object -- to Ada. -- To allow GtkAda to automatically bind an incoming externally created -- widget to the correct Ada type, you just need to instantiate this -- package, that will then automatically register the appropriate -- conversion methods. generic Get_GType : Get_GType_Func; -- This function returns the GType assiciated with the type we want to -- convert to. Usually, all widgets have a class-wide Get_Type that can -- directly be used here. type Handled_Type is new GObject_Record with private; -- The type we want to convert to. package Hook_Registrator is function Creator (Expected_Object : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject; -- This function will create an Ada type corresponding to Handled_Type. -- In case Expected_Object is a child type of Handled_Type, an Ada -- object of type Expected_Object is returned instead. -- -- This allows convertion of types we know are expected, but don't have -- registered conversion hook functions. private Creator_Access : constant Conversion_Creator_Hook_Type := Creator'Access; -- We need to create this access type here because of RM 3.10.2(28) -- It should go to the body, but conversion of Creator'Access to -- Conversion_Creator_Hook_Type is only allowed in the private section. end Hook_Registrator; end Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtkada_src.gpr��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000002016�12533067520�017163� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������with "../shared"; library project GtkAda_Src is case Shared.Need_Objective_C is when "yes" => for Languages use ("C", "Ada", "Objective-C"); when "no" => for Languages use ("C", "Ada"); end case; -- Put "generated" first, so that files are preferably taken from there -- even if they still exist in "." for Source_Dirs use ("generated", "."); for Library_Kind use Shared.Library_Kind; for Object_Dir use "obj/gtkada/" & Project'Library_Kind; for Library_Dir use "lib/gtkada/" & Project'Library_Kind; for Library_Name use "gtkada"; for Library_Version use "lib" & Project'Library_Name & Shared.So_Ext & "." & Shared.Version; for Library_Options use Shared.Gtk_Libs; package Builder renames Shared.Builder; package Naming renames Shared.Naming; package Compiler renames Shared.Compiler; package Binder renames Shared.Binder; package IDE renames Shared.IDE; package Linker is for Linker_Options use Shared.Gtk_Libs; end Linker; end GtkAda_Src; ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-xml.adb����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000103354�12533067541�016544� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Ada.Strings.Fixed; use Ada.Strings.Fixed; with Glib.Convert; use Glib.Convert; with Glib.Error; use Glib.Error; with Glib.Unicode; use Glib.Unicode; with Glib.Messages; use Glib.Messages; package body Glib.XML is function File_Length (FD : Integer) return Long_Integer; pragma Import (C, File_Length, "__gnat_file_length"); -- Get length of file from file descriptor FD function Open_Read (Name : String; Fmode : Integer := 0) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Open_Read, "__gnat_open_read"); -- Open file Name and return a file descriptor function Create_File (Name : String; Fmode : Integer := 0) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Create_File, "__gnat_open_create"); -- Creates new file with given name for writing, returning file descriptor -- for subsequent use in Write calls. File descriptor returned is -- negative if file cannot be successfully created. function Read (FD : Integer; A : System.Address; N : Integer) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Read, "read"); -- Read N bytes to address A from file referenced by FD. Returned value is -- count of bytes actually read, which can be less than N at EOF. procedure Write (FD : Integer; S : String; N : Integer); pragma Import (C, Write, "write"); -- Write N bytes from address A to file referenced by FD. The returned -- value is the number of bytes written, which can be less than N if a -- disk full condition was detected. procedure Close (FD : Integer); pragma Import (C, Close, "close"); -- Close file referenced by FD procedure Skip_Blanks (Buf : String; Index : in out Natural); -- Skip blanks, LF and CR, starting at Index. Index is updated to the -- new position (first non blank or EOF) function Get_Node (Buf : String; Index : access Natural) return Node_Ptr; -- The main parse routine. Starting at Index.all, Index.all is updated -- on return. Return the node starting at Buf (Index.all) which will -- also contain all the children and subchildren. procedure Get_Buf (Buf : String; Index : in out Natural; Terminator : Character; S : out String_Ptr); -- On return, S will contain the String starting at Buf (Index) and -- terminating before the first 'Terminator' character. Index will also -- point to the next non blank character. -- The special XML '&' characters are translated appropriately in S. -- S is set to null if Terminator wasn't found in Buf. procedure Extract_Attrib (Tag : in out String_Ptr; Attributes : out String_Ptr; Empty_Node : out Boolean); -- Extract the attributes as a string, if the tag contains blanks ' ' -- On return, Tag is unchanged and Attributes contains the string -- If the last character in Tag is '/' then the node is empty and -- Empty_Node is set to True. procedure Get_Next_Word (Buf : String; Index : in out Natural; Word : out String_Ptr); -- extract the next textual word from Buf and return it. -- return null if no word left. -- The special XML '&' characters are translated appropriately in S. function Translate (S : String) return String; -- Translate S by replacing the XML '&' special characters by the -- actual ASCII character. -- This function currently handles: -- - " -- - > -- - < -- - & -- - ' ----------------- -- Skip_Blanks -- ----------------- procedure Skip_Blanks (Buf : String; Index : in out Natural) is begin while Index < Buf'Last and then (Buf (Index) = ' ' or else Buf (Index) = ASCII.LF or else Buf (Index) = ASCII.HT or else Buf (Index) = ASCII.CR) loop Index := Index + 1; end loop; end Skip_Blanks; ------------- -- Get_Buf -- ------------- procedure Get_Buf (Buf : String; Index : in out Natural; Terminator : Character; S : out String_Ptr) is Start : constant Natural := Index; begin while Index <= Buf'Last and then Buf (Index) /= Terminator loop Index := Index + 1; end loop; if Index > Buf'Last then S := null; else S := new String'(Translate (Buf (Start .. Index - 1))); Index := Index + 1; if Index < Buf'Last then Skip_Blanks (Buf, Index); end if; end if; end Get_Buf; ------------------------ -- Extract_Attributes -- ------------------------ procedure Extract_Attrib (Tag : in out String_Ptr; Attributes : out String_Ptr; Empty_Node : out Boolean) is Index : Natural := Tag'First; Index_Last_Of_Tag : Natural; S : String_Ptr; begin -- First decide if the node is empty if Tag (Tag'Last) = '/' then Empty_Node := True; else Empty_Node := False; end if; while Index <= Tag'Last and then not (Tag (Index) = ' ' or else Tag (Index) = ASCII.LF or else Tag (Index) = ASCII.HT or else Tag (Index) = ASCII.CR) loop Index := Index + 1; end loop; Index_Last_Of_Tag := Index - 1; Skip_Blanks (Tag.all, Index); if Index <= Tag'Last then if Empty_Node then Attributes := new String'(Tag (Index .. Tag'Last - 1)); else Attributes := new String'(Tag (Index .. Tag'Last)); end if; S := new String'(Tag (Tag'First .. Index_Last_Of_Tag)); Free (Tag); Tag := S; end if; end Extract_Attrib; ------------------- -- Get_Next_Word -- ------------------- procedure Get_Next_Word (Buf : String; Index : in out Natural; Word : out String_Ptr) is Terminator : Character; begin Skip_Blanks (Buf, Index); if Buf (Index) = ''' or Buf (Index) = '"' then -- If the word starts with a quotation mark, then read until -- the closing mark Terminator := Buf (Index); Index := Index + 1; Get_Buf (Buf, Index, Terminator, Word); else -- For a normal word, scan up to either a blank, or a '=' declare Start_Index : constant Natural := Index; begin while Index <= Buf'Last and then Buf (Index) /= ' ' and then Buf (Index) /= '=' loop Index := Index + 1; end loop; Word := new String'(Translate (Buf (Start_Index .. Index - 1))); end; end if; if Index < Buf'Last then Skip_Blanks (Buf, Index); end if; end Get_Next_Word; --------------- -- Translate -- --------------- function Translate (S : String) return String is Str : String (1 .. S'Length); Start, J : Positive; Index : Positive := S'First; In_String : Boolean := False; begin if S'Length = 0 then return S; else J := Str'First; loop if In_String or else S (Index) /= '&' then Str (J) := S (Index); else Index := Index + 1; Start := Index; while S (Index) /= ';' loop Index := Index + 1; pragma Assert (Index <= S'Last); end loop; if S (Start .. Index - 1) = "quot" then Str (J) := '"'; elsif S (Start .. Index - 1) = "gt" then Str (J) := '>'; elsif S (Start .. Index - 1) = "lt" then Str (J) := '<'; elsif S (Start .. Index - 1) = "amp" then Str (J) := '&'; elsif S (Start .. Index - 1) = "apos" then Str (J) := '''; end if; end if; exit when Index = S'Last; if S (Index) = '"' then In_String := not In_String; end if; Index := Index + 1; J := J + 1; end loop; return Str (1 .. J); end if; end Translate; ------------------- -- Get_Attribute -- ------------------- function Get_Attribute (N : Node_Ptr; Attribute_Name : UTF8_String; Default : UTF8_String := "") return UTF8_String is Index : Natural; Key, Value : String_Ptr; begin if N = null or else N.Attributes = null then return Default; end if; Index := N.Attributes'First; while Index < N.Attributes'Last loop Get_Next_Word (N.Attributes.all, Index, Key); Get_Buf (N.Attributes.all, Index, '=', Value); Free (Value); Get_Next_Word (N.Attributes.all, Index, Value); if Attribute_Name = Key.all then exit; else Free (Key); Free (Value); end if; end loop; Free (Key); if Value = null then return Default; else declare V : constant String := Value.all; begin Free (Value); return V; end; end if; end Get_Attribute; ------------------- -- Set_Attribute -- ------------------- procedure Set_Attribute (N : Node_Ptr; Attribute_Name, Attribute_Value : UTF8_String) is Index, Tmp : Natural; Key, Value : String_Ptr; Atts : String_Ptr; Str : constant String := Attribute_Name & "=""" & Protect (Attribute_Value) & """ "; begin if N.Attributes /= null then Index := N.Attributes'First; -- First remove any definition of the attribute in the current list while Index < N.Attributes'Last loop Tmp := Index; Get_Next_Word (N.Attributes.all, Index, Key); Get_Buf (N.Attributes.all, Index, '=', Value); Free (Value); Get_Next_Word (N.Attributes.all, Index, Value); Free (Value); if Attribute_Name = Key.all then Atts := new String' (Str & N.Attributes (N.Attributes'First .. Tmp - 1) & N.Attributes (Index .. N.Attributes'Last)); Free (N.Attributes); N.Attributes := Atts; Free (Key); return; end if; Free (Key); end loop; Atts := new String'(Str & N.Attributes.all); Free (N.Attributes); N.Attributes := Atts; else N.Attributes := new String'(Str); end if; end Set_Attribute; --------------- -- Add_Child -- --------------- procedure Add_Child (N : Node_Ptr; Child : Node_Ptr; Append : Boolean := False) is Tmp : Node_Ptr; begin if Append then if N.Child = null then N.Child := Child; else Tmp := N.Child; while Tmp.Next /= null loop Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; Tmp.Next := Child; end if; else Child.Next := N.Child; N.Child := Child; end if; Child.Parent := N; end Add_Child; -------------- -- Get_Node -- -------------- function Get_Node (Buf : String; Index : access Natural) return Node_Ptr is N : constant Node_Ptr := new Node; Q : Node_Ptr; S : String_Ptr; Empty_Node : Boolean; Last_Child : Node_Ptr; begin pragma Assert (Buf (Index.all) = '<'); Index.all := Index.all + 1; Get_Buf (Buf, Index.all, '>', N.Tag); -- Check to see whether it is a comment, !DOCTYPE, or the like: if N.Tag (N.Tag'First) = '!' then return Get_Node (Buf, Index); else -- Here we have to deal with the attributes of the form -- <tag attrib='xyyzy'> Extract_Attrib (N.Tag, N.Attributes, Empty_Node); -- it is possible to have a child-less node that has the form -- <tag /> or <tag attrib='xyyzy'/> if Empty_Node then N.Value := new String'(""); else if Buf (Index.all) = '<' then if Buf (Index.all + 1) = '/' then -- No value contained on this node N.Value := new String'(""); Index.all := Index.all + 1; else -- Parse the children Add_Child (N, Get_Node (Buf, Index)); Last_Child := N.Child; pragma Assert (Buf (Index.all) = '<'); while Buf (Index.all + 1) /= '/' loop Q := Last_Child; Q.Next := Get_Node (Buf, Index); Q.Next.Parent := N; Last_Child := Q.Next; pragma Assert (Buf (Index.all) = '<'); end loop; Index.all := Index.all + 1; end if; else -- Get the value of this node Get_Buf (Buf, Index.all, '<', N.Value); end if; pragma Assert (Buf (Index.all) = '/'); Index.all := Index.all + 1; Get_Buf (Buf, Index.all, '>', S); pragma Assert (N.Tag.all = S.all); Free (S); end if; return N; end if; exception when others => return null; end Get_Node; ------------- -- Protect -- ------------- function Protect (S : String) return String is Length : Natural := 0; Valid_Utf8 : Boolean; Invalid_Pos : Natural; Pos : Natural; procedure Update_Length (Idx : Natural); -- Update the final length of the result string procedure Translate (Idx : Natural; Res : in out String; Res_Idx : in out Natural); -- Protect an xml-reserved character into its entities equivalence ------------------- -- Update_Length -- ------------------- procedure Update_Length (Idx : Natural) is begin case S (Idx) is when '<' => Length := Length + 4; when '>' => Length := Length + 4; when '&' => Length := Length + 5; when ''' => Length := Length + 6; when '"' => Length := Length + 6; when others => -- Single case for ascii/utf8: ascii control characters will -- also match. if Unichar_Type (UTF8_Get_Char (S (Idx .. S'Last))) = Unicode_Control then declare Str : constant String := Glib.Gunichar'Image (UTF8_Get_Char (S (Idx .. S'Last))); begin -- Add 2: -1 for the starting space, and +3 for leading -- &# and trailing ; Length := Length + Str'Length + 2; end; elsif Valid_Utf8 then Length := Length + UTF8_Next_Char (S, Idx) - Idx; else Length := Length + 1; end if; end case; end Update_Length; --------------- -- Translate -- --------------- procedure Translate (Idx : Natural; Res : in out String; Res_Idx : in out Natural) is begin case S (Idx) is when '<' => Res (Res_Idx .. Res_Idx + 3) := "<"; Res_Idx := Res_Idx + 4; when '>' => Res (Res_Idx .. Res_Idx + 3) := ">"; Res_Idx := Res_Idx + 4; when '&' => Res (Res_Idx .. Res_Idx + 4) := "&"; Res_Idx := Res_Idx + 5; when ''' => Res (Res_Idx .. Res_Idx + 5) := "'"; Res_Idx := Res_Idx + 6; when '"' => Res (Res_Idx .. Res_Idx + 5) := """; Res_Idx := Res_Idx + 6; when others => declare Char : constant Glib.Gunichar := UTF8_Get_Char (S (Idx .. S'Last)); Next : Natural; begin if Unichar_Type (Char) = Unicode_Control then declare Str : constant String := Glib.Gunichar'Image (Char); begin Res (Res_Idx .. Res_Idx + Str'Length + 1) := "&#" & Str (Str'First + 1 .. Str'Last) & ";"; Res_Idx := Res_Idx + Str'Length + 2; end; elsif Valid_Utf8 then Next := UTF8_Next_Char (S, Idx); Res (Res_Idx .. Res_Idx + Next - Idx - 1) := S (Idx .. Next - 1); Res_Idx := Res_Idx + Next - Idx; else Res (Res_Idx) := S (Idx); Res_Idx := Res_Idx + 1; end if; end; end case; end Translate; begin UTF8_Validate (S, Valid_Utf8, Invalid_Pos); if Valid_Utf8 then Pos := S'First; while Pos <= S'Last loop Update_Length (Pos); Pos := UTF8_Next_Char (S, Pos); end loop; else for J in S'Range loop Update_Length (J); end loop; end if; declare Result : String (1 .. Length); Index : Integer := 1; begin if Valid_Utf8 then Pos := S'First; while Pos <= S'Last loop Translate (Pos, Result, Index); Pos := UTF8_Next_Char (S, Pos); end loop; else for J in S'Range loop Translate (J, Result, Index); end loop; end if; return Result; end; end Protect; ----------- -- Print -- ----------- procedure Print (N : Node_Ptr; File_Name : String := "") is Success : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Success); begin Print (N, File_Name, Success); end Print; ----------- -- Print -- ----------- procedure Print (N : Node_Ptr; File_Name : String; Success : out Boolean) is File : Integer := 1; procedure Do_Indent (Indent : Natural); -- Print a string made of Indent blank characters. procedure Print_String (S : String); -- Print S to File, after replacing the special '<', '>', -- '"', '&' and ''' characters. procedure Print_Node (N : Node_Ptr; Indent : Natural); -- Write a node and its children to File procedure Put (S : String); -- Write S to File procedure Put_Line (S : String); -- Write S & LF to File --------- -- Put -- --------- procedure Put (S : String) is begin Write (File, S, S'Length); end Put; -------------- -- Put_Line -- -------------- procedure Put_Line (S : String) is begin Put (S & ASCII.LF); end Put_Line; --------------- -- Do_Indent -- --------------- procedure Do_Indent (Indent : Natural) is begin Put ((1 .. Indent => ' ')); end Do_Indent; ------------------ -- Print_String -- ------------------ procedure Print_String (S : String) is begin for J in S'Range loop case S (J) is when '<' => Put ("<"); when '>' => Put (">"); when '&' => Put ("&"); when ''' => Put ("'"); when '"' => Put ("""); when ASCII.NUL .. Character'Val (9) | Character'Val (11) .. Character'Val (31) => declare Img : constant String := Integer'Image (Character'Pos (S (J))); begin Put ("&#" & Img (Img'First + 1 .. Img'Last) & ";"); end; when others => Put ((1 => S (J))); end case; end loop; end Print_String; ---------------- -- Print_Node -- ---------------- procedure Print_Node (N : Node_Ptr; Indent : Natural) is P : Node_Ptr; begin Do_Indent (Indent); Put ("<" & N.Tag.all); if N.Attributes /= null then Put (" " & N.Attributes.all); end if; if N.Child /= null then Put_Line (">"); P := N.Child; while P /= null loop Print_Node (P, Indent + 2); P := P.Next; end loop; Do_Indent (Indent); Put_Line ("</" & N.Tag.all & ">"); elsif N.Value = null or else N.Value.all = "" then -- The following handles the difference between what you got -- when you parsed <tag/> vs. <tag />. if N.Tag (N.Tag'Last) = '/' then Put_Line (">"); else Put_Line (" />"); end if; else Put (">"); Print_String (N.Value.all); Put_Line ("</" & N.Tag.all & ">"); end if; end Print_Node; begin if File_Name /= "" then File := Create_File (File_Name & ASCII.NUL); if File < 0 then Success := False; return; end if; end if; Put_Line ("<?xml version=""1.0""?>"); Print_Node (N, 0); if File_Name /= "" then Close (File); end if; Success := True; end Print; ----------- -- Parse -- ----------- function Parse (File : String) return Node_Ptr is function Read_File (The_File : String) return String_Ptr; -- Return the contents of an entire file. -- If the file cannot be found, return null. -- The caller is responsible for freeing the returned memory. --------------- -- Read_File -- --------------- function Read_File (The_File : String) return String_Ptr is FD : Integer; Buffer : String_Ptr; Length : Integer; pragma Warnings (Off, Length); begin FD := Open_Read (The_File & ASCII.NUL); if FD < 0 then return null; end if; Length := Integer (File_Length (FD)); Buffer := new String (1 .. Length); Length := Read (FD, Buffer.all'Address, Length); Close (FD); return Buffer; end Read_File; Buf : String_Ptr; Result : Node_Ptr; begin Buf := Read_File (File); if Buf = null then return null; end if; Result := Parse_Buffer (Buf.all); Free (Buf); return Result; end Parse; ------------------ -- Parse_Buffer -- ------------------ function Parse_Buffer (Buffer : UTF8_String) return Node_Ptr is Index : aliased Natural := 2; XML_Version : String_Ptr; Encoding : Integer; Encoding_Last : Integer; Result : Node_Ptr; begin Get_Buf (Buffer, Index, '>', XML_Version); if XML_Version = null then return null; else -- Check the encoding specified for that file Encoding := Ada.Strings.Fixed.Index (XML_Version.all, "encoding"); if Encoding /= 0 then while Encoding <= XML_Version'Last and then XML_Version (Encoding) /= '"' loop Encoding := Encoding + 1; end loop; Encoding := Encoding + 1; Encoding_Last := Encoding + 1; while Encoding_Last <= XML_Version'Last and then XML_Version (Encoding_Last) /= '"' loop Encoding_Last := Encoding_Last + 1; end loop; if Encoding_Last <= XML_Version'Last then declare Error : aliased GError; Utf8_Buffer : constant String := Glib.Convert.Convert (Buffer, To_Codeset => "UTF-8", From_Codeset => XML_Version (Encoding .. Encoding_Last - 1), Error => Error'Unchecked_Access); begin if Utf8_Buffer /= "" then Result := Get_Node (Utf8_Buffer, Index'Unchecked_Access); else Glib.Messages.Log ("Glib", Log_Level_Warning, Get_Message (Error)); Error_Free (Error); end if; end; else Result := Get_Node (Buffer, Index'Unchecked_Access); end if; else Result := Get_Node (Buffer, Index'Unchecked_Access); end if; Free (XML_Version); return Result; end if; end Parse_Buffer; -------------- -- Find_Tag -- -------------- function Find_Tag (N : Node_Ptr; Tag : UTF8_String) return Node_Ptr is P : Node_Ptr := N; begin while P /= null loop if P.Tag.all = Tag then return P; end if; P := P.Next; end loop; return null; end Find_Tag; ----------------------------- -- Find_Tag_With_Attribute -- ----------------------------- function Find_Tag_With_Attribute (N : Node_Ptr; Tag : UTF8_String; Key : UTF8_String; Value : UTF8_String := "") return Node_Ptr is P : Node_Ptr := N; begin while P /= null loop if P.Tag.all = Tag then declare The_Value : constant String := Get_Attribute (P, Key); begin if The_Value /= "" then if Value = "" or The_Value = Value then -- if Value is not given when calling the -- the function only the Key need to match return P; end if; end if; end; end if; P := P.Next; end loop; return null; end Find_Tag_With_Attribute; --------------- -- Get_Field -- --------------- function Get_Field (N : Node_Ptr; Field : UTF8_String) return String_Ptr is P : constant Node_Ptr := Find_Tag (N.Child, Field); begin if P /= null then return P.Value; else return null; end if; end Get_Field; ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free (N : in out Node_Ptr; Free_Data : Free_Specific_Data := null) is procedure Free_Node (N : in out Node_Ptr); -- Free the memory for a node, but doesn't remove it from its parent procedure Unchecked_Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Node, Node_Ptr); --------------- -- Free_Node -- --------------- procedure Free_Node (N : in out Node_Ptr) is Child : Node_Ptr := N.Child; Next : Node_Ptr; begin Free (N.Tag); Free (N.Attributes); Free (N.Value); if Free_Data /= null then Free_Data (N.Specific_Data); end if; -- Free all the children while Child /= null loop Next := Child.Next; Free_Node (Child); Child := Next; end loop; Unchecked_Free (N); end Free_Node; Child : Node_Ptr; Previous : Node_Ptr; begin if N = null then return; end if; if N.Parent /= null then Child := N.Parent.Child; -- Remove the node from its parent while Child /= null and then Child /= N loop Previous := Child; Child := Child.Next; end loop; if Child = N then if Previous = null then N.Parent.Child := N.Next; else Previous.Next := N.Next; end if; end if; end if; -- Free the memory occupied by the node Free_Node (N); end Free; --------------- -- Deep_Copy -- --------------- function Deep_Copy (N : Node_Ptr) return Node_Ptr is function Deep_Copy_Internal (N : Node_Ptr; Parent : Node_Ptr := null) return Node_Ptr; -- Internal version of Deep_Copy. Returns a deep copy of N, whose -- parent should be Parent. function Deep_Copy_Internal (N : Node_Ptr; Parent : Node_Ptr := null) return Node_Ptr is Attr : String_Ptr; Value : String_Ptr; New_N : Node_Ptr; Child : Node_Ptr; N_Child : Node_Ptr; begin if N = null then return null; else if N.Attributes /= null then Attr := new String'(N.Attributes.all); end if; if N.Value /= null then Value := new String'(N.Value.all); end if; -- Do not clone Next: For the initial node, we should not clone -- the next nodes, only its children. And for children this is -- done by Deep_Copy_Internal on the parent New_N := new Node' (Tag => new String'(N.Tag.all), Attributes => Attr, Value => Value, Parent => Parent, Child => null, Next => null, Specific_Data => N.Specific_Data); -- Clone each child Child := N.Child; while Child /= null loop if N_Child = null then New_N.Child := Deep_Copy_Internal (Child, Parent => New_N); N_Child := New_N.Child; else N_Child.Next := Deep_Copy_Internal (Child, Parent => New_N); N_Child := N_Child.Next; end if; Child := Child.Next; end loop; return New_N; end if; end Deep_Copy_Internal; begin return Deep_Copy_Internal (N); end Deep_Copy; -------------- -- Is_Equal -- -------------- function Is_Equal (Node1, Node2 : Node_Ptr) return Boolean is begin if Node1 = null then if Node2 /= null then return False; else return True; end if; elsif Node2 = null then return False; end if; if Node1.Tag = null then if Node2.Tag /= null then return False; end if; elsif Node2.Tag = null then return False; elsif Node1.Tag.all /= Node2.Tag.all then return False; end if; if Node1.Attributes = null then if Node2.Attributes /= null then return False; end if; elsif Node2.Attributes = null then return False; elsif Node1.Attributes.all /= Node2.Attributes.all then return False; end if; if Node1.Value = null then if Node2.Value /= null then return False; end if; elsif Node2.Value = null then return False; elsif Node1.Value.all /= Node2.Value.all then return False; end if; if Node1.Child = null then if Node2.Child /= null then return False; end if; elsif Node2.Child = null then return False; elsif not Is_Equal (Node1.Child, Node2.Child) then return False; end if; if Node1.Next = null then if Node2.Next /= null then return False; end if; elsif Node2.Next = null then return False; elsif not Is_Equal (Node1.Next, Node2.Next) then return False; end if; return True; end Is_Equal; -------------------- -- Children_Count -- -------------------- function Children_Count (N : Node_Ptr) return Natural is Tmp : Node_Ptr; Count : Natural := 0; begin if N /= null then Tmp := N.Child; while Tmp /= null loop Count := Count + 1; Tmp := Tmp.Next; end loop; end if; return Count; end Children_Count; end Glib.XML; ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-object.adb�������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000065443�12533067541�017220� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; with Unchecked_Conversion; with Unchecked_Deallocation; with System; use System; with Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; with Gtkada.C; use Gtkada.C; with Gtkada.Types; use Gtkada.Types; package body Glib.Object is package Signal_Id_Arrays is new Gtkada.C.Unbounded_Arrays (Glib.Signal_Id, Glib.Null_Signal_Id, Glib.Guint, Glib.Object.Signal_Id_Array); procedure Free_User_Data (Data : System.Address); -- Free the user data Data. This function should not be called directly procedure Set_User_Data (Obj : System.Address; Quark : Glib.GQuark; Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Set_User_Data, "g_object_set_qdata_full"); function To_Object is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, GObject); procedure Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor : GType; Class_Record : in out Ada_GObject_Class; Type_Name : String; Signals : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array; Parameters : Signal_Parameter_Types := Null_Parameter_Types; Returns : Signal_Return_Types := No_Return_Types; Class_Init : Ada_Class_Init := null; Created : out Boolean); -- Internal version of Initialize_Class_Record function Get_Qdata (Object : System.Address; Quark : Glib.GQuark) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Get_Qdata, "g_object_get_qdata"); ---------------- -- Deallocate -- ---------------- procedure Deallocate (Object : access GObject_Record) is procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (GObject_Record'Class, GObject); Obj : GObject := GObject (Object); begin Free (Obj); end Deallocate; -------------------- -- Free_User_Data -- -------------------- procedure Free_User_Data (Data : System.Address) is pragma Warnings (Off); -- This UC is safe aliasing-wise, so kill warning function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, GObject); pragma Warnings (On); begin Deallocate (Convert (Data)); end Free_User_Data; ----------- -- G_New -- ----------- procedure G_New (Object : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Typ : GType) is function Internal (Typ : GType) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_g_object_new"); begin if not Object.Is_Created then Set_Object (Object, Internal (Typ)); end if; end G_New; ----------- -- G_New -- ----------- procedure G_New (Object : not null access GObject_Record'Class; Typ : Ada_GObject_Class) is begin G_New (Object, Typ.The_Type); end G_New; ---------------- -- Initialize -- ---------------- procedure Initialize (Object : access GObject_Record'Class) is begin G_New (Object, GType_Object); end Initialize; ---------------- -- Get_Object -- ---------------- function Get_Object (Object : access GObject_Record'Class) return System.Address is begin return Object.Ptr; end Get_Object; ------------------------ -- Get_Object_Or_Null -- ------------------------ function Get_Object_Or_Null (Object : GObject) return System.Address is begin if Object = null then return System.Null_Address; else return Object.Ptr; end if; end Get_Object_Or_Null; -------------- -- Get_Type -- -------------- function Get_Type (Object : access GObject_Record) return GType is function Internal (Object : System.Address) return GType; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gobject_get_type"); begin return Internal (Get_Object (Object)); end Get_Type; --------------------------- -- Get_User_Data_Or_Null -- --------------------------- function Get_User_Data_Or_Null (Obj : System.Address) return GObject is begin if Obj = System.Null_Address then return null; end if; return To_Object (Get_Qdata (Obj, GtkAda_String_Quark)); end Get_User_Data_Or_Null; ------------------- -- Get_User_Data -- ------------------- function Get_User_Data (Obj : System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject is R : GObject; begin if Obj = System.Null_Address then return null; end if; if GtkAda_String_Quark = Glib.Unknown_Quark then GtkAda_String_Quark := Glib.Quark_From_String (GtkAda_String); end if; R := To_Object (Get_Qdata (Obj, GtkAda_String_Quark)); if R = null then R := Glib.Type_Conversion_Hooks.Conversion_Function (Obj, Stub); -- This function will either simply return what we expect (Stub), or -- try to create the exact Ada type corresponding to the C type. Set_Object (R, Obj); end if; return R; end Get_User_Data; ------------------------ -- Get_User_Data_Fast -- ------------------------ function Get_User_Data_Fast (Obj : System.Address; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject is pragma Suppress (All_Checks); R : GObject; begin if Obj = System.Null_Address then return null; end if; if GtkAda_String_Quark = Glib.Unknown_Quark then GtkAda_String_Quark := Glib.Quark_From_String (GtkAda_String); end if; R := To_Object (Get_Qdata (Obj, GtkAda_String_Quark)); if R = null then R := new GObject_Record'Class'(Stub); Set_Object (R, Obj); end if; return R; end Get_User_Data_Fast; ---------------- -- Is_Created -- ---------------- function Is_Created (Object : GObject_Record'Class) return Boolean is begin return Object.Ptr /= System.Null_Address; end Is_Created; ---------------- -- Set_Object -- ---------------- procedure Set_Object (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Value : System.Address) is begin Object.Ptr := Value; -- Sets a user data field for the C object associated with Obj. -- This field will be used so that it is possible, knowing a -- C object, to get the full ada object. if GtkAda_String_Quark = Glib.Unknown_Quark then GtkAda_String_Quark := Glib.Quark_From_String (GtkAda_String); end if; -- If the user_data was already set in C, gtk+ will automatically call -- the finalization on it, and thus indirectly destroy the Ada -- object. which is exactly what we want. -- Special case for Null_Address, since this means we are already -- destroying the widget, and Set_User_Data would be invalid. if Value /= System.Null_Address then Set_User_Data (Value, GtkAda_String_Quark, Object.all'Address, Free_User_Data'Address); end if; end Set_Object; -------------------- -- Unchecked_Cast -- -------------------- function Unchecked_Cast (Obj : access GObject_Record'Class; Stub : GObject_Record'Class) return GObject is Result : constant GObject := new GObject_Record'Class'(Stub); procedure Set_User_Data (Obj : System.Address; Quark : Glib.GQuark; Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Set_User_Data, "g_object_set_qdata_full"); begin Result.Ptr := Obj.Ptr; Set_User_Data (Obj.Ptr, GtkAda_String_Quark, Result'Address, Free_User_Data'Address); Deallocate (Obj); return Result; end Unchecked_Cast; ----------------------------- -- Initialize_Class_Record -- ----------------------------- procedure Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor : GType; Class_Record : in out Ada_GObject_Class; Type_Name : String; Signals : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := No_Signals; Parameters : Signal_Parameter_Types := Null_Parameter_Types; Returns : Signal_Return_Types := No_Return_Types; Class_Init : Ada_Class_Init := null) is Ignored : Boolean; pragma Unreferenced (Ignored); begin Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor, Class_Record, Type_Name, Signals, Parameters, Returns, Class_Init, Created => Ignored); end Initialize_Class_Record; ----------------------------- -- Initialize_Class_Record -- ----------------------------- function Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor : GType; Class_Record : not null access Ada_GObject_Class; Type_Name : String; Signals : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array := No_Signals; Parameters : Signal_Parameter_Types := Null_Parameter_Types; Returns : Signal_Return_Types := No_Return_Types; Class_Init : Ada_Class_Init := null) return Boolean is Created : Boolean; begin Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor, Class_Record.all, Type_Name, Signals, Parameters, Returns, Class_Init, Created => Created); return Created; end Initialize_Class_Record; ----------------------------- -- Initialize_Class_Record -- ----------------------------- procedure Initialize_Class_Record (Ancestor : GType; Class_Record : in out Ada_GObject_Class; Type_Name : String; Signals : Gtkada.Types.Chars_Ptr_Array; Parameters : Signal_Parameter_Types := Null_Parameter_Types; Returns : Signal_Return_Types := No_Return_Types; Class_Init : Ada_Class_Init := null; Created : out Boolean) is function Internal (Ancestor : GType; NSignals : Gint; Signals : System.Address; Parameters : System.Address; Max_Parameters : Gint; Returns : System.Address; Max_Returns : Gint; Class_Record : not null access Ada_GObject_Class_Record; Type_Name : String) return Integer; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_initialize_class_record"); Default_Params : Signal_Parameter_Types (1 .. Signals'Length, 1 .. 0) := (others => (others => GType_None)); Pa : System.Address := Default_Params'Address; Num : Gint := 0; begin if Class_Record = null then Class_Record := new Ada_GObject_Class_Record; Class_Record.The_Type := 0; Class_Record.Class_Init := null; end if; Class_Record.Class_Init := Class_Init; if Parameters /= Null_Parameter_Types then pragma Assert (Parameters'Length (1) = Signals'Length); Pa := Parameters'Address; Num := Parameters'Length (2); end if; Created := Internal (Ancestor, Signals'Length, Signals'Address, Pa, Num, Returns => Returns'Address, Max_Returns => Returns'Length, Class_Record => Class_Record, Type_Name => Type_Name & ASCII.NUL) /= 0; -- if Created then -- Register a type conversion hook: if the user adds a customer -- properties setter, the latter might be called as part of creating -- the C instance, and thus before it has been associated with an -- Ada object. Thus we would end up with the default conversion and -- a Gtk_Widget is passed to the property setter. -- end if; end Initialize_Class_Record; ------------------- -- Add_Interface -- ------------------- procedure Add_Interface (Klass : Ada_GObject_Class; Iface : GType; Info : not null access GInterface_Info) is procedure Internal (Klass, Iface : GType; Info : access GInterface_Info); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_type_add_interface_static"); begin Internal (Klass.The_Type, Iface, Info); end Add_Interface; -------------- -- List_Ids -- -------------- function List_Ids (Typ : Glib.GType) return Signal_Id_Array is use Signal_Id_Arrays; function Internal (Typ : GType; N_Ids : access Guint) return Unbounded_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_list_ids"); N : aliased Guint; Output : constant Unbounded_Array_Access := Internal (Typ, N'Access); Result : constant Signal_Id_Array := To_Array (Output, N); begin G_Free (Output); return Result; end List_Ids; ----------------- -- Signal_Name -- ----------------- function Signal_Name (Q : Signal_Query) return Glib.Signal_Name is function Internal (Q : Signal_Query) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gsignal_query_signal_name"); begin return Glib.Signal_Name (String'(Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Q)))); end Signal_Name; ------------ -- Params -- ------------ function Params (Q : Signal_Query) return GType_Array is use GType_Arrays; function Internal (Q : Signal_Query; N_Ids : access Guint) return Unbounded_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gsignal_query_params"); N : aliased Guint; Output : constant Unbounded_Array_Access := Internal (Q, N'Access); Result : constant GType_Array := To_Array (Output, N); begin -- Do not free Output, it belongs to gtk+ -- G_Free (Output); return Result; end Params; ------------ -- Lookup -- ------------ function Lookup (Object : GType; Signal : String) return Glib.Signal_Id is function Internal (Signal : String; Object : GType) return Signal_Id; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_signal_lookup"); begin return Internal (Signal & ASCII.NUL, Object); end Lookup; ------------ -- Notify -- ------------ procedure Notify (Object : access GObject_Record; Property_Name : String) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Name : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_notify"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Property_Name & ASCII.NUL); end Notify; --------- -- Ref -- --------- procedure Ref (Object : access GObject_Record) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_ref"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object)); end Ref; -------------- -- Ref_Sink -- -------------- procedure Ref_Sink (Object : access GObject_Record) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_ref_sink"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object)); end Ref_Sink; ----------- -- Unref -- ----------- procedure Unref (Object : access GObject_Record) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_unref"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object)); end Unref; --------------- -- User_Data -- --------------- package body User_Data is type Data_Access is access all Data_Type; type Cb_Record is record Ptr : Data_Access; On_Destroyed : On_Destroyed_Callback; end record; type Cb_Record_Access is access all Cb_Record; function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Cb_Record_Access); procedure Set_Data_Internal (Object : System.Address; Key : String; Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Set_Data_Internal, "g_object_set_data_full"); procedure Set_Data_Internal_Id (Object : System.Address; Key : Glib.GQuark; Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Set_Data_Internal_Id, "g_object_set_qdata_full"); function Get_Data_Internal (Object : System.Address; Key : String) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Get_Data_Internal, "g_object_get_data"); ---------- -- Free -- ---------- procedure Free_Data (Data : System.Address) is procedure Internal is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Cb_Record, Cb_Record_Access); procedure Internal2 is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Data_Type, Data_Access); D : Cb_Record_Access := Convert (Data); begin if D.On_Destroyed /= null then D.On_Destroyed (D.Ptr.all); end if; Internal2 (D.Ptr); Internal (D); end Free_Data; ------------ -- Is_Set -- ------------ function Is_Set (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data") return Boolean is D : constant Cb_Record_Access := Convert (Get_Data_Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id & ASCII.NUL)); begin return D /= null and then D.Ptr /= null; end Is_Set; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data") return Data_Type is D : constant Cb_Record_Access := Convert (Get_Data_Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id & ASCII.NUL)); begin if D = null or else D.Ptr = null then raise Gtkada.Types.Data_Error; else return D.Ptr.all; end if; end Get; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data"; Default : Data_Type) return Data_Type is D : constant Cb_Record_Access := Convert (Get_Data_Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id & ASCII.NUL)); begin if D = null or else D.Ptr = null then return Default; else return D.Ptr.all; end if; end Get; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : Glib.GQuark) return Data_Type is D : constant Cb_Record_Access := Convert (Get_Qdata (Get_Object (Object), Id)); begin if D = null or else D.Ptr = null then raise Gtkada.Types.Data_Error; else return D.Ptr.all; end if; end Get; --------- -- Get -- --------- function Get (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : Glib.GQuark; Default : Data_Type) return Data_Type is D : constant Cb_Record_Access := Convert (Get_Qdata (Get_Object (Object), Id)); begin if D = null or else D.Ptr = null then return Default; else return D.Ptr.all; end if; end Get; --------- -- Set -- --------- procedure Set (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Data : Data_Type; Id : String := "user_data"; On_Destroyed : On_Destroyed_Callback := null) is function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Cb_Record_Access, System.Address); D : constant Cb_Record_Access := new Cb_Record'(Ptr => new Data_Type'(Data), On_Destroyed => On_Destroyed); begin Set_Data_Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id & ASCII.NUL, Convert (D), Free_Data'Address); end Set; --------- -- Set -- --------- procedure Set (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Data : Data_Type; Id : Glib.GQuark; On_Destroyed : On_Destroyed_Callback := null) is function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Cb_Record_Access, System.Address); D : constant Cb_Record_Access := new Cb_Record'(Ptr => new Data_Type'(Data), On_Destroyed => On_Destroyed); begin Set_Data_Internal_Id (Get_Object (Object), Id, Convert (D), Free_Data'Address); end Set; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : String := "user_data") is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Id : String); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_steal_data"); begin -- First make sure that the destroy callback is called, so that -- memory can be freed Set_Data_Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id & ASCII.NUL, System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id & ASCII.NUL); end Remove; ------------ -- Remove -- ------------ procedure Remove (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Id : Glib.GQuark) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Id : Glib.GQuark); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_steal_qdata"); begin -- First make sure that the destroy callback is called, so that -- memory can be freed Set_Data_Internal_Id (Get_Object (Object), Id, System.Null_Address, System.Null_Address); Internal (Get_Object (Object), Id); end Remove; end User_Data; ----------------------- -- User_Data_Closure -- ----------------------- package body User_Data_Closure is procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (User_Data_Type, Data_Access); procedure Unchecked_Free is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Internal_Data, Internal_Data_Access); --------------- -- Free_Data -- --------------- procedure Free_Data (Data : System.Address) is D : Internal_Data_Access := Convert (Data); begin if D /= null and then D.Data /= null then Destroy (D.Data.all); Unchecked_Free (D.Data); end if; Unchecked_Free (D); end Free_Data; ----------- -- Build -- ----------- function Build (Func : System.Address; Data : User_Data_Type) return System.Address is D : constant Internal_Data_Access := new Internal_Data' (Func => Func, Data => new User_Data_Type'(Data)); begin return D.all'Address; end Build; end User_Data_Closure; ------------- -- Convert -- ------------- function Convert (W : GObject) return System.Address is begin if W = null then return System.Null_Address; else return Get_Object (W); end if; end Convert; ------------- -- Convert -- ------------- function Convert (W : System.Address) return GObject is Stub : GObject_Record; begin return Get_User_Data (W, Stub); end Convert; -------------- -- Weak_Ref -- -------------- procedure Weak_Ref (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Notify : Weak_Notify; Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Notify : Weak_Notify; Data : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_weak_ref"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Notify, Data); end Weak_Ref; ---------------- -- Weak_Unref -- ---------------- procedure Weak_Unref (Object : access GObject_Record'Class; Notify : Weak_Notify; Data : System.Address := System.Null_Address) is procedure Internal (Object : System.Address; Notify : Weak_Notify; Data : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_weak_unref"); begin Internal (Get_Object (Object), Notify, Data); end Weak_Unref; ------------------------------- -- Interface_List_Properties -- ------------------------------- function Interface_List_Properties (Vtable : Interface_Vtable) return Glib.Param_Spec_Array is use Pspec_Arrays; function Internal (Vtable : Interface_Vtable; N_Props : access Guint) return Unbounded_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_interface_list_properties"); N : aliased Guint; Output : constant Unbounded_Array_Access := Internal (Vtable, N'Access); Result : constant Param_Spec_Array := To_Array (Output, Integer (N)); begin -- Doc says we should free, but that results in double-deallocation... -- G_Free (Output); return Result; end Interface_List_Properties; --------------------------- -- Class_List_Properties -- --------------------------- function Class_List_Properties (Class : GObject_Class) return Glib.Param_Spec_Array is use Pspec_Arrays; function Internal (Class : GObject_Class; N_Props : access Guint) return Unbounded_Array_Access; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_class_list_properties"); N : aliased Guint; Output : constant Unbounded_Array_Access := Internal (Class, N'Access); Result : constant Param_Spec_Array := To_Array (Output, Integer (N)); begin -- Doc says we should free, but that results in double-deallocation... -- G_Free (Output); return Result; end Class_List_Properties; end Glib.Object; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gnat_debug.adc��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000171�12533067541�017122� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������pragma Restrictions (No_Implementation_Attributes); -- pragma Restrictions (No_Streams); -- pragma Initialize_Scalars; �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-main.ads����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000012523�12533067541�016536� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- This package provides routines to handle initialization and set up of the -- Gdk library. -- </description> -- <c_version>1.3.6</c_version> -- <group>Gdk, the low-level API</group> with Glib; use Glib; with Gdk.Event; with Gdk.Types; package Gdk.Main is procedure Init; -- Initialize the library for use. -- The command line arguments are modified to reflect any arguments -- which were not handled. (Such arguments should either -- be handled by the application or dismissed). procedure Gdk_Exit (Error_Code : Gint); -- Restore the library to an un-itialized state and exits -- the program using the "exit" system call. -- Error_Code is the error value to pass to "exit". -- Allocated structures are freed and the program exits cleanly. -- This function is deprecated. function Get_Display return String; -- Return the name of the display. function Pointer_Grab (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Owner_Events : Boolean := True; Event_Mask : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event_Mask; Confine_To : Gdk.Gdk_Window := null; Cursor : Gdk.Gdk_Cursor := null; Time : Guint32 := 0) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Grab_Status; -- Grab the pointer to a specific window. -- - Window is the window which will receive the grab -- - Owner_Events specifies whether events will be reported as is, -- or relative to Window -- - Event_Mask masks only interesting events -- - Confine_To limits the cursor movement to the specified window -- - Cursor changes the cursor for the duration of the grab -- - Time specifies the time -- Requires a corresponding call to Pointer_Ungrab -- -- This is obsolescent in gtk-3, use Gdk.Device.Grab instead procedure Pointer_Ungrab (Time : Guint32 := 0); -- Release any pointer grab. function Pointer_Is_Grabbed return Boolean; -- Tell wether there is an active pointer grab in effect. function Keyboard_Grab (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Owner_Events : Boolean := True; Time : Guint32 := 0) return Gdk.Types.Gdk_Grab_Status; -- Grab the keyboard to a specific window. -- - Window is the window which will receive the grab -- - Owner_Events specifies whether events will be reported as is, -- or relative to Window -- - Time specifies the time -- Requires a corresponding call to Keyboard_Ungrab procedure Keyboard_Ungrab (Time : Guint32 := 0); -- Release any keyboard grab. function Screen_Width return Gint; -- Return the width of the screen. function Screen_Height return Gint; -- Return the height of the screen. function Screen_Width_MM return Gint; -- Return the width of the screen in millimeters. function Screen_Height_MM return Gint; -- Return the height of the screen in millimeters. procedure Flush; -- Flush the queue of graphic events and then wait -- until all requests have been received and processed. procedure Beep; -- Emit a beep. procedure Set_Double_Click_Time (Msec : Guint); private pragma Import (C, Gdk_Exit, "gdk_exit"); pragma Import (C, Screen_Width, "gdk_screen_width"); pragma Import (C, Screen_Height, "gdk_screen_height"); pragma Import (C, Screen_Width_MM, "gdk_screen_width_mm"); pragma Import (C, Screen_Height_MM, "gdk_screen_height_mm"); pragma Import (C, Set_Double_Click_Time, "gdk_set_double_click_time"); pragma Import (C, Flush, "gdk_flush"); pragma Import (C, Beep, "gdk_beep"); end Gdk.Main; -- missing: -- gdk_wcstombs -- gdk_mbstowcs �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-visual.ads��������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000007347�12533067541�017125� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <c_version>1.3.6</c_version> -- <group>Gdk, the low-level API</group> with Glib; use Glib; with Glib.Glist; pragma Elaborate_All (Glib.Glist); with System; with Unchecked_Conversion; package Gdk.Visual is subtype Gdk_Visual is Gdk.Gdk_Visual; Null_Visual : constant Gdk_Visual; -- This type is not private because we need the full declaration -- to instanciate Glib.Glist.Generic_List with it. type Gdk_Visual_Type is (Visual_Static_Gray, Visual_Grayscale, Visual_Static_Color, Visual_Pseudo_Color, Visual_True_Color, Visual_Direct_Color); pragma Convention (C, Gdk_Visual_Type); type Gdk_Visual_Type_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gdk_Visual_Type; function Get_Type return Glib.GType; -- Return the internal value associated with Gdk_Visual. function Get_Best_Depth return Gint; function Get_Best_Type return Gdk_Visual_Type; function Get_System return Gdk_Visual; function Get_Best return Gdk_Visual; procedure Get_Best (Visual : out Gdk_Visual); function Get_Best (Depth : Gint) return Gdk_Visual; function Get_Best (Visual_Type : Gdk_Visual_Type) return Gdk_Visual; function Get_Best (Depth : Gint; Visual_Type : Gdk_Visual_Type) return Gdk_Visual; function Query_Depths return Gint_Array; function Query_Visual_Types return Gdk_Visual_Type_Array; function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Gdk_Visual, System.Address); function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Gdk_Visual); package Gdk_Visual_List is new Glib.Glist.Generic_List (Gdk_Visual); function List_Visuals return Gdk_Visual_List.Glist; private Null_Visual : constant Gdk_Visual := null; pragma Import (C, Get_Type, "gdk_visual_get_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_Best_Depth, "gdk_visual_get_best_depth"); pragma Import (C, Get_Best_Type, "gdk_visual_get_best_type"); pragma Import (C, Get_System, "gdk_visual_get_system"); end Gdk.Visual; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gtk-handlers.ads������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000170605�12533067541�017440� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2000 E. Briot, J. Brobecker and A. Charlet -- -- Copyright (C) 1998-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <description> -- -- The aim of this package is to provide some services to connect a -- handler to a signal emitted by a Gtk Object. To understand the -- services provided by this package, some definitions are necessary: -- -- Signal: A signal is a kind of message that an object wants to -- broadcast. All GObjects can emit signals. These messages are -- associated to certain events happening during the life of an -- object. For instance, when a user clicks on a button, the -- "clicked" signal is emitted by the button. -- -- Handler (or callback): A handler is a function or procedure that -- the user "connects" to a signal for a particular object. -- Connecting a handler to a signal means associating this handler to -- the signal. When the signal is emitted, all connected handlers -- are called back. Usually, the role of those callbacks is to do -- some processing triggered by a user action. For instance, when -- "clicked" signal is emitted by the "OK" button of a dialog, the -- connected handler can be used to close the dialog or recompute -- some value. -- -- In GtkAda, the handlers are defined in a form as general as -- possible. The first argument is always an access to the object it -- has been connected to. The second object is a table of values -- (See Glib.Values for more details about this table). It is the -- responsibility of this handler to extract the values from it, and -- to convert them to the correct Ada type. -- -- Because such handlers are not very convenient to use, this package -- also provides some services to connect a marshaller instead. It -- will then do the extraction work before calling the more -- programmer-friendly handler, as defined in Gtk.Marshallers (see -- Gtk.Marshallers for more details). -- -- The subdivision of this package is identical to Gtk.Marshallers; it -- is made of four generic sub-packages, each representing one of the -- four possible kinds of handlers: they can return a value or not, and -- they can have some user specific data associated to them or not. -- Selecting the right package depends on the profile of the handler. -- For example, the handler for the "delete_event" signal of a -- Gtk_Window has a return value, and has an extra parameter (a Gint). -- All handlers also have a user_data field by default, but its usage -- is optional. To connect a handler to this signal, if the user_data -- field is not used, the Return_Callback generic should be -- instantiated. On the other hand, if the user_data field is -- necessary, then the User_Return_Callback generic should be used. -- -- Note also that the real handler in Gtk+ should expect at least as -- many arguments as in the marshaller you are using. If your -- marshaller has one argument, the C handler must have at least one -- argument too. -- -- The common generic parameter to all sub-packages is the widget type, -- which is the basic widget manipulated. This can be -- Glib.Object.GObject_Record type if you want to reduce the number of -- instantiations, but the conversion to the original type will have to be -- done inside the handler. -- -- All sub-packages are organized in the same way. -- -- First, the type "Handler" is defined. It represents the general -- form of the callbacks supported by the sub-package. -- -- The corresponding sub-package of Gtk.Marshallers is instantiated. -- -- A series of "Connect" procedures and functions is given. All cases -- are covered: the functions return the Handler_Id of the newly -- created association, while the procedures just connect the -- handler, dropping the Handler_Id; some services allow the user to -- connect a Handler while some others allow the usage of -- Marshallers, which are more convenient. Note that more than one -- handler may be connected to a signal; the handlers will then be -- invoked in the order of connection. -- -- Some "Connect_Object" services are also provided. Those services -- never have a user_data. They accept an additional parameter called -- Slot_Object. When the callback in invoked, the Gtk Object emitting -- the signal is substituted by this Slot_Object. -- These callbacks are always automatically disconnected as soon as one -- of the two widgets involved is destroyed. -- -- There are several methods to connect a handler. For each method, -- although the option of connecting a Handler is provided, the -- recommended way is to use Marshallers. Each connect service is -- documented below, in the first sub-package. -- -- A series of "To_Marshaller" functions are provided. They return -- some marshallers for the most commonly used types in order to ease -- the usage of this package. Most of the time, it will not be -- necessary to use some other marshallers. -- For instance, if a signal is documented as receiving a single argument, -- the widget (for instance the "clicked" signal for a Gtk_Button), you -- will connect to it with: -- with Gtkada.Handlers; -- procedure On_Clicked (Button : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class); -- ... -- Widget_Callback.Connect (Button, "clicked", On_Clicked'Access); -- -- The simple form above also applies for most handlers that take one -- additional argument, for instance the "button_press_event" in -- gtk-widget.ads. Just declare your subprogram with the appropriate profile -- and connect it, as in: -- with Gtkada.Handlers; -- procedure On_Button (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Event : Gdk_Event); -- ... -- Widget_Callback.Connect (Widget, "button_press_event", -- On_Button'Access); -- -- More complex forms of handlers exists however in GtkAda, for which no -- predefined marshaller exists. In this case, you have to use the general -- form of callbacks. For instance, the "select_row" signal of Gtk.Clist. -- with Gtkada.Handlers; -- with Gtk.Arguments; -- procedure On_Select (Clist : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Args : Glib.Values.GValues) -- is -- Row : constant Gint := To_Gint (Args, 1); -- Column : constant Gint := To_Gint (Args, 2); -- Event : constant Gdk_Event := To_Event (Args, 3); -- begin -- ... -- end On_Select; -- ... -- Widget_Callback.Connect (Clist, "select_row", On_Select'Access); -- -- As for the "To_Marshaller" functions, a series of "Emit_By_Name" -- procedures are also provided for the same most common types, to -- allow the user to easily emit signals. These procedures are mainly -- intended for people building new GObjects. -- -- At the end of this package, some general services related to the -- management of signals and handlers are also provided. Each one of -- them is documented individually below. -- -- IMPORTANT NOTE: These packages must be instantiated at library-level -- -- </description> -- <c_version>2.8.17</c_version> -- <group>Signal handling</group> with Cairo; with Glib.Values; with Gdk.Event; with Glib.Object; with Gtkada.Bindings; use Gtkada.Bindings; with Gtk.Marshallers; pragma Elaborate_All (Gtk.Marshallers); with Gtk.Tree_Model; with Gtk.Tree_View_Column; with Gtk.Widget; with Unchecked_Conversion; package Gtk.Handlers is -- <doc_ignore> pragma Elaborate_Body; Null_Handler_Id : constant Gulong := 0; type Handler_Id is record Id : Gulong := Null_Handler_Id; Closure : GClosure; end record; -- This uniquely identifies a connection widget<->signal. -- Closure is an internal data, that you should not use. function To_Address (Path : Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path) return System.Address; function Get_Tree_View_Column (Val : Glib.Values.GValue) return Gtk.Tree_View_Column.Gtk_Tree_View_Column; procedure Set_On_Exception (Handler : Gtkada.Bindings.Exception_Handler) renames Gtkada.Bindings.Set_On_Exception; -- Set the handler that catch all exceptions occurring in a a callback. An -- exception should never be propagated to C to avoid undefined behavior. -- By default, unhandled exceptions are printed to stderr. -- This function can be used to provide your own global exception handler, -- which presumably will simply log the exception in application-specific -- manner. --------------------------------------------------------- -- These handlers should return a value -- They do not have a User_Data --------------------------------------------------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Return_Type is (<>); package Return_Callback is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues) return Return_Type; type Simple_Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class) return Return_Type; package Marshallers is new Gtk.Marshallers.Return_Marshallers (Widget_Type, Return_Type); -- Connecting a handler to an object -- In all the Connect services below, the following arguments -- will be used: -- o Widget, Name: This represents the association (Gtk Object, -- Glib.Signal_Name) to which the handler is to be connected. -- o After: If this boolean is set to True, then the handler -- will be connected after all the default handlers. By -- default, it is set to False. procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False); -- Connects a Marshaller. The Handler_Id is dropped. procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False); -- Connect a Marshaller. The Handler_Id is dropped. -- This is automatically disconnected as soon as either Widget or -- Slot_Object is destroyed. -- Slot_Object *must* be of type Gtk_Object or one of its children. procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False); -- Same as above, except with a simple handle with no parameter. This -- is the same as using a To_Marshaller call to the above two -- procedures, except it is shorter to write. procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False); -- Connect a Handler. The Handler_Id is dropped. -- This is automatically disconnected as soon as either Widget or -- Slot_Object is destroyed. -- Slot_Object *must* be of type Gtk_Object or one of its children. pragma Inline (Connect); pragma Inline (Object_Connect); function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Connects a Marshaller. Returns the Handler_Id. function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Connect a Marshaller. Return the Handler_Id. -- This is automatically disconnected as soon as either Widget or -- Slot_Object is destroyed. -- Slot_Object *must* be of type Gtk_Object or one of its children. function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Connects a Handler. Returns the Handler_Id. function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Connect a Handler. Returns the Handler_Id. -- This is automatically disconnected as soon as either Widget or -- Slot_Object is destroyed. -- Slot_Object *must* be of type Gtk_Object or one of its children. -- Some convenient functions to create marshallers package Gint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gint, Glib.Values.Get_Int); package Guint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Guint, Glib.Values.Get_Uint); package Event_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event, Gdk.Event.Get_Event); package Context_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Cairo.Cairo_Context, Cairo.Get_Context); package Widget_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Widget_Marshaller (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record, Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Gint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Gint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Context_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Context_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Guint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Guint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Event_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Event_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Widget_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Widget_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; -- Emitting a signal function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gint) return Return_Type renames Gint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Guint) return Return_Type renames Guint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Return_Type; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Return_Type renames Widget_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) return Return_Type renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; private -- <doc_ignore> type Acc is access all Widget_Type'Class; -- This type has to be declared at library level, otherwise -- Program_Error might be raised when trying to cast from the -- parameter of Marshaller to another type. type Data_Type_Record is record Func : Handler; -- User's callback Proxy : Marshallers.Handler_Proxy := null; -- Handler_Proxy to use Object : Acc := null; -- Slot Object for Object_Connect end record; type Data_Type_Access is access all Data_Type_Record; pragma Convention (C, Data_Type_Access); -- Data passed to the C handler function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Data_Type_Access, System.Address); function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Data_Type_Access); procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access); pragma Convention (C, Free_Data); -- Free the memory associated with the callback's data procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : Glib.Values.GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, First_Marshaller); First_M : constant C_Marshaller := First_Marshaller'Access; -- First level marshaller. This is the function that is actually -- called by gtk+. It then calls the Ada functions as required. -- -- If you get an error here while compiling, this is because you are not -- instantiating this package at library-level. -- -- </doc_ignore> end Return_Callback; --------------------------------------------------------- -- These handlers should return a value -- They require a User_Data -- See also the package User_Callback_With_Setup --------------------------------------------------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Return_Type is (<>); type User_Type (<>) is private; package User_Return_Callback is type Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; type Simple_Handler is access function (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type) return Return_Type; package Marshallers is new Gtk.Marshallers.User_Return_Marshallers (Widget_Type, Return_Type, User_Type); -- Connecting a handler to an object procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); pragma Inline (Connect); function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Some convenient functions to create marshallers package Gint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gint, Glib.Values.Get_Int); package Guint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Guint, Glib.Values.Get_Uint); package Event_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event, Gdk.Event.Get_Event); package Widget_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Widget_Marshaller (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record, Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Gint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Gint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Guint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Guint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Event_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Event_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Widget_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Widget_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; -- Emitting a signal function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gint) return Return_Type renames Gint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Guint) return Return_Type renames Guint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Return_Type; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Return_Type renames Widget_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) return Return_Type renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; private -- <doc_ignore> type Acc is access all Widget_Type'Class; -- This type has to be declared at library level, otherwise -- Program_Error might be raised when trying to cast from the -- parameter of Marshaller to another type. type User_Access is access User_Type; type Data_Type_Record is record Func : Handler; -- User's callback Proxy : Marshallers.Handler_Proxy := null; -- Handler_Proxy to use User : User_Access := null; Object : Acc := null; -- Slot Object for Object_Connect end record; type Data_Type_Access is access all Data_Type_Record; pragma Convention (C, Data_Type_Access); -- Data passed to the C handler function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Data_Type_Access, System.Address); function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Data_Type_Access); procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access); pragma Convention (C, Free_Data); -- Free the memory associated with the callback's data procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : Glib.Values.GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, First_Marshaller); First_M : constant C_Marshaller := First_Marshaller'Access; -- First level marshaller. This is the function that is actually -- called by gtk+. It then calls the Ada functions as required. -- </doc_ignore> end User_Return_Callback; ------------------------------------- -- User_Return_Callback_With_Setup -- ------------------------------------- -- This package is basically the same as User_Return_Callback, except that -- an extra function (Setup) is called after a handler has been -- connected. Typical usage is to automatically call Add_Watch (see below) -- in case the User_Type is (or contains) widgets. generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type Return_Type is (<>); type User_Type (<>) is private; with procedure Setup (User_Data : User_Type; Id : Handler_Id); package User_Return_Callback_With_Setup is package Internal_Cb is new User_Return_Callback (Widget_Type, Return_Type, User_Type); subtype Handler is Internal_Cb.Handler; subtype Simple_Handler is Internal_Cb.Simple_Handler; package Marshallers renames Internal_Cb.Marshallers; -- Connecting a handler to an object procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); pragma Inline (Connect); function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Some convenient functions to create marshallers package Gint_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Gint_Marshaller; package Guint_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Guint_Marshaller; package Event_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Event_Marshaller; package Widget_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Widget_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Gint_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Guint_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Event_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Widget_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; -- Emitting a signal function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gint) return Return_Type renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Guint) return Return_Type renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) return Return_Type renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) return Return_Type renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; function Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) return Return_Type renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; end User_Return_Callback_With_Setup; --------------------------------------------------------- -- These handlers do not return a value -- They do not have a User_Data --------------------------------------------------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; package Callback is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues); type Simple_Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class); package Marshallers is new Gtk.Marshallers.Void_Marshallers (Widget_Type); -- Connecting a handler to an object procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False); pragma Inline (Connect); pragma Inline (Object_Connect); function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Some convenient functions to create marshallers package Gint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gint, Glib.Values.Get_Int); package Guint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Guint, Glib.Values.Get_Uint); package Event_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event, Gdk.Event.Get_Event); package Widget_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Widget_Marshaller (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record, Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget); package Tree_Path_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path); package Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller_2 (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Iter, Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path); package Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller_2 (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Iter); package Tree_Path_Tree_Column_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller_2 (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_View_Column.Gtk_Tree_View_Column, Get_Tree_View_Column); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Gint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Gint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Guint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Guint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Event_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Event_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Widget_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Widget_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Path_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Path_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Path_Tree_Column_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Path_Tree_Column_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; -- Emitting a signal procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gint) renames Gint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Guint) renames Guint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event); procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) renames Widget_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name is new Tree_Path_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name_Generic (To_Address); procedure Emit_By_Name is new Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name_Generic (Gtk.Tree_Model.To_Address, To_Address); procedure Emit_By_Name is new Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name_Generic (To_Address, Gtk.Tree_Model.To_Address); private -- <doc_ignore> type Acc is access all Widget_Type'Class; -- This type has to be declared at library level, otherwise -- Program_Error might be raised when trying to cast from the -- parameter of Marshaller to another type. type Data_Type_Record is record Func : Handler; -- User's callback Proxy : Marshallers.Handler_Proxy := null; -- Handler_Proxy to use Object : Acc := null; -- Slot Object for Object_Connect end record; type Data_Type_Access is access all Data_Type_Record; pragma Convention (C, Data_Type_Access); -- Data passed to the C handler function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Data_Type_Access, System.Address); function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Data_Type_Access); procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access); pragma Convention (C, Free_Data); -- Free the memory associated with the callback's data procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : Glib.Values.GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, First_Marshaller); First_M : constant C_Marshaller := First_Marshaller'Access; -- First level marshaller. This is the function that is actually -- called by gtk+. It then calls the Ada functions as required. -- </doc_ignore> end Callback; --------------------------------------------------------- -- These handlers do not return a value -- They require a User_Data -- See also the package User_Callback_With_Setup --------------------------------------------------------- generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type User_Type (<>) is private; package User_Callback is type Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Params : Glib.Values.GValues; User_Data : User_Type); type Simple_Handler is access procedure (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type); package Marshallers is new Gtk.Marshallers.User_Void_Marshallers (Widget_Type, User_Type); -- Connecting a handler to an object procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); pragma Inline (Connect); function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Some convenient functions to create marshallers package Gint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gint, Glib.Values.Get_Int); package Guint_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Guint, Glib.Values.Get_Uint); package Event_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event, Gdk.Event.Get_Event); package Widget_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Widget_Marshaller (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record, Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget); package Tree_Path_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path); package Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller_2 (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Iter, Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path); package Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller_2 (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Iter, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Iter); package Tree_Path_Tree_Column_Marshaller is new Marshallers.Generic_Marshaller_2 (Gtk.Tree_Model.Gtk_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_Model.Get_Tree_Path, Gtk.Tree_View_Column.Gtk_Tree_View_Column, Get_Tree_View_Column); function To_Marshaller (Cb : Gint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Gint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Guint_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Guint_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Event_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Event_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Widget_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Widget_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Path_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Path_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Tree_Path_Tree_Column_Marshaller.Handler) return Marshallers.Marshaller renames Tree_Path_Tree_Column_Marshaller.To_Marshaller; -- Emitting a signal procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gint) renames Gint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Guint) renames Guint_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event); procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) renames Widget_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) renames Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name is new Tree_Path_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name_Generic (To_Address); procedure Emit_By_Name is new Tree_Iter_Tree_Path_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name_Generic (Gtk.Tree_Model.To_Address, To_Address); procedure Emit_By_Name is new Tree_Path_Tree_Iter_Marshaller.Emit_By_Name_Generic (To_Address, Gtk.Tree_Model.To_Address); private -- <doc_ignore> type Acc is access all Widget_Type'Class; -- This type has to be declared at library level, otherwise -- Program_Error might be raised when trying to cast from the -- parameter of Marshaller to another type. type User_Access is access User_Type; type Data_Type_Record is record Func : Handler; -- User's callback Proxy : Marshallers.Handler_Proxy := null; -- Handler_Proxy to use User : User_Access := null; Object : Acc := null; -- Slot_Object for Object_Connect end record; type Data_Type_Access is access all Data_Type_Record; pragma Convention (C, Data_Type_Access); -- Data passed to the C handler function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (Data_Type_Access, System.Address); function Convert is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Data_Type_Access); procedure Free_Data (Data : Data_Type_Access); pragma Convention (C, Free_Data); -- Free the memory associated with the callback's data procedure First_Marshaller (Closure : GClosure; Return_Value : Glib.Values.GValue; N_Params : Guint; Params : Glib.Values.C_GValues; Invocation_Hint : System.Address; User_Data : System.Address); pragma Convention (C, First_Marshaller); First_M : constant C_Marshaller := First_Marshaller'Access; -- First level marshaller. This is the function that is actually -- called by gtk+. It then calls the Ada functions as required. -- </doc_ignore> end User_Callback; ------------------------------ -- User_Callback_With_Setup -- ------------------------------ -- This package is basically the same as User_Callback, except that an -- extra function (Setup) is called after a handler has been -- connected. Typical usage is to automatically call Add_Watch (see below) -- in case the User_Type is (or contains) widgets. generic type Widget_Type is new Glib.Object.GObject_Record with private; type User_Type (<>) is private; with procedure Setup (User_Data : User_Type; Id : Handler_Id); package User_Callback_With_Setup is package Internal_Cb is new User_Callback (Widget_Type, User_Type); package Marshallers renames Internal_Cb.Marshallers; subtype Handler is Internal_Cb.Handler; subtype Simple_Handler is Internal_Cb.Simple_Handler; -- Connecting a handler to an object procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); procedure Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Simple_Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False); pragma Inline (Connect); function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marsh : Marshallers.Marshaller; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Connect (Widget : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; function Object_Connect (Widget : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Cb : Handler; Slot_Object : access Widget_Type'Class; User_Data : User_Type; After : Boolean := False) return Handler_Id; -- Some convenient functions to create marshallers package Gint_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Gint_Marshaller; package Guint_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Guint_Marshaller; package Event_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Event_Marshaller; package Widget_Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.Widget_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Gint_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Guint_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Event_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Widget_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; function To_Marshaller (Cb : Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Void_Marshaller.Handler) return Internal_Cb.Marshallers.Marshaller renames Internal_Cb.To_Marshaller; -- Emitting a signal procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gint) renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Guint) renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Param : access Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record'Class) renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; procedure Emit_By_Name (Object : access Widget_Type'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name) renames Internal_Cb.Emit_By_Name; end User_Callback_With_Setup; ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- General functions ------------------------------------------------------------------ procedure Add_Watch (Id : Handler_Id; Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class); -- Make sure that when Object is destroyed, the handler Id is also -- destroyed. This function should mostly be used in cases where you use a -- User_Data that is Object. If you don't destroy the callback at the same -- time, then the next time the callback is called it will try to access -- some invalid memory (Object being destroyed), and you will likely get a -- Storage_Error. procedure Disconnect (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Id : in out Handler_Id); -- Disconnect the handler identified by the given Handler_Id. procedure Emit_Stop_By_Name (Object : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Name : Glib.Signal_Name); -- During a signal emission, invoking this procedure will halt the -- emission. procedure Handler_Block (Obj : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Id : Handler_Id); -- Blocks temporily the signal. For each call to this procedure, -- a call to Handler_Unblock must be performed in order to really -- unblock the signal. procedure Handlers_Destroy (Obj : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class); -- Destroys all the handlers associated to the given object. procedure Handler_Unblock (Obj : access Glib.Object.GObject_Record'Class; Id : Handler_Id); -- See Handler_Block. -------------- -- Internal -- -------------- -- The following subprograms are used internally by GtkAda, and should not -- be used directly from applications. function Do_Signal_Connect (Object : Glib.Object.GObject; Name : Glib.Signal_Name; Marshaller : C_Marshaller; Handler : System.Address; Func_Data : System.Address; Destroy : System.Address; After : Boolean; Slot_Object : System.Address := System.Null_Address; Expect_Return_Value : Boolean) return Handler_Id; -- Internal function used to connect the signal. -- * Object is the object that will emit the signal. -- * Marshaller is the C convention subprogram that will be called directly -- by gtk+, and is in charge of translating the arguments into a form -- suitable for calling the user's Handler callback. This subprogram -- does not check the profile of the Handler and whether the Marshaller -- will call it with the proper format, so is potentially dangerous. -- * Func_Data is an extra parameter passed to Handler by the Marshaller. -- It might be ignored, depending on the Marshaller. -- * Destroy is called when the handler is destroyed, for instance because -- the object itself is destroyed. -- * After indicates whether the handler is called after or before the -- default handler set by gtk+ for this signal. -- * Slot_Object is the object passed to the handler, if any. When this -- object is destroyed, the handler should be automatically disconnected. -- This object is not automatically connected to the handler, only the -- watch to destroy the handler is set in place. -- * Expect_Return_Value should be true if the user is connecting a -- function to the signal, False if he is connecting a procedure. This is -- used to check that the user has used the proper form of handler. -- </doc_ignore> end Gtk.Handlers; -- <example> -- -- This example connects the "delete_event" signal to a widget. -- -- The handlers for this signal get an extra argument which is -- -- the Gdk_Event that generated the signal. -- -- with Gtk.Handlers; use Gtk.Handlers; -- with Gtk.Marshallers; use Gtk.Marshallers; -- -- function My_Cb (Widget : access Gtk_Widget_Record'Class; -- Event : Gdk.Event.Gdk_Event) -- return Gint; -- -- your own function -- -- package Return_Widget_Cb is new Gtk.Handlers.Return_Callback -- (Gtk.Widget.Gtk_Widget_Record, Gint); -- -- Return_Widget_Cb.Connect (W, "delete_event", -- Return_Widget_Cb.To_Marshaller (My_Cb'Access)); -- -- </example> ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-display_manager.adb�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000004345�12533067541�020733� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2008-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with System; package body Gdk.Display_Manager is ------------------------- -- Set_Default_Display -- ------------------------- procedure Set_Default_Display (Manager : Display_Manager; Display : Gdk_Display) is procedure Internal (Manager : Display_Manager; Display : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "gdk_display_manager_set_default_display"); begin Internal (Manager, Get_Object (Display)); end Set_Default_Display; end Gdk.Display_Manager; �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/cairo-image_surface.adb�����������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000006610�12533067541�020713� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2010-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ package body Cairo.Image_Surface is ---------------------------- -- Create_For_Data_ARGB32 -- ---------------------------- function Create_For_Data_ARGB32 (Data : ARGB32_Array_Access; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface is Stride : constant Gint := Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width (Format => Cairo_Format_ARGB32, Width => Width); begin return Create_For_Data_Generic (Data (Data'First)'Address, Cairo_Format_ARGB32, Width, Height, Stride); end Create_For_Data_ARGB32; --------------------------- -- Create_For_Data_RGB24 -- --------------------------- function Create_For_Data_RGB24 (Data : RGB24_Array_Access; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface is Stride : constant Gint := Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width (Format => Cairo_Format_RGB24, Width => Width); begin return Create_For_Data_Generic (Data (Data'First)'Address, Cairo_Format_RGB24, Width, Height, Stride); end Create_For_Data_RGB24; ------------------------ -- Create_For_Data_A8 -- ------------------------ function Create_For_Data_A8 (Data : Byte_Array_Access; Width : Gint; Height : Gint) return Cairo_Surface is Stride : constant Gint := Cairo_Format_Stride_For_Width (Format => Cairo_Format_A8, Width => Width); begin return Create_For_Data_Generic (Data (Data'First)'Address, Cairo_Format_A8, Width, Height, Stride); end Create_For_Data_A8; end Cairo.Image_Surface; ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/glib-properties-creation.adb������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000102436�12533067541�021742� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C, Interfaces.C.Strings; with Glib.Object; use Glib.Object; with Glib.Values; use Glib.Values; with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion; package body Glib.Properties.Creation is function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Get_Property_Handler, System.Address); function To_Address is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Set_Property_Handler, System.Address); procedure Internal_Set_Property_Handler (Object : System.Address; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec); pragma Convention (C, Internal_Set_Property_Handler); -- Internal handler for Set_Property. This is the one called directly by -- gtk+, and that, in turns, calls the one defined by the user, after -- converting Object to a valid Ada object. procedure Internal_Get_Property_Handler (Object : System.Address; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : out GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec); pragma Convention (C, Internal_Get_Property_Handler); -- Same as above for the Get_Property handler. ---------------- -- Pspec_Name -- ---------------- function Pspec_Name (Param : Param_Spec) return String is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_name"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Param)); end Pspec_Name; ----------------- -- Description -- ----------------- function Description (Param : Param_Spec) return String is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_get_blurb"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Param)); end Description; --------------- -- Nick_Name -- --------------- function Nick_Name (Param : Param_Spec) return String is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec) return Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_get_nick"); begin return Interfaces.C.Strings.Value (Internal (Param)); end Nick_Name; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Glib.Gint8 is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Gint8; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_char"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Glib.Gint8 is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Gint8; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_char"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Glib.Gint8 is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Char) return Gint8; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_char"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; --------------- -- Gnew_Char -- --------------- function Gnew_Char (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gint8; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gint8; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_char"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Char; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Glib.Guint8 is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Guint8; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_uchar"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Glib.Guint8 is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Guint8; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_uchar"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Glib.Guint8 is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Uchar) return Guint8; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_uchar"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; ---------------- -- Gnew_Uchar -- ---------------- function Gnew_Uchar (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Guint8; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Guint8; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_uchar"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Uchar; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Boolean) return Boolean is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Boolean) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_boolean"); begin return Internal (Param) /= 0; end Default; ------------------ -- Gnew_Boolean -- ------------------ function Gnew_Boolean (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Boolean; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Gboolean; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_boolean"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Boolean'Pos (Default), Flags); end Gnew_Boolean; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Glib.Gint is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_int"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Glib.Gint is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_int"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Glib.Gint is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Int) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_int"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; -------------- -- Gnew_Int -- -------------- function Gnew_Int (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gint; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Gint; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_int"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Int; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Glib.Guint is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Guint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_uint"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Glib.Guint is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Guint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_uint"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Glib.Guint is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Uint) return Guint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_uint"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; --------------- -- Gnew_Uint -- --------------- function Gnew_Uint (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Guint; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Guint; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_uint"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Uint; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glib.Glong is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_long"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glib.Glong is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_long"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glib.Glong is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Long) return Glong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_long"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; --------------- -- Gnew_Long -- --------------- function Gnew_Long (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Glong; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glong; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_long"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Long; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Glib.Gulong is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Gulong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_ulong"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Glib.Gulong is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Gulong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_ulong"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Glib.Gulong is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Ulong) return Gulong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_ulong"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; ---------------- -- Gnew_Ulong -- ---------------- function Gnew_Ulong (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gulong; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Gulong; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_ulong"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Ulong; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Unichar) return Gunichar is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Unichar) return Gunichar; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_unichar"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; ------------------ -- Gnew_Unichar -- ------------------ function Gnew_Unichar (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Gunichar; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : Gunichar; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_unichar"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Unichar; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Enum) return Glib.Gint is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Enum) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_enum"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Flags) return Glong is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Flags) return Glong; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_flags"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; ---------------- -- Gnew_Flags -- ---------------- function Gnew_Flags (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Flags_Type : Glib.GType; Default : Guint; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Flags_Type : GType; Default : Guint; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_flags"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Flags_Type, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Flags; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_gfloat"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_gfloat"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_gfloat"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; ------------- -- Epsilon -- ------------- function Epsilon (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Float) return Gfloat; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_epsilon_gfloat"); begin return Internal (Param); end Epsilon; ---------------- -- Gnew_Float -- ---------------- function Gnew_Float (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gfloat; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gfloat; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_float"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Float; ------------- -- Minimum -- ------------- function Minimum (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_minimum_gdouble"); begin return Internal (Param); end Minimum; ------------- -- Maximum -- ------------- function Maximum (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_maximum_gdouble"); begin return Internal (Param); end Maximum; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_default_gdouble"); begin return Internal (Param); end Default; ------------- -- Epsilon -- ------------- function Epsilon (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_Double) return Gdouble; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_get_epsilon_gdouble"); begin return Internal (Param); end Epsilon; ----------------- -- Gnew_Double -- ----------------- function Gnew_Double (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gdouble; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Minimum, Maximum, Default : Glib.Gdouble; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_double"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Minimum, Maximum, Default, Flags); end Gnew_Double; ------------- -- Default -- ------------- function Default (Param : Param_Spec_String) return String is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_String) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_default_string"); C : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Param); begin if C /= Null_Ptr then return Value (C); else return ""; end if; end Default; ---------------- -- Cset_First -- ---------------- function Cset_First (Param : Param_Spec_String) return String is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_String) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_cset_first_string"); C : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Param); begin if C /= Null_Ptr then return Value (C); else return ""; end if; end Cset_First; -------------- -- Cset_Nth -- -------------- function Cset_Nth (Param : Param_Spec_String) return String is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_String) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_cset_nth_string"); C : constant chars_ptr := Internal (Param); begin if C /= Null_Ptr then return Value (C); else return ""; end if; end Cset_Nth; ----------------- -- Substitutor -- ----------------- function Substitutor (Param : Param_Spec_String) return Character is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_String) return Character; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_substitutor_string"); begin return Internal (Param); end Substitutor; --------------------- -- Ensure_Non_Null -- --------------------- function Ensure_Non_Null (Param : Param_Spec_String) return Boolean is function Internal (Param : Param_Spec_String) return Gboolean; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gparam_ensure_non_null_string"); begin return Internal (Param) /= 0; end Ensure_Non_Null; ----------------- -- Gnew_String -- ----------------- function Gnew_String (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : String; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Default : String; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_string"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Default & ASCII.NUL, Flags); end Gnew_String; ---------------- -- Gnew_Param -- ---------------- function Gnew_Param (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Param_Type : Glib.GType; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Param_Type : GType; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_param"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Param_Type, Flags); end Gnew_Param; ---------------- -- Gnew_Boxed -- ---------------- function Gnew_Boxed (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Boxed_Type : Glib.GType; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Boxed_Type : GType; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_boxed"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Boxed_Type, Flags); end Gnew_Boxed; ------------------ -- Gnew_Pointer -- ------------------ function Gnew_Pointer (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_pointer"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Flags); end Gnew_Pointer; ----------------- -- Gnew_Object -- ----------------- function Gnew_Object (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Object_Type : Glib.GType; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Object_Type : GType; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_object"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Object_Type, Flags); end Gnew_Object; ----------- -- Value -- ----------- function Value (Val : Enum_Value) return Gint is function Internal (Val : Enum_Value) return Gint; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_genum_get_value"); begin return Internal (Val); end Value; ---------- -- Name -- ---------- function Name (Val : Enum_Value) return String is function Internal (Val : Enum_Value) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_genum_get_name"); begin return Value (Internal (Val)); end Name; ---------- -- Nick -- ---------- function Nick (Val : Enum_Value) return String is function Internal (Val : Enum_Value) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_genum_get_nick"); begin return Value (Internal (Val)); end Nick; --------------- -- Nth_Value -- --------------- function Nth_Value (Klass : Enum_Class; Nth : Glib.Guint) return Enum_Value is function Internal (Klass : Enum_Class; Nth : Guint) return Enum_Value; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_genum_nth_value"); begin return Internal (Klass, Nth); end Nth_Value; ----------- -- Value -- ----------- function Value (Val : Flags_Value) return Flags_Int_Value is function Internal (Val : Flags_Value) return Flags_Int_Value; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gflags_get_value"); begin return Internal (Val); end Value; ---------- -- Name -- ---------- function Name (Val : Flags_Value) return String is function Internal (Val : Flags_Value) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gflags_get_name"); begin return Value (Internal (Val)); end Name; ---------- -- Nick -- ---------- function Nick (Val : Flags_Value) return String is function Internal (Val : Flags_Value) return chars_ptr; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gflags_get_nick"); begin return Value (Internal (Val)); end Nick; --------------- -- Nth_Value -- --------------- function Nth_Value (Klass : Flags_Class; Nth : Glib.Guint) return Flags_Value is function Internal (Klass : Flags_Class; Nth : Guint) return Flags_Value; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_gflags_nth_value"); begin return Internal (Klass, Nth); end Nth_Value; ----------------------------------- -- Internal_Set_Property_Handler -- ----------------------------------- procedure Internal_Set_Property_Handler (Object : System.Address; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec) is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Set_Property_Handler); function Internl (Object : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internl, "ada_real_set_property_handler"); -- This function might be called when the C object has been created -- (g_new), but not assigned to the Ada object yet (this is done to -- initialize the properties during the creation of objects). Obj : constant GObject := Get_User_Data_Or_Null (Object); F : Set_Property_Handler; begin if Obj = null then -- Not yet associated with an Ada type null; else F := Convert (Internl (Object)); F (Obj, Prop_Id, Value, Property_Spec); end if; end Internal_Set_Property_Handler; ----------------------------------- -- Internal_Get_Property_Handler -- ----------------------------------- procedure Internal_Get_Property_Handler (Object : System.Address; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Value : out GValue; Property_Spec : Param_Spec) is function Convert is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Get_Property_Handler); function Internal (Object : System.Address) return System.Address; pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_real_get_property_handler"); Stub : GObject_Record; Obj : constant GObject := Get_User_Data (Object, Stub); F : Get_Property_Handler; begin F := Convert (Internal (Object)); F (Obj, Prop_Id, Value, Property_Spec); end Internal_Get_Property_Handler; ----------------------------- -- Set_Properties_Handlers -- ----------------------------- procedure Set_Properties_Handlers (Class_Record : GObject_Class; Set_Property : not null Set_Property_Handler; Get_Property : not null Get_Property_Handler) is procedure Internal (Class_Record : GObject_Class; C_Set_Prop : System.Address; C_Get_Prop : System.Address; Ada_Set_Prop : System.Address; Ada_Get_Prop : System.Address); pragma Import (C, Internal, "ada_install_property_handlers"); begin Internal (Class_Record, C_Set_Prop => Internal_Set_Property_Handler'Address, C_Get_Prop => Internal_Get_Property_Handler'Address, Ada_Set_Prop => To_Address (Set_Property), Ada_Get_Prop => To_Address (Get_Property)); end Set_Properties_Handlers; -------------------------- -- Register_Static_Enum -- -------------------------- function Register_Static_Enum (Name : String; Values : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array) return Glib.GType is type Byte is range 0 .. 255; for Byte'Size use 8; function C_Enum_Value_Size return Natural; pragma Import (C, C_Enum_Value_Size, "ada_c_enum_value_size"); type C_Enum_Value is array (1 .. C_Enum_Value_Size) of Byte; pragma Pack (C_Enum_Value); type Enum_Value_Array is array (Gint range <>) of C_Enum_Value; type Enum_Value_Array_Access is access all Enum_Value_Array; function C_Register_Static (Name : String; Static_Values : System.Address) return GType; pragma Import (C, C_Register_Static, "g_enum_register_static"); procedure C_Create_Enum_Value (Value : Gint; Name, Nick : chars_ptr; Enum : out C_Enum_Value); pragma Import (C, C_Create_Enum_Value, "ada_genum_create_enum_value"); -- The strings Name and Nick are duplicated Arr : constant Enum_Value_Array_Access := new Enum_Value_Array (0 .. Values'Length); begin for V in Values'Range loop C_Create_Enum_Value (Gint (V - Values'First), Name => Values (V), Nick => Values (V), Enum => Arr (Gint (V) - Gint (Values'First) + Arr'First)); end loop; C_Create_Enum_Value (0, Null_Ptr, Null_Ptr, Arr (Arr'Last)); return C_Register_Static (Name & ASCII.NUL, Arr.all'Address); end Register_Static_Enum; --------------- -- Gnew_Enum -- --------------- function Gnew_Enum (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Enum_Type : GType; Default : Gint := 0; Flags : Param_Flags := Param_Readable or Param_Writable) return Param_Spec is function Internal (Name, Nick, Blurb : String; Enum_Type : GType; Default : Gint; Flags : Param_Flags) return Param_Spec; pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_param_spec_enum"); begin return Internal (Name & ASCII.NUL, Nick & ASCII.NUL, Blurb & ASCII.NUL, Enum_Type => Enum_Type, Default => Default, Flags => Flags); end Gnew_Enum; ---------------------- -- Install_Property -- ---------------------- procedure Install_Property (Class_Record : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Property_Spec : Param_Spec) is procedure Internal (CR : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Id : Property_Id; Spec : Param_Spec); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_class_install_property"); begin Internal (Class_Record, Prop_Id, Property_Spec); end Install_Property; ----------------------- -- Override_Property -- ----------------------- procedure Override_Property (Class_Record : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Prop_Id : Property_Id; Name : String) is procedure Internal (CR : Glib.Object.GObject_Class; Id : Property_Id; Name : chars_ptr); pragma Import (C, Internal, "g_object_class_override_property"); N : constant chars_ptr := New_String (Name); begin Internal (Class_Record, Prop_Id, N); -- Seems like we should not free N, although the spec in glib is -- unclear. This is a minor memory leak in any case. end Override_Property; end Glib.Properties.Creation; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/src/gdk-dnd.ads�����������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000007453�12533067541�016365� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for Gtk+/Gnome -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2001-2014, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -- -- under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -- -- Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later -- -- version. This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHAN- -- -- TABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and -- -- a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program; -- -- see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see -- -- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. -- -- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- <group>Gdk, the low-level API</group> with Glib; use Glib; with Gdk.Drag_Contexts; use Gdk.Drag_Contexts; with Gdk.Types; use Gdk.Types; with Gdk.Screen; with Gtk; with Gtk.Target_List; package Gdk.Dnd is type Gdk_Atom_Array is array (Natural range <>) of Gdk.Types.Gdk_Atom; function Get_Targets (Context : Drag_Context) return Gdk_Atom_Array; -- Return the list of targets supported by this context. subtype Drag_Action is Gdk.Drag_Contexts.Gdk_Drag_Action; subtype Drag_Protocol is Gdk.Drag_Contexts.Gdk_Drag_Protocol; Action_Any : constant Drag_Action := 2 ** 8 - 1; procedure Drag_Status (Context : Drag_Context; Action : Drag_Action; Time : Guint32); procedure Drop_Reply (Context : Drag_Context; Ok : Boolean; Time : Guint32); procedure Drop_Finish (Context : Drag_Context; Success : Boolean; Time : Guint32); -- Clean up from the drag, and display snapback, if necessary. function Drag_Get_Selection (Context : Drag_Context) return Gdk_Atom; function Drag_Begin (Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Targets : Gtk.Target_List.Gtk_Target_List) return Drag_Context; function Drag_Context_Get_Protocol (Context : Drag_Context; Protocol : Drag_Protocol) return Drag_Protocol; -- Return which drag protocol is recognized by a given context. procedure Drag_Find_Window_For_Screen (Context : Drag_Context; Drag_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Screen : Gdk.Screen.Gdk_Screen; X_Root : Gint; Y_Root : Gint; Dest_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol); function Drag_Motion (Context : Drag_Context; Dest_Window : Gdk.Gdk_Window; Protocol : Drag_Protocol; X_Root : Gint; Y_Root : Gint; Suggested_Action : Drag_Action; Possible_Actions : Drag_Action; Time : Guint32) return Boolean; procedure Drag_Drop (Context : Drag_Context; Time : Guint32); procedure Drag_Abort (Context : Drag_Context; Time : Guint32); end Gdk.Dnd; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/features������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000013043�12533067132�015322� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������GTKADA NEW FEATURES LIST ======================== Copyright (c) 2010-2011, AdaCore This file contains a list of new features introduced in GtkAda. An ISO date (YYYY-MM-DD) appears in parentheses after the description line. This date shows the implementation date of the feature. New features in GtkAda 3.8.3 ---------------------------- N423-008 Creating signals with return types (2014-04-23) It is now possible to create new signals that return values, when you create new widgets. In particular, when a callback returns a boolean, the propagation of the signal is stopped as soon as one of the callbacks returns True. N326-016 Implementing gtk+ interfaces (2014-03-26) It is now possible to implement gtk+ interfaces (for instance Gtk_Scrollable) when you create new widgets. This required minor changes to Glib.Object.Initialize_Class_Record. N226-019 New widget Gtkada.Canvas_View (2014-03-20) This new widget is a rewrite of Gtkada.Canvas. It provides a cleaner API (clarifying confusion between the various coordinate systems for instance) and has support for creating hierarchies of basic item (text, boxes, polygons,..) to easily create more complex items. New features in GtkAda 3.8.2 ---------------------------- M731-021 Gtkada.MDI limit possible positions of children (2013-07-31) It is now possible, via a new parameter to Gtk_New, to limit whether a child can be put in the central area, on the sides, or both. M723-015 New bindings and Gtk Application enhancement (2013-07-23) New bindings for GApplicationCommandLine, in Glib.Application. New bindings for GOptionContext, GOptionGroup and GOptionEntry, in Glib.Option. New package GtkAda.Application, to support opening files from OS-specific inter-process calls (DDE on Windows, System events on OSX). New features in GtkAda 3.4.1 ---------------------------- L726-002 New On_* procedures to ease signal connection (2012-12-20) Each widget has a number of additional primitives to ease signal connection. For instance, one can use Button.On_Clicked (Handler'Access); now. See the user's guide for more information. LB30-013 New subprogram Gtk.Handlers.Set_On_Exception (2012-11-30) It was always recommended that Ada callbacks should not propagate exceptions to the C gtk+ layer. To enforce this, GtkAda now has its own internal exception handlers. But it is possible for applications to register a subprogram to call when a callback has raised an exception, presumably to log the exception in an application-specific manner (the default is to output the exception on stderr). These handlers are set automatically on signal and event callbacks, and on idle and timeout callbacks. LB20-008 Gtk_New_* as functions (2012-12-17) GtkAda now includes a function for each version of Gtk_New*_, which might be simpler to use in some contexts. In particular, local variables can now be initialized directly in their declarations. L413-025 Binding for Gtk.Recent_Chooser_Menu A new binding for Gtk.Recent_Chooser_Menu has been added. This widget shows a list of recently used resources in menu form. L125-027 Remove support for GNOME widgets (2012-01-25) These widgets were no longer support nor up-to-date with regards to the GNOME libraries themselves, so were removed. New features in GtkAda 2.24.1 ----------------------------- KC08-027 Documentation converted to Sphinx (2011-12-08) The new format provides nicer output, as well as an integrated search facility for the HTML version New features in GtkAda 2.22.0 ----------------------------- K506-019 Binding for GtkSpinner A new binding Gtk.Spinner has been added. A Gtk.Spinner is an animated widget that can be used to signal the user that some program activity is occurring. K422-015 Design changes and preparation for Gtk-3 Gtkada.MDI has been slightly changed so that MDI children now have nicer looking menubars. MDI notebooks now contain a close button that allows the user to close tabs that are not in front. The Gtkada.Canvas widget has been completely redesigned to make use of Cairo instead of Gdk. Its API should now be Gtk-3 ready. Added new Cairo bindings: Cairo.PDF, Cairo.Region, Cairo.SVG. Gdk.Window has also been completed with Cairo bindings. New package Gtkada.Style to provide Gtk.Style-like drawing primitives that use Cairo instead of Gdk. K125-039 Glade-3 GUI builder The GUI builder shipped with GtkAda has been upgraded to Glade-3. JC10-012 MDI: short titles also applies to title bars The MDI can be configured so that floating windows use a short title rather than a full title (in particular, for file names, this will generally be the base name rather than full path name). This preference now also applies to title bars for non-floating windows. JB29-030 MDI: support for independent perspectives It is now possible to configure the MDI so that the perspectives do not share the central area (as a result, no window is preserved when switching among perspectives, unless they are explicitly part of the new perspective). JB09-025 High-level API for using Glade-3 and Gtk.Builder A new package Gtkada.Builder has been introduced. This provides a high-level API for developing GtkAda applications using the Glade-3 GUI builder. JA07-018 Bindings to GTK+ printing API In addition to bindings already added as part of J510-028, additional packages have been provided so that full use of the printing API provided by GTK+ is possible. The existing printing example in testgtk has been enhanced to demonstrate how to use the new API. ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/known-problems������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000012023�12533067132�016456� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Known problems fixed in Gtkada 3.8.2_1 - NB05-034 Gtkada.MDI.Set_Title not updating tooltip properly Problem: When only the long title of an MDI_Child is changed, the tooltip displayed while the mouse is hover a notebook tab is not refreshed. Workaround: Also change the short title Known problems fixed in GtkAda 3.8.2 - N326-016 Implementing an interface raises gtk+ warnings Problem: When you create custom widgets that implement an interface, for instance GtkScrollable, and add properties, gtk+ complains that you are modifying a class that has already been created. Workaround: The fix involves making sure that when a new GType is created for your custom widget (via Glib.Objects.Initialize_Class_Record) then the class itself is not necessarily created immediately. Unfortunately, this results in a backward incompatibility in the profile of Gtk.Widget.Set_Default_*_Handler. If you are using these function, you will need to pass a Class_Init parameter to Initialize_Class_Record, and override the default handlers in that function. See the example in glib-object.ads - MA02-035 Bad binding of glib's g_strfree_v Problem: The chars_ptr_array access was defined as "in out" which resulted in it being passed by reference by the GNAT compiler, and resulted in memory corruption (glib trying to free wrong memory adresses) Workaround: Pass the parameter as in - M625-039 Redraw problems under Windows Problem: Some items (like tree view expanders, buttons in toolbars) are not drawn or refreshed properly. Workaround: None known. Known problems fixed in GtkAda 3.4.2 - M212-027 Link errors under Windows Problem: When linking a GtkAda program under Windows, an error is raised about a missing -lgtk-win32-3.0/-lgdk-win32-3.0 Workaround: In the directory <gtkada_install_dir>\lib\, copy libgdk-3.dll.a and libgtk-3.dll.a respectively to libgdk-win32-3.0.dll.a and libgtk-win32-3.0.dll.a. And in the directory <gtkada_install_dir>\bin, copy libgdk-3.dll and libgtk-3.dll respectively to libgdk-win32-3.0.dll and libgtk-win32-3.0.dll. Known problems fixed in GtkAda 3.4.0 - M617-010 Incorrect binding for Gtk.Widget.Add_Accelerator Problem: The type for Key is incorrect Workaround: Replace the type with Gdk_Key_Type - M110-027 Incorrect binding for Gtk.Tree_Selection.Get_Selected Problem: The new implementation for this function is not backward compatible, and when there is no actual selection will return uninitialized values. Workaround: Use Gtk.Tree_Selection.Count_Selected_Rows to verify that there is indeed a selection before calling Get_Selected. - L615-005 Constraint Error using the GtkAda.Canvas Problem: The GtkAda.Canvas might raise a Constraint_Error when moving the mouse and a button has never been pressed. Workaround: None known. Known problems fixed in GtkAda 2.24.2 - K726-004 Support for dead keys under Windows Problem: Under windows, the dead keys for acute accent and diaeresis, followed by a space, should produce respectively an apostrophe and double quotes. Workaround: No known workaround. Known problems fixed in GtkAda 2.24.2 - KA07-026 Text alignment in Gtk_Plot_Canvas Problem: Under Windows, when displaying text in a Gtk_Plot_Canvas, the base line for digits is not aligned with the base line for text. Workaround: No known workaround. Known problems fixed in GtkAda 2.24.0 - K726-004 Support for dead keys under Windows Problem: Under windows, the dead keys for acute accent and diaeresis, followed by a space, should produce respectively an apostrophe and double quotes. Workaround: No known workaround. - K718-021 X11 resources leak in Gtk.Extra.Plot Problem: The Gtk_Plot widget causes X11 resources leak every time the plot size is changed or the axis are modified. Workaround: No known workaround. Known problems fixed in GtkAda 2.22.0 - JC10-011 Gtkada.MDI gives focus when raising a window Problem: When selecting a floating window via the /Window menu, there were a number of cases where the window was not properly raised (depending on your window manager and system). The MDI will now additionally give the text focus to that window. Workaround: Call Raise_Child manually to make sure the window was raised - JC09-041 Gtk.Widget.Get_Snapshot fails and causes crashes Problem: Calling Gtk.Widget.Get_Snapshot causes memory corruption and potentially crashes. Workaround: Fix the binding to Get_Snapshot: parameter Clip_Rect should be a Gdk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle_Access rather than a Gtk.Rectangle.Gdk_Rectangle. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/gtkada.gpr����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000407�12533067520�015527� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������with "testgtk/testgtk"; with "src/gtkada_src"; with "src/opengl/opengl"; with "src/tools/tools"; with "shared"; with "contrib/contrib"; project GtkAda is for Source_Files use (); for Object_Dir use "src/obj"; package IDE renames Shared.IDE; end GtkAda; ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0000767�0000145�00000000000�12533067131�015410� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada_install_static.gpr����������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000005666�12533067520�022471� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2007-2012, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Project file used by the InstallShield to build the GtkAda shared -- library on Windows. project GtkAda_Install_Static is for Source_Dirs use ("."); for Languages use ("Ada", "C"); for Library_Dir use "../../lib/gtkada/static"; for Library_Kind use "static"; for Library_Name use "gtkada"; package Compiler is for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-O2", "-gnat05"); for Default_Switches ("C") use ("-O2", "-I../../include", "-I../../include/gtk-3.0", "-I../../include/glib-2.0", "-I../../lib/glib-2.0/include", "-I../../include/pango-1.0", "-I../../include/cairo", "-I../../include/gdk-pixbuf-2.0", "-I../../include/atk-1.0"); end Compiler; end GtkAda_Install_Static; ��������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada.gpr.in����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000002011�12533067520�017756� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������project GtkAda is type Library_Types is ("static", "relocatable"); Gtkada_Kind : Library_Types := external ("LIBRARY_TYPE", "@DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE@"); So_Ext := "@SO_EXT@"; Version := "@PACKAGE_VERSION@"; for Source_Dirs use ("../../include/gtkada/"); for Source_List_File use "gtkada/gtkada.lgpr"; for Library_Kind use Gtkada_Kind; for Library_Name use "gtkada"; for Library_Dir use "../../lib/gtkada/" & Project'Library_Kind; for Library_Version use "lib" & Project'Library_Name & So_Ext & "." & Version; for Externally_Built use "true"; Gtk_Libs := (@GTK_LIBS_GPR@); case Gtkada_Kind is when "static" => for Library_Options use ("-L" & Project'Project_Dir & "../../lib/gtkada/static") & Gtk_Libs; when "relocatable" => for Library_Options use ("-L" & Project'Project_Dir & "../../lib/gtkada/relocatable") & Gtk_Libs; end case; package Linker is for Linker_Options use Project'Library_Options; end Linker; end GtkAda; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada_install_dynamic.gpr.in������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000006077�12533067520�023230� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2007-2012, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Project file used by the InstallShield to build the GtkAda shared -- library on Windows. project GtkAda_Install_Dynamic is for Source_Dirs use ("."); for Languages use ("Ada", "C"); for Library_Dir use "../../bin"; for Library_ALI_Dir use "../../lib/gtkada/relocatable"; for Library_Kind use "relocatable"; for Library_Name use "gtkada"; for Library_Options use ("-L.", "-L../../lib", "-L../../bin", @GTK_LIBS_GPR@); package Compiler is for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-O2", "-gnat05"); for Default_Switches ("C") use ("-O2", "-I../../include", "-I../../include/gtk-3.0", "-I../../include/glib-2.0", "-I../../lib/glib-2.0/include", "-I../../include/pango-1.0", "-I../../include/cairo", "-I../../include/gdk-pixbuf-2.0", "-I../../include/atk-1.0"); end Compiler; end GtkAda_Install_Dynamic; �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada_install_dynamic_gl.gpr.in���������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000006032�12533067520�023701� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2007-2010, AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Project file used by the InstallShield to build the GtkAda GL shared -- library on Windows. with "gtkada_install_dynamic"; project GtkAda_Install_Dynamic_GL is for Source_Dirs use ("opengl"); for Library_Dir use "../../bin"; for Library_ALI_Dir use "../../lib/gtkada/relocatable/opengl"; for Library_Kind use "relocatable"; for Library_Name use "gtkada_gl-@GTKADA_MAJOR_VERSION@.@GTKADA_MINOR_VERSION@"; for Library_Options use ("-L.", "-L../../bin", "-L../../lib", "-lgtkada_c", "-lgtkada_gl_c", "-lgtk-win32-2.0", "-lgdk-win32-2.0", "-latk-1.0", "-lgdk_pixbuf-2.0", "-ljpeg", "-lpng", "-lpangocairo-1.0", "-lgio-2.0", "-lcairo", "-lpangowin32-1.0", "-lgdi32", "-lpango-1.0", "-lgobject-2.0", "-lgmodule-2.0", "-lgthread-2.0", "-lgmodule-2.0", "-lglib-2.0", "-lintl", "-liconv", "-luser32"); package Compiler is for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-O2"); end Compiler; end GtkAda_Install_Dynamic_GL; ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada_install_static_gl.gpr�������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000004715�12533067520�023145� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������----------------------------------------------------------------------- -- GtkAda - Ada95 binding for the Gimp Toolkit -- -- -- -- Copyright (C) 2007 -- -- AdaCore -- -- -- -- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -- -- modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public -- -- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -- -- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -- -- -- -- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -- -- General Public License for more details. -- -- -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public -- -- License along with this library; if not, write to the -- -- Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -- -- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- with "gtkada_install_static"; -- Project file used by the InstallShield to build the GtkAda GL shared -- library on Windows. project GtkAda_Install_Static_GL is for Source_Dirs use ("opengl"); for Library_Dir use "../../lib/gtkada/static/opengl"; for Library_Kind use "static"; for Library_Name use "gtkada_gl"; package Compiler is for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-O2"); end Compiler; end GtkAda_Install_Static_GL; ���������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada_gl.gpr.in�������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000645�12533067520�020453� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������with "gtkada"; project GtkAda_GL is for Source_Dirs use ("../../include/gtkada/"); for Source_List_File use "gtkada/gtkada_gl.lgpr"; for Library_Kind use Gtkada'Gtkada_Kind; for Library_Name use "gtkada_gl"; for Library_Dir use "../../lib/gtkada/" & Project'Library_Kind; for Library_Version use "lib" & Project'Library_Name & So_Ext & "." & Version; for Externally_Built use "true"; end GtkAda_GL; �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada_glade.lgpr������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000060�12533067131�020661� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������glade.adb glade.ads glade-xml.adb glade-xml.ads ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/gtkada.pc.in�����������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000333�12533067131�017573� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ Name: GtkAda Description: Ada binding for gtk+-2.0 Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@ Requires: gtk+-2.0 Libs: -L@libdir@ -lgtkada Cflags: -aI@includedir@/gtkada -aO@libdir@/gtkada �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/projects/Makefile.in������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000001644�12533067131�017462� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������MKDIR = mkdir -p DESTDIR= prefix = @prefix@ libdir = @libdir@ incdir = @includedir@/gtkada CP = cp DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE = @DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE@ # We want users to be able to override the projects installation directory # from the command line, so we cannot include DESTDIR directly here # otherwise they have to call make with # make DESTDIR=/foo PRJDIR=/foo/usr/share/gpr PRJDIR=${prefix}/lib/gnat install: force ${MKDIR} "${DESTDIR}${PRJDIR}" $(MKDIR) "${DESTDIR}$(libdir)/pkgconfig/" ${CP} gtkada.pc "${DESTDIR}$(libdir)/pkgconfig/" -${RM} "${DESTDIR}${prefix}"/projects/gtkada* ${CP} gtkada.gpr "${DESTDIR}${PRJDIR}" ifeq ($(HAVE_OPENGL), True) ${CP} gtkada_gl.gpr "${DESTDIR}${PRJDIR}" endif ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT) ${CP} gtkada_install_*.gpr "${DESTDIR}${incdir}" endif clean: force $(RM) gtkada_install_dynamic_gl.gpr gtkada_install_dynamic.gpr gtkada.pc gtkada.gpr gtkada_gl.gpr distclean: clean force: ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/configure.in��������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000002434�12533067132�016074� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������AC_INIT(gtkada,3.8.3,report@adacore.com,gtkada) AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM TARGET="" if test x$host != x$target ; then TARGET=${target} fi AC_SUBST(TARGET) AM_ADD_OS_SPECIFIC_FLAGS # checking for local tools AC_PROG_CC case $build_os in *darwin*) AC_PROG_OBJC(clang gcc CC) ;; *) OBJC=""; AC_SUBST(OBJC) ;; esac AM_PATH_GNAT AC_PROG_INSTALL CHECK_BUILD_TYPE # are we in devel mode ? # Gettext stuff ALL_LINGUAS="en" AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external]) # checking for gtk AM_PATH_GTK(3.8.3) # try to find OpenGL if present AM_CHECK_OPENGL # Ignore user's choice of libdir, as well as configure's own default, # because we want GtkAda to always install in /lib (backward compatibility) libdir='${prefix}/lib' AC_OUTPUT(Makefile shared.gpr src/tools/gtkada-config projects/Makefile docs/Makefile docs/gtkada_rm/Makefile po/Makefile src/config.h projects/gtkada.gpr projects/gtkada_gl.gpr projects/gtkada.pc projects/gtkada_install_dynamic.gpr projects/gtkada_install_dynamic_gl.gpr) AC_MSG_NOTICE([--------- Summary for Gtkada $PACKAGE_VERSION -----------------]) AC_MSG_NOTICE(AC_HELP_STRING( [Shared libraries:],[$CAN_BUILD_SHARED (default: $DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE)])) AC_MSG_NOTICE(AC_HELP_STRING([OpenGL:],[$HAVE_OPENGL])) AC_MSG_NOTICE([--------------------------------------------]) ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/shared.gpr.in�������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000004436�12533067520�016155� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������project Shared is type Build_Type is ("Debug", "Production"); Build : Build_Type := external ("BUILD", "@BUILD_TYPE@"); Processors := external ("PROCESSORS", "0"); -- Number of parallel compilations that should be performed type Boolean_Type is ("True", "False"); Build_Opengl : Boolean_Type := "@HAVE_OPENGL@"; type Yes_No is ("yes", "no"); Need_Objective_C : Yes_No := "@NEED_OBJECTIVE_C@"; for Source_Files use (); type Library_Kinds is ("relocatable", "static"); Library_Kind : Library_Kinds := external ("LIBRARY_TYPE", "@DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE@"); So_Ext := "@SO_EXT@"; Version := "@PACKAGE_VERSION@"; Gtk_Include := (@GTK_CFLAGS_GPR@); Gtk_Libs := (@GTK_LIBS_GPR@); GL_Include := (@GL_CFLAGS_GPR@); GL_Libs := (@GL_LIBS_GPR@); package Naming is for Body_Suffix ("Objective-C") use ".m"; end Naming; package Compiler is for Driver ("Objective-C") use "@OBJC@"; for Leading_Required_Switches ("Objective-C") use ("-c"); for PIC_Option ("Objective-C") use ("-fPIC"); case Build is when "Debug" => for Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnat05", "-gnatQ", "-gnatwae", "-gnatay", "-g", "-O0"); for Switches ("C") use ("-g", "-O0"); when "Production" => for Switches ("Ada") use ("-gnat05", "-gnatQ", "-O2", "-gnatn", "-gnatws"); for Switches ("C") use ("-O2"); end case; for Switches ("C") use Compiler'Switches ("C") & Gtk_Include; for Switches ("Objective-C") use Compiler'Switches ("Objective-C") & Gtk_Include; end Compiler; package Builder is for Switches ("Ada") use ("-m", "-j" & Processors); case Build is when "Debug" => for Global_Configuration_Pragmas use Shared'Project_Dir & "src/gnat_debug.adc"; when "Production" => for Global_Configuration_Pragmas use Shared'Project_Dir & "src/gnat.adc"; end case; end Builder; package Binder is case Build is when "Debug" => for Default_Switches ("Ada") use ("-E"); when "Production" => null; end case; end Binder; package IDE is for VCS_Kind use "auto"; for Documentation_Dir use "html"; end IDE; end Shared; ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/AUTHORS�������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000371�12533067131�014630� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������AUTHORS ======= The authors of GtkAda are Emmanuel Briot <briot@gnat.com> Joel Brobecker <brobecker@gnat.com> Arnaud Charlet <charlet@gnat.com> Nicolas Setton <setton@adacore.com> GtkAda is developed and maintained by AdaCore (sales@adacore.com) �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/README��������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000003767�12533067131�014454� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������-------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- GtkAda . An Ada graphical toolkit based on Gtk+ -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------- Installation ============ See the file 'INSTALL' General Information =================== The home page for GtkAda is http://libre.adacore.com/GtkAda The home page for gtk is http://www.gtk.org This home page will always contain the latest news for this toolkit. This is GtkAda version 3.8.3. This package is an Ada graphical library for the Gimp Toolkit, which means this is a set of packages to allow you to easily create some graphical interfaces under X11 and Win32, using Ada as the programming language. This library has been tested using Gtk+ 3.8.4 on the following systems: - GNU Linux/x86 - GNU Linux/x86-64 - Solaris/sparc - Windows XP/Vista/7 Disclaimer ========== GtkAda is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. GtkAda is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General -- Public License distributed with GtkAda; see file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, -- MA 02111-1307, USA. Documentation ============= The GtkAda User's Guide can be found: - HTML version: in docs/gtkada_ug/_build/html/index.html - PDF version: in docs/gtkada_ug/_build/latex/GtkAda.pdf The GtkAda Reference Manual can be found: - HTML version: in gtkada_rm/gtkada_rm/index.html ���������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/po/�����������������������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0000767�0000145�00000000000�12533067131�014175� 5����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/po/README�����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000266�12533067131�015061� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������This directory provides the necessary setup to create your own translation files for applications based on GtkAda. See gtkada-intl.ads for more information on internationalization. ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/po/build_skeleton.pl������������������������������������������������������������0000755�0000767�0000145�00000004325�12533067131�017544� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������#!/usr/bin/env perl use strict; ## If set to 1, all translations are set as empty. Otherwise, the translation ## is the same as the message itself my ($empty_translation) = 1; my (%strings); my (@modules); my ($msg); # Find the list of modules sub analyze_dir () { my ($dir) = shift; local (*DIR); opendir (DIR, $dir); foreach (readdir (DIR)) { if (-d "$dir/$_" && $_ ne '.' && $_ ne '..') { push (@modules, "$dir/$_"); &analyze_dir ("$dir/$_"); } } close (DIR); } &analyze_dir (".."); # Parse each of their source files sub process_modules() { local (*DIR, *FILE); my ($module, $file, $contents, @matches, $str); foreach $module (@modules) { opendir (DIR, $module); while (($file = readdir(DIR))) { if ($file =~ /\.ad[bs]$/) { open (FILE, "$module/$file"); $contents = join ("", <FILE>); # Single-line strings @matches = ($contents =~ /[^"]-"([^"\n]+)"/gso); foreach $str (@matches) { ${$strings{$str}}{$file}++; # .= "$file "; } # Multi-line strings: we need to concatenate @matches = ($contents =~ /[^"]-\("([^"][^)]*)/gso); foreach $str (@matches) { $str =~ s/(ASCII\.)?LF/"\\n\"\n \""/g; $str =~ s/"\s*&\s*"//g; $str =~ s/"\s*$//g; ${$strings{$str}}{$file}++; # .= "$file "; } close (FILE); } } closedir (DIR); } } &process_modules; my ($date) = `date +'%Y-%m-%d'`; chomp ($date); print <<EOF # Translation file for the GNAT Programming Studio # Copyright (C) 2005 AdaCore # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GPS 3.1.0\\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: report\@adacore.com\\n" "POT-Creation-Date: $date\\n" "PO-Revision-Date: \\n" "Last-Translator: AdaCore\\n" "Language-Team: \\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\\n" EOF ; foreach $msg (sort {uc($a) cmp uc($b)} keys %strings) { print "#: ", join (" ", keys %{$strings{$msg}}), "\n"; print "msgid \"$msg\"\n"; if ($empty_translation) { print "msgstr \"\"\n\n"; } else { print "msgstr \"$msg\"\n\n"; } } �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/po/Makefile.in������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000001516�12533067131�016245� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������LANGS = fr_FR MKDIR = mkdir -p CP=cp MV=mv INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ prefix = @prefix@ localedir = $(prefix)/share/locale all: static: ## Refresh all translations by extracting the strings from the current sources refresh: ./build_skeleton.pl > gtkada.pot ${foreach lang,${LANGS}, \ if [ -f ${lang}.po ]; then true; else ${CP} gtkada.pot ${lang}.po; fi; \ msgmerge --no-wrap --update ${lang}.po gtkada.pot} ## Install the translation files $(LANGS): -msgfmt -o $@.gmo $@.po --statistics --check-header --check-format --check-domain $(MKDIR) $(localedir)/$@/LC_MESSAGES -$(INSTALL_DATA) $@.gmo $(localedir)/$@/LC_MESSAGES/gtkada.mo install: $(LANGS) clean: -$(RM) *.gmo mostlyclean: clean distclean: mostlyclean -$(RM) Makefile maintainer-clean: distclean ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/aclocal.m4����������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000032732�12533067132�015427� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������############################################################# # # Adding some OS specific flags and parameters # ############################################################ AC_DEFUN(AM_ADD_OS_SPECIFIC_FLAGS, [ SO_EXT=.so SO_OPTS=-Wl,-soname, TARGET_LFLAGS= DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE=static NEED_OBJECTIVE_C=no AC_ARG_ENABLE(static, [AC_HELP_STRING( [--disable-static], [Disable building of static libraries.]) AC_HELP_STRING( [--enable-static], [Build static libraries (default).])], [BUILD_STATIC=$enableval if test $enableval = no; then DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE=relocatable fi], [BUILD_STATIC=yes]) AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared, [AC_HELP_STRING( [--disable-shared], [Disable building of shared libraries (default is to build them if supported on the target)]) AC_HELP_STRING( [--enable-shared], [Build shared libraries if supported on the target and make them preselected in project files (static libraries are preselected by default])], [CAN_BUILD_SHARED=$enableval if test $enableval = yes; then DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE=relocatable fi], [CAN_BUILD_SHARED=yes]) BUILD_SHARED=$CAN_BUILD_SHARED case $build_os in aix*) BUILD_SHARED=no OS_SPECIFIC_LINK_OPTIONS=-Wl,-bexpall,-berok TARGET_LFLAGS=-Wl,-bbigtoc SO_OPTS="-o " ;; hp*) SO_EXT=.sl SO_OPTS=-Wl,+h, BUILD_SHARED=no ;; *sysv4uw* | *sysv5uw*) SO_OPTS=-Wl,-h, BUILD_SHARED=no ;; *solaris*) SO_OPTS=-Wl,-h, ;; *irix*) ;; *osf*) OS_SPECIFIC_LINK_OPTIONS=-Wl,-expect_unresolved,\* ;; *mingw*) if test x$CAN_BUILD_SHARED = xyes ; then BUILD_SHARED=yes fi SO_EXT=.dll ac_tmp_GNATDIR=`which gcc | sed 's,/gcc$,,'` ac_GNATDIR=`cygpath --mixed $ac_tmp_GNATDIR` count=`cd $ac_GNATDIR; ls libgnat-*.dll | wc -l` if test $count -gt 1 ; then echo "Too many libgnat.dll, in $ac_GNATDIR" echo Found: `cd $ac_GNATDIR; ls libgnat-*.dll` exit 1 fi ac_GNATLIB=`cd $ac_GNATDIR; ls libgnat-*.dll | sed 's,lib,,;s,.dll,,'` OS_SPECIFIC_LINK_OPTIONS=-Wl,-L$ac_GNATDIR,-l$ac_GNATLIB ;; *darwin*) SO_EXT=.dylib NEED_OBJECTIVE_C=yes if test x$CAN_BUILD_SHARED = xyes ; then BUILD_SHARED=yes fi SO_OPTS="-Wl,-undefined,dynamic_lookup -dynamiclib -Wl,-dylib_install_name," LDFLAGS="-Wl,-framework,Cocoa" TARGET_LFLAGS="-Wl,-framework,Cocoa" ;; # ??? The following case has been introduced because of an elaboration # problem with the GtkAda dynamic library and GPS (see E511-010). This # is a workaround, and shall be removed as soon as the bug is fixed. *linux*) case $build_cpu in *ia64*) BUILD_SHARED=no ;; esac ;; esac if test x$BUILD_SHARED = xno ; then DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE=static fi AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_TYPE) AC_SUBST(OS_SPECIFIC_LINK_OPTIONS) AC_SUBST(BUILD_STATIC) AC_SUBST(BUILD_SHARED) AC_SUBST(SO_EXT) AC_SUBST(SO_OPTS) AC_SUBST(TARGET_LFLAGS) AC_SUBST(NEED_OBJECTIVE_C) ] ) ############################################################# # Checking for build type ############################################################# AC_DEFUN(CHECK_BUILD_TYPE, [ AC_ARG_ENABLE(build, [AC_HELP_STRING( [--enable-build=<type>], [Default build type for the library (Debug, Production)])], BUILD_TYPE=$enableval, BUILD_TYPE=Production) AC_SUBST(BUILD_TYPE) ] ) ########################################################################## ## Converts a list of space-separated words into a list suitable for ## inclusion in .gpr files ## $1=the list ## $2=exported name ########################################################################## AC_DEFUN(AM_TO_GPR, [ value=[$1] # Special handling on darwin for gcc 4.5 and 4.7 case "$build_os" in *darwin*) value=`echo $value | sed -e "s/-framework \([[^ ]]*\)/-Wl,-framework -Wl,\1/g"` esac output=$2 result="" for v in $value; do if test "$result" != ""; then result="$result, " fi result="$result\"$v\"" done $2=$result AC_SUBST($2) ]) ############################################################# # # Checking for Gnat # ############################################################# conftest_ok="conftest.ok" AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GNAT, [ AC_PATH_PROG(GPRBUILD, gprbuild, no) if test x$GPRBUILD = xno ; then AC_MSG_ERROR(I could not find gprbuild. See the file 'INSTALL' for more details.) fi AC_MSG_CHECKING(that your gnat compiler works with a simple example) rm -f conftest.adb cat << EOF > conftest.adb with Ada.Text_IO; procedure Conftest is Conftest_Ok : Ada.Text_IO.File_Type; begin Ada.Text_IO.Create (File => Conftest_Ok, Name => "$conftest_ok"); Ada.Text_IO.Close (Conftest_Ok); end Conftest; EOF cat <<EOF > conftest.gpr project Conftest is for Main use ("conftest.adb"); for Source_Files use ("conftest.adb"); end Conftest; EOF $GPRBUILD -q -P conftest.gpr > /dev/null if ( test ! -x conftest ) then AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_MSG_ERROR($GPRBUILD test failed at compile time! Check your configuration.) fi ./conftest if ( test ! -f $conftest_ok ) then AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_MSG_ERROR($GPRBUILD test failed at run time! Check your configuration.) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) ]) ############################################################# # # Checking for gnatprep # ############################################################# AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GNATPREP, [ AC_PATH_PROG(GNATPREP, gnatprep, no) if test x$GNATPREP = xno ; then AC_MSG_ERROR(I could not find gnatprep. See the file 'INSTALL' for more details.) fi ]) ############################################################# # # Checking for Perl # ############################################################# AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PERL, [ AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, perl5 perl) ### We don't really have any need for a specific version ### of perl for the moment, so we don't verify it. ]) ############################################################# # # Configure paths for GTK+ # Input: # $1=minimal version of gtk+ needed # ############################################################# AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK, [ AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config, no) min_gtk_version=[$1] AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version) no_gtk="" GTK="gtk+-3.0" if test "$PKG_CONFIG" = "no" ; then AC_MSG_ERROR([pkg-config not found]) else $PKG_CONFIG $GTK --atleast-version=$min_gtk_version if test $? != 0 ; then AC_MSG_ERROR([old version detected]) fi GTK_PREFIX=`$PKG_CONFIG $GTK --variable=prefix` GTK_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG $GTK --cflags` GTK_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG $GTK gmodule-2.0 --libs` dnl force some explicit flags, like -framework Cocoa. On some machines, dnl these are added automatically by pkg-config, but not systematically. GTK_LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LDFLAGS" dnl dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity dnl checks the results of pkg-config to some extent dnl ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS" rm -f conf.gtktest AC_TRY_LINK([ #include <gtk/gtk.h> #include <stdio.h> int main (int argc, char** argv) { gtk_init(&argc, &argv); return 0; } ],, no_gtk=yes) CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) else AC_MSG_ERROR(no) fi AC_SUBST(GTK_PREFIX) AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS) AM_TO_GPR($GTK_CFLAGS, GTK_CFLAGS_GPR) dnl On windows gtk will be embedded along with gtk distrib. In that dnl case we need to adjust switches so that gtkada.gpr packaged in dnl lib/gnat is usable case $build_os in *mingw*) GTK_LIBS="-L../../lib -L../../bin $GTK_LIBS";; esac AM_TO_GPR($GTK_LIBS, GTK_LIBS_GPR) rm -f conf.gtktest ]) ############################################################# # # Checking for openGL # ############################################################# AC_DEFUN(AM_CHECK_OPENGL, [ # checking for OpenGL libraries AC_ARG_WITH(GL, [ --with-GL=value Which OpenGL library to compile GtkAda with (auto,GL,GL32,MesaGL,,no)]) AC_ARG_WITH(GL-prefix, [ --with-GL-prefix=DIR Prefix where GL/MesaGL is installed]) if test "x$with_GL_prefix" = "x" ; then GL_LDOPTS="" GL_CFLAGS="" else GL_CFLAGS="-I$with_GL_prefix/include" case "${host}" in *64*) GL_LDOPTS="-L$with_GL_prefix/lib64" ;; *) GL_LDOPTS="-L$with_GL_prefix/lib" ;; esac fi saved_LIBS="$LIBS" if test "x$with_GL" != xno ; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for OpenGL]) LIBS="$saved_LIBS $GTK_LIBS $GL_LDOPTS -lGLU -lGL" AC_TRY_LINK( ,[ char glBegin(); glBegin(); ], have_GL=yes, have_GL=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($have_GL) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GL32]) LIBS="$saved_LIBS $GTK_LIBS $GL_LDOPTS -lglu32 -lopengl32 -lgdi32" AC_TRY_LINK([ #include <GL/gl.h> #include <windows.h>], [ glBegin(0); CreateCompatibleDC(NULL); ], have_GL32=yes, have_GL32=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($have_GL32) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Mesa]) LIBS="$saved_LIBS $GTK_LIBS $GL_LDOPTS -lMesaGLU -lMesaGL" AC_TRY_LINK( ,[ char glBegin(); glBegin(); ], have_MesaGL=yes, have_MesaGL=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($have_MesaGL) if test "x$have_MesaGL" = "xno"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([Mesa with pthreads]) LIBS="$saved_LIBS $GTK_LIBS $GL_LDOPTS -lMesaGLU -lMesaGL -lpthread" AC_TRY_LINK( ,[ char glBegin(); glBegin(); ], have_MesaGL_pthread=yes, have_MesaGL_pthread=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($have_MesaGL_pthread) fi fi LIBS="$saved_LIBS" HAVE_OPENGL="False" case "x$with_GL" in x|xauto) if test "x$have_GL" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lGLU -lGL" HAVE_OPENGL="True" elif test "x$have_GL32" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lglu32 -lopengl32 -lgdi32" HAVE_OPENGL="True" elif test "x$have_MesaGL" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lMesaGLU -lMesaGL" HAVE_OPENGL="True" elif test "x$have_MesaGL_pthread" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lMesaGLU -lMesaGL -lpthread" HAVE_OPENGL="True" fi ;; xGL) if test "x$have_GL" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lGLU -lGL" HAVE_OPENGL="True" else AC_MSG_ERROR([Missing OpenGL library]) fi ;; xGL32) if test "x$have_GL" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lglu32 -lopengl32 -lgdi32" HAVE_OPENGL="True" else AC_MSG_ERROR([Missing Windows OpenGL library]) fi ;; xMesaGL) if test "x$have_MesaGL" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lMesaGLU -lMesaGL" HAVE_OPENGL="True" elif test "x$have_MesaGL_pthread" = "xyes"; then GL_LIBS="$GL_LDOPTS -lMesaGLU -lMesaGL -lpthread" HAVE_OPENGL="True" else AC_MSG_ERROR([Missing Mesa library]) fi ;; xno) ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR([Unknown value for "--with-GL" option. Should be either auto, GL32, GL, MesaGL, no]) ;; esac AC_SUBST(GL_LIBS) AC_SUBST(GL_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(HAVE_OPENGL) AM_TO_GPR($GL_LIBS, GL_LIBS_GPR) AM_TO_GPR($GL_CFLAGS, GL_CFLAGS_GPR) ]) ############################################################# # # A small macro to create a file after preprocessing it using gnatprep # ############################################################# AC_DEFUN(AM_GNATPREP, [ echo "creating $1" $GNATPREP $1.in $1 config.defs ]) ############################################################# # # Macro to add for using GNU gettext # ############################################################# AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) dnl Default is enabled NLS AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) GETTEXT_INTL="False" HAVE_GETTEXT="False" dnl If we use NLS figure out what method if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS) dnl Figure out whether gettext is available in the C or intl library. nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc, [AC_TRY_LINK([extern int gettext(char*);], [return (int) gettext ("")], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)]) if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl], gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl, [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext, gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)], gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)]) if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then GETTEXT_INTL="True" fi fi if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \ || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then HAVE_GETTEXT="True" fi fi dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_INTL) AC_SUBST(HAVE_GETTEXT) ]) AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT, [AM_WITH_NLS ]) ��������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/Makefile.in���������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000014735�12533067131�015636� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������SHELL=/bin/sh .SUFFIXES: .PHONY: clean-generic mostlyclean-generic \ clean distclean mostlyclean maintainer-clean \ install src tests docs generate tools doc_dir = docs projects_dir = projects PYTHON = python CP = cp -p -f MKDIR = mkdir -p CHMOD = chmod INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ ifeq (${OS}, Windows_NT) LN_S = ${CP} EXEEXT = .exe else LN_S = ln -s EXEEXT = endif TARGET=@TARGET@ ifeq ($(TARGET),) GPRBUILD=@GPRBUILD@ else GPRBUILD=@GPRBUILD@ --target=${TARGET} endif # Number of parallel compilation PROCESSORS = 0 GPRBUILD_FULL = ${GPRBUILD} -j${PROCESSORS} -m -p GETTEXT_INTL=@GETTEXT_INTL@ HAVE_GETTEXT=@HAVE_GETTEXT@ HAVE_OPENGL=@HAVE_OPENGL@ BUILD_SHARED=@BUILD_SHARED@ BUILD_STATIC=@BUILD_STATIC@ TARNAME=@PACKAGE_TARNAME@ VERSION=@PACKAGE_VERSION@ DESTDIR= prefix=@prefix@ exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ includedir=${DESTDIR}@includedir@ libdir=${DESTDIR}@libdir@ bindir=${DESTDIR}@bindir@ datadir=${DESTDIR}@datadir@ datarootdir=${DESTDIR}@datarootdir@ exampledir=${DESTDIR}${prefix}/share/examples/gtkada/testgtk gpsdir=${DESTDIR}${prefix}/share/gps/plug-ins/ all: install: install_dirs ifeq (${BUILD_STATIC}, yes) all: static install: install/static endif ifeq (${BUILD_SHARED},yes) all: relocatable install: install/relocatable endif all: tools tests static: build_library_type/static relocatable: build_library_type/relocatable tools: @echo "====== Building tools =====" ${GPRBUILD_FULL} -XLIBRARY_TYPE=static -Psrc/tools/tools.gpr build_library_type/%: src/gtkada-intl.adb @echo "====== Building $(@F) libraries =====" ${GPRBUILD_FULL} -XLIBRARY_TYPE=$(@F) -Psrc/gtkada_src.gpr ifeq (${HAVE_OPENGL}, True) ${GPRBUILD_FULL} -XLIBRARY_TYPE=$(@F) -Psrc/opengl/opengl.gpr endif src/gtkada-intl.adb: src/gtkada-intl.gpb Makefile gnatprep -DGETTEXT_INTL=$(GETTEXT_INTL) -DHAVE_GETTEXT=$(HAVE_GETTEXT) src/gtkada-intl.gpb $@ testgtk/opengl/view_gl.adb: testgtk/opengl/view_gl.gpb Makefile gnatprep -r -c -DHAVE_GL=${HAVE_OPENGL} -DWIN32=False testgtk/opengl/view_gl.gpb $@ tests: testgtk/opengl/view_gl.adb static @echo "====== Building tests =====" ${GPRBUILD_FULL} -XLIBRARY_TYPE=static -Ptestgtk/testgtk.gpr install/static/%: force @${MKDIR} ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/static/ ${CP} src/lib/$(@F)/static/* ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/static/ ${CHMOD} ugo-w ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/static/*.ali install/relocatable/%: force @${MKDIR} ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable/ ${CP} src/lib/${@F}/relocatable/* ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable ${CHMOD} ugo-w ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable/*.ali cd ${libdir}; ${RM} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@ lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${basename ${VERSION}} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${VERSION} ifneq (${OS},Windows_NT) ${RM} ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable/lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@ ${RM} ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable/lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${basename ${VERSION}} cd ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable; ${LN_S} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${VERSION} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@ cd ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable; ${LN_S} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${VERSION} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${basename ${VERSION}} cd ${libdir}; ${LN_S} ${TARNAME}/relocatable/lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${VERSION} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${basename ${VERSION}} cd ${libdir}; ${LN_S} ${TARNAME}/relocatable/lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${VERSION} lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@.${VERSION} else ${CP} ${libdir}/${TARNAME}/relocatable/lib$(@F)@SO_EXT@ ${bindir}/ endif ifeq (${HAVE_OPENGL},True) install/static: install/static/gtkada_gl install/relocatable: install/relocatable/gtkada_gl endif install/static: install/static/gtkada install/relocatable: install/relocatable/gtkada install_dirs: ${MKDIR} ${includedir}/${TARNAME} ${MKDIR} ${DESTDIR}${prefix}/lib/gnat/${TARNAME} ${MKDIR} ${bindir} ${MKDIR} ${gpsdir} ${MKDIR} ${exampledir} SRCDIRS=src/ src/generated/ install: @${CP} ${wildcard ${addsuffix *.ad[bs], ${SRCDIRS}}} ${includedir}/${TARNAME} ifeq (${OS},Windows_NT) @${CP} ${wildcard ${addsuffix *.[hc], ${SRCDIRS}}} ${includedir}/${TARNAME} endif @cd ${includedir}/${TARNAME}; ls ${notdir ${wildcard ${addsuffix *.ad[bs], ${SRCDIRS}}}} > ${DESTDIR}${prefix}/lib/gnat/${TARNAME}/gtkada.lgpr ifeq (${HAVE_OPENGL},True) @${CP} ${wildcard ${addsuffix *.ad[bs], src/opengl/}} ${includedir}/${TARNAME} @cd ${includedir}/${TARNAME}; ls ${notdir ${wildcard ${addsuffix *.ad[bs], src/opengl/}}} > ${DESTDIR}${prefix}/lib/gnat/${TARNAME}/gtkada_gl.lgpr endif @# install executables ${INSTALL_PROGRAM} src/tools/gtkada-config ${bindir} ${INSTALL_PROGRAM} src/obj/tools/gtkada-dialog${EXEEXT} ${bindir} @# install testgtk -${INSTALL_PROGRAM} testgtk/testgtk${EXEEXT} ${exampledir} ${CP} testgtk/*.ad? testgtk/*.xpm testgtk/*.png testgtk/*.gif testgtk/*.lwo testgtk/*.xml testgtk/*.css testgtk/*.ui ${exampledir} $(MAKE) -C $(projects_dir) install $(MAKE) -C $(doc_dir) install @# install GPS support ${CP} xml/gtkada.xml ${gpsdir} @echo '-----------------------------------------------------------------------' @echo '-- GtkAda has now been installed. --' @echo '-- To use the library, you may need to update LD_LIBRARY_PATH --' @echo '-- or to run ldconfig. You may also need to update GPR_PROJECT_PATH --' @echo '-- to include --' @echo '-- ${prefix}/lib/gnat' @echo '-----------------------------------------------------------------------' docs: $(MAKE) -C docs # Generate the binding automatically, through a python script generate: ${RM} src/generated/*.ad? ${PYTHON} contrib/binding.py \ --gir-file=contrib/GLib-2.0.gir \ --gir-file=contrib/GObject-2.0.gir \ --gir-file=contrib/Gtk-3.0.gir \ --gir-file=contrib/Gdk-3.0.gir \ --gir-file=contrib/Pango-1.0.gir \ --gir-file=contrib/Gio-2.0.gir \ --xml-file=contrib/binding.xml \ --ada-output=src/generated/tmp.ada \ --c-output=src/misc_generated.c cd src/generated; gnatchop -gnat05 -q -w tmp.ada clean-generic: -${RM} core -${RM} .\#* mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic -${RM} Makefile -${RM} testgtk/Makefile clean/%: force -gprclean -r -q -XLIBRARY_TYPE=$(@F) -Psrc/tools/tools.gpr -gprclean -r -q -XLIBRARY_TYPE=$(@F) -Psrc/opengl/opengl.gpr -gprclean -r -q -XLIBRARY_TYPE=$(@F) -Ptestgtk/testgtk.gpr clean: clean-generic clean/static clean/relocatable distclean: mostlyclean-generic -${RM} config.cache config.log config.status -$(MAKE) -C $(doc_dir) distclean -$(MAKE) -C $(projects_dir) distclean -$(MAKE) -C po distclean mostlyclean: mostlyclean-generic maintainer-clean: mostlyclean-generic -${RM} config.cache config.log config.status -${RM} configure force: �����������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/COPYING3������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000104513�12431175345�014705� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0. Definitions. "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients" may be individuals or organizations. To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program. To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. 1. Source Code. The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of a work. A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language. The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. 2. Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures. When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date. b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact all notices". c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways: a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b. d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product. "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. 7. Additional Terms. "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. 8. Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. 11. Patents. A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. 14. Revised Versions of this License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/CHANGES�������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000133�12533067542�014555� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������{gtkada: gtkada-3.8.2-231-gcc615cb, gtkada.anod: ca575503a98d17fcaa39d886094da41e085c992e} �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������gtkada-gpl-2015-src/ANNOUNCE������������������������������������������������������������������������0000644�0000767�0000145�00000000441�12533067131�014707� 0����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ustar �gnatmail������������������������gnat�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������GtkAda 2.10.1 release --------------------- GtkAda is an Ada graphical toolkit based on Gtk+. It allows you to develop graphical applications in Ada using Gtk+. The primary download site is http://libre.act-europe.fr/GtkAda This version is suitable for use with Gtk+ 2.10.0 and above. �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������